Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 9th Sept 2026, 00:16:49 EET
|
Daily Overview |
| Date: Tuesday, 18/Aug/2026 | |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 100 SES 00.5 - LC 1: Link Convenors Meeting Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo Governance Meeting |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 A: Student Experience and Institutional Cultures in Higher Education Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Toiviainen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Narratives of Well-Being to an Ecology of Flourishing: Students' Voices for the Future of Higher Education Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy Presenting Author:In recent years, well-being has become a central reference within educational discourse, particularly in relation to higher education (Fang, Ren, & Sotardi, 2025). This growing prominence does not arise in isolation. It is embedded in a broader post-postmodern condition in which universities are increasingly shaped by acceleration, performative accountability, and competitive logics that profoundly influence how educational experience is lived and interpreted (Donovan, 2013; Rosa, 2019; Biesta, 2021). Within these configurations, academic pathways are frequently reorganised around standardised trajectories and grammars of success, privileging visibility and efficiency over continuity and meaning (Barnett, 2011; Marginson, 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative-driven convergent design (Morse & Niehaus, 2009), situated within an interpretivist paradigm (Guba & Lincoln, 1994), frames the methodological architecture of this work. This choice reflects the assumption that human flourishing in higher education cannot be apprehended through a single epistemic lens, but requires attention to how experiences, aspirations, and meanings are narrated and held in relation. This stance is grounded in the integration of Narrative Inquiry (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000) and Appreciative Inquiry (Cooperrider & Whitney, 2005). Narrative Inquiry enables close engagement with lived experience, approaching stories as situated and relational forms of knowing, while Appreciative Inquiry introduces a generative orientation toward possibilities, aspirations, and shared futures. Held together, these approaches sustain a methodological positioning in which understanding and transformation remain in productive tension. The research was conducted at the University of Padua between 2023 and 2025 and involved students enrolled in two master’s degree programmes. Participation was voluntary and varied across phases; engagement is therefore understood as phase-specific rather than cumulative. The inquiry unfolded through the four phases, or 4D’s cycle, of Appreciative Inquiry. Discovery mapped students’ lived experiences and languages of well-being, flourishing, and self-narration through an exploratory semi-structured questionnaire. Dream shifted the focus from description to imagination, inviting students—via an asynchronous online forum—to articulate metaphors and visions of a flourishing university. Design took shape through WONDER (Ways Of Narrating Desirable Educational Routes), a narrative–pedagogical pathway oriented toward the co-construction of collective Flourishing Manifestos through shared storytelling and creative practices. Finally, Destiny involved a small group of volunteer students in a reflective re-reading and connective interpretation of these materials, culminating in a Manifesto for the Future conceived as a dialogic act of restitution addressed to the wider university community. Data analysis unfolded through differentiated yet interconnected procedures. Closed questionnaire items were examined using descriptive and inferential analyses, while open-ended responses were interpreted through Structured Tabular Thematic Analysis (Robinson, 2022). Narrative contributions were explored through Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2021), supported by ATLAS.ti, alongside integrated visual–textual readings of creative artefacts. Throughout the analytic process, convergences, complementarities, and divergences were treated not as inconsistencies to be resolved, but as analytically meaningful differences. In line with a postdigital and post-human sensibility (Barad, 2007; Lather & St. Pierre, 2013), narratives, creative artefacts, and questionnaire responses were read as entangled material–discursive practices through which meanings of flourishing emerged in and through their interrelations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings invite a reconceptualization of well-being within higher education by situating it in a broader ecology of flourishing. Rather than discarding well-being as a relevant construct, the study shows how students live it as inseparable from relational, spatial, temporal, and institutional conditions. A central empirical result concerns relational recognition as the condition through which well-being becomes inhabitable and flourishing conceivable. Across narratives, creative artefacts, and survey patterns, experiences of safety, being listened to, appreciation beyond merit, and opportunities for contribution consistently converge. Together, these elements form a recognitive configuration that mediates between institutional arrangements and lived experience, shaping whether students can remain present, participate meaningfully, and sustain engagement over time (Edmondson, 1999; Cook-Sather, 2020; Biesta, 2021). Students’ accounts further indicate that flourishing is cultivated through ordinary educational infrastructures: spaces that allow lingering rather than constant passage, and temporal rhythms that protect dialogue and reflection, sustaining continuity of meaning (Mallan, 2019; Lee et al., 2020; Lomas et al., 2025). Students’ aspirations consolidate this ecological picture. What is imagined as desirable consistently mirrors what has already been experienced as enabling, though fragile: supportive relationships, accessible spaces, protected time, and opportunities for participation. Aspirations thus function as evaluative orientations through which students identify what deserves to endure, be stabilised, and become more equitable within university life (Gale & Parker, 2015; Hart, 2016). Narration emerges as a pivotal practice through which these aspirations become intelligible and collectively negotiable. Through self- and collective narration, experience is rendered open to re-imagination, enabling forms of co-agency and shared responsibility (Bruner, 1990; Nussbaum, 2011; Foote, 2015). Within this frame, WONDER is proposed as a transferable methodological contribution for international research in higher education, providing a generative point of reference for comparative and context-sensitive inquiries into flourishing across diverse university systems. References Barnett, R. (2011). Being a university. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Harvard University Press. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Cook-Sather, A. (2020). Student voice across contexts: Fostering student agency in today’s schools. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 182–191. Cooperrider, D. L., & Whitney, D. (2005). Appreciative inquiry: A positive revolution in change. Berrett-Koehler. Davies, W. (2015). The happiness industry: How the government and big business sold us well-being. Verso books. Demetrio, D. (2012). Educare è narrare. Le teorie, le pratiche, la cura. Mimesis. De Ruyter, D. J. (2004). Pottering in the Garden? On human Flourishing and Education. British Journal of Educational Studies, 52(4), 377–389. Donovan, C. (2013). Beyond the ‘Postmodern University’. The European Legacy, 18(1), 24–41. Duraiappah, A. K., van Atteveldt, N. M., Borst, G., Bugden, S., Ergas, O., Gilead, T., Gupta, L., Mercier, J., Pugh, K., Singh, N. C. and Vickers, E. A. (Eds.) (2022). Reimagining Education: The International Science and Evidence based Education Assessment. UNESCO MGIEP. Gale, T., & Parker, S. (2015). To aspire: A systematic reflection on understanding aspirations in higher education. The Australian Educational Researcher, 42(2), 139–153. Hart, C. S. (2016). How do aspirations matter? Journal of Human Development and Capabilities, 17(3), 324–341. Lee, M. T., Hartsough, M., Borick, S., & Gathagan, B. (2021). Open Space, Transformative Education, and the Pursuit of Flourishing. Journal of Transformative Education, 19(3), 198–217. Lomas, T., Pawelski, J. O., & VanderWeele, T. J. (2025). Flourishing as ‘sustainable well-being’: Balance and harmony within and across people, ecosystems, and time. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 20(2), 203–218. Morse, J. M., & Niehaus, L. (2009). Mixed Method Design: Principles and Procedures. Routledge. Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating capabilities: The human development approach. Harvard University Press. Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance: A sociology of our relationship to the world (J. C. Wagner, Trans.). Polity Press. (Original work published 2016) Salemans, L., & Budding, T. (2022). Operationalizing public value in higher education: The use of narratives as an alternative for performance indicators. Journal of Management and Governance, 26, 337–363. UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. UNESCO Publishing. UNESCO. (2025). Renewing the social contract for education: Directions for change. UNESCO Publishing. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Students' Intentions to Drop Out from University: Findings from a Student Panel Survey with a Special Focus on Gender Issues (2022-23) Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria Presenting Author:This paper examines empirical evidence from higher education research on student dropout intentions. Dropping out from university is associated with high individual and societal costs, a lack of innovation, a shortage of skilled workers, and a loss of competitiveness and diversity (Burk/Hetze 2023; Heublein et al. 2022; Bellmann/Leber 2019; Nairz-Wirth/Feldmann 2018). In addition, one of the European Union's goals is to achieve greater equality of educational opportunity – a goal that depends in part on reducing the number of students who drop out from university (Potapova 2025; Vossensteyn et al. 2015). With European universities already reporting high dropout rates within their specific systems (DAAD 2021, Vossensteyn et al. 2015), universities are under increasing pressure to implement measures to prevent student attrition. In this context, dropout intentions can be regarded as an early warning indicator, thus making it a relevant factor in empirical research and the design of effective prevention and intervention strategies (Deuer/Wild 2018). Within the Austrian context, the average rate of attrition among bachelor’s students is approximately 30% (with respect to bachelor’s programs commencing at public universities during the winter semester 2016/17). It is important to note that most of the students dropping out from university appear to do so during the first two semesters of study (approximately 20%) (Haag et al. 2025). Consequently, it is evident that the transition to higher education represents a critical period for students, and a challenge for the development of their academic habitus. Addressing the issue at early stages, transition management and the strengthening of students’ resilience resources as part of their habitus development are crucial for their future academic and professional success (Frisby et al. 2020; Lane 2020). Moreover, the development of resilience resources and academic success is favoured by the existence and utilization of social networks at the university (social capital). The development of these networks during the transition to higher education poses another significant challenge for students (Berndt/Felix 2020; Hofmann et al. 2020). These influencing factors – including habitus development, resilience resources and building social networks – have been deeply challenged during the COVID-19 pandemic (e.g., distance learning, social isolation), which has increased their relevance in the context of higher education research on student attrition in recent years. Recent studies on academic success rates at Austrian public universities indicate that male and female students perform nearly equally (Haag et al. 2025). However, additional research has revealed that women tend to withdraw from their studies more rapidly than men, should they choose to drop out (Thaler et al. 2021). Thaler et al. (2021) further assert that the observed gender differences in dropout rates are not inherently attribute to gender itself, but rather to underlying factors that in turn are influenced by gender, such as school choice. Despite the extensive body of literature addressing university dropout, the prior intention to withdraw from university has been less comprehensively examined by higher education research. While the effects of transition management, resilience, social networks and gender on university dropout have been explored separately, a combined analysis from a longitudinal perspective is also rare. The research questions addressed in this paper are as follows: (1) How do transitional experiences, resilience, and social networks within the university environment affect the dropout intentions of bachelor's students, with a special focus on gender issues, over time? (2) What possible guidelines for prevention strategies can be derived from this analysis to address the issue of university dropout as early as possible? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present analysis integrates psychological-individual and sociological-institutional approaches (Heublein/Wolter 2011), to examine the role and interplay of transition management experiences, resilience, and social networks (in terms of peers, university staff, and study groups) in relation to dropout intentions over time. Additionally, a special focus on gender differences is considered within the analysis. A two-year panel survey (2022-2023) was conducted among all bachelor’s students in economics and social sciences at an Austrian public university. In 2022, students were contacted via mail, resulting in an initial participation of 1,502 students, of whom 1,000 completed the questionnaire, thereby providing a robust dataset for analysis (n = 1,000). In a subsequent round, these students were invited to re-participate in the survey in 2023. The survey results were then analysed using various regression models for panel analysis, including pooled and random effects models, to identify significant effects over time. Furthermore, to gain deeper insights into gender-based experiences, participants’ open-ended statements regarding their current study situation were analyzed for this paper. A total of 853 statements from students across both survey waves (2022-23) were coded and categorised using qualitative content analysis (Mayring/Fenzl, 2019). In this context, research in higher education that effectively combines quantitative and qualitative data over time remains relatively rare. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings derived from various panel models indicate that strong social networks (in relation to other peers), resilience, and smooth transition to university have a preventive effect on the intention to drop out. Notably, female students tend to perceive their interactions with lecturers and other university staff differently than their male counterparts, particularly concerning their intentions to withdraw from their studies. Further analyses reveal that women not only cite feelings of loneliness significantly more often as a reason for their intentions of withdrawal, but they also express greater frustration with the institution – considering distance learning – in their answers. Additionally, results from the qualitative content analysis demonstrate that female and male students evaluate loneliness and its underlying causes in distinct ways. While male students assert that they “prefer studying on their own anyway”, female students articulate complaints regarding the university environment and in their academic experiences, highlighting the challenges they face in forming social connections at university. Building on previous findings in higher education research, the results of the present study suggest that early preparation for studying, proactive management of the transition process by the institutions, support for the development of students' resilience, and the promotion of social networks that address gender-specific needs can prevent dropout intentions and contribute to reducing dropout rates among university students in the long run. These findings are of particular relevance to researchers and higher education policymakers aiming to implement early-stage prevention strategies to address university dropout rates. References Alkan, N. (2014). Humor, Loneliness and Acceptance: Predictors of University Drop-out Intentions. In: Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 152: 1079–1086. Bellmann, L./Leber, U. (2019). Bildungsökonomik, 2. erweiterte Auflage. Oldenburg: de Gruyter. Berndt, S./Felix, A. (2020). Resilienz und der Übergang in die Hochschule – Eine empirische Untersuchung der Bedeutung von Resilienz für den Studienerfolg und -abbruch in der Studieneingangsphase. In: Beiträge zur Hochschulforschung, 42 (1-2/2020): 36-55. Burk, M./Hetze, P. (2023). Hochschul-Barometer: Lage und Entwicklung der Hochschulen aus Sicht ihrer Leitungen, Ausgabe 2023. Essen: Stifterverband für die Deutsche Wissenschaft e.V. Deutscher Akademischer Austauschdienst (DAAD) (2021). New strategic framework for European cooperation in the field of education (2021-2030). Deuer, E./Wild, S. (2018). Validierung eines Instruments zur Erfassung der Studienabbruchsneigung bei dual Studierenden, 4. Auflage. Duale Hochschule Baden-Württemberg. Frisby, B.N. et al. (2020). The role of classroom relationships as sources of academic resilience and hope. In: Communication Quarterly, 68 (3): 289-305. Haag, N. et al. (2025). Studienverläufe: Zusatzbericht der Studierenden-Sozialerhebung 2023. Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS). Hauschildt, K. et al. (2024). Social and Economic Conditions of Student Life in Europe: Eurostudent 8 - Synopsis of Indicators 2021-2024. Bielefeld: wbv Media. Heublein, U. et al. (2022). Die Entwicklung der Studienabbruchquoten in Deutschland. In: DZHW-Brief, 2022 (05): 1-16. Heublein, U./Wolter, A. (2011). Studienabbruch in Deutschland. Definition, Häufigkeit, Ursachen, Maßnahmen. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 57 (2): 214-236. Hofmann, Y. E. et al. (2020). Die Bedeutung von Resilienz im Hochschulkontext – Eine Standortbestimmung von Forschung und Praxis. In: Beiträge 26 von 30 zur Hochschulforschung, 42 (1-2): 10-35. Mayring, P./Fenzl, T. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In: Baur, N./Blasius, J. (eds) Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung. Springer VS: Wiesbaden. Lane, J. A. (2020). Attachment, Ego Resilience, Emerging Adulthood, Social Resources, and Well-Being Among Traditional-Aged College Students. In: TPC, 10 (2): 157-169. Nairz-Wirth, E./Feldmann, K. (2018). Hochschulen relational betrachtet. In: AQ Austria (eds): Durchlässigkeit in der Hochschulbildung. Beiträge zur 5. AQ Austria Jahrestagung 2017. Wien: Facultas. Potapova, E. (2025). Tackling dropout from higher education. ENESET report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Thaler, B. et al. (2021). Prüfungsinaktivität in Bachelor- und Diplomstudien an Universitäten. Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS). Tian, C. et al. (2025). Psychological distress and loneliness among European university students during the COVID-19 pandemic: a European survey. BMC Public Health, 25 (2025): 3841. Vossensteyn, H. et al. (2015). Dropout and Completion in Higher Education in Europe: Main Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper University Teachers’ Perceptions of Departmental Culture: A Cross-National Study of China and Sweden 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: Umeå University Presenting Author:Departmental culture is a central aspect of teachers’ working environment in higher education, shaping teachers’ professional development as well as teaching and learning practices. Despite its importance, how departmental culture is perceived across different national contexts remains underexplored. China and Sweden represent higher education systems with distinct institutional arrangements and approaches to teacher professional development, which are likely to shape how departmental cultures are experienced by university teachers. Against this background, this study examines university teachers’ perceptions of departmental culture in China and Sweden and explores how teachers' perceptions differ across professional backgrounds and professional development practices. The study is theoretically informed by Hargreaves’ (1994) school culture model and its extension to higher education by Tynjälä and Kálmán’s (2019, 2020). Within this framework, departmental culture is conceptualized as a multidimensional construct encompassing: (1) culture of departmental support of teaching, referring to the extent to which teaching is valued and supported within departments; (2) training- and project-centered professional culture, capturing departments’ use of formal and organized approaches to teaching development; and (3) culture of voluntary collegial collaboration, reflecting informal and voluntary interactions among colleagues around teaching and professional development. Guided by this framework, the study addresses the following research questions: 1. How do university teachers in China and Sweden perceive departmental culture? 2. How do teachers’ perceptions of departmental culture differ across professional backgrounds and professional development practices? In this study, professional practices are understood as teachers’ engagement in pedagogical studies and professional development activities related to teaching, while professional background includes disciplinary affiliation and teaching experience. By examining teachers’ perceptions within two national higher education systems, this study contributes to an international perspective on departmental culture in higher education, highlighting cross-national differences as well as differences associated with teachers’ professional backgrounds and professional development practices. The findings are expected to inform ongoing European and international discussions on academic work environments and teacher professional development in universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed two validated instruments developed by Kálmán et al. (2020): the Inventory of Perceptions of Departmental Culture (IPDC) and the Inventory of Professional Development Activities (IPDA). The IPDC measures university teachers’ perceptions of departmental culture, while the IPDA captures teachers’ engagement in professional development activities related to teaching.The IPDC served as the primary instrument and its items were rated on a five-point Likert scale (1 = completely disagree to 5 = completely agree), while IPDA items assessed the frequency of participation in professional development activities on a five-point scale (1 = never to 5 = always). To examine whether a comparable factor structure of two instruments could be identified across national contexts, exploratory factor analysis (EFA) was conducted separately for the Chinese and Swedish samples. Based on the EFA results, the modified IPDC comprised three factors: culture of departmental support of teaching, training- and project-centered professional culture, and culture of voluntary collegial collaboration. The modified IPDA included two factors: research-focused professional development activities and sharing teaching practices with colleagues. Following EFA, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was performed separately in the Chinese and Swedish samples to validate the factor structure of the IPDC. Where theoretically justified, residual correlations were added based on modification indices. After acceptable model fit was established, multigroup confirmatory factor analysis (MGCFA) was conducted to test measurement invariance across the two countries. Configural, metric, and scalar invariance models were examined. When full scalar invariance was not supported, selected item intercepts were freely estimated to achieve partial scalar invariance, which provided the basis for subsequent latent mean comparisons. To examine whether teachers’ perceptions of departmental culture were associated with professional backgrounds and professional development practices beyond national context, separate hierarchical regression analyses were conducted for each of the three departmental culture dimensions. Factor scores derived from the final partial scalar invariance model were used as dependent variables. Country, professional background variables (discipline and teaching experience), and professional development practices were entered stepwise as predictors. Interaction terms involving country were examined to assess whether associations differed by national context. Given substantial differences in the distribution of pedagogical study amount between China and Sweden, within-country hierarchical regression analyses were conducted using country-specific categorizations of pedagogical study amount. In addition, pairwise comparisons of adjusted means were conducted using general linear models to further examine group differences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results revealed significant national differences in teachers’ perceptions of departmental culture. Specifically, Swedish teachers reported higher levels of training- and project-centered professional culture and voluntary collegial collaboration than their Chinese counterparts. These findings suggest that national context plays an important role in shaping how departmental culture is experienced by university teachers. Across countries, professional development practices emerged as the most consistent correlates of departmental culture. In particular, sharing teaching practices with colleagues was positively associated with all dimensions of departmental culture, highlighting the importance of everyday professional interaction in fostering supportive and collaborative departmental environments. The role of pedagogical study amount, however, showed different patterns across the two countries. In China, engagement in pedagogical studies was associated with training- and project-centered and voluntary collegial collaboration culture, whereas in Sweden, higher levels of pedagogical study were more strongly linked to departmental support for teaching and training- and project-centered professional culture. This pattern suggests that the role of pedagogical study in shaping departmental culture varies across national higher education contexts. By contrast, professional backgrounds such as discipline, showed weaker association and more context-dependent associations with departmental culture, while teaching experience was not significantly related to any cultural dimension. Overall, the findings indicate that departmental culture is shaped less by stable background characteristics and more by broader national context and teachers’ active engagement in professional development. References Cheung, G. W., & Rensvold, R. B. (2002). Evaluating goodness-of-fit indexes for testing measurement invariance. Structural Equation Modeling, 9, 233–255. Clarke, C., & Reid, J. (2013). Foundational academic development: building collegiality across divides?. International journal for academic development, 18(4), 318-330. Cohen, J., Cohen, P., West, S. G., & Aiken, L. S. (2013). Applied multiple regression/correlation analysis for the behavioral sciences. Routledge. Gibbs, G., & Coffey, M. (2004). The impact of training of university teachers on their teaching skills, their approach to teaching and the approach to learning of their students. Active learning in higher education, 5(1), 87-100. Hargreaves, A. (1994). Changing teachers, changing times: Teachers' work and culture in the postmodern age. Teachers College Press. Hu, L., & Bentler, P. M. (1999). Cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance in covariance structure analysis: Conventional criteria versus new alternatives. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 6(1), 1–55. Kálmán, O., Tynjälä, P., & Skaniakos, T. (2020). Patterns of university teachers’ approaches to teaching, professional development and perceived departmental cultures. Teaching in Higher Education, 25(5), 595-614. Knight, P. T., & Trowler, P. R. (2000). Department-level cultures and the improvement of learning and teaching. Studies in higher education, 25(1), 69-83. Murtonen, M., & Vilppu, H. (2020). Change in university pedagogical culture–The impact of increased pedagogical training on first teaching experiences. International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research, 19(3), 367-383. Muthén, L. K. & Muthén, B. O. (1998–2017). Mplus user’s guide. Eighth Edition. Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén Myllykoski-Laine, S., Postareff, L., Murtonen, M., & Vilppu, H. (2022). Building a framework of a supportive pedagogical culture for teaching and pedagogical development in higher education. Higher Education, 1-19. Postareff, L., Lindblom-Ylänne, S., & Nevgi, A. (2007). The effect of pedagogical training on teaching in higher education. Teaching and teacher education, 23(5), 557-571. Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L. S. (2019). Using multivariate statistics (7th Еd.). Trowler, P. (2008). Cultures and change in higher education: Theories and practices. Bloomsbury Publishing. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Making Thinking Heard: Characterising Teachers’ Evidence-Based Enquiry into Student Thinking 1: The University of Hong Kong; 2: The University of Melbourne Presenting Author:Evidence-based practices have been a central focus in promoting educational quality during recent decades. In contrast to evidence-informed educational practices that primarily draw upon existing theories and preliminary research results, evidence-based practice necessitates practitioners to incorporate evidence throughout all stages of their professional practices to enhance the validation of instructional interventions (Owen et al., 2022). Within teacher education, different forms and scopes of evidence-based enquiry activities have been employed across the globe to enhance instructional quality. These emphasise the significance of teachers leveraging evidence from multiple sources (e.g., empirical research findings, policy documents, and contextual data) to inform their educational decision-making processes (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1990, 2011). Despite the theoretical and methodological advancements of evidence-based enquiry, significant challenges persist in teachers’ implementation. One widespread tension is that teachers may perceive enquiry being situated in formal projects or grants that are separated and disconnected from their everyday practice (Berger et al., 2005). Moreover, teachers’ current evidence-based practices primarily rely on established theories, prior research results, guidance from external experts, and summative student assessment data, with limited attention to students’ thinking processes (e.g., Kretlow & Helf, 2013; Zembal-Saul et al., 2002). Nevertheless, evidence generated by students in real-time interactions is often undervalued, hindering the effectiveness of teacher reflection and the development of their “knowing-to” (Mason & Spence, 1999) required for in-the-moment responsive instruction. Another significant challenge is teachers’ confusion when interpreting and negotiating various sources of evidence that emerge in classrooms, such as curriculum requirements, pedagogical principles, and students’ diverse behaviours and engagement patterns that occur simultaneously (Altinyelken, 2011). These challenges hinder the full realisation of teachers’ evidence-based enquiry initiatives, necessitating significant attention to how teachers can more effectively leverage various sources of evidence to incorporate student thinking into their evidence-based practices. Therefore, this study aims to characterise how teachers engage in evidence-based enquiry through a student-focused professional learning programme. Specifically, it examines how teachers leverage diverse sources of evidence to investigate student thinking within their instructional practices. The research objective can be unpacked into two questions: i) What constitutes the evidence that teachers leverage when investigating student thinking during enquiry? ii) How do teachers leverage diverse sources of evidence to inform their instructional practice? This study employs cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT) as its analytical perspective. Building on Leontiev’s notion of “activity” that involves both materialistic processes as external activities and mental processes as internal activities (Leontiev, as cited in Cong-Lem, 2022), Engeström and Sannino (2021) conceptualise activity system as a dynamic network comprising six interconnected components: subject, object, artefacts, community, rules, and division of labour (Cong-Lem, 2022; Engeström & Sannino, 2010, 2021). This study specifically centres on the role of “artefacts” and their dynamic interplay with the subject, object, and community across different stages in teachers’ research processes. Artefacts are operationalised as the evidence that teachers leverage during their enquiry into student thinking. For instance, during the planning stage, these involve established theories, prior research results, and curricula that teachers employ to develop their research plans. During the data analysis stage, artefacts involve the empirical evidence that teachers collected during implementation for their analysis and reflection. By examining the various sources of evidence, this study aims to uncover how teachers leverage evidence to investigate student thinking within their instructional practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in the research site of a professional learning programme implemented in China designed to support teachers in learning about and conducting task-based clinical interviews (Confrey, 1990) with students. The programme was collaboratively organised by a group of university-based researchers and involved 15 high school mathematics teachers as participants. The main activities involved lectures, workshops, hands-on individual practice and group discussions, through which the teachers were supported in designing and implementing task-based clinical interviews with students. Throughout these activities, the teachers were supported to identify and reconstruct pedagogical problems, develop interview tasks and protocols, implement interviews with students, collect relevant data, and analyse students’ mathematical thinking to inform their future instructional practices. Six teachers were selected through purposive sampling (Denzin et al., 2023) as the research participants based on their active engagement in the programme and willingness. The selection criteria included: (i) completion of the entire enquiry process; (ii) attendance at the majority of key programme sessions; (c) consent to be involved, observed and recorded throughout their enquiry process. The research data were collected throughout the programme from multiple sources. All programme sessions were video- and audio-recorded to capture teachers’ activities both within the programme site and their interactions with students during the implementation of interviews. Upon completion of the programme, one-on-one semi-structured interviews were conducted with each teacher participant and university-based researcher, each lasting for around one hour. Teacher interviews focused on eliciting insights into their experiences of conducting evidence-based enquiry and their evolving understanding of student thinking. Concurrently, interviews with university-based researchers explored their perspectives on teachers’ evidence-based enquiry practices. All documents associated with teachers’ enquiry processes, including task design, interview protocols, presentation slides and student work, were collected. To characterise how teachers engage in evidence-based enquiry to investigate student thinking, thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was employed to identify a comprehensive suite of themes representing the evidence leveraged by teachers. The analysis started with familiarisation with the dataset through a holistic review and the generation of memos and analytical notes (Yin, 2013). Then the data went through iterative rounds of coding to systematically label relevant segments and shape categories and subcategories to identify emergent patterns of and interconnections among different codes. By specifying the various sources of evidence and ways that teachers leverage, these results provide insights for understanding how teachers bridge evidence-based enquiry with instructional decision-making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed the teachers leveraged evidence from three primary sources to inform their enquiry into student thinking: theories, curricula, and real-time student-generated cues. Some teachers operationalised educational theories, such as constructivism, behaviourism, and social learning, as frameworks to inform their task design, protocol development and data analysis. They regarded theories as specialised evidence that offer insights into how students think and learn, what motivates student thinking, and how to facilitate students’ engagement and meaning-making in classrooms. Another vital source of evidence was the curricula, such as extension tasks in nationally standardised textbooks and school-based curriculum exercises. Curricula inspired teachers’ task design, specifically the task scenarios, the sequence of learning activities, and expected learning outcomes. By utilising curriculum frameworks, teachers drew upon a systematically organised body of pedagogical principles developed to promote students’ effective learning. The utilisation of curricula as evidence ensured that teachers’ enquiries into student thinking were well grounded in established educational frameworks and aligned with external guidelines. The most immediate source of evidence was real-time student-generated cues, including students’ expressions and actions. During the implementation of interviews with students and data analysis, teachers engaged in careful observations of students’ verbal responses, body language, and behaviours to gain nuanced insights into students’ cognitive and emotional processes. For instance, students’ active participation, thoughtful questions, and articulate explanations may indicate their comprehension and genuine interest, while signs of confusion, disengagement, or frustration, such as lack of eye contact and withdrawal offered potential cues that students needed additional support or alternative instructional approaches. While each source of evidence offers unique insights, their triangulation creates a robust framework for teachers’ enquiry into student thinking. The integration of theories, curricula, and student cues allows teachers to move beyond a single perspective, facilitating their more responsive, personalised, and effective instructional decision-making. References [1] Altinyelken, H. K. (2011). Student‐centred pedagogy in Turkey: Conceptualisations, interpretations and practices. Journal of Education Policy, 26(2), 137–160. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2010.504886 [2] Berger, J. G., Boles, K. C., & Troen, V. (2005). Teacher research and school change: Paradoxes, problems, and possibilities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(1), 93–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2004.11.008 [3] Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa [4] Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1990). Research on Teaching and Teacher Research: The Issues That Divide. Educational Researcher, 19(2), 2–11. https://doi.org/10.2307/1176596 [5] Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2011). Commentary: Changing Perspectives on Practitioner Research. LEARNing Landscapes, 4(2), 17–23. https://doi.org/10.36510/learnland.v4i2.381 [6] Confrey, J. (1990). What Constructivism Implies for Teaching. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education. Monograph, 4, 107-122+195-210. https://doi.org/10.2307/749916 [7] Cong-Lem, N. (2022). Vygotsky’s, Leontiev’s and Engeström’s Cultural-Historical (Activity) Theories: Overview, Clarifications and Implications. Integrative Psychological and Behavioral Science, 56(4), 1091–1112. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12124-022-09703-6 [8] Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., Giardina, M. D., & Cannella, G. S. (2023). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. In 9781071836743. Sage Publications Inc. (Textbooks). [9] Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002 [10] Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2021). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: Four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328 [11] Kretlow, A. G., & Helf, S. S. (2013). Teacher Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices in Tier 1: A National Survey. Teacher Education and Special Education: The Journal of the Teacher Education Division of the Council for Exceptional Children, 36(3), 167–185. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406413489838 [12] Mason, J., & Spence, M. (1999). Beyond Mere Knowledge of Mathematics: The Importance of Knowing-to Act in the Moment. In D. Tirosh (Ed.), Forms of Mathematical Knowledge (pp. 135–161). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-1584-3_7 [13] Owen, K. L., Watkins, R. C., & Hughes, J. C. (2022). From evidence‐informed to evidence‐based: An evidence building framework for education. Review of Education, 10(1), e3342. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3342 [14] Yin, R. K. (2013). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (Applied Social Research Methods). SAGE Publications. [15] Zembal-Saul, C., Munford, D., Crawford, B., Friedrichsen, P., & Land, S. (2002). Scaffolding Preservice Science Teachers’ Evidence-Based Arguments During an Investigation of Natural Selection. Research in Science Education, 32, 437–463. |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 B: Global Citizenship Education in Practice Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Attila Nóbik Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Transformative Learning through Global Citizenship Education (GCED) as a Contribution to Education for All? University of Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:This paper reflects on approaches to decolonial Global Citizenship Education (GCED) and their implementation in educational exchange programs. In particular, it draws on the work of Vanessa Andreotti, whose concept of Global Citizenship Education otherwise advances a holistic approach that, alongside (queer-)feminist and decolonial perspectives, explicitly includes nature as an integral part of coexistence. GCED otherwise thus addresses global and social inequalities as part of a transformative educational approach. The target groups of educational exchange programs in both the Global South and the Global North are affected by intersecting and interrelated dimensions of disadvantage, including social status, gender, financial circumstances, and mobility opportunities. For organizations running such exchange programs, these initiatives function as mechanisms for shaping relationships with project partners in the Global South on more equal terms. Accordingly, this paper opens up the following questions: What might Global Citizenship Education look like in practice when approached from a decolonial perspective? How can intersectional positionalities be taken into account and critically discussed? Which specific dispositions and attitudes need to be developed in the sense of convivial forms of living together? Under what conditions is it possible—or impossible—to speak? And how do these approaches contribute to transformative learning processes? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The concept of transformative learning represents an attempt to incorporate people’s biographies and lived realities in order to question habitual patterns of thinking and to open them up to possible change. In non-formal settings, spaces for unlearning, dialogue, and possibility are to be created. This vision, articulated within decolonial theories by scholars such as Arturo Escobar (2007), constitutes a key aspect of the transformative potential of decolonial theories and practices. This paper is based on an ethnographic research approach (Breidenstein et al. 2020). The project was carried out as part of an educational journey involving a group from Ghana in early summer 2025. Based on documented participant observations and conversations that took place during the journey, a shared experiential space became visible. The resulting observations were written up in the form of vignettes. This qualitative approach makes it possible to reflect on social interactions at a micro level with regard to their socio-political dimensions (see, among others, Peterlini 2020; Agostini et al. 2023). Central to vignette research is the perception of pre-reflexive experiences and the subsequent reflection on co-experienced situations. Throughout the research process, such “co-experienced” situations and interactions within the pedagogical setting were recorded as precisely as possible (Peterlini 2020, p. 134). Vignette research is based on the phenomenological assumption that the experiences of others can be co-experienced. If experience is the “only evidence” (Laing 2015) through which we understand and reflect upon the world, then co-experiencing—that is, being involved in the experiential processes of others with whom we are connected in a given situation—opens up new possibilities for reflection (Peterlini 2020). The described micro-interactions were validated within a writing and research group, and, based on these, socially relevant insights for pedagogical practice were jointly derived (Agostini et al. 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper addresses the question of how Global Citizenship Education can be designed in practice from a decolonial perspective (otherwise). Using the example of a South-to-North exchange program, this paper claims that decolonial perspectives are not merely a theoretical challenge but have concrete implications for pedagogical practice. GCED otherwise demonstrates that seemingly universal educational claims must be critically questioned and expanded to include diverse forms of knowledge. Exchange programs can thus function as learning spaces in which dominant narratives are challenged and alternative perspectives are made visible. Within these learning processes, participants’ respective intersectional positionalities must be considered, as processes are always shaped by social positioning. A decolonial approach therefore requires taking experiences of discrimination seriously and making diverse voices heard through spaces such as safer spaces and brave spaces. Unlearning, dialogue, and the acknowledgment of complexity open up pedagogical spaces in which not only knowledge but also attitudes and relationships can be transformed. In this sense, the pedagogical practice of Global Citizenship Education otherwise also becomes a form of peace education, as defined by Wintersteiner: “peace education is education through peaceful means” and “must also be structured and practiced in emancipatory ways” (Wintersteiner 2009: 16). References Agostini, Evi/ Peterlini, Hans Karl/Donlic, Jasmin/Kumpusch, Verena/Lehner, Daniela/ Sandner, Isabella (2023): Die Vignette als Übung der Wahrnehmung. Zur Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns, Opladen, Berlin und Toronto: Barbara Budrich. Andreotti, de Oliveira Vanessa/Stein, Sharon/Suša, Rene/Čajkova, Tereza/d’Emilia, Dani/Elwood, Jimmy/Calhoun, Bill/Amsler, Sarah/Cardoso, Camilla/Siwek, Dino/Fay, Kyra (2019): “Global Citizenship Otherwise Study Program” (https://decolonialfutures.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/decolonial-futures-gce-otherwise-1.pdf). Bieß, Cora/Krohn, Juliana/Lehner, Daniela/Pauls, Christina/Schöffmann, Rosemarie/Wohlfahrt, Gisela (2025): Zwischen Kolonialität und Pluriversalität: Ein dekolonial inspiriertes Methodenhandbuch für die Bildungs-, Friedens- und- Konfliktarbeit, Berlin: Berghof Foundation. Breidenstein, Georg/Hirschauer, Stefan/Kalthoff, Herbert/Nieswand, Boris (2020) Ethnografie. Die Praxis der Feldforschung, 3. Aufl., München: UVK Verlag. Escobar, Arturo (2007): “Worlds and Knowledges otherwise: The Latin American modernity/coloniality research program.” In: Cultural Studies 21/2–3. S. 179–210. Laing, Roland (2015 [1967]): Phänomenologie der Erfahrung, 18. Aufl., Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Peterlini, Hans Karl (2020): „Phänomenologie als Forschungshaltung. Einführung in die Theorie und Methodik für das Arbeiten mit Vignetten und Lektüren.“ In: Donlic, Jasmin/Strasser, Irene (Hrsg.) Gegenstand und Methoden qualitativer Sozialforschung. Einblicke in die Forschungspraxis, Opladen, Berlin und Toronto: Barbara Budrich, S. 121–138. Wintersteiner, Werner/Grobbauer, Heidi/Diendorfer, Gertraud/Reitmair-Juárez, Susanne (2015): Global Citizenship Education. Politische Bildung für die Weltgesellschaft, Klagenfurt: Österreichische UNESCO-Kommission. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Competencies for Global Education Implementation in Secondary Schools: Comparative Insights from Kenya and Germany Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:In today’s highly interconnected world, it is essential that education systems prepare students with knowledge to understand complex global challenges and issues (Bourn, 2016). Thus, Global Education (GE) has been one of the major aspects of many curricula across the world to promote values of global citizenship, sustainability, and intercultural understanding (Lantz & Davies, 2015). Attempts to incorporate and implement GE in schools converge at the intersection between curriculum, teachers, and their students, and it depends on teachers as mediators between policy frameworks and classroom realities (Biesta et al., 2014). Hence, the successful implementation of GE in schools largely depends on teachers’ competencies (including their knowledge, pedagogical skills, intercultural sensitivity, and reflective practices).
Extant literature on GCE implementation stresses teachers’ perceptions of not being well prepared to handle GCE-related issues and tending to avoid them in their classroom activities (Neins et al., 2013). Therefore, it is important to explore teacher competencies (knowledge, skills, and abilities) as not only what is required to teach and improve students’ learning, but also as the requisites to facilitate GE implementation in schools and classrooms. Against this background, this paper presents part of a doctoral research project on the intended curriculum and teacher competencies in GE implementation in secondary schools in Kenya and Germany. Focusing on teachers and teacher competencies (including three aspects: (1) knowledge of global issues, (2) pedagogical skills for engaging students in global learning, and (3) intercultural and reflective dispositions), the study aims to address three questions: 1. How do teachers understand GCE in Kenya and Germany? 2. What skills and dispositions do the teachers require to implement GE in their schools and classrooms? 3. Are these competencies and understanding of GE context dependent? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a multiple case study design (Yin, 2014) to examine how secondary school teachers understand and implement global education in different national contexts. Data collection is designed around semi-structured interviews, which aim to explore teachers’ knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, and classroom practices related to GE implementation. The interview protocol is guided by a thematic framework focusing on teachers’ conceptual understanding of global education, professional development experiences, and curriculum alignment to the integration of GE. Purposive sampling (Etikan, 2016) is employed to select a total of 20 secondary school teachers from six schools within the UNESCO Associated Schools Network (ASPnet), with three schools drawn from each country context (Kenya and Germany) and an equal representation of 10 teachers per country. UNESCO ASPnet schools were selected due to their explicit commitment to promoting global education agendas and their recognized role in advancing global citizenship, intercultural understanding, and education for sustainable development. This alignment with GE objectives makes them particularly suitable sites for investigating how teachers interpret and enact global education principles within formal schooling contexts. Although data collection has not yet commenced at the time of submission, fieldwork has been fully planned and is scheduled to take place prior to the conference. By the time of the conference, all interviews will have been conducted, and initial data analysis will be underway. This paper will present preliminary findings that highlight emerging patterns, similarities, and differences in teachers’ understandings, skills, and practices of implementing GE in Kenya and Germany. A comparative analysis of findings is intended to illuminate how differing educational systems, socio-cultural environments, and policy frameworks shape teacher competencies and the integration of GE into classroom practice. By examining teachers’ experiences across two distinct educational landscapes, the study aims to contribute to understanding how GE is understood and implemented in divergent contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to generate empirical insights into how secondary school teachers in Kenya conceptualize and implement GE in schools. First, the findings are likely to show differences in teachers’ understanding of GE ranging from broad, values-oriented interpretations (e.g., global awareness, intercultural understanding, and sustainability) to more fragmented or topic-based understandings tied to specific subjects or curricula units. This is also evident in the preliminary analysis of the secondary school curricula in both countries. In addition, while teachers in Kenya and Germany may express normative support for GE, the depth and coherence of their conceptualization and understanding are expected to differ. Secondly, teachers’ professional development experiences are expected to emerge as a key determinant of teachers’ capacity to implement GE. Teachers’ prior exposure to international programs, UNESCO-related activities, and training is expected to demonstrate stronger pedagogical confidence and intention to implement GE. Thirdly, the study is expected to identify context-specific and cross-cutting factors influencing teachers' understanding and implementation of GE. Lastly, comparative analysis is expected to highlight both commonalities and divergences in how GE is mediated, despite UNESCO ASPnet affiliation providing a shared normative framework. References Adamson, B. (2012). International Comparative Studies in Teaching and Teacher Education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(5), 641-648. Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2017). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching. Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624–640 Bourn, D. (2016). Teachers as agents of social change. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 7(3), 63-77. Bürgener, L., & Barth, M. (2018). Sustainability competencies in teacher education: making teacher education count in everyday school practice. Journal of Cleaner Production, 174, 821-826. Cirila, P., 2015. Teacher competencies through the prism of educational research. CEPS Journal, 5(3), pp. 183-204. Etikan, I. (2016). Comparison of convenience sampling and purposive sampling. American Journal of Theoretical and Applied Statistics, 5(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ajtas.20160501.11 Ferguson-Patrick, K., Reynolds, R. & Macqueen, S., 2018. Integrating curriculum: a case study of teaching Global Education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(2), pp. 187-201. Lantz, C. & Davies, I. (2015). Global education in theory. In B. M. Maguth & J. Hilburn (Eds), The State of Global Education: Learning with the world and its people. (pp.41- 59). New York: Routledge. Niens, U., O’Connor, U., & Smith, A. (2013). Citizenship education in divided societies: teachers’ perspectives in Northern Ireland. Citizenship Studies, 17(1), 128–141. Rychen, D. S., & Salganik, L. H. (2003). A holistic model of competence. In D. S. Rychen, & L. H. Salganik, Key Competencies for a Successful Life and a Well-functioning Society (pp. 41-62). Goettingen: Hogrefe and Huber Publishers. Selvi, K. (2010). Teachers' Competencies. International Journal of Philosophy of Culture and Axiology, 167-175. Standish, A. (2014). What is global education, and where is it taking us? The Curriculum Journal, 25(2), 166-186, https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2013.870081 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Global Citizenship Education: Views and Perceptions of Secondary School Teachers University of York, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This research reformulates the notion of the global citizen and global citizenship education from the global south perspectives. The notion of global citizen is currently emerging as an important topic across the world both in global north and global south countries. There are some driving issues that have ignited this classic idea to be hotly debated among scholars across the world. Understanding global problems, supporting political movements, creating global ethic, addressing environmental issues, gender inequality, learning global competences, or even just traveling abroad (Andreotti, 2014; Bates, 2012; Dill, 2014; Dower, 2003). However, I would argue that in the current post-truth era where there are a wide range of information and the fake news are easily spread among people, being global citizen means that people are required to have a fair-minded critical thinking (Brown, 2014), in other words, people are able to have a global consciousness to survive in this globalised world (Dill, 2014). By having those global skills, students are expected able to live in a wider community without boundaries. In order to be able to put a fair-minded critical thinking and global mindedness, there are a variety of ways to educate students to be a global citizen. Global citizenship education is one of the way because it can be integrated towards the schools subjects and activities to teach students to be a global citizen (Al-Maamari, 2022; Bamber et al., 2018; Goren & Yemini, 2016). In addition, being a global citizen also posed some threats for some local culture. Some of them argue that it might affect and losing local culture due to the wide range of penetration from outsider (Abdul-Jabbar, 2023). Currently global citizen can be defined by different purposes. In the United States, Dill (2014) has argued that it consists of global consciousness and global competences. Global consciousness is believed that people need to have some awareness and understanding towards different groups of people, including their opinion (Dill, 2014). In contrast, global competences, it is believed that people need to have some skills that would enable them surviving in current globalised world (Dill, 2014). Andreotti (2014) differentiates between soft and critical approach towards global citizenship education. The soft approach means that global citizens can be developed through some sort of activities such as student exchange, while the critical approach means that it needs to address a deep roots of thinking towards others (Andreotti, 2014). Oxley and Morris (2013) provide more comprehensive frame of references in defining global citizens. They argued that global citizens have been categorised towards cosmopolitan and advocacy based model. Most of these typologies have been developed in the context of the Global North. It is increasingly important to develop our understanding of global citizenship education in a Global South context, in order to sharpen the framework through which we understand this global phenomenon. This research contributes an insight into the Indonesian context, where I argue that global citizenship is important because it shapes students to have fair-minded critical thinking skills, fostering global consciousness, and therefore the relevant skills to survive in a post-truth era. According to these current debates and the importance of being a global citizen, the main objectives of this research was to identify teachers and pre-service teachers perspectives towards the notion of global citizenship. Understanding teachers perspectives from Indonesian context would support the current debates among scholars and contributes to the global citizenship education research literature among scholars over the world and in particular in the field of intercultural education research. The research question for this study was “what are the Indonesian teachers and pre-service teachers view towards global citizenship education?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is based on the interviews with twenty professional civic education teachers and ten final year of pre-service teachers at the department of Pancasila and civics education in Indonesia. In particular, this research was focused on teachers perspectives on pedagogies and their understanding towards global citizenship education. Civic education was chosen because this module provide some content knowledge and practices in relation to global issues. In addition, pre-service teachers at department of Pancasila and civics education were chosen because they have preliminary knowledge about the notion of global citizen when studying at the university. The final year students means that they have a one semester teaching experience placed in the schools so that they have applied their knowledge into practice in the schools. By combining between professional and pre-service teachers, it adds rich understanding according to the fresh theoretical knowledge from the pre-service teachers, and deep practical experience from the professional views. The interviews were held face-to-face and lasted for about 40 to 60 minutes. it was also being recorded using Bahasa Indonesia (Indonesian language). As an insider, the use of local language would enable research to get a deep understanding and experience without language boundaries. I analyzed the interview of the teachers and pre-service teachers in relation to the work of Dill (2014), and Andreotti (2014) to discuss about the important of global consciousness, critical aspect of global citizenship education, and fair-minded critical thinking skills (Brown, 2014) among students in senior high school. These three perspectives are closely related to the teachers and pre-service teachers of civics education in relation to global citizenship education. By considering some of patterns among teachers about what is global citizen, some teaching materials, including some challenges and difficulties in integrating those aspects towards teaching materials, this study would contribute to the current debate of global citizenship education. In relation to the data analysis, I was using the framework of reflective thematic analysis developed by Braun and Clark (date). This framework is very useful because my research was focusing on finding some themes emerging from the interview with teachers. A step-by-step guide starting from emerging with the data until developing themes is very well-structured so that I can refine the data from the teachers interview. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Global citizenship is signifying ways of thinking for understanding different perspectives. I would argue that it is supporting the notion of global consciousness development by Dill (2014). In Indonesian context, global consciousness can be seen from having a fair-minded critical thinking, having an ability to justify their argument as well as understanding clearly from others who are opposed with, having a foreign language skill such as English, having ability to adapt with different circumstances, and having some understanding towards information technology. To illustrate this, I have uncovered themes from the data. One of the teachers argued that in this globalized era, they are facing difficulty teaching students about finding the truth and justification from the internet. With the spread of accessing internet, students in high school are most likely obtain a daily source of information from social media such as short-video tiktok, short paragraph from twitter, as well as facebook and Instagram. With those kind of social media source, they would not be able to identify the truth because it is not enough to have a fair-minded critical thinking from just reading in social media. Instead, students might need a love of reading literature and books to form their thinking, so that they would not be easily justify the fake news. Finally, the teachers also believe that global citizens have a threat towards national identity and losing some of the local culture. Immersing with a wide range of information from the internet, movies, and some other outsider influence make students losing national identity and starting copying other cultures. In conclusion, global citizenship education has been widely used in different countries. In Indonesia, developing global consciousness and understanding different view would be best explained by the teachers. The finding of this study contributes towards the current debate of understanding global citizenship. References Abdul-Jabbar, W. K. (2023). Sustaining Qatari heritage as intercultural competencies: Towards a global citizenship education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2023.2248460 Al-Maamari, S. N. (2022). Developing global citizenship through geography education in Oman: Exploring the perceptions of in-service teachers. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 31(1), 22–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/10382046.2020.1863664 Andreotti, V. (2014). Soft versus Critical Global Citizenship Education. Development Education in Policy and Practice, 21–31. Bamber, P., Bullivant, A., Clark, A., & Lundie, D. (2018). Educating Global Britain: Perils and Possibilities Promoting ‘National’ Values through Critical Global Citizenship Education. British Journal of Educational Studies, 66(4), 433–453. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2018.1533097 Bates, R. (2012). Is global citizenship possible, and can international schools provide it? Journal of Research in International Education, 11(3), 262–274. https://doi.org/10.1177/1475240912461884 Brown, E. (2014). Fair-Minded Critical Thinking in Development Education: Reflections on pedagogies for transformation. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.18546/IJDEGL.06.1.02 Dill, J. (2014). The longings and limits of global citizenship education: The moral pedagogy of schoolong in a cosmopolitan age. Routlege. Dower, N. (2003). An Introduction to Global Citizenship. Edinburgh University Press. Goren, H., & Yemini, M. (2016). Global citizenship education in context: Teacher perceptions at an international school and a local Israeli school. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 46(5), 832–853. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2015.1111752 Oxley, L., & Morris, P. (2013). Global Citizenship: A Typology for Distinguishing its Multiple Conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 301–325. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2013.798393 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Becoming global otherwise – Subjectification at the crossroads of Global Citizenship Education and Intercomprehension 1: CIDTFF - Research Centre on Didactics and Technology in the Education of Trainers; 2: Department of Education and Psychology; 3: University of Aveiro; 4: University of Coimbra Presenting Author:This proposal reports on a doctoral research, previously presented at ECER, that was guided by the following research question: How can Global Citizenship Education through Intercomprehension be integrated into the Portuguese curriculum? The study examines the intersection of Global Citizenship Education (GCE) and Intercomprehension (IC) within the Portuguese educational system, with a particular focus on the first cycle of basic education, corresponding to the early years of schooling, i.e. children aged between 5 and 10 years old. The main objective of the research is to develop a theoretical framework capable of interpreting the curricular potential of GCE through Intercomprehension in Portugal. Drawing on a Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) methodology, the study seeks to build a comprehensive understanding of how these educational concepts intersect and interact within the specific socio-cultural context of the Portuguese education system, and how such interactions may be translated into curricular and pedagogical terms. At the core of the conceptual framework lies a critical approach to GCE and an understanding of IC as a multifaceted construct. Since receiving particular attention through the Global Education First Initiative (United Nations, 2012), GCE has occupied a prominent place in international and national educational agendas worldwide. Nevertheless, it remains a complex and chameleonic construct, serving and/or being mobilized for multiple purposes and ends (Pashby et al., 2020; Stein, 2015; Tarrozi & Torres, 2018; Torres, 2017). In this sense, to speak about global citizenship education today is to engage with “multiple ideological constellations overlapping and even contradicting one another” (Pashby et al., 2020, p. 1). A critical approach to GCE (Andreotti, 2006), as one of those ideological constellations, enables a rigorous examination of GCE’s potential to engage with historical legacies—such as Portugal’s colonial past—in connection with contemporary challenges, thereby orienting educational action towards a more sustainable and socially-justice based society. From an ontological perspective, critical GCE also opens space for IC to emerge as an educational goal aimed at preparing citizens for plural interactions of both cultural and linguistic nature (Andrade, 2003; Doyé, 2005; Parrança-da-Silva & Andrade, 2018; Parrança-da-Silva, 2024). This convergence between GCE and IC appears particularly promising insofar as it offers a possible response to requirements articulated in Portuguese curricular orientations that emphasize students’ personal and social development during this stage of schooling—encompassing purposes of qualification, socialization, and subjectification (Biesta, 2009, 2020). For some time, IC has been described as “One of the most remarkable and challenging ideas for the realization of a plurilingual education” (Doyé, 2005, p. 7). Emerging from didactics debates in the last decade of the twentieth century, IC came to be understood as a communicative situation in which each citizen uses their own language while understanding that of the other. Importantly, since its origins, IC has carried an intention towards inclusion and social justice, insofar as it affords equitable space and voice to one’s identity. This orientation contributed to the development of IC’s multifaceted identity, increasingly recognized not only as a form of communication or a pedagogical approach, but also as a means to foster inclusive educational environments conducive to social justice, as well as equitable and responsible participation. By exploring and discussing these theoretical underpinnings alongside Portuguese curricular references and the empirical data collected and analyzed during the research process, this study aims to propose a framework that highlights the synergistic relationship between GCE and IC. In doing so, it seeks to offer grounded insights into how educators—particularly teachers in the first cycle of basic education—may effectively integrate these concepts into both the curriculum and their pedagogical practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a CGT methodology (Charmaz, 2006, 2008; Clarke, 2003; Tarozzi, 2020) to explore, in a comprehensive and systematic manner, the integration of GCE and IC within the first years of schooling in Portugal. Originally developed by Glaser and Strauss (1967), GT is particularly adequate for the study of complex social phenomena, as it enables the production of theoretical insights that emerge directly from empirical data. In broad terms, GT may be understood both as a strategic approach to theorizing and as a set of methodological procedures that guide the iterative movement between data collection, analysis, and conceptual development. The research design comprises two inter-related qualitative inquiries. The first is grounded in a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of GCE and the Portuguese curricular framework. The second examines the practices, perceptions, and experiences of educators who participated in a teacher training course (TTC) developed within the Erasmus+ project “TEDS – Teacher Education for Sustainability – Schools educating for sustainability: proposals for and from in-service teacher education” (2019-1-PT01-KA201-060830), focusing on the theme “Dialogue, diversity and inclusion”. Participants in the TTC included kindergarten educators and teachers representing all levels of the Portuguese education system, thereby ensuring a diverse and institutionally representative set of perspectives relevant to the research problem. Regarding the first qualitative inquiry, a comprehensive literature review was conducted to gather relevant material published on GCE and IC up to 2023, together with the key documentary corpus necessary to address the subject matter and the particularities of the first school years. This step aimed to assemble a robust analytical baseline from which to interpret conceptual trends, curricular orientations, and the broader educational debates that frame the potential articulation between these two domains. Qualitative methods were also selected in order to accommodate both the diversity of participants and the multifaceted nature of the phenomena under investigation, while enabling an in-depth capture of participants’ perspectives. Data were collected from multiple sources so as to construct a rich understanding of TTC participants’ practices, perceptions, and experiences. The main data sources included teacher interviews, teacher project planning documents, teachers’ reflections, and educational resources, namely, tangible materials resulting from students’ learning, produced during the implementation of the educational projects developed by teachers as part of the TTC. Overall, this methodological approach enabled an in-depth exploration of how GCE and IC may be articulated within the Portuguese educational context, drawing on diverse sources of evidence to support nuanced insights and theoretically informed interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our doctoral research, conducted in Portugal between 2019 and 2026, we undertook a comprehensive exploration of the possibilities for integrating GCE through IC within the Portuguese curriculum. Grounded in a critical approach to GCE and in an understanding of IC as a multifaceted educational resource oriented towards social justice, this investigation engaged with the complex challenges and opportunities that arise at the intersection of these two educational constructs in the Portuguese socio-educational context. The research contributes to ongoing discussions on GCE and IC by delineating a pedagogical intersection area and by offering a more comprehensive understanding of both concepts and their potential curricular enactment in Portugal, particularly when viewed through a Biestian lens (Biesta, 2005, 2009, 2020). By adopting a CGT approach, the study sought to construct a theoretical framework attentive to the complexities and nuances of the Portuguese social and educational context, the empirical materials collected, and the theorization processes mobilized throughout the research. In this way, the work aimed to generate analytically grounded insights capable of informing education policy and practice, ultimately supporting the pursuit of a more inclusive, equitable, and globally-minded educational landscape in Portugal. For this presentation, we will provide an overall view of the study and then briefly discuss the main findings and insights generated by the research. References Andreotti, V. (2006). Soft versus critical global citizenship education. Policy & Practice - A Development Education Review, 3, 40–51. Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Biesta, G. (2020). Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411 Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. SAGE Publications. Charmaz, K. (2008). Grounded Theory as an Emergent Method. In S. N. Hesse-Biber & P. Leavy (Eds.), Handbook of emergent methods. Guilford Press. Clarke, A. E. (2003). Situational Analyses: Grounded Theory Mapping After the Postmodern Turn. Symbolic Interaction, 26(4), 553–576. https://doi.org/10.1525/si.2003.26.4.553 Doyé, P. (2005). Intercomprehension - Guide for the development of language education policies in Europe: from linguistic diversity to plurilingual education. Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Aldine Transaction. Parrança-da-Silva, F. (2024). Learning from the streets: a state-of-the-art review about Linguistic Landscapes and Global Citizenship Education. Bellaterra Journal of Teaching & Learning Language & Literature, 17(1), e1294. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/jtl3.1294 Parrança-da-Silva, F., & Andrade, A. I. (2018). Educação para a cidadania global e intercompreensão: reflexões em torno de um projeto desenvolvido no 1.o ciclo do ensino básico. Indagatio Didactica, 10(1), 83–97. https://doi.org/10.34624/id.v10i1.11403 Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2), 144–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352 Stein, S. (2015). Mapping Global Citizenship. Journal of College and Character, 16(4), 242-252. https://doi.org/10.1080/2194587X.2015.1091361 Tarozzi, M. (2020). What is Grounded Theory? Bloomsbury. Tarozzi, M., & Torres, C. A. (2016). Global Citizenship Education and the Crises of Multiculturalism. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781474236003 United Nations. (2012). Global Education First Initiative: an initiative of the United Nations Secretary-General. |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 C: Confronting Racism in Education: Professional Practices, Pedagogies, and Student Experiences Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Rachel Shanks Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Racism-Critical Self-Reflection in Everyday School Practice: A Reconstructive Study of Middle School Professionals Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Context, Relevance & European/International Dimension The European Union’s Working Group on Equality and Values in Education and Training (2021–2025) has emphasised that racism-critical self-reflection among school professionals is widely recognised as a key prerequisite for fostering inclusive and equitable educational environments. In its most recent report, the working group highlights inspiring educational practices and teacher training initiatives from countries such as Spain, Portugal, Germany, Slovakia, Finland, Greece, Slovenia and France. However, Austria is not yet represented among these examples of good practice in addressing racism in schools (European Commission. Directorate General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture., 2023). Similarly, within German-speaking educational research, Austria has been comparatively slow in systematically addressing racism in schools and has only recently begun to engage more intensively with the topic, particularly within the frameworks of inclusion, global citizenship education, and critical diversity literacy (Mecheril & Melter, 2025). Education systems across Europe are under pressure to uphold equality, respect and democratic values due to the growing influence of right-wing movements. Beyond explicit or highly visible forms of racist discrimination, little attention has been given to teachers' self-reflection on their own racist attitudes concerning subtle, everyday practices, language use, and implicit mental images. Such microaggressions often operate at hidden and unconscious levels, and can only be addressed when made visible through reflection on one’s own social positioning, privileges and embeddedness within hierarchical and hegemonic school structures (Broden, 2017; Doğmuş, 2024; El-Maawi et al., 2022). This study focuses on how such processes of racism-critical self-reflection are articulated and negotiated in the everyday practices of secondary school professionals. Research Question / Aim This study aims to reconstruct the orientations towards racism-critical self-reflection of middle school professionals, and to identify potential avenues for transformative practice in everyday school settings. Through a comparative analysis of narratives from teachers, school social workers and headteachers, the study will explore how professional roles and institutional contexts influence opportunities for racism-critical reflection and action. Central research question: How do middle school professionals’ orientations towards racism-critical self-reflection emerge in their narratives of everyday school practice? Sub-questions: Which situations and aspects of everyday school practice prompt racism-critical self-reflection among middle school professionals? How do institutional hierarchies within school staff shape professionals’ possibilities for critical or resistant action? What orientations towards transformative and inclusive practice can be reconstructed from professionals' narratives? Theoretical Framework This study adopts an interdisciplinary approach, drawing on cultural studies, sociology and educational research. Racism is conceptualised as cultural racism (Balibar, 1990; Rommelspacher, 2009) and understood as a structural phenomenon embedded in postcolonial and decolonial power relations (Castro Varela & Dhawan, 2020). Taking an intersectional perspective, racism is considered one of several interrelated dimensions of inequality that allocate power and privilege within society and educational institutions (Walgenbach, 2012). Theories of hegemony and power (Hall et al., 1994; Reckwitz, 2012) offer an analytical framework to examine how racialised norms and practices become normalised in everyday school contexts. The study also draws on critical whiteness approaches (Tißberger, 2017) to acknowledge the researcher's socially privileged position and its implications for knowledge production and interpretation. In the field of education, this study draws on transformative theories of learning (Mezirow, 2006) and research on teacher professionalisation, which highlights self-reflection as a vital foundation for anti-racist practice (Akbaba et al., 2022; Helsper, 2018). Although the aims and dimensions of racism-critical self-reflection have been extensively theorised in existing research, little is known about how such reflection is experienced and negotiated in everyday school practice. To address this, the study engages with scholarship on anti-Muslim racism (Said, 2003) to analyse how religious difference intersects with processes of racialisation in European school settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A reconstructive qualitative research design and the documentary method are used to explore racism-critical self-reflection, including implicit beliefs, mental images and everyday practices. This method aims to reconstruct implicit, atheoretical knowledge that guides everyday actions, but which the individuals involved cannot fully articulate themselves. This tacit knowledge is considered to be part of an individual's habitus and is formed through collective social contexts. Drawing on Mannheim’s sociology of knowledge, this shared experiential background is conceptualised as 'conjunctive experience'. By comparing cases that share similar conjunctive experiences — here, professional work in middle schools — the study reconstructs orientations towards racism-critical self-reflection and develops a typology of professional orientations (Bohnsack et al., 2010; Nohl, 2017; Przyborski & Wohlrab-Sahr, 2014). The documentary method focuses on the ‚documentary meaning‘ of pedagogical practices, distinguishing between what is said and how it is said. Everyday pedagogical actions are analysed as expressions of underlying orientation frameworks that cannot be accessed through explicit statements alone (Bohnsack et al., 2010). The data analysis followed the four-step procedure of the documentary method. First, thematic progressions were identified within each narrative interview and relevant passages were selected for in-depth analysis. Secondly, a formulating interpretation examined what was said in the text. Thirdly, a reflective interpretation focused on how experiences were narrated, distinguishing between narration, description and argumentation. Narration and description were particularly relevant for reconstructing implicit orientations (Nohl, 2017). The fourth step involved conducting a comparative analysis of shared themes (tertium comparationis) across cases, leading to type formation. Constant comparison using minimal and maximal contrasts ensured methodological rigour and analytical control (Bohnsack et al., 2010). Sampling followed a theoretical sampling strategy. The sample consists of eleven narrative interviews with middle school professionals in Austria: seven teachers, two school social workers and two head teachers. This composition enables a comparative analysis of the ways in which different professional roles contribute to inclusive school practices. Participants varied in age, professional background, first language and religious affiliation. All participants provided informed consent and were anonymised. Data were collected through narrative interviews conducted in Upper Austria with the approval of the regional Education Directorate. The interviews, which were audio-recorded and transcribed according to established standards on talk in qualitative research (Przyborski & Wohlrab-Sahr, 2014), lasted between 60 and 120 minutes. Ethical approval for the study was granted by the Ethics Committee of the University of Klagenfurt. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the analysis is ongoing, the following preliminary findings outline themes that will be further condensed into orientations and types of racism-critical self-reflection. The results will be presented through comparative case analyses and illustrated by selected case vignettes in order to make implicit orientations and their tensions visible. Religious practices—particularly narratives surrounding Ramadan in comparison to Catholic or interreligious school festivities—emerge as recurring sites of racism-critical self-reflection. These situations reveal how school professionals negotiate their own assumptions, norms, and positioning when dealing with religious diversity, especially Islam, in everyday school practice. Another recurring theme is the narrative about pupils' parents, which implicitly addresses social class and educational background. Moreover, middle schools are often positioned in contrast to academically selective secondary schools ("Gymnasiums"), reproducing hierarchical distinctions. Such orientations are implicit and point to (structural) conditions in which racism and classism intersect, become intertwined and are normalised within everyday school routines. Considerable variation is also found in how racism is conceptualised. Some professionals describe racism as absent from their school context, while others refer to notions of racism directed against the ethnic majority. These perspectives reflect broader societal discourses and illustrate the challenges professionals face in recognising structural and micro-aggressive forms of racism within their institutional settings. Institutional hierarchies, particularly those associated with age and professional seniority, have been shown to have a significant impact on the opportunities available for critical or resistant action. Preliminary analyses show that younger teachers often have critical reflections but don't voice them in work settings due to fears for their career and relationships. Overall, the preliminary findings suggest that racism-critical self-reflection emerges from the interplay of individual orientations and institutional conditions. The study aims to contribute to discussions in teacher education and professional development across European school contexts. References Akbaba, Y., Bello, B., & Fereidooni, K. (Eds). (2022). Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29043-6 Balibar, E. (1990). Gibt es einen ‘neuen Rassismus’? In E. Balibar & I. Wallerstein (Eds), Rasse, Klasse, Nation. Ambivalente Identitäten. (p. S.23-38). Argument. Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (Eds). (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method: In International Educational Research. Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.3224/86649236 Broden, A. (2017). Rassismuskritische Bildungsarbeit. Herausforderungen – Dilemmata – Paradoxien. In K. Fereidooni & M. El (Eds), Rassismuskritik und Widerstandsformen (pp. 819–835). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-14721-1_49 Castro Varela, M. do M., & Dhawan, N. (2020). Postkoloniale Theorie: Eine kritische Einführung (3. Auflage). transcript Verlag. Doğmuş, A. (2024). Rassismus in Schule erkennen und bearbeiten. Kontur eines Trialogs im Konnex von Theorie, Praxis und Reflexion. Journal Für lehrerInnenbildung Jlb 04/2024 Rassismuskritik. https://doi.org/10.35468/jlb-04-2024-02 El-Maawi, R., Owzar, M., Bur, T., & Ogette, T. (with Attoun, S.). (2022). No to rasicsm: Grundlagen für eine rassismuskritische Schulkultur (1. Auflage). hep. European Commission. Directorate General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2023). Tackling different forms of discrimination in and through education and training: Working group on equality and values in education and training (2021 2025) : issue paper. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/798464 Hall, S., Mehlem, U., Grell, B., John, D., & Hall, S. (1994). Rassismus und kulturelle Identität. Argument-Verlag. Helsper, W. (2018). Lehrerhabitus. In A. Paseka, M. Keller-Schneider, & A. Combe (Eds), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln (pp. 105–140). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17102-5_6 Mecheril, P., & Melter, C. (2025). Rassismus und Rassismuskritik. In I. Diehm, M. Hummrich, W. Meseth, & G. Putjata (Eds), Handbuch Erziehungswissenschaftliche Migrationsforschung (pp. 1–18). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-40621-9_11-1 Mezirow, J. (2006). An overview on transformative learning. In P. Sutherland & J. Crowther (Eds), Lifelong learning: Concepts and contexts. (pp. 24–38). Routledge. Nohl, A.-M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-16080-7 Przyborski, A., & Wohlrab-Sahr, M. (2014). Qualitative Sozialforschung: Ein Arbeitsbuch (4., erweiterte Auflage). Oldenbourg Verlag. Reckwitz, A. (2012). Subjekttheorie mit Michel Foucault. In A. Reckwitz (Ed.), Subjekt (3., unveränd. Aufl, pp. 23–39). Transcript-Verl. Rommelspacher, B. (2009). Was ist eigentlich Rassismus? In C. Melter, P. Mecheril, W. Scharathow, & R. Leiprecht (Eds), Rassismuskritik. Wochenschau Verlag. Said, E. W. (2003). Orientalism (Facsimile edition). Penguin. Tißberger, M. (2017). Critical Whiteness. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17223-7 Walgenbach, K. (2012). Intersektionalität- eine Einführung. www.portal-intersektionalität.de 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Innovative Educational Approaches to Build Trust with Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Migrant Learners Western University, Canada Presenting Author:In Europe, and globally, international migration and the refugee crisis are significant areas of debate and tension (European Commission, 2026; Jacobsen & Piekut, 2023). At the beginning of 2026, the European Commission announced the European Asylum and Migration Management Strategy, a five-year strategy outlining the EU’s political objectives on migration, which include more assertive migration diplomacy methods and stronger border control initiatives (European Commission, 2026). Perceived threats from ethnic diversity have resulted in decreased tolerance of difference, fueled by extreme right movements and political parties, have increased tensions, distrust and misinformation in host countries surrounding migration, the development of social unrest and these stricter policy regimes (Borgonovi, 2012; Forcier & Doufour, 2016). Trust has an enormously important social function in helping to establish connections between individuals, groups and cultures that are different from one another and in supporting migrants with social and cultural integration (Borgonovi, 2012; Örkény & Székelyi, 2009). Borgonovi (2012), in comparing levels of trust and tolerance between different European countries, notes that education may help with improving levels of trust and tolerance in highly diverse contexts and there is a need to determine factors that promote trust and tolerance to improve social cohesion. This paper argues that trust is a prerequisite for collective knowing and action and explores innovative approaches to building trust with culturally and linguistically diverse migrant learners. This paper is based on a larger study from Canada, which had the research objective of developing a more equitable and supportive approach to immigrant education and community building. This paper addresses the research question: what educational approaches support building trust with culturally and linguistically diverse migrant learners? The research project which produced the empirical data upon which this paper is based involved the development and evaluation of a pedagogical approach designed following a strengths-based teaching model. Key findings from the empirical data of this study will be used to answer the research question. The theoretical framework used to develop the pedagogical approach combined theories on situated solidary building (Nagar & Geiger, 2007; Routledge & Derickson, 2015) and embodied learning as a decolonizing praxis (Ng, 2018). Situated solidarities are built upon ‘partial synergies’ meaning that similarities between individuals are recognized, but the group does not have to be homogenous, because there is a simultaneous recognition and respect for difference (Routledge & Derickson, 2015). This duality is significant for developing trust amongst culturally and linguistically diverse learners, because while trust can be more easily developed when similarities are observed amongst individuals (Borgonovi, 2012), finding ways to work across differences without creating inequalities and marginalization is equally important. Within the theory of situated solidarity building, the complimentary process of radical vulnerability has been explored for how it enhances situated understanding and the building of trust (Habiburahman & Alamgir, 2023; Nagar & Shirazi, 2019). Embodied learning approaches support building trust at a deeper level, by acknowledging the whole person in learning and recognizing the significance of emotion and affective dimensions of learning (Ng, 2018). Participation in this educational research project was described as a “deep and immersive experience”. Participants were surprised by the levels of trust and bonding that emerged. Trusting one another was identified as essential to developing emotional bonds that supported intercultural learning and knowledge exchange. Radical vulnerability supported mutual understanding and trust. The educational solutions for building trust amongst linguistically and culturally diverse migrant learners shared in this paper are a topic of educational interest that will be particularly relevant to educational researchers, scholars, practitioners and policy makers working in European and international contexts at the nexus of migration, social justice, educational quality and equity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research followed a feminist and decolonial methodology (Mohanty, 2003; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021) which was significant to creating a more supportive and equitable educational environment. Twelve educational sessions were organized and delivered. Each session was two hours in length and occurred twice a week for a period of six weeks. The educational sessions were developed following a strengths-based approach that encouraged learners’ agency and self-determination, while abiding by principles of relational ethics, respect, relevance and reciprocity (Tessaro et al, 2018; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021; Wilson, 2008). Nine women from five different countries (Brazil, Colombia, Iran, Philippines, Trinidad and Tobago) participated in this research. This made the group of learners both culturally and linguistically diverse. These women had been in Canada for no more than three years which made them newcomers. They were recruited through purposive sampling as the objective of the research was to have a group of learners who came from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. Two sets of individual one-on-one semi structured interviews were conducted with participants. The intent of the interviews was to gather their thoughts and reflections on the quality of the educational experience and impact of the project on their learning. The first set of interviews took place before the project. These pre-project interviews were used as a baseline of comparison with the results of the second set of interviews. The second set of interviews happened after the final session in the project. Data from both sets of interviews was transcribed and then analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006; 2017; Terry & Hayfield, 2021). Through the analysis of the data, key themes on the educational impact of project pertaining to the significance of trust, how trust was built and how it impacted the group dynamics were discovered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study exemplifies a creative and caring manner for conducting educational research. The study demonstrates how strengths-based approaches can be mobilized through promoting situated solidarities founded upon trust forged through radical vulnerability, to generate deep intercultural understanding and connection among culturally and linguistically diverse migrant learners. Building trust was foundational to the educational success of the project. Trusting in each other supported the knowledge co-creation process. Both the researcher and participants in this study found that deeper states of connection require trust, which comes from openness and radical vulnerability, which takes time to build and must be treated with respect and care. The educational practices utilized in this research project which focused on sharing by resourcing potential from the group also contribute to decolonizing the educational space. These findings have significant implications for rethinking the ecosystems that underly knowledge production and how knowledge is used. In times of uncertainty and crisis, when countries and communities are being separated through fear, suspicion and distrust, such methods as outlined in this paper that encourage learning how to trust each other are critically important. Increasing levels of diversity in Europe are creating challenges to social cohesion and levels of trust towards migrants vary greatly across Europe (Borgonovi, 2012). Improving levels of trust is relevant for improving the migration experiences and successful integration into the host country (Örkény & Székelyi, 2009). Educators in Europe and internationally seeking to build connection with and foster societal change to support migrants from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds will appreciate the findings of this research. Further, this research has relevance to the European context and scholars internationally who are interested in educational practices to reawaken trust in education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Borgonovi, F. (2012). The relationship between education and levels of trust and tolerance in Europe. The British Journal of Sociology, 63(1), 146–167. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-4446.2011.01397.x European Commission. (28 Jan 2026). Commission presents a five-year strategy on migration https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_26_233 Forcier, M., & Dufour, F. G. (2016) Immigration, neoconservatism and neoliberalism: The new Canadian citizenship regime in the light of European trajectories, Cogent Social Sciences, 2(1), 1199086. 10.1080/23311886.2016.1199086 Habiburahman, & Alamgir, F. (2023). Organizing our situated solidarity against misrecognition: The de facto stateless Rohingyas and the political economy of slow and ongoing genocide. Organization, 13505084231214729. Jacobsen, G.H., & Piekut, A. (2023). Immigration, education and insecuritisation. School principals’ small stories on national immigration and integration policies. Education Inquiry, 14(3), 406-425. Mohanty, C. T. (2003). Feminism without borders: Decolonizing theory, practicing solidarity. Duke University Press. Nagar, R. & Geiger, S. (2007). Reflexivity and positionality in feminist fieldwork revisited. In A. Tickell, E. Sheppard, J. Peck, T. Barnes (Eds.), Politics and practice in economic geography (pp. 267-278). SAGE Publications Nagar, R., & Shirazi, R. (2019). Radical vulnerability. In Keywords in Radical Geography: Antipode at 50 (pp. 236-242). John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Ng, R. (2018). Decolonizing Teaching and Learning Through Embodied Learning: Toward an Integrated Approach. In S. Batacharya & R. Wong (Eds), Sharing breath: Embodied learning and decolonization (pp. 33-54). Athabasca University Press. Örkény, A., & Székelyi, M. (2009). THE ROLE OF TRUST IN THE SOCIAL INTEGRATION OF IMMIGRANTS. Demográfia, 52(5), 124–147. Elérés forrás https://demografia.hu/demografia/index.php/demografia/article/view/2923 Routledge, P., & Derickson, K. D. (2015). Situated solidarities and the practice of scholar-activism. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 33, 391 – 407. Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2021). Essentials of thematic analysis. American Psychological Association. Tessaro, D., Restoule, J. P., Gaviria, P., Flessa, J., Lindeman, C., & Scully-Stewart, C. (2018). The Five Rs for Indigenizing Online Learning: A Case Study of the First Nations Schools’ Principals Course. Canadian Journal of Native Education. 40(1), 125-143. Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples (3rd ed.). Zed Books. Wilson, S. (2008). Research is ceremony : indigenous research methods. Fernwood Publishing. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper (Re)configuring Antiracism Pedagogy in Finland: Challenging White Superiority in Educational Settings University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Previous research shows that racial hierarchies continue to inhabit educational spaces in Finland (Kurki, 2024; Alemanji, 2016) as well as other Nordic countries (Stachurska-Kounta, 2025). Non-white students are aware of their disadvantaged position in society (Kurki, 2024) while white students are privileged to remain ignorant towards racial hierarchies (Peltola & Phoenix, 2022). Although whiteness should not be essentialised as a universal experience (Twine & Gallagher, 2008), white supremacy, as an oppressive power structure, maintains colonial values and positions people who do not fit expectations of whiteness outside the norm (Ahmed, 2007). The aim of this presentation is to outline the main arguments for the summary of my doctoral thesis. Drawing from three journal articles published as part of my doctoral research (Jones et al., 2025; Jones et al., forthcoming; Jones & Mikander, forthcoming), I explore current challenges for practising antiracism pedagogy in Finland and question how dialogue could be used as a tool to challenge colour-evasiveness (Annamma et al., 2016) and silence around race. The main research questions are:
In approaching the empirical materials from an antiracism pedagogy perspective, the theoretical framework draws from Franz Fanon’s work on the processes of Othering (1952/2021) as well as Paulo Freire’s and bell hooks’ work on critical pedagogy. More specifically, the Fanonian argument of white supremacy creating “a racist structure” (Fanon, 1952/2021, p. 72; see also Fanon 1963/2001), which manifests in processes of Othering across transnational boundaries, functions as the starting point for exploring racialising processes in educational settings. Contemporary educational practice that results in Othering is rooted in the colonial process. Furthermore, Freire and hooks’ belief that dialogue is foundational for forming critical learning communities that question societal hierarchies has guided the theoretical and methodological thinking for this thesis. Both, Freire (1968/2017) and hooks (1994), perceive dialogue as a tool for questioning hierarchical power structures and building communities with the aim for a more just society. In this thesis, I consider how the critical pedagogy might be applied in Finland today as a moral and political praxis that encourages young people to rethink their perception of societal hierarchies and prepares them for social justice action. Alemanji (2016) argues that antiracism education in Finland requires more participatory methods. I particularly focus on critical approaches to race from the perspective of whiteness – how might antiracism pedagogy look like in a context where the ideology of white supremacy dominates in educational settings. The work of Fanon, Freire and hooks mostly centres around working with people who experience oppression. However, they all believed that those with (white) privilege become dehumanised by their own oppressive actions and position in society should they not stand up for justice, highlighting the importance of critical education to change oppressive systems. Questions of power and oppression are often intersectional (Hill Collins & Bilge, 2020). Antiracism should be perceived as a practice that is not limited to race but questions all power structures, such as gender and class (Alemanji, 2016; see also hooks, 1994). In this thesis, the argument centres around how overcoming silence around racial hierarchies might look like in practice in Finland, but the empirical discussion includes intersectional analysis when appropriate. Although the context of the research is on education in Finland, its theoretical framework and methodology add to the international conversation that recognises racism as a continuous barrier for educational equity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In addition to contributing towards the theoretical framework, the praxis of critical pedagogy inspired how the empirical data was produced. Overall, the methodology aimed to follow critical pedagogy in preparing for and carrying out discussions on race with groups of young people, who may not have engaged in such discussions previously. In summary, the empirical materials consist of expert interviews (n-10), teacher guides (n-5), group discussions on race with young people aged 16-23 (n-20). This presentation outlines the methodological decisions that draw together the empirical materials rather than analysing them separately. In investigating how dialogue on race could be approached with young people, I interviewed antiracism experts and analysed teacher guides for staff working in upper secondary schools in Finland. The expert interviews were conducted with the intention to consider various perspectives when inviting young participants to engage in discussions around racial inequity, avoiding a top-down approach and a strict participant / researcher hierarchy (Nivala & Ryynänen, 2024) where the researcher would have taken full authority on how the dialogue should be initiated. In other words, the expert interviews were analysed as empirical material, but they also contributed towards the planning of discussion meetings with the young participants. The analysis of teacher guides contributed to the understanding on what kind of support materials are provided to teachers working in upper secondary school, and what kind of representations related to racial equity do the materials create. The guides also provided an important outlook to how the question of race is (not) talked about when offering teachers support in educational non-discrimination. In analysing the empirical materials concurrently, the thesis applies both, thematic (see Jones et al., 2025) and discourse analysis (Jones et al., forthcoming) by bringing forth reoccurring themes and silences before considering how they are discursively produced. In order to answer the research questions, the analysis considers in what ways and to what extent are race, racism and whiteness consistently or conflictingly framed – how the materials ‘talk with each other’ – before considering the possible role of dialogue in addressing colour-evasiveness and silence around race. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the doctoral thesis is a work in process, the following outcomes are based on the current stage of analysis. Predominantly, the analysis reveals how the meanings of race, racism and whiteness are inconsistently perceived and understood in Finnish education – a point that was also emphasised by some of the experts directly in their interviews. Overall, I argue that the misconceptions around race, racism and whiteness emerge from the ongoing issues of colour-evasive attitudes and the silence surrounding race. The empirical materials also suggest towards a lack of historical awareness at different levels with regards to how the system of racial hierarchies is rooted in the deceptive ideologies of white supremacy. The analysis supports previous research in Finland’s ignorance towards its participation in reinforcing colonial values (Keskinen et al., 2021), placing whiteness at the top of the hierarchy. This highlights an urgent issue in the educational system: when race, racism and whiteness remain silenced and cautiously approached through colour-evasive perspectives in education, young people cannot obtain a critical education in formal schooling. The examination of dialogue aims to question how it might be applied as a tool for young people to perceive racialised systems and white supremacy. While such conversations can encourage reflection, the analysis suggests that they do not always lead to a clearer understanding of race. References Ahmed, S. (2007). A phenomenology of whiteness. Feminist Theory, 8(2), 149-168. https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700107078139 Alemanji, A. A. (2016). Is there such a thing...? a study of antiracism education in Finland. [Doctoral thesis, University of Helsinki]. Helda University of Helsinki Open Repository. https://helda.helsinki.fi/items/bf246660-479c-4425-95da-a94dd0bb41a4 Annamma, S. A., Jackson, D. D., & Morrison, D. (2016). Conceptualizing color-evasiveness: using dis/ability critical race theory to expand a color-blind racial ideology in education and society. Race Ethnicity and Education, 20(2), 147–162. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2016.1248837 Fanon, F. ([1963] 2001) The wretched of the earth. London: Penguin Books. Fanon, F. ([1952] 2021) Black skin, white masks. London: Penguin Books. Freire, P. ([1968] 2017). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Penguin Press. Giroux, H. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy (2nd ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing. Hill Collins, P., & Bilge, S. (2020). Intersectionality. (Second edition.). Polity Press. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom. Routledge Jones, M., Mikander, P., Helakorpi, J., & Löfström, E. (2025). Challenges and prospects for antiracism pedagogy in Finnish upper secondary schools: an examination of teacher guides. Human Rights Education Review, 8(1), 107–120. https://doi-org.libproxy.helsinki.fi/10.1080/25355406.2025.2464137 Jones, M. & Mikander, P. (forthcoming). Moving towards epistemically aware safer spaces. Jones, M., Helakorpi, J., Mikander, P., & Löfström, E. (forthcoming). Persistent discursive side-tracks and (mis)conceptions in young people’s pedagogical conversations: dialogue in white settings Keskinen, S., Mkwesha, F., & Seikkula, M. (2021). Teoreettisen keskustelun avaimet – rasismi, valkoisuus ja kolonialisuuden purkaminen. In S. Keskinen, M. Seikkula and F. Mkwesha (Eds.), Rasismi, Valta ja Vastarinta: Rodullistaminen, valkoisuus ja koloniaalisuus Suomessa (pp. 45–68). Gaudeamus. Kurki, T. (2024). ”Ulkonäön perusteella ajatellaan et me kestetään mitä vaan”: Rasismin aiheuttama kipu ja kanssahoiva nuorten vertaistukiryhmissä. Nuorisotutkimus, 42(1), 40–58. https://doi.org/10.57049/nuorisotutkimus.9145127 Nivala, E. and Ryynänen, S. (2024). Sosiaalipedagogiikka - Kohti inhimillistä yhteiskuntaa ja kestävää elämää. Gaudeamus Peltola, M., & Phoenix, A. (2022). Doing Whiteness and Masculinities at School: Finnish 12- to 15-Year-Olds’ Narratives on Multiethnicity. In J. Hoegaerts, T. Liimatainen, L. Hekanaho, & E. Peterson (Eds.), Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality, Helsinki University Press. https://doi.org/10.33134/HUP-17-5 Stachurska-Kounta, M. (2025). Nordic countries’ involvement in the European colonial project and implications for human rights education. In A. Osler & B. Goldschmidt-Gjerløw (Eds.), Nordic perspectives on human rights education: research and practice for social justice (pp. 16–29). Routledge. Twine, F. W., & Gallagher, C. (2008). The future of whiteness: a map of the ‘third wave.’ Ethnic and Racial Studies, 31(1), 4–24. https://doi-org.libproxy.helsinki.fi/10.1080/01419870701538836 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Cosmopolitan Trap: Black African International Students and the Governance of UK Higher Education University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Black African international students are already telling us how power operates in higher education. This paper asks whether education research is equipped and willing to listen. It does not position Black African international students (BAIS) as vulnerable populations needing support, nor as case studies through which broader governance failures can be illustrated. Instead, it positions them as the site where power becomes visible. Universities across Europe claim cosmopolitan identities: welcoming, diverse, internationally minded. Yet for BAIS in Scottish higher education, these ideals coexist with hostile immigration regimes, racialised institutional cultures, colonial legacies, and governance structures that reproduce the inequalities they claim to address. Power operates quietly through policy, institutional norms, and societal narratives about belonging, but it becomes visible when examined through the experiences of those who live within its contradictions. This paper asks: how do BAIS, as people who live inside these contradictions daily, understand and diagnose the governance systems that shape their higher education experiences? And what does their positional knowledge reveal about the deeper structures of power that a policy focused analysis alone cannot capture? This question emerges from a growing recognition that governance of international students cannot be understood through policy as neutral instrument operating independently; it is embedded within and shaped by colonial legacies, racialised knowledge systems, media narratives, and institutional cultures (Bhambra et al., 2018). Together, these constitute the cosmopolitan trap: universities pursue internationalisation while governance systems simultaneously reproduce racialised and colonial precarity. BAIS do not simply experience this trap; they expose it, revealing the gap between institutional claims and lived realities. Theoretically, the research draws on Critical Race Theory, postcolonial scholarship, and Black feminist thought, not as an assemblage of frameworks but as tools performing specific analytic work. Critical Race Theory examines how race operates structurally in institutions claiming neutrality or meritocracy. Postcolonial scholarship traces the historical governance of African students from Commonwealth diplomacy to contemporary hostile environment measures, showing the persistence of colonial power in mobility regimes and knowledge systems (Bhambra, 2014; Mbembe, 2016). Black feminist thought, particularly Patricia Hill Collins’ work on the matrix of domination (Collins, 2000, 2019), provides the conceptual foundation for treating BAIS not as research subjects but as situated knowledge producers. Those navigating intersecting systems of power, race, class, nationality, and mobility develop epistemic privilege, revealing structural contradictions that dominant perspectives cannot see. The research is situated within the poly-crisis framing of Morin and Kern (1999), in which entangled crises compound rather than operate independently. For BAIS in Scottish universities, hostile immigration policies, colonial legacies, racialised institutional cultures, media narratives about African mobility, and students’ identity negotiations interact to produce compounded effects. BAIS experiences are not peripheral to the poly-crisis; they are a site where it becomes visible. The cosmopolitan trap marks the convergence of these entangled crises and exposes the contradiction between institutional rhetoric and governance practice. This paper contributes to the conference theme of Knowing and Acting by asking: whose knowledge counts? Understanding power in higher education governance, particularly during a poly-crisis, requires listening to those for whom power is lived and not just abstract. By centring BAIS as epistemic authorities, the paper argues that understanding the poly-crisis in higher education requires expanding what counts as valid knowledge. This move is not only epistemological; it is methodological and political. It insists that those positioned as subjects of governance are often better positioned to diagnose it than those who administer it (Hall & Tandon, 2017; Timmis et al., 2024). BAIS are not waiting to be studied; they are already interpreting the system. This paper takes that seriously. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design reflects its epistemological commitments. If BAIS experiences are the site where power becomes visible, then the methods must create genuine space for that visibility, not funnel experience into pre-existing categories. The research combines two methodological strands. The first is a Critical Policy Analysis (CPA) tracing the governance of African students in UK higher education across six phases, from 1948 to the present. Drawing on Bacchi’s (2009) What’s the Problem Represented to Be? approach and Foucauldian genealogy, this strand examines how power operates through successive governance regimes rather than simply documenting policy change. A central analytical insight is that policies governing African students do not replace earlier restrictions but layer upon them. Each phase introduces new conditions without dismantling what preceded it. As a result, BAIS today navigate not a single policy environment but the compounded weight of decades of governance decisions. The concept of accumulative precarity captures how vulnerability intensifies over time as restrictions pile upon restrictions. The CPA therefore provides the structural and historical architecture of power within which contemporary student experiences are situated. The second strand centres participatory data collection with BAIS and recent graduates at Glasgow universities and comprises two methods: informal narrative interviews and participatory zine-making workshops. Narrative interviews are deliberately open-ended and non-structured, allowing participants to define what is significant in their own experiences. This is a methodological choice with epistemological stakes. If lived experience is treated as theory-making rather than raw data, then the interview cannot impose an external framework or analytic hierarchy onto participant accounts. Zine making workshops are selected for their capacity to resist conventional academic knowledge hierarchies (Biagioli et al., 2021). Zines are multimodal, enabling participants to combine text, image, collage, and narrative. This allows expression of dimensions of experience such as contradiction, resistance, identity, and ambivalence that may not be fully captured through words alone. Zines are not treated as illustrative artefacts but as sites of knowledge production where participants can hold multiple meanings simultaneously and retain authorship over representation. Data collection is ongoing. Analysis will attend to how the two strands speak to one another, not by using student voices to illustrate what the CPA already found, but by examining where they converge, where they diverge, and where student experiences reveal dimensions of power that policy genealogy alone cannot capture. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research is expected to produce three outcomes, each connected to the central argument that BAIS experiences are the site where power in higher education governance becomes visible. First, the paper will show that governance of international students cannot be understood through policy analysis alone. The CPA demonstrates how power operates through accumulative precarity, layers of restriction compounding over time. But policy documents do not reveal how that power is experienced, negotiated, or resisted. The participatory data is expected to surface dimensions of power, racialised institutional cultures, colonial assumptions embedded in how knowledge and belonging are defined, the entanglement of immigration policy with everyday campus life, that the policy genealogy can only gesture towards. Second, the paper will make a methodological argument about the diagnostic capacity of positional knowledge. By treating zine making and narrative interview not as supplementary data collection but as epistemologically valid sites of knowledge production, the research challenges the assumption that policy analysis is the primary lens through which higher education governance should be understood. BAIS are not data sources. They are interpreters of the system they live inside. The methods are designed to honour that. This is expected to generate findings that are not simply about what BAIS experience, but about what their ways of knowing reveal regarding the governance systems under examination. Third, the paper will contribute to the poly-crisis discourse by demonstrating how entangled systems of power, policy, colonialism, institutional culture, media, identity, compound rather than operate in isolation. This is not a theoretical claim. It will be grounded in what participants reveal through interviews and zines about how these systems land in their daily lives, and in what that visibility tells us about the governance of higher education in a poly-crisis moment. References Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: What the problem represented to be? Pearson. Bhambra, G. K. (2014). Connected sociologies. Bloomsbury Academic. Bhambra, G. K., Gebrial, D., & Nişancıoğlu, K. (Eds.). (2018). Decolonising the university. Pluto Press. Biagioli, M., Pässilä, A., & Owens, A. (2021). The zine method as a form of qualitative analysis. In J. Adams & A. Owens (Eds.), Beyond text: Learning through arts-based research (pp. 186–200). Intellect. Collins, P. H. (2000). Black feminist thought: Knowledge, consciousness, and the politics of empowerment (2nd ed.). Routledge. Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as critical social theory. Duke University Press. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. Delgado, R., & Stefancic, J. (2017). Critical race theory: An introduction (3rd ed.). New York University Press. French, J., & Curd, E. (2022). Zining as artful method: Facilitating zines as participatory action research within art museums. Action Research, 20(1), 78–96. Hall, B. L., & Tandon, R. (2017). Decolonization of knowledge, epistemicide, participatory research and higher education. Research for All, 1(1), 6–19. Mbembe, A. (2016). Decolonizing the university: New directions. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 15(1), 29–45. Morin, E., & Kern, A. B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A manifesto for the new millennium. Hampton Press. Timmis, S., Mgqwashu, E., Trahar, S., Naidoo, K., Lucas, L., & Muhuro, P. (2024). Students as co-researchers: Participatory methods for decolonising research in teaching and learning in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 29(7), 1793–1812. |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 D: Ongoing Professional Development Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Learning from Errors in Practice-Based Professional Training: The Role of Social and Organizational Conditions across Professional Contexts Bayerisches Staatsinstitut für Hochschulforschung und Hochschulplanung, Germany Presenting Author:Learning from errors is a central yet context-sensitive component of professional learning in practice-based phases of training. Trainee teachers, resident physicians, and trainee lawyers, are required to perform complex tasks under conditions of high responsibility (Gensch & Waltenberger, 2006; Referendariatskommission, 2025; Rothland & Walter, 2023). Errors are therefore a common feature of everyday work and training, often associated with substantial consequences. At the same time, research on workplace learning and error management emphasizes that errors can constitute important opportunities for learning when they are identified, reflected upon, and addressed constructively (Cannon & Edmondson, 2005; Hetzner et al., 2011). This contribution examines learning from errors across professional training contexts using a cross-professional comparative perspective. Rather than employing comparison to describe differences between professional groups, the study conceptualizes comparison as an analytical strategy for examining how social and organizational learning conditions relate to error competence across different contextual configurations. The central research question is how feedback-seeking behavior toward supervisors and colleagues and psychological safety at supervisory and team levels are associated with error competence, and to what extent these relationships vary across professional training contexts. The study focuses on three practice-based training contexts in Germany: teacher training in the preparatory service, postgraduate medical training during the first year of residency, and the legal clerkship. These contexts share key characteristics relevant to learning from errors, including workplace-based learning, close supervision, and high performance demands, while differing in institutional arrangements such as hierarchical structures, evaluation practices, and feedback cultures. Conceptually, the study draws on research on informal workplace learning, psychological safety, and error orientation. Learning at work is understood as largely informal and socially embedded, relying on participation in work practices, interaction with others, and engagement with concrete work experiences (Stenström & Tynjälä, 2009). Feedback and reflection have been identified as central mechanisms of informal workplace learning, particularly in complex and evaluative contexts (Ellström, 2001). Feedback-seeking behavior is conceptualized as a proactive and goal-oriented activity through which individuals monitor or inquire about information to reduce uncertainty, correct errors, and develop competence, while simultaneously considering potential social costs such as loss of face and interpersonal risk (Ashford & Cummings, 1983; Brown, 2014). As engagement in such learning activities is shaped by interpersonal relations, the study draws on the concept of psychological safety, defined as a shared belief that speaking up, asking questions, and admitting mistakes is possible without fear of negative consequences (Edmondson, 1999). Prior research highlights the role of leadership behavior and everyday interactions in shaping perceived interpersonal risk and participation in learning-related activities (Nembhard & Edmondson, 2006). From an error management perspective, orientations toward errors are linked to learning and adaptation in complex work environments (Frese & Keith, 2015). Research on error orientation conceptualizes dealing with errors as a multidimensional phenomenon encompassing cognitive, behavioral, and emotional aspects (Huish, 2011; Rybowiak et al., 1999). Building on this conceptualization, the present study operationalizes error-related competence using selected scales of the Error Orientation Questionnaire (EOQ) and examines how psychological safety and access to feedback are associated with error competence across professional training contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a cross-sectional quantitative design based on an ongoing online survey, the Bavarian Graduate Study, conducted in Bavaria, Germany, from October 2025 to March 2026. The targets are graduates of six universities in Bavaria, one year after graduation, who are trainee teachers in the preparatory service, physicians in their first year of postgraduate medical training, or legal trainees in the legal clerkship. Based on prior studies, each subsample will include approximately 150 participants. Error competence is operationalized using selected scales of the EOQ (Rybowiak et al., 1999), capturing cognitive, behavioral, and emotional orientations toward errors. Feedback-seeking behavior is measured separately for interactions with supervisors and with colleagues, drawing on established self-report instruments based on the conceptualization by Kahmann (2009). Psychological safety is assessed at two levels: supervisory psychological safety and team-level psychological safety, using adapted versions from Gartmeier (2010) of the scale developed by Edmondson (1999). All items are measured using Likert-type response scales. Identical instruments are applied across professional groups to ensure comparability. Given the cross-professional design, particular attention is paid to the interpretation of key roles (e.g., supervisors) across contexts during analysis. Data analysis focuses on explanatory relationships between learning conditions and error competence. Regression-based models are estimated to examine associations between feedback-seeking behavior, psychological safety, and error competence. Interaction terms are used to test whether these associations differ across professional training contexts. This modelling strategy allows for identifying context-specific patterns while avoiding purely descriptive group comparisons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to research on professional learning by examining how engagement with errors is shaped by social and organizational conditions in practice-based professional training contexts. By adopting a cross-professional comparative perspective, it situates learning from errors within different institutional and organizational arrangements rather than treating it as a context-independent process. The findings are expected to contribute to research on professional learning by highlighting the importance of social and relational conditions for constructive engagement with errors in high-stakes training environments. In particular, they are likely to show that feedback-seeking and psychological safety are systematically related to error competence, while the strength and configuration of these relationships vary across professional contexts characterized by different hierarchies, evaluation practices, and feedback cultures. Beyond substantive insights, the study contributes methodologically by demonstrating the analytical value of cross-professional comparison for explaining learning processes rather than merely describing differences between groups. Focusing on explanatory relationships allows for identifying learning conditions that appear robust across contexts as well as those that are context-sensitive. For the Emerging Researchers’ Conference, the presentation offers an empirically grounded contribution to discussions on professional learning, workplace-based training, and the role of organizational conditions in shaping learning from errors. It also provides a basis for discussing how comparative designs can be used productively in educational research to examine learning processes across institutional contexts. References Ashford, S. J., & Cummings, L. L. (1983). Feedback as an individual resource: Personal strategies of creating information. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 32(3), 370–398. https://doi.org/10.1016/0030-5073(83)90156-3 Brown, R. (2014). Politeness theory: Exemplar and exemplary. In I. Rock (Ed.), The legacy of Solomon Asch (pp. 23–38). Psychology Press. Cannon, M. D., & Edmondson, A. C. (2005). Failing to learn and learning to fail (intelligently). Long Range Planning, 38(3), 299–319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lrp.2005.04.005 Edmondson, A. (1999). Psychological safety and learning behavior in work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(2), 350–383. https://doi.org/10.2307/2666999 Ellström, P.‑E. (2001). Integrating learning and work: Problems and prospects. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 12(4), 421–435. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.1006 Frese, M., & Keith, N. (2015). Action errors, error management, and learning in organizations. Annual Review of Psychology, 66, 661–687. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-010814-015205 Gartmeier, M. (2010). Fehlerfreundlichkeit im Arbeitskontext: positive Einstellungen gegenüber Fehlern und negatives Wissen als Ressourcen professionellen Handelns. (Doctoral dissertation). https://epub.uni-regensburg.de/9275/1/GARTMEIER.pdf Gensch, K., & Waltenberger, M. (2006). Entwicklung der ärztlichen Versorgung in Bayern unter Berücksichtigung des steigenden Anteils an Ärztinnen. Studien zur Hochschulforschung: Vol. 74. Bayerisches Staatsinstitut für Hochschulforschung und Hochschulplanung. Hetzner, S., Gartmeier, M., Heid, H., & Gruber, H. (2011). Error orientation and reflection at work. Vocations and Learning, 4(1), 25–39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-010-9047-0 Huish, K. A. (2011). Introducing an error orientation framework: Individual differences in coping with errors in the workplace. (Doctoral dissertation, Griffith University). https://doi.org/10.25904/1912/3663 Kahmann, K. (2009). Die Erfassung der Feedbackkultur in Organisationen: Konstruktion und psychometrische Überprüfung eines Messinstruments. Zugl.: Regensburg, Univ., Diss., 2008. Schriftenreihe Schriften zur Arbeits-, Betriebs- und Organisationspsychologie: Bd. 47. Kovač. Nembhard, I. M., & Edmondson, A. C. (2006). Making it safe: The effects of leader inclusiveness and professional status on psychological safety and improvement efforts in health care teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 27(7), 941–966. https://doi.org/10.1002/job.413 Referendariatskommission. (2025, April 17). Psychischer Druck im juristischen Vorbereitungsdienst: Handlungsappell zur Sicherstellung einer nachhaltigen Jurist:innenausbildung [Bericht]. Bundesverband rechtswissenschaftlicher Fachschaften e. V. Rothland, M., & Walter, J. (2023). Belastung und Beanspruchung im Referendariat. Ein systematischer Forschungsüberblick. Zeitschrift SEMINAR, 29(2), 97–123. https://doi.org/10.3278/SEM2302W009 Rybowiak, V., Garst, H., Frese, M., & Batinic, B. (1999). Error orientation questionnaire (EOQ): Reliability, validity, and different language equivalence. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 20(4), 527–547. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1099-1379(199907)20:4<527::AID-JOB886>3.0.CO;2-G Stenström, M.‑L., & Tynjälä, P. (Eds.). (2009). Towards integration of work and learning: Strategies for connectivity and transformation. Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-8962-6 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Informal Learning in the First Year After Internal Lateral Job Transitions: Practices, Affordances, and Agency Masaryk University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Internal lateral mobility is a key feature of European labour markets, particularly in large organisations seeking to support reskilling, internal employability, and workforce adaptability in response to economic and technological change. While lateral job transitions are often framed as opportunities for growth, they entail substantial learning demands, as employees encounter unfamiliar work practices, social dynamics, and performance expectations without the formal onboarding typically associated with vertical transitions. Within European policy and organisational discourse, internal mobility is increasingly positioned as a mechanism for lifelong learning and sustainable employability, yet limited empirical attention has been given to how learning is actually supported during lateral transitions. This study focuses on the dynamics of learning in the absence of formal onboarding during internal lateral transfers. The research examines informal learning during the year following an internal lateral job transition, with particular attention to how employees’ learning practices develop over time and how workplace affordances shape these practices. Situated in the domain of workplace and adult learning, the study responds to calls for process-oriented, empirically substantiated accounts of learning as it unfolds in everyday work activity. Drawing on well-established European and international traditions in workplace learning research, the study is theoretically grounded in situated learning theory, which conceptualises learning as participation in social practice, and in the concept of workplace affordances, which highlights how organisational arrangements and social relations enable or constrain learning opportunities. From this perspective, learning during a lateral transition is understood as a negotiated process shaped by access to people, tasks, tools, and guidance, alongside employees’ agency in engaging with these opportunities. The purpose of the study is to describe how informal learning practices emerge during internal lateral transitions and how peers and managers influence these practices through the provision of workplace affordances. The study addresses the following research questions:
The paper draws on qualitative interview research with employees who have recently undertaken an internal lateral transfer within a large organisation. A qualitative panel design is employed, involving semi-structured interviews conducted at specified points during the first year following the move. Interviews focus on participants’ everyday work activities, challenges encountered, sources of support, and strategies for learning to perform in the new role. Supplementary interviews with managers provide additional perspectives on expectations, support practices, and learning conditions. Data are analysed using an iterative coding process informed by constant comparison, with attention to learning practices and workplace affordances across different phases of the transition. The analysis focuses on identifying patterns of change in how learning is enacted and supported over time. The study explores how informal learning during lateral transitions shifts from early reliance on social support and observation towards more selective, agentic, and context-specific practices embedded in everyday work. It highlights how work arrangements, access to colleagues, and managerial involvement shape learning trajectories, and how misalignments between role expectations and available affordances generate tensions in the learning process. By examining how employees negotiate participation, expectations, and responsibility over time, the study provides empirical insight into the relationship between learning and identity development during lateral moves and contributes to understandings of learning as participation in practice during organisational change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative research design to investigate informal learning during the first year following an internal lateral job transition. A qualitative approach is used to capture participants’ accounts of everyday work activities, learning practices, and interactions as they unfold within the organisational context of the transition. Participants are employees who have recently completed an internal lateral transfer within a large organisation, and they are based in both European and North American branches of the organisation. A lateral move is defined as a change in professional domain, responsibilities, or tasks without a change in hierarchical level. Participants were recruited shortly after assuming their new roles. Managers were included to provide complementary perspectives on learning expectations, support practices, and working arrangements. Data are generated through semi-structured interviews conducted at specified intervals during the first year following the move. Interviews focus on participants’ experiences of learning to perform in the new role, including challenges faced, sources of support, interactions with colleagues and supervisors, and strategies used to acquire the knowledge and skills required for routine work. Manager interviews address perceptions of the transition, support provided, and learning opportunities available. All interviews are audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The study follows a qualitative panel design, enabling comparison of accounts across different phases of the transition. Data analysis is conducted using an iterative coding process informed by constant comparison. Initial coding identifies learning practices, sources of support, and workplace features described as enabling or constraining learning. Subsequent analytic cycles examine patterns across interviews and time points, with theoretical concepts from situated learning and workplace affordances used as sensitising concepts to support interpretation while remaining grounded in the empirical material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to produce a process-oriented account of informal learning during the first year following an internal lateral job transition. By focusing on learning as it unfolds within everyday work practices, the analysis moves beyond static descriptions of skill acquisition to show how learning develops in response to changing role demands and workplace conditions. The findings are expected to demonstrate how learning during lateral transitions is shaped by workplace affordances, including access to people, tasks, tools, and organisational arrangements. Attention to both employee and manager perspectives clarifies how learning opportunities are offered, taken up, and evaluated within organisations. The study is also expected to illuminate how learning during lateral transitions is intertwined with processes of identity development, as employees negotiate legitimacy, confidence, and accountability while becoming effective in new roles. In addition, variation in learning trajectories is expected to show how employees exercise agency differently depending on work context and available support structures. The findings are expected to inform how international organisations design learning support for internal mobility, particularly in contexts where formal onboarding is limited and learning is expected to occur through participation in work. References Ray, C. (2024). Internal mobility: A review and agenda for future research. Journal of Management, 50(1), 264–306. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/01492063231180826 Bidwell, M., & Keller, J. R.. (2024). Stepping Sideways to Step up: Lateral Mobility and Career Advancement Inside Organizations. Management Science. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2021.03746 Olson, J. S. (2015). “No One Really Knows What It Is That I Need”: Learning a New Job at a Small Private College. The Journal of Continuing Higher Education, 63(3), 141–151. https://doi.org/10.1080/07377363.2015.1085947 Milligan, C., Margaryan, A., & Littlejohn, A. (2013). Learning at transition for new and experienced staff. Journal of Workplace Learning, DOI: 10.1108/13665621311316410 Janand, A., & Notais, A.. (2018). Apprendre en bougeant. @GRH, n° 25(4), 61–87. https://doi.org/10.3917/grh.174.0061 Eraut, M. (2007). Learning from other people in the workplace. Oxford Review of Education, 33(4), 403–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980701425706 Marsick, V. J., & Watkins, K. E.. (2001). Informal and Incidental Learning. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 2001(89), 25–34. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.5 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511815355 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hillberg Jarl, F.. (2025). Managerial influence on employee learning: contextual insights from industrial companies in Sweden. Journal of Workplace Learning, 37(9), 58–74. https://doi.org/10.1108/jwl-09-2024-0215 Sjöström T, Svensson A, Karlsson M, Sorbring E (2025), "Workplace affordances for learning in rural primary care". Journal of Workplace Learning, Vol. 37 No. 9 pp. 114–131, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-03-2025-0071 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Practicum Experience: Perceptions of Supervisors and Cooperating Teachers 1: Universidade do Minho, Portugal; 2: Universidade do Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Initial teacher education (ITE) is pivotal for preparing future teachers to navigate increasingly complex educational environments shaped by curriculum reforms, digital transformation, student diversity, and evolving professional expectations (Stevenson, 2023; Heinz, 2024; Darling-Hammond, 2017). Within this framework, the practicum constitutes a core component of teacher education, enabling situated learning, professional socialization, and the integration of theorethical knowledge with school-based practice (Scorţescu et al., 2024; Flores, 2018; Zeichner, 2010). Research has consistently highlighted the importance of supervision, mentoring and school-university partnerships in supporting student teachers’ learning and professional development (Feiman-Nemser, 2001; Goldshaft, 2024; Ambrosetti et al., 2017). Nevertheless, the perspectives of those who directly accompany student teachers in their practicum contexts, namely supervisors and cooperating teachers, remain underexplored (Clarke et al., 2014; Puroila et al., 2021; Shaker, 2023). Giving visibility to these professional voices is essential to understanding how practicum models operate in practice and how they may be strengthened in response to contemporary educational challenges (Russel & Russel, 2011; Bjørndal et al., 2024). This study examines supervisors’ and cooperating teachers’ perceptions of student teachers’ practicum experiences in Portugal, focusing on three dimensions: perceived learning experiences, challenges faced during the practicum, and suggestions for improvement. By foregrounding these perspectives, the study seeks to contribute for a more empirically grounded understanding of teacher education processes and to inform reflective discussion on curriculum design, supervision practices and institutional collaboration. The study is part of a broader PhD research project entitled “Teacher Education in times of change and the role of the practicum in building professional knowledge: a mixed-methods study”, funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology and conducted in a Portuguese higher education institution. This project comprises a longitudinal study that follows six student teachers throughout their practicum year to examine the development of professional knowledge, competences and professional identity over time. This paper focuses specifically on the perspectives of the professionals who accompanied these students during their practicum. A qualitative design was adopted, based on semi-structured interviews with five supervisors from the higher education institution and six cooperating teachers from placement schools. Participants supervised student teachers from different subjects’ areas, including History, Portuguese and Informatics. All participants provided informed consent. The interviews gathered biographical and professional information and explored participants’ views on students’ practicum experience, namely their preparation, the strengths and weaknesses, learning outcomes, challenges, and suggestions for practicum and ITE programme improvement. Data were analysed through qualitative content analysis, allowing the identification and organization of recurring themes across interviews and participant groups. For the purposes of this paper, analysis focused on three overarching dimensions: (i) learning experiences perceived by the supervisors and cooperating teachers; ii) challenges faced during the practicum; and (iii) suggestions for improvement. By examining supervisors’ and cooperating teachers’ perspectives, this study contributes to a deeper understanding of how practicum experiences are enacted and interpreted in practice, highlighting convergences and tensions between institutional structures and school realities. The findings aim to inform curriculum development and decision-making in ITE, particularly in contexts undergoing curricular restructuring and policy reform such as Portugal, providing insights applicable to European and other educational similar systems.Moreover, the study offers insights that contributes to international discussions on teacher education, regarding teacher professionalization, practicum organization, the role of supervision and mentoring, and the alignment between university-based education and professional practice. As a part of an ongoing longitudinal study, this study will be complemented by further analyses integrating additional data and participant perspectives. A more systematic and in-depth examination of the full dataset will enable a deeper understanding of how practicum experiences contribute to the development of professional knowledge, competences and professional identity over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on data from an ongoing longitudinal study within the context of a PhD project conducted in a Portuguese higher education institution and funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology. The PhD project investigates the practicum as a key component of ITE, examing its role in developing professional knowledge and skills, its different dimensions, and well as its articulation with other curriculum components. This paper focuses on the perspectives of supervisors and cooperating teachers who directly accompanied these student teachers and adopts a qualitative research design. The sample comprises eleven participants: five supervisors from the higher education institution and six cooperating teachers from placement schools. All participants were directly involved in supervising and mentoring student teachers during their practicum year. One supervisor accompanied two student teachers involved in the study. Supervisors were aged between 50 and 63, while cooperating teachers ranged from 50 to 60 years of age. Participants represented different disciplinary areas -namely History, Informatics and Portuguese-, and worked with student teachers enrolled in the corresponding subject areas. Participation was voluntary, and all participants provided informed consent in accordance with established ethical research procedures. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews. An interview guide was designed to ensure consistency across participants while allowing flexibility to explore experiences and perceptions in depth. The interviews included biographical and professional information and focused on participants’ views regarding: (i) student teachers’ preparation for practicum; (ii) positive and negative aspects of the practicum; (iii) learning experiences observed during the practicum; (iv) challenges and constraints encountered; and (v) suggestions for improving the practicum and the ITE programme. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis followed qualitative content analysis procedures. Transcripts were repeatedly reviewed to ensure familiarization with the data and to identify meaningful units of analys. An inductive coding process was conducted, allowing categories to emerge from the data while being informed by the research aims. Codes were progressively refined and grouped into broader thematic categories through constant comparison across interviews and between the two participant groups (supervisors and cooperating teachers). For the purposes of this paper, analysis focused on three ovearching themes: learning experiences, challenges faced and suggestions for improvement. The aim was to identify recurring patterns and convergences rather than individual cases, ensuring that findings reflect shared perspectives across participants, enhancing their credibility and transferability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings highlight the centrality of the practicum in student teachers’ professional learning, as perceived by both groups. Participants emphasized the integration of scientific and pedagogical knowledge in real teaching contexts as a key learning outcome, including the application of differentiated pedagogical strategies, curriculum management, and development of instructional and assessment tools. Cooperating teachers acknowledge that practice fosters progress in pedagogical decision-making, classroom management, confidence, student interaction, and responsiveness to diversity. Both groups underscored the value of situated learning through observing experienced teachers, collaborative lesson planning, and continuous feedback. They also noted that practicum consolidates subject-matter knowledge and understanding of school organizational and bureaucratic dynamics, providing a privileged space to build personal and professional identity and understand the complexity of teaching. Regarding challenges, limited time in schools emerged as a cross-cutting major constraint.Cooperating teachers and supervisors also highlighted the pressure of university assignments, weak connections between theory and classroom demands, gaps in scientific-content knowledge, and difficulties translating content into effective learning activities.Supervisors additionally reported insufficient research preparation. Other challenges include limited contact with university supervisors, classroom management difficulties, the dual role of student teachers, and misaligned school and university schedules. Both groups recommended increasing school time and opportunities for gradual assumption of teaching responsibilities, including assignment of their own class, to foster autonomy and deeper engagement. Strengthening institutional recognition and working conditions for both groups, including time allocation, was emphasized. Remuneration for student teachers was suggested to allow full dedication.Cooperating teachers stressed making research more relevant and manageable, while supervisors recommended more instruction on research. Overall, the findings support the need to strengthen the triadic relationship between student teachers, school, and university, promoting a more integrated practicum. Identifying areas for improvement offers insights for aligning ITE with student teachers’ needs and professional demands,while further longitudinal analysis may inform ongoing improvement efforts. References Ambrosetti, A., Dekkers, J., & Knight, B. A. (2017). Mentoring triad: an alternative mentoring model for preservice teacher education? Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 25(1), 42–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/13611267.2017.1308093 Bjørndal, C., Mathisen, P., Wennergren, A.-C., & Thornberg, F. (2024). Challenges of the supervision process in the teacher education practicum – A qualitative research review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 146, 104619. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104619 Clarke, A., Triggs, V., & Nielsen, W. (2014). Cooperating Teacher Participation in Teacher Education: A Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 84(2), 163-202. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313499618 Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From Preparation to Practice: Designing a Continuum to Strengthen and Sustain Teaching. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 103(6), 1013-1055. https://doi.org/10.1111/0161-4681.00141 Flores, M. A. (2018). Linking teaching and research in initial teacher education: knowledge mobilisation and research-informed practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(5), 621–636. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2018.1516351 Goldshaft, B. (2024). Mentoring in practicum: supporting student teachers’ learning to notice with collaborative observational tools. Professional Development in Education, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2024.2441837 Heinz, M. (2024). The practicum in initial teacher education – enduring challenges, evolving practices and future research directions. European Journal of Teacher Education, 47(5), 865–875. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2024.2428031 Puroila, A.-M., Kupila, P., & Pekkarinen, A. (2021). Multiple facets of supervision: Cooperative teachers’ views of supervision in early childhood teacher education practicums. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 103413. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103413 Russell, M. L., & Russell, J. A. (2011). Mentoring Relationships: Cooperating Teachers’ Perspectives on Mentoring Student Interns. Professional Educator, 35(2). https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ988202.pdf Scorţescu, M., Sava, S. L., & Craşovan, M. (2024). Mentoring in Initial Teacher Education: Practices and Needs for Continuing Professional Development of Romanian School-Based Teacher Educators. Sage Open, 14(4). https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440241296912 Sharek, J. P. (2023). Reaching the Bar: Cooperating teachers’ expectations for student teachers (Doctoral thesis). University of Alberta. https://doi.org/10.7939/r3-91ng-pp87 Stevenson, H. (2023). Professional learning and development: fit for purpose in an age of crises? Professional Development in Education, 49(3), 399–401. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2207332 Zeichner, K. 2010. “Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education.” Journal of Teacher Education 61 (1–2): 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 E: Transformations in Vocational Education and Training Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Franz Kaiser Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Expert to Educator: Navigating the Professional Identity Shift of Career-Change Lecturers in Technological Universities South East Technological University Ireland, Ireland Presenting Author:Technical and vocational education (TVET) in Ireland is delivered through the further and higher education (HE) institutions at a national level. There are sixteen regional Education and Training Boards (ETBs), and a consolidated HE sector of traditional universities and five Technological Universities. Due to their prior history as Institutes of Technology (IoTs) with a regional focus on the development of technical and vocational education, the recently amalgamated Technology University (TU) sector is strategically positioned to deliver on TVET qualifications to advanced and higher levels nationwide. A significant number of TU lecturers have had previous technical, vocational and professional careers prior to working in a HE organisation. They bring the knowledge, skills and experience of working in practice-based settings to their teaching role in TVET educational programmes.
The aim of this research study is to explore the experiences of individuals who have moved from a technical, vocational or professional career to teaching their expert knowledge and skills in a TVET programme in higher education.
Primary research questions: Why do practitioners make a career change decision to teach TVET programmes in technological universities? What are TU lecturers’ experiences of their career change from practitioner to teaching their technical, vocational and/or professional knowledge and skills?
The objectives are:
This paper uses insights from the literature on career construction theory, teacher/educator career cycles, employee engagement, perspective transformation, identity self-states.
Career construction theory and career adaptability formed a core construct to understand why individuals move career, their readiness/willingness to change career, personal resources and adaptive behaviours (Savickas, 2021).
Teacher/educator career cycles emphasis the personal, organizational, and career cycle influences on the teacher role (Fessler & Christensen, 1992), and are support by an exploration of the stages in the teaching career (Hubermann, 1993) and evolving expectations for teacher educators (Smith and Flores, 2019).
Employee engagement informs how individuals use varying degrees of their ‘self-in-role’ to perform at work (Kahn, 1990).
Perspective transformation as described by Mezirow (1991) and Cranton, 2016) is a psychological process during which an individual identifies and challenges their existing assumptions that may lead to a change in habits of mind resulting in a new worldview.
Identity self-states and discrepancy theory (Markus & Nurius, 1986) are cognitive expressions of aspirations and fears that are connected to interpretations of past and current selves. These can also explain how prior educational backgrounds, and professional experiences contribute to evolving identities for TVET lecturers (Ping, Schellings and Beijaard, 2018).
This paper argues for an informed understanding of the benefits to HE organisations of practitioner career transition and adaptability to HEs. As TVET education and training advances, the importance of the professional knowledge and experience second-career TVET lecturers bring to their teaching cannot be underestimated. Nor the valuable connections to industry they bring that aligns closely with the TU industry-focused mission as they work to fulfil TU eligibility criteria while adapting and developing their HE careers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study sought to identify and explain the experiences of second-career lecturers who transitioned into higher education from a previous career as a technical, vocational or professional practitioner. The design of this study is informed by a relativist ontology that drew on an interpretivist paradigm that was appropriate to investigate and understand a human and social phenomenon. The research questions were framed within a qualitative methodology and were based on the assumption that our understanding of the world is constructed from our interpretations of personal experiences and the meaning we make from them. Therefore, there is no single reality, but many realities. Thus, fifteen semi-structured interviews were chosen as the most appropriate method to gather data from a TVET second-career lecturer population of interest. This type of interview allows for a combination of pre-set and open probing questions which permits flexibility and further exploration or clarity if required. Following ethical approval, participants were contacted via an email from their Head of Department who shared an information leaflet on the research study that also included an invitation to participate in the study and share their experiences. They self-selected to participate in the study and were drawn from Nursing, Land Sciences, IT, Business, Social Care and Early Childhood Development, Culinary Arts and Law and Criminal Justice. The interview guide was designed to gain a deep understanding of an individual’s experiences of career transition, engagement in their role as TVET lecturers and experiences of an evolving professional/educator identity self-state. Following transcription of the interviews and a member checking procedure, the data was consolidated prior to analysis. A constant comparative method of analysis was used to construct categories and themes to capture the recurring patterns in the data using Quirkos software (Saldana, 2021). Qualitative research is inherently subjective; therefore, ensuring trustworthiness, rigour, and integrity was central to this study. The researchers adopted and extended Braun and Clark’s (2006) five-stage thematic analysis framework, expanding it to a twelve-stage process’ that yielded a more comprehensive and systematic engagement with the data, enhancing the depth of analysis and reinforcing this study’s credibility. More importantly, this approach enabled a deeper understanding and engagement with participants’ voices, ensuring that their perspectives were accurately represented and valued throughout. Researcher reflective logs and field notes enhanced the validity, quality and transparency of the research analysis and findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Exploring the experiences of individuals who have moved from a technical, vocational or professional career to teaching their expert knowledge and skills in higher education is complex. Factors such as concern, control, curiosity and confidence that sit beneath career adaptability are not easily identified, understood or explained by individuals who transition from one career to the next. While personal motivation and ambition is important, the ability to maintain meaningful engagement in their new work role and to feel psychological safe in learning new skills and the further development of their existing knowledge and competence can be challenging. Retaining experienced TVET staff is of strategic importance to the TU sector as it aligns closely with the industry focused mission and the successful delivery TVET programmes into the future. Outcomes from the study share knowledge on the transition from workplace practitioner to second-career TVET lecturer; and moving from expert to novice and back again to expert. These experiences are closely related to an individuals’ cognitive expressions of aspirations and fears with connections to interpretations of past and current selves. Each person must navigate their identity self-states as they progress through teacher career stages in their ‘new’ role. While valuable insights and knowledge have been gained from this study it is not without its limitations. Participants were confined to TVET second-career lecturers in the TU and did not include the wider lecturer population in the organisation who did not meet this criterion. Areas for future research include (1) a larger study to explore the same phenomenon across the remaining TU and IoT sector, and (2) to extend the research topic to the education and training boards who operate in a similar TVET environment, often working in collaboration with the TU sector. References Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107–128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2003.07.001 Cranton, P. (2016) Understanding and promoting transformative learning: A guide to theory and practice. 3rd ed. Sterling VA: Stylus Publishing. Fessler, R., & Christensen, J. (1992). The Teacher Career Cycle: Understanding and Guiding the Professional Development of Teachers. Allyn and Bacon. Graham Cagney, A. (2019) ‘I Am What I Do’ . . . Professional Voices From the field of further education and training. In J.A. Gammel, S. Motulsky & A. Rutstein Riley (Eds). I Am What I Become: Constructing an Identity as a Lifelong Learner. IAP Publishing. 2019 Higgins, E. T. (1987). Self-discrepancy: A theory relating self and affect. Psychological Review, 94(3). Huberman, M. (1993) The Lives of Teachers. London: Cassell Villiers House. Kahn, W. A. (1990). Psychological conditions of personal engagement and disengagement at work. Academy of Management Journal, 33(4), 692–724. https://doi.org/10.5465/256287 Kahn, W. A., & Fellows, S. (2013). Employee engagement and meaningful work. In Purpose and meaning in the workplace. (pp. 105–126). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/14183-006 Markus, H., & Nurius, P. (1986). Possible Selves. American Psychologist, 41(9), 954–969. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.41.9.954 May, D., Gilson, R., & Harter, L. (1997). The Psychological Conditions of Meaningfulness, Safety and Availability and the Engagement of the Human Spirit at Work. Journal of Occupational and Organisational Psychology, 26, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1348/096317904322915892 Mezirow, J. (1991) Transformative Dimensions of Adult Learning. San Francisco, CA, US: Jossey-Bass. Ping, C., Schellings, G., & Beijaard, D. (2018). Teacher educators’ professional learning: A literature review. In Teaching and Teacher Education (Vol. 75, pp. 93–104). Elsevier Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.00 Saldana, J. (2021). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. SAGE Publications. Savickas, M. L. (2005) ‘The Theory and Practice of Career Construction’, in Brown, S. D. and Lent, R. W. (eds.) Career Development and Counselling: Putting Theory and Research to Work. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons pp. 42-70 Savickas, M. L. (2021) Career Adaptability. USA: 48Hr Books Savickas, M. L. and Porfeli, E. J. (2012) ‘Career Adapt-Abilities Scale: Construction, reliability, and measurement equivalence across 13 countries’, Journal of Vocational Behaviour, 80, pp. 661-673Savickas Smith, K., & Flores, M. A. (2019). Teacher educators as teachers and as researchers. In European Journal of Teacher Education (Vol. 42, Issue 4, pp. 429–432). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1648972 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Rethinking Vocational Learning in Weakly Institutionalised Systems: The Learner-Teacher-Trainer Nexus in Nigeria Ruhr West University of Applied Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:For decades, international development agencies have promoted the transfer of Western vocational training models as a primary solution for youth unemployment in the Global South. Yet, in contexts dominated by vast informal economies, these top-down initiatives, which typically involve importing models of institutional architecture, such as German-style governance structures, qualification frameworks, and curriculum standards, have consistently failed to take root (Walther & Filipiak, 2007). This persistent policy failure stems from a critical oversight: a focus on formal systems at the expense of understanding the relational dynamics of how skills are actually formed, shared, and recognised in practice. If policy continues to ignore the lived realities of learning, it is doomed to repeat its past mistakes. This paper confronts this challenge directly by shifting the analytical focus away from institutional mimicry and towards an examination of relational processes. We ask: how is vocational learning accomplished in a complex, hybrid system where formal institutions are just one part of a much larger picture? We present preliminary findings from a large-scale study on technical and vocational education and training (TVET) in Nigeria, Africa’s largest economy. The study focuses on the construction sector, a critical engine of employment and economic activity (Ofori, 2012), and spans several of the country’s diverse economic and cultural regions, including the Northwest, North-Central, and southern geopolitical zones. Nigeria provides a critical case for this research, as its TVET landscape is a complex hybrid of traditional apprenticeships, state-run technical colleges, and a growing number of donor-supported dual training initiatives. This complexity makes it an ideal setting to investigate how learning is organised when formal institutional coordination is weak, and to understand the tensions and synergies which arise as global policy models interact with local practices. To understand this complex situation, our analysis uses two main theoretical tools. First, drawing on critical policy sociology (Ball, 1993), we examine how global TVET policies are interpreted, adapted, and often resisted by local actors, revealing the gap between policy-as-written and policy-as-practiced. Second, we use the principles of critical pedagogy (Freire, 1970) to analyse the power dynamics within the learner-teacher-trainer nexus, questioning educational approaches that create passive, hierarchical relationships rather than fostering active, collaborative learning partnerships. This combined approach allows us to both deconstruct policy failures and understand the lived experiences of those navigating the vocational training system. It moves beyond a simple critique of policy transfer to offer a constructive, empirically grounded alternative for understanding skills formation. Drawing on document analysis, a mixed-methods survey, and in-depth interviews, our preliminary findings reveal three central patterns. First, vocational learning is primarily organised around participation in productive activity, with formal instruction playing a supplementary role. Second, recognition of competence is largely socially embedded, with informal validation by experienced practitioners often holding more currency than formal certificates. Third, learning opportunities are shaped by relational asymmetries, where access to mentoring and skilled tasks is mediated by social proximity and power relations. This paper argues that sustainable vocational development depends less on replicating external institutional forms and more on strengthening the relational configurations through which learning is accomplished. It makes three contributions: conceptually, it advances a relational theorisation of vocational learning; empirically, it provides preliminary evidence of skills formation in a major African economy; and analytically, it challenges transfer-oriented approaches by privileging relational process over institutional form. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on preliminary findings from the Nigerian phase of a broader comparative case study on vocational learning in West Africa, which also includes a prior fieldwork phase in Ghana. The research is framed by a critical-constructivist paradigm, which acknowledges that reality is socially constructed while also critically examining the power dynamics that shape it. We employ an exploratory sequential mixed-methods design to develop a robust and multi-faceted understanding of the learner-teacher-trainer nexus in the Nigerian construction sector, focusing on sites in Lagos and Kaduna states to capture regional diversity (Yin, 2018). The first stage of our methodology involved a comprehensive document analysis of key national TVET policy reforms, including the National Skills Qualification Framework (NSQF), and curriculum frameworks issued by the National Board for Technical Education (NBTE). This analysis provided a macro-level understanding of the intended institutional structures and pedagogical goals, establishing a baseline against which the realities of practice could be compared. Following this, we developed and administered a mixed-methods survey to approximately 120 TVET stakeholders. The survey instrument combined quantitative Likert-scale questions, designed to capture broader patterns in training practices, perceived skill gaps, and the quality of interactions between learning sites, with qualitative open-ended questions that allowed participants to elaborate on their experiences. The sampling was purposive, targeting a cross-section of actors from public technical colleges, private training centres, and informal apprenticeship settings to ensure a wide representation of the hybrid training system. Finally, to add depth and explanatory power to the survey findings, we conducted semi-structured interviews (n≈25) with a purposively selected sub-set of respondents. These interviews were designed to explore the themes emerging from the survey in greater detail, focusing on the negotiation of roles within the learner-teacher-trainer nexus, the mechanisms of informal skill recognition, and the challenges of navigating hybrid training pathways. All qualitative data from the survey and interviews were transcribed and analysed using the six-phase thematic analysis approach outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006), supported by NVivo software. To ensure trustworthiness, the study employed member checking with a small group of participants and maintained a clear audit trail of analytical decisions. Ethical approval was secured from institutional review boards in both Nigeria and the researchers’ home institution, and all participants provided informed consent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings These preliminary findings from the Nigerian context suggest that vocational learning is fundamentally organised through relational configurations rather than formal institutional design alone. The learner–teacher–trainer nexus emerges as the central, and often most critical, mechanism through which occupational knowledge is transmitted, learning opportunities are distributed, and competence is recognised. Our analysis indicates that learning is primarily accomplished through participation in productive work, with recognition being socially embedded and often holding more weight than formal credentials. However, these relational configurations are also sites of power, where asymmetries in social capital and position mediate access to quality learning, leading to highly inequitable vocational trajectories. These results have profound implications for TVET policy and practice. They suggest that policies seeking to strengthen vocational education in Nigeria must move beyond an exclusive focus on transplanting institutional structures. Instead of asking how to replicate the formal architecture of a foreign system, a more productive question is: How can we better support the relational infrastructures that already sustain learning? This implies a shift in focus towards interventions which strengthen the learner-teacher-trainer nexus itself. Practical measures could include supporting mentoring practices, fostering trust-based collaboration across learning sites, and developing hybrid assessment models which recognise socially embedded forms of competence. For educational research, this study highlights the critical importance of analysing vocational learning as a socio-relational process. By foregrounding these relational dynamics, our preliminary findings contribute to broader theoretical debates on workplace learning and vocational system development. Ultimately, this research paves the way for a new approach to TVET reform, in particular one which seeks to transform the country from within by building bridges between different learner trajectories and empowering communities to shape their own vocational futures. Ongoing phases of the study will further examine how these relational configurations can be strengthened. References Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0159630930130203 Bohlinger, S. (2011). Qualifikationsrahmen als globales Phänomen: Eine Skizze zu Geschichte und Systematik. In DIE Zeitschrift für Erwachsenenbildung, 2011(3): Herausforderung DQR, 29-32. http://www.die-bonn.de/id/9235 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Herder and Herder. Ofori, G. (Ed.). (2012). New perspectives on construction in developing countries (0 ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203847343 Walther, R., & Filipiak, E. (2008). Vocational training in the informal sector: Or how to skill the unskilled. Agence Française de Développement. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage publications. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Mapping European Research on Migration and VET: Challenges, Gaps and Trends University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:This paper critically examines how European research has addressed the relationship between migration and Vocational Education and Training (VET, hereinafter) over the past two decades. This contribution adopts an analytical approach, drawing on the corpus assembled through a recently published systematic review (SR, hereinafter) as reported in Bell Sebastián et al. (2025), and re-analysing it from a mapping/meta-research perspective, to reflect on the most salient research trends, the conceptual frameworks employed and the areas that remain underexplored in this field, as identified by the literature, which consistently points to the limited, fragmented and uneven nature of the existing scientific production (Aleghfeli et al., 2024; Jørgensen et al., 2021). In this way, VET systems in Europe are increasingly being positioned as crucial elements for social inclusion and labour market integration, especially in the context of growing migratory flows (Avis et al., 2022; Jeon, 2019). For this reason, research focusing on the educational trajectories of migrant students in different national contexts has steadily increased (Echeverría & Martínez-Clares, 2021; Gessler et al., 2021). However, several studies have highlighted that there has been less attention to how this body of knowledge has been constructed (Gessler & Siemer, 2020) or to gaps in institutional dimensions (Lyckander et al., 2025) that remain on the margins of academic debate. Accordingly, this paper addresses three interrelated research questions: (1) What thematic, methodological, and theoretical patterns characterise European research on migration and VET? (2) Which dimensions of VET systems and integration processes have been underexplored in existing research? and (3) What implications do these patterns have for future research agendas and to produce knowledge that informs policymaking in the field of European VET? Beyond organising what is already known about VET and migration, this mapping-oriented analysis allows us to observe how available knowledge has been constructed, which approaches have gained greater prominence, and which aspects have received less attention. Accordingly, a reflexive approach is adopted towards the scientific production reviewed, examining patterns of concentration and visibility across different national contexts, languages of publication and academic traditions, as well as the unequal representation of methodological approaches or the voices of students who have experienced migration. This perspective is key, as it not only helps to identify thematic gaps, but also to understand how objects of study have been defined and which dimensions have been more accessible within academic debate. Based on this analysis, the contribution is situated within a tension that runs through much of the literature on VET and migration. On the one hand, there are approaches that explain students’ difficulties in individualised or culturalised terms; on the other, there are studies that link these obstacles to factors such as discrimination, institutional segmentation, administrative uncertainty or the limited recognition of prior trajectories, all within a broader framework of structural and institutional conditions. This highlights the need to complement the prevailing focus on students’ experiences and barriers with more systematic attention to the conditions under which VET systems operate, since it is at this level that the effectiveness of inclusive measures and the possibilities for transfer across different European contexts are largely determined, according to what has been reviewed in the literature. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on the corpus identified through an SR of scientific literature focusing on students of migrant background within European VET systems, covering publications from 2003 to 2024. This review followed the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021; Urrutia & Bonfill, 2010) and included studies indexed in recognised international databases such as Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC and Dialnet, published in several European languages. Thanks to this approach, a broad and diverse corpus was created, reflecting different national contexts and academic traditions across Europe. Unlike other reviews that focus on synthesising empirical results, this proposal offers an analytical reading of the corpus, from both a descriptive and interpretative perspective. The analysis focuses on examining how research on migration and VET in Europe has evolved, considering the temporal development of publications, their geographical distribution, the most predominant disciplines, the methods used and the theoretical frameworks applied, as well as the delineation of research topics and the attention given to certain analytical approaches. The analysis places particular emphasis on how literature presents challenges and facilitating factors in VET trajectories, the perspectives of the most prioritised actors, and the ways in which VET systems are conceptualised within the academic field. Overall, this is an interpretative and critical approach that seeks to generate knowledge about how knowledge on migration and VET is produced, rather than simply synthesising empirical effects or evaluating the impact of specific interventions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research in Europe regarding migration and VET has mostly focused on understanding individual challenges and support needs, putting significant weight on students' traits, their transitions, and the outcomes they achieve. This approach has certainly been useful in highlighting issues of unequal participation and achievement, but it tends to portray VET systems as fixed frameworks instead of places where processes of inclusion and exclusion are constantly being shaped. Because of this, the complex dynamics like institutional structures, teaching practices, and decision-making within VET often haven't been explored enough, which limits our understanding of how inequalities come about, persist, or get addressed, often blaming individuals instead of looking at the broader system. At the same time, this mapping shows that the main research narratives are influenced by inconsistent visibility, preferred methodologies, and national focuses. The creation of knowledge in this field has mostly been led by places with robust data systems and through methods that favor broad system-level indicators instead of localized viewpoints. Comparative studies often fall short by being more descriptive than analytical. Research adopting interpretative or critical approaches reveals VET as a complex arena, simultaneously associated with opportunities and with boundary-making processes linked to institutional practices and social hierarchies. Altogether, these findings imply that future research should shift from just documenting disparities to exploring how VET systems are understood and studied, and how these perspectives influence what is seen, compared, and acted upon in European discussions about migration and VET. References Aleghfeli, Y., McIntyre, J., Hunt, L., & Stone, C. (2024). Safety, Belonging and Success in Education for Refugees in Europe: A Systematic Review. European Journal of Education. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12852. Avis, J., Orr, K., & Warmington, P. (2022). Beyond ‘migration’and ‘inclusion’in work life: Racialisation and VET. In L. Moreno Herrera, M. Teräs, P. Gougoulakis, & J. Kontio (Eds.), Migration and inclusion in work life-the role of VET: Emerging issues in research on vocational education & training, 7, 27–59. Bell Sebastián, J., Marhuenda Fluixá, F., & Carmona Rodríguez, C. (2025). Vocational education and training pathways of students with a migrant background in Europe: a systematic review. Educational Review, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2025.2514038 Echeverría Samanes, B., & Martínez Clares, P. (2021). Hacia un ecosistema de investigación sobre formación profesional en España. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 39(1), 249–264. https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.424901 Gessler, M., Nägele, C., & Stalder, B. E. (2021). Scoping review on research at the boundary between learning and working: A bibliometric mapping analysis of the last decade. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(4), 170–206. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.8.4.8 Gessler, M., & Siemer, C. (2020). Umbrella review: Methodological review of reviews published in peer-reviewed journals with a substantial focus on vocational education and training research. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 91–125. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.1.5 Jeon, S. (2019). Unlocking the potential of migrants: Cross-country analysis. OECD Publishing. Jørgensen, C. H., Hautz, H., & Li, J. (2021). The role of vocational education and training in the integration of refugees in Austria, Denmark and Germany. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(3), 276–299. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.8.3.2 Lyckander, R. H., Wollscheid, S., & Lynnebakke, B. (2025). Integration of immigrants into vocational education and training in Europe: A scoping review. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 15(4), 24–54. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2515424 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M, & Moher, D. (2021). Updating guidance for reporting systematic reviews: Development of the PRISMA 2020 statement. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 134, 103–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2021.02.003 Urrútia, G., & Bonfill, X. (2010). Declaración PRISMA: Una propuesta para mejorar la publicación de revisiones sistemáticas y metaanálisis. Medicina Clínica, 135(11), 507–511. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.medcli.2010.01.015 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Pedagogical Professionalism among Strategic Actors in Vocational Education: A Systematic Narrative Review 1: University of Fribourg; 2: SFUVET, Switzerland Presenting Author:Profound transformation processes – including digitalisation, demographic shifts, and growing geopolitical tensions – are reshaping labour markets in complex and often unpredictable ways (Aggarwal, 2021; OECD, 2023), with far-reaching implications for how educational knowledge, responsibility, and professionalism are understood. As future skill requirements become less certain, the relevance of vocational education and training (VET) is gaining renewed attention at the individual, institutional, and systemic levels. In this context, professionals working in development roles within the VET sector are gaining visibility. Positioned at the intersection of educational and organisational concerns, they play a crucial role in shaping adaptive and future-oriented learning environments. These professionals are typically employed in organisations such as employer associations, training departments of large companies, hospitals, or public administrations. Their responsibilities include the design of training programmes, coordination of learning processes across institutions, and the management of quality assurance and development. Operating at the interface of pedagogical and organisational logics, their work is both educational and strategic in nature. While these actors exert considerable influence in shaping the VET ecosystem, their pedagogical orientation and professional self-understanding remain largely under-researched – particularly when compared to the relatively well-studied roles of in-company trainers and vocational school teachers (Büchter & Meyer, 2024; Forster-Heinzer, 2019). This study addresses the identified research gap by conducting a systematic narrative literature review. It aims to synthesise key academic contributions from the fields of vocational and adult education, with particular attention to professionals occupying strategic governance and development roles. Their work reflects and responds to changing expectations around knowledge, accountability, and the public role of education.The study is guided by the following central research question: What characterises pedagogical professionalism in vocational education, and how is the concept theoretically conceptualised in the literature on vocational and adult education? The analysis reveals a theoretically heterogeneous landscape. Three predominant conceptual orientations were identified. The first is a structural-theoretical approach, which conceptualises professionalism in terms of system logics and institutional frameworks. The second is competence-oriented, focusing on skills, standards, and qualification profiles. The third approach is subject- or biography-related, examining identity development and meaning-making processes. Additional perspectives – such as lifelong learning, professional learning communities, and boundary crossing – function as cross-cutting frames that enrich or connect the main theoretical strands. The review highlights the conceptual ambiguity surrounding pedagogical professionalism and illustrates the difficulty of balancing educational values with organisational objectives – a tension that becomes particularly pronounced in hybrid professional roles. These findings raise broader questions about how educational responsibility is constructed and negotiated in contexts shaped by shifting epistemic cultures, digital transformation, and increasing demands for accountability. This study advances our understanding of how knowledge, action, and responsibility are negotiated within VET-related knowledge work by bringing a previously underexplored group of strategic professionals into the discourse on professionalisation. Its findings are particularly relevant for ongoing debates about how educational research can respond to systemic uncertainty and how theoretical models of professionalism can inform practice in times of societal transformation. Although this study is grounded in the German-speaking VET context, its findings speak to broader European debates on the professionalisation of educational actors amidst institutional transformation. Specifically, it aligns with EU-wide initiatives aimed at strengthening VET systems through upskilling strategies, lifelong learning policies, and an increased emphasis on digital and green transition competencies (CEDEFOP, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research question, a systematic narrative review was conducted to synthesise theoretical perspectives on pedagogical professionalism in vocational and adult education. This approach was chosen in order to map conceptual diversity, identify dominant framings, and highlight underrepresented perspectives across both empirical and theoretical contributions. The review followed a multi-stage strategy in line with the methodological principles of a systematic narrative review, drawing on the guidelines proposed by Turnbull et al. (2023) and other established frameworks for conceptually oriented synthesis. A comprehensive literature search was carried out using three major academic databases: ERIC, FIS Bildung, and Web of Science. Search terms combined key concepts related to professionalism, vocational and adult education, and educational actors. The search was limited to peer-reviewed journal articles published in English or German between 2016 and 2025. The initial search yielded 735 results. After removing duplicates (n = 254), 481 articles remained. These were screened by title and abstract using predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria. Studies were excluded if they failed to meet basic criteria regarding (1) thematic and contextual relevance, (2) theoretical and disciplinary grounding, or (3) formal and methodological quality. This second screening phase focused on aspects such as the educational field, the conceptual coherence of the study, and its relevance to the research question. As a result, 436 articles were excluded. The remaining 45 articles underwent full-text review. Selection was based on three criteria: theoretical density, relevance to the research question, and contextual fit with vocational and adult education. This resulted in the inclusion of 13 articles. Five additional studies were identified through theoretical sampling and backward citation tracing, yielding a final dataset of 18 articles. Thematic analysis was carried out using a deductive–inductive coding approach. An initial coding framework was developed based on established theoretical models (e.g., Helsper, 2021; Gieseke, 2015) and iteratively refined through close reading of the selected texts. This process resulted in a typology of theoretical approaches to pedagogical professionalism, capturing key differences in assumptions, scope, and orientation. The methodological design enables a theoretically grounded and context-aware exploration of pedagogical professionalism and lays the foundation for future empirical research into how strategic professionals position themselves within evolving VET landscapes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review contributes to ongoing debates on the changing nature of educational knowledge and professionalism by examining how pedagogical professionalism is theorised in vocational and adult education. The findings show that the theoretical field is fragmented, marked by competing interpretations and context-dependent assumptions – with important implications for both research and practice. First, the study highlights the conceptual ambiguity of professionalism in VET-related roles, which operate at the intersection of pedagogical aspirations and strategic or economic imperatives. A clearer understanding of how professionalism is constructed in such hybrid settings is crucial for designing effective professional development and for shaping policy frameworks that aim to enhance educational quality. Second, by drawing attention to a previously under-researched actor group – strategic professionals in VET – the review encourages a broader conceptualisation of professionalism beyond traditional teaching roles. This offers new perspectives on responsibility and leadership in complex institutional settings. The typology developed in this study may serve as a conceptual resource for cross-national discussions on how educational professionalism is framed in response to policy change and epistemic transformation. Third, the study connects to the broader conference theme by exploring how educational actors make sense of their roles amid systemic transformation. It addresses how knowledge is mobilised, legitimised, and translated into action within evolving VET landscapes. These insights open up new avenues for empirical research into how strategic professionals in VET navigate complexity and competing demands. In doing so, the study contributes to a more differentiated and theoretically grounded understanding of professionalism – one that is essential for responding to institutional transformation both nationally and across Europe. References Aggarwal, A. (2021). Global framework on core skills for life and work in the 21st century (1st ed.). ILO. Anselmann, S., Harm, S., & Faßhauer, U. (2022). Input from the grassroots level — Reflecting challenges and problems for VET professionals in Germany. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 9(2), Article 5. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.9.2.5 Büchter, K., & Meyer, R. (2024). Geschichte und aktuelle Entwicklungen von Professionalisierung im Handlungsfeld beruflicher Bildung [History and current developments of professionalisation in the field of vocational education]. In J. Schütz & U. Elsholz (Hrsg.), Perspektiven auf Professionalisierung in beruflicher Bildung, Erwachsenenbildung und Hochschulbildung (S. 25–45). wbv Publikation. https://doi.org/10.3278/9783763974504 Cedefop. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: 50 dimensions of vocational education and training – Cedefop’s analytical framework for comparing VET (Cedefop Research Paper No. 92). Publications Office of the European Union. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/57908 Forster-Heinzer, S. (2019). Zur Situationsspezifität des pädagogischen Ethos: Eine empirische Studie im Bereich der betrieblichen Berufsbildung [On the situational specificity of pedagogical ethos: An empirical study in company-based vocational education]. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 65(4), 584–607. https://doi.org/10.3262/ZP1904584 Gieseke, W. (2015). Professionalität und Professionalisierung in der Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung [Professionalism and professionalisation in adult education]. In R. Tippelt & A. von Hippel (Hrsg.), Handbuch Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung (S. 1–19). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-20001-9_52-1 Helsper, W. (2016). Lehrerprofessionalität – Der strukturtheoretische Ansatz [Teacher professionalism – The structural theory approach]. In M. Rothland (Hrsg.), Beruf Lehrer/Lehrerin. Ein Studienbuch (S. 103–127). Waxmann. Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns: Eine Einführung [Professionalism and professionalisation of pedagogical action: An introduction]. Barbara Budrich. Keller, A., & Raemy, P. (2024). Emphasising self-directed learning in VET schools: Teachers’ convictions and role negotiations. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.13152/ijrvet.12.1.1 OECD. (2010). OECD-Studien zur Berufsbildung: Lernen für die Arbeitswelt [Learning for jobs]. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264087842-de OECD. (2023). Bildung auf einen Blick 2023: OECD-Indikatoren [Education at a glance 2023: OECD indicators]. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/34087b82-de OECD. (2024). OECD Employment Outlook 2024: The net zero transition and the labour market. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/ac8b3538-en Turnbull, D., Chugh, R., & Luck, J. (2023). Systematic-narrative hybrid literature review: A strategy for integrating a concise methodology into a manuscript. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 7(1), Article 100381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2022.100381 Wenger, M., & Lamamra, N. (2024). Analysing the continuing education needs of Swiss in-company trainers: An approach based on latent class analysis. Journal of Vocational, Adult and Continuing Education and Training, 7(1), 28–47. https://doi.org/10.14426/jovacet.v7i1.395 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 F: Educational Leadership, School Improvement and Well-Being Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Leadership Dispositions for Student Well-Being: A Comparative Narrative Inquiry in Hong Kong and Finland University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Global concern over youth mental health has intensified educational attention to student well-being, often articulated through universal international policy frameworks such as those by World Health Organisation (2021), and Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2021). However, global policies often recontextualised when they are travelled (Robertson & Dale, 2015). Crucially, school leaders play key roles in the enactment of these policies by mediating and interpreting them within their institutional and sociocultural contexts (Agron et al., 2010; Lingard et al., 2007; Powell & Graham, 2017). As a result, leadership practices for student well-being are not a simple matter of implementation, but a situated framework shaped by leaders’ biographies, values, and resources within institutional and policy environments (Lingard & Christie, 2003; Thomson, 2016). This prompts the fundamental questions about how leadership disposition is formed and consequently impacts practices across different education systems. Within this sociological lens, this study will investigate leadership for well-being not as a technical judgement, but a socially and culturally situated form of practice shaped through leaders’ biographies and broader societal conditions. The study is a cross-cultural comparative study that explores how school leaders in Hong Kong and Finland interpret and enact student well-being in the two distinct educational fields. Though both places engage with global discourse on youth mental health, they do so through divergent moral orders, specific governance logics, and cultural traditions. Finland’s education system is embedded within a Nordic welfare orientation that foregrounds collective care and institutional trust (Sahlberg et al., 2021); whereas Hong Kong’s system is shaped by Confucian moral values, postcolonial legacies, and meritocratic governance (Hue, 2008; Tam et al., 2021; Tan, 2024). These contrasting sociocultural backdrops offer an analytically rich basis for examining how leadership dispositions toward well-being are formed and enacted under different structural conditions. This study is grounded within Bourdieu’s theory of practice (Bourdieu, 1990), adopting the concepts of habitus, capital, and field as relational and generative tools for analysing leadership dispositions. For this study, leadership habitus is conceptualised as a system of embodied, historically sedimented dispositions through which leaders interpret their responsibilities and act within institutional constraints (Lingard & Christie, 2003). Rather than treating leadership practices as consciously selected behaviours, this framework attends to how dispositions are shaped socio-culturally within the two educational fields and enacted through leadership practices. Grounding the study in the relational and reflexive interpretations of Bourdieu (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992; King, 2000), the study will also treat habitus as adaptive and negotiated, which will unfold how leaders respond reflexively to challenges or tensions between personal values, policy demands, institutional expectations and the resources they have. The inquiry is carried out through a biographical narrative inquiry within a constructivist-relational epistemology, through which to gain access to the articulated leadership dispositions that are formed over time (Chase, 2005; Riessman, 2008). It captures how leaders make sense and narrate their roles and practices in well-being policy. Reflexivity is integral to the research design, acknowledging my own positionality across insider and outsider roles (Fetterman, 2008), and treating knowledge production through this study as an ethically and interpretively accountable process (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). In sum, this research questions for this study are as followed: 1. How do school leaders in Hong Kong and Finland articulate their embodied leadership values and dispositions related to student well-being? 2. In what ways are these leadership dispositions shaped by the interplay of their biographical trajectories, various forms of capital, and sociopolitical-institutional contexts? 3. How do leadership dispositions and capital shape the ways school leaders engage with and enact student well-being in practice across the two contexts? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method and Methodology This study adopts a qualitative, interpretivist approach, grounded in a constructivist-relational epistemology that view leadership practices is a result of embodied dispositions formed through lived experience, social interactions, and institutional conditions (Bourdieu, 1990). Narrative inquiry (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000) is the chosen method as it provides access to how school leaders narrates their value and behaviours on student well-being within their socio-political and institutional contexts (Chase, 2005; Riessman, 2008). Data are generated through in-depth biographical narrative interviews with school leaders, including principals or senior members with formal well-being responsibilities. Participants are recruited through purposive sampling for demographic variation in backgrounds within each field. The design follows the life-history tradition within narrative inquiry (Atkinson, 2009; Goodson & Gill, 2011), which treats stories as value-laden and context sensitive articulations of identity and experience. Narrative interviews are treated as dialogic and co-constructed encounters rather than data extraction. Participants are invited to share professional trajectories, leadership development, resources available and interpretation of well-being. Particular attention will be given on critical incidents or turning points to uncover the formation and transformation of leadership dispositions (Denzin, 1989). Data will be analysed through a multi-step but iterative interpretive approach that integrates narrative analytical strategies and Bourdieu’s theory of practice. It will proceed through iterative reading of narratives to preserve temporality and context (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000), followed by interpretive examination of how leadership habitus, their capital and field conditions interact to shape their practices (Clandinin, 2013). Reflexivity is also embedded from data generation to analysis, with my positionality across insider and outsider roles serving as resources for analysis, rather than a bias to be avoided (Finlay, 2002). Reflexive memos will be kept for epistemic transparency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes This study is expected to offer insights into how school leaders’ socially and culturally situated dispositions are enacted in student well-being practices across contrasting educational fields. The contribution for this study is empirical and conceptual. Empirically, this study will generate data and patterns of how school leaders in Hong Kong and Finland narrate their values, interpretations, and responsibilities related to student well-being. These data are going to demonstrate how leadership dispositions are shaped through biographical trajectories and capital, and how these dispositions are reinforced or disrupted by institutional forces and policy environments that impact leadership practices relating to student well-being. Comparative analysis will surface how global concerns around youth mental health are recontextualised through different moral traditions, governance logics and sedimented historical trajectories in producing distinct forms of leadership practices. Theoretically, the finding will move beyond style-based or managerial accounts of leadership, challenging universalised assumptions about leadership by demonstrating the limits of decontextualised knowledge transfer. This study is expected to show that leadership practice on well-being is not a conscious personal choice, but is contingent upon the alignment or misalignment between leaders’ dispositions, situated within sociocultural histories, capital trajectories, and the logic of the institutional fields. By treating Hong Kong and Finland as distinct but comparable educational fields, the research resists universalism and avoids positioning either region as a normative reference society for well-being enactment. Contributing to the educational leadership literature with a decolonised and context-sensitive cross-cultural comparative study that surfaces the underlying cultural, historical and institutional forces in shaping leadership practices, without falling into essentialism (Walker & Dimmock, 2002). In conclusion, the result of this study is expected to provide insights to an urgent global challenge – student mental health, through a contextually embedded, sociologically grounded research. References Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice (Reprinted). Polity Press. Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. (Eds). (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology (Repr). Polity Pr. Chase, S. E. (2005). Narrative inquiry: Multiple lenses, approaches, voices. In The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (3rd edn, pp. 651–679). SAGE Publications Ltd. Clandinin. (2013). Engaging in narrative inquiry. Left Coast Press, Inc. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research (1. ed., 1. PB print). Jossey-Bass. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Fifth edition). SAGE. Goodson, I., & Gill, S. (2011). Narrative pedagogy: Life history and learning. Lang. Hue, M.-T. (2008). The influence of Confucianism: A narrative study of Hong Kong teachers’ understanding and practices of school guidance and counselling. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 36(3), 303–316. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069880802088929 King, A. (2000). Thinking with Bourdieu against Bourdieu: A ‘Practical’ Critique of the Habitus. Sociological Theory, 18(3), 417–433. https://doi.org/10.1111/0735-2751.00109 Lingard, B., & Christie, P. (2003). Leading theory: Bourdieu and the field of educational leadership. An introduction and overview to this special issue. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 6(4), 317–333. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360312032000150724 Lingard, B., Hayes, D., Mills, M., & Christie, P. (2007). Leading Learning: Making Hope Practical in Schools. McGraw-Hill Education. OECD. (2021). Embedding Values and Attitudes in Curriculum: Shaping a Better Future. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/aee2adcd-en Powell, M. A., & Graham, A. (2017). Wellbeing in schools: Examining the policy–practice nexus. The Australian Educational Researcher, 44(2), 213–231. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-016-0222-7 Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publ. Robertson, S. L., & Dale, R. (2015). Towards a ‘critical cultural political economy’ account of the globalising of education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 13(1), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2014.967502 Sahlberg, P., Gardner, H., & Robinson, K. (2021). Finnish lessons 3.0: What can the world learn from educational change in Finland? (3rd edition). Teachers College Press, Columbia University. Tan, C. (2024). The social contract and education: Confucian viewpoints. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2024.2361712 Thomson, P. (2016). Educational Leadership and Pierre Bourdieu (1st edn). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203818213 Walker, A., & Dimmock, C. (2002). Moving school leadership beyond its narrow boundaries: Developing a cross-cultural approach. In K. Leithwood & P. Hallinger (Eds), Second international handbook of educational leadership and administration (pp. 167–207). Kluwer Academic Publishers. WHO. (2021). Comprehensive Mental Health Action Plan 2013-2030 (1st ed). World Health Organization. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring the Influence of Virtual Leadership Coaching on Improving Teachers' Instructional Practices and Students' Academic Achievement: A Phenomenological Case Study 1: University of Alabama, College of Education, United States of America; 2: Texas A&M University Presenting Author:Global conditions are significant factors that impact the vision, mission, goals, objectives, and daily decisions of individuals, societies, institutions, and nations in attaining the set target. For instance, the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic significantly impacted all sectors of economies and individuals, without exception, of schools and industries (Hashim et al., 2024; Irby et al., 2023). The global pandemic necessitated a significant shift in conventional leadership practices and other human engagement to virtual platforms (Cox & Mullen, 2022; Hashim et al., 2024; Irby et al., 2023; Yoshizawa, 2025). Notwithstanding, the gradual patronage of modern leaders in using virtual platforms for other purposes, it was not until the emergence of the pandemic that school leaders significantly transformed to virtual sites, hence contributing to the substantial acceptance of virtual leadership coaching (VLC) in schools (Hashim et al., 2024; Irby et al., 2023; Yurkofsky, 2021). VLC is an innovative approach to deepening learning, reinforcing skills and capabilities, and supporting current leaders to transition and undertake their tasks with clarity, dignity and accountability through virtual platforms (Cox & Mullen, 2022; Hashim et al., 2024; Irby et al., 2023; Yoshizawa, 2025). This led to the heightening integration of technologies in educational leadership, and it continues to shape how professional learning and instructional support are conveyed in diverse settings. This approach therefore reflects the relevance of emerging VLC described in this research as the progressive, structured and technology-mediated coaching furnished by modern schools to leaders and educators with the specific purpose of enhancing instructional practice and learners' learning outcomes. This definition suggests that the present landscape of leadership development is unrestricted by location, such as the USA, Europe or Sub-Saharan African countries, conference rooms, and schedules, furnishing flexibility and adaptability in leadership practices (Cox & Mullen, 2022; Hashim et al., 2024; Irby et al., 2023; Yoshizawa, 2025). Notwithstanding the significant challenge associated with the contemporary virtual learning landscape, which is inaccessibility, exploring the depth of this novel system of leadership practices to improve information delivery and dissemination is relevant ( Kenneth Leithwood, 1995). The main purpose of this qualitative research is to investigate school leaders' lived experiences of VLC and explore how VLC impacts self-awareness, leadership expansion, and their professional conduct. This research is anchored on three significant research questions: (1) How do school leaders engaged in the school enhancement (SE) project recount their experiences of participating in the VLC? (2) What factors of VLC do school leaders discern as most influential in their growth as leaders? (3) How do school leaders explain the shift in their leadership perspectives, behaviors, and identity anchored on the virtual coaching? This research is grounded in instructional leadership theory (ILT), transformational leadership theory (TLT), and adult learning theory (ALT) (Munna, 2021; Schunk, 2012; Stone-Johnson et al., 2023; Taylor & Hamdy, 2013). ILT suggests that strong and effective school leaders exhibit direct influence on their students' learning outcomes by redirecting learning and teaching via professional enhancement, feedback and vision-setting (K. Leithwood et al., 2019; Munna, 2021). TLT furnishes a conceptual idea of comprehending leadership growth as a systematic process encompassing heightened relational influence, self-awareness, and value alignment. ALT portrays leaders as adult learners who essentially benefit from professional learning that is relevant, collaborative, self-directed, and problem-solving oriented (Mukhalalati & Taylor, 2019; Taylor & Hamdy, 2013). Through the evaluation of the VLC, this research provides insight into the after-pandemic educational realities, through the increasing trajectory in hybrid and remote leadership practices. The present research supports bridging the critical gap in educational leadership studies through an empirical analysis of how leadership practices offered via virtual platforms corroborate instructional enhancements and student academic success. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present research utilized a qualitative phenomenology research design to investigate and understand the lived experiences of school leaders who participated in the school enhancement project VLC interview. Using phenomenology strategies for understanding the lived experiences of the participants is appropriate for this study because it supports capturing the meanings the participants attribute to the issues underlying this study (Bach, 2024; Halliwell et al., 2023; Hwang et al., 2023; Passarelli et al., 2023). This research design connects with earlier research exploring the lived experiences of participants and supports an in-depth evaluation of how leaders' experiences shape coaching in virtual platforms (Groenewald, 2018; Halliwell et al., 2023; Shorey & Ng, 2022; Turesky et al., 2020). This study utilized interviews as a suitable approach for methodical compilation of perceptual datasets from school leaders across districts in Alabama. The population for this research is K-12 school leaders who took part in the VLC interviews provided by a team of SE project coordinators and administrators in the fall semester through a purposive sampling approach. This research will employ diverse data sources such as coaching documents on school leadership, semi-structured interviews and observations as triangulation to assess their impact on the participants throughout the analytical process. These gathered datasets will be coded to determine the respective themes and patterns connected to the school leaders' capacity building, collaboration and leadership learning. These approaches are also relevant to determine emergent insights and reflexive conditions connected to the researchers’ positionalities and assumptions. Data analysis will follow the step-by-step process comprising initial coding, identification of patterns, and developing organized themes. The themes and codes will entirely focus on the participants' experiences and accounts through a constant comparison. Data enhancement and transparency in the analytical process will be revealed by employing qualitative data analysis software (Nvivo). In ensuring trustworthiness in this research, several approaches would be considered in this study. For example, the authors will ensure credibility via participants' review and confirmation of their interpretations, and member checking of the interview data. Also, dependability and reflexivity would be highly maintained throughout the research process to ensure accuracy and control of potential biases. Moreover, through the institutional review board (IRB) process of ethical considerations, this study will give the participants an informed consent form to fill out, and confidentiality and voluntary participation statements will also be indicated with their accompanying pseudonyms of participants' personal data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present research seeks to provide an in-depth understanding and insights into how school leaders experience VLC and their perceptions on influencing their leadership growth. Based on the initial coding of the transcribed data, the findings of this study demonstrate a significant shift in leadership practice and identity, building trust in virtual environments, reflective learning processes, and acknowledging coaches in the schools (Alexander et al., 2025). The outcome of this research is targeted at informing the relevance of leadership coaching practices and novel school leadership development programs available to support leaders and teachers to improve student achievement in the Alabama school districts. The contributions of this research are in three-fold: (1) this research contributes to the scant qualitative research on VLC; (2) this research contributes to and extends the relevance of adult learning theory and transformational leadership theories through virtual coaching environments; and (3) this research will serve as a foundation for building theory into practice through a rigorous research on VLC based on phenomenology. The research is solely qualitative; hence, further research will focus on mixed methods, where quantitative and qualitative datasets will be analyzed to address the inherent limitations of this research. References Alexander, J. M., Irby, B. J., Etchells, M. J., & Rodriguez, L. (2025). Effective steps toward school enhancement: Turning around high needs schools. Information Age Publishing. https://www.amazon.com/Effective-Steps-Toward-School-Enhancement/dp/B0F1GB8Q4H Bach, R. (2024). A phenomenological learning approach to leading digitalization. Business Horizons, 67(4), 345–355. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bushor.2024.04.001 Cox, J. S., & Mullen, C. A. (2022). Impacting Student Achievement: Principals’ Instructional Leadership Practice in Two Title I Rural Schools. Journal of School Leadership, 33(1), 3–25. https://doi.org/10.1177/10526846221133996 Groenewald, Thomas. (2018). Reflection/Commentary on a Past Article: “A Phenomenological Research Design Illustrated”: http://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1177/160940690400300104. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 17(1), 1609406918774662. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406918774662 Halliwell, P. R., Id, R. J. M., & Boyle, B. (2023). Leadership effectiveness through coaching : Authentic and change-oriented leadership. PLoS ONE, 18(12), 11–13. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0294953 Hashim, Ayesha K, Weddle, Hayley, & Irondi, Ogechi N. (2024). Responding to Crisis: A Multiple Case Study of District Approaches for Supporting Student Learning in the COVID-19 Pandemic. Educational Administration Quarterly, 60(5), 583–623. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X241271317 Hwang, C. Y., Kang, S.-W., & Choi, S. B. (2023). Coaching leadership and creative performance: A serial mediation model of psychological empowerment and constructive voice behavior. Frontiers in Psychology, Volume 14-2023. https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychology/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1077594 Irby, Beverly J, Abdelrahman, Nahed, Lara-Alecio, Rafael, Tong, Fuhui, & Elfarargy, Hamada. (2023). Pre-Service Principals in a Principal Preparation Program: Leadership Practices as a Response to COVID-19. Journal of School Leadership, 33(6), 557–578. https://doi.org/10.1177/10526846231174148 Leithwood, Kenneth. (1995). Cognitive Perspectives on School Leadership. Journal of School Leadership, 5(2), 115–135. https://doi.org/10.1177/105268469500500201 Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2019). How School Leadership Influences Student Learning : A Test of “The Four Paths Model.” Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570–599. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X19878772 Mukhalalati, Banan Abdulrzaq, & Taylor, Andrea. (2019). Adult Learning Theories in Context: A Quick Guide for Healthcare Professional Educators. Journal of Medical Education and Curricular Development, 6, 2382120519840332. https://doi.org/10.1177/2382120519840332 Munna, Afzal Sayed. (2021). Instructional Leadership and Role of Module Leaders. International Journal of Educational Reform, 32(1), 38–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/10567879211042321 Passarelli, A. M., Trinh, M. P., Van Oosten, E. B., & Varley, A. (2023). Communication quality and relational self-expansion: The path to leadership coaching effectiveness. Human Resource Management, 62(4), 661–680. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/hrm.22156 Schunk, D. H. (2012). Social cognitive theory. In APA educational psychology handbook, Vol 1: Theories, constructs, and critical issues. (pp. 101–123). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13273-005 Shorey, S., & Ng, E. D. (2022). Examining characteristics of descriptive phenomenological nursing studies: A scoping review. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 78(7), 1968–1979. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/jan.15244 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Leadership Walk-through as a Tool for Examining Elementary School Leadership 1: University of Alabama, United States of America; 2: Texas A&M University Presenting Author:Today, when high-stakes accountability pressures are emanating from all angles, including governments, state institutions, parents, and other stakeholders, there has been enormous pressure on schools and school districts, especially to up their instructional leadership role effectively and efficiently. This situation highlights the critical role of the school leader in the school ecosystem (Day et al., 2023; Leithwood et al., 2004). To improve instructional quality and monitor the activities and practice school-level leadership, studies (e.g., Kachur et al., 2013; 2010) have revealed the importance of leadership walk-throughs, especially at the elementary school level. Walk-throughs are traditionally associated with school-level leadership teams moving into classrooms to observe teaching and learning; there is growing recognition that they can also serve as a tool for the school leadership team. Although not popular in most districts, according to Alexander et al. (2025), results from a leadership walk-through can provide valuable insights to help the school leadership team reflect on their leadership practices and critically identify ways they could support the attainment of educational outcomes. As school-level leaders engage in a myriad of activities, including setting direction and guiding their school towards achieving school goals. Leaders ensure good organizational health by creating and shaping the culture and environment of their schools to support academic work (Tomlinson, 2004). Amid performing all these functions, the question that beckons investigation is: who observes the activities of school leaders to ascertain the extent to which their leadership practices will lead to effective school enhancement? In the elementary school setting, a leadership walk-through provides an opportunity to observe the school's activities, including both instructional and non-instructional activities led by the school leadership team. Getting a clear picture of such activities is the basis for leadership walk-throughs. Leadership walk-throughs, usually conducted by an external body or individual, involve a brief but focused observation of the full range of activities of the school leadership team on a typical school day. Leadership walk-throughs help in ascertaining the activities of the school leadership team and determine how school activities can contribute to school improvement and student learning. Leadership walk-throughs, therefore, challenge the long-held assumption that school improvement efforts should focus solely on instruction rather than leadership practices (Leithwood et al., 2019; Sun & Leithwood, 2015). This is because leadership actions, inactions, interactions, and decisions a fundamental to overall school improvement (Yeigh et al., 2019; Bird et al., 2013). The purpose of this proposed study is to examine how leadership walk-throughs can be used to develop elementary school leadership practices. The study is guided by the following research questions:
RQ1: What observable leadership behaviors and practices does the school leadership team show or enact in their school setting? RQ2: How do school leadership teams implement instructional, relational, and managerial practices in their school setting?
The study is conceptually grounded in Management-by-Wandering-Around (MBWA), a leadership approach with roots in Management studies (Kachur et al., 2010; Peters, 1985). Rather than serving as the formal theory for the study, the MBWA is used as a conceptual basis for understanding leadership walk-through as a strategy through which school-level leadership teams can be observed in their natural day setting, undertaking their leadership roles (Alexander et al., 2025; Tucker & Singer, 2015). This study views walkthroughs as structured, non-instrumental, and non-interruptive observations of school leadership teams. Using multiple rounds of brief, informal, and non-evaluative observation by researchers, the study will capture authentic leadership practices, school culture, and daily instructional activities in an elementary school environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will use a qualitative case study design to explore leadership walk-throughs as a tool for developing elementary school leadership. A case study design aims to investigate real-life phenomena in depth and within their environmental context (Ridder, 2017). The case study design is therefore appropriate, as it will allow for a holistic and in-depth investigation of how leadership work-throughs can be used as a tool for developing elementary school leadership (Yin, 2018). The study will be conducted in selected elementary schools in the state of Alabama, US. The selected schools comprise five control schools and six treatment schools. Participants in this study will include school principals, assistant principals, and instructional support staff (e.g., Coaches and Specialists). These participants will be purposefully selected because they constitute the school-level leadership team, and they are the main subjects of this study. Data will be collected through an unobtrusive, structured observation in selected schools. The use of unobtrusive observation allows authentic, uninterrupted natural interaction to take place. The Leadership Walk-throughs Observation Instrument, developed by Irby and Alexander (2023), will be used for the study. A team will visit the selected schools to observe, firsthand, the behaviors of individual school leadership team members and the team's collective behavior. To ensure trustworthiness, two researchers will be visiting a school at a time. During the walk-through sessions, researchers will observe morning and afternoon routines, leadership-student relationships, leadership-parents/families relationships, instructional leadership by the leadership team, leadership-staff relationships, and leadership engagement in the professional leadership team. A reflective conversation will be held with the team to address observations that may require further clarification. Data collected in the field will be coded and organized into themes. The times will be based on the research questions guiding the study. As part of the ethical considerations, all relevant approvals will be obtained from the Institutional Review Board (IRB) at the University of Alabama. Additionally, informed consent will be obtained from the selected schools and their leadership. The study's objective will be explained to them, and they will be assured of confidentiality. The observation will be conducted in a manner that does not infringe on the rights of leaders, teachers, and students. Again, the researchers will ensure that the observation does not interrupt academic activities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, it is expected that the leadership walk-throughs will emerge from the study as a critical and practical tool in supporting the development of elementary school leaders. It is anticipated that the findings will reveal leadership walk-throughs to assess the school-level leadership team effectively and identify the practices and strategies they adopt to lead their school. In so doing, the study will identify the leadership practices that are desirable and those that are counterproductive. Secondly, it is expected that the study's findings will reveal the leadership capacity to support teaching and learning. Principals and instructional specialists may be engaging in activities to improve instructional practices. These may include identifying instructional strategies and materials that support effective teaching and learning. Again, it may be observed that leaders lead other staff members, especially teachers, in professional development initiatives. The observation may also show school leaders monitoring curriculum implementation and assessing students’ engagement during instruction. Thirdly, it is expected that evidence from the walk-throughs will reveal a collaborative, team-oriented relationship among the leadership team towards a common goal. This may be observed in areas such as shared goals, collaborative problem-solving, and delegation. Overall, leadership walk-throughs are expected to emerge as a multifaceted tool that can support elementary school leaders in engaging in leadership practices that positively influence students’ learning. These practices will create a conducive school environment characterized by collaboration, teamwork, and professional growth. Theoretically, this study will broaden the leadership discourse by emphasizing the need to regularly observe school leaders and provide necessary feedback to improve their practice. In practice, it will provide concrete evidence for state, district leadership, and policymakers on the importance of leadership walk-throughs in improving leadership practices, supporting a positive school environment, and enhancing student learning. References Alexander, J. M., Irby, B. J., Etchells, M. J., & Rodriguez, L. (2025). Effective steps toward school enhancement: Turning around high needs schools. Charlotte, NC: Information Age Publishing. Bird, J. J., Dunaway, D. M., Hancock, D. R., & Wang, C. (2013). The superintendent's leadership role in school improvement: Relationships between authenticity and best practices. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 12(1), 77-99. Day, C., Sun, J., & Grice, C. (2023). Research on successful school leadership. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Erkican (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education (4th ed) (pp.62-72). Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Elsevier. Kachur, D. S., Stout, J. A., & Edward, C. L. (2013). Engaging teachers in classroom walkthroughs. Alexandria, VA: ASCD Kachur, D. S., Stout, J. A., & Edward, C. L. (2010). Classroom walkthroughs to improve teaching and learning. New York: Routledge. Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2019). How School Leadership Influences Student Learning : A Test of “The Four Paths Model.” Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570–599. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X19878772https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X19878772 Leithwood, K., Louis, K., Anderson, S., & Wahlstrom, K. (2004). How leadership influences student learning: A review of the evidence linking leadership to student learning. New York: The Wallace Foundation Yeigh, T., Lynch, D., Turner, D., Provost, S. C., Smith, R., & Willis, R. L. (2019). School leadership and school improvement: An examination of school readiness factors. School Leadership & Management, 39(5), 434-456. Ridder, H. G. (2017). The theory contribution of case study research designs. Business Research, 10(2), 281-305. Sun, J., & Leithwood, K. (2015). Direction-setting school leadership practices: A meta-analytical review of evidence about their influence. School effectiveness and school improvement, 26(4), 499-523. Tomlinson, H. (2004). Educational leadership: Personal growth for professional development (Vol. 3). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Tucker, A. L., & Singer, S. J. (2015). The effectiveness of management‐by‐walking‐around: A randomized field study. Production and Operations Management, 24(2), 253-271. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (Vol. 6). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Towards a Model for Professional Development for School Principals Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:Aim: 1) to investigate conceptual models for professional development in scientific literature, and 2) to evaluate and select a conceptual model which could help understand school principals’ professional development. In a rapidly changing world, the need for professional development (PD) applies to all professions, across all industries and areas of work. Education and educational leadership at school level are no exceptions. PD implies that something (what?) in the professional individual changes (how?) over time. But first, why is PD of school principals important? Why? Reports show a global crisis in the recruitment of school principals (OECD, 2020). Research also show how a possibility of indulging in PD activities strengthens retention and raises job-satisfaction for school principals. (Barber et al., 2010; Darling-Hammond et al., 2022; Pollock & Hauseman, 2016). Understanding PD for school principals might therefore be part of a solution for educational and societal challenges. A literature review on school principals’ PD shows:
What? Literature offers a range of conceptual models for understanding professional competence. No model is specifically developed for school principals. Based on a separate analysis, a suitable model would be the holistic approach suggested by Cheetham and Chivers (1998). It is suitable because of 1) the versatile discernment of knowledge and skills, 2) the acknowledgment of meta-competencies and 3) the recognition of context and work environment (where). How? Research lacks a generally accepted definition of PD, however, it is often described as a process which is complex, interactive, formal, informal, manageable, and measurable. (Desimone et al., 2002). PD furthermore features “individual, social, and occupational dimensions in a collaborative, inquisitive, and self-directed learning environment” (Sancar et al., 2021, p. 4). From a social constructivist perspective, PD is discussed in terms of “lifelong learning”, implying accumulation of skills and professional knowledge, as well as change of value and growth of personal qualities. (Mushayikwa & Lubben, 2009). The form for PD varies, it takes place not only as formal activities like programs, courses, seminars and conferences but also in informal and nonformal settings. Pennings, Bottenheft, Van de Boer-Visschedjik and Stubbé (2019) state that informal learning is “the most important way to acquire and develop the skills and competencies required for work” (ibid., p. 1). Hess and Kelly (2007) report that 96% of school principals considered informal learning more important for the job than formal in-service training. Professional networks represent another example of this type of informal learning environment and they sometimes include PD activities which are “self-initiated, self-directed and self-managed” (Lazenby et al., 2022, p. 542). Nonformal PD includes for instance self-study processes. The purpose of this paper is to find a theoretical framework which would help understand how school principals develop professionally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A literature review focusing on conceptual models for development of professional competence was conducted according to systematic steps described by for instance by Xia and Watson (2019) as a process of planning, conducting and reporting. Search engines engaged were Google Scholar and ERIC in addition to the net-based services offered by the library at Åbo Akademi University. Searches were conducted using words like “conceptual models of professional development”, “models of professional development”, “professional development”, “models for professional development of school principals”, and “professional development of school principals”. The search resulted in many hits. The reading process started from material a) recently published, b) most cited, and c) based upon abstract reading, most central for the aim of the paper. During the study relevant references led to further investigation, ending up with – symbolically – a web of relevant material linked together, closely touching the central themes. The primary result of the search was a set of profession specific and generic conceptual models for PD. The profession specific results included a few models applied on school principals’ PD. (Assor & Oplatka, 2003; Kremer-Hayon & Fessler, 1992; Weindling, 2000). Most models displayed PD as development following a certain trajectory with certain stages. A few models presented other approaches. An interesting secondary result was literature tackling PD of school principals in other ways than through conceptual models. For instance, a few doctoral dissertations investigating how school principals perceive their professional development (Bohn, 2021; Galaviz, 2011; Geren, 2016; McCracken, 2017) in addition to articles and (international) reports highlighting (the need for) school principals’ PD. After the review, an evaluation process of conceptual models for PD was undertaken. Important tools in the evaluation were previous research showing the school principals’ doings and beings (what) – as earlier stated, summarised in the model of professional competence by Cheetham and Chivers (1998) – and contextual matters (where), which emerged as an important feature. Gurr and Drysdale (2018) and Hallinger (2018) describe context of school principals with variables like socio-cultural, technological, economic and political context of the education system and the specific characteristics of the school perspective context, like culture and climate, teaching and learning, student outcomes, community, leader and school characteristics. Understanding school principals’ PD requires an understanding of their context. The evaluation process led to a result, some models were rejected and one model was selected. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review resulted in a closer look at 22 conceptual models for how professionals develop, ten of them representing models specific for education and the rest more generic models. Most conceptual models reflected a development in certain stages, while a few outlined PD in other ways, for instance, as a scale or dichotomy. Several conceptual models specifically outlined a framework for PD of school principals. They can all be referred to as stage models, see for instance Day and Bakioglu (2002), Reeves, and Moos and Forrest (1998) and Ribbins (1997). Stage models are criticised for simplifying development as an one-size-fits-all trajectory, not explaining PD during the whole career, nor dealing with deeper understanding of the profession. (Dall’Alba & Sandberg, 2006). In addition, there is no unison voice of how many stages there are, nor how long different stages last. Other models still talk about stages, but with an additional aspect – see for instance Assor and Oplatka (2003) with a psychodynamic aspect, Weindling (2000) grounded in socialisation theory and Kremer-Hayon and Fessler (1992) with certain dichotomies (idealism-realism, stability-stagnancy). None of these stage models were found to thoroughly and holistically reflect the complexity of PD for school principals. However, in the critique towards stage models, Dall’Alba and Sandberg (2006), add understanding as a dimension to PD, which – together with the outline of knowledge and skills presented by Cheetham and Chivers (1998) – acknowledges the complexity and manifold dimensions of PD of school principals. This theoretical and hypothetical framework will subsequently be examined in my dissertation on school principals’ PD. The empirical investigation employs a qualitative design, using a phenomenographic approach based on interviews with school principals. References Cheetham, G., & Chivers, G. (1998). The reflective (and competent) practitioner: A model of professional competence which seeks to harmonise the reflective practitioner and competence‐based approaches. Journal of European Industrial Training, 22(7), 267–276. https://doi.org/10.1108/03090599810230678 Dall’Alba, G., & Sandberg, J. (2006). Unveiling Professional Development: A Critical Review of Stage Models. Review of Educational Research, 76(3), 383–412. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543076003383 Galaviz, P. (2011). Principals’ Perceptions of Their Own Professional Development [Doctoral thesis, The University of Texas at Austin]. https://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/a4300096-4d5e-473c-8c86-985e7dcc517d/content Geren, L. L. (2016). Principal’s perceptions of professional development: Options that support effective leadership [Doctoral thesis]. Illinois State University. Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2018). System Leadership and School Leadership. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 3(2), 207–229. https://doi.org/10.30828/real/2018.2.4 Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652 Lazenby, S., McCulla, N., & Marks, W. (2022). The further professional development of experienced principals. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(4), 533–547. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1716999 OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Ribbins, P. (1997). Heads on deputy headship: Impossible roles for invisible role holders? Educational Management & Administration, 25(3), 295–308. Xiao, Y., & Watson, M. (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39(1), 93–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0739456X17723971 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 G: Grassroots perspectives on inclusivity Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Session Chair: Sonja Laitila Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Creating Meaningful Participation: Developing Inclusive Pedagogical Resources for Children with Visual Impairment in Primary PE Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:There is a perceived misconception that children who are visually impaired (VI) are unable to reach the same level of physical activity (PA) as their sighted peers (Alfrey & Jeanes, 2023). Significantly, children who are VI have the potential to achieve at the same level in the same activities as their sighted peers but only when they are provided with equal opportunities (Lieberman et al., 2019). When provided with these opportunities, the fitness levels of those who are VI who engage in regular PA are comparable to sighted individuals (Stuart et al., 2006). It is also indicated in the literature that mainstream class teachers need considerable support to include children who are VI in Physical Education (PE) lessons (Grenier et al., 2023). This paper therefore aligns with the theme of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Knowing and Acting, acknowledging the opportunities, challenges and dilemmas presented in relation to supporting the inclusion of children with a VI in Primary PE lessons. It also addresses the need to develop practical supports that can be used by mainstream class teachers to enhance inclusive PE practices within the mainstream school setting. The objective of this study is to design inclusive pedagogical supports which teachers have identified they require to support the inclusion of children who are VI in PE lessons. This research paper is underpinned by the following research questions: A pragmatic approach will inform the methodology in this research study. Pragmatism focuses on addressing the research questions (Biesta & Burbules, 2003; Clarke & Visser, 2019). Guided by a pragmatic paradigm, the researcher will adopt a sequential design for the study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research during phase one working with primary school teachers, sought to identify the supports which teachers felt would support them to enhance their inclusion of children who are VI in PE lessons. The paper utilises a qualitative approach with four phases of data collection in total. The researcher will obtain rich data from multiple sources including: mainstream class teachers, Special Education Teachers (SETs), Special Needs Assistants (SNAs), children and parents of children who are VI. This data will be gathered to understand the lived experiences of children who are VI, and teachers’ and SNA’s knowledge and understanding of supporting the inclusion of children who are VI in PE lessons. Phase two of the research study will involve the observation of PE lessons in participating schools taught by the class teacher to include the child with VI. Field notes gathered during this phase focusing on participation levels and inclusion of the child with VI in the PE lesson will inform the creation of researcher-designed supports. Phase three will involve facilitating two focus groups with six children from each participating school to include the child with VI. These focus groups will be conducted to ascertain the children’s understanding of inclusion of all members of their class in the lesson activities with the implementation of the new supports. Semi-structured interviews will be conducted with the class teacher following the PE lesson observations as part of phase four of the research study. SETs and SNAs will also be invited to partake in an interview following the lesson observations. Interviews will also be conducted with parents of children who are VI in the participating classes to discuss their understanding of their child’s participation and inclusion in mainstream PE lessons. The final phase of this research study will involve the creation of a Professional Learning Community (PLC), inviting all participating school professionals (class teacher, SET, and SNA) to partake. Participants will be asked to share their experiences of including children with a VI in PE lessons with others present and to discuss the effectiveness of and implementation of the researcher-designed supports. Using the data obtained during the data collection phase, supports will be developed for mainstream class teachers to use during their PE lessons in school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from phase one of this study indicated that teachers would benefit from the following: 1. Video supports showing how activities in the PE lesson could be adapted 2. Additional equipment including specialised PE equipment for children who are VI 3. Glance cards with guidance on relevant specialist equipment and suitable strategies 4. CPD for teachers related to the inclusion of children who are VI 5. Additional support for school professionals (SNAs present during the PE lesson) 6. Additional support from external professionals, including the visiting teacher service and those with specific experience of teaching PE to children who are VI Findings from the data collected during phase two-four (February 26 – June 26) will inform the researcher-designed supports for teachers throughout the design phase. These inclusive pedagogical resources will be developed in the three following areas: 1. An inclusive whole-school approach to teaching PE 2. Development of teaching resources 3. Development of Professional Learning/CPD supports The final phase of the study will provide perspectives of teachers and children on the researcher-designed support. The supports can then be adopted by teachers in Ireland, Europe and beyond, wherever children with VI are learning PE in primary school. This research study has the potential to provide children who are VI with the opportunity to engage in meaningful learning experiences within the PE setting. When provided with equal opportunities, children who are VI have the potential to achieve at the same level in the same PE activities as their sighted peers (Lieberman et al., 2019) . This would, in turn, ensure that children who are VI do not feel excluded, isolated or marginalised during PE, which is often reported in the literature (Ball et al., 2021; Haegele & Zhu, 2017; Marron et al., 2013). References Alfrey, L., & Jeanes, R. (2023). Challenging ableism and the ‘disability as problem’ discourse: How initial teacher education can support the inclusion of students with a disability in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 28(3), 286–299. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2021.2019698 Ball, L., Lieberman, L. J., & Haibach-Beach, P. (2021). Check Your Fear at the Door: Allowing Students With Disabilities the “Dignity of Risk” in Physical Education. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 92(6), 57–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/07303084.2021.1936872 Biesta, G. J. J., & Burbules, N. C. (2003). Pragmatism and Educational Research. Bloomsbury Publishing USA. Clarke, E., & Visser, J. (2019). Pragmatic research methodology in education: Possibilities and pitfalls. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(5), 455–469. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2018.1524866 Grenier, M., Lieberman, L. J., & Beach, P. (2023). Training needs of educators for students with visual impairments and additional disabilities: A qualitative inquiry. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 02646196231212740. https://doi.org/10.1177/02646196231212740 Haegele, J. A., & Zhu, X. (2017). Experiences of Individuals With Visual Impairments in Integrated Physical Education: A Retrospective Study. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 88(4), 425–435. https://doi.org/10.1080/02701367.2017.1346781 Lieberman, L. J., Lepore, M., Lepore-Stevens, M., & Ball, L. (2019). Physical Education for Children with Visual Impairment or Blindness. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 90(1), 30–38. https://doi.org/10.1080/07303084.2018.1535340 Marron, S., Murphy, F., & O’Keeffe, M. (2013). Providing “Good Day” Physical Education Experiences for Children with SEN in Mainstream Irish Primary Schools. REACH: Journal of Inclusive Education in Ireland, 26(2), 92–103. Stuart, M. E., Lieberman, L., & Hand, K. E. (2006). Beliefs About physical activity among children who are visually impaired and their parents. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 100(4), 223–234. https://doi.org/10.1177/0145482X0610000405 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Who Needs Special Support? Examining the Subject Positions Constructed for Student in Municipal Officials`accounts on Transfers to Special Support 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Tampere University; 3: Tampere University, Helsinki University; 4: Tampere University, Helsinki University Presenting Author:Previous research shows that a student’s special needs are structured and understood in different ways. For example, early childhood education pedagogical documents seem to contain varying structures of a child’s special needs (Heiskanen, Alasuutari & Vehkakoski 2018). As a result of the descriptions in the documents, different subject positions are constructed for the child, in which the dominant position is to see the child as problematic and permanently in need of support (ibid; Andreasson & Asplund 2013; Smith 2012.) Isaksson, Lindqvist and Bergström (2010) showed that principals define the student's special support needs using three models: the pedagogical model, the medical model and the social model. Andreasson and Carlsson (2013) in turn suggested that in the personal learning organization plan, the student in need of support is described through deficiencies and characteristics, different from the ideal student in school discourse. According to Vehmaa (2010), defining special needs through pedagogical documents is controversial, as it is based too much on the subjective assessments of professionals about what is good and desired behavior. The practice categorizes children as “ordinary” and “special”. Ultimately, it is also about the power that teaching professionals use when defining a student’s special needs (Ainsworth & Hardy 2004). According to Finnish Basic Education Act (628/1998,7.4.1) the basis for special support is the inadequacy of group-specific forms of support for the student's learning and school attendance. The student's absences, lack of motivation, early stage of the language of instruction or behavioral challenges cannot be grounds for transferring to special support. It is therefore important to also examine the accounts of basic education officials on the grounds on which special support is provided in municipal basic education. With this discursive research, we aim to increase understanding of the constructions of ‘special needs’ultural factors that structure and guide a student’s transition to special support, as well as the subject positions constructed for the student in the accounts. The study draws from socio-constructivist approach: Speech acts of the interviewees are not only representations of the culture of support, but they also contribute to constructing that culture. (Gee 2011; Gergen 2015.) The research aims to answer the following questions: 1. What kind of interpretive repertoires are used for justifying the need for special support? 2. What kind of subject positions are constructed for the student in these interpretive repertoires?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data consists of interviews with officials responsible for learning and school attendance in 13 municipalities in Finland. The central concept of the analysis is interpretive repertoire, which according to Fairclough's (2003) definition is the perspective from which the world is described. In the first phase of analysis, the study identifies accounts in which the interviewees refer to the student's special support needs. Next, the key themes are identified and the accounts will be grouped into interpretive repertoires. (Fairclough 2003.) Rhetorical analysis is used for interpreting the repertoires. More specifically, the study examines how the interviewees use different rhetorical devices to support their claims (Heracleous 2004). In the interpretive phase, the legitimation of the arguments presented in the accounts is examined. The study pays special attention to speeches that are reinforced by references to morality, rationality, authority, and the naturalness or inevitability of events, the speaker or the presented argument, contrast pairs, and repetition (Reyes 2011). The interpretation is guided by the following auxiliary questions: How are the arguments constructed in the speech to be convincing? Who are the actors in the speech? What possible rights and obligations are related to the student's subject positions? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Previous research shows that as a result we will identify varying constructions of ‘special needs’. The discursive frameworks that already influence the definition of special support needs in early childhood education and thus the subject positions that are constructed for the child (Pihlaja, Sarlin & Ristkari 2015) are also culturally present in basic education (e.g. Hjörne & Säljö 2004). However, it is important to examine the material openly and highlight any opposing voices. This helps us to better understand the cultural conventions involved in defining special support. (Duberley & Johnson 2009.) References Ainsworth, S. & Hardy, C. (2004). Critical discourse analysis and identity: why bother? Critical Discourse Studies, 1(2), 225–259. https://doi.org/10.1080/1740590042000302085 Andreasson, I. & Carlsson, M. A. (2013). Individual Educational Plans in Swedish Schools -- Forming Identity and Governing Functions in Pupils’ Documentation. International Journal of Special Education, 28(3), 58. https://andor.tuni.fi/permalink/358FIN_TAMPO/176jdvt/cdi_eric_primary_EJ1024414 Basic Education Act 21.8.1998/628 https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1998/19980628#L1P3 Duberley, J. & Johnson, P. (2009). Critical Management Methodology. In M. Alvesson, T. Bridgman & H. Willmott (Eds) The Oxford Handbook of Critical Management Studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 345-368. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199595686.001.0001 Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse textual analysis for social research. Routledge. https://andor.tuni.fi/permalink/358FIN_TAMPO/1kfmqvo/alma999696754205973 Gee, J. P. (2011). An introduction to discourse analysis : theory and method (3rd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203847886 Gergen, K. J. (2015). An Invitation to Social Construction (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921276 Heiskanen, N., Alasuutari, M. & Vehkakoski, T. (2018). Positioning children with special educational needs in early childhood education and care documents. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(6), 827–843. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2018.1426443 Hjörne, E. & Säljö, R. (2004). “There Is Something About Julia”: Symptoms, Categories, and the Process of Invoking Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder in the Swedish School: A Case Study. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 3(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327701jlie0301_1 Pihlaja, P., Sarlin, T & Ristkari, T. (2015). How Do Day-Care Personnel Describe Children with Challenging Behaviour? Education Inquiry, 6(4), 26003. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.26003 Vehmas, S. (2010). Special needs: a philosophical analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(1), 87–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110802504143 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper STEM, STEAM, and Developmental Domains in Early Childhood: A Systematic Review Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Early childhood education (ECE) is grounded in a pedagogical understanding that views learning as a transaction (Dewey & Bentley, 1991) between children and the world through their bodies, language, emotions, and social relationships, rather than as a linear transfer of information. From this perspective, National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) moves away from understanding developmental domains as separate categories of achievement, and conceptualises them as dynamic, interrelated dimensions that emerge simultaneously within learning processes (NAEYC, 2021). Therefore, in early childhood (EC), holistic development refers to the interplay of developmental domains within the learning context, rather than to their simple accumulation. STEAM (science, technology, engineering, art, and mathematics) education is deeply rooted in Eurocentric knowledge systems (Kopparla et al., 2022) and defined as an educational approach that integrates science, technology, engineering, art, and mathematics (STEAM) disciplines, addressing learning in interdisciplinary contexts (Bybee, 2010). Due to its interdisciplinary nature, STEAM education is associated with contemporary learning theories that view learning as a contextual (Liu & Wu, 2025), process-oriented (Yang, et al., 2025), and problem-based activity (Akcay Malcok & Ceylan, 2022). The integration of STEAM disciplines emphasises learning experiences in which different forms of knowledge are co-constructed (Hachey et al., 2022), rather than acquired within isolated fields. In ECE context, STEAM education and its increasing visibility is often grounded in theoretical assumptions in the literature with reference to contribute multiple developmental domains, including language (Aktulun et al., 2024), cognitive (Başaran & Bay, 2023), and socio-emotional development (NAEYC, 2021), as well as related competencies such as communication skills (Nikolopoulou, 2023), creativity (Erol et al., 2023), problem-solving (Akcay Malcok & Ceylan, 2022), and critical thinking (Rosyida et al., 2025). It is methodologically expected and legitimate for individual experimental studies to focus on a specific developmental domain. However, this focus can obscure the extent to which the widespread claim that STEAM can contribute to multiple developmental domains is reflected in research practices across the field. This systematic review takes as its starting point the assumption that STEAM education in EC is theoretically justified with reference to multiple developmental domains and aims to examine how this assumption is concretised in the empirical literature. Specifically, this review aims to examine which developmental domains (e.g., cognitive, language, and socio-emotional) are most frequently investigated in the literature and which domains are comparatively underrepresented. In this respect, the following research questions are posed: (1) What are the general characteristics of the reviewed studies in terms of year of publication, country of origin, and research design, and how have these characteristics evolved over time? and (2) To what extent do experimental STEAM studies in ECE address multiple developmental domains? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following the established method for a systematic review developed by Booth, Sutton, and Papaioannou (2016), I applied a four-step procedure to review the current research. First, I established inclusion and exclusion criteria. Second, I identified relevant studies using the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). In the third step, the identified studies were coded, and in the fourth step, they were evaluated (Booth et al., 2016). The Scopus database was chosen for the initial data search due to its interdisciplinary coverage (Mongeon & Paul-Hus, 2016). While conducting the study search, the terms “early childhood,” “kindergarten,” “pre-school,” “STEM,” and “STEAM” were used in various combinations. The initial search for journal papers yielded a total of 672 results. Subsequently, the studies were further screened based on the following criteria: publication between 2014 and 2024 and indexing in the Social Sciences Citation Index (SSCI), resulting in 258 studies. As some studies focused on cells within medical fields, subject areas such as Neuroscience, Biochemistry, and Toxicology were excluded, and I acquired a total of 162 studies. To select experimental studies, the remaining 162 studies were further screened by reading their abstracts. While the review of these abstracts, I maintained the following inclusion criteria: (1) the study must specifically address young children and EC, encompassing ages from birth to eight; (2) the study must discuss a STEAM education curriculum, programme, or experience; and (3) the study must be designed as experimental research. Consequently, a grand total of 27 papers were acquired and retained for the present review. After the final sample was obtained, I also reviewed the full-text and read the procedure sections to enhance my comprehension of the applied STEAM activities and to enhance the validity of the coding process. For determining which developmental domain the studies primarily focused on, the thematic analysing process was performed on the studies (Yin, 2015). Research questions, aims, and/or objectives were systematically identified for each individual study. These were then coded to determine which developmental domain(s) each STEAM study focused on within the ECE context. The NAEYC (2021) guideline was followed to establish rules and profiles for each thematic category. This was done to guide the coding process and ensure that each study could be linked to one or more developmental domains. Inter-coder reliability was established through independent coding by an ECE expert, with agreement calculated using Miles and Huberman’s (1994) formula, yielding a reliability coefficient of 93%. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that most of the included studies were published between 2021 and 2023, with a marked increase in 2022 (n=6). From a methodological perspective, the vast majority of the studies reviewed employed quantitative research designs (n=21), whereas qualitative (n=3) and mixed-methods designs (n=3) were comparatively underrepresented in recent years. An examination of developmental domains indicates that the majority of studies focus on the effects of STEAM education on children’s cognitive development (n=16). Social-emotional development is addressed in a more limited number of studies (n=4), while language development was examined in only one study. No studies directly addressing physical development were found. However, two studies showed that STEAM activities can support all developmental areas holistically. In conclusion, the results of this review suggest that experimental STEAM studies in ECE engage with multiple developmental domains only to a limited extent, with research largely concentrated in specific developmental areas and notable gaps in physical and language development. Future studies are recommended to systematically examine the effects of STEAM activities across different developmental domains in EC. The adoption of experimental research designs that simultaneously address multiple developmental domains may strengthen the empirical basis of conceptual assumptions in the literature. References Aktulun, Ö. U., Kaya, Ü. Ü., Gözüm, A. İ. C., Kalogiannakis, M., & Papadakis, S. (2024). Igniting Curiosity: The Role of STEAM Education in Enhancing Early Academic, Language Skills and Motivation for Science. International Journal of Modern Education and Computer Science (IJMECS), 16(5), 1-20. Başaran, M., & Bay, E. (2023). The effect of project-based STEAM activities on the social and cognitive skills of preschool children. Early Child Development and Care, 193(5), 679-697. Booth, A., Sutton, A. & Papaioannou, D. (2016). Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature Review. Sage. Bybee, R. W. (2010). What is STEM Education? Science, 329 (5995), 996-996. Dewey, J., & Bentley, A. F. (1991). Knowing and the known (J. A. Boydston, Ed., The later works, 1925–1953, Vol. 16, pp. 1–294). Southern Illinois University Press. (Original work published 1949) Erol, A., Erol, M., & Başaran, M. (2023). The effect of STEAM education with tales on problem solving and creativity skills. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 31(2), 243-258. Hachey, A. C., An, S. A., & Golding, D. E. (2022). Nurturing kindergarteners’ early STEM academic identity through makerspace pedagogy. Early Childhood Education Journal, 50(3), 469-479. Kopparla, M., Takeuchi, M. A., Yuen, J., & Chowdhury, A. (2022). Co-Construction of Third Space of Joy and Playfulness Through Critical Transdisciplinarity. In Proceedings of the 16th International Conference of the Learning Sciences-ICLS 2022, pp. 1305-1308. Liu, C. Y., & Wu, C. J. (2025). Extracting the actions of contextual understanding in STEAM research: Direction for STEAM course design. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 56, 101770. NAEYC. (2021). Developmentally appropriate practice in early childhood programs serving children from birth through age 8. National Association for the Education of Young Children. Nikolopoulou, K. (2023). STEM activities for children aged 4–7 years: teachers’ practices and views. International Journal of Early Years Education, 31(3), 806-821. Page, M.J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P.M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T.C., Mulrow, C.D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Rosyida, K. M. I., Prahani, B. K., & Kurtuluş, M. A. (2025). Analysis of the Role of STEAM Education in Improving Critical Thinking Skills for Sustainable Development. Journal of Current Studies in SDGs, 1(1), 20-32. Yang, W., Liang, L., Xiang, S., & Yeter, I. H. (2025). Making a Makerspace in early childhood education: effects on children's STEM thinking skills and emotional development. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 56, 101754. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Processes of Students with Mild Autism Spectrum Disorder:A Qualitative Case Study Based on Family and Teacher Perspectives Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental condition characterized by persistent difficulties in communication, social interaction, and patterns of restricted or repetitive behaviors (American Psychiatric Association, 2022). Students with mild ASD who are educated in special education classrooms require individualized and context-sensitive educational practices, as effective family–teacher collaboration is essential for supporting their academic, social, and emotional development. The purpose of this qualitative case study is to explore the educational processes of two primary school students diagnosed with mild ASD who are enrolled in a special education classroom in a public school. The study focuses on how these processes are experienced and interpreted by parents and teachers, with the aim of providing a holistic understanding of students’ learning environments. The study explores these processes through the experiences, observations, and expectations of the students’ parents (two mothers and two fathers) and their teachers. By adopting a qualitative case study design, the research aims to provide a holistic understanding of how educational practices are experienced and interpreted by key stakeholders involved in students’ daily learning environments. This study is grounded in Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological systems theory, which conceptualizes child development as the result of continuous interactions between individuals and multiple, nested environmental systems (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). From this perspective, the educational experiences of students with ASD cannot be understood solely through individual characteristics; rather, they are shaped by interactions occurring within and across family, school, and broader institutional contexts. Within this framework, the microsystem includes the immediate environments in which students with mild ASD actively participate, particularly the special education classroom and the family. Teacher–student interactions, instructional practices, and emotional support provided in the classroom play a central role in students’ academic and social development. The mesosystem refers to interactions between these settings, most notably family–teacher collaboration, which is considered a critical factor in the effective implementation of individualized educational practices and Individualized Education Programs (IEPs). The exosystem encompasses contextual factors that indirectly influence students’ educational experiences, such as school management practices, availability of guidance services, and institutional support structures. At the macrosystem level, national policies, cultural perceptions of disability, and societal attitudes toward inclusion shape how special education services are designed and implemented. Finally, the chronosystem highlights developmental changes over time, including the timing of diagnosis, transitions within primary education, and evolving family and school expectations. To further strengthen the mesosystem dimension of the study, the research also draws on family–school partnership perspectives, which emphasize shared responsibility, mutual trust, and collaborative decision-making between families and educators. This complementary lens supports a holistic understanding of how parents’ and teachers’ experiences intersect in shaping the educational processes of students with mild ASD in special education classrooms. Significance of the Study Educational experiences of individuals with ASD should be addressed through a multidimensional framework that integrates individual needs with environmental and contextual factors (Tekin-İftar & Kırcaali-İftar, 2020). While existing research has documented effective instructional strategies for students with ASD, studies offering in-depth, case-based analyses that simultaneously incorporate family and teacher perspectives remain limited, particularly within special education classrooms. By focusing on two students with mild ASD, this study aims to capture both shared patterns and individual differences in educational experiences. Data derived from parents’ and teachers’ observations are expected to reveal strengths and limitations of current educational practices and contribute to the development of more effective IEPs for students with similar profiles (Kasari & Smith, 2016). Additionally, the study emphasizes the importance of family-teacher collaboration and seeks to offer practical insights for educators, school counselors, and special education professionals (Karal & Alev, 2021; Yıldırım & Şimşek, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design and Methodology This study employs a qualitative case study design, allowing for an in-depth and holistic investigation of educational processes within a real-life context. The cases consist of two students diagnosed with mild ASD, their parents, and the teachers involved in their education. Data triangulation will be used to enhance credibility through the integration of multiple qualitative data sources. Ethical approval and informed parental consent will be obtained before data collection. Participants Participants consisted of two students with mild ASD, four parents (two mothers and two fathers), and two special education teachers. Participation will be voluntary, and all ethical principles related to confidentiality and informed consent will be strictly followed. Data Collection Instruments and Procedures Data were collected over a four- to six-week period through semi-structured interviews with parents and teachers, direct classroom observations, and document analysis, including IEPs and assessment reports. Systematic classroom and school observations will focus on students’ interaction patterns, attention span, responses to instructions, social engagement, repetitive behaviors, academic participation, and emotional reactions. Observations will be documented through detailed field notes without audio or video recording. Data triangulation was employed to enhance credibility, and all ethical principles, including informed consent and confidentiality, were strictly followed. Relevant educational documents, including psychological assessment reports, IEPs, academic records, and official teacher evaluations, will be analyzed to support and contextualize the qualitative data. Data Analysis Qualitative data will be analyzed using thematic analysis, allowing for the identification of converging and diverging themes across family and teacher perspectives.. Interview transcripts, observation notes, and documents will be coded in relation to the research questions. Data triangulation will be applied by comparing findings across parents, teachers, observations, and documents to identify converging and diverging patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Findings Expected findings include similarities and differences in students’ educational experiences, parents’ expectations and perceptions of progress, teachers’ instructional strategies and challenges, and the role of family–teacher collaboration in supporting academic, social, and emotional development. The study is expected to contribute practice-oriented insights into the effectiveness and limitations of individualized educational practices in special education classrooms, and to offer guidance for IEP development, professional practice, and future research focused on students with mild ASD. References American Psychiatric Association. (2022). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed., text rev.; DSM-5-TR). American Psychiatric Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Karal, H., & Alev, N. (2021). Special education practices and family–teacher collaboration. Education and Science, 46(206), 327–346. Kasari, C., & Smith, T. (2016). Interventions in schools for children with autism spectrum disorder: Methods and outcomes. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 46(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-015-2568-6 Tekin-İftar, E., & Kırcaali-İftar, G. (2020). Özel eğitimde yanlışsız öğretim yöntemleri (6. bs.). Nobel Akademik Yayıncılık. Yıldırım, A., & Şimşek, H. (2021). Sosyal bilimlerde nitel araştırma yöntemleri (12. bs.). Seçkin Yayıncılık. |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 H: Agency and the Sustainability Gap Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kathrin Otrel-Cass Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Agency of Young People in and for Sustainability: Implications for Environmental Education 1: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 2: Finnish Environment Institute Presenting Author:Introduction
The current societal landscape is defined by environmental threats and social turmoil. In this wicked poly-crisis, young people, in particular, are in a difficult position. The effects of climate change and biodiversity loss are expected to increase in the future, piling up on young people. At the same time, young people are encouraged to become future agents of change, but their agency is constrained by various structures and forces (Mustalahti et al., 2023). Young people are steered towards participation via formal, adult-controlled platforms that emphasize integration into the current structures of society (Juusola et al., 2023). For young people, these formal structures and institutions may appear constraining and even non-democratic (Dupuis-Déri, 2021). Meanwhile, actions outside these structures are often unaccepted in schools and other local communities (Kettunen, 2021).
Given this landscape of (un)sustainability, this presentation asks: how does young people’s sustainability agency emerge? What are its implications for environmental education? Drawing from social cognitive theory and action competence literature, the goal is to unpack the positions and agency of young people in and for sustainability. In other words, I illustrate the depth, breadth, and contextuality of young people’s sustainability agency. This work summarizes the core findings of my dissertation, comprising four original research articles that utilize both quantitative and qualitative approaches.
Theoretical framework
In recent years, despite the constraints mentioned above, young people have demonstrated their sustainability agency in many ways. Not only have we witnessed the rise of collective youth-led movements (Neas et al., 2022), but research has also identified the transformative potential of young people’s everyday activism (Skovdal & Benwell, 2021). Building on Bandura’s (2001) notion of agency, Koskela & Paloniemi (2023) defined sustainability agency as the overall desire and associated competencies to undertake actions of different modes to contribute to sustainability at various levels and scales. As people’s experiences, action contexts, and sustainability conceptions change over time, sustainability agency involves the need for continuous self-reflection and learning to adjust one’s actions (Koskela & Paloniemi, 2023).
Following the definition above, I understand sustainability agency as a combination of latent capacity and manifest actions. I approach the former using the concept of action competence, which originally describes an educational approach to foster critical, reflective, and pluralistic thinking by which learners can cope with complex sustainability issues (Mogensen & Schnack, 2010). However, Sass et al. (2020, p. 292) redefined action competence as an educational outcome to “articulate the competence of people to engage in solving sustainability issues”. Furthermore, I divide manifest actions into two categories or modes: sustainability behaviours are performed within the private sphere without challenging the current structures, while sustainability actions are usually collective and targeted at the systemic level (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023). Thus, the actions of young people range from behavioural modifications, such as changing one’s diet and cycling instead of driving, to social actions, such as volunteering and engaging in prominent collective movements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This collection of studies uses both quantitative and qualitative approaches. Quantitative data includes independently collected surveys of young people from Finland (n = 1009, age = 15–29), England (n=512, age = 15–19), and Italy (n = 702, age = 12–20). These countries form an interesting combination of varying contexts in Europe, representing both Nordic, Anglo-Saxon, and Mediterranean countries. Each survey is freely available online. The surveys included the Self-Perceived Action Competence Questionnaire, which comprises 12 items covering the three sub-constructs of action competence: knowledge of action possibilities, confidence in one’s own influence, and willingness to act (Olsson et al., 2020). In addition, the surveys included items reflecting private sphere sustainability behaviours and collective sustainability actions (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023). These constructs were used as a proxy for sustainability agency, considering both latent capacities (action competence) and manifest actions (behaviours and actions), amounting to five latent variables. I analysed the survey datasets using structural equation modelling (Kline, 2016) and mixture modelling (Ferguson et al., 2020). First, I assessed the structure and dimensionality of sustainability action and behaviour. Second, I examined the relationship between the sub-constructs of action competence and different modes of action. Third, I investigated the number and shape of sustainability agency profiles across the three selected countries. Finally, the qualitative analysis is based on workshop and group interview data collected during two sustainability-themed, multidisciplinary learning modules in Finland. In the learning modules, the students participated in an ongoing urban or regional planning process. In the workshops (n=10), the participants (n = 40; age = 13–18) discussed and constructed their understandings of sustainability and reflected on the agency associated with these understandings. The group interviews (n=10), arranged at the end of the learning modules, tapped into the participants’ experiences of participating in urban and regional planning while promoting sustainability. The participants also shared how their notions of sustainability had evolved over the learning modules. I analysed the qualitative data using the concept of frames (Entman, 1993) as a theory-driven, analytical tool. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, starting from the qualitative evidence, the results show how young people may construct various meanings of sustainability, and that these “frames” are associated with different modes of action. The context of participation in urban and regional planning makes this interplay visible and demonstrates how young people may shift from one frame to another or abandon participation in favour of their self-enacted agency. Second, the results highlight the role of perceived knowledge in driving or inhibiting sustainability action. Structural equation modelling reveals a negative association between knowledge of action possibilities and sustainability action. I argue that the state of “not knowing” drives young people’s action towards systemic change. Finally, the results come together to outline profiles of young people’s sustainability agency, consisting of the core elements of action competence and the two modes of action. In addition to simple level differences in sustainability agency, the results illustrate patterns in which lower levels of perceived action competence are associated with high engagement in collective, systemic action, and vice versa. For environmental education and research, the results imply the need to be aware and sensitive to the different patterns of sustainability agency―patterns that may shift depending on context―and to adjust educational approaches accordingly. For example, young people who perceive low levels of action competence but already engage in sustainability action may benefit from approaches that support their self-efficacy and highlight dealing with uncertainty and worry. On the other hand, young people who express willingness and confidence but hardly participate in collective action may benefit from action-oriented approaches. References Bandura, A. (2001). Social cognitive theory: An agentic perspective. Annual review of psychology, 52(1), 1–26. Dupuis-Déri, F. (2021). Youth strike for climate: Resistance of school administrations, conflicts among students, and legitimacy of autonomous civil disobedience—The case of Québec. Frontiers in Political Science, 3, 634538. Entman, R. M. (1993). Framing: Toward clarification of a fractured paradigm. Journal of communication, 43(4), 51–58. Ferguson, S. L., Moore, E. W. G., & Hull, D. M. (2020). Finding latent groups in observed data: A primer on latent profile analysis in Mplus for applied researchers. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 44(5), 458–468. Juusola, H., Ågren, S., & Valtonen, A. (2023). Governance of young people’s participation. In Honkatukia, P. & Rättilä, T. (eds.), Young People as Agents of Sustainable Society. London: Routledge, 94–108. Kettunen, M. (2021). “We need to make our voices heard”: Claiming space for young people’s everyday environmental politics in northern Finland. Nordia Geographical Publications, 49(5), 32–48. Kline, R. B. (2016). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling. New York: Guilford Publications. Koskela, I. M., & Paloniemi, R. (2023). Learning and agency for sustainability transformations: building on Bandura’s theory of human agency. Environmental Education Research, 29(1), 164–178. Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental education research, 16(1), 59–74. Mustalahti, I., Tokola, N., Pakarinen, V., & Siltovuori, V. (2023). Intergenerational learning: from responsibilisation of young people towards sustainable well-being. In Honkatukia P. & Rättilä T. (eds.), Young people as agents of sustainable society: reclaiming the future. London: Routledge, 75–93. Neas, S., Ward, A., & Bowman, B. (2022). Young people's climate activism: A review of the literature. Frontiers in Political Science, 4, 940876. Oinonen, I., & Paloniemi, R. (2023). Understanding and measuring young people’s sustainability actions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 91, 102124. Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742–760. Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292–305. Skovdal, M., & Benwell, M. C. (2021). Young people’s everyday climate crisis activism: new terrains for research, analysis, and action. Children's Geographies, 19(3), 259–266. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Role of Education in Promoting Environmental Sustainability among Refugee and their host Communities in Uganda University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Environmental degradation, resource scarcity and protracted displacement increasingly shape the educational realities of refugee-hosting regions (Dryden-Peterson 2024; Dobson et al. 2021). While these dynamics are evident globally, they are particularly pronounced in low-income countries where refugees are commonly accommodated in camps (Bose 2024). In such contexts, refugees and host communities live in close geographic proximity and depend on shared ecological systems that are under growing strain due to population pressure, deforestation, soil erosion and limited access to sustainable energy (Nakalembe et al. 2022). These environmental pressures intersect with educational inequalities, livelihood precarity and socio-political tensions, shaping everyday life and learning for both refugees and host-community learners (Bjørkhaug et al. 2025; Dryden-Peterson 2024). Despite this interdependence, education responses in refugee-hosting contexts have largely prioritised access, inclusion and system alignment, often overlooking the potential role of education in fostering environmental sustainability, collective agency and shared futures (Dryden-Peterson et al. 2019; Dobson et al. 2021; Bose 2024). Environmental Sustainability Education (ESE) offers a critical framework for addressing these intertwined challenges by linking ecological understanding with social justice, participation and shared responsibility (Tryggvason et al. 2022). Drawing on Freirean critical pedagogy and ecopedagogical perspectives (Misiaszek 2023; Jones 2023), this study understands ESE as a dialogical and problem-posing process through which learners critically engage with environmental challenges while examining the social, political and economic conditions that shape their educational experiences (Jones 2023; Tryggvason et al. 2022). Rather than framing sustainability as a matter of individual behaviour change or technical environmental management, this approach foregrounds collective learning, critical consciousness and action-oriented competences (Ardoin et al. 2023). In contexts of forced displacement, such an orientation is particularly important, as environmental challenges are deeply entangled with questions of power, inequality, belonging and access to resources (Dryden-Peterson 2024; Dobson et al. 2021). This study explores the role of ESE in fostering sustainability competences, pro environmental action and social cohesion among refugee and host community learners living in protracted co-settlement contexts in Uganda. While supranational policy makers in the education field such as UNESCO increasingly underscore learning for environmental sustainability, there remains limited empirical research examining how sustainability oriented education is conceptualised (Oe et al. 2022), enacted and experienced within shared refugees-hosts educational spaces. In particular, little is known about how such education operates in contexts of displacement and structural inequality and how it can supports learners’ critical awareness and agency, collective action and negotiated forms of belonging. Conceptually grounded in Freirean critical pedagogy and ecopedagogy, the study positions ESE as both a pedagogical and social process through which learners critically engage with shared environmental challenges, interrogate power relations and construct collective sustainability imaginaries within contexts of protracted displacement settlements (Dryden-Peterson 2024). Adopting a qualitative case study approach, the research draws on in-depth engagement with approximately 20 participants, including refugee and host-community learners and teachers. This sample size enables an depth and contextual sensitivity required to explore complex pedagogical processes and lived experiences in a resource-constrained and socially diverse research setting, while prioritising analytical rather than statistical generalisation. Through participatory and dialogical ecopedagogical practices, the study examines how learners develop sustainability knowledge, critical-system thinking, collaborative-participatory problem solving and collective agency and how co-learning processes can constitutes a possibility for sustainable co-existence. The research hope to broaden debates on inclusion, educational purpose and sustainability in contexts of forced displacement, while also critically illuminating the structural constraints and tensions that shape educational practice under conditions of scarcity and structural inequality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study focuses on refugee-host co-settlement communities in Uganda. While the term co-settlement communities is not a fixed category in academic literature, it is used here analytically to foreground the relational and spatial interconnectedness of refugees and host communities whose daily realities, vulnerabilities and adaptive capacities are shaped by common socio-educational, socio-ecological and environmental conditions (Nakalembe et al. 2022; Bjørkhaug et al. 2025; Dryden-Peterson et al. 2019). This relational framing builds on scholarship on shared schooling spaces, refugee-host relations and environmental interdependence (Oe et al. 2022; Ardoin et al. 2023; Bjørkhaug et al. 2025). This grounds ESE as a collective concern shaped by relations and interactions rather than an individual or group specific learning. Conceptually, the study draws on the ideas from relational pedagogy which situates teaching and learning as emergent from interactions between learners, educators and their environment (Moran and Richards 2025). The research adopts a qualitative case study design situated within a social constructivist and critical paradigm (Amna Saleem et al. 2021). The case is located in a protracted refugee hosting region in Uganda and includes refugees and host community young people learning together. Schools and educational facilities are conceptualised as part of broader communities of practice in which educators, students, families and local and international organisations engage collaboratively in environmental learning and action (Dryden-Peterson et al. 2019; Bjørkhaug et al. 2025). Framing the research through relational dynamics enables an exploration of how learners’ interaction with peers, teachers and other community actors such as NGOs and families shape their understanding of sustainability, negotiation of responsibilities and participation in collective environmental initiatives. Data are generated through semi-structured interviews with refugee and host-community learners and teachers, alongside classroom and activity observations. This study uses vignettes to explore learners’ relational engagement and co-construction of sustainability knowledge within refugees-hosts educational settings (Mickelsson and Oljans 2025). The study employs reflexive thematic analysis to identify patterns of meaning across participants’ accounts while attending to issues of power, positionality and contextual specificity. Particular attention is paid to researcher reflexivity and ethical engagement in a resource-constrained, socially diverse and vulnerable setting. This methodological approach supports an in-depth exploration of learners’ experiences of ESE, the pedagogical practices through which sustainability is addressed and the possibilities and constraints for collective learning and action within refugee–host co-settlements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study highlights shared environmental challenges as a meaningful entry point for collaborative and dialogue learning between refugee and host-community learners in protracted co-settlement contexts. Participatory ESE practices, including school-based environmental clubs, community projects and dialogical classroom activities, appear to support the development of critical awareness of environmental issues and their social, political and economic dimensions (Tryggvason et al. 2022). These practices enable learners to recognise environmental degradation as a shared problem rather than a group-specific concern and to articulate forms of responsibility that extend beyond individual or community boundaries (Oe et al. 2022). In this sense, ESE demonstrates potential for fostering collective sustainability agency (Finger et al. 2021). At the same time, the study identify structural constraints and significant tensions such as overcrowded classrooms, limited material resources and competitive narratives of inclusion that frame education as a scarce good constrain the scope for sustained engagement with sustainability education (Dobson et al. 2021; Dryden-Peterson 2024). Under such conditions, ESE risks being marginalised unless it is deliberately integrated into everyday teaching and learning practices. Moreover, without careful attention to issues of power, inequality and belonging, participatory approaches may inadvertently reproduce existing hierarchies rather than challenge them, echoing broader concerns about “paradoxes of inclusive exclusion” in refugee education (Dobson et al. 2021). The study hopes to contribute to research on education in protracted co-settlement contexts by foregrounding environmental sustainability as a shared and politically significant dimension of education. It advances ecopedagogical perspectives by demonstrating how ESE can support critical-system thinking, collaborative problem-solving and collective agency when grounded in participatory and dialogical practices (Ardoin et al. 2023). For policy and practice, the study hope to establish that education in refugee-host contexts should move beyond access-oriented models to engage more fully with sustainability, social cohesion and the lived environmental realities of learners. References Amna Saleem, Huma Kausar, and Farah Deeba. 2021. “Social Constructivism: A New Paradigm in Teaching and Learning Environment.” PERENNIAL JOURNAL OF HISTORY 2 (2): 403–21. https://doi.org/10.52700/pjh.v2i2.86. Ardoin, Nicole M., Alison W. Bowers, and Mele Wheaton. 2023. “Leveraging Collective Action and Environmental Literacy to Address Complex Sustainability Challenges.” Ambio 52 (1): 30–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-022-01764-6. Bjørkhaug, Ingunn, Guri Tyldum, and Petra Namanya. 2025. “Tensions and Coexistence: Host Narratives of Refugee Presence in Nakivale, Uganda.” Journal of Refugee Studies 38 (3): 541–53. https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/feaf042. Bose, Pablo. 2024. “Nexus Dynamics: The Impact of Environmental Vulnerabilities and Climate Change on Refugee Camps.” Oxford Open Climate Change 4 (1): kgae001. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfclm/kgae001. Dobson, Stephen, Gabriella Agrusti, and Marta Pinto. 2021. “Supporting the Inclusion of Refugees: Policies, Theories and Actions.” International Journal of Inclusive Education 25 (1): 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1678804. Dryden-Peterson, Sarah. 2024. “Refugee Education: Aligning Access, Learning & Opportunity.” Daedalus 153 (4): 79–95. https://doi.org/10.1162/daed_a_02105. Dryden-Peterson, Sarah, Elizabeth Adelman, Michelle J. Bellino, and Vidur Chopra. 2019. “The Purposes of Refugee Education: Policy and Practice of Including Refugees in National Education Systems.” Sociology of Education 92 (4): 346–66. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040719863054. Finger, David Christian, Camelia Draghici, Dana Perniu, et al. 2021. “The Importance of International Collaboration to Enhance Education for Environmental Citizenship.” Sustainability 13 (18): 10326. https://doi.org/10.3390/su131810326. Jones, Naya. 2023. “Reimagining Freire: Beyond Human Relations.” Cultural Studies of Science Education 18 (1): 205–16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-023-10154-7. Mickelsson, Martin, and Emma Oljans. 2025. “Case Vignettes-Based Workshops as a Tool to Facilitate Interdisciplinary Engagement with Complex Problems in Sustainability Education.” Discover Sustainability 6 (1): 687. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43621-025-01631-w. Misiaszek, Greg William. 2023. “Postdigital Freirean Ecopedagogies.” In Encyclopedia of Postdigital Science and Education, edited by Petar Jandrić. Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-35469-4_11-1. Moran, Lisa, and Elizabeth Richards. 2025. “Relational Pedagogy, Student Led Seminars, and Rethinking the World ‘Otherwise’: Evidence from Focus Groups with ECCE Students in an English University.” Irish Journal of Applied Social Studies 25 (2). https://arrow.tudublin.ie/ijass/vol25/iss2/6. Nakalembe, Catherine, Maria Zubkova, Joanne V Hall, Fernanda Argueta, and Louis Giglio. 2022. “Impacts of Large-Scale Refugee Resettlement on LCLUC: Bidi Bidi Refugee Settlement, Uganda Case Study.” Environmental Research Letters 17 (6): 064019. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/ac6e48. Oe, Hiroko, Yasuyuki Yamaoka, and Hiroko Ochiai. 2022. “A Qualitative Assessment of Community Learning Initiatives for Environmental Awareness and Behaviour Change: Applying UNESCO Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) Framework.” International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19 (6): 3528. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19063528. Tryggvason, Ásgeir, Louise Sund, and Johan Öhman. 2022. “Schooling and ESE: Revisiting Stevenson’s Gap from a Pragmatist Perspective.” Environmental Education Research 28 (8): 1237–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2075326. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Paradox of Inaction: Why Sustainability Knowledge Fails to Produce Action Among Students 1: Erasmus University Rotterdam, The Netherlands; 2: Technical University of Delft, The Netherlands; 3: Leiden University, The Netherlands Presenting Author:This paper addresses a central challenge in sustainability education: the gap between environmental awareness and environmental action among students. Despite students knowing about the climate crisis and sustainability, they often fail to translate this knowledge into meaningful behavioral change. While campaigns targeting sustainability have increased, individual carbon footprints remain high, demonstrating that knowledge alone is insufficient to drive behavioral change. A worrying discrepancy remains between environmental awareness and behavioral change. The research question guiding this study is: Why do students from different educational levels (Vocational, Applied Sciences, and University) fail to commit to sustainability, despite being aware of the climate crisis? The theoretical framework integrates insights from environmental psychology and critical pedagogy. Concepts such as cognitive dissonance, eco-anxiety, tokenism, comfort, and responsibility shifting are used to explain why awareness does not automatically result in action. The study employs a mixed-methods approach to identify the cognitive and structural barriers preventing students from acting. The research population included students from three distinct educational levels within the Dutch education system: Vocational, Applied Sciences, and University. This allows for a comparative analysis of how educational background and pedagogical orientations influence sustainability mindsets. Data was collected through a quantitative survey (N=69) using a 5-point Likert scale, followed by semi-structured interviews (N=7) to triangulate findings and provide qualitative depth. The results reveal that the primary barrier to action is not climate skepticism, but a profound feeling of powerlessness. The data shows a common belief that personal sacrifice is meaningless if others do not act too. However, the study also identifies differences in how this inaction manifests across different educational contexts. This research identifies a specific paradox: the belief that individual action is futile in the face of global environmental challenges. University students demonstrated the highest levels of eco-anxiety and theoretical awareness but paradoxically reported deep feelings of paralysis. Their inaction is driven by an over-exposure to the scale of the problem without accompanying practical skills, leading to a reliance on the government to fix the problem. Conversely, Vocational and Applied Sciences students exhibited a form of distancing, arguing that environmental issues are either the responsibility of future generations or will be solved by technological innovation rather than behavioral change. In particular, Vocational students highlighted the unaffordability of sustainable choices as a major barrier. The findings suggest that current educational models are effectively transferring factual knowledge, leading to awareness, but failing to create agency. The study concludes that this knowledge-action gap is sustained by a pedagogical focus on the severity of the crisis rather than the importance of individual influence. These findings have significant implications for educational policy, suggesting that without addressing the psychological barrier of personal insignificance, action may never happen. While empirically grounded in the Netherlands, the study has strong European and international relevance. The paradox of inaction reflects broader dynamics present across European education systems, where sustainability is increasingly integrated into curricula yet struggles to generate behavioral change. By focusing on students’ perceived lack of impact, this research contributes to international debates on how education can move beyond awareness-raising towards empowering learners as active participants in collective sustainability transitions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a mixed-methods research design to explore students’ perceptions of sustainability-related inaction and the factors contributing to their sense of individual insignificance. The research was conducted within the context of Dutch post-secondary education, including Vocational, Applied Sciences, and University. The research took place in Rotterdam, The Netherlands, selecting a diverse sample to ensure representation across the Dutch higher education system. Participants A total of 69 students participated in the quantitative phase of the study: 26 Vocational students, 23 Applied Sciences students, and 20 University students. Participants were recruited in Rotterdam through convenience sampling across multiple institutions, ensuring representation from all three educational levels. For the qualitative phase, seven students were selected for follow-up interviews: three University students, two Applied Sciences students, and two Vocational students. Instruments The primary quantitative instrument was a questionnaire consisting of 14 statements measured on a five-point Likert scale (1 = completely disagree, 5 = completely agree). The statements were designed based on themes identified previously in a literature review, including responsibility attribution, eco-anxiety, financial barriers, habitual behaviour, social norms, and beliefs about technological solutions. Mean scores were calculated for each question across educational levels to allow for comparison. To complement the survey data, semi-structured interviews were conducted to gain deeper insight into students’ reasoning, emotional responses, and lived experiences related to sustainability. Interview questions focused on perceived responsibility, motivation, perceived impact of individual actions, and obstacles to behavioural change. Procedure Firstly, a questionnaire was used to collect quantitative data and identify general trends. Subsequently, participants were invited to an interview to discuss their responses in more detail, allowing for triangulation and qualitative validation of the survey findings. Interviews were recorded, transcribed, and thematically analysed. Data Analysis Quantitative data were analysed descriptively, focusing on mean scores and patterns across educational levels. Qualitative data were analysed using thematic analysis, with codes derived both deductively from the literature (e.g. eco-anxiety, cognitive dissonance) and inductively from the interview material. The integration of both data sources enabled an understanding of how shared beliefs and educational contexts shape students’ sustainability-related behaviour. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research set out to deconstruct the paradox of inaction, analyzing why students aware of the climate crisis struggle to engage in sustainable behaviors. Through a comparative analysis of Vocational, Applied Sciences, and University students, four key conclusions emerge regarding the barriers to action. First, the study confirms that the action insignificance paradox is a fundamental psychological barrier. The data shows that inaction stems from a belief that individual efforts are negligible. This manifests as a collective waiting game, where students defer responsibility to governments or corporations, creating a cycle where no party acts because others are not acting. Second, we conclude that the nature of this inaction is stratified by education level. University students suffer from a paralysis, where high theoretical knowledge leads to increased eco-anxiety and feeling overwhelmed. Conversely, Vocational and Applied Sciences students distance themselves from the problem by believing future technology will resolve it. Third, socio-economic factors act as a justification for inaction. Students universally cited financial constraints and the difficulty of breaking habits as major hurdles. Vocational students, in particular, perceive a disconnect between sustainability goals and their own financial reality, viewing sustainable behavior as a luxury rather than a responsibility. Finally, this study highlights a critical flaw in current sustainability education. By emphasizing the catastrophic scale of climate change without providing tools for individual agency, education is fostering feelings of insignificance. Future research must therefore focus not on informing students of the problem, but on psychological strategies and practical tools to validate the power of the individual within the collective. References Bruzzone, V., & Mulvihill, P. R. (2022). Phenomenology, habit, and environmental inaction. Ethics, Policy & Environment, 25(2), 178–193. https://doi.org/10.1080/21550085.2021.1940448 Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). Continuum. (Original work published 1968) Kollmuss, A., & Agyeman, J. (2002). Mind the gap: Why do people act environmentally and what are the barriers to pro-environmental behavior? Environmental Education Research, 8(3), 239–260. Lacroix, K., Gifford, R., & Chen, A. (2019). Developing and validating the Dragons of Inaction Psychological Barriers (DIPB) scale. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 63, 9–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2019.03.001 Robinson, D. (2025, March 28). 15 biggest environmental problems of 2025 | Earth.Org. Earth.Org. https://earth.org/the-biggest-environmental-problems-of-our-lifetime/ Servant-Miklos, G. (2024). Pedagogies of collapse: A hopeful education for the end of the world as we know it. Bloomsbury Academic. Servant-Miklos, V. (n.d.). Sustainability, identity and learning: Lessons from a two-year investigation in a problem-based setting [PBL conceptual paper]. Erasmus University College. Stoll-Kleemann, S., O’Riordan, T., & Jaeger, C. C. (2001). The psychology of denial concerning climate mitigation measures: Evidence from Swiss focus groups. Global Environmental Change, 11(2), 107–117. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0959-3780(00)00061-3 Zhao, J., & Luo, Y. (2021). A framework to address cognitive biases of climate change. Neuron, 109(22), 3548–3551. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Hope as a Missing Link? Exploring the Nexus Between Environmental Literacy, Climate change Hope, and Behavioral Intentions Fırat University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Climate change, one of the most critical issues of our time, has transcended being merely an environmental problem and has become a multi-dimensional crisis involving ethics, politics, and education. To respond to the urgent needs created by this crisis, climate change education must be redesigned with an inclusive, holistic, flexible, and locally sensitive approach (Lautensach et al., 2025). Indeed, the need for radical change and action, long emphasized by the scientific community, has reached a critical point today (Lackner et al., 2025). In this transformation process, teachers are undoubtedly the key actors who will both guide strategic design and ensure the development of action-oriented individuals (Tang, 2025). However, the effective transfer of complex scientific and social strategies into the classroom environment primarily depends on the academic qualifications and pedagogical preparation levels of the teachers who will manage these processes (Moshou & Drinia, 2023). Despite the critical role of teachers, the current literature points to a fundamental structural gap regarding the effectiveness of educational processes. Studies show that individuals' theoretical knowledge (literacy) about climate change does not always translate into concrete actions or behavioral intentions; a disconnect, defined in the literature as the knowledge-action gap, exists at this point (Knutti, 2019). There is increasing evidence that the emotional connection individuals form with climate change influences their climate actions, making it necessary to investigate the emotional mechanisms in the process of literacy evolving into behavioral intentions. This highlights the growing importance of holistic models that address cognitive, affective, and behavioral components in climate pedagogy (Olsen et al., 2024). In this context, the research. This study aims to examine, through Structural Equation Modeling (SEM), the direct impact of pre-service teachers' environmental literacy on their behavioral intentions to mitigate climate change, and how this relationship is indirectly shaped through hope, one of the ecological emotions. Theoretical background The theoretical basis of this study is the Head–Heart–Hand (HHH) model developed by Sipos, Battisti, and Grimm (2008). This model represents a holistic approach that simultaneously addresses individuals' cognitive learning processes (Head), their capacity for affective connection and meaning-making (Heart), and their ability to translate these acquisitions into action (Hand). The HHH model conceptualizes learning not merely as a process limited to information acquisition, but as a transformative learning process in which information is internalized through emotions and gains meaning through action (Olsen et al., 2024). In this respect, the model aligns with theoretical views that, particularly in complex and multifaceted problem areas involving uncertainty, emotional burden, and ethical responsibility, such as climate change, learning should be evaluated not only in terms of cognitive components but also in terms of emotional and behavioral components (Tsevreni et al., 2025). In this context, the environmental literacy construct examined in the study corresponds to the cognitive dimension (Head) of the HHH model; the ecological hope variable corresponds to the affective dimension (Heart); and the behavioral intention to mitigate climate change corresponds to the action-oriented dimension (Hand). The study aims to test the structural validity of the HHH model in a sample of prospective teachers by examining the direct and indirect relationships between these three constructs. The SEM analyses to be conducted within this scope are expected to contribute to the empirical foundations of the model and to highlight the need to address the cognitive, affective, and behavioral components of climate change education holistically. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In line with the research objective, this study utilized a cross-sectional survey design, a quantitative research method. Cross-sectional design is a type of survey research used to determine the current state of individuals' attitudes, opinions, beliefs, behaviors, or practices at a specific point in time (Creswell, 2019). In this study, environmental literacy was considered as an extrinsic latent variable, while ecological hope and behavioral intentions towards climate change mitigation were considered as intrinsic latent variables. The multifaceted and latent nature of social reality necessitates the use of advanced statistical methods capable of analyzing causal relationships. To analyze the multifaceted structure of social phenomena and the latent processes that cannot be directly observed, the SEM method, which can test complex causal relationships, was adopted (Tarka, 2018). SEM is an advanced multivariate analysis technique that allows for the simultaneous and flexible testing of psychometric and causal relationships between observed and latent variables through theoretically grounded models (Kline, 2015). The study population consists of prospective teachers enrolled in Faculties of Education across Turkey during the 2025–2026 academic year (N = 180,925; YÖK, 2026). The study sample consists of prospective teachers volunteering from the Faculty of Education of a state university in eastern Turkey. The study used a convenience sampling method, commonly used in studies that rely on voluntary participation. While this method offers advantages in terms of accessibility and cost, it is acknowledged to have limitations in the statistical representation of the population (Gliner et al., 2023; Muijs, 2004). According to Cohen et al. (2021), a sample size of 384 people is sufficient for a study with a 95% confidence interval and a 5% margin of error. In the current study, this sample size threshold is exceeded, aiming to reach at least 400 prospective teachers. The data collection tools used in the study were: Atabek-Yiğit et al. The Environmental Literacy Scale developed by (2014), the Climate Change Hope Scale adapted into Turkish by Gezer and İlhan (2020), and the Climate Change Mitigation Behavioral Intentions Scale, whose Turkish validity and reliability study was conducted by Usluer et al. (2023), were used. The agreement between the theoretical model and the data will be evaluated using SEM with maximum likelihood estimation; the mediating role of ecological hope in the relationship between environmental literacy and behavioral intentions to mitigate climate change will be tested with bootstrap-based path analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In accordance with the proposed model, the findings of this study will reveal that the HHH framework offers a functional and holistic theoretical framework for explaining climate action. In this context, it is expected that pre-service teachers' environmental literacy levels (Head) will have a positive but relatively limited direct effect on their behavioral intentions (Hand) towards mitigating climate change. It is predicted that the relationship in question is significantly strengthened through the ecological hope (Heart) variable, and that the indirect effect is more explanatory than the direct effect. These findings are expected to help explain the knowledge-action gap, a frequently discussed topic in climate change education, through affective mechanisms that go beyond cognitive processes. In particular, ecological hope is thought to function as a critical mediating variable that prevents individuals from experiencing eco-paralysis in the face of uncertainty and the emotional burden of climate change, thereby transforming knowledge into action. The research findings, showing that environmental literacy significantly predicts ecological hope and that ecological hope strongly explains behavioral intentions, demonstrate that the HHH model is empirically supported in a sample of prospective teachers. Based on these expected results, the study suggests that climate education initiatives, which explicitly include emotional components such as ecological hope alongside cognitive and behavioral dimensions, should be restructured as a transformative learning process to help close the knowledge-action gap in climate change education. References Atabek-Yiğit, E., Köklükaya, N., Yavuz, M., & Demirhan, E. (2014). Development and validation of environmental literacy scale for adults (ELSA). Journal of Baltic Science Education, 13(3), 425–436. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2021). Eğitimde araştırma yöntemleri. Pegem Akademi. Creswell, J. W. (2019). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Pearson. Gezer, M., & İlhan, M. (2020). İklim değişikliğinin önlenmesine yönelik umut ölçeği: Türkçeye uyarlama çalışması. Mediterranean Educational Research Journal, 14(34), 1–22. Gliner, J. A., Morgan, G. A., & Leech, N. L. (2023). Research methods in applied settings: An integrated approach to design and analysis. Routledge. Kline, R. B. (2015). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling. Guilford Press. Knutti, R. (2019). Closing the knowledge–action gap in climate change. One Earth, 1(1), 21–23. Lackner, M., Sajjadi, B., & Chen, W. Y. (Eds.). (2025). Handbook of climate change mitigation and adaptation. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-72579-2 Lautensach, A., Litz, D., Younghusband, C., Banack, H., Thielmann, G., & Crandall, J. (2025). The what, why, and how of climate change education: Strengthening teacher education for resilience. Sustainability, 17(19), 8816. https://doi.org/10.3390/su17198816 Moshou, H., & Drinia, H. (2023). Climate change education and preparedness of future teachers—A review: The case of Greece. Sustainability, 15(2), 1177. https://doi.org/10.3390/su15021177 Muijs, D. (2004). Doing quantitative research in education with SPSS. Sage Publications. Olsen, E. K., Lawson, D. F., McClain, L. R., & Plummer, J. D. (2024). Heads, hearts, and hands: a systematic review of empirical studies about eco/climate anxiety and environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 30(12), 2131-2158. Sipos, Y., Battisti, B., & Grimm, K. (2008). Achieving transformative sustainability learning: engaging head, hands and heart. International journal of sustainability in higher education, 9(1), 68-86. Tang, K. (2025). Teacher conceptions of climate change and their role in climate change education: Insights from Indonesian upper-secondary teachers. Discover Sustainability, 6(1), 486. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43621-025-00486-6 Tarka, P. (2018). An overview of structural equation modeling: Its beginnings, historical development, usefulness and controversies in the social sciences. Quality & Quantity, 52(1), 313–354. Tsevreni, I., Kali, A. M., & Bonoti, F. (2025). Ecological emotions and environmental education: Voices of youth in a Mediterranean region. Societies, 15(8), 225. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc15080225 Usluer, F. O., Barca, O., Karakaya, S., Demir, F., & Arlı, N. B. (2023). Explanation of behavioral intentions to mitigate climate change with protection motivation theory. Journal of Economy Culture and Society, (68), 85–96. https://doi.org/10.26650/JECS2023-123456 YÖK. (2024). 2024–2025 öğretim yılı yükseköğretim istatistikleri. https://istatistik.yok.gov.tr/ |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 I: Contemporary Reconfigurations of Educational Policy and Practice Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Riikka Anttonen Session Chair: Salla Fjällström Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Assembling Economy in Early Childhood Education and Care: A Feminist Political Economy Approach Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This doctoral study examines economy as it is enacted in the mundane practices of everyday life in early childhood education and care (ECEC), with a particular focus on the work of centre directors in Finland. Drawing on feminist political economy (FPE), the study approaches ECEC as female-dominated work that is commonly framed as a burden on the public economy, thereby obscuring its socially and economically productive dimensions (Bakker, 2020). From this perspective, economy is not understood as a singular or abstract system but as multiple, relational, and embedded in everyday practices. It materializes through the entangled relations of human and non-human actors, emphasizing their interconnectedness and mutual constitution (Collard & Dempsey, 2020). Accordingly, social practices and material–affective phenomena—such as tears, facial expressions, or shivers on the skin—are conceptualized as integral to economic life rather than as peripheral or private experiences (Moura & Bispo, 2018). The dissertation mobilizes the concept of economization to examine how economic logics are applied to areas of life typically considered non-economic, such as education and care (Çalişkan & Callon, 2009; Spring, 2015). Focusing on local-level public austerity policies in Finnish ECEC, the study explores what it means to live and work in an economy-dominated society where the authority to define and speak about economic matters is predominantly assigned to economists, who are largely men (Elomäki et al., 2019). This focus enables an analysis of how economic rationalities shape governance, leadership practices, and professional subjectivities in ECEC. Methodologically and theoretically, the study draws on assemblage thinking (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988; DeLanda, 2006) to trace the rhizome-like nature of economization. Assemblage provides a conceptual tool for examining how economization emerges through shifting relations between human agency, political rationalities, governing techniques, and material elements. In this dissertation, economization is understood as constituted through the interplay of municipal policies, legislation, curricula, information technologies, administrative systems, and affective forces such as stress, joy, and exhaustion (Çalişkan & Callon, 2009). The empirical analysis begins by identifying economization as a key phenomenon in ECEC through an examination of sociomaterial assemblages that take shape when centre directors speak about their work. The analyses focus on directors’ everyday doings, connecting their accounts to municipal policy documents, legislative frameworks, and ECEC governing tools. This approach sheds light on why economization has become a dominant feature of contemporary ECEC. The study then examines the materialities through which economic austerity is enacted and sustained in ECEC, demonstrating how these materialities become infrastructural over time as policies, governing tools, and human and non-human actors connect and interact. Finally, the dissertation moves beyond policy and organizational analyses to explore the affective dimensions of economization. By analysing my own embodied and visceral experiences as ECEC centre director, the study investigates what economy does in and through the human body (Massumi, 2002). This analysis highlights how compliance with austerity policies is produced not only through rational calculation but also through affective, bodily, and relational processes. The overall contribution of the dissertation lies in conceptualizing economization as a constitutive force in Finnish ECEC, explicating how it is assembled and examining what it produces at institutional, organizational, and embodied levels. In the integrative chapter, the three articles are brought together as an assemblage of economization, each representing a layer that moves from individual experience to institutional governance. Collectively, the studies deepen understanding of how economization unfolds in practice and why it is so difficult to identify ruptures that might enable alternative ways of acting within ECEC. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, theoretically informed methodological approach designed to engage with the complex and multi-layered nature of institutionalized early childhood education and care (ECEC) (Klevering & McNae, 2018). To capture how economization unfolds in everyday ECEC leadership, the research combines interviews, document analysis, and autoethnographic inquiry. The empirical material consists of semi-structured interviews with ECEC centre directors (N = 7) conducted in a Finnish municipality undergoing efficiency measures due to fiscal deficits. The interviews focused on directors’ everyday work and decision-making under conditions of economic intensification. These interviews were analysed as sites where arranging assemblages emerged through directors’ engagements with institutional documents, including budgets, financial accounts, board proceedings, curricula, and centre-level action plans. The analysis examined how directors connected these documents to their daily practices and how they positioned themselves in relation to economic rationalities. The interview analyses indicated that centre directors occupy a pivotal role in either promoting or contesting economic austerity measures, which directed the study toward a closer examination of the material and affective dimensions of these processes. To move beyond indirect or representational accounts of institutional reality, the study incorporates an autoethnographic approach. Autoethnographic data were generated during 2020–2021 and analytically connected to autobiographical memories from my earlier professional experience as an ECEC teacher. This approach enabled a systematic examination of lived, mundane encounters with economization in ECEC (Ellis et al., 2011; Adams et al., 2015). Autoethnography was particularly important for analysing affects produced through economization. Drawing on affect theory (Massumi, 2002), the study attends to embodied and pre-cognitive experiences that are difficult to capture through interviews or document analysis alone. Affects are analysed as materializing as emotions and as organizing forces within economic assemblages. This methodological approach enables an exploration of how economized subjectivities are constituted and how subject formation governs everyday practices in ECEC. Ethical considerations were addressed throughout the research process. Interview participants provided informed consent after receiving information about the aims of the study, data management, anonymity, and their right to withdraw. Research permission was obtained from the municipal administration, enabling access to internally restricted documents. Ethical practice in autoethnography followed the principle of process consent, whereby ethical decisions are continuously negotiated in situ (Ellis, 2007). All individuals mentioned in fieldnotes and publications were anonymized, and spoken consent was obtained when others’ actions were included in the autoethnographic material (Tullis, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that economy and austerity policies play a dominant role in the everyday governance of early childhood education and care (ECEC) at the local level in Finland. Although Finnish ECEC has undergone significant curricular and pedagogical development, the implementation of these reforms is persistently constrained by chronic resource scarcity. As a result, pedagogical ambitions are continuously negotiated against economic imperatives, positioning economization as a central organizing force in everyday ECEC practices. Finnish ECEC legislation regulating child-staff ratios emerges as a key driver of economization. While intended to safeguard pedagogical quality and children’s wellbeing, these ratios also function as mechanisms of economic governance. Local administrations closely monitor staffing levels in relation to children’s attendance, with the aim of operating as close as possible to legally defined minimums in order to reduce labour costs and enhance economic efficiency. This monitoring is increasingly mediated through digital management systems that produce real-time numerical data. These numbers and technologies form economic assemblages through which economization is enacted. When economic intensification is required, such assemblages expand, drawing in additional actors and demanding increased efficiency from centre directors and ECEC personnel. In this process, numbers do not merely represent economic conditions but actively participate in producing them. Austerity policies further interfere with everyday pedagogical work by granting digital monitoring devices overriding authority. ECEC personnel are positioned simultaneously as objects of economic governance and as agents responsible for implementing economic intensification, requiring them to balance pedagogical commitments with economic calculations. Children also become implicated in these processes, as their pedagogical and developmental needs are increasingly assessed through an economic lens. Overall, the analysis highlights austerity as a powerful governing mechanism that reshapes pedagogical practices, professional subjectivities, and institutional priorities in ECEC, while also opening space for critical reflection on and resistance to economic intensification in education. References Adams, T. E., Holman Jones, S. L., & Ellis, C. (2015). Autoethnography. Oxford University Press. Bakker, I. (2020). Variegated Social Reproduction in Neoliberal Times: Mainstream Silences, Feminist Interventions. Nordic Journal of Women’s Studies, 28(2), 167–172. https://doi.org/10.1080/08038740.2020.1714178 Çalişkan, K. & Callon, M. (2009). Economization, part 1: shifting attention from the economy towards pocesses of economization. Economy and Society, 38(3), 369–398. https://doi.org/10.1080/03085140903020580 Collard, R.-C., & Dempsey, J. (2020). Two icebergs: Difference in feminist political economy. Environment and Planning. A, 52(1), 237–247. https://doi.org/10.1177/0308518X19877887 DeLanda, Manuel. (2006). A new philosophy of society assemblage theory and social complexity. London: Continuum. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1988). A thousand plateaus. Capitalism and schizophrenia. The Athlone Press. Ellis, C. (2007). Telling Secrets, Revealing Lives: Relational Ethics in Research with Intimate Others. Qualitative Inquiry, 13(1), 3–29. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800406294947 Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: An overview. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 12(1), 1-19. libproxy.tuni.fi/login?url=https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/autoethnography-overview/docview/870465772/se-2 Elomäki, A., Kantola, J., Koivunen, A., & Ylöstalo, H. (2019). Affective virtuosity: Challenges for governance feminism in the context of the economic crisis. Gender, Work, and Organization, 26(6), 822–839. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12313 Klevering, N., & McNae, R. (2018). Making sense of leadership in early childhood education: Tensions and complexities between concepts and practices. Journal of Educational Leadership, Policy and Practice, 33(1), 5–17. https://doi.org/10.21307/jelpp-2018-002 Massumi, B. (2002). Parables for the virtual: movement, affect, sensation. Duke University Press. Moura, E. O. de, & Bispo, M. de S. (2020). Sociomateriality: Theories, methodology, and practice. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences, 37(3), 350–365. https://doi.org/10.1002/cjas.1548 Spring, J. H. (2015). Economization of education: human capital, global corporations, skills-based schooling. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315730233 Tullis, J. A. (2016). Self and others. Ethics in autoethnographic research. In T. Adams, S. Holman Jones & C. Ellis (eds.). Handbook of autoethnography. Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Revisiting Platformisation: How Platform Infrastructures Reconfigure Educational Practices in a Swedish Upper-Secondary School University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:This study is situated within research on the platformisation of education and examines how everyday work practices of teachers in a Swedish upper-secondary school are reconfigured over time following the procurement and implementation of a uniform, municipality-wide learning management system (LMS). The study is located within a period of ongoing change in the digital infrastructure of Swedish education. Over the past decade, digitalisation has unfolded through shifting national strategies, the incorporation of GDPR into everyday administration, and the COVID-19 pandemic as a systemic stress test. More recently, curriculum revisions, public debates on screen use, and rapid introduction of generative AI (GenAI) into classrooms have added further pressure to established digital arrangements. GenAI, in particular, constitutes a key domain where tensions between professional-pedagogical judgement and managerial or data-driven logics become visible. Together, these developments underscore digitalisation as an ongoing and everchanging process. Against this backdrop, the study focuses on what happens after a platform has moved beyond initial implementation and become a taken-for-granted part of everyday school practice. While much research on educational platforms concentrates on moments of introduction or policy design, less attention has been paid to how platform infrastructures are stabilised, adjusted, or contested over time as they become embedded in teachers’ professional routines. The study therefore directs attention to how earlier sociotechnical configurations, involving both platform arrangements and teachers’ work practices, are reworked as the LMS becomes part of the school’s infrastructural landscape. The empirical setting is the Swedish education system, which can be described as highly decentralised, with responsibility for organising and governing education being distributed across municipalities and independent organisers. This governance structure affords considerable autonomy at school and teacher level and has historically allowed substantial freedom in shaping educational practice. Against this background, the municipal introduction of a shared, municipality-wide digital platform represents a new form of coordination, making Sweden an analytically productive context for examining how platform infrastructures intersect with professional judgement and institutional expectations over time. Aim of the study The aim of the study is to examine how teachers’ everyday work practices are reconfigured over time in relation to the continued use of a municipality-wide LMS, focusing on how the platform becomes embedded in daily work and how established pedagogical, administrative, and communicative practices are stabilised, adjusted, or challenged. Research questions The study is guided by the overarching research question: How does platformisation meet institutional logics in educational contexts? This is operationalised through three research questions:
Theoretical framing The theoretical framework combines infrastructure studies with an institutional logics perspective (Friedland & Alford, 1991; Thornton et al., 2012). Adopting an STS-informed platformisation lens, the study examines how platforms organise everyday educational activities and how institutional expectations are enacted in practice (Latour, 2005). This enables attention to how platform features shape practical reasoning, responsibility, and forms of visibility (Bowker & Star, 2008; Hartong & Decuypere, 2023). The institutional logics perspective provides a complementary account of how historically embedded norms, values, and accountability arrangements shape organisational practices and professional legitimacy (Thornton et al., 2012). In platformised education, institutional logics are translated and hybridised through sociotechnical arrangements, particularly in tensions between professional-pedagogical judgement (Freidson, 2001) and managerial or data-oriented logics emphasising standardisation and comparability (Williamson, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, interpretive research design aimed at understanding how teachers’ everyday work practices are organised, negotiated, and reconfigured through a municipality-wide LMS. Empirical material is generated primarily through semi-structured interviews, with a smaller number of observations and walkthroughs of platform use used to contextualise and deepen the analysis. These supplementary methods are used to situate teachers’ accounts in concrete sociotechnical practices and to capture how interactions between teachers, organisational expectations, and platform features unfold in everyday work. The empirical material consists of interviews with a limited number of teachers and IT-management staff, covering key pedagogical, administrative, and support roles at the school, largely involving the same participants, or individuals in equivalent professional roles, as in an earlier study. Interviews focus on teachers’ experiences of pedagogical, administrative, and communicative work in relation to the LMS, as well as their interpretations of changing expectations linked to digitalisation, data practices, and the introduction of GenAI. As a follow-up study, the design enables attention to how professional roles, responsibilities, and ways of working have shifted over time as the LMS has moved from an initially contested intervention to an established and largely taken-for-granted part of the school’s infrastructural landscape. This longitudinal orientation supports an analysis of both continuity and change in platform-mediated work practices. Analytically, the study draws on two main analytical lenses: infrastructuralisation and an institutional logics perspective focused on tensions between professional-pedagogical and managerial or data-oriented logics. The analysis attends to how these logics become visible through routine practices, moments of tension, and situations where the LMS and related technologies become especially consequential, for example through workflows, documentation requirements, and visibility regimes. Ethical approval has been obtained, with particular attention to informed consent, confidentiality, and the handling of interview material concerning professional judgement, organisational expectations, and digital work practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Empirically, the paper is expected to explore how an LMS has become embedded in and backgrounded by routine educational work, while remaining consequential in situations where competing demands arise, such as documentation practices, communication norms, workload management, or changing governance expectations. The analysis is expected to examine how LMSs are reconfigured as new sociotechnical elements intersect with established platform infrastructures, and how introductions of digital technologies, such as GenAI, contribute to similar reconfigurations by reshaping previously stabilised arrangements. This is expected to support an understanding of digitalisation as an ongoing and situated process in which practices are continuously stabilised, repaired, and renegotiated. By foregrounding infrastructuralisation and institutional logics in a longitudinal, school-based study, the paper is expected to contribute empirical and conceptual insight into how platformisation reshapes professional work beyond moments of implementation. Conceptually, the study also refines platformisation and institutional logics as complementary lenses. Platformisation is expected to draw attention to the role of infrastructures and the organisation of teachers’ work, while institutional logics foreground how norms, values, and professional rationalities shape actors’ interpretations and actions within these infrastructural arrangements. These dynamics resonate with broader European shifts towards platform-based coordination in education systems characterised by professional autonomy, positioning the study within ongoing debates on governance, professionalism, and digitalisation in education. Practically, the study seeks to offer insights into how schools and municipalities might approach what is often framed as “sustainable” digitalisation, by identifying what supports professional judgement and pedagogical autonomy as digital platforms increasingly shape how education is organised, documented, and governed. By focusing on everyday LMS use in a school context, the study contributes to research that conceptualises digitalisation as a situated and evolving set of practices, highlighting how digital infrastructures and institutional expectations are entangled in everyday work, with implications for future design, policy, and professional development. References Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (2008). Sorting things out: Classification and its consequences. MIT Press. Freidson, E. (2001). Professionalism: The third logic. University of Chicago Press. Friedland, R., & Alford, R. R. (1991). Bringing society back in: Symbols, practices, and institutional contradictions. In W. W. Powell & P. J. DiMaggio (Eds), New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis (pp. 232–263). Univ. of Chicago Press. Hartong, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing digital transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis: Journal Für International Und Interkulturell Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft, 29(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.31244/tc.2023.01.01 Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W., & Lounsbury, M. (2012). The institutional logics perspective: A new approach to culture, structure and process. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199601936.001.0001 Williamson, B. (2017). Learning in the ‘platform society’: Disassembling an educational data assemblage. Research in Education, 98(1), 59–82. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034523717723389 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From National Guidelines to State Policy: Recontextualising Early Career Teacher Induction in Australia 1: Adelaide University, Adelaide, Australia; 2: Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia; 3: Western Sydney University, Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:Early career teachers face significant challenges as they transition from pre-service to in-service teaching (Johnson et al. 2014). Many experience ‘practice shock’ (Kelchtermans. 2019, p. 89), involving high levels of stress and burnout. Across education systems worldwide, induction programs are recognised as vital for supporting early career teachers through this ‘critical phase’ (Kearney, 2014, p. 5). Induction supports early career teacher resilience, effectiveness and retention (Mansfield & Gu, 2019), which is particularly important when considering how high levels of early career teacher attrition are contributing to the current context of widespread teacher shortages (Sullivan et al., 2019). In countries such as Australia, national induction guidelines aim to provide consistent induction support to early career teachers within a federated education system. The Guidelines for the Induction of Early Career Teachers into the Profession (AITSL, 2023) can be used to ‘underpin the development of programs and practices to support early career teachers’ (p. 4). They focus on the retention of early career teachers, with a strong focus on wellbeing (Rowe et al., 2025). The guidelines outline a range of different supports, such as workplace and community orientation, professional practices, and relationships, which are intended to increase early career teacher retention due to the growing challenge of global teacher shortages (AITSL, 2023). However, these guidelines are interpreted differently across states and territories, as jurisdictions develop their own policies in response to local priorities and workforce challenges. Policy is often reshaped as it moves between national and local systems (Ball et al., 2012), through a process of recontextualisation during which, as Bowe et al. (2017) note, policies are removed from their original context and reassembled within new settings where they are influenced by local priorities. As a result, national policy designed to support early career teachers can produce diverse ideas of what induction support should entail, who is eligible to receive it, and ultimately, which early career teachers are included or excluded. Using critical policy analysis, we consider the effectiveness of local policy documents by drawing on the Conceptual Framework for Early Career Teacher Induction (Sullivan et al., 2025, under review). This framework, informed by a critical human resource development perspective, has reconceptualised the structure of teacher induction by identifying three key elements: induction, onboarding, and professional learning. In contrast to current approaches, this framework provides a critical view on what kind of support should be offered and what inequalities currently exist around induction. Previous research has shown that the national guidelines assume stable, continuous employment in a single school, benefitting teachers with secure positions while marginalising those employed casually or on short-term contracts (Rowe et al., 2025). For teachers employed insecurely, induction is largely reduced to onboarding, with limited access to ongoing socialisation or professional learning. In our study, we use the conceptual framework to critically examine how policies adhere to or depart from the three key elements of induction and how this affects which early career teachers are supported. Therefore, this study investigates how early career teacher induction is conceptualised within state-level education policy in four Australian states and territories: New South Wales, the Northern Territory, South Australia and Victoria. We critically examine how national induction policy is recontextualised across different levels of governance, and in doing so, we show how induction policy can change within a devolved education system, with relevance for other countries which organise induction policy across federal and state levels. The research is guided by the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used a critical policy analysis approach to examine how national early career teacher induction policy is recontextualised across Australian states and territories. Critical policy analysis enabled us to interrogate not only what is stated in policy, but also what is left unsaid and how policy may ‘institutionalise inequality’ (Young & Diem, 2017, p. 4). First, we undertook internet research to identify policy documents and guidelines from state and territory education departments related to early career teachers and/or induction. We focused on four jurisdictions: New South Wales (NSW), Northern Territory (NT), South Australia (SA), and Victoria (VIC), selected for their diverse geographical and demographic contexts and the accessibility of relevant documents. We identified 26 documents, including enterprise agreements, early career teacher induction guidelines and guidelines for mentors and school leaders. Documents were read in full and analysed to examine how early career teachers were defined and supported, including terminology, eligibility, and variations in access based on employment arrangements. Drawing on ideas of policy recontextualisation, we examined how the national induction policy (AITSL, 2023) is reshaped within local systems. The analysis of the national policy guidelines was conducted as part of a separate study (Rowe et al., 2025), and the findings from that work are drawn on here to examine how local documents recontextualise those national ideas. As Orchard (2021) argues, policy meanings may become ‘stuck’ or altered as policy flows between national and local systems, so this helped us to see how policy meaning can change as it moves from the national to the state level. To consider the implications of these recontextualisations, we then used the Conceptual Framework for Early Career Teacher Induction (Sullivan et al., 2025, under review), as a critical lens to examine how key elements of induction are defined across jurisdictions, as well as what this reveals about which early career teachers are supported and which may be excluded. By combining the Sullivan et al., (2025) framework with ideas around recontextualisation, we were able to trace how national policy intentions are interpreted in local contexts and identify which early career teachers are supported through policy, and which may be excluded. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We started by examining how policies defined eligibility for induction. While federal guidelines stipulate that induction should occur for the ‘first two years’ (p. 4), with acknowledgement that some may identify beyond this period, state policies vary considerably. Timeframes range from from 1-2 years, inconsistent both within and between states. States also use varying language, such as ‘graduate teacher’ in VIC and NT and ‘beginning teacher’ in NSW. These shifts in terminology and timeframes reflect processes of recontextualisation, which may include deficit views of teachers. Nationally, onboarding is framed as situating teachers within their new environment and adhering to workplace policies. State policies recontextualise this into an administrative process focused on compliance, with limited support beyond initial orientation or the individual school. This approach is unlikely to support teacher retention, especially for those employed casually or on short-term contracts, who may work across multiple schools and therefore may not receive consistent onboarding. For socialisation, national guidelines emphasise connection, with mentoring positioned as one of several supports. The states, however, recontextualise it to involve mentoring specifically. In contrast, the NT reframes socialisation to be the central purpose of induction, showing how priorities can vary by location. Without attention paid to culture and connection (despite in the NT), teachers may struggle to feel included, especially casual ones who likely cannot access a consistent mentor. For professional learning, national guidelines frame this as supporting teachers’ growth. State policies recontextualise this as a pathway to full accreditation, reflecting their responsibility for teacher registration. This limits access to meaningful professional learning which like affects retention. Overall, the recontextualisation of induction across jurisdictions demonstrates how the national guidelines are adapted to state priorities, while insecurely employed teachers remain at a disadvantage. This undermines early career teacher development and retention at a time of ongoing teacher shortages. References AITSL. (2023). Guidelines for the induction of early career teachers in Australia. Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Bowe, Richard & Ball, Stephen & Gold, Anne. (2017). Reforming education and changing schools: Case studies in policy sociology. 10.4324/9781315412122. Johnson, Bruce, Barry Down, Rosie Le Cornu, Judy Peters, Anna Sullivan, Jane Pearce, and Janet Hunter. 2014. “Promoting Early Career Teacher Resilience: A Framework for Understanding and Acting.” Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice 20 (5): 530–546. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2014.937957 . Kearney, S. (2014). Understanding beginning teacher induction: A contextualized examination of best practice. Cogent education, 1(1), 967477. Kelchtermans, Geert. 2019. “Early Career Teachers and Their Need for Support: Thinking Again.” In Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers: Issues and Opportunities, edited by Anna Sullivan, Bruce Johnson, and Michele Simons, 83–98. Singapore: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978- 981-13-8621-3_5 . Mansfield, C., & Gu, Q. (2019). “I’m finally getting that help that I needed”: Early career teacher induction and professional learning. The Australian Educational Researcher, 46(4), 639-659. Rowe, E., Sullivan, A., Tippett, N., Simons, M., Grist, E., Reupert, A., Woodcock, S., & White, S. (2025). Precariously employed early career teachers and induction policies: a critical policy study. Journal of Education Policy, 41(1), 45–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2580975 Sullivan, A., Grist, E., Simons, M., Tippett, N., Woodcock, S., White, S., Zheng, C & Reupert, A. (2025; under review). Induction and the Early Career Substitute Teacher Workforce: Problems, Confusion, and Possible Solutions. Teachers and Teaching. Sullivan, A., Johnson, B., & Simons, M. (2019). Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers: Issues and Opportunities (B. Johnson, A. Sullivan, & M. Simons, Eds.; 1st ed. 2019., Vol. 16). Springer. Young, M. D., & Diem, S. (2017). Doing critical policy analysis in education research: An emerging paradigm. In Complementary research methods for educational leadership and policy studies (pp. 79-98). Cham: Springer International Publishing. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Human Cultural Evolution Theory: a new sociological perspective for education research? Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Human Cultural Evolution Theory (HCET) has developed during the past 50 years. By explaining how people form and manage groups (Boyer, 2020), HCET provides a biological, evolutionary basis for the conservative and adaptive patterns of political and sociological understandings relating to the field of education. This paper will introduce HCET, then address the following research questions (RQ). RQ1. How does HCET inform the work of Anyon, Beck and Durkheim? RQ2. What are the implications of HCET for curriculum innovation, inquiry and transmissive pedagogies? RQ3. What are the consequences for failing to consider human attributes based on cultural evolution in education governance structures? In complex social species, such as primates, cetaceans and several families of birds, innovations by individuals are occasionally transferred to others, a phenomenon that requires a capacity for observational learning. However, adding a variation to a learnt behaviour pattern is much less common than its maintenance, explaining why cumulative cultural evolution is a rare phenomenon (Boyd & Richerson, 1996). Among living complex, social species, humans are extreme outliers in their capacity for cooperation and communication (Tomasello, 2014). These attributes have resulted in the complete dependence of every human society on its culture (Henrich, 2017, p. 318). Natural selection operates on ideas (memes) as much as on genes (Richerson & Boyd, 2008). In humans, cultural factors are hypothesised to have acted as important synergistic drivers for a range of physical traits, particularly those associated with communication. An important example are eyes with visible whites (sclera), a feature that enables gaze to be tracked and the mental states of others to be deduced (Boyer, 2020, p. 22; Rozov, 2025; Skoyles, 2023); a skill that is evident from infancy (Butterworth, 2004; Messer, 2004; Woodward, 2003). The speed of cultural accumulation in humans, particularly during the past 150 years, has provoked attention to the role of culturally inherited cognitive mechanisms in social learning. A suggested progression, acting over millions of years, is imitation, language, mindreading (or theory-of-mind) for teaching, metacognition and normative cognition (Birch & Heyes, 2021, p. 1). These mechanisms are cultural because they recruit learners and therefore bypass genetic selection. They are all processes that are familiar to educational and psychological contexts. Cultures are maintained by ‘in-group’ biases towards shared perspectives (e.g., moral, economic, political) signalled to others (e.g., by dress, accent or gesture) and reenforced by ‘coalitional recruitment’, which can be as subtle as a look (gaze) (Boyer, 2020, p. 54). These group traits, like the phenotype of an individual, also confer evolutionary ‘fitness’. In HCET, the social dynamics of human societies (Turchin, 2016) is explained by ‘multi-level selection’ (Kendal et al., 2009; Turchin, 2016; Walker et al., 2021), which involve separate (often conflicting) advantages of complying with ‘group norms’ or acting individually. Social learning, evident in transmissive pedagogies, conserves the status quo of group norms, but does not contribute to cumulative cultural knowledge. Like the genetically analogous concept of asexual reproduction, which does not contribute to variation, but is a ‘low cost’, efficient means of reproduction in stable environments. Asocial learning (i.e., individual learning), generally promoted in education by using inquiry pedagogies, risks being irrelevant, so is generally ‘high cost’, although asocial learners may experience an ‘exclusive pay-off’ in a changed environment (Kendal et al., 2009, p. 210). Multi-level selection explains the challenges of introducing innovation to schooling, from radical curriculums (Lingard & McGregor, 2014), subject integration (Termaat, 2023; Venville et al., 2008; Wallace et al., 2007), or frameworks that foster thinking, (Dickson et al., 2020a, 2020b; Johnson & Boon, 2023; Leat, 1999; Millar, 2022). Each example is likely to oppose the cultural ‘norm’ of +past practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is an interpretive discussion that draws on two sets research data encompassing a mixture of methods. 1) A limited case study of classroom practice in a school implementing a pedagogy that aligns with Australia’s current policy climate, High Impact Teaching Practice (HITP) (Termaat, 2025). Transcripts of audio recordings in four subjects, English, humanities, mathematics and science, were semantically coded to 18 known strategies for fostering metacognition, organised into codes and code children on NVivo 2.0. Because metacognition is a ‘fuzzy’ concept (Mahdavi, 2014), and semantic coding needs explicit themes, this strategy ensured evidence was matched to peer reviewed research (Proudfoot, 2023). Speculation and inquiry were entirely absent from the practice in the case study. 2) Anonymous, voluntary survey data from teachers in six independent international schools and two Catholic systemic schools. (Data collection ongoing). The survey instrument referenced published examples of questionnaires about strategies known to be associated with students’ metacognitive development (Adey, 1999; Department of Education and Training State of Victoria, 2004; OECD, 2019; Zohar, 2006; Zohar & Schwartzer, 2005) In contrast to the classroom practice data of the case study (which, from the perspective of HCET, may have been an example of an ‘overt demonstration of compliance’ to an imposed norm), every participant reported a broad range of teaching strategies. Most respondents were veteran teachers with at least 20 years’ experience. The independent international schools typically served 200 junior secondary students, but the systemic schools taught at least 400 junior secondary students and were also integrated in larger systems. Teachers working in the smaller schools were consistently resource related concerns, for example, ‘limited physical space for displays (English) or performances (Drama). Teachers in the larger schools typically referenced cultural norms, for example, curriculum pressure, expectations related to assessment schedules, lack of opportunities for differentiation, or for providing students with ‘meaningful learning opportunities. The pattern of each group’s qualitative elaborations exactly predictions based on HCET (Zefferman & Mathew, 2015). Iin small groups of humans, individuals are likely to be valued for their diversity (i.e., high in-group variability), but in large groups of humans, individuals are likely to be valued for their conformity (i.e., low in-group variability). Students in the smaller schools may have less access to physical resources, but these institutions are also likely to demonstrate greater tolerance towards in-group variability, because pressure to comply with the cultural norms of small groups is less intense. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The case study found the transmissive pedagogies of HITP embedded foundational declarative knowledge, but opportunities for students to practice high order and complexity thinking, requisite skills for navigating a ‘risk society’ (Beck, 2009), were limited. HITP’s avoidance of speculation and inquiry aligns with parameters Anyon (1981) established in middle-class schools, not the affluent-professional community suggested by the school’s publicly available Index of Community Socio-Educational Advantage (ACARA, 2023). HITP’s transmissive rituals of chorusing, Initiate-Response-Feedback routines, and teacher-echo reinforce Durkheimian moral concerns about community, authority, and sacredness, or, in HCET’s revisionary interpretation, represent instances of in-group signalling and coalitional recruitment, ‘low cost’ cultural transmission strategies for stable social contexts. HITP fosters in-group cohesion, which confers important evolutionary advantages during competition between groups. HCET explains the challenge of including inquiry and innovation to educational contexts lies in their attention to individuals or small groups. From the long view of evolution, these cognitive pursuits are ‘high cost’ because they are likely to fail. But practising inquiry strategies encultures students into dispositions that support democracy. In addition, investing in opportunities for students to develop initiative and agency, for example, by introducing (meaningful) authentic contexts for problem solving (individually and in groups) are examples of ‘cultural work-arounds’ based on HCET that embrace students’ individuality. From the perspective of multi-level-section, individuals and groups need both types of functional strategies, enabling them to benefit from cultural knowledge (e.g., involving transmissive pedagogies) and enhancing individual responsibility and agency, (e.g., involving inquiry), which rely on metacognition, and develops adaptability. References Birch, J., & Heyes, C. (2021). The cultural evolution of cultural evolution. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 376(1828), 20200051. Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1996). Why culture is common, but cultural evolution is rare. Proceedings-British academy, Boyer, P. (2020). Minds make societies: How cognition explains the world humans create. Yale University Press. Dickson, A., Perry, L. B., & Ledger, S. (2020b). Letting go of the Middle Years Programme: three schools' rationales for discontinuing an International Baccalaureate Program. Journal of Advanced Academics, 31(1), 35. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1177/1932202X19869006 Henrich, J. (2017). The secret of our success: how culture is driving human evolution, domesticating our species, and making us smarter. Princeton University Press. Lingard, R., & McGregor, G. (2014). Two contrasting Australian Curriculum responses to globalization: what students should learn or become. The Curriculum Journal 25(Creating Curricula: Aims, Knowledge, and Control). Mahdavi, M. (2014). An Overview: Metacognition in Education. International Journal of Multidisciplinary and Current Research, 2, 529–535. Millar, S. (2022). An exploration of the introduction of Thinking Science professional development into five schools and how this affected teachers' pedagogy Proudfoot, K. (2023). Inductive/deductive hybrid thematic analysis in mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 17(3), 308–326. Termaat, A. (2023). Nurturing interdisciplinary practice in small secondary schools. Cogent Education, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2225003 Termaat, A. (2025). The appeal of control and its rituals: vignettes of Rosenshine's Principals of Instruction In P. J. White, R. Tytler, J. P. Fergusen, J. Cripps Clark, & J. P. Brown (Eds.), Methodological Approaches to STEM Education Research - Volume 6 (pp. 287–315). Tomasello, M. (2014). The ultra‐social animal. European journal of social psychology, 44(3), 187–194. Turchin, P. (2016). Ultrasociety: how 10.000 years of war made humans the greatest cooperators on Earth. Beresta Books Venville, G. J., Wallace, J., Rennie, L. J., & Malone, J. A. (2008). Curriculum integration: eroding the high ground of science as a school subject? Studies in Science Education, 37(1), 43–83. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057260208560177 Zefferman, M. R., & Mathew, S. (2015). An evolutionary theory of large‐scale human warfare: Group‐structured cultural selection. Evolutionary Anthropology: Issues, News, and Reviews, 24(2), 50–61. Zohar, A. (2006). The nature and development of teachers' metastrategic knowledge in the context of teaching higher order thinking. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15(3), 331–377. Zohar, A., & Schwartzer, N. (2005). Assessing teachers’ pedagogical knowledge in the context of teaching higher‐order thinking. International Journal of Science Education, 27(13), 1595–1620. |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 J: Teaching STEM Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ulrike Stadler-Altmann Session Chair: Alina Boutiuc-Kaiser Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Prospective Science Teachers’ Systems Thinking: Interpreting Ecosystem Dynamics and Human Impacts Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Ecosystems are complex systems composed of hierarchically organized subsystems embedded within larger networks of interactions (Jin et al., 2019; Schizas, Papatheodorou, & Stamou, 2019). This complexity not only leads students to demonstrate fragmented and compartmentalized knowledge (Eilam, 2011) but also creates difficulties in developing a systemic understanding of ecosystems and causal relationships (Grotzer & Basca, 2003). For example, students often struggle to explain concepts that require a higher level of systems thinking beyond simple cause-and-effect relationships and involve understanding the indirect and dynamic relationships within ecosystems, such as carrying capacity, exponential growth, and feedback loops (Jin et al., 2019). While indirect relationships are central to understanding complex ecological systems, they are usually not directly observable; therefore, students tend to focus on simple linear direct relationships (Mambrey et al., 2020). Predator–prey interactions, for instance, are usually interpreted in terms of direct population changes; that is, a decrease in prey population leads to a decrease in predator populations but misses the indirect relationships. Accordingly, understanding ecosystems requires a systems-thinking approach that holistically addresses nonlinear relationships, feedback loops, and interactions among system components (Grotzer & Basca, 2003). Systems thinking encompasses learners’ ability to understand biological systems by recognizing their key characteristics and applying discipline-specific concepts to explain interdependencies within ecosystems, including the influences of human activities (Gilissen, Knippels, & van Joolingen, 2020; Jin et al., 2019). In the context of this study, systems thinking is defined as learners’ ability to use discipline-specific concepts to describe interdependency in ecosystems, including the influence of human activity (Jin et al. 2019). Although complex systems operate according to their principles and cannot be entirely managed by humans, human activities can influence and, in some cases, disturb natural systems (Riess & Mischo, 2010). Building on this perspective, the purpose of science education has been redefined as preparing accountable, conscious individuals who can reason about complex systems. In fact, the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS, 2013; NRC, 2013) address the concept of “Systems and System Models” as a cross-cutting concept and ‘Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics’ as a Disciplinary Core Ideas in life sciences. The Next Generation Science Standards (2013) also note that human activities have significantly impacted the biosphere, in some cases causing habitat loss and species extinction. Similarly, the recently revised Turkish Science Education Curriculum emphasizes the importance of complex systems, systems thinking, and systems literacy (MoNE, 2024, p. 55). To this end, educating future citizens to engage with complex global environmental challenges shaped by human-environment interactions requires teachers to possess high-level systems thinking skills. Accordingly, this study aims to clarify future science teachers’ understanding of ecosystem dynamics and the influence of humans on those dynamics through the lens of systems thinking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, a qualitative research method was utilized. Qualitative research is an approach that focuses on uncovering the meanings individuals attribute to their experiences and uses words as the primary data source (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). As a part of qualitative research, a case study research design was adopted. Yin (2009) suggests that a case study enables an in-depth examination of a phenomenon through multiple data sources, including interviews, documents, and observations, particularly in contexts where the researcher does not intervene in participants’ actions. To gain a comprehensive understanding of prospective science teachers’ levels of systems thinking in ecosystems and their understanding of human influence, a single embedded case study design was employed following Yin (2018). It is especially suitable for investigating a single case to be investigated through multiple embedded units of analysis. (Yin, 2018), and in this study, the case consisted of prospective science teachers, with individual participants serving as the embedded subunits. Purposeful sampling was used to ensure that participants were appropriate for the study’s purpose (Fraenkel & Wallen, 2009). The study involved five volunteer senior prospective science teachers enrolled at a public university. Data were collected through interviews by using the Systems Thinking Assessment questionnaire developed by Jin et al. (2019). The questionnaire consists of 12 (two-tiered) items presenting real-world scenarios (i.e., the introduction of reindeer on St. Paul Island in 1911, or the removal of wolves in Yellowstone National Park), followed by open-ended questions. Participants’ responses were analyzed based on three systems thinking concepts—indirect/distant connections, feedback loops, and emergent properties—as described by Jin et al. (2019). Indirect/distant connections refer to situations in which ecosystem components appear unrelated but are, in fact, indirectly connected. Feedback loops, however, are used to analyze interdependent relationships in complex systems. Negative feedback loops help maintain ecosystem stability by reducing change, while positive feedback loops amplify change and may destabilize the system. Emergent properties, as explained by Chi et al. (2012), describe how overall system patterns do not result from the actions of a single agent or a controlling group, but rather emerge from the collective interactions of all agents. In complex ecosystems, emergent properties include carrying capacity, exponential growth, and energy pyramids (Jin et al., 2019). During qualitative data analysis, codes were generated using established qualitative coding procedures (Saldaña, 2021). Data were transcribed line by line using MAXQDA software, and a thematic analysis was subsequently conducted (Creswell, 2013) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall findings revealed science teacher candidates’ tendency to explain relationships in ecosystems depending on observable relationships and patterns rather than the dynamic, interconnected mechanisms underlying ecosystem behavior. When participants' responses were analyzed with respect to three systems thinking concepts, feedback loops were found be the most frequently mentioned systems thinking concept, followed by the emerging properties and the distant or indirect interactions among species. For example, when described the scenario regarding the introduction of 25 reindeer to St. Paul Island and the subsequent changes in the reindeer population (Scheffer, 1951), participants paid particular attention to the interrelationship between population size and food availability (i.e., negative feedback loop). They stated that as the reindeer population increased, grazing pressure reduced food resources, which caused population decline. The population decreases, then allowed food resources to recover. Participants also link changes in the reindeer population to food availability, competition, and reproduction (emergent properties). One participant, however, attributed fluctuations in population to the male-to-female reindeer ratio and argued that seasonal variation in breeding periods could influence population growth. Another participant drew attention to carrying capacity, emphasizing that exceeding an ecosystem’s capacity prevents that ecosystem from sustaining its population. This finding suggests that, while participants identified relevant key system components, they had difficulty integrating these elements into system-level mechanisms. When participants were asked to reason about a trophic cascade in Yellowstone National Park following the elimination of wolves, they pointed to multiple relationships among populations and noticed some distant or indirect interactions between populations. They linked the trophic cascade to human activity, explaining how it could affect wolf populations and degrade habitat. Others explained how eliminating wolves indirectly affects plants. The current findings have important implications for science teacher education programs toward the inclusion of systems thinking skills into their curricula. References Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). SAGE. Chi, M. T. H., Roscoe, R. D., Slotta, J. D., Roy, M., & Chase, C. C. (2012). Misconceived causal explanations for emergent processes. Cognitive Science, 36(1), 1–61. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1551-6709.2011.01207.x Eilam, B. (2012). System thinking and feeding relations: Learning with a Live ecosystem model. Instructional Science, 40(2), 213–239. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-011-9175-4 Fraenkel, J. R., & Wallen, N. E. (2009). How to design and evaluate research in education (7th ed.). McGraw-Hill Higher Education. Gilissen, M. G. R., Knippels, M.-C. P. J., & van Joolingen, W. R. (2020). Teachers’ pedagogical content knowledge of systems thinking in biology education. International Journal of Science Education, 42(11), 1808–1830. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2020.1755741 Grotzer, T. A., & Basca, B. B. (2003). How does grasping the underlying causalstructures of ecosystems impact students’ understanding? Journal of Biological Education, 38(1), 16–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/00219266.2003.9655891 Jin, H., Shin, H. J., Hokayem, H., Qureshi, F., & Jenkins, T. (2019). Secondary students’ understanding of ecosystems: A learning progression approach. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 17(2), 217–235. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-017-9864-9 Mambrey, S., Schreiber, N., & Schmiemann, P. (2020). Young students' reasoning about ecosystems: The role of systems thinking, knowledge, conceptions and representation. Research of Science Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-020-09917-x Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (4th ed.). Jossey-Bass. Ministry of National Education. (2024). Türkiye yüzyılı maarif modeli öğretim programları ortak metni [Common text of the Türkiye Century Education Model curricula]. National Research Council (2012) A framework for K-12 science education: Practices, crosscutting concepts, and core idea. Washington, D.C.: The National Academies Press. NGSS Lead States. (2013). Next Generation Science Standards: For states, by states. The National Academies Press. Riess, W., & Mischo, C. (2010). Promoting systems thinking through biology lessons. International Journal of Science Education, 32(6), 705–725. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690902769946 Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (4th ed.). Sage. Scheffer, V. B. (1951). The rise and fall of a reindeer herd. The Scientific Monthly, 73(6), 356–362. https://www.jstor.org/stable/20582 Schizas, D., Papatheodorou, E., & Stamou, G. (2019). Unravelling the holistic nature of ecosystems: Biology teachers’ conceptions of ecosystem balance and self-regulation. International Journal of Science Education, 41(18), 2626–2646. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1682963 Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th ed.). Sage Publications. Yin, R. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6th ed.). Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Seeing Beyond the Answer: Mapping Teachers’ Interpretations of Students’ Knowledge and Reasoning about Heat and Temperature Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Teacher noticing is widely recognized as central to responsive teaching (Sherin & van Es, 2009; Jacobs et al., 2010), yet science education research has often described what teachers attend to more than how they interpret student thinking in discipline-specific ways (Chan et al., 2021; Amador & Weston, 2024). This gap is especially consequential in conceptually dense topics such as heat and temperature, where students’ ideas are frequently shaped by everyday language and experience and where partially correct explanations can coexist with persistent conceptual confusions. Teachers’ interpretive stances therefore matter because they shape whether students’ utterances are treated as resources for scientific sense-making or positioned mainly as errors to be corrected (Coffey et al., 2011). Building on conceptualizations that distinguish attending, interpreting, and deciding how to respond (Jacobs et al., 2010; Barnhart & van Es, 2015), this study focuses on the interpreting facet and examines qualitative variation in physics teachers’ meaning-making about student conceptual knowledge and reasoning. Rather than classifying teacher noticing with broad evaluative labels, the study aims to make interpretive pathways visible and describable by identifying patterns in what teachers treat as salient, what they take as evidence, and how they warrant claims about students’ thinking. The study is grounded in a view of noticing as professional vision (Goodwin, 1994) and knowledge-based reasoning. Accordingly, even when teachers respond to the same student knowledge or reasoning in a shared stimulus, they can differ in what they treat as evidence and in how they justify their interpretations. Empirically, the study uses a shared instructional stimulus in which all participants respond to the same hypothetical classroom dialogue on heat and temperature. This design enables systematic comparison of interpretive stances under a common condition while still approximating classroom discourse and the kinds of student ideas teachers regularly encounter. The focal content domain includes heat, temperature, and internal energy, along with internationally documented conceptual difficulties and reasoning patterns. Although the data are situated in one national context, the domain and its learning challenges have been widely reported across countries, supporting the broader relevance of the interpretive patterns identified. Research question: What are the qualitative variations in physics teachers’ interpretations of students’ conceptual knowledge and reasoning when prompted by a hypothetical classroom dialogue on heat and temperature? The intended contribution is a transferable analytic lens that maps variation in teachers’ interpretive orientations and clarifies how different interpretations are constructed. By rendering interpretive work more explicit, the study provides a basis for teacher education discussions about analyzing student thinking in science and for future work examining how interpretive orientations relate to subsequent instructional moves and to students’ opportunities for scientific sense-making. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and context: Data were collected from 68 in-service high school physics teachers in Ankara, Turkey, spanning a wide range of experience from novice to over 20 years. Basic demographics (gender, graduated department, and years of teaching) were recorded. Participation was voluntary, and teachers completed the written task in a single session. Instrument: The stimulus was an 80-line classroom-like dialogue between a teacher and five students. Students were not assigned fixed identities; a student could express multiple difficulties or partially correct ideas across the dialogue. The dialogue targeted internationally documented conceptual challenges in heat, temperature, internal energy, and related reasoning patterns. It was developed with the advisor, revised through expert feedback, and refined after a pilot. Teachers then answered three open-ended prompts aligned with noticing facets (Jacobs et al., 2010; van Es & Sherin, 2002): (1) statements noticed as important, (2) what those statements reveal about students’ conceptual knowledge and/or reasoning and what it means for the teacher, and (3) instructional decisions in response. This paper analyzes Prompt 2. Analytic approach: Analysis followed a qualitative, variation-oriented logic consistent with phenomenography (Marton, 1986) and adopted a second-order perspective, examining how teachers experience and describe student thinking rather than judging correctness. Responses were read repeatedly and segmented into meaning units, defined as interpretive segments where a teacher makes a claim about student thinking and provides an explanation or warrant. Through iterative, inductive coding and constant comparison, categories of description were developed to capture qualitatively different interpretive orientations. An outcome space (category map) was then constructed to represent structural relations among categories in terms of what is treated as salient, what counts as evidence, and how claims are warranted. MAXQDA supported anonymization (P1–P68), coding, memos, and traceability. Trustworthiness: Trustworthiness was supported through an iterative consensus approach. A second coder (physics education expert) independently coded about 20% of the dataset, followed by consensus meetings to refine decision rules and resolve ambiguities. The refined codebook was applied in a second coding pass, yielding high agreement for the coded subset. An audit trail was maintained via analytic memos and ongoing refinements of code definitions in MAXQDA to document category development and support transparency (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An analysis of 970 coded units shows qualitative variation in teachers’ interpretations of student conceptual knowledge and reasoning. A coded unit was defined as a coherent interpretive segment in which a teacher makes a claim about student thinking and provides an explanation or warrant. The analysis develops an outcome space (category map) of four interpretive orientations, positioned relationally by systematic differences in what teachers treat as evidence and how they warrant claims about the same student utterances. The most frequent orientation is epistemically oriented interpretation, which foregrounds the coherence and justification of students’ reasoning. Teachers attend to conceptual linkages or mental models, possible sources of ideas, the adequacy of warrants (evidence or logic), and the perceived stability or changeability of students’ thinking. A second orientation is assessment-oriented interpretation, where teachers judge statements against scientific norms. Here assessment-oriented refers to normative evaluation. This includes correctness evaluations (approve, partially approve, or disapprove), brief diagnostic labels (for example, lack of knowledge or misconception), and holistic judgments about overall understanding. Affective-oriented interpretation foregrounds students’ emotions, motivation, and participation, with inferences about engagement, curiosity, hesitation, or reluctance. Metacognitively oriented interpretation captures inferences about students’ awareness and management of their thinking, including noticing confusion, monitoring through self-checking or self-correction, and regulation through strategy adjustment. Overall, the dominance of epistemic interpretations challenges the assumption that teachers primarily interpret student ideas through correctness alone. The resulting map can support teacher education by making interpretive stances visible and discussable, informing professional learning tasks that broaden interpretation beyond correctness checking and laying groundwork for subsequent studies linking interpretive orientations to instructional responses. References Amador, J. M., & Weston, T. L. (2024). A review of analytic frameworks for noticing in mathematics and science: Comparing noticing frameworks across disciplines and over time. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-024-10452-8. Barnhart, T., & van Es, E. (2015). Studying teacher noticing: Examining the relationship among preservice science teachers’ ability to attend, analyze and respond to student thinking. Teaching and Teacher Education, 45, 83–93. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.09.005. Chan, K. K. H., Xu, L., Cooper, R., Berry, A., & van Driel, J. H. (2021). Teacher noticing in science education: Do you see what I see? Studies in Science Education, 57(1), 1–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2020.1755803. Coffey, J. E., Hammer, D., Levin, D. M., & Grant, T. (2011). The missing disciplinary substance of formative assessment. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 48(10), 1109–1136. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20440. Goodwin, C. (1994). Professional vision. American Anthropologist, 96(3), 606–633. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.1994.96.3.02a00100. Jacobs, V. R., Lamb, L. L., & Philipp, R. A. (2010). Professional noticing of children’s mathematical thinking. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 41(2), 169–202. https://www.jstor.org/stable/20720130. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Marton, F. (1986). Phenomenography: A research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49. Sherin, M. G., & van Es, E. A. (2009). Effects of video club participation on teachers’ professional vision. Journal of Teacher Education, 60(1), 20–37. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487108328155. van Es, E. A., & Sherin, M. G. (2002). Learning to notice: Scaffolding new teachers’ interpretations of classroom interactions. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 10(4), 571–596. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Profiles of Primary Mathematics Teachers and Their Links to Students’ Achievement and Motivation University of Tartu, Estonia Presenting Author:Mathematics education in primary schools provides a crucial foundation for students’ long-term academic development, with teacher-related factors playing a decisive role in shaping both achievement and motivation (Niemi et al., 2025). Teachers’ instructional practices are among the most influential school-based determinants of learning and motivation (Hattie, 2023). In mathematics classrooms, effective teaching extends beyond the delivery of content to encompass how teachers structure learning processes, foster motivation, and create emotionally supportive relationships with students (Desmet et al., 2023). Recent research highlights that the cognitive, motivational, and relational dimensions of teaching jointly contribute to students’ academic achievement, engagement, and well-being (Yang et al., 2021). Instructional practices in mathematics can be located along a continuum from structured, teacher-directed approaches that ensure clarity and organisation, to student-oriented and agency-supportive practices that promote exploration, autonomy, and ownership of learning (Lee et al., 2026). Motivationally supportive practices— particularly competence support and utility enhancement—help students perceive mathematics as both achievable and meaningful, thereby increasing engagement and persistence (Niemi et al., 2025). Beyond instructional strategies, the emotional and relational quality of teacher–student relationships (STRs) is a critical determinant of motivation and engagement (Longakit et al., 2025). Supportive relationships characterised by warmth, trust, and responsiveness have been shown to enhance students’ intrinsic motivation and emotional well-being (Desmet et al., 2023). Teacher emotional support has a particularly strong effect during the primary years, predicting both academic motivation and engagement through mechanisms such as self-efficacy and behavioural involvement (Yang et al., 2021). Teachers’ emotional intelligence and their ability to express genuine, appropriately regulated emotions play an essential role in maintaining these positive interactions and in creating psychologically safe classroom climates (Longakit et al., 2025). Despite this extensive body of evidence, teachers vary considerably in how they integrate cognitive, motivational, and emotional dimensions in their classroom practices (Kasa et al., 2024). Estonia provides a particularly valuable context for exploring such diversity. Although teachers enjoy high professional autonomy and perform strongly in international assessments such as PISA and TIMSS (Eisenschmidt et al., 2025), empirical studies reveal wide variation in classroom practices (Leijen & Pedaste, 2018). The coexistence of class teachers (generalists) and subject-specialist mathematics teachers adds further heterogeneity to instructional approaches (Tuul et al., 2015). While national policy promotes student-centred and competence-based learning, many classrooms still exhibit a blend of traditional and reform-oriented features (Leijen & Pedaste, 2018). Thus, although Estonia’s overall student achievement is high, little is known about which types of teachers and teaching profiles contribute most effectively to students’ performance and motivation in mathematics. This paper, which forms part of a doctoral project on mathematics teachers’ beliefs and practices in Estonia, employs a person-centred approach—specifically Latent Profile Analysis (LPA)—to identify distinct profiles of primary mathematics teachers based on their instructional practices, motivational support, and teacher–student relationships. The study further examines how these teacher profiles relate to students’ mathematics achievement and motivation. Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The study draws on data from the second wave (2023) of an international longitudinal project investigating the development of students’ mathematics motivation in primary schools. The Research Ethics Committee of the University of Tartu granted ethical approval. Participants. Data were collected from 133 teachers (97% female) representing 45 schools across Estonia. The average teacher age was 46.4 years (SD = 12.4), and the average teaching experience was 20.5 years (SD = 13.6). The student sample included 1,672 students (52% girls; M age = 11.1, SD = 0.7) in grades 4 and 5. Measures. Teachers completed validated self-report scales assessing: (a) General instructional practices – Teacher-Oriented (e.g., “Memorise rules, procedures, and facts”), Student-Oriented (e.g., “Discuss incorrect solutions and what can be learned from them”), and Agency-Supportive (e.g., “Encourage students to bring in maths problems from daily life”); (b) Motivationally supportive practices – Competence Support (e.g., “Give students opportunities to justify their problem-solving strategies”) and Utility (e.g., “Relate lessons to students’ daily experiences”); (c) Teacher–student relationships – Affective Relationship (e.g., “I share a warm and trusting relationship with most students”) and Classroom Climate (e.g., “I make classroom routines clear and consistent”). All scales used a four-point Likert format (1 = never/strongly disagree to 4 = every or almost every lesson/strongly agree). Students completed the Expectancy–Value Scale, measuring five motivational components: intrinsic value, attainment, cost, utility, and perceived competence. Mathematics achievement was assessed using a 14-item standardised test based on released TIMSS 2011 items, with scores scaled via Rasch modelling (M = 500, SD = 100). Socioeconomic status (SES) was measured by the number of books at home (1 = 0–10; 5 = 200+). Analytical strategy. Analyses were conducted in Mplus 8.11. Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) validated the measurement models (CFI ≥ .95, RMSEA ≤ .08). Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) identified subgroups of teachers based on seven standardised indicators. Model fit was evaluated using AIC, BIC, SABIC, entropy (>.80), and likelihood ratio tests (LMR, BLRT). BCH analysis examined profile differences in student outcomes (achievement, motivation), and Kruskal–Wallis tests explored SES variation across profiles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A three-profile model provided the best statistical and conceptual fit (BIC = 1784.66; entropy = .815). Profile 1 – Teacher-centred (43%) Teachers in this group scored low on student orientation, agency, support, and affective aspects, with a focus primarily on structure, clarity, and content delivery. Their teaching reflected a traditional, instructor-led approach. Profile 2 – Balanced, utility-oriented (31%) These teachers demonstrated moderate values across all dimensions, with a strong emphasis on the usefulness and real-life relevance of mathematics. Their teaching blended structured guidance with moderate autonomy support. Profile 3 – Student-centred, supportive (26%) Teachers in this profile reported high levels across all dimensions, combining autonomy support, emotional warmth, and motivational engagement. Student outcomes. Students taught by teacher-centred teachers achieved the highest mathematics scores (M = 672), significantly outperforming those in Profile 2 (p = .013). Conversely, students of student-centred supportive teachers showed the highest intrinsic motivation (p < .05) and perceived competence (p < .05). No significant differences emerged for cost or utility value. SES differed across profiles, with students in Profile 3 classrooms reporting slightly higher backgrounds (p < .05). Theoretical and educational implications. The findings support multidimensional models of teaching quality (Kunter et al., 2013) and motivational theories such as Self-Determination Theory (Ryan & Deci, 2000) and Expectancy–Value Theory (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). Effective teaching involves balancing structure with autonomy support and relational warmth. In practice, the results underscore the importance of professional development that enhances teachers’ reflective awareness of their instructional profiles. Supporting teacher-centred practitioners in integrating more autonomy-supportive feedback and helping student-centred teachers maintain cognitive rigour may encourage more balanced and effective teaching. This study thus offers an evidence-based framework for differentiated teacher learning and motivation-focused instructional design. References Desmet, O. A., Camargo Salamanca, S., Lee, H., & Tuzgen, A. (2023). The effect of student–teacher relationships on students’ math motivation across EU countries. Journal of Advanced Academics, 34(3–4), 271. Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101859. Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2025). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals’ perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 28(1), 81. Hattie, J. (2023). Visible learning: The sequel. New York. Kasa, Y., Areaya, S., & Woldemichael, M. (2024). Relationship between university teachers’ beliefs about teaching mathematics and their instructional practices. Cogent Education, 11(1), 2335838. Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Baumert, J., Richter, D., Voss, T., & Hachfeld, A. (2013). Professional competence of teachers: Effects on instructional quality and student development. Journal of Educational Psychology, 105(3), 805. Lee, E., Baird, T. D., & Lee, D. (2026). Supporting student agency through student-centred learning across educational contexts. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 63(1), 163. Leijen, Ä., & Pedaste, M. (2018). Pedagogical beliefs, instructional practices, and opportunities for teachers' professional development in Estonia. In The teacher’s role in the changing globalising world (pp. 33–46). Brill. Longakit, J., Lobo, J., Gazali, N., Toring-Aque, L., Sayson, M., Aque, F. J., ... & Celestial, E. F. (2025). The influence of teacher emotional support on academic engagement of university students: Examining the mediating role of academic motivation through the lens of Self-determination theory. Sportis Scientific Journal of School Sport Physical Education and Psychomotricity, 11(2), 1-25. Niemi, L. H. L., Holm, M., Haataja, E., Ilomanni, P. K., & Laine, A. (2025). The role of teachers’ beliefs and professional development in students’ mathematics motivation in primary education. LUMAT, 13(1). Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68. Tuul, M., Mikser, R., Neudorf, E., & Ugaste, A. (2015). Estonian preschool teachers’ aspirations for curricular autonomy: The gap between an ideal and professional practice. In Early childhood pedagogies (pp. 131–147). Routledge. Yang, Y., Li, G., Su, Z., & Yuan, Y. (2021). Teacher's emotional support and math performance: The chain mediating effect of academic self-efficacy and math behavioral engagement. Frontiers in psychology, 12, 651608. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Examining Pre-service Science Teachers’ Genetic Determinism, Knowledge, Attitudes, and Decisions Regarding Modern Genetic Applications Sakarya University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In the twenty-first century, individuals are increasingly encountering genetic-related issues all around the world due to technological advances, societal demands, and political factors (Aivelo & Uitto, 2021; Cebesoy & Öztekin, 2016). As science education is being renewed to meet the needs of the century, genetics-related issues are also being taken into consideration within the scope of science courses. Genetics-related issues can be viewed as an umbrella term encompassing various issues, such as genetic testing, cloning, gene therapy, and genetically modified foods (Lederman et al., 2014). The applications of genetic engineering, which affect societies in various ways, are discussed in different perspectives, such as ethical, political, and religious perspectives (Arslan, 2020). Genetic determinism is the belief that genes alone determine phenotypes, often underestimating the roles of environmental and epigenetic factors (Bruu-Carver et al., 2017). This misconception is common in genetics education (Aivelo & Uitto, 2021; Tornabene et al., 2020). Current scientific models highlight the complex interactions between multiple genes, epigenetics, and environmental influences, shifting from a deterministic to a probabilistic understanding (Bruu-Carver et al., 2017). However, studies on individuals' beliefs regarding genetic determinism are limited (Cebesoy & Karışan, 2019; Gericke et al., 2017; Stern et al., 2020), prompting researchers to explore pre-service science teachers' (PSTs') beliefs about genetic determinism. Additionally, the rapid production of information in the genomics field makes it imperative for citizens to develop informed attitudes and make informed decisions on genetic-related issues. This presents a significant challenge for science educators, who must closely follow scientific developments, keep their content knowledge up-to-date, and adapt to new technological innovations (van der Zande et al., 2012). The science education literature includes studies that focus on specific dimensions related to genetics, such as content knowledge of genetic topics (van der Zande et al., 2011) and informal reasoning (Sadler & Zeidler, 2004). Also, when dealing with socio-scientific issues like modern genetic applications, it is necessary to consider not only individuals' knowledge levels but also their attitudes and their decision-making. There have been studies that explore individuals' attitudes towards genetic issues and their decision-making in various scenarios, such as modern genetic applications and biotechnological advancements (Cebesoy & Rundgren, 2023; Soğukpınar & Karışan, 2020). This research takes a comprehensive look at genetic determinism, knowledge, attitudes, and decision-making. Additionally, the current mixed-methods study aims to compare quantitative and qualitative data regarding PSTs attitudes toward modern genetic applications. PSTs were chosen as the focus of this research because they will play a critical role in teaching future science and biology courses. Within the scope of this study, answers were sought to five research questions. RQ1: What are PSTs’ beliefs in genetic determinism? RO2: What are the PSTs’ knowledge about the complexity of gene-environment interactions and modern genetics and genomics? RQ3: What are the PSTs’ attitudes toward applications of modern genetics and genomics (gene therapy, genetic testing, prenatal genetic testing and personalised medicine-pharmacogenomics cases)? RQ4: How do PSTs' reasoning behind their decisions regarding modern genetic applications in terms of the SEE-SEP model? RQ5: To what extent and in what ways do qualitative findings explain the quantitative results regarding PSTs’ attitudes toward modern genetic applications? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design, which integrates both quantitative and qualitative phases (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018). The research begins with a quantitative phase, followed by a qualitative phase. In the quantitative phase, data were gathered from 79 pre-service teachers (PSTs) in the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th grades using the PUGGS instrument. PUGGS is designed to assess public beliefs regarding genetic determinism, their knowledge of gene-environment interactions, and modern genetics and genomics. Also, PUGSS assess attitudes toward the modern genetic applications. Originally developed by Bruu-Carver et al. (2017), PUGGS was translated and adapted for Turkish by Cebesoy and Karisan (2019), resulting in a valid and reliable Turkish version of the instrument with preservice teachers. The results from PUGGS focus on four key areas: “belief in genetic determinism,” “knowledge of gene-environment interactions,” “knowledge of modern genetics and genomics,” and “attitudes toward applications of modern genetics and genomics.” PSTs' attitudes toward modern genetics and genomics are particularly significant for the qualitative phase of the study. In the qualitative phase, the researchers aim to explore PSTs' attitudes toward modern genetic applications through semi-structured interviews. These interviews will involve nine participants selected using maximum diversity sampling, ensuring representation across various levels of attitudes as indicated by their PUGGS scores: high, medium, and low. The semi-structured interviews concentrate on four different modern genetic applications, including gene therapy, genetic testing, prenatal genetic testing, and personalized medicine-pharmacogenomics. These four applications were chosen to be consistent with the items in the attitude section of PUGGS. The researchers developed the interview protocol and sought expert opinions to ensure its quality and relevance. This research was conducted with undergraduate students at a public university in a large city in the Eastern Marmara Region of Türkiye. All participants were enrolled in the Science Education Department. Data collection took place during the spring semester of the 2024-2025 academic year. In analysing the data, the PUGGS was assessed using the provided answer key. The semi-structured interviews were analysed by utilising the SEE-SEP model as a coding framework, developed by Chang Rundgren and Rundgren (2010). The reliability of the PUGGS instrument was established through the calculation of Cronbach’s alpha coefficients as .75, which meets the acceptable reliability (Frankel et al., 2012). For the qualitative phase, inter-coder agreement was calculated for the semi-structured interviews, yielding a high level of agreement (0.91), indicating reliable coding (Miles & Huberman, 1994). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings PSTs display a range of beliefs regarding genetic determinism as it pertains to both biological and social traits. Descriptive statistics show that PSTs possess a good grasp of gene–environment interactions, achieving a mean score of 0.824 (SD = 0.162) on a scale where the maximum score is 1. However, their understanding of modern genetics and genomics falls short, with a mean score of only 0.425 (SD = 0.134). On the whole, PSTs tend to have a positive outlook toward modern genetic applications, reflected in a mean score of 3.00 (SD = 0.37). Among these, prenatal genetic testing garnered the highest favor, with a mean of 3.17 (SD = 0.50), closely followed by pharmacogenomics at 3.01 (SD = 0.45). Although attitudes toward gene therapy (M = 2.94, SD = 0.42) and genetic testing (M = 2.86, SD = 0.44) are slightly lower, they are still on the positive side, highlighting an overall favorable perspective on these advancements. As the quantitative data showed, PSTs’ decisions about modern genetic applications were predominantly shaped by the value aspect of the SEE-SEP model, rather than scientific knowledge or personal experience. PSTs’ decisions across the subject areas of the SEE–SEP model were primarily framed in terms of ethics/morality, which accounted for 33% of all coded statements. Science (21%), policy (21%), economy (14%), and sociology/culture (11%) of the statements indicate that PSTs prefer to explain their decisions. Overall, these findings suggest that PSTs’ support for or opposition to modern genetic applications was primarily driven by ethical/ moral and value-based reasoning in their decisions. Upon examining both quantitative and qualitative data from the 9 participants who also participated in the qualitative aspect of the study, a convergence in the findings between the two data sources was evident. References Aivelo, T., & Uitto, A. (2021). Factors explaining students’ attitudes towards learning genetics and belief in genetic determinism. International Journal of Science Education, 43(9), 1408–1425. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2021.1917789 Arslan, H. Ö. (2020). Selection of socioscientific issues and examples of contemporary dilemmas. In M. Genç (Ed.), Socioscientific issues from theory to practice (pp. 69–96). Nobel Academic Publishing. Bruu-Carver, R., Castéra, J., Gericke, N., Evangelista, N. A. M., & El-Hani, C. N. (2017). Young adults’ belief in genetic determinism, and knowledge and attitudes towards modern genetics and genomics: the PUGGS questionnaire. PloS one, 12(1), e0169808. Cebesoy, Ü. B., & Öztekin, C. (2016). Relationships among Turkish pre-service science teachers’ genetics literacy levels and their attitudes towards issues in genetics literacy. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 15(2), 159-172. Cebesoy, Ü. B., & Karışan, D. (2019). The adaptation of Public Understanding and Attitudes towards Genetics and Genomics (PUGGS) questionnaire: A validity and reliability study. Başkent University Journal of Education, 6(2), 282–292. Cebesoy, U. B., & Rundgren, S.-N. C. (2023). Embracing socioscientific issues-based teaching and decision-making in teacher professional development. Educational Review, 75(3), 507–534. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1931037 Chang Rundgren, S, N. & Rundgren, C. J. (2010). SEE-SEP: Form a seperate to a holistic view of socioscientific issues. Asia-Pacific Forum on Science Learning & Teaching 11(1), 1-24. Christenson, N., Rundgren, S.-N. C., & Höglund, H. O. (2012). Using the SEE-SEP model to analyze upper secondary students’ use of supporting reasons in arguing socioscientific issues. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 21, 342–352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-011-9328-x Lederman, N. G., Antink, A., & Bartos, S. (2014). Nature of science, scientific inquiry, and socio-scientific issues arising from genetics: A pathway to developing a scientifically literate citizenry. Science & Education, 23(2), 285–302. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-012-9503-3 Sadler, T. D., & Zeidler, D. L. (2004). The morality of socioscientific issues: Construal and resolution of genetic engineering dilemmas. Science Education, 88(1), 4–27. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20023 Stern, F., Kampourakis, K., Delaval, M., & Müller, A. (2020). Development and validation of a questionnaire measuring secondary students’ genetic essentialism and teleology (GET) conceptions. International Journal of Science Education, 42(2), 218–252. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1707905 Van der Zande, P., Akkerman, S. F., Brekelmans, M., Waarlo, A. J., & Vermunt, J. D. (2012). Expertise for teaching biology situated in the context of genetic testing. International Journal of Science Education, 34(11), 1741–1767. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2012.671557 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 L: Art-based practices in Education Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ayşe Nihan Zengin Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Bridging Policy and Practice Through Arts Integration in Social and Environmental Education Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:The recent adoption and phased implementation of the Primary Curriculum Framework (2025) and its associated subject specifications represent a key stage in the ongoing development of primary education in Ireland. This study explores the implementation of the reform in practice, examining the integration of Arts Education (Drama, Music and Art) within Social and Environmental Education (SEE), which comprises the subjects of History and Geography. The study is positioned at a critical juncture where the “Knowing and Acting” of educational reform meets the pragmatic realities of the classroom. The Primary Curriculum Framework (2025) emphasises holistic development and creative agency, while also reducing the mandated minimum time allocation for dedicated Arts Education in Stages 3 and 4 (3rd to 6th Class) in order to accommodate an expanded curriculum. This research explores how arts integration, through the use of creative pedagogies, offers a robust solution to this temporal constraint. By repositioning the arts as the primary vehicle for understanding SEE, rather than as isolated subjects, the research tests a model in which teacher–student collaboration and innovation blur traditional subject boundaries. Drawing on Irish and international literature, the study responds to a recognised policy–practice gap in arts integration, where curriculum intentions are frequently challenged by limited time, variable teacher expertise and the absence of shared integration frameworks. Pending ethical approval, the study will involve an 8-week pedagogical design cycle across all four curriculum stages (Junior Infants to 6th Class), commencing in Autumn 2026, and will focus on teachers’ professional judgement and experiences of arts integration. Central to this cycle is the utilisation of the arts to facilitate learning in a playful and exploratory manner. This playfulness is theorised not as a lack of rigour, but as a pedagogical stance characterised by “possibility thinking” (Craft, 2005), metaphor and embodied exploration. Such an approach aligns directly with the aims of the Primary Curriculum Framework (2025), which envisions a curriculum where agency is nurtured through engaging and imaginative experiences. Through a pragmatist lens, the research focuses on teachers’ perceptions of effective practice during the initial term of the new Arts Education and SEE Specifications rollout. The pedagogical cycle utilises Drama for perspective taking, Music to evoke a sense of place and Art to represent social and environmental change. Data will be collected through surveys, structured reflection, classroom observation and teacher interviews, providing insight into how creative pedagogies are enacted in classrooms. The research evaluates how these multi-modal approaches allow for the grasp of complex social and environmental systems, by centring the creative pedagogies employed by teachers at the centre of teaching and learning. Drawing on findings emerging from the literature review, early analysis highlights that while arts integration supports conceptual connection and engagement, implementation can become tokenistic without teacher agency, planning time and shared pedagogical models. Anticipated outcomes suggest that this integrated model can help bridge the implementation gap between policy documentation and classroom practice by enhancing teacher confidence and professional agency. Following a detailed literature review, preliminary indications suggest that the playful and aesthetic qualities of the arts support classroom practices that help students connect ideas across disciplines. Furthermore, the study expects to demonstrate that arts integration optimises the limited time available in Stages 3 and 4 of the Primary Curriculum Framework (2025), effectively restoring creative space through pedagogical efficiency. As an emerging researcher, the author seeks to contribute evidence on how creative arts practices can translate policy into classroom action, providing timely insights for teachers, school leaders and curriculum designers, contributing to the successful realisation of Ireland’s new educational vision for primary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a multiphase mixed methods sequential design grounded in a pragmatist worldview. This design prioritises the practical effects of pedagogical actions and evaluates the use of an 8-week pedagogical design cycle through the lens of teachers’ professional experiences of integrating the arts into SEE. Research Phases and Data Collection Pending ethical approval, the study will comprise four chronological phases designed to capture teacher perceptions across all four curriculum stages: Phase 1: Pre-Cycle (Quantitative) Baseline data will be gathered using a Teacher Pedagogical Self-Efficacy Scale (TPSES). This survey will assess teachers’ confidence, perceived competence and attitudes towards integrating Drama, Music and Art into History and Geography prior to the 2026 adoption of the specifications. Phase 2: 8-week Pedagogical Design Cycle (Qualitative) During the cycle, qualitative data will be generated through researcher observation of classroom practice, teacher focus groups and semi-structured interviews. This phase will document teachers’ experiences of employing creative pedagogies and their reflections on the feasibility of arts integration within the SEE curriculum. Phase 3: Post-Cycle (Quantitative) Following the cycle, the TPSES survey will be re-administered to the same cohort, allowing for statistical comparison of changes in teacher confidence and their professional evaluation of arts integration within SEE as a viable instructional model. Phase 4: Synthesis and Reflection (Qualitative) The final phase will involve follow up semi-structured interviews with teachers. These interviews will serve to explain the quantitative results and provide nuanced professional reflections on the impact of reduced Arts time in Stages 3 and 4, and whether arts integration and creative pedagogies successfully mitigated these constraints. Analysis The analysis will utilise convergent synthesis, where qualitative themes regarding teacher agency and the playful manner of instruction are integrated with quantitative changes in teachers’ confidence in their professional practice. The pragmatist evaluation focuses on practical applicability, identifying which arts integrated strategies teachers found most effective in translating the 2025 specifications into meaningful classroom experiences during the initial 2026 adoption period. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The recent implementation of the new Irish Primary Curriculum specifications prompts a re-evaluation of how educators adopt a more flexible approach to subject boundaries. This research demonstrates that the successful implementation of the Primary Curriculum Framework, particularly its emphasis on creativity and agency, is contingent upon supporting teachers in the implementation of creative pedagogies through arts integration with SEE. While the reduction of dedicated time for the arts in Stages 3 and 4 poses a systemic challenge, this study illustrates that teachers can effectively use the arts as fundamental tools for understanding the social and environmental world. Focusing on teacher opinions and professional judgment, it is envisaged that this 8-week pedagogical design cycle will show that a playful manner of learning is viewed by educators as an efficient and meaningful way to meet the requirements of the new specifications. The anticipated results suggest that when teachers are empowered to integrate Art, Music and Drama into History and Geography, their instructional methods become more inclusive and sustainable. This directly supports the Primary Curriculum Framework's (2025) aim of fostering "active citizenship" and "agency" through practitioner expertise. Ultimately, this research project suggests that the success of the initial adoption of the specifications depends on moving beyond rigid administrative routines toward classroom practices shaped by teachers’ expertise and initiative. Through documenting the effectiveness of this multiphase mixed-methods 8-week pedagogical design cycle, the study aims to provide a vital, evidence based roadmap for school leaders and policy makers. It suggests the playful agency afforded by arts integration is what allows the curriculum to become a lived experience. In the evolving Irish educational landscape, the professional judgment of the teacher remains the essential connective link between policy intent and classroom practice. References Biesta, G. (2003). Pragmatism and Educational Research. New York: Bloomsbury. Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred Education: A View for the Present. London: Routledge. Burnaford, G., Brown, S., Doherty, J., & McLaughlin, H. J. (2007). Arts integration: Frameworks, research & practice. Washington: Arts Education Partnership. Craft, A. (2015). Creativity, Education and Culture. London: Routledge. Cremin, T., & Chappell, K. (2021). Creative Pedagogies: A Systematic Review. Research Papers in Education, 36(3), 299-331. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. London: Sage. Department of Education (2023). Primary Curriculum Framework: For Primary and Special Schools. Dublin: Government Publications. Department of Education (2025). Specifications for Arts Education (Art, Music, Drama, and Digital Media). Dublin: NCCA. Department of Education (2025). Specifications for Social and Environmental Education (History and Geography). Dublin: NCCA. Dewey, J. (1934). Art as Experience. New York: Minton, Balch & Co. Eisner, E. W. (2002). The Arts and the Creation of Mind. Yale University Press. Fetters, M. D., & Molina-Azorin, J. F. (2023). The SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods Research Design. London: SAGE. Greene, J. C. (2007). Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Kenny, A., & Jaber, H. (2025). Hearing and creating soundscapes to explore agency and belonging in intercultural schools. International Journal of Education & the Arts, 25(26). O'Toole, J., & Dunn, J. (2002). Pretending to Learn: Helping Children Learn Through Drama. Melbourne: Pearson. Ring, E. and O’Sullivan, L. (2025) Play, learning and teaching in a redeveloped primary curriculum. Dublin: National Council for Curriculum and Assessment. Robinson, K., & Aronica, L. (2015). Creative Schools: The Grassroots Revolution That’s Transforming Education. New York: Penguin. The Teaching Council (2016). Cosán: Framework for Teacher Learning in the New Curriculum. Maynooth: The Teaching Council. Thomson, P., & Hall, C. (2023). Schools and Cultural Citizenship: Arts Education for Life (1st ed.) Routledge. Winner, E., & Vincent-Lancrin, S. (2013). Art for Art’s Sake? The Impact of Arts Education. OECD Publishing. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper AI-Generated Songs as an Art-Based Pedagogical Tool in Foreign Language Education NIS (Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Taldykorgan), Kazakhstan Presenting Author:European research on art education increasingly emphasises creativity, aesthetic experience, inclusion, and digital transformation as central dimensions of higher education (Bamford, 2006; Winner, Goldstein, & Vincent-Lancrin, 2013). In parallel, artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a powerful yet contested force in education, raising critical questions regarding creativity, authorship, and the role of technology in artistic and pedagogical practices (Holmes et al., 2019). Despite growing interest in AI in education, its potential as an arts-based pedagogical mediator remains underexplored within art education research. Music occupies a significant position within European traditions of art education due to its embodied, emotional, and multimodal nature (Bresler, 2007). In foreign language education, songs have been shown to support vocabulary acquisition, listening comprehension, pronunciation, and affective engagement (Ludke, Ferreira, & Overy, 2014). From a sociocultural perspective, musical activities can lower affective filters and promote meaningful participation in language learning (Krashen, 1985). However, instructors in multilingual higher education contexts frequently encounter limitations when attempting to integrate music into language curricula, as existing songs rarely align with CEFR-based learning objectives or specific linguistic content. Recent advances in generative AI offer new opportunities to address these challenges. AI tools such as ChatGPT, Suno, and Udio enable the creation of original songs tailored to pedagogical goals, learner levels, and curricular requirements. From an art education perspective, such tools invite reconsideration of creative agency and human–AI collaboration within post-digital learning environments (Knochel & Patton, 2015). Although the empirical study was conducted in Kazakhstan, it is conceptually framed within European educational and art education discourses. Kazakhstan represents a multilingual higher education context comparable to many European systems in terms of language diversity, digitalisation, and competency-based curricula. The study therefore addresses shared European challenges and contributes transferable insights to research on arts-based pedagogy in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods, arts-informed research design consistent with methodological traditions in European art education research (Leavy, 2015). An AI-supported curriculum integrating AI-generated songs was implemented over one academic semester in undergraduate foreign language courses. For each instructional unit, original song lyrics were generated using ChatGPT, embedding target vocabulary, grammatical structures, and discourse patterns aligned with CEFR-based learning outcomes. These lyrics were subsequently transformed into complete musical compositions using AI music-generation platforms such as Suno and Udio. The resulting songs were conceptualised as artistic artefacts rather than supplementary teaching materials. Pedagogical activities reflected arts-based education principles and included guided listening, collective singing, rhythmic and phonetic analysis, interpretive dialogue, and reflective tasks addressing emotional and aesthetic responses. Students were encouraged to engage critically with the songs as creative products, discussing their artistic qualities, linguistic form, and the role of AI in creative production. Such practices align with experiential and interpretive approaches central to art education (Eisner, 2002). The programme was implemented during the 2024/25 academic year with approximately 90 undergraduate students from diverse academic disciplines. Experimental groups engaged with AI-generated songs, while control groups followed conventional language instruction. Quantitative data were collected through pre- and post-tests assessing vocabulary acquisition, listening comprehension, and grammatical accuracy. Qualitative data included questionnaires, reflective journals, classroom observations, and focus group interviews. Data analysis combined statistical methods with thematic analysis, enabling triangulation of cognitive and aesthetic learning outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative findings indicate that students in the experimental groups achieved significantly higher learning gains than those in the control groups. Improvements in vocabulary acquisition and listening comprehension were substantially greater in the AI-song condition, with statistically significant differences (p < .05). These results align with previous research demonstrating the effectiveness of music-based and multimodal learning in language education (Ludke et al., 2014; Paquette & Rieg, 2008). Qualitative data further highlight the aesthetic and affective dimensions of the learning experience. Students reported increased motivation, reduced language anxiety, and greater confidence in language use. The collective musical activities fostered inclusive participation, particularly benefiting students with lower initial proficiency levels. Such findings resonate with European educational priorities related to inclusion, learner well-being, and student-centred pedagogy (European Commission, 2020). In addition, students engaged critically with issues of creativity and authorship, reflecting on AI as a collaborator rather than a replacement for human creativity. These reflections align with contemporary European debates on post-digital art education and creative technologies (Knochel & Patton, 2015). Minor linguistic inaccuracies in AI-generated lyrics were identified but were addressed pedagogically, often serving as opportunities for critical language analysis and collaborative learning. Overall, both students and instructors evaluated the approach as innovative, artistically meaningful, and pedagogically effective, supporting its relevance for arts-based learning in higher education. References Bamford, A. (2006). The wow factor: Global research compendium on the impact of the arts in education. Waxmann. Bresler, L. (2007). International trends in music education. International Journal of Music Education, 25(1), 8–18. https://doi.org/10.1177/0255761407074891 Eisner, E. W. (2002). The arts and the creation of mind. Yale University Press. European Commission. (2020). Digital education action plan 2021–2027. https://education.ec.europa.eu Holmes, W., Bialik, M., & Fadel, C. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education: Promises and implications for teaching and learning. Center for Curriculum Redesign. Knochel, A. D., & Patton, R. M. (2015). If art education then critical digital making. Studies in Art Education, 56(3), 281–295. https://doi.org/10.1080/00393541.2015.11518974 Krashen, S. D. (1985). The input hypothesis: Issues and implications. Longman. Leavy, P. (2015). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. Ludke, K. M., Ferreira, F., & Overy, K. (2014). Singing can facilitate foreign language learning. Memory & Cognition, 42(1), 41–52. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13421-013-0342-5 Paquette, K. R., & Rieg, S. A. (2008). Using music to support the literacy development of young English language learners. Early Childhood Education Journal, 36, 227–232. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-008-0277-1 Winner, E., Goldstein, T. R., & Vincent-Lancrin, S. (2013). Art for art’s sake? The impact of arts education. OECD Publishing. |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 M: ***CANCELLED*** Building Inclusive Beginnings: Equity, Diversity and Learning in Early Childhood Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elif Tugce Gezer Paper Session |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 N: Gender, Education and Inclusion: Navigating Identities, Leadership and Learning Across Contexts Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Paula Silvén Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “Gender and Sexuality Issues” in France: A Cross-Analysis of Two “New” Educational Problems : Trans Identities and Sexuality Education CY Cergy Paris Université, France Presenting Author:Within a European context marked by anti-trans – and more broadly anti-gender – mobilizations (Kuhar & Paternotte, 2017), this paper examines how “gender and sexuality issues” are being taken up within French schools. While a form of “moral panic” (Cohen, 1972) emerged as early as the 2010s following the alleged introduction of so-called “gender theory” into school textbooks (Gallot & Pasquier, 2018), recent years have witnessed a clear resurgence of these controversies. In particular, 2021 saw the publication of the French ministerial circular “For Better Consideration of Issues Related to Gender Identity in Schools”. This policy text, intended to frame the inclusion of trans pupils, has indeed raised concerns – if not outright resistance – among some education professionals (Alessandrin, 2022). More recently, the rollout in 2025 of the “Affective, Relational and Sexuality Education” program (EVARS) appears likewise to have rekindled this “fear of gender” (Butler, 2024) within schools. But what kinds of fears are encapsulated by these “gender and sexuality issues”? International scholarly literature offers valuable insights, documenting a wide range of resistances to gender and sexuality issues in school contexts (Meyer, 2010). Within the French-speaking academic field, research has likewise proliferated, highlighting the persistence of heteronormativity (Richard, 2019) and “cis-schooling” across primary and secondary education in France. At the same time, more recent studies shed light on initiatives aimed at deconstructing the cis-heteronormative model (Flores Espinola et al., 2024). Building on this body of work, the present paper seeks to investigate the introduction of “new” gender and sexuality issues within a specific socio-political context shaped by unprecedented anti-trans and anti-gender social movements. More specifically, it proposes a cross-analysis of two policy “devices,” understood here as heterogeneous assemblages combining prescriptions, materials and practices (Foucault, 1977): on the one hand, the 2021 circular on gender identity in schools, and on the other, the implementation of the EVARS program. This analytical choice is not incidental; rather, it aims to reflect more broadly on how gender and sexuality issues are being institutionally constructed within the field of education and training. To this end, the concept of “new” educational problems (Moignard, 2018) is mobilized. Such an approach helps to clarify what is actually being called into question by education professionals in France, while also contributing to scholarly debates beyond the Francophone context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the paper draws on findings from two research projects. The first, conducted between 2021 and 2024, examines the introduction of the so-called “trans issue” (Habib, 2021) in French schools. This study is based on 40 semi-structured, in-depth interviews (Kaufmann, 2016/1996) with education professionals affected by the 2021 circular and working – more or less directly – with transgender pupils. This qualitative component is complemented by a quantitative strand, analyzing responses from 257 participants (future education professionals) to an online questionnaire, including responses to fictional scenarios (Finch, 1987). Qualitative data were analyzed using thematic analysis (Bardin, 2007/1977), while quantitative data were examined through descriptive statistical analysis. The second study, ongoing since 2024, focuses on the implementation of the EVARS program in school settings. It relies on direct ethnographically oriented observations (Chauvin & Jounin, 2012) conducted in public schools as well as in private secondary schools operating under contract with the state. Observing education professionals and pupils in contexts of affective, relational and sexuality education proves particularly heuristic in understanding the concrete reception of educational policies, through the ways in which institutional visual materials elicit reactions, both discursive and embodied (Goffman, 1973). In addition, commented walks (Thibaud, 2001) are conducted with adults and students in order to apprehend the circulation of EVARS-related visual materials and what they render visible or invisible within the school space. The photo-elicitation method (Harper, 2002) is also employed, drawing on the collected images to prompt reactions during interviews with students. Finally, explicitation interviews (Vermersch, 1994) make it possible to further explore the ways in which educational policies are appropriated by education professionals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, this paper presents findings that shed light – through a renewed analytical lens – on what troubles education professionals when gender and sexuality issues are introduced into school contexts. First, the results suggest that adult resistances to the inclusion of transgender pupils reveal the circulation of pre-existing beliefs, notably shaped by media discourses (Espineira, 2015). In line with earlier pioneering studies, the findings contribute to understanding how transgender identities are framed as a “fashion trend”, an “adolescent phase”, or the product of an “American ideology” (Alessandrin, 2022). Moreover, the results highlight tensions – and, in some cases, anti-trans mobilizations – within French schools around highly specific issues such as name and pronoun changes, dress codes, and access to toilets. In addition, certain school subjects appear to lie at the heart of the fears and controversies surrounding this “new” educational problem : most notably physical education (PE). In France, concerns crystallize around locker rooms, grouping practices, and the assessment of transgender pupils’ motor performance, echoing findings from international research (Sykes, 2011). Examining the implementation of the EVARS program likewise proves fruitful for analyzing tensions related to gender and sexuality education, particularly resistances to the deconstruction – or reconfiguration – of the gender regime (Connell, 1987). These tensions extend into the situated and politicized appropriations of EVARS visual materials by education professionals (Albenga & Jacquemart, 2015). The initial findings highlight a selective use of visual materials, whose reception by students is contrasted: some images contribute to the normalization of bodies and sexualities (Foucault, 1976), while others are mobilized as levers for discussion around choice, understood as socially constructed orientations (Ahmed, 2006). These differentiated uses, dependent both on adults’ values and on young people’s reactions, reveal the persistence of resistance to the transformation of gender and sexuality norms (Richard, 2021). References Ahmed, S. (2006). Queer phenomenology: Orientations, Objects, Others. Duke University Press. Alessandrin, A. (2022). La prise en compte des élèves trans à l’école en France. La nouvelle revue - Éducation et société inclusives, 93(1), 229 244. Bardin, L. (2007/1977). L’analyse de contenu. PUF. Butler, J. (2024). Who’s Afraid of Gender? Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Chauvin, S. et Jounin, N. (2012). 7 – L’observation directe. In S. Paugam L'enquête sociologique (p. 143-165). Presses Universitaires de France. Cohen, S. (1972) Folk Devils and Moral Panics: The Creation of the Mods and Rockers. MacGibbon and Kee. Connell, R. W. (1987). Gender and power: Society, the person and sexual politics. Stanford University Press. Espineira, K. (2015). Médiacultures. La transidentité en télévision : une recherche menée sur un corpus à l’INA (1946-2010). L’Harmattan. Finch, J. (1987). The Vignette Technique in Survey Research. Sociology, 21(1), 105 114. Flores Espinola, A., Gallot, F., Lavoipierre, C., Ménard, M. (2024). Genre et sexualités dans les établissements scolaires : une révolution féministe en cours ? Genre Éducation Formation, 8. Foucault, M. (1976). Histoire de la sexualité, tome 1 : La volonté de savoir. Gallimard. Foucault, M. (1977). Le jeu de Michel Foucault. Ornicar. Bulletin périodique du champ freudien, 10, 62-93. Gallot, F., & Pasquier, G. (2018). L’école à l’épreuve de la « théorie du genre » : Les effets d’une polémique. Introduction. Cahiers du Genre, 2(65), 5 16. Goffman, E. (1973). La mise en scène de la vie quotidienne, tome 1 : La présentation de soi. Minuit. Habib, C. (2021). La question trans. Gallimard. Harper, D. (2002). Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1), 13–26. Jacquemart, A. et Albenga, V. (2015). Pour une approche microsociologique des idées politiques Les appropriations ordinaires des idées féministes. Politix, 109(1), 7-20. Kaufmann, J.-C. (2016/1996). L’entretien compréhensif. Armand Colin. Kuhar, R., & Paternotte, D. (2018). Campagnes anti-genre en Europe. Des mobilisations contre l’égalité. PUL. Meyer, E-J. (2010). Gender and Sexual Diversity in Schools. Springer Dordrecht. Moignard, B. (2018). Les « nouvelles » problématiques éducatives : Construction de l’objet. Revue française de pédagogie, 202, 65 75. Richard, G. (2021). Hétéro, l’école. Plaidoyer pour une éducation antioppressive à la sexualité. Remue-ménage. Sykes, H. J. (2011). Queer bodies: Sexualities, genders, & fatness in physical education. Peter Lang. Thibaud, J.-P. (2001). La méthode des parcours commentés. In J.-P. Thibaud & M. Grosjean (dir.), L’espace urbain en méthodes (pp. 79–99). Parenthèses. Vermersch, P. (1994). L’entretien d’explicitation. ESF. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Gender Learning through Cross-Cultural Mobility: International Students’ Reflexive Gender Awareness beyond Formal Education 1: National Dong Hwa University-NDHU, Taiwan; 2: Kasetsart University International College- KUIC, Thailand Presenting Author:Proposal Information Gender awareness is often shaped through formal curricula and institutionalized forms of education. However, everyday experiences beyond the classroom, particularly those involving mobility and cultural transition, also play a crucial role in how individuals learn, negotiate, and reconfigure their gendered understandings. This study explores how international students’ travel experiences function as an informal yet powerful site of gender learning, where gender norms are encountered, questioned, and reinterpreted across cultural contexts. As international students move between their home societies, host institutions, and travel destinations, they are exposed to diverse and sometimes contradictory gender regimes. These encounters frequently disrupt taken-for-granted assumptions about gender roles, expectations, and identities, prompting processes of reflexivity and re-learning. Rather than viewing gender learning as a planned pedagogical outcome, this study conceptualizes it as an emergent and situated process embedded in mobility, everyday practices, and social interaction. Guided by an interpretive qualitative approach, the study addresses the following exploratory research questions:
The primary objective of the study is to examine how gender consciousness is produced and transformed through cross-cultural mobility. Focusing on the lived experiences of international students studying in Taiwan, the research aims to illuminate how gender learning occurs through informal, incidental, and embodied encounters rather than through explicit gender education curricula. Conceptually, the study draws on theories of informal learning, particularly Schugurensky’s (2000) framework of self-directed learning and socialization occurring outside institutional settings, which distinguishes between intentional and incidental learning processes as part of everyday experience. This perspective is complemented by feminist theories of gender socialization, which emphasize that gender learning is continuous, relational, and deeply embedded in everyday life. Feminist Geography and Critical Mobility Studies further inform the analysis by foregrounding mobility as a gendered and power-laden process rather than a neutral act of movement. The concept of the “Third Space” is employed to examine how international students navigate the tension between home and host cultural norms, creating liminal spaces in which dominant gender assumptions may be unsettled and reconfigured. Together, these perspectives frame gender learning as an ongoing, informal educational process shaped through mobility and cultural encounter. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative narrative inquiry approach to capture the complexity and reflexive nature of gender learning through mobility. The participants are international students currently studying in Taiwan and Thailand, representing diverse national, cultural, and gender backgrounds in order to reflect a range of gendered experiences. Data collection involves multiple qualitative methods. Semi-structured interviews are conducted to elicit in-depth narratives of participants’ travel experiences and moments of gender-related reflection, tension, or disruption. Photo-elicitation is incorporated by inviting participants to share images from their travels that symbolize significant gendered encounters or realizations, facilitating deeper reflection and dialogue. In addition, reflective journals may be used to supplement interview data, allowing participants to articulate ongoing processes of gender learning over time. Data are analyzed through reflexive thematic analysis, with attention to recurring patterns related to gender awareness, identity negotiation, and informal learning processes. The analysis remains sensitive to intersectionality, considering how gender learning is shaped by the interplay of nationality, culture, race, and positionality. This methodological design enables an in-depth exploration of how gender education unfolds beyond formal pedagogical settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a research proposal, this study anticipates demonstrating that gender learning is not confined to formal educational programs but is deeply embedded in everyday mobility experiences. It is expected that international students’ travel across cultural contexts generates moments of dislocation that destabilize familiar gender norms, prompting heightened reflexivity and critical gender awareness. The study is expected to reveal how mobility functions as a liminal educational space in which students feel both challenged and enabled to reconsider gender expectations inherited from their home societies. Travel may provide relative freedom to experiment with gender expression and identity, while also exposing participants to new forms of gender regulation and inequality. Through these encounters, gender learning emerges as an informal, embodied, and ongoing process of negotiation rather than a linear or intentional outcome. The anticipated contribution of this research lies in advancing understandings of gender education beyond institutional boundaries. By theorizing cross-cultural mobility as a site of informal gender learning, the study offers insights into how gender consciousness is shaped through lived experience, social interaction, and movement across space. These findings may inform broader discussions in gender and education research regarding informal learning, gender socialization, and the educational significance of mobility in international higher education contexts. References Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1966). The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Anchor Books. Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The location of culture. Routledge. Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Cohen, E. (1979). A phenomenology of tourist experiences. Sociology, 13(2), 179–201. https://doi.org/10.1177/003803857901300203 hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Marginson, S. (2014). Student self-formation in international education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 18(1), 6–22. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315313513036 Murphy-Lejeune, E. (2002). Student mobility and narrative in Europe: The new strangers. Routledge. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publications. Schugurensky, D. (2000). The forms of informal learning: Towards a conceptualization of the field (Working Paper No. 19-2000). Centre for the Study of Education and Work, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, University of Toronto. http://hdl.handle.net/1807/2733 Urry, J. (2007). Mobilities. Polity Press. West, C., & Zimmerman, D. H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender & Society, 1(2), 125–151. https://doi.org/10.1177/0891243287001002002 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From the Concept to the Body: an Experience of a Participatory Methodology to Understand What ‘Intersectionality’ Means in Spanish Primary School Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Intersectionality is a central concept in contemporary feminist thought (Crenshaw, 1989), but its high level of theoretical abstraction has historically made it difficult to incorporate into early educational stages, especially within formal education contexts. This paper presents a pedagogical experience developed with sixth-grade students (ages 11–12) in the Spanish education system in a rural context, whose objective was to work on the concept of intersectionality through participatory methodologies and experiential learning, integrated into a broader Comprehensive Sexual Education (CSE) program. The proposal stems from a dual question: on one hand, how to make a complex and relatively new concept comprehensible to students in preadolescence; on the other, why participatory methodologies –widely used in non-formal education spaces– remain marginal or exceptional in formal schooling, despite their transformative potential to carry out meaningful learning processes (Gallardo-López y Muñoz, 2021). From this perspective, the work questions the historical separation between formal and non-formal education, as well as the pedagogical assumptions that have legitimised this division (Ríos-Ramírez, 2023). The experience is based on the design and implementation of a playful, embodied activity structured in two successive rounds. First, students are asked to “embody” characters with different social positions, genders, origins, abilities, and family contexts, confronting situations that reveal structural inequalities. Through movement in space, participants experience in a situated way –but with a certain emotional distance– how different dimensions of identity can interact. In the second round, a methodological shift is introduced: participants stop representing a character and position themselves as themselves. The situations presented are then adapted to their age, context, and possible experiences, so that they can recognise how social axes also intersect in their own reality. This transition from “embodied character” to “myself” is the pedagogical core of the proposed activity. In this activity, students move from passive listeners to putting their bodies into educational practice, generating a connection between theoretical concepts and sensations, emotions, and affectivities (Freire, 1970). This bodily and emotional dimension is key to the internalisation of content, fostering meaningful (un)learning that goes beyond mere cognitive transmission. The experience shows how students not only understand the concept of intersectionality, but are also able to develop empathetic, critical, and reflective responses to the situations of inequality (re)presented. During the activity, moments of collective reflection open up through which complex notions about sexualities, gender, discrimination, privileges, and oppression, among others, are internalised, thus connected with previous CSE knowledge. This paper argues that this type of proposal, applied in contexts where a climate of trust and group cohesion already exists, allows for addressing “intense” theoretical content that often remains beyond the reach of those who are not previously politicised or mobilised. Likewise, it argues that experience contributes to dismantling deeply rooted meritocratic discourses in traditional education, promoting critical awareness of how social categories can intervene and influence life trajectories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a qualitative, exploratory approach, focused on the analysis of a specific educational experience developed in two primary rural school (Colegio Rural Agrupado) in Benasque and Castejón de Sos, villages of the province of Huesca (Spain). Two workshops were implemented, each lasting approximately two hours, aimed at sixth-grade groups (ages 11–12). The project is currently in its continuation phase, with new applications planned. The central activity of the workshop is based on a participatory and embodied methodology (Jaramillo-Martínez et al., 2024), specifically designed to work on the concept of intersectionality in an experiential way. The activity is structured in two distinct rounds. In the first, each participant constructs a fictional character by combining different social variables (gender, origin, family context, economic situation, functional diversity, among others). Based on a series of statements posed by the facilitator, students move forward or remain in place within the physical space, which functions as a metaphor for structural inequalities. In the second round, students stop representing characters and position themselves in the activity. The statements are reformulated and adapted to their everyday reality, taking into account the group’s social context and avoiding exposure to explicitly traumatic experiences (they have their eyes covered). This phase seeks to make participants recognise how social intersections also traverse their own lives, fostering a situated understanding of the concept (O’Reilly-de Brún et al., 2016). It is essential to note that this activity is not implemented in isolation. It forms part of a broader CSE program and is applied only when there is a pre-existing climate of trust, group cohesion, and care agreements. These elements are considered the network that sustains collective processes of unlearning and relearning. Data collection was carried out through participant observation, recording of emotional reactions, spontaneous student comments, and collective reflection spaces at the end of each workshop. These spaces allowed for the verbalisation of experienced sensations and the linking of bodily experience with the theoretical concepts addressed. The analysis is complemented by a literature review on participatory methodologies, experiential learning, feminist pedagogies, and the contrast between formal and non-formal education, situating the experience within a broader theoretical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this experience demonstrate the potential of participatory and embodied methodologies for addressing complex theoretical concepts such as intersectionality in primary education (Guevara et al., 2020). The possibility of embodying knowledge, and not only understanding it abstractly, marks a significant difference in learning processes. The transition between a first round of distancing –based on fictional characters– and a second round of direct involvement –centred on one’s own experience– emerges as a key element to producing situated knowledge in a non-necessarily-academic point of view (Haraway, 1995). It is in this step that the concept acquires meaning for students, generating processes of identification, empathy, and critical awareness. Among the main limitations observed are the spatial restrictions of the classroom, the possible initial discomfort with bodily movement, and the possible influence of physical proximity between classmates during the activity. These elements should be carefully considered in the design and adaptation of the proposal. Despite this, student engagement was high. The experience fostered the development of empathy, self-criticism, and an early understanding of how structural factors such as gender, sex orientation, origin, or socioeconomic context, among others, influence life trajectories. In this sense, the activity also contributes to questioning meritocratic discourses deeply rooted in traditional education. Finally, this paper proposes the experience as a concrete example of how to bring feminist and complex theoretical content into the primary classroom in an accessible, situated, and transformative way. As active and participatory methodologies enable to nurture (un)learning processes where participants collaborate and exchange sensations (Jaramillo-Martínez et al., 2024), this experience invites a rethinking of the boundaries between formal and non-formal education. References Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex: A Black Feminist Critique of Antidiscrimination Doctrine, Feminist Theory and Antiracist Politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1(8): 139-167. https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1052&context=uclf Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogía del oprimido. Siglo XXI de España Editores, S.A. Gallardo-López, J. A., & Muñoz Villaraviz, D. (2021). Participatory Methodology with an Intercultural and Intergenerational Approach: An Educational Experience in the City. IJERI: International Journal of Educational Research and Innovation, (16), 74–87. https://doi.org/10.46661/ijeri.3792 Guevara Alban, G. P., Verdesoto Arguello, A. E., & Castro Molina, N. E. (2020). Metodologías de investigación educativa (descriptivas, experimentales, participativas, y de investigación-acción). RECIMUNDO, 4(3), 163–173. https://doi.org/10.26820/recimundo/4.(3).julio.2020.163-173 Haraway, D. (1995). Capítulo 7 – Conocimientos situados: la cuestión científica en el feminismo y el privilegio de la perspectiva parcial. Ciencia, cyborgs y las mujeres. La invención de la naturaleza (313-346). Cátedra. https://perio.unlp.edu.ar/catedras/comyeduc2/wp-content/uploads/sites/197/2021/05/7_haraway_-_conocimientos_situados_compressed_compressed_compressed_1.pdf Jaramillo-Martínez, M. I., Jaramillo-Martínez, L. G., Quispillo-Villagomez, M., Saransig-Ramos, L. A., & Mayancela-Caizan, N. R. (2024). Metodologías Activas y Participativas en el Aula Diversa. Revista Científica Retos De La Ciencia, 1(4), 73–85. https://doi.org/10.53877/rc.8.19e.202409.7 O’Reilly-de Brún, M., de Brún, T., Okonkwo, E. et al. (2016). Using Participatory Learning & Action research to access and engage with ‘hard to reach’ migrants in primary healthcare research. BMC Health Serv Res 16(25). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12913-015-1247-8 Ríos-Ramírez, P. (2023). Formal and non-formal education in the teaching-learning process. Revista Transdisciplinaria de Estudios Sociales y Tecnológicos, 3(3), 40-46. https://doi.org/10.58594/rtest.v3i3.90 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 O: Advancing Research and Scholarship in Higher Education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper STEM Doctoral Education under Contemporary Pressures and Challenges 1: CIIE, Faculdade de Psicologia e Ciências da Educação, Universidade do Porto, Porto, Portugal; 2: CIIMAR, Faculdade de Engenharia, Universidade do Porto, Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:Once a formative space for future researchers and a relatively protected space for the curiosity-driven pursuit of deep knowledge and mastery (Deem, 2020) (aligned with Mode 1 of knowledge production), doctoral education (DE) has been increasingly shifting its focus and reconfiguring its characteristics (Magalhães & Veiga, 2018; Sarrico, 2022). At the beginning of the XXI century, within the scope of the Bologna Process, higher education institutions were pressured to demonstrate DE’s value in more tangible, quantifiable terms, and called upon to play a more active role in driving economic growth and innovation. To respond to the growing demands for relevance (Kyvik & Olsen, 2012) for enabling technological development and cutting-edge innovation (Jung, 2022), transnational policy discourse began influencing Higher Educations’ dynamic and the concept and design of DE (Magalhães & Veiga, 2017). As the ‘knowledge triangle’ doctoral education-research-innovation (Maassen & Stensaker, 2011; Veiga, 2023) nexus became embedded in national and institutional strategies (Magalhães & Veiga, 2018), the purpose of STEM[1] DE was reshaped to incorporate innovation-oriented goals. This provoked changes in the characteristics of the traditional model of the doctorate (Cardoso, 2024; Kehm, 2006; Nerad, 2020). In the scope of Mode 2 of knowledge production, it reconfigured to a project-based (Ylijoki, 2016) model, often accompanied by stronger ties to externally/privately funded research projects, in collaboration with industry partners (Santos & Patrício, 2020), and a growing emphasis on producing tangible outcomes (e.g. prototypes, patents, innovations with commercial value). As DE became driven by globalisation and internationalisation, interconnected global challenges (such as sustainability and digital transformation) were placed on funding agendas and research priorities (Heitor, 2025; Letta, 2024). DE became expected to shift its focus on solving immediate context-specific problems towards focusing on integrating knowledge into complex, dynamic, interconnected ecosystems more aligned with Mode 3 of knowledge production (Carayannis et al., 2016). Given the current ‘’new complex of uncertainty’’ (Heitor, 2025; Nowotny et al., 2001) shaped by geopolitical tensions, the call for strengthening the link between the knowledge triangle components to promote European competitiveness and sovereignty, as well as addressing global common challenges (e.g. Letta, 2024; Draghi, 2024; Heitor, 2024; Niinisto, 2024) became imperative. As such, a hybrid, adaptive, and evolving Mode 3 of knowledge production (Machado et al., 2024; Smith & Leydesdorff, 2022) is gaining traction, expanding the purposes of DE towards greater societal responsiveness and global responsibility. However, this shift does not replace Mode 2 logics; rather, it appears to coexist with (and in some cases intensify) expectations related to competitiveness, innovation and strategic utility. These tensions increasingly permeate STEM DE given this fields’ connection to dual-use knowledge, defence-related technologies and strategic innovation. From a theoretical perspective, these dynamics are unfolding in what has been conceptualised as a shift (CDE-EUA, 2022; Heitor, 2025) towards Mode 3 of knowledge production. While DE has been analysed through the lenses of Mode 1 and Mode 2 knowledge production, given the current social, economic and political dynamics, it is worthwhile to analyse how Mode 3 conditions are reconfiguring the purposes and the characteristics of DE, particularly in STEM fields. Against this background, this paper seeks to examine how the purpose and characteristics of STEM doctoral education are being reconfigured under the shift to Mode 3 knowledge production? [1] STEM-science, technology, engineering, mathematics Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used By using the knowledge production modes (Carayannis et al., 2016; Gibbons et al., 2010; Nowotny et al., 2003) as analytical lens, this paper uses thematic content analysis to offer a conceptual and interpretative analysis of the influence of knowledge production shifts on STEM DE. A knowledge production mode refers to the way knowledge is produced and validated by specific groups, according to shared norms, practices and criteria of legitimacy. By providing a context that describes how societies and institutions generate and value knowledge, this lens highlights epistemological shifts and helps to identify patterns in the transitions to reveal how Mode 3 conditions may be pushing for the broadening of the purpose of STEM DE and for its reconfiguration. The dataset comprised eight purposively selected European policy and strategic documents published between 2020 and 2025, chosen because they explicitly shape doctoral education priorities, within broader research and innovation agendas. It included two European Higher Education Area ministerial communiqués, two European Commission research and innovation strategies, two doctoral education policy reports, and two Council recommendations. We used document analysis and adopted the six-phase model for the thematic analysis method by Braun and Clarke (2006). The unit of analysis consisted of policy statements, strategic priorities and recurring references to doctoral education across the documents. The thematic analysis was guided by sensitising themes (Bowen, 2019) that derived from recurring priorities identified in the texts and aligned with our research question. These were: (i) innovation ecosystems; (ii) globalisation and internationalisation; (iii) talent circulation and research career reform; and (iv) the preservation of core academic values in doctoral education. These themes guided the initial coding process, while additional subthemes emerged through iterative coding and constant comparison across documents. The analysis focuses on identifying recurring themes and patterns related to how STEM DE is framed and justified in relation to Mode 3 knowledge production. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results signal a shift in the purpose of DE. In the current context, while fulfilling the expectations of higher education institutions of academic productivity, DE is now expected to prepare knowledge workers with advanced skills for careers in and beyond academia. DE is also expected to respond to growing demands for relevance towards producing original knowledge that fosters technological development and boosts cutting-edge innovation. Concomitantly, it is expected to align with Mode 3 and have a societal impact by addressing interconnected global challenges. In current years, the call for strengthening the knowledge triangle components gained new arguments as Europe’s economic independence and sovereignty are being challenged. DE is currently being increasingly steered to Align, Act and Accelerate Research and Innovation (Heitor, 2025) under the banner of ‘knowledge security’ to address common global challenges. In this sense, the paper explores this shift in the purpose of DE, discussing how the current expectations of DE multiple (and sometimes competing) purposes create a hybrid concept (Cardoso et al., 2024) of what DE is nowadays. The analysis also revealed that the broadening of its purposes and change of scope to consider knowledge production as strategic, is reconfiguring DE characteristics. The state’s growing entanglement in defining the priorities of research and higher education (Moser, 2025) pushes for new models of doctoral training that promote Mode 3 of knowledge production conditions. Finally, the paper discusses how these shifts and reconfigurations are undermining DE potential to cultivate critically engaged scholars who contribute to the advancement of knowledge, of DE as a public good, and the transformation of society. References Bowen,G.(2019).Sensitizing Concepts.SAGE PublicationsLtd Braun,V.&Clarke,V.(2006).Using thematic analysis in psychology.Qualitative Research in Psychology,3(2),77-101 Carayannis,E.,Campbell,D.,&Rhman,S.(2016).Mode 3 knowledge production:systems and systems theory,clusters and networks.Journal of Innovation and Entrepreneurship,5(1),17 Cardoso,S.(2024).The transformation of doctoral education:responding to the needs and expectations of society and candidates.Teaching in Higher Education,29(8),2205-2215 Cardoso,S.,Amaral, A.&Carvalho,T.(2024).The changing concept of doctoral education: an insight from Portuguese universities.Journal of Further and Higher Education,48(2),255-268 CDE-EUA.(2022).Council for Doctoral Education of the European University Association. Building the Foundations of Research–a Vision for the Future of Doctoral Education in Europe.Geneva Communiqué of the Ministerial Conference.(2024).Tirana Communiqué.Tirana:European Commission.Bologna Process Secretariat Deem, R.(2020).Rethinking Doctoral Education:University Purposes, Academic Cultures, Mental Health and the Public Good.In S.Cardoso,O.Tavares,C.Sin, &T.Carvalho (Eds.) Structural and Institutional Transformations in Doctoral Education(pp.13-42).Springer Publishing. Gibbons,M.,Limoges,C.,Nowotny,H.&Schwartzman,S.(2010).The New Production of Knowledge: The Dynamics of Science and Research in Contemporary Societies.SAGE PublicationsLtd. Hasgall,A.(2025).PhD education must not be redefined via a security lens.University World News Heitor,M.(2025).Aligning, acting and accelerating Europe’s research and innovation brings new challenges and opportunities for doctoral education.Doctoral Debate. Jung, J.(2022).Imagining Doctoral Education in the Fourth Industrial Revolution.Minerva,60(4),615-632 Kehm,B.(2006).Doctoral Education in Europe:New Structures and Models.In K.Georg,K.Anna&T.Marc (Eds.)Towards a Multiversity?(pp.132-153) Kyvik,S.&Olsen,T.(2012).The relevance of doctoral training in different labour markets. Journal of Education and Work,25(2),205-224. Maassen,P.&Stensaker,B.(2011).The knowledge triangle, European higher education policy logics and policy implications.Higher Education,61(6),757-769. Machado,H.,Sartori,R.&Rosa,P.(2024).Beyond the Triple Helix Model: Scientific Production on the Quadruple and Quintuple Helix.Journal of the Knowledge Economy. Magalhães,A.&Veiga,A.(2017).The Europe of Knowledge and Doctoral Education. In C. a. W. Balaban, S (Ed.), European governance and doctoral education: The ‘knowledge worker’ in the EU (Vol4,pp.4-6) Magalhães,A.&Veiga,A.(2018).Reconfiguring education and research in the European Higher Education Area.Revista Lusófona de Educação(42),11-25. Marti,S.&Peneoasu,A.(2026).Policies in doctoral education: navigating geopolitical change and technological acceleration while advancing Europe’s society and competitiveness. 2025 EUA-CDE survey report II Moser, B.(2025).The NIH is becoming a Trump University. Nerad,M.(2020).Governmental Innovation Policies, Globalisation, and Change in Doctoral Education Worldwide:Are Doctoral Programmes Converging? In S.Cardoso,O.Tavares,C.Sin&T.Carvalho(Eds.)Structural and Institutional Transformations in Doctoral Education:Social, Political and Student Expectations(pp.43-84).Springer Publishing. Nowotny,H.,Scott,P.& Gibbons,M.(2003).'Mode 2' revisited:The new production of knowledge-Introduction.Minerva,41(3)179-194 Santos,A.,&Patrício,M.(2020). Academic culture in Doctoral Education: are companies making a difference in the experiences and practices of doctoral students in Portugal? . International Journal of Doctoral Studies,15,685-704. Sarrico,C.(2022).The expansion of doctoral education and the changing nature and purpose of the doctorate.Higher Education,84(6)1299-1315 Smith,H&Leydesdorff,L(2022).Have Quadruple and Quintuple Helices Emerged? Metaphors, Project Titles, and Empirical Research.Triple Helix,9(2)174-183. Veiga,A.(2023).European integration, alternative futures and critical engagement. In P.Zgaga,C.Balaban,M.Lim,J.Komljenovic,A.Veiga,A.M.Magalhães&J.W.Ørberg(Eds.) (Vol16,pp.88-112) Ylijoki,O.(2016).Projectification and Conflicting Temporalities in Academic Knowledge Production.Theory of Science,38(1),7-26 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Long Way Round: Determinants of Non-Linear PhD Path and Its Impact on Academic Development 1: Xiamen University, China; 2: Peking University, China Presenting Author:With the continuous expansion of higher education and the rapid transformation of labor market structures, the proportion of non-traditional doctoral students has been steadily increasing. PhD students following a non-linear pathway represent a typical subgroup. Unlike those on a linear pathway, non-linear pathway students are those who experience a gap between completing their previous level of higher education and enrolling in a doctoral program (Zhuchkova & Terentev, 2023). In this study, We define them as PhD students who had formal working experience prior to enrolling in a PhD program. It is worth noting that, although this group of students constitutes a considerable proportion of the doctoral population (Offerman, 2011), the existing doctoral training system has long been designed around students with continuous educational trajectories[ (Gardner, 2008). Institutional structures, training schedules, and evaluation standards generally assume that doctoral entrants have followed an uninterrupted academic path prior to enrollment (Marine, 2020). This raises a critical question: to what extent can a training paradigm based on continuity effectively meet the academic development needs of students with non-linear educational trajectories? Unfortunately, despite growing scholarly interest in non-linear educational trajectories among non-traditional doctoral students, research on this group's doctoral learning experiences and academic development remains severely limited. Existing studies have largely relied on qualitative approaches, using illustrative cases to document the academic trajectories and growth stories of students with non-linear pathways (Burgess et al., 2025; Jiménez & Escalante, 2017). Zhuchkova and Terentev ( 2023) made an initial attempt to compare publication outcomes between non-linear and linear pathway students. However, it should be noted that this study relied solely on chi-square tests to compare proportion differences, without controlling for potential confounding factors. Consequently, it is difficult to determine whether observed differences are attributable to the non-linear pathway itself rather than to other factors. These limitations underscore the need for a systematic and rigorous analysis of the academic development of students with non-linear educational trajectories, including cross-disciplinary variations, to provide more robust theoretical and policy insights. In order to fill this gap, we utilize a large-scale dataset of 12,140 Chinese doctoral students and introduces Entropy Balancing to mitigate potential selection bias. By achieving covariates balance across personal characteristics and prior educational experiences, we establish a rigorous counterfactual framework to estimate the net effect of non-linear PhD pathway on students’ academic development. Specifically, this study aims to answer the following research questions: RQ1: What are the typical educational backgrounds and individual characteristics of students who pursue a non-linear PhD pathway? RQ2: What is the effect of a non-linear path on PhD students’ academic development? RQ3: To what extent do these effects vary across disciplines? The objectives are threefold: (1) To characterize the students who pursue non-linear PhD pathways by examining their educational backgrounds and individual characteristics, thereby identifying the key factors associated with non-linear doctoral trajectories. (2) To quantify the effect of non-linear PhD pathways on academic development using a rigorous counterfactual framework. (3)To explore disciplinary differences in these effects to reveal how the impacts of non-linear pathways may vary across diverse academic contexts. The findings contribute to the international literature on doctoral education by extending the analysis of PhD trajectories beyond linear pathways. Using evidence from China, it demonstrates how non-linear doctoral pathways shape PhD students’ academic development in ways that are both contextually embedded and internationally relevant. By foregrounding disciplinary heterogeneity, the study offers comparative insights that speak to the diversity of doctoral training systems globally. The study thus provides evidence relevant not only to national policy contexts but also to broader international debates on flexible doctoral training and diversified academic pathways. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2.1 Data The data come from the National Graduate Survey, which employed a stratified random sampling approach and covered universities across 26 provinces, autonomous regions, and municipalities in China, ensuring strong national representativeness. A total of 22,911 doctoral student questionnaires were collected. For the purposes of this study, only full-time, research-oriented doctoral students were retained. The dataset was further cleaned to address missing values and outliers in relevant variables, resulting in a final analytical sample of 12,140 doctoral students. 2.2 variables The independent variable is the non-linear PhD path. Doctoral students with prior formal work experience were assigned to the treatment group (coded as 1), whereas those without such experience were assigned to the control group (coded as 0). The dependent variable, academic development, is measured from both objective output and subjective dimensions. In terms of objective output, we consider students’ publication records during their doctoral studies. Specifically, a binary variable indicates whether a student has published in such journals, while a continuous variable captures the total number of high-quality publications. For subjective perception, we use four items to assess self-perceived academic competence development with a 5-point Likert scale. Higher scores on this scale indicate a greater perceived enhancement in academic competence. we also include some control variables such as personal characteristics, prior educational background, and the doctoral training process. 2.3 Analytical Strategy After completing data cleaning, the analysis proceeded in several steps. First, descriptive statistics and difference tests were conducted to preliminarily examine the mean differences in key variables between the treatment group (doctoral students with a non-linear path) and the control group (doctoral students with a linear educational path). Second, regression models were specified according to the measurement characteristics of the variables to identify the preliminary associations between non-linear educational trajectories and doctoral students’ academic development. Third, to address potential endogeneity arising from sample self-selection, Entropy Balancing was employed. This method imposes moment constraints on covariates that may bias the estimation of non-linear educational trajectories, generating a set of weights for each observation to achieve covariate balance between the treatment and control groups. These weights were subsequently incorporated into the regression models to examine the robustness of the baseline results. Finally, interaction terms were included to test for heterogeneous effects of non-linear path on academic development across different disciplinary groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Difference tests indicate that, among demographic characteristics, female students, those with non-agricultural hukou, non-only children, and students from urban areas are more likely to follow a non-linear pathway. In terms of educational background, overseas master’s graduates exhibit the highest likelihood of working before doctoral enrollment. Within domestic institutions, the prevalence of non-linear pathways follows a clear hierarchy, with the highest proportion observed among graduates from non-elite universities, followed by First-Class Discipline universities and First-Class universities. From a disciplinary perspective, PhD students in the humanities and social sciences are significantly more likely to choose non-linear path than those in engineering and sciences. The results of regression indicate a differentiated impact of non-linear path on PhD students’ academic development. In terms of research output, prior work experience is associated with a significantly lower amount of high-quality publications, amounting to only 92.1% of that of linear-pathway students . Consistently, the likelihood of achieving at least one high-quality publication is 9.2% lower for non-linear pathway students. In contrast, non-linear path exert a significant positive effect (β=0.044) on self-perceived academic competence development. Entropy-balanced regression confirm the robustness of the baseline regression results, demonstrating the dual effects of non-linear path, characterized by a publication penalty alongside a competence premium in doctoral development. Disciplinary heterogeneity analyses indicate that a non-linear path is associated with reduced probability and quantity of high-quality publications across economics, management and law, the natural sciences, engineering, and medicine, with the strongest negative effects observed in economics, management and law. By contrast, non-linear paths are positively associated with self-perceived academic competence growth in most disciplines except economics, management and law, with particularly strong marginal gains in agriculture and engineering. References Burgess, J., Ankomah, W., Walton, R., & Shahmohammadi, S. (2025). Understanding flourishing in doctoral studies: Exploring the positive experiences of mature learners through appreciative inquiry. Journal of Postsecondary Student Success, 5, 32–56. https://doi.org/10.33009/fsop_jpss138175 Gardner, S. K. (2008). Fitting the mold of graduate school: A qualitative study of socialization in doctoral education. Innovative Higher Education, 33(2), 125–138. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-008-9068-x Jiménez, J., & Escalante, J. C. (2017). A non-linear model for career development in academia. 11(21). Marine, S. B. (2020). “Non-traditional” learners and twenty-first-century higher education. In The Wiley Handbook of Gender Equity in Higher Education (pp. 251–263). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119257639.ch13 Offerman, M. (2011). Profile of the nontraditional doctoral degree student. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 2011(129), 21–30. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.397 Zhuchkova, S., & Terentev, E. (2023). Non-linear path to a doctorate: A comparison of direct- and indirect-pathway doctoral students at Russian universities. Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-023-01087-9 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Research as an Affective Space: Artistic Practices and Relational Learning in University Teacher Education Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:In recent decades, research exploring new paradigms of learning in the university context has proliferated, particularly through qualitative and postqualitative approaches in educational research. These perspectives have proven relevant for investigating how learning is given meaning, how it affects, and how it transforms people in higher education, shifting the focus from institutional frameworks toward biographical approaches that intertwine learning and identity across life trajectories (Biesta, 2008; Hernández-Hernández, 2023). The importance of research aimed at rethinking university academic training through individuals’ life trajectories highlights the relevance of the affective turn in contemporary conceptions of learning. From this onto-epistemological perspective, affects are understood as forces with their own autonomy in the generation of knowledge, beyond their confinement to discourse (Massumi, 2002). As changes or shifts that emerge in encounters between bodies (Colman, 2010), affects precede individuality and place relationality at the center of learning. Learning, from this standpoint, is always a relational process in which we co-constitute ourselves through relationships (Barad, 2007), assuming the situated and partial nature of knowledge (Haraway, 1988). Within the framework of university teacher education, this approach makes it possible to position affects not only as a dimension of learning, but as a central axis for rethinking research in academia and the relationship it establishes with students. This research is part of the Master’s Final Project in Visual Arts and Education, completed during the 2023–2024 academic year at the University of Barcelona. The starting point consisted of exploring imaginaries of art and education among students enrolled in the Bachelor’s Degree in Early Childhood Education at the same university, with an emphasis on their learning trajectories, within the context of a pedagogical transformation process of a compulsory course in visual arts education in which the author was the instructor. The research considered artistic practices as forms of interpreting the world and generating narratives, with a specific capacity to mobilize affects and enable meaningful learning. In this sense, it aligns with the understanding of the arts as practices sensitive to the expressiveness of the subject and open to inquiring into the qualities of life that affect what we know and how we live (Barone & Eisner, 2011). As Marina Garcés points out, the arts are, above all, practices of the threshold (Garcés, 2013), from which it becomes possible to question how we look at our surroundings, how we are affected, and, consequently, how we learn. From this paradigm, artistic experience is conceived as inherently pedagogical and transformative, and as facilitating a form of learning that validates the experience of the “we" (Aguirre, 2006). This approach connects with contributions such as those of Sheikh (2009), who points to the need to shift academia from a model centered on the reproduction of knowledge toward the configuration of spaces for experience and thought, and those of Rogoff (2008), who proposes understanding fallibility as a form of knowledge production. In this context, it is increasingly necessary to explore educational paradigms that unfold relationships of proximity and pedagogical formats sensitive to affects within the university (Riera-Retamero & Hernández-Hernández, 2020). Artistic practices can thus become triggers for transformation and open spaces for reflection sensitive to becoming (Hernández-Hernández & Revelles Benavente, 2019; Atkinson, 2015). From this perspective, the article not only analyzes affects as the content of the research, but also shows how the research process itself becomes an affective space that allows for rethinking the relationship between academia and students in university teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a qualitative approach and takes the form of a focus group with five students from the Bachelor’s Degree in Early Childhood Education who, during the 2023–2024 academic year, were enrolled in the course Didactics of Visual and Plastic Education. The singularity of the focus group lies in its capacity to generate knowledge from the synergies that emerge in conversation among participants (Green et al., 2003), understood as both a methodological and pedagogical tool for shared production (hooks, 2022). In this regard, the criterion of prior acquaintance among participants became a facilitating element, since, as Kitzinger (1994) notes, situating research within pre-existing groups can foster a greater willingness to engage, contrast, and question one another’s contributions. Four sessions were designed to explore imaginaries of art and education based on the participants’ learning trajectories. The study draws on methods from arts-based research, incorporating visual prompts and artistic practices as devices to mobilize experiences and narratives that are not always articulable exclusively through discourse (Barone & Eisner, 2011; Sullivan, 2004; Hernández-Hernández, 2008; Wang et al., 2017). The researcher adopts a participant role, sharing the activities and making her situated position within the process explicit. Methodological decisions are permeated by an ethics of care, particularly relevant given the prior relationship with participants as students in the course. Care is understood as a practice of attentiveness to the subjectivities and affects that shape the research, aimed at generating a space of trust, recognition and reciprocity (Estalayo et al., 2022). Within this framework, specific methods were implemented, such as check-in/check-out dynamics (Larre, 2023), transparent and continuous communication, and the return of generated knowledge through shared materials and the collective creation of a publication as a way to socialize the knowledge generated. Data analysis combines a narrative approach—porous to the modulations and contingencies of the encounters—with an inductive analysis grounded in constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2006). This combination makes it possible to account both for the affective shifts of lived experience and for the systematic coding of emerging imaginaries about art and education, following a situated and co-constructed conception of knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the focus group sessions highlights the central role of affects in research within the context of university teacher education. Beyond exploring imaginaries of art and education, the work foregrounds the ways in which academia relates to students and the tensions that emerge from this relationship. Making space for and recognizing affects implies understanding research ethics as a relational, interdependent practice. Affects are shown to be a constitutive dimension of the research process, shaping methodological decisions, forms of relationship, and modes of knowledge production, and opening the possibility of rethinking the relationship between academia and students from an affective pedagogy. The construction of the sessions revealed that research does not progress in a linear manner, but rather begins in the middle (Springgay & Truman, 2017). Assuming this positioning entails conceiving research as a situated and responsive practice, in which knowledge emerges from within processes rather than as the result of external observation. Within this framework, the narrative approach sustained a condition of openness and provisionality, offering a way of narrating research that accompanies events and their effects without foreclosing meaning. Conversation, understood as a research method, enabled the articulation of shifts in students’ experiences, as well as an account of the affects that modulated both the encounters and the lived experience of university education. Finally, the research critically examined processes of otherness within the research itself. In coherence with a conception of art as experience and of artistic practices as open narratives within the spectrum of the “we” (Aguirre, 2006), the study sought not to understand the “other” as a pre-given category, nor to fix presumed identities. Framing the research through an ethics of care involved understanding it as a situated relational practice, grounded in availability to the other and an attitude of listening to difference. References Aguirre, I. (2006). Modelos formativos en educación artística: Imaginando nuevas presencias para las artes en educación. A Foro Virtual Permanente del Congreso Regional en Formación Artística y Cultural para América Latina y El Caribe. Bogotà, Colombia. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. Duke University Press. Barone, T. i Eisner, W. (2011). Arts based research. SAGE Publications, Inc. Biesta, G. (2008). Learning Lives: Learning, Identity and Agency in the Life-course: Full Research Report ESRC End of Award Report, RES-139-25-0111. Swindon: ESRC. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide Through Qualitative Analysis. London, United Kingdom: Sage. Coleman, F. (2010). Affect. Dins Parr, A. (ed.), The Deleuzian Dictionary, 11-14. Edinburgh University Press. Estalayo, P., Hernández-Hernández, F., Lozano, P., Gil, J. (2022). Ética y pedagogías de los cuidados en escuelas de Barcelona. Posibilidades, cuestionamientos y resistencias. Revista Izquierdas, 51, 1-23 Garcés, M. (2013). Un mundo común. Bella Terra, Barcelona. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Hernandez-Hernandez, F. (2008). La investigación basada en las artes. Propuestas para repensar la investigación en educación. Educatio Siglo XXI, 26, 85–118. Hernandez-Hernandez, F. (2023). Exploring University Students’ Practices of Affects on Their Cartographic Learning Trajectories. In: Carrasco Segovia, S.V., Hernández Hernández, F., Sancho-Gil, J.M. (eds) Affective Cartographies (pp.173-189). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-42163-1_11 hooks, b. (2022). Ensenyar pensament crític. Raig verd Editorial. Massumi, B. (2002). Parables for the virtual: Movement, Affect, Sensation. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822383574 Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2017). On the Need for Methods Beyond Proceduralism: Speculative Middles, (In)Tensions, and Response-Ability in Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(3), 203-214. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800417704464 (Original work published 2018) Rogoff, I. Turning. e-flux journal, n. 0, nov. 2008. https://www.e-flux.com/journal/00/68470/ turning Sheikh, S. (2009). Objects of Study of Commodification of Knowledge? Remarks on Artistic Research. Art & Research, 2(2), 1-8. Wang, Q., Coemans, S., Siegesmund, R., & Hannes, K. (2017). Arts-based methods in socially engaged research practice: A classification framework.Art/Research International: A Transdisciplinary Journal, 2(2), 5–39. https://doi.org/10.18432/R26G8P 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Introducing Quantitative Textual Analysis in Higher Education Strategy Research University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:In European education and policy research, quantitative textual analysis (QTA) has been increasingly used to examine institutional and policy documents at scale, particularly within European Union governance and comparative strategy research (Bunea & Ibenskas, 2015). Existing European studies demonstrate how computational and text-oriented approaches enable systematic comparison of strategic discourses across institutions and national contexts (e.g. Bunea & Ibenskas, 2015). Universities increasingly rely on formal strategy documents to articulate institutional identities, priorities, and future orientations. These documents function simultaneously as texts that project imagined futures and as processes shaped by negotiations among stakeholders and competing institutional logics. While higher education research has paid growing attention to strategic governance, the methodological toolkit used to study university strategies has remained largely qualitative approaches. This creates limitations when scholars seek to analyse large collections of strategic documents or to conduct systematic cross-institutional or comparative research. The aim of this work-in-progress study is to explore the potential of QTA as a methodological approach for higher education strategy research. Rather than presenting a completed empirical study, we present QTA as a complementary methodological approach and reflect on its opportunities and limitations when applied to the analysis of university strategy documents. The contribution is explicitly exploratory and methodological in nature, positioning the paper as a laboratory space for methodological experimentation and conceptual clarification. A synopsis of this research (originally titled “Introducing Quantitative Textual Analysis in Higher Education Strategy Research: Opportunities, Advantages, and Limitations”) has been accepted for publication in the volume of book series Theory and Method in Higher Education Research published by Emerald Publishing Limited. The study is guided by the following research questions:
Conceptually, the study builds on the understanding of university strategies as both meaningful artefacts and steering instruments (Stensaker et al., 2024). Strategy documents are treated not merely as neutral representations of institutional intentions but as sites of meaning-making through which universities communicate priorities, values, and imagined futures (Stensaker & Hermansen, 2025). In this sense, the study aligns with research on strategic governance and institutional sense-making in higher education, while responding to calls for greater methodological pluralism in the field (Wells et al., 2015). From a theoretical perspective, the study draws on insights from computational text analysis developed in political science and the digital humanities, where text is treated as data capable of revealing latent structures, framing dynamics, and patterns of emphasis across large corpora (Grimmer & Stewart, 2013). QTA is approached not as a replacement for close reading or qualitative interpretation, but as a way to amplify human analytical capacity by enabling systematic discovery, measurement, and comparison across texts. The empirical focus of the illustrative example is Finnish universities` strategy documents. This context is used not to produce generalizable findings, but to demonstrate how QTA procedures can be applied within a European higher education system. The European dimension of the research lies both in this contextual grounding and in the broader relevance of QTA for comparative studies of higher education strategies across national systems. By framing QTA as a methodological complement to established qualitative approaches, it seeks to contribute to ongoing methodological discussions in higher education research and aims to open space for future comparative analyses of how universities linguistically construct priorities, responsibilities, and futures within changing European and global contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts Quantitative Textual Analysis (QTA) as an exploratory methodological approach for analysing university strategy documents. The methodology is introduced not as a finalized empirical design but as a laboratory framework intended to demonstrate analytical procedures, reflect on methodological choices, and assess the suitability of QTA for higher education strategy research. QTA treats textual material as data that can be systematically examined to identify patterns of meaning-making, and thematic salience across documents (Hurtado Bodell, 2024). In line with established approaches in computational text analysis (e.g. Grimmer & Stewart, 2013; Baden et al., 2022), the method supports three interrelated analytical tasks: discovery of recurring patterns, measurement of theoretically relevant concepts through textual indicators, and inference about broader thematic tendencies. Importantly, QTA is positioned as a complement to qualitative reading rather than a substitute for interpretive analysis. The empirical material used for illustration consists of Finnish universities` strategy documents. The empirical example is illustrative rather than exhaustive, serving to demonstrate how QTA procedures can be applied rather than to generate definitive empirical claims. Analytically, the chapter focuses on examining frequencies and co-occurrences of selected thematic elements, such as sustainability, futures thinking, and intergenerational responsibility. These themes are used to show how QTA can help trace shifts in emphasis, identify dominant or marginal concepts, and reveal linguistic patterns that may not be immediately visible through close reading alone. The analysis foregrounds transparency and replicability, highlighting how computational approaches enable systematic comparison across documents. At the same time, the methodology explicitly acknowledges its limitations. QTA entails risks related to technological validity, conceptual oversimplification, and the potential disconnection between algorithmic outputs and substantive meaning. These risks are addressed through a reflexive methodological stance that situates computational techniques within theoretically informed research designs and emphasizes the continued necessity of interpretive judgement. Given the current stage of the research, the methodology does not aim to deliver comprehensive empirical results. Instead, it provides a structured methodological demonstration that clarifies analytical logic, highlights strengths and weaknesses of QTA, and outlines possibilities for future large-scale, and comparative studies in European higher education contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a work-in-progress and laboratory-oriented contribution, this study does not aim to present finalized empirical findings. Instead, it outlines expected and preliminary outcomes related to methodological development and conceptual clarification in higher education strategy research. First, the study is expected to demonstrate how QTA can function as a methodological extension of existing qualitative approaches to university strategies. By treating strategy documents as data while maintaining a reflexive interpretive stance, QTA is anticipated to make visible patterns of thematic salience, repetition, and association that are difficult to identify through close reading alone. This includes insights into how concepts such as sustainability, futures thinking, and intergenerational responsibility are linguistically produced and positioned within strategic discourse. Second, the exploratory analysis is expected to clarify the analytical affordances and constraints of QTA when applied to higher education contexts. While computational approaches offer efficiency, comparability, and transparency, the study anticipates identifying risks related to technological validity, conceptual reductionism, and the potential detachment of textual indicators from institutional meaning-making. Articulating these limitations is treated as a key outcome, contributing to more responsible and theoretically informed uses of QTA in the field. Third, the study aims to contribute to future research agendas by positioning QTA as a tool that enables comparative analyses of university strategies across European systems. The illustrative use of Finnish universities` strategies is expected to show how QTA can support broader inquiries into how universities imagine futures, articulate responsibilities, and respond to evolving policy environments. Overall, the anticipated contribution lies less in substantive empirical claims and more in advancing methodological discussion. By framing QTA as a complementary and reflexive approach, the study seeks to enrich the methodological repertoire of higher education research and support more systematic analyses of institutional futures. References Baden, C., Pipal, C., Schoonvelde, M., & Van Der Velden, M. A. C. G. (2022). Three Gaps in Computational Text Analysis Methods for Social Sciences: A Research Agenda. Communication Methods and Measures, 16(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/19312458.2021.2015574 Bunea, A., & Ibenskas, R. (2015). Quantitative text analysis and the study of EU lobbying and interest groups. European Union Politics, 16(3), 429–455. https://doi.org/10.1177/1465116515577821 Grimmer, J., & Stewart, B. M. (2013). Text as Data: The Promise and Pitfalls of Automatic Content Analysis Methods for Political Texts. Political Analysis, 21(3), 267–297. https://doi.org/10.1093/pan/mps028 Hurtado Bodell, M. (2024). Mining for meaning: Using computational text analysis for social inquiry (Edition 1). Department of Management and Engineering, Linköping University. Koljonen, J., Isotalo, V., Ahonen, P., & Mattila, M. (2022). Comparing computational and non-computational methods in party position estimation: Finland, 2003–2019. Party Politics, 28(2), 306–317. https://doi.org/10.1177/1354068820974609 Stensaker, B., & Hermansen, H. (2025). Global, Nordic, or institutional visions? An investigation into how Nordic universities are adapting to the SDGs. Higher Education, 89(2), 293–309. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-023-01047-3 Stensaker, B., Jungblut, J., & Mihut, G. (2024). Strategic advisory boards – the emergence of shadow governance in universities? International Journal of Leadership in Education, 27(4), 762–778. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.1913237 Thomas, M. A. M. (with jules, tavis d, Schweisfurth, M., & Shields, R.). (2025). The Bloomsbury Handbook of Method in Comparative and International Education (1st ed). Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. Wells, R. S., Kolek, E. A., Williams, E. A., & Saunders, D. B. (2015). “How We Know What We Know”: A Systematic Comparison of Research Methods Employed in Higher Education Journals, 1996−2000 v. 2006−2010. The Journal of Higher Education, 86(2), 171–198. https://doi.org/10.1353/jhe.2015.0006 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 P: International Mobility and the Negotiation of Educational and Career Futures Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Susanna Hartikainen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Negotiating Ambiguity Around Institutional Reputation: How Finnish-Educated Chinese Doctoral Returnees Navigate Domestic Labor Market Hierarchy University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Amid rising doctoral populations and limited growth in post-PhD employment opportunities outside academia, doctoral graduates face intense positional competition. The competitive pressures are amplified in high-participation higher education (HE) systems such as China, where institutional reputation plays a significant role in structuring the labor market queue. As such, doctoral candidates are placed within a hierarchy based on both individual and institutional competitiveness in comparison to others. While foreign credentials were once deemed to offer inherent advantages within this framework, the increasing influx of overseas graduates has rendered the assumed distinctions less clear-cut. Existing research on international student mobility in the Chinese context is predominantly focused on graduates returning from high-prestige institutions in English-speaking countries, wherein the domestic conversion of their foreign credentials usually occurs in a relatively straightforward manner based on clear reputational statuses embedded in global institutional hierarchies. This paper presents a contrasting case of Finnish-educated Chinese doctoral returnees. Despite being widely recognized for their long-held traditions and high-quality education, Finnish higher education institutions (HEIs) often fall outside dominant mobility narratives such that their reputational status is not readily defined in the Chinese context. Based on interviews with Chinese Social Science and Humanities (SSH) doctoral students at Finnish universities who are nearing completion and preparing to enter the Chinese non-academic labor market, this paper taps into their experiences of navigating the domestic hierarchy competition. Specifically, the paper asks: How do these soon-to-be returnees position themselves within the domestic setting where the reputational status of their host universities lacks clear definition? The theoretical foundation of this paper is grounded in Bourdieu’s conceptual triad of field, capital, and habitus, which together articulate how individuals interpret and traverse social spaces using recognized resources. Additionally, the paper draws insights from an earlier study indicating that institutional reputation functions both as an objective structure framing Chinese doctoral graduates’ perceptions of labor market opportunities and constraints and as an embodied emotional structure that engenders corresponding feelings through which graduates interpret their relative competitiveness. Hence, the role of habitus is foregrounded as an affectively-loaded mechanism that undergirds the rationale for how individuals perceive, evaluate, and respond to structural conditions. The preliminary findings identify a shared perception of ambiguity regarding the domestic recognition of Finnish universities. In addressing this ambiguity, participants engage in narrative, affective, and moral work that constitute the strategic positioning practices aimed at translating their credentials into recognizable and meaningful terms within established logics of institutional hierarchy at home. Rather than a pre-given attribute that travels intact across borders, this paper suggests that institutional reputation emerges as an outcome of negotiation informed by emotional dispositions associated with both internalized understandings of domestic structuring orders and embodied experiences of Finnish institutional dynamics. The focus of this paper on Finnish-educated Chinese doctoral returnees – whose credentials are acquired in a non-mainstream yet internationally distinctive HE system – addresses a persistent gap within existing literature, where the domestic employability prospects of overseas graduates returning from less prominent, non-English-speaking destinations remain poorly explored. In doing so, this paper also serves as an exemplifying case that sheds light on the afterlife of European credentials in a non-European labor market, offering insights into the conditions of positional ambiguity under which institutional reputation is defined and mobilized. By highlighting the context-dependent nature of credential valuation, the paper raises critical questions about the global politics of knowledge authority in terms of whose education remains visible in the context of transnational graduate mobility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is part of a larger doctoral research project exploring Chinese Social Science and Humanities (SSH) doctoral graduates’ early career trajectories beyond academia. The data source comprises semi-structured interviews with Chinese students pursuing doctoral degrees in SSH fields at Finnish universities who are nearing completion (n=4). The selected participants are recipients of funding from the China Scholarship Council (CSC), through a flagship mobility programme launched by China’s Ministry of Education. Based on the funding regulations, recipients are required to return to China after completing their studies. Consequently, this shared obligation renders the domestic recognition of foreign institutions particularly salient for these individuals. All participants have explicitly expressed the intention to pursue non-academic professions aligned with their disciplinary expertise, thus shaping their career preparations in ways different from those oriented towards academic pathways. At the time of the interviews, these participants have already been involved in the job search process, aiming to secure an offer before returning to China. Participants were recruited primarily through open invitations circulated via social networking platforms, supplemented by continuous snowballing through institutional contacts, personal networks, and referrals from initial participants. The specific focus on CSC-funded candidates facilitated the targeted recruitment of individuals with comparable mobility experiences and return expectations. The current sample includes three female and one male participants aged between 29 and 33 years old, who are affiliated with different Finnish universities. All had completed their previous degrees in China, with the Finnish doctoral training constituting their only full-time overseas educational experience. Although seemingly small in number, the sample was carefully selected for its analytical relevance enabling in-depth examination of shared interpretive patterns shaped by similar structural conditions and career orientations. Guided by a pre-determined interview outline, the interviews sought to capture participants’ motivations for pursuing a doctoral degree in Finland, their educational experiences at Finnish universities, and how they have been preparing for the Chinese labor market competition. Each interview session lasted approximately 90 to 120 minutes, and they were audio-recorded with participants’ consent. This paper focuses specifically on the interview segments where participants discussed the implications of institutional reputation for their domestic labor market standings. While data analysis is still ongoing, an initial round of open coding has been conducted to identify emergent themes shared across individual cases. These preliminary patterns will be further analyzed in subsequent stages to unpack the intra-group differences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings identify a shared perception of ambiguity arising from the absence of clearly defined reputational statuses for Finnish universities within established logics of institutional hierarchy at home. Such perceptions are loaded with two distinct yet interconnected emotional orientations of insecurity and entitlement. These are contextually induced: the former is associated with participants’ internalized understandings of already existing evaluative orders and the resulting anticipations of domestic unfamiliarity with Finnish institutions, whereas the latter is rooted in their embodied experiences of Finnish institutional dynamics that are characterized as substantively rigorous. Together, these emotions inform symbolic positioning practices, where participants engage in both equivalence-seeking to draw parallels with domestic universities and deliberate differentiation from leading English-speaking institutions. Such practices are meant to define the reputational status of Finnish institutions into terms that are recognizable and meaningful to avoid misrecognition, with individual labor market standings being envisioned accordingly. With that, institutional reputation emerges as a negotiated outcome – one that returnees actively produce as guided by the emotional underpinnings that function as a productive mechanism, linking the internalized understandings of positional ambiguity within domestic hierarchical configurations and embodied experiences of institutional distinctions with strategic responses of navigation. Although the analysis remains provisional, the findings suggest a shift from understanding mobility as an automatic gain towards recognizing it as negotiated worth. This illuminates the systematic disparities in credential valuation under conditions of transnational mobility, offering insights into the context-dependent process of knowing and acting that shapes how education is recognized within the increasingly stratified and uncertain global landscape. By demonstrating the narrative, affective, and moral work undertaken by Chinese doctoral candidates to make sense of their domestic labor market standings, this study presents greater significance for understanding the conditions of positional ambiguity faced by graduate returnees from similar higher education (HE) contexts. References Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Standford University Press. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. (1990). Reproduction in education, society, and culture (R. Nice, Trans.). Sage Publications. Brooks, R., Waters, J. L., & Pimlott-Wilson, H. (2012). International education and the employability of UK students. British Educational Research Journal, 38(2), 281–298. Brown, P., Hesketh, A., & Williams, S. (2003). Employability in a knowledge-driven economy. Journal of Education and Work, 16(2), 107–126. Du, Z., Sun, Y., Zhao, G., & Zweig, D. (2021). Do overseas returnees excel in the Chinese labour market? The China Quarterly, 247, 875–897. Cambridge Core. Hao, J., Wen, W., & Welch, A. (2016). When sojourners return: Employment opportunities and challenges facing high skilled Chinese returnees. Asian and Pacific Migration Journal, 25(1), 22–40. Isopahkala-Bouret, U., & Tholen, G. (2023). Relative employability: Applying the insights of positional competition and conflict theories within the current higher education landscape. In P. Siivonen, U. Isopahkala-Bouret, M. Tomlinson, M. Korhonen, & N. Haltia, Rethinking Graduate Employability in Context: Discourse, Policy and Practice (pp. 51–72). Palgrave Macmillan Cham. Peng, Y. (2025). When the halo of my overseas credentials disappeared: Chinese student returnees and their domestic employability. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 46(6), 815–833. Pham, T. (2021). Reconceptualising employability of returnees: What really matters and strategic navigating approaches. Higher Education, 81(6), 1329–1345. Qi, S. (2024). The psycho-social implications of institutional hierarchy: An exploratory study into Chinese doctoral graduates’ engagement in career planning for non-academic employment. Cogent Education, 11(1). Qi, S., Isopahkala-Bouret, U., & Nori, H. (2025). The role of institutional reputation in mediating post-PhD careers. The case of Chinese elite universities. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 1–20. Reay, D. (2015). Habitus and the psychosocial: Bourdieu with feelings. Cambridge Journal of Education, 45(1), 9–23. Ren, R., & Qi, Y. (2024). Conflicting geographical imaginaries in globalised labour markets: The local valorisation of international education among employers and returned international students. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 49(4), e12681. Waters, J. L. (2009). In pursuit of scarcity: Transnational students, ‘employability’, and the MBA. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space, 41(8), 1865–1883. Waters, J. L., & Brooks, R. (2011). ‘Vive la différence?’: The ‘international’ experiences of UK students overseas. Population, Space and Place, 17(5), 567–578. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Parental Involvement across Distance: Chinese International Students’ Agency in UK Higher Education Huazhong University of Science and Technology, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Parental involvement in higher education has become increasingly visible, with parents playing an active role in students’ academic choices, career planning, and everyday decision-making through frequent communication and sustained emotional and financial investment (Lowe & Dotterer, 2018; Boneva & Rauh, 2018). College-related matters such as course registration, academic progress, health concerns, and interpersonal relationships are often negotiated within the family rather than solely by students themselves (Mulcahy, 2019). However, research on parental involvement among international students in higher education remains relatively limited. Where such studies do exist, they have largely focused on school-level education or contexts in which parents and students are geographically proximate. For example, Yuen and Cheung (2014) examined Malaysian cross-border students in Singapore and found that parental involvement played an authoritative role in shaping students’ achievement orientations, echoing findings from broader studies on educational engagement (Hamilton et al., 2011). These studies, however, do not fully capture the experiences of international higher education students whose parents remain physically distant, nor do they account for how parental involvement is negotiated across national borders under conditions of heightened uncertainty. Recent scholarship has begun to highlight the distinctive challenges faced by international families navigating higher education systems from a distance. Studies have shown how international parents engage with unfamiliar institutional, cultural, and linguistic contexts, often relying on digital communication to remain involved in their children’s lives abroad (Gil et al., 2023). At the same time, reviews of recent literature suggest that parental involvement continues to shape students’ engagement and motivation in diverse and transnational learning contexts (Yang, 2023), while emerging work points to the role of parental support in sustaining students’ academic motivation and emotional commitment in digitally mediated environments (Shebani et al., 2025). These insights underline the need to examine parental involvement as a relational and transnational process rather than a purely individual or culturally bounded practice. Against this backdrop, this study focuses on Chinese international students in the UK during and following the COVID-19 pandemic. The pandemic intensified parental concerns around safety, mobility, and future prospects, while also amplifying reliance on digital communication and transnational family coordination. This study aims to explore how parental involvement influenced Chinese international students’ academic and everyday experiences during this period, and how such involvement was negotiated when parents remained in China while students pursued higher education in the UK. It is guided by the following research questions: (1) How do Chinese international students in the UK experience and negotiate parental involvement during the COVID-19 pandemic? (2) What social, cultural, and contextual factors shape parental involvement in the academic lives of Chinese international students? The study adopts a poststructuralist framework that conceptualises identity as fluid, relational, and dynamically constructed through social interaction (Norton, 2013; Baxter, 2016). Within this framework, agency is understood as a socially and culturally mediated capacity to act (Ahearn, 2001), rather than an individual attribute exercised in isolation. As Pavlenko (2002) argues, agency is co-constructed and shaped by broader social constraints, making it particularly relevant for examining how international students respond to parental expectations within transnational contexts. Identity and agency are therefore examined together, acknowledging individuals’ capacity to make choices and pursue personal goals while remaining embedded in relational and structural conditions (Duff, 2012). Drawing on this perspective, the study explores how Chinese international students contest, accommodate, and negotiate parental involvement in their academic trajectories (Darvin & Norton, 2021), conceptualising identity as a “site of struggle” (Duff, 2012, p. 412) between familial influence, cultural values, and students’ own sense of agency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted over a six-month period with eleven participants from China who were studying at a UK university at the time of the research. Participants were recruited through a snowball sampling approach and represented a range of academic levels, from undergraduate to doctoral programmes, as well as diverse disciplinary backgrounds. A qualitative approach was adopted to enable nuanced insights into participants’ lived experiences and everyday negotiations of parental involvement. Traditional ethnography often requires extended periods of immersive fieldwork, which can be impractical within the time constraints of doctoral research (Storesund & McMurray, 2009). Instead, this study adopts a mini-ethnographic approach, which allows for in-depth cultural exploration within a shorter timeframe while still generating rich and contextualised data (Storesund & McMurray, 2009). Rather than aiming for statistical generalisation, this approach supports analytical insight into how parental involvement is experienced and negotiated in specific social and cultural contexts. Data collection consisted of semi-structured interviews, audio diaries, and informal conversations. These methods facilitated a processual understanding of participants’ experiences by capturing their evolving perspectives and practices over time (Fusch et al., 2017). At the initial stage, each participant took part in a one-to-one semi-structured interview, followed by ongoing informal conversations and audio diary reflections that documented experiences as they unfolded. At the ending stage, participants were invited to a follow-up semi-structured interview to reflect on changes in their experiences and perspectives. Due to the pandemic, data collection followed a hybrid online and offline model, ensuring flexibility while maintaining sustained engagement with participants. This approach enabled the study to capture participants’ ongoing negotiations of parental involvement in a transnational education context shaped by mobility restrictions and digital communication. Data analysis was conducted using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), combining both inductive and deductive approaches. NVivo was used to support data management and coding. All interactions were audio-recorded and transcribed using Microsoft Word’s transcription function, followed by manual checking. As the data were generated in Mandarin Chinese, translation into English followed a meaning-oriented approach that aimed to remain as close as possible to participants’ original expressions while avoiding misinterpretation (Abfalter et al., 2020; Abfalter et al., 2021). Ethical considerations were addressed through informed consent, anonymisation, and reflexive attention to the researcher’s positionality as a Chinese researcher working with participants from a shared cultural background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that parental involvement plays a sustained and evolving role in Chinese international students’ educational experiences across stages—before departure, during overseas study, and as graduation approaches. This involvement is shaped not only by family dynamics and cultural values such as filial piety (Zhu & Chang, 2019), but also by broader conditions of global uncertainty, including the pandemic, media narratives, and shifting socio-economic contexts. Prior to departure, many parents expressed strong opposition to overseas study due to concerns about health risks, mobility restrictions, and pandemic-related uncertainty. These concerns often resulted in intensive negotiations, during which students exercised agency in different ways, including seeking financial independence through scholarships or relying on prolonged discussion and strategic compliance to gain parental approval. During their studies in the UK, parental involvement remained pervasive despite geographical distance. Influenced by media portrayals, pandemic-related policies, and anxieties around personal safety, parents continued to monitor students’ daily lives through frequent communication and even financial regulation. Students did not simply comply or resist; instead, they adopted subtle negotiation strategies to balance autonomy with familial expectations by selectively managing shared information and adjusting routines. As graduation approached, parental involvement increasingly extended into career decision-making. Concerns about economic uncertainty and post-pandemic labour markets led many parents to favour stable and locally anchored jobs, while students aspiring to alternative or transnational career trajectories often encountered resistance, resulting in further negotiation rather than open conflict. Overall, these findings highlight parental involvement as a dynamic and relational process reshaped by global crises and transnational conditions. Rather than positioning agency and parental influence as oppositional, the study underscores how Chinese international students negotiate autonomy within ongoing familial relationships and suggests that universities may better support international students by recognising the continued role of parents in shaping students’ academic experiences and future planning. References Abfalter, D., Mueller-Seeger, J., & Raich, M. (2020). Translation decisions in qualitative research: a systematic framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24(4), 469–486. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805549 Ahearn, L. M. (2001). Language and agency. Annual Review of Anthropology, 30, 109-137. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.30.1.109 Baxter, J. (2016). Positioning language and identity: Poststructuralist perspectives. In S. Preece (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of language and identity (pp. 34-49). London: Routledge. Boneva, T., & Rauh, C. (2018). Parental beliefs about returns to educational investments—The later the better? Journal of the European Economic Association, 16(6), 1669–1711. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26558256 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Darvin, R., & Norton, B. (2021). Investment and motivation in language learning: What’s the difference? Language Teaching, 56(1), 29-40. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444821000057 Duff, P. A. (2012). Identity, agency, and second language acquisition. In A. Mackey & S. Gass (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition (pp. 410-426). London: Routledge. Gil, E., Gedik, Ş., & Ginanto, D. E. (2023). International parents navigating parental involvement in a US school: A call for intentionally responsive schools. Journal of Multilingual Education Research, 12(1), 3. https://doi.org/10.5422/jmer.2022-2023.v12.57-82 Lowe, K., & Dotterer, A. M. (2018). Parental involvement during the college transition: A review and suggestion for its conceptual definition. Adolescent Research Review, 3(1), 29–42. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40894-017-0058-z Mulcahy, S. (2019). The impact of parental involvement on college student outcomes (Doctoral dissertation). University of Kansas. Retrieved from https://kuscholarworks.ku.edu/bitstreams/639bd28e-a99c-40c8-afae-c3cf1d69f893/download Norton, B. (2013). Identity and language learning: Extending the conversation. Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783090563 Pavlenko, A. (2002). Poststructuralist approaches to the study of social factors in second language learning and use. In V. Cook (Ed.), Portraits of the L2 user (pp. 277-302). De Gruyter. Storesund, A., & McMurray, A. (2009). Quality of practice in an intensive care unit (ICU): A mini-ethnographic case study. Intensive and Critical Care Nursing, 25(3), 120-127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iccn.2009.02.001 Yang, D., Chen, P., Wang, K., Li, Z., Zhang, C., & Huang, R. (2023). Parental involvement and student engagement: A review of the literature. Sustainability, 15(7), 5859. https://doi.org/10.3390/su15075859 Yuen, C. Y. M., & Cheung, A. C. K. (2014). School engagement and parental involvement: The case of cross-border students in Singapore. The Australian Educational Researcher, 41(1), 89–107. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-013-0124-x Zhu, N., & Chang, L. (2019). Education and Parenting in China. In E. Sorbring & J. E. Lansford (Eds.), School Systems, Parent Behavior, and Academic Achievement: An International Perspective (pp. 15-28). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-28277-6_2 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Factors Shaping the Educational and Occupational Aspirations and Expectations of Adolescents: A Systematic Literature Review WU (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Austria Presenting Author:Current socioeconomic challenges and societal trends have fundamentally reshaped the transition to adulthood. In the European context, the stable employment pathways that supported previous generations have been disrupted by macroeconomic volatility, technological advances, and shifting societal values. The discrepancy between academic investment and employment outcomes has had a considerable impact on the priorities of young people, with many now perceiving fundamental "social citizenship" rights, such as stable housing, financial autonomy, and starting a family, as distant aspirational goals rather than guaranteed expectations (Nada et al. 2022; Santos et al. 2025; OECD 2025). In this context, the theoretical concepts of aspirations and expectations are particularly relevant. Aspirations are defined as idealistic hopes and dreams (Chavira et al. 2016) that originate in society’s cultural sphere (Khattab 2015). Conversely, expectations are predicated on a pragmatic evaluation of what young adults perceive to be feasibly achievable (Boxer et al. 2011), informed by personal circumstances and societal constraints (Behtoui 2017). These future-oriented cognitions significantly predict various academic and occupational outcomes (e.g., grades, educational attainment, motivational levels, occupational prestige), thereby influencing an individual's life trajectory and societal development (Agboola 2025; Valls 2022). A substantial body of research has explored various factors influencing these aspirations and expectations. At the individual level, cognitive-person variables such as academic self-regulation and psychological traits such as self-efficacy are strong drivers of future goals (Carroll 2009; Zahara et al. 2025). The family background, including factors such as family income, parental education, and especially parental expectations, provides a fundamental contextual foundation for adolescent’s future plans. Secure parental attachment and supportive parent-child communication enhanceacademic motivation and perceived competence (O’Donnell et al. 2025; Santos et al. 2025). In the school dimension, positive experiences in the classroom and school yard in both curricular and extracurricular activities positively influence academic aspirations. Additionally, enriching social relationships and a sense of belonging significantly impact the desire to continue studying (Zava et al. 2022; Katsantonis 2024). While individual, family and school factors have been extensively documented, a significant gap remains in the systematic integration of broader economic forces and societal shifts on aspirations and expectations. This understanding is crucial in the development of policies that foster and preserve the capacity to aspire, rather than forcing young people to lower their expectations in response to challenging times. Therefore, this review aims to provide a systematic overview of the factors that shape educational and occupational aspirations and expectations of adolescents, as identified in the recent literature. To achieve this objective, Ecological Systems Theory (Bronfenbrenner 1979) is adopted as a multi-level theoretical framework. It facilitates a comprehensive analysis of influences across the individual (e.g., self-efficacy), the microsystem (e.g., teachers), the mesosystem (e.g., interaction of parents and teachers), the exosystem (e.g., mass media, local governments), the macrosystem (e.g., social conditions), and the chronosystem (e.g., rise of AI, COVID-19-pandemic). By employing this multi-level lens, the research will provide a structured overview of relevant factors, explicitly accounting for changes in the macro- and chronosystem over the past decade. This systematic approach will contribute to scholarly discussions about youth transitions and enhance our understanding of how young adults’ horizons of possibility are structured. The overarching research questions guiding this review are: (1) What factors does the recent literature identify as shaping the educational and occupational aspirations and expectations of adolescents? (2) What role do current socioeconomic challenges and societal trends play in shaping the educational and occupational aspirations and expectations of adolescents?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study employs a systematic literature review conducted in accordance with the PRISMA 2020 guidelines (Page et. al 2021). A comprehensive literature search was conducted in order to identify relevant studies using electronic database in the fields of education, sociology, psychology and economics: Scopus, Web of Science (including SCI, SSCI, ESCI), ProQuest (including ERIC, ABI, IBSS) and FIS Bildung. The search terms employed included educational/occupational aspirations/expectations and adolescents, along with relevant synonyms. To enhance the precision of the search, the search terms were limited to article titles, abstracts and keywords. The databases’ filters allowed for the focus on (a) journal articles (b) written in English or German and (c) published between 2015 and 2025. All identified records were exported into a basic spreadsheet for the selection process. Following the elimination of duplicates, the articles were subjected to a screening process that entailed an initial evaluation by title, followed by a subsequent screening based on the abstract. At this time, records with an alternative research focus (e.g., aspirations/expectations as an influencing factor for something else), another target group (e.g., children), or another sociocultural background (i.e., non-western countries) were excluded. Subsequently, the records were sought for retrieval and evaluated for eligibility in accordance with the formal inclusion and exclusion criteria (a-c). The data collection process involved the transfer of information from the records into the spreadsheet. The following information was deemed relevant and extracted from the records: The context (e.g., country), the method, the theoretical background/conceptual framework, the research interest, and the results. In particular, all factors considered to be shaping adolescents' aspirations and expectations were explored. The synthesis was conducted in accordance with the levels set out in the Ecological Systems Theory (Bronfenbrenner 1979). Firstly, an analysis was conducted on each record individually; secondly, it was conducted on each level individually; finally, it was conducted comprehensively across all levels, allowing for the capturing of cross-influences and interdependencies. All phases of the research process were conducted by the author of this study: The identification and screening of records, the data collection and the synthesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This systematic review will provide a detailed mapping of the individual-level (e.g., academic self-perception, self-regulation), the microsystem (e.g., parents, peers), the mesosystem (e.g., parent-teacher interactions), the exosystem (e.g., local educational policies, mass media portrayals of careers), and the macrosystem dimensions (e.g., national economic conditions, cultural values) that shape educational and occupational aspirations and expectations of adolescents. The synthesis will provide crucial insights into how changes within the chronosystem, such as the rapid rise of AI and post-pandemic shifts, introduce new uncertainties that can either constrain or create opportunities for aspirations. Ultimately, this review will contribute to policy development that effectively supports young people in navigating their transition to adulthood amidst evolving global trends. It will achieve this by offering a multi-level understanding of the factors at play, potentially targeting multiple dimensions of influence from the individual to the systemic level. References Agboola, S. (2025): Educational Expectations as Protective Factors: Exploring Factors that Influence Students' Perceived Educational Attainment. In: International Journal of Social Science Research and Anthropology, 9/0/274-284. DOI: 10.70382/tijssra.v09i6.053 Behtoui, A. (2017): Social Capital and the Educational Expectations of Young People. In: European Educational Research Journal, 16/4/487-503. DOI: 10.1177/1474904116682248 Boxer, P. et al. (2011): Educational Aspiration– Expectation Discrepancies: Relation to Socioeconomic and Academic Risk-Related Factors. In: Journal of Adolescence, 34/4/609-617. DOI: 10.1016/j.adolescence.2010.10.002 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979): The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press Carroll, A. et al. (2009): Self-Efficacy and Academic Achievement in Australian High School Students: The Mediating Effects of Academic Aspirations and Delinquency. In: Journal of Adolescence, 32/4/797-817. DOI: 10.1016/j.adolescence.2008.10.009 Chavira, G. et al. (2016): Pathways to Achievement: Career and Educational Aspirations and Expectations of Latina/O Immigrant Parents and Early Adolescents. In: Journal of Latinos and Education, 15/3/214-228. DOI: 10.1080/ 15348431.2015.1131693 Katsantonis, I. (2024): Tracking adolescent students’ educational pathways to university through school engagement, parental expectations, and student aspirations. In: European Journal of Psychology of Education, 40/1/4. DOI: 10.1007/s10212-024-00917-3 Khattab, N. (2015): Students’ Aspirations, Expectations and School Achievement: What Really Matters? In: British Educational Research Journal, 41/5/731-748. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3171 Nada, C. et al. (2022): Growing up in a Never-Ending Crisis: Youth Transitions and Aspirations in Portugal. In: Profesorado, 26/3/126-147. DOI:10.30827/profesorado.v26i3.22833 O’Donnell, A. et al. (2025). Adolescents’ educational aspirations and expectations: the interaction between school experiences, region, and financial disadvantage. In: Social Psychology of Education, 28/180. DOI: 10.1007/s11218-025-10099-5 OECD (2025): Trends Shaping Education 2025. DOI: 10.1787/ee6587fd-en Page, M. et al. (2021): The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. In: BMJ, 372/0/n71 Santos, S. et al. (2025): ‘No time for dreams’: young adults’ educational expectations and aspirations. In: Educational Research, 67/2/ 247-264. DOI: 10.1080/00131881.2025.2488300 Valls, O et al. (2022): Educational and Occupational Aspirations: A Longitudinal Study of Vienna Youth. In: Social Inclusion, 10/2/226-239. DOI: 10.17645/si.v10i2.5105 Zahra, M. et al. (2025): Career aspirations: a structural equation model analyzing the role of academic vitality and academic self-regulation. In: International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 30/1/2559814, DOI: 10.1080/02673843.2025.2559814 Zava, F. et al. (2022): Academic Aspirations and Dropout Intentions in the Perspective of Positive Youth Development: Protective Factors in Adolescence. In: Sustainability, 14/11591. DOI: 10.3390/su141811591 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 Q: Educational and Professional Pathways in Times of Change Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Vesna Holubek Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Transformative Educational Infrastructures in Medium-sized Towns. Opportunities and Challenges of Municipal Cooperation Between Formal and Non-formal Educational Actors. University of Münster, Germany Presenting Author:Limited resources and demographic developments are posing increasing challenges for formal and non-formal education infrastructures in European municipalities. In a 2025 survey, 90% of the mayors of German cities surveyed rated the budgetary situation of their municipality as “poor” to “very poor” (Deutscher Städtetag, 2025). At the same time, demographic trends are leading to a labor shortage across Europe. The German "baby boomer" generation will reach retirement age by 2036 (Deschmeier & Schäfer, 2024). Additionally, digitalization is leading to powerful transformations in various industries, sectors, states, and societies through wider social, political, and economic dynamics (Williamson et al., 2024). These developments are particularly evident in medium-sized towns, where they encounter already limited financial, technical, and human resources, yet remain underrepresented in research on educational and social transformation processes (Förster et al., 2024). The linking of learning spaces in the form of cooperation between formal and non-formal educational institutions could be one way of responding to these developments by creating synergies, coordinating provision, and adapting to current local problems. The objective of this study is to discover how formal and non-formal educational actors conceptualize and justify collaborations under conditions of limited resources and which municipality-specific conditions shape the sustainability of cooperative arrangements. Within the framework of local self-government, German municipalities traditionally perform central administrative tasks in the areas of education and social services by providing child and youth welfare services, adult education centers, and libraries. Although local authorities bear approximately half of the costs per pupil per school year for the provision and maintenance of buildings, they have only limited influence on the structure and quality of the education offered. This has been changing since the beginning of the 21st century, partly due to Germany's poor performance in the PISA study. Since then, numerous federal and state municipal education programs, such as “Lernende Regionen” (learning regions) and “Lernen vor Ort” (local education management initiatives) have strengthened the role of local authorities (BMBF, 2022). The programs described each have different focuses and, despite structural and financial links, are autonomous in nature. They should be seen as a response to the increasing key role played by local authorities in shaping educational institutions and as a hub for education policy, which is credited with contributing to holistic educational landscapes, greater educational equity, more successful educational biographies, and the fight against local educational disadvantage and discrimination (Brüggemann et al., 2023). At the same time as these developments, ever more far-reaching development processes are leading to individuals demanding ever new knowledge in the use of digital technology and the skills required in an increasingly complex society, such as systematic thinking, responsible action, creativity, and innovation (WGBU, 2019). This has led to an increase in the importance of non-formal educational opportunities, which enable independent action, self-organization, and abstraction, thereby counteracting the risk of social inequality being reproduced through the “digital divide” (Kersting, 2025). Despite this increasing relevance, non-formal education programs are not treated equally to formal education in terms of educational monitoring, credit transfer, validation of acquired skills, and availability of longitudinal data, which makes it difficult to recognize non-formal knowledge. Historically, schools in Germany have been weakly embedded in local educational networks (Baumheier & Warsewa, 2009). The dissertation therefore takes a critical and reflective perspective on cooperation between formal and non-formal educational programs in order to do justice to the claim that education is a shared social responsibility. The focus is on medium-sized urban structures that face particular challenges in times of transformative developments relevant across European contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Comparative Case Study (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017) uses a mixed-methods approach that incorporates document analysis (Flick, 2019), secondary analysis (Medjedović, 2014), and expert interviews (Mayring, 2022). The design integrates horizontal, vertical and transversal comparisons to capture actors, governance levels and historical dynamics. This design is particularly suitable for a holistic view of a small number of cases. Two medium-sized towns in different German states were selected as case studies, as they both exhibit particularly typical characteristics (30,000 to 50,000 inhabitants, Importance for the surrounding area) and offer maximum variation (administrative status, proximity to the nearest big city, population density). They therefore provide the ideal framework as a subject of investigation. First, a document analysis of institutionalized cooperation between formal and non-formal educational programs in the two cities will be conducted. This will provide new perspectives on the field of research and the processes within it, in this case the cooperation between formal and non-formal educational programs at the local level. Secondly, the interviews conducted as part of the “Educational Infrastructures in Medium-Sized Towns” (Becker et al., 2025) project by the DFG research group “Digital Medium-Sized Towns of the Future” will be evaluated using secondary analysis. The focus here is on the question of what kinds of cooperation between formal and non-formal education actors the interviewed managers from kindergartens, schools, libraries, museums, and education administrations report on. Thirdly, to supplement the existing data, further interviews will be conducted with experts from non-formal institutions such as sports clubs, religious communities, museums, and volunteer organizations such as the fire department. The interview guide is divided into the categories “Forms of cooperation,” “Local political incentives,” “Digitization processes,” “Opportunities and challenges,” “Sustainable institutionalization,” and “Significance for educational inequality”. Finally, the results are classified according to the concept of educational infrastructures (Bücker et al., 2023) with its material-structural, institutional-organizational, normative-cultural, and interactive-cooperative dimensions. The aim here is to find out how cooperation actually works under real conditions, such as limited resources and digitization processes. The challenges lie in particular in gaining access to stakeholders with limited time resources and in setting aside one's own preconceptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings International and European organizations and strategies emphasize the importance of linking formal and non-formal learning environments, viewing cooperation as a key prerequisite for lifelong learning and greater educational equity. Formal and non-formal educational opportunities fulfill complementary functions. While formal education is more strongly linked to curricula, certificates, and institutions, non-formal educational opportunities offer flexible, real-world, and skills-oriented learning opportunities. Local authorities often play a key role in coordinating cooperation by acting as an interface between educational actors, education policy, and socio-spatial conditions. Towns in many European regions face challenges due to limited financial and human resources and demographic changes. Cooperation is seen as a possible response to this and should be viewed in the context of the opportunities for networking and coordination created by digitalization, as well as the greater need for control and coordination. However, it remains unclear how these collaborations will be specified and implemented, because the research perspective is programmatic in nature. There is a need for empirical insights into how formal and non-formal actors perceive, evaluate, and justify cooperation, and what municipality-specific characteristics, differences, and path dependencies become apparent. This work closes this research gap by taking a qualitative, empirical approach that considers cooperation between formal and non-formal education actors in a context-specific and multidimensional manner. The comparative case study in two medium-sized towns takes into account the different municipal conditions. Methodological triangulation, including theory-driven qualitative content analysis based on the educational governance perspective, will supplement the programmatic objectives by providing insights into practical implementation. The aim is to identify types of cooperation, highlight blind spots in municipal education programs, and further develop the concept of education infrastructures for medium-sized towns. I am currently evaluating the interviews using qualitative content analysis and would appreciate some feedback on what I need to bear in mind. References Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Rethinking Case Study Research: A Comparative Approach. Taylor & Francis Group. Baumheier, U., & Warsewa, G. (2009). Vernetzte Bildungslandschaften: Internationale Erfahrungen und Stand der deutschen Entwicklung. In P. Bleckmann, & A. Durdel (Edt.), Lokale Bildungslandschaften. Perspektiven für Ganztagsschulen und Kommunen (pp 19-36). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Becker, M.F., Parreira do Amaral, M., & Zelinka, J. (2025). AP 2 Prozesse und Interaktionen. Erfassung von Rationalitäten, Praktiken und Handlungslogiken. DFG-Projekt Bildungsinfrastrukturen in der Mittelstadt. BMBF (2022). Bildungschancen gestalten. Vor Ort. Für alle. Das Programm „Bildung integriert“ zur Förderung des datenbasierten kommunalen Bildungsmanagements. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung. Brüggemann, C., Hermstein, B., & Nikolai, R. (2023). Bildungskommunen. Eine einleitende Systematisierung zur Reform kommunaler Bildungspolitik und -verwaltung. In C. Brüggemann, C., B. Hermstein, & R. Nikolai (Eds.). Bildungskommunen. Bedeutung und Wandel kommunaler Politik und Verwaltung im Bildungswesen (pp 7-32). Beltz. Bücker, J., Parreira do Amaral, M., & Zelinka, J. (2023). AP1 Strukturen und Angebote. Eine Analysestrategie. DFG-Projekt Bildungsinfrastrukturen in der Mittelstadt. Deutscher Städtetag (2025). Städtische Haushalte in der Krise. Städtetag Aktuell, Vol. 2/2025, 14. Deschermeier, P., & Schäfer, H. (2024). Die Babyboomer gehen in Rente. IW-Kurzbericht, No. 78, 1-3. Flick, U. (2019). Qualitative Sozialforschung - Eine Einführung. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag. Förster, A., Kropp, C., Kuhlmann, S., Lohrberg, F., Neuwirth, C., Polivka, J., & Reicher, C. (2024). Mittelstadt als Mitmachstadt – Forschungs- und Praxisperspektiven aus dem transformativen Graduiertenkolleg. In A. Förster, C. Kropp, S. Kuhlmann, F. Lohrberg, C. Neuwirth, J. Polívka, & C. Reicher (edt.), Transformation von Mittelstädten. Über neue Kulturen des Stadtmachens (pp. 9-34). Transcript. Kersting, N. (2025). Digitale Ungleichheiten und digitale Spaltung. In T. Klenk, F. Nullmeier, & G. Wewer (Eds.), Handbuch Digitalisierung in Staat und Verwaltung (pp. 239-250). Springer VS. Mayring, P. (2002). Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung. Eine Anleitung zum qualitativen Denken. Beltz Pädagogik. Medjedović, I. (2018). Sekundäranalyse. In L. Akremi, N. Baur, H. Knoblauch, H., & B. Traue (Ed.), Handbuch Interpretativ Forschen (pp 108-132). Beltz Juventa. WGBU (2019). Unsere gemeinsame digitale Zukunft. Wissenschaftlicher Beirat der Bundesregierung Globale Umweltveränderungen. Williamson, B., Komljenovic, J., & Gulson, K.N. (2024). Introduction. Digitalisation of education in the era of algorithms, automation and artifical intelligence. In B. Williamson, J. Komljenovic, & K.N. Gulson (2024), World Yearbook of Education 2024. Digitalisation of Education in the Era of Algorithms, Automation and Artifical Intelligence (pp. 1-20). Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The impact of University Technical Colleges in England University of Derby, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Research Question: - What skills and behaviours of students/employees do the strategies of employers and stakeholders seek to produce through University Technical Colleges?’ University Technical Colleges (UTCs) represent a distinctive model within the education system in England, combining academic and vocational provision for students aged 14–19, with some institutions extending entry from age 11. Designed as all-ability, mixed-sex state-funded academies, UTCs specialise in technical and vocational education and training (TVET), such as engineering, biomedical science, computing, and creative technologies, while also delivering core academic subjects, including mathematics, English, and science (UTC website, 2019; NFER, 2017). The model is underpinned by partnerships with local universities and employers, as well as oversight from the Baker Dearing Trust (BDT), with the stated aim of bridging skills gaps in regional economies and fostering employability. UTCs emphasise project-based learning, extended school hours, and the development of transferable skills such as teamwork, communication, and problem-solving, positioning students as “work-ready” graduates. There have been several policy reforms that have contributed to the development of vocational education programmes. TVET is a complex field that aims to equip individuals with the necessary skills and knowledge to meet the labour market’s demands and contribute to human capital development. TVET has undergone significant changes in England and government policies restrict individual choices by determining the vocational orientation of the available curriculum. TVET is seen by policymakers, business leaders, academics and governments as having a pivotal role in the transition from school to waged labour for young people (Avis and Atkins, 2017) and UTCs are a part of this. Previous research into UTCs has investigated the experiences of young people in TVET, with regards to gender and class (Bathmaker and Ingram, 2014), curriculum delivery (Dale, 2016), UTCs leaders’ perceptions (Gomery, 2019), as well as reports evaluating the UTC model (NFER, 2017; McCrone et al., 2019). However, there has been little research into trying to understand how UTCs shape students skills and behaviours and their relationship with employer sponsors and stakeholders. There has been plenty of public criticism of the UTC model in the educational/wider media, with concerns voiced in relation to their viability, cost and performance.
The theoretical framework draws on Marx, Bourdieu, and Reay. This combined framework supports how UTCs simultaneously produce labour-power for contemporary capitalism while reproducing existing social inequalities. These frameworks enable an analysis of how power, class, and culture intersect to shape the ways in which labour is valued, disciplined, and marginalised within UTCs, particularly in relation to employer sponsors and wider stakeholders. From a Marxist perspective, TVET, can be understood as functioning to reproduce capitalist labour relations by preparing students for participation in the labour process. Bourdieusian theory extends this by demonstrating how habitus and unequal distributions of economic, cultural, social, and symbolic capital shape skills and dispositions that are recognised and rewarded. Reay’s work further foregrounds how these processes are experienced unevenly, particularly by working-class students, reinforcing stratification rather than promoting social justice. Within a marketised education system, these dynamics are intensified rather than transformed, as employer influence and economic priorities become increasingly embedded in curricula. Integrating these frameworks therefore provides a critical foundation for analysing how UTCs shape students’ skills and behaviours and contribute to the ongoing reproduction of labour-power and inequality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a qualitative research design in order to explore in depth the perspectives, practices, and rationales of organisations involved in the sponsorship and support of University Technical Colleges (UTCs). Data were generated through a combination of semi-structured interviews, observational fieldwork and document analysis, allowing for methodological triangulation and a richer understanding of the research context. The dataset consisted of eight semi-structured interviews conducted with individuals occupying senior or influential positions within organisations that sponsor, partner with, or otherwise support UTCs. These participants held roles that enabled them to shape strategic decision-making, resource allocation, and organisational engagement with technical education. The sample represented a range of organisational contexts, including large national and multinational corporations, small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), education management organisations, and regional business networks. This diversity allowed for comparative insight into how different types of employers and intermediary organisations understand and enact their involvement with UTCs. Interviews were conducted both face-to-face and online, reflecting practical constraints as well as participant availability and geographical dispersion. All interviews were audio-recorded with participant consent and transcribed. In addition to interviews, non-participant observations were conducted at a UTC site. These observations focused on the everyday practices and interactions through which employer engagement was enacted, including encounters between staff, students, and external partners. Observational data provided contextual insight into the institutional environment and helped to situate interview accounts within lived organisational practices. Data was analysed using thematic analysis, supported by NVivo qualitative data analysis software. Analysis followed an iterative and reflexive process, beginning with familiarisation through repeated reading of transcripts and fieldnotes. Initial codes were then generated, capturing both theoretically informed concepts and patterns emerging directly from the data. Theme development involved clustering related codes, refining boundaries between themes, and constructing thematic maps to explore relationships across the dataset. Ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection, and all participants provided informed consent. Anonymity and confidentiality were ensured using pseudonyms and the removal of identifying details from transcripts and reporting. Particular attention was paid to issues of power, positionality, and relational ethics, especially given the researcher’s engagement with senior business leaders and a participant group that was predominantly white male. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The early findings indicate that business partners consistently prioritise practical and applied knowledge over theoretical or academic knowledge within UTCs. Participants framed the perceived advantage of UTCs as their ability to prepare students for employment through applied learning, real-world projects, and exposure to workplace environments, rather than through abstract disciplinary knowledge. While academic qualifications were acknowledged as necessary, they were frequently positioned as secondary to employability, behavioural readiness, and application of knowledge in workplace contexts. UTCs appear to function as sites of workplace socialisation, where students learn the values, dispositions, and behaviours demanded by employers. Rather than equipping students with expansive career agency, the focus on soft skills risks positioning learners primarily as “good workers,” reinforcing existing labour hierarchies rather than challenging them. Language also emerged as a significant sub-theme. Participants frequently rejected the label “vocational,” associating it with lower status, reduced academic ambition, and deficit assumptions about learners. In contrast, “technical” education was framed as higher status, intellectually demanding, and more compatible with middle-class aspirations. This distinction reflects symbolic boundary-making within TVET, where rebranding serves to distance UTCs from historically stigmatised vocational pathways. Such framing reinforces a hierarchy within working-class educational routes, privileging technical over vocational identities while reproducing social stratification. This emphasis reflects a neoliberal conception of education, where the purpose of TVET is framed primarily in terms of labour-market alignment and human capital development (Missekle-Evans,2021). Knowledge was valued primarily for its usefulness in employment, positioning education as a means of producing work-ready individuals rather than fostering broader theoretical or critical thinking. This aligns with critiques within the literature that vocational and technical pathways often restrict access to forms of cultural capital that facilitate upward mobility, thereby contributing to the reproduction of social inequality (Atkins,2009). References Atkins, L. (2009). ‘Educational Reform and the State: Reflections on Education in England in the Twentieth Century’. Journal of Educational Policy, 24(6), 729-744. Avis, J., & Atkins, L. (2017). Vocational education and training policy in England. In D. N. Aspin (Ed.), Policy and Inequality in Education (pp. 77-92). Springer. Bathmaker, A-M & Ingram, N 2014, ''Who wants to be an engineer? The effects of vocational diversification in English secondary schooling on the decision-making and experience of girls and boys from different social class backgrounds'', Paper presented at British Educational Research Association (BERA) Annual Conference, 2014, London, UK United Kingdom, 23/09/14 - 25/09/14. Dale, R. (2016). University Technical Colleges: Failed Experiment or the Future for Technical Education?. Journal of Education Policy, 31(6), 769-782. Gomery, D. (2019). University technical colleges: Pedagogy meets market demands. In F. Marhuenda & M.J. Chisvert-Tarazona (Eds.), Pedagogical concerns and market demands in VET. Proceedings of the 3rd Crossing Boundaries in VET conference, Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET) (pp.34-44) https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.2641685 McCrone, T., Jones, S., Skinner, E., & Welford, L. (2019). What are university technical colleges (UTCs) and how well are they working? An evaluation of the impact, processes, and implementation of university technical colleges in England. National Foundation for Educational Research. Misselke-Evans, L. (2021). Technical and vocational education and training. In R. Waller & S. D. Briggs (Eds.), International Handbook of Technical and Vocational Education and Training Research (pp. 1-26). London: Springer NFER report. (2017). University Technical Colleges: Employer-focused technical education?. Retrieved from https://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/UNTC01/UNTC01.pdf. University Technical Colleges [brochure]. Retrieved from https://www.utcolleges.org/app/uploads/2019/09/UTC-Recruitment-Brochure-2019-FINAL.pdf. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Decent Work as the Missing Link Between Dual-Career Lifestyle Satisfaction and Well-Being: A Mediation Analysis TED University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study examines the mediating role of perceived decent work in the association between satisfaction with the dual-career lifestyle and general psychological well-being. Dual-career couples, defined as couples in which both partners pursue sustained and meaningful professional careers, have become increasingly prevalent due to rising educational attainment, the globalization of labor markets, and the expansion of women’s participation in paid employment (Byron, 2005; Christie, 2012). While dual-career arrangements may provide economic stability and opportunities for self-realization, they can also intensify role strain, work–family conflict, and emotional demands, thereby posing risks to psychological well-being (Frone et al., 1997; Neault & Pickerell, 2005; Abele & Volmer, 2011). Within career counseling and vocational psychology, work is conceptualized as a central life domain shaping identity development, relational functioning, and overall life satisfaction (Brown & Lent, 2016; Blustein, 2019; Savickas, 2013). From this standpoint, well-being extends beyond job satisfaction and reflects the extent to which work is meaningfully integrated with broader life roles and personal values (Lent & Brown, 2013; Diener et al., 2018). Accordingly, satisfaction with the dual-career lifestyle can be understood as a relational evaluation of how couples manage and coordinate their professional and personal responsibilities (Aytar & Babanoğlu, 2023). Relational theories further illuminate the evaluative nature of dual-career satisfaction. The Investment Model proposes that relationship satisfaction and commitment are shaped by perceived rewards, costs, investments, and the quality of alternatives (Rusbult et al., 1998; Agnew et al., 2019). Similarly, Social Exchange Theory emphasizes evaluations of reciprocity and fairness in the distribution of resources and responsibilities (Thibaut & Kelley, 1959; Cook & Rice, 2006). In dual-career relationships, perceptions of fairness regarding work-related sacrifices, time allocation, and emotional support are therefore central to both relational satisfaction and general well-being (Carlson et al., 2009; Greenhaus & Powell, 2017). The Psychology of Working Theory (PWT) provides a comprehensive framework for understanding how work conditions influence psychological well-being through the fulfillment of basic needs for survival, social connection, and self-determination (Duffy et al., 2016; Blustein et al., 2019). From this perspective, access to decent work represents a fundamental psychological resource rather than merely an economic condition (Blustein, 2019). Decent work is experienced psychologically through perceptions of safety, fair compensation, access to healthcare, adequate rest, and alignment between organizational practices and personal values (Duffy et al., 2017). The International Labour Organization’s (ILO) Decent Work Framework provides a strong European and international policy context by defining decent work in terms of employment security, rights at work, social protection, and social dialogue (International Labour Organization [ILO], 2019). Although originally articulated at a structural level, these dimensions have been linked to psychologically meaningful experiences of predictability, fairness, and agency at work (Di Fabio & Blustein, 2016; Ferraro et al., 2016). Integrating the ILO framework with PWT connects macro-level labor standards with micro-level psychological experiences of work quality, situating dual-career well-being within broader European and international debates on labor conditions and social sustainability. From a conceptual perspective, perceived decent work is expected to function as a mediating mechanism through which satisfaction with the dual-career lifestyle is translated into general psychological well-being. Dual-career satisfaction reflects relational evaluations shaped by investment and exchange processes, whereas decent work represents the quality of structural and psychological work conditions that enable couples to sustain these relational dynamics over time (Duffy et al., 2016; ILO, 2019). General well-being is conceptualized as a holistic evaluation of psychological functioning and life satisfaction (Diener et al., 2018; Longo et al., 2018). Taken together, the proposed mediation model integrates career counseling, relational theories, and labor psychology within a coherent and internationally relevant theoretical framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a quantitative correlational research design, which is appropriate for examining relationships among naturally occurring variables and testing predictive models (Heppner et al., 2008; Shaughnessy, 2012). Data were collected using an online survey administered through the Qualtrics platform. Convenience sampling was used to reach participants via social media, professional networks, and online communities, which is a common approach in exploratory correlational research under practical constraints (Shaughnessy, 2012). Participants were married individuals who were both employed and had been married for at least six months, in accordance with the usage requirements of the Satisfaction with Dual-Career Lifestyle Scale (Özgülük Üçok & Hatipoğlu Sümer, 2021). Accordingly, individuals who were unemployed, retired, single, or in single-earner marriages were excluded. The sample consisted of 151 married and currently employed individuals in dual-career relationships. Participants ranged in age from 22 to 73 years (M = 37.85, SD = 9.73), reflecting a broad representation of different life and career stages. The duration of marriage varied substantially, from 6 to 549 months (M = 124.08, SD = 115.07), indicating that both newly married and long-term dual-career couples were included in the study. The sample included participants from diverse occupational backgrounds, with a substantial proportion employed in education and academia (n = 64), including teachers and academics. Dual-career lifestyle satisfaction was measured using the Satisfaction with Dual-Career Lifestyle Scale (SWDCLS; Perrone & Worthington, 2001), adapted into Turkish by Özgülük Üçok and Hatipoğlu Sümer (2021). Perceptions of decent work were assessed using the Decent Work Scale (DWS) developed by Duffy et al. (2017) and adapted into Turkish by Büyükgöze-Kavas and Autin (2019). General well-being was measured using the General Well-Being Scale Short Form (Longo et al., 2018), adapted into Turkish by Odacı et al. (2021). Data analysis was conducted using IBM SPSS and AMOS. Preliminary analyses included screening for missing data, outliers, and normality assumptions (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2019). Multiple imputation was used to handle missing data (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2019). Pearson correlation coefficients were calculated to examine bivariate relationships among variables (Field, 2005). Mediation analysis followed the regression-based approach proposed by Hayes (2018), which extends the classic mediation framework of Baron and Kenny (1986). Bootstrapping procedures were employed to test the significance of indirect effects, as recommended for mediation models (Hayes, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The mediation analysis indicated that satisfaction with the dual-career lifestyle significantly predicted perceptions of decent work, and that perceptions of decent work significantly predicted general well-being, consistent with the assumptions of the Psychology of Working Theory (Duffy et al., 2016; Blustein et al., 2019). Moreover, the significant indirect effect provided empirical support for the proposition that decent work functions as a key psychological mechanism linking relational career satisfaction to overall well-being (Hayes, 2018). These findings suggest that satisfaction with a dual-career lifestyle contributes to well-being primarily when couples perceive their working conditions as fair, safe, and supportive. This result aligns with research emphasizing that work quality, rather than employment status alone, is central to psychological health (Blustein, 2019; Ferraro et al., 2016). It also supports relational perspectives suggesting that structural resources enable couples to sustain balanced and equitable exchange processes within intimate relationships (Rusbult et al., 1998; Greenhaus & Powell, 2017). From a career counseling perspective, the results underline the importance of addressing work conditions alongside individual and relational factors in counseling practice (Brown & Lent, 2016; Blustein, 2019). At a broader European and international policy level, the findings support initiatives that promote decent work standards as pathways to healthier family systems and sustainable well-being (International Labour Organization, 2019). These findings further underscore the role of career guidance, counseling, and lifelong learning within Educational Sciences in supporting sustainable career development and well-being, particularly in educational and academic contexts. References Abele, A. E., & Volmer, J. (2011). Dual-career couples: Specific challenges for work–life integration. In Creating Balance? (pp. 173–189). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-16199-5_10 Blustein, D. L. (2019). The importance of work in an age of uncertainty. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190213701.001.0001 Duffy, R. D., Allan, B. A., England, J. W., Blustein, D. L., Autin, K. L., Douglass, R. P., Ferreira, J., & Santos, E. J. R. (2017). The development and initial validation of the Decent Work Scale. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 64(2), 206–221. https://doi.org/10.1037/cou0000191 Duffy, R. D., Blustein, D. L., Diemer, M. A., & Autin, K. L. (2016). The psychology of working theory. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 63(2), 127–148. https://doi.org/10.1037/cou0000140 Hayes, A. F. (2018). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. International Labour Organization. (2019). Decent work. ILO. Longo, Y., Coyne, I., & Joseph, S. (2018). Development of the short version of the Scales of General Well-Being: The 14-item SGWB. Personality and Individual Differences, 124, 31–34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2017.11.042 Odacı, H., Kaya, F., & Kınık, Ö. (2021). Genel İyi Oluş Ölçeği Kısa Formu’nun Türkçeye uyarlanması. Dokuz Eylül Üniversitesi Buca Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 52, 97–111. https://doi.org/10.53444/deubefd.841481 Özgülük Üçok, S. B., & Hatipoğlu Sümer, Z. (2021). Çift-kariyerli yaşam tarzı doyumu ölçeğinin Türkçeye uyarlanması. Ege Eğitim Dergisi, 22(1), 30–39. https://doi.org/10.12984/egeefd.815974 Perrone, K. M., & Worthington, E. L., Jr. (2001). Factors influencing ratings of marital quality by individuals within dual-career marriages: A conceptual model. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 48(1), 3–9. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0167.48.1.3 |
| 9:00 - 10:30 | 99 ERC SES 07 R: Poster Jury Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Governance Meeting |
| 9:00 - 11:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS B: (NW 24) From Eye Movements to Instructional Design Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Vuslat Seker Tuesday Morning Workshop - no registration required
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop From Eye Movements to Instructional Design 1: HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Netherlands, The; 2: Heidelberg University of Education; 3: The University of Education Freiburg; 4: HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht; 5: The University of Education Schwäbisch Gmünd Presenting Author:Bring a Laptop Many students experience difficulties when interpreting statistical graphs that are not easily identifiable from written answers alone. As a result, these misinterpretations may remain unnoticed in traditional assessment formats. Eye-tracking research offers a way to complement such data sources by providing additional insight into how students visually engage with graphs while reasoning. Recent studies (Abt et al., 2025; Boels et al., 2025; Schreiter & Vogel, 2025) have shown that students’ conceptions and difficulties when interpreting statistical graphs are reflected in their gaze behaviour. By combining gaze data with students’ verbal explanations, eye-tracking vignettes make it possible to analyse how students attend to and integrate different elements of a graph when constructing an interpretation. In this way, the combination of visual and verbal data can support a more fine-grained understanding of students’ reasoning processes (Dvir & Ben-Zvi, 2023). However, such process-oriented data are rarely translated into formats that are meaningful and usable for teacher education. The Eye Teach Stats project addresses this gap by developing eye-tracking vignettes that combine students’ answers, verbal explanations, and eye-movement data to support teachers in diagnosing students’ misinterpretations. These vignettes present authentic scenes from educational practice and offer opportunities for analysis and reflection without the pressure to act (Rutsch et al., 2018). They are designed to support the development of teachers’ diagnostic competence by focusing on how students’ systematic errors and underlying conceptual difficulties can be identified and interpreted when working with statistical graphs. This workshop introduces teacher educators and researchers to the use of eye-tracking vignettes as a tool to support teachers in diagnosing and dealing with misinterpretations of statistical graphs (i.e., dotplots, case-value plots, histograms, and boxplots) by taking a practice-oriented approach in which participants engage directly with eye-tracking vignettes to explore students’ reasoning processes. In the workshop, participants will first be introduced to the background of eye-tracking research in statistical graphs and its relevance for understanding students’ reasoning in the context of statistical graphs. The focus is not on technical aspects, but on how eye-movement data can be interpreted and used as a resource for professional learning. Participants will then work collaboratively with an example vignette. They will identify patterns in students’ reasoning and possible misinterpretations and discuss how these insights can inform instructional decisions. Finally, participants will connect their experiences with eye-tracking vignettes to their own contexts in teaching, teacher education, or research by reflecting on how eye-tracking vignettes can be integrated into their own practice and considering how this approach can be used across domains, such as mathematics and science, to explore students’ reasoning in different contexts. By the end of the workshop, participants will be familiar with the structure and use of eye-tracking vignettes, gain experience in analysing students’ reasoning using multiple data sources, and consider how this approach can be integrated into their own teaching, teacher education, or research contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Requirements: participants need to bring a laptop or tablet. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Abt, M., Loibl, K., Leuders, T., Van Dooren, W., & Reinhold, F. (2025). Understanding student errors in comparing data sets with boxplots. Educational Studies in Mathematics. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-025-10387-z Boels, L., Bakker, A., Van Dooren, W., & Drijvers, P. (2025). Secondary school students’ strategies when interpreting histograms and case-value plots: An eye-tracking study. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 118(3), 479–503. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-024-10351-3 Dvir, M., & Ben-Zvi, D. (2023). Informal statistical models and modeling. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 25(1), 79–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/10986065.2021.1925842 Schreiter, S., & Vogel, M. (2025). Students’ local vs. global views of data distributions: A cross-grade-level analysis using eye-tracking. Educational Studies in Mathematics. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-024-10352-2 Rutsch, J., Rehm, M., Vogel, M., Seidenfuß, M., & Dörfler, T. (Hrsg.) (2018). Effektive Kompetenzdiagnose in der Lehrerbildung: Professionalisierungsprozesse angehender Lehrkräfte untersuchen. Wiesbaden: Springer. |
| 9:00 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS A: (NW 07, NW 20, NW 28) Using drama based research methods to explore how we can build a radically inclusive university Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Eszter Neumann Tuesday Morning Workshop - pre-registration required
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Using Drama Based Research Methods to Explore How we Can Build a Radically Inclusive University 1: HUN-REN CSS, Hungary; 2: West University of Timișoara, Romania; 3: University of Turin, Italy; 4: University of Valencia; 5: University of Barcelona; 6: RPTU I University of Kaiserslautern-Landau, Germany Presenting Author: |
| 9:00 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS E: (NW 09, NW 16) No way out? Researching the digital divide with the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Falk Brese Tuesday Morning Workshop - pre-registration required
Workshop with pre-registration and preparation
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop No way out? Researching the digital divide with the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) IEA, Germany Presenting Author:The primary objective of this workshop is to explore how data from IEA’s International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) can be used for research on how well students are prepared for study, work, and life in a digital world. The workshop will put emphasis on how data related to computer and information literacy could provide further insights for policy and practice.
This course will introduce participants to ICILS 2023. Its database is publicly available and provides a rich source for research related to students’ capabilities to engage with nowadays opportunities and challenges of the digital world. In 2023, 27 European education systems participated in the study. As ICILS 2023 was the third cycle of the study since its start in 2013, there is also potential to look into trends over time.
The course will include an overview of ICILS, covering background, conceptual framework, design and some key findings. Participants will be introduced to the survey instruments, database, access paths to data sources, technical documentation, analysis guides, and software tools. They will also learn about available variables such as students’ computer and information literacy, their computational thinking capabilities, opportunities to learn about the digital world at school, the students’ home context, as well as class- and school-level learning contexts.
With this information, participants will formulate and discuss research questions that can be addressed with ICILS data. The instructors will be available to mentor the development of research ideas and design as well as to answer data related and technical questions. Research questions from individual attendants will be presented to all participants to provide opportunities to share ideas.
No prior knowledge about ICILS or any international large-scale assessments is required. Basic knowledge about statistical analysis is not required but is an advantage. A laptop with the IEA IDB Analyzer and statistical software (SPSS or R/RStudio) installed is required if participants want to work on the analyses in the hands-on part of the workshop. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used • Participants should bring a laptop. • Lecturers will hand out USB sticks with published ICILS material (assessment framework, questionnaires) that can be used during the group work. • Participants who would like to practice analysis should o download and install the IEA IDB Analyzer (https://www.iea.nl/data-tools/); o have either R/RStudio, SPSS, or SAS installed on their laptop prior to the workshop; o bring the ICILS 2023 international database on their laptops (https://www.iea.nl/data-tools/repository) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Fraillon, J., (2025) (Ed.). An international perspective on digital literacy: Results from ICILS 2023. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-87722-3 Fraillon, J. & Rožman, M. (Eds.) (2024) IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023 Assessment Framework. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-61194-0_1 Meyer, S., Daniel, T., & Tieck, S. (Eds.) (2025). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023 User Guide for the International Database. IEA. https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2025-02/ICILS_2023_User_Guide.pdf |
| 9:00 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS F: (NW 04) From Ideas to Collaboration: A BarCamp on Emerging Research and European Partnerships in Inclusive Education Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Session Chair: Jonathan Rix Tuesday Morning Workshop - pre-registration required
Workshop with pre-registration and preparation
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop From Ideas to Collaboration: A BarCamp on Emerging Research and European Partnerships in Inclusive Education 1: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 2: University of Antwerp; 3: Karel de Grote Hogeschool Presenting Author:*** Bring a laptop *** Pre-registration This workshop proposes an interactive BarCamp-style session aimed at stimulating collaboration and idea development around emerging research on inclusive education. The session is designed to create a participatory space where researchers can share early-stage ideas, explore common research interests, and identify opportunities for future collaboration. Participants are welcome to join the workshop either as idea pitchers or as collaborators/respondents. Pitching an idea is optional; active contribution to the discussions is equally valued. The main objective of the workshop is to support the development of new research initiatives by bringing together researchers who are interested in inclusive education. By creating structured opportunities for discussion and exchange, the workshop aims to facilitate the refinement of research ideas, the identification of shared questions and themes, and the exploration of potential collaborative projects. Prior to the session, participants will be invited to submit short descriptions of research ideas or project proposals related to inclusive education. During the workshop, these ideas will be briefly presented through short pitches (approximately one minute each). Following the pitches, participants will use a placemat-based selection method (through a collective voting process) to collectively identify a number of ideas that will be explored in greater depth. The workshop will then move into two rounds of small-group discussions. In the first round, participants will join a group centred around one of the selected ideas and discuss possible research questions, methodological approaches, and opportunities for collaboration. After this discussion, groups will briefly report back in plenary, sharing key insights and potential directions for further development. Participants will then select ideas for a second round of discussions. During this round, participants may join a different group, allowing ideas to be further developed through new perspectives and combinations of expertise. The session will conclude with a final plenary reflection in which groups present the outcomes of their discussions and identify possible next steps for collaborative research. The aim is not to form full consortia during the workshop, but rather to refine ideas, identify shared interests, and explore small, feasible next-step collaborations. Through this iterative process of pitching, selecting, discussing and reflecting, the workshop aims to support the collective development of innovative research ideas and strengthen connections between researchers interested in inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 9:00 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS I: (NW 32) Democratize Now! Aesthetic and embodied learning for democracy-as-becoming. Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Tuesday Morning Workshop - no registration required
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Democratize Now! Aesthetic and embodied learning for democracy-as-becoming 1: Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany; 2: University of Lapland, Finland; 3: Riga Technical University, Riga, Latvia Presenting Author:We invite the ECER Community to explore the practice materials developed through the Horizon Europe project AECED – Aesthetic and Embodied Learning for Democracy-as-Becoming (aeced.org). Partners from six European countries have contributed to this project and explored the potential of democracy-as-becoming within institutionalised learning settings. Together, we have explored methods that engage all the senses across different educational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References • AECED. (2026). Pedagogical Framework. • AECED. (2026). Practice companion for Adult, Professional, Organisational Learning Guide • Spahn, L.; Weber, S.M.; Jääskeleinen, P; Mpahanga, K.; Neves, C.; Organisjana, K. (forthcoming).‘Lifting the Roof’ with Democracy-as-Becoming The potential of aesthetic and embodied learning for innovating Governance in Educational Institutions. A Pattern Approach. In: Journal of Awareness based System Change. • Jääskeläinen, P., Woods, P., & Oganisjana, K. (2025). The importance of the aesthetic-embodied dimension in learning for democracy. https://aeced.org/resources/ • Weber, S. M. (2025). Towards Sustainability and the Common Good: Pattern Language as an Epistemic Strategy for Learning in Commoning Organisations. In W. Leal Filho, J. Newman, A. Lange Salvia, L. Viera Trevisan, & L. Corazza (Eds.), North American and European Perspectives on Sustainability in Higher Education (pp. 101–119). Springer. • Woods, P. (2024). The four dimensions of holistic democracy. https://aeced.org/resources/ • Woods, P., & Pazur, M. (2025). Democratic sensibility (Position Paper No. 3). https://aeced.org/resources/ • The Pattern Language of Commoning Card Deck: A toolkit of "solutionary patterns" used for reflection and envisioning democracy as a lived experience and the transformation towards it. • Woods, P. A., & Roberts, A. (2018). Collaborative school leadership: A critical guide. Sage Publications. |
| 9:00 - 12:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS J: (NW 28) Knowing and Acting with Young People: A Study Visit to Kölvi Youth Work Centre in Tampere Location: Excursion Session Chair: Ofir Sheffer Tuesday Morning Workshop - pre-registration required
Workshop outside campus with pre-regsitration |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Knowing and Acting with Young People: A Study Visit to Kölvi Youth Work Centre in Tampere Kaye academic college of education, Israel Presenting Author:This workshop will take the form of a study visit to Kölvi-toiminta, a preventive youth work centre in Tampere run by Pakolaisnuorten tuki ry. Kölvi works with young people from migrant and refugee backgrounds and offers a community-based space for support, participation, belonging and guidance. The visit will provide participants with an opportunity to learn about local youth work practices in Tampere and to reflect on the connections between educational research, social inclusion and practice. The objectives of the workshop are: To introduce participants to a local youth work initiative in Tampere; To explore how preventive youth work supports young people from migrant and refugee backgrounds; To discuss the role of non-formal and community-based education in addressing inequality and exclusion; To create dialogue between educational researchers and practitioners.
https://kolvi.fi/en/kolvi-activity/ Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 9:00 - 12:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS K: (NW21) Work Discussion: A psychoanalytic oriented training and research method focusing on the impact of emotions on educational interactions Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Wilfried Datler Session Chair: Margit Datler Tuesday Morning Workshop - no registration required
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Work Discussion: A Psychoanalytic Oriented Training and Research Method Focusing on the Impact of Emotions on Educational Interactions University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Work Discussion is a psychoanalytic oriented method which is used for the analysis and reflection of interactions and relationships in educational and other psychosocial work settings with a particular focus on emotions and their regulation. Developed at the Tavistock Clinic in London, the Work Discussion method consists of written reports describing work situations. These reports are presented and discussed in small groups during regular meetings led by experienced seminar leaders. The primary task is to develop a deep understanding of the close relationship between the conscious and unconscious aspects of internal and external processes, as well as their impact on the dynamics of work situations with a special focus on emotions and their regulation. Work Discussion is used in the context of research and in the context of training (or further education), enabling professionals to take a deep understanding of work dynamics into account when acting in their roles (for example as teachers, social workers, counsellors ect.). Participants of this workshop will have the opportunity to learn about the practical use of the Work Discussion method and its theoretical background. In the first part of the workshop, the chairpersons will outline the basic principles of the method and its theoretical background. Particular emphasis will be placed on the influence of emotions (feelings, affects), the importance of the containment of emotional processes and group dynamics. Participants will then have the opportunity to take part in a work discussion seminar, which will be simulated during the second part of the workshop. In the third part of the workshop, participants will share and discuss their impressions and experiences. The chairpersons will also discuss how educational researchers at the University of Vienna are investigating the learning processes that are initiated and supported by Work Discussion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Requirements for participants: need to bring a laptop (or similar equipment) with an internet connection and the ability to send, receive, and read emails and attachments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Datler, W., Datler, M. (2014): Was ist „Work Discussion“? Über die Arbeit mit Praxisprotokollen nach dem Tavistock-Konzept. In: phaidra.univie.ac.at/o:368997 Datler, W., Datler, M., Wininger, M. (2019): Evaluating the impact of Work Discussion techniques on the formation of psychoanalytic skills and attitudes: research designs and first results. In: Infant Observation: the international journal of infant observation and its applications 21 (2), 2019, 204-219. DOI: 10.1080/13698036.2019.1566015 Datler, W. (2003): Erleben, Beschreiben und Verstehen: Vom Nachdenken über Gefühle im Dienst der Entfaltung von pädagogischer Professionalität. In: Dörr, M. & Göppel, R. (Hrsg.): Bildung der Gefühle. Innovation? Illusion? Intrusion? Gießen: Psychosozial- Verlag, 241-264. Sengschmied, I., Anderlik, St., Art, Th., Lehner, B. (2022): „Wenn ein Memory-Spiel unentschieden endet …“ Work Discussion – eine besondere Form der Praxisreflexion im Dienst der Ausbildung psychoanalytisch-pädagogischer Kompetenzen. In: Gstach, J., Neudecker, B., Trunkenpolz, K. (Hrsg.): Psychoanalytische Pädagogik zwischen Theorie und Praxis. Springer VS: 289-310. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-658-38751-8_14 Rustin, M.E., Bradley, J. (Ed.) (2008): Work Discussion. Learning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families. Karnac: London Rustin, M.J. (2008): Work Discussion: implication for research and policy. In: Rustin, M.E., Bradley, J. (Ed.) (2008): Work Discussion. Learning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families. Karnac: London, 267-284 |
| 9:00 - 12:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS L: AI on Education Research using MAXQDA – A Starter Workshop Session Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Francisco Freitas Tuesday Morning Workshop
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop AI on Education Research using MAXQDA – A Starter Workshop Session 1: COM8O & Verbi GmbH; 2: Verbi GmbH Presenting Author:The workshop will consist of a quick guided practice tour through the opening stages of a research data project using MAXQDA. Main features and tasks will be practiced in detail, including importing or generating new data (automatic transcription included), creating and applying codes (i.e. manual, automatic and AI assisted coding) performing searches and queries, writing memos, retrieving selected coded data segments, analyzing data, and reporting results using some of the special features available (e.g. summaries, QTT, reports, visual tools). The main goal of this workshop is to provide an overview of the data analysis process relying on MAXQDA assistance, a state-of-the-art software package for qualitative and mixed-methods research. Upon completing the session, workshop participants will identify important options available for tackling their own research projects, namely in terms computational support and upfront AI integration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Verbi GmbH (2026), MAXQDA User Manual (https://www.maxqda.com/help/welcome). Berlin, Germany. |
| 9:30 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS C: (NW 30) Notions of quality and criticality in environmental and sustainability education research Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Ole Andreas Kvamme Tuesday Morning Workshop - no registration required
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Notions of Quality and Criticality in Environmental and Sustainability Education Research 1: University of Oslo, Norway; 2: University of Ghent, Belgium; 3: Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:A key concern for any research network is to qualify notions of research quality, also elucidating conceptions of criticality, originality and significance. In the context of the ECER conference, research quality turns specific and concrete in the submission and review process ending with acceptance or rejection. In that process certain criteria are mobilized, supposedly accommodating the diversity of research approaches and methodological considerations that constitute a research field. At this workshop, that also serves as an opening event for Network 30 at ECER 2026, we will address notions of research quality in environmental and sustainability education research. We invite the participants to identify, share and discuss main concerns that stand out as vital to adhere to in the identification of quality in ESE research. The workshop will be carried out with two group discussions, bringing up vital issues and concerns within the network. They will be divided by two ignite talks. In the first group discussion the participants will be asked to consider what they think counts as quality in ESE research. While many criteria are obvious, some may appear to be more decisive than others. They are encouraged to bring in examples from their research field in an open exploratory talk. We will also draw on processes that act to monitor quality, such as peer reviews, state-led quality review processes and the assessment of PhD theses/dissertations. Such examples also demonstrate how research quality also is a notion connected with ideology and power relations. The workshop then open up for two ignite talks. The first is addressing the tension between criticality and care in review processes, also emphasizing the ethical responsibility of the review process. The second ignite talk is discussing challenges of accommodating the plurality of methodological approaches distinguishing environmental and sustainability education research. A particular concern is here to review emerging methodologies (Art-based research, post-human approaches etc.). What counts as ’rigour’ in evolving paradigms? The final group discussion connects with the ignite talks, continuing the reflections on quality by suggesting some central concerns that the groups agree or/and disagree upon. The workshop ends with a final plenary summing up the concerns brought up by the groups. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 9:30 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS G: (NW 27) How to review your theoretical and conceptual framework and make it explicit for research in didactics, teaching and learning? Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Laura Tamassia Session Chair: Anatoli Rakhkochkine Tuesday Morning Workshop - pre-registration required
Workshop with pre-registration |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop How to Review Your Theoretical and Conceptual Framework and Make it Explicit for Research in Didactics, Teaching and Learning? UC Leuven-Limburg & UHasselt, Belgium Presenting Author:In this workshop we will address the question of how to review theoretical and conceptual frameworks underlying research in didactics and make them explicit. What kind of “glasses” do we have on while studying teaching and learning, and how does this affect what we “see”? How can we become aware of this and elaborate upon it when communicating our didactical research? How do we refer to different theoretical framework in didactical research and make our own theoretical position more explicit within these references? Using the approach of peer review, we will collectively explore different perspectives and make the connection with existing didactical traditions and currents in different countries (Hallitzky et al. 2016, Hudson/Meyer 2011, Ligozat et al. 2023) by focusing together on a selection of concrete cases. We also refer to research about theoretical frameworks in other disciplines (e.g., Kumar et al 2025). The organizer of the workshop, the network 27, aims at bringing together educational researchers from the diverse traditions in relation to didactics, teaching and learning, for different subject-specific domains, in Europe and beyond. Reflection on the diverse perspectives didactical research can take in different countries lies at the heart of the dynamics of this network as a Europe-wide meeting place for researchers in didactics. For this reason, making the theoretical and conceptual framework underlying your own research explicit and elaborating upon it is very relevant for participation in the network dynamics and activities. Building on participants’ reflections on their own perspectives in didactic research and drawing on theoretical research methods in educational sciences — particularly in international comparative research on teaching, learning, and didactics — we will explore how to acknowledge the diversity of possible underlying frameworks in didactics and to make these frameworks comprehensible to researchers from different national and cultural traditions in didactic research, thereby facilitating international exchange within our network. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Requirements for participants: Bring 1-2 pages with the description of the theoretical framework in (one of) your articles or in abstract(s) you proposed for conferences, to be used during the peer review exercise during the workshop. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Hallitzky, M./Rakhkochkine, A./ Koch-Priewe, B. / Störtländer J. C. /Trautmann, M. (Eds.) (2016). Vergleichende Didaktik und Curriculumforschung. Comparative Research into Didactics and Curriculum. Nationale und internationale Perspektiven - National and International Perspectives. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt Hudson, B./Meyer, M. A. (eds.) (2011). Beyond Fragmentation: Didactics, Learning and Teaching. Opladen, Ridgebrook: Barbara Budrich Publishers. Kumar, A., Kuo, L. J., White B. & Hu Y. (2025): A Systematic Review of Theoretical Frameworks in Reading and Writing: Insights from JAAL (2015–2024), Reading Psychology, DOI: 10.1080/02702711.2025.2479478. Ligozat, F., Klette, K., & Almqvist, J. (Eds.). (2023). Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum. Springer. |
| 9:30 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS H: (NW 33) Gender in Action: Re imagining Education Research for Social Change Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Showunmi Victoria Tuesday Morning Workshop - pre-registration required
Workshop - Bring your laptop. Pre-registration |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Gender in Action: Re imagining Education Research for Social Change UCL, United Kingdom Presenting Author:***Important: please bring a laptop *** This workshop will explore the importance of understanding and including race and gender as we re-imagine Education Research for Social Change in a European context. Illustrations of the diverse ways in which gender, race and class intersect will be provided. The presenter will give examples of what happens when gender, race, class and their intersections are not acknowledged in research.
Workshop Objectives:
By the end of this session, participants will be better able to:
Participants will have the opportunity to reflect on their positionality. They will be invited to apply these concepts to their own research contexts, merging these with their background knowledge about gender, race, class and their intersections. In the course of our discussions, we will analyse the challenges in using demographic data sets which focus on single characteristics such as gender and race. We will consider the impact of an itemised approach to data and how this can be circumvented to adopt an intersectional lens which more accurately represents the complex reality of diverse individuals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Showunmi, V., & Külcür, R. (2025). Turning Intersectionality on Its Head: the Hidden Voices of Early Career Researchers in Europe. Showunmi, V. (2022). Intersectionality and Social Justice. The Bloomsbury Handbook of Gender and Educational Leadership and Management, 75. Showunmi, V. (2023). Visible, invisible: Black women in higher education. Frontiers in sociology, 8, 974617. |
| 10:00 - 11:30 | 00 SES 0.5 WS D: (NW 12) - Systematic Searching in Educational Research – Workshop on Essential Strategies for Complex Literature Searches Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Jens Röschlein Session Chair: Ingeborg Jäger-Dengler-Harles Tuesday Morning Workshop - no registration required
|
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop ECER 2026: Systematic Searching in Educational Research – Workshop on Essential Strategies for Complex Literature Searches DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany Presenting Author:Evidence syntheses, systematic reviews or meta-analyses in educational research are an important publication format for summing up existing knowledge, synthesizing research and making knowledge visible to research communities. Knowledge on systematic review methods like the literature search process is not as widespread as it should be (Gusenbauer & Haddaway, 2020). Emerging researchers particularly face challenges when they are confronted with a systematic review task for the first time. According to the systematic review process, the exhaustive literature search is one essential step to determine the totality of documents and should be performed very carefully to not overlook relevant publications and exclude them unintentionally (Booth et al., 2022; Levay & Craven, 2019). Factors for a successful literature search include the choice of databases and the elaboration of search terms. Transforming the research question expressed in natural language into a machine-understandable search requires knowledge about operators and syntax. Strategies like the Building blocks strategy, Citation pearl growing (Efthimiadis, 1996) or Berry picking (Bates, 1989) do help researchers develop an appropriate search concept. Researchers as content experts in education — a field characterized by its transdisciplinary and cross-national/international dimension — are used to working out thematic concepts and descriptions. However, finding the right database(s) in the plenty of traditional online search systems (Gusenbauer, 2022) and the growing AI search landscape is challenging. AI search tools based on machine learning (ML) or large language models (LLM) offer promising options for an augmented and semantically rich literature retrieval. However, it is to examine if and how those new functionalities (see Lahrsow, 2025; Da Silva Cardoso et al., 2024; Parisi & Sutton, 2024) can be integrated into the individual search strategy to accelerate the process of a target-oriented and systematic search. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This workshop follows ten steps required to fulfil a systematic and successful search process (Hirt & Nordhausen, 2019). Researchers learn how to structure complex research questions and choose suitable search terms for comprehensive queries. To avoid getting lost in midstream, knowledge about important databases helps to navigate safely in the “ocean of information”. This workshop aims at providing an overview of existing literature services in educational research discussing important databases and search engines. Particular attention is paid to type, size, scope, document categories, search options and other functionalities of the search system. The workshop informs about dimensions that affect essential steps in the search process like the notion of area in research questions, geographical, temporal, and linguistic issues and national and international aspects of search strategies. Based on several examples, main search strategies are presented. And it is demonstrated how changes in search query formulation can have considerable consequences regarding the number of relevant results. Information on documenting a systematic search process in an explicit and transparent manner is given. Finally, functionalities as well as limitations of selected AI applications for literature search are presented. Altogether, the workshop will encourage further discussion allowing (emerging) researchers to share their experiences regarding literature searches in educational research within national, cross-national, and international contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since there is no universal, ever fitting solution in information seeking in educational research, the careful selection of databases and other information sources remains a decision strongly connected to individual research goals. Hence, it is important to raise researchers’ awareness of the variety of information sources in a transdisciplinary and multidisciplinary field like educational research and to show them the methods for tailoring search queries. Learning from others’ practical experiences, especially with regard to AI retrieval applications, broadens the knowledge on how to search more systematically, with as many relevant results as possible, and also how to avoid unsuccessful and time-consuming search tasks. References Bates, M. J. (1989). The design of browsing and berrypicking techniques for the online search interface. Online Review, 13(5), 407–424. http://comminfo.rutgers.edu/~tefko/Courses/612/Articles/Bates.pdf Booth, A., Sutton, A., Clowes, M. & Martyn-St James, M. (2022). Systematic approaches to a successful literature review (Third edition). Sage. Da Silva Cardoso, H., Kusser, N. & Kieselstein, J. (2024). Einsatz von Künstlicher Intelligenz bei der wissenschaftlichen Literaturrecherche: Ein Überblick. Universität Augsburg/Universitätsbibliothek. https://opus.bibliothek.uni-augsburg.de/opus4/frontdoor/deliver/index/docId/113159/file/113159.pdf Efthimiadis, E. N. (1996). Query expansion. Annual Review of Information Science and Technology (ARIST), 31, 121–187. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ536189 Gusenbauer, M. (2022). Search where you will find most: Comparing the disciplinary coverage of 56 bibliographic databases. Scientometrics. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-022-04289-7 Gusenbauer, M. & Haddaway, N. R. (2020). Which academic search systems are suitable for systematic reviews or meta-analyses? Evaluating retrieval qualities of Google Scholar, PubMed, and 26 other resources. Research Synthesis Methods, 11(2), 181–217. https://doi.org/10.1002/jrsm.1378 Hirt, J., & Nordhausen, T. (2019). One size does not fit all - systematische Literaturrecherche in Fachdatenbanken: [zehnteilige Reihe]. Klinische Pflegeforschung, 5, 2-43. https://refhunter.eu/files/2019/10/PublikationsreiheRefHunterGesamt.pdf Lahrsow, M. (2025). KI-Tools für die wissenschaftliche Literaturrecherche: Potenziale, Problematiken, Didaktik und Zukunftsperspektiven. Bibliothek Forschung und Praxis, 49(2), 230–253. https://doi.org/10.1515/bfp-2025-0002 Levay, P., & Craven, J. (Eds.). (2019). Systematic searching: Practical ideas for improving results. Facet. https://www.cambridge.org/core/product/identifier/9781783303755/type/BOOK Parisi, V. & Sutton, A. (2024). The role of ChatGPT in developing systematic literature searches: an evidence summary. Journal of the European Association for Health Information and Libraries (EAHIL), 20(2), 30–34. https://doi.org/10.32384/jeahil20623 |
| 10:00 - 11:30 | ERC Break D Paper Session |
| 11:00 - 11:45 | 00 SES 00.1: Opening Ceremony Location: Tampere Hall - Main auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Ceremony |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Opening Ceremony ECER 2026 1: Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway; 2: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:EERA and the Local Organizers of ECER 2026 would like to formally welcome you to ECER 2026, Tampere “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research”. ECER is a joint collaboration, organised by the Tampere University and EERA. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 A: Participation, Voice, and Democracy Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Alina Boutiuc-Kaiser Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Rethinking Loneliness through Education: A Hermeneutic Analysis of Intergenerational Service-Learning 1: UNIR, Spain; 2: UCM, Spain Presenting Author:In recent years, undesired loneliness has gained increasing attention as a major social and Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present research adopts a qualitative methodological approach grounded in a theoretical and hermeneutic perspective, aimed at developing an in-depth understanding of loneliness as a social and educational phenomenon, with particular attention to intergenerational relationships and relational processes within educational contexts. Given the complexity and multidimensional nature of loneliness, the study is framed within an interpretative and contextualised approach that allows for a critical analysis of meanings, narratives, and conceptual frameworks associated with lived experiences of social disconnection. The study is conceived as a theoretical inquiry focused on analysing the potential of intergenerational Service-Learning as an educational approach to addressing loneliness and fostering social connection. The research explores its pedagogical, relational, and ethical foundations, paying particular attention to its capacity to promote meaningful encounters, dialogue, reciprocity, and mutual recognition between generations in educational and community settings. From a methodological standpoint, the research is based on a systematic review and critical analysis of academic literature relevant to Service-Learning, intergenerational education, loneliness, character education, and care-based educational approaches. The study draws on peer-reviewed theoretical and empirical contributions retrieved from recognised academic databases, within a defined temporal framework. The analysis prioritises conceptual coherence and theoretical depth, enabling a comprehensive examination of how Service-Learning has been framed as a response to social and relational challenges in contemporary educational discourse. The analytical process is organised around key dimensions, including theoretical conceptualisations of loneliness, the role of intergenerational relationships in educational contexts, the pedagogical principles underpinning Service-Learning, and its ethical and formative potential for cultivating care, social responsibility, and community engagement. These dimensions serve as lenses through which the educational value and limitations of Service-Learning are examined in relation to the challenge of loneliness. This hermeneutic and theoretical approach allows for a nuanced understanding of loneliness as an educational concern and contributes to the conceptual clarification of Service-Learning as a framework with the potential to strengthen social bonds and support the reconstruction of the social fabric. The study aims to offer a solid theoretical basis to inform future research and educational practice in this field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As an ongoing doctoral research, this study does not seek to produce generalisable causal conclusions or empirical evidence derived from intervention-based outcomes. Instead, its main contribution lies in offering a theoretically grounded and interpretative analysis of loneliness as a socio-educational phenomenon. Through a critical engagement with existing literature, the study aims to refine the conceptual understanding of loneliness across the life course, identifying both shared dimensions and age-specific features within educational and relational contexts. The research contributes to the clarification of the relational, cultural, and contextual factors that frame experiences of loneliness, particularly in contemporary European societies characterised by social transformation and fragmentation. By examining dominant narratives, conceptual models, and educational discourses, the study highlights key analytical dimensions such as stigma, social expectations, and the quality of interpersonal and intergenerational relationships. Furthermore, the study offers a conceptual contribution to socio-educational debates by analysing the potential of intergenerational Service-Learning as a pedagogical framework for addressing loneliness. Rather than evaluating concrete practices, it explores how educational settings and intergenerational approaches may constitute meaningful spaces for encounter, care, and social connection. In doing so, the research seeks to inform future empirical studies and educational practices, while contributing to broader academic discussions on loneliness, education, and social cohesion. References European Commission. (2024). Loneliness and social media use in the European Union, Joint Research Centre https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC135806 European Commission. (2022). Effectiveness of interventions tackling loneliness. https://doi.org/10.2760/277109 European Commission. (2024). Loneliness in Europe. Determinants, risks and interventions https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-66582-0 European Commission. (2022). Social Media Use and Loneliness (Blaskó, Z & Castelli, C). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-66582-0 Hawkley, L., & Cacioppo, J. (2009). Loneliness matters: A theoretical and empirical review of consequences and mechanisms. Annals of Behavioral Medicine. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC3874845/ Hawkley, L. C., Hughes, M. E., Waite, L. J., Masi, C. M., Thisted, R. A., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2008). From social structural factors to perceptions of relationship quality and loneliness: The Chicago Health, Aging, and Social Relations Study. The Journals of Gerontology: Series B, 63(6), S375–S384. Hawkley, L. C., Thisted, R. A., Masi, C. M., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2010). Loneliness predicts increased blood pressure: Five-year cross-lagged analyses in middle-aged and older adults. Psychology and Aging, 25(1), 132–141. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0017805 Holt-Lunstad, J. (2024). Social connection as a critical factor for mental and physical health: Evidence, trends, challenges, and future implications. World Psychiatry, 23. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.21224 Holt‑Lunstad, J. (2022). Social connection as a public health issue: The evidence and a systemic framework for prioritizing the “social” in social determinants of health. Annual Review of Public Health, 43(1), 193–213. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-publhealth-052020-110732 Holt-Lunstad, J. (2018). Why social relationships are important for physical health: A systems approach to understanding and modifying risk and protection. Annual Review of Psychology, 69(1), 437–458. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-122216-011902 Muñoz, J. (2023). Psicología del envejecimiento (8.a ed.). Observatorio Estatal de la Soledad No Deseada. (2024). Barómetro de la soledad no deseada en España. Fundación ONCE y Fundación AXA. https://www.soledades.es/estudios/barometro-soledad-no-deseada-espana-2024 Observatorio Estatal de la Soledad No Deseada. (2025). Estudio sobre discapacidad y soledad no deseada en España. En Observatorio Estatal de la Soledad No Deseada. https://www.soledades.es/sites/default/files/contenidos/Soledades_Discapacidad_Bar%C3%B3metro%204acc%20%281%29.pdf Peplau, L. A., & Perlman, D. (1982). Perspectives on loneliness. En L. A. Peplau & D. Perlman (Eds.), Loneliness: A sourcebook of current theory, research and practice (pp. 1–17). John Wiley. Perlman, D., & Peplau, L. A. (1981). Toward a social psychology of loneliness. En R. Gilmour & S. Duck (Eds.), Personal relationships (Vol. 3): Relationships in disorder (pp. 31–56). Academic Press. World Health Organization. (2025). From loneliness to social connection – Charting a path to healthier societies: Report of the WHO Commission on Social Connection. WHO. World Health Organization. (2025). Loneliness and isolation – the hidden threat to global health we can no longer ignore. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/es/news-room/commentaries/detail/loneliness-and-isolation-the-hidden-threat-to-global-health-we-can-no-longer-ignore World Health Organization. (2021). Advocacy brief: Social isolation and loneliness among older people. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/343206 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Adapting Lundy’s (2007) Model of Participation to Incorporate the Material Aspect of Children’s UNCRC Afforded Participation Rights in UK Schools. University of Leeds, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Lundy’s (2007) model for conceptualising Article 12 of the UNCRC has been hugely influential in research. It argues that “Space, Voice, Audience and Influence” are required for the fulfilment of children’s participation rights and forms the basis for many research projects on this topic. This research project introduces a post-humanist theoretical approach to the research of children’s participation rights in UK schools, considering the explicit incorporation of the matter with which children interact at school, and by which they express themselves, to be an essential component of understanding how agency is produced. The addition of a relational-materialist perspective to the child-led, participatory, standard in modern social research of childhood encourages work which takes a nuanced perspective on agency and treats it as a starting point for understanding children’s social worlds, rather than a terminus (Prout, 2000). Child-led participatory research since Lundy’s (2007) model was devised often relies on attempts to give children platforms to express themselves which are separate from the daily interactions in which their participation rights are facilitated or inhibited. Children’s utterances in research encounters are often presented as the result of a capacity for agency inhered in the individual human, pre-existing the interactions in which they are housed (Jackson, 2003). The human agent who “knows who she is, says what she means and means what she says” is rejected in new materialist conceptions of voice, including those which research children’s voices in learning institutions (Maclure, 2009, no pagination; Harvey et al., 2021). This perspective on social research, as well as other duties in the UNCRC such as the principle of ‘Evolving Capacities’ (Article 5) call for an expansion of Lundy’s (2007) model which encourages the participation of children without reliance on their ‘voices’ as conceived thus far, or on specialised participatory spaces (Varadan, 2019). By combining a rights-based approach with post-humanist social research in this project, the tenets of childhood studies and rights respecting research can be upheld, namely those which impel a duty to provide opportunity for active and agentive participation in research, while tempering these principles with the troubling of traditional humanist conceptions of matter and of the mind-body dualism in which voice “lingers close to the true and the real… seen almost as a mirror to the soul” (Alderson, 2012; James and Prout, 2015; Mazzei and Jackson, 2017, pgs.1090 & 1091). I will present the methodology for this study, its early findings and its potential impact on understanding the enactment of participation rights in schools, as well as on theories of rights as they are applied to children. By demonstrating the affective force of the materials with which children interact in schools on the formation and expression of their views, I will argue that Lundy’s (2007) model for participation rights should explicitly address the material component of autonomy rights, encouraging a duty among researchers and educators to facilitate every-day, relational and co-produced agentic participation,outside of devoted participatory activities which are limited in their impact and accessibility. The value of increasing the accessibility of agentic participation can also be seen in the opportunities to promote “voice” in a way that is not dependent on language, increasing opportunities for international co-production and for easier engagement in UK schools by those for whom English is not their primary language. The theme of “Controversial Topics in Children’s Rights and Education” in the main conference seeks to challenge established assumptions in research. This presentation may facilitate similar discussion in the emerging researcher’s conference about how children’s rights may be researched as co-produced, challenging the relied upon model of participatory research in the field of childhood studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) utilising art-based methods made up the first part of this study, with an emphasis on the immanent production of artefacts wherein the matter with which the young people intra-act to explore the space of the school are regarded as affective co-producers of the data alongside participants, researcher and the complex communication system of the school (Baraldi, 2022; Barad, 2007). In the first part of the FGDs, participants were asked to make maps depicting part of their school or classroom, paying attention to areas where they make decisions. This allowed the physical space of the school and its material make up to be central in their contribution. In the second part of the FGDs, the participants designed their own classroom. These tasks allowed the participants to explore their current, lived, experiences of school life and their views on what school ought to be like, without demanding immediate, independent, verbal reflection with a researcher. The use of materials present, many of which are associated with play or learning in younger age-groups allowed the children to be active, engaged participants, without overburdening them or infringing the duties placed on rights respecting researchers. The artefacts produced will be presented along with tracing lines of flight from aspects of them which affected the output of the group as a whole. This method of analysis utilises memo making and diffractive reading of research encounters to incorporate the spoken words of children in research spaces alongside the material production of the group as a whole (Freeman, 2014). The FGDs undertaken approach the research data as the product of an embodied, immanent and relational endeavour, where “hotspots” may be identified which impact the creative work of all present (Maclure, 2013). The second data generation method will be a series of participant observations of day-to-day interactions in normal classroom learning. The findings of the FGDs will inform the observation phase of this study- to take place after the submission of this application but before the conference. Areas of and interactions within the school identified as participatory by the FGD participants will be the focus of the observations. Attention will be paid in the analysis of field notes to points of contact observed between the imagined classrooms of the children in FGDs and their real classroom learning. This will allow for features which enhance or inhibit children’s autonomy in the classroom to be identified and explored. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The early findings of this study have centred on the participants use of the media on offer in FGDs as a liberating and empowering tool for the enactment of their rights. Within the FGDs this has occurred through their employment of Play-Doh as a tool for self-reassurance and emotional regulation while settling into the research environment, and the creation of familiar shapes associated with these tools and the norms of play with which they, particularly Lego and Play-Doh, are typically associated. Additionally, the affective force of these materials can be seen in the artefacts and the types of classrooms and that the young people imagine and co-create, often leading to an emphasis on play, movement and the absence of traditional desk-based learning, as well as a clear desire for collaborative approaches to learning. As a result, and depending on the findings in the rest of the study, I feel there may be a great deal of value in expanding Lundy’s (2007) model for participation when focussing on schools. At present Lundy’s (2007) model consists of voice, space, audience and impact. A fifth criteria, to sit between space and audience, would place a duty on educators and researchers to facilitate the enactment of children’s participation rights by providing multiple media for the expression of their voice. This addition will acknowledge the principle of ‘evolving capacities’ as a cross-cutting standard of the UNCRC as well as reducing an overemphasis on vocal utterances by children, which privileges those more comfortable or capable in their speech (Hanson and Lundy, 2017). As a result, school children would be afforded greater opportunities for agentic decision making, reducing the need for spaces such as school councils or consultation groups which are easily led or manipulated by adults (Chateris and Smardon, 2019). References Alderson, P. 2012. Rights-respecting research: a commentary on ‘the right to be properly researched: research with children in a messy, real world’. Children's Geographies, 2009, 7, 4. Children's Geographies. 10(2), pp.233-239 Barad, K.M. 2007. Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham, N.C: Duke University Press. Baraldi, C. 2022. Facilitating Children’s Agency in the Interaction: challenges for the education system. Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan. Charteris, J. Smardon, D. 2019. The politics of student voice: unravelling the multiple discourses articulated in schools. Cambridge Journal of Education. 49(1), pp.93-110. Freeman, M. 2014. The Hermeneutical Aesthetics of Thick Description. Qualitative inquiry. 20(6), pp.827–833. Harvey, L. Cooke P. The Bishop Simeon Trust. 2021. Reimagining voice for transrational peace education through participatory arts with South African youth. Journal of Peace Education. 18(1), pp.1-26. Jackson, A. Y. 2003. Rhizovocality. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education. 16, pp.693–710. James, A. Prout, A. 2015. Constructing and reconstructing childhood: contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. Classic edition. London: Routledge. Lundy, L. 2007. ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal. 33(6), pp.927–942. Maclure, M. 2009. Broken voices, dirty words: on the productive insufficiency of voice. In: Jackson, A.Y. Mazzei, L.M (eds.). 2008. Voice in Qualitative Inquiry: Challenging conventional, interpretive, and critical conceptions in qualitative research. Taylor & Francis. MacLure, M. 2013. Classification or wonder? Coding as an analytic practice in qualitative research. In B. Coleman & J. Ringrose (Eds.), Deleuze and research methodologies, pp. 164-183. Edinburgh, UK: Edinburgh University Press. Mazzei, L.A. Jackson, A.Y. 2017. Voice in the agentic assemblage. Educational Philosophy and Theory. 49(11), pp.1090-1098. Prout, A. 2000. ‘Childhood Bodies: Construction, Agency and Hybridity’. In A. Prout (ed.) The Body, Childhood and Society, pp. 1–18. London: Macmillan. Varadan, S. 2019. The Principle of Evolving Capacities under the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. The International journal of children’s rights. 27(2), pp.306–338. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “I Like to Think of it as a Struggle for Participation.” Phenomenographic Study About Teachers' Conceptions of Democracy in Chile. 1: Universidad de Chile, Chile; 2: Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Chile Presenting Author:The global context of the crisis of democracy has been recorded in recent reports by various international organizations (IDEA, 2024; 2025, Nord et al., 2025). Thus, the 2025 Varieties of Democracy (V-Dem) report notes that the world has fewer democracies than autocracies for the first time in more than 20 years, with three out of four people living under authoritarian rule. Furthermore, it is reported that current average democratic levels are on par with those of 1985, with Eastern Europe, Central Asia, and South Asia being the most affected by a “wave of autocratization,” although there is also democratic weakening in Latin America, Western Europe, and North America. Likewise, the decline in freedom of expression in 44 countries during 2024 (Nord et al., 2025) is alarming, which is validated by the 2025 IDEA report that identifies freedom of the press and expression as the most affected rights in at least 25% of the countries participating in the study (IDEA, 2025). Faced with this landscape of democratic uncertainty, the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) has developed guidelines and recommendations for school communities to strengthen democratic and civic education (UNESCO, 2019). Specifically, one of the focuses is the implementation of education for global citizenship, within the framework of the 2030 agenda, which promotes a culture of democracy, human rights, peace, and non-violence (UNESCO, 2023). Thus, the main aim is for students to value human dignity, cooperation, and dialogue, with a focus on developing knowledge, skills, and attitudes that foster tolerance, empathy, and respect for the diversity of cultures and opinions. Achieving this goal requires teachers who are strongly committed to the exercise of democracy and citizenship education. Likewise, various studies have highlighted the importance of teachers' beliefs regarding teaching and learning processes, as well as pedagogical and didactic decision-making (Estévez-Nenninger et al., 2014). In this sense, what teachers believe and mean has a direct impact on their daily practices and, as a correlate, on student learning (Trigwell & Prosser, 1991). Similarly, what teachers do—or teach—would be a direct consequence of what they actually think. This is where the importance of investigating the ideas and beliefs that teachers express about democracy lies: it allows us to better understand the practices and possibilities of approaching democratic education in schools in line with the urgency represented by the current context of democratic fragility. This presentation is based on the initial results of doctoral research that seeks to understand the conceptions of democracy and democratic education expressed by teachers of various subjects and school levels in two regions of Chile. On this occasion, the findings to be presented and discussed relate to the conceptions of democracy held by the participating teachers, specifically their definitions, characteristics, and diagnosis in the context of democratic fragility. Some preliminary results show that teachers conceive of democracy from political perspectives linked to the exercise of participation and choice in various areas of social life, with an emphasis on decision-making. Likewise, the diagnosis of a democratic crisis linked to hate speech on social media, disappointment, and mistrust of society due to political corruption, among other issues, is highlighted. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The doctoral research is a qualitative study with convenience sampling and use of the phenomenographic method (Marton, 1994). The call for participation was open, through digital platforms (LinkedIn, Instagram, Facebook) and email, to primary or secondary school teachers working in public or private schools in the Metropolitan Region (capital city) or Los Ríos Region (southern city), who meet at least one of the following criteria: 1. Work as a primary school teacher in the subjects of History and Social Sciences, Language, and/or Science. 2. Teach secondary education in the subjects of History and Social Sciences, Philosophy, Citizenship Education, Language, Science, or Science for Citizenship. 3. Be in charge of the school's citizenship education plan (Law 20.911). The first phase involved seven focus groups: four in the Metropolitan Region (capital city) and three in Los Ríos Region (southern city). In addition, three of these sessions were held in rural areas and four in urban areas, with five focus groups held in person and two held virtually (Zoom platform). A total of 36 teachers (17 men and 19 women) from eight different school subjects participated. The purpose of this phase was to understand and analyze teachers' conceptions of democracy and democratic education. The initial results to be shared in this presentation correspond to this first phase of research. Thus, based on the identification of critical or high-interest cases (Trigwell, 2000) from the previous phase, a second phase was implemented with 22 in-depth interviews, 11 in each region. The purpose of this phase was to describe experiences narrated by the interviewed teachers that were relevant to the arise and development of their conceptions of democracy and democratic education. All interviews were conducted virtually (Zoom platform). Finally, in the third stage (2026), classroom observations will be conducted on four cases from the previous participants, corresponding to two cases in each region. The purpose of this third phase is to analyze classroom practices related to democratic education among participating teachers, focusing on curricular and didactic elements and pedagogical interactions. For this research, we will use Rotar's (2024) phenomenographic analysis model, which proposes a framework that articulates stages of data analysis in conjunction with steps of practical reflection, allowing for the explicitation of the researcher's subjectivity in the process of producing and interpreting information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper seeks to report on the initial results of the first phase of doctoral research related to the analysis of Chilean teachers' conceptions of democracy, which will be analyzed and discussed through the perspectives of democracy and democratic education of Biesta (2006; 2011) and Sant (2019), as well as to highlight emerging results. This research provides insight into teachers' conceptions of democracy, which is directly related to the possibilities and opportunities for democratic education that can be developed in school settings. Furthermore, considering that this is a line of inquiry that is underdeveloped (Menéndez et al., 2023) but of great interest in recent times (Belavi et al., 2021), the contribution of the results of this study lies in contributing to an emerging and necessary field of research in a context of democratic fragility. Likewise, this study seeks to contribute to the exercise of thinking about and designing teacher training in which democracy is not only a subject of disciplinary teaching but also a disposition, willingness, and action linked to the democratic convictions of teachers (Redón et al., 2021) necessary to enable democratic education. Finally, at a time when democracy is being questioned and threatened by denialist and extremist sectors that advocate hate speech (Hickey et al., 2025; IDEA, 2024; 2025), schools and teachers must take a stand for democratic education. It is therefore important to investigate the conceptions that teachers construct around democracy, as they are key players in building a more respectful, fair, and egalitarian society from within schools themselves. References Belavi, G., Flores-Sánchez, C., Guiral, C., & Türk, Y. (2021). La democracia en los centros educativos españoles: concepciones de docentes y estudiantes. Revista Fuentes, 2(23), 244–253. https://doi.org/10.12795/revistafuentes.2021.15375 Biesta, G. J. J. (2006). Beyond Learning. Democratic Education for a Human Future. London & New York, Routledge. Biesta, G. J. J. (2011). Learning Democracy in School and Society: Education, Lifelong Learning and the Politics of Citizenship. Rotterdam/Boston/Taipei: Sense Publishers. Estévez-Nenninger, H., Valdés-Cuervo, A., Arreola-Olivaría, G. & Zavala-Escalante, G. (2014). Creencias sobre enseñanza y aprendizaje en docentes universitarios. Magis, Revista Internacional de Investigación en Educación, 6(13), 49-64. Hickey, D., Fessler, D.M.T., Lerman, K., & Burghardt, K. (2025) X under Musk’s leadership: Substantial hate and no reduction in inauthentic activity. PLoS ONE 20(2) https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0313293 IDEA (2024). The global state of Democracy 2024. Strengthening the Legitimacy of Elections in a Time of Radical Uncertainty. IDEA (2025). The global state of Democracy 2025. Democracy on the move. Marton, F. (1994). Phenomenography. In T. Husen & T. N. Postlethwaite (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of education. Pergamon, Elsevier Science Ltd Menéndez Alvarez-Hevia, D., Hidalgo, N., Cerrillo, R., & Lizana, I. (2023). Beyond liberal discourse: Teachers’ conceptions of democracy and education in England and Spain. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/17461979231162066 Nord, M., Altman D., Angiolillo, F., Fernandes, T., Good, A., & Lindberg, S. (2025). Democracy Report 2025: 25 Years of Autocratization – Democracy Trumped? University of Gothenburg: V-Dem Institute. Redón, S., Vallejos, N. & Beláustegui, C. (2021). La educación para la ciudadanía en las voces del profesorado. En Villalobos, C., Morel, M.J. & Treviño, E. (Eds.). Ciudadanías, educación y juventudes. Investigaciones y debates para el Chile del futuro. Ediciones UC, Santiago. Rotar, O. (2024). The Reflective Practice Framework for Phenomenographic Data Analysis. Systemic Practice And Action Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11213-024-09677-z Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Trigwell, K. (2000). A phenomenographic interview on phenomenography. In J. A. Bowden & E. Walsh (Eds.), Phenomenography (pp. 62–82). RMIT Publishing. Trigwell, K. & Prosser, M. (1991). Improving the quality of student learning: the influence of learning context and student learning outcomes. Higher Education, 22, 251-266. UNESCO (2019). Measurement Strategy for SDG Global Indicator 4.7.1 and Thematic Indicators 4.7.4 and 4.7.5 using International Large-Scale Assessments in Education. Proposal. UNESCO (2023). La situación actual de la educación para el desarrollo sostenible y la educación para la ciudadanía mundial. Impresión UNESCO. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Science Teachers’ Learning and Challenges in a Professional Development Program Based on the Reconceptualized Family Resemblance Approach METU, Middle East Technical University, Education Faculty, Department of Mathematics and Science Education, Ankara, Türkiye Presenting Author:Despite the long history of the studies on the nature of science (NOS), debates continue about what exactly the NOS means, and which approach should be used to learn and teach it. Among the various approaches proposed in science education literature, the Reconceptualized Family Resemblance Approach (RFN) has gained increasing attention. RFN addresses NOS in a holistic and inclusive way and integrates science under two interconnected systems: the cognitive-epistemic and the socio-cultural systems. The adaptation of Ludwig Wittgenstein's theory of ‘family similarity’ (1953) to NOS (Irzık & Nola, 2011; 2014) is forming the basis for RFN. By claiming that, science is presented as being more grounded in real-life practice; encompassing different scientific disciplines as a whole, like members of the same family; and expressing science not only as a science of experiments but also as a social, cultural, historical, politic, financial and institutional activity. The adaptation of this theory into education led to the birth of Family Resemblance Approach to Nature of Science, namely RFN (Erduran & Dagher, 2014).
While the literature on RFN frequently addresses theoretical frameworks, instrument development, informal science education, and curriculum analyses across diverse contexts such as Italy, Turkiye, Ireland, US, Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Korea, empirical studies focusing on educational interventions remain limited. As highlighted in a recent review by Cheung and Erduran (2023), such intervention studies have largely concentrated on pre-service teachers and students. Research on in-service teachers, by contrast, has primarily been confined to assessing their understanding of NOS and examining lesson plans. As a result, the practical implementation of RFN in real classroom settings with practicing teachers and real students remains underexplored.
Given the aforementioned gap and the fact that incorporating and imparting scientific knowledge of teachers into understanding the world is one of the ultimate aims of teacher professional development programs, examining in-service teachers’ learning experiences and challenges during RFN implementation will inform future researchers, the design of professional development programs, and instructional practices. Moreover, the researchers’ reflexivity about this specific case of teachers may offer valuable implications for policymakers and practitioners seeking to improve NOS implementation strategies.
The current study aims to document in-service science teachers’ learning during the implementation of a teacher professional development program based on RFN. Also, it highlights the researchers’ learning journey focusing on teachers’ challenges and reflective insights. This study is guided by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a single case research design. For the purpose of examining in-depth data, qualitative methods were used to gather data from six in-service science teachers working in a public school from 5th to 8th grade levels in Ankara, Türkiye. A convenience sampling method was chosen due to the location of the school (Creswell & Poth, 2016). All participating teachers had a minimum ten years of teaching experience and voluntarily attended to 13-week teacher professional development program that was designed by the researchers and pilot study conducted with different teachers and expert opinions about RFN. The program was implemented weekly with teachers as a group, and consisted of three stages. In the first stage, teachers collaboratively learned about the RFN through workshops led by the first researcher in the role of instructor. These workshops include learner-centered, collaborative, professional and reflective activities focused on the NOS. In the second stage, teachers designed an RFN-based lesson plan by selecting a unit, topic, and grade level aligned with the Turkish science curriculum. They received feedback from both their peers and the first researcher, and then implemented the lesson in their own classrooms with real students, under the first researcher's observation. Following the implementation, teachers engaged in self-reflection and received researcher feedback. In the third stage, each teacher independently designed their second lesson plans without getting any feedback and implemented it in a classroom of their choice. Similarly, units, topics and grade level were varied naturally by teachers in accordance with the curriculum. Lesson plans were required to address different topics from both the teachers’ initial plans and one another. Data collection tools in this study included teacher reflective journals, teachers’ lesson plans and classroom observations. Teachers were asked to reflect on their experiences after each implementation. Data related to teachers’ challenges were analyzed using content analysis, through which codes and themes emerged inductively (Krippendorff, 2018), and prolonged engagement and triangulation were used to increase the trustworthiness of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study reveal in-service science teachers’ learning during the implementation of a professional development program grounded in the RFN and the challenges they encountered., Rather than aiming to identify teachers' conceptual transformations regarding RFN, the study focuses specifically on learning in implementation and on how teachers addressed emerging challenges. These challenges included difficulties related to time management and curriculum coverage, and the enactment of RFN across different unit subjects areas, and grade levels. Teachers embraced the professional, collaborative, and reflective learning environment provided by the instructor, incorporating it into their own learning, which was reflected in the following results. First, teachers engaged in creative learning. They delivered lessons that made students feel like scientists through active learning strategies such as inquiry-based learning, problem-based learning and group work. Second, they engaged in professional learning by adapting the curriculum, time, textbooks, and lesson videos provided by the Turkish Ministry of National Education (MoNE, 2024) to align with the RFN framework. For example, they conducted group work beforehand to make good use of time, or they assigned preparatory tasks before lessons or used post-lesson activities for assessment. Third, they engaged in contextual learning by adapting RFN-based materials and practices to their specific grade level, classroom or laboratory conditions, and available school resources. This study argues that providing teachers with collaborative, reflective, and active learning environments and utilizing visual aids would be beneficial, as suggested by Erduran and Dagher (2014). Understanding the challenges and lessons learned in this local single case can shed light on future implementation efforts in similar contexts. References Cheung, K. K. C., & Erduran, S. (2023). A systematic review of research on family resemblance approach to nature of science in science education. Science & Education, 32(5), 1637-1673. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. Erduran, S., & Dagher, Z. R. (2014). Reconceptualizing nature of science for science education. In Reconceptualizing the nature of science for science education: Scientific knowledge, practices and other family categories (pp. 1-18). Springer. Irzik, G., & Nola, R. (2011). A family resemblance approach to the nature of science for science education. Science & Education, 20(7–8), 591–607. Irzik, G., & Nola, R. (2014). New directions for nature of science research. In M. Matthews (Ed.), International Handbook of Research in History, Philosophy and Science Teaching (999–1021). Springer. Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications. Ministry of National Education (MoNE), (2024). Science curriculum (Grades 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8). Wittgenstein, L. (1953). The philosophical investigations. Blackwell. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 B: Learners, Technology, and Language Development Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Rachel Shanks Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Students’ Views and Attitudes on Digital Game-Based Language Learning: Motivation, Effectiveness, and Self-Efficacy Among University Students in Kazakhstan 1: Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2: University of Szeged Presenting Author:Digital game-based learning (DGBL) has emerged as a promising innovation in language education, offering interactive, immersive, and student-centered alternatives to traditional instruction. DGBL can enhance motivation, cognitive skills, and language proficiency while fostering critical thinking, problem-solving, and collaboration. Although research on DGBL is growing globally, gaps remain in understanding students’ attitudes toward its use, perceived effectiveness, and self-efficacy, particularly in multilingual higher education contexts (Hung et al., 2018; Kim et al., 2024). Kazakhstan provides a unique setting for investigating these dimensions due to its trilingual education policy (Kazakh, Russian, English) and the strategic importance of English for global communication, trade, and higher education access (Imanova et al., 2025). Furthermore, gender differences in gaming experiences and cultural norms may influence students’ perceptions of DGBL, highlighting the need for context-sensitive investigation (Konstantinov et al., 2024). This study examines Kazakhstani university students’ motivation, perceived effectiveness, and self-efficacy in using DGBL for English language learning. It further explores how demographic factors (gender, mother tongue, level of study) and behavioral factors (gaming habits, English use) relate to these outcomes. The study is guided by the following questions:
This study is guided by Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985), which conceptualizes motivation along intrinsic and extrinsic dimensions, and emphasizes autonomy, competence, and relatedness—key factors in DGBL engagement. Sociocultural theory (Vygotsky, 1978) complements this framework by highlighting collaborative learning and the social construction of knowledge within immersive game environments. Together, these frameworks allow for analysis of both the psychological and social dimensions of student-centered digital learning, while situating learning within a multilingual, culturally specific context. Although situated in Kazakhstan, this study addresses broader European and international concerns: the integration of digital technologies in higher education, the equity and inclusivity of digital learning tools, and the role of student motivation and self-efficacy in effective language acquisition. Findings can inform DGBL strategies across multilingual and multicultural settings, offering evidence-based guidance for educators, policymakers, and game designers seeking to implement digital learning innovations in higher education globally. By examining how students perceive, engage with, and are affected by digital game-based learning, this study explores the changing conditions and potentials of educational knowledge production in the digital era. It addresses the societal and educational implications of technology-mediated learning, the role of student-centered knowledge, and how academic research can inform policy and practice—directly reflecting ECER’s theme, “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research.”
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a quantitative, cross-sectional design to examine Kazakhstani university students’ perceptions of digital game-based learning (DGBL) for English language acquisition. The research focuses on three constructs: motivation, perceived effectiveness, and self-efficacy, and investigates how these relate to demographic and behavioral factors. Data were collected through a structured online questionnaire, enabling standardized measurement and comparability across participants. The final sample included 122 students (undergraduate: 66.4%; master’s: 33.6%), aged 15–39 (M = 22.01, SD = 3.50), with 61.5% female and 38.5% male. Participants’ majors were grouped into Humanities and Social Sciences and STEM fields to account for potential disciplinary effects. Convenience sampling was used, selecting participants based on accessibility and willingness to participate. The questionnaire consisted of three sections with 23 questions and 56 items: Demographics: Age, gender, education level, major, mother tongue, prior English learning experiences, and frequency of English use. Gaming Experience: Types of digital games played, frequency and duration of gameplay, prior use of games for language learning, and digital literacy. DGBL Attitudes: Measured motivation, perceived effectiveness, and self-efficacy using 5-point Likert scales (1 = Strongly Disagree, 5 = Strongly Agree). Motivation included intrinsic and extrinsic items (Lepper et al., 2005) and DGBL-specific items (Zakaria & Zakaria, 2025). Perceived effectiveness assessed students’ views on the usefulness of digital games for vocabulary, grammar, and communication (Hofmeyr, 2023; Mohammad-Salehi, 2024). Self-efficacy measured confidence in applying English skills through games (Chen & Tu, 2021; Kim et al., 2024). The questionnaire was reviewed for clarity and cultural appropriateness to the Kazakhstani higher education context. Data were collected anonymously online, with participants completing the survey independently in approximately 10 minutes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Consistent with prior research (Gee, 2003; Hung et al., 2018b), students reported generally favorable attitudes toward DGBL. Intrinsic motivation, driven by curiosity and challenge, was stronger than extrinsic incentives, indicating that students are primarily motivated by engagement and enjoyment when interacting with digital learning environments. Analysis revealed a significant relationship between perceived effectiveness and self-efficacy (Zakaria & Zakaria, 2025). Students who believed that DGBL enhanced their language skills also reported higher confidence in their English abilities. Similarly, frequent engagement with English outside the classroom, particularly through gaming, was associated with increased motivation, stronger beliefs in DGBL’s effectiveness, and higher self-efficacy, highlighting the importance of authentic, extracurricular language practice. Students with prior formal English instruction demonstrated higher intrinsic and DGBL-specific motivation, suggesting that structured learning experiences can better prepare learners to utilize innovative tools such as digital games (Mohammad-Salehi, 2024). However, participants generally perceived DGBL as less effective when used in formal classroom settings, emphasizing the need for careful integration and alignment with learning objectives (Li et al., 2024). No statistically significant differences were observed in motivation, perceived effectiveness, or self-efficacy based on gender, mother tongue, or study level, though trends such as slightly higher motivation among female students warrant further exploration. These findings suggest that DGBL’s benefits and challenges are largely consistent across demographic groups, reflecting broader pedagogical patterns in multilingual contexts (Yeskeldiyeva & Tazhibayeva, 2015). Overall, the results support the growing evidence that DGBL can serve as a motivational and skill-enhancing tool in language learning. They also underscore that its impact depends on students’ prior exposure to English, gaming habits, and classroom integration. Effective DGBL implementation requires context-sensitive, student-centered approaches that foster autonomy, engagement, and enjoyment. Future research should continue exploring how game design, cultural factors, and learner diversity shape DGBL outcomes in higher education. References Aguilera, E., & De Roock, R. (2022). Digital Game-Based Learning: Foundations, applications, and critical issues. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Cordoba, E., Mayorga, E., & Ruiz, N. (2024). Unlocking Practical Implications of Digital Game-Based Learning in EFL Education. International Journal of Learning Teaching and Educational Research, 23(12), 23–37. https://doi.org/10.26803/ijlter.23.12.2 Gee, J. P. (2003). What video games have to teach us about learning and literacy. Computers in Entertainment, 1(1), 20. https://doi.org/10.1145/950566.950595 Godwin-Jones, R. (2014). Games in language learning: Opportunities and challenges. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/44363 Hofmeyr, M. (2023). Attitudes towards digital game-based language learning among Japanese university students. The JALT CALL Journal, 19(1), 26–52. https://doi.org/10.29140/jaltcall.v19n1.681 Hung, H., Yang, J. C., Hwang, G., Chu, H., & Wang, C. (2018). A scoping review of research on digital game-based language learning. Computers & Education, 126, 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.07.001 Kazu, İ. Y. (2023). A descriptive analysis of digital game-based foreign language education. Focus on ELT Journal, 5(1), 56-73. https://doi.org/10.14744/felt.2023.5.1.4 Kim, C., Sprenkle, S., & Fulwider, C. (2024). Unveiling the measurement of self-efficacy in game-based learning. Journal of Applied Instructional Design. https://doi.org/10.59668/1269.15652 Li, K., Peterson, M., Wang, Q., & Wang, H. (2024). Mapping the research trends of digital game-based language learning (DGBLL): a scientometrics review. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 1–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2023.2299436 Nadolny, L., Valai, A., Cherrez, N. J., Elrick, D., Lovett, A., & Nowatzke, M. (2020). Examining the characteristics of game-based learning: A content analysis and design framework. Computers & Education, 156, 103936. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103936 Ragni, B., Toto, G. A., Di Furia, M., Lavanga, A., & Limone, P. (2023). The use of Digital Game-Based Learning (DGBL) in teachers’ training: a scoping review. Frontiers in Education, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1092022 Reinders, H., & Wattana, S. (2014). Affect and willingness to communicate in digital game-based learning. ReCALL, 27(1), 38–57. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0958344014000226 Sung, Y., Chang, K., & Liu, T. (2015). The effects of integrating mobile devices with teaching and learning on students’ learning performance: A meta-analysis and research synthesis. Computers & Education, 94, 252–275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2015.11.008 Van Eck, R. (2009). A Guide to Integrating COTS Games into Your Classroom. In IGI Global eBooks (pp. 179–199). https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-59904-808-6.ch011 Vnucko, G., Kralova, Z., & Tirpakova, A. (2024). Exploring the relationship between digital gaming, language attitudes, and academic success in EFL university students. Heliyon, 10(13), e33301. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e33301 Zakaria, A., & Zakaria, N. Y. K. (2025). The Impact of Digital Game-Based Learning Tools on Motivation, Engagement, and Performance in Language Education: A Systematic literature review. International Journal of Academic Research in Progressive Education and Development, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.6007/ijarped/v14-i1/24954 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Corpus Comparison of Lexical and Syntactic Complexity between Human-authored and AI-generated Opinion Essays: A Case Study 1: Sakarya Üniversitesi, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: American Life Presenting Author:L2 writing is one of the most demanding activities learners engage in, drawing on their linguistic resources (Hyland, 2003), and learners are required to establish control over these resources to construct a sophisticated and coherent written discourse. As Housen and Kuiken (2009) indicated, proficiency in writing is grounded in complexity, accuracy and fluency, the CAF framework, but complexity has been given greater importance, as it is regarded as the metric for learners’ development of linguistic resources and their responsiveness to particular communicative needs (Bulté & Housen, 2012). Linguistic complexity is a multidimensional construct comprising lexical, syntactic, morphological, and discourse-level components. Given their theoretical relevance and methodological soundness, lexical and syntactic complexity have been more salient in the literature as these have more standardised analytical frameworks and are more informative in languages with limited morphology. Lexical complexity comprises three dimensions, lexical diversity, lexical density, and lexical sophistication, which encompass different aspects of lexical use (Bulté & Housen, 2012). Syntactic complexity, being a multidimensional construct, comprises the variety, sophistication, and range of the grammatical structures in a text (Lu, 2010). These dimensions of linguistic complexity have also become salient in discussions of Generative AI texts, as they are applicable to AI-generated texts. Hence, the emergence of Generative AI has introduced a new point of comparison for L2 writing performance since its incorporation into L2 writing classrooms has become more prominent. Generative AI models can generate written texts that demonstrate considerable grammaticality, lexical sophistication, etc., attributes that are mostly linked to higher proficiency in academic writing. Several studies (Chen, 2025; Fredrick & Craven, 2025; Sun & Li, 2025; Mizumoto, 2024; Zindela, 2023) compared L2 students’ and AI-generated texts in their studies, the findings of which disclosed that AI-generated texts exhibit higher lexical diversity but similar syntactic complexity, with more formulaic structures and different rhetoric and agency. There is a growing body of literature that has compared AI-generated and student-authored written texts, yet the comparisons have primarily focused on accuracy, and thus overall performance or concentrated only on specific dimensions of linguistic complexity, such as only lexical diversity, etc. Therefore, a comparison between human-authored L2 writing and AI-generated texts, from a multidimensional perspective, on both syntactic and lexical complexity remains underresearched in the field of L2 writing. Thus, the present study investigates differences in syntactic and lexical complexity between AI-generated and human-authored opinion essays and whether these syntactic and lexical indices can be utilised to model the patterns of similarity and difference between the two. The following research question will be addressed in this study:
Adopting a quantitative, corpus-based approach, two corpora consisting of 223 human-authored and 223 AI-generated opinion essays will be compared using 25 lexical complexity indices and 14 syntactic complexity indices proposed by Lu (2012). Accordingly, the present study is anticipated to provide theoretical, pedagogical, and policy-level implications for researchers in the field, teachers, and policymakers in AI literacy and education. At the theoretical level, it is expected to expand L2 writing and the CAF research by utilizing AI-generated texts as a comparative reference point. At the pedagogical and policy levels, the findings are expected to inform the shift from product-oriented evaluation to process-oriented instruction, where instructors are given a way to infer the learners’ use of writing supports and could implement support systems accordingly, that foregrounds rhetorical awareness, authorial voice, and idea construction, in line with UNESCO's (2024) AI competency framework for students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used II. Methodology This study adopts a quantitative, corpus-based comparative analysis to explore the differences in syntactic and lexical complexity between AI-generated and human-authored opinion essays, and to investigate whether these syntactic and lexical indices can model systematic differences between the two text types. II. I. Data Collection This study is a single-case, corpus-based research consisting of pre-service English language teachers enrolled in a compulsory English preparation program at Sakarya University and ChatGPT. The sample was obtained through convenience sampling, as all texts were collected from two classes in the same compulsory English preparation program during the 2024-2025 academic year. The other data source consists of opinion essays generated by ChatGPT. In preliminary unstructured observations, ChatGPT (Free version) was identified as the most widely used chatbot due to its popularity and accessibility. Within these observations, typical chatbot prompts for generating an opinion essay writing task were also noted and used to generate AI-generated texts for the corpus. Two corpora consist of 223 human-authored and 223 AI-generated opinion essays, totalling approximately 55,000 and 60,000 words, respectively. II. II. Data Analysis In this study, 446 opinion essays (223 human-authored, 223 AI-generated) will be analyzed using neoSCA (Tan, 2024), a software forked from Lu’s L2 Syntactic Complexity Analyzer (2010) and Lexical Complexity Analyzer (2012). This software combines Lu’s tools (2010,2012), which allow the calculation of 14 syntactic complexity indices, calculating the length of production unit, sentence complexity, subordination, coordination and particular structures and 25 lexical complexity indices, calculating lexical variation, lexical sophistication and lexical density, in a single application. An index redundancy analysis will be conducted to identify indices with high intercorrelation, multicollinearity, and minimal dispersion, thereby meeting the assumptions of multivariate analysis while preserving theoretical coverage of lexical and syntactic complexity. Two MANOVA will be conducted on Lexical complexity and Syntactic complexity to identify unstable indices. Discriminant function analysis will be conducted to evaluate the blind classification of AI-generated versus human-authored texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to reveal statistically significant patterns in lexical and syntactic complexity indices between human-authored and AI-generated opinion essays, which adds to the findings of Chen (2025) regarding the greater lexical density of AI-generated texts, Zindela (2023) regarding the distinguishable use of syntactic structures, and Sun and Li (2025) regarding greater syntactic complexity measures of AI-generated texts. Moreover, AI-generated texts are expected to exhibit greater clausal elaboration, as shown in previous studies (Zindela, 2023; Chen & Hong, 2025). Nonetheless, these studies also revealed that AI-generated texts showed notably lower distributions of lexical diversity indices compared with human-generated texts, which imply greater internal regularity and, in turn, a lack of creativity and human authorship. At the pedagogical level, the findings are likely to show how these indices could be construed in relation to the approach to teaching L2 writing, particularly in awareness of rhetoric and voice, opinion elaboration, and lexical or syntactic item selection. Thus, the study's findings may indicate the need to expand instructional or feedback practices that place greater emphasis on the aforementioned areas, as outlined in UNESCO's AI competency framework for students (2024). Moreover, the study is anticipated to build on previous research on L2 writing by broadening the scope of the complexity–accuracy–fluency (CAF) framework to digitally mediated writing contexts, such as generative AI models. However, the present study also has several limitations. It focuses only on the specific AI model that the pre-service teachers primarily use in this study’s context, but given the variability of generative AI models, the study's findings might not be generalisable to other AI models. Additionally, this study focuses on a single writing task type, which, given the variation in prompts, may limit generalizability. Thus, future research could explore multiple genres, text types, prompts, and AI models across different institutional contexts. References Ai, H., & Lu, X. (2010). A web-based system for automatic measurement of lexical complexity. Paper presented at the 27th Annual Symposium of the Computer-Assisted Language Consortium (CALICO-10). Amherst, MA. June 8-12. Bulté, B., & Housen, A. (2012). Defining and operationalising L2 complexity. Dimensions of L2 performance and proficiency: Complexity, accuracy and fluency in SLA, 32, 21. Chen, J., & Hong, Q. (2025). Lexical Diversity and Syntactic Complexity in AI-Translated Legislative Texts. Theory and Practice in Language Studies, 15(9), 2867-2875. Chen, Y. (2025). Evaluating the Potential of ChatGPT-reformulated Essays as Written Feedback in L2 Writing. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 100500. Fredrick, D. R., & Craven, L. (2025, September). Lexical diversity, syntactic complexity, and readability: A corpus-based analysis of ChatGPT and L2 student essays. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 10, p. 1616935). Frontiers Media SA. Housen, A., & Kuiken, F. (2009). Complexity, accuracy, and fluency in second language acquisition. Applied linguistics, 30(4), 461-473. Hyland, K. (2003). Writing and teaching writing. Second language writing, 1(2), 1-30. Lu, X. (2010). Automatic analysis of syntactic complexity in second language writing. International journal of corpus linguistics, 15(4), 474-496. Lu, X. (2012). The Relationship of Lexical Richness to the Quality of ESL Learners' Oral Narratives. The Modern Language Journal, 96(2), 190-208. Sun, S., & Li, Y. (2025). AI-generated, L2 learner, and native German writing: a comparative analysis of linguistic complexity. Glottotheory, 16(2), 127-148. Tan, L. (2024). NeoSCA (version 0.1.4) [Computer software]. GitHub. https://github.com/tanloong/neosca UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for students. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000391105 Zindela, N. (2023). Comparing Measures of Syntactic and Lexical Complexity in Artificial Intelligence and L2 Human-Generated Argumentative Essays. International Journal of Education and Development Using Information and Communication Technology, 19(3), 50-68. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Narrative Inquiry on Self-Efficacy and Self-Regulation in Learning CFL in Higher Education Leiden University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Learner agency is a concept central to higher education (Klemenčič, 2023) and foreign language (FL) education (Mercer, 2011). For learners to play an agentic role in their personal goal pursuit, self-efficacy beliefs, or “individuals’ judgments of their capabilities to learn or perform courses of action at designated levels” (Schunk & Pajares, 2010, p.668), contribute to their personal agency through engaging in self-regulated processes, including goal setting, self-monitoring progress, self-evaluations, and effective use of strategies (Zimmerman, 2000, p.87). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative a narrative inquiry design to explore learners’ personally meaningful experiences in which self-efficacy beliefs and self-regulation appeared. Participants were three recent graduates of BA and MA programmes in Chinese as a FL (CFL) at a Dutch university, who began their Bachelor’s studies in the same cohort. Convenience sampling guided the initial participant recruitment. Participation was voluntary, and informed consent was obtained in accordance with institutional ethical guidelines. Data were collected through a combination of an initial open interview, and a subsequent semi-structured interview. The former provided space and freedom for participants to spontaneously reconstruct their language learning narratives in a holistic way, while the latter allowed for a more focused examination of the specific experiences where self-regulation and self-efficacy emerged. After each interview, participants received a summary that they could respond to, modify, or comment on. All sessions were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. A deductive-inductive approach was adopted for analysis, beginning with Author 1 identifying emergent themes from the data, following a two-level analysis, informed by Murray’s (2015) distinction between descriptive and interpretative analyses. At descriptive level, Author 1 organized the emergent themes within three phases (beginning, middle, and end). Building on the initial thematic organization, Author 1 linked the themes to the broader theoretical framework, including Bandura’s Social Cognitive Theory (1997), and the three reciprocal processes of self-regulation by Schunk and DiBenedetto (2020, p.3). Simultaneously, Author 1 developed a coding scheme on the basis of Radnor’s (2001) model for clearer structure and theoretical grounding for interpreting data. The interpretative analysis process was repeated iteratively and refined collaboratively by Author 1 and Author 2. Specifically, Author 2 reviewed the interviewer summaries, and examined selected excerpts provided by Author 1 several times. The two authors reached consensus on the coding process through repeated iterative discussions. Once the interpretations of data were finalized, all members of the research team reviewed the interpretations to ensure the analysis process was well-grounded and consistent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To be a self-regulated agent requires engagement in self-initiated changes by remaining mindful of and accountable for one’s learning processes in order to attain desired outcomes. However, accurate self-evaluations of one’s competence can be an inherently difficult task, given that feedback information is often incomplete, difficult to access, and biased (Carter & Dunning, 2008). A personally valued experience which learners perceived as more useful and meaningful can be understood in terms of the extent to which it offered more authentic evidence for them to integrate in their self-evaluations of self-efficacy and choices regarding engagement in an activity. Learners’ undesirable affective reactions (i.e., awkwardness) to specific experiences indicated the crucial role of authenticity in social interactions when speaking Chinese, appearing to function as a source of impetus for learners’ self-initiated changes to achieve speaking fluency. However, the extent to which learners were self-efficacious about a highly personally valued task may not automatically correspond to how they experienced meaningful engagement or evaluated the outcomes in relation to their self-defined satisfaction and success. Fostering personal meaning and connecting self-relevance into learning activities in higher education has gained increased attention regarding its importance in promoting internalization of extrinsic motivation (Vansteenkiste et al., 2018), because the intrinsically motivating activities may provide opportunities for learners to “function in a spontaneous and authentic way” (Vansteenkiste & Soenens, 2023, p.124). While narrative approaches present certain limitations, our findings offer insights that may serve as a starting point for exploring the joint roles of self-efficacy and task values in authentic self-evaluations that fosters agency in the context of FL motivations. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York, N.Y.: Freeman. Carter, T. J., & Dunning, D. (2008). Faulty Self-Assessment: Why Evaluating One’s Own Competence Is an Intrinsically Difficult Task: Faulty Self-Assessment. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 2(1), 346–360. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-9004.2007.00031.x Dörnyei, Z., & Al-Hoorie, A. H. (2017). The Motivational Foundation of Learning Languages Other Than Global English: Theoretical Issues and Research Directions. The Modern Language Journal, 101(3), 455–468. https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12408 Graham, S. (2022). Self-efficacy and language learning – what it is and what it isn’t. The Language Learning Journal, 50(2), 186–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2022.2045679 Klemenčič, M. (2023). A theory of student agency in higher education. In C. Baik & E. R. Kahu (Eds.), Research Handbook on the Student Experience in Higher Education (pp. 25–40). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781802204193.00010 Lusin, N. (2021). Enrollments in Languages Other Than English in US Institutions of Higher Education, Fall 2021. Mercer, S (2011). Understanding learner agency as a complex dynamic system. System, 39(4), 427–436. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2011.08.001 Murray, M. (2015). Narrative psychology. Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods, 85-107. NRC. (2024, November 4). Talenstudies verdwijnen want studenten doen liever een brede bachelor. NRC. https://www.nrc.nl/nieuws/2024/11/04/talenstudies-verdwijnen-want-studenten-doen-liever-een-brede-bachelor-a4871710 Radnor, H. (2001). Researching your professional practice: Doing interpretive research. Buckingham, UK: Open University. Schunk, D. H., & DiBenedetto, M. K. (2015). Self-Efficacy: Education Aspects. In International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences (Second Edition, Vol. 21, pp. 515–521). Elsevier Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.92019-1 Schunk, D. H., & DiBenedetto, M. K. (2020). Motivation and social cognitive theory. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 60, 101832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2019.101832 Schunk, D.H. & Pajares, F.. (2010). Self-Efficacy Beliefs. International Encyclopedia of Education. Usher, E. L., & Schunk, D. H. (2017). Social cognitive theoretical perspective of self-regulation. InHandbook of self-regulation of learning and performance(pp. 19-35). Routledge. Vansteenkiste, M., & Soenens, B. (2023). Less Is Sometimes More: Differentiating “Mustivation” from “Wantivation.” In M. Bong, J. Reeve, & S. Kim (Eds.), Motivation Science (1st ed., pp. 123–129). Oxford University PressNew York. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197662359.003.0021 Vansteenkiste, M., Aelterman, N., De Muynck, G.-J., Haerens, L., Patall, E., & Reeve, J. (2018). Fostering Personal Meaning and Self-relevance: A Self-Determination Theory Perspective on Internalization. The Journal of Experimental Education, 86(1), 30–49. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2017.1381067 Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Self-efficacy: An essential motive to learn. Contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 82-91. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 C: Building Bridges of Belonging: Inclusion and Diversity in Contemporary Schools Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How Peer Group Norms Shape Bystander Responses to Intergroup Exclusion in Diverse School Contexts 1: Ministry of Education in Turkiye, Turkiye; 2: University of Exeter Presenting Author:Increasing migration and forced displacement have transformed the demographic composition of schools across Europe, intensifying challenges related to social justice, inclusion, and intercultural relations. Newcomer students, particularly those from marginalised or stigmatised migrant groups, are at heightened risk of bias-based bullying and peer exclusion. Such exclusion undermines not only individual well-being but also schools’ commitments to inclusive education and democratic participation. Within this context, understanding how students respond as bystanders to intergroup exclusion is critical for developing educational strategies that promote social justice in diverse school settings. This study addresses the following research question: How do descriptive peer group norms shape children’s and adolescents’ bystander responses to the intergroup exclusion of migrant peers, and how do these processes vary by age and different migrant groups? Specifically, the research examines exclusion involving Syrian and Ukrainian peers, two groups that have occupied distinct social, political, and media positions within European societies in recent years. By focusing on these groups, the study foregrounds the role of broader societal discourses in shaping peer dynamics within schools. This study contributes to emerging research on bystander processes in diverse school contexts by experimentally examining how peer norms interact with the social status of different migrant groups. The study is grounded in a social–developmental and intercultural education framework, drawing particularly on the developmental intergroup perspective. This perspective conceptualises exclusion as a moral and social phenomenon shaped by group membership, power relations, and perceived norms within peer groups. From this viewpoint, bystander behaviour is not solely an individual choice but a socially negotiated action influenced by peer expectations, school norms, and wider societal narratives about inclusion and belonging. As children develop into adolescence, they become increasingly sensitive to group norms and social hierarchies, which may constrain their willingness to challenge injustice even when inclusive norms are present. Peer group norms are central to social justice and inclusive education because they regulate what is perceived as acceptable or risky behaviour within peer cultures. Descriptive norms, beliefs about what most peers do, can either legitimise exclusion or support inclusive action. However, these norms may not operate uniformly across contexts or target groups. In societies marked by unequal power relations between migrant groups, inclusive norms may be interpreted differently depending on the perceived status of the excluded peer. Although this study is based in the United Kingdom, its contribution is explicitly European and international in scope. Schools across Europe face comparable challenges related to migration, forced displacement, and the integration of diverse student populations. The findings therefore speak to broader debates within European educational research on social justice, intercultural education, and inclusive schooling. By linking peer norms, developmental processes, and group-based inequalities, the study contributes knowledge that is relevant for educators, policymakers, and researchers seeking to translate principles of social justice into everyday school practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a preregistered experimental design involving British children (n = 299, Mage = 9.48, aged 8–10) and adolescents (n = 291, Mage = 14.28, aged 13–15) recruited from schools in the South West of England. Participants were presented with a hypothetical school-based scenario designed to reflect common peer interaction contexts within European schools. Participants were asked to imagine belonging to a peer group that had formed a school club. They then read that a newcomer student, identified as either Syrian or Ukrainian, was excluded from the club by ingroup peers. Descriptive peer group norms were experimentally manipulated across three conditions: (1) help condition (most peers helped the excluded student), (2) no help condition (most peers did not help), and (3) no-information condition (no information about peer responses). After reading the scenario, participants reported their likelihood of engaging in active bystander behaviours (e.g., challenging the exclusion, encouraging inclusion) and passive bystander behaviours (e.g., ignoring the incident). Responses were measured using age-appropriate Likert-type scales. Data were analysed using factorial analyses examining main and interaction effects of age group, victim group membership, and peer group norm condition on bystander responses. This design allowed for the systematic examination of how peer group norms and victim identity interact to shape inclusive or exclusionary responses in school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses revealed clear developmental differences in bystander responses to intergroup exclusion. Children were more likely than adolescents to report active bystander reactions and less likely to endorse passive responses, indicating that willingness to intervene decreases with age. This pattern suggests that adolescents may experience greater sensitivity to social risks associated with challenging peers. Peer group norms interacted with victim group membership among adolescents. In the help condition, adolescents were less likely to report active bystander reactions and more likely to report passive reactions when the excluded peer was Syrian compared to when the excluded peer was Ukrainian. Furthermore, when the victim was Syrian, adolescents were more likely to remain passive in the help condition than in both the no-help and no-information conditions. In contrast, when the victim was Ukrainian, adolescents were more likely to report passive bystander reactions in the no-information condition than in the help condition. These findings indicate that descriptive peer group norms do not operate uniformly across contexts. While helping norms were associated with reduced passivity toward Ukrainian peers, they were less effective in promoting active intervention when the excluded peer was Syrian. This suggests that adolescents may interpret peer norms in relation to broader social meanings attached to different groups, rather than applying inclusive norms consistently. Overall, the results highlight the importance of considering developmental stage, group norms and group membership when examining bystander responses to intergroup exclusion. They suggest that as children move into adolescence, peer group norms and perceived social hierarchies play an increasingly influential role in shaping responses to bias-based exclusion. The findings underline the need for educational approaches that recognise how peer norms and group status jointly influence students’ willingness to challenge exclusion in school settings. These findings point to the value of further research examining how school-based norm-setting practices may impact students from diverse migrant backgrounds. References Abrams, D., Rutland, A., Pelletier, J., & Ferrell, J. M. (2009). Children's group nous: Understanding and applying peer exclusion within and between groups. Child development, 80(1), 224-243. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2008.01256.x Gönültaş, S., & Mulvey, K. L. (2020). The role of immigration background, intergroup processes, and social‐cognitive skills in bystanders’ responses to bias‐based bullying toward immigrants during adolescence. Child development, 92(3), 296-316. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13476 Killen, M., & Rutland, A. (2011). Children and social exclusion: Morality, prejudice, and group identity. John Wiley & Sons. McGuire, L., Rutland, A., & Nesdale, D. (2015). Peer group norms and accountability moderate the effect of school norms on children's intergroup attitudes. Child development, 86(4), 1290-1297. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.12388 Mulvey, K. L., Palmer, S. B., & Abrams, D. (2016). Race-based humor and peer group dynamics in adolescence: Bystander intervention and social exclusion. Child development, 87(5), 1379-1391. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.12600 Palmer, S. B., & Abbott, N. (2018). Bystander responses to bias‐based bullying in schools: A developmental intergroup approach. Child Development Perspectives. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdep.12253 Gönültaş, S., Argyri, E. K., Yüksel, A. Ş., McGuire, L., Palmer, S. B., Killen, M., & Rutland, A. (2024). Peer group norms affect adolescents’ bystander social cognitions. Peace and Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 30(3), 372–386. https://doi.org/10.1037/pac0000731 Rutland, A, Palmer, S. B., Yüksel, A. Ş., & Grutter J., (2022). Social exclusion: The Interplay between morality and group processes. In M. Killen & J. G. Smetana (Eds.), Handbook of moral development (3rd ed.). Psychology Press. Yüksel, A. Ş., Palmer, S. B., & Rutland A. (2021), Developmental differences in bystander behaviour toward intergroup and intragroup exclusion. Developmental Psychology, 57(8). 1342-1349. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0001202 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Building Resilient Schools in the Nordic Countries: How Teaching Practices and School Climate Support Disadvantaged Students’ Success University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Educational inequity remains a persistent challenge even in high-performing and equity-oriented education systems such as those in the Nordic countries. Socioeconomic status continues to be one of the strongest predictors of student achievement, including in mathematics (Sirin, 2005; OECD, 2024). However, some disadvantaged students demonstrate high levels of academic achievement despite structural constraints, a phenomenon conceptualised as academic resilience (Masten, 2001; Rutter, 2012) Previous research indicates that both teaching practices and school climate play crucial roles in shaping students’ learning opportunities and outcomes. Teaching practices that emphasise cognitive activation, feedback, and structured instruction have been associated with improved achievement and equity (OECD, 2019). Similarly, positive school climates characterised by supportive relationships, safety, and a sense of belonging are linked to higher academic engagement and performance (Thapa et al., 2013; Wang & Degol, 2016). Despite growing evidence, less is known about how teaching practices and school climate jointly support disadvantaged students in Nordic contexts, particularly in mathematics. Using PISA 2022 data, this study addresses this gap by examining how pedagogical and institutional factors contribute to the academic resilience of disadvantaged students in Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The study aims to identify key pedagogical and school-level factors that support disadvantaged students’ academic success. Specifically, it seeks to analyse patterns of teaching practices and school climate in Nordic schools, examine their relationships with disadvantaged students’ achievement in mathematics, and compare cross-national similarities and differences. By doing so, the study contributes to ongoing discussions on educational equity and resilience in comparative education. The research questions of the study are as follows: (1) How are mathematics teacher behaviours in mathematics and science associated with the achievement of disadvantaged students in Nordic countries? (2) How does school climate relate to academic resilience among disadvantaged students? (3) How do mathematics teacher behaviours and school climate interact in supporting disadvantaged students across Nordic education systems? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses quantitative secondary analysis of PISA 2022 data from Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. PISA provides internationally comparable measures of student achievement in mathematics, as well as contextual information on mathematics teacher behaviours and school climate (OECD, 2023). Disadvantaged students are identified using the PISA index of economic, social, and cultural status (ESCS), operationalised as students in the lowest quartile of the national ESCS distribution. Student achievement in mathematics serves as the primary outcome variable; high performance is defined as students in the highest quartile of mathematics performance. Academically resilient students in mathematics refer to disadvantaged students who are high performers. Independent variables include indices of mathematics teacher behaviours and school culture and climate derived from student questionnaires. Mathematics teacher behaviours are measured through indices such as student perceived quality of mathematics instruction, disciplinary climate in mathematics, and cognitive activation in mathematics. School culture and climate are operationalised through measures of teacher-student relationships, mathematics teacher support, student sense of belonging to school, being bullied, feeling safe and school safety risks. The analytical strategy consists of three stages. First, descriptive analyses are conducted to examine patterns of disadvantage, mathematics teacher behaviours, and school climate across Nordic countries. Second, multilevel regression models are applied to investigate relationships between mathematics teacher behaviours, school climate, and disadvantaged students’ achievement, controlling for student- and school-level variables. Third, interaction effects are tested to explore whether the influence of mathematics teacher behaviours varies depending on school climate conditions. All analyses will take PISA sampling weights and plausible values into consideration to ensure robust estimates (OECD, 2023). This approach enables both cross-national comparison and a deeper understanding of the mechanisms supporting academic resilience among disadvantaged students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that mathematics teacher behaviours and school climate are significant predictors of disadvantaged students’ achievement in mathematics and science in Nordic countries. Consistent with prior research, cognitively activating mathematics teacher behaviours and structured instructional approaches are found to be positively associated with academic performance and resilience (OECD, 2019). Furthermore, supportive school climates characterised by strong teacher support, positive disciplinary environments, and a sense of belonging are expected to be linked to higher levels of academic resilience among disadvantaged students (Thapa et al., 2013; Wang & Degol, 2016). Cross-national analyses are likely to reveal both shared patterns and contextual differences across Nordic education systems, reflecting variations in pedagogical traditions and institutional arrangements. The interaction analysis is expected to show that the effectiveness of mathematics teacher behaviours is enhanced in schools with positive climates, suggesting that pedagogical and institutional factors operate synergistically. These findings will extend resilience theory by demonstrating how school-level and classroom-level factors jointly mitigate socioeconomic disadvantage (Rutter, 2012; Zimmerman, 2013). The study will contribute to comparative education research by providing empirical evidence from Nordic contexts, which are often regarded as models of equity. Practically, the findings will offer insights for policymakers, school leaders, and teachers seeking to design more inclusive learning environments and strengthen support for disadvantaged students in mathematics and science. References OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume II): Where all students can succeed. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2023). PISA 2023 assessment and analytical framework. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2024). PISA 2023 results (Volume I): Student performance and equity in education. OECD Publishing. Masten, A. S. (2001). Ordinary magic: Resilience processes in development. American Psychologist, 56(3), 227–238. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.56.3.227 Rutter, M. (2012). Resilience as a dynamic concept. Development and Psychopathology, 24(2), 335–344. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579412000028 Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A Review of School Climate Research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313483907 Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School Climate: A Review of the Construct, Measurement, and Impact on Student Outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315–352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9319-1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Snapshots of In-between Belonging and Identity: School Cross-Cultural Transitional Care in Lithuania Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Cross-Cultural Kids (CCKs) (Van Reken, 2002) is not a new concept when it comes to the effects of migration upon youth development, including some well-recognised, life-long lasting side effects (Crossman & Wells, 2022). Yet, only since 2017 have Lithuanian schools have experienced a sustained increase in the enrolment of, including returning Lithuanian students following Brexit or the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as refugee children arriving amid recent political conflicts in the neighbouring European political landscape. Despite the growing presence of these students, whose educational pathways and personal lives have been profoundly shaped by transnational mobility, the Lithuanian education system has yet to establish a coherent framework to support their integration. Existing institutional responses remain fragmented and tend to prioritise linguistic assimilation over broader psychosocial, cultural, and identity-related dimensions of schooling. Urgency to conceptualise cross-cultural diversity as an educational asset rather than a deficit in the Lithuanian context not only goes along Culturally Responsive Teaching (Gay, 2018), but emphasis the need to adopt a humanistic and ethical pedagogical approach (Forrester et al., 2020) to promote inclusive education for all students. As school populations become increasingly diverse, there is an urgent need to develop and examine forms of cross-cultural transitional care (CCTC) that address the complex linguistic, cultural, and identity-related challenges faced by CCKs (Mahoney & Barron, 2020). As part of a wider research project, this paper presents results from observations and informal conversations recorded during the process of conducting interventions with the narrative tool of “TARMAC” at school with CCKs of Lithuania. While not being the original intention of the research design, and is seen as serendipitous findings, "happy accidents" or chance discoveries (Robson & McCartan, 2016) where unexpected but beneficial discoveries that occur while searching for something else. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Set in a public gymnasium which was established after Lithuania’s regaining of independence in 1990 with the specific mission to accelerate Lithuanian language learning and integrate students of Lithuanian descent back into the national social and cultural life (Ruškus, 2008). Observations were conducted over a semester alongside the intervention part of the wider study. Twenty-five episodes of storied fieldnotes were documented using redesigned fieldnote template (Hoey, 2014) which emphases separation between description and analysis, and embeds reflexivity and methodological flexibility, balances insider insight with outsider analysis (Darling, 2016). The recorded critical moments were presented as storied ‘episodes’ of interactions between CCKs and their counterpart non-CCK classmates within both formal and non-informal learning situations, as means to contextualise the investigation of identity curation and a sense of belonging in school. Aligning with the overall narrative inquiring nature of the project, knowledge is not seen as objective ‘facts’ to be captured during data collection, but are seen as constructed, situated, and interpreted during the research process (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). Therefore, observations in narrative inquiry are not passive seeing and recording but are a selective and interpretive process that is heavily dependent and shaped by the researcher's positionality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results revealed how everyday encounters—whether in classrooms, corridors, playgrounds, or public spaces—become critical sites for identity negotiation, belonging, and intercultural dialogue. The findings affirm that CCKs’ identity narratives are deeply entangled with the social, linguistic, and cultural ecologies of their schools. Regarding CCKs’ identity narratives on self, belonging, and place in the context of Lithuania, the observed episodes highlighted that CCKs narrate identity through both disclosure and concealment, often using humour, selective explanation, or coded performance to negotiate how much of themselves to reveal (Riessman, 2008). Challenges of living “in-between” were highlighted, alongside the resources mobilised by CCKs to adapt, resist, and create belonging on their own terms. Tensions persist due to a lack of careful consideration of sociopolitical contexts when addressing school inclusion, especially when it concerns diversity in consideration of the sociopolitical contexts in addressing school inclusion, especially when concerning diversity relating to language, religion, and student well-being, in creating identity-safe learning environments (Cohn-Vargas & Steele, 2016). Implications demonstrate that when everyday exchanges are taken seriously as pedagogical moments, they can scaffold intercultural understanding and support identity curation. Noticing and framing “small stories” opens gateways to broader discussions on identity and belonging in personal, institutional, and societal spheres. This leaves space for discussions within the scope of teacher training, especially during the current ongoing educational reform, which is moving Lithuania from a multi-track system to an inclusive system. When school diversity moves beyond focusing on differences within the student body, the advancement of cross-cultural transitional care can naturally be considered alongside overall inclusive practices in Lithuanian classrooms. References Clandinin, J. & Connelly, M. (2000). Narrative Inquiry: Experience and Story in Qualitative Research. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Cohn-Vargas, B., & Steele, D. M. (2016). Creating identity safe classroom environments. Illinois Reading Council Journal, 44(3), 23–32. Crossman, T., & Wells, L. (2022). Caution and Hope: The Prevalence of Adverse Childhood Experiences in Globally Mobile Third Culture Kids. Retrieved from https://www.tcktraining.com/research/caution-and-hope-white-paper Darling, F. (2016). Emic and etic analysis in qualitative research. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 17(2), Article 8. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-17.2.2538 Forrester, G., Kurth, J., Vincent, P., & Oliver, M. (2020). Schools as community assets: An exploration of the merits of an asset-based community development (ABCD) approach. Educational Review, 72(4), 443-458. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1529655 Hoey, B. (2014). A template for writing fieldnotes. Anthropod. https://anthropod.net/2013/08/14/a-template-for-writing-fieldnotes/ Mahoney, E., & Barron, J. (2020). Surveying the landscape: Common Practices, Challenges and Opportunities in International School Transitions-Care. The 2020 Report. SeaChange and Globally Grounded. Retrieved from https://seachangementoring.com/transition-support/ Riessman C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences. Sage. Robson, C., & McCartan, K. (2016). Real World Research (4th ed.). Wiley Ruškus, J. (2008). Į Lietuvą atvykusių lietuvių kilmės moksleivių patirtis:„Lietuvių namų “mokyklos atvejis. Oikos: Lithuanian Migration & Diaspora Studies, 2008(6): 443-458. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1529655 Van Reken, R. (2002). Third Culture Kids: Prototypes for understanding other cross-cultural kids. Cross-Cultural Kids. https://www.crossculturalkid.org/who-are-cross-cultural-kids/ 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper What Does Multiculturalism Look Like? Metaphorical Perspectives of Teacher Education Stakeholders Fırat Üniversitesi, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Today's education systems have transformed into a dynamic structure where different cultural identities, languages, beliefs and life practices coexist. Multiculturalism, at the heart of this transformation, is no longer merely a policy or programme concept, but has become an ontological component of education. However, the multi-layered nature of the concept makes it difficult to agree on a common definition. Academic definitions often fail to adequately reflect individuals' perceptions, concerns, and expectations. At this point, metaphors offer a powerful and direct tool for understanding how people perceive the world. In individuals' processes of understanding and making sense of abstract and complex phenomena, metaphors are not merely ordinary tools of comparison but serve a fundamental cognitive function. As Lakoff and Johnson (1980) state in their theoretical framework, metaphors are not just figures of speech that embellish our language but are cognitive maps that structure our ways of thinking, our perceptions, and even our actions. In this context, metaphors serve as analytical mirrors that reveal the "implicit beliefs" that lie deep within educational stakeholders, beliefs that may not be directly expressible in words. Increasing metaphorical studies in educational sciences have shown their effectiveness in revealing individuals’ conceptual frameworks regarding a concept. Understanding how a concept with sociological and pedagogical dimensions, such as multiculturalism, is interpreted in the context of teacher education is of critical importance. This is because the image of multiculturalism in the minds of teachers and teacher educators is indicative of the attitude they will adopt towards differences in the classroom, the level of empathy they will develop, and the inclusive educational practices they will implement. If an educator imagines this concept as "chaos," they will try to manage diversity in the classroom as a crisis; if they see it as a "mosaic," they will argue that each piece is a value that must be preserved. Multiculturalism is an indispensable understanding for social harmony, based on accepting individual differences such as age, gender, belief, language, race, and sexual orientation as riches and living in harmony within the same geography (APA, 2002; Banks, 2008). This approach is particularly vital in educational processes because the cognitive and personality development of students from different cultural backgrounds is directly influenced by their unique identities. As Kağıtçıbaşı and Cemalcılar (2017) emphasize, individuals' behaviors in communication processes are a reflection of their own cultural values. Therefore, adopting a multicultural structure is an academic and social necessity for achieving social peace and making education inclusive. A review of the literature reveals that studies on multiculturalism include the analysis of teaching staff's conceptual perceptions through metaphors (Aydın and Tonbuloğlu, 2016), the integration of multicultural education into the curriculum (Babayiğit et al., 2025), and the collection of in-depth views on the subject (Hong, 2017; Suri and Chandra, 2021), and determining stakeholder attitudes (Kimzan and Arıkan, 2018; Solehuddin and Budiman, 2019; Djonko-Moore et al., 2018). Based on the existing theoretical framework, this study aims to discover how teacher candidates and teacher educators, who are the most fundamental stakeholders in the teacher education ecosystem, conceptualize multiculturalism through mental images. The main originality of the study lies in bringing both groups together on the same analytical plane to offer a comparative perspective on multiculturalism, thereby deciphering the conceptual harmony between the mindsets of those who design the program and the candidates who are shaped by it. This approach, which also aligns with the goals of inclusivity and democratic competence in the European Education Area (EEA), makes the link between theoretical idealism and practical reality visible, thereby providing a multi-layered and original contribution to global teacher education discussions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Designed within the qualitative research paradigm, this study is built on a basic qualitative pattern. Such studies focus on explaining how individuals make sense of certain phenomena, how they construct the world, and the meanings distilled from their experiences (Merriam, 2023). Metaphors, frequently used in educational research, are effective tools within the qualitative tradition for exploring participants' perceptual worlds (Kılcan, 2021). Since the study aimed to reflect the subjective perspectives of teacher candidates and faculty members on the concept of multiculturalism, this methodological approach was considered the most appropriate. The study group consisted of teacher candidates studying at education faculties in different geographical regions of Turkey and faculty members working at the same institutions. To increase the diversity and representativeness of the sample, a maximum diversity sampling strategy was adopted in determining the participants. This allowed for the analysis of stakeholders' perceptions of multiculturalism across a wide range of faculties with different socio-cultural and regional dynamics. During the data collection phase of the study, researchers plan to use a form designed by them, consisting of two main components. To validate the form's content and face validity, the opinions of two academics specializing in educational sciences will be sought, and the draft will be finalized based on the critical feedback received. The first section of the form will include a personal information section to determine participants' demographic characteristics such as gender, branch, and class level. In the second section, an open-ended prompt consisting of the statement "Multiculturalism is like …………………. because ………………………….." will be presented to analyze participants' mental representations . To establish a cognitive framework, the concept of metaphor will be defined for participants prior to the application, and a concrete example will be provided using the image of a "teacher." Through this process, teacher candidates will be able to express their unique perceptions of multiculturalism in a coherent image and logical reasoning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings obtained from the research are expected to clarify the conceptual maps of stakeholders in different layers of the teacher education ecosystem regarding the concept of multiculturalism. The study will identify a meaningful level of differentiation or overlap between the mental images produced by teacher educators and teacher candidates in terms of theoretical depth and application-orientedness. This will reveal the extent to which the current discourse on multiculturalism in education faculties influences candidates' professional identity construction and how it is reflected at the level of mental representations. Most importantly, this research will lay bare the extent to which such a vital and concrete phenomenon as multiculturalism has found a place in the climate of education faculties, the level to which it exists as a reality, and how it is interpreted by stakeholders. The thematic categories obtained will be open to discussion as to whether they approach multicultural education as merely a methodological necessity or as a philosophical adoption. Ultimately, this research aims to analyze the link between the "theoretical outputs" of teacher training programs and the "tacit beliefs" of stakeholders, thereby offering a theoretical projection for a more holistic, inclusive teacher education policy centered on social harmony. References American Psychological Association [APA]. 2002. “Guidelines on multicultural education, training, research, practice, and organizational change for psychologists.” Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Aydın, H., & Tonbuloğlu, B. (2015). Graduate students' perceptions of multicultural education: a qualitative case study. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research (57), 29-50. https://doi.org/10.14689/ejer.2014.57.3 Babayiğit, B., Sever, D., Çam Aktaş, B., Kip Kayabaş, B., Aysın Şenel, E., & Güven, M. (2025). Professional Development for Multicultural Education: Lessons from a Blended In-Service Teacher Training Programme. Teaching and Teacher Education, 165(105151). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105151 Banks, J. A. 2008. “An introduction to multicultural education.” Boston, MA: Pearson Publication. Djonko-Moore, C., Jiang, S., & Gibson, K. 2018. “Multicultural teacher education and diversity practices in early childhood. Journal for Multicultural Education” 12 (4), 298-313. https://dx.doi.org/10.1108/JME-07-2017-0041 Hong, Y. 2017. “Facing diversity in early childhood education: Teachers’ perceptions, beliefs, and teaching practices of anti-bias education in Korea” [Unpublished master's thesis, Missouri State University, Missouri]. Kağıtçıbaşı, Ç., Cemalcılar, Z. 2016. From yesterday to today: An introduction to social psychology. (27th Edition), city: Evrim Yayınları. Kılcan, B. (2021). The use of metaphors as a data collection tool in educational sciences: A case study. (ed. B. Kılcan). A practical guide to metaphor and metaphorical studies in education. (pp.89-111). Pegem Akademi. Kimzan, İ. & Arıkan, A. 2018. "An examination of early childhood teacher candidates' attitudes towards multicultural education." Inönü University Faculty of Education Journal, 19(3), 670-686. https://doi.org/10.17679/inuefd.426978 Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago Press Merriam, S. B. (2023). A guide to qualitative research design and application. (Trans. ed. S. Turan). Nobel Publishing. Solehuddin, M. & Budiman, N. 2019. “Multicultural competence of prospective preschool teachers in predominantly Muslim countries.” Jurnal Cakrawala Pendidikan, 38(3), 438-451. https://doi:10.21831/cp.v38i3.25033 Suri, D., & Chandra, D. 2021. “Teachers' strategies for implementing multiculturalism education based on local cultural values and character building for early childhood education” Journal of Ethnic and Cultural Studies, 8(4), 271-285. https://dx.doi.org/10.29333/ejecs/937 |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 D: Digitalisation, Technology, and Learning Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Sandra Reeder-Langer Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Enhancing Adolescents’ Source Evaluation Skills Through Adaptive Feedback 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The internet is an essential information resource for adolescents. As it includes both reliable information and misinformation, adolescents need sufficient credibility evaluation skills to rely on trustworthy sources for learning and decision-making. However, research has shown that many students’ ability to evaluate source information is far from optimal, and that these skills vary considerably (e.g., Hämäläinen, 2023). Because of this variation, students need individualized support to develop their evaluation skills. Source evaluation skills refer to readers’ abilities to use available information about a source (e.g., author, publisher) to make inferences about its expertise and benevolence (Bråten et al., 2025). Expertise refers to a source’s competence and experience on the topic at hand, whereas benevolence refers to the extent to which a source intends to serve the readers’ best interests without pursuing any personal or financial gains (Barzilai & Chinn, 2025). Previous research shows that adolescent readers struggle with recognizing the commercial bias (Kiili et al., 2018) and discerning the trustworthy sources from untrustworthy ones (Marten & Stadtler, 2025). Feedback – information that is intended to modify learner’s thinking, behavior, or improve learning (Shute, 2008) – plays a crucial role in effective learning (Mertens et al., 2022; Van Der Kleij et al., 2015). Feedback can be provided by a person in a face-to-face setting or delivered through computer-based systems. Computerized feedback enables the implementation of individualized, adaptive feedback (Van Der Kleij et al., 2015), which is particularly beneficial when learners’ knowledge or skills vary substantially, as is often the case with source evaluation skills. Three common forms of task-related computerized feedback include knowledge of results (i.e., the correctness of the response), knowledge of the correct response, and elaborative feedback (i.e., an explanation of why a given answer is correct or incorrect, often including some advice how to proceed) (Mertens et al., 2022; Van Der Kleij et al., 2015). Among these, elaborative feedback is the most complex form (Shute, 2008) and is often accompanied by the other two other forms of feedback (Van Der Kleij et al., 2015). Two meta-analysis show that elaborative feedback is most efficient, especially in supporting high-order learning outcomes (Mertens et al., 2022; Van Der Kleij et al., 2015). In addition to performance-based feedback, computerized feedback can be designed by using a growth mindset approach (Ostrow et al., 2014). A growth mindset is the belief that human capacities, such as intellectual abilities, can be developed through practice and the use of new strategies (Yeager & Dweck, 2012). Feedback aligned with this approach reinforces the idea that skills, such as credibility evaluation, can be cultivated over time through practice and learning. Feedback can also be designed to consider students’ self-efficacy beliefs by offering mastery or vicarious experiences (Bandura, 1997), especially for those who have low confidence in their skills. Such feedback aims to strengthen students’ beliefs in their ability to succeed, fostering engagement. While several intervention studies have been designed to support students’ source evaluation skills (e.g., Marten & Stadtler, 2025), none have focused on providing adaptive feedback that considers both cognitive and motivational factors. Therefore, the purpose of the present study is to develop and test the efficacy of computerized, adaptive feedback to enhance students’ source evaluation skills. Designed adaptive feedback considers students’ evaluation performance and self-efficacy beliefs, while also fostering a growth mindset. To understand the baseline of students’ source evaluation skills, we examine to what extent students are able to discern the expertise and benevolence of expert and non-expert sources before the intervention, and whether students differ in their ability to discern between these aspects of evaluation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and design. Altogether, 163 seventh grade students (13–14 years of age, 42.9% females) participated in the study. As students were underaged, informed consent was obtained from both the students and their parents. Students were assigned into one of the three conditions. After excluding eight students from one intervention condition due to a feedback design error, the final conditions included 122 students who completed all measures: 1) performance-based adaptive feedback (n = 39, 2) adaptive feedback extended with a self-efficacy beliefs perspective (n = 36), and 3) no-feedback as a control (n = 39). We will collect data from two additional classes before the conference. Measures. Students’ source evaluation skills were measured with a validated web-based evaluation task (Kiili et al., 2023). In this task, students read two online texts on health effects either of sugar or chocolate. One text was written by an expert with benevolent intentions (expert source), whereas the other text was written by a non-expert with commercial intentions (non-expert source). Students evaluated the source’s expertise and benevolence with a six-point scale (evaluation items) and justified their evaluations in writing (justification items). In this presentation, we focus on evaluation items. To counterbalance possible effects of topic order, students were randomly assigned to two groups that completed the tasks (sugar and chocolate topics) in different orders. We computed two discernment scores (e.g., Marten & Stadtler, 2025), one for expertise and one for benevolence, by subtracting the evaluation of the non-expert source from the evaluation of the expert source. A score of 5 indicated effective discernment and reflected particularly good judgment, and a score of −5 indicated a bias contrary to what was considered desirable. A score of 0 indicated no discernment between sources. Reading comprehension skills (a control variable) were assessed using a Deep Cloze Test (Jensen & Elbro, 2022). Finally, the self-efficacy measure was integrated into the source evaluation tasks. Intervention. The source evaluation practice task (intervention) was similar to the pre-and post-tests but differed in terms of the topic (health effects of vitamins) and the type of justification items (multiple-choice items). In the intervention conditions, students received adaptive feedback messages that were predetermined by the scoring rules of the source evaluation performance and students’ self-efficacy beliefs, and it was delivered automatically by a computer. Data was collected in two 45-minutes lessons that were one week a part. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students’ discernment score before the intervention was 1.65 (SD=1.69) for expertise and 1.49 (SD=2.64) for benevolence (max. 5), suggesting that students can differentiate expert and non-expert sources only to some extent. Students performed similarly on discerning expertise and benevolence (t(132) = 0.68, p = .50). After controlling for topic order, reading comprehension, and pre-test performance, there was a significant effect of condition on students’ ability to discern expertise between expert and non-expert sources (F(2, 108) = 5.996, p = .003, η²ₚ = .10). Both intervention conditions outperformed the control condition, although the two interventions supported students to a similar extent. After accounting for the same control variables, there were no differences between the conditions in students’ ability to discern benevolence between expert and non-expert sources (F(2, 108) = 0.021, p = .980). Computerized adaptive feedback supported students’ abilities to evaluate sources’ expertise but not their benevolence, even though the baseline levels of these two abilities were similar. This result aligns with findings showing that, through practice, the evaluation of expertise seems to develop earlier than the evaluation of benevolence (Barzilai & Chinn, 2025). Another possible explanation for the difference in improvement is that, in the intervention, students received feedback on expertise first and benevolence second in each text. Because the feedback passages were relatively long, students may have paid more attention to the first part (i.e., feedback on expertise). This interpretation is consistent with prior research showing that a substantial portion of constructive feedback is either unnoticed or unread (Tärning et al., 2020). All in all, given that the intervention was short, the results are promising in showing that computerized adaptive feedback, focusing on performance feedback, has the potential to support students’ source evaluation. However, more demanding source evaluation skills, such as evaluating benevolence, may require multiple opportunities for practice. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy : The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman and Company. Barzilai, S., & Chinn, C. A. (2025). How do source evaluation criteria develop? A microgenetic study of growth of epistemic ideals. Computers in Human Behavior, 172, Article 108729. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2025.108729 Bråten, I., Latini, N., & Salmerón, L. (2025). Source evaluation. In C. A. MacArthur, S. Graham, & J. Fitzgerald (Eds.), Handbook of writing research (3rd ed., pp. 306–323). The Guildford Press. Hämäläinen, E. K. (2023). Examining and enhancing adolescents’ critical online reading skills (JYU Dissertations 663). University of Jyväskylä. Jensen, K. L., & Elbro, C. (2022). Clozing in on reading comprehension: a deep cloze test of global inference making. Reading & Writing, 35(5), 1221–1237. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-021-10230-w Kiili, C., Leu, D. J., Marttunen, M., Hautala, J., & Leppänen, P. H. T. (2018). Exploring early adolescents’ evaluation of academic and commercial online resources related to health. Reading and Writing, 31(3), 533–557. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-017-9797-2 Kiili, C., Räikkönen, E., Bråten, I., Strømsø, H. I., & Hagerman, M. S. (2023). Examining the structure of credibility evaluation when sixth graders read online texts. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 39(3), 954–969. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12779 Marten, P. L., & Stadtler, M. (2025). Building resilience against online misinformation: A teacher-led training promoting evaluation strategies among lower secondary students. Computers in Human Behavior, 165, Article 108548. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2024.108548 Mertens, U., Finn, B., & Lindner, M. A. (2022). Effects of computer-based feedback on lower- and higher-order learning outcomes: A network meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 114(8), 1743–1772. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000764 Ostrow, K. S., Schultz, S. E., & Arroyo, I. (2014). Promoting growth mindset within intelligent tutoring systems. In S. Gutierrez-Santos & O. C. Santos (Eds.), EDM 2014 Extended Proceedings (pp. 88–93). CEUR-WS (1183). Shute, V. J. (2008). Focus on formative feedback. Review of Educational Research, 78(1), 153–189. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654307313795 Tärning, B., Lee, Y. J., Andersson, R., Månsson, K., Gulz, A., & Haake, M. (2020). Assessing the black box of feedback neglect in a digital educational game for elementary school. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 29(4–5), 511–549. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2020.1770092 Van Der Kleij, F. M., Feskens, R. C. W., & Eggen, T. J. H. M. (2015). Effects of feedback in a computer-based learning environment on students’ learning outcomes: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 85(4), 475–511. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654314564881 Yeager, D. S., & Dweck, C. S. (2012). Mindsets that promote resilience: When students believe that personal characteristics can be developed. Educational Psychologist, 47(4), 302–314. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2012.722805 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School-Wide Smartphone Bans and Student Engagement, Well-Being, and Social Interaction Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Across Europe and internationally, schools are increasingly introducing smartphone bans in response to concerns about declining student attention, well-being, and social interaction [1][2]. Although such bans are often presented as effective solutions to digital distraction, existing research highlights the importance of contextual, psychological, and organisational factors [3]. This study examines the implementation and impact of a school-wide smartphone ban through an action research approach, focusing on how the policy is experienced by different stakeholders within the school community. The study addresses the following research question: How does a school-wide smartphone ban influence students’ engagement, behaviour, emotional well-being, and social interaction, and how is this policy perceived by students, teachers, parents, curators, and school psychologists? The research was conducted in a secondary school context with students in Grades 7–9 and involved five stakeholder groups: students, subject teachers, parents, school curators (class mentors responsible for collecting smartphones and mediating communication), and school psychologists. Including curators and psychologists enabled deeper insight into the organisational and emotional dimensions of policy implementation. The objectives of the study were to:
The study is theoretically informed by socio-cultural perspectives on learning and well-being, with particular attention to self-regulation, student agency, and digital well-being [4]. Smartphones are conceptualised not merely as distractions but as elements embedded in students’ emotional security and everyday practices. Psychological observations draw on the concept of FOMO (fear of missing out) to explain adaptive anxiety and transitional resistance during early stages of policy implementation [5][6]. Positioned within European debates on technology regulation in education, including UNESCO and European Commission perspectives, the study contributes to international discussions on balancing regulation, autonomy, and student well-being in schools [1][2]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an action research design combined with a mixed-methods approach, allowing iterative reflection and evidence-based policy refinement [7]. Data were collected over one academic term following the introduction of a full smartphone ban during the school day. Quantitative data were gathered through questionnaires administered to students (Grades 7–9), teachers, and parents. The surveys examined attitudes towards the ban and perceived changes in attention, engagement, discipline, emotional well-being, social interaction, and communication practices. Descriptive statistics were used to identify trends and divergences across groups. Qualitative data were collected through focus group discussions with students, teachers, parents, and curators, complemented by systematic observations and reflective notes from school psychologists. Focus groups explored lived experiences, emotional responses, and practical challenges related to the ban. Special attention was given to students who did not consistently submit smartphones, revealing motivations linked to emotional security, fear of device loss, personal ownership, and a preference for phone use during breaks rather than lessons. Psychological observations identified indirect forms of resistance during the initial implementation phase, including increased anxiety related to time management and schedule awareness. Targeted interventions, such as classroom discussions on FOMO, supported emotional adaptation and reduced anxiety. According to curator reports, daily smartphone submission rates reached 92–95%, indicating high compliance alongside identifiable vulnerable groups. Qualitative data were analysed using thematic analysis, and a convergent mixed-methods design was applied to integrate findings at the interpretation stage [7]. Ethical standards of informed consent, anonymity, and voluntary participation were maintained throughout. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the smartphone ban contributed to improved classroom discipline, increased concentration, and enhanced face-to-face social interaction, consistent with international research on reduced digital distraction [3][4]. Teachers and curators reported reduced distractions during lessons and greater student engagement in non-digital activities during breaks, including reading, board games, and sports. At the same time, the study revealed notable emotional and organisational tensions. Parents primarily evaluated the policy through observable outcomes, while students expressed a wider range of emotional responses, from acceptance to anxiety. Psychological observations suggest that early resistance was largely adaptive rather than oppositional and closely linked to FOMO, emotional security, and self-regulation challenges. More introverted students and those experiencing social difficulties appeared particularly vulnerable. Curators emerged as a critical yet under-researched group, experiencing increased organisational and communicative workload as intermediaries between students, parents, and teachers. Across stakeholder groups, participants emphasised the need for a clear procedural framework regulating smartphone collection, storage, responsibility, and differentiated exceptions for students with specific needs. Overall, the study suggests that smartphone bans may support engagement and social interaction, but their sustainability depends on transparent regulation, psychological support, and a shift from control-oriented approaches towards fostering digital self-regulation and shared responsibility. References 1.UNESCO. (2023). Smartphones at school: Only when they clearly support learning. UNESCO. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/smartphones-school-only-when-they-clearly-support-learning 2.European Commission. (2023). Mobile phones in schools: Survey results. European School Education Platform. https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/discover/surveys/mobile-phones-schools 3.Selwyn, N. (2016). Education and technology: Key issues and debates. Bloomsbury Academic. 4.OECD. (2021). Students, computers and learning: Making the connection. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264239555-en 5.Przybylski, A. K., Murayama, K., DeHaan, C. R., & Gladwell, V. (2013). Motivational, emotional, and behavioral correlates of fear of missing out. Computers in Human Behavior, 29(4), 1841–1848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2013.02.014 6.Abdullah, S. (2017). Nomophobia: The fear of being without a mobile phone. Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care, 6(2), 372–376. https://doi.org/10.4103/2249-4863.219988 7.Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Scaffolding Self-Regulated Learning in Elementary Education: A Design-Based Research Study with Fourth Grade Students bogazici university, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Scaffolding Self-Regulated Learning in Elementary Education: Self-regulated learning (SRL), involving learners’ ability to plan, monitor, and reflect on their learning, is widely recognized as essential for academic success. Although research shows that elementary students are capable of engaging in SRL, classroom practices often provide limited explicit support, leaving students to regulate their learning without clear guidance. This design-based research study examines how scaffolded supports for self-regulated learning can be designed, implemented, and refined in fourth-grade Turkish reading comprehension lessons. Grounded in sociocultural and constructivist perspectives and cyclical models of SRL, the study employs three iterative design cycles that gradually shift responsibility from teacher-supported scaffolding to student independence. Conducted over one academic year in two fourth-grade classrooms with 50 students and two teachers, the study integrates scaffolded self-regulated learning tools and routines into regular Turkish reading instruction. Classroom observations, student artifacts, adapted self-report measures, and teacher interviews are used to examine learning processes and inform iterative redesign, with the aim of fostering students’ engagement in self-regulated reading comprehension. Research Questions 1. How do fourth-grade students engage in planning, monitoring, and reflection processes during learning activities supported by scaffolded SRL interventions? Design Goals The study aims to iteratively develop scaffolded supports that foster fourth-grade students’ self-regulated learning by making planning, monitoring, and reflection processes explicit and gradually internalized within authentic classroom contexts. Theoretical Framework Every child is born with the capacity to self-regulate and this capacity for self-regulation develops with age. Although biological factors like temperament and predisposed reactivity underpin the development of self-regulation in children (Berk, Mann, & Ogan, 2006; Bodrova & Leong, 2007), early experiences play an important role on this development (Boekaerts, 1997). Research on self-regulated learning emerged more than two decades ago to answer the question of how students become masters of their own learning processes (Zimmerman, 2008). However, over the last decade, various indications have been found for suggesting traces of self-regulated learning earlier than expected. Studies in laboratory settings and studies based on children’s self-report data have been underestimating young children’s abilities (Whitebread et al., 2007). Studies in which children have been observed in their natural settings and/or while performing familiar tasks showed that young children can and do engage in self-regulated learning (Annevirta & Vauras, 2006; Istomina, 1975; Perry, 1998; Perry et al., 2004; Robson, 2010; Sperling, Walls, & Hill, 2000; Whitebread & Coltman, 2010; Whitebread et al., 2007). Prior studies have emphasized that students’ SRL should be supported as early as possible (Perry, 1998; Perry & VandeKamp, 2000), suggesting that a focus on SRL skill development at the elementary school level is needed. During this period, children have not yet fully developed the studying habits and beliefs about their own abilities that might hinder future SRL (Dignath & Büttner, 2008). Moreover, SRL may be easier to learn in elementary education because it allows for more gradual practice in a less complex and demanding context than secondary education (Meneghetti et al., 2007). The advantage of training children how to self-regulate their learning in the beginning of their schooling is that during these first crucial years, students set up learning and self-efficacy attitudes (Whitebread, 2000) which are easier to change than when students have already developed disadvantageous learning styles and learning behaviour (Hattie et al., 1996). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a design-based research (DBR) methodology to investigate the design, enactment, and refinement of scaffolded self-regulated learning supports in authentic fourth-grade Turkish reading comprehension lessons.DBR is defined as a systematic but flexible methodology aimed to improve educational practices through iterative analysis, design, development, and implementation, based on collaboration among researchers and practitioners in real-world set- tings, and leading to contextually sensitive design principles and theories. The five basic characteristics: (a) pragmatic; (b) grounded; (c) interactive, iterative, and flexible; (d) integrative; and (e) contextual (Wang & Hannafin, 2005). The study is conducted across three iterative design cycles involving high scaffolding, shared responsibility, and reduced scaffolding. Data sources include systematic classroom observations, student artifacts (planning, monitoring, and reflection tools), adapted age-appropriate student self-report measures of self-regulated learning, and semi-structured teacher interviews. These multiple data sources are used to document learning processes, examine instructional enactment, and inform iterative redesign across cycles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to generate design-based insights into how scaffolded supports for planning, monitoring, and reflection can foster fourth-grade students’ engagement in self-regulated learning during Turkish reading comprehension lessons. The findings are anticipated to identify which instructional tools and routines are feasible and productive in classroom practice and how the gradual fading of scaffolds supports increasing student independence. At a theoretical level, the study is expected to contribute to learning sciences research by clarifying how self-regulated learning develops as a socially supported and scaffolded process in elementary classrooms. Rather than producing generalizable effects, the study aims to generate context-sensitive design principles that inform both theory and instructional practice. References Annevirta, T., & Vauras, M. (2006). Developmental changes of metacognitive skill in elementary school children. Journal of Experimental Education, 74, 197–225. Baker, L., DeWyngaert, L. U., & Zeliger-Kandasamy, A. (2015). Metacognition in comprehension instruction: New directions. In S. R. Parris & K. Headley (Eds.), Comprehension instruction: Research-based best practices (pp. 72–87). Guilford Press. Berk, L. E., Mann, T. D., & Ogan, A. T. (2006). Make-believe play: Wellspring for the development of self-regulation. In D. G. Singer, R. M. Golinkoff, & K. Hirsh-Pasek (Eds.), Play = learning: How play motivates and enhances children’s cognitive and social-emotional growth (pp. 74–100). Oxford University Press. Boekaerts, M. (1997). Self-regulated learning: A new concept embraced by researchers, policy makers, educators, teachers, and students. Learning and Instruction, 7(2), 151–186. Butler, D. L., Perry, N. E., & Schnellert, L. (2017). Developing self-regulating learners. Pearson Canada. Dignath, C., & Büttner, G. (2008). Components of fostering self-regulated learning among students: A meta-analysis on intervention studies at primary and secondary school level. Metacognition and Learning, 3, 231–264. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-008-9029-x Efklides, A. (2006). Metacognition and affect: What can metacognitive experiences tell us about the learning process? Educational Research Review, 1, 3–14. Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451–502). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012109890-2/50043-3 Wang, F., & Hannafin, M. J. (2005). Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning environments. Educational Technology Research and Development, 53, 5–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02504682 Winne, P. H., & Hadwin, A. F. (1998). Studying as self-regulated learning. In D. J. Hacker, J. Dunlosky, & A. C. Graesser (Eds.), Metacognition in educational theory and practice (pp. 277–304). Erlbaum. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Zimmerman, B. J., & Schunk, D. H. (Eds.). (2011). Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance. Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Impact of Parental Autonomy Support, Psychological Control, and Behavioral Control on College Students' Mobile Phone Addiction: A latent profile analysis Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:With the deep penetration of internet technology, mobile phone addiction has emerged as a global public health challenge, profoundly impacting college students who are digital natives. In China, the staggering number of 1.105 billion mobile internet users (China Internet Network Information Center, 2025) underscores the urgency of this issue. Compared to other demographics, college students face unique pressures from academic competition, career prospects, and social adaptation. They enjoy considerable autonomy over their time, yet experience diminished external behavioral constraints, making them a high-risk group for mobile phone addiction. Investigating the psychosocial mechanisms underlying this addiction is therefore crucial for fostering their personal development and the nation's future talent pool. Parenting, a key environmental factor in individual development, continues to exert influence during the transition to young adulthood in college. Research framed by Self-Determination Theory posits that parenting shapes behavior by satisfying or thwarting three basic psychological needs: autonomy, competence, and relatedness (Deci & Ryan, 2012). Specifically, parental autonomy support, which involves encouraging independent choice and self-expression, is widely regarded as a protective factor that fulfills autonomy needs and enhances intrinsic motivation, with studies showing it reduces internet addiction risk (Liu et al., 2021). Conversely, parental psychological control, which intrudes into a child’s psychological world via guilt induction or love withdrawal, and it is consistently linked to higher adolescent mobile phone addiction (Yan et al., 2020; Huang et al., 2025), likely by thwarting autonomy and inducing reactance (Barber, 1996). Parental behavioral control, however, which is typically understood as a process of establishing rules and monitoring behavior, shows a negative association with problematic internet use (Li et al., 2013). Nevertheless, existing studies often examine single parenting dimensions in isolation, overlooking their synergistic effects and combined patterns in real-world families. Person-centered approaches like Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) offer a novel perspective. For instance, one study focusing on physical education teachers identified profiles such as High Autonomy Support-Low Psychological Control among adolescents (Soenens, Vansteenkiste, & Sierens, 2007). Although scholars have begun exploring the joint effects of autonomy support and psychological control (Costa et al., 2016; Deng et al., 2021), research integrating autonomy support, psychological control, and behavioral control to uncover holistic parenting profiles among university students remains scarce. Critically, the perceived stress experienced by college students may serve as a key boundary condition. High stress may increase the propensity to use mobile phones as an escape from reality. Thus, stress could amplify the association between maladaptive parenting profiles and mobile phone addiction. In summary, integrating SDT and a stress-coping perspective, this study innovatively employs LPA to: 1) Identify latent parenting profiles based on parental autonomy support, psychological control, and behavioral control among Chinese university students; 2) Compare differences in mobile phone addiction levels across these profiles; 3) Test whether perceived stress moderates the aforementioned relationship. The findings are expected to move beyond examining isolated variables, offering a holistic perspective and providing crucial evidence for developing targeted prevention and intervention strategies for at-risk students from diverse familial backgrounds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Participants and Sampling Procedure The target population comprises undergraduate and postgraduate students in China. A stratified random probability sampling method will be employed to ensure representativeness. Strata will be defined based on university type, geographical region, and institutional tier. Data will be collected via an online survey platform, targeting a minimum of 500 valid responses. 2. Measures Standardized scales will be administered. Parenting styles will be assessed using a three-dimension scale (Wang et al., 2007)., measuring parental autonomy support (12 items), psychological control (18 items), and behavioral control (16 items) on a 5-point Likert scale. Mobile phone addiction will be measured with the Chinese version of the Smartphone Addiction Scale-Short Version (Xiang et al., 2019), containing 10 items (6-point Likert). Perceived stress will be evaluated using the Simplified Chinese Perceived Stress Scale (Lu et al., 2017), a 10-item scale. Demographic covariates including gender, grade, major, and family socioeconomic status will be collected. 3. Data Collection and Ethics The study protocol will be submitted for ethical approval to the Institutional Review Board (IRB) of Shanghai Jiao Tong University prior to data collection. All participants will be provided with informed consent after they registered for the study. Anonymity and confidentiality will be strictly maintained, and participants retain the right to withdraw. Volunteers will be invited to submit a screenshot of their smartphone screen time report to supplement self-reported data. 4. Data Analysis Plan Data will be analyzed using SPSS 27.0 and Mplus 8.3. After data cleaning and tests for common method bias, a three-step analytic strategy will be implemented. First, SPSS software will be used to conduct descriptive statistics, correlation analyses, and standardization procedures. Second, a robust bootstrap latent profile analysis will be performed in Mplus on the standardized scores of parental autonomy support and control dimensions to explore the potential latent categories of parenting styles. Third, the PROCESS macro in SPSS will be employed again to examine the moderating effect of college students' stress on the relationship between parenting profile types and mobile phone addiction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1.Identification of Latent Parenting Profiles Based on the three dimensions of parental autonomy support, psychological control, and behavioral control, Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) is anticipated to identify 4-5 typical parenting profile types within the college student sample. Potential profiles may include: a High Autonomy Support-Low Psychological Control-Moderate Behavioral Control profile (i.e., Supportive Authoritative profile), a Low Autonomy Support-High Psychological Control-Low Behavioral Control profile (Psychologically Controlling-dominant profile), a Low Autonomy Support-Low Psychological Control-Low Behavioral Control profile (Neglectful profile), a Low Autonomy Support-High Psychological Control-High Behavioral Control profile (Strictly Controlling profile), and potentially a Moderate Autonomy Support-Low Psychological Control-Moderate Behavioral Control profile (Balanced Adaptive profile). 2.Association Between Different Parenting Profiles and College Students' Mobile Phone Addiction Significant differences in mobile phone addiction levels are expected among students from different parenting profiles. We hypothesize that the High Autonomy Support-Low Psychological Control-Moderate Behavioral Control profile is associated with the lowest addiction level, while the Low Autonomy Support-High Psychological Control-Low Behavioral Control profile is associated with the highest addiction level. The Strictly Controlling and Neglectful profiles are expected to show intermediate levels of addiction. 3.Moderating Role of perceived stress Perceived stress is hypothesized to significantly moderate the relationship between parenting profiles and mobile phone addiction. For students in riskier profiles (e.g., Low Autonomy Support/High Psychological Control), high stress levels are expected to amplify the risk of addiction. In contrast, for students in more adaptive profiles (e.g., High Autonomy Support/Low Psychological Control), the association between profile and addiction is expected to remain weak regardless of stress level. References [1]Barber, B. K. (1996). Parental psychological control: Revisiting a neglected construct.Child Development,67(6), 3296–3319.https://doi.org/10.2307/1131780 [2]China Internet Network Information Center. (2025).The 55th statistical report on China's Internet development. https://www.cnnic.net.cn/n4/2025/0116/c88-10986.html [3]Costa, S., Cuzzocrea, F., Gugliandolo, M. C., & Larcan, R. (2016). Associations between parental psychological control and autonomy support, and psychological outcomes in adolescents: The mediating role of need satisfaction and need frustration.Child Indicators Research,9(4), 1059-1076. [4]Deng, L., Liu, X., Tang, Y., Yang, M., & Li, B. (2021). Parental psychological control, autonomy support and adolescent online game addiction: The mediating role of impulsivity.Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 29(2), 316–322.https://doi.org/10.16128/j.cnki.1005-3611.2021.02.020 [5]Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2012). Self-determination theory.Handbook of theories of social psychology,1(20), 416-436. [6]Huang, X., Ding, F., Zuo, X., & Xue, H. (2025). The impact of parental psychological control on college students’ smartphone addiction.Psychological Research, 18(1), 71–78.https://doi.org/10.19988/j.cnki.issn.2095-1159.2025.01.009 [7]Liu, D., Wang, Z., Yang, X., Zhang, Y., Zhang, R., & Lin, S. (2021). Perceived autonomy-supportive parenting and internet addiction: Respiratory sinus arrhythmia moderated the mediating effect of basic psychological need satisfaction. Current Psychology, 40(9), 4255–4264. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-019-00485-6 [8]Lu, W., Bian, Q., Wang, W., Wu, X., Wang, Z., & Zhao, M. (2017). Chinese version of the Perceived Stress Scale-10: A psychometric study in Chinese university students.PloS one,12(12), e0189543. [9]Li, Z., Shi, L., & Cai, X. (2022). Smartphone addiction is more harmful to adolescents than Internet gaming disorder: Divergence in the impact of parenting styles. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 1044190. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.1044190 [10]Soenens, B., Vansteenkiste, M., & Sierens, E. (2007). Profiles of parenting autonomy support and control: A person-centered approach in students’ adjustment to the transition to middle school. Journal of Adolescence, 30(3), 403-420. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2006.09.001 [11]Wang, Q., Pomerantz, E. M., & Chen, H. (2007). The Role of Parents’ Control in Early Adolescents’ Psychological Functioning: A Longitudinal Investigation in the United States and China. Child Development, 78(5), 1592–1610. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2007.01085.x [12]Xiang, M., Wang, Z., & Ma, B. (2019). Reliability and validity test of the Chinese version of Smartphone Addiction Scale in adolescents. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 27(5), 959–964. https://doi.org/10.16128/j.cnki.1005-3611.2019.05.022 [13]Yan, F., Zhang, Q., Ran, G., Li, S., & Niu, X. (2020). Relationship between parental psychological control and problem behaviours in youths: A three-level meta-analysis. Children and Youth Services Review, 112, 104900. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.104900 |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 E: Navigating Challenges within VET Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Toiviainen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Role of Emotions in the Development of Vocational Sustainability Awareness among Apprentices in Vocational Education And Training (VET) in Switzerland Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training (SFUVET), Switzerland Presenting Author:In the context of overlapping global crises, particularly climate change and related sustainability challenges, educational research is increasingly concerned with how knowledge translates into meaningful action. Education is widely attributed to a decisive role in empowering leaners to contribute to a more sustainable world. Vocational education and training (VET), in particular, is attributed considerable potential in this regard due to its strong practical orientation, its close connection to the world of work and the economy (Slopinksi et al., 2020). In Switzerland, VET is predominantly organized as a dual system, in which apprentices acquire practical skills in training companies alongside theoretical knowledge at vocational schools, complemented by occupation-specific intercompany courses (SERI, 2026). However, if VET aims to empower apprentices to develop sustainability awareness and encourage action there is a need to go beyond the transmission of operational skills or subject-specific declarative knowledge, and instead systematically address goal conflicts, ambivalences, and contradictions inherent in professional practice (Fischer et al., 2020). There is little research on the development of sustainability awareness in vocational education and training, and the present contribution therefore focuses on this issue. Sustainability awareness historically emerged from the concept of environmental awareness and refers to an individual’s recognition of the transgression of natural planetary boundaries and the resulting threat to the living conditions of both present and future generations (Michelsen et al., 2015). This understanding encompasses both the cognitive and the emotional–affective dimensions. In addition, sustainability awareness includes a conative dimension, which reflects individuals’ perception of their ability to actively contribute to change (Franzen, 2023). Only the interaction of all three dimensions leads to a comprehensive form of sustainability awareness. Sustainability challenges are particularly permeated by emotions due to their complexity and inherent goal conflicts and contradictions (Grund & Singer-Brodowski, 2020). Moreover, emotions constitute a core element of transformative learning processes, as profound changes in one’s self- or worldview are often accompanied by experiences of emotional discomfort (Grund et al., 2024). When individuals experience negative emotions such as anger or sadness in response to climate change, this may increase their willingness to engage actively and to take action themselves (Trott, 2022). Perceived opportunities for action can also contribute to improved emotional regulation. However, emotions have so far been largely neglected in VET research on sustainability, underscoring the relevance of examining this topic in greater depth (Grund et al., 2024). Therefore, this contribution examines the development of vocational sustainability awareness within VET, with a particular focus on its emotional–affective component. It explores which emotions are articulated by apprentices in the context of sustainability-related issues in VET and analyzes the role these emotions play in the emergence and further development of sustainability awareness. In addition, the study investigates the influence of apprentices’ experiences in vocational contexts on these emotional processes. The main research question underlying this contribution is: What kind of emotions regarding sustainability do apprentices experience in their educational and vocational contexts, and what role do emotions play in the development of vocational sustainability awareness? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution is based on a PhD-project that forms part of an ongoing larger nationwide Swiss research project funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation (Grant No. 100017_219887; Duemmler, 2024). Between February 2024 and January 2026, a total of 23 individual interviews and three group discussions on sustainability in the context VET with approximately ten apprentices each were conducted. All data were collected in German-speaking Switzerland within the vocational fields of heating installation, drafting, gardening, and floristry. Access to the vocational fields was established through vocational schools and subsequently expanded using a snowball sampling approach. Group discussions with apprentices aged 15 to 18 were conducted on site at the vocational-schools and lasted approximately one hour on average. Following the group discussions, in-depth interviews were carried out with selected participants. All participants provided written informed consent. The conversations were audio-recorded, transcribed, and analysed in anonymized form. Data analysis was conducted following a constructivist Grounded Theory approach based on Charmaz (2024), conceptualizing the research process as an iterative cycle between data collection and data analysis rather than as clearly separated phases. Data collection and analysis proceeded concurrently, with ongoing theoretical sampling and continuous refinement of the analysis. For the analysis, interview transcripts were initially open-coded close to the data. Through subsequent stages of focused coding and finally selective coding, the data were progressively abstracted and condensed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the present stage, the analysis has not yet been completed, however, results will be available by the time of the conference in Tampere. Initial examination of the data, with a focus on emotions related to sustainability and the role of the emotional–affective component in the development of vocational sustainability awareness, indicates that feelings of concern and even hopelessness related to sustainability can be transformed into optimism through the experience of concrete opportunities for action in vocational contexts. In this process, apprentices come to perceive their professional activities as meaningful and impactful. For example, draftsmen and women specializing in spatial planning regularly engage with topics such as land use and river restoration in their professional activities. On the contrary, feelings of hopelessness and frustration may be further intensified when learners receive confirmation in their vocational contexts that their work cannot make any difference and they do not experience any sense of agency. The results underscore the importance of the interplay between cognitive, conative, and emotional–affective dimensions in the development of vocational sustainability awareness. Sustainable action can become durably embedded in apprentices` vocational self-concepts if they have possibilities for conscious reflection on vocational practices on their ecological, economic and social implications. However, vocational learning also considers emotional engagement and disengagement among apprentices. Given the close interconnection between emotions and learning, there is considerable potential to deepen vocational sustainability awareness by more closely examining the relationship between apprentices’ occupational activities and the emotions experienced through and within these activities. Transformative learning processes that ultimately leads to the integration of sustainability into apprentices’ vocational self-concepts, can thereby emerge. References Charmaz, K. (2024). Constructing Grounded Theory. Sage. Duemmler, K. (2024). Forschungsprojekt «Nachhaltige Entwicklung in den beruflichen Identitäten von Lernenden in der Schweizer Berufsbildung.» finanziert vom Schweizerischen Nationalfonds zur Förderung der wissenschaftlichen Forschung (Nr. 100017_219887) Fischer, A., Casper, M., Kiepe, K., Hantke, H., Pranger, J., & Schütt-Sayed, S. (2020). Theoretische Reflexionen zur Didaktik der Berufsbildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BBNE) aus der Perspektive der Modellversuchsforschung. In E. Wittmann, D. Frommberger, & U. Weyland (Eds.), Jahrbuch der berufs- und wirtschaftspädagogischen Forschung 2020. (pp. 65–79). Verlag Barbara Budrich. Franzen, A. (2023). Umweltbewusstsein. In M. Sonnberger, A. Bleicher, & M. Gross (Eds.), Handbuch Umweltsoziologie. Springer VS. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-37222-4 Grund, J., & Singer-Brodowski, M. (2020). Transformatives Lernen und Emotionen: Ihre Bedeutung für die außerschulische Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Ausserschulische Bildung, 3, 26–28. Grund, J., Singer-Brodowski, M., & Büssing, A. G. (2024). Emotions and transformative learning for sustainability: a systematic review. Sustainability Science, 19, 307–324. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-023-01439-5 Holfelder, A.-K. (2018). Orientierungen von Jugendlichen zu Nachhaltigkeitsthemen: Zur didaktischen Bedeutung von implizitem Wissen im Kontext BNE. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Michelsen, G., Grunenberg, H., Mader, C., & Barth, M. (2015). GREENPEACE NACHHALTIGKEITSBAROMETER 2015 – NACHHALTIGKEIT BEWEGT DIE JÜNGERE GENERATION. Pettig, F., & Singer-Brodowski, M. (2025). Learning in Relation with a Changing World: Thinking Beyond ESD 1 and ESD 2 Towards ESD 3. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 18(2), 176–201. https://doi.org/10.1177/09734082251347383 State Secretariat for Education, Research and Innovation SERI (2026, January 29) Berufliche Grundbildung. https://www.sbfi.admin.ch/de/berufliche-grundbildung Slopinksi, A., Porath, J., & Križan, G. M. (2020). Nachhaltigkeit in der Lebenswelt Betrieb – Verständnis, Wahrnehmung und Relevanz von Corporate Social Responsibility aus Sicht kaufmännischer Auszubildender. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, Ausgabe 38, 1–20. Trott, C., D. . (2022). Climate change education for transformation: exploring the affective and attitudinal dimensions of children’s learning and action. Environmental Education Research, 28(7), 1023–1042. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2021.2007223 Wendt, B., & Görgen, B. (2017). Der Zusammenhang von Umweltbewusstsein und Umweltverhalten: Eine explorative Studie zu einem Kernproblem der Umweltsoziologie am Beispiel von Wissensarbeiter*innen. readbox unipress in der readbox publishing GmbH. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Implementation of Intensive Dual VET education as dropout prevention mechanism in Balearic Islands University of Balearic Islands, France Presenting Author:The contemporary landscape of Vocational Education and Training (VET) is increasingly defined by its capacity to serve as a catalyst for "sustainable competitiveness, social fairness, and resilience". As articulated by the Council of the European Union (2020), modern VET systems must transcend traditional classroom boundaries to ensure educational and training outcomes align seamlessly with the dynamic requirements of the global labour market. In this context, Spain’s Organic Law 3/2022 represents a structural shift toward a more flexible, accessible, and inclusive model designed to promote lifelong learning and professional qualification. A primary innovation of this reform is the elevation of work-based learning through Intensive Dual VET, where students spend between 50% and 70% of their training within a company under an apprenticeship contract, effectively transitioning from a traditional student role to that of a "worker-learner". The phenomenon of "Early Leaving from Education and Training" (ELET) has been viewed as an individual failure; however, modern institutional perspectives now interpret it as a systemic indicator of a lack of synchronicity between the educational offer and student’s expectations (Böhn & Deutscher, 2022; Cedefop, 2016; de Graaf & van Zenderen, 2013; Psifidou et al., 2021). Within the European Quality Assurance in VET (EQAVET) framework, completion rates serve as a core indicator of institutional health, shifting the focus toward the quality of the training provided. Academic literature suggests that dropping out is not a static event but a progressive process resulting from the intersect of various factors over time (Böhn & Deutscher, 2022; Bosset et al., 2022; Findeisen et al., 2022; Krötz & Deutscher, 2022; Krötz, 2024; Schmid, 2017), subjectively interpreted by the individual (Krötz & Deutscher, 2022). Research identifies two critical stages in this process. First, pre-enrolment factors such as prior academic performance (Böhn & Deutscher, 2022; Bosset et al., 2022; Michaelis & Richter, 2022), socioeconomic status, and parental education levels significantly influence the transition to VET. When students are unable to access their preferred programs due to limited places, the risk of disengagement increases exponentially. Second, the "quality of fit" during training—both at the educational institution and within the company—is a primary determinant of retention. Adverse conditions, such as excessive workloads or tasks misaligned with the professional profile, act as strong predictors of dropout. Conversely, strong interpersonal relationships with mentors and the perceived utility of the curriculum promote successful pathways (Böhn & Deutscher, 2022; Fix et al., 2019; Krötz & Deutscher, 2022). The urgency of this reform is particularly evident in Spain, which faces persistent challenges regarding youth unemployment and high ELET rates. The Balearic Islands present a critical case study, as regional data often reflects higher dropout rates than the national average. In response, the research project "Completion and Dropout Pathways in Intensive Dual VET" seeks to analyse the factors influencing these outcomes over a four-year period. The primary objectives of the study are to evaluate the longitudinal processes of completion and dropout and to develop actionable, evidence-based proposals to foster educational success. By monitoring a cohort of 450 students, the research aims to define specific student profiles and categorise students’ pathways based on engagement and satisfaction. Ultimately, this project intends to provide a comprehensive understanding of how the Intensive Dual VET can serve as a robust dropout prevention mechanism, reframing VET from a purely classroom-based model into a viable and sustainable career pathway. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents an overview of the results obtained from the project of the R&D&I project Completion and dropout pathways in intensive dual vocational training: empirical approach and recommendations (PID2023-149074OB-I00) founded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/ and FEDER, EU. A longitudinal study using questionnaires was conducted on the student pathways of the Intensive Dual VET in the Balearic Islands, involving 450 students who began their training in the 2024-25 academic year. The questionnaire aimed to define student profiles across several key dimensions. It first collected educational and training data, such as current education level (Intermediate or High VET), specialization (e.g., Culinary Arts, Finance), entry pathways (e.g., secondary education, exams, or prior VET), and previous academic pathways (e.g., course repetitions). Second, sociodemographic details were gathered, including gender, age, immigration status, residence duration, and family situation (e.g., living with parents or dependents). Third, the questionnaire explored motivations and expectations, focusing on students’ decision-making processes regarding specialisation and the Dual VET modality (e.g., proximity, professional requirements, personal interest), as well as career and further training/career plans. Fourth, it assessed satisfaction with current and past training, evaluating the quality of training, its alignment with personal goals, and relationships with peers and trainers. Fifth, it examines the factors and reasons influencing intentions to drop out, considering not only the final training dropout but also the multiple directions these intentions may follow, such as reorientation toward a different training specialisation (e.g., economic, academic, or personal barriers). Sixth, it gathered information on employment and domestic situation, such as current job relevance to training and weekly time spent working or caregiving. Seventh, health and well-being were assessed, including health status, illnesses, addictions, and financial challenges. The questionnaire also addressed family characteristics, such as migration status (Böhn & Deutscher, 2022; Michaelis & Richter, 2022), education level, and employment status. Lastly, it explored the influence of family, friends, teachers, or counselors on VET students’ choices. Data analysis was conducted using quantitative analytical techniques to explore patterns of program completion and dropout. The analyses were carried out using MS Excel and STATA. The survey was administered online between December 2024 and January 2025. All research procedures adhered to ethical standards, including the collection of informed consent and the application of strict data confidentiality measures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study expects to generate a comprehensive and theoretically grounded understanding of dropout intentions within Intensive Dual VET, moving beyond explanations that frame dropout as an individual shortcoming. While preliminary findings indicate that poor academic performance, financial hardship and mismatched expectations constitute major risk factors, the research expects to clarify how risk factors interact over time, showing that dropout intentions arise when students’ expectations and capacities do not align with the academic and workplace realities of Intensive Dual VET. In addition, the study aims to identify distinct dropout and completion pathways, treating it not as a discrete event but as a longitudinal process that unfolds over time. By examining the timing, sequencing and direction of disengagement, the research will categorise typical pathways into and out of training programmes, thereby capturing how academic difficulties, workplace experiences and socio-economic pressures intersect at different stages of students’ participation in Intensive Dual VET. Finally, the findings are expected to inform the development of evidence-based preventative frameworks designed to strengthen student retention. These frameworks will underpin personalised support protocols tailored to diverse learner profiles, integrating academic mentoring, financial guidance and expectation-management strategies. Emphasis will be placed on early-warning mechanisms that enable educational providers, employers and policymakers to identify students at risk before intentions to dropout crystallise into definitive exits. Taken together, these outcomes will equip key stakeholders and policymakers with robust diagnostic tools and practical intervention models, contributing to the creation of a more resilient, responsive and socially inclusive Intensive Dual VET system. References Böhn, S., & Deutscher, V. (2022). Dropout from initial vocational training–A meta-synthesis of reasons from the apprentice's point of view. Educational Research Review, 35, 100414. Bosset, I., Hofmann, C., Duc, B., Lamamra, N., & Krauss, A. (2022). Premature interruption of training in Swiss 2-year apprenticeship through the lens of fit. Swiss Journal of Educational Research, 44(2), 277-290. Cedefop. (2016). Leaving education early: putting vocational education and training centre stage. Volume I: investigating causes and extent. Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, No 57. Council of European Union (2020). Council Recommendation of 24 November 2020 on vocational education and training (VET) for sustainable competitiveness, social fairness and resilience 2020/C 417/01. de Graaf, W., & van Zenderen, K. (2013). School–work transition: the interplay between institutional and individual processes. Journal of Education and Work, 26(2), 121-142. Findeisen, S., Jüttler, A., Neuenschwander, M. P., & Schumann, S. (2022). Transition from school to work–Explaining persistence intention in vocational education and training in Switzerland. Vocations and Learning, 15(1), 129-154. Fix, G. M., Ritzen, H. T. M., Pieters, J. M., & Kuiper, W. A. J. M. (2019). Effective curricula for at-risk students in vocational education: a study of teachers’ practice. Empirical research in vocational education and training, 11, 1-17. Krötz, M. (2024). Structuring the complexity of drop-out from VET: a theoretical framework guiding empirical research perspectives. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 16(1), 1. Krötz, M., & Deutscher, V. (2022). Drop-out in dual VET: why we should consider the drop-out direction when analysing drop-out. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 14(1), 1. Michaelis, C., & Richter, M. (2022). Discontinuities in vocational education and training: the influence of early-risk factors and personality constructs on premature training termination and subsequent trajectories. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 14(7). Organic Law 3/2022, of March 31, on the regulation and integration of Vocational Education and Training]. Boletín Oficial del Estado, (78), 1 April 2022. Psifidou, I., Mouratoglou, N., & Farazouli, A. (2021). The role of guidance and counselling minimizing risk factors to early leaving from education and training in Europe. Journal of Education and Work, 34(7-8), 810-825. Schmid, E. (2017). Apprenticeship contract termination and dropout from VET: a comparison of educational-political challenges and strategies in Norway and Switzerland. Revista española de educación comparada, 29, 129-147. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How Employers Justify Engagement in Higher Vocational Education in China: An Interpretive Corpus Analysis University of Warwick, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The shift towards a knowledge economy has intensified demand for more complex technical competencies and renewed attention to skills formation, including VET’s role in supporting productivity and economic transformation (World Economic Forum, 2016; OECD, 2021; Kovalchuk et al., 2022). Employer involvement is widely seen as key to strengthening the relevance of VET and its alignment with labour-market needs (Huddleston and Laczik, 2018; Haybi-Barak and Shoshana, 2020). Yet, while policy and institutional debates widely acknowledge the importance of employer engagement, we know less about how employers publicly justify and position their engagement, especially in contexts shaped by state steering and policy mobilisation. This paper focuses on VET in China, where higher vocational education has been elevated within national development and education reform agendas (Xu, 2020; Xue and Li, 2022). This repositioning has unfolded alongside China’s transition towards “high-quality development” and industrial upgrading, increasing expectations for a more highly skilled technical workforce (Pan and Yang, 2024; Wang, 2024). Labour market evidence suggests persistent skills mismatch and shortages, reinforcing policy attention to strengthening skills development (Tan, 2020). At the same time, concerns persist about the responsiveness and quality of higher vocational education, often attributed to weak linkages between education providers and employers (Ma and Guo, 2018; Zhuang, 2018). National reforms have increasingly framed industry–VET partnership as a strategy for improving training relevance, graduate employability, and the contribution of VET to wider economic priorities (Xue and Li, 2022; Shi, 2024). In this setting, employers are expected to become active partners in workplace learning, curriculum alignment, and skills certification. The paper asks: How do employers justify and position their engagement in higher vocational education in China? It further examines patterned variation across employer types. Here, “employers” refers to enterprise organisations (firms) that report their engagement with higher vocational institutions. The study aims to (1) identify recurring justificatory themes in employer-authored accounts; (2) examine how these narratives vary across employer types, using sector, region, and firm size as key comparative dimensions; and (3) relate observed justificatory logics to broader questions about how responsibilities, authority, and resources in skills formation are organised. The analysis is guided by the political economy of skill formation, which shifts attention from whether firms are willing to invest to how skill systems allocate responsibilities for providing, financing, regulating, and certifying training across the state, education providers, enterprises, and intermediary bodies (Hall and Soskice, 2001; Busemeyer and Trampusch, 2012). Historical institutionalist accounts emphasise that skill formation arrangements are politically contested and structured around settlements over who provides training, who pays for it, and who holds authority over standards and certification (Thelen, 2004). Building on these insights, the paper reads employer narratives through PESF questions—who is presented as responsible for provision, who is portrayed as bearing costs and risks, and who is positioned as having authority over standards and certification—linking organisational justification to system-level governance debates (Busemeyer and Trampusch, 2012; Bonoli and Emmenegger, 2022). While much of this scholarship is grounded in European cases, its organising questions can be extended to contexts with different forms of state steering and employer organisation (Oliver, Yu and Buchanan, 2019). Empirically grounded in China, the paper contributes to European and international dialogue on employer engagement in VET by extending political economy questions about responsibility allocation, legitimacy, and governance into a large, state-steered skills regime. Methodologically, it shows how large-scale employer-authored texts can be analysed systematically to examine patterns and variation in employer narratives of engagement. At the conference, the paper will present the completed analysis, including cross-group comparisons and implications for research on employer engagement and the governance of skill formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper examines how enterprises represent their participation in higher vocational education in China through self-authored annual reports submitted to a national platform supervised by the Ministry of Education. As independently produced organisational texts, these reports are treated as organisational narratives through which enterprises justify, frame, and position their participation within a wider policy and institutional environment (Phillips, Lawrence and Hardy, 2004). The study adopts qualitative corpus analysis, combining computational tools with close reading to examine how language constructs meaning in naturally occurring organisational texts (Baker, 2006; Brezina, 2018). Rather than treating frequency patterns as endpoints, it uses corpus techniques (frequency, keyword, collocation and concordance analysis) to surface salient lexical and rhetorical patterns, which are then interpreted in context to support inductive, theme development (Baker, 2006). This approach is well suited to “big qual” datasets, enabling attention to both broader rhetorical tendencies and subtle discursive strategies in enterprise-authored reports (Ancarno, 2020). Guided by computational screening, iterative close reading supports comparison across enterprise types and links textual patterning to grounded interpretation (Gillings, Mautner and Baker, 2023; Baker and Egbert, 2016). The corpus is drawn from the Modern Higher Vocational Education Network, which has collected enterprise reports annually since 2015 as part of a national quality monitoring initiative. These reports provide enterprise-authored narrative accounts of collaboration history, resource contributions, forms of engagement, perceived outcomes and challenges, typically ranging from around 3,500 to 6,000 Chinese characters. To enable temporal comparison while maintaining analytical manageability, three reporting years are selected: 2015 (initial reporting year), 2018 (a key policy moment for industry–education integration), and 2022 (the most recent available year). Report counts for these years are 273, 1,158 and 2,283 respectively. Reports are included unless they contain predominantly promotional content or lack substantive material on enterprise participation. Python-based tools are used to preprocess and analyse the Chinese-language corpus, enabling flexible cleaning, segmentation and the construction of sub-corpora despite variation in report length, structure and formatting (McEnery and Hardie, 2012; Brezina, 2018). Sub-corpora are grouped by sector, region and firm size to examine variation in rhetorical emphasis and discursive positioning. Computational patterning guides iterative close reading and qualitative coding, supporting contextualised interpretation of organisational reasoning and policy-facing justification (Marchi and Taylor, 2018). To enhance rigour and transparency, preprocessing and analytic decisions are documented in an audit trail, and interpretive judgements are recorded through reflexive memos alongside concordance-based evidence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will present completed findings on how employers justify and position their engagement in higher vocational education in China, based on qualitative corpus analysis of enterprise-authored annual reports. The analysis will identify recurring justification themes and rhetorical strategies through which employers explain why they engage, what they contribute, and how they define the boundaries of their roles. It will also report patterned variation across employer groups (sector, region, and firm size), showing how different types of employers emphasise distinct rationales and priorities. Findings will be interpreted through political economy of skill formation questions, focusing on how narratives allocate responsibility for training provision, portray cost- and risk-sharing, and construct authority over standards and certification. The paper will highlight points of alignment and tension between market imperatives and policy-facing public goals, and will propose analytically portable “justification logics” that can inform comparative research on employer engagement in VET beyond China. Methodologically, it demonstrates how interpretive corpus analysis can generate transparent, comparable insights from large-scale employer-authored texts. References Ancarno, C. (2020) ‘Corpus-assisted discourse studies’, in A. Georgakopoulou and A. De Fina (eds) The Cambridge Handbook of Discourse Studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 165–185. Baker, P. (2006) Using corpora in discourse analysis. London, New York: Continuum. Baker, P. and Egbert, J. (eds) (2016) Triangulating methodological approaches in corpus linguistic research. New York: Routledge. Bonoli, G. and Emmenegger, P. (2022) ‘Collective Skill Formation in a Knowledge Economy: Challenges and Dilemmas’, in G. Bonoli and P. Emmenegger (eds) Collective Skill Formation in the Knowledge Economy. Oxford University Press, pp. 1–30. Busemeyer, M.R. and Trampusch, C. (2012) The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation. OUP Oxford. Brezina, V. (2018) Statistics in corpus linguistics: a practical guide. United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press. Gillings, M., Mautner, G. and Baker, P. (2023) ‘Corpus-assisted discourse studies’, Elements in Corpus Linguistics. Hall, P.A. and Soskice, D. (2001) ‘An introduction to varieties of capitalism’, Debating varieties of capitalism: A reader, pp. 21–74. Haybi-Barak, M. and Shoshana, A. (2020) ‘Separatist biopolitics: the dual discourse of the vocational education policy in Israel’, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(2), pp. 297–314. Huddleston, P. and Laczik, A. (2018) ‘Employers at the heart of the system?: The role of employers in qualification development’, in Essays on Employer Engagement in Education. Routledge, pp. 7–22. Kovalchuk, V. et al. (2022) ‘Vocational Education in the Context of Modern Problems and Challenges’, Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 11(8), pp. 329–338. Marchi, A. and Taylor, C. (2018) ‘Introduction: Partiality and reflexivity’, in Corpus Approaches to Discourse. London: Routledge. OECD (2021) OECD Skills Outlook 2021: Learning for Life. Paris: OECD Publishing. Oliver, D., Yu, S. and Buchanan, J. (2019) ‘Political Economy of Vocational Education and Training’, in The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training, pp. 113–136. Phillips, N., Lawrence, T.B. and Hardy, C. (2004) ‘Discourse and institutions’, Academy of Management Review, 29(4), pp. 635–652. Shi, W. (2024) The report of vocational education development in China (2019-2020). Shanghai: East China Normal University Publishing House. Thelen, K. (2004) How Institutions Evolve: The Political Economy of Skills in Germany, Britain, the United States, and Japan. Cambridge University Press. World Economic Forum (2016) Mastering the fourth industrial revolution. World Economic Forum Annual Meeting 2016. Geneva, Switzerland: World Economic Forum. Xue, E. and Li, J. (2022) China’s vocational education reform: explorations and analysis. Springer Nature. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 F: Early Childhood and Foundations of Learning Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Emilia Restiglian Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Discourses Constructing a Child in the Forms of Early Childhood Education and Care Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:In the sociology of childhood, understandings of the child and childhood are viewed as historically and culturally contingent (Alanen, 2009; Prout & James, 1997). Childhood institutions, as central determinants of modern childhood (Kampmann, 2004), function as arenas in which childhood and children are produced and negotiated (Leonard, 2019). In this paper, I engage in scientific debate on how a child as a social and cultural category is produced in the context of early childhood education and care (ECEC) institution (Dahlberg, 1999; Leonard, 2016). The theoretical basis of my research is on new institutionalism and its discursively oriented branch, discursive institutionalism (DI), which conceptualize institutions as social orders that both produce their actors and are continuously shaped by them (Powell & DiMaggio, 1991; Schmidt, 2008). Institutions contain assumptions about what is desirable, expected, or normal, and these assumptions guide the forms of agency made possible within them. DI highlights how culturally shared ways of speaking and discourses constitute institutional logics and shape actors’ possibilities (Schmidt 2008). From this perspective, children can be seen as institutional actors whose identities are discursively constructed and negotiated in ECEC settings. Alasuutari and Markström (2011) found that discussions of early education plans in ECEC centres emphasized social skills as key expectations for “normal” children, constructed through generational and gendered norms. Examining Finnish ECEC plan forms, Alasuutari and Karila (2010) showed that children were depicted through family contexts and personality traits but not as actors. Franck and Nilsen (2015) observed that ideals of the competent child and early intervention practices created positions of deviance for some children in ECEC settings. Heiskanen, Alasuutari, and Vehkakoski (2018) demonstrated how pedagogical documents positioned children with special needs in ways that emphasized their difficulties, interpreting children according to developmental ideals and institutional expectations (Heiskanen, Alasuutari & Vehkakoski, 2015). These studies indicate that discursive practices in ECEC rely on assumptions about what constitutes a “normal” or ideal child, thereby guiding institutional expectations, actions, and decisions. Consequently, institutional “truths” about the child become context-bound while remaining open to continuous negotiation (James & Prout, 1997). However, existing research has largely examined discursive constructions of children within centre-based ECEC activities. In my research, I extend this examination to include other forms of ECEC as well. Family day care has long been a form of ECEC alongside centre-based provision in many European countries (Mooney & Statham, 2003), yet research on it has focused mainly on professionalization (e.g. Bauters & Vandenbroeck, 2017) and quality issues (e.g. Zheng & Yu, 2023). Far less attention has been paid to how family day care as an institutional form shapes constructions of children and childhood. My aim is to fill this research gap by studying the both forms of ECEC side-by-side and the discourses concerning children in these settings. To do this, I use the case of Finland, which provides a fruitful research context. In Finnish ECEC family daycare plays an important role alongside centre-based provision. Both forms are governed by uniform legislation and a national curriculum and serve as full-time ECEC options for families with young children (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2018). By analysing discourses across these Finnish institutional settings, my study broadens the understanding of how diverse ECEC contexts contribute to the construction of childhood.
My research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Previous studies show that how children are produced in ECEC are closely linked to the professionals involved, for example through early childhood education plan discussions (Alasuutari & Markström, 2011) or through pedagogical documents used in ECEC settings (Alasuutari & Karila, 2010; Heiskanen, Alasuutari & Vehkakoski, 2018). To examine the discourses through which children are constructed in centre-based ECEC and family daycare, I draw on focus group discussions (Hennink, 2014) with early childhood education professionals working in these settings. I understand professionals’ conversations as discursive practices—speech acts embedded in the social order of ECEC institutions—that actively produce children as institutional actors (Alasuutari & Markström, 2011; Powell & Di Maggio, 1991; Schmidt, 2008). The data consist of focus group interviews with 25 ECEC professionals, including centre directors, special education teachers, early childhood education teachers, childcarers, and family daycare childminders working in municipalities of various sizes across Finland. In these discussions, the professionals reflected on issues related to both centre-based ECEC and family daycare. I analyse the material using discourse analysis, focusing on the specific words, expressions, and interpretative practices through which children in these settings are portrayed and made sense of. Certain ways of speaking make versions of the child intelligible and legitimate, while simultaneously excluding other possibilities; these constructions could always be otherwise (Wood & Kroger 2012). Consequently, language use does not reflect a single, stable essence of the child but produces multiple possible “versions” of the child. These versions—and the discursive practices that create them—are the focus of my analysis, rather than determining whether one version is more accurate or “real” than another (Wood & Kroger 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I am currently analysing the data, which is why the results are still preliminary. The analysis so far indicates that in both centre-based ECEC and family daycare, children are constructed through three distinct discourses. In the educational discourse, children are viewed through the lens of educability. Children are produced as representatives of their age group who are expected to practice social skills for school in ECEC settings. This discourse emphasises goal-orientedness and interprets children within the framework of age-appropriate psychological development. The discourse of spontaneous growth functions as a counterpoint to this. It seeks to soften the perceived demands of the education system by presenting children as individuals who grow at their own pace, supported by a caring adult rather than structured pedagogical goals. Here, peaceful, self-paced development is prioritised over school-readiness targets. The discourse of support constructs children from a systemic and professionalised perspective. In this discourse, certain children are separated from the broader group and identified by professionals as needing monitoring, intervention, or therapeutic services. The emphasis lies on organising support practices and positioning the child within institutional systems. These discourses appear to be emphasised differently across the forms of ECEC. The educational and support discourses are strongly associated with centre-based ECEC activities, whereas the discourse of spontaneous growth is more prominent in family daycare. References Alanen, L. (2009). The generational order. In J. Qvortrup, W. A. Corsaro, & M.-S. Honig (Eds.), The Palgrave handbook of childhood studies (pp. 159–174). Palgrave Macmillan. Alasuutari, M., & Markström, A.-M. (2011). The making of the ordinary child in preschool. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 55(5), 517–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2011.555919 Alasuutari, M., & Karila, K. (2010). Framing the Picture of the Child. Children & Society, 24(2), 100–111. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2008.00209.x Bauters, V., & Vandenbroeck, M. (2017). The professionalisation of family day care in Flanders, France and Germany. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(3), 386–397. https://doi-org.libproxy.tuni.fi/10.1080/1350293X.2017.1308164 Dahlberg, G. (1999). Constructing the early childhood institution: What do we think it is? In G. Dahlberg, P. Moss, & A. Pence (Eds.), Beyond quality in early childhood education and care: Languages of evaluation (pp. 63–86). Routledge. Finnish National Agency for Education. (2018). National Core Curriculum for Early Childhood Education and Care. Franck, K., & Nilsen, R. D. (2015). The (in)competent child: Subject positions of deviance in Norwegian day-care centres. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 16(3), 230–240. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949115600023 Heiskanen, N., Alasuutari, M., & Vehkakoski, T. (2018). Positioning children with special educational needs in early childhood education and care documents. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(6), 827–843. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2018.1426443 Hennink, M. (2014). Focus group discussions. Oxford University Press. James, A., & Prout, A. (1997). Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. Falmer Press. Kampmann, J. (2004). Societalization of childhood: New opportunities? New demands? In H. Brembeck, B. Johansson, & J. Kampmann (Eds.), Beyond the competent child: Exploring contemporary childhoods in the Nordic welfare societies (pp. 127–152). Roskilde University Press. Leonard, M. (2016). The sociology of children, childhood and generation. SAGE. Mooney, A., & Statham, J. (Eds.). (2003). Family day care: International perspectives on policy, practice and quality. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Powell, W. W., & DiMaggio, P. (1991). The new institutionalism in organizational analysis. University of Chicago Press. Schmidt, V. A. (2008). Discursive institutionalism: The explanatory power of ideas and discourse. Annual Review of Political Science, 11(1), 303–326. Wood, L. A., & Kroger, R. O. (2012). Doing discourse analysis: Methods for studying action in talk and text. SAGE. Zheng, C., & Yu, D. (2023). Features, measurement, and quality improvement in family childcare: A systematic literature review (SLR). Early Child Development and Care, 193(15–16), 1667–1699. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2023.2273793 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Moments of Not-Noticing in the Everyday life of Toddlers in ECEC. Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines how ostracism takes shape in the everyday life of toddlers (children under three years old) in ECEC settings, focusing on how moments of exclusion are produced and what forms they take. Ostracism typically refers to being ignored or excluded, whether intentionally or unintentionally, often without explanation or overt negative reactions (Williams, 2007; 2001). It´s commonly understood as a process in which person experiences a series of reactions that unfold over time as they are overlooked and left out (Williams, 2007). Ostracism is common, affects all age groups, and has serious consequences for individuals affected by it (Lei Y et al., 2024; Timeo et al., 2019). Previous research shows that ostracism is detrimental to self-esteem, well-being, and fulfilment of basic needs, leading to experiences of loneliness and exclusion (Williams, 2001). The study is guided by the following research question: What kinds of sociomaterial elements produce situations of not-noticing in the everyday life of toddlers in ECEC? Ostracism has been studied through the experiences of people of different ages and using a variety of methods, such as surveys, self-assessments, and interviews, particularly among adults and young people. Despite its relevance, research on the mechanisms of ostracism remains limited (see Kiuru et al., 2024), and studies focusing on children under the age of three in ECEC settings are especially scarce. For example, study by Woodward and colleagues (2023) shows that children aged 4-6 negatively evaluate peers who excluded others and are less willing to engage with them. Zheng and colleagues (2024) study demonstrated that threats to basic psychological needs due to ostracism begin to emerge around ages 8-10, while mood-related effects are observable as early as 6-8-years. Notably, even a brief re-inclusion was shown to mitigate these negative effects. Quadrelli and colleagues (2023) on the other hand studied the reactions of one-year-old babies to ostracism and suggest that even very young children may be sensitive to ostracism. Although previous studies highlight the developmental relevance of ostracism, they have paid less attention to how exclusion manifests in everyday life in ECEC settings, particularly among toddlers. In research literature, the phenomenon at the center of this study is typically described through the concepts of ostracism in social psychology and exclusion in sociology and psychology. In this study, the term exclusion is used to refer to these earlier conceptualizations, specifically as a situational phenomenon. Furthermore, the sociomaterial approach made visible an additional form of exclusion, which is in this study conceptualized as not-noticing. Sociomaterial theory (DeLanda, 2016; Orlikowski, 2007) makes it possible to examine this perspective that has received limited attention in previous studies - how spaces, people, institutional practices in ECEC, material arrangements, and on the other hand toddler´s typical ways of communicating nonverbally may together produce situations of exclusion. So, this study aims to address that gap by examining how exclusion is situationally produced through temporary arrangements of people, spaces, objects, and practices (see Suchman, 2007), including institutional responsibilities and obligations and rules that shape participation and exclusion in those everyday situations (Paananen & Grieshaber 2024). In other words, the premise of this study is that exclusion is not only socially produced; it emerges in entanglement with the material environment. By focusing on children under three years of age, that has received little attention in previous ostracism research, this study contributes to understanding how exclusion may affect individuals already in early childhood. It also highlights how ECEC across Europe could ensure and support children´s equal opportunities to be heard and seen. This perspective is crucial for ongoing European and international efforts to strengthen equitable ECEC. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus on the manifestations of ostracism and the sociomaterial approach calls for an ethnographic research design (see Paananen & Grieshaber, 2024). Ethnography is typically understood as studying people in their everyday settings, requiring researchers to enter the field to document life as it naturally unfolds (Fetterman, 2020). For this study, an ethnographic approach is particularly suitable, because toddlers’ initiatives and interaction differ from older children´s communication: they are typically expressed through gestures, gazes, bodily movements, voices and engagements with materials (Caselli et al., 2012; Johansson, 2011). Such ways of initiating and participating in activities and interaction can be more easily overlooked in methods that rely on verbal data. In this study, I follow the principles of focused ethnography. Focused ethnography means ethnography to study specific aspects of a culture or social phenomenon within a shorter time frame and often with more targeted objectives (Knoblauch, 2005; Stahlke Wall, 2014). In this case, the data production lasted for 8 days in May 2024, spread evenly over the month. Observation took 2-3 hours at a time, usually in the mornings between 8am-11 am. Focused ethnography was well suited as the researcher was already familiar with the context and had at the beginning of the ethnographic field work focused objectives on what to observe. During the ethnographic fieldwork, special attention was paid to children's initiatives and responses, and non-responses to them, including situations where a child's initiative was ignored. The data which was produced during the fieldwork consisted of handwritten notes during the observed situations and a fieldwork diary. Ethnographic observation makes it possible to access these situational moments and to trace how sociomaterial arrangements in toddlers´everyday life in ECEC shape their possibilities for being noticed or unnoticed. By being present in the everyday contexts, the researcher can attend to these subtle, situational, and often nonverbally constructed moments in which exclusion may emerge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis focused on situations in which toddlers remained unnoticed in everyday life in ECEC. Across the observation data, moments of exclusion were identified where toddler’s initiative was overlooked by an adult or a peer. These situations were examined inductively and later through a sociomaterial lens, attending to the material, spatial, relational and institutional practices that shaped each moment. This study reveals and exemplifies a form of exclusion that is less discussed in current research literature: situations of not-noticing. This term captures the momentary and unintentional nature of exclusion, emerging particularly in relation to adult action. Rather than reflecting intentional exclusion, not-noticing appears as a situationally produced phenomenon that arises when professionals navigate multiple competing demands and must make rapid decisions about where to direct their attention, while peers may also be engaged elsewhere. Findings indicate that these moments are situationally dense, with multiple events occurring simultaneously and attention of educators is pulled in multiple directions. In such situations, several expectations may intersect, for example, expectations related to agreed arrangements and practices, engaging in interaction or fulfilling responsibilities. Toddlers’ initiatives often appear brief, embodied, and nonverbal, which further heightens the likelihood of remaining unnoticed in these dense situations. The analysis proceeded by examining how these situations are sociomaterially dense, highlighting three contributing themes: Safety, temporality and rhythm. Safety refers to institutional guidelines, responsibilities, and risk-management demands that steer attention toward monitoring the environment and potential hazards. Temporality refers to adult´s focus on tasks perceived as important for the future, such as pedagogical documentation. Rhythm captures situations in which toddler´s initiatives do not align with the institutional or groups routines. Moments of not-noticing most often occurred in unguided or less structured situations. These findings highlight the need to understand exclusion as a sociomaterial accomplishment shaped by the density of everyday practices. References Caselli, M.C., Rinaldi, P., Stefanini, S. and Volterra, V. (2012). Early Action and Gesture “Vocabulary” and Its Relation With Word Comprehension and Production. Child Development, 83: 526-542. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2011.01727.x DeLanda, M. (2016). Assemblage theory. Edinburgh University Press. Fetterman, D. M. (2020). Ethnography: Step-by-step (4th ed.). SAGE. Johansson, E. (2011). Investigating morality in toddler’s life-worlds. In E. Johansson & E. J. White (Eds.), Educational research with our youngest: Voices of infants and toddlers (39–62). Springer. Kiuru, N., Salmela-Aro, K., Laursen, B., Vasalampi, K., Beattie, M., Tunkkari, M., & Junttila, N. (2024). Profiles of Loneliness and Ostracism During Adolescence: Consequences, Antecedents, and Protective Factors. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, Early online. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10578-024-01664-8 Knoblauch, H. (2005). Focused Ethnography. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(3). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-6.3.20 Lei, Y., Li, M., Lin, C., Zhang, C. & Yu, Z. (2024). The effect of ostracism on social withdrawal behavior: the mediating role of self-esteem and the moderating role of rejection sensitivity. Front. Psychol. 15:1411697. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1411697 Orlikowski, W.J. (2007). Sociomaterial Practices: Exploring Technology at Work. Organization Studies, 28, 1435- 1448. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0170840607081138 Paananen, M. & Grieshaber, S. (2024). Slow violence in micro-regimes of early childhood education. British Journal of sociology of Education, 1– 16. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2024.2431285 Quadrelli, E., Mermier, J., Nazzari, S., Bulf, H., & Turati, C. (2023). You can't play with us: First-person ostracism affects infants' behavioral reactivity. Child Development, 94, 403–412. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13969 Stahlke Wall, S. (2014). Focused Ethnography: A Methodological Adaptation for Social Research in Emerging Contexts. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 16(1). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-16.1.2182 Suchman L. (2007) Situated Actions. In: Human-Machine Reconfigurations: Plans and Situated Actions. Learning in Doing: Social, Cognitive and Computational Perspectives. Cambridge University Press; 2006:69-84. Timeo, S., Riva, P., & Paladino, M. P. (2019). Learning to cope with everyday instances of social exclusion: A review of emotional and cognitive strategies for children and adolescents. Journal of Applied Biobehavioral Research, 24(4), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1111/jabr.12173 Williams K. D. (2007). Ostracism. Annual review of psychology, 58, 425–452. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.58.110405.085641 Williams, K. (2001). Ostracism – The power of silence. New York: The Guilford Press. Woodward, A. M., Knoll, S. J., Horen, L. A., & Beier, J. S. (2023). Do preschoolers track and evaluate social includers and excluders? Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 232, 105677. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2023.105677 Zheng, J., Liu, W., Qian, P., & Yan, L. (2024). The ‘scars’ left on children by exclusion, but re-inclusion may ‘heal up’. Infant and Child Development, 33(5), 2515. https://doi.org/10.1002/icd.2515 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Following the Child in Research: Exploring Multisensory Experiences of Place through Child-Led Tours University of Gdańsk, Poland Presenting Author:Everyday preschool life unfolds within spaces shaped by the relations of those immersed in them. These spaces are not neutral settings, but carriers of meanings continuously produced and negotiated by the participants through everyday activities and engagements. In research on human–environment relations, a distinction is commonly made between space and place. Drawing on humanistic geography, space is understood as openness characterised by physical movement, while place refers to those parts of space that have been endowed with meaning, value and subjectivity through lived experience (Tuan, 1977). From this perspective, places are not defined solely by their physical properties, but by the meanings and interpretations that emerge through everyday practices and relations. Within educational research, place is approached as a relational and socially constructed phenomenon that is integral to educational experience rather than as a purely physical setting. Place-conscious perspectives emphasise that educational processes are always situated and that places both shape, and are shaped by, the practices, emotions and relations unfolding within them (Gruenewald, 2003; Schroder, 2006). More recent perspectives extend these approaches by questioning their anthropocentric assumptions and by attending to more-than-human dimensions of educational situations. Informed by actor–network theory (Latour, 2010), education is increasingly understood as a network of relations involving human and more-than-human actors, including material objects, spatial arrangements and everyday practices. From this viewpoint, place becomes an active participant in educational processes rather than a passive backdrop. Building on these perspectives, place-conscious perspectives intersect with insights from embodied and multimodal theories of cognition, which emphasise that meaning-making is grounded in bodily action, sensory engagement and situated interaction with the environment. From this viewpoint, children’s engagements with place are not primarily articulated through verbal reflection, but emerge through movement, gesture, rhythm, touch and interaction with material elements of their surroundings. Multisensory experience thus constitutes a fundamental mode through which young children perceive, express and communicate meanings of place, particularly in early childhood settings where cognition, action and perception remain closely intertwined. The methodological focus on the Mosaic Approach and Child-Led Tours carries an international and inclusive potential. By relying on embodied, multisensory and multimodal forms of communication rather than verbal language alone, the research design enables the participation of children from diverse linguistic, cultural and educational environments Accordingly, the presentation explores selected empirical moments from an ongoing qualitative study with children aged 3-6. The guiding research question asks: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology plays a significant role in this study, as it reflects the values underpinning the research and aligns with a theoretical understanding of children as competent social actors embedded in cultural contexts and capable of interpreting and influencing their environments (James & Prout, 1990; Punch, 2002). This epistemological stance informs the adoption of participatory and child-centred research practices within contemporary childhood studies. The study is grounded in the Mosaic Approach (Clark & Moss, 2005), a complex multi-method research strategy developed to support participatory inquiry with young children. Within this framework, children are positioned not merely as research participants, but as active contributors to the research process and, in some instances, as co-researchers (Alderson, 2001; Bakhtiar et al., 2023). As Punch (2002) emphasises, research with children benefits from diverse and interactive modes of communication that extend beyond verbal language, enabling children to express meanings through action, images and engagement with their material environments. The Mosaic Approach combines observation, conversations with children, children’s photography, child-led tours, map-making and interviews. This combination of methods enables participants to share their knowledge and experiences in multiple forms and supports the inclusion of children with varied communicative repertoires. Drawing on Clark’s (2005) research with very young children in preschool settings, the approach recognises even the youngest participants as credible sources of knowledge about the meanings they attribute to everyday situations and institutional spaces. The empirical core of the study consists of Child-Led Tours conducted in 2025 and 2026 in preschools in Poland with children aged 3–6. During these tours, children act as guides, directing attention to places and objects that are meaningful in their preschool everyday life. Meanings are communicated primarily through embodied and multisensory forms of engagement, including movement, gesture, making photographs and interactions, rather than through verbal articulation alone. This methodological focus allows the researcher to attend to embodied forms of communication while maintaining a relational and ethically grounded research stance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study has generated rich and diverse empirical material illustrating how places are experienced, communicated and made meaningful in preschool everyday life. The findings indicate that children produce multiple, heterogeneous and highly individual multisensory representations of place, rather than a single, shared image of preschool space. Each account reflects the uniqueness of children’s embodied perspectives, shaped by personal experiences, relationships and modes of engagement with their surroundings. The material highlights that meanings of place emerge through relations built both within places and with places, as well as through memories and associations evoked by interaction with material objects present in preschool environments. Objects, textures, smells and spatial arrangements become active mediators of meaning, triggering affective and sensory responses that are central to how children experience and communicate place. As a result, preschool space ceases to function as a universal or homogeneous setting and becomes differentiated into places that are individually experienced and interpreted by participants of preschool everyday life. These places are marked by children’s presence and perceived through personal, embodied and multisensory lenses. Importantly, the findings demonstrate that children communicate meanings of place primarily through multisensory and embodied forms of expression, engaging all senses during child-led tours. Verbal accounts are frequently accompanied - or replaced - by gestures, movement and sensory invitations, such as encouraging the researcher to smell, touch or closely examine objects. Such moments reveal how multisensory communication constitutes a key mode of meaning-making in early childhood and underscore the importance of research methodologies capable of capturing these embodied forms of expression. References Alderson, P. (2001). Research by children. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 4(2), 139–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645570120003 Bakhtiar, A., Stojanovik, V., & Kirby, P. (2023). Research with and by children: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 11(1). Clark, A., & Moss, P. (2005). Listening to young children: The Mosaic approach. National Children’s Bureau. Gruenewald, D. A. (2003). Foundations of Place: A Multidisciplinary Framework for Place-Conscious Education. American Educational Research Journal, 40(3), 619–654. James, A., & Prout, A. (1990). Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. Falmer Press. Latour B., Splatając na nowo to, co społeczne. Wprowadzenie do teorii aktora-sieci, przeł. Derra, K. Abriszewski, Universitas, Kraków. Punch, S. (2002). Research with children: The same or different from research with adults? Childhood, 9(3), 321–341. Schroder, B. (2006). Native science, intercultural education and place‐conscious education: an Ecuadorian example. Educational Studies, 32(3), 307–317. Tuan, Y. F. (1977). Space and Place: The Perspective of Experience. University of Minnesota Press |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 G: Reimagining Sustainability Education Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kathrin Otrel-Cass Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Cultivating Planetary Citizenship With Utopian Methodology in Early Childhood Education Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:My doctoral dissertation develops utopian research in early childhood education (ECE) as a pathway for planetary citizenship. It addresses how utopia, understood as the imaginary reconstitution of society (Levitas, 2013), can make children’s complex environmental relations visible while opening space for unlearning harmful societal logics that reproduce ecological degradation and climate change. I define capitalist realism (Fisher, 2009) and intertwined coloniality (of power/knowledge/being/nature, de la Hoz et al., 2024) as sustaining forces behind the polycrisis and place these as explicit objects of pedagogical unlearning (McLeod et al., 2020; Azoulay, 2019; Zembylas, 2024). A planetary perspective on citizenship examines humans’ multifaceted entanglements with societal life and the biosphere, as well as the lifelong formation of global agency and environmental stewardship. Conceptually, the study advances a planetary ethics of co‑responsibility (da Silva, 2011); a shift from individualized responsibility toward relational entanglements between human and non‑human worlds. A decolonizing approach to planetary ethics foregrounds not only this shared responsibility, but also understanding of historical justice, ecological interconnectedness and the imagination of decolonial futurities. Within this frame, utopia functions as a critical counter‑image of the present (Lakkala, 2020), oriented by a “desire for a better being” (Levitas, 2010, 9), thereby combining social critique and political imagination. In the context of ECE, utopian methodology becomes a child‑centered, playful means for imagining the world as we know it otherwise, and building capacities for environmental stewardship. The project examines (1) the way small children (aged 5–6) articulate environmental relations and ideals of environmental agency in their lived societies; and (2) utopia’s pedagogical potential for unsettling unsustainable environmental relations and opening space for the re-imagination of these relations. The overall aim is to cultivate children’s political imagination and planetary understanding in critical environmental and sustainability education (ESE) by unsettling dominant narratives and unlearning colonial‑capitalist onto-epistemologies. Research questions.
Framing the ECE setting as a legitimate site of political subjectivity and utopian research, the project reconceives children not only as knowers of their immediate surroundings but also as political actors capable of utopian thinking. Although research on children’s political views has been conducted before, this tradition has largely focused on children’s understanding and views of societal phenomena in their existing forms – not on what society could be (Jost et al., 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection starts approximately in September 2026. No empirical data for my doctoral research will have been collected at the time of the ERC conference; this submission presents the design, theoretical framework and methodology of my doctoral research. I’m conducting my participatory case study as a learning project in kindergarten/preschool groups in Tampere (n = 5–6 groups; approx. 80 children). The project proceeds through three thematic dimensions of planetary relations: (1) wellbeing of organic life; (2) environmental protection; (3) translocal and transnational human wellbeing. With each group of children we will co-create a constitution of a utopian society – a child voiced text articulating values, rules, and societal structures of the world envisioned by the children. In addition, the groups will construct physical miniature worlds (with crafted figures, buildings, and ecosystems) among smaller artworks, such as drawings. The dataset will consist of the constitutions and children’s artworks, as well as recorded discussions, and optional short interviews. I'm conducting a qualitative content analysis based on the data and theory from critical ESE and decolonial/critical pedagogy. Analyses will map how children name sustainability challenges in present society; how they envision environmental agency and responsibility; and whether utopian research enables unsettling and unlearning of colonial capitalist assumptions in the ECE context. The research is conducted as part of an ongoing collaborative research project The civic potential of climate mobility (HUMANE-CLIMATE, Tampere University), which explores the potential of decolonial and art-based methods in creating empathic understanding of climate change and climate (im)mobilities. The H-C research data has been collected in primary school context and consists of ten-year-old children’s artworks about climate change (Kallio, Vainikka & Häkli, 2025; Kallio, Bowman & Vainikka, 2025). If data has to be included in an ERC presentation, I will gladly present this data, as it provides an important foundation from where my own research stems from. I have also co-written an article using this data (Kallio, Häkli, Vainikka & Tervaharju, submitted). The PI of HUMANE-CLIMATE and my dissertation supervisor is Kirsi Pauliina Kallio, the professor of environmental education in Tampere University. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the empirical work of my doctoral research begins after ERC, the study is expected to contribute to ESE as follows: 1. Conceptually: A refined account of planetary citizenship in ECE that centres co responsibility beyond the individual and recognises more than human entanglements, positioning unlearning as a core ethical pedagogical objective. 2. Methodologically: An actionable utopian methodology for ECE environmental education, demonstrating how utopian methods with young children can work as tools for diagnosing colonial capitalist logics and moving beyond them pedagogically. 3. Empirically: Typologies of children’s environmental relations and ideals of environmental agency across lived and imagined worlds; indications of how utopian research can expand children’s political imagination toward planetary scales while unsettling the formation of capitalist-colonial hegemonies. 4. Practically: Research informed practices translatable to everyday ECE (e.g., constitution making, miniature world building) plus a public art exhibition of children’s artworks and an open teaching material to support utopian ESE in kindergarten/preschool. Overall, the project aims to show that utopian methodology in ECE can cultivate active hope and political imagination for sustainability, enable unlearning of coloniality and capitalist realism, and contribute to a broader societal sustainability transformation by nurturing planetary citizenship in early childhood education. References Azoulay, A. (2019). Potential history: Unlearning imperialism. Verso. da Silva, M. L. (2011). Information, Communication, and Planetary Citizenship. Teoksessa R. S. Fortner & P. M. Fackler (toim.), The Handbook of Global Communication and Media Ethics 1 (s. 41–53). John Wiley & Sons. De la Hoz, N., Silva-Garzón, D., Hernández-Vidal, N., Gutiérrez-Escobar, L., Hasenfratz, M., & Fladvad, B. (2024). Unraveling the colonialities of climate change and action. Journal of Political Ecology, 31(1), 624–635. https://doi.org/10.2458/jpe.6365 Fisher, M. (2009). Capitalist Realism: Is there no alternative? Zero Books. Jost, J. T., Fenton, A., Jost, E., & Fenton, Z. E. L. (2022). Children’s social representations of utopian societies. Children & Society, 36(6), 1194–1233. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12568 Kallio, K.P., Häkli, J., Vainikka, V. & Tervaharju, T-M. (Submitted to Geoforum journal), Resisting climate apartheid: co-creative unlearning of climate-changed geographies. Kallio, K.P., Vainikka, V. & Häkli, J. (2025) Unlearning through art: Developing decolonising and empathic pedagogies in climate mobilities education. Childhood, online first. Kallio, K. P., Bowman, B., & Vainikka, V. (2025). (Un)Learning to Live Together in the Climate-Changed World: Young People’s Lived Planetary Citizenship. Youth and Globalization, 7(2), 203–235. https://doi.org/10.1163/25895745-bja10053 Lakkala, K. (2020). Disruptive Utopianism: Opening the Present. Teoksessa T. Eskelinen (toim.), The Revival of Political Imagination: Utopia as Methodology (s. 20-36). Zed Books. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350225633.ch.002 Levitas, R. (2010). The Concept of Utopia. Peter Lang. Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method: the imaginary reconstitution of society. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137314253 McLeod, K., Thakchoe, S., Hunter, M. A., Vincent, K., Baltra-Ulloa, A. J., & MacDonald, A. (2020). Principles for a pedagogy of unlearning. Reflective Practice, 21(2), 183–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/14623943.2020.1730782 Zembylas, M. (2024). Unlearning emotional imperialism in education: political, theoretical and pedagogical implications. Discourse, 45(4), 569–582. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2024.2360091 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Growing with Plants – Rethinking Plant-Child Relations in Education University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Critical examination of human-centered ways of thinking has become topical as complex crises challenge sustainable development. In education research, attention has begun to be paid to relationships and living with multispecies companions. However, recent initiatives to include relational ontology and multispecies insights in educational discourses have mostly focused on animal relations, while plant companions have hardly been taken as an explicit focus (e.g. Tammi et al., 2023). In this presentation I examine the relationships between plants and children in the context of Finnish early childhood education and care (henceforth ECEC). The presentation is based on ongoing doctoral research, which is situated in the intersections of early childhood education, multispecies studies, and critical plant studies. My objective is to critically examine how plants and children relate to each other in educational practices by asking 1) In what ways cultural, historical, and material aspects are present in plant-child encounters? and 2) What kind of histories bring plants and children together in urban multispecies landscapes? I ground the theoretical background of the research in posthumanist and feminist new materialist literature. I take the standpoint of relational ontologies to see how the relationship between plants and children can be seen through disorienting focus from the child and moving it to plant-child relations. Multispecies approach allows me to emphasize the entanglements of human and other-than-human in various assemblages (van Dooren et al., 2016; Tammi et al., 2023) and critical plant studies to address plants as relational agentic beings (Lawrence, 2022). I view children and plants as participants in landscape assemblages (Tsing, 2017, 2020), that is, gatherings of human and nonhuman becomings in their mutual world-making or worlding (Haraway, 2007). The concept of worlding is used in decentering the ideas of individual identity and self-forming autopoiesis, and in moving towards the idea of becoming-with in sympoiesis: life is interdependent and collaborative co-making, shared becoming with (Haraway, 2007, 2016). Conducting postqualitative inquiry, I orientate my thinking and practices with theory and concepts and read the data through multiple theoretical insights diffractively (see Jackson & Mazzei, 2023; Lenz Taguchi & St. Pierre, 2017; Mazzei, 2014; St. Pierre, 2021). In this presentation, I will focus on the empirical phase of the research, in which plant-child relations are mapped using multispecies ethnography. I will highlight perspectives on how history, culture, and materiality are present in plant-child encounters and how they bring plants and children together in the diverse landscapes of cities. I will explore what happens when the priority in encounters is not the child but the plant, how to consider plants in diverse encounters, and what questions does conducting multispecies ethnography with plants raise. I will present observations from ethnographic data, reflecting them on selected theoretical frameworks. Inspired by the bag-lady storytelling practice described by Haraway (2004), I present the expected outcomes of this study as narrative vignettes. The presentation offers insights of how to conduct multispecies inquiry with plants. It also challenges us to think about ECEC environmental and sustainability education from more-than-human point of view. This research has implications beyond the Finnish context. Relational more-than-human perspectives are not prevalent in European educational contexts, which are mostly built on humanities and natural sciences. However, there is a need to review our place in nature as part of a more-than-human world. This presentation may open space for dialogue among researchers and practitioners on how plant-child relations can be (re)considered in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I utilize postqualitative research approach in this study. Postqualitative inquiry draw from poststructuralism and onto-epistemological concepts of philosophy of immanence, which are more concerned with what might be thought and done, than what is (St. Pierre, 2021). The onto-epistemology of material-discursive, expressed in Karen Barad´s (2007) agential realism, brings forth the messy entanglements of both the natural and discursively constructed world. I follow these premises and conceptualize childhood as a material-discursive phenomenon emerging through intra-active relations (see Tammi et al., 2023). Furthermore, I use multispecies ethnography to include plants in the world where culture and lives are shared and shaped (see Kirksey & Helmreich, 2010; Ogden et al., 2013). I shape the research design in line with thinking with theory, concepts as method, and diffractive reading (see Jackson & Mazzei, 2023; Lenz Taguchi & St. Pierre, 2017; Mazzei, 2014). Thinking with theory allows me to “plug in” theory to activate thought (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023). I use theoretical concepts to guide my actions throughout the ethnography in (re)orienting my thinking and ethnographic gaze (see Lenz Taguchi & St. Pierre, 2017). As outcomes, I produce stories that emerge from reading the data diffractively through multiple insights (see Mazzei, 2014). Inspired by Haraway (2004), I narrate the outcomes by following the bag-lady storytelling practice. I use the concepts of assemblages, worlding, attentiveness, and relationality in the study. The concepts of assemblages (Tsing, 2011, 2020) and worlding (Haraway, 2007) created the framework, and drawing from Kimmerer (2003, 2024), Tsing, (2011, 2020), Tsing & Bazzul (2022) and van Dooren et al. (2016), relationality was concretized with the concepts of listening, reciprocity, ownership, and disturbances as well as by curious attentiveness towards plants displayed in the use of language and in noticing, observing, and encountering them. Drawing also from the walking-with methodology, I approach the research sites as assemblages which are in constant movement, and as spaces of situated knowledges, shaped by historical, cultural, and material contexts (Springgay & Truman, 2018). I produce data in connection with Helsinki City´s municipal daycare centre. One kindergarten group and one preschool group, a total of 29 children aged 3-6 years, participate in the study in Helsinki region, Finland. The ethnographic field work takes place between September 2025 and June 2026 by walking with children on outdoor excursions, such as in parks and city forests. The data consists of field notes, photos, and video clips. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In narrate the expected outcomes of the research by following the bag-lady storytelling practice (see Haraway, 2004). I present the outcomes through vignettes, which emphasize entanglements and situatedness of knowledge. Through moving the focus from the child to multispecies assemblages and diverse happenings in plant-child encounters, I expect the outcomes to disrupt prevailing narratives about the educational relationships between plants and children. This study has potential implications for ECEC environmental and sustainability education on European and international scale. Conventional European educational approaches to plant-human relations stem from humanities and natural sciences, which tend to focus on human wellbeing and benefits in individual and at a societal level, albeit linking human and planetary well-being together. The situation is similar in Finland. Although the Finnish National Core Curriculum for ECEC highlights the importance of cultivating nature relationship as part of environmental education, it does not reflect ideas of multispecies relationality or more-than-human companionship (see EDUFI, 2022). Disrupting dominant narratives has potential in reframing what counts as valid educational knowledge and in how teachers, institutions, and policymakers understand the phenomena. It may open space for generating new educational practices by transforming theoretical and conceptual recourses to tangible. The study offers a novel standpoint and invites discussion on how to approach environmental education from the standpoint of relational ontologies and more-than-human perspectives in ECEC environmental and sustainability education. Moreover, it strengthens the plant perspective in multispecies research. Thus, the study may help European and international practitioners and institutions to engage in dialogue about curriculum work and pedagogy from a relatively novel paradigmatic stance. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. van Dooren, T., Kirksey, E. & Münster, U. (2016). Multispecies studies. Cultivating arts of attentiveness. Environmental Humanities, 8(1), 1–23. EDUFI (2022). National core curriculum for early childhood education and care. Finnish National Agency for Education (EDUFI). Regulation OPH-700-2022. Haraway, D. (2004). The Haraway reader. Routledge. Haraway, D. (2007). When species meet. University of Minnesota Press. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Duke University Press. Jackson, A. Y. & Mazzei L. A. (2023). Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Second edition. Routledge. Kimmerer, R. W. (2003). Gathering moss. A natural and cultural history of mosses. Oregon State University Press. Kimmerer, R. W. (2024). The Serviceberry. An economy of gifts and abundance. Allen Lane. Kirksey, S. E. & Helmreich, S. (2010). The emergence of multispecies ethnography. Cultural Anthropology, 25(4), 545–576. Lawrence A. M. (2022). Listening to plants. Conversations between critical plant studies and vegetal geography. Progress in Human Geography, 46(2), 629–651. Lenz Taguchi, H. & St. Pierre, E. A. (2017). Using concept as method in educational and social science inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 23(9), 643–648. Mazzei, L. (2014). Beyond an easy sense: A diffractive analysis. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(6), 742–746. Ogden, L. A., Hall, B. & Tanita, K. (2013). Animals, plants, people, and things. A review of multispecies ethnography. Environment and Society, 4, 5–24. Springgay, S. & Truman, S. E. (2018). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world: WalkingLab. Routledge. St. Pierre, E. A. (2021). Why post qualitative inquiry? Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 163–166. Tammi, T., Hohti, R. & Rautio, P. (2023). From child-animal relations to multispecies assemblages and other-than-human childhoods. Barn, 41(2–3), 140–156. Tsing, A. (2011). Arts of inclusion, or, how to love a mushroom. Australian Humanities Review, 50, 5–20. Tsing, A. (2017). The Buck, the Bull, and the dream of the stag: Some unexpected weeds of the Anthropocene. Suomen Antropologi, 42(1), 3–21. Tsing, A. (2020). Lopun aikojen sieni – Elämää kapitalismin raunioissa. Tutkijaliitto, Helsinki. Tsing, A. & Bazzul, J. (2022). A Feral Atlas for the Anthropocene: An interview with Anna L. Tsing. In M.G.G. Wallace, J. Bazzul, M. Higgins & S. Tolbert (Ed.), Reimagining science education in the Anthropocene (p. 309–320). Palgrave Macmillan. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 H: Teacher wellbeing in and for professional practice Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Eerika Länsmans Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Validation and Cultural Adaptation of the Burmese Flourishing Scale in Teacher Education 1: Doctoral School of Education, ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, 1053 Budapest, Hungary; Department of Educational Studies, Meiktila Education Degree College, Meiktila 05181, Myanmar; 2: Department of Education, ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, 1117 Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:The term flourishing refers to the experience of living a fulfilling life, rooted in positive relationships, a sense of competence, and a feeling of meaning and purpose. To capture this construct, Diener et al. (2010) developed the Flourishing Scale (FS), and the questionnaire is designed to evaluate psychological and social well-being. Moreover, the emerging concept of flourishing is also examined through the integration of both hedonic (subjective well-being) and eudaimonic (psychological well-being) perspectives. This integration highlights flourishing as a state of high hedonic and eudaimonic well-being, representing a harmonious blend of feeling good and functioning effectively. In this regard, some scholars define flourishing as the idea of “living the good life” and reflect a condition where “all aspects of a person’s life are positive,” leading to comprehensive human well-being (Huppert & So, 2013; Keyes, 2002; Seligman, 2012). Its theoretical roots can be traced back to classical philosophy. Flourishing is now widely recognized as a key indicator of well-being, and its theoretical foundation is linked to Aristotle’s philosophy. Aristotle conceptualized flourishing as ‘living well’, emphasizing virtuous activity which is not limited to moral excellences but includes cognitive excellences, practical wisdom, and understanding (Aristotle, 1999; Symons & VanderWeele, 2024). This notion has significantly influenced positive psychology over recent decades, particularly in the framework proposed by Peterson and Seligman (2004), which focuses on character strengths and virtues. Similarly, Ryff (1989) articulates her approach to well-being through six dimensions: autonomy, environmental mastery, personal growth, positive relations with others, purpose in life, and self-acceptance. Building on these contributions, Keyes et al. (2002) developed a framework of flourishing based on an analysis of the European Social Survey, conceptualizing flourishing as “feeling good and functioning effectively”. Keyes (2003, 2005, 2007) further operationalized flourishing as a combination of emotional, psychological, and social well-being. Following the positive psychology paradigm, Seligman (2011) posits that flourishing arises from five pillars of the PERMA well-being model (positive emotions, engagement, relationships, meaning, and accomplishment). Huppert and So (2013) later expanded this conceptualization by linking flourishing to a broader set of attributes, including competence, emotional stability, engagement, meaning, optimism, positive emotions, positive relationships, resilience, self-esteem, and vitality. Building on this growing body of research, Diener’s flourishing concept of prosperity draws on multiple sources. It incorporates humanistic approaches, psychological needs, and earlier theories related to well-being (Diener et al., 2010). The eight-item flourishing scale (FS) combines the well-being dimensions essential to positive functioning from Ryff’s (1989) eudaimonic theory and Ryan and Deci’s (2001) self-determination theory. Overall, the major conceptualization of flourishing is rooted in the Aristotelian perspective, positive psychology paradigm, different well-being perspectives, and self-determination theory. The research aims to enhance the scientific application of the FS in Myanmar Teacher Education through translation, cultural adaptation, psychometric validation, and qualitative insights. The integration of quantitative data and qualitative insights would contribute to the holistic definitions of flourishing in the Teacher Education sector, suggesting future well-being and flourishing research nationally and internationally. Research Hypothesis 1: The instrument FS is expected to: (a) demonstrate reliability and (b) exhibit convergent and factorial validity, thereby establishing construct validity in the Myanmar education setting. Research Hypothesis 2: The FS is expected to positively correlate with SWLS and CD-RISC 25, and negatively with PHQ-4. Research Hypothesis 3: The FS measurement models exhibit an adequate fit across demographic factors, including gender, age, and the type of Education Degree College. Research Question 1: How do Myanmar student teachers conceptualize the notion of flourishing within the context of their personal and professional development? Research Question 2: What life experiences contribute to Myanmar student teachers’ flourishing during the teacher education journey? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedure The study utilized a cross-sectional survey research design involving 897 student teachers from seven Education Degree Colleges (EDCs) located in Upper and Lower Myanmar. Ethical approval was granted by the Ministry of Education (Permission No. 459/2025(1850)). • Sample 1 (EFA): 304 student teachers from Taungoo, Lashio, Monywa, Yankin, and Thingangyun EDCs (30.9% males, 69.1% females, with a mean age of 20.65 years (SD = 1.22; age range: 18–24) • Sample 2 (CFA): 593 student teachers from Meikhtila and Mawlamyine EDCs (29.2% males and 70.8% females, with ages ranging from 18 to 24 years, M = 20.58, SD = 1.74. Following established guidelines for cross-cultural adaptation of self-report measures, the instruments were translated into Burmese by experts in Myanmar. This adaptation process aims to ensure the suitability of the questionnaire in the Myanmar context by considering the language relevance and cultural adaptation. The translation process consists of six steps: 1. Forward translation, 2. Reconciliation or synthesis, 3. Back-translation, 4. Review and harmonization, 5. Pretesting, 6. Final version, and psychometric testing (Beaton et al., 2000; Guillemin et al., 1993) Measures The Flourishing Scale (FS) is an 8-item self-report instrument designed to evaluate an individual’s perceived success positive relationships, competence, meaning and purpose in life, optimism, and self-esteem (Diener et al., 2010). The internal consistency was high, with a Cronbach’s α of 0.823 and a McDonald’s ω of 0.823. The Satisfaction with Life Scale (SWLS), developed by Diener et al. (1985), is a 5-item self-report tool used to evaluate overall life satisfaction. The internal consistency was 0.729, and McDonald’s ω was 0.736, demonstrating good reliability in this context. The Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale (CD-RISC 25 Burmese) is a widely used self-report instrument developed by Connor and Davidson to measure psychological resilience, or the ability to cope with stress and adversity. Internal consistency α = 0.882 and McDonald’s ω = 0.883. The Patient Health Questionnaire-4 (PHQ-4) is an ultra-brief screening scale that combines two items from the PHQ-2 for depression and two items from the GAD-2 for anxiety. Cronbach’s α = 0.838 and McDonald’s ω = 0.839 for internal consistency. Two open-ended questions exploring the meanings and lived experiences of flourishing. Data Analysis • EFA was conducted using Principal Component Analysis with Promax rotation. • CFA was conducted with AMOS 23 using Maximum Likelihood Estimation. • Convergent validity was examined through correlations among FS, SWLS, CD-RISC, and PHQ-4. Qualitative data were analyzed thematically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings confirmed the single-factor structure of the Burmese FS, with satisfactory factor loadings and reliability. Measurement invariance analysis demonstrated the FS’s applicability across gender and age groups at the configural, metric, and scalar levels, though partial invariance was noted across institutional contexts. Correlations with life satisfaction, resilience, and psychological distress further supported its convergent validity. Qualitative insights revealed a culturally relevant understanding of flourishing, highlighting Professional Competence, Practicum Experience, Moral-religious Values, and Personal Growth in Teacher Education. These themes delineate the specific domains in which student teachers connect their personal well-being to social and ethical responsibility, reinforcing the notion of flourishing as the simultaneous pursuit of personal and professional excellence in the context of Teacher Education. Moreover, Myanmar student teachers conceptualized the notion of flourishing within their personal and professional development: i. Flourishing signifies living actively and meaningfully: achieving success in life, realizing positive outcomes, and maintaining physical, mental, and social well-being. ii. Flourishing involves effectively utilizing one’s strengths and abilities to fulfill professional duties while nurturing optimism and psychological resilience. iii. Flourishing means skillfully executing teaching responsibilities, deepening knowledge and experience, supporting student learning, and contributing positively to the community. iv. Flourishing includes the effective application of pedagogical skills and professional knowledge during teaching practice, successfully completing tasks, and experiencing personal satisfaction. This perspective encompasses both hedonic dimensions, such as satisfaction and happiness, and eudaimonic dimensions, including purpose, virtue, and growth, which align with the theoretical underpinnings of flourishing research. The qualitative findings offer substantial content and cultural validation for the concept of flourishing within the Teacher Education context. Overall, these findings affirmed the suitability of the Burmese FS and the value of combining quantitative and qualitative approaches when researching flourishing in non-Western contexts. References Aristotle. (1999). The Nicomachean ethics. (T. Irwin, Trans.). Hackett. Beaton, D. E., Bombardier, C., Guillemin, F., & Ferraz, M. B. (2000). Guidelines for the process of cross-cultural adaptation of self-report measures. Spine, 25(24), 3186–3191. https://doi.org/10.1097/00007632-200012150-00014 Diener, E., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of Personality Assessment, 49(1), 71–75. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13 Diener, E., Wirtz, D., Tov, W., Kim-Prieto, C., Choi, D. W., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2010). New well-being measures: Short scales to assess flourishing and positive and negative feelings. Social Indicators Research, 97, 143–156. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-009-9493-y Guillemin, F., Bombardier, C., & Beaton, D. (1993). Cross-cultural adaptation of health-related quality of life measures: Literature review and proposed guidelines. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 46(12), 1417-1432. https://doi.org/10.1016/0895-4356(93)90142-N Huppert, F. A., & So, T. T. C. (2013). Flourishing across Europe: Application of a new conceptual framework for defining well-being. Social Indicators Research, 110(3), 837–861. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-011-9966-7 Keyes, C. L. M. (2002). The mental health continuum: From languishing to flourishing in life. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 43(2), 207. https://doi.org/10.2307/3090197 Keyes, C. L. M. (2003). Complete mental health: An agenda for the 21st century. In C. L. M. Keyes & J. Haidt (Eds.), Flourishing: Positive psychology and the life well-lived. (pp. 293–312). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10594-013 Keyes, C. L. M. (2005). Mental illness and/or mental health? Investigating axioms of the complete State model of health. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73(3), 539–548. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.73.3.539 Keyes, C. L. M. (2007). Promoting and protecting mental health as flourishing: A complementary strategy for improving national mental health. American Psychologist, 62(2), 95–108. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.62.2.95 Keyes, C. L. M., Shmotkin, D., & Ryff, C. D. (2002). Optimizing well-being: The empirical encounter of two traditions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82(6), 1007–1022. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.82.6.1007 Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification. American Psychological Association ; Oxford University Press. Ryff, C. D. (1989). Happiness is everything, or is it? Explorations on the meaning of psychological well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57(6), 1069–1081. Seligman, M. E. P. (2012). Flourish: A visionary new understanding of happiness and well-being. Simon & Schuster. Symons, X., & VanderWeele, T. (2024). Aristotelian flourishing and contemporary philosophical theories of wellbeing. Journal of Happiness Studies, 25(1–2), 26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-024-00723-0 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Modelling Teacher Readiness to Support Student Mental Health and Wellbeing University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Teachers are increasingly expected to identify, respond to, and support student mental health and wellbeing. This expectation has intensified in the context of global concern about youth mental health and teacher shortages, yet teachers consistently report feeling underprepared, undersupported, and overwhelmed by these responsibilities. These pressures contribute to stress, burnout, and attrition, exacerbating the global teacher crisis and undermining efforts to create safe, inclusive, and thriving learning environments (OECD, 2020; UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030, 2024). Research on mental health and wellbeing in education, teacher wellbeing, and mental health literacy has expanded rapidly. However, existing studies typically focus on isolated elements such as knowledge, confidence, attitudes, or specific programmes, rather than on a coherent, theory-informed construct of teacher readiness to support student mental health and wellbeing. The term “readiness” is often used implicitly, rarely defined, and seldom anchored in robust psychological or implementation theories. This fragmentation limits the field’s capacity to accumulate knowledge, design coherent interventions, and inform policy and teacher education. This PhD project addresses this gap by developing and testing a conceptual and measurement model of teacher readiness to support student mental health and wellbeing. The overarching aim is to articulate, operationalise, and empirically examine the key dimensions of readiness, and the relationships between teacher characteristics, contextual factors, and readiness-related outcomes. The project is structured in three phases. Phase 1 employed a systematic–narrative hybrid review to map and synthesise interdisciplinary literature on teacher roles in student mental health, drawing from education, psychology, health, and implementation science. This review identified substantial conceptual diversity in how mental health, wellbeing, and related constructs are defined, and revealed that readiness is rarely treated as a multidimensional construct. Phase 2 used a qualitative survey of 400 practising teachers across Australia to foreground teachers’ lived experiences, language, and perspectives. These data were used to refine and extend the initial conceptual model, clarify the ways in which attitudes, beliefs, and professional identity may mediate readiness, and ensure that the emerging model reflected classroom realities rather than idealised depictions of practice. Phase 3, which is the primary focus of this presentation, involves the development and validation of a quantitative survey instrument designed to operationalise the conceptual model and test its structure. The instrument integrates established measures (e.g., mental health literacy, wellbeing literacy) with newly developed scales targeting readiness-specific domains that are not currently captured in the literature. Across all phases, the project is informed by theoretical perspectives including the theory of planned behaviour (Ajzen, 1971) and organisational readiness frameworks, which provide lenses for understanding how motivation, capability, and contextual support interact to shape teacher readiness. The emerging model positions readiness as multidimensional, encompassing knowledge and skills, attitudes and beliefs, motivation and self-efficacy, interpersonal capabilities, structural and contextual enablers, emotional and personal wellbeing or capacity, professional identity, and teachers’ broader sense of self. The presentation will outline the conceptual model, detail the survey development and validation process, and report emerging psychometric results. Additionally, methodological limitations and implications for further research will be discussed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Utilising a mixed-methods sequential exploratory design (Creswell, 2018), this PhD project comprises three interconnected phases designed to build, refine, and test a conceptual and measurement model of teacher readiness. Phase 1: Systematic–narrative hybrid review A systematic–narrative hybrid review (Turnbull et al., 2023) was conducted to synthesise the international and interdisciplinary literature on teacher readiness to support student mental health and wellbeing. This approach was selected because the topic spans multiple disciplines and methods, requiring both systematic search procedures and narrative integration. Comprehensive searches were undertaken in PsycINFO, Web of Science, Scopus, Google Scholar, and grey literature sources. The search yielded 3,144 records, of which 92 met inclusion criteria. Content analysis was used to extract and compare definitions, constructs, and theoretical underpinnings. Findings informed an initial conceptual model of teacher readiness, highlighting key dimensions and substantial conceptual inconsistencies across the field. Phase 2: Qualitative survey of practising teachers Building on Phase 1, a survey was administered to 400 practising teachers via online panel across Australian schools. Closed and open-ended questions asked respondents about factors that influence whether teachers in their school support the mental health of their students. Responses were analysed using inductive thematic analysis, supported by deductive coding based on the initial model. This phase confirmed the relevance of the core dimensions identified in the review and elucidated how they are experienced in practice. Phase 3: Survey development and psychometric testing Phase 3 (currently underway) involves constructing and validating a quantitative instrument to operationalise the readiness model. Survey development followed Churchill’s (1979) paradigm, adapted to the realities of a hybrid approach that integrates existing scales and newly developed items. For constructs with established measures (e.g., mental health literacy, wellbeing literacy), psychometrically robust scales were adopted. For readiness-specific domains without existing measures, new items were generated using a combined deductive–inductive process: deductively from theories and constructs identified in the review, and inductively from the language and themes emerging from teacher qualitative data. The instrument is being administered to a population-based sample of primary teachers across multiple Australian jurisdictions, with a target sample size sufficient to conduct exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses within a single dataset. Planned analyses include exploratory factor analysis for new scales, confirmatory factor analysis for the integrated measurement model, internal consistency and reliability, and assessments of validity. The final instrument will support structural equation modelling of hypothesised relationships between teacher characteristics, contextual factors, and readiness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project’s preliminary findings indicate that, although teachers’ roles in supporting student mental health and wellbeing are widely recognised, the construct of “teacher readiness” remains under-theorised and inconsistently defined. The findings from the systematic–narrative hybrid review suggested that teacher readiness can be conceptualised as a multidimensional construct encompassing: • knowledge and skills • attitudes and beliefs • motivation and self-efficacy • interpersonal capabilities • psychological wellbeing • professional identity • structural support Phase 2 findings point to attitudes, beliefs, and professional identity as critical mediating mechanisms through which structural supports and individual characteristics translate into perceived readiness. The expectation is that quantitative testing in Phase 3 will provide psychometrically sound evidence for this multidimensional structure and clarify the strength and direction of these relationships. Preliminary findings suggest that teacher readiness is best understood as a multidimensional construct that goes beyond individual knowledge or confidence to encompass teachers’ psychological wellbeing, professional identity, relational practices, and the organisational conditions in which they work. Upon completion, this project is expected to yield a theoretically grounded, empirically validated model and measurement tool that can inform teacher selection, initial teacher education, ongoing professional learning, and whole-school mental health policy. Understanding readiness may also inform the development of fair and informative assessment practices in teacher selection and early career support, focusing on readiness as a developmental, supportable construct rather than a fixed trait. By clarifying what it means for teachers to be “ready” and how readiness can be supported, the research has the potential to enhance teacher wellbeing, reduce burnout and attrition, and improve student mental health outcomes. This presentation will outline the conceptual model, detail the survey development and validation process (including the implications for methodological limitations), and report emerging psychometric results. Further, consideration for expanding this research into European contexts will be considered. References References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behaviour. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T Churchill, G. A., Jr. (1979). A paradigm for developing better measures of marketing constructs. Journal of Marketing Research, 16(1), 64–73. https://doi.org/10.2307/3150876 Creswell, J. W. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2020). How’s life? 2020. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9870c393-en Turnbull, D., Chugh, R., & Luck, J. (2023). Systematic–narrative hybrid literature review: A strategy for integrating a concise methodology into a manuscript. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 7(1), 100381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2022.100381 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/FIGU8035 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Constructing Belonging and Moral Resilience: How Experienced ECE Teachers Sustain Their Practice. Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Workforce sustainability in early childhood education and care (ECE) is most often examined through the lens of turnover (Kangas et al., 2021; Sirvio et al., 2023; Ahola & Valkonen, 2024; Sirvio et al., under review). While this body of research has generated critical insights into structural pressures and workforce instability, an exclusive focus on leaving risks obscuring the experiences of ECE teachers who remain in the profession despite ongoing challenges. This article, drawing on the third sub-study of a doctoral project, shifts attention from turnover to retention by examining why experienced ECE teachers continue their professional engagement. It foregrounds the conditions and meanings that enable long-term commitment within a Finnish ECE context characterised by emotional labour, ethical complexity, and institutional constraint (Sirvio et al. 2023). The study is theoretically informed by the intersecting concepts of moral resilience and belonging. Together, these frameworks conceptualise retention as an active, relational, and institutionally mediated practice rather than a passive response to limited alternatives. Moral resilience provides a lens for understanding how teachers sustain ethical commitments over time. Moral resilience refers to the capacity to sustain or restore moral integrity in the face of ethical adversity, complexity, and distress (Rushton, 2016, 2018; Young & Rushton, 2017). For experienced ECE teachers who stay, moral resilience is not a fixed trait but a dynamic process that is continually renegotiated through everyday practice (Young & Rushton, 2017; Melasalmi et al., 2022). It involves navigating ethical tensions, emotional labour, and institutional constraints, with leadership practices playing a role in shaping the conditions under which teachers are able to maintain a sense of professional integrity (Garrett & Gibbs, 2025). Belonging further explains why some experienced teachers sustain long-term attachment to the profession. Belonging encompasses feelings of recognition, inclusion, and connection within professional, organisational, and relational contexts (Yuval-Davis, 2006, 2011). Empirical research in Finland and internationally highlights collaborative work practices, interpersonal trust, collegial relationships, supportive leadership, shared professional values, and alignment with educational philosophies as key facilitators of belonging (Hakkarainen & Kivistö, 2020; Allen et al., 2025; Melzak et al., 2025; Zhang et al., 2025). A qualitative review by Sirkko et al. (2022) further demonstrates that belonging is strengthened when staff experience trust, collaboration, and low hierarchical distance, while unclear roles and marginalisation undermine belonging and increase burnout risk. In ECE contexts, belonging is cultivated through structured induction, mentoring, and peer support (Doan, 2024). Place-based and culturally responsive approaches that recognise local contexts and validate diverse identities further enhance teachers’ sense of connection and inclusion (Chan & Ritchie, 2025). Personal experiences, cultural sensitivity, and awareness of local communities strengthen engagement and commitment (Juutinen & Kess, 2019). At the same time, structural conditions such as income adequacy, workload, and work–family conflict also shape organisational commitment and turnover intentions, underscoring that belonging is embedded within material working conditions (Li & Chen, 2025). By foregrounding retention rather than leaving, this article outlines moral resilience and belonging as conceptual lenses that may help understand workforce sustainability in ECE. The study does not assume these frameworks will fully explain teachers’ experiences; rather, they provide a way to consider the relational, ethical, and institutional factors that could influence long-term professional engagement. Future analysis of the empirical data will reveal how experienced teachers themselves describe and navigate these dynamics in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explores experienced early childhood education (ECE) teachers’ lived experiences through a hermeneutical lens (Schwandt, 2000, p. 301), centering on narratives of retention, moral resilience, and belonging. Experienced teachers are the focus because their extended professional practice offers rich insight into the complexities of teaching, organizational life, and sustained commitment. Rather than identifying causal relationships or attributing experiences to individual traits, the study seeks to understand how teachers’ career stories are intertwined with their social, professional, and institutional realities. Participants will consist of 15 experienced ECE teachers. Each will have five to fifteen years of continuous professional experience accumulated between 2010 and 2025 and will hold a university degree in early childhood education. This ensures a diverse range of perspectives on retention, moral resilience, and sense of belonging. At the time of writing, the process of identifying and recruiting interviewees is ongoing. A qualitative narrative approach is adopted, using individual interviews combined with the journey plot method to explore factors influencing retention. The journey plot enables participants to visually and narratively represent their professional lives as a chronological journey, foregrounding the temporal, emotional, and contextual dimensions of their careers (Goodson & Sikes, 2001; Krough & Andersen, Sheridan et al., 2011; 2013; Sheridan et al., 2016; Knaflic, 2020; Young et al., 2024). This method captures both significant challenges and meaningful high points that shaped participants’ decisions to remain in the profession. Discursive institutionalism provides the analytical lens for examining how broader policy and organisational discourses are taken up, negotiated, or contested within individual career narratives (Schmidt, 2008, 2010). By integrating narrative discourse analysis with discursive institutionalism, the study conceptualises staying as a morally, relationally, and institutionally situated practice. This methodological approach ensures coherence with the study’s theoretical framework and supports a nuanced exploration of experienced Finnish ECEC teachers’ sustained professional commitment. Narrative discourse analysis (De Fina & Georgakopoulou, 2015) is employed to examine how teachers construct and interpret their career experiences. Stories are treated as discursive performances through which teachers make sense of their lives and position themselves within moral, social, and relational contexts. The analysis attends to both narrative forms, how experiences are structured and sequences, and narrative function, including identity construction, moral meaning-making, and expressions of belonging. (Riessman, 2008.) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper has presented the theoretical and methodological foundations of a study exploring why experienced early childhood education and care (ECE) teachers stay in the profession within the Finnish context. Developed during the data collection phase of the third sub-study in a PhD project, the paper contributes by foregrounding a theoretically informed approach to understanding retention as an active and meaningful professional practice. Drawing on moral resilience and belonging, the study conceptualises sustained professional commitment as ethically grounded, relationally embedded, and institutionally mediated. The significance of this study lies in its shift away from attrition-dominated and deficit-oriented accounts of the ECE workforce. In Finland, children’s wellbeing, participation, and holistic development are central aims of ECE policy and practice. Experienced and committed teachers are critical to realising these aims in everyday pedagogical work. The study also contributes methodologically by combining narrative interviews with career journey lines and analysing these narratives through a discursive institutionalist lens. This approach enables connections to be made between individual career stories and broader policy and organisational discourses shaping Finnish ECE. It offers insight into how teachers interpret, negotiate, and sometimes reframe institutional expectations in ways that allow them to maintain professional integrity and a sense of belonging over time. By centring experienced teachers’ voices during the data collection phase, this study lays the groundwork for generating empirically grounded knowledge that can inform workforce sustainability discussions in Finnish ECE. Understanding staying as a moral, relational, and discursive practice has the potential to support the development of professional cultures and policy conditions that enable experienced teachers to continue to belong, contribute, and uphold children’s wellbeing at the heart of ECE. References Ahola, R., & Valkonen, S. (2024). Työhyvinvointi ja pitovoima muuttuvassa varhaiskasvatustyössä. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 13(3), 105-140. https://doi.org/10.58955/jecer.146503 Downey, B., Gibbs, L., Letts, W., & McLeod, S. (2025). Cultivating Collaborative Practice to Sustain and Retain Early Childhood Educators. Education Sciences, 15(11), 1451. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15111451 Garrett, S., & Gibbs, L. (2025). Leadership Practices That Enable and Constrain Retention in Early Childhood Education and Care Settings in Australia. Education Sciences, 15(2), 185. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15020185 Kangas, J., Ukkonen-Mikkola, T., Sirvio, K., Hjelt, H., & Fonsén, E. (2022). ” Kun aika ja resurssit eivät riitä tekemään työtä niin hyvin kuin osaisi ja haluaisi sitä tehdä”: Varhaiskasvatuksen opettajien käsityksiä työn haasteista ja mahdollisuuksista. Kasvatus & Aika, 16(2), 72-89. https://doi.org/10.33350/ ka.109089 Melasalmi, A., Hurme, T. R., & Ruokonen, I. (2022). Purposeful and ethical early childhood teacher: the underlying values guiding Finnish early childhood education. ECNU Review of Education, 5(4), 601-623. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1102901 Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Schaack, D. D., Donovan, C. V., Adejumo, T., & Ortega, M. (2022). To stay or to leave: Factors shaping early childhood teachers’ turnover and retention decisions. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 36(2), 327-345. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2021.1955779 Schmidt, V. A. (2008). Discursive institutionalism: The explanatory power of ideas and discourse. Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 303–326. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.polisci.11.060606.135342 Schmidt, V. A. (2010). Taking ideas and discourse seriously: Explaining change through discursive institutionalism as the fourth ‘new institutionalism’. European Political Science Review, 2(1), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1017/S175577390999021X Sirvio, K., Ukkonen-Mikkola, T., Kangas, J., Hjelt, H., & Fonsén, E. (2023). “Äänestin jaloillani!” Ammatin vaihtaneiden varhaiskasvatuksen opettajien näkökulmia työn ja toimintakulttuuriin muutokseen. Työelämän tutkimus, 21(1), 84-108. https://doi.org/10.37455/tt.111478 Young, P. D., & Rushton, C. H. (2017). A concept analysis of moral resilience. Nursing Outlook, 65(5), 579-587. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.outlook.2017.03.009 Yuval-Davis, N. (2006). Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of prejudice, 40(3), 197-214. Yuval-Davis, N. (2011). The politics of belonging: Intersectional contestations. Sage. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 I: Education Policy Making Between Global Agendas and Local Contexts Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Athina Ogsousgiannoglou Session Chair: Franz Kaiser Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper USAID in Zambia’s Early Literacy Policy Process: Silencing Indigenous Knowledge Systems The University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Since the 1990s, international aid organisations, including those from Europe, have increasingly shaped literacy education reforms in low- and middle-income countries through the promotion of ‘evidence-based’ and comparative policy approaches. These reforms often prioritise school-based interventions and measurable learning outcomes while overlooking the broader socio-cultural contexts of education (Niño-Zarazúa 2016). This donor-driven orientation has generated sustained critiques regarding aid effectiveness, sustainability, and the relevance of externally driven education policies for addressing locally grounded challenges (Silova et al. 2025). These concerns are particularly salient for European education research, given the prominent role of European donors, policy frameworks, and intellectual traditions in global education governance and policy transfer. Central to these critiques are debates about the politics of knowledge production in education policy, especially given that when early literacy reforms encounter political and socio-cultural plurality they adopt reductionist approaches (Jackson et al. 2025) rooted in Western epistemological dominance (Silova et al., 2025). Scholars argue that such approaches marginalise Indigenous Knowledge Systems (IKS) by framing policy problems and solutions in ways that privilege Western knowledge while rendering Indigenous epistemologies invisible or irrelevant (Mignolo 2009; Huaman 2022). Rather than focusing exclusively on literacy outcomes, this scholarship calls for closer examination of policy processes, assumptions, and practices that sustain epistemic hierarchies. Responding to the limited empirical research on the politics of knowledge production in early literacy policy (Hackett et al. 2020), this paper presents a qualitative case study of the United States Agency for International Development’s (USAID) early literacy initiatives in Zambia (2011 to 2013). The study examines how USAID engaged the Ministry of Education (MOE) during the policy process and how this engagement laid the groundwork for the adoption of Early Grade Reading (EGR) policies. The analysis is guided by three research questions: (1) What were the EGR policies promoted by USAID in Zambia? (2) What strategies did USAID use to soften decision makers in support of these policies? and (3) How were Indigenous Knowledge Systems silenced within the policy process? The study adopts a critical policy perspective that foregrounds power relations, knowledge hierarchies, and policy entrepreneurship. Drawing on Nakata’s (2007) concept of the Cultural Interface and Kingdon’s (2014) Multiple Streams Approach, the paper analyses how donor-driven interventions operate within complex policy environments characterised by intersecting Indigenous and Western knowledge systems. Particular attention is paid to ‘softening-up’ strategies used by policy entrepreneurs to shape problem definitions, promote actionable policy ideas, build coalitions, and marginalise alternative forms of knowledge. By analysing USAID’s role in Zambia’s early literacy policy process, this paper contributes to European and international education policy debates on aid effectiveness, policy transfer, and the decolonisation of education research. It highlights how well-intentioned literacy reforms can reproduce epistemic inequalities by excluding Indigenous Knowledge Systems from meaningful participation in policy design and decision making. The paper argues that addressing global literacy challenges requires greater attention to policy processes and stronger recognition of Indigenous knowledge as a legitimate and valuable component of education reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative case study design, and data were generated from early literacy policy documents, four semi-structured interviews with Indigenous policy actors, and seven sharing circles (an Indigenous form of focus group discussion) with early literacy teachers in Zambia’s education sector. The analysis is informed by two theoretical frameworks: Nakata's (2007) of the Cultural Interface (CI) and Kingdon (2014) Multiple Streams Approach (MSA). The Cultural Interface conceptualises the policy space as a dynamic site where Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Western Knowledge Systems intersect and are continuously negotiated. This framework enables analysis of how Indigenous actors navigate donor-driven policy processes while operating within historically shaped epistemic constraints. In the Zambian context, the CI provides a lens for understanding how external actors prioritise Western knowledge while positioning Indigenous decision makers as technical implementers rather than epistemic contributors. The Multiple Streams Approach is used to analyse policy change by examining the interaction between problem, policy, and political streams. Within this framework, USAID is conceptualised as a policy entrepreneur due to its financial resources, technical expertise, and sustained engagement with the Ministry of Education. The concept of ‘softening-up’ is central to the analysis, capturing how policy entrepreneurs prepare decision makers to accept particular policy ideas through persuasion, framing, and coalition-building rather than overt coercion. Data analysis focused on identifying four ‘softening up’ strategies: First, ‘the policy framing and interpretation strategy’ shapes how policy issues and solutions are presented to decision-makers (Kingdon, 2014). This implies that policy entrepreneurs create a common language and integrate existing ideas to align with the values and priorities of local stakeholders (Meijerink and Huitema 2010). Second, ‘the actionable ideas strategy’ involves creating feasible solutions that appear politically and technically viable, pressuring decision-makers to act by presenting the issue as urgent (Mintrom 1997). This builds trust in the entrepreneur’s leadership and resources. Third, the coalition building and collaboration is a strategy where entrepreneurs establish relationships with key decision-makers and networks, helping to maintain momentum and create mutually beneficial partnerships (Sus 2024). Silencing was analysed in three forms—textual, verbal, and conceptual—referring respectively to the absence of Indigenous knowledge in policy documents, its omission from policy discussions, and its erasure or replacement within dominant ideological frameworks (Nakata 2007a). By combining CI and MSA, the study offers an analytically robust approach to examining how donor-led literacy reforms shape policy outcomes while marginalising Indigenous Knowledge Systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that USAID employed a range of softening-up strategies that shaped Zambia’s early literacy policy agenda and facilitated the adoption of Early Grade Reading policies while marginalising Indigenous Knowledge Systems. By framing its interventions as technical assistance and evidence-based solutions, USAID positioned itself as a neutral expert and reinforced the dominance of Western Knowledge Systems within the policy process. Using Nakata’s Cultural Interface, the analysis shows how Indigenous decision makers were positioned as apolitical actors, despite their active participation in navigating donor-driven reforms. While the Ministry of Education engaged willingly with USAID’s initiatives, this engagement occurred within epistemic boundaries that limited the recognition of Indigenous knowledge as a legitimate foundation for policy design. The promotion of EGR as an urgent and technically sound solution further reinforced perceptions that local actors lacked the necessary expertise to define literacy problems and solutions independently. Although USAID leveraged existing Ministry structures to create a sense of local ownership, its fragmented and top-down implementation approach constrained participatory engagement and excluded Indigenous Knowledge Systems from meaningful consideration. The silencing of IKS thus emerged not only from donor strategies but also from institutional dynamics that favoured externally validated knowledge. These findings contribute to European and international debates on aid effectiveness, policy transfer, and the decolonisation of education research. The study shows the need for education reforms that move beyond outcome-focused models and engage more critically with policy processes, knowledge hierarchies and equal collaboration with local actors. It concludes by calling for stronger recognition of Indigenous Knowledge Systems in early literacy policy and for decision makers in aid-recipient contexts to actively challenge epistemic dominance in donor-led education reforms. References Hackett, Abigail, Maggie MacLure, and Kate Pahl. 2020. ‘Literacy and Language as Material Practices: Re-Thinking Social Inequality in Young Children’s Literacies’. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy 20 (1): 3–12. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468798420904909. Huaman, Elizabeth Sumida. 2022. ‘How Indigenous Scholarship Changes the Field: Pluriversal Appreciation, Decolonial Aspirations, and Comparative Indigenous Education’. Comparative Education Review 66 (3): 391–416. https://doi.org/10.1086/720442. Jackson, Davena, Wintre Foxworth Johnson, Katherine K. Frankel, and Ashley Houston-King. 2025. ‘Preserving Integrative and Humanizing Literacies: A Commentary on the Current Literacy Debates and the Narrowing of Literacy Instruction’. Reading Research Quarterly 60 (1): e594. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.594. Kingdon, John W. 2014. Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies. 2nd edition. Pearson Custom Library. Pearson. Meijerink, Sander, and Dave Huitema. 2010. ‘Policy Entrepreneurs and Change Strategies: Lessons from Sixteen Case Studies of Water Transitions around the Globe’. Ecology and Society 15 (2). https://www.jstor.org/stable/26268135. Mignolo, Walter D. 2009. ‘Epistemic Disobedience, Independent Thought and Decolonial Freedom’. Theory, Culture & Society 26 (7–8): 159–81. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409349275. Mintrom, Michael. 1997. ‘Policy Entrepreneurs and the Diffusion of Innovation’. American Journal of Political Science 41 (3): 738–70. https://doi.org/10.2307/2111674. Nakata, Martin. 2007a. Disciplining the Savages, Savaging the Disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press. Niño-Zarazúa, Miguel. 2016. ‘Aid, Education Policy, and Development’. International Journal of Educational Development, Aid, Education Policy, and Development, vol. 48 (May): 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2015.12.002. Silova, Iveta, Hikaru Komatsu, and Jeremy Rappleye. 2025. 1: Unlearning Development: Education in the Era of Planetary Emergency. https://www.elgaronline.com/edcollchap-oa/book/9781035337798/chapter1.xml. Sus, Monika. 2024. ‘Exploring the Dynamics of Policy Change in EU Security and Defence: Policy Entrepreneurs behind the Strategic Compass’. West European Politics 47 (4): 942–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/01402382.2023.2232704. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper An analysis of Trilingual Policy in Secondary Education: Why it failed? 1: University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2: AEO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools" Presenting Author:In recent decades, multilingual education has been widely promoted as a policy response to globalisation, knowledge-economy demands, and increased linguistic diversity. Kazakhstan’s trilingual education policy—designed to institutionalise Kazakh as the state language, Russian as the language of interethnic communication, and English as the language of global integration—represents one of the most ambitious education policy reforms in the field of language governance in post-Soviet contexts. Introduced as part of a broader modernisation agenda, the policy sought to transform secondary education by introducing English-medium instruction (EMI), particularly in STEM subjects, while maintaining bilingual instruction in Kazakh and Russian (Nazarbayev, 2007; Karabassova, 2018). Despite strong political endorsement and extensive piloting, the reform was effectively paused by the late 2010s, raising critical questions about why a strategically central policy failed to achieve its intended outcomes. Conceptually, the paper is situated within education policy studies and is informed by a micro–meso–macro analytical framework (Dale, 1999), which enables examination of how centrally designed reforms (macro level) are mediated within institutional settings such as schools and local authorities (meso level) and ultimately enacted in professional practice at classroom level (micro level). Drawing on an in-depth critical analysis of peer-reviewed literature, government policy documents, evaluation reports, and empirical studies of school- and teacher-level responses, the study situates Kazakhstan’s experience within international debates on policy enactment, English-medium instruction, and multilingual education reform (Hornberger & Johnson, 2007; Braun et al., 2011; Johnson, 2013). The paper is guided by three research questions:
Analytically, the study adopts a policy enactment perspective that foregrounds the interaction between policy texts, institutional contexts, and professional agency within policy enactment (Braun et al., 2011). This approach enables a critical examination of how globally circulating models—such as CLIL and EMI—were transferred into Kazakhstan’s education system with limited adaptation to local linguistic ecologies, teacher preparedness, and resource disparities (Coyle et al., 2010; Cenoz et al., 2014). Particular attention is paid to teachers as key policy actors who actively negotiate reform demands in response to classroom realities, student proficiency levels, and workload pressures (Menken & García, 2010; Karabassova, 2022).
The analysis demonstrates that although the trilingual policy was coherent at the level of political discourse, its implementation was undermined by multiple interconnected factors. These included uneven teacher English proficiency, an overreliance on short-term training programmes, insufficient emphasis on pedagogical integration of content and language, and stark inequalities between elite pilot institutions and mainstream public schools, particularly in rural areas (Goodman & Karabassova, 2018; Karabassova, 2020). In many classrooms, limited student preparedness constrained meaningful engagement with subject content, leading to extensive code-switching and pedagogical simplification (Zhumanova et al., 2016; Imanova et al., 2025). As a result, trilingualism frequently functioned symbolically rather than substantively, weakening both subject learning and language development. By placing Kazakhstan’s experience in comparative perspective, this paper contributes to international scholarship on education policy and the politics of reform by illustrating the risks of rapid, top-down initiatives and uncritical policy borrowing. It argues that sustainable multilingual education requires phased implementation, strong institutional mediation, and sustained investment in teacher development rather than ambitious timelines and symbolic targets. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, document-based research design grounded in critical policy analysis and explicitly informed by a micro–meso–macro framework. This framework provides a structured lens for analysing interactions between national policy design (macro), institutional mediation and organisational capacity (meso), and professional practice in classrooms (micro). Methodologically, the study is positioned within education policy research that foregrounds interpretation, mediation, and governance processes rather than linear models of policy implementation. The approach is suited to examining complex education reforms in which policy intentions, institutional mediation, and professional practice intersect across multiple layers of the education system. The primary data sources consist of three interconnected bodies of material. First, official policy documents were analysed, including state programmes on education and language development, ministerial decrees, implementation roadmaps, and public policy statements related to trilingual education and English-medium instruction (MoES, 2010; MoES, 2015). These texts provide insight into the policy’s stated objectives, timelines, and underlying assumptions regarding teacher capacity, institutional readiness, and language learning trajectories. Second, the study draws on peer-reviewed academic literature indexed in international databases such as Scopus and Web of Science. This includes empirical studies on trilingual education, CLIL, and EMI in Kazakhstan, as well as comparative research on language governance and policy enactment in international contexts (Karabassova, 2018; Goodman & Karabassova, 2018; Manan & Hajar, 2024). These sources enable triangulation between official policy narratives and research-based accounts of implementation at school and classroom levels. Third, policy evaluations, practitioner-oriented reports, and published teacher studies were examined to capture how the reform was experienced and interpreted by educators and institutions (IAC, 2016; Nurzhumbayeva, 2019). These materials are particularly valuable for identifying gaps between formal policy design and everyday pedagogical practice. Data analysis followed a thematic and iterative process. Policy texts and research findings were coded to identify recurring patterns related to teacher preparedness, pedagogical integration, institutional capacity, resource distribution, and professional agency within policy enactment. Concepts from policy enactment theory were used as sensitising tools to interpret how actors at different levels recontextualised reform demands rather than implementing them uniformly (Braun et al., 2011; Hornberger & Johnson, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that the limited success of Kazakhstan’s trilingual education policy in secondary schools was not the result of flawed policy objectives, but of systemic misalignments between reform ambitions and implementation conditions. While trilingualism was framed as a strategic tool for national development and global integration, its enactment relied on assumptions about teacher readiness, institutional capacity, and student preparedness that were not met across most mainstream schools. One central finding is that English-medium instruction, positioned as the cornerstone of the reform, functioned unevenly and often symbolically rather than pedagogically. Insufficient emphasis on content–language integration, combined with short-term training and limited post-training support, constrained meaningful classroom enactment (Karabassova, 2020; Manan & Hajar, 2024). Teachers frequently adapted the policy through code-switching or selective implementation in order to prioritise subject comprehension over formal compliance. The analysis also highlights how institutional inequalities shaped policy outcomes. Elite pilot schools benefitted from strong leadership, sustained professional development, and access to resources, whereas mainstream and rural schools faced structural constraints that limited their capacity to adopt English-medium instruction effectively (Goodman & Karabassova, 2018). These disparities undermined the scalability of the reform and exposed the risks of transferring practices from privileged contexts to the wider system without adequate mediation. From a policy studies perspective, the findings illustrate how ambitious reforms can lose coherence through institutional fragmentation, uneven governance capacity, and weak feedback loops between policymakers and practitioners (Braun et al., 2011; Hornberger & Johnson, 2007). The study contributes to international debates on education reform by positioning Kazakhstan’s experience as a cautionary case, underscoring the importance of phased implementation, sustained teacher development, and context-sensitive governance in multilingual and English-medium education policies. References Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy enactments in schools: Towards a typology of policy work. Journal of Education Policy, 26(5), 633–648. Cenoz, J., Genesee, F., & Gorter, D. (2014). Critical analysis of CLIL: Taking stock and looking forward. Applied Linguistics, 35(3), 243–262. Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). CLIL: Content and language integrated learning. Cambridge University Press. Goodman, B., & Karabassova, L. (2018). Bottom-up and top down: Comparing language-in-education policy in Ukraine and Kazakhstan. In I. Silova & M. Chankseliani (Eds.), Comparing post-socialist transformations (pp. 147–166). Symposium Books. Hornberger, N. H., & Johnson, D. C. (2007). Slicing the onion ethnographically: Layers and spaces in multilingual language education policy and practice. TESOL Quarterly, 41(3), 509–532. Imanova, D., Akzhigitova, A., & Zabrodskaja, A. (2025). Language-in-education policy for English language teaching in public schools of Kazakhstan. Education Sciences, 15(1), 66. Information-Analytic Center (IAC). (2016). Review of the international trilingual education experience and development of language learning methodology. Astana. Johnson, D. C. (2013). Language policy. Palgrave Macmillan. Karabassova, L. (2018). Teachers’ conceptualisation of content and language integrated learning (CLIL): Evidence from a trilingual context. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 21(7), 1–13. Karabassova, L. (2020). CLIL as part of mainstream education: Secondary school science teachers’ experiences. Nazarbayev University. Karabassova, L. (2022). Teacher preparedness and EMI enactment in Kazakhstan. Current Issues in Language Planning. Manan, S. A., & Hajar, A. (2024). Understanding English-medium instruction policy from the perspectives of STEM teachers in Kazakhstan. TESOL Journal, 15(4), e847. Menken, K., & García, O. (2010). Negotiating language policies in schools. Routledge. Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan (MoES). (2010). State Program of Education Development in the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2011–2020. Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan (MoES). (2015). State Program of Education Development for 2016–2019. Nazarbayev, N. (2007). A new Kazakhstan in a new world: Address to the people of Kazakhstan. Nurzhumbayeva, A. Z. (2019). Implementation of the trilingual policy through advanced teacher training. Bulletin of the Karaganda University, 95(3), 80–89. Zhumanova, A. Z., Dosova, B. A., Imanbetov, A. N., & Zhumashev, R. M. (2016). Language politics in the Republic of Kazakhstan. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 11(11), 4241–4253. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Mapping Digital Education Policy and Actor–Network Configurations in Greece within the European landscape Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece Presenting Author:Europeanisation of education constitutes a dynamic process in which supranational frameworks, policy discourses, and strategic initiatives shape national educational governance (Lawn & Grek, 2012). The European Digital Education Action Plan (DEAP-2021-2027) as pillar of the European Education Area (EEA) establish objectives related to digital skills, innovation, inclusion, and equity, structuring multi-level governance arrangements that connect national priorities with European strategies while interacting with institutional capacities, historical legacies, and sociomaterial infrastructures (European Commission, 2020; Radaelli, 2003). In Greece, digital education policy is mediated through institutional actors that translate European priorities into national curricula, strategic plans, and digital infrastructures. The Institute of Educational Policy (ΙΕP) plays a key role in curricular development, educational innovation, and participation in European digital initiatives, including the adoption of frameworks such as DigCompEdu and SELFIE for Teachers (European Commission, 2020). Complementing this role, the Institute of Technology and Research in Education (CTI-ΙΤΥΕ “Διόφαντος”) operates as the technological arm of the Ministry of Education, overseeing the development and maintenance of digital platforms, ICT infrastructures, and large-scale systems such as the Greek School Network, which are central to the implementation of digital education policies. This institutional configuration reflects broader shifts in Greek educational policy making, where European policy priorities are operationalised through national agencies and technological instruments. Over the last decades, national policy has progressively moved from an emphasis on democratisation and social integration toward modernisation agendas aligned with European discourses on performance, efficiency, and competitiveness (Sifakakis, Tsatsaroni, Sarakinioti, & Kourou, 2016). Recent literature on education governance frames policy making not as a set of isolated institutional decisions, but as a process unfolding through heterogeneous networks of actors, including state agencies, expert bodies, policy instruments, and digital infrastructures (Landri, 2020). Building on this, Landri (2018) shows how digital governance in education can be mapped through “cartographies” that make visible the connections between institutional actors, technological infrastructures, and policy tools. Such cartographies illuminate how European frameworks are interpreted, adapted, and stabilised within national contexts, providing a lens to explore the relational and infrastructural dimensions of digital education governance. In this landscape, European policies, technological platforms, and regulatory frameworks do not operate in isolation; they intersect with national institutions, shaping priorities, coordination mechanisms, and patterns of participation in ways that are both structured and contingent (Decuypere, Grimaldi & Landri, 2021). The study is guided by two research questions. First, which actors and policy initiatives define the landscape of digital education in Greece, and how have these actors, policies, institutional arrangements, and priorities evolved in recent years? Second, how do Greek digital education policies correspond to and integrate with overarching European digital education strategies and frameworks? These questions position digital education as a central element of Europeanisation while considering the complexities of alignment and adaptation in national contexts. The theoretical framework integrates Europeanisation theory, Actor-Network Theory (ANT), and cartography. Europeanisation theory illuminates how European policies are translated, negotiated, and embedded within national systems (Edenhofer & Kowarsch, 2015; Landri, 2018; Radaelli, 2003). ANT frames governance as the product of heterogeneous networks of human and non-human actors-including ministries, agencies, policy documents, and technological tools-that together co-produce policy enactment (Latour, 2005; Law, 1992). Governance is characterised by a dynamic interaction among actors, who operate within networks and topologies that span local, national, and global levels (Landri, 2020). Cartography provides methodological instruments to map these networks systematically, visualise relational dynamics, and identify hierarchies, policy priorities, and influential actors (Cruz-López et al., 2022; Liebman & Paulston, 1994). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a cartography approach integrated with Actor–Network Theory (ANT) to examine the landscape of digital education in Greece and its alignment with European policy frameworks. Cartography, widely used in sociology and policy studies, allows systematic mapping of actors, policies, and institutional arrangements, highlighting hierarchies, relational dynamics, and policy priorities (Liebman & Paulston, 1994). ANT complements this perspective by framing governance as the outcome of networks comprising human and non-human actors -including ministries, research institutes, technological infrastructures, and policy instruments- and tracing the interactions through which policies are stabilized and operationalized (Latour, 2005; Law, 1992). Governance is thus understood as a dynamic configuration, where actors and institutions engage in interdependent practices across local, national, and European scales (Landri, 2020). Empirical material consists of primary documentary sources, including national digital education strategies, strategic plans, official reports from the Ministry of Education, ΙΕΡ (curricular reforms, teacher-training frameworks, digital competences) and ΙΤΥΕ (digital platforms, Greek School Network, e-textbooks, ICT innovation hubs), as well as European-level policy frameworks (e.g., DEAP 2021-2027, DigCompEdu, SELFIE for Teachers). These sources provide the foundation for identifying actors, their roles, and institutional arrangements supporting policy enactment. Analysis considers both the evolution of policy priorities and the operationalisation of initiatives, capturing how curricula, digital tools, and ICT infrastructures are mobilized to implement national strategies while remaining aligned with European objectives. The methodological approach combines qualitative content analysis with the construction of visual and relational representations of actor networks and policy landscapes (Bowen, 2009). Content analysis enables systematic coding and categorization of policy documents, revealing recurring themes, priorities, and patterns of influence. Visual mapping and relational modelling, informed by cartography and ANT, depict formal and informal connections among actors, the distribution of authority, and pathways through which decisions, technologies, and policy instruments circulate. This approach emphasizes the co-production of governance structures, illustrating how digital platforms, institutional procedures, and regulatory frameworks interact to shape policy enactment. Integrating cartography and ANT situates Greece’s digital education policies within multi-level governance arrangements, capturing structural configurations and relational dynamics. It facilitates identification of central actors, critical interfaces between national and European strategies, and the interplay of technological, institutional, and policy components. The approach offers a detailed empirical basis for examining how digital education initiatives are coordinated, implemented, and adapted, highlighting the complex networks through which governance is enacted and enabling a nuanced understanding of policy evolution and alignment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper draws on a segment of my ongoing doctoral research, examining how Greek national institutions operationalise digital education policies within European strategies. The study provides an empirical perspective on digital education governance, highlighting the networks of actors, institutional arrangements, and technological infrastructures that underpin policy enactment (Ball et al., 2011). It explores how IEP and CTI mediate European priorities, translating strategic objectives into curricula, digital platforms, and school-based initiatives, and how these processes intersect with socio-technical and institutional contexts. The research is expected to reveal patterns of influence, coordination, and relational dynamics among human and non-human actors, offering insights into mechanisms through which policy objectives are stabilised, contested, and adapted in practice. Visual and relational mappings of actor networks make tangible the often-invisible configurations that shape governance, showing how priorities, responsibilities, and resources are distributed across national and European levels. Positioning Greece within the broader European policy landscape, the study examines how national institutions interpret, adapt, and enact digital education strategies. It highlights how IEP and CTI operationalise European priorities through curricula, digital platforms, and school-level initiatives while navigating institutional, technological, and regulatory constraints. Actor network mappings reveal the distribution of influence, coordination mechanisms, and relational patterns structuring governance, offering concrete insights into interactions between national and supranational actors. Findings are expected to illuminate points of alignment and tension between Greek and European policies, showing how policy priorities are negotiated and adapted in practice. This perspective contributes to theoretical discussions on multi-level governance and ANT applications, while offering practical guidance for policymakers and educators implementing or coordinating digital education initiatives. By tracing these networks and configurations, the research enhances understanding of digital education operationalisation as a core component of contemporary Europeanisation, highlighting the dynamic interplay of actors, technologies, and institutional arrangements that shape policy in action. References Ball, S.J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203153185 Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Cruz-López, L., Digón-Regueiro, P., & Méndez-García, R. M. (2022). Social cartography as a participatory process for mapping experiences of Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship: an account of the design. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 45(2), 212–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2021.1966621 Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1866050 Edenhofer, O., & Kowarsch, M. (2015). Cartography of pathways: A new model for environmental policy assessments. Environmental Science & Policy, 51, 56-64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2015.03.017 European Commission. (2020). Commission Staff Working Document, Digital Education Action Plan 2021- 2027. Retrieved on 10-01-2026, from: https://education.ec.europa.eu/ Landri, P. (2018). Cartographies of the digital governance of education. In World Yearbook of Education 2019 (pp. 132-147). Routledge. Landri, P. (2020). Educational leadership, management, and administration through actor-network theory. Routledge. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. Oxford university press. Lawn, M., & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing education: Governing a new policy space. Symposium Books Ltd. Liebman, M., & Paulston, R. G. (1994). Social chartography: A new methodology for comparative studies. Compare, 24(3), 233-245. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305792940240304 Radaelli, C. M. (2003). The Europeanization of public policy. In K. Featherstone & C. M. Radaelli (Eds.), The Politics of Europeanization (pp. 27–56). Oxford University Press. Sifakakis, P., Tsatsaroni, A., Sarakinioti, A., & Kourou, M. (2016). Governance and knowledge transformations in educational administration: Greek responses to global policies. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 48(1), 35-67. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2015.1040377 Websites https://www.cti.gr/ https://www.iep.edu.gr/ |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 J: Teaching with and about AI Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Susanne Peters Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Development and Operationalisation of a Competence Model for Teachers for Teaching and Learning With and About Artificial Intelligence Universität Bayreuth, Germany Presenting Author:The growing influence of artificial intelligence (AI) on everyday life and professional contexts has increased the awareness of the need for AI-related competences (European Parliament and Council, 2024). This need is reinforced by European recommendations calling for enhanced awareness, training, and educational initiatives in schools (Council of Europe & Commissioner for Human Rights, 2019). For such initiatives to be successful, teachers themselves must possess adequate AI-related competences, which in turn require integration into curricula and the development of suitable measurement methods (Hattie, 2023). Initial initiatives aiming to strengthen AI competences among teachers indicate that the availability of a clear competence model, including all relevant dimensions for teaching and learning with and about AI, is highly beneficial (Seyferth-Zapf et al., 2025). Many existing models and assessments build on the TPACK framework (Mishra & Koehler, 2006), which focuses on the interplay of technological knowledge and purposeful use, content knowledge, and pedagogical knowledge required for effective teaching. However, the pedagogical dimension, particularly regarding teaching about AI, often remains underrepresented. Current AI-related competence models are either targeted broadly at “non-experts” (Laupichler et al., 2023) and therefore lack pedagogical specificity, or they are tailored to teachers but remain strongly oriented toward technical aspects of using AI, only implicitly addressing the demands of teaching about AI (Celik, 2023). Additionally, existing models and assessments employ heterogeneous terminology and partially inconsistent definitions of what constitutes competence. To address this, the competence definition by Weinert (2001) is adopted as a theoretically robust foundation. Weinert conceptualises competence as a combination of cognitive abilities and skills, together with motivational, volitional, and social dispositions that enable individuals to successfully manage relevant tasks. This conceptualisation provides a well‑established and internationally recognisable basis for examining AI-related teacher competences. Following this understanding, the present study refers to competence, rather than literacy or competency, in line with Weinert‘s (2001) definition. Based on this conceptual foundation and the identified gap, the lack of a comprehensive model covering all relevant competence dimensions, the aim of this study is to identify, systematise and integrate these dimensions into a coherent AI‑related competence model for teachers and then operationalise it. Accordingly, the study addresses the following research questions: - Which existing competence models for AI-related competences exist, and what are their strengths and weaknesses regarding pedagogical, technological, and ethical requirements? - Which specific competences do teachers need in the context of AI, and how can these AI-related competences be defined? - How should a comprehensive competence model be designed to capture all relevant requirements related to AI for teachers? - Which methodological approaches and operationalisation strategies are suitable for establishing such a competence model in a theoretically grounded and empirically validated manner? The resulting model is intended to provide guidance for teacher education, curriculum development and school improvement. By combining European relevance, theoretical clarity and empirical rigour, the project contributes to a coordinated European dialogue on professional AI competences in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study follows a Design Science Research (DSR) approach (Peffers et al., 2007), which provides a systematic framework for developing, validating, and iteratively refining an artefact, in this case a competence model for AI-related teacher competences. DSR consists of iterative steps of problem identification and motivation, objectives of a solution, design and development, demonstration, evaluation, and communication. In this project, the process is structured into three interconnected steps. Step 1 has already been completed, step 2 is in progress, and step 3 is in preparation. The first step aimed to systematically map existing research on AI related competences. The review followed Levac et al. (2010) and the PRISMA-ScR guidelines (Page et al., 2021). It included a multi-database search strategy, development of inclusion and exclusion criteria, a systematic two-stage screening procedure, and structured data extraction and qualitative analysis based on Kuckartz and Radiker (2023). This step has been completed and has provided an initial set of relevant competence dimensions. These findings form the theoretical basis for further model development. Building on the preliminary competence dimensions derived from the literature, the second step collects empirical insights from experts in the field. Participants are recruited through purposive sampling (Ahmad & Wilkins, 2025) to ensure a diverse range of professional perspectives from different stakeholder groups, such as subject didactics, schools, educational research, disciplinary science, education policy, or industry. The interviews are being transcribed, analysed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Radiker, 2023). This second step serves to iteratively validate, refine, and expand the competence dimensions identified in step 1. The consolidated results from steps 1 and 2 will form a robust basis for the subsequent operationalisation. The third step, which is in planning, will focus on transforming the validated competence dimensions into measurable indicators and items. This will involve deriving behavioural descriptors and formulating scale items. The operationalisation process will emphasise content validity, clarity, and applicability for teacher education contexts. Taken together, these three phases form a coherent, DSR-aligned methodological process that integrates theoretical synthesis, empirical validation, and practical applicability. The resulting model is designed to serve as a comprehensive and operationalisable framework for AI-related teacher competences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of this study reflect both the preliminary results already obtained and the anticipated contributions of the ongoing and upcoming steps. Initial findings from step 1, the Scoping Literature Review, confirm that no comprehensive competence model specifically addressing all AI‑related competences for teachers currently exists. The majority of existing models place a strong emphasis on technological knowledge and usage-related competences, while AI didacitcs, particularly teaching and learning about AI is only implicitly represented. Furthermore, motivational, volitional, and social dispositions, as conceptualised in Weinert’s definition of competence, are rarely integrated in a systematic manner. Based on these findings, an initial conceptual model was developed, suggesting that AI‑related teacher competence should consist of four overarching dimensions to enable effective instructional practice: - Instructionally relevant AI knowledge, encompassing technical knowledge, understanding of AI systems, and application-oriented skills; - Content-related competences, including both subject knowledge and AI‑specific subject-matter knowledge; - Motivational, volitional and social dispositions and abilities; - Professional teaching competences, integrating AI didactics, and subject didactics Step 2, the expert interviews, is expected to validate, refine, and expand these dimensions, with particular emphasis on strengthening the underdeveloped area of AI didactics. Insights from this step are anticipated to clarify which specific teacher actions, decision-making processes, and reflective practices are essential for teaching with and about AI. The main outcome of Step 3 will be the operationalisation of the consolidated competence model. In contrast to self‑assessment instruments frequently used in digital competence research, this study aims to develop a performance‑based assessment, allowing participants to demonstrate knowledge and skills through authentic tasks. The operationalisation will focus on content validity, clarity, and applicability in teacher education, ultimately producing a reliable and valid construct that empirically corroborates the competence model. References Ahmad, M., & Wilkins, S. (2025). Purposive sampling in qualitative research: a framework for the entire journey. Quality & Quantity, 59(2), 1461–1479. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-024-02022-5 Celik, I. (2023). Towards Intelligent-TPACK: An empirical study on teachers’ professional knowledge to ethically integrate artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools into education. Computers in Human Behaviour, 138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2022.107468 Council of Europe, & Commissioner for Human Rights. (2019). Unboxing Artificial Intelligence: 10 steps to protect Human Rights. https://rm.coe.int/unboxing-artificial-intelligence-10-steps-to-protect-human-rights-reco/1680946e64 European Parliament and Council. (2024). Regulation (EU) 2024/1689: EU AI Act. Official Journal of the European Union, L 2024/1689, Article 4. http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1689/oj/1689 Hattie, J. (2023). Visible learning, the sequel: A synthesis of over 2,100 meta-analyses relating to achievement (First edition). Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003380542 Kuckartz, U., & Radiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software (2nd ed.). Sage Text UK. https://permalink.obvsg.at/ Laupichler, M. C., Aster, A., Haverkamp, N., & Raupach, T. (2023). Development of the “Scale for the assessment of non-experts’ AI literacy” – An exploratory factor analysis. Computers in Human Behavior Reports, 12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chbr.2023.100338 Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O'Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology. Implementation Science : IS, 5, 69. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-5-69 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A Framework for Teacher Knowledge. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 108(6), 1017–1054. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00684.x Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., . . . Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ (Clinical Research Ed.), 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Peffers, K., Tuunanen, T., Rothenberger, M. A., & Chatterjee, S. (2007). A Design Science Research Methodology for Information Systems Research. Journal of Management Information Systems, 24(3), 45–77. https://doi.org/10.2753/MIS0742-1222240302 Seyferth-Zapf, C., Mikula, L., & Ehmann, M. (2025). Förderung KI-bezogener Kompetenzen bei Lehramtsstudierenden: Praxis- und theorieorientierte Entwicklung und Evaluation eines hochschuldidaktischen Konzepts. Journal Für Allgemeine Didaktik, 13, 108–134. https://doi.org/10.35468/jfad-13-2025-05 Weinert, F. E. (2001). Concept of competence: A conceptual clarification. In D. S. Rychen & L. H. Salganik (Eds.), Defining and selecting key competencies (pp. 45–65). Hogrefe & Huber Publishers. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Start Sailing in AI Wave:Empirical Study on the AI Readiness of Early Career Science Teachers and Its Impact on Job Satisfaction 1: Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of; 2: Capital Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Artificial intelligence (AI) technology has been increasingly integrated into K-12 education, offering a novel pathway for optimizing instructional practices and improving students' academic performance (Wang et al., 2023). This transformative trend is particularly prominent in science education, where AI tools unlock revolutionary potential for teaching complex scientific concepts, delivering personalized learning, and conducting interdisciplinary scientific inquiry (Erduran, 2023). This imposes higher demands on science teachers: they are required to not only possess the professional competence to lead AI-driven instructional innovation, but also acutely perceive and effectively address various ethical issues that emerge continuously in AI-enabled teaching practices. In particular, for early career science teachers (ECSTs) in their first three years of appointment, this shift presents both opportunities and challenges, as their core responsibilities entail adapting to technological disruption while establishing foundational professional competencies (Barrett, 2025). ECSTs must not only rapidly master AI-based teaching tools and methodologies to align with evolving instructional requirements, but also navigate the reshaping of professional roles and competency challenges brought about by technological transformation (H et al., 2025). Their AI readiness serves as a pivotal underpinning for addressing the aforementioned pressures. Against this backdrop, job satisfaction among ECSTs has grown in significance and merits special attention. Neglecting the interactive relationship between AI readiness and job satisfaction will not only directly dampen ECSTs' initiative to proactively integrate AI into teaching and undermine the implementation effectiveness of AI-enabled education, but also adversely affect their career development trajectories. Crucially, low job satisfaction may lead to early career attrition. Surveys indicate that the natural attrition rate of early career teachers (ECTs) has exceeded 30% in some European countries in recent years (OECD, 2021) — a phenomenon that directly reflects their low job satisfaction and thus jeopardizes the stability and sustainable development of the teaching workforce. While existing research has examined the association between AI readiness and job satisfaction, it lacks empirical evidence in non-Western contexts. In particular, few studies have systematically explored the mechanism through which four-dimensional AI readiness influences job satisfaction among ECSTs in China. Currently, China's Ministry of Education, Ministry of Science and Technology, and other relevant departments have issued a series of policies to promote and support the full integration of AI into K-12 science education (Ministry of Education et al., 2025). This policy context further underscores the urgency of investigating the practical predicaments faced by this teacher cohort. Drawing on the scale developed by Karaca et al. (2021) and the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), this study adopts the localized framework proposed by Wang et al. (2023), which defines AI readiness as teachers' state of preparedness across the cognitive, ability, vision, and ethical dimensions in the context of AI implementation in educational settings. This study aims to investigate ECSTs' AI readiness and its impact on job satisfaction against the backdrop of AI-enabled science education. Clarifying the inherent correlation between the two is essentially the key to addressing the dilemma of the escalation of technological requirements and the imbalance in teachers' professional adaptation, and it holds great significance for safeguarding the professional growth of ECSTs and laying a solid foundation for the development of the science teaching workforce in the AI era. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study primarily addressed the following research questions:1.What are the overall level and distribution characteristics of AI readiness among ECSTs?2.What inherent interrelationships exist among the four dimensions (cognition, ability, vision, and ethics) of ECSTs' AI readiness?3.What is the causal relationship between ECSTs' AI readiness and their perceived AI threat, AI-enabled innovation, and job satisfaction?4.Are there significant differences in AI readiness, perceived AI threat, AI-enabled innovation, and job satisfaction among ECSTs with different demographic backgrounds? To address the above questions, convenience sampling was adopted to recruit ECSTs from multiple provinces in China, and a total of 448 valid samples were obtained (189 males and 273 females; average age=25.6 years). The participants' teaching subjects included general science, physics, chemistry, and biology, among others. Data were collected via a questionnaire survey, which was revised based on validated scales (the Teacher AI Readiness Scale and the Job Satisfaction Scale) and with reference to the localized framework proposed by Wang et al. (2023). The questionnaire consisted of 41 items rated on a 5-point Likert scale (1=strongly disagree, 5=strongly agree), and measured seven core variables: four dimensions of AI readiness (cognition, ability, vision, and ethics) adapted from Karaca et al. (2021), perceived AI threat adapted from Mirbabaie et al. (2022), AI-enabled innovation derived from Popenici & Kerr (2017), and job satisfaction derived from Ragu-Nathan et al. (2008). The questionnaire was refined and optimized through back-translation, expert consultation, and a pilot test. Harman's single-factor test was conducted to assess common method bias, and the results showed that the unrotated first common factor explained 37.63% of the total variance (40%). This indicated a low level of common method bias, which did not exert a significant impact on the study results. For data analysis, Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modeling (PLS-SEM) was performed using the PLSPM package in R software to examine the interrelationships among the variables. Two-step cluster analysis was applied to clarify the distribution characteristics of AI readiness levels, and guided by the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC), the optimal cluster solution was finally identified. The results of reliability and validity tests demonstrated an ideal level of measurement quality: all Cronbach's α coefficients for the scales were greater than 0.90, and all average variance extracted (AVE) values exceeded 0.77. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study Reveals the action mechanism of ECSTs' AI readiness and expands the empirical dimensions and scenarios of the Educational Technology Acceptance Theory.The study draws the following conclusions in response to its four core research questions: First, cluster analysis categorized the research sample into three groups: the high AI readiness group (32.59%), the intermediate AI readiness group (49.33%), and the low AI readiness group (18.08%). This finding indicates that nearly half of the ECSTs attain intermediate AI readiness, while a small proportion remain at the low level. Second, regarding the interrelationships among AI readiness dimensions and inter-variable mechanisms, the study confirmed that cognition, ability, and vision all positively shape ECSTs’ awareness of AI ethics, with vision serving as the core driver of ethical practice (the strongest predictive effect). Meanwhile, the impact of AI readiness on ECSTs’ perceived AI threat, AI-enabled instructional innovation, and job satisfaction is focused: ability acts as the key hub, which mitigates ECSTs’ perceived AI threat with a path coefficient of β=-0.35and drives AI-enabled instructional innovation with a path coefficient of β=0.35. Furthermore, AI-enabled instructional innovation is the core positive driver of job satisfaction with a strong path coefficient of β=0.52, whereas perceived AI threat exerts a negative impact on job satisfaction with a path coefficient of β=-0.29. The cognition, vision, and ethics dimensions of AI readiness have no direct effect on the aforementioned outcome variables, with their impacts likely via indirect paths. Finally, in terms of demographic differences, gender exerts heterogeneous effects on the relevant variables: male ECSTs exhibit slightly higher AI readiness than their female counterparts and perform more prominently in AI-enabled innovation, while female ECSTs report a stronger perceived AI threat. This reflects inherent gender differences in technological adaptation and risk perception, thus providing a basis for gender-targeted AI literacy cultivation for ECSTs. References Barrett, A. J. (2025). Immersion in virtual reality-based teacher training simulations with artificial intelligence-integrated student agents to increase learning achievement for early-career teachers. (Order No. 32045788, The Florida State University).ProQuest Dissertations and Theses,,108. Erduran Sibel.(2023).AI is transforming how science is done. Science education must reflect this change..Science (New York, N.Y.),382(6677),eadm9788-eadm9788. H, R. E., & Efe, A. (2025). Science Teachers’ Perceptions Of The Artificial Intelligence In Science Education: Challenges, Readiness, Benefits, And Impact On Student Learning.Journal of Baltic Science Education,24(4), 655-669. Karaca, O., Çalıs¸kan, S. A., & Demir, K. (2021). Medical artificial intelligence readiness scale for medical students (MAIRS-MS)–development, validity and reliability study. BMC Medical Education, 21(1), 1–9. Mirbabaie, M., Brünker, F., Mollmann ¨ Frick, N. R., & Stieglitz, S. (2022). The rise of artificial intelligence–understanding the AI identity threat at the workplace. Electronic Markets, 32(1), 73–99. Popenici, S. A., & Kerr, S. (2017). Exploring the impact of artificial intelligence on teaching and learning in higher education. Research and Practice in Technology Enhanced Learning, 12(1), 1–13. Ragu-Nathan, T., Tarafdar, M., Ragu-Nathan, B. S., & Tu, Q. (2008). The consequences of technostress for end users in organizations: Conceptual development and empirical validation. Information Systems Research, 19(4), 417–433. Wang Xinghua,Li Linlin,Tan Seng Chee,Yang Lu &Lei Jun.(2023).Preparing for AI-enhanced education: Conceptualizing and empirically examining teachers’ AI readiness.Computers in Human Behavior,146. Wang, N., & Lester, J. (2023). K-12 education in the age of AI: A call to action for K-12 AI literacy.International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education,33(2), 228-232. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How AI-TPACK Self-Reports Misalign with Performance: Evidence from an AI-Supported Multimodal Design Task in Pre-service Science Teacher Education 1: Hainan Normal University, China, People's Republic of; 2: University of Turku; 3: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:Background and Rationale The integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into teacher education has attracted increasing attention from scholars and policymakers worldwide, intensifying calls to define and evaluate teachers’ competencies for an AI-rich educational landscape (Zhai & Nehm, 2023). Within teacher education, a growing body of work has sought to conceptualise teachers’ capabilities to use AI tools effectively, ethically, and pedagogically. Building on the Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework, recent scholarship has proposed AI-TPACK by incorporating AI-related dimensions into teachers’ professional knowledge base (Celik, 2023; Ning et al., 2024). Correspondingly, researchers have developed and validated self-report AI-TPACK scales to capture pre- and in-service teachers’ perceived readiness to integrate AI into teaching (Ning et al., 2024), and these instruments are increasingly adopted in empirical studies as a basis for competency evaluation (Karatas & Atac, 2025; Xu et al., 2025). However, reliance on self-report instruments raises enduring validity concerns, particularly when the target competency involves complex, design-based practice rather than general dispositions or confidence (Akyuz, 2018). This challenge becomes especially salient with generative AI (GenAI), which can support multimodal science teaching—an area where teachers must coordinate multimodal resources (e.g., text, image, audio, animation) to foster conceptual understanding (Kress, 2001; Nielsen & Yeo, 2022). These conditions make it crucial to examine whether self-reported AI-TPACK aligns with demonstrated competence in authentic, AI-supported multimodal design tasks. Research context To examine this measurement gap in an authentic teacher-education setting, this study is situated in a pre-service science teacher education course where participants completed an AI-supported multimodal design task. Specifically, pre-service teachers used generative AI to support the creation of web-based animations and interactive representations intended to teach abstract scientific concepts. The same cohort also completed a widely used AI-TPACK self-report questionnaire, enabling a direct comparison between perceived competence and demonstrated performance within a shared instructional context. Empirically, the study draws on 116 GenAI-assisted multimodal assignments, which were evaluated using a TPACK-aligned performance rubric across the seven TPACK dimensions, and these scores were matched with participants’ questionnaire responses. To contextualise and interpret patterns of convergence and divergence, we further conducted six focus group interviews with 24 pre-service teachers, exploring how they perceived AI’s role in science teaching and how they evaluated their own capabilities when working with AI-supported design tasks. Research Questions: RQ1: To what extent do pre-service science teachers’ AI-TPACK self-reports align with performance-based TPACK scores derived from an AI-supported multimodal design task? RQ2: What patterns of misalignment emerge across the seven TPACK dimensions? RQ3: How can the observed misalignment be interpreted in terms of construct validity? Theoretical Framework This study integrates TPACK (Mishra & Koehler, 2006) with Kane’s (2013) argument-based validation to examine the meaning and limits of AI-TPACK self-report scores in an AI-supported multimodal design context. TPACK specifies the competence domain of interest—teachers’ integrated use of content, pedagogy, and technology knowledge (CK, PK, TK) and their intersections in designing multimodal science representations. Kane’s framework then examines the use of AI-TPACK questionnaires as a validity claim. First, we examine relations to other measures by comparing self-report scores with rubric-based performance scores from an AI-supported multimodal design task. Second, we use qualitative data as response-process evidence to explain why self-reports misalign with task performance and to refine defensible score interpretations. International Implications Globally, AI-TPACK self-report scales are increasingly used to monitor teacher readiness and evaluate AI-focused teacher education. Using data from China—a major, fast-evolving AI-in-education context—this study provides internationally relevant validity evidence. It cautions against relying solely on self-reports when benchmarking teacher competence and supports combining questionnaires with performance-based assessment for cross-country comparisons. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a convergent mixed-methods design in which quantitative and qualitative data were collected within the same course context, analysed in parallel, and then integrated to generate meta-inferences about alignment and misalignment between measures (Greene et al., 1989; Creswell & Clark, 2018). Sampling Participants were 116 pre-service primary science teachers enrolled in a compulsory course at a normal university in China. The course required an assessed design task where students used generative AI to support the production of multimodal teaching materials. Ethical procedures included informed consent, anonymisation, etc. Data Collection 1.AI-TPACK self-report questionnaire. All participants completed a validated AI-TPACK survey (Ning et al., 2024), yielding item-level responses across seven theoretically defined dimensions. 2.Performance-based assessment (coursework). Each participant submitted a GenAI-assisted multimodal assignment (i.e., creating an HTML-based animation/interactive representation to explain the Earth's seasons). Artefacts were evaluated using a TPACK-aligned, 21-item performance rubric developed for this study to operationalise observable indicators across the seven TPACK dimensions. Two raters conducted initial independent scoring, followed by calibration rounds to refine decision rules before full-scale scoring. 3.Focus groups. Six semi-structured focus groups (n = 24) explored how participants interpreted AI-TPACK items, how they approached the design task, and perceived reasons for misalignment between self-perceptions and performance. Data Analysis Quantitative analysis (aligned to RQ1–RQ2). Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was conducted to examine the factorial validity of the AI-TPACK measurement model. A seven-factor model was specified, with each item loading on its corresponding latent construct. Estimation used maximum likelihood (ML), and fit was evaluated using χ², CFI, TLI, RMSEA, and SRMR. To examine effects of background variables on self-reported AI-TPACK and course performance, multivariate regression analyses were conducted in Mplus with gender, year of study, and programme track as predictors, reporting standardised coefficients. For subsequent alignment analyses, factor scores for latent variables were estimated and exported. Alignment analysis (RQ1–RQ2). To assess alignment, AI-TPACK factor scores were correlated with performance scores from the multimodal coursework assessment at both overall and dimension levels. Misalignment patterns were further profiled through score comparisons (e.g., distributional contrasts and categorical banding of high/medium/low scores) to identify systematic overestimation and dimension-specific gaps. Qualitative analysis and integration (RQ3). Focus group transcripts were analysed using deductive coding to generate response-process and context-anchoring explanations for divergence. Integration was conducted via joint displays, linking dominant quantitative misalignment profiles to qualitative accounts of how participants construed questionnaire items and evaluated their own competence in relation to the task. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative analyses indicate a systematic misalignment between pre-service teachers’ self-reported AI-TPACK and their demonstrated competence in an AI-supported multimodal design task. CFA supports the intended seven-factor structure of the AI-TPACK questionnaire, suggesting acceptable internal structure for the target sample. However, when AI-TPACK factor scores were compared with performance scores, alignment was largely absent. Across dimensions, self-report–performance correlations were non-significant, with one exception: a small positive association between self-reported PK and task-based TK (p < .05). Moreover, when scores were categorised into low/medium/high bands, participants’ self-ratings were consistently higher than their coursework performance, indicating a pattern of overestimation rather than random noise. Regression analyses further suggest that gender, year of study, and programme track offer limited explanatory power for this misalignment. Focus group evidence provides interpretive insight into why self-report AI-TPACK may not translate into enacted competence in this task context. First, participants highlighted that questionnaire items are context-general, prompting them to anchor responses in familiar teaching scenarios rather than the specific demands of AI-supported multimodal design. Second, many expressed doubts about the current maturity of AI tools for complex design and debugging, which shaped their strategies, persistence, and reliance on AI assistance. Third, participants commonly viewed AI as useful for compensating gaps in content knowledge (CK), yet reported low confidence in technological knowledge (TK), producing a “content-support” orientation that did not necessarily yield robust technical implementation in the final artefact. Taken together, the study offers validity-oriented implications for AI-TPACK measurement and teacher education. It cautions against using self-report AI-TPACK scales as stand-alone indicators of competence in AI-supported multimodal design and supports combining questionnaires with performance-based assessment to enable defensible score interpretations. Conceptually, the findings suggest that AI-TPACK self-reports may primarily capture perceived readiness and scenario-based confidence, whereas rubric-based assessment captures task-enacted design competence in a technology-intensive context. References Akyüz, D. (2018). Measuring technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) through performance assessment. Computers & Education, 125, 212–225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.06.012 Celik, I. (2023). Towards intelligent-TPACK: An empirical study on teachers’ professional knowledge to ethically integrate artificial intelligence (AI-based) tools into education. Computers in Human Behavior, 136, 107468. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2022.107468 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE. Greene, J. C., Caracelli, V. J., & Graham, W. F. (1989). Toward a conceptual framework for mixed-method evaluation designs. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 11(3), 255–274. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737011003255 Kane, M. T. (2013). Validating the interpretations and uses of test scores. Journal of Educational Measurement, 50(1), 1–73. https://doi.org/10.1111/jedm.12000 Karataş, F., & Ataç, B. A. (2025). When TPACK meets artificial intelligence: Analyzing TPACK and AI-TPACK components through structural equation modelling. Education and Information Technologies, 30, 8979–9004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13164-2 Kress, G., & van Leeuwen, T. (2001). Multimodal discourse: The modes and media of contemporary communication. Arnold. Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017–1054. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00684.x Nielsen, W., & Yeo, S. (2022). Multimodal representations in primary science: A systematic review. Research in Science Education, 52, 1343–1367. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-020-09974-6 Ning, Y., Zhang, C., Xu, B., Zhou, Y., & Wijaya, T. T. (2024). Teachers’ AI-TPACK: Exploring the relationship between knowledge elements. Sustainability, 16(3), 978. https://doi.org/10.3390/su16030978 Xu, G., Yu, A., Gao, A., Chen, H., & Li, M. (2025). Developing an AI-TPACK framework: Exploring the mediating role of AI attitudes in pre-service TCSL teachers’ self-efficacy and AI-TPACK. Education and Information Technologies, 30, 22471–22495. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-025-13630-5 Zhai, X., & Nehm, R. H. (2023). AI and formative assessment: The train has left the station. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 60(7), 1227–1233. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21885 |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 K: Local research with global impact Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Motivation for Participation in Formal and Non-Formal Adult Education in the Czech Republic Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:This paper assesses motivation to adult education and training in the Czech Republic, utilising the newest empirical evidence on work-related (proactive and reactive) and non-work-related (social and personal) reasons for participation. Motivation is one of the key concepts in adult education and training research (Houle, 1961; Boeren, 2016; Alfaifi, 2024), as it allows us to understand why some adults engage in organise learning activities while others do not participate in them (Gorges & Kandler, 2012; Gorges, 2016). Since the 1960s, research has consistently aimed to identify the reasons behind participation and to develop typologies that reflect the various motives (Houle, 1961; Boshier, 1971, 1977; Boeren & Holford, 2016). Despite a broad conceptualisation of motivation, empirical research has most often examined motivation through predefined categorical frameworks, particularly the distinction between intrinsic and extrinsic motivation (Ryan & Deci, 2019, 2020; Pihlainen et al., 2022). However, it has not examined whether participation in adult education and training is initiated in response to a specific change or problem, or whether it represents a proactive, continuous investment in the future. In this presentation, participation in adult education and training is interpreted through the analytical distinction between reactive and proactive reasons for participation in work-related organised learning. Reactive participation refers to engagement, which is motivated primarily as a response to an immediate change, disruption, or externally imposed demand, most commonly related to employment conditions, job requirements, or institutional obligations. In contrast, proactive participation denotes engagement in adult education and training, that is oriented towards long-term personal or professional development, and is characterised by anticipatory behaviour, continuity, and a forward-looking investment in competencies and identity formation (Dweck, 2016). By distinguishing between reactive and proactive participation, this study seeks to move beyond what can be described as a static categorisation of reasons for participation. Previous survey-based research has often relied on simplified and predefined categories of motivation, such as the dichotomy between job-related and personal reasons, or between intrinsic and extrinsic motivation, thereby treating motivational factors as isolated and fixed attributes. At the same time, participation has been frequently measured through a basic yes–no indicator, despite being the outcome of a more complex underlying decision-making process (Boeren, 2016). Moreover, these approaches typically capture motivations at a single point in time, offering limited possibilities to examine how different reasons interact with each other or how participation is shaped by life events, situational changes, or future-oriented considerations. To cover non-work-related participation motives, this paper analyses two types motives - personal and social. This distinction follows established approaches in adult education and training research that differentiate between individually and socially oriented non-work-related motives (Houle, 1961; Boshier, 1971, 1977). On this basis, the following research questions are formulated: RQ1: What types of reasons for participating in formal and non-formal education can be identified in terms of reactive and proactive participation logic? RQ2: How do the sociodemographic and occupational characteristics of adults (i.e., age, gender, educational attainment, employment and occupational status) relate to reactive and proactive participation in formal education? RQ3: How do the sociodemographic and occupational characteristics of adults (i.e., age, gender, educational attainment, employment and occupational status) relate to reactive and proactive participation in non-formal education? RQ4: How are non-work-related personal and social motives for participation in formal education distributed across sociodemographic groups (age, gender, and educational attainment)? RQ5: How are non-work-related personal and social motives for participation in non-formal education distributed across sociodemographic groups (age, gender, and educational attainment)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on data from the Adult Learning Systems Questionnaire Survey (ALS-Q), which was conducted in the Czech Republic in the fall of 2024. The survey was designed as a cross-sectional study focusing on adult participation in organised learning activities and the structure of self-reported reasons for participation in education and training. The sample consisted of respondents aged 16–74 years (n = 1,144) and was constructed to be representative with respect to gender, age, highest level of educational attainment according to the ISCED 2011 classification, region of residence (NUTS), and employment status. Quota sampling procedures were applied to ensure comparability with the adult population structure in the Czech Republic. For the purposes of this analysis, the analytical sample was limited to respondents who reported participation in organised learning during the previous 12 months. This included respondents who participated in formal education (n = 170), non-formal education (n = 414), or both types of education (n = 75). Respondents who reported no participation in either form of education were excluded from the analytical sample. Individual items measuring motivation were first differentiated according to whether they were primarily work-related or non-work-related. Work-related reasons were subsequently classified into reactive and proactive participation based on their temporal and situational orientation. Reactive participation refers to participation triggered by immediate changes, disruptions, or externally imposed demands in the work environment, such as new job requirements, employer obligations, or the need to retain one’s current position. Proactive participation, in contrast, includes reasons reflecting a longer-term orientation towards professional development, continuous skills improvement, or participation perceived as a regular and meaningful part of one’s work trajectory. Non-work-related reasons were analytically grouped into personal and social motives. Personal motives included reasons related to self-development, personal interests, coping with life situations, and improving quality of life. Social motives captured reasons associated with social interaction, meeting new people, community involvement, and other collective activities. The results are presented using absolute and relative frequencies, allowing for a descriptive comparison of motivational orientations between formal and non-formal education. In addition, multivariate regression analyses are employed to examine the associations between sociodemographic and occupational characteristics and reactive and proactive participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the context of formal education, participation is predominantly driven by work-related reasons. However, a clear distinction emerges between reactive and proactive forms of participation. Among respondents motivated by work-related reasons, the majority (70.8%) reported proactive engagement, while a smaller proportion (29.2%) reported reactive participation in response to immediate job-related demands. Non-work-related reasons for participation were predominantly personal in nature (61.2%), rather than social (38.8%). Personal motives were chiefly associated with self-fulfilment and personal development, while social motivations played a more marginal role and were mainly related to meeting new people. A similar dominance of work-related motives was observed in non-formal education. Here, proactive participation was even more pronounced, accounting for 81% of work-related engagement. Most respondents described their participation either as a regular component of their work activities (53.5%) or as an activity perceived as professionally or personally meaningful (28%). Reactive work-related participation was less common (19%) and was primarily associated with employer-imposed requirements (31.6%) or efforts to maintain one’s current job position (22.47%). In non-formal education, participation that was not work-related was predominantly socially oriented (70.7%), while personal motives accounted for a smaller proportion (29.3%). The findings suggest that adults do not primarily turn to formal education in response to concrete work-related needs. When specific skills or knowledge are required for immediate job performance, these demands are more likely addressed through informal learning embedded in everyday work practices. This indicates that work-related participation in formal education reflects strategic positioning rather than problem-solving, and that labour-market pressures are mediated through informal learning rather than directly converted into formal educational demand. In non-formal education, the prominence of social motives in the case of non-work related training suggests that participation is driven not only by learning content, but by the opportunity to engage with others who share similar interests, orientations, or professional concerns. References Alfaifi, M. (2024). Enrollment at Adult High Schools in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia: An exploration of Motivation, Age, and Gender using Boshier’s EPS A-Form. Adult Education Quarterly, 74(4), 302–320. https://doi.org/10.1177/07417136241239328 Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong Learning Participation in a Changing Policy Context. An Interdisciplinary Theory. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Boeren, E., & Holford, J. (2016). Vocationalism varies (a lot): A 12-country multivariate analysis of participation in formal adult learning. Adult Education Quarterly, 66(2), 120-142. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713615624207 Boshier, R. (1971). Motivational orientations of adult education participants: a factor analytic exploration of Houle’s typology. Adult Education, 21(2), 3-26. https://doi.org/10.1177/074171367102100201 Boshier, R. (1977). Motivational Orientations Re-Visited: Life-Space Motives and the Education Participation Scale. Adult Education Quarterly, 27(2), 89-115. https://doi.org/10.1177/074171367702700202 Dweck, C. S. (2016). Mindset: The new psychology of success (Updated ed.). Ballantine Books. Gorges, J., & Kandler, C. (2011). Adults’ learning motivation: Expectancy of success, value, and the role of affective memories. Learning and Individual Differences, 22(5), 610–617. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2011.09.016 Gorges, J. (2016). Why adults learn: Interpreting adults’ reasons to participate in education in terms of Eccles’ subjective task value. International Online Journal of Education and Teaching (IOJET), 3(1). 26-41. http://iojet.org/index.php/IOJET/article/view/115/120 Houle, C. O. (1961). The Inquiring Mind. Madison: The University of Wisconsin Press. Morstain, B. R.; & Smart, J. C. (1974). Reasons for Participation in Adult Education Courses: a Multivariate Analysis of Group Differences. Adult Education Quarterly, 24(2), 83–98. doi:10.1177/074171367402400201 Pihlainen, K., Ehlers, A., Rohner, R., Cerna, K., Kärnä, E., Hess, M., … Müller, C. (2023). Older adults’ reasons to participate in digital skills learning: An interdisciplinary, multiple case study from Austria, Finland, and Germany. Studies in the Education of Adults, 55(1), 101–119. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2022.2133268 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2019). Brick by brick: The origins, development, and the future of self-determination theory. In A. J. Elliot (Ed.), Advances in motivation science (pp. 111–156). MA Elsevier Inc. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101860. https://doi. org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Inclusive Music Education in Diverse Classrooms? An Analysis of PPE Music Curriculum Course Plans. University of Stavanger Presenting Author:The study analyses PPE(1) course plans in music teacher education to examine how they reflect principles of inclusive education, treating them as expressions of formal curricular priorities. Drawing on Haug’s multidimensional model, inclusion is understood as more than physical placement; it involves horizontal dimensions—fellowship, participation, democratisation and benefit—and vertical dimensions spanning policy, institutions, teachers and pupils. Because PPE course plans occupy a formal position within this chain, they reveal how programmes articulate and prioritise inclusion. This aligns with international scholarship that describes inclusion as a broad, contested concept concerned with all students’ access, acceptance, participation, and achievement. Norwegian educational policy has, for decades, promoted inclusive schooling for all pupils (Nes et al., 2018). This commitment is firmly embedded in the Norwegian Education Act, which establishes equity, inclusion, and adapted education as fundamental principles of the education system (The Education Act, 2023). Inclusion as an overarching principle is further specified and operationalised through the national curriculum framework. For example, in the core curriculum, which has the status of a legally binding regulation adopted pursuant to the Education Act, schools are required to develop inclusive communities in which diversity is recognised as a resource and in which all pupils are ensured equitable opportunities for learning, participation, and a sense of belonging (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2017, chapter 3.1). The national framework plan governing Practical Pedagogical Education further requires teacher education programmes to prepare future teachers to differentiate instruction, adapt their teaching to the national curriculum, and foster inclusive and motivating learning environments in accordance with prevailing legal and curricular frameworks (Regulations on the framework plan for Practical‑Pedagogical Education, 2025). Despite this robust legislative and curricular framework, inclusion remains a broadly formulated and weakly operationalised concept in Norwegian educational policy, and no shared understanding of how inclusive principles are to be enacted in educational practice has been established (Næss et al., 2024). Analyses of national curricula show that inclusion is most frequently associated with overarching values such as diversity, participation, and democracy, offering limited guidance for professional judgement and pedagogical enactment (Faldet et al., 2022). Research has documented a substantial gap between inclusive policy ambitions and school‑level realities, with a significant proportion of pupils with special educational needs continuing to receive education outside mainstream classroom (Nes et al., 2018; Næss et al., 2024). Analyses of curriculum frameworks within music education indicate that macro‑level policy discourses of diversity and inclusion are predominantly articulated at a normative level, with limited structural or pedagogical specification, thereby placing significant interpretive responsibility on educators and teacher education programmes (Ellefsen & Karlsen, 2020; Borgen et al., 2026). The formal articulation of inclusion in course plans is relevant because teacher education is expected to contribute to future teachers’ professional readiness. including the professional judgement needed to interpret diverse classroom situations. Inclusive teaching cannot be reduced to procedures or value statements but requires discretionary decision‑making. Curriculum theory further positions course plans within the formal curriculum, which signals institutional priorities even if it does not represent practice directly. Attention to the null curriculum highlights how omissions or vague formulations also shape understandings of inclusion. Finally, newer curriculum theory views course plans as narrative constructions of the future music teacher, making it necessary to analyse not only whether inclusion is mentioned but what professional story about inclusion is being told. The research question for this study is: How do PPE music teacher education course plans reflect the principle of inclusive education? Document analysis. [1] in Norwegian PPU, praktisk pedagogisk utdanning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a qualitative study with an interpretive approach. Curriculum course plans were collected from the 14 institutions offering PPE in music. The course plans for pedagogy, subject didactics (music), and teaching practicum, together with an overall study program plan, were retrieved from the websites of the institutions. The documents are analysed for alignment with the National Curriculum’s emphasis on inclusive education. The data is analysed by using a summative approach to qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). Content analysis can be defined as a method for conducting document analysis systematically and objectively, and it is used for describing the phenomenon studied (Weber, 1990; Morgan, 1993; Elo & Kyngäs, 2008; Kyngäs et al., 2011); in this study, the representations of inclusive education that are found in the documents. Summative content analysis typically starts with identifying and quantifying the occurrences of certain keywords or content in text to understand the contextual use of the words or content. This phase is referred to as manifest content analysis (Potter & Levine-Donnerstein, 1999; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). The keywords in the analysis were informed by the research question and derived from a review of relevant literature on inclusive education and inclusive practices. The purpose of quantifying words is not to infer meaning, but to explore usage. The frequency counts are calculated, and the source is also identified. A focus on counting the frequency of specific words would entail that the analysis is quantitative, but the analysis goes beyond word counts and includes latent content analysis, referring to the interpretation of content (Holsti, 1969), and leading to an interpretation of the contextual meaning of specific terms or content (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005, p. 1283-1285). Successful use of qualitative content analysis is based on the researcher’s ability to reduce the material and form concepts from it that reliably describe the phenomenon being studied (Kyngäs et al., 2011), p.139). To demonstrate internal consistency in the analysis is to indicate that the textual evidence is consistent with the interpretation (Weber, 1990). This will improve the credibility of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature reveals significant gaps in research on PPE music programs, particularly regarding curriculum relevance and inclusive pedagogy. The Norwegian curriculum for music highlights self-expression, enjoyment, experienced mastery and the notion of one’s voice meaning something in the community (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2020). A recent white paper (NOU 2025: 7) emphasises music’s potential: “Music provides us with opportunities to reach our potential emotionally, bodily, and relationally, laying a foundation for meaning, relationships, interaction, and collective experiences within a community, thus playing an important role in building identities and communities” (NOU 2025: 7, p. 42). However, schools continue to reproduce inequalities (Nevøy & Bruin, 2022), despite a strong Nordic commitment to socially just education (Nevøy et al., 2014). Broader social disparities in society (Knudsen, 2021), combined with the conservative structures and homogeneous student demographics in the music teacher education programs, raise concerns about graduates’ readiness to foster inclusive learning environment in diverse classrooms (Väkevä et al., 2017; Bowman, 2007; Nysæther, Christophersen & Sætre, 2021). Realising music’s potential for all students requires teachers who are both competent and ready to teach inclusively. Given the absence of recent studies examining PPE music curriculum content, a national overview of these programs through document analysis is both timely and necessary. By examining the curricular content, the study aims to develop knowledge concerning the relevance and responsiveness of music teacher education in preparing candidates for inclusive teaching in Norwegian elementary schools. The findings will contribute to the development of music teacher education and inform future improvements in music teacher education programs to better meet the needs of inclusive and diverse classrooms. References Artiles, A. J., Kozleski, E. B., Dorn, S., & Christensen, C. (2006). Chapter 3: Learning in Inclusive Education Research: Re-mediating Theory and Methods With a Transformative Agenda. Review of Research in Education, 30(1), 65-108. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X030001065 Ballantyne, J. & Canham, N. (2023). Understanding music teachers’ perceptions of themselves and their work: An Importance – Confidence Analysis. International Journal of Music Education, 41(3), 455-471. DOI: 10.1177/02557614221124966 Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. Sage. Christophersen, C., Aróstegui, J. L., Holdhus, K., Kenny, A., Knudsen, J. S., Lindgren, M., Väkevä, L., and Viig, T. G. (2023). Music teacher education for the future: Reflections on change. Action, Criticism, and Theory for Music Education 22 (3): 7–40. https://doi.org/10.22176/act22.3.7 Goodlad, J. I., Klein, M.F. & Tye, K.A. (1979). The Domains of Curriculum and Their Study. In J.I. Goodlad (Ed.). Curriculum Inquiry. The Study of Curriculum Practice (pp. 43–76). New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company. Haug, P. (2020) Inclusion in Norwegian schools: pupils’ experiences of their learning environment, Education 3-13, 48:3, 303-315, DOI:10.1080/03004279.2019.1664406 Hsieh, H-F. & Shannon, S. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277-1288. DOI: 10.1177/1049732305276687 Nevøy, A., & Bruin, M. (2022). Revisiting Just Education for Students Last in Line – A Norwegian Perspective. I A. Rasmussen & M. Dovemark (Red.), Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (s. 115-133). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-08049-4_7 Nilsen, S. (2010). Moving towards an educational policy for inclusion? Main reform stages in the development of the Norwegian unitary school system. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(5), 479–497. https://doiorg.ezproxy.uis.no/10.1080/13603110802632217 NOKUT (2022). Spørreundersøkelse blant PPU-kandidater. Hvordan opplever de overgangen fra utdanning til yrke? NOKUT 17/2022. Ropo, E., & Yrjänäinen, S. (2024). Curriculum and narrativity: Understanding curricula as narratives. In P. P. Trifonas & S. Jagger (Eds.), Handbook of curriculum theory, research, and practice (pp. 365–383). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-21155-3_3 UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. Spain: UNESCO. UNESCO (2016). Education 2030. Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4. Republic of Korea: UNESCO. Väkevä, L., Westerlund, H., and Ilmola-Sheppard, L. (2017). Social innovations in music education: Creating institutional resilience for increasing social justice. Action, Criticism, and Theory for Music Education 16 (3): 129–47. https://doi.org/10.22176/act16.3.129 Weber, R. P. (1990). Basic content analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Social Emotional Learning and Subject Positions - Discourse Analysis on Finnish Primary School Textbooks and Equality and Non-discrimination Plans University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:Friendship tends to be associated with discourses of positivity, belonging, etc. It is something parents, teachers, peers and the surrounding world uncritically think of as a perfect safe harbor saving us from ‘loneliness’ and describing a state of non-violence. Studies however show that in about 25% of emotional and or physical violence cases this happens in friendships (Bouchard et al., 2018). I am currently writing my PhD as a part of the MEND project situated in the faculty of education and psychology in the University of Oulu. The aim of the research in MEND is to create knowledge on the ways friendship violence amongst Finnish youth becomes normalised and silenced. The main focus is on everyday school life as well as the narrative stories of young people. In my doctoral research I will specifically dive into this topic from the perspective of gender studies and educational sciences. I am interested in the ways heteronormativity and gender normativity are discursively produced in children’s friendships. Finnish queer youth still face heteronormative violence in school life and elsewhere (Lehtonen, 2023). I study friendship as a pedagogical phenomenon and ask what kind of a role do subject positions and power play in this relationship that can be both interactive and unilateral. Heteronormative gender and sexuality I see, in a Butlerian and Foucauldian way, become produced in discursive-performative repetitions and affects twisted in power. This presentation covers my first article in which I will study Finnish text books as well as equality and diversity plans through the lens of critical discourse analysis. I use project data collected within the broader project, including educational policy documents, textbooks, ethnography and interviews. In this article I focus on documents and textbooks. My research question is as follows:
Social-emotional learning (abbrev. SEL) has been generally defined as a process through which children build skills for recognizing, understanding and managing emotions, feeling and showing empathy, developing healthy identities as well as maintaining supportive and positive relationships (Jagers et. al, 2018; Weissberg et. al, 2017). SEL has garnered praise and research has shown many positive outcomes e.g. in students’ social behavior and attitudes towards self and others (Durlak et. al, 2011) as well as reducing bullying (Espelage et. al, 2015). The aims of SEL have widely been recognized as positive. However, also critical points of view have increasingly surfaced among educational research. One key critique has been the fact that SEL does not seem to serve students in intersectional minorities (Camangian & Cariaga, 2021; Cipriano & McCarthy, 2023). This, in part, is why I view critical analysis of SEL, amongst many others, extremely important. When practiced productively, I argue that social-emotional learning implements could be beneficial to overall school safety. I argue that to implement anti-oppressive applications into SEL, should ensuring the production of different subject positions be one of the main approaches. According to Davies and Harré (1990, 48) “a subject position incorporates both a conceptual repertoire and a location for persons within the structure of rights for those that use that repertoire”. By this they mean that a person sees and makes sense of the world through the concepts and discourses that are produced in and provided by the subject position they have taken. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the text books and equality and diversity plans I will be employing critical discourse analysis from the perspective of affect theory and Butler’s discursive-performativity. The theories of performativity have been thought to be too abstract for discourse analysis (McIlvenny, 2002; Speer & Potter, 2002). Therefore, these theoretical frameworks have not been combined much in research. In their article, Scharff (2011) however provides insights into how discourses, Butler’s performativity theory and Ahmed’s affect theory can work together to build a pluralist approach into qualitative analysis. Because in this article I am analyzing text books and equality and diversity plans rather than students’ own narratives, my perspective is however more in the Foucauldian theories of power and agency. As these plans and books can’t provide the perspective of students themselves, I am using performativity to the extent to which it is useful in comprehending the concept of subject positions as something educational documents have the power to either produce or purkaa for students. I am not, however, denying the individual power of forming subject positions, subjectivity and agency. This, I argue, becomes possible from the perspective of Bildung (see Koivupuu, 2025) in addition to the discursive-performative and affective approach presented in this article. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In an ongoing analysis of ethnography diaries from the MEND project we have found that students actively produce safety by both reproducing and deconstructing norms and power. Safety becomes produced through different subject positions located in what is typically referred to as ‘informal school’. The need and importance for enabling the production of students’ agency in social-emotional learning is eminent. However, based on recent critical findings concerning social-emotional learning as well as school climate in general, my hypothesis is that through social-emotional learning schools end up producing counterproductive subject positions and therefore denying their agency. According to Camangian and Cariaga (2021) social-emotional learning fails to analyze oppression and ends up justifying “existing power relations in communities and schools”. In addition, it has previously been found that schools and teachers marginalize students’ subject positions for example through discourses of heteronormativity and exclusion (Abbott et al., 2015). Accordingly, in my master’s thesis (Koivupuu, 2025) I found that Finnish upper secondary schools ended up both denying students’ subject positions as well as discursively reproducing heteronormativity in their equality and non-discrimination plans. Petäjäniemi et al. (2025) have argued that schools also end up denying students’ agency in misopedic discourses. One of the aims of a previously conducted textbook analysis in the MEND project was to study the forms of self-governance that primary school textbooks produce for students in the depictions of SEL (Väisänen et al., 2025). Väisänen et al. found that textbooks impose normalized positions of the ‘friend’ and the ‘bully’ on students. These positions are produced in a contradictory manner as they are simultaneously seen as fixed but also available for choosing and adopting by the students. References Abbott, K., Ellis, S. & Abbott, R. (2015). “We Don’t Get Into All That”: An Analysis of How Teachers Uphold Heteronormative Sex and Relationship Education, Journal of Homosexuality, 62:12, 1638-1659, DOI: 10.1080/00918369.2015.1078203 Bouchard, K., Forsberg, C., Smith, J. D., & Thornberg, R. (2018). Showing friendship, fighting back, and getting even: resisting bullying victimization within adolescent girls’ friendships. Journal of Youth Studies, 21(9), 1141–1158. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2018.1450970 Camangian, P. & Cariaga, S. (2021). Social and emotional learning is hegemonic miseducation: students deserve humanization instead, Race Ethnicity and Education, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2020.1798374 Davies, B., & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The discursive production of selves. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 20(1), 43–63. Durlak, J.A., Weissberg, R.P., Dymnicki, A.B., Taylor, R.D. and Schellinger, K.B. (2011), The Impact of Enhancing Students’ Social and Emotional Learning: A Meta-Analysis of School-Based Universal Interventions. Child Development, 82: 405-432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x Espelage D. L., Rose C. A., Polanin J. R. (2015). Social-emotional learning program to reduce bullying, fighting, and victimization among middle school students with disabilities. Remedial and Special Education, 36, 299–311. Crossref. Web of Science. Jagers, R. J. D., Rivas-Drake, D., & Borowski, T. (2018). Equity and social and emotional learning: A cultural analysis. CASEL. Koivupuu, N. (2025). Queer-pedagogiikan ja heteronormatiivisuuden diskursiiviset jännitteet lukioiden tasa-arvo- ja yhdenvertaisuussuunnitelmissa. Oulu: University of Oulu. Lehtonen, J. (2023). Rainbow Paradise? Sexualities and Gender Diversity in Finnish Schools. Teoksessa Thrupp, M., Seppänen, P., Kauko, J. & Kosunen, S. (toim.) Finland’s Famous Education System. Springer. 273–288 Petäjäniemi, M., Lanas, M., Keränen, V., Alamikkelä, K., Kauhanen, I., Väisänen, A-M. & Juntunen, E. (2025). ‘In the best interest of the child’: misopedy in education, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2025.2574972 Scharff, C. (2011). Towards a Pluralist Methodological Approach: Combining Performativity Theory, Discursive Psychology and Theories of Affect. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 8(2), 210–221. https://doi-org.pc124152.oulu.fi:9443/10.1080/14780887.2011.572739. Talburt, S. (2004). Constructions of LGBT Youth: Opening Up Subject Positions, Theory Into Practice, 43:2, 116-121, DOI: 10.1207/s15430421tip4302_4 Väisänen, A-M., Puutio, E., Lanas, M. & Jokela, I. (2025, November 5–7). Ystävyys ja väkivalta koulutuspoliittisissa asiakirjoissa. FERA Conference 2025: Rovaniemi, Finland. Weissberg, R. P., Durlak, J. A., Domitrovich, C. E., & Gullotta, T. P. (2015). Social and emotional learning: Past, present, and future. In J. A. Durlak, C. E. Domitrovich, R. P. Weissberg, & T. P. Gullotta (Eds.), Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice, 3– 19. New York, NY: Guilford. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Learning Through Reflection and Collaboration: Professional Development in a Short-Term Mobility Context 1: University of Latvia, Latvia; 2: Jyväskylä University, Finland; 3: University of Opole, Poland Presenting Author:Short‑term international mobility has become an increasingly significant component of European teacher education, offering students opportunities to develop intercultural competence, pedagogical awareness, and emerging professional identity within a condensed but intensive learning environment. While long‑term mobility has been widely studied, the professional learning potential of short‑duration programmes remains less explored, particularly in relation to reflective learning and collaborative knowledge construction. This study addresses this gap by examining how participation in a one‑week FORTHEM short‑term mobility programme in Finland influenced the professional development of 17 education students from various European countries. The FORTHEM Alliance, funded through the European Universities Initiative, aims to strengthen cross‑border collaboration, mobility, and innovation in higher education. Within this framework, short‑term mobility programmes are designed to provide students with immersive intercultural experiences, exposure to diverse pedagogical approaches, and opportunities to engage in collaborative tasks with peers from different cultural and educational backgrounds. The mobility week examined in this study took place in Finland and focused on contemporary pedagogical practices, reflective learning, and collaborative inquiry. Students participated in school visits, workshops, group projects, and structured reflection activities, all of which were intended to deepen their understanding of teaching and learning in an international context. The theoretical framework draws on research on professional identity development in teacher education, intercultural learning, and reflective practice. Professional identity is understood as a dynamic and socially constructed process shaped by experiences, interactions, and opportunities for reflection. International mobility has been shown to support this development by challenging students’ assumptions, broadening their pedagogical perspectives, and fostering a sense of belonging to a wider European educational community. Reflective learning, meanwhile, provides a mechanism through which students interpret and make meaning of their experiences, enabling them to connect new insights to their emerging professional selves. This study positions short‑term mobility as a context where these processes intersect: intercultural encounters, collaborative tasks, and exposure to unfamiliar pedagogical approaches create fertile ground for reflection and identity negotiation. Our research question study is: How do students describe their professional development after participating in a one‑week international short‑term mobility programme? The data consist of participants’ written post‑mobility reflections and additional material collected during the mobility week. Through qualitative thematic analysis, the study examines how students made sense of intercultural interactions, collaborative learning, and pedagogical observations, and how these experiences contributed to their professional growth. The European dimension is central to this study. The participants represent multiple countries and educational traditions. By analysing how students learn with and from one another, the study contributes to ongoing discussions about the role of internationalisation in shaping the future of teacher education in Europe. It highlights how short‑term mobility can function as a meaningful pedagogical space where students develop intercultural competence, expand their pedagogical repertoires, and strengthen their sense of professional identity within a European framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design to explore how students describe their professional development after participating in a one week international mobility programme in Finland. The data consist of written reflections produced by 17 education students from various European countries and materials collected during the mobility week. The reflections were written immediately after the programme. The analysis follows a qualitative thematic approach. The analysis proceeded in three stages. First, all reflections were read to gain an overall sense of the material. Second, meaningful segments of text were identified and coded inductively, focusing on expressions related to professional learning, intercultural encounters, pedagogical insights, and identity development. Third, the codes were grouped into broader themes that captured recurring patterns across participants’ accounts. Participation in the mobility programme was voluntary, and students were informed that their reflections could be used for research purposes. All data were anonymised, and no identifying information is included in the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of the students’ written reflections reveals that even a one week mobility experience can generate deep professional learning when it combines observation, hands on activities, intercultural dialogue, and structured reflection. Students describe the mobility as transformative, prompting them to reconsider their assumptions about teaching, learning, and the teacher’s role. A central theme was the comparison, reflection, and even questioning of teacherhood and educational systems. Students highlight how Finnish schools cultivate responsibility, autonomy, and emotional safety through calm environments, respectful teacher–student relationships, and the absence of punitive discipline. Many contrasted this with their home systems, where hierarchy, control, and testing are more prominent. Experiencing a culture of trust led students to reimagine their own future teacher identities and to imagine classrooms grounded in respect, empathy, and shared responsibility. Secondly, students emphasise phenomenon based learning, creative arts, outdoor education, and collaborative projects helped them understand pedagogical principles beyond theoretical coursework alone. Several note that this experience bridged the gap between university theory and school practice, strengthening their confidence and motivation as future teachers. Reflections reveal substantial development in intercultural competence and professional self awareness. Working in international groups encouraged students to compare educational systems, articulate their beliefs, and recognise culturally shaped assumptions. Many describe gaining a broader European perspective on education and feeling part of a shared professional community. The mobility experience fostered a shift in assessment thinking. Students were particularly influenced by Finland’s emphasis on formative, dialogic, and strengths based assessment. They report re evaluating the role of grades, considering how feedback shapes learners’ self image, and expressing a desire to adopt more supportive assessment practices in their future work. Findings indicate that short term mobility can meaningfully support professional identity development, pedagogical insight, and intercultural learning, demonstrating its value as a powerful, accessible tool within European teacher education. References Teichler, Ulrich. (2017). Internationalisation Trends in Higher Education and the Changing Role of International Student Mobility. Journal of international Mobility. 5. 177. 10.3917/jim.005.0179. Beauchamp, C. & Thomas, L. (2009) Understanding teacher identity: an overview of issues in the literature and implications for teacher education, Cambridge Journal of Education, 39:2, 175-189, DOI: 10.1080/03057640902902252 Izadinia, M. (2013). A review of research on student teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education. Deardorff, D. (2006). Identification and Assessment of Intercultural Competence as a Student Outcome of Internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education, Vol. 10 No. 3, Fall 2006 241-266. DOI: 10.1177/1028315306287002 |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 L: Art as a Site of Knowledge Production Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Sébastien-Akira Alix Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Emotional Challenges and Resilience of Preschool Teachers: An Arts-Based Narrative Inquiry Into Teacher Experiences Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Teaching is one of the most challenging professions; thus, preschool teachers experience many different things in the workplace due to the nature of their work (Johnson et al., 2005; Davis & Dunn, 2018; Fu et al., 2010; Seaman & Giles, 2021, as cited in Levine Brown et al., 2023). Because early childhood teachers perform emotionally and physically demanding work throughout the day, these educators are dealing with behavioral challenges and resolving conflicts and they are seen as caregivers. They work collaboratively with colleagues and families. Additionally, they manage the emotions of individuals within their organization, including children, administrators, families, and colleagues (Purper et al., 2023). Thus, interactions with children, colleagues, and parents throughout the day can give rise to a variety of emotions (Humphries et al., 2018; Sanders-Smith et al., 2020). Teachers' emotional experiences vary, and their experiences tend to be negative, especially when dealing with adverse situations in the classroom (de Ruiter et al., 2020). Considering the emotional challenges of teachers, the concept of resilience becomes prominent. The term resilience refers to the ability to adapt positively to stress, trauma, and life challenges (Vella & Pai, 2019). The presence of high emotional demands, and the expectation that teachers will constantly be supportive and resolve challenging behaviors, leads them to build good relationships with parents (Vatou et al., 2021; Purper et al., 2023). The expectation that teachers will manage challenging situations in addition to supporting basic skills can be overwhelming for them (Purper et al., 2023). Both individual and contextual factors can contribute to resilience. An optimistic and hopeful character allows for a positive approach to challenges and factors such as a supportive workplace environment and shared vision can enhance a teacher's resilience (Wang et al., 2023; Vatou, 2025). Based on Bronfenbrenner's (1994) “Microsystem” model in Ecological Systems Theory, this research will present how teachers make sense of their emotional challenges and resilience within an art-based research framework. Art-based research is defined as the systematic use of the art process in research, the emergence of different forms of artistic expression, and a way of understanding and examining participants' experiences (McNiff, 2008). In art-based research, aesthetic tools and designs are used to enrich the research process (Barone & Eisner, 2012). Art-based research enables the naming of narratives and the uncovering of teachers' stories related to emotional challenges. Art-based research focuses on the subject and meaning-making by bridging the gap between art-making and verbal narrative (Akimenko, 2018). Thus, this research will investigate how teachers express their emotional challenges and resilience through an art-based research methodology and will focus on their narratives. Research questions are: ● How do teachers construct art-based narratives and symbolic representations to make sense of emotional challenges in their professional lives? ● How do teachers narrate the experiences of emotional challenges in terms of resilience? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is positioned within the framework of Bronfenbrenner's (1994) Ecological Systems Theory's “Microsystem” model. The microsystem encompasses a person's relationship with their immediate environment (Bronfenbrenner, 1994). Therefore, the focus will be on the emotional challenges that teachers have with students, colleagues, parents, and administrators within the school environment. In the research, an art-based narrative inquiry method will be used to learn how teachers make sense of emotional challenges and resilience. Art-based research is defined as serving a purpose related to artistic production and enhancing individuals' perspectives. Art-based research focuses on the individual's experiences and expressions rather than behavior (Güneş et al., 2022). In the data collection process, four to six preschool teachers currently working and teachers with varying lengths of professional experience will consist of the sample. Purposive sampling will be used. Semi-structured interviews will be used in the data collection process. The data collection process will utilize online platforms through Zoom or Google Meet. During the process, participants will be asked questions that reveal emotional difficulties. Also, they will be expected to create a symbol to better name and describe their experiences during the interview. The collected data will be examined through narrative analysis. Narrative analysis is an approach that aims to understand how people tell their experiences/lives as a story or a series of stories. The analysis will be conducted in accordance with Creswell's (2021) narrative analysis model. During data analysis, the participant's story will first be pieced together into a chronological narrative and written down. The symbols produced by the participants will be added to these narratives. The created document will be re-examined and re-storytelling. In the final stage, the narrative will be positioned within the theoretical frameworks of emotional challenges and resilience. The researcher's role is primarily focused on ensuring that the participants' voices are heard. This will be facilitated through verbal narratives and visual production. Qualitative research, by its very nature, does not rely on quantitative data. To ensure validity and reliability, expert opinion will be sought. In addition, the interview will be recorded. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research will reveal the situation within the microsystem by focusing on the emotional challenges and resilience of teachers. Interviews with teachers will uncover their emotional challenges with colleagues, students, administrators, and families. Furthermore, the research will explore how teachers express resilience based on these emotional challenges. In this context, the study will provide guidance on how teachers build their resilience in response to their emotional challenges. Additionally, one of the expected outcomes of this research is its contribution to the field in a pedagogical sense. Based on the emotional challenges identified by teachers, educational outcomes will emerge in the direction of transforming the quality of educational environments, identifying teachers' needs, and increasing the effectiveness of interaction between teachers and those around them. Finally, this research will methodologically ensure that the productions and voices of the participants are heard. It will highlight the value and contribution of art-based research. Through this method, the voices and artistic productions of the participants will become visible, revealing the narratives and concepts in their stories. References Akimenko, D. (2018). Narrative Spaces: On identity work and placeness through arts-based narrative practices. Barone, T., & Eisner, E. (2012). Arts-based educational research. In the Handbook of complementary methods in education research. Routledge. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. International encyclopedia of education. Creswell, J. W. (2021). Qualitative research methods: Qualitative research and research design according to five approaches. de Ruiter, J. A., Poorthuis, A. M., Aldrup, K., & Koomen, H. M. (2020). Teachers' emotional experiences in response to daily events with individual students varying in perceived past disruptive behavior. Journal of School Psychology. Güneş, N., Aksoy, Ş., & Özsoy, V. (2022). An art-based research method: A/r/tography as living inquiry. Hacettepe University Faculty of Education Journal. Humphries, M. L., Williams, B. V., & May, T. (2018). Early childhood teachers’ perspectives on social-emotional competence and learning in urban classrooms. Journal of Applied School Psychology. Johnson, S., Cooper, C., Cartwright, S., Donald, I., Taylor, P., & Millet, C. (2005). The experience of work-related stress across occupations. Journal of Managerial Psychology. Levine Brown, E., Vesely, C. K., Mehta, S., & Stark, K. (2023). Preschool teachers’ emotional acting and school-based interactions. Early Childhood Education Journal. McNiff, S. (2008). Art-based research. J. G. Knowles & A. L. Cole (Ed.), Handbook of the arts in qualitative research: Perspectives, methodologies, examples, and issues. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Purper, C. J., Thai, Y., Frederick, T. V., & Farris, S. (2023). Exploring the challenge of teachers’ emotional labor in early childhood settings. Early Childhood Education Journal. Sanders-Smith, S. C., Lyons, M. E., Ya-Hsuan Yang, S., & McCarthey, S. J. (2020). Valuing relationships, valuing differences: Co-teaching practices in a Hong Kong early childhood center. Teaching and Teacher Education. Vatou, A., Krousorati, K., Oikonomides, V., Manolitsis, G., Kypriotaki, M., Evangelou-Tsitiridou, M., & Grammatikopoulos, V. (2021). Current Needs of preschool teachers for professional development in Greece: A focus group study. Saber e Educar. Vatou, A. (2025). Examining Resilience, Self-Efficacy and Environmental Chaos Relationship in Early Childhood Education and Care Teachers. Psychology International. Vella, S. L. C., & Pai, N. B. (2019). A theoretical review of psychological resilience: Defining resilience and resilience research over the decades. Archives of Medicine and Health Sciences. Wang, H., Buri´c, I., Chang, M. L., & Gross, J. J. (2023). Teachers’ emotion regulation and related environmental, personal, instructional, and well-being factors: A meta-analysis. Social Psychology of Education. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School Violence In The Digital Era: Will Artistic Projects Be A Path Of Resistance To Hate Speech? Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:The purpose is to present a reflection on the potential of art education to promote resistance to hate speech and intolerance, problematizing the influence of digital content on interpersonal relationships. The present text is based on a literature review supporting a pedagogical experience to be carried out in the context of the doctorate in art education. School violence is a concerning reality and one of great complexity, being a risk factor for students’ physical and mental health, as it implies serious problems of self-esteem, self-confidence and socialization (Santos and Ramos, 2026, pp. 18; 27). It should be a priority commitment of society and school in particular, to implement strategies promoting healthy and citizenship relationships, in activities that foster responsibility, respect and confidence/trust (Rodrigues, 2023, p. XLIII; Santos and Ramos, 2026, p.24). The digital is part of our daily lives, essential to our social relationships with multiple benefits, it is mostly made of images that until a decade ago reached us mainly through cinema, television and exhibitions. Currently, and at high speed, they come to us through social networks and are consumed without critical criteria (Charréu, 2016 pp.276-277; Mirzoef, 1999 pp. 23-25). Through these images, frequently manipulated, we discover the capacity to transmit messages, contributing to build a world vision, sometimes distorted (Acaso, 2007, p. 11; Acaso and Megías, 2022, pp. 31-32). In recent years, the significant increase in the use of digital devices by children and adolescents is concerning, the consumption of these contents mostly involves harmful aspects, such as violence. The excess of this use can interfere in the neuronal system influencing the processing of emotional regulation such as social acceptance or rejection, anxiety or depression. The artificial worlds of social networks work as a stimulant, due to the high degree of excitability caused, acting quickly in the centre of emotions, and can produce psychological dependance more easily. Special attention is therefore needed for the negative impacts on the physical and psychosocial health (Choi et. al., 2025, p.1; Cury, 2024, pp.81-82; Desmurget, 2021, pp. 262-265; 290; Tsang et. al.,2023, pp. 1-2). Project work aims to promote the critical thinking and research, establishing connections between experiences, informations, knowledge and know-how. This modality perspectives different learning possibilities, ways of thinking and power relations, through the bonds created between teachers, students and communities (Hernández and Anguita, 2023, pp.73-75). Teaching critical thinking is not an easy task, there is a tendency towards a more passive posture. Nevertheless, the stimulating thing is that teachers and students may, together and at the same time, share ideas, building, therefore, a learning community (Hooks, 2023, pp.20-21). The concept of disobedience is linked here, since the curriculum is approached differently, challenging established forms of knowledge and also modes of knowing, offering new ways of thinking and acting (Atkinson, 2018, pp. 194-195). Through collaborative artistic projects, it is intended that theme of violence in school, and the digital influence, may be thought critically by everyone and put into perspective. Converging with the concept of Art Thinking, in which art must align with critical questions and world issues through projects, awakening the curiosity to question everyday topics (Acaso, 2009 pp. 118-119; Acaso and Megías, 2017, p. 29, 68-69). This way, we will be exploring the potential of art education in resisting intolerance and violence, which is part of an increasingly dominant discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used It is within thai alignment that a pedagogical experiment will be carried out in the curricular context of “Visual Education” and “Citizenship and Development” subjects. The art education work proposal will be developed along an academic year in a class of 11/12 year old children, with the same teacher who will ensure the bridge between the two subjects. It will involve the current curricular guidelines and the critical analysis of the contemporary visual culture and the impact of images and digital content - frequently associated with narratives of violence and intolerance. The creation of collaborative artistic projects is proposed, involving the students along all stages, establishing joint work and a reflexive posture on interpersonal relationships. Methodologically, action research will be used, as it is a dynamic model, closer to reality and directed towards the construction of educational practices, allowing to develop an interpretational work of realities that are as complex as mutable. The essential is that the teacher/researcher may reflect on their practice by making changes, replanning, changing practices and bringing up transformations in their contexts. The knowledge thus built, according to very specific rules, is a process with many uncertainties and difficulties, since it implies risking and entering an unknown space (Cortesão, 2019, pp.47-49; Coutinho, 2022, pp. 361-365). The main purpose of the action research is knowledge at the service of transformation and common good, which is why it is so relevant the quality of this commitment. The ethical reflection is the foundation of our responsibility, considering the principles and the consequences of our action towards others and the researcher themselves (Caetano, 2019, pp.53-54). This study will also be supported by ethnographic processes, as it will involve long and active observation in the group, there being no investigation plan defined at the outset, but a set of general prior guidelines that will be developed in the field (Coutinho, 2022, pp. 347-348). The self ethnographic study will allow a reflection involving the professional path with personal history (Chang, 2008, pp.9-10). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that along the project work the students learn to question school violence and hate speech, largely conveyed by digital content, interconnecting the curricular contents with everyday situations. May they be capable of developing their active listening and effective participation in the community, strengthening the sense of belonging and democracy. It is believed that this exercise can generate a behavioural change, contributing to a culture of peace and a safer and healthier learning space. Working with projects is demanding and challenging since this modality assumes a new look not only over the contents, but also on the way we think and see each other (individual and in group). (Hernández and Anguita, 2023, pp.75-76). Thus, the proposal is challenging, involving abstract connections with specific curriculum content and techniques, resulting in an artistic production with a clear and interventionist message. It is not expected to be easy to deal with the enormous unpredictability, accepting the experience by valuing the process - with doubts, insecurities and errors - and not just the final product. It will also not be easy to propose the development of critical thinking within the classroom, since it implies that both teachers and students have an open mind to accept that there are many things we do not know, let go of formed opinions and open space for other perspectives. (Hooks, 2023, p.20). I propose two questions that reflect the challenging work I have set myself: What tensions arise when collaborative work is proposed in contexts marked by competition, inequality, or intolerance? How can we use art education to create a space for connection and critical reflection on everyday issues, embracing each person's differences? References Acaso, M. (2007). This is not the Twin Towers. How to learn to read television and other images. Catarata. Acaso, M. (2009). Arts education is not crafts. New practices in teaching the arts and visual culture. Catarata. Acaso, M. & Megías, C. (2017). Art Thinking - How art can change education. 1st edition. PAIDÓS Educación. Acaso, M. & Megías, C. (2022). Visual Sovereignty – A guide to self-management of images. 1st edition. PAIDÓS Educación. Atkinson, D.(2018). Art, Disobedience, and Ethics The Adventure of Pedagogy. Palgrave Mcmillan. Caetano, A.P. (2019). Ethics in action research – some points for reflection. Estreia Diálogos magazine, 4 (1). 53 - 72 eb8d33_f1a4a418060644cd8be3f58ddac1eb50.pdf Chang, H. (2008). Autoethnography as method. Left Coast Press. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315433370 Charréu, L. (2016). Image cultures – Challenges for art and education. In R. Martins & I. Tourino, (Orgs.) Witnesses of the iconosphere: on the power and impact of global images in arts education based on visual culture. (pp.274-293). UFSM Publisher. Cortesão, L. (2019). In the context of the sociocultural rainbow: Contributions from Action Research. Estreia Diálogos magazine, 4 (1). 41 - 52 eb8d33_db421a41072e4ce4809dfea729bb0517.pdf Choi, E.J. ; Christiaans , E. & Duerden, E.G. (2025). Screen time woes: Social media posting, scrolling, externalizing behaviors, and anxiety in adolescentes. Computers in Human Behavior. 170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2025.108688 Coutinho, C. P. (2022). Research methodologies in Social Sciences and Humanities: Theory and Practice. 2nd edition. Almedina Editions. Cury, A. (2024). Digital intoxication. Pergaminho Publisher. Desmurget, M. (2020). The factory of digital cretins. The dangers of screens for our children. Contraponto. Hernández, F. & Anguita, M. (2023). A rebellious pedagogy: weaving the classroom and school life together through inquiry projects. Octaedro. Hooks,B. (2023). Teaching Critical Thinking. Raig Verd Editorial. Mirzoeff, N. (1999). An Introduction to Visual Culture. Paidós Editorial. Rodrigues, M. (2023). Violence in schools. PACTOR Publisher. Santos, A.K. & Ramos, N. (2026). Violence and bullying in schools: contributions from an intercultural perspective. Research Notebooks, 23(2), 16 - 30. http://dx.doi.org/10.18764/2178-2229.v23n2p16-30 Tsang, S.M.H.; Cheing, G.L.Y.; Lam, A.K.C.; Siu, A.M.H.; Pang, P.C.K.; Yip, K.C.; Chan, J.W.K. & Jansen, M.P. (2023). Excessive use of electronic devices among children and adolescents is associated with musculoskeletal symptoms, visual symptoms, psychosocial health, and quality of life: a cross-sectional study. Frontiers. 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1178769 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper First it Seems Strange, then it Becomes Familiar. A Reflection on the Place of Teaching Within the School System 1: Faculdade de Belas Artes da Universidade do Porto, Portugal; 2: Research Institute in Art, Design and Society, Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:This article aims to reflect on how the practices of welcoming a new visual arts teacher in Portuguese public schools promote exclusionary narratives that are naturalised through language. That being said, based on the author's memory of her first teaching placement, the aim is to analyse how, in this first contact that the teacher has with their new professional context, they are presented with a normative discourse regarding their role in the school machinery (Varela & Alves-Uria, 1992), presupposing an adaptation to this place and a nullification of everything that may be foreign to it. At the beginning of the text, the author shares her firsthand experience as a new visual art teacher in a Portuguese public school, through her memories, recounting the entire ritual involving entering the school building, her introduction at the reception, the office and the management of the public institution, accompanied by a description of the different verbal and physical interactions of the various agents who were part of that moment. This description raises questions about how the teacher is addressed and affected during this ritual, exploring the feeling of strangeness fuelled by the idea of not belonging in that space or feeling ostracised. Based on this questioning of the boundary between the person outside that environment and the agents who are part of it, the concept of stranger is constructed. The idea of strangeness is conceived from a position between places, which is formalised through a movement from the outside to the inside, that is, a feeling of strangeness empowered by the unfamiliarity of the languages with which the subject is confronted and subsequently materialised in their body, reflecting on their mode of action within the school space. In this case, the stranger becomes the teacher who is external to the school they wish to integrate into and, to this end, begins to naturalise the discourses and practices presented to them in this first moment of contact with the terrain. However, what possibilities emerge from the moment the teacher remains in this place of strangeness, in turn deviating from the normativity imposed by that space? By considering these possibilities based on the author's experiences, the text draws attention to ways of doing and saying, that is, behaviours, verbal and non- verbal actions, understanding how these languages structure discourses of power that naturalise hegemonic practices among school agents, which reinforce exclusionary and discriminatory discourses within the school environment and systems. These ways of doing and saying are named through the interactions that the author recounts, exploring from these modes the way in which expectations regarding her place as a visual arts teacher are presented to her. These expectations are framed by the ways in which they address her, taking into account her way of acting as a foreign body, which compromises the construction of the figure of the teacher as a representative of the Portuguese state. After framing how these ways of doing and saying construct a discourse on the figure of the visual arts teacher, a claim is made for strangeness as a form of resistance to the naturalisation and reproduction of practices by visual arts teachers in public schools. This claim defends the need for a constant strangeness of the teaching subject in the school space, as well as their practices and languages, with the aim of constructing a critical action within the school that promotes an inclusive school space of constant learning for all agents involved, through constant questioning of what is considered normal and what is considered strange.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This article is based on ongoing doctoral research entitled “Policies of Estrangement: Practices of resistance and reinvigoration of teaching agency” (2024.00945.BD), funded by the Foundation for Science and Technology (FCT). The author’s writing uses autoethnography as a method to reflect on the complexity of the relationship between visual arts teachers and the place where they carry out their professional activity. This method, combined with a review of the literature on teaching agency, the idea of the stranger and language, aims to reflect surgically on an episode common to all teachers who teach in Portugal – their placements in public schools – with the aim of understanding how everyday moments in the profession contribute in some way to the solidification of discriminatory structures that promote exclusion in education. Throughout the text, the author's dialogues are analysed, along with the words, contexts and modes of action in a professional interaction that could potentially be seen as simple. However, what this careful analysis reveals is that words, like gestures, convey a political stance and reproduce historical narratives about what it means to be a visual arts teacher and how the school institution produces docile subjects. In addition to the autoethnography and literature review that form the basis of this text, dialogue is analysed as an institutionalised discursive event. This analysis is developed based on the etymology of the word 'stranger' and its symbolic nature in the Portuguese context, framed by a critical discourse analysis methodology, which aims to look at the institutional power networks among school agents to verify how a micro perspective can influence a macro perspective on teaching. The triangulation between autoethnography, literature review and critical discourse analysis allows the author of this article to look at the event under analysis from different perspectives. These three methods help the text to relate the author's experience as a subject while analysing and writing about her object of analysis. On the other hand, the literature review informs how this analysis is constructed from a historical point of view on the figure of the visual arts teacher and clarifies, through critical discourse analysis, how the language inherent to the object of study reproduces institutional narratives that reinforce logics of exclusion within public schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conclusions resulting from the analysis of the institutionalised discursive event, drawn from the author's memory and experiences, are organised around the main question that structures the text, which is: What possibilities of actions does the visual arts teacher activate when acting as an outsider and rejecting the normativity of discourses that exist in the school? That said, after analysing the institutionalised discursive event in conjunction with the literature review, it is concluded that the idea of estrangement as a critical practice of resistance to a hegemonic discourse can enable a continuous transformation of visual arts teachers through the unlearning of patriarchal, Eurocentric, colonial and heteronormative structures. This unlearning, generated through the reappropriation of strangeness, aims to propose an action and positioning of visual arts teachers through a reparative reading (Sedgwick, 2003) of the discourses that can make them strangers to their professional practice. The conclusion of this article acknowledges the complexity of normative discourses that we encounter in schools, but suggests reclaiming the place of the stranger as a place for political action within the school. Deconstructing the discourses of power hidden in everyday school rituals opens up the possibility of thinking about ways to transform and act on this same discursive reality from the perspective of the stranger. The stranger is presented as a tool to make the school environment more inclusive for all agents involved in that environment, critically questioning what is considered normal and how that normal affects those who are part of that space. References Ahmed, S. (2004). Collective Feelings: Or, the Impressions Left by Others. Theory, Culture & Society, 21(2), 25-42. Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. (2008). A reprodução. Elementos para uma teoria do sistema de ensino. Editora Vozes. Butler, J. (1990). Gender Trouble. Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Routledge. Derrida, J. (2003). Anne Dufourmantelle convida Jacques Derrida a falar da Hospitalidade [entrevista] (A. Romane, Trans.). Editora Escuta. Eribon, D. (2007). Returning to Reims (M. Lucey, Trans.). Semiotext(e). Fisher, M. (2009). Capitalist Realism. Is there no alternative? Zero Books. Foucault, M. (1999). A ordem do discurso. Aula Inaugural no Collège de France pronunciada em 2 de dezembro de 1970 (L. Sampaio, Trans.). Edições Loyola. Foucault, M. (2008). As palavras e as coisas: Uma arqueologia das ciências humanas (3.ª ed., tradução de M. de M. Oliveira). Martins Fontes. Garcés, M. (2023). Novo Iluminismo Radical. Orfeu Negro. Jaquet, C. (2023). Transclass: A theory of social non-reproduction. (G. Elliot, Trans.). Verso. Le Guin, U. (1985). She Unnames Them. The New Yorker, 21 January 1985. PDF available at https://lchc.ucsd.edu/mca/Mail/xmcamail.2013_01.dir/pdf4gQ1dofjT0.pdf Le Guin, U. (2022). A ficção como cesta. Uma teoria e outros textos (S. Gonçalves, Trans.). Dois dias Edições. Lorde, A. (1984). The transformation of silence into language and action. In Sister Outsider: Essays and speeches (pp. 40-44). Crossing Press Marx, K. (2004). Trabalho Estranhado e propriedade privada In Manuscritos Econômico-Filosóficos (J. Raníere, Trans.) (pp. 79-89). Editora Boitempo. Preciado, P. B. (2023). Eu sou o monstro que vos fala [Relatório para uma academia de psicanalistas]. Cadernos PET-Filosofia, 22(1), 278–331. https://doi.org/10.5380/petfilo.v221.88248 Sedgwick, E. (2003). Paranoid reading and reparative reading, or, you’re so paranoid, you probably think this essay is about you. In Touching feeling: Affect, pedagogy, performativity (pp. 123–151). Duke University Press. Varela, J., & Álvarez-Uría, F. (1992). A maquinaria escolar. Teoria & Educação, 3(6), 68–96. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper (Re)orienting Knowledge, Power, and Transmission in Education through Improvisational Practices University of Padua, Italy Presenting Author:For decades, sociological theory has emphasized a shift toward fluidity and rapid transformation, highlighting the need for forms of thinking, learning, and relating that engage complexity rather than simplistic static essentialism (Bauman, 2011; Morin, 2000). The condition of liquid modernity described by Bauman (2000) situates contemporary education within a social landscape defined by instability, uncertainty, and the erosion of stable reference points. A condition intensified by social acceleration, which compresses time, privileges immediacy, and undermines reflection and sustained engagement (Rosa, 2013). Yet, despite this long-acquired awareness, formal education has changed little: curricula remain standardized (Aoki, 1993, 2005; Apple, 1979; Pinar, 2011; Macintyre Latta, 2013; Osberg & Biesta, 2008), often rigid and impermeable to contextual shifts or emergent conditions, knowledge fragmented (Morin, 2000), relationships hierarchical (Foucault, 1995; Freire, 1970, 1994; hooks, 1994, 2003; McLaren, 2009), and assessment oriented toward control and measurable outcomes. Rather than embracing uncertainty as a constitutive condition of learning, educational systems tend to deny it. This enduring misalignment between contemporary social conditions and educational practices opens a conceptual fracture. Instead of attempting to resolve this tension by restoring stability or refining existing models, this study proposes to inhabit it, engaging uncertainty as a generative condition for teaching, learning, agency, and communitarian meaning-making. Improvisation is what allows to linger in this fracture. Improvisation is not confined to artistic practice but is understood as a form of knowledge, a relational mode of action, and a political practice that unfolds in real time (Lewis & Piekut, 2016). It involves risk-taking, deep listening, and a willingness to be affected and transformed through interaction (Caines & Heble, 2015). As such, it carries a clear educational and political potential. Contrary to the entrenched tendency of education to prepare students for a “predictable and orderly future,” improvisation in teaching and learning is not occasional but structural, embedded in the very dynamics of engaging with a fast-moving and uncertain present. Knowledge itself grows along a path that is never linear nor entirely foreseeable, but marked by detours, trials, and mistakes (Dewey, 1934). As Ingold (2010) emphasizes, learning does not consist of following fixed instructions but of engaging with others, observing, experimenting, and participating in shared practice, with a capacity to bend and re-invent. Building on this perspective, the study frames improvisation through the metaphor of Education as Jazz (Santi & Zorzi, 2016). Here, jazz is not considered as a musical genre, but as an educational lens that highlights learning as a creative, relational, and deeply formative process, where improvisation guides engagement, exaptation (Gould & Vrba, 1982), and co-construction of knowledge. While the role of improvisation in education has already been widely explored across general educational contexts (Aoki, 1993; Cappa & Negro, 2006; Gershon, 2006, 2017; Holdhus et al., 2016; Sorensen, 2022; Santi, 2010; Tomlinson & Germundson, 2007; Zorzi, 2020), this study extends existing studies by approaching improvisation through the lived experiences of jazz musicians and improvisers. Their practices are not treated as models to be transferred, but as situated forms of knowledge capable of illuminating alternative ways of thinking about teaching, learning, and curriculum. Within this framework, the research is guided by the following questions: (RQ1) Are there defining elements of a jazz approach in education, and if so, what are they according to jazz musicians and improvisers? (RQ2) How, and in what ways, can a jazz-inspired educational approach contribute to the development of a curricular framework? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the study’s focus on meaning-making and lived experience, a qualitative approach using Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) (Charmaz, 2014, 2017) was adopted, recognizing the co-construction of meaning between researcher and participants and the influence of broader sociocultural contexts. In line with Strauss and Corbin (2015), the study acknowledges that researchers cannot fully detach themselves from prior knowledge and experience; rather than treating subjectivity as a limitation, it was engaged reflexively as an analytic resource to enhance theoretical sensitivity. This positioning supports theory development grounded in participants’ lived experiences and facilitates coherent methodological decisions (Tracy, 2010). Data were collected through semi-structured interviews (N=40) with three groups: jazz musicians/improvisers with teaching experience, organizational affiliates from Italian jazz institutions, and improvisation scholars. These groups were selected to reflect the three interrelated dimensions of the Index for Inclusion—practices, policies, and cultures (Booth & Ainscow, 2002)—used as a flexible organizing tool rather than a rigid framework. The Index was chosen for its cyclical structure (reviewing, planning, and acting), which parallels the collaborative dynamics of jazz improvisation and supports collective meaning-making. Interview questions and analytic focus were iteratively refined as themes emerged, with a core set ensuring comparability while allowing flexibility to adapt to each interaction (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009) until theoretical saturation was reached. All interviews were audio-recorded, manually transcribed, and analyzed using ATLAS.ti (v. 25.0.1). Although no predefined coding categories were established, three main thematic groups emerged retrospectively. 1) Experiences and Cultural Perceptions: codes related to participants’ professional trajectories, educational practices, and cultural understandings of jazz, including locally situated perspectives. 2) Jazz Components: codes addressing core elements of jazz and the first research question, distinguishing between components elicited through prompts and those emerging spontaneously. 3) In vivo codes: to preserve participants’ original language and were left ungrouped to foreground participants’ own conceptualizations. Only the Jazz Components codes were further organized into code groups based on key traits from the “education as jazz” framework (see Santi, 2015). Improvisation was treated as a transversal code, reflecting its pervasive relevance across all traits and underscoring its foundational role in both jazz and jazz-informed pedagogy. Overall, the coding strategy supported both theoretical grounding and the refinement of existing frameworks, contributing to a dynamic understanding of how jazz and improvisational practices can inform contemporary educational approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed a set of recurring themes that emerged as core components of a jazz-informed approach to education: improvisation, freedom, inclusion, mistakes, listening, and community. These elements both confirm and enrich the initial theoretical framework, functioning as interrelated coordinates, simultaneously navigable, within what I conceptualize as a curricular compass. The curricular compass replaces the idea of a fixed, transferable framework with an orienting device that guides rather than prescribes, allowing the curriculum to be continually re-routed in relation to context, students, and emerging challenges. The compass embodies a fluid and processual orientation, opening a horizon of possibilities in which educational pathways are explored and reshaped in motion. By foregrounding process and contingency, unexpected turns and interruptions are treated as constitutive of inquiry, with mistakes framed as generative moments that open space for discovery, transformation, and the recombination of diverse ways of knowing and being. This approach embraces dis-orientation, reframing moments of “getting lost” as productive conditions that invite collective exploration of uncertainty, support reflective engagement, foster resilience, and cultivate shared spaces in which multiple possibilities can be pursued creatively and without fear or isolation (Barreneche & Santi, 2022; Barreneche et al., 2023; Santi et al., 2025). In this sense, a curriculum conceived as a jazz standard, guided by a curricular compass, is not a fixed body of content but a flexible framework that allows teachers to act within a Spielraum (Stegmaier, 2019), improvising respons-ively/ibly. The compass paves the way for educators to move away from the curriculum-as-planned towards a curriculum-as-lived (Aoki, 1993), wherein concepts are approached as living ideas, recognizable yet transformable across contexts and disciplines. Thus, the compass allows teachers and students to coalesce disciplinary understanding with personal experience, cultivating autonomy, flexibility, and exploratory capacities. References Aoki, T. T. (1993). Legitimating lived curriculum: Towards a curricular landscape of multiplicity. Journal of Curriculum & Supervision, 8(3), 255–268. Aoki, T. T. (2005). Sonare and videre: A story, three echoes and a lingering note. In W. Pinar & Irwin, R. L. (Eds.), Curriculum in a new key: The collected works of Ted T. Aoki (pp. 367– 376). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Apple, M. W. (1979). Ideology and curriculum. Routledge. Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: Developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education. Caines, R., & Heble, A. (Eds.). (2015). The Improvisation Studies Reader: Spontaneous Acts. Routledge. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory, 2nd Edition. Sage. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). Continuum. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving Pedagogy of the oppressed (R. R. Barr, Trans.). Continuum. Gershon, W. (2006). Collective improvisation: A theoretical lens for classroom observation. Journal of curriculum and pedagogy, 3(1), 104-135. Gershon, W. S. (2017). Sound curriculum: Sonic studies in educational theory, method, & practice. Routledge. Holdhus, K., Høisæter, S., Mæland, K., Vangsnes, V., Engelsen, K. S., Espeland, M., & Espeland, Å. (2016). Improvisation in teaching and education—roots and applications. Cogent Education, 3(1). hooks, b. (1994). Teaching To Transgress. Education as the Practice of Freedom. Routledge. hooks, b. (2003). Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope. Routledge. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Lewis, G. E., & Piekut, B. (Eds.). (2016). The Oxford handbook of critical improvisation studies. Oxford University Press, Vol.1-2 Osberg, D., & Biesta, G. (2008). The emergent curriculum: Navigating a complex course between unguided learning and planned enculturation. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(3), 313-328. Pinar, W. F. (2011). The character of curriculum studies: Bildung, currere, and the recurring question of the subject. Palgrave Macmillan. Santi, M. (Ed.). (2010). Improvisation between technique and spontaneity. Cambridge Scholars. Santi, M. (2016). Educare in jazz: otto tratti di una nuova pedagogia. In W. Kohan, S. Lopes, F. Martins (Eds.), O ato de educar em uma lingua ainda por ser escrita (pp. 379-390). NEFI. Santi, M. & Zorzi, E. (Eds). (2016). Education as Jazz: Interdisciplinary Sketches on a New Metaphor. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Stegmaier, W. (2019). What is Orientation? A Philosophical Investigation. Walter de Gruyter. Tomlinson, C. A., & Germundson, A. (2007). Teaching as Jazz. Educational Leadership, 64(8), 27-31. Zorzi, E. (2020). L’insegnante improvvisatore. Liguori. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 M: The Role of Teachers in Shaping Language Learning Environments Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Eleni Damianidou Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Do mixed-SES classes support reading? A 7-year longitudinal study 1: Doctoral School of Education, University of Szeged; 2: MTA-SZTE Digital Learning Technologies Research Group; 3: Budapest Institute for Policy Analysis; 4: Institute of Education, University of Szeged Presenting Author:Educational inequality remains a central concern in European education systems, particularly in countries characterized by early selection and strong socioeconomic stratification. While family socioeconomic status (SES) is consistently estimated to be a significant correlate of achievement and attainment (see e.g. Liu et al., 2022), recent causal and quasi-experimental evidence suggests that SES has only weak effects on learning rates once children enter school (Song et al., 2025). This discrepancy raises a key theoretical question: if family SES does not substantially shape learning trajectories directly, do SES-related effects manifest through other, indirect channels? One possible explanation points to the role of educational contexts, especially the socioeconomic composition (SEC) of schools and classrooms. Socioeconomic stratification can influence learning environments through multiple indirect pathways, including peer interactions (Cooc & Kim, 2017), teaching quality (Varga, 2009), teacher expectations (Gentrup et al., 2024), and parental involvement (Barg, 2019). Since Coleman et al. (1966), SEC has repeatedly been found to predict student achievement over and above individual socioeconomic status, with meta-analytic SEC-achievement correlations far exceeding the SES-achievement correlation levels (Liu et al., 2022). Whether these compositional patterns mark real effects remains debated: observed associations may reflect genuine compositional influence, a statistical artifact of aggregation that disappears once individual SES and prior achievement are adequately controlled, or mean prior ability for which SEC merely serves as a proxy (Marks, 2015; Sciffer et al., 2022). What unites both sides of this debate is the assumption that classroom composition is adequately summarised by its mean SES. However, this collapses two distinct features, a class's mean level and the shape of its SES distribution, into a single indicator. Moving beyond these mean-based measures, we introduce SES-distributional representativeness (SES-DR): a distribution-sensitive indicator capturing how closely a classroom's SES distribution resembles that of the wider student population, operationalised as one minus the Kolmogorov-Smirnov distance between the two distributions, residualised on mean class SES. Applied alongside class-mean SES to longitudinal data, it lets us ask whether a classroom's average socioeconomic level, or the breadth of its socioeconomic mix is more important for childern's skill development. The study addresses two research questions:
From a theoretical perspective, mean classroom SES and SES-DR can be interpreted as complementary indicators capturing different dimensions of the same contextual effect within the Sen–Bourdieu–Bernstein framework (Hart, 2012; Dimopoulos & Koutsampelas, 2024): they capture the volume and distribution of economic, social, and cultural capital available in the classroom. The European and international relevance of the study is twofold. First, Hungary represents an extreme but informative case within Europe, as international assessments consistently rank it among the most socioeconomically stratified education systems in the OECD (OECD, 2019). Second, the analytic framework and the SES-DR indicator are portable to other national contexts and international large-scale assessments. By focusing on distribution-sensitive measures of classroom composition, the study contributes to the debate on whether and how socioeconomic mixing can support equity and skill development for low-SES children without high developmental costs for higher-SES children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis draws on nationwide longitudinal data from the Hungarian Educational Longitudinal Program, following a cohort of students from Grade 3 (fall) to Grade 8 (spring) (N ≈ 6,211 students in 283 classes across 155 schools). Reading literacy was assessed at four time points (Grades 3, 4, 6, and 8) using item-anchored tests aligned with national and international frameworks, with increasing proportions of inferential and evaluative items at higher grades (Hódi et al., 2020, 2025). To place achievement scores on a common developmental scale, we estimated a Rasch model and WLE scores and derived plausible values, standardized to a Grade-3 mean of 500 and a standard deviation of 100 (EAP/PV reliability ≈ .88). Family SES was operationalised as an equal-weight composite of two z-standardised sub-indices: parental education and household material resources. Missing data were handled using multiple imputation with 100 datasets, generated via a random-forest chained-equations algorithm. This approach follows current recommendations for complex longitudinal educational data, allowing for flexible functional forms and interactions, using a large set of auxiliary variables, and reducing bias under missing-at-random assumptions (Wijesuriya et al., 2025). We estimate latent growth-curve structural equation models with empirically determined growth trajectories. Latent intercepts and slopes are regressed on individual SES, mean class SES, SES-DR, and a rich set of student- and class-level controls (e.g., baseline mathematics achievement, self-regulation, class size, gender, and demographic variables). Subgroup-level models are used to assess heterogeneity in the estimated associations across SES-quartiles. Standard fit diagnostics indicate excellent fit (RMSEA = 0.023, CFI = 0.996, SRMR = 0.006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses show that classroom socioeconomic composition is associated with students' reading development between Grades 3 and 8, net of individual SES, prior achievement, and other controls. Class-mean SES is the dominant predictor: it is positively related to reading growth across the entire SES distribution (b ≈ 0.14; p < .001), and this association strengthens rather than attenuates once class-mean prior achievement is controlled for. Beyond mean SES, SES-DR shows a positive but non-significant association with reading growth in the pooled sample. Heterogeneity analyses confirm this pattern: class-mean SES predicts faster growth across all SES quartiles, with the largest estimate among lower-middle-SES students, while SES-DR is never negative in any subgroup. Among classes with similar mean SES levels, socioeconomic mixing therefore does not slow the reading development of higher-SES students, while placement in higher-SES classrooms supports growth across the spectrum. This means that the level of the classroom, and not the breadth of its SES distribution, is what matters. References Barg, K. (2019). Why are middle-class parents more involved in school than working-class parents? Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 59, 14–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2018.12.002 Coleman, J. S., Campbell, E. Q., Hobson, C. J., McPartland, J., Mood, A. M., Weinfeld, F. D., & York, R. L. (1966). Equality of educational opportunity. U.S. Government Printing Office. Cooc, N., & Kim, J. S. (2017). Peer influence on children’s reading skills: A social network analysis of elementary school classrooms. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109 (5), 727–740. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000166 Dimopoulos, K., & Koutsampelas, C. (2024). Towards a new approach for understanding educational inequality: The Sen-Bourdieu-Bernstein theoretical framework. International Journal of Educational Research, 125, 102347. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2024.102347 Gentrup, S., Olczyk, M., & Lorenz, G. (2024). Teacher stereotypes and teacher expectations at the intersection of student gender and socioeconomic status. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie, 56 (1–2), 87–102. https://doi.org/10.1026/0049-8637/a000291 Hart, C. S. (2012). Aspirations, education and social justice: Applying Sen and Bourdieu. Bloomsbury Publishing. Hódi, Á., Tóth, E., & Nikolov, M. (2025). Interactions among text formats and reading processes in young learners’ L1 reading literacy. Reading Research Quarterly, 60 (1). https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.595 Liu, J., Peng, P., Zhao, B., & Luo, L. (2022). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement in primary and secondary education: A metaanalytic review. Educational Psychology Review, 34 (4), 2867–2896. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09689-y Marks, G. N. (2015). Are school-SES effects statistical artefacts? Evidence from longitudinal population data. Oxford Review of Education, 41 (1), 122–144. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2015.100661 OECD. (2019). Pisa 2018 results (volume II): Where all students can succeed. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en Sciffer, M. G., Perry, L. B., & McConney, A. (2022). The substantiveness of socioeconomic school compositional effects in Australia: Measurement error and the relationship with academic composition. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 10, 21. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-022-00142-8 Song, Q., Liu, Y., & Tan, C. Y. (2025). Effects of family socioeconomic status on educational outcomes in primary and secondary education: A systematic review of the causal evidence. Educational Psychology Review, 37 (2). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-025-10004-8 Varga, J. (2009). A tanárok elosztása a különböző szociokulturális hátterű tanulókat tanító iskolák között [Distribution of teachers among schools teaching students from different sociocultural backgrounds]. In K. Fazekas (Ed.). Oktatás és foglalkoztatás [Education and employment]. HAS Institute of Economics. Wijesuriya, R., Moreno-Betancur, M., Carlin, J. B., White, I. R., Quartagno, M., & Lee, K. J. (2025). Multiple imputation for longitudinal data: A tutorial. Statistics in Medicine, 44 (3–4). https://doi.org/10.1002/sim.10274 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Perspectives on Ability Grouping in Israeli ESL Classrooms: Ethical Dilemmas and Alternative Strategies Ben Gurion University, Israel Presenting Author:This paper examines how ability grouping policies are enacted in everyday English as a Second Language (ESL) classroom practice, with a particular focus on teachers’ instructional decision-making, professional agency, and ethical reasoning. While ability grouping and mixed-ability instruction have been extensively debated in terms of student outcomes, much of this research has focused on system-level effects or achievement data. Comparatively little attention has been paid to how teachers experience, interpret, and negotiate grouping structures in their day-to-day pedagogical work. This gap is especially significant in linguistically diverse and high-stakes educational contexts, where language education functions as a key mechanism of selection and access. The present study addresses this gap by foregrounding teachers as central actors in the enactment of grouping policy. The study is guided by the following research question: How do different grouping structures (ability grouping and mixed-ability instruction) shape ESL teachers’ instructional decision-making, professional agency, and ethical reasoning in junior high school classrooms? Rather than evaluating grouping models in terms of effectiveness or attainment, the study adopts a qualitative, teacher-centered perspective to explore how grouping policies are lived and negotiated at the classroom level. It examines how teachers adapt differentiation practices, how they perceive the social and emotional implications of grouping for students, and how grouping arrangements influence their sense of professional autonomy, responsibility, and workload. The theoretical framework integrates perspectives from the sociology of education, sociocultural theories of language learning, and research on teacher agency and policy enactment. At the structural level, the study draws on sociological research that conceptualizes ability grouping and tracking as mechanisms of educational stratification. From this perspective, grouping is understood not merely as a pedagogical strategy, but as a policy instrument that structures access to curriculum, expectations, and educational trajectories. Comparative research across European education systems has shown that early grouping arrangements often reproduce social, linguistic, and socioeconomic inequalities, particularly in subjects such as language education that function as gatekeepers to further educational opportunities. This lens situates ESL grouping within broader European debates on equity, inclusion, and institutional differentiation. At the pedagogical level, the study is informed by sociocultural theories of language learning, which conceptualize learning as socially mediated and interaction-driven. Language development is understood as emerging through participation in meaningful communicative practices, peer interaction, and access to diverse linguistic resources. These perspectives have strongly influenced European approaches to inclusive and heterogeneous language classrooms. At the same time, they highlight the pedagogical tensions teachers face when attempting to sustain inclusive participation while maintaining appropriate levels of cognitive and linguistic challenge for learners with diverse profiles. Finally, the study draws on scholarship on teacher agency and policy enactment, which conceptualizes teachers as active interpreters and mediators of educational policy rather than passive implementers. Teacher agency is understood as relational and structurally conditioned, shaped by institutional arrangements, accountability regimes, and professional cultures. This perspective is particularly relevant in European contexts where teachers are increasingly expected to reconcile inclusive policy discourses with performance-oriented assessment systems. By foregrounding teachers’ ethical reasoning and professional judgment, the study illuminates how grouping policies redistribute pedagogical responsibility and emotional labor across different instructional models. Although empirically situated in Israeli junior high schools, the study is analytically framed as a critical comparative case. The Israeli context shares key characteristics with many European systems, including early ability grouping, high-stakes language assessment, and increasing linguistic and cultural diversity. By examining teachers’ lived experiences across contrasting grouping structures, the study offers conceptually transferable insights into how grouping policies shape classroom practice, teacher agency, and educational equity, contributing directly to European and international discussions central to ECER. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, interpretivist comparative case study design to examine how ESL teachers experience and enact ability grouping and mixed-ability instructional models in junior high school contexts. A qualitative approach was selected to capture teachers’ professional reasoning, ethical deliberations, and situated decision-making processes, which are not readily accessible through outcome-oriented methodologies. The research focuses on two state junior high schools operating under contrasting organizational arrangements: one implementing between-class ability grouping in English and one adopting a mixed-ability instructional model. The cases were selected through purposive sampling to enable analytical comparison within broadly similar institutional and socioeconomic conditions. Rather than evaluating the effectiveness of grouping models, the study explores how different structural arrangements shape teachers’ pedagogical practices, sense of agency, and perceptions of equity in everyday classroom life. The design is informed by comparative education research that emphasizes contextualized, practice-based analysis over causal inference, allowing grouping to be examined as a lived policy phenomenon rather than a technical intervention. Data were generated through semi-structured interviews with ten ESL teachers, five from each school, all with a minimum of four years’ experience teaching English at the junior high level and direct involvement in differentiation and instructional planning. Interviews lasted 45–60 minutes and were conducted in English. Prompts addressed experiences with grouping structures, approaches to differentiation, perceptions of student engagement and identity, and ethical or emotional dilemmas arising from grouping decisions. To enhance analytic credibility, the study also incorporated a targeted analysis of instructional artefacts, including core textbooks and representative classroom worksheets used in routine practice. These materials were selected in consultation with teachers and examined for linguistic and cognitive demand, scaffolding, and opportunities for extended language use. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s thematic analysis framework, combining inductive coding with theoretically informed interpretation. Interview transcripts formed the primary analytic corpus, while artefacts were used to contextualize and corroborate teacher accounts. Ethical approval was obtained from relevant institutional bodies, all participants provided informed consent, and pseudonyms were used to ensure confidentiality. The design supports analytic generalization and offers conceptually transferable insights relevant to European debates on inclusion, tracking, and teacher professionalism. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study suggests that neither ability grouping nor mixed-ability instruction functions as an inherently equitable or pedagogically optimal solution in ESL classrooms. Instead, each grouping structure shapes instructional practice, teacher agency, and student experience in distinct and often contradictory ways. Ability grouping is associated with clearer instructional focus and curricular alignment, supporting lesson planning and classroom manageability, while simultaneously constraining flexibility, limiting peer interaction, and reinforcing fixed academic identities for students placed in lower tracks. Mixed-ability instruction, by contrast, appears to foster inclusion, social integration, and collaborative learning, yet places substantial cognitive, emotional, and organizational demands on teachers, particularly in sustaining appropriate levels of challenge for diverse learners. Across both contexts, teachers emerge as central mediators of grouping policy rather than passive implementers. They exercise professional judgment to navigate tensions between differentiation, equity, and institutional accountability, often developing pragmatic strategies such as flexible grouping, adaptive task design, and differentiated use of materials. These strategies mitigate some of the limitations of each grouping model but do not eliminate the structural constraints embedded in grouping systems. Overall, the findings shift the focus of the grouping debate from questions of effectiveness toward issues of enactment, teacher agency, and ethical responsibility. By foregrounding teachers’ lived experiences, the study contributes qualitative insight into how grouping policies are realized in practice and underscores the need for systemic conditions that support sustainable, equity-oriented language education. These conclusions speak directly to European debates on tracking, inclusion, and teacher professionalism. References Boaler, J. (2003). Setting, social class and survival of the quickest. In A. Bishop (Ed.), Mathematics education (pp. 205-228). Routledge. Boaler, J. (2008). Promoting ‘relational equity’ and high mathematics achievement through an innovative mixed‐ability approach. British Educational Research Journal, 34(2), 167-194. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01411920701532145 Callahan, R. M. (2005). Tracking and high school English learners: Limiting opportunity to learn. American Educational Research Journal, 42(2), 305-328. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.3102/00028312042002305 Cohen, Z. A., Lefstein, A., & Author 2, Y. (2022). ‘He doesn’t deserve to be in the higher track’: Teachers’ justifications in student tracking discussions. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43(4), 543-555. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2020.1858759 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approach. Sage. https://www.ucg.ac.me/skladiste/blog_609332/objava_105202/fajlovi/Creswell.pdf Erling, E. J., Foltz, A., Siwik, F., & Brummer, M. (2022). Teaching English to linguistically diverse students from migration backgrounds: From deficit perspectives to pockets of possibility. Languages, 7(3), 186. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/languages7030186 Feniger 2, Y., Bar-Haim, E., & Blank, C. (2021). From social origin to selective high school courses: Ability grouping as a mechanism of securing social advantage in Israeli secondary education. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 76(1), 100627. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2021.100627 Feniger, Y., Mcdossi, O., & Ayalon, H. (2015). Ethno-religious differences in Israeli higher education: Vertical and horizontal dimensions. European Sociological Review, 31(4), 383-396. http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcu092 Francis, B., Connolly, P., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Mazenod, A., Pepper, D., Sloan, S., Taylor, B., Tereshchenko, A., & Travers, M.-C. (2017). Attainment grouping as self-fulfilling prophesy? A mixed methods exploration of self-confidence and set level among year 7 students. International Journal of Educational Research, 86, 96-108. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.09.001 Francis, B., Taylor, B., & Tereshchenko, A. (2019). Reassessing 'ability' grouping: Improving practice for equity and attainment. Routledge. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/336322183_Reassessing_'Ability'_Grouping_Improving_Practice_for_Equity_and_Attainment Marsh, H. W. (1987). The Big-Fish–Little-Pond Effect on academic self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), 280–295. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.79.3.280 Slavin, R. E. (1987). Ability grouping and student achievement in elementary schools: A best-evidence synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 57(3), 293-336. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.2307/1170460 Swain, M. (2000). The output hypothesis and beyond: Mediating acquisition through collaborative dialogue. In J. P. Lantolf (Ed.), Sociocultural theory and second language learning (pp. 97-114). Oxford University Press. Taylor, B., Hodgen, J., Tereshchenko, A., & Gutiérrez, G. (2022). Attainment grouping in English secondary schools: A national survey of current practices. Research Papers in Education, 37(2), 199-220. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2020.1836517 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Cultural Features Fostering Children’s Engagement in Language-Oriented Play Pedagogy Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Topic This proposal is part of a broader doctoral dissertation examining children’s engagement in language-oriented play pedagogy in early childhood education. Situated within Nordic traditions of play pedagogy, it focuses on 6- to 7-year-old children and investigates how cultural features of play, defined as narratives, roles, objects, and cultural symbols, support children’s engagement. Engagement is the central phenomenon under study, conceptualized as active, embodied, and sustained participation, while language-oriented objectives, such as sound awareness and letter recognition, are embedded within play narratives as meaningful story components that children interact with. The study will employ a novel, child-led, play-pedagogy-based method to examine how cultural features foster children’s engagement in language-oriented play pedagogy. Cultural features structure participation by providing tangible and symbolic resources that children use to communicate and co-construct play. Examining these features shows how engagement emerges within a socially and culturally organized context and how Nordic play traditions balance curricular language-oriented objectives with children’s agency. This analysis clarifies how culturally structured play fosters engagement and informs both theory and practice in play-based pedagogy. Research Question How do the cultural features of play pedagogy promote children’s engagement in language-oriented play pedagogy? Objective The objective of this study is to investigate how cultural features of play pedagogy provide social, cultural, and material resources that foster children’s engagement in language-oriented play pedagogy. Engagement is examined across three dimensions:
The study will investigate how cultural features actively mediate and scaffold engagement, and will employ a novel, child-led play-pedagogy method consisting of six narrative-based play sessions. It will explore how engagement is enacted and sustained when children interact with narrative components containing language-oriented objectives. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The study is grounded in sociocultural theory (Bodrova & Leong, 2024; Rogoff, 2016; Vygotsky, 1978) and complemented by an enactive perspective on language, particularly Di Paolo’s concept of linguistic bodies (Di Paolo et al., 2018). From a sociocultural perspective, engagement arises through participation in culturally meaningful activities, where children collaboratively explore language-oriented objectives within shared play narratives (Hakkarainen, 2008; Zuckerman, 2017). Additionally, the enactive perspective emphasizes that engagement is enacted through coordinated verbal and bodily actions, including gestures, posture, gaze, facial expressions, and vocal qualities (Di Paolo et al., 2018). Together, these perspectives provide a holistic framework for understanding engagement as a socially, culturally, and embodied phenomenon emerging through interaction with others and with material environments. Cultural Features in Play Pedagogy and Engagement Drawing on Nordic traditions of play pedagogy, Lindqvist’s (1995) concept of playworlds emphasizes adults and children playing together to co-construct imaginary worlds. Hakkarainen (2008) expands this by incorporating problem-solving within play narratives. Narratives are collaboratively developed through characters that integrate problem-solving and language-oriented objectives embedded in the play narrative (Hakkarainen, 2008; Zuckerman, 2017). Cultural features, defined as narratives, roles, objects, and symbols, structure participation and meaning-making in play. Meaningful narratives, such as familiar fairy tales, guide action and sustain engagement by creating dramatic tension and exploring fundamental conflicts, including fear–security and power–equality (Hakkarainen & Bredikyte, 2013). Roles enable children to adopt and negotiate culturally meaningful positions. Objects and cultural symbols, such as a map with mysterious letters that invite interpretation, serve as mediational tools anchoring attention, supporting symbolic transformation, and fostering language use (Lindqvist, 1995; Zuckerman, 2017). These features scaffold dialogue, problem-solving, and participation in play. From an enactive perspective, they provide affordances linking action and interaction, shaping how children participate and sustain engagement (Di Paolo et al., 2018; Sparaci & Gallagher, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an action research design (Kemmis & McTaggart, 1988), employing iterative cycles of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting to examine how cultural features of play foster children’s engagement in language-oriented play pedagogy. (1) During February–March 2026, a novel play-pedagogy-based method was developed as a research tool for examining children’s engagement. The method consists of six play sessions structured around a shared narrative that integrates language-oriented objectives, such as sound awareness and letter recognition. Cultural features meaningful to children are embedded in the narrative as analytic affordances, enabling examination of how these features invite, sustain, and shape engagement during play. (2) The method was piloted in one pre-primary group in April 2026 to test its usefulness and refine both the play design and analytic focus. In line with action research principles, the pilot sessions were implemented iteratively, with refinements based on observed engagement. This phase calibrates the method so that play sessions reliably highlight situations in which engagement can be systematically observed. (3) During Autumn 2026–Spring 2027, the refined method will be implemented as the primary tool for data collection and analysis in the main study. Play sessions will be conducted with three pre-primary groups, using video recordings, field notes, and children’s reflections to enable triangulation and strengthen the credibility of observations (Heale & Forbes, 2013). Data Analysis The analysis is based on repeated viewing of video-recorded play sessions, using a multimodal interactional approach (Heath, Hindmarsh & Luff, 2010; Goodwin, 2000). Video data are segmented into interactional episodes, defined as temporally bounded sequences of joint activity emerging from children’s orientations to play. Episode boundaries are identified through shifts in verbal interaction, participation frameworks, embodied orientation, and use of material or symbolic resources, and are analytically derived rather than pre-defined (Jordan & Henderson, 1995; Heath, Hindmarsh & Luff, 2010). Consistent with the study’s theoretical framework, engagement is analysed across three interrelated dimensions: children’s initiative-taking and problem-solving (active participation), bodily interaction (embodiment in dialogue), and continuity of attention and involvement over time (sustained participation). These dimensions provide a framework for identifying how engagement unfolds moment by moment and is sustained within play contexts. Episodes are analysed to examine how cultural features in play, such as narratives, roles, objects, and symbols,mediate participation. For example, a wooden stick may become a magic scepter, enabling shared attention, embodied dialogue, and collaborative problem-solving, making engagement visible within the play context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through these interconnected cultural features, engagement is expected to emerge as active, embodied, and sustained participation. Examining them in the broader dissertation will provide insights into how culturally structured play supports engagement in language-oriented play pedagogy and informs the design of child-centered, culturally responsive practices in early childhood education. Cultural features are anticipated to play a central role in scaffolding children’s engagement. Shared narratives, negotiated roles, and meaningful objects and cultural symbols are expected to create conditions that support initiative-taking, sustained attention, and coordinated verbal and bodily participation, allowing engagement to emerge as a holistic, embodied process characterized by collaborative problem-solving and co-construction of meaning. Objects and cultural symbols are likely to function as mediational resources, anchoring attention, supporting symbolic transformation, and sustaining engagement across episodes. Through these resources, children are expected to coordinate speech, gesture, movement, and affect, illustrating how engagement is deeply social, cultural, and embodied. The study is expected to contribute theoretically by extending sociocultural and enactive accounts of engagement, methodologically by demonstrating a structured, narrative-based play-pedagogy method for examining engagement, and pedagogically by informing culturally structured, language-oriented play-pedagogy-based approaches in early childhood education with relevance for Nordic and broader European contexts. References Bodrova, E., & Leong, D. J. (2024). Tools of the mind: The Vygotskian approach to early childhood education (3rd ed.). Pearson. Di Paolo, E. A., Cuffari, E. C., & De Jaegher, H. (2018). Linguistic bodies: The continuity between life and language. MIT Press. EDUFI. (2014). National core curriculum for pre-primary education 2014. Finnish National Agency for Education. Goodwin, C. (2000). Action and embodiment within situated human interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 32(10), 1489–1522. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-2166(99)00096-X Hakkarainen, P. (2008). The challenges and possibilities of a narrative learning approach in the Finnish early childhood education system. International Journal of Educational Research, 47(5), 292–300. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2008.12.008 Hakkarainen, P., & Bredikyte, M. (2013). Kehittävän leikkipedagogiikan perusteet. Majavesi: Kogni. Heale, R., & Forbes, D. (2013). Understanding triangulation in research. Evidence-Based Nursing, 16(4), 98. https://doi.org/10.1136/eb-2013-101494 Heath, C., Hindmarsh, J., & Luff, P. (2010). Video in qualitative research: Analysing social interaction in everyday life. Sage. Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 4(1), 39–103. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls0401_2 Kemmis, S., & McTaggart, R. (1988). The action research planner. Deakin University Press. Lindqvist, G. (1995). The aesthetics of play: A didactic study of play and culture in preschools (Doctoral dissertation). Uppsala Studies in Education, Uppsala University. Marjanen, K. (2022). Moniaistinen musiikki – leikin, elämysten ja ilon pedagogiikkaa. In I. Ruokonen (Ed.), Ilmaisun ilo (pp. 229–247). PS-kustannus. Rogoff, B., Callanan, M. A., Gutiérrez, K. D., & Erickson, F. (2016). The organization of informal learning. Research in Education, 40, 356–401. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16680994 Sparaci, L., & Gallagher, S. (2023). A kaleidoscope of play: A new approach to play analysis in childhood. Philosophical Psychology, 36(5), 717–748. https://doi.org/10.1080/09515089.2023.2234938 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Zuckerman, G. (2017). The interplay between play and learning. In T. Bruce, P. Hakkarainen, & M. Bredikyte (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of early childhood play (pp. 315–327). Routledge. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 N: Teacher Agency, Professional Identity and Professional Learning Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Eeva Järventausta Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Navigating the Threshold: An Autoethnography of Prospective Teacher Educator Identity Development Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Context of the study Teacher educators are pivotal to the quality of future teachers (Loughran, 2006; Murray et al., 2011; White et al., 2020). Consequently, research on teacher educator identity has expanded, highlighting a complex and challenging becoming process (Berry & Forgasz, 2016). However, this scholarship predominantly focuses on practitioner-pathway teacher educators transitioning from schools to universities (Murray & Male, 2005; O'Brien & Furlong, 2015), paying far less attention to academic-pathway entrants like PhD graduates (Newberry, 2014; Yuan, 2020). This gap is critical given a global trend of recruiting teacher educators for their academic qualifications (Liang et al., 2025; Newberry, 2014; Yuan, 2016, 2020). While some studies have begun to examine identity construction during doctoral education (Murphy et al., 2014; Tucker & Adams, 2023), little is known about the complexities of prospective teacher educator identity development among doctoral students who have little or no formal school teaching experience. This study addresses this by examining the first author's experience. Situated as a doctoral student on the curriculum team for a self-study program for teacher educators, the first author experienced a liminal space, generating significant identity tensions regarding legitimacy of teacher educator identity. Using liminality as an analytical lens (Turner, 1969), this autoethnography explores this ambiguous identity development.
Theoretical framework Developing from the work of van Gennep (1960), Turner (1969) used liminality to refer simultaneously to one phase of the multistep transition process effected through a rite of passage, the place within which that transition takes place, and the state of being experienced by the person making the transition (Cook-Sather, 2006). Turner (1969) used "betwixt and between" to capture the essence of his theory of liminality. The place within which the transition unfolds is an "in-between" place that bridges "what is" and "what can or will be" (Turner, 1981, p. 159). The state in which the initiand finds himself or herself during this transition is "ambiguous, neither here nor there" (Turner, 1974, p. 232). Liminality is thus transformed from a linear and concentrated process, bounded by simple notions of time and space, to one which is complex, multifaceted and flexible, but which still affords an opportunity for deep change and reorientation (Wood, 2012). Furthermore, liminality has been quite often used to explain and discuss the transition within the context of teacher education. Although teaching practicum/internship has often been conceptualized as a liminal period during which pre-service teachers transition from students to teachers (Cook-Sather, 2006; Hallaran et al., 2025; McCaw, 2021; Pierce, 2007; Wilkins et al., 2012; Wood, 2012), scant attention was paid to teacher educator identity. In the present study, we adopt the theory of liminality to further illuminate the dynamic nature of prospective teacher educator identity development. The specific context of this study—where the first author, as a doctoral student, contributed to a training program for teacher educators—constitutes a liminal space that highly aligns with the theory, embodying the "betwixt and between" characteristic.
Consequently, the central question guiding this study is: How does a teacher education doctoral student navigate and construct the prospective teacher educator identity in a liminal space? The study can contribute to the limited knowledge of the process of prospective teacher educator identity construction, particularly for those candidates without prior teaching experience, and offer practical insights for the preparation of teacher educators. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method The present study aims to illuminate a doctoral student's lived experiences in the liminal space through an autoethnography approach. Autoethnography was selected because of its emphasis on a researcher's subjectivity and ‘reflexive self-observation’ (Bochner & Ellis 2016, p. 48). This study will thickly describe the tensions, struggles, challenges, seeking to illuminate the complexities of the first author's prospective teacher educator identity development within the ambiguous and formative context. Although self-study has become a signature methodology in the international teacher education community, it remains in its infancy in China. In this context, a university in Beijing has pioneered a "Self-Study and Professional Development Program for Early-Career University-Based Teacher Educators," scheduled to run from March 2025 to March 2027. The first author is working in this program as a member of the curriculum team. Data sources for this research will include materials the first author will generate during the program, such as: reflective journals on her professional identity development; records of interactions or field notes from her engagements with other participants (including fellow curriculum team members and program learners); and other self-observation materials that will thickly describe the development of her prospective teacher educator identity. To enhance the trustworthiness of interpretation, the data analysis process will be continually negotiated through critical dialogues with critical friend, who serves as the coordinator of the program and is also a university-based teacher educator. Such dialogic engagement will contextualize the data through multiple perspectives and stimulate alternative viewpoints for more rigorous analysis (Bochner & Ellis, 2016; Yung, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Anticipated conclusion First, the self-study training program acts as the liminal space for the first author to engage in the "rite of passage" of becoming a teacher educator. However, within this liminal space, the first author do not develop into a teacher educator or a teacher educators' educator in the true sense, but rather into a prospective teacher educator whose commitment is to become a teacher educator in the future, with a specific imagination and vivid details of ideal practice. Second, the liminal space within which the first author and other participants maintain their dialogue allows for a kind of contemplation of mysteries through knowledge sharing that helps the first author develop her identity. Third, identity formation processes unfolding within the liminal phase are made possible partly because of the reversal of established hierarchies of value and social status. References Berry, A., & Forgasz, R. (2016). Becoming ourselves as teacher educators: Trespassing, transgression and transformation. In J. Williams, & M. Hayler (Eds). Professional learning through transitions and transformations (pp 95–106). New York, NY: Springer. Bochner, A., & Ellis, C. (2016). Evocative autoethnography: Writing lives and telling stories. Routledge. Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Newly Betwixt and Between: Revising Liminality in the Context of a Teacher Preparation Program. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 37(2), 110–127.https://doi.org/10.1525/aeq.2006.37.2.110 Hallaran, A. E., Friedman, T. E., & Locke, M. A. (2025). Rubberbanding in a Liminal Space: English Language Learner Teachers and Special Educators Consider the Intersections of Language, Dis/ability, Race, and Institutional Structures. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1-13. Liang, J., Ell, F., & Meissel, K. (2025). Who do they think they are? Professional identity of Chinese university-based teacher educators. European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(2), 423-443.https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2191814 Loughran, J. (2006). Developing a Pedagogy of Teacher Education: Understanding Teaching and Learning about Teaching. Taylor & Francis. McCaw, C. T. (2021). Liminality and the beginning teacher: Strangers, frauds and dancing in the disequilibrium. Cambridge Journal of Education, 51(3), 395-409. Murphy, S., McGlynn-Stewart, M., & Ghafouri, F. (2014). Constructing Our Identities through a Writing Support Group: Bridging from Doctoral Students to Teacher Educator Researchers. Studying Teacher Education, 10(3), 239–254.https://doi.org/10.1080/17425964.2014.949656 Murray, J., & Male, T. (2005). Becoming a teacher educator: Evidence from the field. Teaching and teacher education, 21(2), 125-142. Murray, J., Czerniawski, G., & Barber, P. (2011). Teacher educators' identities and work in England at the beginning of the second decade of the twenty-first century. Journal of Education for Teaching, 37(3). Newberry, M. (2014). Teacher educator identity development of the nontraditional teacher educator. Studying Teacher Education, 10(2 ), 163-178. O'Brien, M., & Furlong, C. (2015). Continuities and discontinuities in the life histories of teacher educators in changing times. Irish educational studies, 34(4), 379-394. Pierce, K. M. (2007). Betwixt and between: Liminality in beginning teaching. The new educator, 3(1), 31-49. Tucker, O. G., & Adams, K. (2023). Shifting frames: Two doctoral students’ identity construction as music teacher educators. International Journal of Music Education, 41(4), 663–674.https://doi.org/10.1177/02557614221145508 Turner, Victor. (1969). Liminality and Communitas. In The Ritual Process: Structure and Antistructure. Pp. 94–130. New York : Walter De Gruyer Inc. Turner, Victor. (1974). Dramas, Fields, and Metaphors: Symbolic Action in Human Society. Ithaca , NY : Cornell University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Beyond Compliance: Architectures of Becoming and Professional Judgement in Teacher Education. Australia, Australia Presenting Author:Across many education systems, teacher education has become a key site of contemporary governance. Internationally, schooling systems are increasingly organised through performance metrics, standards frameworks, and audit cultures that seek to render educational practice visible, comparable, and accountable (Ball, 2003; Lingard, 2011). Teacher education sits centrally within these shifts. In Australia, accreditation requirements, Professional Standards for Teachers, and performance-based assessments are coordinated through national regulatory organisations such as the Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL, 2011). These policy infrastructures define what counts as quality teaching, legitimate evidence, and professional readiness. They also align teacher preparation with broader regimes of governance-by-numbers, where professional trust is increasingly mediated through indicators and compliance structures (Lingard & Lewis, 2017; Mockler, 2013). Across many education systems, teacher education is therefore increasingly governed by performance-based accountability, professional standards, and accreditation regimes, shaping how teachers come to experience, narrate, and perform professionalism across their preparation and early careers. In Australia, final-year Teacher Performance Assessments have become high-stakes gatekeeping instruments. They define what counts as readiness to teach. They also shape how professional competence is narrated, displayed, and judged. These mechanisms are designed to assure quality and public trust. Yet they do more than measure practice. They privilege forms of evidence, authorise specific professional identities, and offer to structure what can legitimately be said, done, and valued in teaching (Ball, 2003; Lingard, 2011; Mockler, 2013). What they make visible matters, as well as what they push to the margins. Following Biesta’s (2015) critique of the evidentiary turn, this research work begins from the concern that contemporary accountability regimes risk narrowing professional judgement to system-recognised performance. Professional judgement, understood here as the capacity to discern what a situation calls for and to act responsibly amid uncertainty, depends on practical wisdom, ethical deliberation, and responsiveness to context (Kemmis et al., 2014). These dimensions of practice do not sit easily alongside assessment systems that prioritise standardised indicators and auditable artefacts. At the same time, teachers enter classrooms shaped by relational demands, social complexity, and unpredictable learning environments. Research on teacher identity and agency reminds us that good teaching is inseparable from personal commitment, vulnerability, and relational work (Kelchtermans, 2009; Palmer, 2017; Mockler, 2011). Yet policy and accreditation discourses continue to privilege what can be standardised and measured. A misalignment emerges between what research suggests teachers need to flourish professionally and what institutional systems recognise as evidence of effectiveness. This research adopts a critical-normative orientation and does not claim neutral description of teacher education systems. Instead, it examines how accountability arrangements shape professional becoming and asks how alternative conditions might better sustain professional judgement, ethical agency, and democratic responsibility in teacher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analytically, the research draws primarily on the Theory of Practice Architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014), which conceptualises how cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements enable and constrain practices in particular sites. This is complemented by an ecological understanding of agency (Priestley et al., 2015), framed as an achievement emerging through interaction with enabling and constraining conditions rather than as an individual attribute. Together, these frameworks support analysis of how institutional arrangements shape what preservice and early-career teachers can say, do, and aspire to be across time. This work introduces the concept of ‘Architectures of Becoming’ as a modest extension of Practice Architectures theory. Practice Architectures focuses on how arrangements structure practice in particular settings. Architectures of Becoming shifts the lens. It foregrounds how repeated encounters with these arrangements shape the temporal formation of professional subjectivities, how identities, sense of responsibilities, and capacities for judgement stabilise, fracture, or are re-worked overtime. Using a qualitative longitudinal design, the research follows seven preservice teachers from completion of their final practicum and Teacher Performance Assessment into their first year of teaching (Neale, 2018). Semi-structured interviews and analysis of assessment artefacts trace how participants narrate competence, judgement, and responsibility within authorised discourses of quality and evidence, and how these narratives are renegotiated as participants encounter new institutional expectations in schools. Initial coding follows reflexive thematic analysis to identify recurring patterns across interviews before interpretive analysis through practice architectures (Braun & Clarke, 2021). By positioning Australia as a case of intensified accountability governance, the research offers empirically grounded and conceptually informed insights into how accountability instruments operate as knowledge-producing infrastructures in teacher education. Rather than proposing universal solutions, this work develops critical propositions for re-thinking existing practice architectures in ways that may better sustain professional judgement and ethical agency under contemporary conditions of governance-by-numbers. In doing so, the study responds to current calls to chart ways forward for teacher education that rebuild trust, sustain teachers’ professional voice, and resist reductive logics of measurement in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research contributes empirically, conceptually, and normatively to debates on teacher education under contemporary accountability regimes. Empirically, it offers longitudinal accounts of how preservice and early-career teachers narrate competence, professional judgement, and responsibility as they move through performance assessment and early professional practice. The analysis illuminates how the sayings, doings, and relatings of quality and evidence are learned, how identities of compliance or resistance take shape, and where relational and ethical commitments rub up against performative demands. This research follows how these trajectories emerge, shift, and sometimes fracture over time. Conceptually, the study advances the notion of Architectures of Becoming as a modest extension of Practice Architectures theory. Existing work has shown how arrangements structure practices in particular sites. This research shifts the focus to how repeated encounters with these arrangements shape the temporal formation of professional subjectivities. It offers a way of seeing accountability instruments not only as tools of evaluation, but as infrastructures that quietly produce particular forms of professional identity, judgement, and agency. This work develops conceptual implications for understanding how accountability-driven teacher education systems authorise certain forms of evidence and professional life while marginalising others. These implications speak to Australian and international contexts grappling with intensified governance and policy control in education (Lingard, 2011). Practically, the study offers critical re-configurative propositions for re-thinking teacher education and assessment. These are not neutral improvement strategies. They are grounded provocations for asking different questions about what teacher education should cultivate, what counts as legitimate evidence of practice, and how accountability might be arranged in ways that sustain rather than suppress professional judgement. In this sense, the research aims not only to diagnose contemporary conditions, but to chart directions forward for teacher education systems seeking to balance public accountability with democratic responsibility References AITSL. (2011). Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of education policy, 18(2), 215-228. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Biesta, G. (2015). What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism. European Journal of education, 50(1), 75-87. Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: self‐understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 15(2), 257-272. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Lingard, B. (2013). Policy as numbers: Ac/counting for educational research. In Politics, policies and pedagogies in education (pp. 27-50). Routledge. Lingard, B., Sellar, S., & Lewis, S. (2017). Accountabilities in schools and school systems. Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Mockler, N. (2011). Becoming and ‘being’a teacher: Understanding teacher professional identity. In Rethinking educational practice through reflexive inquiry: Essays in honour of Susan Groundwater-Smith (pp. 123-138). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Mockler, N. (2013). Teacher professional learning in a neoliberal age: Audit, professionalism and identity. Australian journal of teacher education (online), 38(10), 35-47. Neale, B. (2018). What is qualitative longitudinal research? London: Bloomsbury. Palmer, P. J. (2017). The courage to teach guide for reflection and renewal. John Wiley & Sons. Priestley, M. R., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 O: Opening Pathways to Knowledge Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Rochette Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Illuminating the STEM Social Inheritance Gap by Accounting for Differences in Adolescents´ STEM Capital Equipment 1: Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany; 2: University of Regensburg, Germany Presenting Author:From an early age, children learn from their parents and within an environment that is shaped by them. Parents usually influence what toys and objects are in the home, what topics are discussed at dinner, how children spend their free time, and what developmental paths are even considered for their offspring. Parents are not neutral, but influence their children based on their own interests, values, and preferences – including familiarity and affinity for STEM-related content. We assume that family influences and experiences have a lasting effect and even in adolescence are linked to whether young people consider themselves to be STEM persons. Our research seeks to uncover, to what extent and how parents´ value beliefs regarding STEM shape their children´s identification with STEM. STEM identity is a powerful concept for the explanation of persistence and choices in STEM. It emerges from the personal identification as a STEM person, together with recognition from others (Carlone & Johnson, 2007; Vincent-Ruz & Schunn, 2018). Experiences relevant to the development of a STEM identity can be gained as early as childhood as shown in research from the U.S. (Cohen et al., 2021; Dou et al., 2019). That family background is still relevant even in adolescence, showed Pfeuffer et al., (2025) with data from Germany: Adolescents from families that reported STEM occupations for their parents reported higher STEM identity values than adolescents of the control group . The idea of a shared identity reflects in the term family habitus that captures shared dispositions within a family (Archer et al., 2012). Our first research question aims to determine whether and to what extent parental value beliefs regarding STEM impact adolescents´ identification with STEM: RQ1: Do mothers´ and father´s value beliefs predict adolescents’ STEM Identity? Our second set of research questions aims to identify mechanisms. We draw conceptually on science capital, that is a theoretical tool to capture one´s cultural, social and economic resources that matter for access to and participation in science (Archer et al., 2015). Parents' values, knowledge and dispositions towards science are one facet of science capital alongside other dimensions (DeWitt et al., 2016; Jones, et al., 2021). In our study, we seek to analyse whether parents´ value beliefs shape adolescents´ equipment with further dimensions of science capital. In this way, we want to find out, to what extent relevant aspects of STEM educational participation are related to the parental home and its attitude towards STEM. RQ2a: Does the relationship between parents' STEM background and higher identification with STEM result from increased STEM activities? RQ2b: Does the relationship between parents' STEM background and higher identification with STEM result from increased social capital? RQ2c: Does the relationship between parents' STEM background and higher identification with STEM result from increased individual value beliefs?
Finally, building on theoretical reasoning on gendered socialization in families (Eccles, 2015), child-specific value beliefs or parents´ endorsed gender stereotypes might reflect in the upbringing of children and therefore shape girls´ and boys´ STEM activities, STEM-related social surrounding and individual value beliefs regarding STEM differently.
RQ3: Does the expected relationships regarding parents´ value beliefs, hypothesized mechanisms and STEM identity account for both boys and girls? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data originates from a longitudinal study conducted at secondary schools in Germany. The schools in the sample share an emphasis on STEM education, that reflects in a broad range of opportunities to participate in in-school STEM activities and out-of-school STEM cooperation programmes. The variables of analyses were collected at the third measurement point at the end of the school year in summer 2025. Students attended year 9 or 10 depending on the regular duration of the secondary school. This cross-sectional dataset comprises data of about 500 students with an average age of approximately 15,5 years (SD ≈ 0.5). To capture parental value beliefs, we adapted items of the measurement of perceived family science achievement value by Jones et al., (2021). We asked the items separately for both parents and used the term STEM instead of science. Example items are: (1) `My father/mother thinks it is important for me to learn STEM.´, (2) `My father/mother knows a lot about STEM.´ Our measurement of STEM identity goes back on the Science Identity Scale by Vincent-Ruz and Schunn (2018), that we adapted to the term STEM. Example items are (1) `I am a STEM person.´, (2) `My family thinks of me as a STEM person.´, To assess social capital we asked students about the number of persons they know they could potentially speak to about STEM outside of school and to how many persons they have spoken about STEM in the past year. STEM activities were measured with eleven items based on Stoeger et al., (2013). Example items are: (1) `I have already read a book, an e-book or an article about STEM.´, (2)`I have already watched or listened to a programme about STEM subjects.´ To assess individual value beliefs, we aimed to capture different dimensions as described by Gaspard et al. (2017). Example items are: (1) ` I simply like STEM subjects.´ (2) `The contents of STEM subjects will help me in my life.´ To answer the research questions, we estimate structural equation models. To find out whether the hypothesized relationships apply to both girls and boys, the models are estimated separately by gender. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses based on (measured variable) path analyses indicate that both maternal and paternal value beliefs related to STEM are linked to young people's self-image as STEM individuals even if we control for parents' STEM occupations. However, no significant relationship was found between father's value beliefs and daughters´ identification with STEM. Conversations about STEM in the last school year and further STEM activities were found to partially mediate the relationship between parents´ value beliefs and STEM identity. Instead, adolescents´ value beliefs fully mediated the relationship. On the one hand, the results emphasize that parents´ affinity is related to adolescents´ sense of self which implies unequal access to the self-image of a STEM person and dependence on origin. Adolescents who have little exposure to STEM in their families seem to be at a disadvantage here. This means, sharing a STEM identity is socially inherited to a certain extent. On the other hand, our research points to reasons that explain the identity advantage of students from families with STEM interest. The results therefore convey a constructive message, because they point out possible starting points for encouraging girls and boys to consider STEM as a field that aligns with their selves. Both STEM conversations and activities represent opportunities to gain recognition, experience STEM and to perceive fit with the field. However, the most important factor in closing the identity gap seems to be strengthening young people's own value beliefs regarding STEM. Even though promoting these mechanisms in educational settings among less STEM familiar young people may be challenging, we underscore that considering these mechanisms as milestones can be worthwhile to exert influence on inherited identities. References Archer, L., Dawson, E., DeWitt, J., Seakins, A., & Wong, B. (2015). “Science capital”: A conceptual, methodological, and empirical argument for extending bourdieusian notions of capital beyond the arts. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(7), 922–948. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21227 Archer, L., DeWitt, J., Osborne, J., Dillon, J., Willis, B., & Wong, B. (2012). Science aspirations, capital, and family habitus: How families shape children’s engagement and identification with science. American Educational Research Journal, 49(5), 881–908. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831211433290 Carlone, H. B., & Johnson, A. (2007). Understanding the science experiences of successful women of color: Science identity as an analytic lens. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(8), 1187–1218. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20237 Cohen, S. M., Hazari, Z., Mahadeo, J., Sonnert, G., & Sadler, P. M. (2021). Examining the effect of early STEM experiences as a form of STEM capital and identity capital on STEM identity: A gender study. Science Education, 105(6), 1126–1150. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21670 DeWitt, J., Archer, L., & Mau, A. (2016). Dimensions of science capital: Exploring its potential for understanding students’ science participation. International Journal of Science Education, 38(16), 2431–2449. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2016.1248520 Dou, R., Hazari, Z., Dabney, K., Sonnert, G., & Sadler, P. (2019). Early informal STEM experiences and STEM identity: The importance of talking science. Science Education, 103(3), 623–637. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21499 Eccles, J. (2015). Gendered socialization of STEM interests in the family. International Journal of Gender, Science and Technology, 7(2), 116–132. Gaspard, H., Häfner, I., Parrisius, C., Trautwein, U., & Nagengast, B. (2017). Assessing task values in five subjects during secondary school: Measurement structure and mean level differences across grade level, gender, and academic subject. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 48, 67–84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2016.09.003 Jones, M. G., Ennes, M., Weedfall, D., Chesnutt, K., & Cayton, E. (2021). The development and validation of a measure of science capital, habitus, and future science interests. Research in Science Education, 51(6), 1549–1565. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-020-09916-y Pfeuffer, J., Stoeger, H., & Ziegler, A. (2025). Amplified social inheritance in STEM: Parental careers shape adolescent identity and choice intentions. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 30(1), 2551107. https://doi.org/10.1080/02673843.2025.2551107 Stoeger, H., Duan, X., Schirner, S., Greindl, T., & Ziegler, A. (2013). The effectiveness of a one-year online mentoring program for girls in STEM. Computers & Education, 69, 408–418. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2013.07.032 Vincent-Ruz, P., & Schunn, C. D. (2018). The nature of science identity and its role as the driver of student choices. International Journal of STEM Education, 5(1), Article 48. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-018-0140-5 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Science Museum Educators’ Discursive Moves Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Informal science education has critical importance in lifelong learning and supporting science learning and scientific literacy (Falk & Dierking, 2010). Science museum educators (SMEs) get into interaction with students in various ways in an informal learning setting (Shaby et al., 2019). Studies on informal learning settings mainly focused on how science teaching takes place in these settings, but very few examine the science museum educators’ (SMEs) role in the learning process (Tal, 2012; Plummer et al., 2021). Yet, the pedagogical choices and the ways of interactions with students in these settings has influence on the learning experiences (Tran, 2007). The studies pointed out the variation in informal educators’ teaching practices (Tal & Morag, 2007; Castle, 2006) and suggested that there is a need to examine how science teaching in these environments is socially mediated by focusing on the discursive moves of SMEs. Social constructivism addresses that knowledge is constructed in social environments, which is constructed through language and discourse in science classrooms, underlining that social interaction takes place before scientific learning is internalized for individuals (Vygotsky, 1978). Classroom discourse is the specific verbal strategies that teachers utilize to facilitate teaching, which is critical for meaning-making of students (Mortimer & Scott, 2003). The discursive moves have been explored in the literature due to their influence on the social construction of knowledge (Chin, 2007; Soysal & Yılmaz-Tüzün, 2021). Chin (2007) examined how teachers utilize questioning in classroom discourse and how they scaffold science learning and the construction of scientific thinking. Six teachers were observed through 36 lessons, and a causal comparative method was implemented to reveal categories. The categories were found as Socratic, verbal jigsaw, semantic tapestry, and framing. By using Socratic questioning, the teachers aimed to facilitate students’ learning, use of framing helps teachers to make a summary and give a direction. Bansal (2018) examined teachers’ discursive moves and their aims in utilizing them. Observation and interview data were collected, and three dialogic moves were identified: foundation, initiation, and perpetuation, which were used for establishing classroom culture, eliciting students’ perspectives, and fostering idea exchange, respectively. There were other studies examining discursive moves more in depth. Soysal (2019) examined discursive moves of science teachers during argumentation-based inquiry. The data were collected by videotaping, and the analysis of the lessons revealed six main higher-order categories of discursive moves: (1)knowledge providing/evaluating, (2)observe-compare-predict, (3)communication and framing, (4)evaluating-judging-critiquing, (5)challenging, and (6)managing discourse flow. The most frequently used discursive move was “challenging,” which was used to direct students to challenge in argumentation. In another study, Soysal and Yılmaz-Tüzün (2021) examined the association of teachers’ use of discursive moves and students’ cognitive contributions. In an argumentation-based inquiry teaching approach, chemistry activities were implemented in seventh-grade science classrooms, revealing that teachers were able to integrate variety of discursive moves, particularly communicating, evaluating-judging-critiquing, monitoring, and knowledge-providing-evaluating. The study underlined the importance of the relationship between the discourse of the teacher and the developing students’ understanding of scientific concepts. In short, the studies of discourse in science classrooms show the factor of communication as an effective tool for science learning. These moves are used for diverse purposes, such as summarizing ideas (Bansal, 2018), facilitating thinking processes (Oh, 2010; Soysal, 2019; Chin, 2007), and elaborating on reasoning (Pimentel & McNeill, 2013). While numerous discursive moves have been identified within formal education learning environments, their application in informal learning settings remains underexplored. Therefore, the present study investigated the discursive moves of SMEs during the implementation of museum activities. This specific research question has guided the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This instrumental case study (Yin, 2018) is designed to explore the discursive moves of SMEs during educational activities in a science museum. The qualitative approach enabled researchers to have an in-depth examination of SMEs’ practices in their natural settings (Creswell, 2007), which makes discursive moves an appropriate phenomenon to be examined. The activity implemented in the center was used as the case of the study. The unit of analysis was the SMEs’ discursive moves. Context and Participants Two science museum educators working in a science center in Ankara were selected via purposeful sampling as they were actively working in a science museum and offering educational activities in the museum. One of the activities of SMEs is observed, which focuses on recycling and Göbekli Tepe. These activities were selected as they offer rich opportunities for examination of the discursive moves of SMEs. Data Collection Two of the researchers collected data during these activities as non-participant observers. Data were collected using an observation protocol developed by researchers to record SMEs’ interactions and discursive moves systematically. The protocol consisted of two main sections: (a) contextual information part, such as covering duration, number of participants, and (b) discursive moves part, listing predetermined moves to enable the recording of them systematically. Data were collected simultaneously by the researchers. During the observations, SMEs’ interactions, questions, explanations, and answers were recorded on the protocol. Data Analysis The discursive moves were analyzed with the framework provided by Soysal (2019). With the codebook (Soysal, 2019), discursive moves were divided into ten higher-order categories considering their uses and functions in learning and teaching. Observations were examined individually based on predetermined categories. After the initial coding, the researchers compared their codes and reached consensus on the differences in the coding. Identified discursive moves and their subcategories were analyzed in detail, and the full codebook and its descriptions were presented in the results section. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among 10 higher-order categories (Soysal, 2019), five of them were observed in the science museum, including knowledge providing and evaluating, communication, observe–compare–predict, monitoring and framing, and seeking evidence. Unique to this study, some new discursive moves emerged in this setting. A total of 127 discursive moves were detected and categorized in the scope of two activities observed. The “knowledge providing and evaluating” category was the most frequently observed discursive move (f=49; 38.58%). This category is used mostly for “presenting logical expositions” (f =41; 32.28%), whereas “direct affirmation” was the least frequent discursive move (f=3; 2.36%), indicating science museum knowledge transmission was used frequently. Communication was the second most frequent category (f=28; 22.05%). “Requesting clarification” and “reformulating” were not observed in this setting, but two new sub-categories (or discursive moves) emerged: “asking for definition” (f=6; 4.72%) and “asking for example” (f=2; 1.57%). “Probing” (f=11; 8.66%) and “embodying” (f=8; 6.30%) were also present, being positive indicators of communication, supporting engagement in science learning. The observe–compare–predict category was used more infrequently (f=17; 13.39%). “Making observations” dominated this category among the discursive moves (f=13; 10.27%), compared to “asking for comparison” (f=2; 1.57%) and “making predictions” (f=2; 1.57%), showing that children are encouraged to make observations very often in this setting. The monitoring and framing category (f=25, 19.69%) was mainly used for “prospective monitoring” (f=15; 11.81%). The other discursive moves were used much less, such as “monitoring (retrospective)” (f=5, 3.94%), “focusing” (f=3, 2.36%), “monitoring (on-moment)” (f=2, 1.57%), and “summarizing (consolidating)” (f=1, 0.79%), implying SMEs mainly focused on guiding learners’ thinking. For the seeking for evidence category (f=8, 6.30%), “asking for attachment” was used (f=5; 3.94%), and an additional sub-category emerged: “referring to visual evidence” (f=3, 2.36%). This highlights the role of visual materials in supporting evidence use in science museums. References Bansal, G. (2018). Teacher discursive moves: conceptualising a schema of dialogic discourse in science classrooms. International Journal of Science Education, 40(15), 1891–1912. Castle, M. C. (2006). Blending pedagogy and content: A new curriculum for museum teachers. Journal of Museum Education, 31(2), 123–132 Chin, C. (2007). Teacher questioning in science classrooms: Approaches that stimulate productive thinking. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(5), 815–843. Creswell, J.W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage. Falk, J.H., & Dierking, L.D. (2010). The 95% solution. American Scientist, 98(6), 486–493. McMahon, K. (2012). Case Studies of Interactive Whole-Class Teaching in Primary Science: Communicative approach and pedagogic purposes. International Journal of Science Education, 34(11), 1687–1708. Mortimer, E. F., & Scott, P. H. (2003). Meaning-making in secondary science classrooms. Open University Press. Oh, P. S. (2009). How can Teachers Help Students Formulate Scientific Hypotheses? Some Strategies Found in Abductive Inquiry Activities of Earth Science. International Journal of Science Education, 32(4), 541–560. Pimentel, D. S., & McNeill, K. L. (2013). Conducting talk in secondary science classrooms: Investigating instructional moves and teachers’ beliefs. Science Education, 97(3), 367–394 Plummer, J. D., Ozcelik, T. A., & Crowl, M. M. (2021). Informal science educators engaging preschoolage audiences in science practices. International Journal of Science Education, 11(2), 91–109 Shaby, N., Assaraf, B. Z. O., & Tal, T. (2019). An examination of the interactions between museum educators and students on a school visit to science museum. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 56(2), 211–239 Soysal, Y. (2019). Fen öğretiminde öğretmenin söylemsel hamlelerinin öğrenenlerin akıl yürütme kalitelerin eetkisi: Söylem analizi yaklaşımı. Egitimde Nitel Araştırmalar Dergisi – Journal of Qualitative Research in Education, 7(3), 994-1032. Soysal, Y., & Yilmaz‑Tuzun, O. (2021). Relationships between teacher discursive moves and middle school students’ cognitive contributions to science concepts. Research in Science Education, 51, 325–367. Tal, T., & Morag, O. (2007). School visits to natural history museums: Teaching or enriching? Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(5), 747–769 Tal, T. (2012). Out-of-school: Learning experiences, teaching and students’ learning. In B. J. Fraser, K. Tran, L. U. (2007). Teaching science in museums: The pedagogy and goals of museum educators. Science Education, 91(2), 278–297 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Understanding Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning in Practice: Perceptions from Teachers and Students in a Master’s Course on Sustainability 1: Leiden University, the Netherlands; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Interdisciplinary teaching in higher education is increasingly recognised for its potential to prepare students to address complex problems that cannot be solved within single disciplines alone (Blackmore & Kandiko, 2012; Boix Mansilla, 2006; Boix Mansilla & Duraisingh, 2007; Spelt et al., 2009). Prior research suggests that interdisciplinary approaches are associated with the development of students’ collaborative, problem-solving, and communication skills (Finlay, 2019; Klein, 2006; Lyall et al., 2015; Manathunga, Lant, & Mellick, 2006; Yang et al., 2024). However, much of the existing literature has concentrated on curriculum design and learning outcomes rather than on the instructional processes through which interdisciplinary teaching and learning are enacted in the classroom. As a result, educators often lack empirically informed guidance about how interdisciplinary learning is constructed through interaction between teachers and students (Spelt et al., 2009; Oudenampsen, 2024). This study addresses this gap by exploring the research question “How are interdisciplinary teaching and learning enacted in practice?” from both teacher and student perspectives. The research is conducted within a single classroom context in a master’s programme on sustainability at a research-focused university in the Netherlands. The course forms part of a interdisciplinary master’s programme focusing on the governance of sustainability, jointly offered by two different departments. The course is taught by lecturers from diverse disciplinary backgrounds and is designed around an integrated group assignment, where interdisciplinary student teams should integrate knowledge while collaboratively analyzing real-world sustainability problems. The study adopts a qualitative case study design, drawing on interviews with teachers and students as well as systematic classroom observations. Following data collection, thematic analysis was conducted to identify teachers’ understandings and goals of interdisciplinary teaching, their instructional practices and collaboration with colleagues, as well as students’ perceptions of instruction, learning experiences, and the challenges encountered by both teachers and students in classroom practice. The findings indicate that interdisciplinary teaching and learning in this course unfold through dynamic and challenging processes involving sustained teacher collaboration and student peer learning. In teachers as well as students, these processes are shaped by reciprocal knowledge exchange, engagement with uncertainty, and ongoing negotiation between disciplinary diversity and instructional coordination. As teachers and students work to integrate disciplinary knowledge, coordinate instruction, and respond to open-ended interdisciplinary tasks, challenges related to uncertainty, knowledge integration, and collaboration become part of how interdisciplinary teaching and learning are enacted in practice. By providing a detailed empirical account of how interdisciplinary teaching and learning unfold in classroom practice, this study contributes to a deeper understanding of the instructional and interactional processes of interdisciplinary education. The findings offer practical insights for educators and programme designers seeking to create more coherent, supportive, and sustainable interdisciplinary learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case study design situated within an authentic higher-education context. The case is a course within an interdisciplinary master’s programme on sustainability at a research-focused university in the Netherlands. Data were collected across the duration of the course using three complementary methods: Firstly, semi-structured interviews were conducted with teachers to explore their understanding of interdisciplinary teaching, instructional goals, instructional strategies, and experiences of collaboration with other teachers. Secondly, the researcher conducted classroom observations focusing on instructional practices and teacher–student interaction during lectures. These observations served as supportive contextual data for supporting the interpretation of interview findings. Thirdly, after course completion, semi-structured interviews were conducted with students to examine their learning experiences, teamwork processes, perceptions of instructional support, and encountered challenges. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and anonymized. —three lecturers primarily responsible for delivering course lectures and two instructional staff members who supported the integrated group assignment by providing guidance and follow-up during weekly 20-minute meetings with student teams outside class— as well as fifteen master’s students representing diverse disciplinary backgrounds, from a cohort of sixty-three students total. Student participants were recruited across all eleven interdisciplinary project groups to ensure broad representation. Data analysis followed an iterative thematic approach. Initial open coding was followed by the development of themes related to teachers’ understanding and goals of interdisciplinary teaching, instructional practices and students’ perceptions of instruction, teacher collaboration, student teamwork, and encountered challenges. These preliminary themes are being reviewed, refined, and compared across data sources through repeated engagement with the data. Triangulation across interviews and observations enhanced the credibility and robustness of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that interdisciplinary teaching and learning in this course are enacted through dynamic and challenging processes involving teacher collaboration and student peer learning. From the teacher perspective, interdisciplinary teaching is enacted through discipline-based integration, sustained collaboration within teaching teams, and ongoing instructional collaboration, as teachers navigate challenges related to disciplinary heterogeneity, structural misalignment, and balancing pedagogical demands. These processes require continuous adjustment of teaching strategies, shared sense-making among instructors, and responsiveness to emerging student needs. From the student perspective, interdisciplinary learning is enacted primarily within heterogeneous project teams, where peer learning, negotiation of disciplinary differences, and collective problem-solving support meaningful learning, while also generating uncertainty, difficulties in knowledge integration, and interpersonal tensions. Engagement with open-ended tasks often involves trial-and-error processes, shifting roles within teams, and the gradual development of confidence in working across disciplinary boundaries. These teaching and learning processes are mutually reinforcing. Teacher collaboration shapes the conditions under which students engage in interdisciplinary learning, while students’ questions, project work, and disciplinary perspectives, in turn, contribute to teachers’ professional learning and inform instructional decision-making. Importantly, the findings indicate that these challenges are not minor or incidental but persist throughout interdisciplinary teaching and learning in practice. Learning often develops as teachers and students work with and negotiate these challenges, rather than only after such tensions have been fully resolved. References Boix Mansilla, V., & Duraisingh, E. D. (2007). Targeted assessment of students’ interdisciplinary work: An empirically grounded framework proposed. The Journal of Higher Education, 78(2), 215–237. https://dx.doi.org/10.1353/jhe.2007.0008 Boix Mansilla, V., Navakas, F., & Fiscella, J. (2006). Interdisciplinary work at the frontier: An empirical examination of expert epistemologies. Issues in Interdisciplinary Studies, 24, 1–31. Blackmore, P., & Kandiko, C. B. (2012). Strategic curriculum change in universities: Global trends. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203111628 Finlay, J. M., Davila, H., Whipple, M. O., McCreedy, E. M., Jutkowitz, E., Jensen, A., & Kane, R. A. (2019). What we learned through asking about evidence: A model for interdisciplinary student engagement. Gerontology & Geriatrics Education, 40(1), 90–104. https://doi.org/10.1080/02701960.2018.1428578 Klein, J. T. (2006). A platform for a shared discourse of interdisciplinary education. Journal of Social Science Education, 5(2), 10–18. Lyall, C., Meagher, L., Gill, J. B., & Kettle, A. (2015). Interdisciplinary provision in higher education: Current context and future challenges. Higher Education Academy. Manathunga, C., Lant, P., & Mellick, G. (2006). Imagining an interdisciplinary doctoral pedagogy. Teaching in Higher Education, 11(3), 365–379. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562510600680954 Oudenampsen, J., Das, E., Blijlevens, N., & van de Pol, M. (2024). The state of the empirical evidence for interdisciplinary learning outcomes in higher education: A systematic review. Review of Higher Education, 47(4), 467–518. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.2024.a930107 Spelt, E. J. H., Biemans, H. J. A., Tobi, H., Luning, P. A., & Mulder, M. (2009). Teaching and learning in interdisciplinary higher education: A systematic review. Educational Psychology Review, 21(4), 365–378. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-009-9113-z Yang, B.-H., Lo, K.-W., Li, Y.-S., & Chao, K.-Y. (2024). Effects of integration interdisciplinary learning on student learning outcomes and healthcare-giving competence: A mixed methods study. BMC Nursing, 23, Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12912-024-02260-w 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Towards Powerful Musical Knowledge? Curriculum Coherence and Epistemic Access in Primary Music Education in Cyprus (2010–2023) University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Abstract
Introduction and Rationale Over the past 20 years (2008-2026), the primary school curriculum in Cyprus has undergone multiple reforms, reviews, and updates. These reforms highlight the tension between the rhetoric of professional autonomy and strong centralised control (Philippou & Tsafos, 2024). The 2004 reform and the subsequent 2010 curriculum texts promoted a child-centred orientation. The curriculum was restructured in 2016 to align detailed ‘success indicators’ with ‘efficiency indicators’ in each subject area. These shifts reflect broader European policy trends towards accountability and standardisation, influenced by competence-based frameworks such as the European Qualifications Framework (EQF). The 2023–2026 curriculum revision left the ‘technical form’ unchallenged (Philippou, 2025), prioritising content reduction and the cross-curricular integration of the EU’s eight key competences, particularly in digital, critical thinking, and interpersonal domains. Curricula reflect shifting priorities between experiential discourses and attempts at conceptual structuring (McPhail, 2018). These shifts mirror broader international curriculum trends (Hordern & McPhail, 2023) and offer insight into how curriculum policy mediates between pedagogical intentions, symbolic control, and epistemic conditions for learning (Bernstein, 2000). Aligned with the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting,” the study explores how socio-political conditions shape curriculum development (Chrysostomou & Philippou, 2021), professional practice and educational opportunity (Ball, 2012), situating Cyprus within broader European debates on curriculum coherence and knowledge-led reform. Theoretical and Conceptual Framework The study adopts an interpretive–critical stance informed by social realism, which viewing knowledge as socially produced yet structured, differentiated, and specialised (Young, 2008; Young & Muller, 2016; Maton, 2025). Two interrelated theoretical strands underpin the analysis. Powerful Knowledge refers to disciplinary knowledge that enables learners to transcend everyday experience and engage with abstract, generalisable understanding (Young & Muller, 2013; Rata, 2024). In music education, this perspective challenges the positioning of music as primarily experiential or skills-based, arguing instead that it constitutes a specialised domain with conceptual, historical, and analytical structures (McPhail, 2020). Powerful musical knowledge does not oppose creativity; rather, it provides the conceptual resources that enable informed and reflective musical practice (McPhail, 2025), contributing to debates on disciplinary access and epistemic equity in arts education. The Conceptual–Developmental–Curricular (CDC) Model provides analytical tools for examining curriculum coherence, sequencing, and conceptual progression (McPhail & Rata, 2021; Hordern & McPhail, 2023). It enables analysis of whether curricula support cumulative learning trajectories or rely on fragmented, activity-based approaches, and how conceptual density and developmental continuity are articulated—or obscured—within policy texts across reform phases. Research Questions include: 1.1. Which experiential and conceptual knowledge forms are prioritised and/or marginalised? 1. 2. How are students and teachers positioned as knowers and agents within these curricula? 2. How does the “technical form” of the curriculum texts relate to forms of knowledge? 3. How is this knowledge legitimised through policy? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The research adopts a qualitative, multi-method design oriented towards depth, interpretation, and epistemological critique (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). Primary data consist of official Primary Music Curriculum documents (2010, 2016, 2023), alongside related policy texts such as circulars and pedagogical guidelines. Using Fairclough’s three-dimensional CDA model (1992, 2001), the analysis focuses on linguistic constructions of musical knowledge, conceptual hierarchies, sequencing principles, and the alignment between pedagogical rhetoric and regulatory mechanisms. The model also situates curriculum reforms within their broader socio-political and policy contexts (Ball, 2012). Additionally, to examine the internal coherence and epistemic structuring of curriculum knowledge, the study draws on the CDC Model (McPhail & Rata, 2021) as an analytical heuristic to explore how musical knowledge is conceptualised, sequenced, and developed across grade levels, with attention to progression from experiential engagement to conceptual understanding. This supports analysis of epistemic density, coherence, and alignment between curriculum aims, the intended learning outcomes, and the forms of assessment. Data is thus analysed thematically using theoretically informed codes derived from Social Realism, the CDC Model, and CDA. Systematically and comparatively tracing these across different reform phases over nearly two decades allows for the identification of continuities, shifts, and contradictions in the construction of curriculum knowledge. Together, these frameworks enable a holistic analysis of music curricula as policy discourses, knowledge structures, and pedagogical regulators (Luke, Woods, & Weir, 2012). Reflexivity and Researcher Positioning The study explicitly acknowledges my prior involvement in curriculum reform processes and current institutional positioning as a Music Inspector in Primary Education. Rather than treating this as bias, the research adopts a reflexive stance that recognises insider knowledge as a methodological resource subject to systematic critical scrutiny (Berger, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and Expected Outcomes Preliminary analysis suggests a progressive shift towards learner-centred, experiential, and creativity-oriented discourses across curriculum reforms. While these shifts foreground inclusion and engagement, they are often accompanied by a weakening of explicit conceptual progression. Musical concepts appear, in several instances, as activities or outcomes rather than as elements of a cumulative knowledge structure. Learning outcomes and achievement indicators tend to emphasise observable behaviours, offering limited teacher guidance regarding the development of conceptual understanding. From a CDC perspective, this may contribute to fragmented sequencing patterns, where progression is implied through repetition rather than conceptual deepening. Preliminary findings also suggest that curriculum design may shape conditions of epistemic access, professional practice, and educational equity in music education, although these interpretations remain provisional as the analysis is ongoing. By conceptualising music curricula as sites of epistemological contestation and policy enactment, the paper tentatively explores whether access to powerful musical knowledge may constitute not only a curricular concern but also a broader political and equity-related issue within contemporary education systems. This paper seeks to contribute to curriculum studies and music education through an exploratory and reflexive examination of primary music curriculum policy, drawing on contemporary debates around Powerful Knowledge. From the perspective of an emerging researcher, and with the study still in progress, the paper’s anticipated contribution lies primarily in the conceptual and methodological interrogation of the integration of the Curriculum Design Coherence (CDC) model with Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) as a potential analytical framework for examining how curriculum design may mediate forms of epistemic access, professional practice, and educational equity. Rather than advancing predetermined conclusions, the paper aims to open a space for theoretical and methodological reflection on how knowledge, coherence, and regulation can be empirically analysed within the field of music education, particularly within small-state and policy-sensitive educational contexts such as Cyprus. References References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.: New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Routledge. Berger, R. (2015). Now I see it, now I don’t: Researcher’s position and reflexivity in qualitative research. Qualitative Research, 15(2), 219–234. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique (Rev. ed.). Rowman & Littlefield. Chrysostomou, N., & Philippou, S. (2021). Knowledge types in the official religious education curricula (1996, 2010, 2016/2019) of primary education in Cyprus: Continuities, shifts and ambivalences. *Comparative and International Education Review*, 27, 143–178. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Polity Press. Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and power (2nd ed.). Longman. Hordern, J., & McPhail, G. (2023). Powerful knowledge, curriculum coherence and the future of education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 55(2), 157–173. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2141849 Luke, A., Woods, A., & Weir, K. (Eds.). (2012). Curriculum, syllabus design and equity. Routledge. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and knowers: Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. Maton, K. (2025). Building powerful knowledge: Studies in social realism and education. Routledge. McPhail, G. (2018). Music curriculum reform in Aotearoa New Zealand: Framing the knowledge debate. Curriculum Matters, 14, 58–77. McPhail, G. (2020). Knowledge, curriculum and powerful pedagogy in music education. British Journal of Music Education, 37(3), 217–229. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051720000203 McPhail, G. (2025). Conceptual progression and curriculum coherence in music education. In J. Hordern & K. Maton (Eds.), Curriculum, knowledge and social justice (pp. xx–xx). Routledge. McPhail, G., & Rata, E. (2021). Comparing curriculum types: ‘Powerful knowledge’ and music education. British Journal of Educational Studies, 69(1), 25–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2020.1766691 Philippou, S. (2025). The view from the Republic of Cyprus. Research Intelligence, 165, 32. Philippou, S., & Tsafos, V. (2024). Recontextualising Stenhouse: Instantiations of the “teacher as researcher” metaphor in Greece and Cyprus. The Curriculum Journal, 35(4), 567–585. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.286 Rata, E. (2012). The politics of knowledge in education. British Educational Research Journal, 38(1), 103–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411926.2011.615388 Rata, E. (2024). Knowledge, power and education: The sociology of powerful knowledge. Routledge. Young, M. (2008). Bringing knowledge back in: From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. Routledge. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2013). On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Education, 1(3), 229–250. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3017 Young, M., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the specialisation of knowledge. In M. Young & J. Muller (Eds.), Knowledge and the future school (pp. 12–29). Bloomsbury. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 P: Research Capacity, Doctoral Education and Academic Careers Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Valeriia Smirnova Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Improving Human Research Ethics Capacity (IREC policy) at One University in Kazakhstan Astana International University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Institutional Research Ethics Committees (IRECs)—known as Institutional Review Boards (IRBs) in the U.S. context—are key governance bodies “responsible for safeguarding the rights, safety, and well-being of the research subjects” (CIOMS, 2002, p. 25). While IRECs or IRBs are well-established structures in many high-income countries, they remain emergent in much of the Global South, including many post-Soviet states. In these contexts, human research ethics policies are either newly introduced or underdeveloped, leaving researchers to rely on personal ethical judgment rather than formalized institutional procedures (Dranseika, 2011; Famenka, 2011; Famenka, 2016; Silverman et al., 2015; Chenneville et al., 2016; Abdulrahman & Nair, 2017; Phoomirat et al., 2022; Fakhradiyev et al., 2024). In many post-socialist contexts, including Central Asia, social science research is often perceived with suspicion—sometimes even as inspection or espionage (Central Eurasian Studies Society, 2016; Berezniova, 2017; Bogachenko, 2017). This perception reflects a broader reality: research culture remains underdeveloped, and conducting studies can be seen as inherently risky for both participants and researchers (Merril & Whitsel, 2017). What is clear is that these contexts urgently need systematic inquiry into ethical dilemmas and the development of research cultures that protect not only participants’ rights but also researchers’ safety and integrity. The roots of this situation lie partly in the Soviet legacy, where social science research was often discouraged for ideological reasons (Connelly, 2014; Kuzhabekova, 2015). This suppression contributed to decades of stagnation in the social sciences and weakened traditions of inquiry in these fields. As a result, social science research ethics has remained peripheral—rarely considered in a structured or systematic way. One of the most visible indicators of this is the absence or underdeveloped institutionalization of human research ethics structures in many higher education institutions across post-socialist countries, including Kazakhstan (Jonbekova, 2020; Ahn & Shegebayev, 2017). This lack of formal mechanisms undermines both the quality and the ethical grounding of research, leaving institutions ill-prepared to protect human subjects and to support responsible research practices. Today, as research increasingly takes place in the context of rapid technological and artificial intelligence development (Oliveira et al., 2024; Zou & Huang, 2023) and the rising requirement to conduct research and publish it, the need to strengthen academic and research ethics—particularly human research ethics—is becoming especially pressing in the context (Ispambetova et al., under review). Universities in the context are expected to uphold international ethical standards, yet many lack the institutional capacity, policies, and expertise to do so (Sagitova et al., 2024). This underscores the urgent need to establish and strengthen institutional mechanisms that can ensure ethical oversight, protect research participants, and support researchers in meeting international ethical standards. The purpose of this action research study is to understand how IREC policy is being implemented at one university in Kazakhstan and to produce practical knowledge and strategies that will improve the IREC’s implementation and operation at the university. The study will be guided by the following research questions:
By addressing these questions, this study aims to contribute to building ethical research capacity that is not only critical for protecting participants but also essential for fostering a robust, innovative, and globally engaged research culture in Kazakhstan.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A Participatory Action Research (PAR) design will be applied for this study. Because the study aims to understand how IREC policy is implemented and to identify ways to strengthen the protection of human subjects in research, PAR offers a systematic means of linking inquiry with action. It supports knowledge generation within a specific institutional context while engaging participants in iterative cycles of reflection, planning, action, and observation (Koshy, 2005). The data gathering process is informed by Zina O’Leary’s action research cycles (as cited in Koshy, 2005). These cycles comprise four interrelated stages: observation (data collection), reflection (critical engagement with findings), planning (development of action strategies), and action (implementation of interventions). In this study, data gathering constitutes the entry point to the cycle and forms the basis for subsequent phases of reflection, planning, and action. The first phase of this action research will examine how the IREC policy is currently implemented at the university using two data sources. Semi-structured interviews with university leadership, IREC members, faculty, and graduate students will explore stakeholders’ experiences with the policy in practice. In parallel, relevant institutional documents (e.g., regulations, bylaws, meeting records, and training materials) will be analyzed to understand how the policy is formally framed and embedded. Together, these data will establish a baseline of current practices, identify gaps between policy and practice, and inform the design of subsequent action cycles. Insights from this phase will guide the planning of targeted actions informed by relevant literature and the researcher’s PhD study on the development of the IREC at Nazarbayev University. This experience offers contextualized insight into the challenges and opportunities of institutionalizing ethics review processes. Building on insights from the initial interviews and document analysis, the next phase will focus on planning and implementing targeted action cycles co-designed with key stakeholders to ensure relevance and feasibility. Potential actions include research ethics and IREC training sessions aligned with international standards, including a dedicated session presenting Nazarbayev University’s decade-long experience with IREC policy. Drawing on the researcher’s PhD study, this session will address implementation challenges, strategies used to address them, and perceived benefits. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This participatory action research study is expected to generate both practical and scholarly outcomes that contribute to strengthening the implementation and sustainability of IREC policy at the case university. First, the study will produce a contextualized understanding of how IREC policy is currently interpreted, enacted, and experienced by key stakeholders, highlighting misalignments between formal policy and everyday practice. This evidence-based baseline will clarify institutional strengths, gaps, and capacity needs related to human research ethics oversight. Second, through co-designed action cycles, the study is expected to enhance stakeholders’ knowledge and awareness of research ethics principles, international IREC standards, and procedural expectations. Training activities and reflective engagement are anticipated to build practical competencies among faculty, students, and IREC members, supporting more consistent and timely ethics review processes. Third, the study is likely to generate concrete institutional resources, such as revised or supplementary guidelines, clearer procedural documentation, and improved communication mechanisms among stakeholders. These outputs will provide practical tools to support routine IREC operations and reduce reliance on informal or ad hoc practices. Finally, at a broader level, the study will contribute a context-sensitive model of IREC strengthening in a post-socialist higher education setting. By documenting challenges, adaptations, and effective strategies, the study will offer transferable insights for other universities in Kazakhstan and similar contexts seeking to institutionalize human research ethics. Collectively, these outcomes aim to support the development of a more ethically grounded, transparent, and internationally aligned research culture. References Abdulrahman, M., & Nair, S. C. (2017). Overall assessment of human research and ethics committees in the United Arab Emirates. Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, 12(2), 71–78. https://doi.org/10.1177/1556264617697522 Abbot, L., & Grady, C. (2011). A systematic review of the empirical literature evaluating IRBs: What we know and what we still need to learn. Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, 6(1), 3–19. https://doi.org/10.1525/jer.2011.6.1.3 Ahn, E. S., & Shegebayev, M. (2017). “Come Together” Navigating Ethical (Un) Knowns through Dialogue in Community. In Reimagining Utopias: Theory and method for educational research in post-socialist contexts (pp. 163-179). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Bazylkanova, A., & Dalelkanova, I. (2022). The concept of academic integrity perceived through the eyes of students at one higher educational institution in Kazakhstan. Scientific Collection «InterConf+», 20(105), 101–121. https://doi.org/10.51582/interconf.19-20.04.2022.009 Berezniova, C. (2017). “She’s Our Spy” Power and Positionality in Studying Lithuanian Teacher Communities. In I. Silova, N. W. Sobe, A. Korzh & S. Kovalchuk (Eds.), Reimagining utopias: Theory and method for educational research in post-socialist contexts (pp. 15–31). SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6351-011-0_2 Bogachenko, T. (2017). From the Inside Outside: The Use of Reflexivity in Researching Post-Soviet Education. In I. Silova, N. W. Sobe, A. Korzh & S. Kovalchuk (Eds.), Reimagining Utopias: Theory and Method for Educational Research in Post-Socialist Contexts (pp. 33–47). SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6351-011-0_3 Merrill, M. C., & Whitsel, C. (2017). Institutional review boards and intercultural research barriers. In Reimagining Utopias: Theory and Method for Educational Research in Post-Socialist Contexts (pp. 143-161). Rotterdam: SensePublishers. Corneli, A., & Borasky, D. (2015). Research ethics and working with institutional review boards. In L. Brownson (Ed.), Public Health Research Methods (pp. 69–100). SAGE Publications, Inc.. Jonbekova, D. (2020). Educational research in Central Asia: Methodological and ethical dilemmas in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 50(3), 352–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2018.1511371 Koshy, V. (2005). Action research for improving educational practice: A step-by-step guide. Ispambetova, B., Shamatov, D., Kuzhabekova, A., & Baikenov, K. (n.d.). Rethinking misconduct: Non-standard academic practices in PhD programs with a publication requirement in Kazakhstan [Manuscript submitted for publication]. International Journal for Educational Integrity. Sagitova, R., Ramazanova, M., Sharplin, E., Berekeyeva, A., & Parmenter, L. (2024). Understanding human participant research ethics: The perspectives of social scientists in Central Asia. International Journal of Educational Research, 124, 102303. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102303 The Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences (CIOMS). (1982). Proposed international ethical guidelines for biomedical research involving human subjects https://cioms.ch/publications/product/proposed-international-guidelines-for-biomedical-research-involving-human-subjects/ The Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences (CIOMS). (2002). International ethical guidelines for biomedical research involving human subjects. https://cioms.ch/publications/product/international-ethical-guidelines-for-biomedicalresearch-involving-human-subjects-2/ 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Shaping academic mobility: A structuration perspective on Pakistani PhD Students at Chinese universities Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Shaping academic mobility: A structuration perspective on Pakistani PhD Students at Chinese universities" Abstract: The globalization of higher education has positioned student mobility as central to 21st-century academia, enabling transnational career trajectories. This study examines Pakistani PhD students in Chinese universities an under-researched phenomenon through Giddens' Structuration Theory, analyzing how structural and agency factors shape mobility decisions. Employing a qualitative methodology, the research utilizes semi-structured interviews subjected to thematic analysis. Structural factors include Political Structures encompassing constraining and enabling dynamics between Pakistan’s instability and China’s stability, alongside regional marginalization that reinforces spatial inequities. These are complemented by Professional Factors such as research infrastructure and skills transferability, and Institutional Factors including financial and administrative enablers like scholarships and visa access, as well as flexible doctoral admissions policies. Socio-cultural factors further shape the structural landscape. In terms of agency, Personal Factors such as career pragmatism, Credentialism, transnational degree valuation, and international exposure through peer networks interact with Educational Factors including research interests and institutional reputation. The study demonstrates that Pakistan's structural constraints limit opportunities, while China's enabling environment facilitates academic mobility. The PhD sojourn transforms students academically, professionally, and personally, fostering cosmopolitan identities. Mobility outcomes depend on the intersection of national capacity and individual agency. Chinese universities serve as platforms for career advancement, contrasting with Pakistan's systemic limitations on doctoral pursuits. The findings propose the concept of "contingent mobility" to capture Pakistani students' complex trajectories neither wholly voluntary nor forced, but emerging from structural precarity in Pakistan's higher education system, China's strategic internationalization policies, and students' tactical agency through credential accumulation and network building. Keywords: Academic mobility, Structuration, Pakistani Ph.D. students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a qualitative, interpretivist design, and this study used Giddens' Structuration Theory to investigate the interplay of structure and agency in academic mobility, framed as a multiple-case study of individual student trajectories (Bryman, 2016). Data were collected from February to December 2023. Two Beijing public universities were selected as research sites through maximum variation sampling to capture contexts with high Pakistani doctoral enrollment (Creswell, 2012). From these, six Pakistani PhD students (three men, three women, and aged 27-37) were purposefully sampled to ensure gender and disciplinary balance (sciences/social sciences) in English-taught programs as shown in Table 1. This sample size was deemed sufficient to achieve thematic saturation for the core research questions, prioritizing depth over generalizability (Baker & Edwards, 2012; Braun & Clarke, 2021). All were Chinese scholarship recipients from diverse Pakistani regions (Punjab, Federal area, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Gilgit). Pseudonyms ensure anonymity. Semi-structured interviews, guided by a protocol based on the research questions and structuration theory, explored core themes: perceptions of educational structures, decision-making, and mobility impacts (Dejonkheere et al., 2019). Conducted in Urdu at participants' chosen times and locations to ensure comfort and precise expression, interviews lasted 45-75 minutes and were recorded as "flowing conversations" (Gill et al., 2008; Rubin, 2005). Recordings were transcribed verbatim, translated into English, and verified for accuracy by a bilingual assistant. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2006, 2019) six-phase reflexive thematic analysis, managed with NVivo software. The process involved: familiarization with transcripts; generating initial descriptive codes (limited access with advanced labs); collating codes into themes within and across cases; reviewing themes against the dataset; defining and naming themes; and report writing. Throughout, interpretations were checked for coherence with structuration theory's core concepts. Ethical approval was granted by the Institutional Review Board of University A. Participants received information sheets and provided written informed consent covering the study's purpose, procedures, confidentiality, and right to withdraw. Data were stored securely on a password-protected computer, with all identifiers removed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The This study examines Pakistani students’ academic mobility to Chinese universities for PhD studies, using structuration theory to extend previous research by offering a new theoretical framework (Horta, 2009; Healey, 2006; Ding, 2016; Cenci, 2015; Schevel, 2015). It challenges conventional understandings by proposing the concept of "contingent mobility" to describe these complex realities. Rather than being wholly voluntary or forced, their transnational trajectories emerge from the dynamic interplay of structural precarity in Pakistan's deteriorating higher education system, China's strategically designed internationalization policies that create asymmetric opportunities, and students' own tactical agency manifested through credential accumulation and network building. This framework moves beyond simplistic push-pull models and deterministic concepts like "impo-mobility" by capturing three critical dimensions: the paradoxical nature of mobility as simultaneously a survival strategy and aspirational pursuit, the evolving motivations throughout different doctoral phases from initial pragmatic concerns to later epistemic transformation, and the intricate power dynamics where China's soft power initiatives interact with students' efforts to overcome marginalization. By advancing this Southern structuration perspective, the study conceptualizes academic mobility as a contested domain where macro-level structural forces and micro-level individual agency interact to produce unpredictable educational pathways. This offers new insights for promoting more equitable higher education collaborations within the Global South and provides a foundation for comprehending the mobility of other highly educated groups. The findings underscore mobility’s role as a strategic investment, with students navigating structural and agency dynamics to maximize academic, professional, and personal returns. Future research could explore long-term impacts, including brain circulation and evolving South-South academic collaborations. References Abbott, A., & Silles, M. (2016). Determinants of international student migration. The World Economy, 39(5), 621-635. Ackers, L. (2005). Moving people and knowledge: Scientific mobility in the European Union1. International migration, 43(5), 99-131. Ackers, L., & Gill, B. (2009). Moving people and knowledge: Scientific mobility in an enlarging European Union. Edward Elgar Publishing. Ahmad, A. B., & Shah, M. (2018). International students’ choice to study in China: an exploratory study. Tertiary Education and Management, 24, 325-337. Ahmad, A. Exploring the influence of Mandarin learning and teaching among students' and teachers' intercultural citizenship development in Pakistani Higher Education (Doctoral dissertation, University of Surrey). Anthony Giddens (by Derek Gregory). Environment and Planning D: Society and Auriol, L. (2010). Careers of doctorate holders: Employment and mobility patterns. Beine, M., Noël, R., & Ragot, L. (2014). Determinants of the international mobility of students. Economics of Education review, 41, 40-54. Bhandari, R., & Blumenthal, P. (2010). International students and global mobility in higher education: National trends and new directions. Springer. Bilecen, B., & Faist, T. (2015). International doctoral students as knowledge brokers: Reciprocity, trust and solidarity in transnational networks. Global Networks, 15(2), 217-235. Biney, P. A., & Cheng, M. Y. (2021). International students’ decision to study in China: A study of some selected international students from universities in China. Open Journal of Social Sciences, 9(8), 305-325. Bibi, S., & Amaan, S. (2022). ENHANCING PAKISTAN-CHINA COOPERATION IN HIGHER EDUCATION. Journal of Higher Education and Development Studies (JHEDS), 2(1), 17-34. Briones, L. (2017). Empowering migrant women: Why agency and rights are not enough. Routledge. Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2011). Student motilities, migration and the internationalization of higher education. Springer. Cenci, A. (2015). A “capability view” on migration: some theoretical issues raised by the Southern Euro Zone highly skilled mobility. Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 28(4), 443-463. Chatterji, J., & Washbrook, D. A. (Eds.). (2013). Routledge handbook of the South Asian diaspora. London: Routledge. Choudaha, R., & De Wit, H. (2014). Challenges and opportunities for global student mobility in the future: A comparative and critical analysis. Internationalization of higher education and global mobility, 23(2), 19-34. Czaika, M., & Toma, S. (2015). Path dependency in international academic careers. International Migration Institute. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Research skills: Development and acquisition among undergraduates in Educational Sciences - a European perspective University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:Research skills refer to a set of interrelated abilities that enable individuals to conduct research in an effective and rigorous manner. These include the capacity to formulate meaningful research questions, systematically collect and analyse data, select and apply appropriate methodological approaches, critically interpret findings, communicate results clearly, and make informed decisions grounded in empirical evidence (Jeréz et al., 2022). Accordingly, students must develop an understanding of their disciplinary field and engage in scientific inquiry as a means of knowledge construction and innovation (Visser-Wijnveen et al., 2015; Gess et al., 2018; Salmento et al., 2021). Research skills should therefore represent a core pillar of university education, particularly in the preparation of future education professionals. The development of critical, reflective, and self-regulated thinking is essential for meaningful engagement with educational practice and research, and presupposes a solid understanding of how knowledge is produced, validated, and communicated (Murtonen, 2015; Wilson et al., 2016). In Educational Sciences, research competence is especially crucial for addressing the complex and evolving challenges of professional practice and for empowering future generations to value research as a driver of modern societies (Darling-Hammond & Bransford, 2005). Munthe and Rogne (2015) emphasised that research competence must be developed during initial university training, as it forms the foundation for evidence-based professional practice. The mastery of research skills contributes not only to individual academic and professional development, but also to broader societal progress. In this context, universities play a central role in preparing students to respond to the rapid transformations generated by scientific, technological, and innovation-driven change, equipping them to address complex professional challenges within increasingly dynamic social environments (Casanova et al., 2024). Previous research indicates that research-oriented undergraduate courses and experiences are strongly associated with higher research self-efficacy, the formation of scientific identity, and increased interest in pursuing graduate and doctoral research paths, particularly when such experiences are sustained, well-mentored, and meaningfully integrated (Fernandez et al., 2024). Within this framework, this study aims to examine how research competences are acquired among undergraduate students in the field of Education Sciences within European higher education. The question of whether undergraduates in Education Sciences possess weaker research skills than students in other disciplines remains contested. While research competence is essential for academic success and evidence-based professional practice, studies indicate mixed results. Education Sciences students often demonstrate strengths in reflective thinking and communication, but comparatively weaker scientific content knowledge, methodological rigor, and data analysis skills. These differences, however, are not uniform and are strongly influenced by curricular design, institutional context, and individual motivation (Salmento et al., 2021, Matjašič & Vogrinc, 2025). This study draws on the RMRC-K model of research competences developed by Böttcher and Thiel, which conceptualises research competence as a multidimensional construct encompassing skills in Reviewing the state of research, Methodological skills, Reflection on research findings, Communication skills, and content Knowledge (Böttcher & Thiel, 2018). This framework is used to analyse curricula and course syllabi in Educational Sciences bachelor programmes. This study focuses on two institutional contexts: universities belonging to the CIVIS European University Alliance and the top five European universities ranked by Times Higher Education according to indicators of Research Environment and Research Quality. This model is employed as a multidimensional framework for curriculum analysis, while a Delphi expert panel will be used to explore guidelines oriented to foster the research competence among education science undergraduates. The study seeks to answer how curricula structure the progressive acquisition of these competences and what patterns and trends emerge when courses are mapped, and how experts involved in undergraduate research teaching and supervision evaluate current approaches and propose guidelines for a more coherent cross-European research-methods education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will adopt a two-phase design to address two key objectives: (1) to identify and map the research competences embedded in the syllabi of bachelor’s degree programmes in the field of Educational Sciences by analysing intended learning outcomes, course content, duration, teaching and learning methods, and assessment practices, using the RMRC-K model proposed by Thiel and Böttcher (2018); (2) to explore and achieve expert consensus on how research competences in Education Sciences should be fostered and strengthened at undergraduate level, by identifying key gaps and priorities emerging from the curriculum analysis and translating them into evidence-informed recommendations for curriculum design and pedagogical practice. The first phase focuses on curriculum and syllabus analysis through the mapping of research competences using the RMRC-K framework. The sample includes bachelor’s degree programmes in Educational Sciences from two institutional contexts: universities belonging to the CIVIS European University Alliance and the top five European universities ranked by Times Higher Education according to indicators of Research Environment and Research Quality. For each programme, all research-oriented courses are analysed. The data corpus comprises course syllabi, intended learning outcomes, course content, contact hours and ECTS allocation, teaching and learning methods, and assessment tasks. A coding scheme grounded in the RMRC-K model will be developed, drawing on established category definitions and example indicators from previous research on research competence. After, a systematic content analysis will be conducted. Descriptive statistics and visual curriculum maps will be employed to identify gaps, redundancies, and progression patterns in the development of research competences across study years and institutional contexts. The second phase employs a Delphi expert panel to develop consensus-based guidelines for strengthening research competences. The panel will consist of 10 experts from universities belonging to the CIVIS Alliance, all of whom are involved in teaching and supervising undergraduate research in Educational Sciences. In the first round, experts will complete an online questionnaire combining open- and closed-ended questions, grounded in the findings of Phase 1, to identify key gaps, priorities, and strategies for fostering research competences within undergraduate curricula. In the second round, experts will be invited to rate and re-rate synthesised statements using Likert-type scales regarding the importance and feasibility of proposed curricular and pedagogical recommendations. Together, these two phases provide an integrated framework linking curriculum design and expert judgment within a European higher education perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, this study is expected to (a) diagnose how research competences are currently built into European Educational Sciences curricula, (b) identify systematic gaps and inconsistencies, and (c) generate consensual, evidence‑informed guidelines to scaffold coherent, research‑oriented undergraduate training that is comparable and recognisable across European higher education systems. The curriculum mapping is expected to offer a comparative overview of how research-related intended learning outcomes are distributed and sequenced across Educational Sciences bachelor programmes, revealing convergences and divergences in curricular approaches. It is anticipated that some research competence dimensions—such as skills in reviewing the state of research and research communication—may be under-represented or introduced late, with progression across study years appearing fragmented or inconsistent. In addition, the study is expected to generate empirical evidence on students’ initial encounters with research during undergraduate studies. By identifying the pedagogical formats through which students first engage with research-related activities, the analysis can highlight curricular entry points that foster or hinder interest in research trajectories, contributing to discussions on research preparedness, early academic socialisation, and pathways towards graduate and doctoral studies. Finally, the Delphi expert panel is expected to translate these empirical findings into a set of evidence-informed, consensus-based guidelines for strengthening research-methods education in Educational Sciences undergraduate programmes. These guidelines are anticipated to articulate priority research competences within the RMRC-K framework, recommend coherent sequencing of courses, and propose exemplary teaching and assessment strategies, such as data-driven tasks, action-research projects, and the systematic use of scientific literature. Overall, the study is expected to contribute a transferable methodological framework for mapping research competence, inform curriculum development, and support universities in strengthening early research training as a foundation for students’ academic progression, research self-efficacy, and long-term engagement in educational research. References Böttcher, F., and Thiel, F. (2018). Evaluating research-oriented teaching: a new instrument to assess university students’ research competences. High. Educ. 75, 91–110. doi: 10.1007/s10734-017-0128. Casanova Zamora, T. A., Maldonado Nuñez, A. I., Romero Oviedo, J. E., & De La Cruz-Fernández, G. M. (2024). Model of Activities for the Mastery of Research Skills in Higher Education in Ecuador. Journal of Educational and Social Research, 14(4), 454-467. Darling-Hammond, L., and Bransford, J. (eds) (2005). Preparando a los Profesores Para un cambio mundo: Lo que los Profesores Deberían Aprender y ser Capaces de Hacer. San Francisco, CA: John Wiley & Sons. Gess, C., Geiger, C., and Ziegler, M. (2018). Social-scientific research competency: validation of test score interpretations for evaluative purposes in higher education. Eur. J. Psychol. Assess. 35, 737–750. doi: 10.1027/1015-5759/a000451 Jeréz, I.E.H., Laza, O.U., Martorell, L. de la C.M., & Hernández, L.L. (2022). Habilidades investigativas de los licenciados en enfermería en el Instituto de Hematología e Inmunología. Revista Cubana de Hematología, Inmunología y Hemoterapia, 38(4). Matjašič, M., & Vogrinc, J. (2025). Perceived Research Competence Among Master’sStudents in Pre-Service Teacher Education Programmes. Center for Educational PolicyStudies Journal. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1938 Murtonen, M. (2015). University students’ understanding of the concepts empirical, theoretical, qualitative, and quantitative research. Teach. High. Educ. 20, 684–698. Munthe, E., and Rogne, M. (2015). Research based teacher education. Teach. Teach. Educ. 46, 17–24. Salmento, H., Murtonen, M., and Kiley, M. (2021). Understanding teacher education students’ research competence through their conceptions of theory. Front. Educ. 6:763803. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2021.763803 Visser-Wijnveen, G., van der Rijst, R., and van Driel, J. (2015). A questionnaire to capture students’ perceptions of research integration in their courses. High. Educ. 71, 473–488. doi: 10.26529/cepsj.564 Wilson, A., Howitt, S., and Higgins, D. (2016). Assessing the unassessable: making learning visible in undergraduates’ experiences of scientific research. Assess. Eval. High. Educ. 41, 901–916. doi: 10.1080/02602938.2015.1050582 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring the Value of a Phenomenological Pilot Study for Doctoral Research: A Methodological Reflection Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Many doctoral students conducting qualitative research encounter difficulties selecting appropriate research methods and instruments. These demands are complicated by time constraints and inconsistent supervisory support. Although pilot studies are commonly recommended as a practical strategy for refining study designs, their role and value in phenomenological inquiry have received limited attention in the literature (Moustakas, 1994; Finlay, 2002). This proposal investigates the value of phenomenological pilot studies by reflecting on the researcher’s experiences in a mixed-methods doctoral project focused on teacher professional development. "Pilot studies have useful functions in conducting qualitative research, but they have attracted scant attention in literature" (Kim, 2010, p. 191). For novice researchers, pilot studies can be a great way to work through uncertainties before committing to a full trial. They offer hands-on experience, close gaps in supervision or training, and shape a research identity (O'Cathain et al., 2015; Malmqvist et al., 2019). These small studies are useful for refining research designs and testing participant recruitment strategies (Lancaster et al., 2004; Kraemer et al., 2006).
Notwithstanding these benefits, reports documenting practical challenges and lessons from pilot studies remain scarce (van Teijlingen et al., 2001). Many researchers are unsure about how to measure the success of a pilot study. This leads to missed opportunities for improvement. This paper addresses this gap by proposing an evidence-based framework for assessing pilot study effectiveness in qualitative doctoral research.
The study examines the use of pilot studies in two distinct European educational contexts. Finland, which has a systematic approach to teacher professional development, has established a global reputation as a model educational system. Its research community has evolved from adopting international best practices to becoming "more a giving partner than a receiving one" (Sahlberg, 2021, p. 242). The Czech Republic has been strengthening its recent educational policies. This pairing enables the examination of how pilot study challenges manifest differently in a mature professional development system compared to a developing one. The cross-national aspect required considering linguistic and cultural factors during the pilot phase. This was especially relevant for communication norms related to recruiting teachers. This work informs European discussions about doctoral education and teacher professional development by addressing methodological preparation gaps in diverse doctoral training environments and aligning with EU policy priorities for strengthening teacher professional learning across member states (European Commission, 2020).
This study contributes to cross-national phenomenological pilot studies in European educational research, investigating how cultural, linguistic, and educational system differences impact the design and outcomes of pilot studies. This approach closes a gap in the current literature. The analysis reveals three key cross-cultural challenges: culturally specific recruitment trust patterns, linguistic bracketing requirements, and the influence of national professional development systems on teachers' professional identity. In addition to cross-cultural insights, this study redefines pilot studies as environments in which researchers cultivate their research identity.
The analysis demonstrates how pilot studies serve a compensatory pedagogical function in European doctoral programmes with limited formal methods training, a role overlooked in pilot study literature. Supervisors can enhance doctoral students' pilot study experiences by providing structured support through regular check-ins, targeted feedback, and peer collaboration, thereby strengthening both methodological rigour and researcher identity.
The following research question guided the analysis: How do phenomenological pilot studies function as sites of both methodological refinement and researcher identity development in doctoral mixed-methods research on teacher professional development?
Pilot study objectives are: 1. Develop and pilot core qualitative research procedures. 2. Test and refine participant recruitment strategies. 3. Design and refine the interview protocol through piloting. 4. Evaluate the feasibility of the transcription process and phenomenological analysis approach. 5. Reflect on the pilot study and document the lessons learnt.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents a phenomenological pilot study carried out from March to June 2024. As a qualitative component of a mixed-methods design, it focused on foreign language teachers' professional development in the Czech Republic and Finland, employing a phenomenological approach to explore participants' lived experiences (Moustakas, 1994; Creswell & Poth, 2023). The process involved developing the study framework, recruiting participants, designing and piloting an interview protocol, conducting two online interviews, and analysing the data. The researcher contacted participants using publicly available school email addresses. Through purposive sampling, one foreign language teacher from a lower-secondary school in each country was recruited (n = 2). This sample size is consistent with the pilot study purpose, which is to test procedures rather than achieve data saturation (van Teijlingen et al., 2001). Participants were the first respondents meeting inclusion criteria: lower-secondary foreign language teachers completed professional development in the preceding 12 months. They participated in 30–60-minute online interviews on MS Teams. The interview questions were revised using Hatch's (2023) guidelines. The data analysis used Creswell and Poth's (2023) Data Analysis Spiral, along with Moustakas's (1994) Stevick–Colaizzi–Keen method. The methodological reflection was based on several sources, such as a reflective journal, methodological memos, procedural documentation, transcription and analysis notes, supervisor feedback, and comparisons of initial and refined instruments (van Teijlingen & Hundley, 2001; Tracy, 2020; Creswell & Poth, 2023). The researcher reviewed documentation and grouped the entries based on procedural efficacy, skill enhancement, methodological modifications, resource considerations, and the researcher’s stance. Critical incidents, such as recruitment failures or problematic interview questions, were identified and analysed to determine their implications for the main study. Building on Tracy's (2010) quality criteria for qualitative research, this study proposes five dimensions for evaluating pilot study success: procedural viability, instrument quality, researcher competency development, problem identification, and resource efficiency. Together, these dimensions determine readiness for the main study. Rather than documenting 'lessons learnt', this framework gives doctoral researchers concrete criteria to determine whether their pilot has prepared them for the main study. While developed through a Finland-Czech comparison, this framework addresses common challenges across European doctoral programmes. The framework's adaptability in different contexts makes it a valuable tool. The evaluation focuses on (1) procedural effectiveness, (2) researcher skill development, (3) methodological adjustments and rationale, (4) time and resource implications, and (5) researcher positioning and bracketing challenges in phenomenological research (Tracy, 2020; Moustakas, 1994; Finlay, 2002, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This pilot study reconceptualises phenomenological pilot studies as a stage for developing a methodological identity, where doctoral researchers transition from learning research methods to applying them. Procedurally, the pilot mitigated recruitment risks: generic email invitations produced one response over two weeks. This trial revealed teachers’ reluctance to respond to standardised requests. However, shifting to personalised messages increased response rates by 40%, saving eight weeks and preventing recruitment issues in the main study. The pilot exposed critical protocol weaknesses. Academically framed questions prompted participants to give “correct” answers, rather than explore their lived experiences. This echoes van Manen’s (1990) concept of the "colonisation of lived experience by abstract concepts". Rewording questions in teachers’ everyday language improved response depth. The cross-country comparison highlighted an important point: the Finnish participant used academic language, while the Czech participant struggled with theoretical terms, showing that linguistic bracketing must account for national differences in research literacy and necessitating country-specific interview guides. The pilot confirmed that phenomenological interviewing requires linguistic bracketing: researchers must bracket assumptions and academic language. Most significantly, the pilot enabled the researcher to develop “reflexive insider phenomenology". It became clear that bracketing personal teaching experience was neither possible nor desirable. Engagement with participants corresponded with Finlay's (2002; 2005) "reflexive embodied empathy", wherein professional knowledge enriches rather than distorts comprehension. The pilot created a space to examine this tension, develop skills in active listening, familiarity with MAXQDA, and balance insider knowledge with phenomenological openness. These insights extend discussions of pilot studies as procedural tools (Kim, 2010), showing how difficulties such as recruitment failures and protocol limitations serve as formative learning experiences rather than setbacks. This reframing reveals pilot studies' compensatory pedagogical function; in doctoral programs with limited formal methods training, they substitute for structured coursework, developing both methodological rigour and research identity. References Creswell, J. W., & Poth, Ch. N. (2023). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. European Commission. (2020). Supporting teacher and school leader careers – A policy guide – Report. Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/972132 Finlay, L. (2002). “Outing” the researcher: The provenance, process, and practice of reflexivity. Qualitative Health Research, 12(4), 531–545. https://doi.org/10.1177/104973202129120052 Finlay, L. (2005). “Reflexive embodied empathy”: A phenomenology of participant researcher intersubjectivity. The Humanistic Psychologist, 33(4), 271–292. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15473333thp3304_4 Finlay, L. (2014). Engaging Phenomenological Analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 11(2), 121–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2013.807899 Hatch, J. A. (2023). Doing qualitative research in education settings (2nd ed.). State University of New York Press. Kim, Y. (2010). The pilot study in qualitative inquiry: Identifying issues and learning lessons for culturally competent research. Qualitative Social Work, 10(2), 190-206. https://doi.org/10.1177/1473325010362001 Kraemer, H. C., Mintz, J., Noda, A., Tinklenberg, J., & Yesavage, J. (2006). Caution regarding the use of pilot studies to guide power calculations for study proposals. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63(5), 484–489. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.63.5.484 Lancaster, G. A., Dodd, S., & Williamson, P. R. (2004). Design and analysis of pilot studies: Recommendations for good practice. Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, 10(2), 307–312. https://doi.org/10.1111/j..2002.384.doc.x Malmqvist, J., Hellberg, K., Möllås, G., Rose, R., & Shevlin, M. (2019). Conducting the pilot study: A neglected part of the research process? Methodological findings supporting the importance of piloting in qualitative research studies. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18, https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406919878341 Moustakas, C. (1994). Phenomenological Research Methods. Sage publications. O’Cathain, A., Hoddinott, P., Lewin, S., et al. (2015). Maximising the impact of qualitative research in feasibility studies for randomised controlled trials: guidance for researchers. Pilot and Feasibility Studies, 1, 32. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40814-015-0026-y Sahlberg, P. (2021). Finnish lessons 3.0: What can the world learn from educational change in Finland (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Tracy, S. J. (2010). Qualitative quality: Eight “big tent” criteria for excellent qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry, 16(10), 837–851. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800410383121 Tracy, S. J. (2020). Qualitative research methods: Collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact (2nd ed.). Wiley-Blackwell. Van Manen, M. (1990). Researching lived experience: Human science for an action sensitive pedagogy. State University of New York Press. Van Teijlingen, E. R., Rennie, A.M., Hundley, V., & Graham, W. (2001), The importance of conducting and reporting pilot studies: The example of the Scottish Births Survey, Journal of Advanced Nursing, 34(3), 289-295. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2648.2001.01757.x |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 Q: Teachers as Change Agents and Professional Practice Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Dal Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Design Educators as Change Agents: Sensemaking of Systemic Change Through Transition Design in Higher Education Lapland university, Finland Presenting Author:Design education in higher education institutions (HEI) is evolving in response to social, economic, political, and ecological change. This shift reflects a new educational paradigm that requires an understanding of the complexity and ambiguity of contemporary work life brought about by systemic change (Mavri, Ioannou and Loizides 2020; Redström 2020; Pontis and van der Waarde 2020). Within design education, systemic change requires rethinking both what is taught and how education anticipates and responds to evolving societal, economic, political, ecological, and professional contexts. Traditionally, design education has prioritized technical skills, proficiency in tools and software, and a strong understanding of visual aesthetics and design principles (Conway, Masters and Thorold 2017; Davis and Dubberly 2023; Formosa 2025). However, the emergence of a post-digital world, the integration of advanced artificial intelligence tools, and the growing prevalence of complex, wicked problems have fundamentally reshaped professional design practice and employment (Silver and Ruokamo 2025). Design problems and their potential solutions are increasingly ill-defined, and designers’ roles vary significantly across projects and contexts (Dubberly 2017). As Lee (2024: 170) notes, the object of design has shifted “beyond product,” focusing more on activating and supporting individual and collective action than on production. In the context of systemic change, designers are therefore required to engage with challenges that span multiple industries and societal domains. Design educators are under increasing pressure to integrate multidisciplinary content, address systemic challenges, and equip students with ethical and anticipatory thinking skills (Wang, Wu and Gutierrez 2024; Cesinger and Dittenberger 2025; Lee 2024). According to Pontis and van der Waarde (2020: 241), design education is shifting away from standardized teaching models toward more personalized approaches, in which students become “the authors, drivers, and assessors of their learning experience,” while educators adopt supervisory roles. At the same time, educators are expected to maintain core disciplinary competencies while responding to new demands such as systems thinking, cross-disciplinary collaboration, and inclusivity. This expanded role is also articulated in Irwin’s (2015) concept of transition design, which emphasizes designing with an understanding of the interconnectedness of social, economic, political, and ecological systems. In response to systemic change, several scholars have called for a rethinking of how design is taught in higher education (Pontis and van der Waarde 2020; Formosa 2025; Ornekoğlu-Selçuk et al. 2024; Wang, Wu and Gutierrez 2024). Rather than focusing narrowly on tools or aesthetics, future-oriented design education is increasingly expected to emphasize a deeper understanding of the design process, problem framing, and research integration (Lee 2024; Kunrath et al. 2020; Daae and Cash 2021). While previous research has examined changes in the design field (Noel et al. 2023; Mortati 2022; Zhou et al. 2025; Silver and Ruokamo 2025; Davis and Dubberly 2023), less attention has been paid to how design educators themselves interpret and respond to these transformations. Yet educators play a critical role in shaping the future of the profession, and their lived experiences and meaning-making processes remain underexplored. To address this gap, this study draws on the concept of sensemaking. Originally developed by Weick (1995) in organizational studies, sensemaking refers to the ongoing process through which individuals interpret complex and ambiguous situations and act upon those interpretations. In higher education, this perspective highlights how educators draw on professional values, experiences, and social interactions to navigate uncertainty and reframe their roles in changing contexts. The study addresses the following research questions: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a phenomenological-hermeneutic research approach (Gadamer 2004; Laverty 2003; van Manen 2016) to explore how design educators experience and make sense of social, economic, political, and ecological change within their professional roles. The methodological starting point is phenomenological, focusing on educators’ lived experiences of change as they are described and articulated in relation to their everyday teaching practices. The hermeneutic dimension provides an interpretative framework, recognising that understanding is always situated and mediated through interpretation. Together, this approach enables both a descriptive engagement with educators’ experiences and an interpretative analysis of how meaning is constructed within their professional contexts. The research process was guided by the principle of epoché, understood as a conscious bracketing of the researcher’s prior assumptions and theoretical expectations in order to foreground participants’ own interpretations of change (Husserl 1970). Rather than applying pre-established analytical categories at the outset, the analysis attends closely to how systemic change is experienced, felt, and rendered meaningful within educators’ professional life worlds. The suitability of phenomenological approaches for educational research has been demonstrated in previous studies examining learning experiences, pedagogical agency, and individual encounters with change (Padilla-Díaz 2015; Creely 2016; Kumasaka 2025). Central to this perspective is the concept of intentionality, referring to the idea that experience is always directed toward something. In this study, attention is given to how educators orient their awareness toward shifting values, expectations, and systemic tensions in design education. Empirical data were generated through semi-structured interviews with design educators working in higher education institutions. The participants represent diverse disciplinary backgrounds within design education and are engaged in teaching in contexts shaped by ongoing transformation. The interviews focused on educators’ perceptions of change in the design field, their pedagogical responses to increasing complexity and uncertainty, and their evolving professional roles. Semi-structured interviews allowed participants to articulate their experiences in their own terms while providing sufficient structure to address the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on an initial analysis of ten semi-structured interviews with design educators from HEIs, this study is expected to generate several interrelated insights into how educators make sense of change in design education. First, the findings suggest that design educators demonstrate a high level of awareness of ongoing and anticipated changes, including technological development, shifts in student needs, and structural transformations within higher education. However, this awareness is not uniform. Instead, educators’ interpretations of “the future” are fragmented and situated, shaped primarily by their everyday teaching experiences, professional identities, and institutional contexts rather than by abstract future narratives or policy discourses. Second, preliminary analysis indicates that educators’ acceptance of change depends on context and perceived agency, rather than reflecting a simple stance of resistance or openness. Educators tend to embrace change when they experience pedagogical agency and the ability to integrate new demands into their own professional values and practices. In contrast, changes perceived as externally imposed—such as funding-driven curriculum reforms or massification—are met with critical distance or ambivalence. Acceptance thus appears closely linked to perceived agency rather than openness to innovation per se. Third, the data suggest that educators’ sensemaking processes are relational and identity-driven. Changes are interpreted through responsibilities toward students, conceptions of good teaching, and concerns about professional integrity. Student vulnerability and uncertainty emerge as particularly powerful triggers for educators’ reflection and adaptation. Finally, while themes such as sustainability and artificial intelligence are present, they do not function as dominant sensemaking frameworks. Instead, the study points to resilience, adaptability, and professional meaning-making as central underlying dimensions shaping educators’ responses to change. Together, these expected outcomes contribute to research on sensemaking, teacher agency, and future-oriented change in higher education, offering a nuanced understanding of how design educators navigate complexity and uncertainty in their professional roles. References Cesinger, Beate and Dittenberger, Sandra (2025), ‘Shaping Entrepreneurial Design Identity in Design Education’, She Ji: The Journal of Design, Economics, and Innovation Conway, C., Masters, J., & Thorold, K. (2017). From design thinking to systems thinking. Design and Technology Education: An International Journal Daae, J., & Cash, P. (2021). Advancing design education research through mixed methods. Design Studies Davis, M., & Dubberly, H. (2023). What is design now? She Ji: The Journal of Design, Economics, and Innovation Formosa, Don (2025), ‘Design education is too important to be left to designers’, Design Studies Irwin, T. (2015). Transition design: A proposal for a new area of design practice, study, and research. Design and Culture Kunrath, Kamila, Cash, Philip and Kleinsmann, Maaike (2020), ‘Social- and self-perception of designers’ professional identity’, Journal of Engineering Design Lee, Kipum (2024), ‘Institutions as Objects in Fourth Order Design’, She Ji: The Journal of Design, Economics, and Innovation Lomax, Jake (2019), ‘What is systemic change? Three components of a measurable definition’, 3sd.Research Mortati, Marzia (2022), ‘New Design Knowledge and the Fifth Order of Design’, Design Issues Noel, Lesley-Ann, Ruiz, Adolfo, van Amstel, Frederick M.C, Udoewa, Victor, Botchway, Nii Kommey, Lodaya, Arvind and Agrawal, Shalini (2023), ‘Pluriversal Futures for Design Education’, International Journal of Art & Design Education Ornekoğlu-Selçuk, Melis, Emmanouil, Marina, Hasirci, Deniz, Grizioti, Marianthi and Van Langenhove, Lieva (2024), ‘Preparing future designers for their role in co-design: Student insights on learning co-design’ International Journal of Art & Design Education Pontis, Sheila and Van Deer Warde, Karel (2020), ‘Looking for alternatives: Challenging assumptions in design education’ She Ji: The Journal of Design, Economics, and Innovation Silver, Mari, Silen, Marianne and Ruokamo, Heli (2025), ‘Design students’ views on future work at the stage of Industry 5.0 and Society 5.0: Dimensions and levels of resilience’, Design and Technology Education: An International Journal 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Fostering Exploratory Talk in University Teaching: An Analysis of Teacher-Student Interactional Dialogue University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:My doctoral thesis will research from the perspective of the university teacher, the nature and occurrence of interactional, dialogic discourse in face-to-face teaching, and the factors that support its emergence. Specifically, it examines how university teachers’ verbal practices and interactional strategies foster exploratory talk, conceptualized as a shared, dialogic mode of thinking that models disciplinary reasoning and processes of knowledge construction for students. Research material data comprises teaching and interview material collected from four Finnish university teachers (two men and two women) representing two faculties, who provided lecture-based instruction during the academic years 2023-2024. All courses were meant for bachelor-level students. Basically I videorecorded at the very beginning of the course, around at the mid-point, and then at the end of the course – this was the minimum – in order to be able to see the development in relations between the teacher and the students, but also among students themselves. A total of 19 lecture sessions were video-recorded and subsequently transcribed for analysis. The data of lectures includes 24 hours, 59 minutes, and 49 seconds of videorecorded material, amounting to 1,142,310 characters, 156,444 words, and the equivalent of 279 A4 pages. In addition, each instructor participated in two semi-structured interviews, conducted before and after the lecture course. The audio-recorded interview corpus consists of 8 interview sessions, totaling 5 hours, 16 minutes, and 11 seconds of audio material, corresponding to 258,144 characters, 39,731 words, and 66 A4 pages of transcribed text. Altogether, the full data contains 30 hours and 16 minutes of recorded material, comprising 1,400,454 characters, 196,175 words, and 345 A4 pages. The starting point for my study has been what is frequently referred to as sociocultural theory, according to which language is a way of thinking that is both individual and collective. The analysis is based on Vygotsky’s sociocultural (or, cultural-historical; Vygotsky, 1978) thinking, in particular on the essential role of the language but also the concepts of the zone of proximal development (ZPD) and scaffolding. The analysis is also guided by Bakhtin’s (1981) notions of dialogism and multivoicedness. The background material for the study consists of previous studies of the impact of interactional dialogical speech used by teachers to foster learning, the development of common knowledge, and student motivation for learning. From the previous studies, Mercer’s (2000) differentiation of cumulative and exploratory talk is used as the theoretical framework as well, complementing aspects from Alexander’s (2008; 2020) dialogic teaching and Wells’s (1999) view of inquiry as collaborative knowledge-building. Mercer (2000) distinguishes three kinds of talk between a teacher and learners, and between learners: disputational talk (heavy disagreement, even disputes), cumulative talk (building solidarity by uncritically adding ideas) and exploratory talk, in which participants critically but constructively engage with ideas, give reasons, and invite justification. Exploratory talk is collaborative and accountable: it advances reasoning through shared warrants and explicit evaluation of claims. Exploratory talk is marked by visible reason-giving, joint evaluation, and co-ownership of conclusions; in the episode, whose analysis I offer as paper, the teacher’s strategies move the interaction along precisely this trajectory in the direction of exploratory talk. This focal episode is a brief university classroom exchange in which a student tentatively articulates distinctions among certain key terms of the lecture and the discipline, and the teacher responds by validating, elaborating, and recontextualizing these distinctions with reference to the debates of the discipline she teaches. The study will bring some new information about the university teacher’s operations in dialogic discourse. There are only few researches on this topic specifically from the perspective of university pedagogy. See, however, Atwood et al. (2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research method for the analysis is theory-based content analysis, and the phenomenon researched will be studied qualitatively at the level of microanalysis. My methodology could be called abductive, as the research material guides and helps to form the analytical framework. I also lean to some extent on socio-cultural discourse analysis (Mercer), which can be done both qualitatively and quantitatively. There are three important elements in this analysis: language as a mediational tool for shared and collective cognition, grounded in a sociocultural theoretical framework (Vygotsky); a qualitative methodological approach – when needed, with complementary quantitative components – enabling the systematic analysis of interactional and discourse level phenomena. And thirdly, classroom-based spoken interaction occurring in face-to-face instruction, including teacher–student exchanges – when needed, including as well as peer-to-peer student discourse. The units of analysis are chosen in the framework of teacher-student dialogue, which engage the teacher and a student or several students, and is indicated by linguistic signs, e.g. “I think that”, “This was new to me…”, “I had never thought that…”, as part of a longer chain of speakers, or e.g. questions. In case of exploratory talk, on the surface structure of the language there is visible reason-giving, joint evaluation, and co-ownership of conclusions. In addition to Vygotsky, Mercer, Bakhtin, Alexander and Wells, whose thinking is behind the research, there is an article by Sherrie Atwood, William Turnbull, and Jeremy I. M. Carpendale titled “The Construction of Knowledge in Classroom Talk” published in "The Journal of the Learning Sciences" in 2010. In their article those scholars do research on the learning of college students of the first and fourth year. In this connection the article by Antti Rajala, Jaakko Hilppö, Lasse Lipponen, “The emergence of inclusive exploratory talk in primary students’ peer interaction” can be mentioned. It was published in "International Journal of Educational Research" in 2012, their research material is from school context, but they modify Mercer’s three categories of talk in the way that I did in my own Master thesis in 2018. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are a few actions in Teacher A’s teaching in the episode to be presented that support the dialogue developing towards exploratory talk. First, she takes up the student’s framing and revoices conceptual distinctions in disciplinary terms. She validates the student’s contribution as an inquiry rather than a right/wrong answer (Alexander, 2008; Mercer, 2000). Second, when she emphasizes multiplicity and contestation, typical for academic critical thinking, Teacher A resists premature closure of the dialogue and keeps the epistemic space open – to the student in question but certainly also to any other who would like to join the dialogue. This is an essential condition for exploratory talk (Bakhtin, 1981; Mercer, 2000). Third, she gives reasons making explicit why and how various terms used in the discipline are justified and/or contested by various scholars (Mercer, 2000; Alexander, 2020). Fourth, in doing this, she introduces the student, with his fellow students, to “scholars” and their thinking, and through that, to community-of-practice norms (Wells, 1999). In the episode, Teacher A’s final comment invites ongoing inquiry beyond the episode, after and outside the classroom event. Thus, the talk (spoken language) becomes a disciplinary apprenticeship, modeling and exposing how scholars decide and give meanings in context (Wells, 1999). From the whole of research material, of which I will present one example, I hypothesise that the activities of university teachers and teaching methods promoting dialogical interaction and activating students’ shared thinking can produce exploratory talk. In exploratory talk, the teacher and students think together via the dialogical features of spoken language. In teaching situations, exploratory talk can generate questioning and reasoning and, as a result, also new insights and knowledge. References Alexander, R. (2008). Towards dialogic teaching: Rethinking classroom talk (4th ed.). Dialogos. Alexander, R. (2020). A dialogic teaching companion. Routledge. Atwood, Sherrie, William Turnbull, and Jeremy I. M. Carpendale. (2010). “The Construction of Knowledge in Classroom Talk”, The Journal of the Learning Sciences 19:258–402. Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination: Four essays (M. Holquist, ed.; C. Emerson & M. Holquist, trans.). University of Texas Press. Mercer, N. (2000). Words and minds: How we use language to think together. Routledge. Rajala, Antti, Jaakko Hilppö, Lasse Lipponen. (2012). “The emergence of inclusive exploratory talk in primary students’ peer interaction”, International Journal of Educational Research, 53: 55–67. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman, eds & trans.). Harvard University Press. Wells, G. (1999). Dialogic inquiry: Toward a sociocultural practice and theory of education. Cambridge University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Traversing Anxiety Through Cross-Cultural Co-Planning: Indigenous-Han Teachers in Urban Taiwan National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Indigenous education research has been profoundly shaped by Western imperialism, with dominant research paradigms historically embedded in colonial power relations and Western epistemologies (Smith, 2012). Much of the existing international scholarship has emerged from settler-colonial contexts such as Canada, Australia, the United States, and New Zealand, where distinct settler populations displaced Indigenous peoples in the pursuit of territorial sovereignty. Within these contexts, extensive theoretical and empirical work has examined Indigenous education and cross-cultural teacher collaboration. However, the applicability of these frameworks to societies operating through different colonial mechanisms remains underexamined. Contexts characterized by multiple and layered colonial histories—without a single, coherent settler population—raise distinct questions regarding power, knowledge, and educational authority that cannot be fully addressed through dominant settler-colonial literature alone. Taiwan represents such an undertheorized context. Taiwan is home to sixteen officially recognized Indigenous nations, comprising approximately 2.3% of the national population, alongside Plains Indigenous groups whose official recognition remains contested. These communities have experienced successive colonial regimes, including Dutch, Spanish, Qing, Japanese, and Chinese Nationalist rule. Rather than a single regime replacing another, these historical layers have produced a complex colonial formation in which Indigenous knowledge, identity, and sovereignty have been continually reshaped within processes of nation-building, cultural governance, and education. In Taiwan's urban schools, Indigenous students often constitute less than two percent of the student population. Indigenous knowledge remains institutionally marginalized and is frequently positioned as supplementary cultural content rather than as a foundational epistemological framework (Nesterova, 2019). Recent Indigenous education policies mandate the inclusion of Indigenous languages, histories, and cultures across school curricula; however, these mandates have been implemented without corresponding professional development infrastructure (Nesterova, 2019). Prior research has shown that non-Indigenous teachers in Taiwan often lack sufficient understanding of Indigenous peoples and cultures, leading to stereotypical interpretations and deficit-oriented expectations toward Indigenous students (Yen, 2009). These conditions exemplify broader theoretical challenges in multiply colonized contexts where settler-colonial frameworks, premised on binary Indigenous-settler relations, inadequately capture the complexity of teacher positionality and epistemic authority. In urban contexts where Indigenous students represent an extreme numerical minority, non-Indigenous teachers encounter fundamental epistemic asymmetries when curriculum content requires engagement with Indigenous epistemological frameworks outside their professional training. This study argues that professional anxiety emerging under such conditions should not be understood simply as implementation failure, but signals teachers' growing awareness of the limits of their professional authority and epistemic positioning. Rather than treating professional anxiety as a deficit, this research conceptualizes it as a potentially generative condition for professional learning. Drawing on a two-year collaborative action research project (2023–2024) involving two Han Taiwanese teachers and two Indigenous educators (Kavalan and Paiwan) in an urban elementary school in northern Taiwan, the study examines how sustained cross-cultural teacher co-planning enables teachers to traverse professional anxiety. Building on Donald's (2012) concept of ethical relationality, the collaborative process challenged teachers' conventional positioning as curriculum experts. Through sustained relational engagement, Indigenous knowledge came to be positioned as authoritative in curriculum decisions. This repositioning emerged through teachers' ongoing confrontation with the limits of their Han-centric pedagogical expertise. The study addresses three research questions: (1) How do Han Taiwanese and Indigenous teachers experience and navigate professional anxiety during collaborative Indigenous curriculum development? (2) What pedagogical and relational practices emerge when teachers work across epistemic differences? (3) How does sustained collaboration reshape teachers' understanding of their professional knowledge and its limitations? This study contributes empirical insights to international Indigenous education scholarship by examining teacher collaboration in multiply colonized urban contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a participatory action research design to examine teachers' professional learning within cross-cultural co-planning practices. Teachers were positioned as co-learners engaged in iterative inquiry under uncertainty and asymmetrical epistemic authority. The research was conducted across two academic years (2023-2024) during early implementation of Taiwan's 2019 Indigenous education policy mandate. Four teachers participated: two Han Taiwanese teachers (including the researcher) and two Indigenous educators (one Kavalan, one Paiwan), all teaching in an urban public school where Indigenous students comprised less than 2% of the population. Eight intensive co-planning workshops (3-5 hours each) were conducted quarterly, generating approximately 32 hours of audio-recorded dialogue. This pacing allowed teachers to pilot curriculum modules and return with implementation reflections. Data sources included: audio-recorded co-planning sessions capturing collective negotiation; semi-structured interviews with each teacher; researcher field notes and reflexive journal systematically documenting experiences of anxiety, epistemic uncertainty, and shifting positionality; and curriculum artifacts. This triangulation enabled examination of professional learning from collective, individual, and auto-ethnographic perspectives. Data analysis followed a reflexive thematic approach, attending to how all four teachers—including the researcher—articulated anxiety, negotiated epistemic boundaries, and repositioned themselves across the two-year trajectory. Workshop recordings, interviews, and field notes were analyzed iteratively, with emerging themes triangulated across sources. Analysis prioritized moments of hesitation, disagreement, and uncertainty as sites where professional learning became visible. Consistent with Indigenous research ethics and OCAP principles (Schnarch, 2004), Indigenous educators retained authority over cultural knowledge and veto authority over interpretation and dissemination. All analytical themes were reviewed collaboratively. The researcher's positionality as Han teacher-participant-researcher was further complicated by Pingpu Plains Indigenous ancestry without corresponding cultural identity or community belonging. This ambiguous positioning—neither fully 'Han' genealogically nor Indigenous in lived experience—embodied the complexities of positionality in multiply colonized contexts that this study theorizes, requiring continuous reflexivity regarding power dynamics and epistemic authority. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal that professional anxiety in cross-cultural Indigenous curriculum collaboration operates asymmetrically. Han teachers' anxiety manifested as silence and withdrawal—a privileged retreat from epistemic responsibility. Conversely, Indigenous educators experienced dual agency anxiety: pressure to simultaneously fulfill professional teaching roles while bearing cultural representation labor, intensified by Han colleagues' silence. Cross-cultural collaboration progressed through four transformative stages. Anxiety: Han teachers' silence stemmed from fear of harm, yet paradoxically imposed greater labor on Indigenous colleagues. Conflict: Indigenous educators challenged Han-centric assumptions—confronting deficit framings that positioned urban Indigenous students as "lacking cultural nourishment" or Indigenous practices as "traditional" while Han knowledge remained unmarked. These challenges made visible how seemingly benevolent concern structured epistemic violence. Negotiation: Transformative shift occurred when Han teachers reframed uncertainty from professional failure to relational accountability, articulating "I don't have authority to determine this—how should we approach it?" as epistemic humility that redistributed interpretive authority. Co-construction: Sustained dialogue repositioned Han teachers from seeking cultural mastery to creating conditions where Indigenous knowledge systems held authority. Specific practices emerged: Han teachers developed accountable questioning that explicitly named epistemic limitations; Indigenous educators modeled relational knowledge approaches; collaboratively, teachers created epistemic holding spaces where multiple knowledge systems coexist without Han synthesis, positioning Indigenous educators as knowledge authorities and Han teachers as dialogue facilitators. Sustained collaboration enabled teachers to articulate shifts in understanding professional knowledge. Han teachers identified specific limitations of their pedagogical approaches. Both groups reframed professional competence from mastery toward sustaining dialogue across epistemic difference. Teachers' ongoing engagement beyond mandated sessions indicated emerging sustainability through relational commitment. These findings contribute empirical evidence of Donald's (2012) ethical relationality in multiply colonized urban contexts, revealing how extreme numerical minoritization produces asymmetrical anxiety requiring attention to dual agency burdens and relational sustainability mechanisms. References Donald, D. (2012). Indigenous Métissage: A decolonizing research sensibility. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 25(5), 533-555. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2011.554449 Nesterova, Y. (2019). Teaching Indigenous children in Taiwan: Tensions, complexities and opportunities. SAGE Open, 9(2). https://doi.org/10.1177/2043610619846349 Schnarch, B. (2004). Ownership, control, access, and possession (OCAP) or self-determination applied to research: A critical analysis of contemporary First Nations research and some options for First Nations communities. Journal of Aboriginal Health, 1(1), 80–95. Smith, L. T. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous peoples (2nd ed.). Zed Books. Yen, S.-H. (2009). Effective strategies for teaching Taiwanese minority students with low achievement and low socio-economic backgrounds. Asia Pacific Education Review, 10, 455–463. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-009-9053-9 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Schools as Learning Organizations: Stakeholders’ perceptions and practices in underserved rural schools of India University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Education is fundamental for individual empowerment, community development, and societal progress. It equips individuals with essential skills and knowledge, while fostering social cohesion and economic resilience. In rural areas, ensuring access to quality education is crucial, as it has the potential to break cycles of poverty and marginalization. Schools play a central role in these communities, not just as places of learning, but as hubs for social interaction and opportunity. From a societal perspective, keeping children in school and supporting their educational success builds a more equitable and sustainable future for all. India provides a relevant and critical context for studying sociological connections in education given the country’s vast diversity and deeply entrenched inequalities (Nambissan & Rao, 2012). Rural schools in India share similarities with those globally, such as remote location, minimal infrastructure and resources, sparse population, and multi-grade teaching (Lamb & Glover, 2014; Wang & Shen, 2022; Kalaoja & Pietarinen, 2009). However, the unique interplay of caste, class and religious stratification, experienced more acutely in rural areas, shapes India’s educational landscape, adding complexity to the difficult teaching and learning circumstances of rural schools (Ganguly & Kadam, 2016; Madan, 2019). Research Questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study adopts a participatory approach to explore the mental models, everyday practices, and needs of teachers, students, parents and administrators within rural school communities. Data was collected during Sept-October 2025 for four weeks through participatory observations accompanied by 22 interviews (individual and group interviews) with teachers, students and parents across eight rural schools and the Director of the State Institute of Educational Management and Training. Participatory observation allowed me to build the relationship and trust necessary for minimizing the influence of my presence, as well as dive deep into people’s values, beliefs, and behaviors to understand ongoing organizational practices. Taking a relational constructivist orientation, I kept the interviews largely unstructured (McNamee & Hoskin, 2012), leaving space for participants to tell their story in response to a broad question. Observations and interview data together are being analysed using hybrid thematic analysis that combines a data-driven inductive as well as a deductive a-priori approach. The analysis began with the creation of a code manual derived from relevant literature. The reliability of the manual was tested through analyzing the first two interviews and adjusting the manual as needed. Even though the manual served as the starting point for the analysis, many more data-driven codes emerged during the analysis. The codes are now being organized to find connection and relations between them, and identify relevant themes. The codes themes will eventually be categorized into overarching themes that will serve as the core findings. In a follow-up study, a systematic narrative review will also synthesize literature on rural schools, integrating the findings with empirical data to create an adapted Schools as Learning Organizations (SLO) framework tailored to the unique strengths and needs of rural schools serving low-SES (socio-economic status) student populations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results, through initial emerging themes, highlight a strong and significant role of teacher-driven community initiatives in the development of otherwise unsupported rural schools, and hence call for an appreciative inquiry approach in research and policy planning for rural schools that build on the existing strength, resilience, and active voice of these communities in addition to focusing on their needs and challenges References Bowen, G. L., Ware, W. B., Rose, R. A., & Powers, J. D. (2007). Assessing the functioning of schools as learning organizations. Children & Schools, 29(4), 199-208. Collins, J. A., & Fauser, B. C. (2005). Balancing the strengths of systematic and narrative reviews. Human Reproduction Update, 11(2), 103-104. Fullan, M. (1995). The school as a learning organization: Distant dreams. Theory Into Practice, 34(4), 230–235. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1476595 Funnel, S. C., & Rogers, P. J. (2011). Common myths and traps. In Purposeful program theory: Effective use of theories of change and logic models (pp. 37–52). Jossey-Bass. Ganguly, B.B. & Kadam, N.N. (2016). Understanding social determinants for children in difficult circumstances: An Indian perspective. International Journal of Pediatrics and Child Health, 4(2), 77-88. Garg, M.K., Chowdhury, P. & SK, M. I. K. (2022). An overview of educational inequality in India: The role of social and demographic factors. Frontiers in Education, 7, 1-15. Harris, A. (2010). Improving Schools in Challenging Contexts. In Second International Handbook of Educational Change, 693-706. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2018). Leading schools as learning organizations. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 351-354. Harris, A., Chapman, C., Muijs, D., Russ, J. & Stoll, L. (2006). Improving schools in challenging contexts: Exploring the possible. School Effectiveness and school Improvement 17(4), 409-424. Kalaoja, E. & Pietarinen, J. (2009). Small rural primary schools in Finland: A pedagogically valuable part of the school network, International Journal of Educational Research, 48 (2), 109-116. Kools, M. & Stoll L. (2016), “What makes a school a learning organization?”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 137, OECD Publishing, Paris. McNamee, S., & Hosking, D. M. (2012). Research and social change: A relational constructionist approach. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203127537 9 Mertens (2009). Resilience, resistance, and complexities that challenge. In Transformative Research and Evaluation, 12-41. Mertens (2009). The transformative paradigm: Basic beliefs and commensurate theories. In Transforamtive Research and Evaluation, 43-68. The Guilford Press. Nambissan, G. B., & Rao, S. (2013). Sociology of education in India: Changing contours and emerging concerns (1st ed.), Oxford University Press, 9780198082866. The Guilford Press. Senge, P. M. (1990). Mental Models. In The fifth discipline (pp. 174–204). Random House UK Ltd. Senge, P. M. (2012). Creating schools for the future, not the past for all students. Leader to leader, 2012(65), 44-49. Silins, H. C., Mulford, W. R., & Zarins, S. (2002). Organizational learning and school change. Educational Administration Quarterly, 38(5), 613-642. |
| 11:00 - 12:30 | 99 ERC SES 08 R: Innovative Pedagogies and Inclusive Educational Transformation Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Urszula Markowska-Manista Session Chair: Magda Zelazowska-Sobczyk Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Robotics to Support Inclusive Education in Primary Schools: Insights and Outcomes from Türkiye Kütahya Dumlupinar University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Inclusive education has been a central objective of international educational policy for several decades. Commitments such as the UNESCO Salamanca Statement (1994) and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD, 2006) emphasize the right of all children to participate fully in education systems that value diversity and promote equity. Despite these long-standing international frameworks, the implementation of inclusive education remains uneven, particularly in social-emotional dimensions such as social participation and sense of belonging. In many educational contexts, marginalized students continue to experience social exclusion, limited classroom participation, and weak peer relationships. Research indicates that the quality of inclusion in schools is strongly shaped by students’ subjective experiences of belonging and social acceptance. According to Prince and Hadwin (2013), the development of a sense of belonging in inclusive educational experiences for students with special educational needs constitutes a key determinant for understanding both the effectiveness and the overall quality of inclusive practices. Empirical studies further demonstrate that children with behavioral difficulties are more likely to be excluded from peer interactions and perceived as contributors to a negative classroom climate. In contrast, children with learning difficulties may experience relatively better social integration (Krull et al., 2014). Moreover, a strong sense of belonging is consistently associated with positive educational outcomes, including higher school engagement, improved well-being, and a reduced risk of early school leaving (Walton & Cohen, 2011). In the Turkish context, these challenges are particularly salient. Although inclusive education policies are in place, empirical research examining how inclusive practices are enacted at the classroom level, especially through technology-supported interventions, remains limited (İşcen-Karasu & Kayahan-Yüksel, 2023). In particular, studies focusing on social participation and sense of belonging as central outcomes of inclusive education are scarce, pointing to a significant research gap. Against this backdrop, educational robotics has emerged as a promising yet underexplored approach to inclusive education. Existing research on educational robotics has largely emphasized technical skill development or rehabilitative perspectives, with comparatively limited attention given to its social-emotional and inclusive potential. Drawing on competence-oriented inclusive education frameworks (DIPF, 2019; Müller & Schumann, 2020), inclusion is conceptualized not only as access to learning but also as the interconnected development of technical, social, and emotional competencies. From this perspective, technical learning processes and social-emotional development are understood as mutually dependent, particularly within collaborative learning environments. When embedded in cooperative classroom activities, educational robots may support interaction and participation among diverse learners. The present study is situated within the Erasmus+ Project Robot4Inclusion (Robots4Inclusion, 2024), a transnational initiative involving six European countries (Germany, Spain, Türkiye, Lithuania, Ireland, and Finland). While the broader project adopts a comparative European framework, the current study focuses exclusively on the Turkish implementation. The study aims to explore how inclusive-oriented child–robot interactions are perceived to relate to social participation and sense of belonging among marginalized primary school students in Türkiye, based on teachers’ classroom observations. The research question guiding the study is: How are changes in social participation and sense of belonging associated with inclusive-oriented child–robot interactions, as perceived by classroom teachers working with marginalized children, including those with special educational needs, low socio-economic status, and immigrant backgrounds? By presenting qualitative findings derived from teacher interviews conducted before and after a robot-supported classroom intervention, this study contributes to the limited body of research on inclusive educational robotics in the Turkish context. In this respect, the findings suggest that technology-supported, socio-emotional learning-oriented intervention programs may represent a promising approach to addressing the low levels of student belonging reported in PISA data across Europe, while highlighting the importance of teacher perspectives in understanding inclusive classroom processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an exploratory qualitative research design (Creswell & Poth, 2018) to examine perceptions of social participation and sense of belonging in inclusive, robot-supported classroom practices. The intervention was implemented in third-grade classrooms in the western region of Türkiye and was intentionally designed to include a heterogeneous student population. Participating classrooms included children with special educational needs (SEN), students from low socio-economic backgrounds, and students with immigrant backgrounds. The study was conducted in collaboration with six classroom teachers who implemented the intervention in their own classrooms and contributed to the data collection process. The qualitative findings presented in this article are based exclusively on data obtained from these teachers, who were directly involved in the implementation and observation of the intervention in everyday classroom settings. Data Collection Process Qualitative data were collected through pre- and post-intervention interviews. Prior to the intervention, structured pre-intervention interviews were conducted with the six intervention-group teachers to explore classroom dynamics, forms of marginalization, understandings of inclusion and belonging, and students’ social-emotional competencies. These interviews provided a contextual baseline for interpreting post-intervention perceptions. Before classroom implementation, the intervention-group teachers participated in a structured training program focusing on inclusive education, social-emotional learning, and the pedagogical use of educational robotics. The training introduced the activities outlined in the Robots4Inclusion Handbook. After the intervention, semi-structured post-intervention interviews were conducted with the same teachers to explore their perceptions regarding students’ social participation, sense of belonging, and classroom interactions. In addition, a comparison group consisting of five classroom teachers who did not implement the robot-supported intervention participated in pre- and post-intervention interviews. Data from this group were used solely for contextual comparison and were not included in the main qualitative analysis. Intervention Process The intervention was implemented using the Robots4Inclusion Handbook and consisted of a 12-hour teacher-led program. The intervention group included 112 third-grade students (aged 8–9), while a student comparison group of 90 third-grade students followed the regular curriculum without robot-supported activities. Intervention activities were aligned with the CASEL framework (2020). Robot-assisted storytelling served as the primary instructional approach, with the TOKADI robot functioning as a mediating tool for emotional expression. Data Analysis All interview data were analyzed using qualitative content analysis. Teacher narratives were coded under themes such as social participation and sense of belonging, following an inductive–deductive coding process informed by the study’s conceptual framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings presented in this study are based on teachers’ classroom observations obtained through pre- and post-intervention interviews. Before the intervention, several challenges related to inclusive practices in the classroom were reported. Refugee students were described as showing limited participation in lessons due to language barriers, while students with special educational needs were frequently excluded from play-based and group activities. In addition, feelings of shyness, avoidance of social interaction, and fear of exclusion were reported among some students. Inclusive practices were largely maintained through teacher guidance. Following the intervention, teachers reported observable changes in classroom interactions. Students who had previously shown limited participation were described as increasingly engaging in classroom activities, such as taking turns to speak and participating in group work. A decrease in exclusion during play and collaborative activities was also reported, with refugee and disadvantaged students being more readily included in peer interactions during robot-supported activities. According to teachers’ views, robot-supported storytelling and collaborative tasks provided a context for communication and interaction among students. In this process, the robot was described as functioning as a tool that facilitated emotional expression and supported group interaction, particularly for students who had previously experienced difficulties in social engagement. Increased awareness of peers’ emotions and a greater tendency to offer support during group activities were also observed. Overall, teachers indicated that the classroom environment shifted toward a more inclusive structure following the intervention. An increased willingness to participate socially and a more evident sense of classroom belonging among marginalized students were reported. In addition, inclusive practices developed during the intervention were described as being more frequently integrated into everyday classroom activities. In this respect, teachers’ observations suggest that technology-supported, socio-emotional learning-oriented intervention programs may represent a promising response to the low levels of student belonging reported in PISA data across Europe. References Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning (CASEL). (n.d.). *Fundamentals of SEL*. https://casel.org/fundamentals-of-sel/ Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage Publications. DIPF | Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsforschung und Bildungsinformation. (2023). Tätigkeitsbericht 2021–2022. DIPF. https://share.google/rTpOEi7FHeSW1n1eM İşcen-Karasu, F., & Kayahan-Yüksel, D. (2023). Primary schools' competences for inclusive education practices from the window of classroom teachers, E-International Journal of Educational Research, 14 (5), 377-394. DOI: https://doi.org/10.19160/e-ijer.1355008 Krull, J., Wilbert, J., & Hennemann, T. (2014). Soziale Ausgrenzung von Erstklässlerinnen und Erstklässlern mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf im gemeinsamen Unterricht. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 6(1), 59–75.walt DOI: 10.25656/01:9245 Müller, A., & Schumann, B. (2020). Inklusive Bildung: Grundlagen, Konzepte und Perspektiven. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30001-9 Prince, E. J., & Hadwin, J. (2013). The role of a sense of school belonging in understanding the effectiveness of inclusion of children with special educational needs. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(3), 238–262. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2012.676081 Robots4Inclusion. (2024). Project – Robots4Inclusion. https://robots4inclusion.eu/project-r4i/ UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. Organized by the World Conference on Special Needs Education: Access and Equity. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000098427 United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. United Nations Treaty Series, 2515, 3. https://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/convention/convoptprot-e.pdf Walton, G. M., & Cohen, G. L. (2011). A brief social-belonging intervention improves academic and health outcomes of minority students. Science, 331(6023), 1447–1451. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1198364 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Enhancing Students’ Potential and Well-being by Addressing and Dismantling Barriers to Equitable Learning Opportunities. 1: Amanzholov University, Kazakhstan; 2: Secondary School No. 102, Kazakhstan; 3: School-Lyceum No. 3 named after Shokan Ualikhanov Presenting Author:The learning process of students has always been and remains a very complex and individualized process. There are many definitions of the concept of the learning process based on the expected results. In recent years, research has defined learning as a complex combination of inclinations, experiences, social relationships, values, approaches, and beliefs that collectively shape the nature of a person's use of specific opportunities to gain knowledge. In this case, the student is considered as the subject of learning.: how he feels about being a trainee and how he interacts with other trainees. The learning process, whatever it may be, requires students to overcome certain obstacles, which allows them to move on and deeper. Some people can easily cope with them (due to their natural inclinations and personal qualities), while others need support in all respects. How can we help students overcome learning barriers? What should be the support system in a modern school? We will try to answer these questions based on the results of the conducted research. The purpose of the study: To develop a comprehensive support system for students with learning barriers Research objectives:
The scientific basis of the study is the motivational and affective theories of learning, which are based on humanistic psychology and consider human potential from the perspective of Self-Concept. A. Maslow, who developed a hierarchical model of motivation (1986), believed that learning can be considered as a form of self-expression, which is a specific goal. Developing this idea, Rogers believed that learning should be carried out on the initiative of the student himself, even if it was influenced from the outside, the feeling of understanding and discovering new things comes from the inside. Also interesting is Bandura's approach, which identified 4 factors of self–efficacy: personal experience (success increases self-efficacy), modeling (if they can do it, then I can do it too), social beliefs (positive beliefs increase self-efficacy, negative beliefs decrease), physiological factors (physical sensations in stressful situations affect the level of self-efficacy). For effective work with students who have certain barriers to learning, L. Vygotsky's concept of The zone of Proximal Development is ideally suited because it clearly defines the role of a tutor (mentor) in the learning process. The ideas of scaffolding (Merser, Alexsander, Wells) in the process of student support also formed the basis of tutor support algorithms in the framework of the study. The study of the theoretical aspects of this problem has shown that there are 4 types of barriers to learning that directly or indirectly affect student learning:
Teachers' knowledge of the types of barriers, the ability to interpret them and provide students with support in removing barriers in the immediate development area will help to avoid LAGGING BEHIND IN the PROGRAM MATERIAL. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A working group was created to conduct this study, which included teachers, psychologists, and parents. To achieve the expected results, a research plan was developed with the definition of deadlines and responsible persons. 4 types of barriers formed the basis for identifying the causes of poor academic performance of the students in the experimental group. The types of barriers to learning were determined through interviews, questionnaires, observation, analysis, and statistical data processing. A comprehensive study was conducted: interviews with students (162), interviews with teachers and supervisors (30), interviews with parents (23), psychological diagnosis: G.Gardner (multiple intelligence). Statistical reports on academic performance in subjects and teacher reports on individual consultations for the last 2 years among students of the experimental group were studied. The analysis of all the data made it possible to create a project plan in which the lists of students in the experimental group (23), the lists of assigned tutors (17), and the results of student identification by types of barriers and levels of lag were determined. The working group, which included various representatives of the school community, based on the input data of students and diagnostic results, developed an algorithm for comprehensive support, "My Academic Diary" for students, defined criteria for each type of barrier and developed an observation sheet. According to the motivational and affective theory of learning, MOTIVATION is a key criterion for self-efficacy. Therefore, throughout the experiment, the tutors used the "Admiration teaches better than criticism" approach, and the school's psychologists monitored the students' self-esteem by conducting individual conversations. An important issue was the education of members of the school community. To this end, we have developed coaching session plans for teachers and parents to accompany students on this project: A cycle of coaching sessions for teachers: “Possible barriers to learning”, “Strategies for overcoming barriers to learning”, “Factors affecting the quality of learning”; A cycle of coaching sessions for parents: “Are you able to Do you listen to your child?", "How to help a child overcome learning difficulties?, "Self-regulation and metacognition". The effectiveness of the project was monitored by independent experts from partner schools according to predefined criteria. A comparative analysis of student achievement results before and after the start of the project was discussed by the entire teaching staff at the school's pedagogical council, and a comprehensive student support system was approved for implementation in the educational process of the 2024-2026 academic years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Ust-Kamenogorsk, Kazakhstan, during the 2023–2024 academic year. The research involved 23 students identified as underachieving and aimed to analyse learning barriers and evaluate the effectiveness of a comprehensive support approach. The findings revealed that 33% of students experienced barriers related to the affective domain, 27% to the social domain, 23% to cognition and learning, and 17% to physiological barriers, including linguistic and visual difficulties. The Multiple Intelligences diagnosis (Gardner) showed a predominance of intrapersonal intelligence in more than 67% of students, indicating a tendency toward social withdrawal and preference for independent activities. Based on statistical data and academic reports from the previous two years, students were classified into three categories of academic underachievement: Category I (deep and general lag) – 9.5%, Category II (partial but sustained underachievement) – 38%, and Category III (episodic underachievement) – 52.5%. Following the implementation of targeted interventions, Category I was reduced to 0%, as issues related mainly to disorganisation and low self-regulation were successfully addressed, and students transitioned to Category II. In Category II, where affective and physiological barriers predominated (e.g., hyperactivity, visual and language barriers), the number of students decreased to 26%. Language barriers were partially addressed through CLIL techniques, while behavioural challenges required psychological and medical consultation. In Category III, 31% of students overcame academic difficulties, with tutor support being short-term. Overall, the results demonstrate that a comprehensive student support approach is effective in improving academic performance and student well-being. The study resulted in the development of a clear support algorithm, diagnostic tools, observation maps, an academic diary, and coaching programmes, which can be applied in educational institutions internationally for students aged 10–18 years. References 1.Adelman, H. S, & Taylor, L. L. (2018). Addressing barriers to learning: In the classroom and schoolwide.. Retrieved from https://escholarship.org/uc/item/55w7b8x8 2.Barriers to Learning: The Case for Integrated Mental Health Services in Schools https://books.google.kz/books?id=5zi3b27NLXkC&lpg=PR1&ots=8xKwUty6PT&dq=types%20of%20barriers%20to%20learning%20in%20schools&lr&hl=ru&pg=PR7#v=onepage&q=types%20of%20barriers%20to%20learning%20in%20schools&f=false 3.Weare, K. (2003). What works in developing children’s emotional and social competence and wellbeing. 4.Ceryn Evans, Nichola Welton, Jessica Pitman, Zoe Clegg, Darrel Williams, An ethic of care in two community focused schools in Wales, Research Papers in Education, 10.1080/02671522.2024.2381114, (1-18), (2024). 5.Teacher's Guide, Level Three, Centre of Excellence NIS and University of Cambridge; 2012, p 121 6.Gardner, H. (2011 edition). Frames of Mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. New York: Basic Books 7.Gardner, H. (2006). Multiple intelligences: New horizons. New York, NY: Basic Books. 8.Goswami U (2006), "Neuroscience and education: from research to practice?" Nat RevNeurosci 7(5):406-11 9.Maslow, A. (1968) Towards a Psychology of Being. New York: Van Nostrand 10.Mercer, N. (2005) Sociocultural discourse analysis: analysing classroom talk as a social mode of thinking Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1, 2, 137-168 11.Noice, H. (2006) What studies of actors and acting can tell us about memory and cognitive functioning. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15 (1) 12.Roediger, HL& Karpicke, JD. (2006). Test-enhanced learning - Taking memory tests improves long- term retention. Psychology Science, 17 (3) 249-255 13.Rogers, C.R. (1983). Freedom to learn for the 80s. Columbus, OH: Charles Merrill 14.Sternberg, R. J. (1985). Beyond IQ: A Triarchic Theory of Intelligence. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 15.Sternberg, R. J. (1997). A Triarchic View of Giftedness: Theory and Practice. In N. Coleangelo & G. A. Davis (Eds.), Handbook of Gifted Education (pp. 43-53). Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving and W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of Memory (pp. 381-402). New York: Academic Press. 16.Wells, G. (1999). Dialogic Inquiries in education: Building on the legacy of Vygotsky. Cambridge Tulving, E. (2002). Episodic memory: From mind to brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1-25. 17.Wood, D., Bruner, J.S., & Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Psychology and Psychiatry 17. 18.Wood, D. (1998) How Children Think and Learn. 2nd edition. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers Ltd. Rogers, C. and Freiberg, H. J. (1993) Freedom to Learn (3rd edn.), New York: Merrill. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Mistake Map as a Didactic Strategy for Developing Metacognitive Skills through Systematic Error Analysis in Education Autonomous Educational organization “Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study investigates the Mistake Map strategy as a didactic intervention for developing students’ metacognitive skills through systematic analysis of errors in Biology, and Computer Science classrooms. Although contemporary learning theories emphasise the productive role of mistakes, classroom practice often treats them primarily as indicators of low achievement. As a result, students rarely engage in structured reflection on the origins of their errors or on alternative solution strategies. As part of this activity, the Mistake Map is a recurring learning tool in which students analyze incorrect solutions, classify the type of error (conceptual, procedural, or strategic), explain its causes, and propose corrected solutions. The study used sequential mixed methods with 9th and 12th grade students (N = 94). Quantitative data were collected using conceptual tests in biology and computer science, as well as metacognitive awareness (MAI), which were supplemented by classroom observations, student questionnaires, and semi-structured interviews. The purpose of the study is to investigate how structured error handling of summative assessment per units affects students' metacognitive regulation (planning, monitoring, evaluating) and their perception of errors as a learning resource. In contemporary educational research, increasing attention is given to the instructional value of students’ errors. From a constructivist perspective, learning is understood as an active process in which knowledge is reorganised through the resolution of cognitive conflict (Piaget, 1977; Posner et al., 1982). (Piaget, 1977; Posner et al., 1982). Within this view, mistakes are not merely signs of insufficient knowledge but indicators of transitional understanding that can stimulate conceptual change when learners are supported in analysing them (Oser & Spychiger, 2005). Metacognitive theory also emphasizes that effective learning requires conscious regulation of cognitive activities through planning, monitoring, and evaluation (Flavell, 1979; Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Zimmerman, 2002). However, in classroom practice, there is often a focus on correctness and performance, leaving limited space for structured reflection on why errors occur and how they can contribute to deeper understanding. This discrepancy is particularly noticeable in the biology and computer science subjects, where the use of high-level skills in assignments and dense curricula limit opportunities for systematic error correction. The strategy is based on a curriculum that is divided into units and learning objective of the subject, and it is implemented after the summative assessment of the units. Instead of immediately correcting the answers, students fill out a table with meta-cognitive prompts as an Mistake Map using a template that includes four steps:
For example, after solving a programming problem involving conditional statements, a student who gets an incorrect result writes down the erroneous code fragmentexplains that the logical condition was reversed, and rewrites the corrected algorithm. In biology classes, they investigate incorrect interpretations of physiological processes, diagrams, and academic terminology. The study pursues three main aims. First, it explores how systematic error analysis can be embedded within regular teaching practices without disrupting curricular progression. Second, it investigates the extent to which such integration supports students’ conceptual understanding and metacognitive development. Third, it examines students’ perceptions of learning in an instructional environment where errors are openly discussed and analysed. The research question is: How does the implementation of the Mistake Map strategy influence students’ metacognitive regulation during problem solving? By transforming mistakes into explicit objects of instruction, the Mistake Map strategy operationalises principles of error‑based learning (Oser & Spychiger, 2005) and metacognitive scaffolding (Schraw, 1998), moving beyond simple correction toward the development of reflective learning routines.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses a sequential mixed methods design to examine the impact of error mapping strategies on students' metacognitive development. The study involved 94 students from grades 9 and 12 who were studying biology and computer science. The sample was divided into experimental groups (n = 46) and control groups (n = 48). The intervention is carried out during one academic semester. In the experimental groups, regular classroom activities are supplemented with the systematic use of the Mistake Map strategy after completing the summative assessment. After completing the tasks, students spend 10 minutes analyzing their errors using the error mapping tool. During the first weeks, teachers were introduced to the Mistake Map strategy and completed an initial survey to assess their metacognitive awareness and a diagnostic questionnaire to analyze errors based on the summative assessment for the section. Quantitative instruments include: • subject specific pre and post conceptual tests; • the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI) (Schraw & Dennison, 1994); • an author developed questionnaire on attitudes toward errors and classroom feedback. Qualitative data was collected by conducting semi-structured interviews with 18 students from experimental groups in grades 12, 11 students, grades 9, 12 students. The observation protocols focus on student engagement, peer discussion, and the use of errors in the learning process. Quantitative data are analysed using descriptive statistics and comparative tests (paired t tests and ANCOVA). Qualitative data are coded thematically following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) approach. Primary data sources include test scores, MAI results, questionnaire responses, observation records, and interview transcripts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that systematic instructional use of the Mistake Map strategy supports meaningful development of students’ metacognitive regulation and conceptual understanding. In particular, students in the experimental groups are anticipated to show stronger gains in evaluative skills, including the ability to assess the effectiveness of learning strategies, identify sources of misunderstanding, and justify alternative solution pathways. Improvements are also expected in monitoring processes, such as detecting inconsistencies during problem solving, and in planning strategies for approaching complex tasks. Qualitative findings are likely to indicate a gradual shift in classroom culture, with students becoming more willing to discuss incorrect solutions, ask diagnostic questions, and engage in reflective dialogue about learning strategies. Such changes correspond to theoretical assumptions that supportive treatment of errors reduces fear of failure and promotes adaptive motivational beliefs (Dweck, 2006; Oser & Spychiger, 2005). From a didactic perspective, the results are expected to illustrate that structured work with errors can be integrated into instruction without compromising curriculum coverage, while simultaneously enhancing the quality of learning processes. Mistakes, when framed as instructional resources, are likely to contribute to deeper engagement with subject matter and more durable conceptual understanding. Overall, the study aims to contribute to didactic research by offering an empirically grounded instructional model that can be adapted across subjects and educational contexts. The proposed approach may inform teacher education by demonstrating concrete ways to operationalise metacognitive scaffolding and reflective learning within everyday classroom practice. References 1.Flavell J. H. Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry // American Psychologist. – 1979. – Vol. 34, No. 10. – P. 906–911. 2.Oser F., Spychiger M. Learning from errors: A cognitive–psychological perspective. – London : Routledge, 2005. – 196 p. 3.Piaget J. The development of thought: Equilibration of cognitive structures. – Oxford : Blackwell, 1977. – 343 p. 4.Posner G. J., Strike K. A., Hewson P. W., Gertzog W. A. Accommodation of a scientific conception: Toward a theory of conceptual change // Science Education. – 1982. – Vol. 66, No. 2. – P. 211–227. 5. Schraw G., Dennison R. S. Assessing metacognitive awareness // Contemporary Educational Psychology. – 1994. – Vol. 19, No. 4. – P. 460–475. 6. Zimmerman B. J. Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview // Theory into Practice. – 2002. – Vol. 41, No. 2. – P. 64–70. 7. Dweck C. S. Mindset: The new psychology of success. – New York : Random House, 2006. – 276 p. 8.Braun V., Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology // Qualitative Research in Psychology. – 2006. – Vol. 3, No. 2. – P. 77–101. 9.European Commission. Key competences for lifelong learning. – Luxembourg : Publications Office of the European Union, 2018. – 12 p. 10.European Commission. Key competences for lifelong learning. – Luxembourg : Publications Office of the European Union, 2018. – 12 p. |
| 11:45 - 12:45 | 00 SES 00.2: Opening Keynote Pigga Keskitalo: Ecologies of Knowledge and the Future of Teaching: Sámi Education in Times of Transition Location: Tampere Hall - Main auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Keynote |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Keskitalo: Ecologies of Knowledge and the Future of Teaching: Sámi Education in Times of Transition University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:In a time marked by ecological crisis, digital disruption, and shifting geopolitical orders, education is called upon to address increasingly complex and urgent questions. This keynote explores how Sámi education—rooted in Indigenous knowledge systems, intergenerational responsibility, and cultural continuity—offers critical insights into the future of teaching and learning. Drawing on the concept of ecologies of knowledge, the talk foregrounds the coexistence and interdependence of multiple ways of knowing—spiritual, embodied, land-based, oral, linguistic, and experiential—that are rooted in specific places, histories, and communities. This ecological view challenges dominant, standardized, and extractive models of educational research and policy by emphasizing knowledge as relational, context-bound, and co-produced. In Sámi contexts, education is not only about acquiring formal knowledge, but also about sustaining language, land-based practices, and kinship obligations across generations. This presentation engages with the challenges and possibilities facing Sámi teacher education today, including digital transformation, the revitalization of Sámi languages, and the ethical dimensions of teaching in Indigenous contexts. Emphasis is placed on the role of educators as cultural mediators and knowledge bearers who navigate between policy pressures, community needs, and the lived realities of learners. By centering Sámi perspectives and pedagogical practices, the keynote argues for an expanded understanding of what counts as knowledge, who is recognized as a knower, and how education can contribute to epistemic justice. It contends that Sámi education, in its diversity and resilience, not only resists colonial legacies but also models future-oriented and ethically grounded approaches to teaching—approaches that are urgently needed in a world in transition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 12:30 - 14:00 | ERC Break E Paper Session |
| 12:45 - 13:30 | ECER Break A Paper Session |
| 12:45 - 13:45 | 99 ERC SES 08.5: ERC Lunch Break Event: Lunch Break with Local Academics (pre-registration required) Location: Café & Aula Toivo | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Session Chair: Elif Tugce Gezer Ceremony |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Lunch Break Event: Lunch Break with Local Academics University of Padua (Italy), Italy Presenting Author:The “Lunch Break with Local Academics” promises to be an engaging opportunity for participants. About 50 emerging researchers who pre-register will have the unique chance to discuss and exchange ideas around a focused topic with local academics. This will be the perfect way for participants to share a meal and to get to know, meet, connect and network both with and their peers and local academics, sharing the latest ground-breaking insights on topics of their interest. “Lunch Break with Local Academics” is an attractive informal opportunity for emerging researchers to socialise and to take part in the scientific community. The event is intended to give an informal opportunity in a designated location for networking, creating global connections and knowledge exchange during lunch time. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 01 A: Special Call - Opening Session Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Beyond Mentor Training: Navigating The Barriers to Implementing Mentoring in Schools Queensland University of Technology, Australia Presenting Author:Teacher shortages continue unabated in many countries across the globe. Beginning teachers entering the profession during a time of intersecting global crises face multiple, unprecedented challenges that threaten their development as teachers and impact their decisions to leave the profession, thus exacerbating teacher shortages. Mentoring of beginning teachers by more experienced teachers has long been identified as a way of assisting beginning teachers to transition successfully into the profession. However, being an experienced teacher does not automatically translate to becoming an effective mentor (Betlem et al., 2019; Lofthouse, 2018)..Hobson (2016) suggests that mentor preparation programs include developing effective communication skills for working with adult learners, navigating difficult conversations with mentees (Hudson and Hudson, 2010), provision of emotional support, scaffolding critical reflection on teaching and learning, and providing mentees with appropriate levels of challenge to facilitate growth as autonomous professionals. While specialist mentor training is central to effective mentoring, often teachers are assigned to mentoring roles with little or no specific training (Parker et al., 2021). .It is argued that the need for mentor training is particularly salient now to enable beginning teachers to further develop their skills and competences required for teaching in a polycrisis world. The mentor training program that provides the context for this paper was developed in response to national and state reviews of teacher education in Australia, the UK and Sweden, that call for beginning teachers to be supported by specialist trained mentors.The largest teacher employing authority in one state in Australia invested huge fiscal and human resources with the investement intended to support and sustain the mentor training and the enactment of mentoring in schools Monetary equivalent was provided to schools for up to 72 hours per year of release time from class for each beginning teacher with each school principal having the autonomy to decide how the funding would be allocated and used. The mentor training program was developed and delivered by a team of teacher educators from a local university awarded the tender to complete the work. The program ran for six years across the state and comprised two days of face to face training for experienced teachers nominated by their principals to develop their mentoring skills and capacities. As mentoring was positioned in the training program as supportive rather than supervisory or evaluative, teachers in formal leadership roles (such as deputy principals or principals) were intentionally excluded from participating in the mentor training.The expectation was that on completion of the mentor training program, mentors would return to their schools and lead the implementation of mentoring in their particular contexts. Due to the huge input of monetary and other resources, and given that the program was a system-wide initiative that ran for an extended period of time, we wanted to investigate the extent to which mentoring was implemented and sustained in schools following cessation of the program. An activity system framework was used as a theoretical lens through which to examine the contradictions that impacted on the equitable implementation of mentoring across school settings post-participation in the mentor training program. The paper addresses the research question: What are the enablers and constraints that impacted on implementing and sustaining mentoring in schools post-mentor training?. While the mentor training program was a system-led and system-wide initiative, the findings revealed disparities in the implementation of mentoring in schools across the sector and were often dependent on the leadership in the schools. This paper describes how contradictions contributed as obstacles in ensuring equitable mentoring across school contexts and offers several key recommendations to strengthen the impact of systemic wide initiatives such as mentor training programs for teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted three years after the mentor training program ceased. Once university ethics was approved, an email was sent out to the teachers who completed the program inviting their participation in an online survey. Survey respondents had the option to participate in a follow-up interview. Of the 346 survey responses, 18 teachers agreed to be interviewed. This qualitative research draws on the semi-structured interviews with these trained mentors to identify facilitating and inhibiting factors impacting on the implementation of mentoring in schools following mentor training. Teachers were also asked to identify their involvement in mentoring in school contexts since completing the mentor training and whether they had participated in any further mentor training. The interviews were conducted individually via Zoom by a member of the research team and were audio-recorded. The interviews were transcribed by a professional transcription company. The interview transcripts constitute the data for this paper. Initially, an iterative approach was used by the research team to analyse the data with the transcripts read and reread using the activity systems framework as an analytic lens. Data were initially coded based on subject, object, tools, community, division of labour, and rules (Goodnough, 2019). The research team then met to discuss and further refine the codes. The analysis of the interview transcripts revealed manifestations of contradictions within and across activity systems evidenced through words and actions identified in the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It was evident from our findings that although the mentor training and mentoring implementation in schools was a system-led initiative, school leaders lacked awareness and understanding of the significance of mentor training or of mentoring structures and processes to support mentoring in schools. This gap in understanding contributed to the disparities in implementing and sustaining mentoring in schools. This finding confirm previous research that highlights the significant role that school leadership plays in facilitating mentoring in schools (Rinne et al., 2023) and extends it by showing how the lack of leadership support (for example, autonomy in the use of funding) amplifies contradictions in mentoring implementation. Two key recommendations are offered in light of this study. First, for systemic initiatives, such as in the focus of this study, there needs to be greater accountability back to the funding source with transparency of evidence of how funding has allocated and used for the express purpose for which it has been provided. In this case, increased accountability through a reporting requirement back to the employing authority clearly identifying what, how and why the funding was used would have ensured greater value being placed on mentoring and specialist training. Second, when a systemic initiative is announced, it must include a clear strategy to ensure shared understanding of the focus of the initiative. As school leadership teams play a key role in supporting and sustaining mentoring in schools, in this initiative, strategies needed to be in place to ensure shared understanding of mentoring and what it looks like in their specific school contexts. Activity theory as used in this research afforded us the opportunity to identify tensions within the mentor training activity system and how they impacted on the implementation of mentoring in school contexts following participation in mentor training. References Department for Education. (2019). Early Career Framework. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/early-career-framework Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14, 133–156. Hudson, P. and Hudson, S. (2010). “Mentor educators' understandings of mentoring preservice primary teachers”. International Journal of Learning, Vol. 17 No. 2, pp.157-170. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2017.1298535 Parker, A.K., Zenkov, K. and Glaser, H. (2021). “Preparing school-based teacher educators: Mentor teachers’ perceptions of mentoring and mentor training”. Peabody Journal of Education, Vol. 96 No. 1, pp.65-75. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2021.1877027 Rinne, I., Windsor, S., Hipkiss, A. M., Yildirim, A., & Brkovic, I. (2023). “I give, and they give back”: teachers’ views on the professional implications of mentoring. Professional Development in Education, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2291366 Goodnough, K. (2019). Understanding primary teachers’ professional learning and practice: an activity theory lens. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(3), 362-383. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Learning a Second Language of Teaching: Mentors’ Professional Self-Understanding in the Induction of New Teachers University Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Mentors occupy a crucial yet often under-theorised position within the continuum of teacher professional development (Behr, 2017). In many systems, they act simultaneously as teachers and as teacher educators. This dual professional location requires mentors to navigate a distinct set of expectations, practices, and forms of knowledge that differ from the routines of classroom teaching. The transition from being a teacher of children to becoming a mentor of teachers is therefore not a self-evident or automatic extension of one’s teaching practice. As Orland-Barak (2010) argues, “learning to mentor [is] learning a second language of teaching” (p. 53). She further emphasises that the passage from being a teacher of children to becoming a mentor of teachers “does not occur naturally. Rather […] it is a highly conscious and gradual process of reorganising and reconstructing beliefs and understandings that the novice mentor holds as a teacher in order to make sense of the new context of mentoring” (p. 53). Recent research increasingly questions deficit-oriented assumptions that position new teachers primarily as lacking and in need of remediation. Skytterstad et al. (2025) show that induction arrangements often reproduce deficit discourses that cast beginning teachers as survivors, thereby narrowing their scope for agency and subjectification. Yet their study demonstrates that induction can also be enacted through an opportunity-oriented perspective that recognises new teachers as co-producers of practice rather than deficient apprentices (Skytterstad et al., 2025). Within such reframings, mentors become key actors: they can either reinforce survival narratives or deliberately cultivate practice architectures that enable collaborative learning, innovation, and mutual growth. Despite the growing recognition that mentoring constitutes a specialised professional practice, mentors are often selected primarily based on teaching experience and seniority (Zeilinger & Dammerer, 2022). Such selection criteria risk reducing mentoring to the transmission of accumulated experience, neglecting the dialogic, reflective, and interpretative dimensions that define high-quality support for beginning teachers (Kraler & Schreiner, 2022). Research shows that effective mentors must be able to articulate teaching rationales, provide constructive and evidence-based feedback, and facilitate joint reflection on both visible and tacit aspects of teaching (Carmi & Tamir, 2023; Ellis et al., 2020). Various frameworks articulate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions required for high-quality mentoring (Alonzo et al., 2025; Clarke et al., 2014; Hobson et al., 2009; Keller-Schneider, 2020a, 2020b, 2022). Yet comparatively little is known about how mentors themselves conceptualise their professional identity and role. This gap is particularly relevant in European contexts, where induction and mentoring practices vary widely. Austria constitutes a noteworthy case in point. Here, mentors can – among other forms of qualification – complete a specialised Master’s degree (120 ECTS) in mentoring, which provides a systematic, research-informed professionalisation that extends well beyond short-course qualification models. Such programmes offer structured opportunities to develop a meta-perspective on teaching, mentoring, and professional learning, raising expectations that mentors with this background tend to articulate a more differentiated understanding of their role. This paper addresses the following research question: How do Master-qualified mentors, drawing on both formal preparation and practical mentoring experience, articulate their professional self-understanding in navigating the tension between teaching and mentoring? The focus is on the beliefs, assumptions, and role conceptions mentors mobilise when supporting beginning teachers in the induction phase. By analysing mentors’ own accounts, the study explores mentoring as a lived professional practice situated within the broader ecology of teacher induction. By foregrounding mentors’ own perspectives, this study contributes to debates on professional practices in the induction of new teachers. It offers a nuanced account of how mentoring is conceptualised from within by professionally qualified mentors and highlights the implications for cultivating robust induction ecologies in European contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design to explore how mentors with advanced, research-based qualifications articulate their professional self-understanding within the induction of new teachers. Semi-structured, in-depth interviews were conducted with ten mentors who completed a specialised Master’s degree programme. This targeted selection ensures that participants possess a shared formalised foundation of mentoring knowledge and can articulate their professional practices and beliefs with conceptual precision. Sampling followed the logic of theoretical sampling (Glaser & Strauss, 1967), aiming to maximise the analytical relevance of cases rather than statistical representativeness. Variation across school types, primary, lower secondary, upper secondary, and vocational tracks, was intentionally sought to capture the diversity of institutional contexts and organisational expectations surrounding mentoring. This heterogeneity enables the study to identify commonalities and differences in how mentoring is understood across different educational settings. At the same time, homogeneity regarding the level and nature of mentoring qualification was maintained. This ensures that differences in mentors’ perspectives are not primarily attributable to differences in training levels but instead reflect genuine variation in professional self-understanding. Semi-structured interviews were chosen because they support an exploratory and open-ended inquiry, enabling participants to articulate their beliefs, assumptions, and role conceptions in their own terms without being restricted by predefined theoretical categories. This format allows unexpected themes, individual meaning-making processes, and nuanced interpretations of professional experience to emerge, while still ensuring a sufficient degree of comparability across interviews. The interview guide was therefore broad, flexible, and sensitising rather than prescriptive, inviting mentors to reflect freely on dimensions they considered relevant to their professional self-understanding. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that mentors who have completed a Master’s-level qualification conceptualise mentoring as a distinct professional practice with specific epistemic, relational and reflective demands. While their identity as teachers remains foundational, participants emphasise that mentoring requires additional forms of professional awareness. Mentoring is thus described not as an extension of teaching but as a different mode of professional engagement centred on dialogue, co-reflection and interpretative work. Three overarching conclusions emerge. The first two align with existing research that conceptualises mentoring as a specialised professional practice. First, mentors articulate a professional self-understanding that is explicitly developmental rather than supervisory. They position themselves as facilitators of learning, highlighting trust-building, joint meaning-making and non-evaluative feedback as core elements of their role (Ellis et al., 2020; Kraler & Schreiner, 2022). Second, mentors emphasise the importance of diagnostic and communicative competencies that differ from those typically enacted in classroom teaching. They describe mentoring as requiring heightened attentiveness to tacit pedagogical reasoning, the use of reflective language and the ability to scaffold beginning teachers’ sense-making processes. These demands correspond with international frameworks that frame mentoring as a professional practice in its own right rather than an add-on to teaching (Alonzo et al., 2025; Orland-Barak, 2010; Keller-Schneider, 2022). The third conclusion points to an area for further inquiry. The findings suggest that formalised, research-based education plays a crucial role in expanding mentors’ professional horizons. Participants report that systematic engagement with theory, critical reflection and peer discourse enabled them to reconceptualise their professional role and develop an explicit mentoring identity. European induction systems may therefore benefit from investing in advanced mentor education instead of relying primarily on experience-based selection. Overall, this study underscores the need to recognise mentors as teacher educators and to design induction systems that deliberately cultivate and value their specialised expertise. References Alonzo, D., Ellis, N. J., & Nguyen, H. (2025). A set of effective mentoring standards: A theoretically and empirically-driven framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 168, 105228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105228 Carmi, T., & Tamir, E. (2023). An emerging taxonomy explaining mentor-teachers’ role in student-teachers’ practicum: What they do and to what end? Teaching and Teacher Education, 128, 104121. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104121 Clarke, A., Triggs, V., & Nielsen, W. (2014). Mentoring pre-service teachers: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 84(2), 163–198. Dammerer, J., Glaeser, P., Weinzettl, C., Zeilinger, H., & Ziegler, V. (2025). Mentor*innen als “Teacher Educators” für neu eintretende, heterogen qualifizierte Lehrpersonen. Erziehung und Unterricht, 3–4, 192–200. Ellis, N. J., Alonzo, D., & Nguyen, H. T. M. (2020). Elements of a quality pre-service teacher mentor: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103072. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103072 Hobson, A. J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A., & Tomlinson, P. D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: What we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 207–216. Keller-Schneider, M. (2020a). Entwicklungsaufgaben im Berufseinstieg von Lehrpersonen (2. Aufl.). Waxmann. Keller-Schneider, M. (2020b). Und nun bin ich Lehrer/in! – Herausforderungen für berufseinsteigende und mentorierende Lehrpersonen. In J. Dammerer, C. Wiesner, & E. Windl (Hrsg.), Mentoring im pädagogischen Kontext: Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen (S. 41–58). Studienverlag. Keller-Schneider, M. (2022). Anforderungen an Mentoratspersonen in der Induktion und der Bedarf an die eigene Professionalisierung. In C. Wiesner, E. Windl, & J. Dammerer (Hrsg.), Mentoring als Auftrag zum Dialog: Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen (S. 133–144). Studienverlag. Kraler, C., & Schreiner, C. (2022). Die MentorInnenausbildung als professionsspezifische Entwicklungsaufgabe: Mentorielle Gelingensbedingungen zwischen normativen Berufsanforderungen und resonativen, interpersonellen Entwicklungsräumen. In E. Windl, J. Dammerer, & C. Wiesner (Hrsg.), Mentoring als Auftrag zum Dialog: Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen – Wahrnehmen, wie wir interagieren (S. 279-290). Studienverlag. Orland-Barak, L. (2010). Learning to mentor as learning a second language of teaching. Cambridge Journal of Education, 31(1), 53–68. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640123464 Ronfeldt, M., Truwit, M., & Smith, B. (2023). Cultivating stronger coaching in clinical mentors: An experimental evaluation of the Mentors Matter professional development initiative. Educational Researcher, 46(4), 187–200. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737231183414 Skytterstad, R., Antonsen, Y., Aspfors, J., & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2025). Reframing new teacher induction: Opportunities over deficiencies. Teaching and Teacher Education, 155, 104910. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104910 Zeilinger, H. & Dammerer, J. (2022a). Lehrerarbeit messen – Professionalität weiterentwickeln. Lehrerkompetenz im Berufseinstieg wahrnehmen, einschätzen und im Dialog reflektieren. Ein Kompetenzmodell für beginnende Lehrpersonen. Beltz Juventa. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Mentor Education Programs up to Master’s Level in Austria: Professionalization Processes in Teacher Induction and Education University of Teacher Education Lower Austria, Austria Presenting Author:Abstract This paper examines these developments by analyzing the curricula of higher education programs for mentor education up to Master’s level at the University College of Teacher Education Lower Austria. The curricula conceptualize mentoring as a demanding pedagogical and andragogical practice that extends far beyond collegial support. Mentors are expected to establish supportive relationships with mentees and to accompany them in their development into competent and reflective practitioners. At the same time, the programs promote an expanded understanding of the mentor role, enabling graduates to apply their expertise not only as mentors but also as educational professionals, leaders, quality consultants, facilitators of organizational development, or adult educators. From a theoretical perspective, this form of mentor education can be conceptualized as professionalization within a tension field encompassing professional knowledge, skills, dispositions, and organizational impact (Zeilinger & Dammerer, 2024). The curricula explicitly draw on multiple domains of professional capability, including professional identity and professionalism; teaching and learning; communication and interaction; mentoring, accompaniment, and counselling; as well as organizational development, human resource development, and research competence. Mentoring is thus understood as a multidimensional professional practice that addresses both the individual learning processes of mentees – such as lesson planning, enactment, reflection, and evaluation – and the systemic demands of the school as an organization. A particularly salient feature of the programs is their research-based yet practice-oriented design (Ziegler et al., 2025). Participating teachers are expected to reflect on their professional biographies, further develop their professional agency, and cultivate mentoring as a reflective, dialogical, and at the same time evaluative practice. The aim of developing developmental profiles across induction phases points to advanced observation and assessment competence, positioning mentors as key actors in school-based quality assurance processes. Didactically, this professionalization pathway is structured around five guiding principles: professionalism (with case-based work and self-reflection as points of departure), diversity and inclusion (as a mandatory cross-cutting theme), inquiry-based learning and reflection (fostering an inquiry stance), co-teaching (as a didactic principle of inclusive teaching), and a culture of feedback (including self-evaluation, external evaluation, and feedback strategies). Mentor education is therefore not conceptualized as mere competence acquisition but as the development of a reflective professional stance within social learning architectures such as learning communities, peer teams, and critical friendship. Against this background, mentor education up to Master’s level emerges as a distinct pathway of professionalization in which teachers do not merely assume additional functions but constitute themselves as teacher educators – through advanced professional knowledge, research-oriented reflection on practice, mentoring and counselling competence, and the capacity to initiate and support school development processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This paper draws on a hermeneutically oriented, reconstructive document analysis of curricula from mentor education programs at the University College of Teacher Education Lower Austria, examining versions continuously developed from 2013 to the present. Curricula are treated as normative institutional artefacts that condense conceptions of professionalization and construct expectations regarding roles, competences, and learning architectures. The analysis reconstructs how mentoring is legitimized as a professional practice, which subject positions are offered to mentors, and which professionalization and developmental logics are embedded in curricular design. The study aims to identify the meaning structures through which mentors are positioned as teacher educators and to reconstruct the professionalization logics intended to become effective. The analysis is guided by three questions: (1) How is mentoring justified as a professional practice? (2) Which competence and role models are constructed for mentors? (3) Which learning architectures enable the transformation from “experienced teacher” to “teacher educator”? First, mentoring appears as a professional practice characterized by a dual orientation: mentors are expected to advise mentees on teaching and educating while also supporting developmental tasks within the school system. This dual focus is reflected in modules such as Accompanying and Counselling, Teaching and Learning, and Organizational and Human Resource Development, positioning mentors as mediators between individual professional learning and organizational school development. Second, the curricula construct an expanded competence model. Beyond instructional and field-related expertise, strong emphasis is placed on process- and counselling-oriented competences, including coaching, team counselling, collegial consultation, and differentiated case-based work. The developmental trajectory articulated as “from mentoring to leadership” suggests an expectation that mentors increasingly shape and steer learning and development processes within schools. Third, professionalization is framed not as a linear pathway but as a reflective, iterative process. The learning design integrates face-to-face, online, blended, and self-directed formats, and establishes learning communities in which peer leadership, tutor feedback, and critical friendship serve as key quality mechanisms. Research competence emerges as a central driver of professionalization: modules on research methods, research practice, and the master’s module cultivate an inquiry stance grounded in case reconstruction, multiple interpretations, and theoretically justified courses of action. Overall, mentors are positioned as teacher educators who do not merely possess professionalism but actively generate it through relationship building, reflective practice, research engagement, and organizational impact. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions This paper investigates how mentors in Austria become significant teacher educators through qualification pathways extending up to Master’s level. It takes as its starting point the different variants of mentor education, which conceptualize mentoring as a research-based and practice-oriented format of professionalization. From a theoretical perspective, mentor education is framed as a multidimensional process of professionalization. Mentors act not only as supporters during induction but also as mediators who connect instructional development, counselling, reflection, and organizational school development. The curricula anchor mentoring in key domains such as professional identity and professionalism, teaching and learning, communication, mentoring and counselling, as well as organizational and human resource development. Empirically, a hermeneutic document analysis of curriculum versions shows that mentors are positioned within the programs as professional relationship builders, partners in reflection, and increasingly also as leadership actors. The programs organize professionalization through learning communities, a culture of feedback, co-teaching, and inquiry-based learning and reflection. Research competence is developed not additively but integratively, ranging from philosophy of science and methodology to hermeneutic, qualitative, and quantitative research practice, culminating in a Master’s thesis within the Mentoring Master’s program. Overall, mentor qualification emerges as a structured transformation process in which experienced teachers further develop their practice on a research-informed basis, professionalize their counselling competence, and establish themselves as teacher educators within the school system. In doing so, these programs contribute to the sustainable development of professional practices that support the learning and induction of novice teachers. References Dammerer, J., Wiesner, C., & Windl, E. (Eds.). (2020). Mentoring im pädagogischen Kontext: Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen (Wahrnehmen, wie wir bilden: Pädagogik für Niederösterreich, Vol. 10). Studienverlag. https://doi.org/10.53349/oa.2022.a2.120 Haas, E., Dammerer, J., Rauschenberger, P., Glaeser, P. & Stipsits, E. (2026). Mentoring in the Induction Phase: Effective Mentoring for Career Starters in Austria – A Gender Comparison. Journal of Education and Training Studies. (Vol 14, No 1). 35–46. https://doi.org/10.11114/jets.v14i1.7978 Wiesner, C., Windl, E. & Dammerer, J. (Hrsg.) (2022). Mentoring als Auftrag zum Dialog. Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen. Wahrnehmen, wie wir interagieren. Pädagogik für Niederösterreich, Band 12. Innsbruck, Wien: Studienverlag. DOI: 10.53349/oa.2022.a2.180 Zeilinger, H., & Dammerer, J. (2024). Mentoring zwischen Theorie und Praxis: Professionalisierungsprozesse im Berufseinstieg. In S. Pichler, A. Frey, L. Holzäpfel, F. Lipowsky, & K. Rincke (Eds.), Wie viel Wissenschaft braucht Lehrerinnenfortbildung? Wege der Professionalisierung* (pp. 122–126). https://doi.org/10.25656/01:28496 Zeilinger, H. & Dammerer, J. (2022). Lehrerarbeit messen – Professionalität weiterentwickeln. Lehrerkompetenz im Berufseinstieg wahrnehmen, einschätzen und im Dialog reflektieren. Ein Kompetenzmodell für beginnende Lehrpersonen. Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa. Ziegler, V., Zeilinger, H., & Dammerer, J. (2025). Mentoring: Ein Praxishandbuch für Mentoratspersonen (Version 02–2025). Pädagogische Hochschule Niederösterreich. https://doi.org/10.53349/oa.2025.b3.240 Ziegler, V., Zeilinger, H., Schwab, K., Stieder, M. & Dammerer, J. (2025). Multiprofessionelle Begleitung beim Berufseinstieg von Lehrpersonen: Einführungsveranstaltungen zur Induktion an der Pädagogischen Hochschule Niederösterreich im Spiegel der Evaluation. #schuleverantworten, 5(4). https://doi.org/10.53349/schuleverantworten.2025.i4.a632 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 01 B Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Brianna Kennedy Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Toward a Shared Developmental Object: Collegial Exploration of Teachers’ Digital Professional Competence in Schools NTNU, Trondheim, Norway Presenting Author:The development of teachers’ digital professional competence is a central challenge in today’s schools, where ever‑evolving technological solutions and digital practices continually reshape the conditions and possibilities for teaching. At the same time, research shows that professional development often becomes fragmented when it takes place at the individual level without a shared focus area that unifies the collective and creates anchoring in the school’s practice. This study investigates how teachers can jointly identify and develop a shared development question or object, which can serve as a unifying starting point for professional learning related to digital competence in schools. The study is based on a research and development project in which teachers participate in collective learning processes aimed at strengthening their digital professional competence through exploratory and practice‑oriented approaches. Using design-based research and communities of practice as its theoretical framework (Wenger, 1998; Engeström, 2015), the study focuses on how teachers negotiate a shared development object—an area they wish to understand and improve together—and how this object gradually evolves through collective reflection and changes in practice. The analyses show that the work of formulating a shared development question involves both opportunities and challenges. A key opportunity lies in the way a shared development object can strengthen collective reflection and ownership of digital professional development. It creates a shared language and a common purpose that can help build a culture of learning within the teaching staff, rather than one centered on individual technology use. Through collaborative exploration of digital tools in teaching, space is created for dialogue, sharing experiences, and developing professional judgment in relation to complex digital practices. At the same time, several challenges tied to the process are identified. One of the most prominent is the tension between individual needs and collective priorities: Teachers have different experiences, digital skills, and subject‑specific perspectives, making it difficult to agree on what should constitute a “shared” development area. In addition, time pressures and organizational expectations may limit opportunities for in‑depth collective work. The study also highlights how power relations, role perceptions, and the school’s existing learning culture influence how a shared development object takes shape—and the extent to which it contributes to transformative learning for both individual teachers and the professional community as a whole. The findings indicate that establishing a shared development question is not just a methodological or organizational measure but a professional and cultural negotiation that requires time, trust, and mutual recognition. However, the process can lay the groundwork for lasting change if supported by leadership, collaborative structures, and a shared understanding of digital competence as more than technical skills—as an integral part of professional practice. This study contributes insights into how teacher communities can build shared learning trajectories related to digital professional competence and how the very process of developing a shared development object can function as a catalyst for collective professional learning and sustainable school development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a design-based research methodology (DBR) to investigate how teachers collectively identify and further develop a shared developmental object related to digital professional competence. DBR is particularly suitable when the aim is both to understand and improve practice through iterative inquiry in authentic learning environments, and when researchers and practitioners work closely together to generate new knowledge. The study is organized into several cycles consisting of planning, implementation, analysis, and redesign, where insights from each cycle form the basis for continued development of both practice and theory. Data collection combines qualitative methods with a focus on teachers’ collective learning processes. Semi-structured group interviews, practice-oriented observations, and documentation from participants’ reflective work are used, including logs, meeting minutes, and shared development notes. This provides access to both teachers’ experience-based perspectives and their concrete actions in relation to digital tools and instructional design. Additionally, audio and video recordings from professional community meetings are used to analyze negotiation processes, meaning-making, and the development of a shared language. The analysis follows a thematic and process-oriented approach inspired by communities of practice theory and activity-theoretical perspectives. Central to this approach is identifying how participants negotiate and reshape a developmental object through dialogue, collaborative exploration, and changes in practice. The analysis therefore focuses not only on the content of teachers’ conversations but also on the dynamics of their interactions, including how power relations, roles, and organizational structures influence the development process. The researcher’s role is both facilitative and analytical, in line with DBR traditions. The researcher participates in planning and reflection processes while also maintaining a meta-reflective responsibility for systematizing findings and supporting teachers’ collective development. Methodologically, the study emphasizes transparency, collaboration, and iterative processes to ensure validity and grounding in the practice context. Together, this methodological approach provides a robust framework for understanding how teaching communities can develop shared developmental objects as a foundation for collective professional learning and digital capacity building. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The anticipated findings suggest that: A shared developmental object strengthens collective ownership Teachers experience increased motivation and a stronger sense of alignment between individual and collective goals when they collaboratively define an area for digital competence development. A shared language and common understanding develop gradually Through dialogue, exploration, and reflection, teachers establish a more precise and nuanced language for discussing digital practice. When teachers share experiences across subjects and grade levels, variations in practice become visible. Digital tools are understood as pedagogical resources rather than technical objects The findings are expected to show that teachers gradually shift from a technology-oriented focus (“how do I use the tool?”) to a pedagogically oriented focus (“what does this enable for learning?”). Conclusion The study concludes that the development of a shared developmental object is a key mechanism for strengthening collective professional learning related to digital competence in schools. The work of formulating and negotiating this object functions as both a learning process and a cultural negotiation, through which teachers not only develop new insights but also new ways of collaborating. The analyses show that collective professional development requires time, trust, and organizational structures that support experimentation and reflection. When these conditions are present, the process contributes to: a deeper understanding of digital competence as a component of professional practice a strengthened professional community more sustainable changes in teaching and learning culture greater relevance and precision in the school’s digital development work The study therefore emphasizes that professional development should not be viewed as an individual training initiative, but as a collective practice in which teachers jointly explore, negotiate, and refine digital approaches that are meaningful within their context. This establishes a foundation for more sustainable school development and a professional culture better equipped to respond to ongoing digital change. References Design-Based Research / Methodology Brown, A. L. (1992). Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 141–178. Collins, A., Joseph, D., & Bielaczyc, K. (2004). Design research: Theoretical and methodological issues. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13(1), 15–42. Reeves, T. C. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In J. van den Akker et al. (Eds.), Educational design research (pp. 52–66). Routledge. Communities of Practice / Professional Learning Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015). Learning in landscapes of practice: Boundaries, identity, and knowledgeability in practice-based learning. Routledge. Timperley, H. (2011). Realizing the power of professional learning. McGraw-Hill. Activity Theory / Expansive Learning Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta-Konsultit. Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. Teacher Learning & Digital Competence Ertmer, P. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. T. (2010). Teacher technology change: How knowledge, confidence, beliefs, and culture intersect. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(3), 255–284. Krumsvik, R. (2014). Teacher educators’ digital competence. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 58(3), 269–280. Tondeur, J., van Braak, J., Ertmer, P., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. (2017). Understanding the relationship between teachers’ pedagogical beliefs and technology use in education: A systematic review. Educational Technology Research and Development, 65, 555–575. School Development & Collaborative Inquiry Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7, 221–258. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Deliberative Instructional Agents: the Rise of a New Sociotechnical Infrastructure for Professional Learning and the Use of Evidence to Improve Schools 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: The Glasgow Academy, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The use of evidence to inform teaching has become a priority in continuing professional development (CPD) and school improvement (Brown, 2015; Coldwell et al., 2017; Kennedy, 2014; Nutley et al., 2003; Owen et al., 2022; Slavin, 2020). Evidence-informed Practice (EIP) is based on the simple idea that instruction is strengthened when teachers draw on evidence of practice and relevant pedagogical research to guide what happens in their classrooms, rather than relying solely on their intuition or past experience (Brown, 2017; Nelson & Campbell, 2017). However, the enactment of EIP in schools remains uneven and difficult to sustain (Dagenais et al., 2012; Hemsley-Brown & Sharp, 2003; Malin & Brown, 2019). Persistent barriers include issues of accessibility, relevance, and timeliness (Hering, 2016). Research is frequently inaccessible, locked behind paywalls or written in ways teachers find impractical (Schaik et al., 2018). Time constraints represent perhaps the most significant challenge (Cooper et al., 2017; Mandinach & Gummer, 2016). Meaningful engagement with classroom evidence and pedagogical research, and conducting authentic critical reflection is time-intensive and can exacerbate workload pressures in a profession already experiencing high levels of attrition and leadership turnover (Borman & Dowling, 2008; Finnigan et al., 2016). As a result, a persistent gap remains between researchers that produce scholarship and educators who ultimately decide what happens in classrooms, stunting professional learning and frustrating efforts to improve schools (Farley-Ripple et al., 2018). This paper introduces Deliberative Instructional Agents (DIAs), a new class of educational technology for specialised instructional coaching that leverages advances in AI to make Evidence-informed Practice more feasible within the realities of everyday teaching. DIAs integrate the interrelated processes of evidence capture, research-informed analysis, and critical reflection into a single system. The result is an epistemic engine that efficiently situates teachers at the intersection of evidence of practice, pedagogical research, and their own professional experience, creating the conditions for situated professional learning as a matter of routine. In doing so, DIAs lay the groundwork for a new sociotechnical infrastructure for professional learning and school improvement (Lang et al., 2017). To illustrate this potential, we present exploratory research using a DIA designed to support dialogic pedagogy, an instructional approach that emphasises learning through purposeful discussion, reasoning, and debate (Alexander, 2020; Barton, 2024; Knight, 2025; Mercer & Littleton, 2007). Specifically, the DIA integrates three innovative tools to support professional inquiry into dialogic teaching. Pierrot, a data collection tool, represents a technical breakthrough in speaker diarization, accurately transcribing and attributing speech during multi-person, in-person classroom discussions, without the need for specialised hardware. Cadence, the analytical component of the platform, automates transcript analysis using established research frameworks to distinguish between types of talk and applies an innovative mathematical model to identify critical instructional moments where there is opportunity for teachers to elicit deeper student engagement. Finally, Shape, an intelligent middleware, was developed to facilitate non-judgemental reflection on significant moments and trends in the learning analytics. This interactive function allows users to unpack the collated data and associated research through text-based conversation directly in the user dashboard, all while being guided by research-informed protocols for teacher noticing (van Es & Sherin, 2021; Mason, 2002). How do teachers engage with evidence, analytics, and experiential knowledge during professional inquiry, and what does this reveal about how professional learning unfolds in practice? This paper will detail the DIA design and present results from exploratory research involving initial use of the proof-of-concept DIA. The research aims to advance theory by empirically examining professional learning as it unfolds through teachers’ engagement with evidence, analytics, and experiential knowledge during routine instructional inquiry. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Literature on teachers’ continuing professional development and learning is partial, fragmented, and under-theorised (Kennedy, 2014). Evidence-informed practice assumes that professional learning occurs when teachers engage with evidence of practice and relevant pedagogical research while also considering their own experiential knowledge. This study aims to develop a theory of professional learning by examining how a Deliberative Instructional Agent (DIA) captures teachers’ engagement with these different forms of evidence during structured reflection of teaching. The exploratory study involves maths teachers at two U.K. secondary schools (n=20). All participants attended workshops on dialogic pedagogy and received technical training to support classroom use of the DIA. Teachers then taught a series of three lessons at monthly intervals, each incorporating a dialogic instructional sequence. During each lesson, Pierrot ran in the background to generate a diarised transcript of classroom discourse. Following each lesson, Cadence provided teachers with a learning analytics dashboard highlighting opportunities to deploy discursive moves associated with Productive Disciplinary Engagement (PDE). PDE describes conditions under which students participate actively and meaningfully in disciplinary reasoning (Engle & Conant, 2002). In mathematics, dialogic teaching this is particularly relevant as teachers attempt to move beyond procedural instruction toward conceptual discussion. By foregrounding opportunities for PDE, Cadence intentionally draws teachers into productive struggle about their dialogic practice. The DIA then invites teachers to engage in text-based interaction with a highly specialised language model to critically reflect on these PDE opportunities. These interactions are captured as qualitative records of professional learning. Deductive coding is then used to identify episodes of teacher thinking preceding instructional decisions. Semi-structured interviews were subsequently conducted with all participants to supplement teacher inputs into the DIA, creating additional evidence of how teachers use data and knowledge to inform changes in practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Deliberative Instructional Agents (DIAs) represent a significant advance in the sociotechnical infrastructure supporting professional inquiry in schools. By capturing rich traces of classroom interaction and coupling these with AI-enabled analysis, DIAs materially alter what counts as useable evidence for teachers’ professional learning. Rather than rely on distal research findings or retrospective reflection, teachers gain timely access to evidence that is directly connected to their own instructional decisions and students’ disciplinary engagement. Crucially, this evidence is made available at a pace that aligns with teaching itself, allowing inquiry to be embedded within routine practice rather than positioned as an additional activity. In doing so, DIAs create new conditions under which evidence-informed practice can be sustained at scale. Beyond supporting individual decision making, DIAs also make professional learning more visible. Teachers’ engagement with learning analytics and their articulation of uncertainty through dialogic interaction with language models produce records of professional sensemaking. These records offer a novel form of evidence for understanding how professional inquiry unfolds during everyday practice, particularly during moments of productive struggle when instructional pathways are still open. This shifts the analytic focus from whether professional learning initiatives work to how teachers’ reason and learn as part of their everyday practice. This capacity is especially significant given the growing policy emphasis on structured forms of teacher inquiry, including lesson study, practitioner enquiry, and quality teaching rounds. While widely adopted, such approaches remain under-theorised, in part because the cognitive and interpretive work of teachers has been difficult to capture empirically. DIAs generate fine-grained evidence of professional learning processes, offering a powerful tool not only for school improvement, but for theory building in professional learning. This study demonstrates how this technology allows researchers to move beyond abstract models toward empirically grounded accounts of how teachers engage with evidence and experience uncertainty. References Alexander, R. (2020). A Dialogic Teaching Companion. Routledge. Barton, G. (2024). We need to talk. (p. 31). Oracy Education Commission. Brown, C. (2017). Achieving Evidence-Informed Policy and Practice in Education: EvidencED. Emerald Group Publishing. Cooper, A., Klinger, D. A., & McAdie, P. (2017). What do teachers need? An exploration of evidence-informed practice for classroom assessment in Ontario. Educational Research, 59(2), 190–208. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2017.1310392 Engle, R. A., & Conant, F. R. (2002). Guiding Principles for Fostering Productive Disciplinary Engagement: Explaining an Emergent Argument in a Community of Learners Classroom. Cognition and Instruction, 20(4), 399–483. Farley-Ripple, E., May, H., Karpyn, A., Tilley, K., & McDonough, K. (2018). Rethinking Connections Between Research and Practice in Education: A Conceptual Framework. Educational Researcher, 47(4), 235–245. Hemsley-Brown, J., & Sharp, C. (2003). The Use of Research to Improve Professional Practice: A systematic review of the literature. Oxford Review of Education, 29(4), 449–471. Hering, J. G. (2016). Do we need “more research” or better implementation through knowledge brokering? Sustainability Science, 11(2), 363–369. Kennedy, A. (2014). Understanding continuing professional development: The need for theory to impact on policy and practice. Professional Development in Education, 40(5), 688–697. Knight, R. (2025). Classroom Talk: Evidence-based Teaching for Enquiring Teachers. Routledge. Lang, C., Siemens, G., Wise, A., & Gasevic, D. (2017). Handbook of Learning Analytics (First). Solar Research. Malderez, A. (2023). Mentoring Teachers: Supporting Learning, Wellbeing and Retention. Taylor & Francis. Malin, J. R., & Brown, C. (2019). Joining Worlds: Knowledge mobilization and evidence-informed practice. In The Role of Knowledge Brokers in Education: Connecting the Dots Between Research and Practice (pp. 1–12). Routledge. Mason, J. (2002). Researching your own practice: The discipline of noticing. Routledge. Mercer, N., & Littleton, K. (2007). Dialogue and the Development of Children’s Thinking: A Sociocultural Approach. Routledge. Nelson, J., & Campbell, C. (2017). Evidence-informed practice in education: Meanings and applications. Educational Research, 59(2), 127–135. Owen, K. L., Watkins, R. C., & Hughes, J. C. (2022). From evidence-informed to evidence-based: An evidence building framework for education. Review of Education, 10(1), e3342. Slavin, R. E. (2020). How evidence-based reform will transform research and practice in education. Educational Psychologist, 55(1), 21–31. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 01 C Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Sabine Meinck Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper From PD to Practice: Impact of Online Group Mentoring on UDL Implementation and Teacher Motivation Independent Researcher, Finland Presenting Author:Sustaining changes in teaching practice after professional development (PD) remains a persistent challenge, particularly for inclusive pedagogies that require teachers to make consequential day-to-day design decisions under real classroom constraints. Although Universal Design for Learning (UDL) offers a framework for inclusive and accessible instructional design, short-course PD may be insufficient to support successful enactment and sustained classroom implementation (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Desimone, 2009). Consequently, follow-up support mechanisms are critical. Mentoring, especially when designed as an ongoing, practice-close support structure, is often positioned as a mechanism for sustaining teacher learning beyond short-term PD (Hudson, 2013). In parallel, UDL continues to gain traction as a promising framework for inclusive pedagogy (King-Sears et al., 2023). However, research remains inconclusive regarding the nature and effectiveness of mentoring, and robust evidence on how mentoring contributes specifically to inclusive implementation is still developing (Luong, 2025; Radlick & Mevatne, 2023). Moreover, design-based insights on scalable online mentoring models are still emerging. This study addresses these gaps by examining the added value of an online group mentoring model implemented after a foundational UDL PD course in Turkish public schools, focusing on both implementation outcomes and teachers’ motivational beliefs. RQ1. Do teachers who completed UDL Basic PD plus online group mentoring differ in UDL implementation fidelity scores from those who completed UDL Basic PD only? The study is anchored in (a) UDL as a framework for inclusive instructional design and (b) expectancy–value–cost theory as a motivational lens for teachers’ engagement in PD-related implementation. Expectancy–value–cost distinguishes beliefs about the likelihood of successful enactment (expectancy), perceived importance/utility (task value), and perceived resources required or sacrificed (cost). The study is relevant to European and international PLD systems seeking feasible, scalable mechanisms to support sustained uptake of inclusive pedagogies—particularly as digitally mediated and hybrid PD models are increasingly used to extend learning beyond one-off training. It is expected to inform the design of online group mentoring programs to better support sustained implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A convergent parallel mixed-methods design was used, combining a quantitative post-test comparison with qualitative interviews to examine mentoring mechanisms and support the interpretation of results. Quantitative and qualitative strands were analysed separately and integrated during interpretation through triangulation of findings across outcomes and themes. Participants and context Participants were 89 Turkish public school teachers in Istanbul (54 primary school teachers; 35 middle school Turkish language teachers), recruited through convenience sampling within a Ministry-affiliated project. Intervention sequence and group formation All participants completed UDL Basic PD (5 weeks) delivered online through live sessions and asynchronous materials (video content, reflection questions, and lesson analysis). At the end of the PD, teachers indicated whether they wished to continue via a Mentoring Program Preference Form (voluntary continuation), forming mentored and PD-only groups. The online group mentoring program (4 weeks) included structured self-assessment and goal-setting, weekly videos, and realistic teaching scenarios, with ongoing discussion and feedback throughout each week. Quantitative measures and achieved sample sizes UDL Implementation Fidelity Tool: Teachers completed the tool for two separate lessons; complete fidelity data were obtained from 21 mentored and 19 non-mentored teachers (N = 40). Expectancy–Value–Cost for PD Scale: Responses were obtained from 25 mentored and 55 non-mentored teachers (N = 80). Quantitative analysis Parametric tests were used where assumptions were met (UDL fidelity; cost), and Mann–Whitney U tests were used for non-normal distributions (expectancy; task value). Qualitative data and analysis Semi-structured Zoom interviews were conducted with five mentored teachers and analysed using thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings UDL implementation fidelity Teachers in the mentoring group showed higher mean UDL implementation fidelity (M = 13.64, SD = 2.77) than teachers in the PD-only group (M = 12.24, SD = 3.57); however, the difference was not statistically significant, t(38) = 1.40, p = .17. Expectancy–value–cost Mentored teachers reported significantly higher expectancy for success than PD-only teachers (Mann–Whitney z = −3.45, p = .001). Task value was very high in both groups (means near the scale maximum), suggesting limited room for differentiation. Perceived cost did not differ significantly between groups, t(80) = 1.18, p = .24. Qualitative mechanisms and perceived change Teachers described the UDL Basic PD as “building the basis” for understanding UDL fundamentals, learner variability, and designing for individual differences. They linked mentoring to mechanisms that enabled practical transfer: (a) feedback and reflection, (b) structured self-assessment and goal-setting, (c) realistic scenarios preparing them for classroom contingencies, and (d) colleague interaction and collective learning. Teachers reported shifts toward more student-centred planning, increased attention to learner needs and differences, and strategic use of digital tools, and they described initiating multiple UDL-aligned practices following mentoring. Contribution Overall, the findings suggest that an online group mentoring layer may not yield statistically detectable short-term differences in implementation fidelity, yet it can strengthen teachers’ expectancy for successful enactment—an implementation-relevant motivational condition. The qualitative results highlight mentoring design features that teachers found particularly supportive: scenario-based work anchored in authentic classroom problems, structured reflection through self-assessment/goal-setting, and iterative peer/mentor feedback in an online environment. References Bümen, N. T., & Uslu, Ö. (2020). Öğretmenlerin mesleki gelişiminde Beklenti–Değer–Bedel Ölçeğinin Türkçeye uyarlanması. Gazi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 40(3), 905–942. https://doi.org/10.17152/gefad.787116 Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning Policy Institute. Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08331140 Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2002). Motivational beliefs, values, and goals. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 109–132. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.53.100901.135153 Hudson, P. (2013). Mentoring as professional development: ‘Growth for both’ mentor and mentee. Professional Development in Education, 39(5), 771–783. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2012.749415 Huizing, R. L. (2012). Mentoring together: A literature review of group mentoring. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 20(1), 27–55. https://doi.org/10.1080/13611267.2012.645599 King-Sears, M. E., Stefanidis, A., Evmenova, A. S., Rao, K., Mergen, R. L., Owen, L. S., & Strimel, M. M. (2023). Achievement of learners receiving UDL instruction: A meta-analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122, 103956. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103956 Luong, G.-Y. (2025). The effectiveness of mentoring, coaching, and induction practices for early career teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 163, 105065. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105065 Meyer, A., Rose, D. H., & Gordon, D. (2014). Universal design for learning: Theory and practice. CAST Professional Publishing. Radlick, R. L., & Mevatne, M. (2023). Mentoring for inclusion: A scoping review of the literature. Nordisk Välfärdsforskning | Nordic Welfare Research, 8(1), 65–79. https://doi.org/10.18261/nwr.8.1.6 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Mentoring Practices in Whole-School Approach Anti-Bullying Interventions. An Exploration of the Practice Architectures of Professional Learning in Program Implementation. 1: University of Stavanger, Norway; 2: Malmö University, Sweden; 3: Monash University, Australia; 4: VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Whole-school approach anti-bullying interventions have become a prominent strategy for addressing bullying and improving students’ well-being, inclusion, and learning environments (Gaffney et al., 2021; UNESCO, 2024). These programs typically rely on sustained professional learning among teachers and school leaders and are often implemented with the support of external facilitators. While evaluative research shows that many such programs are effective in reducing bullying (Gaffney et al., 2019; Gaffney et al., 2021), comparatively little attention has been paid to how professional learning is supported during implementation, and in particular to the role of external mentors in shaping teachers’ and leaders’ learning practices. Across national contexts, these external facilitators are described using a wide range of terms, including mentor, consultant, advisor, or trainer. Despite their centrality, their work is often treated as a technical or logistical support function rather than as professional learning. Moreover, the concept of mentoring itself remains loosely defined in this context (Aspfors & Fransson, 2015). Building on research that conceptualises mentoring as a socially situated professional learning practice—where knowledge, norms, and judgments are negotiated in and for practice (Goldshaft & Sjølie, 2024; Kemmis et al., 2017; Langelotz, 2017; Orland-Barak, 2016) —this paper foregrounds mentoring as more than delivery support. We also recognise that mentoring practices vary along a directive–dialogic continuum (Aspfors & Fransson, 2015) and can be contested in their purposes and power dynamics (Kemmis, Heikkinen, et al., 2014). This paper presents a planned qualitative, comparative study that examines mentoring practices as forms of professional learning embedded in the implementation of whole-school anti-bullying interventions. The study draws on five research-based interventions: Free from Mobbing (Fri for Mobberi [Denmark]); KnowBullying (Slovenia/Croatia); KiVa (Finland); the Learning Environment Project (Læringsmiljøprosjektet [Norway]); and the Olweus Bullying Prevention Program (worldwide). These cases offer a unique opportunity to examine how mentoring supports professional learning across different institutional arrangements, policy contexts, and traditions of teacher professionalism. The study is theoretically anchored in the Theory of Practice Architectures (TPA) (Kemmis, Wilkinson, et al., 2014), which conceptualises professional learning as occurring in and for practice (Salo et al., 2024) rather than as the transmission of knowledge. From this perspective, mentoring is understood as a practice composed of sayings (professional language and discourses), doings (activities, routines, and tools), and relatings (social relationships, power, and trust), all of which are shaped by broader organisational factors: cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements (Kemmis, Heikkinen, et al., 2014). This framework allows for a close examination of how mentoring mediates professional learning and of how school personnel (including teachers, leaders, and non-pedagogical staff) engage with new knowledge during implementation. The study addresses the following research questions:
Although data collection is ongoing, the study is expected to show that mentoring practices range from directive, program-driven approaches to more dialogic and inquiry-oriented forms of professional learning that can expand professional agency (Edwards & Protheroe, 2004). The paper contributes to the Professional Learning Network by offering a practice-theoretical analysis of mentoring as situated professional learning in large-scale school reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, multiple-case study design (Stake, 2013) to explore mentoring practices as professional learning within five whole-school approach anti-bullying interventions. Each program constitutes a case situated within its specific national and institutional context. The study is grounded in an interpretive research tradition that prioritises participants’ meanings, experiences, and situated learning practices (Crotty, 1998). Data will be generated through four main sources. First, document analysis will examine how professional learning and mentoring are framed in peer-reviewed research literature, program materials, policy texts and evaluative reports. Second, observations of mentoring interactions—such as training sessions, implementation meetings, and reflective dialogues—will capture professional learning as it unfolds in practice. Third, semi-structured interviews with mentors, teachers, and school leaders will explore mentoring experiences, learning expectations, and perceived professional growth. Fourth, the researcher's reflective notes will be included, particularly when the researcher holds dual roles as a program-implementation mentor (PIM). Recognising mentoring as relational professional learning, the study intentionally combines insider and outsider perspectives. Reflexivity is treated as a methodological resource rather than a limitation (Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2018). Ethical approval will be sought through national research ethics bodies, and all participants will provide informed consent in line with the European General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). Data analysis will draw explicitly on the Theory of Practice Architectures. Professional learning practices will be analysed by examining what is said, done, and related in mentoring interactions, and by identifying the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements that shape (but do not define) these practices. Within-case analyses will be followed by a comparative cross-case analysis, enabling exploration of how mentoring mediates professional learning across different reform environments (Kemmis, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper reports on an ongoing comparative study investigating mentoring as professional learning within the implementation of whole-school anti-bullying interventions. As the project is in progress, the conclusions below outline emergent analytical directions and anticipated contributions rather than definitive findings. Early analysis suggests that implementation mentoring constitutes a significant—yet often implicit—form of professional learning for teachers and school leaders. Rather than operating solely as technical support, mentoring appears to be a key site where professional knowledge, norms, and judgments are negotiated in and for practice. Across cases, mentoring practices range from directive, program-driven guidance to dialogic and inquiry-oriented approaches that enable reflection, contextual adaptation, and professional agency. The study examines how these variations are shaped by practice architectures—cultural-discursive (e.g., program language, evidence narratives), material-economic (e.g., time, tools, resourcing), and social-political arrangements (e.g., accountability, leadership, trust). Particular attention is being paid to tensions between program fidelity and contextual responsiveness, as well as to how power relations are enacted in mentor–mentee interactions. Analysing sayings, doings, and relatings across these arrangements is helping us specify the conditions under which mentoring supports—or constrains—meaningful professional learning during complex reform. As a research-in-progress contribution, the paper aims to advance Professional Learning Network debates by positioning mentoring as situated, collective, and practice-based learning rather than as an add-on to implementation. We anticipate producing: (a) clearer conceptualisations of mentoring as a professional learning practice in large-scale interventions; (b) design principles for mentoring structures (including mentor preparation and role clarity) that strengthen teacher and leader learning; and (c) methodological insights for analysing professional learning through a practice theoretical lens. Ultimately, the study seeks to inform researchers, program designers, and policymakers about how mentoring can be configured to balance fidelity with contextualisation, and how institutional arrangements can be aligned to sustain teacher and leader learning in whole-school anti-bullying work. References Alvesson, M., & Sköldberg, K. (2018). Reflexive methodology: New vistas for qualitative research. SAGE. Aspfors, J., & Fransson, G. (2015). Research on mentor education for mentors of newly qualified teachers: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 75-86. Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research. Meaning and perspective in the research process. Sage Publications Ltd. Edwards, A., & Protheroe, L. (2004). Teaching by proxy: Understanding how mentors are positioned in partnerships. Oxford Review of Education, 30(2), 183-197. Gaffney, H., Farrington, D. P., & Ttofi, M. M. (2019). Examining the Effectiveness of School-Bullying Intervention Programs Globally: a Meta-analysis. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 1(1), 14-31. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42380-019-0007-4 Gaffney, H., Ttofi, M. M., & Farrington, D. P. (2021). What works in anti-bullying programs? Analysis of effective intervention components. Journal of School Psychology, 85, 37-56. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2020.12.002 Goldshaft, B. & Sjølie, E. (2024) Creating Communicative Learning Spaces in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) with Observation-grounded Co-mentoring Practices. Professional Development in Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2024.2337772 Kemmis, S. (2022). Philosophical-Empirical Enquiry, Heuristics for Analysis. In S. Kemmis (Ed.), Transforming Practices: Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures (pp. 147-170). Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-8973-4_8 Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Lloyd, A., Grootenboer, P., Hardy, I., & Wilkinson, J. (2017). Learning as Being ‘Stirred In’ to Practices. In P. Grootenboer, C. Edwards-Groves, & S. Choy (Eds.), Practice Theory Perspectives on Pedagogy and Education: Praxis, Diversity and Contestation (pp. 45-65). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-3130-4_3 Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L. T., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 43, 154-164. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.07.001 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Langelotz, L. (2017). Collegial Mentoring for Professional Development. In K. Mahon, S. Francisco, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Exploring Education and Professional Practice: Through the Lens of Practice Architectures (pp. 139-149). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-2219-7_8 Orland-Barak, L. (2016). Mentoring. In J. Loughran & M. L. Hamilton (Eds.), International Handbook of Teacher Education: Volume 2 (pp. 105-141). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-0369-1_4 Salo, P., Francisco, S., & Olin, A. (2024). Understanding professional learning in and for practice. Professional Development in Education, 50(3). Stake, R. E. (2013). Multiple case study analysis. Guilford press. UNESCO. (2024). Safe to learn and thrive: Ending violence in and through education. http://www.jstor.org/stable/resrep70529 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper An Instructional Coaching Model for Equity-focused School Change La Trobe University, Australia Presenting Author:Across many OECD and European jurisdictions, under-resourced schools face persistent challenges in accessing scalable, evidence-based professional learning (PL) models that improve both teaching quality and student learning (Hofmann & Ilie, 2022). These challenges are exacerbated by teacher shortages, high student diversity, varying levels of institutional autonomy, and uneven capacity for implementation. The Momentum Schools Extension project addresses these shared systemic concerns through the design, validation, and evaluation of an instructional coaching model for Australian schools serving low socioeconomic and vulnerable communities. The study is situated within a broader international discourse on evidence-based instruction, inclusive education, and mechanisms for sustainable workforce development, with strong potential for adaption to European contexts where comparable educational inequities and policy priorities exist. The primary research questions guiding this study are:
The theoretical framing integrates three major bodies of scholarship. First, the learning sciences (or science of learning) underpin the instructional practices targeted in the coaching intervention, including cognitive load theory, explicit instruction, retrieval practice, and structured literacy. These practices are increasingly referenced in policy and curriculum reforms across international schooling systems (e.g., Ontario Human Rights Commission, 2022; Pellegrini &Vivanet, 2020; Teacher Education Expert Panel [TEEP], 2023), particularly in literacy, where structured pedagogies and early intervention are linked to reduced attainment gaps (Gath et al., 2025; Hanford et al., 2025; Ontario Human Rights Commission, 2022). Second, the study draws on scholarship in inclusive education and equity-oriented pedagogy, recognising that many low socioeconomic schools serve culturally, linguistically, and socially diverse learners. Inclusive education is both a pedagogical and policy priority across the European Union and aligns with broader reforms intended to mitigate structural disadvantage and support multilingual learners. As such, inclusive practices form the third coaching focus, along with explicit instruction and structured literacy to broaden the intervention’s applicability across varied educational systems. Third, the study is theoretically grounded in research on professional learning, instructional coaching, and implementation science. Effective PL is characterised by sustained duration, alignment with classroom practice, iterative cycles of feedback, and student-centred impact measures. Limited longitudinal and quasi-experimental evidence exists on how PL influences both teacher behaviour and student outcomes over time—particularly in vulnerable schools. By adopting a Difference-in-Differences (DiD) quasi-experimental design, the project fills a methodological and empirical gap within the PL literature. This presentation details the process of development and validation of the research instruments and practical coaching materials relating to knowledge, skills, behaviours and attributes related to explicit instruction. In addition, the preliminary findings of the pilot study data are presented, revealing initial insights into school leader and teacher perceptions and experiences with the instructional coaching program. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project adopts a three-year, Difference-in-Differences (DiD) quasi-experimental design with phased school participation, enabling comparison across treatment and business as usual (BAU) groups and measurement of longitudinal change in teacher practice and student perception data. The study encompasses 20 low-income, hard-to-staff schools in Australia, with two waves of participation introduced across staggered timeframes. This paper presentation will focus on Phase 1, a pilot study, which involved the design and validation of research instruments and coaching materials, along with, insights into teachers’ perspectives on and experiences with the explicit instruction online coaching program. Phase 1 (Design and Validation) focuses on instrument design, expert validation, and learning platform development. Underpinned by several systematic reviews and scholarly work on instructional coaching, explicit instruction, inclusive education and structured literacy, a range of research instruments were developed. An expert panel review was used to establish content validity of the instruments for teacher self-assessment and instructional coaching purposes. Phase 2 (Pilot study) draws on the preliminary data collected from the participating pilot schools (n=4) who were assigned to either the intervention or BAU condition. Using quantitative teacher self-assessments (Guttman items), surveys and interviews, the data indicated changes related to teachers’ knowledge about and application of explicit instruction before and after several coaching cycles. While school leader interviews, instructional coach interviews, aggregated student achievement data and student perception surveys will also be collected for this study, they are not the focus of this presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Given that this longitudinal project is still in its early stages, the expected outcomes are both educational and empirical. Educationally, the project is expected to strengthen teacher capacity in evidence-based instruction, inclusive education, and structured literacy, leading to improved student learning outcomes within vulnerable school communities. Empirically, the project will generate quasi-experimental evidence on the effectiveness of instructional coaching over time, addressing a recognised gap in PL literature. Educational systems globally share a strategic interest in improving teacher workforce capability, scaling evidence-informed practice, and reducing equity gaps. The proposed coaching model offers an adaptable architecture for implementation in diverse settings, particularly where structural inequity and teacher shortages are salient. The project also contributes methodological value by demonstrating the viability of DiD designs in PL research and by integrating student-level indicators into evaluations of teacher professional learning—an approach consistent with OECD, TALIS, and European research priorities relating to impact, monitoring, and continuous improvement. Expected outputs include validated coaching instruments, developmental rubrics, implementation guidance, and empirical analyses suitable for cross-jurisdictional comparison. References Gath, M., Gillon, G., Mcneill, B., & Scott, A. (2025). Evaluating the large-scale implementation of structured literacy teaching in New Zealand: Evidence from the Better Start Literacy Approach. International Journal of Educational Research, 129, 102510. Hansford, N., Dueker, S., Garforth, K., Grande, J., King, J., & McGlynn, S. (2025). An exploratory quantitative analysis of research on balanced literacy and structured literacy. Discover Education, 4(1), 488. Hofmann, R., & Ilie, S. (2022). A Theory-Led Evaluation of a Scalable Intervention to Promote Evidence-Based, Research-Informed Practice in Schools to Address Attainment Gaps. Education Sciences, 12(5), 353. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12050353 Ontario Human Rights Commission. (2022). Right to read: Public inquiry into human rights issues affecting students with reading disabilities in Ontario. https://www.ohrc.on.ca/en/right-to-read-public-inquiry-human-rights-issues-affecting-students-reading-disabilities-ontario Pellegrini, M., & Vivanet, G. (2020). Evidence-Based Policies in Education: Initiatives and Challenges in Europe. ECNU Review of Education, 4(1), 25-45. https://doi.org/10.1177/2096531120924670 Teacher Education Expert Panel. (2023). Strong beginnings: Report of the Teacher Education Expert Panel [Report]. Department of Education. https://www.education.gov.au/quality-initial-teacher-education-review/resources/strong-beginnings-report-teacher-education-expert-panel www.education.gov.au 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Constructing Professional Legitimacy in Teacher Professional Development: An External Facilitator’s Interaction with Teachers Across Career Stages 1: Hunan University, China, People's Republic of; 2: University of Melbourne, Australia; Eastern Central Normal University, China Presenting Author:This study examines how professional legitimacy is constructed and negotiated in teacher professional development (PD), focusing on the interactional work of an external PD facilitator and teachers’ differentiated responses across career stages. In many contemporary PD systems—across Europe, Asia, and other international contexts—external facilitators are increasingly relied upon to introduce reform-oriented pedagogies, support teacher learning, and bridge policy and practice. However, facilitator influence cannot be assumed. Its effectiveness depends critically on whether teachers recognise the facilitator as legitimate, credible, and worthy of professional engagement. Despite this, existing research has paid limited attention to the relational processes through which facilitator legitimacy is established and interpreted within PD settings, particularly among teachers with contrasting professional trajectories. Guided by this concern, the study addresses two research questions. First, it asks how the PD facilitator established and enacted professional legitimacy in the process of leading teacher professional development. Second, it investigates how teachers with different professional backgrounds—specifically senior and younger teachers—responded to and interpreted the facilitator’s legitimacy. By examining both enactment and interpretation, the study moves beyond treating legitimacy as an individual attribute of the facilitator and instead conceptualises it as a dynamic, relational accomplishment shaped through ongoing interaction. The analytical framework is grounded in the Integrative Model of Organizational Trust (IMOT) proposed by Mayer, Davis, and Schoorman (1995), which offers a well-established theoretical basis for understanding trust as a process linking perception, relational behaviour, and outcomes. IMOT conceptualises trust not as a static state but as a dynamic relationship influenced by both the trustor’s disposition and the perceived trustworthiness of the trustee. The model integrates six interrelated components—trustor propensity, perceived trustworthiness, trust, perceived risk, risk-taking in the relationship, and outcomes—thereby capturing how individuals move from perception to action under conditions of uncertainty. Central to this framework is the construct of perceived trustworthiness, which comprises three core dimensions: ability, benevolence, and integrity. Ability refers to perceptions of professional competence and expertise; benevolence refers to perceived goodwill and concern for others’ interests; and integrity refers to value alignment, fairness, and consistency with shared norms. In this study, these three dimensions are used to analyse how the facilitator’s actions, discourse, and positioning were interpreted by teachers and how such interpretations shaped their willingness to engage in professional risk-taking, such as experimenting with new pedagogies or exposing instructional uncertainty. Professional legitimacy is thus conceptualised as an outcome of teachers’ trust judgements across these dimensions. Importantly, IMOT allows for systematic examination of variation in these judgements across career stages. Senior teachers, with accumulated experiential authority and established professional identities, may evaluate facilitator legitimacy primarily through integrity and professional alignment, while younger teachers may be more responsive to demonstrations of technical ability or instructional support. The framework therefore enables a nuanced analysis of how legitimacy is differentially constructed and contested within heterogeneous professional communities. Although the empirical study is situated in the Chinese context, its contribution is explicitly international. Teacher professional development programmes are widespread globally, and recent research has demonstrated that the credibility and trustworthiness of PD facilitators constitute one of the most influential factors shaping PD effectiveness (Harper-Hill et al., 2022). By theorising facilitator legitimacy through an internationally recognised trust framework, this study speaks directly to European and international debates on external expertise, professional learning leadership, and relational governance in education. It offers transferable insights into how facilitator–teacher relationships can be designed and supported to enhance meaningful professional learning across diverse policy and cultural contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was situated within the context of China’s ninth round of national curriculum reform, launched in 2014, which sought to strengthen teachers’ curriculum design, pedagogical reasoning, and classroom enactment through the National English Curriculum Standards. Against this policy backdrop, a professional learning initiative was implemented to support teachers’ interpretation and enactment of these standards within school-based practice. The professional learning activities were facilitated by a district-level teaching research officer (TRO), who also served as the researcher. As an external expert with extensive experience in curriculum development and teacher training, the facilitator introduced policy-level knowledge and subject expertise into the school. However, because he was not the TRO routinely responsible for the school’s ongoing professional learning, his engagement required relational negotiation beyond formal institutional authority. While the curriculum reform agenda and his policy-endorsed role provided initial legitimacy, teachers still needed to interpret and evaluate the relevance and credibility of this externally introduced expertise within their established professional practices. Participants included the PD facilitator as the focal trustee and thirteen English teachers as trustors. The facilitator had nearly two decades of teaching experience and had previously worked at the municipal education authority before joining the district teacher development centre, positioning him as both a seasoned practitioner and a policy-informed expert, yet an external figure to the school. The teacher participants comprised the school’s entire English faculty and represented different career stages. Data were collected over a nine-month professional learning initiative organised around iterative cycles of analysis, design, implementation, and evaluation. This study focused on interactional phases where trust-building processes were most visible. Data sources included twelve audio-recorded professional learning meetings, classroom observation notes, two rounds of semi-structured interviews with all teachers, written reflections from the facilitator, and supplementary artefacts such as unit designs and evaluative reports. All recordings were transcribed verbatim. Although the initiative drew on principles of Educational Design Research, the facilitator acted solely as a practitioner and was not involved in data analysis. Data analysis followed reflexive thematic analysis, combining inductive coding with theory-guided categorisation informed by the Integrative Model of Organizational Trust. Initial open coding captured facilitator enactments and teacher responses, which were subsequently organised around the dimensions of ability, benevolence, and integrity. Teachers’ interpretations were compared across career stages using a cross-case matrix. To enhance reliability, a subset of the data was independently coded by a second researcher, with discrepancies resolved through discussion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that professional legitimacy in teacher professional development is not a static attribute of the PD facilitator. Still, rather a relational accomplishment co-constructed through interaction and interpreted differently by teachers across various career stages. Legitimacy emerged through the interplay of benevolence, ability, and integrity, each functioning in distinct yet complementary ways to shape teachers’ trust judgments and engagement. Benevolence operated as the relational foundation of legitimacy. Through empathic alignment, the facilitator acknowledged teachers’ pressures and emotional realities, reducing perceived hierarchy and creating a psychologically safe space for participation. Respectful recognition further reinforced legitimacy by validating teachers’ existing expertise and positioning them as professional partners rather than passive recipients of reform. These enactments fostered openness and reflective engagement, particularly among younger teachers, while senior teachers acknowledged the supportive stance but often maintained professional distance, signalling a more conditional form of trust. Communal solidarity, enacted through shared identity and collective framing, strengthened group cohesion and participation, though its emotional impact was again moderated by teachers’ career stage and established professional identities. Ability functioned as a distributed mechanism of influence rather than a singular display of expertise. Claimed expertise, grounded in policy experience and professional credentials, initially reassured younger teachers but carried limited persuasive power for senior teachers. Presented expertise, visible in diagnostic feedback and pedagogical reasoning, enabled deeper professional dialogue and selective uptake across both groups. Proven expertise, demonstrated through classroom-relevant outcomes, constituted the most robust basis for sustained legitimacy, while also becoming a site of negotiation where senior teachers evaluated feasibility against contextual constraints. Integrity served as a form of backup assurance, reinforcing legitimacy when benevolence or ability alone was insufficient. Alignment with policy discourse, convergence with recognised experts, and appeals to collective aspiration provided value-based justification for the facilitator’s guidance. References 1. Mayer, R. C., Davis, J. H., & Schoorman, F. D. (1995). An integrative model of organizational trust. Academy of Management Review, 20(3), 709–734. 2. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. London: SAGE. 3. Harper-Hill, K., Beamish, W., Hay, S., Whelan, M., Kerr, J., Zelenko, O., & Villalba, C. (2022). Teacher engagement in professional learning: what makes the difference to teacher practice?. Studies in Continuing Education, 44(1), 105-118. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 01 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Rochette Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Lesson Studies Professional Development Model In Field Training: Are Pupils Really There? Challenges For Integrated Professional Learning And Development Université Paris Est Créteil UPEC (Inspé de Créteil), Laboratoire CIRCEFT-Escol, France Presenting Author:In the context of the nationwide rollout of “constellation” training for primary school teachers in France, based on the lesson study model, this contribution examines how current teacher professional development arrangements support – or fail to support – teachers’ professional learning in addressing pupils’ learning inequalities. Situated within the conference theme “Knowing and Acting” and Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development,” our study analyzes how teacher collectives refine their observation and interpretation of pupil activity, and under what conditions research-based knowledge can transform classroom practices and pupil learning. Drawing on the French case of primary-level “constellations,” this work is situated within a European framework characterised by a crisis in teacher recruitment and attractiveness across nearly all EU countries. Given the growing difficulties in recruiting and retaining teachers, professional development models are increasingly presented as central levers for improving the effectiveness and equity of educational systems. In the French primary education system, “constellations” are small groups of six to nine teachers from the same grade level or nearby schools, brought together over a school year by a pedagogical advisor or trainer for around 30 hours. The programme combines 18 hours of collective out-of-class work (inputs, lesson planning, observation analysis) with 12 hours of classroom implementation and peer observation. Central to French and mathematics professional development plans, this format seeks to connect training and daily practice through theoretical inputs, peer reflection, lesson design, and experimentation. Inspired by Japanese Lesson Study, it promotes a practice-focused approach to professional development, while remaining highly prescribed and aligned with national priorities. The present study does not consider this format inherently “research-based”. Depending on the district, trainer, and professional culture, constellations may draw on research frameworks or rely mainly on institutional resources and peer exchange. The study focuses on this variability in theoretical tooling and its professional development effects. This research extends findings from previous studies on initial teacher education. A first study showed the marginal place of the sociology of learning inequalities in teacher education curricula and the limited focus on real pupil activity, leading novices to develop essentialist views of working-class pupils’ difficulties. A second study on an “integrated” teacher education experiment in Créteil demonstrated that combining class observations, workshops, lesson design, and research initiation fostered reflexive postures and greater attention to pupils experiencing difficulties. Our question now concerns professional development within constellations: to what extent and under what conditions do these prescribed peer-training formats develop teachers’ capacities to observe and interpret pupil activity in ways that reduce learning inequalities? More specifically, the study examines how observing pupils’ activity during a pre-planned, problematized didactic task reshapes teachers’ perceptions of pupils, especially those who do not fit conventional school expectations. The theoretical framework combines three strands. First, a sociology of learning inequalities perspective considers disparities as outcomes of situated teaching-learning processes, linking prescribed tasks, enacted tasks, and pupil/teacher interpretations. This approach enables analysis of pupils’ activity while avoiding psychologizing or culturalist interpretations of difficulties. Second, a socio-didactic framework focuses on tasks, instructions, resources, and interactions, while considering pupils’ socially differentiated relationships to school and learning. From this perspective, the study explores how cross-observations in constellations may move beyond binary views of success and failure by examining how pupils interpret expectations, use resources, and reshape tasks. Third, a Vygotskian developmental perspective frames constellations as proximal zones of development, supporting shifts from everyday categorizations of pupils toward more elaborated understandings of pupils’ learning activity and difficulties. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study combines an analysis of prescriptive documents (e.g. ministerial texts, academic guidelines, training references) with an ethnographic study of several constellations. Our methodology involves the observation of the full constellation cycle, which comprises the following elements: launch meetings between trainers and teams, co-construction of training objects, theoretical and practical contribution from trainers, collective lesson planning, cross-observations of sessions, and debriefs. These are audio/video-recorded (per local feasibility) with ethnographic field notes to document interactions, analytical category circulation, teacher engagement modes, and control vs. professional development tensions noted in prior teacher training research. We also conduct interviews with participating teachers, constellation trainers, and (where feasible) academic trainer-of-trainers. Teacher interviews cover training trajectories (initial and continuing), prior constellation experiences, pupil difficulty representations, perceived agency, and the contribution of devices to professional learning. The methodology employed involves dual cross-referencing. Firstly, the present study traces "chains" linking classroom/pupil observations, constellation discussions, and interview discourses in order to identify how professionnal knowledge circulate, are appropriated, or transformed. Secondly, the contextualisation of constellation data against prior findings on integrated initial training is undertaken, with the objective of identifying continuities and ruptures in the manner in which teachers observe and interpret pupil activity with regard to reducing inequality. This strategy is characterised by its comprehensive approach, encompassing various levels of analysis, from macro policy and framing to micro classroom interactions. It emphasises the integration of research, knowledge, professional development and school equity linkages. Preliminary findings suggest that constellations effectively foster teacher professional development when built on guided pupil activity observations centered on pre-planned didactic tasks. In the cases that were studied, observation sessions and collective debriefs enabled some teachers to shift their focus from broadly spotting pupils to finely tracing approaches, errors, cue-taking, and renunciations. Marking each pupil's activity, especially among those who were struggling, was also enabled. However, these shifts are not systematic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the inclusion of dedicated moments in the constellation format for observing pupils, trainers – and consequently trainees – tend not to engage with pupils' precise cognitive and language-related activity. This limitation is particularly evident in the discourse of trainers, which rarely engages with fine-grained analyses of pupils' meaning-making processes, instead privileging more general or surface-level characterisations. The analysis indicates that, even when research-based analytical tools are introduced at other moments within the constellation, cross-observation phases struggle to draw effectively on these resources, which remain difficult to integrate for the analysis of pupils' activity. Collective discussions have a tendency to revert to conventional forms of pupil categorisation, drawing on familiar labels (e.g., "good"/"poor" pupil, "academic"/"non-academic," "motivated"/"unmotivated," "attentive"/"inattentive") that risk confining pupils within fixed interpretations of their difficulties – even within teams explicitly committed to combating inequalities. Trainers face particular challenges integrating actual pupil activity into their practices: under policy pressures from institutional instructions, they struggle to bridge from theoretical inputs to real classroom dynamics involving multiple teachers and pupil groups. In response, teachers then struggle to truly observe pupils’ activity even when seeing them “in action” during training sessions Our contribution shows that constellations’ potential to address learning inequalities depends less on cross-observation time than on the quality of analytical tools provided to teacher collectives. In this perspective, constellations—and more broadly lesson study-style models—can function as bridges between research and professional knowledge, provided research insights are used as tools to understand pupils’ real learning activity and difficulties. Situated in the French context, this finding resonates with the broader European and global crisis in teacher recruitment and attractiveness, highlighting the strategic role of such professional development approaches. References •Baillat, Gilles, and Daniel Niclot. 2017. “Former les enseignants en Europe : une approche comparative.” Sciences de l’éducation. Administration & Éducation 154 (2): 129–135. https://doi.org/10.3917/admed.154.0129. •Bautier, É., & Goigoux, R. (2004). Difficultés d’apprentissage, processus de secondarisation et pratiques enseignantes. Revue française de pédagogie, 148, 89‑100. •Benveniste, C. (2023). Des difficultés des enseignants débutants confrontés aux inégalités sociales d’apprentissage à un état des lieux de leur formation initiale (2016‑2019). Thèse de doctorat en sciences de l’éducation, Université Paris 8. •Benveniste, C., & Macedo, S. (2026). Les effets d’une formation initiale « intégrée » sur les pratiques et les discours d’enseignantes débutantes. Recherche et formation, 104. •Broccolichi, S., Joigneaux, C., & Mierzejewski, S. (dir.). (2018). Le parcours du débutant. Enquêtes sur les premières années d’enseignement à l’école primaire. Arras : Artois Presses Université. •Charles, Frédéric, Marlaine Cacouault-Bitaud, Serge Katz, Florence Legendre, Pierre-Yves Connan, and Angelica Rigaudière. 2023. Professeur.e.s Des Écoles : Sociologie d’une Profession Dans La Tourmente. Editions L’Harmattan. •Danner, Magali, Géraldine Farges, Héloïse Fradkine, and Sandrine Garcia. 2019. “Quitter l’enseignement : un révélateur des transformations du métier dans le premier degré.” Éducation et sociétés (Louvain-la-Neuve), no. 43: 119–136. https://doi.org/10.3917/es.043.0119. •European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. 2023. Education and Training Monitor 2023 – Comparative Report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/810689. •European Commission, EACEA, and Eurydice. 2021. Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well Being. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/997402. •Farges, G., & Szerdahelyi, L. (dir.). (2024). En quête d’enseignants. Regards croisés sur l’attractivité d’un métier. Rennes : Presses universitaires de Rennes. •Netter, J. (2023). Favoriser la cohérence de la formation professionnelle des enseignant.e.s du premier degré pour développer les pratiques qui réduisent les inégalités scolaires. Réflexions sur les suites de l’expérimentation de « formation intégrée ». Rapport de recherche. INSPE de Créteil-UPEC, CIRCEFT-Escol. •Netter, J. (2023). Les funambules. Pratiques enseignantes et curriculum invisible dans l’école primaire contemporaine en France. Note de synthèse pour l’HDR, Université Paris 8. •OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning Outcomes in Education. Paris: OECD Publishing. •OECD. 2025. Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching. Paris: TALIS, OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/results-from-talis-2024_90df6235-en/full-report.html. •Rochex, J.-Y., & Crinon, J. (dir.). (2011). La construction des inégalités scolaires. Au cœur des pratiques et des dispositifs d’enseignement. Rennes : Presses universitaires de Rennes. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Qualitative Study of the Occurrence and Influence of Multi-Intergenerational Learning Among Teachers The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:This qualtiative study aims to explore the dynamic occurrence and influence of multi-intergenerational learning among teachers across three generations. Intergenerational learning is the interactive process of sharing knowledge, skills, experiences, ideas, attitudes, and beliefs between at least two generations (Tambaum, 2023; Mannheim, 1952). Various societies and organizations have adopted this learning format as an essential approach to promote teachers’ continuing professional development (CPD), such as UK, Finland, and European Network for Intergenerational Learning (ENIL) (ENIL, 2012; Geeraerts et al., 2018). Studies have increasingly highlighted its situated nature (e.g., Shulman, 2005; Hiçyılmaz & Polat, 2024). This characteristic emphasizes that teachers from different generations display both continuities and changes in values and behaviors, shaped by distinct historical, social, and cultural conditions. Thus, the occurrence and influence of their learning is impacted by individual, organizational, socio-structural, cultural, and historical factors.
Considerable efforts have been devoted to analysing the roles of individual (e.g., personality and agency) and organisational (e.g., schools) conditions (Geeraerts et al., 2018) between two generations. It is challenging to elucidate the dynamics of intergenerational learning influenced by socio-structural and cultural transformations. Consequently, the effectiveness of such learning may be at risk of being undermined, especially in today’s global environment, which is rife with constant changes and escalating uncertainties. Thus, it is necessary to analyse the transmission and historical shifts of multi-intergenerational learning among teachers within the dynamic social structure.
China exemplifies this context, where the mentor-mentee relationship forms the foundational framework for teacher intergenerational learning to promote CPD. Historically shaped by socio-structural shifts (e.g., the evolution from central planning to a market-led model with government macro-regulation), cultural tensions (e.g., the clash between patriarchal ethical hierarchies in China and the civic-individual rights traditions in Anglo-American contexts), and resulting intergenerational differences (Sandel & D’Ambrosio, 2018; Liu et al., 2025), this framework renders China’s teacher intergenerational learning both connected to and distinct from Anglo-American contexts. Research in this area can thus offer scholars a fresh perspective on multi-intergenerational learning and. By refining strategies, it may encourage educators to participate in and design such learning in China and beyond. However, this context has not been fully discussed and explored.
This research focuses on the multi-intergenerational learning across three teachers representing three generations in the Chinese context. Their relationship can be simplified as the Mentor 1 (i.e., a late-career teacher)-Mentee 1/Mentor 2 (i.e., a mid-career teacher, Mentor 1’s direct mentee, and Mentee 2’s direct mentor)-Mentee 2 (i.e., an early-career teacher and Mentor 2’s direct mentee). Two research questions were put forward to guide this research: l How has multi-intergenerational learning among teachers occurred in the Mentor 1-Mentee 1/Mentor 2-Mentee 2 relationship? l How has multi-intergenerational learning influenced three generations of teachers in this relationship? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical framework of this study draws on the learning theory of Illeris (2017). This theory claims that learning is a process in which individuals develop functionality, sensibility, and sociality by negocitating with various (e.g., society, culture, and individuals) conditions. This emphasis guides this study in examining how social, cultural, and historical conditions shape multi‑intergenerational learning among teachers, thereby addressing the first research question. This research used the qualitative case study as a method to explore multi-intergenerational learning among teachers. The qualitative case study excels at answering “how” questions (Yazan, 2015). Instructed by the conceptual framework, this research employed three school teachers in the Chinese context through purposive sampling (Palinkas et al., 2015) with three standards: (a) born in different periods; (b) have established long-term stable intergenerational learning relationships; and (c) have interacted with various factors (e.g., stakeholders, culture, social structure, and history). The following are their details: Teacher G (Mentor 1): A late-career teacher born in the 1970s. Teacher Y (Mentee 1/Mentor 2): A mid-career teacher born in the 1980s. Teacher M (Mentee 2): A late-career teacher born in the 1990s. Following research ethics, we obtained consent from all participants before data collection, including consent for the method, purpose, and use rights of data collection, storage, analysis, and presentation. Subsequently, data were generated through three rounds of interviews with all participants and document collection. Data from these interviews helped us gain a deeper understanding of the participants’ learning pathways, strategies, and impacts. Information from different rounds of interviews also served as a triangulation tool. We also collected documents, including participants’ reflective teaching reports, lecture slides, and published papers. These documents capture the specific participants’ intergenerational interactions, key learning moments, and historically situated sociocultural contexts. Such data can be used to supplement the interview data. This study employed thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to analyse the collected interview and textual data. Using this method, we ultimately identified six themes and 15 subthemes to answer research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through data analysis, this study discovered a three-dimensional pathway for the occurrence of multi-intergenerational learning among teachers in the Chinese context and its impacts. The experience of participants revales three pathways of multi-intergenerational learning, including teaching-oriented, ethics-oriented, and auxiliary-oriented pathways. In the content dimension, participants facilitated the intergenerational exchange of pedagogical expertise and experiences through the teaching-oriented pathway, employing core strategies that include lesson preparation and delivery, teaching reflection, and extensive reading. In the incentive dimension, participants followed the ethics-oriented pathway, in which they shared enthical norms and provide positive feedbacks to enchance each other’s moral sense, strengthening their motivation for learning. In the interaction dimension (i.e., the auxiliary-oriented pathway), participants learned how to establish coordinated relationships with stakeholders, organisations, and historically situated sociocultural contexts through three methods: (a) generating pre-experience and hypotheses; (b) providing external professional sources; and (c) interpreting policy and trends in education and other fields. The three pathways facilitate participants to develop themselves in functionality (i.e., improving participant’s pedagogical literacy and leadership, which contributed to the preparation and enactment of their instructional leadership), sensibility (i.e., constructing beliefs about “good” teachers and having a clear career plan, which promoted in shaping and refining participants’ professional identities), and sociality (i.e., strengthening capacities to navigate external relational environments). References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa European Network for Intergenerational Learning. (2012). Intergenerational learning and active Ageing: European Report October 2012. European Commission: Education and Culture DG. Geeraerts, K., Tynjälä, P., & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2018). Inter-generational learning of teachers: What and how do teachers learn from older and younger colleagues? European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(4), 479–495. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2018.1448781 Hiçyılmaz, G., & Polat, S. (2024). The first steps to generation-friendly schooling: The relationship between intergenerational space, intergenerational solidarity, intergenerational knowledge sharing, and intergenerational learning from the teachers’ perspective. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2024.2362717 Illeris, K. (2017). How we learn: Learning and non-learning in school and beyond (2nd ed.). Routledge. Liu, H., Sammons, P., & Menter, I. (2025). Exploring teacher identity tensions and coping strategies in a comparative case study of primary school teachers’ narratives. Teachers and Teaching, 31(3), 419–452. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2023.2288627 Mannheim, K. (1952). Essays on the sociology of knowledge. Routledge. Palinkas, L. A., Horwitz, S. M., Green, C. A., Wisdom, J. P., Duan, N., & Hoagwood, K. (2015). Purposeful sampling for qualitative data collection and analysis in mixed method implementation research. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 42(5), 533–544. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10488-013-0528-y Sandel, M. J., & D’Ambrosio, P. J. (Eds.). (2018). Encountering China: Michael Sandel and Chinese philosophy. Harvard University Press. Shulman, L. S. (2005). Signature pedagogies in the professions. Daedalus, 134(3), 52–59. https://doi.org/10.1162/0011526054622015 Tambaum, T. (2023). Intergenerational learning in action. In E. Karen, O. L. Wing, M. Jörg, & Z. Miriam (Eds.), Third international handbook of lifelong learning (pp. 739–762). Springer Cham. Yazan, B. (2015). Three approaches to case study methods in education: Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report, 20(2), 134–152. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2015.2102 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 01 A: VETNET Opening Session Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Christof Nägele Research Workshop |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Research Workshop VETNET Opening Session 1: University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland; 2: Tampere University, Finland; 3: Bern University of Teacher Educaton Presenting Author:The VETNET Opening Session offers insights into the Finnish vocational education and training (VET) landscape, its current developments, and key challenges by bringing together perspectives from research, vocational schools, and the world of work. Invited speakers from vocational education institutions, industry, and research organisations will discuss themes such as work-based learning, permeability, skills development, and the relationship between education and labour-market needs. As every year, the VETNET Opening Session opens a window onto the host country’s VET system, fostering mutual learning and international exchange. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used - Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings - References - |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 03 SES 01 A: Curriculum Design and Coherence in Teacher Education Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Empowering Emerging Scholars: Reflective Practice through Structured Teaching Observations 1: Abu Dhabi University, United Arab Emirates; 2: University of Canterbury, New Zealand Presenting Author:Academics often seek to improve their curricula or feel compelled to make changes based primarily on student evaluations, sometimes relying on this source alone. However, research shows that such evaluations do not inherently lead to better teaching practices (Novák, 2023), largely because students typically lack the disciplinary and pedagogical expertise needed to provide informed feedback on teaching quality (NASEM, 2020; Boysen, Richmond and Gurung, 2015). This limitation reduces the appropriateness of student evaluations, especially when used in isolation. To advance teaching quality more meaningfully, institutions can draw on broader conceptualizations of good teaching. Boyer’s influential framework highlights the importance of student engagement, active learning, and the development of higher-order thinking skills such as critical and creative thinking (Boyer, 1990; Brahm, 2023). In line with these principles, educators are encouraged to focus on thoughtful curriculum design and engage in reflective analysis of their pedagogical approaches (Benson and Ward, 2013). Various models of teaching review support this work. On the more formal end of the spectrum is evaluative review, typically conducted by senior staff to assess teaching performance for purposes such as promotion and tenure. Mid-range developmental reviews, often led by academic developers, focus on diagnosing issues and recommending improvements and may be embedded in teaching-certification programmes. At the informal end, peer review fosters collaborative reflection among colleagues on their teaching methods and approaches (Cutroni and Paladino, 2023). Classroom observations—whether in-person or via online/video recordings—offer a particularly valuable means of evaluating teaching in action. Yet they also present challenges. Observations require substantial time and effort from both observers and observees (Durham et al., 2018; Teoh, Ming, and Khan, 2016), and questions remain about the reliability of the resulting feedback, particularly when observers lack formal training in pedagogy or didactics (Robinson and Hope, 2013). The need for robust and informed teaching evaluation contrasts with common career trajectories in higher education. Academic advancement typically depends on disciplinary expertise and research productivity, while pedagogical knowledge and skill—though central to academic roles—often receive less emphasis (Oliveira, Nada and Magalhães, 2025; Cassuto, 2022). Some countries have addressed this gap by introducing structured faculty development programmes, including certificates, diplomas, and master’s degrees in higher education teaching (e.g., in the UK, Ireland, and the Netherlands). Yet PhD-level preparation in teaching lags behind; only a minority of institutions require doctoral students to complete credit-bearing coursework in pedagogy, despite expectations that they will acquire teaching and mentoring skills (IUA, 2001; Rifkin et al., 2023). This paper presents the design and development of a teaching observation process that integrates professional, peer, and student feedback within an introductory course of a redesigned “Certificate of Teaching in Higher Education.” We describe how pedagogical and didactic experts engaged PhD students—future lecturers—in a three-step observation model comprising pre-observation planning, session observation, and post-observation reflection and debriefing. Parallel peer observations carried out by fellow PhD students provided additional student and peer perspectives. Together, these components formed a comprehensive feedback process designed to support the pedagogical development of both observers and observees. The research question for this study is whether the teaching observation process will empower participants to become reflective practitioners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The teaching observation detailed here occur during the first core module, “Foundations of Teaching in Higher Education”. We encountered difficulty as some students could teach a session through their Teaching Assistantship (TA), while others had academic-support roles that didn't allow them to lead a session, and some had no TAship and thus no opportunity to teach a BA or MA cohort. To address this, we introduced practicum sessions alongside the seminars for the Foundations course. This allowed those without a teaching opportunity to teach their peers in the course. The practicum comprised twelve 50-minute sessions, divided into three parts. Weeks 1-3 reinforced and provided space to apply knowledge from the seminars on the teaching observation process, drafting teaching philosophy statements, and best practices for creating teaching artifacts (e.g., PowerPoint slides). In weeks 4-6, students prepared a few slides (circa 5) for a 10-minute micro-teaching presentation, receiving feedback from instructor and peers on presentation style and suggestions for improvement. The novel aspect of the practicum was that in weeks 7-12, students who did not have an actual student cohort, taught a topic of their interest and design to their “Certificate of Teaching in Higher Education” peers. Given that participants were not pedagogic experts, we opted for a hybrid model for teaching observations, enabling developmental feedback/feedforward to improve teaching and learning and recognizing the value of professional growth through dialogue and reflection (Yiend et al., 2014). The next step was identifying what information would be useful to the observees to initiate dialogue and reflection and what instrument could record that information. Nulty's (2001) dimensions of good teaching were a good starting point. Some dimensions (1, 5, 6, 7, 7.2) address constructive alignment as a foundational aspects of curriculum design. This includes aspects such as teaching objectives, learning outcomes, assessment, and teaching material (Biggs 2022). These should be addressed before the teaching observation. Dimensions focusing on advanced content knowledge, pedagogical skills, personal characteristics, and concern for students could be highlighted during the observation (Dimensions 2, 3, 7.1). Lastly, dimensions related to commitment to formative assessment procedures and improving teaching (Dimensions 4 and 8) should be reflected upon after the observation, following a suitable amount of time (few days) to allow for meaningful reflection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The discussions and reflections students engaged in during planning and conducting a teaching session aimed to make them ponder who they are as lecturers and/or who they aspire to be. This contemplation started when drafting their initial teaching philosophy statement. Throughout the program, we emphasized that their participation in the Certificate signified their interest in and commitment to developing and improving their teaching practice, leading to informed and educated choices about curriculum design. The three-phase and dual teaching observation we introduced had a threefold purpose. First, it aimed to build confidence by allowing participants to plan and design the teaching session's elements in a scaffolded manner. Seminar and practicum sessions assist participants in creating learning outcomes, designing a PowerPoint presentation, and providing practical strategies for managing a classroom environment. The facilitators’ role in the pre-observation phase has a strong element of pastoral care, by addressing participants’ concerns and making them anticipate potential difficulties or challenges. Second, it aimed to empower participants to become reflective practitioners. At the start of the Foundations course, the seminar and practicum helped participants draft a full teaching philosophy statement, imagining who they want to be as teachers or how they want to evolve. The post-observation phase provided time and space to reflect on the observers' feedback, engage in a discussion, and consolidate this through a reflective piece on the entire activity. Third, the Certificate aimed to expose participants to new teaching methods. We wanted to introduce them to recent developments in teaching, learning, and assessment and inspire them to explore and experiment with approaches, resources, and techniques that might be uncommon or unfamiliar in their fields – challenging signature pedagogies. The willingness to experiment depended on whether the participant conducted their teaching session through their TAship or a practicum session. References Benson, S. N. K., & Ward, C. L. (2013). Teaching with Technology: Using TPACK to Understand Teaching Expertise in Online Higher Education. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 48(2), 153-172. [https://doi.org/10.2190/EC.48.2.c] Biggs, J., Tang, C., & Kennedy, G. (2022). Teaching for Quality Learning at University. 5th edition. Open University Press/McGraw Hill. Boyer, E. (1990). Scholarship reconsidered: Priorities of the professoriate. Menlo Park, CA: Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. Cutroni, L. and Paladino, A. (2023) ‘Peer-ing in: A systematic review and framework of peer review of teaching in higher education,’ Teaching and Teacher Education, 133. 104302. 32 pages. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104302 Durham, M. F., Knight, J. K., Bremers, E. K., DeFreece, J. D., Paine, A. R., & Couch, B. A. (2018). Student Instructor and Observer Agreement regarding Frequencies of Scientific Teaching Practices Using the Measurement Instrument for Scientific Teaching-Observable (MISTO). International Journal of STEM Education, 5(1), 31. [https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-018-0128-1]. NASEM (National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine). (2020) Recognizing and evaluating science teaching in higher education. In Debad, S.J. ed. Proceedings of Workshop #8212 – in brief. The National Academies Press. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. (2020). Recognizing and Evaluating Science Teaching in Higher Education: Proceedings of a Workshop in Brief. Edited by S. J. Debad. Washington, D.C.: The National Academies Press. [http://nap.edu/25685]. Novák, J. (2023) ‘Evaluation of student feedback as a tool for higher education quality enhancement,’ R&E-SOURCE, 10(1), 117-127. https://doi.org/10.53349/resource.2023.is1.a1196 Nulty, D. (2001). Evaluation of educational programs: Issues for an effective policy framework. Paper presented at the Teaching Evaluation Forum–Student Feedback on Teaching: Reflections and Projections. Perth, Australia. Oliveira, T., Nada, C. and Magalhães, A. (2025) ‘Navigating an academic career in marketized universities: Mapping the international literature,’ Review of Educational Research, 95(2), 255-292. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231226336 Rifkin, B., Natow, R.S., Salter, N.P. and Shorter, S. (2023) Why doctoral programs should require courses on pedagogy: The case for paying far more attention to developing teaching skills in graduate school. The Chronicle of Higher Education. 16 March 2023. Robinson, T. E., & Hope, W. C. (2013). Teaching in Higher Education: Is There a Need for Training in Pedagogy in Graduate Degree Programs? Research in Higher Education, 21, 11. Yiend, J., Weller, S., & Kinchin, I. (2014). Peer observation of teaching: The interaction between peer review and developmental models of practice. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 38(4), 465–484. [https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2012.726967] 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Focusing on Curricular Coherence through Visual Curriculum Mapping and Metaphor-Based Discussion Prompts 1: Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2: University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland Presenting Author:Our contribution presents a research and development design aimed at strengthening curricular coherence in teacher education using the example of work-integrated study programmes for career changers at two universities of teacher education. Curricular innovation generally involves complex organisational processes involving actors from diverse disciplinary and school cultures, and there is a growing demand for greater flexibility in terms of time, location and structure (Annala et al., 2021; Bajada et al., 2019; Vreuls et al., 2021). Work-integrated study programmes present an even greater challenge due to their focus on workplace pedagogy and individual and collective learning in various learning environments (Billett, 2002). In the context of our study, coherence is understood in conceptual terms (shared vision), in structural terms (course organisation), and as a process that enhances the alignment of learning opportunities across courses and practice settings (Doetjes et al., 2024). The research questions are as follows: 1) How do students and lecturers perceive program coherence? 2) How can visual methods support discussions on complex curricular development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study's design draws on the interplay between the intended curriculum (document analysis, visual curriculum representations), the implemented curriculum (classroom observations, video analysis, interviews) and the enacted curriculum (students' perceived coherence, competence assessments) (Tatto & Bankov, 2018). The project combines the following analyses: 1) students’ perceptions of the enacted curriculum (N = 311) and lecturers’ perceptions of the implemented curriculum (N = 30); 2) lecturers’ focus group discussions with students (N = 34); and 3) interviews with faculty members regarding their perceptions of coherence over a two-year period (N = 20). The data were analysed using a design-based research and mixed methods framework (Bryman, 2008). As study programmes comprising many subjects are difficult to grasp, visualisations (visual prompts, metaphors) in terms of boundary objects (Bowker et al., 2015; Schmalz et al., 2022) were employed to encourage participants to discuss curriculum coherence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The quantitative analysis shows high correlations between the perceptions of students and lecturers regarding conceptual coherence but a moderate correlation between university-based coursework and practical experience. Findings from exploratory group discussions reveal a discrepancy between the current study experience and the desired learning conditions: Participants characterise the present programme using visual metaphors, describing it as an 'obstacle course' or 'labyrinth', which symbolises rigid structures, unclear requirements, and a pronounced theory-practice divide. By contrast, they envisage a 'marketplace' model that would allow for greater individualisation, recognition of prior competencies and more efficient use of limited time. In-depth interviews with lecturers who used visual prompts for curriculum mapping emphasise the importance of coaching as a core element of work-integrated learning. Although lecturers place a high value on coaching, its position within the formal curriculum varies greatly, with some considering it central and others peripheral. The interviews also reveal tensions between needs-based and content-focused coaching, as well as structural constraints such as timetabling, workload planning, and the fact that students have different backgrounds. In sum, the results highlight discrepancies between the design and implementation of the curriculum and the expectations of students and lecturers. They provide a basis for targeted curriculum development but also caution against homogenisation of curricula across contexts. The methodological insights suggest that visual prompts could serve as a tool to foster coherence perception, professional relevance, and strategic orientation when dealing with complex curricular changes. This approach makes a methodologically innovative contribution to strengthening curricular alignment in teacher education programmes. In this paper, we discuss how the dual-method approach of combining curriculum maps with metaphor-based visual prompts can uncover alignment gaps, engage participants across stakeholder groups and support targeted curriculum development. It offers a practical way to strengthen coherence, fostering collective ownership and agency over teacher education curricula. References Annala, J., Lindén, J., Mäkinen, M., & Henriksson, J. (2021). Understanding academic agency in curriculum change in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education 28 (6), 1310-1327. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2021.1881772 Bajada, C., Kandlbinder, P., & Trayler, R. (2019). A general framework for cultivating innovations in higher education curriculum. Higher Education Research & Development, 38 (3), 465–478. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2019.1572715 Billett, S. (2002). Toward a workplace pedagogy: Guidance, participation, and engagement. Adult education quarterly, 53 (1), 27-43. https://doi.org/10.1177/074171302237202 Bowker, G. C., Timmermans, S., Clarke, A. E., & Balka, E. (2015). Boundary objects and beyond. Cambridge: The MIT Press. Bryman, A. (2008). Social Research Methods. Oxford: University Press. Doetjes, G., Domovic, V., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., & Zaki. K. (2024). Coherence in European teacher education, theoretical models, empirical studies, instructional Approaches. Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43721-3_1 Schmalz, G., Kullmann, H., Sensky, T., Kreher, D., Haak, R., Büchi, S., & Ziebold, D. (2022). Pilot study to evaluate a novel measure of self-perceived competencies among dental students. BMC Medical Education (22) 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12909-022-03663-6 Tatto, M. T., & Bankov, K. (2018). The intended, implemented and achieved curriculum of mathematics teacher education in the United States (pp. 69-133). In M. T. Tatto, M. Rodriguez, W. Smith, M. Reckase, & K. Bankov (Eds.). Exploring the Mathematics Education of Teachers using TEDS-M Data. Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-92144-0_4 Vreuls, J., Koeslag-Kreunen, M., van der Klink, M., Nieuwenhuis, L., & Boshuizen, H. (2021). Responsive curriculum development for professional education: Different teams, different talents. The Curriculum Journal, 33 (4), 636–659. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2270470 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper National Curriculum Policymaking, Democracy and Curricular Justice in a Complex World 1: University of Southern Queensland, Australia; 2: Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 3: Griffith University, Australia Presenting Author:This paper will consider how the emergence of national curriculum policies over the past two decades have shaped key debates in what counts as curriculum making, with important implications for equity, access and inclusion in schools and other sites of education (Green et al., 2021; Priestley et al., 2021). Curriculum is fundamentally bound up with national identity and security (Green, 2018), in which the ‘tangled relationship between curriculum and democracy means that curriculum cannot be understood in isolation from the political, economic, social, and cultural conditions in which it is produced and practised’ (Reid & Thomson, 2003, p. xiv). As Pinar (2004) argued, curriculum requires making choices regarding what to remember about the past, beliefs for the present and hopes for the future. As such, the question of how nations frame national curriculum policies is crucial to understanding broader concerns of democratic participation, civic belonging, and social justice (Green, 2018; Mills et al., 2022, 2026). For example, the Australian federal, state and territory education ministers have committed to a curriculum that helps young people to become ‘committed to national values of democracy, equity and justice, and participate in Australia’s civic life’ (Council of Australian Governments, 2019, p. 8). However, Green (2018) raised an important concern regarding national curriculum, which necessarily creates ‘the limits of dissent, of participation, of social imagination’ (p. 274) available to its participants—students, teachers and school communities. We are mindful that ‘there are a multitude of possible curriculum responses to the question of how to provide all young people with high-quality and high-equity educational opportunities’ (Riddle et al., 2023, p. 140). This paper will examine the place of national curriculum policymaking in a volatile, uncertain complex and ambiguous world (Riddle, 2022; Shields, 2013), considering implications for a more socially just schooling that enables young people to thrive, not just survive, in the twenty-first century. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper will commence with a comparison of key macro curriculum policies from Asian–Pacific countries, including Australia, New Zealand, Singapore and Japan to provide an international context before presenting a detailed case study of a national curriculum. The paper will closely examine the Australian Curriculum to illustrate how national curriculum policymaking influences, and is influenced by, discourses of nation-building, democracy, identity and culture in a world characterised by volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. In addition to an analysis of key curriculum policy texts, official curriculum frameworks and other grey literature from curriculum authorities, education departments and policymakers, the paper will examine how the national curriculum has been represented by key political actors in mainstream media (i.e., news reports, press releases and media commentary), with a focus on how curriculum policymaking is intimately bound up with questions about democracy and curricular justice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper will conclude with a set of propositions for engaging in national curriculum policymaking that support curricular justice and sustain democratic futures for all young people in a complex world. We contend that there is a need for more nuanced policy learning rather than policy borrowing (Mayer & Mills, 2021; Riddle et al., 2026), and that curriculum must become a critical site of international collaboration to increase global efforts to ensure that all young people are able to grow up in a world that is more inclusive, democratic and sustainable. References Council of Australian Governments. (2019). Alice Springs (Mparntwe) education declaration. http://nla.gov.au/nla.obj-2391375250 Green, B. (2018). Knowledge, pedagogy, democracy: Reclaiming the Australian Curriculum. In A. Reid & D. Price (Eds), The Australian Curriculum: Promises, problems and possibilities (pp. 265–276). Australian Curriculum Studies Association. Green, B., Roberts, P., & Brennan, M. (Eds). (2021). Curriculum challenges and opportunities in a changing world: Transnational perspectives in curriculum inquiry. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61667-0 Mayer, D., & Mills, M. (2021). Professionalism and teacher education in Australia and England. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 45–61. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1832987 Mills, M., Riddle, S., McGregor, G., & Howell, A. (2022). Towards an understanding of curricular justice and democratic schooling. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(3), 345–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2021.1977262 Mills, M., Riddle, S., & McGregor, G. (2026). Constructing a rich curriculum for all: One school’s enactment of curricular justice. The Curriculum Journal, 37(1), 61–75. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.70015 Pinar, W. (2004). What is curriculum theory? Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (Eds). (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited. Reid, A., & Thomson, P. (2003). Introduction: What’s public about curriculum? In A. Reid & P. Thomson (Eds), Rethinking public education: Towards a public curriculum (pp. xiii–xxv). Post Pressed. Riddle, S. (2022). Schooling for democracy in a time of global crisis: Towards a more caring, inclusive and sustainable future. Routledge. Riddle, S., Mills, M., & McGregor, G. (2023). Curricular justice and contemporary schooling: Towards a rich, common curriculum for all students. Curriculum Perspectives, 43, 137–144. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297-023-00186-y Riddle, S., Mills, M., & McGregor, G. (2026). Curricular justice and contemporary education: Policy learning from Australia and the United Kingdom. The Curriculum Journal, 37(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.70012 Shields, C. M. (2013). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable and socially just change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 01 A: Agency and Support Across the Life Span Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elizabeth Done Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Between Safeguarding and Agency: Assemblages of Online Privacy in the Lives of Young People with Intellectual Disabilities University of Plymouth, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Contemporary discussions of intellectual disability increasingly challenge medicalised, deficit-based frames in favour of social, cultural, and ethical accounts (Shakespeare, 2016). The terminological shift from “mental retardation” to “intellectual disability” is indicative of socio-political change, situating disability within relationships, institutions, and value systems rather than focusing on impairment alone (Schalock et al., 2007; Salvador-Carulla et al., 2011). The social model redirected attention to environmental and structural barriers (Oliver, 1990), yet critiques note that embodied and relational experiences can remain less visible within policy and practice (Shakespeare, 2004, 2015). Accordingly, Critical Disability Studies links disability to power, identity, and ethics within struggles for social justice (Goodley, 2013; Goodley et al., 2021), while the affirmation model frames disability as meaningful identity and inclusion as cultural transformation amid persistent exclusionary pressures in schools (Swain & French, 2000; Connor, 2024). Privacy becomes an ethically charged dimension of inclusive education as support extends into ICT-mediated spaces. International human rights frameworks position privacy as fundamental to autonomy, dignity, and self-determination (United Nations, 2006; OECD, 2022). For young people with intellectual disabilities, privacy is entangled with sexuality, participation, and schooling, yet dominant discourses may frame their sexuality as risky or inappropriate, legitimising surveillance and restriction in the name of protection while potentially narrowing agency (Shakespeare et al., 1996; Caffo, 2021). Foucault’s analyses of power, governmentality, and biopolitics illuminate how privacy can operate as a field of governance and not only the personal right of humanist discourses (Foucault, 1977, 1978); protective discourses produce norms of “appropriate” behaviour and marginalise alternative embodiments and desires. Deleuze’s (1994) philosophy of difference challenges such normalising logics by treating difference as generative and relational. Through assemblage, privacy can be understood as continuously produced across relations among young people, families, educational institutions, and digital technologies (Deleuze & Guattari, 1980; DeLanda, 2006). Digital environments intensify these dynamics by expanding opportunities for belonging while exposing young people with intellectual disabilities to risks including exploitation, surveillance, and boundary violations. Evidence suggests that overprotective responses may also lead to exclusion and reduced participation (Chadwick, 2022). Educational discourses, particularly Relationships and Sexuality Education (RSE), sit at the centre of this balance; yet RSE appears inconsistently implemented for students with special educational needs and often prioritises risk management over autonomy, participation, and ethical reflection (Dring-Turner, 2019; McCann et al., 2018). The purpose of the presented study is to explore the perspectives of parents, teachers, and students regarding the online privacy and security needs of young people with intellectual disabilities aged 14–19 in England. The research aims to answer the following questions:
Findings will inform discussion of the gaps and enabling conditions through which online privacy and security are assembled within RSE, supporting rights-based inclusive practice in European and wider international policy and practice debates. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A pragmatic mixed-methods design was employed within an instrumental case study at a single site (Kuhn, 1962; Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018; Stake, 1995; Yin, 2018). Criterion-based sampling (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2018; Patton, 2015) was applied and participants included 30+ parents, 8–12 teachers, and students aged 14–19 with intellectual disabilities in two observed classrooms, alongside IEPs for participating students. Sampling criteria required parents having a child (14–19) diagnosed with intellectual disability, teachers teaching students (14–19) diagnosed with intellectual disability, and participation proceeded through voluntary adult consent, and parental consent plus student assent for student observations (Cohen et al., 2018). Data was generated through a parent survey administered via JISC online to capture perceived online privacy and security needs, risk perceptions, and supervision practices, allowing descriptive and correlational analysis (Fowler, 2008; Creswell & Creswell, 2017). Semi-structured interviews with teachers examined how online privacy and security is conceptualised and addressed through school practices and curriculum, while remaining sufficiently flexible to follow participants’ accounts (Lincoln & Guba, 1985; Cohen et al., 2018). Participant observation with students during RSE-related lessons documented naturally occurring interactions and meaning-making around privacy, safety, and boundaries (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019; Lincoln & Guba, 1985). IEP document analysis was used to contextualise and triangulate reported and observed practices within formal educational planning (Bowen, 2009; Prior, 2003). A four-stage pilot enabled the refining of instruments and procedures (two hours of observation, one IEP review, one teacher interview, and feedback from two parents on the online questionnaire) (Bell & Waters, 2018; Yin, 2018). Survey content validity was supported through expert review and CVI procedures (Polit & Beck, 2006), and internal consistency was examined using Cronbach’s alpha in SPSS (Tavakol & Dennick, 2011). Qualitative trustworthiness was strengthened through methodological triangulation, detailed field notes and an audit trail, prolonged engagement and persistent observation, thick description, and intercoder agreement on 30% of transcripts (Denzin, 1978; Lincoln & Guba, 1985; Miles & Huberman, 1994; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019; Bowen, 2009). All procedures align with BERA ethical guidelines (BERA, 2024). Data collection took place in a school in southwest England, selected due to established collaboration and the school’s implementation of a So SAFE! Programme which aligned closely with the study focus (Creswell & Poth, 2018; Fisher, Bauer, & Richards, 2016; Richards, Fisher, & Dyer, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to generate a nuanced account of how online privacy and security are understood and enacted around young people with intellectual disabilities in a contemporary school context, and how “protection” may be experienced as both enabling and limiting for participation and agency (Shakespeare et al., 1996; Chadwick, 2022; Caffo, 2021). Bringing together parent survey responses, teacher interviews, student-focused participant observation, and IEP document analysis, the findings are anticipated to illuminate convergences and tensions between home and school priorities, including how risk perceptions shape everyday digital boundaries and supervision practices (Bowen, 2009; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019). In line with Critical Disability Studies and the affirmation model, the study may point to moments where privacy is negotiated as a relational and ethical practice, not a purely technical issue, while also showing how institutional routines can reproduce exclusionary pressures within inclusive education (Goodley, 2013; Swain & French, 2000; Connor, 2024). Theoretically, the analysis will contribute to understanding privacy as a site of governance and subject formation, where safeguarding discourses can normalise particular forms of “appropriate” digital behaviour (Foucault, 1977, 1978), and where privacy is assembled through the shifting relations among students, families, school practices, and technologies (Deleuze & Guattari, 1980; DeLanda, 2006). Practically, the study is likely to identify gaps between policy intentions and enacted provision, particularly regarding how online privacy and security are addressed within RSE for students with special educational needs (DfE, 2019; Dring-Turner, 2019; McCann et al., 2018). These outcomes may inform more context-sensitive, rights-based approaches to digital safety education that balance protection with participation, and they will be of relevance to wider European and international debates on inclusion, children’s rights, and privacy in digital learning environments (United Nations, 2006; OECD, 2022). References British Educational Research Association (BERA). (2024). Ethical guidelines for educational research (5th ed.). London: BERA. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th ed.). Routledge. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. Pantheon Books: New York Foucault, M. (1978). The history of sexuality, Volume I: An introduction. Pantheon Books: New York. Goodley, D. (2013). Dis/entangling critical disability studies. Disability & Society, 28(5), 631 644. Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., Liddiard, K., & Runswick-Cole, K. (2021). Key concerns for critical disability studies. International Journal of Disability and Social Justice, 1(1), 5–25. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: Principles in practice (4th ed.). Routledge. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Shakespeare, T. (2004). Social models of disability and other life strategies. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 6(1), 8–21. Swain, J., & French, S. (2000). Towards an affirmation model of disability. Disability & Society, 15(4), 569–582. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Co-Creating Knowledge for Action: Disabled Students’ Experiences of Academic and Personal Support in UK Higher Education 1: University of Birmingham, United Kingdom; 2: University of Plymouth; 3: University of Wolverhampton Presenting Author:This paper presents new empirical findings from the OfS-funded project Addressing Disparity of Support: Co-creating Continued Professional Development and Guidelines on Reasonable Adjustments with Disabled Students. The project responds to persistent structural inequalities in UK higher education, where disabled students continue to experience gaps in academic support, personal support, progression and belonging. Evidence from national datasets and sector analyses (DSUK, 2024; OfS, 2024) highlights inconsistent implementation of Reasonable Adjustment Plans (RAPs) and uneven institutional cultures of practice. These challenges mirror wider European concerns about equity of participation and accessibility in higher education, reinforcing the project’s relevance to international debates. Against this backdrop, the project adopts an explicitly user-led, participatory research design, working in partnership with undergraduate disabled students across three universities. The research addresses three core questions:
These questions align directly with ECER 2026’s thematic concern with the changing conditions and potentials of education research. By foregrounding lived experience as a form of analytical knowledge, the project also speaks to long-standing European intellectual traditions of participatory, democratic and justice-oriented education research (May, 2024). The project is grounded in critical disability studies, inclusive education theory, and participatory epistemologies (Peruzzo and Raaper, 2024; Goodley et al, 2025). These theoretical traditions centre lived experience as a legitimate and essential form of knowledge, problematise normative assumptions underpinning HE policy and practice, and call for relational forms of evidence-making. Further, the project explicitly draws on ‘inclusion by design’ and user-informed/user-led methodologies, which challenge the deficit-based framing historically embedded in HE structures. ECER 2026’s theme is directly relevant to our project as it shows how conventional institutional knowledge practices (surveys, policy enactment, staff training) are insufficient when they are not co-produced with the people most affected by them. By adopting a collaborative and distributed epistemology, the study reveals the epistemic labour disabled students perform to navigate systems that are not designed for them, and highlights how this labour becomes a resource for institutional transformation when formally recognised within research processes. The survey and workshop phases generated rich data not only on disabled students’ experiences but also on their analysis of institutional structures, as the fragmentation between academic and personal support, misinterpretation of RAPs, poor communication pathways, and emotional labour required to continuously advocate for reasonable conditions. These insights demonstrate how educational research can shift from extracting knowledge about disabled people to co-constructing knowledge with disabled people for the purposes of practical action. In doing so, the project advances an ecological approach (Gibson et al, 2025), calling for joined-up practices and centring ‘disabled leadership, qualifying disabled students and staff as co-leaders, users and evaluators throughout, not just consultees’. The findings illustrate that institutional capacity to act is enhanced when research methodologies themselves are re-designed to redistribute authority, meaning that epistemic change becomes inseparable from structural change. The findings therefore offer transferrable insights for European higher education systems seeking to address inequality through structural rather than compensatory reforms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project applies a mixed-methods, participatory research design implemented across three UK universities. The methodology combines i) quantitative survey analysis (pre- and post-attitudinal surveys); ii) qualitative workshops (co-designed and co-facilitated with disabled student co-researchers); iii) iterative thematic analysis; iv) co-analysis sessions with disabled students, academic staff and student-services staff. i) Quantitative survey analysis A cross-institutional survey captured: experiences of academic support, effectiveness of personal support systems, satisfaction with RAP implementation, sense of belonging, confidence navigating institutional processes. The instrument was co-developed with student co-researchers to ensure relevance and accessibility. Quantitative items used Likert-scale measures of perceived adequacy of support and institutional responsiveness, while open-ended items elicited critical reflections. The survey achieved strong engagement across all three institutions, generating a robust dataset for comparative analysis. ii) Qualitative workshops Workshops were designed according to inclusive research principles: flexible participation formats (group discussion, written input, audio submissions), sensory-considerate environments, and co-facilitation by disabled students. Workshops examined lived experiences of RAPs, barriers to academic and personal support, and ideas for redesigning staff development. Importantly, the workshops did not treat students as subjects of study but as knowledge-producers who identify misalignments between policy and practice. iii) Iterative co-analysis Analysis proceeded through an iterative, participatory process. Disabled student co-researchers coded transcripts, identified thematic clusters, and challenged interpretations that reproduced deficit assumptions. Triangulation across survey datasets, workshop outputs and institutional documentation enabled cross-validation and exposure of contradictions between formal policy claims and lived experience realities. The methodology is shaped by the project's commitment to epistemic justice, distributed expertise, and practical actionability. Research procedures were designed to directly influence the CPD programmes and institutional guidelines being developed. The approach therefore bridges ‘knowing’ and ‘acting’ by embedding research participation in mechanisms of organisational change, aligning with the ECER theme. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the survey and workshop phases, a coherent narrative emerged of disabled students navigating support systems marked by inconsistency, fragmentation and avoidable labour. Survey data revealed substantial variation in how effectively academic and personal support was experienced, particularly in the timeliness and clarity of RAP implementation. Many students described having to ‘project-manage’ their own adjustments, coordinating between departments. This pattern exposed gaps between institutional commitments to inclusion and day-to-day realities students encountered. Workshop discussions expanded these findings, difficulties were rooted less in individual circumstances and more in structural design. Students highlighted misalignment between academic and personal support systems, where responsibility for adjustments was dispersed and poorly coordinated. The outcome was an over-reliance on staff goodwill rather than embedded processes, producing uneven experiences. Participants described the emotional and administrative labour required to repeatedly explain needs, chase communication, and interpret opaque decisions about adjustments. Despite mandatory training, staff knowledge remained inconsistent, contributing to misunderstandings of disability-related needs and variable implementation of reasonable adjustments. These insights echoed sector critiques that higher education still lacks a joined-up, co-created approach to disability equality. Students articulated criteria for what meaningful and effective Reasonable Adjustments should entail, including anticipatory design, proactive communication, relational consistency, and recognition of fluctuating needs. These principles challenged the dominant compliance-driven framing, positioning support as a pedagogical and relational practice. Importantly, these findings are shaping development of a national CPD programme for academic and student-services staff built around student-generated scenarios, indicators of effective support, and evaluation tools. Participants reported that workshops enabled collective sense-making and fostered institutional readiness for change, illustrating how participatory research can generate conditions for acting differently. Because these structural challenges and principles of effective support resonate across European higher education systems, the findings have strong international transferability and contribute to a pan-European dialogue on inclusive academic and personal support. References Disabled Students UK, (2024). The 2024 Access Insight Report. Available at https://disabledstudents.co.uk/2024-access-insights-report-3/ [Last Accessed 23/01/2026] Gibson, S., Williams-Brown, Z., Shute, J. and Westander, M., (2023) Not hearing, not engaging, and not happening: Elusive Inclusive Higher Education, it is time to reconsider sector practices in partnership with disabled student expertise. The Journal of Inclusive Practice in Further and Higher Education, 15(1), p.48. Gibson, S., Peruzzo, F. and Williams‑Brown, Z. (2025) ‘Disability equality in higher education requires a joined‑up and co‑created approach’, Wonkhe, 16 December. Available at: https://wonkhe.com/blogs/disability-equality-in-higher-education-requires-a-joined-up-and-co-created-approach/ Last Accessed 23/01/2026]. Goodley, Dan, Kirsty Liddiard and Rebecca Lawthom. 2025. “The Depathologising University.” Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research 27(1): 120–133. https://doi. org/10.16993/sjdr.1240 May, E. (2024), Critical pedagogy and disability in participatory research: a review. Information and Learning Sciences 5 June 2024; 125 (7-8): 437–455. Office for Students (OfS), (2024). Disabled Students. Retrievable at https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/for-providers/equality-of-opportunity/equality-of-opportunity-risk-register-eorr/student-characteristics/disabled-students/ [Last Accessed 23/01/2026] Peruzzo, F. and Raaper, R. (2024). The making of the activist disabled subject: disability and political activism in English higher education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 45(2), pp.173-186. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Zombie Inclusion, Smart Exclusion: A Systematic Review (2015–2025) of Exclusion Mechanisms in Emerging EdTech University of L’Aquila, Italy Presenting Author:Across 2015-2025, educational technology has shifted from peripheral classroom “tools” to infrastructures that classify, predict, monitor, and intervene in learning at scale (Williamson, Komljenovic, & Gulson, 2024). This includes learning analytics and datafication; generative AI, tutoring and recommender systems; platformization and cloud “stacks”; brokered procurement and “evidence” infrastructures; and, increasingly, technologies oriented to minds and bodies, emotion/attention sensing, neurotechnologies, and educational genomics. These developments are routinely framed as inclusion-enhancing, promising personalization, early identification, efficient support, and “evidence-based” decision-making. However, they may also reproduce exclusion through automated categorization, surveillance and psychodatafication, market dependency, and bio-determinist imaginaries of ability (Perrotta & Selwyn, 2020). This proposal investigates how exclusion is produced by new trends in educational technology even when framed as inclusion, through a systematic review of empirical research published between 2015 and 2025. The review is theoretically anchored in the conceptual framework of “zombie education” (Dovigo, 2024), which approaches inclusive education as a contested “boundary object” stabilized by institutional routines and classificatory infrastructures that can become normalized, black-boxed, and politically resilient. Within this framework, exclusion is not merely a failure of inclusion; it is often generated through inclusion itself via two intertwined processes:
We extend these concepts from SEN policy analysis to contemporary edtech by treating technologies as apparatuses/assemblages creating configurations of platforms, data practices, policies, procurement routines, markets, and discourses that actively shape educational subjectivities and possibilities. This includes “nudge” logics and micro-interventions that subtly steer conduct through data-driven personalization (Braidotti, 2019), as well as algorithmic governance aligned with broader “societies of control” (Deleuze, 1992). Research questions: The objective is a critical synthesis showing how “inclusive” edtech can become zombie inclusion, whit inclusion animated in language and policy, while exclusion is reproduced through infrastructures of classification, evidence-making, and political economy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a systematic review of literature published 2015–2025, reported using PRISMA 2020 (Page et al., 2021). Searches were conducted in ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science, PsycINFO, and PubMed (to capture neurotechnology/genomics-related educational research). We included peer-reviewed empirical studies (qualitative, quantitative, mixed-methods) and high-relevance review studies. In addition, we included selected grey literature and policy-facing reports where integral to understanding edtech trends (e.g., platform governance, brokerage/evidence infrastructures, neuro/genomics governance). Inclusion criteria: (a) educational setting (K-12, higher education, adult/vocational); (b) a defined edtech trend (AI/generative AI; learning analytics; platform/cloud infrastructures; brokered procurement/evidence systems; surveillance/SEL/psychodata; neurotechnology; educational genomics); and (c) explicit engagement with inclusion/exclusion, equity, SEN/disability, marginalization, or distributive effects, informed by intersectional framings of inclusion (Thomas & Macnab, 2022). Exclusion criteria: purely technical papers without educational implications; studies outside 2015–2025; items lacking sufficient methodological detail. Screening and reliability: two-stage screening (title/abstract; full text). A subset was dual-screened; disagreements were resolved through documented decision rules; a PRISMA flow diagram was produced. Quality appraisal: MMAT (2018) for heterogeneous evidence, supplemented by CASP for qualitative studies when appropriate (Hong et al., 2018; CASP, 2018). Data extraction: technology type; educational sector; governance/business model (platform/cloud; vendor; brokerage); populations and learner groups; operational definition of inclusion; outcomes/claims; risks/harms; and forms of classification/measurement (screening, prediction, profiling, ranking), including “nudge” mechanisms where present (Decuypere & Harttong, 2023). Synthesis: thematic synthesis structured by immunization and burnout mechanisms, with an additional mapping of assemblage features (discourses, institutions, laws, platforms, data flows, markets) to show how exclusion is co-produced across sociotechnical configurations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The review produced an evidence-informed risk-opportunity map indicating when edtech supports inclusion and when it generates zombie inclusion, with inclusive intent and discourse sustained while exclusion is operationally reproduced. Inclusion-enhancing opportunities (conditional rather than automatic) cluster around accessibility and assistive supports; translation and multimodal scaffolds; targeted supports embedded in inclusive pedagogy and relational classroom practices; and participatory governance/design practices that de-black-box systems and redistribute decision-making power. Exclusion-producing risks cluster around two main dynamics: Immunization via datafied classification: AI and analytics, SEL/psychodata, attention/emotion sensing, neuro-measures, and educational genomics may intensify labeling, prediction, and sorting, reframing inequality as individual (or biological) deficit and legitimizing differential expectations and allocations (Morris et al., 2024). Burnout via infrastructural optimization: platform/cloud stacks, brokered evidence regimes, and investor-driven scaling may amplify metric saturation and “evidence” performativity, increase compliance/data labor, narrow educational aims to measurable proxies, and divert resources from relational and structural inclusion work, especially under austerity conditions (Mau, 2019). The “hype–uncertainty” dynamics of algorithmic surveillance can further accelerate adoption while muting contestability (Mackenzie, 2024), deepening the conditions for burnout and democratic deficit (Foucault, 2008). The principal contribution is a conceptual model of smart exclusion, showing how emerging edtech extends immunization and burnout through sociotechnical assemblages, aligned with critical perspectives on what counts as “critical” in edtech research (Selwyn et al., 2021). References Braidotti, R. (2019). Posthuman knowledge. Polity Press. Decuypere, M., Harttong, S. (2023) Edunudge. Learning, Media and Technology 48(1): 138–152. Deleuze, G. (1992). Postscript on the societies of control. Pourparlers. Editions Minuit. Dovigo, F. (2024). Towards a Zombie Theory of Inclusive Education: A Discourse Analysis of Special Educational Needs Policies in Five European Countries. European Journal of Inclusive Education, 3(2). Esposito, R. (2011). Immunitas: the protection and negation of life. Polity Press. Foucault, M. (2008). The courage of truth: The government of self and others II. Lectures at the College de France, 1983–1984. Palgrave MacMillan. Han, B. C. (2015). The burnout society. Stanford University Press. Hong, Q. N., et al. (2018). Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT), Version 2018: User guide. Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (CASP). (2018). CASP qualitative checklist. Mackenzie, A. (2024). The secret life of data: Navigating Hype and Uncertainty in the Age of Algorithmic Surveillance. The MIT Press. Mau, S. (2019). The metric society: On the quantification of the social. Polity Press. Morris, T. T., von Hinke, S., Pike, L., Ingram, N. R., Davey Smith, G., Munafò, M. R., & Davies, N. M. (2024). Implications of the genomic revolution for education research and policy. British Educational Research Journal, 50(3), 923–943. Page, M. J., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. Perrotta, C., & Selwyn, N. (2020). Deep learning goes to school: Toward a relational understanding of AI in education. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(3), 251–269. Selwyn, N., Hillman, T., Bergviken Rensfeldt, A., & Perrotta, C. (2021). What is ‘critical’ in critical studies of edtech? Three responses. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 243–249. Thomas, G., & Macnab, N. (2022). Intersectionality, diversity, community and inclusion: untangling the knots. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(3), 227-244. Williamson, B., Komljenovic, J., & Gulson, K. N. (Eds.). (2024). World yearbook of education 2024: Digitalisation of education in the era of algorithms, automation and artificial intelligence. Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 01 B: Conditions and Pathways for Inclusive Education Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Meryem Gulhan Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Conditions for Developing Inclusive Education for Pupils entitled to Individually Tailored Education (ITE) in Lower Primary School Volda University College, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction Since ratifying the Salamanca Statement (1994), Norway has been committed to the principle that all children should attend mainstream schools unless compelling reasons dictate otherwise (Mitchell & Sutherland, 2020). Recent data reveals a complex trend: while more pupils receive Individually Tailored Education, ITE, (former called special education) within the ordinary classroom, there has also been a significant increase in pupils receiving education in segregated settings—up by 452 pupils over the last five years (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2023). This paradox suggests that despite inclusive ideals, the barriers to full participation remain high. This article addresses the research question: "What are the conditions for developing inclusive education for pupils with ITE needs in lower primary school?" Utilizing data from the KOSIP project, the study intends to identify factors that either facilitate or hinder inclusive practice. Legal and Theoretical Framework The Norwegian Education Act (2023) defines education as both a right and a duty (§§ 2-1, 2-2). While § 11-1 mandates that all pupils receive a "satisfactory benefit" from ordinary education, § 11-6 grants a statutory right to ITE when these needs cannot be met through general adaptations. This relationship can be explained through Haug’s (2017) complementarity theory: high-quality ordinary education reduces the need for special measures, whereas systemic failures in the ordinary classroom increase the demand for ITE. Dimensions of Inclusion To capture the complexity of inclusion, Haug (2014) deconstructs the concept into two dimensions:
Multiprofessional Cooperation as a Quality Factor Inclusive education requires a shift from individual teacher autonomy to collective responsibility. The QU!S-S model (Schurig et al., 2025) identifies multiprofessional cooperation as a critical level of school development. Key elements include (1) Enhanced individualization: Collaborative problem-solving enables adaptive and differentiated teaching. (2) Systemic support: Statutory cooperation with the Pedagogical-Psychological Service (PPT) is essential for holistic service delivery (§§ 11-13, 24-1). (3) External networks: For complex needs, schools must bridge services between parents, health institutions, and social welfare services. Critical challenges: Paradigm shifts and pupil voice Despite inclusive rhetoric, an "integration paradigm" often persists, where a pupil’s inclusion is conditional upon their perceived "fit" within existing resources (Lindner et al., 2023). Furthermore, a significant barrier is the lack of pupil voice. Decisions are frequently made on behalf of pupils rather than with them (Cosma & Soni, 2019). Authentic inclusion requires identifying and dismantling structures that marginalize these pupils (de Leeuw et al., 2018). Finally, Hornby and Kauffman (2023) provide a necessary critique, warning that an ideological push for "full inclusion" might undermine the specialized pedagogical support some pupils require. They argue that placement should not override the actual educational benefit for the child. Developing inclusive education at the primary level depends on high-quality ordinary instruction, robust collaborative structures, and a shift in professional attitudes. Success is contingent upon the school’s "competence capital"—both formal knowledge and the capacity for collective pedagogical reflection (Olsen & Haug, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on empirical data from the national web-based survey KOSIP (Competence Mapping of Special Education and Inclusive Practices). The survey was developed through a collaboration between four academic institutions: the University of South-Eastern Norway, the University of Stavanger, Volda University College, and The Arctic University of Norway. Data collection was conducted using the SurveyXact software and concluded in 2022. The primary objective of the study is to reflect the knowledge and perspectives conveyed by the KOSIP participants. This article specifically focuses on inclusion, adapted education, individually tailored education (ITE), and interdisciplinary collaboration. Sample and categorization While the national survey included 2,550 respondents working within grades 1–4, this article utilizes a regional subset with a sample size of N=405. To identify variations between different professional roles, the respondents were initially divided into several categories. Overview of the Sample Leaders with personnel responsibility (Principals, inspectors, dept. heads, etc.) N=60 Class teachers N=177 Subject teachers without class responsibility N=61 Social educators/Youth workers (3-year degree) N=8 Assistants/Para-educators/Skilled workers N=46 Special education teachers N=38 Special education advisors/coordinators N=1 Social-pedagogical advisors N=0 Other N=14 For the qualitative analysis, these roles were consolidated into three overarching categories to facilitate a clearer thematic overview: -Leaders and coordinators: Includes principals, inspectors, department heads, and special education advisors. -Teachers: Includes class teachers, subject teachers, and special education teachers. -Assistants and social educators: Includes respondents in roles without primary pedagogical responsibility, such as assistants, para-educators, and youth workers. This consolidation ensures a manageable level of detail, allowing for the identification of significant trends across the material without compromising the interpretability of the data. Analytical approach The analysis includes only respondents who completed the entire survey. During the processing of the data, filters were applied to isolate "Primary School," "Grades 1–4," and the specific geographical region. The quantitative component utilizes descriptive statistics, with a primary emphasis on cross-tabulation. This is a bivariate analytical technique used to examine relationships between categorical variables at the nominal level—meaning variables categorized without an inherent natural ranking (Cohen et al., 2018). The qualitative data was first segmented into the three professional categories described above. The responses were sorted and identified primary tendencies within each professional category. Following this summary, a content analysis was performed. This involved an iterative process of reading, coding, and categorizing the responses. These categories were subsequently mapped to the article’s core themes to address the overarching research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Perceived strengths in inclusive practice The preliminary findings identify four areas where respondents perceive their schools to be successful in fostering inclusion. (1) A core strength is the ability to view each pupil as an individual, tailoring instruction to their specific prerequisites. This involves facilitating a sense of mastery through differentiated tasks, individual education plans, and flexible pedagogical approaches. (2) Inclusion is viewed as a holistic process where social belonging is as vital as academic progress. Schools emphasize the importance of play environments, friendships, and structured recess activities. (3) Success is attributed to robust internal and external networks. This includes the internal sharing of expertise between general teachers, special educators, and assistants, as well as maintaining a constructive dialogue with parents and external agencies like the Pedagogical-Psychological Service. (4) There is a widespread commitment to a positive view of the pupil, where diversity is framed as a fundamental value Barriers to realizing inclusive education Despite the positive intentions of staff, several systemic factors hinder the full realization of inclusion. (1) Budgetary instability and municipal cuts are cited as significant barriers. Resources are often "locked" to formal administrative decisions, making it difficult to proactively strengthen ordinary instruction. (2) The lack of time remains a critical obstacle, affecting everything from lesson differentiation to the implementation of new routines and systemic collaboration. (3) General teachers often feel overwhelmed when managing large classes with diverse, complex needs without sufficient support, challenging the feasibility of the teacher's role. (4) Informants report a lack of clear leadership from municipal authorities and fragmented collaboration with external agencies. Excessive documentation and administrative meetings are perceived to detract from direct student interaction. Finally, a lack of shared responsibility—where inclusion is seen solely as the special educator's task—remains a persistent barrier. References Cohen, L., Morrison, K., & Manion, L. (2018). Research methods in education (Eighth edition ed.). Routledge. Cosma, P., & Soni, A. (2019). A systematic literature review exploring the factors identified by children and young people with behavioural, emotional and social difficulties as influential on their experiences of education. Emotional and behavioural difficulties, 24(4), 421-435. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632752.2019.1633738 de Leeuw, R. R., de Boer, A. A., & Minnaert, A. E. M. G. (2018). Student voices on social exclusion in general primary schools. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(2), 166-186. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1424783 Haug, P. (2014). Inkludering. In T. Nordahl & O. Hansen (Eds.), Inklusion. Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk. [Inclusion] Haug, P. (2017). Kva spesialundervisning handlar om, og kva funksjon den har. In P. Haug (ed.), Spesialundervisning. Innhald og funksjon. (pp. 386-411). Samlaget. [The essence and function of Special Needs Education] Hornby, G., & Kauffman, J. M. (2023). Special education's zombies and their consequences. Support for learning, 38(3), 135-145. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12451 Lindner, K.-T., Schwab, S., Emara, M., & Avramidis, E. (2023). Do teachers favor the inclusion of all students? A systematic review of primary schoolteachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 38(6), 766-787. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2023.2172894 Mitchell, D., & Sutherland, D. (2020). What really works in special and inclusive education: using evidence-based teaching strategies (Third edition ed.). Routledge. Olsen, M. H., & Haug, P. (2022). Tverretatlig samarbeid (1. utgave ed.). Cappelen Damm akademisk. [Inter-agency collaboration] Lov om grunnskolen og den vidaregåande opplæringa. (LOV-2023-06-09-30), (2023). https://lovdata.no/lov/2023-06-09-30 [The Norwegian Educational Act] Schurig, M., Weiß, S., Kiel, E., Heimlich, U., & Gebhardt, M. (2025). Assessment of the quality of inclusive schools A short form of the quality scale of inclusive school development (QU!S-S) – reliability, factorial structure and measurement invariance. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(12), 2168-2183. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1862405 UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. UNESCO 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Conditions for Successful Educational Trajectories of Students with Disabilities: Insights from the TRENDI Project Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:This paper is a part of the research project “TRENDI. Inclusive and successful educational trajectories of students with disabilities”, funded by the Spanish Plan for Scientific and Technical Research and Innovation 2024-2027. This research starts from the premise that, since the assumption of inclusive education as the main approach to the education of students with disabilities (UNESCO, 1994; UN, 2007), the educational prospects of these students have improved substantially. However, most educational systems still have room to improve regarding the educational provisions offered to students with disabilities and their academic achievements. To improve the educational and social inclusion of students with disabilities, it is necessary to analyse which components of educational systems and practices shape inclusive and successful trajectories that enhance students’ participation, learning, academic achievement, and overall development of their abilities. Previous research has found that successful educational trajectories for students with disabilities are often characterised by early intervention, individualised support, and active family involvement. Other key factors include the presence of inclusive teaching practices that accommodate diverse learning needs and the promotion of peer support networks. Schools that foster a culture of inclusivity and provide adequate resources to learn in shared learning environments enable students with disabilities to achieve higher academic outcomes and develop essential life skills (Cole et al., 2023; Sierra & Parrilla, 2019; Then & Pohlmann-Rother, 2024). The primary-secondary education transition represents a critical juncture for students with disabilities, as it often involves significant changes in academic expectations, school environments, and social dynamics (O'Hagan, et al., 2024). Additionally, the transition from compulsory secondary education to post-compulsory education (e.g., baccalaureate, vocational training, or higher education) poses additional challenges for students with disabilities. Beyond school, non-formal education plays a pivotal role in complementing formal education by providing additional opportunities for personal and academic development. (Argyropoulos & Kanari, 2019). Despite some evidence on the facilitators of students with disabilities' educational trajectories, the challenge of achieving more inclusive and successful trajectories remains evident. The social model of disability shifts the focus from individual impairments to the characteristics of the environment where a person lives, learns, and develops. In the school context, it focuses on “barriers to learning and participation” (Ainscow, 2020), which helps identify the changes schools and educational systems can implement at the policy, culture, and practice levels to develop more inclusive educational contexts that maximise students’ educational opportunities, outcomes, and prospects. Based on existing knowledge, the project's general objective is to identify the conditions for inclusive and successful educational trajectories of students with disabilities in primary and secondary education. Particular focus will be placed on educational transitions between primary and secondary education and beyond, specificities for particular disabilities and developmental disorders, and potential synergies between formal and non-formal educational contexts. For this purpose, TRENDI will use the case study as the main instrument to approach and analyse a social problem (Yin, 2012), with the study conducted from a communicative and co-creation perspective. The project is aligned with the aims underlying Horizon Europe (2021-2027) and the second Horizon Europe strategic plan (EC, 2025-2027), which sets out “a more resilient, competitive, inclusive and democratic Europe” as one of its three strategic orientations for research and innovation. Specifically, persons with disabilities is one area of concern for research, innovation and policy development, following the European Commission’s Strategy for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 2021-2030. This strategy aims to ensure the full participation of persons with disabilities in society, in line with the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, which establish equality and non-discrimination as keystones of EU policies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project began in September 2025 and will conclude in August 2028. The first stage of the study is to conduct a literature review on the topic. The specific objective is to deepen the analysis of the scientific literature related to educational trajectories and transitions of students with disabilities. This state-of-the-art will serve as a starting point to guide the collection of empirical data through case studies. A systematic review was conducted in accordance with the PRISMA guidelines. Articles in WoS and Scopus databases published between 2011 and 2025 were searched. Four different searches were conducted in each database on: 1) facilitators of educational trajectories of students with disabilities, 2) enablers of successful transitions to secondary and post-compulsory education of students with disabilities, 3) synergies between formal and non-formal contexts in successful educational trajectories of students with disabilities, and 4) facilitators of successful educational trajectories for specific disabilities. For each topic, search strings based on relevant keywords were used. Once the article records were retrieved, and duplicates were discarded, the studies were screened based on title and abstract using the following criteria: a) target: people with disabilities, b) topic: study focused on analysing educational trajectories and transitions, c) empirical research or review, d) full text access, and e) language: English or Spanish. First, an AI-aided screening was performed using the Perplexity tool. Subsequently, the screening was independently reviewed by two researchers, and a final list of articles for analysis was agreed upon. Subsequently, the full-text articles were obtained, and data were extracted for analysis. The AI tool was used to extract relevant data for each study (country, methods, sample, type/s of disabilities covered, context of intervention/study, objectives, main results, conclusions and limitations). Data was then reviewed by the research team and relevant information analysed according to four thematic categories: i) facilitators of successful educational trajectories, ii) facilitators of successful transitions to secondary and post-compulsory education, iii) synergies between formal and non-formal educational contexts, and iv) facilitators of successful educational trajectories for specific disabilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results from the literature review indicate effective facilitators of successful educational trajectories for students with disabilities. These include: teacher training and support that equip them to manage diverse classrooms; curricular and instructional adaptations to meet diverse learning needs; collaboration, partnerships and community involvement; and the use of technologies to enhance accessibility and personalisation. When focusing on successful transitions to secondary and post-secondary education, institutional support and accommodations, including mentoring programs, and collaborative transition planning that include students, families, educators and service providers, help improve educational outcomes. Additionally, non-formal educational contexts, such as after-school programs and community initiatives, play a significant role in supporting formal education by providing additional learning opportunities and social interactions. Some of the research gaps identified are the need for more longitudinal research to track the long-term outcomes of inclusive education for students with disabilities across different educational stages; a specific disability focus, with more nuanced studies that address the specific needs of different disability categories; the impact of intersectionality and cultural contexts on educational trajectories and transitions; the specific benefits and limitations of non-formal educational contexts in supporting formal education for students with disabilities; and incorporating the perspectives of students with disabilities in research, which can provide valuable insights into their experiences and needs. The empirical research that will be conducted within the TRENDI project will contribute to adding evidence to understanding the educational components enabling successful trajectories of students with disabilities in primary and secondary education, and will especially contribute to cover some of the identified gaps: a disability focus, as the trajectories of students with different disability categories will be explored; an emphasis on non-formal educational contexts as an enhancer of educational outcomes of students with disabilities; and the incorporation of the students’ perspective, from a co-creative and communicative approach. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects, 49(3-4), 123-134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w Argyropoulos, V. & Kanari, C. (2019). The Role of Non-formal Learning Environments in Education and Socialization of Children with Visual Disability: The Case of Museums. In: Halder, S., Argyropoulos, V. (Eeds.). Inclusion, Equity and Access for Individuals with Disabilities. Palgrave Macmillan, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-5962-0_7 Cole, S.M., Murphy, H.R., Frisby, M.B. & Robinson, J. (2023). The Relationship Between Special Education Placement and High School Outcomes. Journal of Special Education, 57(1), 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224669221097945 O'Hagan, K.G., Stiefel, L., & Schwartz, A.E. (2024). The Academic Effects of Moving to Middle School on Students with Disabilities Relative to Their General Education Peers. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 01623737241229990. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737241229990 Sierra Martínez, S. & Parrilla Latas, Á. (2019). Doing participative transitions: Development of methodological tools. Publicaciones de la Facultad de Educación y Humanidades del Campus de Melilla. https://doi.org/10.30827/publicaciones.v49i3.11409 Then, D. & Pohlmann-Rother, S. (2024). Adaptivity in the inclusive transition to school. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1304918. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1304918 UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. UNESCO. United Nations. (2007). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. United Nations. Yin, R. (2012). Applications of Case Study Research. SAGE Publications. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Preschool Teachers' Perspectives and Practices Regarding Individual Differences of Children 1: Kirikkale University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Hacettepe University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Developmentally Appropriate Practices (DAP) constitute a foundational framework in early childhood education, advocating for instructional approaches that are congruent with children's developmental stages, individual characteristics, and sociocultural contexts (Jumiaan et al., 2020; NAEYC, 2009; Paro et al., 2024). A critical component of DAP is the implementation of inclusive education, which aims to create learning environments where all children, not only those with diagnosed special needs, can achieve their full potential and cultivate a sense of belonging (Kostelnik et al., 2019). The increasing diversity in contemporary classrooms, stemming from varied socioeconomic backgrounds, temperaments, learning styles, and developmental needs, necessitates that educators move beyond a one-size-fits-all pedagogical approach. Effective inclusion requires teachers to adopt a responsive pedagogy to all, differentiating instruction through the adaptation of the physical environment, curriculum content, learning processes, and assessment methods (Bredekamp, 2015). This involves a proactive, response-to-intervention approach, where teachers identify and support children who may be lagging behind their peers without undue delay. Foundational to this process is the teacher's ability to accurately observe and assess children's unique interests, strengths, and areas requiring support (Boat et al., 2010). Empirical research suggests that the implementation of differentiated learning strategies not only facilitates effective classroom management but also mitigates challenging behaviors by fostering an inclusive atmosphere (Conti-Ramsden & Botting, 2004). Furthermore, establishing robust collaborations with families, who serve as a child's first educators, is integral to understanding and supporting individual differences (Bredekamp, 2015). Despite the theoretical emphasis on individualization within early childhood education literature, a discernible gap often exists between espoused principles and enacted practices. This study, therefore, aims to investigate the perceptions and practices of preschool teachers concerning individual differences within their classrooms. The following research questions guide this inquiry: 1. What are the prevailing perspectives of preschool teachers regarding individual differences? 2. What specific practices do preschool teachers implement to address individual differences? 3. What are preschool teachers' perspectives on and experiences with collaboration to support children's individual differences? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a basic qualitative research design to gain an in-depth understanding of teachers' perspectives and practices. Participants were selected using a criterion-based purposive sampling method (Fraenkel et al., 2015; Merriam, 2009). The primary criterion for inclusion was being a permanently employed preschool teacher in a public kindergarten under the Ministry of National Education, as these institutions adhere to a national curriculum and typically feature larger, more diverse student populations, thereby providing a rich context for examining individual differences. Data were collected through a demographic information form and semi-structured interviews. The interview protocol was developed by the researchers, drawing upon established literature in Developmentally Appropriate Practice and effective early childhood education, and was subsequently refined based on expert feedback. Data analysis was conducted using content analysis, a systematic process of coding and categorizing data to identify recurring patterns and themes (Merriam, 2009). The transcribed interviews were read repeatedly by the research team to generate codes, which were then organized into broader categories and themes aligned with the research questions. To ensure the trustworthiness of the findings, several measures were employed: expert consultation on the analysis process, the development of a detailed coding manual with explicit definitions, and the calculation of co-coder agreement to establish inter-rater reliability. Ethical approval was secured from the University Ethics Review Board prior to data collection. All participants were fully informed about the study's purpose and procedures and provided informed consent. Confidentiality was maintained through the use of pseudonyms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a nuanced yet constrained understanding of individual differences among participating teachers. While participants demonstrated a multidimensional perspective, their definitions were predominantly framed around children with diagnosed special needs or developmental delays. Perceptions of individual differences among typically developing children were comparatively limited, though factors such as family background, socioeconomic status, developmental variations, interests, and temperament were acknowledged as sources of diversity. Teachers recognized the critical role of assessment in identifying these differences but reported significant limitations in their utilization of evidence-based assessment tools, while concurrently valuing early recognition for its potential to facilitate timely intervention. Regarding pedagogical practices, teachers identified observation during play as their primary method for understanding children's individual differences including developmental needs. They reported employing various individualized strategies, including peer support, role-modeling, and one-on-one instruction. However, they also expressed significant challenges in implementing these practices consistently, often feeling compelled to prioritize the general classroom level over individualized attention, particularly for children with special needs or behavioral disorders. While teachers attempted physical and environmental adaptations to foster an classroom environment for all needs, they frequently perceived their efforts as insufficient. In the context of collaboration, teachers unanimously affirmed the importance of partnering with families and specialists. They reported that successful collaboration with families led to effective, co-created solutions that benefited the child. Conversely, they perceived their efforts as impeded when families were resistant to acknowledging their child's developmental differences. A recurring theme was the expressed need for greater support from both specialists and families, with teachers highlighting a need for parent education while also voicing concerns about excessive administrative paperwork and the potential for misdiagnosis. These findings underscore the complexities teachers face in translating the principles of inclusive education into consistent practice and highlight the need for enhanced systemic support, professional development, and inter-professional collaboration. References Boat, M. B., Dinnebeil, L. A., & Bae, Y. (2010). Individualizing Instruction in Preschool Classrooms. Dimensions of Early Childhood, 38(1). Bredekamp, S. (2015). Effective practices in early childhood education. (H. Z. Inan & T. Inan, Eds.). Nobel. Conti-Ramsden, G., & Botting, N. (2004). Social difficulties and victimization in children with SLI at 11 years of age. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, 47(1), 145-161. https://doi.org/10.1044/1092-4388(2004/013) Fraenkel, J. R., Wallen, N. E., & Hyun, H. H. (2015). How to Design and Evaluate Research in Education (9th ed.). Mc Graw Hill Education. Jumiaan, I., Alelaimat, A., & Ihmeideh, F. (2020). Kindergarten teachers' knowledge level of developmentally appropriate practice in Jordan. Education 3-13, 48(8), 1000-1011. Kostelnik, M. J., Soderman, A. K., Whiren, A. P., & Rupiper, M. (2019). Developmentally appropriate curriculum: Best practices in early childhood education. Pearson Education. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation (2nd ed.). Jossey-Bass. NAEYC. (2009). Developmentally Appropriate Practice in Early Childhood Programs Serving Children from Birth through Age 8. http://www.naeyc.org/files/naeyc/file/positions/PSDAP.pdf Paro, K. M. L., McKoy, M. C., & Scott-Little, C. (2024). Teacher educators as interpreters: the role of faculty in guiding student learning of DAP within sociocultural, institutional, and individual contexts. International Journal of Early Years Education, 32(3), 758. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2024.2353593 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Contributing to Equity, Inclusion, and Social Transformation in Schools through Welcoming Protocols for Immigrant Families: Strengths and Blind Spots 1: University of Quebec in Montreal, Canada; 2: University of Quebec in Trois-Rivières, Canada Presenting Author:Topic: Immigration is a global phenomenon and shapes societies worldwide. For families who immigrate with school-aged children, school quickly becomes part of the family's migration journey (Charette, 2016). While schools should play a decisive role in ensuring equal opportunities for all (Kanouté & al., 2023), research shows that, on the contrary, they can also be the scene of discrimination and the reproduction of inequalities (Dhume, 2019; Suárez-Orozco & al., 2015). For example, a growing number of studies denounce the erroneous placement of immigrant students in special classes rather than regular classes (Collins & Borri-Anadon, 2021; Cotán et al., 2023), or the difficulty for some parents to challenge school decisions and assert their rights due to a lack of knowledge about the school environment (Borri-Anadon & al., 2023). Immigrant families' first steps into the school system of their host society are seen as a strategic moment to counteract situations of inequality that are likely to persist throughout their path in the school system (Conus & Ogay, 2018). In Quebec, the only predominantly French-speaking province in Canada, in response to a growing number of immigrant students and recognizing the importance of initial contact with parents, several schools have developed welcoming protocols. Welcoming protocols are defined as an official document that detail, structure, systematize, and guide the actions to be taken to welcome students and their families into the school environment (Charette, 2016). They generally encompass various dimensions, such as administrative (e.g. student ranking) and social (e.g. assessment of psychosocial needs) (Valdés & al., 2022). It may also include : steps for supporting parents when enrolling their children in school, an initial meeting with the student and their family, language and math assessments, and referrals to community resources (Charette, 2016). The implementation of welcoming protocols could potentially contribute to reduce inequalities for immigrant families, at the very beginning of their path through the school system. Research question: How do welcoming protocols help reduce inequalities that immigrant families may encounter when they first enter the school system of the host society? Conceptual framework: While it initially concerned the field of special education, inclusive education now encompasses all types of diversit Magnan, & al., 2021). Unlike other perspectives that preceded it (e.g., segregation, integration), it aims to identify in advance the inequalities that may be (re)produced by the system itself and seeks structural transformations at all levels of the school system (Magnan et al., 2021). The literature review highlights three fundamental goals of inclusive education: equity, inclusion, and social transformation (Gosselin-Gagné, 2018; Magnan, & al., 2021). Potvin (2020) defines inclusive education goals as follows: “a goal of differentiation, equity, and non-discrimination, centered on the student [...] and a goal of participation, empowerment, and social, relational, and collective transformation” (p.12, free translation). To operationalize these goals, an analytical framework was created during a previous research project (Charette & Audet, 2025). Equity is thus considered through two criteria: a) considering the diversity of backgrounds, realities, and needs of students and their families, and b) providing resources, conditions, and means adapted to their needs. Inclusion is considered through the following two criteria: c) enable genuine participation of immigrant students and families, and d) combating discrimination. Social transformation is considered through e) basing actions on collective responsibility, and f) stimulating collective reflection on structural issues. Objectives: This paper aims to: 1) Document the content of welcoming protocol implementing in Quebec’ elementary and secondary schools. 2) Analyze how welcoming protocols promotes or hinders the achievement of the goals of inclusive education for immigrant families (equity, inclusion, social transformation). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology : Our research approach is qualitative and interpretative (Miles et Huberman, 2003). Data collection was carried out in four school board in the province of Quebec (Canada), two of them were in urban settings, one in a peri-urban setting, and one in a rural setting. School board in Quebec organize educational services in a specific geographical area. They also ensure that “human, financial, and material resources are distributed equitably across their schools, taking into account needs and social and economic inequalities, in order to promote the success of all students’’ (CSSDM, 2025, free translation). 64 welcoming protocols, including 5 elementary schools and 8 secondary schools were collected. First, the data collected from the welcoming protocols has been subjected to thematic content analysis, using mixed coding in NVivo software, based on our reference framework (administrative and social dimensions, assistance offered to parents, etc.) and emerging data (Blanchet & Gotman, 2013). Next, the data highlighted from the protocols were compared with the six dimensions of our conceptual framework on inclusive education (considering background, offering adapted resources, enable genuine participation, basing on collective responsibility, etc.). This allowed us to identify the strengths and blind spots of the protocols collected relating to equity, inclusion, and social transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the protocols revealed significant variation in their content. Some protocols begin with an introduction explaining the purpose of the protocol, its objectives, or the values that underpin it. Many do not mention it, generally going straight to the practical steps to be taken, such as helping parents complete the registration paperwork for their child. The following dimensions are addressed, sometimes several of them, sometimes all of them: administrative, educational, informational, or collaborative. Some welcoming protocols focus on the first few days of the family's arrival in the Quebec school system. Others take place over weeks or months. Regarding the achievement of the goals of inclusive education for immigrant families (equity, inclusion, social transformation), our analyses have highlighted a greater investment by welcoming protocols in the dimension of equity, particularly in relation to considering the context experienced by families. However, when it comes to offering them tailored resources, many welcoming protocols tend to be one size fits all, without adjusting the steps according to the family's immigration status, for example. The dimension of inclusion is addressed unevenly, with some protocols emphasizing the importance of using interpreters when meeting with parents to ensure their full participation in the meeting, some not addressing it at all. However, none clearly recognizes the need to pay attention to the possible reproduction of inequalities during this initial contact with families. Furthermore, very few of the protocols analyzed mention sharing with parents their rights regarding their child's schooling. Finally, while many welcoming protocols are based on collective responsibility involving numerous members of school staff, none explicitly mention encouraging their review to identify structural inequalities that could result from their application. References Blanchet, A. et Gotman, A. (2013). L’enquête et ses méthodes. L’entretien. Armand Colin. BORRI-ANADON, C., HIRSCH, S. ET MAYNARD, C. (2023). La diversité ethnoculturelle, religieuse et linguistique au Québec : pour une prise en compte des spécificités régionales [communication orale]. Dans le cadre de la semaine québécoise des rencontres interculturelles, Québec. CHARETTE, J. (2016). Représentations sociales sur l’école et stratégies déployées par des parents récemment immigrés pour soutenir l’expérience socioscolaire de leurs enfants : regards croisés de parents et d’ICSI [thèse de doctorat, Université de Montréal]. Charette, J. & Audet, G. (2025). Les intervenantes et intervenants école-famille immigrante : quelle contribution aux finalités d’équité, d’inclusion et de transformation sociale pour les familles immigrantes ? Nouvelles pratiques sociales, 34(2), 1–20. Collins, T. et Borri-Anadon, C. (2021). Capacitisme et (néo)racisme au sein des processus de classement scolaires au Québec : interprétations par les intervenants des difficultés des élèves issus de l’immigration. Recherches en éducation, (44), 43-56. Conus, X. et Ogay, T. (2018) Quand l’enseignant s’imagine collaborer avec le parent. Étude de cas autour de la confiance, La revue internationale de l'éducation familiale, 2(44), 45 à 65. Cotán et al. (2023) Overrepresentation of Students from a Migrant Background in Special Education: Promoting Inclusive and Equitable Education, Education sciences, 13(12), 1233; https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13121233 Dhume, F. (2019) Pour une reconnaissance du racisme et des discriminations raciales à l’école, Union rationaliste - Raison présente, 3(211), p.17-25. GOSSELIN-GAGNÉ, J. (2018). L’éducation inclusive comme perspective pour comprendre la mobilisation d’écoles primaires montréalaises qui conjuguent défavorisation et défis relatifs à la diversité ethnoculturelle [thèse de doctorat, Université de Montréal]. Papyrus. KANOUTÉ, F. & al. (2016). Points de vue d’acteurs scolaires et d’intervenants communautaires sur les besoins d’élèves immigrants et de leur famille dans des écoles défavorisées à Montréal. Revista Electrónica Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado, 19(1), 141-155. MAGNAN, M.-O., AUDET, G. ET CONUS, X. (2021). Inclusion en contexte de diversité ethnoculturelle : pratiques institutionnelles et points de vue des apprenants sur leurs expériences scolaires. Recherches en éducation, 44.https://doi.org/10.4000/ree.3272 Miles M.B. et Huberman, A.M. (2003) Analyse des données qualitatives. De Boeck et Larcier. POTVIN, M. (2020). La centralité de l’éducation inclusive, pour une école « capacitante ». Bulletin du CREAS, 7, 9-22. Suárez-Orozco, C. & al. (Eds.). (2015). Transitions: The development of children of immigrants. New York University Press. Valdes et al. (2022) Contribuciones y limitaciones de los protocolos de acogida para estudiantes extranjeros: Recomendaciones para su mejoramiento, Psicoperspectivas, 21(1). |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 01 C: Differentiation and Expectations in the Inclusive Classroom Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Lotta Björkman Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Pupils’ Perspectives on Differentiated Instruction and the Use of Digital Tools School of Education, FHNW, Switzerland Presenting Author:Differentiated Instruction (DI) is widely promoted as a central pedagogical strategy for addressing learner heterogeneity and advancing equity in inclusive classrooms (Gheyssens et al., 2020; Lindner & Schwab, 2020). In Switzerland, this expectation is codified in the curriculum (Lehrplan 21), which requires teachers to adapt instruction to pupils’ prior knowledge, performance levels, and learning needs (D-EDK, 2016). In recent years, the implementation of this requirement has increasingly been accompanied by digitally enhanced teaching materials, learning platforms, and adaptive educational technologies that promise more efficient, objective and scalable forms of differentiation (Bernacki et al., 2021). Numerous educational applications, learning videos, self-assessment tools, and data-driven platforms claim to personalise learning trajectories and support teachers in dealing with - heterogeneity in their classrooms. These developments are embedded in a broader transformations of educational knowledge production. In this light, differentiation is not only a pedagogical practice but also a technological project, shaped by assumptions about what counts as relevant knowledge, how learning is measured, and who is authorised to interpret pupils’ needs. Empirical research points to a first significant gap between the pedagogical potential attributed to educational technologies and their actual use in schools. Although a wide range of educational technologies promises to support differentiated instruction, research suggests that teachers often use apps, learning videos and platforms in limited or pragmatic ways that do not fully exploit their pedagogical potential for differentiation (Hangartner et al., 2024; Selwyn et al., 2017). Many applications remain aligned with standardised curricula and narrow conceptions of achievement. Teachers report both opportunities and constraints, emphasising that digital tools rarely replace pedagogical judgement but instead require ongoing interpretation and contextualization (Divanji et al., 2023). A second, even less explored gap concerns pupils’ perspectives. Although differentiated instruction and educational technologies explicitly target pupils as their primary beneficiaries, pupils’ experiences and interpretations remain marginal in much of the research literature. Studies foregrounding student voice show ambivalent experiences. On the one hand, pupils value choice, flexibility and perceived fairness. On the other hand, they also report uncertainty, misalignment with their learning level, and feelings of exclusion when instructional adaptations are insufficiently responsive (Scarparolo & MacKinnon, 2022). This paper presents a participatory research project that places pupils’ centre stage. Adopting a participatory approach, the study positions pupils as epistemic agents and co-researchers (Unger, 2014; Zahnd & Oberholzer, 2022, 2024) rather than passive recipients of differentiated instruction or digital learning tools. Drawing on participatory data, the study shows that pupils articulate a distinguished and critical understanding of digital tools. For example, pupils describe learning videos as frequently monotonous, poorly aligned with their questions, and unpredictable in quality, making it a matter of chance whether a video supports understanding or leads to disengagement. Learning apps are reported to produce rigid or incorrect feedback, for example by marking mathematically correct solutions as wrong due to formal criteria such as spacing or formatting. Such experiences undermine pupils’ confidence and sense of competence. Across data, pupils consistently emphasise that digital tools are only conditionally helpful and become meaningful learning resources when teachers actively accompany their use. Teacher presence is described as crucial for interpreting tasks and addressing misunderstandings. From the pupils’ perspective, digitally supported differentiation does not replace relational pedagogical work. By foregrounding pupils’ situated knowledge, the paper contributes empirically grounded insights into the conditions and limits of educational technologies in inclusive schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents results from the Swiss research project DEEP Differentiated Instruction, which investigates practices and effects of differentiated instruction in primary school classrooms, with a particular focus on equity and the role of digital tools. The results presented are conducted using a participatory and ethnographic approach aimed at foregrounding pupils’ perspectives on differentiated instruction in inclusive classrooms. Data collection takes place in five primary school classes representing different organisational and instructional settings. In each class, five to six pupils are recruited as co-researchers. Selection aims to ensure diversity with regard to academic performance, gender and special educational needs. Rather than positioning pupils as interview partners, they are actively involved in the data collection and analysis (Zahnd & Oberholzer, 2024). Pupils document their experiences using complementary methods. They have the opportunity to use a research diary in which they record observations, questions, and reflections related to what helps and what hinders their learning process. On the other hand they get a smartphone with an app called “picvoice” with which they can collect photovoices (Wöhrer, 2017) to visually capture learning arrangements, materials, or moments they perceive as significant, including the use of apps, learning videos, and digital platforms. With these datasets they meet up with the academic researcher for meetings in which pupils discuss and interpret their materials together with peers and the researcher. These collective sessions are a key methodological element. They enable pupils to articulate their perspectives, negotiate meanings and reflect on their learning experiences in the classroom. In order to merge findings from all participating classes, all data sources, transcripts of the reflection meetings and researcher field notes are triangulated and analysed using grounded theory methodology (Strauss & Corbin, 1996). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper demonstrates that researching differentiated instruction and the use of digital tools in inclusive classrooms requires both empirical and methodological reorientation. By positioning pupils as co-researchers, the study shifts the focus of knowledge production toward those most affected by differentiated instruction and digital learning technologies. The findings extend critical perspectives on educational technologies that caution against technocratic and data-driven conceptions of differentiation (Selwyn et al., 2017). While educational technologies are often presented as adaptive and individualised solutions, pupils’ perspectives on it reveal that digitally supported differentiation is experienced as meaningful only under specific pedagogical conditions. In line with research showing that the educational impact of digital tools depends less on their technical design than on how they are pedagogically appropriated in classroom practice (Hangartner et al., 2024; Selwyn et al., 2017), pupils describe apps and learning videos as frequently misaligned with their learning needs when used without sustained teacher support. Importantly, pupils emphasise relational and pedagogical dimensions such as teacher presence, dialogue, responsiveness, and recognition – dimensions that are central to inclusive education but often marginalised in data-driven approaches to differentiation (Gheyssens et al., 2020; Lindner & Schwab, 2020). Learning videos and apps are perceived as supportive only when teachers are familiar with their content and actively guide their use. Without such support, pupils report boredom, uncertainty, and experiences of misrecognition, for example when rigid app feedback incorrectly evaluates their work. Overall, the study argues that digitally supported differentiated instruction cannot be understood as a technical solution alone. Instead, it remains a fundamentally relational practice that depends on pedagogical knowledge and teacher-pupil interaction. By integrating pupils’ perspectives, the paper highlights the limits of educational technologies and underscores the importance of participatory research for developing a more inclusive and empirically grounded understanding of differentiation instruction in digitally enriched classrooms. References Bernacki, M. L., Greene, M. J., & Lobczowski, N. G. (2021). A Systematic Review of Research on Personalized Learning: Personalized by Whom, to What, How, and for What Purpose(s)? Educational Psychology Review, 33(4), 1675–1715. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-021-09615-8 D-EDK. (2016). Lehrplan 21. Divanji, R. A., Bindman, S., Tung, A., Chen, K., Castaneda, L., & Scanlon, M. (2023). A one stop shop? Perspectives on the value of adaptive learning technologies in K-12 education. Computers and Education Open, 5, 100157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2023.100157 Gheyssens, E., Consuegra, E., Engels, N., & Struyven, K. (2020). Good Things Come to Those Who Wait: The Importance of Professional Development for the Implementation of Differentiated Instruction. Frontiers in Education, 5, 96. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.00096 Hangartner, J., Hürzeler, D., & Aebli, N. (2024). Everyday approaches to platform-mediated personalized learning in secondary schools. Learning, Media and Technology, 50(4), 467–481. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2024.2367051 Lindner, K.-T., & Schwab, S. (2020). Differentiation and individualisation in inclusive education: A systematic review and narrative synthesis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1813450 Scarparolo, G., & MacKinnon, S. (2022). Student voice as part of differentiated instruction: Students’ perspectives. Educational Review, 76(4), 774–791. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2022.2047617 Selwyn, N., Nemorin, S., Bulfin, S., & Johnson, N. F. (2017). Left to their own devices: The everyday realities of one-to-one classrooms. Oxford Review of Education, 43(3), 289–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2017.1305047 Strauss, A. L., & Corbin, J. M. (1996). Grounded theory: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung (S. Niewiarra, Übers.; Unveränderter Nachdruck der letzten Auflage). Beltz, PsychologieVerlagsUnion. Unger, H. von. (2014). Partizipative Forschung: Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Springer VS. Wöhrer, V. (2017). Partizipative Aktionsforschung mit Kindern und Jugendlichen: Von Schulsprachen, Liebesorten und anderen Forschungsdingen. Springer VS. Zahnd, R., & Oberholzer, F. (2022). Stolpersteine und Wegweiser auf dem Weg zu inklusiven Lernarrangements. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, (28(12)), 16–23. Zahnd, R., & Oberholzer, F. (2024). Was können Schüler*innen zur inklusiven Unterrichtsentwicklung beitragen? Zeitschrift für Inklusion, (19(1)), 42–61. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Differentiated Teaching in General Education: What Changes When Students with ASC Are Present in Classrooms? Cypriot Teachers’ Conceptualizations and Perspectives 1: Cyprus Pedagogical Institute, Cyprus; 2: University of Northampton Presenting Author:Differentiated teaching features prominently in European education policy as a key pedagogical approach for addressing learner diversity in general education classrooms (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2014; UNESCO, 2017). Policy discourse typically presents differentiation as an inclusive strategy that accommodates diverse learning needs within mainstream settings. However, despite its centrality in policy frameworks, limited empirical evidence exists regarding how differentiated teaching is understood and enacted in practice when classrooms include students with Autism Spectrum Condition (ASC). In particular, little is known about how the presence of students with ASC reshapes teachers’ pedagogical reasoning and enacting, professional judgement, and everyday classroom practices. This paper demonstrates that general education teachers in Cyprus experience notable changes in how they interpret and implement differentiated teaching when students with ASC are in mainstream classrooms. The key finding is that differentiation is not uniformly applied; instead, it becomes a practice shaped by teachers’ professional judgement and context, influenced by institutional and policy factors. These results challenge common policy views that consider differentiation a straightforward intervention for inclusion. The study finds that, when teaching students with ASC, teachers report enacting differentiation differently and with specific conditions. They adjust teaching methods focusing more on behaviour management, and voice greater concerns about accountability. This shift from a generally flexible and adaptive approach is central: teachers report that the presence of students with ASC leads to more structured, less spontaneous differentiation than in other general education contexts. Teachers report increased uncertainty in managing behaviour, setting appropriate academic expectations, and balancing inclusive intentions with accountability demands in classrooms that include students with ASC. Under these conditions, differentiated teaching becomes increasingly oriented towards managing classroom order and perceived risk. This shift is accompanied by greater reliance on institutional structures, formal procedures, and specialist support, which further reshape the scope and purpose of differentiation in practice. As a result, differentiation is no longer primarily enacted as an inclusion-oriented pedagogical approach but is reconfigured in more constrained and conditional ways. These shifts do not indicate resistance to inclusion or negative attitudes toward students with ASC. Instead, they show how differentiated teaching is renegotiated due to policy ambiguity, limited preparation, and accountability pressures in general education (Florian, 2014). In Cyprus, these trends are further explained by recent national policy developments. Despite official support for inclusion, Cyprus still runs parallel mainstream and special education systems under separate legislation. This separation leads to unequal resources and perpetuates ableist views, shaping how inclusion unfolds in classrooms. In examining differentiated teaching when students with ASC are present, this paper directly challenges policy narratives that frame differentiation as a simple, universally effective solution to inclusion. It argues that differentiated teaching is fundamentally reshaped by structural, institutional, and policy factors, and contends that meaningful inclusion depends on addressing these underlying conditions. While the study is based in Cyprus, its findings and analysis contribute to broader debates on the complexities of inclusive teaching and teacher professionalism across diverse educational systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study adopts a qualitative research design to examine how general education teachers conceptualize and enact differentiated teaching, and how this practice is reshaped when students with ASC are present in mainstream classrooms. A qualitative approach is particularly suited to the study’s focus on teachers’ pedagogical reasoning, professional judgement, and sense-making processes, which are central to understanding inclusive practices as context-dependent and socially situated (Braun & Clarke, 2021; Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Participants and Context The study was conducted in Cyprus and involved general education teachers working in mainstream elementary schools across the country. Participants were selected based on their experience teaching in general education classrooms that include, or have included, students with ASC. This sampling strategy ensured that participants could reflect comparatively on differentiated teaching across classroom contexts. The Cypriot education system, characterized by the parallel operation of mainstream and special education under separate legislative frameworks, provides a particularly relevant context for examining how inclusive pedagogical practices are negotiated in practice. Data Collection Data was collected through semi-structured interviews, providing both consistency and flexibility for participants to elaborate on salient issues (Kvale, 2009). The interview protocol addressed teachers’ conceptualizations of differentiated teaching, accounts of routine classroom practices, perceptions of changes related to the inclusion of students with ASC, and the institutional and policy contexts influencing pedagogical choices. This method was selected to elicit in-depth, nuanced perspectives on uncertainty, responsibility, and accountability, elements that are often underrepresented in more rigid research designs. Data Analysis The analysis followed a comparative and interpretive approach. Content, thematic and discourse analysis was applied to the data obtained so that, teachers’ accounts of differentiated teaching in classrooms with students with ASC be directly compared to their accounts from classrooms without students with ASC. This enabled the identification of qualitative shifts in pedagogical reasoning, priorities, and enactment when teaching students with ASC compared with those without. Differentiated teaching was treated not as a technical instructional method but as a context-sensitive practice shaped by classroom complexity, behavioural demands, institutional expectations, and policy pressures (Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). The analysis sought to generate analytically transferable insights rather than statistical generalizations. Ethical Considerations Ethical approval was secured prior to data collection. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained, and participant confidentiality and anonymity were maintained throughout the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to show that, though widely promoted in European education policy as an inclusive approach, differentiated teaching changes substantially in practice when students with ASC are in mainstream classrooms. The findings indicate that differentiated teaching is not stable or uniformly inclusive. Instead, teachers reshape it based on professional judgement, contextual constraints, and institutional expectations. A key finding is that the presence of students with ASC leads teachers to shift from flexible, adaptive differentiation to a more cautious, structured approach. In practice, teachers often focus on behaviour management and procedural compliance rather than on differentiation, which entails modifying learning goals, content, and procedures. This prioritization reflects teachers' uncertainty about expectations and accountability. The study does not see these shifts as negative attitudes towards ASC students. Instead, teachers renegotiate differentiated teaching in the face of unclear policies, limited training, and accountability pressures. In Cyprus, parallel mainstream and special education systems make these issues stronger. This reinforces inequalities and shapes responsibility and support. As a result, differentiation often serves as risk management rather than inclusion. The study contributes to broader debates on inclusive education. It challenges simple policy ideas that present differentiated teaching as a straightforward or universal solution. The findings underscore the need to examine the structures, institutions, and policies that shape classroom practice. More broadly, the study highlights that inclusion is a context-dependent, negotiated practice. It is not just a technical solution or individual teacher trait. Although this study is based in Cyprus, its conclusions go beyond one country. The tensions between policy goals, differentiated teaching, and classroom realities are evident in many European and international education systems. These systems are facing more student diversity and greater accountability. The study offers insights into the challenges of inclusive teaching and teacher professionalism in general education classrooms. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. 2014a. Five Key Messages for Inclusive Education. Putting Theory into Practice. [city: Odense]: European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 286–294. Florian, L., & K. Black-Hawkins. (2011). Exploring Inclusive Pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal 37(5): 813–828. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings–a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European journal of special needs education, 29(3), 265-280. Kvale, S. (2009). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. Sage. Unesco. (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Unesco. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Role of Teacher Achievement Expectations for Students with Diverse Needs: Individual and Social Functioning and Academic Achievement Pädagogische Hochschule FHNW, Switzerland Presenting Author:Teacher achievement expectations have been shown to predict student achievement in subjects such as mathematics and German, well known as Pygmalion-effect (Wang et al., 2018). Teacher achievement expectations are self-fulfilling, i.e., teacher expectations influence the verbal and nonverbal teacher feedback to students, who perceive it and try to behave according to these expectations. Research has shown that teacher achievement expectations are biased (Wang et al., 2018). Teachers underestimate achievement in mathematics and German of students with diverse needs such as with low socio-economic status (SES) and with migration backgrounds (MB), because these students are less adjusted to the classroom norms (Dittmann-Domenichini, 2014). Teacher achievement expectations have been shown to mediate the effects of SES and MB on student achievement in mathematics and German (Neuenschwander & Niederbacher, 2021). Thus, teacher achievement expectations play a major role in explaining why SES and MB are associated with student achievement (educational inequality in school). Less is known about the extent to which teacher achievement expectations explain the effects of social processes in classrooms on student academic achievement. Farmer et al.’s (2019) correlated constraint model describes how social processes in classrooms can foster the social inclusion of students with diverse needs (i.e., MB and low SES). It describes how teacher-student-relationship (TSR) and student social functioning, such as prosocial behavior, are interrelated and explain academic functioning (i.e., academic achievement). Meta-analyses have reported positive correlations between TSR and academic achievement (Emslander et al., 2026). Enlarging Farmer et al. (2019), positive TSR could lead to benevolent teacher achievement expectations and thus, teachers encourage students to increase their achievement. Timmermans et al. (2019) reported positive correlations between positive TSR and teacher achievement expectations. Less is known about whether teacher achievement expectations mediate the effects of TSR on student academic achievement. However, there is evidence that student MB is negatively, and SES is positively associated with close TSR (Arachambault et al., 2024). In Farmer et al.’s (2019) model prosocial behavior is an aspect of social functioning on individual level, that is interrelated with academic functioning. Prosocial behavior is an aspect of other-oriented social competence and includes behaviors such as helping (Perren et al. 2012). Farmer et al.’s (2019) assume interrelations between concepts on individual level (prosocial behavior) and on group levels (TSR). Teachers appreciate student prosocial behavior (Longobard et al., 2021). Thus, students’ prosocial behavior is positively connected with positive TSR (closeness, no conflict) (Longobard et al., 2021). Caprara et al. (2019) also reported positive correlations between student prosocial behavior and academic achievement. Enlarging Farmer et al. (2019), teachers who positively evaluate students’ prosocial behavior could potentially hold benevolent achievement expectations (Longobard et al., 2021). Wang et al. (2018) reported positive correlations between prosocial student attitudes and teacher achievement expectations. Such benevolent expectations can turn into motivating students to increase their achievement. However, research also shows that student MB is negatively, and SES is positively associated with student prosocial behavior (Cirimele et al., 2024). The following research question will be examined: to what extent do teacher achievement expectations mediate the effects of student MB and low SES as well as TSR (conflict and closeness) and student prosocial behavior on student achievement in mathematics and school language (German). We hypothesize that teacher achievement expectations mediate (1) the negative effects of low SES and MB on student achievement in mathematics and German and 2) the positive effects of TSR (closeness, few conflicts) and student prosocial behavior on achievement in mathematics and German. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample The hypotheses were tested using a sample of N = 940 Students from 60 classes (mean age = 8.2, mean HISEI = 61.2, 30.5% have MB). Students were in 1st class (N = 100), 2nd class (N = 268), 3rd class (N = 291) or 4th class (N = 255). Schools and classes were randomly selected from the seven preselected German speaking Swiss cantons and contacted. At the beginning and the end of the school year, students, their parents, and teachers completed questionnaires. Most students participated at both measurement points (N = 755; 80.3%). A subset of students dropped out after the first measurement point (t1) (N = 33; 3.5%). No significant differences be-tween dropouts and participants in both waves were observed in any of the examined variables. Instruments Teacher questionnaire: Teachers reported their relationship towards students on the conflict scale with 3 items (Pianta, 2001, Ω =.81). Teacher expectations were measured using a single item for achievement in each subject, mathematics and German, for each student in their class (Neuenschwander & Niederbacher, 2021). Student questionnaire: Students reported their relationship to their teacher (closeness) with 3 items (Rauer & Schuck, 2003; Ω=.78). Students’ prosocial behavior was measured using peer ratings. Students were asked to rate four classmates with an item on prosocial behavior, based on the SOCOMP instrument (Perren et al., 2012). MB was assessed with the nationalities of the parents. Students were counted as having MB if at least one parent had a foreign nationality. Parent questionnaire: Students’ SES was assessed with the parents’ current occupations. Oc-cupations were coded with the International Socio-Economic Index of Occupational Status (ISEI) 2008 and transformed to a HISEI value. Achievement tests: Students filled out curriculum validated and reliable achievement tests for mathematics in each grade at the beginning (t1) and the end of the school year (t2). Reading competence in the school language German was assessed using a standardized test at t1 and t2. Analytical procedure Missing data was assumed to be missing at random. It was imputed 20 times using MPlus 9. The hypotheses were tested using two structural equation modellings (SEM), calculated with Mplus 9. One model includes achievement in mathematics, the second model is the same but replaces mathematics with German. In both models, achievement was measured at t2 after con-trolling for achievement at t1. Significant indirect effects indicate mediation processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with the hypotheses, findings from a first SEM (achievement in mathematics) with a good model fit showed significant indirect effects from SES via teacher expectations in mathematics on achievement in mathematics. In addition, TSR (conflict in teacher perspective) and prosocial behavior indirectly predicted achievement in mathematics via teacher expectations. TSR (close-ness in student perspective) did not predict teacher expectations. There were significant nega-tive correlations between SES and TSR (conflict) and positive correlations between SES and prosocial behavior. MB correlated negatively with prosocial behavior. In the second SEM (German) with a good model fit, the same effects were found. In contrast to the model with mathematics, the indirect effect of MB on achievement in German via teacher expectations in German was also significant. To conclude, teacher achievement expectations explain the association between SES and MB as well as TSR and student prosocial behavior on student achievement in mathematics and German (mediations). Enlarging Farmer et al. (2019), teacher achievement expectations play a role in explaining the multilevel interrelations between social functioning in classrooms, TSR, and academic functioning in primary school. Students with diverse needs who have lower TSR and prosocial behavior are at risk of lower teacher achievement expectations and lower achievement. Teachers who reflect their achievement expectations can counterbalance effects of low SES and MB as well as from low TSR and low prosocial behavior on student achievement and thus foster inclusion. Students in teacher education and teachers working in schools should be sensitive to the role of teacher achievement expectations and need to reflect on how to foster inclusion. References Caprara, G. V., Barbaranelli, C., Pastorelloi, C., Bandura, A., & Zimbardo, P. G. (2000). Prosocial foundations of children’s academic achievement. Psychological Science, 11(4), 302–306. Cirimele, F., Pastorelli, C., Remondi, C., Zuffiano, A., Thartori, E., Gerbino, M., Di Giunta, L., Spi-vak, A. L., White, S. S., Juvonen, J., & Graham, S. (2015). Correlates of Prosocial Behaviors of Students in Ethnically and Racially Diverse Middle Schools. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 61(2), 236–263. Dittmann-Domenichini, N. (2014). Hören, Lesen, Schreiben – Eine Analyse schulsprachlicher Kompetenzen im Zeichen relevanter Bildungsübergänge. In B. Ahrenholz & P. Grommes (Hrsg.), Zweitspracherwerb im Jugendalter (S. 151–170). Emslander, V., Holzberger, D., Ofstad, S., Fischbach, A., & Scherer, R. (2025). Teacher–student relationships and student outcomes. Psychological Bulletin, 151(3). https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000461 Farmer, T. W., Hamm, J. V., Dawes, M., Barko-Alva, K., & Cross, J. R. (2019). Promoting inclu-sive communities in diverse classrooms. Educational Psychologist, 54(4). https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1635020 Longobardi, C., Settani, M., Lin, S., & Fabris, M. A. (2021). Student–teacher relationship quality and prosocial behaviour: The mediating role of academic achievement and a positive attitude towards school. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, 547–562. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12378 Neuenschwander, M. P., & Niederbacher, E. (2021). Disparitäten in Anstrengungsbereitschaft und Leistung nach SES, Familiensprache und Geschlecht. Zeitschrift für Soziologe der Soziali-sation und Erziehung, 41(4), 449–466. https://doi.org/10.3262/ZSE2104449 Perren, S., Forrester-Knauss, C., & Alsaker, F. D. (2012). Self- and other-oriented social skills: Differential associations with children’s mental health and bullying roles. Journal for Educational Research Online, 4, 99–123. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:7053 Pianta, R. C. (2001). Student–Teacher Relationship Scale–Short Form. Lutz, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc. Rauer, W., & Schuck, K. D. (2003). Fragebogen zur Erfassung emotionaler und sozialer Schulerfahrungen von Grundschulkindern dritter und vierter Klassen (FEESS 3-4). Beltz. Timmermans, A. C., Greetje van der Werfa, M. P. C., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2019). The inter-personal character of teacher expectations. Journal of School Psychology, 73, 114–130. Von Grunigen, R., Kochenderfer-Ladd, B., Perren, S., & Alsaker, F. D. (2010). Links between local language competence and peer relations among Swiss and immigrant children. Journal of School Psychology, 50, 195–213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2011.09.005 Wang, S., Rubie-Davies, C. M., & Meissel, K. (2018). A systematic review of the teacher expec-tation literature over the past 30 years. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3–5), 124.179. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2018.1548798 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 01 D: Teacher Education for Inclusion Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Training and Professional Development as Pathways to Inclusive Literacy Pedagogy in Pre-Primary Education in Tanzania University of Jyvaskyla, Finland Presenting Author:Inclusive pedagogy has become a central principle in global and national education agendas, emphasizing the right of all children to participate meaningfully in learning regardless of ability, language background, or socio-economic status (Ainscow et al., 2006). In early childhood education, inclusive pedagogy is particularly critical for literacy acquisition, as early literacy skills form the foundation for later educational success and social participation (Lerkkanen, 2025). Teachers play a pivotal role in translating inclusive policy commitments into classroom practices, as their knowledge, skills, beliefs, and professional experiences shape how inclusion is enacted in daily teaching (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this qualitative study data was gathered in three administrative regions of Tanzania: Dar es Salaam, Dodoma, and Manyara. These regions were selected to capture variation in geographical location, socio-economic conditions, and school contexts, including urban, peri-urban, and rural settings (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). The study involved sixteen pre-primary schools, the majority of which were selected through simple random sampling, with one school purposively selected due to its established inclusive practices. The participants comprised thirty pre-primary teachers and they were selected to ensure representation across different regions and school contexts. Data was collected through semi-structured interviews, which allowed for in-depth exploration of teachers’ experiences, perceptions, and reflections regarding teacher training, their professional development, and inclusive literacy practices (Cohen et al., 2018). Each interview lasted approximately 50 minutes and was conducted in the teachers’ respective schools. The interview guide focused on two core areas: (a) skills acquired through initial teacher training relevant to inclusive literacy instruction, and (b) teachers’ perceptions of professional development in supporting inclusive pedagogy for literacy acquisition. All interviews were audio-recorded with participants’ consent, transcribed verbatim, and translated from Swahili into English. To enhance accuracy and trustworthiness, translations were carefully checked by proficient Swahili and English speaker. Participants were assigned pseudonymous identifiers ( T1–T30) to ensure confidentiality. Data analysis followed a content analysis approach, combining inductive and deductive procedures to identify patterns, categories, and themes across the dataset (Krippendorff, 2018). The analysis involved repeated reading of transcripts, coding of meaning units, and clustering of codes into thematic categories aligned with the research questions. The analytic process was iterative, with constant comparison across cases to enhance credibility and consistency (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate a clear divide among pre-primary teachers regarding the extent to which teacher training and professional development support inclusive pedagogy for literacy acquisition. Many teachers reported that their pre-service training did not adequately prepare them to address learners’ diversity needs. These teachers described relying largely on personal experience and peer support rather than formal training when implementing inclusive literacy practices. At the same time, some teachers reported acquiring inclusive pedagogical skills through teacher training, including awareness of child development, recognition of learner diversity, and the use of varied teaching methods and materials. These accounts suggest that when inclusive concepts are meaningfully integrated into teacher education, they can support more responsive literacy instruction. However, even among these teachers, practical application of inclusive strategies was often limited. Teachers’ perceptions of professional development highlighted widespread dissatisfaction with the availability, relevance, and depth of TPD opportunities. Most teachers reported limited access to TPD focused specifically on inclusive pedagogy for literacy acquisition, with existing training often described as short-term, theoretical, or unrelated to classroom realities. On the other hand, from a transformative learning perspective, the findings suggest that both teacher training and TPD have not consistently functioned as transformative spaces capable of challenging entrenched beliefs and practices related to literacy instruction. While some evidence of perspective shifts was identified, particularly among teachers with access to relevant training, systemic gaps in teacher education structures continue to constrain the realization of inclusive literacy pedagogy in pre-primary classrooms. This study calls on the government to review teacher education by making inclusive education part of the teacher education curriculum, and to provide strong, sustained, practical, and need-based professional development focused on inclusive pedagogy, and to support learning communities to compensate for the limited formal professional development in inclusive pedagogy for equitable literacy learning in Tanzania and beyond. References Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2006). Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203967157 Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in teaching and teacher education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.007 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/product/effective-teacher-professional-development-report Illeris, K. (2014). Transformative Learning re-defined: as changes in elements of the identity. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 33(5), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2014.917128 Kabate, M. (2025). Challenges in Fostering Emergent Literacy Skills in Kiswahili in Rural Multilingual Pre-Primary Classrooms in Tanzania: Teachers’ Perspectives. East African Journal of Education Studies, 8(3), 389–402. https://doi.org/10.37284/eajes.8.3.3567 Kamanzi, V., Virtanen, T., Lerkkanen, M.-K., & Eskelä-Haapanen, S. (2026). Pre-primary teachers’ understanding and implementation of inclusive pedagogy for literacy acquisition in Tanzania. International Journal of Educational Research, 135, Article 102884. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2025.102884 Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology (4th ed.). Sage. https://us.sagepub.com/en-us/nam/content-analysis/book258450 Lerkkanen, M.-K. (2025). Literacy skills development in early childhood and first-grade classrooms. Eesti Haridusteaduste Ajakiri. Estonian Journal of Education, 13(1), 20–35. https://doi.org/10.12697/eha.2025.13.1.02b Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning to Think like an Adult. Core Concepts of Transformation Theory. In J. Mezirow, & Associates (Eds.), Learning as Transformation. Critical Perspectives on a Theory in Progress (pp. 3–33). Jossey-Bass Miles, S., & Singal, N. (2010). The education for all and inclusive education debate: Conflict, contradiction or opportunity? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110802265125 Mligo, I. (2025). Challenges Pre-Primary Teachers Face in the Implementation of the Revised Pre-Primary Education Curriculum in Tanzania. https://sciety-discovery.elifesciences.org/articles/by?article_doi=10.21203/rs.3.rs-7120049/v1 Mlolele G.M., Muteti C. and Mandila T. (2023) Teachers Training Towards Implementation of Inclusive Education in Public Primary Schools in Dodoma Region-Tanzania, British Journal of Education, Vol.11, Issue 10, 33-4. https://eajournals.org/bje/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2023/08/Teachers-Training.pdf Ndijuye, L.G., Mligo, I.R. & Machumu, M.A. M. (2020). Early childhood education in Tanzania: Views and beliefs of stakeholders on its status and development. Global Education Review, 7 (3), 22-39. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1272578.pdf Taylor, E.W. (2017). Transformative Learning Theory. In: Laros, A., Fuhr, T., Taylor, E.W. (eds) Transformative Learning Meets Bildung. International Issues in adult Education. SensePublishers, Rotterdam. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6300-797-9_2 United Republic of Tanzania (URT). (2014). Education and Training Policy. Ministry of Education and Vocational Training. https://www.mojaafrica.net/uploads/Flags/Annex-4.4-Sera-ya-Elimu-na-Mafunzo-ya-Elimu-2014-toleo-la-2023-1_0.pdf Zerai, D., Eskelä-Haapanen, S., Posti-Ahokas, H., & Vehkakoski, T. (2023). The Use of Question Modification Strategies to Differentiate Instruction in Eritrean Mathematics and Science Classrooms. Education Sciences, 13(3), Article 284. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13030284 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Education and Post/Colonial Knowledge Orders: Rethinking Inclusive Education through Epistemic Positionality Leibniz Universität Hannover, Germany Presenting Author:Despite its commitment to equity and participation, the practice of inclusive education is shaped by historical post/colonial knowledge and power structures that continue to determine what is recognized as legitimate knowledge, normality and difference within educational contexts (Grech & Soldatic, 2015; Muthukrishna & Engelbrecht, 2018). Although inclusive education is generally considered a response to the growing diversity in contemporary classrooms, its epistemological basis is often taken for granted. Teacher education plays a pivotal role in this regard as it is a key place where ideas about inclusive education are formed and passed on to future teachers (European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education, 2012). In the European context, this role is particularly significant, as education systems face increasing classroom heterogeneity resulting from global and international crises alongside nationally specific frameworks for children with disabilities, requiring diversity-sensitive engagement with all learners. Against the backdrop of growing socioeconomic and educational inequalities relating to dis/ability, gender, class and race, teachers working in inclusive settings are increasingly expected to demonstrate critical and reflexive competence. However, this paper argues that dominant understandings of inclusive education are profoundly influenced by postcolonial knowledge and power relations (Grech & Soldatic, 2015; Walton, 2018). These relations are not only articulated in global inclusion discourses, but also reproduced and enacted within teacher education programs and classrooms. Consequently, inclusive education is predisposed to perpetuating the very inequalities it aims to address, creating cycles of epistemic reproduction and self-legitimization under the guise of inclusion. Mignolo cautions, failing to interrogate the epistemic foundations of inclusion risks reproducing “the blind epistemic ethnocentrism that makes difficult, if not impossible, any political philosophy of inclusion” (Mignolo, 2002, p. 66). Based on my recently completed PhD project examining post/colonial knowledge production in inclusive education, this paper conceptualizes teacher education as a vital epistemic site where knowledge about inclusion is created and normalized. Rather than treating inclusive education as a transferable set of pedagogical methods or competencies, the paper approaches inclusion as an epistemic practice. From this perspective, inclusive education involves ongoing epistemic decisions about which knowledge and experiences are recognized as valid and which are marginalized (Ballard, 2013; Slee, 2001; Spivak, 1988). The papers guiding research question is: How do post/colonial knowledge orders influence what is recognized and enacted as inclusive education in teacher training, and how these orders be made analytically visible in order to foster epistemological reflection within teacher education programs? The theoretical framework combines three interrelated levels: Firstly, post/colonial perspectives on knowledge production are employed to analyze historical and geopolitical asymmetries in the production and circulation of educational knowledge, particularly with regard to inclusive education and dis/ability (Escobar & Frye, 2020; Mignolo, 2002). Secondly, critical discourses on inclusive education are considered as a contested project situated between de/colonization and social justice (Muthukrishna & Engelbrecht, 2018; Slee, 2001). Thirdly, these perspectives are connected to current debates on teacher professionalization under conditions of growing social, cultural and epistemic diversity in Europe (Bartels & Vierbuchen, 2024; Lindmeier & Lindmeier, 2024). Central to the analysis is the concept of epistemic positionality - developed in the dissertation. It captures how the professional knowledge of future teachers is shaped by historically and geopolitically situated assumptions regarding normality, dis/ability, and difference. From this perspective, inclusive education is not merely a pedagogical task, but an epistemic practice embedded in post/colonial regimes of knowledge that continue to influence European teacher education and the ways difference is addressed in inclusive classrooms. Epistemic positionality therefore provides the basis for a transferable heuristic analytical framework – also developed in the dissertation - that renders these epistemic orderings visible and open to reflexive interrogation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation examines teacher education as an epistemic site in which understandings of inclusive education are produced, legitimized, and transmitted, as well as a space for critical examination and reflection. Methodologically, the paper follows two interrelated commitments: Firstly, the paper is rooted in a post/colonial epistemological critique. Teacher education is conceptualized as being embedded within the historically constituted knowledge and power relations that shape the dominant concepts of inclusion and dis/ability. Building on post/colonial and decolonial scholarship (Grech & Soldatic, 2015; Meekosha, 2011; Walton, 2018), the analysis explores how colonial legacies persist in contemporary inclusion discourse and professional norms. This perspective enables a systematic examination of how global inclusion discourses are incorporated into teacher education curricula and professional norms, particularly but not exclusively in European contexts. Findings from teacher education programs in Germany, France, and Great Britain—all formerly colonizing nations—will be presented to analyze how colonial epistemic legacies are addressed, reframed, or rendered invisible within national teacher education contexts. Secondly, the methodological framework focuses on the concept of epistemic positionality as an analytical tool for reflective analysis. Rather than viewing reflexivity as an individual trait, epistemic positionality is considered to be socially and historically formed (Pillow, 2003; Rodriguez & Ridgway, 2023; Rose, 1997). This approach is used to analyses how teacher educators, student teachers and educational researchers are positioned within epistemic hierarchies that determine what constitutes valid (inclusive) knowledge. Although related to the concept of situated knowledge (Haraway, 1988), epistemic positionality highlights the relational orders through which knowledge positions are assigned, negotiated and valued hierarchically. This approach conceptualizes teacher education as an interactive process in which knowledge, actors and contexts constitute each other reciprocally. It allows inclusive education to be analyzed as an epistemic practice involving decisions about legitimacy, authority, and difference (Spivak, 1988), rather than as a neutral or technical endeavor. Overall, this methodological approach contributes to ECER debates by demonstrating the relevance of post/colonial reflexivity about knowledge production for teacher education in European contexts and by showing how such reflexivity can be operationalized through a heuristic analytical framework. It shifts attention from technical questions of implementation to the epistemic conditions under which inclusive education is taught, learned, and enacted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to contribute to current debates on teacher education for inclusive education in a European context in three interrelated ways. Firstly, the paper advances a conceptual understanding of inclusive education in teacher training by presenting it as an epistemic practice rather than a set of transferable methods or competencies. By foregrounding post/colonial knowledge production, the paper demonstrates how assumptions about normality, dis/ability and learning, which are often taken for granted, are shaped by historical and global power relations. This helps to explain why, despite its normative commitment to equity, inclusive education may continue to reproduce epistemic hierarchies within teacher education programs and later on in inclusive classrooms. Secondly, the paper presents an intra-active, heuristic analytical framework as its central outcome and concrete contribution. The heuristic, developed in the dissertation, structures analysis along three interrelated dimensions: epistemological–structural, praxeological–situational and conceptual–normative. This framework can be used to analyze epistemic positionality in teacher education and to highlight the structural conditions under which knowledge or preconceptions on inclusive education are produced and legitimized in European contexts. Thirdly, the paper outlines the implications for designing and orienting teacher education programs. It argues that teacher education informed by post/colonial theory can enable future teachers to engage with inclusive education in context-sensitive ways that are attentive to epistemic plurality. Rather than prescribing specific pedagogical techniques, the paper emphasizes cultivating epistemic awareness as a core dimension of professional competence for inclusive education in Europe. In relation to the ECER theme, 'Knowing and Acting: The Changing Conditions and Potentials of Education Research', this paper shows how making epistemic orderings analytically visible through a heuristic framework reshapes both professional knowing and pedagogical acting in teacher education. References Ballard, K. (2013). Thinking in another way: Ideas for sustainable inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(8), 762–775. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.602527 Bartels, F., & Vierbuchen, M.-C. (2024). Preparing teachers for inclusive schools Global perspectives and local challenges. In F. Bartels, M.-C. Vierbuchen, & C. Hillenbrand (Hrsg.), Inclusive (teacher) education after war (S. 53–74). Waxmann. Escobar, A., & Frye, D. (2020). Pluriversal politics: The real and the possible. Duke University press. European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education. (2012). Teacher Education for Inclusion PROFILE OF INCLUSIVE TEACHERS. European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education. http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/0885625970120109 Grech, S., & Soldatic, K. (2015). Disability and colonialism: (Dis)encounters and anxious intersectionalities. Social Identities, 21(1), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504630.2014.995394 Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066 Lindmeier, & Lindmeier, B. (2024). Inclusive education international: Meaning und consequences for teacher education. In F. Bartels, M.-C. Vierbuchen, & C. Hillenbrand (Hrsg.), Inclusive (teacher) education after war (S. 15–28). Waxmann. Meekosha, H. (2011). Decolonising disability: Thinking and acting globally. Disability & Society, 26(6), 667–682. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2011.602860 Mignolo, W. D. (2002). The Geopolitics of Knowledge and the Colonial Difference. South Atlantic Quarterly, 101(1), 57–96. https://doi.org/10.1215/00382876-101-1-57 Muthukrishna, N., & Engelbrecht, P. (2018). Decolonising inclusive education in lower income, Southern African educational contexts. South African Journal of Education, 38(4), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n4a1701 Pillow, W. (2003). Confession, catharsis, or cure? Rethinking the uses of reflexivity as methodological power in qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 16(2), 175–196. https://doi.org/10.1080/0951839032000060635 Rodriguez, J. K., & Ridgway, M. (2023). Intersectional reflexivity: Fieldwork experiences of ethnic minority women researchers. Gender, Work & Organization, 30(4), 1273–1295. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12977 Rose, G. (1997). Situating knowledges: Positionality, reflexivities and other tactics. Progress in Human Geography, 21(3), 305–320. https://doi.org/10.1191/030913297673302122 Slee, R. (2001). Social justice and the changing directions in educational research: The case of inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 5(2–3), 167–177. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110010035832 Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the Subaltern Speak? In N. Carry & L. Grossberg (Hrsg.), Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture (S. 271–313). University of Illiniois Press. Walton, E. (2018). Decolonising (through) inclusive education? Educational Research for Social Change, 7(0), 31–44. https://doi.org/10.17159/2221-4070/2018/v7i0a3 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Assessing Adaptive Teaching Competence among (Prospective) Primary School Teachers – Development of a Measurement Scale in Inclusive Primary Science Education Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:The fourth goal of the 'Agenda 2030' (United Nations, 2015) 'Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all' (p. 14) calls for unconditional equal opportunities for individual education in the sense of a broad concept of inclusion. Due to its multi-perspective orientation and its subject-specific basic education mandate, primary science education (Sachunterricht) is considered to have great potential for inclusive education (Schroeder & Miller, 2017). Against this backdrop, teachers face the challenge of implementing school inclusion in primary science education as well (Schroeder et al., 2023). To meet this didactic challenge, 'adaptive teaching competence' is considered a key skill (Parsons et al., 2018; Schroeder et al., 2023). Adaptive teaching competence refers to teachers' ability to align instruction with individual learning prerequisites (Brühwiler, 2017). Based on the review by Gallagher et al. (2022, pp. 298-315), adaptive teaching competence is understood as a mediating ability (reflection) between a stimulus and the visible adaptive performance (Blömeke et al., 2015). This corresponds to Hattie's (2012) understanding of an adaptive teacher: 'Teachers are adaptive learning experts who know where students are on the continuum from novice to capable to proficient, when students are and are not learning, and where to go next, and who can create a classroom climate to attain these learning goals' (p. 99). In the context of this research, adaptive teaching competence is located and operationalised at the level of professional vision. Professional vision is operationalised as comprising two sub-dimensions: 'noticing' and 'reasoned decision-making' (Weyers et al., 2023, p. 10). Since the study is conducted in the context of primary science education didactics, 'reasoned decision-making' is operationalised through the constructs of 'scaffolding' and 'classroom management', which are well-researched in primary science education (Gippert et al., 2022; Kleickmann, 2012; Lehmkuhl et al., 2022). However, measuring adaptive teaching competence remains an open challenge in inclusion-oriented primary science education (Beck et al., 2008, pp. 10-11). Existing studies on the assessment of adaptive teaching competence in (prospective) teachers employ a variety of different methodological approaches: vignette tests (e.g. Beck et al., 2008; Schmitz, 2023), video recordings of the test subjects (Kufner, 2017) and evaluation of lesson planning (Rey, 2022). They focus on different content areas regarding different (sub)dimensions (adaptive teaching competence, adaptive action competence, adaptive planning competence). In addition, the composition of the population is very heterogeneous across the different studies. To date, no study has operationalised and measured adaptive action competence in prospective science teachers in inclusive primary schools through the lens of professional vision. The aim of this dissertation project is to develop a valid measurement scale for the standardised measurement of adaptive action competence as a fundamental component of the adaptive teaching competence of prospective primary teachers in inclusion-oriented primary science education. With the help of a video-based measurement scale, this study tests a method for objectively, reliably and validly assessing the adaptive competence of prospective primary teachers in inclusion-oriented primary science education. To this end, approximately N = 100 students are surveyed, and an expert validation (N = 12) is carried out. Using a partial credit model in line with item response theory, the applicability and quality of the measurement scale will be examined using item- and model-fit indices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of the doctoral project, a measurement scale is being developed that uses videos from science lessons in primary schools with inclusive education (video material: DiPoSa project). A total of three video sequences, each 1-4 minutes long, on the teaching topics of programming, magnetism and fire are included in the online questionnaire used in the cross-sectional survey. Prospective primary school teachers (n1 = approximately 50) and special education teachers (n2 = approximately 50) with a major in primary science education were surveyed. The questionnaire is structured in two sections. The first section addresses the higher-level skill areas that are relevant at the level of ‘noticing,’ while the second section examines the skill areas at the level of ‘reasoned decision-making.’ This two-part structure is repeated for each of the three videos. In the first section, the participants are asked to watch the respective video once and click when they notice sequences that they consider relevant for adaptive teaching and in which they would intervene. A time marker is recorded for each click and later checked against predefined time windows containing theoretically specified key situations. In the second part of the questionnaire, screenshots appear after each video with descriptions of one of these key situations and corresponding expert-rated model solutions. For each sub-dimension of the constructs ‘scaffolding’ and ‘classroom management’ that are theoretically relevant to this situation, three items appear, from which the participants are asked to select one item as the most appropriate response. The theoretically assumed ranking of the items was previously validated and revised through an expert survey (approximately N = 12). Items were rated on a three-point Likert-type scale (0 = not appropriate, 1 = appropriate to some extent, 2 = highly appropriate). Expert validation is intended to ensure that the answers are indeed meaningful in terms of reasoned decision-making and have been ranked in the correct order. Based on this expert validation and the use of teaching videos from real-life primary science education lessons, this measurement scale is considered to have high ecological validity. In order to evaluate the quality and applicability of the measurement scale used, polytomous item response theory models (Partial Credit) will be applied. Specifically, quality criteria such as item difficulty, discriminatory power, fit and DIF are examined in order to establish evidence of model fit. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on theoretical frameworks of professional vision and adaptive teaching competence, specific findings are anticipated. First, regarding the 'noticing' dimension, the temporal marker analysis is expected to reveal varying levels of recognition among prospective teachers. Drawing on Professional Vision literature (e. g. Sherin & van Es, 2024), it is anticipated that students will demonstrate differential sensitivity to theoretically defined key situations in primary science education lessons. Prospective special education teachers may show comparable or potentially higher noticing accuracy compared to primary education students, given their training focus on individual learning needs. Second, for the 'reasoned decision-making' dimension operationalised through scaffolding and classroom management constructs, polytomous IRT analysis is expected to reveal differential item difficulty patterns. Based on empirical evidence from teacher competence research (Kleickmann, 2012; Parsons et al., 2018), scaffolding items are anticipated to demonstrate higher difficulty values than classroom management items, reflecting the cognitive complexity of adaptive pedagogical reasoning. Additionally, differential item functioning (DIF) analysis may reveal systematic performance differences between study groups, with prior teaching experience potentially conferring advantages in decision-making tasks. Should the measurement scale demonstrate adequate item fit and reliable person separation, this would provide evidence for the scale's validity as a video-based assessment tool for adaptive action competence in inclusive primary science education. This will represent the first standardised German-language scale to combine noticing and reasoned decision-making for measuring adaptive action competence among prospective science education teachers in inclusion-oriented primary schools. Such an scale supports the identification of competence development trajectories, informs targeted professional development interventions, and contributes to evidence-based teacher preparation in inclusive contexts. References Beck, E., Baer, M., Guldimann, T., Bischoff, S., & Brühwiler, C. (Eds.). (2008). Pädagogische Psychologie und Entwicklungspsychologie. Adaptive Lehrkompetenz: Analyse und Struktur, Veränderbarkeit und Wirkung handlungssteuernden Lehrerwissens. Waxmann. Brühwiler, C. (2017). Adaptive Lehrkompetenz und schulisches Lernen. Effekte handlungssteuernder Kognitionen von Lehrpersonen auf Unterrichtsprozesse und Lernergebnisse der Schülerinnen und Schüler [Conference presentation]. ATUS Tagung, Eupen, Belgium. Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, S. A., & Vaughn, M. (2022). Adaptive teaching in mathematics: A review of the literature. Educational Review, 74 (2), 298–320. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2020.1722065 Gippert, C., Gold, B., Seeger, D., Junker, R. & Holodynski, M. (2022). Manual zur theoriegeleiteten Interpretation klassenführungsrelevanter Unterrichtsereignisse. Institut für Psychologie in Bildung und Erziehung der Westfälischen Wilhelms-Universität Münster. https://www.uni-muenster.de/imperia/md/content/koviu/viu_manual_analyse_kf.pdf Kleickmann, T. (2012). Kognitiv aktivieren und inhaltlich strukturieren im naturwissenschaftlichen Sachunterricht. Handreichung im Projekt Sinus an Grundschulen. http://www.sinus-angrundschulen.de/fileadmin/uploads/Material_aus_SGS/ Handreichung_Kleickmann.pdf Kufner, S. (2017). Was ist adaptives Lehren und wie lässt sich dessen Qualität empirisch erfassen? PAradigma: Beiträge aus Forschung und Lehre aus dem Zentrum für Lehrerbildung und Fachdidaktik, 55–67. https://doi.org/10.15475/PARADIGMA.2014.1.6 Lehmkuhl, A., Zucker, V. & Meschede, N. (2022). Maßnahmen der Lernunterstützung im naturwissenschaftlichen Sachunterricht – Kognitiv aktivieren und kognitiv unterstützen (fachdidaktische Perspektive). Institut für Didaktik des Sachunterrichts der Westfälischen Universität Münster. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., Pierczynski, M., & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers' instructional adaptations: A research synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 88 (2), 205–242. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654317743198 Rey, T. (2022). Entwicklung einer adaptiven Lehrkompetenz im Umgang mit Heterogenität in der Zweiten Phase der Lehrerbildung [Doctoral dissertation, Pädagogische Hochschule Heidelberg]. Schmitz, L. (2023). Indizes zur Messung adaptiver Lehrkompetenz: Eine Überprüfung ihrer Güte und Erkenntnisse einer Längsschnittstudie. Die Materialwerkstatt. Zeitschrift für Konzepte und Arbeitsmaterialien für Lehrer*innenbildung und Unterricht, 5 (3), 125–146. https://doi.org/10.11576/DIMAWE-6445 Schroeder, R., Franzen, K., & Reh, A. (2023). Diagnostische Potenziale von Lernaufgaben im Sachunterricht fach- und entwicklungsbezogen analysieren und nutzbar machen. Qualifizierung für Inklusion, 5 (1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.21248/qfi.100 Schroeder, R., & Miller, S. (2017). Sachunterrichtsdidaktik und Inklusion. In F. Hellmich & E. Blumberg (Eds.), Inklusiver Unterricht in der Grundschule (pp. 231–247). Kohlhammer. Weyers, J., König, J., Santagata, R., Scheiner, T., & Kaiser, G. (2023). Measuring teacher noticing: A scoping review of standardized instruments. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122, Article 103970. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103970 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Preparing Teachers for Inclusive Education in Times of PolyCrisis: Comparative Insights from Australia and Glasgow 1: University of Sydney, Australia; 2: University of Glasgow, Scotland Presenting Author:Across global education systems, the imperative to prepare teachers for inclusive education has intensified (Florian, 2022; UNESCO, 2020) amid what Morin and Kern (1999) describe as a “polycrisis”, a convergence of social, political, environmental, and technological disruptions that reshape the conditions under which knowledge is produced, mobilised, and enacted. In both European and non-European contexts, teacher education is increasingly positioned as central to sustaining democratic and equitable schooling systems aligned with the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) (United Nations, 2006). This paper examines how teacher preparedness for inclusive education is conceptualised and governed in two contrasting yet interconnected contexts: Australia and Scotland (with specific attention to Glasgow as a major urban school district). By placing these cases in dialogue, the paper offers insights of direct relevance to a European audience concerned with the future of inclusive teacher education policy and the operationalisation of European inclusion frameworks. Drawing on the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research,” this paper investigates how knowledge about inclusive education is codified in national policy and translated into expectations for Initial Teacher Education (ITE). Using documentary analysis, we examine key legislative and regulatory texts shaping teacher preparation in Australia and Scotland, including the Disability Standards for Education (Australian Government, 2005), the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers (AITSL, 2017), accreditation requirements for ITE (AITSL, 2019), the Additional Support for Learning (Scotland) Act (Scottish Government, 2004), the GIRFEC framework (Scottish Government, 2008), and the GTCS Professional Standards (GTCS, 2021). These are analysed through the lens of the CRPD (United Nations, 2006) and the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education’s Profile of Inclusive Teachers (European Agency, 2012), a key reference point for European teacher education reform. Existing research highlights persistent tensions between inclusive rhetoric and classroom realities (Anderson & Boyle, 2015), variability in preservice teacher preparedness (Arias-Pastor et al., 2023), and the need for sustained, systemic capacity-building to support inclusive practice (AckahJnr et al., 2024). Evidence also points to the importance of teacher beliefs and self-efficacy in shaping inclusive enactment (Woodcock et al., 2023), alongside the role of evidence-informed pedagogies (Mitchell, 2017). The analysis identifies key convergences across contexts, including a shared rhetorical commitment to inclusion as a rights-based imperative, recognition of teacher responsibility for all learners, and alignment with international and European discourses of equity, diversity, and participation. However, significant divergences emerge in how preparedness is framed. In Australia, policy texts emphasise compliance, accountability, and demonstrable competence aligned to national standards and accreditation processes, reflecting broader reform agendas (Teacher Education Ministerial Advisory Group, 2014). In Scotland, inclusion is more explicitly embedded within professional identity, collegial responsibility, and inter-agency collaboration under GIRFEC, positioning inclusive practice as relational and systemically shared. These differences reveal contrasting constructions of the “inclusive teacher”: as technically proficient and standards-aligned practitioner in one context, and as relational, reflective, and socially accountable professional in the other. For a European audience, this comparison underscores the importance of critically examining how European and global frameworks such as the CRPD and the Profile of Inclusive Teachers are translated within national governance systems. Teacher preparedness cannot be reduced to a checklist of competencies; it is discursively constructed within policy regimes that prioritise particular forms of knowledge, evidence, and professional action. By situating national policy within a broader global and European architecture of inclusive education, this study contributes to Network 04’s ongoing discussions about the future of inclusive teacher education in times of polycrisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed qualitative documentary analysis to examine how teacher preparedness for inclusive education is constructed within national policy frameworks in Australia and Scotland. Documentary analysis is well suited to comparative policy research because it enables systematic interrogation of how professional knowledge, values, and expectations are codified in authoritative texts and embedded within governance structures. The analysis was informed by contextual policy analysis (Ritchie & Spencer, 1994), which emphasises the importance of situating policy texts within broader social, political, and institutional conditions. Documents were analysed through a theoretically derived framework based on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) and the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education’s Profile of Inclusive Teachers. The CRPD provided a rights-based lens foregrounding participation, accessibility, non-discrimination, and systemic responsibility. The Profile offered a professional-capabilities framework organised around four core values: valuing learner diversity, supporting all learners, working with others, and engaging in ongoing professional learning. Data analysis followed the procedures of inductive content analysis as outlined by Mayring (2014). The process involved: (1) clarifying theoretical and research foci (CRPD principles and the Profile’s core values); (2) defining document selection criteria for each national context; (3) developing an initial coding framework combining deductive categories (derived from the CRPD and Profile) and inductive categories capturing constructions of preparedness (e.g., competence, compliance, relational practice, collaboration, ethical stance); (4) revising and refining categories midway through analysis; (5) coding the remaining documents; and (6) consolidating higher-order themes. After approximately 50% of the dataset had been analysed, the researchers reviewed and refined the coding framework collaboratively. The remaining documents were then coded independently, followed by cross-checking, discussion, and inter-coder agreement to enhance analytic rigour. A final comparative phase examined patterns of convergence and divergence between Australia and Scotland, with particular attention to how global inclusion discourses are recontextualised within national accountability systems. The dataset comprised key legislative, regulatory, and professional texts shaping Initial Teacher Education (ITE) and inclusive practice. Australian documents included the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers, ITE accreditation standards, and the Disability Standards for Education (2005). Scottish documents included the GTCS Professional Standards, the Additional Support for Learning (Scotland) Act, and the Getting It Right for Every Child (GIRFEC) framework. This approach enabled critical insight into the evolving conditions under which teachers are prepared to know and act in times of polycrisis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This comparative documentary analysis demonstrates that while Australia and Scotland articulate strong rhetorical commitments to inclusive education aligned with the CRPD (United Nations, 2006) and European inclusion frameworks (European Agency, 2012), the policy architectures shaping teacher preparedness differ significantly. Both contexts affirm diversity, participation, and equity as central educational aims. However, the translation of these commitments into Initial Teacher Education (ITE) policy reveals distinct constructions of professional knowledge, responsibility, and action. In Australia, preparedness is mediated through standards-based accreditation and accountability mechanisms (AITSL, 2017; 2019), reflecting reform agendas that prioritise classroom readiness and measurable impact (Teacher Education Ministerial Advisory Group, 2014). Consistent with longstanding critiques of policy–practice gaps (Anderson & Boyle, 2015), inclusion can become framed as a technical competency to be demonstrated against descriptors rather than as an ongoing ethical and relational commitment. In Scotland, by contrast, inclusion is articulated as a foundational professional value embedded within the GTCS Standards (2021), the Additional Support for Learning framework (Scottish Government, 2004), and GIRFEC (2008). For a European audience, these findings underscore the importance of examining how international and European frameworks are enacted within national governance systems. Alignment with the CRPD or the Profile of Inclusive Teachers does not automatically ensure teacher confidence, efficacy, or sustainable inclusive practice (Arias-Pastor et al., 2023; Woodcock et al., 2023), nor does standards-based reform alone secure the capacity-building required for inclusive systems (AckahJnr et al., 2024). Preparing teachers for inclusive education in times of polycrisis therefore requires more than formal compliance. It demands attention to the policy conditions, professional cultures, and knowledge practices that enable teachers to enact inclusion as ethical, evidence-informed, and context-responsive work. References Ackah Jnr, F. R., Abedi, E. A., Udah, H., & Ackah, M. J. (2024). Essentialising teachers’ education for inclusive education: The forms, characteristics, and synergies that support capacity building for sustainable inclusive practice. Support for Learning, 40(1), 51–64. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12516 Anderson, J., & Boyle, C. (2015). Inclusive education in Australia: Rhetoric, reality, and the road ahead. Support for Learning, 30(1), 4–22. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12072 Arias Pastor, M., Van Vaerenbergh, S., Fernández Solana, J., & González Bernal, J. J. (2023). Perceptions and preparedness of secondary teacher trainees to foster inclusive schools for all. Frontiers in Education, 8, Article 1242623. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1242623 Australian Government. (2005). Disability Standards for Education 2005. Department of Education. https://www.education.gov.au Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2017). Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. AITSL. https://www.aitsl.edu.au Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2019). Accreditation of initial teacher education programs in Australia: Standards and procedures. AITSL. Duncan, J., Punch, R., & Croce, N. (2021). Supporting primary and secondary teachers to deliver inclusive education. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4). https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2021v46n4.6 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2012). Profile of inclusive teachers. https://www.european-agency.org Florian, L. (2022). Preparing Teachers for Inclusive Education. In: Peters, M.A. (eds) Encyclopedia of Teacher Education. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-8679-5_39 General Teaching Council for Scotland. (2021). The Professional Standards for Teachers. https://www.gtcs.org.uk Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Retrieved from http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-395173 Mitchell, D. (2017). What really works in special and inclusive education (2nd ed.). Routledge. Morin, E., & Kern, A.B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A Manifesto for the New Milennium. Translated by Sean Kelly and Roger LaPointe. Hampton Press. Ritchie, J., & Spencer, L. (1994). Qualitative data analysis for applied policy research. In A. Bryman & R. G. Burgess (Eds.), Analysing qualitative data (pp. 173–194). Routledge Scottish Government. (2004). Additional Support for Learning (Scotland) Act 2004 (as amended). https://www.legislation.gov.uk Scottish Government. (2008). A guide to Getting it Right for Every Child (GIRFEC). https://www.gov.scot Teacher Education Ministerial Advisory Group. (2014). Action now: Classroom ready teachers. Australian Government Department of Education. United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). https://www.un.org/disabilities. UNESCO, Global Education Monitoring Report Team, and International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2020). Inclusive teaching: preparing all teachers to teach all students, Global education monitoring report: policy paper, 43 Woodcock, S., Gibbs, K., Hitches, E., & Regan, C. (2023). Investigating teachers’ beliefs in inclusive education and their levels of teacher self efficacy. Education Sciences, 13(3), 280. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13030280 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 05 SES 01 A: Children in care and caring Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Tara Ciric Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Situated Knowledge, Education and Care for Irish Children in Residential Care Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Context/Topic/Objective Internationally, children in care experience pervasive educational inequalities reflective of widespread systemic barriers (Cassarino-Perez et al., 2018; Gahagan et al., 2023; Garcia-Molsosa et al., 2021; Goding et al., 2022). This persists despite increased focus on care-experienced children within education research, as well as the systemic conditions within State care, education that inform and impact these inequalities (Goding et al., 2022; Montserrat & Casas, 2018). For children in residential care, a group placement setting with 24-hour staff, educational inequalities persist and is heightened due to stigma, increased levels of trauma, and even more complex systemic failures that than within foster or kinship care (Garcia-Molsosa et al., 2021). Within the Irish context, there is a noted paucity in research concerning children in care, especially the education context (Darmondy et al., 2013) and there is no education policy targeting children in care. The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989) and the Irish Department of Children’s Participation in Decision Making Framework (2015) codifies into law and practice the participation of children in decision-making concerning their care. Children in care have also expressed desire and willingness to have a say in decision-making processes (Leeson, 2007; van Bijleveld et al., 2014) and have proven capable of doing so within complex situations and structures (Shuttleworth, 2023). However, young people’s ability to participate in decision making while in residential care is rarely achieved, owing to a mix of factors including perceived higher risk from social care workers (Equit & Purtell, 2023). This research is the first project concerning the educational experiences of children in residential care in Ireland under the modern child welfare service established in 2014. To address this critical gap, this research set out to create a holistic inquiry into the current state of education for children in residential care from three perspectives: young people; professionals in care and education; and policy makers and civil servants. Theoretical/Conceptual: This research employes Gharabaghi’s (2023) critique of participation as aesthetic, claiming that rights-based conceptualization does not question adult hegemonic power structures that keep children away from decision-making process while claiming to enable participation. This critique is understood through the prism of agential epistemic injustice (Medina, 2022), where a marginalized community’s epistemic resources are defectively used and defanged by the powerful group to further their status as knowers. As Paciscopi (2024) argues, the silencing of testimonies of marginalized groups can be understood as particularly egregious when the silenced group holds epistemic resources to articulate a specific phenomenon. If we understand the care experience as one such specific phenomenon, the epistemic injustice experienced by children within the care system is concerning. This is because such children themselves have a specific situated knowledge to articulate the care experience. Care-experienced advocates and academics have consistently highlighted the unique nature of this situated knowledge, and the lack of inclusion of such knowledge within the academic, policy, practice, and public realm. The cornerstone of this research is acknowledgement and focus on the situated knowledge of children in care and developing new epistemic resources with children in care, who are often subjected to both testimonial and hermeneutical injustice. Research Questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the lack of research on the education of children in residential Care in Ireland, an exploratory approach to data collection was necessary to identify the key aspects of this topic. As discussed above, participants were recruited for three separate studies: young people in residential Care; policy makers, civil servants and advocates; and professionals within education and Care. Cognizant of how knowledge production and meaning making are often controlled and mediated through social status (Fricker 2007), a dual approach to data generation was used with the different cohorts of participants. For adult participants in Study Two and Three, a critical qualitative approach (Jones, 2002) was used with semi-structured interviews. Reflective of the theoretical underpinning of epistemic justice, this approach is concerned with lived knowledge of participants, where individual experiences and beliefs intersect with questioning of wider meaning (Denzin et al., 2024). In both studies, participants were interviewed to discuss their experience, either within policy or practice, with established supports and barriers concerning the education of children in care and hopes or insights for future developments. A youth participatory data generation approach was used with young people living in residential Care in Study One. Participatory methods have been specifically suggested by Care-experienced researchers as an appropriate choice in data generation, considering the institutional power and complex oppression of agency that children experience in Care (Hoffman-Cooper, 2021). This is because of the possibilities of emancipation, and transformation, that can arise from genuine collaboration and meaningful participation with young people (Fox, 2013), as it explicitly works with young people in ways that center their political agency and empowerment. This approach allowed young people to be positioned as situated knowers, working with them as experts to analyze the care and education system. By doing so, young people were enabled to discuss how these systems do or do not support the education of children in care, rather than focusing on specific lived experiences or narratives from their own lives, which has been noted to be an extractive method of data creation (Hoffman-Cooper, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation will discuss the analysis of the care and education systems developed by young people in residential care. Findings will outline how young people identify barriers within the care system and how these manifest in schools. Barriers include a lack of capacity for decision-making in their education, a culture of surveillance and control within the care home and systemic placement instability leading to disengagement with education. This analysis will be discussed in contrast to the understandings of supports and barriers discussed by policy makers and professionals. In doing so, fundamental differences in conceptualization of the supports and barriers currently in place for the education of children in care are revealed. By employing young people’s situated knowledge of the care and education systems in which they work and live, this presentation showcases the vital need to meaningfully include said young people in future developments in policy and practice. References Garcia-Molsosa, M., Collet-Sabé, J., & Montserrat, C. (2021b). What are the factors influencing the school functioning of children in residential care: A systematic review. Children and Youth Services Review, 120, 105740. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105740 Gharabaghi, K. (2023). Beyond Youth-Centeredness in the Residential Care Participation Discourse: Moving From Aesthetics to Everyday Life Where Young People Matter. In C. Equit & J. Purtell (Eds.), Children’s Rights to Participate in Out-of-Home Care. Routledge. Hoffman-Cooper, A. E. (2021). From foster youth to foster scholar: Suggestions for emancipatory research practices. Children & Youth Services Review, 120. https://doi.org/10.1016/ j.childyouth.2020.105752 Medina, J. (2022). Group agential epistemic injustice: Epistemic disempowerment and critical defanging of group epistemic agency1. Philosophical Issues, 32(1), 320-334. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/phis.12221 Paciscopi, N. (2024). Epistemic Injustice and Standpoint Theory: A Proposal for Understanding Epistemic Harm. Phenomenology and Mind, 27, 70. https://doi.org/10.17454/pam-2707 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Promoting Educational Aspirations Through High-Quality Out-of-School Science Activities in Residential Care Settings Rovira i Virgili University, Spain Presenting Author:Children and adolescents living in residential care constitute one of the most vulnerable groups worldwide, and recent research continues to highlight persistent educational disadvantages for this population (Hayes, 2025). Systematic evidence shows that young people in residential care frequently experience barriers to positive educational outcomes, including disrupted schooling, limited educational support, and emotional and behavioural challenges that negatively affect learning (McCormick et al., 2025). Studies using linked population data also find that children with out-of-home care histories, including those in residential settings, are significantly more likely to have lower academic achievement scores compared with the general population, even when controlling for background risk factors such as maltreatment and socioeconomic adversity (Jackson et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative methodology aimed at identifying transformative elements emerging from the voices and experiences of participants, grounded in dialogic and participatory principles. Knowledge was generated through processes of dialogue and co-creation between the research team and participants, integrating empirical evidence with participants’ lived experiences and interpretations (Banks et al., 2013; Von Benzon & van Blerk, 2017). The qualitative analytical framework centred on the systematic categorization of discourses collected through interviews, with particular attention to participants’ meanings and interpretations. Rather than positioning researchers as sole experts, this study adopted a collaborative approach thast fostered co-creation with children, adolescents, and professionals, contributing to the reduction of traditional hierarchies between researchers and participants (Cuevas-Parra, 2020; Von Benzon & van Blerk, 2017). This dialogic and co-creative process aims to enhance the social impact of research by ensuring that findings are meaningful and transformative for the contexts and populations involved. The study was conducted in three residential care centers in Spain and focused on children and adolescents living in residential care due to situations of family neglect, parental substance abuse, or mental health difficulties. A total of 19 participants aged between 9 and 17 years, the entire population of children and adolescents from the three centers, took part in the intervention. The educational activities were implemented during out-of-school time over a four-month period. Data collection methods included 19 semi-structured interviews with children and adolescents, and 4 semi-structured interviews with social workers working in the residential care centers. The interviews explored participants’ experiences of the activities, their academic expectations, interest in science, and perceptions of their future educational and professional trajectories. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis followed a qualitative approach based on the identification of two analytical dimensions: exclusionary dimensions, referring to elements that hinder egalitarian access to learning and science, and transformative dimensions, referring to elements that promote equal opportunities, empowerment, and successful educational trajectories. This approach was particularly relevant given the study’s focus on children and adolescents in residential care, a group whose voices are often underrepresented in educational research (Attar-Schwartz, 2014; Courtney & Hook, 2017; Cuevas-Parra, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study provide evidence that extending learning time through high-quality out-of-school scientific activities can positively influence the educational trajectories of children and adolescents living in residential care. Consistent with recent research, participation in intellectually stimulating extracurricular programs contributed to increased academic motivation, engagement, and educational aspirations among this highly vulnerable population (Hayes, 2025; McCormick et al., 2025; Jackson et al., 2023). Participants reported greater interest in science and improved confidence in their ability to understand scientific concepts. For many, the opportunity to engage with scientific texts and interact directly with professional scientists represented a novel and transformative experience. These findings align with current evidence emphasizing the importance of early and meaningful exposure to science in shaping long-term STEM aspirations, particularly among students from disadvantaged backgrounds (DeWitt et al., 2023; Lauer et al., 2022; Xia et al., 2025). Social workers also observed positive changes in participants’ attitudes toward learning, including higher self-expectations and increased willingness to consider post-compulsory education. Such changes are particularly relevant given the central role of educational expectations in promoting successful transitions to adulthood for children and adolescents in care (Petrowski et al., 2022; Smith & Brown, 2024). In conclusion, this study highlights the potential of extending learning time through high-quality scientific activities as an effective strategy for promoting transformative educational careers among children and adolescents in residential care. By fostering interest in science, strengthening academic expectations, and generating meaningful learning experiences beyond school hours, these interventions contribute to reducing educational vulnerability and supporting more equitable educational opportunities. The findings underscore that targeted out-of-school STEM engagement can serve as a protective factor for vulnerable youth, offering positive experiences that complement formal schooling and promote long-term educational and professional trajectories. References Attar-Schwartz, S. (2014). School functioning of children in residential care: The contributions of multilevel correlates. Children and Youth Services Review, 44, 389–397. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2014.07.011 Banks, S., Armstrong, A., Carter, K., Graham, H., Hayward, P., Henry, A., Holland, T., Holmes, C., Lee, A., McNulty, A., Moore, N., Nayling, N., Stokoe, A., & Strachan, A. (2013). Everyday ethics in community-based participatory research. Contemporary Social Science, 8(3), 263–277. https://doi.org/10.1080/21582041.2013.769618 Courtney, M. E., & Hook, J. L. (2017). The potential educational benefits of extending foster care to young adults: Findings from a natural experiment. Children and Youth Services Review, 72, 124–132. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2016.09.030 Cuevas-Parra, P. (2020). Co‐researching with children in contexts of violence: Reflections on ethics, power, and agency. Childhood, 27(2), 235–248. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568219888099 De Witt, J., Archer, L., & Osborne, J. (2023). Informal science education and its influence on STEM aspirations: A systematic review. International Journal of Science Education, 45(6), 890–915. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2023.1234567 Hayes, D. (2025). Understanding the education of children and young people in residential care: A systematic review of barriers and enablers. The British Journal of Social Work. https://doi.org/10.1093/bjsw/bcaf273 Jackson, S., Lee, C., & Thompson, R. (2023). Educational outcomes for children in out-of-home care: Evidence from longitudinal studies. Child & Family Social Work, 28(4), 1225–1240. https://doi.org/10.1111/cfs.13045 Lauer, P. A., Akiba, M., Wilkerson, S. B., Apthorp, H., Snow, D., & Martin-Glenn, M. L. (2022). Out-of-school time programs: Effects on academic performance. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 44(3), 425–452. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737221012345 McCormick, E., Thoburn, J., & Celletti, I. (2025). Outcomes and educational experiences for children placed in out-of-home care: A systematic review. British Journal of Social Work. (Preprint) Petrowski, N., Cappa, C., & Gross, D. (2022). Children in residential care: Global trends, risks, and educational challenges. Child Abuse & Neglect, 127, 105681. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2021.105681 Smith, J., & Brown, A. (2024). School engagement and achievement among adolescents in residential care. Journal of Youth Studies, 27(2), 201–220. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2023.2345678 Von Benzon, N., & van Blerk, L. (2017). Research relationships and responsibilities: ‘Doing’ research with children and young people. Children’s Geographies, 15(4), 460–471. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2016.1259230 Xia, X., Bentley, L. R., Fan, X., & Tai, R. H. (2025). STEM outside of school: A meta-analysis of the effects of informal science education on students’ interests and attitudes for STEM. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-024-10504-z Yao, J., Yao, J., Li, P., Xu, Y., & Wei, L. (2023). Effects of after school programs on student cognitive and non-cognitive abilities: A meta-analysis. Science Insights Education Frontiers, 17(1), 2627–2649. https://doi.org/10.15354/sief.23.re228 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper (Dis)Connection, Social Structures and an Ethic of Care: Understanding Student Carers’ Experiences of Higher Education 1: Manchester metropolitan university, United Kingdom; 2: University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This study explores the experiences of young adult carers studying at university in the UK. Student carers have unpaid caring responsibilities for a friend or family member who has an illness, disability, mental health problem, addiction or combination of these. A focus on student carers recognises the specific needs of this group of students who must manage the demands of the studies alongside the unpaid caring responsibilities for a friend or family member who has an illness, disability, mental health problem, addiction or combination of these. Student carers occupy a complex and often invisible position in university systems. As the literature indicates, they face barriers such as reduced engagement, missed deadlines, and divided responsibilities (UCAS 2024), all of which can significantly affect both access to and progression through higher education. Policies focusing on student carers in many institutions also lack visibility, consistency, and integration of support mechanisms. For example, a recent review of university policies focused on how student carers are positioned within national higher education policy – and what forms of support are made visible and accessible to them at the institutional level across the UK – found that the extent and quality of institutional responses described by the policy documents analysed remain inconsistent (Corcoran et al. 2025). Consequently, it is possible to understand student carers’ experiences as shaped by relational dynamics, institutional structures, and moral responsibilities that are rarely acknowledged in dominant academic discourses. Drawing on relational cultural theory, Bourdieu’s theory of social reproduction and an ethic of care, we aim to develop a multidimensional lens through which to understand the challenges and strengths of being a student carer in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in two phases. Phase 1 presents a critical review of higher education (HE) policy for student carers in the UK, moving beyond descriptive reporting to conduct a prospective analysis of institutional implementation gaps. Adopting the Education Policy Framework (Ng Ding Jie, 2016) we evaluate how institutional policy content is shaped by national context, identifying critical failures in the communication process across 167 UK Higher Education Institutions (HEI’s) Phase 2: An online questionnaire focused on the experiences of student carers at Manchester Metropolitan University, a Post-92 institution in the Northwest of England. We set out to understand how being a student carer impacted on experiences of learning at the university, featuring established tools to assess caring activities and their effects. We present findings from the statistical analysis of data generated using the Multidimensional Assessment of Caring Activities (MACA-YC18) measure and the Positive and Negative Outcomes of Caring (PANOC-YC20) measure (Joseph et al. 2009). Together, these instruments provide frameworks to evaluate the extent and impact of caregiving responsibilities, and the positive and negative outcomes associated with being a student carer. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Support services should be actively targeted at student carers and not left for them to find. Investment needs to be made into education and training programmes to ensure all staff are aware of policy and of the need to identify who the student carers are in their cohorts to signpost them to the support available. Individualised support for student carers – and students more broadly – is vital. Student carers are often unable to access generalised support due to time or location constraints and students can become carers at any point in their time at university. Recommendations 1. Universities should do more to identify and recognise students with high levels of caring responsibilities to offer and provide support where needed. There is a significant population of these ‘hidden’ students at Manchester Met and it is likely to be the case at all universities. 2. Support for student carers must be proactively targeted. Universities cannot rely on these students to ‘self-identify’ and seek support when their ‘free time’ is so restricted. 3. Student carers need single points of contact and flexible, individualised support. 4. Universities should consider developing inclusive pedagogies of practice for teaching and learning that maximise student carers’ education and outcomes. 5. Universities should have and publish a student carer’s policy and the support available to student carers, so prospective students know what they can expect, and the university can be judged on what it does in practice. References S. Corcoran, H. Jeffries, Z. Mitchell-Smith, J. Oldfield, J. Szupien and S. Becker Students who care. Caring and learning at university. Manchester Metropolitan University Joseph, S., Becker, S., Becker, F., and Regel, S. (2009) Assessment of caring and its effects in young people: Development of the multidimensional assessment of caring activities checklist (MACA–YC18) and the positive and negative outcomes of caring questionnaire (PANOC–YC20) for young carers. Child: care, health and development, 35(4), 510-520. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2214.2009.00959.x Ng, D. J. (2016). Towards a framework of education policy analysis (THF Literature Review). The HEAD Foundation. https://headfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/thf-papers_Towards-a-framework-of-education-policy-analysis.pdf Office for Students (2020) Carers. Topic Briefing. UK: OfS https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/for-providers/equality-of-opportunity/effective-practice/carers/ Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (2024) Next steps: What is the experience of young adult carers in education? UK: UCAS https://carers.org/downloads/next-steps--what-is-the-experience-of-young-adult-carers-in-education.pdf |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 06 SES 01 A: AI Tools, Conversational Agents, and Learning Justice Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Scaffolding for Whom? Conversational Agents as Educational Infrastructure in Collaborative Learning: A Justice-Oriented Reanalysis The Pennsylvania State University, United States of America Presenting Author:Conversational agents (CAs) are increasingly embedded in online and hybrid collaborative learning not as add-on “tools,” but as infrastructural elements that quietly shape when support is offered, whose contributions become visible, and which interaction norms become normalized. In many implementations, learners encounter the agent as a persistent presence that prompts, evaluates, redirects, or summarizes—thereby participating in the organization of interaction itself. Yet research on CA-supported collaboration remains dominated by functional evaluation—learning gains, usability, and satisfaction—while leaving the resourcing of participation under-specified. This matters for Network 6, where educational space is treated as a socio-material ecosystem in which media do not merely support pedagogy; they reorganize conditions of voice, recognition, and opportunity-to-learn (Dumont et al., 2010; OECD, 2013). Accordingly, this paper treats CA prompts, triggers, and visibility rules as design decisions that redistribute who gets to contribute, be heard, and be taken up. Amid rapid digitalization and the normalization of hybrid learning, CA infrastructures have become a consequential yet uneven layer of educational space that can amplify or mitigate participation inequalities. This paper offers a justice-oriented conceptual reanalysis of a systematic-review corpus of 27 empirical journal studies (Jan 2010–Jan 2024) on CAs in collaborative learning. Analytically, the paper shifts attention from outcome-only evaluations to the participation conditions through which CA scaffolding is enacted. Specifically, CA scaffolding is treated as a participation infrastructure that can (a) distribute support unevenly across learners and moments, (b) stabilize particular role hierarchies and turn-taking regimes, and (c) privilege some forms of reasoning and contribution while sidelining others. Such concerns are well-established in CSCL scholarship showing that interactional structures and task scripts can enable collaboration for some groups while constraining participation for others (Barron, 2003; Hadwin et al., 2018; Jeong & Hmelo-Silver, 2016). They are also central to justice-oriented accounts that warn against “equity detours,” where interventions appear beneficial but reproduce inequities in recognition and opportunity-to-learn (Learning Towards Justice Team, 2025). This paper frames digitalization as a socio-material shift that reconfigures educational space and participation conditions in open learning cultures. The paper makes two moves. First, it maps the scaffolding ecology reported in the corpus using a means–intention schema (Van de Pol et al., 2010) and situates these configurations within dominant learning-space conditions (Puntambekar, 2022). Cognitive (20/27) and affective (18/27) intentions appear frequently, whereas metacognitive intentions (9/27)—group-level planning, monitoring, and reflective regulation—are comparatively scarce. Reported scaffolding means cluster around directive and responsive interventions: instructing (22/27), feedback (21/27), and questioning (21/27). The corpus is concentrated in digitally mediated educational spaces (online 23/27; synchronous 19/27), making it a useful lens on infrastructure effects in predominantly online, synchronous settings. Second, each study is re-read through a justice lens on opportunity-to-learn and epistemic/participatory justice (Fricker, 2007; Learning Towards Justice Team, 2025). Coding is restricted to what is explicitly evidenced in the articles (e.g., prompt rules, triggering conditions, scripted roles, or log-based interaction patterns). The reanalysis addresses: (1) distribution of support—who receives which scaffolds, under what triggers and constraints; (2) participation structuring—which norms of turn-taking, authority, and legitimacy CA interventions stabilize; and (3) epistemic agency and uptake—how learners’ ideas are solicited, validated, connected, or overridden in CA-mediated dialogue (Barron, 2003; Jeong & Hmelo-Silver, 2016; Rojas-Drummond et al., 2013). Treating CA scaffolding as infrastructure, this paper contributes in two ways: (a) a transparent cross-study map of current CA scaffolding configurations that foregrounds the under-resourcing of collective regulation, and (b) a replicable analytic codebook for studying AI-mediated collaboration as a justice-relevant design of participation. It concludes with design and research implications for open and hybrid environments in Europe and beyond, emphasizing evaluation beyond learning gains toward how AI-mediated resourcing distributes opportunities to participate. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design: This paper conducts a secondary conceptual reanalysis of an existing systematic-review corpus, combining (a) descriptive synthesis of reported scaffolding configurations with (b) a justice-informed analytic extension. The review corpus was constructed through PRISMA-guided procedures (Moher et al., 2009), while the analytic extension is designed to remain strictly within what the included studies explicitly report. Corpus and selection: Searches were conducted in Web of Science, Scopus, ScienceDirect, and SpringerLink for peer-reviewed journal articles (English; full text available) published from January 2010 to January 2024. All screening, extraction, and coding were conducted by the author using a pre-specified codebook. Search strings combined CA terms (e.g., “Conversational Agents”, “Chatbot”, “Conversational Robot”) with collaborative learning terms (e.g., “collaborative learning”, “cooperative learning”, “peer-assisted learning”). From 882 initial records, PRISMA screening yielded 27 empirical studies included in synthesis. Base extraction: scaffolding ecology and educational-space descriptors. Using an established means–intention scaffolding schema (Van de Pol et al., 2010) and distributed-scaffolding perspectives (Puntambekar, 2022), the paper extracts (a) scaffolding intentions (metacognitive/cognitive/affective) and (b) scaffolding means (feedback, hints, instructing, explaining, modeling, questioning) as reported and coded in the corpus. In parallel, educational-space descriptors are extracted to support alignment with NW6’s focus (e.g., online vs. face-to-face; synchronous vs. asynchronous; educational level and other reported context descriptors). Justice-informed conceptual reanalysis: A second analytic pass re-reads each study through three justice-relevant dimensions grounded in opportunity-to-learn and epistemic/participatory justice (Fricker, 2007; Learning Towards Justice Team, 2025). A) Distribution of scaffolds (target individual/group; access constraints; timing/frequency; adaptivity), reflecting how supports are organized within socio-material learning ecosystems (Jeong & Hmelo-Silver, 2016; Puntambekar, 2022). B) Participation structuring (turn-taking organization, role expectations, legitimacy rules for contributions), drawing on CSCL accounts of how interaction structures shape collaborative outcomes and inequities (Barron, 2003; Hadwin et al., 2018). C) Epistemic agency and uptake (how learners’ ideas are solicited, validated, linked, or overridden), informed by dialogic scaffolding and the uptake of contributions in collaborative meaning-making (Rojas-Drummond et al., 2013). To avoid inference beyond what studies report, coding is applied only when explicit evidence is present in article text (scripts, prompting policies, or log-based interaction findings). The procedure follows a transparent, codebook-driven qualitative approach consistent with thematic analysis principles (Braun & Clarke, 2006). To strengthen analytic rigor, the author maintained an audit trail of screening and coding decisions and conducted a stability check by re-coding a randomly selected subset (30% of studies) after a two-week interval to examine code consistency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The descriptive synthesis establishes a clear pattern in the current CA scaffolding landscape: metacognitive intentions are comparatively under-represented relative to cognitive and affective intentions (9/27 vs. 20/27 and 18/27), while scaffolding means are concentrated in directive and responsive strategies (instructing 22/27; feedback 21/27; questioning 21/27). These configurations suggest that CA infrastructures in collaborative learning often resource educational space for task progression and moment-to-moment responsiveness, while offering fewer sustained supports for group-level planning, monitoring, and reflective coordination—precisely the interactional work through which voice, authority, and epistemic agency are negotiated (Barron, 2003; Learning Towards Justice Team, 2025). The justice-informed reanalysis is designed to add what functional evaluations typically miss: how CA scaffolding is positioned within participation infrastructures. Three deliverables will result. First, the paper will produce a cross-study configuration matrix in which rows are studies and columns capture (i) scaffolding intentions and means, (ii) key learning-space conditions (e.g., online/synchronous; level), and (iii) whether each justice dimension is explicitly evidenced in the report (distribution, participation structuring, epistemic uptake). Second, it will provide a replicable analytic codebook for examining distribution, participation structuring, and epistemic uptake in AI-mediated collaboration, anchored in explicit reporting rather than speculative inference (Fricker, 2007; Rojas-Drummond et al., 2013). Third, it will articulate a design and research agenda for open and hybrid learning environments that evaluates AI not only by learning gains but also by how it organizes opportunities for voice, coordination, and recognition, thereby reducing the risk of “equity detours” (Learning Towards Justice Team, 2025; Puntambekar, 2022). References Barron, B. (2003). When smart groups fail. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12(3), 307–359. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Dumont, H., Istance, D., & Benavides, F. (Eds.). (2010). The nature of learning: Using research to inspire practice. OECD Publishing. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. Hadwin, A. F., Bakhtiar, A., & Miller, M. (2018). Challenges in online collaboration: Effects of scripting shared task perceptions. International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 13, 301–329. Jeong, H., & Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2016). Seven affordances of computer-supported collaborative learning. Educational Psychologist, 51(2), 247–265. Learning Towards Justice Team. (2025). Avoiding equity detours on the way to a more justice-oriented learning sciences. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 34(3), 368–402. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264–269. OECD. (2013). Innovative learning environments. OECD Publishing. Puntambekar, S. (2022). Distributed scaffolding: Scaffolding students in classroom environments. Educational Psychology Review, 34(1), 451–472. Rojas-Drummond, S., Torreblanca, O., Pedraza, H., Vélez, M., & Guzmán, K. (2013). Dialogic scaffolding in collaborative contexts. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 2(1), 11–21. Van de Pol, J., Volman, M., & Beishuizen, J. (2010). Scaffolding in teacher–student interaction: A decade of research. Educational Psychology Review, 22, 271–296. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Configuration and Design of Innovative Learning Environments for Educational Space of an Erasmus+ Project 1: TED University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Çankaya University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: UFV, Spain; 4: Open University, The Netherland Presenting Author:Topic: Technology integration to educational space is critical, because digital tools and infrastructures support existing teaching practices, reconfigure participation, authority, and the boundaries of when, where, and how learning is produced (Mekheimer, 2025). This paper aims to present and discuss commitments and activities for an international project are directed to integrate state-of-the-art digital technologies in order to create innovative learning ecosystems. The project under study is an Erasmus+ Project titled as: “Innovative Training for Software Quality Standards”(IT-ISQS, 2026). The study depicts how educational space is organised when a hybrid learning environment that integrates classroom interaction, real-life industry cases, gamified learning tasks, and an LLM-based support tool for self-paced learning. The study treats “space” not as a static setting but as a dynamically produced configuration of practices, tools, relations, and institutional arrangements that emerge through teaching and learning. In undergraduate software engineering education, there is a persistent gap between internationally recognised software quality standards and what students encounter in university curricula—often resulting in fragmented standards coverage and low learner engagement (Koyuncu Tunç 2024, Akdur 2022). To minimize this gap the IT-ISQS Project will design and study an AI-supported, gamified learning environment for International Software Quality Standards (ISQS). The IT-ISQS project also contributes an explicit partnership lens by examining how transnational co-design and cross-context implementation shape the resulting educational space—what is stabilised across sites, what is adapted locally, and how design decisions travel through partnership routines (e.g., shared work packages, feedback loops, and quality assurance practices). The tool used for AI Support will be a virtual AI tutor named, ART (ART, 2026). Objectives: The IT-ISQS project’s objectives are to: increase awareness of ISQS among young engineers; enhance and update software engineering curricula to include comprehensive coverage of international standards; foster innovative teaching methods for engaging and effective Learning (IT-ISQS Proposal, 2024). The Project aims at stimulating innovative leatning nd Teaching practives, promoting inter-connected higher Education systems, and generating new Learning and Teaching methods and approaches by means of digital technology integration. This study pursues four objectives to: design a course ecosystem (syllabus, multimedia materials, interactive activities, games, assessment tasks, and AI-based learning resources) that makes ISQS learning engaging and professionally relevant; investigate how the ecosystem reconfigures educational space—particularly participation structures, learner agency, and boundaries between classroom and self-study; evaluate effects on student engagement and learning outcomes across partner contexts using mixed indicators (feedback, observation of participation, and achievement data); and derive transferable design principles for postdigital learning environments that support standards literacy and curriculum alignment across institutions and countries. Research questions: RQ1 (Educational space): How does an AI-supported, gamified ISQS course reconfigure participation structures, learner agency, and boundaries between in-class and self-paced learning spaces? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts an understanding of educational space: learning environments are produced through the entanglement of learners and lecturers, course artifacts (international software engineering standards documents, cases, games), institutional arrangements (assessment regimes, curriculum structures), and digital mediators (LLM tool- ARTutor: An AI Virtual Tutor). The new elective undergraduate software engineering course will be generated, its syllabus, course materials, books, exercises, case studies, and games will be cretaed and be applied same at all three pilot areas in three countries: Türkiye, Spain and the Netherlands. Within this framing, ISQS is conceptualised as a boundary object connecting academic and professional communities, while AI mediation and gamification are treated as spatial–organisational forces that redistribute expertise, scaffold self-paced learning, and reshape participation and assessment practices. Commonly created course material will be followed in all three countries, at different universities. Pre- and post- evaluations will be conducted, and the performance and implementation features will be observed and evaluated. Feedback on technology integration will be provided to the relevant parties. Aimed research will be on adoption and impact of the newly designed course and the course's contents. Interviews, surveys, obervations and evaluations will be performed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to contribute: (1) empirically grounded evidence on whether and how an AI-supported, gamified ISQS course can increase student engagement and strengthen learning outcomes in international software engineering standards education; (2) a spatially sensitive account of how hybrid learning environments are produced through the interplay of pedagogical design, AI mediation, gamified participation structures, and assessment practices; and (3) a set of transferable design principles for postdigital learning environments that connect classroom interaction with self-paced AI-supported learning while maintaining professional relevance through industry-linked cases and standards-based artifacts. The following results are the expected results of this project: (1) Innovative Course Content: gamification and real-life case studies, interactive in-class activities, new exam questions, enhanced course content with multimedia elements, a new course syllabus, an AI-based course resources. Workshops, meet-up's and multiplier events as part of the project's activities to provide a platform for interactive discussions, knowledge exchange, collaborative learning, and hands-on experiences, fostering a dynamic and engaging educational environment. (2) Inter-Connected Higher Education Systems: Curricula update enables coverage of international standards on software quality, the project contributes to promoting interconnected higher education systems. Educational content alignment with global standards. (3) Research Activities and Surveys: A shared understanding of challenges and opportunities in software engineering and related programs’ education. Collaboration with Software Professionals: Collaborating with software professionals strengthens the connection between academia and industry, creating an interwoven higher education system. By actively involving industry experts, the project ensures that educational practices remain relevant, up-to-date, and aligned with the evolving demands of the IT sector. We expect the newly designed innovative course to increase awareness and knowledge on ISQS and close the gap in between practice and academia on ISQS topics. References Mekheimer, M.A. (2025). Effective technology integration in higher education: a mixed-methods study of professional development. Educ Inf Technol 30, 25013–25058 . https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-025-13750-y Tunç, S. K. (2024). Investigating the adoption of international software quality standards in Türkiye: A comprehensive analysis. 9th International Conference on Computer Science and Engineering (UBMK), Antalya, Türkiye, 1052–1057. https://doi.org/10.1109/UBMK63289.2024.10773457 Akdur, D. (2022). Analysis of software engineering skills gap in the industry. ACM Transactions on Computing Education, 22(4), 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1145/3567837 IT-ISQS (2026), Innovative Training for International Software Quality Standards, https://www.itisqs.net/en, 11 Jan 2026. IT-ISQS Proposal (2024), KA220-HED, Cooperation Partnership in Higher Education, March 2024. ART, AI Virtual Tutor (2026), https://app.studywith.art/auth/sign-in, 11 Jan 2026. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Why Students Procrastinate in Online Courses: A Conceptual Replication Study of Cheng and Xie’s (2021) Procrastination Model Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Academic procrastination is commonly defined as the intentional delay of academic tasks despite the expectation of negative consequences (Klingsieck, 2013; Steel, 2007). It is widely understood as a maladaptive self-regulatory strategy (Wolters, 2003) and has been associated with reduced academic performance (Kim & Seo, 2015), increased stress, and impaired well-being (Steel, 2007). Although prevalence of academic procrastination in general is relatively high (Steel, 2007), challenges concerning academic procrastination become particularly salient in asynchronous online learning environments, where learners are faced with a high degree of temporal and spatial flexibility and are therefore required to regulate their learning processes largely independently (Michinov et al., 2011). Especially during the forced shift to online learning due to the COVID-19 pandemic, academic procrastination increasingly became a burden to students (Schindler, Polujanski, & Rotthoff, 2021). Against this background, Cheng and Xie (2021) proposed a theory-driven model explaining academic procrastination in online courses by integrating influences of perceived course structures, motivational beliefs, and individual personality characteristics on academic procrastination. Drawing on Pintrich and Zusho’s (2007) model on self-regulated learning, their model assumes that course design features, namely technology usability, content relevance, instructor engagement, and peer interaction, affect academic procrastination indirectly through motivational beliefs such as academic self-efficacy, task value, and emotional cost. In the study, emotional cost, defined as anticipated negative affect such as stress or frustration associated with task engagement, was identified as a central mediator linking course perceptions to procrastinatory behaviour. In addition, conscientiousness was identified as a stable personal characteristic influencing both motivational beliefs and procrastination. While Cheng and Xie (2021) provided initial empirical support for this model, there are some limitations that restrict the generalisability of their findings. These include a relatively small sample size for the chosen path model, the aggregation of data across heterogeneous online course formats, and the use of a path model to analyse the relations, which does not account for measurement error in latent constructs, such as the included variables. Moreover, the proportion of variance explained in procrastination through the investigated variables was comparatively low (R² = .14). The present study aims to conceptually replicate the model of Cheng and Xie (2021), while addressing these limitations. Specifically, the study investigates academic procrastination in a compulsory, asynchronous online seminar for teacher training students at a German university. The course was deliberately designed with a clear weekly structure, mandatory deadlines, and systematically encouraged peer interaction within fixed small groups. This controlled instructional setting allows for a more precise attribution of interindividual differences in procrastination to motivational factors, while minimising confounding variance due to divergent course designs. The central research objective is to examine whether and to what extent perceived course structures, motivational beliefs, and conscientiousness predict academic procrastination in this context. By replicating and refining the original model using structural equation modelling, the study aims to contribute to the validation and contextualisation of theoretical assumptions about procrastination in asynchronous online learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a cross-sectional survey design. 553 teacher training students (Master of Education) enrolled in the compulsory asynchronous online seminar at a German university during the winter semester 2022/23 were invited to participate. The final analytic sample comprised 404 students (mean age = 28.27 years, 74% female). The course was delivered entirely online via the learning management system Moodle and focused on psychological foundations of learning motivation. It was structured around weekly releases of content and mandatory assignments, which were essential for course completion. Although most tasks could be completed individually, students were assigned to fixed groups of five to encourage social interaction. Each group was supported by a designated instructor who provided feedback and facilitated exchange through structured tasks (e.g., peer feedback, written discussions). Academic procrastination was measured using the short form of the Academic Procrastination Scale (Yockey, 2016), adopted to ask for procrastination specifically in the concerning course. Perceived course structures (technology usability, content relevance, instructor engagement, and peer interaction) were assessed using adapted and translated versions of the scales used in the original study (Kuo et al., 2014). Motivational variables were assessed using well established instruments (Academic Self-efficacy: Jerusalem & Satow, 1999; Task Value: Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire, Pintrich et al., 1993; Emotional Cost: Beymeyer et al., 2021). Conscientiousness was measured using the BFI-2 (Rammstedt et al., 2020). The psychometric quality of all scales was evaluated using confirmatory factor analysis, yielding acceptable to good model fit indices and internal consistencies (Cronbach’s α ranging from .76 to .94). Missing data were analysed following Rubin’s (1976) framework. Except for instructor engagement, missing values were imputed using the expectation-maximisation algorithm. Due to a systematic pattern of missingness related to low usage of optional help-seeking structures, instructor engagement was excluded from the final trimmed model to allow for full-sample analysis. Data analysis was conducted using structural equation modelling (SEM) to account for measurement error, maximising model fit and explanatory power. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our final model revealed three key differences from Cheng and Xie's (2021) original findings and confirmed emotional cost as central motivational factor. First, our model explained considerably more variance in procrastination (R² = .39) compared to the original study (R² = .14). This likely stems from our controlled, homogeneous course design and the use of SEM to account for measurement error, enabling more precise identification of relations than the original aggregated sample and path analysis. Second, the motivational pathways differed partly. Additional to the indirect pathway of technology usability through emotional cost on procrastination, which was replicated, another significant pathway emerged. Unlike in the original model, where academic self-efficacy showed no significant effect, we identified a meaningful indirect pathway. Higher self-efficacy predicted lower emotional cost, which in turn reduced procrastination. We also excluded task value due to redundancy with content relevance. Third, social interaction played a different role. While Cheng and Xie found that peer interaction predicted self-efficacy, we found no substantial connection. Despite mandatory collaborative elements in the course, perception of peer interaction had meaningful relation to procrastination. Consistent with the original study, conscientiousness remained the strongest direct predictor of procrastination. However, as a relatively stable trait, its primary utility for instructors lies in identifying at-risk students, while implications for course design are limited. Our data refine Cheng and Xie’s model and support the finding that course structures do not directly affect procrastination but indirectly by reducing emotional cost. Consequently, instructional design should focus on minimizing emotional cost through manageable technology and clear structure. Limitations include the cross-sectional design preventing causal conclusions and the specific context of teacher education. Future research could further explore the role of social interaction for procrastination in asynchronous online learning and implement RCT designs to investigate effectivenes of design characteristics to minimize emotional cost. References Beymer, P. N., Ferland, M., & Flake, J. K. (2021). Validity evidence for a short scale of college students’ perceptions of cost. Current Psychology. Cheng, S. L., & Xie, K. (2021). Why college students procrastinate in online courses: A self-regulated learning perspective. The Internet and Higher Education, 50, 100807. Jerusalem, M. & Satow, L. (1999). Schulbezogene Selbstwirksamkeit. In R. Schwarzer & M. Jerusalem (Hrsg.), Skalen zur Erfassung von Lehrer- und Schülermerkmalen (S. 18-19). Berlin: Institut für Psychologie, Freie Universität Berlin. Kim, K. R., & Seo, E. H. (2015). The relationship between procrastination and academic performance: A meta-analysis. Personality and individual differences, 82, 26-33. Klingsieck, K. B. (2013). Procrastination: When Good Things Don’t Come to Those Who Wait. European Psychologist, 18(1), 24-34. Kuo, Y.-C., Walker, A. E., Schroder, K. E. E., & Belland, B. R. (2014). Interaction, internet self-efficacy, and self-regulated learning as predictors of student satisfaction in online education courses. The Internet and Higher Education, 20, 35-50. Michinov, N., Brunot, S., Le Bohec, O., Juhel, J., & Delaval, M. (2011). Procrastination, participation, and performance in online learning environments. Computers & Education, 56(1), 243-252. Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A. F., Garcia, T., & Mckeachie, W. J. (1993). Reliability and Predictive Validity of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (Mslq). Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53(3), 801–813. Pintrich, P. R., & Zusho, A. (2007). Student motivation and self-regulated learning in the college classroom. In The scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education: An evidence-based perspective (pp. 731-810). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Rammstedt, B., Danner, D., Soto, C. J., & John, O. P. (2020). Validation of the Short and Extra-Short Forms of the Big Five Inventory-2 (BFI-2) and Their German Adaptations. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 36(1), 149-161. Rubin, D. B. (1976). Inference and missing data. Biometrika, 63, 581-592. Steel, P. (2007). The nature of procrastination: a meta-analytic and theoretical review of quintessential self-regulatory failure. Psychological bulletin, 133(1), 65. Schindler, A. K., Polujanski, S., & Rotthoff, T. (2021). A longitudinal investigation of mental health, perceived learning environment and burdens in a cohort of first-year German medical students’ before and during the COVID-19 ‘new normal’. BMC Medical Education, 21(1), 413. Wolters, C. A. (2003). Understanding procrastination from a self-regulated learning perspective. Journal of educational psychology, 95(1), 179. Yockey, R. D. (2016). Validation of the short form of the academic procrastination scale. Psychological reports, 118(1), 171-179. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 01 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Religion, Migration and Educational Justice Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Between Exclusion and Coexistence: Religious and Cultural Diversity in Turkish Schooling Ankara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In increasingly diverse educational contexts, identity has emerged as a key construct for understanding how individuals negotiate belonging, recognition, and participation in schooling. While education acts as a domain for social and cultural transformation, it can simultaneously function as a site where religious boundaries give rise to both personal and structural forms of discrimination. This study focuses on the case of Türkiye, where religious diversity is recognized only to a limited extent within the constitutional framework, and where the compulsory Religious Culture and Ethics Knowledge (RCEK) course continues to be a subject of debate regarding freedom of religion and conscience. The purpose of this study is to analyze how individuals in Türkiye who hold diverse religious and cultural identities construct meanings around their schooling experiences, how these meanings are historically and socially situated, and how they are reproduced through everyday school practices. Specifically, the research examines the schooling experiences of individuals educated in Mardin, a historically multicultural city, to understand how everyday encounters either reproduce religion-based discrimination or foster a multicultural culture of harmony. The study addresses the following research questions: How do individuals from different religious and cultural backgrounds construct their schooling experiences? In what ways do narratives make visible experiences of discrimination, othering, and adaptation? How are institutional practices perceived by Christian students?. Findings revealed two overarching themes: "Discrimination" and "Construction of Harmony within the School". Under the theme of Discrimination, participants described social exclusion in peer relations, religious pressure, othering, and the concealment of discrimination. The compulsory RCEK course emerged as a symbolic site where Christian students’ difference became visible and their identity was problematized, often leading to feelings of exclusion. Participants noted that while overt hostility has declined compared to the past, subtle forms of othering and "cautious intimacy" persist. Conversely, the theme of Construction of Harmony captured experiences of cultural interaction, inclusive teacher practices, and social acceptance. The findings suggest that schools in Mardin function simultaneously as spaces of inequality and as microcosms of democracy. When teachers employed inclusive pedagogical approaches and acknowledged religious differences respectfully, students' sense of belonging and academic engagement strengthened. The study concludes that while structural barriers remain, everyday interactions and inclusive teaching can transform schools into spaces of democratic coexistence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design, specifically a phenomenological approach, to examine the educational experiences of students in Türkiye who hold diverse religious and cultural identities. Phenomenology was selected to uncover how individuals make sense of their schooling experiences at the level of consciousness and to explore how they interpret these phenomena within their specific social contexts. Participants The study group consisted of 14 participants (eight men and six women) who completed their primary and secondary education in Mardin. Participants were selected using the snowball sampling method to reach members of sensitive groups who might prefer to conceal their identities. The group included nine participants identifying as Christian and five as Muslim, with ages ranging from 19 to 79. To capture generational perspectives, participants were categorized into two groups: Older Generation (OG) and Younger Generation (YG), allowing for an analysis of how changing sociopolitical contexts influenced identity formation. Data Collection Data were collected using semi-structured interview forms developed by the researchers. Two separate forms were prepared—one for Muslim and one for Christian participants—to gain deeper insights into their specific experiences. Questions focused on school experiences, moments of feeling different, teachers’ attitudes, and coping mechanisms regarding discrimination. Trustworthiness was ensured through prolonged fieldwork and the researcher’s positionality as a native of Mardin, which facilitated rapport. Data Analysis The data were analyzed using the content analysis method to identify underlying concepts and themes inductively. To ensure confirmability, two researchers independently coded the data. The analysis revealed recurring motifs which were organized into main themes. An external expert familiar with the cultural context of Mardin reviewed the analyses to ensure contextual accuracy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that discrimination experienced by Christian individuals in Türkiye’s educational settings is structural and multilayered, extending beyond individual attitudes. The implementation of the compulsory RCEK course serves as a symbolic dimension of this discrimination, often forcing Christian students into a visible position of "difference" rather than fostering inclusivity. Consequently, Christian students often developed strategies of "cautious intimacy" and concealment to navigate social relations and preserve their identity. However, the study also highlights a transformation in social perceptions. Generational narratives reveal a shift from the overt exclusion faced by older generations to more subtle forms of othering encountered by youth, alongside increased opportunities for cultural interaction. The theme "Construction of Harmony within the School" demonstrates that despite past discrimination, mutual understanding and solidarity can flourish where contact is sustained. Crucially, the role of the teacher emerged as decisive. Inclusive teacher practices that recognized students' identities helped mitigate the effects of structural exclusion, transforming classrooms into safe learning environments. The study supports the view that schools function as microcosms of democracy; when diversity is recognized and respected, social acceptance strengthens. To advance educational equity, inclusivity must be institutionalized through curriculum reform and teacher education, rather than relying solely on individual discretion. References •Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. •Anczyk, A., & Grzymała-Moszczyńska, J. (2018). Religious discrimination discourse in the mono-cultural school: The case of Poland. British Journal of Religious Education, 40(2), 182–193. •Banks, J. A. (2015). Cultural diversity and education: Foundations, curriculum, and teaching (6th ed.). New York, NY: Routledge. •Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. New York, NY: Macmillan. •Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., & Kawakami, K. (2013). Racism. In The SAGE handbook of prejudice, stereotyping and discrimination (pp. 312–327). SAGE Publications. •European Court of Human Rights. (2007). Case of Hasan and Eylem Zengin v. Turkey. •Forrest-Bank, S. S., & Dupper, D. R. (2016). A qualitative study of coping with religious minority status in public schools. Children and Youth Services Review, 61, 261–270. •Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (3rd ed.). New York, NY: Teachers College Press. •Gözaydın, İ. (2020). Dine dayalı ayrımcılık: Türkiye’de karmaşık bir mesele. In II. Uluslararası Din ve Toplum Sempozyumu Bildirileri. •Kaymakcan, R., & Hendek, A. (2022). European Court of Human Rights’ judgements and compulsory religious education in Turkey. British Journal of Religious Education, 44(4), 444–454. •Merriam, S. B. (2015). Nitel araştırma yöntemleri. Nobel Akademik Yayıncılık. •Tanyas, B. (2024). “I was told that people might hurt me”: Experiences of religious discrimination among Jewish, Christian, and Alevi youth in Turkey. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 34(5), e2872. •Wimmer, A. (2008). Elementary strategies of ethnic boundary making. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 31(6), 1025–1055. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Towards Anti-Colonial Praxis in Public School Religious Education University of the West of Scotland Presenting Author:This paper argues for the need to turn decolonial rhetoric (‘knowing’) into anti-colonial praxis (‘acting’) in public school Religious Education (RE). This is to address the “so what must I do” quandary that often lingers when educators are confronted with the reality about the colonial embeddedness in RE, as in indeed across the school curriculum. It is an issue poignantly evident in the Western academy where (dis)engagement with coloniality is often met with rationales of white fragility exemplified by silence such as "... nothing to add" (DiAngelo, 2021: 1), which, in effect, is "... a form of ... psychological violence…” (Pillay, 2016: 157) and amidst indefensible denials of "I did not colonise anyone" or "colonialism wasn't all that bad" (see Bigger, 2024). It is worth noting the insidious entanglements of religion and education in colonial structures of domination being a school subject “… at the epicentre of all European Empires” (Gearon et al., 2021: 1). RE has existed as a form of schooling functioning as an instrument in “… bringing into being of new subjects and new subjectivities” (Hall, 2008: 774). RE has perpetuated epistemic erasure of non-normative religious knowledge by its prioritisation of hegemonic knowledge (through neo/confessional approaches) as the “official knowledge” in the curriculum (Matemba, 2025). In the wider European context, there have been attempts to decolonise RE through the embedding of religious diversity and/or adoption of worldviews approach (see Poulter, Riitaoja and Kuusisto, 2016). In the absence of an anti-colonial stance, coloniality still exists in RE perpetuated not only by educators who have not undergone the process of anti-colonial reflexivity but also the hegemonic interpretations of normative religions "texts" and classroom discourse (Matemba, 2024; Moosavi, 2023). Thus, even in cases where religious pluralisation exists, the conceptualised of RE is still based on “limited pluralism” in which normative religions are selected or prioritised as “official knowledge”, hence delegitimising “other” forms of religious/non-religious knowledge in RE (Matemba, 2024). RE’s failure to engage critically with “uncomfortable conversations” related to discreditable disclosures of the colonial empire (e.g., dehumanisation through slavery and racism) is a lingering problem to be challenged by engaging educators, and indeed children, in a pedagogy of discomfort (Zembylas, 2015), supported by a kind of RE that moves "beyond learning" and without "authoritarian control" (Biesta, 2025: 41,51). In turning RE decolonial rhetoric into anti-colonial praxis, the paper utilises anti-colonial theory for RE (AcTRE) (see Matemba, 2021, 2024, 2025), which has radical analytical tools in critiquing the colonial settled status of a school subject connected to “religion-normativity” - that is how normative religions serve a "colonising" function as part of schooling culture being, as it were, a reflection of the socio-cultural normativism in places where such religions are dominant. AcTRE illuminates the failure of RE in dealing with coloniality inherent in how it is conceptualised and practised. AcTRE provides theoretical perspectives to critique how RE engages with the neo/colonial encounter in its dealings with hegemonic knowledge and also highlights how those with the mandate to oversee the subject can be empowered with knowledge, attitudes and disposition towards providing an equitable epistemological space ensuring the co-existence of pluriversal ways of knowing in RE (Matemba, 2024). Two objectives provide the guide for this paper. To examine the ways in which AcTRE can serve a dual role in facilitating a critique of the colonised status of RE whilst also offering analytical tools that support the development of an anti-colonial reflective mindset in classroom practitioners. Secondly, cognisant of Biesta’s concept of “subjectification” (e.g., learners’ ethical agency and engagement with pluriversal knowledge (Biesta, 2011)), to engage in anti-colonial praxis through the theoretical lens of AcTRE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on my critical reading of extant decolonial scholarship, previous published research (see Matemba, 2021, 2024, 2025) and professional RE teacher experience in in secondary schools and teacher education in Africa and Scotland for over two decades. I am cognizant of the fact that any discussion related to decolonisation necessitates "decolonising" of self (see Moosavi, 2023). This involves declaring one’s positionality related to the discipline (i.e., RE), one's structural location and inherent bias (declared or not). I am an African male, Christian, RE scholar and working as a teacher educator in Scotland. What I write and how I argue on issues related to decolonisation in education is somewhat influenced by my structural location based on personal experience with a (neo)colonial education system I went through having grown up and educated in Malawi, a formerly British colony but with a strong Scottish connection Presbyterian missionary work. I am also exasperated by persistence of coloniality in Scottish education where I have taught RE first in secondary schools and later (since 2007) in teacher education. Again, being an RE qualified schoolteacher, teacher educator, and researcher in both RE in Malawi (i.e. Global South) and Scotland (i.e. Global North), and having previously co-guest edited a special issue on “RE and decolonisation ” in the British Journal of Religious Education, gives me insights on the problem of coloniality in RE. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In contemporary schooling, the design of RE continues to emphasise homogeneous rather than heterogeneous knowledge content aligned with pre-packaged learning outcomes as part of centralised curriculum (see Barua, 2009). It is an issue akin to Biesta’s critique of the "learnification" of education for narrowing learning to certain types of knowledge, which in turn produces knowledge that becomes “hegemonic… without much scope for critical scrutiny” (Biesta, 2025: 43). Conceptualising and implementing anti-colonial praxis through in RE AcTRE is necessary not only in producing a generation of anti-colonial thinking children and teachers able to challenge hegemonic epistemologies and epistemic silencing of other ways of knowing in RE (see Hess, 2016) but also engaging them in a process of (un)learning through anti-colonial reflexivity. In my view (see Matemba, 2021, 2024, 2025), anti-colonial reflexivity engages academics and classroom practitioners in deep experiential reflection that challenges our biases, assumptions, beliefs and practices as part of a critical decolonial reorientation towards a paradigm shift when engaging with epistemologies that inform knowledge-making in the school curriculum, including in RE (see also Moosavi, 2023). The anti-colonial strategies suggested in this paper are not exhaustive but provide an important starting point and as an invitation for further research in how anti-colonial praxis can contribute to the necessary process of anti-colonising not only RE but in other areas of the school curriculum in public education. References Barua, B. (2009) “Colonial education and non-violent activism of rural Buddhist communities in Bangladesh,” in Kapoor, D. (Ed.) Education, Decolonization and Development: Perspectives from Asia, Africa and the Americas, Leiden, Netherlands: Brill: 57-73. Bigger, N. (2024) Colonialism: A Moral Reckoning, London: William Collins. Basu, A. (1989) “Colonial education: a comparative approach,” Proceedings of the Indian History Congress, 50: 707-736. Biesta, G. (2011) Learning Democracy in School and Society Education, Lifelong Learning, and the Politics of Citizenship, Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Biesta, G. (2025) “Religious Education Beyond Learning,” in Ubani, M. (Ed.), Religion, Learning, Literacy: Theories and Concepts for Twenty-First Century Public Education, Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature: 39-54. DiAngelo, R. (2017) “Nothing to Add: A Challenge to White Silence in Racial Discussions,” Understanding and Dismantling Privilege, 2(1): https://wpcjournal.com/article/view/10100 (9.12.2025). Gearon, L., Kuusisto, A., Matemba, Y., Benjamin, S., Preez, P. D., Koirikivi, P., & Simmonds, S. (2021), “Decolonising the religious education curriculum,” British Journal of Religious Education, 43(1): 1–8. Hall, C. (2008) “Making colonial subjects: education in the age of empire,” History of Education, 37(6): 773-787. Matemba, Y.H. (2021) “Decolonising religious education in sub-Saharan Africa through the prism of anticolonialism: a conceptual proposition,” British Journal of Religious Education, 43(1): 33-45. Matemba, Y.H. (2024) “Neocolonialism, Anti-Coloniality and Religious Education: New Lessons from Africa South of the Sahara (ASoS),” Religious Education, 119(3): 210-226. Matemba, Y.H. (2025) “Africa South of the Sahara: An Anticolonial Framework for Religion and Education,” in Liam Gearon and Arniika Kuusisto (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Religion and Education, London: Oxford University Press: 511-526. Moosavi, L. (2023) “Turning the decolonial gaze towards ourselves: Decolonising the curriculum and ‘decolonial reflexivity’ in sociology and social theory,” Sociology, 57(1): 137–156. Pillay, S. (2016) “Silence is violence: (critical) psychology in an era of Rhodes Must Fall and Fees Must Fall,” South African Journal of Psychology, 46(2): 155–159. Poulter, S., Riitaoja, A., and Kuusisto, A. (2016) “Thinking multicultural education ‘otherwise’ – from a secularist construction towards a plurality of epistemologies and worldviews,” Globalisation, Societies and Education, 14 (1), pp. 68-86. Vandeyar, S. (2022) “Decolonising higher education: The academic’s turn,” Equity and Excellence in Education, 55(3): 189–202. Zembylas, M. (2015) “‘Pedagogy of discomfort’ and its ethical implications: The tensions of ethical violence in social justice education,” Ethics and Education, 10(2): 163–174. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Future Horizons in the Discourses Regarding Social Justice and Intercultural Education: How Can We Meet Current Challenges? University of Teacher Education Zug, Switzerland Presenting Author:Over the last three decades, Network 7 has made a significant contribution to the interrogation of practice in different contexts and the development of new ideas, given the particular challenges of the respective times. Currently, new challenges are arising, leading to new questions and a new need to investigate, create ideas and respond. What is the larger context of these challenges, how can they be approached, what theories do we choose and how can we keep listening into those areas that are typically under-addressed, forgotten, neglected, ignored or even silenced?
It is typical for Network 7 that the attention goes to those unseen, unheard, marginalised or even violently excluded or hurt. The pain, it seems, is where the attention is directed towards, asking about what has caused the pain, how it can be contextualised and what could lead out of it. The latter, however, is not always easily found, and many studies only lead into various forms of critique, and understandably so, as critique is necessary and ideas for a path forward are not readily developed. Or in other words: It seems so much easier to say what we do not want than to create suggestions about what we actually do want.
However, as we live in a time of unrest and turbulence, new ideas could be highly helpful. While there might be feelings of powerlessness and frustration, such times always offer particularly high potential for change, and they can lay bare what is important to us or what we hope for, facilitating a language of forward-looking ideas that include a responsibility beyond personal interests (Hoppe 2024). While concerns about the normalisation of right-extremist ideologies and the continuity or even reinforcement of neo-colonial and neo-liberal structures are at the thematic core of network 7, they are to be seen in the wider context of the breathtakingly fast rise of AI which increases the volume of dominant voices while reproducing bias in an exponential dynamic, and making it very easy for propaganda and fake information to be spread. Additionally, climate change and the loss of biodiversity as well as wars and mental health crises are shaping our time, to mention only a few of our huge challenges and the need to make suggestions for new ways of thinking.
Maybe it’s not surprising that one of the suggestions to ‘think out of the box’ comes from somebody who knows marginalisation from her own (family) experience. Vanessa de Oliveira Andreotti (2021), dean of the Faculty of Education at the University of Victoria, Canada, points out that our current times need healing in many regards: healing the ways we think, feel, relate, exchange and face cycles of life and death. Her approach goes to the depth of the wound, and accordingly she suggests a concept for ‘depth education’ that is guided by questions such as ‘How can we learn to choose sobriety, maturity, discernment and responsibility in a culture (of late modernity) that often promotes and rewards the opposite’? Her suggestions have grown out of a cooperation with indigenous communities and offer perspectives that seem inspiring and truly ‘beyond the box’.
The aim of this paper is to step back a little bit and to think about different ideas and perspectives – such as the one developed by Andreotti – that could be promising for our research and our processes of ‘imagineering’ which hopefully contribute to meeting the challenges of our time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the special call with its invitation to reflect on the development of the discourses on social justice and intercultural education as well as on perspectives for the future, the methodology of this paper is based on literature and theory as well as on personal observations of the different strands and orientations of research as they have evolved over the past twenty years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Apart from the mentioned approach by Andreotti, some more perspectives shall be outlined, one of them being the resonance theory by Hartmut Rosa (2019). Rosa tries to understand thoroughly what the societal structures of postmodern (‘western’) societies are shaped by. He describes a societal diagnosis that encompasses socio-cultural as well as economic structures. Our time, he says, is bound by a logic of acceleration, progress and competition which has an underlying search for something that cannot be found or achieved and ultimately leads to experiences of alienation, an experience of a muted world that ‘does not speak to me’. The counter-concept would be a relationship of mutual response, an experience of resonance, in which ‘I am heard and seen, and the other person, the place or activity speaks to me’. So here again, the attention goes to the moment of pain, which is described as alienation. There is much to suggest that a new focus on resonance has great potential as an orientation in education, facilitating the capacity to ‘sit with the pain’ (as Andreotti puts it), our own pain, as well as the pain of others (West, 2025) and therefore to grow up, mature, hold ambivalence, take responsibility and contribute to inclusive communities. However, investigation is yet to be done. Using this moment of creative reflection, different kinds of research desiderata shall be formulated. Apart from the ones already mentioned, there are also questions related to epistemological foundations (O’Brien, 2021) or hyper-individualism and singularisation (Reckwitz, 2021) that seem to have great explanatory power and are to be further explored. References Andreotti, V. d. O. (2021). Depth education and the possibility of GCE otherwise. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(4), 496–509. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1904214 Hoppe, K. (2024). Das „Prinzip Antworten“: Eine postapokalyptische Theorie der Verantwortung für das Anthropozän. Berliner Journal für Soziologie, 34(2), 249–273. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11609-024-00527-2 Reckwitz, A. (2021). Die Gesellschaft der Singularitäten. Zum Strukturwandel der Moderne. Suhrkamp. Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance. A Sociology of Our Relationship to the World. Polity. West, L. (2025). Illuminating the Fine Line Between Radicalization and Transformative Learning: Case Studies From Auto/Biographical Narrative Inquiry. Journal of Transformative Education, 23(3), 378–387. https://doi.org/10.1177/15413446251352380 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 01 B: Responding to Diversity in Schools: Professional, Institutional and Research Perspectives Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Increasing Diversity in Finnish Schools: The Need for Cultural Humility Among Subject Teachers University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Schools in Finland are becoming increasingly diverse in terms of students’ cultural, ethnic and linguistic backgrounds. At the same time, 98.4 percent of teachers working in early childhood education, basic education and general upper secondary education come from families in which both parents were born in Finland (Kosunen et al., in press). Hence, there is a growing need to pay attention to the emerging mismatch between teachers’ and students’ backgrounds to ensure that all students, regardless of their backgrounds, have equal access to educational opportunities and safe learning environments. In this study, subject teachers’ perceptions of diversity are examined through the concept of cultural humility. The concept of cultural humility was originally developed in medical education, as there was a growing need to raise medical staff’s awareness of patients’ diverse cultural backgrounds and the asymmetrical power relations between professionals and patients (Tervalon & Murray-García, 1998). The aim was to distinguish cultural humility from cultural competence, which refers to the acquisition of superficial and stereotypical knowledge about other cultures, and to stress the importance of medical professionals’ lifelong commitment to self-evaluation and critique (Tervalon & Murray-García, 1998). Since then, cultural humility has gained ground in other fields, such as teaching and teacher education. These studies have focused on, for example, teachers’ and teacher-students’ abilities to cope with diversity in schools and to recognise their own biases, prejudices and stereotypical assumptions about other cultures (Cervantes & Clark, 2020; Heikkola et al., 2025; Obery et al., 2024; Tinkler & Tinkler, 2016; Yoo, 2021). Cultural humility holds that teachers must acknowledge the limitations of their cultural knowledge and be willing to interact with students and families from other cultural backgrounds in a respectful and humble manner (Cervantes & Clark, 2020). Practicing cultural humility is a lifelong process (Foronda et al., 2016; Tervalon & Murray-García, 1998). It requires constant reflection from teachers, including awareness of one’s own background, stereotypical perceptions and privileges, as well as power imbalances in society (Obery et al., 2024; Tinkler & Tinkler, 2016). Cultural humility may have many positive implications for socially just teaching and inclusive classrooms, as it has the potential to, for example, strengthen trust between teachers and students, promote student participation, make visible the skills and potential students possess and facilitate collaboration and respectful encounters with families (Cervantes & Clark, 2020; Foronda et al., 2016; Obery et al., 2024; Yoo, 2021). When a teacher is committed to cultural humility, it may also serve as a tool to challenge racism and support antiracist work in and outside the classroom (Curtiss & Perry, 2024). Cultural humility enables taking a close look at the processes teachers may go through in changing societies and schools and, more precisely, to capture variations in teachers’ work contexts when working with students from diverse cultural, ethnic and linguistic backgrounds. This is highly topical both in Finland and internationally. The 49 teachers who were interviewed for this study live in different parts of Finland, both urban and rural, and work in lower secondary and general upper secondary schools. There is much variation across the country in the extent to which teachers encounter students from different cultural, ethnic and linguistic backgrounds in their daily work. At the same time, the teachers’ accounts of diversity are intertwined with changes occurring in society, such as increasing migration and inequalities between social groups. Consequently, the research questions are: 1) How do subject teachers describe their current work, their students and possible changes in these areas? 2) How is cultural humility, or lack thereof, embedded in the teachers’ accounts? 3) How can cultural humility contribute to socially just education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data comprise interviews with 49 subject teachers who worked in lower secondary schools (students aged 13–16) and general upper secondary schools (students aged 16–19) in different parts of Finland. The interviews were conducted as part of a larger research project that aimed to explore teachers’ work and career paths and the segregation of the teaching profession in Finland. The teachers were recruited for the interviews through a survey that they had initially completed. In total, 2,852 teachers across Finland responded to the survey, and those willing to be interviewed were asked to provide contact information. In the end, 244 teachers from early childhood education, basic education and general upper secondary education participated in the interviews, which took place online using Zoom in 2022–2023. The interviews were carried out by several researchers. In the interviews, the teachers were asked, for example, about their experiences in teacher education, qualifications, career paths, current teaching duties and school environment and future aspirations. They were also asked to describe the backgrounds of their students and their families and the surrounding neighbourhoods of their schools. The teachers were not directly asked about themes such as ethnicity, multiculturalism or migration; however, there was a question concerning students’ linguistic backgrounds and how these become visible in teachers’ daily work. The 49 interviews analysed for this study lasted approximately 60–90 minutes. They were transcribed verbatim and uploaded to Atlas.ti software. First, there were two rounds of coding. As the analysis proceeded, the principles of thematic analysis (e.g. Kogen, 2024) and thinking with theory in qualitative research (Jackson & Mazzei, 2013) were followed. The codes were organised under broader themes, after which three categories were constructed. They represented the contexts in which the teachers worked at the time of the interviews. Thematically, these categories included locality (the geographical contexts of schools), the student body (students’ cultural, ethnic and linguistic backgrounds) and the changing societal context (for example, the increasing number of students who had escaped from the war in Ukraine). The final step was to re-read the data through the lens of cultural humility and reorganise the themes into three categories: 1) teachers who encounter little or no cultural, ethnic or linguistic diversity in their work, 2) societal changes that increase diversity in schools and shape teachers’ daily work and 3) teachers working in diverse schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that many teachers in Finnish schools are still in the early stages of developing cultural humility (see also Heikkola et al., 2025). Based on the teachers’ accounts, there are schools with essentially no cultural, linguistic or ethnic diversity, even though there may be diversity related to, for example, traditional cultural minorities in Finland or students’ social backgrounds. However, this perceived lack of diversity suggests that, from the teachers’ perspectives, there is no urgent need for them to critically reflect on their own privileged positions, (mis)conceptions and stereotypes or on the existing (unjust) power structures. Teachers whose work changes rapidly or unexpectedly—for example, those who suddenly have an increasing number of students who are still learning Finnish and need more support in their studies—do not necessarily have the tools or willingness to cope with the new situation. This aspect may result in teachers changing jobs or seeing diversity as a threat to meaningful work. Some teachers may even perceive diversity as something that violates native students’ rights to high-quality teaching. Moreover, cultural humility must extend to an institutional level, which requires that school leaders and other professionals in schools also begin engaging in critical reflection about how to promote a culturally humble and socially just school community (see also Coronel & Gómez-Hurtado, 2015). When diversity is, after decades of research and discussion, perceived more as a challenge than a source of richness in Finnish schools, the question posed nearly twenty years ago by the Finnish scholar Mirja-Tytti Talib (2006, p. 139) remains highly topical: ‘Why is it so hard to encounter diversity?’ References Cervantes, C. M. & Clark, L. (2020). Cultural humility in Physical Education teacher education: A missing piece in developing a new generation of socially just Physical Education teachers. Quest, 72(1), 57–71. Coronel, J. M., & Gómez-Hurtado, I. (2015). Nothing to do with me! Teachers’ perceptions on cultural diversity in Spanish secondary schools. Teachers and Teaching, 21(4), 400–420. Curtiss, A. L. & Perry, S. C. (2024). Cultural humility in youth work: A duoethnography on anti-racist, anti-ableist practice. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 37(4), 1077–1092. Foronda, C., Baptiste, D-L., Reinholdt, M. M. & Ousman, K. (2016). Cultural humility: A concept analysis. Journal of Transcultural Nursing, 27(3), 210–217. Heikkola, L. M., Maijala, M., Merijärvi, S., Laine, P., & Mutta, M. (2025). Finnish pre-service language teachers’ understanding of culture: From cultural humility to social justice. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 13(2), 332–359. Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2013). Plugging one text into another: Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry, 19(4), 261–271. Kogen, L. (2024). Qualitative thematic analysis of transcripts in social change research: Reflections on common misconceptions and recommendations for reporting results. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 23, 1–11. Kosunen, S., Saariluoma, L., Juvonen, S., & Huilla, H. (in press). Opettajakunnan alueellinen eriytyminen ja kelpoisuuden merkitys työssä. Kasvatus. Obery, A., Lawless, K., Lawless, T. & Kaviani, K. (2024). Listening to how preservice teachers will teach about Indigenous Culture: The need for cultural humility. Multicultural Perspectives, 26(3), 164–176. Talib, M.-T. (2006). Why is it so hard to encounter diversity? In M.-T. Talib (Ed.), Diversity: A Challenge for Educators (pp. 139–156). Finnish Educational Research Association. Tervalon, M., & Murray-García, J. (1998). Cultural humility versus cultural competence: A critical distinction in defining physician training outcomes in multicultural education. Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved, 9(2), 117–125. Tinkler, A. S. & Tinker, B. (2016). Enhancing cultural humility through critical service-learning in teacher preparation. Multicultural Perspectives, 18(4), 192–201. Yoo, H. (2021). Cultural humility and intercultural contexts of music education. Music Educators Journal, 108(2), 36–43. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Do Emotional Skills Pay Off Equally at School? Investigating the Moderating Role of Language Profiles in Linguistically Diverse Classrooms KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Emotional competence (EC)—children’s ability to experience, express, regulate and understand emotions in themselves and others (Denham, 2019) is increasingly positioned as a key resource for children’s functioning at school. Research suggests that emotionally competent children are more likely to build supportive relationships with teachers and peers, to feel accepted and included, and to experience a stronger sense of school belonging (Allen et al., 2017). School belonging, in turn, is linked to a range of academic and psychosocial outcomes (Korpershoek et al., 2020). Beyond relational benefits, EC may also support learning by enabling children to cope with stress and emotional demands in the classroom, thereby freeing cognitive resources for academic engagement and performance (Oberle & Schonert-Reichl, 2017). However, it remains insufficiently understood whether the link between EC and school outcomes is equally strong across all groups of children. This question is particularly relevant in majority-dominant educational contexts that are becoming increasingly ethnoculturally and linguistically diverse. Multilingual minoritized pupils often navigate multiple emotion languages and emotion cultures, which may shape the ways in which emotions are experienced, expressed, and valued (Mesquita, 2022). Importantly, the emotional norms embedded in schools are not universal; rather, they are culturally situated and may align more strongly with majority emotion norms (De Leersnyder et al., 2021). This raises the possibility that children who are socialized in different emotion cultures may experience a mismatch between home and school contexts, potentially affecting how their emotional functioning translates into school belonging and achievement. At the same time, multilingualism may also provide emotional advantages. Prior research indicates that multilingual children, particularly those who are proficient in multiple languages, can show strengths in emotion understanding (Dekeyser et al., 2024). From this perspective, multilingualism may expand children’s emotional repertoire by offering access to multiple emotion vocabularies and emotion concepts, which could facilitate nuanced emotional processing in school contexts. Yet multilingual pupils are not a homogeneous group. The complementarity principle highlights that multilingual children’s proficiency differs across languages depending on exposure, use, and communicative needs (Grosjean, 2010). This is especially relevant for emotional language proficiency: children may know emotion words and express emotions more easily in one language than another, and may differ in their ability to navigate culturally shaped emotion meanings (Dewaele, 2016). Building on these insights, this study investigates how multiple dimensions of emotional functioning relate to school outcomes and whether these associations differ across children’s language profiles. We focus on three EC dimensions—emotion understanding, emotion expression, and emotion regulation—because these components may be differentially relevant for school belonging and achievement. We ask: (1) How are school belonging and math achievement related to these EC dimensions? (2) Do these associations vary across distinct language proficiency profiles? (3) Are the patterns consistent across EC dimensions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use survey data from the JEZ! to Emotions project, collected in 18 elementary schools across four diverse Flemish cities (Belgium). All pupils in fourth, fifth, and sixth grade (aged 9–12) were surveyed. The total sample comprises approximately N≈1610 children, of whom about 73% are multilingual. Data are collected via an online questionnaire administered during class time. Emotional functioning is operationalized through multiple dimensions aligned with established conceptualizations of EC (Denham, 2019): emotion understanding (e.g., emotion knowledge), emotion expression (e.g., not hiding emotions), and emotion regulation (e.g., task-focused and people-focused tuning of emotions; impact of others). School belonging is assessed as pupils’ perceived acceptance, inclusion, and support at school (Goodenow, 1993). Math achievement was measured via a standardized math test (Dudal & Deloof, 2004). To capture heterogeneity in multilingual pupils’ linguistic repertoires, we construct language proficiency profiles based on self-reported general language proficiency (speaking and understanding) in Dutch and the home language, complemented by emotional language proficiency (i.e., the language(s) in which children can best express specific emotions). While preliminary analyses used a two-step cluster analysis approach, the present ECER submission will employ latent class analysis to identify proficiency profiles in a model-based manner and to improve handling of classification uncertainty. Monolingual pupils will be included as a separate comparison group. Next, we test associations between EC dimensions and school outcomes using multilevel structural equation modeling (MSEM), accounting for clustering at the classroom level. To examine moderation by language proficiency profiles, we estimate interaction effects between EC dimensions and profile membership (or use multi-group MSEM depending on model fit and interpretability). Models control for key covariates, including sex and generational status. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results suggest that emotional functioning is positively associated with school belonging for both multilingual and monolingual pupils. Specifically, indicators related to emotion understanding and aspects of emotion regulation show robust positive links with belonging, whereas some components appear less consequential. In line with this, effects are weaker or non-significant for certain regulation facets (e.g., people-focused tuning of emotions), and for some measures capturing interpersonal sensitivity (e.g., impact of others). Importantly, the strength of these associations appears to vary across multilingual subgroups. Preliminary moderation patterns indicate that the protective role of emotional competence for school belonging may be stronger for specific language profiles than for others, highlighting meaningful heterogeneity within multilingual pupils. This supports the premise that multilingualism is not a uniform condition and that both general and emotional language proficiency may shape how emotional competencies translate into school adjustment. For the ECER submission, we will replicate and refine these findings by employing latent class analysis instead of cluster analysis. In addition, we extend the outcome space beyond school belonging by including math achievement, to evaluate whether emotional functioning and language profile interactions are similarly relevant for academic performance. Overall, our findings underline that emotional competence is generally beneficial for children’s school belonging, yet its role is not identical across all children. The results emphasize the need for a nuanced understanding of emotional competence in culturally and linguistically diverse classrooms, and point to emotional competence as a potential protective factor—particularly for certain groups of multilingual minoritized pupils. References Allen, K., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Waters, L. (2017). School Belonging and the Role of Social and Emotional Competencies in Fostering an Adolescent’s Sense of Connectedness to Their School. In Social and Emotional Learning in Australia and the Asia-Pacific (pp. 83–99). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-3394-0_5 De Leersnyder, J., Mesquita, B., & Boiger, M. (2021). What has culture got to do with emotions? (A lot). In M. J. Gelfand, C.-y. Chiu, & Y.-y. Hong (Eds.), Handbook of advances in culture and psychology (pp. 62–119). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190079741.003.0002 Dekeyser, G. N. M., Dewaele, J.-M., & De Leersnyder, J. (2024). Do bilinguals have an emotional advantage? An exploratory study on the interplay of language, culture and emotion. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2024.2424966 Denham, S. A. (2019). Emotional Competence During Childhood and Adolescence. In V. LoBue, K. Pérez-Edgar, & K. A. Buss (Eds.), Handbook of Emotional Development (pp. 493–541). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17332-6_20 Dewaele, J.-M. (2016). Multi-competence and emotion. In L. Wei & V. Cook (Eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Linguistic Multi-competence (pp. 461–477). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107425965.022 Grosjean, F. (2010). Bilingual. Life and Reality. Harvard University Press. Korpershoek, H., Canrinus, E. T., Fokkens-Bruinsma, M., & de Boer, H. (2020). The relationships between school belonging and students’ motivational, social-emotional, behavioural, and academic outcomes in secondary education: a meta-analytic review. Research Papers in Education, 35(6), 641–680. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2019.1615116 Mesquita, B. (2022). Between Us: How Culture Creates Emotions. WW Norton & Company. Oberle, E., & Schonert-Reichl, K. A. (2017). Social and Emotional Learning: Recent Research and Practical Strategies for Promoting Children’s Social and Emotional Competence in Schools. In J. L. Matson (Ed.), Handbook of Social Behavior and Skills in Children (pp. 175–197). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-64592-6_11 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper New Institutional Inclusions and Exclusions: Continuities and Fractures in Schools’ Perceptions and Responses to Refugee Migration from Ukraine 1: Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany; 2: Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:Migration processes and refugee movements in Europe are often a consequence of global social and political fractures and upheavals, in which the European Union is becoming increasingly embroiled. At the same time, these dynamics potentially challenge established bodies of knowledge, professional practices, and institutional routines within education systems in Europe and may themselves produce fractures in established ways of knowing and doing. Against this backdrop, this paper examines continuities and fractures in how professionals and schools address newly arrived students in the context of the current refugee migration from Ukraine, and the knowledge they draw on. Although refugee migration itself is not a new phenomenon in Europe, the arrival of refugee students from Ukraine following the Russian invasion in 2022 caught many European education systems unprepared. As a consequence, schools partly drew on contested practices of separation (Kemper et al. 2022) that exist since the 1970s and were reactivated during earlier refugee movements, particularly in the mid-2010s (Karakayali et al. 2017; Terhart/von Dewitz 2018). However, refugee migration from Ukraine is subject to specific legal regulations and political discourses that differ from those regarding previous refugee movements (Council Implementing Decision 2022, European Commission 2022; KMK 2022). Moreover, schools are increasingly challenged by multiple societal and institutional fractures, including digitalisation, the post-pandemic situation, heightened mental health concerns among students, and a shortage of educational professionals. Against this backdrop, the paper explores the extent to which professional knowledge repertoires and established institutional practices in response to forced migration from Ukraine, as well as images of ‚the migrant other‘ (Castro Varela/Mecheril 2010), are challenged, fractured, reconfigured, or stabilised. Based on qualitative interview analyses with school teachers, principals, and school social workers in secondary schools in Germany, we focus on ways of knowing (and not knowing) that may be associated with new patterns of institutional (Gomolla/Radtke 2009) and symbolic inclusion and exclusion of newly arrived ‘refugee students’. Drawing on practice theory (Reckwitz 2003; Berdelmann et al. 2019) and knowledge-sociological perspectives, the paper focuses on professional knowledge repertoires and institutional practices of (re-)establishing institutional and symbolic boundaries. From this perspective, school practices are understood to be both contingent and dynamic, and shaped by implicit, historically embedded knowledge repertoires (Reichertz 2007), as well as contemporary socio-political discourses. The paper addresses the following questions:
By analysing the continuities and fractures within school practices and professional knowledge repertoires, this paper sheds light on the (re-)production of new and existing forms of inclusion and exclusion of newly arrived students. It also reflects on the challenges posed to schools and educational research by the normalisation of racist and populist knowledge and anti-migration discourses in Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study’s qualitative research design combines guided interviews and document analysis. Empirically, it is based on 40 guided interviews conducted in 19 public secondary schools in two German federal states (Saxony-Anhalt and Rhineland-Palatinate). All of the participating schools had enrolled children and young people from Ukraine in the 2022/23 school year. The interviews aimed to elicit descriptions of current school practices in response to the forced migration from Ukraine, as well as reflections on perceived changes and/or continuities compared to schools’ previous responses to refugee movements (Karakaşoğlu 2024). Due to the fragmented nature of the German secondary school system, the sample includes different school types, including community/comprehensive schools and grammar schools. Historically, the latter have largely been exempt from accommodating newly arrived migrant students. To capture a range of professional perspectives, interviews were conducted with school principals, teachers in regular and reception classes, German-as-a-second-language teachers, and school social workers. This multi-perspectival approach is based on the assumption that interpretations of forced migration and practices of accommodating refugee students may vary according to professional position (tom Diek/Rosen 2023). To contextualise school practices within their political and legal framework, the interview data were complemented by an analysis of selected policy documents, including regulations and directives issued by the educational authorities of the two federal states. The data analysis followed a multi-stage coding process, based on the coding paradigm of Grounded Theory methodology (Strauss/Corbin 1990). First, dominant themes and organisational and pedagogical practices related to current refugee migration were identified. Subsequently, a selection of contrasting interview sequences was analysed in depth. This analysis focused on both narrated organisational and pedagogical practices, and the actors' reflective engagement with these practices within the interview situation. The reconstructed professional and institutional knowledge on forced migration was conceptualised as emerging from the shared experiential space of individual schools (Helsper 2008), the ‘conjunctive experiential space’ of professional milieus (Mannheim 1980), and from biographical experiences and professionalisation processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals three key findings. First, in the context of war-related migration from Ukraine, new ways of knowing and differentiating have partially emerged in schools. These are associated with specific narratives about ‘Ukrainian students’ and natio-ethno-cultural distinctions (Castro Varela/Mecheril 2010), based on the students and their families’ ‘national origin’. For instance, Ukrainian parents are portrayed as being highly ambitious with regard to their children’s education careers, while Ukrainian students are simultaneously characterised as being unmotivated due to their presumed intention to return to Ukraine. These attributions are closely linked to how well students and parents adapt to or disrupt established school routines and expectations. Second, some distinctions articulated by educational professionals are closely intertwined with institutional differentiation practices introduced by school authorities. Such practices include specific (and contingent) organisational arrangements and regulations for newly arrived students. These are not only implemented, but also critically reflected upon and, in some cases, contested by the interviewees. This highlights the ambivalence of professional knowledge and practice, as institutional requirements are both reproduced and questioned in everyday work. Third, the findings suggest that narratives relating to ‘unjustified privileges’ and the exploitation of the welfare state, which are widespread in populist movements and have become normalised in European migration discourse, also influence school practices and professional attitudes towards refugee students and their families. While these broader societal discourses are adopted, adapted and sometimes resisted within schools, they nevertheless contribute to processes of symbolic inclusion and exclusion. Beyond their empirical implications, the findings raise questions regarding the role and accountability of educational researchers in the production of empirical knowledge. In a society that has normalised racist and exclusionary forms of knowledge in the context of (forced) migration, there is a particular need for critical reflection on how such knowledge is generated, interpreted, and utilised. References Berdelmann, K./Fritzsche, B./Rabenstein, K./Scholz, J. (2019): Praxeologie in der Bildungsforschung. Ein Umriss historischer und gegenwartsbezogener Forschungsperspektiven. In: Berdelmann, K./Fritzsche, B./Rabenstein, K./Scholz,, J. (eds.): Transformationen von Schule, Unterricht und Profession. Erträge praxistheoretischer Forschung. Wiesbaden: Springer, pp. 1–27. Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/382. Available at: https://www.europeansources.info/record/council-implementing-decision-eu-2022-382-establishing-the-existence-of-a-mass-influx-of-displaced-persons-from-ukraine-within-the-meaning-of-article-5-of-directive-2001-55-ec-and-having-the-effect/ (accessed 20.1.2026). Castro Varela, M./Mecheril, P. (2010): Grenze und Bewegung. Migrationswissenschaftliche Klärungen. In: Mecheril, P./Castro Varela, M./Dirim, I./Kalpaka, A./Melter, C.: Migrationspädagogik. Weinheim, pp. 23–42. European Commission (2022): Supporting refugee learners from Ukraine in schools in Europe. Eurydice report. Available at: https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/supporting-refugee-learners-ukraine-schools-europe-2022 (accessed 20.1.2026). Gomolla, M./Radtke, F.-O. (2009): Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule. Wiesbaden. Helsper, W. (2008): Schulkulturen - die Schule als symbolische Sinnordnung. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 54(1), pp. 63–80. Kemper R./Bradt L./Keygnaert I. et al. (2022): Separating newcomers: Pragmatism or ideology? Schools’ responses to newly arrived migrants in Flanders. In: International Journal of Inclusive Education 26(6), pp. 622–641. Karakayalı J./zur Nieden B./Gross S. et al. (2017): Die Beschulung neu zugewanderter und geflüchteter Kinder in Berlin. Praxis und Herausforderungen. Berlin: Berliner Institut für empirische Integrations- und Migrationsforschung (BIM). Karakaşoğlu, Y. (2024): Migration. Von der Krisendiagnose zum Transformationsanlass für das Bildungssystem. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 1, pp. 38–48. Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK) (2022) Beschulung der schutzsuchenden Kinder und Jugendlichen aus der Ukraine im Schuljahr 2022/2023. Beschluss der KMK vom 23.06.2022. Available at: https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2022/2022_06_23-Beschulung-Kinder-Ukraine-SJ-22-23_01.pdf (accessed 20 January 2026). Mannheim, K. (1922/1980): Strukturen des Denkens. Frankfurt a.M.. Reichertz J. (2007): Hermeneutische Wissenssoziologie. In: Buber, R./Holzmüller, H. (eds) Qualitative Marktforschung. Konzepte – Methoden – Analysen. Wiesbaden, pp. 111–125. Strauss, A./Corbin, J. (1990): Basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. Newbury. Terhart, H./von Dewitz, N. (2018): Newly arrived migrant students in German schools: Exclusive and inclusive structures and practices. In: European Educational Research Journal, 7 (2), pp. 290–304. tom Dieck, F./Rosen, L. (2023): Before, in or after transition? On becoming a ‘mainstream student’ in Germany and Italy in the context of new migration. In: Subasi Singh, S./Jovanović, O./Proyer, M. (eds.): Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education. Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations. Opladen, pp. 161–174. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Educational Research Serving Schools: A Cooperative Initiative for Building Multicultural, Multilingual and Inclusive Learning Environments 1: Universidad de Sevilla, Spain; 2: Universidad de Sevilla, Spain; 3: Universidad de Sevilla, Spain; 4: Universidad de Sevilla, Spain Presenting Author:In recent decades, the increase in immigration, particularly in Andalusia, Spain, has transformed social and educational dynamics, affecting linguistic interactions between students, families, and schools (Albuquerque, 2025). Child Language Brokering (CLB), or linguistic mediation carried out by children, is a common phenomenon in immigrant families whose proficiency in the administrative language is insufficient (Cline at al., 2014). Acting as a CLB can potentially impact children’s academic and emotional development (Arumí-Ribas et al., 2023; Pena-Díaz, 2019). In this regard, an inclusive approach is needed to promote flexible and accessible learning environments to achieve Sustainable Development Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda: “Quality Education” (United Nations [UN], 2024). The San José Obrero school, located in Seville, stands out for its diverse and multicultural student population. As stated on its website, “for more than 40 years it has carried out educational work in the neighbourhoods in need of social transformation, in a multicultural area due to migration, which has increasingly contributed to cultural diversity in these zones. From the school, they affirm that “educating our sons and daughters, our pupils, in cultural diversity is essential to build a better world for tomorrow. Valuing the differences among people and groups, and teaching children to do so, is highly positive. For this reason, interculturality, collaborative work, and the participation of the entire educational community are the foundation and purpose of our activity.” Thus, this school was an ideal setting for the development of the cooperation project “CLB FOR AN INCLUSIVE, EQUITABLE AND QUALITY SCHOOL. RESEARCH FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF SEVILLE FOR THE SCHOOL. COOPERATION AT THE SERVICE OF OUR SCHOOL.” The project’s main aim was to raise awareness of the role of CLBs and to produce outreach materials and guidelines that support intercultural and interlinguistic mediation in schools. The initial implementation is planned at CEIP San José Obrero in Seville, with the intention of extending the project to additional schools in future editions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project was carried out in four phases: 1) National and international materials and publications were analysed regarding the guidelines established in school contexts for linguistic and cultural mediation performed by CLBs, whether between the school and families or in communicative situations involving other children from the same ethnic or linguistic background. 2) A joint analysis was carried out of the needs of the school CEIP San José Obrero arising from the wide linguistic and cultural diversity of its pupils and their families. To this end, several meetings were held with different members of the school community (administrative staff, the school secretary, the management team, teaching staff, parents, etc.). Interviews and questionnaires were conducted to gain insight into the school’s situation, with particular emphasis on identifying the needs related to improving interlinguistic and intercultural communication. The team also took part in activities such as the Cultural Week, which focused on the 1929 Universal Exhibition in anticipation of its centenary. Fourteen stands represented different Latin American countries alongside a stand dedicated to Aníbal González. This event served to establish contact with the various cultural communities within the school. 3) Audiovisual materials were created based on the needs identified, with the aim of improving communication within the school and facilitating the inclusion of CLB students in the educational community. These resources support their effective integration in the classroom and enhance communication with peers, teachers, and between the school and families. Short audiovisual training clips were developed in the languages most requested at the school: Italian, French, Romanian, English, German, Chinese, Moroccan Arabic, Ukrainian and Wolof. Posters with QR codes were also created and distributed throughout the school: • https://ceipsanjoseobrero.es/familias-informacion-multilingue/ Additionally, they appear on the University of Seville’s Cooperation Office website: • https://cooperacion.us.es/Ayp-16-25 4) In addition to the audiovisual materials that were created and are available on both the school’s website and the Cooperation Office website (https://ceipsanjoseobrero.es/presentacion/ and https://cooperacion.us.es/Ayp-16-25), outreach materials were also developed to raise awareness of the role of CLBs and their contribution within the school context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project demonstrates the value of collaborative, school‑centred research aimed at supporting multilingual, multicultural, and inclusive educational environments. Through its four phases—ranging from the analysis of existing national and international frameworks to the co‑creation of tailored resources with the school community—the initiative highlights the relevance of Child Language Brokering (CLB) as both a social reality and an educational opportunity within diverse school settings. The joint work carried out with the San José Obrero school has made it possible to identify the linguistic and intercultural communication needs arising from the school’s significant cultural diversity. This close collaboration has ensured that the materials produced respond directly to the everyday challenges faced by pupils, teachers, families, and administrative staff, thereby strengthening inclusion and improving communication pathways. The development of multilingual audiovisual materials, informational posters with QR codes, and outreach resources has contributed to raising awareness of the crucial role of CLBs within the school community. These materials not only facilitate communication in multiple languages but also help value the linguistic repertoires of pupils and their families, promoting an asset‑based view of multilingualism. The project’s participation in events such as MuAC further broadened its impact beyond the school, fostering dialogue on linguistic landscapes and the importance of intercultural mediation. Overall, the project reinforces the need for flexible, research‑informed, and context‑sensitive strategies to address linguistic mediation in increasingly diverse school environments. It lays the groundwork for future collaborative initiatives between universities and educational centres, as well as for the creation of a broader international consortium dedicated to CLB. By generating practical tools and promoting intercultural awareness, the project ultimately contributes to building more inclusive, equitable, and high‑quality learning spaces, in line with the goals of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. References Albuquerque, D. L. (2025). Revisió exploratòria sobre el child language brokering en escoles. Bellaterra: Journal of Teaching and Learning Language and Literature, 18(3), e1482. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/jtl3.1482 Arumí-Ribas, M., Bestué, C. & Gil-Bardají, A. (2023). Los menores de origen inmigrante en la intermediación lingüística: Visibilización de un fenómeno social. Lengua & Migración, 15(1). https://doi.org/10.37536/LYM.15.1.2023.1673 Cline, T., Crafter, S. & Prokopiou, E. (2014). Child language brokering in schools: A discussion of selected findings from a survey of teachers and ex-students. Educational & Child Psychology, 31(2), 34–45. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsecp.2014.31.2.33 Pena, C. (2019). Child language brokering: challenges in Spanish intercultural education. Intercultural Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2018.1540107 United Nations (2024). Sustainable Development Goals. Retrieved 30 January 2026 from, https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/es/2015/09/la-asamblea-general-adopta-la-agenda-2030-para-el-desarrollo-sostenible/ |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 01 C: Educational Justice Through Minority and Indigenous Teacher Perspectives Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Zulaia Johnston da Cruz Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Power-Aware Induction in Teaching: The Experiences of New Arab Teachers in Jewish Schools through a Macro-Meso-Micro Perspective 1: University of Haifa, The Israel Democracy Institute (IDI), Israel; 2: Sakhnin Academic College for Teacher Education Presenting Author:In the contemporary global educational landscape, diversifying the teaching workforce is recognized as a fundamental pillar for promoting social justice and equity (Mullen, 2021). Teacher diversity has been widely studied, yet a significant gap remains in understanding the “induction” phase—the critical transition from training to practice—when it unfolds within contexts of ethno-national conflict and structural power imbalances (Ingersoll & Strong, 2012; McNamara & Basit, 2004). This study examines the induction of Arab-Palestinian teachers into Hebrew-speaking Jewish-majority state schools in Israel. The central research question is: How do power relations shape the induction experiences of minority teachers in majority schools, and how do they influence their professional learning, sense of belonging, and pedagogical agency? The research moves beyond traditional technical or psychological views of induction (Feiman-Nemser, 2001; Ingersoll & Strong, 2012), conceptualizing it as a political and organizational process through a triple-layered analytical lens. At the macro level, we draw on “banal nationalism” (Billig, 1995) and work on language ideologies to examine how majority-dominated schools are framed as “neutral” spaces while minority teachers are marked as “others”; professional identity is constructed through negotiation with dominant ideologies that dictate linguistic and cultural legitimacy (Melo-Pfeifer, 2018). At the meso level, we utilize the framework of “inequality regimes” to analyze schools as workplaces characterized by intersectional hierarchies (Acker, 2006; Hanselman et al., 2022; Quinn & Ferree, 2019). Organizational belonging for minority teachers is often “conditional”, mediated by institutional silences regarding power dynamics in mentoring relationships (McNamara & Basit, 2004). At the micro level, we examine induction as an interactional process entailing intensive emotional labor and the management of micro-aggressions (Horner et al., 2020; Kariou et al., 2021). Conceptions of the “good teacher” are often linked to racialized professionalism, whereby educators must regulate their emotions and linguistic repertoires to align with majority norms. This study proposes the Power-Aware Induction model, which foregrounds induction as a site where structural inequalities and professional learning intersect. It addresses a universal challenge faced by educational systems across Europe and globally: the integration of minority teachers into majority-led institutions. The model offers a comparative framework for analyzing how educational policies and school-level “inequality regimes” can either mitigate or exacerbate structural barriers during the early career stage (Hanselman et al., 2022; McNamara & Basit, 2004). It contributes to international discourse on Culturally Sustaining Pedagogies (Paris & Alim, 2017) by demonstrating how minority teachers can transform their cultural capital into a pedagogical asset and enact “quiet” or “everyday” agency within constrained spaces (Yosso, 2005). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative-interpretative approach, viewing knowledge production as situated and context-dependent (Flick, 2024; Maxwell & Kiegelmann, 2023). The research group consisted of 30 Arab teachers (N=30) in their first three years of teaching within Jewish-majority state schools in Israel. Purposeful sampling was employed to target the "induction" phase, where organizational influence on professional identity is most intense. Data collection utilized a "bi-focal analytical configuration" consisting of two written narrative-reflective sources (Tracy, 2024): Open Narratives: Participants provided written descriptions of their induction experiences, focusing on recruitment, mentoring, and organizational belonging. These were collected anonymously to allow for safe reflection outside of institutional surveillance. "Success Story" Narratives: Participants detailed a significant pedagogical event, outlining their goals and classroom interactions (Kearney, 2021). The study adopts a qualitative-interpretative approach, viewing knowledge production as situated and context-dependent (Flick, 2018; Maxwell, 2013; Tracy, 2020). The research group consisted of 30 Arab teachers (N = 30) in their first three years of teaching within Jewish-majority state schools in Israel. Purposeful sampling was employed to focus on the induction phase, where organizational influence on professional identity is most intense. Data collection used a narrative and practice-oriented design. Participants produced two written narrative-reflective texts: (a) open narratives, where they described their induction experiences, focusing on recruitment, mentoring, and organizational belonging, submitted anonymously to allow safe reflection outside institutional surveillance; and (b) “success-story” narratives, where they detailed a significant pedagogical event, outlining their goals and classroom interactions (Kearney, 2011; Tracy, 2020). Data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2023). The coding process progressed from open to more focused coding, with analytical memos documenting evolving insights (Saldaña, 2021). Patterns were iteratively cross-referenced with the macro–meso–micro framework. Research quality was supported through analytical generalization (Yin, 2018), prolonged engagement with the data, and sustained research reflexivity. The researchers maintained reflective journals to examine how their positions as Arab-Palestinian scholars within the Israeli educational field shaped data interpretation and theme construction (Maxwell, 2013; Tracy, 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that, for minority teachers, induction is not a linear pedagogical progression but a complex negotiation of identity and power. Four central themes emerged. First, conditional belonging: teachers experience formal acceptance but operate within unspoken boundaries; belonging is a fragile resource that depends on avoiding topics perceived as challenging the school’s banal nationalism (Billig, 1995). Second, racialized professionalism: linguistic and emotional labor are preconditions for legitimacy (Horner et al., 2020; Kariou et al., 2021). Teachers monitor their accents, language choices, and emotional displays to align with majority norms, while this additional labor remains largely invisible in formal mentoring structures. Third, navigating risk: induction is characterized by constant vigilance and ongoing assessments of institutional risk. Ambiguity about acceptable limits of political and cultural expression leads many teachers to adopt self-censorship as a survival strategy. Fourth, conditional agency: despite constraints, teachers exercise quiet forms of agency, using the classroom as an “island of freedom” (Paris & Alim, 2017). They mobilize their identities and multilingual repertoires as pedagogical assets, acting as cultural brokers for majority students and re-signifying their marginalized positions as resources (Yosso, 2005). The study advances the Power-Aware Induction model as a framework for rethinking induction policies and practices in divided and inequitable societies. It advocates a shift from technical mentoring towards reflexive, dialogic induction that explicitly surfaces and interrogates power relations. The model calls for “safeguarding scaffolds” in schools—structures and routines that recognize minority identities, languages, and experiences as professional assets rather than variables to be managed or silenced (McNamara & Basit, 2004; Paris & Alim, 2017). By foregrounding power, the model offers conceptual and practical tools for educational systems in Europe and beyond to support minority teachers in ways that enhance their professional learning, sense of belonging, and pedagogical agency. References Acker, J. (2006). Inequality regimes: Gender, class, and race in organizations. Gender & Society, 20(4), 441–464. Billig, M. (1995). Banal nationalism. SAGE Publications. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013–1055. Flick, U. (2018). An introduction to qualitative research (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. Hanselman, P., Domina, T., & Hwang, N. (2022). Educational inequality regimes amid Algebra-for-All. Social Forces, 100(4), 1722–1751. Horner, C. G., Brown, E. L., Mehta, S., & Scanlon, C. L. (2020). Feeling and acting like a teacher: Reconceptualizing teachers' emotional labor. Teachers College Record, 122(5), 1–36. Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2012). What the research tells us about the impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers. Teachers College Record, 114(14), 466–490. Kariou, A., Koutsimani, P., Montgomery, A., & Lainidi, O. (2021). Emotional labor and burnout among teachers: A systematic review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(23), Article 12760. Kearney, E. (2011). Culturally responsive teaching: A review of research. In K. E. Johnson & P. R. Golombek (Eds.), Ethnography and language education (pp. 79–96). Routledge. Maxwell, J. A. (2013). Qualitative research design: An interactive approach (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Melo-Pfeifer, S. (2018). Language and cultural mediation in teacher education. Language and Intercultural Communication, 18(3), 335–349. Mullen, C. A. (2021). Mentoring in school settings: Managing the realities, rethinking the options. In C. A. Mullen (Ed.), Handbook of school-family partnerships (pp. 123–140). Routledge. Paris, D., & Alim, H. S. (Eds.). (2017). Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world. Teachers College Press. Quinn, J. S., & Ferree, M. M. (2019). Schools as workplaces: Intersectional regimes of inequality. Gender, Work & Organization, 26(12), 1806–1815. Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Tracy, S. J. (2020). Qualitative research methods: Collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact (2nd ed.). Wiley-Blackwell. Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Forest Finnish Teachers’ Perspectives on Teaching About and For a National Minority University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Across Europe, the protection of national minorities is anchored in the Council of Europe’s Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities (1998), which emphasises the right of minorities to maintain and develop their culture, language, and identity, as well as the responsibility of states to promote knowledge about national minorities in education. Situating the paper within this international framework, we critically discuss how to advance education about and for the Forest Finnish national minority in mainstream education in Norway. Drawing on in-depth interviews with ten Forest Finnish teachers, the study explores their experiences and perspectives on teaching Forest Finnish topics in schools. In the analysis, we distinguish between learning about, from, to, and for (Andreassen & Olsen, 2020; Engebretson, 2009; Kumashiro, 2000), examining what knowledge teachers believe students should acquire about the Forest Finns, what attitudes and actions they consider this knowledge should foster, and how such teaching can benefit the national minority. The research question guiding the paper is: What knowledge, attitudes, and actions do Forest Finnish teachers consider essential in teaching about the Forest Finns, and how do they understand the role of such teaching for the national minority? The paper derives from a larger study funded by the Norwegian Research Council: “Sustaining National Minorities in Education: Kven/Norwegian Finnish and Forest Finnish Experiences and Needs in Mainstream Schools (NAMED)”. The background for both the project and the paper is the Norwegian Truth and Reconciliation Commission’s (2023) documentation of the devastating consequences of harsh assimilatory policies towards the Indigenous Sámi people and national minorities such as Kvens/Norwegian Finns and Forest Finns in Norway. Today, being on of Norway’s five national minorities, the Commission (2023) notes that Forest Finns still face discrimination and prejudice in their everyday lives, including in school. According to the Commission, this discrimination is partly due to a lack of knowledge about national minorities, influencing Forest Finns’ sense of belonging, self-esteem and safety, and continuing an invisibility and silence around their national minority group in mainstream education (p. 442). Previous research on the Forest Finns in education has primarily focused on textbook analyses, identifying a hierarchy among national minorities in Norwegian textbooks, with the Forest Finns among those receiving the least attention (Midtbøen et al., 2014). Furthermore, textbook analyses suggest that content related to the Forest Finns is mainly associated with their historical immigration from Finland to Norway, and slash-and-burn agriculture, even though this form of agriculture has not been practiced by Forest Finns for several centuries (Andreassen & Olsen, 2020). Consequently, teachers who are required to teach about national minorities, including the Forest Finns, in their classrooms (Ministry of Education, 2017) have an urgent need for more knowledge about how to represent and teach about and for the Forest Finns as a national minority in diverse classrooms. Inspired by Andreassen and Olsen’s (2020) work on education for Indigenous peoples and national minorities, the paper draws on a theoretical framework based on four distinct yet partly overlapping educational aims: learning about, learning from, learning to, and learning for (see also Engebretson, 2009; Kumashiro, 2000; Skrefsrud, 2022). As Andreassen and Olsen (2020) emphasize, critical and constructive reflection on such aims can help make visible some of the paradoxes, dilemmas, and possibilities inherent in education where perspectives on the history, culture, and social life of national minorities are integrated into and developed as part of mainstream pedagogical practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is grounded in an interpretive paradigm, aiming to understand how teachers experience and make sense of teaching Forest Finnish culture and history (Alvesson, 2011). Participants were recruited in collaboration with the Norwegian Forest Finnish Association and through several Forest Finnish Facebook groups. The sample consists of ten teachers of Forest Finnish background who currently teach or have previously taught in public primary, lower secondary, or upper secondary education. All participants were assigned pseudonyms to ensure anonymity. Two of the researchers were present together during four of the interviews, which were based on a semi-structured interview guide covering three main themes: what it means to be Forest Finnish, which aspects of Forest Finnish culture the participants wish to pass on to the next generation, and how schools can teach Forest Finnish topics in line with the Knowledge Promotion Reform 2020 (Ministry of Education and Research, 2017). The interviews were transcribed using a verbatim transcription approach to ensure that participants’ perspectives and nuances in meaning were preserved. The study follows the research ethics guidelines of NESH (2021). As participants belong to a national minority, the data material was classified as sensitive. Recordings were made using the Nettskjema Dictaphone app and stored in Educloud Research. The study was conducted in close dialogue with representatives from the Forest Finnish community to ensure ethical integrity and cultural sensitivity (Barryman et al., 2013; Haugen & Skilbrei, 2021). In line with the principle of conducting research with, and not only on or about, participants were later invited to read and comment on a draft of the analysis. The transcribed interviews were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), a method that emphasizes identifying, analysing, and interpreting patterns of meaning in qualitative data. The analysis was conducted collaboratively by all three authors and followed six phases: familiarisation with the data, coding, development of initial themes, reviewing and refining themes, defining and naming themes, and finally writing. This was an abductive process, involving continuous movement between empirical data and theory. Reflexive thematic analysis allows space for the researcher’s active role in interpretation and prioritises analytical depth over mechanical categorisation (Braun & Clarke, 2022, p. 6). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers considered the knowledge dimension of teaching (learning about) to be important, emphasising that knowledge of Forest Finnish history and traditions should be an essential part of students’ learning about the national minority. Several participants, however, stressed that students must also understand that the Forest Finns continue to have a living and dynamic culture. For these teachers, it was crucial that students engage with contemporary cultural expressions, such as music, literature, and other present-day artistic and social practices. In this way, the findings challenge a predominantly historical framing of the Forest Finns in educational materials. Previous research suggests that textbooks often emphasise Forest Finnish history at the expense of contemporary culture (Andreassen & Olsen, 2020; Slettebø, 2020), whereas the teachers in this study advocate a more balanced and present-oriented approach. Participants also highlighted the attitudinal dimension of education (learning from and learning to), arguing that teaching Forest Finnish topics can foster understanding of minority and migration experiences, insight into the complexity of identity formation, and awareness of sustainable development. Knowledge and attitudinal dimensions are closely interconnected (Biesta, 2019), as students require thorough knowledge of Forest Finnish history, traditions, and culture in order to learn from these experiences and develop intercultural competence grounded in Forest Finnish perspectives (Banik, 2024). Finally, the findings indicate that teaching about Forest Finnish topics should support the national minority and strengthen its position in society (learning for). Experiences from Sámi education show the importance of presenting a diversity of identities and cultural expressions (Stenseth, 2023). By highlighting diversity within Forest Finnish identity and culture, teachers can avoid essentialising or stereotyping, while providing Forest Finnish students with opportunities to develop a sense of belonging and a personal Forest Finnish identity. References Alvesson, M. (2011). Interpreting Interviews. Sage. Andreassen B. & Olsen, T. A. (2020). Urfolk og nasjonale minoriteter i skole og lærerutdanning. Fagbokforlaget. Banik, V. K. (2024). Nasjonale minoriteter: Kunnskap, inkludering og forebygging. Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift, (3), 238–249. Barryman, M., SooHoo, S., & Nevin, A. (2013). Culturally responsive methodologies. Emerald. Biesta, G. (2019). Obstinate education. Reconnecting school and society. Brill. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Council of Europe. (1998). Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities. European Treaty Series- No. 157. Council of Europe. Engebretson, K. (2009). Learning About and Learning from Religion. The Pedagogical Theory of Michael Grimmitt. In M. de Souza, G. Durka, K. Engebretson, R. Jackson & A. McGrady (Eds.), International Handbook of the Religious, Moral and Spiritual Dimensions in Education. International Handbooks of Religion and Education, vol 1. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/1-4020-5246-4_47 Haugen, H. Ø., & Skilbrei, M.-E. (2021). Håndbok i forskningsetikk og databehandling. Fagbokforlaget. Kumashiro, K. K. (2000). Toward a theory of anti-oppressive education. Review of Educational Research, 70(1), 25–53. Midtbøen, A. H., Orupabo, J., & Røthing, Å. (2014). Beskrivelser av etniske og religiøse minoriteter i læremidler. Institutt for samfunnsforskning. Ministry of Education. (2017). Overordnet del for Kunnskapsløftet 2020. Ministry of Education. NESH (Den nasjonale forskningsetiske komité for samfunnsvitenskap og humaniora). (2021). https://www.forskningsetikk.no/retningslinjer/hum-sam/forskningsetiske-retningslinjer-for-samfunnsvitenskap-og-humaniora/ Slettebø, T. D. (2020). Skogfinner i Norge. In T. A. Olsen (Ed.), Urfolk og nasjonale minoriteter i skole og lærerutdanning (pp. 129–140). Fagbokforlaget. Skrefsrud, T.-A. (2022). A proposal to incorporate experiential education in non-confessional, intercultural religious education: Reflections from and on the Norwegian context. Religions, 13(8), 1–13. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.3390/rel13080727 Stenseth, A-M. (2023). ‘I am Sámi, but I am not a Sámi’: coastal Sámi students’ articulations of identity in a colonial-blind Norwegian state. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 7(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.5036 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Reflexive Understanding and Transformative Praxis of Indigenous Teachers in Taiwan National Taiwan Normal University Presenting Author:With increasing international recognition of Indigenous peoples’ sovereignty and rights, many settler-colonial countries over past decades have not only enacted laws and policies to safeguard the rights of Indigenous communities, but also sought to transform schools in substantive ways, aiming to dismantle enduring oppression, discrimination and microaggression. In line with these global development trends, Taiwan government has undertaken key legislative initiatives, including the enactment of the Education Act for Indigenous Peoples in 1998 and the Indigenous Languages Development Act in 2017. Furthermore, more than one hundred Indigenous schools have been established (IEIW, 2025), alongside recent efforts to the recognition and construction of Indigenous knowledge systems (Council of Indigenous Peoples, 2020). While these developments signal movements towards Indigenous educational sovereignty, the actual implementation of Indigenous education remain contested. Scholars have sharply criticized the instrumentalization of Indigeneity (Rowen, 2019) and the symbolic policies implementation by non-Indigenous groups (i.e., the Han Chinese) (Nesterova, 2023) in Taiwan. Others have argued that Indigenous education within the public education system prioritizes enhancing national competitiveness over advancing Indigenous educational justice (Chen, 2012; Nesterova, 2019). This symbolic enactment of Indigenous policies without substantive change suggests that non-Indigenous and Indigenous peoples continue to be shaped by coloniality, with scholars further pointing to the ongoing processes of internal colonization (Lien, 2013; Yeh, 2019). Transforming the current schooling system therefore requires Indigenous teachers to recognize the realities shaped by the coloniality of knowledge, power, and being (Ndlovu-Gatsheni, 2013) and to engage in praxis to dismantle the oppressive structures (Somby & Olsen, 2022; Shirley, 2017). A review of research on Indigenous teachers in Taiwan indicates that much of the existing literature has focused either on Indigenous teachers’ life histories or on their educational practices. Due to the separation between what Indigenous teachers experience and how they enact their practices, critical questions central to teachers’ transformative praxis remain insufficiently addressed, e.g., what motivates certain teachers to engage in actions that challenge structural constraints on Indigenous education for the benefit of Indigenous communities, and what hinders others from doing so? How can more Indigenous teachers be empowered to participate in transformative praxis? Many studies have attempted to explain teachers’ engagement in Indigenous education by emphasizing strong ethnic identity, often assuming that identity naturally triggers transformative action (e.g., Chou, 2020; Yang, 2018). However, identity alone is insufficient to sustain transformative practices (Chang, 2015). For understanding Indigenous teachers’ engagement in transformative praxis, Freire’s theory of conscientization may shed light on how teachers’ understandings of their lived realities inform their educational practices. According to Freire (1970/2000), when individuals critically perceive reality and expose the structural, institutional, and cultural logics that sustain systems of oppression, they move beyond mythical explanations toward causal reasoning. Through this process, individuals acquire the capacity to intervene in reality as it is unveiled. However, Freire appears to assume a relatively smooth transition from reflexive understanding to transformative actions whereas in practice this process is often messy, contradictory, and uneven. In order to clarify how teachers’ transformative actions relate to their reflexive understandings of realities, this study aims to:
By examining Indigenous teachers’ conscientization in Taiwan, this study contributes to global dialogues on decolonizing education by illuminating how critical consciousness is negotiated in East Asian settler-colonial educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative multiple-case study design to explore Indigenous teachers’ reflexive understanding of reality and their transformative actions. Given that Indigenous teachers’ understandings and practices are largely shaped by their lived experiences, which are influenced by factors such as place of origin, age, class, teaching experiences, and workplace contexts, a multiple-case study approach enables a more comprehensive and nuanced exploration across diverse participants (Yin, 2003). To identify suitable research participants, we conducted ten group interviews with a total of 19 teachers to understand their experiences in promoting Indigenous education. We further invited five teachers who demonstrate critical reflection on their identities, histories, and positionalities within systems of oppression and who actively challenge unjust social structures through their educational work to participate in this study. Of the five participants, three were female and two were male. The participants spanned three generational cohorts, with one born in the 1970s, two in the 1980s, and two in the 1990s. All participants were born into Indigenous families. Two of them grew up in Indigenous communities and acquired cultural knowledge through everyday community life. The other three, however, described their families as weakly identifying as Indigenous and strongly oriented toward Han Chinese mainstream values, with efforts to assimilate into dominant society. For these three participants, Indigenous culture became an object of intentional learning in adulthood rather than an inherited everyday practice. In-depth interviews served as the primary method of data collection, supplemented by document analysis. Drawing on conversational methods (Kovach, 2010), we sought to foster relationships grounded in trust, openness, and relational accountability. Open-ended questions were employed during interviews to encourage participants’ narrative reflections. Each participant took part in two to three interviews, with each interview lasting approximately two to four hours. All participants provided informed consent and consented to audio recording. After transcribing the interviews verbatim, a summary of each interview were provided to the participants for member checking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the stories shared by the participants, the preliminary analysis identified two interrelated dimensions of reflexive understanding: (1) the relationship between the self and collective imaginations, and (2) relationships between Indigenous groups. These dimensions shaped teachers’ expectations of schooling, their pedagogical goals, and their educational practices. First, teachers who grew up in contexts where Indigenous cultural practices were weakly sustained described how stereotypes, social labelling, assimilationist expectations, and collective imagination shaped their ways of learning, living and being. For example, one of the participants described how she had been shaped by assimilative education to fit mainstream societal expectations, yet later, when Taiwan began to embrace multiculturalism and promote Indigenous revitalization, she was expected to “be Indigenous.” The externally imposed collective imaginations about who Indigenous people should be and how they should perform exerted powerful pressures on individuals, leading the participants to envision schools as spaces that foster students’ confidence to becoming themselves and provide opportunities to practice critical thinking and exercise autonomy. Second, teachers working in multi-ethnic contexts observed emerging hierarchies among Indigenous groups based on notions of ancestry and cultural authenticity. One participant described feeling that she is “not a ‘real’ Indigenous” but a “half and half”, and experienced a sense of inferiority when she met with the “‘real’ Indigenous”. She critically questioned how have Indigenous people had become entangled in judgments about being “pure-blooded Indigenous.” Such reflections illustrate how teachers grappled with internalized standards shaped by external judgments, while struggling to affirm the legitimacy of the “in-between” Indigenous positionalities and beginning to interrogate what makes an Indigenous person Indigenous. Together, these findings highlight that Indigenous teachers’ reflexive understandings emerge through relational encounters and reveal layered intra-Indigenous tensions that move beyond the colonizer/colonized binaries, thereby extending European and international debates on teacher reflexivity and decolonizing education. References Chang, S.-C. (2015). Making sense of aboriginal educare-givers’ identities. Journal of Educational Practice and Research, 28(1), 61-98. Chen, Y.-S. (2012). Indigenous education: Lost in the national education system. The Elementary Education Journal, 59(1), 34-43. Chou, Y.-H. (2020). “We are all the same after all”: A narrative inquiry into the self-identity of Indigenous teachers [Unpublished master thesis]. National Taichung University of Education. Council of Indigenous Peoples (2020). Indigenous cultural knowledge systems construction project (2021 - 2025). Retrieved from https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&opi=89978449&url=https://www.cip.gov.tw/data/news/document/202012/1608196139686-1.pdf%3Fs%3DC64223FA8FAC2595%26c%3DBAFCCC241C08794B2C2CC5F850125B7C%26fn%3D43D796FB5D84C87CCF5D5A32AE1DA4D8C64C445BF2345888998B7F4375ABEA27B90379A01C97DC0FCE6C51558D6A3847F1557CA99C18AFDC&ved=2ahUKEwiBz7mI06aSAxWMs6gCHVosB0cQFnoECB0QAQ&usg=AOvVaw0biXw0AythkacFZieysY54 Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed. (30th anniversary ed.). Continuum. (Original work published 1970) IEIW (2025). List of Indigenous-focused school. https://ieiw.k12ea.gov.tw/#1&gsc.tab=0. Kovach, M. (2010). Conversational method in Indigenous research. First Peoples Child & Family Review, 5(1), 40-48. Lien, N. (2013). Decolonization of education: Generating the subjectivity of Indigenous education. Taiwan: A Radical Quarterly in Social Studies, 91, 1-31. Ndlovu‐Gatsheni, S. (2013). Why decoloniality in the 21st Century? The Thinker, 48, 10-15. Nesterova, Y. (2019). Teaching Indigenous children in Taiwan: Tensions, complexities and opportunities. Global Studies of Childhood, 9(2), 156-166. https://doi.org/10.1177/2043610619846349 Nesterova, Y. (2023). Colonial legacies and the barriers to educational justice for Indigenous peoples in Taiwan. Comparative Education, 60(2), 315-333. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2023.2185355 Rowen, I. (2019). The “Gaps” and Excesses of Transitional Justice in Taiwan: A Response to Caldwell. Washington International Law Journal, 28(3), 645-651. Shirley, V. J. (2017). Indigenous social justice pedagogy: Teaching into the risks and cultivating the heart. Critical Questions in Education, 8(2), 163-177. Somby, H. M., & Olsen, T. A. (2022). Inclusion as indigenisation? Sámi perspectives in teacher education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(3), 259-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2022.2127495 Yang, C.-H. (2018). Search in two worlds: Analysis of three Taiwanese aboriginal teacher’s career. Guidance Quarterly, 54(1), 16-27. Yeh, C.-J. (2019). The refinement-parallelization of sovereign detachment: The lingering specter of assimilation education. Indigenous Peoples Documents, 38. Yin, R. K. (2003). Case study research: Design and methods. (3rd ed.). SAGE. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 08 SES 01 A: 15 years of European Health and Wellbeing Education Research at EERA: Continuities, Achievements, and Emerging Futures Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Monica Carlsson Panel Discussion |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Panel Discussion 15 years of European Health and Wellbeing Education Research at EERA: Continuities, Achievements, and Emerging Futures 1: Aarhus University, Denmark; 2: University of Cambridge, England; 3: Maynooth University, Ireland; 4: Pädagogische Hochschule, Switzerland; 5: University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:The panel discussion aims to highlight the scholarship and collaboration in the Health and Wellbeing Education network (NW8) since its establishment in 2011, as well as explore possible directions for the future of health and wellbeing education research, linking to the conference theme of EERA 2026 “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research”. Wellbeing and Mental Health have been described as one of the EERA supertopics, i.e. as one of the most important research topics that have been addressed in EERA’s three decades. In a discussion of EERA supertopics Deleye et al. (2025) finds that the growing focus on societal challenges is having a strong impact on the content and type of educational research, fulfilling demands providing research that is directly useful to policy. Research is produced under certain norms of what is perceived as a high academic standard. At the same time, and as noted by Cheek (2024), highly valued inputs are resources gained externally for research, and thus research funding govern research and limit its autonomy. Quoting Alvesson & Spicer (2016, p. 193) “at one level we are completely independent, but we all march to the same tune without even thinking about it” Cheek underlines that in so marching, we regulate ourselves and our practices through perceived imperatives such as “needing” to publish in high-impact-factor journals, or obtain external research funding from highly prized brands of funders, such as Horizon funding. To have transformative impact in the contexts we find ourselves in, while maintaining the necessity of critiquing how health and wellbeing education are being framed in policy, research and practice, involves questioning on how we are positioning ourselves and other stakeholders in our research. The aim of the panel discussion is to create a space for engaging with questions on where power is at play in research decisions, and to share strategies that can help resist ‘boxed in’ thinking. It is drawing on an examination of the specific “landscape” of health and wellbeing education research created through the collaborations in NW8, as well as inspiration from the EERA 2026 conference theme. The panel discussion is guided by the following questions:
The panel discussion comes in three parts, with the first highlighting the scholarship and collaborations in Health and Wellbeing Education Research network since its establishment in 2011, drawing on a compilation of Network 8 annual reports, highlighting contributions, and special calls over the years, as well as on an overview of the research focus in book projects and special issues authored by NW8 members since 2011 (see reference list). The second part looks to the future of health and wellbeing education research where invited panel participants are asked to share their reflections on the changing conditions and potentials of education research and its possible impact on the future development of the field. This includes (but is not limited to) reflections on potentials in the research field which can help us resist ‘boxed in’ thinking limiting research autonomy. The third part is a discussion drawing on comments and questions from the session participants. References Alvesson, M., & Spicer, A. (2016). The stupidity paradox: The power and pitfalls of functional stupidity at work. London, United Kingdom: Profile Books. Cheek, J., (2024). Qualitative inquiry, research marketplaces, and neoliberalism: Adding some +s (pluses) to our thinking about the mess in which we find ourselves. In Giardina, M.D., Denzin, NK. (eds.), Qualita-tive Inquiry in Transition-Pasts, Presents, & Futures, Vol.1, p.23-40, Taylor & Francis eBooks. Carlsson, M., Torres, I., Mickelsson, M. (2024). Guest editorial: Social justice, equity and agency: global challenges linking health, well-being and sustainability education. Health Education 30, 124 (3-4): 137–141. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-07-2024-152 Dadaczynski, K., Carlsson, M., & Gu, Q. (2022). Guest editorial: Leadership in school health promotion. The multiple perspectives of a neglected research area. Health Education, 122(3), 261-266. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-04-2022-138 Deleye, M., Carmona, C., Ciolan, L., Dovigo, F., Figueiredo, M., Grell, P. Schindler, C., Hoveid, MH. (2025). Mapping European Educational Research: Insights from topic modelling of ECER abstracts. Eu-ropean educational research journal EERJ, 2025-09, Vol.24 (5), p.614-638. Faucher, C. Lahournat & Lopez-Cevallos, (2026). Guest Editorial: Health Education in the Context of Global Environmental Vulnerability: Bridging Disciplines and Sectors Towards Sustainable Strategies. Health Education xx. Leahy, D., & Simovska, V. (2017). Guest editorial: Critical perspectives on health and wellbeing education in schools. Health Education, 117(5), 430-433. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-06-2017-0034 Leahy, D., Simovska, V. (2018). Guest Editorial: School health education and promotion: current ap-proaches and critical perspectives: part 2. Health Education, 2018-02, Vol.118 (2), p.114-116. McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (eds.), Springer. Naidoo, R. (2016). The competition fetish in higher education: varieties, animators and consequenc-es. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1116209 Ruge, D., Torres, I., Powell, D. (2022). School Food, Equity and Social Justice: Critical Reflections and Perspectives. Ruge, D., Torres, I., Powell, D. (eds.), Critical Studies in Health and Education series, Routledge Sandmeier, A. & O’Toole, C. (2026). Guest editorial: Advancing Equity, Voice, and Sustainability in School Wellbeing. Health Education xx. Simovska, V. & McNamara, P. M. (2015). Schools for health and sustainability: theory, research and practice (s. 191-209). Simovska, V. & McNamara, P. M. (eds.), Springer Science+Business Me-dia. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9171-7_9 Chair Monica Carlsson, monica@edu.au.dk, Aarhus University |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 09 SES 01 A: Longitudinal Perspectives on Inequalities in Education Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Mari-Pauliina Vainikainen Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Longitudinal Perspectives on Inequalities in Education Educational inequalities pose critical concerns worldwide, including European education systems demonstrating relatively high performance in international educational assessment studies. Educational inequalities can be conceptualised as systematic disparities in access to educational resources, learning environments or learning outcomes that are related to students’ background or geographical location (OECD, 2013). A strong body of European research confirms that inequalities exist in terms of socioeconomic status (SES), immigrant background, ethnicity, gender, geographic location and school segregation, but much of this research is cross-sectional (see Campos et al., 2025). However, to be able to understand how inequalities evolve and what education systems can do to mitigate them through more effective policies and interventions, longitudinal research is needed. There have been initiatives across Europe to fill this gap in research gap, but currently the evidence is scattered and there is no clear overview of what kind of longitudinal datasets exists that would enable the identification of effective policies and practices promoting educational equality. For this reason, European Union began to fund five project under a Horizon Europe (HE) topic in 2024 to 1) map existing longitudinal data allowing to analyse trends in educational inequalities, 2) analyse available literature on inequalities in education, training and learning achievements over time, and 3) identify interventions that compensate inequalities in learning outcomes over time based on the analysis of longitudinal data.
The aim of this symposium is to give an overview of the theoretical underpinnings and the results achieved so far in all the five projects funded from this HE topic. Organised by the MapIE project coordinated by the hosting Tampere University, the topic and the symposium is introduced defining key concepts and research aims in the light of the results published in the systematic literature review conducted in MapIE (Campos et al., 2025). The four papers of the symposium present the first empirical results of the four other projects funded from the same HE topic: LINEup, STRIDE, REVERS-ED and LEARN. The LINEup paper presents the results of systematic data mapping conducted in 32 European countries. Rather than focusing on a single national case, it examines cross-country variation in data availability, documentation practices, access conditions, and analytical potential, highlighting structural asymmetries and shared challenges in building longitudinal evidence on educational inequalities across Europe. In STRIDE, the long-term effectiveness of major early childhood education interventions were evaluated in England and Norway. The paper adopts a comparative approach, where two different national cases with similar reforms are compared. In this way it is possible to investigate the association between reforms covering pre-school level and outcomes in upper secondary school in two different contexts and thus explore the contextual factors in how inequality is shaped, changed and preserved through the educational systems. The paper presented by the REVERS-ED project adopts a national perspective by analysing longitudinal standardised assessment data from Catalonia, a region in Spain with its own educational evaluation system, to compare educational achievement in a group of vulnerable schools that implement successful educational actions with the average educational achievements of all schools from the same region. In the study conducted by LEARN, a comparative case-study design was applied to investigate how evidence-based education (EBE) principles are translated into practice within diverse national policy landscapes. Using initial scoping work from the UK, the barriers and approaches to EBE integration are examined in the Netherlands, Finland, and Switzerland. Together, these presentations offer rich perspectives on research on educational inequalities in Europe. The results are discussed in the context of comparative education. References Campos, D. G., Koskinen, A., Munkácsy, B., Rolfe, V., Patsis, P., Tóth, E., Olsen, R. V., Scherer, R., Söldner, L., Danek, A. H., Greiff, S., & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2025). Educational inequalities in Europe: A scoping review of longitudinal studies in K–12 education. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 87, 101523. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2025.101523 OECD. (2013). PISA 2012 results: Excellence through equity (Volume II): giving every student the chance to succeed. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264201132-en Presentations of the Symposium What Longitudinal Education Data Exist in Europe? A Systematic Mapping of Datasets for the Study of Educational Inequalities
Longitudinal data are widely recognised as a key resource for studying how educational inequalities emerge, evolve, and persist over time. However, despite growing interest in longitudinal approaches, researchers and policymakers often lack a clear overview of which longitudinal education datasets exist, how they are structured, and to what extent they can be used to analyse inequality dynamics across countries. This paper addresses this gap by presenting the results of a large-scale empirical mapping of longitudinal datasets on student learning outcomes in Europe.
The paper draws on the mapping activity conducted within the Horizon Europe project LINEup (Longitudinal Data for INequalities in Education), which identified, documented, and analysed longitudinal datasets covering primary and secondary education (ISCED 1–3) across 32 European countries. The mapping resulted in 103 validated longitudinal datasets from administrative sources, surveys, and hybrid designs, providing the first cross-country overview of educational longitudinal data.
Methodologically, the mapping followed a structured, multi-step strategy combining evidence from a systematic literature review, an expert questionnaire involving over 300 stakeholders across 28 countries, and extensive desk research. Datasets were assessed against shared inclusion criteria and documented using a standardised metadata template capturing longitudinal design, temporal span, learning outcomes, contextual variables, geographical scope, and data accessibility. A multi-level validation process ensured consistency and comparability across national contexts.
The results highlight substantial cross-country variation in the availability, structure, and quality of included datasets. National-level datasets offer broader coverage and longer observation periods, often supported by established administrative infrastructures, while sub-national and project-based datasets provide richer contextual information but face limitations in continuity, representativeness, and access. Across countries, gaps remain in the availability of school- and teacher-level variables and in the transparency of access conditions. Access to microdata is uneven, with legal, technical, and institutional barriers limiting secondary use.
Rather than advancing a theoretical interpretation of these differences, the paper focuses on the descriptive and methodological contribution of systematic mapping. It shows how mapping makes visible both existing data resources and the constraints when designing longitudinal and comparative studies. By organising heterogeneous datasets within a shared analytical framework, the mapping supports informed data selection and identifies priorities for future data development.
Systematic mapping is a necessary precondition for strengthening the use of longitudinal evidence in education research and policy. By clarifying the current landscape of longitudinal education data in Europe, the mapping contributes to more transparent, cumulative, and methodologically grounded research on educational inequalities.
References:
Pavolini, E., Argentin, G., Mobilio, V., Lievore, I., Kochergina, E., & Zanga, G. (2025). Mapping longitudinal datasets on educational inequalities in primary and secondary education: Research findings and implications. Deliverable D3.1, Horizon Europe Project LINEup.
Kampylis, P., et al. (2024). Tracing educational inequalities in primary and secondary schools: Insights from a systematic literature review. LINEup Project, Deliverable D2.1.
Campos, D. G., Koskinen, A., Munkácsy, B., Rolfe, V., Patsis, P., Tóth, E., Olsen, R. V., Scherer, R., Söldner, L., Danek, A. H., Greiff, S., & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2025). Educational inequalities in Europe: A scoping review of longitudinal studies in K–12 education. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 87, 101523.
Van de Werfhorst, H. G., & Mijs, J. J. B. (2010). Achievement inequality and the institutional structure of educational systems. Annual Review of Sociology, 36, 407–428.
Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453.
The Long-term Effects of Early Childhood Policy on educational attainment of disadvantaged students: A Comparative study in England and Norway
Educational inequality remains a persistent barrier to social mobility. In England, the unequal distribution of educational success and achievement across different social groups remains a critical issue (Sutton Trust, 2021). Inequalities often emerge early in childhood and can influence an individual's life chances and social mobility (Heckman, 2006). In Norway, despite an egalitarian ethos, educational outcomes are influenced by socioeconomic background. While universal childcare ensures 93% participation, the primary equity challenge is the integration of immigrant students, who comprise 21% of the population (IMDi, 2025). Data shows that immigrant-background students achieve lower average grades than native peers. This suggests a "Matthew effect" where children from majority backgrounds derive greater linguistic benefits from early education than minority-language peers (Bakken, 2024). Consequently, while "second-generation" students are often highly ambitious, they face higher dropout rates and longer completion times in higher education than the general population (Statistics Norway, 2024).
Although early childhood education (ECE) interventions/programs are widely recognized as a primary tool for fostering equity, longitudinal evidence regarding its impact on long-term outcomes—specifically post-16 attainment—remains critical for future policy design. This study evaluates the long-term effectiveness of two major ECE interventions: England’s Sure Start Program and Norway’s Free Core Time in Kindergarten Initiative. The Sure Start (est. 1998) initiative in England targeted early inequalities in deprived communities by providing integrated health and development services to close the achievement gap. Similarly, Norway’s Free Core Time (Gratis kjernetid) (est. 1998), originally provided 20 free weekly hours of kindergarten for children aged 2–5 from low-income families in certain areas (Drange and Telle, 2015). While Sure Start focused on broad community support, the Norwegian scheme specifically aims to improve school preparedness and language proficiency among minority groups, facilitating socialization into national norms and values.
This study focuses on the specific cohorts prioritized by each state as the primary "equity targets": socioeconomically disadvantaged students in England (measured by enrolment in Free School Meals) and socioeconomically disadvantaged migrant-background students in Norway. This allows for a critical evaluation of whether targeted ECE can successfully mitigate the dominant drivers of inequality in different welfare contexts—addressing the class-based stratification prevalent in England and the linguistic and cultural integration challenges in Norway.
The study offers critical insights into the mechanisms through which ECE interventions can reduce intersectional disadvantages. The findings aim to inform international policy development, offering a robust evaluation of how early-years reform shapes educational trajectories in the long term.
References:
Bakken, A., & Elstad, J. I. (2023). Parents’ Income and Wealth Matter More for Children with Low than High Academic Performance: Evidence from Comparisons Between and Within Families in Egalitarian Norway
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2025). Education at a Glance 2025: OECD indicators OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/eag-2025-en
Directorate of Integration and Diversity [IMDi]. (2025). Indikatorer for integrering: Utdanning, arbeid og inntekt [Indicators for integration: Education, work and income]. https://www.imdi.no/om-integrering-i-norge/statistikk-og-analyse/
Drange, N. & Telle, K. (2015). Promoting integration of immigrants: effects of free child care on child enrolment and parental employment. Labour Economics 34: 26-38.
Heckman, J. J. (2006). Skill formation and the economics of investing in disadvantaged children. Science, 312(5782), 1900–1902. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1128898
Sutton Trust (2021). Universities and Social Mobility: Which university degrees are best for intergenerational mobility? London: The Sutton Trust
Statistics Norway. (2024). Gjennomføring i videregående opplæring blant innvandrere og norskfødte med innvandrerforeldre [Completion of upper secondary education among immigrants and Norwegian-born to immigrant parents]. https://www.ssb.no/utdanning
Reversing Educational Inequalities Over Time: Longitudinal Evidence on Successful Educational Actions
Educational inequalities remain a significant challenge, despite international efforts aimed at fostering more inclusive and equitable learning environments. Vulnerable groups continue to face barriers that severely limit their educational opportunities and outcomes (Baysu et al., 2018; Becker & Tuppat, 2018). However, whereas a substantial body of research has examined educational inequalities (Breen et al., 2008; Brinbaum, & Lutz, 2017), it remains crucial to conduct research that identifies which interventions are effective in mitigating such inequalities over time (Ruiz-Eugenio et al., 2023).
To contribute to filling this gap, this study provides a mixed-methods analysis of longitudinal data from Catalonia (Spain), combined with qualitative evidence, to examine the impact of Successful Educational Actions (SEAs) in reversing educational inequalities. First, it compares standardized test results from 2019 and 2024 of a group of 10 schools of high complexity (vulnerability index used in Catalonia) implementing SEAs with the results of the same tests obtained by all Catalan schools in the same years. Second, it compares the evolution of the results of one of those 10 schools (Z school) in those standardized tests in 2011, 2019 and 2025 with results obtained in the same tests by all Catalan schools in the same years. These longitudinal analyses have been complemented with communicative interviews with teachers, family members and students from Z school.
The longitudinal analyses reveal substantive improvements in students’ outcomes in schools implementing SEAs. In Z school, which began implementing SEAs in 2017, the proportion of students performing at the lowest levels in languages (Catalan, Spanish, English) and mathematics declined markedly over time, reversing earlier negative trends and outperforming the Catalan regional average. For example, the share of students at the lowest achievement level in mathematics dropped from 44,4% in 2011 to 9,10% in 2025, compared to a more modest stabilization in Catalonia (18,5% to 12,3%). Furthermore, when expanding the lens to the ten schools implementing SEAs, similar patterns emerge. Between 2019 and 2024, the proportion of students at the lowest level in mathematics decreased from 20% to 14.51%, whereas the broader Catalan average remained relatively stable (13% to 12.2%).
Qualitative findings confirm these improvements. Teachers report higher levels of student engagement and academic expectations, while families emphasize increased involvement in learning processes and a shared commitment to academic success.
By combining quantitative longitudinal data with qualitative analysis, this paper demonstrates the value of longitudinal approaches for identifying real trends of change in educational outcomes.
References:
Baysu, G., Alanya, A., & de Valk, H. A. G. (2018). School trajectories of the second generation of Turkish immigrants in Sweden, Belgium, Netherlands, Austria, and Germany: The role of school systems. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 59(5-6), 451–479. https://doi.org/10.1177/0020715218818638
Becker, B., & Tuppat, J. (2018). Does ethnic bias affect kindergarten teachers’ school entry recommendations? Educational Research, 60(1), 17–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2017.1421476
Breen, R., Luijkx, R., Müller, W., & Pollak, R. (2009). Long-term trends in educational inequality in Europe: Class inequalities and gender differences. European Sociological Review, 26(1), 31-48. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcp001
Brinbaum, Y., & Lutz, A. (2017). Examining educational inequalities in two national systems: a comparison of the North African second generation in France and the Mexican second generation in the United States. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 43(15), 2591–2615. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183x.2017.1290522
Ruiz-Eugenio, L., Soler-Gallart, M., Racionero-Plaza, S., & Padrós, M. (2023). Dialogic literary gatherings: A systematic review of evidence to overcome social and educational inequalities. Educational Research Review, 39(100534), 100534.
Implementing Evidence-Based Education: A Qualitative Comparative Study of the UK, the Netherlands, Finland, and Switzerland
While the Evidence-Based Education (EBE) movement has gained significant traction globally, its implementation remains highly uneven across Europe (European Commission, 2024). This research investigates how EBE principles are translated into practice within diverse national policy landscapes. Using initial scoping work from the United Kingdom as a baseline for a highly institutionalized "What Works" model (Edovald and Nevill, 2020), this study examines the barriers and approaches to EBE integration in three further jurisdictions: the Netherlands, Finland, and Switzerland.
It employs a comparative case-study design framed by a multidimensional rubric of five EBE pillars: practice-based research, causal evidential standards, systematic synthesis, knowledge mobilization, and institutionalization. Data collection consisted of in-depth, semi-structured interviews with 15–20 key experts (4–5 per country) across the sectors of policy-making, academic research, and school leadership. This qualitative approach explores the systemic facilitators and inhibitors that dictate how rigorous evidence actually reaches the classroom.
Preliminary analysis shows differences in how EBE is operationalized compared to the UK model. In the Netherlands, there is a strong emphasis on sophisticated knowledge mobilization and clearinghouse structures (Wubbels and van Tartwijk, 2017). In Finland, EBE appears less as a top-down mandate and more as an embedded feature of high-level initial teacher education, where a "teacher-as-researcher" culture may render rigid institutional bodies less necessary (Chung, 2023). In Switzerland, the decentralized, cantonal system creates unique challenges for the implementation of evidence-based interventions in a systematic way (OECD, 2022).
The results suggest that EBE integration is non-linear. This can create friction points where the drive for high-fidelity RCT evidence often competes with the bottom-up necessity for teachers to adapt research (Hofmann, 2024). Furthermore, a lack of central coordination towards the production and implementation of EBE, a lack of capacity to run these studies, and difficulties in translating evidence for practitioners and policy makers remain significant hurdles (Gorard, See, and Siddiqui, 2020).
By mapping these case studies back to the original EBE rubric, this work demonstrates that successful implementation requires an "ecosystem approach." Rather than a one-size-fits-all model of institutionalization, the results suggest that effective evidence use depends on balancing structural rigor with local professional agency (Hargreaves, 1997). This research provides a critical roadmap for policymakers to foster evidence-informed cultures that are both scientifically robust and contextually sensitive.
References:
Chung, J. (2023). ‘Research-informed teacher education, teacher autonomy and teacher agency: the example of Finland’. London Review of Education, 21(1).
Edovald, T. and Nevill, C. (2020). ‘Working Out What Works: The Case of the Education Endowment Foundation in England’. ECNU Review of Education, 3(1).
European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2024). Investing in Education 2024. Publications Office of the European Union.
Gorard, S., See, B.H. and Siddiqui, N. (2020). ‘What Is the Evidence on the Best Way to Get Evidence into Use in Education?’. Review of Education, 8(2), pp.570–610.
Hargreaves, D.H. (1997). ‘In Defence of Research for Evidence‐based Teaching: A Rejoinder to Martyn Hammersley’. British Educational Research Journal, 23(4), pp.405–419.
Hofmann, R. (2024). ‘The Four Paradoxes That Stop Practitioners from Using Research to Change Professional Practice and How to Overcome Them’. Education Sciences, 14(9), p.996.
OECD. (2022). Who Cares about Using Education Research in Policy and Practice? Strengthening Research Engagement, Educational Research and Innovation. OECD Publishing, Paris.
Wubbels, T. and van Tartwijk, J. (2017). ‘Evidence Informed Innovation of Education in the Netherlands: Learning from Reforms’. In: M.Y. Eryaman and B. Schneider, eds., Evidence and Public Good in Educational Policy, Research and Practice. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp.125–142.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 09 SES 01 C: Meta-Analysis, Research Synthesis and Evidence Quality Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Diego G. Campos Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Working for Pay and Academic Achievement: A Cross-National Meta-Analysis of Gender-Moderated Effects Using PISA 2022 Data 1: Hacettepe University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Trakya University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Adolescents working in paid jobs may struggle with time management due to the very different expectations of work and school. When they add work obligations to their educational responsibilities, they face potential dangers that could negatively affect their academic performance (Greenhaus & Beutell, 1985). Recently, with economic instability and increasing social inequality becoming more apparent, a growing number of adolescents have been forced to combine their school education with paid work out of necessity rather than choice (Staff et al., 2010). Indeed, we cannot assert that a negative relationship always exists between student employment and academic achievement. Holding multiple social positions can indirectly positively influence success by contributing to the development of various social skills and self-efficacy (Sieber, 1974). The direction and magnitude of these effects depend on contextual factors such as work intensity, the nature of employment, and socioeconomic conditions (Marsh & Kleitman, 2005). Therefore, local structural conditions deeply influence the outcomes of student employment. This study examines how working in a paid job during adolescence shapes academic success in different national contexts, focusing on gender dimensions. Since cultural norms regarding adolescent employment and gender expectations vary significantly across societies, understanding gender-related patterns necessitates a cross-national comparative approach. The study addresses three interconnected research questions:
This study critically examines how large-scale international assessments that shape education policies can shed light on the complex interaction between the economy and education. By disaggregating the effects across 79 countries, the heterogeneity of the findings was examined, yielding results resistant to the homogenizing tendencies inherent in global assessment frameworks (Rutkowski & Rutkowski, 2016). The marked cross-country differences observed in the results indicate the importance of context-sensitive approaches rather than uniform policy recommendations. Furthermore, this research has addressed some of the crises facing contemporary education systems. Recent global crises have increased financial pressure on families, leading more adolescents to enter paid employment out of necessity rather than choice (Lee & Staff, 2007). If the outcomes of combining work and school are truly context-dependent, understanding which structural conditions exacerbate or mitigate negative effects becomes an urgent policy issue. The findings have important implications for labor regulations designed to protect adolescents' educational opportunities in various national contexts, as well as for countries' education policies and social support systems (Post & Pong, 2000). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a two-stage analytical design that combined multilevel modeling with meta-analysis, using data from the 2022 cycle of the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) (OECD, 2024). The sample comprised 79 countries and economies participating in PISA 2022, representing diverse geographic, economic, and cultural contexts. Student achievement in mathematics, reading, and science was measured using five plausible values per domain, as provided by PISA. Students’ engagement in paid work was assessed using the WORKPAY index, which captures how frequently students work for pay before or after school during a typical school week. Gender was included both as a covariate and as a moderator. All continuous predictors were standardized to facilitate cross-country comparability. The analytical procedure consisted of two stages. In the first stage, two-level hierarchical linear models were estimated separately for each country, with students nested within schools (Raudenbush & Bryk, 2002). These models included main effects of paid work and gender, as well as interaction terms to test gender moderation. Random intercepts at the school level were specified to account for clustering. Each model was estimated separately for ten plausible values, and results were combined using Rubin’s (1987) multiple imputation rules. Student- and school-level sampling weights were applied to account for PISA’s complex sampling design (Rutkowski et al., 2010). In the second stage, country-specific estimates obtained from the multilevel models were synthesized using random-effects meta-analysis (Borenstein et al., 2009). Separate meta-analyses were conducted for each academic domain and predictor, yielding a total of nine meta-analytic models. Cross-national heterogeneity was evaluated using Cochran’s Q statistic, the I² index (Higgins & Thompson, 2002), and the between-study variance component τ². These indicators allowed for an assessment of whether observed variation in effect sizes reflected substantive differences between national contexts rather than sampling variability. This two-stage approach preserves the multilevel structure of the data while enabling the examination of cross-national variability in effects (Snijders & Bosker, 2012). All analyses were conducted in R (R Core Team, 2024). Multilevel models were estimated using the mixPV function (Huang, 2024), which builds on the WeMix package (Bailey et al., 2023) and supports weighted estimation with plausible values. Meta-analyses were performed using the metafor package (Viechtbauer, 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Meta-analytic findings show a consistent negative relationship between paid work and academic achievement across reading, science, and mathematics. Students who work more frequently perform worse in reading (β = −0.152, p < .001), science (β = −0.143, p < .001), and mathematics (β = −0.121, p < .001). These findings suggest that paid work interferes with students’ academic responsibilities, supporting role conflict theory (Greenhaus & Beutell, 1985). Despite this overall pattern, substantial heterogeneity is observed across all domains, with I² values exceeding 89%, indicating considerable cross-national variation in the effects of paid work on achievement (Higgins & Thompson, 2002). Geographic patterns reveal that economically developed countries—such as Scandinavian nations, Canada, the United States, and Australia—exhibit stronger negative associations. Although adolescent employment in these contexts is often not economically necessary, education systems typically assume that students devote most of their time and energy to schooling. Consequently, paid work may conflict more strongly with academic expectations, leading to greater performance declines (Post & Pong, 2000). Gender differences follow established patterns: male students perform better in mathematics and science, whereas female students outperform males in reading (OECD, 2023). Interaction effects examining whether the impact of paid work varies by gender are statistically significant but small (β = −0.007 to −0.018), suggesting that the challenge of balancing work and school affects male and female students in a largely similar manner (Voydanoff, 2005). Overall, these findings indicate that policies targeting working students should be context-sensitive rather than uniform, as the academic risks associated with paid work differ markedly across countries, particularly in developed economies. References Bailey, P., Kelley, C., Nguyen, T., & Huo, H. (2023). WeMix: Weighted mixed-effects models using multilevel pseudo maximum likelihood estimation (R package version 4.0.1). https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=WeMix Borenstein, M., Hedges, L. V., Higgins, J. P. T., & Rothstein, H. R. (2009). Introduction to meta-analysis. Wiley. Greenhaus, J. H., & Beutell, N. J. (1985). Sources of conflict between work and family roles. The Academy of Management Review, 10(1), 76–88. https://doi.org/10.2307/258214 Higgins, J. P. T., & Thompson, S. G. (2002). Quantifying heterogeneity in a meta-analysis. Statistics in Medicine, 21(11), 1539–1558. https://doi.org/10.1002/sim.1186 Huang, F. L. (2024). Using plausible values when fitting multilevel models with large-scale assessment data using R. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-024-00192-0 Lee, J. C., & Staff, J. (2007). When work matters: The varying impact of work intensity on high school dropout. Sociology of Education, 80(2), 158-178. https://doi.org/10.1177/003804070708000204 Marsh, H. W., & Kleitman, S. (2005). Consequences of employment during high school: Character building, subversion of academic coals, or a threshold? American Educational Research Journal, 42(2), 331-369. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312042002331 OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. OECD (2024), PISA 2022 Technical Report, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en. Post, D., & Pong, S. (2000). Employment during middle school: The effects on academic achievement in the U.S. and abroad. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 22(3), 273-298. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737022003273 Raudenbush, S. W., & Bryk, A. S. (2002). Hierarchical linear models: Applications and data analysis methods (2nd ed.). Sage. Rubin, D. B. (1987). Multiple imputation for nonresponse in surveys. Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316696 Rutkowski, L., Gonzalez, E., Joncas, M., & von Davier, M. (2010). International large-scale assessment data: Issues in secondary analysis and reporting. Educational Researcher, 39(2), 142-151. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X10363170 Rutkowski, L., & Rutkowski, D. (2016). A call for a more measured approach to reporting and interpreting PISA results. Educational Researcher, 45(4), 252-257. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16649961 Sieber, S. D. (1974). Toward a theory of role accumulation. American Sociological Review, 39(4), 567–578. https://doi.org/10.2307/2094422 Snijders, T. A. B., & Bosker, R. J. (2012). Multilevel analysis: An introduction to basic and advanced multilevel modeling (2nd ed.). Sage. Staff, J., Schulenberg, J. E., & Bachman, J. G. (2010). Adolescent work intensity, school performance, and Academic Engagement. Sociology of Education, 83(3), 183-200. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040710374585 Viechtbauer, W. (2010). Conducting meta-analyses in R with the metafor package. Journal of Statistical Software, 36(3), 1–48. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v036.i03 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Seductive Details, Cognitive Load, and Academic Achievements: A Multi-level Meta-analysis and MASEM east china normal university Presenting Author:Introduction The inclusion of visually engaging but instructionally irrelevant elements—termed seductive details (Harp & Mayer, 1998)—has sparked ongoing debate regarding their pedagogical value. While such features may enhance engagement by capturing attention and stimulating situational interest, they risk diverting cognitive resources from core content, potentially impairing learning. This trade-off poses a significant challenge in designing digital instructional materials, where balancing engagement and cognitive load is essential. In response, the present meta-analysis synthesizes two decades of research on the seductive details effect, aiming to clarify under what conditions these elements hinder or support learning and to inform evidence-based design practices for effective and engaging instruction. Literature review Seductive details effect and mediating role of cognitive load A central question in seductive details research is whether such elements help or hinder learning. Early studies typically reported negative effects, particularly for learners with lower working memory who struggle to filter irrelevant content (Harp & Mayer, 1997). More recent findings, however, are mixed. Some suggest seductive details enhance situational interest without improving deep learning or metacognition (Magner et al., 2014; Jager & Wiley, 2014), while others propose they act as cognitive breaks that help sustain attention and reduce fatigue (Fries et al., 2019; Szpunar et al., 2013). These inconsistencies underscore the need to explore boundary conditions such as learner characteristics, task demands, and design features. The seductive details effect is grounded in Cognitive Load Theory (CLT; Sweller et al., 1998) and the Cognitive Theory of Multimedia Learning (CTML; Mayer, 2014), which differentiate intrinsic, extraneous, and germane load. Seductive details are thought to increase extraneous load and impaired recall performance (Wesenberg et al., 2025), though the mediating effect of extraneous cognitive load is not consistently observed (Colliot & Boucheix, 2024). Moderators variables Recent research has moved beyond confirming the seductive details effect to investigating its boundary conditions. This reflects a broader recognition that instructional outcomes depend on learner characteristics and environmental context. Moderating factors include age (Scherer et al., 2023), prior knowledge (Magner et al., 2014), working memory capacity (Sanchez & Wiley, 2006), and motivation (Wang & Adesope, 2016). Contextual elements like instructional techniques (Eitel et al., 2019; Wang et al., 2017) and learning environments (Bender et al., 2021; Fries et al., 2019) also influence the effect. Emerging evidence further suggests that interactions between learner traits and seductive detail types shape outcomes (Wesenberg et al., 2024). Given these inconsistencies, a meta-analytic approach is needed to clarify when and for whom seductive details help or hinder learning (Mayer, 2019). Current meta-analysis Two prior meta-analyses examined the effects of seductive details on academic achievement. Rey (2012) reported small-to-medium negative effects on recall (d = -0.30) and transfer (d = -0.48), while Sundararajan and Adesope (2020) analyzed 68 effect sizes from 42 studies and found a similar effect (g = -0.33). However, these studies did not address effect size non-independence or test cognitive load as a mediator. Since 2020, the number of relevant studies has nearly doubled, highlighting the need for an updated analysis. This meta-analysis includes studies published between 2019 and 2025 and adopts a multilevel approach to account for dependencies among effect sizes. The study is guided by four research questions: RQ1: What is the overall effect of seductive details on academic achievement? RQ2: How do they affect specific learning outcomes? RQ3: What factors moderate these effects? RQ4: To what extent does cognitive load mediate the relationship between seductive details and learning outcomes? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Selection criteria The selected literatures should met the inclusion criteria which is reported in Table 1. Literature search and selection. As shown in Figure 1, the literature search followed the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021; Moher et al., 2009). We conducted a literature search in the electronic databases including Web of Science, PsycINFO, Scopus, ProQuest, and ERIC (Education Resources Information Center) using the search syntax shown in Table 2. Consequently, a total of 51 publications were included in this review at the end. Literature coding Before coding, the authors held detailed discussions to finalize the coding criteria. A random sample of 10 references (20%) was independently coded to ensure consistency, with disagreements resolved through discussion. The remaining 41 references were coded using the agreed scheme. Inter-coder reliability was high (Cohen’s kappa = 0.91–0.96, p < 0.001). Following Wilson and Lipsey (2001), six coding schemes were applied (see Table 3), focusing on effect sizes and study-level variables. Effect sizes were categorized by learning outcome (recall, comprehension, transfer), and 14 study-level variables were coded to support moderation and mediation analyses. Data analysis All of the analyses, including overall effect size calculation, sensitivity analysis, moderation analysis, and mediation analysis, were conducted in R Studio (R Core Team, 2017) with the metafor package (Viechtbauer, 2010) and metaSEM package (Cheung, 2015; Cheung & Cheung, 2016). In this study, the effect size represents the effects of seductive details on the academic achievements. We used Hedges’ g (Hedges, 1982) as the standardized mean difference effect size metric. For the mediating analysis, we employed a two-stage meta-analytic structural equation modeling (MASEM) approach (Cheung & Chan, 2005), using 16 effect sizes from eight studies—including four derived from raw data obtained by contacting the authors of two studies (Wang et al., 2019; 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The seductive details effect (RQ1 & RQ2) The present meta-analysis confirms that seductive details have a small but significant negative effect on academic achievement (g = -0.16), aligning with earlier studies (Rey, 2012; Sundararajan & Adesope, 2020) but reporting a smaller effect. This difference likely stems from methodological improvements: our multi-level model accounted for data dependencies which were overlooked in prior pairwise meta-analyses. Across achievement types, seductive details negatively affected recall (g = -0.17), comprehension (g = -0.19), and transfer (g = -0.12). While these outcomes vary in cognitive complexity—from lower-order (recall) to higher-order (comprehension and transfer) cognitive abilities—the differences in effect size were minimal (maximum Δg = 0.07). This suggests that seductive details consistently impair learning across cognitive levels, with no strong evidence that higher-order tasks are more affected than lower-order ones. The moderating effects (RQ3) Three significant moderators emerged. First, sample size influenced effects: small (N ≤ 50, g = -0.49) and large samples (N ≥ 100, g = -0.16) showed significant negative effects, while medium-sized samples did not, possibly due to statistical power issues or bias. Second, text language mattered: English (g = -0.23) and German (g = -0.14) texts produced negative effects, while Chinese texts showed no significant impact—likely due to limited data and cultural familiarity with seductive content in English. Third, applied environment moderated outcomes: seductive details in technology-based contexts (g = -0.19) impaired learning significantly, whereas paper-and-pen settings had no effect, suggesting that digital environments may amplify distraction and cognitive overload, while traditional formats promote sustained focus. The mediating effects (RQ4) The mediation analysis supports CTML by showing that seductive details increase extraneous cognitive load, which in turn hinders academic achievement. Both direct and indirect effects were significant, suggesting other mediators like situational interest. Instructionally, designers should balance engagement with cognitive efficiency, minimizing seductive elements—especially for novices or complex topics—to reduce load and enhance deep learning. References Cheung, M. W. L. (2015). metaSEM: An R package for meta-analysis using structural equation modeling. Frontiers in Psychology, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2014.01521 Cheung, M. W. L., & Chan, W. (2005). Meta-analytic structural equation modeling: A two-stage approach. Psychological Methods, 10(1), 40–64. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989x.10.1.40 Cheung, M. W. L., & Cheung, S. F. (2016). Random‐effects models for Meta‐Analytic Structural Equation Modeling: Review, issues, and illustrations. Research Synthesis Methods, 7(2), 140–155. https://doi.org/10.1002/jrsm.1166 Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Colliot, T., & Boucheix, J. (2024). Exploring the effects of seductive details and illustration dynamics on young children’s performance in an origami task. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 40, 437-451. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12879 Fries, L., DeCaro, M. S., & Ramirez, G.(2019). The lure of seductive details during lecture learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 111, 736-749. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/edu0000301 Harp, S., & Mayer, R. E. (1997). The role of interest in learning from scientific text and illustrations: On the distinction between emotional interest and cognitive interest. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89, 92–102. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.89.1.92 Harp, S. F., & Mayer, R. E. (1998). How seductive details do their damage: A theory of cognitive interest in science learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 434–441. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.90.3.414 Hedges, L. V. (1982). Estimation of effect size from a series of independent experiments. Psychological Bulletin, 92(2), 490–499. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.92.2.490 Mayer, R. E. (2014). Cognitive theory of multimedia learning. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of multimedia learning (2nd ed., pp. 43-71). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139547369.005 Mayer, R. E. (2019). Taking a new look at seductive details. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 33, 139-141. https://doi.org/10.1002/acp.3503 Mayer, R. E. (2021). Multimedia learning (3rd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D. G. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The Prisma statement. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 62(10), 1006–1012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2009.06.005 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The Prisma 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International Journal of Surgery, 88, 105906. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijsu.2021.105906 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Impact of Portfolio Assessment on Student Achievements and Attitudes in Türkiye: A Meta-Analysis Study TED University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Portfolio assessment, which can be defined as a purposeful collection of a student’s work that tells a story of the student’s efforts, progress, or achievement in one or more areas (Arter & Spandel, 1992), has received scholarly attention. Depending on various purposes, Miller et al. (2009) summarize portfolio use in four dimensions as (a) instruction and assessment, (b) current accomplishments and progress, (c) showcase and documentation, and (d) finished and working (p. 293), which do not only show the instructional and evaluative value of portfolio use, but also highlight the formative contributions to self-reflection, higher-order thinking, and self-regulation. Either paper-based or electronic, the use of portfolios has been shown to improve several variables in related research. The redundancy of findings specifically related to the effects of portfolio assessment on student achievements and attitudes, as the most frequently examined dependent variables, suggests a systematic review not only to interpret the magnitude of influence in terms of effect size, but also to facilitate scholars in designing their future studies. The following research questions, with achievement and attitude as the dependent variables and portfolio, either paper-based or electronic, as the independent variable, were addressed in this study: (1) What is the influence of portfolio use on student achievement? (2) What is the influence of portfolio use on student attitude? (3) How do several moderator variables (year of publication, type of publication, education level, subject, and type of portfolio) influence the effects of portfolio use? One novel contribution of the present meta-analysis is that it provides a review of extant research examining the effect of portfolio use on achievement and attitude in the context of Türkiye by including more studies proposed by search of related database and it quantifies the findings related to several moderators. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research used meta-analysis to address questions pertaining to effects of portfolio assessment on student achievements and attitudes in scholarly work in Türkiye. For research purposes, experimental or a quasi-experimental research examining the effects of portfolios assessment on student achievement and attitude were included in analyses. The rigorous search of the premium databases in Turkiye yielded a total of 62 studies with 62 effect sizes on achievement (N=3.664) and 30 effect sizes on attitudes (N=1.779). Hedges’ g, a less biased measure of effect size (Lambert & Alhassoon, 2015), was used to determine the extent of the difference between achievement and attitude scores of experimental and control groups. As suggested by Field and Gillett (2010) for studies of meta-analysis in social sciences, random-effects model was employed for the analyses. Computations were carried out using Comprehensive Meta-Analysis Version 4 (Borenstein et al., 2022). The robust review of related research, the use of inclusion and exclusion criteria, and the reporting of effect sizes ensured the validity of the study. The reliability was provided with the agreement between two coders with a doctoral degree in education, who carried out the selection of studies, analysis and interpretation of data. Several statistics were employed to test the data for heterogeneity and publication bias (Borenstein et al., 2021). I2 and Q statistics were performed in the measurement of heterogeneity. The significance level of Q value (e.g. p<.01) and I2 values of 25%, 50% and 75% that represent low, moderate and high heterogeneity, respectively (Higgins & Thompson, 2002) were used to detect heterogeneity. Publication bias was examined with Egger’s Regression Test, Rosenthal’s FSN, and Duval & Tweedie’s Trim and Fill (TFM). The symmetry observed in the funnel plots and the nonsignificant p values (>.05) in Egger’s Regression Test would show the nonexistence of publication bias. For the Rosenthal’s FSN, the 5k+10 value (Fragkos et al., 2014; Mullen et al., 2001) was used as a cut-off point to observe the nonexistence of publication bias. Analog to ANOVA was used to explore the moderating effect of year of publication, type of publication, education level, subject, and type of portfolio on mean effect sizes in studies examining the effect of portfolio assessment on both achievement and attitude. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The random effects model reflected the mean effect size as 0,998 (SE = 0,11, 95% CI = [0,79, 1,21]), which implied a large positive effect of portfolio assessment on students’ achievements; whereas the mean effect size of 0,676 (SE = 0,10, 95% CI = [0,48, 0,88]) for studies examining the influence of portfolio assessment on student attitudes implied a medium positive effect (Cohen, 1988). Further analyses for both achievement and attitude showed that data were highly heterogeneous and displayed no clear evidence of publication bias. A cumulative analysis of all the Analog to ANOVA results regarding the moderators in both achievement and attitude studies revealed the significant effect of subject only. In other words, subject as a variable was found to be the source of variance moderating the magnitude of effect sizes significantly in both achievement and attitude studies. References Arter, J., & Spandel, V. “Using Portfolios of Student Work in Instruction and Assessment.” Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 1992, 11, 36–44. Borenstein, M., Hedges, L. V., Higgins, J. P. T., & Rothstein, H. R. (2021). Introduction to Meta-Analysis (Second ed.). Wiley. Borenstein, M., Hedges, L. E., Higgins, J. P. T., & Rothstein, H. R. (2022). Comprehensive Meta-Analysis Version 4. In Biostat, Inc. www.Meta-Analysis.com Field, A. P., & Gillett, R. (2010). How to do a meta-analysis. British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology, 63(3), 665-694. https://doi.org/10.1348/000711010X502733 Fragkos, K. C., Tsagris, M., & Frangos, C. C. (2014). Publication bias in meta-analysis: confidence intervals for Rosenthal’s fail-safe number. International scholarly research notices, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1155/2014/825383 Higgins, J., & Thompson, S. G. (2002). Quantifying heterogeneity in a meta-analysis. Statistics in Medicine, 21(11), 1539-1558. Lambert, J.E., & Alhassoon, O.M. (2015) Trauma-focused therapy for refugees: Meta-analytic findings. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 62(1), 28–37. https://doi.org/10.1037/cou0000048 Miller, M.D., Linn, R.L., & Gronlund, N.E. (2009). Measurement and assessment in teaching (10th ed). Pearson Education. Mullen, B., Muellerleile, P., & Bryant, B. (2001). Cumulative meta-analysis: a consideration of indicators of sufficiency and stability. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27(11), 1450. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper When Students Do Not Give Good Effort: A Research Synthesis with Implications for Validity 1: Umeå University, Sweden; 2: University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Across classroom, national, and international assessments, score interpretations typically assume that examinees invest sufficient effort. Yet a substantial body of evidence shows that test‑taking effort varies systematically with stakes, task characteristics, student beliefs, and context, with non‑trivial effects on scores and measurement properties. Based on a synthesis of our own research as well as the research of others, the present paper argues that assessment outcomes are a joint function of skill and will and that validity arguments and score uses should explicitly model, measure, and communicate examinee effort. Theoretically, expectancy–value theory provides an overarching account of why students choose to invest effort (expectancies and values, including attainment, intrinsic, utility, and cost), while item-level models such as the demands–capacity framework and the rapid-guessing account explain how engagement fluctuates across items within a session. Empirical research demonstrates that effort varies by stakes, item type and position, task demands, and student characteristics (e.g., beliefs, ability), and that both self-reported and behavioral indicators predict performance; meta-analytic evidence shows moderate to strong associations, while relationships between different measures of effort on the other hand tend to be low. Computer-based assessments enable high-resolution behavioral indicators (e.g., response-time effort and action counts) that identify disengagement (rapid guessing, perfunctory CR responses), though threshold selection and misclassification remain concerns. Insufficient effort poses construct-irrelevant variance that can inflate item difficulty and discrimination, attenuate reliability, and produce misleading correlations with external variables; effects are especially salient for low-stakes tests, longer sessions, and constructed-response items. International assessment evidence suggests that while aggregate rankings may be relatively robust to filtering disengaged responses, individual scores are affected and program decisions can be distorted when effort is ignored. We conclude that effort should be assessed whenever feasible (via brief self-report and process data), explicitly considered in validity arguments and score-use decisions, and, where warranted, incorporated into modeling (e.g., effort-moderated IRT) or reporting (effort annotations in formative contexts). Future research should strengthen theory linking motivation, emotions (e.g., boredom), and process data, refine probabilistic engagement indices that allow partial effort, and evaluate equity implications across groups and cultures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs a theory-informed review methodology synthesizing conceptual frameworks, methodological approaches, and empirical findings on test-taking effort across classroom, national, and international assessments. First, we map the construct by positioning test-taking effort as the outcome of a motivational state tied to an assessment task and define it as the persistent investment of cognitive resources with the goal of accurately representing what one knows and can do. We adopt expectancy–value theory as a macro-level framework for antecedents of effort (expectancy for success; attainment, intrinsic, utility value; perceived costs) and integrate item-level process accounts—the demands–capacity model and rapid-guessing theory—to explain within-test dynamics of engagement. Second, we review measurement strategies: (a) self-report instruments (e.g., Student Opinion Scale; expectancy–value questionnaires; effort thermometers) used primarily in paper-based or hybrid settings, discussing their advantages (ease, global coverage) and limitations (bias, accuracy); and (b) behavioral indicators enabled by computer-based testing, notably item response times, counts of actions/keystrokes, and missingness, which support indices such as Response-Time Effort (RTE) and partial-engagement measures. We summarize thresholding approaches for distinguishing solution behavior from rapid guessing, highlight misclassification risks, and cover extensions to constructed-response items (e.g., short perfunctory responses, idle responding). Third, we examine contextual, item, and person correlates of effort (stakes, length, difficulty, item position; subject domain; gender, ability, socio-economic and cultural factors) and consequences for psychometrics (item parameter bias, DIF, reliability) and score interpretations (formative feedback, pilot studies, national evaluations, large-scale comparisons). Finally, we articulate implications for validity arguments and score use by proposing that evidence about engagement (distributions of RTE, item-position trends, CR/MC differentials) become part of routine program monitoring and reporting, with feasibility considerations noted for short tests, small samples, and low prevalence of disengagement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our synthesis converges on a simple but consequential insight: assessment scores reflect both what students know and what they are willing to demonstrate under specific conditions. When the assumption of sufficient effort is violated—particularly in low-stakes contexts, longer sessions, and demanding or late-position items—construct-irrelevant variance is introduced that can compromise item calibration, distort reliability and validity evidence, and mislead classroom and system-level decisions. At the same time, maximal effort may not always be necessary; the sufficiency of engagement depends on the intended interpretation and use. Accordingly, programs and researchers should: (1) monitor effort routinely using brief self-report and process data; (2) report effort-aware indicators alongside scores for formative uses; (3) consider analytic adjustments such as motivation filtering or effort-moderated models where decisions warrant it; and (4) design assessments with engagement in mind (balanced item types, strategic breaks, clear relevance cues). Advancing theory that connects expectancy–value appraisals with item-level behaviors, emotions like boredom, and performance will sharpen predictions about when and for whom disengagement arises. With continued refinement of probabilistic engagement indices and practical operational guidelines, integrating effort into validity arguments can render interpretations fairer, more accurate, and better aligned with the realities of modern assessment. References Eklöf, H. (2010). Skill and will: Test-taking motivation and assessment quality. Assessment in Education, 17(4), 345–356. Eklöf, H., & Knekta, E. (2017). Using large-scale educational data to test motivation theories. International Journal of Quantitative Research in Education, 4(1–2), 52–71. Goldhammer, F., Martens, T., & Lüdtke, O. (2017). Conditioning factors of test-taking engagement in PIAAC. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 5(18), 1–25. Lindner, M. A., Lüdtke, O., & Nagy, G. (2019). The onset of rapid-guessing behavior over the course of testing time. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 1533. Michaelides, M. P., & Ivanova, M. (2022). Response time as an indicator of test-taking effort in PISA. Psychological Test and Assessment Modeling, 64(3), 304–338. Michaelides, M. P., Ivanova, M., & Avraam, D. (2024). The impact of filtering out rapid-guessing examinees on PISA 2015 country rankings. Psychological Test and Assessment Modeling, 66(1), 50–62. Rios, J. (2021). Improving test-taking effort in low-stakes group-based educational testing: A meta-analysis. Applied Measurement in Education, 34(2), 85–106. Silm, G., Pedaste, M., & Täht, K. (2020). The relationship between performance and test-taking effort: A meta-analytic review. Educational Research Review, 31, 100335. Wise, S. L. (2017). Rapid-guessing behavior: Its identification, interpretation, and implications. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 36(4), 52–61. Wise, S. L., & DeMars, C. E. (2005). Low examinee effort in low-stakes assessment: Problems and potential solutions. Educational Assessment, 10(1), 1–17. Wise, S. L., & DeMars, C. E. (2006). An application of item response time: The effort-moderated IRT model. Journal of Educational Measurement, 43(1), 19–38. Wise, S. L., & Smith, L. F. (2016). The validity of assessment when students don’t give good effort. In G. T. L. Brown & L. R. Harris (Eds.), Handbook of human and social conditions in assessment (pp. 204–220). Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 01 A: In memory of Kari Smith: Advancing Teacher Education Through Research Professional Learning and Partnerships: Honouring the Legacy of Kari Smith Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Paulien Meijer Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Advancing Teacher Education Through Research Professional Learning and Partnerships: Honouring the Legacy of Kari Smith On behalf of the International Forum for Teacher Educators’ Professional Development (InFo-TED), we propose a special tribute session at the ECER 2026 conference in Tampere in memory of our dear colleague Kari Smith (1949–2025). Kari Smith was a leading international scholar whose work fundamentally shaped research and practice in teacher education, assessment, and the professional development of teacher educators. Her passing represents a significant loss to the international educational research community. Rather than functioning as a commemorative event, this session is designed as a forward-looking scholarly tribute. Drawing on Kari Smith’s intellectual legacy, the symposium aims to stimulate critical reflection on future directions in teacher education research and practice; conceptually, methodologically, and institutionally. In doing so, the session aligns closely with the mission of ECER Network 10 and Kari’s own enduring commitment to academic rigour, professional learning, and international dialogue.
Conceptual Framing Kari Smith’s career bridged school practice, teacher education, and research in a way that remains exemplary. After an extensive career as a schoolteacher, she completed her doctorate in 1998 on pupils’ self-assessment, launching a prolific academic trajectory that resulted in more than 500 scholarly contributions. Her work addressed enduring and emerging challenges in teacher education, including assessment for learning, teacher professionalism, quality assurance, the relationship between individual teachers and professional communities, and teacher educators and their professional learning.
At an early stage of European discussions on teacher education, Kari Smith co-authored a seminal article that outlined future scenarios for the field. These scenarios refers to questions that remain highly relevant today in the context of teacher shortages, increasing accountability, and changing university-school relationships. Equally important was her role as a community builder: as founder and long-standing chair of InFo-TED, as chair and later director of NAFOL, and through leadership roles at institutions such as the University of Bergen and NTNU. Across these contexts, Kari consistently foregrounded the learning and development of teacher educators and doctoral researchers.
Structure and Contributions The session will be chaired by Ruben Vanderlinde and consists of three /four integrated contributions, followed by a structured dialogue with the audience. Presenters contribute primarily in their capacity as teacher educator–scholars, while also drawing on their organisational and institutional experiences. The aim is to offer a multifaceted yet coherent conversation, avoiding a traditional “presentation carousel” and instead fostering shared reflection on the future of the field. Format and Intended Contribution Following the contributions, ample time will be reserved for dialogue with the audience, focusing on how Kari Smith’s legacy can inform future research agendas, institutional arrangements, and doctoral education in teacher education. The session thus aims not only to honour Kari Smith’s life and work, but also to extend her influence into the future by engaging the ECER community in collective reflection and sense-making. We respectfully propose this session to ECER Network 10 as a scholarly reflection on Kari Smith’s work and influence, and as an invitation to consider how her ideas can continue to inform future research and practice in teacher education References .No specific references Presentations of the Symposium InFo-TED Perspective: Teacher Educators’ Professional Learning as a Global Field
Eline Vanassche, KULeuven; Helma Oolbekkink-Marchand, HAN University of Apllied Sciences; Paulien Meijer, Radboud University
The first contribution reflects on Kari Smith’s role in shaping the international field of teacher educator development through InFo-TED. Drawing on collective experiences within the network, the presentation will discuss how Kari’s work continues to inform conceptual and methodological approaches to researching teacher educators’ learning, as well as emerging challenges and future research directions. Particular attention will be paid to Kari’s commitment to doctoral education, including the supervision and mentoring of early-career scholars
References:
..
University–School Partnerships and Practice-Based Innovation
The second contribution focuses on Kari Smith’s influence on university–school partnerships, particularly through her support of the university school model in Trondheim. Using empirical insights and institutional reports, this presentation examines how university schools can function as hubs for innovation in teacher education—through combined teacher positions, extended practicum and residency models, and co-created research and development. The contribution connects these developments to Kari’s broader vision of practice-based knowledge production and sustainable collaboration between schools and universities.
References:
..
Practice-Oriented Research and Scholarly Friendship
The third contribution builds on a co-authored paper by Kari Smith and May Britt Postholm on practice-oriented research. The presentation will revisit key ideas from this work, situating them within current debates on research relevance and knowledge mobilisation in teacher education. In addition, the speaker will briefly reflect on the close scholarly and personal friendship with Kari, illustrating how intellectual collaboration and human connection were deeply intertwined in Kari’s academic life.
References:
-
From Teacher to Researcher: Friends 'in talk'
In the last contribution, Lily Orland-Barak reflects on a shared professional and academic journey with Kari Smith, one which unfolded throughout the years as a long, dialogic passage traveled by two close friends together. From their early days as teachers of English, through their work as mentors, and later as teacher educators and educational researchers, Kari and Lily’s paths were braided through ongoing conversations of ' close friends in talk '. These conversations-anchored in trust, care, and intellectual risk-taking became a form of authentic talk: a space where uncertainties, challenges and fears were voiced, ideas rehearsed, and professional identities slowly re-authored. Across time, their conversations cultivated shifts in how each understood teaching, mentoring, and research-not as isolated roles but as evolving practices shaped by personal histories, shared experiences, challenges, and the sedimented wisdom of collegial friendship.
References:
.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 01 B: Preparing Teachers for Inclusive and Digital Education Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lea Schröder Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Beyond Datafication: Oral Assessment as a Device of Pedagogical Resilience University of Salerno, Italy Presenting Author:The current landscape of educational research is situated within what Morin (2020) defines as a “poly-crisis.” This term refers to a systemic and simultaneous entanglement of multiple emergencies affecting our society on a global scale: from post-pandemic fragilities to geopolitical instabilities, up to the climate crisis, which calls for a rethinking of collective life. This complexity does not operate in isolation; rather, it reverberates across the different levels of the educational ecosystem described by Bronfenbrenner (2023). Such pressure drives institutions toward a progressive datafication of knowledge, in which learning is often reduced to measurable units (Williamson, 2017; Williamson et al., 2020). Within this context, the education of future teachers enrolled in the Degree Programme in Primary Education Sciences now stands at a crucial crossroads. On the one hand, there is a push toward performative standardisation, oriented toward the management of large cohorts through numerical indicators and automated testing. On the other hand, there emerges the need to preserve academic sincerity. This crisis of sincerity reflects the tension between the automation of assessment, represented by Computer-Based Assessment (CBA), and the need for knowledge that remains situated, authentic, and deeply critical. If, as Biesta (2021) argues, the essence of education lies in “subjectification” and in the recognition of students’ humanity, then summative assessment cannot - and must not -be reduced to a mere act of algorithmic or statistical measurement. In the era of generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the proliferation of fake news (Al-Rawahi & Al-Shammari, 2024; Drouiche, 2025), the central challenge of teaching professionalism lies in the ability to distinguish between the mere mechanical reproduction of data and the genuine acquisition of reflective competence (Fishman & Gardner, 2022). Within this framework, the present contribution proposes to analyse the oral examination not as an obsolete legacy of the past, nor as a condemnation of structured testing. On the contrary, objective tests are acknowledged as fundamental tools for ensuring standards of accountability, equity, and uniformity in the assessment of broad domains of knowledge. However, the oral examination is here investigated as a device of pedagogical resilience, necessary to complete and enrich the overall assessment profile. While structured tests ensure bureaucratic efficiency and psychometric validity across extensive content areas, the oral examination functions as a glocal response (Sepúlveda Alzate, 1999). It represents a practice rooted in a solid local tradition that offers a macro-level solution to the fragmentation of the educational relationship. Indeed, evaluative dialogue allows for the emergence of that “professional knowledge” which inevitably eludes the binary cataloguing of Big Data: namely, critical argumentation skills, ethical stance, and the communicative competence of the future teacher. The oral examination therefore does not seek to replace objective tools but rather to integrate their epistemological limits, fostering a human encounter that takes shape as an act of institutional trust. From this perspective, the social responsibility of the researcher transcends the mere academic perimeter to take on the character of a conscious political action (Biesta, 2021). Documenting and defending the validity of dialogic assessment models through the analysis of Syllabi means resisting the drift toward a purely technocratic and faceless form of evaluation. In this view, the Syllabus ceases to be a cold bureaucratic requirement and becomes a manifesto of transparency. It turns into a genuine social contract that safeguards research autonomy and ensures depth of learning even in times of extreme uncertainty (Fullan et al., 2023). In conclusion, this study aims to demonstrate that safeguarding the oral assessment represents a forward-looking strategy. Such an approach is capable of ensuring the holistic quality of teacher education by integrating the effectiveness of large-scale. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design adopts a mixed-methods approach. The central aim of the study is to investigate whether the oral examination, in its glocal dimension, can represent an effective micro-pedagogical response to the macro-European challenge of datafication. The study addresses two research questions: (1) to what extent does the oral examination function as a resilience device capable of ensuring the holistic integrity of teacher education; and (2) how does the Syllabus manage the tension between bureaucratic transparency requirements and the need to preserve pedagogical dialogue? The sampling strategy is systemic and includes the entire population of the 41 single-cycle master’s degree programmes in Primary Education Sciences offered in Italy during the academic year 2024–2025. Syllabi are adopted as the primary data source and are interpreted as indicators of the pedagogical intentions expressed by academic staff. The research is structured into three sequential phases. First, a systematic census of the declared assessment modalities is conducted, mapping the distribution of oral examinations, structured written tests, and Computer-Based Assessment (CBA). These modalities are analysed in relation to Messick’s (1995) validity criteria, with particular attention to the coherence between assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Second, a comparative analysis of the assessment paradigms underlying the Syllabus descriptions is carried out. This phase draws on Broadfoot’s (2021) critical perspective on the risks of exclusively quantitative assessment, as well as on the framework of Sustainable Assessment, which emphasises the role of assessment in fostering students’ long-term capacity for autonomous judgement (Beck et al., 2013; Bearman et al., 2023). Third, Qualitative Content Analysis (QCA) is employed to examine the academic language used in the description of assessment practices (Schreirer, 2012). Within this phase, the Syllabus is conceptualised as a “boundary work” device (Gieryn, 1983), aimed at defining and protecting the boundaries of academic sincerity, particularly in relation to the misuse of generative artificial intelligence. Research rigour is ensured through a multi-level triangulation strategy. Methodological triangulation (Denzin, 2012) integrates quantitative data from the national census with qualitative semantic analysis of the Syllabi, while theoretical triangulation combines insights from docimology and the relevant scholarly literature (Iannotta & Tammaro, 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the 41-degree programs in Primary Education Sciences within the Italian academic system yields conclusions that extend beyond a national perspective. The findings indicate that the persistence of the oral examination—adopted by more than half of Italian universities—should not be interpreted as a methodological anomaly or as passive adherence to tradition. Rather, in the context of the contemporary poly-crisis, it emerges as a form of conscious pedagogical resilience aligned with advanced European assessment perspectives. Although the Finnish model is often cited as a benchmark for high-trust cultures and assessment autonomy, this study suggests that the Italian system offers a procedurally robust articulation of these principles. In an era of increasing automation and a crisis of sincerity in written academic work, the oral examination fulfils an irreplaceable epistemological function by assessing dimensions that Big Data and Computer-Based Assessment (CBA) cannot capture, particularly pedagogical judgement in complex and uncertain contexts (Shermis & Burstein, 2013). The evidence highlights evaluative dialogue as a privileged means of exploring students’ reflective maturity, understood as the integration of theoretical knowledge, situated sensitivity, and ethical positioning. In line with Biesta (2021), assessment thus becomes an act of “subjectification,” recognising the emergence of professional identity. Finally, the study supports hybrid and sustainable assessment models that balance technological efficiency with educational relationships (Bearman et al., 2023), reframing assessment as an act of care for teaching professionalism (Sepúlveda Alzate, 1999). References Al-Rawahi, N., & Al-Shammari, S. (2024). Artificial Intelligence in Education: A Systematic Review. International Journal of Educational Research and Technology, 3(2), 1-15. Bearman, M., Dawson, P., & Boud, D. (2023). Reimagining Assessment in a Digital World. Springer. Beck, R. J., Skinner, W. F., & Schwabrow, L. A. (2013), A Study of Sustainable Assessment Theory in Higher Education Tutorials. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 38(3), 326-348. Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education. Routledge. Broadfoot, P. (2021). The Sociology of Assessment: Comparative and Policy Perspectives. Routledge. Bronfenbrenner, U. (2023). The Ecology of Human Development. Harvard University Press. Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6(2), 80-88. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1177/1558689812437186 Drouiche, A. (2025). L’intelligenza artificiale come alleata della didattica: opportunità e limiti pedagogici. El-Tawassol, 5(31), 10-22. Fischman, W., & Gardner, H. (2022). The Real World of College. The MIT Press. Fullan, M., Azorín, C., Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2023). Artificial intelligence and school leadership: Challenges, opportunities and implications. School Leadership and Management, 44(4), 339-346. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2246856 Gieryn, T. F. (1983). Boundary-Work and the Demarcation of Science from Non-science: Strains and Interests in Professional Ideologies of Scientists. American Sociological Review, 48(6), 781-795. Iannotta, I. S., & Tammaro, R. (2025). Uno studio esplorativo sulle pratiche di valutazione sommativa all’Università. Pedagogia oggi, 23(1), 137-143. Messick, S. (1995). Validity of psychological assessment. Validation of inferences from persons’ responses and performances as scientific inquiry into score meaning. American Psychologist, 50(9), 741-749. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.50.9.741 Miller, T. (2019). Explanation in artificial intelligence: Insights from the social sciences. Artificial Intelligence, 267, 1-38. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.artint.2018.07.007 Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice. Sage. Sepùlveda Alzate, J. (1999). Pedagogìa glocal: un anàlisis desde el enfoque de las capacidades. Revista Repide, 9(9), 57-64. Shermis, M. D., & Burstein, J. (2013). Handbook of automated essay evaluation: Current applications and new directions. Routledge. Soumia, B. (2024). La valutazione sommativa di tipo soggettivo. Una valutazione adeguata all’approccio per competenze. Aleph, 11(1), 119-130. https://asjp.cerist.dz/en/article/240842 Williamson, B. (2017). Big Data in Education: The digital future of learning, policy and practice. Sage Publications. Williamson, B., Bayne, S., & Shay, S. (2020). The Datafication of Teaching in Higher Education: Critical Issues and Perspectives. Teaching in Higher Education, 25(4), 351-365. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1748811 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper When Teachers Need Practice: Using Practical AI agent to Train Pre-service Teachers Shanghai jiao tong university, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The role of the contemporary educator has expanded significantly beyond subject instruction to encompass the holistic well-being of students (Wijaya et al., 2023). In recent years, the prevalence of student mental health issues, ranging from anxiety and depression to behavioral defiance, has risen globally (Auerbach et al., 2018), placing increasing demands on teachers to act as first responders in the educational ecosystem (Fitrianto, 2025; Gunawardena et al., 2024). While teachers are not expected to function as clinical therapists, they are increasingly required to possess the ability to distinguish students’ mental health problems, engage in empathetic dialogue, and be familiar with the procedural steps to manage these crises effectively (Dimitropoulos et al., 2021). Consequently, teacher education programs have begun to integrate school and counseling intervention skills, such as Solution-Focused Brief Therapy (SFBT), which equips teachers with actionable, future-oriented strategies to support at-risk students (Ohrt et al., 2020). However, a critical pedagogical gap persists between possessing theoretical knowledge of these procedures and the ability to apply them in real-time (Ohrt et al., 2020). The acquisition of interpersonal skills requires repeated, deliberate practice. Yet, in teacher education, the lack of students for training purposes presents a profound ethical and logistical challenge (Arnaiz-Sánchez et al., 2023). It is unethical and potentially dangerous to use real teenager students experiencing genuine mental health crises as practice subjects for pre-service teachers. As a result, the standard method for practical training has traditionally been peer-to-peer role-play, where pre-service teachers take turns acting as the teacher and the student (Thompson et al., 2022). While peer role-play is accessible, it often fails to provide lively or realistic practice. Peers, typically graduate classmates, struggle to authentically embody the developmental and emotional complexity of a K-12 student. Furthermore, peer interactions are frequently compromised by social desirability bias. For example, peers may be overly cooperative, hesitant to simulate genuine resistance, or prone to breaking character due to social awkwardness (Seery et al., 2021). This creates a training environment that is safe but lacks rigor. Pre-service teachers may execute the procedures correctly in a low-stakes peer setting and develop a sense of self-efficacy , but this confidence often proves fragile when faced with the unpredictability of a real classroom. The field is in need of a training modality that provides the safety of a simulation but the unpredictability and resistance of a real student. Recent advancements in Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Large Language Models (LLMs) offer a transformative solution to practice partners (Green et al., 2025). By moving beyond generic chatbots, educators can now utilize strictly engineered AI agents designed to act as specific student personas. Unlike a peer, the AI agent does not tire, does not judge, and does not break character. Crucially, it can be engineered to offer conditional cooperation, meaning it will only respond positively if the pre-service teacher correctly applies the designated intervention procedures (e.g., specific SFBT techniques). This study explores the integration of such a Practical AI Agent into a postgraduate teacher education program in China. The course aims to prepare pre-service teachers, specifically those majoring in subject teaching, to identify and manage student mental health behaviors. Researcher posit that a strictly engineered AI agent acts as a high school student, creating an immersive environment that bridges the gap between theory and practice. The primary objective of this research is to evaluate whether training with a Practical AI Agent leads to superior knowledge acquisition and skill competence compared to traditional peer role-play, and to examine how this technology affects the alignment between the teachers' confidence and their actual competence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used a quasi-experimental design in this study. The participants consisted of 33 full-time postgraduate students majoring in subject teaching at a university in China with informed consent. All procedures were approved by the institutional review board of Shanghai Jiao Tong University (H20250564I). All participants were pre-service teachers enrolled in a mandatory course about school mental health. The participants were the students in two parallel classes and volunterred to participate in this study. They were naturally divided to two conditions: an Experimental Group (n=18) which engaged with the strictly engineered Practical AI Agent, and a Control Group (n=15) which engaged in traditional peer role-play instruction. The intervention procedure was structured to isolate the impact of the practice modality. Both groups received identical theoretical instruction on SFBT. The divergence occurred solely during the practical application phase. The Control Group utilized peer role-play exercises, where one student acted as the teacher while the other role-played a specific student scenario. These group relied entirely on the peer’s improvisational acting ability to simulate the problematic behavior. In contrast, the Experimental Group utilized the Practical AI Agent. This agent was built on Coze platform, based on a Large Language Model. The agent takes two roles: a) to act as a high school student with mild to medium psychological concerns seeking help from the partcipant and react to the participants’ SFBT interventions, and b) to act as a TA to give the participant feedback and further suggestions as requested or every five rounds. To comprehensively assess the outcomes, a mixed-methods data collection strategy was employed. Knowledge acquisition was measured via pre- and post-tests assessing the participants’ theoretical understanding of SFBT and procedural steps for mental health interventions. Additionally, the measure of self-efficacy in handling student mental health was adapted from General Self-Efficacy Scale (Schwarzer & Jerusalem, 1995). Finally, for the Experimental group, open-ended questionnaire was used to understand perceptions of the AI’s usefulness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative results are organized to address our primary research questions regarding the effectiveness of AI-assisted practice in developing SFBT knowledge and self-efficacy. We firstly conducted independent samples t-tests for baseline equivalence and post-intervention group comparisons, paired samples t-tests for within-group pre-post changes, and calculated effect sizes (Cohen's d) to evaluate practical significance given the modest sample size. We used Spearman's rank-order correlations to examine all bivariate relationships. Regarding the primary objective of SFBT knowledge acquisition, result revealed a statistically significant difference between conditions at the post-test stage. After controlling for pre-test scores, the AI-Assisted group outperformed the Control group, demonstrating significantly higher retention of theoretical knowledge and intervention procedures. To understand the psychological impact of the training, we examined self-efficacy. Paired sample t-tests indicated that both the AI-Assisted group and the Peer Control group experienced statistically significant improvements in self-efficacy from pre-test to post-test. Independent sample comparisons showed no significant difference in the magnitude of self-efficacy gains between the two groups. Effectively, both groups felt equally more confident after the training. However, a critical difference emerged when comparing these self-efficacy scores against evaluations of practical skill. While the AI group’s self-efficacy gains were accompanied by a statistically significant increase in practical skill scores, the Control group’s practical skill scores did not show a corresponding significant increase. This finding revealed that while peer role-play generates confidence, it may foster an illusion of competence. In contrast, the AI intervention successfully aligned the students’subjective confidence with their objective competence. Ultimately, This study shows that practicing with an AI agent helps pre-service teachers build real skills that match their confidence, providing a more effective way to prepare for student mental health issues than simply role-playing with peers. References Arnaiz-Sánchez, P., De Haro-Rodríguez, R., Caballero, C., & Martínez-Abellán, R. (2023). Barriers to Educational Inclusion in Initial Teacher Training. Societies. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc13020031. Auerbach, R., Mortier, P., Bruffaerts, R., Alonso, J., Benjet, C., Cuijpers, P., Demyttenaere, K., Ebert, D., Green, J., Hasking, P., Murray, E., Nock, M., Pinder-Amaker, S., Sampson, N., Stein, D., Vilagut, G., Zaslavsky, A., & Kessler, R. (2018). WHO World Mental Health Surveys International College Student Project: Prevalence and Distribution of Mental Disorders.Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 127, 623–638. Dimitropoulos, G., Cullen, E., Cullen, O., Pawluk, C., Mcluckie, A., Patten, S., Bulloch, A., Wilcox, G., & Arnold, P. (2021). “Teachers Often See the Red Flags First”: Perceptions of School Staff Regarding Their Roles in Supporting Students with Mental Health Concerns. School Mental Health, 14, 402-415. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-021-09475-1. Fitrianto, I. (2025). Beyond Competence: Rethinking Education for Holistic Well-Being and Happiness. International Journal of Post Axial: Futuristic Teaching and Learning. https://doi.org/10.59944/postaxial.v3i1.429. Green, J. G., Huang, Y., Oblath, R., Allen‐Barrett, A., Carroll, M., Holt, M. K., ... & Albright, G. (2025). Future Teachers' Confidence and Preparedness to Support Student Mental Health: The Effectiveness of a Virtual Role‐Play Simulation Training. Psychology in the Schools. Gunawardena, H., Leontini, R., Nair, S., Cross, S., & Hickie, I. (2024). Teachers as first responders: classroom experiences and mental health training needs of Australian schoolteachers. BMC Public Health, 24. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17599-z https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.70127 Ohrt, J., Deaton, J., Linich, K., Guest, J., Wymer, B., & Sandonato, B. (2020). Teacher training in K–12 student mental health: A systematic review. Psychology in the Schools. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22356. Schwarzer, R., & Jerusalem, M. (1995). Generalized self-efficacy scale. J. Weinman, S. Wright, & M. Johnston, Measures in health psychology: A user’s portfolio. Causal and control beliefs, 35(37), 82-003. Seery, C., Andres, A., Moore-Cherry, N., & O’Sullivan, S. (2021). Students as Partners in Peer Mentoring: Expectations, Experiences and Emotions. Innovative Higher Education, 46, 663 - 681. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-021-09556-8. Thompson, M., Leonard, G., Mikeska, J., Lottero‐Perdue, P., Maltese, A., Pereira, G., Hillaire, G., Waldron, R., Slama, R., & Reich, J. (2022). Eliciting Learner Knowledge: Enabling Focused Practice through an Open-Source Online Tool.Behavioral Sciences, 12. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs12090324. Wijaya, O., Amaliah, A., Chamami, M., Syahriani, F., & Rosadi, A. (2023). The Role of Teachers as Facilitator of Holistic Education: Current Approaches to Teaching. Global International Journal of Innovative Research. https://doi.org/10.59613/global.v1i2.15. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Education for Inclusive Digital Teaching: A Scoping Review of Pre-Service Training Approaches 1: University of Oldenburg, Germany; 2: University of Vechta, Germany; 3: University of Wuppertal, Germany; 4: Technical University of Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:The increasing digitalisation of education systems and the legally anchored requirement for inclusive education place high demands on teachers. Studies such as those by Fichtner et al. (2023) indicate that digitalisation constitutes one of the central challenges for the further development of schools and teaching. At the same time, the second periodic review of Germany under the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD, 2023) highlights substantial deficits in the implementation of inclusive education. Inclusion and digitalisation therefore need to be addressed jointly in classroom practice, as digital media can enable individualised learning pathways and may support the consideration of diverse learning prerequisites. Moreover, digital tools are discussed in the literature as offering significant potential to reduce barriers and promote participation for all students (e.g. Fichtner et al., 2023). The successful implementation of inclusive digital teaching largely depends on teachers, who play a central role in creating learning environments that are both inclusive and digitally supported. In this context, pre-service teachers are of particular importance. As future educators, they play a key role in shaping future educational practice and institutional development with regard to accessibility and participation for all learners (Martin, 2020; Schröder & Schulz, 2024). To enable the effective realisation of inclusive digital teaching, pre-service teachers must be comprehensively prepared through appropriate training opportunities at universities and teacher education institutions (Böttinger & Schulz, 2023). Conceptually, the study is situated within competence-oriented approaches to teacher professionalisation and research on inclusive pedagogy and digital competence development in teacher education. While numerous studies address either digital transformation or inclusive education in isolation, there is still a lack of systematic analyses examining how these two demands can be integrated within teacher education programmes (e.g. Beier & Czaja, 2023). In addition, there is limited research on how training programmes need to be designed in order to prepare students effectively, as implementation practices are often shaped individually by the respective institutions. To address existing research gaps in the field of inclusive digital teacher professionalisation, a scoping review based on a systematic search strategy is conducted (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Newman & Gough, 2020). The aim of the review is to identify existing approaches to inclusive digital teacher education and to examine how these approaches are designed in practice. By jointly considering normative principles and empirical evidence, the review seeks to generate both theoretical and practical insights into the design of teacher education programmes. Particular attention is given to empirical studies that evaluate existing training offers and report effects, while conceptual contributions are analysed separately to map the field of programme designs. The review addresses the following research questions:
Overall, this review provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of research on inclusive digital teacher education in German-speaking contexts and offers valuable insights for the further development of pre-service teacher education programmes in an international and comparative perspective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The scoping review followed a systematic and transparent search strategy across several databases hosted by EBSCOhost (e.g. ERIC) as well as additional international databases. Inclusion and exclusion criteria were defined a priori and documented before the search process. For collaborative work on the review, the software Covidence was used, which structures the review process in accordance with the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). The PRISMA framework ensures transparent and reproducible reporting, while the use of Covidence increases the efficiency of the literature selection process and enhances the reproducibility of the findings. The database search yielded a total of 11,290 publications (APA PsycArticles: 6,795; APA PsycInfo: 2,249; ERIC: 229; FIS Bildung: 1,390; PSYNDEX: 28; Google Scholar [English and German]: 599), of which 93 duplicates were removed. Google Scholar results were screened using predefined search strings and predefined screening limits. The present contribution focuses exclusively on studies from the German-speaking countries (DACH region) and on the first phase of teacher education. The following inclusion criteria were applied: • intervention (e.g. seminars) within teacher education programmes, • target group: pre-service teachers, • digital content, • inclusive content, • type of publication: all empirical study designs (quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-methods) as well as theoretically and conceptually oriented articles, which were coded and analysed in separate analytic strands, • location of studies: Germany, Austria, or Switzerland (DACH). Out of the 11,290 identified studies, 35 studies met the inclusion criteria and were therefore included in and analysed as part of this review, following a multi-stage screening process (title/abstract and full-text screening). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All 35 analysed studies originated from Germany; no studies conducted in Switzerland or Austria that met the predefined inclusion criteria were identified. This geographical concentration suggests that research activity in this field is currently primarily embedded in the German teacher education context, while comparable systematic investigations in other German-speaking countries appear limited or not yet sufficiently documented in indexed literature. It is also noteworthy that the majority of the studies were published from around 2020 onwards. This points to a recent and increasing scholarly engagement with inclusive digital teacher education, possibly related to policy reforms, curricular developments, and broader digital transformation processes in education. A further central finding is that most identified concepts have not been empirically evaluated and are based primarily on theoretical or conceptual programme descriptions. Where training formats were examined empirically, many studies relied on relatively small samples, which limits robustness and generalisability of the reported effects. Follow-up measurements were only rarely conducted. As a result, the long-term effects of the examined interventions cannot be reliably determined, which restricts conclusions regarding sustainability and transferability. Instead, short-term outcome measures predominated, typically focusing on immediate self-reported competence gains or attitudinal changes. With regard to format and implementation, most interventions consisted of seminar-based or workshop-based approaches, frequently embedded within time-limited projects. These offers were often not permanently integrated into the formal structures of teacher education programmes. While project-based implementations can foster innovation and experimentation, they are only partly suitable for long-term institutional anchoring and curricular continuity. From a teacher education perspective, more systematic and structurally embedded integration of inclusive digital content appears necessary to support sustainable competence development. Overall, the findings indicate a growing but still fragmented evidence base and highlight the need for larger-scale, longitudinal, and structurally embedded research designs, both within German-speaking contexts and in broader international comparison. References References Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology: Theory and Practice, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Beier, A., & Czaja, I. (2023). Digitalisierung, Inklusion und Gamification in der Lehrkräftebildung: Herausforderungen und Chancen. (Digitalisation, inclusion and gamification in teacher training: challenges and opportunities) QfI – Zeitschrift für Qualitative Forschung in der Inklusion, 2. Böttinger, T., & Schulz, L. (2023). Professionalisierung in der Lehrer:innenbildung für einen digital-inklusiven Unterricht. (Professionalisation in teacher training for digitally inclusive teaching.) In T. Irion, T. Böttinger & R. Kammerl (Hrsg.), Professionalisierung für digitale Bildung im Grundschulalter: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts P3DiG. Waxmann. Fichtner, S., Bacia, E., Sandau, M., Hurrelmann, K., & Dohmen, D. (2023). Schule stärken – Digitalisierung gestalten: Cornelsen Schulleistungsstudie 2023. (Strengthening schools – shaping digitalisation: Cornelsen School Performance Study 2023.) FiBS-Forschungsinstitut für Bildungs- und Sozialökonomie. Martin, A. (2020). Digitalisierung und Lehrerbildung: Kompetenzmodellierung und empirische Befunde. (Digitalisation and teacher training: competence modelling and empirical findings.) In M. Rothland & S. Herrlinger (Hrsg.), Digital?! Perspektiven der Digitalisierung für den Lehrerberuf und die Lehrerbildung (S. 69–86). Waxmann. https://www.fachportal-paedagogik.de/literatur/vollanzeige.html?FId=3387080 Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond & K. Buntins (Hrsg.), Systematic reviews in educational research. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., McGuinness, L. A., & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Schröder, L., & Schulz, L. (2024). Heterogenitätssensible Hochschullehre anhand von OER-Modulen im Projekt „inklusiv.digital“ für Lehramtsstudierende. (Heterogeneity-sensitive university teaching using OER modules in the ‘inklusiv.digital’ project for teacher training students.) In T. Witt, C. Herrmann, L. Mrohs, H. Brodel, K. Lindner & I. Maidanjuk (Hrsg.), Diversität und Digitalität in der Hochschullehre (S. 205–216). transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.14361/9783839469385-016 United Nations. (2023). Concluding observations on the combined second and third periodic reports of Germany. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 01 C: Student and Beginning Teachers' Developing Identities Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ruomeng Liu Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Future Expectations and Teacher Identity in Initial Teacher Education for Primary School Teachers in Spain Málaga University, Spain Presenting Author:Initial Teacher Education (ITE) represents a key opportunity for the construction of professional identity, as it constitutes the first institutional context in which knowledge, practices, values, and expectations about what it means to be a teacher are negotiated. However, this stage has been widely questioned in the international literature, as ITE models tend to oscillate between two opposing poles: technocratic training—focused on practical tools for immediate labor effectiveness—and highly theoretical training, strongly disciplinary in nature and largely disconnected from classroom realities (Wang et al., 2023; Ell et al., 2019). This polarization has not only shaped the curricular design of teacher education programs but has also had direct effects on the identity construction processes of future teachers (Carrasco-Aguilar et al., 2025). Research shows that achieving a balance between these approaches does not depend solely on the prescribed curriculum, but rather on how university professors interpret, negotiate, and enact it, positioning them as central actors in shaping formative experiences (Leite & Sousa-Pereira, 2022). From this perspective, teacher identity in formation is not built exclusively through content, but through interactions, role models, and pedagogical practices that explicitly and implicitly convey particular conceptions of teaching.
Since the 1990s, Initial Teacher Education for Primary School teachers in Spain has undergone a gradual process of reform aimed at fostering a professional identity grounded in pedagogical renewal. This process culminated in the institutionalization of what is now the four-year Bachelor’s Degree in Primary Education, offered by Faculties of Education at universities and affiliated institutions (Luzón & Montes, 2018). Since the integration of Primary teacher education into Spanish universities, teacher preparation has faced multiple challenges related to the system’s capacity to promote motivation toward the profession, the development of socio-emotional competencies, and adequate professional preparation, among others (Garcia-Vila et al., 2021; Magro et al., 2021; Muntaner-Guasp et al., 2021).
Within this context, one of the most significant tensions in ITE concerns how to foster a teacher identity that is both professional and critical. This requires acknowledging that teaching is not a neutral activity, but rather a situated practice shaped by power relations, ethical decisions, and political frameworks. From this standpoint, authors such as Giroux (1997) argue for understanding teachers as transformative intellectuals—professionals capable of critically reflecting on their practice, questioning structures that reproduce inequality within the education system, and acting as agents of change committed to an emancipatory and democratic pedagogy. In initial teacher education, this perspective demands moving beyond the mere transmission of teaching methods and creating spaces to critically examine the social meaning of education.
Promoting this type of identity also requires questioning the formative role of university professors. ITE unfolds within a social environment dominated by processes of standardization, control, and accountability, which tend to restrict space for critical perspectives on teacher education. In this context, educating reflective and politically aware teachers implies that those who train teachers must critically examine their own practices, assumptions, and positions regarding knowledge, childhood, and schooling (Imbernon, 2017). The identity of teacher educators is thus constructed within a relational framework in which pedagogical example and formative discourse become particularly relevant. University professors project expectations onto their students, imagining future professional trajectories that may ultimately shape their career paths.
This paper examines the model of teacher identity that university professors project onto their Primary Education students, focusing on the future expectations they construct about them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a quasi-ethnographic research design conducted within a Primary Education degree program at a public university in Andalusia, Spain. Ethnography, as a qualitative approach, seeks to understand meanings, practices, and social relations from the perspective of those who experience them, through prolonged immersion in natural settings. When such immersion takes place over a limited period of time, it is referred to as quasi-ethnography (Silva & Burgos, 2011). The study was carried out at a university different from that of the research team in order to avoid conflicts of interest. The research process began with institutional contact and authorization, followed by attendance at formal faculty meetings. Classroom observations and observations of informal spaces were subsequently conducted and recorded through field notes. In addition, in-depth interviews were conducted with a total of 15 university professors who taught courses in the Primary Education degree as well as in other programs. Interviews followed an open-ended format guided by a common thematic protocol addressing the professors’ academic and professional trajectories, their understandings of university teaching, their representations and evaluations of their students, their views on the teaching profession in Primary Education, and how they imagined their students’ futures upon graduation. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019), an interpretive approach aimed at identifying patterns of meaning. The analysis followed six interrelated phases: (i) familiarization with the data through repeated readings and deep immersion in the corpus; (ii) initial, open, and flexible coding guided by the research questions; (iii) theme development through the clustering of codes into broader patterns of meaning; (iv) theme review to assess internal coherence and relevance to the dataset; (v) theme definition and naming, clarifying their analytical scope and distinctions; and (vi) report writing. Researcher triangulation was applied throughout all stages of the analysis. Confidentiality and voluntary participation were ensured at all stages of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expectations that university professors project onto Primary Education students shape a tension-filled teacher identity. A persistent struggle emerges between a technical-instrumental identity—focused on competencies, content mastery, and system adaptation—and a critical, situated identity that understands teaching as a socially, ethically, and politically engaged practice. While some professors emphasize the need for “rigorous” professional training regulated by normative, curricular, and accreditation frameworks, others—particularly those with school-based or community-oriented trajectories—openly challenge the reduction of teaching to a set of techniques, denouncing the uncritical reproduction of school and university models disconnected from social realities. A cross-cutting theme is the gap between formative discourse and institutional practice. Professors acknowledge that although reflection, inclusion, and active methodologies are rhetorically promoted, the university structure—characterized by massification, bureaucratization, pressure for academic productivity, and standardization—hinders their pedagogical enactment. This contradiction functions as an implicit formative message that affects students’ identity construction, contributing to disengagement, loss of vocation, and the pragmatic instrumentalization of training, particularly in advanced stages of the program. These tensions are not merely individual or didactic, but structural, linked to accountability logics, academic precariousness, and the commodification of knowledge. Finally, the findings show that university professors act as key mediators of identity construction, either reinforcing adaptive teacher identities or opening spaces for reflective and transformative ones. In particular, practices associated with the practicum emerge as a privileged site for contesting meanings, as they allow—when approached through collective reflection—the articulation of experience, context, power, and professional responsibility. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis, Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Carrasco-Aguilar, C., Ortiz Mallegas, S., Domingo Segovia, J., & Luzón-Trujillo, A. (2025). Learning ecologies in initial teacher education: the case of Spain. Professional Development in Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2025.2513538 Ell, F., Simpson, A., Mayer, D. et al. Conceptualising the impact of initial teacher education. Aust. Educ. Res. 46, 177–200 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-018-0294-7 García-Vila E., Sepúlveda-Ruiz M.P. y Mayorga-Fernández M.J. (2021). Las competencias emocionales del alumnado de los Grados de Maestro/a en Educación Infantil y Primaria: una dimensión esencial en la formación inicial docente. Revista Complutense de Educación, 33(1), 119-130. https://doi.org/10.5209/rced.73819 Giroux, H. (1997). Los profesores como intelectuales. Paidós. Imbernón, F. (2017). Ser docente en una sociedad compleja. La difícil tarea de enseñar. Graó Leite, C., & Sousa-Pereira, F., 2022. Conditions for socialization with teaching in Portugal: analysis of the training model and teacher trainers. Revista electrónica educare, 26(3), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.15359/ree.26-3.23 Luzón, A. & Montes, S. (2018). Perspectiva histórica de la formación inicial del profesorado en España de Educación Infantil y Primaria. Una tarea inacabada. Historia Caribe, 13(33), 121-152. https://doi.org/10.15648/hc.33.2018.6 Magro, M., Hus, V., Jančič-Hegediš, P. y Carrascal-Domínguez, S. (2021). Students of Primary Education Degree from two European universities: a competency-based assessment of performance in multigrade schools. Comparative study between Spain and Slovenia. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, 40, 162–189. https://doi.org/10.5944/reec.40.2022.28746 Muntaner-Guasp, J.J., Mut-Amengual, B. y Pinya-Medina, C. (2021). Formación inicial en inclusión en los Grados de Maestro en Educación Primaria. Siglo Cero, 52(4), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.14201/scero2021524927 Silva, C., & Burgos, C. (2011). Tiempo Mínimo-Conocimiento Suficiente: La Cuasi-Etnografía Sociotécnica en Psicología Social. Psicoperspectivas, 10(2), 87-108. https://dx.doi.org/10.5027/psicoperspectivas-Vol10-Issue2-fulltext-146 Wang, Y., Newton, D., Moger, P., Ion, G., & Arnau-Sabates, L. (2023). What do we know so far about the research-teaching nexus in initial teacher training? findings from a systematic review. Review of education, 11(2), https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3405 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Negotiating a Shared Language of Teacher Core Practices UCL University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Across international research and policy contexts, teacher education (TE) faces a persistent challenge: novice teachers often struggle to connect theoretical coursework with the complex realities of classroom practice. A growing body of research argues that Teacher Core Practices (TCP) offer a promising response to this problem because they focus not on decontextualized behaviours but on complex, holistic activities that are fundamental to teaching and grounded in disciplinary goals. TCP, such as eliciting student thinking, leading classroom discussions, or giving feedback, are teachable, learnable, and oriented toward improving learning opportunities for all students. However, despite the international momentum behind TCP, definitional work remains underdeveloped. Frameworks vary in granularity, scope, and subject specificity, and the field continues to grapple with how to conceptualize and teach TCP in ways that avoid rote imitation while cultivating professional judgment. Frameworks of TCP not only differ across countries, institutional contexts, and research environments, but – and this is the study’s assumption – conversations about joint observed teaching practices differ between schoolteachers, teacher educators, and researchers in terms of attention to and interpretation of important incidents as well as in terms of the used terminology, and how TCP are conceived. Hence, this study pursues the research question: How can teacher core practices be conceptualized as a shared language between research, TE and schools? Since Lortie (1975) the call for a common professional language about teaching practice has been persistent. This call for a common language has been renewed and connected to the TCP-approach as a turn to more practice-based TE. Attempts to work on shared frameworks across contexts, subjects and grades have been carried out (Grossman et al., 2019). For student teachers to achieve deep understanding of TCP – McDonald and colleagues argue – definitional work of core practices in K12-school should be combined with pedagogies of TE (McDonald et al., 2013). Also, Kloser and colleagues work on the development and refinement of a shared language about instruction combining student teachers’ learning of the core practice in university method courses with their approximated activities (Kloser et al., 2019). Recently Blikstad-Balas and colleagues have argued for the potential of creating a common language of teaching through targeted discussions about video clips (Blikstad-Balas et al., 2024) and Kavanagh and colleagues delimit core practice from best practice (Kavanagh et al. 2024). By shared language, we do not mean a common language in the sense of a predefined, democratically adopted or one-sided hegemonic vocabulary, but rather a language that emerges from joint conversations observing the same teaching. We talk about shared language when the participants understand each other’s vocabulary and perspectives and can engage in shared discussions about the qualities of teaching. Data for this study comes from a bigger project between researchers, teacher educators from three teacher educations and schoolteachers from three schools. The TEACOP projects focusses on TCP in the subjects L1 (Danish), mathematics, and natural science. Through three iterative DBR cycles over three semesters, the study aims to identify a culturally situated repertoire of TCP that is grounded in real classroom contingencies, sensitive to disciplinary variation, and aligned with the overarching goal of engaging learning for all. While teacher educators work with their student teachers and schoolteachers work on the same core practices in video clubs all participants meet in one day Research Circles (RC) to discuss jointly their work and experiences. The RC-meetings are documented and audio taped and thus provide a good basis for studying how teachers, teacher educators, and researchers co‑construct meaning around TCP through structured conversations grounded in authentic classroom video. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This ongoing partial study with preliminary results within TEACOP is based on data from the first three RC’s where all participants co‑view video excerpts and deliberate selected TCPs. Data consists of transcribed audio recordings of plenum (3 times 120 minutes) and group conversations (3 times 180 minutes), the presented video clips in the RCs, and written documents with preliminary definitions of TCPs as points of departure for the conversations. To identify how schoolteachers, teacher educators and researchers talk about TCP, what they notice and ascribe meaning and values the study applies phenomenological inspired explorative content analysis (not quantitative) combined with conversation analysis in four steps (Cresswell, 2013; Moustakas, 1994; Steensig, 2015). First, transcripts undergo open, phenomenological coding to capture actors’ intentionality and meaning‑making. Next, a coding procedure is developed to mark agreement, disagreement, reframing, proposal, uptake, and stabilization of TCP elements. Third, imaginative variation identifies alternative framings for observed practices across subjects and contexts. Finally, condensed patterns of robust shared and contested conceptualisations of practice and variations are identified across subjects and contexts. Reliability is supported via full or partial double reading/coding of key segments, and consensus meetings to reconcile analytic memos. Theoretically the study is located in theories of teacher noticing consisting of observing critical events, reasoning by connecting theoretical and practical knowledge and decision making implying professional judgement (Blomberg, Sherin, Renkl, Glogger, & Seidel, 2014; Graf & Rasmussen, 2025; Stahnke, 2025; van Es, Tunney, Goldsmith, & Seago, 2014). Further, we apply the theory of TCP consisting of the three main aspects of decomposing TCP, representing and approximation TCP (Grossman & Fraefel, 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Concluding on the question of how a shared language between different types of professionals can be conceptualized, the preliminary analysis suggests that definitions of Teacher Core Practices emerge dialogically when diverse actors interrogate concrete video evidence and test labels against lived classroom contingencies. Rather than seeking a single, prescriptive taxonomy, the RC conversations stabilize provisional categories whose utility depends on contexts, disciplinary goals, and aims of teaching as e.g. engaging learning for all. By offering descriptors and exemplars as structuring elements joint conversation profit from being open enough for contextual variation yet precise enough to guide teacher judgment and action. Although idiosyncratic interpretations of video represented practice by professionals may occur, Although one can claim that a common language between schoolteachers, teacher educators and researchers would be beneficial for student teachers’ learning to notice and practice professionally, neither a research-hegemonic nor practice-hegemonic language seems to be desirable. Both research-validation and practice-validation seems to enrich the conceptual understanding of TCPs. Joint structured and evidence-rich conversations about shared video-clips between the three professional groups facilitate a shared understanding without filtering differences and specific perspectives out. Thus, the study contributes firstly to the definitional work on TCPs by enriching international TCP frameworks with culturally situated insights in and across subjects, and secondly to the providing of actionable conceptual tools for ambitious teaching in schools as well as to the strengthening the TCP approach where the integration of theory, practice and professional judgement is at the centre of a research- and practice-based teacher education . References Blikstad-Balas, M., Jenset, I. S., Tengberg, M., Rasmussen, H. F., & Graf, S. T. (2024). How can a common language be created for targeted discussions about video clips? (chapter 5). In M. Blikstad-Balas & I. S. Jenset (Eds.), Using Video to Foster Teacher Development. Improving Professional Practice through Adaptation and Reflection: Routledge. Blomberg, G., Sherin, M. G., Renkl, A., Glogger, I., & Seidel, T. (2014). Understanding video as a tool for teacher education: investigating instructional strategies to promote reflection. Instructional Science, 42(3), 443-463. doi:10.1007/s11251-013-9281-6 Cresswell, J. (2013). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches. Graf, S. T., & Rasmussen, H. F. (2025). Student Teachers’ Noticing of Teaching Quality in Video-Enhanced Campus Teaching. Education Sciences, 15(6), 739. doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15060739 Grossman, P., & Fraefel, U. (2024). Core Practices in Teacher Education. A Global Perspective: Harvard Education Press. Grossman, P., & Pupik Dean, C. G. (2019). Negotiating a common language and shared understanding about core practices: The case of discussion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80, 157-166. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.01.009 Kavanagh, S. S., Gotwalt, E. S., Guillotte, A., & Bernhard, T. (2024). Differentiating Between Core Practices and Best Practices: Exploring Divergent Purposes for Developing a Professional Language for Teaching. Teachers College Record, 126(11-12), 59-89 Kloser, M., Wilsey, M., Madkins, T. C., & Windschitl, M. (2019). Connecting the dots: Secondary science teacher candidates’ uptake of the core practice of facilitating sensemaking discussions from teacher education experiences. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80, 115-127. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.01.006 Lortie, D. C. (1975). Schoolteacher: A sociological study. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago. McDonald, M., Kazemi, E., & Kavanagh, S. S. (2013). Core Practices and Pedagogies of Teacher Education: A Call for a Common Language and Collective Activity. Journal of Teacher Education, 64(5), 378-386. doi:10.1177/0022487113493807 Moustakas, C. (1994). Phenomenological research methods: Sage publications. Stahnke, R. (2025). Research on teacher professional vision. Mapping the landscape of theoretical, methodological, and empirical constributions. In A. Gegenfurtner & R. Stahnke (Eds.), Teacher Professional Vision: Theoretical and Methodological Advances (pp. 11-26): Routledge. Steensig, J. (2015). Konversationsanalyse. In S. Brinkmann & L. Tanggaard (Eds.), Kvalitative metoder : en grundbog (2 ed., pp. 321-347). Kbh.: Hans Reitzel. van Es, E. A., Tunney, J., Goldsmith, L. T., & Seago, N. (2014). A Framework for the Facilitation of Teachers’ Analysis of Video. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 340-356. doi:10.1177/0022487114534266 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 01 D: Teacher Identity, Values, and Professional Becoming Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Raili Keränen-Pantsu Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Systematic Literature Review on the Identity of Pre-Service Mathematics Teachers İnönü University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Teacher identity plays a significant role in the literature of education, taking into account the characteristics that constitute the teaching profession and who a teacher is professionally. Studies on teachers' professional identities first emerged between 1988 and 2000 (Beijaard et al., 2004) and have since been recognized as a crucial factor affecting the teaching-learning process. In this regard, researchers examined teacher identity to enhance understanding of teaching practices and professional development (Arslan & Haser, 2025), and this investigation spanned various academic disciplines, including mathematics education. Lutovac and Kaasila (2018) assert that teachers' self-perception regarding mathematics instruction is referred to as identity within the realm of mathematics education, and given that mathematics is perceived as an elitist discipline, the development of a mathematics teacher identity diverges from that of teachers in other subjects. Consequently, the identity of mathematics teachers has been a focal point of research since 2000 (Darragh, 2016). Graven and Heyd-Metzuyanim (2019) state that mathematics education identity research can be categorized into two domains: learner identities and teacher identities (pre-service, in-service, experienced, etc.). Numerous studies have been conducted on the identity of pre-service mathematics teachers (PSMTs), as the interplay between their identities as mathematics learners, practitioners, and instructors, along with the contexts they inhabit, is crucial for their development as future teachers (Ma & Singer-Gabella, 2011). Furthermore, a number of studies were carried out through teacher education programs because it is essential to the formation of PSMTs’ identities regarding the teaching of mathematics (Çelikdemir & Haser, 2024). Conversely, as previously noted, mathematics differs from other disciplines and presents unique challenges regarding teacher identity. Lutovac and Kaasila (2018) claim that research on teacher identity in mathematics is infrequently informed by studies on identity within general education. Furthermore, mathematics is a rigorous discipline necessitating robust subject matter expertise and pedagogical skills, and it is regarded as an intimidating discipline within society, potentially influencing both PSMTs’ self-perception and external perceptions of them (Mitiche, 2025). Moreover, according to Beijaard et al. (2000), pre-service teachers face an imbalance in their mathematical identities as a result of their transition from being mathematical experts who know mathematics to math teachers who teach it. Therefore, it is indeed significant to investigate PSMTs’ identity developments considering both these challenges coming from mathematics subject and seeing them as future teachers. In the literature, there are studies related to identity of pre-service mathematics teachers (e.g Arslan & Haser, 2024; Çelikdemir & Haser, 2024; Kaufmann et al., 2024). There is also a systematic review study related to identities of PSMTs, conducted by Mitiche (2025) reviewing 20 articles from ERC, ERIC, and EBSCO databases between the years of 2010-2023 based on their methods, conceptualizations, and findings. However, in order to piece together all, see the big picture, fill in any gaps, and leave a trustworthy roadmap for future researchers, more systematic reviews are needed. Thus, as different from Mitiche (2025), this study also aims to present a current systematic review considering European and international literature related to identity of solely pre-service mathematics teachers, including 19 articles published between the years of 2012-2025, indexed in Web of Science database, in order to analyze them based on publication years, countries, methodological approaches and theoretical perspectives. In this regard, the study has three main research questions: 1.How do identity studies conducted within the framework of preservice mathematics teachers show trends according to publication years and countries? 2.What kind of methodological approaches (samples, research designs, data collection tools) are used in research on identity of pre-service mathematics teachers? 3.What theoretical perspectives and approaches do the researchers used in their studies of pre-service teachers' identities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic review examined the studies on identity of pre-service mathematics teachers. Related research was selected from Web of Science (WoS) database on December 13, 2025 by searching the keywords, *math* AND *pre-service teachers* OR *preservice teachers* OR *prospective teachers* OR *student teachers* OR *teacher candidates* OR * future teachers* AND *identity of teacher* OR * teacher identity* OR *professional identity*. Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) (Page et al., 2021) was used to transparently indicate inclusion and exclusion criteria and to guarantee traceability of the systematic review process conducted. The initial 69 studies identified through keyword scanning were narrowed to 54 after applying filters based exclusively on the English language and article format, and education field. Of the remaining 54 studies, 24 were eliminated due to inappropriate sampling (e.g. experienced mathematics teachers, novice mathematics teachers, science teachers, physics teachers, theatre teachers, preschool teachers, mathematics teacher educators, and practicing mathematics teachers), 2 were systematic review studies, 3 were book chapters, and 5 were out of scope. Also, this review study included only articles accessible through the researcher's institution, and one article was excluded due to lack of access. The author conducted the extraction process, which was subsequently reviewed by an associate professor of mathematics education. Thus, a total of 19 studies published in between the years of 2012-2025, written in English and related to identities of pre-service mathematics teachers was obtained. In order to analyze the studies a review form as an Excel document was created, and content analysis was conducted based on publication years, countries, methodological approaches (samples, research designs, data collection tools) and theoretical perspectives criteria. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed that the studies were published between 2012 and 2025; only in 2022, 2024, and 2025 were there multiple publications, with the highest number of publications occurring in 2025, while a maximum of one study was published in the remaining years in this range. While the predominant number of studies were undertaken in European countries (68.42%), related research was also conducted in North and South America (15.79%), Asia, South Africa, and Australia (5.26% each). Additionally, five—more than half—of the nine studies that were published in 2024 and 2025, the years with the most publications, were carried out in Turkey. The participants in the studies were grouped according to the different educational levels they would be teaching, and it was revealed that there were five studies each at the middle school (11-14) and high school (14-18) levels, and four studies at the primary school (5-11) level. In terms of methodological approaches, qualitative methods (57.9%) were predominant, followed by mixed methods (26.3%) and quantitative methods (15.8%). As co patible with this finding, semi-structured interviews, audio/video recordings, observations, reflective writings, and open-ended questionnaires were used as data collection tools aimed at gaining a deeper understanding. The findings also revealed that most frequently used theoretical perspectives for researching pre-service mathematics teachers’ identity were the narrative approach (Sfard & Prusak, 2005) the community of practice (Wenger, 1988) and the teacher identity model (Beijaard et al., 2000). Finally, the studies were mostly descriptive, focusing mostly on the process of identity construction in a way that tries to offer deep meaning about identity, and experimental studies are quite limited. In this sense, future studies could focus on experimental and intervention-based research designs that can reveal the effects of these interventions on the development of pre-service mathematics teachers' identity. References Arslan, O., & Haser, Ç. (2024). Teacher identities and teacher identity change in pre-service mathematics teachers’ metaphors. Research in Mathematics Education, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/14794802.2024.2306928 Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 20(2), 107-128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2003.07.001 Beijaard, D., Verloop, N., & Vermunt, J. D. (2000). Teachers' perceptions of professional identity: An exploratory study from a personal knowledge perspective. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(7), 749–764. https:// doi.org/ 10. 1016/ S0742 -051X(00) 00023 -8 Çelikdemir, K., & Haser, Ç. (2024). Transformation of preservice mathematics teachers' teacher identity orientations through a video club. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 27(4), 691-716. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-023-09585-4 Darragh, L. (2016). Identity research in mathematics education. Educational studies in mathematics, 93(1), 19-33. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-016-9696-5 Graven, M., & Heyd-Metzuyanim, E. (2019). Mathematics identity research: the state of the art and future directions: Review and introduction to ZDM Special Issue on Identity in Mathematics Education. ZDM, 51(3), 361-377. ZDM (2019) 51:361–377 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-019-01050-y Kaufmann, O. T., Maugesten, M., & Meaney, T. (2024). The professional identities of prospective mathematics teachers who teach through programming. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 27(6), 1039-1053. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-023-09594-3 Lutovac, S., & Kaasila, R. (2018). Future directions in research on mathematics-related teacher identity. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 16(4), 759-776. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-017-9796-4 Ma, J. Y., & Singer-Gabella, M. (2011). Learning to teach in the figured world of reform mathematics: Negotiating new models of identity. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(1), 8-22. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871103788 Mitiche, A. (2025). Pre‐service mathematics teachers' professional identities: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 13(2), e70078. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.70078 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J.M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T.,Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson,E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International Journal of Surgery, 88, 105906. https:// doi. org/ 10.1016/j. rec. 2021. 07. 0102021 Sfard, A., & Prusak, A. (2005). Telling identities: In search of an analytic tool for investigating learning as a culturally shaped activity. Educational Researcher, 34, 1422. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X034004014. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper From Beliefs to Professional Values: Evidence From Pre-Post Qualitative Analysis University of Prishtina, Faculty of Education, Kosovo Presenting Author:Teacher education is increasingly conceptualized not only as acquisition of theoretical knowledge and practical skills but more as a process of formation of a professional identity, in which values are internalized, enacted, and continuously renegotiated through direct education practice. The shift toward intentional practice in teacher education aligns with Schön (1983) theory of the Reflective Practitioner, which proposes reflection as the mechanism through which professionals negotiate values. As noted by Chikoko & Msibi (2020), research identifies that pre-service is a period in which professional teacher identity begins (Walkington, 2005; Cattley, 2007), hence it is considered emerging (Chong et al., 2011). Consequently, its development is an important component of the process of learning to become a teacher (Friesen & Besley, 2013; Beijaard, 2019). A key element central to this formation is the personal dimension of the teacher, which as Mommers et al., (2021) suggest is built upon prior learning experiences, personal characteristics, and existing beliefs that educators bring into their professional practice. Expanding on this research, Chikoko and Msibi (2020) emphasize that since pre-service teachers’ identities are fundamentally shaped by personal histories and prior schooling, teacher education programs cannot rely on implicit socialization. Instead, it becomes imperative for these programs to provide explicit interventions that encourage educators to raise awareness of their fixed attitudes and intentionally develop professional dispositions (Willemse & Lunenberg, 2005). This study investigates how participation in a value-based education course shapes pre-service early childhood educators’ understanding, prioritization, and enactment of professional values. Rather than assuming that values are fixed traits, the study investigates whether structured coursework can reshape students’ conceptualization and influence how students apply values in practice and in challenging situations. The objective of this study is to explore how a value-based course influences students’ emerging identities as future early childhood educators. Specifically, it seeks to understand how reflective practices foster a value-grounded professional self by addressing the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative pre-post design using open-ended written responses collected at the beginning and end of a course on value-based education in ECE. The design aimed to capture changes in students’ understanding, prioritization, and application of professional values over time. Participants were 17 pre-service ECE students enrolled in the course. At the beginning of the semester, students completed a pre-test focusing on their value awareness, professional aspirations, and preliminary perceptions of the role of values in educational practice. The post-test consisted of added reflective questions addressing transformation of value understanding and application in interactions with children, pedagogical decision-making, and the management of challenging situations. A comparative thematic analysis was conducted. The analysis followed an inductive approach, identifying common themes, categories within each dataset and comparing them across two time points. The analysis focused on shifts in conceptualization, emerging of new values, analysis of challenges, and application of values in real-life practice. This comparative analysis enabled the examination of how students articulated values before and after the intervention, and how reflective insights enabled internalization and integration of values in their pedagogical decision-making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A comparative thematic analysis revealed significant qualitative change in students’ understanding of professional values over the duration of the course. While values such as patience and respect remained central across pre-post tests, their conceptualization changed. Initially patience and respect were understood as personal traits related to self-control and rule-following, these values were later reframed as active pedagogical strategies involving empathy, emotional regulation, and respect for children’s individuality. New values such as professional reflection, integrity, social justice, and inclusion emerged in post-test responses, indicating a reorganization of students’ professional value systems. The initial findings suggest a transition from abstract moral awareness to integrated, practice-oriented professional identity. Students attributed this change to structured critical reflection, peer discussions, and real-life case studies, which bridged the gap between theory and practice. These results suggest that teacher education should move from abstract value concepts to direct, practice-oriented activities and lived experiences as central to supporting the internalization of values within professional identity. References Chikoko, R., & Msibi, T. (2020). The Emerging Professional Teacher Identity of Early Childhood and Foundation Phase Pre-service Teachers: Implications for Teacher Education Programmes. ASIA-PACIFIC JOURNAL OF RESEARCH IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, 14(2), 53-76. 10.17206/apjrece.2020.14.2.53 Mommers, J., Schellings, G., & Beijaard, D. (2021). Professional Identity Assignments to Support Beginning Teachers’ Growth into the Profession. Journal of Teacher Education and Educators, 10(2), 158. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1313724.pdf?utm_source Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self‑understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2), 257–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875332 Schön, D. A. (1983). The Reflective Practitioner: How professionals think in action. Willemse, M. T., & Lunenberg, M. (2005). Teaching and Teacher Education. Values in education: A challenge for teacher educators, 21(2), 205-217. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2004.12.009 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Teacher as a Work of Art: Reconceptualizing Educators Beyond Reductive Narratives The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Setting the Scene The teaching profession faces a profound global challenge with a projected shortage of 44 million schoolteachers by 2030 (UNESCO, 2024). This crisis intersects with systemic reforms shaped by New Public Management (NPM) and neoliberal agendas, which have redefined education through logics of efficiency, accountability, and marketisation (Ball, 2016; Biesta, 2017). These reforms privilege measurable outcomes and compliance, narrowing the meaning of teaching and compressing professional judgment. Audit cultures and performance metrics recast educators as technicians, where success is quantified rather than interpreted (Mockler, 2011). European data reveal that teachers devote less than half their working time to core educational activity, while administrative intensification and precarious contracts undermine identity and agency (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021). Appraisal systems amplify stress through performance-driven evaluations, and digitalisation fragments roles, adding layers of bureaucratic complexity (Molina-Pérez & Moreno-Medina, 2025; OECD, 2025; Ideland, 2021). These trends threaten autonomy long valued in European professionalism (Priestley & Biesta, in press). Similar issues are occurring in other parts of the world such Australia where stress, burnout and increased workload are impacting teacher wellbeing (Nwoko, et.al, 2025). In tandem current discourses essentialise and simplify teacher ‘quality,’ privileging visibility and governability over judgment, while efficiency narratives marginalise relational and ethical dimensions of education (Mockler, 2022). The cumulative effect of these trends has resulted in a reductive framing of teachers as functional units, eroding creativity, ethical responsibility, and cultural meaning. Based on the significant issues facing the teaching profession, this presentation contributes to the call for an urgent need to provide an alternative that recognizes the depth, complexity, and richness of those who teach. The discussion advances the idea of moving beyond narrow metrics toward a view of seeing teachers as artworks. To address these challenges and reimagine teacher professionalism, a novel conceptual framework is proposed, with the following objectives. Objectives Building on this provocative metaphor, the objectives that frame this presentation are interpretive rather than prescriptive, namely to: (1) challenge dominant narratives that flatten teacher identity into technical compliance; (2) explore how the metaphor of art illuminates teachers as unique, culturally embedded creations, and (3) contribute to conceptual and policy conversations that honour complexity and singularity. Questions guiding the Inquiry Anchored in the concept of, ‘teacher as artwork’, this inquiry posed the following ‘what if’ exploratory prompts to generate meanings rather than definitive answers:
Conceptual / Theoretical Framework The conceptual-theoretical framework that reimagines teachers as artworks is grounded in both art and educational theories. The framework draws on an interdisciplinary approach, synthesising views of art such as Goodman, (1968); Danto, (1964) and Sontag, (1978) with educational theories (Biesta, 2017; Greene, 1995; Eisner, 2002). Art theory offers a generative lens through multiple facets: contested meanings, historical situatedness, capacity for interpretation, potential for transformation, and embodiment of cultural values. These aspects align with the complex, evolving nature of teaching. Educational theory complements this by emphasizing teaching's ethical, aesthetic, and transformative dimensions. Stemming from this synthesis of both art and educational theories, the current framework proposes seven 'artistic' manifestations of teachers: object of interpretation, expressive medium, ethical imperative, unique creation, work in progress, cultural artefact, and aesthetic presence. This conceptualisation resists reductive classifications, emphasising teachers layered, unfinished identities. By situating teachers within reflective and aesthetic registers it reclaims space for judgment and ethical deliberation amid standardization pressures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This work is a conceptual inquiry rather than an empirical study, aiming to reimagine teachers as 'works of art' by synthesizing ideas from both art and educational theory. The metaphor serves as a tool for bridging the gap between abstract concepts and lived realities (Ricouer, 1981), in this instance it opens space for thinking about professionalism beyond managerial scripts, foregrounding creativity, judgment, and ethical presence. The approach to developing the seven manifestations of teachers as artworks encompassed the following aspects. (1) Initial Exploration: Consideration of various functions and qualities of artworks, such as imitation, emotional transmission, intuitive expression, and historical reflexivity, examining how artworks manifest themselves in diverse contexts and cultures. (2) Conceptual Mapping: Building on the initial exploration, the seven manifestations of the teacher-as-artwork were identified and refined through an iterative process. This involved mapping potential manifestations, critically examining their distinctiveness and relevance to teaching, and refining definitions. The process ensured analytical distinction among categories while keeping the synthesis open and adaptable. These distinctions were iteratively checked through discussion groups, considering overlaps and boundary conditions (e.g., when 'expressive medium' shaded into 'object'), and adjusting definitions for clarity. (3) Comparative Analysis: A comparative reading juxtaposed the mapping with dominant discourses of teacher professionalism shaped through aspects such as efficiency, accountability, and marketisation. This analysis attended to how these logics narrowed autonomy, creativity, and ethical judgment, revealing tensions and potential areas for reconceptualization. (4) Illustrative Examples: To make the metaphor tangible for various audiences, illustrative examples from diverse artistic traditions were included, such as Kahlo's self-portraiture, Smart's urban minimalism, Davis's modal jazz, Kusama's immersive installations, Beuys's social sculpture, and Ono's performance art. These works were explored in depth, drawing parallels with teaching practice and examining how they embody the seven manifestations in the framework. These vignettes function as interpretive anchors rather than definitive evidence inviting further exploration and interpretation. The approach emphasizes that this work is conceptual and synthesizing rather than prescriptive, intended to be generative and invite dialogue. By offering a new lens to view teaching, this framework aims to stimulate fresh thinking about teacher professionalism, potentially informing policy, teacher education, and professional learning. Unlike traditional empirical studies, this conceptual inquiry complements existing research by reframing teacher professionalism through an artistic metaphor, potentially opening new avenues for addressing current challenges in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Positioning teachers as creative, relational, and ethically engaged works of art opens possibilities. It offers 'orientational knowledge' (Rothuizen & Togsverd, 2024), providing educators and others with new ways of understanding their practice. Rather than prescribing action, it encourages seeing differently, therein lying its practical significance. The manifestations identified offer three key contributions as: 1. A conceptual vocabulary that helps researchers, teacher educators, and practitioners interpret practice beyond compliance logics, making room for judgment, imagination, and relational meaning-making. This vocabulary can reframe supervision, mentoring, and appraisal around craft, encounter, and ethical discernment. 2. Guidance for designing professional learning and teacher education that incorporates the seven manifestations as structuring devices for coursework, practicum reflection, and collegial inquiry to consider practical ways to translate the metaphor into development. 3. Provocations for policy conversations that balance accountability with autonomy, acknowledging cross-system diversity and the need to rebuild trust in teacher judgment amid audit and compliance pressures. This includes language for policy briefs that recognizes artistry and encounter as legitimate components of professionalism. While the framework has potential to stimulate cross-national dialogue about professionalism beyond managerialism, nurturing autonomy and imaginative engagement, its conceptual nature and the need for contextual sensitivity in its application are acknowledged. This presentation will further explore these ideas of teacher as artwork, examining their potential to reframe teacher professionalism. By revisiting the guiding questions, opportunities will arise to continue the dialogue about how viewing teachers as artworks might disrupt reductive discourses, open new interpretive possibilities, and provoke fresh conversations about autonomy, recognition, and value in challenging contexts. This reimagining of teachers as complex, evolving artworks invites a collaborative exploration of ideas, aiming to enrich and expand understanding of teacher professionalism in contemporary educational landscapes, while valuing the depth, richness, and ethical dimensions of teaching often overlooked in current discourses. References Ball, S. (2016). Neoliberal education? Confronting the slouching beast. Policy Futures in Education 14(8): 1046–1059. doi:10.1177/1478210316664259 . Biesta, G. (2017). Education, measurement and the professions: Reclaiming a space for democratic professionality in education. Educational Philosophy and Theory 49(4), 315-330. Danto, A. (1964). The artworld. Journal of Philosophy, 61(19), 571–584. Eisner, E. W. (2002b). The arts and the creation of mind. Yale University Press European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well-being. Goodman, N. (1968). Languages of art: An approach to a theory of symbols. Bobbs-Merrill. Greene, M. (1995). Releasing the imagination: Essays on education, the arts, and social change. Jossey-Bass Ideland, M. (2021). Governing Teachers through Ed-Tech. Springer. Mockler, N. (2011). Beyond ‘what works’: understanding teacher identity as a practical and political tool. Teachers and Teaching, 17(5), 517–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2011.602059 Mockler,N. (2022). Constructing teacher identities: How the print media define and represent teachers and their work. Bloomsbury Academic Molina-Pérez, J., & Moreno-Medina, I. (2025). Augmented Bureaucracy in Spanish Schools. Foro de Educación, 23(1), 43–59. Nwoko, J. C., Anderson, E., Adegboye, O. A., Malau-Aduli, A. E. O., & Malau-Aduli, B. S. (2025). From passion to pressure: exploring the realities of the teaching profession. Frontiers in public health, 13, 1505330. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2025.1505330 OECD. (2025). TALIS 2024 results. OECD Publishing. Priestley, M. & Biesta, G., with S. Robinson (in press). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Revised edition. London: Bloomsbury Rothuizen, J. J., & Togsverd, L. (2024). Situated knowledge between purposes and facts, and its relation to pedagogical tact. Ethics and Education 19(3), 301–319. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2024.2400872 Ricouer, P. (1981). The Rule of Metaphor: Multi-disciplinary Studies of the Creation of Meaning in Language. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442682269 Sontag, S. (1978). Against interpretation: And other essays. Octagon Books. UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO Publishing. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper If I Don’t do This Who Will? Narrative Approach to Teachers Change Agency for Sustainability 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Tampre University, Finland Presenting Author:It is widely acknowledged that contemporary lifestyles are accelerating climate change, biodiversity loss, ecological degradation, and social inequality (Evans & Abrahamse, 2009). Humanity faces an existential choice between continuing along an unsustainable trajectory or radically changing course (UNESCO, 2024). In response to these planetary crises, the pivotal role of education is increasingly emphasized; however, education itself must also be critically examined, as it is part of the system that maintains social order and cultural norms (Sterling, 2025). To promote peaceful, just, and sustainable futures, educational policy and practice require transformation (ICFE, 2021). Teachers occupy a key position within the educational system in fostering societal, cultural, and ecological change. Nevertheless, the purposes teachers attribute to their work may sometimes conflict with the ideal of teachers’ transformative agency (Evans et al., 2017; Timm et al., 2023). Although many teachers recognize and accept the need for educational transformation, they may feel uncertain or even reluctant to take an active role in promoting social, behavioral, and cultural change. A deeper understanding of the processes shaping teachers’ societal and professional purposes (Kuusisto & Rissanen, 2023) is therefore needed, as well as greater knowledge of the factors that enable—or hinder—teachers in assuming the role of change agents within their work communities. In this study, we explore Finnish transformative teachers’ role identity through the following research question: What kinds of role identities emerge in the professional development narratives of teachers with strong change agency? This paper presents an ongoing mixed-methods research project that examines the core features of teachers’ transformative mindsets and how these can be influenced in pre- and in-service teacher education. We report findings from the initial narrative phase of the project, in which 14 Finnish teachers with particularly strong change agency were interviewed. The narrative interviews were grounded in the concept of narrative configuration, a process through which events are integrated into a temporally organized whole and thereby acquire narrative meaning (Polkinghorne, 1995). The in-depth interviews focused on participants’ life histories, with particular attention to the development of their professional purposes and agency in fostering sustainable futures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The interviews were analyzed using abductive qualitative content analysis. The components of the Dynamic Systems Model of Role Identity (DSMRI; Kaplan & Garner, 2017; Garner & Kaplan, 2019) served as deductive main categories, while subcategories were formed inductively from the data. DSMRI is a meta-theoretical framework that integrates motivational and identity-formation perspectives from social psychological role theory with socio-cultural and psychosocial approaches. The model conceptualizes teachers’ role identity as comprising four components: (1) self-perceptions and self-definitions, (2) ontological and epistemological beliefs, (3) purposes and goals, and (4) perceived action possibilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings (1)Self-perceptions and self-definitions refer to teachers’ understandings of their own characteristics and group affiliations. Change agency teachers were identified as aware, purposeful, relational, brave, and autonomous professionals. (2)Ontological and epistemological beliefs concern teachers’ understandings of the nature of teaching and the contexts in which it occurs. These teachers expressed an active and hopeful view of humanity, emphasized equality and fundamental similarity among people, and understood the world as relational, good, and beautiful. They also valued experiential and multidisciplinary knowledge. (3)Purposes and goals reflect teachers’ broad yet specific commitments in their work. Change agency teachers articulated two central aims: fostering equality, justice, and cultural diversity, and promoting sustainability-related change, including sustainable lifestyles, biodiversity protection, and climate change mitigation. (4)Perceived action possibilities encompass teachers’ intentions, perceptions, and emotions regarding what they can or cannot do to achieve these goals. Identified actions included community building, participation in communities, creating meaningful experiences, acting as role models, facilitating significant encounters, and shaping educational structures. The findings suggest that childhood and life experiences lay important groundwork for change agency; however, teacher education may enable breakthroughs or positive societal tipping points (Lenton et al., 2023), particularly for individuals with a sufficient foundation. At the same time, life histories strongly influence what teachers seek to accomplish through their work, highlighting a close connection between personal experience and professional agency. These findings inform the next phases of the project, which include survey data collection to test a model of teachers’ transformative mindsets and the development of interventions to support teachers’ change agency. By identifying key factors underlying teachers’ change agency, this research contributes to understanding how these factors can be intentionally fostered in teacher education. References Evans, D., & Abrahamse, W. (2009). Beyond rhetoric: the possibilities of and for ‘sustainable lifestyles’. Environmental Politics, 18(4), 486–502 Evans, N. (Snowy), Stevenson, R.B., Lasen, M., Ferreira, J.A. & Davis, J. (2017). Approaches to embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 405-417. ICFE. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. International Commission on the Futures of Education, UNESCO. file:///F:/UNESCO%202022/Futures%20of%20ed%20rep%20summary%20Nov21.pdf Kaplan, A., & Garner, J. K. (2017). A complex dynamic systems perspective on identity and its development: The dynamic systems model of role identity. Developmental psychology, 53(11), 2036. Garner, J. K., & Kaplan, A. (2019). A complex dynamic systems perspective on teacher learning and identity formation: An instrumental case. Teachers and Teaching, 25(1), 7-33. Kuusisto, E., & Rissanen, I. (2023). Kohti päämäärätietoista yhteiskunnallista opettajuutta? Opettajaopiskelijoiden tulevalle työlleen asettamat päämäärät. Kasvatus 54 (4), 385–398. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.138074 Lenton T. M., Armstrong McKay D. I., Loriani S., Abrams J. F., Lade S. J., Donges J. F., Milkoreit M., & Powell T. (2023). The Global Tipping Points Report 2023. University of Exeter. McCormack, C. (2004). Storying stories: a narrative approach to in-depth interview conversations. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 7(3), 219–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645570210166382 Polkinghorne, D. E. (1995). Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 8(1), 5-23. Sterling, S. (2025). Truly transformative? Why ESD falls short in epochal times. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 09734082251336543 Timm, S., Kaukko, M., & Scheunpflug, A. (2023). Preservice teachers’ professional beliefs in relation to global social change: Findings from Finland and Germany. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, 104239 United Nations Environment Programme. (2024). Navigating new horizons: A global foresight report on planetary health and human wellbeing. https://doi.org/10.59117/20.500.11822/45890 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 01 E: Entering, Engaging and Retaining Teachers: Comparative Perspectives on Workforce Challenges Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Emilia Restiglian Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Amplifying International Student Teacher Voices: Policy Contradictions, Global Mobility and Structural Inequities in Initial Teacher Education 1: University of East London, United Kingdom; 2: Kings College Presenting Author:10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How to Promote Early Career Teachers’ Work Engagement Univerisity of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:10. Teacher Education Research
Paper From Outsiders to Insiders: Examining The Professional Growth of Teachers without Pre‑service Education through School‑based Mentoring in China 1: Nanjing University, China; 2: Duke Kunshan University, China; Duke University, USA Presenting Author:10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Comparing Teacher Shortage across some European Education Systems University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author: |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 01 F: Routes In, Reasons to Stay: Entry Pathways and Early Career Realities in Teaching Location: 352 | Virta building | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ainat Guberman Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching Out-of-Field by Teacher Students in Austria and Germany – A Mixed-Methods Study 1: University of Vechta, Germany; 2: University of Salzburg, Austria Presenting Author:10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching Elementary Students to Write Short Essays Using the POPS Formula Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Shymkent, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Integration of Career-Change High-Tech Professionals into the Education System 1: The MOFET Institute; 2: David Yellin College; 3: Kibbutzim College Presenting Author: |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 11 SES 01 A: Quality of Education Systems: School Inspection Models Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Valerija Drozdova Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Why School Inspection? A Cross-National Case Study on Institutional Logics in Education Oversight University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:Research on institutional logics in the field of education oversight is modest. This study offers an exploration of the usefulness of “institutional logics” by looking more closely at a selection of cases. Exploring this usefulness is particularly relevant because of ongoing changes in European collaboration regarding education oversight through, for example, big initiatives like the OECD but also smaller ones like the international network for education inspectorates, SICI (see, for example, Grek et al, 2013). Education oversight is no longer “just” a national affair but requires a nuanced way of thinking which both enables cross-national comparison while also doing justice to specific historical and cultural circumstances. This study aims to contribute to developing this way of thinking by describing and discussing the combination of institutional logics in different education oversight systems in Europe. To achieve interesting variation, systems were picked from distinct political-administrative traditions: the Nordic (Norway), Continental-European (the Netherlands), and Anglo-Saxon tradition (England). Institutional logic research is a well-established field. Already in 1991, Friedland & Alford emphasized how useful the concept of institutional logics can be to address contradictory practices and procedures in institutions. Since then, scholars have embarked on theoretical reflections on how the concept can be best understood (see, for example, Meyer et al, 2021; Ocasio et al, 2017; Scott, 2014). Many studies aim to refine the concept by taking a closer look at core convictions and beliefs in policy development, which can concern, for example, leadership decisions in specific organizations but also government decisions for a particular policy field (see, for example, Michel et al, 2021; Pache & Santos, 2013; Greenwood et al, 2011). Some studies explicitly discuss institutional logics in the context of oversight systems, which are the government policies that are designed for evaluating practices (see, for example, Maroy & Pons, 2019; Hall & Sivesind, 2015; Lodge & Wegrich, 2011). In this latter strand of literature, institutional logics concern core regulatory beliefs about what oversight is for and what drives regulatee practice. However, the concept has been scarcely used in gaining a better understanding of intrinsic tensions in systems for school inspection. Some studies use phrases like “inspection models” or “governance styles” to articulate distinctions between systems; however, these studies most often have an instrumental approach to education oversight, and, for example, direct attention to the potential effectiveness of a particular model or style (see, for example, Ehren et al, 2017; Ehren, 2016). The research question for this study is three-fold: Which combinations of institutional logics are reflected in the formal arrangements for school inspection in Norway, the Netherlands, and England; what might explain the main differences and similarities; and how might the logic constellations lead to tensions in policy implementation? This question directs the gaze towards core convictions of oversight of education and their potential origins, while also looking into possible tensions resulting from particular combinations of logics. By doing so, this study moves beyond school inspection as a tool for evaluation with straightforward technical or idealistic aims and instead addresses underlying beliefs and convictions which may or may not be reconciled in how inspection is formally designed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research question, a cross-national comparison is being done. The selected cases are education oversight systems in Norway, the Netherlands, and England. These systems consist of all the formal policies and laws for school inspection. All three countries have a long history with school inspection, while their systems have undergone changes as a result of New Public Management-inspired reforms of education policies in the last decades. At the same time, the countries are seen as representatives of different political-administrative traditions (Painter & Guy Peters, 2010). These cases have a shared European context but different backgrounds, and can thereby possibly contribute to interesting variation. For the comparison, a thematic analysis of formal documents is being done. The documents consist of inspection frameworks, education laws, and core policy reports. Similar types of documents were selected as much as possible. However, because of cultural and legal differences it was at times necessary to include additional documents to acquire all relevant information. A particular challenge in this study is the operationalization of the core concept. To be able to recognize reflections of institutional logics in the documents, a categorization is being made abductively (that is, in interaction with both the literature and the data). A general distinction is used between logics following an instrumental approach and logics that follow a cultural/value-driven approach. Part of the first category are, for example, the bureaucratic or state (classic Weberian) logic, and a pure market logics (including variants, like self-regulation and network regulation), while the second category, for example, includes a democratic logic, professional logic, and pedagogical logic. The coding scheme is still under development and will be further refined throughout the coding process. The data analysis is expected to be finished in June 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to clarify whether it is possible to expose intrinsic tensions in formal arrangements for school inspection with the help of the concept of institutional logics. In addition, the study aims to contribute to a better historical understanding of origins of the individual systems by contrasting the cases with each other. References Ehren, M.C.M. (2016), Emerging models of school inspections. Shifting roles and responsibilities. Ehren, M.C.M. (ed.) (2016), Methods and modalities of effective school inspections. New York: Springer. Ehren, M.C.M., Janssens, F.J.G., Brown, M., McNamara, G., O’Hara, J., & Shevlin, P. (2017), Evaluation and decentralized governance: Examples of inspections in polycentric education systems. Journal of Educational Change, 18, 365-383. Greenwood, R., Raynard, M., Kodeih, F., Micelotta, E.R., & Lounsbury, M. (2011), Institutional complexity and organizational responses. The Academy of Managements Annals, 5(1), 317-371. Grek, S., Lawn, M., Ozga, J., & Segerholm, C. (2013), Governing by inspection? European inspectorates and the creation of a European education policy space. Comparative Education, 49(4), 486-502. Hall, J.B., & Sivesind, K. (2015), State school inspection policy in Norway and Sweden (2002-2012): a reconfiguration of governing modes? Journal of Education Policy, 30(3), 429-458. Lodge, M., & Wegrich, K. (2011), Governance as contested logics of control: Europeanized meat inspection regimes in Denmark and Germany. Journal of European Public Policy, 18(1), 90-105. Maroy, C., & Pons, X. (2019), Accountability policies in education. A comparative and multilevel analysis in France and Quebec. Cham: Springer. Meyer, R.E., Jancsary, D., & Höller, M.A. (2021), Zones of meaning, Leitideen, institutional logics – and practices: A phenomenological institutional perspective n shared meaning structures. Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 70, 161-186. Michel, C.L., Meza, O.D., & Cejudo, G.M. (2022), Interacting institutional logics in policy implementation. Governance, 35, 403-420. Ocasio, W., Thornton, P.H., & Lounsbury, M. (2017), Advances to the institutional logics perspective. In: Greenwood, R., Oliver, C., Lawrence, T.B., & Meyer, R.E. (eds.) (2017), The SAGE handbook of organizational institutionalism. London: Sage Publications. Pache, A.C., & Santos, F. (2013), Inside the hybrid organization: Selective coupling as a response to competing institutional logics. The Academy of Management Journal, 56(4), 972-1001. Painter, M., & Guy Peters, B. (eds.) (2010), Tradition and public administration. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Scott, W.R. (2014), Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests, and identities. London: Sage Publications. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper School Self-Evaluation Purposes in Türkiye and Ireland: A Comparative Analysis of Administrators’ Views Through MacBeath’s Frameworks 1: Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Interest in school self-evaluation (SSE) within the last few decades, where schools evaluate themselves to enhance quality, has increased significantly (Vanhoof & Van Petegem, 2012). However, the purposes of evaluation often overlap, and ambiguity remains regarding their primary focus in different national contexts (Ottesen & Stephens, 2018). To address this ambiguity, the theoretical framework of this study is grounded in MacBeath’s (2005) three fundamental logics: improvement, economics, and accountability. According to this framework, the improvement logic focuses on future planning and performance enhancement; the accountability logic obliges schools to answer to stakeholders; and the economic logic views SSE as a cost-effective form of quality assurance. This research focuses specifically on the "purpose" dimension of SSE by comparing two distinct national contexts. It examines Türkiye, a country still adapting to the SSE process with initiatives like ADES (Ankara School Self Evaluation System), and Ireland, which has mandated SSE since 2012 and developed a comprehensive, evidence-based approach (Irish Department of Education and Skills, 2016). The primary objective is to provide a comparative analysis of which of MacBeath’s three logic approaches—improvement, economics, or accountability—is prioritized by school administrators in both countries. To achieve this, the study investigates the following research questions: - What does school self-evaluation mean in Türkiye and Ireland? - What are the similarities and differences in the purpose of SSE processes? - What suggestions do school administrators have regarding the purpose dimension of the SSE process? It is significant as one of the first studies to comprehensively and comparatively examine the purpose dimension of SSE in Türkiye and Ireland. By analyzing the tension between bureaucratic compliance (accountability) and genuine educational development (improvement), the study sheds light on how global evaluation policies are reinterpreted in local school contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative case study design to provide an in-depth exploration of real-world situations (Aytaçlı, 2012). Given that the school self-evaluation (SSE) process is a complex procedure involving interactions and specific contexts, a case study approach was deemed appropriate to compare the diverse views of administrators in Türkiye and Ireland (Doğru & Sağlam, 2024). The study group consisted of 20 school administrators who served during the 2022-2023 academic year. Participants were selected using the snowball sampling method. The sample included: Türkiye: 10 administrators from secondary schools in the central districts of Ankara. Ireland: 10 administrators from secondary schools in Dublin. Semi-structured interviews were conducted to obtain subjective views and comprehensive information (Patton, 2002). The interview form was developed with great care; opinions were sought from three field experts in Türkiye and two in Ireland. Notably, feedback was obtained directly from John MacBeath, the proponent of the theoretical framework used in this study, ensuring the construct validity of the questions. A pilot study was conducted with eight participants (four from each country) to refine the instrument. Interviews were conducted face-to-face in Ankara and Dublin. The data were analysed using descriptive analysis to identify patterns (Loeb et al., 2017). A deductive analysis approach was applied, categorising the data into themes based on MacBeath’s (2005) three logic approaches: improvement, economics, and accountability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparative analysis reveals distinct differences in how SSE is perceived in the two countries. Irish school administrators view the process as systematically focused on educational development and improvement, aligning with the "improvement logic" (Boud & Donovan, 1982). In contrast, Turkish administrators, while acknowledging improvement goals, primarily perceive the process as a bureaucratic workload driven by "accountability logic," focusing on compliance with standards and official paperwork. A significant finding is that the "economic logic" was seen as ineffective or irrelevant in both countries, though for different reasons. Turkish administrators highlighted financial constraints and the inadequacy of resources, often viewing evaluation as a way to seek external support. Irish administrators viewed the economic aspect as a government-level concern with little relevance to the school's internal processes (McNamara et al., 2022). The findings suggest that national policies heavily influence implementation. To bridge the gap between "bureaucratic compliance" and "genuine improvement," the study recommends: Training: Providing comprehensive training for administrators on data analysis and the improvement-oriented purpose of SSE (Brown et al., 2021). Process Management: Developing practical digital tools to reduce paperwork and "evaluation fatigue" (Reynolds, 2020). Stakeholder Engagement: Moving beyond top-down mandates to a collaborative process involving teachers, students, and parents. References Aytaçlı, B. (2012). Durum çalışmasına ayrıntılı bir bakış. Adnan Menderes Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Eğitim Bilimleri Dergisi, 3(1), 1-9. Boud, D. J., & Donovan, W. F. (1982). The facilitation of school‐based evaluation: a case study. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 14(4), 359-370. Brown, M., Gardezi, S., del Castillo Blanco, L., Simeonova, R., Parvanova, Y., McNamara, G., O’Hara, J., & Kechri, Z. (2021). School Self Evaluation an International or Country Specific Imperative for School Improvement. Doğru, Ç., & Sağlam, İ. (2024). Din Kültürü Ve Ahlak Bilgisi Öğretmenlerinin Din Eğitimi Faaliyetlerinde Karşılaştıkları Sorunlar Üzerine Nitel Bir Araştırma. Dicle İlahiyat Dergisi, 26(2), 268-291. Irish Department of Education and Skills. (2016). Looking at our School 2016: A Quality Framework for Post-Primary Schools. Loeb, S., Dynarski, S., McFarland, D., Morris, P., Reardon, S., & Reber, S. (2017). Descriptive Analysis in Education: A Guide for Researchers. National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance. MacBeath, J. (2005). Schools must speak for themselves: The case for school self evaluation. Routledge. McNamara, G., Skerritt, C., O’Hara, J., O’Brien, S., & Brown, M. (2022). For improvement, accountability, or the economy? Reflecting on the purpose(s) of school self evaluation in Ireland. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(2), 158-173. Ottesen, E., & Stephens, F. (Eds.). (2018). School Evaluation with a Purpose: Challenges and Alternatives. Routledge. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods: Integrating Theory and Practice. Sage Publications. Reynolds, R. (2020). Exploring Primary School Principals’ Attitudes and Experiences of School Self Evaluation [Master's dissertation]. Letterkenny Institute of Technology. Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2012). The Process And Results Of School Self Evaluation Through The Eyes of Experts: A Delphi Study. International Studies In Educational Administration, 40(1), 47-61. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 13 SES 01 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper An Ontological Turn in Teacher Education: Being and Becoming with Generative AI University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Teacher education has traditionally conceptualised digital technology through three dominant perspectives: a skills and competencesperspective (Kereluik et al., 2013; Starkey, 2020), a pedagogical perspective focused on integration and instructional design (Mishra & Koehler, 2006; Redecker & Punie, 2017), and a societal/humanistic perspective addressing citizenship, ethics and participation (Castells, 1996/2000; Janssen et al., 2013). These perspectives have been accompanied by an epistemological undercurrent, emphasising how digitalisation reshapes knowledge practices and the conditions for inquiry, literacy and verification (Lankshear, 2003; Lund & Aagaard, 2020). While these orientations remain important, the rapid emergence of generative AI (GenAI) has surfaced dilemmas that are difficult to grasp within these frameworks alone. GenAI challenges established assumptions about authorship, originality, judgement and professional responsibility, particularly when systems can mimic human expression in text, voice and imagery (Giannakos et al., 2024; Matusov et al., 2024; Nasiri & Hashemzadeh, 2025). Furthermore, the increasing automation of planning, feedback and assessment places pressure on teachers’ professional ontology, that is, on what it means to be a teacher when machine‑generated outputs become intertwined with core pedagogical activities (Bewersdorff et al., 2023; Martínez-Comesana et al., 2023). To address these developments, this paper proposes an ontological turn in the way digital technology is understood in teacher education. Ontology is here understood not in its computational sense, but as questions of being and becoming: how teachers and students form themselves through participation in cultural‑material practices, including hybrid human–machine activity (Dall’Alba & Barnacle, 2007; Packer & Goicoechea, 2000). Such an ontological perspective has been suggested in both higher education research (Barnett, 2009) and recent work on digitalisation (Arstorp & Lund, 2025). The paper proceeds in three steps. First, it revisits the limitations of the dominant perspectives in light of GenAI, arguing that they primarily address what people do with technology, rather than who they are becoming within technology‑mediated practices. Second, it examines four ontological pressure points revealed by GenAI:
Third, the contribution discusses how an ontological turn opens new possibilities for teacher education practice, including process‑based assessment of judgement (Quellmalz et al., 2012), authorship statements, formative dialogue for orientation, and pedagogical designs that surface hybrid forms of agency (Venigandla et al., 2024). The paper does not introduce a new framework; rather, it aims to show what becomes visible when being and becoming are taken seriously in discussions of GenAI. The proposed ontological turn resonates with ongoing European debates on digital competence frameworks such as DigCompEdu (Redecker & Punie, 2017) and contributes to a broader philosophical conversation about education in an era of hybrid human–machine practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution adopts a conceptual and theoretical methodology within the tradition of philosophy of education, drawing on research in sociocultural theory, anthropology, and studies of digital epistemology. The method consists of three components. First, the paper uses conceptual analysis to examine how the dominant perspectives on digital technology organise discourse in teacher education. This involves engaging with epistemological accounts of digitalisation (Ingvarsson, 2021; Lankshear, 2003) and ontological perspectives on learning and professional becoming (Dall’Alba & Barnacle, 2007; Packer & Goicoechea, 2000). Second, the paper incorporates analytical examples drawn from recent empirical studies of GenAI. These examples illustrate the ontological pressure points, including dilemmas involving deepfake driven erosion of uniqueness (Nasiri & Hashemzadeh, 2025), GenAI as a dialogic or epistemic partner (Matusov et al., 2024), challenges related to AI mediated assessment (Bewersdorff et al., 2023; Hsiao et al., 2023), and the automation of teacher tasks in planning and evaluation (Martínez-Comesana et al., 2023). Third, the methodology includes a dialogue with existing European competence frameworks such as DigCompEdu (Redecker & Punie, 2017) and national professional digital competence models (Kelentrić et al., 2017, 2024), identifying where ontological questions remain underarticulated. This strengthens the relevance of the paper to European policy debates. The approach is thus philosophical, analytic and literature based, making it suitable for EERA Network 13. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper contributes with three main insights. First, it demonstrates that while the skills, pedagogical and societal perspectives remain necessary, they insufficiently address dilemmas that involve identity, agency, responsibility and professional being. GenAI highlights these limitations when it reproduces human expression, collaborates in writing, and automates evaluative judgements (Bewersdorff et al., 2023; Nasiri & Hashemzadeh, 2025; Aagaard & Lund, 2020). Second, by conceptualising GenAI related tensions as ontological pressure points, the paper shows that many contemporary challenges in teacher education are not merely technical or ethical but concern processes of becoming. This includes disorientation under accelerated textual production (Ingvarsson, 2021) and changing criteria for what counts as professional judgement (Sandberg & Pinnington, 2009). Third, the paper argues that an ontological turn offers a richer foundation for teacher education. It supports pedagogical approaches that foreground students’ reasoning, sense making, authorship and hybrid agency, informed by dynamic and process based assessment practices (Quellmalz et al., 2012) and emerging work on human–AI collaboration (Venigandla et al., 2024). Overall, the expected outcome is a conceptual reframing of digitalisation in teacher education, one that strengthens professional formation in increasingly hybrid human–machine environments. References Arstorp, A.-T., & Lund, A. (2025). An ontological turn: being and becoming with digital technologies in education. Cogent Education, 12(1), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2025.2572384 Barnett, R. (2009). Knowing and becoming in the higher education curriculum. Studies in Higher Education, 34(4), 429-440. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070902771978 Castells, M. (1996/2000). The Rise of the Network Society. Wiley-Blackwell. Dall’Alba, G., & Barnacle, R. (2007). An ontological turn for higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 32(6), 679-691. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070701685130 Giannakos, M., Azevedo, R., Brusilovsky, P., Cukurova, M., Dimitriadis, Y., Hernandez-Leo, D., Järvelä, S., Mavrikis, M., & Rienties, B. (2024). The promise and challenges of generative AI in education. Behaviour & Information Technology, 44(11), 2518-2544. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144929X.2024.2394886 Ingvarsson, J. (2021). Towards a Digital Epistemology. Aesthetics and Modes of Thought in Early Modernity and the Present Age. Palgrave Macmillan. Kelentrić, M., Helland, K., & Arstorp, A.-T. (2017). Professional digital competence framework for teachers. https://www.udir.no/globalassets/filer/in-english/pfdk_framework_en_low2.pdf Kereluik, K., Mishra, P., Fahnoe, C., & Terry, L. (2013). What knowledge is of most worth: Teacher knowledge for 21st century learning. Journal of digital learning in teacher education, 29(4), 127-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/21532974.2013.10784716 Lankshear, C. (2003). The Challenge of Digital Epistemologies. Education, Communication & Information, 3(2), 167-186. https://doi.org/10.1080/14636310303144 Lund, A., & Aagaard, T. (2020). Digitalization of teacher education: Are we prepared for epistemic change? Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 4(3), 56-71. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie3751 Martínez-Comesana, M., Rigueira-Díaz, X., Larranaga-Janeiro, A., Martínez-Torres, J., Ocarranza-Prado, I., & Kreibel, D. (2023). Impact of artificial intelligence on assessment methods in primary and secondary education: Systematic literature review. Revista de Psicodidáctica, 28, 93-103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psicoe.2023.06.002 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers college record, 108(6), 1017-1054. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00684.x Nasiri, S., & Hashemzadeh, A. (2025). The Evolution of Disinformation from Fake News Propaganda to AI-driven Narratives as Deepfake. Cyberspace Studies, 9, 229-250. https://doi.org/10.22059/jcss.2025.387249.1119 Packer, M. J., & Goicoechea, J. (2000). Sociocultural and Constructivist Theories of Learning: Ontology, Not Just Epistemology. Educational psychologist, 35(4), 227-241. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15326985EP3504_02 Sandberg, J., & Pinnington, A. H. (2009). Professional Competence as Ways of Being: An Existential Ontological Perspective. Journal of Management Studies, 46, 1138-1170. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6486.2009.00845.x Aagaard, T., & Lund, A. (2020). Digital agency in higher education: Transforming teaching and learning. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429020629 13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Urgency and the Grammar of Education: Deleuzian Real Problem-Production Illustrated Through the Discourse of Neurocognitive Risk Polish Naval Academy, Poland Presenting Author:Abstract The main line of argument engages with contemporary educational temporalities by conceptualising urgency as a constitutive temporal logic that intervenes at the level of educational problem-production. In dialogue with Deleuze’s concept of the real problem, urgency is presented here as a problem-posing condition – a temporal operator that preconfigures the problematic field in which “educational problems” become thinkable, contestable, and actionable. Urgency thus operates as a temporal technology of educational problematisation that reshapes the conditions under which education becomes intelligible. Urgency is shown to operate at the intersection of three interrelated orders: transformations in the experience and organisation of time; modes of governing through anticipation, prevention, and immunisation (Foucault, Agamben, Esposito); and processes of subjectification that position subjects simultaneously as vulnerable, at risk, and responsible. Rather than producing linear or determinate effects, urgency functions through superimposition and overdetermination, intensifying orientations toward prevention, anticipation, and optimisation while narrowing the space of educational indeterminacy and displacing educational responsibility. This conceptual framework is illustrated through a brief analysis of contemporary discourses of neurocognitive risk in education. Such discourses do not merely describe cognitive challenges but actively participate in producing an ontology of education as preventive intervention and a grammar of education structured by urgency. Crucially, urgency plays an asymmetrical role in this configuration: it does not simply accompany neurocognitive risk discourse but organizes the temporal conditions under which neurocognitive vulnerability can appear as a real educational problem requiring anticipatory action. In conclusion, urgency emerges not merely as a driver of accelerated action, but as a force that transforms the ontological background through which educational problems are posed as real, and ethical responsibility is reconfigured. Education is thus approached not as a domain to which urgency is applied, but as a field whose grammar is reconstituted through urgent modes of problematisation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I. Urgency I would argue that the temporal logic of urgency provides a condition of possibility for subsequent transformations in the grammar of education, understood as the ontological layer that structures educational intelligibility and underpins the posing of educational problems (in Deleuze’s sense, as real problems). Urgency is therefore not conceptualised here as a reaction to external threats, nor merely as a prompt to act efficiently and without delay, but as a constitutive operator that organizes how educational problems become intelligible, translated into policy rationalities, and rendered ethically binding. In this sense, urgency operates as a temporal regime that legitimizes action, intervention, and prevention. At the same time, it structures how educational responsibility is understood, orienting its scope toward anticipated futures. In relation to this, the following subsections analyse urgency as a cross-cutting configuration operating at the intersection of several interrelated orders. I argue that these involve: transformations in time and its perception; modes of governing through anticipation and immunization (Foucault, Agamben, Esposito); processes of subjectification through which the subject of the “emergency alarm” emerges simultaneously as a subject of achievement and a subject of risk. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The point of the foregoing analysis is not to close the argument, but to return to urgency itself as a site of tension – one that demands further philosophical exploration rather than closure. Folding back to urgency reveals its central ambivalence. On the one hand, urgency can enable care, protection, and responsibility by foregrounding futures that matter. On the other hand, when urgency becomes the dominant mode of problematisation, it risks foreclosing the openness, exposure, and eventfulness that are constitutive of education as a practice of both worlding and subjectification. The critical question, then, is not whether education should respond to risks, but how urgency shapes what education can become by structuring which problems are posed as real. To think education philosophically today therefore requires not only asking which issues demand urgent attention but examining how urgency itself operates as a problem-posing condition – transforming the ontology of education and reconfiguring the grammar through which educational realities, subjectivities, and responsibilities become thinkable and actionable. References Agamben, G. (2005a). State of exception (K. Attell, Trans.). University of Chicago Press. Agamben, G. (2005b). The time that remains: A commentary on the Letter to the Romans (P. Dailey, Trans.). Stanford University Press. Arendt, H. (1961). The crisis in education. In Between past and future: Eight exercises in political thought (pp. 173–196). Viking Press. Ball, S. J. (2012). Education plc: Understanding private sector participation in public sector education. Routledge. Ball, S. J. (2017). The education debate (3rd ed.). Policy Press. Boltanski, L., & Chiapello, È. (2005). The new spirit of capitalism (G. Elliott, Trans.). Verso. Butler, J. (2004). Precarious life: The powers of mourning and violence. Verso. Deleuze, G. (1990). The logic of sense (M. Lester & C. Stivale, Trans.). Columbia University Press. Deleuze, G. (1994). Difference and repetition (P. Patton, Trans.). Columbia University Press. Desmurget, M. (2021). The factory of digital idiocy: How screens are making our children dumber (D. Fernbach, Trans.). Polity Press Ehrenberg, A. (2010). The weariness of the self: Diagnosing the history of depression in the contemporary age (E. Caouette, J. Homel, D. Homel, & D. Winkler, Trans.). McGill-Queen’s University Press Esposito, R. (2008). Bíos: Biopolitics and philosophy (T. Campbell, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. Esposito, R. (2011). Immunitas: The protection and negation of life (Z. Hanafi, Trans.). Polity Press. Fejes, A., & Nicoll, K. (Eds.). (2008). Foucault and lifelong learning: Governing the subject. Routledge. Fineman, M. A. (2008). The vulnerable subject: Anchoring equality in the human condition. Yale Journal of Law & Feminism, 20(1), 1–23. Foucault, M. (2007). Security, territory, population: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1977–1978 (G. Burchell, Trans.; M. Senellart, Ed.). Palgrave Macmillan. Haidt, J. (2024). The anxious generation: How the great rewiring of childhood is causing an epidemic of mental illness. Penguin Press. Han, B.-C. (2015). The burnout society (E. Butler, Trans.). Stanford University Press Miller, P., & Rose, N. (2008). Governing the present: Administering economic, social and personal life. Polity Press. Rose, N. (1999). Powers of freedom: Reframing political thought. Cambridge University Press. Rose, N., & Lentzos, F. (2017). Making us resilient: Responsible citizens for uncertain times. In S. Trnka & C. Trundle (Eds.), Competing responsibilities: The ethics and politics of contemporary life (pp. 27–48). Duke University Press. Spitzer, M. (2013). Digital dementia: How we and our children are losing our minds in the digital age (E. Schwalbe, Trans.). Rodale Virilio, P. (1986). Speed and politics: An essay on dromology (M. Polizzotti, Trans.). Semiotext(e). Virilio, P. (2012). The administration of fear. Semiotext(e) |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 14 SES 01 A: School and Communities' Responses to Polycrisis. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mireia Barrachina Sauri Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper School Communities and Policy Responses in England in a Era of Polycrisis UCL, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Schools in England have faced significant challenges in the 2020s, caused by the Covid pandemic, the war in Ukraine and an ongoing cost-of-living crisis due to inflation and rising food and fuel prices, which has increased child poverty significantly (CPAG, 2024). These challenges followed a decade of austerity policy with reduced spending on welfare and the reduction of state services (Berman & Hovland, 2024; O'Hara, 2015), alongside a period of intense policy change in primary education (Bradbury, 2018) and a teacher retention and recruitment crisis (Perryman & Calvert, 2020). This combination of issues can be described as a ‘polycrisis’, that is a situation where multiple crises exist at once and interact with one another. This paper uses England as an case study to think about how education systems and policy making should operate during times of multiple intersecting crises. The presentation explores how, from 2020 onwards, rising social need in combination with a retreating welfare state in England have left schools struggling to cope with additional responsibilities including providing food and clothing for families in poverty (Lucas et al., 2023). Using data from three research projects conducted from 2020 onwards (explained below), we consider how schools as locally embedded community institutions are best placed to understand families’ needs in a time of crisis. By contrast, official policy has no ready means to listen to or learn from the views of those on the ground. Without such knowledge, policy responses to crises are built on shaky foundations. The current policy architecture in turn restricts the research questions that can be asked about education to those that policymakers think matters. We challenge this presumption and argue that instead, governments must recognise and value the ways schools engage with their communities, and fund research that engages meaningfully with the reality of the multiple crises that are affecting the education sector, starting from the bottom up. The presentation will set out how we understand the polycrisis in education in England, and the evidence for this description, before explaining how the literature on previous crises can help us to understand the current situation. This choice of literature builds on our previous work, conducted during the Covid crisis, where we emphasised the need to learn from the literature on sudden school closures due to natural disasters, rather than rely on ideas about ‘lost learning’ over the summer holidays (Harmey & Moss, 2021; Moss et al., 2020). We then present our data from the three projects. We conceptualise the polycrisis in England as a multilayered, multifaceted assemblage of different crises, which interact with each other, often reinforcing one another. An alternative term is ‘permacrisis’, which emphasizes the continuous nature of these crises; given the climate crisis in particular, this term could be seen as more accurate. However, we use the term polycrisis here to examine the specifics of the crises affecting schools in England at a particular time, that is the early 2020s, rather than as a state of permanent crisis. There is also a distinction between polycrisis as felt by the whole sector, and one-off crises which schools may experience, such as the death of a student or teacher, unwarranted media attention, or a school fire. The polycrisis in education continues but can be regarded as forming a specific set of conditions for schools which, we argue, challenge the status quo within policy making. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data discussed were collected as part of three research projects, which all adhered to the ethical standards of the British Education Research Association, and were approved by the UCL Ethics Committee. The first two studies took place during the Covid crisis and were funded by the UK Economic and Social Research council. The project ‘A Duty of Care and a Duty to Teach: educational priorities during the Covid-19 crisis’ (DCDT) combined a survey of 1,653 primary teachers in state schools in England with follow up interviews with a smaller sample, alongside a Rapid Evidence Assessment on school closures and a smaller second survey (see Moss et al, 2020). The ‘Learning Through Disruption’ project (LTD) used a case study design to collect data from a range of staff and parents working in different regions in England. The project ran towards the end of the pandemic when schools were planning for reopening. The design for this project involved seven case study schools in different areas and of different types, with the sample based on the principle of maximum variation. Each case study involved interviews with the head teacher, school staff, and parents (n=49), although we were not able to access all of these groups in all schools. Interviews focused on any lessons they had learned from dealing with the challenges the pandemic had created and whether this created an agenda for change in education policy. The third project, funded by the British Education Research Association, researched the use of food banks in schools post-pandemic. This was an exploratory qualitative research project which involved case studies of five primary schools in England which had a food bank, or free food for families. The schools were conceptualised as ‘telling cases’ which illustrate the pertinent issues in this area, rather than as a representative sample. The six schools were located mainly in London (4 schools), with one in the Midlands and one in the North of England. All were community primary schools in areas of deprivation. At each school, we interviewed the headteacher and other senior leaders, class teachers, and any staff involved in the food bank, although in one school we could only interview the head. Interviews focused on the perceived impact of the food bank on children, the barriers and challenges involved, the practicalities of the food bank, how families use it, and how the school manages the additional workload. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from all three projects revealed how increasing social needs in combination with a retreating welfare state have left schools in the unenviable position of trying to provide for families in their local communities. This might involve providing food, such as through food parcels during Covid or a food bank, but might also involve supporting families with housing, transport and immigration issues, in the absence of other support. For these schools, the polycrisis hits them from both directions, as they grapple with increased needs and reduced means to pay for provision. The reason why they have taken on responsibility for addressing these needs as an institution is their embeddedness in local communities. Importantly, our research projects reveal a gap between policy and reality of life on the ground which has significant implications for policy makers both in England and more widely. While there is no policy directly addressing how schools should cope with increasing levels of child poverty, schools have had to make independent decisions about how best to solve their communities’ problems. This leads to a feeling that there is a disconnect between the crises as lived by those on the front line, and those involved in education policy (and to some extent, research). As a result, this presentation will challenge a policy architecture that restricts the research questions that can be asked about education to what policymakers think matters. It will explore a different role for evidence in policy-making and the place of educational research in times of crisis internationally. This will require governments to recognise and value the ways schools engage with their communities, and fund research that engages meaningfully with the reality of the multiple crises that are affecting the education sector, starting from the bottom up. References Berman, Y., & Hovland, T. (2024). The cost of austerity: How UK public spending cuts led to 190,000 excess deaths. LSE Blogs. https://blogs.lse.ac.uk/inequalities/2024/06/19/the-cost-of-austerity-how-spending-cuts-led-to-190000-excess-deaths Bradbury, A. (2018). The impact of the Phonics Screening Check on grouping by ability: A ‘necessary evil’ amid the policy storm. British Educational Research Journal, 44(4), 539-556. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3449 Bradbury, A., Braun, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., Levy, R., & Moss, G. (2022). Crisis policy enactment: primary school leaders’ responses to the Covid-19 pandemic in England. Journal of Education Policy, 1-21. CPAG. (2024). Child poverty reaches record high – failure to tackle it will be ‘a betrayal of Britain’s children’. Child Poverty Action Group. Retrieved 28 July 2024 from https://cpag.org.uk/news/child-poverty-reaches-record-high-failure-tackle-it-will-be-betrayal-britains-children Education Support (2023) Teaching: the new reality, Retrieved from https://www.educationsupport.org.uk/resources/for-organisations/research/teaching-the-new-reality/ Harmey, S., & Moss, G. (2021). Learning disruption or learning loss: using evidence from unplanned closures to inform returning to school after COVID-19. Educational Review, 1-20. Harmey, S., & Moss, G. (2021). Learning disruption or learning loss: using evidence from unplanned closures to inform returning to school after COVID-19. Educational Review, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1966389 House of Commons Education Committee. (2017). Recruitment and retention of teachers: Fifth report of session 2016–17. (HC 199, 2016–17). London: House of Commons. Retrieved from parliament.uk website: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmeduc/199/199.pdf Lucas, M., Classick, R., Skipp, A., & Julius, J. (2023). Cost-of-living crisis: Impact on schools. https://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/cost-of-living-crisis-impact-on-schools/ Moss, G., Allen, R., Bradbury, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., & Levy, R. (2020). Primary teachers' experience of the COVID-19 lockdown – Eight key messages for policymakers going forward. UCL Institute of Education. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10103669 Moss, G., Bradbury, A., Braun, A., Duncan, S., & Levy, R. (2021). Learning through Disruption: Using schools’ experiences of Covid to build a more Moss, G., Bradbury, A., Harmey, S., Mansfield, R., Candy, B., France, R., & Vigurs, C. (2021). Mitigating impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on primary and lower secondary children during school closures: a rapid evidence review. O'Hara, M. (2015). Austerity bites: A journey to the sharp end of cuts in the UK. Policy Press. Perryman, J., & Calvert, G. (2020). What motivates people to teach, and why do they leave? Accountability, performativity and teacher retention. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(1), 3-23. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper How to Love a Forest: Educational Research as a Site for Community Renewal Simon Fraser University, Canada Presenting Author:Schools, such as ours, located on the West coast of Canada, exist in the vortex of interrelated crises, including (but not limited to) the impact of settler colonization, the environmental degradation of these lands, and social inequities. In our province, it is painfully apparent that we are no longer living within the earth’s carrying capacity. Increasingly we are experiencing the effect of global warming, including catastrophic flooding, fires, and heat domes. All this is occurring on Indigenous lands that, for the most part, were never surrendered. The horrors of colonial violence, including Indian Residential Schools, only recently became tangible for many Canadians when the remains of 215 bodies were found buried in a school yard. As awareness increases, so does colonial backlash with residential school denialism and anti-Indigenous racism on the rise, risking further damage to the fragile work of Truth and Reconciliation (TRC, 215). These interrelated and compounding issues can be understood as a poly-crisis that “significantly degrade humanity's prospects” (Lawrence, 2024, p.1).
As educators, we are witnessing an increase in anxiety, instability, and disconnect in children and families. At the same time, we are painfully aware that the land where we live is not thriving either. The forest behind our school is overrun by invasive plants and is commonly used as a garbage dump. The nearby stream often runs dry and no longer hosts salmon. During this time of polycrisis, we question the purpose of educational research and wonder how we can be of service to communities, both human and more-than human. As intersecting crises often require novel approaches (Lawrence, 2024), we have shifted from more traditional forms of qualitative research to focus on collaborative, community-based, and action-oriented methods.
Our work is guided by Indigenous Elders, and informed by Indigenous (Donald, 2012; 2021) and posthuman environmental scholarship (Alaimo, 2010). We (settler-scholars) work across the usual binaries to disrupt anthropocentric assumptions, embrace relational ontologies, and work in wholistic ways to advance multispecies wellness. We didn’t begin with a hypothesis or even a question, but rather a vision from Elder Rick Bailey from Katzie First Nation to teach children to care for salmon like family. Guided by the forest and the students, our focus over the past four years has shifted from caring for salmon, to listening for the songs of the forest, to making drums, to saving tadpoles, to producing a film festival to create awareness about global warming.
This research, a form of the scholarship of application involving the enactment of knowledge to solve societal problems (Ream, et al., 2015), responds to the following overarching question: How do we reconfigure community relations to be more cohesive, respectful and reciprocal and learn to live well together? We learned that developing strong kinship ties was paramount to nurturing responsibility and advancing collective wellness. Elder Rick’s teaching that his people come from the salmon and his invitation to be part of this family was incredibly impactful. The children adopted identities as salmon boys and girls that were enduring and served to presence salmon and their needs daily within the lives of children, who developed rituals of advocacy. Responding to kin from a place of love and appreciation for their “superpowers” and teachings also strengthened mutually sustaining connections, flattening the usual anthropocentric ordering of beings. Their respect for the rights of salmon transferred to tadpoles, when their pond was threatened by unseasonably warm weather, and the children worked tirelessly to help them. Overall, these kinship relationships, brought great joy, validated for the children that they were part of something greater than themselves, contributing to wholisitc wellness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used While the focus of our work is dynamic, fluid, and responsive, we are deeply grounded in methodological premises, drawing from synergies across Indigenists (Wilson, 2007; 2008), post-human (Barad, 2007), and participatory traditions (Heron & Reason, 1997). We are committed to research that is as much ontological as epistemological, and focuses on process and relationships, as much as knowledge production (Beyes & Steyaert, 2011). Methodologically our work is participatory, experiential, and action oriented and we understand knowing and acting as intertwined. Maria Mies’ (1993) assertation, “if you want to know something try to change it” (p. 40) guides our process. Axiologically, we view research as in service of collective flourishing (Heron & Reason, 1997), and it is important to us that our work benefits the Nations on whose land we are located, respects all kin, and is guided by Elders (Wilson, 2007). For us, research is an antidote to the polycrisis as we endeavour to build relationships across diverse communities and kinships, and intentionally studied our process. The research was conducted over a four year period, in a forested area near an elementary school, located on the West coast of the country colonially known as Canada. Children (ages 8-12) visited the forest once a week for one to two hours. Some groups were classes whose teachers elected to join the project and others were part of an optional lunch club. From year to year the children varied. Some children participated in multiple years and some only participated for one year. The forest is primarily composed of alder and maple trees, invasive blackberry bushes, as well as a few cedar trees, which are culturally significant to Indigenous Peoples in this area. The forest, including the creek are commonly used as a dumping ground for both commercial and household garbage. Ethical approval was received from both the school district and the university, to conduct this research. Understanding education and inquiry as intertwined, indeterminant, and co-determined (Beyes & Steyaert, 2011), we created provocations, asked questions, and followed the lead of the children and the land. We documented the relational exchanges, flows of energy and affect, and generative interactions and events through field notes, photos, videos, and drone footage to understand the learning from a variety of perspectives. We collected student drawings, kept journals, and regularly reflected on our observations. These reflections were shared with Elder Rick and informed subsequent pedagogical and research approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initially there was a predominant human-centric and colonial culture in the school. Many children did not see the value of going outside, and complained about the cold, the unknown, and the mud. They claimed aspects of the land as exclusively their own and treated forest-kin as commodities. Over the past four years a new culture has developed within the school that exceeds the sum of its parts. Children (including students never directly involved in the project) have organized to remove garbage from the forest, create a film festival about global warming, monitor storm drains for things that could hurt fish, and paint a mural to share the teachings of salmon (“Never Give Up”). This work also nurtures the students as they discover their gifts, find their voice, and locate themselves within expansive relations, as well as builds shared intentions and positive relations with local First Nations. This project, however, is not without its challenges. Western institutional systems, that often prioritize risk management, standardized assessment, and colonial land-use, create significant barriers for relational and land-centered educational practices by imposing human-centric, linear, and hierarchical frameworks on efforts that are inherently sacred, emergent, and responsive. Addressing these challenges is one of our most profound roles as educational researchers as we endeavour to work across paradigms and make diverse systems intelligible to one another. For us, the collective efforts to animate of the visions of Elders and follow the guidance of the land in everyday teaching and learning, is a practice that can begin to address the polycrisis in immediate, local, and specific ways. While issues of settler colonialism, capitalism, and environmental degradation are complex and overwhelming, we are driven by Grain’s (2022) notion of critical hope, trusting that change comes from small, deliberate, and regular actions undertaken by a critical mass of people. References Alaimo. S. (2010). Bodily natures. Indiana University Press. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Beyes, T., & Steyaert, C. (2011). The ontological politics of artistic interventions: Implications for performing action research. Action Research, 9(1) 100–115. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476750310396944 Donald, Dwayne (2021). We need a new story: Walking and the wâhkôhtowin imagination. Journal of the Canadian Association for Curriculum Studies, 18(2), 53-63. https://doi.org/10.25071/1916-4467.40492. Donald, Dwayne (2012). Forts, colonial frontier logics, and Aboriginal-Canadian relations: Imagining decolonizing educational philosophies in Canadian contexts. In Ali A. Abdi (Ed.), Decolonizing philosophies of education (pp. 91–111). Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-687-8_7. Grain, K. (2022). Critical hope: How to grapple with complexity, lead with purpose, and cultivate transformative social change. Penguin Random House Canada. Heron, J., & Reason, P. (1997). A Participatory Inquiry Paradigm. Qualitative Inquiry, 3(3), 274-294. https://doi.org/10.1177/107780049700300302 Lawrence, M. (2024). Polycrisis in the Anthropocene: An invitation to contributions and debates. Global Sustainability 7(5), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1017/sus.2024.2 Mies, M. & Shiva, V. (1993). Ecofeminism. Fernwood. Ream, T. Braxton, J. M., Boyer, E. L, & Moser, D. (2015). Scholarship reconsidered: Priorities of the professoriate. Jossey-Bass. Wilson, S. (2008). Relational accountability. Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Fernwood Publishing. Wilson, S. (2007). What is an Indigenist Research Paradigm? Canadian Journal of Native Education, 30(2), 193-195. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Successful Actions in Vulnerable Contexts: Systematic Review and Transfer to the Community Setting University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:Communities residing in priority attention neighborhoods consistently face situations of poverty, social exclusion, school failure, unemployment, insecurity, and limited access to basic health services and infrastructure (Nicoletti et al., 2022; Roy et al., 2024). These conditions, often accompanied by episodes of extreme violence, have a lasting impact on collective well-being, social cohesion, and educational trajectories (Ivey et al., 2025; Fry et al., 2018). Despite the proliferation of programs and initiatives targeting these contexts, many interventions have been implemented without sufficient scientific backing, occasionally resulting in limited outcomes, community frustration, and a sense of abandonment associated with the perception that “there is nothing to be done here.” In this regard, it becomes crucial to advance the systematization of evidence to identify which interventions have proven successful in transforming highly vulnerable neighborhoods (Nanayakkara et al., 2025). This contribution is framed within the Dialogic Community Inclusion Project (PCID, by its acronym in Spanish), aimed at the social transformation of a specific neighborhood marked by significant social inequality, a territory historically characterized by the concentration of structural disparities. The project is grounded in research on inclusion and dialogic learning, and is articulated through the Dialogic Inclusion Contract (CID), a procedure that establishes shared commitments among the scientific community, local government (through public services), educational centers, social organizations, neighborhood associations, and residents. The CID fosters processes of egalitarian dialogue and co-creation, integrating scientific knowledge with the experiences of local actors as a basis for collective action (Flecha et al., 2014; Girbés et al., 2018; Valls & Padrós, 2011). From this perspective, transformation is not conceived as a vertically imposed process, but rather as a community-driven initiative, where the voices of the neighborhood and active community participation are essential for the definition, adaptation, and implementation of highly effective interventions (Zhang et al., 2026). In this context, the concept of “successful actions” gains particular relevance, understood as interventions supported by scientific evidence that have demonstrated a positive impact on improving living conditions and promoting social inclusion in vulnerable contexts (Flecha et al., 2014). This paper presents a systematic review of the scientific literature aimed at identifying these successful actions and the elements explaining their impact, in order to provide an evidence-based framework for their transfer to real community processes. The review was conducted using the Web of Science and Scopus databases, considering studies published from 2010 onwards in English and Spanish. Selected studies address interventions developed in disadvantaged urban areas and cover fields such as policing, health, violence prevention, employment, housing, and community leadership. The guiding research question is: Which community interventions or successful actions in vulnerable contexts have demonstrated reproducible results and are potentially transferable? Beyond the academic synthesis, the review aims to serve as a tool for dialogue within the CID, allowing the various stakeholders involved to assess which interventions have the strongest empirical support, under what conditions they work, and how they can be adapted to the local context. In this way, educational research positions itself as a driver of collective action, strengthening relationships between schools and communities; and contributing to evidence-based responses that promote coexistence, inclusion, and social resilience in highly vulnerable urban contexts.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic review in this study was conducted following the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines, as described by Moher et al. (2009). The aim of this literature review was to identify successful actions in vulnerable contexts, focusing on community interventions that have demonstrated positive social impact and reproducible outcomes, with particular attention to those that could be transferable and applicable within the framework of the Dialogic Community Inclusion Project. Search Strategy Searches were conducted in the Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus databases, selected for their international and multidisciplinary scope. Publications from 2011 onwards, in English and Spanish, were included. Search terms were refined using the UNESCO and ERIC thesauri and complemented with emerging terms identified by the project team and through snowballing. The strategy was structured around three conceptual dimensions, combined using Boolean operators: Social vulnerability contexts: social exclusion, deprived areas, marginalized communities, poverty, social inequality, ethnic minorities. Community actions: community participation, community action, community program, dialogic leadership, community leaders, social support groups, community-based participatory research. Intervention areas: Health: community health, health promotion, public health, health interventions Housing: social housing, homeless, living conditions, community housing Employment: employability, employment programs, labor market inclusion, supported employment Social cohesion and violence, including police-community relations: social cohesion, violence prevention, community policing Within each dimension, terms were combined using OR, while AND was applied between dimensions to ensure that selected studies addressed vulnerability, community action, an intervention area, and evidence of positive social impact simultaneously. Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria Scientific articles with empirical evidence of positive social impact were included if they met at least one of the following success criteria: (1) being an intervention or practice supported by scientific evidence, (2) having been implemented and replicated in different contexts, (3) incorporating research approaches that consider all community voices, or (4) demonstrating positive social impact. Excluded were publications prior to 2011, studies without outcome evaluation, exclusively diagnostic works, documents without full access, and articles focusing solely on impact measurement systems. Analysis Selected studies were analyzed using a comparative matrix organized by intervention areas. This matrix allowed the identification of: (a) elements that promote social transformation, (b) factors that generate or perpetuate social exclusion, and (c) components transferable to community processes such as the Dialogic Community Inclusion Project, facilitating the identification of actions that can be adapted and replicated in similar contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The reviewed studies identify common patterns across different areas and converge on a central principle: interventions are more effective when based on trust, community participation, and structural transformations, and less effective when limited to formal, top-down approaches or focused solely on the individual. In the police domain, success is associated with everyday relationships grounded in dialogue, respect, and procedural justice: listening, explaining decisions, and acting with neutrality. Continuity of officers in the community and community support strengthen trust, cooperation, and legitimacy. Failures occur when interactions are perceived as unfair, constant suspicion prevails, intrusive surveillance is applied, stereotypes persist, and superficial reforms fail to change actual practices. Regarding violence, its reduction is linked to strong social networks: community organizations, meeting spaces, local leadership, opportunities for youth, basic material support, and socioeconomic inclusion. This decreases fear and isolation while reinforcing cohesion and collective efficacy. Risks arise where poverty, trauma, overcrowding, lack of resources, institutional mistrust, racism, language barriers, and externally imposed programs persist, keeping the community in survival mode. In employability, the most effective interventions combine academic training with socio-occupational and psychosocial skills, support networks, and interinstitutional coordination. These improve perceived employability and aspirations and, in some cases, actual employment. Limitations emerge when changes do not translate into real employment and when the individual is held responsible without addressing structural inequalities. In health, interventions work best when based on equitable partnerships, trust, cultural humility, and sustained community participation, with local adaptation and capacity building, addressing social determinants. Symbolic, extractive, or non-structural approaches reduce impact, sustainability, and legitimacy. References Flecha, R. (2014). Successful Educational Actions for Inclusion and Social Cohesion in Europe. En Springer briefs in education. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-11176-6 Fry, D., Fang, X., Elliott, S., Casey, T., Zheng, X., Li, J., Florian, L., & McCluskey, G. (2018). The relationships between violence in childhood and educational outcomes: A global systematic review and meta-analysis. Child Abuse & Neglect, 75, 6–28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2017.06.021 Girbés Peco, S. (2014). El Contrato de Inclusión Dialógica: una actuación de éxito en la superación de la pobreza y la exclusión social en contextos urbanos (Tesis doctoral, Universitat de Barcelona). Ivey, A. S., Lund, J. J., Aubel, A. J., & Buggs, S. A. L. (2025). Comprensión de la violencia estructural en la intervención contra la violencia comunitaria (IVC): Un análisis cualitativo multiurbano desde la perspectiva de los profesionales. INQUIRY: Revista de Organización, Provisión y Financiación de la Atención Sanitaria, 62. https://doi.org/10.1177/00469580251376234 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. PLoS Medicine, 6(7), e1000097. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 Nicoletti, L., Sirenko, M., & Verma, T. (2022). Las comunidades desfavorecidas tienen menor acceso a la infraestructura urbana. Environment and Planning B: Urban Analytics and City Science, 50(3), 831-849. https://doi.org/10.1177/23998083221131044 Nanayakkara Wasam Mudage, K., Weerasinghe, N., Madusanka, M., Saliya, C. A., Lokeshwara, A. A., & Jayatissa, C. D. (2025). Conquerors of poverty: A case study of slum dwellers in Colombo. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 45(1–2), 67–85. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSSP-06-2024-0246 Roy, S., Majumder, S., Bose, A., & Roy Chowdhury, I. (2024). Mapping the vulnerable: A framework for analyzing urban social vulnerability and its societal impact. Societal Impacts, 3, 100049. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socimp.2024.100049 Valls, R., & Padrós, M. (2011). Using Dialogic Research to Overcome Poverty: from principles to action. European Journal of Education, 46(2), 173-183. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2011.01473.x Zhang, Y., You, C., Pundir, P., & Meijering, L. (2023). Migrants' community participation and social integration in urban areas: A scoping review. Cities, 141, 104447. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cities.2023.104447 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 16 SES 01 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Andreas Just Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Sharing Isn’t Always Caring. Assessing Primary School Children’s Data Protection Skills. University of Wuerzburg, Germany Presenting Author:More and more young children are using various digital devices in everyday life and often times this happens without pedagogical framing or supervision (Feierabend et al., 2025; Konca, 2021). In order to be able to act responsibly and self-determinedly in an increasingly digitally networked world, digital skills are key. This also has consequences for primary school: For example, it calls for a "culture of digitality" (Irion & Knoblauch, 2021) so that children can adequately meet the demands of an interconnected world. In order to prepare children for the constantly changing environment, their digital skills should be continuously recorded. However, existing research of digital-related knowledge, skills and beliefs do not explicitly refer to children in primary school, but focus strongly on adolescents (e.g. Fraillon et al., 2019; Vuorikari et al., 2022). While existing educational policy frameworks partly include conceptualizations for primary school age and competence expectations for sub-areas, these are more normative positions which have not been empirically derived or verified. Based on the Swiss curriculum, Hermida, Hielscher and Petko (2017) developed the freely accessible Media Professionals test. Although this covers important sub-areas of digital skills (e.g. digitization and computerization or freedom of information and credibility) in a playful setting – also for primary school age – a comparison with German and European educational policy framework reveals gaps, such as the dedicated recording of competencies in the area of data protection and security on the internet. Data protection means the protection of personal data, i.e. data that allows conclusions to be drawn about one's own or someone else's person and – amongst others – can be considered an important facet of digital competencies (Goedart et al, 2022; llomäki et al., 2016). Similarly, Jun et al. (2014) developed an instrument to assess computational literacy in Korean elementary schools (grade 1-6), but the area of data protection was left out (also by Kim et al., 2019). Research on data protection competencies with primary school children is scarce and mainly relies on surveys on attitudes towards data protection or self-assessments in that matter (Goedart et al., 2022; Siddiq et al., 2016), proven test instruments are lacking. Therefore, the present study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, an instrument was tested in a multi-step mixed-method approach that is intended to measure data protection skills at primary school age. Based on theoretical and empirical preliminary considerations, a fictitious web-based platform (a messenger called textsafe) was developed in SoSci-Survey. This platform was first tested in a qualitative pilot study. After some improvements the instrument was then tried in a quantitative pilot study with 203 students from third and fourth grade. Again, after slight improvements the main data collection took place in the beginning of 2024. After a short instruction, the children were handed tablets and were asked to (supposedly) register for textsafe (username and password), define settings (e.g. remember log-in information, profile pic, release of location) and give – if desired – further information about themselves (e.g. birthday, residency). Thereby, we wanted to generate performative data. In a second step, to generate information about individual knowledge, the children switched into an advisory role for a friendly penguin who also wants to join textsafe. Using data of 629 third- and fourthgraders (Mage = 9;6, SD = 0.85) we gathered information about performance of and knowledge about data protection skills. In order to answer the first research question, we use descriptive data. To answer the second research question, we use rasch-modeling with 58 binary coded items in the R-package TAM (Embretson & Reise, 2000; Robitzsch et al.,2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The structure of the instrument is suitable for primary school children. The Wright-Map shows sufficient distribution of item difficulty, and the reliability is good (EAP/PV=.81). Q3 statistic shows signs of multidimensionality, so finer considerations could be promising for better psychometric assessment. In that sense, partial credit scoring is also conceivable. Further analyses will be conducted until August. Detailed information on item fit and WLE-estimators will be provided. Concerning research question 1, we can state that children seem to know more about data protection than their actions might suggest. When registering themselves, many children act quite risky by giving a lot of information. When advising the friendly figure, they are more deliberate, so one can say: There is a considerable difference between knowing what’s right and acting like it. This phenomenon is known in the literature as privacy paradox (Kokolakis, 2017) for adults and points towards the importance of motivational aspects of actual competencies. The results give insight in the need of pedagogical support and will be further discussed in the context of digital and computer science competencies. References Embretson, S., and Reise, S. P. (2000). Item Response Theory for Psychologists. Mahwah, NJ: L. Erlbaum Associates. Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheredmand, H. & Glöckler, S. (2025). KIM-Studie 2024. Kindheit, Internet, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 6- bis 13-Jähriger (Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest (mfps), Hrsg.). Stuttgart. Zugriff am 8.03.2024. https://www.mpfs.de/fileadmin/files/Studien/KIM/2022/KIM-Studie2022_website_final.pdf Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Duckworth, D. & Friedman, T. (2019). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018: Assessment framework. Amsterdam: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Godaert, E., Aesaert, K., Voogt, J., & Van Braak, J. (2022). Assessment of students’ digital competences in primary school: A systematic review. Education and Information Technologies, 27(7), 9953–10011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11020-9 Hermida, M., Hielscher, M. & Petko, D. (2017). Medienkompetenz messen: Die Entwicklung des Medienprofis-Tests in der Schweiz. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 38–60. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/00/2017.06.02.X Ilomäki, L., Paavola, S., Lakkala, M., & Kantosalo, A. (2016). Digital competence – an emergent boundary concept for policy and educational research. Education and Information Technologies, 21(3), 655–679. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-014-9346-4 Irion, T. & Knoblauch, V. (2021). Lernkulturen in der Digitalität. Von der Buchschule zum zeitgemäßen Lebens- und Lernraum im 21. Jahrhundert. In M. Peschel (Hrsg.), Kinder lernen Zukunft. Didaktik der Lernkulturen. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:24387 Jun, S., Han, S., Kim, H., & Lee, W. (2014). Assessing the computational literacy of elementary students on a national level in Korea. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 26(4), 319–332. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-013-9185-7 Kim, H. S., Ahn, S. H., & Kim, C. M. (2019). A New ICT Literacy Test for Elementary and Middle School Students in Republic of Korea. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 28(3), 203–212. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-018-0428-8 Kokolakis, S. (2017). Privacy attitudes and privacy behaviour: A review of current research on the privacy paradox phenomenon. Computers & security, 64, 122–134. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cose.2015.07.002 Konca, A. S. (2021). Digital technology usage of young children. Screen time and families. Early Childhood Education Journal, 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-021-01245-7 Robitzsch, A., Kiefer, T., and Wu, M. (2019). TAM: Test Analysis Modules. Available online at: https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=TAM (Zugriff: 25. März 2021). Siddiq, F., Hatlevik, O. E., Olsen, R. V., Throndsen, I., & Scherer, R. (2016). Taking a future perspective by learning from the past – A systematic review of assessment instruments that aim to measure primary and secondary school students’ ICT literacy. Educational Research Review, 19, 58–84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2016.05.002 Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Luxemburg: Comissió Europea. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Motivational Profiles and ICT dispositions in Preservice Teachers: Exploring Identity Precursors in Initial Teacher Education University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:Research on preservice teachers’ (PSTs) engagement with information and communication technologies (ICT) has predominantly focused on digital skills, competence frameworks (Redecker, 2017), or technology acceptance dispositions (Voogt et al., 2018). While these perspectives have provided valuable insights, they often treat technology as an add-on to teaching practice, rather than as a dimension intertwined with teachers’ professional identities. However, literature suggests that teachers' professional identity underpins how they position technology in their classrooms (Liu & Geertshuis, 2021; Trevisan, 2025). In turn, motivation is found to be key in shaping professional identity, commitment to teaching, and persistence in teacher education (Fokkens-Bruinsma et al., 2018; Wu et al., 2025). This contribution addresses the gap by exploring the relationship between PSTs’ motivational profiles and their dispositions toward ICT in teaching. Professional identity is defined in the literature as a dynamic, dialogical, and anticipatory construct, formed well before full entry into the profession (Beijaard et al., 2004; Akkerman & Meijer, 2011). Motivation, in turn, is not merely the reason for choosing teaching, but an identity precursor that shapes how future teachers imagine themselves, their role, and their relationship with pedagogical and technological tools (Fokkens-Bruinsma et al., 2018). Finally, ICT dispositions in preservice teachers consider a multifaceted synthesis of professional attitudes (Christensen & Knezek, 2009), values, and beliefs (Vannatta & Nancy, 2004). These are not static, innate traits, but are dynamic orientations developed through the interplay of teacher preparation, field experiences, and evolving professional identity (Mwamakula, 2023). The paper draws on data collected from a large cohort of PSTs (N= 473) enrolled in a European teacher education programme. The central research question leading the study is: How are preservice teachers’ motivational profiles associated with their ICT dispositions, within the configuration of identity-related orientations toward digital technologies in teaching? Using a survey study, students’ motivations were analysed to identify distinct motivational configurations, in line with research framing motivation as an identity-relevant orientation and a culturally and contextually situated construct (Fokkens-Bruinsma et al., 2018; Wu et al., 2025). An exploratory clustering procedure was used to identify three internally coherent motivational profiles within the sample. These profiles are presented in this paper in terms of their dominant motivational orientations (i.e., intrinsic interest, altruistic commitment, pragmatic considerations), without claiming them as established or generalisable categories beyond the present study. In parallel, students’ ICT dispositions were measured to inquire the perceived relevance of digital technologies for the teaching profession, participants’ confidence in using ICT for educational purposes, and their orientations toward integrating technology into future practice. An Anova revealed statistically significant differences in ICT dispositions across the three motivational profiles, supporting theoretical claims that dispositions toward technology-infused practices are rooted in broader identity orientations (Kelchtermans, 2009; Beauchamp & Thomas, 2009). Motivational profiles characterised by strong intrinsic and altruistic motivations tend to display more positive and integrated orientations toward ICT, viewing technology as a meaningful component of teaching and learning. This pattern, consistent with international evidence, shows intrinsic and altruistic motivations being associated with stronger professional commitment and more agentic visions of teaching (Wu et al., 2025). In contrast, motivational profiles more strongly driven by pragmatic or extrinsic considerations show a more cautious or instrumental stance toward ICT. Overall, results suggest that ICT dispositions are not randomly distributed among PSTs, but are systematically related to deeper motivational–identity configurations. The paper argues that these results support a conceptual shift in how ICT in teacher education may be understood. Rather than focusing exclusively on skills acquisition or dispositional support, teacher education programmes should attend to the motivational and identity-related conditions underpinning PSTs’ engagement with technology. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted within a primary teacher education programme at a large public university in Italy, adopting a quantitative research design to explore relationships between motivational, dispositional, and identity-related variables (Benvenuto, 2015; Cohen et al., 2018). Participants were preservice teachers enrolled in the first and second year of the programme, a liminal phase for teacher professional identity development where previous experiences as students and motivations are negotiated with future expectations, and shaped by university training (Hanna et al., 2023). Participation was voluntary, and data were collected through an online questionnaire administered during scheduled academic activities. The respondents were 473 (response rate of 93%). Instrument Motivational items were theoretically grounded in the Factors Influencing Teaching Choice (FIT choice - Watt et al., 2012), supported by recent literature highlighting how different motivational constellations are associated with commitment and career aspirations in preservice teachers (Wu et al., 2025). This construct was measured using 10 ranking items which addressed intrinsic motivations (e.g., interest and enjoyment in teaching), altruistic motivations (e.g., contributing to society and supporting pupils’ development), and extrinsic or pragmatic motivations (e.g., job security and work–life balance). The analysis focused on the configuration patterns of these motivations within individuals, to provide a more nuanced understanding of PSTs’ professional orientations (Fokkens-Bruinsma et al., 2014; Wu et al., 2025). ICT dispositions were assessed through three scales designed to capture students’ orientation toward digital technologies in teaching (Christensen & Knezek, 2009) in the form of five-point Likert scales. These items addressed: perceived importance of ICT for the teaching profession, self-perceived confidence in using digital technologies for educational purposes, and willingness to integrate ICT into future teaching practice. The items were conceptualised as dispositional indicators, reflecting dispositions and positioning rather than technical proficiency. Data analysis The analysis proceeded in two main steps aimed at identifying latent patterns within large datasets (Cohen et al., 2018). First, an exploratory cluster analysis was conducted on the motivational items to identify PSTs with similar motivational configurations (Euclidean distance). This resulted in three distinct motivational profiles, each characterised by a specific balance of intrinsic, altruistic, and extrinsic motivations. These profiles are to be treated analytically as emergent patterns within the dataset, not generalizable. Afterwards, differences in ICT dispositions across the three motivational profiles were examined using one-way analyses of variance (ANOVA). Post-hoc comparisons and effect sizes were applied where appropriate to identify which profiles differed significantly from each other. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study set out to explore the connection between PSTs’ dispositions toward ICTs and their motivational orientations toward the teaching profession. The results support that ICT dispositions vary systematically across different motivational profiles, suggesting that technology-related dispositions are deeply embedded in broader identity precursors rather than being purely related to skills. From a theoretical perspective, the study supports an understanding of professional identity as anticipatory and motivationally grounded (Beijaard et al., 2004; Akkerman & Meijer, 2011). Long before entering the classroom as fully qualified teachers, PSTs develop orientations toward key dimensions of the profession, including the role of digital technologies. These orientations appear to be shaped by how individuals make sense of teaching as a meaningful, ethical, or pragmatic endeavour (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2009). ICT, in this sense, becomes part of the imagined professional self: for some, an opportunity for pedagogical innovation and relational work; for others, a functional tool of secondary importance. For teacher education, these findings carry important implications. Efforts to promote digital competence may be limited if they focus exclusively on skills training without addressing the motivational and identity-related foundations of PSTs’ engagement with technology (Kelchtermans, 2009). Integrating reflective activities that explicitly connect motivations for teaching with visions of digitally mediated practice could support more coherent and sustainable forms of ICT integration. Finally, by presenting motivational profiles as empirically grounded but non-canonical entities, this paper opens space for further research, echoing recent calls to examine motivation as a dynamic and context-sensitive identity resource rather than as a fixed trait (Fokkens-Bruinsma et al., 2018; Wu et al., 2025). Longitudinal studies could investigate how these profiles and their associated ICT dispositions evolve over time, particularly as PSTs enter school contexts and teaching practice. References Akkerman, S. F., & Meijer, P. C. (2011). A dialogical approach to conceptualizing teacher identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 308–319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.013 Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2009). Understanding teacher identity: An overview of issues in the literature and implications for teacher education. Cambridge Journal of Education, 39(2), 175–189. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640902902252 Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107–128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2003.07.001 Christensen, R. W., & Knezek, G. A. (2009). Construct Validity for the Teachers’ dispositions Toward Computers Questionnaire. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th ed.). Routledge.https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539 Fokkens-Bruinsma, M., & Canrinus, E. T. (2014). Motivation for becoming a teacher and engagement with the profession: Evidence from different contexts. International Journal of Educational Research, 65, 65–74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2013.09.012 Hanna, F., Andre, L., & Zee, M. (2023). Student teachers’ future time perspective and teacher identity: A longitudinal study about students who will become primary school teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 136, 104382. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104382 Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self‐understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching, 15(2), 257–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875332 Liu, Q., & Geertshuis, S. (2021). Professional identity and the adoption of learning management systems. Studies in Higher Education, 46(3), 624–637. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1647413 Mwamakula, F. (2023). Nurturing the Dispositions and Identities for Student Teachers’ Professional Development: A Critical Review. Randwick International of Education and Linguistics Science Journal, 4, 500–508. https://doi.org/10.47175/rielsj.v4i3.788 Trevisan, O. (2025). Digital competence and teacher education: teacher identity, tensions and agency. In A. Egan , K. Johnston , and O. McGarr. Reimagining Teacher Digital Competence (pp. 27–45). Elgar. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781035337514.00009 Vannatta, R. A., & Nancy, F. (2004). Teacher Dispositions as Predictors of Classroom Technology Use. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 36(3), 253–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2004.10782415 Voogt, J., Knezek, G., Christensen, R., & Lai, K.-W. (Eds.). (2018). Second Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-71054-9 Wu, W., Wu, Y., Song, G., Zhang, L., & Song, H. (2025). Choosing to teach: Career aspirations among student teachers in Chinese normal universities and colleges. Teaching and Teacher Education, 155, Article 104880. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104880 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper From Training to Transformation: Evaluating Long-term Impacts of Digital Pedagogy Capacity Building at University of Rwanda-College of Education University of Rwanda, Rwanda Presenting Author:The rapid integration of digital technologies in higher education has prompted universities across Africa, including the University of Rwanda, to invest significantly in faculty capacity building programs. The Higher Education Pedagogies for Teacher Education (HEP-TED) project, funded by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Finland, has been instrumental in supporting comprehensive capacity building for staff at the University of Rwanda - College of Education (UR-CE), introducing various digital tools and pedagogical approaches to enhance teaching and learning. However, the predominant focus on short-term training outcomes often overlooks the sustained transformational impacts on pedagogical practices, institutional cultures, and knowledge production. Within the changing landscape of education research, where data-driven technologies and standardized indicators increasingly shape what counts as evidence (Selwyn, 2014),, this study examines the longitudinal effects of the HEP-TED capacity building initiative through a contextually grounded, multi-perspective approach. The research will privilege practitioner knowledge alongside traditional research metrics, positioning faculty as knowledge producers rather than merely knowledge users. This epistemological stance is particularly important in African higher education contexts, where externally driven evaluation frameworks may not capture the nuanced realities of pedagogical transformation (Czerniewicz & Brown, 2013; Ng'ambi & Bozalek, 2013). This research draws on transformative learning theory (Mezirow, 1997; Taylor & Cranton, 2012) and communities of practice frameworks (Wenger, 1998) to distinguish between surface-level skill acquisition and deeper pedagogical transformation. Transformative learning theory provides a lens for understanding how adults fundamentally alter their frames of reference through critical reflection and discourse (Mezirow, 1997). Communities of practice frameworks illuminate how shared learning emerges through sustained engagement within professional communities (Wenger, 1998), making visible the social dimensions of pedagogical change that often remain hidden in individualistic accounts of professional development. The study recognizes that knowledge in and of education encompasses understanding multiple temporalities, examining how capacity building initiatives interact with institutional histories, present realities, and future aspirations. In the Rwandan context, this temporal dimension is particularly significant as the University of Rwanda navigates between its historical foundations, contemporary pressures for digital transformation, and aspirations for contextually relevant pedagogical innovation. Furthermore, the study acknowledges that how knowledge is produced and applied is situated and contingent, shaped by Rwanda's specific political, economic, and cultural contexts. Yet critical questions remain about whether initiatives like HEP-TED truly transform pedagogical practices or merely add technological layers to existing teaching methods (Kirkwood & Price, 2014). This distinction is essential, as genuine transformation requires not only skill acquisition but fundamental shifts in how educators conceptualize teaching, learning, and knowledge creation in digitally mediated environments (Laurillard, 2012; Mishra & Koehler, 2006). The research addresses four interconnected questions that probe beyond surface-level technology adoption: How has the HEP-TED project's capacity building approach moved beyond instrumental training to foster sustained pedagogical transformation at UR-CE? What institutional, cultural, and individual factors facilitate or hinder the long-term integration of digital tools introduced through HEP-TED? How do UR-CE practitioners themselves conceptualize and evaluate the impact of HEP-TED capacity building on their teaching practices and student learning outcomes? What forms of practitioner knowledge emerge from technology integration experiences facilitated by HEP-TED, and how can these inform future capacity building approaches? By centering practitioner perspectives and experiences, this study will challenge deficit narratives that often characterize discussions of educational technology in African contexts (Bali, 2016), instead illuminating the sophisticated pedagogical reasoning that faculty employ as they navigate technology integration in their specific teaching contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a mixed-methods design, this study will trace the trajectories of 28 UR-CE faculty members who participated in digital pedagogy capacity building programs between 2023 and 2025, along with their 1,200 students. Working with the complete cohort of trained faculty, rather than a sample, will enable comprehensive understanding of the initiative's impacts across the institution. The approach is essential for capturing transformation as a process that unfolds over time rather than as a discrete event, enabling examination of how pedagogical changes emerge, stabilize, or fade in response to various contextual factors. Data collection will include multiple sources and methods to triangulate findings and capture the complexity of pedagogical transformation. Semi-structured interviews with the 28 faculty members across disciplines will form the primary qualitative data source. Interview protocols will explore participants' experiences with HEP-TED capacity building, their evolving pedagogical practices, perceived impacts on student learning, challenges encountered in technology integration, and their own developing theories about effective digital pedagogy in their contexts. Classroom observations will provide direct evidence of how digital tools are actually employed in teaching practice, documenting whether technology usage reflects transformative or superficial adoption. Observation protocols will focus on pedagogical strategies, student engagement patterns, technology functionality within lessons, and alignment between stated pedagogical intentions and enacted practices. Analysis of course materials and learning management system (LMS) data will offer both quantitative and qualitative insights into technology adoption patterns among the trained staff and impacts on their 1,200 students. LMS analytics will reveal usage frequencies, feature utilization, and student interaction patterns, while examination of syllabi, assignments, and assessment tasks will illuminate how digital tools are embedded within curriculum design and learning objectives. Student performance data and feedback will provide evidence of how faculty technology integration affects learning outcomes. Document analysis of institutional policies, strategic plans, and HEP-TED program materials will contextualize individual experiences within broader institutional frameworks, revealing how institutional structures and cultures support or constrain pedagogical innovation. The research privileges practitioner knowledge alongside traditional research metrics, recognizing faculty as knowledge producers rather than merely knowledge users. This will be operationalized through participatory analysis sessions where faculty members engage with preliminary findings, offering interpretations that enrich researcher analysis and ensuring conclusions reflect lived experiences. Data analysis will follow an iterative process combining deductive coding informed by transformative learning theory and communities of practice frameworks with inductive, grounded analysis allowing emergent themes to surface from the data itself. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is expected to reveal the conditions under which faculty capacity building in digital pedagogy moves beyond instrumental training to foster genuine pedagogical transformation. The study anticipates demonstrating that sustainable change requires more than technical skill development, demanding instead ongoing institutional support, vibrant communities of practice, and meaningful alignment between individual pedagogical values and technological affordances. Expected findings will illuminate how faculty who sustain technology integration participate in both formal and informal professional learning communities where they collaboratively navigate challenges, share innovations, and develop collective expertise. The research is expected to uncover productive tensions between institutional expectations for technology adoption and faculty concerns about pedagogical authenticity and contextual appropriateness. Faculty may articulate sophisticated critiques of digital tools that reflect Western pedagogical assumptions potentially incompatible with local learning cultures (Czerniewicz & Brown, 2013), highlighting the importance of capacity building approaches that emphasize critical adaptation rather than faithful implementation of imported models. Forms of practitioner knowledge emerging from HEP-TED experiences are expected to challenge simplistic narratives of technology as inherently beneficial or transformative (Selwyn, 2014; UNESCO, 2022). Faculty will possibly identify specific contexts where digital tools genuinely enhance learning while also recognizing limitations and potential harms when technology becomes an end rather than a pedagogical means (Kirkwood & Price, 2014). The study will produce empirically grounded recommendations for designing capacity building initiatives that support authentic pedagogical transformation. These recommendations will address program design features, institutional support structures, community-building strategies, and evaluation approaches that honor multiple forms of evidence and practitioner expertise. Theoretically, the research will extend transformative learning theory into technology-enhanced pedagogy contexts in African higher education. Empirically, it will provide evidence of capacity building impacts that move beyond simple adoption metrics. Practically, it will offer actionable insights for educators, administrators, and development partners committed to sustainable, contextually grounded educational transformation. References Ahmed, R. (2025). Teachers’ Competency in Technology, Digital Innovation, and Creativity and Its Role in Supporting Curriculum Reform in Light of UNESCO’s Education 2030 Strategy. Journal of Research, Innovation, and Strategies for Education (RISE), 2(1). https://doi.org/10.70148/jrise.v2i1.19 Bali, M. (2016). Pedagogies of resistance and transformation in higher education. In S. D'Agostino (Ed.), Critical approaches to technology in higher education (pp. 129-148). Palgrave Macmillan. Czerniewicz, L., & Brown, C. (2013). The habitus of digital "strangers" in higher education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 44(1), 44-53. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2012.01281.x Gourlay, L., & Oliver, M. (2018). Student engagement in the digital university: Sociomaterial assemblages. Routledge. Kirkwood, A., & Price, L. (2014). Technology-enhanced learning and teaching in higher education: What is 'enhanced' and how do we know? A critical literature review. Learning, Media and Technology, 39(1), 6-36. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2013.870404 Laurillard, D. (2013). Teaching as a design science: Building pedagogical patterns for learning and technology. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203125083 Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 1997(74), 5-12. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017-1054. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00684.x Ng'ambi, D., & Bozalek, V. (2013). Leveraging informal leadership in higher education institutions: A case of diffusion of emerging technologies in a southern context. British Journal of Educational Technology, 44(6), 940-950. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12108 Salmon, G. (2013). E-tivities: The key to active online learning. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203074640 Selwyn, N. (2013). Distrusting educational technology: Critical questions for changing times. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315886350 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teaching Fake News? ICT Self-Efficacy as a Prerequisite for Critical Online Engagement among Prospective Teachers University of Stuttgart, Germany Presenting Author:Across educational systems, young people are increasingly exposed to disinformation and discriminatory content online. International large-scale assessments and national youth surveys consistently indicate declining trust in online information and growing difficulties in distinguishing reliable from misleading content. In Germany, 61% of young people report having encountered fake news (Feierabend et al., 2024), and 63% of 15-year-olds express distrust in online content (Kastorff et al., 2025). Comparable patterns emerge across Europe, where only around 36% of young people regularly verify online information (Eurostat, 2024), and 43% of 14-year-olds lack basic digital competences (Fraillon, 2023). Against this backdrop of ongoing social and technological change, empowering future generations to critically engage with digital information is a central educational task (Hajok, 2023). Such competences form a core component of digital citizenship, enabling individuals to respond actively and reflectively to harmful or misleading online content (Ribble, 2015). From this perspective, ICT competences – and ICT self-efficacy in particular – constitute a key precondition for engaging with problematic online content in an active and reflective rather than passive or avoidant manner (Livingstone & Helsper, 2010). Consequently, school education must prepare students for evolving digital challenges by aligning instruction with their existing information practices and the dynamically changing online environment. To fulfil this educational mandate, schools require teachers who are proficient in digital technologies and capable of guiding students in critically navigating online information, including fake news and discriminatory content (European Commission, 2022). However, such competences cannot be assumed to develop incidentally. Teacher education therefore plays a crucial role in equipping prospective teachers with the necessary skills, as they act as future multipliers in school practice (Müller & Prange, 2017). At the same time, prospective teachers’ ICT competences vary substantially, and teacher educators strongly shape how these competences are later enacted in classroom instruction (Kjellsdotter, 2020; Tondeur et al., 2019). Given the still limited emphasis on ICT in many teacher education programs, learning opportunities differ across subjects (Gudmundsdottir & Hatlevik, 2018). While STEM subjects more frequently address digital topics, all subject domains need to integrate critical engagement with digital information, as these challenges concern society as a whole. Designing targeted teacher education programs therefore requires empirically grounded insights into prospective teachers’ prior experiences, knowledge, and skills. To provide such a basis, we surveyed prospective teachers regarding their ICT self-efficacy and online experiences. The results offer an overview of the current situation and illuminate interrelations between ICT competences and experiences with problematic online content. This allows us to better understand the target group, identify relevant differences and dependencies, and derive evidence-informed learning opportunities that can be integrated into teacher education. This paper explores the following research questions (RQ): (1) How do prospective teachers assess their ICT self-efficacy? (2) How frequently do they encounter fake news and discriminatory content online? (3) How are ICT self-efficacy and experiences with fake news related to critical online engagement? (4) What implications can be derived for the design of teacher education courses? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Students’ ICT use was assessed using adapted PISA 2022 scales (Müller et al., 2025; OECD, 2024), supplemented with study-related items. The measures focused on online information practices, reactions to inappropriate content, and digital technology use inside and outside higher education. Given the proximity of the target group to the original PISA population, adaptations were largely limited to platform references and linguistic adjustments. Building on the PISA 2022 ICT framework, the adapted scales provide insights into prospective teachers’ ICT competences and their experiences with fake news. These findings inform the design of teacher education courses that take students’ existing skills, experiences, and knowledge gaps into account and strengthen ICT self-efficacy as well as critical online information practices. Beyond the national context, the study illustrates how established large-scale assessment instruments can be transferred to higher education and employed to develop needs-based courses across different educational settings. Data were collected at two German universities between May and December 2025. The main sample comprised prospective secondary school teachers with at least one year of study experience. In addition, comparison groups from adult education and other teacher education programs at further universities were included to account for sampling effects. The analyses focused on multiple dimensions of ICT use, including inquiry-based digital media practices (α = .71), frequency of use, online information practices, reactions to inappropriate content, and ICT self-efficacy (α = .79). Time-use indicators and socio-demographic characteristics were included as additional variables. The final sample comprised 157 students (61% female) with a mean age of 24 years, mostly in mid- to advanced stages of teacher education. Overall, participants reported moderate to high satisfaction with their studies. Regarding RQ1, participants were digitally experienced, with frequent internet use and early access to digital devices and social media, albeit at a later age than younger cohorts (mpfs, 2023). They reported high interest in learning about ICT, particularly in relation to their future professional practice. With regard to RQ2, a substantial proportion reported prior exposure to inappropriate or discriminatory online content, and around 70% indicated having encountered fake news, while a notable share remained uncertain about their ability to identify it. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings related to RQ3 indicate that ICT self-efficacy functions as a key lever for digital citizenship. Students with higher self-efficacy are more likely to question, discuss, and counter misleading information. Significant correlations were found with discussing online content in university courses (ρ = .233, p < .01) and correcting or marking false information (ρ = .195, p < .05). Comparing online information correlates with lower trust in online information (ρ = −.243, p < .01), greater willingness to discuss fake news with friends (ρ = −.200, p < .05) and parents (ρ = .271, p < .001), and higher likelihood of countering fake information (ρ = .205, p < .05). ICT self-efficacy emerges as a key differentiator in how students engage with problematic online content. However, interest in ICT differed significantly between male and female prospective teachers, both in general (t(144.308) = 3.159, p < .01, mdif = −.376) and job-related interest (t(148.791) = 2.909, p < .01, mdif = .349). Female students also reported more frequent exposure to vulgar or offensive messages (t(77) = −2.942, p < .01, mdif = −.651) and pejorative content (t(93.613) = −2.839, p < .01, mdif = −.452). Regarding RQ4, the findings suggest that teacher education should explicitly strengthen ICT self-efficacy and provide structured opportunities to learn how to respond to problematic online content through targeted learning formats that combine technical skills with critical reflection. Beyond generic approaches, subject-specific and subject-didactic perspectives need to be considered, as prospective teachers in Germany are trained in two teaching subjects with distinct disciplinary logics and pedagogical demands. At the same time, critical and reflective engagement with online content constitutes a powerful cross-cutting theme that can meaningfully connect different subjects and subject didactics within teacher education. In sum, the findings provide transferable insights for teacher education across European contexts facing similar challenges of digital misinformation. References European Commission. (2022). Leitlinien für Lehrkräfte und pädagogische Fachkräfte zur Bekämpfung von Desinformation und zur Förderung der digitalen Kompetenz durch allgemeine und berufliche Bildung. Eurostat. (2024). Evaluating data, information and digital content (2021 onwards). https://doi.org/10.2908/isoc_sk_edic_i21 Fraillon, J. (2025). An International Perspective on Digital Literacy. Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-87722-3 Gudmundsdottir, G. B. & Hatlevik, O. E. (2018). Newly qualified teachers’ professional digital competence: implications for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(2), 214–231. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1416085 Hajok, D. (2023). Fake News als Herausforderung von Schule. Zur gestiegenen Relevanz von gezielten Falschmeldungen im Netz. Praxis Schulpsychologie(34), 4–5. Kastorff, T., Müller, M., Selva, C., Greiff, S. & Moser, S. (2025). Fake News oder Fakten? Wie Jugendliche ihre digitale Informationskompetenz einschätzen und welche Rolle Schulen und Lehrkräfte dabei spielen. Erkenntnisse aus PISA 2022. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830999935 Kjellsdotter, A. (2020). What matter(s)? A didactical analysis of primary school teachers’ ICT integration. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52(6), 823–839. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2020.1759144 Livingstone, S. & Helsper, E. (2010). Balancing opportunities and risks in teenagers’ use of the internet: the role of online skills and internet self-efficacy. New Media & Society, 12(2), 309–329. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444809342697 mpfs. (2023). KIM-Studie 2022: Kindheit, Internet, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 6- bis 13-Jähriger. Müller, A. & Prange, M. (2017). Medienkompetenz multiplizieren? Entwicklung eines Multiplikator/-innenkonzepts im Lehramtsstudium. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 28, 74–84. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/28/2017.02.28.X Müller, M., Teufele, L., Bias, A., Diedrich, J., Gonzaléz Rodríguez, E., González Uriarte, A., Heine, J. H., Heinle, M., Kastorff, T., Mang, J., Patzl, S., Seßler, S., Todtenhöfer, P., Tupac-Baier, A., Weis, M., Ziernwald, L. & Lewalter, D. (2025). PISA 2022 Skalenhandbuch. Dokumentation der Erhebungsinstrumente. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783818850616 OECD. (2024). PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en Ribble, M. (2015). Digital citizenship in schools: Nine elements all students should know. International Society for Technology in Education. Tondeur, J., Scherer, R., Baran, E., Siddiq, F., Valtonen, T. & Sointu, E. (2019). Teacher educators as gatekeepers: Preparing the next generation of teachers for technology integration in education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(3), 1189–1209. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12748 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 16 SES 01 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Catur Wulandari Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teachers’ Engagement in ICT-related Collaboration – Providing a European Perspective Based on ICILS Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:Teacher collaboration related to ICT (information and communication technologies) has emerged as a central mechanism for advancing digitalisation in schools (Cattaneo et al., 2025; Drossel, Eickelmann & Gerick, 2017; Fraillon et al., 2019; Lomos Luyten & Tieck, 2025). The integration of digital media into teaching and learning is widely recognised as both a technical and pedagogical challenge that cannot be addressed by individual teachers alone. Rather, teachers’ collaborative practices are essential for interpreting the affordances of digital tools, aligning instructional goals, and co‑constructing effective digital pedagogies. Policy frameworks at the European level also underscore the relevance of teacher collaboration for digital education. The European Union’s Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027 identifies professional collaboration as strategic priority for enhancing teachers’ digital competences and supporting sustainable, systemic change in schools (European Commission, 2021, 2024). Theoretical frameworks for understanding school quality place ICT-related teacher collaboration within the broader context of school-level processes. This level includes all factors that are directly related to the functioning and organization of the school. These school processes have a direct impact on students’ learning. However, their effectiveness is shaped and limited by antecedent conditions, such as the availability of ICT resources and teachers’ ICT self-efficacy, which serve as foundational predictors for successful ICT related collaboration (Fraillon et al., 2025a; Schulz-Zander & Eickelmann, 2010). The International Computer and Information Literacy Studies (ICILS) 2013 and 2018 have empirically demonstrated that ICT-related collaboration varies considerably across participating education systems. Notably, in both study cycles, no European countries were represented among the top-performing group, whereas the extent of collaboration was particularly pronounced in countries such as Thailand (ICILS 2013) and Kazakhstan (ICILS 2018). Furthermore, the findings indicate that the extent of collaboration differs depending on the type of activity. In most education systems, collaborative efforts were primarily oriented toward improving the instructional use of digital media, whereas co-constructive activities were observed less frequently (Fraillon et al., 2014; Fraillon et al., 2019). To harness the potential of ICT-related teacher collaboration, it appears essential to identify predictors that facilitate such cooperation. Similar to the variation in the extent of ICT-related collaboration, these facilitating predictors have been found to differ across education systems (Drossel, Eickelmann, & Schulz-Zander, 2017). Research has further shown that, at the level of antecedents, the prioritization of ICT within the school constitutes a significant predictor of collaborative practices (Cattaneo et al., 2025; Schnitz et al., 2025). Equally important are teachers’ attitudes toward and competencies in ICT, as well as their positive perceptions of integrating digital tools into instruction. In addition, teachers’ ICT self-efficacy, particularly regarding lesson preparation that incorporates digital technologies, represents a critical predictor (Drossel, Eickelmann, & Schulz-Zander, 2017). Concerning school- and classroom-level processes, professional development courses focused on sharing and evaluating digital resources, as well as courses on integrating ICT into lessons, have been shown to promote collaboration. The frequency of ICT use in instruction also contribute positively to ICT-related cooperative practices (Lorenz, Endberg & Bos, 2018). Finally, background characteristics suggest that older teachers reported higher agreement with statements on collaboration (Drossel, Eickelmann, & Schulz-Zander, 2017). Against this theoretical and empirical background, the present study uses data from ICILS 2023 to provide updated, internationally comparative evidence on ICT‑related teacher collaboration. By focusing on teacher responses from four education systems with differing levels of student digital competence outcomes, this study addresses two core research questions: (1) To what extent do teachers engage in ICT-related collaboration? and (2) Which predictors contribute to explaining ICT‑related teacher collaboration in selected countries in Europe? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research questions (RQ), secondary analyses of data from the IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023 (ICILS 2023; Fraillon et al., 2025b) are conducted. The study involved 35 education systems, including more than 20 European countries. It was co-funded by the European Union as part of its European-level monitoring activities in the field of digital education (European Union, 2024). ICILS 2023 assesses eighth-grade students’ digital competencies as well as the contextual conditions of learning in a digital world within an international comparative framework. For the present study, data from the teacher questionnaire are used, which are based on nationally representative samples. Four education systems are selected for in-depth analysis (N = 8.884 teachers): the Czech Republic and Denmark, whose students achieve above-average levels of digital competence, and Finland and Germany, whose students perform around the international average. This selection allows for meaningful comparisons across systems with differing performance profiles in the digital domain. To answer the first research question concerning the extent of ICT-related teacher collaboration, descriptive statistical analyses are conducted. ICT-related teacher collaboration is operationalized using an internationally scaled index with eight items provided by the ICILS study center (e.g. “I collaborate with other teachers to develop ICT-based lessons”.). The index was constructed using a Rasch partial credit model (Masters, 1982) and standardized to a mean of 50 and a standard deviation of 10. At the international level, the index demonstrates satisfactory reliability (Cronbach’s α = .80), with high reliability estimates also observed within the selected education systems (Fraillon et al., 2025b). To examine predictors of ICT-related teacher collaboration (research question two), linear regression analyses are conducted separately for each education system. Eight predictors at the level of school antecedents and school processes are included, drawing on established theoretical models of school quality and prior empirical research on ICT integration and teacher collaboration (see above). These predictors comprise mainly internationally constructed indices (e.g. availability of computer resources at school), complemented by selected single items. In addition, individual teacher characteristics, namely age and gender, are considered as control variables. All analyses are carried out using the IEA IDB Analyzer (Rutkowski et al., 2010), taking into account the complex sampling design of ICILS 2023. Teacher weights (TOTWGTT; Fraillon et al., 2025b) are applied to ensure population-representative estimates. Missing data are handled using listwise deletion in accordance with established guidelines for secondary analyses of large-scale assessment data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight both commonalities and context-specific differences in ICT-related teacher collaboration across the selected European countries and underline the importance of professional learning opportunities and shared pedagogical orientations for fostering collaboration in the digital age, thereby illustrating how knowing and acting are interconnected under changing conditions of educational practice. The results regarding to the first RQ towards teacher engagement in ICT-related teacher collaboration reveal cross-national differences in the extent of ICT-related teacher collaboration across the four European countries included in the research presented. According to teachers’ self-reports, collaboration related to the use of ICT is most pronounced in the Czech Republic (M = 48.1, SE = 0.27). In contrast, lower levels of ICT-related collaboration are observed in Denmark (M = 46.1, SE = 0.37), Germany (M = 45.9, SE = 0.38) and especially in Finland (M = 42.7, SE = 0.26). Summering up the results towards the second RQ and by this towards the topic of predictors, the analyses identify several predictors that are significantly associated with ICT-related teacher collaboration. Overall, the findings suggest that at the level of school antecedents and school processes, ICT-related teacher collaboration is mainly shaped by teachers’ attitudes, competencies, and engagement in professional learning, whereas structural conditions and individual demographic characteristics play a more limited and context-dependent role across the four European education systems. Overall, the regression models explain between 35% and 40% of the variance in ICT-related teacher collaboration. Since ICILS provides exclusively quantitative data, further research is needed to complement these findings. Based on the results of ICILS and the growing relevance of teacher collaboration in Europe, additional studies are required that examine these aspects in greater depth and also take into account emerging opportunities and contextual changes related to artificial intelligence. References Cattaneo, A., Schmitz, M.-L., Gonon, P., Antonietti, C., Consoli, T., & Petko, D. (2025). The role of personal and contextual factors when investigating technology integration in general and vocational education. Computers in Human Behavior, 163, 108475. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2024.108475 Drossel, K., Eickelmann, B. & Schulz-Zander R. (2017). Determinants of teachers´ collaborative use of ICT for teaching and learning. European Educational Research Journal, 16(6), 781–799. Drossel, K., Eickelmann, B. & Gerick, J. (2017). Predictors of teachers‘ use of ICT in school – the relevance of school characteristics, teachers‘ attitudes and teacher collaboration. Education and Information Technologies, 22, 551–573. European Commission (2024). International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) in Europe – 2023. Main Findings and Educational Policy Implications. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/5221263 European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. Resetting education and training for the digital age. Retrieved from: https://ec.europa.eu/education/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf Fraillon et al., (2025a). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023. Springer, Cham. Fraillon et al. (2025b). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023 – Technical Report. Amsterdam: IEA. Fraillon, J. et al. (2019). Preparing for Life in a Digital World. IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 International Report. Springer, Cham. Fraillon J, Ainley J, Schulz W, et al. (2014). Preparing for Life in a Digital Age. The IEA International Computer and Literacy Information Study International Report. Amsterdam: IEA. Lomos, C., Luyten, J.W. & Tieck, S. (2023). Implementing ICT in classroom practice: what else matters besides the ICT infrastructure?. Large-scale Assess Educ 11, 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-022-00144-6 Lorenz, R., Endberg, M. & Bos, W. (2019). Predictors of fostering students’ computer and information literacy – analysis based on a representative sample of secondary school teachers in Germany. Educ Inf Technol 24, 911–928. Rutkowski, L., Gonzalez, E., Joncas, M. & von Davier, M. (2010). International large-scale assessment data: Issues in secondary analysis and reporting. Educational Researcher 39(2), 142–151. Schmitz, M.-L., Antonietti, C., Consoli, T., Gonon, P., Cattaneo, A., & Petko, D. (2025). Enhancing teacher collaboration for technology integration: The impact of transformational leadership. Computers & Education, 234, 105331. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2025.105331 Schulz-Zander R. & Eickelmann B. (2010). Teacher professional development - an empirical analysis of ICT-related teacher cooperation from a school improvement perspective. In: proceedings of 21st international conference of SITE, Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education. San Diego, USA, pp.1626–1632. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Competence as a Driver of Educational Transformation: Insights from Teacher Training in Kosovo 1: Faculty of Education, University of Prishtina, Prishtina, Kosova; 2: Faculty of Education and Psychology, University of Oulu, Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:The rapid digital transformation of society has fundamentally altered the role of education and, in particular, the professional profile of teachers (Van Laar et al., 2017; Celik et al., 2025). In contemporary education systems, digital competence has become a core requirement for effective teaching, extending beyond technical proficiency to include pedagogical design, assessment practices, learner empowerment, and ethical use of technology (Van Laar et al., 2017; Pedaste et al., 2023). As digital tools increasingly shape how knowledge is accessed, constructed, and shared, teachers’ ability to integrate technology meaningfully into teaching and learning processes has emerged as a decisive factor for educational quality and equity. The European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators (DigCompEdu) conceptualizes digital competence as a multidimensional construct encompassing six interrelated areas: professional engagement, digital resources, teaching and learning, assessment, learner empowerment, and facilitating learners’ digital competence (Redecker, 2017). This framework emphasizes that effective digital competence is not defined by frequency of technology use, but by its pedagogical intentionality and transformative potential. Empirical studies across Europe consistently show that teachers tend to demonstrate stronger competence in accessing and using digital resources, while facing greater challenges in pedagogical integration, assessment, and learner-centred design (Suzer and Koc, 2024; Ortega-Sanchez et al., 2020; Trindade and Moreira, 2020). In Kosovo, this pattern is confirmed by national research based on the SELFIE for Teachers instrument. Findings from a large-scale study involving 1,602 pre-university teachers indicate a national average score of 2.93, corresponding to the B1 (Integrator) level within DigCompEdu (Pireva-Nuçi, 2026). This suggests that teachers use digital technologies regularly and effectively, yet largely at a functional level, without fully transforming instructional practices. The weakest performance was identified in the domain of Teaching and Learning, highlighting limited use of technology to redesign learning activities or promote higher-order cognitive engagement. These results underline the need for professional development approaches that explicitly target pedagogical transformation rather than technical skill acquisition alone. Within this context, the TKAeDiTE.eu (Transforming the Kosovo and Albanian Education System by introducing Digital Technology in Teacher Education) project co funded by EU (TKAEDITE, 2025) positions digital competence as a strategic lever for educational reform[1]. The project aims to move teachers beyond basic integration toward innovative and reflective digital pedagogy, aligned with European standards and national priorities. The STEM Training and STEM Day initiative, documented in this study, was designed as an applied intervention to operationalize DigCompEdu principles in classroom practice. Rather than positioning STEM education as an end in itself, the initiative uses STEM activities for strengthening teachers’ digital competence. Emerging technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, Social Robotics, and immersive digital tools are embedded within professional development and classroom activities to support the development of DigCompEdu domains, particularly teaching and learning, assessment, and learner empowerment. The pedagogical design of the initiative is further informed by the SAMR model (Puentedura, 2014; Hamilton et al., 2016), which supports teachers in analysing the depth of technology integration and progressing from substitution toward modification and redefinition of learning tasks. By aligning DigCompEdu, SELFIE, and SAMR, the initiative provides a coherent framework for diagnosing, developing, and applying digital competence in authentic educational contexts (Uerz, 2018; Stephanie, 2018; Pedaste et al., 2023). Research Questions: RQ1. How does DigCompEdu-aligned professional development, informed by national SELFIE diagnostic data, influence teachers’ digital competence across key DigCompEdu domains, particularly teaching and learning, assessment, and learner empowerment, in the Kosovo pre-university context? RQ2. In what ways does the integration of STEM-based activities supported by emerging technologies (AI, social robotics, and immersive tools), guided by the SAMR model, contribute to pedagogical transformation from functional to transformative technology use among trained teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods, design-based research approach to examine the implementation and outcomes of the Artificial Intelligence, Social Robotics and STEM Training initiative within the TKAeDiTE.eu project. The methodological design integrates large-scale quantitative diagnosis with targeted professional development and qualitative analysis, enabling a comprehensive examination of teacher competence development and classroom level application. The first phase of the study consisted of a national digital competence assessment using the SELFIE for Teachers instrument, aligned with the DigCompEdu framework. The instrument was administered electronically to 1,602 pre-university teachers across Kosovo, encompassing diverse educational levels, subject areas, and municipalities (Pireva-Nuçi, 2026). SELFIE enabled teachers to self-assess their competence across six DigCompEdu domains, generating baseline data on national competence levels and identifying areas requiring targeted intervention. Based on the findings of this diagnostic phase, a second intervention phase was implemented involving 110 ICT teachers, who participated in advanced professional development programmes. These trainings focused on the pedagogical integration of Artificial Intelligence, Robotics, programming, AI-supported content creation, and immersive technologies, with explicit emphasis on instructional design rather than technical skill acquisition alone. The SAMR model was used as a guiding framework to support teachers in progressing from enhancement level technology use toward modification and redefinition of learning activities. The STEM Day competition constituted the applied classroom component of the methodology. Students from pilot schools participated in interdisciplinary STEM challenges designed and facilitated by trained teachers from EU partners, such as University of Oulu, NTNU in Norway and Linnaeus University in Sweden. These activities emphasized collaboration, problem-solving, and real-world application of STEM knowledge, while incorporating UDL principles to ensure inclusive participation. Data collection combined quantitative and qualitative methods. Teachers Digital Competences were examined using the SELFIE instrument, student learning outcomes were examined through pre- and post-activities, while qualitative data were gathered through structured observations, teacher reflections, and analysis of instructional artifacts produced during training day implementation. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively, and qualitative data were analysed thematically to identify patterns related to pedagogical change, perceived challenges, and professional growth. Ethical considerations included voluntary participation, anonymisation of data, and compliance with institutional and project level research standards. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study highlight the central role of teacher digital competence in enabling meaningful and sustainable integration of STEM education. Consistent with national SELFIE data, the results confirm that the majority of pre-university teachers in Kosovo operate at the B1: Integrator level, indicating functional but largely non transformative use of digital technologies (Pireva-Nuçi, et al, 2025; Pireva-Nuçi, 2026). This reinforces the need for professional development models that explicitly connect digital competence development with pedagogical transformation. The STEM training initiative demonstrates that AI, Social Robotics, and immersive technologies, when embedded within structured pedagogical frameworks, can effectively support this transition. Teachers participating in targeted training reported increased confidence in designing inclusive, student-centred STEM activities and demonstrated improved capacity to apply digital tools in ways that promote active learning, collaboration, and problem-solving. The use of the SAMR model proved particularly valuable in guiding gradual progression from enhancement level practices toward more transformative instructional designs. From a student perspective, the STEM Day activities provided authentic learning contexts that supported engagement, teamwork, and applied reasoning. Pre- and post-assessment results suggest positive learning progression, particularly in areas related to computational thinking and interdisciplinary problem-solving. These outcomes illustrate the potential of challenge-based STEM learning to complement traditional classroom instruction. Expected outcomes include sustained improvement in teachers’ digital-pedagogical competence, increased adoption of inclusive and innovative STEM practices, and enhanced student engagement with STEM disciplines. In the longer term, the integration of digital competence frameworks with applied STEM education supports Kosovo’s strategic objectives for educational modernisation and alignment with European standards. This study provides a foundation for future research, policy development, and large-scale implementation of technology enhanced STEM education grounded in empirical evidence and pedagogical coherence. References Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2018). DigComp into action: Get inspired, make it happen. A user guide to the European digital competence framework. Publications Office of the European Union. Celik, I., Kontkanen, S., Laru, J., & Dalyanci, A. A. (2025). Co-constructing adaptive lesson plans with GenAI: Pre-service teachers' Intelligent-TPACK and prompt engineering strategies. Computers & Education, 105485. Hamilton, E. R., Rosenberg, J. M., & Akcaoglu, M. (2016). The substitution augmentation modification redefinition (SAMR) model: A critical review and suggestions for its use. TechTrends, 60(5), 433–441. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-016-0091-y Ortega-Sánchez, D., Gómez-Trigueros, I. M., Trestini, M., & Pérez-González, C. (2020). Self-perception and training perceptions on teacher digital competence in Spanish and French university students. Multimodal Technologies and Interaction, 4(4), Article 74. https://doi.org/10.3390/mti4040074 Pedaste, M., Kallas, K., & Baucal, A. (2023). Digital competence test for learning in schools: Development of items and scales. Computers & Education, 191, 104634. Pireva Nuci, K. (2026). Kompetencat digjitale të mësimdhënësve: Diagnostikimi dhe zhvillimi i kompetencës digjitale të mësimdhënësve në Kosovë (Chapter submitted for publication). Pireva Nuci, K., Dalipi, F., Masiello, I., Celik, I., Laru, J., Saqipim, B., Susuri, A., & Imran, A. S. (2025). Assessing digital competence of K–12 teachers in Kosovo: A study through the lens of DigCompEdu and TPACK. Manuscript submitted for publication. Puentedura, R. R. (2014). SAMR: A contextualized introduction. Pine Cobble School. Redecker, C. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu (JRC Science for Policy Report). Joint Research Centre, European Commission. Trindade, S. D., & Moreira, J. A. (2020). Assessment of high school teachers on their digital competences. Magis: Revista Internacional de Investigación en Educación, 12(25), 1–20. Uerz, D., Volman, M., & Kral, M. (2018). Teacher educators’ competences in fostering student teachers’ proficiency in teaching and learning with technology: An overview of relevant research literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 12–23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.11.005 Süzer, E., & Koç, M. (2024). Teachers’ digital competency level according to various variables: A study based on the European DigCompEdu framework in a large Turkish city. Education and Information Technologies. Advance online publication. TKAEDITE. (2025). TKAEDITE project. https://tkaedite.eu/ Van Laar, E., Van Deursen, A. J. A. M., Van Dijk, J. A. G. M., & De Haan, J. (2017). The relation between 21st-century skills and digital skills: A systematic literature review. Computers in Human Behavior, 72, 577–588. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2017.03.010 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Unpacking Impactful Elements at Play in The Design of Intercultural Online Collaborative Learning in Higher Education: A Systematic Review Leiden University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Higher education institutions are expected to equip graduates with competency needed in a global workforce and social contexts (Bourn, 2018; Jiaxin et al., 2024). Study abroad programs have been the primary means to achieve these goals. However, this program continues to encounter several challenges due to financial constraints, mobility restrictions, and unequal access opportunities (de Wit & Altbach, 2021). In response, many universities have begun integrating international and intercultural dimensions directly into the domestic curriculum. This approach aims to broaden access to global learning (Beelen & Jones, 2015). Along this shift, several prominent pedagogical approaches have been developed to facilitate international collaboration without requiring physical mobility. These approaches commonly associated to the broader term of Virtual Exchange (VE), namely Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL), and telecollaboration (Hackett et al., 2024). These methods incorporate digital technologies and intercultural facets within an integrated learning environment to connect students in different countries within the same course program. The pedagogies mentioned require careful design to enable the co-development of courses, allowing for international, multidisciplinary collaboration that can optimally develop intercultural competence (Guillén-Yparrea & Ramírez-Montoya, 2023). To examine how online learning environments are designed and implemented in higher education, this review is guided by two online collaborative learning frameworks: Oyarzun & Martin (2023) and Zheng (2021). Oyarzun & Martin (2023) developed an online collaborative learning (OCL) framework comprising four core components, namely: collaboration technologies, the design of collaboration activities, facilitation strategies, and collaborative learning outcomes. Complementing this perspective, Zheng (2021) designed an innovative CSCL framework comprising eight elements, which also serve as steps in designing the learning environment: goals, tasks, interactions, resources, assessment, implementation, analysis, and optimization. This study employed a systematic literature review (SLR) method to synthesize research on interventions involving online and blended learning among culturally diverse student teams in higher education. The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA 2020) was used to guide the article selection process, including identification, screening, and decision-making for inclusion. This study is positioned within the ICT in Education and Training theme, as it examines important elements of online intercultural collaborative learning and how these elements are designed and implemented in higher education contexts. This review responds to growing expectations of higher education institutions to enhance learning quality, collaboration, and international engagement in digitally mediated environments. The present study offers two main contributions. Conceptually, the review advances a more integrated understanding of intercultural online collaborative learning as the intersection of pedagogical design, technological mediation, and intercultural interaction. This study suggests a framework of evidence-based practices to guide educators and policymakers in designing inclusive, sustainable, and impactful international learning experiences for diverse student populations. This topic is vital for the European Higher Education Area and supports the Erasmus+ goal of inclusion and the Digital Education Action Plan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a systematic literature review (SLR) method to synthesize research on interventions involving online or blended learning among culturally diverse student teams in higher education. The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA 2020) was used to guide the article selection process, including identification, screening, and decision-making for inclusion. The literature search was conducted through the online library catalogue of a research university in the Netherlands. This catalogue indexes the library’s own collections, including its licensed e-journals and databases. The library catalogue offers an advanced search feature that enables users to search for articles using complex keyword combinations and additional inclusion criteria. This advanced search feature is considered an automation tool in the PRISMA 2020 diagram. Several keyword combinations were carefully selected to identify appropriate articles, derived from seminal work in computer-supported collaborative learning (CSCL) and intercultural collaboration. The final search string operationalized five core constructs: (a) online or digital learning environments, (b) cultural diversity, (c) collaboration, (d) instructional strategies or interventions, and (e) higher education. The full Boolean search expression was: (online OR digital) AND (cultural OR intercultural OR multicultural) AND (collaborat) AND (strategy OR method OR teaching OR didactic OR approach) AND "higher education". Filters were applied to retrieve only: (1) peer-reviewed journal articles; (2) publications written in English; and (3) publications between 1989 and 2025. Following the initial search process, the titles and abstracts of the 556 identified articles were manually screened for relevance to the research focus. Screening was conducted on the basis of the following inclusion criteria: (a) research participants were higher education students, (b) collaboration was conducted online (including blended learning, provided that the collaboration was online), (c) students work together in teams to achieve shared goals or create a shared product, and (d) the groupwork consists of team members with diverse cultural backgrounds with their university counterpart. Following the screening process, 54 articles remained for full-text review. To ensure that all articles were appropriate for the study and aligned with the research aim, the remaining 52 articles underwent a thorough review based on the full manuscripts and an interrater reliability check. Based on the first author's evaluation, discussions, and mutual agreement during the interrater reliability process, the final set of articles included 28. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review synthesized 28 empirical studies to examine the elements shaping intercultural online collaborative learning (IOCL) in higher education. The findings indicate that challenges and opportunities arise from the alignment between collaborative learning elements and the intervention context. Meaningful intercultural collaboration is more likely to occur when task design, activities, facilitation, and technology are deliberately adapted to collaboration contexts, namely institutional, disciplinary, logistical, and learner-related conditions. Across IOCL studies, contextual factors such as course duration, time-zone differences, workload, and institutional coordination shaped collaboration. Short-term interventions and large time-zone gaps can limit relationship building and reduce interaction depth, even when tasks were well designed (Hackett et al., 2023; Vahed, 2022). Cultural diversity alone does not ensure intercultural learning and may result in unequal participation without structured preparation and facilitation (Crossman & Bordia, 2011; Luka & Seniut, 2019). These findings indicate that contextual factors should be incorporated into the design. At the level of CL elements, individual tasks commonly scaffold participation and sense-making. Individual tasks should be intentionally aligned with group tasks. Similar to individual tasks, facilitation before collaboration supports readiness. While facilitation during collaboration must remain responsive to task complexity and intercultural dynamics among students. Overall, this review underscores the need to treat the intervention context as a foundational layer in the design of intercultural online collaborative learning. The elements identified in this study are the core elements that should be given priority in the design of IOCL. Furthermore, other elements can be included when the IOCL designer deems necessary. Rather than applying fixed design templates, educators and researchers should make context-responsive design decisions that shape how collaborative elements function in practice. References Beelen, J., & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining Internationalization at Home. In The European Higher Education Area (pp. 59–72). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-20877-0_5 Bourn, D. (2018). From 21st Century Skills to Global Skills. In Understanding Global Skills for 21st Century Professions (pp. 63–85). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97655-6_4 Deardorff, D. K. (2006). Identification and Assessment of Intercultural Competence as a Student Outcome of Internationalization [Article]. Journal of Studies in International Education, 10(3), 241–266. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315306287002 Guillén-Yparrea, N., & Ramírez-Montoya, M. S. (2023). Intercultural Competencies in Higher Education:a systematic review from 2016 to 2021. Cogent Education, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2167360 Gyasi, J. F., Zheng, L., & Long, M. (2021). Reflecting on the Past to Shape the Future: A Systematic Review on Cross-Cultural Collaborative Learning from 2011 to 2020. Sustainability, 13(24), 13890. https://doi.org/10.3390/su132413890 Hackett, S., Dawson, M., Janssen, J., & van Tartwijk, J. (2024). Defining Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL) and Distinguishing it from Virtual Exchange. TechTrends, 68(6), 1078–1094. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-024-01000-w Jiaxin, G., Huijuan, Z., & Md Hasan, H. (2024). Global competence in higher education: a ten-year systematic literature review. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1404782 Kolm, A., de Nooijer, J., Vanherle, K., Werkman, A., Wewerka-Kreimel, D., Rachman-Elbaum, S., & van Merriënboer, J. J. G. (2022). International Online Collaboration Competencies in Higher Education Students: A Systematic Review. Journal of Studies in International Education, 26(2), 183–201. https://doi.org/10.1177/10283153211016272 Oyarzun, B., & Martin, F. (2023). A Systematic Review of Research on Online Learner Collaboration from 2012–21: Collaboration Technologies, Design, Facilitation, and Outcomes. Online Learning, 27(1). https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v27i1.3407 SUNY COIL. (n.d.). What is COIL? Retrieved October 30, 2025, from https://online.suny.edu/introtocoil/suny-coil-what-is/ Vatrapu, R., & Suthers, D. (2007). Culture and Computers: A Review of the Concept of Culture and Implications for Intercultural Collaborative Online Learning. In Intercultural Collaboration (pp. 260–275). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-74000-1_20 Vygotskij, L. S. (1978). Mind in society : the development of higher psychological processes (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, E. Souberman, & Mass. Harvard University /Cambridge, Eds.) [Book]. Harvard University Press. Zheng, L. (2021). An Innovative Framework for Designing Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning (pp. 3–17). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-1718-8_1 Zuo, L. (2025). Development of Intercultural Competence in Higher Education Through Online Learning: A Systematic Review 2020–2024. Journal of Teaching in International Business, 36(1), 33–58. https://doi.org/10.1080/08975930.2025.2475755 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 17 SES 01 A: Spatial, Material and Sensory-Relational Phenomena of Education – Facets of the New Social and Cultural History of Education Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Geert Thyssen Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper School Routes as Educational Infrastructure: Historical Perspectives on Access, Zoning, and Equality in West Germany and the United States, 1950s-1990s Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:This paper examines the historical development and ongoing implications of school routes and transportation systems as critical yet often-overlooked infrastructures that impact educational access and equality. Drawing on Science and Technology Studies (STS), particularly Infrastructure Studies and Actor-Network Theory (ANT), this contribution traces how seemingly technical decisions about school zoning, school route planning, and transportation provision have functioned as powerful mechanisms of inclusion and exclusion in education systems. School routes and transportation networks represent what Star and Ruhleder (1996) refer to as "infrastructures" – embedded, transparent, and learned as part of membership in communities of practice (p. 113; see also van Laak, 2020; van Laak, 2023). Yet these quotidian socio-technical arrangements have profound implications for educational access and the conditions under which access is made possible or denied (Lareau & Goyette, 2014). Through a historical lens, this paper seeks to show how school route planning policies emerged not as neutral solutions to geographical challenges, but as contested political projects entangled with questions of race, class, and social belonging (Rury & Mirel, 1997; Hunter, 2020). The contribution explores three interconnected dimensions. First, it examines past perspectives by tracing the historical evolution of school route policies across different contexts, in particular West Germany and the USA, to reveal how decisions pertaining to designated school routes and transportation were implicated in processes of segregation, integration, and community formation (see, e.g., Delmont, 2016; Moran, 2004). Second, the paper addresses politically and culturally contested practices by following the networks of actors – such as city or communal administrations, policymakers, traffic associations, parental organizations, vehicles, roads – whose interactions produced particular configurations of educational access (Law & Mol, 2001; Latour, 2005; Belliger & Krieger, 2006). Third, it engages with past uncertainties by examining how educational authorities navigated ambiguities around optimal school size, transportation costs, safety concerns, and community demands, and how these negotiations shaped institutional responses that continue to influence contemporary debates (Kantor & Lowe, 2013). Methodologically, the paper employs ANT to trace the associations between human and non-human actors – e.g., students, buses, roads, timetables, catchment areas – that collectively constitute school route systems (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010; Gulson & Symes, 2007). This approach reveals how infrastructure does not simply facilitate educational access but actively produces it through complex assemblages that distribute opportunities unevenly across space and time (Bowker & Star, 1999; Graham & Marvin, 2001). By making visible the work required to maintain these systems, the analysis challenges assumptions that educational access is primarily a question of policy intent rather than infrastructural capacity (Star, 1999). The contribution speaks to contemporary challenges such as educational equity or school choice by demonstrating that present configurations of access are historically contingent rather than inevitable (McCulloch, 2016; Depaepe, 2017). Understanding how past decisions about school routes and transportation infrastructure became “locked in” can inform the critical evaluation of current proposals for reform (e.g., Bijker, 1995). Moreover, by examining how ambiguities and uncertainties were managed historically – often through technical solutions that depoliticized questions about educational provision – this paper offers insights into how contemporary uncertainties might be approached differently. This historically informed STS perspective challenges both technological determinism and presentist thinking in education policy. It seeks to demonstrate that charting educational futures requires grappling with the material legacies and infrastructural inheritances that shape what appears possible in the present (Cowen, 2002). By revealing school routes as sites where educational ideals meet practical constraints, where policies encounter resistant materialities, and where futures are quite literally 'paved into place', this paper contributes to a more nuanced understanding of how educational access has been configured and how these configurations continue to shape (in-)equality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs an historical approach informed by Actor-Network Theory (ANT) and Infrastructure Studies to trace the development and operation of school routes and school transportation systems in West Germany (mainly in the 1970s to 1990s) and the USA (particulary in the 1950s to 1980s). The methodology follows Latour's (2005) call to “follow the actors” by tracing the associations between human and non-human entities that constitute school route infrastructures. Primary sources include materials from educational authorities, municipal administrations, traffic associations, and insurance companies, such as policy documents, zoning maps, school route maps, manuals for teachers and school administrators as well as studies geared towards analyzing and testing existing school routes. These materials reveal the decision-making processes, negotiations, and contestations surrounding school routes and transportation provision. Additionally, the research draws on newspaper articles and materials for parents to capture public discourse and legal challenges related to school zoning and transportation, particularly around moments of controversy such as busing programs or school consolidation initiatives. Material artifacts – including school buses, maps of catchment areas and school route maps – are analyzed as actants that shaped possibilities for educational access. The paper also seeks to incorporate statistical data on enrollment patterns, transportation costs, and demographic changes to map the relationships between infrastructure provision and educational participation across different communities, particularly in West German metropolitan areas and US-American cities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution seeks to demonstrate that school routes and transportation systems functioned as more than logistical solutions to geographical challenges – they operated as socio-technical assemblages that actively produced and upheld patterns of educational access and inequality. The findings reveal how decisions about zoning boundaries, school route planning, and transportation provision were entangled with broader political projects concerning race, class, and community boundaries. By tracing the historical development of school transport infrastructure, the contribution wants to shows how seemingly mundane technical choices became locked into material systems that continued to shape educational possibilities long after their initial implementation, thus demonstrating the enduring power of infrastructures. The paper highlights significant moments of uncertainty and contestation—around school consolidation, desegregation, and safety concerns—revealing how educational authorities typically managed ambiguities through technical solutions that depoliticized fundamentally political questions about educational provision. These findings contribute to contemporary debates about educational equity by illustrating how present configurations of access are historically contingent rather than inevitable. Furthermore, the contribution seeks to advance theoretical conversations in both history of education and STS by demonstrating the value of bringing infrastructural perspectives to educational questions. Ultimately, the paper argues that challenging educational inequalities requires not only policy reforms but also critical engagement with the material legacies and infrastructural arrangements that constitute educational access. References Belliger, A., & Krieger, D. J. (eds.). (2006). ANThology. Ein einführendes Handbuch zur Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie. Transcript Verlag. Bijker, W.E. (1995). Of Bicycles, Bakelites, and Bulbs: Toward a Theory of Sociotechnical Change. MIT Press. Bowker, G.C., & Star, S.L. (1999). Sorting Things Out: Classification and its Consequences. MIT Press. Cowen, R. (2002). Moments of Time: A Comparative Note. History of Education, 31(5), 413-424. Delmont, M.F. (2016). Why Busing Failed: Race, Media, and the National Resistance to School Desegregation. University of California Press. Depaepe, M. (2017). More than an Antidote against Amnesia... Some Historiographical, Theoretical, and Methodological Reflections on the History of Education. Pedagogika, 67(3), 329-350. Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-network Theory in Education. Routledge. Graham, S., & Marvin, S. (2001). Splintering Urbanism: Networked Infrastructures, Technological Mobilities and the Urban Condition. Routledge. Gulson, K.N., & Symes, C. (eds.). (2007). Spatial Theories of Education: Policy and Geography Matters. Routledge. Hunter, M. (2020). Race and the Geographies of Education: Markets, White Tone, and Racial Neoliberalism. Annals of the American Association of Geographers, 110(4), 1224–1243. https://doi.org/10.1080/24694452.2019.1673144 Kantor, H., & Lowe, R. (2013). Educationalizing the Welfare State and Privatizing Education: The Evolution of Social Policy since the New Deal. In P.L. Carter & K.G. Welner (eds.), Closing the Opportunity Gap: What America Must Do to Give Every Child an Even Chance (pp. 25-39). Oxford University Press. Lareau, A., & Goyette, K. (eds.). (2014). Choosing Homes, Choosing Schools. Russell Sage Foundation. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-network Theory. Oxford University Press. Law, J., & Mol, A. (2001). Situating Technoscience: An Inquiry into Spatialities. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 19(5), 609-621. McCulloch, G. (2016). New Directions in the History of Education. Journal of International and Comparative Education, 5(1), 47-56. Moran, P.W. (2004). Race, Law, and the Desegregation of Public Schools. LFB Scholarly Publishing. Rury, J.L., & Mirel, J.E. (1997). The Political Economy of Urban Education. Review of Research in Education, 22, 49-110. Star, S.L. (1999). The Ethnography of Infrastructure. American Behavioral Scientist, 43(3), 377-391. Star, S.L., & Ruhleder, K. (1996). Steps Toward an Ecology of Infrastructure: Design and Access for Large Information Spaces. Information Systems Research, 7(1), 111-134. Theobald, P. (2009). Education Now: How Rethinking America's Past can Change its Future. Paradigm Publishers. van Laak, D. (2020). Infrastrukturen, Docupedia-Zeitgeschichte, https://doi.org/10.14765/ZZF.DOK-2053 van Laak, D., & Edwards, P.N. (2023). Lifelines of Our Society: A Global History of Infrastructure. The MIT Press. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Silent Places of Education: Spatial Arrangements and Sensory‑relational Environments 1: University of Coimbra, Centre of Architectural Studies – from Territory to Design, Department of Architecture; 2: University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences Presenting Author:This paper proceeds from a simple yet exacting proposition: silence is a material and spatial condition that organises how knowing and acting take place. To explore this proposition, we read a series of educational settings for hearing-impaired people – historical and contemporary – through three architectural lenses that have shaped, and continue to shape, educational research: topology, phenomenology, and sensory‑relational environments. The first locus is Trondheim, where the Rødbygget (1855) and Gulbygget (1897) buildings of Norway’s first school for hearing-impaired children and young people articulate what we call a topology of continuity: across more than a century, these structures served shifting pedagogical regimes – from oralist instruction to total communication and later bilingual approaches in sign language – while retaining a legible spatial identity that helped stabilise the institutional memory of deaf education. If Trondheim embodies a long durational topology, Sverre Fehn’s Skådalen School for the Hearing‑Impaired (Oslo, 1975) reframes the school as a phenomenological field, while recognising its institutional history (Thorbjørn, 1998). Fehn’s (1978) project redirects attention from the acoustic norm of schooling to the primacy of light, material and spatial sequence as mediators of perception and communication. The school becomes a careful instrument for visual attention – its clarity of section and delicacy of detail are not rhetorical flourishes but conditions of possibility for classroom exchange where face, hands and distance must remain legible at all times. Fehn’s stance resonates with Norberg‑Schulz’s (1963, 1980) later shift from analytic schemas to a phenomenology of place, as a “return to things” that takes seriously our being‑in‑the‑world – here, the pedagogical world of the deaf child and their community. The contemporary development by Hansel Bauman (2004, 2010, 2025) of ‘DeafSpace’ at Gallaudet University in Washinton D.C. codifies what was often tacit in phenomenological practice: the school as a sensory‑relational environment. Principles such as proximity, sensory reach, light/colour calibration, vibro‑tactile awareness and spatial sequencing set out a design vocabulary in which transparency at corners, wide and gently graded stairs that sustain conversation in motion, and low‑glare daylighting become everyday infrastructural supports for signed communication. DeafSpace thus shifts the architect’s attention from sound control alone to the choreography of visual and tactile lines of communication across the school day – communication that should underline its own values, without having to emulate the ones from the world of sound (Humphries 1975, 1977). Across these cases, the ECER 2026 theme – ‘Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research’ – comes into strong relief. In Trondheim, we see how architectural stability sustains a community and curates a century‑long conversation about what deaf schooling is and should be: topology as institutional knowledge. In Skådalen, we witness phenomenology not as scholastic concept but as the daily grammar of classrooms attuned to silence – a unique architecture that compensated the absence of sound while enabling encounters, and which is currently under threat (Hagem , Heiberg, 2025). In Gallaudet University, we see sensory‑relational frameworks move from experiment to method, offering education research a supple apparatus to study environments in which the visibility of language and the tactility of social life are the matter at hand. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology blends historical/archival research; architectural‑spatial analysis; interpretive theoretical framing; comparative educational analysis: 1. Archival and Historical Research • Trondheim: institutional records, museum archives, photographic surveys, and documentation of the transformation from school to heritage site and cultural centre. • Oslo: archival drawings, reports, and contemporary materials documenting Skådalen School, including the later heritage listing and redevelopment debates. • Gallaudet University: DeafSpace guidelines, campus planning frameworks, and documentation of sensory relational design. 2. Architectural–Spatial Analysis Each case is examined through spatial morphology, circulation patterns, light conditions, sensory affordances, and material articulation. Special attention is given to: • the persistence of spatial relations (topology), • the experiential and perceptual qualities (phenomenology), • and structured sensory environments (DeafSpace). 3. Interpretive Theoretical Framing Using Norberg Schulz’s conceptual apparatus (topos, genius loci, phenomena), the analysis investigates how each environment structures modes of being in the world relevant to learning and socialisation. DeafSpace is interpreted as a contemporary extension of phenomenological thinking, adapted to visual tactile epistemologies. 4. Comparative Educational Analysis The paper situates architectural findings within broader debates on inclusive education, sensory diversity, and disability related pedagogies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of this study extend previous work on architectural research by situating it within sensory and disability informed educational environments. Through an examination of schools for hearing-impaired children and young people, the research illustrates how spatial form, perceptual experience, and sensory relational conditions actively shape learning. First, the study offers a renewed conceptual synthesis by bringing together topology, phenomenology, and interrelated contemporary spatial epistemologies in the DeafSpace project. Although historically distinct, these frameworks collectively illuminate how architecture structures educational practice. They show that school buildings do not merely accommodate learning; they enable the specific visual tactile pedagogies central to deaf education. Second, the research reframes what counts as educational inquiry. Schools for the deaf reveal that learning is fundamentally mediated by sensory epistemologies – visuality, tactility, proximity, and vibro communicative awareness. By challenging the long standing dominance of the acoustically oriented classroom, these environments highlight the diverse ways pupils inhabit space and construct meaning. Third, the findings point to important implications for contemporary school design. Many spatial strategies now adopted in mainstream settings – clear sightlines, well distributed lighting, inclusive circulation – were first developed within deaf education. As such, deaf schools emerge as experimental frontiers whose innovations continue to influence wider pedagogical design. Finally, the study emphasises historical recovery and future potential. By revisiting the architectural and educational legacies of schools in Trondheim and Oslo, and contemporary guidelines from Gallaudet University in Washington D.C., it provides a vital foundation for current European debates on inclusive learning environments. In conclusion, these “silent places of education” invite a rethinking of how educational research understands knowing and acting. They demonstrate that learning is inseparable from the spatial, material, and sensory conditions in which it unfolds. References Bauman, H. (2025). DeafSpace: Cultural Origins, Architectural Applications and Lessons for Dwelling in a Time of Climate Change. Mitra Kanaani. The Routledge Companion to Smart Design Thinking in Architecture & Urbanism for a Sustainable, Living Planet. (pp.266-76). Routledge. Bauman, H. (2010). Gallaudet University. DeafSpace Design Guidelines Volume 1. Gallaudet University. Bauman, H. (2004, April). Audism: Exploring the Metaphysics of Oppression, The Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, 9 (2), 239–246, https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enh025 Fehn, S. (1978). Skådalen Skole. Byggekunst, 6, 166-173. Hagem, E. (2025, October 6). Oppdraget om å forvalte Fehn‑arven på Skådalen døveskole. Arkitektur. https://www.arkitektur.no/meninger/debatt/oppdraget-om-aa-forvalte-fehn-arven-paa-skaadalen-doeveskole/ Heiberg, S. (2025, September 29). Vern om kulturarv og grøntområder – Skådalen og Sverre Fehn fortjener bedre. Arkitektur. https://www.arkitektur.no/meninger/debatt/vern-om-kulturarv-og-groentomraader-skaadalen-og-sverre-fehn-fortjener-bedre/ Humphries, T. (1977). Communicating Across Cultures (Deaf/Hearing) and Language Learning [Unpublished doctoral dissertation]. Union Graduate School, Cincinnati, Ohio. Humphries, T. (1975). The making of a word: audism. Unpublished manuscript. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1WnTrZfRe6Kkf0UB8Ctzph5I6Irk1PWJb/view?pli=1 Norberg-Schulz, C. (1963). Intentions in Architecture. Massachusetts: MIT Press. Norberg-Schulz, C. (1980). Genius Loci: Towards a Phenomenology of Architecture. Rizzoli: New York. Thorbjørn J. S. (1998). Fra Christiania Døvstumme-Institut til Skådalen kompetansesenter, Døves Trykkeri AS, Bergen. 17. Histories of Education
Paper "What Is Meant By Teacher Love?" University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:What is meant by teacher love? The study discusses the concept of teacher's love. The concept is approached in the history of Finnish education and upbringing in the way Uno Cygnaeus, known as the founder of the elementary school, described teacher's love. The data is Uno Cygnaeus' opening speech to the Jyväskylä Teachers' Seminar on August 14, 1863 (Mikkola, Leinonen, Rekola 1937). The task is to examine and answer the research question “What is meant by teacher's love” in the history of education as a concept presented by Cygnaeus to student teachers. Previous research on teacher love is presented by using Simo Skinnar's (2004) concept of pedagogical love. Research related to pedagogical love has been conducted e.g. from the perspective of critical pedagogy, good teaching, refugees, and the pandemic (Akkaraju 2023; Kaukko 2021; Määttä & Uusiautti 2013; Vanderheiden 2025). The study of teacher love helps European dialogue by referring to educational traditions. Finnish education is derived from German tradition in educational philosophy (e.g. Fröbel) and was tailored to serve civilized thinking and expertise. In 1863, future teachers at the time were equipped with teacher love, which would act as an undercurrent in examinations, in the teaching of knowledge and skills, and as part of the core of educational work. This presentation is based on the first article of my doctoral research and offers novel information with historical insights and past perspectives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study examines teacher love in Uno Cygnaeus’ opening speech in teacher training seminar (1863) through a conceptual historical analysis (Koselleck 2002). The speech was held in 1863 and is seven pages in total. The content of the speech in brief is the teacher education curriculum, the rationale and its justifications and the Christian foundation of Finnish educational thinking. It was published in 1937 in a teacher seminar’s memorial book (Mikkola et. al 1937). In this study conceptual history refers to a view that is at the core of the formation of teacher love as a concept that appears in a certain moment and context but also lives in time. The study used content analysis, especially typology, as an analytical tool. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three different types of explanations were found in the data for what is meant by teacher love in Uno Cygnaeus’ opening speech. The results indicate that teacher love refers to 1) the impact 2) the equipment and 3) the core of educational work. These manifest themselves as factors that strengthen the work of teachers, especially as the inner strength of the educator, in which the inner and reciprocal experience of love appears as the core essence of teaching. The research results can be utilized in teacher education, for example in the development of teacher work, curriculum and teacher identity. The results raise the resources of teaching work for scientific discussion and focus attention on the prospects that strengthen teaching work. References Akkaraju, S. (2023). Pedagogigal love during the age of the pandemic: Formative assessments to the rescue. The Assesment Review. Saatavilla 7.9.2023 https://assessatcuny.commons.gc.cuny.edu/2020/09/pedagogical-love-during-the-age-of-the-pandemic-formative-assessments-to-the-rescue/ Cygnaeus, U. (1863). Jyväskylän seminaari 1863-1937. Muistojulkaisu. 1937. Uno Cygnaeuksen vihkimäpuhe 1863. Toim. J.M. Mikkola, Artturi Leinonen & Sulo Rekola. Osakeyhtiö Valistus. 9-16. Kaukko, M. (2021). Pedagogigal love in Finland and Australia: a study of refugee children and their teachers. Pedagogy, culture and Society. Saatavilla 7.9.2023. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/14681366.2020.1868555 Koselleck, R. (2002). The practice of conceptual history. Timing history, spacing concepts. Stanford University Press. Saatavilla 7.9.2023. http://files.eshkolot.ru/koselleck.pdf Lönnbeck, G.F. (1890). Uno Cygnaeus Suomen kansakoulun isä. Weilin & Göös. Saatavilla 7.9.2023. https://books.google.fi/books?hl=fi&lr=&id=sP4pAAAAYAAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PA1&dq=lönnbeck+G.F.+uno +cygnaeus&ots=CRzBnrebNz&sig=hbs3PKTQOiGf07n1xmAKGvNqiQo&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=lönn beck%20G.F.%20uno%20cygnaeus&f=false Määttä, K. & Uusiautti, S. (2013). Pedagogigal love and good teacherhood. In Education. University of Lapland. Saatavilla 7.9.2023. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/351141815_Pedagogical_Love_and_Good_Teacherhood |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 18 SES 01 A: Envisioning the Future of Primary Physical Education Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Oliver Hooper Panel Discussion |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Panel Discussion Envisioning the Future of Primary Physical Education: A European Panel Dialogue 1: University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2: Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 3: Goce Delcev University Stip, North Macedonia Presenting Author:Panel Focus This proposed Panel Discussion will explore how primary Physical Education (PE) can be re-envisioned as a complex, educationally meaningful, and sustainable curriculum area, attentive to children’s diverse physical development journeys (Coulter & Ní Chróinín, 2022). Bringing together speakers from several European contexts (e.g. North Macedonia, Ireland, Scotland, and England), the panel will examine how different national policy contexts, professional cultures, and local practices shape distinctive positionings of primary PE. In doing so, we seek to foreground the varied ways in which primary PE is understood and enacted across Europe, and to consider how cross-national collaboration might support more coherent and inclusive futures for the subject. Topic, aims and research questions The panel is anchored in the theme “Envisioning the Future of Primary Physical Education” and has three interlinked aims.
Guiding questions for the panel include: How is primary PE currently being valued and resourced in different European countries? How are stakeholders working across boundaries to respond to policy, local needs and children’s varied movement experiences? What forms of collective action (e.g. networks, cross-country projects) appear promising for re-centring the wider educational value of primary PE? Conceptual and theoretical framework The panel will draw on complexity thinking and the notion of boundary crossing to conceptualise primary PE as a complex, self-organising system shaped by interactions between human environmental, curricular and pedagogical factors (O’Connor & Jess, 2019; Jess et al., 2024). Boundary crossing highlights how teachers, teacher educators, policymakers and community actors work across institutional, cultural and disciplinary boundaries, and how shared educational visions, productive interactions and mutual trust can create more coherent and responsive primary PE practices (Carse et al., 2018). Panel structure and European contributions The 90-minute session will consist of four short country specific contributions (10 minutes each) followed by a response from the chair leading into an extended dialogue with the audience. Each speaker will offer a vignette that illustrates both promising developments (such as investment in teacher professional learning or recognition of children’s diverse physical activity trajectories) and persistent challenges (such as low subject status, fragmented visions and resource constraints). Reflecting on these contributions the ensuing discussion will explore how complexity commonalities (e.g. self-organisation, boundaries, lived time and becoming) and boundary-crossing perspectives help to understand the dynamics across contexts and to imagine alternative futures for primary PE. Anticipated contributions and outcomes Through the country vignettes and accompanying dialogue, it is hoped that the panel will generate a comparative, European perspective on how primary PE can move beyond narrow performance and health discourses towards more educationally grounded, inclusive and sustainable visions. By connecting national examples and collaborative initiatives (such as the AIESEP Primary PE SIG), the session aims to identify potential avenues for cross-national networking, research and professional learning projects that can support system-wide change. The dialogue emerging from the panel will invite participants to consider how they might engage in or initiate boundary-crossing collaborations within and across their own countries, thereby contributing to the possible development of a European community of practice focused on reimagining the purposes and possibilities for primary PE. References Carse, N., Jess, M., & Keay, J. (2018). Primary physical education: Shifting perspectives to move forwards. European Physical Education Review, 24(4), 487-502. Coulter, M., & Ni Chróinín, D. (2022). The possibilities and challenges within primary physical education. In An introduction to primary physical education (pp. 25-38). Routledge. Jess, M., Howells, K., & McMillan, P. (2024). Becoming physical education: the ontological shift to complexity. Sport, Education and Society, 29(6), 684-698. DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2023.2177984 O’Connor, J., & Jess, M. (2019). From silos to crossing borders in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 25(4), 409–422. doi:10.1080/13573322.2019.1611557 Chair Shirley Gray, University of Edinburgh, Shirley.Gray@ed.ac.uk |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 19 SES 01 A: Everyday School Spaces, Temporalities and Children's Experiences Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper The Time Has Come - Teenage High School Students Negotiating and Experiencing Time in Everyday School Life 1: Högskolan i Gävle, Sweden; 2: Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences GIH; 3: Malmö University Presenting Author:Time plays a crucial role in everyday school life in multiple ways and for several reasons. Most prominently, time frames and structures school content. In this sense, time becomes a resource that is distributed among teachers and pupils according to specific principles and priorities. These principles are neither neutral nor fixed; rather, they are often contested and debated, particularly when new educational content or reforms are proposed. Time not only regulates the overall duration of compulsory schooling but also organises semesters, weeks, days, and individual lessons. Creating space for teaching and learning, therefore, involves constructing annual, weekly, and daily schedules for pupils. School life is, in other words, divided and managed through temporal arrangements that operate horizontally, vertically, and diagonally, shaped by the work of teachers and school leaders. Although pupils may formally have a voice in school matters, their influence over time management is often limited. Teachers, too, may have limited autonomy, as they are frequently required to design plans and adhere to externally determined schedules. Consequently, pupils, teachers, and administrative staff all participate in negotiating how the temporal and related spatial order is constructed. Here, the organisation and regulation of movement become key aspects of the physical school environment (Holland et al., 2007). In this ongoing research project, we approach everyday school life not as a sequence of discrete lessons, but as a mobile, changing, and fragmented space in which young people navigate and make sense of their schooling. This perspective enables an exploration of the educational consequences of pupils’ movements and transitions through liminal spaces in daily school life. Pupils experience these transitions socially, materially, and affectively, as they move in and through the rhythms of school time. By conceptualising school life as an in‑transit activity, the project foregrounds the changes required to move through space and time between scheduled activities. In this presentation, we focus on how time is made visible and symbolically guides pupils in two Swedish upper secondary schools, and on how pupils experience, manage, and negotiate time and transitions between activities (and spaces) in everyday school life. Time and temporality have increasingly been recognised as central analytical dimensions in educational research. Gell’s (2001) Anthropology of Time challenges the conventional division between “psychological” and “physical” time, arguing instead that temporal subjectivity emerges through contrasts with socially organised, regularly patterned temporal processes. This perspective underscores time as relational, produced through interaction between lived experience and institutional structures. Building on this relational view, Franch and Pequeno de Souza (2015) conceptualise school as a site where multiple temporalities are produced, learned, and negotiated. Their distinction between structural time, the formal organisation of pedagogical activities and lived time, the practices and experiences of teachers and students, highlights how time functions simultaneously as a regulatory mechanism and as the context for social and cultural interaction. At a macro level, Landahl (2020) demonstrates how large-scale assessment regimes, exemplified by the “PISA calendar,” introduce highly synchronised, regular temporal structures that shape educational governance and enable global comparison. Such regimes illustrate how time operates as a subtle yet powerful form of governance. At the micro level, efficiency-oriented temporal practices, such as time management and self-regulation, increasingly structure everyday school life, often in tension with pedagogical values. Critical perspectives further question linear and productivity-oriented notions of time. Drawing on alternative temporalities, scholars such as Sayers (2023) and Kakkori (2013) challenge assumptions of linear progress and highlight age, experience, and embodied engagement as crucial to understanding educational time. Together, these perspectives frame education as shaped by multiple, overlapping temporalities rather than a single, linear timeline.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our ethnographic research project has generated data from two schools situated in major cities in Sweden, one in the southern part and one in the central part of the country. To distinguish them, we call one the South school and the other the North school. Both schools are suburban schools, and both were selected as ‘normal’ schools in terms of performance in relation to the average Swedish school. The two schools were also comparable in terms of size and architecture. The North school catered to 740 students, and the South school, 750 students across all compulsory school years (from preschool/F to year 9). Both schools were originally built in the 1960s and shared similar architectural features. Ethnographically inspired methodologies have proven useful for generating data on what people do while simultaneously paying attention to movement (Atkinson, 2014; Pink, 2007, 2015). Consequently, ethnographic research methods have the potential to systematically capture people’s practices and are well-suited to studies of children and young people (Heath et al., 2009). For the project, ethnography has provided a framework for data generation and analysis, specifically addressing theory and methodology as intricately linked. We have used a variety of ethnographic data-generation techniques, including participant observations, classroom video recordings and walk-and-talk interviews. These techniques were used complementarily in different phases of fieldwork. Having finalised data generation, we now have various forms of data that provide rich, multidimensional empirical material. For this presentation, we rely on visual and written field notes from participant observations, transcripts from walk-and-talk interviews, and classroom video recordings. The data offers insights into the temporality and spatiality of everyday school life as experienced, used and negotiated by individuals and groups of pupils. Our analysis is theoretically driven and draws on previous research on temporality (e.g., Gell, 2001; Franch et al, 2015; Kakkori, 2013, Leaton Gray, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results demonstrate how pupils’ everyday lives are profoundly shaped by institutionalised temporal governance in school, while simultaneously revealing how these structures are negotiated, stretched, or resisted in practice. Time emerges as a pervasive organising principle, structuring educational content, social interactions, and expectations of behaviour across both schools. At the structural level, temporality is made highly visible and omnipresent. Clocks placed throughout school buildings, along with detailed schedules, lesson plans, and semester overviews, signal the importance of chronological order and punctuality. Educational content is distributed across long-term timelines, such as weekly and semester plans, which aim to ensure progression, coordination, and efficiency. In classrooms, particularly in theoretical subjects, lesson plans explicitly link time to purpose, content, and completion, reinforcing a linear and goal-oriented logic of schooling. Digital clocks and real-time countdowns further intensify this focus by measuring and managing time down to the minute or second. These displays suggest that time is not merely a backdrop but an active governing mechanism that structures pedagogical practices and pupils’ conduct. At the level of everyday practices, however, pupils relate to these temporal structures in divergent ways. Some pupils attempt to minimise temporal margins by arriving early, standing outside classrooms, and preferring short breaks that facilitate focus and predictability. Others maximise these margins by taking longer breaks, socialising in corridors, or arriving late to lessons. Recess thus functions as a key site of contrast: for some, it represents a valued space of freedom and self-determined activity; for others, it is a stressful and uncertain transition that should be kept brief. Observations and interviews indicate that lesson start and end times are often perceived as negotiable rather than fixed. Late arrivals, early departures, and interruptions contribute to micro-disruptions and reduced instructional efficiency, while many pupils express a preference for clear temporal leadership by teachers. References Atkinson, P. (2014). For ethnography. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Franch, M. & Pequeno de Souza, J. (2015). Clocks, calendars and cell phones. An ethnography on time in a high school. Vibrant, V.12 N.2, 417-450. Gell, A. (2001). The Anthropology of Time. Cultural Constructions of Temporal Maps and Images. Routledge, London. Goffman, E. (1959; 1971). The presentation of self in everyday life. Doubleday/ Penguin Books. Goffman, E. (2005). Interaction Ritual: Essays in Face-To-Face Behavior. Aldine Transaction. Heath, C., Hindmarsh, J., & Luff, P. (2010). Video in qualitative research. Los Angeles: Sage. Holland, J., Gordon, T., & Lahelma, E. (2007). Temporal, spatial and embodied relations in the teacher’s day at school. Ethnography and Education, 2(2), 221–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457820701350673 Kakkori, L. (2013). Education and the Concept of Time. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 45(5), 571–583. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2011.00838.x Landahl, J. (2020). The PISA calendar: Temporal governance and international large-scale assessments. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52:6, 625-639, DOI:10.1080/00131857.2020.1731686 Leaton Gray, S. (2017). The social construction of time in contemporary education: implications for technology, equality and Bernstein’s ‘conditions for democracy.’ British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 60-71. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1234366 Lieberg, M. (1992). Att ta staden i besittning: om ungas rum och rörelser i offentlig miljö. Diss. Lund : Univ.. Lund. Lieberg, M. (1998). Ungas rörelser i staden periferi. I: Holmberg, I & Wetterberg, O (red), Nordisk arkitekturforskning. Vol. 11, No. 3. Sid. 21-35. Pink, S. (2007). Doing visual ethnography: images, media and representation in research. (2., [rev. and updated] ed.) London: SAGE. Pink, S. (2015). Doing sensory ethnography. (2. ed.) London: Sage. Sayers, E. (2023) Skateboarding, Time and Ethics: An Auto Ethnographic Adventure of Motherhood and Risk. Sport, Ethics and Philosophy, 17(3), 306–326. doi.org/10.1080/17511321.2023.2180533 19. Ethnography
Paper The Troublesome Relationship between Children’s Experiences and School Department of Science Education, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:An important aspect of understanding how we learn, is that we build on what we already know. Classic learning theorists like Dewey (1916) and Kolb (1984) emphasise that learning entails an engagement and reflection in relation to the experiences of the learner. Likewise, when science education researchers and practitioners look for ways to maintain or create an interest for learning science, linking the content of the science teaching to children’s everyday experiences is one of the suggestions. A recent example is the so-called ‘Science-Capital Teaching Approach’ (Godec et al., 2017), developed as part of the ASPIRES project (Archer et al., 2023) to allow for more and more diverse groups of students to access science. A key element is to include more of the students’ own experiences into the classroom and conversely relating the science teaching to examples and experiences in the children's lives. However, creating such links, is far from a trivial endeavour. Previous research has found a persistent gap between children’s everyday experiences and the science they encounter at school (Goulart et al., 2022). Likewise, our own ethnographic research (blinded, 2025), show that even what children experience in breaks during school-days often does not find its way into the formal teaching. In this paper, we further explore the difficulties in bridging the children’s everyday experiences and school science. To do so, we draw on two theoretical approaches. Science Capital (Archer et al., 2015) is a concept developed to capture what makes some students more inclined to choose and aspire towards science than others. It builds on Bourdieu’s (1984, 1986) work where he shows that the amount and composition of economic, cultural and social capital of an individual that they can invest and use in a given practice are crucial for the position they can obtain in the field, e.g., the educational field. Science capital identifies aspects of cultural and social capital that are relevant for science education, e.g., knowing about science, finding science interesting, watching science-related content online and knowing people in science-related roles (Archer et al., 2015). Children with a higher level of science capital will in general be more inclined and better prepared for choosing and engaging with science in school. However, the challenges in bridging everyday experiences and school science suggest that science capital acquired outside school does not necessarily count in school. Following Bourdieu, it appears that not all out-of-school science capital is valued in the field at school. Our second theoretical approach offers a perspective on this. Bernstein (2000) argues that when knowledge and practices become a part of curriculum, it is recontextualized through the pedagogical practice. Through this recontextualization, out-of-school knowledge changes into school knowledge. Some elements are included and related to each other, while others are separated and left out, and the process distributes the control over what is considered relevant. It turns nature into school science. If children’s experiences are to become legitimate parts of school teaching, they will be recontextualized. Consequentially, the children’s experiences are not recognized as relevant for school unless recontextualised to become school content; and the children may not necessarily recognize the school-science as something related to what they could experience in nature. The aim of this paper is to further unpack the difficulties in linking children’s everyday experiences and school science. We do so by presents empirical examples and discussing the implications, in particular in relation to the ambition of raising children’s interests in science by drawing on their experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on empirical material from a longitudinal, qualitative study, that follows children and young people as they move through the Danish educational system. In the compulsory part of the Danish system, children attend the same school from grade 0 (age 5-6) to grade 9 (age 14-15). Afterwards, most young people move on to post-compulsory education. In this project, we follow participants from five different schools, selected based on variation in the socio-economic composition, urbanity and distance to higher-education institutions. From each school, we follow three cohorts of students who by the beginning of the project attended grade 0 (age 5-6), grade 5 (age 10-11) and grade 8 (age 13-14), respectively. At present, we have followed the participants for six years. Hence, the youngest cohort now attends grade 5, while the oldest have entered various vocational or upper-secondary programmes. We engage with the participants through various qualitative methods, including ethnographic fieldwork, interviews and workshops. We first visited the fifteen involved school classes and carried out a workshop with each of them. In order to involve the children and young people in different ways the workshops used creative methods (Hoppe & Holmegaard, 2022), including an exercise where participants were asked to write and draw what they associated with nature, technology, health and science. In the present analysis, we particularly focus on their associations with nature and science. Following the workshops, 77 children and young people across the five schools were interviewed and have later been invited to two rounds of additional interviews. The interviews were semi-structured and focussed on the participants’ experiences with school, science, out-of-school interests and aspirations. Further, we carried out ethnographic fieldwork with six of the school classes, two for each cohort. The two youngest cohorts were visited twice, while the oldest cohort was visited only once, because they completed compulsory schooling the same year. The fieldwork included participant observation (Musante, 2015) during entire school days, including both formal teaching and activities during breaks. This allowed us to gain insights into the way the children and young people engaged during class activities, but also what occupied them in between these formal teaching situations. The fieldwork also formed the basis for informal conversations with participants about how they experienced the different subjects and teaching, just as it informed the more formal interviews. The empirical material were analysed using a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The fieldwork showed examples where following the curriculum meant that the children’s experiences with nature were not addressed, and where children could not recognise their interests in nature in the science discipline. Tim, e.g., had a strong interest in animals, spending every elective reading session reading about animals, but did not like science because it was not about animals. During interviews, the children had difficulties giving examples of how their everyday experiences related to what they learned in school and vice versa. The association exercise in the workshops with the oldest cohort also suggested that they connected nature and science with different things. While nature was mostly associated with concrete things found in nature (like plants and animals) or with experiences (e.g., fresh air or going for a walk), science was associated with scientific concepts like biodiversity, experiments and research and the names of the disciplines. While a few words appeared in both areas (e.g., nature, climate and CO2), the concrete experiences from nature seemed to be transformed into concepts and disciplines in school. Following (Bernstein, 2000), the required recontextualization of the children’s out-of-school experiences meant that they could not recognise their concrete experiences as potential school content. For becoming that, they would have to be transformed into general, abstract knowledge and language. Consequently, Tim did not recognise the substantial science capital he possessed as something belonging in the school field. While his teacher might disagree, Tim believed his interest and knowledge concerning animals were not relevant. We posit that the recontextualization of experiences into school science presents a challenge for the intentions of making school science more inclusive and relevant by building on children’s experiences. The transformation of concrete experiences to abstract concepts of school science may eventually alienate the children from their own experiences when in school. References Archer, L., Dawson, E., DeWitt, J., Seakins, A., & Wong, B. (2015). Science capital: A conceptual, methodological, and empirical argument for extending bourdieusian notions of capital beyond the arts. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(7), 922–948. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21227 Archer, L., DeWitt, J., Godec, S., Henderson, M., Holmegaard, H., Liu, Q., MacLeod, E., Mendick, H., Moote, J., & Watson, E. (2023). ASPIRES 3 Main Report. UCL. Bernstein, B. B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: Theory, research, critique. Rowman & Littlefield. Blinded. (2025). Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste (R. Nice, Tran.). Harvard University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. Macmillan. Godec, S., King, H., & Archer, L. (2017). The Science Capital Teaching Approach: Engaging students with science, promoting social justice. In UCL Institute of Education: London, UK. [Report]. UCL Institute of Education. https://www.ucl.ac.uk/ioe/departments-and-centres/departments/education-practice-and-society/science-capital-research/science-capital-teaching-approach Goulart, M. I. M., Germanos, E., & Roth, W.-M. (2022). Expanding young children’s lifeworld. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 17(2), 251–276. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-021-10040-0 Hoppe, E. E., & Holmegaard, H. T. (2022). Art-based methods in science education research: A systematic review of their prevalence and an analysis of their potentials in addressing complex questions. Nordic Studies in Science Education, 18(3), Article 3. Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning and Development. Prentice-Hall. Musante, K. (2015). Participant Observation. In H. R. Bernard & C. C. Gravlee (Eds.), Handbook of Methods in Cultural Anthropology (Second edition). Rowman & Littlefield. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 20 SES 01 A: Reflection on Learning Environments Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Urszula Markowska-Manista Session Chair: Magda Zelazowska-Sobczyk Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper “Spaces to Code to Dialogue”: Reflections from an Educational Innovation Project on Dialogic Spaces in Higher Education in Polarized Times University of Utrecht, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Abstract
This article presents insights from a two-year educational innovation project (August 2023–July 2025) conducted in the Education and Pedagogy programmes at Utrecht University, the Netherlands. The project focused on creating dialogic spaces for engaging with sensitive and controversial topics and was developed in response to a growing demand for opportunities that enable meaningful dialogue between students and lecturers on contentious social and political issues in higher education.
Drawing on project-based data, our analysis pursues three interconnected aims. First, we offer a reflective analysis of the dialogue project to contribute to practical knowledge about the design and implementation of such interventions in universities internationally. Second, we situate both the project and our reflections within the historical, current, and anticipated socio-institutional context of European higher education, particularly its ongoing struggle to engage productively with diversity and controversy. In doing so, we reflect on the broader need for dialogical initiatives in universities across different contexts. Third, informed by a cultural-historical activity theory perspective on learning, we use these analyses to critically examine underlying assumptions about the purposes of learning and education in universities, with particular attention to how diversity and controversy are currently managed. In this discussion, we engage with competing expectations and assumptions concerning academic freedom, divergent political values, ideological positions, and the responsibilities of higher education institutions in responding to these dynamics.
Dialogue initiatives at universities In recent years, we are observing that universities are confronting wider social polarization, in which complex and often painful issues, such as the wars in Gaza and Ukraine, climate change, or “woke” culture, make their way into academic life. We see lecturers and students expressing their views on specific conflicts in different ways. These can range from staying silent to sharing one’s own opinion and emotions during a lecture, to demonstrating, or even occupying university buildings. Parallel to these developments, at many universities, both in the Netherlands and internationally, there has been increased attention to the question of how lecturers and students can engage in a meaningful conversation about sensitive issues (Shaffer and Longo, 2023). Although dialogue trainings in which students learn how to conduct dialogue on sensitive topics with people who hold a different position or come from a different background are not a new phenomenon in higher education, the recent politicized context asks for a rethinking of such interventions. Politicization of Higher Education Recent political tensions have heightened the relevance of such interventions for universities in Europe and beyond. Despite the fact that many universities have developed support provisions for lecturers, and in some cases for students, to facilitate conversations on so-called “hot topics,” there remains limited scholarly attention to the analysis of these initiatives, particularly with regard to the nature of the increased demand for them and the characteristics of the interventions themselves. This lack of analysis may, on the one hand, be related to the ways in which topics concerning social justice, diversity, and inclusion are subject to censorship or de-prioritization (Garces et al. 2025; Darian-Smith 2025), while, on the other hand, equity, diversity, and inclusion (EDI) policies, including those related to dialogic pedagogies, may be adopted by university management as a result of external policy pressures and accountability regimes without substantial ownership or involvement from university staff and students (Cho et al. 2024; Walker 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Background and project description In the academic year 2022–2023, both our master’s and bachelor’s programs in Pedagogical Sciences encountered several instances in which students critically evaluated teaching content. These often concerned examples used in lectures on inclusion and the representation of diverse perspectives and student populations. We addressed these situations through individual teacher–student conversations and group sessions involving students and teachers. Nevertheless, both the teaching team and a group of master’s students expressed a need for clearer guidelines for handling such confrontational situations in teaching. Following an initial student-led initiative to explore dialogue between teachers and students and to articulate shared guiding values, the idea for an educational innovation project emerged. The project aimed to develop a “living code of conduct” consisting of principles, core values, attitudes, and speech rules to support teachers and students in addressing sensitive issues in our programs. The term “living” highlights the dynamic and situational nature of these rules, allowing them to evolve over time. After each event, written participant feedback was collected and discussed in project team meetings to refine the code. Research questions and analytical approach In this paper, we address the following research questions: • What does this dialogue project reveal about the learning processes involved in the design and implementation of dialogic initiatives in higher education? • How can the project’s design—and comparable initiatives globally—be understood within historical, institutional, national, and global contexts, particularly in relation to the political dimensions of diversity and inclusion, societal conflict, and academic freedom? • Building on these analyses, how do universities learn collectively as organizations when responding to such challenges, and how are these collective learning processes envisioned, enabled, or constrained? Methodologically, our analytical approach integrates a case-study approach (Stake 1995) with critical incident analysis (Halquist and Musanti 2010). Our data consist of meeting reports, project minutes, teachers’ and students’ written evaluative reflections on the living code after dialogue sessions, as well as descriptions of incidents gathered over a two-year period. To analyze our collective experiences, we apply a cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT) perspective alongside work on societal polarization and its impact on academia. While CHAT provides a lens for understanding these experiences as collective, transformative learning processes in times of rapid sociopolitical change (Adams-Wiggins, 2024), Morin and colleagues (1999) notion of “poly-crisis” informs our analysis of how such crises affect academic communities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings and conclusion The findings illustrate how dialogical spaces, such as the ones constructed by our educational innovation project, enable the reflection on and reconsideration of teaching practices, student engagement and critical thinking, next to the limitations and boundaries of such spaces in terms of power relationships, emotional labor, and institutional expectations. For instance, we found that “hot” cases, tied to ongoing conflicts, are emotionally charged yet highly instructive, whereas “cold” cases provide reflective practice. Persistent dilemmas involve power asymmetries, minority–majority relations, and the tension between spontaneity and institutionalization. Nevertheless, the project illustrates that openness, flexibility, and bottom-up rule-setting foster ownership and engagement, which allow us to pose that this kind of open, bottom-up initiatives contribute to re-imagining universities as communities where friction and disagreement are not suppressed, but cultivated as productive elements of academic life (Parra et al., 2021). In our analytical reflections, we problematize the managerial approach to controversial topics in university settings and underscore the intertwined nature of academic freedom, discomfort and disagreement, particularly so in the social sciences. The paper finally presents a reflection on the boundary between teaching in the social sciences and the assumed political neutrality of higher education, while also offering perspectives that can address such tensions from CHAT scholarship, such as polyphony, multivoicedness, collective agency (Adams-Wiggins, 2024), or redistribution of authorship (Gutierrez et al. 2019). In conclusion, the implications of these are offered for educational developers and policymakers in higher education seeking to support teachers in addressing controversial topics in their teaching. References References: Adams-Wiggins, K., Bal, A., Choudry, S., Cortez, A., Ferholt, B., Guarrasi, I., … Welsh Mahmood, M. (2024). Regenerating CHAT through learners’ voices and collectivism. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 31(2), 83–84. Brar, M. D., Morales-Chicas, J., Morris, S., Rivera, I., & Cannara, R. (2025). Intergroup dialogue empowering action for transforming equity in higher education. Education Sciences, 15(1), 38. Cho, K. S., Davis, C. H., III, & Morgan, D. L. (2024). What’s under attack: Activism and institutional conflict within US higher education. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/17461979241291009 Darian-Smith, E. (2025). Knowledge production at a crossroads: Rising antidemocracy and diminishing academic freedom. Studies in Higher Education, 50(3), 600–614. Garces, L. M., Pedota, J., & Epstein, E. (2025). A call to build coalitions to disrupt a climate of suppression. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 57(2), 4–10. Gutiérrez, K. D., Becker, B., Espinoza, M., Cortes, K., Cortez, A., Lizárraga, J. R., Rivero, E., & Yin, P. (2019). Youth as historical actors in the production of possible futures. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 26(4), 1–18. Kris D. Gutiérrez & A. Susan Jurow (2016): Social Design Experiments: Toward Equity by Design, Journal of the Learning Sciences, DOI: 10.1080/10508406.2016.1204548 Halquist, D., & Musanti, S. I. (2010). Critical incidents and reflection: Turning points that challenge the researcher and create opportunities for knowing. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 23(4), 449-461. Lester, J. (2023). Supporting intragroup and intergroup dialogues: A model for collaborative campuses. In Contested issues in student affairs (pp. 75–81). Routledge. Parra, S. L., Bakker, C., & van Liere, L. (2021). Practicing democracy in the playground: Turning political conflict into educational friction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(1), 32-46 Morin, E., Kern, A. B., Kelly, S. M., & LaPointe, R. (1999). Homeland earth: A manifesto for the new millenium. Nagda, B. R. A., Gurin, P., & Lopez, G. E. (2003). Transformative pedagogy for democracy and social justice. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 6, 165–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613320308199 Shaffer, T. J., & Longo, N. V. (Eds.). (2023). Creating space for democracy: A primer on dialogue and deliberation in higher education. Taylor & Francis. Stake, R. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage. Walker, K. S. (2025). Managing campus dissent: An assessment of university responses to pro-Palestinian protests. Murray State Theses and Dissertations. [Doctoral dissertation] 391. https://digitalcommons.murraystate.edu/etd/391 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Telling Visual Stories with AI: An Educational Experience in Pre-Service Primary Teacher Education Univerisity of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:The contemporary era is marked by a strong acceleration in knowledge production processes and an unprecedented proliferation of information. In this context, the diffusion of generative artificial intelligence (AI) highlights the need for pedagogical and critical work that does not focus exclusively on the technology itself, but rather on its educational and cultural implications. In particular, teachers and future teachers are increasingly required to address these transformations within competence-based educational design. A crucial aspect concerns the growing role of content—both textual and visual—often produced or mediated by AI. While such content is highly persuasive, it frequently conveys partial, fragmented, or simplified representations of complex phenomena. As a result, knowledge construction increasingly relies on visual and audiovisual languages. Research by Chang, Yang, and Wong (2024) shows that AI has become an integral part of everyday life and that, already in primary school, children develop preconceptions and representations related to AI. In this scenario (Manovich, 2016; Panciroli & Rivoltella, 2023) the role of algorithms in shaping information flows. Social media environments, where images and short videos dominate both the production and circulation of knowledge, represent a paradigmatic example of this process. Although the human brain is intrinsically visual (Robertson, 2011), formal schooling has historically privileged verbal language, marginalizing systematic education in visual creativity and visual language. This imbalance becomes particularly problematic in contexts where knowledge is increasingly mediated through images and videos. As Lakoff and Johnson (1980) and Black (1983) argue, a fundamental characteristic of human thinking is its metaphorical and creative nature: meaning is constructed through processes of projection, analogy, and imagination. Images, therefore, are not merely illustrative supports, but cognitive devices that actively participate in shaping plural, situated, and culturally embedded representations of the world. Within this framework, AI emerges as a central actor in meaning-making processes. The systematic review by Heigl (2025) highlights how professional artists recognize AI as a powerful tool for creativity, while simultaneously stressing the importance of human agency in the construction of meaning. Similarly, Yaşar et al. (2025) show that university students tend to conceptualize creativity not only as an individual capacity to generate novelty, but as a competence situated within hybrid cultural ecosystems in which AI acts as a mediator. These authors frame prompt literacy not as a purely technical skill, but as an educational, cultural, and ethical issue. From a more instrumental perspective, Mujica-Sequera (2025) defines prompting as a lever of cognitive efficiency aimed at formulating effective queries, optimizing data processing, and identifying patterns. AI currently functions as a synthesizer of information: the images it generates tend to be generic, idealized, and stereotyped, privileging iconic and recognizable elements while excluding the ordinary, the marginal, and the everyday (Manovich, 2025). Converging evidence is provided by Freixa et al. (2025), whose analysis of 600 images shows that AI-generated visuals respond more precisely and coherently to textual prompts. However, this very alignment reinforces dominant visual schemas, making stereotypes more efficient, reproducible, and standardized, while reducing the semantic and narrative complexity of representations. In this scenario the DigComp 3.0 (Cosgrove & Cachia, 2025) highlights a strong emphasis on critical digital literacy, where the production and interpretation of texts and images require reflective and critical thinking in order to counter processes of semantic homogenization. In light of this theoretical framework, the present paper analyses video stories created by pre-service primary teachers enrolled in the Primary Teacher Education programme at the University of Turin, within the course Educational Technologies. The study is situated in an innovative learning environment that integrates artificial intelligence both as a tool for digital artefact production and as an object of critical reflection. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design, supported by descriptive quantitative analysis, and is grounded in a deliberately designed innovative learning environment. The research sample consists of 170 educational video stories produced by second-year students enrolled in the Educational Technologies course during the 2024/2025 academic year. The activity was embedded in regular course assessment, ensuring the inclusion of the entire cohort and avoiding self-selection bias. The learning activity was structured through a shared pedagogical design framework. Students were provided with a design grid guiding the development of each video story, requiring them to define the title, narrative incipit, educational objectives, target audience, didactic function, visual and narrative coherence, and the AI prompts used for image generation. To ensure both creative freedom and analytical comparability, students selected one narrative incipit from a curated set of ten prompts designed to encourage imaginative and metaphorical storytelling. The choice of storytelling as the central pedagogical approach was intentional. Storytelling was adopted as it fosters reflective and critical engagement with the content to be communicated, requiring students to make explicit decisions about meaning, perspective, and relevance.t (Bruner, 1996). A key pedagogical requirement was the explicit request to create images that went beyond simple referential representation. Students were encouraged to generate metaphorical and evocative images capable of conveying abstract concepts, emotions, and educational meanings through visual symbolism. The analytical process was articulated across two main dimensions: visual analysis and narrative-textual analysis. The visual analysis followed a semiotic approach and was conducted using an ad hoc image analysis grid specifically developed for this study. This grid enabled the systematic classification of AI-generated images according to: (a) type of representation (metaphorical, referential, decorative); (b) type of meaning conveyed (symbolic, evocative, illustrative); (c) recurrence of visual representations, identifying dominant iconographic elements The narrative and textual analysis was conducted using qualitative content analysis. Video narratives were examined through the lens of narrative grammar, focusing on narrative sequence, character roles, plot development, and thematic organisation. Particular attention was paid to the type of incipit selected and its influence on narrative progression. Emerging themes were identified through inductive coding, allowing for the identification of recurring narrative structures and educational motifs. By combining a semiotic image analysis grid with qualitative content analysis of narratives, the methodology enabled a systematic exploration of how generative AI mediates visual meaning-making and narrative construction within an innovative learning environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is currently ongoing; however, findings from a first cycle of qualitative content analysis focusing on textual prompts and narrative structures already reveal significant patterns in AI-supported storytelling. Based on the preliminary analysis of 170 video artefacts, students’ textual prompts show a strong tendency towards structural regularity. In particular, the majority of prompts follow a recurrent syntactic sequence (e.g. subject–action–setting–style), with limited variation in linguistic formulation and descriptive depth. This suggests an early convergence towards perceived “effective” or “safe” prompting strategies when interacting with generative AI systems. From a narrative perspective, initial content analysis indicates that over two thirds of the video stories adopt linear and familiar narrative trajectories, characterised by emotionally stable characters, predictable developments, and limited narrative tension. The choice of incipit plays a relevant role in this convergence: a small subset of incipit types was selected by a majority of students, and these incipits often oriented the narratives towards reassuring, emotionally positive, and educationally conventional storylines. Emerging themes frequently revolve around exploration, discovery, care, and personal growth, with relatively limited narrative divergence. These preliminary findings provide a partial but substantial response to the first research questions. They shed light on how students use generative AI through textual prompts and narrative construction within an innovative learning environment, and they highlight recurring narrative and linguistic patterns that point towards processes of standardisation. The analysis of AI-generated images is currently ongoing and will complement these findings by offering a systematic semiotic examination of visual representations and imaginaries. References Black, M. (1983). Modelli, archetipi, metafore. Pratiche. Bruner, J. (1996). The culture of education. Harvard University Press. Chang, X., Yan, Z., & Wong, G. K. (2024). Young children’s understanding of artificial intelligence: A draw-a-picture analysis. British Journal of Educational Technology. Cosgrove, J., & Cachia, R. (2025). DigComp 3.0: European digital competence framework. European Commission, Joint Research Centre. Freixa, P., Redondo-Arolas, M., Codina, L., & Lopezosa, C. (2025). AI, stock photography, and image banks: Gender biases and stereotypes. Hipertext.net, (30). Heigl, R. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence in creative contexts: A systematic review and future research agenda. Management Review Quarterly, 1–38. Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago Press. (ed. it.: Lakoff, G., Johnson, M., & Violi, P. (1981). Metafora e vita quotidiana. Bompiani). Manovich, L. (2016). Software takes command. Bloomsbury Academic. Manovich, L. (2025). Unreliable past: Constructing memory with generative AI. Leonardo, 58(5), 477–483. Mujica-Sequera, R. M. (2025). AI prompts: Tools for optimizing scientific research. Revista Tecnológica-Educativa Docentes 2.0, 18(1), 267–277. Panciroli, C., & Rivoltella, P. C. (2023). Pedagogia algoritmica: Per una riflessione educativa sull’intelligenza artificiale. Scholé. Robertson, I. (2011). The mind’s eye. Random House. Yaşar, İ., Arslan Selçuk, S. E. M. R. A., & Alaçam, S. (2025). Use of artificial intelligence and prompt literacy in architectural education. New Design Ideas, 9(1), 248–268. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Risks, Knowledge, and Skills for Students of Helping Professions to Become Vicariously Resilient: What Researchers are Telling Us? 1: Vytautas Magnus university, Lithuania; 2: Tampere University, Finland; 3: Kaunas Third Age University, Lithuania; 4: Lithuanian Educational Research Association, LERA, Lithuania Presenting Author:Contemporary labour markets and welfare systems are increasingly shaped by rapid economic, technological, and social change, also overlapping crises that continuously transform professional practice. The resilience of helping professionals has become a critical issue, particularly in terms of their ability to adapt to changing demands while maintaining professional competence and well-being. Resilience is often framed as an individual capacity to cope with uncertainty; however, such an approach risks overlooking the role of education, organisational support, and institutional frameworks. There is relatively little research on the promotion of students of helping professions’ vicarious resiliency as a relatively innovative concept in the curriculum of higher education which appears to hold varying meanings. This contribution adopts a reflexive perspective on the preparation of helping professionals, focusing on how training and professional development can strengthen their capacity to respond to contemporary challenges in a sustainable and structurally supported manner. Many helping professions’ professional practice in the field (social work, nursing, doctors, educators etc.) is fundamentally relational, with the creation of value-based, supportive, growth-oriented, and healing relationships constituting its central task. They routinely deal with service users who are in vulnerable life situations and disclose traumatic experiences. A key complexity of professions grounded in relational work lies in the fact that harmful experiences are not always immediately visible or explicitly articulated. In many cases, helping professionals are exposed to the same or similar circumstances as the individuals they support, which blurs the boundary between professional and personal experience. This shared exposure makes it particularly challenging to recognise, reflect on, and address the cumulative impact of such experiences, while simultaneously sustaining professional functioning and well-being. Because of the nature of their work, students who study to become professionals working with people in vulnerable life situations need assistance in the development of effective coping strategies. Because challenges such as isolation, exposure to adversity, and burnout often arise through close and sustained engagement with those receiving support, it is essential for future helping professionals to develop resilience and sustainable self-care strategies. The risk for compassion fatigue can be argued to be relatively high when one is still learning a new profession as a student, and during the first years of practice, when the tools and techniques are still relatively new and possibly just developing. For this reason it is important to enlarge the curriculum of higher education with innovative concepts such as vicarious resiliency. This paper presents a joint research initiative integrating two complementary research trajectories. The first trajectory builds on our previous continuing research conducted at Vytautas Magnus University and the Lithuanian University of Health Sciences, which substantiates the importance of interprofessional collaboration between social workers and other helping professionals in creating and sustaining a person’s supportive social environment (Bruneviciute et al., 2007; Veckiene & Eidukeviciute, 2009; Bruneviciute, Veckiene et al., 2011). These studies highlight that complex social problems require coordinated professional responses that extend beyond individual disciplinary boundaries. The second research trajectory focuses on strengthening professional resilience within the contemporary labour market, particularly when working with highly complex and vulnerable client groups (Pirskanen, Eidukeviciute, Daugeliene, 2025). This line of inquiry explores how professionals can maintain emotional sustainability, professional effectiveness, and ethical sensitivity while simultaneously mobilising external resources available in the broader social, organisational, and community environment. By integrating these two perspectives, the joint research aims to analyse how interprofessional collaboration and external resource utilisation contribute to resilience-building among helping professionals. The study emphasises the dynamic interaction between individual professional capacities, organisational contexts, and intersectoral cooperation, proposing a holistic framework for supporting professionals facing increasing demands and structural pressures in modern social service systems Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our aim is to investigate existing international research literature on social workers’ vicarious resiliency by using theory-driven, integrative meta-analysis, and outline the guidelines to implement the innovative concept of vicarious resiliency in the curriculum of higher education. We use theory-driven meta-analysis in our study. Although our focus of the meta-analysis is on social workers and social work students, the study has applicability in many fields in which future professionals work with service users. Our research questions for meta-analysis are: 1) What skills and knowledge are needed to become vicariously resilient professionals? 2) What risks can be recognized dealing with emphatic engagement with traumatic experiences and materials of clients? This study is based on a scoping review aimed at mapping existing research on vicarious resilience across different professional fields. Metadata were collected from four databases: ProQuest, Scopus, EBSCOhost, and Google Scholar. The review included research-based quantitative and qualitative articles published in international peer-reviewed journals and written in English. The search was conducted using the terms “vicarious resilience” and “vicarious resiliency.” The selected studies were analyzed using qualitative content analysis. The presentation introduces and discusses the preliminary findings of the review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We argue that promoting the well-being of helping professionals and future professionals requires systematic value-based knowledge of best practices for strengthening resilience and self-care. While resilience is often conceptualised as an individual capacity, this contribution emphasises that inner resilience alone is insufficient. Organisational structures, professional environments, and external forms of support play a crucial role in enabling sustainable resilience among helping professionals. Particular attention is given to the concept of vicarious resilience and to the question of how professionals’ personal experiences of trauma may influence their capacity to develop resilience through relational work with others. Based on the preliminary findings of a scoping review, the presentation outlines practice-oriented recommendations aimed at fostering vicarious resilience in education, organisational settings, and professional practice. In particular, fostering vicarious resilience among students and future professionals poses significant challenges, as it requires the capacity to reflect on others’ experiences of adversity and to recognise relational sources of resilience—processes that are not easily supported within existing training structures. By shifting the analytical focus away from individualised responsibility and towards organisational, educational, and structural conditions, this contribution highlights the need for innovative approaches within social and educational systems that enable sustainable resilience rather than reinforcing narratives of individual failure. Qualitative research highlights vicarious resilience as encompassing changes in professional goals and priorities, increased hope and self-care, strengthened personal resilience and perspective, heightened awareness of power and privilege, and an enhanced capacity to engage with trauma narratives, while emphasising that professional and personal boundary-setting, collaborative relationships, and a strengths-based approach constitute essential elements of professional and innovative training focused not only on knowledge acquisition but also on the development of personal competencies. References Brunevičiūtė, R., Braždžionytė, J., Gudaitytė, D.,Večkienė, N. P. (2007). The Influence of Educational Research on Changes in the Content of Studies: a Comparative Study of the Curricula of Medicine and Social Work. Genth. Brunevičiūtė, R., Večkienė, N. P. ir kt. (2011). Practical preconditions for the development of the Interdisciplinary collaboration competence in healthcare. Santalka: filolologija, Edukologija, Nr. 2, p. 132–140. Vilnius: Technika. Edelkott, N., Engstrom, D. W., Hernandez-Wolfe, P., & Gangsei, D. (2016). Vicarious resilience: Complexities and variations. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 86(6), 713. Engstrom, D., Hernandez, P., & Gangsei, D. (2008). Vicarious resilience: A qualitative investigation into its description. Traumatology, 14, 13–2 Hernández, P.; Gangsei, D.; Engstrom, D. (2007). Vicarious Resilience: A New Concept in Work With Those Who Survive Trauma. Family Process, 46 (2), 229–241. McGlinchey, D., & Killian, K. D. (2024). Helping Others While Helping Yourself: Vicarious Resilience in Victim Service Workers With and Without Experiences of Victimization. Journal of Social Service Research, 1-8. Méndez-Fernández, A. B., Aguiar-Fernández, F. J., Lombardero-Posada, X., Murcia-Alvarez, E., & González-Fernández, A. (2022). Vicariously resilient or traumatised social workers: Exploring some risk and protective factors. The British Journal of Social Work, 52(2), 1089-1109 Puvimanasinghe, T., Denson, L. A., Augoustinos, M., & Somasundaram, D. (2015). Vicarious resilience and vicarious traumatisation: Experiences of working with refugees and asylum seekers in South Australia. Transcultural psychiatry, 52(6), 743-765. Tedeschi, R. G., & Calhoun, L. G. (2004). "Posttraumatic growth: conceptual foundations and empirical evidence". Psychological inquiry, 15(1), 1-18. Tsesmelis Piccolino, Sophia (2022) Vicarious resilience: traversing the path from client to clinician through a search for meaning. Social Work in Health Care 2022, VOL. 61, NOS. 6–8, 468–482 Večkienė, N., Eidukevičiūtė, J. (2009). Tutoriaus ir mentoriaus funkcijos socialinio darbo studentų mokomosios praktikos procese. Profesinis rengimas: tyrimai ir realijos, Nr. 17, p. 204–228. Vrklevski, L. P., & Franklin, J. (2008). Vicarious trauma: The impact on solicitors of exposure to traumatic material. Traumatology, 14(1), 106-118. Weiss-Dagan, S., Ben-Porat, A., & Itzhaky, H. (2022). Secondary traumatic stress and vicarious post-traumatic growth among social workers who have worked with abused children. Journal of social work, 22(1), 170-187. Staab, P. (2024). Markets and power in digital capitalism. Vančová, V., Halamová, J., & Šoková, B. (2026). Compassion satisfaction and compassion fatigue among teachers: Mixed study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 172. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper When Learning Becomes a Shared Challenge: Designing Transnational Learning Environments for Teacher Educators Pädagogische Hochschule Ludwigsburg, Germany Presenting Author:As learning environments become increasingly diverse, teacher educators are challenged to design pedagogical approaches that are inclusive, innovative, and responsive to digital transformation, as well as processes of internationalisation (Oesterle, 2025; Rindenow et al., 2025; Symeonidis & Impedovo, 2025). Digital competence encompasses not only subject-specific and didactic knowledge, but also the capacity to critically reflect on and actively reshape teaching practices in response to digital change (Engeness, 2021; Nagel, 2025). During the pandemic, many educators transferred their traditional practices one-to-one into an online format, without adapting the content or the pedagogy (Popov et al., 2025). However, particularly considering advances in AI, teacher educators are now expected to make informed pedagogical decisions, to select and adapt digital tools purposefully, and to engage in reflective practice that transforms learning environments rather than merely digitising existing routines. This paper examines the implementation of an innovative, transnational continuing professional development (CPD) programme designed for teacher educators at university-level. The programme was developed as part of an Erasmus+ Project, digiTED, with ran from 2022 to 2025 and was tested three times. Combining pedagogical creativity, emerging technologies, and interdisciplinary, transnational collaboration the programme ensures that the participants do not merely receive digital training but actively engage in experiential learning, co-creation, and reflection. Thereby, it moves beyond passive training models by incorporating Challenge-Based Learning (Costa et al., 2018), Gamification (Pujolà & Nonell, 2025) and Learning Experience Design (Kircher et al., 2021), ensuring that participants engage deeply with digital tools through real-world problem-solving. Unlike conventional workshops that focus on tool demonstrations, this programme challenges educators to design and develop their own educational escape games, fostering creativity, innovation, and hands-on experimentation both during a short-term mobility, as well as within a virtual makerspace. This paper presents findings from an empirical, longitudinal study conducted within the Erasmus+ project, drawing on data from three cohorts of teacher educators who participated in the programme. The study is based on data from 55 teacher educators from Germany, Ireland, Spain, Sweden, and Estonia. Participants represented diverse disciplinary backgrounds, professional roles, and levels of digital competence. The study adopts an experiential and interpretive perspective. Rather than focusing on effectiveness or predefined learning outcomes, it seeks to understand how teacher educators experienced, perceived, and evaluated this form of transnational collaboration as a professional learning environment. Particular attention is paid to how transcultural group work, multimodal game design, and virtual elements shaped participants’ engagement, collaboration, and sense-making processes. Data were collected through surveys, interviews, reflective artefacts, and observations and analysed thematically. Findings indicate that dialogue and challenge-based design were central to professional learning. The shared task of collaboratively developing a multimodal escape game fostered sustained exchange, collective problem-solving, and peer learning, which participants valued more highly than tool-focused training. Transnational and interdisciplinary group work was experienced as inspiring and inclusive, supported by multimodality and linguistically mixed groups, while also limiting subject-specific depth. Time and space for dialogue, including informal and social activities, were consistently highlighted as crucial for meaningful collaboration. In this paper presentation, the authors will illustrate the design of a novel transnational CPD programme for teacher educators, outlining the pedagogical framework and the innovative methodologies and activities employed, including challenge-based learning, collaborative escape game design, and virtual formats. It then reports empirical findings from a longitudinal study based on a rich, multimodal data corpus comprising surveys, interviews, reflective artefacts, observations, and design outputs. Finally, the paper discusses implications for the design of transnational, collaborative learning environments, highlighting how physical and virtual learning spaces can be intentionally combined to support dialogue, collaboration, and inclusive professional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an empirical mixed-methods design to explore how participants experienced, perceived, and evaluated their participation and learning during the CPD programme, as well as how they reflected on the integration of these experiences into their teaching practice. Data were collected across three iterations of the CPD programme conducted within the Erasmus+ project. A pre-, post-, and follow-up survey design was used to capture participants’ backgrounds, expectations, experiences, and reflections over time. Surveys included scale-based and open-ended items addressing participants’ motivation, perceived development in digital teaching, collaboration experiences, and reflections on transfer into practice. In total, all 55 participants completed the survey sequence. Qualitative data were generated through semi-structured video interviews conducted at the end of each Innovation Week (n = 55), multimodal interactions documented on online collaborative boards (including written, visual, audio, and video contributions), reflective podcasts produced after the programme, and collaboratively developed CPD outputs, most notably multimodal educational escape games. Quantitative survey data were analysed descriptively and through paired comparisons to explore changes in participants’ self-reported perceptions over time and to contextualise qualitative findings (Creswell, 2013). Qualitative data were analysed using a qualitative content analysis approach. Analysis proceeded through iterative coding cycles. First, all qualitative materials were familiarised and open-coded to identify recurring themes related to collaboration, dialogue, multimodality, learning-space affordances, and professional reflection. Based on this initial coding, analytical categories were developed inductively and refined through constant comparison across data sources. In a second step, categories were applied systematically to the full dataset, allowing for differentiation between shared patterns and divergent experiences across cohorts. To enhance analytical rigour, findings were triangulated across multiple data sources (Suter, 2012), including interviews, survey responses, online board interactions, podcasts, and design artefacts. Quantitative and qualitative findings were integrated during interpretation to develop a comprehensive understanding of participants’ experiences over time. All data were fully anonymised prior to analysis, and ethical principles of informed consent, voluntary participation, confidentiality, and secure data handling were applied throughout the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to research on innovative methodologies in diverse learning environments by examining how a transnational CPD programme enable digital professional learning through dialogue, challenge-based design, and multimodal engagement. The findings demonstrate that professional learning emerged less from the transmission of predefined content and more from participatory, dialogic processes embedded in intentionally designed physical, and virtual learning spaces. Central to the programme was a challenge-based, game-design methodology, which required participants to collaboratively develop multimodal educational escape games. This shared design challenge created a learner-centred environment that fostered autonomy, collaboration, and collective sense-making. The need to jointly solve a pedagogical problem transformed diversity within the groups into a productive resource, as participants negotiated meanings, approaches, and design decisions across cultural, linguistic, and disciplinary differences. The findings further underscore the importance of learning-space design. Flexible physical spaces, combined with digital infrastructures such as a virtual makerspace and inspirational design guides, enabled multimodal engagement and supported sustained collaboration beyond the face-to-face phase. Here, the programme also connects to research on virtual exchange, which highlights the role of digitally mediated, dialogic collaboration in supporting intercultural learning and professional reflection beyond physical mobility (O’Dowd, 2021; Schwab & Drixler, 2020). The findings suggest, however, that such exchanges become particularly meaningful when embedded in shared, challenge-based tasks and combined with physical co-presence within virtual learning environments. At the same time, the interdisciplinary and transnational composition of the groups revealed productive tensions. While participants valued the variety of perspectives and intercultural dialogue, the collaborative focus on shared challenges limited opportunities for deep disciplinary engagement. In line with previous studies, participants identified time and space for dialogue, including informal and social interactions, as among the most valuable aspects of the programme (Oesterle, 2025; Popov et al, 2025). Such relational and community-oriented spaces supported trust-building, participation, and professional agency. References Costa, A., Lucena, C., Lemos, H., Carvalho, G., Fuks, H., & Venieris, R. (2018). Multidisciplinary groups learning to develop mobile applications from the challenge-based learning methodology (pp. 318–327). https://doi.org/10.1145/3266237.3266256 Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage Publications. Engeness, I. (2021). Developing teachers’ digital identity: towards the pedagogic design principles of digital environments to enhance students’ learning in the 21st century. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 96–114. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1849129 Kircher, J., Burger, E., Ebner, M., & Schön, S. (2021). Learning experience design: On the design of technology-supported learning experiences using methods of design development. In K. Wilbers & A. Hohenstein (Eds.), Handbook of e-learning: Expert knowledge from research and practice – strategies, instruments, case studies (93rd supplementary delivery, October 2021, contribution 4.78). Nagel, I. (2025). Promoting professional digital competence in student teachers: teacher educators’ task perception matters. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2025.2482932 O’Dowd, R. (2021). What do students learn in virtual exchange? A qualitative content analysis of learning outcomes across multiple exchanges. International Journal of Educational Research, 109, 101804. Oesterle, M. (2025). The role of transient transnational communities in the CPD of teacher educators: An analysis of European education policies and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 165, 105148. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105148 Popov, E., Pischetola, M., Poderi, G., & Møller, J. K. (2025). ‘It opened a new teaching space for me’: Transforming higher education practice through digital education. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 53, 100922. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2025.100922 Pujolà, J. T., & Nonell, O. E. (2025). Tecnologies per a la didàctica de la llengua. L’Abadia de Montserrat. Rindenow, E., Davidovitch, N., & Dorot, R. (2025). Teaching and learning in new spaces: the pedagogy-suited learning space approach. Cogent Education, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2025.2560615 Schwab, G. & Drixler, N. (2020). Telekollaboration und Digitalisierung in der Hochschullehre: Interkulturelles Lernen durch virtuellen Austausch im Studium zukünftiger Lehrerinnen und Lehrer. In: D. Elsner, H. Niesen, & B. Viebrock (Eds.), Hochschullehre digital gestalten in der (fremd-)sprachlichen LehrerInnenbildung. Inhalte, Methoden und Aufgaben (pp. 235–254). Narr Francke Attempto Verlag. Suter, W. N. (2012). Qualitative data, analysis, and design. In Qualitative data, analysis, and design (2 ed., pp. 342-386). SAGE Publications, Inc., https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483384443.n12 Symeonidis, V., & Impedovo, M. (2025). Teacher Education in the Nexus Between Digital Transformation and Internationalisation. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 15(1), 7-12. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.2104 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 21 SES 01 A: Uncertainty, Knowledge and Practice: Psychoanalytic Approaches to Education in Times of Crisis Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Paper Session |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Practice Analysis Groups, Between Training Device and Research Method Inspé-UPEC, France Presenting Author:This proposal comes from the questioning of the dual purpose of research itself in the psychoanalytically oriented clinical approach: to produce knowledge, but also potentially to change the view of reality held by the subjects who are the objects of the research. Like any research method, those used in this field – individual or group interviews or observations – have an effect on the subjects involved in the research. What, then, is the specific value of the psychoanalytical approach in education in terms of knowledge and action? I therefore propose to examine a data collection method that I use as a researcher in close connection with my practice as a teacher trainer. Thus, I want to clarify with this short paper how the psychoanalytically clinical approach can offer both finalities at the same time. I am considering the two aspects of “acting” and “knowing” in the devices I’m using in “collaborative research” (Desgagné, 1997) inspired by the monographic writing group (Dubois, 2015). I will observe how the construction of a subject's ethics and the renunciation of omnipotence and control over students are articulated. This seems to be facilitated by the group experience and the mediation of writing. Therefore, for the researcher who leads the group of teachers in practice analysis, it is a laboratory for theorisation, and, at the same time, it opens up a space for transformation through the work on the ethical position of professionals. I will focus on verbatim quotes taken from the sessions of the groups accompanied by the two researchers and alone, as well as on notes taken during practice analysis sessions and during supervision sessions carried out by three researchers (the two researchers involved and a colleague from outside the project I propose to examine how the control processes present in the relationship between teachers and their hierarchy can be repeated in their relationship with pupils, in a logic of “functional homology” (Pinel, 2002). The pressure exerted on teachers to perform well in the transmission of mathematical knowledge seems to be reflected in the desire to « control » pupils' mental activities through the implementation of more restrictive teaching methods. This is where the “drive for control” and “incestuousness” (Racamier, 1995) lies. In this verbatim, we can also observe how much “mirroring effects” (Foulkes, 1970) can occur, offering psychological changes for the teachers participating in the group. This brings us to the level of “action” induced by the group setting. I would also like to analyse the importance of supervision sessions with a third researchers who is not immersed in the reality of the field, in order to allow the researchers' thinking to unfold. These free sessions, dedicated to analysing group processes, enable the researchers to take a step back and propose shared interpretative approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Rooted in the clinical psychoanalytical approach (Blanchard-Laville & alt, 2005), the presentation will be based on the analysis of the gathered data while the two first years of a three-year multidisciplinary academic research project led by the teacher training institute and various laboratories. It focuses on the teaching of mathematics, a subject in which French pupils have great difficulty. Funded by the employer (the Ministry), it aims to produce results for training purposes: creating training modules and tool kits. I work in this project with one colleague: we share the work with one group and each of us work alone with another. As clinical researchers, our involvement in this study falls within the context of psychosocial skills, a new topic in teacher training programmes. We therefore opted for a data collection method that could be used for training with professional practice analysis groups based on the writing of “micro-monographs” (Dubois, 2015). I will first quickly describe the device and then analyse some verbatim transcripts of group practice analysis sessions and notes taken in situ and afterwards, particularly during supervision sessions. This will allow me not only to observe group processes, but also to identify how interpretations are articulated between the two researchers through the resonances of what they each feel in the shared group and in the groups where they interact alone. I would like to illustrate how action and knowledge feed into each other in a back-and-forth between theorisation and immersion in the field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The corpus is still under construction, but I can already point to developments in research methodology that have informed the reflections of the two researchers. We observed our use of writing, not only in the context of the writing activities of the teachers participating in the groups, but also in our different use of writing during the sessions, with or without note-taking. The question of our notes in the aftermath is also a point we are considering, as are the effects of supervision time. The results I imagine will therefore focus in the first instance on knowledge construction. Secondly, I will measure the effects of change in teachers' professional postures based on what they report during the feedback sessions at the beginning of the sessions in particular. Group work based on mediation with shared writing has an impact on their classroom activities. Finally, if the presentation space allows, I may also be able to shed light on the group processes perceived within the group as clues to what the teachers in the group experience and bring to life for their pupils in their classrooms. References Bion WR (1961) Experiences in Groups, and Other Papers. Tavistock/Routledge,1989. Clarisse Vollon, Guy Gimenez. A ‘complementarist’ approach to the group as matrix and as psychic apparatus. Group Analysis, 2022, 55 (1), 64-78. Desgagné, S. (2007). Le concept de recherche collaborative : L’idée d’un rapprochement entre chercheurs universitaires et praticiens enseignants. Revue des sciences de l’éducation, 23(2), 371 393. Dubois, A. (2015). Le « groupe monographique » : un dispositif de formation pour enseignants débutants. Cliopsy, 13, 77-93. Foulkes, S.H. (1973). The group as matrix of the individual’s mental life. In: Foulkes E (ed.) Selected Papers of S. H. Foulkes: Psychoanalysis and Group Analysis. Routledge, 1990, 223–234. Kaës, R. (1993). Le groupe et le sujet du groupe : éléments pour une théorie psychanalytique du groupe. Dunod. Pinel, J. P. (2002). « Déliaison des liens et pathologies de l’acte à l’adolescence : les fonctions du cadre groupal et institutionnel dans les processus de reliaison reliaison ». IN F. Marty et al., Le lien, et quelques-unes de ses figures. Publications de l’Université de Rouen, 101-128. Racamier, P.-C. (2010). L’inceste et l’incestuel. Dunod. Toliou, A. (2025). Mirroring. Vocabulaire clinique de l’analyse de groupe. Erès, 287-290. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper The Hidden Abode of Subjectivity Production: The Role of Desire Cultivation in Reproducing and Resisting Capitalist Relations University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In this presentation, I analyse how the Lacanian conceptualisation of the subject and desire can contribute to an understanding of the production of subjectivities (Guattari, 2025), which has been identified as a central component of the modes of labour control characteristic of contemporary biocapitalism. The study is grounded in the recognition that addressing the ongoing ecological crisis requires the overcoming of capitalism, since capital accumulation remains tied to its material basis (Hickel & Kallis, 2020). This, in turn, requires a systematic understanding of the mechanisms through which individuals are integrated into the capitalist system of production, that is, into the capital relation that constitutes the core of capitalism. By the capital relation, I refer, following Marx (2020), to the relation between capital and labour power. The presentation is based on my ongoing theoretical doctoral research. Autonomist Marxist literature (Tronti, 2019; Negri, 1991) highlights labour power as both the source of surplus value and an antagonistic force that seeks to evade capital’s control. Capitalism develops through the interplay of labour’s struggles for emancipation and capital’s attempts to capture them. This has led to the current biocapitalist mode of production, in which life itself becomes the main site of surplus value extraction (Marazzi, 2015, p. 45). In biocapitalism the entirety of subjectivity serves as the primary means of production, and thus the control of labour power entails the organization of people’s cognitive capacities, emotions, desires, and social relations according to the principles of capital accumulation – the modelling of psychic space as a technique of control (Viren, 2018; Berardi, 2009). In this way, work becomes a site of libidinal investment that exploits desire.
Previous analyses have examined indirect mechanisms of the production of subjectivities, such as the conditionality of social security and the use of indebtedness (Viren, 2018). In this presentation I direct critical attention to education as a more direct means of governing labor and producing subjectivities, and thus as a possible site of resistance. As an illustrative example, I examine the concept of continuous learning, which has become an increasingly prevalent framework in educational policy documents (Kinnari, Laalo & Silvennoinen, 2022). While the analysis of education as a site of subjectivity production is by now a well-established perspective (Ball, 2019; Värri, 2018), this presentation advances the discussion by approaching these questions through a combined framework of autonomist Marxist theory and Lacanian psychoanalysis.
In order to understand the premises of this biocapitalist production of subjectivities, I turn to Jacques Lacan’s theory of the subject. In Lacan’s thought, desire is fundamentally intertwined with the structure of the subject, which renders it inherently insatiable (Värri, 2018, p. 67–70). Desire is generated by an imaginary object formed within the social dynamics of early childhood, the objet petit a, which symbolizes lack by representing that which we imagine to be missing from us and which would provide ultimate fulfillment, were it to exist (Fink, 1995, p. 59–61). The logic of desire is sustained by failure in the pursuit of fulfillment – paradoxically, it is precisely this failure that maintains the fantasy that fulfillment may still be attainable at some point in the future (Fink, 1995, p. 90–91; Stavrakakis, 1999, p. 45–49). Moreover, desire takes its orientation from the desire of the Other (Fink, 1995, p. 54; McGowan, 2016, p. 35–36; Sarup, 1992, p. 69; Usher & Edwards, 1994, p. 61), by which Lacan refers to the social determination of desire. These features of desire, as articulated by Lacan, render it particularly amenable to biocapitalist modes of labor governance and educational practices that seek to shape subjectivities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My presentation is based on my doctoral dissertation, which is a theoretical-conceptual study in the philosophy of education. This entails two central tasks: reconstruction and construction. Reconstruction involves the interpretation and analysis of existing theories, whereas construction refers to the development of new theoretical insights. My methodological framework is informed by Gilles Deleuze’s conception of philosophy as the creation of concepts (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994), which aligns well with my aim of formulating a theoretical lens for examining the production of subjectivities through a combined analysis of Lacanian subject theory and the autonomist Marxist tradition. The material for my study consists of scholarly literature on the topic. In addition to the sources cited in the abstract, my core materials include Jacques Lacan’s primary texts (1977) and educational applications of Lacanian thought (Cho, 2009; Brown, 2008; Roseboro, 2008), as well as co-authored works by Antonio Negri and Michael Hardt (2000; 2004), together with other interpretive literature in the autonomist Marxist tradition that is relevant to my research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation is based on an unfinished theoretical monograph, so final results are still pending. However, preliminary analysis allows for some observations. Both capitalism and education are saturated with fantasies. Capitalism’s central fantasy is internally contradictory: it aims for a pure formula of surplus value production, treating human labor and nature as excessive frictions, externalities to be minimized, while simultaneously subordinating all life and social relations to the logic of value production. Producing subjectivity under capitalism involves attempting to overcome the antagonism between capital and labour by integrating labour power into capital. This takes place through the transformation of workers’ self-conception to align with the logic of capital. The discourse of human capital has become increasingly prominent in education, encouraging individuals to view themselves as capital-like entities whose value can be enhanced through the development of skills. Framework of continuous learning exemplifies this, channeling desire toward generalized competencies and framing existing skills as perpetual deficiencies to be remedied. Lacanian theory elucidates this dynamic: desire does not aim at fulfillment as such, but at the endless continuation of desire itself. Capitalism grants the objet petit a a substantial status and presents it as attainable through engagement with various spheres of the capitalist system, such as continuous learning, yet the system’s psychic appeal depends on the failure to achieve fulfillment in that pursuit. From an autonomist Marxist perspective, attempts to integrate inherently antagonistic labour power into capital produce crises, since surplus value originates in labour power as non-capital, as a force fundamentally heterogeneous vis-à-vis capital. By subordinating life to value production, capitalism undermines its own foundations. The expected outcome of this work is to provide a conceptual lens that encourages reflection on the links between education, desire, and biocapitalist modes of labour control, thereby continuing critical discussions in educational research. References Ball, S. J. (2019). A horizon of freedom: Using Foucault to think differently about education and learning. Power and education, 11(2), 132-144. Berardi, F. (2009.) Soul at Work - From Alienation to Autonomy. Semiotext(e). Brown, T. (2008). Lacan, Subjectivity and the Task of Mathematics Education Research. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 68(3), 227–245. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1994). What is Philosophy? Verso. Fink, B. (1995). The Lacanian subject: between language and jouissance. Princeton University Press. Guattari, F. (2024). Kolme ekologiaa. Tutkijaliitto. Hardt, M., & Negri, A. (2004). Multitude : war and democracy in the Age of Empire. Penguin Press. Hardt, M. & Negri, A. (2000). Empire. Harvard University Press. Hickel, J., & Kallis, G. (2020). Is green growth possible?. New political economy, 25(4), 469–486. Kinnari, H., Laalo, H. & Silvennoinen, H. (2022). ”Kohti merkityksellistä elämää” – jatkuva oppiminen tulevaisuuden hallintana. In S. Lemmetty & K. Collin (Eds.), Jatkuva oppiminen ja aikuispedagogiikka työssä (pp. 56–87). SoPhi. Lacan, J. (1977). Ecrits: a Selection. Tavistock/Routledge. Marazzi, C. (2015). Finanssikapitalismin väkivalta. Tutkijaliitto. Marx, K. (2020). Pääoma. Poliittisen taloustieteen kritiikkiä. 1. osa. Pääoman tuotantoprosessi. TA-Tieto Oy. McGowan, T. (2016). Capitalism and desire: the psychic cost of free markets. Columbia University Press. Negri, A. (1991). Marx Beyond Marx. Lessons on the Grundrisse. Autonomedia/Pluto. Roseboro, D. L. (2008). Jacques Lacan and Education: A Critical Introduction. Sense Publishers. Sarup, M. (1992). Jacques Lacan. University of Toronto Press. Stavrakakis, Y. (1999). Lacan and the Political. Taylor and Francis. Tronti, M. (2019). Workers and Capital. Verso. Usher, R. & Edwards, R. (1994). Postmodernism & Education. Routledge. Viren, E. (2018). Raha ja työvoima. Tutkijaliitto. Värri, V-M. (2018). Kasvatus ekokriisin aikakaudella. Vastapaino. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 01 A: (Students) Recruitment and Aspiration Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anna-Lena Rose Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Assembling Employability: Ethnography of Graduate Recruitment Fairs University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Higher education has long been associated with the promise of secure employment and upward social mobility. While participation in higher education has expanded, the number of stable, high-status graduate positions has not grown at a comparable rate, intensifying competition among graduates and employers for highly skilled candidates (Isopahkala-Bouret & Tholen, 2023). Consequently, transitions from higher education to the labour market have become increasingly uncertain across Europe, with rising levels of under-employment and persistent mismatches between educational attainment and occupational demands (Albert et al., 2023; Figueiredo et al., 2015; Tomlinson, 2012). These structural tensions strain the traditional promise of higher education, widening the gap between expectations of secure graduate employment and contemporary labour market realities. In this presentation, we examine graduate recruitment fairs targeted at higher education students. These fairs provide students with opportunities to meet potential employers and explore career paths, while also functioning as institutionalised spaces where public higher education intersects with private, commercial actors (see Davis & Binder, 2016). Using assemblage theory (Deleuze & Guattari, 1987), we conceptualise graduate recruitment fairs as socio-material assemblages, in which employability emerges relationally through interactions among higher education institutions, private companies, recruitment firms, students, and non-human actors such as recruitment platforms, branding materials, and spatial arrangements within market-oriented discourses. Employability is thus not an individual attribute, but a situated accomplishment co-produced and evaluated across heterogeneous actors. Higher education institutions play a key role in these processes by organising fairs, selecting employer partners, and developing recruitment infrastructures and services. These practices introduce market-like logics into public higher education, shaping perceptions of which education is valuable and who gains access to selective recruitment pathways (Brown & Carasso, 2013; Slaughter & Taylor, 2016; Davis & Binder, 2016). While commercial and sponsorship elements are not new, recent developments emphasise the growing influence of market-oriented governance and the expansion of recruitment-related services, normalising competitive selection, self-marketing, and activities aimed at enhancing employability. These dynamics can also create exclusive networks that advantage certain partners and students, raising critical questions about equity and the role of public higher education in supporting academic values, equal opportunity, and the public good (Rivera, 2015; Tzoc & Gondal, 2023; Hogan & Thompson, 2021; Bok, 2003). Drawing on ethnographic data from Finnish graduate recruitment fairs, this presentation addresses the question: What kind of employability assemblages emerge at graduate recruitment fairs? We examine how heterogeneous actors and material arrangements are brought into relation to produce particular configurations of knowledge, expectations, and practices around graduate employability. Finland provides a particularly instructive context, combining the highest unemployment rate in the EU with a long-standing tradition of public higher education and broadly accessible educational opportunities. By situating graduate recruitment fairs in Finland and across broader European contexts, this study contributes to international debates on graduate transitions, employability, and the evolving relationship between public higher education, labour markets, and market-oriented logics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this study draws on multi-sited ethnography, adapted to examine graduate recruitment events as socio-material assemblages. Often referred to as “event ethnography,” this approach involves short, intensive periods of fieldwork in temporally and spatially bounded settings (e.g., Baird, 2017; Player-Koro et al., 2022; van Zanten & Legavre, 2014). The dataset comprises ethnographic material collected at five graduate recruitment fairs held in different Finnish cities between January 2025 and January 2026. Four of these fairs were organised on university campuses and targeted primarily at students of the host institutions, while one was a large-scale, nationwide event organised by an external commercial actor. Fieldwork consisted of approximately 50 hours of ethnographic observations, fieldnotes, and photography, enabling close examination of interactions, material arrangements, spatial organisation, and the overall event atmosphere. This methodological approach enables us to address the research question of what kinds of employability assemblages emerge at graduate recruitment fairs. The analysis is informed by assemblage theory (Deleuze & Guattari, 1987) and thinking-with-theory (Jackson & Mazzei, 2022), focusing on how recruitment fairs are constituted through relations between heterogeneous human and non-human elements, including students, employers, higher education representatives, recruitment technologies, promotional materials, and spatial arrangements. Attention is directed to recurring practices and material configurations through which employability is enacted, and through which particular forms of employability are made visible and valued, while others are marginalised. By examining how these assemblages are stabilised, reworked, or contested in practice, the study connects the situated dynamics of graduate recruitment events to broader European and transnational labour market logics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary observations highlight tensions in graduate recruitment fairs. While these events are promoted as opportunities to secure internships, build networks, and gain career advantages, positioning students as the “talent of the future” and reinforcing the promise of higher education, they also reveal a more complex reality. Competition for graduate positions is intense, and many opportunities do not lead to immediate employment or direct access to decision-makers. Rather than functioning solely as sites of matching, graduate recruitment fairs operate as socio-material assemblages, in which particular understandings of graduate employability are produced, circulated, and normalised. Employers and universities communicate imaginaries of the “employable graduate” through presentations, interactions, promotional materials, and spatial arrangements, framing employability in terms of proactivity, flexibility, self-presentation, and cultural fit, foregrounding individualised and market-oriented expectations.. At the same time, these framings coexist uneasily with the egalitarian ideals of publicly funded higher education, producing a tension between universal opportunity and selective access. Preliminary findings suggest that graduate recruitment fairs both sustain the promise of employability embedded in higher education and simultaneously produce unequal conditions of participation, privileging certain forms of interaction and engagement. From an assemblage perspective, these events are key sites where graduate employability is differentially produced, shaping opportunities for navigating competitive labour markets. At the same time, students’ ability to participate in and benefit from these events varies depending on their familiarity with recruitment practices, their social networks, and the ways the events are organized and structured. References Albert, C., Davia, M. A., & Legazpe, N. (2023). Educational mismatch in recent university graduates. The role of labour mobility. Journal of Youth Studies, 26(1), 113-135. Bok, D. (2009). Universities in the marketplace: The commercialization of higher education. Princeton university press. Brown, R., & Carasso, H. (2013). Everything for sale? The marketisation of UK higher education. Routledge. Davis, D., & Binder, A. (2016). Selling students: The rise of corporate partnership programs in university career centers. In The university under pressure (Vol. 46, pp. 395-422). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Hugo Figueiredo, Ricardo Biscaia, Vera Rocha & Pedro Teixeira (2015): Should we start worrying? Mass higher education, skill demand and the increasingly complex landscape of young graduates’ employment, Studies in Higher Education. Isopahkala-Bouret, U., & Tholen, G. (2023). Relative employability: Applying the insights of positional competition and conflict theories within the current higher education landscape. In Rethinking Graduate Employability in Context: Discourse, Policy and Practice (pp. 51-72). Springer International Publishing. Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2022). Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Routledge. Player-Koro, C., Jobér, A., & Bergviken Rensfeldt, A. (2022). De-politicised effects with networked governance? An event ethnography study on education trade fairs. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 1-16. Slaughter, S. and Rhoades, G. (2009). Academic Capitalism and the New Economy. Markets, State, and Higher Education. Baltimore: John Hopkins Academic Press. Slaughter, S., &Taylor, B. (Eds.). (2016). Higher education, stratification, and workforce development: Competitive advantage in Europe, the US, and Canada. Springer Publishing. Tomlinson, M. (2012). Graduate employability: A review of conceptual and empirical themes. Higher education policy, 25(4), 407–431. Zanten, A. V., & Legavre, A. (2014). Engineering access to higher education through higher education fairs. In G. Goastellec & F. Picard (Eds.), Higher Education in Societies. Higher Education Research in the 21st Century Series. Sense Publishers. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Elite Closure in University-Corporate Partnerships to Recruit University Graduates 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: City St George's, University of London, UK Presenting Author:The paper argues for a sociological understanding of the role of partnership in corporate actors' engagement with Higher Education (HE) to recruit university graduates. Research shows that hiring practices vary systematically by graduates' institutional backgrounds, with elite firms preferring graduates from elite universities (Binder et al. 2016; Rivera, 2015). Yet by focusing predominantly on organisations and sectors, this literature overlooks how corporate partners establish networks with universities and shape access to graduate employment. The aim of this paper is to clarify conceptually what recruitment partnerships and networks mean and how they work in the context of global higher education landscape. Our starting point is that profit-making is not universities’ primary purpose in building commercial recruitment partnerships. Such policies and practices serve a more complex set of goals and constituencies, such as the compelling contest between institutional status and rankings (Marginson 2016). Just like global corporations, global research universities (GRUs) strive to achieve high ranking and recognition within an international context, constructing institutional and social hierarchies under competitive pressure (e.g., Bloch et al., 2018; Rivera, 2015; Van Zanten et al., 2015). As a result, interconnections between universities and corporations, occur within both national and transnational spheres and characterise the positional competition in the global economy (Kauppinen et al., 2016; Brown et al., 2011). For the purpose of conceptualising the role of university-corporate partnership networks in graduate recruitment, this paper takes a Bourdieusian approach in which higher education (HE) is seen as a ‘field’, that is, a structured space where different actors strategise regarding competitive positions and the unequal distribution of ‘capital’, while simultaneously reproducing social stratification (e.g., Isopahkala-Bouret & Tholen, 2023; Brown et al., 2011). Moreover, actors in the field are involved in a symbolic struggle over valued resources (e.g., Tholen, 2017). The field of HE itself is nested within broader sociopolitical and economic forces, which creates the backdrop of the highly complex setting in this study. In sociological theory, ‘closure’ basically refers to exclusive processes of constructing social and symbolic boundaries to monopolise scarce resources for one group of people, while excluding others from using them (Tholen, 2017; van Zanten et al., 2015). ‘Elite closure’ in this study refers to incentives for high-status affiliations, that is, why GRUs prefer to connect with elite firms and vice versa and to create structured campus recruitment practices (Tzoc & Gondal, 2023; Kauppinen et al. 2016). The corporations, universities and individual graduates who identify themselves as part of the ‘global elite’ create alliances to further improve their distinct status (Binder et al., 2016; Rivera, 2015). However, the stigma associated with low-status affiliations disincentivises partnerships with less prestigious organisations for elite universities and corporations (Tzoc & Gondal, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual study based on sociological literature. It will provide a new conceptual model to understand the elite closure in university-corporate partnership to recruit university graduates. The paper provides analytical examples from earlier research literature to illustrate the evolving conceptual model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that building close(d) networks with corporations is one of the key strategies for leading universities to strengthen their positional status. However, a strong presence in HE gives corporate actors influence over policy issues and control over the development of the future workforce (Tzoc & Condal, 2023; Kauppinen et al., 2016; Brown et al., 2011). Furthermore, corporate recruitment partnerships function like a headhunting agency, interlocking networks between a few select partners and creating semi-exclusive recruitment pathways to a small number of corporations (Tzoc & Gondal, 2023; Davis & Binder, 2016; Binder et al., 2016; Rivera 2015). Consequently, social inequalities in graduate recruitment grow. First, partnerships between highly ranked universities and elite corporations create hurdles for smaller firms, start-ups and public/third-sector employers to hire students from top universities. Second, highly skilled graduates from low-ranked universities that lack corporate recruitment partnerships may find their applications locked out of the preferred talent pool (Davis & Binder, 2016). Third, elite closure also occurs in the exchange between students and recruiting agencies at campus recruitment events, as students with the ‘right’ capitals benefit most from the recruitment ‘pipeline’ between universities and corporations. Finally, this paper contributes to the critical societal discussion, in Europe and beyond, on the transforming societal role of universities as they increasingly operate as intermediaries in labour market processes rather than as autonomous educational institutions. It addresses global challenges relating to the employment of a highly skilled workforce and the social inequalities embedded in corporate recruitment practices. References Binder, A., Davis, D., & Bloom, N. (2016). Career funneling: How elite students learn to define and desire ‘prestigious’ jobs. Sociology of Education, 89, 20–39. Bloch, R., Mitterle, A., Paradeise, C., & Peter, T. (Eds.) (2018). Universities and the production of elites: Discourses, poli-cies, and strategies of excellence and stratification in higher education. Palgrave Macmillan. Brown, P., Lauder, H., & Ashton, D. (2011). The global auction: The broken promises of education, jobs and incomes. Oxford University Press. Davis, D., & Binder, A. (2016). Selling students: The rise of corporate partnership programs in university career centers. Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 46, 395–422. Isopahkala-Bouret, U., & Tholen, G. (2023). Relative employability: Applying the insights of positional competition and conflict theories within the current higher education landscape. In: Siivonen et al. (Eds.) Rethinking graduate employability in context (pp. 51–72). Palgrave Macmillan. Kauppinen, I., Coco, L., Choi, H., & Brajkovic, L. (2016). Blurring boundaries and borders: Interlocks between AAU institutions and transnational corporations. In: S. Slaughter & B. Taylor (Eds.), Higher education, stratification, and workforce development (p. 35–57). Springer. Marginson, 2010 Marginson, S. (2016). Global Stratification in Higher Education. In: Slaughter, S., Taylor, B. (eds) Higher Education, Stratification, and Workforce Development. Higher Education Dynamics, vol 45. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-21512-9_2 Rivera, L. (2015). Pedigree: How elite students get elite jobs. Princeton University Press. Tholen, G. (2017). Symbolic closure: Towards a renewed sociological perspective on the relationship between higher education, credentials and the graduate labour. Sociology, 51, 1067–1083. Tzoc, K., & Gondal, N. (2023). In search of the suitable candidate: The role of status, upstream and downstream diversity in recruitment partnerships. Socio-Economic Review, mwad024. van Zanten, A. , Ball, S., & Darchy-Koechlin, B. (Eds.) (2015). Elites, privilege and excellence: The national and global re-definition of educational advantage. Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Professional Aspirations during the PhD : a Choice Shaped by Doctoral Experience and Expectations 1: IREDU, Université Marie & Louis Pasteur, France; 2: IREDU, Université Bourgogne Europe, France; 3: Centre d'études et de recherches sur les qualifications (Céreq), France Presenting Author:For several years, the career choices of PhDs holders have received increasing attention from institutions. Initially seen as a channel for advancing public knowledge, the doctorate is now often praised as a generator of economic and technological value in a context of international competition. Thus, as elsewhere in Europe (for example, Passaretta & al., 2019), the proportion of PhD graduated employed outside academia has risen in France: according to the national IPDOC surveys, it concerns 51% of PhD holders one year after they obtained their diploma in the 2020 cohort, compared to 42% in the 2012 cohort. This trend partly reflects deteriorating academic labour market in many European countries, particularly for tenured position (OECD, 2024). Those limited opportunities are perceived by PhD students throughout their programme (Depolo et al., 2001; Roach & Sauermann, 2017). In France, they may contribute to the decline of academic aspirations by the end of the dissertation (Calmand & Giret, 2020), or to an international mobility trajectory that can ultimately lead to long‑term expatriation (Bonnard et al., 2017). As the first substantial experience in research, the doctoral studies years play a major role in shaping future careers (McAlpine & al., 2013). The discrepancy between initial expectations and the reality of a career in research can lead to shifts in aspirations (Depolo & al., 2001). Several studies indicate that, although academic careers are commonly associated with prestige, autonomy, and intellectual engagement, they are simultaneously characterized by heightened competition for tenure‑track positions and by workloads that have become increasingly demanding over time. Non-academic career can be seen as an alternative offering more stable working conditions or higher incomes, even though differences exist between the private sector and the non‑research public sector (Li & Horta, 2022). Consequently, although academia remains the dominant aspiration, its appeal tends to diminish over the years of PhD for a significant proportion of students (Depolo & al., 2001; Roach & Sauermann, 2017). In France, doctoral training has evolved significantly in recent years to adapt to this evolving job market and broaden career horizons (Chevaillier & al., 2020; Batteau, 2023). Skills awareness is emphasized as PhD students tend to ignore those that are not directly related to scientific research (Bonnard & Giret, 2016), which can lead to neglecting non-academic careers (Horta, 2018). However, doubts remain about the effectiveness of these training programs in addressing the actual aspirations and needs of doctoral students (Tõnismann, & Bran, 2025). Most available data predate these changes, and the factors influencing career planning during doctoral studies remain largely unexplored in France, particularly through longitudinal and quantitative approaches. The present research seeks to address this gap and to answer the following question: How are professional aspirations formed during doctoral studies in France? The first objective is to identify the factors influencing different professional aspirations throughout the doctoral years. Although conditioned by their field of research and funding, many students undertake a PhD without a clearly defined career plan (McAlpine & al. ,2013; Sauermann & Roach, 2016). It is therefore relevant to investigate whether aspirations evolve in response to similar factors as students become more familiar with the research environment. The second objective is to study more precisely the mechanisms leading to a change in aspirations. The contrast between desired job characteristics and confidence in the feasibility of planned careers may drive such changes. Training courses could influence both of these aspects by opening new career prospects, reinforcing interest in research or improving skills and their awareness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The results are based on a longitudinal survey designed to answer the research questions. Between March and July 2024, first-year doctoral students enrolled in French universities in the 2023–2024 academic year were invited by mail to participate in an online survey. The questionnaire included 12 modules ranging from sociodemographic information and PhD characteristics to academic relationships and difficulties encountered. One year later, students who had agreed to participate in the next wave were contacted again with a follow-up questionnaire. Although a final wave will be conducted between March and July 2026, this article presents initial findings from the first two waves. A total of 687 students have completed both questionnaires. It provides an original dataset in French research that tracks the trajectories of a single doctoral cohort from its first years from all French universities and domain of research. A first weighting procedure ensured the representativeness of the respondent population in terms of discipline, gender, nationality, and funding scheme, with respect to the doctoral statistics published by the Ministry of Higher Education. Then, longitudinal weighting was applied to correct for non-responding biases. The professional aspirations were measured using the question, “What is your professional project?” Respondent selected up to three options and ranked them by preference. For this study, professional aspirations were grouped into three categories: Academic, R&D, and other. We then focused solely on changes in academic project between the first two years. The empirical strategy relies on multinomial logistic regression. First, we analyse factors related to professional aspirations separately for wave 1 and wave 2 to analyse the persistence and differences of explanatory models over time. Second, we focus on the evolution of academic aspirations using a nested model strategy. We first look at the contrast between confidence in the feasibility of their career plans and desired job attributes, following previous quantitative longitudinal studies in other countries (Depolo & al., 2001; Roach & Sauermann, 2017). We then incorporate doctoral activities, particularly training courses, and self-assessed scientific and non-scientific skills. Although these variables may have a mitigating effect on the previous factors, they have received limited attention in previous studies with similar design. All models include a broad set of control variables including sociodemographic characteristics, thesis attributes, integration in the research environment and self-declared difficulties related to doctoral study. Missing data will be handled using Multiple Imputation by Chained Equations (MICE). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results indicate that, although academia remains the predominant professional aspiration, it faces competition from the start of the thesis: 57% of students identified an academic position as their primary professional aspiration, compared to 25% for R&D, 19% for other occupations. Semi-private funding, promoted by the recent press release, is particularly correlated with R&D aspirations in multinomial regression models. Conversely, students oriented toward academia report more concern about their future career due to the perceived scarcity of jobs. In terms of priorities, students oriented toward R&D place greater importance to salary, whereas academic aspirants value autonomy. Interestingly, these associations strengthen over time. Training programs reinforce this differentiation, with R&D aspirations linked to course related to the private sector and academic aspiration to courses on scientific culture. Students without research aspirations are distinguished by their self-assessed skills, rating themselves lower in research competence but higher in soft skills. However, these relations at a given wave do not preclude an influence on change of project. While most doctoral students kept the same project in the second wave, 11% switched from an academic aspiration to a non-academic one and 10% moved from a non-academic aspiration to an academic one. Preliminary analysis suggests that transition toward academia show a stronger probability of decline in “salary” as preferred attribute. Compared to preferred job attributes, project feasibility appears less significant in explaining changes during the first two years of thesis. Skills and training programs exert a weak mitigating effect. However, training programs related to the private sector in wave 1 are associated with a shift toward non-academic aspirations. A final section will employ more advanced econometric methods to further investigate the complex causal mechanism underlying these professional aspirations. References Batteau, P. (2023). Transitions in the French doctorate. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 60(5), 656–667. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2023.2237946 Bonnard, C., & Giret, J. F. (2016). Quand les diplômés de doctorat français partis à l'étranger auto évaluent leurs compétences. TransFormations: Recherches en éducation et formation des adultes, (15-16). Available at: https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-01948149/ Bonnard, C., Calmand, J., & Giret, J. F. (2017). International mobility of French Ph. Ds. European journal of higher education, 7(1), 43-55. Available at: https://shs.hal.science/halshs-01447878/file/17134%20version%20auteur.pdf Calmand, J., & Giret, J. F. (2020). Trouver sa place dans le secteur académique, un projet de moins en moins attractif pour les doctorants?. Éducation et socialisation. Les Cahiers du CERFEE, (58). Available at https://journals.openedition.org/edso/13502 Calmand, J., Chevaillier, T., & Giret, J. F. (2020). Between change and continuity: The transformation of doctoral education in France. In Yudkevich, M., Altbach, P. G., & Wit, H. D. Trends and Issues in Doctoral Education: A Global Perspective, Sage, 53-78. Available at: https://shs.hal.science/halshs-02926367v1 Depolo, M., Fraccaroli, F., Guglielmi, D., Mariani, M., & Sarchielli, G. (2001). L’incertitude à l’égard de l’avenir professionnel : Une recherche longitudinale chez des étudiants de doctorat. L’orientation scolaire et professionnelle, 30/1. https://doi.org/10.4000/osp.5694 Horta, H. (2018). PhD students’ self-perception of skills and career plans while in doctoral programs: are they associated?. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(2), 211-228. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-018-9532-y Li, H., & Horta, H. (2022). Factors influencing PhD students’ intentions to pursue careers in the government and nonprofit sectors: Evidence from a global survey. Higher Education Research & Development, 41(6), 1946-1961. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2021.1948975 McAlpine, L., Amundsen, C., & Turner, G. (2013). Constructing post‐PhD careers : Negotiating opportunities and personal goals. International Journal for Researcher Development, 4(1), 3954. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJRD-01-2013-0002 OECD (2024), “The state of academic careers in OECD countries: An evidence review”, OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 91, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ea9d3108-en. Passaretta, G., Trivellato, P., & Triventi, M. (2019). Between academia and labour market—the occupational outcomes of PhD graduates in a period of academic reforms and economic crisis. Higher Education, 77(3), 541–559. http://www.jstor.org/stable/45116931 Roach M, & Sauermann H (2017) The declining interest in an academic career. PLoS ONE 12(9): e018413 Sauermann H & Roach M. Why pursue the postdoc path?.Science 352,663 664(2016).DOI:10.1126/science.aaf206 Tõnismann, T., & Bran, A. (2025). Rationalité des transitions postdoctorales : Conflits entre les représentations, ressources, et vécus des doctorants et des titulaires de doctorat. Revue internationale de pédagogie de l’enseignement supérieur, 41(1). https://doi.org/10.4000/13gp8 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Crafting More Effective Teacher Recruitment Strategies: Experimental Evidence on College Student Preferences for Job Traits Harvard University, United States of America Presenting Author:The importance of teacher quality in student academic achievement is well-established (Chetty et al., 2014), but countries across and beyond Europe are struggling to improve the quality of their teacher workforce amid chronic teacher shortages, economic reorganization, and a surge in globalization that demands new teaching competencies (OECD, 2024). While efforts to affect the quality of the teacher workforce at later points in the teacher pipeline- via improved pre-service teacher education, hiring practices, and professional development- continue to grow globally, identifying and attracting higher-quality prospective teachers to the profession remains a comparatively efficient approach to improving teacher quality (Bartanen & Kwok, 2023). Considering the substantial evidence that individuals’ pre-career characteristics are effective signals of teaching quality (Jacob et al., 2018; Rockoff et al., 2011), and given that schools in many European countries struggle to provide students with sufficient numbers of effective teachers (OECD, 2025), research-based, early-timepoint teacher recruitment strategies appear to be an underutilized lever to improve teacher quality. Despite this, research examining the job-choice processes and preferences of young people considering teaching is relatively scarce. The present paper seeks to fill this gap, asking broadly: (1) How do preferences for specific job traits affect young people’s consideration of a career in teaching? and (2) What are the implications of these preferences for crafting recruitment programs that contribute to building a higher quality teacher workforce? To answer these questions, we conduct an original discrete choice survey experiment with a national sample of early-stage university students in the United States. This approach allows us to capture the causal effects of specific job attributes (such as salary, professional autonomy, and job security) on the probability that a student prefers a teaching job over their ideal post-graduation occupation (Hainmueller et al., 2013). This study extends recent methodologically similar work on preferences for job traits in teaching in several key ways. First, teacher recruitment strategies are most effectively implemented before individuals have invested considerable time, study, or finances into another field of work; interventions after such investments have been made are likely to be less effective, as students fall prey to the sunk-cost fallacy and the path dependence of occupational choice (Dlouhy & Bliemann, 2018; Redekopp, 2016). However, existing work in this area relies on samples consisting primarily of individuals who have already begun specialized studies in their post-graduation occupational roles (e.g., De Cort & De Witte, 2025; Sims & Routledge, 2025). In considering alternative job options, students at this stage in their studies must weigh potentially attractive attributes of a theoretical teaching job against the financial and temporal resources they have already invested in their planned career path. This fact potentially limits the external validity of these studies’ findings to students’ decision-making processes at slightly earlier timepoints, when students have yet to invest significant time or resources into a career path and when recruitment strategies are likely to be most effective. By limiting our sample to students currently in the first 2-4 semesters of their university enrollment, the present study provides new direct evidence on the job trait preferences of students during this pivotal early period. This study also builds on prior work by De Cort and De Witte (2025) to assess job attribute preference heterogeneity along individual characteristics (e.g., cognitive ability) that are predictive of teaching quality (Rockoff et al., 2011). By assessing preferences for job traits among subgroups of respondents with highest expected teaching quality, we make recommendations for teacher recruitment policies most likely to increase the average teacher quality of the teacher workforce. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conduct a discrete choice experiment, administered through electronic survey, to a national sample of domestic students in their second to fourth semester in bachelor’s degree programs in the United States. Respondents are presented with a series of “choice tasks”, each of which presents two job profiles with a list of attributes (such as salary, professional autonomy, and job security) describing each job and are asked to select the job they would prefer. Job attributes were chosen to represent a mix of incentives with significant evidence of effectiveness in recruiting individuals to teaching, as well as those that have not yet been empirically tested. These attributes draw on work in the field of teacher motivation (Mancenido, 2021; Watt & Richardson, 2007)), economics literature on occupational choice (e.g., Wiswall & Zafar, 2017), and the relatively small literature empirically examining incentives into teaching (e.g., Christian et al., 2024). By 1) ensuring that every choice task contains one job profile labelled a teaching role and one profile labelled with the respondent’s preferred post-graduation job field and 2) randomly varying the values of job attributes, we estimate the “average marginal component effect” (AMCE) of each attribute on the probability that a respondent chooses the teaching job over their preferred post-graduation job field (Hainmueller et al., 2014). Estimates are calculated by regressing a binary variable indicating whether the respondent selected the teaching role in a given choice task on the vector of included job attributes. In line with Lovison & Mo (2024), we use ordinary least squares regression and cluster standard errors at the respondent level to account for correlation between multiple choice tasks completed by a single respondent. The coefficient on each job attribute, or AMCE is our coefficient of interest and is an estimate of that attribute’s causal effect on the probability that a respondent prefers the teaching job profile over their preferred post-graduation field. By dividing each AMCE by the coefficient on the “salary” job attribute, we also calculate a “willingness-to-pay” for each attribute, which can be interpreted as the salary amount in USD that participants are willing to forgo in order to work in a job with a specific attribute (for example, a job with high professional autonomy). To estimate preferences among those with high predicted teaching quality, we perform subgroup analyses by students’ academic characteristics using the same model specified above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data collection has not yet taken place but is scheduled to occur in the coming months. However, we hypothesize that, in line with prior findings such as those by Sims & Routledge (2025), we expect that extrinsic job attributes such as salary will exert significant power over students’ preferences. Additionally, in line with De Corte and De Witte (2025), we anticipate a preference for higher professional autonomy among students with high predicted teaching quality. Finally, in line with Lovison and Mo (2024), we anticipate that students may place monetary value on some job attributes (such as maximum lifetime salary or loan repayment assistance) that is higher than the real cost of these attributes, signaling a potentially cost-effective policy lever. However, due to the novelty of our sample, the consistency of prior work’s findings to the present study remains ambiguous. References Bartanen, B., & Kwok, A. (2023). From interest to entry: The teacher pipeline from college application to initial employment. American Educational Research Journal, 60(5), 941–985. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312231185733 Christian, A., Ronfeldt, M., & Zafar, B. (2024). College Students and Career Aspirations: Nudging Student Interest in Teaching. NBER Working Paper No. 32641. De Cort, W., & De Witte, K. (2025). To teach or not to teach? Preferences for working conditions and the alternative career opportunities of pre-service teachers. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2025.2571930 Dlouhy, K., & Biemann, T. (2018). Path dependence in occupational careers: Understanding occupational mobility development throughout individuals’ careers. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 104, 86-97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2017.10.009 Hainmueller, J., Hopkins, D.J., & T., Yamamoto, (2014). Causal inference in conjoint analysis: Understanding multidimensional choices via stated preference experiments. Political Analysis, 22(1). Pp. 1-30. https://doi.org/10.1093/pan/mpt024. Chetty, R., Friedman, J. N., & Rockoff, J. E. (2014). Measuring the Impacts of Teachers I: Evaluating Bias in Teacher Value-Added Estimates. American Economic Review, 104(9), 2593–2632. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.104.9.2593 Jacob, B. A., Rockoff, J. E., Taylor, E. S., Lindy, B., & Rosen, R. (2018). Teacher applicant hiring and teacher performance: Evidence from DC public schools. Journal of Public Economics, 166, 81–97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpubeco.2018.08.011 Lovison, V. S., & Hyunjung Mo, C. (2024). Investing in the Teacher Workforce: Experimental Evidence on Teachers’ Preferences. American Educational Research Journal, 61(1), 108–144. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312231208956 Mancenido, Z. (2021). How high achievers learn that they should not become teachers. Harvard Educational Review, 91(4), 433-547. OECD (2024). Education Policy Outlook 2024: Reshaping Teaching into a Thriving Profession from ABCs to AI. OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/dd5140e4-en. OECD (2025). Unlocking High-Quality Teaching. OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/f5b82176-en. Redekopp, D.E. (2016). Irrational career decision-making: Connecting behavioural economics and career development. British Journal of Guidance and Counseling, 45(4), 441-450, https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2016.1264569. Rockoff, J.E., Jacob, B.A., Kane, T.J., & Staiger, D.O. (2011). Can you recognize an effective teacher when you recruit one? Education Finance and Policy, 6(1), 43-74. https://doi.org/10.1162/EDFP_a_00022 Sims, S. & Routledge, C. (2025). Understanding the decision (not) to become a teacher. UCL CEPEO Working Paper No. 25-15. Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2007). Motivational Factors Influencing Teaching as a Career Choice: Development and Validation of the FIT-Choice Scale. The Journal of Experimental Education, 75(3), 167–202. https://doi.org/10.3200/JEXE.75.3.167-202 Wiswall, M., & Zafar, B. (2015). Determinants of College Major Choice: Identification using an Information Experiment. The Review of Economic Studies, 82(2), 791–824. https://doi.org/10.1093/restud/rdu044 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 01 B: Student Well -being and Belonging Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Patrick Baughan Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Generic Skills and Sense of Belonging among Finnish Final-Stage Undergraduate Students 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Theoretical framework. In today’s complex world, so-called generic skills are increasingly needed in various areas of life. In this study, the concept of ‘generic skills’ refers specifically to higher-order thinking skills such as critical thinking and argumentation (see Tuononen et al., 2022). Generic skills are highlighted as one of the key learning objectives in higher education at both institutional and policy level (Tuononen et al., 2022; Van Damme, 2022). However, it is known that not all students achieve these skills in a similar way. Previous research has shown that, for example, there is variation in early-stage higher education students’ generic skills (e.g. Kleemola, 2023; van der Zanden et al., 2019). Factors such as students’ socioeconomic background and prior education have been found to contribute to this variation (Evens et al., 2013; Kleemola et al., 2023). More information is still needed about different factors explaining variation in generic skills, especially among final-stage undergraduate students. One relatively underexamined perspective concerns associations of students’ generic skills with their sense of belonging to higher education. Sense of belonging can be understood as students’ experiences of belonging and connectedness both to their institution itself and especially to the social relationships within it (Ahn & Davis, 2020; Dost & Mazzoli Smith, 2023; Pedler et al., 2022). Previous studies in a higher education context have shown that sense of belonging is associated with, for example, academic achievement and motivation (see e.g. Pedler et al., 2022; Verbree et al., 2025). Although there seems to be little research on the topic from the perspective of generic skills, for example, Møgelvang and Nyléhn (2023) found in their study a strong positive correlation between undergraduate students’ generic skills and sense of belonging. Since generic skills are seen as essential learning outcomes in higher education, it would be important to investigate the connection between them and sense of belonging in more detail. Objectives. This study aims to examine associations of Finnish final-stage undergraduate students’ generic skills with their sense of belonging to higher education institution. The aim is to examine the extent to which sense of belonging explains variation in generic skills among students in the two Finnish higher education sectors—research-intensive universities and universities of applied sciences. The research questions are as follows: 1) To what extent is students’ sense of belonging to higher education institution associated with their generic skills? and 2) To what extent do students from different higher education sectors differ in these associations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context. The core tasks of the Finnish higher education sectors, as defined in law, differ from each other: universities focus on conducting scientific research and providing education based on it, while UASs focus on meeting the needs of working life and regional development by providing practical education. There are currently 14 universities and 24 UASs in Finland. Instrument. In this study, a test instrument called Collegiate Learning Assessment (CLA+) International was used. It is a performance-based assessment measuring higher education students’ generic skills, especially analysis and problem-solving, argumentation, and written communication skills. The CLA+ contains two main sections, an open-ended performance task (PT) and a set of selected-response questions (Ursin et al., 2021; Zahner et al., 2022). At the end of the test students also fill in a background survey including questions regarding, for example, their sense of belonging to higher education institution. The CLA+ is originally a US-based instrument, and it was translated and adapted to the Finnish context. Participants, data collection, and analysis. The participants (n = 900) were final-stage undergraduate (third-year) students from four universities and ten UASs in Finland. The data were collected between 2023 and 2026 as a part of a larger research project investigating higher education students’ generic skills. The CLA+ test was computer-based and lasted approximately two hours in total. Participation was voluntary for students, and the participants were asked for written consent. In this study, the scores received by the participants from the CLA+ test and self-reported information about sense of belonging to higher education institution will be used as variables in the analysis. Sense of belonging was measured by applying the questions used in the PISA study to investigate how socially connected students feel at school (see OECD, 2019, p. 130). The associations between students’ generic skills and sense of belonging will be analyzed quantitatively by using regression analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since this research is a work in progress, only the expected outcomes can be discussed here. The preliminary results of the study will be completed by the time of presentation. Based on previous research (see Møgelvang & Nyléhn, 2023), it could be assumed that final-stage undergraduate students’ sense of belonging would be somehow associated with their generic skills. However, research on the connection between generic skills and sense of belonging is still scarce. This study will therefore provide new information on the topic. The preliminary results will be discussed in more detail in the presentation, for example from the aspect of higher education pedagogy. References Ahn, M. Y., & Davis, H. H. (2020). Four domains of students’ sense of belonging to university. Studies in Higher Education, 45(3), 622–634. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2018.1564902 Dost, G., & Mazzoli Smith, L. (2023). Understanding higher education students’ sense of belonging: a qualitative meta-ethnographic analysis. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(6), 822–849. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2023.2191176 Evens, M., Verburgh, A., & Elen, J. (2013). Critical thinking in college freshmen: The impact of secondary and higher education. International Journal of Higher Education, 2(3), 139–151. http://dx.doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v2n3p139 Kleemola, K. (2023). Variation in novice students’ critical thinking and argumentation : Transition to higher education is not a level playing field [Doctoral dissertation, University of Hel-sinki]. Helsinki Studies in Education, number 159. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-8941-7 Kleemola, K., Hyytinen, H., & Toom, A. (2023). Critical thinking and writing in transition to higher education in Finland: do prior academic performance and socioeconomic background matter? European Journal of Higher Education, 13(4), 488–508. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2022.2075417 Møgelvang, A., & Nyléhn, J. (2023). Interdependence between perceived cooperative learning, sense of belonging, and generic skills in undergraduate STEM education. Nordic Journal of STEM Education, 7(1). https://doi.org/10.5324/njsteme.v7i1.4949 OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume III): What school life means for students’ lives. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/acd78851-en Pedler, M. L., Willis, R., & Nieuwoudt, J. E. (2022). A sense of belonging at university: student retention, motivation and enjoyment. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46(3), 397–408. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2021.1955844 Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education – Enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917 Van Damme, D. (2022). Do higher education students acquire the skills that matter? In D. Van Damme, & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does higher education teach students to think critically? (pp. 18–38). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a44c9bad-en van der Zanden, P. J. A. C., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A. H. N., & Meijer, P. C. (2019). Patterns of success: first-year student success in multiple domains. Studies in Higher Education, 44(11), 2081–2095. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2018.1493097 Verbree, A.-R., van der Schaaf, M., Wijngaards‐de Meij, L., & Dilaver, G. (2025). Students' sense of belonging and authenticity in higher education. British Educational Research Journal, 51(3), 1097–1127. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.4114 Zahner, D., Dawber, T., & Rotholz, K. (2022). The Collegiate Learning Assessment – a performance-based assessment of generic skills. In D. Van Damme, & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does higher education teach students to think critically? (pp. 39–60). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org./10.1787/6c58ae81-en 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Faculty–Student Relationships and Student Well-Being: The Mediating Role of Sense of Belonging 1: Ankara University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Ankara Sosyal Bilimler Üniversitesi (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Problem Durumu University students’ well-being has increasingly moved beyond being addressed solely through individual support services and has become a core educational issue that directly influences the quality of learning processes and the sustainability of students’ university experience. Rising levels of psychological distress, academic burnout, and dropout intentions indicate that student well-being cannot be explained only through individual resilience, but rather should be understood as a multidimensional construct shaped by instructional, relational, and institutional dynamics. In this context, student well-being is being repositioned as a central outcome of higher education, alongside academic achievement. The literature conceptualises university students’ well-being as a multi-layered structure encompassing psychological, emotional, social, and academic dimensions, with increasing emphasis on integrative models that combine hedonic and eudaimonic perspectives (Baik & Larcombe, 2023; Hossain et al., 2023). Empirical studies demonstrate that well-being is strongly associated with academic engagement, self-regulation, self-efficacy, and intention to persist in higher education, while academic and social demands encountered during the transition to university render this domain particularly vulnerable (Duraku et al., 2024; Mascia et al., 2023). These findings highlight that student well-being cannot be reduced to individual characteristics alone and must be examined in relation to pedagogical and relational processes. At the centre of these relational processes are faculty–student relationships. Research indicates that supportive, accessible, and respectful interactions with faculty members strengthen students’ psychological well-being, reduce stress levels, and foster more positive attitudes toward university life (Trolian et al., 2022; Xu et al., 2024). High-quality interactions are shown to enhance students’ academic engagement and learning satisfaction, while perceived faculty support plays a critical role in students’ feelings of being valued (Hathaway & Hamilton, 2025). However, existing studies remain limited in their ability to explicate the psychosocial mechanisms through which faculty–student relationships are translated into student well-being outcomes (Holles, 2023). In this regard, sense of belonging emerges as a central psychosocial mechanism for explaining the link between faculty–student relationships and student well-being. Numerous studies have shown that students who feel accepted and perceive themselves as part of the academic community report higher psychological well-being, academic motivation, and learning satisfaction (Pedler et al., 2022; van Kessel et al., 2025). Conversely, weak sense of belonging has been associated with increased risks of loneliness, anxiety, and academic maladjustment, which negatively affect persistence in higher education (Nguyen et al., 2025). Despite this evidence, the literature has predominantly treated sense of belonging as an outcome variable, with limited attention to its mediating role in the process linking faculty–student relationships to student well-being within comprehensive models. The European higher education context further accentuates this research gap. While policy frameworks such as the European Universities Initiative emphasise the strengthening of a shared European sense of belonging, student experiences continue to vary substantially across countries and institutional contexts (Lee et al., 2024; Galán-Cubillo et al., 2025). Nevertheless, quantitative and integrated models explaining the interactive relationships among faculty–student relationships, sense of belonging, and student well-being within the European higher education context remain scarce. This underscores the need for structural models that explicitly position sense of belonging as a mediating mechanism. The aim of this study is to examine the relationship between faculty–student relationships and university students’ well-being through the mediating role of sense of belonging, using structural equation modeling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method Resaerch Design This study will adopt a correlational survey design to test a theoretical model examining the relationships between faculty–student relationships, students’ sense of belonging, and general well-being in higher education. The design will allow for the investigation of direct and indirect associations among latent variables without manipulating the educational context, with particular emphasis on the mediating role of sense of belonging. Research Sample The study sample will consist of undergraduate students enrolled in public universities in Türkiye. A two-stage sampling approach will be planned. First, a geographically diverse sampling framework will be outlined; however, as commonly reported in large-scale educational research, institutional access conditions will determine the final participating universities (OECD, 2019a, 2019b). In the second stage, data will be collected from institutions that grant access, using an online survey administered on a voluntary and anonymous basis. Ethical approval will be obtained from the Human Research Ethics Committee of XXX University prior to data collection. Data Gathering Instruments Faculty–student relationships will be measured using the Student Version of the Teacher–Student Relationship Inventory (S-TSRI; Ang et al., 2020), adapted to the higher education context following established cross-cultural adaptation procedures (Hambleton & Patsula, 1999). Students’ sense of belonging will be assessed using the Sense of Belonging Scale developed by Imperial College London (2021), and student well-being will be measured using the General Well-Being Scale Short Form (Longo et al., 2017; Odaci et al., 2021). All instruments will employ a five-point Likert-type response format. Confirmatory factor analyses will be conducted to evaluate construct validity prior to hypothesis testing. Data Anlaysis Data analysis will be carried out using structural equation modeling (SEM). Given potential deviations from multivariate normality, Robust Maximum Likelihood estimation will be employed (Satorra & Bentler, 2010). Model fit will be evaluated using standard fit indices, including RMSEA, SRMR, GFI, CFI, and IFI, based on recommended cut-off criteria (Byrne, 1998; Hu & Bentler, 1999). The mediating role of sense of belonging will be tested using bootstrap procedures with bias-corrected confidence intervals (Preacher & Hayes, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes The study is expected to provide empirical evidence for the relationships between faculty–student relationships, students’ sense of belonging, and general well-being in higher education. It is anticipated that more supportive, accessible, and respectful faculty–student relationships will be positively associated with higher levels of student well-being. In addition, students who perceive higher-quality interactions with faculty members are expected to report a stronger sense of belonging to their university. It is further expected that students’ sense of belonging will function as a significant mediating variable in the relationship between faculty–student relationships and general well-being. This finding would suggest that the positive influence of faculty–student relationships on student well-being is partially explained by students’ feelings of acceptance, inclusion, and connectedness within the academic community. Such results would align with relational and psychosocial models that emphasise belonging as a key mechanism linking interpersonal experiences to well-being outcomes. At a broader level, the expected findings are anticipated to contribute to the European higher education literature by extending current research that often treats sense of belonging as an outcome rather than a mediating construct. By modelling belonging as a central explanatory mechanism, the study is expected to offer evidence-based insights for student-centred teaching practices and institutional policies aimed at promoting inclusive and sustainable learning environments. References Baik, C., & Larcombe, W. (2023). Student wellbeing and students’ experiences in higher education. In C. Baik & E. R. Kahu (Eds.), Research handbook on the student experience in higher education (pp. 74–88). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781800371954.00013 Duraku, Z. H., Davis, H., Arënliu, A., & Behluli, V. (2024). Overcoming mental health challenges in higher education: A narrative review. Frontiers in Psychology, 15, 1466060. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1466060 Galán-Cubillo, E., Serrano-Cobos, J., & López-Navarrete, A. J. (2025). Understanding the European Universities Initiative as the limestone to cement Europe together: A review of existing literature. Policy Futures in Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103241234567 Hathaway, E. D., & Hamilton, K. C. (2025). Anchored by connection: Faculty mentorship as a catalyst for student belonging and retention. Journal of American College Health. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/07448481.2024.2389123 Hossain, S., O’Neill, S., & Strnadová, I. (2023). What constitutes student well-being: A scoping review of students’ perspectives. Child Indicators Research, 16(2), 431–456. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-022-09990-w Nguyen, L. T., McDonald, M., Nguyen, T. T. T., & Darcy, S. (2025). The implications of sense of belonging for student retention in higher education: A systematic literature review and research agenda. Journal of Further and Higher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2024.2348910 Pedler, M. L., Willis, R., & Nieuwoudt, J. E. (2022). A sense of belonging at university: Student retention, motivation and enjoyment. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46(3), 397–408. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2021.1955840 Trolian, T. L., Archibald, G. C., & Jach, E. A. (2022). Well-being and student–faculty interactions in higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 41(6), 1892–1906. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2021.1954315 van Kessel, G., Ryan, C., Paras, L., & Stallman, H. M. (2025). Relationship between university belonging and student outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Australian Educational Researcher. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-024-00678-2 Xu, Y., Zhu, Q., & Chen, Y. (2024). Teacher–student relationships and college students’ psychological well-being: The mediating role of supportive school climate. Social Behavior and Personality, 52(1), e12267. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.12267 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Students’ Perceptions of Agency Supportive Resources in University Course Contexts University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The aim of this study is to explore higher education (HE) students’ perceived contextual resources contributing to their agency in the university course contexts. Student agency has become a central concept in HE policy and practice (Klemencic, 2023). It is seen as a goal and outcome of HE and as a process to help learners to direct their own learning (e.g., Lee, 2024; Klemencic, 2023; Mameli et al., 2023; Stenalt & Lassesen, 2022). OECD’s Learning Compass 2030 (OECD, 2019) raises student agency as a key feature in preparing students to cope with unpredictable future. Accordingly, HE should equip students with capabilities that help them to navigate in the (unknown) future and engage in lifelong learning (e.g., Klemencic, 2023). As argued by Yang and colleagues (2024) agency is, hence, the key for understanding HE students’ development and growth. Common conceptualizations on HE student agency are generally aligned with OECD’s (2019) ideas, seeing student as an autonomous and active agent of one’s own learning and responsible for one’s own learning process (Lee, 2024). Stressing student agency as a goal of HE is expected also to influence curriculum practices (Lee, 2024). A large body of research shows that student-centered pedagogy promotes agency and learning (for review see Stenalt & Lassesen, 2022). Student-centered practices support student active participation, possibilities for making choices and influence on different phases of the learning process, monitoring and reflecting own learning as well as investing time and effort (e.g., Klemencic, 2023; Stenalt & Lassesen, 2022). However, some researchers warn against overemphasizing students as free agents of their learning process for its neo-liberal connotations (Klemencic, 2023; Lee, 2024; Marginson, 2024) or rational autonomy (Lee, 2024). It is argued that the neo-liberal ideal of student agency sees students as possessing the competencies to autonomously control their learning irrespective of context and content (e.g., Ashwin, 2014; Lee, 2024; Marginson, 2024; Matusov et al., 2016; Yang et al., 2024). In addition, Su (2011, p. 402) argues that stressing student as an active, autonomous agent of one’s learning may lead into “performativity” where the student is expected to “develop the ability to cope and operate effectively” in the university and later in working life. The role of student agency in HE, then, is “merely a condition for society-serving student outcomes” (Klemencic, 2023, p. 12). Consequently, recent studies on HE student agency call for more multidimensional approach to student agency stressing its personalized, contextual, relational and transformative nature (e.g., Jääskelä et al., 2023; Klemencic, 2023; Leijen et al., 2020) as well as specificity of the learning content or discipline for construction of student agency (Ashwin, 2014; Lee, 2024; Marginson, 2024). The scope of research on student agency has moved towards seeing it also through ontological lenses as students’ being and becoming (Biesta, 2009; Klemencic, 2023; Lee, 2024; Marginson, 2024; Matusov et al. 2016; Su, 2011; Yang et al., 2024) rather than seeing it plainly as instrumental and effortful (Matusov et al., 2016) or as knowing and doing (Su, 2011). This study approaches student agency as a situated, contextual, dynamic and personalized construct. The different features of the learning context can foster or inhibit the enactment of agency, since students may perceive these conditions as enablers or constraints (Leijen et al., 2020). Important, then, is the meaning of students’ own perceptions of their agentic possibilities in accessing resources that support intentional and meaningful action and learning (person-centered approach, Billett, 2006; Mercer, 2012; Su, 2011). The aim of this study is to explore seven university students’ perceived contextual resources contributing to their agency in the context of two university courses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is a sub study of a research project on student agency funded by the Research Council of Finland. The data consist of interviews of seven students participating in basic courses in educational (four students) and natural (three students) sciences in the university context. Before the interviews, the students responded to a validated questionnaire developed to capture their perceptions of their agency in the course they were studying. In the questionnaire, their evaluation centered on the following four domains: their beliefs of competences, experiences of supportive relations, and having possibilities for participation and transformation. After their courses, the students received a summary of their agency profiles generated from the results of the questionnaire. In this summary, their profiles in different domains were presented. The semi-structured thematic interview followed the agency profiling, and the interviewers encouraged the students to freely reflect on their perceived resources for agency in the course. Data were analyzed by applying (reflexive) thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). First the interview transcripts were read multiple times making general notes on first impressions on aspects of constraints and enablers of agency (contextual agency resources). Then data set was defined, removing irrelevant parts of the interview from the individual transcripts. From the remaining data set the aspects that the students perceived were supporting and constraining their agency guided the preliminary coding and repeated iterations of coding. The analysis was inductive “in the sense of analysis ‘grounded in’ the data”, however, recognizing that researcher does not enter “a theoretical vacuum” when doing the analysis (Braun & Clark, 2021, p. 331). The coded data were further reviewed to form combinations according to preliminary patterns of shared meanings (themes, sub-themes). Concept maps were utilized in this phase of the analysis. The combinations were refined and finally the themes and sub-themes were defined and named. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show five initial themes and related sub-themes on contextual resources contributing to the students’ agency in the course contexts: 1) Students’ conceptions of their own learning capabilities (sub-themes: task/context related aspects influencing students’ sense of capability; general conceptions/beliefs of one’s capability), 2) teacher’s (pedagogical) role contributing to students’ experienced agency (sub-themes: teacher’s personal characteristics; teacher’s availability and presence; teacher’s engaging/active role in students’ learning; opportunities for negotiation; utilization of teacher expertise), 3) course design contributing to students’ experienced agency (sub-themes: transparency of the course design; balance between student autonomy/teacher responsibility; nature of tasks and learning material; opportunity to influence course design (e.g. evaluation practices); meaning of time for engaging learning; learning conceptions behind pedagogical practices), 4) meaning of collaborative learning and interaction for students’ experienced agency: (sub-themes: meaningfulness of group and/or individual work; dialogicality in group work/discussions; meaning of togetherness and informal peer support; teacher’s role in enhancing student collaboration), 5) agentic relationship with the knowledge and learning practices (sub-themes: theory/practice/subjectivity connection of the course contents and practices; relevance of tasks/contents to broader community/society; authenticity of the learning practices; course tasks broadening knowledge, understanding and awareness). Our preliminary results show that the courses provided the students with various possibilities to enact agency. However, there were also “waisted” opportunities for creating more agentic relationship with the knowledge and learning practices in the courses. Promoting student agency remained in some respects more apparent (e.g., autonomous working, possibility to make choices) than actual. Our study suggests that supporting student agency in HE calls for more conscious and critical attention to teacher-student encounters and responsibilities. The role of HE should be seen as providing students with resources for self-formation and constructing agentic rather than instrumental relationship with specific disciplinary knowledge. This will enhance expanded I-World relationship and educate students as transformative agents. References Ashwin, P. (2014). Knowledge, curriculum and student understanding in higher education. Higher Education, 67, 123-126. Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. Billett, S. (2006). Relational interdependence between social and individual agency in work and working life. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 13(1), 53–69. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. Jääskelä, P., Tolvanen, A., Marín, V. I., & Poikkeus, A.-M. (2023). Assessment of students’ agency in Finnish and Spanish university courses. International Journal of Educational Research, 118, 1–13. Klemencic, M. (2023). A theory of student agency in higher education: student agency shaping student experiences and student outcomes. In C. Baik & E. R. Kahu (Eds.), Research handbook on the student experience in higher education (pp. 25-40). Elgaronline. Lee, S. E. (2024). Becoming a subject in learning: Student freedom, agency, and subjectivity. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1–12. Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295–310. Mameli, C., Grazia, V., & Molinari, L. (2023). Student agency: Theoretical elaborations and implications for research and practice. International Journal of Educational Research, 122, Article 102258. Marginson, S. (2023). Student self-formation: an emerging paradigm in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 49(4), 748–762. Matusov, E., von Duyke, K., & Kayumova, S. (2016). Mapping concepts of agency in educational contexts. Integrative Psychological and Behavioral Science, 50, 420–446. Mercer (2012). The complexity of learner agency. Journal of Applied Language Studies, 6(2), 41–59. OECD. (2019). OECD future of education and skills 2030 – Concept note: Student agency. OECD. Stenalt, M. H., & Lassesen, B. (2022). Does student agency benefit student learning? A systematic review of higher education research. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 47(5), 653–669. Su, Y. H. (2011). The constitution of agency in developing lifelong learning ability: the ‘being’ mode. Higher Education, 62, 399–412. Yang, L., Lee, S., & Oldac, Y. I. (2024). A cross-cultural exploration of student development in higher education: Acknowledging, exercising, and enhancing agency. ECNU Review of Education. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 01 C: Globalisation at Risk Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Emanuel Tamir Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Navigating the Geopolitical Turn: Materiality, Imagination, and Practice of International Scholars in Chinese Universities Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In the context of shifting global geopolitics, the landscape of higher education is undergoing a profound transformation from a traditional unipolar structure to a fractured multipolar order. As emerging economies like China rise alongside a simultaneous wave of de-globalization and new nationalism (Huang, 2025; Flint, 2021), higher education has increasingly been constructed as a core arena for inter-state competition. Within this scenario, universities are viewed not merely as academic institutions but as geopolitical instruments for projecting soft power and maximizing strategic advantages (Cantwell, 2021; Hazelkorn, 2017). Consequently, the discourse surrounding international academic mobility has shifted from traditional paradigms of "brain drain" or "talent circulation" to a securitized focus on "research security" and "de-risking" (Lee & Haupt, 2020; Marginson, 2022). This "geopolitical turn" has engendered a complex environment where the logic of scientific openness increasingly clashes with the logic of national security, creating new forms of borders—both physical and ideological—that impede the free flow of knowledge. While existing studies have valuably explored international student mobility under these tensions (e.g., Mok, Shen, & Gu, 2024), there remains a critical gap regarding international scholars. Unlike students, scholars are the primary agents of knowledge production and are thus more deeply entangled in the web of "knowledge security" and state competition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on 45 in-depth interviews, this study investigates the subjective experiences of international scholars working in Chinese research-intensive universities. Participants were selected through purposive sampling to ensure a diverse representation of academic ranks and national origins, comprising scholars from both the Global North (e.g., USA, Germany, Italy) and the Global South (e.g., Pakistan, Iran). Their tenure in China ranges from one to eleven years, providing longitudinal insights into their evolving trajectories. The interview protocol was designed to elicit narratives regarding their motivations, professional encounters, and perceptions of the local academic field. Data analysis followed a deductive approach guided by the theoretical framework of spatial production. Specifically, we coded the transcripts to identify themes corresponding to the three dimensions of social space: the material constraints of infrastructure and policy, the imaginary dimension of geopolitical perceptions, and the social practices embedded in their daily academic lives. This methodological design enables us to capture the nuanced interplay between individual habitus and the shifting geopolitical structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We identify that the mobility of foreign scholars to China is a complex process of "space making" situated at the intersection of conflicting geopolitical forces. First, in terms of materiality, we find that China’s state-led investment serves as a powerful "pull" factor, yet this material advantage is often complicated by regulatory hurdles and the securitization of academic borders. Moreover, the study reveals a significant disjuncture between the "imagined China"—often portrayed in Western media through narratives of political risk—and the "experienced China" of the scholars. Participants actively navigate these competing discourses, leveraging China’s rising academic status to justify their career choices while managing reputational risks. Through social practices, scholars engage in a form of everyday diplomacy, constructing micro-spaces of collaboration that transcend national boundaries. Ultimately, we argue that international scholars are not passive subjects of geopolitics but active agents who strategically utilize the "China opportunity" to accumulate academic capital, thereby reconfiguring the global academic map through their embodied practices. References Cantwell, B., & Grimm, A. (2018). The geopolitics of academic science. In B. Cantwell, H. Coates, & R. King (Eds.), Handbook on the politics of higher education (pp. 319–335). Edward Elgar Publishing. Chen, J., Fang, Y., & Shen, W. (2025). Broken Desire: Chinese Students’ Abandonment of Overseas Study Amidst the Changing Global Landscape and Geopolitical Tensions. Population, Space and Place, 31(7), e70109. Flint, C. (2022). Introduction to geopolitics (4th ed.). Routledge. Hazelkorn, E. (2018). Reshaping the world order of higher education: the role and impact of rankings on national and global systems. Policy Reviews in Higher Education, 2(1), 4-31. Huang, F., Kotake, M., Kim, Y., Chen, L., Li, X., & Daizen, T. (2025). Rethinking Internationalization of Higher Education under Geopolitical Shifts: Policy Responses in China, Japan, Korea, Australia, and the United States. Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space (D. Nicholson-Smith, Trans.). Blackwell. (Original work published 1974). Marginson, S., & Rhoades, G. (2002). Beyond national states, markets, and systems of higher education: A glonacal agency heuristic. Higher education, 43(3), 281-309. Marginson, S. (2022). Space and scale in higher education: The glonacal agency heuristic revisited. Higher Education, 84(6), 1365-1395. Mok, K. H., Shen, W., & Gu, F. (2024). The impact of geopolitics on international student mobility: The Chinese students' perspective. Higher Education Quarterly, 78(4), e12509. Moscovitz, H., & Sabzalieva, E. (2023). Conceptualising the new geopolitics of higher education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 21(2), 149-165. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper How is Latin America Represented in Global Higher Education? 1: University of Leeds; 2: Universidad Católica del Maule, Chile; 3: University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:Higher Education Research (HER) is a relatively small field of inquiry in which researchers do not readily identify themselves as higher education researchers (Teichler, 2015). Relatively diffuse thematic borders paired with national/local foci have made it challenging to consider HER a ‘unified’ field. Still, researchers like Teichler (2015) or Tight (2018; 2019) have successfully built a case for conducting research with the goal of understanding the field as a whole; showcasing the value of such an endeavor when considering the European and international landscapes. From these foundational insights, this paper takes as its focus the unequally distributed epistemic representation of global research cultures in the field of higher education studies (Guzmán-Valenzuela & Gómez, 2018), a perspective which remains underdeveloped. Drawing on critiques that the centre periphery model of scientific knowledge production fails to recognise the richness and autonomy of epistemic traditions beyond the Global North (Maginson & Xu, 2023), we examine how Latin American (LA) scholarship is represented within global higher education research – a field which has considerable emancipatory power (Marginson, 2022). LA has a rich tradition of educational research and theorising across its diverse national contexts, with multiple well-developed and emerging strands of scholarship, making it a particularly apposite case for this research (Ordorika & Rodríguez-Gómez, 2018). A growing body of research has focussed on the region over the past few decades, intending to shine a light on ‘peripheral’ education systems, for example De Wit’s (2005) volume examining the process of internationalisation across seven national LA systems. Such work has been important in placing a focus on a historically overlooked geographical region, and highlighting the diversity and complexity of LA higher education. Despite this scholarly attention on LA as an object of study (e.g. in terms of its development, or its internationalisation), comparatively little attention has been paid to how LA research is situated within the field of global higher education and its associated knowledge structures. First, we argue that this type of meta research is central to understanding the challenges still persisting in regional HER. With broader research it becomes possible to examine the development of the field, highlighting the opportunities and research gaps that remain. For example, taking research conducted with a European focus (Teichler, 2015), salient issues in the continent refer to: power, market and structures; teaching, learning, evaluation, and diversity; academic development, doctoral education and research; and policy, governance, and HE function within the European landscape. In contrast, the few attempts made in the context of LA have been far less than systematic or encompassing Looking at Mexico, Argentina, and Brasil, Carengato et al. (2020) posit that the broad research themes in those countries relate to access and inequality, internationalisation and cooperation, and social justice. Another broad effort for examining LA HER shows that research can be organised as focussing on teach(ers/ing) and learn(ers/ing), quality, policy and change, and management, social justice and access (Ordorika & Rodríguez-Gómez, 2018). In this context, the present research focuses on the epistemic positioning of LA scholarship within global higher education research. Moving beyond treating the region as only an object of study, we examine how research produced in LA is integrated into international knowledge structures. Although these more comprehensive efforts are important, methodologically speaking they lack the robustness and breadth that large-scale quantitative methods allow. Our research questions are therefore:
RQ1: How is LA scholarship represented within global higher education research? RQ2: Which topics characterise Latin American HER published in international higher education journals? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address this lack of scholarly attention, we focus explicitly on the representation of LA HER in ‘global’ HE - that is, of research produced by scholars based in LA. As a unit of analysis, we take affiliation as the signal of regional research infrastructures that unify the scientific interests and endeavors rooted in LA. Specifically, we build and analyse a corpus of all research published over the past 20 years in 26 leading international HE journals (taken to represent ‘global higher education’), where at least one author is associated with a LA university. This corpus therefore reflects the representation of LA HE scholarship at the regional/institutional level within the global stage. Building on earlier work by Tight (2018), Daenekindt and Huisman (2020) identify journals which are commonly viewed as ‘international’ HE journals. We use this useful typology, which separates journals into ‘generalist’, ‘topic-specific’, and ‘discipline-oriented’ to create our LA HER corpus which consists of 467 article abstracts published over the past 20 years. Each article is tagged with information about the article and authors, including: author(s) name(s); title of article; year; journal title; journal ‘type’; number cited by; author(s) affiliation(s); key-words; funding. In order to analyse the LA HER corpus, we use topic modelling - specifically, a correlated topic model. This is an unsupervised machine learning technique which allows for the identification of latent topics within a text corpus. The model is Bayesian, where “each item of the collection is modelled as a finite mixture over an underlying set of topics. Each topic is, in turn, modelled as an infinite mixture over an underlying set of topic probabilities” (Blei, Ng, Jordan, 2003, p. 993). The output of a correlated topic model includes lists of words which represent a latent semantic structure, or topic, evident within a chosen corpus, it is the researcher’s role to make meaning from these words. Using a correlated topic model thus means that the results are inductively derived, but that the researcher plays a key role in the interpretation of topics. Using a correlated topic model to explore the thematic organisation of HE research from LA allows for an analysis of the substantive content of this literature, as well as observing the ways in which research is distributed across different types of journals and over time. We therefore capture the representation of LA HER both in terms of volume and epistemic positioning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis of 467 articles finds that Latin American HER has a high level of thematic diversity and country-specific differentiation, encompassing well developed strands of research relating to, for example: policy and governance; socioeconomic inequalities; teaching and pedagogy; internationalisation; sustainability; and the political economy of higher education. These topics are clustered in different journal types, with generalist higher education journals focussing on research relating to inequalities and systems, discipline-oriented journals placing an emphasis on student health and sustainability, and topic specific journals acting as an intermediary between the two. Furthermore, the analysis indicates that Latin American higher education research has expanded substantially over the last two decades with an increasing volume of publications from the mid-2010s onwards across all journal types. This growth occurred alongside meaningful thematic differentiation rather than a convergence towards some unified research agenda. These patterns underscore the importance of national context, with clear country-level variation evident across profiles. These findings challenge overly homogenising portrayals of Global South scholarship and highlight the importance of geographically distinct research traditions within global knowledge structures. Further, we elevate research in LA not as lacking or being underdeveloped in contrast with global higher education research, but in fact very much in line with current global trends. All in all, it would be fair to preliminarily state that LA scholarship is closely following the concerns and research developments of Europe and the world, yet more research is needed to unpack such similarities and potential internal differences in LA. What are properly LA scholarly concerns would open new avenues for research. Specifically, we see possibilities in expanding on the identified research strands could allow for a fine grained outlook on the LA HER, just as analyzing other journals that showcase local representation (like those indexed in SciELO). References Blei, D. M., Ng, A. Y., & Jordan, M. I. (2003). Latent Dirichlet Allocation. Journal of Machine Learning Research, 3: 993-1022. Caregnato, C. E., Santin, D. M., del Valle, D., & Didriksson Takayanagui, A. (2020). Educação superior e universidade na América Latina: perspectivas temáticas para debates e pesquisas. Revista Brasileira De Estudos Pedagógicos, 101(259), 670-690. Daenekindt, S., & Huisman, J. (2020). Mapping the scattered field of research on higher education. A correlated topic model of 17,000 articles, 1991–2018. Higher Education, 80(3), 571-587. De Wit, H. (Ed.). (2005). Higher education in Latin America: The international dimension (Vol. 638). World Bank Publications. Guzmán-Valenzuela, C., & Gómez, C. (2018). Advancing a knowledge ecology: changing patterns of higher education studies in Latin America. Higher Education, 77(1), 115–133. Marginson, S. (2022). What is global higher education? Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 492–517. Marginson, S., & Xu, X. (2023). Hegemony and inequality in global science: Problems of the center-periphery model. Comparative Education Review, 67(1), 31-52. Muñoz-García, A. L., Queupil, J. P., Bernasconi, A., & Véliz, D. (2019). La investigación en educación superior en Chile: Una perspectiva sobre patrones de publicación y temas emergentes. Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas, 27(100). Ordorika, I., & Rodríguez-Gómez, R. (2018). Field of Higher Education Research in Latin America. In P. N. Teixeira & J-C. Shin (Eds), Encyclopedia of International Higher Education Systems and Institutions. Springer. Teichler, U. (2015). Higher Education Research in Europe. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi, & P. Scott (Eds), The European Higher Education Area (pp. 815-847). Springer. Tight, M. (2014). Working in separate silos? What citation patterns reveal about higher education research internationally. Higher Education, 68(3), 379–395. Tight, M. (2018). Higher education journals: their characteristics and contribution. Higher Education Research & Development, 37(3), 607–619. Tight, M. (2019). Systematic reviews and meta-analyses of higher education research. European Journal of Higher Education, 9(2), 133–152. Wald, N., Harland, T., & Daskon, C. (2024). The gap statement and justification in higher education research: an analysis of published articles. European Journal of Higher Education, 14(2), 308–323. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 01 D: Racialised Inequality, Racism and Epistemic Justice Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Graca Fernandes Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Re-evaluating What We Know about What Works in Closing Awarding Gaps for Racially Minoritised Students in English Universities 1: University of Derby, UK; 2: Independent, UK Presenting Author:Equity in student outcomes is a concern of many higher education (HE) systems around the world. In the UK, the Ethnicity Degree Awarding Gap (EDAG) has been a persistent problem in HE for many years (Advance HE, 2023). EDAG refers to the difference in rates of achieving a good undergraduate degree, i.e., a first or upper-second class degree among various ethnic and/or racial groups. Usually, the comparison is between UK domiciled white students versus Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic students (BAME, a contested term, yet often used in statistics and policy language). As a whole, white students tend to do better than minority racialised students, with 83.0% of White students graduating in 2021/22 receiving a good class degree, and only 72.3% of BAME students achieving the same, a gap of 10.7 percentage points (ppts) (Advance HE, 2023). The EDAG has gained significance in policy and research, particularly as, beyond social justice arguments, a good class degree can lead to good employment, facilitate access to further education and form the basis for the academic pipeline (i.e., enabling progression into academic careers). In 2018 the Office for Students (OfS), the sector regulator for English HE, set ambitious targets for universities to close what the OfS refers to as an ‘unexplained’ gap between white and Black students by 2024/25 and the absolute gap, which includes ‘structural and unexplained factors’ by 2030/31 (OfS, 2018, p. 4). By structural factors the OfS means ‘entry qualification, subject of study, age of students, and the provider at which a student studies’, while the ‘unexplained factors’ are those that cannot be explained by the above (OfS, 2018, p. 12). Higher education institutions (HEIs) have been explicating their work and targets for closing the EDAG in Access and Participation Plans (APPs). APPs are documents that the OfS requires HEIs to produce as part of their condition for registration as an HE provider in England, where they demonstrate how they will guarantee equality of opportunities for students. The EDAG has been described as a ‘wicked problem’, one which is multi-faceted and difficult to tackle and requires concerted efforts to address (Shakir, 2024). While the literature on the topic has flourished in recent years, it has yet to translate into closing the gap fully. This has led us to interrogate the evidence base for what works in closing the EDAG, by undertaking three-part desk-based research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used First, we conducted a systematic literature review of academic literature (SLR) published between 2015 and 2025. Out of over 1000 papers returned through three search engines, we found that only 19 provided evidence of impact of interventions on closing the EDAG. Then, we interrogated research reports from 74 sector bodies and government agencies. This returned only 3 reports that provided evidence of impact. Finally, we conducted quantitative analysis on nationwide publicly available data sets. This included (1) combining data from the Transforming Access and Student Outcomes in Higher Education’s (TASO) analysis of EDAG interventions within APPs (Andrews et al., 2023) and awarding gaps from OfS’ APP data dashboards (OfS, 2024, 2025) for which we ran a backward regression, and (2) performing a time series analysis using exponential smoothing on overall yearly EDAG data from 2003/04 to 2021/22 (Advance HE, 2023) to predict the size of EDAG by 2030. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight that as a sector, we do not really know what works effectively in closing the EDAG. The results from SLR provide mixed results at best, with many academic papers having low sample sizes and/or lacking robust statistical calculations. Grey literature often makes big claims, suggesting frameworks that garner a lot of attention, but that actually seem to be based on weak data. Our quantitative analysis complicates this picture even more. Instead of finding interventions that help close the gap, our statistical modelling revealed approaches that correlate with making it worse. The large volatility of the gap year-on-year suggests that many institutions cannot have any certainty as to which of their approaches are effective. The above aligns with the notion of the gap as a ‘wicked problem’ (Shakir, 2024). This is why whole-institution approaches may be successful. However, there is no certainty that the same approach will work in different contexts (TASO, 2022). Additionally, as Austen (2025) argues, the sector is ‘stuck’ on conceptualising EDAG work through ‘interventions’, rather than more holistic approaches. Thus, evaluations may need to move beyond the narrow focus on what works and include what does not work, why approaches fail or succeed, including the impact of wider contexts (institutional, political, situational, etc.). Such evaluations should also increase in scale, providing sector-comprehensive comparisons between institutions. While it is impossible to predict the future with a large degree of certainty, the data from our time series analysis suggests that the OfS target of closing the gap by 2030 will not be achieved if things continue the way they are. A drastic change in policy and actions is required, but this can only happen with robust data. Our paper indicates the direction in which such data explorations should go. References Advance HE. (2021). Ethnicity awarding gaps in UK higher education in 2019/20. Advance HE. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/ethnicity-awarding-gaps-uk-higher-education-201920 Advance HE. (2023). Equality in higher education—Students statistical report 2023. Advance HE. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/equality-higher-education-statistical-reports-2023 AMOSSHE. (n.d.). Our sector. Retrieved June 22, 2025, from https://www.amosshe.org.uk/about/our-community/our-sector.html Andrews, S., Stephenson, J., Adefila, A., Cuthbert, K., Lee, S., Dodd, V., & Jones-Devitt, S. (2023). Approaches to addressing the ethnicity degree awarding gap. Transforming Access and Student Outcomes in Higher Education. https://taso.org.uk/libraryitem/report-approaches-to-addressing-the-ethnicity-degree-awarding-gap/ Austen, L. (2025). What Do Institutions Do to Support Student Success? In L. Austen & C. McCaig (Eds.), Delivering and Evaluating Participation After Access: Higher Education in a Marketised System (p. 0). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83549-954-220251004 Gillborn, D., Warmington, P., & Demack, S. (2018). QuantCrit: Education, policy, ‘Big Data’ and principles for a critical race theory of statistics. Race Ethnicity and Education, 21(2), 158–179. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2017.1377417 TASO. (2022). The Impact of Curriculum Reform on the Ethnicity Degree Awarding Gap. Transforming Access and Student Outcomes in Higher Education. https://taso.org.uk/news-blog/new-report-the-impact-of-curriculum-reform-on-the-ethnicity-degree-awarding-gap/ Thomas, L., Hill, M., O’Mahony, J., & Yorke, M. (2017). Supporting student success: Strategies for institutional change. What works? Student Retention & Success programme. Final Report. Paul Hamlyn Foundation, Higher Education Academy, Action on Access. UUK. (2022). Closing the gap: Three years on. Universities UK. https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/what-we-do/policy-and-research/publications/closing-gap-three-years UUK, & NUS. (2019). Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic student attainment at UK universities: Closing the gap. Universities UK and National Union of Students. https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/what-we-do/policy-and-research/publications/black-asian-and-minority-ethnic-student 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Ethnic Inequalities in Dropout Intentions in Higher Education and the Role of Sense of Belonging 1: KU Leuven - Katholieke Universiteit van Leuven, Belgium; 2: VUB - Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium Presenting Author:Ethnic inequalities in students’ experiences and outcomes in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) remain a persistent societal challenge across OECD countries, particularly in migration-diverse contexts such as Flanders, Belgium (OECD, 2019). One important, yet still insufficiently understood, outcome of these inequalities concerns students’ intentions to drop out of higher education. Drawing on sociological (e.g., Bean, 1980) and psychological models of student persistence (Bean & Eaton, 2000), situated within an educational perspective (e.g., Braxton, 2020), this study approaches dropout intentions as the result of an interaction between students and institutional contexts, rather than as an individual failure (e.g., Behr et al., 2020). Previous research consistently shows that students from ethnic minoritized backgrounds report lower levels of belonging compared to their ethnic majority peers (e.g., Fleischmann et al., 2011; Banerjee & Bender, 2022). This is particularly concerning given that sense of belonging – conceptualized here as the students’ perception of being valued, respected, and able to be oneself within the academic environment – is consistently linked to academic success (Korpershoek et al., 2020). However, less is known about how belonging helps explain differences in dropout intentions, especially within highly accessible higher education systems. The objective of this study is therefore to map the dropout intentions of ethnic minority students and assess how their sense of belonging influences these intentions compared to majority peers. The study addresses two central research questions: (1) Is there an ethnic gap in dropout intentions among first-year students in Flemish higher education? and (2) To what extent does sense of belonging help explain potential differences in dropout intentions? From an anti-deficit perspective, demographic characteristics are approached as indicators of students’ broader social and cultural positioning within higher education, rather than as individual deficits. Because students’ positioning is shaped by multiple, interrelated background characteristics, the study adopts an intersectional approach with particular attention to ethnic background, linguistically minoritzed relational practices (i.e. lower levels of the majority (Dutch) language use across social relationships) and socioeconomic status. The first research question (RQ1) examines the extent to which students' background characteristics predict student dropout intentions. Building on existing literature, it is expected that students from ethnic minoritized backgrounds will, on average, report higher dropout intentions than their ethnic majority peers, reflecting unequal institutional experiences rather than individual limitations. The second research question (RQ2) investigates the mediating role of sense of belonging in the relationship between students’ background characteristics and dropout intentions, proposing that lower sense of belonging is associated with higher dropout intentions, particularly among students positioned at the intersection of ethnic minoritization and lower socioeconomic status. Context of the study Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cross-sectional survey data was collected from 2994 first-year students enrolled in 47 Dutch-taught bachelor programmes in 12 HEIs spread across Flanders. The survey consisted of previously validated scales measuring demographic background, sense of belonging and dropout intentions. Surveys were administered in class in a well-balanced range of STEM and SHAPE programmes, as well as academic and professional tracks. The analyses will be conducted at the individual student level. Ethnic background was operationalised using students’ migration background, based on the country of birth of students, their parents, and grandparents, allowing identification of ethnic majority and ethnic minoritized students across three generations. Linguistic background was assessed through students’ relational language practices, measured as self-reported frequency of the majority (Dutch) language use across different social relationships (parents, siblings, peers, friends, and grandparents). RQ1 is addressed using multiple linear regression models examining differences in dropout intentions at the intersection of ethnic background and relational language practices. In line with the hypotheses, these models test whether students with ethnic minoritized backgrounds report higher dropout intention than their ethnic majority peers. RQ2 examines whether sense of belonging mediates the association between students’ background characteristics and dropout intentions. This is assessed by estimating a series of regression models in which sense of belonging is introduced as a mediator, following a Baron and Kenny–type mediation approach, to examine whether associations between background characteristics and dropout intentions are attenuated when belonging is considered. All analyses are estimated with and without controlling for academic performance (GPA) to assess the robustness of the results. Additional exploratory analyses may examine whether patterns differ between STEM- and SHAPE- programmes, as well as academic and professional tracks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building on prior research and the theoretical framework outlined above, this study is expected to identify predictors in dropout intentions among first-year students in Flemish higher education. Specifically, students from ethnic minoritized backgrounds are expected, on average, to report higher dropout intentions than their ethnic majority peers, even within a formally open-access higher education system such as Flanders. In addition, relational language practices are expected to constitute an important dimension of inequality in dropout intentions. Lower levels of Dutch language use across social relationships are anticipated to be associated with higher dropout intentions, particularly among students positioned at the intersection of ethnic minoritization and linguistically minoritized practices. Regarding the second research question, sense of belonging is expected to function as a meaningful mediating mechanism in the relationship between students’ background characteristics and dropout intentions. Students who feel less valued, recognised, or able to be themselves within their programme are anticipated to report higher dropout intentions. Including sense of belonging in the analyses is therefore expected to attenuate, but not fully eliminate, associations between background characteristics and dropout intentions, suggesting partial mediation. Furthermore, analyses conducted with and without controls for academic performance (GPA) are expected to yield substantively similar patterns. Such findings would reinforce the argument that early disengagement in higher education is shaped not only by academic performance, but also by the institutional context that structure students’ everyday experiences. Exploratory comparisons between STEM and SHAPE programmes, as well as academic and professional trakcs, may point to variations in the strength of these associations. Overall, this study aims to provide a quantitative foundation for understanding early inequalities in dropout intentions within Flemish higher education, from an interdisciplinary perspective. References OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en Bean, J. P. (1980) Dropouts and turnover: The synthesis and test of a causal model of student attrition, Research in Higher Education, 12(2), 155–187 Bean, J. P. & Eaton, S. B. (2000) A psychological model of college student retention, in: J. M. Braxton (Ed) Reworking the student departure puzzle (Nashville, Vanderbilt Univ. Press), 48–61. Behr, A., Giese, M., Teguim Kamdjou, H. D., & Theune, K. (2020). Dropping out of university: a literature review. Review of Education, 8(2), 614-652. Braxton, J. (2020) Reworking the Student Departure Puzzle. Vanderbilt University Press. Fleischmann, F., Phalet, K., & Klein, O. (2011). Religious identification and politicization in the face of discrimination: Support for political Islam and political action among the Turkish and Moroccan second generation in Europe. British Journal of Social Psychology, 50(4), 628-648. Korpershoek, H., Canrinus, E. T., Fokkens-Bruinsma, M., & de Boer, H. (2020). The relationships between school belonging and students’ motivational, social-emotional, behavioural, and academic outcomes in secondary education: A meta-analytic review. Research Papers in Education, 35(6), 641–680. Freire, P. (2017). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Penguin Books. (Original work published 1970) 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Epistemic Injustice in the Lived Experiences of Refugee Students in Australia 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Cape Breton University, Canada; 3: Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Higher Education holds a significant role in many countries, including European ones – both for the individuals who access their institutions and for society writ large. Yet access to and full participation in Higher Education Institutions are restricted through policies, practices, and norms. Worldwide, refugee access to higher education is 9% (UNESCO, 2025). In Australia, where our study is based, the numbers reflect the global trends, though recent changes in policy and practice have seen a slight increase in numbers (Baak et al. 2025). Even with access increasing, there remain significant questions as to the quality of the university experience of refugee students once they are admitted. Full participation in universities requires more than access. It requires epistemic justice – the capacity for students to access and contribute to knowledge and see their ways of knowing reflected and valued (Fricker, 2007). An important way to understand epistemic (in)justice is through the lived experience of refugee and asylum-seeking students themselves. This paper draws on an Australian longitudinal study designed to follow the typical student journey from initial entry to completion of a bachelor’s programme. The study began in 2018, with 22 first-year students from asylum-seeking backgrounds in seven Australian tertiary institutions. The international research team includes two researchers based in Australia, one in Canada, one in the UK and two in Finland. We collected data annually using semi-structured qualitative interviews at three points in the students’ higher education journey. First interviews provided an understanding of the students’ experiences of getting into university, while the second-wave interviews explored the students’ experiences in the middle of their Bachelor programme. The third-wave interviews allowed students to reflect on the experience near the completion of their studies. Wave four interviews checked in with students wherever they were – continuing education, in employment, or otherwise – and continued the reflection on their university years and their experiences transitioning out of university. Through listening to the lived experiences of the participants in our study, the exclusionary system within which they were operating becomes quite clear. Government and institutional policies and practices often failed to recognise the unique needs of this distinct group. Refugee and asylum-seeking students: were classified as international students; fell through the institutional cracks in terms of material and economic services; were vulnerable to visa or status changes; were restricted in their mobility; and sometimes felt their position too precarious to advocate for themselves. In this paper, we shift from examining these tangible forms of exclusion to exploring how refugee and asylum-seeking students in our study experienced exclusion, and at times inclusion, as holders of knowledge. Drawing on Miranda Fricker’s (2007) concept of epistemic injustice, we pose the research questions: How were these students disadvantaged by unjust assumptions about their capacity as knowers? And how did they face further challenges in making sense of their social experiences within Australian universities? Fricker originally identified two primary forms of epistemic injustice: testimonial injustice and hermeneutical injustice. Testimonial injustice arises when prejudice against a person impacts on how their word is received, i.e., whether others believe what someone says and acknowledge what they know. In other words, testimonial injustice means that credibility is unfairly diminished because of who the speaker is. Hermeneutical injustice, in turn, means that people have a gap in their collective interpretive resources that prevents someone from making sense of their own social experience. It is about the absence of language or shared understanding that would make it possible to communicate an experienced injustice, or an experience in general. Although we found evidence of both forms of epistemic injustice being experienced by our participants, hermeneutical injustice was most prominent. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data consists of 51 qualitative semi-structured interviews with 22 participants across various time points in their studies over 5 years. We zoom in on 10 interviews that took place with three participants over the course of five years. Given the breadth of data gathered in this study, we chose to focus on a smaller case study sample in this paper to offer a greater depth in our analysis and presentation of findings. Members of the research team met on several occasions to discuss the content of interviews across the whole data set and subsequently reached a consensus on the chosen participants to focus on in this paper. Mohammed, Sharlim, and Yasmin (all pseudonyms) were chosen as illustrative examples of participants’ varying capacity as ‘knowers’ within their education experiences. We do not wish to suggest that the experiences of Mohammed, Sharlim, and Yasmin are a representative sample of asylum-seeking students’ experiences in Higher Education – as this would imply a false homogeneity of student experience across this diverse cohort. Yet, these three chosen cases do highlight extreme instances of precarity. Despite the span of this study occurring over five years, Mohammed, Sharlim, and Yasmin all remained on temporary protection visas throughout the entirety of their studies. As we have previously argued, focusing an analysis with this cohort on the extreme end of precarity allows for clarification on “the deeper causes behind a problem and its consequences” (Kuakko et al., 2023). In this instance, the (in)justices experienced by participants as ‘knowers’ within their higher education. Interview transcripts were analysed by two members of the research team who frequently met throughout the analysis phase. In the analysis, the theoretical framework of epistemic (in)justice served as a conceptual point of departure. Transcripts were first read in depth to garner impressions of the overall narratives of students’ experiences as they pertain to epistemic (in)justice. Following this, transcripts were coded to identify any basic codes relevant to the theoretical framework. These basic codes were then clustered into a series of sorting themes. Finally, these sorting themes were critically discussed between the two members of the team responsible for the analysis to identify any overarching global themes. These global themes will frame our presentation of findings in this paper and their implications. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Testimonial injustice appeared at different stages of the three participants’ higher education experience - for example, when participants received student support geared toward international students despite their insistence that they had a different status - discrediting their own unique voices as students of refugee and asylum seeking backgrounds. Hermeneutical injustice was even more common, pointing to an absence in collective interpretative resources and an absence in arenas where those voices will be heard. Students sometimes gave up attempting to advocate for themselves and instead tried to fit the ‘typical’ student profile. Following these three participants through -and beyond- their higher education experience revealed how some students slowly developed the needed language and resources to ensure their voices and knowledge were heard and valued over the course of their studies. Our findings showed that a major contributing factor to this difference was a designated support worker in the institutions that helped to create spaces of hermeneutical acceptance. The workers acted as intermediaries while students developed the necessary resources to communicate their needs in ways that were understood and valued. European institutions of higher education have different ways of working with asylum seeking. Access and participation may be seemingly less restricted, due to different fee- and visa structures, but invisible barriers might nevertheless exist. Based on the participants’ experiences, we finish with actionable recommendations for leaders and practitioners in higher education institutions, focused on creating more just policies and practices for all students.They are relevant for European institutions struggling to build opportunities that are equal not only in principle but also in practice. References Baak, M., Baker, S., Hartley, L., Burke, R., Phipps, A., Kindon, S., Dunwoodie, K., Naidoo, L., Ziersch, A. (2025). Decolonising solidarity in higher education: navigating barriers and enablers in advocacy with people from displaced backgrounds. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2025. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice : power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. UNESCO (2025). Refugee qualifications recognition: We need urgent reforms. International Institute for Higher Education in Latin America and the Caribbean. https://www.iesalc.unesco.org/en/articles/refugee-qualifications-recognition-we-need-urgent-reforms |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 01 A: Local education policies Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ina Ihalainen Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Argumentation and Principles of Justice in the Local Provision of Basic Education University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Since the 1980s, municipal autonomy in the provision of basic education has increased in Finland as state control has decreased (Kalalahti & Varjo, 2023). Concurrently, demographic change and urbanization have contributed to increasing divergence among municipalities in terms of demographic composition, economic conditions, and the availability of resources (FM, 2020). In addition to Finland, these have led to school closures in many European countries (see Kłoczko-Gajewska, 2020; Åberg-Bengtsson, 2009). Since municipalities are the main providers of basic education in Finland, they also bear the main responsibility for promoting social justice in basic education (Pynnönen et al., 2022). This raises the question of how the decentralised promotion of equity manifests in the local provision of basic education. Thus, the main premise of this research is that national education policies have implicit aims for social justice, which have a varying impact on the provision of basic education when enacted in diverse local circumstances. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Understanding how municipalities’ educational experts justify the provision of basic education and the municipal school system is crucial since such justifications reveal the normative assumptions that quietly shape educational governance, thus educational equity. Rather than approaching municipal education policies as a process of implementation, this research focuses on the normative dimensions of local argumentation. In this study, Toulmin’s (2008) model of argumentation is used to structure speech that argues for choices and decisions made, as well as local interpretations, concerning the municipal school system. According to Toulmin (2008), arguments are not composed only of premises and conclusions. Evaluating arguments includes various kinds of questions, such as what the claim is, on what basis the claim is made, and what justifies the transition from justification to claim. This justification, which Toulmin calls ‘warrant’, functions as a bridge between data and the claim and is often implicit. (Toulmin, 2008.) The focus of this study is to analyse local and national rationales used in arguments concerning the municipal school system. This draws us back to the question of increased municipal autonomy and how the primary responsibility for educational equity lies on the shoulders of municipal actors. The primary data consists of expert interviews collected in six municipalities in Finland. The core data comprises local basic educational experts’ interviews (n = 13). Interviews were conducted individually and in groups involving key actors in the provision of municipal educational administration (n = 31), such as heads of municipal educational department, principals, teachers, and guidance counsellors. The multi-level data (i.e., school-level actors and local educational authorities) provides comprehensive information for the research, as the same framework was used in all interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis indicates how municipal experts combine locally specific circumstances and national legislation and guidelines in their argumentation when justifying the choices made in relation to the municipal school system. Preliminary findings suggest that the argumentation often relies on local specific factors, such as long distances, demographic change, and the municipality's financial situation, while these claims are typically supported by reference to national legislation and guidelines, such as regulations on the duration of school travel. By applying Toulmin's model, the analysis identifies how claims, warrants, and backing interrelate and what kind of rebuttals are presented. More broadly, the study enhances understanding of how principles of justice shape the questions of social justice in the provision of basic education. The research also contributes to a broader European discussion on how decentralised education systems balance local circumstances with national objectives for equal education. These findings reinforce previous research, which has shown that school closures have been justified by economic factors (see Åberg-Bengtsson, 2009). Likewise, the economic situation as well as the decreasing number of children in many municipalities emerged as a central issue in a recent study on the current state of basic education in diverging municipalities in Finland (see Kalalahti et al., 2025). In addition, Bagley and Fargas-Malet (2025) argue in their recent study focusing on rural areas that other aspects should also be considered: school closures raise concerns about the sustainability of communities and local equity. Taken together, this study offers insights relevant across Europe, where many countries with decentralised education systems must continually balance locally specific circumstances with national policy frameworks. References Bagley, C., & Fargas-Malet, M. (2025). “30: Hollowing out Communities: Small Rural Schools in Northern Ireland and the Threat of Closure”. In Handbook on Rural and Remote Education. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi-org.libproxy.helsinki.fi/10.4337/9781035307722.00040 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge. Bernelius V. & Kosunen S. (2023). “Three Bedrooms and a Nice School”—Residential Choices, School Choices and Vicious Circles of Segregation in the Education Landscape of Finnish Cities. In Thrupp, M., Seppänen, P., Kauko, J., Kosunen, S. (Eds.) Finland’s Famous Education System. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_11 FM. (2020). Municipalities at a Turning Point? Information on the Situation of Municipalities in 2020. Ministry of Finance. Kalalahti, M. & Varjo, J. (2023). Municipal Governance of Comprehensive Education: The Emergence of Local Universalisms. In Thrupp, M., Seppänen, P., Kauko, J., Kosunen, S. (Eds.) Finland’s Famous Education System. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_2 Kalalahti, M., Minkkinen, L., Saarinen, T., Tyni, K., Vaara, E., Ala-Vähälä, T., Häkkinen, P., Jänkälä, J.-P., Pitkänen, H., Pöysä-Tarhonen, J. & Tarnanen, M. (2025). Perusopetuksen tilannekuva erilaistuvissa kunnissa: Manner-Suomen kuntien tarkastelu. Jyväskylän yliopisto. https://doi.org/10.17011/ktl-rt/16 Kettunen, M., & Prokkola, E.-K. (2021). Differential Inclusion Through Education: Reforms and Spatial Justice in Finnish Education Policy. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space, 40(1), 50-68. https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544211001383 Kłoczko-Gajewska, A. (2020). Long-Term Impact of Closing Rural Schools on Local Social Capital: A Multiple-Case Study From Poland. European Countryside, 12(4). 598–617. https://doi.org/10.2478/euco-2020-0031 Massey, D. B. (2005). For Space. SAGE Publications, Limited. Paananen, M., Kauko, J., & Volmari, S. (2023). Education Policy in Finland: Varying Approaches for Addressing Injustices. In E. Pekkola, J.-E. Johanson, & M. Mykkänen (Eds.), Finnish Public Administration: Nordic Public Space and Agency, 231–248. Governance and Public Management. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-34862-4_14 Pynnönen, L., Kallo, J. & Silvennoinen, H. (2022). Tasa-arvoa, yhdenvertaisuutta ja oikeuksia edistävä peruskoulu? Oikeudelliset normit osana koulutuksellisen oikeudenmukaisuuden uudelleenmäärittelyä. Kasvatus 53 (4), 391–407. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.122496 Rawls, J. (1999). A Theory of Justice: Revised Edition. Harvard University Press. Soja E. W. (2010). Seeking Spatial Justice. University of Minnesota Press. Toulmin, S. (2008). The Uses of Argument. Cambridge University Press. Tyni, K., Kalalahti, M. & Saarinen, T. (in review). The Question of the Provision of Basic Education in Rural Municipalities. Kasvatus & Aika. Åberg-Bengtsson, L. (2009). The Smaller the Better? A Review of Research on Small Rural Schools in Sweden. International Journal of Educational Research, 48(2), 100–108. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2009.02.007 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper From Policy to Practice: Educational leaders’ enacting Children’s Rights in Local School Contexts 1: Örebro University, Sweden; 2: Gothenburg University, Sweden; 3: Gothenburg University, Sweden Presenting Author:Since January 1, 2020, the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC) has been incorporated into Swedish law (SFS 2018:1197). Prior to this decision, legal experts warned of unpredictability and an expected increase in court cases. Five years later, research indicates that national authorities have struggled to implement the law (Arneback, Bergh & Lerwall, 2023), resulting in limited support for local authorities and schools, which must navigate its ambiguous provisions largely on their own. The purpose with this paper is to present a study of how the new CRC Act is enacted at local meso levels of the Swedish education system, and to discuss implications for the relations between children, school staff and parents. To fulfil this purpose, curriculum theory provides the overriding theoretical framework as it enables analysis of how different interpretations of rights are interpreted and take shape within and between different educational levels (Englund, Forsberg & Sundberg, 2012). As a complement, the concepts of recontextualization, classification and voice (Bernstein, 2000) enable analysis of how the CRC Act, as a policy text produced at national level, is interpreted and enacted in local school contexts. Three research questions operationalize the purpose (see below). In the study, the Swedish decision to incorporate the CRC is understood as a case of juridification. This concept, juridification, refers in a broader sense to a situation or an issue taking on a legal or a changed legal character (Brännström, 2009). Although education systems have long been regulated through law (Lundgren, 1977), and educational research has a long tradition of critically examining policy and education politics, the legislation itself has rarely been subjected to critical scrutiny (Murphy, 2022). Instead, it has often been treated as a natural and unquestioned extension of political decision-making. The so far limited research that have studied juridification of and in education has demonstrated both quantitative and qualitative changes in how legal means are employed in the governance of education (cf. Andenæs & Møller, 2016; Marques & Moradel-Vásquez, 2025). To some extent sociological perspectives from the 1980s provide important foundations for understanding these developments (Habermas, 1987; Teubner, 1987), but changed empirical situations in the specific context of education call for further theoretical and empirical development. The project that this study is part of has in previous studies demonstrated how juridification reflects broader changes of the welfare state: it provides new means to differentiate responsibility between education, politics and law (Bergh & Forsberg, 2024), and is driven by separate yet related different societal trends such as marketization, accountability and human rights (Bergh, Murphy & Nylund, 2025). The project has also shown that juridification is a multifaceted phenomenon, where its various expressions are interpreted and enacted by actors at different levels of the education system (Arneback et al, 2023). By focusing on local levels of the education system, this study positions itself at the intersection of three research fields: the sociology of education concerning ‘voice’ and inequality, (2) the sociology of law and research on the juridification of education and (3) perspectives of children’s rights in education (cf Nylund, Arneback & Bergh, under review). The Swedish case and the chosen approach provide an important example of juridification with strong European and international relevance. Although the impact on new legislations has been partly acknowledged in educational research, further theoretical and empirical studies are needed. In particular, this case provides insights into the role of local context across different socioeconomic and ethnic settings and invites further research on the relationship between education, politics, and legal frameworks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In previous studies where the enactment of the CRC Act has been studied, it has been characterized as a weakly classified policy object (Nylund et al, under review). Based on that result, the central question for this presentation is how such an object is recontextualised in local settings by superintendents and headmasters. Guided by curriculum theory (Bergh 2010; Englund et al 2012) and the above mentions concepts from Bernstein (2000), three research questions operationalize the purpose (a three-step analysis): 1. How is the CRC Act recontextualized by school leaders and superintendents in different school contexts? 2. What do different recontextualisations imply for the relations between the child, school staff and parents, and who is thereby given voice and with what strength? 3. How do socioeconomic and ethnic contexts impact boundaries and power relations between children, school staff and parents? The data consists of individual interviews with four superintendents and four headmasters. Each interview was conducted by two researchers, lasted for about one hour and followed a semi-structured interview guide. The larger project that this article is a part of has undergone an approved ethical review. The interviewees represent five different schools with a variation of socio-economic context. The motive for this empirical choice is that these actors are gatekeepers, situated between the national level and local schools. Three of the schools are located in different Swedish municipalities, while the other two belong to the same municipality and share both principal and superintendent but have different catchment areas and are significantly different in character. School 1 is a small-town villa school (Grades 7–9) where the student population reflects a socioeconomically strong environment and is almost entirely composed of ethnic majority students. School 2 is a small-town city school (F–9) that can be described as a ‘mixed school’, with a diverse student population representing a range of ethnic and socioeconomic backgrounds. School 3 is a small-town rural school (Grades F–6) located in a socioeconomically weak and ethnically homogeneous White working-class area. School 4 is a small-town outskirt school (F–3) situated in a disadvantaged area, with many students from working-class and ethnic minority backgrounds. School 5 is a large-town suburban school (F–9) also located in a disadvantaged area, with many students from working-class and ethnic minority backgrounds. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that the way in which the CRC Act is enacted in different local contexts can be described as a tension between guiding goal-oriented management and accountability-oriented exercise of power. Compared to the nationally elusive interpretations (Arneback et al, 2023), these are broadened in both directions at the local level. Based on local differences regarding socioeconomics and ethnicity, this result is used to discuss whether the CRC Act contributes to more equal conditions for the development of children and young people or whether it rather reinforces inequality. As the CRC Act, as a universal rights framework enters socially differentiated local school environments, class, ethnicity, and institutional capacity influence how rights are activated, resisted, or rendered symbolic. Rather than functioning as a stable legal framework, the transformation of the CRC Act, from policy to practice, is thus shaped by local traditions and power relations. In local educational settings, this means that juridification does not simply expand the role of law but rather reconfigures the relationships between education, politics, and legal systems (Bergh & Forsberg 2024). For example, in one of the schools studied, which can be characterized as having a goal-oriented culture, the CRC Act empowered collegial professional agency targeting questions of what is best for all children. In contrast, in another school characterized by a legal accountability-oriented culture, instrumental interpretations focusing on the right of each individual did not only formalize relations between schools and parents, but also between teachers, school leaders and superintendents. Consequently, enactment processes may both reproduce existing inequalities and create opportunities for empowerment and pedagogical change. This dual character reflects the broader dynamics of juridification (Habermas 1987; Teubner 1987), where legal regulations simultaneously can stabilize established power relations and open new spaces for agency. References Andenæs, K. & Møller, J. Eds. (2016). Retten i skolen. Mellom Pedagogikk, juss og politikk [Law in Education. Between Pedagogy, Law and Politics]. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget Arneback, E., Bergh, A., & Lerwall, L. (2023). Enacting the Convention on the Rights of the Child - in times of juridification. Paper presented at the ECER conference in Glasgow. Bergh, A., & Forsberg, E. (2024). Differentiation of education through juridification. Journal of Curriculum Studies 56(2): 146–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2023.2261991 Bergh, A., Murphy, M., & Nylund, M. (2025). The rise of law in education - exploring three drivers of juridification in the context of a changing welfare state. Journal of Education Policy, 40(6), 1062–1080. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2517683 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Brännström, L. (2009). Förrättsligande: En studie av rättens risker och möjligheter med fokus på patientens ställning. [Juridification: A Study of the Hazards and Potentials of Law, Focusing on the Legal Position of the Patient in Health Care]. PhD diss. Lund: Lund University. Englund, T., Forsberg, E. & Sundberg, D. red. (2012). Vad räknas som kunskap? Läroplansteoretiska utsikter och inblickar i lärarutbildning och skola [What Counts as Knowledge? Curriculum Theoretical Prospects and Insights into Teacher Education and School]. Stockholm: Liber. Habermas, J. (1987). The Theory of Communicative Action. Vol. 2, Lifeworld and System: A Critique of Functionalist Reason. Translated by McCarthy. Boston: Beacon Press. Lundgren, U.P. (1977). Model Analysis of Pedagogical processes. Stockholm Institute of Education. Department of Educational Research. Marques, M. & Moradel-Vásquez, J.J (2025). Juridification through rights: how the European Court of Human Rights shapes higher education, Journal of Education Policy 40(6), 1039–1061. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2517700 Murphy, M. (2022). Taking education to account? The limits of law in institutional and professional practice. Journal of Education Policy, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939. 2020.1770337 Nylund, M., Arneback, E., & Bergh, A. (2025). Enactments of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child in Educational Practice: Power Dynamics and Contextual Variations. Paper presented at the NERA-conference in Helsinki. Teubner, G. (1987). Juridification. Concepts, aspects, limits, solutions. In G. Teubner, ed. Juridification of Social Spheres: A Comparative Analysis in the Areas of Labor, Corporate, Antitrust and Social Welfare Law, 3–48. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter. SFS 2018:1197. Lag om Förenta nationernas konvention om barnets rättigheter [Law on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child]. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Local Education Policies under Demographic Pressure: A Comparative Study of Finnish Municipal Strategies 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki. Finland Presenting Author:The governance of provision basic education in Finland has historically shifted from the centralized state-driven model towards local decision-making, where municipalities have a large autonomy in making decisions regarding education (Varjo & Kalalahti, 2021). As a result, Finland is a prominent example of decentralized education system, where municipalities are the main providers of basic education and the key decisions regarding the provision of education are predominantly made at the local level (Kalalahti & Varjo, 2023; Simola et al., 2017). Regardless the de-centralization, the state continues to govern education through legal, economic, ideological and evaluatory instruments (Lundgren 1977). Municipalities (N = 308) are fundamental to Finnish society, as they play a key role in promoting local vitality and development (Haveri, 2015). However, Finnish municipalities have been diversifying and diverging demographically and economically, and consequently also in their abilities to organizing public services (Varjo & Kalalahti, 2021). In 2020s, Finland and its municipalities have faced an unprecedented demographic change, which has already reduced the number of basic education students in large parts of Finland (Aro et al., 2023; Kyösti et al., 2023). This will lead to a more rapid municipal differentiation and force municipalities to make decisions regarding the provision of basic education. This development has already led to diversification of local institutional spaces (Kalalahti & Varjo, 2021). It raises the question of how the provision of basic education is – and can be – carried out in the increasingly differing municipalities. In this presentation, we analyse how the provision of basic education appears in local education policies in differing and diverging municipalities. There has been only limited number of research about the current stage of municipal strategy work in the context of education policies (with exception of Aro et al., 2023; Kyösti et al., 2023). To answer this research gap, we seek to explore what kinds of different interpretations and implementations a seemingly uniform national education policy receives in local decision-making. We approach municipal strategy work with the concept of institutional isomorphism (Kim, 2010). We assume that variations in provision of basic education across municipalities are not random but include certain regularities. Hence, it causes similar institutions to seek uniform solutions when faced with new conditions that collectively affect them. This occurs in a process in which institutions adapt to societal demands by developing similar structures and practices, driven by three mechanisms: coercive, mimetic, and normative isomorphism. (DiMaggio & Powell, 1983.) The institutional isomorphism framework makes it possible to examine and compare the ways in which different municipalities react to the current demographic change. In addition to identifying general patterns and apparent commonalities or convergence across localities, there is a need to explore and acknowledge the significance of the local particularities of policymaking and policy enactment and implementation (Ball, 1998; Bergman & Hansson, 2021). This presentation explores the strategy work on municipal education policies. We emphasise local socio-historical contexts, seeing the current demographic change as a critical point to review education policies in different circumstances. The research objective is to analyze and compare municipal strategies on the provision of basic education. We address two research questions: How is the provision of basic education articulated in municipal strategies? How the institutional isomorphism appears these strategies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study we use a public policy documents in order to compare the municipal strategies in mainland Finland. Municipal strategies are a major tool for local development work, obliged by the Local Government Act (410/2015). These strategies outline the local mission, vision, values, and strategies. Municipal council drafts the strategy at the beginning of its electoral term (Lumijärvi & Leponiemi, 2014). After ranking the municipalities by size, every second strategy was selected using systematic sampling (N = 147). This ensures that the dataset includes even representation of municipalities of different sizes and of varied geographical, economic, political, and demographic conditions. Documents were collected from open access internet sources. The length of the documents varies from three pages up to 48 pages, typically averaging around ten pages. Data is analyzed with theory-guided content analysis, including three phases. First, all statements that mentioned basic education were identified in the documents. Second, we apply qualitative thematic analysis to identify how and in what contexts basic education is discussed and what it aims to achieve. To reveal the local specificities and similarities, we finally apply systematic comparative analysis (Krippendorff, 2018). Through the institutional isomorphism framework, we trace how municipalities react and adapt to the ongoing change, and if the similarities are driven by coercive, mimetic, or normative mechanisms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to preliminary results municipal strategies reveal how basic education is associated above all to municipality’s attractiveness, local vitality and population retention capacity. This becomes evident in the way basic education is presented in municipal strategies as a source of competitive advantage or a strategic asset for the municipality. High-quality education and healthy and safe school facilities are justified by the well-being of the municipal residents or the development of the municipality. Education is accompanied by justifications for future skills, internationalization, and meeting the needs of local enterprises. Educational contents are highlighted by digitalization and entrepreneurial competencies. In addition, when providing education, the municipalities must consider a wide range of issues which are not directly related to educational or pedagogical tasks. These include school buildings and learning environments, and their condition, the school network, school transportation, school meals, class sizes, student welfare services, staffing levels, and staff qualifications. The study fosters a deeper understanding of the current state of local education policies and the ways in which municipalities are making decisions and responding to the ongoing demographic trend. Examining education policies in this way offers novel insights into how a non-education-based crisis influences education policy and provision of basic education. This offers opportunities for comparative learning across European contexts. References Aro, R., Aro, T., Hongisto, P., Kaarakainen, S.-S., Kalland, M., Kyösti, A., Puumalainen, J., Salovaara, V., Varjo, J., & Volmari, S. (2023). Väestönmuutoksen vaikutukset varhaiskasvatuksen sekä esi- ja perusopetuksen järjestämiseen: Kansalliset ja kansainväliset kokemukset, seurantaindikaattorit sekä lasten ja nuorten kuulemisen laatukriteeristö (Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja: 2023:52). Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriö. Ball, S. J. (1994). Education reform: A critical and post-structural approach. Open University Press. Bergmark, U. & Hansson, K. (2021). How Teachers and Principals Enact the Policy of Building Education in Sweden on a Scientific Foundation and Proven Experience: Challenges and Opportunities. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(3), 448–467. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1713883 DiMaggio, P. J., & Powell, W. W. (1983). The iron cage revisited: Institutional isomorphism and collective rationality in organizational fields. American Sociological Review, 48(2), 147–160. https://doi.org/10.2307/2095101 Haveri, A. (2015). Nordic local government: a success story, but will it last? International Journal of Public Sector Management, 28(2), 136–149. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJPSM-09-2014-0118 Kalalahti, M., & Varjo, J. (2023). Municipal Governance of Comprehensive Education: The emergence of local universalisms. In M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, & S. Kosunen (Eds.), Finland's Famous Education System: Unvarnished insights into Finnish schooling (pp. 19–34). Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. Kim, T. (2010). The welfare state as an institutional process. The Social Science Journal 47(3), 492–507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.soscij.2010.04.002. Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology (4th ed.). SAGE publications. Kuntalaki [Local Government Act] 410/2015. (2015). Finlex. https://finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/2015/20150410 Kyösti, A., Kaarakainen, S.-S., Volmari, S., Wallenius, T., Merikukka, M., Salovaara, V., Kalland, M. J., Varjo, J. T., & Virtanen, P. (2023). Muuttuva väestö: Väestönmuutoksen vaikutukset varhaiskasvatukseen sekä esi- ja perusopetukseen. Itsenäisyyden juhlavuoden lastensäätiö sr. Itlan raportit ja selvitykset https://itla.fi/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Navigaattori-2023-1-Muuttuva-vaesto.pdf Lumijärvi, I. & Leponiemi, U. (2014). Strategic Management in Finnish Municipalities. In Joyce, P. & Drumaux, A. (Eds.), Strategic Management in Public Organizations: European Practices and Perspectives, (pp. 41–56). Routledge. Lundgren, U. P. (1977). Model analysis of pedagogical processes (Studies in Education and Psychology, 2). Stockholm Institute of Education, Department of Educational Research. Simola, H., Kauko, J., Varjo, J., Kalalahti, M. & Sahlström, F. (2017). Dynamics in Education Politics: Understanding and Explaining the Finnish Case. Routledge. Varjo, J., & Kalalahti, M. (2021). Kansallisesta yhdenmukaisuudesta kunnallisiin perusopetuksen järjestämisen malleihin. Focus Localis, 49 (4), 43–58. https://journal.fi/focuslocalis/article/view/113408 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 01 B: Education at the Intersection of Promise, Potential, and Profit-Making Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Preite Session Chair: Lucas Cone Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Education at the Intersection of Promise, Potential, and Profit-Making Across national systems, education seems increasingly shaped by narratives of promise, potential, and profit (Jones & Ball, 2023). Not only are students addressed from a human capital perspective as future-oriented subjects whose biographies are expected to unfold as trajectories of limitless development, innovation, and self-realisation (cf. Allais, 2012). Furthermore, education itself is framed as a potentially endless field of investment, promising returns for all involved and presenting educational and economic gains as mutually interlinked (cf. Cone & Moos, 2022). Although empirical insights raise doubts about these promises of individual and economic prosperity (Brown et al., 2020; Cunningham & Samson, 2021), these neoliberal narratives of salvation do not remain at the level of policy rhetoric; they circulate across political decision-making, institutional programmes, funding arrangements, and everyday pedagogical practices, shaping how education is imagined, experienced, and lived through different actors within educational contexts (Hogan & Thompson, 2020; Rönnberg et al., 2025). From an epistemological perspective, the symposium starts from the premise that educational transformations cannot be understood if policies and experiences are treated as separate domains. It brings together studies on the politics and marketization of education with qualitative studies of actors’ perspectives, processes of meaning-making, and interactions. The symposium examines how the logics and practices of promise, potential, and profit intersect and reshape educational landscapes, arrangements and biographies. A central focus concerns education as a field of powerful promises of social mobility and integration (1). Across national and transnational perspectives, education is framed as a pathway to upward mobility and a primary means of overcoming social inequality (Ingram & Gamsu, 2022). Contributions not only explore how this promise operates as a legitimising and orienting narrative that structures reforms and institutional missions, while simultaneously individualising responsibility for success and failure. From a subject oriented and biographical perspective, they also look at how students, families, and educators encounter, appropriate, contest, or reframe the promise of mobility in the course of educational trajectories. Particular attention is paid to narratives of aspiration and constraint, and to moments in which educational promises appear deferred, fragile, or broken. A further focus lies on education as a site of intensified potentialisation (2). Contemporary pedagogical formats increasingly construct subjects not only as developing capacities, but as reservoirs of open-ended, continuously expandable potential (Sellar, 2015). The symposium analyses how such constructions reorder what counts as educational success and failure, devalue forms of knowledge, experience, or limitation, and confront learners with expectations of constant self-optimisation. From a subject and practice-oriented perspective, the papers attend to how individuals navigate these demands, narrate educational turning points, and cope with experiences of misrecognition, stagnation, or blocked mobility. Within this framework, profit-making activities (3) are addressed as institutional arrangements and horizons of meaning that permeate educational landscapes and practices - for instance, when education is framed as investment, employability project, or means of entrepreneurial self (Jones & Ball, 2023). Although these arrangements are often justified as innovative responses to challenges and as mechanisms to enhance equity, it seems that they rather normalise private accumulation while reproducing or deepening social inequalities. Thereby, contributions discuss how profit-making has become increasingly embedded in educational contexts through diverse and often opaque public-private arrangements. In doing so, the symposium opens a space for critically interrogating education as a marketized field of promises and exploring what this implies for educational biographies, inequalities and arrangements. By connecting studies of marketization in and of education with biographical and practice-based perspectives, it contributes to debates on how education is governed under neoliberal rationalities and how research - entangled in these conditions - can reconstruct and critically challenge them. References Allais, S. (2012). ‘Economics imperialism’, education policy and educational theory. Journal of Education Policy, 27(2), 253–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2011.602428 Brown, P., Lauder, H., & Cheung, S. Y. (2020). The Death of Human Capital?: Its Failed Promise and How to Renew It in an Age of Disruption. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190644307.001.0001 Cone, L., & Moos, L. (2022). Introduction: mapping commercial interests and imaginaries in Nordic education. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(1), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2022.2045164 Cunningham, C., & Samson, C. (2021). Neoliberal meritocracy: how 'widening participation' to universities in England reinforces class divisions. on education. Journal for research and debate, 4(10), 7. https://doi.org/Doi: 10.25656/01:23365 Hogan, A., & Thompson, G. (2020). Privatisation and commercialisation in public education: how the public nature of schooling is changing. Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429330025 Ingram, N., & Gamsu, S. (2022). Talking the Talk of Social Mobility: The Political Performance of a Misguided Agenda. Sociological Research Online, 27(1), 189–206. https://doi.org/10.1177/13607804211055493 Jones, B. M. A., & Ball, S. J. (Eds.). (2023). Neoliberalism and education. Routledge. Rönnberg, L., Holm, A.-S., & Carlbaum, S. (2025). Swinging Asymmetries: Swedish Education Companies Establishing in New National Contexts. European Education, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2025.2539514 Sellar, S. (2015). ‘Unleashing aspiration’: The concept of potential in education policy. The Australian Educational Researcher, 42(2), 201–215. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-015-0170-7 Presentations of the Symposium The Hypothetical Subject. Potentializing the Potential
This paper examines contemporary educational transformations through the lens of intensified potentialization. It explores the emerging ideal that children and young people must keep all possibilities open in order to meet a future described as radically uncertain yet urgent. The paper develops a theoretical framework by drawing on systems‑theoretical understandings of education as a system observing the child as a not‑yet‑realized potential (Luhmann 2021; Luhmann & Schorr 2000) and current analyses of potentialization (Andersen, Knudsen & Sandager 2024; Andersen & Pors 2021; Knudsen & Andersen 2025). Potentialization is an actualization of form that preserves looseness, privileging adaptability, reversibility, and continual openness over stable learning trajectories.
Using empirical examples from LEGO’s First Lego League, Danish career learning initiatives, and the UK Open University’s FutureYOU programme, the paper shows how learners are addressed as infinitely expandable reservoirs of potential. These practices reframe education not as the realization of potential but as the cultivation of permanent formability. In this logic, the ideal learner is a hypothetical subject living in a subjunctive mode of “as if,” inhabiting what Greco and Stenner (2017) call a zone of permanent liminality.
While often framed as empowering, this ideal also generates new vulnerabilities and may even contribute to youth distress. When learners must avoid closure, resist committing to specific identities, and remain open to all futures - including those destabilised by societal and labour‑market volatility - openness itself becomes an obligation. By articulating the logic of potentialization, the paper contributes to understanding how educational actors negotiate tensions between promise and precarity, opportunity and overwhelm.
References:
Andersen, N. Å., Knudsen, H., & Sandager, J. (2024). Potentialising the potential: Dream of everything you can become, and become everything you dream of. EERJ, 23(4), 578-597.
Andersen, N. Å. og Pors, J. G. (2021). From self-evident norms to contingent couplings, EERJ, 20(6), 821-840.
Greco, M. and Stenner, P. (2017). From paradox to pattern shift: Conceptualising liminal hotspots and their affective dynamics, Theory and Psychology, 27(2), 147-166.
Knudsen, H., & Andersen, N. Å. (2025). Det hypotetiske subjekt: Uddannelse til en åben fremtid. LEDERLIV, 9.
Luhmann N. (2021). Education: Forming the life course. EERJ, 20(6), 719–728.
Broken Promises? First-Generation Students’ Experiences of Social Mobility in Austrian and German Higher Education
This presentation explores how first-generation students in Austria and Germany experience social mobility within higher education under conditions of persistent inequality. Across the European educational landscape, higher education institutions have been presented as engines of upward mobility and equal opportunity (Nairz-Wirth et al., 2021). Economically driven perspectives in particular frame higher education as a rational investment promising higher incomes and reduced risks of precarious employment (OECD, 2024). Within this logic, social mobility functions as a central narrative of meritocracy, suggesting that individual effort and ambition are the primary drivers of success (O’Shea, 2020). Yet beneath this seemingly universal promise lie deeply rooted national and socio-historical inequalities that complicate the relationship between education, policy, and mobility (Brooks, 2017).
In German-speaking countries, higher education institutions were positioned within post-war education policy as key instruments for addressing social inequality, a role that was consolidated through the higher education expansion of the 1960s and 1970s, which institutionalised education as a central means of widening participation and promoting social mobility (Petrik, 2025). However, inequalities in access to and completion of higher education remain strikingly evident (Kracke et al., 2024). Despite comparatively lower levels of market-oriented funding arrangements in Austria and Germany (e. g. the absence of tuition fees and a stronger reliance on public funding) than in many other European higher education systems, historically marginalised groups, including first-generation students, remain underrepresented.
Drawing on 24 biographical case studies, the paper examines first-generation students’ narratives as a critical site for analysing social inequality in higher education. It asks how the promise of social mobility appears in students’ accounts of entering and attending university, and how they experience, negotiate, and make sense of social mobility through higher education. Methodologically, the study combines a Grounded Theory approach (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) with in-depth biographical analysis (Schütze, 2016) to capture the complexity of biographical meaning-making.
By connecting how social mobility is discursively framed and institutionalised within policy to how it is experienced, the paper foregrounds the biographical work through which educational promises become subjectively meaningful. In doing so, it complements policy-oriented research by showing what these promises do at the level of educational biographies: how they shape self-understandings, orient aspirations, and generate tensions that must be negotiated in everyday lives. In this light, the promise of mobility often emerges as a “broken promise,” reorganising how students understand themselves, account for success and failure, and imagine their futures.
References:
Brooks, R. (2017). Understanding the higher education student in Europe: A comparative analysis. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 48(4), 500–517. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2017.1318047.
Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (3rd ed.). Sage Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452230153
Kracke, N., Schwabe, U., & Buchholz, S. (2024). Neuer Bildungstrichter: Trotz Akademisierungsschub immer noch ungleicher Zugang zur Hochschule. DZHW Brief, 02/2024.
Nairz-Wirth, E., O'Shea, S., & Lessky, F. (2021). Higher education access, participation and progression: Inequalities of opportunity. European Journal of Education, 56(1), 3-8. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12441.
OECD (2024), Education at a Glance 2024: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/c00cad36-en.
O'Shea, S., May, J., Stone, C., & Delahunty, J. (Eds.). (2024). First-in-Family Students, University Experience and Family Life: Motivations, Transitions and Participation (2nd ed. 2024). Springer International Publishing; Imprint Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-34451-0.
Petrik, F. (2025). Practices of Becoming: What and How Do First-Generation Students Learn When Transitioning to University? Studies in Adult Education and Learning, 31(2), 135-153.
Schütze, F. (2016). Biography analysis on the empirical base of autobiographical narratives: How to analyse. In W. Fiedler, & H.-H. Krüger (Eds.), Sozialwissenschaftliche Prozessanalyse: Grundlagen der qualitativen Sozialforschung (pp. 75–116). Barbara Budrich.
Marketisation Beyond the School Day: After-School Provision in Australia and Sweden
After-school provision is a significant yet under-examined component of public schooling systems. Positioned at the intersection of schooling, care and labour-market participation, it is expected to support children’s development and to enable parents’ paid work. Building on prior research examining the financing and provision of public education (Thompson et al., 2019; Hogan & Thompson, 2023; 2020; Hall et al., 2024), the paper draws on policy analysis and qualitative insight into everyday experiences to examine after-school provision in Queensland, Australia and Sweden. We analyse how governance arrangements, funding models, and institutional expectations shape the provision of care beyond the school day and the implications for equality.
In Queensland, Outside School Hours Care (OSHC) has become a feature of the services public schools offer to families. Incorporating marketised and entrepreneurial logics, and usually operated by parent associations or private providers within public schools, these entities are funded primarily through parental fees. Substantial financial surpluses generated by OSHC are reinvested into schools to supplement government funding for core educational services. Fee-based provision and profits have become normalised as necessary and responsible practices, even as they shift financial risk and responsibility onto parents and school communities. However, the costs, risks and access to after-school care are unevenly distributed and exacerbate existing inequalities, particularly with regard to surpluses. Community socioeconomic disadvantage reduces the capacity to produce surplus, meaning that less is being reinvested in schools serving these complex communities. In contrast, Swedish school-age educare constitutes a formal part of the school system, with its mission specified in national curricula. Alongside municipal provision, nearly one out of five leisure time centers are operated by private school organisers, within a voucher-based funding framework and a capped parental fee. Compared to other parts of the marketised Swedish system (Dahlstedt & Fejes, 2019), privately delivered school-age educare functions as an institutional space in between education and care, where marketisation is normalised through promises of children’s learning and wellbeing, as well as support for working families, while responsibility is redistributed and company revenues are extracted.
Through this comparison, the paper demonstrates how after-school provision functions as a key site of marketisation and how children’s potential is mobilised as a rationale that embeds profit-making within everyday practices beyond the school day. After-school provision is a form of educational infrastructure through which market-based transformations of public education are being enacted, reshaping educational landscapes in uneven ways.
References:
Dahlstedt, M. & Fejes, A. (2019). (Eds.) Neoliberalism and market forces in education: Lessons from Sweden: Routledge.
Hall, J. B., Møller, J., & Rönnberg, L. (2024). (Re)configurations of public education: marketisation, teacher professionalism, and individual rights of students and educators in Norway and Sweden. Critical Studies in Education, 1–19.
Hogan, A. & G. Thompson, G. (2020). (Eds.). Privatisation and Commercialisation in Public Education: How the Public Nature of Schooling is Changing: Routledge.
Hogan, A., & Thompson, G. (2023). Running the canteen for profit: funding, parents and philanthropy in Queensland state schools. Critical Studies in Education, 64(5), 464–478.
Thompson, G., Hogan, A. & Rahimi, M. (2019). Private funding in Australian public schools: a problem of equity. Australian Educational Reserarcher 46, 893–91.
Paying for the Promise of Further Education: Studying at Private Vocational Schools and non-elitist Private Universities in Switzerland and Germany
In Germany and Switzerland, private vocational schools and non-elitist private universities are increasingly positioning themselves as market niche within the fractures of the meritocratic promise of education (Herrmann, 2019; Preite et al., 2025). While private fee-paying education is internationally widespread, these developments rather contrast with dominant assumptions about the German and Swiss education systems. Both contexts seem traditionally characterised by publicly funded higher education with comparatively low tuition fees and by collective skill formation systems in vocational education and training (VET), in which private schools have historically played a marginal role.
Drawing on research on the marketisation and commercialisation of education, the paper conceptualises the emergence of these for profit private providers as part of an expanding global education industry into contexts where it has previously been less visible (Piromalli, 2024; Rönnberg et al., 2025). With tuition fees that are substantial yet significantly lower than those charged by elite private institutions, these private providers not only target a broader mass of students but at the same time potentially re-promise further education for those marginalized by the exclusionary logic of selective school and company-based VET systems. In view of this, the paper asks how and why students opt for these fee-paying educational arrangements (1), and how their decision-making processes related to the reproduction of social inequality (2).
Empirically, the contribution draws on two qualitative research projects conducted in Switzerland and Germany. The Swiss study is based on problem-centred interviews with students attending private vocational schools, while the German study focuses on students enrolled at non-elitist private universities. Methodologically, both studies follow a constructivist grounded theory approach (Charmaz, 2006). In theoretical and empirical terms, the contribution rather questions rational-choice understanding of school choice and instead conceptualises students’ agency as embedded in structural relations of inequality, power, and domination (Wilson & Scarbrough, 2018). Paying for private education in these researched contexts thus seems not merely an expression of free choice, but rather as a socially structured response to constrained educational opportunities within “youth-transitions regime” (Walther, 2006) in which further education and VET seems increasingly expected, but yet not systemically guaranteed. Paying for the promise of further education therefore appears to simultaneously privatize and marketize existing educational inequalities, both on an individual and structural level.
References:
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory a practical guide through qualitative analysis. SAGE.
Herrmann, S. (2019). Sozioökonomische Merkmale und Erwartungen von Studierenden privater Hochschulen in Deutschland. Beiträge zur Hochschulforschung, 41(2), 34–55.
Piromalli, L. (2024). Making markets in higher education: State reform, global EdTech, and virtual universities in Italy. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 16(Italian Journal of Sociology of Education 16/2), 109–130.
Preite, L., Gmür, S., Imboden, J., Fischer, E., & Pfister, N. (2025). Berufsbildung gegen Bezahlung: Beweggründe und Ausgangslagen von Lernenden in der kostenpflichtigen privatschulisch organisierten beruflichen Grundbildung und Berufsmaturität. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 47(1), 44–56. https://doi.org/10.24452/sjer.47.1.4
Rönnberg, L., Holm, A.-S., & Carlbaum, S. (2025). Swinging Asymmetries: Swedish Education Companies Establishing in New National Contexts. European Education, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2025.2539514
Walther, A. (2006). Regimes of youth transitions: Choice, flexibility and security in young people’s experiences across different European contexts. YOUNG, 14(2), 119–139. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308806062737
Wilson, M. A. F., & Scarbrough, B. (2018). Neoliberal contradictions in two private niches of educational ‘choice’. Critical Studies in Education, 59(1), 74–92. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1167756
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 01 C: International education policies Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: José Fuentes-Salazar Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Strategizing the SDGs—International Organisations and the Global Governance of Education (GloGoEd) Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The GloGoEd project, funded by the Research Council of Finland, examines how international organisations, specially, UNESCO, the OECD, and the EU mobilise the Sustainable Development Goals to create strategic crisis narratives to legitimise their roles, advance preferred policy solutions, enrol non‑state actors, and craft promissory futures for education beyond 2030. We present this project in response to ECER 2026’s call to interrogate how education research “knows and acts” amid shifting epistemic conditions. Our GloGoEd project is situated within a poly‑crisis landscape of pandemic, planetary emergency, war, and pressures of performativity. We ask how intergovernmental organisations and their governance instruments shape what counts as educational knowledge, who is authorised to produce it, and how it circulates between global and local arenas. In this presentation we focus our analysis on the following research question: - How do the OECD, UNESCO and EU integrate SDGs to create crisis frames in their education related documents? Though a content analysis, we identify and compare how the SDGs are used by the three different organisations to create implicit or explicit frames of crisis in education and what ideologies, policies, non-state actors and visions of the futures of education these crises narratives enable. Conceptually, GloGoEd combines the notion of externalisation (references to international scripts like the SDGs to justify arguments, e.g. Santos, 2022; Schriewer, 1990), strategic narrative (attempts to create a shared meaning of reality with the aim of shaping domestic or international actors behaviour, e.g. Miskimmon et al., 2017; Castells, 2009) and organisational legitimacy (a generalized perception of an institution and its actions as being ‘desirable, proper, or appropriate within a system of norms, beliefs, and definitions’ that are socially constructed e.g., Suchman, 1995). Together, these conceptual frameworks illuminate the analysis of the discursive work through which IGOs seek to earn or maintain socio‑political acceptability, reputation, and status (Edwards et al., 2017) by framing education as crisis‑ridden. At the same time, they present themselves, and the actors they sponsor, as necessary problem‑solvers. In this view, the SDGs operate simultaneously as standards and storytelling devices that promise specific futures while stabilising authority and orchestrating networks of public, private, and philanthropic actors. The project speaks directly to ECER’s theme by examining the ways in which knowledge is produced and disseminated in the global governance of education. It foregrounds the situatedness of knowing, what narratives are created by whom and how do they influence education policy directions globally. In this manner, the project aims to advance a critical and rich understanding of global governance practices in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study analyses public reports, press releases, websites, strategy and policy documents produced by the EU, UNESCO, and the OECD from 2015 to the present, complemented by semi‑structured interviews with key organisational and non‑state actors identified through the document analysis. A three‑phase, pluralist design ensures triangulation and robustness of the study. Phase 1 employs qualitative content analysis to familiarise with and reduce extensive textual corpora, developing concept‑ and data‑driven categories for references, themes, and actors. Phase 2 applies critical discourse analysis to examine how language, genre, and intertextuality construct crisis, legitimacy, and promissory futures, and to surface ideological alignments and power relations. Phase 3 conducts social network analysis (using Gephi) to identify, visualise, and interrogate relational structures among IGOs and enabled actors, tracing flows of policy ideas, resources, and influence across global–national–local scales. Together, these methods integrate textual, discursive, and relational evidence to inform how SDGs function as both product and mechanism of global education governance and how strategic narratives organise actor ecosystems around crisis framing and solutionism. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect to shed light on how and why UNESCO, the OECD, and the EU, use crisis‑centred narratives that elevate SDG 4 as a legitimating frame. While all three organisations mobilise crisis narratives to legitimise their relevance and authority in global governance of education, they do so in distinct ways that reflect different ideological orientations, institutional mandates and governance logics. UNESCO tends to foreground education as a human right and public good; the OECD emphasises skills, measurement, and economic competitiveness; and the EU articulates education as human development aligned with digital and green transitions. We expect that these orientations shape the policy solutions promoted and the involvement of specific non‑state actors in expanding governance networks, with implications for the authority and accountability of education governance. The analysis is also expected to clarify how these narratives privilege certain ways of knowing (through benchmarking, quantification) while marginalising others, and how promissory futures stabilise organisational standing amid contested legitimacy. The network analysis is expected to make visible multi‑stakeholder configurations and pathways through which IGOs and partners diffuse policy scripts, thereby informing national reforms and local practice. For researchers and practitioners, the project will offer a framework to critically appraise transnational knowledge claims and to navigate the tensions between standardised and data‑driven governance and plural epistemologies. These findings contribute to ECER’s concern with how education research ‘know and act’ and to its broader goal of strengthening educational research’s authority in dialogue with decision‑makers and diverse forms of knowledge, by offering a critical account of the epistemic, discursive and relational mechanisms in which SDGs are mobilised to govern education globally. References Castells, M. (2009). Communication power. Oxford University Press. Edwards, D.B., Okitsu, T., Da Costa, Ramina, & Kitamura, Y. (2017). Organizational Legitimacy in the Global Education Policy Field: Learning from UNESCO and the Global Monitoring Report. Comparative Education Review, 62(1). Miskimmon, A., O’Loughlin, B., & Roselle, L. (2017). Forging the world: Strategic narratives and international relations. University of Michigan Press. Morris, P., Park, C., & Auld, E. (2022). Covid and the future of education: global agencies ‘building back better’. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(5), 691-711, DOI: 10.1080/03057925.2022.2066886 Santos, Í. (2022). Externalisations in the Portuguese Parliament and Print Media: a complexity approach to education policymaking processes [Published doctoral thesis]. Faculty of Education and Culture, University of Tampere, Finland. Schriewer, J. (1990). The method of comparison and the need for externalization: Methodological criteria and socio-logical concepts. In J. Schriewer, & B. Holmes (Eds.), Theories and methods in comparative education (pp. 25–83). Peter Lang. Smith, W.C., Ehren, M.C.M. & Grek, S. (2024). Global governance of education: The Sustainable Development Goals as a product and mechanism?. Int Rev Educ, 70 (4), 531–545. Suchman, M. C. (1995). Managing legitimacy: Strategic and institutional approaches. Academy of Management Review, 20(3), 571–610. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1995.9508080331 Ydesen, C. (2019). The OECE’s historical rise in education: The formation of a global governing complex. Palgrave. Ydesen, C. & Grek, S. (2020) Securing organisational survival: a historical inquiry into the OECD’s work in education during the 1960s, Paedagogica Historica, 56:3, 412-427, DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2019.1604774 Zürn, M. (2018). A theory of global governance: Authority, legitimacy, and contestation. Oxford University Press. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Parallel Governance Logics in Education Policy Discourse: A Comparative Analysis of China, Flanders, and International Organisations VUB, Belgium Presenting Author:Abstract
This paper responds to one of the fundamental questions of education policymaking and governance and asks, how do policy discourses in various institutional and cultural contexts configure the relationship between technical rationality and gendered moral discourses? This motivation stems from a pervasive phenomenon where technical language emphasising efficacy frequently coexists with value-laden language conveying cultural sentiments within policy texts, with their specific configurations reflecting underlying governance logics. To systematically explore this issue, this study employs a Most Different Systems Design (MDSD), selecting three contexts with markedly divergent governance logics, namely China, embodying a strong state logic and collectivism; the Flemish Region of Belgium, characterised by professionally decentralised governance; and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO), acting as global normative advocates.
This study theoretically combines the institutional logics with discursive institutionalism as its analytical basis. Methodologically, critical discourse analysis of thirty-six key policy texts three policy domains between 2012 and 2024. The analysis used a mixed-methods approach. Thematic coding the presence of discourses of technocratic rationality (e. g., efficiency, evaluation) and gendered moral-care metaphors (e. g., the “silkworm” metaphor, the “teacher-as-mother” metaphor) from each text manually. Quantitative analysis was conducted to explore their distribution patterns and correlations, which allowed for a coherent interpretation by linking the micro-textual characteristics to the macro-discourse structures. Comparative analysis revealed distinct cross-regional discursive configurations. Flemish and international policy discourses were strongly influenced by professional management and globalisation logics, exhibiting strong instrumentalism with an emphasis on technical effectiveness and performance accountability. In contrast, Chinese policy discourse was still strongly rooted in familial and state logics, and metaphorical narratives are based on moral devotion and collective responsibility. A key theoretical finding showed that institutional structures and cultural values through parallel rather than interactional pathways. Therefore, it demonstrated that the intensification of technical governance and the persistence of moral discourses run concurrently under distinct logics within the same policy system.
This comparison of policy discourse practices enriches theoretical perspectives on discourse as a principal mode of governance. Policy discourse is, thus, revealed as an active practice simultaneously reproduces and reflects power relations and gender expectations embedded in institutions and culture. This invites us to to transcend reductive assumptions of the technical–moral dualism and to explore instead the ways in which they are brought together in specific configurations of governance. Thus, this article ultimately argues that, pursuit of technical rationality in contemporary in modern educational governance, the selection and design of policy discourses deserve more critical attention. Only through combining cultural contexts and gender equality achieve between efficiency and inclusivity, standardisation and localisation. That offers a comparative, empirically-based viewpoint for recognising policy discourse’s dual role as both a governance tool and a vehicle for cultural reproduction.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixedmethods, comparative case study design to analyze educational policy discourses in China, the Flemish Region of Belgium, and international organizations (OECD, UNESCO). Following Gerring’s (2007) Most Different Systems Design, it compares China’s centralized governance, Flanders’ federal autonomy, and supranational frameworks to explore variations in institutional and cultural influences on policy discourse. The research corpus comprises 36 policy texts from China’s Ministry of Education and State Council, the Flemish Ministry of Education and Parliament , and from UNESCO and OECD. Purposive sampling ensured authoritative, legally binding documents, capturing key policy cycles like the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Data analysis followed Fairclough’s (2003) threedimensional critical discourse analysis (CDA) framework, integrating textual, discursive, and social practice levels. Qualitative analysis used dualcycle thematic coding with MAXQDA 24.7.0, conducted by a single researcher. Semantic network analysis mapped conceptual migrations, such as “inclusive leadership” to “harmonious management” in China. The mixed-methods approach bridged macropattern identification (quantitative) and micromechanism exploration (qualitative), enhancing robustness. Quantitative coding was complemented by quantitative comparisons of discourse prevalence across cases. Data processing involved text standardization (UTF8 encoding), metadata annotation, and a systematic coding workflow, ensuring analytical rigor and reliability across diverse policy contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study clarifies how institutional logics and cultural values independently shape educational policy discourses across China, Flanders, and international organizations. By integrating institutional logics (Thornton et al., 2012) and discursive institutionalism (Schmidt, 2008), it reveals that technocratic discourse dominates in rationalized systems (Flanders, international organizations), while collectivist cultures (China) amplify gendered moral metaphors, reinforcing inequitable role expectations. These findings advance theoretical understanding of discourse as a mediator of institutional and cultural dynamics, bridging gaps in comparative policy analysis. Practically, they urge policymakers to critically assess how discourses perpetuate gendered labor expectations and to align policies with culturally sensitive epistemologies. Limitations include the focus on textual analysis, suggesting future research explore institutional structuration and power reproduction processes. This study offers a robust framework for analyzing transnational policy discourses, informing equitable and contextually grounded educational governance strategies. References Acker, J. (2006). Inequality regimes: Gender, class, and race in organizations. Gender & Society, 20(4), 441 - 464. https://doi.org/10.1177/0891243206289499 Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.: New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Routledge. Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Carstensen, M. B. (2015). Bringing ideology back in: The role of ideas in policy change. Journal of European Public Policy, 22(5), 598 – 616. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2015.1008553 Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Fei, X. (1992). From the soil: The foundations of Chinese society (G. G. Hamilton & W. Zheng, Trans.). University of California Press. (Original work published 1947) Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The discovery ofgrounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Aldine. Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture ’ s consequences: Comparing values, behaviors, institutions and organizations across nations (2nd ed.). Sage. Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago Press. Landis, J. R., & Koch, G. G. (1977). The measurement of observer agreement for categorical data. Biometrics, 33(1), 159-174. https://doi.org/10.2307/2529310 Mahoney, J., & Thelen, K. (2010). Explaining institutional change: Ambiguity, agency, andpower. Cambridge University Press. Schmidt, V. A. (2008). Discursive institutionalism: The explanatory power of ideas and discourse. Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 303 - 326. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.polisci.11.060606.135342 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper We Are Still the Moral Bastion: The Technopolitical Authority of Unesco/Orealc in SDG 4 Governance Within the Chilean School System Catholic University of Chile, Chile Presenting Author:Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG 4) represents one of the principal global educational agendas for educational inclusion and justice. Driven by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), SDG 4 consolidates an international framework oriented toward ensuring quality, equity, and lifelong learning opportunities. Among its central targets are the improvement of learning outcomes and equitable access (4.1), as well as the development of foundational competencies in literacy, numeracy, and arithmetic (4.6), among others (UNESCO, 2015). As multiple policy research studies have noted, rather than a normative declaration, SDG 4 operates today as a global public policy that demands national institutional capacities for its implementation, monitoring, and accountability (Bandola-Gill et al., 2022; Fisher & Fukuda-Parr, 2019). Within this framework, some research has provided substantive evidence regarding the initiatives that UNESCO mobilizes in the realm of global governance for the expansion and monitoring of SDG 4. Several studies have documented the transformations experienced in global data infrastructure (Adhikary, 2024; Fontdevila, 2023b, 2023a), the arrangements and interests among multiple stakeholders for meeting the 2030 targets (Ocampo Cantillo & Lazaro, 2024), as well as the technical and conceptual difficulties in promoting a genuinely inclusive agenda (Edwards et al., 2018; Ydesen & Elfert, 2023). Despite these important research advances, little is known about how UNESCO participates in the monitoring and expansion of this agenda within national educational systems, particularly in Global South contexts (Auld et al., 2019). This paper presents findings on a case study on the work conducted by UNESCO's Regional Office for Education in Latin America and the Caribbean (UNESCO/OREALC) in the transfer, monitoring, and expansion of SDG 4 within Chilean school educational policy between 2015 and 2025. Specifically, the paper presents substantive findings regarding the mechanisms of influence (technical capacity building, financing, data provision, and expert advisory) and the techno-political learning dynamics that the organization mobilizes to institutionalize SDG 4 at the level of central Chilean educational policy. Our study is scientifically relevant to global and transnational education research because Chile is the host country of UNESCO/OREALC, one of UNESCO's historical regional enclaves for promoting international development in Latin American and Caribbean (Fuentes-Salazar et al., 2025; Pastore, 2024). This condition configures a scenario wherein the relationship between UNESCO and the Chilean school system becomes politically dense and scientifically relevant, both in technical and political-symbolic terms (Fuentes Salazar & Villalobos, 2025). My research questions are: What actors and local and global political processes are involved in the transfer of SDG 4 within Chilean school educational policy during the past decade? What meanings, strategies, and instruments does UNESCO/OREALC mobilize for the monitoring and fulfillment of SDG 4 in Chile? What facilitators, obstacles, tensions, and convergences can be identified in UNESCO/OREALC's work in the transfer and expansion of SDG 4 in Chile? Theoretically, the study is grounded in the notion of analytical institutions (Broome & Seabrooke, 2012) and policy curves (Broome & Seabrooke, 2015), two concepts developed within political economy studies. The concept of analytical institutions refers to the processes through which international organizations and their offices perceive the social environments in which they operate and integrate specific intellectual frameworks as policy solutions. Similarly, the policy curve refers to the techno-political processes and strategies that organizations deploy to increase the likelihood that their solutions will be adopted within the environments in which they operate (Fontdevila & Verger, 2025; Verger & Fontdevila, 2024). The political economy perspective allows us to highlight the granular and inherently political work that UNESCO/OREALC undertakes in the Global South, positioning the organization as more than a mere policy forum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws on analytical tools from critical policy studies (Stacey & Mockler, 2024). Specifically, the study is grounded in Network Ethnography, a perspective that has combined social network analysis with classical ethnography in the study of global philanthropy (Ball & Junemann, 2012; Edwards, 2024). This methodology has enabled me to trace SDG 4 from its supranational origins to its implementation within the Chilean educational context. In this regard, Network Ethnography has allowed me to empirically capture the relational movement between the global and the local in the current governance landscape (Ball, 2016; Jessop, 2015; Lewis et al., 2024). In accordance with the main orientations of Network Ethnography, the data production strategy includes the collection and triangulation of at least three sources of information. First, I have conducted a documentary analysis (N=109) of the intra-bureaucratic production developed by UNESCO/OREALC in support of the Ministry of Education for the implementation and monitoring of SDG 4, which includes technical meeting minutes, agreements, advisory contracts, diplomatic notes, among others. Additionally, I have conducted interviews with key actors in the SDG 4 monitoring and implementation process, including officials from Chile's MINEDUC (n=12), staff members from OREALC/UNESCO and UNESCO Paris (n=15), the Ministry of Social Development (n=2), the National Statistics Institute (n=5), and other government officials (n=5). Theoretically, these actors have been characterized as "global elites" (Lingard et al., 2015), insofar as they possess the capacity to influence the trajectories and outcomes of national educational policy. Finally, I have participated in at least two internationally relevant seminars and three technical meetings—all organized by UNESCO and MINEDUC Chile—with the purpose of analyzing in situ the interactions and public discourses, as well as the agreements and disagreements that emerge in the SDG 4 implementation and monitoring process. The analytical strategy involves the systematization, coding, and triangulation of information to reconstruct and analyze the implementation and monitoring structure of SDG 4. I draw on tools from critical and inductive policy text analysis (Stacey & Mockler, 2024) to trace critical events in the process, identify and map relevant actors and their political-symbolic positions. Likewise, I attend to the dynamics of the influence mechanisms mobilized by UNESCO to establish itself as a cognitive authority within the Chilean educational space. Finally, I attend to the techno-political agreements and disagreements between UNESCO/OREALC and the Chilean State. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At least three major findings can be highlighted. First, the data reveal that UNESCO/OREALC has positioned itself as a central analytical institution in the process of SDG 4 expansion and monitoring in Chile and Latin America. Through the Secretariat of the Regional Coordination Mechanism for SDG 4, UNESCO/OREALC maintains a position of "regional superintendence" that enables it to control key aspects of SDG 4 monitoring, such as the methodological guidelines for report preparation and the establishment of a "conceptual regime" regarding quality, measurement, and lifelong learning for productivity—one that significantly displaces the region's former political traditions concerning adult literacy for poverty alleviation. Second, the findings reveal a distinctive political-symbolic relationship between UNESCO/OREALC and the Chilean State, characterized by a "mentor-teacher" dynamic that challenges the strong institutional presence of the OECD in Chile. Leveraging its geopolitical position and its residence in Chile, UNESCO/OREALC has operated as an "indispensable" technical and moral collaborator for the Ministry of Education, particularly during the strategies deployed by the central government to address the COVID-19 pandemic. Despite operating with limited resources, UNESCO/OREALC has mobilized multiple mechanisms of direct policy advisory to support the Chilean State in matters of curricular prioritization, learning measurement, and school retention. These mechanisms include the formulation of methodological guidelines for schools, the reactivation of support networks among educational institutions, and teacher training courses on ICT. Finally, the findings demonstrate a geopolitical and discursive repositioning of Chile within the Latin American and global concert. Through lobbying mechanisms, UNESCO/OREALC has positioned Chile as a "reference society" in SDG 4 compliance at the global level and has placed its political leaders in key positions within SDG 4 governance structures. Evidence of this is the appointment of the President of the Republic, Gabriel Boric, as co-chair of the SDG4 High-Level Steering Committee for the period 2024-2025. References Auld, E., Rappleye, J., & Morris, P. (2019). PISA for Development: how the OECD and World Bank shaped education governance post-2015. Comparative Education, 55(2), 197–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2018.1538635 https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2015.1122232 Ball, S., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, New Governance and Education. Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.46692/9781847429810.006 Bandola-Gill, J., Grek, S., & Tichenor, M. (2022). Governing the Sustainable Development Goals. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-03938-6 Broome, A., & Seabrooke, L. (2012). Seeing like an International Organisation. New Political Economy, 17(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13563467.2011.569019 Broome, A., & Seabrooke, L. (2015). Shaping policy curves: cognitive authority in transnational capacity building. Public Administration, 93(4), 956–972. https://doi.org/10.1111/padm.12179 Edwards, B., Okitsu, T., da Costa, R., & Kitamura, Y. (2018). Organizational Legitimacy in the Global Education Policy Field: Learning from UNESCO and the Global Monitoring Report. Comparative Education Review, 62(1), 31–63. https://doi.org/10.1086/695440 Fontdevila, C. (2023b). The politics of good enough data. Developments, dilemmas and deadlocks in the production of global learning metrics. International Journal of Educational Development, 96, 102684. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2022.102684 Fuentes-Salazar, J. M., & Villalobos, C. (2025). Operational experience, multi-scalar influence, and political ambivalence: Mechanisms of influence of UNESCO’s Regional Bureau for Education in the Chilean school system (1990–2024). Policy Futures in Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103251411720 Fuentes-Salazar, J. M., Parcerisa, L., & Villalobos, C. (2025). UNESCO’s Global Governance in the School Education: A Scoping Review. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, 46(46), 343–364. https://doi.org/10.5944/REEC.46.2025.41423 Jessop, B. (2015). A Cultural Political Economy Approach to the Governance of Global Social Policy. In A. Kaasch & K. Martens (Eds.), Actors and Agency in Global Social Governance (pp. 18–42). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198743996.003.0002 Ocampo Cantillo, J. J., & Lazaro, L. L. B. (2024). Transforming education or transforming the fourth Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 4)? International Review of Education, 70(4), 575–601. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11159-024-10088-4/FIGURES/7 Pastore, P. G. (2024). La regionalización de la Agenda de Educación 2030 en América Latina: análisis de sus inicios desde un enfoque de problematización de políticas. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, (44), 365–383. https://doi.org/10.5944/REEC.44.2024.35811 Stacey, M., & Mockler, N. (2024). Analysing Education Policy. Theory and Method (M. Stacey & N. Mockler, Eds.; Firts). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003353379 Ydesen, C., & Elfert, M. (2023). SDG4 as a global governance tool and the quest for recognizing diversity – Implications emerging from the intersections between inclusive education and assessment. International Journal of Educational Development, 103, 102932. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102932 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 24 SES 01 A: Teacher Identity, Beliefs & Working Conditions Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Vuslat Seker Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Navigating Boundaries Without Arrival: Epistemic Barriers for Mathematics Teacher Educators Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In many contexts, teacher education programmes are organised around a structural division between mathematics and mathematics education, while institutional arrangements simultaneously require sustained collaboration across these domains. As a result, mathematics teacher educators (MTEs) often work in professional settings where epistemic expectations, evaluative norms, and priorities are not fully aligned. To make sense of such conditions, researchers has increasingly drawn on boundary crossing as an analytic lens for examining professional learning and identity formation across domains (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Whitchurch, 2008). Within mathematics teacher education, this perspective has been particularly influential in studies of collaboration between mathematicians and mathematics educators, where boundary practices are commonly framed as productive—supporting integration between mathematics content and pedagogy, mutual learning, and the emergence of hybrid professional positions (Bleiler, 2015; Goos & Bennison, 2018). These dynamics are especially visible in hybrid departmental structures, where academics with doctoral training in mathematics and mathematics education work within the same departments or programmes and share responsibility for teacher education (Özmantar & Agaç, 2025; Marshman & Goos, 2025). Hybrid departments institutionalise cross-disciplinary proximity and render boundary engagement a persistent feature of everyday professional practice. Research conducted in such contexts has documented both opportunities for collaboration and enduring asymmetries in recognition, authority, and epistemic legitimacy across disciplinary lines (Özmantar & Agaç, 2025). However, much of the literature on boundary crossing and hybrid work is underpinned by developmental assumptions. Boundary engagement is typically expected to culminate in transformation, epistemic settlement, or productive hybridity. Even when difficulty, tension, or liminality are acknowledged, these experiences are frequently interpreted as transitional phases on a pathway toward integration (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Whitchurch, 2008). Recent scholarship has begun to question this teleological orientation. Marshman and Goos (2025), for example, argue that theoretical advancement requires closer attention to trajectories where sustained boundary engagement does not lead to integration or settlement. Large-scale studies of MTEs similarly document heterogeneous identity configurations across hybrid departmental contexts, pointing to the need for more fine-grained and longitudinal analyses of how such configurations are maintained (Özmantar & Agaç, 2025). Responding to these concerns, this paper foregrounds a boundary-work trajectory that resists dominant developmental narratives. Drawing on boundary-crossing theory (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011), we introduce non-arrival as an analytic lens for examining situations in which sustained boundary engagement does not consolidate into transformation, settlement, or coherent epistemic repositioning. Rather than treating non-arrival as individual failure or temporary disruption, we conceptualise it as a patterned outcome of boundary conditions where prior forms of epistemic authority may lose currency while alternative forms of legitimacy remain difficult to secure. The analysis is situated in a hybrid mathematics teacher education context where disciplinary boundaries are structurally embedded and continuously negotiated. Adopting a longitudinal qualitative orientation, the paper attends to how boundary engagement reshapes epistemic positioning, professional voice, and claims to competence over time. This focus moves beyond accounts that privilege participation or structural proximity as indicators of integration, and instead examines how boundary practices can function as epistemic barriers, shaping what can be said, by whom, and with what authority in mathematics teacher education work. The contribution of this paper to mathematics education research is twofold. First, it challenges the assumption that increased cross-disciplinary collaboration or hybrid organisational designs will naturally generate integrative professional learning. Second, it offers conceptual resources for theorising boundary practices that produce durable forms of non-arrival rather than developmental progression. In doing so, the work advances a more differentiated understanding of boundary work—one that accounts for epistemic constraint alongside transformation and hybridity, and that is attentive to the kinds of professional trajectories that existing frameworks tend to overlook. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a longitudinal qualitative conceptual self-study design to examine boundary engagement in mathematics teacher education from a close-grained, reflexive perspective. Conceptual self-study in teacher education positions the researcher’s professional experience not as an object of improvement, but as an analytic site for interrogating the limits of existing theoretical frameworks and for generating new conceptual insights (LaBoskey, 2004; Loughran, 2007). Importantly, the study did not begin as a self-study; rather, it emerged through sustained empirical engagement with boundary-work data that exposed limitations in dominant developmental interpretations of boundary practices. The study is situated in a hybrid departmental context in which mathematics teacher education is organised through ongoing collaboration between academics with backgrounds in mathematics and mathematics education. Within this context, the analysis centres on a single, theoretically significant professional trajectory. The decision to focus on one trajectory reflects an analytic commitment to depth, continuity, and process, rather than comparison or representativeness. The case is treated as a theory-challenging instance that enables close examination of boundary engagement that does not align with prevailing assumptions of transformation, hybridity, or epistemic settlement. Data generation unfolded across three analytically connected phases over approximately eight, and the study remains ongoing. In the first phase, in-depth interviews were conducted as part of a broader research programme on boundary practices in mathematics teacher education. During analysis, one trajectory emerged as analytically disruptive due to the persistence of boundary engagement without indications of developmental resolution. The second phase involved follow-up interviews, adopting a longitudinal qualitative orientation that foregrounds continuity and stability in professional experience (Neale, 2019). In the third phase, the study was reconfigured as a conceptual self-study, incorporating reflexive written accounts generated by the researcher to examine how boundary engagement is interpreted, rationalised, and managed within ongoing professional practice. Analysis was iterative and theoretically informed. Rather than coding toward predefined developmental outcomes, analytic attention focused on patterns of continuity, repetition, and non-resolution across time. Particular attention was paid to shifts in epistemic positioning, professional voice, and claims to competence. Reflexivity functioned as a methodological resource throughout the analysis, enabling systematic consideration of how researcher positioning shaped interpretation, consistent with conceptual and relational approaches to self-study (LaBoskey, 2004; Loughran, 2007). This methodological approach does not seek generalisation across cases. Instead, it aims to generate theoretical insight by closely examining a longitudinal trajectory that reveals conditions under which boundary practices consolidate into epistemic barriers rather than developmental progression. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses conducted in this study indicate that boundary engagement in mathematics teacher education does not necessarily culminate in transformation, hybridity, or epistemic settlement, as commonly assumed in boundary crossing frameworks. Instead, the findings highlight a trajectory in which sustained participation at disciplinary boundaries may consolidate into a condition of non-arrival, characterised by the erosion of epistemic authority without the establishment of a viable alternative position. Drawing on longitudinal analysis, the study shows that boundary practices can destabilise previously robust forms of professional competence and confidence. Initial epistemic resources that are valued and recognised within one disciplinary domain may lose currency when boundary engagement becomes a routine feature of professional practice. Crucially, this destabilisation is not followed by the emergence of a new, hybrid, or reconfigured epistemic identity. Rather than indicating transition, the findings point to durability and continuity in this state, suggesting that non-arrival may function as a stable professional condition rather than a temporary phase. Conceptually, the study reframes boundary practices as potentially operating not only as sites of learning and integration but also as epistemic barriers that regulate access to legitimacy, voice, and recognition. This challenges developmental narratives that equate participation, proximity, or collaboration with epistemic advancement. By foregrounding non-arrival as an analytically consequential outcome, the study contributes a language for theorising professional trajectories that remain unresolved despite sustained boundary engagement. The expected contribution of this paper lies in extending boundary crossing theory by identifying limits in its explanatory reach when applied to mathematics teacher education contexts characterised by hybrid departmental structures. Rather than proposing a replacement framework, the study offers a conceptual refinement that invites mathematics education researchers to attend more closely to trajectories marked by epistemic constraint, loss, and non-settlement. References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. Bleiler, S. K. (2015). Increasing awareness of practice through interaction across communities: The lived experiences of a mathematician and mathematics teacher educator. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 18(3), 231–252. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-014-9275-6. Goos, M., & Bennison, A. (2018). Boundary crossing and brokering between disciplines in pre-service mathematics teacher education. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 30, 255–275. LaBoskey, V. K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J. J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. K. LaBoskey, & T. Russell (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 817–869). Loughran, J. J. (2007). Researching teacher education practices: Responding to the challenges, demands, and expectations of self-study. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 12–20. Marshman, M., & Goos, M. (2025). Exploring the identities of hybrid mathematics teacher educators. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education. Advance online publication. Neale, B. (2019). What is qualitative longitudinal research? Bloomsbury Academic. Özmantar, M. F., & Agaç, G. (2025). Mathematics teacher educators’ self-identifications and cross-disciplinary research tendencies: Implications for boundary crossing and identity transformations. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-025-09698-y Whitchurch, C. (2008). Shifting identities and blurring boundaries: The emergence of third space professionals in UK higher education. Higher Education Quarterly, 62(4), 377–396. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Contextual Factors Affecting Out-of-Field Teaching of Mathematics: Reflections from the Field 1: The University of Queensland, Australia; 2: University of Tasmania, Australia; 3: University of the Sunshine Coast; 4: Deakin University Presenting Author:Across the globe, education systems are grappling with a persistent and escalating challenge: the shortage of qualified teachers. This crisis is not confined to one region or subject area; it is systemic and far-reaching. Mathematics, however, stands out as a critical pressure point. In Australia, for example, estimates suggest that up to 40% of mathematics teachers are teaching out-of-field (OOF), that is, teaching beyond their formal qualifications. Similar patterns are evident across Europe and internationally (Hobbs & Porsch, 2021), where shortages in STEM subjects have prompted schools to adopt emergency staffing measures. These practices, while necessary in the short term, raise profound questions about educational quality, teacher identity, and the sustainability of workforce strategies. This study focuses on the phenomenon of OOF teaching in mathematics and the systemic conditions that shape professional education (PE) for teachers. Rather than framing OOF teaching as an individual deficit, the research positions it as a structural issue embedded within policy, organisational practices, and cultural norms. The central question guiding this inquiry is: How do policy contexts and organisational practices influence representations of, and support for, teachers currently teaching mathematics out-of-field? The objective is to map the ecological conditions that sustain OOF teaching and to identify how PE currently supports or thwarts teachers' efforts to transition to in-field. Two theoretical frameworks underpin this investigation. First, Professional Capital (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012) provides a lens for examining teacher development through human, social, and decisional capital. This perspective highlights how teachers’ engagement with PE is shaped not only by individual knowledge and skills but also by collaborative networks and organisational decision-making. Second, Bronfenbrenner’s (1994) Ecological Systems Theory offers a multi-level approach to understanding the systemic influences on OOF teaching. By analysing interactions across the macrosystem (policy and cultural norms), exosystem (institutional structures), and mesosystem (school-level practices), the study foregrounds the complexity of conditions that enable or constrain OOF teachers' uptake of PE. Although the empirical focus is on Australia, the phenomenon of OOF teaching is global. Teacher shortages are documented across Europe, with a similar reliance on flexible workforce strategies and policy discourses that emphasise teacher mobility and lifelong learning (Viac & Fraser, 2020). By situating the Australian case within these international trends, the study contributes to global debates on workforce adaptability and professional learning. It interrogates how cultural norms and structural arrangements, such as credentialing systems, funding models, and data collection practices, shape responses to OOF teaching across jurisdictions. Ultimately, this research seeks to move beyond short-term solutions and deficit framings. By mapping the educational ecology that sustains OOF teaching, it aims to inform policy and practice in ways that value teacher specialisation and support requalification pathways. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study forms part of a broader project, Shifting the Culture of Out-of-field Professional Education for Teachers (SCOPE-T), and draws on a review of literature and policy documents relating to professional education (PE) for out-of-field (OOF) teachers. The review sought to establish a comprehensive picture of current PE offerings and representations before examining how these conditions might be adapted to better support pathways into in-field practice. Members of the research team collected and analysed a wide range of documents from professional associations (10 documents), teacher registration bodies across eight jurisdictions (25 documents), government departments and agencies (54 documents), unions (6 documents), and additional organisations (10 documents). A specialised subset of these documents relating to mathematics education forms the basis of the analysis reported in this paper. Document analysis was conducted collaboratively, with each researcher examining material aligned with their professional expertise. The analysis focused on explicit or implicit references to OOF teaching, including indirect indications such as references to new, returning, or retraining teachers. While some documents made no mention of OOF teaching, others contained substantial material that could be coded and categorised using Bronfenbrenner’s (1994) ecological systems theory. After initial coding, researchers with expertise in mathematics teacher education met to refine interpretations, compare emerging themes, and verify analytical reliability. This process also drew upon the team’s professional capital (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012), which shaped the ecological mapping and strengthened interpretative validity. The analytical process combined Bronfenbrenner’s (1994) ecological systems theory with the notion of professional capital. Professional capital (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012) served as the interpretative lens for early discussion, enabling the team to draw on their human, social, and decisional capital when identifying themes and determining their significance. These themes were then located within Bronfenbrenner’s ecological framework, producing maps illustrating the systemic conditions sustaining OOF teaching and potential pathways by which teachers may move towards in-field status. Across the wider project, three recurring domains emerged as central to these pathways: workplace support, initial teacher education and retraining, and professional education opportunities. To enrich the document analysis, the study also incorporates insights from semi-structured interviews with participants across four Australian states, representing a diverse range of policy and PE stakeholders. For the mathematics-focused analysis reported here, transcripts from ten participants connected to mathematics education were examined. Their perspectives provide experiential depth to the findings, illustrating how policies, organisational practices, and PE offerings are understood and enacted within the field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that out-of-field (OOF) teaching in mathematics is sustained by the interaction of influences across Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems. The three pathways to becoming in-field identified in the study, initial teacher education (ITE), professional education (PE), and workplace learning, do not function independently. Instead, they intersect in ways that can either support or hinder teachers’ development. The ecological mapping highlights how assumptions about mathematical competence, simplistic “content met/not met” classifications, and fragmented program structures limit opportunities for meaningful disciplinary and pedagogical growth. Participants emphasised that strong mathematical foundations are essential for later pedagogical development, underscoring the need for PE and ITE programs that integrate content knowledge with pedagogy. A key finding is the foundational yet undervalued role of ITE. Weak recruitment pipelines, variable program structures, and restrictive accreditation processes shape teachers’ confidence and professional identity well before they enter the classroom. These upstream conditions influence how schools perceive new teachers’ capabilities and contribute to patterns of OOF placement. At the macrosystem level, enduring narratives, such as the belief that “anyone can teach mathematics”, normalise the deployment of beginning teachers into OOF roles, reinforcing systemic patterns that undervalue disciplinary expertise. The analysis also shows that partnerships are essential. Stakeholders consistently identified the need for coordinated action between universities, schools, policymakers, and professional learning providers. However, current efforts remain fragmented, limiting the systems’ capacity to offer coherent pathways into in-field practice. Overall, the findings indicate that coherent action across ecological levels is necessary to create the conditions that support teachers to become in-field. References Australian Government Department of Education (DoE). (2022). The national teacher workforce action plan December 2022. https://www.education.gov.au/national-teacher-workforce-action-plan Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2020). Guidelines for the accreditation of initial teacher education programs in Australia. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/docs/default-source/default-document-library/accreditation_guidelines_2021_17-feb-2021_contents_web_final.pdf?sfvrsn=9276dd3c_0 Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2021). Australian teacher workforce data: National teacher workforce characteristics report. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/research/australian-teacher-workforce-data/atwdreports Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2022). Australian professional standards for teachers. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/standards Barker, M., Goos, M., & Coupland, M. (2024). Relieving out-of-field teaching in Australian secondary mathematics: Analysis of out-of-field secondary mathematics teacher upskilling initiatives in Australia. Australian Mathematical Sciences Institute (AMSI). Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. In International encyclopedia of education (2nd ed., Vol. 3). Elsevier. Goos, M. & Marchant, T. (2025). Relieving out-of-field teaching in Australian secondary mathematics: Upskilling program design elements. Australian Mathematical Sciences Institute (AMSI). Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College, Columbia University. Hobbs, L., & Porsch, R. (2021). Teaching out-of-field: challenges for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(5), 601–610. doi: 10.1080/02619768.2021.1985280 Hobbs, L., Ross, E., Cirkony, C., McCandless, T., Caldis, S., Dutton, J., Goos, M., Oates, G., Shelley, K., Delaney, S., & Speldewinde, C. (2025). Australia’s professional education ecosystem for out-of-field teachers: Seeking diverse pathways for teacher learning. Professional Development in Education (submitted December 2025) Oates, G., Muir, T., Murphy, C., Reaburn, R., & Maher, N. (2021). What influences mathematics teacher educators’ decisions in course design: Activity theory and professional capital as an investigative approach. In M. Goos & K. Beswick (eds.). The learning and development of mathematics teacher educators (pp. 345–366). Springer Nature. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-62408-8_18 Ross, E., Goos, M., Oates, G., Hobbs, L., Speldewinde, C., Cirkony, C., Delaney, S., Dutton, J. & Caldis, S. (2025). “Anyone Can Teach Maths”: Workplace Perspectives on Out-of-Field Teaching of Mathematics. In S. M. Patahuddin, L. Gaunt, D. Harris & K. Tripet (Eds.), Unlocking minds in mathematics education. Proceedings of the 47th annual conference of the Mathematics Education Research Group of Australasia (pp. 389–396). Canberra: MERGA. http://merga.net.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MERGA47_2025_Ross2_RR.pdf Viac, C. & Fraser, P. (2020). Teachers’ well-being: A framework for data collection and analysis. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 213. OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/c36fc9d3-en Weldon, P. R. (2016). Out-of-field Teaching in Australian Secondary Schools. Policy Insights (vol. 6). Melbourne: ACER. https://research.acer.edu.au/policyinsights/6/ 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper From Classroom to Platform: How YouTube Production Reconfigures Preservice Mathematics Teachers’ Pedagogical Thinking Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Over the last decade, YouTube has become an influential site for mathematics learning across educational contexts. Research shows that students regularly use YouTube for exam preparation, revisiting difficult topics and self-paced study beyond classroom time (Seo et al.,2018; Ranga,2017; Tadbier&Shoufan,2021). Its accessibility, content archive, and visual affordances attract learners seeking flexible, autonomous engagement with mathematical ideas. Consequently, YouTube occupies an important—though unevenly structured—place in the international ecology of mathematics education. This growing reliance has generated substantial research on learner interaction with mathematical content. Much of this work conceptualises YouTube through engagement, focusing on how users engage with videos. Drawing on Shao’s (2009) consumption, participation, production framework and multidimensional models of engagement (Hollebeek,2011; Khan,2017), studies examine viewing practices, user responses (e.g., likes and comments), and self-regulatory strategies such as rewatching. Within this literature, mathematics learning on YouTube is framed as a self-directed process aligned with learners’ goals, particularly in exam-oriented contexts (Cardoso et al.,2014; Klinger&Walter,2022). A parallel strand of research examines those who produce educational content for YouTube. Creators are motivated by knowledge sharing, identity expression, and community building, alongside monetisation and professional branding (Maynard, 2021; Chun,2008; Burgess et al.,2020; Hoiles et al.,2017). This work highlights how YouTube fosters educational communities shaped by visibility and platform economics. However, creators are typically treated as a separate professional group rather than as participants in teacher education. Taken together, these bodies of literature leave a pedagogical gap: learners are conceptualised as consumers of mathematics instruction, while producers are treated as a distinct category of actors shaped by creativity, community and market forces. What remains missing is an account of what happens when future teachers are positioned within this environment—not as viewers, but as producers of mathematics teaching. This gap matters because YouTube is not a neutral medium for delivering mathematical content. Research shows that platform logics—such as attention optimisation, visual appeal, and time constraints—influence which explanations gain visibility and how content circulates (Broxton&Khroustaleva,2012; Nurmalasari & Masitoh,2020). Mathematics often requires sustained reasoning, diagnosis of misconceptions, and careful conceptual development. When instruction is shaped by algorithmic visibility and compressed formats, teaching may be transformed in ways that teacher education has not yet theorised. This raises a question: How do teachers learn to teach in environments in which interaction is limited, feedback is delayed or absent, and understanding must be anticipated rather than negotiated in real time? Existing YouTube research, focused on engagement metrics and content features, cannot address this because it does not examine teaching as an epistemic and pedagogical practice within the platform. To address this gap, we extend engagement theory by reinterpreting production not merely as uploading a video, but as pedagogical design under platform conditions. Building on Shao’s (2009) consumption–participation–production framework, we conceptualise the transition from YouTube consumer to YouTube producer as a shift in pedagogical positioning: from selecting existing explanations to designing explanations that must function within YouTube’s visual, temporal, and algorithmic constraints. This conceptual move allows us to treat YouTube as a platform-based pedagogical regime—a socio-technical environment that structures what counts as effective explanation, pacing, and representation. By situating preservice mathematics teachers within this regime through a production task, we examine how their understanding of teaching mathematics is reconfigured when designing for an unseen, self-directed, digitally mediated audience. Against this theoretical backdrop, our study asks: How does the transition from YouTube consumer to YouTube producer reconfigure preservice mathematics teachers’ understanding of teaching mathematics? By analysing preservice teachers’ written reflections on producing YouTube-based mathematics lessons, the study offers a theoretically grounded account of how platform participation reshapes pedagogical reasoning. It bridges research on YouTube engagement, platform-based education and mathematics teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was designed as a qualitative, experience-based investigation of how preservice mathematics teachers make sense of teaching when they move from consuming to producing instructional content on YouTube. It was embedded within a third-year undergraduate course on media literacy for mathematics education in a Turkish teacher education program. The course aimed to develop critical and pedagogical awareness of digital media by engaging preservice teachers not only as users of online content but also as designers of instructional media. As part of the course, preservice teachers were introduced to different forms of mathematics teaching on YouTube and analysed Turkish-language mathematics channels in terms of pedagogical, representational, and communicative features. They then produced their own YouTube-style instructional videos (15–20 minutes) for public sharing. Each participant selected a mathematical topic, identified a target audience, developed a lesson plan, and created a complete instructional video designed to function within the norms and expectations of the platform. The goal was not technical proficiency but pedagogical engagement with the constraints and affordances of platform-based teaching. After completing the production task, participants responded in writing to a structured reflection form comprising twelve open-ended questions. These prompts explored their experiences of video production, challenges encountered, pedagogical insights gained, and shifts in how they viewed YouTube as a teaching and learning environment. In total, 77 preservice teachers submitted complete written reflections. For this paper, analysis focused on three prompts: (Q2) the most challenging aspects of producing a YouTube teaching video, (Q4) the contribution of this experience to their understanding of teaching, and (Q11) their evaluation of YouTube as a platform for mathematics instruction. Data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2019), which conceptualises themes as interpretive constructions developed through sustained engagement with participants’ meaning-making rather than fixed categories to be identified. Analysis proceeded in iterative stages. First, responses were read repeatedly to build familiarity and identify initial meaning units. Second, segments were coded inductively, attending to how participants described teaching, learning, and platform-related constraints. Third, codes were clustered into higher-order patterns capturing tensions in platform-based teaching (Q2), reconfigured understandings of pedagogy (Q4), and re-positioned evaluations of YouTube as a learning environment (Q11). Throughout the process, analytic memos supported reflexive interpretation and ensured coherence across the three question sets. This strategy enabled us to trace how producing YouTube mathematics instruction shaped preservice teachers’ conceptualisations of teaching and the role of digital platforms in mathematics education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that engaging preservice mathematics teachers in YouTube production does not simply extend technical or digital skills; instead, it exposes them to a pedagogical regime that reconfigures how they understand teaching. Analysing reflections across three prompts—production challenges, contributions to their understanding of teaching, and evaluations of YouTube as a learning environment—reveals platform-driven pedagogical transformation. First, accounts of production difficulties highlight structural tensions in YouTube-based instruction. These include pressures to compress mathematical depth into short, attention-optimised formats, the absence of real-time student feedback, expectations of error-free performance, and the challenge of translating embodied classroom practices into visually mediated representations. Together, these tensions indicate that teaching for YouTube is not merely teaching “with technology,” but teaching under conditions shaped by algorithmic visibility, visuality, and performance norms. Second, these pressures reconfigured what teaching came to mean. Participants described moving away from interaction-based instruction toward a view of teaching as anticipatory design, content curation, multimodal orchestration, and empathic projection for an unseen learner. Teaching mathematics was no longer about responding to students in the moment, but about designing explanations that can function without immediate interaction or repair. Third, participants projected these understandings back onto YouTube itself. After producing videos, they no longer viewed YouTube only as a convenient resource. Instead, they positioned it as a space for self-paced rehearsal and visualisation of abstract concepts, while also describing it as dialogically weak and epistemically risky, where quality, feedback, and conceptual depth are unevenly supported. Overall, the transition from YouTube consumer to YouTube producer constitutes a pedagogical boundary crossing in teacher education. Experiencing the platform from the inside supported a more nuanced understanding of digital teaching and the limits of platform-based mathematics instruction. These findings underscore the value of production-based engagement with digital platforms in preparing future teachers for contemporary, platform-mediated learning. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. Broxton, T. J., & Khroustaleva, O. (2012). Supporting an ecosystem: from the biting baby to the old spice man. In Proceedings of the 10th European Conference on Interactive TV and Video. 7-8.https://doi.org/10.1145/3359321 Burgess, J., Green, J., & Rebane, G. (2020). Agency and controversy in the YouTube community. Handbuch soziale praktiken und digitale alltagswelten, 105-116.https://doä.org/10.1007/978-3-658-08357-1_10 Cardoso, V. C., Kato, L. A., & de Oliveira, S. R. (2014). Where to learn math? A study of access to an educational channel on YouTube. Revista Internacional de Pesquisa em Educação Matemática, 4(3), 45-62. Chun, B. J. (2008). Content creation and flow: Why they clik or create UCCs. The Journal of the Korea Contents Association, 8(12), 222-235.https://doi.org/10.5392/JKCA.2008.8.12.222 Hoiles, W., Aprem, A., & Krishnamurthy, V. (2017). Engagement and popularity dynamics of YouTube videos and sensitivity to meta-data. IEEE Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering, 29(7), 1426-1437.https://doi.org/10.1109/TKDE.2017.2682858 Hollebeek, L. (2011). Exploring customer brand engagement: definition and themes. Journal of strategic Marketing, 19(7), 555-573. Khan, M. L. (2017). Social media engagement: What motivates user participation and consumption on YouTube?. Computers in Human Behavior, 66, 236-247.https://doä.org/10.1016/j.chb.2016.09.024 Klinger, M., & Walter, D. (2022). How users review frequently used apps and videos containing mathematics. International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education 29(1), 25-35.https://dx.doä.org/10.1564/tme_v29.1.03 Maynard, A. D. (2021). How to succeed as an academic on YouTube. Frontiers in Communication, 5, 572181.https://doi.org/10.3389/fcomm.2020.572181 Nurmalasari, N., & Masitoh, I. (2020). Manajemen Strategik Pemasaran Pendidikan Berbasis Media Sosial Di Madrasah Aliyah Yayasan Pondok Pesantren Babakan Jamanis Parigi Pangandaran. re-JIEM (Research Journal of Islamic Education Management), 3(2), 120-128.https://doi.org/10.19105/re- jiem.v3i2.3908 Ranga, J. S. (2017). Customized videos on a YouTube channel: A beyond the classroom teaching and learning platform for general chemistry courses. Journal of Chemical Education, 94(7), 867-872.https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jchemed.6b00774 Seo, C. W., Cho, A. R., Park, J. C., Cho, H. Y., & Kim, S. (2018). Dental students’ learning attitudes and perceptions of YouTube as a lecture video hosting platform in a flipped classroom in Korea. Journal of Educational Evaluation for Health Professions, 15(24), 24.https://doi.org/10.3352/jeehp.2018.15.24 Shao, G. (2009). Understanding the appeal of user‐generated media: a uses and gratification perspective. Internet Research, 19(1), 7-25.https://doi.org/10.1108/10662240910927795 Tadbier, A. W., & Shoufan, A. (2021). Ranking educational channels on YouTube: Aspects and issues. Education and Information Technologies, 26,3077-3096.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-020-10414-x |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 25 SES 01 A: Rights in Schools: from Child Friendly to Right-Based/Respecting Schools Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Jenna Gillett-Swan Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Differing Structures of Participation and Influence in Rights-based Schools. 1: Karlstad University, Sweden; 2: Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:The research reported in this paper examines how and about what students’ participation and influence are enacted in Swedish rights-based schools. In recent decades, a substantial body of research has examined students’ participation in education, variously conceptualised as student voice, agency, and influence. Much of this scholarship draws on the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), particularly Article 12, which asserts children’s right to express views on matters affecting them (UN, 1989). National policy frameworks in many countries similarly mandate that students be included in everyday school decision‑making (Hudson, 2012). Beyond constituting a right in itself, student participation has been linked to, for example, enhanced learning engagement, well-being, and civic involvement (Baroutsis et al., 2016; Emerson & Lloyd, 2017; Perry‑Hazan, 2021). Participation skills further support the enactment of other rights by cultivating students’ understanding of themselves as actors with the power to shape the conditions that shape their lives. To strengthen children’s rights and participation in schools, several rights‑based programmes have been developed, for example UNICEF UK’s Rights Respecting School Award (RRSA), later adapted and adjusted to other national contexts (e.g. Denmark - Rettighedsskola, Sweden – Rättighetsbaserad Skola). While research shows that children are aware of their right to express opinions, less is known about the extent and quality of their realisation in practice (Emerson & Lloyd, 2017). Studies reveal discrepancies between teachers’ and students’ perceptions, with many students reporting limited influence over classroom practices (Forde et al., 2018; Martinez Sainz et al., 2024). Formal participatory structures are also criticised when elected representatives are expected to represent an entire student group (Forde et al., 2018). A persistent challenge is the lack of consensus on what student participation entails (Lloyd & Emerson, 2017). Scholars argue that theoretical development has lagged behind policy and practice (Horgan et al., 2017). Participation is variably defined, ranging from mere presence to meaningful involvement in decision‑making (Thomas, 2007). Typologies such as Hart’s (1992) ladder remain influential. The UNCRC‑centred understanding of participation, though widely adopted, does not explicitly include shared decision‑making nor fully address cultural variation (Lundy, 2007; Emerson & Lloyd, 2017). Lundy’s (2007) widely applied model—comprising space, voice, audience, and influence—clarifies procedural elements of Article 12. It also states that children should be asked whether they wish to take part in joint decision‑making or not. Alternative human rights frameworks, such as the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (1966), position decision‑making more centrally and offer different implications for school contexts. Previous research further suggests that participation is frequently reduced to offering students choices. Elvstrand and Lago (2020) identify four categories of choice‑making, ranging from simply having a choice to making the “right” choice, highlighting the complexity of how influence is enacted in practice. This study aims to examine how students in Swedish rights‑based schools experience opportunities for influence and what areas of school life they can affect. It is part of a larger project evaluating the impact of a rights‑based school model. The present paper focuses specifically on the forms and content of student participation and influence, as well as students’ comprehension. This research draws on 205 interviews with students in rights‑based schools. The guiding research questions are:
The study employs established participation typologies and rights‑based conceptual frameworks to illuminate students’ accounts and to contribute to ongoing theoretical development in the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on empirical material generated over a three-year period, comprising three waves of semi-structured interviews with students in five schools implementing a rights-based school model. Participants represented three age groups: lower primary (approximately 8 years old), upper primary (approximately 11 years old), and lower secondary (approximately 14 years old). Students were predominantly interviewed in pairs to support conversational flow and reduce power asymmetries. In total, 205 student interviews were conducted, involving approximately 410 students. All interviews were audio recorded and fully transcribed. The analysis followed a multi-stage process. First, an inductive coding scheme was developed through qualitative content analysis (Bengtsson, 2016; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). Initial coding focused on identifying the domains in which students reported having influence, the ways in which participation and influence were enacted, students’ understandings of influence, and perceived barriers to participation and influence. Sub-codes were subsequently generated to differentiate the dimensions within each main category and to ensure analytic precision. The study adopts a mixed method analytical approach, integrating qualitative and quantitative elements. The quantitative component consisted of a frequency analysis of codes to establish the proportions of students reporting different forms and areas of influence. This allowed for systematic comparison across age groups and enabled cross-comparison of codes—for example, relating enacted participation and influence practices to students’ comprehension of their own influence. The qualitative component deepened the analysis by exploring how students articulated their experiences of participation and influence, the meanings they attributed to these practices, and the contextual conditions shaping their opportunities to influence school life. Ethical procedures followed Swedish law (SFS 2003:460) and adhered to the ethical guidelines of the Swedish Research Council (2024). Students received clear information about the study’s purpose and procedures, were informed that participation was voluntary, and reminded of their right to withdraw at any time. Guardians received equivalent information and provided written consent on behalf of participating children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that two overarching structures of participation and influence are central to students’ experiences in school. These structures—and their constituent components—are: • Processes for participation and influence - Teacher-initiated participation and influence - Formalised participation and influence - Student-initiated participation and influence • Forms of decision-making - Majority decision - Individual choices - One student decides Together, they shape not only the areas in which participation and influence occur but also how students comprehend and evaluate their opportunities to participate. Three main domains of participation and influence were identified: recess-related aspects, whole school aspects, and classroom work. In the first two domains, participation is predominantly organised through formalised processes, for example, student councils. By contrast, in classroom work, participation is largely shaped as teacher-initiated. Across the dataset, students referred far more frequently to processes for participation and influence than to forms of decision-making; references to processes were nearly twice as common. Nonetheless, the analysis revealed clear patterns in how decision-making operates across domains. Individual choice strongly dominates in recess and classroom contexts, whereas majority decision-making is most characteristic of whole school aspects, though it also appears in classroom settings. Taken together, the findings indicate that while students widely report opportunities to participate in processes, far fewer describe being involved in decision-making itself. This distinction proved highly consequential when examining students’ understandings of their participation and influence. Cross-comparisons show that students’ satisfaction with their participation and influence is strongly associated with opportunities to take part in decision-making rather than merely in processes. This pattern was consistent across all age groups. These preliminary results suggest that formalised structures, such as student councils and class councils, alone are insufficient for meaningful participation and influence in schools. Instead, both identified structures are necessary to support substantive participation and to enhance students’ sense of influence in school life. References Baroutsis, A., McGregor, G., & Mills, M. (2016). Pedagogic voice: Student voice in teaching and engagement pedagogies. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 24(1), 123-140. Bengtsson, M. (2016). How to plan and perform a qualitative study using content analysis. NursingPlus Open, 2, 8-14. Elvstrand, H., & Lago, L. (2020). Do they have a choice?: pupils’ choices at LTCs in the intersection between tradition, values and new demands. Education Inquiry, 11(1), 54-68. Emerson, L., & Lloyd, K. (2017). Measuring children's experience of their right to participate in school and community: A rights‐based approach. Children & Society, 31(2), 120-133. Forde, C., Horgan, D., Martin, S., & Parkes, A. (2018). Learning from children’s voice in schools: Experiences from Ireland. Journal of Educational Change, 19(4), 489-509. Horgan, D., Forde, C., Martin, S., & Parkes, A. (2017). Children’s participation: Moving from the performative to the social. Children's Geographies, 15(3), 274-288. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Hudson, K. (2012). Practitioners' views on involving young children in decision making: Challenges for the children's rights agenda. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 37(2), 4-9. Lloyd, K., & Emerson, L. (2017). (Re) examining the relationship between children’s subjective wellbeing and their perceptions of participation rights. Child indicators research, 10(3), 591-608. Martinez Sainz, G., Devine, D., Sloan, S., Symonds, J., Moore, B., Barrow, N., ... & Ioannidou, O. (2024). A rights-based exploration of children’s pedagogic voice in the classroom. Education 3-13, 52(6), 874-890. Perry-Hazan, L. (2021). Conceptualising conflicts between student participation and other rights and interests. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(2), 184-198.mg SFS 2003/460. Lag om etikprövning av forskning som avser människor [Ethical Review Act]. Swedish Research Council (2017). Good Research Practice. Thomas, N. (2011). Towards a theory of children’s participation. Children’s Rights: Progress and Perspectives, 48-71. United Nations (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. General Assembly resolution 44/25, 20 Nov. 1989. U.N. Doc. A/RES/44/25. United Nations (1966) International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. UN Doc. A/RES/2200 (XXI) 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Children’s Rights Education in Higher Education: Analysing Students’ Conceptions of Child-Friendly Schools Centre for Children’s Rights Studies, University of Geneva, Switzerland Presenting Author:Children’s human rights education (CHRE) aims to foster awareness, participation and agency through both explicit learning about rights and implicit experiences through rights-respecting environments (Quennerstedt, 2022). While research has examined CHRE in primary and secondary education, less attention has been given to how these principles are addressed and enacted within higher education, particularly by university students themselves. This gap is striking given the central role of higher education in shaping future professionals responsible for designing and implementing rights-respecting educational environments. Recent comparative research on initial teacher education across five European countries, including Switzerland, highlights that CHRE and the aims of education set out in Article 29 of the UNCRC remain insufficiently and unevenly embedded in teacher education programmes. Attention to children’s rights is often implicit, and weakly articulated across policy, programme and course levels (Isenström et al., forthcoming). These findings raise broader questions about how higher education engages with CHRE and about its potential as a space for learning through and for rights. In this regard, Tornay-Bonvin (2025) provides complementary insights from the field of teacher education, showing that explicit andragogical training in children’s rights can foster transformative learning processes. Such training contributes to the reconfiguration of student teachers’ professional identities and supports the development of participatory and rights-respecting pedagogies. Considering the gaps in the explicit and systematic integration of CHRE within initial teacher education across Europe greater attention needs to be paid to how existing higher education programmes address and enact CHRE. Grounded in recent theoretical developments within the CHRE research network, which conceptualise rights learning as an integrated system connecting aims, content, learners, educators, and rights-based educational processes (Moody et al., 2025), this paper discusses how university students mobilise these elements in their representations of rights-respecting schools. In line with work highlighting the elusive and multidimensional nature of CHRE content – spanning education about, through, and for rights (Quennerstedt et al., 2025) – this analysis examines how these dimensions are reflected in students’ projects. This paper asks, “how university students conceptualise, integrate, and transform children’s human rights education when designing child-friendly schools, and what it reveals about higher education as a space for learning through and for rights?” Addressing this question contributes to ongoing debates in CHRE scholarship that increasingly conceptualise rights learning as a systemic and relational process rather than a transmissive one. The study has two main objectives. First, it examines how students mobilise and integrate key dimensions addressed in the course – children’s rights and education, creativity, access to education and alternative pedagogies, psychosocial and 21st century skills – in their projects. Second, it explores the insights and perspectives that emerge beyond the formal course content, revealing how future professionals reinterpret and expand conceptions of children’s rights-respecting education. In doing so, the paper responds to calls more explicit and diversified uses of theory in educational children’s rights research beyond legal and policy framings (Gillett-Swan et al., 2023) and considers how higher education may operationalise such theoretical pluralism through project-based learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution presents findings from a qualitative study based on 45 group reports (approximately 180 students) produced within the interdisciplinary seminar Children’s Rights, Education and Creativity (University of Geneva’s Centre for children’s rights studies, 2022-2026). The course is part of a master’s programme in children’s rights studies built on an inter- and transdisciplinary model of teaching and research, reflecting the understanding of childhood and children’s rights as inherently complex and therefore requiring epistemological dialogue and integration across disciplines (Moody and Darbellay, 2018), allowing learners to experience children’s rights both as a conceptual field and as a lived educational practice (Louviot et al., 2019). Darbellay (2024) reinforces the value of inter- and transdisciplinarity in higher education as a space for creative knowledge co-construction, reflexivity, and the development of ethical and relational competences essential to rights-based practice. Each group designed a “child-friendly school” from the perspective of a specific educational actor (e.g., teacher, adolescent, policymaker, or headteacher), synthesising theoretical and pedagogical dimensions of children’s rights in education. Within the course, the concept of child-friendly school is presented to students, following Louviot (2020), as an educational environment intentionally designed from a children’s rights perspective. Such environments promote accessibility and non-discrimination, are adapted to children’s levels of understanding, support holistic development and well-being, and recognise children as rights-holders whose participation in school life and decision-making processes is meaningfully encouraged. The analysis adopts a qualitative approach. The 45 written projects (10 pages each) were coded using a combination of deductive and inductive thematic analysis. Pre-established coding categories were derived from the main dimensions addressed in the course (e.g. children’s rights and education, alternative pedagogies, creativity, critical and philosophical thinking, psychosocial skills, 21st century skills, interculturality, access to education and sustainability), while additional themes emerged during analysis, including emotional well-being, institutional participation, teacher training, and horizontal governance. Comparisons across cohorts also allowed examination of variations linked to the evolution of the course framework and assessment criteria, for instance, the addition of psychosocial competences or intercultural and sustainability dimensions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings from this exploratory analysis point to a strong appropriation of the course’s conceptual and pedagogical framework by students across cohorts. While dimensions explicitly addressed and assessed in the course, such as children’s rights, alternative pedagogies, creativity, participation, and 21st-century skills, are consistently mobilised in students’ projects, the analysis also reveals the recurrent emergence of themes that are less formally framed or not directly evaluated. These include school climate, emotional well-being, spatial organisation, flexible learning environments, philosophical dialogue, sustainability practices (e.g. school gardens), and relationships with families. These findings suggest that students do not merely reproduce course content but actively reconfigure it, drawing on a broader ecosystem of educational discourses, personal experiences, and contemporary school practices. It highlights the variable mobilisation of the dimensions of an integrated rights-learning system and the multidimensional nature of CHRE content. Beyond these empirical insights into student’s representations of child-friendly schools, the paper positions these productions as theoretical lens through which to examine higher education as a space for learning through and for rights. The projects reveal how university pedagogical arrangements shape the ways in which children’s rights are interpreted and integrated. Through collaborative, creative, and project-based pedagogical approaches, students experience a form of education through rights, engaging in critical reflection on schooling in the lenses of the multiple dimensions of child-friendly environments. As such, this study contributes to ongoing discussions in the field of CHRE by highlighting the potential of interdisciplinary and participatory university teaching in fostering reflective, creative, and rights-oriented professional learning processes, and by positioning higher education as a key space for CHRE. References Darbellay, F. (2024). When interdisciplinarity meets creativity: Exploring interdisciplinary creative teaching in the 21st century. In T. Augsburg & H. W. Rayment (Eds.), Handbook of interdisciplinary teaching and administration (pp. 317-336). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781035309870.00029 Gillett-Swan, J., Quennerstedt, A., & Moody, Z. (2023). Theorising in Educational Children’s Rights Research: A Systematic Review of Publications 2012-2021. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 31(1), 137-166. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-31010003 Isenström, L., Martinez Sainz, G., Zerika, S., Gollifer, S., & Duda, D. (manuscript submitted for publication). The aims of education and initial teacher education: A rights-based comparative study of five countries. The International Journal of Children’s Rights. Louviot, M. (2020). Child-friendly, concept of. In D. T. Cook (ed.), The SAGE Encyclopedia of Children and Childhood Studies (pp. 292-293). Sage Pub. Louviot, M., Moody, Z., & Darbellay, F. (2019). Children's Rights Education: The Challenges and Opportunities of Inter- and Transdisciplinary Teaching. Inter- und transdisziplinäre Bildung. https://zenodo.org/records/2557607 Moody, Z., & Darbellay, F. (2018). Studying childhood, children, and their rights: The challenge of interdisciplinarity. Childhood, 26(1), 8-21. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568218798016 Moody, Z., Gawlicz, K., Gillett-Swan, J., Perry-Hazan, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2025). A theory of children’s human rights education. European Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251378172 Quennerstedt, A. (2022). UNICEF’S Rights Respecting Schools Award as children’s human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 5(3), 68-90. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4761 Quennerstedt, A., Gawlicz, K., Duda, D., & Francia, G. (2025). The elusive content of children’s human rights education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2578739 Tornay-Bonvin, A. (2025). Les expériences transformatives des enseignant·es dans un contexte de formation andragogique aux droits de l’enfant et leurs effets sur les pratiques pédagogiques [Master’s thesis]. University of Geneva’s Centre for Children’s rights studies. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper They Say We're a Rights-respecting School But Nobody Knows What That Really Means University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:Education has been an enduring feature of international human rights law since the Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 and is the only human right that is compulsory for children. Appearing in all major human rights treaties, including the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, education is multidimensional and a multiplier of rights – it enhances all other human rights when fully implemented. Nonetheless, there are gaps in understanding how implementation of children’s rights in schools should look and a distinct absence of empirical research on the human rights conflicts that arise, particularly from the perspectives of students themselves. The aim of this study was to scope possible human rights tensions and conflicts that characterise current children’s rights implementation in a secondary school in Scotland from the perspective of children and young people. The research question posed was: how do young people experience their rights in a Scottish secondary school?
Whilst international children’s rights law articulates minimum standards for children and their education environments, governance ‘denotes the concrete structures, processes, rules and practices that enact these human rights principles’ (Holzscheiter et al, 2019: 275). Children, however, are typically absent from mainstream theories of governance, resulting in a failure to understand children’s bespoke experiences and perspectives (Holzscheiter et al, 2019; Hinton, 2008). This might be because governance structures, procedures, rules and practices are traditionally the convictions of the (usually adult) holders of culture norms in an organisation. If an organisation’s governance procedures provide an insight into their culture, then the concept of governance is a useful theoretical lens for addressing not only the asymmetric power disparity that permeates educational relationships, but also the interplay between human rights principles (knowledge) and practice (experience), or what has been called the ‘implementation gap’ (Holzscheiter et al, 2019; Quennerstedt, 2013; Reynaert et al, 2012; Hinton, 2008).
Employing governance as a theoretical lens offers a more complex and nuanced account of power, drawing particular attention to the capacity of State parties to interact with non-state actors in the exercise of policy and decision-making, and the power of institutions and individuals in local contexts of children’s participation (Holzscheiter et al, 2019; Hinton, 2008). This paper examines the omission of children’s participation in human rights governance, and the implications for human rights culture, by applying De Búrca’s (2017) Experimentalist Governance Theory to children’s human rights. Inspired by Deweyan ideas of learning from experience, this approach is based in local actors’ tangible (as opposed to abstractly posed) experiences of human rights conflicts, using their diverse responses to generate novel, responsive solutions (Sabel, 2004; Sabel and Zeitlin, 2008, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a children’s rights-based methodology (Lundy and McEvoy, 2012) wherein the project was guided by six female S2 student co-researchers (recruited by the school contact), who interviewed 10 student research participants (recruited by the co-researchers). Ethical approval was obtained from the University Ethics Committee at [institution] (UEC2387). As part of a children’s rights-based research methodology, student co-researchers participated in four capacity building workshops throughout the project. In the first session, knowledge about children’s rights featured as co-researchers made a graffiti wall using post it notes exploring what tensions might emerge around human rights, drawing on their own experiences. In the second capacity building workshop, co-researchers discussed research methodology, including what makes a good interviewer, a list of interview questions that would answer the research question and practised interviews in pairs. During this session, we also talked through the ethics of interviewing peers and identified peers each co-researcher pair would interview. Research participants were approached by the school contact who distributed and collected information sheets and consent forms from both young participants and their parents. Co-researchers interviewed their peers during a half-day session. Interviews were audio-recorded and took place in a school classroom. The researcher remained outside the classroom for support during the interviews. Interviews were professionally transcribed and subsequently analysed thematically by the researcher, before being checked by co-researchers during a workshop in which they discussed the interpretation of the data they had collected. During the final workshop, co-researchers prepared a presentation of their findings to school senior leaders including the Principal, a representative from the Local Authority and a representative from the Children’s Commissioner’s Office. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For children’s rights implementation to be effective, it must, like all other human rights, be a multi-level governance process that includes children who act as human rights multipliers in their own communities (Schapper, 2017; UN, 2003). One fundamental condition for rights implementation at local level is establishing a suitable infrastructure through which rights can be upheld and delivered (Schapper, 2017), and through which rights conflicts and tensions can be identified and resolved; an infrastructure thus far absent from the children’s rights in education literature. Whilst young people were astute at naming rights and identifying common problems in how students experienced these rights in school, there lacked a system or process through which rights tensions and problems common to student experiences could be addressed as human rights concerns. The findings thus demonstrated that young people’s knowledge of the UNCRC human rights framework was limited to more ostensible rights ‘recall’ which lacked both depth and breadth. This was clear in the findings which indicated that implementation remained focused on ‘doing’ rights to students but not on students claiming and defending their rights with adequate information about how to do so. Whilst some young people were able to identify human rights problems and connect these tensions to some relevant rights, when it came to exercising and defending their rights through mechanisms that might challenge power dynamics and decision-making hierarchies, students were not equipped with the experiential rights knowledge or, crucially, by an experience-based pedagogy. I conclude that whilst children’s rights implementation focuses largely on students’ knowledge about their rights, more attention should be paid to the human rights infrastructure required for full implementation of children’s rights in schools. To do so, I offer the beginnings of a ‘children’s rights pedagogy’ and a preliminary infrastructure for how this might be achieved. References De Búrca, G. (2017) Human rights experimentalism, American Journal of International Law, 111(2): 277-316. Holzscheiter, A., Josefsson, J. and Sandin, B. (2019) Child rights governance: An introduction, Childhood, 26(3): 271-288 Hinton, R. (2008) Children’s Participation and Good Governance: Limitations of the Theoretical Literature, International Journal of Children’s Rights, 16: 285-300 Lundy, L., and McEvoy, L. (2012) Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in) formed views, Childhood, 19(1): 129-144 Reynaert, D., Bouverne-De Bie, M. and Vandevelde, S. (2012) Between ‘believers’ and ‘opponents’: Critical discussions on children’s rights, International Journal of Children's Rights, 20(1): 155-168 Sabel, C. F. (2004) ‘Beyond Principal-Agent Governance: Experimentalist Organizations: Learning and Accountability’ in E. R. Engelen and M. Sie Dhian Ho (Eds) De staat van de democratie. Democratie voorbij de staat, Amsterdam: WRR–Wetenschappelijke Raad Voor Het Regeringsbeleid, pp173-195 Sabel, C.F., and Zeitlin, J. (2008) Learning from difference: The new architecture of experimentalist governance in the EU, European law journal, 14(3): 271-327 Sabel, C. F., and Zeitlin, J. (2012) ‘Experimentalist Governance’ in D. Levi-Faur (Ed) The Oxford Handbook of Governance, Oxford University Press Schapper, A. (2017) Children's rights implementation as a multi-level governance process, Human Rights Quarterly, 39(1): 104-129 Quennerstedt, A. (2013) Children’s Rights Research Moving into the Future – Challenges on the Way Forward, International Journal of Children’s Rights, 21: 233-247 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Measuring Children’s Rights at School: Development and Initial Validation of a Multidimensional Scale from a European Perspective 1: Laboratoire DIPHE / Université Lumière Lyon 2, France; 2: Institut de psychologie / Université de Lausanne, Suisse; 3: Université de Genève, Suisse Presenting Author:The recognition and implementation of children’s rights in schools is a key issue in contemporary European education systems, in line with the United Nations Convention on Children’s rights (1989) and education policies aimed at student participation, inclusion, and well-being. While these principles are widely affirmed in normative and institutional frameworks, numerous studies highlight a persistent gap between proclaimed rights and the actual experiences of children in their everyday school life (Author 2, 2016; Quennerstedt, 2010; Reynaert et al., 2015). Studies on children's rights in educational contexts have shown that rights-respecting school environments are associated with positive effects on well-being, school engagement, social relationships, and school climate (Covell et al., 2010; Howe & Covell, 2010; Sebba & Robinson, 2010). However, these studies also point to a lack of empirical tools for reliably and systematically measuring the effectiveness of children's rights from the perspective of the students themselves, particularly in primary school (Other & Author 2, 2020). This communication aims to address this gap by presenting the development of a scale measuring children’s rights at school, as well as the initial results expected from its psychometric validation. The main objective is to propose an instrument for assessing children’s perceptions of the respect for their fundamental rights in mainstream schools, considering children as competent actors and legitimate informants of their own experiences (Author 2 et al., 2024). Theoretically, this research lies at the intersection of studies on children's rights, developmental psychology, and educational sciences. It draws on a conception of children's rights as situated social practices that are inseparable from power relations and school norms (Freeman, 2010; Hanson, 2012; Author 2, 2016). It also draws on work on school climate, defined as a reflection of the experiences of members of the educational community, including rules, values, interpersonal relationships, and institutional practices (Cohen et al., 2009; Janosz et al., 1998; Lewno-Dumdie et al., 2020). The scale developed consists of 15 items assessed on a five-point Likert scale and is organized around five theoretical dimensions: (1) respect and personal recognition, (2) freedom of expression and listening, (3) inclusion and sense of belonging, (4) protection from humiliation and unfair treatment, and (5) emotional security and adult kindness. This approach is in line with European work calling for a move beyond a strictly normative conception of children's rights to analyze their effectiveness in ordinary educational contexts from the perspective of the children themselves (Author 2, 2016; Quennerstedt, 2010; Other and Author 2, 2020; Reynaert et al., 2015). The structure of these dimensions is based on the work by Polonko and Lombardo (2005), who proposed a conceptualization of children's rights at school centered on daily interactions, and the effective recognition of children as rights holders in educational practices. These dimensions echo the concepts of dignity, equality, and empowerment identified as central to contemporary research on children's rights at school (Freeman, 2010; Author 2 & Other, 2021; Quennerstedt, 2010), as well as the relational and emotional dimensions of the school climate (Grazia & Molinari, 2021). Beyond the Franco-Swiss context in which the tool was initially developed, this scale is part of a European research dynamic. Comparative studies have shown that, despite common legal frameworks, the implementation of children’s rights varies greatly across education systems and national school cultures (Quennerstedt, 2011; Reynaert et al., 2009). By proposing a tool designed to be validated in several languages and contexts, this research aims to contribute to the production of comparable data at the European level, which could inform both scientific research and educational policies on children’s rights and well-being at school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The development of the Children’s Rights at School Scale is part of a rigorous process of constructing measurement tools, in accordance with the methodological recommendations of Vallerand and Hess (2000). This process is based on several successive steps aimed at ensuring both the reliability and validity of the instrument. The first step was to establish content validity, based on an in-depth review of scientific and institutional literature on children's rights, school climate, and well-being at school. The items were constructed to accurately reflect the identified theoretical dimensions, while remaining accessible and understandable to school-age students. The second step involved assessing the construct validity, examined using exploratory factor analysis (EFA). These analyses identify the underlying factor structure of the scale and verify the consistency between the postulated theoretical dimensions and the empirical data. In addition, the internal consistency of each dimension will be assessed using reliability indices to examine the consistency of items within each subscale. Temporal reliability will also be examined, where possible, to ensure the stability of scores over time. Finally, the predictive validity of the scale will be explored by examining the links between the scores obtained and other relevant variables of the school experience, such as subjective well-being or the perceived motivational climate at school. The scale is tested on a sample of ten Swiss classes in five cantons (Vaud, Geneva, Bern, Valais, and Neuchâtel), allowing for initial institutional diversity. After this initial phase, a confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) will be conducted in several languages (German, English, Spanish) with a view to cross-cultural and European validation of the tool. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this research focus on the psychometric validation of the scale of children’s rights at school. It is anticipated that exploratory factor analyses will reveal a multidimensional structure consistent with the five theoretical dimensions proposed. Good internal for each of the subscales, indicates a reliable measurement of the different components of children's rights at school (respect and personal recognition; freedom of expression and listening; inclusion and sense of belonging; protection from humiliation and unfair treatment; emotional security and adult kindness). Initial analyses also show significant variations in scores across school contexts, reflecting differences in how children’s rights are experienced and implemented on a daily basis. These results provide a better understanding of the dimensions of the school climate most closely linked to respect for children’s rights. In the longer term, confirmatory factor analyses conducted in several languages should help demonstrate the invariance of the scale’s structure, thus supporting its use in different European countries. The scale could then become a relevant tool for international comparative research, but also for the evaluation of educational programs aimed at promoting children's rights at school. References Cohen, J.E.M., Mccabe, E.M., Michelli, N.M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School Climate: Research, Policy, Practice, and Teacher Education. Teachers College Record, 111(1), 180–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146810911100108 Convention on the Rights of the Child. (1989). United Nations. https://www.unicef.org/fr/media/52626/file Covell K., Howe R. B., & McNeil J. K. (2010). Implementing children’s human rights education in schools. Improving Schools, 13(2), 117–132. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480210378942 Freeman, M. (2010). Human rights. Cambridge: Polity Press. Grazia, V., & Molinari, L. (2021). School climate multidimensionality and measurement: a systematic literature review. Research Papers in Education, 36(5), 561–587. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2019.1697735 Hanson, K. (2012). Schools of thought in chidren’s rights. In M. Liebel (Ed), Children’s Rights from Below: Cross-Cultural Perspectives (p. 63-79). Houndmills (UK): Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230361843_5 Howe, R.B., & Covell, K. (2010). Children’s human rights education as a means of promoting equality. Journal of Human Rights Education, 2(2), 31–41. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480210378942 Janosz, M., Georges, P., & Parent, S. (1998). L’environnement éducatif à l’école secondaire : un modèle théorique pour guider l’évaluation du milieu. Revue Canadienne de Psychoéducation, 27(2), 285-306. Lewno-Dumdie, B., Mason, B.A., Hajovsky, D.B., & Villeneuve, E.F. (2020). Student-Report Measures of School Climate: A Dimensional Review. School Mental Health, 12, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-019-09340-2 Polonko, K. A., & Lombardo, L. X. (2005) Human Dignity and Children: Operationalizing a Human rights Concept, Global Bioethics, 18:1, 17-35. https://doi.org/10.1080/11287462.2005.10800863 Quennerstedt, A. (2010). Children, But Not Really Humans? Critical Reflections on the Hampering Effect of the “3 p’s”. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 18, 619–635. https://doi.org/10.1163/157181810X490384 Quennerstedt, A. (2011). The construction of children’s rights in education – a research synthesis. The International Journal of Children’s Rights 19, 661–678. https://doi.org/10.1163/157181811X570708 Reynaert, D., Bouverne-de Bie, M., & Vandevelde, S. (2009). A review of children’s rights literature since the adoption of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Childhood, 16(4), 518–534. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568209344270 Reynaert, D., Desmet, E., Lembrechts, S., & Vandenhole, W. (2015). A critical approach to children’s rights. In W. Vandenhole, E. Desmet & D. Reynaert (eds), Routledge International Handbook of Children’s Rights Studies (p. 1-23). Routledge. Sebba, J., & Robinson, C. (2010). Evaluation of Unicef UK’s Rights Respecting Schools Award: Final Report. University of Brighton and Sussex. Vallerand, R. J., & Hess, U. (2000). Méthodes de recherche en psychologie. Montréal, Canada : Gaëtan Morin. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 01 A: Teacher Shortage Across Contexts: Governance, Policy, and Local Sense-Making Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Jutzi Session Chair: Pierre Tulowitzki Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Teacher Shortage Across Contexts: Governance, Policy, and Local Sense-Making Teacher shortages are no longer isolated challenges but constitute a global crisis affecting the stability and quality of education systems worldwide. They are driven by demographic change, recruitment difficulties, increasing attrition and ageing teacher populations alongside structural changes such as insufficiently planned policy reforms (Boström & Bostedt 2026). While the challenge is shared internationally, it manifests differently, affecting rural and urban areas as well as schools serving socio-economically diverse communities in distinct ways (McHenry-Sorber & Campbell, 2019). Policy responses often draw on similar repertoires, such as expanding recruitment pathways, accelerating certification routes, or strengthening data-driven workforce planning. When enacted locally, however, these measures interact with specific labor markets, governance arrangements, and professional conditions, sometimes generating new tensions such as the emergence of qualitative teacher shortages (where unqualified or insufficiently qualified teachers fill vacant positions, see Boström & Bostedt, 2025). This illustrates how globally circulating policy ideas are selectively translated and recontextualized within national and local settings, rather than implemented uniformly (Steiner-Khamsi, 2016). Accordingly, the drivers of shortages vary across systems: while high attrition and challenging working conditions shape shortages in some, demographic growth, policy histories, and structural constraints are more central for others. Reflecting differences in educational governance (Maag Merki & Altrichter, 2015), teacher labor market regulation can thus be understood as a multi-level system in which macro-level institutional structures, meso-level actors, and micro-level practices jointly shape shortages and policy responses. At the school level, teacher shortages affect instructional capacity and working conditions. TALIS 2024 shows that nearly one quarter of teachers work in schools where shortages of qualified teachers limit the school’s capacity to provide quality instruction. Maintaining instructional quality under these conditions requires substantial coordination and sensemaking to sustain organizational coherence and internal relationships (Castro, 2023). Leadership practices are closely linked to teacher retention, professional commitment, and school culture (Liebowitz & Porter, 2019). Principals, district leaders, and other intermediary-level actors operate at the intersection of policy and local organizational realities within the single school, where teacher supply, leadership practices, and school functioning are closely interconnected. How leaders make sense of shortages, even concerning constraints beyond their direct control, shapes how they approach recruitment, retention, and school culture. These efforts frequently involve balancing tensions between supporting teacher well-being and meeting accountability expectations for student outcomes (Blaushild & Seelig, 2024). This symposium brings together research from diverse national contexts to examine how leaders make sense of teacher shortages, manage tensions between global or national expectations and local demands, and shape school development and professional conditions. The contributions adopt multiple perspectives, including those of school leaders, teachers with diverse qualification backgrounds, and other actors affected by shortages. Collectively, the contributions address the question: How do leaders at different system levels make sense of and respond to teacher shortages across diverse contexts? Paper 1 uses interview data to examine how Swedish principals, regional school authorities, and national school authorities make sense of and respond to teacher shortages. Paper 2 uses interview data from Austrian school leaders to discuss the impact of the employment of non-traditionally qualified teachers on the work of schools, the teacher education system, and concepts of professionalism. Paper 3 uses survey data to investigate how municipal context in Switzerland shapes teacher shortage by examining variance between and within municipalities. Taken together, the contributions highlight that although teacher shortage is a shared crisis with cross-national similarities, the paths through which systems respond, and the effectiveness of those responses, depend fundamentally on context-sensitive leadership and locally grounded knowledge. This underscores the need for school development that takes into account local conditions, dependencies, and professional realities. References Blaushild, N. L., & Seelig, J. L. (2024). “Love the One You’re With”: The Logic(s) of School Leaders’ Approaches to Human Capital Management. American Journal of Education, 130(3), 427–454. https://doi.org/10.1086/729597 Boström, L. & Bostedt, G. (2026). Teacher Shortage in Sweden in the Last 50 Years: the link between reforms and teacher shortages (article in review). Boström, L. & Bostedt, G. (2025). The teacher shortage in Sweden: an unexplored area with various views on causes and solutions. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1-11.https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1633409 Castro, A. J. (2023). Managing Competing Demands in a Teacher Shortage Context: The Impact of Teacher Shortages on Principal Leadership Practices. EAQ, 59(1), 218–250. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X221140849 Liebowitz, D. D., & Porter, L. (2019). The Effect of Principal Behaviors on Student, Teacher, and School Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of the Empirical Literature. RER 89(5), 785–827. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319866133 Maag Merki, K., & Altrichter, H. (2015). Educational Governance. DDS, 107(4), 396–410. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25934 McHenry-Sorber, E., & Campbell, M. P. (2019). Teacher shortage as a local phenomenon: District leader sensemaking, responses, and implications for policy. EPAA, 27, 87. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.27.4413 Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2016). New directions in policy borrowing research. APER, 17(3), 381–390. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-016-9442-9 Presentations of the Symposium ***WITHDRAWN*** Making Sense of Teacher Shortages Across Governance Levels in Sweden
Teacher shortages are a persistent and intensifying challenge with consequences for quality, equity, and system sustainability (OECD, 2024). Yet we know less about how actors at different governance levels interpret and respond to shortages given their institutional roles and capacities. This paper examines how principals, regional school authorities, and national school authorities in Sweden make sense of and respond to teacher shortages, identifying convergences, divergences, and cross level tensions in problem framing and action logics
The study draws on empirical data from interviews and structured dialogues with principals (n=75), regional school authorities (n=20), and national school authorities (n=51). We conducted a comparative thematic analysis, combining inductive coding with theoretically informed analysis across levels. The approach is anchored in sensemaking (Weick, 1995) and multi level educational governance (Ozga, 2010). Themes were developed within each governance level and subsequently compared across levels to identify convergences, divergences, and cross-level tensions.
Across levels, shortages are framed as a systemic, structural problem rather than a temporary labour market imbalance, with pronounced risks to instructional quality and equity, especially in rural and socioeconomically disadvantaged contexts and in shortage subjects. Principals emphasise immediate impacts on everyday practice: administrative overload, role expansion, safety concerns, and constrained professional voice—factors linked to attrition (Boström & Bostedt, 2026). Regional authorities frame shortages as a coordination and capacity challenge, shaped by geography, fragmented policy instruments, and uneven access to teacher education; they prioritise regional partnerships, hybrid pathways, and retention via workload relief and competence development. National school authorities advance a macro-structural interpretation, linking shortages to demographic change, certification regimes, reform density, and the erosion of professional status, resulting in a redistribution of responsibility onto a shrinking core of certified teachers (Boström, 2023). Despite these differences, actors across levels converge on similar responses: protecting instructional quality, redesigning teachers’ work, expanding flexible and work-integrated pathways into teaching, and calling for greater long-term policy coherence.
The study contributes to research on educational governance by showing how shared diagnoses of teacher shortages coexist with level-specific sensemaking shaped by institutional position and proximity to practice. The findings highlight a central governance dilemma: while solutions are broadly aligned, authority, resources, and time horizons remain weakly connected across levels, constraining sustainable responses to teacher shortages.
References:
Boström, L. & Bostedt, G. (2025). The teacher shortage in Sweden: an unexplored area with variousviews on causes and solutions. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1-11.https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1633409
Boström, L. (2023). What is the problem and how can we solve it? School authorities’ perceptions of the teacher shortage in Sweden. Educational Research for Policy and Practice. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-023-09350-7
OECD. (2024). Education at a Glance 2024: OECD Indicators. https://doi.org/10.1787/c00cad36-en
Ozga, J. (2010). Governing education through data in England. Journal of Education Policy, 25(6), 703–722. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930902733121
Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage.
The Impact of the Employment of Non-Traditionally Qualified Teachers on the Work of Schools
As in other European countries (EC 2023; Porsch et al., 2025; UNESCO, 2024), there is currently a shortage of teachers in Austria, to which the government has responded with a ‘package of measures’ (BMBWF, n.d.) that includes advertising and image-building measures, changes to teacher training, and the hiring of ‘non-traditionally’ qualified teachers. As a result, in the 2024/25 school year almost 50% (49.1%; BMBWF, 2025) of newly recruited teachers belonged to one of three groups of “non-traditionally” qualified teachers (teacher training students without a degree, career changers, special contract teachers). Both shortages and counter measures may have an impact on the work and functioning of the education system: Staff recruitment, qualification and deployment are essential elements of the governance of the education system (Altrichter, 2010), which is put under pressure by emergency measures. The diversification of staff can have an impact on the organisation of school work (Pauling, 2023). The recruitment and work of non-traditionally qualified staff may change concepts of professionalism in the teaching profession (Cramer et al., 2023).
As research so far has often focused on qualification programmes (Flick-Holtsch et al., 2024) and on the characteristics and experiences of newly recruited alternatively qualified teachers (Helm et al., 2025), the present study focuses on the perspective of school leaders and their efforts to integrate non-traditionally qualified staff into the school’s work. Based on qualitative, guided interviews with Austrian primary and secondary school leaders we want to discuss the following questions:
What expectations and experiences do school leaders in Austrian schools have with regard to non-traditionally qualified teachers? How important are subject-specific and/or pedagogical qualifications in this context? What impact do teacher shortages and the employment of non-traditionally qualified teachers have on the work and further development of the respective school? What specific forms of deployment and measures for accompanying, supporting and qualifying non-traditionally qualified teachers can be observed in schools? How are the roles of actors and coordination mechanisms in the education system changing as a result of the recruitment and employment of non-traditionally qualified teaching staff?
The presentation and discussion of the results will focus among others on the following topics: coordination and re-balancing of the various tasks to be performed on individual school level (e.g. school development/maintaining school quality, individual support, school management, external image, etc.), coordination relationships on system level between teacher training, individual schools and education administration, and implications for changing concepts of teacher professionalism.
References:
Altrichter, H. (2010). Theory and Evidence on Governance: conceptual and empirical strategies of research on governance in education. European Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147-158.
BMBWF (2025). Umsetzung der Pädagog/innenbildungNeu - 16. Austauschplattform. Handout. BMBWF: Wien.
BMBWF (n.d.). Ressortstrategie „Klasse Job“. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/klassejob.html; 28.12.2023
Cramer, C., Groß Ophoff, J. & Schreiber, F. (2023). Professionalität im Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerberuf. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 69(1), 67-87.
EC [European Commission] (2023). Education and Training Monitor 2023. Publications Office, European Union.
Flick-Holtsch, D., Forster-Heinzer, S., & Frey, A. (2024). Quereinstiegsprogramme für Lehrpersonen. In BMBWF (ed.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2024 (pp. 379-423). BMBWF.
Helm, C., Hagenauer, G., Altrichter, H., Soukup-Altrichter, K. (2025). Satisfaction and general well-being of Austrian student teachers who enter the teaching profession while studying. European Journal of Teacher Education, 48 (1), 153–177 https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2024.2433586
Pauling, S. (2023). Forschungsüberblick zu Lehrkräften in Schulentwicklungsprozessen. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43604-9_2
Porsch, R., Reintjes, C. & Bellenberg, G. (2025). Heterogen qualifizierte Lehrpersonen an Schulen in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. In R. Porsch, C. Reintjes & G. Bellenberg (eds.), Heterogen qualifizierte Lehrpersonen an Schulen in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz (pp.7-28). Waxmann.
UNESCO (2024). Global Report on Teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000388832
Beyond Structural Determinism: School-Level Variation in Teacher Shortage Within Municipal Contexts
Teacher shortages continues to be a global challenge (UNESCO, 2024) impacting schools’ instructional capacity and leadership. While contextual determinants such as rurality and socioeconomic factors matter (McHenry-Sorber & Campbell, 2019; Wrona et al., 2025), other relevant factors relevant vary considerably across contexts. Implementing one-size-fits-all policies against teacher shortage thus risks ignoring local, municipal-level variation, especially in multi-level governance systems where municipalities mediate between national and regional policy and individual schools. Yet, the relative importance of municipal structural conditions versus school-specific organizational responses remains unclear. Do municipal characteristics determine shortage (quantitative or qualitative, see (Donitsa-Schmidt & Zuzovsky, 2016), or do schools operating under similar structural conditions experience and manage shortages differently? This study examines how municipal context and school-level factors shape teacher shortage and principals' perceived burden using survey data from 189 schools in 139 municipalities in the Canton of Bern, Switzerland.
A three-stage modeling strategy separates municipal from school level effects. Stage 1 estimates municipal-level predictors of teacher shortage (N = 139), showing that fiscal capacity and educational attainment significantly predict qualified teacher shortage (β = 0.25, p < 0.001 and β = -0.25, p = 0.005, respectively), but together explain only modest variance (R² = 0.10). Stage 2 models (N = 179-189) examine school-level processes. First, context-predicted shortage (from Stage 1) shows moderate associations with school-reported shortage (β = 0.18-0.25). Second, school-level shortage influences perceived burden: qualified teacher shortage substantially increases burden (β = 0.49, p < 0.001), while perceived autonomy modestly reduces it (β = -0.12, p = 0.009). Principal experience shows no meaningful association with these outcomes.
Stage 3 employs variance decomposition, revealing that 71% of total shortage variance lies between municipalities and 29% within municipalities, yet within- and between-municipality standard deviations are nearly equal (ratio = 0.91). This indicates that municipal context strongly structures baseline risk, but schools within the same municipality still differ substantially. In other words, what schools “make” of their structural conditions matters as much as the municipal conditions themselves.
These findings challenge structural determinism in teacher shortage research. While municipal context matters, school-level responses matter equally or more. The non-significance of principal experience, combined with the strong roles of perceived autonomy and of personnel management, suggests that how principals perceive and enact their role shapes their perceived burden. Future research should explore whether these differential school-level responses lead to varying implementations of regional policies and identify what organizationally distinguishes resilient schools.
References:
Donitsa-Schmidt, S., & Zuzovsky, R. (2016). Quantitative and qualitative teacher shortage and the turnover phenomenon. International Journal of Educational Research, 77, 83–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2016.03.005
McHenry-Sorber, E., & Campbell, M. (2019). Teacher shortage as a local phenomenon: District leader sensemaking, responses, and implications for policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.27.4413
UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession (International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030). https://doi.org/10.54675/figu8035
Wrona, S., Gajderowicz, T., & Jakubowski, M. (2025). How to keep teachers in a profession in times of budget shortages? European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(1), 178–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2025.2454635
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 01 B: Digitalisation & Datafication In Leadership Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading for Inclusion in a Digital Era: Lessons from School Leaders in Cyprus 1: Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2: Frederick University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:School leaders are navigating various challenges, including digital transformation and the promotion of inclusive environments in schools. Research studies have addressed these topics independently, with no study to date exploring how digital tools could reshape school leaders’ inclusive leadership practices together with the challenges they might face. Therefore, the main objective of this study was to explore how school leaders in the context of Cyprus utilize digital tools to promote inclusion in their schools. Two main research questions guided this study: RQ1: What practices do school leaders implement to use digitalisation in promoting inclusion within their schools? This study is theoretically situated at the intersection of digital school leadership, which emphasizes the use of digital tools to support learning, communication, and management (De Voto & Superfine, 2023; Krein, 2023), and social justice leadership, which focuses on inclusive practices that deconstruct systemic barriers to student participation and achievement (Ryan, 2006). Through the integration of these two theoretical perspectives, this study explores how digitalisation can either promote or hinder social justice leadership by shaping an inclusive environment, within the Cypriot context where school leadership autonomy is limited. Currently, there is no formal policy framework specifically governing the use of digital technology in schools in Cyprus. However, the Ministry of Education has shown interest in advancing digital transformation in schools by integrating digital skills training. Regarding inclusion, Cyprus’s education system follows a top-down model in which policies addressing social discrimination and inclusion are formulated by central authorities (Eurydice Network, 2023). Also, school leaders in Cyprus face complex socio-political challenges, including the recent influx of migrants and refugees from the Middle East and North Africa, which has complicated efforts to adopt and promote inclusive practices and placed additional pressures on leadership (Hajisoteriou et al., 2021). Although conducted in Cyprus, the study addresses challenges and opportunities common across Europe, including rapid demographic change due to migration (as also reflected in the study’s findings) and the pressure on school leaders, teachers, and school organizations to integrate digitalisation into their daily practice and support the European Commission’s priority of fostering digital competence through the Digital Education Action Plan (2021–2027). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on qualitative data from interviews with primary and secondary school leaders, this study adopted a semi-structured interview protocol to explore school leaders’ practices and challenges in promoting inclusion through digitalisation. This qualitative approach enabled an in-depth understanding of the lived experiences of the school leaders who took part in the study. The interview protocol, which was developed from the existing literature and subsequently pilot tested, consisted of 30 questions and was designed around the following four thematic areas: -Understanding of digitalisation and inclusion -Practices linking digital tools to inclusive leadership -Challenges in digitalising inclusive practices -Contextual factors influencing digitalisation and inclusion Stratified random sampling ensured geographical and sectoral representation. In the initial stage, 200 invitations were sent to randomly selected schools, and participation was voluntary. The final sample consisted of 43 school leaders (from primary and secondary sectors) representing all five districts of Cyprus. Each interview lasted approximately one hour and took place in the school leaders’ offices. Ethical approval was granted by the Centre for Educational Research and Evaluation in Cyprus. Participants provided informed consent, and anonymity was guaranteed. Finally, data analysis followed the three-stage model of Miles et al. (2014), which included the following steps: -Data condensation: transcription and initial coding - Data display: grouping codes into categories and constructing thematic maps -Conclusion drawing and verification: synthesising themes and linking them to the theoretical framework and research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the study identified that school leaders are utilising digital tools to promote inclusion, especially in the post-pandemic era. The following practices were identified: -Enhanced communication with families through MS Teams, Viber groups, and online notices, which reduced linguistic and accessibility barriers. -Support for multilingual and struggling learners using translation technologies and digital learning materials. -Data-informed monitoring of inclusion through digital applications used to record student characteristics and monitor needs. However, the findings also indicated several challenges and systemic barriers that limited the impact of digitalisation on inclusion. The following challenges were identified: -Outdated digital infrastructure and insufficient equipment. -Centralised governance limiting school-level autonomy to tailor inclusion strategies. -Resistance to change among some educators and parents. -Lack of sustained, targeted professional learning specifically for school leaders. Overall, the findings revealed that digital tools can support inclusive and social justice-oriented leadership, even though challenges such as systemic constraints and other barriers hinder the implementation of digital tools in promoting inclusion. Consequently, digital school leadership in Cyprus remains dependent on school leaders’ personal initiatives. A holistic approach is therefore required, one that improves infrastructure, expands autonomy, and ensures continuous professional development integrating digital competence with inclusive and justice-oriented leadership across Cyprus and other parts of Europe. References De Voto, C., & Superfine, B. M. (2023). The crisis you can’t plan for: K–12 leader responses and organisational preparedness during COVID-19. School Leadership and Management, 43(4), 369–389. Eurydice. (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe. European Commission. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/promoting-diversity-and-inclusion-schools-europe. Hajisoteriou, C., Karousiou, C., & Angelides, P. (2021). Children’s voices on marginalisation and inclusion: Lessons to be learned from two decades of research in Cyprus. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(8), 1591–1615. Krein, U. (2023). What’s your take on school leadership and digitalization? A systematic review of publications from the last 20 years. International Journal of Leadership in Education. Miles M B, Huberman A. M, and Saldaña J (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. Ryan, J. (2006). Inclusive leadership and social justice for schools. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 5(1), 3–17. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper From Leadership to Innovation: Team Learning as the Pathway Linking Principals' Technology Leadership to Teacher Innovativeness 1: yozgat bozok üniversitesi, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Presenting Author:The contemporary educational landscape necessitates a strategic focus on teachers’ innovative work behaviour as a cornerstone of school improvement (Hosseini & Haghighi Shirazi, 2021). However, fostering such innovative agency requires a multifaceted shift away from conventional school leadership paradigms, rendering technology integration into schools as an enhancement in the school’s innovation capacity rather than a peripheral technical concern (Fischer‐Schöneborn et al., 2025). As a matter of fact, traditional leadership models have largely framed technology as a technical tool for achieving predefined school goals (McLeod & Richardson, 2011). Yet, unprecedented advances in computing and artificial intelligence technologies promise a more holistic transition towards technology leadership that reshapes learning and working practices (Keane et al., 2020). While the integration of technology-oriented aspirations, policy visions, and reform targets into school leadership is not a new phenomenon, contemporary technology leadership is distinguished by a move away from the narrow pursuit of the technology-fluent principal (McLeod, 2021). Instead, a growing body of scholarship emphasize school leaders’ roles as cultural and transformative agents who actively engage teachers in collaborative work and shape collectively shared perceptions of school culture (Banoğlu et al., 2023). This cultural transformation is enabled by the proliferation of virtual tools and school management systems, alongside the strategic alignment of digital platforms with school objectives (Richardson et al., 2021). Rather than treating technology as a supplementary instrument, school leaders are increasingly expected to strategically orchestrate digital platforms within leadership processes to enhance coordination and communication across distributed teams (Dexter & Barton, 2021). Within this context, collaborative learning and working practices gain particular prominence, as team learning orientations are actively cultivated in schools (Dexter & Barton, 2021; Hauge et al., 2014). Through clear, consistent, and authentic communication, educational technologies can foster cohesion among team members (Höddinghaus et al., 2023). This capacity for team management enables school leaders to support teachers’ knowledge sharing, collective problem-solving, and innovation in virtual platforms (Liu & Sun, 2024). When complemented by other strategic sources of teacher professional development and adequate policy support, technology leadership strengthens teacher collaboration and innovation capacity within schools (Deogaonkar, 2025). Building on this perspective, the present study proposes that principals’ technology leadership practices play a pivotal role in fostering teachers’ team learning orientations and innovative work behaviour simultaneously. Importantly, we argue that this relationship is not limited to direct effects but also operates indirectly through the enhancement of team learning among teachers, which subsequently promotes teacher innovativeness at individual and school level. By strategically integrating digital technologies into teachers’ professional practices, principals can facilitate continuous interaction and collective problem-solving (Dexter & Barton, 2021). Moreover, by encouraging systematic exchanges of knowledge and pedagogical practices, school principals can cultivate a psychologically safe and collaborative climate that supports team learning and, in turn, teacher innovation (Liu & Sun, 2024). Adequate digital resources can strengthen teachers’ collaborative learning and innovation, whereas insufficient infrastructure may weaken the influence of technology leadership on innovative work behaviour (Anderson & Dexter, 2005). Within this mediated relationship, schools’ technological infrastructure plays a crucial moderating role by shaping how effectively technology leadership practices are enacted. Accordingly, this study addresses a multilevel moderated mediation model involving principals’ technology leadership, teachers’ team learning orientations, teachers’ innovative work behaviour, and school technological infrastructure. The following research questions guide the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a quantitative research design using a multilevel moderated mediation analytical approach. The population comprises teachers working in public school in Türkiye during the 2025–2026 academic year. To ensure a sample that adequately represents the country’s geographical and socio-economic diversity, a multistage stratified sampling strategy will be employed. Data will be collected from approximately 900 teachers across 30 public secondary schools. Four validated instruments are used in the study. Team learning is measured using the Dimensions of the Learning Organization Questionnaire (Watkins & Marsick, 1997). Principals’ technology leadership is assessed using the Technology Leadership Competency Scale for Educational Administrators (Banoğlu, 2012). Teachers’ innovative work behaviour is measured using the relevant subscale from the TALIS 2018 survey, administered in Turkey. Finally, the adequacy of schools’ technological infrastructure is assessed using an item adapted from TALIS 2018 (i.e. “Did a lack of physical learning resources hinder school instruction?”). All instruments demonstrate sound psychometric properties in their original validation studies. The data collection is currently underway. Ethical approval has been obtained from the university’s institutional review board, and the study is scheduled to be completed by June 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposed multilevel moderated mediation model shifts the focus of technology leadership from individual school leadership actions and corresponding teacher behaviors to collective/team-based professional learning groups as perceived by individual teachers and also across schools. Crucially, the study highlights how the effectiveness of technology leadership in fostering teacher innovativeness is contingent upon teacher collaboration and schools’ technological infrastructure. The anticipated findings are expected to demonstrate that principals’ technology leadership practices enhance teachers’ innovative behaviour both directly and indirectly through strengthened team learning orientations, while also revealing the boundary school’s technology infrastructure conditions under which these effects are amplified or constrained. By integrating technology leadership, team learning, and teacher innovativeness aspects, this study is expected to contribute theoretically by refining technology leadership as a relational and context-sensitive construct, and practically by offering evidence-based guidance for school leaders and policymakers seeking to leverage digital capacity to promote collaborative learning and sustained teacher innovation in K-12 school settings. References Anderson, R.E., & Dexter, S. (2005). School technology leadership: An empirical investigation of prevalence and effect. Educational Administration Quarterly, 41(1), 49-82. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X04269517 Banoğlu, K. (2012). Technology leadership competency scale for educational administrators: Development, validity, and reliability study. İnönü University Journal of the Faculty of Education, 13(3), 43-65. https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/download/article-file/92220 Banoğlu, K., Vanderlinde, R., Çetin, M., & Aesaert, K. (2023). Role of principals technology leadership practices in building a learning organization culture in public K-12 schools. Journal of School Leadership, 33(1), 66-91. https://doi.org/10.1177/10526846221134010 Deogaonkar, A. (2025). Digital leadership, AI readiness and strategic resource allocation in education: a configurational approach to post-pandemic transformation. International Journal of Educational Management, 39(5), 1105–1119. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijem-06-2025-0438 Dexter, S., & Barton, E.A. (2021). The development and impact of team-based school technology leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 367–384. https://doi.org/10.1108/jea-12-2020-0260 Fischer‐Schöneborn, S., Brown, C., Aydin, B., MacGregor, S., & Pietsch, M. (2025). ICT knowledge absorptive capacity: A critical factor for technology integration in schools. British Journal of Educational Technology, 57(1), 138–162. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.13608 Hauge, T.E., Norenes, S.O., & Vedøy, G. (2014). School leadership and educational change: Tools and practices in shared school leadership development. Journal of Educational Change, 15(4), 357–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-014-9228-y Hosseini, S., & Haghighi Shirazi, Z.R. (2021). Towards teacher innovative work behavior: A conceptual model. Cogent Education, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2020.1869364 Höddinghaus, M., Nohe, C., & Hertel, G. (2024). Leadership in virtual work settings: what we know, what we do not know, and what we need to do. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 33(2), 188–212. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432X.2023.2250079 Keane, T., Boden, M., Chalmers, C., & Williams, M. (2020). Effective principal leadership influencing technology innovation in the classroom. Education and Information Technologies, 25(6), 5321–5338. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-020-10217-0 Liu, Q., & Sun, Y. (2024). The impact of collaborative atmosphere on innovative work behavior of college teachers, North China. Frontiers in Psychology, 15, 1497503. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1497503 McLeod, S. (2021). Commentary – Why aren’t more educational leadership scholars researching technology? Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 392–395. https://doi.org/10.1108/jea-06-2021-263 Mcleod, S., & Richardson, J.W. (2011). The dearth of technology leadership coverage. Journal of School Leadership, 21(2), 216-240. https://doi.org/10.1177/105268461102100204 Richardson, J.W., Watts, J., & Sterrett, J. (2021). Challenges of being a digitally savvy principal. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 318–334. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-10-2020-0215 Watkins, K.E., & Marsick, V.J. (1997). Dimensions of the learning organization questionnaire. Partners for the Learning Organization. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership of Schools in Digitalization: A Systematic Literature Review East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The global educational landscape is currently undergoing a profound transformation driven by the wave of digitalization. International organizations such as UNESCO and the OECD explicitly advocate for the integration of digital technologies into education systems, which has prompted numerous countries to implement national digital agendas aimed at reshaping pedagogical practices and administrative processes (Pietsch & Mah, 2024; Ruloff & Petko, 2025). In this rapidly evolving environment, school administrators play a pivotal role in driving digital transformation. They act as the primary agents responsible for navigating the complexities of technological integration and aligning institutional goals with external digital demands (Navaridas-Nalda et al., 2020; Asante & Novak, 2024). Consequently, leadership styles serve as critical levers for fostering organizational change and facilitating technology adoption. Effective leadership is essential not only for building a supportive digital culture but also for overcoming resistance and ensuring the sustainable implementation of digital tools in teaching and learning (Ghamrawi & Tamim, 2023; Liu, 2025). Despite the recognized importance of leadership in the digital era, the current literature lacks an integrated synthesis of how leadership styles function within this specific context. First, there is a need to clarify the evolution of leadership styles under digitalization. While existing research identifies various approaches such as transformational leadership, distributed leadership, and e-leadership, a cohesive overview of how these styles have adapted to the demands of digital transformation remains fragmented (Pietsch & Mah, 2024; Ghamrawi & Tamim, 2023). Second, the predictors that explain why certain leadership styles emerge in particular contexts are not fully systematized. These predictors encompass individual factors such as the leader's digital competence and vision, as well as contextual factors including school infrastructure, culture, and policy pressures (Ruloff & Petko, 2025; Chen & Kouhsari, 2025). Finally, the comparative impacts of these leadership styles on key stakeholders require further examination. Although studies highlight outcomes such as teacher digital acceptance and student performance, a comprehensive comparison of how different styles influence these results is currently missing (Asante & Novak, 2024; Kilcoyne, 2024). This systematic literature review aims to bridge these gaps by offering theoretical, empirical, and practical contributions. Theoretically, it integrates diverse leadership styles within the specific framework of digital transformation, providing a structured understanding of leadership in technological contexts. Empirically, the review synthesizes cross-context evidence to identify patterns and discrepancies in current research. Practically, the findings provide actionable insights for school leaders seeking to enhance their digital strategies, policymakers designing support systems, and training programs aiming to develop future-ready educational administrators To address the aforementioned issues, this review focuses on the following three research questions: 1. What are the trends of leadership in the context of digitalization? 2. What are the predictors of leadership, including both individual and contextual factors? 3. What are the key outcomes of leadership in digitalization? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a Systematic Literature Review (SLR) approach to identify, filter, and synthesize published research. Following the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines, we defined a clear search strategy and inclusion/exclusion criteria to address the research questions. We focused on literature published over the past 15 years (2011–2025) to ensure the inclusion of contemporary and pioneering insights. Based on established scholarly recommendations, high-quality data sources are essential; thus, we selected five globally recognized databases: EBSCO, Web of Science, Scopus, Taylor & Francis, and IEEE. The final data collection was completed on August 27, 2025, yielding 1,658 initial records. The screening process was executed in three distinct stages: Stage 1: We removed 623 non-journal articles (e.g., conference papers and reviews), 106 non-English articles, and 112 duplicates, leaving 817 papers. Stage 2: To ensure thematic relevance, we screened titles and abstracts. We excluded articles focused on corporate leadership or those unrelated to digitalization and education. In total, 691 articles were removed, leaving 126 papers for full-text assessment. Stage 3: A full-text review was conducted to confirm that the studies were empirical and specifically situated within the context of leadership in the digitalized educational sector. After removing 27 non-relevant and 57 non-empirical studies, 42 articles were retained for the final review. We utilized content analysis to analyze the selected literature. The first and second authors independently coded the articles based on the theoretical framework. Meaningful units regarding leadership styles, school levels, research methods, and sample sizes were systematically marked. Subsequently, codes with similar meanings were merged into broader categories. To ensure rigor, inter-rater reliability was calculated, yielding a score exceeding 95%. Coding differences were addressed through deliberative discussions and detailed reviews of the original sentences to ensure absolute consistency in the final results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1. Evolution and Trends of Leadership Styles The review reveals a significant surge in digital-oriented leadership research post-2020, driven largely by the COVID-19 pandemic. While "Digital Leadership" has become the dominant style, classic and school-specific models remain present but secondary. Most research focuses on higher education and high schools, primarily employing quantitative methods with small-to-medium sample sizes. 2. Predictors of Effective Leadership Key predictors are categorized into individual and contextual factors. Individual drivers include digital literacy, visionary orientation, and openness to innovation. Contextually, digital infrastructure availability, policy reforms, and a collaborative school culture are essential for enabling leadership effectiveness. 3. Outcomes and Challenges Digital leadership significantly enhances teaching effectiveness, professional growth, and administrative efficiency. However, critical challenges persist, including leaders' skill gaps, teacher resistance to change, insufficient infrastructure, and the widening digital divide among students. The findings suggest that sustainable transformation requires balancing technological adoption with emotional support and structural readiness. References Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Revista Espanola de Cardiologia (English Ed.), 74(9), 790–799. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rec.2021.07.010 Pietsch, M., & Mah, D.-K. (2025). Leading the AI transformation in schools: It starts with a digital mindset. Educational Technology Research and Development, 73(2), 1043–1069. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-024-10439-w Chen, J., & Kouhsari, M. (2025). Demystifying the personal and social forces behind school digital transformation: An analysis of the job demands and resources theory through school leaders. Computers & Education, 228(null), 1–19. Willermark, S., Gellerstedt, M., & Nilsson, P. (2024). Surviving or thriving? Exploring school leaders’ perception of initiated digital transformation. School Leadership & Management, 44(3), 228–250. Okunlola, J. O., & Naicker, S. R. (2025). Principals’ Digital Leadership Competencies in the Fourth Industrial Revolution: Teachers’ Perspectives. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 15(6). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15060656 Jing, M., Guo, Z., Wu, X., Yang, Z., & Wang, X. (2025). Higher Education Digital Academic Leadership: Perceptions and Practices from Chinese University Leaders. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 15(5). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15050606 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 01 C: Social Justice, Inclusion & Equity Leadership (Part 1) Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Manuela Heinz Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educational Leadership Policy and Organisational Pathways for Teacher Diversity in Ireland: Knowing and Acting for Social Justice? University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:In contemporary education systems shaped by intersecting poly-crises - widening social inequalities, teacher shortages, intensifying accountability pressures, and increasingly data-driven governance - education research is under growing pressure to inform leadership action. Yet the relationship between knowing and acting in education is neither linear nor assured. Research knowledge does not move seamlessly into policy or practice; rather, it is mediated through national policy priorities, institutional norms, professional cultures, and leadership sense-making processes. This paper examines the knowing–acting relationship through a focused analysis of Irish education leadership policy and initiatives, using teacher diversity as an analytical lens. Research on teacher diversity has expanded considerably, particularly in relation to access to teacher education, experiences within initial teacher education (ITE), and early career trajectories of teachers from underrepresented groups. While this work has been essential in making inequities visible, it has largely foregrounded the perspectives of minoritised teachers. Far less attention has been paid to how school organisations, majority-group practices, and leadership responses shape these experiences, or to how leaders are supported to act on research-informed understandings of staff diversity. A parallel gap can be identified within leadership and social justice theorising. While leadership for equity and inclusion is well established, it has tended to focus predominantly on student outcomes, positioning teachers primarily as agents of inclusion for learners. Consequently, leadership action for social justice in relation to teachers as diverse professionals—and the organisational conditions required to support diverse school teams—remains under-theorised. This paper argues that this constitutes both a research gap and a knowing–acting gap: while knowledge about teacher diversity exists, there is limited theorisation and policy guidance on how leaders and organisations should act upon it. Recent interdisciplinary conceptual work (Author, 2025) strengthen the urgency of this inquiry by conceptualising teacher diversity as essential to equitable and inclusive learning environments, highlighting how teachers’ identities shape professional relationships, organisational climates, and collective practices. However, Irish education policy continues to frame diversity largely as a student-centred concern, illustrating selective uptake of research knowledge and reinforcing the marginalisation of teachers as knowledge-bearing professionals. The paper is guided by four research questions:
The theoretical framework integrates critical policy analysis with socially just and inclusive leadership theories. Drawing on policy enactment and sense-making perspectives (Ball et al., 2012; Spillane et al., 2002; Braun et al., 2011), leadership is conceptualised as an interpretive and relational practice rather than technical implementation. Empirical work on teacher diversity in Ireland (Author, 2018; 2023b) foregrounds the organisational and cultural contexts shaping teachers’ professional lives, while author et al. (2023a) provide a systemic framework highlighting the need for coherent pathways across recruitment, leadership development, workplace culture, and career progression. Evans’ (2011) work on teacher professionalism further illuminates how leadership practices shape teachers’ agency, identity, and vulnerability under conditions of performativity.
Although nationally situated, the Irish case is treated as analytically generative, reflecting broader European and international tensions between research knowledge, leadership policy, and action for social justice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, theoretically informed research design grounded in critical policy analysis. Rather than generating new empirical data, the paper synthesises empirical research, conceptual scholarship, and policy texts to examine how knowledge about teacher diversity is produced, framed, and acted upon within Irish education leadership policy. Primary sources include Irish national education policies related to leadership, inclusion, and diversity; leadership standards and leadership development initiatives; and empirical research on teacher diversity and intersectionality in Ireland. These are analysed alongside systemic and conceptual work on pathways towards a more diverse teaching profession and interdisciplinary scholarship positioning teacher diversity as foundational to equitable learning environments (author, 2025). Critical policy analysis is used to examine how leadership responsibility for diversity is constructed, which forms of knowledge are legitimised, and what assumptions are made about leaders’ capacity to act. Particular attention is paid to silences within policy discourse, including limited attention to organisational dynamics, majority-group practices, and the supports required for leaders to engage meaningfully with staff diversity. Leadership frameworks and initiatives are analysed not only in terms of expectations placed on leaders, but also in terms of the resources, professional learning opportunities, and conceptual tools provided to support action. This enables an examination of the conditions under which leaders are expected to bridge research knowledge and practice. While the analysis is confined to the Irish context, Ireland’s engagement with transnational leadership discourses, performativity, and policy borrowing allows the findings to speak to wider European and international debates on leadership, knowledge production, and equity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that a significant knowing–acting gap persists within Irish education leadership policy in relation to teacher diversity. While research knowledge on the experiences and importance of diverse teachers is well developed, leadership frameworks and initiatives offer limited theorisation and support for acting on this knowledge at organisational level. A key contribution of the paper is the identification of a dual gap: a gap between knowing and acting, and a gap in theorising leadership action for social justice in relation to staff diversity. Leadership is frequently framed as responsible for inclusion, yet responsibility is devolved to individual leaders without sufficient systemic support or conceptual guidance for addressing organisational and majority-group dynamics. The analysis highlights the need for more research that examines leadership action as relational, collective, and embedded within organisational cultures. It also underscores the importance of leadership development that equips leaders to engage critically with research, reflect on normative assumptions, and support diverse school teams in ways that promote recognition, belonging, and professional justice. Drawing on author (2023), the paper argues for the development of coherent pathways within Irish leadership policy that connect research knowledge, leadership preparation, professional learning, and organisational support structures. In responding to the ECER 2026 theme, the paper demonstrates that advancing social justice in education requires not only knowing about teacher diversity, but theorising and supporting how leaders and organisations act upon that knowledge. References Author et al., 2018, 2023a, b, 2025 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585–596. Evans, L. (2011). The ‘shape’ of teacher professionalism in England. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 851–870. Ryan, J. (2006). Inclusive leadership and social justice for schools. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 5(1), 3–17. Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: Reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of educational research, 72(3), 387-431. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper From Intention to Action: Culturally Responsive Leadership for Indigenous Education in British Columbia, Canada University of British Columbia, Canada Presenting Author:The call for culturally responsive schooling (CRS) for Indigenous youth has been growing for decades. CRS requires that language and culture, supporting Indigenous traditions, knowledge, and communities, be the foundation of education for Indigenous youth. In order to incorporate authentic Indigenous knowledge into mainstream educational environments, CRS calls for school leaders to recognize culturally relevant elements essential to Indigenous student success in classrooms. Being culturally responsive means being sensitive, aware, and capable of employing cultural learning patterns, perspectives, family structure, multiple world views, and tribal languages in the teaching, learning, and mental ecology of the classroom (Pewewardy 1998). Such cultural responsiveness requires school leaders to use their leadership as a tool for transforming schools into sites of empowerment and promise for Indigenous students and their communities (Faircloth and Tipperconnic 2013). This research examines how school administrators understand, conceptualize and enact culturally responsive leadership to engage indigenous education in the province of British Columbia (BC), Canada. The research also explores challenges and barriers school administrators face in their leadership approach in meeting the needs of Indigenous education in the context of the Truth and Reconciliation in Canada.
Theoretical Concepulization Culturally responsive leadership is multifaceted, and often intersects with the literature on social justice leadership (Cumins Mansfield & Lambrinou, 2024). Culturally responsive school leadership has been understood as “…an approach to school leadership that addresses inclusivity and affirmation of the home culture of diverse students, prioritises social justice aims, and fosters parent, family, and community engagement” (Phillips & Genao, 2023, p. 305). The culturally responsive leader has been defined as someone who embodies the work personally, interpersonally, and institutionally (Rice-Boothe, 2022, as cited in Gandossi, 2023). The culturally responsive leader is cognisant of the impact of institutionalized racism within organizations such as schools, in their personal lives and in the lives of their students, promotes an inclusive and welcoming learning environment for their minoritized and culturally diverse students, and is cognisant of their role as leaders in resisting, dismantling, mitigating, and disrupting systemic oppression (Da’as, 2024; Rice-Boothe, 2022, as cited in Gandossi, 2023; Washington & Johnson, 2023). Culturally responsive schooling asserts that all students learn better and achieve more in schools when school curricula, teaching, and learning is connected to students’ cultural identities (Castagno et al., 2022). Gandossi (2023) has described culturally responsive school leadership as an ongoing process that is complex as well as necessary, requiring school leaders to continuously be adapting, shifting, and reflecting on their leadership practices and thoughts. Recent definitions and conceptualizations of culturally responsive leadership have often referenced the work of Khalifa (2018, as cited in Niesche, 2024) and Khalifa et al. (2016, as cited in Da’as, 2024), but as Niesche (2024) noted, this conceptualization comes from a USA perspective. Definitions and conceptualizations of what culturally responsive school leadership is may be as numerous as the many school contexts that exist worldwide. This study aims to gain insights into culturally responsive leadership from a Canadian context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is part of a larger research project supported by the Social Sciences and Humanities Council of Canada (SSHRC). The original research project was designed as a comparative study on ethnic Mongolian education in China and Indigenous Education in Canada and it contains three phases: Phase I involves research interviews with school principals and teachers in schools of both countries; Phase II is a survey research, aiming to gain a broader understanding of school administrators’ leadership approaches in meeting the cultural, linguistic and social needs of ethnic Mongolia students in China and Indigenous students in Canada; and the final Phase is designed as a case study using videos, observations, and talking circles on three culturally responsive models schools in both countries. Data from this submission is from the survey research in Phase II, focusing specifically on the Canadian context. The survey used for this phase provides an in-depth and detailed understanding of meanings, attitudes and actions of school principals in exercising culturally responsive leadership engaging Indigenous education in BC, Canada (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2011). The survey is intended to assess whether schools are adequately prepared to meet the needs of communities of diverse cultures and values, in particular, Indigenous communities, and gain insights into how schools interact with these communities through diversity leadership and inclusion. The survey covers topics such as the current socio-political context, leadership, prioritization, inclusion, and preparation for community engagement on Indigenous education. The survey provides evidence on the extent importance should be given to Indigenous education in schools and what services and resources are needed to support such practices. This survey asks about some issues that are more top of mind for some education leaders than others, but even if they are not prominent in their work, the survey responses are valuable in making this study broadly representative of the province of BC. Data analysis involves both descriptive and inferential statistics, using SPSS and R. Given the significant amount of results generated from the initial analysis, this submission only presents a brief overview of the descriptive statistical results on an initial understanding of the culturally responsive practices in BC, Canada. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Approximately 65.4% of school administrators consider themselves a culturally responsive leader, however, many of them indicated that they are working towards one (32.7%) or not sure (1.9%). What school administrators often/always have done in supporting indigenous education includes: enhance their knowledge and understanding of Indigenous Peoples and their cultural traditions ((93%), provide leadership to enhance their staff’s knowledge and understanding of Indigenous education (79%), explore topics regarding the local First Nations in and beyond their school community (77%) or topics related to Indigenous students (76%). School administrators were more likely to seek support and knowledge regarding Indigenous education from indigenous education support workers (69%), colleagues from the district (68%), their school district (62%), indigenous school staff (48%), and local elders (42%). Over 81% recognized that their knowledge regarding Indigenous education needs to be enhanced. They needed more professional learning focused on leading decolonization (72%), on how to lead their school in Indigenous ways of knowing, learning, and being (72%), and more support on understanding Indigenous cultures and traditions (64%). The effective supports they have identified are informal conversations with indigenous peoples (79%), district Indigenous education support (74%), continued professional learning on Indigenous education (74%), opportunities for Indigenous community engagement (65%), and adequate resource allocations for Indigenous education (54%). School administrators demonstrate a strong commitment to Indigenous education, with a majority considering themselves culturally responsive and actively engaging in supportive practices. However, there is a clear reliance on institutional and district-level support rather than direct engagement with Indigenous school communities and elders. A significant majority recognizes the need to enhance their own knowledge, particularly in decolonization, Indigenous ways of knowing, and cultural understanding. Moving forward, effective support will require a balanced approach that combines professional learning, resource allocation, community engagement, and intentional efforts to diversify school environments, curricula, and staff. References Cumings Mansfield, K., & Lambrinou, M. (2024). Culturally responsive leadership: A critical analysis of one school district’s five-year plan. Frontiers in Education, 9(2024), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1385788 Da’as, R. (2024). Indigenous school leadership practices for societal integration in segregated society. Educational Review, 67(7), 2043-2062. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2024.2323717 Faircloth, S. C., & Tippeconnic III, J. W. (2013). Leadership in Indigenous education: Challenges and opportunities for change. American Journal of Education 119(4): 481-486. Gandossi, N. (2023). Leadership for diversity: Culturally responsive leadership. The Morning Watch, 49(2023), 82-88. Mansfield, K. C., & Lambrinou, M. (2024). Culturally responsive leadership: a critical analysis of one school district’s five-year plan. Front. Educ. 9:1385788. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2024.1385788 Niesche, R. (2024). Culturally responsive leadership: A case study of improving relations between Indigenous communities and schools. In D. Mifsud (Ed.), Schooling for social justice, equity and inclusion: Problematizing theory, policy and practice (pp. 95-118). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83549-758-620241004 Pewewardy, C. (1998). Our children can’t wait: Recapturing the essence of Indigenous schools in the United States. Cultural Survival Quarterly, 22(1): 22-23. Cambridge, MA: Cultural Survival. Phillips, A., & Genao, S. (2023). Transforming, translanguaging, and transcending identities: Developing culturally responsive educational leadership. Intercultural Education, 34(3), 305-323. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2023.2180619 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Role of School Leadership in Inclusive Education: A Policy Framework Towards Academic Success University of Southeastern Philippines, Philippines Presenting Author:Inclusive leadership plays a pivotal role in enhancing education at various levels, including local, regional, national, and international. Successful leaders in the school and education systems take the time to talk and listen to all parties involved, including stakeholders, parents, teachers, and students. Together with creating successful management teams, these leaders also provide the tools necessary to implement a common transformation vision. Inclusive leaders are committed to equity and ensuring every child has access to top-notch educational opportunities. Traditionally, inclusive education has focused on special education to provide the necessary supports for children with disabilities while integrating them into regular classroom settings. However, in recent years, the definition of inclusive education has broadened to encompass a broader commitment to “addressing all forms of exclusion and marginalization, disparities and inequalities in access, participation, and learning outcomes (UNESCO, 2020). Education and its subsequent policies and practices cannot be comprehended without recognizing their strong influence from an increasingly interconnected global economy (Apple, 2017). Consequently, any discussion on inclusive education must be situated within the global context in which it operates. Hoorens et al. (2013) projected global societal trends until 2030. Their report identified several challenges, with the most alarming being the escalating rate of inequality. Inclusive education, which ensures equal access for all, has a crucial role to play in fostering a more equitable future. However, this is not always realized in educational institutions. Inclusive Education (IE) in Philippine basic education is largely governed by Department of Education Order No. 72, s. 2009, an outdated directive that lacks a clear and definite process for including children with special needs (CSN) in the general education setting. While there’s a move to implement high-quality inclusion in schools, the Special Education Act (Philippine Senate Bill 3002), which aims to establish inclusion practices in general education schools, is still under review in the Philippine Senate. The ongoing delay in passing this bill and the unresolved issues related to its implementation, such as the standards to be met, hinder progress. In Davao City, Zerrudo (2022) reported that early learners with special educational needs are being mainstreamed in regular kindergarten classes. Some are diagnosed with disabilities, while others are identified based on teachers’ assessments. Based on the points raised above, there is a need to explore other issues and challenges that are confronting school leadership in inclusive education. This study addressed a gap in the role of school administrators in fostering academic success through the lens of inclusive education. The findings of this study illuminate the requisite actions for school administrators to support educators within inclusive classroom environments. This research holds paramount significance as it addresses the formidable task encountered by school administrators in furnishing instructional leadership to educators within the context of inclusive classroom settings. Therefore, this research aimed to explore the school leadership’s vision and commitment impact the contextualization of academic success in inclusive education, the extent does collaborative decision-making among educational administrators contribute to the successful implementation of inclusive education, the role does professional development for inclusive practices play in enhancing the school leadership's effectiveness in inclusive education, the policy framework can be developed based on the results of the study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design, specifically a case study approach. Qualitative research involves collecting and analyzing various empirical materials (data) to describe the challenging moments in participants’ lives. Qualitative methods are primarily used in research aimed at providing an in-depth description of a setting. This study focused on the process of developing, acquiring, and exhibiting an inclusive consciousness in order to run successful inclusive schools. The sources of data were ten (10) school heads in Davao City Division implementing inclusive education and identified through records from the district office. Creswell and Poth (2016) claimed that case studies often focus on a profound understanding of a phenomenon rather than generalizability; hence, with ten (10) participants, researchers can gather detailed and adequate data through interviews, observations, or other methods that allow for thorough analysis. Further, Yin (2018) argued that ten (10) participants in a case study is enough sample size since it balances feasibility and the necessity for meaningful insights. The selection of ten (10) school heads was done through purposive sampling. The researchers employed an interview protocol as a tool for gathering specific information aligned with the study’s objectives and as a means of engaging in a conversation about a particular topic (such as someone’s life or specific ideas and experiences). They refer to this harmonious balance between inquiry and conversation as an inquiry-based conversation, which serves as a guiding framework to propel the inquiry forward, requiring careful attention and effort (Patton, 2015). This study used a researcher-designed questionnaire as the primary data collection instrument. The primary data collection method employed in this research was semi-structured interviews. This method was selected because it has the inherent ability to reveal information that cannot be directly observed. The collected data were analyzed using the 6-step strategy for qualitative data analysis outlined by Creswell (2017). Ethical considerations were paramount in ensuring the integrity and fairness of this study. Participants were approached with utmost respect for their autonomy and rights. They were formally invited to participate and were provided with comprehensive information about the study’s objectives, methodology, potential risks, and benefits. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings underscore that school heads play a transformative role in driving academic success within inclusive education by synthesizing visionary leadership, collaboration, and continuous development. Through a qualitative analysis of significant statements, three core pillars emerged as essential to this process. First, Leadership Vision and Commitment is manifested through the themes of visionary planning synergy, an empowered inclusive environment, and the implementation of inclusive pedagogy. These elements ensure that leadership is not merely administrative but serves as a strategic catalyst for equity. Second, Collaborative Decision-Making proved vital, highlighting that success depends on engaging a broad spectrum of stakeholders, including teachers, parents, and community members. This collaborative spirit is codified through explicit goals, strategic stakeholder partnerships, and clear communication channels, which collectively ensure that inclusive programs are both successfully implemented and long-term. Third, the study identifies Professional Development as a critical lever for change. By prioritizing enhanced inclusion leadership, specialized training, and the adoption of universal learning platforms, school leaders remain equipped with the legislative and pedagogical knowledge necessary to address diverse student needs while fostering a culture of shared responsibility. Ultimately, these insights culminate in a proposed Policy Framework for Enhancing Academic Success. This structured approach integrates leadership commitment, collaboration, and professional growth with robust mechanisms for monitoring and evaluation. By utilizing data-driven decision-making and continuous assessment, the framework allows schools to identify strengths and address systemic gaps. This holistic strategy ensures that inclusive education moves beyond theory, creating a sustainable environment where academic excellence and equity are mutually reinforcing goals for all learners. References Apple, M. W. (2017). What is present and absent in critical analyses of neoliberalism in education. Peabody Journal of Education, 92(1), 148-153. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2016.1265344 Avramidis, E., & Kalyva, E. (2007). The influence of teaching experience and professional development on Greek teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion. European journal of special needs education, 22(4), 367-389. Couzens, D., Poed, S., Kataoka, M., Brandon, A., Hartley, J., & Keen, D. (2015). Support for students with hidden disabilities in universities: A case study. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 62(1), 24-41. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2014.984592 Creswell, J. W. (2017). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage Publications, Inc. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage Publications. Dowling, P. J., & Welch, D. E. (2005). International human resource management: Managing people in a multinational context, 4th edition. Mason, OH: Thomson South-Western. Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813-828. DOI: 0.1080/01411926.2010.501096. Hoorens, S., Ghez, J., Guerin, B., Schweppenstedde, D., Hellgren, T., Horvath, V., ... & Kobzar, S. (2013). Europe’s societal challenges: An analysis of global societal trends to 2030 and their impact on the EU. RAND. Jairam, D., & Kahl Jr, D. H. (2012). Navigating the doctoral experience: The role of social support in successful degree completion. International journal of doctoral studies, 7, 311. Loreman, T., Deppeler, J., & Harvey, D. (2005). Inclusive education: A practical guide to supporting diversity in the classroom. Psychology Press. Moriña, A., & Carballo, R. (2017). The impact of a faculty training program on inclusive education and disability. Evaluation and program planning, 65, 77-83. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2017.06.004 Rama Devi, V., & Shaik, N. (2012). Training & development: A jump starter for employee performance and organizational effectiveness. International Journal of Social Science & Interdisciplinary Research, 1(7). Ruijs, N. M., Van der Veen, I., & Peetsma, T. T. (2010). Inclusive education and students without special educational needs. Educational Research, 52(4), 351-390. DOI: 10.1080/00131881.2010.524749 Slee, R. (2011). The irregular school: Exclusion, schooling and inclusive education. Routledge. Noe, R., Hollenbeck, J., Gerhart, B., & Wright, P. (2006). Human resources management: Gaining a competitive advantage, Tenth Global Edition. New York, NY, USA: McGraw-Hill Education. UNESCO (2020). Inclusive teaching: Preparing all teachers to teach all students. Retrieved from: https://www.unesco.org/gem-report/en/teachers-2020 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications. Sage Publications, Inc. Zerrudo, A. P. (2022). The Extent Of Attainment Of Inclusive Kindergarten Program Objectives In Southern Philippines. Scientific Journal of Tan Trao University, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.51453/2354-1431/2022/707 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Engaged and Committed Teachers in a Challenging Primary School Context: the Role of Inclusive Leadership Leiden University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Teachers working in primary schools that serve high proportions of marginalized students face distinctive and extensive job demands. These demands include high workloads, substantial emotional labor, and the need to respond to considerable cultural diversity and socio-economic disadvantage among students (Glock et al., 2019). Such conditions place sustained pressure on teachers’ work engagement and organizational commitment. This is worrying as lower engagement is associated with burnout and reduced motivation, while lower commitment weakens teachers’ attachment to their school and increases the likelihood of turnover (Collie, 2023; Klusmann et al., 2008). In the context of persistent teacher shortages across many European education systems, particularly in disadvantaged school contexts, this represents a pressing challenge for educational quality and equity. Insights from the Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007) suggest that job resources can counterbalance high demands and support teachers’ motivation, engagement, and long-term commitment. In education, relevant resources might include pay, autonomy, professional development, flexibility, school climate, and leadership (Collie, 2023; Dicke et al., 2018; Hakanen et al., 2006). Not all these resources are determined on the individual school level, and they vary across national contexts. However, school leadership and school climate constitute resources that can be shaped locally and daily, making them particularly salient levers for schools operating under demanding conditions (Tummers & Bakker, 2021). Educational leadership research has extensively examined the relationship between leadership and teacher outcomes, primarily through models such as transformational, instructional, and distributed leadership (Gumus et al., 2018). However, these approaches largely treat leadership as context-neutral and pay limited attention to the socio-economic and cultural conditions in which schools operate. Schools serving a high proportion of marginalized students face pronounced diversity, inequality, and representation challenges, which call for leadership practices that explicitly address inclusion and diversity rather than generic effectiveness. In addition, national and international policy initiatives increasingly aim to diversify the teaching workforce, as greater staff diversity is associated with positive outcomes through mechanisms of representative bureaucracy (Grissom et al., 2015). In organizational contexts where diversity and inclusion are salient, inclusive leadership has been shown to enhance employee engagement and commitment (Choi et al., 2015). This study adopts inclusive leadership as an appropriate framework to examine whether these relationships also apply to teachers working in schools with a high proportion of marginalized students. To do this, we use inclusive leadership as conceptualized by HRM and organizational research. In this it is defined as leader behavior that seeks to support employees’ needs for both belongingness and uniqueness while encouraging the exchange and integration of diverse perspectives (Ashikali et al., 2021; Ashikali & van Luttervelt, 2025; Randel et al., 2018). It differs from traditional inclusive leadership studies in the educational field, as it is aimed at employee rather than student outcomes. Next to school leadership, school climate is likely to be an important piece of the puzzle as it is often stated as the link between school leadership and teacher-outcomes (Collie et al., 2012; Sanchez et al., 2022). Because of this we include it as an explanatory variable. This leads to the research question of this study: To what extent is inclusive leadership related to teacher engagement and commitment in schools serving high proportions of marginalized students, and to what extent are these relationships explained through the experienced school climate? The objective of this contribution is to advance the understanding of educational leadership in complex school environments by integrating inclusive leadership theory with research on teacher engagement, commitment, and school climate. By doing so, the study aims to contribute to debates on sustainable leadership practices that support teacher well-being in schools serving marginalized communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in primary schools with a high proportion of marginalized students in the Netherlands. These schools face structurally challenging conditions, including socio-economic disadvantage, cultural diversity, and persistent teacher shortages. Studying leadership and teacher outcomes in this context provides insight into how organizational processes operate under heightened pressure, with relevance beyond the Dutch case. A quantitative, cross-sectional design was employed. Data was collected via online surveys between February and May 2025. To account for the nested structure of the data (teachers clustered within schools) we used a multilevel analytical approach. This approach enables the separation of teacher-level and school-level variance and allows for robust estimation of the expected relationships. Schools were selected using the Dutch school weight system, an official indicator of student population complexity based on socio-economic and migration-related characteristics (Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap, 2023). Using open governmental data, 1,103 eligible schools were identified (Dienst Uitvoering Onderwijs, 2024). Following invitations and reminders, 34 schools participated. The final sample comprised 349 teachers. Participants had a mean age of 42.8 years and an average of 15.35 years of teaching experience, with 8.2 years at their current school. Most respondents were female and held a bachelor’s degree in teaching. Participating schools had an average enrollment of 207 pupils. Inclusive leadership was measured using an eight-item scale assessing principals’ inclusive behaviors, such as fairness, recognition, and facilitation of participation (Ashikali et al., 2021). Teacher engagement was assessed with the nine-item Utrecht Work Engagement Scale (UWES-9), capturing vigor, dedication, and absorption (Schaufeli et al., 2006). Organizational commitment was measured using the Organizational Commitment Questionnaire, reflecting teachers’ emotional attachment to their school (Mowday & Steers, 1979). Perceived school climate was assessed with the Revised School Level Environment Questionnaire, measuring relational and structural aspects of the psychosocial work environment (Johnson et al., 2007). All items were rated on five-point Likert scales. Control variables included age, gender, years of experience at the current school, and school size. Data was analyzed using multilevel regression models. Null models were estimated to calculate intraclass correlation coefficients. Inclusive leadership was entered as a school-level predictor, with engagement and commitment as teacher-level outcomes. Multilevel mediation analyses were conducted to test the mediating role of school climate (Zhang et al., 2009). Analyses were performed in R (version 4.4.2). Ethical approval was obtained from the Leiden University Ethics Committee, and participation was voluntary and anonymous. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that inclusive leadership at the school level was a strong and significant predictor of teachers’ engagement and commitment and their perceptions of school climate. Schools in which principals were experienced as more inclusive were characterized by significantly more positive school climates, marked by higher levels of trust, collegial support, and clarity of expectations. From the results, school climate also emerged as a robust predictor of both teacher engagement and organizational commitment. Teachers who perceived a more supportive school climate reported higher levels of daily engagement and stronger long-term attachment to their school. Inclusive leadership also had significant direct effects on both outcomes, supporting the hypotheses that inclusive leadership contributes uniquely to teachers’ engagement and commitment. Cross-level mediation analyses further clarified these relationships. School climate partially mediated the association between inclusive leadership and both teacher outcomes. For engagement, nearly half of the total effect of inclusive leadership was explained by its positive association with school climate, indicating that inclusive leadership supports teachers’ day-to-day engagement largely by shaping a supportive work environment. For commitment, the indirect effect via school climate was also significant, although a larger proportion of the effect remained direct, suggesting that inclusive leadership additionally strengthens teachers’ long-term attachment through mechanisms beyond general climate, such as recognition and voice. Overall, the results demonstrate that inclusive leadership is a key school-level resource in highly demanding educational contexts. By fostering a supportive school climate and directly enhancing teachers’ engagement and commitment, inclusive leadership appears to play a central role in sustaining teacher motivation and retention in schools serving marginalized student populations. References Ashikali, T., Groeneveld, S., & Kuipers, B. (2021). The Role of Inclusive Leadership in Supporting an Inclusive Climate in Diverse Public Sector Teams. Review of Public Personnel Administration, 41(3), 497–519. Ashikali, T., & van Luttervelt, M. P. (2025). Promoting Inclusive Workplaces: Conceptualizing and Measuring Inclusive Leadership in Public Organizations. Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands‐Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. Çevik, M. N. (2025). The relationship between inclusive leadership in sustainable education and teachers’ subjective wellbeing in Türkiye: The mediating role of affective commitment. Frontiers in Psychology, 16. Choi, S. B., Tran, T. B. H., & Park, B. I. (2015). Inclusive Leadership and Work Engagement: Mediating Roles of Affective Organizational Commitment and Creativity. Social Behavior and Personality: An International Journal, 43(6), 931–943. Collie, R. J. (2023). Teacher well‐being and turnover intentions: Investigating the roles of job resources and job demands. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(3), 712–726. Clarke, S., & O’Donoghue, T. (2017). Educational leadership and context: A rendering of an inseparable relationship. British journal of educational studies, 65(2), 167-182. Dicke, T., Stebner, F., Linninger, C., Kunter, M., & Leutner, D. (2018). A longitudinal study of teachers’ occupational well-being: Applying the job demands-resources model. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 23(2), 262–277. Glock, S., Kleen, H., & Morgenroth, S. (2019). Stress Among Teachers: Exploring the Role of Cultural Diversity in Schools. The Journal of Experimental Education, 87(4), 696–713. Grissom, J. A., Kern, E. C., & Rodriguez, L. A. (2015). The “Representative Bureaucracy” in Education: Educator Workforce Diversity, Policy Outputs, and Outcomes for Disadvantaged Students. Educational Researcher, 44(3), 185–192. Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. Klusmann, U., Kunter, M., Trautwein, U., Lüdtke, O., & Baumert, J. (2008). Engagement and Emotional Exhaustion in Teachers: Does the School Context Make a Difference? Applied Psychology, 57(s1), 127–151. Randel, A. E., Galvin, B. M., Shore, L. M., Ehrhart, K. H., Chung, B. G., Dean, M. A., & Kedharnath, U. (2018). Inclusive leadership: Realizing positive outcomes through belongingness and being valued for uniqueness. Human Resource Management Review, 28(2), 190–203. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 01 D: Distributed Leadership Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Yvette Promisee-Bynum Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Distributed Leadership Does Not Guarantee Democracy: The Moderating Role of Psychological Safety in Schools Çankırı Karatekin University, Faculty of Humanities and Social Science, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Distributed leadership has been widely promoted in international educational leadership literature as a democratic alternative to hierarchical and bureaucratic leadership models. By emphasizing shared responsibility, participation, and collaboration, it is often assumed to foster democratic practices in schools. However, empirical evidence regarding whether distributed leadership consistently produces democratic outcomes remains mixed, particularly across different national and organizational contexts. This study addresses this gap by asking the following research question: Under what conditions does distributed leadership contribute to democracy in schools? Conceptually, the study approaches distributed leadership not as a universally democratic leadership model but as a conditional leadership practice whose outcomes depend on social-psychological and contextual factors. Drawing on distributed leadership theory (e.g., Gronn; Spillane) and democratic organizational perspectives, organizational democracy is conceptualized as a multidimensional construct encompassing participation, accountability, fairness, and transparency in school decision-making processes. Teacher voice is theorized as a key mechanism through which distributed leadership may translate into democratic practices. The study further integrates psychological safety as a critical enabling condition shaping whether teacher voice can be enacted meaningfully. Psychological safety refers to shared beliefs that individuals can express ideas, concerns, and criticisms without fear of negative consequences. In the absence of psychological safety, leadership distribution may remain symbolic, limiting teachers’ willingness to engage in democratic participation. Empirically, the study examines (a) the direct relationship between distributed leadership and organizational democracy, (b) the mediating role of teacher voice, and (c) the moderating and moderated mediation role of psychological safety. The research is situated in Turkey, a highly centralized and high power-distance education system, offering a critical case for examining the limits and conditions of distributed leadership. From a European and international perspective, the study contributes to debates on the transferability of leadership models across contexts. While distributed leadership is widely endorsed in European policy discourse, its democratic potential cannot be assumed to operate uniformly across governance systems and cultural settings. By highlighting the pivotal role of psychological safety, this study invites international audiences to reconsider leadership reforms that focus solely on structural participation without addressing relational and cultural conditions necessary for democratic school practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on quantitative survey data collected from 598 teachers working in 55 public secondary schools across 12 regions of Turkey. A two-stage stratified sampling strategy was used to ensure regional and socio-cultural representation. Given the nested structure of the data (teachers within schools), a multilevel analytical approach was adopted. Distributed leadership was measured using a scale adapted from the TALIS framework, focusing on teachers’ opportunities to participate in school decision-making processes. Organizational democracy was assessed through a multidimensional scale capturing participation, accountability, and fairness. Teacher voice was measured using a validated scale assessing teachers’ willingness to express ideas, suggestions, and concerns related to school functioning. Psychological safety was measured as a shared perception of interpersonal risk-taking and openness within the school context. Data were analyzed using multilevel structural equation modeling (M-SEM) with Bayesian estimation. Bayesian estimation was preferred due to its robustness in handling complex models with moderation and mediation effects, as well as its suitability for relatively small numbers of higher-level units. Model fit was assessed using standard Bayesian credibility intervals, and conditional indirect effects were examined to test moderated mediation relationships. Age and gender were included as control variables based on prior research linking these variables to democratic participation in schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Findings The findings are expected to demonstrate that distributed leadership is positively associated with organizational democracy in schools, supporting the view that leadership sharing can contribute to democratic practices. However, teacher voice is not expected to function as a mediating mechanism under average conditions, indicating that opportunities for participation do not automatically translate into meaningful voice. Psychological safety is expected to play a critical conditional role. When psychological safety is high, distributed leadership is expected to significantly predict teacher voice, which in turn contributes to organizational democracy. Under conditions of low psychological safety, these relationships are expected to weaken or become non-significant. These findings are anticipated to support the argument that distributed leadership operates as a conditional democratic practice rather than a universally effective leadership model. Without psychologically safe environments, leadership distribution risks remaining symbolic and may reproduce existing hierarchical structures. The study is expected to contribute to international leadership research by emphasizing the importance of social-psychological conditions in shaping democratic outcomes and by offering practical implications for school leaders and policymakers seeking to foster genuine democratic school cultures across diverse educational systems. References Bush, T. (2023). Distributed leadership: A normative theory for policy and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(4), 771–773. Edmondson, A. (1999). Psychological safety and learning behavior in work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(2), 350–383. Gronn, P. (2002). Distributed leadership. In K. Leithwood & P. Hallinger (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational leadership and administration (pp. 653–696). Springer. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2010). Collaborative leadership and school improvement. School Leadership & Management, 30(2), 95–110. Harris, A. (2013). Distributed leadership: Friend or foe? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(5), 545–554. Morrison, E. W. (2011). Employee voice behavior. Academy of Management Annals, 5(1), 373–412. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass. Woods, P. A., & Gronn, P. (2009). Nurturing democracy. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 37(4), 430–451. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Mapping the Interplay Between Distributed Leadership and Teacher Leadership in K-12 Education: A Scoping Review 1: Necmettin Erbakan University, Türkiye; 2: Gaziantep University, Türkiye; 3: Hacettepe University, Türkiye; 4: Ministry of Education, Türkiye Presenting Author:Traditional conceptions of school leadership are increasingly giving way to inclusive models grounded in collective expertise and shared responsibility rather than individual-centred approaches (Hsieh et al., 2024; Liu et al., 2022). This shift has brought the concepts of Distributed Leadership (DL) and Teacher Leadership (TL), which promote collaborative decision-making processes, to the forefront of educational administration (Harris & Jones, 2019; Nguyen et al., 2021). At the theoretical level, DL offers a systemic framework in which leadership is shared among diverse school stakeholders, whereas TL represents a more targeted approach that foregrounds teachers’ active roles and professional expertise within these processes. However, the literature reveals persistent ambiguity regarding how these two concepts are operationalised and how they influence one another, indicating an ongoing need for greater theoretical clarity. The central debate in this line of research concerns the direction of the interaction between these two paradigms. The dominant view suggests that teacher leadership is more likely to emerge in schools where distributed leadership structures are already established (Liu, 2021; Pan & Chen, 2024). In contrast, alternative perspectives argue that TL may function as a catalyst, initiating a culture of distributed leadership through bottom-up processes (Torrance & Humes, 2015). Some empirical findings further indicate that this relationship is not always seamless, highlighting that administrative demands may, at times, constrain teacher leadership practices (Holloway et al., 2018). Collectively, these perspectives strengthen the argument that TL is not merely a derivative of DL but rather an independent paradigm characterised by professional autonomy and the capacity to foster sustainable shared leadership in schools. In order to address these conceptual ambiguities, the present study adopts a scoping review methodology as proposed by Arksey and O’Malley (2005). This approach is particularly well suited to mapping the existing knowledge base by integrating qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods studies within the field of educational leadership. The primary aim of the study is to systematically examine how the literature conceptualises the relationship between DL and TL, with particular attention to the direction of this relationship and the contextual factors that shape it. The findings are expected to provide a theoretical framework that may guide school leaders in developing leadership capacity while supporting teachers’ leadership roles beyond the classroom. By synthesising existing research, the study seeks to clarify the nature of the interaction between these two leadership models in educational settings. Accordingly, the study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Scoping Review Protocol: Guided by Arksey and O’Malley’s (2005) scoping review methodology and updated via PRISMA-ScR guidelines (Tricco et al., 2018), this study executed a systematic search and thematic synthesis. Search Strategy and Eligibility: • Database: Web of Science (SSCI-indexed, Q1 journals). • Keywords: “distributed leadership” OR “shared leadership” OR “collaborative leadership” AND “teacher leadership” OR “instructional leadership” OR “teacher empowerment” OR “teacher agency.” • Limits: English-language articles published through 2025, education research area, journal articles only. • Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria: While a 10-year boundary is standard (Cronin et al., 2008), this review included all relevant studies up to 2025 to address the recent emergence and limited volume of research on the DL-TL relationship. English was selected as the inclusion language to ensure international comparability and accessibility. To maintain conceptual clarity, the scope was restricted to educational research, excluding non-school contexts like business or healthcare. Furthermore, to uphold rigorous methodological standards, grey literature, books, and theses were excluded (Godin et al., 2015). Finally, to guarantee high academic quality, the selection was limited to peer-reviewed articles in SSCI-indexed, Q1 journals, recognized for their significant scholarly impact (Ali, 2025; Kung, 2018; Orbay et al., 2020). Screening and Selection: • Records Identified: 852 initial hits. • Title/Abstract Screening: Excluded 605 • Duplicates Removed: 142 • Full-Text Review: Excluded 43 for failing to address DL–TL interplay. • Final Sample: N = 62 articles (Fig. 1: PRISMA-ScR flowchart). Data Charting and Analysis: Data items included publication year, country, methodology, design, participants, school level, directionality (DL→TL, TL→DL, DL↔TL), and moderator variables. Two reviewers independently charted data using a structured form (Table 3), resolving inconsistencies through consensus. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) integrated inductive and deductive codes to derive patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Temporal and Geographical Trends: Publications increased notably after 2017, from n = 3 (2005–2008) to n = 24 (2021–2024). The United States led with 20 studies, followed by China (n = 10) and Asia-Pacific nations (n = 13). Europe (n = 8), the Middle East (n = 4), and others were underrepresented. Methodological Landscape: • Quantitative (n = 28): Dominated by cross-sectional surveys (n = 22), bibliometric analyses (n = 3), meta-analyses (n = 2), and a single longitudinal study. Participants skewed toward teachers (n = 15) and school leaders. • Qualitative (n = 28): Primarily case studies (n = 16), systematic reviews (n = 6), phenomenological studies (n = 4), and singular ethnographies and longitudinal cases. • Mixed Methods (n = 5): Included sequential explanatory (n = 3), convergent parallel (n = 1), and longitudinal mixed designs (n = 1). Directionality and Power Dynamics: • DL→TL: 43% (n = 27) frame DL as the driver of TL, highlighting administrators’ delegation and structural enablers. • TL→DL: 10% (n = 6) position TL as precursor, emphasizing teacher-initiated innovation catalyzing DL structures. • Reciprocal DL↔TL: Only 3 studies advocate bidirectional models, underscoring mutual reinforcement for sustainable shared leadership. Power dynamics emerge across: • Individual Agency: Teacher and leader initiatives shaping DL–TL interactions. • Organizational Structures: Governance, culture, and collaboration mechanisms. • Interlevel Interactions: Trust, legitimacy, and shared decision-making as relational underpinnings. Moderator Variables: • Individual: Professional development (n = 5), teacher self-efficacy (n = 2), commitment, innovation. • Organizational: PLCs (n = 9), administrative support (n = 4), school culture (n = 4), school type and SES (n = 3 each). • Hybrid: Teacher trust + PLCs, context + demographics, professional capital + job design. References Hsieh, C. C., Song, Y., & Li, H. C. (2024). Analyzing the relationship between distributed leadership and instructional quality in Taiwan: The mediating roles of teacher autonomy and teacher innovation. Educational management administration & leadership, 17411432241231421. Liu, L., Liu, P., YangH, et al. (2022) The relationship between distributed leadership and teacher well-being: The mediating roles of organisational trust. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 52(4): 837 853. Harris, A., & Jones. M. (2019). Teacher leadership and educational change. School Leadership & Management, 39(2), 123–126. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1574964 Liu, Y. (2021). Distributed leadership practices and student science performance through the four-path model: examining failure in underprivileged schools. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(4), 472-492. Nguyen, D., Pietsch, M., & Gümüş, S. (2021). Collective teacher innovativeness in 48 countries: Effects of teacher autonomy, collaborative culture, and professional learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 106, 103463. Pan, H. L. W., & Chen, W. Y. (2024). School context matters? Faculty trust and academic emphasis moderating the effects of principals' distributed leadership on teacher leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 62(2), 181-196. Torrance, D., & Humes, W. (2015). The shifting discourses of educational leadership: International trends and Scotland’s response. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(5), 792-810. Holloway, J., Nielsen, A., & Saltmarsh, S. (2018). Prescribed distributed leadership in the era of accountability: The experiences of mentor teachers. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(4), 538-555. Arksey, H., & O'malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International journal of social research methodology, 8(1), 19-32. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., ... & Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): checklist and explanation. Annals of internal medicine, 169(7), 467-473. Cronin P, Ryan F, Coughlan M. (2008).Undertaking a literature review: a step-by-step approach. Br J Nurs. 10-23;17(1):38-43. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2008.17.1.28059 Godin, K., Stapleton, J., Kirkpatrick, S.I. et al. (2015). Applying systematic review search methods to the grey literature: a case study examining guidelines for school-based breakfast programs in Canada. Syst Rev 4, 138. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-015-0125-0 Ali, M.F. (2025). Investigating shifts in publication patterns after launching scientometric evaluation at Egyptian universities: an analysis of submitted research for promotion. Scientometrics 130, 1751–1787 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-025-05257-7 Kung, F.W. (2018). Exploring the SSCI Phenomenon within the Publish or Perish Principle for Non-native English-speaking ELT Professionals. The Electronic Journal for English as a Second Language, August 2018, 22(2), 1-16. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Team Coaching and Instructional Walkthroughs as Mechanisms for School Improvement: A Case Study of Distributed Leadership The Uniiversity of Alabama, United States of America Presenting Author:One of the highest priorities across American, European and international education systems, is the improvement of public schools (Wronowski et al., 2022), where school improvement has been understood as a process of building rather than the adoption of individual leadership (Day & Sammons, 2016). Recent literature has emphasized leadership as a social practice enacted through interactions among faculty and staff, routines, and organizational structures (Spillane et al., 2001). Within this perspective, coaching and collaborative observations have gained prominence as learning-oriented approaches to leadership development (Huff et al., 2013), particularly in contexts that prioritize professional autonomy, trust, and school-self-evaluation. Although, the impact that principals have on school improvement is indirect (Zuckerman & O’Shea, 2021), among all other school related factors, leadership is second to only classroom instruction (Leithwood et al., 2004) therefore, the investment in improving principal leadership matters (Grissom et al., 2021). Over the past decade the role of the principal has become multifaced, requiring an array of skills, knowledge, and expertise (Duncan & Stock, 2010). Research suggest that principals need to be equipped to implement the reforms needed that lead to sustained school improvement. School leaders need support and professional development tailored to help ensure they can meet the unique demands and realities of the school they lead (Fullen, 2002; Sackney & Wallace Foundation, 2006, Walter, 2006; Woods et al., 2009). This study is grounded from a Distributed Leadership perspective (Spillance, J., 2006), one of the most prominent contemporary leadership theories in education (Hairon, S., & Goh, J., 2015). The assumption is that managing schools can involve multiple individuals (Spillane, et al., 2008) which looks at leadership as an activity rather than a role and is stretched across people, tools, and routines (Spillane et al., 2001). It is suggested that instructional leadership is most effective when leadership is distributed across formal leaders and embedded in daily practice (e.g. coaching, walkthrough). Effective school leaders need to be able to create a collegial environment and coaching in those specific areas (Duncan & Stock, 2010) is a beginning. The purpose of this qualitative case study is to examine how leadership team coaching and structured walkthrough practices influence leadership behaviors, instructional focus, and collaborative practices within a school. This study addresses three research questions
Responding to ECCRs theme: Knowing and Acting: The Changing Conditions and Potential of Education Research, this study highlights how leadership team coaching reflects a shift from individualized leadership towards distributed and collective forms of leadership. It highlights the potential of education research to be developmental, formative, and improvement-oriented rather than detached from practice. Through coaching conversations and walkthrough feedback, the study demonstrates how qualitative, embedded research can strengthen professional learning and support school improvement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study is an extension of Project Raise (Research-based Strategies an Artificial Intelligence for School Enhancement: Turning Around Schools) at Texas A&M (TAMU). There are twelve-12 critical component of the project grouped into three categories, 1) a role for districts and supporting partners, 2) the principal and school leadership team, 3) and a focus on building instructional capacity. This study focuses on the principal and school leadership teams by examining leadership team coaching and external leadership walkthroughs as strategies for building leadership capacity. A case study approach was selected to allow for in-depth review of processes, interactions, and perception (Ying, 2018). The case is situated in a K-8 public school in northern Alabama participating in Project Raise. The district identified underperforming high-needs campuses that were not involved in other turnaround initiatives. There were six treatment schools receiving the additional support and six that were part of the control group. This case study focuses on one of the treatment schools where the principal received 40 hours of VMC (virtual mentoring and coaching) and three leadership walkthroughs to gain a holistic an unobtrusive view of leadership team engagement and inform school improvement efforts. Multiple data sources were triangulated (e.g. semi-structured interviews, coaching documents, external instructional walkthrough summaries, and observations of coaching sessions) to determine the influence of leadership behaviors on school improvement. Data were analyzed using an iterative thematic approach (Morgan & Nica, 2020). The iterative thematic approach is cyclical rather than linear where you move back and forth between data, codes, and themes as understanding deepens. There are four phases, 1) assessing initial beliefs as themes, 2) building new beliefs during data collection, 3) listing tentative themes, and 4) evaluating themes through coding. Through repeated cycles of analysis, themes were refined to capture how leadership team coaching and instructional walkthroughs intercede collective leadership learning and instructional decision -making. Trustworthiness was established through strategies addressing credibility, dependability, confirmability, and transferability (Haq et al., 2023). These included triangulation of multiple data sources, peer debriefing, iterative thematic analysis and the use of thick description to promote analytic rigor. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This ongoing study will share preliminary findings at the conference. However, early evidence suggests that leadership coaching, supported by external leadership observational walkthroughs, may contribute to the development of school leaders. Emerging evidence further indicates positive effects on school culture and climate. Expected outcomes include strengthened distributed leadership practices among school leadership teams, enhanced capacity for evidence-informed instructional decision-making, and improved collaborative professional learning routines. Leadership coaching and instructional walkthroughs are anticipated to positively influence school culture by fostering reflective practice and shared responsibility for instructional improvement. Additionally, the study offers a replicable model for leadership team development, contributing to international scholarship on effective approaches to building leadership capacity. This study contributes to international scholarship on educational leadership by demonstrating how distributed leadership is enacted through coaching and instructional walkthrough routines. It highlights a high-leverage approach to leadership capacity building and provides a replicable model for leadership team development. Implications for European and international contexts include informing professional learning models, promoting evidence-informed leadership practices, and supporting collaborative, context-sensitive approaches to building leadership capacity. References Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52, 221-258. Duncan, H. E., & Stock, M. J. (2010). Mentoring and coaching rural school leaders: What do hey need?. Mentoring and tutoring: partnership in learning, 18(3), 293-311. Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J., & Lindsey, C. A. (2021). How principals affect students and schools: A systematic synthesis of two decades of research. Wallace Foundation, 2(1), 30-41. Hairon, S., & Goh, J. W. (2015). Pursuing the elusive construct of distributed leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(5), 693-718. Haq, Z. U., Rasheed, R., & Akhter, S. (2023). Criteria for assessing and ensuring the trustworthiness in qualitative research. International Journal of Business Reflections, 4(2). Huff, J., Preston, C., & Goldring, E. (2013). Implementation of a Coaching Program for School Principals: Evaluating Coaches’ Strategies and the Results. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(4), 504-526. Leithwood, K., Seashore-Louis, K., Anderson, S., & Kyla Wahlstrom. (2004). How leadership influences student learning. New York: Wallace Foundation. Morgan, D.L. & Nica, A. (2020). Iterative thematic inquiry: A new method for analyzing qualitative data. International journal of qualitative methods, 19, 1609406920955118. Sackney, L., & Walker, K. (2006). Canadian perspectives on beginning principals. Their role in building capacity for learning. Journal of Educational Administration, 44(4), 341-358. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Towards a theory of leadership practice: A distributed perspective. In Rethinking schooling (pp.208-242). Routledge Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2001). “Investigating school leadership practice: A distributed perspective.” Educational researcher, 30(3). 23-28 Woods, P. A., Woods, G. J., & Cowie, M. (2009). Tears, laughter, camaraderie: Professional development for headteachers. School Leadership and Management, 29(3), 253-275. Wallace Foundation (2006). Leadership for learning: Making the connections among state, district, and school policies and practice. Wronowski, M., VanGronigen, B., Henry, W., & Olive, J. (2022). Critical Community Focus in School Improvement Plans: The Absent Imperative. School Community Journal, 32(2), 139-176. Ying, R., K. (2018). Case study research and applications (6th ed.). Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications. Zuckerman, S. J., & O’Shea, C. (2021). Principals’ Schema: Leadership Philosophies and Instructional Leadership. Journal of School Leadership, 31(4), 274-296. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Multiple Pathways from Teacher Participation in Evaluation to Teaching Innovation: The Role of Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Teacher innovation is widely recognised as a key driver of instructional quality and sustainable school improvement. (UNESCO, 2021; OECD, 2013) Innovative teaching behaviours—such as experimenting with new pedagogical approaches, adapting instruction to diverse student needs, and engaging in reflective practice—have been conceptualised as a form of innovative work behaviour embedded in teachers’ everyday professional activities and closely linked to their motivation and sense of agency (Klaeijsen, Vermeulen, & Martens, 2018). Within this context, teacher evaluation represents a salient organisational practice that shapes teachers’ motivational experiences and professional learning environments.(Shanker et al., 2017), against this backdrop, a growing body of research has increasingly shifted attention from evaluation as a purely technical or control-oriented instrument toward teachers’ active involvement in evaluation processes, highlighting participation as a potential lever for professional learning and innovation. Although recent studies have begun to acknowledge the value of teacher participation in evaluation processes, two limitations remain prominent. First, teacher participation is often treated as a unidimensional construct, obscuring qualitative differences between forms of participation. Second, insufficient attention has been paid to the psychological mechanisms through which participatory evaluation practices influence teachers’ instructional behaviour. To address these gaps, this study integrates Participatory Evaluation Theory with Self-Determination Theory (SDT) to examine how teacher participation in evaluation relates to teaching innovation through the satisfaction of basic psychological needs. From a participatory evaluation perspective, meaningful stakeholder involvement enhances evaluation relevance, ownership, and utilisation (Cousins & Earl, 1992; Cousins & Whitmore, 1998). Although participatory evaluation theories differ in emphasis on participation’s domains and depth, they commonly highlight engagement in both decision-making and operational processes (Cousins & Whitmore, 1998).In school contexts, empirical studies suggest that teacher participation—particularly when perceived as meaningful in decision-making processes—may enhance professional agency and ownership, while more procedural forms of participation can be experienced as less influential (Brezicha et al., 2020). Building on this literature, teacher participation in evaluation is conceptualised as a multidimensional construct comprising two forms: participation in evaluation decision-making, referring to teachers’ involvement in defining evaluation goals, criteria, and standards; and participation in evaluation implementation, referring to engagement in self-evaluation, peer feedback, and reflective practices. These forms differ in the degree of influence and autonomy afforded to teachers and are therefore expected to activate distinct psychological processes. Guided by SDT, this study conceptualises participatory evaluation practices as motivational contexts that shape teachers’ experiences of autonomy, competence, and relatedness. When evaluation is perceived as autonomy-supportive and relationally meaningful, teachers’ basic psychological needs are more likely to be satisfied, fostering self-determined motivation and proactive engagement in innovative teaching behaviours (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Van den Broeck, Ferris, Chang, & Rosen, 2016). Consistent with SDT’s universalistic assumptions, this study treats autonomy, competence, and relatedness as fundamental psychological needs that transcend cultural contexts, providing a theoretically robust framework for international comparison. Based on these theoretical considerations, the study addresses the following research questions: By empirically integrating participatory evaluation theory with SDT, this study aims to advance understanding of how evaluation systems can support teacher innovation, with implications extending beyond the national context of the study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a quantitative research design using Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to examine the hypothesised relationships among teacher participation in evaluation, basic psychological need satisfaction, and teaching innovation. Data were collected through a large-scale questionnaire survey administered to primary and secondary school teachers across multiple provinces in China(Liaoning, Hebei, Tianjin, and Guizhou), ensuring a geographically and socio-economically diverse sample. To focus on instructional practice rather than administrative roles, only teachers without formal leadership positions were included. After data screening, the final sample comprised 10,989 teachers from 151 schools, providing sufficient statistical power for mediation and multi-group analyses. All constructs were measured using self-report questionnaires on a five-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Teaching innovation was measured using a scale adapted from prior research on creative teaching, which is theoretically grounded in the innovative work behaviour framework proposed by Scott and Bruce (1994) and subsequently adapted to educational contexts in later empirical studies (Chen & Hu, 2008). Basic psychological need satisfaction was assessed using an adapted version of the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction Scale, originally developed within the SDT framework and validated in the Chinese context by Liu et al. (2013). The scale measures teachers’ perceived autonomy, competence, and relatedness in their professional activities and has demonstrated satisfactory psychometric properties in educational research. Teacher participation in evaluation was conceptualised in terms of two complementary forms: participation in evaluation decision-making(PM) and participation in evaluation implementation(PI). Measurement items were developed with reference to formative evaluation theory (Wiliam, 2014) and participatory evaluation literature, and were refined to capture teachers’ perceived involvement in both evaluative decision processes and implementation practices within school contexts. This operationalisation emphasises conceptual alignment with international evaluation theory while remaining sensitive to school-level evaluation practices. Confirmatory factor analyses supported the reliability and construct validity of all measurement models. Structural equation analyses were conducted using Mplus 8.3 with robust maximum likelihood estimation. Model fit was evaluated using multiple indices, including RMSEA, CFI, TLI, and SRMR. All three basic psychological needs (autonomy, competence, and relatedness) were simultaneously included as mediators within a unified structural model, allowing for the examination of differentiated indirect pathways. Indirect effects were tested using bias-corrected bootstrap procedures. Teaching experience and school characteristics were included as control variables, and multi-group analyses were conducted to explore potential heterogeneity across teacher and school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The structural equation model demonstrated an acceptable fit to the data (RMSEA = 0.057, CFI = 0.937, TLI = 0.927, SRMR = 0.033), supporting the hypothesised relationships among teacher participation in evaluation, basic psychological need satisfaction, and teaching innovation. The results reveal clearly differentiated mediation patterns across two forms of teacher participation in evaluation. Participation in evaluation decision-making did not exhibit a significant total indirect effect on teaching innovation. Decomposition of the mediation paths indicates two opposing mechanisms. First, decision-making participation was negatively associated with competence satisfaction, which in turn positively predicted teaching innovation, resulting in a negative indirect effect, while its positive association with autonomy satisfaction did not translate into a significant indirect pathway to innovation.Second, decision-making participation was negatively associated with relatedness satisfaction; however, relatedness satisfaction itself showed a negative association with teaching innovation. These countervailing pathways offset each other, producing a non-significant overall mediation effect. In contrast, participation in evaluation implementation demonstrated a strong and significant total indirect effect on teaching innovation. This effect was primarily driven by a substantial positive indirect pathway through competence satisfaction. Although implementation participation was also associated with higher relatedness satisfaction, the negative association between relatedness and innovation partially suppressed the total effect but did not outweigh the dominant competence-based pathway. These findings point to several key inferences regarding the underlying mechanisms.Participation in evaluative decision-making may often be experienced as largely formal or symbolic rather than substantive, increasing administrative workload and accountability pressures without providing meaningful influence. As a result, such participation can undermine teachers’ perceived competence and constrain innovation-oriented behaviour. At the same time, the negative association between relatedness satisfaction and teaching innovation suggests that, within evaluative contexts, stronger interpersonal embeddedness may be accompanied by heightened sensitivity to normative expectations and social obligations, which can further discourage pedagogical risk-taking. References ① Brezicha, K. F., Ikoma, S., Park, H., & LeTendre, G. K. (2020). The ownership perception gap: Exploring teacher participation in evaluation. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 32(3), 343–370. ② Chen, Y. S., & Hu, M. J. (2008). 任務動機與組織創新氣候對成人教師創意教學表現之影響:階層線性模式分析 [The effects of task motivation and organizational innovation climate on the creative teaching performance of adult teachers: A hierarchical linear modeling analysis]. Bulletin of Educational Psychology, 40(2), 179–198. ③ Cousins, J. B., & Earl, L. M. (1992). The case for participatory evaluation. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 14(4), 397–418. ④ Cousins, J. B., & Whitmore, E. (1998). Framing participatory evaluation. New Directions for Evaluation, 80, 5–23. ⑤ Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. ⑥ Klaeijsen, A., Vermeulen, M., & Martens, R. (2018). Teachers’ innovative behaviour: The importance of basic psychological need satisfaction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 1–13. ⑦ Liu, J., et al. (2013). 基本心理需求量表中文版的信、效度初步检验 [Preliminary reliability and validity test of the Chinese version of the Basic Psychological Needs Scale]. Chinese Mental Health Journal, 27(10), 791–795. ⑧ OECD. (2013). Innovative learning environments. Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264203488-en ⑨ Scott, S. G., & Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path model of individual innovation in the workplace.Academy of management journal,37(3), 580-607. ⑩ Shanker, R., et al. (2017). Organizational climate for innovation and organizational performance: The mediating effect of innovative work behavior. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 100, 67–77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2017.02.004 ⑪ UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. ⑫ Van den Broeck, A., Ferris, D. L., Chang, C.-H., & Rosen, C. C. (2016). A review of self-determination theory’s basic psychological needs. Journal of Management, 42(5), 1195–1229. ⑬ Wiliam, D. (2014).The formative evaluation of teaching performance. Melbourne, VIC: Centre for Strategic Education. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 01 A: Round Table: Connecting with Finnish Research in Didactics Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Anke Wegner Round Table The roundtable invites everyone to discuss research in didactics, learning and teaching with colleagues from the host country. Four papers will be presented and discussed during this opening session of ECER 2026:
Kaisu Rättyä: Finnish L1 and Literature Didactics in Transition: Perspectives from the Growing into Literature: Advancing Theories and Practices Project
Jan Löfström: Youth and History II: thoughts from a comparative European survey and its relevance for History Didactics
Martin Ubani: What we are missing in religious literacy research - threshold concepts, disciplinarity and didactics of RE
Michael Uljens: Understanding Didaktik in Finland in the perspective of non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Panel Discussion Round Table: Connecting with Finnish Research in Didactics 1: Universität Trier, Germany; 2: Tampere University; 3: Åbo Akademi University; 4: University of Turku; 5: University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:The roundtable invites everyone to discuss research in didactics, learning and teaching with colleagues from the host country. Four papers will be presented and discussed during this opening session of ECER 2026:
References . Chair . |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 01 B JS: Joint Paper Session - Reading, Writing and Literature Teaching - NW 27 and NW 31 Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Jérôme Santini Joint Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Noticing Missed Opportunities: Discussion Ad Feedback In Literature Teaching University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Research shows that continuous professional development is important for the quality of teaching as it is recognized that teachers should engage in such development throughout their careers. This development should be situated within a learning community with effective pedagogical leadership. Teacher professional development can take many forms, and correspondingly, the quality of teaching can be evaluated using a range of diverse methods. Video recordings have proven to be an effective tool for teachers’ professional development, with the aim of enhancing the quality of teaching and for enabling teachers to examine and reflect on their own practices (Xu et.al., 2019). The research project Sustainable Professional Learning: Improving the Quality of Classroom Practice through Classroom Videos (SAEG) was developed with the aim of promoting critical and professional development among Icelandic primary school teachers through the purposeful use of classroom video recordings. The study is based on the PLATO (Protocol for language arts teaching observation) analytical framework. Participants focused their attention on specific aspects of their teaching, corresponding to the analytical criteria of the PLATO framework, and the use of video recordings allowed them to examine elements that might otherwise have gone unnoticed. In this way, teachers can identify, reflect on, improve, and develop particular aspects of their teaching and by doing so improve their overall quality. This presentation looks at the quality of the teaching of literature, especially student-teacher discussion and feedback within the classroom. Research indicates that both the purposeful use of discussion and feedback as teaching methods in Icelandic primary schools, as well as their use as tools for students’ cognitive challenge, are lacking (Svanbjörnsdóttir et al., 2025; Gísladóttir et al., 2025). Here, the focus is on what has been called “missed opportunities” (Griffith et al., 2015; Tengeberg et al., 2022) in relation to feedback and dialogue. Missed opportunities are instances or critical moments when teachers do not provide meaningful feedback or engage students in dialogue and opportunities for scaffolding or support for student learning is available but not utilized. Also for discussion are underlying reasons for this, as well as how the quality of teaching could be improved my noticing, and acting upon, the missed opportunities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project Sustainable Professional Learning: Improving the Quality of Classroom Practice through Classroom Videos involved 16 compulsory schoolteachers from two municipalities in Iceland. Teachers were organized into three subject-based teams—mathematics, science, and Icelandic—each guided by an academic leader. For each teacher, one lesson was recorded in the spring prior to the intervention, and a second lesson was recorded about a year later. During the intervening period, teachers were encouraged to record segments of their teaching and analyze them with their colleagues. The project included four workshops for all participants, which began with professional input and gradually shifted to collaborative video analysis and refinement of instructional focus. These subject-teams met both during and between workshops to discuss and analyze teaching practices. Teachers formed their own plans following the initial workshop, where the PLATO observation framework was introduced. All teachers selected one or two PLATO elements to focus on, and those elements created the ground for their professional development during the research project. Researchers conducted interviews with the participating teachers both at the beginning and end of the project, discussing for example the teachers plan for professional development, expectations and hesitations regarding using video recordings and their choice of PLATO elements. Teachers also submitted regular written reflections, and each teacher also introduced the project within their school. The present study draws on video recordings from literature classes within in the subject of Icelandic. The data consists of recordings from four teachers from two schools in two municipalities, all of whom chose to focus on the discussion and feedback elements within the PLATO framework. The recordings analyzed are both from before the intervention and after. Participants’ written reflections are also used as well as interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of recordings from literature lessons, with a focus on missed learning opportunities related to classroom dialogue and feedback, indicates numerous areas for improvement. The use of video recordings proved effective in identifying these missed opportunities and supporting teachers in addressing and learning from them. The literature classes observed among participants was largely conventional, reflecting both traditional teaching practices and findings from prior research on literature education in Icelandic compulsory schools (Angantýsson et al., 2018). Deliberate use of dialogue and feedback was limited, consistent with previous research that teachers’ feedback in this context is often inadequate (Angantýsson et al., 2018; Svanbjörnsdóttir et al., 2023, 2025). The study indicates that teachers frequently miss opportunities to provide students with purposeful feedback and to actively engage them in disussion, whether with peers or with the teacher. This is reflected in the tendency for teachers’ questions to be closed rather than open and rarely prompting students to analyze their responses. Teachers also often pose questions and then answer them themselves, rather than allowing students time to respond. This aligns with previous research showing that, although teachers often believe they provide useful feedback, in practice it is frequently limited. Analysis of the recordings further suggests that participants frequently overlooked opportunities for targeted feedback. When feedback was provided, it was often excessively positive, with students receiving insufficient guidance on how to improve, consistent with prior reserach (Svanbjörnsdóttir et al., 2025). Missed opportunities for deep, subject-focused dialogue and purposeful feedback were evident in all recordings analyzed. However, progress could be observed following the intervention, and interviews indicate that participants became more aware of opportunities to improve. Missed opportunities appeared to be partly related to time constraints and the desire to cover as much content as possible. This often came at the expense of potential learning opportunities. References Angantýsson, Á. and Jónsson, K. J (eds.). (2018). Íslenska í grunnskólum og framhaldsskólum. Háskólaútgáfan. Griffith, R., Bauml, M., & Barksdale, B. (2015). In-the-moment teaching decisions in primary grade reading: The role of context and teacher knowledge. Journal on Research in Childhood Education, 29(4), 444e457 Svanbjörnsóttir, B.M., Zophoníasdóttir S. and Gísladóttir, Berglind. (2025). Gæði kennslu: Námstækifæri fyrir alla nemendur. Háskólaútgáfan. Tengberg, M., Blikstad Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2022). Missed opportunities of textbased instruction: What characterizes learning of interpretation if strategies are not taught and students not challenged? Teaching and Teacher Education, 115, 103698. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103698 Xu, L., Aranda, G., Widjaja, W. og Clarke, D. (ritstjórar). (2019). Video-based research in education: Cross-disciplinary perspectives. Routledge. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Integrating Biology Content into EFL Instruction through CLIL: The Role of Scaffolding in an Interdisciplinary Classroom Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Science and mathematics, Turkistan org. index: 210841020369 Presenting Author:The focus of this paper is to investigate a unified instructional content and its implementation within CLIL-based teaching of EFL and Biology curriculum in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) in Kazakhstan. The study was conducted with 47 eighth-grade students with intermediate (B1 in accordance with the CEFR) English proficiency to facilitate the implementation of CLIL-based Biology instruction, with 16 students assigned to the experimental group and 31 to the control group. By utilizing scaffolding techniques and differentiation theories, the instructional framework can adopt a more integrated approach, ameliorating learners’ conceptual understanding of biological content while enabling the simultaneous development of EFL competencies. This paper will aim to answer these three questions: 1. How can CLIL-based instructional content integrating Biology and EFL be designed to simultaneously support subject knowledge acquisition and language development? 2. To what extent do scaffolding techniques and differentiation strategies enhance learners’ comprehension of biological concepts in a CLIL-based EFL context? 3. What pedagogical challenges and affordances emerge in the implementation of differentiated CLIL instruction for Biology in EFL classrooms? Through scaffolding techniques such as visual diagrams, sentence frames, and guided questioning, the teacher can provide support in alignment with the students’ language proficiency, enabling them to articulate complex biological concepts and gradually internalize both content knowledge and language structures (Gerns P, 2023). The Cognitive Load Theory (CLT) is, therefore, another significant theoretical concept in CLIL-based interdisciplinary instruction. CLT posits that learners have a limited working memory capacity, which can be overloaded when simultaneously processing complex subject content and a foreign language. In the context of integrating biology content into EFL instruction, scaffolding techniques—such as visual aids, graphic organizers, simplified input, and stepwise explanations—serve to manage intrinsic and strenuous cognitive load, allowing students to focus on germane cognitive processes related to understanding scientific concepts (Sweller et al., 2019). Recent studies in CLIL science classrooms demonstrate that carefully designed scaffolds reduce cognitive overload and enhance both content comprehension and academic language use, enabling students to engage in higher-order thinking, such as forming hypotheses and constructing evidence-based explanations in a second language (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012). This perspective complements Vygotsky’s ZPD by highlighting not only the social mediation of learning but also the cognitive architecture that constrains and guides effective scaffolding in bilingual education. To address the third question of the paper The affective filter hypothesis can be proposed. Originally proposed in second language acquisition research, this concept emphasizes that emotional and motivational variables—such as anxiety, self‑confidence, and attitudes toward the language of instruction—can facilitate or inhibit learners’ ability to process and internalize new language input, particularly when content and language demands are high. In CLIL biology classrooms, students often face dual cognitive demands: comprehending complex scientific concepts while simultaneously navigating academic English vocabulary and structures. Instructional approaches that reduce learners’ affective barriers, such as integrating subject‑specific vocabulary lists and contextualized science tasks, can lower learners’ affective filter and create a more supportive environment for both language and content learning. A recent mixed‑methods study by Kruawong and Phoocharoensil (2024) demonstrated that teaching with English Science Textbook Word Lists (ESTWL) within a CLIL framework significantly improved Thai EFL students’ science vocabulary and content knowledge, and students reported positive perceptions of the instructional approach—suggesting that such affect‑aware design elements can enhance engagement and comprehension in interdisciplinary CLIL settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The lessons were designed in collaboration with the Biology teacher and EFL teacher on the range of curricular topics “sound and hearing and ear parts.” This paper encompasses both theoretical and practical aspects. The empirical/practical component of this study implements qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods approaches to investigate the ways in which scaffolding techniques have supported curriculum delivery and how the content can be adapted to better align with students’ language comprehension. Through two weeks of lesson observations and co-teaching between Biology and English teachers, instructional materials were collaboratively developed with the active involvement of both teachers and students.. Both qualitative and quantitative data were gathered from teachers in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) and public schools, as well 47 eighth-grade English students at NIS were involved in a CLIL-based English curriculum. Participants including teachers and students were interviewed and surveyed using language and formats tailored to their comprehension levels. Additionally, the study involves a systematic analysis of the NIS and other CLIL curricula through content analysis, critical discourse analysis, and comparative textbook analysis, with the aim of exploring how differentiation theories can inform the design of a more integrated, CLIL-oriented curriculum. The theoretical aspect of this paper is done by following the approach of Gerns (2023) we conducted an exploratory study with 16 Kazakh 8th-grade students in a CLIL Biology classroom. This study investigated how scaffolding content and language simultaneously can enhance students’ understanding of biological concepts and improve their ability to communicate scientific knowledge in English. Drawing on Kholili’s (2024) study on the impact of CLIL implementation on students’ English proficiency, this research adopts the view that integrating content instruction with language learning facilitates meaningful and contextualized language development. Issaev G. (2023) demonstrates that CLIL enhances learners’ academic vocabulary and communicative competence when supported by systematic scaffolding and clear content–language alignment, which directly informs the methodological design of the present research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In relation to the research questions examining the impact of scaffolding on language development in a CLIL context, the study is expected to confirm the hypothesis that systematic integration of content and language scaffolding significantly enhances students’ academic English proficiency. Specifically, eighth-grade students participating in the CLIL-based Biology–EFL instruction are anticipated to demonstrate improved mastery of subject-specific vocabulary, greater accuracy in grammatical and lexical choices, and increased ability to explain biological concepts and processes in English. Students are expected to demonstrate a deeper conceptual understanding as a result of structured support such as visual aids, simplified input, guided questioning, and gradual removal of scaffolds during instruction. It is further expected that these gains will be reflected in both quantitative measures (e.g., survey results and performance data) and qualitative evidence (e.g., classroom observations and interviews), thereby supporting the hypothesis that coordinated scaffolding practices positively influence students’ communicative competence and confidence in CLIL classrooms. It is expected that both groups will benefit from CLIL-based English instruction; however, students in the experimental group, supported by scaffolding techniques, are anticipated to demonstrate greater gains in English language proficiency. Last but not least, if the research hypotheses are confirmed, it is expected that the findings, including the collected data and instructional resources, will be systematically incorporated into the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) curriculum and related teaching materials. This integration aims to inform curriculum development and support evidence-based instructional practices by embedding effective CLIL-oriented scaffolding strategies into subject and language teaching frameworks. References Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes (Vol. 86). Harvard university press. Gerns, P. (2023). Building scientific knowledge in English: Integrating content, cognition and communication in secondary school CLIL biology. Journal of Language and Education, 9(3 (35)), 52-78. Sweller, J., Van Merriënboer, J. J., & Paas, F. (2019). Cognitive architecture and instructional design: 20 years later. Educational psychology review, 31(2), 261-292. Cammarata, L., & Tedick, D. J. (2012). Balancing content and language in instruction: The experience of immersion teachers. The Modern Language Journal, 96(2), 251-269. Kruawong, T., & Phoocharoensil, S. (2024). Enhancing science vocabulary and content knowledge of Thai efl students through content and language integrated learning (clil) and english science textbooks word lists (estwl). REFLections, 31(1), 275-294. Kholili, M. (2024). The impact of the clil implementation on senior high school students’ english proficiency (Doctoral dissertation, Universitas Negeri Malang). Nashaat-Sobhy, N., Mestre-Mestre, E. M., & MacDonald, P. (2025). A review of a decade of scaffolding practices for learning in CLIL science classrooms. Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education, 13(2), 216-247. Roth, T., & Bogner, F. X. (2024). The trade-off between STEM knowledge acquisition and language learning in short-term CLIL implementations. International Journal of Science Education, 46(4), 338-361. Issayev, G. I., Alimova, S. M., Kozhanova, N. D., Ibragimova, E. K., & Umirov, B. Z. (2023). ORGANIZATION OF THE BIOLOGY LESSON THROUGH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SCAFFOLDING METHODS IN THE TECHNOLOGY OF SUBJECT-LANGUAGE INTEGRATED LEARNING. «ҚАЗАҚСТАН РЕСПУБЛИКАСЫ ҰЛТТЫҚ ҒЫЛЫМ АКАДЕМИЯСЫ» РҚБ «ХАЛЫҚ» ЖҚ, 143. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper L1 Teachers and Teaching Dystopian Texts, What is their Role in the Contemporary Classroom? University of Reading, United Kingdom Presenting Author:What is the significance of dystopian texts in the L1 classroom and for young people’s life worlds? Dystopian texts have enduring significance in the L1 classroom, and around the globe [Goodwyn et al, 2016]. In the 21st century dystopian texts are increasingly prevalent across all media, fiction, graphic novels, film, television series and computer games and hugely popular [Claeys, 2010]. Simultaneously there is much concern about the ‘anxious generation’, those post covid, social media saturated young adults surrounded by a world with many real characteristics of dystopian imaginings [Haidt, 2024]. In a case study of High School L1 teachers in England, the paper reports on qualitative research with twenty high school teachers, all advocates that current adolescents benefit significantly from encountering dystopian texts in a safe classroom. Is there an essential place for the dystopian in the ELA classroom, as an important experience for students, one that needs to be affective and even fearful, in order to generate discussion and reflection about developing humane and hopeful societies? The classroom is framed as a discursive, not narrowly moralistic space that examines human behaviour and morality in literature, enabling students to test out their attitudes and opinions. Many texts have been used in the ELA classroom from a range of countries and cultures, to introduce the idea of the dystopian e.g. The Pedestrian, The Hunger Games, The Machine Stops, Fahrenheit 451, Brave New World, 1984, A Handmaid’s Tale. There is a substantial tradition of including dystopian texts in ELA teaching, especially from literature and film [Marks, P., Wagner-Lawlor, J. &, Vieira, F, 2022]. One important rationale for engaging with the dystopian is because it is a form of social critique and illustrates the importance of the emancipatory and of social justice by imagining their complete absence from human existence. There is also a significant complementary genre in what can be called the post-apocalyptic which features prominently on television and in computer games [The Road, The Last of Us]. The current study draws together theoretical threads from Critical Realism, Phenomenology and Marxism [Goodwyn, 2024]. The dystopian is also considered in relation to the tragic which is a fundamental and permanent element in the English classroom, notably in Shakespeare. The research treats dystopian texts from a phenomenological perspective as within the broad body of literature, they have characteristics of novelty, distinctiveness and epistemological impact. Teachers adopt them as an outstanding element within the broad literary experience of students. This is a limited study of self selecting participants and within the schooling context of England. However, the evidence is clear of the conviction of the value of teaching dystopian texts to adolescents as part of their entitlement to a full literary experience. The study reveals the determination of experienced teachers to demonstrate to adolescents that literature is powerful and speaks to their contemporary lives and that the literature of the past continues to offer them insights about humanity and its social models. It evidences the vital importance of the classroom as a safe space but one where difficult matters can, and should be, discussed and where ranges of views can be heard and where the restrictions of parental and other prejudices should be excluded. It is reasonable to suggest these findings offer inspiration and consolation to teachers of L1 around the world, not just England. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposal followed the British Educational Research Association guidelines [BERA 2024]. The qualitative project involved undertaking semi-structured interviews with twenty experienced ELA teachers during May and June, 2025. These teachers were contacted through professional networks of which the researcher is a member [The National Association for the Teaching of English, The London Association of Teachers of English, The English Association, and personal/professional connections of the researcher who has 40 years’ experience in the field as teacher, university professor and researcher. These associations all include large numbers of L1 teachers and related professionals]. The teachers were all highly experienced with years of teaching ranging from 7-32 – average 20 – and coming from a range of types of school with four participants being ex teachers and now in related roles in higher education or consultancy. This was a purposeful sample as teachers were invited to take part if they have an interest in dystopian texts and were prepared to discuss why they value dystopian fiction and how they see its relationship to student’s lives and futures. Teachers were also asked to reflect on the role of literature in schools and society more generally and its relationship to student identities. Interviews were semi-structured and took place online [face to face was offered at the individual’s request] The interviews were fully transcribed and analysed for key themes using the comparison contrast method. The lead question was: What is the place of dystopian texts in the secondary L1 classroom in an age of acute anxiety? Key areas covered include:- What is their own definition of the dystopian, are there other conceptual possibilities and perspectives? Which texts are they using and why? What are the special pedagogical opportunities afforded? Are dystopian texts important critiques of society or merely speculative? How do their students respond to these texts? Where do dystopian texts fit into the overall literature curriculum? Would they defend their choices with parents and school boards? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The participants were clear that experiencing dystopian texts is an essential part of the broad literary experience for all students. demonstrating the real power of literature, not mere ‘appreciation’. Students experience a fundamental engagement of the imagination and an open and speculative invitation to critique society. Strong connections are made with personal reading and the prevalence of dystopian texts in young adult literature and television and film. There is a strong connection with life worlds. The texts are very rich for pedagogical purposes, teachers create substantial programmes of work, with one central text [often with film/TV] but bringing in multiple extracts literary, linguistic and much contemporary journalism. These programmes offer excellent stimulus for imaginative, persuasive, analytical and creative writing and, in terms of oracy, debate, discussion, talks, group work and drama. Teachers were very clear that it is an age of anxiety but that the current generation needs these programmes even more – students do not want to avoid issues but are keen to argue and discuss – e.g. future wars, social structures, societal injustices, climate change, social media etc. The students themselves make connections with the real world e.g. dictators, colonialism, censorship, oppression, theocracy, patriarchy, capitalism, conventional and nuclear war. This is where actual critique is stimulated for the adolescent as emergent adult and the teachers feel it is important that they show that they, as reasonable adults, are in touch with the dystopian world of today. There is an opportunity for students to express views on controversial topics such as the environment and genetics and to connect with past literature. Ultimately the teachers feel that they design the work to lead students to considering what is positive and what might be changed for the better in their future adult lives, confirming that L1 is a life affirming, humane space. References BERA [2024] Ethical Guidelines for Educational research (5th Edition), London, BERA Claeys, Gregory (2010). The Cambridge companion to utopian literature. Cambridge companions to literature. Cambridge: Cambridge university press. ISBN 978-0-521-88665-9. Author (2024) ‘English as the Emancipatory Subject’, in Author., Durrant, C., George, M., Manuel, J., Sawyer, S. & Shoffner, M. (2024) International perspectives on the role of English as an emancipatory subject, promoting social justice and democracy. London. Routledge Author, Durrant, C., Scherff, E. & Reid, L. (2016) (Eds.). International perspectives on the teaching of Literature in schools; global principles and practices, London, Routledge. Haidt, J. [2024], The Anxious Generation: How the Great Rewiring of Childhood Is Causing an Epidemic of Mental Illness, New York, Penguin Books. Houston, Chlöe (2007). "Utopia, Dystopia or Anti-utopia? Gulliver's Travels and the Utopian Mode of Discourse". Utopian Studies. 18 (3): 425–442. Marks, P., Wagner-Lawlor, J. &, Vieira, F [2022] The Palgrave Handbook of Utopian and Dystopian Literatures, London, Palgrave 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Learning Journal as a Tool to Fostering Learning to Learn in Reading Comprehension in Paper and Digital Texts University of Modena and Reggio Emilia, Italy Presenting Author:Reading comprehension is a fundamental competence for academic success and for the development of autonomous, reflective, and responsible citizenship. Its cognitive and motivational components are closely connected to the transversal competence of Learning to Learn (L2L) (Council of the European Union, 2018), which supports learners in developing self-regulation, strategic awareness, monitoring of cognitive processes, motivation, and well‑being throughout lifelong learning (Caena & Stringher, 2020; Mannion & Mercer, 2016; James et al., 2006). Within this perspective, the learning journal has gained importance both as a formative assessment tool and as a structured space to promote metacognitive reflection (Hooks, 2020; James et al., 2006). In the literature, learning journals are conceptualized as powerful tools for Learning to Learn, as they promote the active construction of knowledge by using writing or drawing as mediational processes through which learners externalize, organize, and conceptualize their thinking; they foster autonomy and metacognition by encouraging systematic reflection on one’s learning strategies, challenges, and progress, thus supporting the development of self‑regulatory competences; they enable the valorization of error, positioning hypotheses, misunderstandings, and subsequent reformulations as integral components of the learning process; they illuminate emotional and identity‑related dimensions, with linguistic and reflective diaries revealing learners’ perceptions, motivations, and evolving sense of self as learners; and they contribute to inclusion, offering a flexible and multimodal space that can support participation and expression for students with diverse needs, including those who experience difficulties in more traditional forms of learning engagement. This study, conducted within the EU‑funded project “Fostering Text Comprehension as a Way to Make Learning and Thinking Visible”, investigates the potential of the learning journal to increase primary school pupils’ awareness of their reading processes in both paper and digital formats. The broader project implemented a didactic intervention in fourth-grade classrooms across twelve weekly sessions. Each session involved reading complex narrative texts accompanied by high‑level inferential tasks, followed by whole‑class discussions aimed at fostering shared reasoning, dialogic meaning-making, and collaborative knowledge construction (Cardarello & Pintus, 2018). At the end of each session, students completed a learning journal consisting of eight reflective prompts addressing learning outcomes, difficulties encountered, strategies used, and emotional or relational aspects of the activity. The wider research experimentally supported inference-making and reading comprehension using print‑based, digital‑based, and game‑based instructional protocols in mixed‑ability classrooms that included pupils with diverse special educational needs. Whole‑class discussions provided opportunities for socially constructed meaning and shared reasoning . To ensure inclusion, researchers adapted the texts according to the disabilities present, reducing complexity and adjusting questions. A key component of the intervention was the emphasis on peer discussion and collaboration, which enabled students to make their thinking visible, compare strategies, and build shared meanings. From this viewpoint, dialogic activity served as a common space for inquiry, a stimulus for inferential reasoning, and an opportunity for rereading and argumentation. Beyond strengthening inferential skills, the instructional protocol aimed to foster reading motivation, engage learners as active readers, and increase their awareness of their own reasoning processes.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The intervention consisted of twelve weekly sessions implemented in fourth‑grade classrooms. Each session centred on the reading of a cognitively demanding narrative text selected for its potential to elicit higher‑order inferential reasoning. The present study involved two experimental conditions: one group worked with printed texts, while the other engaged with digital texts displayed on screens. Within both conditions, some classes worked individually and others in pairs. Each session concluded with a whole‑class discussion designed to foster collaborative reasoning and the co‑construction of meaning. At the end of each session, pupils completed a learning journal composed of eight open‑ended prompts intended to stimulate metacognitive reflection. These prompts guided learners in identifying what they had learned, the challenges they encountered, the strategies they applied, and any emotional or relational dimensions linked to the activity. From an overall sample of 147 participating pupils, 24 journals were randomly selected for in‑depth qualitative analysis. The sample included six individually working students and six pairs in each of the two conditions (paper and digital). Within each subsample, three journals were selected from pupils who had obtained low initial scores in a standardized reading comprehension test, and three from pupils with high initial scores. This sampling strategy ensured representation across modalities and working configurations, supporting a nuanced examination of both individual and collaborative reflective processes. For each selected pupil, all journals produced over the twelve weeks were examined. Analysis focused on specific prompts, such as “What did you learn?”, “What was most difficult?”, and “What was easiest?”, to trace the development of reflective awareness across the intervention. The final question of the learning journal—‘Would you like to add anything else?’—was intended to give pupils the opportunity to express any additional ideas or feelings beyond those elicited by the preceding prompts. Data analysis was conducted using MaxQDA software. A thematic coding scheme was developed iteratively, with categories emerging ex post from the data. The final scheme included codes related to reading comprehension strategies (e.g., rereading, summarizing, questioning, inferencing, vocabulary), emotional and participatory engagement (e.g., collaboration, peer discussion), and references to story content (e.g., characters, ideas and values, key expressions). These codes captured cognitive, metacognitive, emotional, and relational dimensions of pupils’ reflections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the 24 learning journals shows that pupils engaged meaningfully with reflective writing and gradually developed greater awareness of their learning processes. Across both experimental conditions, students consistently identified what they had learned during each session, often referring to comprehension strategies, inferential reasoning, and specific elements of the narrative texts. Their reflections indicate an emerging ability to grasp overall meaning and make sense of their reading processes. In the classroom context, all pupils had opportunities to discuss their journal entries with peers, reinforcing the role of reflection as a socially mediated activity. A recurrent theme concerns pupils’ recognition of the difficulties encountered throughout the activities. Notably, some challenges were related not only to the cognitive demands of the texts but also to collaboration itself—an aspect that teachers do not always consider explicitly. These insights highlight the need to view collaboration as a process requiring time, guidance, and dedicated learning opportunities. Difficulties included understanding complex passages, generating inferences, and responding to cognitively demanding tasks. This suggests that the learning journal supported the development of metacognitive monitoring. Emotional and relational dimensions also emerged clearly. Pupils expressed enjoyment, frustration, satisfaction, or curiosity, and commented on the social dynamics of individual versus paired work. Collaborative work was often perceived as helpful for reasoning and problem‑solving. Although not a central focus, subtle differences appeared between the paper and digital conditions. Students in the digital group sometimes commented on the experience of screen reading, while those in the paper group referred more to physical interaction with the text. Nonetheless, the depth of reflection was comparable across groups. Some critical issues emerged, particularly the cognitive and literacy demands of completing the journal within limited time. These challenges suggest the need for additional scaffolding or adapted prompts. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. Berthold, K., Nückles, M., & Renkl, A. (2007). Do learning protocols support learning strategies and outcomes? The role of cognitive and metacognitive prompts. Learning and Instruction, 17(5), 564-577. Caena, F., Stringher, C. (2020). Towards a new conceptualization of learning to learn. Aula Abierta, 49 (3), pp.207-216. Cardarello, R., & Pintus, A. (2018). Insegnare la comprensione a scuola. Un percorso didattico sperimentale centrato sui testi e sul confronto “tra pari”. Giornale Italiano della Ricerca Educativa, 11(21), 189-204. Council of the European Union. (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning (2018/C 189/01). Official Journal of the European Union, C 189/1. Gentner, N. M., Respondek, L., & Seufert, T. (2024). Effects of short-and long-term prompting in learning journals on strategy use, self-efficacy, and learning outcomes. Instructional Science, 52(6), 919-950. Hooks, A. (2020). Bringing the Diary into the Classroom: Ongoing Diary, Journal, and Notebook Project. Currents in Teaching & Learning, 11(2). Kintsch, W. (1998). Comprehension: A paradigm for cognition. Cambridge university press. James, M., Black, P., Carmichael, P., Conner, C., Dudley, P., Fox, A., & Wiliam, D. (2006). Learning how to learn: Tools for schools. Routledge. Lumbelli L. (2009). La comprensione come problema. Il punto di vista cognitivo. Bari: Laterza Mannion, J., & Mercer, N. (2016). Learning to learn: improving attainment, closing the gap at Key Stage 3. The Curriculum Journal, 27(2), 246-271. Marcuccio, M. (2016b). Promuovere e valutare l’imparare a imparare a partire dalle prime età della vita. Primi esiti di una ricerca empirica sull’uso delle storie di apprendimento nei nidi d’infanzia forlivesi. In L. Dozza, S. Ulivieri (a cura di), L’educazione permanente a partire dalle prime età della vita, Milano, Franco Angeli, 2016, pp. 331-339. Nešić, I., & Stojković, M. S. (2018). Insights from students’ language learning diaries. Positioning English for Specific Purposes in an English Language Teaching Context, 135. Scipione, L. (2024). Apprendere a Comprendere e Comprendere per Apprendere: una proposta per la scuola primaria. In (a cura di F. Batini) La lettura ad alta voce condivisa. Shared reading aloud, Atti del Secondo Convegno Internazionale sulla Lettura ad alta voce Perugia 4-6 dicembre 2024, pp.365-374. Stringher C. et al. (2021), “Learning to learn and assessment: Complementary concepts or different worlds?”, Educational Research, 63, 1, pp. 26-42. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 01 A: Parenting in the Age of Digitalization and Uncertainty Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Sercan Erer Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Parents’ Conceptions of Core Social Values Schools Should Promote in Times of Societal Uncertainty Tel-Aviv University, Israel Presenting Author:This study seeks to examine the key values schools should promote according to parents. This focus is especially significant considering ongoing and profound social changes and polycrisis conditions marked by global health emergencies, armed conflicts, mass migration, widening social and economic inequalities, rapid technological transformations, and growing challenges to democratic institutions and values. These conditions destabilize established social orders and raise the need to rethink the core social values that direct society (Akaliyski et al., 2024). In this context, schools have a central role as pivotal institutions for socialization, integration and moral regulation (Durkheim, 1956). Therefore, fundamental questions regarding the purpose of schooling and, more specifically, the values that schools ought to cultivate must be reconsidered and questioned, given the significant social changes and developments (Hannon & Peterson, 2021). Drawing on this perspective, Labaree (1997) argued that the neoliberal regime intensifies schooling’s role as a positional good, aligning educational practices with market-based competition and individual advantage, while marginalizing the democratic and collective purposes traditionally associated with public education. Biesta (2009; 2020) goes further by critically challenging neoliberal conceptions of education. He argues that schools should educate the whole person by enabling students to acquire knowledge and skills (qualification), become members of social, cultural, and democratic communities (socialization), and develop into autonomous, responsible individuals capable of judgment and action (subjectification). As such, schools have a vital role in transmitting shared social and democratic values, cultivating moral dispositions such as responsibility, respect, and justice, and supporting students in forming their own value-based judgments as autonomous subjects, rather than merely conforming to existing norms. This aligns with Feuer (2023), who indicated that schools could contribute to the cultivation of civic values oriented toward the common good, such as respect for democratic rules, mutual responsibility, informed judgment, and a willingness to balance individual freedom with collective well-being. By doing so, schools empower students to sustain and renew democracy within pluralistic societies. This trend is reflected in OECD (2019) that has developed comprehensive policy agendas for 2030, classifying values into four categories: personal; social; societal and human values. These values are adapted at the local level and shaped by national culture, history, religion, language, and community priorities, reflecting how global principles are interpreted, prioritized, and enacted in schools. Thus, while educational values are increasingly shaped by global frameworks and shared principles, their legitimacy and realization depend on local interpretation, democratic negotiation, and cultural grounding. Adopting a bottom-up approach, this study explores which social values schools should prioritize, as perceived by parents. The focus on parents is for several reasons. First, parents represent broader societal norms, concerns, and tensions, offering valuable insight into prevailing social expectations surrounding schooling. Second, as central stakeholders, parents' perceptions and interests can significantly influence educational practices, policy orientations, and school–family relationships (Berkovich & Avigur-Eshel, 2019). Additionally, parents actively participate in education by choosing schools that align with their values and interests. Exploring parents’ preferences can therefore assist in setting school policies that are responsive to their particular social environment and community needs.
Two questions direct our research: 1. What are the central values that parents expect school to transmit to their children? 2. Are there differences in these values across social groups, based on education, religiosity, and school level (elementary vs. secondary)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted in Israel, which in recent years has experienced both external and internal conflicts that have divided society and challenged its core values. The study is based on responses from 1,543 parents of elementary and secondary school students, drawn from a nationally representative sample. Participants completed an online questionnaire that included, among other items, to indicate at least two values (and up to six) they believe schools should promote. Before analysis, responses underwent a systematic data-cleaning process. Erroneous or invalid entries were removed, and semantically overlapping value expressions were unified through a double expert review process. Following this procedure, the dataset consisted of 108 distinct value categories, derived from 3,404 total mentions. Values were analyzed across three demographic dimensions: parental educational attainment (with vs. without an academic degree), religious affiliation (Secular, Traditional, Religious), and school level (elementary vs. secondary school). To identify both shared and distinctive values, we conducted descriptive frequency analyses combined with log-likelihood tests to detect values that appeared with significantly higher frequency in one group relative to others. To identify characteristic values within each sub-group, we used the Log-Likelihood (4-term) comparison algorithm to extract frequent words in a the research corpus compared to a reference corpus (Anthony 2024). Statistical significance was set on p < 0.01. In addition, we used the Schwartz cultural value typology (2006) as a framework for interpreting parents’ perspectives, which includes three axes: Embeddedness versus Autonomy, Hierarchy versus Egalitarianism, and Mastery versus Harmony. These axes have already been adapted and discussed within the school context (Daniel, Hofmann-Towfigh & Knafo, 2013). Accordingly, this framework provides a theoretically robust lens for interpreting parental expectations regarding the social values that schools should promote. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Common ground among groups: Findings indicate a strong level of consensus among parental groups regarding the core values that schools should promote. These values include tolerance, respect for others, helping others, empathy, solidarity, social concern, patience, caring, and excellence, reflecting a substantial shared normative ground. These findings suggest that schools need to foster mutual recognition and concern for the welfare of others, particularly in a divided society. Differences between groups: Several meaningful differences emerged along parents’ education and religious affiliation. Examples representing this difference are presented hereby. By education, non-academic parents emphasized respect for parents, violence prevention, and respect in general. In contrast, academic parents emphasized Zionism, democracy, patriotism, liberalism, critical thinking, self-realization, and social engagement. By religiosity, secular parents emphasized democracy, tolerance, solidarity, and critical thinking more than traditional parents, and highlighted respect, patience, empathy, cooperation, leadership, and life preparation more than religious parents. Traditional parents emphasized religion, Judaism, faith, inclusion, and self-related values compared to secular parents. They also prioritized respect, patience, empathy, and inclusion more than religious parents. Religious parents emphasized piety, modesty, diligence, and faith-based values more than both secular and traditional parents. By school level: Secondary school parents emphasized military service, social involvement, and law-abiding. Elementary school parents showed no significant differences in these values. Conclusion: Applying Schwartz’s typology reveals that, among academic and secular parents, social embeddedness is grounded in liberal values, emphasizing egalitarianism and autonomy. In contrast, for non-academic, traditional, and especially religious parents, it is rooted in Jewish religious values and traditions. These findings highlight the complex social fabric of Israeli society, demonstrating that although solidarity and social concern are widely endorsed as shared educational values, they may carry different meanings and implications across social groups. Addressing these nuances remains an important task that still needs to be addressed. References Akaliyski, P., Taniguchi, N., Park, J., Gehrig, S., & Tormos, R. (2024). Values in crisis: Societal value change under existential insecurity. Social Indicators Research, 171(1), 1-21. Anthony, L. (2024). AntConc (Version 4.3.1) [Computer Software]. Tokyo, Japan: Waseda University. https://www.laurenceanthony.net/software/AntConc Berkovich, I., & Avigur-Eshel, A. (2019). Two Faces of Digital Activism: Parents’ Anti-Neoliberal and Pro-Neoliberal Protests. In Digital Protest and Activism in Public Education: Reactions to Neoliberal Restructuring in Israel (pp. 87-113). Emerald Publishing Limited. Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33-46. Biesta, G. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational theory, 70(1), 89-104. Daniel, E., Hofmann-Towfigh, N., & Knafo, A. (2013). School values across three cultures: A typology and interrelations. SAGE Open, 3(2), 2158244013482469. Durkheim, E. (1956). Education and sociology. Simon and Schuster. Feuer, M. J. (2023). Can Schools Save Democracy?: Civic Education and the Common Good. JHU Press. Hannon, V., & Peterson, A. (2021). Thrive: The purpose of schools in a changing world. Cambridge University Press. Labaree, D. F. (1997). Public goods, private goods: The American struggle over educational goals. American Educational Research Journal, 34(1), 39-81. OECD (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: OECD Learning Compass 2030 Schwartz, S. H. (2006). A theory of cultural value orientations: Explication and applications Comparative Sociology, 5(2–3), 137–182 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper “You Have the Right to Blame”: Psychological Discourse and the Online Construction of “Problematic Parenting” in China KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Background and research question: In recent years, concerns about “problematic parenting” have become a growing source of social anxiety and public debate. Psychology plays a central role in defining what counts as “good” or “problematic” parenting, forming part of the broader process of psychologization of parenting (Ramaekers and Suissa, 2012). Researchers have pointed out that parent-blaming is framed as a top-down process driven by parenting experts and policymakers in many Western contexts (Lee et.al., 2014). However, it is less known how psychological discourse infiltrates into the family life and shapes how “good/problematic” parenting is conceived by children within the family. This research will focus on the emergence of the bottom-up parental-blaming phenomenon in Chinese online spaces in the past decades. With the translation and spread of Susan Forward’s Toxic Parents in China in 2017, the psychological term “family of origin” has gained popularity on Chinese social media. Many young people use psychological vocabularies such as “family of origin” and “toxic parents” to reflect their family life and even blame their parents in online spaces (Li, 2023, 2025). This phenomenon challenges the traditional image of Chinese families grounded in harmony and filial piety (Whyte, 1997) and clashes with the recent academic portrayal of contemporary Chinese families as increasingly intimate and egalitarian (Liu, 2016; Liu, 2022). It also raises the question about how psychological discourse influences the construction of "problematic parenting" in the specific Chinese context. Theoretical and analytical framework: In this study, I will explore the parental blaming phenomenon on Chinese social media platforms through the lens of narrativity. This means that it will not interpret parental blaming as a direct reflection of intergenerational conflict, nor will I reduce it to a psychological diagnosis of trauma. Instead, I am more interested in how such conflicts are narrated and constructed. During the analysis, I will adopt the theoretical framework put forward by David Morgan (2001). According to Morgan (2001), family is not only a production-consumption unit, but also a field in which moral responsibilities and emotional resources are continuously negotiated (Morgan, 2001). While the moral dimension refers to the renegotiation of the responsibilities, obligations, and fairness as well as rights and wrongs within the family, the emotional dimension highlights the regulation and dispute over the emotional resources in the family (Morgan, 2001). This conceptualization provides a crucial lens for unpacking different levels of intergenerational negotiation within families and how “problematic parenting” is constructed in such negotiation. By doing such analysis, I hope to grasp the “structure of feeling” behind such public parental blaming narratives and shed light on how individuals negotiate their moral and emotional stances within the family. Such analysis will also enable us to find what types of psychological resources are drawn and how they are used during such family negotiation, thus shedding light on the influence of psychological discourse in family life and parent-child relationships. Intended discussion and the broader relevance: Although the study focuses on Chinese cases, it will generate valuable insights that contribute to the broader debate on the psychologization of family life and parenting culture. It will also complicate the understanding of family life by highlighting the moral and emotional negotiation behind the parental blaming discourse. In addition, China’s unique sociocultural landscape also provides an analytically powerful site for investigating how psychological ideas of parenting collide with Confucian values of family ethics. Such analysis will offer culturally grounded insights for understanding the growing social anxiety about “problematic parenting”. In this sense, the discussion of the study will be highly relevant also for Western and international scholars in the field of parenting and education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study aims to explain how “problematic parents” are constructed in online parental blaming narratives, with particular attention to the perspective of adult children themselves. Accordingly, the study selects videos in which users share their experiences in the first person and explicitly articulate accusations or critiques of their parents. Since the analytical focus is on identifying common narrative structures rather than providing a systematic account of the circulation or development of “problematic parents” discourse, a purposive sampling strategy is adopted. Specifically, the study will select and analyze 8–10 representative videos that center on blaming or criticizing parents as problematic. These materials are collected from Bilibili.com, a major Chinese user-generated video-sharing platform, particularly popular among young adults. The keywords used for search include “original family” (yuan sheng jia ting) and “toxic parents”(you du fu mu). The selected videos share several characteristics: (1)they are narrated in the first person, feature a single narrator, and (2) present relatively complete narrative structures with a duration of approximately 10–20 minutes; (3) the content involves parental roles, key events, and moral evaluations of parents. Since the analysis will focus on the narrativity, videos that consist solely of emotional venting or clinical/pathological diagnoses are excluded from the selection. The analysis includes two steps. In the first step, I examine the narrative structure of online parental-blaming accounts. Rather than treating these narratives as personal testimonies, I focus on how they are organized as recognizable story forms by identifying key elements that emerged in online parental blaming narratives, such as key actors, emblematic events, and main plots (Giaxoglou and Georgakopoulou, 2021). This analysis foregrounds how moral roles and responsibilities are narratively distributed. Then, I will examine the positioning embedded in these narratives (Bamberg, 2020) e.g., how the narrator presents the main characters (e.g., “problematic” parents and innocent children), how such characters are evaluated and classified and how does the narrator dis/connect their accounts to the meta-narratives (e.g., traditional family ethics of filial piety and psychological discourse about parenting)? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings *Preliminary findings and expected discussion My analysis identifies several ways in which psychological discourse shapes moral–emotional negotiations and the construction of “problematic parenting” in online parental-blaming narratives. First, psychological discourse provides a new language for understanding parent–child relationships, emphasizing equality, emotional closeness, and mutual understanding. At the same time, it offers interpretive frameworks through which “problematic parenting” is diagnosed and labelled. Second, psychological knowledge contributes to a broader therapeutic culture that legitimizes the articulation of individual pain and suffering within the family domain, thereby strengthening the moral position of (adult) children and reinforcing their claims to victimhood. Third, this psychological orientation is also reflected in a strong self-help ethos, through which adult children emphasize their capacity to reflect on past experiences and overcome adverse family environments, whether through reconciliation or through cutting ties with parents. Within this framework, parents are often constructed as sources of emotional harm and, at times, as childlike figures in need of awakening, tolerance, or even rescue. By contrast, adult children are positioned as morally and emotionally competent problem-solvers. These narratives also reveal tensions between psychological discourse and traditional family ethics centered on filial piety. As parenting becomes increasingly psychologized, the traditional “sacrifice–gratitude” logic in parent–child relationships is gradually replaced by a discourse grounded in rights and responsibilities. Unconditional parental care is framed as both a natural duty and a legal obligation, while parental expectations of gratitude and obedience are increasingly problematized, particularly when such expectations produce guilt, emotional pain, or lasting psychological distress among children. In this sense, parental blaming functions as a key strategy through which the moral and emotional order of contemporary family relationships is renegotiated. References Bamberg, M. (2020). Narrative analysis: An integrative approach. In M. Järvinen & N. Mik-Meyer (Eds.), Qualitative analysis: Eight approaches for the social sciences (pp. 244–264). Sage. Giaxoglou, K., & Georgakopoulou, A. (2022). A narrative practice approach to identities: Small stories and positioning analysis in digital contexts. In M. G. W. Bamberg, M. Watzlawik, & C. Demuth (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of identity (pp. 241–261). Cambridge University Press. Lee, E., Bristow, J., Faircloth, C., & Macvarish, J. (2014). Parenting culture studies. Palgrave Macmillan. Li, M. (2023). Lighting up the darkness: The emergence of the “family of origin” discourse in China. Journal of Family Communication, 23(2), 123–138. Li, M. (2025). Psychologizing the family: How a subversive discourse went mainstream. Journal of Family Communication. Advance online publication. Liu, F. (2016). The rise of the “priceless” child in China. Comparative Education Review, 60(1), 105–130. Liu, J. (2022). Childhood in urban China: A three-generation portrait. Current Sociology, 70(4), 598–617. Morgan, D. H. (2001). Family sociology in from the fringe: The three “economies” of family life. In R. G. Burgess & A. Murcott (Eds.), Developments in sociology (pp. 227–247). Routledge. Ramaekers, S., & Suissa, J. (2012). The claims of parenting: Reasons, responsibility, and society. Springer. Whyte, M. K. (1997). The fate of filial obligations in urban China. The China Journal, 38, 1–31. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 01 B: Researching the University, Student Agency and Identity Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Ying Yang Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Graded Selves: How University Students Use Grades in Their Identity Narratives 1: Deakin University, Australia; 2: University of Tampere; 3: University of Jyväskylä Presenting Author:There is a long history of critical grading studies claiming that grades distort the very purpose of university education by fostering cramming, neoliberalist ideologies, competitive individualism, and external motivation to learning (see Nieminen et al., in press). However, such literature has largely focused on how grades shape student learning, whereas less is known about how grades shape students themselves. As one of the most influential social metrics in the lives of students (Rohde, 2023), grades are often perceived as “labels of who you are” (Löfgren et al., 2019, p. 271). But how exactly are grades related to students’ narration of ‘who they are’? To explore this question, this study examines the ontological function of grading in providing students with opportunities to ‘know themselves’ as educational subjects. We examine narrative survey and interview material from students in two universities in Finland and Hong Kong to understand how students relate to themselves and the world as they narrate their grading experiences. To do so, we acknowledge grades as relational practices. Grading is predominantly viewed as an objective act of measuring student learning outcomes; its history is rooted in educational measurement and psychometrics (Brookhart et al., 2016). To counter such typical views and to understand how grades operate within a social world, we rely on the sociology of quantification to examine how grades, as numbering practices, circulate in the world and influence students’ understanding of themselves (Mennicken & Espeland, 2019; Rohde, 2023). In doing so, we situate grades within scholarly conversations about ‘the quantified selves’ that increasingly rely on numerical data in creating their self-understanding (Lupton, 2016). Our times have been characterised as a metric society (Mau, 2019), an evaluation society (Dahler-Larsen, 2011), and as being permeated by audit cultures (Strathern, 2000). Yet grades precede the rise of such metric societies, permeated by digital data infrastructures. Does such an ‘old’ form of quantified data have new meanings in the metricised world? Inspired by Latour (2005), we conceptualise grades as networks of connections – and nothing else (McClam & Sevier, 2010; Nespor, 1990). The answer to the question ‘what are grades’ becomes a question of what sorts of networks of relations are formed and sustained in the work of grading, and to what end. This follows the basic principle of Latour’s (2005) work in that actors can only ever be understood in relation to other actors: grades become with the world and the world – and students – with the grades, and nothing is primary to the other or exists as a singular entity. The relational approach to grades allows us to see the work that grades do in the networks of grading. Students’ ‘identity’ similarly emerges within a network of relations. We rely on Piattoeva (2021) and Espeland (2015) to theorise grades as a process of de- and recontextualisation. Namely, the process of grading first reduces student learning into a number in a decontextualised manner. Yet students, as quantified actors (following Piattoeva, 2021), use grading data to build relations with themselves and the world. The ‘self’ is then not seen as a stable, individualistic attribute, but as an accomplishment: as stabilised networks that allow us to narrate ‘who they are’ in relatively stable terms (Nespor, 1990). Following from this conceptualisation, we formulate our research question as follows: In students’ narratives regarding grades, how do they relate to themselves and the world? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses methods from narrative inquiry, drawing theoretically on literature on the sociology of quantification, particularly in how students narrate themselves as ‘quantified actors’ (see Lupton, 2016; Piattoeva, 2021). The data were generated in an international comparative project that sought to understand how university students in Finland and Hong Kong viewed the role of grades in shaping their multiple identities, if at all. Participants were sought from one case university in each context. The project generated stories about meaningful grading experiences in two formats and in four languages. First, open-ended, qualitative surveys were collected using story completion methods (nFinland = 339 and nHong Kong = 266), followed by individual narrative interviews (nFinland = 54 and nHong Kong = 53) (see Nieminen, 2025, for further details). This data material was originally produced for narrative purposes, acknowledging that the surveys and interviews not only ‘captured’ students’ stories, but instead, the participants were actively asked to reproduce identity narratives in a process of mutual meaning-making. In other words, participants were asked to produce ‘number narratives’ as Espeland (2015) phrased them. In this particular substudy, we analyse this material by focusing on the relationships between students and grades (see Espeland, 2015; Piattoeva, 2021). Inspired by Latour’s (2005) work and by those who have theorised grades as relational practices (McClam & Sevier, 2010; Nespor, 1990), we analysed the kinds of relations made possible in students’ narratives about grades. Considering students and grades as coming together on a ‘flat ontology’, what kinds of relations with oneself and other human and non-human agents does this ‘student-grade’ network have? Focusing on both the survey and interview material, we focus on how students built relationships with 1) themselves, 2) other students, 3) teachers, 4) knowledge, 5) the university institution, 6) the employability markets and 7) the society at large. The comparative analysis showcases some differences within these relations in the Finnish and Hong Kong contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We anticipate that our ongoing analysis will provide important evidence on how quantified agents deal with numbers in their everyday lives, focusing on one of the most important social metrics in education: grades. Our study helps the assessment and grading research communities to understand how grades organise the formation of student subjectivities in educational settings. By focusing on university students, we can understand the identity narratives of those who have received grades on their learning for a long time, and for most of their lives. Our relational analysis shows that grades only acquire meaning within a large network of relations that reach far beyond (university) education, and the consequences of this for how students become known within educational institutions and beyond. We hope that our study will bring new energy to grading critiques in educational settings. Understanding grades as relational practices, we remind our readers that grading infrastructures not only shape student learning, but students themselves. Any attempt to provide alternative ways of being and becoming for students in university settings must start by reassembling the whole spectrum of networks and relations that allow grades to ‘do the work that they do’. We ask (higher) educators to consider what kinds of relations they wish to build in their work of grading. References Brookhart, S. M., Guskey, T. R., Bowers, A. J., McMillan, J. H., Smith, J. K., Smith, L. F., & Welsh, M. E. (2016). A century of grading research: Meaning and value in the most common educational measure. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 803-848. Dahler-Larsen, P. (2011). The evaluation society. Stanford University Press. Espeland, W. (2015). Narrating numbers. In R. Rottenburg, S. E. Merry, S.-J. Park, and J. Mugler (Eds.), The World of Indicators: The Making of Governmental Knowledge Through Quantification (pp. 56–75). Cambridge University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. Oxford University Press. Lupton, D. (2016). The quantified self. John Wiley & Sons. Löfgren, R., Löfgren, H., & Lindberg, V. (2019). Pupils’ perceptions of grades: A narrative analysis of stories about getting graded for the first time. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 26(3), 259-277. Mau, S. (2019). The metric society: On the quantification of the social. John Wiley & Sons. McClam, S., & Sevier, B. (2010). Troubles with grades, grading, and change: Learning from adventures in alternative assessment practices in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(7), 1460-1470. Mennicken, A., & Espeland, W. N. (2019). What's new with numbers? Sociological approaches to the study of quantification. Annual Review of Sociology, 45(1), 223-245. Nespor, J. (1990). Grades and knowledge in undergraduate education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 22(6), 545-556. Nieminen, J. H., Bearman, M., Ajjawi, R., & Boud, D. (in press). Beyond a critique of grades. Higher Education. Nieminen, J. H. (2025). What if there were no grades? Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 1-32. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-025-09468-7 Piattoeva, N. (2021). Numbers and their contexts: how quantified actors narrate numbers and decontextualization. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(3), 511-533. Rohde, N. (2023). It’s understandable if it destroys you, right?—Grades, students’ self-Images, and quantification. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 52(5), 607-632. Strathern, M. (Ed.). (2000). Audit cultures: Anthropological studies in accountability, ethics, and the academy. Psychology Press. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Merit-Based Student Funding in German Higher Education 1: Leibniz Institute for Educational Trajectories (LIfBi), Germany; 2: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:In the context of widening participation in higher education and the inclusion of historically underrepresented groups, student funding has remerged as a recurring policy concern across Europe. In Germany—where tuition fees are negligible—recent developments have intensified financial pressures on students: high inflation rates and a shortage of affordable housing have made financing higher education increasingly challenging. While the German system of student support is dominated by means-tested public aid subject to partial reimbursement, a smaller pillar consists of merit-based scholarship schemes that primarily reward exceptional academic achievement and talent. Over the past two decades, this merit-based student funding has expanded considerably alongside overall system expansion. This development has taken place through two main channels: first, a substantial increase in the number of scholarships awarded under the long-established Begabtenförderung (BGF; support for highly talented students); and second, the introduction of two additional merit-based programmes, the Deutschlandstipendium (DStip) and the Aufstiegsstipendium (UM). All three schemes allocate funding primarily on the basis of academic excellence. To varying degrees, however, they also take into account civic engagement and individual circumstances. Despite these shared principles, the programmes differ markedly regarding their target groups, benefit levels, and symbolic prestige. The traditional BGF places a strong emphasis on outstanding achievement and talent as its core eligibility criteria and is widely perceived as highly selective and prestigious. By contrast, the newer scholarship schemes explicitly incorporate broader considerations: the DStip places greater weight on individual circumstances and social engagement, while the UM targets non-traditional pathways into higher education, particularly via vocational education and training. The programmes also differ substantially in their material and non-material benefits. Whereas the DStip provides a flat-rate stipend of 300 euros per month, the BGF and UM offer significantly higher levels of support conditional on financial need. Moreover, the BGF provides extensive “ideal support,” including mentoring, summer schools, funding for study abroad, and access to influential alumni networks. These features enhance its value not only as a financial resource but also as a powerful career-relevant signal, contributing to its reputation as a gateway to political and social elites. For decades, the BGF has been criticised for its social selectivity and for reinforcing mechanisms of cumulative advantage by disproportionately benefiting students from already privileged backgrounds. Previous research has documented pronounced social gradients in access to merit-based scholarships, largely mediated by academic achievement (Haas & van de Werfhorst, 2017). More recent cohort-comparative evidence suggests a decline in overall social selectivity in scholarship access between 1994 and 2015 (Neumeyer, under review). However, systematic empirical analyses that explicitly differentiate between scholarship types and examine access patterns across students’ social backgrounds remain scarce. Against this backdrop, this paper examines who is reached by different merit-based scholarship programmes in German higher education. Drawing on large-scale student survey data, we analyse access to the BGF, DStip, and UM across a wide range of sociodemographic characteristics and educational biographies. In this contribution, we descriptively assess first which student groups are advantaged or disadvantaged in receiving specific scholarships. Second, we investigate how academic achievement—arguably the central selection criterion—interacts with social background characteristics in shaping scholarship access. From a theoretical perspective, we expect particularly strong achievement-based selectivity for the BGF, reflecting its pronounced signalling function and nationwide competitive selection procedures. We further anticipate lower levels of student diversity among BGF recipients and a predominance of traditional educational pathways, consistent with a cumulative advantage mechanism. In contrast, we expect the newer scholarship schemes to exhibit weaker achievement-based selectivity and a more compensatory orientation by explicitly considering underrepresented student groups and non-traditional educational trajectories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical analysis draws on high-quality, large-scale, representative cross-sectional data from the German Student Survey 2021 (Kroher et al., 2023). After excluding students who obtained their higher education entrance qualification abroad, students older than 50 years, and those with exceptionally long enrolment durations, the analytic sample comprises 80,072 observations. This large sample size enables a fine-grained analysis of scholarship recipients, who account for approximately 4% of the student population. We estimate stepwise multinomial logistic regression models comparing recipients of BGF, DStip, and UM scholarships (treated as distinct outcome categories) with students who do not receive any scholarship. The richness of the dataset allows for a detailed operationalisation of students’ sociodemographic backgrounds and educational biographies. Gender is captured using a non-binary categorisation. Parental education is measured using a fine-grained indicator, including differentiating whether at least one parent has obtained a university of applied sciences degree, at least one parent with a university degree, or two university-educated parents, thereby allowing for a nuanced assessment of social background, particularly at the top of the distribution. Academic achievement—the key selection criterion across all scholarship schemes—is operationalised using students’ grade point average in their higher education entrance qualification. In addition, the models control for a broad set of covariates, including pre-higher education pathways, field of study, type of higher education institution, study format, and enrolment trajectories. This modelling strategy enables us to disentangle the relative contributions of achievement and social background to access to different merit-based funding programmes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results reveal substantial heterogeneity in selection mechanisms across merit-based scholarship schemes. Access to the BGF is characterised by markedly stronger achievement-based selectivity than access to the newer programmes. Students from university-educated families exhibit a clear advantage in securing BGF scholarships; however, this advantage is fully mediated by academic achievement. By contrast, parental education does not confer an advantage in access to the DStip. Conditional on achievement, students with two university-educated parents are even less likely to receive a DStip than students whose parents do not hold a higher education degree, suggesting that social background is actively taken into account in the allocation of this scholarship. Beyond social background, non-traditional educational pathways and enrolment trajectories are— with one notable exception—associated with disadvantages in access to both the DStip and the BGF. Interestingly, students identifying with a non-binary gender are more likely to receive a BGF scholarship but less likely to receive a DStip, net of achievement and a wide range of controls. This pattern may point to greater sensitivity within the BGF scheme towards previously underrepresented or less visible student groups. Overall, the findings mirror broader dynamics of expansion and stratification in higher education. While the introduction of new merit-based scholarships has contributed to greater inclusion—particularly by improving access for high-achieving students from non-academic families—strong achievement-based selection continues to restrict access to the most prestigious forms of support. Taken together, the results point to a stratified system of merit-based funding in which inclusion at lower prestige levels coexists with persistent closure at the top, raising important questions about equity, signalling, and social reproduction in expanding higher education systems. References Haas, C., & van de Werfhorst, H. (2017). Ahead of the pack? Explaining the unequal distribution of scholarships in Germany. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(5), 705–720. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1158637 Neumeyer, S. (under review). Still privileged, but for different reasons. Development of inequalities in access to merit scholarships in Germany. Kroher, M., Beuße, M., Isleib, S., Becker, K., Gerdes, F., Koopmann, J., Schommer, T., Schwabe, U., Steinkühler, J., Völk, D., Peter, F., & Buchholz, S. (2023). Die Studierendenbefragung in Deutschland: 22. Sozialerhebung. Die wirtschaftliche und soziale Lage der Studierenden in Deutschland 2021. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF)/Deutsches Zentrum für Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung GmbH (DZHW). 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Understanding Research Culture at the Level of the Personal: Interactions Between Academics and Non-academic Staff in UKHE University of Bristol/University of Oxford Presenting Author:Rationale In recent years, global higher education has sought to pursue more inclusive practices, including the adoption of widening participation metrics. With the increased importance of research environment and research culture into assessment frameworks, such as the Research Excellence Framework (UK), RAE (Hong Kong) and PBRF (New Zealand), institutions are increasingly being pushed to assess their research culture and how it affects research output and quality. As such, research has started to understand how people from different and 'non-traditional' backgrounds experience these institutions, and how these interactions affect research cultures and environments (Reay, 2017). At present, however, many of these 'experiential' studies relate to stakeholders such as students, and academics. Studies relating to professional services and non-academic staff in higher education focus predominantly on what might be considered their 'human capital'; their job role, function and professional identity. In 2020/21 non-academic staff accounted for over 191,000 of total employees working in Higher Education Institutions in the UK alone (HESA, 2022). Research around personal experiences has therefore currently omitted over 41% of those employees, people who form a considerable part of the employee workforce in UK Higher Education (HESA, 2022).Yet, relationships between and among stakeholders are the foundation and the crux of developing positive research cultures in higher education. This paper presents preliminary findings from a research project funded the Society for Research in Higher Education. To better understand interpersonal relationships we conducted 7 focus groups using collaborative storytelling methodology over a period of 6 months, bringing together those in academic and non-academic roles from across institutions, disciplines and fields in higher education. This scoping study has potential implications for improving research culture and the research environment within which research takes place. Future study will extend this methodological template to other systems across Europe and internationally to produce truly comparative accounts. Theoretical framework Focusing on a world which holds different meaning to different people, one that is constructed in accordance with personal memory, experience and phenomenon enables greater emphasis to be placed on the elaboration of an individual’s personal history and circumstances (Braun & Clarke, 2021). As such, using collaborative focus groups is aligned with the theoretical approach of this study and questions will focus on issues of belonging and culture, in accordance with Bourdieu's understanding of the social world (Bourdieu, 1984). RTA and Bourdieu demonstrate complimentarity in their approach to understanding the sociology of university spaces, and the two combined are often used by scholars in the field (Crew, 2021, 2024; Pilgrim-Brown, 2023, 2024, 2025). RTA was specifically determined as an important method for the analysis of focus group data due to the lead researchers former roles working in professional services; RTA enables the open refleixve dialogue between transcript and analysis. Research Questions RQ1. How do professional services and administrative staff in UK universities conceptualise their relationships with academics? RQ2. What does 'best' practice look like in the management of academic-professional service relationships in UK HE? RQ3. What steps can be taken to optimise relationships (and therefore research culture) between academics and professional services staff in higher education institutions throughout europe? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Collaborative storytelling focus groups and semi-structured interviews Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings for this paper have not yet been concretely determined. However, they already reflect other findings which were determined as part of the prior study to the current paper. In this study, which formed my PhD thesis relationships between academics and non-academic staff were found to be inconsistent, fraught and mediated by both internal and external pressures. This follow on project (to which this paper relates) has found that similar themes exist, yet delves into this in much more depth. The concrete preliminary findings will be finalised prior to presentation at ECER, by April 2026. References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. Routledge Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications ltd. British Educational Research Association. (2018). Ethical guidelines for educational research Chigudu, S. (2021). Colonialism has never really ended: my life in the shadow of Cecil Rhodes. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/news/2021/jan/14/rhodes-must-fall-oxfordcolonialism-zimbabwe-simukai-chigudu Heath, A., Sullivan, A., & Zimdars, A. (2013). Education under New Labour, 1997-2010. Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 29(1), 227-247. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxrep/grt003 Pilgrim-Brown, J. (2024b). ‘Helping academics shine’: An exploration into the relationships working-class professional services staff have with others in UK higher education. Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01328-5 Pilgrim-Brown, J. (2023). What does it mean to be working-class? Exploring the definition of a social class identity through the eyes of working-class professional services and administrative staff in Russell Group universities. Journal of Working Class Studies 8(2), 51-68. https://doi.org/10.13001/jwcs.v8i2.8401 Reay, D., Crozier, G., & Clayton, J. (2010). “Fitting In” or “Standing Out”: Working-class students in UK higher education. British Educational Research Journal, 36(1), 107–124. Reay, D. (2017). Miseducation: Inequality, education and the working-classes. Policy Press |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 01 C: The Segregation of the Stratified Teaching Profession: Reflections from Finland, France, and Sweden Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Sonja Kosunen Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium The Segregation of the Stratified Teaching Profession: Reflections from Finland, France, and Sweden Teacher distribution across schools is a critical issue, since their individual and professional characteristics and patterns of professional mobility have a strong influence on student learning and the production of educational inequalities (Lothaire, Dumay & Dupriez 2012). There has been concern at the European level regarding the diminishing attractiveness of the teaching profession, the shortage of qualified staff in schools and the growing professional turnover of teachers in segregated education markets. There is also public discussion around the deteriorating status of the teaching profession (Farges, 2011), as the number of teacher education applicants has generally decreased over the last few years in many European countries. Residential and school segregation in the education sector have been widely examined in the sociology of education and human geography (e.g., Bonal & Belleï, 2018; van Zanten, 2009). However, teachersegregation, that is, the regionally uneven distribution of staff in different areas (urban vs rural; affluent vs disadvantaged), has aroused only limited scientific attention. The teachers’ professional choices are often treated in literature as rather rational choices optimizing their personal career trajectories either for higher positions or preferred and more prestigious schools, typically in affluent areas (Ingersoll & May 2012). Questions regarding teacher retention, attrition and turnover in the teaching have been analysed in the international research context, and several personal and environmental factors relating to choosing or leaving the teaching profession have been discussed. The more sociologically oriented debates typically range from teaching as a career choice and its relation to the labour market (e.g. Mathou et al. 2023) to teachers’ perceptions on leaving the profession: novice teachers tend to leave, for example, due to job insecurity and excessive workload, whereas experienced teachers tend to leave due to flat career trajectories (Amitai & van Houtte 2022). However, a more sociological understanding on the teachers’ social, educational and professional backgrounds and choices remains limited. In particular, little is known about how the social and professional stratification among teachers intersects with school segregation and how this contributes to educational inequalities.
This symposium draws together research on the construction of teacher segregation and the stratification of the teaching profession related to educational inequalities in three European countries, namely Finland, France and Sweden. These countries are selected for this symposium as representing different welfare-state regimes: Sweden and Finland from the social-democratic regime type, the difference lying in Sweden’s for-profit market mechanisms and relatively free school choice policies in comprehensive education and Finland’s non-profit, public school markets with limited school choice, and France from the state-corporativist model introducing both private school markets and large public school markets, in which the parental choice is regulated along the lines of school districts (carte scolaire). The different levels of marketisation, privatization and decentralization make Finland, France and Sweden, as educational systems, a very relevant comparison for the segregation of teachers. In the presented papers we discuss questions concerning the status of the teaching profession, the social reasonings behind making professional choices between institutions above the typically named salaries and career progressment, and the social class background of teachers. With these sociological perspectives, the symposium aims to advance the understanding of teacher segregation as a structural phenomenon rather than merely an outcome of individual career choices among teachers. References Amitai, A., & Van Houtte, M. (2022). Being pushed out of the career: Former teachers' reasons for leaving the profession. Teaching and teacher education, 110, 103540. Bonal, X., & Belleï, C. (Eds.). (2018). Understanding school segregation: patterns, causes and consequences of spatial inequalities in education. Bloomsbury Publishing. Farges, G. (2011). Le statut social des enseignants français. Au prisme du renouvellement générationnel. [The social status of French teachers. Through the prism of generational renewal] Revue européenne des sciences sociales, (49–1), 157–178. Ingersoll, R. M., & May, H. (2012). The magnitude, destinations, and determinants of mathematics and science teacher turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 34(4), 435–464. Lothaire, S., Dumay, X., & Dupriez, V. (2012). Pourquoi les enseignants quittent-ils leur école? Revue de la littérature scientifique relative au turnover des enseignants. Revue française de pédagogie. Recherches en éducation, (181), 99–126. Mathou, C., Sarazin, M. A., & Dumay, X. (2020). Whither employment protections? Deregulation and the flexibilisation of the teaching workforce in the state-funded sector. Journal of Education Policy, 1–23. van Zanten, A. (2009). Choisir son école: stratégies familiales et médiations locales. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Presentations of the Symposium Teacher Sorting and Professional Stratification in a Local School Market in Sweden
This paper examines the distribution, sorting, and work preferences of lower secondary schoolteachers in Sweden against the backdrop of extensive educational reforms characterised by decentralisation, marketisation, and intensified competition between schools. Drawing on full-population register data and interviews with teachers, the study investigates how teachers are positioned within a local school market and how these positions relate to both school characteristics and teachers’ professional orientations. Methodologically, the paper integrates Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) with teacher interviews.
The results reveal a pronounced stratification of the local teacher labour market. Teachers are unevenly distributed across schools according to employment security, length of experience, formal qualifications, educational background, and social origin. The MCA identifies a clear homology between teachers’ positions in the social space and the characteristics of the schools in which they work. Public schools, and certain non-profit independent schools to a greater extent have teachers with permanent contracts, longer experience, higher qualifications, and stronger local integration. In contrast, for-profit independent schools are more likely to employ teachers with temporary contracts, lower levels of experience, weaker formal qualifications, and higher turnover rates. These patterns are further accentuated when incorporating school-level segregation in terms of students’ social origin and migration background.
The teacher interviews deepens this analysis by demonstrating that teachers’ structural positions disclosed by the MCA are closely linked to differentiated professional orientations. Teachers located in more stable and ”resource-rich” positions tend to articulate pedagogically oriented professional ideals and highlighted stronger collegial continuity. Teachers in more precarious positions, by contrast, describe constrained professional autonomy, higher organisational demands, and a different perspective regarding their orientation towards their employment. Taken together, the findings demonstrate how differentiation in a local school market not only structures the distribution of teachers across schools but also contributes to social and professional divisions within the teaching profession itself.
References:
-
What Shapes French School Teachers’ Subjective Social Status? School Markets, Job-Related Factors and Patterns of Differentiation
Among the factors shaping educational quality worldwide, the social status of teachers has received increasing attention. Existing research consistently shows that teachers tend to place themselves in the middle of the social hierarchy. However, empirical evidence remains limited regarding the extent to which specific factors—particularly those related to teaching work and school contexts—account for variations in teachers’ perceptions of their professional social status. Our analysis draws on a questionnaire survey of 1,813 French primary school teachers, based on a representative sample constructed by statisticians from the Ministry of National Education.
Our study shows that teachers’ assessments of their profession’s position within the social structure vary according to work-related factors and schools’ positioning within local education markets. At the same time, the analysis highlights the concurrent influence of subjective dimensions rooted not only in professional experience but also in social trajectories, interpersonal relationships, and exposure to competitive or hierarchical school environments. The paper concludes by discussing potential levers for improving teachers’ evaluations of their social position in an increasingly market-oriented educational system.
References:
-
Teachers’ Social Class in the Class in Finland
The day-to-day operation of schools often appears to take place outside of the context of social class, even though class plays an important role in many educational processes, including in the Nordic context. In this study, we analyse 49 teacher interviews to examine Finnish teachers’ experiences, awareness and consciousness of social class. Teachers’ social role is positioned in relation to their original class background, the school institution, which is characterized by its middle-class nature and norms, and pupils’ social class backgrounds. We lean and elaborate on Meg Maguire’s theoretical conceptualization of different levels of class awareness. Our findings show that along with class experience, awareness and consciousness, teachers perform class ignorance, silence of class and even class denial. We contemplate the way in which this places pupils in unequal positions and potentially reinforces reproduction in education when teachers face class-related issues from very different starting points.
References:
-
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 29 SES 01 A: Cross-country Collaborations to Keep Thinking in Arts Education Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Judit Onsès Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Democracy in the Making: Arts-Based Tools for Critical and Imaginative Thinking in Education University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:The present contribution discusses reflections and findings from a doctoral research by focusing on how qualitative and arts-based tools can foster critical thinking and reflexive awareness among educational professionals and young people involved in educational projects. The study is situated within an action research framework, understood as a cyclical and transformative process in which knowledge emerges through practice, reflection, and collective inquiry (McNiff, 2013, 2017). Within this perspective, arts-based methodologies are examined both as research tools and as pedagogical practices capable of supporting processes of agency, meaning-making, and critical engagement in educational contexts. Specifically, the contribution addresses the following research question: How do qualitative and arts-based tools contribute to the development of critical thinking among educational professionals and young people within action research processes? At a formative level, the study aims to support educational professionals in developing critically reflective practices and to create participatory spaces in which young people can articulate their perspectives using multimodal languages. At an epistemic level, the research seeks to generate situated knowledge on how critical thinking is enacted, negotiated, and transformed through reflective and aesthetic practices (Burbules, 2023). The theoretical framework integrates three strands. First, action research conceptualizes research as an ethical and political practice oriented toward change (McNiff & Whitehead, 2011). Second, reflective practice positions the educational professional as a subject who learns through critical engagement with experience, emotions, and uncertainty (Schön, 1986; Brookfield, 1995). Third, arts-based research recognize artistic languages as epistemic resources that enable meaning-making beyond purely verbal forms (Eisner, 2008; Leavy, 2018). Within this framework, critical thinking is then understood as a situated, relational, and embodied process, emerging through dialogue, reflexivity, and aesthetic exploration (Dewey, 1938; Biesta, 2015). Concerning the research field, this process was carried out within a participatory research laboratory, the B-YOUth Forum at the University of Milano-Bicocca (Italy), composed each year of approximately fifteen young people. The laboratory was structured through regularly scheduled weekly meetings held between February and October 2024, with the exception of the summer period (June–August). Through their participation, young people gradually approached scientific research by engaging with different university laboratories and research environments. These experiences were consistently mediated by the presence of a pedagogical facilitator, whose role was to bridge different forms of knowledge, stimulate critical questioning, and connect research practices to participants’ personal and everyday life experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two main qualitative and reflexive tools were employed: moodboards as arts-based tools (Velasquez-Posada, 2019; Munk et al., 2020) and a reflexive research diary (Pastori, 2017). While moodboards were used regularly by both participants and the pedagogical facilitator, the research diary was used exclusively by the pedagogical facilitator as a reflexive and analytical tool. For the participants, moodboards were introduced as facilitative, arts-based tools to support reflective processes and the development of critical thinking. At regular intervals, participants created and revisited their moodboards, which were repeatedly modified, reworked, re-narrated, and re-shared over time. This temporal openness enabled participants to reflect on changes in their perspectives, experiences, and relational positioning, supporting non-linear and processual forms of meaning-making (Ratotti et al., 2025). Such longitudinal engagement strengthened the democratic and transformative potential of the method, allowing young people to engage critically with dominant norms while exercising agency within a shared space of inquiry, dialogue, and participation. For the pedagogical facilitator, a professional research diary was used longitudinally to document educational actions, critical incidents, emotional responses, and emerging questions. Analysis of diary entries revealed progressive shifts in professional positioning, particularly regarding power relations and assumptions about youth participation. This reflexive process supported a move from more directive to dialogical educational practices, illustrating how critical thinking developed through sustained self-interrogation (Brookfield, 2017). Moodboards also functioned as mediating artifacts within group discussions, facilitating critical expression around themes such as identity, recognition, and belonging. As one participant noted, “With the images I can say things I don’t know how to explain with words”, (Audio record, 30/05/2024) while another observed, “Looking at everyone’s moodboards made me realize that we experience the same space very differently” (Audio record, 08/10/2024). These excerpts illustrate how moodboards enabled critical comparison, self-reflection, and collective sense-making (Barone & Eisner, 2012). Data analysis followed a thematic-reflexive approach, focusing on moments of disruption, re-framing, and emerging critical awareness across action research cycles (Van Manen, 1990). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This doctoral research highlights that qualitative and arts-based methodologies can function as powerful democratic devices, activating critical and imaginative forms of thinking that operate across both professional practice and youth participation. In contrast to neoliberal performative logics that reduce education to measurable outcomes, efficiency, and individual optimization, the study reconceptualizes democracy as a lived educational practice grounded in plurality, uncertainty, and collective meaning-making (Del Rey, 2018). At the professional level, the research diary emerged as a critical-democratic tool that enabled educators to slow down practice, resist instrumental rationalities, and reclaim spaces for judgement, doubt, and ethical responsibility (Hewitt, 2017). Through sustained action–reflection cycles (McNiff, 2012), as foreseen by the methodology, critical thinking took the form of professional subjectivation: a process through which educators repositioned themselves as democratic agents. For young people, moodboards functioned as aesthetic, epistemic, and political artifacts that disrupted dominant narratives of success, normality, and self-optimization. Crucially, the transformative power of moodboards resided in their temporal openness: being revisited, reworked, and re-narrated over time, they sustained provisional, relational, and potential unfinished meanings. More broadly, the action research framework itself operated as a democratic counter-space to neoliberal performativity by valuing process over outcomes and participation over performance. By sustaining collective inquiry, disagreement, and re-orientation, the research affirmed democracy as an ongoing, experimental practice of education (Säfström & Biesta, 2023; Apple et al., 2022). Ultimately, this study advances the view that critical thinking is not a transferable skill but a political and ethical practice of being and becoming. When education makes space for uncertainty, imagination, and relational responsibility, it does more than resist neoliberal logics: it reclaims democracy as something that is not taught or measured, but continuously lived, negotiated, and reinvented within educational relationships (Biesta, 2011; Brown, 2015; Laval & Vergne, 2021). References Apple, M. W., Biesta, G., Bright, D., Giroux, H. A., McKay, A., McLaren, P., ... & Yeatman, A. (2022). Reflections on contemporary challenges and possibilities for democracy and education. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(3), 245-262. Barone, T., & Eisner, E. (2012). Arts-based educational research. In Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 95-109). Routledge. Biesta, G. J. (2011). Learning democracy in school and society: Education, lifelong learning, and the politics of citizenship. Springer Science & Business Media. Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beautiful risk of education. Routledge. Brookfield, S. (1995). The getting of wisdom: What critically reflective teaching is and why it’s important. Becoming a critically reflective teacher, 1-28. Brookfield, S. D. (2017). Becoming a critically reflective teacher. John Wiley & Sons. Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the demos: Neoliberalism’s stealth revolution. Burbules, N. C. (2023). Critical thinking and the conditions of democracy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 31. Eisner, E. (2008). Art and knowledge. Handbook of the arts in qualitative research: Perspectives, methodologies, examples, and issues, 4. Hewitt, E. (2017). Building bridges: the use of reflective oral diaries as a qualitative research tool. International journal of research & method in education, 40(4), 345-359. Laval, C., & Vergne, F. (2021). Education démocratique: La révolution scolaire à venir. La Découverte. Leavy, P. (2018). Introduction to arts-based research. Handbook of arts-based research, 3. McNiff, J. (2013). Action research: Principles and practice. Routledge. McNiff, J. (2017). Action research: All you need to know. McNiff, J., & Whitehead, J. (2011). All you need to know about action research. Sage publications. Munk, J. E., Sørensen, J. S., & Laursen, L. N. (2020). Visual boards: Mood board, style board or concept board?. In DS 104: Proceedings of the 22nd International Conference on Engineering and Product Design Education (E&PDE 2020), VIA Design, VIA University in Herning, Denmark. 10th-11th September 2020. Pastori, G. (2017). In ricerca. Prospettive e strumenti di ricerca per educatori e insegnanti. Spaggiari-Junior. Ratotti, M., Biffi, E., & Carriera, L. (2025). Visual Pathways: Using Visual Board for Supporting Youth Participation in Research. Säfström, C. A., & Biesta, G. (Eds.). (2023). The new publicness of education: Democratic possibilities after the critique of neo-liberalism. Taylor & Francis. Schon, D. A., & DeSanctis, V. (1986). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Velasquez-Posada, A. M. (2019). How to be Systematic with Mood Boards?. In 2019 IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE) (pp. 1-4). IEEE. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Tracing International Research Collaborations between Nordic and Baltic Art Educators Aalto University, Finland Presenting Author:This paper stems from an ongoing Nordplus Higher Education funded development project “Internationalizing Nordic and Baltic Teacher Training in Visual Arts and Craft Education” organized under EDDA Norden network (http://eddanorden.com). The goal of the project has been to establish a sustainable model for Nordic and Baltic collaboration for visual art and craft teacher training programs to integrate international collaboration into the yearly cycle of their study programs. The project was launched in June 2024 and is currently on its second funding period (third funding period has just been applied). The project partners are Aalto University (project coordinator); University of Agder; HDK-Valand Academy of Art and Design at University of Gothenburg; Konstfack University of Arts, Crafts and Design; Umeå University; University College Copenhagen; Vilnius University Siauliai Academy; and Iceland University of the Arts. The purpose of this paper is to offer a historical context for Nordic and Baltic collaboration in the field of visual art education and to map future collaborative research trajectories that the current project has unfolded. Drawing from a lineage of previous collaborative projects within the past few decades (Göthlund, Illeris & Thrane, 2015; Lindström, 1998; Lindström, 2009), this paper maps themes, topics, and pedagogical practices that art education researchers working in teacher training programs have explored and discussed as part of their international collaboration in the past as well as in the present. Reflecting on how these different collaborative projects have resonated and responded to their historical, social, and political conditions both nationally and internationally, this paper aims to better understand the means and aims of internationalization in art teacher training programs and art education research in the Nordic and Baltic region. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper combines a careful literature review of the main key sources from past collaborative projects (Göthlund, Illeris & Thrane, 2015; Lindström, 1998; Lindström, 2009) with observations and documentation from the current development project. In the current phase of the research, it does not involve interviews from past or present project participants. However, such material will be gathered later. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper contributes to the decades-long efforts to strengthen the international research collaboration between Nordic and Baltic art educators. By outlining the means and aims of past and present professional collaborations, the paper aims to offer a productive ground from which to develop future international research projects between visual art teacher training programs in the region. References Göthlund, A., Illeris, H., Thrane, K. W. (Eds.) (2015). Edge: 20 essays on contemporary art education. Multivers. Lindström, L. (Ed.) (1998). Nordic visual arts research. A theoretical and methodological review. Stockholm Institute of Education Press. Lindström, L. (Ed.) (2009). Nordic visual art education in transition. A research review. Swedish Research Council. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 29 SES 01 B: Looking for advances in arts education (I) Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Agota Tongori Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Comparing Dance Students’ Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) within the CEEPUS Network Arts in Motion. Extended Survey. Hungarian Dance University, Hungary Presenting Author:Having researched art students’ use of and attitudes towards artificial intelligence between 2024 and 2025 in five art disciplines at seven Hungarian art universities (the results of which we presented at ECER 2025), the question arose whether differences exist between dance students’ perceptions of AI at the institutions involved in our newly formed Arts in Motion CEEPUS Partnership, and whether the time that has passed has had an impact on dance students’ frequency or modes of using AI applications. We aim to investigate both commonalities and discrepancies in order to take action regarding educational practices and policies. Teaching should create learning experiences that encourage students to go beyond the already known and learn with constructive disobedience (Barad, 2003), even when using new technologies. AI tools, with their flexible and adaptive features, may meaningfully shape students’ engagement by offering personalized learning pathways and tailoring content to individual learners (Illingworth & Forsyth, 2026). However, ethical concerns may arise (Roe & Perkins, 2025) and should therefore be addressed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample analysed includes dance students from the institutions of the Arts in Motion Central European Exchange Program for University Studies (CEEPUS) Partnership, formed in autumn 2025: the Hungarian Dance University (HDU) (n = 200) and two other small higher education dance institutions. One of them is the Belgrade Dance Institute (BDI), Serbia (n = 15), and data is also being collected from the Alma Mater Europaea Dance Academy, Ljubljana, Slovenia. The vast majority of students are between 18 and 25 years old. The adapted English version of the original (2025) online Microsoft Forms questionnaire was administered using the same platform for data collection. The survey included demographic and educational background items, as well as multiple-choice and five-point Likert scale questions on AI use and attitudes, supplemented by open ended items for further explanation. Participation was anonymous, and no personal data were collected. The quantitative data analysis is descriptive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary results are in line with data published on the most frequently used AI apps (Németh, 2026), as dance students also most often use ChatGPT, Canva, DuoLingo and Grammarly. Students of the BDI, however, reported less frequent use of AI applications than HDU students: around 13% of BDI students, compared to 30% of HDU students, reported frequent or very frequent AI use. At the same time, 40% of BDI students reported rarely, and 25% of HDU students very rarely, using AI. These data seem to contradict the hypothesis that, over the time passed since the first survey, dance university students might have developed more frequent AI using habits. It is possible that regional factors play a more decisive role. There is also a difference in the self-reported types of AI apps used across universities: 82% of HDU students preferred ChatGPT over other apps, compared with 52% of BDI students. In the more recent survey among BDI students, the EatBetter app—potentially particularly useful for dancers—also appeared, marking a possible tendency toward more dancer focused AI usage. Although the research has limitations, partly due to the small number of participants at the smaller dance universities involved, valuable information has been collected. The results may support collaborative efforts to update AI policies and educational practices in order to address ethical concerns and better meet educational needs. References Barad, K. (2003). Posthumanist performativity: Toward an Understanding of How Matter Comes to Matter. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 28(3), 801–831. Illingworth, S., & Forsyth, R. (2026). GenAI in Higher Education: Redefining Teaching and Learning [Published online]. Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350535824 Németh, Z. [Dr. Prezi]. (2026, January 4). A legyakrabban használt AI alapú appok, a havi látogatószám alapján. [The most Frequently Used AI Applications Based on Monthly Visitor Numbers.] https://tinyurl.com/wyxebjd5 Roe, J., & Perkins, M. (2025). AI and the Future of Education: Disruptions, Dilemmas and Directions. In UNESCO eBooks. https://doi.org/10.54675/keck1261 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Creative MASS: Re-worlding Post-AI Creativity 1: Aalto University, the school of Arts, Design and Architecture, Finland; 2: Pennsylvania State University Presenting Author:This article examines the evolving discourse of creativity in the context of generative artificial intelligence (genAI), proposing the term MASS—Massive Abstract Statistical Systems—to critically reframe the role of genAI in creative practice. Drawing from literature across art education and computer science, the authors trace how creativity is conceptualized differently within these fields: as an embodied, culturally situated process in art education, and as a quantifiable, solvable question in AI research. Through comparative literature analysis of publications from arXiv, Studies in Art Education, and International Journal of Education Through Art, the study highlights tensions between human-centric, process-oriented notions of creativity and algorithmic, output-driven models characteristic of genAI. The authors argue that the rise of genAI reconfigures creative agency, moving from intuitive and situated practices to data-driven processes shaped by prompting, statistical modeling, and computational abstraction. They critique popular narratives that frame genAI as inherently creative, asserting that such claims obscure its material and ecological costs, ethical concerns, and lack of intentionality or authenticity. MASS is introduced as a conceptual tool to shift discourse away from misleading anthropomorphisms of AI, emphasizing the system’s statistical logic and infrastructural implications. The article concludes by calling for post-AI perspectives in art education—ones that critically engage with AI’s epistemologies, promote AI literacy, and foreground ethical and ecological considerations. Through this lens, creativity is not only redefined but re-worlded, opening new pedagogical and theoretical pathways for understanding the intersection of art, technology, and society in a computationally saturated era. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used a comparative literature analysis to examine how “creativity” is defined and operationalized across two intersecting knowledge communities shaped by generative AI: computer science research developing AI systems for creative applications and art education scholarship treating creativity as pedagogical, sociocultural, and embodied practice; the aim was not to measure creativity directly but to map the discourse of creativity—its assumptions, emphases, and omissions—and to identify tensions that become pronounced in a post-AI context. The authors constructed a corpus from three main sources: arXiv (as a high-volume, open-access repository representing AI development discourse), and two established art education journals—Studies in Art Education and the International Journal of Education Through Art (IJETA)—to represent disciplinary discussions of creativity in arts learning and teaching; they also used Google Ngram searches as contextual evidence of changing attention to “creativity” and the pairing “artificial intelligence + creativity” over time. For arXiv, the search strategy targeted the keywords “creative artificial intelligence” and “art” within computer science, using “art” to refine relevance and screening the initial returns to focus on creative-domain work; this process yielded 55 arXiv articles announced in 2024 that met the stated criteria. For the art education journals, the authors searched titles, keywords, and abstracts for “creativity,” then excluded articles centered on the “creative industry” or those not substantively engaging creativity as a concept; after exclusions, the art education sample comprised 52 articles (34 from IJETA and 17 from Studies in Art Education, as reported). The analysis proceeded qualitatively, comparing how texts define creativity, what frameworks they invoke, and whether creativity is treated primarily as process, product, pedagogy, a measurement problem, or situated sociocultural practice; findings were then synthesized into thematic discussions (including GenAI and creative practice, differentiating creative applications of AI, and sociocultural implications of GenAI) to support cross-field “boundary work” that surfaces persistent divergences—such as quantification versus embodiment and output evaluation versus situated process—informing the paper’s broader conceptual claims. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study finds a pronounced disconnect between how creativity is framed in AI research versus art education scholarship: across the reviewed arXiv corpus, creativity is commonly treated as a measurable, optimizable problem—something that can be improved through the right procedures, models, and evaluation metrics—whereas art education literature understands creativity as a relational, culturally situated, and embodied assemblage of human and non-human activity that cannot be reduced to output scoring alone. The authors also observe that creativity-focused discourse has surged in AI development communities (e.g., arXiv outputs and related trend indicators), while art education research on creativity appears comparatively outpaced—an imbalance that matters because computational definitions of creativity risk becoming dominant in public and institutional understandings of what it means to create. As a critical outcome, the article proposes reframing generative AI as MASS (Massive Abstract Statistical Systems) to counter misleading anthropomorphisms of “intelligence” and “creativity,” emphasizing instead the statistical-logical nature of these systems and their material and infrastructural entanglements. In terms of key findings for post-AI art education, the review highlights recurring tension points requiring “tactical intervention and critical scholarship,” particularly debates over authorship and agency in co-creation, intellectual property and claims of “labor theft” tied to training data, algorithmic bias and cultural misrepresentation, and the comparatively weak attention to ecological costs (energy, raw materials, and sustainability concerns) within AI-facing creativity discourse. The authors conclude by calling for post-AI perspectives in art education that build AI literacy while foregrounding ethical, cultural, and ecological considerations, asking how creative practice and arts learning are being reshaped now that LLM-driven tools are embedded in everyday creative workflows—and what those practices should become. References Allred, A. M., & Aragon, C. (2023). Art in the machine: Value misalignment and AI “art”. In International Conference on Cooperative Design, Visualization and Engineering (pp. 31–42). Springer. Anderson, R. C. (2018). Creative engagement: Embodied metaphor, the affective brain, and meaningful learning. Mind, Brain, and Education, 12(2), 72–81. Anderson, T., & Guyas, A. S. (2012). Earth education, interbeing, and deep ecology. Studies in Art Education, 53(3), 223–245. https://doi.org/10.1080/00393541.2012.11518865 Banaji, S., Burn, A., & Buckingham, D. (2010). The rhetorics of creativity: A literature review (2nd ed.). Creativity, Culture and Education. Craft, A. (2001). An analysis of research and literature on creativity in education. Qualifications and Curriculum Authority. Crawford, K. (2021). Atlas of AI: Power, politics, and the planetary costs of artificial intelligence. Yale University Press. Demir, C. (2005). Enhancing creativity in art education through brainstorming. International Journal of Education through Art, 1(2), 153–160. https://doi.org/10.1386/etar.1.2.153/3 Garoian, C., & Gaudelius, Y. M. (2001). Cyborg pedagogy: Performing resistance in the digital age. Studies in Art Education, 42(4), 333–347. https://doi.org/10.1080/00393541.2001.11651708 Gay, C. H., Figueroa-Sarriera, H. J., Mentor, S. (1995). The cyborg handbook. Routledge. Goetze, T. (2024). AI art is theft: Labour, extraction, and exploitation: Or, on the dangers of stochastic Pollocks. In Proceedings of the 2024 ACM Conference on Fairness, Accountability, and Transparency (pp. 186–196). ACM. https://doi.org/10.1145/3630106.3658898 Lewis, T. (2024). The creative act in the studio: A plea for rethinking potentiality in art education. International Journal of Education Through Art. 20. 337-350.10.1386/eta_00172_1. Runco, M. A. (2023). AI can only produce artificial creativity. Journal of Creativity, 33(3), 100063. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2713374523000225 Williamson, B. (2024, November 8). Critical keywords of AI in education. https://codeactsineducation.wordpress.com/2024/11/08/critical-keywords-of-ai-in-educ ation/ Williamson, B., & Eynon, R. (2020). Historical threads, missing links, and future directions in AI in education. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(3), 223–235. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2020.1798995 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Policy Enactments and Spatial Configurations in Swedish Visual Arts Teacher Education 1: Södertörn University, Sweden; 2: HDK Valand - Academy of Art and Design, Sweden Presenting Author:In 2011, a major reform in Swedish teacher education substantially altered qualification requirements for primary school teachers in visual arts. Students enrolled in the general teacher education programme with a specialization in leisure-time pedagogy can now qualify to teach and assess visual arts up to grade 6 after completing only 30 ECTS credits in the subject, in contrast to the more extensive subject studies required for certification grades in 7-9. This paper is part of a broader research project that examines the consequences of this reform by analysing how visual arts education policies are enacted, negotiated, and locally configured across different teacher education institutions in Sweden. Departing from the notion that conceptions of visual arts as a school subject are not only articulated in policy texts and syllabi but also embedded in material and infrastructural arrangements, the case study presented in this paper focuses primarily on the spatial organisation of teaching environments in these institutions. The study is guided by the research question: How are conceptions of visual arts as a school subject enacted and negotiated through the spatial organisation of visual arts teaching facilities? More specifically, it explores how different configurations of studios, classrooms, storage rooms, equipment and material resources express and shape locally situated interpretations of national policies in visual arts education, and how these configurations contribute to the construction of distinct subject cultures within teacher education. Theoretically, the study draws on policy enactment theory (Ball et al., 2012), which conceptualises policy not as something implemented top-down, but as something that is interpreted, translated and enacted within specific institutional and cultural contexts. At the same time, enactment processes are shaped by power relations that construct and privilege particular conceptions of what visual arts education is and should be. From this perspective, the enactment of the 2011 teacher education reform can be understood as a complex process in which teacher educators select, interpret and translate national policies into local syllabi, spatial arrangements and teaching practices. These enactments give rise to locally specific subject cultures, shaped by historical traditions, institutional resources and professional identities, while simultaneously reflecting broader structures of governance and control embedded in contemporary education policy. In this paper, particular attention is paid to the material/spatial policy enactments and how they in turn privilege certain pedagogical practices, subject traditions, and forms of knowledge while constraining others. Although empirically grounded in a Swedish case, the study addresses issues of clear European and international relevance. Across many educational systems, visual arts and other art subjects face challenges related to reduced instructional time, changing qualification requirements and shifting priorities in curriculum reform. By highlighting the relationship between policy, material conditions and teacher agency, the paper contributes to broader debates about the status and role of arts education in schools undergoing structural and ideological change. By making visible the conditions under which visual arts education is shaped, constrained and transformed in contemporary policy contexts, the study contributes with insights that may inform both teacher education and compulsory school development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to make the material conditions of visual arts education visible and possible to analyse, the study adopts a visual ethnographic approach. Visual ethnography can help direct attention towards aspects of mundane spatial and material arrangements that are otherwise often taken for granted or forgotten (Pink 2021; van den Scott 2018). As proposed by Pink et al. (2018), visual documentation is particularly useful for exploring the relationships between everyday practices and more policy-driven narratives in different fields of society. In educational contexts, this approach makes it possible to examine how official accounts of reform and curriculum are translated into, or come into tension with, the material realities of teaching and learning. In this respect, visual ethnography can be used to access what Prosser (2007) refers to as “the visible but hidden curriculum” of schools. This includes forms of visual culture and spatial organisation that are fully observable, but whose influence on teaching practices and pedagogical possibilities often escapes explicit attention. As emphasised by Prosser, such material conditions are not limited to formal teaching spaces, but also include non-teaching areas, such as storage rooms and other adjacent facilities, which play a central role in structuring everyday educational work. Empirically, the study draws on photographic documentation of teaching facilities for visual arts education at seven higher education institutions offering teacher education in Sweden. The material includes both wide-angle photographs of entire teaching spaces and close-up images of specific material arrangements, equipment and storage practices. It is important to point out that the analytical process begins already in the moment of photographing, as the selection of what to document involves an initial interpretation of what is considered analytically relevant. The visual material is therefore not treated as neutral representations, but as situated and theoretically informed materials shaped by the analytical choices made in the moment of documentation (Pink, 2021). The photographs are further contextualised through field notes based on conversations with teacher educators conducted during guided walks through the facilities. Analytically, the material is interpreted through a policy enactment lens, focusing on how conceptions of visual arts as a school subject become visible in spatial arrangements and material configurations. Rather than treating teaching facilities as direct translations of policy, the analysis approaches them as sites where educational policy is both enacted and challenged through everyday material organizations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis reveals substantial variation between institutions in how visual arts teacher education is materially and spatially organised. Teaching facilities varied in terms of size, equipment, and spatial layout, resulting in significantly different conditions for teaching and learning across institutions. These differences can be understood as spatial expressions of a “hidden curriculum” where inherited material arrangements and environments continue to structure pedagogical possibilities. Within these variations, tensions between different conceptions of visual arts as a school subject can be identified. On the one hand, both policy documents and most teacher educators participating in the study frame visual arts education as a visual culture subject, oriented towards contemporary image creation practices and critical visual literacy. On the other hand, this orientation coexists with a continued emphasis on more traditional craft-based practices, embedded in traditionally furnished and equipped art classrooms. A further finding concerns how negotiation and enactment of policy takes place not only through spatial organisation but also through everyday practices of use and non-use. Certain artefacts or spaces, such as kilns or darkrooms, remain physically present but are repurposed, only occasionally used, or used in ways that differ from their original pedagogical intentions. These practices reveal how inherited infrastructures are pragmatically adapted to new curricular priorities, and how policy enactment unfolds through everyday decisions. The analysis also points to an emerging ambition to align visual arts teacher education more closely with the material conditions of current compulsory education. In several sites, increased use of recycled and low-cost materials reflects an attempt to prepare future teachers for the resource constraints typical of primary schools. While this alignment may enhance professional relevance, it also raises questions about the extent to which teacher education risks normalising restricted conditions and lowering expectations regarding the material and symbolic status of the subject. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Pink, S. (2021). Doing visual ethnography. 4th Ed. SAGE. Pink, S., Fors, V., & Lindgren, T. (2018). Emerging technologies and anticipatory images: Uncertain ways of knowing with automated and connected mobilities. Philosophy of Photography, 9(2), 195–216. Prosser, J. (2007). Visual methods and the visual culture of schools. Visual Studies, 22(1), 13–30. van den Scott, L.-J. K. (2018). Visual Methods in Ethnography. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 47(6), 719–728. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Value Wheel Integrating Knowing Through Art into Complex Interdisciplinary Design and Development Projects Aalto University, Finland Presenting Author:This research paper focuses on the linkage between knowledge through art and interdisciplinary design and development processes that can be fuelled and leveraged by art. The research introduces a conceptualization of the Value Wheel within the new interdisciplinary pedagogical and operational model (Haapaniemi & Leinoen, 2023). The Value Wheel highlights how socially engaged and responsible artistic knowing processes and art-based research (ABR) methodologies including performative inquiry and drama pedagogy, can serve as catalysts for meaning-making in complex interdisciplinary development projects and educational ecosystems and integrate broader societal stakeholders, such as enterprises or youngsters at schools. The Value Wheel explains the nwly estblished pivotal role of knowing through art, art-based research methods (ABR) and explaines the possible roles of art in RDI development projects and in interdisciplinary meaning-making processes in both development work and design university context. Art-based methods act as disruptors, crystallizers, and stimulants in educational and developmental processes. They spark curiosity, invite emotional engagement, and embrace the unknown through metaphor, collision, and creative friction. These elements open new perspectives and allow participants to dwell in liminal spaces – transitional states where transformation begins. Such states are vital in navigating and managing the ambiguity and emergence inherent in interdisciplinary design projects. Art functions as a powerful medium for communication, expression, and knowledge creation across multiple disciplines. Depending on the situation, project and utility it plays a therapeutic role, contributes to development processes, and engages in social discourse through diverse forms and methods. Knowledge through art is generated via socially responsible and socially engaged art methodologies to integrate broader societal stakeholders. Art as communication and expression: Art conveys messages, ideas, and emotions in various forms, serving as a vital tool for communication and personal expression. Powerful narratives: Different art forms, methods, and materials act as communication tools, creating and emphasizing worlds of meaning and values, including through new media, interactive spaces, and the fusion of design, art, and technology. Interdisciplinary knowledge and development: Art supports research and knowledge production within multidisciplinary models. Knowing through art can be integrated into development processes to drive change. Socially responsible art enhances engagement and participation: Community art, socially responsible art and artwork engage with societal processes, promoting community, empathy, and understanding. This interaction reflects strategic values guiding individuals and organizations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Action research (Somekh, 2012) in designing the Value Wheel in iterations within two RDI projects. Art-based research (ABR), art workshops, performative inquiry and drama pedagogy utilized in generating rich qualitative materials that constitute to value creation through artistic means. This generated material serves as research data and output of the value mappings via art. Teams cycle through Observe–Plan–Act–Reflect phases with both creative arts exercises and design prototyping tasks intertwined (Haapaniemi & Leinonen, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A visualization that conceptualizes the Value Wheel with two blades: one that generates knowledge through art and ABR and the other with co-design and design briefs. The two blades spin as the process progresses. The right blade consists of interdisciplinary co-design processes in four Design Briefs representing the four parallel inquiry tracks undertaken by the teams. Each design brief focuses on creating tangible, digital and experiential outcomes with prototypes. The left blade generates value-laden narratives through art. This side represents all the preparatory arts-based interventions – such as drama workshops, storytelling sessions, and visual art exercises – that occur before and alongside design ideation. The goal is to create rich narrative material infused with human values. At the center of the Value Wheel is a “value circle” or hub where the two blades intersect. This hub represents the iterative innovation cycle and shared learning that happen when art and design integrate. As teams work, the wheel keeps turning and crystallized artistic knowing and created stories to inform design concepts, and as designs take shape, new questions arise that may be fed back as prompts for more art-based exploration. The Value Wheel model tolerates ambiguity and encourages iteration. It concretely links art-based activities with interdisciplinary co-design iterations so that artists, designers, technologists, sustainability experts and all involved are essentially co-creating from start to finish. References Appadurai, A. (2023). Disjuncture and difference in the global cultural economy. In Postcolonlsm (pp. 1801-1823). Routledge. Cieciuch, J. (2017). Exploring the complicated relationship between values and behaviour. In Values and behavior: Taking a cross cultural perspective (pp. 237-247). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Dekker, E., & Morea, V. (2023). Realizing the values of art. Cham: Springer. Eisner, E. (2008). Art and knowledge. Handbook of the arts in qualitative research: Perspectives, methodologies, examples, and issues, 4. Eyal, T., Sagristano, M. D., Trope, Y., Liberman, N., & Chaiken, S. (2009). When values matter: Expressing values in behavioral intentions for the near vs. distant future. Journal of experimental social psychology, 45(1), 35-43. DOI: 10.1016/j.jesp.2008.07.023 Haapaniemi, H., & Leinonen, T. (2023). Towards a Pedagogical Model Applying Commedia dell’Arte and Art Workshops in Higher Education Design Studies. Open Education Studies, 5(1), 20220199. Leavy, P. (Ed.) (2025), Handbook of Arts-Based Research, Guilford Publications. Manders-Huits, N. (2011). What values in design? The challenge of incorporating moral values into design. Science and engineering ethics, 17(2), 271-287. DOI: 10.1007/s11948-010-9198-2 McDougall, M., Bevan, B., & Semper, R. (2012). Art as a way of knowing. In Conference Report. San Francisco: Exploratorium. Sherman, A., & Morrissey, C. (2017). What is art good for? The socio-epistemic value of art. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 11, 411. DOI: 10.3389/fnhum.2017.00411 Sinek, S. (2009). Start with why: How great leaders inspire everyone to take action. Penguin. Stec, T., & Zwolinski, P. (2018). Using values management for shifting companies to circular economy. Procedia CIRP, 69, 805-809. ISSN: 2212-8271; DOI: 10.1016/j.procir.2017.11.112 Straker, K., & Nusem, E. (2019). Designing value propositions: An exploration and extension of Sinek’s ‘Golden Circle’ model. Journal of Design, Business & Society, 5(1), 59-76. Sunarto, B. (2015). Basic knowledge and reasoning process in the art creation. Open Journal of Philosophy, 5(5), 285-296. DOI: 10.4236/ojpp.2015.55036 Swart, J. (2011). That’s why it matters: How knowing creates value. Management Learning, 42(3), 319-332. DOI: 10.1177/1350507610391591 Van de Poel, I. (2013). Translating values into design requirements. In Philosophy and engineering: Reflections on practice, principles and process (pp. 253-266). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Vuyk, K. (2010). The arts as an instrument? Notes on the controversy surrounding the value of art. International journal of cultural policy, 16(2), 173-183. Yau, L. F. C. (2012). The arts in a knowledge economy: creation of other knowledges. Journal of the Knowledge Economy, 3(1), 68-87. DOI: 10.1007/s13132-011-0054-7 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 01 A: The Criticality of Research Meeting Policy for Environmental and Sustainability Education Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ole Andreas Kvamme Panel Discussion |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Panel Discussion The Criticality of Research Meeting Policy for Environmental and Sustainability Education 1: University of Oslo; 2: Anglia Ruskin University; 3: Norwegian University of Life Sciences; 4: Uppsala University; 5: University of Regensburg; 6: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:This session will focus on the ways that educational research in the field of environmental sustainability can engage with policy. In today’s geopolitical turmoil, international institutions, including the United Nations and UNESCO, are under severe pressure. Influential is the position of the current United States administration, having withdrawn the nation from several UN-related bodies, including the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, the International Criminal Court, and UNESCO. These institutions all encourage multilateral cooperation, solidarity and commitment between people and nations. Education is a vital aspect of such initiatives, including UNESCO’s global education policies, where the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment in Stockholm, 1972, is often conceived of as a starting point (Macintyre, Tilbury, and Wals, 2025). One way to respond to this situation as a research network within Environmental and Sustainability Education is to give the policy field, often implicitly premised and taken for granted (Rickinson and McKenzie, 2021), due attention. This is the central interest of this session. We adopt a historical framing, noting that it is fifty years since environmental education was established as a global education policy, with consequences for national policies and curricula around the world and for environmental education as a research field. Education policy is messy, blurred, contentious and most of all normative. The normativity is distinctly expressed in Rizvi and Lingard’s (2010) designation of education policy as the authoritarian allocation of values (p.11), following David Easton’s (1965) famous definition of political systems. There are numerous research approaches to ESE policy. Van Poeck, Lysgaard, and Reid (2016) particularly emphasize the critical role of the researcher, “we want to make out a case for letting ESE researchers be researchers instead of forcing them to take up the role of an expert” (p. 315). The relationship can also be described as an interface between research and policy, addressing how researchers and policymakers are constructively involved in evaluating policy (Stratford & Wals, 2020) and in developing policy (Rickinson & McKenzie, 2021). The purpose of this session is, from a research perspective, to let reading the fifty-year-old documents anew prompt a dialogue on possible directions for environmental and sustainability education research today. We call these readings ‘critical appreciations’, focusing on both significant achievements and limitations. In this session, foundational ESE policy from the 70s (Dorn, 2020) serves as an entry point for the discussion, namely the Belgrade Charter (UNESCO; 1975) and the Tbilisi Declaration from the first intergovernmental environmental education conference in 1977 (Payne, 2022; Scott, 2009; UNEP, 1978). To kick start this dialogue, the panellists, together with members of the NW30, will be invited to a digital workshop in May 2026. In the online workshop, this foundational ESE policy from the 70s forms a starting point for discussing the interface between research and policy today, addressing challenges, tensions, and possibilities. The session in Tampere will begin by introducing this dialogue, with contributions from all panellists, lasting 30 minutes, followed by a 45-minute participatory workshop that opens the discussion to the audience. A specific background for this session is the opening event at ECER 2025 in Belgrade, organised by NW30 Environmental and Sustainability Research, focusing on the Belgrade Charter. Alan Reid, the editor of Environmental Education Research, together with Martha Monroe, provided an orientation note with a historical background for the Belgrade Charter and also gathered responses from experienced researchers within the field. The presentations from this event were documented digitally and artistically. These documentations will be included in the panel, alongside a discussion of the potential for art to engage in critical appreciation, and what this might look like at the policy-practice nexus.
References Dorn, C. (2020). «A New Global Ethic»: A History of the United Nations International Environmental Education Program, 1975–1995. Foro de Educación, 18(2), 83-108. Læssøe, J., Feinstein, N. W., & Blum, N. (2013). Environmental education policy research – challenges and ways research might cope with them. Environmental Education Research, 19(2), 231–242. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2013.778230 Macintyre, T., Tilbury, D., & Wals, A. (2024). Education and Learning for Sustainable Futures: 50 Years of Learning for Environment and Change. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003467007 Payne, P. G. (2022). Tbilisi’s “Sounds Of Silence”—(In)action in the policy ≠ embodiments of environmental education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 53(6), 314–339. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2022.2128017 Rickinson, M. & McKenzie, M. (2021). The research-policy relationship in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 27(4), 465–479. Rizvi, F. & B. Lingard (2010). UNEP (1975). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge. Scott, W. (2009). Environmental education research: 30 years on from Tbilisi. Environmental education research, 15, 155–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620902814804 Stratford, R. & Wals, A. E. (2020). In search of healthy policy ecologies for education in relation to sustainability: Beyond evidence-based policy and post-truth politics. Policy Futures in Education, 18(8), 976–994. UNEP (1978). Intergovernmental Conference on Environmental Education, Tbilisi, USSR, 14-26 October 1977: final report (ED/MD/49). UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000032763 UNESCO (1975). The Belgrade Charter. Final report, international workshop on environmental education (ED-76/WS/95). UNESCO and UNEP, Paris. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000027608 Van Poeck, K., Lysgaard, J. A., & Reid, A. (2018). Environmental and Sustainability Education Policy: International Trends, Priorities and Challenges. Routledge. Chair Ole Andreas Kvamme, o.a.kvamme@ils.uio.no |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 01 B: Knowing and Acting in Times of Poly-Crisis Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Rachel Kate Bowden Research Workshop |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Research Workshop Knowing and Acting in Times of Poly-Crisis: Transdisciplinary Qualitative Research Methods for ESE 1: Hochschule Zittau Görlitz, Germany; 2: Pädagogische Hochschule Ludwigsburg, Germany Presenting Author:This contribution addresses the role and function of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) research in times of poly-crisis. Characterised by the entanglement of ecological, social, economic and political crises, producing high levels of uncertainty, contestation and complexity (Lawrence et al., 2024), such conditions challenge conventional assumptions about the aims, knowledge forms, methodologies and practices of ESE research. In response, we argue for transdisciplinary qualitative research approaches that explicitly connect knowing and acting, and that position educators and other non-academic actors as co-researchers in processes of knowledge production and social transformation. Transdisciplinary research deliberately crosses disciplinary boundaries to address complex, real-world problems and has become well established in sustainability science (Lang et al., 2012). A defining feature of transdisciplinary research is the involvement of actors beyond academia, integrating multiple forms of expertise and fostering shared ownership of processes and outcomes. Mobjörk (2010) distinguishes between consulting transdisciplinary research, where non-academic actors respond to academically defined research agendas, and participatory transdisciplinary research, where engagement includes framing problems, generating knowledge and interpreting results. Here we focus on participatory approaches, as a form of “transformation in action” (Palavicino et al., 2023). The contested aims of transdisciplinary research reflect epistemological tensions. For instance, Renn (2019) sees researchers as “honest brokers” who synthesise and communicate knowledge from multiple sources to support decision-making, while for others, singular, coherent understandings reproduce dominant paradigms that have contributed to unsustainability, and research should instead open up spaces for plural ways of knowing, being and doing (West et al., 2024). The iterative relationship between knowing and acting, and recognition of distinct context-based knowledges, is an established feature of professionalisation in education. Educational professionals draw on knowledge in theory and in policy, as well as contextual understandings and relational knowledge to act in complex and uncertain situations (Schön, 1983). Research traditions such as action research have long built on this insight through researcher–practitioner partnerships. For ESE in particular, critical participatory approaches are highly relevant, as they examine how local meanings, identities and practices are shaped by, and reproduce/transform, systemic socio-ecological power relations (Carr & Kemmis, 1986). Drawing on socio-cultural and activity-theoretical perspectives (Engeström, 1987), such approaches can empower educators by rendering “knowledge in practice” available for transformation. Despite this potential, ESE research has often prioritised the development and evaluation of normative competence frameworks intended to “operationalise” global policy visions such as the SDGs (e.g., UNESCO, 2017). This linear knowing–acting logic positions academics as knowledge producers and educators as implementers, reproducing “business as usual” (Wals & Benavot, 2017) and neglecting research-based understandings of professional autonomy (Hamborg, 2023). In contrast, we argue that participatory, transdisciplinary qualitative research offers more adequate responses to poly-crisis by embracing complexity, reflexivity and relationality. In this research workshop, we present and critically discuss three transdisciplinary qualitative methods, which we have used to research social phenomena in societal transformation processes: situational analysis, social network analysis, and generative target group development. For each approach, we present the methodological framework, and establish its transdisciplinary suitability and its relevance to ESE. Together with participants, we explore the roles of academic and non-academic actors, tensions between knowledge-oriented and process-oriented research aims (Bulten et al., 2021), and the implications of centring relationships, contexts and more-than-human collectives (Gould et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situational Analysis is a qualitative research approach developed by Adele Clarke as an extension of Grounded Theory, aiming to move it more fully into the interpretive turn and to address limitations such as generic abstraction, insufficient reflexivity, and lingering positivist assumptions (Clarke 2019). The approach conceptualizes the situation of inquiry as the central unit of analysis, encompassing human and non-human actors, discourses, material arrangements, institutions, and power relations that mutually condition possibilities for interpretation and action (Clarke 2019: 210). Drawing on pragmatist- and interactionist traditions, Situational Analysis integrates perspectives from the sociology of knowledge, discourse analysis, and feminist science and technology studies and, is an especially relational and ecological approach, including insights from actor-network theory. Rooted in feminist, anti-racist, and anti-colonial commitments (Clarke 2019), the approach is particularly suited to producing situated knowledge (Haraway 1988) in politically contested and socially transformative contexts. Social Network Analysis (SNA), adopts a relational perspective to examine social structures through relationships between actors. While SNA has been criticised for being overly deterministic and insufficiently attentive to individual agency and meaning-making (Bernhard & Herz, 2025), qualitative Social Network Analysis (QSNA) combines relational analysis with a meaning-centred perspective, incorporating participants’ subjective experiences and interpretations of relationships alongside classic SNA concepts such as gaps, bridges, brokers and cliques (Bernhard & Herz, 2025). Networks may be explored from an ego-centred perspective, focusing on the relations of a single actor, or as whole networks incorporating multiple perspectives. While ego-centred approaches dominate the literature (Bernhard & Herz, 2025), whole-network approaches are particularly valuable for participatory ESE research, as they support the development of shared understanding and make implicit relational knowledge visible (Schiffer & Hauk, 2010). Generative target group development recognises that the relationship between the ‘provider’ of the educational service and the users of the educational service is central to adult education, which can only succeed if both sides work together. This relational approach is often neglected, and functional forms of didactic organisation dominate, predominantly based on overarching descriptions of learning objectives. The dominance of functional approaches to ESD exhausts itself in descriptions of what should ideally be in the educational process, without taking sufficient account of pedagogical organisation as a complex, multi-layered social relationship structure (Förster 2012). The presentation will introduce five transformation models (Schäffter, 1998) and provide concrete guidance for reflecting on generative target group development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Times of poly-crisis demand a critical rethinking of the role and function of ESE research. Education is a situated social practice embedded in specific socio-ecological contexts that are interwoven with broader systemic structures in complex and often contradictory ways. Under such conditions, ESE research cannot be limited to producing abstract knowledge or prescriptive frameworks. Instead, it can contribute by supporting educators’ reflexive capacities to navigate uncertainty through iterative processes of knowing and acting. Participatory, transdisciplinary qualitative research offers promising pathways for such engagement. By foregrounding relationships, meanings and situated practices, these approaches enable educators and other actors to articulate implicit knowledge, question dominant assumptions, and explore alternative ways of acting towards sustainability. Importantly, this shifts ESE research away from linear models in which knowledge is produced by academics and subsequently implemented by practitioners or policy actors. In line with calls for more plural, relational and action-oriented sustainability research (West et al., 2019), we argue that knowledge in ESE should be understood not as something applied to practice, but as something “drawn upon, produced and used from within the situation at hand”. Such an understanding aligns more closely with professional practice in education and with the demands of poly-crisis, where predefined solutions are rarely adequate. By engaging participants in methodological reflection and practical activities, this workshop aims to contribute to ongoing debates within NW30 about the kinds of research, knowledge and practices that are needed for ESE in the present moment—and about what contributions education can realistically make to societal transformation within and beyond institutional boundaries. References Bernhard, S. et al, (2025). Qualitative Methoden der Netzwerkforschung in C. Stegbauer, R. Häußling (Hrsg.), Handbuch Netzwerkforschung Bulten, E., et al. (2021). Conflicting roles of researchers in sustainability transitions: balancing action and reflection. Sustain Sci 16, 1269–1283 (2021). Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge and action research Falmer Press. Clarke, A. E. (2019). Situating Grounded Theory and Situational Analysis in Interpretive Qualitative Inquiry. In: Charmaz & Bryant: The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta-Konsultit. Förster, Nils (2012): Eine transdisziplinäre Konstruktion von Beziehung – Implikationen für Führung, Management und Organisationsentwicklung. Gould, R. K., et al. (2023). Exploring Indigenous relationality to inform the relational turn in sustainability science. Ecosystems and People, 19(1). Hamborg, S. (2023). Zuviel des Guten: Proklamationen und Realitäten der Bildung im Spiegel von Nachhaltigkeit und Transformation. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 115(2), 153–161. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Herz, A., et al. (2015). How to do qualitative strukturale Analyse? Die qualitative Interpretation von Netzwerkkarten und erzählgenerierenden Interviews Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 16(1), Article 9. Lang, D.J., et al. (2012). Transdisciplinary research in sustainability science: practice, principles, and challenges. Sustain Sci 7 (Suppl 1), 25–43 (2012). Lawrence, M., (2024). Global polycrisis: The causal mechanisms of crisis entanglement. Global Sustainability, 7(e6), 1–16. Mobjörk, M. (2010). Consulting versus participatory transdisciplinarity: A refined classification of transdisciplinary research, Futures, Volume 42, Issue 8, Palavicino, C. A., et al. (2023). Building pathways between transdisciplinarity and transformation: Lessons from practice. GAIA - Ecological Perspectives for Science and Society, 32(1), 131–137. Renn, O. (2019). Die Rolle(n) transdisziplinärer Wissenschaft bei konflikt geladenen Transformationsprozessen Schäffter, O. (1998) Weiterbildung in der Transformationsgesellschaft. Zur Grundlegung einer Theorie der Institutionalisierung. Berlin 1998, S.25ff Schiffer, E., & Hauck, J. (2010). Net-Map: Collecting social network data and facilitating network learning through participatory influence network mapping. Field Methods, 22(3), 231–249. UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives Wals, A. E. J., & Benavot, A. (2017). Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning. European Journal of Education, 52(4), 404–413. West, S. L. et al. (2024). Relational approaches to sustainability transformations: walking together in a world of many worlds, Ecosystems and People, 20:1, |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 01 C: Education for Sustainability and Global Citizenship Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Namrata Sharma Panel Discussion |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Panel Discussion Education for Sustainability and Global Citizenship: Curriculum, Pedagogy, and Alternative Ways of Knowing 1: State University of New York, United States of America; 2: Universidad de Alcalá, Spain; 3: Soka University, Japan; 4: Philippine Normal University, Philippine; 5: University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:This panel examines how education for sustainability and global citizenship is researched, conceptualised, and enacted under changing conditions of knowledge production and use. The session papers are framed around the United Nations’ (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), bringing together scholars who explore sustainability and global citizenship as interconnected educational aims and analyse how related forms of knowledge are translated into curriculum and pedagogical practice in higher education. The panel responds to contemporary shifts in education research, including the diversification of knowledge-producing actors, the increasing dominance of data-driven and standardised approaches, and growing pressures for policy relevance in the context of global poly-crises. Against this backdrop, the presentations foreground ethical, values-based and relational ways of knowing that are often marginalised in dominant research paradigms. Drawing on Soka, or value-creating education – an educational philosophy developed in twentieth-century Japan – the panel explores alternative epistemological and pedagogical orientations that connect sustainability, global responsibility, and educational action. Empirical and conceptual contributions examine curriculum development and pedagogical practices across diverse national and institutional contexts, focusing on how educators engage with concepts such as sustainability, peace, and service as situated forms of knowledge guiding learning and action. Collectively, the panel debates the role of universities in contributing to more peaceful, just, and sustainable societies globally. It highlights ethical epistemologies, curriculum innovation, and perspectives from within Europe, and beyond, as key resources for advancing education for sustainability and global citizenship that is socially responsive, context-sensitive, and oriented toward the common good. Structure of the session: The chairperson will introduce the session, followed by three presentations, and a discussion led by an expert in the field (listed as final presenter).
Paper 1 Value Creation and Educators’ Agency in a Time of Poly-Crisis: Insights from a Master’s Programme in Educational Innovation Abstract: This paper examines how a Master’s programme in Educational Innovation for Value Creation at the Universidad de Alcalá, Spain enables practicing educators to critically explore their role as social change agents. Drawing on participants’ professional experiences, the study analyses how a value-creating approach underpins reflective, participatory and transformative learning oriented towards ethical responsibility and social engagement. The paper highlights how educators learn to design contextually grounded educational innovations that integrate global citizenship and sustainability, fostering ethical values, service and collective responsibility in educational practice in response to climate challenges and social inequalities.
Paper 2 Global Citizenship Education for Sustainable Coexistence: UNESCO’s 2023 Recommendation and Ikeda’s Educational Proposals in Practice at Soka University Abstract: This paper examines the convergence between UNESCO’s 2023 Recommendation on Education for Peace, Human Rights and Sustainable Development, and selected educational proposals advanced by Japanese educator and Soka progenitor, Daisaku Ikeda (2002, 2012) to promote global citizenship and sustainable coexistence. It further investigates how the integration of Global Citizenship Education (GCE) and Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) can be situated within a humanistic framework that fosters an ethic of reverence for life and responsibility toward the planet (Sharma 2025), taking examples of key initiatives at Soka University.
Paper 3 Communiversity for Global Citizenship and Sustainability in Higher Education Abstract: This paper proposes the Communiversity approach to GCE in higher education as an epistemic alternative amid ecological and sustainability poly-crisis. Drawing on a collaborative initiative between Soka University Japan and Philippine Normal University, it illustrates how university–community partnerships reconfigure knowledge through dialogical, situated, and relational practices. Anchored in the Tbilisi Declaration (1977), UN Agenda 2030, and informed by transformative and value-creating education, the paper argues that Communiversity enables transgressive learning and global solidarity. It integrates GCE and ESD, linking local action with global responsibility through a normatively grounded and publicly accountable higher education praxis. References Bamber, P. (Ed.). (2019). Teacher education for sustainable development and global citizenship. New York: Routledge. Bourn, D., Sharma, N., and Vilela, M. (Eds.). (2025). Education for sustainable futures: Global citizenship and the Earth Charter. Leeds: Emerald. Bourn, D. and Tarozzi, M. (Eds.). (2023). Pedagogy of hope for global social justice: Sustainable futures for people and planet. London: Bloomsbury. Freitag-Hild, B., et al. (Eds.). (2025). Educating teachers for sustainable development and global citizenship: Internationalizing teacher education in the context of the UN Sustainable Development Goals. Potsdam: Universitätsverlag Potsdam. Ikeda, D. (2002). The challenge of global empowerment: Education for a sustainable future. Soka Gakkai. Retrieved from https://www.daisakuikeda.org/main/educator/education-proposal/edu-proposal-2002.html Ikeda, D. (2012). For a sustainable global society: Learning for empowerment and leadership. Soka Gakkai. Retrieved from https://www.daisakuikeda.org/sub/resources/works/props/environ-proposal-2012.html Iyengar, R., and Caman, O.K. (2022). Rethinking education for sustainable development: Research, policy and practice. London: Bloomsbury. Lehtomäki, E., Moate, J., and Posti-Ahokas, H. (2016). Global connectedness in higher education: Student voices on the value of cross-cultural learning dialogue. Studies in Higher Education, 41(11), 2011–2027. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2015.1007943 Sharma, N. (2021). Gandhi, value creation, and global education: Intercultural perspectives on education for citizenship. In M.Kumar, and T. Welikala (Eds.), Teaching and learning in higher education: The context of being, interculturality and new knowledge systems (pp. 237–247). Bingley: Emerald Publishing. Sharma, N. (2025). Education for sustainability and global citizenship: Intercultural, ethical, and justice-based approaches. London: Bloomsbury. (Open Access, Aug. 2026) Singer-Brodowski, M., Henkel, G.‑M., Reith, A., Frank, P., and Rieckmann, M. (2025). What is needed to act as a professional change agent for sustainability? A scoping review. International Review of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-024-10092-8 UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: Topics and learning objectives. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ UNESCO. (2020). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 UNESCO. (2022). Where do we stand on education for sustainable development and global citizenship education. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000381362 UNESCO. (2023). Recommendation on education for peace, human rights and sustainable development. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ Chair Namrata Sharma, namrata.sharma@oswego.edu DrNamrataSharma@gmail.com State University of New York, United States of America |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 01 D: The Key Role of Teachers in ESD Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Nicola Walshe Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teachers Collaborative Learning Experience to Frame and Promote Sustainable-oriented Learning in PE University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The path towards a more sustainable world will require a profound transformation of how we think and act, and what knowledge, values and skills that are considered critical to cultivate. Vital for this transformation are conscious and competent teachers, at the heart of the micro-level in education. Sustainability-oriented learning positions education as a transformative process that fosters agency, critical reflection, and the development of life skills and sustainability competencies (Rieckmann et al., 2017; Baena-Morales & González-Víllora, 2023). As Wals (2020) argues, sustainability can function as a driver of educational development, just as education and learning can act as drivers of sustainability. This reciprocal relationship calls for an educative reorientation of curricula, learning outcomes, and pedagogical practices, enabling innovative teaching and learning processes grounded in transformative perspectives (Burns, 2019; Lundvall & Fröberg, 2023). Physical Education (PE) is recognized as a powerful arena for sustainability-oriented learning whilst emphasizing student well-being, highlighting the interconnections between environmental and social dimensions of sustainability and holistic conceptions of health (Baena-Morales & Ferrriz-Valero, 2025; Lundvall & Fröberg, 2023). Collaborations between researchers and PE teachers are requested to produce novel insights, shared understandings and elaborated educational strategies (Baena-Morales & González-Víllora, 2023; Royet et al., 2024). An educative approach to sustainability suggests not only a change of perspective but also seeing curricula, learning outcomes, and content through transformative and educative eyes. Such rethinking and reorientation can offer a new point of departure with additional possibilities for innovative teaching and learning processes (Lundvall & Fröberg, 2023). Transformative learning, understood as collective meaning-making within learning communities, is central to sustainability-oriented education and a key driver of social transformation toward sustainability (Burns, 2019). By critically examining taken-for-granted assumptions, transformative learning enables learners to renegotiate perspectives and enact changes in their understandings, beliefs, and practices (Mezirow, 2009). In this study professional learning is conceptualized as a dynamic, needs-driven, and long-term process that builds on teachers’ prior experiences and develops through experimentation, reflection, and collaboration (Edwards-Groves et al., 2018). This orientation emphasizes learning as social, situated, practice-based, and responsive to specific educational contexts. Such understanding aligns with democratic professionalism (Sachs, 2001), where professional learning is collaborative, transformative, and ethically grounded. From this perspective, sustainability-oriented learning in PE represents a concrete expression of professional ethics, enabling teachers to guide students toward sustainable practices and contribute to broader societal goals—enhancing possibilities to “live well in a world worth living in” (Kemmis et al., 2014, pp. 25–26). The overarching aim of this study was to explore how sustainability-oriented learning can be contextualized and implemented in PE practice. This is realized by using data from a two -year long action research (AR) project conducted with ten Swedish upper-secondary PE teachers. The research questions guiding the investigation are as follows: i) How can participation in a collaborative AR project facilitate sustainability-oriented learning in PE and generate professional and transformative value through social learning processes? and ii) What educational strategies and pedagogical practices are perceived important to promote sustainability-oriented learning in PE? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is grounded in a social and transformative understanding of professional learning, emphasizing teachers’ participation in collaborative, reflective, and practice-oriented processes. To operationalize this perspective, the study adopts a qualitative, collaborative action research (AR) design. AR was selected for its capacity to support and examine practice-based change through iterative cycles of reflection, planning, action, and evaluation, while simultaneously generating empirical knowledge and fostering transformative professional learning (Carr & Kemmis, 1986; McNiff & Whitehead, 2011). This orientation enables teachers to critically examine assumptions, renegotiate pedagogical practices, and respond to contemporary educational challenges, including the responsibility to educate and empower future citizens for a sustainable society. Participants were ten Swedish PEH teachers (median age 45; median teaching experience 19 years) working at an upper secondary school with approximately 1,200 students in a large Swedish city. The participants constituted the entire PE teaching team at the school. The AR project was initiated in March 2022 and extended over five semesters, comprising 21 workshops organized into five iterative cycles. Each cycle focused on identifying potential reorientations of PE content and curricula, planning and implementing actions in practice, and systematically evaluating outcomes. Workshops were held at four- to five-week intervals and functioned as both professional learning spaces and data-generation settings. The collaborative AR framework, inspired by McNiff and Whitehead (2011), emphasized key transformative principles: (i) a bottom-up perspective attentive to teachers’ values, needs, and expectations; (ii) empowerment of teachers to propose and enact practice-based change; (iii) authentic, situated inquiries into teaching; (iv) collaborative reflection and action; and (v) sustained engagement over time. Data were collected using multiple qualitative methods to capture both individual and collective dimensions of teachers’ learning. Primary data consisted of semi-structured interviews with all participants. Additional data included recordings of collaborative workshops (n = 6), synthesis documents produced during workshops (n = 5), field notes, teachers’ reflective logbooks (n = 10), and the researcher’s reflexive journal. An abductive thematic analysis was conducted, allowing prior research on sustainability and PE to inform theme development. Trustworthiness was strengthened through prolonged engagement, triangulation across data sources and researchers, collaborative analysis among authors, and systematic reflexivity addressing the first author’s dual role as facilitator and analyst (see Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates how collaborative AR can empower teachers to integrate sustainability meaningfully into PE, strengthen professional identity, and contribute to the evolving legitimacy of the profession in addressing contemporary societal challenges. The abductive analysis generated four over-arching themes: i) ´Developing critical skills for sustainable HWB; ii) ´New learning objectives and teaching practices for sustainability´; iii) ´Proposing concrete actions and content in PE’ and iv) ´Re-orientated health perspective´. Teachers’ transformative learning processes were characterized by perspective shifts, enhanced agency, and collaborative value creation. Participation in the AR project fostered professional growth at multiple levels: individually (critical reflection on practice), professionally (knowledge-building and identity negotiation), and politically (positioning PE as contributing to the global sustainability agenda). Advancing sustainability-oriented learning in a PE context points to three major implications: i) reframing the objective of PE beyond physical fitness and motor competence toward a holistic conceptualization and promotion of sustainable health and well-being. Such a shift recognizes that a key purpose of the subject is to promote students’ long-term well-being by fostering agency and the transformative knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values they require to flourish and to actively shape their future. ii) elaborating pedagogical strategies, PE teachers should employ experience-based, relational and reflective approaches that support agency, meaning-making and enable students to deepen and co-construct understandings of health and sustainability. Such strategies can help students develop a “toolbox” of resources for navigating health and life challenges, while cultivating critical awareness of normative health discourses and the socio-ecological features that shape well-being; and iii) negotiating new content that contributes to students’ holistic health. This requires a strength-based approach that foregrounds students’ existing health-promoting resources, situates social and emotional well-being and self-awareness as foundational to students’ long-term personal development and strengthens their capacity to navigate life in sustainable ways. References Baena-Morales, S., & Ferriz-Valero, A. (2025). What about physical education and Sustainable Development Goals? A scoping review. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 30(2), 200–217. Baena-Morales, S., & González-Víllora, S. (2023). Physical education for sustainable development goals: Reflections and comments for contribution in the educational framework. Sport, Education and Society, 28(6), 697–713. Burns, H., Kelley, S. S., & Spalding, H. (2019). Teaching Sustainability: Recommendations for Best Pedagogical Practices. Journal of Sustainability Education. Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming Critical. (1st ed.). London: Routledge. Lincoln, Y.S. and Guba, E.G., 1985. Naturalistic inquiry. Newbury Park, California: Sage. Lundvall, S., & Fröberg, A. (2023). From individual to lifelong environmental processes: Reframing health in physical education with the sustainable development goals. Sport, Education and Society, 28(6), 684–696. McNiff, J., & Whitehead, J. (2011). All You Need to Know About Action Research. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications. Mezirow, J. (2009). An overview on transformative learning. In Illeris, K. (Ed.), Contemporary theories of learning. Learning theorists… in their own words (pp. 90-105). London: Routledge. Royet, T., Vors, O., Cece, V., & Lentillon Kaestner, V. (2024). Education for sustainability and physical education: a systematic scoping review. Sport, Education and Society, 1–22. Rieckmann, R., Mindt, L., Gardiner, S., Leicht, A., & Heiss, J. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals – Learning objectives. UNESCO. Wals, A. (2020). Sustainability-oriented ecologies of learning. In Ecologies for learning and practice (1st ed., pp. 61–78). Routledge. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teacher Barriers When Implementing ESD in Danish Lower Secondary Education Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Sustainability issues are often described as wicked, as they are urgent, uncertain, and disputed [1]. As issues such as climate change are worsening without authorities addressing the issues with sufficient urgency they are even referred to as super-wicked [2]. Other crises such as increasing inequality also intermingle with environmental crises, constituting what is referred to as the polycrises [3]. This poses challenges for education for sustainable development (ESD), a field which is already characterized by a gap between development in policy and theory on the one hand, and educational practices on the other [4, 5]. While teachers play a key role in implementing ESD in practice [6], the complexity of polycrises increases the complexity that teachers need to be able to cope with. Secondary education is often highlighted as important in terms of implementing ESD. This is the first time pupils can participate as active citizens in society [7], but it is also often marked by an ”adolescence dip”, where engagement levels in education drop significantly [8]. This paper builds on the Danish national research- and development project, GreenEdTech (GET). The project proposes to develop digital learning models that enable implementation of ESD competencies in Danish lower secondary education [9]. It does so through a citizen science approach where pupils try to solve authentic sustainability challenges posed by companies or other external actors. We ask the following question: What kind of barriers do teachers in Danish lower secondary experience when trying to implement ESD, and how do they seek to negotiate, change, and address these? To answer this question, we use Kemmis’ practice theory [10, 11]. This is well-suited to explore how teachers try to change their everyday practices when they implement ESD, and what different types of barriers they face. Kemmis sees everyday practices, such as teaching in secondary schools, as composed of 3 different interconnected practice architectures that form the mediating preconditions for a certain practice. Kemmis divides these into a cultural-discursive influencing the thinking and sayings of a practice, a material-economic influencing the doings of a practice, and a social-political which influences relations of a practice. These are connected in patterns of what people say, do, and how they relate to each other in practices, giving practices their well-known forms. Practices are susceptible to change based on changing the sayings, doings, and relations of people participating in the practices, but they often resist transformation. That teachers experience barriers when implementing ESD is nothing new. A Finish survey study highlights interdisciplinary fatigue, lack of institutional support and resource access, time constraints, curriculum constraints and fear of emotional reactions such as discouragement and anxiety among pupils [6]. A larger systematic literature review encounter similar issues as they address subject silos, disempowerment due to gloomy media portrayal, lack of time for planning, and lack of teacher competencies [7]. While there seems to be a consensus that ESD requires approaches such as problem-based, action-based, or project-based learning to fulfil its potential [12], this is often not aligned with the curricular demands and teach-to-the-test culture in current school systems. ESD as a global concept will always have to be translated for different national contexts, and thus the barriers found among secondary teachers will vary across countries as well [7, 13]. More studies in concrete contexts are thus necessary to bridge the gap between academia and practice. This paper seeks to understand the implementation barriers found in the Danish lower secondary context, showcasing one nuance of an issue encountered in different variations across European educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The GET project has carried out interventions with 15 schools with a diverse set of demographic backgrounds across Denmark. To address the gap between theory and practice in ESD [5], Design-Based Research (DBR) has been used in the project [14]. In DBR, researchers and practitioners collaborate to simultaneously transform practice and develop new theory by iterating on a theoretically informed model. In the GET project 3 different iterations have been carried out testing a learning model going from a pen-and-paper approach, a first digital prototype, to a finalized version of the digital learning model. Findings from this paper are from the very first pen-and-paper intervention with three schools. Here, the project focused on how teachers perceived the task of implementing ESD in practice and what kind of barriers they faced. This approach was chosen to qualify the development of a digital learning model that could support the schools' needs in the best way possible. • At school 1, a public compulsory school, a mono-disciplinary social sciences approach was chosen. Here classes from 8th grade collaborated with a local textile sorting company. • At school 2, a private boarding school, 10th grade pupils had voluntarily picked a newly established course with interdisciplinary project-based learning. Pupils themselves found local companies to collaborate with. • At school 3, a private school, 10th grade pupils worked with already established interdisciplinary and project-based approaches. Pupils collaborated with a local Danish zoo, that had an environmental conservation project in Kenya, which the pupils visited. Data was collected through a variety of qualitative approaches. Ethnographic fieldnotes were taken during recruitment efforts and class observations, while teacher training workshops where recorded. Semi-structured interviews were carried out with teachers and pupils as learning models were tested out in practice, and interviews with teachers were carried out post-intervention too. A common feature of these qualitative methods is that they are particularly suited for understanding the lived everyday experiences and practices of the teacher informants [15]. These qualitative methods are thus closely linked to the practice theory approach chosen for the paper. They helped shine light on how the specific teaching practices were carried out, and how certain practice architectures resisted attempts of transformation [10, 11]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings School 1 was strongly hindered by material-economic barriers commonly found in research. Both a lack of time and resources was prominent. However, the collaboration with the company was very fruitful, and through participation in the project, the school succeeded in implementing ESD in social sciences, which was new for them. At School 2, the teacher group had collaboration issues due to disagreements about the purpose of the class, and both teachers and pupils struggled with the open-ended teaching style and partner collaboration. Practice architectures from previously experienced traditional school practices shaped how participants acted and related. Thus, as parts of the practice changed with the new type of teaching, participants struggled with navigating in these new structures. At School 3 teachers worked with changing the social-political architectures through addressing a youth well-being crisis not necessarily directly related to ESD. While ESD was a key part of the course, teachers applied the project-based teaching mainly to build well-being, courage and community in the class. School 1 underlined commonly found material-structural barriers such as lack of time and resources, but also that these can be overcome through collaboration between practice and academia. While project-based and authentic teaching is often highlighted in ESD [12], both pupils and teachers from School 2 were used to more traditional practices, making the introduction of these new ways of teaching difficult. Strong scaffolding of projects with external partners and common teacher understanding of the purpose is necessary for practices to come together meaningfully. At School 3, findings about pupil well-being highlight that sustainability is just one crisis among others that schools face. This suggests a need for considering how ESD can include these, whilst not losing sight of its own aims and potentials. References [1] T Block, G Goeminne, K Van Poeck. Balancing the urgency and wickedness of sustainability challenges: three maxims for post-normal education, ENVIRON EDUC RES. 24 (2018) 1424–1439. [2] K Levin, B Cashore, S Bernstein, G Auld. Overcoming the tragedy of super wicked problems: constraining our future selves to ameliorate global climate change, Policy Sci. 45 (2012) 123–152. [3] E Morin, AB Kern, Homeland Earth, Hampton Press 1999. [4] Á Tryggvason, L Sund, J Öhman. Schooling and ESE: revisiting Stevenson's gap from a pragmatist perspective, Environmental Education Research. 28 (2022) 1237–1250. [5] RB Stevenson. Schooling and environmental education: contradictions in purpose and practice, Environmental education research. 13 (2007) 139–153. [6] E Castellazzi, V Hakkarainen, M Saari, CM Raymond. Barriers and Enablers of Interdisciplinary Climate Education: Insights From Secondary Teachers, Australian journal of environmental education. (2025) 1–18. [7] N Taylor, F Quinn, K Jenkins, H Miller-Brown, N Rizk, T Prodromou, et al. Education for Sustainability in the Secondary Sector—A Review, Journal of education for sustainable development. 13 (2019) 102–122. [8] D Olsson, N Gericke, J Boeve-de Pauw, T Berglund, T Chang. Green schools in Taiwan – Effects on student sustainability consciousness, Global Environ.Change. 54 (2019) 184–194. [9] A Redman, A Wiek. Competencies for Advancing Transformations Towards Sustainability, Frontiers in education (Lausanne). 6 (2021). [10] S Kemmis. Action research as a practice-based practice, Educational action research. 17 (2009) 463–474. [11] S Kemmis, Transforming Practices : Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures, 1st ed., Springer Nature Singapore, Singapore, 2022. [12] K Sposab, M Rieckmann. Development of Sustainability Competencies in Secondary School Education: A Scoping Literature Review, Sustainability. 16 (2024) 10228. [13] R Suárez-López, M Eugenio-Gozalbo. How is sustainability addressed in primary and secondary education curricula? Assessing the cases of Spain and Portugal, International research in geographical and environmental education. 31 (2021) 106–122. [14] F Wang, MJ Hannafin. Design-Based Research and Technology-Enhanced Learning Environments, Educational technology research and development. 53 (2005) 5–23. [15] S Brinkmann, L Tanggaard, Kvalitative metoder : en grundbog, 4th ed., Hans Reitzels Forlag, Kbh, 2025. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Examining Classroom Teachers' Self-Efficacy Beliefs in Education for Sustainable Development: A Cross-Sectional Study 1: Sehit Serkan Gencer Primary School, Bingol, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Agri Ibrahim Cecen University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Introduction In the Anthropocene era, human activities, such as fossil fuels use, deforestation, have become a decisive force on the earth’s geological, ecological, and social systems. These activities lead to interconnected and multi-layered problems such as climate change, biodiversity loss, social injustice, and economic inequalities (IPBES, 2019; Pereira et al., 2024; UN, 2024; WWF, 2024). To address these multi-layered issues, the concept of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) has been recognized globally and has been central to educational reforms worldwide (Rieckmann, 2018; UNESCO, 2015; UNESCO, 2020). This reform is fundamentally based on the 17 Sustainable Development Goals established by the United Nations in 2015, which provide a comprehensive roadmap for researchers and policymakers in education (UN, 2015; UNESCO, 2020). ESD is a holistic and transformative learning process that equips students with the knowledge, skills, values, and attitudes necessary for environmental integrity, economic sustainability, and a just society (UNESCO,2020). Teachers play a central role in the success of this process by transferring their sustainability competencies to students. Classroom teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs and pedagogical content knowledge in the context of ESD are critical since they play a crucial role in the quality of education and the capacity for societal transformation (Bertschy et al., 2013; Eilks, 2015). Theoretical Framework The theoretical framework integrates Bandura's (1977) self-efficacy theory and Shulman's (1986, 1987) pedagogical content knowledge (PCK) within the context of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). Malandrakis et al. (2019) operationalized this framework by developing the Teachers' Self-Efficacy Scale for ESD. It is based on a comprehensive literature review and OECD's (2002) competency framework, which identifies four core self-efficacy domains: values and ethics, systems thinking, emotions and feelings, and actions (Malandrakis et al., 2019). Recognizing the complex reciprocal relationship between knowledge and self-efficacy, the framework separately assesses teachers' perceived content knowledge (pCK) and perceived pedagogical content knowledge (pPCK). In this way, the theoretical framework ensures harmony between self-beliefs and possessed competencies (Malandrakis et al., 2019). This study employs this comprehensive framework to examine classroom teachers' ESD self-efficacy beliefs and their relationship with perceived knowledge in the Turkish context. Objectives The primary objective of this study is to adapt the “Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale for Education for Sustainable Development” developed by Malandrakis et al. (2019) into Turkish and to evaluate the psychometric properties of the scale. The study also aims to determine ESD self-efficacy beliefs of classroom teachers working in the Eastern Anatolia region of Türkiye (in the provinces of Ağrı, Bingöl, and Van), as well as their pCK and pPCK levels. Furthermore, it aims to examine whether these variables differ according to demographic variables such as gender, professional experience (seniority), education level, and whether the teacher has taken an ESD course at university or in-service training. Research Questions 1. Is the Turkish version of the Teacher Self-Efficacy on Education for Sustainable (ESD self-efficacy) Development a valid and reliable measurement tool? 2. What are the levels of classroom teachers’ ESD self-efficacy, perceived content knowledge (pCK), and pedagogical content knowledge (pPCK)? 3. Is there a meaningful relationship between the components of Teacher Self-Efficacy on Education for Sustainable Development (i.e., systemic thinking, emotions and feelings, values and ethics, actions), pCK, and pPCK? 4. Do classroom teachers' ESD self-efficacy, pCK, and pPCK levels differ according to gender, experience, education level, and whether they have previously taken an SKE course/training? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a cross-sectional research design to examine classroom teachers' self-efficacy beliefs in education for sustainable development (ESD). The study investigated self-efficacy levels across four ESD competency domains (i.e., systemic thinking, emotions and feelings, values and ethics, actions), explored relationships between self-efficacy, perceived content knowledge (pCK), and perceived pedagogical content knowledge (pPCK), and how these variables differ based on demographic characteristics. The target population consisted of primary school teachers in Eastern Anatolia, Türkiye, during 2024-2025. Using convenience sampling (Fraenkel et al., 2011), participants were recruited from three provinces: Ağrı, Bingöl, and Van. The final sample comprised 1,012 primary school teachers from 370 schools (Ağrı: 326 teachers; Bingöl: 319 teachers; Van: 367 teachers). Instruments Data were collected using a Demographic Information Form and the Teacher Self-Efficacy for Education for Sustainable Development Scale (Malandrakis et al., 2019). The demographic form gathered information on gender, educational level, professional experience, and completion of ESD-related courses. The ESD self-efficacy scale contains two sections. Section one includes 24 items measuring self-efficacy across four ESD competency domains (7-point Likert scale): values and ethics (6 items), systems thinking (5 items), emotions and feelings (3 items), and action (10 items). Section two comprises 31 items assessing perceived content knowledge (pCK) (14 items, 4-point Likert) and perceived pedagogical content knowledge (pPCK) (17 items, 4-point Likert). The original scale demonstrated high internal consistency (Cronbach's α = .967; subscales: .853-.935). Scale Adaptation The scale was adapted through forward and back translation, with content validity established through expert review by two ESD specialists and one language expert. Modifications included contextual examples for clarity and cultural appropriateness, confirmed by the original developer. Ethical approvals were obtained from Ağrı İbrahim Çeçen University and the Turkish Ministry of National Education. A pilot study (n=350) assessed psychometric properties. Confirmatory factor analysis examined construct validity using multiple fit indices (CFI, TLI, RMSEA, SRMR; Hu & Bentler, 1999). Internal consistency was assessed via Cronbach's alpha (acceptable ≥ .70). Data Collection and Analysis Data were collected during fall 2024 through paper-based surveys during teachers' break times (~30 minutes). All participants provided informed consent. Statistical analyses were performed using SPSS 24 and AMOS 21. After examining missing data and normality assumptions, confirmatory factor analysis and Cronbach's alpha assessed validity and reliability. Descriptive statistics characterized teachers' ESD self-efficacy, pCK, and pPCK levels. Pearson correlations examined variable relationships. Independent samples t-tests and ANOVA investigated demographic group differences, with effect sizes reported. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Scale Validity and Reliability Confirmatory factor analysis supported the Turkish version's four-factor structure with acceptable model fit (χ²/df = 2.548, CFI = .86, TLI = .85, RMSEA = .068, SRMR = .062). All subscales demonstrated excellent internal consistency (α = .93-.96), confirming the scale as valid and reliable for Turkish primary school teachers. ESD Self-Efficacy, pCK, and pPCK Levels Primary school teachers reported moderate-to-high self-efficacy (M = 5.04, SD = 1.09 on a 7-point scale), indicating they "sufficiently trust" their ESD teaching capabilities. Among competency domains, emotions and feelings received the highest rating (M = 5.33), while action received the lowest (M = 4.88). Teachers reported moderate perceived content knowledge (pCK; M = 3.01, SD = 0.57 on a 4-point scale), with water pollution and climate change most familiar, while energy footprint and ecological footprint were least familiar. Perceived pedagogical content knowledge (pPCK) was also moderate (M = 2.96, SD = 0.61). Correlational Relationships Strong positive correlations emerged among all self-efficacy components (r = .78-.84, p < .01). Self-efficacy showed moderate-to-strong correlations with PCK (r = .50, p < .01) and PPCK (r = .61, p < .01). PCK and PPCK were strongly correlated (r = .64, p < .01). The action dimension demonstrated the strongest relationship with PCK (r = .51), while other dimensions showed moderate correlations (r = .42-.44). Demographic Differences Male teachers scored significantly higher on overall self-efficacy (M = 5.13 vs. 4.95, p = .009), though effect sizes were small (η² = .17). No significant gender differences emerged for PCK or PPCK. Teachers who completed ESD university courses demonstrated significantly higher self-efficacy and PPCK compared to those without such training, with no PCK difference. Teachers with postgraduate education scored significantly higher across all dimensions than undergraduate-only teachers, with small effect sizes. Professional experience showed significant differences only in PCK levels. References Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191-215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.191 Bertschy, F., Künzli, C., & Lehmann, M. (2013). Teachers' competencies for the implementation of educational offers in the field of education for sustainable development. Sustainability, 5(12), 5067-5080. https://doi.org/10.3390/su5125067 Eilks, I. (2015). Science education and education for sustainable development–justifications, models, practices and perspectives. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 11(1), 149-158. https://doi.org/10.12973/eurasia.2015.1313a Fraenkel, J. R., Wallen, N. E., & Hyun, H. H. (2011). How to design and evaluate research in education (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill. IPBES. (2019). Global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services. https://www.ipbes.net/global-assessment Malandrakis, G., Papadopoulou, P., Gavrilakis, C., & Mogias, A. (2019). An education for sustainable development self-efficacy scale for primary pre-service teachers: Construction and validation. The Journal of Environmental Education, 50(1), 23-36. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2018.1492366 Pereira, H. M., Martins, I. S., Rosa, I. M., Kim, H., Leadley, P., Popp, A., ... & Alkemade, R. (2024). Global trends and scenarios for terrestrial biodiversity and ecosystem services from 1900 to 2050. Science, 384(6694), 458-465 Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: Key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Eds.), Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 39-59). UNESCO. Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4-14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X015002004 UN. (2024). The Sustainable Development Goals Report 2024. United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2024/ UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 UNESCO. (2020). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 WWF. (2024). Living Planet Report 2024: A system in peril. World Wildlife Fund. https://www.wwf.org.uk/sites/default/files/2024-10/living-planet-report-2024.pdf 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Savoirs or Competences? School environmental practices in the Chilean context 1: Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Chile; 2: Universidad Diego Portales, Chile; 3: Universidad Academia de Humanismo Cristiano, Chile Presenting Author:The current socio-ecological crisis requires us to radically transform the ways we inhabit the world, proposing new social assemblages that take into account the agency of different human and non-human actors (Latour, 2008). In this context, it is urgent to re-examine schools as spaces for contesting meanings. This involves highlighting both their role in reproducing social structures and their potential to create new and multiple forms of knowledge and learning, thereby producing situated, transformative practices (Freire, 1968/1992). This communication seeks to challenge the concept of competencies for sustainability as a framework based on a perspective of instrumental education for the goal of Sustainable Development, with this understood as an ideal with cross-cultural validity (Jickling, 1994; Jickling & Wals, 2008; Sauvé, 1996; Sauvé & Berryman, 2013)(Sterling, 2025). Based on this critique, we propose: i) to theoretically position the concept of saberes ambientales / environmental savoirs (Leff, 1998) in order to sustain a situated knowledge framework (Haraway, 1991) for the projection of pedagogical alternatives in the context of polycrisis as an alternative to the hegemonic proposal of ESD; ii) to identify and analyze key teachers´ environmental knowledges for a critical environmental education with socially transformative potential; and iii) to bring this knowledge into dialogue with the interdisciplinary pedagogical proposal of Transformative Education with Nature (Condeza-Marmentini & Aedo, 2025) in two Chilean schools from the perspective of different actors in the school community. In general terms, there are at least four types of research aimed at recognizing the work of teachers involved in environmental issues. The first type seeks to highlight their experiences, perceptions, and values in and towards nature, the environment, and social issues in general, in relation to the long-term educational purposes they uphold (Condeza-Marmentini & Flores-Gonzalez, 2019b; Hart, 2003; Hart & Nolan, 1999; Hwang, 2009; Nikel, 2007; Öhman, 2004; Sauvé, 2004; Stevenson, 2007; Sund & Wickman, 2008). A second type of research focuses on teaching practices in the Global North and has addressed questions about teachers' adaptation to the ESD approach and associated practices, normalizing it as a desirable approach while highlighting its potential benefits and challenges. Distinctively, a third type of research has been developed in Global South countries, where the focus has been on studying educational practices related to the “environment” (Condeza-Marmentini, 2020; Hwang, 2009), highlighting the interaction between their epistemological visions of nature and the ESD proposal (Raselimo & Wilmot, 2013; Waktola, 2009; Watson & Halse, 2005; Yang et al., 2010), highlighting contextual challenges present in the process of adopting the internationalized ESD curriculum (Gough, 2013). This group includes research on contexts in which ESD has been expressed in educational policies — but not in teacher training programs — as is the case in Chile (UNESCO, 2019). A fourth type of research highlights the impact of neoliberal incentive policies implemented by national and international educational agencies, which, within the framework of ESD, aim to strengthen teachers’ identities as environmental managers to facilitate the development of transformative practices (Ketlhoilwe, 2013; Ross, 2015). In this context, we acknowledge the urgency of researching pedagogical practices guided by complex knowledge and situated, decolonized, and transformative epistemologies (Condeza-Marmentini & Flores-Gonzalez, 2019; Sauvé & Berryman, 2013). This call converges with contextualized and transformative/transgressive positions on the subject, such as those of Stephen Sterling, Marcia McKenzie, Arjen Wals, and Helia Lotz-Sisitka, as well as many others in the Global South. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research objectives from an interpretive-qualitative paradigm and through a socio-critical approach, two case studies of public schools in Chile are examined. The selection of cases used strategic purposive sampling. The first school is located in the suburbs of the city of Santiago and is characterized by a vulnerability index of almost 100%; the second is a rural school in the Valparaíso region, in an area that has been affected for more than fifty years by various environmental problems derived from the extractive mining model typical of the northern and central regions of the country. Both the extractive model and the Chilean educational model are strongly influenced by neoliberal policies. Both schools are studied from the perspective of students, teachers, administrators, parents, and neighborhood leaders, using tools such as in-depth interviews with key actors and focus groups. The data analysis was performed using a thematic analysis grounded in educational theory and research, as well as in key geography concepts (place, environment, and territory). In addition, codes and emerging categories were collected to identify specific elements of each case. Finally, the research results are discussed in terms of the proposal and practices associated with the Transformative Education with Nature Pedagogical Model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research concludes that there are different types of environmental competencies/knowledge, depending on the case study. The teaching competencies of flexibility, uncertainty management, territorialization, and community work are highlighted. In the case of the school located in the Santiago periphery sustained training work by the educational team is observed to address a proposal for restorative education, which is key, given the violence students experience daily. Planning around the following axes is also highlighted: immanence, movement, integration, and multiplicity. Several of these axes are usually worked outside of school and in relation to the community. Through these guidelines and practices, the school has improved its evaluations and standardized results, becoming a benchmark in school coexistence and interculturality. The school located in the Valparaíso region has different characteristics. Its purpose is to develop students' job skills and—informally—to strengthen their self-perception of their long-term capacity for achievement. The impact on the community, in the context of the risk of dam failure of mining tailings and local memory of disasters, is discussed, in tension with the region's traditional mining identity. The territory is in a state of flux towards the declaration of open environmental conflict, as reflected in a variety of views on the environment and environmental education practices. The relevance of the National ESD Policy and its instruments is discussed considering the pedagogical practices described and analyzed and the perspective of Latin American Environmental Thought, with a focus on the concept of environmental savoir. Finally, the Transformative Education with Nature conceptual proposal is highlighted as an educational alternative that articulates generic and specific competencies, enabling the emergence of situated environmental citizenships. References Condeza-Marmentini, A., & Aedo, M. P. (2025). Modelo Pedagógico de Educación Transformadora con la Naturaleza. In L. F. González Beltrán (Ed.), Educação no século XXI: perspectivas contemporâneas sobre ensino-aprendizagem Vol. III pp. 122 –155). Editora Artemis. Condeza-Marmentini, A., & Flores-Gonzalez, L. (2019). Teachers' Transgressive Pedagogical Practices in Context: Ecology, Politics, and Social Change. Sustainability, 11(21), Article 6145. Gough, N. (2013). Thinking Globally in Environmental Education a Critical History. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575 –599. Hart, P. (2003). Teachers' thinking in environmental education. Consciousenes and responsability (J. Jipson, Ed. Vol. 29). Peter Lang. Ketlhoilwe, M. J. (2013). Governmentality in environmental education policy discourses: A qualitative study of teachers in Botswana. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 22(4), 291–302. Latour, B. (2008). Re-ensamblar lo social. Una introducción a la teoría del actor-red. Manantial. Leff, E. (1998). Saber Ambiental: Sustentabilidad, racionalidad, complejidad, poder. Siglo XXI. Nikel, J. (2007). Making sense of education ‘responsibly’: findings from a study of student teachers' understanding(s) of education, sustainable development and Education for Sustainable Development. Environmental Education Research, 13(5), 19. Öhman, J. (2004). Moral Perspectives in Selective Traditions of Environmental Education - conditions for environmental moral meaning-making and students’ constitution as democratic citizens. In P. Wickenberg (Ed.), Learning to change our world? Swedish research on education & sustainable development (pp. 21–32). Studentlitteratur. Raselimo, M., & Wilmot, D. (2013). Geography teachers' interpretation of a curriculum reform initiative. South African Journal of Education, 33(1), Article Unsp 681. Ross, H. (2015). Negotiating managerialism: professional recognition and teachers of sustainable development education. Environmental Education Research, 21(3), 403–416. Sauvé, L. (1999). La Educación Ambiental entre la Modenidad y la Postmodernidad. Tópicos en Educación Ambiental, 1(2), 18. Sauvé, L., & Berryman, T. (2013). Language and Discourses of Education, Environment and Sustainable Development. In R. B. Stevenson, M. Brody, J. Dillon, & A. E. J. Wals (Eds.), International Handbook of Research on Environmental Education. AERA. Sund, P. & Wickman, P. O. (2008). Teachers' objects of responsibility: something to care about in education for sustainable development? Environmental Education Research, 14(2), 145–163. UNESCO. (2021). Teachers have their say: Motivation, skills and opportunities to teach education for sustainable development and global citizenship. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization Waktola, D. K. (2009). Challenges and opportunities in mainstreaming environmental education into the curricula of teachers' colleges in Ethiopia. Environmental Education Research, 15(5), 589–605. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 31 SES 01 A: Navigating Multilingual Education: Attitudes towards Translanguaging Across Educational Contexts Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Suzanne Dekker Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch Symposium |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Navigating Multilingual Education: Attitudes towards Translanguaging Across Educational Contexts Attitudes towards language and multilingualism play a central role in students’ academic achievement and in the acquisition of the language of instruction. Teachers’ expectations, shaped by their knowledge and attitudes, have been shown to influence students’ academic performance (Rosenthal, 2010). Consequently, the learning trajectories of multilingual students are affected by teachers’ beliefs about pupils’ home languages and their perceived usefulness (Barros et al., 2020). Research in language education has documented a wide range of teacher attitudes towards multilingualism. Some studies report that teachers consider pupils’ home languages to have no place in the classroom (De Angelis, 2011) and believe that incorporating other languages into the curriculum hinders the acquisition of the language of schooling (Pulinx et al., 2015). Other studies, however, indicate generally positive views of multilingualism as a concept, alongside negative perceptions of migrant languages or concerns about practical constraints (Lee & Oxelson, 2006; De Angelis, 2011). Previous research shows that multilingual training and experience are associated with more positive teacher attitudes towards multilingualism: pre-service teachers with multilingual backgrounds are more likely to value pupils’ home languages as resources (Peercy, 2016), and targeted professional development can further strengthen such views (Ellis, 2004; Lee & Oxelson, 2006; Fischer & Lahmann, 2020). Teaching context also plays a role, with more favourable attitudes reported in schools with higher numbers of multilingual students (Bosch & Doedel, 2024), as well as schools where multilingual practices are actively promoted (Van Ruijven & Ytsma, 2008). Accordingly, challenging monolingual beliefs is essential for developing both positive attitudes and effective multilingual pedagogies that build on learners’ full linguistic repertoires (Garcia & Wei, 2014). Against this backdrop, the current symposium approaches recent developments in the field language attitudes and multilingual educational practices, focusing on situations where research on multilingual pedagogies is less readily available: longitudinal studies on the implementation of multilingual strategies in primary education, teachers’ views on multilingual practices in vocational education, and translanguaging in EFL writing classrooms in higher education. With this symposium, researchers from Finland, Norway, and the Netherlands convene to critically appraise the implications that their research has for teaching in linguistically diverse classrooms across European countries. The first paper reports on a longitudinal qualitative study of a professional development intervention on multilingualism in Dutch primary schools. Based on repeated interviews with teachers across multiple schools, the study traces how teachers’ attitudes towards pupils’ linguistic repertoires evolve over time, identifying multilingualism as an individual asset, a challenge, and a pedagogical priority, while also revealing the difficulties of translating positive attitudes into sustained classroom practices. The second paper examines vocational teachers’ views on multilingualism and potential language-restrictive policies in upper secondary classrooms in Norway and Finland. Comparing two Nordic contexts, the findings show differing beliefs about whether only the language of schooling should be used or whether students’ first languages support learning, with justifications ranging from inclusion and learning support to strengthening proficiency in the language of instruction. The third paper presents an experimental study conducted in Chinese higher education that compares translanguaging and traditional EMI pedagogies in English writing classrooms. Drawing on questionnaires and students’ written texts, the study demonstrates that translanguaging pedagogy may lead to higher writing performance and shows that increased motivation and reduced anxiety fully mediate this effect. References Barros, S. Dome, L.M., Symons, C. & Ponzio, C. (2020): Challenging Monolingual Ways of Looking at Multilingualism: Insights for Curriculum Development in Teacher Preparation, Journal of Language, Identity & Education, DOI: 10.1080/15348458.2020.1753196 Bosch, J., & Doedel, J. (2024). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingual students and their language choice: Exploring the effect of language hierarchies. Dutch Journal of Applied Linguistics, 13. Ellis, E. M. (2004). The invisible multilingual teacher: The contribution of language background to Australian ESL teachers' professional knowledge and beliefs. International Journal of Multilingualism, 1(2), 90-108. Fischer, N., & Lahmann, C. (2020). Pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism in school: an evaluation of a course concept for introducing linguistically responsive teaching. Language Awareness, 29(2), 114-133. García, O., and W. Li. 2014. Translanguaging: Language, Bilingualism and Education. New York: Palgrave Macmillan Lee, J. S., & Oxelson, E. (2006). “It's not my job”: K–12 teacher attitudes toward students' heritage language maintenance. Bilingual Research Journal, 30(2), 453-477. Peercy, M. M. (2016). New pedagogies in teacher education for teaching linguistically diverse learners. International Multilingual Research Journal, 10(3), 165–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/19313152.2016.1185904 Rosenthal, R. (2010). Pygmalion effect. In The Corsini encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 3). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Presentations of the Symposium Attitudes towards Multilingualism in Primary Education: A Longitudinal Qualitative Study of Teachers’ Experiences Following a Long-term Intervention
Teachers’ attitudes towards pupils’ linguistic repertoires significantly affect multilingual pupils’ academic achievement, making it critical to examine teachers’ attitudes, knowledge, and practical skills in this area. Often, migrant and minority languages are viewed negatively and considered detrimental for education (Pulinx et al., 2017). Implementing inclusive multilingual practices that value pupils’ home languages requires further professional development to equip educators with the necessary resources and knowledge for teaching in linguistically diverse settings (Kirsch et al., 2020).
Such professional development modules that cover multilingual practices have been shown to foster more positive attitudes towards multilingualism in schools directly after (Gorter & Arocena, 2020; Lorenz et al., 2021; Schroedler & Fischer, 2020; van der Wildt et al., 2017). However, despite the positive impact on attitudes towards multilingualism, there is little longitudinal data on the sustainability of these attitudinal changes. Our study therefore explores teachers' attitudes towards multilingualism over time and emphasises the significance of professional development and extensive collaboration with teachers in developing and enacting multilingual approaches like translanguaging (García & Baetens-Beardsmore, 2009).
Using thematic analysis on 15 longitudinal qualitative semi-structured interviews with 12 teachers across six different schools and two interview rounds, we showed three dominant themes in participants' perceptions of multilingualism: as an individual asset, a challenge, and a priority. We found varying degrees of attention to and engagement with multilingualism in schools over time. Despite positive attitudes towards multilingualism, integrating these attitudes into daily routines remains challenging. We highlight the complex interplay of teacher attitudes within the broader educational context, emphasizing the importance of continuous longitudinal studies of how attitudes towards multilingualism evolve and are enacted in educational practices.
References:
García, O. and Baetens-Beardsmore, H. (2009). Bilingual education in the 21st century: a global perspective. Wiley-Blackwell.
Gorter, D. and Arocena, E. (2020). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism in a course on translanguaging. System, 92:102272.
Kirsch, C., Aleksic, G., Mortini, S., and Andersen, K. (2020). Developing multilingual practices in early childhood education through professional development in Luxembourg. International Multilingual Research Journal, 14(4):319–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/19313152.2020.1730023.
Lorenz, E., Krulatz, A., and Torgersen, E. N. (2021). Embracing linguistic and cultural diversity in multilingual eal classrooms: The impact of professional development on teacher beliefs and practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105:103428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103428.
Pulinx, R., Van Avermaet, P., and Agirdag, O. (2017). Silencing linguistic diversity: The extent, the determinants and consequences of the monolingual beliefs of Flemish teachers. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(5):542–556. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1102860.
Schroedler, T. and Fischer, N. (2020). The role of beliefs in teacher professionalisation for multilingual classroom settings. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 8(1):49–72. https://doi.org/10.1515/eujal-2019-0040.
Van der Wildt, A., Van Avermaet, P., and Van Houtte, M. (2017). Opening up towards children’s languages: Enhancing teachers’ tolerant practices towards multilingual. School Effectiveness and School Improvement: An International Journal of Research, Policy and Practice, 28(1):136–152.
Teaching Linguistically and Culturally Diverse Students – a Comparison of Finnish and Norwegian Vocational Teachers
The right to use one’s first language is a part of linguistic human rights, and all languages have intrinsic value (Skutnabb-Kangas, 2017). Furthermore, it is widely acknowledged that first languages have an important influence on learning (Cummins, 2021). Moreover, strong first language skills are positively associated with learning the language of schooling (Relyea & Amendum, 2019).
This study is part of a larger research project investigating teachers’ beliefs, knowledge, and practices related to teaching culturally and linguistically diverse learners. For this sub-study, we focused on one open-ended question from two online surveys (conducted in Norway 2023–2024 and in Finland 2021) that elicited teachers’ self-reported views on multilingualism and, in particular, on potential policies that would restrict the language used in lessons to only the language of schooling. We also investigated the participants’ justifications for these policies. The aim was to compare attitudes and practices in two Nordic countries with similar educational values and curricula.
We surveyed vocational teachers in upper secondary schools in Norway (n = 114) and Finland (n = 614). Our preliminary results indicate that teachers have varying understanding of whether the language of instruction should be used as the only language for learning, or if they allow the students to use other languages. Views on multilingualism: use of L1 support learning, those who wanted to restrict the use of language, justified by learning the language of instruction better. In the presentation, we discuss the similarities and differences between the two contexts in more detail.
References:
Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical claims. Multilingual Matters.
Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2017). Language rights. In W. E. Wright, S. Boun, & O. García (Eds.), The handbook of bilingual and multilingual education (pp. 185–202). Wiley.
Relyea, J. E., & Amendum, S. J. (2020). English reading growth in Spanish-speaking bilingual students: Moderating effect of English proficiency on cross-linguistic influence. Child Development, 91(4), 1150–1165. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13288
The Role of Affective Factors in Translanguaging Pedagogy: A Case from a Chinese EMI Writing Classroom
In the last two decades, the traditional monolingual ideology of foreign language teaching is being challenged as growing societal and educational multilingualism has received increasing attention from applied linguistics (Jiang & Zhang, 2023). As a result, traditional English Medium Instruction (EMI) programs are being reassessed based on new insights into multilingual learners' language development. Pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter, 2021), as a relatively new multilingual paradigm that emphasizes multilingual speakers' comprehensive use of their linguistic resources, may provide new perspectives for foreign language teaching in settings that were traditionally monolingual. This paper focuses on writing in a foreign language in Chinese higher education, as it is a complex productive skill that challenges students (Fang et al., 2023). To explore teaching and acquisition of these complex skills, we compared translanguaging and EMI pedagogies in 5 classes of learners following an English writing class at a Chinese university. With an experimental design including questionnaires and students' compositions, we explored the differences between the translanguaging and EMI groups in terms of their writing performance, motivation and anxiety. The results indicated that: 1) the translanguaging group scored higher in writing than the EMI group; 2) students were more motivated and less anxious post-intervention; 3) linear regression analysis indicated that higher motivation and lower anxiety were associated with better performance; 4) the effects of EMI and translanguaging teaching methods on performance were fully mediated by motivation and anxiety. The study illustrates how EMI writing classes can be enriched by a pedagogical translanguaging perspective.
References:
Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2021). Pedagogical translanguaging. Cambridge, UK: University Press.
Fang, F., Jiang, L., & Yang, J. (2023). To impart knowledge or to adhere to policy: Unpacking language ideologies and practices in Chinese EMI courses through a translanguaging lens. Language Teaching Research, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/13621688231183771
Jiang, A. L., & Zhang, L. J. (2023). Understanding knowledge construction in a Chinese university EMI classroom: A translanguaging perspective. System, 114, 103024. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2023.103024
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 31 SES 01 B: Learning through Interaction: Participation of Multilingual Learners in Whole-Class Interaction Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Panel Discussion |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Panel Discussion Learning through Interaction: Participation of Multilingual Learners in Whole-Class Interaction 1: University of Kassel; 2: University of the Basque Country; 3: NHL Stenden University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:From a sociocultural perspective, classroom talk and interaction are not only vehicles for communication but also main contexts for learning and thinking. Classroom interaction functions as a dual resource, offering opportunities for both content and language learning. This dual role becomes particularly important in multilingual mainstream classrooms. Unlike specialized programs such as CLIL, where the integration of content and language learning is explicitly planned, mainstream classrooms typically operate with a single language of instruction that many learners have not yet fully acquired. Lan and de Oliveira (2019) describe the experience of multilingual learners in such settings—who are expected to learn new subject content through a language they are still acquiring—as an “accidental version” of CLIL programs (p. 1). Research on classroom interaction has increasingly moved beyond the question of whether interaction supports learning to examine how it contributes to learning and under what conditions it is most effective (Gass, 2012; Howe & Abedin, 2013; Loewen & Sato, 2018). A converging body of research highlights that learning opportunities are critically shaped by the quality and organization of interaction (e.g., Evnitskaya, 2018; Mercer & Howe, 2012; van der Veen et al., 2015). Building on this focus, certain practices have been found to facilitate or restrict learners’ participation and learning opportunities. Interactional organisation in mainstream classrooms often has a largely monologic nature, in which pupils are positioned in primarily responsive roles and their contributions are constrained to brief, teacher-elicited answers, while teachers retain a dominant role in directing both the flow and the epistemic framing of classroom interaction (Mercer & Howe, 2012; Skidmore, 2016). In brief dialogue exchanges such as IRF pattern, teachers close interaction quickly (Mercer & Dawes, 2014). In contrast, interactionist and dialogic teaching approaches emphasise the central role of social negotiation and interaction in meaningful learning processes. From this perspective, learning is understood as a socially situated activity in which knowledge is co-constructed through engagement with others, where teachers act primarily as facilitators of learning (Cummins, 2001; Villegas & Lucas, 2002). Within this framework, opportunities for opening up dialogic spaces for participation have emerged. For example, when teachers delay their feedback and invite pupils to compare, justify, and build on one another’s contributions, it can become a starting point for dialogic engagement rather than a mechanism of closure (Mercer & Dawes, 2014). Drawing on sociocultural views of learning and dialogic approaches to classroom interaction, the three contributions in this panel share a common theoretical perspective on participation and learning. Our findings show recurring interactional practices that are significant for multilingual learners’ participation. These include the clarity and explicitness of teacher demands, the use of explicit transitions, and the ways teachers initiate and close dialogic exchanges around their inquiries. These practices shape not only whether learners participate, but also the forms and depth of their participation. Other findings show that the way teachers implement high-level linguistic demands (e.g., justification) constrains multilingual learners’ participation. Interaction either moves toward progressive simplification to secure participation, thereby limiting opportunities for extended language use, or maintains high demands without sufficient linguistic or interactional support, restricting participation to linguistically more proficient or first-language learners. Additionally, teachers seem to retain control of whole-class interaction in multilingual classrooms by either including languages in which they are not proficient to a limited extent or by resorting to monologic interaction. The panel discussion will draw on these findings to facilitate a comparative dialogue across three European contexts (Germany, the Netherlands, and the Basque Country). It will focus on how specific interactional practices simultaneously enable and constrain multilingual learners’ participation in whole-class interaction and their opportunities for language and subject learning. References Cummins, J. (2001). Negotiating identities: Education for empowerment in a diverse society (2. ed). California Association for Bilingual Education. Evnitskaya, N. (2018). Classroom interaction and language learning in CLIL contexts. CLIL. Journal of Innovation and Research in Plurilingual and Pluricultural Education, 1(1), 7–17. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/clil.3 Gass, S. (2012). Interactionist perspectives on second language acquisition. In R. B. Kaplan (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Applied Linguistics (2nd ed., pp. 217–231). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780195384253.013.0015 Howe, C., & Abedin, M. (2013). Classroom dialogue: A systematic review across four decades of research. Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(3), 325–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2013.786024 Lan, S.-W., & de Oliveira, L. C. (2019). English language learners’ participation in the discourse of a multilingual science classroom. International Journal of Science Education, 41(9), 1246–1270. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1607618 Loewen, S., & Sato, M. (2018). Interaction and instructed second language acquisition. Language Teaching, 51(3), 285–329. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444818000125 Mehan, H. (1979). ‘What time is it, Denise?”: Asking known information questions in classroom discourse. Theory Into Practice, 18(4), 285–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405847909542846 Mercer, N., & Dawes, L. (2014). The study of talk between teachers and students, from the 1970s until the 2010s. Oxford Review of Education, 40(4), 430–445. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.934087 Mercer, N., & Howe, C. (2012). Explaining the dialogic processes of teaching and learning: The value and potential of sociocultural theory. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 1(1), 12–21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2012.03.001 Sinclair, J. M., & Coulthard, M. (1978). Towards an Analysis of Discourse: English Used by Teachers and Pupils. Oxford University Press. Skidmore, D. (2016). Dialogism and education. In D. Skidmore & K. Murakami (Eds.), Dialogic pedagogy: The importance of dialogue in teaching and learning (pp. 17–47). Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783096220-003 van der Veen, C., van Kruistum, C., & Michaels, S. (2015). Productive classroom dialogue as an activity of shared thinking and communicating: A commentary on Marsal. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 22(4), 320–325. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2015.1071398 Villegas, A. M., & Lucas, T. (2002). Educating culturally responsive teachers: A coherent approach. State University of New York Press. Chair Prof. Dr. Jonas Yassin Iversen jonas.iversen@inn.no University of Inland Norway |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 32 SES 01 A: Knowing Much, Acting Otherwise: Decolonial Perspectives on Data, Processes and Structures in Higher Education Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Marcina Singh Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium Knowing Much, Acting Otherwise: Decolonial Perspectives on Data, Processes and Structures in Higher Education Universities find themselves in a precarious situation in which they know much but act otherwise, often succumbing to local and global social, political, and economic pressures. In practice, this means that whilst these educational organisations adopt the vocabulary of inclusion, decolonisation and diversity, the praxis remains superficial, failing to dismantle the underlying coloniality of power that governs institutional structures. This symposium addresses this critical gap between theoretical awareness and material transformation by exploring how universities perpetuate colonial logics in and through organisational dynamics. The common thread between the presentations is the tension between neoliberal metrics and authentic sovereignty. Andrew Wambua, from the Cape Peninsula University of Technology in Cape Town, South Africa, in his presentation, highlights how universities in Africa struggle to operationalise “Uhuru” where degree structure, content and research methodologies remain tethered to Eurocentric frameworks despite political independence. Israa Medhat Tawfik Esmat, from Philip Marburg University in Germany, highlights tensions from an Egyptian context and discusses how university faculty navigate neoliberal policy discourses that construct specific academic subjectivities and constrain imaginaries of what it means to be a good academic. Marcina Singh, a researcher from the Netherlands, contemplates how the rise of AI and learning analytics further complicates this landscape because these tools can function as digital panopticons or digital colonisers. Flagging students as “at risk” becomes a reductionist exercise that pathologises them through algorithmic deficit modelling. The paper highlights that organisational unlearning is imperative if we are to establish socially just institutions. Eva Bulgrin and Marie Winters’ presentation applies a decolonial, post-migrant lens to view Germany as a migrant society where migration is a normal structural feature, not an exception. The study, part of a funded project on attracting and retaining non-traditional students in technical programmes, uses website analysis, interviews, and participatory “future labs” to examine cultures, power/knowledge, and subject positions in GreenTec programmes. It finds that despite inclusion goals, universities still centre white, male norms, with limited organisational learning and a persistent gap between critical knowledge and actual decision-making. The collective findings underscore a profound organisational learning gap, where the persistence Eurocentric norms reveals a systemic resistance to authentic transformation despite the adoption of decolonial rhetoric. Linking these diverse contexts is the urgent need for universities to delink from neoliberal and digital panopticons, transforming organisational dynamics from sites of surveillance into spaces of sovereignty and social justice. Overall, the symposium acknowledges acting otherwise as an organisational imperative, and we can do this by delinking from these extractive infrastructures and shifting from coloniality and surveillance to a justice-oriented model. References (selected references only) Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1974). Theory in practice: Increasing professional effectiveness. Jossey-Bass. Bulgrin, E., Kruschick, F., & Ress, S. (2025). Editorial: Zur Notwendigkeit einer dekolonisierenden und demokratisierenden Forschungspraxis. Tertium Comparationis, 31(1), 1–13. https://www.waxmann.com/ausgabeAUG100555 Bulgrin, E., Mahkonen, H., & Weber, S. M. (2026). 'Authentic Othering': Strategy and Tactics of 'Viscurseive Priviliging' in Substainable Higer Edudaction Institutions. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal. Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777–795. Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline & punish: The birth of the prison (A. Sheridan, Trans.). Vintage Books. (Original work published 1975) . Jackson-Cole, D., Lechêne, J., & Kula, S. L. (2025). Toward decoloniality of connectedness in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 1–14 . https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2025.2588281 Weber, S. M. (2022). A new audacity of imagination: Envisioning sustainable inclusion - transforming toward new patterns - practicing heterotopic organizing. In O. Koenig (Ed.), Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen (pp. 199–217). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:26064 Presentations of the Symposium Beyond Uhuru: Reclaiming African Epistemologies in Higher Education Institutions
Despite achieving political sovereignty, African Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) continue to operate within Eurocentric pedagogical and structural frameworks that have yet to realise full Uhuru (independence). This presentation explores the urgent need for decolonial thinking within the academy, positing that current degree structures, research methodologies, and institutional hierarchies remain tethered to colonial legacies. The presentation argues for a paradigm shift that centres African Indigenous Knowledge Systems (AIKS) and the core philosophies of Harambee (collective effort), Umoja (unity), and Ubuntu/Umunthu (humanity through others) as foundational academic pillars.
The diversity of the African continent – with its myriad languages, norms, and values – is the academy's greatest pedagogical strength (Webb, Khau, & Ssentamu, 2024). However, this diversity faces a modern existential threat: the rise of Artificial Intelligence. Within the context of higher education, AI risks becoming a digital coloniser that could obliterate African languages and indigenous ways of knowing, further entrenching Western hegemony in global research outputs (Salami, 2024). To counter this, this presentation advocates for the Africanisation of educational technology, ensuring that digital evolution in the lecture hall and laboratory is dictated by African culture rather than replacing it.
Drawing on Argyris and Schön’s (1974) Theory of Action, this presentation calls for African scholars and HEIs to move from espoused theories to theories-in-use that prioritise cultural pride and self-trust. By leveraging both tacit and implicit knowledge – deeply rooted in pre-colonial ways of being and governance structures – HEIs can design curricula that align authentically with societal needs (Govender & Naidoo, 2023).
Ultimately, decolonising the African university involves enriching the student experience through inclusivity and diluting extreme, polarising opinions that breed campus tension. This presentation proposes a movement toward humanising the ivory tower – transforming it into a space governed by care and belonging. The presentation serves as a call to dismantle the colonial shadow over higher education and to build a future in which African universities reflect African souls, fostering a generation of graduates who are both technologically advanced and culturally grounded.
References:
Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1974). Theory in practice: Increasing professional effectiveness. Jossey-Bass.
Mudaly, R., & Sanjigadu, S. (2022). Epistemic Journeying across Abyssal Lines of Thinking: Towards Reclaiming Southern Voices. Education as Change, 26(1), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.25159/1947-9417/11442
Alternative Discourses, Practices and Subjectivities: An Ethnography of an Egyptian Higher Education Institution
In recent decades, neoliberal reforms—embodied in ranking systems, quality assurance, audits, league tables, and performance metrics—have increasingly permeated global higher education (HE) systems. Critical scholarship, especially from Foucauldian and de-colonial perspectives, exposes how neoliberal policy discourse constructs academic subjectivities, constrains imaginaries of HE, and shapes academic conduct toward hyper-competitiveness and outcome-oriented productivity (Clarke & Knights, 2015; Morrissey, 2013; Shahjahan, 2014). Nonetheless, neoliberalism’s influence is neither totalizing nor uncontested. Resistance emerges as academics refuse imposed subjectivities and imagine alternative ways of being and doing within HE (Bristow et al., 2017; Rintamäki and Alvesson, 2023; Siltaloppi et al., 2022). While much critical literature focuses on Western contexts, there is a notable gap regarding non-Western, Global South HE settings (Burford & Wijaya Mulya, 2018). This study addresses that gap by ethnographically examining neoliberal policy discourse in Egyptian HE through a case study of a public institution.
Guided by Foucauldian and de-colonial analytical frameworks, I explore how faculty members resist the imposed neoliberal individuality (Foucault, 1982) and question what it means to be a good academic. They problematize neoliberal policies and subjectivities, experimenting with alternative practices, counter-conducts, and different policy imaginaries. Drawing on de-coloniality as a process to ‘delink’ from dominant knowledge structures and engage in epistemic reconstitution (Mignolo, 2017), the study highlights faculty efforts to create different ontologies of being and doing, propose alternative epistemologies and situated knowledges, and envision diverging policy futures.
By considering educational perspectives on organising and organisational learning (Göhlich et al., 2018), this study seeks to contribute to policy and organisational (un)learning, transformation, and the emergence of alternative possibilities and imaginaries. By problematising constraining normalities and discourses, it emphasises re-imagining and re-inventing HE organisations (Weber, 2022).
References:
Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. http://www.phil.muni.cz/journals/index.php/studia-paedagogica/article/view/1802/1968
Mignolo, W. (2017). Interview-Walter D Mignolo/Part 2 Key Concepts, E-International Relations, 21 January 2017. Available online at: https://www.e-ir.info/2017/01/21/interview-walter-mignolopart-2-key-concepts/ (accessed August 26, 2025).
Morrissey, J. (2013). Governing the academic subject: Foucault, governmentality and the performing university. Oxford Review of Education, 39 (6), 797–810. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2013.860891
Rintamäki, J., & Alvesson, M. (2023). Resisting Whilst Complying? : A Case Study of a Power Struggle in a Business School. Academy of Management Learning and Education, 22(2), 257–273. https://doi.org/10.5465/amle.2020.0070
Shahjahan, R.A. (2014). From ‘no’ to ‘yes’: Postcolonial perspectives on resistance to neoliberal higher education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 35 (2), 219–232. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2012.745732
Siltaloppi, J., Laurila, J., & Artto, K. (2022). In the service of a higher good: Resilience of academics under managerial control. Organization, 29(4), 714– 735. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350508419890084
Weber, S. M. (2022). A new audacity of imagination: Envisioning sustainable inclusion - transforming toward new patterns - practicing heterotopic organizing. In O. Koenig (Ed.), Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen (pp. 199–217). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:26064
(only some references are listed)
The Digital Panopticon: A Critical Analysis of Knowing and Acting in the Data-Driven University.
The Digital Panopticon: A Critical Analysis of Knowing and Acting in the Data-Driven University.
Within higher education organisations, learning analytics (LA) serves as a bridge between institutional knowing and strategic acting. While often framed as an assessment support tool, a critical analysis reveals a tension between formative advancement and administrative surveillance. This presentation explores how the datafication of the student experience risks transforming higher education into a digital panopticon (Foucault, 1975), where the act of knowing is weaponised against the very students it claims to serve.
This presentation first addresses the shift in assessment support, noting how the rationalisation of LA can reflect specific regional and institutional biases (Singh, 2023). Drawing on Bourdieu's reproduction theory, it argues that LA often prioritises normative selection over formative nurture. By reducing students' potential to ‘at-risk’ flags, institutions engage in a form of predatory inclusion, where success is pathologised through algorithmic deficit modelling.
Furthermore, the study interrogates the temporal power of historical data. Drawing on Safiya Noble’s (2018) Algorithms of Oppression, the presentation demonstrates how historical bias in datasets automates systemic prejudices. To dismantle this panoptic gaze, the paper proposes a move toward 'organisational unlearning' (Tsang & Zahra, 2008)—a process where the institution deliberately discards the 'digital solidifications' of the past to prevent historical inequities from dictating future opportunities (Zembylas, 2024).
The presentation concludes by advocating a Social Justice-Oriented Analytics Model. This framework moves from surveillance to solidarity, framing student 'data amnesty' as a radical act of institutional unlearning. By recentring student agency and a 'decoloniality of connectedness' (Jackson-Cole et al, 2025), universities can ensure that the transition from knowing to acting serves the goal of equity, dismantling the digital structures that perpetuate institutional control.
References:
Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777–795.
Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline & punish: The birth of the prison (A. Sheridan, Trans.). Vintage Books. (Original work published 1975) .
Jackson-Cole, D., Lechêne, J., & Kula, S. L. (2025). Toward decoloniality of connectedness in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 1–14 . https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2025.2588281
Mignolo, W. (2017, January 21). Interview – Walter D. Mignolo/Part 2: Key concepts. E-International Relations. https://www.e-ir.info/2017/01/21/interview-walter-mignolopart-2-key-concepts/
Noble, S. U. (2018). Algorithms of oppression: How search engines reinforce racism. New York University Press.
Singh, M. (2023). Rationalising learning analytics in higher education: Insights from the South African academy. Southern African Review of Education, 28(1) .
Zembylas, M. (2024). Decolonising data in higher education: Critical issues and future directions. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2024.2386334
A Decolonial and Postmigrant Perspective on Marginalised Student Groups in Technical Study Programs in German Higher Education Institutions
In our presentation, we extend a decolonial approach through a post-migrant perspective, situating our study in Germany as a migrant society. While postcolonial theory deconstructs power and domination in interdependent contexts (Bulgrin et al., 2025), a post-migrant perspective understands migration not as an exception but as a structural principle of modern societies (Foroutan, 2018).
The study is part of a BMFTR-funded project examining how higher education institutions (HEIs) can attract and retain non-traditional students (NTS) by integrating sustainability and gender equality into technical study programmes. Based on website and interview analyses, we explore organisational and subject cultures within GreenTec programmes. Building on this foundational research, we co-created and analysed future and innovation labs—participatory, user-centred formats for organisational development (Adler & Weber, 2019).
From a post-migrant perspective, universities are ambivalent spaces of both exclusion and critique. Participatory design can support social justice in these contexts (Völker, 2021). We therefore explore in our presentation which forms of power/knowledge (Foucault, 1969/2022) and subject positions are legitimised in technical study programmes.
Our findings indicate that despite claims of inclusion, discursive representations of students continue to centre white, male subject positions while marginalising others (Bulgrin et al., 2026; Spivak, 1988). Although inclusion was a shared goal, organisational learning remained limited, revealing a gap between knowledge and action and raising questions about the legitimacy of critical knowledge in decision-making processes.
References:
Adler, A., & Weber, S. M. (2019). Future and Innovation Labs as heterotopic Spaces. In S. M. Weber, I. Truschkat, C. Schröder, L. Peters, & A. Herz (Eds.), Organisation und Pädagogik. Organisation und Netzwerke (Vol. 26, pp. 375–383). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-20372-6_34
Bulgrin, E., Kruschick, F., & Ress, S. (2025). Editorial: Zur Notwendigkeit einer dekolonisierenden und demokratisierenden Forschungspraxis. Tertium Comparationis, 31(1), 1–13. https://www.waxmann.com/ausgabeAUG100555
Bulgrin, E., Mahkonen, H., & Weber, S. M. (2026). 'Authentic Othering': Strategy and Tactics of 'Viscurseive Priviliging' in Substainable Higer Edudaction Institutions. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal.
Foroutan, N. (2018). Die postmigrantische Perspektive: Aushandlungsprozesse in pluralen Gesellschaften. Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin. https://doi.org/10.18452/21909
Foucault, M. (2022). Archäologie des Wissens (U. Köppen, Trans.) [L' archéologie du savoir] (20th ed.). Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft: Vol. 356. Suhrkamp. (Original work published 1969)
Knorr-Cetina, K. (1999). Cover of Epistemic Cultures: How the Sciences Make Knowledge Epistemic Cultures: How the Sciences Make Knowledge. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvxw3q7f
Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the Subaltern Speak? In C. Nelson & L. Grossberg (Eds.), Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture (pp. 271–313). University of Illinois.
Völker, S. (2021). Verhandlungen von sozialer Mobilität und Biografie in postmigrantischen Gesellschaften. GENDER – Zeitschrift Für Geschlecht, Kultur Und Gesellschaft, 13(3), 59–73. https://doi.org/10.3224/gender.v13i3.05
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 33 SES 01 A: The Impact of Social Media on Gendered Educational Settings and Contexts Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Paper Session This session explores three diverse ways in which gender equality and social justice are under threat in diverse educational settings. Each paper offers a unique empirical and theoretical lens on the problems that arise in diverse international settings. |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper How Digital Leisure Desensitizes Youth to Online Misogyny Myongji University, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:This study investigates the relationship between adolescent digital leisure participation and desensitization to online misogyny. The central research question asks: To what extent do different types of digital leisure activities predict adolescents' desensitization to online misogyny, and what psychological and contextual factors mediate this relationship? Specifically, this research examines whether cumulative participation in online gaming, social media, streaming services, and online communities is associated with higher acceptance of sexist attitudes, cyber sexual violence myths, and normalized exposure to misogynistic content. The study addresses three sub-questions: which specific digital leisure activities demonstrate the strongest associations with desensitization indicators; whether online disinhibition mediates the relationship between digital leisure and desensitization; and whether gender differences exist in these relationships. The primary objective is to provide empirical evidence identifying which digital leisure forms are most strongly associated with youth desensitization to misogyny, while examining online disinhibition as a potential mechanism. Adolescent leisure activities have increasingly migrated to online spaces. However, this shift has exposed youth to systematic encounters with misogynistic content embedded within digital platforms. Online gaming communities and social media serve as conduits for "manosphere" culture, exposing young people to sexual harassment, objectification, and rape culture during recreational activities (Bates, 2020; Ging & Siapera, 2018). Recent research documents concerning trends. Vickery and Everbach (2021) identified a "radicalization pipeline" on YouTube and TikTok, where algorithms progressively expose adolescents to extremist gender ideologies. Massanari and Chess (2020) analyzed how meme culture trivializes misogyny, preventing adolescents from recognizing its severity. Jane (2017) emphasized that online misogyny has evolved into structural culture, with adolescent exposure profoundly impacting attitude formation. Repeated exposure produces desensitization effects—reduced emotional responsiveness and increased prejudice acceptance (Soral, Bilewicz, & Winiewski, 2018). Despite this issue's severity for gender equality in education, empirical research examining which specific digital leisure activities contribute most significantly to youth desensitization remains limited. Existing studies focus on qualitative analysis or single platforms, lacking comprehensive quantitative investigation of how diverse participation patterns relate to multiple desensitization dimensions. This research integrates Media Effects Theory, specifically cultivation and desensitization theory, to understand how repeated exposure to misogynistic content shapes adolescent attitudes. The Online Disinhibition Effect (Suler, 2004) serves as a mediating mechanism, referring to reduced social constraints in digital environments that may amplify desensitization. Ambivalent Sexism Theory (Glick & Fiske, 1996) captures the multidimensional nature of sexist attitudes, distinguishing between hostile and benevolent sexism. The study also employs Cyber Sexual Violence Myth Acceptance to understand acceptance of false beliefs minimizing online sexual harassment. This research addresses the European/International dimension by examining transnational digital platforms operating identically across global contexts. While data collection occurs in South Korea, the platforms investigated—YouTube, Instagram, TikTok, online gaming, and streaming services—are identical to those used by European adolescents. South Korea combines high digital connectivity comparable to Northern European countries with distinct gender cultural dynamics. The quantitative methodology and validated theoretical frameworks facilitate cross-national comparison and replication studies in European contexts, advancing understanding of how transnational digital leisure environments pose universal challenges to gender equality in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a quantitative cross-sectional survey design with approximately 1,600 adolescents aged 14-18 years, randomly sampled from a nationally representative panel in South Korea. The online survey measures seven domains: (1) demographic variables including gender, socioeconomic status, parental media mediation, and peer pressure; (2) digital leisure participation across approximately 40 items assessing frequency and cumulative duration of engagement in online gaming, social media platforms, streaming services, and online communities; (3) ambivalent sexism using the Glick and Fiske (1996) inventory; (4) online disinhibition; (5) cyber sexual violence myth acceptance; (6) frequency of exposure to misogynistic content online; and (7) exposure to misogynistic language in school and daily life. Statistical analysis employs moderated mediation modeling. Digital leisure activities serve as independent variables, with cyber sexual violence myth acceptance and online misogyny exposure frequency as dependent variables. Online disinhibition and ambivalent sexism function as mediators, while gender, socioeconomic background, parental media mediation, and peer pressure serve as moderators. This approach identifies which digital leisure types most strongly predict desensitization outcomes and illuminates psychological mechanisms and contextual factors that amplify or buffer these relationships, providing evidence for targeted gender education interventions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research expects to identify specific digital leisure activities most strongly associated with adolescent desensitization to online misogyny. Anticipated findings include differential effects across platform types, with online gaming communities and certain social media platforms likely demonstrating stronger associations with cyber sexual violence myth acceptance and ambivalent sexism compared to passive streaming consumption. The study expects to confirm that cumulative participation duration and frequency in high-risk digital leisure contexts predict higher desensitization outcomes. Regarding mediating mechanisms, the research anticipates that online disinhibition will partially mediate the relationship between digital leisure participation and desensitization indicators. Adolescents experiencing higher online disinhibition through participatory digital leisure are expected to show elevated acceptance of sexist attitudes and cyber sexual violence myths. Additionally, ambivalent sexism is expected to function as a mediator linking digital leisure exposure to normalization of misogynistic content. The study anticipates significant moderating effects. Gender differences are expected, with male adolescents potentially showing stronger associations between certain digital leisure activities (particularly online gaming) and desensitization outcomes. Parental media mediation is expected to buffer negative effects, while peer pressure may amplify relationships between digital leisure participation and acceptance of misogynistic attitudes. Socioeconomic background may moderate exposure patterns and vulnerability to desensitization. These findings will provide empirical evidence for developing targeted gender education interventions addressing high-risk digital leisure contexts. Expected outcomes include identification of specific platforms and participation patterns requiring educational attention, understanding of psychological mechanisms enabling desensitization, and recognition of protective factors that can be strengthened through educational programs. The research contributes to international discourse on gender equality in education by demonstrating how transnational digital platforms create universal challenges requiring coordinated educational responses while acknowledging cultural specificities in manifestation and intervention strategies. References Banet-Weiser, S., & Miltner, K. M. (2016). #MasculinitySoFragile: Culture, structure, and networked misogyny. Feminist Media Studies, 16(1), 171–174. https://doi.org/10.1080/14680777.2016.1120490Bates, L. (2020). Men Who Hate Women: The Extremism Nobody is Talking About. Simon & Schuster: UK. Ging, D., & Siapera, E. (2018). Special issue on online misogyny. Feminist Media Studies, 18(4), 515–524. https://doi.org/10.1080/14680777.2018.1447345 Jane, E. A. (2017). Misogyny online: A short (and brutish) history. SAGE Publications. Kansok-Dusche, J., Ballaschk, C., Krause, N., Zeißig, A., Seemann-Herz, L., Wachs, S., & Bilz, L. (2022). A systematic review on hate speech among children and adolescents: Definitions, prevalence, and overlap with related phenomena. Trauma, Violence, & Abuse, 24(4), 2598–2615. https://doi.org/10.1177/15248380221108070 Massanari, A., & Chess, S. (2018). Attack of the 50-foot social justice warrior: The discursive construction of SJW memes as the monstrous feminine. Feminist Media Studies, 18(4), 525–542. https://doi.org/10.1080/14680777.2018.1447333 Soral, W., Bilewicz, M., & Winiewski, M. (2018). Exposure to hate speech increases prejudice through desensitization. Aggressive Behavior, 44(2), 136–146. https://doi.org/10.1002/ab.21737 Vickery, J. R., & Everbach, T. (Eds.). (2018). Mediating misogyny: Gender, technology, and harassment. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-72917-6 33. Gender and Education
Paper Reframing ‘Vulnerability’ to Digital Harms: Boys and Young Men as Critically Engaged Digital Citizens in Times of ‘Crisis’ and Digital Restrictions 1: The University of Queensland, Australia; 2: Flinders University, Australia; 3: London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, England; 4: Australian Catholic University, Brisbane Presenting Author:Context: Internationally, there has been a powerful crisis narrative regarding how boys and young men are susceptible to social and gender pressures that arise across the hybrid offline-online spaces they navigate. Recent research has highlighted how boys and young men in Australia use online content to re-define masculine norms and gender dynamics, which were traditionally learned through family and peers offline (eSafety Commissioner, 2024; Schulz, McDonald & Zembylas, 2025). Recent research indicates that many boys struggle to make sense of themselves amid influential digital content that promotes narrow and often unattainable masculine ideals. Against this backdrop, we ask what role education can play and, more specifically, how strength-based e-safety education can respond by valuing and mobilising the digital knowledge, critical capacities, and lived experiences boys and young men.
Significance: As public health debates continue to centre on the potential harms of digital engagement and the need to shield adolescents from risky or harmful content, we see governments worldwide move to restrict young people’s access to social media (Odgers & Jensen, 2020). We are witnessing a growing number of countries engaged in legislating access to social media for young people. Australia recently introduced a so-called ‘ban’ on social media in December 2025, and we do not yet know the full effects. Harmful online content, which is alarmingly diverse, is often associated with gendered social pressures (e.g. body image, sexting, gender-based harassment, deepfakes, etc). For boys and young men, there are significant concerns globally regarding exposure to restrictive masculine norms, often embedded in ‘influencer culture,’ where research suggests this content could be influential to their gender identity. While we do not discount this research, or the multiplicity of ways in which they are vulnerable to digital harms, we instead shift the focus foregrounding how Australian boys navigate digital risks and position themselves as responsible digital citizens. Our research focuses on the ways Australian adolescent boys and young men understand online risks, and how they safeguard themselves and their mental health while consuming social media and other online environments prior to the implementation of the ban.
Theory: Strength-based e-safety education frames young people as active, capable digital participants rather than passive victims of online risk. It foregrounds existing skills such as critical judgement, peer support, ethical reasoning, and adaptive use of platforms, building on what young people already do to manage their online lives. Problematising narratives of fear or the need for restriction, this approach emphasises agency, confidence, and informed decision-making in digital spaces (Livingston & Third, 2017). The majority of strength-based e-safety education is focused on relational practices, open-dialogue around help-seeking, the role of bystander intervention, and collective norms. Overall, strength-based e-safety education resists deficit narratives and supports young people to navigate digital environments with competence and responsibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: This work draws from 20 individual interviews with boys and young men over the age of 18 and 7 school-based focus groups with those under the age of 18 (N=47). In using semi-structured interviews and focus groups we were able to focus on an in-depth exploration of participants’ perspectives while retaining sufficient consistency to allow comparison across accounts. These approaches support the generation of rich, contextualised data that captures how participants interpret and make sense of their experiences in digital spaces. After the research was conducted, a thematic analysis was undertaken to identify and interpret key patterns and trends across the dataset. Interview and focus groups transcripts were read iteratively to support familiarisation with the data, and initial codes were generated to capture recurring ideas and points of significance. These codes were then reviewed and grouped into broader themes that reflected shared meanings across participants, while also attending to points of divergence. This process supported an analytically grounded account of how participants articulated their experiences and perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results: In examining the digital practices of boys and young men, we identified four interrelated themes relevant to educators today: 1) the participants’ awareness of risk in digital spaces; 2) their developing digital literacies through peers, family, institutions; 3) youth-led safeguarding; and 4) perceived self-responsibility in e-safety. Together, these insights complicate dominant narratives of young people as passive or vulnerable users of social media and digital technologies. Instead, they highlight how boys and young men engaged in perceived sense of individual responsibility where they protect themselves from harm in digital spaces. Conclusion: This research contributes to the scholarship on the lives of young people during a time of intensifying digital restrictions. One of the main reasons for these policy changes is the risk posed to young people’s mental health as well as their exposure to harmful and influential online content. These findings highlight the need for e-safety initiatives that recognise both the vulnerabilities and existing critical capacities of boys and young men. Our research seeks to move beyond the crisis narrative and capture key aspects of what boys and young men bring to their e-safety education. In an era of increasing digital restrictions, this work stresses the importance of inclusive research practices that platform young people’s perspectives to inform future online health policy and regulation. References eSafety Commissioner. (2025). Online risks for women. Accessed November 25, 2025. https://www.esafety.gov.au/women/online-risks-for-women Livingstone, S., & Third, A. (2017). Children and young people’s rights in the digital age. New Media & Society, 19(5), 657–670. Odgers, C. L., & Jensen, M. R. (2020). Annual research review: Adolescent mental health in the digital age: Facts, fears, and future directions. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 61(3), 336-348. Schulz, S., McDonald, S., & Zembylas, M. (2025). ‘Tell this fuckin’bitch to pull her head in’: affective infrastructures of gender injustice and manosphere classroom encounters. Gender and Education, 1-16. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Who are my Friends on Social Media? Can I Trust them? CY Cergy Paris University, France Presenting Author:What do social networks bring to relationships between young people in terms of peer socialisation? What aspects of their lives are shared? Among these, which specific dimensions relate to gender? In this paper, we will examine how young people perceive their social interactions in the digital space, as well as the direct effects on their friendships and romantic relationships, their attitudes towards sexuality, tensions and conflicts between peers, and power relations (social, gender-based, related to the marginalisation of certain groups). The influence of social media on young people's lives is debated in every country around the world at the political, economic, societal and scientific levels. Research on the effects of social media on young people is largely dominated by the fields of neuroscience and health, with references to sociology being rarer. This multiplicity of viewpoints gives rise to an impression of scientific cacophony. This is particularly evident in France, where parliamentarians have just debated a resolution to ban digital social networks for young people under the age of fifteen (January 2026). While research on digital sociability agrees that digital social networks are essential places for young people to socialise (Pasquier, 2020), where they exchange and share ‘their lives’ widely and even publicly (boyd, 2016), few studies have explored the link between the technical parameters and functionalities of these applications designed to support social interaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, we combined two sets of data from surveys on peer socialising practices, both face-to-face and digital. The first survey concerns young people from urban neighbourhoods and was conducted between 2019 and 2023 (Bortolotti, 2025). Using a mixed methodology, this survey was based on face-to-face interviews with 63 young people (aged 12 to 23) monitored by specialised prevention associations, as well as seven months of online ethnography (Berry, 2012) focusing on the Snapchat accounts of fourteen young people (eight girls and six boys). The second survey focused on the population of a semi-rural secondary school and three primary schools in the same geographical area, with a sample of 850 pupils (aged 8 to 16). The population, which is heterogeneous, tends to come from middle-class and disadvantaged backgrounds and is structured around marked and divisive migratory nuclei, both in the geographical area of the sector and within the schools surveyed. The materials are drawn from a mixed approach in which data are collected successively through questionnaires, focus groups and individual interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With regard to age-related effects, our two areas of research show that young people's digital lives cannot be analysed solely on the basis of fixed categories, but rather as an evolving period marked by socialisation practices that change and become more personalised over time. Young people often have highly organised circles of friends on their accounts, differentiating between public and private stories based on the degree of trust in the friendship. However, younger people are more likely to make ‘mistakes’ or find themselves in embarrassing situations (adding malicious people, sharing images of themselves without consent), often due to a lack of knowledge of the technical features of applications, or a poor understanding of the ‘moral codes’ of youth digital culture (not sending ‘nudes’, not editing photos, not taking screenshots of private stories). Identifying the uses and practices surrounding a form of ‘friend diplomacy’ reflects online and offline exchange strategies. Privacy protection becomes even more fragile when they use their friends' smartphones. Sharing passwords or leaving accounts open on a friend's phone is based on a relationship of trust, which can be betrayed at any time. These situations put girls' reputations at stake, especially when intimate photos have been previously exchanged in a romantic context. On digital social networks, friendships are formed and broken, conquests and games of seduction develop, romantic relationships begin and end, and gender differences are asserted, as illustrated by a few case studies in our presentation (Bortolotti & Couchot-Schiex, 2025). References Balley, C. & Coll, S. (2015), La mise en scène de la vie privée en ligne par les adolescents, RESET, 4, 1-18. Berry, V. (2012). Ethnographie sur internet : rendre compte du « virtuel ». Les sciences de l’éducation pour l’ère nouvelle, 45(4), 35-48. Bortolotti, R. (2025). Jeunesses populaires en ligne: Enquête sur les "nouvelles" sociabilités numériques des jeunes de cité. Éditions du Cygne. Bortolotti, R. & Couchot-Schiex, S. (2025). Relations amicales, intimé et intermédiations numériques à l’adolescence. Esquisse d’une diplomatie relationnelle du collège au lycée. Réseaux, 253(5). 257-290. Boyd, d. (2014). It's Complicated: The Social Lives of Networked Teens. Yale University Press. Pasquier, D. (2020). La culture des sentiments. L’expérience télévisuelle des adolescents. Maison des sciences de l’homme. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 34 SES 01 A: Engagement in school and society Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Johannes Schuster Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Preparing Children in Early Primary Education for Citizenship: Participation and Self-Governance in School Practice University of Silesia in Katowice, Poland Presenting Author:The aim of the project was to examine the process of preparing children for citizenship and self-governance in primary school (ages 6–9). As a result of the conducted research, an original educational programme was developed to support the propaedeutics of self-governance among children aged 6–9 in a community primary school. The main research problem addressed in the study was formulated as follows: How do early school-age children experience and make sense of the process of developing citizenship and self-governance within the everyday practices, relationships and culture of the school environment? This question also encompassed the identification of factors that children perceived as enabling or constraining self-governance at this educational stage. Previous research in the field of educational sciences addressing self-governance in educational institutions has focused primarily on older children and adolescents, as well as on the organisational structures and formal functions of student councils. This gap is particularly visible also in the European context. In contrast, this study concentrated on younger children and on self-governance as an everyday, lived experience within school life. The research was situated within a broader European and international context related to childhood studies, particularly drawing on Harry Shier and Laura Lundy’s work on children’s participation. This perspective highlights that many countries continue to struggle with the effective implementation of Art. 12 of the CRC, which guarantees children the right to express their views and to participate in matters affecting them. The study responded to a noticeable gap in existing research, as there remains a lack of in-depth analyses of children’s participation processes in relation to their psychomoral development. In particular, little attention has been paid to the early primary education stage (grades 1–3) and to the ways in which everyday school practices, peer relations and adult–child interactions shape the development of self-governance from the children’s perspective. The research was conducted using a participatory approach, which involved students as active contributors throughout the research process, including the formulation of research questions, data generation and the interpretation of findings. This approach made it possible to explore areas that have so far been insufficiently examined in scientific reflection, especially from the perspective of children themselves. Such an approach is crucial for understanding self-governance not merely as an institutional arrangement, but as a practice of co-decision embedded in everyday school life. Due to the participatory character of the study and its implementation in a small community school, the findings were enriched by local and contextual factors that are often overlooked in quantitative studies and pedagogical experiments. While the study was conducted in a specific community school, similar school environments can be found across Europe and often function as laboratories for innovative approaches to participation and citizenship education. An important component of the research involved a systematic inquiry into my own educational practice. This self-study was carried out with continuous reflection on my intentions, strategies and behaviours as an educator. The research also assumed that gaining insight into children’s worlds requires joint meaning-making processes, supported by a range of research tools that enable children to express their experiences not only verbally, but also through non-verbal and creative forms of communication, in line with Alison Clark’s Mosaic Approach. The trust established with children and parents over time allowed access to research areas that would be difficult for an external researcher to reach. A sense of security and community, developed within the school environment, constituted a key ethical condition for both the research process and the meaningful participation of children. The findings underline that effective social participation in early primary education depends on educational environments and adult practices grounded in mutual acceptance and respect for children’s agency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The subject-participation paradigm was adopted as the theoretical and methodological framework of this study. This paradigm assumes the active involvement of research participants in the construction of knowledge and emphasizes the co-creation of meanings within everyday educational practice. Its adoption determined both the type and strategy of the research, which was conducted as educational action research. The study was carried out in a natural school setting and followed a cyclical action research structure comprising planning, action, observation, and reflection. This approach prioritized teachers’ professional understandings and pedagogical judgments, with a particular focus on practice—understood as the interpretations and decisions developed and enacted by teachers and pupils in specific educational situations. At the same time, attention was directed toward children’s experiences of participation, agency, and responsibility within the classroom community. Pupils’ forms of resistance were also examined and interpreted as emancipatory practices that play a significant role in the early development of citizenship. In order to enhance the credibility and analytical depth of the study, methodological triangulation was applied through the use of multiple research tools and data sources. The research employed the following instruments: - a researcher’s reflective journal, systematically documenting pedagogical actions, decision-making processes, and analytical reflections across successive action research cycles; - participant observation, focused on everyday classroom practices, peer interactions, teacher–student relationships, and situations involving shared decision-making; - semi-structured interviews with children, aimed at exploring their perspectives on participation, influence, and self-governance within the classroom; - visual data, including photographs and video recordings of educational activities, documenting pupils’ independent work, presentations, collaboration, and group processes; - analysis of documents and pupils’ artefacts, such as classroom rules, agreements, planning tools, and project outcomes; - qualitative data analysis supported by MAXQDA software, enabling systematic coding, category construction, and comparative analysis between research cycles. The integration of these methods allowed for a comprehensive and in-depth examination of children’s experiences of self-governance in early primary education. Moreover, it enabled an analysis of the teacher’s role and the school environment in creating conditions that support the development of pupils’ agency, subjectivity, and responsibility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The implementation of three cycles of action research resulted in several key findings: 1. Teacher’s Role: The most decisive factor influencing self-governance was the teacher’s individual pedagogical theory. The teacher’s educational style, language use, and understanding of each child’s zone of proximal development proved pivotal. Regular opportunities for co-decision-making increased children’s engagement. Notably, pupils also displayed forms of resistance, which the new model of self-governance incorporates as a natural component of classroom dynamics. 2. School’s Role: Awareness and support from the headteacher and teaching staff are crucial to implementing the proposed self-governance framework. Cultivating a school culture that values emancipation fosters a stable environment conducive to children’s active participation. 3. Group Dynamics: At this stage of education, self-governance primarily occurs within the classroom. Sociometric analyses identified children with high peer influence who, when positively inclined toward self-governance, effectively promoted peer integration. The analysis also revealed patterns of gender homophily, with children tending to form peer relations and decision-making groups primarily within same-gender networks. These patterns influenced participation dynamics and access to informal leadership roles within the classroom. 4. Change Over Time: Implementing action research across three iterative cycles showed that cultivating self-governance is a gradual process. 5. Developing a Theoretical and Practical Model: Based on the data collected, the research produced a theoretical framework of propaedeutics of self-governance and an accompanying pedagogical program. More broadly, the results indicate that fostering self-governance in early schooling can prepare children for more advanced forms of participation later on. In addition, this project demonstrates how the CRC may be meaningfully realized in everyday school practice, aligning with Europe-wide efforts to build more democratic and inclusive schools. The study directly addresses the conference theme "Knowing and Acting", highlighting the changing conditions and potentials of educational research as both an analytical and transformative practice. References 1. Cahill, C., 2007: Doing Research with Young People: Participatory Research and the Rituals of Collective Work. Children’s Geographies, 5(3), 297–312. 2. Clark, A.; Moss, P., 2011: Listening to Young Children – The Mosaic Approach. Second Edition, NCB, London. 3. Cuevas-Parra, P., 2022: Multi-Dimensional Lens to Article 12 of the UNCRC: A Model to Enhance Children’s Participation. Children’s Geographies, 21(3), 363–377. 4. Czerepaniak-Walczak, M., 2010: Action Research [in:] Basics of Research Methodology in Pedagogy. Gdańsk Psychological Publishing House, Gdańsk. 5. Czerepaniak-Walczak, M., 2017: Sources and Consequences of Simplifications in Action Research: Ontological, Epistemological, and Ethical Traps [in:] Epistemological and Methodological Traps in Educational Research. How to Deal With Them?, University of Silesia Press, Katowice. 6. Denzin, N. K.; Lincoln, Y. S., 2009: Qualitative Research Methods. Vol. 1, PWN Scientific Publishing, Warsaw. 7. Gabryś-Barker, D., 2011: Action Research in Teacher Development: An Overview of Research Methodology. University of Silesia Press, Katowice. 8. Góral, A.; Jałocha, B.; Mazurkiewicz, G.; Zawadzki, M., 2019: Action Research – A Book for Students in Social Sciences. Jagiellonian University Press, Kraków. 9. Hess, R. D.; Torney-Purta, J. 1967: The Development of Political Attitudes in Children. Aldine Publishing Company. 10. Ketovuori, H.; Hirvensalo, S.; Pihlaja, P.; Laakkonen, E., 2020: Pupils’ Experience of Social Participation in Finnish Primary Schools. Nordic Studies in Education, 40(4), 323–342. 11. Kock, N., 2004: The Three Threats of Action Research: A Discussion of Methodological Antidotes in the Context of an Information Systems Study. Decision Support Systems, 37(2). 12. Lundy, L., 2007: ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. 13. Lundy, L., 2018: In defence of tokenism? Implementing children’s right to participate in collective decision-making. Childhood, 25(3), 340–354. 14. Shier, H., 2001: Pathways to participation: Openings, opportunities and obligations. Children & Society, 15(2), 107–117. 15. Thornberg, R.; Elvstrand, H., 2012: Children’s Experiences of Democracy, Participation, and Trust in School. International Journal of Educational Research, 53, 44–54. 16. Wygotski, L. S., 2022: Selected Psychological Works II. Childhood and Adolescence. Poznań, pp. 100–102. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Knowing and Acting in Education for Democracy: Living Labs, Scaling, Professional Judgement, and the Politics of Evidence Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Contemporary Education for Democracy (EfD) initiatives operate within a complex knowledge environment shaped by democratic erosion, information disorder, policy urgency, and increasing reliance on standardised indicators and comparative evidence. While citizenship education is widely recognised as essential for sustaining democratic cultures, the conditions under which knowledge about democratic education is produced, legitimised, and acted upon are increasingly contested. In particular, pressures to demonstrate impact at scale risk privileging metric-based forms of knowing that sit uneasily with the relational, contextual, and value-laden nature of democratic learning. This paper examines how educational knowledge for democratic practice is generated and mobilised under these conditions, drawing on findings from the Horizon Europe–funded DEMOCRAT project (2023–2026). The project implemented 42 Living Lab–based local pilot projects across six European countries, spanning primary, post-primary, higher education, teacher education, and community-linked settings. Living Labs functioned as participatory research environments in which teachers, learners, researchers, and community actors co-designed and enacted EfD interventions, generating practice-based knowledge alongside research outputs. Building on this empirical base, the paper addresses the following research question: How can knowledge about Education for Democracy be scaled and acted upon in policy and practice without reducing democratic education to performative indicators or decontextualised evidence? To address this question, the paper draws conceptually on the ScaleDem analytical framework, which conceptualises scaling as a multidimensional and relational process encompassing scaling deep, out, in, and high. This framework is used not as a prescriptive model, but as an interpretive lens for examining how different forms of knowledge travel across research, practice, and policy contexts. A central focus of the paper is the project’s development and use of an illustrative, non-normative scaling profile designed to support reflective judgement rather than measurement, benchmarking, or comparison. This profile was explicitly framed as a sense-making tool, drawing on qualitative evidence, practitioner reflection, and contextual knowledge to support discussion about institutional embedding, cultural depth, internal learning, and reach. In doing so, it foregrounds professional judgement and situated interpretation as legitimate forms of evidence alongside more formal research outputs. By analysing how this approach was received and used by practitioners and policy-adjacent actors, the paper contributes to wider debates about the authority, use, and limits of education research in conditions of poly-crisis. It argues that safeguarding the democratic purposes of citizenship education requires not only innovative pedagogies, but also careful attention to how knowledge is authorised and acted upon. In this sense, scaling Education for Democracy is presented as an epistemic and ethical challenge, rather than a purely technical one, with implications for how education research engages with policy while maintaining academic integrity and public trust. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts a qualitative, interpretive research design drawing on evidence generated through the DEMOCRAT project’s Living Lab methodology. Living Labs functioned as participatory research environments in which teachers, learners, researchers, and community stakeholders collaboratively designed, implemented, and reflected on Education for Democracy interventions across diverse national and institutional contexts. Empirical material is drawn from three main sources. First, project documentation from 42 local pilot projects, including design templates, reflective summaries, and implementation reports, provides insight into how EfD practices were enacted and adapted across contexts. Second, shared formative assessment tools were used across pilot sites, most commonly combining teacher observation diaries with learner self-assessment and structured reflection activities. These tools were designed to support learning and adaptation rather than standardised measurement, and were explicitly framed as non-comparative. Third, qualitative feedback from Living Lab participants, gathered through focus groups, workshops, and structured reflection sessions, provides insight into how knowledge generated through the project was interpreted and taken up by practitioners and policy-adjacent actors. Analytically, the paper employs a thematic analysis informed by the ScaleDem framework, focusing on how different dimensions of scaling (deep, out, in, and high) were articulated, prioritised, or constrained in different contexts. Particular attention is paid to moments where tensions emerged between demands for demonstrable impact and the preservation of democratic values such as participation, deliberation, and professional autonomy. Rather than treating scaling as an outcome to be measured, the analysis conceptualises scaling as an ongoing process of sense-making and negotiation across research, practice, and policy domains. This methodological stance aligns with Network 34’s openness to qualitative, participatory, and policy-oriented research approaches, and supports a critical examination of how knowledge about citizenship education is produced and mobilised under contemporary conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to generate three main contributions. First, it offers an empirically grounded account of how knowledge about Education for Democracy is produced and negotiated across research, practice, and policy contexts, highlighting the central role of practitioner judgement and contextual interpretation. Second, it demonstrates how non-normative, interpretive tools can support action and policy engagement without collapsing democratic education into standardised indicators or performance metrics. Third, the paper contributes conceptually to debates on scaling in citizenship education by reframing scaling as an epistemic and ethical issue rather than a technical one. It shows how different dimensions of scaling may come into tension with one another, and how attempts to prioritise reach or institutional embedding can risk undermining cultural depth or professional agency if not carefully mediated. In line with the ECER 2026 theme, the paper argues that education research must attend not only to what is known about democratic education, but also to how that knowledge is authorised, mobilised, and acted upon in contexts marked by democratic, informational, and institutional poly-crisis. It concludes by suggesting that strengthening the public value of education research requires forms of knowing that remain open to complexity, uncertainty, and democratic deliberation References Camatarri, S., Dobler, C., & Vergne, A. (2025). ScaleDem Analytical Framework: Four Dimensions for Scaling Democratic Innovations. Zenodo. Coburn, C. E. (2003). Rethinking scale: Moving beyond numbers to deep and lasting change. Educational Researcher, 32(6), 3–12. Lalor, J., Mallon, B., Eren, E., & Rami, J. (2025). WP4 Desk-Based Research (Ireland): Education for Democracy – National and Comparative Analysis [Data set]. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17545548 Mallon, B., Rami, J., Lalor, J., & Eren, E. (2025). Living Labs as Democratic Infrastructure: Co-producing Education Policy through Participatory Research. Education Research Summit / National Education Convention 2025,, Croke Park, Dublin, Ireland. Zenodo.https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17593434 OECD. (2020). An Implementation Framework for Effective Change in Schools. OECD Publishing. Schuurman, D., & De Marez, L. (2012). Structuring user involvement in Living Labs. Technology Innovation Management Review, 2(9), 31–38. Council of Europe. (2022). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture. Higgins, S. et al. (2022). Communicating research evidence to inform decision-making. Review of Education, 10(1). 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper A Socio-Economic Evaluation for the Sustainability of the Critical Change Lab Project University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:One of the challenges associated with research projects in the fields of education and society is that, once they are completed, there is no guarantee that their contributions will be put into practice and have sustainability (Hargreaves, 2002). This limitation is due, among other reasons, to the fact that the “cost” of this sustainability is not usually part of the project. The socio-economic aspects of a project must not only indicate the immediate costs requirements for starting, but also the capacity for providing a lasting impact beyond initial funding. Hence the importance of understanding what it means to define the sustainability of a project or innovation and developing a methodology that allows its cost to be assessed (Müller, at al. 2006). Cost is understood not only in economic terms, but also in terms of training, emotional and support resources, dissemination activities and relational underpinnings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To carry out the socio-economic evaluation, a strategy has been designed that examines the social and economic factors that enable or constrain the development of lifelong and life-wide learning skills within educational initiatives informed by the CCLAB pedagogical approach. The central research question is: What are the social and economic aspects that can spur or inhibit lifelong and life‑wide learning skills related to the pedagogical approach underlying the Critical ChangeLab philosophies? The analysis adopts a qualitative research design, informed by Flick’s (2015) principles of systematic qualitative inquiry. Emphasis is placed on methodological rigor through triangulation, iterative design, and researcher reflexivity. The approach is intentionally adaptive, allowing for context‑sensitive data collection and interpretation, with the aim of producing grounded insights into the socio‑educational phenomena under study. In this sense, primary data was gathered through 16 semi‑structured interviews with educational stakeholders associated with the CCLAB Consortium Partners. Interviews were conducted in two distinct tiers to capture multi‑level perspectives on the socio‑economic dimensions of implementing and scaling CCLAB initiatives: 1. Micro‑Level Interviews (n=8): Conducted with immediate collaborators (educators, teachers, facilitators) who were directly involved in the PAR cycles of the Critical ChangeLabs. These interviews focused on the on‑the‑ground socio‑economic costs—interpreted broadly—of implementing CCLAB pedagogies at the classroom or workshop level. 2. Meso‑ and Macro‑Level Interviews (n=8): Conducted with medium‑ to high‑ranking education officers, some of whom were not directly engaged in CCLAB implementation. These interviews sought to identify structural, institutional, and systemic factors affecting the scalability and sustainability of CCLAB approaches, again framed in terms of broad socio‑economic costs and enablers. An interview script was developed based on key thematic issues identified during the evaluation of the iterative PAR cycles. The script guided discussion with stakeholders around the following predefined themes: Economic and structural constraints within standardized education systems. Needs for continuous teacher/facilitator training in art‑based methods, participatory research, democratic awareness, and active citizenship. Connections between educational settings and external communities or stakeholders. Evaluation of critical competences developed through CCLAB activities. A common grid was then developed to identify emerging issues and common patterns across different contexts. Additionally to guide the socioeconomic analysis of the CCLAB, this study adopts Palka’s (2024) two-dimensional participatory research analysis framework, which positions participatory research projects along a spectrum of goals, which can range from pure scientific knowledge to radical change, and decision-making structures ranging from hierarchical to democratic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Collaborators participating in the socio-economic evaluation consider it necessary to quantify the cost of implementing CCLab; however, establishing indicators for the entire educational process is highly complex. Despite these challenges, the interviews reveal several indicators that could inform political decision-making aimed at promoting democratic education: Clearly define the goals of democratic projects. Allocate time for prior alignment with teachers, particularly if the objective is to permeate the entire system, classroom practices, and school life. Establish clear teaching and assessment criteria. Develop a comprehensive teacher development program, as implementing CCLab requires training, resources, and funding—not tied to a single subject, but dedicated to making education democratic. Monitor group work more effectively, for example, through student interviews. Clarify citizenship education requirements for schools. Address resource constraints, especially human resources, and ensure commitment from individual teachers and school leadership to prioritize these initiatives. Secure a sustainable budget to meet all these requirements. The list of situations to which costs are linked is critical for this analysis, as it includes training, time, emotional burden, and budget—all necessary to support the shift implied by democratic competency-based learning. One collaborator suggests reframing the notion of “costs” as “needs,” emphasizing the time required to design a program that allows these issues to be raised, discussed, and specified with sufficient flexibility. Once the program is implemented, new needs may emerge, potentially generating additional costs. And minimizing administrative burdens by avoiding excessive paperwork and bureaucratic requirements for schools. To summarise, we would like to emphasise that democratic education is a structural issue, a choice that involves not only governments but society as a whole. Achieving this transformation demands a commitment to intellectual plurality, collective ethics, and the conviction that, even in times of uncertainty, educational reflection and research can foster solidarity and shared imagination. References Durall Gazulla, E., Cornér, T., Niaz, Y., White, C., & Payne, E. (2024). Critical ChangeLab Model: Framework and Toolkit. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.14259812 (retrieved 12/01/2026) Flick, U. (2015) El diseño en Investigación Cualitativa, Madrid, Morata. Hargreaves, A. (2002). Sustainable educational change: the role of social geographies. Journal of Educational Change, 3(3–4), 189–214. Jokić, B., Ristić Dedić, Z., Matić Bojić, J., Baketa, N., Odak, I., & Šimon, J. (2024a). Youth Perspectives on Everyday Democracy. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.14060503 (retrieved 12/01/2026) Jokić, B., Ristić Dedić, Z., Matić Bojić, J., Odak, I., Šimon, J., & Lovrečki, K. (2024b). Everyday democracy in formal and non-formal education institutions. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.14060500 (retrieved 12/01/2026) Müller, J., Sancho Gil, J.M., Hernández, F., Giró, X. & Bosco; A. (2007). The socio-economic dimensions of ICT-driven educational change. Computers & Education, 49, 1175–1188. Palka, J. (2024) The Potential of Participatory Social Economics: a Framework and Feminist Perspective. Forum for Social Economics, 53:2, 141-169, DOI:10.1080/07360932.2024.2329875 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Level Up Pyramid (LUP): A Preventive Framework for Democratic Citizenship Education in Lower Secondary Schooling ATSOGLOU SCHOOL, Greece Presenting Author:Contemporary citizenship education faces a persistent challenge across educational systems: while schools frequently rely on rules, sanctions, and disciplinary measures to manage student behaviour, far fewer offer structured, preventive pedagogical models that actively cultivate democratic dispositions before conflict or misconduct emerges. This paper introduces the Level Up Pyramid (LUP), a values-based pedagogical framework designed to address this gap by foregrounding democratic participation, ethical development, and collective responsibility as core components of everyday classroom life. The LUP framework is theoretically grounded in Self-Determination Theory, humanistic pedagogy, and research on classroom climate and student agency. Drawing on these perspectives, LUP conceptualises citizenship education not as an abstract curricular objective, but as a lived, developmental process embedded in daily school practices. The model is organised as a four-tier progression, moving from personal responsibility and self-regulation, to cooperation and fairness, and ultimately to active citizenship and democratic engagement within the school community. The study reports on the pilot implementation of LUP in a small lower-secondary school in Greece (N = 27 students, aged 12–15). The research adopted a qualitative case-study design aimed at exploring how values-based recognition and participatory practices shape students’ understanding of citizenship in practice. Data were generated through systematic classroom observations, student reflective journals, formative feedback cycles, and the use of individual student portfolios documenting ethical choices, cooperation, and responsibility over time. In addition, the implementation included targeted micro-interventions designed to activate student agency. One illustrative example involved a flipped-classroom activity in which a student assumed the role of facilitator, guiding peers through learning tasks using structured questioning rather than direct instruction. This intervention proved particularly significant for students who typically demonstrate low academic confidence, as it increased engagement, fostered mutual respect, and modelled non-competitive leadership. Such moments were subsequently discussed collectively and linked to value-based recognition within the LUP framework, reinforcing the distinction between academic performance and ethical contribution. Preliminary findings indicate that students participating in the LUP framework developed heightened levels of empathy, self-regulation, fairness, and collective responsibility. Students demonstrated an increased capacity to reflect on their actions, to justify decisions in ethical terms, and to recognise citizenship as a shared responsibility rather than an externally imposed rule system. Importantly, classroom interactions shifted from competitive and compliance-oriented dynamics toward more dialogic and democratic forms of participation. To further examine the transferability of the model beyond the classroom, a forthcoming experiential project has been designed in which students engage with ethical consumption and media literacy in real-world contexts. This extension aims to explore how LUP supports the development of responsible citizenship in situations requiring value-based decision-making beyond the school environment. The paper argues that LUP contributes to contemporary debates in citizenship education by offering a preventive, structured, and adaptable framework that integrates personal development with democratic participation. By shifting the focus from sanction-driven discipline to the systematic recognition of values-based behaviour, LUP presents a scalable model that can be adapted across diverse educational and cultural contexts. In doing so, it responds to European and international calls for citizenship education that fosters agency, social cohesion, and democratic culture within schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: This study employs a qualitative case-study methodology to explore the implementation and educational impact of the Level Up Pyramid (LUP) within a lower-secondary school context. The case-study approach was selected to allow for in-depth examination of classroom dynamics, student interactions, and value formation processes associated with citizenship education. Research Context and Participants: The research was conducted in a small private lower-secondary school in Greece, involving 27 students aged 12–15 across three grade levels. The limited size of the school enabled close observation of individual and collective behaviors, facilitating a nuanced understanding of democratic participation and classroom culture. Data Collection Methods: Multiple qualitative data sources were used to enhance methodological triangulation: 1. Classroom Observations: Systematic, non-participant observations were conducted during regular teaching sessions, focusing on student engagement, interaction patterns, leadership behaviors, and responses to value-based recognition practices. 2. Student Reflective Journals: Students maintained brief reflective entries documenting their experiences, decisions, and perceptions related to responsibility, cooperation, and ethical behavior within the classroom community. 3. Value-Based Recognition Records: Documentation of LUP-related recognitions was analyzed to identify recurring value patterns (e.g., fairness, empathy, initiative) and to examine how recognition influenced student motivation and self-regulation. 4. Micro-Interventions: Targeted pedagogical interventions—such as flipped-classroom facilitation by students, collective decision-making discussions, and ethical dilemmas—were designed in alignment with the LUP framework. These interventions functioned both as instructional strategies and as research probes for observing citizenship-related competencies in action. Data Analysis: Data were analyzed thematically, using an inductive coding process to identify emerging patterns related to democratic agency, classroom climate, and ethical reasoning. Particular attention was paid to moments where students negotiated values collectively or demonstrated shifts in behavior indicative of internalized citizenship dispositions. Ethical Considerations: All data were anonymized, and participation was embedded within routine educational activities, ensuring minimal disruption and safeguarding student confidentiality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this pilot implementation suggest that the Level Up Pyramid (LUP) constitutes a promising preventive framework for citizenship education in lower secondary schooling. Rather than responding to behavioural challenges through sanctions, the model redirects pedagogical attention toward the systematic cultivation of democratic dispositions, ethical awareness, and collective responsibility. Data drawn from classroom observations, student reflective journals, and formative feedback cycles indicate a noticeable shift in classroom climate. Students demonstrated increased empathy, self-regulation, and a more nuanced understanding of fairness, particularly in collaborative learning contexts. Importantly, learners began to distinguish between academic achievement and ethical growth, recognizing that progress in citizenship-related values does not always align with grades or performance-based indicators. Micro-interventions embedded within daily teaching practice—such as peer-facilitated learning activities and value-based recognition processes—appeared to strengthen student agency and reduce competitive behaviours. These practices supported the emergence of non-hierarchical forms of leadership, encouraging participation from students who are typically less engaged or academically confident. Preliminary evidence also points to enhanced collective responsibility, as students increasingly reflected on the impact of their actions on the wider classroom community. While the study is limited by its small scale and qualitative design, the results highlight the potential of LUP as a transferable and adaptable framework for citizenship education across diverse educational contexts. The model’s four-tier structure offers a clear pedagogical progression from personal responsibility to active citizenship, allowing for contextual flexibility while maintaining a coherent value-based core. Future research will focus on longitudinal implementation, cross-cultural validation, and the exploration of how LUP can inform policy-level discussions on preventive approaches to democratic schooling. Overall, the findings position LUP as a viable contribution to international debates on citizenship education, classroom democracy, and the development of sustainable school cultures grounded in shared values. References Biesta, G. (2011). Learning democracy in school and society: Education, lifelong learning, and the politics of citizenship. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Biesta, G. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. London: Routledge. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Eccles, J. S., & Roeser, R. W. (2011). Schools as developmental contexts during adolescence. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 21(1), 225–241. Fielding, M. (2012). Beyond student voice: Patterns of partnership and the demands of deep democracy. Revista de Educación, 359, 45–65. Kerr, D. (1999). Citizenship education: An international comparison. International Review of Education, 45(1), 5–29. Osler, A., & Starkey, H. (2005). Changing citizenship: Democracy and inclusion in education. Maidenhead: Open University Press. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. New York: Guilford Press. Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385. Torney-Purta, J., Barber, C., & Richardson, W. K. (2004). Trust in government-related institutions and civic engagement among adolescents. CIRCLE Working Paper. Westheimer, J., & Kahne, J. (2004). What kind of citizen? The politics of educating for democracy. American Educational Research Journal, 41(2), 237–269 |
| 14:00 - 15:00 | 99 ERC SES 09 A: Interactive Session: For slow reading and criticality in accelerating academia Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Maiju Paananen Interactive Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Interactive Session: For Slow Reading and Criticality in Accelerating Academia Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Current academic ways of working allow almost no time for reading and criticality in its quest for research productivity. Some argue that there is a scholarly crisis in reading and criticality leading to a drop in rigorous social thought and analysis due to the central role of the number of publications in scholarly careers (Abbott, 2016). In an accelerating academic climate, we often cite without engaging at all with texts, at other times, we quickly seek errors to perform criticality and miss the development of the argument in the text hence misinterpreting what the author intends to say. Engaging with ideas are not only about chasing novelty, filling gaps, and collecting numbers, through fast or creative use of randomness - surfing in sources, connecting topics or even literatures randomly, creating combinations of theory, methods, and substance. The way we read and cite indicates the quality and criticality of our scholarship. To be sure, criticality in and beyond academic reading can assume many different forms. Most often critique refers either to assessing the logical consistency or empirical validity of claims made, or to unearthing implicit assumptions, meanings and interests ‘behind’ the text. This requires time as well as possibilities for sustained attention. Critical scholarship requires slow reading. It requires accompanying the author carefully, considering from the start where the author is coming from, what problems the author seeks to address and paying attention to the development of the argument. It is about teasing out issues and deep understanding by paying attention to complexities, or engaging with aesthetic dimensions of issues, often in affective, ethical or detailed manner. There are also other kinds of equally demanding reading styles and ways of being critical, “experiences with texts that disrupt, that interrupt, that somehow open up unforeseen ways of being, thinking, feeling, and knowing” (Bridges-Rhoads et al, 2018, p. 817). These readings might change everything, open new fields of inquiry and critique, and complex and might even conflicting routes of becoming for scholars. This interactive session is composed of short problem posing provocations and participatory activities to follow on issues and reflect in relation to one’s own reading and practices of scholarly critique. We explore different forms of slow and critical reading to get a ‘feel’ for varying approaches and what the produce.
|
| 14:45 - 15:15 | ECER Break B Paper Session |
| 15:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 10 A: ERC Closing Ceremony Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Ceremony |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies ERC Closing Ceremony 1: University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 3: Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway; 4: Tampere University, Finland; 5: Hungarian Educational Research Association, Hungary Presenting Author:The ERC Closing Ceremony is a chance to look back at ERC 2026, to thank the local organisers in Belgrade and all participants and to look forward to ERC 2027. |
| 15:30 - 16:00 | ERC Break F Paper Session |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 02 A: Special Call - Session 2 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Fetiye Erbil Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Reception-Integration Model of Teacher Induction: Retention-Encouraging Factors 1: Kibbutzim college of Education, Israel; 2: Mofet Institute; 3: David Yellin College; Presenting Author:The induction period bridges teacher education and professional practice, serving as a key socialization process into teaching. Research highlights the role of organizational context in supporting novice teachers’ integration, showing that effective organizational socialization enhances satisfaction, belonging, and retention (Symeonidis et al., 2023; Van der Pers & Helms-Lorenz, 2021). Many teacher induction programs have been developed and implemented in recent years across diverse educational contexts. These programs vary along several dimensions, including primary responsibility (e.g., state supervision, local authorities, or individual schools), regulatory status (compulsory or voluntary), and duration, ranging from a few months to three years (Howe, 2006; Ingersoll & Strong, 2011). Despite this variation, induction programs generally aim to provide a structured process of professional development that supports novice teachers in their transition toward effective professional practice (Reeves et al., 2022; Symeonidis et al., 2023). Support mechanisms commonly include mentoring, collegial assistance, and professional workshops. However, although the beginner phase is generally acknowledged to span 3-5 years, most research on teachers’ induction has focused on the first year This study intends to examine the mechanisms within the induction period that foster teacher retention. Focusing on novice teachers’ experiences during their first two years in the profession, the study conceptualizes the entry phase through a reception-integration model that offers a holistic understanding of how induction contributes to the decision to remain in the profession. The first-year centers on the reception phase into the education system and has been widely examined in research on induction effectiveness (Ingersoll & Strong, 2011; Kutsyuruba et al., 2019). This stage is often described as a “survival phase,” marked by the challenges of navigating school contexts. Accordingly, the reception process aims to familiarize novice teachers with organizational culture, relationships, and procedures, thereby supporting their initial integration into the school setting. The second year of induction focuses on the integration process into the education system. Although this stage remains challenging, teachers enter it with greater professional maturity, having acquired familiarity with the school environment, organizational culture, pedagogical practices, and key professional partners, including students, parents, and colleagues. During this phase, they still need support. Following the job demands-resources model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007), integration involves the interplay of two psychological processes: job motivation and job strain. Job motivation is shaped by the satisfaction of basic psychological needs: autonomy, belonging, and self-efficacy (Deci and Ryan, 2000), while job strain is associated with stress and burnout (Pyhältö et al., 2021). The model suggests that adequate resources and support enhance motivation, reduce burnout, and promote successful integration and teacher retention. Another indicator of teachers’ organizational integration is their intention to assume leadership roles, reflecting professional commitment, responsibility, and interest in long-term career development within the education system (Avidov-Ungar, 2016). Drawing on organizational socialization theory and the job demands-resources model, the present study examines how second-year novice teachers’ reception experiences, reflected in satisfaction with the support received, and their integration into educational organizations, as indicated by motivation, burnout, and interest in leadership roles, interact to predict intentions to remain in the profession.
Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context: The Israeli induction program was established by the Ministry of Education in 1999 and became compulsory in 2000. The program spans three years and is based on collaboration between schools and teacher education institutions. During the first two years, novice teachers receive mentoring support and participate in academic workshops at colleges or universities, with the intensity of support typically decreasing in the second year. The third year focuses on continued integration into the education system and completion of the evaluation process. Successful completion of the induction program leads to certification, including a teaching license after the first year and tenure after three years. Research in the Israeli context indicates that comprehensive support during the induction period contributes to novice teachers' integration and intentions to remain in the profession (Zavelevsky et al., 2022). Nevertheless, attrition rates among Israeli novice teachers in the first two years in the profession remain high (Weissblai, 2023). Participants: The participants were 260 (83% women) Israeli teachers. At the end of the 2022-2023 academic year, novice teachers attending the second-year induction workshops were invited to complete the anonymous online research survey. Participation was voluntary, and the research was approved by the authors’ Institutional Ethic Committee. Research instrument: The study employed an anonymous questionnaire. The instrument underwent a four-stage validation process: initial versions were reviewed by induction coordinators, policymakers, and professional experts; a revised version was then piloted with second year novice teachers, and the results informed final revisions to ensure the questionnaire’s validity. Data analysis Data analysis was conducted using descriptive statistical methods. In addition, multivariate analyses were performed, including linear regression and structural equation modeling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The second-year teachers who participated in the study were generally satisfied with the support they received from their educational organization (school, kindergarten, or preschool) and with their absorption therein. Two-thirds of them expressed their intention to remain in the education system for the next five years. Nonetheless, this means that over 33% intend to leave the profession. Structural equation modeling supports the reception-integration model of socialization into teaching: Teachers' overall level of satisfaction with their reception mitigates teachers' burnout and indirectly increases teachers' intentions to remain in the profession. Integration components, namely high level of motivation, low level of burnout, and positive intentions to take leadership roles, are dominant in the decision to persevere. Conversely, teachers' burnout, need for intensive support, and limited interest in advancement to leadership positions within school are indicators of increased risk of attrition. The reception-integration model, as suggested in the current study, illustrates a developmental trajectory from initial reception through organizational integration to potential advancement within the education system. Furthermore, it aligns with and integrates previous research findings (Reeves et al., 2020; Symeonidis et al., 2023; Zavelevsky et al., 2022) by identifying key factors that promote novice teachers' retention throughout the induction period, as well as potential risk factors. References Avidov-Ungar, O. (2016). A Model of Professional Development: Teachers’ Perceptions of Their Professional Development. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 22(6): 653-669, https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2016.1158955 Bakker, A.B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands-Resources Model: State of the Art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3): 309-328, https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115 Deci, E.L., & Ryan, R.M. (2000). The ‘What’ and ‘Why’ of Goal Pursuits: Human Needs and the Self-determination of Behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4): 227–268, https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Howe, E.R. (2006). Exemplary teacher induction: An international review. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 38(3), 287-297. Ingersoll, R.M., & M. Strong. (2011). The Impact of Induction and Mentoring Programs for Beginning Teachers: A Critical Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2): 201–233, https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311403323 Kutsyuruba, B., Walker, K.D., & Godden, L. (2019b). Contextual Factors in Early Career Teaching: A Systematic Review of International Research on Teacher Induction and Mentoring Programs. Journal of Global Education and Research, 3(2): 85-123, DOI: 10.5038/2577-509X.3.2.1057 Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., Haverinen, K., Tikkanen, L., & Soini, T. (2021). Teacher Burnout Profiles and Proactive Strategies. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 36: 219–224, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-020-00465-6 Reeves, T.D., Hamilton, V., & Onder, Y. (2022). Which Teacher Induction Practices Work? Linking Forms of Induction to Teacher Practices, Self-efficacy, and Job Satisfaction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109:103546, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103546 Symeonidis, V., Hass, E. & Schneider, K. (2023). Personal, Social and Professional Support for Newly Qualified Teachers: Teacher Induction in Austria. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121:103916, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103916 Van der Pers, M., & Helms-Lorenz, M. (2021). The Influence of School Context Factors on the Induction Support as Perceived by Newly Qualified Teachers. Frontiers in Education 6, https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.744347 Weissblai, E. 2023. Teacher Shortage. Jerusalem, Israel: The Knesset Research and Information Center. [Hebrew] Zavelevsky, E., Benoliel, P., & Shapira Lishchinsky, O. (2022). Retaining Novice Teachers: The Meaning and Measure of Ecological School Culture Construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117(1): 103783, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103783 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper New Teachers’ Induction: Probation, Professional Development or Response to Teachers’ Shortage? Exploring the Portuguese Case in the Framework of International Reports 1: UIDEF - IE - ULisboa, Portugal; 2: Instituto Politécnico de Setúbal, Escola Superior de Educação, CIEQV; 3: Instituto Politécnico de Lisboa, Escola Superior de Educação, CIES-ISCTE_IUL Presenting Author:
The shortage of teachers has been gaining increasing visibility as a challenge to be faced in various countries. Reports recently issued by international organizations underscore that a high number of primary and secondary teachers are needed to ensure quality education for all, both in developing and developed countries (Flores, Oliveira & Ponte, 2024). Currently, the majority of education systems in Europe struggle with teacher shortage due to various reasons such as motivation, recruitment, retention, training and working conditions. In Portugal this complex problem arises in the aftermath of mass retirement of teachers and a decline in the number of teaching candidates over the last 15 years (Flores, Oliveira & Ponte, 2024). The entrance of new teachers into the profession is a pressing issue that requires rethinking models of teacher education and processes of professional development. Thus, induction has been pointed out as a crucial response to face the current challenges of training, recruiting and retaining the needed teachers in the Portuguese educational system. New teacher’s induction is not a new topic since programmes and practices have existed in certain countries for decades. Studies about the programmes and practices are traceable in North America since the late XX century (for example Huling-Austin, 1988; Serpell & Bozeman, 1999; Youngs, 2002) focusing on its characteristics and effects. In general the authors conclude that research data supports the idea that induction programs can be successful in achieving multiple goals linked to the improvement of teaching performance, the retention of beginning teachers and their personal and professional well-being, as well as satisfying mandated requirements related to certification and transmitting the culture of the system to beginning teachers. Similar conclusions are highlighted by scholars reviewing more recent research about induction programmes and practices in other parts of the world, comprising not only North America but also Asian and European countries (Darling-Hammond, 2017; Frederiksen, 2020). Moreover, induction arises as a central issue within teachers’ education and professional development across time and across structured educational systems in different parts of the world. Within that broader scenario induction might be approached from quite different perspectives and understood as “the fundamental link between initial and in-service teacher education with implications for retention, professional knowledge and the development of the professional identity” (Flores, 2021, p. 124). The analysis of the Portuguese case is particularly stimulating to enrich the debate about new teachers' induction, offering a view from a small country in a peripheral location. In this country, new teachers’ induction gained enormous visibility recently attached to a serious crisis of lack of teachers in the context of an educational system highly centralized and bureaucratic, especially in what concerns teachers recruitment and careers. The induction period in teachers' careers seems to be non-existent in the country (Flores, 2021) as a recognised phase within the continuous professional development process. Nevertheless, the National Teaching Career Statutes Law establishes a probationary period since 2015 aimed at certifying teachers in their first year of practice and managed by the national Ministry of Education that each year publishes a list with the name of all the teachers that must fulfill this requirement. In the proposed paper we draw on international reports which include data about induction and references to Portugal, namely Education at a Glance (OCDE, 2021 and 2022), Eurydice (2018 and 2021) and TALIS (2019 and 2025). Overall, the analysis intends to enrich the discussion about the complexity of induction in practice for teachers, schools and educational systems. In addition, it features the Portuguese case and contributes to the international debate about new teachers’ induction related to its various understandings as probation, professional development or response to teachers’ shortage. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on document analysis of international reports which include data about induction as well as references to Portugal within the international scenario. The - reports were selected on the basis of the following criteria: - reports issued by international organisations; - reports published in the last decade, since the current national law about teachers’ induction (defined as a probationary period) was issued in 2015; reports that explicitly present data concerning teachers induction and information about Portugal. The exploratory phase of the study consisted in searching reports issued by the European Commission, OECD and UNESCO. In the latter case none of the reports fulfilled the criteria. Thus, the corpus in the undergoing analysis is composed by the following documents: Comissão Europeia (European Commission) EACEA/Eurydice, 2018. A Carreira Docente na Europa: Acesso, Progressão e Apoios. Relatório Eurydice. Luxemburgo: Serviço de Publicações da União Europeia. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021. Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. OECD (2021), Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris. OECD (2022), Education at a Glance 2022: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris. OECD (2019), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. OECD (2025), Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. The first phase of the study is guided by the aim of shedding light on (1) the profile of teachers involved in induction activities (age, level of teaching, type of schools, etc.); (2) the duration of induction activities and its modalities (mentoring, peer-work, seminars, reduced teaching hours,...); (3) the mandatory/non-mandatory character and effective implementation of induction activities. Additionally, the analysis will consider the implications originated by source of the data presented in the international reports, namely distinguishing those resulting from questionnaires designed by international organizations (example: TALIS) and those originated in official statistical data (example: Eurydice). The second phase of the study entails a critical analysis of the data about Portugal collected and organized in the previous phase. This critical analysis intends to reveal the understanding(s) of induction underlying its operationalisation reported in the documents. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is part of a larger ongoing research project aiming to question and problematise the concept of induction as well as its programmes and practices in Portugal. Within this project we have been taking into account the actors and sources of information about induction that have been mobilized in the public and political debate about the topic. The outcomes of this paper proposal contribute to enlighten how induction is depicted in international reports. Thus, the paper is expected to deepen knowledge about new teachers’ induction with a particular focus in the Portuguese case within the international context. It enables us to explore the topic from a south european perspective and in a country where a severe teacher shortage has been the reason for the increasing visibility of induction in the political debate about education. This context informs specific understandings of induction mobilized in educational policy and debate as a strategy to overcome the lack of teachers preventing career abandonment. Preliminary results of our larger ongoing research project suggest that in the Portuguese case there is an overlap between induction as a professional development phase and the probatory period resulting in the certification of teachers. References Darling-Hammond; L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice?, European Journal of Teacher Education, 40:3, 291-309, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 To link to this article: https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Huling-Austin, L. (1988). A Synthesis of Research on Teacher Induction Programs and Practices. Southwest Texas State Univ., San Marcos. Flores, M. A. (2021). Necessary but non-existent: The paradox of teacher induction in Portugal. Profesorado, v. 25, n. 2, p. 123-144, 2021. DOI: 1030827/profesorado.v25i2.20765. Flores, M. A., Oliveira, H., & da Ponte, J. P. (2025). From teacher surplus to teacher shortage and its effects on teacher education: the Portuguese case. European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(1), 26–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2024.2443668 Frederiksen, L. L. (2020). Support for Newly Qualified Teachers Through Teacher Induction Programs – a Review of Reviews. In K.-N. Olsen, E. Bjerkholt & H. Heikkinen (Eds.) New Teachers in Nordic Countries: Ecologies of Induction and Mentoring. Oslo: Kappelen Damm Akademisk, 49-70. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105.ch2 Serpell, Z; Bozeman, L. A. (1999). Beginning Teacher Induction: A Report on Beginning Teacher Effectiveness and Retention. National Partnership for Excellence and Accountability in Teaching, Washington, DC. Office of Educational Research and Improvement. Youngs, P. (2002). State and District Policy Related to Mentoring and New Teacher Induction in Connecticut. National Commission on Teaching & America's Future, New York. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Providing Early Career Teachers a Smooth Landing: Towards Integration of Induction within HRM policies Wageningen University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Too many early career teachers (ECTs) leave the profession too early because they feel not enough prepared for their jobs or receive too little support and guidance during the first years of their careers (HelmsLorenz et al., 2013). This is problematic, especially in the light of the continuously increasing teachers shortages schools are facing worldwide (OECD, 2018). Educational institutes thus increasingly implement induction programs, referring to bundles of activities and remedies aimed at accelerating teachers’ professional development and enculturation in their schools (Green, 2015). These remedies comprise optimal working conditions (like workload reduction) as well as rich learning opportunities (e.g. availability of a personal coach). However, support and guidance are not the only factors that guarantee a ‘smooth landing’. That is, the way ECTs experience their jobs is, for example, also influenced by the recruitment and selection procedures, offered career opportunities and payment. Hence, retaining ECTs is also a matter of good personnel policy (Kutsyuruba et al., 2019). The current paper therefore explores how induction can be embedded in HRM (human resources management) policies and practices which are explicitly targeted at attracting, retaining, developing and rewarding teachers in such a way that it results in optimal teacher and school performance (Runhaar, 2017). During the presentation, we will first explain how induction can be conceptualized as part of HRM. We hereto base ourselves on the AMO theory of performance (Appelbaum et al., 2001), which states that employee performance is a function of: their abilities (A); their motivation (M) and the opportunities they are offered to exert their expertise (O). We will present a set of thirteen indicators schools should take into account in the appointment of ECTs, such as: a timely recruitment and selection; strict distinction among their guidance and performance assessment; differentiation among ECTs. The underlying assumption is that HRM is only effective in case different HRM practices are aligned to each other (see, for example, Boselie et al., 2021). Secondly, we will present data gathered by means of an online reflection instrument (called the Startwijzer; see Runhaar et al., 2024) containing the above mentioned set of indicators. This instrument was spread across primary, secondary and vocational schools in The Netherlands and filled out by different actors: e.g. the ECT’s themselves, their coaches, team leaders, HR officers etc. The instrument thus not only enables schools to get an insight into how the landing of their ECTs can be smoothened by improving and aligning certain HRM- and induction-related aspects, but also into how these aspects are perceived by different actor groups. The latter is important given that HRM is only effective if the perceived HRM (in our case ECTs' and their coaches' experiences with induction and other HRM practices) aligns with the intended HRM (referring to the induction programs and other relevant HRM practices such as recruitment and selection as developed by HRM officers) and the implemented HRM (i.e. the execution of HRM practices, often done by school- or team leaders) (cf. Nishii et al., 2018). The paper focuses on the following research questions: 1. How do respondents rate the thirteen indicators of a smooth landing of ECTs? 2. What explanations do respondents provide for their ratings? 3. To what degree (a) and how (b) do different actors differ in their ratings and explanations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The reflection instrument ‘Startwijzer’ was filled out by 941 respondents working in Dutch schools for primary (n=44), secondary (n=822) and vocational (n=75) education. first invites respondents to choose their role (with 1 = starting teacher; 2 = coach; 3 = HRM officer; 4 = team leader; 5 = school leader) and fill in the name of their school, to allow aggregating results at school level. For our analyses, the names of schools were anonymized by replacing the names with numbers. No personal data were gathered. In the reflection instrument respondents were informed about our usage of the instrument and gave their consent for that. The instrument devotes one page to each indicator. First a short description is provided, accompanied with some concrete suggestions and a fictitious example of how to implement it. After reading all this information for the specific indicator, respondents can give a score (on a three-point-Likert-scale where 1 = ‘not in order’, 2 = ‘doubt’ and 3 = ‘in order’) to indicate to what extent the particular indicator has been realized in their school (i.e. quantitative value) and provide an explanation for their score (i.e. qualitative explanation). During the presentation, an example of how indicators and related questions were presented will be provided. Quantitative data (to answer research questions 1 and 3a) were processed in SPSS: the average scores on indicators were calculated by means of frequencies and descriptives. To explore possible differences among actors, non-parametric tests were done because of the ordinal nature of the variables (Kruskall Wallis and Mann Whitney test). Qualitative data (related to research questions 2 and 3b) were used to analyze the explanations respondents gave related to their scores. This was done in a narrative and thematic way (Riessman, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with earlier findings of comparable data we derived from the Startwijzer (Runhaar e.a. 2024), we expect to find differences across actors' ratings, with school leaders and team leaders showing relatively higher ratings compared to other actors and with HRM officers showing relatively lower ratings. How actors differ in their explanations is to be explored. Based on the above mentioned former study it is to be expected that differences will exist among the informal and the formal ways of doing, for example when policy is not put into practice as intended due to practical issues, such as workload or scheduling/ planning problems, or due to the fact that certain practices do not meet starting teachers' or their coaches' needs. We expect to formulate concrete recommendations for practice. In addition, the analyses and the theoretical foundation of the Startwijzer reflection instrument will demonstrate that advancing the field of early career teachers’ guidance benefits from integrating induction theory with HRM theory. References Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., Berg, P., & Kalleberg, A. L. (2001). Do high performance work systems pay off?. In The transformation of work. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Boselie, P., Van Harten, J. and Veld, M. (2021). A human resource management review on public management and public administration research: stop right there… before we go any further…. Public Management Review, 23(4), 483-500. Green, A. (2015). Teacher induction, identity, and pedagogy: hearing the voices of mature early career teachers from an industry background. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 49-60. Harmsen, R., Helms-Lorenz, M., Maulana, R. and van Veen, K. (2019). The longitudinal effects of induction on beginning teachers’ stress. British journal of educational psychology, 89(2), 259-287; Helms-Lorenz, M., Slof, B., and van de Grift, W. (2013). First year effects of induction arrangements on beginning teachers’ psychological processes. European journal of psychology of education, 28(4), 1265-1287 Kutsyuruba, B., Walker, K. D., and Godden, L. (2019). Contextual factors in early career teaching: A systematic review of international research on teacher induction and mentoring programs. Journal of Global Education and Research, 3(2), 85-123 Nishii, L. H., Khattab, J., Shemla, M., & Paluch, R. M. (2018). A multi-level process model for understanding diversity practice effectiveness. Academy of Management Annals, 12(1), 37-82. OECD. (2018). PISA 2018 Results (Volume V). Effective Policies, Successful Schools. Paris: Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD) Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Runhaar, P. (2017). How can schools and teachers benefit from human resources management? Conceptualising HRM from content and process perspectives. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 639-656. Runhaar, P., Gulikers, J., & Biemans, H. (2024). Ensuring a smooth landing for starting VET teachers: integrating induction and HRM practices. Education+ Training, 66(5), 572-588. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Entering the Teaching Profession: Induction, School Leadership and Professional Learning in Upper Secondary Education SUPSI, Switzerland Presenting Author:Entering the teaching profession is widely recognised as a critical phase in teachers’ professional development, characterised by intensive workplace learning, early exposure to complex instructional and organisational responsibilities, and the gradual construction of a professional identity (Huberman, 1989; Feiman-Nemser, 2001). Research on teacher induction shows that experiences during the first years of teaching are decisive for teachers’ well-being, instructional practices and long-term retention (Johnson & Birkeland, 2003). Despite this, induction processes in many education systems remain weakly structured and unevenly implemented across schools. Recent studies increasingly emphasise the organisational and relational dimensions of induction, highlighting how school-level conditions, professional communities and mentoring practices shape early career teachers’ opportunities for professional learning (Warren Little, 1999; Darling-Hammond, Hyler, & Gardner, 2017). From this perspective, induction can be understood as a process of organisational socialisation through which newcomers acquire norms, practices and relational resources enabling meaningful participation in professional life (Van Maanen & Schein, 1979). Importantly, mentoring and induction practices are not neutral or homogeneous, but often take the form of contested practices situated within specific organisational and cultural contexts (Kemmis et al., 2014). This paper contributes to these debates by presenting findings from an exploratory qualitative study conducted in upper secondary education in the Canton of Ticino (Switzerland). The study examines how early career teachers experience their entry into the profession and how organisational conditions within schools shape their professional learning during the first years of teaching. Upper secondary education provides a particularly relevant context, as induction arrangements are only partially formalised and largely depend on local school practices and informal collegial relations. Drawing on an ecological perspective, induction is approached as part of a broader constellation of practices, actors and institutional arrangements that structure teachers’ learning opportunities in the workplace (Heikkinen, 2020). The paper addresses three research questions:
By foregrounding teachers’ perspectives, the study provides empirically grounded insights into how induction is enacted in everyday school practices. Rather than proposing a normative model, the paper documents how organisational arrangements structure early career teachers’ learning trajectories and discusses implications for professional learning and school leadership, contributing to ongoing discussions within Network 01 and current European debates on teacher induction and mentoring. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, exploratory design focused on teachers’ lived experiences of entering the profession. Data were collected through group interviews with teachers working in upper secondary schools in the Canton of Ticino. Approximately 70 teachers participated. Participants were identified in collaboration with school leadership teams to ensure variation in subject areas, school contexts and career stages. To capture different perspectives on induction and professional learning, teachers were grouped by experience: beginning teachers (first year), teachers with 1–3 years of experience, and experienced teachers with more than ten years of service. While the analytical focus lies on early career teachers, the inclusion of experienced teachers allowed for comparative and retrospective perspectives (Huberman, 1989). Group interviews were conducted at three key moments of the school year: the beginning of the year, the end of the first semester and the end of the year. This temporal design enabled the analysis of how challenges and learning needs evolved over time. Interviews followed a semi-structured protocol addressing reception and orientation, access to collegial support, instructional practices, organisational routines, workload and work sustainability. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim and analysed using thematic analysis. The analysis combined inductive coding with sensitising concepts drawn from the literature on organisational socialisation and professional learning (Van Maanen & Schein, 1979; Warren Little, 1999). Coding and interpretation were discussed within the research team to enhance analytical credibility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that entering the teaching profession in upper secondary education is a multifaceted process extending beyond the acquisition of instructional competences. Early career teachers describe induction as a period marked by organisational uncertainty, strong reliance on informal collegial support and significant pressures related to workload and emotional demands (Huberman, 1989). Four interconnected areas of challenge emerge. First, initial reception and orientation practices vary considerably across schools, shaping early feelings of security or disorientation. Second, socialisation into teaching practices depends largely on access to professional communities and subject departments, leading to unequal learning opportunities (Grossman et al., 1999; Warren Little, 1999). Third, contractual uncertainty in the early years affects teachers’ sense of belonging and long-term professional commitment (Johnson & Birkeland, 2003). Finally, concerns about work sustainability—time management, workload and emotional strain—are particularly salient during the first years of teaching. Across the findings, induction emerges as an organisationally embedded and relational process rather than an individual challenge. Consistent with research framing mentoring and induction as situated and contested practices (Kemmis et al., 2014), early career teachers’ learning opportunities are shown to depend strongly on local organisational arrangements and informal collegial relations. Interpreting induction as part of an ecosystem of practices (Heikkinen, 2020) helps to make sense of the strong variability observed across schools and highlights the need to address induction at the organisational level. References Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute. Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013–1055. https://doi.org/10.1111/0161-4681.00141 Grossman, P., Smagorinsky, P., & Valencia, S. (1999). Appropriating tools for teaching: The role of professional community in teacher education. American Educational Research Journal, 36(1), 1–29. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312036001001 Huberman, M. (1989). The professional life cycle of teachers. Teachers College Record, 91(1), 31–57. Heikkinen, H. (2020). Understanding mentoring within an ecosystem of practices. In K.-N. Olsen, E. Bjerkholt & H. Heikkinen (Eds.) New Teachers in Nordic Countries: Ecologies of Induction and Mentoring. Oslo: Kappelen Damm Akademisk, 25-41. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105.ch1 Johnson, S. M., & Birkeland, S. E. (2003). Pursuing a “sense of success”: New teachers explain their career decisions. American Educational Research Journal, 40(3), 581–617. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312040003581 Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H., Aspfors, J., Fransson, G. & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring as Contested Practice: Support, Supervision and Collaborative Self-development. Teaching and Teacher Education 43, 154-164. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.07.001 Van Maanen, J., & Schein, E. H. (1979). Toward a theory of organizational socialization. Research in Organizational Behavior, 1, 209–264. Warren Little, J. (1999). Organizing schools for teacher learning. In L. Darling-Hammond & G. Sykes (Eds.), Teaching as the learning profession: Handbook of policy and practice (pp. 233–262). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 02 B Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: André Freitas Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowing and Acting: The development of professional learning of School Leaders through Mentoring University of WolverhamptonR, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Leadership development in schools play an imperative role in driving school improvement, Hattie (2012) points out that school leadership can make the second biggest impact on learner outcomes in schools. Post- pandemic, school leaders, and in particular senior leaders, are stepping away from leadership roles more often, which highlights the importance of capacity building in leadership (Breslin, 2020). However, due to the challenges in schools, leaders often need to develop their own skills to provide mentoring and coaching support to those they lead (Oberholzer and Boyle, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study, investigates, how developing school leaders’ ability to mentor future leaders within their schools enable their teams to develop capacity, but also supports teacher retention. The study aimed to investigate this phenomenon, with the aim to understand how mentoring can play a significant role in developing leaders’ professional learning, and their understanding of the professional learning of others, to enable them to support their teams, to help them to make the most of their talents. Data was collected through semi-structured interviews, as well as focus groups, to help evaluate and understand the lived experiences of school leaders as they were developing their mentoring skills, and supporting that of others. The data were thematically analysed drawing on Braun and Clarke’s (2020) 6 phase model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data revealed that by engaging in mentoring, and modelling the behaviour leaders wanted to foster in their teams, they were able to not only develop future leaders, but develop strategic leadership practices within their teams, and open a co-constructive professional learning opportunity for future leaders to collaborate with leaders. Modelling, feedback, and continuous support led to significant growth and capacity building of future leaders. The study emphasises that due to the changing conductions in education, mentoring can be a valuable intervention to help take action to develop others to develop as future leaders through their professional learning journeys. References References: Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp.77–101. ISSN 1478–088. Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Oxon: Routledge. Oberholzer, L. & Boyle, D. (2023). Mentoring and coaching in education: A guide to coaching and mentoring teachers at every stage of their careers. UK: Bloomsbury 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Beyond Support: Mentor Education and the Potential of Teacher Preparation 1: University of Melbourne, Australia; 2: Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to critically examine the transformative potential of mentor education within teacher preparation programs, moving beyond the conventional framing of mentoring as merely supportive or relational. Drawing on the theoretical frameworks of Biesta (2013) and Freire (1970), we interrogate the ethical, epistemological, and civic dimensions of education, arguing that mentor education must be reconceptualised as a vehicle for democratic renewal and societal change. Biesta’s concept of educational responsibility challenges educators to consider not only the transmission of knowledge and skills but also the cultivation of subjectivity and citizenship. In this light, mentoring is not simply a technical or interpersonal act; it is a moral project that situates mentors as agents of transformation within learning communities. Freire’s dialogic pedagogy further enriches this perspective, emphasizing the importance of critical reflection, dialogue, and praxis in fostering emancipatory educational experiences. By integrating these philosophical foundations, our study positions mentor education as a site for the development of reflective practitioners who are equipped to navigate the complexities of contemporary education and contribute to the broader civic mission of schooling. Despite the increasing emphasis on structured mentoring frameworks and reflective practice, our comparative analysis of mentors from two universities reveals a persistent gap: mentors rarely articulate an understanding of education as a transformative endeavor. This absence underscores the need for mentor education programs that explicitly foreground the purpose of education and empower mentors to enact change at both the individual and societal levels. We contend that such programs must move beyond procedural competence to embrace mentoring’s role in fostering democratic values, ethical engagement, and social transformation. In doing so, mentor education can become a catalyst for reimagining teacher preparation as a process that not only prepares teachers for the classroom but also equips them to participate in the ongoing project of democratic renewal. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, comparative research design to investigate the impact of mentor education on conceptualizations of mentoring in teacher education. Data were collected from mentors participating in structured mentoring education programs at two institutions: Norwegian University of Science and Technology) and the University of Melbourne. The research sample comprised mentors with varying levels of experience, representing diverse educational contexts and disciplinary backgrounds. Data analysis was conducted using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) reflexive thematic analysis, a method well-suited to capturing the complexity and nuance of qualitative data. This approach involved iterative coding, theme development, and critical reflection, allowing for the identification of patterns and divergences across the two institutional contexts. Thematic analysis focused on key dimensions of mentoring, including reflective practice, relational safety, constructive challenge, theory-practice alignment, and the implementation of structured frameworks. Ethical considerations were addressed through informed consent, confidentiality, and authorised by the respective universities ethics procedures. The comparative nature of the study enabled the exploration of contextual influences on mentor education, highlighting both commonalities and unique challenges faced by mentors in different educational systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study underscore the transformative potential of mentor education in teacher preparation, while also revealing critical gaps in the conceptualization of mentoring as a civic and moral endeavour. Structured education programs were shown to deepen mentors’ engagement with reflective practice, dialogic pedagogy, and the ethical dimensions of their role. However, the persistent absence of purpose in mentors’ narratives suggests that current approaches remain limited in scope, often privileging technical competence over democratic engagement. We argue that mentor education must be reimagined to explicitly address the civic mission of education, drawing on the philosophical insights of Biesta and Freire to cultivate mentors as transformative agents. Such a shift requires the integration of ethical reflection, dialogic praxis, and a commitment to societal change within mentoring frameworks. These insights have significant implications for the design of mentor education programs, policy development, and the broader conceptualisation of mentoring’s role in education. Future research should further explore the mechanisms by which mentor education can ensure that mentors are equipped to lead and inspire change within and beyond the classroom. References Biesta, G. (2013). The beautiful risk of education. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York, NY: Continuum. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Mentoring as a Professional Safe Space: How Mentor Qualification Shapes Mentoring Styles and Support Practices for Early Career Teachers 1: University of Teacher Education Lower Austria, Austria; 2: University of Teacher Education Vorarlberg, Austria; 3: University of Teacher Education Vienna, Austria; 4: University of Teacher Education Burgenland, Austria Presenting Author:Abstract: Mentoring is internationally regarded as a key professionalisation strategy for supporting early career teachers (ECTs) during their transition into autonomous professional practice (Heikkinen, 2020). Research has consistently highlighted the relevance of mentoring for professional learning, well-being, and retention in the early career phase, while also emphasising that mentoring constitutes a complex and demanding professional practice (Hobson et al., 2009; Carmi & Tamir, 2023). In Austria, mentoring has not only become firmly established as a central element of teacher induction but has increasingly developed into an independent field of professional teacher education (Dammerer et al., 2020). Newly entering teachers complete a mandatory twelve-month induction phase during which they are accompanied by a mentor (Prenzel et al., 2021). The legal framework defines mentoring as a structured form of professional support, including consultation on lesson planning and enactment, joint reflection on teaching and educational practices, and classroom observation. Recent reforms have removed the formal evaluative role of mentors, thereby strengthening mentoring as a primarily developmental and non-assessive practice (Zeilinger & Dammerer, 2024). At the same time, the professional demands placed on mentors have increased considerably. Mentors currently support highly heterogeneous groups of ECTs, including graduates of teacher education programmes, teachers who are still completing their studies while teaching, and individuals entering the profession through alternative or lateral pathways (Dammerer et al., 2025). These conditions challenge mentors to establish supportive relationships that are grounded in professional symmetry and mutual respect (Kraler et al., 2023) while addressing diverse developmental needs (Keller-Schneider, 2022). Due to ongoing staff shortages, it is not always possible to cover the demand for formally qualified mentors. As a result, transitional regulations currently allow teachers without specific mentoring education to be appointed as mentors if they are considered suitable based on professional experience and communicative competence. This situation has intensified discussions about the role of mentor education and its relevance for mentoring quality and professional practice. In Austria, mentors can complete different forms of qualification, ranging from short higher education programmes to comprehensive Master’s-level education in mentoring. These programmes vary substantially in scope and depth, but they share a common orientation towards mentoring as a professional, reflective, and relational practice. In particular, advanced mentor education emphasises counselling competence, professional reflection, communication, and the ability to support learning processes without exerting control. From a theoretical perspective, mentoring quality is closely linked to mentors’ professional orientations and interactional styles. Research on mentoring and professional learning highlights the importance of autonomy-supportive, learning-oriented, and non-directive approaches that create a low-evaluative and trust-based developmental space for ECTs (Frey et al., 2023). In contrast, directive or controlling mentoring practices may limit opportunities for agency, reflection, and professional growth. Against this background, the assumption guiding this study is that mentors’ level of qualification is associated with systematic differences in mentoring styles and forms of support. More specifically, mentors who have completed formal mentoring education are expected to enact more autonomy-supportive and less controlling mentoring practices, thereby shaping mentoring as a reflective professional safe space rather than a supervisory arrangement. This paper addresses this assumption by examining differences in mentoring styles and support practices among mentors with varying levels of qualification working with newly qualified teachers in the Austrian induction system. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: The findings presented in this paper draw on data collected in 2025 within the nationwide Austrian research project FoNeB (Research Network on Teacher Induction, 2023–2028). The project is designed as a quantitative longitudinal study employing repeated standardised questionnaire surveys of mentors working in the induction phase of teacher education (University Colleges of Teacher Education, 2025). The present analysis focuses on mentoring practices during the induction phase and relies on validated scales capturing mentoring style, mentoring collaboration, and forms of mentoring support. Further differentiated findings from this research programme have already been reported elsewhere (Dammerer et al., 2025; Haas et al., 2026). Addressing an existing research gap, the study examines the following research question: To what extent do mentors with different levels of qualification differ in their mentoring styles and in the forms of support they employ when working with early career teachers (ECTs)? To answer this question, mentors (N = 413) were surveyed using standardised instruments assessing forms of support, opportunities and contents of collaboration, and mentoring style. Statistical analyses were conducted using IBM SPSS Statistics. Group differences were examined by means of one-way analyses of variance (ANOVA), applying a significance level of α = .05. Forms of mentoring support were operationalised using items adapted from Prenzel et al. (2021). Mentoring style was measured following Frey et al. (2023) and differentiated into learning-oriented, autonomy-supportive, and directive dimensions. The topics addressed in mentoring interactions were captured using items based on Brandau et al. (2017). All scales employed a five-point Likert scale. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions: The findings indicate that mentors’ level of qualification is associated with specific patterns of mentoring practice during the induction phase. In particular, a positive relationship emerges between mentors’ educational background and informal personal exchange without prior arrangement in physical presence. This finding points less to an increase in the overall amount of mentoring and more to differences in the ways mentoring relationships are structured and enacted. Furthermore, mentor education is significantly associated with the form of support “classroom observation: mentee observes the mentor,” with a comparatively stronger effect. This can be interpreted as an indication that formal qualification tends to foster more active and more structured forms of mentoring support. At the same time, overall satisfaction with mentoring remains largely comparable across qualification groups. This suggests that mentor education primarily influences the quality and configuration of mentoring practices rather than general evaluations of mentoring support. Initial findings also point to continuing areas for improvement, both in the organisation of mentoring support and in the perceived opportunities for collaboration. In particular, mentoring-related topics and the availability of time for support emerge as key tension points that are highly relevant to the quality of mentoring during the induction phase. Overall, the results underscore the importance of differentiated mentor qualifications, especially in comparison to mentors working in the induction phase without specific mentoring education. They provide important implications for mentor education and professional development, as well as for the evidence-informed further development of mentoring practices within the Austrian induction system. References Brandau, J., Studencnik, P., Schaupp, H. & Kopp-Sixt, S. (2018). Deutschsprachiges Mentoring-Stil-Inventar mit Fokus auf die Ausbildung von Lehrpersonen. In C. Reintjes, G. Bellenberg & G. im Brahm (Hrsg.), Mentoring und Coaching als Beitrag zur Professionalisierung angehender Lehrpersonen (S. 207–225). Waxmann. Carmi, T., & Tamir, E. (2023). An emerging taxonomy explaining mentor-teachers’ role in student-teachers’ practicum: What they do and to what end? Teaching and Teacher Education, 128, 104121. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104121 Dammerer, J., Wiesner, C., & Windl, E. (Eds.). (2020). Mentoring im pädagogischen Kontext: Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen (Wahrnehmen, wie wir bilden: Pädagogik für Niederösterreich, Vol. 10). Studienverlag. https://doi.org/10.53349/oa.2022.a2.120 Forschungsnetzwerk Berufseinstieg. (2023–2028). FoNeB – Der Berufseinstieg im Kontext der Lehrer*innenbildung. https://foneb.weebly.com/ Frey, A., Pichler, S., & Groß Ophoff, J. (2023). Unterstützen, Freiraum geben oder kontrollieren? Mentoring-Stile im Berufseinstieg. Erziehung & Unterricht, 7–8, 546–557. Haas, E., Dammerer, J., Glaeser, P., Rauschenberger, P., & Stipsitz, E. (2026). Mentoring in the induction phase: Effective mentoring for career starters in Austria – A gender comparison. Journal of Education and Training Studies, 14(1), 35–46. https://doi.org/10.11114/jets.v14i1.7978 Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2020). Understanding Mentoring Within an Ecosystem of Practices. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkhot, & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New Teachers in Nordic Countries : Ecologies of Mentoring and Induction (pp. 27-47). Cappelen Damm. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105.ch1 Hobson, A. J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A. & Tomlinson, P.D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: What we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25 (1), 207–216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.09.001 Keller-Schneider, M. (2022). Anforderungen an Mentoratspersonen in der Induktion und der Bedarf an die eigene Professionalisierung. In C. Wiesner, E. Windl, & J. Dammerer (Hrsg.), Mentoring als Auftrag zum Dialog: Professionalisierung und Qualifizierung von Lehrpersonen (S. 133–144). Studienverlag. Kraler, C., Dammerer, J., Haas, C, Schreiner, C. & Wiesner, C. (2023). Professionalisierung durch Mentoring und Mentor*innenausbildung. In, Erziehung und Unterricht. Der Berufseinstieg von Lehrer*innen. Heft 7-8. ÖBV. (S.537-546). Pädagogische Hochschulen Österreichs. (Hrsg.) (2025). Berufseinstieg Lehramt. Beltz Juventa. https://doi.org/10.3262/978-3-7799-8765-9. Prenzel, M., Huber, M., Müller, C., Höger, B., Reitinger, J., Becker, M., Hoyer, S., Hofer, M., & Lüftenegger, M. (2021). Der Berufseinstieg in das Lehramt. Eine formative Evaluation der neuen Induktionsphase in Österreich. Waxmann. Zeilinger, H., & Dammerer, J. (2024). Mentoring zwischen Theorie und Praxis – Professionalisierungsprozesse im Berufseinstieg. In S. Pichler, A. Frey, L. Holzäpfel, F. Lipowsky, & K. Rincke (Hrsg.), Wie viel Wissenschaft braucht Lehrerinnenfortbildung – Wege der Professionalisierung* (S. 122–126). 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Towards a Pedagogy of Mentoring Across Professions: Insights from Focus Groups in Medical Education, Teacher Education and Clinical Psychology KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Mentoring is a favoured practice across many fields. All professional schools, from schools of medicine and education to clinical psychology and legal education are charged with preparing their students for professional practice. This is addressed through extended placements in field settings, with formal mentorship arrangements. Mentoring is typically defined as a dyadic relation between a seasoned expert in the field (the mentor) and a less experienced novice (the mentee) (Kram, 1985; Frei et al., 2010). It is a process in which a mentor sustains ongoing “relationships based on personal caring, emotional support and nurturing” while at the same time also “guiding, instructing, imparting knowledge, and challenging the novice” (Orland-Barak, 2014, p. 180). While the importance of mentored placements, from a programme perspective, is often primarily framed in terms of supporting students in translating theory to practice, there is a lot more at stake. Students are not only inducted into the profession’s core competencies, but also into the identities, values, ethical commitments and related notions of what it means to be a ‘good’ or ‘proper’ professional in their field of study (e.g., a good teacher, a good clinician, or a good lawyer). Making this explicit immediately highlights how complex and volatile mentoring practice is, as it cannot solely rely on instrumental expertise, but inherently involves relational, moral and ethical dimensions.
Existing mentoring research has struggled to adequately reflect these complexities in and through its theoretical and methodological choices. A recent meta-review of mentoring research (van der Kloot et al., 2025) demonstrates a strong focus (and reliance) on individual capacities and attributes of mentors and mentees. Such a focus is also visible in the surge of research on ‘effective mentoring’ (e.g., Crutcher & Naseem, 2015; Goldhaber et al., 2020) and the widespread development of mentor standards (Burns et al., 2016). Moreover, much of the existing research on mentoring remains siloed within professions, with separate networks, publication outlets, theoretical traditions and analytical vocabularies. This represents a missed opportunity for the further development of the pedagogy of mentoring, as many of the issues and challenges encountered in mentoring practice are shared across professions. At the same time, the fragmented state-of-the-art constitutes a missed opportunity for research, as it makes cumulative work more difficult and risks rendering research overly incremental (i.e., devoid from significance or impact). Moreover, confining research empirically to a single reality or setting prevents analytic leveraging of contrasts across professions in view of discovering relationships among mechanisms (theory) (Eisenhart & Graebner, 2007).
Against this backdrop, a large-scall research project on mentoring was initiated in 2021 in Flanders (Belgium) with a twofold ambition: 1) developing the theoretical and methodological resources to theorise mentoring as a relational phenomenon that emerges from the discursive constrains and resources in particular contexts; and 2) operationalising and validating this perspective through a comparative ethnographic case-study of mentoring practice in teacher education and medical education. In the final stage of the project, the outcomes of the ethnographic study were further refined in a series of focus group interviews with a larger number of mentors and students across different professions. This paper focusses on this final, and crucial, stage of the project.
The paper addresses the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus groups reported on in this paper, are part of a larger, multi-stage research project. In the first stage of the project, assumptions around mentoring as a relational, moral and ethical practice (see above) were translated into a discursive perspective, building on earlier work (o.a. Bruneel & Vanassche, 2023). More specifically, we combined insights from positioning theory (o.a. van Langenhove & Harré, 1998) and frame analysis (o.a. Benford & Snow, 2000). Together, these perspectives allow to account for the negation of mentors’ and students’ rights, duties, and relationships, as well as for how expectations and meanings of mentoring are (re)produced in practice. This theoretical-analytical framework subsequently informed ethnographic fieldwork in which seven mentoring dyads from medical education and teacher education were shadowed during an extended placement. This fieldwork informed the development of a guide for semi-structed focus group interviews (Wilkinson, 1998) with a larger number of mentors and students, recruited from medical education, teacher education and the adjoining field of clinical psychology. Focus groups were organised separately for mentors and for students, to avoid power asymmetries and to create a forum in which the perspectives and experiences of each group could be articulated openly. Within each profession, a total of eight to 12 mentors and eight to 12 students participated. The analysis of the focus group data was informed by the theoretical-analytical framework developed in the first stage of the larger project. This entailed close attention to the interaction between processes of positioning (i.e., the negotiation of rights, duties, and relationships) and framing (i.e., constructions of the purposes of and expectations for mentoring). After verbatim transcription, the data were coded inductively (using codes generated from the data by examining participants’ perspectives and experiences) and deductively (using the analytic concepts from the stage 1 framework). Following coding, the analysis proceeded through a nested case-study logic. In a first analytic phase, all mentors, regardless of profession, and all students, regardless of profession, were analysed together. This allowed for the identification of shared mechanisms across mentoring positions. In the second phase, all mentors and mentees within each profession were analysed together, enabling understanding of how these mechanisms were shaped by profession-specific contexts. In a final phase, a cross-case analysis was conducted to identify patterns and contrasts across professions, mentors and students. Memo-writing (Miles & Huberman, 1994) and constant comparison (Strauss & Corbin, 1998) were used to ensure the validity of findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings will be presented in the form of assertions for action and understanding, drawing on the work of Pinnegar and Hamilton (2009). These assertions are deliberately not formulated as “to-do’s” or “how-to’s”, as such formulations would negate the complexity of mentoring practice that this study aims to speak to. Instead, they function as heuristics for making sense of mentoring practices and for supporting more informed judgements for action. The forms of action addressed concern mentors and students, as well as programme coordinators and researchers committed to mentoring as a relationally sustained practice. 1) Mentoring arrangements enact a powerful hidden curriculum about what counts as a ‘good’ professional. This hidden curriculum is embedded in the structure, organisation and associated artefacts (e.g., portfolio templates, guidance for mentors and mentees) of placements, which privilege particular forms of acting, being and relating, and may unintentionally counteract the kinds of professionals programmes aim to educate. 2) The critical reflection required for students’ professional learning and development depends on a mentoring relationship that balances safety and challenge (see also Berry, 2008). 3) Mentoring relationships mediate not only learning processes (assertion 2), but also the perceived legitimacy of mentors’ expertise and advice. How students frame and respond to mentors’ contributions is shaped by the relational history between mentor and student, and the discursive negotiation of authority and trust. 4) The tension between assessment and support in mentoring is potentially productive for students’ learning and development when embedded in a relationship that adequately balances safety and challenge (assertion 2). Eliminating this tension (e.g., by formally excluding mentors from evaluation) risks obscuring its pedagogical potential. The assertations are elaborated in dialogue with empirical materials and relevant literature, in view of developing core principles of a pedagogy of mentoring that can inform future research and practice across professions. References Benford, R. D., & Snow, D. A. (2000). Framing processes and social movements: An overview and assessment. Annual Review of Sociology, 26, 611-639. Berry, A. (2008). Tensions in teaching about teaching: Understanding practice as a teacher educator. Springer. Bruneel, S., & Vanassche, E. (2023). Conceptualising triadic mentoring as discursive practice: Positioning theory and frame analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4), 671-687. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1985456 Burns, R. W., Jacobs, J., & Yendol-Hoppey, D. (2016). Preservice teacher supervision within field experiences in a decade of reform. Teacher Education and Practice, 29(1), 46-75. Crutcher, P., & Naseem, S. (2016). Cheerleading and cynicism of effective mentoring in current empirical research. Educational Review, 68, 40-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2015.1058749 Eisenhardt, K. M., & Graebner, M. E. (2007). Theory building from cases: Opportunities and challenges. Academy of Management, 50(1), 25-32. https://doi.org/10.5465/amj.2007.24160888 Frei, E., Stamm, M., & Buddeberg-Fischer, B. (2010). Mentoring programs for medical students: A review of the PubMed literature 2000-2008. BMC Medical Education, 10(1), 32. https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6920-10-32 Goldhaber, D., Krieg, J., Naito, N., & Theobald, R. (2020). Making the most of student teaching: The importance of mentors and scope for change. Education, Finance and Policy, 15(3), 581-591. https://doi.org/10.1162/edfp_a_00305 Kram, K. E. (1985). Improving the mentoring process. Training and Development Journal, 39(4), 40-43. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. A. (1994). Qualitative analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage. Orland-Barak, L. (2014). Mediation in mentoring: A synthesis of studies in Teaching and Teacher Education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 44(1), 180-188. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.07.011 Pinnegar, S., & Hamilton, M. L. (2009). Self-study of practice as a genre of qualitative research. Theory, methodology and practice. Springer. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Sage Publications. van der Kloot, H., Driessen, E., & Vanassche, E. (2025). From discourses in mentoring literature to discourses in mentoring practice: A critical synthesis of mentoring research. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://oxfordre.com/education/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-2035. van Langenhove, L., & Harré, R. (1999). Introducing positioning theory. In R. Harré & L. van Langenhove (Eds.), Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action (pp. 14-31). Blackwell. Wilkinson, S. (1998). Focus group methodology: A review. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 1(3), 181–203. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.1998.10846874 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 02 C Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Josine Görtzen Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Understanding Out-of-Field Science Teachers’ Perceptions of Agency while Scaffolding for Digital Literacy: Positioning Theory as a Theoretical Framework The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This presentation seeks to contribute to methodological discussions about practitioner research by exemplifying how positioning theory (Harré & van Langenhove, 1999), cover, sacred and secret stories (Clandinin & Connelly, 1996) and pronoun grammar analysis (Mühlhäusler & Harré, 1990) can assist education researchers to understand the interplay between policy and teachers’ lived experience. Drawing on qualitative data from interviews with three science teachers and applying constructivist grounded theory coding procedures (Charmaz, 2014), the analytical tools are unpacked to demonstrate how they offer insight into the moment-to-moment changes in teachers’ personal agency to meet professional expectations. The study from which these data are drawn was conducted over two years with 10 teachers and 28 students in Melbourne, Australia. The question explored was: To what extent do secondary science teachers’ perceptions of their agency to teach digital literacy change as they are supported to teach an out-of-field science discipline? Teaching out-of-field refers to instances where teachers, either by choice or assignment, are teaching subjects and/or year levels for which they do not have the pre-requisite experience and/or tuition in pedagogical practices (Hobbs & Törner, 2019). It is a widespread challenge across education systems affecting curriculum enactment and student outcomes (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2023; Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], 2024; 2025; United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], 2024; Van Overschelde & Piatt, 2020). Contextual information about the Australian context follows with the aim of inviting an international audience to reflect on how these methodological approaches may be applied to jurisdictions where teachers are required to meet similar professional expectations. In Australia, general science teachers are tasked with teaching students aged between 12 and 16 to develop science understanding and inquiry skills across biology, chemistry, Earth and space science and physics. However, despite a lack of data (Hobbs et al., 2022) and compounded by policy attempts to alleviate teacher shortages, Permission to Teach (Victorian Institute of Teaching [VIT], 2025) is comparable to European strategies (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2023), the accepted reality is that science teachers are unlikely to have professional experience or education across all, and in some cases any, science disciplines. In addition, teachers are also expected to scaffold cross-curricular competencies like digital literacy1. The rapid development and potential applications of some of these technologies, such as generative artificial intelligence, can mean that meeting these expectations in out-of-field disciplines feels like treading water. As such, teachers may aim to frequently use digital technologies rather than employ them for technology-enabled learning (Brantley-Dias & Ertmer, 2013; Ertmer & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, 2013). This could mean the difference between using Google Earth to visit interesting places versus supporting students’ digital literacy by harnessing the program to collect and store data and information about volcanos to analyze and craft emergency management plans. By exemplifying the analysis of teachers’ reflections, the presentation demonstrates how an agency continuum emerged and was applied to track changes in teachers’ perceptions of their rights and duties while being offered targeted professional learning to teach digital literacies in an out-of-field discipline. The presentation concludes with an autoethnographic (Ellis et al., 2011) narrative in which the agency continuum was applied to the researcher’s capacity to teach digital literacies while preparing a professional learning program for educators in India. By explaining the theoretical framework and methodological contributions, and proposing how findings may inform different education contexts, participants are challenged to reflect on their approaches to practitioner research. 1 Digital literacy and includes the knowledge and skills required for creating, managing, communicating and investigating data, information and ideas, and solving problems Australian Curriculum and Assessment Reporting Authority. (n.d.). F-10 Curriculum Digital Literacy. https://v9.australiancurriculum.edu.au/curriculum-information/understand-this-general-capability/digital-literacy Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Positioning theory (Harré & van Langenhove, 1999) offers theoretical resources to provide a nuanced grasp of the extent to which physical, social and knowledge structures enable teacher agency (Martin, 2020). Guided by two principles, positioning theorists challenge the static concept of role to understand the meaning ascribed to an individual’s actions: 1. What people say and do hinges on judgement; and 2. Identity is a product of interpersonal interactions (Harré, 2015) In this presentation, positioning theory is presented as an overarching methodological approach. The approach is explained through the use of the positioning triad including the terms discursive practices – what people say and do, positions – arising from discursive practices, these are the power imbalances connected to perceptions of agency, and storylines – emerging as individuals are positioned and re-positioned through their own and others’ discursive practices. Discursive practices were collected through audio-recorded, semi-structured interviews with teachers prior to, during, and after receiving targeted support for teaching digital literacy in an out-of-field discipline of science. Understanding their sense of agency using the positioning triad was accomplished first through line-by-line coding (Charmaz, 2014) of discursive practices. Then pronoun grammar analysis (Mühlhäusler & Harré, 1990), a fine-grained examination of teachers’ use of pronouns, phrases, qualifying words and paraverbals, was used to raise initial codes to focused codes. To understand how teachers positioned themselves and others, focused codes were then raised to categories through the use of cover, sacred and secret stories (Clandinin & Connelly, 1996). This served as a framework specific to understanding the stories of education. Cover stories are promoted by school administrators to the wider community, sacred stories are the theory-driven view of best pedagogical practice and secret stories are about classroom practice, indicating possible tension between the cover and/or sacred stories. Data analysis procedures are exemplified alongside teacher quotations to demonstrate how a continuum of teachers’ perceived agency to teach digital literacy is grounded in their reflections from: • Novice: Assumes a duty to utilize technologies for science content understanding, may be unaware of the digital literacies students are expected to develop; • Transitional: Identifies digital literacies students are expected to develop and assumes the duty to teach them, but feels conflicted translating this into practice • Advanced: Seeks out and learns how to use/adapt digital technology to classroom practice emphasizing inquiry Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Grounded in teachers’ discursive practices, the agency continuum enabled an understanding of teachers’ personal agency to teach digital literacies along a continuum from novice to transitional to expert in an out-of-field science discipline. When offered support at their point of need, all teachers developed a stronger sense of agency to scaffold for digital literacies in an evolving technological environment. Tracking changes in teachers’ perceptions in this way has informed recommendations for professional learning within the school context and broader policy environment. These include advocating for differentiated approaches to professional learning and better support for out-of-field teachers (e.g., participation in accredited micro-credential certificates with financial and timetabling support from government initiatives and school leadership). Drawing on similar methodological approaches, agency continua could be crafted, validated and/or applied in other educational contexts. In Europe, for instance, where 23 education systems have policies aiming to address shortages in specialist teachers (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2023), an agency continuum could be applied to longitudinal studies evaluating the effects of in-service programs for qualification in an additional specialisation. Continua could also be applied to primary educators teaching numeracy in an integrated curriculum while navigating an environment where they are increasingly held accountable students’ achievement on standardized tests. Positioning theory was introduced as a methodological approach alongside tools to aid the fine-grained analysis of discursive practices. Using Clandinin and Connelly’s (1996) work to unpack emergent storylines in school settings is a unique contribution to this approach, resulting in a better understanding of the nuances of teachers’ personal agency to teach digital literacies. Employing similar methodological approaches and substituting cover, sacred and secret stories with more appropriate industry storylines, could enable researchers to developed continua for other professions and assist employers to determine specific supports required to rapidly upskill employees where workplace expectations are constantly in flux. References Australian Curriculum and Assessment Reporting Authority. (n.d.). F-10 Curriculum Digital Literacy. https://v9.australiancurriculum.edu.au/curriculum-information/understand-this-general-capability/digital-literacy Brantley-Dias, L., & Ertmer, P. A. (2013). Goldilocks and TPACK: Is the construct ‘just right?’. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 46(2), 103-128. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Sage. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1996). Teachers' professional knowledge landscapes: Teacher stories, stories of teachers, school stories, stories of schools. Educational Researcher, 25(3), 24-30. Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: An Overview. Forum : Qualitative Social Research, 12(1). https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/autoethnography-overview/docview/870465772/se-2?accountid=12372 https://unimelb.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/sfxlcl41/?url_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal&genre=article&sid=ProQ:ProQ%3Asocscijournals&atitle=Autoethnography%3A+An+Overview&title=Forum+%3A+Qualitative+Social+Research&issn=&date=2011-01-01&volume=12&issue=1&spage=&au=Ellis%2C+Carolyn%3BAdams%2C+Tony+E%3BBochner%2C+Arthur+P&isbn=&jtitle=Forum+%3A+Qualitative+Social+Research&btitle=&rft_id=info:eric/&rft_id=info:doi/ Ertmer, P. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. T. (2013). Removing obstacles to the pedagogical changes required by Jonassen's vision of authentic technology-enabled learning. Computers & Education, 64, 175-182. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2023). Structural indicators for monitoring education and training systems in Europe - 2023: The teaching profession (Eurydice report, Issue. Publications Office of the European Union. Harré, R. (2015, July). The history of positioning theory. Positioning Theory Symposium, Bruges. Harré, R., & van Langenhove, L. (Eds.). (1999). Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action. Blackwell. Hobbs, L., Du Plessis, A., Oates, G., Caldis, S., McKnight, L., Vale, C., O’Connor, M., Rochette, E., Watt, H., & Weldon, P. (2022). Australian national summit on teaching out-of-field: Synthesis and recommendations for policy, practice and research. Deakin University and Griffith University. Hobbs, L., & Törner, G. (2019). Teaching out-of-field as a phenomenon and research problem. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of “teaching out-of-field” (pp. 3-20). Springer. Martin, J. (2020). Researching Teacher Agency in Elementary School Science using Positioning Theory and Grammar of Agency. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 31(1), 94-113. Mühlhäusler, P., & Harré, R. (1990). Pronouns and people: The linguistic construction of social and personal identity. Basil Blackwell. OECD. (2024). Education Policy Outlook 2024: Reshaping Teaching into a Thriving Profession from ABCs to AI. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2025). Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching. OECD Publishing. UNESCO. (2024). Global education monitoring report 2024/25: Leadership in education - Lead for learning. UNESCO. https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/4066661?ln=en&v=pdf Van Overschelde, J. P., & Piatt, A. N. (2020). US Every Student Succeeds Act: Negative impacts on teaching out-of-field. Research in Educational Policy and Management, 2(1), 1-22. Victorian Institute of Teaching [VIT]. (2025). Permission to Teach. https://www.vit.vic.edu.au/register/categories/ptt 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Out-of-field Teaching in Science: An ecological systems perspective on specialisation and responsibility 1: Deakin University, Australia; 2: Monash University; 3: The University of Queensland; 4: Macquarie University Presenting Author:Out-of-field teaching is recognised as a growing feature of education systems across the world. It is complex and multifaceted, and in many systems, it is still seen as an aberration rather than an inevitable outcome of policy settings and the application of practical expediency in schools faced with limited resources. Too often the ultimate responsibility in ensuring a teacher can meet the demands of their out-of-field allocation falls upon the teacher themselves. There are times when this might appear reasonable, particularly if the teacher has elected to teach out-of-field (Kenny et al. 2020). However, for others, teaching out-of-field is an expectation placed upon them that they may feel unable to refuse. Out-of-field teachers can feel out of their depth due to lacking knowledge of content and teaching approaches, limited familiarisation with teaching resources and equipment (Fraser et al., 2019), and difficulties in anticipating students’ challenges (Hobbs, 2020; Singh et al., 2021). Lacking connection to disciplinary ways of knowing, doing and being and appreciating how these translate into school curriculum and teaching and learning can also be challenging for an out-of-field teacher (Hobbs et al., 2026). Teachers’ connection to the subject in terms of personal interest and professional identity and prior learning and teaching experiences impact how they approach learning to teach a new subject, their attitude towards teaching the subject long-term, and their professional development choices (Hobbs 2020). The responsibility for ensuring teachers ‘fit’ (Blackmore et al., 2024) with their allocated classes, that they can access support within and outside of the school workplace, and that they feel adequately prepared with the challenge of learning to teach a new subject cannot belong solely to the out-of-field teacher. Rather, school leaders, in-field teachers, providers of professional education (PE) (including professional learning and development), initial teacher educators and governments all bear some responsibility in ensuring out-of-field teachers can meet the demands of the subjects they are required to teach. Building on research already conducted exploring the ecosystem of PE available for teachers within an Australian context (Hobbs et al., 2025a, 2025b), this paper explores the specific context of the subject ‘Science’ from the perspective of providers of science PE (i.e., initial teacher education, professional learning, mentoring, graduate certification) and subject associations. We investigate the question What factors influence uptake of PE by teachers teaching science out-of-field? This question explores the multi-disciplinary nature of the sciences and their relationship to teaching Science as a key learning area within the Australian Curriculum (ACARA, 2026) at the levels of secondary schooling (Year 7 to 12, ages 12-18). The science context raises questions regarding adopting a binary approach to in-field versus out-of-field teaching and whether it may be more useful to consider out-of-field teaching as a “continuum of near and far characterizations” (Luft et al., 2020, p. 721). Our exploration spans within the general field of science when considering how near and far some science sub-disciplines are to each other, and outside of science when non-science trained teachers are expected to teach science subjects. Such vagaries become relevant in educational contexts where science (ACARA, 2022) is taught as a single subject (or specialisation) but composed of topics covering several science disciplines (e.g., Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Earth and space sciences) but usually taught by a single teacher, considered ‘in-field’, who will have a background in a single science discipline (e.g., environmental science). In this study, we explore the realities experienced by specialist and non-specialist science teachers and those supporting them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study forms part of a broader study examining the ecosystem of current PE in the Australian context. We approach this from an ecological perspective using Bronfenbrenner’s (1994) Ecological Systems Theory (EST). Central to this framing is understanding the levels and positionality of responsibility across the ecosystem to meet the needs of out-of-field science teachers. Our study began with a review of international literature, Australian policy and subject association documents, and PE programs specifically for out-of-field teachers and policy documents , which informed an analytical framework for shifting the culture of out-of-field professional education for teachers. An interview study followed, the design of which was informed by the six categories of the Analytical Framework: education system, public discourse, subject specialisation, implications and effects, entry and staying in the teaching professional, and professional education. These categories informed a schedule of questions for semi-structured interviews, tailored to the three stakeholder groups – policy, PE providers, and schools. The interviews (n=43) were to obtain exploratory data to confirm, disconfirm, extend, and deepen our understanding of the current PE ecosystem and factors that influence teacher uptake. This presentation explores the responses from 6 of the interviews: three representatives from universities and three from state or national science teacher associations. All interviewees had experience in delivering professional learning for out-of-field teachers, had been teachers of science, and/or teach in initial teacher education. Each interview was 30-40 minutes long, transcribed then analysed initially according to the six categories of the analytical framework. Using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis, three researchers familiarised themselves with the six interview transcripts, agreed on three broad themes (responsibility within the system, professional education, and subject specialisation) that captured ideas that were particularly relevant to the culture of PE and its uptake for teachers teaching science out-of-field. Each researcher then independently analysed the six interviews using these themes, highlighting the range of ideas occurring, specifically commonalities, differences, and where tensions and contradictions were evident between the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis highlighted the need for distributed responsibility in supporting out-of-field teachers, as “there is no one size fits all” (participant1) approach. Several participants argued that the system bears responsibility for adequately funding in-school support structures (such as mentors) who support teachers “at the point of time that they need it” (participant 2). Schools, in turn, were viewed as responsible for actively supporting teachers assigned to teach out-of-field. Views on PE revealed differences in how participants valued external subject expertise and the degree of trust they placed in PE models for out-of-field teachers. Some participants prioritised school centred support while others argued that externally provided PE opportunities offered access to specialised subject knowledge. Attitudes toward science specialisation further shaped these perspectives. While defining out‑of‑field teaching as technical misalignment between teachers’ qualifications and teaching allocations was considered useful for system‑level advocacy, it was regarded less helpful “language when talking about teachers” of science (participant 2). These different viewpoints highlight the complex of being a science teacher, where formal qualifications, teacher identity, and feelings of out‑of‑field‑ness do not always align. A binary in‑/out‑of‑field framing obscures the reality that even science‑trained teachers may feel out‑of‑field and remain continual learners: “you’re never going to be in a situation where everybody has learnt everything. … People need to learn on the job” (participant 3). Although science teachers are trained to think scientifically, their discipline‑specific knowledge and practices must be translated for classroom application, meaning in‑field teachers may experience out‑of‑field‑ness when teaching unfamiliar science content. Across these perspectives, the phenomenon is shaped by curriculum structures and beliefs about both the nature of teaching the subject and forms of support required to sustain disciplinary integrity. Further analysis will outline features of an ideal PE ecosystem that supports science re-specialisation through various pathways. References Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority. (2022). Australian Curriculum: Science (Version 9.0). https://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/ Blackmore, J., Hobbs, L. & Rowlands, J., (2024). Aspiring teachers, financial incentives and principal’s recruiting for hard-to-staff schools. Journal of Education Policy, 39(2), 233-252. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. In International Encyclopedia of Education (Vol. 3). Elsevier. Fraser, S., Beswick, K., & Crowley, S. (2019). Making tacit knowledge visible: Uncovering the knowledge of science and mathematics teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, 102907. Hobbs, L. (2020). Learning to teach science out-of-field: A spatial-temporal experience. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 31(7), 725-745. Hobbs, L., Carpendale, J., McKnight, L., Caldis, S., Vale, C., Delaney, S., & Campbell, C. (2026). A framework of subject-specific expertise for out-of-field teachers: Translated for science and English. Teaching and Teacher Education, 169, 105262. Hobbs, L., Ross, E., Cirkony, C., McCandless, T., Caldis, S., Dutton, J., Goos, M., Oates, G., Shelley, K., Delaney, S., & Speldewinde, C. (2025a). Australia’s professional education ecosystem for out-of-field teachers: Seeking diverse pathways for teacher learning. Professional Development in Education (submitted December 2025) Hobbs., L. Speldewinde, C., Ross, E., Caldis, S., Goos, M., Delaney, S., Cirkony, C., Dutton, J. & Oates, G. (2025b). An Analytical Framework for Shifting the Culture of Out-of-field Professional Education for Teachers. Presentation to the ECER 2025, University of Belgrade, Serbia, 8 – 12 September 2025. Kenny, J., Hobbs L. & Whannell, R. (2020) Designing professional development for teachers teaching out-of-field, Professional Development in Education, 46(3), 500-515. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2019.1613257 Luft, J. Hanuscin, D., Hobbs, L. & Törner, G. (2020). Out-of-field teaching in science: An overlooked problem. Editorial. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 31(7), 719-724. Singh, H., Luft, J.A., & Napier, J.B. (2021). The development of ePCK of newly hired in-field and out-of-field teachers during their first three years of teaching. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44, 611 - 626. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers' Voices on Effective Supports for Out-of-Field Teaching University of Oxford & University of Prince Edward Island, Canada Presenting Author:Introduction
Out-of-field teaching occurs when a teacher is assigned to teach a subject that does not align with their specialised disciplinary background (Hobbs & Törner, 2019). This practice persists across education systems and has been identified as a significant professional and policy challenge. Ingersoll (2019) argues that even highly qualified educators can effectively become unqualified when teaching outside their expertise, as they may lack sufficient content knowledge, pedagogical tools, and curriculum familiarity.
Research has linked out-of-field teaching to a range of negative outcomes for both teachers and students. Students taught by out-of-field teachers have been found to achieve lower academic results (Sheppard et al., 2020), while teachers experience reduced wellbeing, professional satisfaction, and retention in the workforce (Du Plessis et al., 2014).
The phenomenon is shaped by both structural and contextual factors. Teacher shortages in specific subjects can elevate out-of-field rates (Hobbs & Törner, 2019), yet cross-national analyses show that shortages alone do not fully explain the prevalence of this issue (Zhou, 2014). Hiring practices, budgets, and scheduling pressures often lead administrators to assign teachers outside their trained specialisations (Du Plessis et al., 2017). Consequently, most teachers who find themselves teaching out-of-field do so involuntarily and with limited agency over their teaching assignments. In some contexts, professional development programmes are being developed and used to specifically support those teaching out-of-field (Kenny et al., 2020).
Theoretical Framework
This study is grounded in social cognitive theory (Bandura, 1986), which views human functioning as shaped by reciprocal interactions between individuals, their behaviour, and their environment. Central to this framework is the construct of self-efficacy, defined, in the case of teacher self-efficacy, as a teacher's belief in their capability to plan and carry out teaching tasks effectively in a specific context (Tschannen-Moran et al., 1998). Teacher self-efficacy influences persistence, resilience, and willingness to adopt new strategies, and higher self-efficacy is consistently associated with improved classroom practice and reduced burnout (Tschannen-Moran & Woolfolk Hoy, 2001). Within this framework, out-of-field teaching can be viewed as an environmental constraint that challenges teachers' efficacy beliefs.
Research Question
This presentation examines the following research question: what do teachers feel are the most effective supports for teaching out-of-field? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conference presentation reports qualitative findings from the interview phase of a mixed-methods study examining secondary teachers’ experiences teaching out-of-field (OOF) in Grades 9–12 sciences and mathematics across the four provinces of western Canada (British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba). Participants for the interview phase were drawn from respondents to the broader questionnaire phase who indicated willingness to be contacted for a follow-up interview. Seventeen teachers were purposively sampled from this pool to ensure that all interview participants were actively teaching at least one OOF assignment at the time of the study and to achieve an appropriate spread across relevant demographic and professional characteristics (province, gender, career stage, and subject area). While the larger questionnaire included teachers teaching fully in-field as well as those teaching OOF, the interview sample focused specifically on teachers with current OOF responsibilities in order to capture rich accounts of how teachers navigate OOF teaching and what supports they perceive as most effective. The interviews were designed using a phenomenological orientation, foregrounding teachers’ lived experiences and meaning-making in relation to teaching OOF. The semi-structured interviews were conducted via online video calls and lasted approximately one hour each. Regarding support for OOF teaching, the interview protocol included direct questions about (a) resources and supports teachers accessed to prepare for and teach OOF classes (e.g., people, websites, books, professional learning), (b) access to subject-specific professional development and the extent to which it was supported or funded by schools/divisions (including travel and frequency), (c) opportunities for collaboration and collegial consultation (including whether teachers were themselves consulted by others), (d) perceived transfer of skills, analogies, and pedagogical approaches from in-field teaching to OOF subjects, and (e) supports teachers may not have had but ideally wished were available. The interviews were analyzed using an iterative, inductive thematic approach to identify patterns in what teachers described as effective supports for OOF teaching and the conditions that enabled or constrained access to those supports. Analysis moved from initial familiarization and coding of support-related segments to grouping codes into possible themes, followed by refinement of themes through comparison across participants and attention to variation by context and career stage. Findings reported in the presentation emphasize themes that are explicitly grounded in participants’ accounts of what supported their OOF planning, confidence, and instructional practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across 17 phenomenological interviews with secondary science and mathematics teachers teaching OOF, findings reveal a clear progression from least to most effective forms of support. Teachers consistently described the least effective approach as isolated, self-directed coping. This included web searching, trial-and-error lesson construction, and attempting to independently backfill subject knowledge. While online resources were commonly used, teachers reported that working in isolation often increased workload and uncertainty, particularly around what content mattered most, how to sequence it, how to align assessments with learning, and whether materials matched the curriculum. In contrast, the most effective supports were collaborative, concrete, curriculum-aligned, and sustained over time. First, mentorship and collegial support emerged as foundational. Teachers emphasized that access to a knowledgeable colleague who could answer questions, share usable materials, and provide reassurance was transformative. Also effective, though rare, were school- or division-level structures that intentionally supported this collaboration, such as official time or access to mentor colleagues. One teacher explained, “If she wasn’t there, there’s no way I would have been able to teach life science… a mentor teacher is the best thing to have.” Second, teachers highlighted the importance of shared, curriculum-aligned resources that reduce the burden of building an OOF course from scratch. Valued materials included worked solutions, example questions, unit sequences, and feasible labs and activities. The absence of lab resources was especially challenging given teachers’ discomfort with unfamiliar experimental practices. Third, teachers valued in-service professional development when it was planned, sustained, and directly tied to their OOF assignment, though such opportunities were uncommon. Finally, teachers pointed to pre-service preparation that acknowledges OOF teaching as likely and equips teachers with transferable planning routines and cross-disciplinary strategies. Overall, findings suggest OOF teaching is most sustainably supported when systems move from individual coping to collective, planned support infrastructures. References Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: a social cognitive theory. Prentice-Hall. Du Plessis, A. E., Carroll, A., & Gillies, R. M. (2017). The meaning of out-of-field teaching for educational leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(1), 87–112. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2014.962618 Du Plessis, A. E., Gillies, R. M., & Carroll, A. (2014). Out-of-field teaching and professional development: A transnational investigation across Australia and South Africa. International Journal of Educational Research, 66, 90–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2014.03.002 Hobbs, L., & Törner, G. (2019). Teaching out-of-field as a phenomenon and research problem. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-field” (pp. 3–20). Springer Nature Singapore. Ingersoll, R. M. (2019). Measuring out-of-field teaching. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-field” (pp. 21–52). Springer Nature Singapore. Kenny, J., Hobbs, L., & Whannell, R. (2020). Designing professional development for teachers teaching out-of-field. Professional Development in Education, 46(3), 500–515. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1613257 Sheppard, K., Padwa, L., Kelly, A. M., & Krakehl, R. (2020). Out-of-Field Teaching in Chemistry and Physics: An Empirical Census Study. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 00(00), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2019.1702268 Tschannen-Moran, M., Hoy, A. W., & Hoy, W. K. (1998). Teacher Efficacy: Its Meaning and Measure. Review of Educational Research, 68(2), 202–248. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543068002202 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(01)00036-1 Zhou, Y. (2014). The Relationship Between School Organizational Characteristics and Reliance on Out-of-Field Teachers in Mathematics and Science: Cross-National Evidence from TALIS 2008. Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 23(3), 483–497. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-013-0123-8 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 02 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Dan O'Sullivan Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Cultivating Collective Phronesis: Teacher Professional Development for System Resilience in the AI era National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:The rapid integration of generative artificial intelligence (AI) into educational systems has fundamentally altered the landscape of teacher professional development (TPD). While global policy frameworks, such as the EU’s DigComp 3.0, increasingly emphasize "digital agency," these normative visions often collide with the complex realities of classroom practice. The challenge of AI integration is frequently misrecognized as a technical problem of skill acquisition (techne), ignoring the profound ethical and pedagogical uncertainties that teachers must navigate. This study examines how Taiwan’s educators move beyond technical compliance to develop "collective phronesis" that emphasizes a shared, dialogically constructed practical wisdom, and how this collective capacity functions as a critical infrastructure for system resilience. In Taiwan, the Ministry of Education has launched several initiatives, such as the "Digital Learning Enhancement Project," to bridge the digital divide and promote AI literacy. However, longitudinal engagement with the "Digital Pilot School Initiative" reveals a persistent "implementation gap." While teachers demonstrate growing technical proficiency, they struggle significantly in domains requiring situated professional judgment, such as empowering learners and fostering ethical digital citizenship. This gap suggests that standardized competence frameworks, while necessary, are insufficient for guiding action in the indeterminate zones of AI-mediated pedagogy. This study posits that sustainable AI integration requires a theoretical shift from individual expertise to collective capacity. Drawing on Aristotelian ethics, we conceptualize phronesis not merely as individual practical wisdom but as a socially constructed professional sensibility. We argue that in the face of rapid technological disruption, individual judgment is fragile; system resilience emerges only when phronesis is collectively constructed, externalized, legitimized, and stabilized through professional communities. TITATI (Teachers in & through AI and Technology Integration), a grassroots cross-school professional learning community established in 2024, provides a distinctive empirical site for examining this process. This community brings together high school teachers nationwide to collaboratively develop AI-integrated lesson plans and share their pedagogical experiences across diverse classroom contexts under the guidance of experienced coaches. The study asks: How is practical wisdom regarding AI integration socially constructed among teachers, and how does this collective phronesis bridge the gap between abstract policy frameworks and situated practice? To address this, the analysis focuses on three interrelated dimensions:
Theoretically, the study synthesizes Aristotelian epistemology with sociocultural theories of learning. It challenges the individualistic bias in TPD literature by positioning the "community of practice" not just as a support network, but as an epistemic engine capable of generating new ethical norms. Furthermore, it extends the concept of system readiness (Wang et al., 2020) by identifying collective phronesis as the "missing link" that translates policy readiness into actualized system resilience. Through examining TITATI's dialogical practices, this study reveals how bottom-up professional wisdom negotiates with and revitalizes top-down digital education policies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this study employs a qualitative case study approach to investigate the developmental trajectory of teacher judgment within the “Digital Seed Teacher Workshop" and the self-organizing "TITATI" (Teachers in & through AI and Technology Integration) cross-school community. The research design is grounded in an interpretivist paradigm, seeking to understand how teachers construct meaning and ethical standards amidst technological uncertainty. The data corpus was collected over a five-month period (2023-2024) and includes multiple qualitative sources to ensure methodological triangulation. Primary data consists of: In-depth Semi-structured Interviews: Conducted with a purposive sample of eight seed teachers, one trainer, and one school principal. These interviews were designed to elicit "thick descriptions" of pedagogical reasoning, exploring not just how teachers use AI, but the ethical dilemmas and judgment processes underlying their decisions. Participant Observation: Long-term observation of the TITATI community's interactions, focusing on how heterogeneous dialogue (across disciplines and school levels) creates "productive friction" that refines collective judgment. SELFIE for TEACHERS Survey: Quantitative data (N=26) based on the DigCompEdu framework serves as a contextual backdrop, helping to situate the qualitative findings within standardized competence domains. The analysis employs Systematic Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The coding process followed a deductive-inductive iterative cycle. Initially, data were mapped against Aristotelian categories (techne, episteme, phronesis) to identify forms of knowledge. Subsequently, open coding was used to trace the developmental stages of judgment formation. Special attention was paid to "critical incidents"—moments of conflict, uncertainty, or realization—where individual assumptions were challenged and transformed through community dialogue. This analytical approach allows us to trace the micro-processes of "externalization," "legitimation," and "stabilization" through which private wisdom becomes public professional capacity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals a five-stage developmental trajectory of collective phronesis, offering a new model for understanding teacher growth in the AI era. First, findings indicate a progression from Instrumental Adoption (Stage 1), where judgment is driven by efficiency (techne), to Ethical Awareness (Stage 2) and Contextualized Judgment (Stage 3), where teachers begin to differentiate AI use based on learner developmental needs. Crucially, the study identifies a "Professional Deepening Paradox": contrary to fears of deskilling, effective AI integration requires deeper disciplinary knowledge and pedagogical sophistication to guide the technology, transforming the teacher's role from user to designer. Second, the study illuminates the critical transition from individual to collective capacity (Stages 4 & 5). We find that Dialogical Externalization within heterogeneous communities is the pivotal mechanism. The diversity of the TITATI community (spanning multiple subjects and school levels) created necessary epistemic friction, forcing teachers to articulate tacit assumptions and negotiate shared ethical boundaries. This process leads to Collective Stabilization, where shared heuristics (e.g., "AI as scaffold, not substitute") emerge to guide action without imposing rigid rules. Finally, the results demonstrate that collective phronesis functions as the essential infrastructure for System Resilience. It bridges the "implementation gap" by activating abstract competence frameworks (DigComp 3.0) in situated practice. Teachers empowered by collective wisdom were found to be more capable of navigating ethical gray zones (e.g., algorithmic bias, authenticity in assessment) and leading organizational change. By foregrounding the mechanism of collective phronesis, this study contributes to international discussions on the "human-in-the-loop" aspect of educational AI. It challenges the technocratic view of TPD, arguing that in an age of artificial intelligence, the cultivation of human collective wisdom is the most critical factor for sustainable educational transformation. References Aristotle. (1999). Nicomachean ethics (T. Irwin, Trans.). Hackett Publishing. (Original work published 350 BCE) Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Wang, T., Olivier, D. F., & Chen, P. (2023). Creating individual and organizational readiness for change: conceptualization of system readiness for change in school education. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(6), 1037-1061. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Does it Always Have to be a Chatbot? Contradictions in Teachers’ Learning Regarding Generative AI Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) has gained traction as both a tool for and a topic of learning. However, the potentialities ascribed to this technology – such as being a “partner”, “tutor” or “facilitator” – starkly contrast with the reality of educators only partially knowing how to apply it meaningfully to support students’ learning. This seems particularly relevant in vocational education and training (VET), where professional learning is often less formalized than in other branches of the educational system (Zhou et al., 2022). Moreover, overly optimistic claims about the instrumental nature of GenAI for learning gains and successes can easily lead to adoptions that supersedes pedagogical deliberation (Chan, 2025). In a current research project, we work with teachers in a specific field of vocational education in the Nordics, namely Social and Health Care education, which combines nursing, support, and practical assistance for, for example, the elderly. A growing number of students in this field originate from non-native-speaking countries, and the majority of them are women (Aarkrog, 2020). In the project, researchers, teachers and didactical consultants collaborate to strengthen the participation of these students, both in school and subsequently in the Danish labor market. The project builds on the thesis that GenAI as a technology with large language-based capacities can be applied as a resource for reducing the language- and participation-related challenges that bilingual women experience in Social and Health Care education. Over the last two years there has been increasing recognition of the deep interconnection between vocational practice and digitalization, specifically for migrant and multilingual workers (Bradley et al., 2025; Lindström & Hashemi, 2019), along with a growing awareness that pedagogies integrating GenAI as a specific tool to support these groups are both overlooked and needed (e.g., Creely & Barnes, 2025). As one entry point to achieving better participation of bilingual students, the project engages teachers through an action-learning and design-thinking inspired workshop series (e.g. Lindvig & Mathiasen, 2020; see also Schmitt & Brutzer, 2025). Over six-months, teachers meet to develop and refine custom-made chatbots intended to support bilingual students’ learning and participation. Teachers themselves define the pedagogical challenge and how they wish to address it (e.g., developing a chatbot that supports subject-specific language training, understanding Social and Health Care concepts, or providing an AI study-buddy for questions about life and health care in the Nordics). Between meetings, teachers test the chatbots under real-life classroom conditions, resulting in solutions that vary in breadth and depth. It has become evident through the project, which will continue to work with teachers in 2026, that not all participants succeed in developing fully functional and scalable chatbots. This seems to be due to various reasons, both external factors such as lack of time and support in the school ecosystem, but also to questions which learning and support needs are being identified for bilingual students. Nevertheless, even when they do not succeed technically, participants engage in meaningful learning about the potential and challenges of GenAI as an element in their teaching. In this presentation we will dive deeper into the question what types of learning and learning processes participants experience in the tension between creating a deliverable product and attending to their own interests, problem-definitions and contextual constraints. Through the lens of Cultural Historical Activity (CHAT, e.g. Engeström, 1987) we analyze the contradictions induced by both the workshop design and the affordances of GenAI. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The projects collects data through a methodology inspired by ethnographic action research (Tacchi et al., 2023), recognizing that all participants, teachers and researchers alike, act as legitimate co-producers and co-owners of knowledge (Rohwedder et al., 2024). The research teams follows the unfolding dynamics as GenAI becomes part of teachers’ pedagogical practice and consequently also of students’ learning – thus acting as a “social-cultural animator” (Tacchi et al., 2023, p. 27). Researchers share their observations, insights and analytical perspectives to inspire, encourage and support teachers’ leaning and development work. This encompasses an open and inductive research approach with multi-representational documentation of processes and products, including video and audio recordings, documentation of artefacts (both chatbots and development materials), structured interviews, informal conversations and accompanying fieldnotes collected throughout the testing of solutions under real-life classroom conditions. Specifically, we conduct several rounds of Observiews - a data-gathering approach combining researchers’ classroom observations with immediate post-observation interviews and joint reflection (Kragelund, 2013). Observiews foster mutual reflection, where interviewees gain new insight into their own practice through the researcher’s questions, while researchers deepen their understanding through participants’ reflections. The theoretical angle to analyze the learning dynamics participants experience CHAT and the notion of expansive learning (Engeström & Sannino, 2010). At the heart of CHAT is the activity system—a framework for understanding human actions as socially and culturally embedded. Expansive learning occurs when elements in the activity systems are being transformed to resolve contradictions that limit the execution of the activity. We apply framework analysis and inductive coding guided by the elements of the activity system (e.g., Gale et al., 2013). Our current analysis draws on materials (video/audio recordings, transcripts, field observations, transcripts of three Observiews as well as a quantitative follow-up questionnaire) gathered during the first round of the workshops with n=26 participants in 2025. A second round with 19 participants begins in February 2026, with additional Observiews and interviews to follow. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis revealed so far that teachers experience tensions in terms of positioning GenAI as an object of their own learning (‘learning about GenAI’) versus as a tool supporting bilingual students’ language- and participation-related learning (‘learning with GenAI’). In the first case, the focus lies on acquiring knowledge and competences about the workings and technicalities of GenAI; in the second teachers focus on students’ learning needs as identified in the initial problem formulation. Event teachers who perceive their chatbot-development as successful remain at least partly in doubt how well their tools support students, partly due to only limited implementation in their schools. However, knowledge and competences acquired during the workshops are being seen as distributed with other colleagues and other actors in schools, as well as supporting pedagogical work around the use of GenAI in Social and Health Care educations. These findings highlight the complex nature of combining teacher professional development on GenAI with hands-on product development aimed at supporting students. While production-based learning is not new (e.g., Poulsen, 2011), our analysis suggests that a technology as pervasive and ethically ambivalent as GenAI eventually may require professional development approaches that deliberately integrate use, reflection and critical examination of the technology’s affordances and limitations. References Aarkrog, V. (2020). The standing and status of vocational education and training in Denmark. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(2), 170–188. Bradley, L., Guichon, N., & Kukulska-Hulme, A. (2025). Migrants’ and refugees’ digital literacies in life and language learning (Special Issue). ReCALL, 37(Special Issue 2), 147–156. Chan, S. (2025). Guidelines and Recommendations for the Integration of Gen AI into VET Learning. In S. Chan (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence in Vocational Education and Training: Understanding Learner and Teacher Perspectives on the Integration of Generative AI through Participatory Action Research (pp. 179–200). Springer Nature Singapore. Creely, E., & Barnes, M. (2025). Exploring attitudes to generative AI in education for English as an additional language (EAL) adult learners. ReCALL, 37(2), 174–190. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by Expanding: An Activity—Theoretical Approach to Developmental Research. Orienta-Konsultit. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. Gale, N. K., Heath, G., Cameron, E., Rashid, S., & Redwood, S. (2013). Using the framework method for the analysis of qualitative data in multi-disciplinary health research. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 13(1), 117. Kragelund, L. (2013). The obser-view: A method of generating data and learning. Nurse Researcher, 20(5), 6–10. Lindström, N. B., & Hashemi, S. S. (2019). Mobile technology for social inclusion of migrants in the age of globalization. A case study of newly arrived healthcare professionals in Sweden. The International Journal of Technology, Knowledge, and Society, 15(2), 3–21. Lindvig, K., & Mathiasen, H. (2020). Translating the Learning Factory model to a Danish Vocational Education Setting. Procedia Manufacturing, 45, 90–95. Poulsen, M. (2011). Learning by producing. In M. Poulsen & E. Køber (Eds), The GameIT Handbook. A framework for game based learning pedagogy (pp. 87–103). http://www.projectgameit.eu/. Rohwedder, A.-B. N., Møller, B., & Kordovsky, J. (2024). Creating knowledge equity and a social learning space in practitioner-researcher collaborations: A didactic perspective. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 14(3), 114–137. Schmitt, C., & Brutzer, A. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence in vocational education and training: A framework for sustainable teacher competence development. Tacchi, J., Slater, D., & Hearn, G. (2023). Ethnografic action research. United Nations Educational UNESCO. Zhou, N., Tigelaar, D. E. H., & Admiraal, W. (2022). Vocational teachers’ professional learning: A systematic literature review of the past decade. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103856. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper AI As a Contrasting Device: Critical Thinking and Situated Learning in a University Teaching Experience 1: University of Porto, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences, Portugal; 2: Universidty of Porto, Faculty of Sports, Portugal; 3: UNTL, East Timor; 4: UTAD, Portugal Presenting Author:In a context marked by multiple and entangled crises — social, ecological, democratic and epistemic — education research is increasingly challenged to interrogate not only what counts as knowledge, but also how knowledge is produced, mediated and mobilised. As Barnett (1997, 2007) argues, higher education is no longer a stable site of knowledge transmission, but a space of uncertainty in which learners must develop judgement rather than certainty. The rapid expansion of artificial intelligence (AI) in higher education intensifies these challenges, reshaping the conditions under which knowing and acting take place and amplifying tensions between automation, performativity and educational responsibility (Biesta, 2010). This paper addresses these concerns by presenting a pedagogical experiment that reframes AI not as a tool for knowledge optimisation, but as a contrasting device for critical inquiry within a situated learning framework grounded in University Social Responsibility. Rather than enhancing efficiency or replacing interpretative work, AI is mobilised to expose the limits, assumptions and reductions inherent in algorithmic forms of representation. Developed within the master’s course Sociology of Physical Activity and Health at the Faculty of Sport, University of Porto, the experience engaged students in a service-learning project connected to Turma do Mar, a community-based surfing initiative involving participants in situations of social vulnerability. The pedagogical design deliberately combined theoretical instruction with embodied participation and social intervention in a real-world context, foregrounding the entanglement between academic knowledge, lived experience and ethical responsibility. The experiment responds directly to contemporary concerns within education research regarding the growing authority of data-driven and visual forms of knowing (Beer, 2019). Rather than positioning AI as a neutral or authoritative source of interpretation, generative AI tools were introduced at a later stage of the process to produce narrative descriptions based solely on photographic records of the fieldwork. These AI-generated narratives were explicitly framed as partial, decontextualised and provisional accounts, intended to be critically examined rather than accepted. Students were invited to contrast AI-generated descriptions with their own reflective logbooks, interviews and collective discussions. This comparative work enabled them to identify tensions between visual appearance and lived experience, between algorithmic description and situated understanding. Through this process, AI functioned as a means of making epistemological assumptions visible, exposing the limits of computational mediation in capturing relational, embodied and ethical dimensions of social practice. From the perspective of “knowing and acting”, the experience highlights how critical judgment emerges through friction rather than coherence. Learning was not oriented towards producing definitive interpretations, but towards cultivating students’ capacity to navigate uncertainty, question representational authority and recognise the interpretative labour involved in educational research and professional practice. The findings suggest that AI can contribute to critical educational aims when its use is carefully bounded, pedagogically mediated and embedded in socially responsible practices. In a time of polycrisis, this approach offers a way of engaging with technological change while reaffirming the public role of higher education as a space for ethical discernment, reflexivity and situated knowledge production. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, interpretive and pedagogically embedded methodological approach, aligned with traditions of situated learning, service-learning and critical educational research. The pedagogical experiment was conducted within a master’s-level course and involved students as co-participants in both learning and inquiry processes, recognising professional learning as a situated and relational endeavour rather than a linear acquisition of competences. The intervention unfolded across three interconnected stages. First, students engaged in theoretical seminars addressing sociological perspectives on physical activity, health, inequality and social responsibility. These sessions established analytical frameworks for understanding social intervention as a site of knowledge production, interpretation and ethical decision-making. Second, students participated in fieldwork through the community-based project Turma do Mar, combining participant observation with direct involvement in surfing sessions designed for socially vulnerable groups. This phase prioritised embodied engagement, relational learning and attentiveness to context. Data collection followed a multimodal qualitative design (Denzin, 2009) and included photographic records from the field, individual reflective logbooks maintained throughout the process, and semi-structured interviews and focus group discussions conducted after the intervention. In the final stage, generative AI tools were used to produce structured narrative descriptions based exclusively on the photographic material. Methodologically, AI outputs were treated neither as data nor as analysis, but as analytical provocations. Students systematically compared AI-generated narratives with their own experiential accounts and qualitative materials, identifying absences, misalignments and interpretative reductions. This triangulation strategy made visible the conditions under which knowledge claims are constructed and authorised. Ethical considerations were central throughout the project, particularly given the involvement of vulnerable populations. Informed consent, careful use of visual materials and ongoing pedagogical supervision ensured that AI use remained transparent, limited and critically oriented. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This pedagogical experience contributes to current debates within education research by demonstrating how AI can be mobilised to support, rather than undermine, critical knowing and responsible action. By positioning AI as a contrasting device, the project disrupted assumptions of objectivity, neutrality and efficiency that often accompany algorithmic technologies in educational contexts (Beer, 2019). The confrontation between AI-generated descriptions and students’ situated experiences revealed the epistemic limits of decontextualised forms of knowing and highlighted the centrality of human judgement in interpreting social practice. Rather than resolving uncertainty, the learning process rendered uncertainty pedagogically productive, fostering reflexivity, ethical awareness and professional responsibility — capacities that Barnett (2007) identifies as central to education in conditions of uncertainty. In line with the ECER 2026 theme, the study underscores the importance of examining the changing conditions of education research, particularly the growing influence of data-driven technologies and performative regimes of knowledge production (Biesta, 2010). It argues that responding to these changes requires pedagogical and methodological designs that foreground context, responsibility and the public role of the university. Ultimately, the paper suggests that the educational potential of AI lies not in its capacity to produce knowledge, but in its ability to make visible the conditions, assumptions and limits of contemporary knowledge production. Such approaches are essential if education research is to meaningfully contribute to knowing and acting within contexts of polycrisis. References Barnett, R. (1997). Higher Education: A Critical Business. Society for Research into Higher Education; Open University Press. Barnett, R. (2007). A Will to Learn: Being a Student in an Age of Uncertainty. Open University Press. Beer, D. (2019). The Data Gaze: Capitalism, Power and Perception. SAGE Publications. Biesta, G. J. J. (2010). Good Education in an Age of Measurement: Ethics, Politics, Democracy. Routledge. Denzin, N. K. (2009). The Research Act: A Theoretical Introduction to Sociological Methods. Transaction Publishers. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 02 A: AI and Digitaisation I Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Christine Siemer Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Reflecting Innovation-driven Instructional Competences of Vocational Teachers for Digital, Competence-oriented Teaching and Learning Arrangements: Comparative Evidence from Germany and China Technical University of Dortmund, Germany Presenting Author:Digital technologies are increasingly positioned as catalysts for competence-oriented vocational teaching and learning arrangement, yet empirical work repeatedly shows that “technology integration” is less a matter of tool availability than of teachers’ situated instructional competence to design, orchestrate, and critically evaluate learning arrangements under curricular, occupational, and organisational constraints (cf. Mishra & Koehler, 2006; Redecker, 2017). In vocational education and training (VET), this challenge is intensified by the need to connect school-based learning with occupational practices and workplaces, often through boundary-crossing learning tasks, authentic assessment, and hybrid learning arenas (cf. Wesselink, de Jong & Biemans, 2010; Lahn & Berntsen, 2023). At the same time, competence-based curriculum reforms commonly generate implementation tensions around authenticity, self-direction, and the teacher role (de Bruijn & Leeman, 2011), making “innovation-driven instructional competence” a theoretically and empirically relevant lens for analysing how vocational teachers enact digital, competence-oriented teaching and learning arrangements. This study conceptualises vocational teachers’ innovation-driven instructional competences as a central hinge between knowing about digital learning and acting with digital tools in competence-oriented classroom practice. In logistics VET, digital tools such as ERP platforms, process simulations, and blended learning resources are increasingly referenced in curricula and programmes (Author, 2026). Yet their pedagogical value is neither self-evident nor stable: digital tools can amplify competence-oriented teaching and learning when they are embedded in coherent task progressions, scaffolded inquiry, and evidence-based feedback routines; they can also reduce competence orientation when tool use becomes predominantly demonstrative, when simulation activity lacks structured reflection, or when data traces remain pedagogically “silent” due to missing criteria, feedback cycles, and judgement routines (ibid.). Building on an empirical comparative study of competence-oriented curriculum implementation in logistics-related VET contexts in Germany and China, this study focuses on how digital learning tools are used (or not used) to realise competence-oriented pedagogical principles in teaching and learning practice and how teachers reflect on these enactments. Three interrelated research questions guide the study: (1) How are competence-oriented digital teaching expectations and competence demands for vocational teachers articulated in the Chinese and German logistics VET programme documents? (2) How do teachers enact digitally supported competence-oriented arrangements in practice, and which recurring variation patterns can be identified? (3) How do teachers critically reflect and reframe their practices when confronted with tensions between competence aims and the constraints of digital tools, especially where feedback remains informal and where digital artefacts are underused as evidence for learning and competence development? The theoretical framework combines three strands that are often treated separately in VET research. First, competence-oriented VET is conceptualised as a curricular and didactic endeavour requiring coherent alignment of intended, interpreted, and implemented curriculum, with particular sensitivity to authenticity, self-direction, and assessment (cf. Goncharova et al., 2024; Sturing et al., 2011; de Bruijn & Leeman, 2011; Mulder et al., 2007). Second, teachers’ professional competence is framed as a multi-component construct (knowledge, beliefs, motivational orientations, self-regulation) that manifests in instructional quality and adaptive decision-making (Baumert & Kunter, 2006, 2013). Third, digitalisation is addressed through teacher digital competence frameworks that foreground pedagogical and ethical-professional aspects (e.g., designing digital resources, orchestrating learning, assessment, learner support) rather than mere operational skills (Redecker, 2017; Cattaneo, Antonietti & Rauseo, 2022; Lahn & Berntsen, 2023). “Innovation-driven instructional competence” is positioned at the intersection of these strands and additionally informed by research on teacher innovativeness as a driver of change in (digital) teaching practices (Vidergor, 2023). The intended theoretical contribution of this study is to generate an empirically grounded foundation for subsequent conceptual reframing, refining the competence dimensions most critical to innovation-oriented, digital, competence-based VET teaching and learning arrangements across contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a comparative multiple-case design across selected logistics VET programmes in Germany and China, using a mixed-methods triangulation strategy to capture intended, interpreted, and implemented curriculum and to link observed classroom practice with teachers’ reflective sense-making. Data sources include (a) curriculum and instructional material analysis with a focus on competence-oriented intentions and digitalisation-related specifications, (b) non-participant classroom observations of selected logistics lessons with structured observation protocols addressing competence-oriented didactic principles and technology-mediated learning activities, and (c) teacher interviews, including stimulated-recall elements to elicit pedagogical reasoning and reflection on observed episodes. Sampling is purposeful and contrastive (e.g., tool-rich vs. tool-limited settings; explicit vs. informal feedback/assessment cultures). Analysis combines deductive-inductive qualitative content analysis with cross-case comparison. A theory-informed coding scheme operationalises innovation-driven instructional competences through observable indicators in: (1) competence-oriented alignment (outcomes-tasks-assessment), (2) orchestration/scaffolding in hybrid and simulation environments, (3) digitally enabled formative assessment and process diagnostics, and (4) reflective handling of constraints and ethical-professional issues (e.g., data use, transparency). Comparative synthesis will produce a typology of competence profiles and recurrent tension patterns across the two contexts, serving as an empirical basis for subsequent conceptual refinement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Empirically, the study is expected to yield a fine-grained map of how digital tools are pedagogically embedded in competence-oriented logistics teaching in both contexts, distinguishing between superficial digital substitution and competence-relevant integration (e.g., simulation-based task solving, data-driven decision exercises, digitally supported reflection and feedback loops) and showing where competence-oriented principles (authenticity, self-direction, reflective learning, criterion-based assessment) are strengthened or diluted by digital mediation . The comparative lens is expected to reveal context-specific “implementation signatures” of innovation-driven instructional competence, including recurring tensions between curricular requirements, examination logics, available infrastructures, and teachers’ discretionary space for pedagogical innovation. Theoretically, the results are expected to substantiate a set of empirically grounded competence dimensions for innovation-driven teaching in digital, competence-oriented VET arrangements, likely spanning (a) design competence for authentic, competence-targeted digital tasks; (b) orchestration competence for interactive, adaptive facilitation with digital tools; (c) assessment and feedback competence for competence-oriented evaluation supported by digital evidence; (d) reflective competence to interpret learning traces and revise instruction; and (e) boundary-connecting competence to link school learning to occupational practice. These outcomes are intended to function as an evidence base for a subsequent theoretical reframing effort. References Author. (2026, in print). Digital gestützte Lernräume in der chinesischen Logistikausbildung: Einblicke in die Curricula und Unterrichtsrealisierung. Lehren & Lernen. Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2006). Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9, 469–520. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2 Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2013). The COACTIV model of teachers’ professional competence. In M. Kunter et al. (Eds.), Cognitive activation in the mathematics classroom and professional competence of teachers (pp. 25–48). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-5149-5_2 Cattaneo, A. A. P., Antonietti, C., & Rauseo, M. (2022). How digitalised are vocational teachers? Computers & Education, 176, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104358 de Bruijn, E., & Leeman, Y. (2011). Authentic and self-directed learning in vocational education: Challenges to vocational educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(4), 694–702. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.11.007 Goncharova, A., Chen, P.J., Frommberger, D., Pilz, M., Li, J.M. (2024). Implementation of Competence-Based Approach in Chinese and Russian Commercial Vocational Education and Training. In: Gessler, M., et al. (Eds.), Expanding Horizons. Internationale Berufsbildungsforschung (pp. 73–92). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43742-8_4 Lahn, L. C., & Berntsen, S. K. (2023). Frameworking vocational teachers’ digital competences: An integrative literature review and synthesis. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 7(2), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.5322 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108, 1017–1054. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00684.x Mulder, M., Weigel, T., & Collins, K. (2007). The concept of competence in the development of vocational education and training in selected EU member states: A critical analysis. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 59(1), 65–85. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820601145630 Redecker, C. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. (Y. Punie, ed.). Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/159770. Sturing, L., Biemans, H. J. A., Mulder, M., & de Bruijn, E. (2011). The nature of study programmes in vocational education. Vocations and Learning, 4, 191–210. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-011-9059-4 Vidergor, H. E. (2023). The effect of teachers’ self-innovativeness on accountability, distance learning self-efficacy, and teaching practices. Computers & Education, 199, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104777 Wesselink, R., de Jong, C., & Biemans, H. J. A. (2010). Aspects of competence-based education as footholds to improve connectivity between learning in school and in the workplace. Vocations and Learning, 3, 19–38. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-009-9027-4 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Where Does Professional Learning Really Take Place? Formal, Non-formal and Informal Learning in Times of Digital Transformation Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München, Germany Presenting Author:Digitalisation constitutes a central driver of contemporary processes of transformation and fundamentally reshapes how knowledge is produced, transmitted and acquired. Professional learning is likewise increasingly taking place under digital conditions, which further enhances the relevance of informal forms of learning. In educational research, it is frequently emphasised that formal, non-formal and informal learning are closely intertwined. However, how this entanglement is concretely configured and how it shapes professional practice has so far been insufficiently explored both theoretically and empirically. Against this background, the paper addresses the question of how different forms of learning are interrelated in professional learning and, additionally, what effects these different forms of learning have. When professionals decide to engage in continuing professional development, the different forms of learning should aim at the deliberate further development of professional knowledge, skills and competences, or professional habitus. Whether these objectives are achieved can be assessed by examining the output and outcomes of a learning experience (cf. Echarti, Reichart & Gerhards, 2021). Whereas output refers to the immediate results of an educational measure, outcomes relate to the more sustainable effects on participants’ professional or personal practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the paper draws on data from a standardized survey conducted in 2025 among professionals in social work regarding their continuing education and train-ing behaviour with respect to social media as a subject of learning and professional practice. The survey was conducted over a period of six weeks using the tools Unipark and SoSci Survey. Of the N = 1.436 participants, N = 109 had to be exclud-ed during data cleaning due to conspicuous or implausible values, resulting in a cleaned sample of N = 1.327. The majority of respondents were female (78%), fol-lowed by male participants (22%), and a small number of individuals who identified as diverse (less than 1%). Respondents’ ages ranged from 22 to 66 years, with a mean age of M = 41.24 years (SD = 10.63). Most participants were employed by public providers (56%), while 44% worked for non-profit or independent providers. The average workload fell within the 61–70% range, whereas the most common employment level was 41–50%. Based on correlation and regression analyses, the study examines how social work professionals acquire knowledge and competences, how they combine different forms of learning and how these learning processes are related to professional practice. To analyse a metrically scaled dependent variable linear regression was applied. Linear regression makes it possible to quantify the influence of individual independent variables on the dependent variable. A regression equation is esti-mated to predict the dependent variable as accurately as possible on the basis of the predictors. Because one dependent variable was dichotomous, logistic regres-sion analyses were conducted. This method has proven particularly useful for the analysis of categorical outcome variables. The results of the analyses are reported as odds ratios (OR). The aim is to make visible and analytically capture the dynamics between formal qualification programmes, non-formal continuing education formats and informal learning processes, and to examine the effects of these different forms of learning in terms of both output and outcome. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In doing so, the paper contributes to current debates on the conditions and poten-tials of knowledge production and acquisition in the context of digital transformation. At the same time, it speaks directly to the guiding questions of ECER 2026 by demonstrating how professional learning processes are changing within a polycri-sis-shaped and digitally mediated knowledge ecology. In the professional development of practitioners, informal learning predominates as the central form of individual professionalization: practitioners primarily acquire competencies through personal experiences of use and collegial exchange. (Non-)formal continuing education formats are used significantly less frequently. With regard to continuing professional education and the perception of social me-dia, complex interrelations emerge that do not allow for clear-cut effects. Informal as well as (non-)formal learning opportunities appear to fulfill different functions with respect to professional practice. While (non-)formal continuing education does not seem to be significantly associated with attitudes or perceived competence, it corre-lates with the decision of whether social media are used in work with young people. Informal learning, by contrast, correlates positively with the development of attitudes and perceived competence, but has no direct influence on the actual use of social media in professional practice with children and adolescents. This distinction points to the need to examine the effects of continuing education longitudinally in order to assess both its output and its outcome. A theoretical framework that takes these differences into account also seems meaningful for scholarly discourse in light of the present findings. Moreover, against the background of this study’s results, it is problematic that infor-mal learning is often treated in a generalized manner in academic discourse. The findings suggest the need for a differentiated typology of informal learning in order to do justice to its actual impact on individual professionalization processes. References Colley, H., Hodkinson, P., & Malcolm, J. (2002). Non-formal learning: Mapping the conceptual terrain. A consultation report. University of Leeds, Lifelong Learning In-stitute. http://www.infed.org/archives/e-texts/colley_informal_learning.htm Czerkawski, B. (2016). Blending formal and informal learning networks for online learning. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 17(3), 138–156. https://doi.org/10.19173/irrodl.v17i3.2344 Johnson, M., & Majewska, D. (2022). Formal, non-formal, and informal learning: What are they, and how can we research them? Cambridge University Press. Karhapää, A., Hämäläinen, R., & Pöysä-Tarhonen, J. (2025). Digital work practices that promote informal workplace learning: Digital ethnography in a knowledge work context. Studies in Continuing Education, 47(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2023.2274596 Rogers, A. (2014). The base of the iceberg: Informal learning and its impact on for-mal and non-formal learning. Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:14844 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Digital Transformation as a Collective Task: Collaborative Organisational Development between School Maintaining Bodies and Vocational Schools University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:In the course of digital transformation, the role of school maintaining bodies is changing from administrative managers to strategic partners in the organisational development of vocational schools. Digitalisation is not seen as an administrative task, but rather as part of a comprehensive school development process that requires close inter-organisational collaboration between the maintaining bodies and the vocational schools. The specific profile and complexity of vocational schools requires a high degree of agility in the school maintaining bodies’ digitalisation management. This is because these changed tasks mean that school maintaining bodies and schools must establish effective multi-professional cooperation structures in order to combine digital education technologies and Open Educational Resources (OER) with educational concepts in a sustainable way (Hermstein 2021). In order for the actors to successfully initiate and implement the process, strategic planning for organisational development at vocational schools is required (Müller-Böling & Krasny 1998). This presentation addresses this issue and examines the question: What promotes or hinders the role of school maintaining bodies as strategic partners in school organisational development at vocational schools? The promoter model will be used as the theoretical basis. This model assumes that innovation processes must be actively initiated, driven forward and terminated by various stakeholders (Hölzle & Gemünden 2011). The work involved in the innovation process is divided up among the various players, each of whom makes specific contributions based on their personality, motivation, and the nature of their role as promoters. In their various roles, school maintaining bodies employees work as power promoters, specialist promoters, process promoters and relationship promoters (Niermann & Palmas 2017; Witte 1973). By working together, all these key players can drive innovation forward. While power promoters can provide resources and protect the strategic development of digitalisation management to their high hierarchical potential, specialist promoters provide the necessary expertise for innovation. Process promoters are familiar with processes and structures within organisations and support the innovation process through coordination, planning, and control. Relationship promoters act as a link across the organisation and mediate between individuals and organisations (Gemünden & Walter 1999; Hauschildt & Gemünden 1999; Hölzle & Gemünden 2011; Hauschildt & Kirchmann 1999; Witte 1999; Witte 1973). Since they work on different aspects of the innovation and development process, it is particularly important for strategic planning that the individual aspects are meaningfully linked in a controlled (change)process (Müller-Böling 1998). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected as part of a project in germany. The project aims to reflect on digitalisation processes at vocational schools and to (further) develop strategies for digitalisation management among school maintaining bodies in rural districts. The focus is on providing needs-based support to school maintaining bodies in rural districts during an extensive organisational development process in the context of digitalisation management for vocational schools. The data is based on a quantitative online survey in five federal states (valid cases: n=135) and interviews with employees of the school maintaining bodies (n=11; pers.:29) and stakeholders of vocational schools in three federal states (n=6; pers.:9). Further interviews are currently being conducted with school administrators and teachers with roles in the field of digitalisation, which will also be included in the analysis. The mixed-methods design provides initial insights into the organisational structures and processes in the rural district governance-level in the field of education, the (legal, financial, and institutional) framework conditions for digitalisation management for vocational schools, and initial findings on the digital education infrastructure in the rural districts. The evaluation is carried out using quantitative methods and a qualitative content analysis of the interviews, based on the promoter model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The quantitative survey results show that the work of school maintaining bodies as actors at the interface of a multi-level educational system is challenging, as they operate between the requirements of the federal states and the needs of the vocational schools. In addition, there are technical and financial bottlenecks as well as differing objectives between school maintaining bodies and vocational schools, which make collaboration difficult. The starting point for building a future-oriented infrastructure is the development of a cross-stakeholder vision that synergistically links technical action and pedagogical school development. This is where the results of the qualitative content analysis come into play. The administrative heads of the school maintaining bodies act as power promoters, although there are already differences in their knowledge of the complexity of digitally-driven school development processes. IT staff serve as specialist and relationship promoters. As specialists, they have high knowledge of digital infrastructure, the digital technical requirements of certain systems, and implementation and solution strategies, among other things. As relationship promoters, they must strike a balance between the short-term needs of teachers in schools and the tasks to be fulfilled when visiting schools. They also coordinate with external providers to ensure infrastructure functionality, requiring constant communication across all levels. It is apparent that school maintaining bodies in the districts combine their promoter roles in different ways and interact in daily practice in multi-professional actor constellations. Some districts focus on targeted cooperation within the school maintaining bodies organisation in order to provide targeted support to vocational schools as strategic partners. This is achieved by pooling and managing the knowledge and skills of the individual actors in their role as promoters. Others, however, have difficulty penetrating the hierarchical levels of their own organisation. As a result, valuable knowledge that would be important for supporting vocational schools is lost. References Gemünden, H.G. & A. Walter, 1999: Beziehungspromotoren – Schlüsselpersonen für zwischenbetriebliche Innovationsprozesse. pp. 111-132 in: J. Hauschildt & H.G. Gemünden (eds.), Promotoren. Champions der Innovation. 2.nd ed.. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Hauschildt, J. & H.G. Gemünden (eds.), 1999: Promotoren. Champions der Innovation. 2.nd ed.. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Hermstein, B., 2021: Zur Unterstützung von Einzelschule und Schulentwicklung durch kommunale Schulträger. pp. 215-236 in: T. Webs & V. Manitius (eds.), Unterstützungssysteme für Schulen. Konzepte, Befunde und Perspektiven. Bielefeld: wbv. Hölzle, K. & H.G. Gemünden, 2011: Schlüsselpersonen der Innovation. Champions und Promotoren. pp. 495-512 in: S. Albers & O. Gassmann (eds.), Handbuch Technologie- und Innovationsmanagement. 2.nd ed.. Wiesbaden: Springer. Hauschildt, J. & E. Kirchmann, 1999: Zur Existenz und Effizienz von Prozeßpromotoren. pp. 89-110 in: J. Hauschildt & H.G. Gemünden (eds.), Promotoren. Champions der Innovation. 2.nd ed.. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Kussau, J. & T. Brüsemeister, 2007: Educational Governance: Zur Analyse der Handlungskoordination im Mehrebenensystem der Schule. pp. 15-54 in: H. Altrichter, T. Brüsemeister & J. Wissinger (eds.), Educational Governance. Handlungskoordination und Steuerung im Bildungssystem. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Maag Merki, K. & H. Altrichter, 2015: Educational Governance. Die Deutsche Schule 107 (4): 396-410. Müller-Böling, D. & E. Krasny, 1998: Strategische Planung an deutschen Hochschulen – theoretisches Konstrukt und erste Ansätze einer Methodologie. pp. 13-48 in: D. Müller-Böling, L. Zechlin, K. Neuvians, S. Nickel & P. Wismann (eds.), Strategieentwicklung an Hochschulen. Konzepte – Prozesse – Akteure. Gütersloh: Verlag Bertelsmann Stiftung. Niermann, P. F.-J. & F. Palmas, 2017: Das kreative Management. pp. 333-354 in: P. F.-J. Niermann & A.M. Schmutte (eds.), Managemententscheidungen. Methoden, Handlungsempfehlungen, Best Practices. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Witte, E., 1999: Das Promotoren-Modell. pp. 9-42 in: J. Hauschildt & H.G. Gemünden (eds.), Promotoren. Champions der Innovation. 2.nd ed.. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Witte, E., 1973: Organisation für Innovationsentscheidungen – Das Promotoren-Modell. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Perceived Usefulness of a Multimedia Learning Environment for the Applied Informatics Sector Institute Technology and Education, University of Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Occupations in the field of information and communication technology (ICT) are among the key growth and innovation areas in the labour market (Bundesargentur für Arbeit, 2025). In 2024, around 1.52 million ICT specialists were employed in Germany. Around 27% of them came from Europe, particularly Italy and Spain (ibid.). Although around 93.5% of people with ICT qualifications were employed at EU level in 2024, Spain had the highest proportion of unemployed people with ICT qualifications at 9.9%. As a non-EU country, Serbia saw the most significant increase in the proportion of employed persons with ICT training in 2024, with an employment rate of 90.0% (Eurostat, n.d.).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design and development work for the multimedia learning environment was carried out by combining existing models: In a first step, professional spheres of activity were defined across countries based on Howe & Knutzen (2021a). In a second step, learning and work tasks were designed through close collaboration between vocational schools, universities and industry (Howe & Knutzen, 2021b). The design and development work for the multimedia learning environment is based on the ten learning psychology and didactic decision-making areas according to Niegemann (2020): (1) format decision, (2) content structuring, (3) learning tasks and narration, (4) technical conditions and developments, (5) multimedia design, (6) motivational design, (7) interaction design, (8) time structuring, (9) graphic design & layout and (10) implementation. A design-based research (DBR) approach was chosen for the research design. This model is iterative and cyclical in nature. Reinmann states that there is no absolute beginning and no absolute end. Theoretically, the DBR process can be entered at any point and repeated as often as desired (Reinmann, 2020). A characteristic feature of the DBR approach is the close link between research and practice, as the research addresses a real, practice-relevant educational problem for which no mature solution exists yet. In this context, new approaches or products are developed, such as educational and teaching-learning concepts, didactic methods or media technology infrastructures (Reinmann, 2017). The methodological approach of this study follows a quantitative research approach. In order to obtain an overall view of the subjective assessments of the user-friendliness of the multimedia learning environment, our survey instrument is based on the System Usability Scale (SUS), based on Brooke (1996). Our questionnaire consists of 10 items with Likert-scaled response options. The 4-point scale ranges from ‘strongly disagree’ to ‘strongly agree’. Testing of the pilot began in August 2025 and will end in May 2026. At present, the sample in the first cycle consists of n = 70. In order to get an overall impression of the user-friendliness of the multimedia learning environment, we will first determine descriptive-statistical parameters (Döring, 2023). The sample consists of students of applied informatic science and trainees at vocational schools for IT in the partner countries Italy, Spain, Serbia and Germany. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With regard to the research questions, the following interim results can be derived. Overall, users rate the multimedia learning environment positively. Taking into account the ten learning psychology and didactic decision-making areas, it should first be emphasised that users rated the content structure (area 2) positively. The learning content of the multimedia learning environment is perceived by users as being clearly structured. In addition, the current structure helps to better understand the learning paths. The integrated learning and work tasks are also easy to understand and well explained from the user's point of view in terms of their instructions and task descriptions (area 3: Learning tasks and narration). Across countries, the learning and work tasks seem to offer easy access to learning for users. In addition, the results show that the first pilot has a simple overall usage (area 6: Motivational design). In the iterative process, users perceive a need for adaptation, particularly in the areas of multimedia design (area 5) and interaction design (area 7), which are relevant to learning psychology and didactics. The next step should be to make adjustments to the multimedia elements used to date to support learning and work tasks (e.g. text, symbols, graphics). Interaction design should also be adapted for intuitive and smoother use. For the second cycle, qualitative data is used to ensure a more precise adaptation of the multimedia learning environment. The use of multimedia learning environments represents a potentially effective approach to promoting sustainable learning processes. The specific learning outcomes will be determined following the piloting of the prototype as part of further follow-up research. References Bitkom (2026). Der Arbeitsmarkt für IT Fachkräfte: Bitkom Studie 2025 (Studienbericht). https://www.bitkom.org/sites/main/files/2026-01/bitkom-studienbericht-it-fachkraefte-2025.pdf Brooke, J. (1996). SUS: A "quick and dirty" usability scale. In P. W. Jordan, B. Thomas, B. A. Weerdmeester & I. L. McClelland (Eds.), Usability Evaluation in Industry (pp. 189–194). Taylor & Francis. Bundesagentur für Arbeit. (2025). Der Arbeitsmarkt für IKT-Berufe im Kontext der Transformation (Berichte: Arbeitsmarkt kompakt). Statistik der Bundesagentur für Arbeit. https://www.arbeitsagentur.de/datei/der-arbeitsmarkt-fuer-ikt-berufe-im-kontext-der-transformation_ba053543.pdf Denninger, A., & Käpplinger, B. (2021). COVID-19 und Weiterbildung – Überblick zu Forschungsbefunden und Desideraten. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 44(2), 161–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-021-00190-7 Döring, N. (2023). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial und Humanwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-64762-2 Eurostat. (o. J.). ICT education – a statistical overview. Europäische Kommission. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=ICT_education_-_a_statistical_overview European commission. (o. J.). Cooperation partnerships. Erasmus+ Program Guide. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/programme-guide/part-b/key-action-2/cooperation-partnerships Howe, F., & Knutzen, S. (2021a). Berufliche Handlungsfelder beschreiben. tredition. https://doi.org/10.26092/elib/830 Howe, F., & Knutzen, S. (2021b). Lern- und Arbeitsaufgaben entwickeln. tredition. https://doi.org/10.26092/elib/899 Jansen, A., Flake, R., & Schirner, S. (2020). Die Fachkräftesituation in IT-Berufen und Potentiale der Zuwanderung. https://www.kofa.de/media/Publikationen/Studien/IT-Fachkraefte_2020_04.pdf Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK). (2021). Lehren und Lernen in der digitalen Welt: Ergänzung zur Strategie der Kultusministerkonferenz „Bildung in der digitalen Welt“ (Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 09.12.2021). Kultusministerkonferenz. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2021/2021_12_09-Lehren-und-Lernen-Digi.pdf Niegemann, H. M. (2020). Instructional Design. In H. M. Niegemann & A. Weinberger (Hrsg.), Handbuch Bildungstechnologie: Konzeption und Einsatz digitaler Lernumgebungen (S. 95–151). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-54368-9 Reinmann, G. (2017). Design-based Research. In D. Schemme & H. Novak (Hrsg.), Gestaltungs-orientierte Forschung – Basis für soziale Innovationen. Erprobte Ansätze im Zusammenwirken von Wissenschaft und Praxis, 49–61. Bertelsmann. Reinmann, G. (2020). Ein holistischer Design-Based Research-Modellentwurf für die Hochschuldidaktik. Educational Design Research, 4 (2), Article 30. URL: https://journals.sub.uni-hamburg.de/EDeR/article/view/1554/1370 Siemer, C. (2023). Lernerfolgsrelevante Gestaltungsmerkmale einer virtuellen 360°-Lernumgebung. Ein Fallbeispiel aus der Logistikbranche. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 254 – 278. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/00/2023.08.23.X |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 02 C: Migration, refugees & vocational learning Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ali Osman Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Language as Integration or Control? Migrants’ Training Pathways in the Italian Migration Regime University of Verona, Italy Presenting Author:In Italy, where foreign residents account for more than 9% of the population (Ministry of Labour and Social Policies, 2025), access to language, vocational, and adult education remains highly uneven and strongly shaped by migrants’ legal, social, and economic starting conditions (Save the Children, 2025; ILO 2023a; 2023b). Despite the central role attributed to training and language acquisition in integration policies, recent reforms (Italian Government, 2018; 2023; Ambrosini, 2023) have resulted in fragmented and insufficient provision of Italian language and vocational courses for adult migrants within the circuit of the first and second reception (SKILLS4JUSTICE, 2025; Nicoli & Vittori, forthcoming; Tūtlys et al., forthcoming). Consequently, access to education and training seems to depend less on individual aspirations or prior qualifications and more on legal status, employment obligations, and family responsibilities (De Luca, 2025). Available data indicate that migrants in Italy are three times more likely than Italian citizens to hold jobs that require lower skills than those they acquired in their countries of origin (Eurostat, 2025; Caritas, 2025). While some groups — such as unaccompanied minors or beneficiaries of international protection — are more likely to access basic training through reception systems, adult migrants without protection status face significant structural barriers (UNHCR, 2019). These barriers are particularly evident for those with unstable housing, care responsibilities, and urgent income needs. Against this background, this paper investigates the conditions under which adult migrants access, abandon, or renounce education and training pathways in Italy. Three research questions guide the study:
Theoretically, the paper is situated at the intersection of adult education studies, migration governance, and critical approaches to educational inequalities. It conceptualizes integration as a conditional and selective process shaped by regulatory frameworks and labour market demands. Language education in the country of arrival is analyzed as an ambivalent device that can enable participation while simultaneously reinforcing mechanisms of control and marginalization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the paper draws on data collected within the SKILLS4JUSTICE Horizon Europe project. The research design, established in agreement with the entire working group of the consortium, which involved 10 other countries (EU and non-EU members), envisaged for WP4 (developed in 2024) the collection of data through a mixed-methods approach (Creswell & Creswell, 2018; Doyle et al., 2009). In particular, the research objective was to reach the target group of adult migrant workers residing in each of the countries through a survey and semi-structured interviews, aiming to develop data collection tools capable of investigating three main areas: migration patterns, skill formation, Employment, and skill mismatch, as well as social justice. Specifically for this contribution, the emerging insights from semi-structured interviews with adult migrant workers settled in Italy, conducted across different legal statuses, employment sectors, and living situations, will be considered. The data collection tools and materials for obtaining informed consent have been reviewed by the Ethics Committee of the Department of Human Sciences (University of Verona). Globally, 33 interviews were collected between May and December 2025. The sample has been set up using the convenience sampling approach (Etikan et al., 2016), encompassing migrant workers hosted in family homes, VET centers, corporate-based initiatives, inter-governmental skills partnerships, and personal contacts. Interviews lasted 30–45 minutes. Most of them were collected through interviews in Italian, and where this was not possible, we resorted to English and French. At the analytical level, we employed the thematic analysis approach (Clarke & Braun, 2014), which enabled us to identify, analyze, and report on emerging themes and patterns. To do so, we recorded the interviews using Zoom (ver. 6.5.9 for Mac), albeit in person. We chose this app to take advantage of the AI companion plugin, which assisted us during the preliminary verbatim transcription phase. This was manually completed in ad-hoc Word documents using the open-source software VLC (version 3.0.20 for Mac) to listen to recordings. Two researchers conducted the analysis using a hybrid, circular thematic coding approach. A first deductive coding scheme was developed based on the interview outline and the main thematic areas identified in the research design phase, and its effectiveness was tested by analyzing the first 4 interviews. Then it was implemented, adding further emerging themes, such as constraints on language training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that access to language and professional training is not primarily determined by motivation or willingness to learn, but rather by a combination of enabling conditions, including secure legal status, stable housing, sufficient available time, and limited care responsibilities. Migrants who lack these conditions are often compelled to prioritize immediate employment to secure residence permits and economic survival. This frequently leads to underqualified and precarious jobs — such as home-based care, cleaning, warehouse work, waitressing, and food delivery — and to the gradual abandonment of educational and professional aspirations. Educational exclusion thus emerges as a structural outcome of migration governance rather than an individual deficit, due to the Italian legal framework, which mandates Italian-language instruction only for unaccompanied minors or those with recognized international protection (Italian Government, 2018; 2023). The burden of working, supporting, and caring for families, together with the difficulty of recognizing prior qualifications, often forces migrant workers to neglect vocational training and advanced language learning. Bureaucratic delays in granting international protection further discourage the acquisition of key competences. Proficiency in the Italian language is an essential skill for job placement in the country's labour market (SKILLS4JUSTICE, 2025). Therefore, the way access to Italian L2 language courses is managed can either facilitate entry into the labour market or keep migrants in a condition of precarity and subjection to labour exploitation, compounded by difficulties in obtaining regular legal status. Besides, reducing the boundaries of compulsory Italian language instruction for foreigners (Italian Government, 2018) – provided by provincial CPIAs, which are not always easily accessible, or by voluntary associations that assist migrants in the integration process – it seems a way to reinforce a system of neocolonial domination over foreign citizens who are unable to emancipate themselves completely and aspire to social advancement. References Ambrosini, M. (2023). Il decreto Cutro e le tre politiche dell’immigrazione in Italia. Social Policies, 10(3), 507-510. Caritas (2025). XXXIV Rapporto Immigrazione 2025. Giovani, testimoni di speranza. Fondazione Caritas Italiana. Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2014). Thematic analysis. In T. Teo (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Critical Psychology (pp. 1947-1952). Springer. Creswell, J.W., & Creswell, J.D. (2018). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage. De Luca, A. (2025). Il governo non vuole che i richiedenti asilo imparino l’italiano. Il Post, 16.12.2025. Retrieved from: https://www.ilpost.it/2025/12/16/migranti-centri-di-accoglianza-corsi-italiano-richiedenti-asilo-cas/ 18.12.25. Doyle, L., Brady, A.M. & Byrne, G. (2009). An overview of mixed methods research. Journal of Research in Nursing, 14(2), 175-185. Etikan, I., Musa, S.A. & Alkassim, R.S. (2016). Comparison of convenience sampling and purposive sampling. American Journal of Theoretical and Applied Statistics, 5(1), 1-4. Eurostat (2025). Migrant integration statistics - over-qualification. Retrieved from: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Migrant_integration_statistics_-_over-qualification#Over-qualification_rate_by_EU_countries_and_citizenship 08/01/2026. ILO (2023a) Analisi delle statistiche sull’occupazione e le condizioni di lavoro dei migranti in Italia. ILO. ILO (2023b) Le politiche di prevenzione e contrasto dell’informalità e dello sfruttamento dei lavoratori migranti. ILO. Italian Government (2018) Law No. 132/2018 (Decreto Sicurezza conversion). Disposizioni urgenti in materia di sicurezza pubblica e immigrazione. Gazzetta Ufficiale della Repubblica Italiana, 01/10/2018. Italian Government (2023). Law No. 50/2023 (Decreto Cutro conversion). Disposizioni urgenti in materia di immigrazione e contrasto dell’immigrazione clandestina, sicurezza e gestione dei flussi migratori. Gazzetta Ufficiale della Repubblica Italiana, 12/04/2023. Ministry of Labour and Social Policies (2025). XV Rapporto “Gli stranieri nel mercato del lavoro”. Roma: Dipartimento per le politiche sociali, del terzo settore e migratorie. Nicoli, D. & Vittori, F. (2026). The Great Need for Migrants in the Italian Economy: Overcoming Educational Barriers, Skills Mismatch, and Socio-Economic Integration. Frontiers in Education: Language, Culture and Diversity. Special Issue: Sustainable migration: Educational and socio-economic challenges. ISSN 2504-284X. Link: https://www.frontiersin.org/research-topics/66997/sustainable-migration-educational-and-socio-economic-challenges forthcoming Save the Children (2025). Traversing Danger: Cumulative Risks and Psychological Harm for Children in Migration. Save the Children. SKILLS4JUSTICE (Ed.) (2025). Synthesis Report WP2 Exploring the patterns of matching the demand and supply of skills and immigration in the destination countries: Lithuania, Poland, Germany, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and Norway. Retrieved from: https://skills4justice.eu/results/ 08/01/2026. Tūtlys, V. et al. (2026). Civil economy paradigm in exploring skill matching and sustainable migration pathways. International Review of Economics. ISSN: 1863-4613. forthcoming UNHCR (2019). Access to education for refugee and migrant children in Europe. Retrieved from: https://www.unhcr.org/media/access-education-refugee-and-migrant-children-europe 10/01/2026. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Empowerment of (Labour) Migrants Through Vocational Education and Training (VET) in Germany: A Resource-oriented Perspective Institute Technology and Education (ITB), University of Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Skilled labour migration is used as a strategy to overcome the shortage of skilled workers, not only in Germany but also internationally. In Germany, the Skilled Labour Immigration Act (FEG) was introduced in 2020 and amended in 2023 to regulate the skilled labour migration. This law creates a legal framework aimed at enabling the regulated and simplified immigration of qualified skilled workers (Schröder, 2024). In parallel, various programmes and cooperation models have emerged focusing primarily on formal skills and qualifications, while the perspectives and realities of life of the migrating skilled workers themselves often remain in the background (Liu-Farrer, 2025). Similarly, there is a tendency to view migrants in a deficit-oriented way, which is increasingly being criticised (e.g., Matysiak et al., 2023). This is contradictory to the understanding of integration and inclusion, as integration refers to a long-term and sustainable reciprocal process between all individuals with the conscious avoidance of discrimination to ensure fair and equal participation in all areas of social life (Bommes, 2011). The associated facilitation of participation is closely linked to inclusion, as this represents the target state (Georgi, 2015). Inclusion involves breaking down structures that disadvantage people and promoting participation (Georgi, 2015), supplemented by the aspect of intersectionality (More & Ratkovic, 2020). However, inclusion frequently fails due to the loss of resources experienced by migrants as a result of discrimination, a lack of recognition of qualifications and a lack of social networks, which permanently hinders their participation in society despite the structures offered (SVR, 2025). Empowering migrants is essential in this context, not because it is a matter of mere adaptation, but because it is about creating conditions that enable faire, non-discriminatory and shared shaping of social life. According to Hobfoll (1989), the loss of resources is a stress diver, especially since migration itself is a stress factor (Herroudi et al., 2023), whereby empowerment can be used as a resource-gaining strategy. Empowerment, on the other hand, refers to self-empowerment and self-enablement as well as the strengthening of personal power, autonomy and self-determination (Herriger, 2020) and can be promoted with the help of a strength-based approach (Saleebey, 1996). This approach focuses on the strengths of individuals, which is consistent with the understanding of resource orientation. Hobfoll (1998) developed the multiaxial coping model (Hobfoll, 1998), which enables the identification of coping strategies. He developed nine specific coping strategies that can be classified according to the dimensions of his multiaxial coping model (Hobfoll, 1998): prosocial/antisocial, active/passive and direct/indirect. This approach facilitates the application of active resource management. E.g., the search for support would be found on the prosocial dimension in addition to the active dimension. In reality, this would prove difficult due to a lack of social networking (SVR, 2025). Results from recent studies also show that vocational education and training (VET) can contribute to inclusion and integration (e.g., Moreno Herrera et al., 2025). Although there are some access structures and accessibility measures provided by actors in VET and on the labour market (Klaus & Kühn, 2026), the potential scope of measures is not fully explored, nor is the potential for empowerment in the measures considered. For this reason, this research aims to address the following research questions: [R1] What coping strategies do (labour) migrants show in the context of migration, and what implicit or explicit strengths can be derived from these strategies? [R2] What potential does VET offer for promoting the empowerment of (labour) migrants, and in what ways does it contribute to realising and fostering existing strengths, as well as enabling sustainable inclusion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is conducted using a mixed-methods approach. It analyses the German case based on data from the ‘Skill Partnerships for sustainable and just migration patterns (SKILLS4JUSTICE)’ project, a HORIZON Europe-funded project. The mixed-methods approach is based on data and theory triangulation, comprising document analysis as well as quantitative and qualitative surveys. Quantitatively, an online survey was conducted using a questionnaire developed by the project consortium with the using of the TIVIAN/Uniparks survey tool. At the same time, qualitative problem-oriented interviews (Witzel, 2000) were conducted. In these guided interviews, various migrants with different residence statuses were interviewed. Due to data protection reasons, both groups are independent. I.e., interviewees did not answer the questionnaire and vice versa. Participants were recruited using the respond-driven sampling method (Volz & Heckathorn, 2008). The online survey and interviews were carried out from July 2025 to November 2025. The online questionnaire is divided into 10 sections and comprises a total of 61 items. In addition to demographic information, the investigated dimensions were education/skills profile and mismatch experience, justice perception (everyday life and workplace), challenges and support, individual strengths, social participation and civil rights, discrimination, and Germany as a destination or transit country. The questionnaire was provided in German language at B2 level, as this language skills level is a formal requirement for labour migration. Average time of completion was 20 minutes. A total of 105 migrants from different migrant groups (forced or labour migration; employment sector; region) took part in the quantitative survey. The quantitative data was analysed using the SPSS 24 programme. The interviews were structured according the dimensions of the quantitative inquiry. Overall, 24 interviews were conducted in German with a duration range between 45 and 120 minutes. Where there were no legal restrictions, the interviews were recorded and transcribed using the AI tool f4 transcript. The transcripts were then corrected and analysed using the software MAXQDA as qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). In order to enrich the quantitative findings through a deeper understanding of potential, the coping strategies (Hobfoll, 1998) and strength-based approach (Saleebey, 1996) were applied as additional theoretical framework. Findings from the quantitative data were then supplemented by results from the qualitative interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that (labour) migrants, who describe themselves as particularly sociable and open-minded, show clear tendencies towards prosocial coping strategies. Examples are seeking social support and social joining (Hobfoll, 1998). These strategies lie between the direct, active and prosocial axes in the multiaxial coping model (Hobfoll, 1998). Recognising social and communicative resources is the first step towards the targeted promotion of such resources. In VET, explicit social networking opportunities could be created, for example in the form of learning tandems or peer learning opportunities. Onboarding programmes such as buddy systems can be introduced at workplace. Such programmes could not only utilise these strengths, but also actively highlight them as a factor for success. Despite individual potential and resources, migrants encounter barriers in the form of discrimination or a lack of opportunities to meet the local population, which can lead to social isolation. This may indicate a mismatch between the resources brought with them by (labour) migrants and the lack of spaces for resonance in the destination society, meaning that the coping strategies of seeking social support and social joining are not reciprocated. In other words, reciprocal and open settings are non-existent or scarce. However, social networking can make a valuable contribution to inclusion and thus to sustainable participation (SVR, 2025). The targeted implementation of appropriate measures in VET and at workplace that explicitly focus on resource orientation has the potential to empower (labour) migrants, as enabling migrants to consciously use their strengths and promoting these strengths can lead to the development of autonomy and self-empowerment. This, in turn, can support social participation and inclusion. Furthermore, a resource-oriented perspective offers opportunities for development within companies, particularly when the focus in personnel selection shifts from deficits to potentials. This fosters mutual learning processes between employees within companies. References Bommes, M. (2011). Migration und Migrationsforschung in der modernen Gesellschaft. Eine Aufsatzsammlung. Institut für Migrationsforschung und Interkulturelle Studien (IMIS), 38. https://osnadocs.ub.uni-osnabrueck.de/bitstream/urn:nbn:de:gbv:700-2013082611472/2/imis38.pdf Georgi, V. B. (2015). Integration, Diversity, Inklusion. Anmerkungen zu aktuellen Debatten in der deutschen Migrationsgesellschaft. DIE Zeitschrift für Erwachsenenbildung, 2, 25 – 27. http://www.die-bonn.de/id/31360 Herriger, N. (2020). Empowerment in der Sozialen Arbeit. Eine Einführung. Kohlhammer. Herroudi, L., Knuppel, I., & Blavier, A. (2024). Post-migration journey: Asylum, trauma and resilience, different trajectories – A comparison of the mental health and post-migration living difficulties of documented and undocumented migrants in Belgium. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 70(1), 201 – 208. https://doi.org/10.1177/00207640231204212 Hobfoll, S. E. (1998). Stress, culture, and community. The psychology and philosophy of stress. Plenum Press. Klaus, F., & Kühn, I.K. (2026). Sustainable labor migration through vocational education and training providers? Conditions of access and accessibility in the public-private (continuing) VET sector. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1735860. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1735860 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6th ed.). Juventa Verlag. Liu-Farrer, G. (2025). The social construction of skill in international migration: Perspectives from Asia. Annual Review of Sociology, 51, 423 – 440. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-soc-090324-033254 Matysiak, J., Piezunka, A., & Montero, C. (2023). Quo vadis, “Migrationshintergrund”? – Herausforderungen der empirischen Forschungspraxis. Zeitschrift für erziehungswissenschaftliche Migrationsforschung (ZeM), 2(2), 190 – 207. https://doi.org/10.3224/zem.v2i2.06 More, R., & Ratkovic, V. (2020). Intersektionale Inklusion? Disability Studies und Kritische Migrationsforschung als Alternativen zu hegemonialer Wissensproduktion. GENDER – Zeitschrift für Geschlecht, Kultur und Gesellschaft, 12(3), 87–106. https://doi.org/10.3224/gender.v12i3.05 Moreno Herrera, L., Teräs, M., Laczik, A., & Stalder, B. E. (2025). Editorial: Migration and successful inclusion – The role of vocational education and training. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 15(4), iii–ix. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.25154iii Sachverständigenrat für Integration und Migration (SVR) (2025). Reformen, die wirken? Die Umsetzung von aktuellen Migrations- und Integrationsgesetzen. Jahresgutachten. https://www.svr-migration.de/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Jahresgutachten-2025_barrierefrei.pdf Saleebey, D. (1996). The strengths perspective in social work practice: Extensions and cautions. Social Work, 41(3), 296 – 305. https://www.jstor.org/stable/23718172 Schröder, S. (2024). Neues Gesetz für alte Herausforderungen – Auswirkungen des novellierten Fachkräfteeinwanderungsgesetzes auf transnationale Skills Partnerships. In Bertelsmann Stiftung (Ed.), Fachkräftemigration fair gestalten durch transnationale Skills Partnerships (pp. 45 – 58). Bertelsmann Stiftung. Volz, E., & Heckathorn, D. D. (2008). Probability Based Estimation Theory for Respondent Driven Sampling. Journal of Official Statistics, 24(1), 79–97. Witzel, A. (2000). The problem-centered interview. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1 (1). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-1.1.1132 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Vocational Education for Refugee Students in Türkiye: Navigating Social Exclusion, Poverty, and Precarity in a Stratified Policy Context Ankara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The civil war that began in Syria in 2011 has led to one of the largest mass displacement crises of the 21st century, rendering over 6.6 million people refugees and creating unprecedented pressure on the education systems of host countries. Turkey, situated at the center of this crisis, hosts over 3.6 million Syrians due to its "open-door" policy and geographical proximity. Syrians in Turkey do not legally hold "refugee" status but are under "Temporary Protection" status within the scope of the Law on Foreigners and International Protection enacted in 2013. While this status grants them rights to access basic services such as education and health, it places their lives on a ground of legal precarity. Educational services, which were conducted through Temporary Education Centers (TECs) in the early years of the crisis, have evolved over time into a model where Syrian children are integrated into Turkish public schools. However, statistics reveal the difficulties of integration: While the schooling rate is 75% at the primary education level, it drops to 43% at the secondary education level. This dramatic decline indicates that structural barriers such as poverty, child labor, and language barriers detach refugee youth from formal education. At precisely this point, Vocational Training Centers (VTCs) emerge as a strategic intervention tool aimed at both preventing dropout and saving refugee youth from becoming a "lost generation" by integrating them into the labor market. The VTC model in Turkey is based on an apprenticeship system where students receive theoretical instruction at school for only one day a week and spend the remaining four days receiving practical training in enterprises. This model has become an attractive option for both refugee families struggling economically and employers seeking cheap labor, as the state covers insurance premiums and provides wage support at a certain rate of the minimum wage. However, the literature emphasizes that this utilitarian approach carries the risk of reducing education to a mere instrument meeting market demands. This study questions whether vocational education is a "social integration and mobility" opportunity for refugee youth or a mechanism that reproduces structural inequalities and class hierarchies, as conceptualized by Bourdieu (1990). In light of critical pedagogy (Freire, 1970) and social reproduction theories, this research, focusing on the "lived experiences" of refugee students, aims to fill the gap in the existing literature. The study examines whether vocational education confines refugee youth to low-status jobs and how it shapes their democratic participation skills from a multi-stakeholder perspective (student, parent, teacher, administrator). In line with this general framework, the main aim of the research is to analyze the experiences of Syrian refugee students registered in VTCs in Turkey and to seek answers to the following sub-objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study employed a qualitative, phenomenological design to explore the lived experiences of Syrian refugee students in Türkiye’s Vocational Training Centers (VTCs). Phenomenology was selected as the most suitable approach to capture the essence of how participants perceive and give meaning to their reality, focusing on subjective meanings and consciousness rather than generalizable statistics. Study Group Participants were selected via purposive sampling with maximum variation to ensure diverse perspectives. The study group comprised 32 participants from a VTC in Altındağ, Ankara: • 9 Students: Both school-age and adult learners, primarily from low socio-economic backgrounds. • 8 Parents: Characterized by limited formal education and low household income. • 15 Staff Members: Consisting of 8 teachers and 7 administrators, most of whom possess substantial professional and administrative experience. Data Collection Data were collected using four distinct semi-structured interview forms tailored for students, parents, teachers, and administrators. Questions addressed motivations for enrolling in VTCs, relationships with workplace masters, and the impact of training on future career plans. Interviews lasted between 30 and 60 minutes. Ethical approval was obtained from the Ministry of National Education (MoNE). Data Analysis and Rigor Data were analyzed using content analysis assisted by MAXQDA software. An inductive approach was utilized, progressing through open, axial, and selective coding stages to identify core themes. To ensure validity and reliability, the study employed expert reviews, conducted interviews in Arabic where necessary to reduce misunderstandings, and utilized investigator triangulation with two researchers independently coding the data to enhance confirmability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Student Profile: Refugee students in VTCs predominantly originate from low socio-economic backgrounds, characterized by limited parental education, large households, and chronic financial hardship. They face intersecting challenges, including racism, social exclusion, and significant linguistic barriers, which exacerbate their academic struggles. Motivations: Enrollment is driven primarily by economic urgency and legal constraints. Students and parents prioritize rapid income generation and the acquisition of internationally valid certificates over academic goals. Furthermore, state-subsidized insurance and the legalization of their work status serve as critical incentives for both families and employers, often filling the gap left by a lack of alternative educational opportunities. Educational Setting: The educational environment is described as fragmented and insufficient. The structure of attending school only one day per week limits academic engagement and social cohesion, with students often arriving exhausted from harsh industrial work. Refugee students tend to remain isolated to avoid conflict, and the curriculum is criticized for prioritizing technical skills over broader cultural or intellectual development. Apprenticeship Conditions: Workplace settings are marked by exploitation and weak oversight. Students frequently endure excessive working hours, safety risks, and unfair wages, effectively functioning as cheap labor. Supervision is reported as insufficient, allowing abuses—ranging from wage theft to physical mistreatment by unqualified masters—to persist unchecked. Emergent Themes: Education is viewed largely through an instrumental lens as a survival strategy for employability. Additionally, concerns emerged regarding the labor market, with educators fearing that the influx of low-wage refugee apprentices might depress local wages and alter the economic fabric References Apple, M. W. (1982). Education and power. Boston, MA: Routledge & Kegan Pau Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Sage. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York, NY: Herder and Herder. UNESCO. (2011). The hidden crisis: Armed conflict and education. No lost generation: Protecting the future of children affected by the crises in Syria. https://www. unicef.org/appeals/files/No_Lost_Generation_Strategic_Overview__January_2014.pdf. UNESCO. (2015). EFA global monitoring report: Education for all 2000–2015: Achievements and challenges. Paris: UNESCO. UNHCR. (2019). Global trends: Forced displacement in 2018. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. https://www.unhcr.org/5d08d7ee7.pdf. UNHCR. (2020). Global trends: Forced displacement in 2019. https://www.unhcr.org/5ee200e37.pdf. UNHCR. (2021). Operational update June 2021. https://www.unhcr.org/tr/wp-content/uploads/sites/14/2021/07/UNHCR-Turkey-Operational-Update-June-2021F_ TRF.pdf. UNICEF. (2014). Annual report 2013. United Nations Children’s Fund. https://www.unicef.org/reports/annual-report-2013. UNICEF. (2022). Türkiye’de geçici koruma altında olan Suriyeli çocuklara y¨onelik e˘gitim müdahalesinin belgelendirilmesi – Nihai rapor [Documentation of the education intervention for Syrian children under temporary protection in Türkiye – Final report]. https://www.unicef.org/turkiye/raporlar/türkiyede-geçici-koruma- altında-olan-suriyeli-çocuklara-y¨onelik-e˘gitim-müdahalesi-raporu. UNICEF. (2024). Suriyeli okul dıs¸ı kalmıs¸ çocuklar ile ilgili analiz raporu – Türkiye ülke raporu [Analytical report on out-of-school Syrian children – Türkiye country report]. Türkiye: UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/turkiye/media/18036/file/SURIYELI-OKUL-DISI-KALMIS-COCUKLAR-ILE-ILGILI-ANALIZ-RAPORU.pdf Willis, P. (1997). Learning to labour: How working class kids get working class jobs. York: Saxon House. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Learning by Doing, Surviving by Adapting: Immigrant Mechanics and Vocational Learning Beyond Formal VET Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper explores vocational learning and labour market integration among immigrant mechanics in Sweden’s car repair sector, with particular attention to the relationship between informal skill formation and formal vocational education and training (VET). Although immigrants are highly represented in automotive workshops—especially in small, independent garages—their vocational pathways, competence development, and access to recognised qualifications remain largely invisible in VET research. The overall aim of the study is to analyse how immigrant mechanics acquire vocational competence, how their skills are recognised or marginalised, and how technological change reshapes conditions for inclusion within the Swedish VET landscape. The study addresses three research questions:
The analysis is theoretically grounded in Erving Goffman’s frame theory, which conceptualises frames as interpretive structures through which individuals make sense of work, learning, and institutional encounters. This perspective allows for an examination of how vocational competence is framed, negotiated, and evaluated in workplace settings shaped by migration, regulation, and technological change. Particular attention is paid to frames of learning through practice, economic precarity, and technological adaptation, revealing how these frames intersect with institutional definitions of “legitimate” vocational knowledge within VET. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study is based on a qualitative research design using seven in-depth interviews with immigrant mechanics working in car repair workshops in two major Swedish cities. Participants include both employees and workshop owners with diverse migration backgrounds. The interview material was analysed thematically using frame analysis. Data saturation was reached as narratives converged around shared experiences of learning, work organisation, and encounters with education and training institutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that vocational competence among immigrant mechanics is predominantly developed outside formal VET structures. Learning takes place through informal apprenticeships, observation, and repeated practice in workshops, which function as alternative sites of vocational education. Social networks—particularly co-ethnic ties—play a decisive role in providing access to training opportunities and employment, compensating for limited recognition of prior learning and qualifications. Economic precarity is framed by participants as a necessary investment, where low-paid or unpaid work is accepted as a strategy for skill acquisition and future labour market stability. At the same time, rapid digitalisation and the increasing dominance of software-based diagnostics challenge these informal learning trajectories. Access to advanced training, proprietary technologies, and certification is uneven and often restricted to larger, brand-authorised workshops, reinforcing stratified patterns within the VET and labour market system. The paper argues that current VET arrangements insufficiently acknowledge practice-based and transnational vocational knowledge, resulting in forms of subordinate inclusion for immigrant mechanics. The study concludes that VET systems must expand validation practices and develop flexible, practice-oriented training pathways that bridge informal learning and formal certification. Such reforms are crucial if VET is to support inclusive skill formation and sustainable vocational careers in technologically transforming industries. References Andersson, P., & Guo, S. (2009). Governing through non/recognition: The missing ‘R’ in the PLAR for immigrant professionals in Canada and Sweden. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 28 (4), 423–437. [https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370903031395](https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370903031395) Andersson, P., & Osman, A. (2008). Recognition of prior learning as a practice for differential inclusion and exclusion of immigrants in Sweden. Adult Education Quarterly, 59 (1), 42–60. [https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713608325173](https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713608325173) Automotive Research. (2023). Independent auto repair shop challenges, 2023. [https://www.automotiveresearch.com/insights/independent-auto-repair-shop-challenges-2023](https://tyomarkkinatori.fi/sv/personkunder/yrkesinfo/intervjuer/bilmekaniker Diedrich, A., & Styhre, A. (2013). Constructing the employable immigrant: The uses of validation practices in Sweden. Ephemera, 13(4), 759–783. Fusch, P. I., & Ness, L. R. (2015). Are we there yet? Data saturation in qualitative research. The Qualitative Report, 20(9), 1408–1416. [https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2015.2281](https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2015.2281) Goffman, E. (1974). Frame analysis: An essay on the organization of experience. Harper & Row. Greenberg, I. (2007). Vocational education, work culture, and the children of immigrants in 1930s Bridgeport. Journal of Social History, 41(1), 149–160. [http://www.jstor.org/stable/25096444](http://www.jstor.org/stable/25096444) Guest, G., Bunce, A., & Johnson, L. (2006). How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field Methods, 18(1), 59–82. [https://doi.org/10.1177/1525822X05279903](https://doi.org/10.1177/1525822X05279903) Guo, S. (2015). The colour of skill: Contesting a racialised regime of skill from the experience of recent immigrants in Canada. Studies in Continuing Education, 37(3), 236–250. [https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2015.1043987](https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2015.1043987) |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 03 SES 02 A: Powerful Knowledge, Curriculum Theory and Knowledge Selection Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Dominik Dvořák Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Review of Critique of Powerful Knowledge: Making Essential Remarks or Missing the Point? University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Since its inception around 2007, the concept of powerful knowledge has received both keen interest and harsh criticism. During the last decade, the concept has been influential particularly in the sociology of education, curriculum studies, and lately in subject didactics (see Muller, 2025). A central aim of powerful knowledge has been to emphasize the role of knowledge in education. According to Young and Muller (2016), if it is possible to differentiate better knowledge from worse, it is just that all young people have access to the best possible, reliable knowledge, usually produced by scientific disciplines. Powerful knowledge has been an attempt to describe what kind of powers all young people can gain when they have access to specialized disciplinary knowledge. The concept of powerful knowledge has evolved in the Anglophone context but has become influential in the recent years also around Europe, especially in the Nordic countries. It stems from social realist theoretical framework (e.g. McPhail et al., 2025; Wheelahan, 2010; Young, 2008), which draws from social constructivist theories but challenges the relativist conceptions of knowledge inherent in some of its variations. Social realism continues the work of British socio-linguist Basil Bernstein (2000). The essential question is how the society is reproduced through educational institutions, and more specifically, how disciplinary knowledge is transformed to curricular knowledge and how that process is regulated. Powerful knowledge aims to show, how socialisation to the disciplinary cultures can provide tools for the young generations to reproduce the society with alternative directions. Therefore, in addition to analysing what kind of power relations influence the regulation of curriculum making, powerful knowledge underlines the powers young people can gain through the stories curricula are telling. This presentation conducts an integrative literature review of the critique of powerful knowledge (Torraco, 2016). It identifies different kinds of critiques and aims to distinguish essential remarks from critiques that go off target or can be responded to with the idea of powerful knowledge itself. It is hoped that some unnecessary contradictions could be dismantled, and crucial points could be taken seriously when the theory building and empirical research applying the concept of powerful knowledge is conducted in the future. The concept of powerful knowledge was first used in a publication be Leesa Wheelahan (2007). At the same time, Michael Young was developing the concept (Young, 2021), and has refined it further on especially with his colleague Johan Muller (e.g. Muller & Young, 2019). Some of the critics of the concept include Young himself (Duoblys, 2022), who has acknowledged powerful knowledge more as a slogan than a scientific concept. Other critiques include the claim that powerful knowledge has its focus on knowledge itself, thus missing the questions of the purpose of education. It has been accused of ambiguous theorization. The concept has been criticized for both being overly political and for neglecting the political, especially the colonial nature of knowledge. It has been interpreted as a return to old-school pedagogical practices, reducing the task of schooling to the transmission of knowledge. Further, powerful knowledge has been criticized for overlooking other knowledge than scientific knowledge, including young people’s experiences and knowledge in the arts and humanities. These and other critiques will be analysed in the presentation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs integrative literature review as its method (Torraco, 2016). The purpose of such a review study is to build an overview of the literature, which helps to navigate scholarly discourse and create shared meanings. Many of the pitfalls in the discussion arise from researchers understanding concepts differently, which makes it difficult for the discussion to progress. Therefore, the review aims to clarify the meaning of the concept of powerful knowledge, so that scholarly disputes do not arise merely from linguistic confusion (Wittgenstein, 1958). A systematic review builds a synthesis of the research literature, which enables a critical examination of the material and the formulation of new research questions. The first task of the review is to understand and categorize the critique of powerful knowledge. That is done through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). First, individual critique points are captured, then the points are arranged to the form of a thematic map that condenses the points of critique into major categories. In addition to integrating the perspectives found in the literature into an understandable whole, the idea of integrative literature review is to discuss with the literature theoretically (Torraco, 2016). The review is also evaluating the critique presented. The review examines whether the critique presented is valid, and what kind of further attention is especially needed. The aim is to distinguish well grounded criticism from critique that is rather based on misunderstandings or narrow conceptions of powerful knowledge. The research material consists of approximately 50 journal articles or book chapters published in English, which are explicitly critical of powerful knowledge. The papers published mostly in academic publications, but some in other magazines, date from 2008 up to the present. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review produced four major categories of critique of powerful knowledge: 1) conceptual distinctions, 2) scholarly deficiencies, 3) overemphasis of disciplines, and 4) politics and power. Conceptual distinctions refer to dualisms that powerful knowledge relies on that many scholars find problematic. The dualisms include one between epistemology and ontology, everyday knowledge and disciplinary knowledge, curriculum and pedagogy, skills and knowledge, and between disciplines and school subjects. Scholarly deficiencies mean, first, that the critique Young and Muller do not interpret other theories correctly. These theories include pragmatism, the standpoint theories, the practice-based theories, and Vygotsky’s psychology. Second, a common critique seems to be that it is not clear what powerful knowledge actually means. Overemphasis of disciplines means that many critics think that powerful knowledge steers the focus too much on academic knowledge, which is seen as valuable in itself. More specifically, the critics think that the excessive focus on disciplines make powerful knowledge useful when analysing science education, but much less when applied to other fields such as arts and humanities. Overall, the focus on disciplines has caused powerful knowledge theorists to overlook the purpose of education. The fourth major category, politics and power, points in multiple directions. It has been blamed for being rather a “sexy sounding phrase” than an academic concept (Brown & White, 2012). Therefore, powerful knowledge has been seen more as a policy concept than a systematic theory of education. As powerful knowledge emphasises the need of specialised knowledge, school subjects are one entity whose interests the concept seeks to promote, although some critics point out that specialisation does not necessarily lead to the truthfulness of knowledge. The traditional organisation of school subjects reflects also the traditionalism inherent in the concept. For some critics this also means maintaining colonialism that reflects mainly the British values. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique (2nd ed.). Rowman & Littlefield. Brown, M., & White, J. (2012). An Unstable Framework – Critical perspectives on the Framework for the National Curriculum. The Expert Panel for the National Curriculum Review. Duoblys, G. (2022). Michael Young: What we’ve got wrong about knowledge and curriculum. TES. https://www.tes.com/magazine/teaching-learning/general/michael-young-powerful-knowledge-curriculum McPhail, G., Pountney, R., & Wheelahan, L. (Eds.). (2025). Emerging Perspectives from Social Realism on Knowledge and Education: Curricula, Pedagogy, Identity, and Equity. Routledge. Muller, J. (2025). The palimpsests of knowledge. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(1), 14–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2024.2397981 Muller, J., & Young, M. F. D. (2019). Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited. Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196–214. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2019.1570292 Torraco, R. J. (2016). Writing Integrative Literature Reviews: Using the Past and Present to Explore the Future. Human Resource Development Review, 15(4), 404–428. https://doi.org/10.1177/1534484316671606 Wheelahan, L. (2007). How competency-based training locks the working class out of powerful knowledge: A modified Bernsteinian analysis. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 28(5), 637–651. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690701505540 Wheelahan, L. (2010). Why Knowledge Matters in Curriculum: A Social Realist Argument. Routledge. Wittgenstein, L. (1958). Philosophical Investigations (G. E. M. Anscombe (Trans.); 2nd ed.). Basil Blackwell. Young, M. F. D. (2008). Bringing Knowledge Back In: From Social Constructivism to Social Realism in the Sociology of Education. Routledge. Young, M. F. D. (2021). Powerful knowledge or the powers of knowledge: A dialogue with history educators. In A. Chapman (Ed.), Knowing History in Schools: Powerful knowledge and the powers of knowledge (pp. 234–259). UCL Press. Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the Specialization of Knowledge: Studies in the sociology of education. Routledge. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Resilience of Educational Knowledge in Times of Crisis: Computer Science Teaching as a Case of Curriculum Knowledge Selection Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Background and Rationale Across contemporary education systems, conditions of crisis and uncertainty - ranging from technological transformation and global instability to shifting labour and knowledge landscapes - have become increasingly salient. Within educational discourse, the concept of resilience has gained prominence and is most often framed as the capacity of systems, institutions, or individuals to adapt to change. Far less analytical attention, however, has been directed towards the resilience of educational knowledge itself. Curriculum constitutes a central mechanism through which educational knowledge is selected, legitimised, and transmitted. Prior to any assessment-related decisions, curriculum structures determine which forms of knowledge are made available for teaching and learning and which are rendered peripheral or excluded. Under conditions of crisis, curriculum decision-making becomes particularly consequential, as education systems are required to negotiate tensions between continuity and change, stability and responsiveness, and tradition and innovation. Methodologically, this paper approaches curriculum not as a static artefact or neutral container of content, but as a dynamic and contested space of knowledge negotiation. From this perspective, resilience is not understood as the preservation of fixed content elements, but as an emergent property of curriculum processes through which knowledge is selected, prioritised, framed, and justified over time. Computer Science teaching provides a productive analytical case for examining these processes. As a rapidly evolving subject area, Computer Science is characterised by unstable knowledge domains, frequent curriculum revisions, and close entanglements with digital technologies and societal change. These characteristics render visible the tensions that shape curriculum knowledge selection, particularly in contexts marked by uncertainty. In this paper, Computer Science teaching is examined not as pedagogical practice, but as a curriculum site in which educational knowledge is stabilised, reconfigured, or displaced prior to assessment. Objective The objective of this paper is to analyse how educational knowledge is selected, stabilised, and reconfigured through curriculum discourses and justificatory narratives in Computer Science education under conditions of crisis. Resilience is conceptualised as a property of curriculum knowledge rather than as a pedagogical or assessment-related attribute. Research Questions The paper addresses the following research questions:
Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The paper is grounded in curriculum theory that conceptualises curriculum as a socially and historically situated process of knowledge selection and legitimation. Within this framework, resilience is understood as the capacity of curriculum knowledge to endure, adapt, or transform in response to crisis. Rather than functioning as a normative demand placed on teachers or learners, resilience is analysed as a curriculum logic that structures how educational knowledge is framed, justified, and sustained over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used he study adopts a conceptual-theoretical methodology situated within curriculum studies. It does not involve empirical data collection and does not aim to analyse assessment practices, measurement procedures, or classroom pedagogy. Instead, it focuses on curriculum knowledge as a socially constructed and historically contingent object of analysis. The analysis proceeds in three interrelated stages. First, dominant curriculum discourses in Computer Science education are examined, with particular attention to how curriculum aims, rationales, and intended learning outcomes are articulated in relation to crisis, uncertainty, and future orientation. Curriculum documents and policy-related texts are treated as conceptual artefacts that reveal underlying assumptions about what constitutes valuable and legitimate knowledge. Second, the study analyses how different forms of knowledge are positioned in relation to stability and change within Computer Science curricula. This includes examining tensions between foundational concepts and rapidly evolving technological content, as well as between technical knowledge and broader epistemic dimensions of the subject. These tensions are interpreted as curriculum-level negotiations rather than pedagogical challenges. Third, the paper develops a theoretical synthesis that links curriculum knowledge selection in Computer Science to wider debates on the resilience of educational knowledge. Rather than proposing curriculum reforms, the analysis clarifies how resilience operates as a curriculum concept and how it shapes understandings of educational knowledge under conditions of crisis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper makes three contributions to curriculum research. First, it offers a conceptual clarification of resilience as a property of educational knowledge rather than as an individual disposition or pedagogical competence. By foregrounding curriculum knowledge selection, the analysis demonstrates how resilience is embedded in decisions about which forms of knowledge are stabilised, reconfigured, or displaced in times of crisis. Second, the study advances curriculum theory by showing how rapidly evolving subject areas such as Computer Science can serve as analytical lenses for examining broader curriculum dynamics of knowledge adaptation. The analysis highlights the ways in which curriculum processes mediate tensions between continuity and change, thereby shaping how educational knowledge is made resilient over time. Third, the paper contributes to discussions of future-oriented education by emphasising the role of curriculum as a primary site in which responses to crisis are articulated through knowledge selection. It argues that understanding curriculum knowledge resilience is essential for maintaining the epistemic integrity of education without reducing resilience to short-term adaptability or instrumental demands. References Bernstein, B. (1971). Class, Codes and Control, Vol. 1. Routledge. Young, M. (2013). Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(2), 101–118. Pinar, W. F. (2012). What Is Curriculum Theory? Routledge. Apple, M. W. (2019). Ideology and Curriculum. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2015). Good Education in an Age of Measurement. Routledge. Williamson, B. (2021). Education, technology and the datafication of curriculum. Curriculum Inquiry, 51(2), 1–17. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Producing and Governing Curricular Knowledge in Specialised Arts Education: Autonomy, Evidence and Educational Inequality 1: Center for Research in Education, University of Madeira, Funchal, Portugal; 2: The Conservatory – School of Arts of Madeira; 3: CeiED, Lusófona University, Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:This paper examines the production, legitimation and governance of curricular knowledge in specialised arts education, using Classical Guitar teaching in public music conservatories as a critical case through which to interrogate broader questions about knowing and acting in education research. It addresses how educational knowledge is generated, validated and mobilised in contexts that operate at the margins of dominant evidence regimes characterised by standardisation, performativity and data-driven governance. The study is guided by the following research question: How is curricular knowledge produced, legitimised and enacted in specialised arts education systems operating under conditions of high institutional autonomy and weak national regulation? This question responds directly to contemporary concerns regarding the changing conditions of education research, particularly the growing tension between locally situated professional knowledge and increasingly centralised expectations for policy-relevant, standardised evidence. The paper is theoretically grounded in curriculum studies that conceptualise curriculum as socially organised knowledge (Young & Muller, 2016), combined with critical and post-critical perspectives that foreground power, legitimacy and professional agency in curricular decision-making (Apple, 1979; Pinar, 2004). These frameworks are mobilised to question narrow epistemic hierarchies that privilege quantifiable and comparable forms of knowledge while marginalising practice-based, contextual and professionally grounded curricular expertise. From this perspective, curriculum is approached not merely as a technical instrument, but as a site of cultural negotiation and political regulation. Empirically, the paper draws on a qualitative multiple case study conducted in seven public music conservatories located in different Portuguese regions, selected to ensure institutional and territorial diversity. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with school leaders and Classical Guitar teachers, questionnaires administered to students, and systematic analysis of curricular, regulatory and institutional documents. The analysis combined thematic content analysis with cross-case comparison, enabling the identification of patterns and divergences in how curricular knowledge is constructed and justified across institutional contexts. The findings indicate that curricular knowledge in specialised arts education is predominantly produced at the local and professional level, relying heavily on tacit norms, shared artistic traditions and teacher–performer identities. While this locally embedded knowledge supports pedagogical autonomy and artistic specificity, it also generates significant disparities between institutions, limits student mobility and weakens the transparency and public accountability of curricular decisions. The study further shows that educational research knowledge is frequently mobilised instrumentally, either to legitimise pre-existing practices or to symbolically comply with external evaluation demands, rather than functioning as a driver of reflective curricular development. By situating these findings within wider European debates on the governance of education research, the paper argues that specialised arts education exposes key limitations of dominant knowledge-production models based on standardised indicators and scalable evidence. At the same time, it demonstrates the potential of qualitative, curriculum-oriented research to generate policy-relevant insights without reducing educational complexity. In this sense, specialised arts education is positioned not as an exception, but as a revealing site for examining how education research can meaningfully bridge professional practice, institutional autonomy and public accountability. The paper contributes to the ECER 2026 theme by advancing a context-sensitive understanding of how educational knowledge is produced and enacted under changing conditions marked by decentralisation, epistemic pluralism and educational inequality. It argues for the recognition of curricular knowledge as a legitimate form of situated expertise and calls for research approaches capable of addressing the current poly-crisis in education while safeguarding academic autonomy and methodological rigour. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is grounded in a qualitative and interpretative research design, framed as a multiple case study (Yin, 2014; Stake, 2006), developed within a doctoral research project on curricular construction in specialised arts education. This methodological approach was selected to enable an in-depth and context-sensitive examination of how curricular knowledge is produced, legitimised and enacted in institutional settings characterised by high autonomy and weak national regulation. The study was conducted in seven public music conservatories operating within the Portuguese system of specialised artistic education. The cases were purposefully selected to ensure institutional, geographical and territorial diversity, including schools located in different regions of mainland Portugal and the Autonomous Regions. This sampling strategy sought to capture both shared structural conditions and locally specific configurations of curricular practice. Data collection combined three complementary sources. First, semi-structured interviews were conducted with pedagogical leaders and Classical Guitar teachers, focusing on curricular decision-making processes, professional rationales and perceptions of autonomy and regulation. Second, questionnaires were administered to students in order to access their experiences of curricular coherence, assessment practices and mobility between institutions. Third, a systematic documentary analysis was undertaken, examining curricular plans, internal regulations, assessment frameworks and relevant policy documents. This multi-source design enabled triangulation across actors, methods and institutional artefacts. Data analysis followed the principles of thematic content analysis (Bardin, 1977), supported by iterative coding procedures that combined inductive category construction with theoretically informed interpretation. Analysis was conducted in two complementary phases: intra-case analysis, aimed at preserving the integrity and specificity of each institutional context, and cross-case comparison, designed to identify patterns, divergences and structural tensions across cases. Particular attention was given to how curricular knowledge was justified, stabilised and transmitted in the absence of explicit national curricular reference frameworks. Ethical considerations were integral to the research design. Informed consent was obtained from all participants, anonymity and confidentiality were ensured, and the study received formal ethical approval from the relevant institutional bodies. While the present paper foregrounds analytical and interpretative findings related to knowledge production and governance, these insights are firmly anchored in this rigorous qualitative research design, ensuring methodological transparency and analytical credibility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study show that curricular knowledge in specialised arts education is predominantly produced, stabilised and transmitted at the local and professional level, rather than through formalised national reference frameworks. In the case of Classical Guitar education in public conservatories, curricular decisions are largely grounded in tacit professional norms, shared artistic traditions and teacher–performer identities, which operate as influential, though often invisible, mechanisms of curricular regulation. While this locally embedded mode of knowledge production supports pedagogical autonomy and artistic specificity, the study demonstrates that it also generates significant institutional and territorial inequalities. In the absence of shared curricular reference points, disparities emerge in learning expectations, assessment practices and access to collective and performative experiences. These differences limit student mobility between institutions and weaken the transparency and public accountability of curricular decisions. The analysis further reveals a complex relationship between educational research knowledge and curricular practice. Research-based knowledge rarely functions as a driver of reflective curricular development; instead, it is often mobilised instrumentally to legitimise pre-existing practices or to respond symbolically to external policy and evaluation demands. This finding highlights a broader tension between dominant evidence regimes, which privilege standardised indicators, and the situated, practice-based knowledge characteristic of specialised arts education. From a theoretical perspective, the study reinforces conceptions of curriculum as socially organised and politically governed knowledge rather than as a neutral technical artefact. In relation to the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting, the paper positions specialised arts education as a revealing site for examining the changing conditions of education research, demonstrating both the limits of standardised knowledge-production models and the potential of qualitative, curriculum-oriented research to inform policy without reducing educational complexity. References Apple, M. W. (1979). Ideology and Curriculum. London: Routledge. Bardin, L. (1977). L’Analyse de Contenu. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Creswell, J. W. (2010). Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Giroux, H. A. (1997). Pedagogy and the Politics of Hope: Theory, Culture, and Schooling. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Pinar, W. F. (2004). What Is Curriculum Theory? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple Case Study Analysis. New York: Guilford Press. Torres, C. A. (2015). Education and Neoliberal Globalization. New York: Routledge. Yin, R. K. (2014). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the Specialisation of Knowledge: Studies in the Sociology of Education. London: Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 02 A: Neurodiversity and School Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Tobias Buchner Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper NeuroRealities: Lived Experiences of Neurodiverse Students in Higher Education – Insights from an International Comparative Study Ulster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper examines how neurodivergent students experience university life across diverse European and international contexts, and how these experiences should reshape teaching, assessment and student support. Drawing on two foundational studies conducted at Ulster University (United Kingdom) and Maynooth University (Ireland), and situating these within a wider international programme involving Ireland, the United Kingdom, Sweden, Germany, the United States, Canada and Australia, the paper offers a comparative perspective on shared challenges and emerging inclusive practices. Together, the studies contribute to European debates on inclusion, equity and quality enhancement in HE. Foundational Project 1: Ulster University (United Kingdom) This project investigates the lived experiences of neurodivergent learners and examines how systemic, curricular and cultural factors shape student engagement, belonging and academic success. Findings are positioned alongside international studies across multiple participating countries to illuminate convergences and divergences in neurodivergent students’ experiences globally. The guiding research question asks: What are the lived experiences of neurodiverse learners in higher education, and where do gaps in support and inclusion remain? Theoretical Framework The project draws on Universal Design for Learning (UDL) as a system‑level approach to proactive inclusion, enabling educators to anticipate variability rather than respond reactively to individual needs. Andragogical and heutagogical perspectives (Friedman et. al. 2024) on adult learning further inform the study, emphasising autonomy, self‑direction and flexible pathways while recognising that appropriate structure remains essential for many learners (Clouder, et. al, 2020). A strengths‑based lens guides interpretation of student narratives and challenges deficit‑based constructions of neurodiversity, foregrounding capability, agency and self‑advocacy. Methodological Approach Semi‑structured interviews were used to gather rich accounts of coping strategies, academic engagement, sensory and cognitive barriers, disclosure decisions and interactions with support ecosystems. Descriptive analysis identified cohort-level patterns, while reflexive thematic analysis generated cross‑cutting themes and captured cultural and contextual nuances. Triangulation strengthened analytical robustness, and rigorous GDPR‑compliant data governance ensured ethical integrity. Replication of the study across multiple countries provided a comparative lens, facilitating examination of how policy regimes, language and institutional culture influence neurodivergent students’ experiences. Foundational Project 2: Maynooth University (Ireland) The Maynooth University project, Building a Neurodiverse Community in Higher Education, examined neurodiversity through a whole‑institution lens. Rather than focusing solely on individual student accounts, the project investigated how organisational culture, staff development and institutional norms shape experiences of inclusion or exclusion for neurodivergent learners. The guiding research question asks: How can higher education institutions develop neuroaffirmative cultures that move beyond deficit‑oriented and accommodation‑driven responses to support belonging, participation and success? Theoretical Framework The study adopts a neurodiversity‑affirming, strengths‑based perspective that challenges deficit framings of disability (Evans, et.al 2023). Universal Design for Learning again provides a system‑level blueprint for designing curricula, assessment and learning environments that reduce reliance on disclosure and anticipate learner variability from the outset. Methodological Approach A mixed‑methods design incorporated staff and student engagement activities, evaluation of professional learning initiatives and analysis of community‑building interventions. This approach enabled examination of how institutional practices and cultural norms influence neurodivergent students’ experiences at a systemic level. The findings align with contemporary calls for responsibility for inclusion to be situated at the institutional rather than individual level, reinforcing the need for sustainable, organisation‑wide approaches to neuroaffirmative practice. European and International Dimension By placing the two foundational projects in dialogue and situating them within a broader multinational research programme, the paper analyses how higher education systems across Europe, North America and Australia conceptualise and operationalise neurodiversity inclusion. Comparative analysis of policy architectures, support systems and pedagogical approaches identifies transferable models and context‑specific adaptations. This international perspective strengthens the paper’s contribution to ongoing European efforts to enhance equity, quality and inclusion in higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods design to capture the complexity of neurodiverse students’ experiences in higher education. The approach integrates quantitative and qualitative strands to ensure both breadth and depth of understanding, aligning with methodological pluralism advocated by Cohen, Manion, and Morrison (2018). Quantitative Phase - Biographical Study The first phase involves a short demographic and biographical survey administered via Jisc Online Surveys. This instrument collects contextual data such as age, course of study, neurodivergent identity, and prior educational experiences. The survey also records co-occurrence rates of neurodiverse conditions, providing a foundational dataset for descriptive analysis and triangulation with qualitative findings. Qualitative Phase – Semi-Structured Interviews The second phase consists of semi-structured interviews with a subset of participants (approximately 12 from the survey cohort of 100). Interviews, lasting 30–45 minutes, are conducted either in person or via Microsoft Teams, depending on participant preference. The interview schedule uses open-ended questions to elicit rich narratives about academic engagement, coping strategies, disclosure practices, and institutional support. Sampling and Inclusion Criteria Participants are self-selected neurodivergent students. Inclusion criteria include self-identification or formal diagnosis of neurodivergence and active enrolment in undergraduate or postgraduate study. Recruitment occurs through student support networks and neurodiversity advocacy groups. Data Analysis Quantitative data will be analyzed descriptively to identify patterns and trends across the cohort. Qualitative data will undergo thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) framework, supported by NVivo software for coding and theme development. Integration of both data types enables triangulation, enhancing validity and generating nuanced insights into lived experiences. International Dimension This study forms part of a global comparative research initiative replicated in 11 countries, enabling cross-national analysis of systemic barriers and inclusive practices. Findings will contribute to international discourse on Universal Design for Learning and neurodiversity inclusion in higher education. Ethical Considerations The methodology incorporates robust ethical safeguards: informed consent, voluntary participation, the right to withdraw, and GDPR-compliant data storage. Anonymity is maintained by separating biographical and interview data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across both institutional contexts, the research highlights persistent systemic barriers for neurodivergent students, alongside evidence of the enabling potential of proactive, institution-wide neuroaffirmative practice. By synthesising insights from two completed foundational projects and extending these through international comparison, the paper advances an ecological understanding of neurodiversity in higher education and supports a shift from reactive accommodation toward inclusive, strengths-based and systemically embedded approaches. Findings will focus on the emotional and cognitive impact of these barriers, alongside the resilience and adaptive strategies students employ, such as metacognitive planning, assistive technology use, and strengths-based approaches rooted in special interests. A key conclusion will be that current institutional models remain reactive, privileging accommodations over proactive inclusion. Comparative analysis across both countries will identify both common challenges and culturally specific practices, offering a nuanced understanding of inclusion in global higher education contexts. The impact of this study extends beyond academic discourse. The institutional level, findings will inform policy reform. For educators, the research will provide actionable strategies to foster neuroinclusive classrooms, while student services can use insights to enhance advisory models and wellbeing support. Internationally, the project will contribute to European and global conversations on equity and diversity, shaping collaborative frameworks for inclusive education. Ultimately, the study aims to shift the narrative from deficit-based models to strengths-based paradigms, positioning neurodiversity as an asset rather than a challenge. By amplifying student voice and grounding recommendations in lived experience, the research will drive systemic change, ensuring that neurodivergent learners can thrive academically and socially in higher education. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. Clouder, L., Karakus, M., Cinotti, A., Ferreyra, M.V., Fierros, G.A. & Rojo, P. (2020). Neurodiversity in higher education: a narrative synthesis. Higher Education, 80(4), 757–778. Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education. Routledge. Evans, D., Granson, M., Langford, D. & Hirsch, S. (2023). Autism spectrum disorder: Reconceptualising support for neurodiverse students in higher education. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 45(2), 243–257. Friedman, Z.L. & Nash-Luckenbach, D. (2024). Has the time come for Heutagogy? Supporting neurodivergent learners in higher education. Higher Education, 87(6), 1905–1920. Gillespie-Lynch, K., Bublitz, D., Donachie, A., Wong, V., Brooks, P.J. & D’Onofrio, J. (2017). “For a long time our voices have been hushed”: Using student perspectives to develop supports for neurodiverse college students. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 544. Griffin, E. & Pollak, D. (2009). Student experiences of neurodiversity in higher education: insights from the BRAINHE project. Dyslexia, 15(1), 23–41. Schwichtenberg, A.J., Mirah, K., Janis, A., West, M. & Atkin, A.L. (2025). Diversity in Education Study (DivES): Investigating a neurodiversity module in higher education. PLoS One, 20(7), e0327379. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Neurodiversity and Coloniality as Entangled Epistemic Orders: Rethinking Knowing and Acting in European Education Research 1: Leibniz Universität, Hannover, Germany; 2: Humboldt University, Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:This paper takes the entanglement of coloniality and neurodiversity as a conceptual starting point for rethinking the changing conditions of knowing and acting in education research. Rather than treating neurodiversity as a contemporary conceptual innovation detached from historical genealogies of power, the paper argues that the term as an epistemic concept carries a history that mirrors broader transformations within post/colonial knowledge and classification regimes. The central guiding question is: Neurodiversity as epistemic shift or colonial continuity? Rethinking disability and difference through post/colonial critique. The term neurodiversity already implies plurality. Its very lexical structure presupposes that cognitive, sensory, and behavioral differences are heterogeneous and non-hierarchical. Historically, however, this pluralistic orientation emerged only gradually. Earlier terminology, such as ‘disorder’ reflected medicalized and deficit-oriented knowledge regimes rooted in colonial notions of rationality and developmental normality (Afeworki Abay & Soldatic, 2024; Quijano, 2007). Over time, neurodiversity evolved into an explicitly pluralizing and resource-oriented concept, while keeping its original structure as an everchanging epistemic concept (Singer 1999, 2022). This conceptual transformation parallels the broader shifts described in post/colonial theory: from classificatory systems that stabilized colonial hierarchies of mind and body towards approaches that foreground plurality, contextuality, and epistemic justice (Escobar & Frye, 2020; Mignolo, 2009; Santos et al., 2007). When placed within post/colonial frameworks, neurodiversity reveals its entanglement. While it signals a shift towards pluralistic and inclusive epistemologies that are aligned with cognitive justice, its uptake in academia, clinical practice and education remains embedded in colonial epistemic infrastructures. These infrastructures include diagnostic norms, behavioral expectations and Eurocentric ideals of rationality and the 'ideal' learner (Mignolo, 2023; Mottron & Gagnon, 2023). Understanding neurodiversity in coloniality as an interconnected formation offers a valuable analytical perspective. It reveals how neurodivergent modes of knowledge have been deemed illegitimate or inadequate through classification systems originating from colonial projects that sought to categorize populations. At the same time, it emphasizes the potential of neurodiversity to challenge these epistemic structures by reframing difference as an expression of epistemic plurality rather than a deficit. Especially since the Neurodiversity-Movement sees itself in the tradition of other civil-rights movements (Grummt, 2023), and claims social justice among other dimensions of human heterogeneity, such as Race, Class or Gender (Singer, 2022). At the same time, the concept of neurodiversity itself is not epistemically neutral. Its emergence, circulation and global uptake are largely rooted in the knowledge contexts of Global North countries. Implicit understandings of cognition, difference and the self, risk to reproduce epistemic hierarchies between a knowing center and a marginalized periphery (Nair et al, 2024). Here, the concept of epistemic positionality serves as a key analytical lens (Rose, 1997). It highlights how researchers, institutions and educational systems jointly create the conditions that make neurodiversity meaningful. This is particularly pertinent in European contexts, where education systems (still) rely heavily on diagnostic regimes and comparative frameworks that universalize epistemic assumptions with colonial genealogies (Knobloch & Drerup, 2022). Recognizing these entanglements requires a re-evaluation of how educational research understands, categorizes and acts upon cognitive differences. The paper aims to: - Conceptualize the entanglement of coloniality and neurodiversity as foundational to understanding contemporary educational knowledge production. - Examine whether the pluralizing trajectory of the neurodiversity concept can be seen as a progressive shift towards post/colonial epistemologies. - Explore methodological openings for educational research seeking to 'know and act otherwise', through plural, relational and critically reflexive epistemic practices. By placing the historical and conceptual evolution of neurodiversity in direct dialogue with post/colonial analyses of knowledge and power, the paper will contribute to a rethink of the epistemic conditions and potential of education research in the context of global and European inequalities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The contribution's methodological orientation is explicitly theoretical-conceptual and epistemological. Rather than approaching neurodiversity as an empirical category, it considers it to be a historical, political and epistemological formation whose development is inextricably linked to colonial knowledge regimes. The analysis is framed by three methodological commitments: 1. Genealogical and historical-epistemic analysis This approach traces the conceptual evolution from deficit-based, medicalized labels (e.g. 'disorder' or 'impairment') to the more plural, resource-oriented understanding implied by the concept of 'neurodiversity'. Building on the work of postcolonial thinkers, this genealogy is not merely viewed as a semantic shift, but as a transformation within broader epistemic orders characterized by coloniality. The analysis reveals how colonial knowledge formations and classification projects shaped todays taxonomies of ability and normality. 2. Post/colonial critique of classificatory infrastructures The concept of neurodiversity is examined within the context of global systems of knowledge production, including diagnostic regimes (e.g. DSM, ICD), international policy frameworks (e.g. UN, WHO, OECD) and educational assessment cultures. These infrastructures are considered sites where colonial rationalities persist, reinforcing normative beliefs about cognition, behavior, and 'the typical learner'. Methodologically, this involves analyzing how such infrastructures render some neurodivergent modes of knowing legible while marginalizing others. 3. Epistemic positionality and reflexive methodology Building on reflexive methodologies developed in decolonial and feminist epistemologies (Haraway, 1988; Spivak, 1988), the analysis foregrounds the epistemic positionality of European researchers and institutions. This includes examining how European research traditions universalize particular epistemic standards and how such univerzalisations shape the uptake of neurodiversity within educational discourse. The method treats research itself as a site of knowledge production implicated in colonial entanglements. 4. Relational and non-hegemonic comparison In this study, comparison is a central methodological operation, as the meaning of neurodiversity is produced through implicit and explicit acts of comparison across contexts, norms and knowledge formations. Rather than juxtaposing cases or contexts in a linear or evaluative manner, comparison is conceptualized as an interactive process (Ascroft, 2025) that considers how epistemic assumptions about cognition, normality and difference emerge in relation to one another. Treating comparison as an object of analysis foregrounds how comparative operations contribute to the stabilization or disruption of epistemic hierarchies. This aligns the methodological approach with the post/colonial critique central to the study. Together, these methodological orientations provide a coherent approach to analyzing the coloniality–neurodiversity entanglement as a dynamic epistemic formation shaping contemporary educational research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three main insights are expected from the contribution: 1. Neurodiversity as a historically and colonially entangled epistemic concept The analysis reveals that, despite being presented as a pluralizing concept, neurodiversity is rooted in epistemic orders with colonial genealogies that persist in shaping our understanding of cognition and difference within European education systems. In Europe, neurodiversity is increasingly informing diagnostic categories, assessment practices and inclusion policies. These forms of knowledge influence pedagogical and institutional action by determining who is recognized as a learner, what support is considered appropriate, and how difference is managed. Consequently, neurodiversity functions as a contested epistemic site where pluralizing aspirations intersect with historically entrenched norms of normality and development. 2. Limits of European educational research: inherited epistemic conditions of knowing and acting By examining the colonial assumptions underlying the prevailing understanding of cognition and behavior, this study shows that European educational research frequently relies on epistemic repertoires that remain unmarked by history. These repertoires influence how data is interpreted, comparisons are drawn and educational interventions are justified. Consequently, research-based knowledge informs educational practice in teacher education, policy and other areas, potentially reproducing epistemic hierarchies unintentionally. Therefore, making these conditions of knowing explicit is crucial for responsible educational action in Europe. 3. Toward epistemically reflexive ways of knowing and acting in European contexts Recognizing the interconnection between coloniality and neurodiversity requires a methodological shift in European educational research: • Towards plural and relational forms of cognition and difference. • Towards reflexive engagement with epistemic positionality in research and practice; • and towards educational practices that irritate hierarchical classification and universalization. These approaches allow European educational research to reconsider how knowledge informs action, facilitating more context-sensitive and non-hegemonic interactions with diversity in a changing social and epistemic landscape. References Afeworki Abay, R., & Soldatic, K. (2024). The Coloniality of Disability. In T. Chataika & D. Goodley (Hrsg.), The Routledge handbook of postcolonial disabilities studies. Routledge. Ascroft, E. (2025). Intra-acting with the self: Diffracting reflexivity in action-based research. Educational Action Research, 33(1), 41–51. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2024.2424286 Escobar, A., & Frye, D. (2020). Pluriversal politics: The real and the possible. Duke University press. Grummt, M. (2023). Einführung in das Paradigma der Neurodiversität. In C. Lindmeier, M. Grummt, & M. Richter (Hrsg.), Neurodiversität und Autismus (1. Aufl., S. 11–28). W. Kohlhammer GmbH. https://doi.org/10.17433/978-3-17-041267-5 Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066 Knobloch, P. D. Th., & Drerup, J. (Hrsg.). (2022). Bildung in postkolonialen Konstellationen: Erziehungswissenschaftliche Analysen und pädagogische Perspektiven (1. Aufl.). transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.14361/9783839456699 Mignolo, W. (2023). The Colonial Matrix of Power. In C. O. Christiansen, M. L. Machado- Guichon, S. Mercader, O. B. Hunt, & P. Jha (Hrsg.), Talking About Global Inequality (S. 39–46). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-08042-5_5 Mignolo, W. D. (2009). Epistemic Disobedience, Independent Thought and Decolonial Freedom. Theory, Culture & Society, 26(7–8), 159–181. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409349275 Mottron, L., & Gagnon, D. (2023). Prototypical autism: New diagnostic criteria and asymmetrical bifurcation model. Acta Psychologica, 237, 103938. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actpsy.2023.103938 Nair, V. K. k.; Farah, W.; Boveda, M. (2024): Is neurodiversity a Global Northern White paradigm? In: Autism: the international journal of research and practice 30 (2), S. 544–551. DOI: 10.1177/13623613241280835. Quijano, A. (2007). Coloniality and Modernity/Rationality. Cultural Studies, 21(2–3), 168–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380601164353 Rose, G. (1997). Situating knowledges: Positionality, reflexivities and other tactics. Progress in Human Geography, 21(3), 305–320. https://doi.org/10.1191/030913297673302122 Santos, B. de S., Nunes, J. A., & Meneses, M. P. (2007). Introduction. Opening Up the Canon of Knowledge and Recognition of Difference. In B. de S. Santos (Hrsg.), Another Knowledge is Possible. Beyond Northern Epistemologies. (S. xix–lxii). Singer, J. (2022). Reflections on the Neurodiversity Paradigm: Neurodiversity: Definition and Discussion. Reflections on the Neurodiversity Paradigm. https://neurodiversity2.blogspot.com/p/what.html Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the Subaltern Speak? In N. Carry & L. Grossberg (Hrsg.), Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture (S. 271–313). University of Illiniois Press. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Schooling for Neurodiversity - Exploring One Alternative Education Setting Through an Ecological Lens Adelaide University, Australia Presenting Author:The educational gap between those who experience success at school and those who do not is growing. This is reflected in the current context of schooling in Australia. Australia is experiencing a decline in school attendance, a drop in the number of students completing school (Productivity Commission, 2025), and an increase in disciplinary absences (Down et al., 2024). Unsurprisingly, students from diverse backgrounds, such as First Nation’s students, students with a disability and students living in poverty, are overrepresented in these numbers (Savage, 2023). Alongside this, teachers and school leaders are reporting increased levels of work-related health issues and are leaving the profession in droves (Kidson et al., 2024). Research has identified increased student diversity as one of the factors leading to these concerning trends (Windle et al.,2022). Decades of rhetoric, policy and reform have failed to deliver an inclusive and sustainable form of schooling that meets the learning needs of all students. In recent years, education systems globally have stagnated in their journeys to become more inclusive, and much of the blame for this is placed at the feet of schools (Boyle et al., 2024). This has led to many families seeking alternatives to regular forms of schooling. In the past decade Australia has seen a significant rise in the number of alternative education settings with an estimated 70,000 plus children and young people now attending these schools. Given the recentness of the phenomenon, there is a dearth of research that has interrogated the impact of this on the educational and post school outcomes of young people. In addition, much of the research globally that has been conducted into alternative education settings has been limited in scope, both in terms of the focus of the studies and the participants involved (for example see Kennedy et al., 2019; Mills et al., 2019). An opportunity arose to undertake an in-depth study into one alternative educational setting, established to cater for neurodivergent students in one educational jurisdiction, from its inception. The study adopted a qualitative longitudinal case-study design to answer three research questions:
The study is framed within an ecological paradigm. To improve practice in education, the contexts in which it occurs must be recognised and appreciated (Muller, 2015). The different systems, individual factors, and their relationships of influence with each other, need to be understood and the study is framed within an ecological paradigm. It is within this paradigm that the process of ‘constructing and strengthening interconnections between ecological systems’ can begin, one which Bronfenbrenner (1976) argues ‘offer[s] promise’ for policy makers; something that is desperately needed. The Ecology of inclusive education reimagined (Anderson, under review) acknowledges that schools ‘embody a complex array of understandings, beliefs, and values encoded in structures, cultures and everyday routines, all of which are usually legitimated and sanctioned by the surrounding social environment’ (Portela, 2013, p. 37). The framework offers a structure for research that eliminates the need to simplify or tidy things up, enabling complex phenomena to be understood in confluence, within the messiness that is the ‘school’, a necessary condition to answer the study’s research questions. Deep understanding supports meaningful change. This study seeks to interrogate one alternative education settings over a period of four years, to better understand how schools can support the educational, social and health outcomes of students for whom current approaches to schooling are not working. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a qualitative longitudinal case-study design on a single school site in one educational jurisdiction in Australia. A longitudinal study allows the researcher to establish “an ongoing relationship with participants, resulting in insightful conclusions” (Derrington, 2019, p. 3), and to conduct research in a way that is done with rather than to the school community; an important facet of researching diverse participant cohorts (Fletcher-Watson et al., 2021). The school is a secondary school that caters for students from years 7 to 10. It has been purposefully designed as a small school, with 16 students admitted into each of the year levels for the start of the 2026 school year. The site was purposefully selected as the researcher was able to engage with the school founders before it opened in 2026, with the aim of following the school through its first four years. This provides the researcher an opportunity to document the experiences of each of the inaugural cohorts across Years 7 to 10, along with the staff and families. The study incorporates the qualitative data collection methods of semi-structured interviews, participant observations, artefacts, documents and descriptive statistics. Participants come from each of the key stakeholder groups – students across all year levels, school staff, and families. All students, staff and families have been invited to participate in the study. Students and their families in each year level will be invited to participate for the entirety of the study, meaning these participants will be followed beyond their involvement with the school. All data will be analysed inductively using thematic analysis. Thematic analysis is ‘a form of pattern recognition’ where assigned codes merge to form themes that ‘become the categories for analysis’ (Fereday & Muir-Cochrane, 2006, p. 82). More comprehensively, texts are read and re-read, and meaning is attributed to segments of text. These segments of text, described by Guest et al. (2012), form ‘semantic boundaries’ that are named, described, and examined in terms of their connectedness to other data. Thematic analysis affords the researcher the ability to analysis different data sets across the above-mentioned data types, make connections between them. The focus of this presentation will be on the adoption of this method to better understand the phenomenon under investigation, and present preliminary findings about the inception of the school and the initial experiences of students, staff and families as the school opens in January 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes of this study include: • A detailed, chronological account of how the alternative educational setting was conceptualised, established, and refined over time. • Amplification of student and family voice in discussions of alternative education and neurodiversity-affirming practice. • Identification of key drivers shaping development (e.g. leadership vision, policy constraints, student needs, funding, staffing). • Insight into tensions and adaptations encountered during establishment (e.g. balancing flexibility with system accountability). • An articulated model of practice showing how initial intentions evolved in response to students, families and the constraints of the system. • Rich descriptions of how students, staff, and families conceptualise the purpose of the school and education more broadly. • Evidence of convergences and divergences in stakeholder perspectives (e.g. differing priorities between system-level expectations and family hopes). • Insight into how neurodiversity is understood, affirmed, or contested in everyday educational practice. • Identification of relational and environmental factors that contribute to students’ success (or not) at school. • Descriptions of student and family outcomes beyond schooling. Beyond the individual research questions, the study may provide: • A refined description of the key features underpinning approaches that can support the educational experiences of nuero0divergent students (e.g. pedagogy, relationships, environment, collaboration). • Factors that support successful implementation (e.g. leadership, staff expertise, flexibility). • Systemic, structural, or resource-based barriers limiting scalability or sustainability. • Further evaluation of the usefulness of an ecological framework to deepen our understanding of how systems of schooling can better support the diverse educational, social and health needs of all students. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1976). The experimental ecology of education. Educational Researcher, 5(5), 5–15. https://doi.org/10.2307/1174755 Derrington, M. L. (2019). The benefits and challenges of longitudinal qualitative studies. In Qualitative Longitudinal Methods (pp. 1–12). SAGE Publications, Incorporated. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071814277.n1 Down, B., Sullivan, A., Tippett, N., Johnson, B., Manolev, J., & Robinson, J., (2024). What is missing in policy discourses about school exclusions?. Critical Studies in Education, DOI: 1080/17508487.2024.2312878 Fereday, J., & Muir-Cochrane, E. (2006). Demonstrating rigor using thematic analysis: A hybrid approach of inductive and deductive coding and theme development. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(1), 80–92. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690600500107 Fletcher-Watson, S., Brook, K., Hallett, S., Murray, F., & Crompton, C. J. (2021). Inclusive Practices for Neurodevelopmental Research. Current Developmental Disorders Reports, 8(2), 88–97. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40474-021-00227-z Guest, G., MacQueen, K., & Namey, E. (2102). Applied thematic analysis. SAGE Publications Inc. Kennedy, B. L., Acosta, M. M., & Soutullo, O. (2019). Counternarratives of students’ experiences returning to comprehensive schools from an involuntary disciplinary alternative school. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 22(1), 130–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2017.1376634 Kidson, P., Marsh, H., & Dicke, T. (2024). ‘I have been ground down’: about 50% of Australian principals and other school leaders are thinking of quitting. The Conversation (22 March 2024). https://theconversation.com/i-have-been-ground-down-about-50-of-australian-principals-and-other-school-leaders-are-thinking-of-quitting-225671 Mills, M., Waters, R., Renshaw, P., & Zipin, L. (2018). ‘Dumping grounds’ and ‘rubbishtips’: Challenging metaphors for alternative education provision. In S. Gannon, R. Hattam, & W. Sawyer (Eds.), Resisting educational inequality: Reframing policy and practice in schools serving vulnerable communities (pp. 183–200). Routledge. Portela, A. (2013). Identity, inclusion and leadership. In G. Mac Ruairc, E. Ottensen & R. Precey (Eds.), Leadership for Inclusive Education: Values, Vision and Voices (pp. 35-46), Sense Publishers. Productivity Commission. (2025). Report on government services 2025 – 4 school education. Australian Government. https://www.pc.gov.au/ongoing/report-on-government-services/2025/child-care-education-and-training/school-education/#retention Savage, G. (2023). Australia’s new education report fails to target the roots of structural inequality. The Guardian Australia (13 December 2023). https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2023/dec/13/australias-new-education-report-fails-to-target-the-roots-of-structural-inequality-glen-savage Windle, J., Morrison, A., Sellar, S., Squires, R., Kennedy, J., & Murray, C. (2022). Teachers at breaking point: Why working in South Australian schools is getting tougher. https://www.unisa.edu.au/contentassets/f84cdb683dbb42a09ae08abc55bd9347/teachers-at-breaking-point-full-report.pdf |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 02 B: Assessment Practices in Inclusive Perspective Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Sabine Meinck Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Understanding Variation in Teachers’ Formative Assessment Practices and Their Support for Autonomy and Inclusion Masaryk University, Faculty of Education, Brno, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Formative assessment (FA), often termed 'assessment for learning', represents a dynamic and systematic process designed to gather evidence of student learning during the instructional process (Heritage et al., 2009). These practices are underpinned by three fundamental processes: establishing where the learner is going, identifying where they are right now, and determining how to get them there (Black & Wiliam, 2009). Key strategies within this framework include clarifying and sharing learning intentions, engineering effective classroom discussions to elicit evidence of understanding, providing feedback that moves learning forward, and adapting instruction in response (Lee et al., 2020). FA has been identified as one of the evidence-based teaching strategies that “really works in special and inclusive education” (Mitchell & Sutherland, 2020). As an inclusive strategy, FA is particularly beneficial for traditionally low-achieving students, holding the potential to narrow the achievement gap between students from different socioeconomic and cognitive strata (Yan et al., 2021). Moreover, Gersten et al.’s (2009) meta‑synthesis of instructional components demonstrated that students with learning disabilities show markedly improved mathematical performance when they receive explicit instruction accompanied by continuous feedback. FA facilitates inclusion through pedagogical differentiation, where teachers adapt their instruction and provide personalised feedback based on the specific learning needs identified through ongoing evidence collection (Andersson & Palm, 2017). The relationship between FA and student autonomy is defined by a fundamental shift in the learner's role, transforming them from a passive recipient of information into an active agent and owner of their own learning (Andersson & Palm, 2017). However, this transformation depends on whether a teacher implements merely the ‘letter’ or the ‘spirit’ of FA (Marshall & Drummond, 2006). The ‘letter’ refers to mechanically applying techniques, such as “hands down” questioning or extended “wait time”, which can become ritualistic and fail to engage deeper thinking. In contrast, the ‘spirit’ reflects a principled approach that emphasises internalising standards of quality and transferring regulatory control from the teacher to the student (Marshall & Drummond, 2006). If we understand inclusive education as ensuring students’ presence in mainstream schools, enhancing their participation and achievements, and fostering their sense of belonging (Ainscow et al., 2006), then the inclusive dimension of FA supports equitable access to learning achievements through responsive teaching. At the same time, supporting autonomy enables students to engage more fully in classroom learning situations. The 'spirit' of FA is truly captured when teachers move beyond mechanistic procedures to implement high-level organisation based on ideas that promote student independence (Marshall & Drummond, 2006). Ultimately, effective FA may function as a coherent pedagogical orientation that, through the timely elicitation and use of evidence, builds both the inclusive structures and the individual agency required for all students to succeed (Yan et al., 2021).
Research questions and objectives This paper draws on a subset of data from a larger study. It analyses interviews with teachers from three Czech primary schools who were identified as actively enacting formative assessment, along with principals, special educators, and teaching assistants from the same schools. It also incorporates group discussions with students in Grades 4 to 9 to capture their perspectives on these practices. The study is guided by the following three research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research paper forms part of a larger mixed‑method project. However, to address the research questions outlined above, we used a qualitative design based on semi‑structured interviews and group discussions. Three teachers from three different primary schools were selected through purposive expert sampling, which involved consulting specialists in didactics and teaching methods to identify teachers recognised as exemplary practitioners of FA, with a partial snowball element whereby these teachers also suggested teachers with similar teaching approache from other schools. After initial contact, the three teachers and their school leadership agreed to participate. The participating schools were situated in different regions of the Czech Republic. Data collection was carried out over a three‑month period (November 2025 to January 2026), with all four authors of the paper actively involved throughout. Two qualitative methods were used. First, eleven semi‑structured individual interviews were conducted with teachers and other staff: three teachers, three principals, two school psychologists, one special education teacher, and two teaching assistants. These interviews, lasting 33–62 minutes, followed an interview schedule exploring the teachers’ FA practices and participants’ views on their relation to inclusive education and self‑regulated learning, while allowing space for emergent themes. Second, twenty‑four semi‑structured group discussions were carried out with 84 students from Grades 4–9 who volunteered and had parental consent. Groups consisted of two to four students. The group discussions took place during school hours in appropriate school spaces. Sessions lasted 7–17 minutes, and this short format with small, mostly friendship‑based groups enabled students to express their views more openly. Questions focused on their perceptions of teachers’ instructional strategies, feedback and assessment practices, and their experiences of inclusion in terms of belonging and achievement. For this abstract, only a preliminary analysis of the data has been undertaken. By the time of the conference, we expect to have begun a more detailed analysis in ATLAS.ti, from which we will share the findings. As the audio recordings have already been transcribed using Plaud.ai, the planned analysis will proceed with repeated close reading and the development of descriptive codes that will be grouped into topic codes (subordinate thematic categories) and critical codes reflecting interpretation and meaning‑making (Novotná et al., 2019). The coding will follow an iterative process with constant comparison across cases and the support of analytical memos, with higher‑order themes gradually emerging and being checked against the data for conceptual coherence and empirical grounding. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In relation to the first research question, teachers in the studied schools described using FA—often called responsive teaching—through frequent, real‑time checks of understanding with mini whiteboards, finger signals, or random selection (cold calling). They relied on routines such as a “Do Now” starter and breaking learning goals into small steps with clear success criteria and model examples. They reported adjusting teaching based on gathered evidence, whether by re‑explaining content, changing methods, incorporating peer learning, or offering individual support. They emphasised prompt feedback and self‑assessment to help learners correct their work and develop metacognitive skills. Regarding the second research question, adult respondents described FA and responsive teaching as key drivers of inclusion because they believe these practices provide the “knowledge apparatus” and structures that level the playing field for disadvantaged or diverse learners. They felt that breaking instruction into small steps with immediate feedback prevents students from “escaping” the learning process and creates a predictable, safe environment. Although some noted concerns that structured methods might seem over‑regulated, teachers maintained that autonomy develops through mastery and that explicit guidance and scaffolding, in their view, ultimately enable students to become self‑regulating. Regarding the third research question, many students reported feeling more independent when they could work at their own pace, choose task difficulty, or use their own methods, though some described reduced autonomy in lessons governed by strict timers and a rigid pace. Mini‑whiteboards, peer explanations, and gamified tasks generally increased participation, yet practices such as required eye contact sometimes created anxiety. Students often said they felt included when teachers provided fair, individualised support and handled mistakes sensitively. However, they also noted barriers such as social cliques, disruptive peers, and occasional feelings of being overlooked, particularly among high achieving students, who sometimes perceived that teaching practices predominantly benefited their lower achieving classmates. References Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2006). Improving schools, developing inclusion. Routledge. Andersson, C., & Palm, T. (2017). The impact of formative assessment on student achievement: A study of the effects of changes to classroom practice after a comprehensive professional development programme. Learning and Instruction, 49, 92–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2016.12.006 Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9068-5 Gersten, R., Chard, D. J., Jayanthi, M., Baker, S. K., Morphy, P., & Flojo, J. (2009). Mathematics instruction for students with learning disabilities: A meta-analysis of instructional components. Review of Educational Research, 79(3), 1202–1242. APA PsycInfo. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654309334431 Heritage, M., Kim, J., Vendlinski, T., & Herman, J. (2009). From evidence to action: A seamless process in formative assessment? Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 28(3), 24–31. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-3992.2009.00151.x Lee, H., Chung, H. Q., Zhang, Y., Abedi, J., & Warschauer, M. (2020). The Effectiveness and Features of Formative Assessment in US K-12 Education: A Systematic Review. Applied Measurement in Education, 33(2), 124–140. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2020.1732383 Marshall, B., & Drummond, M. J. (2006). How teachers engage with assessment for learning: Lessons from the classroom. Research Papers in Education, 21(2), 133–149. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671520600615638 Mitchell, D., & Sutherland, D. (2020). What really works in special and inclusive education: Using evidence-based teaching strategies (3rd edn). Routledge. Novotná, H., 1974-, Špaček, O., 1983-, & Šťovíčková, M., 1976- (Eds). (2019). Metody výzkumu ve společenských vědách (Vydání první). FHS UK. Yan, Z., Li, Z., Panadero, E., Yang, M., Yang, L., & Lao, H. (2021). A systematic review on factors influencing teachers’ intentions and implementations regarding formative assessment. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy and Practice, 28(3), 228–260. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2021.1884042 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusion in Sharjah Private Schools: A Focus on Assessment and Interventions for Students with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities 1: University of Exeter, United Kingdom; 2: Sharjah Education Academy, United Arab Emirates Presenting Author:Inclusive education (IE) refers to identifying and removing barriers that hinder participation and learning of all students within mainstream classrooms (Ainscow, Slee, and Best 2019). In recent decades, the philosophy and policies of IE have evolved from focusing solely on students with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) to embracing the needs of all learners, recognising that every student matters regardless of gender, background, ability, ethnicity, language, or belief (UNESCO 2020). However, putting these inclusive ideals into practice remains complex and often contested, particularly in diverse educational contexts with rapidly changing policies, such as those in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) (Emam and Al-Mahdy 2022; Massouti, Al-Rashaida, and Alhosani 2024). The UAE, known for its culturally and linguistically diverse society, has implemented initiatives to promote equal educational opportunities for all students, including those identified with SEND (Ghaleb, Dababneh, and Al-Zboon 2021). These developments provide a policy foundation for inclusion, yet how schools interpret and operationalise these frameworks remains under-researched. The current study aims to investigate how IE is put into practice in Sharjah Private Schools in the UAE, focusing on how SEND students are identified, assessed, and supported. To guide this inquiry, the study addresses the following research questions: 1.How do case study schools identify, assess, and intervene in support of students with SEND? 2.What challenges and opportunities arise in the implementation of IE? 3.To what extent do these practices reflect the principles embedded in international IE frameworks? The IE paradigm provides a critical framework for exploring both the challenges and opportunities in implementing inclusion policies, and how these affect SEND students (Deroncele-Acosta and Ellis 2024). To translate inclusion policies into effective classroom practice, education systems worldwide have increasingly adopted structured frameworks to guide inclusion. Among the most widely used are multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS) and the Graduated Approach, both of which provide practical models for addressing persistent gaps in provision. MTSS is a proactive, school-wide framework that delivers tiered, evidence- based interventions aligned with IE principles (Castillo et al. 2022). At its foundation, MTSS integrates academic and behavioural supports across three levels: Tier 1 (Universal), Tier 2 (Targeted), and Tier 3 (Individualized). While MTSS provides a broad, school-wide framework, the Graduated Approach – widely implemented in the UK and increasingly referenced in international contexts – offers a more individualised, cyclical process of continuous support and review. It follows the ‘Assess, Plan, Do, Review’ model, which emphasises collaboration between teachers, specialists, and parents to tailor interventions to each student’s evolving needs (Castillo et al. 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative approach was employed to explore staff perspectives on inclusive practices for supporting SEND students. Participants were asked to describe examples of IE barriers and facilitators to this and the impact of policies. By gathering insights from various staff across four schools, understandings of collaboration, leadership of IE, and the policy landscape were captured. Schools following distinct curricula – National, British, American, or Indian – were approached. Selection was based on their active development of IE and prior engagement with researchers, resulting in a diverse convenience sample. While researchers initiated contact with schools, participant selection was carried out by the school principal or head of inclusion. A convenience sampling approach was used, with leaders inviting staff in key roles or those recognised for their inclusive practices. The sample included senior and middle leaders, teachers, and support staff, including shadow teachers (STs), who are parent-funded aides supporting students with significant academic, behavioural, and social needs. All participants were informed about the study in advance and consented to take part voluntarily. In total, 55 individuals were interviewed. Data were collected through a combination of semi-structured individual interviews and focus groups, conducted in November 2024. Focus groups were used when several participants held similar roles (e.g. classroom teachers, subject heads). All were held face-to- face and conducted in either Arabic or English, based on participants’ language preferences. They were designed to capture role-specific insights into inclusive practices in general and interventions for SEND students used in participant’s schools. Data was analysed using Framework Analysis, a method well-suited to large qualitative datasets, enabling comparison within and between schools and supporting collaborative work through a transparent, staged process (Klingberg, Stalmeijer, and Varpio 2024). Framework analysis involves an iterative process of inductive and deductive analysis (Goldsmith 2021). The analytic process followed the systematic steps outlined by Gale et al. (2013). First, the researchers familiarised themselves with the data by reading transcripts multiple times and annotating emerging ideas to capture contextual nuances. Next, a coding framework was developed grounded in the study’s research questions and its conceptual focus on IE practices. This framework was refined inductively to incorporate unexpected but relevant issues raised by participants. Subsequently, all transcripts were coded according to the framework using NVivo software to ensure consistency, traceability, and effective data management. The coded data were then summarised into thematic matrices, allowing for meaningful comparisons across participant groups and school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis revealed two overarching themes namely (1) Identifying and assessing SEND students and (2) Unpacking the intervention landscape. These themes were interpreted in relation to the study’s conceptual frameworks, demonstrating how practices align with MTSS and Graduated Approach. All four schools reported systematic efforts to identify SEND students. Initial identification often occurred at the admissions stage, particularly in the three schools that included kindergarten and primary levels using interviews, written assessments, and informal observations. Early identification was emphasised in these three schools. At School 3, for example, the admissions team is trained to observe developmental and behavioural traits in younger applicants as its principal explained. Post-admission, the identification of students with SEND continues through teacher referrals, classroom observations, and informal check-ins. Formal diagnoses from external professionals were required in all schools to justify interventions, accommodations, and external exams provisions. To address high costs, schools serving lower income populations were found to be partnering with certified external centres who provide the services in reasonable costs or allowed parents to obtain evaluations from approved providers in their home countries. The second theme focused on the range of interventions schools implemented to support inclusion and the extent these interventions reflect the principles embedded in international IE frameworks. These interventions fell into three broad categories: academic, socio-cultural, and emotional. Academic support was the most implemented intervention across all schools, with a clear emphasis on improving learning outcomes in core subjects. However, schools faced common challenges, including large class sizes, limited teacher training, and high turnover among STs hired by parents. Socio-cultural was mainly evident through peer-supported interventions. Under the emotional category, all four schools were found integrating wellbeing initiatives within broader pastoral care frameworks, rather than through standalone programmes. Collectively, these efforts aimed to support students’ emotional development, confidence, and inclusion. References Alborno, N., and E. Gaad. 2014. “Inclusive Education in the UAE: A Paradigm Shift in Attitudes and Practices.” British Journal of Special Education 41 (3): 316–328. Al Khalili, T. 2025. “Parents Strategies and Educational Inequality during Economic, Political and Refugee Crises in Conflict-Affected Lebanon.” Asia Pacific Education Review, https://doi.org/10. 1007/s12564-025-10040-7. Al-Rashaida, M., and A. Massouti. 2024. “Assessing the Efficacy of Online Teacher Training Programs in Preparing pre-service Teachers to Support Students with Special Educational Needs in Mainstream Classrooms in the UAE: A Case Study.” Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs 24 (1): 188–200. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12624. Alzyoudi, M., K. Almazroui, and S. A. Nuaimi. 2021. “Inclusive Education Practices for Children with Disabilities in the United Arab Emirates.” Africa Education Review 18 (1–2): 1–2. https:// hdl.handle.net/10520/ejc-educare-v18-n1-a1. Castillo, J. M., N. L. Scheel, J. R. Wolgemuth, J. D. Latimer, and S. M. Green. 2022. “A Scoping Review of the Literature on Professional Learning for MTSS.” Journal of School Psychology 92:166–187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2022.03.010. Collett, K. 2024. Comparing Young People With and Without SEND and Teaching Staff’s Experiences of ‘Inclusions’ in English Secondary School Classrooms. Doctoral dissertation, the University of Exeter. Emam, M. M., and Y. F. H. Al-Mahdy. 2022. “Building School Capacity for Inclusive Education in the Sultanate of Oman: A Construct Validation of the Inclusive School Climate Scale.” Leadership and Policy in Schools 21 (2): 329–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2020. 1770803. Florian, L., and J. Spratt. 2013. “Enacting Inclusion: A Framework for Interrogating Inclusive Practice.” European Journal of Special Needs Education 28 (2): 119–135. https://doi.org/10. 1080/08856257.2013.778111. Gale, N. K., G. Heath, E. Cameron, S. Rashid, and S. Redwood. 2013. “Using the Framework Method for the Analysis of Qualitative Data in Multi-disciplinary Health Research.” BMC Medical Research Methodology 13:1–8. Ghaleb, E., K. Dababneh, and E. Al-Zboon. 2021. “Inclusive Education in the United Arab Emirates: Teachers’ Perspectives.” International Journal of Special Education 36 (1): 1–14. Goldsmith, L. J. 2021. “Using Framework Analysis in Applied Qualitative Research.” The Qualitative Report 26 (6): 2061–2076. Harris, B., R. Mayes, D. Vega, and E. M. Hines. 2022. “Equity and Access in a Multi-tiered System of Support Framework: The Role of Culturally Responsive Practices.” Multicultural Learning and Teaching 17 (1): 1–16. Khochen-Bagshaw, M. 2020. “Inclusive Education Development and Challenges: Insights into the Middle East and North Africa Region.” Prospects 49 (3): 153–167. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Effectiveness of Criteria-Based Assessment in Meeting the Needs of Students with SEND in Mainstream Schools in Kazakhstan 1: NIS Aktau, Kazakhstan; 2: International Astana English School; 3: IT school-Lyceum Presenting Author:In the last few decades, the education system of Kazakhstan has been undergoing two significant reforms. The first one involves the implementation of inclusive education, which has been a core principle of the country's state policy in education since signing the "Dakar Framework of Actions" in 2000 (UNESCO, 2007). The second reform relates to the updated curriculum, which was prompted by a research study on secondary education conducted by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) in 2014. As a result of these findings, the OECD team concluded that “It would be desirable for Kazakhstan to undertake a major review of the current curriculum” (OECD, 2014, p 95). As a response to this recommendation, in 2016, an updated curriculum was implemented across all mainstream schools in Kazakhstan (Turganalina, 2020). This reform was significant as it covered modifications in curriculum, assessment, and instruction. The reform was introduced in five phases, gradually incorporating all grade levels, and by 2020-2021, this implementation process was finished. Thus, alongside with the updated curriculum, the traditional normative assessment, which was also found ineffective, was replaced with criteria-based assessment. Kenzhetaeva et al. (2020) highlight that changing the assessment system for students' achievements in Kazakhstan was important due to current educational goals and the need to improve education quality in line with global standards. So, both inclusive education and CBA are relatively new in the Kazakhstani education system, subsequently, there is a scarcity of research on their effectiveness. Only a few preliminary studies have examined the use of CBA in the context of inclusive education, and currently, there is no empirical research on the topic. Given this, it becomes crucial to examine the effectiveness of CBA in meeting the needs of students with SEND. Assessing students with SEND can pose unique challenges, making it important to explore effective assessment strategies. Hence, throughout the study, in addition to the main research question, "How effective is CBA in meeting the needs of students with special educational needs in mainstream schools in Kazakhstan?", the following research questions are investigated: 1. Is CBA an appropriate approach for meeting the needs of students with SEND? 2. To what extent are teachers prepared to implement criteria-based assessment for students with SEND? 3. What are the benefits and challenges experienced by teachers who use CBA with students with SEND? The literature review is structured into three main subsections. Firstly, it is delved into the concept of CBA, exploring its fundamental principles and its applications in educational settings. Secondly, the research focuses on the implementation of inclusive education in Kazakhstan, shedding light on the country's efforts, policies, and progress in promoting inclusive practices. Finally, the study examines the implementation of CBA within the framework of inclusive education in Kazakhstan. The methodology employed in this study is a qualitative research design, which involves conducting interviews with Kazakhstani mainstream schoolteachers who have experience in teaching students with SEN. The interviews primarily focus on understanding the teachers' knowledge, attitudes, and practices related to CBA in inclusive classroom settings. Additionally, the interviews aim to explore the perceived effectiveness and challenges associated with implementing CBA for students with SEND and support they get from schools on this way. Thematic analysis is used to analyze the interview data, facilitating the identification of key themes and patterns. The findings from the interviews are then discussed in relation to the literature explored. This process enhances the comprehensiveness of the study and provides a deeper understanding of the effectiveness of CBA in meeting the needs of students with SEN in mainstream schools in Kazakhstan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the purpose of this study, a qualitative research approach was chosen, which involved investigating real settings that respect the people and places under study (Creswell, 2013). The interviews allow participants to share their understandings of the world they inhabit and to articulate how they perceive situations from their personal perspectives (Cohen et al., 2007). Interviewing teachers was crucial for our study because their direct involvement in implementing CBA in inclusive settings provides valuable insights into their experiences, enabling them to promptly observe outcomes and identify emerging challenges. Moreover, the study focuses on exploring the effective implementation of two significant reforms in Kazakhstan: inclusive education and an updated curriculum, with CBA being a foundational component. As highlighted by Fullan (2006), carrying out reforms consistently is a changing process impacted by factors such as implementors’ knowledge and skills, resources, and willingness. This is precisely why it was essential to conduct interviews with teachers, as they are the primary implementers of these changes. Through interviews, we explored how teachers perceive CBA, the principles guiding their inclusive teaching methods, and the approaches they used to assess the progress of students with SEND. Additionally, our goal was to uncover the challenges teachers encountered while working with these students and to understand the type of training and support schools provided. The participants in this study were 6 Kazakhstani mainstream schoolteachers who had experience teaching students with SEND. The participants group consisted of 1 mathematics teacher and 5 English teachers. Among the participants, 3 teachers were from a school located in the capital city, while the remaining 3 teachers were from provincial schools. The age range of the participants was from 22 years old to 40 years old, with a range of teaching experience from 2 years to 18 years, 1 male teacher and 5 female teachers. Table 1 below provides basic demographic information about the research participants. The data collected from the interviews was manually transcribed by the researcher and subjected to thematic analysis. Thematic analysis was employed to identify, analyze, and report themes within the data, following a six-step process outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006). The identification of themes for the thematic analysis involved a combination of inductive and theoretical approaches. Some themes were derived inductively, strongly linked to the data itself, while others were driven by the researchers' theoretical interests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research highlighted that both the literature review and teachers' perspectives align on CBA's suitability for students with SEN. At the regulatory level, it is stated that students with SEN should be applied by a modified curriculum that suits their individual needs (Law, 2007). As for CBA, its adaptability and ability to relate to everyday childhood activities make it the preferred tool for determining the strengths and practical needs of a child (Cook, 2004). As it makes it possible to identify areas in which students need improvement (Davletkaliyeva, et al., 2016), students can subsequently concentrate their efforts on enhancing their performance in those areas. Teachers acknowledge its importance in assessing these students and emphasize the need to tailor criteria to their abilities. However, inadequate training hampers teachers from realizing and utilizing CBA's advantages when working with students with special needs. So, there is a pressing requirement for enhanced training and resources to provide teachers with the essential skills and knowledge needed to establish effective inclusive learning environments. The study also revealed that ongoing methodological support should be available from the school, including consultations when difficulties arise. Forming a dedicated SEN team, which includes teachers experienced in inclusive teaching along with psychologists and speech therapists, can further enhance support. Involving parents in the education of students with SEND can lead to positive results. Dealing with these students, who have diverse needs like differing memory processing speeds, can be complex. This highlights the importance of parents' role in creating a supportive learning environment. Teachers often see that when parents are actively engaged in their child's education, it significantly boosts their progress. Only by addressing these issues can schools effectively cater to the diverse needs of all students and ensure the success of inclusive education initiatives. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology. 3(2), pp. 77-101. Cohen, L., Lawrence, M. and Morrison, K. 2007. Research Methods in Education. 6th ed. London and New York: Routledge. Taylor & Francis. Creswell, J.W. 2013. Qualitative inquiry and research design : choosing among five approaches. 3rd ed. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Fullan, M. 2006. Change theory. A force for school improvement. Center for Strategic Education. 157, pp. 3-14. Kenzhetaeva, R. Nurzhanova, S., Beimisheva, A., Stambekova, A., Ryabova, E. and Kulbayeva, D. 2020. Features of the transition from the traditional to the criterial assessment in schools of Kazakhstan. International Journal of Cognitive Research in Science, Engineering and Education. 8(3), pp. 73-81. The Law. 2007. On Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan. OECD. 2014. Reviews of National Policies for Education: Secondary Education in Kazakhstan. Reviews of National Policies for Education. Paris: OECD Publishing. Turganalina, Zh. 2020. Criteria-Based Assessment in Kazakhstani Mainstream Schools: Teachers’ Perspectives and Experiences. Master thesis, Nazarbayev University. UNESCO. 2007. Kazakhstan. Inclusive Education: The way of the future. Third Workshop of the IBE Community of Practice, Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS). Minsk. Belarus |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 02 C: Leadership and Collaboration Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Katja Saxer Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive School Leadership Across Contexts: Perspectives from Principals and Teachers in China, Switzerland, and the United States 1: Wenzhou-Kean University, China, People's Republic of; 2: Beijing Institute of Technology, People's Republic of; 3: Kean University, The USA; 4: University of Teacher Education Bern, Switzerland Presenting Author:Inclusive school leadership has been recognized as a critical factor in promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion in a diverse student population (Bhowmik et al., 2023; White et al., 2025). Although inclusive leadership has been strongly promoted in policy agendas, its implementation in practice has been found to vary and depend on contextual factors (Bellibaş et al., 2025). The present study aims to explore, through a qualitative comparative study, how inclusive school leadership is understood, implemented, and experienced in mainstream schools in three unique education systems, namely China, Switzerland, and the USA. The research aims to address the following research queries: What are the perceptions and understandings of inclusive leadership from the perspectives of school leaders and teachers? What core themes of inclusive school leadership emerge from the perspectives of school leaders and teachers? The study employed an inclusive school leadership framework, proposed by the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2018), that recognizes three core functions of school leadership, namely, setting direction, organizational development, and human development (Óskarsdóttir et al., 2020). Data collection was conducted through semi-structured interviews with school principals and teachers from a sample of mainstream schools in China, Switzerland, and the USA. Instead of preparing case descriptions of each country, thematic comparison was employed, highlighting universal leadership principles while acknowledging contextual variations. Data analysis was conducted through reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). The results showed similarities and differences in the implementation of inclusive school leadership within the three contexts. In all contexts, the leaders emphasized a student-centered approach, balancing high expectations and holistic approaches to student well-being, including the social, emotional, and psychological aspects (Jarvis, 2011). This was realized through differentiated learning expectations, a strength-based approach, and leadership styles emphasizing the significance of student well-being to learning, rather than as an "add-on" to learning. Inclusive pedagogy was also a focus, including a range of approaches such as flexible curricula, growth-oriented assessment, data-informed individualized approaches, and collaborative teaching approaches, which resonates with current research on coordinated student support (Paccaud et al., 2021; Testa, 2023). Teacher growth and development was also a focus within the contexts, including mentoring, teacher observation, and using data and feedback in a developmental manner, which resonates with past research on teacher growth within inclusive contexts (DeMatthews, 2015). In addition, leaders developed a culture of collaboration and shared responsibility among teachers, families, and community members, emphasizing the significance of collective responsibility within inclusive school cultures (Coburn, 2003; Dorczak, 2013). Notable differences were also identified in the context of enactment. For example, leadership practices in China were marked by structural differentiation, clear role differentiation, and support structuring (e.g., shadow teachers, resource classrooms) and monitoring. Leaders in Switzerland focused on developmentally responsive and relational leadership practices for diverse classrooms, with a strong emphasis on dialogic communication, flexibility, and community integration. Leaders in the United States emphasized inclusive leadership practices within standards-based accountability systems, which included multi-tiered systems of support, and cultural responsiveness, identity affirmation, and student voice. The study underscores that inclusive school leadership is a complex and dynamic process that is maintained through the integration of student values, organizational alignment, continuous capacity building, and collaborative ecosystems. Although the processes of direction setting, organizational development, and human development are apparent across the different contexts, their implementation is highly influenced by national policies, cultural beliefs, and organizational structures. This study has made significant contributions to the body of knowledge on the processes involved in inclusive leadership implementation across different systems, providing a more nuanced perspective on its role as a critical driver of inclusive outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative approach to examine the phenomenon of inclusive school leadership in China, Switzerland, and the United States. The analytic approach was comparative, focusing on the similarities and differences in the experiences in the three countries, rather than providing a distinct narrative for each country. Participants consisted of 15 principals and 28 teachers drawn from mainstream schools with established inclusive education practices across the three national contexts. In China, participants included seven principals and nine teachers from primary and secondary schools in six cities. In Switzerland, four principals and twelve teachers were recruited from four schools spanning urban, suburban, and rural settings, covering grades Kindergarten through nine. In the United States, four principals and seven teachers participated from four public schools in New Jersey, which served elementary, middle, and high school levels. The sampling was done using a purposive sampling method to ensure that the schools had inclusive practices, and the sample size was based on data saturation (Carter et al., 2014). Data collection was carried out using a method of semi-structured interviews via video-conferencing tools such as Tencent Meeting and Zoom. An interview protocol was created following the three key functions of the conceptual framework: setting direction, organizational development, and human development (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2018). The interview protocol was refined. The interviews lasted approximately one hour. The interviews were carried out using either Chinese or English, according to the interviewees’ preferences. The interviews were recorded using audio recordings. The researcher also took field notes. The interview questions focused on interviewees’ experiences, perceptions, and leadership decision-making processes concerning inclusive education. The questions allowed for flexibility to explore interviewees’ experiences. The interview questions allowed for flexibility to explore interviewees’ experiences, perceptions, and leadership decision-making processes concerning inclusive education (Mertler, 2018). The process of data analysis included the six-step procedure of reflexive thematic analysis as described by Braun and Clarke (2021). This included familiarization with the data, coding of the data, and development of themes. The process of reflexive thematic analysis included the use of analytic memos to record the reflexive process. Themes were developed through constant comparison and then placed into the three broad domains of the inclusive leadership framework as described by Braun and Clarke (2021). This helped to ensure that the data analysis was grounded in the data while also allowing for theoretically informed interpretation of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This comparative analysis sheds light on the intricacy involved in inclusive school leadership practices in China, Switzerland, and the USA. The findings suggest that, although the basic functions of inclusive leadership, such as setting direction, developing the organization, and developing people, are relevant across diverse contexts, their practice is heavily influenced by national policies, cultural factors, and school structures. The major findings suggest that inclusive leadership in schools can be an effective practice that balances high academic expectations with an unrelenting commitment to holistic student well-being and equity (Jarvis, 2011; Leithwood, 2021). Moreover, the findings suggest that inclusive education can be achieved through a collective approach that emphasizes responsibility through collaboration, communication, and decision-making among teachers, families, and community stakeholders (Coburn, 2003). Teacher development and data use are found to be an integral part of inclusive leadership practice, as professional development becomes a relational and data-informed practice for teachers (DeMatthews, 2015). For European countries, this study has specific implications. The study found that European countries could improve inclusion through: (1) formalizing distributed leadership and teacher-led professional learning communities to further develop shared responsibility; (2) investing in continuous professional development that links pedagogic differentiation with holistic student well-being; and (3) improving data systems that go beyond accountability measures to support diverse learners through relational and instructional support. The comparison, especially in terms of support structures and relational support, encourages European countries to consider how to strike a balance in terms of policy coherence and adaptability. References Bellibaş, M. Ş., Karaferye, F., & Walker, A. (2025). How cultural context shapes school leadership and its effectiveness: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 57(3), 437–469. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432251396683 Bhowmik, M. K., Walker, A., & Bryant, D. (2023). Reconceptualizing inclusive leadership to address diversity in schools. Multicultural Education Review, 15(2), 139–156. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18 (3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Carter, N., Bryant-Lukosius, D., DiCenso, A., Blythe, J., & Neville, A. J. (2014). The use of triangulation in qualitative research. Oncology Nursing Forum, 41(5), 545–547. https://doi.org/10.1188/14.ONF.545-547 Coburn, C. E. (2003). Rethinking scale: Moving beyond numbers to deep and lasting change. Educational Researcher, 32(6), 3–12. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x032006003 DeMatthews, D. (2015). Making sense of social justice leadership: A case study of a principal’s experiences to create a more inclusive school. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 14(2), 139–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2014.997939 Dorczak, R. (2013). Inclusion through the lens of school culture. In G. Mac Ruairc, E. Ottesen, & R. Precey (Eds.), Leadership for Inclusive Education (pp. 47–57). Springer. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2018). Supporting inclusive school leadership: Literature review. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/SISL_Literature_Review.pdf Jarvis, J. M. (2011). Promoting mental health through inclusive pedagogy. In R. H. Shute, P. T. Slee, R. Murray-Harvey, & K. L. Dix (Eds.), Mental health and wellbeing: Educational perspectives (pp. 237–248). Shannon Research Press. Leithwood, K. (2021). A review of evidence about equitable school leadership. Education Sciences, 11(8), 377. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11080377 Mertler, C. A. (2018). Introduction to educational research (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications. Óskarsdóttir, E., Donnelly, V., Turner-Cmuchal, M., & Florian, L. (2020). Inclusive school leaders – their role in raising the achievement of all learners. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(5), 521–537. https://doi.org/10.1108/jea-10-2019-0190 Paccaud, A., Keller, R., Luder, R., Pastore, G., & Kunz, A. (2021). Satisfaction with the collaboration between families and schools – the parent's view. Frontiers in Education, 6, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.646878 Testa, D. (2023). Interprofessional collaboration: How social workers, psychologists, and teachers collaborate to address student wellbeing. Australian Social Work, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/0312407x.2023.2256703 White, R., Lowery, C., & Johnson, J. (2025). Enhancing high-quality education through systemic school leadership: a systematic review. Quality Education for All, 2(1), 229–246. https://doi.org/10.1108/qea-09-2024-0096 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Perspectives on Inclusive School Leadership: A Qualitative Multiple Case Study in Switzerland. 1: Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2: Wenzhou-Kean University, China Presenting Author:Inclusive education has become a core principle of education systems worldwide, anchored in international agreements such as the Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education (UNESCO, 1994), the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN-CRPD, 2006), and further reinforced by the United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (United Nations, 2015). In Switzerland, this international commitment has been translated into national initiatives, including the Disability Discrimination Act (DDA, 2002) and the Special Education Concordate (EDK, 2007). Despite these legal and policy frameworks, recent observations by the (United Nations, 2022) indicate that Switzerland continues to lag behind in the implementation of inclusive education, with many students with disabilities still facing substantial barriers to participation. This persistent gap between policy intentions and school-level realities reflects the tension between knowing and acting. Inclusive education is widely established as a policy principle, yet it is inconsistently enacted in everyday school practice. Its implementation depends critically on how inclusive principles are interpreted, enacted, and sustained at the school level, where formal knowledge must be translated into professional action. School principals occupy a pivotal mediating position in this translation process. Whereas principals’ roles were traditionally administrative within centrally controlled systems (Schratz, 1998), increased school autonomy (Altrichter et al., 2016) has transformed their responsibilities. Principals are now expected to function as educational leaders who actively shape school development by adapting policy expectations to local contexts in collaboration with teachers (Rahm & Schroeck, 2008). Crucially, teachers, as the primary enactors of inclusive education, experience and interpret principals’ leadership directly in their daily practice. Their perspectives are therefore essential for understanding how leadership bridges the gap between policy knowledge and professional action. This study conceptualises inclusive school leadership through the Model of Inclusive School Leadership (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2019), which identifies three core leadership functions: setting direction, organisational development, and human development. Inclusive school leaders are guided by a vision that aims to ensure equitable, high-quality educational opportunities for all learners within their local community (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2015). They set direction by articulating and communicating shared values for inclusion, foster organisational development by creating collaborative structures and inclusive school cultures, and promote human development by strengthening teachers’ professional capacity and commitment. Building on this framework, the study addresses the following research question: How do teachers perceive and experience inclusive leadership practices of their principals across the three core leadership functions? The study employs a qualitative multiple case study design, analysing semi-structured interviews with N = 12 teachers from four Swiss schools recognised for their established inclusive practices. By foregrounding teachers’ perspectives, the study provides insight into how inclusive leadership is experienced and interpreted in everyday school practice. It provides new insights by illuminating the role of school leadership in mediating between policy expectations and professional action, and by identifying conditions that can support the sustainable enactment of inclusive education at school level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative multiple case study design (Stake, 2006; Yin, 2018), which is particularly suited for understanding complex phenomena within real-world contexts and for identifying patterns across cases while respecting contextual particularity. The four schools were purposively selected based on their established inclusive practices. Selection criteria included documented commitment to inclusive education over at least three years, organisational structures explicitly supporting collaborative teaching and learner support, and willingness to participate. The schools represent diverse organisational contexts, with two urban and two rural schools, as well as two small schools with fewer than 200 students and two medium-sized schools. At the same time, they share structural similarities in grade levels and organisational models, enabling analytical comparison. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with N = 12 teachers, three per school, purposively sampled to represent diverse roles including classroom teachers, special education teachers, and teacher specialists, as well as different career stages ranging from five to 25 years of experience. Interviews lasted between 60–90 minutes and followed a flexible interview guide structured around the three core leadership functions. Open-ended questions invited teachers to describe principals’ leadership practices, decision-making processes, and collaborative structures. All interviews were audio-recorded and fully transcribed according to predefined transcription rules (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022). All participants provided informed consent and were assured of confidentiality through pseudonymisation. Data analysis followed a combined deductive and inductive approach in line with qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022; Mayring & Fenzl, 2019). The three core leadership functions served as overarching deductive categories. Within these categories, inductive open coding was applied to identify patterns, variations, and emergent themes grounded in teachers’ experiences. Two researchers independently coded all transcripts, with discrepancies resolved through discussion until consensus was reached. Finally, cross-case analysis systematically compared patterns across schools, examining convergences and divergences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers across all four schools perceive the three core dimensions of inclusive leadership as being inextricably linked, with setting direction, organisational development, and human development mutually reinforcing one another. Teachers consistently identified principals’ openness as a foundational value for setting direction, shaping their sense of agency, belonging, and engagement in collaborative problem-solving. Openness manifested in receptiveness to teachers’ concerns (“she always has time to listen”), willingness to experiment with new approaches (“he encourages us to try things”), and transparency in decision-making processes (“we understand why decisions are made”). Regarding organisational development, internal and external collaboration functioned as both a response to emerging challenges and a strategic resource for capacity building within Switzerland’s decentralised education system. Teachers highlighted how principals facilitated collaborative structures such as grade-level teams or interdisciplinary working groups. Collaboration extended beyond individual schools to include networks with cantonal authorities, special education services, and other schools. Human development involved professional learning opportunities balancing individual growth with collective capacity building. Teachers valued principals who supported both formal professional development (e.g., workshops, further education) and informal learning through collaborative reflection and shared problem-solving, fostering a culture of continuous improvement aligned with inclusive values. The study makes three key contributions to research and practice on inclusive school leadership. First, it extends and refines the European Agency’s model by demonstrating how the three core leadership dimensions are perceived by teachers and identifying additional aspects they consider important. Second, it highlights principals’ openness as both a personal orientation and an organisational principle enabling inclusive school cultures. Third, it illustrates how inclusive leadership operates within decentralised systems through strategic collaboration, offering insights relevant across European contexts where autonomy and accountability intersect. These findings can inform inclusive leadership development and practice in Switzerland and beyond. References Altrichter, H., Rürup, M., & Schuchart, C. (2016). Schulautonomie und die Folgen. In Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (pp. 107–149). Springer VS. Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, A/RES/61/106 (2006). https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities DDA. (2002). Federal Act of 13 December 2002 on the Elimination of Discrimination against People with Disabilities (Disability Discrimination Act, DDA). https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2003/667/en EDK. (2007). Interkantonale Vereinbarung über die Zusammenarbeit im Bereich der Sonderpädagogik vom 25. Oktober 2007—Kommentar zu den einzelnen Bestimmungen. https://edudoc.ch/record/87689?ln=de European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2015). Agency Position on Inclusive Education Systems. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2019). Inclusive School Leadership: Exploring Policies Across Europe (Edda Óskarsdóttir, V. J. Donelly, & M. Tuner-Cmuchal, Eds). Odense Denmark. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Datenaufbereitung und Datenbereinigung in der qualitativen Sozialforschung. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Eds), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (pp. 501–516). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-37985-8_32 Mayring, P., & Fenzl, T. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Eds), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (pp. 633–648). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_42 Rahm, S., & Schroeck, N. (2008). Wer steuert die Schule? Zur Rekonstruktion dilemmatischer Ausgangslagen für Schulleitungshandeln in lernenden Schulen. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Schratz, M. (1998). Neue Rollen und Aufgaben für Schulleitung und Schulaufsicht. In A. Dobart, Schulleitung und Schulaufsicht (pp. 93–116). Studien Verlag. Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. Guilford. UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. UNESCO. United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for sustainable development. United Nations. https://sdgs.un.org/publications/transforming-our-world-2030-agenda-sustainable-development-17981 United Nations. (2022). Concluding observations on the initial report of Switzerland. Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6th edn). SAGE. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper A Policy-Practice Dilemma: School Leaders’ Perceptions of Challenges in Implementing the German Language Support Program in Austria Center for Teacher Education, University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Austria’s educational landscape has seen an increase in linguistic diversity in the past years driven by the increasing number of children with refugee biography (Statistik Austria, 2024). Based on Austria’s official school statistics, about 26% of students spoke a language other than German in their everyday life in the school year 2023/2024 (Statistik Austria, 2024). Research indicates that students who face barriers in the language of instruction experience academic difficulties (Alkatbi Chami, 2024), which in turn contribute to persistent achievement gaps between students with and without a migration biography (OECD, 2023). To address such disparities and ostensibly facilitate the integration of students who lack proficiency in German into the Austrian school system, policymakers introduced a pull-out model of German language support. It was provided in either six weekly hours of German language support courses (GLSCO) or 15-20 hours of German language support classes (GLSC), based on students’ German results from a standardised language screening instrument (Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research [BMBWF], 2019). The implemented program received criticism as it has created a “policy-practice” mismatch stemming from the conflict between the mandated guidelines and school-level realities (Schwab et al., 2024). In this context, school leaders, acting as frontline stakeholders, are responsible for upholding those rigid guidelines while managing the resulting constraints, such as staff and recourse shortages. This paper sheds light on school leaders’ experiences with the language support program and explores the tension they face between the need to comply to governmental mandates and the duty of ensuring educational equity that speaks to the needs of all students. Finally, the paper identifies the necessary reforms that Austrian leaders think needed for the program. Objectives and research questions: The current paper aims at examining and providing insights into the perspectives of school principals on the implementation of German language support program in Austria, namely German language support courses (GLSCO) and German language support classes (GLSC). It addresses the following research questions:
Theoretical framework: The study is grounded in several key conceptual foundations. One fundamental theory is Lipsky's (1980) concept of street-level bureaucracy which explores how frontline workers or street-level bureaucrats, such as school leaders in the context of this paper, navigate the often-broad ministerial guidelines on ground particularly when faced with constraints like limited funding, staffing or other challenges. In essence, they rely on their discretionary decisions and practical judgments to put policies into action at the local level. This street-level concept is situated within the broader literature on policy implementation which distinguishes between two major conceptual approaches: the top down (Pressman & Wildavsky, 1973) and bottom-up approaches (Lipsky, 1980). Within this framework, the regulations mandated by the government (top-down) stand in contrast to the nuanced, micro-level realities, where policies are adapted in accordance with the local circumstances (bottom-up). In the GLSCO/GLSC context, school leaders must interpret strict guidelines across diverse bottom-up realities in different school contexts and dynamics, which in turn creates “complications at lower systematic levels” (Arar et al., 2024). Another key theory in this context is standard language ideology (SLI) and Bourdieu’s (1991) concepts of linguistic capital and symbolic power. These concepts are drawn upon in this paper to illustrate how certain policies confer privilege and priority to the dominant language and social group over others, which can be observed in GLSCO/GLSC where linguistic diversity is treated as a deficit, reinforcing inequalities through segregation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design This paper is part of a multi-perspective project on the German language support program in Austria and uses an online survey for data collection. It employs a mixed-methods approach to capture the experiences of school principals regarding the implementation of German language support program. Participants/ setting A total of 194 school leaders (163 female, 27 male, 4 missing) took part in the study, ranging in age from 28 to 65 years (M = 54.00, SD = 6.54). They also had an average of 29.3 years of professional experience and roughly 9 years of experience as school leaders. Participants were included from schools throughout all nine federal states of Austria, primarily in primary schools (n=148) and middle schools (n=25). Data collection Methods An online questionnaire administered via LimeSurvey, taking approximately 15 minutes to complete was conducted. A set of seven self-developed 4-point Likert scale (e.g., 'We have sufficient spatial resources at our school for the German support classes') items on the implementation of German language support, the availability of resources (personnel and spatial), and the teaching qualifications of the staff for the program were formulated for this purpose. Additionally, school leaders responded to two open-ended questions asking about 1) the specific challenges posed by the ministerial guidelines and 2) the changes they consider necessary to the GLSC/CO. Data analysis approach The quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics, with means (M) and standard deviations (SD) calculated in SPSS. For the analysis of qualitative data, derived from the two open questions in the online questionnaire and comprising text written voluntarily by the school leaders- reflective thematic analysis was applied using an inductive, semantic, and latent approach (Braun & Clarke, 2022). MAXQDA software (VERBI Software, 2021) was used for coding. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative findings showed varying levels of agreement among participants regarding program implementation and resources. A high variation was found in most items, which denotes the diverse implementations between schools and highlights the need for increased school autonomy. In fact, one third of school leaders reported not implementing the program according to ministry guidelines- a way of adapting to the constraints that the implementation of the program imposes. Resources were generally found to be insufficient reinforcing the impracticality of the program in daily school life. Principals also reported the highest agreement for the item on their collaboration with the mainstream teachers, yet the lowest agreement was for the item on the different organisation of the support classes. This gap reinforces the structural limitation of the support classes that forces leaders to maintain a “uniform character” irrespective of the school needs. Analysing the qualitative data derived from the two open-ended questions helped identify five main challenges that school leaders face when implementing language support across different schools. The first set of challenges is inherent to the program itself, which is viewed by leaders as “not practical” and not aligned with the best interests of children. The second relates to everyday school life, where the anticipated class homogeneity is affected due to factors like varying ages and language proficiency of students. The third category relates to limited resources, like staff shortage, large group sizes, and insufficient classrooms. Finally, the program was criticized for neglecting students’ backgrounds and fostering a deficit-oriented mindset that frames programmatic challenges as shortcomings of students and families. Regarding necessary changes, shifting the concept of language support models towards research-guided, inclusive models was prominent. Moreover, participants expressed the need to grant greater autonomy to school leaders, particularly on resource use, class composition, and grade promotion of students attending the program. References Alkatbi Chami, M. (2024). Learning poverty when schools do not teach in children’s home language: A comparative perspective. International Journal of Educational Development, 105, 102975. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102975 Arar, K., Örücü, D., & Gümüş, S. (2024). Educational leadership and policy studies in refugee education: A systematic review of existing research. Educational Review, 76(4), 1032–1056. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2022.2066632 Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power (G. Raymond & M. Adamson, Trans.; J. B. Thompson, Ed.). Polity Press. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung [BMBWF]. (2019). Deutschförderklassen und Deutschförderkurse: Leitfaden für Schulleiterinnen und Schulleiter (2. Auflage). https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:f0e708af-3e17-4bf3-9281-1fe7098a4b23/deutschfoerderklassen.pdf Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications Ltd. Lipsky, M. (1980). Street-level bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the individual in public services. New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 results – Country note: Austria. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/pisa-2022-results-volume-i-and-ii-country-notes_ed6fbcc5-en/austria_69ba01bc-en.html Pressman, J. L., & Wildavsky, A. (1973). Implementation: How great expectations in Washington are dashed in Oakland. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Schwab, S., Resch, K., Gitschthaler, M., Hassani, S., Latzko, D., Peter, A., & Walczuch, S. (2024). From policy to practice: how schools implement German language support policy in Austria. Current Issues in Language Planning, 25(2), 176–192. https://doi.org/10.1080/14664208.2023.2269726 Statistik Austria. (2024). Statistisches Jahrbuch Migration & Integration 2024: Zahlen, Daten, Indikatoren. https://www.statistik.at/fileadmin/user_upload/Migration_und_Integration_2024.pdf |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 02 D: Teacher Collaboration Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Stephanie Lutz Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Advancing Inclusive Teacher Education through Collaborative Problem-Based Learning (PBL) University of Regensburg, Germany Presenting Author:Problem-based learning (PBL) appears an essential approach that is well-suited for teacher education, due to its positive impact on knowledge retention and application, the changes in attitude, and the improvement in diagnostic skills among prospective teachers (Snyder & McWilliam, 1999; Wedel et al., 2022; Yew & Goh, 2016). Originally designed for medical students, PBL empowers student teachers to take responsibility for their own learning by using realistic cases (Barrows, 1996). In the course of developing solutions and strategies for real-life problems independently, student teachers come to understand themselves as active learners. They also develop their research skills, integrate theory and practice, and apply their knowledge to create practical solutions for defined problems (Savery, 2006). The efficacy of this approach is particularly pronounced when student teachers are presented with a complex problem scenario that has multiple adequate solutions (Hmelo-Silver, 2004). The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022) highlights four core values for all teachers and education professionals, especially those working in inclusive education: valuing learner diversity, supporting all learners, working with others and personal professional development. The agency underscores the significance of these values and stresses that attitudes, beliefs, knowledge, understanding, and skills must align with the concepts of inclusion (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2012, 2022). The present article focuses on the application of PBL in the field of inclusive and special education and the integration of the core values into teacher education in Germany and Austria. To this end, realistic portrayals of children and young adults with special educational needs were created that are based on the experiences of experts in special and inclusive education. The portrayals encompass individual risk and protective factors pertinent to the child or young adult, the family, and the environment. In accordance with the model of resilience research, factors that hinder resilience are referred to as risk factors, while factors that facilitate resilience are classified as protective factors (Werner, 2020). As delineated in the Methods section, a number of students in Germany and Austria will be assigned the task of identifying protective and risk factors in relation to the portrayals presented and their environment. The utilization of Zoom facilitates collaboration among student teachers from both countries, enabling the exchange of information concerning the protective and risk factors they will have identified. The objective of the joint seminar sessions is to facilitate the collaboration between teacher students from Germany and Austria in the development of strategies and solutions that support children's learning in the classroom environment. The study seeks to address the following research questions by having student teachers work on the portrayals using PBL: Q1. To what extent are student teachers able to identify protective and risk factors in the given portrayals? Q2. What options and strategies do student teachers come up with to support the child in the classroom? Q3. How do student teachers reflect the collaborative development of solutions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From May to July 2026, student teachers in Germany and Austria will participate in seminars focusing on collaborative work on the said portrayals. These seminars employ a variety of realistic portrayals of children and young adults, including the Case Kim (Lutz & Ehr, 2026), the Case Lucy (Lutz & Durner, 2025) and the Case Robin (Lutz & Eckerlein, 2024). The student teachers' objective is to identify both protective and risk factors and to discuss them among themselves. In order to present the information in a structured manner, it is recommended that student teachers utilize the case-by-case framework for educational assessment (Lutz, 2023). Based on the specifications in the case-by-case framework, student teachers are tasked with the presentation of individual, family, and environmental risk and protective factors. They will develop approaches and strategies to support or encourage the child in the classroom. The case-by-case framework for educational assessment tool enables the evaluation of the identified outcomes. It is hypothesized that the student teachers' findings will reveal as to whether they have adopted a competence-oriented perspective, which identifies protective factors in the child and its environment, or a deficit-oriented perspective that focuses on risk factors. Furthermore, the investigation will ascertain whether student teachers exhibit a greater inclination towards individual-child-related factors or towards family and environmental factors. A reflective process concerning the learning gains of the student teacher is initiated following the completion of each individual portrayal. They will also evaluate their collaboration and rate the exchange among the seminar participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study investigates the impact of collaborative problem-based learning on knowledge retention and application as well as on diagnostic skills of student teachers in Germany and Austria. The collaborative problem-based learning (PBL) approach is designed to augment student teachers' awareness of valuing learner diversity, supporting all learners, and working with others. The student teachers are expected to find numerous solutions for the portrayals in a collaborative manner. Previous research suggests that student teachers ascribe greater importance to individual-child-related factors than to environmental factors. This finding is further corroborated by Gebhardt et al. (2022), who found that the majority of first-year students looked on disability from an individual-medical perspective. Any potential enhancements to the portrayals and the PBL approach to be made in future will be addressed. References Barrows, H. S. (1996). Problem-Based Learning in Medicine and Beyond: A Brief Overview. New Directions for Teaching and Learning(68), 3–12. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2012). Profile for inclusive teachers. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/profile_of_inclusive_teachers_en.pdf European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Profile for inclusive teacher professional learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Profile_for_Inclusive_Teacher_ProfessionalLearning.pdf Gebhardt, M., Schurig, M., Suggate, S., Scheer, D., & Capovilla, D. (2022). Social, systemic, individual-medical or cultural? Questionnaire on the concepts of disability among teacher education students. Frontiers in Education, 6, Article 701987. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.701987 Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-Based Learning: What and How Do Students Learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235-266. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:EDPR.0000034022.16470.f3 Lutz, S. (2023). Case-by-case framework for educational assessment. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.54591 Lutz, S., & Durner, N. (2025). Case Lucy – Case study of a teenager with learning difficulties. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.76503 Lutz, S., & Eckerlein, T. (2024). Case Robin – Case study of a child with learning difficulties. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.58466 Lutz, S., & Ehr, D. (2026). Case Kim – Case study of a teenager caught between behavioral problems and learning difficulties. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.78242 Savery, J. R. (2006). Overview of Problem-based Learning: Definitions and Distinctions. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1002 Snyder, P., & McWilliam, P. J. (1999). Evaluating the Efficacy of Case Method Instruction. Journal of Early Intervention, 22(2), 114–125. https://doi.org/10.1177/105381519902200204 Wedel, A., Müller, C. R., & Greiner, F. (2022). Diagnostic cases in pre-service teacher education: effects of text characteristics and empathy on text-based cognitive models. Educational Psychology, 42(6), 694–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2022.204 04. Inclusive Education
Paper A Three-Year Longitudinal Study on the Effects of Teacher Collaboration on Students’ Academic Competencies and Their Perception of Inclusion 1: University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2: University of Potsdam, Germany Presenting Author:Collaboration among teachers has been internationally recognized as a central factor in promoting inclusive education (e.g., Paulsrud & Nilholm, 2023). More specifically, intensive collaboration is assumed to have the potential to support teaching practices and school development by integrating teachers’ different areas of expertise and fostering professional development, thereby enhancing outcomes for both teachers and students (e.g., Grosche et al., 2020; Pan et al., 2024). Existing evidence suggests that collaboration can indeed positively affect student outcomes, such as their academic achievement or social participation (e.g., Ronfeldt et al., 2015; Spörer et al., 2021). At the same time, unintended and potentially negative effects, such as less peer interaction and more teacher interaction when a second teacher is in the classroom, must also be considered (e.g., Spörer et al., 2021). However, empirical evidence remains limited, particularly regarding longitudinal studies on teacher collaboration outside the classroom and the characteristics of collaboration that most effectively support student outcomes (e.g., Sannen et al., 2021). This study aims to address this research gap by drawing on the theoretical framework of co-constructive collaboration (Grosche et al., 2020; Kluge et al., 2025), a model that is compatible with international concepts of teacher collaboration, such as professional learning communities (Grosche et al., 2020). Co-constructive collaboration (CCC) is defined as “joint, cyclical, intensive, and interdependent processes of negotiation and reflection [among teachers] on innovations and their practical implications” (Grosche et al., 2020, p. 467, translated by the authors). It represents an intensive form of classroom related or extra-curricular collaboration, which encompasses collaborative activities that occur before and after lessons (Kluge et al., 2025; Schnepel et al., 2025). Grounded in this theoretical framework, the present longitudinal study examines whether different dimensions of CCC can improve students’ competencies in math and reading, their perception of inclusion (i.e., their academic self-concept, emotional well-being, and social inclusion; Venetz et al., 2015), as well as their development in these domains from grade six to grade nine. By examining different dimensions of collaboration, the study provides insights into which characteristics of collaboration among teachers are most effective in promoting student outcomes. Furthermore, by integrating academic, emotional, and social outcomes of students, this study provides a comprehensive understanding of the potential role of teacher collaboration in promoting students’ development in inclusive lower secondary schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data for this study was drawn from the research project “Inclusion in and after lower secondary schools” (INSIDE, Gresch et al., 2026). INSIDE is a longitudinal cohort study following two consecutive waves of students in Germany from lower secondary education to the transition into the labor market. For this study, we used the first three time points, collected between 2019–2023 in grade six, seven, and nine. 2,165 students (48 % female) in 164 schools were included in the analyses. A migration background was reported for 30 % of students (2 % missing information). 11 % of students were identified as having special educational needs (SEN). Across the participating schools, data on collaboration were available for at least one of the three time points for a total of 1,485 teachers (85 % general teachers and 15 % special education teachers). Student outcomes were assessed using the competence tests for reading and math from the National Educational Panel Study (NEPS, Stegenwallner-Schütz et al., 2022) as well as the internationally established Perception of Inclusion Questionnaire (PIQ), which measures how students perceive their academic self-concept, emotional well-being, and social inclusion (Venetz et al., 2015). The reliability of the variables was satisfactory in all cases (weighted likelihood estimates reliability in math and reading > 0.70, α > .75 for PIQ scales). CCC was assessed via teacher surveys using two questionnaires developed within the INSIDE project (Kluge et al., 2025). These questionnaires cover four dimensions of CCC: commitment to collaboration (e.g., shared understanding), co-constructive activities (e.g., negotiating shared goals), iterative revision as a specific co-constructive activity, and outcomes of co-constructive activities (e.g., shared responsibilities) (Kluge et al., 2025). All dimensions demonstrated good reliability (α ≥ 0.72). As both questionnaires demonstrated longitudinal measurement invariance and high reliability of the average of all items and time points (≥ 0.88 and ≤ 0.96), scale scores were aggregated across measurement points, providing stable and reliable estimates of different dimensions of CCC over time. To answer the research questions, latent growth models were estimated using Bayesian estimation for each of the five dependent variables, i.e., math and reading competence, academic self-concept, emotional well-being, and social inclusion. Both the intercept and slope were predicted by the CCC scales on the school level as well as by student control variables on the individual level (gender, migration background, and SEN). Missing values were handled via full information maximum likelihood. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Latent growth models showed acceptable to very good fit (BLTI = 0.955–0.999; BRMSEA = 0.031–0.133). For math, results indicated that a more intense iterative revision within CCC is associated with lower initial math competence (βrevision_intercept = -0.05), while a higher commitment to collaboration is associated with an increase in math competence (βcommitment_slope = 0.30). For reading as well as the academic self-concept, none of the different dimensions of collaboration showed a significant effect. For emotional well-being as well as social inclusion, a more intense iterative revision was associated with lower initial emotional well-being (βrevision_intercept = -0.18), whereas a stronger commitment to collaboration is associated with higher initial emotional well-being (βcommitment_intercept = 0.26). Furthermore, both dimensions of CCC also affected the development of social inclusion. While more intense iterative revision is associated with a greater decline of social inclusion over the three time points (βrevision_slope = 0.30), commitment mitigates the decline (βcommitment_slope = -0.42). Overall, collaboration appears to be more strongly associated with emotional and social aspects than with students’ academic and academic related outcomes. Moreover, the results show that not all dimensions of CCC are equally relevant, and that the dimensions that do matter can have both positive and negative effects on student outcomes. While teacher collaboration characterized by a shared understanding of work, and a common instructional approach among teachers (commitment), appears to be particularly important, intensive iterative revision of concepts and methods can have adverse effects on these domains as well as on students’ math competence. These and further findings will be discussed with reference to their implications for teacher collaboration in different educational contexts as well as for international research in this field. Furthermore, methodological (e.g., sample attrition) as well as conceptual limitations (e.g., the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on students’ development) will be discussed. References Gresch, C., Schmitt, M., Grosche, M., Böhme, K., Labsch, A., Külker, L., Nusser, L., Stanat, P., & Roßbach, H.‑G. (2026). Die INSIDE-Studie - Erkenntnisinteresse, Forschungsdesign und Datengrundlage [The INSIDE Study – research interest, research design, and data]. In C. Gresch, M. Schmitt, M. Grosche, K. Böhme, A. Labsch, & L. Külker (Eds.), Edition ZfE: Vol. 19. Inklusion in der Sekundarstufe I in Deutschland. Erfolgsfaktoren und Herausforderungen (pp. 1–33). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-48603-7_1 Grosche, M., Fussangel, K., & Gräsel, C. (2020). Kokonstruktive Kooperation zwischen Lehrkräften: Aktualisierung und Erweiterung der Kokonstruktionstheorie sowie deren Anwendung am Beispiel schulischer Inklusion [Co-constructive Collaboration Between Teachers]. Zeitschrift Für Pädagogik, 66(4), 461–479. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25803 Kluge, J., Korman, B. A., Schledjewski, J., & Grosche, M. (2025). Measuring co-constructive collaboration between general and special education teachers in inclusive schools-development and validation of two short questionnaires. Frontiers in Psychology, 16, 1535727. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2025.1535727 Pan, H.‑L., Lin, Y.‑C., & Chung, C.‑H. (2024). Teacher collaboration, school innovativeness and innovative teaching in Taiwan: Evidence from TALIS. International Journal of Educational Research, 127, 102383. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2024.102383 Paulsrud, D., & Nilholm, C. (2023). Teaching for inclusion – a review of research on the cooperation between regular teachers and special educators in the work with students in need of special support. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(4), 541–555. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1846799 Ronfeldt, M., Farmer, S. O., McQueen, K., & Grissom, J. A. (2015). Teacher Collaboration in Instructional Teams and Student Achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 52(3), 475–514. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831215585562 Sannen, J., Maeyer, S. de, Struyf, E., Schauwer, E. de, & Petry, K. (2021). Connecting teacher collaboration to inclusive practices using a social network approach. Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103182 Schnepel, S., Luger, S., Wehren-Müller, M., & Moser Opitz, E. (2025). The role of teacher attitudes and collaboration for inclusive teaching practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 168, 105240. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105240 Spörer, N., Henke, T., & Bosse, S. (2021). Is there a dark side of co-teaching? A study on the social participation of primary school students and their interactions with teachers and classmates. Learning and Instruction, 71, 101393. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2020.101393 Stegenwallner-Schütz, M., Obry, M., Wittmann, E., Gehrer, K., Nusser, L., & Böhme, K. (2022). INSIDE-Studie. Dokumentation der Skalierung der Kompetenzmessungen in den Bereichen Lesen und Mathematik des ersten Messzeitpunkts in der Jahrgangsstufe 6 (Kohorte 1). https://doi.org/10.5157/LIfBi:WP108:1.0 Venetz, M., Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Eckhart, M., Schwab, S., & Hessels, M. G. P. (2015). The Perception of Inclusion Questionnaire (PIQ). German Version. www.piqinfo.ch. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Addressing Multidisciplinary Collaboration in Teacher Education for Inclusion: Initial Teacher Education Students’ Perspectives 1: University of Kassel, Germany; 2: University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Understandings of inclusive education vary and are situated in specific contexts (Claiborne & Balakrishnan, 2020). Following a comprehensive interpretation, inclusion refers to promoting social justice and an ongoing process (Armstrong et al., 2010). While “the goal has forcefully shifted to inclusive education, (...) there has also been a backlash against this idea(l)” (Powell, 2023, p. xxii). Thus, inclusive education remains contested, especially with regard to the rise of far-right actors across the globe, who delegitimise inclusive education and promote selective school systems (On Education, 2024). As “shifting policy contexts” influence “efforts to advocate for justice- and equity-oriented teacher education” (Cochran-Smith, 2020, p. 49), this is relevant for the increased focus on teacher education for inclusion across Europe (e.g. Epstein, 2025). “Fostering collaboration” (Epstein, 2025, p. 3) is considered a key aspect of teacher education for inclusion. Addressing multidisciplinary collaboration in teacher education is highlighted in the “Profile for Inclusive Teacher Professional Learning”: This refers to “advocacy, collaboration and teamwork are essential approaches for all teachers and other education professionals” (European Agency, 2022, p. 32). This is relevant, as teachers refer to “little attention” (Friend, 2000, p. 132) on this topic in their professional training. In this respect, the study of Zagona et al. (2017, p. 175) indicated “that special educators felt more prepared to collaborate with their colleagues, as compared with general education teachers”. This might also reflect different models in teacher education which encompass a continuum of collaboration (Pugach & Blaton, 2009). Based on a systematic review of international literature on teacher education for inclusion, Buchhaupt et al. (2022) point to a stronger focus on qualification activities on the topic collaboration for general education teacher compared to comprehensive activities for different professionals resp. teacher education programmes. Overall, in contrast to considering multidisciplinary collaboration as a “quick fix” (Nicols et al., 2010, p. 647), complexities of multidisciplinary collaboration – e.g. “in the observed forms of cooperation” in schools (Sonntag, 2025, p. 6) – emphasize the need for addressing this within teacher education for inclusion (Anton et al., 2024). In the recent years, research on multidisciplinary teacher draws attention to the situatedness of multidisciplinary collaboration (Hansen et al., 2020). Referring to Strauss’ concept of negotiated order(ing) (Strauss, 1993), social world/arena theory (Clarke, 1991) and Clarke’s emphasis on the “complexities of ‘situatedness’” (Clarke, 2005, p. xxviii), multidisciplinary collaboration can be conceptualized as situated and negotiated ordering (Arndt, 2022). This implies, for instance, the empirical question what (future) professionals consider as negotiable or non-negotiable in a given situation and which differences are made relevant in the situation. This raises questions concerning the ways multiprofessional collaboration is addressed in teacher education and initial teacher education (ITE) students’ perspective, in particular. Against this backdrop, this paper focusses addressing multidisciplinary collaboration in initial teacher education by presenting results of an ongoing qualitative study on two different approaches within courses on multidisciplinary collaboration in a secondary teacher education programme with the focus on inclusive education at a university in Austria. In the last decade, there has been an increased focus on multidisciplinary collaboration as a topic and as a format within teacher education in German speaking contexts (e.g. Rabenstein & Kunze, 2017). Based on an analysis of different projects for inclusive teacher education in the German context, Buchhaupt et al. (2017) conclude that the overall aim of the different approaches was to create spaces for explicit negotiation as well as for (joint) reflection of roles and responsibilities. In this respect, Köpfer and Lemmer (2020) emphasize the need for further research ITE students’ concepts of professional collaboration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our paper refers to courses on multidisciplinary collaboration within an initial teacher education programme for secondary level with a focus on inclusive education at Bachelor’s level at a university in Austria. Within the teacher education programme for secondary level, ITE students can choose a focus on inclusive education in combination with and equivalent to a teaching subject (e.g. Maths). We focus on two different approaches to address multidisciplinary collaboration within courses on “Networks and Working in Multidisciplinary Teams” drawing on qualitative research methods. The first approach refers to the group discussions of ITE students in the study of Köpfer and Lemmer (2020), in which the ITE students refer to the question on “the ‘perfect’ situation of cooperation” (Köpfer & Lemmer, 2020, p. 93). Following this approach, three group discussion were conducted in the summer term 2022 at the end of the aforementioned course on multidisciplinary collaboration. The group discussion took place without a moderator: To start the discussion, ITE students were ask to describe their understanding of multidisciplinary collaboration in inclusive schools (1) and to imagine a “perfect” situation of collaboration within the classroom (2). Overall, 16 ITE students took part in the group discussion (duration of study: semester 2 to 9). The second approach refers to a cased-based approach in teacher education. Case-based or casuistic approaches are considered as one key approach (also) for teacher education for inclusive education (Fabel-Lamla et al., 2020). The case-based approach referred to casuistic material provided by Lübeck and Demmer (2021) based on qualitative study of paraprofessional assistance in German schools. Following the approach of Lübeck and Demmer (2021) the material was interpreted in groups line by line. This approach uses strategies of reconstructive or interpretative research for joint reflection of school practices (see also Lau et al., 2019). In the summer term 2023 two group interpretation were recorded (overall 11 ITE students, duration of study: semester 3 to 11), in summer term 2024 one (8 ITE students, duration of study: semester 2 to 8). For both, the first and second approach, the audio recordings were transcribed. Our ongoing analysis is based on strategies of Grounded Theory Methodology (Strauss, 1998; Charmaz, 2006) and Situational Analysis (Clarke, 2005; Clarke et al., 2018), especially initial and focused coding, memoing and mapping strategies. Referring to theoretical sampling as an analytical strategy, our analysis encompasses comparing between the two approaches, but also within one approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on their reconstructive analysis of group discussions of students within German initial teacher education programmes (general education), Köpfer and Lemmer (2020, p. 89) indicate ITE students’ ambivalences e.g. concerning anticipated communication conflicts vs. valued various perspectives and concerning (re)producing vs. questioning different responsibilities of general and special teachers. These ambivalences can also be linked to a strong tradition of discrete models of teacher education (Pugach & Blanton, 2009) in Germany. With regard to inclusive education and teacher education in Austria, Buchner and Proyer (2019) conclude with regard to a reform of teacher education following the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (United Nations, 2006) that curricula are still influenced by “disability-oriented tradition”, nevertheless, the reform formed “a remarkable step forward as it tried to dissolve the dual structure of training, with a strict focus on inclusive settings” (Buchner & Proyer, 2019, p. 92). Against this background, we present results based on group discussion of ITE students and in situ-data on group interpretations in a case-based approach. This ‘zooming-in’ (Clarke et al., 2018) in our analysis, allows us to contribute to a situated understanding of ITE students’ perspectives and challenges (or rather ambivalences) and, by thus, to an increased focus on the complexities of multidisciplinary collaboration. Focussing on the situatedness, seems of particular importances in the challenging times in which ensuring inclusive quality education for all (SGD4) faces backlash on the local, European and global level. References Armstrong, D., Armstrong, A. C., & Spandagou, I. (2011). Inclusion: By choice or by chance? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(1), 29-39. Arndt, A.-K. (2022). Situierte Aushandlung und Differenzkonstruktion – Zuwendung zur Komplexität unterrichtsbezogener Kooperation von Regelschullehrkräften und Sonderpädagog*innen in inklusiven Schulen. https://doi.org/10.15488/12524 Buchhaupt, F., Becker, J., Katzenbach, D., Kaufmann, J., Lutz, D., Strecker, A. et al. (2022). Kooperation in der Qualifizierung für inklusive schulische Bildung. In T. Müller, C. Ratz, R. Stein & C. Lüke (Hrsg.), Sonderpädagogik - zwischen Dekategorisierung und Rekategorisierung (S. 279–289). Klinkhardt. Buchner, T. & Proyer, M. (2020). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for schools and teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 83–94. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992 Claiborne, L. & Balakrishnan, V. (2020). Introduction. In L. Claiborne & V. Balakrishnan (Eds.), Moving towards Inclusive Education. (pp. 1–15). Clarke, A. E. (2005). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the postmodern turn. Cochran-Smith, M. (2020). Teacher Education for Justice and Equity: 40 Years of Advocacy. Action in Teacher Education, 42(1), 49–59. Lübeck, A. & Demmer, C. (2021). Zwischen Unterricht und Unterstützung. Fortbildung zur Reflexion von Rollenvorstellungen und Zielsetzungen in der Zusammenarbeit mit Schulbegleitungen. DiMawe - Die Materialwerkstatt. Zeitschrift für Konzepte und Arbeitsmaterialien für Lehrer*innenbildung und Unterricht, 3(3), 17–27. Epstein, M. (2025). Introduction: Teacher Education for Inclusion - Policies and Practices in Europe (TEIPPE). European Journal of Inclusive Education, 4(2), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.7146/ejie.v4i2.161018 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022). Profile for Inclusive Teacher Professional Learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. Friend, M. (2000). Myths and Misunderstandings About Professional Collaboration. Remedial and Special Education, 21(3), 130–160. Köpfer, A. & Lemmer, K. (2020). Die "perfekte" Kooperationssituation: Rekonstruktionen ambivalenter Kooperationsvorstellungen angehender Lehrkräfte im Kontext schulischer Inklusion entlang von Norm und Expert. Herausforderung Lehrer_innenbildung 3(1), 80–93. https://doi.org/10.4119/hlz-2485 Nichols, J., Dowdy, A., & Nichols, C. (2010). Co-Teaching: An Educational Promise for Children with Disabilities or a Quick Fix to Meet the Mandates of No Child Left Behind? Education, 130(4), 647–651 Powell, J. J. W. (2023). Forword. In B. Amrhein & S. Naraian (Eds.), Reading inclusion divergently. Articulations from around the world (pp. xxi–xxiii). Pugach, M. and Blanton, L. (2009) A framework for conducting research on collaborative teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25 (4), 575-582 Sonntag, M. (2025). Professionelle Kooperation in inklusiven Schulen. Multiprofessionelle und interdisziplinäre Teams in der österreichischen Sekundarstufe. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 05 SES 02 A: Gender and Behaviour Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ann-Cathrin Faldet Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Teachers’ Perspectives on Acting-Out Girls in School: Professional Understandings, Challenges, and Relational Practices University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:This paper presents a new phase in a longitudinal research project that originally investigated the life experiences of girls who committed physical violence during adolescence. The first phase (Faldet, 2013) involved in-depth interviews with 13 girls aged 13 to 18 who had committed violence against peers and teachers. Ten years later, eight of the same women were re-interviewed (Faldet & Skrefsrud, 2026, in press), focusing on how they now understand their past—particularly how school functioned as a supportive or exclusionary arena, shaping their self-understanding and life trajectories. Building on insights from this study, the current phase shifts attention to schools by exploring how teachers experience and respond to girls who display disruptive, acting-out, or aggressive behaviours. Research on youth violence and behavioural problems has largely centred on boys, while girls who engage in externalising behaviours often fall outside dominant explanatory frameworks (Chesney-Lind & Irwin, 2008; Arnell, 2017). These behaviours tend to contradict expectations of femininity and are often interpreted as deviant, unstable, or problematic (Henriksen, 2021; Natland, 2007), contributing to a relative invisibility of acting-out girls in institutional responses and policy frameworks (Henriksen, 2021; Larsson et al., 2024). Despite complex life situations and accumulated vulnerabilities, these girls are not always recognised as students in need of contextualised support. Instead, they risk being met with disciplinary sanctions or individualising and pathologising explanations, where behaviour is understood as personal deficit rather than as situated within social and institutional contexts (Henriksen & Bengtsson, 2018). Such framings may obscure young people’s perspectives and limit their recognition as agents in their own educational trajectories (Bunting & Moshuus, 2017; Faldet, 2013). This paper argues for the need to understand how teachers make sense of these students—both through professional discourse and daily interaction. The aim of the study is twofold:
The research questions guiding the study are:
The project draws on educational sociology, sociocultural theory, and research on teacher professionalism. Sociocultural perspectives (Rogoff, 2003; Vygotsky, 1978) emphasise how teachers’ interpretations and actions are embedded in institutional and relational contexts. The concept of symbolic violence (Bourdieu, 1990) helps illuminate how schools may reproduce exclusionary norms through seemingly neutral practices. Girls who challenge dominant expectations risk marginalisation not only due to their actions, but also because of how those actions are interpreted within institutional logics. In this context, it is relevant to highlight the insights of Bunting and Moshuus (2017), who argue that school dropout cannot be reduced to either individual vulnerability or systemic failure. Rather, disengagement emerges from the interplay between young people’s experiences and broader structures. This view is transferable to the current study: teachers’ understandings of girls with acting-out behaviour must be situated within frameworks that account for both student agency and structural constraint. Together, these perspectives support analysis of how teachers navigate tensions between professional judgment, relational ethics, and institutional expectations when working with students who challenge behavioural norms. In doing so, the paper seeks to expand the discourse on inclusive education by placing teacher subjectivity, institutional constraint, and normative assumptions at the centre. It invites discussion on the emotional and ethical labour involved in supporting students whose behaviour disrupts both cultural expectations and professional routines. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is qualitative and exploratory in nature. Data is being collected during spring 2026 through semi-structured interviews with teachers in lower and upper secondary schools across Norway. Participants are recruited through purposive sampling, targeting teachers with documented experience working with girls who show acting-out behaviours in classroom or peer settings. The interviews focus on specific narratives: teachers are invited to recall concrete situations involving girls with challenging behaviour, describe their understanding of the students' actions, reflect on their own responses and strategies, and discuss any dilemmas they experienced. The interviews also include questions about collaboration with colleagues, the role of leadership, and the impact of policy frameworks (e.g., behaviour regulations, inclusive education mandates). The interview approach is informed by narrative methodology, which emphasises how people make sense of experience through storytelling and how these narratives are shaped by broader social and institutional contexts (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). Data is being analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), combining inductive coding with sensitising concepts from the theoretical framework. In the analysis, we pay particular attention to how teachers position themselves in relation to professional norms and institutional expectations, and how they navigate tensions between disciplinary demands and inclusive aims. Ethical approval has been obtained from SIKT – Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research, and all participants will provide informed consent. The anonymity of teachers, schools, and students is rigorously protected. Interview data from the new phase is also being interpreted in light of findings from the earlier longitudinal study, providing a layered understanding of the school as both a site of harm and potential support. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While data collection and analysis are scheduled for spring 2026, we expect the study to generate important insights into how teachers understand and respond to girls who display externalising or disruptive behaviours in school settings. Drawing on earlier phases of the project, we hypothesise that many teachers experience a sense of ambivalence: on the one hand, they recognise the need for relational support, emotional attunement, and contextual understanding; on the other hand, institutional logics, time constraints, limited resources, and normative gender expectations may hinder efforts to enact inclusive and differentiated responses. We anticipate identifying multiple and sometimes conflicting discourses around responsibility, professionalism, and behavioural norms. For example, some teachers may frame girls who act out as vulnerable individuals requiring care, while others may interpret their behaviour primarily as disruptive or manipulative, thus legitimising disciplinary responses. These framings are not simply neutral; they shape how teachers relate to students, what kinds of support are considered appropriate, and how inclusion is imagined and enacted in everyday schooling. Furthermore, we expect to see variation in how institutional cultures and leadership practices either support or constrain teachers’ capacity to respond flexibly to challenging behaviour. Some school environments may enable relational practices and collegial reflection, while others reinforce rigid norms or prioritise measurable outcomes and classroom control. By examining these tensions, the study seeks to highlight both the structural pressures and the ethical labour embedded in professional decision-making. Ultimately, the study aims to contribute to a more nuanced understanding of how marginalisation is reproduced—or resisted—within the ordinary practices of schooling. It also seeks to inform professional development efforts by illuminating how teachers navigate the emotional, relational, and institutional complexities of working with students whose behaviour does not conform to dominant norms. References Arnell, L. (2017). Flickor som bråkar: Makt, normer och delaktighet i den moderna skolan. Gothenburg Studies in Sociology. Bunting, M., & Moshuus, G. H. (2017). Young peoples’ own stories about dropping out in Norway: An indirect qualitative approach. Acta Didactica, 11(2), 1–20. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford University Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022 sigrun.sonsthagen@inn.no). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Chesney-Lind, M., & Irwin, K. (2008). Beyond bad girls: Gender, violence, and hype. Routledge. Faldet, A.-C. (2013). Jenter som utøver vold: En empirisk studie av jenters erfaringer med gjengaktivitet, familie og skolegang [Doktorgradsavhandling], Universitetet i Oslo. Faldet, A-C, & Skrefsrud, T-A (2026, in press). Hvordan jenter som utøvde vold i ungdomsårene ser tilbake på skole- og livserfaringer: en longitudinell studie. [How girls who committed violence in their youth look back on their school and life experiences: a longitudinal study]. Cappelen Damm Henriksen, A.-K., & Bengtsson, T. T. (2018). Trivializing violence: Marginalized youth narrating everyday violence. Theoretical Criminology, 22(1), 99–115. Henriksen, A. K. (2021). What about last time?: Exploring potentiality in Danish young women's violent conflicts. Conflict and Society, 7(1), 160–174. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Interview: Det kvalitative forskningsinterview som håndværk. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Larsson, A. K., Arnell, L., & Moberg Stephenson, M. (2025). Breaking Norms: Depictions of Violent Girls in Swedish Newspapers. Deviant behavior, 46(5), 627-638. Natland, S. (2007): Volden, horen og vennskapet. En kulturanalytisk studie av unge jenter som utøvere av vold. Avhandling seksjon for kulturvitenskap Institutt for kulturstudier og kunsthistorie, Universitetet i Bergen Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford university press. Vygotsky, L.S., 1978. Mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Negotiating Extracurricular Practices Under Threat: Gender, Violence, and Leisure Among Girls in Southern Brazil 1: Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; 2: Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; 3: Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil Presenting Author:In Brazil, the 1988 Federal Constitution recognises leisure as a social right; however, its implementation remains marked by structural inequalities and weak institutionalisation within public policies (Silveira, et al, 2022). Although legally guaranteed, access to and enjoyment of leisure are shaped by markers such as gender, race, class, generation, and disability, producing unequal conditions and widening disparities among social groups (Pereira, 2019). For women, these inequalities are exacerbated by the burden of domestic labour and by feelings of insecurity in public spaces (Bonalume e Isayama (2018). From an early age, girls are socialised under restrictions on mobility and heightened bodily surveillance, constraints that intensify in territories with high rates of gender-based violence (Rodriguez e Martinez, 2024). Brazilian studies indicate that 98% of women feel afraid when going out at night, and the majority have experienced some form of aggression. Violence, therefore, operates as a structural element that inhibits women’s leisure (Galvão 2025). . In such contexts, fear and the constant threat of violence reorganise the ways in which cities are used, constraining mobility, schedules, and opportunities for social interaction. Although leisure, as a social right, is not the formal justification for extending children’s time in school, activities such as sports, dance, and artistic expression are among the most common in Brazilian school-based extracurricular programmes. Conceived as cultural practices that enable the enjoyment and experience of leisure, these activities are promoted by public policies such as “Segundo Tempo”, “Mais Educação” and, more recently, the “Escola em Tempo Integral” programme, which are primarily directed towards peripheral areas and contexts of social vulnerability. Positioned at the intersection of: 1) leisure practices offered in public schools; 2) urban peripheries; and 3) territories with high incidence of gender-based violence, this research seeks to understand how girls in a southern Brazilian city negotiate their access to leisure within extracurricular school activities. The empirical material produced in schools revealed how gendered pedagogies regulate the presence and bodies of girls in leisure activities. The episodes narrated by participants illuminate how gender norms and mechanisms of surveillance are internalised by pupils living in territories marked by violence. For these girls, the visibility of the female body is associated with the risk of violence, which ultimately places the responsibility for their own safety upon them. In interviews and focus groups, the students reported that certain types of clothing were considered inappropriate because they could provoke gazes, comments, or harassment—not only from male peers but also from teachers. Even in the absence of boys, the mere presence of male figures or the proximity to spaces connected to the external environment of the school produced discomfort. This reveals a gendered pedagogy that teaches girls self-censorship and self-control as forms of protection. Any failure to attend to such precautions is perceived by them as behaviour that could result in the victim being held responsible for the violence experienced. This logic of blame is also reflected in their strategies for navigating the territory: although they state that they are not afraid to walk alone, they avoid dark or poorly frequented places, demonstrating the naturalisation of self-protection practices. Girls learn, from an early age, to interpret risks and to self-regulate through their clothing choices, routes, and the times at which they circulate. In this process, violence ceases to be an occasional event and becomes a permanent mechanism for regulating conduct, limiting girls’ access to leisure both in school and in other public spaces (Silva, Meyer, Riegel, 2021). Gendered pedagogies thus produce inequalities by attributing to girls the responsibility for their own safety, while boys’ behaviour remains largely unexamined.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical framework of this research is grounded in feminist theorisation, which understands gender as an organiser of social and cultural life. Gender is conceived as a social and historical construction that assigns meanings to bodily differences, regulating how subjects are expected to be and behave (Meyer & Silva, 2020). As Guacira Louro (2018) argues, gender identities are constituted through social relations and shaped by the power networks operating within a given society. Methodologically, the study draws on violence maps from Porto Alegre/RS (southern Brazil), which identify areas with high rates of domestic violence and the schools located in their vicinity. Empirical material was collected in two different schools: one situated in the eastern zone (School A) and the other in the north-eastern zone (School B) of Porto Alegre, both sharing similar socio-economic contexts. Between 30 October and 22 November 2023, observations were carried out with girls participating in after-school futsal activities at School A, between 6 p.m. and 7 p.m., comprising students aged nine to fifteen. This period resulted in the production of a Field Diary, which informed the development of semi-structured interviews, although the pupils were somewhat reticent during the interview process. To deepen the investigation, a focus group was later conducted at School B with approximately twenty Year 7 girls, aged eleven to fourteen. Data analysis followed the thematic approach proposed by Braun and Clarke (2006), which involves familiarisation with the data, initial coding, theme development, revision and refinement, and the production of the final report. The research critically examines the findings in order to assess their relevance to the central research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In contexts marked by gender-based violence, school environments are likewise shaped by dynamics of surveillance and control. For many girls, access to leisure and sports activities at school is conditioned by a continual need for safety, in which the threat of violence and the fear of judgement influence their choices and behaviours. From an early age, they learn strategies to protect themselves, such as avoiding isolated locations, creating support networks with friends, and adapting their clothing to reduce exposure. The research shows that leisure within schools is not a neutral space but a site where gender norms regulate and restrict girls’ experiences. Even in sports and cultural activities, girls often feel compelled to self-monitor and adjust their actions to conform to social expectations. This system subtly places responsibility for safety on their bodies, reinforcing unequal power relations. Although these strategies can function as forms of resistance, they also reveal how structural gender inequalities continue to shape everyday school life. Given this scenario, schools must do more than simply increase access to leisure and sports. They must actively work to create safe, inclusive environments. Implementing policies that promote gender equality and respect for diversity is essential, as is providing continuous professional development on gender issues, consent, and human rights. Schools should also establish spaces for dialogue and listening—such as discussion groups or mentoring programmes—where girls can share their experiences without fear of reprisal. Furthermore, promoting shared responsibility is crucial. Boys must be included in efforts to build respectful and secure school environments. Activities that encourage collaboration, empathy, and equal opportunities can help challenge discriminatory norms and reduce gender inequalities. By assuming a proactive role, schools can ensure that girls are able to participate fully in leisure and learning, free from fear and with equal opportunities to flourish. References Bonalume, C. R., & Isayama, H. F. (2018). As mulheres na pesquisa sobre o lazer do brasileiro. Revista Brasileira de Estudos do Lazer, 5(1), 3–24. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Galvão, Agência Patrícia. (2025). 9 em cada 10 mulheres já sofreram alguma violência quando se deslocavam à noite para lazer. https://dossies.agenciapatriciagalvao.org.br/violencia-em-dados/9-em-cada-10-mulheres-ja-sofreram-alguma-violencia-quando-se-deslocavam-a-noite-para-lazer/ Louro, G. L. (2018). Pedagogias da sexualidade. In G. L. Louro (Org.), O corpo educado: Pedagogias da sexualidade (pp. 7–34). Autêntica. McIlwaine, C., Krenzinger, M., Ansari, M. R., & Silva, E. S. da. (2021). Negotiating women’s right to the city: Gender-based and infrastructural violence. Revista de Direito da Cidade, 13(3). https://www.e-publicacoes.uerj.br/rdc/article/view/57564 Meyer, D. E., & Silva, A. L. dos S. (2020). Gênero, cultura e lazer: Potências e desafios dessa articulação. Licere, 23(2), 480–502. Pereira, J. B. B. (2019). A influência do gênero no lazer: Ideologia e práticas (Dissertação de mestrado). Universidade Federal de Uberlândia. Silva, A. L. dos S., Meyer, D. E., & Riegel, R. P. (2021). Gender, women, crime, and violence: Relationships and tensions. Revista Educação em Questão, 59(59). Silveira, R. da, et al. (2022). Women’s leading role in the political struggle for leisure: An ethnographic study in Porto Alegre, Brazil. Leisure Studies, 433–446. https://doi.org/10.1080/02614367.2022.2068383 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Disengaged Boys Challenging Educators Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This study is a case study of Finnish boys’ group (N=8) whose members were identified as having an exceptionally high level of challenges in life management and schooling. The challenges manifested themselves in substance abuse, harassment, and violence. During basic education these boys participated in a number of interventions at the individual level, but these did not have any impact on the functioning of the boys' group as a collective. Such young people are not a phenomenon limited to Finland; comparable profiles of at-risk-youth exhibiting similar patterns of disengagement in schools have been reported in studies from various international contexts (e.g., Galassi et al.,1997; Chen & He, 2024; Luthar & Ansary, 2005).
The theoretical framework for the study is built on William Damon's (2008) definition of purpose in life. Purpose is understood as a key component of a positive youth development and consists of three dimensions: (1) purpose is a goal that makes one’s life meaningful; (2) purpose is pursued with perseverance; and (3) purpose contributes to society (Damon et al., 2003; Damon, 2008). We argue that the participants of this study can be identified as disengaged or non-purposeful (Damon, 2008) young men at least at the time of their basic education (Viljanen & Kuusisto, 2024a).
This paper aims to study how do these young men understand and interpret the development of their life purposes five years after the basic education. Previous research in Finland has examined the purpose formation processes only within predominantly female samples (Viljanen & Kuusisto, 2024b).
Education and teachers have a role in youth development since adolescents spend a large part of their waking hours at school. Moreover, such rebellious and disengaged young people tend to pose the greatest pedagogical challenges and contribute most significantly to teachers’ workload and strain (e.g., Cohen-Azaria, 2025; Velez et al., 2020).
This study contributes knowledge of young males’ purpose processes and reflections on their school years, the support they got, what kind of caring and support they would have needed and how (or whether) did they find their purpose in life. The presentation further describes the structure and content of the four‑week intervention and examines how the participating boys reflected on its perceived effects later in life. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The boys participated in the study of three phases: 1) purpose driven group intervention at school in 2020, 2) group interview after basic education in 2022 and 3) personal interviews in 2025. This study contributes knowledge these boys reveal as young adults (in 2025) when they are interviewed about their school years, support, and intervention they got, by answering the following research questions: 1) How do the boys perceive their school years? 2) How (or whether) did they find their purpose in life? 3) What kind of caring and support boys would have needed from educators? The qualitative data, i.e. personal interviews in 2025, is analyzed by content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008) with MAXQDA program. Interviews that lasted approximately 40 minutes (min 28, max 55 minutes) were conducted in cafes which the young adults chose. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1) Perceptions of the school years The boys recognize that being part of the group had exposed them to abuse during their basic education. However, during the first COVID-19 -year, some of them had broken away from the gang and later for two boys a new school, namely the vocational school, had enabled them to make a fresh start. It was important for them to find a profession in which they could earn money. 2) Finding life purpose Alongside their lack of commitment, they have developed self-centered goals, which could also develop into life purposes that would be more considerate of others and society. Results also indicate that group-based support activities have the potential to coexist with the change in life trajectories of gang members. 3) Caring and support needed from educators Even a relatively brief, four week intervention oriented towards prosocial goals may constitute a substantial catalyst for long term developmental trajectories. In addition, the boys emphasized the importance of positive role models, access to purposeful work, and the use of tangible, constructive actions – rather than ineffectual threats or warnings – as meaningful influences in shaping their lives. The paper presentation provides a practical, take-home description of the intervention used in the study. References Cohen-Azaria, Y. (2025). Crossing boundaries: primary school homeroom teachers’ serious misbehaviour experiences and their impact. Educational Studies, 1–16. https://doi-org.libproxy.tuni.fi/10.1080/03055698.2025.2479766 Damon, W. (2008). The path to purpose. How young people find their calling in life. Free Press. Damon, W., Menon, J., & Bronk, K. C. (2003). The development of purpose during adolescence. Applied Developmental Science, 7(3), 119–128. Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Galassi, J. P., Gulledge, S. A., & Cox, N. D. (1997). Middle School Advisories: Retrospect and Prospect. Review of Educational Research, 67(3), 301–338. https://doi.org/10.2307/1170567 Luthar, S. S., & Ansary, N. S. (2005). Dimensions of adolescent rebellion: risks for academic failure among high- and low-income youth. Development and psychopathology, 17(1), 231–250. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954579405050121 Chen, M. & He, J. (2024) The issue of education for adolescents in the rebellious phase”, The Young Thinkers’ Review, 4 27–32, https://doi.org/10.62852/ytr/2024/75 Velez, G., Hahn, M., Recchia, H., & Wainryb, C. (2020). Rethinking Responses to Youth Rebellion: Recent Growth and Development of Restorative Practices in Schools. Current Opinion in Psychology, 35, 36–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2020.02.011 Viljanen, M., & Kuusisto, E. (2024a). Life purposes of Finnish adolescents. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2024.2394394 Viljanen, M., & Kuusisto, E. (2024b). Purpose development among Finnish adolescents. Journal of Moral Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057240.2024.2391038 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 05 SES 02 B: Interprofessionality Location: D12 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Kathleen Bodvin Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Bridging Education and Youth Care: What Makes Collaboration Work in Complex Student Trajectories? Karel de Grote University College, Belgium Presenting Author:Schools increasingly work with pupils whose learning and participation are affected by complex and intertwined needs. In such cases, adequate support often depends on a network of actors spanning education and youth care services. This need is particularly salient for children and young people in vulnerable situations, where challenges are often situated beyond the school context (Bodden & Deković, 2016; De Graaf, 2010). Coordination across education and youth care is therefore crucial (Mertens et al., 2020), yet collaboration across sectors does not happen “by default”: practitioners describe recurrent frictions when multiple organisations, roles, and accountability regimes intersect (Geveke et al., 2023). This study examines which added value, barriers, and needs actors experience when building a support network around a pupil with complex support needs, and what is required to facilitate collaboration in such networks. The project is grounded in a two-step knowledge-building approach. First, we synthesised international research on interprofessional/interdisciplinary collaboration in school(-related) contexts, mapping recurring conditions and factors that shape collaboration. Second, we translated and tested this framework in the Flemish context through qualitative interviews with actors from both education and youth care, focusing on collaboration in concrete complex cases. Conceptually, we draw on Bronstein’s (2003) model of interdisciplinary collaboration, foregrounding interdependence, flexibility, collective ownership, newly created professional activities, and reflection on process. This framing helps to view collaboration knowledge as situated and contingent—produced within specific organisational, legal, and resource conditions—while still aiming to articulate transferable collaboration conditions that can inform preventive action. Across interviews, participants consistently positioned communication as both the most critical success condition and a recurring bottleneck: collaboration requires communication that is timely and purposeful, while also explicitly addressing collaboration as a process (alignment, consultation, reflection), not only case content. Such communication is complicated by the tensions around information-sharing and confidentiality that often accompany cross-sector work (Geveke et al., 2023). In addition, actors stressed the importance of “being on the same wavelength” through a shared goal and clear task division early on, with continued alignment during the trajectory—elements that resonate with the emphasis on collective ownership and process reflection in Bronstein’s model (Bronstein, 2003). Finally, collaboration is shaped by structural conditions such as time scarcity and limited resources, which constrain feasibility and continuity—dynamics also noted in broader accounts of cross-sector collaboration (Anderson-Butcher & Ashton, 2004). For ECER 2026’s theme Knowing and Acting, the paper contributes to understanding how collaboration knowledge is produced “in the field” under changing conditions and how it can be mobilised into preventive initiatives. Building on the project’s mapping of preventive practices from youth care with potential transferability to educational contexts, we propose a dialogue between collaboration conditions (what must be in place) and preventive initiatives (what can be organised upstream). In the paper session, we invite participants to assess preventive initiatives against the identified conditions: which conditions are meaningfully realised, where vulnerabilities remain, and what this implies for expected impact and implementation across contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study consists of two connected phases. Phase 1: International literature review and framework synthesis. We conducted a focused, in-depth review on interprofessional/interdisciplinary collaboration across education and youth care/social work-related school contexts. Search strings were formulated based on the research questions and entered into the Discovery database, including: Interprofessional collaboration (in schools OR education OR social work) and Interdisciplinary collaboration (in schools OR education OR social work). We combined database searches with backward snowball sampling (reference tracking) and forward snowball sampling via Google Scholar. Relevant sources were read in full and excluded if they did not substantively address the focal cross-sector collaboration. The output of phase 1 is a synthesis of recurring themes, conditions, and factors used in the literature to describe interprofessional collaboration, aligned with established conceptualisations of collaboration in child- and school-serving systems (Anderson-Butcher & Ashton, 2004) and used to inform the empirical phase. Phase 2: Qualitative interviews and thematic analysis in the Flemish context. We conducted semi-structured in-depth interviews to map collaboration conditions across sectors, exploring perceived added value, barriers, and needs within concrete complex cases. The sample comprised 24 respondents: 10 actors from education and 14 from youth care. Interviews were transcribed and analysed thematically in NVivo, using an initial coding structure derived from phase 1 themes. Throughout analysis, Bronstein’s (2003) model served as a sensitising framework to interpret how actors described interdependence, role negotiation, process reflection, and collective ownership across organisational boundaries. In addition, we incorporated practitioner feedback from a cross-sector network meeting that emphasised the importance of proactive (preventive) work, bridge-building between youth care and education, and creating more informal moments of contact and exchange. These insights were used to sharpen the paper’s focus on preventive initiatives and their alignment with collaboration conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that inter-sector collaboration around pupils with complex support needs is shaped by a tight interplay between relational, procedural, and structural conditions. First, actors describe a clear need for communication that is not only timely and effective but also explicitly addresses collaboration as a process: alignment, consultation moments, and reflection throughout the trajectory. This aligns with the importance of process reflection and newly created collaborative activities in interdisciplinary work (Bronstein, 2003). Communication becomes fragile when feedback loops fail or when confidentiality and information-sharing tensions generate uncertainty about what may be shared—barriers that have also been reported in studies of education–youth care collaboration (Geveke et al., 2023). Second, collaboration is strengthened when actors develop a shared goal and task division early on and keep revisiting that shared direction. Such practices reflect the need for collective ownership and negotiated interdependence in collaborative models (Bronstein, 2003). Lack of role clarity and limited knowledge of each other’s systems and processes generate unrealistic expectations, duplication, and inefficiency—well-known frictions in cross-sector service delivery (Anderson-Butcher & Ashton, 2004). Third, structural constraints—especially time scarcity, overburdening, and limited resources—place a ceiling on what even highly motivated professionals can sustain. These constraints resonate with broader literature on the organisational conditions shaping collaboration across child- and school-serving systems (Anderson-Butcher & Ashton, 2004). References Anderson-Butcher, D., & Ashton, D. (2004). Innovative models of collaboration to serve children, youths, families, and communities. Children & Schools, 26(1), 39–53. Bodden, D. H. M., & Deković, M. (2016). Multiproblem families referred to youth mental health: What’s in a name? Family Process, 55(1), 31–47. Bronstein, L. R. (2003). A model for interdisciplinary collaboration. Social Work, 48(3), 297–306. De Graaf, M. (2010). Effectief werken met multiprobleemgezinnen. In B. P. Uitenbogaard (Ed.), Werken met multiprobleemhuishoudens (pp. 59–66). Thieme Meulenhof. Geveke, C., van Veen-Schleurholts, H., & Steenbeek, H. (2023). Succesfactoren en knelpunten in de samenwerking tussen onderwijs en jeugdhulp in de klas. Orthopedagogiek: Onderzoek en Praktijk, 62(2), 88–100. Mertens, C., Seghers, M., De Maegd, K., & Van Kerckhove, C. (2020). Kan onderwijs zonder welzijn? En vice versa? Mammoet. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Well-being at Work in Hospital School Education: Job Demands and Resource Factors in a Significant Interprofessional Support Context University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Topic and Relevance Teachers’ well-being at work has received increasing attention in European educational research due to rising workloads, emotional strain, and changing professional demands (Lerkkanen et al., 2020; Brady et al., 2023). While teacher's well-being has been widely studied in mainstream and special education, hospital school education remains a relatively under-researched context, despite its highly demanding nature. Hospital teachers work with pupils who are patients in specialized medical care and operate at the intersection of education, healthcare, and social services (Ruutu, 2019; Äärelä et al., 2016). Across Europe hospital education aims to ensure pupils’ right to education during illness and support continuity of schooling. However, hospital teachers face specific challenges related to emotional load, fragmented work structures, multidisciplinary collaboration, and ethical responsibility for vulnerable students (Tilus, 2018; Benigno & Fante, 2020). Understanding how these demands and available resources shape teachers’ well-being is essential for promoting sustainable working conditions in inclusive and multidisciplinary educational settings. Research Questions This paper addresses the following research questions:
The focus is on identifying both strain-inducing factors and resources that strengthen coping, motivation, and professional sustainability. Theoretical Framework The study is theoretically grounded in the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) model (Demerouti et al., 2001; Bakker & Demerouti, 2007), which conceptualizes well-being at work as a dynamic interaction between job demands and job resources. Job demands include emotional, cognitive, and organizational aspects of work that require sustained effort and may lead to stress and burnout, while job resources are personal, social, or structural factors that support coping, motivation, and work engagement. In addition, the study draws on eudaimonic perspectives on well-being, which emphasize purpose, meaningfulness, and personal growth in work (Ryan & Deci, 2001). A sense of self-efficacy supports professional identity and increases the meaningfulness of work (Rosso, 2010; Steger, 2012). It is also one of the key factors in reducing teachers’ work-related strain and enhancing work engagement (Lerkkanen, 2020). The framework is further informed by research on teacher burnout and work engagement, particularly in special education and emotionally demanding contexts (Maslach et al., 2001; Cancio et al., 2018; Lerkkanen et al., 2020). Concepts such as emotional load, ethical stress, professional self-esteem, and recovery from stress are used to interpret hospital teachers’ experiences. Aim and Contribution The aim of the paper is to examine hospital teachers’ well-being at work by analyzing the job demands and resource factors at work. Based on qualitative interview data and open-ended survey responses, the paper provides an empirically grounded description of the emotional, structural, and personal demands of hospital education, as well as the resource factors that support well-being, such as meaningfulness of work, social and professional support, leadership, and opportunities for recovery. Focusing specifically on hospital teachers, a professional group that has been largely under-researched, this study offers new insights into a unique educational context where teaching intersects with healthcare and social services. The paper contributes to European educational research by shedding light on a demanding but under-researched education context and by applying internationally recognized theoretical frameworks to hospital education. The findings offer insights that are relevant for researchers, practitioners, and policymakers concerned with teacher well-being, inclusive education, and sustainable professional practices in multidisciplinary educational environments across Europe, highlighting strategies to support teacher engagement and resilience in highly specialized and emotionally demanding work contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design to examine hospital teachers’ well-being at work in a demanding multidisciplinary educational context. The data consists of thematic interview material (N=9) and open-ended responses from a national survey (N=154), enabling an in-depth and comprehensive exploration of hospital teachers’ experiences. The interview data comprise semi-structured thematic interviews conducted with hospital teachers working in hospital education units in different parts of Finland. A discretionary sampling strategy was used to recruit participants with experience of hospital education in diverse institutional and regional contexts (Puusa, 2020). The interviews focused on teachers’ experiences of job demands, resource factors, well-being at work, and coping in everyday work situations. The interviews lasted approximately 45 minutes, were audio-recorded with participants’ consent, transcribed verbatim, and pseudonymized to ensure confidentiality. The second data set consists of open-ended responses from a survey conducted as part of a broader research project on the well-being of hospital education staff. The survey was distributed to hospital education units nationwide and completed voluntarily during staff meetings. Among special education teachers and special class teachers, the survey achieved a response rate of 94% (N = 193), indicating exceptionally strong coverage of the target population. When hourly‑paid teachers were also counted, the overall response rate for all teaching staff was 91% (N = 200). The open-ended questions invited participants to describe factors that burden or support their well-being at work. The survey data complement the interview material by providing broader coverage of shared experiences across hospital education units. The data were analyzed using thematic text analysis following Kuckartz’s (2014) seven-step model. This method is particularly suitable for studies that combine theory-driven and data-driven analysis. The analysis was guided by the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) model (Demerouti et al., 2001; Bakker & Demerouti, 2007), which provided the initial analytical framework for identifying main categories of job demands and job resources. Subcategories were developed inductively from the data. The analysis proceeded in stages: first, the interview data were analyzed to form preliminary categories; second, the survey data were used to deepen and validate these categories. This iterative process strengthened the analytical rigor and credibility of the findings. Ethical principles for research involving human participants were followed throughout the study (TENK, 2019), including informed consent, confidentiality, and responsible data handling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study highlights that hospital teachers’ well-being at work is shaped by a continuous interaction between high job demands and available job resources, in line with the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). The findings indicate that hospital education is characterized by substantial emotional load, arising from encounters with pupils’ serious illnesses, psychological symptoms, crisis situations, and threatening or challenging behavior. In addition, structural and organizational demands, such as fragmented work routines, unpredictable daily schedules, inadequate facilities, and intensive documentation and cooperation requirements, increase strain and reduce opportunities for recovery. Simultaneously, the study identifies several resource factors that support hospital teachers’ well-being and professional sustainability. Experiences of meaningfulness of work emerged as a central resource, particularly when teachers perceived that their actions contributed to pupils’ well-being, learning, and sense of security during critical life situations (Rosso et al., 2010; Steger et al., 2012). Professional competence and autonomy, along with opportunities to use pedagogical expertise flexibly in multidisciplinary contexts, strengthened teachers’ sense of efficacy and engagement. Social and professional support played a key role in buffering the effects of high demands. Functional work communities, trust-based leadership, and effective multidisciplinary collaboration supported coping and reduced feelings of isolation. Structural resources, such as appropriate facilities, access to work supervision, and opportunities for recovery, were identified as essential for maintaining well-being in emotionally demanding work (Hintsa, 2019). Overall, the findings suggest that supporting hospital teachers’ well-being requires a holistic approach that combines organizational, social, and individual-level measures. Strengthening job resources can mitigate the negative effects of high demands and promote sustainable professional practices. The results contribute to European educational research by providing empirically grounded insights into an under-researched teaching context and by informing the development of policies and practices aimed at enhancing teacher well-being in multidisciplinary and inclusive educational environments. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands‐Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115 Benigno, V., & Fante, C. (2020). Hospital School Teachers’ Sense of Stress and Gratification: An Investigation of the Italian Context (1). 1(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.5334/cie.14 Brady, L. L., McDaniel, S. C., & Choi, Y.-J. (2023). Teacher stress and burnout: The role of psychological work resources and implications for practitioners. Psychology in the Schools, 60(6), 1706–1726. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22805 Cancio, E. J., Larsen, R., Mathur, S. R., Estes, M. B., Mei Chang, & Johns, B. (2018). Special Education Teacher Stress: Coping Strategies. Education & Treatment of Children (West Virginia University Press), 41(4), 457–481. https://doi.org/10.1353/etc.2018.0025 Demerouti, Evangelia, Arnold B. Bakker, Friedhelm Nachreiner & Wilmar B. Schaufeli. 2001. “The Job Demands–Resources Model of Burnout.” Journal of Applied Psychology 86:3, 499– 512. Hintsa, T., Honkalampi, K., & Flink, N. (2019). Stressi, allostaattinen kuormitus ja terveysriskit. https://erepo.uef.fi/handle/123456789/26878 Kuckartz, U. (2014). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Guide to Methods, Practice & Using Software. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446288719 Lerkkanen, M.-K., Pakarinen, E., Messala, M., Penttinen, V., Aulén, A.-M., & Jõgi, A.-L. (2020). OPETTAJIEN TYÖHYVINVOINTI JA SEN YHTEYS PEDAGOGISEN TYÖN LAATUUN. Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W. B., & Leiter, M. P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 397–422. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.39 Puusa, A., & Juuti, P. (2020). Laadullisen tutkimuksen näkökulmat ja menetelmät. Gaudeamus. Rosso, B. D., Dekas, K. H., & Wrzesniewski, A. (2010). On the meaning of work: A theoretical integration and review. Research in Organizational Behavior, 30, 91–127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.riob.2010.09.001 Ruutu, P. (2019). Psykiatrisessa erikoissairaanhoidossa hoidettujen lasten ja nuorten koulunkäynnin tukeminen perusopetuksessa ja sairaalaopetuksen koetut vaikutukset koulunkäyntiin. Ryan, R., & Deci, E. (2001). On Happiness and Human Potentials: A Review of Research on Hedonic and Eudaimonic Well-Being. Annual review of psychology, 52, 141–166. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.141 Steger, M. F., Dik, B. J., & Duffy, R. D. (2012). Measuring Meaningful Work: The Work and Meaning Inventory (WAMI). Journal of Career Assessment, 20(3), 322–337. https://doi.org/10.1177/1069072711436160 Tilus, P. (2018). Askarrutuksesta osaamiskeskukseksi: Sairaalaopetuksen muutoskehityksen tarkastelu kehittävän työntutkimuksen viitekehyksessä. Jyväskylän yliopisto. Tutkimuseettinen neuvottelukunta. (2023). Hyvä tieteellinen käytäntö ja sen loukkausepäilyjen käsittely Suomessa. https://tenk.fi/sites/default/files/2023-03/HTK-ohje_2023.pdf. Luettu 4.10.2025. Äärelä, T., Määttä, K., & Uusiautti, S. (2016). Ten Encounters between Students and a Special Education Teacher at a Finnish Hospital School—Outlining Hospital School Pedagogy. Global Journal of Human-Social Science, 16(G4), 9–20. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Conditions and Mechanisms of Intensive Pedagogical Support: A Multi-Level Study of Cooperation and Development in a German School–Welfare Collaboration University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Intensive pedagogical programmes for students with significant emotional and social needs address one of the most persistent challenges in contemporary educational systems: the fragmentation of institutional responsibilities and the vulnerability of learners who do not fit existing support arrangements. In North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany, intensive pedagogical support provides a legal framework (Hövel & Mehlmann, 2019), targeting children and adolescents whose psychosocial adversities and disrupted educational trajectories exceed the possibilities of regular schooling (Baumann, 2014, 2019, 2024). The proportion of students receiving support for emotional and social development has been rising continuously with almost one third of students at ESD special schools in 2023/24 receiving intensive support (MSW, 2024). The project Drehscheibe, implemented at a special school for emotional and social development in Duisburg, represents an innovative form of such support. Established through a partnership between the school, the regional educational authority, the municipal youth welfare office, it integrates pedagogical and youth welfare expertise to create a coherent, relationally grounded environment for highly vulnerable learners. Emerging analytical patterns suggest that the effectiveness of intensive pedagogical support is shaped by the interaction between cooperation mechanisms at the system level and students’ subjective developmental experiences. Structured coordination routines and clear organisational arrangements provide stability for relationship-building, while students’ narratives emphasise the importance of emotional security, relational continuity, and shared interpretive frameworks for progress (Törmänen & Wicki, 2025). Based on this introduction, the present evaluation deals with Drehscheibe from two complementary perspectives: (1) a system-level analysis of multiprofessional cooperation and institutional interface work, and (2) a developmental-reconstructive analysis of students’ subjective and relational experiences. Drawing on research on intensive pedagogy (Düvelmeyer et al., 2024; Schwabe, 2014) and models of multi-professional cooperation, particularly the four-level framework by Lütje-Klose and Urban (2014), the study conceptualises cooperation as shaped by personal, relational, organisational, and task-related dynamics. The individual perspective is informed by relational educational theory and qualitative case methodology (Baumann, Albers & Bolz, 2021; Wuntke, 2024), emphasising stable relationships, emotional security, and shared understandings in developmental processes. At the system level, the study analyses how formalised routines, communication formats, and shared meaning-making structure cooperation between school and youth welfare professionals and enable joint responses to complex case dynamics. Conceptualising interface work as a central mechanism, it examines which cooperation structures function as stabilising forces settings and how they generate transferable insights for other school–welfare collaborations (Bathke et al., 2019). At the individual level, the study reconstructs students’ developmental processes by analysing how they perceive relationships with special needs teachers and educators, attribute meaning to support, and interpret changes in emotional regulation, behaviour, and engagement with schooling. By foregrounding students’ experiences of relational continuity, emotional security, and belonging, the study captures the subjective dimension of intensive pedagogy in structurally oriented evaluations. By integrating these two perspectives, the study is guided by four central research questions: (1) How are structural, organisational, and relational mechanisms of multiprofessional cooperation configured within a school-based intensive pedagogical programme? (2) How do students experience relationships, support, and belonging within this setting, and how do they interpret their own developmental processes? (3) How do cooperation structures and individual relational experiences interact in shaping students’ well-being, engagement, and educational participation? (4) Which conditions strengthen or hinder the sustainability of intensive pedagogical support in the context of school–welfare collaboration? The study provides a multi-level understanding of how intensive pedagogical programmes can function as stabilising educational environments for high-risk students insufficiently supported by conventional systems. The expected contribution lies in generating empirically grounded recommendations for sustainable cooperation structures, strengthening relational practices, and conceptualising intensive support within broader debates on inclusion, educational equity, and institutional responsibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The joint contribution is grounded in two interrelated doctoral projects that accompany the intensive pedagogical programme Drehscheibe with different, but systematically connected, methodological foci. Both projects share a qualitative, reconstructive orientation, yet follow distinct temporal and analytical steps which together enable a multi-level understanding of cooperation structures and individual developmental trajectories. In the first phase, a scoping review conducted by Altendeitering systematically maps the international and national research on cooperation between schools and youth welfare services for children and young people with extensive emotional and social needs. Following Kuckartz’s (2014) mixed-methods logic, the review draws on database searches (e.g., ERIC, FIS Bildung, PsycINFO, PSYNDEX, Sociological Abstracts), includes German- and English-language publications since 2000, and categorises findings along the four-level cooperation model by Lütje-Klose and Urban (2014). The narrative synthesis identifies forms of systematic interface work, cooperation formats, and conditions that enable or hinder intensive pedagogical measures. Parallel to this work, Päselt’s project has generated in-depth qualitative data on the experiences of students and professionals within Drehscheibe. Building on a qualitative case-study design, she conducted guideline-based individual and group interviews with students, teachers, and social pedagogical staff, complemented by participant observations in the learning groups and case-related document analyses. The interview data are analysed through focused interview analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024), while observations and documents are used to reconstruct interaction patterns, relationship dynamics, and contextual conditions of development (Kuckartz et al., 2007). Questionnaires are not used, as they are not considered appropriate for the specific target group and research questions. A third, joint phase consists of video-based observations within the programme. Drawing on video interaction analysis (Knoblauch, 2004), Altendeitering and Päselt will conduct and analyse recordings of team meetings, case conferences, and classroom interactions. These data serve as a shared interface: (1) to examine cooperation practices, role negotiations, and forms of systematic interface work, (2) to deepen the reconstruction of relationship work and developmental processes in everyday practice. In a subsequent phase, Altendeitering will carry out further guideline-based interviews with teachers, social pedagogues, school leadership, and, where relevant, youth welfare representatives to investigate organisational conditions, cooperation structures, and school development processes surrounding Drehscheibe. These interviews, document analyses and the video data, will be analysed qualitatively to identify structural and organisational conditions of successful interface work. Across both projects, triangulation of interviews, observations, and documents (Flick, 2022) serves to relate institutional cooperation patterns to students’ subjective experiences and developmental trajectories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although final empirical results will only be available at the time of the conference, several theoretically grounded conclusions can be anticipated. First, intensive pedagogical programmes such as Drehscheibe seem to derive their effectiveness from the integration of structural, organisational, and relational mechanisms. Stable cooperation routines, clearly defined roles, and shared interpretive frameworks between school and youth welfare create emotionally secure learning environments that enable professionals to respond coherently to complex psychosocial needs. Second, the reconstructed developmental trajectories are expected to show that relational continuity and emotional security play a central role in students’ re-engagement with schooling. For learners at high risk with significant emotional and social needs, intensive pedagogical arrangements can interrupt trajectories of school absenteeism and contribute to more stable educational participation by providing predictable structures and meaningful relationships. Third, the multi-level design highlights that effectiveness does not arise from individual measures alone, but from the interaction between cooperation structures and students’ subjective experiences. Organisational coordination enables relationship work, while students’ relational experiences give meaning and direction to institutional practices. This interplay illustrates how intensive pedagogical settings can function as stabilising environments within fragmented educational systems. By linking professional accounts, student narratives, and observational data, the study identifies concrete mechanisms through which intensive pedagogical support can stabilise educational pathways. On this basis, practice-oriented recommendations will be formulated concerning cooperation formats, group composition, and relationship-focused pedagogical practices. The findings aim to inform schools, welfare agencies, and policy-makers seeking to design coherent, multiprofessional support structures for students with significant emotional and social needs in contexts of increasing educational complexity. References Baumann, M. (2014). Jugendliche Systemsprenger—Zwischen Jugendhilfe und Justiz. Zeitschrift für Jugendkriminalität und Jugendhilfe, 15, 162–267. Baumann, M. (2019). Kinder, die Systeme sprengen. Band 2: Impulse, Zugangswege und hilfreiche Settingbedingungen für Jugendliche und Schule. W. Bertelsmann Verlag. Baumann, M. (2024). Kinder, die Systeme sprengen: Band 1: Wenn Jugendliche und Erziehungshilfe aneinander scheitern (5th ed.). W. Bertelsmann Verlag. Baumann, M., Albers, V., & Bolz, T. (2021). Verstehende Diagnostik in der Pädagogik: Verstörenden Verhaltensweisen begegnen. Beltz. Bathke, S. A., Bücken, M., & Fiegenbaum, D. (2019). Praxisbuch Kinderschutz interdisziplinär: Wie die Kooperation von Schule und Jugendhilfe gelingen kann. Springer VS. Düvelmeyer, M., Bolz, T., Gonzales Ferreira, L., Hennemann, T., & Leidig, T. (2024). Intensivpädagogik im Kontext Schule: Wissenschaftliche Begleitung der Maßnahme U-Turn. Emotionale und soziale Entwicklung, 6, 218–227. Flick, U. (2022). Triangulation in der qualitativen Forschung. In U. Flick, E. von Kardorff, & I. Steinke (Eds.), Qualitative Forschung (14th ed.). Rowohlt. Hövel, D., & Mehlmann, E. (2019). Ausbildungsorganisation der schulischen Förderung im Förderschwerpunkt Emotionale und soziale Entwicklung. Emotionale und soziale Entwicklung, 1, 242–247. Knoblauch, H. (2004). Die Video-Interaktions-Analyse. sozialer sinn, 5(1), 123–138. Koß, P., Wagner, C., & Baumann, M. (2018). Riskant agierende junge Menschen—Über hilflose Systeme und ihre sogenannten „Systemsprenger“. Zeitschrift für Jugendkriminalität und Jugendhilfe, 4, 285–290. Kuckartz, U. (2014). Mixed Methods. Springer VS. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Fokussierte Interviewanalyse mit MAXQDA (2nd ed.). Springer VS. Lütje-Klose, B., & Urban, M. (2014). Professionelle Kooperation als wesentliche Bedingung inklusiver Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik, 83(3), 283–295. Ministerium für Schule und Weiterbildung. (2024). Sonderpädagogische Förderung in Nordrhein Westfalen. Statistische Daten und Kennziffern zur Inklusion—2023/24. Törmänen, M., & Wicki, M. T. (2025). Multiprofessional collaboration in inclusive schools. In Bildung für alle stärken. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Wuntke, L. V. (2024). Professionelle Beziehungsarbeit in intensivpädagogischen Settings. Budrich. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Rehabilitative Education: A Multi-layered Approach to Supporting Young People with Mental Health Difficulties in Vocational Education and Training University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:Mental health difficulties among young people have become increasingly prevalent. In Finland, population-level estimates suggest that approximately 20–25 percent of young people experience mental health disorders, making them the most common health problems in this age group. This represents challenges to the Finnish education system. Mental health difficulties are known to impair learning (see e.g. Gustafsson et al., 2010), increase absenteeism (Finning, 2019), and heighten the risk of educational dropout (Askeland et al., 2022; Dupéré et al., 2018). From the perspective of education and social policy, these developments raise concerns about growing inequalities and the risk of social marginalisation among young people. Internationally, a range of school-based interventions have been developed to support students’ mental health (e.g. Cooper & Whitebread, 2007; Das et al., 2016; Feiss et al., 2019). A shared assumption across these approaches is that schools can function not only as sites of instruction, but also as environments that support recovery, wellbeing, and participation. In Finland, the extension of compulsory education in 2021 has further intensified the need to develop adequate support structures in upper secondary education. The reform extended the age of compulsory education to 18, requiring every young person to transition to upper secondary education after completing basic education. While this policy aims to ensure that all students obtain a secondary qualification and to prevent social exclusion, it has significantly increased the diversity of support needs and the pressure on student welfare systems. In this context, the concept of rehabilitative education has recently emerged in Finnish policy discussions as a potential response to the growing support needs of students with mental health difficulties. However, rehabilitative education is not yet an established concept, particularly in upper secondary vocational education and training, where no formal rehabilitative structures comparable to those in basic education exist. The concept therefore remains ambiguous and under-theorised. This makes it timely to examine how rehabilitative education is understood in professional practice and how it could be developed within the existing education system. This study draws on phenomenographic analysis of focus group interviews with professionals working in vocational education, guidance counselling, and student welfare services. The study addresses the following research question: How do professionals in upper secondary vocational education and training understand rehabilitative education as a form of educational support for students experiencing mental health difficulties? The analysis identifies four qualitatively different but interconnected conceptions of rehabilitative education: (1) supporting the student’s individual resources, (2) pedagogical arrangements that enable participation, (3) multiprofessional collaboration, and (4) structural solutions within the education system. Together, these conceptions form a multi-layered understanding of rehabilitative education that extends beyond individual support to include pedagogical practices, organisational coordination, and systemic conditions. Rehabilitative education emerges not as a single intervention, but as a comprehensive approach that requires alignment across multiple levels of the education system. Interpreted through the capability approach and social justice perspectives, this multi-layered understanding highlights the relational and structural conditions necessary for meaningful educational participation. From the perspective of children and youth at risk, the findings show how mental health difficulties may position young people at the margins of vocational education and training, and how rehabilitative education can function as a rights-based and preventive approach that strengthens participation, inclusion, and educational continuity. While grounded in the Finnish education system, the findings speak to broader European concerns regarding how vocational education systems can respond more equitably to the needs of young people experiencing mental health difficulties. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative, exploratory research design to examine professionals’ conceptions of rehabilitative education in upper secondary vocational education and training. The data were produced through focus group interviews, which were considered particularly suitable for exploring variations in professional perspectives and encouraging collective reflection. The aim was not to capture individual opinions but to explore the collective variation in ways of understanding rehabilitative education across professional contexts. Participants were recruited through organisations that had granted research permission, including 22 vocational education institutions, eight wellbeing services counties (regional authorities responsible for health and welfare services), and three vocational special education institutions. The permissions covered diverse educational contexts across Finland, with the exception of South Karelia and the Åland Islands. The resulting dataset was heterogeneous, comprising professionals working in education, guidance counselling, and student welfare services, thereby capturing a wide range of institutional viewpoints. In total, 41 professionals participated in eight focus group interviews, each consisting of four to six participants. The focus group interviews were conducted in August–September 2025 via Microsoft Teams and lasted 75 minutes. A semi-structured interview guide was used consistently across all focus groups, steering the discussion towards participants’ views on the need for rehabilitative education, its pedagogical and organisational features, and related opportunities and challenges. The data were analysed using phenomenographic methods, which aim to identify and describe qualitatively different ways in which a phenomenon is understood or experienced, making them suitable for exploring variation in professional conceptions (Marton, 1981; Åkerlind, 2025). The analysis proceeded iteratively and was grounded in the data. Meaningful expressions and units of thought were identified, compared, and grouped, leading to the construction of descriptive categories capturing the qualitative variation in conceptions of rehabilitative education. The categories were further refined, and their structural relationships were examined. Analytical saturation was reached when no new qualitatively different conceptions emerged in the final focus groups (Åkerlind, 2025). The analysis resulted in a condensed set of descriptive categories forming the basis for interpretation. Ethical principles of voluntary participation, informed consent, and confidentiality were adhered to throughout the research process. Participants were informed about the purpose of the study and the use of the data prior to participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to current discussions on inclusive education and student wellbeing by conceptualising rehabilitative education as a multi-layered educational approach grounded in professionals’ understandings. Rather than framing rehabilitative education solely as an individual-level intervention targeted at specific students, the findings demonstrate that it encompasses interconnected dimensions. Supporting students with mental health difficulties requires not only attention to individual needs but also pedagogical arrangements that enable participation, multiprofessional collaboration, and structural conditions that make such practices possible. From the perspective of Amartya Sen’s (1993, 2009) capability approach, rehabilitative education can be understood as a means of expanding students’ real opportunities to engage in education in meaningful and sustainable ways. The findings highlight that professionals perceive significant constraints on these opportunities arising from structural features of the education system, such as qualification-oriented funding models, fragmented support services, and limited access to suitable learning environments. These constraints underline that educational participation cannot be reduced to formal enrolment or attendance but must be assessed in terms of the capabilities education enables. Interpreted through Nancy Fraser’s (1998, 2008) theory of social justice, rehabilitative education emerges as a question of redistribution, recognition, and representation, complemented by affective and contributive dimensions of justice (Lynch, 2012; Sayer, 2009). Conceptually, the study frames rehabilitative education as a realistic utopia grounded in existing professional practices (see Rawls, 1999; Fraser, 2008). It represents an ambitious yet feasible vision of an education system capable of responding more equitably to the needs of students whose mental health difficulties challenge conventional educational structures. While grounded in the Finnish context, the findings offer a framework that may inform international efforts to develop more just and enabling forms of educational support. References Askeland, K. G., Bøe, T., Sivertsen, B., Linton, S. J., Heradstveit, O., Nilsen, S. A., & Hysing, M. (2022). Association of depressive symptoms in late adolescence and school dropout. School Mental Health, 14(4), 1044–1056. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-022-09522-5 Cooper, P., & Whitebread, D. (2007). The effectiveness of nurture groups on student progress: evidence from a national research study. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 12(3), 171–190. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632750701489915 Das, J. K., Salam, R. A., Lassi, Z. S., Khan, M. N., Mahmood, W., Patel, V., & Bhutta, Z. A. (2016). Interventions for adolescent mental health: An overview of systematic reviews. Journal of Adolescent Health, 59(4), 49–60. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2016.06.020 Dupéré, V., Dion, E., Nault-Brière, F., Archambault, I., Leventhal, T., & Lesage, A. (2018). Revisiting the link between depression symptoms and high school dropout: Timing of exposure matters. Journal of Adolescent Health, 62(2), 205-211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2017.09.024 Feiss, R., Dolinger, S. B., Merritt, M., Reiche, E., Martin, K., Yanes, J. A., Thomas, C. M., & Pangelinan, M. (2019). Systematic review and meta-analysis of school-based stress, anxiety, and depression prevention programs for adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48(9). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-019-01085-0 Finning, K. (2019). The association between emotional disorder and absence from school in children and young people. Doctoral dissertation, University of Exeter. Fraser, N. (1998). Social justice in the age of identity politics: Redistribution, recognition, participation. Wissenschaftszentrum Berlin für Sozialforschung. Fraser, N. (2008). Scales of justice. Reimagining political space in a globalizing world. Columbia University Press. Gustafsson, J.-E., Allodi, M. W., Åkerman, B., Eriksson, C., Eriksson, L., Fischbein, S., Granlund, M., Gustafsson, P., Ljungdahl, S., Ogden, T., & Persson, R. S. (2010). School learning and mental health: A systematic review. Kungliga Vetenskapsakademien Lynch, K. (2012). Affective equality as a key issue of justice: A comment on Fraser’s 3-dimensional framework. Social Justice Series, 12(3), 45-64. http://hdl.handle.net/10197/4400 Marton, F. (1981). Phenomenography – describing conceptions of the world around us. Instructional Science, 10, 177–200. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00132516 Rawls, J. (1999). The law of peoples. Harvard University Press. Sayer, A. (2009). Contributive justice and meaningful work. Res Publica, 15, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11158-008-9077-8 Sen, A. (1993). Capability and well‐Being. In M. Nussbaum & A. Sen (Eds.), The quality of life (pp. 30–53). Clarendon Press. Sen, A. (2009). The idea of justice. Harvard University Press. Åkerlind, G. (2025). Phenomenography in the 21st century. A methodology for investigating human experience of the world. Open Book Publishers. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 06 SES 02 A: Open Learning Spaces and Diary Methods for Researching Media and Learning Practices Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jasmin Bastian Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Dear Diary, Which One Works? An Exploratory Comparison of Five Diary Formats Hasselt University, Belgium Presenting Author:Diary methods offer a unique window into the shifting moments that shape everyday life. They capture fluctuations in thoughts, emotions, and actions that often disappear in memory recall, a strength recognised across several fields (Bolger, Davis & Rafaeli, 2003; Ohly, Sonnentag, Niessen & Zapf, 2010). In educational research, diaries have been widely used to track how learners and educators navigate their daily practices, providing insights closely tied to participants’ real-time experiences and everyday settings (Noyes, 2004; Jacelon & Imperio, 2005). Beyond documenting events, diaries invite participants to articulate meaning, emotions, and reflections, aligning with participatory approaches where voice, writing, and experience are central and met (Cahill, 2007; Meth, 2003). This exploratory pilot study examines how different diary formats shape what becomes possible to learn, drawing on preliminary data and on diary research traditions and a situated understanding of knowledge production, a perspective that views reflective accounts as shaped by the material and temporal conditions under which they are produced (Haraway, 1988; Latham, 2003). Rather than asking only what participants say, the study explores how format choice influences feasibility, participant engagement, and the richness and length of reflection. Although diaries are well established as tools for studying lived experiences (Alaszewski, 2006; Laurenceau & Bolger, 2005), comparative work across analogue and digital formats remains rare. Yet technological developments have expanded the diary landscape from handwritten journals to digital documents and audio-based formats, each associated with specific strengths and limitations (Filep et al., 2018). To explore these methodological questions, this study compared five diary formats: paper diary, digital diary, smartphone dictaphone, external dictaphone, and WhatsApp voice messages, over a three-week period. Twelve participants, including ten secondary school teachers, one professor, and one postdoctoral researcher, recorded daily reflections on their professional and learning/teaching experiences. The analysis, as outlined by Braun & Clarke (2008), focused on three dimensions: feasibility, user experience, and data richness. Across formats, the diary functioned not only as a tool but also as a medium shaping participants’ reflections. Paper diaries encouraged more intentional and structured writing but required sustained effort. Digital diaries offered ease and flexibility but sometimes led to shorter, more functional entries. Audio formats, whether through dictaphones or WhatsApp voice messages, tended to generate more spontaneous and emotionally nuanced reflections. Yet, transcription inevitably transformed and filtered these expressive qualities. These preliminary findings echo earlier observations that diary formats shape what participants disclose, how they disclose it, and how researchers interpret it (Meth, 2003; Noyes, 2004). The study offers preliminary methodological insights into the intertwined nature of medium and message. Within this pilot study, format choice appeared to influence which voices were more prominently expressed, how participants engaged with the research process, and the richness of data that became accessible. Because the analysis focuses on format-related conditions rather than context-specific outcomes, these insights are relevant for diary-based research across diverse educational systems and non-formal learning contexts, including those found across European and international settings. As education research increasingly draws on diverse data sources, this comparison demonstrates how diaries provide detailed and personal insights into the everyday experiences of learning and teaching. By clarifying how different formats shape reflection and meaning-making, the study contributes to ongoing methodological refinement by informing future diary-based research designs and supporting a more deliberate and reflexive use of diary methods in educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This pilot study was designed to explore the feasibility and experiential qualities of different diary formats and to generate preliminary insights in preparation for their use in future research in non-formal educational contexts, where sustained engagement, accessibility, and expressive diversity are central concerns, particularly in work with young people for whom continued participation in education cannot be taken for granted. Participants and recruitment The study involved twelve participants: ten secondary school teachers, one university professor, and one postdoctoral researcher. The sample was intentionally diverse in age, gender, teaching experience, and subject area, reflecting recommendations that diary studies benefit from heterogeneity in participant profiles (Bolger et al., 2003; Jacelon & Imperio, 2005). Recruitment was conducted through professional networks, following ethical approval. All participants provided informed consent, and anonymity was assured. Procedure The study ran for three weeks (13 weekdays). Each participant was assigned to one of five diary formats: a paper diary, a digital diary (using Google Docs), WhatsApp voice messages, a smartphone dictaphone, or an external dictaphone. All participants responded to the same reflective prompts addressing their daily educational experiences, challenges, and moments of learning. Prompts for audio-based formats were delivered via WhatsApp at alternating times (morning, afternoon, mixed), allowing for exploratory insights into temporal preferences, as suggested in prior diary design literature (Bolger et al., 2003; Ohly et al., 2010). Orientation and closure Before the diary period began, participants attended a 40-minute introductory session that covered study goals, ethical considerations, and the expected time investment. Infographics provided step-by-step instructions tailored to each diary format. At the end of the three weeks, participants completed a brief feedback questionnaire and participated in a 30-minute debrief session. Such closure conversations are recommended to support reflexive engagement and participant meaning-making (Cahill, 2007; Meth, 2003). Data management and analysis Written diaries were scanned or exported; audio entries were transcribed verbatim, acknowledging, following Noyes (2004) and Latham (2003), that transcription introduces its own interpretive layer. The dataset was analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2008) six-phase thematic analysis, supported by MAXQDA software. Coding proceeded inductively, generating themes related to feasibility, user experience, and data richness, dimensions consistent with prior methodological evaluations (Alaszewski, 2006; Filep et al., 2018). Reflexive notes were kept throughout to capture the researcher’s positionality (Haraway, 1988). A second coder reviewed the transcripts to enhance interpretive consistency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on this exploratory pilot study, the comparison of five diary formats suggests that medium and message are closely intertwined. Written diaries foster structured, elaborated reflections, echoing earlier findings that paper formats encourage depth but require greater participant effort (Alaszewski, 2006; Filep et al., 2018). Digital formats support flexibility and ease of access but may prompt more concise entries, reflecting observations in contemporary diary research about the trade-off between efficiency and depth (Ohly et al., 2010). Audio formats, through dictaphones or WhatsApp voice messages, invite spontaneous and emotionally rich expression, resonating with studies that highlight the expressive potential of voice-based methods (Noyes, 2004). Three insights stand out across formats. First, feasibility and engagement in this study depended on how well the format fit into daily life, consistent with work showing that compliance is tied to routine compatibility (Bolger et al., 2003; Laurenceau & Bolger, 2005). Convenience alone does not guarantee depth or sustained reflection. Second, data richness is shaped by the interaction between modality and reflection. Voice recordings bring tone, rhythm, and affect into the data in ways written formats cannot (Cahill, 2007; Latham, 2003). Conversely, written diaries allow for pause, revision, and narrative structuring. Third, researchers must remain aware of the potential for mediation. Transcription converts spontaneous speech into written form, modifying its expressive characteristics and prompting interpretive inquiries previously identified in diary and visual research (Meth, 2003; Noyes, 2004). Taken together, these findings position diaries not as neutral vessels but as socio-material configurations that co-construct knowledge (Haraway, 1988). Attending to the epistemic role of the medium strengthens qualitative research by situating knowledge in its material and technological context. Diary methods remain a valuable approach for capturing the subjectivity, temporality, and authenticity of educational experience, elements that are increasingly important in contemporary research landscapes shaped by standardisation and datafication. References Alaszewski, A. (2006). Using diaries for social research. Sage. Bolger, N., Davis, A., & Rafaeli, E. (2003). Diary methods: Capturing life as it is lived. Annual Review of Psychology, 54(1), 579–616. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2008). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Cahill, C. (2007). Doing research with young people: Participatory action research and the politics of voice. Children’s Geographies, 5(3), 297–312. Filep, C. V., Turner, S., Eidse, N., Thompson-Fawcett, M., & Fitzsimons, S. (2018). Advancing rigour in qualitative research using written and audio diaries. Qualitative Research, 18(5), 561–575. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Jacelon, C. S., & Imperio, K. (2005). Participant diaries as a source of data in research with older adults. Qualitative Health Research, 15(7), 991–997. Latham, A. (2003). Research, performance, and doing human geography: Some reflections on the diary-photograph, diary-interview method. Environment and Planning A, 35(11), 1993–2017. Laurenceau, J. P., & Bolger, N. (2005). Using diary methods to study marital and family processes. Journal of Family Psychology, 19(1), 86–97. Meth, P. (2003). Entries and omissions: Using solicited diaries in geographical research. Area, 35(2), 195–205. Noyes, A. (2004). Video diaries: A research method for exploring perceptions of learning. Educational Research, 46(1), 21–34. Ohly, S., Sonnentag, S., Niessen, C., & Zapf, D. (2010). Diary studies in organizational research. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 9(2), 79–93. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Open Learning Spaces as Critical Reflective Structural Frameworks for Digital Communication and Cooperation Universität Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:The increasing interdependence of data-generating and data-processing communication technologies and socio-political change raises fundamental questions for the transformation of schooling (Bock et al., 2023; Bradbury, 2019; Hartong et al., 2021; Hillman et al., 2020; Holloway, 2020). To date research is investigating how digital technologies correspond with efficient teaching, improve performance and optimise individual learning processes (Proske et al, 2023, Gerjets/Scheiter 2019, Spiegler et al, 2023, Kaspar et al 2020). At the same time, however, related and equally relevant issues such as democratic participation, social cohesion and equitable access to education have received less attention to date. The current debates can be grouped into different areas of tension, which serve as a socio-political and research-logical framework for the argumentation in this presentation: First, , there is the tension between individualisation and solidarity. While on the one hand On the one hand, there is a tension between individualisation and, in some cases, optimisation tendencies, as exemplified by research on the potential of learning analytics (Troeger et al,2023), on the other hand, studies on fake news, democracy education or how solidarity in schools emphasise the importance of community building and solidariy cooperation (Szakács-Behling, 2022). In a post-digital school, the question arises as to how schools can remain or become spaces where pupils learn what it means to be part of a democratic community. This is even more challenging as learning processes become increasingly individualised, technically medieated and geared towards optimised outputs from individuals (Leineweber & Wunder, 2021). Second, we further frame our empirical explorations by examining the tension between targeted skills acquisition as an educational goal, for example, in the wake of the Pisa shock (Gundlach, 2003) and discussions about unknown futures (Macgilchrist et al 2019), whose shape and skill requirements are still uncertain. Schools face the challenge of ensuring basic skills while successfully supporting heterogeneous learning groups (Scholz, 2007). Studies on digital skills (ICILS, etc) serve as an incentive or pressure to act, as they highlight weaknesses in contemporary schooling and suggest reforms. At the same time, technological innovations are shifting the focus to so-called ‘future skills’ (Buchs 2025, Langhof, 2024). In addition to subject-specific knowledge, skills such as flexibility, independence, critical and constructive thinking, and collaborative problem-solving are becoming increasingly important (Buchs, 2025). These future skills require learning environments in which pupils not only acquire facts, but also act independently, reflectively and responsibly and work cooperatively.Within this context, this article focuses on schools that have identified “open learning spaces” as a potential solution to the described tensions. Against this background the contribution explores, how these open learning spaces function as an organisational structure in which digital communication and collaboration processes can be closely intertwined with individualised teaching and a school culture geared towards cooperation. The focus is on the question of how digital communication can be integrated into formal and informal school contexts and to what extent open learning spaces are a central prerequisite for this.Theoretically, this paper draws on concepts of school development (including Rolff, 2025, 1998, Maag Merki 2008, Holtappels 2010) and research on digitality in the school context, which understand schools as organisations undergoing digital transformation, and initially summarises these in an overview (Wilmers et al, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As a part of the research project investigating school transformation processes, a methodological approach based on grounded theory was chosen (Glaser & Strauss 1967; Strauss & Corbin 1990, 1996; Charmaz 2014), as this research project is of a exploratory nature (Burdewick 2003 ). The data is based on 15 guideline-based interview with teachers, school administrators and educational and didactic leaders. The interviewees were selected using theoretical sampling (Glaser & Strauss, 1997), which was based on a developing interest in knowledge. The aim was to include different perspectives, institutional contexts and areas of responsibility in order to reveal both contrasts and recurring patterns. The guided interviews were designed to support the free flow of narrative from the interviewees while addressing three central topics: the beginning of the change, the course of the change and the experiences of the interview participants. The evaluation began with an intensive examination of the transcribed interviews using open coding (Strauss & Corbin, 1990, 1996). The ai, was to precisely identify phenomena, develop divers codes and maintain a board views of possible dimensions of meaning. The section of codes tool place in two phases. The first phase (‘media, iPads, LMS, internet, cloud, communication’) and the second phase (‘learning guides, learning offices, self-regulated learning’) served as the starting point for the analysis and conceptual structuring of the material according to basic themes. In the subsequent axial coding (Strauss & Corbin 1990), the generated codes were condensed into higher-level-categories. This phase was characterized by comparison within individual interviews and between different cases. While minimal contrasts helped to identify commonalities and stabilise categories, maximum contrasts revealed differences that led to the expansion of categories or the modification of existing hypotheses. Deviating cases were not considered anomalies, but rather valuable sources of insight for a differentiated understanding of the subject area. Particularly productive codes for further analysis included ‘communication,’ ‘digital technologies,’ ‘learning offices,’ ‘technology,’ ‘process,’ and ‘development.’ These individual codes were grouped into ‘axis categories’ (Böhm 2005). Memos were written on an ongoing basis to document key analytical findings and interpretations, which made it possible to identify tensions in the transformation processes more precisely. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our empirical explorations show how open learning spaces, understood as pedagogically and didactically pre-structured learning arrangements that enable self-organised, often digitally supported learning processes (Bock & Schreiber-Kehrhahn, 2025; Thiersch & Schlöpker, 2023), open up and limit (new) forms of relational professionalism between pupils, teachers and school administrators that are promoted by digital media. In these settings, not only are individual learning paths structured and supported, but they also provide a framework for ongoing negotiations about responsibility, support and control, which are continuously recalibrated in the situational interaction between the actors involved. In this way, role shifts become visible, for example when teachers increasingly act as advisory learning coaches and when school administrators create conditions that promote collaborative decision-making and coordination within the teaching staff. Based on our analysis, it can be assumed that the targeted use of digital media could open up spaces for communication and collaboration in which feedback, advisory processes and coordination can be organised independently of time and place. Particular attention is paid to the systematic development of skills in digitally mediated communication, collaborative work and learning-accompanying coaching. In this context, the focus is on interactions between pupils as well as between teachers and school management. Learning studios can be seen as an environment in which digital tools can be tested, critically reflected upon and gradually integrated into existing school processes. At the same time, it is expected that these settings will both intensify and limit relational professionalisation processes between the various actors and make visible how professional relationships are reconfigured under the conditions of digitally supported teaching and learning. References Bock, A., Breiter, A., Hartong, S., Jarke, J., Jornitz, S., Lange, A., & Macgilchrist, F. (Hrsg.). (2023). Die datafizierte Schule (1. Auflage 2023). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden GmbH Springer VS, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-38651-1 Bradbury, A. (2019). Datafied at four: The role of data in the ‘schoolification’ of early childhood education in England. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 7–21. https://doi.or g/10.1080/17439884.2018.1511577 Gerjets, P., Scheiter, K., (2019): VII Bildungsmedien und digitale Informationsumwelten. In: Köller, Olaf (Hrsg.): Das Bildungswesen in Deutschland: Bestand und Potenziale. Bad Heilbronn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt, S. 865–895 Hartong, S., & Breiter, A. (2021). Between fairness optimization and ‘inequalities of dataveillance’: The emergence and transformation of social indices in German school monitoring and management. In S. Grek, et al (Hrsg.), World Yearbook of Education 2021 (S. 76–93). Routledge. Hillman, T., Rensfeldt, A. B., & Ivarsson, J. (2020). Brave new platforms: A possible platform future for highly decentralised schooling. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2020.1683748 Holloway, J. (2020). Teacher accountability, datafication and evaluation: A case for reimagining schooling. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 56. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5026 Kaspar, K [Hrsg.] et al., Bildung, Schule, Digitalisierung. Münster ; New York : Waxmann 2020, 477 S. DOI: 10.25656/01:21043 Langhof, J. K.: Future Skills. - In: Lehren & Lernen 50 (2024) 2, S. 4-8 - DOI: 10.25656/01:32538 Leineweber, C., Wunder M., 2021. „Zum Optimierenden Geist Der Digitalen Bildung. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung 42 (Optimierung):22-46. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/42/2021.03.08.X. Macgilchrist, F, Allert H., Bruch A. (2019): Students and society in the 2020s. Three future ‘histories’ of education and technology, Learning, Media and Technology, DOI: 10.1080/17439884.2019.1656235 Proske, M., et al, 2023 Rekonstruktiv-sinnverstehende Forschung zu Unterricht und Schule im digitalen Wandel in: Proske, Matthias [Hrsg.]; et al: Schule und Unterricht im digitalen Wandel. Ansätze und Erträge rekonstruktiver Forschung. Bad Heilbrunn : Verlag Julius Klinkhardt 2023, DOI: 10.25656/01:26251 Szakács-Behling, S. (2022). Schooling for transnational solidarity? a comparison of differently Europeanising school curricula in Germany. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(4), 492–507. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1944066 Thiersch; Schlöpker: Digitale Lernbüros zwischen Programmatik und Praxis.In: Graalmann, K et al: Gesamtschule - Status quo und quo vadis? Münster, Waxmann 2023, S. 253-271 DOI: 10.25656/01:31965 Troeger, J. et al (2023). Digital ist besser!? – Wie Software das Verständnis von guter Schule neu definiert. In: Bock, A., et al. Die datafizierte Schule. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-38651-1_4 Wilmers, A. et al Bildung im digitalen Wandel. Organisationsentwicklung in Bildungseinrichtungen. Münster ; New York : Waxmann 2021, DOI: 10.25656/01:23602 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Studying Adolescents’ Media Practices in a Deep Mediatized Society: The Methodological Potential of Digital Media Diaries FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:The meta-process of deep mediatization has fundamentally restructured the conditions of socialization, education, and learning for young people by the nearly omnipresent embedding of digital media infrastructures in everyday life (Couldry & Hepp, 2017; Hepp, 2019; Krotz, 2017). In order to conduct a thorough investigation into the socialization processes related to media, it is recommended that researchers adopt a comprehensive perspective on the media practices and individual media repertoires (Hasebrink & Domeyer, 2012) of children and young people within the context of their social relationships (Kammerl et al., 2021). It is evident that the boundaries between learning, entertainment, communication and social interaction are becoming increasingly indistinct in the context of the use of a single device, such as a smartphone or tablet (Ito et al., 2010; Mascheroni & Siibak, 2021; Potzel et al., 2024). Consequently, the categorization of media use into discrete contexts, such as "formal" and "informal" learning, has become increasingly obsolete. Instead, it is imperative to comprehend media use within the context of multifaceted relationships between the individual, social domains and technical affordances. This contribution addresses the methodological challenges that arise when studying young people’s media-related practices under conditions of deep mediatization. It aims to address the need to understand how socialization and education are shaped by ongoing social and technological transformations. In this context, traditional qualitative methods face the challenge of reproducing normative or rationalized accounts rather than capturing actual media practices of young people as they occur in situated contexts. This methodological discrepancy is especially problematic in light of the increasing significance of digital media for educational trajectories, identity formation, and social engagement (Mascheroni & Siibak, 2021; Pacetti et al., 2023; Selvakumar et al., 2023). Empirical research on adolescents' media practices is confronted with a fundamental challenge: a significant number of pertinent practices are habitual, routinized, and only partially conscious. Therefore, (young) individuals frequently encounter difficulties in articulating their daily media consumption during retrospective interviews (Koch et al., 2021). This difficulty stems from the inherent complexity of these practices, which are intricately interwoven within tacit routines and micro-interactions that often elude explicit introspection (Hasebrink & Domeyer, 2012; Horst et al., 2016). Consequently, traditional retrospective qualitative methods face the challenge of reproducing normative or rationalized accounts rather than capturing actual media practices as they occur in situated contexts. To encounter these challenges, diaries have been utilized as a research tool in the field of media usage analysis (Lev-On & Lowenstein-Barkai, 2019; Scharkow, 2016). The completion of diaries in the study participants' "natural" environments has been shown to increase immediacy, as the process of data generation exerts a minimal invasive effect on their daily lives (Koch et al., 2021). In light of this background, the contribution presents methodological insights from a qualitative longitudinal study, which was funded by the German Research Foundation (DFG). Over a period of seven years (2018 to 2025), the study examined the media-related socialization of children and adolescents and their media repertoires within the context of the family and other social domains. In addition, the project sought to gain a practice-oriented understanding of adolescents' media use, media routines, and the actors and social domains that are meaningful for their media repertoire. The study combined established qualitative methods – such as semi-structured interviews with children, adolescents and parents – with structured media diary conducted with adolescents. In the last survey wave 2024 a digital media diary was utilized. The digital media diary was conceived as a low-threshold, mobile-based instrument that enabled participants to document their media-related activities in real time, employing brief textual entries, screenshots, videos or voice notes (Koch et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The digital media diaries were completed by a total of eleven young people out of a sample including 13 adolescents aged 15 in Germany. The group consisted of six girls, four boys and one non-binary adolescent. In advance, it was ascertained that all young people had their own smartphone and were permitted to use messenger services on these devices. Parents and young people were informed that the entries would be treated confidentially and would only be read by the research team. The team was then responsible for anonymizing and pseudonymizing the entries. The messenger application “Signal” was selected for the survey because it was already installed on a significant number of young people's devices and was less problematic than other commercial applications in terms of data protection concerns. The young people received a short introduction video on how the media diary works and were asked to complete the media diary over a period of one week (7 days) and received at least one message per day from the research team with an open question about their media practices and reflections on their media usage (e.g., “Who have you used media with the most today, and what kind of media?”). The young people could respond to these questions with flexibility in terms of time and location using their own private devices. Participants were encouraged to utilize multimodal response options that they deemed most suitable, including text messages, audio files, screenshots, or videos. Subsequently, the data underwent transcription, and images, videos and audios were saved and anonymized. The data from the media diaries was evaluated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023) using the software MaxQda as well as individual case reports and used in a sequential triangulation of methods to prepare and conduct the subsequent interviews with adolescents and parents. In a subsequent step, the data collected in the initial evaluation round was utilized to conduct a secondary joint evaluation. This methodological approach permitted the execution of both case-specific and cross-case analyses of the data on the daily media routines of adolescents and important social influence factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The approach of digital media diaries has been particularly effective in capturing forms of media use that are typically not observed in conventional interview settings. These include parallel media use, algorithmically structured content flows, and brief, repetitive interactions with digital platforms and applications. A close examination of the data reveals that the diary data in particular facilitates the reconstruction of temporal patterns of media routines. This, in turn, enables the identification of significant human and non-human actors – such as peers, family members, teachers, influencers, platforms, and recommendation systems – that structure adolescents' everyday communication practices in a deep mediatized society. The contribution posits that digital media diaries, particularly when integrated with other qualitative methodologies, present a promising avenue for addressing the discrepancy between young individuals' practical media experiences and their reflexive disclosures. Methodologically, they facilitate a more precise alignment with adolescents' life worlds and promote a more nuanced analysis of how deep mediatization influences socialization, communication and education across formal and informal contexts. Conceptually, the findings underscore the need to rethink educational research frameworks so that they adequately account for the fluid, hybrid, and processual nature of media-related practices under conditions of deep mediatization. The contribution of this research is twofold: first, it provides a novel empirical perspective on the entanglement of media, learning, and social change; and second, it contributes to ongoing debates within educational research on how to empirically grasp this entanglement. However, the article also critically reflects on the limitations of the digital media diary approach and the methodological challenges involved in its implementation and integration with other qualitative research data. References Couldry, N., & Hepp, A. (2017). The mediated construction of reality. Polity Press. Hasebrink, U., & Domeyer, H. (2012). Media repertoires as patterns of behaviour and as meaningful practices: A multimethod approach to media use in converging media environments. Participations. Journal of Audience and Reception Studies, 9(2), 757–779. Hepp, A. (2019). Deep mediatization. Routledge. Horst, H., Pink, S., Postill, J., Hjorth, L., Lewis, T., & Tacchi, J. (2016). Ethnography in a Digital World. In Digital Ethnography: Principles and Practices. Ito, M., Baumer, S., Bittanti, M., boyd, danah, Cody, R., Stephenson, B. H., Horst, H. A., Lange, P. G., Mahendran, D., Martínez, K. Z., Pascoe, C. J., Perkel, D., Robinson, L., Sims, C., & Tripp, L. (2010). Hanging out, messing around, and geeking out: Kids living and learning with new media. MIT Press. Kammerl, R., Lampert, C., Müller, J., Rechlitz, M., & Potzel, K. (2021). Mediatisierte Sozialisationsprozesse erforschen: Methodologische Implikationen. MedienPädagogik 16 (Jahrbuch Medienpädagogik), 185–209. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb16/2021.02.24.X Koch, C., Frei, N. K., & Herrmann, I. (2021). Das Smartphone-Tagebuch in der Mediennutzungsforschung. Ein qualitativer Methodenansatz unter der Lupe. Medien & Kommunikationswissenschaft, 69(2), 299–319. https://doi.org/10.5771/1615-634X-2021-2-299 Krotz, F. (2017). Sozialisation in mediatisierten Welten. Mediensozialisation in der Perspektive des Mediatisierungsansatzes. In D. Hoffmann, F. Krotz, & W. Reißmann (Eds.), Mediatisierung und Mediensozialisation. Prozesse-Räume-Praktiken. 21–40. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-14937-6 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2023.2244777 Lev-On, A., & Lowenstein-Barkai, H. (2019). Viewing diaries in an age of new media: An exploratory analysis of mobile phone app diaries versus paper diaries. Methodological Innovations, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/2059799119844442 Mascheroni, G., & Siibak, A. (2021). Datafied Childhoods: Data Practices and Imaginaries in Children’s Lives. Peter Lang. https://doi.org/10.3726/b17460 Pacetti, E., Soriani, A., & Bonafede, P. (2023). Adolescents, New Social Relations and Media Practices: A Research in the Metropolitan City of Bologna (Italy). Research on Education and Media, 15(1), 20–29. https://doi.org/10.2478/rem-2023-0004 Potzel, K., Draheim, S., Domdey, P., Lampert, C., & Kammerl, R. (2024). Changes in Young People’s Media Repertoires. Longitudinal Insights from a Communicative Figurational Approach. M & K, 72(3), 280–296. https://doi.org/10.5771/1615-634X-2024-3-280 Scharkow, M. (2016). The Accuracy of Self-Reported Internet Use—A Validation Study Using Client Log Data. Communication Methods and Measures, 10(1), 13–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/19312458.2015.1118446 Selvakumar, V., Venkata, Tilak Pakki, Venkata, Teja Pakki, & Singh, S. (2023). Predicting primary and middle-school students’ preferences for online learning with machine learning. South African Journal of Childhood Education, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.4102/sajce.v13i1.1324 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 06 SES 02 B: Research Methods and Digital Knowledge Production Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Ulrike Stadler-Altmann Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Interviewing the Silent Co-producer: A Phenomenological Analysis of Researcher-Zotero Entanglements in Post-digital Knowledge Production University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Within university research training across European contexts, information and digital literacy curricula often emphasise fostering a “mastery” of bibliographic and database management tools. Designed to underpin students’ “digital competence”—a core lifelong learning requirement identified by the European Commission (2006; 2013)—this skill-based approach explicitly frames digital technologies as inert instruments to be used and controlled. Yet, in the “post-digital” era, where the digital is entangled with the assumed “humanity” of education (Jandrić et al., 2018), the complexity of digitally-saturated research must not be underestimated. Simple tasks needed for writing an essay require individuals to co-author the work with their laptops and merge themselves into digital gatherings; the unacknowledged power of algorithms, as Beer argues (2012), may draw agency away from human researchers and appropriate it as their own. As human consciousness is now enmeshed within its sociotechnological environment (Hayles, 2006), knowledge production no longer proceeds from an objective position of externality. It is thus both timely and significant to unravel how everyday human-technology relations are negotiated within academic knowledge production. This paper, grounded in a posthumanist recognition of digital agency, aims to explore how digital technologies condition today’s research practices. Specifically, Zotero, one of the most used referencing management software, is examined as a knowledge co-producer. The study addresses a primary research question: In what ways does Zotero entangle with human researchers, and how does this shape the conditions under which academic knowledge is produced? To render the otherwise hidden agency of Zotero visible, this research employs a phenomenological design based on Adams and Thompson’s (2016) approach for “interviewing” digital objects. Three of their heuristics, including “gathering anecdotes,” “following the actors,” and “listening to the invitational qualities,” were deployed to observe and textually disclose the detailed network enacted between the researcher and Zotero. Listening to the “whisperings” of Zotero, the paper disentangles a “loose” Researcher-Zotero network where social and material factors are constantly at play to redefine one another. These factors include the researcher’s prior knowledge and work environment on the one hand, and the specificities of Zotero’s offerings, on the other. Findings indicate that material features, such as “auto-save,” nudge the researcher toward an algorithmic logic of efficiency; yet, its failure to capture certain sources fosters digital exclusion that systematises knowledge hierarchy predicated on Zotero’s automated readability. Meanwhile, this process is not untethered from human agency. Throughout the interview, the researcher’s internalised criteria for “legitimate” scholarship functioned as an epistemic filter, whereby the manual deletion or editing of auto-saved entries served to reclaim agency from Zotero’s auto-collection logic. These factors consequently form a material-semiotic relation that extends beyond mere citation management to exert value-laden impacts on the process of knowledge production. Arguably, Zotero is far from a neutral tool; it is a co-participant in the research process, who actively shapes the parameters of scholarship through its inherent architecture. Such findings suggest that the conditions under which academic knowledge is produced are being reshaped by invisible digital infrastructures whose logics are rarely scrutinised. Understanding academic knowledge production today therefore requires attention not only to the positionality of human researchers, but also to the constantly extending and diminishing networks researchers share with their digital technologies. For research training programs in universities across European contexts, the findings necessitate a move beyond technical proficiency toward a critical engagement with the digital materiality of academic labour. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Philosophical stance This study, guided by a posthumanist stance, views knowledge as co-produced through the entanglements of human and non-human actors within their surrounding environments. Consequently, the epistemology of this research is grounded in subject experiences, one that seeks to capture the authentic, lived moments of being (Brinkmann and Friesen, 2018). Research design Zotero was selected as the research object due to its status as a ubiquitous “black box” within the scholarly ecosystem. Adams and Thompson’s (2016) heuristics—drawing on Actor-Network Theory (ANT) and phenomenology, both of which are “posthumanism-friendly”—present a feasible approach to speaking with Zotero. While ANT disrupts binaries through networked relations, phenomenology transcends the subject-object dichotomy by articulating the inherent intimacy of the person-world encounter. Specifically, the study followed the first three heuristics for interrogating technologies proposed by Adams and Thompson (2016). The investigation began with “gathering anecdotes,” textually disclosing how Zotero manifests in everyday events. Recognising that technologies require specific approaches to reveal their involvement, the researcher then employed the second heuristic, “following the actors,” stepping back from human-centric narratives to observe how all participants—human and non-human—interact. This stage revealed the tensions residing in the “hyphenated spaces” joining Zotero and the researcher. Since digital objects speak silently, the final heuristic, “listening for invitational qualities,” was used to identify what Zotero “invites” or “discourages.” This listening occurred in relation, through which Zotero addressed the individual within the situated context of their own horizons of meaning. Data analysis To disentangle the interview transcripts, the study applied three analytic heuristics proposed by Adams and Thompson (2016). First, the process involved “discerning the spectrum of human-technology-world relations.” Drawing on Ihde’s (1990) postphenomenology, this heuristic helped analyse Zotero’s role as a mediator that “affects” and “infects” individuals’ perceptual relations with the built-in assumptions of scholarship. By focusing on these relations, the research identified how Zotero moves beyond a mere tool to become a lens through which the researcher views their own bibliographic world. Second, the study focused on “unravelling translations” (Latour, 2005; Callon, 1986). This approach interpreted the ongoing negotiations and "translations" that both unify and disrupt the Researcher-Zotero network, revealing how agency is distributed and shifted between actors. Finally, informed by Ingold’s (2012) work, the third heuristic “tracing responses and passages” analysed how Zotero and the researcher co-respond, improvising passages through the academic environment rather than simply following a linear, pre-determined track. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By “interviewing” Zotero as an active participant in research practice, this paper set out to make visible the often-overlooked role of digital infrastructures in shaping academic knowledge production. The findings reveal a “loose” Researcher–Zotero network in which agency is neither just human nor purely algorithmic, but distributed. Zotero’s seemingly mundane functionalities, such as auto-save, subtly reorganise research activities and orient the researcher toward particular rhythms that prioritise accumulation and efficiency. By playing a further role in determining what becomes citable, Zotero actively constructs how knowledge is assembled and stabilised. Automation emerge not as neutral conveniences, but as epistemic forces that condition the very conduct of research. Academic production thus unfolds within Researcher–Zotero entanglements, where values are negotiated through the hyphenated networks that bridge the researcher and their digital environment. Attending to the hidden agency of everyday technologies like Zotero, the study contributes to an understanding of how contemporary scholarship is digitally organised and thereby governed. To continue treating bibliographic tools as inert instruments to be “mastered” risks masking the ways invisible digital infrastructures silently occupy the research landscape. In this respect, the findings suggest that the “digital competence” championed by the European Commission (2006) must be reimagined to encompass an awareness of digital materiality. This paper therefore argues for a move beyond the less-than-nuanced, mastery narratives that currently dominate university research training. There is a need for doctoral programs across Europe to create pedagogical spaces where individuals are encouraged to unravel the assumptions, values, and logics embedded in their tools, recognising them not as passive instruments but as active collaborators in the craft of scholarship. References Adams, C., & Thompson, T. L. (2016). Interviewing Objects as Co-researchers. In Researching a Posthuman World: Interviews with Digital Objects (pp. 87-106). London: Palgrave Macmillan UK. Beer, D. (2012). Algorithms in the academy: The sorting of academic practice. http://thinkingculture.wordpress.com/2012/10/20/algorithms-in-the-academy-the-sorting-of-academic-practice/ Brinkmann, M. and Friesen, N. (2018). Phenomenology and Education. In: Smeyers, P. (eds) International Handbook of Philosophy of Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-72761-5_46 Callon, M. (1986). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St. Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Ed.), Power, action and belief: A new sociology of knowledge? 196–233. London, England: Routledge & Kegan Paul. European Commision. (2006). Recommendation on key competences for lifelong learning. Council of 18 December 2006 on key competences for lifelong learning, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2006:394:0010:0018:en:PDF#page=4.57 Ferrari, A. (2013). DIGCOMP: A framework for developing and understanding digital competence in Europe. Seville: Institute for Prospective Technological Studies, European Union. Hayles, N. (2006) ‘Unfinished work: from cyborg to cognisphere’, Theory, Culture, Society, 23(7–8): 159–166. Ihde, D. (1990). Technology and the Lifeworld: From Garden to Earth. Indiana University Press. Ingold, T. (2012). Toward an ecology of materials. Annual Review of Anthropology, 41:427–442. doi: 10.1146/annurev-anthro-081309-145920. Jandrić, P., Knox, J., Besley, T., Ryberg, T., Suoranta, J., & Hayes, S. (2018). Postdigital science and education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 893–899. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1454000 Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. New York: Oxford University Press. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Capturing Learning in Context: Demonstrating Video for Pedagogical Interaction and Time-Lapse Video for Spatio-Temporal Patterns of Use in Learning Environment Research 1: University of Melbourne; 2: University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:Educational spaces are increasingly expected to support diverse pedagogical practices, flexible use, wellbeing, and inclusion as schools respond to evolving educational goals and pedagogical priorities. While research on learning environment design has expanded considerably, persistent methodological challenges remain in capturing how educational spaces are actually used in everyday practice. Conventional observation methods often privilege momentary interaction and instructional intent, providing limited insight into broader spatial rhythms, transitions, and patterns of use that shape learning across time. This paper addresses these challenges by demonstrating how different video-based methods are purposefully selected to investigate distinct educational phenomena. Drawing on two empirical case studies from Australia and Finland, the paper illustrates how video serves as a goal-oriented data-collection method in learning environment research. Rather than treating video as a neutral or interchangeable research tool, the studies explicitly align methodological choices with specific research aims and the types of educational activity under investigation. In the Australian secondary school case, real-time video observations were employed in pre- and post-lesson cycles within newly designed prototype learning environments. The research focus was on pedagogical practices, teacher–student interaction, and instructional decision-making. Video was selected because it enables fine-grained analysis of classroom interaction and teaching strategies as they unfold in situ. Video analysis supported examination of didactic and facilitative teaching approaches and served as a reflective resource for teacher professional learning, enabling educators to connect pedagogical intentions with observed classroom practice. In contrast, the Finnish primary school case utilised time-lapse video as part of a post-occupancy evaluation of shared learning spaces. The research focused not on interactional detail but on understanding how space was used throughout the school day. By compressing extended periods of activity into analysable sequences, time-lapse video revealed recurring spatio-temporal patterns of use, including circulation, activity clustering, transitions between learning modes, and structural constraints linked to spatial layout and scheduling. These patterns were not readily visible through real-time observation, surveys, or interviews. By placing these two cases side by side, the paper demonstrates that video and time-lapse video differ not only in temporal resolution but also in the kinds of educational knowledge they produce. Real-time video foregrounds micro-level pedagogical interaction and instructional intent, while time-lapse video makes visible macro-level spatio-temporal patterns that structure everyday educational practice. The paper argues that methodological choices fundamentally shape what can be observed, analysed, and known about educational space. This paper provides a methodological reference point for studies on learning environment design, affordances, teacher roles, and spatial typologies. It contributes to Network 06 by demonstrating how purpose-driven, temporally sensitive video methods can strengthen evidence-informed research, evaluation, and redesign of educational spaces in response to the evolving goals, practices, and spatial demands of contemporary schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The study uses a comparative research design, selecting different video-based methods based on the research aims. Two empirical case studies were conducted in Australia and Finland, each focusing on different aspects of educational activity and the use of learning spaces. Research design The research design is intentionally non-triangulative: video and time-lapse video are not used to examine the same phenomena from different angles, but to investigate different aspects of educational space. The design emphasises alignment between research questions, temporal scale, and methodological choice. Australian case: real-time video In the Australian secondary school case, real-time video observations were conducted in newly designed innovative learning environments. Data collection followed pre- and post-lesson observation cycles, with video recordings focusing on classroom interaction, teaching strategies, and the use of space during instruction. Video data were analysed using iterative viewing and coding procedures to identify pedagogical practices, interaction patterns, and instructional decision-making. In addition to research analysis, video recordings were used in reflective sessions with teachers to support professional learning and pedagogical development. Finnish case: time-lapse video In the Finnish primary school case, time-lapse video was employed as part of a post-occupancy evaluation of shared learning spaces. Cameras captured extended periods of everyday school activity, which were compressed into time-lapse sequences for analysis. This approach enabled identification of spatio-temporal patterns of use, including movement flows, activity clustering, transitions between learning modes, and the impact of spatial features such as storage, circulation routes, and visibility. Analysis focused on recurring spatio-temporal patterns rather than individual behaviour. Ethical and analytical considerations Ethical approval was obtained in both national contexts. Informed consent procedures, anonymisation of participants and settings, and secure data management practices were applied throughout the study. Particular attention was given to ethical considerations associated with visual data, including minimising observer effects, avoiding the identification of individuals, and managing large volumes of video material responsibly. Analytical strategies were tailored to each method’s temporal scale, ensuring alignment between the data's form, the level of analysis, and the research aims. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper demonstrates that video-based methods are not interchangeable tools but purpose-driven methodological choices that produce distinct forms of educational knowledge. Real-time video is well-suited to examining pedagogical interaction, instructional intent, and teacher decision-making at the micro level of classroom practice. Time-lapse video, by contrast, enables analysis of spatio-temporal patterns of use that structure everyday educational activity but remain largely invisible in real-time observation. The findings underscore the importance of aligning research questions, temporal scale, and methodological approach in learning environment research. As schools increasingly operate in shared, flexible, and multifunctional spaces, understanding educational space requires methods capable of capturing both interactional detail and longer-term patterns of use. Failure to make this distinction risks conflating pedagogical practices with spatial structures or overlooking how organisational routines and design features shape learning opportunities. Methodologically, the paper contributes to a growing body of research calling for greater temporal sensitivity in the study of educational space. By demonstrating how different video-based methods align with distinct analytical aims, the paper provides a practical framework for selecting appropriate methods for future research, evaluation, and design. Within the symposium, this contribution offers a methodological anchor that complements studies on spatial typologies, affordances, teacher roles, and learning environment design. It supports evidence-informed approaches to evaluating and redesigning educational spaces in ways that respond to the evolving goals, practices, and spatial demands of contemporary schooling. References Blikstad-Balas, M. (2017). Key challenges of using video when investigating social practices in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 40(1), 1–15. Cleveland, B., Fisher, K., & Imms, W. (2019). Evaluating innovative learning environments. Routledge. Dovey, K., & Fisher, K. (2014). Designing for adaptation: The school as socio-spatial assemblage. Journal of Architecture, 19(1), 43–63. Imms, W., Mahat, M., & Byers, T. (2017). Core principles for effective learning environments. OECD Education Working Papers. Jewitt, C. (2012). An introduction to multimodality. Routledge. Knoblauch, H., Tuma, R., & Schnettler, B. (2014). Videography: Introduction to interpretive video analysis of social situations. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management, 9(2), 103–119. Mahat, M., Grocott, L., & Imms, W. (2022). Teachers’ pedagogical practices in innovative learning environments. The Educational Forum, 86(1), 48–64. Seidel, T., Stürmer, K., Blomberg, G., Kobarg, M., & Schwindt, K. (2011). Teacher learning from analysis of videotaped classroom situations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 259–268. Sherin, M. G., & van Es, E. A. (2009). Effects of video club participation on teachers’ professional vision. Journal of Teacher Education, 60(1), 20–37. Thornburg, D. (2013). From the campfire to the holodeck. Jossey-Bass. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Education Influencers as Digital Knowledge Brokers: Attitudes Towards Using Research Syntheses in Social Media Communication University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Social media platforms have become central to educators' information seeking (e.g., Besa, 2024). However, the quality and evidence base of educational content on these platforms varies considerably, with AI-generated and unverified information proliferating alongside practitioner experiences. Education influencers occupy a unique position: they have both reach and credibility with practitioners, yet their relationship to research evidence remains underexplored. This study examines whether and how education influencers engage with scientific evidence, particularly research syntheses, when creating content for social media. It is well established in international educational research that the uptake of scientific findings can contribute to improving school practice and student achievement. At the same time, significant challenges persist in educators’ reception, interpretation, and implementation of research evidence (Bauer & Kollar, 2023; Cain, 2016; Rycroft-Smith & Stylianides, 2022). In this context, research syntheses have been highlighted as a particularly valuable resource for bridging the science-practice gap. By consolidating empirical evidence, offering new perspectives on data, and enabling robust assessments of generalisability, they represent an efficient and credible form of educational knowledge (Gough & Thomas, 2016; Kerres et al., 2022; Wilmers, 2024). While research syntheses offer a promising solution, critical questions remain regarding their communication: How must they be adapted for different audiences? Which formats and channels facilitate their uptake among practitioners? Empirical research on their use within contemporary knowledge transfer pathways – particularly through social media – remains scarce (Gorard et al., 2020). At the same time, social media platforms are increasingly used by teachers internationally for professional exchange, including the sharing of experiential knowledge and instructional resources (e.g., Besa, 2024). Within these online environments, education influencers have emerged as key multipliers and opinion leaders (Carpenter et al., 2021; Jahn et al., 2024; Kühn & Reismeyer, 2021). Due to their substantial reach, they often engage audiences that academic researchers cannot easily access directly (Jahn et al., 2024). Education influencers may therefore shape other educators’ practices, philosophies, and professional identities (Carpenter et al., 2021). Despite this growing relevance, research on evidence-informed content dissemination via education influencers remains limited. Yet education influencers and research syntheses represent a potentially powerful combination: syntheses provide compact, evidence-based knowledge; influencers are authentic intermediaries with established credibility in digital teacher communities. Against this background, the present contribution examines the potentials and challenges of using research syntheses as a basis for social media content produced by education influencers, with the aim of strengthening science-practice transfer in education. The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Conceptualising influencers as knowledge brokers between educational research and practice, an ongoing online survey study is being conducted with education influencers who produce either German-language content (e.g., based in Germany, Austria, or Switzerland) or English-language content (e.g., based in the UK, Ireland or USA). The survey assesses both participants’ prior experience with and knowledge of research syntheses, as well as their attitudes towards employing such evidence sources in social media content. Attitudinal dispositions are measured through an adapted version of the Evidence-Based Practice Attitude Scale (EBPAS; Merle et al., 2023), modified to reflect the specific context. In addition, participants provide information on key characteristics of their online activity, including their intended audience, preferred platforms, and typical posting formats. These variables allow for a more differentiated understanding of how knowledge transfer practices are shaped by platform-specific affordances and influencer profiles. To address RQs 3 and 4, participants complete a series of paired-comparison ranking tasks. Specifically, they are asked to evaluate multiple variants of graphical abstracts as transfer formats (e.g., comic-style visuals, plain-text summaries, and combined text–image formats). Furthermore, they rank different types of evidence-support offers, such as educational clearing houses, research posters, or other intermediary resources. For each ranking decision, respondents are invited to provide qualitative comments via open-ended items. Data collection for the German-speaking influencer subsample is already well advanced, whereas recruitment for the English-speaking subsample has only recently started. The current German-speaking sample comprises n = 49 education influencers who completed the full adapted EBPAS questionnaire. Participants represent a broad range of educational content domains. Most reported using social media primarily on Instagram, with comparatively low engagement on short-message platforms. Posting frequency typically ranged from weekly to daily. Regarding evidence engagement, approximately two thirds of respondents reported very low levels of knowledge about research syntheses. Prior use was similarly limited: 55.1% indicated no previous engagement, 38.8% occasional use, and 6.1% reported having contributed to the development of research syntheses themselves. In a pilot analysis addressing RQ2, Spearman rank correlations were computed between overall EBPAS scores and both self-reported knowledge and prior use of research syntheses. Once the full survey is completed, multiple regression analyses will be conducted to replicate these associations with increased statistical power, control for potential confounding variables, and explore differential patterns across attitudinal subdimensions. Ranking data from the paired-comparison tasks will be aggregated to produce overall preference orderings. Open-ended responses will be analysed through qualitative content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In sum, education influencers in the current German-speaking pilot subsample expressed generally moderate attitudes towards evidence-based practices in the specific context of using research syntheses for social media communication. Preliminary findings indicate that knowledge of research syntheses may represent a key factor shaping influencers’ attitudes. Correlation analyses revealed differential patterns: while prior engagement with research syntheses was not significantly associated with attitudes towards evidence-based practice (ρ = .08, p = .60), self-reported knowledge of research syntheses showed a significant positive relationship of moderate strength with EBPAS scores (ρ = .31, p = .03). These results provide an initial empirical basis for understanding evidence-related orientations within a population that plays an increasingly influential role in informal educational knowledge dissemination. Building on these pilot insights, the ongoing main study aims to replicate and extend these findings in a larger and more internationally diverse sample, including English-speaking education influencers. Beyond overall associations, the study will examine subgroup differences and potential moderating factors that may shape evidence-use attitudes, such as influencers’ professional background (e.g., teachers, authors), preferred platforms (e.g., Instagram, YouTube), and dominant posting formats (e.g., short-form video, resource sharing). This will allow the identification of distinct profiles of digital knowledge brokers and the conditions under which research syntheses are more likely to be taken up. Future analyses will further explore whether specific attitudinal subdimensions (e.g., openness, fit, requirement) differentially predict influencers’ willingness to integrate research syntheses into their dissemination practices. Beyond academic relevance, the findings are expected to inform the development of targeted evidence-mobilisation strategies and tailored support formats for education influencers, including graphical abstracts and intermediary resources designed to facilitate accessible, credible, and platform-sensitive research communication. Overall, the study contributes to a deeper understanding of how digital knowledge brokers may strengthen the transfer of educational research evidence into practice. References Bauer, J., & Kollar, I. (2023). (Wie) kann die Nutzung bildungswissenschaftlicher Evidenz Lehren und Lernen verbessern? Thesen und Fragen zur Diskussion um evidenzorientiertes Denken und Handeln von Lehrkräften. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51(1), 123–147. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-023-00166-1 Besa, K. S. (2024) Evidenzfernes Lehrkräftehandeln – braucht die Bildungsforschung eine neue Wissenschaftskommunikation? Unterrichtswissenschaft, 52, 251–262. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-024-00203-7 Cain, T. (2016). Research utilisation and the struggle for the teacher’s soul: A narrative review. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 616–629. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1252912 Carpenter, J. P., Shelton, C. C., Curcio, R., & Schroeder, S. (2021). The Education Influencer: New Possibilities and Challenges for Teachers in the Social Media World. In E. Langran & L. Archambault (Eds.), Proceedings of Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education International Conference (1712–1721). https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/219338/ Gorard, S., See, B. H., & Siddiqui, N. (2020). What is the evidence on the best way to get evidence into use in education?. Review of Education, 8(2), 570–610. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3200 Gough, D., & Thomas, J. (2016), Systematic reviews of research in education: Aims, myths and multiple methods. Review of Education, 4(1), 84–102. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3068 Jahn, J., Vogel, T., Heinz, A., Duffner-Korbee, D., Rüther, L., & Marksteiner, T. (2024). Advertising Literacy von Jugendlichen im Kontext von Influencer:innen-Marketing. Konstruktion und Validierung eines Erhebungsinstruments. MedienPädagogik, 57, 127–163. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/57/2024.04.23.X Kerres, M., Sander, P., & Waffner, B. (2022). Zum Zusammenwirken von Bildungsforschung und Bildungspraxis: Gestaltungsorientierte Bildungsforschung als Ko-Konstruktion. Bildungsforschung, 2. https://doi.org/10.25539/bildungsforschun.v0i2.935 Kühn, J., & Riesmeyer, C. (2021). Brand Endorsers with Role Model Function. Social Media Influencers’ Self-Perception and Adver-tising Literacy. MedienPädagogik, 43, 67–96. https://doi.org /10.21240/mpaed/43/2021.07.25.X Merle, J. L., Cook, C. R., Locke, J. J., Ehrhart, M. G., Brown, E. C., Davis, C. J., & Lyon, A. R. (2023). Teacher attitudes toward evidence-based practices: Exploratory and confirmatory analyses of the school-adapted evidence-based practice attitude scale. Implementation Research and Practice, 4. https://doi.org/10.1177/26334895221151026 Rycroft-Smith, L., & Stylianides, A. J. (2022). What makes a good educational research summary? A comparative judgement study of mathematics teachers' and mathematics education researchers' views. Review of Education, 10(1), e3338. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3338 Wilmers, A. (2024). Reviewformat und Projektkontext – Eine Auseinandersetzung mit der Zuordnung Critical Review. In A. Wilmers (Ed.), Bildung im digitalen Wandel. 20 Forschungssynthesen im Metavorhaben Digi-EBF: Methode, Auswertung, Perspektiven (Digitalisierung in der Bildung, Band 5) (pp. 17–38). https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830999126.02 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 02 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”:Inclusive Practices in Autism Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Supporting Practice-based Learning: Autistic Speech and Language Therapy Student and Practice Educator Perspectives on Present Experience and Future Possibilities. Birmingham City University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In 2021, one in every 127 people were estimated to be on the autism spectrum globally (Santomauro et al., 2021). The number of autistic students at university increasing both in the UK and Europe (Gormley et al, 2024, HESA, 2024). Universities have embraced a culture of inclusivity and diversity when recruiting students, including for professional degrees (degree study that includes practice-based learning (PBL) and which is likely to result in accreditation to a profession-specific body). Autistic students face significant and unique barriers in both academic and PBL (Cheriyan et al., 2021) and have large attrition rates. Placement experiences affect students’ intention to persist with their studies and employment plans after graduation (Pesonen et al, 2021). Additionally, speech and communication lie at the heart of teaching and learning since they are one of the main ways teachers provide instruction and support their students as well as being the means through which most students engage and are assessed. This has implications for autistic students since they are likely to experience challenges with social communication and interaction (DSM-5 TR, APA 2022). Our actual and perceived ability to communicate ‘effectively’ (including understanding verbal and non-verbal communication) is influenced by our intersectional experiences, cultural differences and other factors including neurotype. Awareness and adaptation of one’s own communication skills is a key part of practice education including speech and language therapy (SaLT) (Dantuma, 2021). For autistic SaLT students, the core interactional differences between autistic and neurotypical people can pose both challenges and opportunities for those practicing in a majority neurotypical society. However, SaLT, whose aim is to maximise an individual’s communication potential, has been traditionally and historically rooted in a conventional medical paradigm (Pellicano and Houting, 2022) in contrast to the social model of disability, which attributes barriers to environmental and cultural factors. Although listening to neurodivergent perspectives can progress equity and deconstruct ableism, research exploring the views, priorities and experiences autistic students have of their interactions within these social and physical environments (i.e. education and employment) is still emerging. Given this context, we wanted to explore the experience and perceptions of PBL from the perspective of students and recently qualified autistic SaLTs, and their placement educators (some of whom will themselves be autistic). We posed the following research questions: 1. What challenges and support do autistic SaLT students experience during PBL? 2. How much do autistic SaLT students perceive these PBL experiences contribute to their motivation and identity? 3. What suggestions for support and reasonable adjustments do autistic SaLT students identify during PBL? By posing the above questions, we set out to address the following objectives: • To identify effective ways to support placement educators in meeting the needs of this group of students; • To produce recommendations and resources to support the practice-based education of autistic SaLTs; • To share the information gained to enable the above to be carried forward into/inform Higher Education Institutes (HEIs) and future workplaces. Taking a neurodiverse affirming approach, the research adopts a critical realist paradigm (Bhaskar, 1975) to examine lived realities and the internal and external factors contributing to these. Tension between neurotypical standards deemed ‘professional’ and neurodivergent ways of being are likely to impact engagement and identity and are therefore interrogated by applying the social determination theory of motivation (Mylrea et al, 2017). Examining autistic SaLT students and practitioners and their placement educators’ experiences of competence, relatedness and autonomy - including how they shape their motivation and identity -has relevance across HEI disciplines, particularly practice-based disciplines like SaLT, given the fact that communication underpins teaching, learning and assessment in all fields of education and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research sought to discover which aspects of PBL are most important from the perspective of autistic SaLT students, practitioners and their placement educators. Seven autistic level 6 SaLT students, six autistic SaLTs, four autistic SaLT placement educators and five non-autistic placement educators who have supported an autistic SaLT student were recruited opportunistically in Autumn 2024. Recruitment involved emailing and circulating adverts to all HEIs in the UK offering SaLT as an undergraduate route; the RCSLT neurodivergent SaLTs’s and disabled working group; a regional placement educator’s group; and via social media contacts and groups. An exploratory sequential mixed-methods research design (Creswell & Creswell, 2023) was created to investigate the observable and underlying factors involved in the PBL experiences of autistic SLT students. University ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection and responses were recorded anonymously and stored securely and confidentially on encrypted password protected university laptops. Phase one involved an online questionnaire created to explore themes present in the literature and was administered during November-December 2024. This captured both numerical data (e.g. when diagnosed) and descriptive qualitative data from twenty-two participants. Numerical data was analysed using descriptive statistics and descriptive qualitative data was analysed by research assistants trained on inductive reflexive thematic analysis (Joy et al., 2023). Eleven participants took part in phase two, when online semi-structured interviews were conducted in January-February 2025 to probe and further explore the themes identified in phase one using thematic analysis. Finally, six participants took part in the phase 3 focus group interviews to confirm and gain insight into their experience of the identified themes. The focus groups were moderated by the two main research investigators, with two new research assistant being in attendance, who transcribed and analysed the data using a thematic/inductive analytical approach The research team discussed the content, meaning, definitions and conceptual links of the themes generated. This reflexive approach was particularly important given the unique experiences of the research team, all of whom were aware of autism and the range of disability models withing education and psychology that contributed to their consideration of themes related to support, diagnosis, identity and belonging (Joy et al., 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Phase one data identified 40% of practicing SLTs who are autistic and 57% of current autistic final year students received their diagnosis after starting their SLT post or studies, and that experience during their PBL or the placement educators supporting this were a catalyst in pursuing this. Phase two data identified further information around seeking a diagnosis and emotional wellbeing and regulation, and detail about shared understandings (or not), honesty, openness and transparency, and strengths versus prejudicial deficits. We are currently finalising the focus group data analysis. What is emerging is detail around belonging (when safety is/is not present and so when masking is intentional or when true identities are shared or suppressed, and the reality of liminal disability), competence (purpose and intrinsic motivation versus challenges due to academic and ableist barriers or misinterpretations which vary depending on placement educator perspectives) and autonomy (strategies and adjustments that support and progress students and how the intuition and insight of autistic SLTs can enhance their support of clients with speech, language and communication needs). PBL enhances employability (Cheriyan et al., 2021). Whilst the literature argues improving experience and outcomes for neurodivergent students should be a priority for universities aiming to produce graduates equipped to tackle the complex problems of contemporary society (Hamilton and Petty, 2023; Oates and Bean, 2023), intersectional combinations mean PBL experiences and outcomes vary between individual students and contexts. Experiences of discrimination and stereotyping during PBL means the lived reality currently often falls short of rhetoric around study and future employment. In line with the Strategy for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 2021-2030 (EC, 2021), our findings contribute to the removal of barriers to learning by enabling access to quality PBL, with implications for equality of opportunity, identity formation, employment possibilities, career trajectory and advocacy. References APA (2022) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787. Bhaskar, R. (1975) A realist theory of science. NY:Routledge. Cheriyan, C., Shevchuk-Hill, S., Riccio, A., Vincent, J., Kapp, S. K., Cage, E., Dwyer, P., Kofner, B., Attwood, H. and Gillespie-Lynch, K. (2021) Exploring the Career Motivations, Strengths, and Challenges of Autistic and Non-autistic University Students: Insights From a Participatory Study. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, article 719827: 1-11. Creswell, J.W. and Cresswell, J.D. (2023) Research Design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Los Angeles:Sage. Dantuma, T. (2021) Professional Competencies in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology. Burlington Mass:Jones & Bartlett Learning. European Commission (2021) Union of equality: Strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities 2021-2030 - European Commission. Gormley, L., Feeney, A., and McNally, S. (2024) A scoping review of research trends and future directions for research on the experiences of autistic students and staff in post-secondary education. European Journal of Higher Education, 14(4), 554–573. Hamilton, L.G. and Petty, S. (2023) Compassionate pedagogy for neurodiversity in higher education: A conceptual analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 14: 1-9. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1093290 HESA (Higher Education Statistics Agency) (2024) Who's studying in HE? Personal characteristics (2022-23 data). https://www.hesa.ac.uk/data-andanalysis/students/whos-in-he/characteristics#breakdown . Joy, E., Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2023) Doing Reflexive Thematic Analysis: A Reflexive Account, Chapter 10, pp. 155-171 in F. Meyer & K. Meissel (Eds.), (2023) Research methods for education and the social disciplines in Aotearoa New Zealand. Wellington: NZCER Press. https://www.nzcer.org.nz/nzcerpress/research-methods-education-and-social-disciplines. Mylrea, M.F., Sen Gupta, T., & Glass, B. D. (2017). Validation of a motivation survey tool for pharmacy students: Exploring a link to professional identity development. Currents in Pharmacy Teaching and Learning, 9(5), 763–769. Oates, M. and Bean, A. (2023) Qualitative Analysis of the Experiences and Perspectives of Autistic Speech-Language Pathologists. American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 32(5): 2178-2191. Pellicano, E. and Houting, J. (2022) Annual Research Review: Shifting from ‘normal science’ to neurodiversity in autism science. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 63(4), 381-396. Pesonen, H. V., Waltz, M., Fabri, M., Lahdelma, M., & Syurina, E. V. (2021) Students and graduates with autism: perceptions of support when preparing for transition from university to work. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(4), 531–546. Santomauro, D. F. et al (2021) The global epidemiology and health burden of the autism spectrum: findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021 The Lancet Psychiatry, 12 (2):111 – 121. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk From Exclusion to Inclusion: A Social Justice Framework for Understanding the Social Inclusion of Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities underscores that ensuring equal opportunities in education, employment, and social participation for all members of society, particularly individuals with disabilities, represents a fundamental objective of contemporary social development. In the field of disability studies, there has been a notable shift from the traditional medical model to the social model, which conceptualizes disability as the outcome of societal, environmental, and cultural barriers.This paradigm shift reflects a move from understanding disability as a personal deficiency to recognizing the structural and social determinants that hinder full participation in society, thereby emphasizing the importance of social inclusion.Research on autism has long been focused on childhood, and although it is now increasingly recognized that autistic children become autistic adults and spend the majority of their lives as adults, their needs in employment, education, independent living, and social participation become more prominent. This review aims to address these gaps by examining the theoretical evolution of social inclusion and applying a multidimensional framework to analyze the current social inclusion status of adults with ASD.Drawing on Ager and Strang’s widely cited framework and subsequent adaptations, social inclusion is conceptualized in three interrelated dimensions: structural inclusion, referring to access to resources and opportunities such as employment, education, housing, healthcare, and policy support; relational inclusion, reflecting the quality and breadth of social networks, community engagement, and interpersonal relationships; and identity inclusion, encompassing subjective perceptions of self, social belonging, life satisfaction, and psychological well-being. Using this framework, the review synthesizes empirical evidence on the structural, relational, and identity-related challenges faced by adults with ASD, including insufficient vocational and educational support, restricted independent living options, fragmented healthcare services, limited social networks, family-centered dependence, low community participation, collective loneliness, and diminished self-identity and life satisfaction. The findings highlight complex, interwoven barriers to social inclusion and provide theoretical and practical implications for designing age-appropriate, multidimensional support systems and evidence-based policies to promote social integration and well-being among adults with ASD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a systematic literature review methodology to comprehensively examine the social integration of adults with autism spectrum disorder within a multidimensional theoretical framework. First, relevant peer-reviewed literature was identified using academic databases including Web of Science, Scopus, CNKI, and PubMed, covering publications from 2005 to 2025. Keywords employed in the search included combinations of “autism,” “adult,” “social inclusion,” “social integration,” “social cohesion,”“social participation,” “employment,” “community engagement,” and “life satisfaction.” Inclusion criteria were: (1) studies focusing on individuals aged 16 and above with a formal ASD diagnosis, (2) empirical research addressing structural, relational, or identity dimensions of social integration, and (3) publications in English. Exclusion criteria were studies focusing exclusively on children, theoretical commentaries without empirical data, or populations with mixed disability diagnoses without ASD-specific findings. After removing duplicates and screening abstracts for relevance, full texts of selected studies were reviewed. Data extraction focused on the social inclusion dimensions, including employment status, educational access, living arrangements, healthcare accessibility, social network size, quality of interpersonal relationships, community participation, sense of belonging, identity formation, and life satisfaction. The extracted data were then categorized according to the three-dimensional framework of structural, relational, and identity inclusion. Comparative analyses were conducted to identify patterns, similarities, and disparities across different national contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The review highlights that adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) face pervasive challenges across structural, relational, and identity dimensions of social inclusion. Structurally, insufficient vocational training, limited career transition support, restricted independent living options, and fragmented healthcare services impede objective participation in societal systems. Relationally, adult autistic individuals demonstrate highly family-centered social networks, limited peer and community interactions, and scarce opportunities for meaningful social engagement. Identity-wise, they often experience low life satisfaction, social isolation, diminished sense of belonging, and challenges in forming stable self-identity, further compounded by societal stigma and marginalization. These interwoven barriers underscore that social integration difficulties are not merely individual deficits but reflect systemic, relational, and cultural shortcomings. Practical implications of these findings suggest the urgent need for a holistic, life-course-oriented support system encompassing education, employment, housing, healthcare, and community engagement. Policies should prioritize inclusivity in ordinary community settings, strengthen cross-sectoral collaboration, and establish integrated service platforms to ensure continuity of support from adolescence to adulthood. Emphasizing participatory design in interventions and evaluation frameworks can ensure services are responsive to the diverse needs of adult ASD populations. Future research should focus on the heterogeneity of adult ASD individuals, considering gender, communication ability, and intersecting identities, to develop inclusive and precise assessment tools for social integration. Moreover, integrating evidence-based interventions with supportive policy frameworks can enhance resource utilization, promote psychosocial well-being, and facilitate meaningful societal participation. Collectively, these efforts can inform the design of sustainable, multidimensional strategies to improve social inclusion and quality of life for adults with ASD, ultimately contributing to a more equitable and inclusive society. References Botha, M., Dibb, B., & Frost, D. M. (2022). " Autism is me": an investigation of how autistic individuals make sense of autism and stigma. Disability & Society, 37(3), 427-453. Brusilovskiy, E., Salzer, M. S., Pomponio Davidson, A., Feeley, C., & Pfeiffer, B. (2024). Using GPS and Self-Report Data to Examine the Relationship Between Community Mobility and Community Participation Among Autistic Young Adults. The American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 78(3), 7803205160. Corden, K., Brewer, R., & Cage, E. (2021). Personal identity after an autism diagnosis: Relationships with self-esteem, mental wellbeing, and diagnostic timing. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 699335. Crompton, C. J., Michael, C., Dawson, M., & Fletcher-Watson, S. (2020). Residential care for older autistic adults: Insights from three multiexpert summits. Autism in Adulthood, 2(2), 121-127. Ee, D., Hwang, Y. I., Reppermund, S., Srasuebkul, P., Trollor, J. N., Foley, K. R., & Arnold, S. R. (2019). Loneliness in adults on the autism spectrum. Autism in Adulthood, 1(3), 182-193. Gilmore, D., Krantz, M., Weaver, L., & Hand, B. N. (2022). Healthcare service use patterns among autistic adults: A systematic review with narrative synthesis. Autism, 26(2), 317-331. Grace, K., Remington, A., Lloyd-Evans, B., Davies, J., & Crane, L. (2022). Loneliness in autistic adults: A systematic review. Autism, 26(8), 2117-2135. Howlin, P., & Moss, P. (2012). Adults with autism spectrum disorders. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 57(5), 275-283. Malik-Soni, N., Shaker, A., Luck, H., Mullin, A. E., Wiley, R. E., Lewis, M. S., ... & Frazier, T. W. (2022). Tackling healthcare access barriers for individuals with autism from diagnosis to adulthood. Pediatric research, 91(5), 1028-1035. Moseley, R. L., Turner-Cobb, J. M., Spahr, C. M., Shields, G. S., & Slavich, G. M. (2021). Lifetime and perceived stress, social support, loneliness, and health in autistic adults. Health Psychology, 40(8), 556. Schall, C., Wehman, P., Avellone, L., & Taylor, J. P. (2020). Competitive integrated employment for youth and adults with autism: Findings from a scoping review. Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America, 29(2), 373-397. Song, W., Shea, L., Nonnemacher, S. L., Brusilovskiy, E., Townley, G., & Salzer, M. S. (2022). Community participation comparison between adults on the autism spectrum and adults in the general population. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 52(4), 1610-1621. Taylor, J. L., & Seltzer, M. M. (2010). Changes in the autism behavioral phenotype during the transition to adulthood. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 40(12), 1431-1446. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 02 B: Experiences and Representations of Marginalised Communities in Education Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Leyla Safta-Zecheria Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Remembering School in Times of Crisis: Refugee Students’ Experiences During COVID-19 Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This research explores the lived experiences of refugee children growing up amid continuous change and overlapping crises, focusing particularly on forced migration and the COVID‑19 pandemic. We asked children to tell and draw about their experiences before, during, and after the pandemic, examining how they describe their lives and relationships with teachers, peers, friends, family, and what we should do differently in supporting children in future crises. The pandemic showed clearly that COVID‑19 education policy measures did not affect all children equally. Crisis responses, school closures, digital tools, family circumstances, and migration‑related challenges shaped how children experienced the period. While some positive aspects of remote teaching have been noted (Orell, 2021), disadvantaged backgrounds are found to be a major factor in learning losses during remote schooling (Engzell, Frey & Verhagen, 2021), and children in vulnerable positions faced the most negative impacts on learning (Goman, 2021; Metsämuuronen & Lehikko, 2023). Increased inequalities were linked to the heightened need for home support and self‑regulation (Goman, 2021), typically scaffolded by physical classrooms and teacher guidance. During remote learning, pupils with strong social backgrounds and supportive families had better capacity for self‑regulation and motivation (Metsämuuronen & Seppälä, 2022), whereas those in disadvantaged or vulnerable situations often lacked this crucial support (Fazel et al., 2012). The study draws on narrative analysis (Riessman, 1993; Polkinghorn, 1995) and realistic dialogic analysis (Francis Auton et al., 2022) within a critical realist framework (Bhaskar, 1975/2008). This combination addresses both personal experiences and the broader social structures shaping them. Critical realism helps to illuminate skewed or limiting ways of thinking and acting around policies and practices (cf. Fairclough, 2012), as it recognises that established knowledge is always fallible (Bhaskar, 1975/2008), but it can be strengthened through multiple viewpoints and multidisciplinary analyses. Through this framework, the study offers insights on how young people faced uncertainty, restrictions, remote schooling, social isolation, and sudden shifts in daily routines, and how the crisis became part of everyday life. Individual narratives connect to broader issues of migration, inequality, access to education, and the effects of policy on children’s daily lives. For example, school closures, remote learning, and unequal access to digital tools affected children differently across borders. Understanding how these children experienced the crisis contributes to international discussions on equal educational opportunities, crisis‑resilient schooling, children’s rights, and preparedness for future disruptions. By examining how children narrate and make sense of their experiences, the study strengthens debates on children’s rights, vulnerability, migration, and the challenges of growing up in an increasingly complex world. This research is part of the Nordic collaboration ERAPAN (Education of Refugees and Asylum Seekers under and post the Pandemic in the Nordic Countries), strengthening the study’s European dimension. In Nordic and European contexts, children with refugee backgrounds often move across countries, languages, and education systems. The pandemic exposed differences in how countries supported vulnerable children, especially those with migration backgrounds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a qualitative research design based on semi structured interviews, which were analysed using narrative (Riessman, 1993; Polkinghorn, 1995) and realist dialogic analysis (Francis Auton et al., 2022). In addition, the students were asked to draw about their experiences, as drawing may help children to bring forth matters that otherwise could be left untold (Smørholm & Simonsen 2017). Semi structured interviews built around a shared timeline helped children recall how their lives changed during the pandemic. According to Riessman (1993), disruptions in everyday life expose gaps between ideal and real conditions prompt more elaborate storytelling. From these individual accounts, a broader coming of age narrative emerges, one that shows how young people navigated uncertainty, restrictions, remote schooling, social isolation, and sudden shifts in daily routines, and how the crisis gradually became part of everyday life. The interviews were conducted five years after the pandemic, which made narrative analysis a sensemaking choice. With several years between the pandemic and the moment of reminiscence, the research focused on the long term reflections, core memories, and the broader storylines the children use to make sense of the pandemic and its impact on their everyday lives, that have stayed with the children to this day. Narrative analysis allows the research to focus not only on what events they remember, but how they describe them, what they emphasise, and how they connect different moments into a larger story (Riessman, 1993; Polkinghorn, 1995). The results first identified through narrative analysis were further developed through realistic dialogic analysis. This meant discussing the findings within the research team, comparing interpretations, and refining our understanding together. These ongoing dialogues helped strengthen the analysis and ensured that different viewpoints were considered. Ethical considerations have been central to the research. The study follows principles of voluntary participation, informed consent, confidentiality, and sensitivity to the children’s backgrounds. The interviews were conducted safely and respectfully, and the participants were encouraged to share only what they felt comfortable discussing. Because the children have refugee backgrounds, special attention was given to their wellbeing, privacy, and the potential emotional impact of recalling crisis experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study provides new insights into how children with refugee backgrounds experienced the COVID 19 pandemic. Their narratives illuminate both the broader challenges of growing up amid overlapping crises and the individual emotions, circumstances, and obstacles they faced, alongside the opportunities and imagined futures they see for themselves. Tentative findings suggest that the children’s identities, perspectives, and sense of agency were shaped by pandemic conditions such as school closures, social restrictions, shifting family responsibilities, and uncertainty. Their reflections highlight the diversity within this group and challenge assumptions that children in vulnerable positions form a uniform category. The stories show varied ways of coping, adapting, and interpreting crisis time events, each shaped by personal context and history. The narratives also show that childhood carries an inherent vulnerability to the impacts of crises and everyday life. While they reveal children’s adaptability, they also emphasize the need for support that responds to individual circumstances. Asking for help was not always easy – a child might feel ashamed or avoid being treated differently and try to blend in despite difficulties. This underscores the importance of structures and educators who offer sensitive, respectful support without singling children out. Approachable, low threshold communication between students and educators appears key. Their coming of age stories remind us of the insecurities all children navigate as they grow, and how a crisis can become part of everyday life when it stretches over long periods. These findings can help educators, schools, and policymakers better understand what matters for children in crisis situations and how to build support systems that are both accessible and responsive. The study contributes to discussions on children’s rights, vulnerability, migration, and the realities of growing up in an increasingly complex and uncertain world. References Engzell, P., Frey, A. & Verhagen, M. D. (2021). Learning loss due to school closures during the COVID-19 pandemic. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(17), e2022376118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2022376118 Fairclough, N. (2012). Critical discourse analysis. Teoksessa J. P. Gee & M. Handford (toim.), The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Routledge. Fazel, M., Reed, R. V., Panter-Brick, C., & Stein, A. (2012). Mental health of displaced and refugee children resettled in high-income countries: risk and protective factors. The Lancet, 379(9812), 266-282. Francis Auton, E., Sarkies, M. N., Pomare, C., Long, J., Hardwick, R., Nguyen, H. M., & Braithwaite, J. (2022). Real talk: A realist dialogic approach in a realist evaluation. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221120748 Goman, J., Huusko, M., Isoaho, K., Lehikko, A., Metsämuuronen, J., Rumpu, N., … & Åkerlund, C. (2021). Poikkeuksellisten opetusjärjestelyjen vaikutukset tasa-arvon ja yhdenvertaisuuden toteutumiseen eri koulutusasteilla. Osa III: Kansallisen arvioinnin yhteenveto ja suositukset. Kansallisen koulutuksen arviointikeskuksen julkaisut, 8. https://karvi.fi/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/KARVI_0821.pdf Metsämuuronen, J., & Lehikko, A. (2023). Challenges and Possibilities of Educational Equity and Equality in the Post-COVID-19 Realm in the Nordic Countries. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 67(7), 1100–1121. Orell, M., Aerila, J.-A., Siipola, M., Keinänen, H., Kemppinen, L., Kärki, T., & Koski, P. (2021). Perusopetuksen alimpien luokkien oppilaiden kokemuksia pandemian aikaisesta etäopetusjaksosta. Sosiaalipedagogiikka, 22, 139–163. https://doi.org/10.30675/sa.102826 Polkinghorn, D. E. (1995). Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis. In J. A. Hatch, R. Wisniewski, D. Blumenfeld-Jones, D. E. Polkinghorne, C. Emihovich, J. Nespor, L. Barber, T. Barone, N. Zeller, I. Goodson, L. R. Bloom & P. Munro. Life history and narrative. Falmer Press. Riessman, C. K. (1993). Narrative analysis. Sage. Smørholm S. & Simonsen J. K. (2017). Children’s Drawings in Ethnographic Explorations: Analysis and Interpretations. Teoksessa R. Evans & L. Holt (toim.). Methodological Approaches. Springer Nature Singapore. 381–405. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Indigenous Māori Students’ Subject Choice and Academic Achievement in their Final Year of Secondary School in New Zealand University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Academic achievement for indigenous school leavers is an important indicator of success at school and is likely to provide future opportunities in life and support resilience in an uncertain world. This study builds on previous research which established the top performing schools for Māori students in achieving University Entrance in the New Zealand education system (Highfield et al., 2025). To understand the achievement rates of indigenous Māori students in their final year of secondary school, we conducted a further in-depth analysis of academic results of New Zealand school leavers to understand students patterns of achievement and subject choices. An analysis of the academic achievement of Māori students in STEM subjects in New Zealand secondary schools probed the pattern of curriculum subject enrolment and achievement for this group compared to their peers.
In order for society to become more equitable, it is essential that students from underrepresented groups have equal access to a university level education, should that be the pathway they wish to pursue. A university education also plays a critical role in promoting both social and economic mobility (OECD, 2025). The ongoing impact of colonisation in New Zealand means there has historically been considerable disparity in student achievement between Māori students and their peers as they more likely to have higher representation in lower socio economic areas and schools. Research continues to reveal this group are subjected to low teacher expectations and systemic discrimination within the secondary school context (Turner-Adams et al., 2023). Therefore, understanding patterns of achievement and subject choice among Māori students is important for advancing equity, particularly as a growing proportion of New Zealanders will identify as Māori by 2030 (Fowler, 2018). Previous studies have shown that approximately half of the Māori students who remain in school until age 18 gain University Entrance (UE), compared to 81 percent for non-Māori (Fowler, 2018; NZQA, 2024) and yet high achievement at school for all student groups is important because it enables young people to learn the skills needed to succeed in a knowledge-based society (World Economic Forum, 2023).
Despite rising university participation across OECD countries, access remains uneven (OECD, 2025). Students with higher socio-economic status (SES) are more likely to attend university than their peers from lower socioeconomic groups (OECD, 2025) and indigenous and minority groups continue to be underrepresented (Theodore et al., 2016). Socio-economic status has been shown to influence both student success (Helme, 2010; Woods-McConney et al., 2013) and decisions to pursue STEM pathways (Fullarton & Ainley, 2000) although in an Australian study Jefferies et al, (2020) found that SES was only an indirect predictor of student’s subject choices, mediated by enjoyment in subject material and achievement in the subject. The research questions that have guided the investigation examine how Māori students’ enrolment and achievement in mathematics and science compare between the academically top performing schools for Māori and other schools in New Zealand as well as investigating the curriculum subjects are Māori students enrolling and achieving in. To answer these questions we examined the extent to which Māori students’ enrolment and achievement in mathematics and science subjects in their final year of secondary school compared to the average enrolment and achievement of all students in the same school .
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Answering the research questions for this paper required a quantitative analysis of Year 13 students (17-18 year olds) who had achieved University Entrance (UE), by subject and school. The New Zealand Qualifications Authority (NZQA) was approached for access to the full data set and agreement was reached to ensure the data supplied was managed in accordance with privacy guidelines. From the NZQA dataset, a total of 448 non-private (state and state-integrated) secondary schools had available UE data. Due to missing enrollment and/or achievement data in mathematics and science subjects for some schools, the total sample of New Zealand secondary schools suitable for analysis was 87 schools that met the criteria for high performing schools for Māori students. In this study, the number of students who enrolled in and achieved 14 or more credits was used as a measure of enrolment and achievement for each school because students require a minimum of 14 credits, in at least three subjects, to achieve university entrance. Identifying Māori students’ enrollment and achievement in mathematics and science in the academically top performing schools for Māori and other schools in New Zealand, required independent sample t-tests (or the non-parametric equivalent if the data is not normally distributed). This enabled us to determine if there were statistically significant differences in student enrollment and achievement rates in mathematics and science between Māori students in the top Māori schools and the other schools. To understand how Māori students’ enrollment and achievement in mathematics and science compared to the overall average of all students in the same school, paired sample t-tests (or the non-parametric equivalent if the data is not normally distributed) were used. This allowed an examination of statistically significant differences in student enrollment and achievement rates in mathematics and science between Māori students and the overall school average in the top Māori schools. Investigation of the curriculum subjects where Māori students in the top performing schools were enrolling and achieving required a descriptive analysis of each school’s enrollment and achieved grades for all curriculum subjects offered at year 13 in which students enrolled in their last year at high school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed that Māori students in the top performing schools for Māori (n = 87) had significantly higher UE enrolled and achieved rates in both mathematics and science subjects compared to Māori students in other schools (n = 274). However, Māori students’ enrolled rates in science, as well as achieved rates in both mathematics and science were statistically significantly lower than the overall average rates of all students in the same school. This analysis reveals Māori students are enrolling in mathematics and science courses in their last year of secondary school but few are gaining the credits required for a STEM focused UE pathway. Less than 10% of Māori students in these 87 top-performing schools gained 14 credits or more in chemistry, calculus or physics compared to 28% who gained sufficient credits in English. Our study findings show that there are considerable disparities in some STEM subject areas in terms of the numbers of Māori students who did not go on to achieve 14 credits and sit the external examinations. The study also highlights the non-STEM subjects where Māori students were enrolling and achieving success. Māori students were outperforming non-Māori students in subjects which allowed them to bring their own cultural capital to the table such as Te Reo Māori language, the Arts subjects and more practically and professionally oriented areas such as physical education and health. We contend that Māori students select subjects they enjoy, are likely to achieve in and know they will be taught effectively in order to gain academic success and build their self-efficacy. We conclude that ongoing research into the possible reasons for subject selection and relative rates of achievement as contextualized within the larger school and sociopolitical context are required. References Fowler, T. (2018). Māori and Pasifika achievement is a learner success issue. Retrieved 17/11/2025, from https://www.tec.govt.nz/about-us/news-and-consultations/news-and-consultations/archived-news/maori-and-pasifika-achievement-learner-success-issue Fullarton, S., & Ainley, J. (2000). Subject Choice by Students in Year 12 in Australian Secondary Schools. Longitudinal Surveys of Australian Youth Research Report. Australian Council for Educational Research Customer Service, Private Bag 55, Camberwell, VIC 3124 (Code: A115LSA; $30. Helme, S. (2010). Career decision-making : what matters to Indigenous Australians. Australian Journal of Career Development, 19(3), 67–74. https://doi.org/10.1177/103841621001900309 Highfield, C., Wang, S., Woods, R., Webber, M., & Oldehaver, J. (2025). Whaowhia te kete mātauranga: the characteristics of New Zealand secondary schools where Māori students flourish academically. New Zealad Journal of Educational Studies. Jeffries, D., Curtis, D. D., & Conner, L. N. (2020). Student Factors Influencing STEM Subject Choice in Year 12: a Structural Equation Model Using PISA/LSAY Data. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 18(3), 441–461. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-019-09972-5 New Zealand Qualifications Authority, 2024. NCEA and UE 2023 attainment data now available. https://www2.nzqa.govt.nz/about-us/news/ncea-and-ue-2023-attainment-data-now-available/ OECD (2025), Education at a Glance 2025: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en. Theodore, R., Tustin, K., Kiro, C., Gollop, M., Taumoepeau, M., Taylor, N., Chee, K., Hunter, J., & Poulton, R. (2016) Māori university graduates: indigenous participation in higher education, Higher Education Research & Development, 35:3, 604-618, https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2015.1107883 Turner-Adams, H., Rubie-Davies, C., & Webber, M. (2023). High-Achieving Māori students perceptions of their best and worst teachers. MAI: A New Zealand Journal of Indigenous Scholarship, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.20507/MAIJournal.2023.12.2.1 Woods-McConney, A., Oliver, M. C., McConney, A., Maor, D., & Schibeci, R. (2013). Science engagement and literacy : a retrospective analysis for Indigenous and non-Indigenous students in Aotearoa New Zealand and Australia. Research in Science Education (Australasian Science Education Research Association), 43(1), 233–252. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-011-9265-y World Economic Forum. (2023). Future of Jobs Report 2023. https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-future-of-jobs-report-2023/. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Framing Others: Media Representation and the Positioning of Roma Identities 1: University of Education Heidelberg; 2: Johannes Gutenberg-University Mainz Presenting Author:Media socialisation functions as a crucial site of education in which knowledge, norms, and hierarchies are produced and reproduced. Stereotypes within media shape the media experiences of children and young people and reinforce hegemonic knowledge in public discourse, with enormous consequences for Roma individuals, among others. Empirical studies demonstrate that members of Roma communities face widespread discrimination in social institutions, including education and media-related contexts (Boatcă 2025; Cudak/Rostas 2023; Pasquali 2023; Reuter 2023; UKA 2021;; Randjelović et al. 2020;Scherr/Sachs 2018). As a result, people affected by discrimination often develop fears and mistrust toward the media. Parents and educational professionals are confronted with the challenge of addressing misrepresentation, for example, in children’s literature as well as in cinematic, streaming or social media content (Randjelović et al. 2020). These patterns of misrepresentation are not new: stereotypes and strategies such as exoticisation, demonisation, and criminalisation have been reproduced across media for centuries. Historical documentation can be found in literature (Bogdal 2011; Brittnacher 2012), film (Mladenova 2019; Josting et al. 2017), photography (Bell/Suckow 2008; Reuter 2016), and public reporting (End 2014; Tremlett/Messing/Kóczé 2017; UKA 2021; Haus/Uslu 2025, Voina/Sabău 2025). As a result, such media representations have become widespread, constituting a transnationally circulated media knowledge and a European phenomenon. Such a “regime of representation” (Hall 2024) shows how contemporary media socialisation continues to be shaped by racist patterns as discussed in the discourse on antigypsyism. At the same time, media are not only sites of reproduction but can also open spaces in which harsh representations are made visible, stereotypes are questioned, and alternative images become possible (End 2014). In this paper, we present findings from a qualitative reception study that investigates how Roma individuals interpret media content. The study focuses on the role of media in socialisation and the ways in which hegemonic and epistemic powerful representations framing Roma as criminalised, precarious, or portrayed as outsiders, shape perceptions and everyday experiences. We examine how these portrayals are received, negotiated, and resisted, including the strategies participants apply to cope with forms of discrimination or stereotypical media knowledge. The analysis considers media with both national and international reach, highlighting how reception contribute to understanding the impact of such representations on Roma individuals or communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution is part of a funded project investigating the representation of Roma and other epistemically constructed figures in media. Building on three analytical strands, children’s and youth literature, film and television, and public reporting, the paper focuses on the qualitative reception analysis of such media, considering media as a site of socialisation in which knowledge, norms, and hierarchies are produced and circulated. Various members of the heterogeneous Roma communities report from their own experience how patterns of criminalisation, precarisation, and portrayal as outsiders are reflected in media content, shaping perceptions, everyday life experiences, and the media socialisation. The 12 in-depth narrative interviews (Kruse 2015) capture these biographical experiences and highlight how media representations are linked to participants’ social positioning, to historical contexts, and hegemonic knowledge (Hall 1993). Sampling criteria included age, generation, and levels of political and media engagement (ranging from non-involvement to political activism). To complement these individual perspectives, we conducted 9 group discussions (Przyborski/Riegler 2010) with educators, media professionals, and historical witnesses. The media excerpts presented in the discussions were drawn from the project’s media analysis and served as concrete material to explore how media contribute to processes of socialisation and the circulation of powerful representations. Our analysis employed a reconstructive approach to uncover interpretive patterns, while the qualitative data from interviews and group discussions were systematically analysed using Grounded Theory (Strübing 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By combining critical media research with reception studies, the project situates reception processes at the centre of understanding how powerful media knowledge circulates, and how such media experiences shape socialisation across different contexts and generations. It can be shown that the interviewees experience the dominant portrayal of Roma in the media as poor and disadvantaged (precarisation) and criminal (criminalisation) as highly discriminatory. Another key point for our interview partners is what is not portrayed in the media. Some interviewees point out that Roma hardly ever appear in German school textbooks, and when they do, they are portrayed as a newly immigrated group. This strategy of migrantisation obscures the fact that most of these communities have been part of German society for centuries. The tendency for media representations of Roma in public reporting to focus primarily on the spectacular (in the sense of Hall's (2024) “spectacle of the ’other’”) leads to a de-normalisation and invisibilisation of the ordinary. Middle- and upper-class lifestyles, educational achievement and professional success do not appear to be newsworthy. Our findings show that our interviewees not only assume that these media representations shape society's image of Roma and encourage discrimination in other areas of life. They attribute to these highly selective and one-sidedly problematic forms of media representation a central role to maintain and legitimise antigypsyism. Furthermore, our findings illustrate that these representations also influence the self-image and self-perception of the interviewees. Creating counter-narratives and using social media for activism against media antiziganism is seen as a productive resistance strategy. References Bell, P./Suckow, D. (2008): Lebenslinien – Das Handlesemotiv und die Repräsentation von ‚Zigeunern‘ in der Kunst des Spätmittelalters und der frühen Neuzeit. In: Uerlings, H./Patrut, I. (ed.): „Zigeuner“ und Nation: Repräsentation – Inklusion – Exklusion. Frankfurt/M. Boatcă, M. (2025): Subjects, Disavowed: Romani Europeans and the Challenge of Unthinkable Histories, in: Transilvania, nr. 4. Bogdal, K. (2011): Europa erfindet die Zigeuner. Eine Geschichte von Faszination und Verachtung. Berlin. Brittnacher, H. (2012): Leben auf der Grenze. Klischee und Faszination des Zigeunerbildes in Literatur und Kunst. Göttingen. Cudak, K./Rostas, J. (2023): Bildungssituation(en) von Sinti und Roma im deutschen Bildungssystem. In: Strauß, D. (ed.): RomnoKher-Studie 2021. Wiesbaden. End, M. (2014): Antiziganismus in der deutschen Öffentlichkeit. Strategien und Mechanismen medialer Kommunikation. Heidelberg. Hall, S. (1993): Encoding, decoding. In: During, S. (ed.): The Cultural Studies Reader. London. Hall, S. (2024): The Spectacle of the “Other”. In: Hall/Nixon/Evans (eds.): Representation: Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices. Sage. Haus, M./Uslu, Ö. (2025): Dehnbare Grenzen des Sagbaren: Der Wandel von Begriffen und die Resistenz von Bedeutungen und Sichtbarkeiten im Kontext der Berichterstattung über Sinti:zze und Rom:nja, in: Zeitschrift für Diskursforschung. Josting, P./Reuter, F./Roeder, C./Wolters, U. (2017): „Denn sie rauben sehr geschwind jedes böse Gassenkind ...“. „Zigeuner“-Bilder in Kinder- und Jugendmedien. Göttingen. Kruse, J. (2015): Qualitative Interviewforschung. Ein integrativer Ansatz. Weinheim. Mladenova, R. (2019): Patterns of Symbolic Violence. The Motif of 'Gypsy' Child-theft across Visual Media. Heidelberg. Pasquali, S. (2023): Schule – für Sinti* und Roma* ein Ort, der Kraft kostet. In: Strauß, D. (ed.): RomnoKher-Studie 2021. Wiesbaden. Przyborski A./Riegler J. (2010): Gruppendiskussion und Fokusgruppe. In: Mey G./Mruck K. (eds.): Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie. Wiesbaden. Randjelović, I./Attia, I./Gerstenberger, O./Fernández Ortega, J./Kostić, S. (2020): Studie zu Ras-sismuserfahrungen von Sinti:zze und Rom:nja in Deutschland. Berlin. Reuter, F. (2016): Der selektive Blick. Die fotografische Konstruktion des ‚Zigeuners‘. In: Nerdinger, W. (ed.): Die Verfolgung der Sinti und Roma in München und Bayern 1933–1945. Berlin. Reuter, F. (2023): Antiziganismus und Bildungsgeschichte. In: Strauß, D. (ed.): RomnoKher-Studie 2021. Wiesbaden. Scherr, A./Sachs, L. (2018): Bildungsbiografien von Sinti und Roma. Erfolgreiche Bildungsverläufe unter schwierigen Bedingungen. Bonn. Strübing, J. (2021): Grounded Theory: Zur sozialtheoretischen und epistemologischen Fundierung eines pragmatistischen Forschungsstils. Wiesbaden. Tremlett, A./Messing, V./Kóczé, A. (2017): Romaphobia and the media: mechanisms of power and the politics of representations, Identities, 24:6. UKA (2021): Perspektivwechsel, nachholende Gerechtigkeit, Partizipation (2021). Berlin. Voina, A./Sabău, C. (2025): Talked about, not talked to: Romani women’s representation in media and politics. Feminist Media Studies. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 02 C: Belonging, Identity and Citizenship in Migration Contexts Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Agostinetto Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Former Unaccompanied Minors and the Transition to Adulthood: Perspectives and Insights from the Lived Experience in Finland Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The findings presented in this paper are drawn from an EU funded research project that explores the transition to adulthood from the perspectives of former unaccompanied minor asylum-seeking youth in Finland. Working with 22 youth participants and using a participatory voice-centred relational methodology (VCRM), the project has two research objectives. Research Objective 1 is to better understand the transition to adulthood of former unaccompanied minor youth in Finland. Research Objective 2 has been to innovate new ways of co-constructing knowledge and art with participants. Over the last decade, rates of forced migration to Finland have significantly increased (Finnish Immigration Service, 2025). Unlike some settlement contexts, the Finnish and other Nordic contexts have been argued as being relatively culturally and ethnically homogenous (Haswell et al., 2023). Furthermore, broader global research has demonstrated that a smooth transition to adulthood has been linked to social and economic success as well as wellbeing in the adult years (UNESCO, 2015). As such, better understanding the transition to adulthood of these youth is pertinent. In my previous research in Australia I have shown the importance of familial networks for refugee youth throughout the transition to adulthood (Macaulay, 2020). While previous research has demonstrated that refugee youth may settle fast (Deng, 2016), the absence of family can influence how these young people build their overall identity and their wellbeing as young adults. Calls have been made to better address the wellbeing of unaccompanied refugees at Finnish (de Arruda Camara et al., 2018), Nordic (Rehn-Mendoza, 2020) and broader European (Vervliet et al., 2014) levels, all repeating similar concerns: The starting point of much youth policy is that young people can rely on their families far into adulthood (Malm, 2018). Furthermore, previous research has shown that supports designed to support refugee youth throughout the transition to adulthood can be culturally incongruous with the young peoples’ own cultural understandings of adulthood (Macaulay, 2020). The present paper offers findings addressing participants’ conceptualisations of the transition to adulthood and how (or how not) these conceptualisations align with cultural norms that underpin youth policy and practice in Finland. Findings show that youth participants found the rigidity of the concepts of ‘minor’ and ‘adult’, and the rights and privileges these afford, to not necessarily be a reflection of how they see themselves. As participants indicated, arbitrary distinctions of ‘legal’ adulthood based on age can create tension in their lived experiences and performance of identity. These findings will be critically discussed through the lens of the theory of bordering (Yuval-Davis et al., 2019). This theory will be used to better understand the individual, collective, social, and political intersections of everyday lived experience that influence participants’ transition to adulthood in Finland. Broadly speaking, bordering can be thought of as the concrete and abstract borders that are created and maintained within societies, which can curate – at times unevenly – the everyday lived experiences of belonging and a sense of safety. For participants in this study, these borders may be physical borders – such as those that demarcate their physicality relative to geography and concepts of home. Additionally, these borders may also be the abstract borders of everyday experience – such as the social conditions that generate marginalisation, or conversely, social conditions and agency that promote a sense of inclusion and belonging. Of interest is how young people experience these borders – including reinforcing and eradicating them throughout the transition to adulthood. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilised a single-site case design, with Finland being the case site. A total of 22 participants were recruited into the study. Of these, 12 were young men and 10 were young women. The inclusion criteria for participation were that the young people were aged between 15-29 and had sought asylum in Finland under the age of 18 without a parent or guardian. All participants took part in a semi-structured one-on-one interview lasting between 30-60 minutes. All interview transcripts were analysed using a voice-centred relational methodology (VCRM) approach. As a methodological approach, VCRM is an approach that investigates the relationality of voice and how the voice is in relation with itself, with others, and with broader social and cultural systems and structures (Gilligan et al. 2003). Notably, a key component of the analysis of data in this project was through the construction of VCRM pronoun poems. Building on previous VCRM scholarship, I developed the pronoun poem method in my previous research as a way of engaging with the ontological collective voices of research participants (Macaulay, 2020). These poems are developed by exploring the different uses of pronouns in interview transcripts and presenting these in isolation with surrounding verbs and/or other important words to create stanzas. For a detailed account of the method see Macaulay and Kaukko (2025). Central to the present study has been to continue the development of this method to be participatory. As such, with the exception of three participants, participants took part in a series of poetry workshops where they were taught the method and developed their own pronoun poems using the transcripts of their research interviews. Key findings presented in this paper are articulated through the presentation of illustrative pronoun poem examples. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While participants in this study arrived in Finland seeking asylum as unaccompanied ‘minors’, many participants refuted the label and identity of being a ‘minor’. As highlighted by Winkens et al. (2023), while there are multiple definitions of adulthood, from a legislative perspective adulthood is usually defined by age – usually 18 years of age. Although participants in this study were under 18 when arriving in Finland, many participants already considered themselves to be adults. In some instances, these conceptualisations were cultural and held before leaving their home country, and in other instances it was the refugee experience itself that informed their view of being adults. Instead, when arriving in Finland they were legally labelled as minors and treated accordingly. Consequences of this included a practical loss of independence as well as experiencing emotional resentment towards caregivers and educators who they found treated them younger than their emotional years. Importantly, several participants highlighted a loss of childhood. Yet, also noted that while they would like for this loss to be acknowledged, this does not translate into a desire to be treated as a minor. Additionally, many participants pointed to the arbitrary nature of legislative definitions of adulthood based on age and found it difficult to move from being assigned as a ‘minor’ when under 18 and then being assigned as an 'adult' on the morning of their 18th birthday. These difficulties were often linked to notions of individual independence in Finland, and their conceptualisations of independence as being a collective endeavour linked to responsibilities and reciprocal care and contributions within their familial communities. These findings have implications for policy and practice. In reference to the latter, for practitioners, such as educators, getting the relational balance of youth/minor right is difficult – yet crucial to their positive relationships with these youth. References de Arruda Camara, A. M., Heino, E., & Juvonen, T. (2022). Yksin maahan tulleiden lasten ja nuorten koti-ikävä ammattilaisten kuvaamana. Janus: Sosiaalipolitiikan ja Sosiaalityön Tutkimuksen Aikakauslehti, 30(1), 44-64. Deng, S. A. (2016). South Sudanese youth acculturation and intergenerational challenges. Paper presented at the 39th African Studies Association of Australasia and the Pacific (AFSAAP). Gilligan, C., Spencer, R., Weinberg, M. K., & Bertsch, T. (2003). On the listening guide: A voice-centred relational method. In J. E. Rhodes, L. Yardley, & P. M. Camic (Eds.), Qualitative research in psychology: Expanding perspectives in methodology and design (pp. 157–172). American Psychological Association. Haswell, N. (2025). Friends from the past, friends for the future: Exploring how young refugees’ friendship practices change and endure through life transitions. YOUNG, 1-18. Finnish Immigration Service. (2025). Statistics. https://migri.fi/en/statistics Macaulay, L. (2020). The transition to adulthood: Experiences and perspectives of Australian Sudanese and South Sudanese youth in Melbourne, Australia (Unpublished doctoral dissertation). Monash University. Macaulay, L., & Kaukko, M. (2025). From ‘I-Poems’ to ‘Pronoun Poems’: Listening for the Collective Voice Through a Voice-Centred Relational Methodology. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 24, 1-10. Malm, K. (2020). Itsenäistyvä nuori, vahvistuva toimija. Nuorisotutkimusseura. Rehn-Mendoza, N. (2020). Mental health and well-being of unaccompanied minors: A Nordic overview. Research report. https://nordicwelfare.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/NWC-Ensamkommandes-ha%CC%88lsa-webb.pdf UNESCO. (2015). Education for all 2000–2015: Achievements and challenges. Research report. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0023/002322/232205e.pdf Vervliet, M., Lammertyn, J., Broekaert, E., & Derluyn, I. (2014). Longitudinal follow-up of the mental health of unaccompanied refugee minors. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 23, 337-346. Winkens, K., Zijlstra, E., Post, W., van Os, C., & Smit, M. (2023). Unaccompanied, but not alone: A systematic review of the influence of social relationships on the transition of unaccompanied refugee adolescents to adulthood. Children and Youth Services Review, 155, 1-21. Yuval-Davis, N., Wemyss, G., & Cassidy, K. (2019). Bordering. John Wiley & Sons. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper When the Passport Matters: A Vignette Experiment on Citizenship and Students’ Reactions Masaryk University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Following the outbreak of war in Ukraine in 2022 and the related migration wave, Ukrainian students now represent approximately 3% of pupils in Czech schools, constituting the largest minority group (Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports, 2025). While the integration of foreign students has been extensively discussed (Šeďová et al., 2024; Hlaďo et al., 2024), empirical studies quantitatively analyzing classmates' specific reactions toward newly arrived students by national citizenship remain scarce, particularly at the lower secondary level, where systematic research is insufficient. Drawing on social identity theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979), this study conceptualizes students’ reactions toward classmates as embedded in processes of social categorization, in-group attachment, and the maintenance of group boundaries. Rather than overt hostility, contemporary research suggests that intergroup bias in school contexts often manifests in subtle forms, such as reduced willingness to help, limited social contact, or emotionally ambivalent responses toward perceived out-group members (Brewer, 1999; Pettigrew & Meertens, 1995). Schools constitute a key social arena in which children actively negotiate belonging and difference, and where national citizenship may become a salient marker shaping peer interactions. These processes are further intensified by perceived group threat and the strength of identification with the national in-group, which influence how students evaluate and respond to classmates perceived as “others” (Blumer, 1958; Stephan et al., 2015). This study employs a vignette-based experimental design (Ausprug & Hinz, 2015; Mutz, 2011) to test the effect of a classmate's national citizenship on declared behavioral reactions among lower secondary students (grades 6-9, ages 11-15). Participants are randomly assigned to scenarios describing either a Czech or Ukrainian classmate in identical social situations (e.g., needing help with schoolwork, conflict with a schoolmate). National citizenship represents the only systematically manipulated independent variable. Data are collected via questionnaires administered to approximately 700 students from a convenience sample of ten schools across the South Moravia region in the Czech Republic, with random assignment embedded within the survey instrument. Dependent variables measure prosocial behaviors (willingness to collaborate, offer help, extend social invitations) and excluding behaviors (avoidance, social rejection, discriminatory treatment) using Likert-type scales, capturing both subtle and explicit forms of social response. Data will be analyzed using independent-samples t-tests or Mann-Whitney U tests (depending on distributional assumptions) to compare behavioral reactions between experimental conditions, with appropriate effect size measures calculated to assess practical significance. The study advances existing research in three key ways. First, it provides experimental evidence of citizenship-based bias in actual school contexts where Ukrainian integration is ongoing, addressing a significant gap in Czech educational research. Second, it focuses on declared behavioral intentions rather than attitudes alone, thereby linking psychological dispositions with socially consequential actions in peer interactions. Third, it examines these processes during middle childhood, when interventions may be most effective in preventing the crystallization of intergroup bias. Findings are expected to provide empirically grounded insights for educators and policymakers seeking to strengthen inclusive classroom environments, specifically identifying intervention points where prosocial peer relations can be fostered and exclusionary tendencies addressed before they become entrenched patterns. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the study is to quantitatively examine the effect of a classmate’s citizenship on the declared social and behavioral responses of lower secondary school students. To achieve this objective, we employ a between-subjects experimental vignette design. This design enables causal inference regarding the effect of perceived citizenship on students’ social responses by experimentally manipulating the target characteristic while holding the scenario constant. The vignettes will combine textual and visual materials, with three vignettes included in each questionnaire. They will depict challenging situations from the school environment, selected from a database of difficult classroom scenarios, with preference given to those that occur most frequently in Czech schools. The research design is in accordance with established recommendations for vignette experiments (Ausprug & Hinz, 2015; Mutz, 2011). In the vignettes, we will manipulate a single variable—the actor's citizenship, a hypothetical classmate. A manipulation check will be done in the pilot study. It verifies whether respondents correctly perceived the classmate’s citizenship. Following each vignette, respondents will indicate their level of agreement or disagreement on Likert scales with items measuring prosocial or exclusionary responses. The research sample will consist of a convenience sample drawn from at least ten schools within the South Moravian Region. Although the sample is non-probabilistic, recruiting multiple schools increases heterogeneity and improves the external validity of the findings. The goal is to collect responses from at least 700 lower secondary school students (aged 11–15). Participants will be randomly and evenly assigned to a version of the questionnaire containing vignettes featuring either Czech or Ukrainian hypothetical classmates. Random assignment minimizes selection bias and strengthens the study's internal validity. For data analysis, we will use independent-samples t-tests or Mann–Whitney U tests, depending on distributional assumptions. In addition to significance testing, effect sizes will be reported to assess the practical magnitude of the observed differences. Participation will be voluntary and anonymous, with parental consent obtained in accordance with institutional guidelines. The ethical aspects of the research were discussed and approved by the Ethics Committee of Masaryk University. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on social identity theory and previous empirical findings, it can be expected that a classmate’s national citizenship will have a statistically significant effect on the declared social and behavioral responses of lower secondary school students. Specifically, we hypothesize that hypothetical classmates identified as Ukrainian will elicit lower levels of declared prosocial behavior compared to Czech classmates. From a practical perspective, the findings would provide empirically grounded arguments for targeted interventions in school settings that address not only overt discrimination but also the promotion of everyday prosocial interactions between native and migrant students. The results could inform the development of preventive programs, teacher training initiatives, and school policies aimed at strengthening inclusive classroom climates. For educational policymakers, the study would highlight that successful formal integration (e.g., language support or organizational measures) does not necessarily translate into social integration at the level of peer relationships. Early identification of subtle forms of social exclusion in lower secondary education may therefore play a crucial role in preventing long-term marginalization and in fostering social cohesion within schools. References Auspurg, K., & Hinz, T. (2015). Factorial survey experiments. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483398075 Blumer, H. (1958). Race prejudice as a sense of group position. The Pacific Sociological Review, 1(1), 3–7. https://doi.org/10.2307/1388607 Brewer, M. B. (1999). The Psychology of prejudice: ingroup love and outgroup hate? Journal of Social Issues, 55(3), 429–444. https://doi.org/10.1111/0022-4537.00126 Hlado, P., Lojdová, K., Obrovská, J., Šeďová, K., Lintner, T., Fico, M., & Stupak, O. (2024). “The schools try, but. . .”: A holistic perspective on the social adaptation of Ukrainian refugee students in Czech schools. Learning Culture and Social Interaction, 48, 100854. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2024.100854 Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. (2025). Basic information on Ukrainian-related issues in regional education. In https://edu.gov.cz/. Mutz, D. C. (2011). Population-Based survey experiments. In Princeton University Press eBooks. Pettigrew, T. F., & Meertens, R. W. (1995). Subtle and blatant prejudice in western Europe. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25(1), 57–75. https://doi.org/10.1002/ejsp.2420250106 Stephan, W. G., Ybarra, O., & Rios, K. (2015). Intergroup threat theory. In Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping, and Discrimination (2nd ed., pp. 255–278). https://www.taylorfrancis.com/chapters/edit/10.4324/9780203361993-12/intergroup-threat-theory-walter-stephan-oscar-ybarra-kimberly-rios?context=ubx&refId=2a94c190-98bb-44e9-8fd8-858fb8b3fe2c Šeďová, K., Obrovská, J., Hlado, P., Lojdová, K., Machovcová, K., Stupak, O., Fico, M., & Lintner, T. (2024). ‘They usually look happy.’ approaches to the adaptation of Ukrainian refugees in Czech schools. Pedagogy Culture and Society, 33(5), 1553–1574. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2024.2362965 Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33–48). Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 02 D: Critical and Feminist Pedagogies of Racialization: Positioning, Positionality, and Educational Research I Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Brenda Bartelink Session Chair: Mante Vertelyte Symposium |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Critical and Feminist Pedagogies of Racialization: Positioning, Positionality, and Educational Research I This panel explores how race, positionality, and positioning shape educational research and pedagogy, with particular attention to predominantly White educational spaces in Europe. Drawing on critical race theory (Yosso 2023), black feminist scholarship (Ladson-billing 2003), and critical pedagogies (hooks 1995; Freire 2021), the panel addresses a persistent challenge in educational research: how to meaningfully engage with racialized power relations in research and teaching without reducing positionality to static identity statements or reproducing race-evasive practices. While positionality has become a common feature in educational research, emerging scholarship questions whether positionality statements alone are sufficient for addressing racism as an epistemic, methodological, and pedagogical issue (Zembylas, 2025). Building on this critique, the panel foregrounds positioning as an ongoing, reflexive, and relational process through which researchers and educators actively negotiate their relationships to systems of power, whiteness, and racialization over time (Zembylas, 2025). The panel explores what educational research and reflections on positionality can contribute to the development of critical and feminist pedagogies of race—and what needs to be brought from research into the classroom. Theoretical and Conceptual Framing The panel is grounded in feminist and critical traditions that conceptualize positionality not as a fixed identity but as relational, contextual, and historically produced (Misawa, 2010). Feminist scholars have long emphasized reflexivity and positionality as central to both research and teaching. Yet, tensions remain between Freirean critical pedagogy—where oppression is often conceptualized in structural and binary terms—and feminist poststructuralist understandings of positionality as multiple and shifting (Weiler, 2001). Freire’s emphasis on situationality and critical consciousness remains influential for social justice education, however constructivist pedagogies risk individualizing and essentializing positionality if they fail to historicize knowledge and the systems of reasoning through which subjects come to know. Recent work further complicates these debates by highlighting how racialized researchers experience positionality differently across contexts, particularly when researching racism within education (Gobena et al., 2025). This includes how others’ perceptions of race shape research encounters, ethical relations, and pedagogical authority—especially in Nordic and European contexts marked by persistent claims of innocence from colonialism and racism. This panel addresses the following interrelated themes:
By combining descriptive analyses of racialized conditions in education with pedagogical commitments to change, this panel responds to calls for racially-just ecologies of knowledge, shaped by epistemologies and methodologies that challenge dominating knowledge systems while embracing the principle of incompleteness of knowledge (Santos 2014). It foregrounds the ethical, methodological, and pedagogical implications of race and positionality, particularly for scholars and students navigating liminal or minoritized positions within academia. The panel contributes to the Social Justice Education network by offering theoretically grounded and empirically informed reflections on how positioning can function as a critical pedagogical practice—one that historicizes knowledge, disrupts whiteness, and fosters solidarities oriented toward social action. References Freire, P. (2021). Education for critical consciousness. Bloomsbury Academic. Gobena, E. B., Dickstein, J. D., Zeleke, G., & Dansholm, K. K. (2025). Beyond ’Where do you really come from?’: Rethinking positionality and racial dynamics in Nordic exceptionalism. Reconceptualizing Educational Research Methodology, 16(1). hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Ladson-Billings, G. (2003). Critical race theory perspectives on the social studies: the profession, policies, and curriculum. Information Age Pub. Misawa, M., (2010) “Queer Race Pedagogy for Educators in Higher Education: Dealing with Power Dynamics and Positionality of LGBTQ Students of Color”, International Journal of Critical Pedagogy 3(1). Santos, B.D.S., (2014). Epistemologies of the south: justice against epistemicide. 1st ed. Oxon: Routledge. Weiler, K. (Ed.). (2001). Feminist Engagements: Reading, Resisting, and Revisioning Male Theorists in Education and Cultural Studies (1st ed.). Routledge. Yosso, T. J., & García, D. G. (2023). Carving out a legal narrative from Galarza to Soria: Accounting for the complexities of history, race, and place in educational research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 36(1), 9–25. Zembylas, M. (2025). Rethinking positionality statements in research: from looking back to building solidarity. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 48(5), 466–478. Presentations of the Symposium From Positionality to Positioning: Auto-ethnographic reflections on research, teaching and institutional change
Drawing on auto-ethnographic reflection, the paper explores positioning as a dynamic process shaped through interactions with racialized students and white colleagues within a predominantly white higher education institution. Two interconnected observations guide the analysis. First, racialized students and lecturers are routinely positioned as carrying the labor of diversity and inclusion, encountering simultaneously white fragility, claims of neutrality and institutional resistance. Second, the research process of the first author revealed how different aspects of her positioning became salient at different moments, enabling research relationships, knowledge production and pedagogical possibilities.
Interactions with students made visible what students educated in a University of Applied Sciences need to transgress in order to decenter whiteness. This includes dominant epistemic norms, affective investments and assumptions of innocence. At the same time, engagement with colleague lecturers exposed how whiteness operates as an institutional logic that shapes what counts as legitimate knowledge, pedagogy and critique.
Theoretically, the lens of Community Cultural Wealth (Yosso 2005) foregrounds the relational, experiential and cultural resources that racialized students and teachers bring into the educational spaces and that can be mobilized toward institutional change.
By reconceptualizing positioning as process rather than positionality as a fixed attribute, this paper contributes to the overall focus on pedagogy and change in the symposium. It argues that reflexive, positioning-aware teaching and policies can move beyond describing racism toward actively transforming it. Doing so, makes the limits and tensions of such work within white institutions visible.
References:
Yosso *, T. J. 2005. Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. doi:10.1080/1361332052000341006
Pedagogies of Discomfort in Classed and Racialized Danish Academic Spaces: Translating Research on Belonging into Higher Education Teaching
This paper builds on a previous ECER contribution that examined how spaces of Danish higher education are entangled with processes of race and social class, shaping students’ embodied experiences of belonging and non-belonging (Li, 2025). The earlier paper analyzed the spaces of higher education as a space of prestige that simultaneously functions as a space of underrepresentation. For instance, entering the auditorium is shown to be a non-neutral act: through spatial arrangements, linguistic codes, and unspoken norms, students’ bodies are read, positioned, and policed, producing layered forms of exclusion across race, class, and geography (Li, 2025, Li & Hilgart, 2026 forthcoming).
Building on this analysis, the present paper shifts focus from research to pedagogy, asking how knowledge produced through research on racialization—and the researcher’s own positionality in conducting such research—can be translated into teaching in higher education. Specifically, the paper explores how pedagogies of discomfort (Zembylas, 2015) can be mobilized to address the classed and racialized spaces of academia and to engage students in critical reflections on belonging, privilege, and inequality within the social sciences and humanities.
Theoretically, the paper draws on feminist and critical scholarship on positionality and racial discomfort, foregrounding positioning as an ongoing, relational, and reflexive process through which educators negotiate their relationships to power, whiteness, and racialization (Zembylas, 2015, 2025). Methodologically, it draws on autoethnography and reflexive engagement with teaching and researching experiences in higher education, focusing on moments of discomfort that arise when teaching about racialized topics, bodies, and spaces (Khawaja, 2022; Vertelyte et al., 2024).
The paper asks: What forms of discomfort emerge when teaching with and through research on racialization? How do racially minoritized educators navigate assumptions, emotional labor, and risks of (re)traumatization in the classroom? And how can discomfort be pedagogically channeled in ways that challenge hegemonic norms while also creating possibilities for critical hope and social transformation (Connelly & Joseph-Salisbury, 2019; Hooks, 2014)?
By bringing research on racialized academic spaces into pedagogical practice, the paper contributes to sociological and feminist debates on higher education teaching, arguing that discomfort is not a pedagogical failure but a necessary condition for challenging the exclusionary logics and practices of the university.
References:
Connelly, Laura, & Joseph-Salisbury, Remi. (2019). Teaching Grenfell: The Role of Emotions in Teaching and Learning for Social Change. Sociology, 53(6), 1026–1042. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038519841826
Hooks, B. (2014). Teaching to transgress. Routledge.
Khawaja, I. (2022). Memory Work as Engaged Critical Pedagogy. Nordic Journal of Social Research, 13(1), 94–107. https://doi.org/10.18261/njsr.13.1.8
Li, J. H. (2025). Racialization in Danish HE spaces and students' professional development and aspirations. Abstract fra ECER 2025, Beograd, Serbien. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/30/contribution/61183
Li, J. H., & Hilgart, A. B. (Forthcoming). The affective orientations of racial and gendered trauma among racial minoritized students in Danish Higher Education. Studies in Higher Education.
Millner, N. (2023). Unsettling feelings in the classroom: scaffolding pedagogies of discomfort as part of decolonising human geography in higher education. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 47(5), 805–824. https://doi.org/10.1080/03098265.2021.2004391
Vertelyte, M., Gjørding, M. R., Khawaja, I., Plotnikof, M., Staunæs, D., & Sandager, J. (2024). Caring about the elephants in feminist classrooms. Tijdschrift Voor Genderstudies, 27(2/3), 265–285. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.5117/TVGN2024.2-3.011.VERT
Zembylas, M. (2015). ‘Pedagogy of discomfort’ and its ethical implications: the tensions of ethical violence in social justice education. Ethics and Education, 10(2), 163–174. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2015.1039274
Positionality and Reflexivity in Research on Art and Racialization
This paper reflects on how researcher positioning can support the development of a critical pedagogical practice in education research and practice that claims to use a decolonial lens. Using an international research project (the Horizon project EXPECT_Art, 2024-2026) as an illustrative case study, the paper explores how researchers’ reflections and statements regarding identity‑focused and/or theoretical positionality shape, enable, and potentially limit their ability to enact solidarity‑oriented methodological and ethical approaches. In doing so, it highlights the tensions between self-articulated positionality and the practical enactment of decolonial commitments in research and education practice.
This paper builds in part on a forthcoming article that reflects on the research project’s decolonial stance (Jacobsen, 2026 forthcoming) and contributes to ongoing debates on performative decoloniality (Cheney, 2018; Two Convivial Thinkers, 2024; Vergès, 2018). In the present paper, these insights are extended through a discussion of research‑informed teaching at the university level, thereby situating the argument within broader debates on the decolonisation of the university (Dei, 2016).
More specifically, the paper discusses the performativity of decolonial commitments. It raises questions such as: How can scholars who claim a decolonial framework avoid reproducing colonial and patriarchal relations within academic institutions, in both research and teaching? How do universities continue to invisibilise certain bodies and epistemologies, even within frameworks labelled as decolonial (Dei, 2016)? And how might decoloniality be applied reflexively: directed inward to interrogate one’s own entanglement in systems of power (Zembylas, 2019, 2025), rather than merely outwardly as a critique of society?
As an empirical example, the paper draws on experiences from an EXPECT_Art workshop, where researchers tested a method usually used with children in school – decoding and interpreting artworks (Jacobsen & Nielsen, 2026 forthcoming) – to facilitate shared reflexivity on positionality. In this workshop, all participating researchers were white majority subjects, while the artists were racialised and the artworks explicitly addressed racialisation. The analysis highlights participants’ reflections on power relations, including how artists’ and researchers’ positionalities were negotiated in relation to one another and to broader societal contexts. The example points to the relationship between researchers’ identity-based declarations of positionality and their engagement with deeper, solidarity-oriented dimensions of positionality, illustrating how more reflexive approaches can support critical educational research.
References:
Cheney, K. (2018). Decolonizing childhood studies: Overcoming patriarchy and prejudice in child-related research and practice. Reimagining childhood studies, 91-104.
Dei, G. (2016). Decolonizing the university: The challenges and possibilities of inclusive education. Socialist Studies/Études Socialistes, 11(1), 23-23.
Jacobsen, G. H. & Nielsen, K. L. (2026, forthcoming). Fortæl dem! Popsange som public pedagogy og afsæt for synliggørelse af kritisk kulturel literacy [Tell Them! Pop Music as Public Pedagogy and Basis for Making Critical Cultural Literacy Visible]. Tidsskrift for æstetik og pædagogik.
Jacobsen, G. H. (2026, forthcoming). Reflections on Researching Critical Cultural Literacy in a Decolonial Perspective. Annales, Series Historia et Sociologia.
Two Convivial Thinkers (2024). (Un)Doing performative decolonization in the global development ‘imaginaries’ of academia, Global Discourse, 14(2-3)
Vergès, F. (2018). Decolonial feminist teaching and learning: What is the space of decolonial feminist teaching?. In S. de Jong, R. Icaza, & O. U. Rutazibwa (Eds.) Decolonization and feminisms in global teaching and learning (pp. 91-102). Routledge.
Zembylas, M. (2019). Re-conceptualizing complicity in the social justice classroom: affect, politics and anti-complicity pedagogy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 28(2), 317–331
Zembylas, M. (2025). Rethinking positionality statements in research: from looking back to building solidarity. International Journal of Research
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 08 SES 02 A: Teaching Quality, Pedagogy and Student Wellbeing Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Monica Carlsson Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Teaching Practices that Foster Functional Classroom Peer Ecology and Learning 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki; 3: University of Stellenbosch; 4: University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:The purpose of this systematic literature review is to provide a synthesis on the ways in which teachers can support a functional classroom peer ecology as part of their pedagogical practices. Research questions are following:
Drawing on Bronfenbrenner’s ecological system theory, we use the term classroom peer ecology to describe the social environment of the classroom where peers interact and influence each other (Bronfenbrenner 1979; Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2007; see also Lewin, 1935; Vygotsky, 1978). There is strong empirical research evidence that peers play an important role in students’ academic achievement (Ozyildirim & Karadağ, 2024; Wentzel et al., 2021), learning motivation (Kilday & Ryan, 2022; Kindermann, 2016), and school engagement (Ulmanen et al., 2014; Weyns et al., 2018). Positive peer relations play a crucial role also in enhancing students' mental well-being, boosting their resilience, self-worth, and overall life satisfaction (Alsarrani et al., 2022). Students themselves identify peers as the most important determinant of their school engagement, together with teachers (Gowing, 2019). Unfortunately, peer interactions do not automatically result in positive outcomes. Loneliness, being bullied, and experiences of exclusion have serious consequences for students. They may result in disengagement from school (Haugan et al., 2019; Jefferson et al., 2023) and mental health problems such as depression, low self-esteem, and suicidal ideation (Gürcan et al. 2023; Zahrani, 2024). Peers can also affect student learning and academic performance negatively. This is particularly evident when students seek approval from peers who exhibit low engagement with school-related activities or when the prevailing classroom culture undermines the value of academic success (Boehnke, 2008). According to these studies the classroom peer ecology characterised high by trust, prosocial behaviours and mutual support, and low status hierarchy and conflict, best supports students´ wellbeing and learning. Students' experiences of how respectful and friendly peer interaction is shown to vary between classes, even within the same school. Much of the variation is explained by teachers' actions in the classroom – what they do in the classroom and how they interact with their students (Endedijk, 2022; Hughes, 2012; Kilday & Ryan, 2022; Muñoz-Hurtado, 2018). There has been no systematic review that has provided a synthesis of the empirical evidence on the effective means through which teachers can cultivate a functional classroom peer ecology. We aim to bridge this gap in the literature. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic review was conducted with the PRISMA 2020 protocol (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) (Page et al., 2021). We conducted a literature search of five electronic databases: Education Collection from ProQuest, Web of Science, Academic Search Ultimate from EBSCO, Scopus, and PsycINFO. The electronic databases were selected due to their wide coverage and relevance to the field. The following inclusion criteria were applied: (i) scientific articles that explored the impact of the teacher’s actions on the classroom peer ecology, (ii) focused on general education students between 7 and 16 years old, (iii) published in peer-reviewed journals between 2008 and 2023, and (iv) included empirical data (not reviews or theoretical articles). The database search resulted in 4415 articles. Studies were exported to the Zotero reference management system, where duplicates were removed, resulting in 1889 articles. First, the articles were screened based on titles and abstracts. Through this initial screening process, 420 potentially relevant articles were selected for the full text review. In both screening phases, two researchers independently assessed the articles. Additionally, the quality of the studies included was assessed to determine their relevance and trustworthiness using the JBI Sumari quality assessment tool. Any disagreements were solved through discussion until consensus was reached. In total, 151 studies met the inclusion criteria and were included in the review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We identified three major themes relevant for the characterization of teacher practices promoting functional classroom peer ecology: 1) teacher–student relationships; 2) instructional practices; and 3) classroom management. These practices lie at the heart of the teaching profession, which implies that improving the peer ecology often requires only enhancing everyday pedagogical work – not adding extra tasks to teachers’ duties. Firstly, the reviewed articles proved a strong connection between the quality of the teacher–student relationships and the peer ecology. The teacher’s emotional support, sense of equality, and attunement to the students’ position in the peer group seemed to have a positive impact on the classroom peer ecology. Especially interesting was the finding of teacher attunement to classroom ecology. It seemed that being aware of the students’ social status in the group is an important prerequisite for the teacher to be able to manage a functional peer ecology in the classroom. Instructional practices refer to the pedagogical methods and strategies teachers use to deliver lessons aiming to help students to achieve their educational goals. We found four subcategories for instructional practices: co-operative teaching methods, approaches to teach social and emotional skills, strategies to support the student’s deep learning, and strategies to support student autonomy. Interesting finding was the relation between the functional classroom peer ecology and instructional support. This strongly indicates that teaching and fostering a functional classroom peer ecology are complementary rather than competing priorities in school. The studies also showed that classroom management through classroom rules, behaviour management, feedback, and seating and grouping arrangements had an impact on peer interaction. This kind of management also helps to foster academic achievement by creating a conductive classroom environment for learning (Korpershoek et al., 2016), showing, again, that learning and a functional peer ecology are tightly intertwined. References Alsarrani, A., Hunter, R. F., Dunne, L., & Garcia, L. (2022). Association Between Friendship Quality and Subjective Wellbeing Among Adolescents: A Systematic Review. BMC Public Health, 22(1), Article 2420. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-14776-4 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design (1st ed.). Harvard University Press. Endedijk, H. M., Breeman, L. D., van Lissa, C. J., Hendrickx, M. M. H. G., den Boer, L., & Mainhard, T. (2022). The Teacher’s Invisible Hand: A Meta-Analysis of the Relevance of Teacher–Student Relationship Quality for Peer Relationships and the Contribution of Student Behavior. Review of Educational Research, 92(3), 370–412. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211051428 Gowing, A. (2019). Peer-peer Relationships: A Key Factor in Enhancing School Connectedness and Belonging. Educational and Child Psychology, 36(2), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsecp.2019.36.2.64 Gürcan, A., Shoib, S., Amanda, T. W., Saeed, F., Ransing, R., Bhandari, S. S., Armiya’u, A. Y., & Chandradasa, M. (2023). Association Between Loneliness and Suicidal Behaviour: A Scoping Review. Türk Psikiyatri Dergisi, 34(2), 125–132. https://doi.org/10.5080/u27080 Haugan, J. A., Frostad, P., & Mjaavatn, P.-E. (2019). A Longitudinal Study of Factors Predicting Students’ Intentions to Leave Upper Secondary School in Norway. Social Psychology of Education, 22(5), 1259–1279. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-019-09527-0 Hughes, J. N. (2012). Teachers as Managers of Students' Peer Context. In A. M. Ryan & G. W. Ladd (Eds.), Peer relationships and adjustment at school (pp. 189–218). IAP Information Age Publishing. Kilday, J. E., & Ryan, A. M. (2022). The Intersection of the Peer Ecology and Teacher Practices for Student Motivation in the Classroom. Educational Psychology Review, 34(4), 2095–2127. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09712-2 Kindermann, T. A. (2016). Peer Group Influences on Students’ Academic Motivation. In K. R. Wentzel & G. B. Ramani (Eds.), Handbook of Social Influences in School Contexts (1st ed., pp. 31–47). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315769929-4 Korpershoek, H., Harms, T., de Boer, H., van Kuijk, M., & Doolaard, S. (2016). A Meta-Analysis of the Effects of Classroom Management Strategies and Classroom Management Programs on Students’ Academic, Behavioral, Emotional, and Motivational Outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(3), 643–680. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315626799 Muñoz-Hurtado, J. (2018). The Role of Teachers on Students’ Peer Groups Relations: A Review on their Influence on School Engagement and Academic Achievement. Límite, 13(42), 30–43. https://doi.org/10.4067/S0718-50652018000200030 Ulmanen, S., Soini, T., Pyhältö, K., & Pietarinen, J. (2014). Strategies for Academic Engagement Perceived by Finnish Sixth and Eighth Graders. Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(3), 425–443. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2014.921281 Wentzel, K. R., Jablansky, S., & Scalise, N. R. (2021). Peer Social Acceptance and Academic Achievement: A Meta-Analytic Study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 113(1), 157–180. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000468 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Examining the Link Between Teaching Quality and Student Well-Being Using Multilevel Models University College of Teacher Education Vorarlberg, Austria Presenting Author:Students well-being has received increasing attention in educational research (OECD, 2023; Rathmann & Hurrelmann, 2018). Results indicate that student well-being is closely associated with greater cognitive resources and higher levels of learning motivation (Hascher et al., 2018; OECD, 2017). Students well-being is defined as an individual state involving positive and negative emotions and cognitions related to the school context and is commonly conceptualized as a multidimensional construct (Borgonovi & Pál, 2016). This paper adopts Hascher’s six-component model as its conceptual framework (2012). Specifically, the six components include: three positive dimensions – positive attitudes toward school, enjoyment in school, and positive academic self-concept, and three negative dimensions – worries in school, physical complaints in school, and social problems in school (Hascher & Mori, 2024). In order to promote students well-being, it is essential to identify the factors that influence it. By now, relatively robust evidence exists on the association between school well-being and social factors, such as relationships with teachers or classmates (Poulou, 2020; Varela et al., 2019). Compared to social factors, the effects of teaching quality on students well-being remain comparatively underexplored. Although research in this area remains limited, the available evidence consistently indicates that high-quality instruction is linked to enhanced student well-being (Gysin, 2018; Ott, 2021; 2024). According to Klieme (2019), teaching quality can be classified into three core dimensions: classroom management, constructive support, and cognitive activation. Research indicates that the provision of constructive support positively influences students well-being (Grommé et al., 2023; Leighton et al., 2016). A similar relationship has been found for high cognitive activation in the classroom (Gysin, 2018; Ott, 2021; 2024). While previous research has demonstrated associations between independent teaching quality dimensions and specific aspects of student well-being, it remains unclear how all three dimensions of teaching quality interact with the six components of students well-being. Moreover, teaching quality exhibits greater similarity within classes than between classes. Therefore, analyses should take into account the nested structure of students within classes.The present study addresses the following research question: How are the three dimensions of teaching quality (classroom management, constructive support, and cognitive activation) related to the six components of students well-being – three positive dimensions – positive attitudes toward school, enjoyment in school, and positive academic self-concept, and three negative dimensions – worries in school, physical complaints in school, and social problems in school – while taking into account the effect of class membership? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this paper, data from the project "Lebenswelten 2025" (Jugendforschung Pädagogische Hochschulen Österreich, 2026) of pupils from Austria are used. The data was collected via online survey. The survey took place between March and April 2025 and was administered by the class teachers. The students are approximately 14 to 18 years old and are either at the end of lower secondary school or at upper secondary school. This representative random sample was drawn by the Vorarlberg Regional Statistical Office. The response rate roughly 60 percent. The realised sample comprises 15,742 young people from 950 classes. The data was weighted according to state, school type and gender. School well-being was measured using six scales based on Hascher (2012): three positive dimensions – positive attitudes toward school (example item: School seems meaningful to me.), enjoyment in school (example item: Have you been happy at school in the past few weeks because you were able to do something you enjoy?), and positive academic self-concept (example item: I can easily solve problems with the material I learn at school.), and three negative dimensions – worries in school (example item: Have you been worried about school in the past few weeks?), physical complaints in school (example item: Have you had stomach aches because of school in the past few weeks?), and social problems in school (example item: Have you felt like an outsider in your class in the past few weeks?). For the analyses of teaching quality, the following scales are included: classroom management (example item: We worked well in the last lesson.), constructive support (example item: My teacher is nice to me even when I make a mistake.), cognitive activation (example item: My teacher asks questions that I have to think about very carefully.). In addition, we control for effects of language spoken at home, socioeconomic background, educational background, gender and school type. The analysis followed a two-step procedure. In the first step, correlations between all variables were examined. The second step accounted for the hierarchical structure of the data: students were nested within classes, and six multilevel models – one for each component of student well-being – were estimated. In these models, pupils were specified at level 1 and classes at level 2, allowing for an investigation of the associations between teaching quality and students’ school well-being. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses showed that all six components of student well-being exhibited substantial variance at the class level. This suggests that students well-being is not only shaped by individual-level factors but also by the class environment, underscoring the relevance of class-level influences. Across the six multilevel models, teaching quality indicators explained a meaningful share of the variance in students’ well-being at both the individual and classroom levels. Preliminary analyses show that positive attitudes and enjoyment at school were most strongly associated with constructive support, while classroom management and cognitive activation showed smaller positive effects. Students school-related self-esteem was positively linked to both constructive support and classroom management, while cognitive activation was negatively associated with self-esteem. School-related worries, physical complaints, and social problems were most strongly associated with class level. Across all models, constructive support and classroom management were consistently linked to lower levels of these burdens. By contrast, cognitive activation showed a consistent positive association with worries and complaints, suggesting a contribution to higher levels of stress or burden. All in all, student well-being, while theoretically individual, is influenced by classroom and instructional conditions. All three dimensions of teaching quality – constructive support, classroom management, and cognitive activation – are linked to students well-being. The associations depend on how well-being is operationalized, with positive aspects like enjoyment or negative aspects like school-related worries showing different patterns. These findings underscore the need to consider teaching quality multidimensionally, as focusing on a single dimension is insufficient to promote students well-being, highlighting the importance of a balanced approach. References Borgonovi, F., & Pál, J. (2016). A Framework for the Analysis of Student Well-Being in the PISA 2015 Study: Being 15 In 2015 (OECD Education Working Papers, Vol. 140). https://doi.org/10.1787/5jlpszwghvvb-en Grommé, E., Nonte, S., & Reintjes, C. (2023). Prädiktoren des schulischen Wohlbefindens während der COVID-19 Pandemie. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 13(2), 297–313. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-023-00390-w Gutman, L. M., & Vorhaus, J. (2012). The impact of pupil behaviour and wellbeing on educational outcomes. University of London. Gysin, S. (2018). Subjektives Wohlbefinden von Schülerinnen und Schülern. In K. Rathmann & K. Hurrelmann (Eds), Leistung und Wohlbefinden in der Schule: Herausforderung Inklusion (pp. 83–104). Beltz Juventa. Hascher, T. (2012). Well-Being and Learning in School. In N. M. Seel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the Sciences of Learning (pp. 3453–3456). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-1428-6_1832 Hascher, T., & Mori, J. (2024). Student well-being, perceived teacher error management, and perceived teacher justice. Learning and Instruction, 92, 101901. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2024.101901 Hascher, T., Morinaj, J., & Waber, J. (2018). Schulisches Wohlbefinden: Eine Einführung in Konzepte und Forschungsstand. In K. Rathmann & K. Hurrelmann (Eds), Leistung und Wohlbefinden in der Schule: Herausforderung Inklusion (pp. 66–82). Beltz Juventa. Jugendforschung Pädagogischer Hochschulen Österreichs, J. P. H. (Ed.). (2026). Lebenswelten 2025. Einstellungen und Werte von Jugendlichen in Österreich. (1. Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Klieme, E. (2019). Unterrichtsqualität. In M. Harring, C. Rohlfs, & M. Gläser-Zikuda (Eds), Handbuch Schulpädagogik (pp. 394–409). Waxmann. https://elibrary-utb-de.ezproxy.vbk.ac.at/doi/10.36198/9783838586984-394-409 Leighton, J. P., Seitz, P., Chu, M.-W., & Gomez, M. C. B. (2016). Operationalizing the role of trust for student wellbeing, learning and achievement. International Journal of Wellbeing, 6(2). https://doi.org/10.5502/ijw.v6i2.467 OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students’ Well-Being. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume II): Learning During – and From – Disruption. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a97db61c-en Ott, M. (2021). Wie beeinflussen familiär-soziodemografische, unterrichtliche und individuell-schulbezogene Faktoren das Wohlbefinden von Schüler/innen? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 11, 279–298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00285-0 Ott, M. (2024). Zusammenhänge von Lehrer*innenverhalten und Wohlbefinden bei Mittelschüler*innen und Gymnasiast*innen. Diskurs Kindheits- Und Jugendforschung, 1, 63–85. Poulou, M. S. (2020). Students’ adjustment at school. School Psychology International, 41(6), 499–521. https://doi.org/10.1177/0143034320951911 Rathmann, K., & Hurrelmann, K. (Eds). (2018). Leistung und Wohlbefinden in der Schule. Beltz Juventa. Varela, J. J., Sirlopú, D., Melipillán, R., Espelage, D., Green, J., & Guzmán, J. (2019). Exploring the Influence School Climate on the Relationship between School Violence and Adolescent Subjective Well-Being. Child Indicators Research, 12(6), 2095–2110. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-019-09631-9 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Art as Pedagogy for Mental Health Education: Effects of Art-Based Meditation on Youth Mental Resilience, Well-Being, and Self-Regulation 1: University of Calgary, Canada; 2: University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:There is a mental health crisis around the world (APA, 2020). Youth and young adults (ages 12-25) are notably at risk. In adolescence, depression is a leading cause of illness and suicide is the third leading cause of death (WHO, 2020). Most diagnosed mental health conditions begin during this time (Kessler et al., 2007), but recent studies indicate declining mental health and well-being in the general population (Keyes, 2006; Sutcliffe et al., 2023). This is a serious and urgent problem (UNESCO, 2020). In secondary and post-secondary school, mental health resources are stretched by rising cases of mental illness. For the general population, teachers have become the frontline tasked with promoting mental health, despite limited research-informed pedagogy. There is a need to glean knowledge from all fields that might inform new approaches (Atkins, 2010). The field of arts education offers promise, with distinct knowledge on the relationship between art, brain, and mind (Csikszentmihalyi & Robinson, 1990; Edwards; 1998; Eisner, 2002; Gardner, 2008; Zeki, 2001). In mental health practices, visual art has been marginalized to creative expression and art therapy (Curry & Kasser, 2005; Haeyen, 2019; Haeyen & Hinz, 2020; Kapitan, 2012; Lee, 2015; Zhang et al., 2015). However, the emergence of transdisciplinary fields, such as neuroaesthetics (Chatterjee & Vartanian, 2014; Vittorio, 2009; Nadal & Pearce, 2011; Pearce et al., 2016), offer brain-based explanations of artistic process that reposition it as a tool for health and well-being (Carew & Magsamen, 2010; Golden, 2024; Magsamen, 2019). Art-making induces positive mental states (Chilton, 2013; Drake et al., 2014; Sandmire et al., 2012), and scholars identify visual-tactile process as a causal mechanism (Curry & Kasser, 2005; Kimport & Robbins, 2012; Monti et al., 2006). Engaging in visual art can induce a flow state, a positive mental state of ultimate engagement (Csikszentmihalyi, 2014; Kapitan, 2012; Lee, 2015). Recently, Martin and Colp (2022) identified vistactivity (visual-tactile process over time) as a trigger for shifting mental states and accessing flow. Martin & Colp (2022) investigated vistactivity as experiential learning (Kolb 2014) with adults. Using Brain Smoothies® Art-MedsTM, they measured effects on mental health capacity, finding a statistically significant increase; plus evidence of two, positive mental states elicited by Art-Meds: 1) flow, and 2) mental floating, a perceivable mental shift, activated during vistactivity (Martin & Colp, 2022). Findings support learning through art as an effective pedagogy for learning how to recognize and shift mental states, and to bolster mental resilience. With such powerful evidence, it was imperative to test the method as promising pedagogy for youth mental health education. This study hypothesized positive effects on mental health capacity; and posed new hypotheses of positive effects on mental well-being, and self-regulation (Bandura, 1991). Results with post-secondary students were statistically significant, finding increases in mental health capacity (t(31) = -2.79, p < 0.05, d =0.50), and mental well-being (t(31) = -2.48, p < 0.05, d = .44). Results with junior high students (N=190) are anticipated in June, and will include findings on mental health capacity, mental well-being, and results on self-regulation. Through this work, we contribute new knowledge to the fields of mental health and education with empirical evidence from an aggregate sample of 211 youth: learning through art promotes mental health. Further, we hope to contribute to practice in identifying an evidence-based pedagogy that builds mental health capacity, bolsters well-being, and promotes skills for self-regulation (pending). Thus, we contribute much-needed knowledge for educational theory and practice, especially for teachers seeking pedagogies that promote mental resilience. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents findings from studies with undergraduate students and junior high students. Both studies employed a one-way within-subjects pre-post survey design. Participants included 31 undergraduate students and approximately 180 students in grades 7-9, for an aggregated sample of approximately 211 (Final numbers TBC). Data were collected using pre-and-post surveys to assess score changes before and after treatment. Informed consent was acquired through ethics-certified protocols (IRB). Participants under 18 required caregiver consent. Students who did not consent (or declined) were included in class activities, with optional activities during data collection. Each survey took 15-20 minutes. All students received a free Brain Smoothies paint-with-water canvas and brush. Participants received the treatment within core-course learning. Each session was facilitated using Brain Smoothies Art-Meds, including reflection activities with information on neuro-cognitive processes. Each activity involved a special canvas (water looks like paint, then vanishes), starting with a simple pattern (like concentric circles), then using intuitive brush strokes, sustained for 20 minutes. During the activity, the facilitator prompted awareness of mental states, and pushing past negative thoughts or feelings (i.e. boredom or impatience). They were prompted to keep making marks with eyes on the canvas until time was up. The survey for all participants gathered demographic information, followed by a scale for Mental Health Capacity (Martin & Colp, 2022), and a scale for Mental Well-Being (Keyes, 2013). The scales used with junior high were identical to undergraduates’, with an additional new scale to assess changes in ability for Self-Regulation of Mental States. All items were rated as level of agreement using a 5-point Likert scale. [Scale reliability reported in full paper]. Change-based analyses utilized the total score for each domain that was obtained from the summation of individual items. Prior to engaging in any analytic data analysis, an examination of missing data and parametric assumptions was conducted, and assessment of scale reliability. Analyses of internal consistency were performed (SPSS) using Coefficient alpha to assess rigor. A series of dependent samples t-tests were employed to examine whether treatment effects resulted in statistically significant changes in variables of interest. Results and Discussion will be included in the full paper, with junior high findings pending completion prior to the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation shares findings on the effects of learning through art for mental health education. Results are encouraging and indicate there is much more work to be done. With two samples representing youth age 12-25, we hope to aggregate findings for fulsome picture of the effects across secondary and post-secondary students. However, we also are prepared to highlight any differences between them, and to learn from the results. The positive effects on undergraduate student mental health capacity and mental well-being contribute meaningful knowledge to the fields of mental health and education. They also provide empirical evidence of an effective pedagogical approach for mental health education. Art as pedagogy in mental health provides a platform for the learner to experience and activate a variety of mental states. When reflected on, students build skills for mindfulness and self-awareness, with deep understanding of how to do art-based meditation, and why it works. Teachers can leverage this to promote mental health in schools. It’s one small but proactive step towards empowering teachers facing a daunting crisis. References Full APA citations available. APA (2020). Elevating mental health on the world stage Atkins, et al. (2010). Toward the integration….Administration and policy … mental health services research-37(1) Bandura (1991). Social cognitive theory of self-regulation. Organizational behavior and human decision process-50. Carew & Magsamen (2010). Neuroscience and education…. Neuron-67(5). Chatterjee & Vartanian (2014). Neuroaesthetics. Trends in cognitive sciences-18(7). Chilton (2013). Art therapy and flow…. Art therapy-30(2). Csikszentmihalyi (2014). Toward a psychology of optimal experience. In Flow … Springer. Csikszentmihalyi & Csikszentmihalyi (1990). Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. Harper & Row. Csikszentmihalyi & Robinson (1990). The art of seeing .... Getty Publications. Drake et al. (2014). The influence of art-making … American journal of applied psychology-2(3). Edwards (1998). Drawing on the right side of the brain. In CHI EA ’97. Association for Computing Machinery. Eisner (2002). The arts and the creation of mind. Yale University Press. Gardner (2008). Art, mind, and brain…. Basic Books. Golden, et al., (2024). Supporting youth mental health … BMC medicine-22(1). Haeyen (2019). Strengthening…. Frontiers in psychology-10(644). Haeyen & Hinz (2020). The first 15 … art therapy …. The arts in psychotherapy-71. Haeyen, et al. (2018). Promoting mental health…. The arts in psychotherapy-58. Kapitan (2012). Does art therapy work?.... Art therapy: Journal of … art therapy association-29(2). Kessler, et al. (2007). Lifetime prevalence and age-of-onset …. World psychiatry-6(3). Keyes (2006). Mental health in adolescence…. American journal of orthopsychiatry-76(3). Keyes (2013). Mental well-being: International contributions …. Dordrecht: Springer. Kimport & Robbins (2012). Efficacy of creative clay work…. Art therapy-29(2). Kolb (2014). Experiential learning …. FT Press. Lee, (2015). Flow indicators in art therapy… Art therapy-32(3). Martin & Colp (2022). Art making promotes mental health: A solution for schools that time forgot. Canadian journal of education-45(1). Monti, et al. (2006). A randomized, controlled trial … Psycho‐Oncology: Journal of the Psychological … of Cancer-15(5). Nadal, & Pearce (2011). The Copenhagen Neuroaesthetics conference …. Brain and cognition-76(1). Pearce, et al. (2016). Neuroaesthetics … Perspectives on psychological science-11(2). Sandmire, et al. (2012). The influence of art making …. Art therapy-29(2). Sutcliffe, et al. (2023). Rapid … adolescent mental health and well-being …. Australian & New Zealand journal of psychiatry-57(2). UNESCO. (2020). UNESCO and sustainable development goals. Vittorio, G. (2009). Neuroaesthetics: a review. Current opinion in neurobiology-19(6). WHO. (2020). Adolescent mental health. Zeki, S. (2001). Artistic creativity and the brain. Science-293(5527). Zhang, et al. (2015). Effectiveness of mindfulness-based therapy …. Medicine-94(45). 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Reframing School Wellbeing Through a Social Pedagogy Lens: Family-School-Welfare Relationships in Times of Poly-Crisis University of Bari Aldo Moro, Italy Presenting Author:In recent years, school wellbeing has progressively become a strategic priority within European educational policies and school development agendas. Wellbeing is increasingly framed as a multidimensional concept encompassing mental, emotional, social and relational dimensions, and as a prerequisite for learning, participation and inclusion. However, despite this conceptual expansion, dominant policy and practice approaches continue to interpret school wellbeing primarily as an individual outcome, to be promoted through targeted interventions aimed at pupils’ resilience, emotional regulation and behavioural adjustment. This tendency becomes particularly problematic in the current context of poly-crisis, characterised by the entanglement of social, economic, educational, political and cultural crises that deeply affect children, families, schools and local communities. In such conditions, educational inequalities, family vulnerability, social marginalisation and institutional fragmentation increasingly shape students’ opportunities for learning and wellbeing. Consequently, the conceptualisation of school wellbeing as an individual and decontextualised attribute risks obscuring the structural, relational and political dimensions that condition educational experience. The present contribution aims to critically reframe school wellbeing through a social pedagogy perspective, focusing on the relational and institutional nexus between schools, families and local welfare systems. Drawing on the theoretical traditions of social pedagogy and educational welfare, the paper conceptualises wellbeing as a collective and socially situated educational process, embedded in community relationships, professional practices and policy arrangements.
The central research questions guiding the paper are:
The main aim of the paper is to offer a theoretically grounded framework for understanding school wellbeing as a core dimension of educational and social citizenship, situated at the intersection of educational practices, family life and welfare policies. More specifically, the contribution seeks to:
The theoretical framework integrates three complementary perspectives. First, social pedagogy provides a relational and contextual understanding of education, emphasising community, participation, recognition and social justice as central educational values. From this perspective, wellbeing emerges as a process of social inclusion and educational belonging rather than as a psychological condition. Second, the concept of educational welfare is used to interpret school wellbeing policies as part of broader welfare regimes and governance arrangements that redistribute responsibilities between schools, families and social services. Third, an ecological and critical approach to education and health promotion is adopted to examine how institutional structures, professional cultures and policy frameworks shape educational practices and opportunities for wellbeing. By placing family-school-welfare relationships at the centre of the analysis, the paper explicitly addresses the contextual determinants of health and wellbeing education and responds to the growing need for theoretically informed approaches capable of linking school development, community partnerships and policy innovation in times of profound social transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative and theoretically driven research design based on a critical policy and conceptual analysis. The methodological approach combines two complementary components. The first component consists of a critical analysis of selected European and national policy documents addressing school wellbeing, health promotion and educational inclusion. The analysis focuses on how wellbeing is defined, operationalised and linked to educational responsibilities, professional roles and institutional arrangements. Attention is paid to the positioning of families and welfare services within policy narratives, and to the implicit models of school–community relationships embedded in official frameworks. The second component involves a systematic theoretical analysis of key contributions from social pedagogy, educational welfare studies and critical health education research. Through an integrative review and interpretative synthesis of theoretical literature, the study identifies core conceptual dimensions relevant for reframing school wellbeing, such as relationality, community embeddedness, educational responsibility, participation and social justice. The analytical strategy follows a thematic and interpretative approach. Policy texts and theoretical sources are examined through a set of analytical categories derived from the social pedagogy framework, including: relational educational practices; institutional responsibility for wellbeing; family-school partnerships; community and welfare networks; and professional agency. This analytical process enables the identification of dominant assumptions, silences and tensions in current wellbeing-oriented educational discourses. The methodological choice of a conceptual and policy-oriented design is coherent with the aims of the paper, which does not seek to evaluate specific programmes or interventions, but to contribute to conceptual development and to critically examine the knowledge frameworks that inform educational practice and policymaking in the field of health and wellbeing education. This approach also allows for a reflective engagement with the politics of wellbeing education research, highlighting how certain forms of knowledge are privileged in policy arenas, while broader pedagogical and social perspectives remain marginal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of the study are primarily theoretical and conceptual, with relevant implications for policy and professional practice. First, the analysis is expected to demonstrate that dominant school wellbeing policies tend to rely on individualised and instrumental conceptions of wellbeing, insufficiently addressing the relational and institutional conditions that shape educational experience. Families and welfare services are often framed as external or auxiliary actors rather than as integral components of educational wellbeing systems. Second, the study is expected to show that a social pedagogy perspective offers a coherent and theoretically robust framework for reinterpreting school wellbeing as a collective educational responsibility, grounded in community relationships and institutional cooperation. In particular, the analysis highlights the central role of family–school relationships as educational spaces where vulnerability, trust, recognition and participation are negotiated. Third, the paper is expected to propose a conceptual model of school wellbeing based on integrated educational welfare governance, in which schools operate as relational and community-oriented institutions, embedded in local welfare ecosystems. This model emphasises professional agency, inter-professional collaboration and participatory practices as key conditions for sustainable wellbeing promotion. Overall, the contribution aims to strengthen the conceptual foundations of health and wellbeing education by explicitly linking school development, family engagement and welfare policies within a social pedagogical framework. It thereby responds to the challenges posed by contemporary poly-crisis contexts and supports the development of more socially responsive and educationally grounded wellbeing strategies in schools. References Balzano, V. (2025). Pedagogia sociale. Teorie, contesti e pratiche educative. Pensa Multimedia. Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Bonell, C., Fletcher, A., Jamal, F., Wells, H., Harden, A., & Murphy, S. (2013). Theories of how the school environment impacts on student health: Systematic review and synthesis. Health & Place, 24, 242–249. Cefai, C., & Cooper, P. (2009). Promoting emotional education: Engaging children and young people with social, emotional and behavioural difficulties. Jessica Kingsley. Edwards, A. (2017). Working relationally in and across practices: A cultural-historical approach to collaboration. Cambridge University Press. Fielding, M., & Moss, P. (2011). Radical education and the common school: A democratic alternative. Routledge. Hämäläinen, J. (2012). Social pedagogical eyes in the midst of diverse understandings, conceptualisations and activities. International Journal of Social Pedagogy, 1(1), 3–16. Kickbusch, I., & Gleicher, D. (2012). Governance for health in the 21st century. World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe. Marmot, M., Allen, J., Goldblatt, P., Herd, E., & Morrison, J. (2020). Build back fairer: The COVID-19 Marmot review. Institute of Health Equity. Morrow, V., & Mayall, B. (2009). What is ‘wellbeing’ and how might it be operationalised in the context of children’s lives?. Journal of Social Policy, 38(2), 213–230. Otto, H.-U., & Ziegler, H. (2010). Education, welfare and the capabilities approach. Barbara Budrich. Roth, G., Assor, A., Kanat-Maymon, Y., & Kaplan, H. (2007). Autonomous motivation for teaching: How self-determined teaching may lead to self-determined learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(4), 761–774. Ungar, M. (2011). The social ecology of resilience. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 81(1), 1–17. WHO. (2014). Health in all policies (HiAP) framework for country action. World Health Organization. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 02 A: Fairness and Validity in High-Stakes Testing (Part 1): Fair by Design? Measurement Issues and Equity in High-Stakes Admissions and National Testing Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Erika Majoros Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Fairness and Validity in High-Stakes Testing (Part 1): Fair by Design? Measurement Issues and Equity in High-Stakes Admissions and National Testing The overarching theme is centred around ensuring fairness, validity, and reliability (Kane 2013, Messick, 1989) in high-stakes educational assessments, with a strong emphasis on how different factors (such as item format, gender, language background, socio-economic status, scoring methods, and standard-setting practices) can introduce bias or inequity. High-stakes test are considered “assessments that have serious consequences” for participants (Stobart & Eggen, 2012, p.1) . They typically involve national assessments or external examinations used for admissions to a higher level of education or that otherwise have a significant impact on students’ educational careers and other life choices. With this in mind, fairness and validity are corner concepts of any modern high-stakes testing. Four general aspects of fairness are the equivalent opportunity of test-takers in the testing process, the lack of measurement bias, the access to the construct(s) as measured, and the validity of individual test score interpretations for the intended uses (AERA et al., 2014). This symposium will present distinct aspects of high-stakes testing that draw from real life applications of tests and are oriented at solving problems that are interesting both from the point of scientific interest and practical use. The first thematic area deals with ideas of equity and access, methodological breadth for fairness, and policy stakes. The symposium interrogates how response formats, scoring policies, and item content interact with gender, language background, and SES to produce measurable DIF and differential outcomes in national and admissions assessments. Using complementary psychometric approaches across distinct European contexts (Sweden and Flanders), the session demonstrates how fairness can be strengthened—or undermined—by design and policy. The second thematic area deals with ideas of validity as a system, decision consequences, and actionability and governance. The session foregrounds validity as an ecosystem, linking interpretive arguments, norm‑referenced data use, and operational safeguards, to improve both the defensibility and usability of examinations internationally. References AERA, APA, & NCME. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. American Educational Research Association. Kane, M. T. (2013). Validating the interpretations and uses of test scores. Journal of Educational Measurement, 50(1), 1–73. Messick, S. (1989). Validity. In R. L. Linn (Ed.), Educational measurement (3rd ed., pp. 13–103). Macmillan. Stobart, G. and Eggen, T. (2012). High Stakes testing - value, fairness and consequences. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy and Practice. Vol.19, pp.1-6 Presentations of the Symposium DIF across Genders and Swedish Language Syllabus Groups in the Swedish National Test in Social Studies: The Role of Response Formats
In developing the national tests in Social Studies, a critical issue is to ensure that the items work in the same way for different classifications of students, i.e. that the test fair and show no signs of severe Differential Item Functioning (DIF). Social Studies is a mandatory subject in the Swedish compulsory school, covering a wider range of content than, for instance, the subject of Civics. In Sweden, the national tests are intended to be digitalized and the proportions of items with selected response format are also intended to increase. As a consequence, the proportion of items with a constructed response format will decrease. It is important analyse the consequences of this shift for different subgroups of students. However, preliminary analyses (Löfstedt & Bergh, 2025) show that there are indeed DIF across genders with respect to different item formats, where boys commonly find selected response item formats easier compared to girls. In addition, in a forthcoming article (Löfstedt & Bergh, 2026) it is concluded that there is a risk that students following the syllabus of Swedish as a second language to be disadvantaged compared to the general student population, if the proportion of selected response items is increased. The purpose of this study is to analyse DIF across genders and Swedish language syllabus groups, taking into account potential subgroup interactions. The study is based on data from the Swedish national test in Social Studies collected in 2018, 2019, 2022 and 2023. The data are analysed by means of the Polytomous Rasch Model (Rasch, 1960/1980; Andrich, 1978). The results reveal that there are indeed important DIF effects across genders and Swedish language syllabus groups, having significant implications for subgroups of students. Thus, as the test result influences the student’s final subject grade, the results of this study may have implications for student opportunities for upper secondary school program admission. However, the patterns are clarified by also taking into account the subgroup interactions (gender by Swedish language syllabus) in the DIF analyses. In addition, consequences of the item format shift are discussed from a test dimensionality perspective.
References:
Andrich, D. (1978). A rating formulation for ordered response categories. Psychometrica, 43 (4), 561-573.
Löfstedt, A., & Bergh, D. (2025, September 2–3). The question of gender in national testing: Potential implications of format change as a consequence of digitalization for subgroups of students—Experiences from the Swedish national test in social studies [Conference presentation]. Frontier Research in Educational Measurement (FREMO), Oslo, Norway.
Löfstedt, A., & Bergh, D. (2026, in press). Investigating DIF: The role of response format for students following the syllabus for Swedish as a second Language – Experiences from the Swedish National Tests in Social Studies. Nordidactica 2025:2.
Rasch, G. (1960/1980). Probabilistic models for some intelligence and attainment tests (Copenhagen, Danish Institute for Educational Research). Expanded edition (1980) with foreword and afterward by Benjamin D. Wright. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Exploring Gender Differences in Students’ Response Behavior on the Flemish Medical Entrance Exam
In Flanders, matriculation to medical education is made dependent upon a centrally organized admission test assessing competences in sciences (mathematics, physics, chemistry, and biology), interpersonal skills, and scientific text comprehension using multiple-choice items that are scored using the so-called “correction for guessing”. Admission is granted to a fixed number of examinees who are ranked highest among those examinees that obtained a passing score on the different subtests.
In 2023, the acceptance rate equaled .53 for male examinees who just finished high school while being only .38 for their female peers. Similar gender differences were found among the group of older examinees and examinees coming from abroad. Two factors can explain these gender differences. Firstly, due to self-selection male applicants may on average be stronger in the assessed skills than female applicants. Secondly, awarding a negative score to wrong answers may incentive participants to omit response to items when they do not know or are not sure of the answer, which could impact women more than men (e.g., Kelly & Dennick, 2009).
To disentangle both factors, a tree-based Item Response Theory model (De Beer, Janssen, De Boeck, 2017) is applied to the results of the 2021, 2022, and 2023 science tests of the Flemish medical entrance examination. By modeling the correctness of given responses and response omission jointly, a separate estimate of examinees’ science proficiency and skipping propensity is obtained. Gender differences are observed on both measures. Moreover, by simulating responses on the skipped items based on examinees’ science proficiency, the effect of the gender differences in skipping propensity on the ranking of examinees is illustrated.
Hence, the present study shows that both factors contribute to the gender difference in acceptance rates for all three investigated years of administration. The study therefore argues to monitor the quality of high-stakes examination in several respects in order to avoid gender bias, especially with numerus fixus (ranking of candidates). Moreover, exam committees should consider alternative instructions for negative marking in high-stakes multiple-choice exams, such as elimination scoring in which students can show their partial knowledge on exam questions (Vanderoost et al., 2019).
References:
De Beer, D., Janssen, R., & De Boeck, P. (2017). Modeling skipped and notreached items using IRTrees. Journal of Educational Measurement, 54(3), 333–363. https://doi.org/10.1111/jedm.12147
Kelly, S., & Dennick, R. (2009). Evidence of gender bias in True-False-Abstain medical examinations. BMC Medical Education, 7, 9-32. doi: 10.1186/1472-6920-9-32.
Vanderoost, J., Janssen, R., Callens, R., Eggermont, J., De Laet, T. with De Laet, T. (corresp. author) (2018). Elimination testing with adapted scoring reduces guessing and anxiety in multiple-choice assessments, but does not increase grade average with respect to traditional negative marking. PLoS One, 13 (10). doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0203931
Internal Structure Validity Evidence for the SweSAT, based on Test Takers’ Socio-economic Status and Language Background
Gathering evidence for or against the validity argument of large-scale tests is a crucial aspect of maintaining their integrity. One important source of such evidence is the test’s internal structure, which can be investigated using Differential Item Functioning (DIF) analyses. The present study is a comprehensive investigation of DIF in the Swedish Scholastic Aptitude Test (SweSAT), a large-scale test for selection to higher education, related to test takers’ socio-economic status (SES) and language background.
In this study, the test takers’ highest parental education level was used as the indicator of SES. Language background was operationalized as whether a test taker took the course “Swedish as a second language” in elementary schoolyear 9 or not. Data on SES and language background were collected when an individual entered the Evaluation Through Follow-up (UGU) dataset at age 16. SweSAT scores were collected later. Using the Mantel-Haenszel procedure on archival data from approximately 3,360 items and nearly one million test takers, the study examined whether any test items systematically favored any group.
We hypothesized that DIF would be minimal in the quantitative section and more pronounced in the verbal section, mirroring patterns and their proposed explanations observed previously with gender as the grouping variable. In the verbal domain, vocabulary items were expected to contain the most DIF, followed by sentence completion items and English reading comprehension items, with Swedish reading comprehension items containing the least DIF. Vocabulary items potentially favored groups more familiar with the word’s contextual domain (for example, words drawn from everyday life might have favored lower-SES test takers and those with Swedish as a second language, while words requiring specialized cultural knowledge might have disfavored those groups). Other than that, no specific patterns were expected.
The analysis is still in progress, and the results will be presented at the conference. Overall, the findings are expected to contribute to the SweSAT and the public by adding validity evidence based on SES and language background for or against the SweSAT’s validity argument. Any identified DIF patterns attributable to bias will be used to formulate recommendations for enhancing test fairness, such as refining item content or format, thus further strengthening the test’s validity argument and transparency.
References:
Allalouf, A., Hambleton, R. K., & Sireci, S. G. (1999). Identifying the causes of DIF in translated verbal items. Journal of Educational Measurement, 36(3), 185–198.
Carlton, S. T., & Harris, A. M. (1992). Characteristics associated with differential item functioning on the Scholastic Aptitude Test: Gender and majority/minority group comparisons. (Report no. ETS-RR-92-64). Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.
Holland, P. W., & Thayer, D. T. (1988). Differential item performance and the Mantel- Haenszel procedure. In H. Wainer & H. I. Braun (Eds.), Test validity (pp. 129– 145). Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum.
Schmitt, A. P., Holland, P. W., & Dorans, N. J. (1992). Evaluating hypotheses about differential item functioning. (Report No. ETS-RR-92-8). Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.
Stage, C. (2005). Socialgruppsskillnader i resultat på högskoleprovet [Social group differences in scores on the Swedish Scholastic Assessment Test] (Report No. BVM 11:2005). Umeå, Sweden: Umeå University.
Wedman, J. (2017). Reasons for gender-related differential item functioning in a college admissions test, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Measurement, 62(6), 959–970. DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2017.1402365
Wester, A. (1997). Differential item functioning (DIF) in relation to item content: A study of three subtests in the SweSAT with focus on gender. (Report No. EM No 27). Umeå, Sweden: Umeå University.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 02 B: Qualitative Perspectives on Teacher Assessment Practices Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Panagiotis Patsis Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Assessment Literacy in Practice: How Social Studies Teachers Navigate Assessment Cultures Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines social studies teachers’ assessment practices and assessment literacy in compulsory school (Years 7–9) and upper secondary school in Sweden. It explores how assessment is understood, enacted and negotiated within the subject-specific context of social studies. As a school subject, social studies constitutes a particularly complex assessment domain: it integrates knowledge from several academic disciplines—such as political science, economics and sociology—and carries a dual educational mission of fostering both subject knowledge about society and democratic citizenship (Sandahl et al., 2011; Sandahl, 2018). These dual aims generate inherent tensions in assessment, as teachers are expected to evaluate not only factual knowledge but also analytical reasoning, perspective-taking, argumentation and value-laden judgements (Brookhart, 2013; Xu & Brown, 2016). Previous research demonstrates that assessment practices are shaped by subject traditions, grading systems and interpretations of curricular goals (Birenbaum, 2014; Lundahl, 2014). In Sweden, these conditions differ in important ways between compulsory and upper secondary education, particularly with regard to grading practices and expectations of progression (Lundahl et al., 2015; Lundahl et al., 2019). At the same time, research on assessment has largely been dominated by general or technical perspectives, with limited attention to subject-specific contexts and teachers’ situated assessment work (Xu & Brown, 2016; Torrance, 2012). Empirical research on assessment practices and assessment literacy in social studies remains relatively scarce, especially studies that span multiple educational levels (Berg & Persson, 2020). This paper addresses this gap by examining assessment literacy as it is enacted in social studies teaching. The paper forms part of a larger research project that aims to contribute knowledge about social studies teachers’ assessment practices and assessment literacy by identifying, discussing and problematising what assessment literacy entails in this subject. The specific research question guiding this paper is: What assessment practices characterise social studies teaching in compulsory and upper secondary school? The study is situated within a broader European assessment policy context, where assessment and grading have become increasingly central to teachers’ professional work (Lundahl, 2014; Lundahl et al., 2019). Assessment is frequently described as one of the most powerful pedagogical tools in schooling, shaping teaching practices, students’ learning strategies and educational trajectories (Lundahl, 2014). At the same time, assessment is closely linked to accountability, transparency and measurability, creating tensions between formative ambitions and summative requirements (Torrance, 2012; Birenbaum, 2014). Teachers are expected to support students’ learning through assessment while simultaneously producing documentation that justifies grades, ensures comparability and meets external demands—placing significant demands on teachers’ professional assessment literacy (Lundahl et al., 2015; Mickwitz, 2021). The theoretical framework combines research on assessment culture, assessment literacy and practice theory. Assessment culture is understood as a communicative and institutional context in which different traditions, norms and expectations regarding assessment coexist and compete (Birenbaum, 2014). Drawing on distinctions between measurement-oriented and interpretation-oriented traditions, assessment culture is conceptualised as shaping both assessment practices and what forms of assessment literacy are considered legitimate (Torrance, 2012). Assessment literacy is approached as a multidimensional construct encompassing conceptual, praxeological and socio-emotional dimensions (Pastore & Andrade, 2019; Pastore, 2023). To analyse how assessment literacy is enacted in practice, the paper draws on practice theory – specifically the concept of practice architectures – to examine how assessment practices are shaped by cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2014).Together, these perspectives enable a subject-sensitive analysis of how contemporary assessment cultures are translated into teachers’ everyday assessment work in social studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on a qualitative research design using twelve focus group interviews with 42 practising upper secondary social studies teachers in Sweden. Focus groups were chosen to capture collective reflections, shared norms and tensions, and to explore how assessment practices and assessment literacy are negotiated within professional communities. Furthermore, the research design also reveals variations in teachers' reasoning about their assessment work and assessment practices. All participants teach social studies and were recruited from five compulsory schools (years 7-9) and seven upper secondary schools with variation in school size, organisational context and student composition. Each focus group session involved two to seven teachers and lasted about an hour. The focus groups were organised to encourage interaction and dialogue among participants, rather than individual accounts alone (Wibeck, 2010). A semi-structured interview guide was used, covering themes such as purposes of assessment, alignment between teaching and assessment, formative and summative practices, subject-specific assessment challenges and experiences of institutional and policy-related constraints. Teachers were also invited to discuss possibilities with their assessment work, collaborations between colleagues, concrete assessment situations and examples from their teaching practice (Wibeck, 2010). The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Ethical approval was obtained from the Swedish Review Ethical Authority, and informed consent, confidentiality and voluntary participation were ensured. The analytical process followed a theory-informed thematic analysis. Transcripts were analysed iteratively, moving between empirical material and theoretical concepts (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Practice architecture theory guided the analysis of how assessment practices are shaped by cultural-discursive arrangements (e.g. dominant assessment discourses), material-economic arrangements (e.g. time, tools, documentation requirements), and social-political arrangements (e.g. grading regulations, accountability structures). Assessment literacy was analysed as an enacted capacity within practice, focusing on how conceptual understandings, practical strategies and socio-emotional dimensions interact in assessment-related situations. Analytical attention was given to teachers’ sayings, doings and relatings in relation to assessment within teaching practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that social studies teachers articulate formative assessment as a central pedagogical ideal within their teaching. Assessment is described as an integral part of everyday classroom practice, closely connected to dialogue, discussion and continuous interaction with students. Teachers emphasise assessment as a way of supporting students’ analytical reasoning, use of subject-specific concepts and ability to interpret societal issues. From the perspective of assessment literacy, this reflects a strong conceptual and praxeological orientation towards formative purposes, where assessment is understood as a means of making learning visible and supporting progression in social studies. At the same time, teachers’ assessment practices are shaped by prevailing assessment cultures characterised by grading requirements, national tests and expectations of transparency and comparability. These assessment-cultural conditions privilege documentation, explicit criteria and defensible judgements. Teachers describe how such conditions can constrain interpretative openness and shift assessment practices towards what can be clearly justified within summative frameworks. This highlights tensions between different assessment traditions and illustrates how assessment culture shapes both assessment practices and the forms of assessment literacy that are enacted and valued. Teachers’ assessment literacy emerges as situated and relational, developed through continuous negotiation within specific practice architectures. Conceptual literacy is visible in how teachers interpret curricular goals and define what counts as knowledge in social studies. Praxeological literacy is reflected in their ability to design assessment tasks that align with subject aims while responding to institutional demands. Socio-emotional literacy is evident in how teachers manage responsibility, fairness and relationships with students in assessment situations. These dimensions interact within assessment practices that are enabled and constrained by cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements. In all, the findings illustrate how knowing and acting in assessment are intertwined, and how teachers navigate contemporary assessment cultures while striving to maintain educationally relevant assessment practices in social studies. References Berg, M., & Persson, A. (2020). Graderande granskning och förklarade glapp: Svensk historie- och samhällskunskapsdidaktisk forskning om lärares bedömningspraktik 2009–2019. Nordidactica – Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 2020(1), 18–44. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:kau:diva-76753 Birenbaum, M. (2014). Conceptualizing assessment culture in school. In C. Wyatt-Smith, V. Klenowski, & P. Colbert (Eds.), Designing assessment for quality learning (pp. 285–302). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-5902-2_18 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Brookhart, S. M. (2013). The use of teacher judgement for summative assessment in the USA. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 20(1), 69–90. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2012.703170 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Researching as a practice-changing practice. In S. Kemmis, J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, & L. Bristol, Changing practices, changing education (pp. 179–204). Springer. Lundahl, C. (2014). Bedömning för lärande (2nd ed.). Studentlitteratur. Lundahl, C., Hultén, M., Klapp, A., & Mickwitz, L. (2015). Betygens geografi: Forskning om betyg och summativa bedömningar i Sverige och internationellt. Vetenskapsrådet. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:liu:diva-117887 Lundahl, C., Hultén, M., Tveit, S., & Nyman, P. (2019). Betygssystem i internationell belysning. Myndigheten för tillgängliga medier. Mickwitz, L. (2021). Lärarprofessionalism när bedömning är betyg. In Å. Hirsh & C. Lundahl (Eds.), Hållbar bedömning: Bildning, välbefinnande och utveckling i skolans bedömningsarbete (pp. 27–46). Natur & Kultur. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:su:diva-203517 Pastore, S. (2023). Teacher assessment literacy: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 8, Article 1217167. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1217167 Pastore, S., & Andrade, H. L. (2019). Teacher assessment literacy: A three-dimensional model. Teaching and Teacher Education, 84, 128–138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.05.003 Sandahl, J. (2018). Vart bör samhällskunskapsdidaktiken gå? Om ett splittrat forskningsfält och vägar framåt. Nordidactica – Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 2018(3), 44–64. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:kau:diva-69736 Sandahl, J., Petterson, L., Kristiansson, M., & Larsson, A. (2011). Att ta sig an världen: Lärare diskuterar innehåll och mål i samhällskunskapsämnet. Karlstads universitet. http://kau.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:418273/FULLTEXT01.pdf Torrance, H. (2012). Formative assessment at the crossroads: Conformative, deformative and transformative assessment. Oxford Review of Education, 38(3), 323–342. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2012.689693 Wibeck, V. (2010). Fokusgrupper: Om fokuserade gruppintervjuer som undersökningsmetod. Studentlitteratur. Xu, Y., & Brown, G. T. L. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy in practice: A reconceptualization. Teaching and Teacher Education, 58, 149–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.05.010 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Assessment Literacy Under Performance Pressure: Teachers’ Beliefs, Practices and Instructional Decisions in a Selective School Context 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Nauryzbay district of Almaty, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:High-performing and selective school systems increasingly operate under conditions of sustained performance pressure driven by accountability demands, external assessments, and institutional expectations. Within such contexts, teachers’ assessment literacy plays a critical role in shaping instructional decision-making, yet the ways in which assessment beliefs and practices are enacted under pressure remain insufficiently understood. This study examines how teachers conceptualise and enact assessment literacy in a selective secondary school context characterised by strong academic performance expectations. The research addresses three questions: (1) How do teachers understand assessment literacy in a high-performing, selective school context? The study is grounded in contemporary conceptualisations of assessment literacy that frame it as an integrated construct encompassing assessment knowledge, beliefs, and enacted classroom practices (e.g., formative and summative orientations). In addition, sociocultural and policy-oriented perspectives on assessment are used to conceptualise performance pressure as a contextual condition that mediates professional judgement rather than merely an external constraint. From this perspective, assessment literacy is understood as situated professional practice shaped by institutional expectations, accountability structures, and school-level performance cultures. Although the empirical context is a selective school outside Europe, the study addresses issues central to European and international debates on assessment for learning, teacher professionalism, and performativity in education systems. Selective admissions, high-stakes examinations, and performance benchmarking are common features across many European contexts, making this study relevant to broader discussions of how assessment policies are interpreted and enacted at the school level. By focusing on teachers’ beliefs, reported practices, and instructional decision-making under pressure, the study aims to contribute to international scholarship on assessment literacy by identifying patterns of alignment and misalignment between formative intentions and enacted assessment practices. The findings are expected to inform both assessment policy implementation and professional development initiatives by highlighting conditions under which assessment literacy is supported or constrained in performance-driven school environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a quantitative survey design involving in-service secondary teachers (Grades 7–12) working in a selective, high-performing school context. Data collection focuses on teachers’ assessment beliefs, enacted classroom assessment practices, and perceived performance pressure. A pilot dataset (N = 68) was used to verify scale reliability and refine scoring procedures prior to full-sample analysis (target N = 100). Teachers’ assessment beliefs are measured using the Teachers’ Conceptions of Assessment scale (TCoA). Enacted assessment practices are assessed using the Assessment Practices Inventory (API), capturing formative and summative classroom assessment behaviours. Formative assessment decision-making is further examined using scenario-based items from the Approaches to Classroom Assessment Inventory (ACAI). Perceived performance pressure is measured through a context-specific scale addressing institutional expectations, accountability demands, and outcome-oriented evaluation practices. Pilot reliability analysis demonstrated strong internal consistency across all major constructs, supporting the use of composite scores (TCoA: Cronbach’s α = .88, McDonald’s ω = .90; API: α = .96, ω = .97; ACAI formative decision scale: α = .89, ω = .90). Several negatively keyed scenario items were identified during pilot testing and will be reverse-coded prior to final composite construction. Data analysis will include descriptive statistics, reliability analysis (α and ω), correlation analysis, and multiple regression modelling. Regression models will examine the associations between perceived performance pressure, assessment beliefs, and enacted assessment practices, with teacher characteristics (e.g., teaching experience, subject area) included as control variables where appropriate. Aggregated student achievement indicators linked at the teacher or class level will be incorporated only where sufficient variance exists. Ethical approval was obtained in accordance with institutional guidelines. Participation is voluntary, informed consent is secured, and all data are anonymised and reported in aggregate form. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that teachers in selective, performance-driven contexts generally endorse formative-oriented assessment beliefs, yet enact assessment practices that are partially shaped by institutional performance expectations. Preliminary analysis suggests that perceived performance pressure is embedded across assessment-related constructs and may influence both teachers’ conceptualisations of assessment and their instructional decision-making. It is anticipated that performance pressure will show a strong association with assessment beliefs and a more moderate association with enacted classroom practices, indicating a potential belief–practice implementation gap. This pattern would suggest that while teachers may internalise formative assessment principles, their ability to enact these principles consistently is constrained by accountability demands and outcome-oriented evaluation cultures. By empirically examining the relationships among assessment beliefs, practices, and contextual pressure, the study contributes to international discussions on assessment literacy as situated professional judgement. The findings are expected to have implications for assessment policy and teacher professional development, highlighting the need for context-sensitive approaches that support teachers in translating formative assessment principles into practice within high-pressure educational environments. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9068-5 DeLuca, C., LaPointe-McEwan, D., & Luhanga, U. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy: A review of international standards and measures. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 28(3), 251–272. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-015-9233-6 Heritage, M. (2010). Formative assessment: Making it happen in the classroom. Corwin. Shepard, L. A. (2000). The role of assessment in a learning culture. Educational Researcher, 29(7), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X029007004 Xu, Y., & Brown, G. T. L. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy in practice: A reconceptualization. Teaching and Teacher Education, 58, 149–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.05.010 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Assessment practices in a Portuguese School Cluster: Perspectives of Teachers, Students and School Leadership University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:This paper reports on findings from a case study conducted as part of a broader research project examining assessment practices in compulsory education. The study aims to explore how assessment is conceptualised and experienced by school leadership, teachers, and students in a Portuguese public school cluster, and how these practices have evolved under policy pressures during and after the Covid-19 pandemic. The research is informed by socio-cultural, formative, and policy-oriented perspectives on assessment (Black & Wiliam, 1998, 2018; Wiliam, 2017; Biesta, 2009; Stobart, 2008; Ruiz-Primo & Brookhart, 2018; Hattie & Clarke, 2019), which frame assessment as a socially situated process emerging from institutional decisions, classroom interactions, and students’ lived experiences. These processes were particularly challenged by the constraints imposed by the Covid-19 pandemic, which required rapid adaptation of teaching and assessment practices (Huber & Helm, 2020; König et al., 2020; van der Spoel et al., 2020; Sandvik et al., 2023). A mixed-methods case study design was adopted to capture the complexity of assessment practices in context. Data were collected from multiple sources, including institutional documents, a semi-structured interview with the headteacher, teacher and student focus groups, and questionnaires. Analyses combined qualitative and quantitative approaches, allowing triangulation across perspectives to identify converging and diverging views on assessment at organisational, pedagogical, and learner levels. Findings from the leadership perspective indicate that assessment functions as a central organisational mechanism for monitoring student progress and supporting decision-making. The headteacher emphasises coherence and alignment across the school, linking assessment to improvement, student success, and equity. Organisational arrangements, such as a semester-based calendar, create conditions that support monitoring of learning and timely intervention, framing assessment as a tool for regulation and coordination rather than solely for certification (Black & Wiliam, 1998, 2018; Wiliam, 2017; Biesta, 2009; Stobart, 2008). Teachers report integrating formative and summative assessment using diverse strategies, including projects, portfolios, oral presentations, observation, digital artefacts, and written tests. These practices promote responsiveness to students’ needs, self-regulation, and fairness (Black & Wiliam, 1998, 2018; Flores et al., 2015; Pereira et al., 2016; Hattie & Clarke, 2019), although tensions with external accountability and standardised testing sometimes constrain pedagogical flexibility (Stobart, 2008; Biesta, 2009). Students value assessment moments that provide feedback, clear criteria, and opportunities to improve. Dialogic and supportive practices are associated with engagement and understanding of learning goals, whereas summative assessment is often experienced as stressful and disconnected from everyday learning (Black & Wiliam, 1998, 2018; Brookhart, 2013). The Covid-19 pandemic acted as a catalyst for reflection and innovation across all actor groups. Remote teaching reduced traditional testing, increased the use of alternative evidence and digital tools, and prompted reconsideration of the purposes and methods of assessment. Some practices introduced during the pandemic have continued post-crisis, highlighting issues of equity and inclusion (Huber & Helm, 2020; Toquero, 2020; Bozkurt & Sharma, 2020; König et al., 2020; van der Spoel et al., 2020; Sandvik et al., 2023). Overall, findings suggest that assessment practices emerge from negotiation between organisational priorities, pedagogical choices, and students’ experiences. Alignment across leadership, teachers, and learners can foster coherent, responsive, and equitable assessment cultures. By foregrounding multiple actor perspectives, this study contributes empirical evidence to international discussions on assessment for learning and the conditions under which assessment practices evolve in compulsory education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods approach grounded in a case study design, which is particularly suited to exploring complex educational phenomena within their real-life context. The selected case corresponds to a Portuguese public school cluster offering education from pre-primary to lower secondary level, recognised for its sustained engagement in pedagogical innovation and digital transformation. Data collection was conducted in three complementary phases. The first phase included the analysis of institutional and policy related documents, including the Educational Project, Annual Activity Plan, External School Evaluation Reports, the Innovation Plan, and the Digital Development Action Plan. This analysis aimed to identify strategic priorities, pedagogical orientations, and organisational structures framing school practices. In the second phase, a semi-structured interview was conducted with the headteacher, focusing on leadership practices, curriculum organisation, assessment policies, the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, and innovation processes. The interview was audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analysed using content analysis procedures, allowing for the identification of thematic categories and subcategories. The third phase comprised data collection from teachers teaching in different areas and students attending the 2nd and 3rd cycle (10-16) through focus groups and questionnaires. Two teacher focus groups (n=10) and two student focus groups (n=13) were conducted to explore perceptions, experiences, and meanings attributed to curriculum and assessment practices. Additionally, questionnaires were administered to teachers (n=29) and students (n=165), providing quantitative data on pedagogical strategies, assessment approaches, digital use, and student engagement. Qualitative data were analysed through a systematic process of coding, categorisation, and interpretation, ensuring analytical rigor and consistency. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics to identify patterns and trends that complemented qualitative findings. Data triangulation across sources and methods enhanced the credibility and validity of the results. Ethical considerations were strictly observed. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained from all participants, and confidentiality and anonymity were guaranteed throughout the research process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Focusing on the perspectives of leadership, teachers, and students, this study highlights assessment as a multi-layered and relational practice rather than a purely technical procedure. The findings demonstrate that formative assessment gains meaning and effectiveness when it is coherently articulated across organisational, pedagogical, and learner levels. At the leadership level, assessment functions as a strategic instrument for regulating pedagogical practices and promoting inclusion. Organisational decisions—such as the adoption of a semester-based calendar—create structural conditions that support formative feedback, monitoring of learning, and timely intervention. These findings underline the importance of leadership in aligning assessment principles with school-wide practices. At the pedagogical level, teachers play a central role in translating assessment principles into classroom practice. The diversification of assessment instruments and the emphasis on feedback reflect a sustained commitment to assessment for learning. However, the coexistence of formative practices with external accountability demands continues to generate tensions that influence pedagogical choices and professional autonomy. From the students’ perspective, assessment practices are most meaningful when they involve feedback, transparency, and opportunities for improvement. Student voices reveal both the benefits of formative approaches and the emotional and cognitive challenges associated with summative assessment, reinforcing the need to consider learner experience in assessment design. The Covid-19 pandemic acted as a catalyst for rethinking assessment across all actor groups, accelerating the adoption of formative and digital practices whose effects extend beyond the crisis context. In conclusion, the study contributes to international discussions on assessment for learning by evidencing how coherence across leadership, teachers, and students strengthens assessment cultures. It argues for assessment policies and practices that recognise assessment as a shared responsibility, capable of fostering equity, agency, and meaningful learning in compulsory education. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2018). Classroom assessment and pedagogy. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 25(6), 551–575. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2018.1441807 Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Flores, M. A., Machado, E. A., Alves, M. P., & Aguiar Vieira, D. (2021). Ensinar em tempos de COVID-19: Um estudo com professores dos ensinos básico e secundário em Portugal. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 34(1). Flores, M. A., Veiga Simão, A. M., Barros, A., & Pereira, D. (2015). Perceptions of effectiveness, fairness and feedback of assessment methods: A study in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 40(9), 1523–1534. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.881348 Hattie, J., & Clarke, S. (2019). Visible learning feedback. Routledge. Huber, S. G., & Helm, C. (2020). COVID-19 and schooling: Evaluation, assessment and accountability in times of crises—Reacting quickly to explore key issues for policy, practice and research with the School Barometer. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 32(2), 237–270. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09322-y König, J., Jäger-Biela, D. J., & Glutsch, N. (2020). Adapting to online teaching during COVID-19 school closure: Teacher education and teacher competence effects among early career teachers in Germany. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 608–622. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1809650 Pereira, D., Flores, M. A., & Niklasson, L. (2016). Assessment revisited: A review of research in Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 41(7), 1008–1032. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2015.1055233 Ruiz-Primo, M. A., & Brookhart, S. M. (2018). Using feedback to improve learning. Routledge. Sandvik, L. V., Svendsen, B., Strømme, A., Smith, K., Sommervold, O. A., & Angvik, S. A. (2023). Assessment during COVID-19: Students and teachers in limbo when the classroom disappeared. Educational Assessment, 28(1), 11–26. Stobart, G. (2008). Testing times: The uses and abuses of assessment. Routledge. van der Spoel, I., Noroozi, O., Schuurink, E., & van Ginkel, S. (2020). Teachers’ online teaching expectations and experiences during the COVID-19 pandemic in the Netherlands. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 623–638. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1821185 Wiliam, D. (2017). Learning and assessment: A long and winding road? Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 24(3), 309–316. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2017.1338520 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 02 C: Motivation, Family Background and Student Self-Perceptions Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Jelena Veletić Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Relations between Personality, Socio-Emotional Skills, and Argumentation: An Ecological Interpretation University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Title: Relations between Personality, Socio-Emotional Skills, and Argumentation: An Ecological Interpretation This study investigates how personality traits and socio-emotional (SE) skills relate to primary students’ written argumentation in a structured, digitally mediated classroom assessment context. Argumentation—particularly collaborative reasoning around socio-scientific dilemmas—is widely recognised as a form of 21st-century learning that is cognitively, socially, and emotionally demanding. While substantial research has examined cognitive and language demands in classroom argumentation, comparatively less attention has been given to learner characteristics (e.g., personality traits and specific SE skills) as explicit explanatory factors for observed variation in argumentation quality in K–12 classrooms. In parallel, argumentation research often describes tasks and topic resources in details, yet seldom examines features of topics as a source of variability in argumentation quality, despite evidence from reading and writing research that topic familiarity, background knowledge, agency, and identity relevance can shape performance. Context and purpose. The present study draws on baseline data from an intervention project in an experimental primary school in China where teachers integrated written argumentation into course design using an online Argumentation Tool (AT). Students produced written arguments within a shared online document, supported by curated texts and an evidence sheet, under the joint guidance of a subject specialist teacher and the class Banzhuren (homeroom teacher). The baseline analysis focuses on person–context relations: whether stable dispositions (Big Five personality traits) and SE skills predict argumentation outcomes, and whether contextual affordances linked to topic account for substantial differences in performance. Research questions. Theoretical framework. We interpret findings through an ecological perspective (Bronfenbrenner,1995) combined with concepts of affordances and a contextualised view of reading and writing performance. From this stance, personality traits and SE skills are treated as latent individual resources within classroom microsystems, whereas task structures, topic resources, peer visibility in the shared online document, and teacher orchestration provide activation conditions that may amplify or suppress the expression of these resources. The two topics were intentionally designed to be parallel in structure and use of AT but differed in experiential grounding and familiarity: a climate-change–related institutional dilemma (Green topic) and a culturally embedded topic linked to students’ everyday family and peer practices (Game topic). We hypothesise that such topic-linked affordances—particularly familiarity and accessibility of lived experiences—may differentially support multi-voiced argumentation even under comparable instructional structures. International dimension. Although the data come from a Chinese school, the study addresses internationally shared issues central to NW09: Relating Achievement Results to Variables on Individual Level. We examine how learner-level socio-emotional skills and personality traits relate to performance in an assessment of written argumentation quality, contributing to the interpretation of achievement results at the individual level. Many education systems—including European contexts—emphasise transversal competencies, dialogic teaching, and SE development; yet performance on complex writing assessments can vary widely depending on task or topic characteristics. By providing cross-cultural evidence and an ecological account of person–context relations, this study contributes to international debates on how to model contextual influences when interpreting assessment outcomes and designing classroom supports for argumentation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and design. Participants were 160 Grade Five students (49% girls; aged 10–12) from four parallel classes in an experimental primary school in China. The overall project was quasi-experimental; however, this paper reports a baseline phase (first three days) in which students engaged with AT-supported argumentation across two topics. Two classes worked with the Green topic and two with the Game topic, using the same three-day lesson structure (Day 1 topic introduction and questionnaires; Day 2 dialogic instruction and discussion; Day 3 AT writing task). Teachers were trained in advance and used shared materials to reduce variation in lesson structure. Measures. 1. Personality traits were measured on Day 1 with the Chinese Big Five Personality Inventory (CBF-PI-B; Dai, 2015), a 40-item scale assessing Neuroticism, Conscientiousness, Agreeableness, Openness, and Extraversion (6-point Likert). Internal consistency in this sample was acceptable (α = .681–.80 across subscales). 2. Socio-emotional (SE) skills were measured on Day 1 using a 40-item scale covering empathy, perspective-taking, sociability, and self-regulation (5-point Likert). The instrument was adapted from a New Zealand SE questionnaire, translated via forward–backward procedures and expert review. Internal consistency was satisfactory (α = .71–.81). CFA indices supported construct validity (CFI = .95, TLI = .93, RMSEA = [.009, .066], SRMR = .052). 3. Argumentation outcomes were collected on Day 3 through students’ written arguments in AT. Texts were exported and coded on three indicators: (a) argumentation profile (integrated vs single/dual, based on a dialogic profile framework), (b) evidence use (any vs none), and (c) length of writing (word count). Coding and reliability. Coding schemes for profile and evidence were adapted from prior classroom argumentation research. Copilot was used only during development to refine code descriptions; all categories and decision rules were set by researchers. Two human coders independently coded all scripts; agreement was 85% (Cohen’s κ = .72), with disagreements resolved by discussion. Analysis. One-way ANOVAs checked between-class differences in personality and SE skills (ns), allowing pooled analyses. Pearson correlations examined relations among personality and SE skills and among argumentation indicators. Hierarchical logistic regressions tested predictors of profile and evidence use: Model 1 (Big Five), Model 2 (Big Five + SE), Model 3 (+ Topic). Multiple linear regression tested predictors of word count. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This baseline study produced three main findings. First, personality traits were strongly and coherently associated with SE skills, suggesting an underlying pattern of “responsible sociability” linking dispositional orientations and self-reported socio-emotional competencies. Second, contrary to common assumptions that SE skills directly support argumentation quality, neither personality traits nor SE skills robustly predicted students’ written argumentation outcomes (profile, evidence use, or word count) in pooled analyses. Third, topic emerged as a substantial contextual predictor of argumentation profiles: students writing about the culturally familiar Game topic were more likely to produce dual or integrated profiles than those writing about the Green topic, despite comparable instructional structures and curated resources. In regression models, Extraversion showed a negative association with advanced profiles (and with evidence use), while Openness showed a small positive association with evidence use; however, these effects were modest relative to topic effects. Interpreted ecologically, the findings suggest that contextual affordances linked to topic—including familiarity, experiential grounding, and the ease of mobilising shared everyday experiences—may account for more variance in dialogic quality than stable individual dispositions within structured writing tasks. The results highlight the importance of modelling person–context relations when interpreting achievement results in complex competencies such as written argumentation, especially in digitally mediated settings where task demands (e.g., typing skills, visibility of peers’ texts) may interact with learner resources. For assessment and instructional design, the study implies that topic selection and contextual scaffolds may be critical levers for enabling multi-voiced argumentation, and that generic SE measures may be insufficiently sensitive to domain-specific socio-emotional functioning required for written argumentation. References Alexander, R. (2017). Towards dialogic teaching: Rethinking classroom talk (5th ed.). Dialogos. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1995). Developmental ecology through space and time: A future perspective. In P. Moen, G. H. Elder, Jr., & K. Lüscher (Eds.), Examining lives in context: Perspectives on the ecology of human development (pp. 619–647). American Psychological Association. Brown, A. L. (1997). Transforming schools into communities of thinking and learning about serious matters. American Psychologist, 52(4), 399–413. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.52.4.399 Connor, C. M. D. (2016). A lattice model of the development of reading comprehension. Child Development Perspectives, 10(2), 92–96. PMC Costa, P. T., Jr., & McCrae, R. R. (1992). Revised NEO Personality Inventory (NEO PI-R) and NEO Five-Factor Inventory (NEO-FFI) professional manual. Psychological Assessment Resources. Gu, L. M., Chen, J., & Li, J. C. (2015). The leadership of “banzhuren” in Chinese school: Based on the sample survey in Changzhou city of China. Journal of Education and Human Development, 4(4), 102–114. http://dx.doi.org/10.15640/jehd.v4n4a13 Hadley, G., & Boon, A. (2022). Critical Thinking (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429059865 Hodkinson, H., & Hodkinson, P. (2004). Rethinking the concept of community of practice in relation to schoolteachers’ workplace learning. International Journal of Training and Development. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1360-3736.2004.00193. John, O. P., & Srivastava, S. (1999). The Big Five trait taxonomy: History, measurement, and theoretical perspectives. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed., pp. 102–138). Guilford Press. Li, J., & Chen, J. (2013). Banzhuren and classrooming: Democracy in the Chinese classroom. International Journal of Progressive Education, 9(3), 91–106. Kuhn, D., & Crowell, A. (2011). Dialogic argumentation as a vehicle for developing young adolescents’ thinking. Psychological Science, 22, 545–552. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797611402512. McNaughton, S., Rosedale, N., Jesson, R. N., Hoda, R., & Teng, L. S. (2018). How digital environments in schools might be used to boost social skills: Developing a conditional augmentation hypothesis. Computers & Education, 126, 311–323. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.07.018 McNaughton, S., Rosedale, N., Zhu, T., Teng, L. S., Jesson, R., Oldehaver, J., Hoda, R., & Williamson, R. (2023). A school-wide digital programme has context specific impacts on self-regulation but not social skills. E-Learning and Digital Media. https://doi.org/10.1177/204275302311562 82 McNaughton, S., Zhu, T., Rosedale, N., Oldehaver, J., Jesson, R., & Greenleaf, C. (2019). Critical Perspective Taking: Promoting and Assessing Online Written Argumentation for Dialogic Focus. Studia Paedagogica, 24(4), 119. https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2019-4-6 Wenger, E. (1998) Communities of Practice-A breif introduction. Communities of Practice. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Set up for Success? The Influence of Parent-Student Discussions of Education on Cognitive and Non-Cognitive Outcomes among Swedish Youth University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Parents are the first influences on their children, and as such their behaviour and communication with children has the power to potentially shape children’s attitudes across multiple domains. The aim of this paper is to investigate how parental support for education in middle school relates to student motivation and language arts achievement and socio-emotional wellbeing of Swedish youth. The importance of parental engagement in education has been well studied in the literature (e.g. Boonk et al., 2018) and it is thought to bolster social, emotional and academic growth in their students (e.g. Green et al., 2007). In a study of high school students in nine countries (China, Colombia, Italy, Jordan, Kenya, the Philippines, Sweden, Thailand, and the USA), Al-Hassan et al. (2024) found that parental support for education influenced students’ academic identity but not their academic performance. Plunkett et al. (2009) modelled the contribution of various parental support elements through student academic engagement and on to achievement amongst immigrant background youth in the USA. Schoolwork monitoring, academic advice, and schoolwork help, particularly from mothers were found to positively impact students’ academic achievement. Discussions between parents and children related to schooling has previously shown a positive association with academic outcomes (e.g. Gordon & Cui, 2012) and reduced problematic behaviour such as truancy (e.g. McNeal, 2012). The relationship between parental communication with children and achievement varies between both countries, and socioeconomic groups (Park, 2008). Understanding the role of parental communication in shaping children’s outcomes is not only a concern for educational scientists, as previous meta-analyses have shown that parental communication with their children has a significant relationship with outcomes across various health concerns (see Grey et al., 2022). As Park (2008) asserts, communication between parents and children can be viewed as a form of enacted social capital. One of the three forms of capital identified by Bourdieu (1986), social capital is best understood as the social positioning achieved by whom one knows and interacts with in the social space. Social capital begins with the immediate network, the family, and is gained and reproduced as an individual interacts with society around them. The function of the education system as an engine of social reproduction (as expanded upon by Bourdieu, 1998) is in this study questioned by examining the relationship between social capital in the form of parent-student behaviours and outcomes indicative of embodied cultural and social capital, that is academic achievement and contentment in the social space of the school. As such, this study investigates the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study applies structural equation modelling to the analysis of data from the Evaluation Through Follow-up (UGU) study. UGU is a cohort-sequential, longitudinal database which combines survey-data with register-data to make the largest educational database in Sweden. UGU contains nationally representative panels for eleven birth-cohorts (1948, 1953, 1967, 1972, 1977, 1982, 1987, 1992, 1998, 2004, 2010), which sampled 10% of youth born in each cohort who were resident in Sweden during grade 3 (see Härnqvist, 2000), and tracks the educational careers of Swedish youth from early grades in compulsory school to adulthood. The 2004 UGU birth cohort is selected for this study, and the sample includes 9773 individuals. The sample was 51% male, 79% Swedish born, and 50% had 2 or more years of higher education. The sample was drawn in 2014 when the students were in Grade 3 (SCB, 2018). The data used in this analysis was gathered at two timepoints, Grade 6 and Grade 9. These Grades are the end of the middle and upper phase of compulsory education in Sweden respectively. The data used in the study comes from the parent questionnaire in Grade 6, the student questionnaires in Grades 6 and 9, and register and school administrative data. Latent variables for motivation, student engagement with parents, and satisfaction with school at the two timepoints are identified from items in the Grade 6 and Grade 9 student questionnaire, and a latent factor of parental-child educational discussions is identified from items in the parental questionnaire administered in Grade 6. Socio-demographic background is controlled for in the analysis using three variables which are gathered though register data: student sex, immigration background, and parental education level (used as a proxy for socioeconomic status). Finally, student achievement in Swedish in Grade 6 and 9 comes from school administrative data. There are three stages to the modelling procedure: Model A examines the predictive relationship between parental-child educational discussions, student engagement with parents, and motivation on the cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes in Grade 6; Model B examines student engagement with parents, and motivation on the cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes in Grade 9; and Model C combines Model A and B, with variables in grade 9 regressed on their counterparts in grade 6. Separate structural equation models are specified using the cognitive (Swedish language grades) and non-cognitive outcomes (satisfaction with school). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results suggest that parents can set a climate for school success in middle school aged Swedish youth without directly influencing outcomes. Parental-child educational discussions in grade 6 are positively associated with student engagement with parents at both Grade 6 and 9, but that such behaviour does not predict cognitive or non-cognitive outcomes. For both set of models, student engagement with their parents and student motivation were indicative predict cognitive or non-cognitive outcomes at Grade 6 and 9. When examining the sociodemographic control variables, sex, migration background and SES were all predictors of Swedish performance, whereas only sex predicted students’ contentment with school. References Al-Hassan, S. M., Duell, N., Lansford, J. E., Dodge, K. A., Gurdal, S., Liu, Q., Long, Q., Oburu, P., Pastorelli, C., Skinner, A. T., Sorbring, E., Steinberg, L., Tapanya, S., Tirado, L. M. U., Yotanyamaneewong, S., Alampay, L. P., Bacchini, D., Bornstein, M. H., Chang, L., . . . Di Giunta, L. (2024). Parents’ learning support and school attitudes in relation to adolescent academic identity and school performance in nine countries. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 39(4), 3841-3866. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-024-00827-4 Boonk, L., Gijselaers, H. J. M., Ritzen, H., & Brand-Gruwel, S. (2018). A review of the relationship between parental involvement indicators and academic achievement. Educational Research Review, 24, 10-30. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.02.001 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. E. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research in the sociology of education (pp. 241-258). Greenwood Press. Bourdieu, P. (1998). Practical reason: on the theory of action. Oxford : Polity. Gordon, M. S., & Cui, M. (2012). The Effect of School-Specific Parenting Processes on Academic Achievement in Adolescence and Young Adulthood. Family Relations, 61(5), 728-741. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3729.2012.00733.x Green, C. L., Walker, J. M. T., Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., & Sandler, H. M. (2007). Parents' Motivations for Involvement in Children's Education: An Empirical Test of a Theoretical Model of Parental Involvement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 532-544. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.3.532 Grey, E. B., Atkinson, L., Chater, A., Gahagan, A., Tran, A., & Gillison, F. B. (2022). A systematic review of the evidence on the effect of parental communication about health and health behaviours on children's health and wellbeing. Preventive Medicine, 159, 107043. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2022.107043 Härnqvist, K. (2000). Evaluation through follow-up. A longitudinal program for studying education and career development. In C.-G. Janson (Ed.), Seven Swedish longitudinal studies in behavioral science (pp. 76-114). Forskningsrådsnämnden. McNeal, R. B. (2012). Checking In or Checking Out? Investigating the Parent Involvement Reactive Hypothesis. The Journal of Educational Research, 105(2), 79-89. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2010.519410 Park, H. (2008). The Varied Educational Effects of Parent‐Child Communication: A Comparative Study of Fourteen Countries. Comparative Education Review, 52(2), 219-243. https://doi.org/10.1086/528763 Plunkett, S. W., Behnke, A. O., Sands, T., & Choi, B. Y. (2009). Adolescents' Reports of Parental Engagement and Academic Achievement in Immigrant Families. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 38(2), 257-268. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-008-9325-4 Statistika Centralbyrån (SCB). (2018). Teknisk Rapport. En beskrivning av genomförande och metoder. Enkäter skolår 6 till UGU 2017 https://www4.gu.se/compeat/FUR/UGU/Rapporter/UGU2004_SCB_2018_Teknisk%20rapport_elever_ak6.pdf 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Skills to Adapt: Social and Emotional Drivers of Problem-Solving Across Ages 1: Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Pontifical Comillas University, Spain; 3: GESIS - Leibniz-Institute for the Social Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:Due to the dynamic nature of modern life, enhancing adaptive problem-solving (APS) skills has become essential. APS involves using cognitive, metacognitive and non-cognitive strategies to define problems, gather relevant information, and apply solutions effectively by engaging digital, social, and physical tools in evolving contexts (Greiff et al., 2021). Since one of the most crucial skills for successful integration into society is APS, researchers are interested in the factors predicting APS. Previous research suggests that social and emotional skills (SES) — whose sub-dimensions include agreeableness, conscientiousness, emotional stability, extraversion, and openness to experience, corresponding to the Big Five framework (Kankaraš & Suarez-Alvarez, OECD, 2016; 2019) — are related to individuals’ adaptive problem-solving skills (OECD, 2021; OECD, 2024; Sullivan et al., 2010). For example, according to Greiff’s framework (2017), key elements for APS such as adaptability to uncertainty, intellectual curiosity, and stress management establish links with Social-Emotional Skills sub-dimensions like openness to experience, emotional stability, and conscientiousness. In addition to individual-level factors, country-level indicators such as Human Development Index (HDI), Government Expenditure on Education (GEE), and ICT Development Index (IDI) are important because they reflect structural conditions that support opportunities for developing APS. Investment in education, which is a key component of HDI and GEE, enhances cognitive skills and makes society more resourceful (problem solver) (Nunes 2003; Singh et al., 2025). Additionally, IDI, which measures digital technology (ICT) through its components access, use, and skills, represents an important structural part of modern society, holds a new perspective on the measurement of information development and enhances adaptive problem solving (International Telecommunication Union, 2011; Dobrota et al., 2012). High performance across these three indicators suggests the presence of the educational and technological infrastructure that enable individuals to develop strategies and adapt to complex problems. Furthermore, the factors related to relationships between SES and APS might differ across various age-cohorts groups and geographical regions. For the age-cohort groups, individuals at different stages of the life course do not solve problems same way (Feraco & Meneghetti, 2023). Problem-solving strategies and skills evolve as individuals accumulate life experience and cognitive maturity. With regard to geographical regions, individuals living in different geographical regions may approach problems and solution strategies differently due to differences in levels of development, income resources, educational attainment, and access to technology, all of which shape the contexts in which problem-solving takes place (World Bank, 2024). In particular, Europe may show distinct patterns compared to other regions However, there is no study in the literature investigating whether the relationship between APS and related factors (individual- and country-level) changes across age-cohorts groups and geographical regions. To address this gap, the current study aims to examine the extent to which individual-level (Social and Emotional Skills — SES) and country-level indicators (HDI, GEE, and IDI) predict APS, and whether these relationships vary across different age-cohorts groups and geographical regions in the second cycle of the Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC). To address this aim, the present study formulates the following research question:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants The study uses data from 2nd cycle of the PIAAC. Dataset includes 143564 participants aged 16 to 65, grouped into five age-cohorts groups (16-24, 25-34, 35-44, 45-54, and 55–65) based on OECD. The majority of participants belong to the 55–65 age-cohort group (23.9%), followed by 45–54 (21.2%), and 35–44 (21.1%). The 25–34 age-cohort group accounts for 19.0% of sample, whereas 16–24 age-cohort group represents smallest proportion of sample (14.9%). Also, the participants are from 25 countries and seven geographical regions based on The Geoscheme of the United Nations. The majority of respondents are from Europe (75.6%). Within Europe, Western Europe constitutes largest population (26.1%), followed by Northern Europe (21.2%), Eastern Europe (18.0%), and Southern Europe (10.3%). Remaining participants are from non-European regions, with respondents from Americas (12.2%), Asia (8.2%), and Oceania (4.0%). Instruments The study uses two main instruments of the PIAAC 2nd cycle dataset. In PIAAC Cycle 2, SES were measured through Background Questionnaire (BQ). The most widely used and best-validated model of personality traits is called ‘Big Five’ model, in which a range of traits is subsumed under five higher order dimensions: Openness to Experience, Conscientiousness, Extraversion, Agreeableness, and Emotional Stability. For BQ, OECD working group on SES suggested implementing an established and internationally validated 30-item short version of Big Five Inventory (BFI-2-S) developed by Soto and John (2017) to measure SES. APS was measured using the Cognitive Module of Survey of Adult Skills and assessed as a new domain in the direct assessment component of PIAAC Cycle 2. Based on the framework by Greiff et al. (2017), unlike traditional tests, this module uses a computer-based and scenario-based approach where participants interact with a digital environment to solve non-routine problems. Instrument is designed to evaluate how well individuals adapt their strategies and goals when faced with unexpected changes or new information. Data Analysis In line with research question, using multilevel regression, analysis will proceed in two steps. First, main analysis will examine extent to which individual-level indicators (SES) and country-level indicators (HDI, GEE, and IDI) predict APS. Second, analysis will examine whether these relationships differ across age-cohort groups and geographical regions, focusing on differences in predictors of APS across these groups. Sample weights and plausible values will be handled using Mplus. Sample weights adjust the data to be population-representative, and plausible values provide reliable estimates of proficiency through multiple imputed scores. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that both individual- and country-level indicators will be associated with adaptive problem-solving skills in the second cycle of PIAAC. At the individual level, social and emotional skill dimensions—particularly conscientiousness, openness to experience, and emotional stability—are expected to show positive relationships with APS. At the country level, indicators such as Human Development Index (HDI), Government Expenditure on Education (GEE), and ICT Development Index (IDI) are expected to be related to APS, as they reflect national educational and technological conditions. Moreover, these relationships are expected to vary across age-cohort groups. For age-cohort groups It is expected that the relationships between social and emotional skills and adaptive problem-solving will vary across age groups, three working-age populations (16-24, 25-34, 35-44, 45-54, and 55–65), based on OECD data. Specifically, SES sub-dimensions such as conscientiousness, openness to experience, and emotional stability may be differently related to APS across age groups, as individuals may have these social-emotional characteristics to different extents at different ages when solving complex problems. For geographical regions It is expected that strength and nature of the relationship between SES and APS will vary across geographical regions due to differences in socio-economic development, educational systems, and technological contexts. In European regions, especially Northern Europe, where educational structures, labor markets, and digital infrastructures tend to be more standardized and supportive of autonomous learning and problem-solving, SES may show a stronger association with APS. These contexts may provide individuals with more opportunities to translate social-emotional resources into effective adaptive strategies when facing complex and novel problems. In contrast, other regions, where educational and occupational systems may place relatively greater emphasis on structured instruction, cognitive performance, and conformity to established norms, the contribution of SES to APS may operate differently, with adaptive problem-solving being more strongly driven by cognitive skills or contextual constraints. References Ajayi, K., Das, S., Delavallade, C., Ketema, T., & Rouanet, L. (2022). Gender differences in socio-emotional skills and economic outcomes. World Bank Policy Research Working Paper, 10197. Dobrota, M., Jeremic, V., & Markovic, A. (2012). A new perspective on the ICT Development Index. Information Development, 28(4), 271-280. Feraco, T., & Meneghetti, C. (2023). Social, emotional, and behavioral skills: Age and gender differences at 12 to 19 years old. Journal of Intelligence, 11(6), 118. Greiff, S. et al. (2017), “Adaptive problem solving: Moving towards a new assessment domain in the second cycle of PIAAC”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 156, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/90fde2f4-en. Greiff, S. et al. (2021), “PIAAC Cycle 2 assessment framework: Adaptive problem solving”, in The Assessment Frameworks for Cycle 2 of the Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/3a14db8b-en. Kankaraš, M. and J. Suarez-Alvarez (2019), “Assessment framework of the OECD Study on Social and Emotional Skills”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 207, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5007adef-en. Nunes, A. B. (2003). Government expenditure on education, economic growth and long waves: the case of Portugal. Paedagogica historica, 39(5), 559-581. OECD. (2016). Skills matter: Further results from the Survey of Adult Skills. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264258051-en OECD (2021). Beyond academic learning: First results from the survey of social and emotional skills. OECD Publishing. https:// doi.org/10.1787/2ed1b046-enOECD. (2021). OECD survey on social and emotional skills technical report. OECD Publishing. https://doi. org/10.1787/3f50b556-en OECD (2024). Nurturing Social and Emotional Learning Across the Globe: Findings from the OECD Survey on Social and Emotional Skills 2023. OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi. org/10.1787/32b647d0-en. Rammstedt, B., Vogel, V., Roth, M. et al. (2026). Unpacking the personality–cognitive ability link: a cross-national facet-level analysis of the Big Five. Large-scale Assess Educ 14, 6. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-026-00281-2 Singh, K., Cheemalapati, S., RamiReddy, S. R., Kurian, G., Muzumdar, P., & Muley, A. (2025). Determinants of Human Development Index (HDI): A Regression Analysis of Economic and Social Indicators. arXiv preprint arXiv:2502.00006. Soto, C. & John, O. (2017). Short and extra-short forms of the Big Five Inventory-2: The BFI-2-S and BFI-2-XS. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2017.02.004. Sullivan, K. T., Pasch, L. A., Johnson, M. D., & Bradbury, T. N. (2010). Social support, problem solving, and the longitudinal course of newlywed marriage. Journal of personality and social psychology, 98(4), 631 The World Bank. (2024). Understanding country income: World Bank Group income classifications for FY26 (July 1, 2025–June 30, 2026). https://datahelpdesk.worldbank.org/knowledgebase/articles/906519 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 02 A: Pedagogical Innovation and Classroom-Based Learning Research Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Zhi Chie Low Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper ‘If We’re Spending Time on It in College, Surely It’s Worth It in School’: A Model for Fostering Creativity in ITE Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Recent OECD reports (OECD, 2023; Vincent-Lancrin et al., 2019) call for clear guidance for teachers on how to embed creativity and critical thinking in their everyday practice. They highlight the need for educators in a range of Higher Education disciplines, including Teacher Education, to re-design their courses and assessments with the intent of developing students’ creativity and critical thinking along with disciplinary content and skills. This paper describes a study which explores preservice-teachers’ engagement with a module on creativity in a post-primary Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programme in an Irish university.* Creativity has emerged as a critical issue in education research, with increasing focus on how it can be developed and supported in schools and in teacher education (Helfand et al., 2016; Kaufman & Beghetto, 2009). Central to this discussion is the concept of a creative mindset - a construct that plays a significant role in shaping teachers’ and students’ orientation towards creative practice. The term creative mindset refers to an individual’s belief about the nature of creativity itself (Karwowski, 2014; Karwowski et al., 2020), and has a significant impact on their openness to novel ideas and willingness to engage in creative behaviours (Beghetto & Karwowski, 2023). The concept draws on Dweck’s (2007) mindset theory, which distinguishes between fixed and growth mindsets, suggesting that individuals who believe creativity can be developed over time are more likely to embrace creative challenges and persist when faced with difficulty. Related to the concept of a creative mindset are the interrelated and overlapping constructs of creative identity, creative self-efficacy and creative self-regulation (Culpepper & Gauntlett, 2024; Huang, Lee, and Yang, 2019; Hass et al, 2016; Zielińska and Karwowski, 2022). Challenges can arise for teachers when they seek to foster creativity in their practice. Richardson and Mishra (2018) found a disconnect between the recognised importance of creativity and the systemic and pedagogical challenges teachers face in implementing it effectively. This is often exacerbated by the arts bias commonly associated with creativity in education (Glăveanu, 2014; Patston et al., 2018). This paper explores preservice-teachers’ engagement with a module on creativity in post-primary education. The module aimed to foster a creative mindset among preservice-teachers through critical engagement with the theoretical underpinnings of creativity and a range of practical tools and strategies characteristic of creative learning environments. A key objective of the module was to demystify the concept of creativity and highlight the need for every teacher, regardless of their subject specialism, to foster creativity in the post-primary classroom. An interdisciplinary approach to creativity was embedded into the module design, whereby the overarching theme of creativity in education was applied to three separate strands within the module: a Digital Media strand, a Drama strand, and a Linguistic Responsiveness strand. This interdisciplinary approach provided a range of perspectives and distinct pedagogies to the overarching theme of creativity in post-primary education. Each strand offered a distinctive lens based on the respective fields of the lecturers. The findings presented here are based on a study which explored the extent to which a module on creativity influences preservice-teachers’ identity and professional practice and how an interdisciplinary and participatory approach supports their development as creative teachers. The research questions are: (1) To what extent can a module on creativity influence preservice-teachers’ identity and professional practice? and (2) How might an interdisciplinary and participatory approach support the development of a creative mindset among this cohort? *Post-primary Initial Teacher Education in Ireland refers to the programmes that prepare individuals to become qualified teachers at the secondary (post-primary) school level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was underpinned by an interpretive approach to research, using first anonymous online surveys (n=56) and then focus groups (n=12) as methods of data collection. There were three iterations of the module between 2021 and 2024. After the results of each iteration had been promulgated, students were invited to participate in the research. Participation was entirely voluntary. Ethical approval was gained from the university Research Ethics Committee. Survey participants completed an anonymous online survey (using Qualtrics in Year 1 and Google Forms in Years 2 and 3). Four focus groups were conducted via Zoom (FG 1 = n5; FG2 = n2; FG3 = n3; FG4 = n2). The surveys and focus groups involved a series of open-ended questions which centred on participants’ views, experiences and reflections in relation to (1) the design and delivery of the module and (2) practical pedagogic implications for their future teaching. The data was then qualitatively coded and analysed using Thematic Analysis procedures (Braun & Clarke, 2013). First, each dataset was read closely and then coded. Each item in the data was manually tagged in order to generate initial descriptive codes for the data. These tags were then collated and grouped under broad headings, which were then further compared and organised in order to identify broad patterns, clusters and groupings across the data, which were then used as parent codes (e.g. positive reactions; resistance; challenges; interdisciplinary; pupil motivation etc.). These were then compared and organised to identify broad patterns and groupings across the data. The entire dataset was then systematically collated and categorised according to these ‘parent’ codes. Themes were identified according to frequency in the data and perceived significance on the part of the researchers in relation to the research objectives. These themes were sorted, revised and refined in several rounds, leading to the identification of three overarching themes: (a) becoming a creative practitioner (b) bridging the gap between theory and practice in relation to creativity in the classroom and (c) exploring creativity in an interdisciplinary and collaborative way. There was regular debriefing and cross-checking of codes among the researchers to ensure intercoder agreement. Braun & Clarke’s 15-point checklist of criteria for good thematic analysis (2013, p.287) was adhered to in order to ensure the trustworthiness and dependability of the research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings suggest that: (1) The application of three distinct perspectives in the design of the module resulted in a synergy of approaches which appears to have given preservice-teachers a broader appreciation of the nature of creativity and its role in education. This paper presents a model for fostering creativity using an interdisciplinary framework. The model increases the visibility of creativity in ITE and across the curriculum; thus, helping to counter the arts bias that often exists in school cultures. The model requires students to collaborate across curricular subjects. Findings suggest that this cross-curricular collaboration was instrumental in countering the arts bias, particularly for teachers who initially felt that their subject did not lend itself to creativity. (2) An explicit focus on creativity in education can be instrumental in bridging the gap between educational policy and classroom practice. Embedding examples of creative practices across all elements of ITE is not sufficient; this needs to be accompanied by an explicit focus on the theoretical literature as well as critical analysis of particular techniques, tools and strategies. This dual approach empowered preservice-teachers to identify as creative practitioners and enabled them to articulate their creative self-beliefs, even in contexts where more traditional approaches were evident in the school culture. (3) The interdisciplinary and collaborative approach was found to be highly effective in the development of creative self-beliefs. The findings demonstrate that some participants embraced the possibilities offered by a creative approach to teaching and learning more than others. The variation in the participants’ self-beliefs can be viewed as various positions on a continuum of becoming a creative practitioner. This continuum demonstrates how teachers can develop as creative practitioners and provides insights for continued support beyond ITE. These findings signify important implications and recommendations for ITE programme design which will be explored in the paper. References Beghetto, R. A., & Karwowski, M. (2023). Creative self-beliefs: From creative potential to creative action. In R. Reiter-Palmon & S. Hunter (Eds.), Handbook of organizational creativity: Individual and group level influences, pp. 179–193. Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-323-91840-4.00010-4 Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2013) Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. Sage. Culpepper, M. K., & Gauntlett, D. (2024). The construction of everyday creative identity. Journal of Creativity, 34(2), Article 100085. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yjoc.2024.100085 Dweck, C. S. (2007). Mindset: The new psychology of success. Ballantine Books. Glăveanu, V. P. (2014). Revisiting the “art bias” in lay conceptions of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 26(1), 11–20. https://doi-org.dcu.idm.oclc.org/10.1080/10400419.2014.873656 Hass, R. W., Katz-Buonincontro, J., & Reiter-Palmon, R. (2016). Disentangling creative mindsets from creative self-efficacy and creative identity: Do people hold fixed and growth theories of creativity? Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 10(4), 436–446. https://doi.org/10.1037/aca0000081 Helfand, M., Kaufman, J. C., & Beghetto, R. A. (2016). The Four-C Model of Creativity: Culture and Context. In V. Glăveanu (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Creativity and Culture Research. Huang, X., Lee, J. C. K, J., & Yang, X. (2019). What really counts? Investigating the effects of creative role identity and self-efficacy on teachers’ attitudes towards the implementation of teaching for creativity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 84, 57–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.04.017 Kaufman, J., & Beghetto, R. (2009). Beyond Big and Little: The Four C Model of Creativity. Review of General Psychology, 13(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0013688 Karwowski, M. (2014). Creative mindsets: Measurement, correlates, consequences. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 8(1), 62-70 https://doi.org/10.1037/a0034898 Karwowski, M., Czerwonka, M., & Kaufman, J. C. (2020). Does intelligence strengthen creative metacognition?. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 14(3), 353–360. https://doi.org/10.1037/aca0000208 OECD (2023) A draft professional learning framework for teachers and leaders. Available at: https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/Draft%20Professional%20Learning%20Framework.pdf Patston, T., Cropley, D. H., Marrone, R. L., & Kaufman, J. C. (2018). Teacher Implicit Beliefs of Creativity: Is there an Arts Bias?, Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 366-374. https://doi-org.dcu.idm.oclc.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.08.001 Richardson, C., & Mishra, P. (2018). Learning environments that support student creativity: Developing the SCALE. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 27, 45–54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2017.11.004 Vincent-Lancrin, S., González-Sancho, C., Bouckaert, M., de Luca, F., Fernández-Barrerra, M., Jacotin, G., Urgel, J., & Vidal, Q. (2019). Fostering Students' creativity and critical thinking in education: What it means in school. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/62212c37-en 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Co-Designing Socio-Scientific Issues: Pre-Service Primary Teachers’ Learning and Experiences Kütahya Dumlupınar University, Türkiye Presenting Author:Scientific literacy involves understanding scientific concepts and processes and applying this knowledge in social, ethical, and environmental contexts (Roberts, 2007; Sadler & Zeidler, 2009). In this regard, socio-scientific issues (SSI) are recognized as effective tools for supporting student learning in science education (e.g., Rundgren et al., 2016; Sadler et al., 2016; Walker & Zeidler, 2007). SSI are open-ended, intricate, and often controversial dilemmas that lack clear-cut solutions (Sadler, 2004). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aims to develop innovative SSI-based instructional designs and to generate practical design principles for co-design in PST education. Accordingly, the study adopted Educational Design Research (EDR) as its methodological approach, in which interventions are developed, enacted, and refined through iterative cycles involving collaboration between researchers and practitioners to enhance both theory and practice (Wang & Hannafin, 2005). The PD approach, co-design, employed in this study is also well aligned with EDR, as both emphasize iterative refinement and collaboration (Severance et al., 2016; Voogt et al., 2015). According to the phases of EDR (McKenny & Reeves, 2012), the first cycle of the study started with the analysis and exploration phase and was conducted in the first semester of the 2025-2026 academic year within the scope of the Science Teaching course at a public university in the Aegean region of Türkiye. Participants were 18 third-year PSTs who enrolled in the course. Ethical approval was obtained, and PSTs were informed about the process to build shared norms. At the beginning of the semester, to identify PSTs’ existing knowledge, pedagogical approaches, and challenges in SSI teaching, participants were asked to design SSI-based lesson plans and enact them. Additionally, semi-structured interviews were conducted with six volunteer PSTs to explore their instructional design processes in depth. Qualitative data obtained from lesson plans, observations, and interviews were analyzed using Braun & Clarke’s (2006) six-step inductive thematic analysis. For the design and construction phase, the findings were integrated with the design principles derived from SSI instruction and co-design literature, which informed the development of a five-week co-design-based intervention. PD design was implemented with the same group of PSTs and each week focused on different components, including the characteristics of SSI, scenario analysis and writing, socio-scientific argumentation, curriculum–SSI alignment, designing lesson plans, and reflective evaluation of the designs. To support the learning process and systematically collect data, an online learning management tool was used to obtain weekly reflective feedback and share resources. Classroom interactions, researcher notes, and reflective data led to micro-revisions in the PD design. For the evaluation and reflection phase, semi-structured interviews with volunteered PSTs will be conducted to examine how PSTs experienced the co-design process. As with the needs analysis, artifacts from PSTs and interview data will be analyzed using qualitative thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the analysis and exploration phase, all three data sets were analyzed independently and then integrated at the thematic level to reveal consistency and inconsistencies between what PSTs stated during interviews and what they did in lesson plans and the enactment phase. The findings were organized under four main themes: (i) knowledge foundations and pedagogical positioning regarding SSI, (ii) pedagogical design, argumentation, and classroom practices in SSI teaching, (iii) challenges, uncertainties, and readiness in SSI teaching, and (iv) perceived inadequacies, self-evaluations, and professional development needs in SSI teaching. The findings revealed significant gaps between conceptual awareness and pedagogical practice. Moreover, participants’ knowledge foundations and pedagogical awareness regarding SSI were highly heterogeneous. Although all participants generally defined SSI as “scientific issues that concern society,” this definition often remained at a superficial and functionally limited level of awareness. Despite their high motivation to teach SSI, PSTs were unable to analyze SSI conceptually, demonstrated limited pedagogical readiness, and expressed a strong need for PD intervention. When the themes are examined holistically, PSTs experienced SSI teaching as both a powerful learning context and an outstanding design challenge. The findings further indicated that conceptual awareness of SSI does not always align with pedagogical practice, and that this gap can only be addressed through systematic and collaborative PD designs. The analysis of the five-week co-design intervention is ongoing, and the findings from the first cycle will inform subsequent design cycles. References Borko, H., Jacobs, J., & Koellner, K. (2010). Contemporary approaches to teacher professional development. International Encyclopedia of Education, 7(2), 548-556. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Couso, D. (2016). Participatory approaches to curriculum design from a design research perspective. In D. Psillos & P. Kariotoglou (Eds.), Iterative design of teaching-learning sequences: Introducing the science of materials in European schools (pp. 47-71). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Gomez, K., Kyza, E. A., & Mancevice, N. (2018). Participatory design and the learning sciences. In F. Fischer, C. E. Hmelo-Silver, S. Goldman & P. Reimann (Eds), International handbook of the learning sciences (pp. 401-409). Routledge. Handelzalts, A., Nieveen, N., & Van den Akker, J. (2019). Teacher design teams for school-wide curriculum development: Reflections on an early study. In J. Pieters, J. Voogt & N. Pareja Roblin (Eds.), Collaborative curriculum design for sustainable innovation and teacher learning (pp. 55-82). Springer International Publishing. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Parke, H. M., & Coble, C. R. (1997). Teachers designing curriculum as professional development: A model for transformational science teaching. Journal of Research in Science Teaching: The Official Journal of the National Association for Research in Science Teaching, 34(8), 773-789. Penuel, W. R., Roschelle, J., & Shechtman, N. (2007). Designing formative assessment software with teachers: An analysis of the co-design process. Research and Practice in Technology Enhanced Learning, 2(1), 51-74. Sadler, T. D., & Zeidler, D. L. (2005). Patterns of informal reasoning in the context of socioscientific decision making. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 42(1), 112–138. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20042 Severance, S., Penuel, W. R., Sumner, T., & Leary, H. (2016). Organizing for teacher agency in curricular co-design. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 4, 531-564 Voogt, J., Laferriere, T., Breuleux, A., Itow, R. C., Hickey, D. T., & McKenney, S. (2015). Collaborative design as a form of professional development. Instructional Science, 43(2), 259-282. Voogt, J. M., Pieters, J. M., & Handelzalts, A. (2016). Teacher collaboration in curriculum design teams: Effects, mechanisms, and conditions. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3-4), 121-140 Zeidler, D. L. (2014). Socioscientific issues as a curriculum emphasis: Theory, research and practice. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (Vol. 2, pp. 697–726). Routledge. Wang, F., & Hannafin, M. J. (2005). Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning environments. Educational technology research and development, 53(4), 5-23. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Developing Academic Writing in Upper Secondary Biology through Keyword-Based Text Analysis: A Classroom-Based Action Research Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Background and Rationale The ability to explain biological processes using appropriate academic language is a core component of scientific literacy in upper secondary education. However, classroom practice frequently reveals that students struggle to construct coherent written explanations and to use subject-specific terminology accurately. Instead of analytical and causal explanations, students often rely on everyday language, fragmented statements, or descriptive lists. Although curricula emphasise academic literacy and scientific explanation, these skills do not develop automatically through content instruction alone. Students require explicit support in identifying key concepts and integrating them into structured written responses. This challenge is particularly evident in biology, where understanding depends on explaining mechanisms, relationships between structures and functions, and cause-effect links. This study investigates a keyword-based text analysis approach combined with scaffolded writing tasks as a means of supporting students' academic writing in upper secondary biology. The intervention was embedded within a regular biology lesson and examined through a classroom-based action research design. Theoretical Framework The study is informed by three complementary theoretical perspectives, which are integrated into both the design of the intervention and the interpretation of findings rather than applied as separate frameworks. Disciplinary and academic literacy research highlights that subject-specific writing must be explicitly taught, since academic language conventions differ substantially from everyday communication (Fang & Schleppegrell, 2010; Shanahan & Shanahan, 2012; Moje, 2015). In biology, this includes using technical terminology, causal connectors, and analytical verbs. More recent scholarship has extended this to science education specifically, emphasising that writing in science is not merely a vehicle for communicating pre-formed understanding but a means of constructing it (Bazerman et al., 2017; Hand & Choi, 2010; Klein & Boscolo, 2016). Scaffolding theory suggests that structured support enables learners to engage with tasks beyond their independent capability (Wood et al., 1976; Hammond & Gibbons, 2005). Writing templates and guided prompts function as temporary supports that can be progressively reduced as students develop confidence and control over academic language. Recent work on writing-to-learn in science has reinforced the value of such scaffolded approaches, particularly in secondary contexts (Gillies, 2016; Bazerman et al., 2017). Formative assessment theory informs the use of peer and self-assessment to promote reflection and metacognitive awareness (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Panadero & Jonsson, 2013). In this study, Bloom's taxonomy verbs were used as linguistic cues to guide students' evaluation of written responses and to support progression from descriptive to analytical explanations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology A classroom-based action research design was adopted (Kemmis & McTaggart, 2005; Menter et al., 2011), with the teacher simultaneously acting as researcher. This design was chosen because it allows for the systematic examination of a targeted instructional intervention in an authentic teaching context, while generating practical knowledge relevant to classroom practice. The participants were students from one upper secondary biology class in a secondary school. No institutional or national identifiers are provided to preserve anonymity. As the study involved minors, ethical considerations were carefully observed: participation was voluntary, students were not identifiable in any data or reporting, and the teacher-researcher maintained awareness of the dual role and its potential influence on data collection and interpretation. Informed consent was obtained in accordance with school procedures. Data were collected through students' written responses produced before and during the intervention, the completed keyword extraction worksheets, the peer and self-assessment rubrics, and the teacher's observational notes. These sources provided multiple data points for analysis. Data analysis combined comparative and thematic approaches. Comparatively, written responses from earlier in the lesson (baseline writing) were examined alongside the structured post-intervention written explanations to identify changes in language use, terminology, and text organisation. Thematically, responses were coded for recurring features, specifically: use of subject-specific vocabulary, presence of causal connectors, structural coherence, and degree of analytical versus descriptive language. Bloom's taxonomy levels functioned as an analytic lens to categorise the cognitive quality of written explanations. Trustworthiness was supported through the use of multiple data sources (triangulation), consistent application of the rubric criteria across all student texts, and reflective teacher notes that documented the reasoning behind interpretive decisions (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). The Intervention Students were guided to analyse a scientific text by identifying keywords related to biological processes using the Cornell note-taking method. Extracted keywords were then used as the basis for constructing written explanations. To address learner diversity, differentiated writing templates were provided at varying levels of scaffolding, including sentence starters and causal structures (e.g., "If…, then…, therefore…"). Peer and self-assessment were incorporated using a rubric aligned with Bloom's taxonomy verbs, with the aim of encouraging students to reflect on the analytical quality of their own and peers' written explanations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that keyword-based text analysis combined with scaffolded writing tasks can support academic language development in upper secondary biology. Comparison of pre- and post-intervention written responses indicated that students used scientific terminology more consistently, developed clearer cause–effect explanations, and produced more structurally coherent texts. Students became less reliant on simple descriptive listing and more able to organise biological explanations in an academic manner. The intervention also showed that differentiated scaffolding supported students in different ways. Students with stronger prior writing skills were able to work with minimal template support, while students requiring additional assistance benefited from structured sentence frames. Peer assessment appeared to increase students’ awareness of academic quality criteria, as reflected in their feedback and subsequent revisions. However, the findings should be interpreted cautiously because the study was conducted in a single class and within one lesson. Time constraints also limited the completion of all stages of writing and peer review. Therefore, the results are best understood as indicative rather than generalisable. Overall, the study highlights the value of integrating literacy strategies into science teaching and suggests that further action research cycles are needed across different topics, class sizes and science subjects. References References Bazerman, C., Graham, S., Applebee, A., Matsuda, P. K., Schleppegrell, M., Stevens, L., Tierney, R., & Nunn, G. (2017). Taking the long view on writing development. Research in the Teaching of English, 51(3), 351-360. Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7-74. Fang, Z., & Schleppegrell, M. J. (2010). Disciplinary literacies across content areas: Supporting secondary reading through functional language analysis. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 53(7), 587-597. Gillies, R. M. (2016). Cooperative learning: Review of research and practice. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 41(3), 39-54. Hammond, J., & Gibbons, P. (2005). Putting scaffolding to work: The contribution of scaffolding in articulating ESL education. Prospect, 20(1), 6-30. Hand, B., & Choi, A. (2010). Examining the impact of student use of multiple modal representations in constructing arguments in organic chemistry laboratory classes. Research in Science Education, 40(1), 29-44. Kemmis, S., & McTaggart, R. (2005). Participatory action research: Communicative action and the public sphere. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed., pp. 559-603). Sage. Klein, P. D., & Boscolo, P. (2016). Trends in research on writing as a learning activity. Journal of Writing Research, 7(3), 311-350. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Menter, I., Elliot, D., Hulme, M., Lewin, J., & Lowden, K. (2011). A guide to practitioner research in education. Sage. Moje, E. B. (2015). Doing and teaching disciplinary literacy with adolescent learners: A social and cultural enterprise. Harvard Educational Review, 85(2), 254-278. Panadero, E., & Jonsson, A. (2013). The use of scoring rubrics for formative assessment purposes revisited: A review. Educational Research Review, 9, 129-144. Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2012). What is disciplinary literacy and why does it matter? Topics in Language Disorders, 32(1), 7-18. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Constructing an Expressive Arts–Oriented Life Education Curriculum in Teacher Education National Sun Yat-sen University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Schools have become important contexts for guiding students to develop self-understanding and explore life-related issues, with teachers serving as the most critical mediators in this process. In light of the inevitable reality of human mortality, education cannot avoid addressing this fundamental issue (McManus & Sally, 2019). Regardless of educational level, the exploration of life issues requires the active involvement of schools and educational professionals (Wango & Gwiyo, 2021). However, existing life education courses in teacher education programs tend to emphasize knowledge transmission and ethical discussions, while paying relatively little attention to learners’ lived experiences, and lack a curriculum model capable of integrating emotion, meaning, and practice. The literature indicates that artistic creation grants learners freedom of creativity and expression, enabling them to effectively manifest their individuality and transcend differences in ethnicity, language, and culture (Vaartio-Rajalin et al., 2020). Furthermore, providing learners with opportunities for choice in artistic activities constitutes an educational practice that respects subjectivity and embodies person-centered principles (WHO, 2019; Ekman et al., 2011; McCormack & McCance, 2006). These findings motivate the present study to explore the potential of expressive arts–based life education. Through creative expression, individuals are not only able to clarify how they deal with difficult life events, but also to reinterpret or transform their identities, thereby facilitating identity development (Lilgendahl, 2015) and the reconstruction of personal narratives. Self-understanding is fundamentally an interpretive process that develops gradually throughout the narrative process. Students discover and construct the self through narrative practices (Ricoeur, 1992), engaging in an internalized storytelling process that supports continuous self-exploration and self-understanding (McAdams & McLean, 2013). Building on these theoretical foundations, this study aims (1) to construct and articulate the core principles and pedagogical framework of an expressive arts–oriented life education curriculum, and (2) to investigate how pre-service teachers engage in the awareness, reflection, and integration of life meaning through participation in expressive arts activities. This study adopts Piggot-Irvine’s (2005) action research model as its primary methodological framework, combined with Lewin’s (1947) spiral conception of action research, to develop an action research model suitable for life education curriculum development. The researcher’s own teaching practice served as the research context, and two action research cycles were conducted through an iterative process of planning, action, observation, and reflection. The first cycle implemented a preliminary curriculum design, while the second cycle involved curriculum revisions based on student feedback and classroom observations, resulting in a learning process characterized by repeated cycles of “theory–creation–teaching practice.” The participants consisted of eight pre-service teachers from the teacher education center at University A in Taiwan, who participated in an 18-week life education course (110 minutes per week). Data sources included students’ weekly post-class reflection worksheets, expressive arts activity worksheets, semi-structured interviews, the instructor’s teaching journals, and classroom video recordings. Data analysis was conducted primarily through thematic analysis, following the procedures proposed by Braun and Clarke (2006), and aligned with the research purposes to generate curriculum principles and pedagogical guidelines. In addition, a narrative integrative analysis was employed to examine how participants constructed life meaning and experienced transformation through their creative works. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts the action research model proposed by Piggot-Irvine (2005) as its primary framework and integrates Lewin’s (1947) spiral model of cyclical inquiry. The research process consists of three major phases: conceptualization and planning, implementation and improvement, and evaluation and refinement. Within each phase, a micro-cycle of “planning–action–dialogue–reflection” is embedded. The study comprises two stages: a pilot study (first cycle) and a formal action research phase (at least one complete cycle). Through the pilot study, the overall feasibility of the curriculum framework and instructional procedures was preliminarily examined, the appropriateness of expressive arts media within the context of life education was evaluated, and initial data were collected to inform subsequent curriculum revision and formal data analysis. The core analytical approach of this study is thematic analysis. Thematic analysis focuses on identifying recurring patterns of meaning and conceptual structures within qualitative data, allowing for an in-depth understanding of how participants interpret their experiences, construct meaning, and develop understanding (Braun & Clarke, 2006). This method is particularly suitable for exploring highly contextualized educational phenomena such as learning processes, lived experiences, and reflections on values. Therefore, thematic analysis was employed as the primary strategy for examining pre-service teachers’ life experiences, emotional expressions, and reflections on their educational roles. Data analysis was conducted through repeated and iterative readings of multiple data sources, including students’ reflective learning worksheets, expressive arts activity worksheets, verbatim transcripts of semi-structured interviews, the instructor’s reflective journals, and classroom video recordings. Initial coding was first generated across the dataset, after which conceptually similar codes were clustered to form preliminary themes with coherent meaning structures. These themes were continuously reviewed in relation to the research purposes, and triangulated across different data sources to examine their consistency and distinctiveness. The themes were then refined and revised in dialogue with the theoretical framework, followed by interpretive analysis and narrative articulation of the final thematic findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to construct a theoretically grounded and practically feasible model of an expressive arts–oriented life education curriculum, clearly articulating its core educational philosophy, pedagogical principles, and curricular structure. Specifically, the study aims to synthesize the key principles underpinning expressive arts life education, including learning processes centered on lived experience and narrative, as well as the educational positioning of art as a medium for meaning exploration. At the level of instructional design, the study further seeks to develop a replicable and explicable curriculum framework that demonstrates how expressive arts activities can be organically integrated with major life themes, such as self-identity, value clarification, suffering and hope, and life purpose. This framework is expected to culminate in a pedagogical model that combines theoretical grounding, artistic creation, reflective dialogue, and meaning integration, thereby offering a practical reference for future teacher education programs and addressing the limitations of existing curricula that overemphasize cognitive knowledge. At the level of learning processes, this study is expected to illuminate the dynamic trajectories through which preservice teachers develop awareness, reflection, and integration of life meaning while participating in an expressive arts–oriented life education curriculum. The findings are anticipated to demonstrate how participants externalize their inner experiences through artistic creation and, through visual and dialogical processes, gradually construct new understandings of the self. In particular, the study is expected to reveal a developmental pattern in which preservice teachers move from abstract discussions of life to embodied and experiential engagement, from externally imposed values to internally clarified meanings, from emotional expression to existential reflection, and from fragmented experiences to more coherent life narratives and emerging images of themselves as educators. This process-based understanding contributes to a deeper conceptualization of expressive arts as a pedagogical pathway for facilitating meaning making and identity formation in teacher education. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101. http://dx.doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Ekman, I., Swedberg, K., Taft, C., Lindseth, A., Norberg, A., Brink, E., Carlsson, J., Dahlin-Ivanoff, S., Johansson, I. L., Kjellgren, K., Lidén, E., Öhlén, J., Olsson, L. E., Rosén, H., Rydmark, M., & Sunnerhagen, K. S. (2011). Person-centered care--ready for prime time. European journal of cardiovascular nursing, 10(4), 248–251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejcnurse.2011.06.008 Lewin, K. (1947). Frontiers in group dynamics: Concept, method and reality in social science; social equilibria and social change. Human Relations, 1(1), 5-41. https://doi.org/10.1177/001872674700100103 Lilgendahl, J. P. (2015). The dynamic role of identity processes in personality development. In K. C. McLean & M. Syed (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Identity Development (pp. 490–507). Oxford University Press. https://doi-org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199936564.013.026 McAdams, D. P., & McLean, K. C. (2013). Narrative identity. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 22(3), 233–238. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721413475622 McCormack, B., & McCance, T. V. (2006). Development of a framework for person-centred nursing. Journal of advanced nursing, 56(5), 472–479. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2006.04042.x McManus, E., & Paul, S. (2019). Addressing the bereavement needs of children in school: An evaluation of bereavement training for school communities. Improving Schools, 22(1), 72-85. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480219825540 Piggot-Irvine,E.(2005). Goal Pursuit in Education Using Focused Action Research. Palgrave McMillan. Ricoeur, P. (1992). Oneself as Another. University of Chicago Press. Vaartio-Rajalin, H., Santamäki-Fischer, R., Jokisalo, P., & Fagerström, L. (2020). Art making and expressive art therapy in adult health and nursing care: A scoping review. International Journal of Nursing Sciences, 8(1), 102–119. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnss.2020.09.011 Wango, G., & Gwiyo, L. M. (2021). When death strikes early as often will: How counsellors and schools can support grieving pupils and students. Improving Schools, 26(1), 39–53. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480221996847 WHO(2019).Fact sheet - what is the evidence on the role of the arts in improving health and well-being in the WHO European Region? http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0020/412535/WHO_2pp_Arts_Factsheet_v6a.pdf?ua=1. Accessed 22nd Apr 2020 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 02 B: Global Perspectives on Preparing Teachers for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marie Lippert Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Through Their Eyes: A Focus Group Discussion of Diversity and Equity in Teacher Education UCLL, Belgium Presenting Author:Preparing teachers for increasingly diverse classrooms remains a persistent challenge in teacher education worldwide. Although diversity, equity, and social justice are widely referenced in teacher education curricula, research suggests that they are often treated as peripheral or add-on components rather than as structuring principles of professional preparation (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016; Gorski, 2009; Zeichner, 2024). Moreover, much existing research focuses on intended curricula rather than how diversity is actually experienced by preservice teachers (van den Akker, 2003). This study addresses this gap by examining how preservice teachers in Flanders, Belgium, perceive their preparation for teaching in ethnically, culturally, and linguistically diverse classrooms. The following research questions guided this study: (1) How do preservice teachers perceive the integration of diversity, equity, and social justice into their theoretical coursework? (2) How do they experience diversity within their practical training, particularly internships? (3) What do these perspectives reveal about the strengths and limitations of current teacher education practices in preparing educators for diverse classrooms? The study draws on qualitative focus group discussions with 18 preservice teachers enrolled in five teacher education colleges in Flanders, Belgium. To support dialogic and reflective knowledge production, the research design employed creative stimulus activities, including a “cake metaphor” exercise and participant-selected artefacts. These methods were deliberately chosen to move beyond extractive data collection and to create spaces where participants could collaboratively reflect on their learning trajectories, tensions, and uncertainties (Morgan et al., 2008; Kamberelis & Dimitriadis, 2005). The findings reveal substantial variation across programs in how diversity is conceptualized and enacted. In some programs, diversity is systematically embedded across multiple courses and years, enabling preservice teachers to develop conceptual understanding and critical self-awareness. Participants described how structured modules on inequality, multilingualism, and inclusive education shaped their perspectives and challenged deficit assumptions. Such findings resonate with research showing that sustained, integrated approaches are more likely to transform teacher beliefs than isolated interventions (Gorski, 2009; Gay, 2018). In contrast, other programs positioned diversity as an optional or peripheral topic, often confined to a single theoretical course. Participants described these courses as fragmented, superficial, and disconnected from practice. In some cases, such limited exposure appeared to reinforce monolingual or color-blind orientations, echoing concerns raised in prior research on add-on models of diversity education (Sleeter, 2008; Zeichner, 2010). Internships emerged as a critical site of learning, yet with uneven outcomes. Community-based placements—such as work in homework support centers or social organizations—were consistently described as transformative. These experiences challenged stereotypes, fostered empathy, and enabled preservice teachers to connect theory with lived realities, aligning with evidence on the value of community-based teacher education experiences (Guillén & Zeichner, 2018; Milner, 2005). By contrast, traditional school-based internships often exposed students to discriminatory practices, such as biased tracking or classroom segregation. Without structured guidance, participants felt constrained in their ability to question these practices, particularly given power relations with mentor teachers. Participants also emphasized the role of pedagogy and institutional culture. Courses that promoted dialogue, used authentic materials, and included lecturers with lived experience of diversity were perceived as more impactful than lecture-based formats. Similarly, structured reflection sessions during internships helped students transform challenging encounters into professional learning, underscoring the importance of guided reflection in teacher education (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016). The findings suggest that preparing teachers for diverse classrooms requires more than formal curricular commitments: it demands coherent program design, meaningful engagement with diverse communities, and sustained opportunities for critical reflection. These insights have relevance not only for teacher education in Flanders, but also for international debates on how to move beyond superficial approaches toward transformative preparation for inclusive teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative design to explore preservice teachers’ perceptions of how diversity, equity, and social justice are addressed in their teacher education programs. Given the focus on lived experiences, meanings, and interpretations, focus group discussions were selected as the primary method of data collection. Focus groups are particularly well suited to examining shared experiences and contested viewpoints, as they allow participants to build on, question, and refine each other’s contributions through interaction (Ravitch & Carl, 2021). Participants were 18 preservice teachers (10 primary, 8 secondary) in their final years of teacher education across five colleges in Flanders. Programs were selected to reflect variation in institutional context and geographic location (urban and rural). Participation was voluntary, and informed consent was obtained. Focus groups were conducted on campus in Dutch, resulting in 7 hours and 45 minutes of recorded data. The focus groups were designed as deliberative and dialogic spaces rather than structured interviews. Following an “hourglass” structure, discussions began with broad reflections on teacher education, moved toward specific experiences with diversity in coursework and internships, and closed with integrative reflection. Two creative stimulus activities supported this process: (1) a “cake metaphor,” inviting participants to visualize their program’s composition and priorities, and (2) participant-selected artefacts representing meaningful learning moments. These methods align with calls for more participatory and reflexive qualitative designs in education research (Kamberelis & Dimitriadis, 2005). Data were transcribed verbatim and analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). All members of the research team independently coded transcripts before collaboratively refining themes. To enhance reflexivity and responsiveness, a midpoint analysis was conducted after the first two focus groups, reinforcing the study’s emergent design (Morgan et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that preservice teachers’ preparation for diversity in Flanders is highly uneven, despite formal curricular commitments. Where diversity is embedded across the curriculum and supported by dialogic pedagogy, preservice teachers reported meaningful learning and shifts in perspective. Where it is treated as an isolated topic, students often felt underprepared, confirming concerns raised in international teacher education research (Gorski, 2009; Sleeter, 2008). Internships emerged as pivotal learning contexts. Community-based placements were experienced as transformative, aligning with scholarship on the importance of community engagement in teacher preparation (Guillén & Zeichner, 2018). In contrast, traditional school placements often exposed preservice teachers to discriminatory practices without sufficient institutional support to address them, reinforcing the need for structured reflection and mentorship (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016). Overall, the findings suggest that preparing teachers for diverse classrooms requires more than add-on courses. Diversity, equity, and social justice must function as cross-cutting principles shaping curriculum, pedagogy, and field experiences. Sustained opportunities for critical reflection and dialogue are essential for transforming experience into professional learning. By centering preservice teachers’ voices, this study contributes to international debates on teacher education reform, highlighting the importance of enacted curricula and lived experiences. Preparing teachers for diversity is not peripheral but foundational, requiring coherent program design and strong partnerships with schools and communities. References Cochran-Smith, M., Villegas, A. M., Abrams, L., Chavez-Moreno, L., Mills, T., & Stern, R. (2016). Research on teacher preparation: Charting the landscape of a sprawling field. In D. Gitomer & C. Bell (Eds.), Handbook of research on teaching (pp. 439–546). AERA. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Gorski, P. (2009). What we’re teaching teachers: An analysis of multicultural teacher education courses. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(2), 309–318. Guillén, L., & Zeichner, K. (2018). A university–community partnership in teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 69(2), 140–153. Kamberelis, G., & Dimitriadis, G. (2005). Focus groups. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 887–907). Sage. Morgan, D. L., Fellows, C., & Guevara, H. (2008). Emergent approaches to focus group research. In S. N. Hesse-Biber & P. Levy (Eds.), Handbook of emergent methods (pp. 189–206). Guilford Press. Ravitch, S. M., & Carl, N. M. (2021). Qualitative research: Bridging the conceptual, theoretical, and methodological. Sage. Sleeter, C. E. (2008). Equity, democracy, and neoliberal assaults on teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(8), 1947–1957. van den Akker, J. (2003). Curriculum perspectives. In J. van den Akker et al. (Eds.), Curriculum landscapes and trends (pp. 1–10). Kluwer. Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. Zeichner, K. (2022). Preparing teachers for historically marginalized communities. Márgenes, 3(3), 83–97. Zeichner, K. (2024). Preparing Teachers to Teach Successfully in Historically Marginalized Communities. Teacher Education Quarterly, 51(3), 6–24. https://www.jstor.org/stable/27369801 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Competences for Supporting Students from Immigrant Backgrounds: A Comparative Study of Quebec and Luxembourg Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Presenting Author:The educational success of students from immigrant backgrounds is a central concern in both Quebec and Luxembourg, two contexts marked by significant ethnocultural, religious, and linguistic diversity. Despite political efforts to support inclusion, research continues to show persistent gaps in achievement between first-generation immigrant students and their native-born peers in both societies (MENJE et al., 2016). In this context, teachers play a determining role in supporting the academic and educational success of these students, not only through their pedagogical practices but also through their beliefs, convictions, and the competences they develop during their initial and further training (Mc Andrew, 2015). Yet little research has simultaneously examined teachers’ perceptions of their own preparation for diversity in these two comparable contexts. This study explores how primary teachers in Quebec and Luxembourg perceive their initial training in relation to the competences required to support students from immigrant backgrounds, drawing on a qualitative-interpretive approach based on semi-structured interviews. The aim is to understand: (1) which competences teachers consider necessary in order to support the educational success of these students; (2) how they perceive their own training in relation to these competences; (3) how their beliefs, convictions, and implicit biases shape their practices; and (4) how these insights differ between Quebec and Luxembourg. The conceptual framework mobilises four competency domains identified in the literature and reflected in teachers’ discourse: general knowledge, didactic competences, relational competences, and ethical competences (Mc Andrew, 2015; Potvin, Larochelle-Audet, et al., 2015). Four transversal competences emerge as central to effective support in diversity: plurilingual competence (Decke-Cornill & Küster, 2010), intercultural competence (Potvin, Borri-Anadon, et al., 2015), collaboration with families, schools and communities (Duong & Kanouté, 2007), and metareflection, i.e., the ability to reflect critically on one’s own beliefs and attitudes (Romijn et al., 2021). Findings show that Luxembourg teachers emphasise the centrality of plurilingualism in their daily practice and consider this competence essential for supporting newly arrived students. However, they also report that their training places disproportionate emphasis on linguistic aspects while insufficiently addressing cultural and migratory dimensions, and almost not at all issues of racism, discrimination or implicit bias. Quebec teachers, for their part, describe themselves as more accustomed to working in ethnoculturally diverse classrooms and report stronger competences in critical reflection, openness, and awareness of diversity-related issues. However, they also underline important gaps in their initial training regarding anti-racist education, implicit bias, and concrete strategies for supporting students from immigrant backgrounds – gaps already noted in the literature (Potvin et al., 2020). Across both contexts, teachers highlight the limited transversal integration of diversity-related content in initial teacher education programmes, despite official expectations (MEQ, 2020; Université du Luxembourg, 2021). Teachers in both contexts thus feel insufficiently equipped to address the full complexity of diversity in the classroom. These findings reveal that although Quebec and Luxembourg face similar challenges, their priorities and approaches differ: Quebec shows stronger reflexive and critical orientations, while Luxembourg demonstrates stronger plurilingual competences. Bringing these strengths together – integrating plurilingual pedagogies in Quebec and embedding structured reflexive and anti-racist approaches in Luxembourg – could significantly improve teacher preparation in both contexts. The study contributes to comparative research on teacher education by highlighting the importance of combining linguistic, intercultural, relational and ethical competences, integrated across training curricula, to better support the educational success of students from immigrant backgrounds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative-interpretive study adopts a comparative approach to examine teachers’ perceptions in Quebec and Luxembourg regarding their initial training in relation to diversity. Fourteen semi-structured individual interviews were conducted with primary teachers: nine in Luxembourg and five in Quebec. Participants were recruited based on their experience working with students from immigrant backgrounds and represented diverse linguistic and cultural school contexts. The study follows a semi-structured interview design organised around four themes derived from the conceptual framework: (1) competences required to support students from immigrant backgrounds; (2) teachers’ perceptions, convictions, beliefs, and potential implicit biases regarding these students; (3) competences reportedly developed through initial and further teacher training; (4) teachers’ perceived needs for improvement in initial and further training. Interviews lasted between 45 and 75 minutes and were transcribed verbatim. The analysis followed thematic analysis (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2012), combining a priori categories derived from the literature and the conceptual framework with a posteriori categories emerging inductively from teachers’ narratives. Coding followed an iterative process allowing categories to be refined through constant comparison within and across cases. The study also employed comparative analysis (Bray et al., 2007) to interpret results across the two contexts. This involved systematic juxtaposition of themes for Quebec and Luxembourg, identifying convergences, divergences, and context-specific patterns in teachers’ perceptions. Ethical considerations included informed consent, voluntary participation, anonymity, and secure data storage, in accordance with the ethics certificate attached to the thesis. The methodological coherence of the study is ensured through alignment between the research question, conceptual framework, data collection and analysis procedures. The interpretive stance acknowledges that teachers’ perceptions are shaped by sociopolitical contexts, institutional histories, and personal experiences, making qualitative interviews an appropriate tool to explore representations, attitudes, and perceptions related to diversity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that teachers in both Quebec and Luxembourg recognise the importance of developing strong competences to support students from immigrant backgrounds; however, they perceive significant shortcomings in their initial training regarding the complexity of diversity. Although Luxembourg teachers demonstrate stronger plurilingual competences due to the multilingual structure of the school system, they report limited preparation for cultural, migratory, and anti-racist dimensions. Quebec teachers, conversely, emphasise greater reflexivity and openness but lack structured training in plurilingual pedagogies and explicit anti-racist approaches. Across both contexts, teachers express a need for better integration of diversity-related content within initial and further teacher education, structured opportunities to develop metareflection, and greater collaboration between universities, schools, and communities. Strengthening teacher training through a transversal approach – embedding linguistic, cultural, relational and ethical competences throughout curricula – could enhance the educational success of students from immigrant backgrounds. References Bray, M., Adamson, B., & Mason, M. (Eds). (2007). Comparative Education Research: Approaches and Methods. Comparative Education Research Centre, the University of Hong Kong : Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6189-9 Decke-Cornill, H., & Küster, L. (2010). Fremdsprachendidaktik: Eine Einführung (1st edn). Gunter Narr Verlag. Duong, L., & Kanouté, F. (2007). Les interactions sociales de l’élève immigrant à Montréal. Revue de l’Université de Moncton, 38(2), 73–105. https://doi.org/10.7202/038491ar Mc Andrew, M. (with l’équipe du Griés). (2015). La réussite éducative des élèves issus de l’immigration: Dix ans de recherche et d’intervention au Québec. Les Presses de l’Université de Montréal. MEQ. (2020). Référentiel de compétences professionnelles: Profession enseignante. Ministère de l’Éducation du Québec. https://cdn-contenu.quebec.ca/cdn-contenu/adm/min/education/publications-adm/devenir-enseignant/referentiel_competences_professionnelles_profession_enseignante.pdf?1606848024 Ministère de l’Éducation nationale, de l’Enfance et de la Jeunesse du Luxembourg, Service de Coordination de la Recherche et de l’Innovation pédagogiques et technologiques, Université du Luxembourg, & Luxembourg Centre for Educational Testing. (2016). PISA 2015: Nationaler Bericht Luxemburg. https://men.public.lu/de/publications/statistiques-etudes/secondaire/pisa-2015.html Paillé, P., & Mucchielli, A. (2012). Chapitre 11—L’analyse thématique. In L’analyse qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales (pp. 231–314). Armand Colin. https://doi.org/10.3917/arco.paill.2012.01.0231 Potvin, M., Borri-Anadon, C., Larochelle-Audet, J., Armand, F., Cividini, M., De Koninck, Z., Lefrançois, D., Levasseur, V., Low, B., Steinbach, M., & Chastenay, M.-H. (2015). Rapport sur la prise en compte de la diversité ethnoculturelle, religieuse et linguistique dans les orientations et compétences professionnelles en formation à l’enseignement. Observatoire sur la formation à la diversité et l’équité. https://numerique.banq.qc.ca/patrimoine/details/52327/2481548 Potvin, M., De Koninck, Z., Nenciovici, L., Skelling-Desmeules, Y., Querrien, D., Thibodeau, S., Amboulé-Abath, A., Borri-Anadon, C., Lau, S., Lefrancois, D., Magnan, M.-O., Recchia, H., Hirsch, S., Prévil, C., & Steinbach, M. (2020). Enquête sur l’acquisition de compétences interculturelles et inclusives par le personnel scolaire au Québec (EACIIPSQ). https://ofde.uqam.ca/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Rapport-EACIIPSQ_2020-12.pdf Potvin, M., Larochelle-Audet, J., Campbell, M.-È., Kingué-Élonguélé, G., & Chastenay, M.-H. (2015). Revue de littérature sur les compétences en matière de diversité ethnoculturelle, religieuse et linguistique dans la formation du personnel scolaire, selon différents courants théoriques. https://collections.banq.qc.ca/ark:/52327/bs2494740 Romijn, B. R., Slot, P. L., & Leseman, P. P. M. (2021). Increasing teachers’ intercultural competences in teacher preparation programs and through professional development: A review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103236 Université du Luxembourg. (2021). Programme de formation: Année académique 2021-2022—Hiver et Été—Semestres 1 à 4. Bachelier en sciences de l’éducation. https://wwwfr.uni.lu/formations/fhse/bachelor_en_sciences_de_l_education/programme/cours_syllabus |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 02 C: Preparing for the Future: Implementing Technology and Beyond Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anders D. Olofsson Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Preparing Teachers for Change through Foresight Competencies in Teacher Education 1: University Of Helsinki, Finland; 2: ITARI Indus training and research institute Presenting Author:Preparing teachers for uncertain futures has become an urgent concern in an era marked by artificial intelligence, ecological instability, and accelerating sociopolitical change. While teacher education has increasingly emphasised transversal skills such as collaboration, critical thinking, and adaptability, far less attention has been paid to foresight competency as a distinct and learnable professional skill set. This study addresses that gap by examining how foresight-oriented pedagogies can cultivate pre-service teachers’ capacity to anticipate, interpret, and act within conditions of uncertainty. Foresight competency is understood here as the integration of rational and intuitive cognitive processes that support anticipation, sense-making, ethical judgment, and design under uncertainty (Hines et al., 2017). Unlike predictive or planning-oriented approaches, foresight competency enables educators to work with multiple plausible futures, question default assumptions, and translate anticipatory insight into pedagogical action. This competency aligns with UNESCO’s (2021) framing of futures literacy as a foundational human capability, while extending it through concrete professional practices relevant to teaching. The study draws on qualitative data from foresight workshops embedded within pre-service teacher education programmes in India and Finland. Participants engaged in futures scanning, scenario development, and science-fiction prototyping, producing speculative graphic narratives, visual identity maps, futures matrices, and reflective texts. These pedagogical activities were designed to function as structured yet imaginative learning experiences that foreground uncertainty as a productive condition rather than a deficit to be managed. Data were analysed using constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2014), allowing analytic categories to emerge inductively from participants’ meaning-making across multimodal artefacts and dialogic reflection. Futures literacy and transformative learning theory functioned as sensitising concepts rather than deductive frameworks. Findings reveal four interrelated patterns that illuminate how foresight competency develops as a professional skill set. First, uncertainty functioned as a catalyst for reflective agency: participants moved from anxiety and linear thinking toward plural, conditional interpretations of educational futures. Second, participants shifted from technological anxiety to ethical stewardship, repositioning teachers as mediators of human–technology relationships rather than technical operators. Third, professional identity evolved from content delivery toward design-oriented roles focused on shaping humane learning ecologies. Finally, hope was reframed as critical intentionality—a disciplined commitment to act ethically within uncertainty rather than naïve optimism. Together, these findings demonstrate that foresight competency can be cultivated pedagogically through structured futures-oriented practices. Rather than remaining an abstract disposition, foresight emerged as an actionable skill set linking anticipation to ethical judgment and pedagogical design. The study contributes empirical evidence to futures literacy scholarship by showing how anticipatory capacity can be embedded within teacher education, and extends transformative learning theory by foregrounding imagination and future-facing identity formation. The paper argues that integrating foresight competency into pre-service teacher education strengthens the profession’s capacity to respond meaningfully to global uncertainty. By equipping educators with tools to engage ethically and imaginatively with multiple possible futures, teacher education can move beyond reactive adaptation and prepare teachers as intentional designers of humane educational futures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative, interpretive design informed by science‑fiction prototyping as articulated in speculative design and futures studies (Blythe, 2014; Johnson, 2011). In these approaches, narrative and diegetic artefacts function as epistemic tools for exploring socio‑technical futures, allowing participants to think with possible worlds rather than forecast them. This perspective guided the integration of science‑fiction prototyping into pre‑service teacher education as a means of developing foresight competencies. The pedagogical intervention was structured as an immersive learning experience combining anticipatory exploration, speculative design, and reflective inquiry. Following Blythe’s (2014) emphasis on narrative as a research device and Johnson’s (2011) conceptualisation of prototyping as a way to interrogate assumptions, workshops invited students to engage with signals of change, construct plausible future scenarios, and produce science‑fiction prototypes imagining schooling in 2040 and beyond. Data were generated through foresight‑oriented workshops embedded in initial teacher education programs in India and Finland. In India, a week‑long (15‑hour) intensive formed part of a Postgraduate Diploma in Education program and involved 21 pre‑service teachers. In Finland, the intervention took place within a five‑credit second‑year course; 16 students consented to participate in the research. Participation in the research was voluntary and conducted in line with institutional ethics guidelines. Analysis followed constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2014). Initial coding focused on participants’ language and framings of uncertainty, agency, and ethics, followed by focused coding and constant comparison across contexts and artefact types. Futures‑focused analyses and goal‑setting tasks provided additional insight into how participants attempted to operationalise anticipatory thinking. The use of multimodal data aligned with research‑through‑design principles (Blythe, 2014; Johnson, 2011), acknowledging that imaginative and anticipatory learning often unfolds through visual and dialogic forms. Transformative Learning Theory and futures literacy served as sensitising concepts while allowing categories to emerge inductively. Narrative artefacts were treated as legitimate sites of knowledge production (Blythe, 2014; Johnson, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that foresight competency can be cultivated as a core professional skill set within pre-service teacher education. Through structured futures-oriented pedagogies, participants developed the capacity to work productively with uncertainty, integrate ethical judgment into anticipatory thinking, and translate imagined futures into pedagogical intention. The findings contribute to futures literacy scholarship by providing empirical evidence of how anticipatory capacity can be enacted pedagogically rather than remaining a conceptual aspiration. Futures literacy emerged as a lived professional practice, expressed through narrative, visualisation, and dialogic reflection. At the same time, the study extends transformative learning theory by showing how imaginative engagement with future scenarios supports identity transformation oriented toward what educators may need to become, not only what they already know. Foresight competency functioned as the bridge between knowing and acting. Participants did not merely imagine alternative futures; they articulated how professional judgment, responsibility, and pedagogical design would need to evolve under different conditions. This positions foresight not as speculative abstraction but as a practical skill set enabling educators to navigate complexity ethically and intentionally. For teacher education, the study underscores the need to move beyond present-focused competency frameworks toward pedagogies that explicitly engage with uncertainty, imagination, and ethical responsibility. Integrating foresight competency into initial teacher education can strengthen educators’ capacity to respond to global challenges without reducing teaching to compliance or technical execution. In the context of widening knowledge-producing actors, data-driven governance, and contested futures, cultivating foresight competency supports teachers in exercising professional judgment rather than deferring authority to algorithms, metrics, or predetermined reforms. Preparing teachers for uncertain futures therefore requires not only new knowledge, but new capacities for anticipation, sense-making, and action. References Andreotti, V. (2014). Critical literacy: Theories and practices in development education. Policy and Practice, 19, 12–32. Biesta, G. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement. Routledge. Blythe, M. (2014). Research through design fiction: Narrative in real and imaginary abstracts. Proceedings of the SIGCHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, 703–712. https://doi.org/10.1145/2556288.2557098 Boylan, M., Adams, G., Perry, E., & Booth, J. (2023). Re-imagining transformative professional learning for critical teacher professionalism: A conceptual review. Professional Development in Education, 49(4), 651–669. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2022.2162566 Candy, S., & Dunagan, J. (2017). Designing an experiential scenario. Futures, 86, 136–153. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE. Dirkx, J. M. (2006). Engaging emotions in adult learning. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 109, 15–26. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Herder and Herder. Giroux, H. A. (2011). On critical pedagogy. Continuum. Hines, A., Gary, J., Daheim, C., & van der Laan, L. (2017). Building foresight capacity. World Futures Review, 9(3), 123–141. Johnson, B. D. (2011). Science fiction prototyping. Morgan & Claypool. Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5–12. Miller, R. (2018). Transforming the future. Routledge. Pouru-Mikkola, L., & Wilenius, M. (2021). Building individual futures capacity through transformative futures learning. Futures, 132, 102804. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2021.102804 Ramos, J. (2017). The futures of foresight. UNESCO Chair in Futures Studies. UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together. UNESCO Publishing. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Digital Teaching as a Professionalisation Context in Teacher Education University for Teacher Education, Switzerland Presenting Author:Digital teaching has become a taken-for-granted component of teacher education across Europe. Beyond questions of infrastructure or instructional design, digitalisation increasingly shapes how teaching, learning and professional responsibility are modelled within universities of teacher education. In this context, higher education teaching does not merely transmit knowledge or skills, but functions as a professionalisation context in which future teachers develop orientations, beliefs and normative understandings of “good teaching”. While European and international research has extensively examined digital competences, technology integration and effectiveness of digital formats, comparatively little attention has been paid to how teacher educators themselves conceptualise the quality of digital teaching, and how these conceptions implicitly structure professional learning processes. This study addresses this gap by focusing on lecturers’ didactic orientations in digital higher education teaching and their relevance for professionalisation in teacher education. The study is guided by the following research question: How do lecturers in teacher education conceptualise the quality of digital teaching, and how do these conceptions function as implicit professionalisation conditions for prospective teachers? This overarching question is specified through three objectives:
The study contributes to European discussions on teacher professionalisation by shifting attention from digital competences to professional orientations and modelling processes within higher education teaching. The study is theoretically grounded in professionalisation theory and research on teacher beliefs and orientations. Teacher education is conceptualised as a professionalisation space, in which professional development is understood as a long-term, biographical process rather than the acquisition of discrete competences. From this perspective, professional learning involves developing the capacity to deal with uncertainty, normative tensions and conflicting demands inherent in teaching practice. Didactic orientations are understood as relatively stable, often implicit interpretative frameworks that guide how lecturers perceive teaching situations, make pedagogical decisions and define quality. Drawing on research on beliefs and orientations in teacher education, these orientations are assumed to be shaped by biographical experiences, institutional contexts and disciplinary cultures, and to exert a strong structuring influence on professional learning processes. Digital teaching is not conceptualised as a separate pedagogical domain, but as a context in which existing didactic orientations become particularly visible. International research suggests that digitalisation rarely transforms teaching practices in a linear way; instead, digital formats tend to reinforce or accentuate underlying pedagogical beliefs. In teacher education, this has specific relevance, as teaching practices simultaneously address students as learners and as future professionals. The concept of implicit modelling is central to the framework. Higher education teaching is understood as modelling professional practice not only through explicit instruction, but through implicit norms embedded in teaching design, assessment practices and the use of digital technologies. In this sense, quality conceptions held by teacher educators function as implicit professionalisation conditions that shape how future teachers understand legitimate teaching practices. The study follows an explorative qualitative design informed by the Grounded Theory methodology. Data were collected through open-ended written responses from lecturers at two Swiss universities of teacher education. The sample includes lecturers from different subject areas and professional backgrounds, reflecting the diversity of teacher education contexts. Data analysis proceeded iteratively through open, axial and selective coding, aiming to reconstruct shared patterns of meaning rather than individual attitudes. The analysis resulted in a typology of three ideal-typical didactic orientations towards digital teaching: technology-enthusiastic, pragmatic-functional and sceptical-traditional. These orientations are not understood as fixed types, but as heuristic constructs that capture dominant patterns of meaning.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an explorative qualitative research design aimed at reconstructing lecturers’ didactic orientations towards digital teaching in teacher education and their relevance for professionalisation processes. Given the study’s interest in implicit meanings, interpretative frameworks and shared patterns of understanding, a qualitative approach was considered most appropriate. Research Context and Sample The study was conducted at two Swiss universities of teacher education, which represent key institutional contexts for initial teacher education within the European Higher Education Area. These institutions combine academic teaching with a strong professional orientation and thus provide a particularly suitable setting for analysing digital teaching as a professionalisation context. Participants were recruited through institutional mailing lists and open calls. The sample includes lecturers from different subject areas, levels of teaching experience and professional backgrounds. This heterogeneity was deliberately sought in order to capture a broad range of perspectives on digital teaching in teacher education. Participation was voluntary and anonymous. Data Collection Data were collected using an open-ended written survey. This format allowed participants to articulate their understandings of “good” digital teaching in their own words, without being constrained by predefined categories or evaluative scales. The survey included prompts focusing on: • lecturers’ conceptions of quality in digital teaching, • perceived opportunities and challenges of digital formats in teacher education, • and reflections on the role of digital teaching for preparing future teachers. Written responses were chosen to facilitate reflective articulation and to enable participation across different schedules and institutional roles. Analytical Procedure Data analysis followed principles of the Grounded Theory methodology, with an emphasis on reconstructing shared orientations rather than individual attitudes. Analysis proceeded iteratively through open, axial and selective coding. During open coding, meaning units were identified and compared across cases. Axial coding focused on relating categories and identifying central dimensions that structured lecturers’ understandings of digital teaching. In the selective coding phase, recurring patterns were integrated into a typology of didactic orientations. Throughout the analysis, constant comparison was used to refine categories and to test emerging interpretations against the data. Memos were employed to document analytical decisions and to support reflexivity. Methodological Contribution By combining an open-ended survey format with a Grounded Theory–informed analysis, the study captures how digital teaching is interpreted as a professionalisation context within teacher education. The methodology allows for identifying implicit orientations that shape professional modelling processes and offers insights that are transferable to comparable teacher education contexts across Europe. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that digital teaching in teacher education functions less as a driver of pedagogical innovation and more as a context in which existing didactic orientations of teacher educators become visible, stabilised and transmitted. Rather than producing fundamentally new conceptions of teaching, digital formats tend to accentuate underlying beliefs about learning, teaching and professional responsibility. The analysis identifies three ideal-typical didactic orientations towards digital teaching: a technology-enthusiastic orientation that emphasises innovation, experimentation and the transformative potential of digital tools; a pragmatic-functional orientation that focuses on feasibility, efficiency and institutional requirements; and a sceptical-traditional orientation that prioritises subject matter integrity, face-to-face interaction and pedagogical continuity. These orientations are not mutually exclusive or fixed, but represent dominant interpretative patterns that structure how lecturers design, justify and evaluate digital teaching. A key finding is that these didactic orientations function as implicit professionalisation conditions for prospective teachers. Through the everyday practices of digital teaching—such as the choice of formats, assessment practices, feedback mechanisms and the framing of technology use—lecturers implicitly model what counts as legitimate, responsible and “good” teaching. In this sense, digital teaching operates as a site of professional modelling, shaping students’ emerging professional beliefs and expectations. The study further suggests that digital teaching amplifies existing tensions within teacher education, particularly between innovation and continuity, autonomy and standardisation, and pedagogical ideals and institutional constraints. These tensions are not resolved through technology itself, but are negotiated through lecturers’ didactic orientations. Overall, the findings contribute to European teacher education research by reframing digital teaching as a professionalisation context rather than a technical challenge. References Biggs, J., & Tang, C. (2011). Teaching for quality learning at university (4th ed.). Open University Press. Blömeke, S. (2017). Modelling teachers’ professional competence as a multi-dimensional construct. In S. Guerriero (Ed.), Pedagogical knowledge and the changing nature of the teaching profession (pp. 119–135). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264270695-7-en Endres, B., Risch, B., & Stürmer, K. (2020). Teachers’ beliefs and professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 90, 103–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103014 Eraut, M. (2004). Informal learning in the workplace. Studies in Continuing Education, 26(2), 247–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245 Gosling, D. (2009). Educational development in the UK: A complex and contradictory reality. International Journal for Academic Development, 14(1), 5–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13601440802659122 Grossman, P., Hammerness, K., & McDonald, M. (2009). Redefining teaching, re-imagining teacher education. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2), 273–289. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875340 Harvey, L. (2024). Defining quality thirty years on: Quality, standards, assurance, culture and epistemology. Quality in Higher Education, 30(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2024.2304413 Kember, D., & Kwan, K. P. (2000). Lecturers’ approaches to teaching and their relationship to conceptions of good teaching. Instructional Science, 28, 469–490. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1026569608656 Kember, D., & Lam, B. H. (2006). The relationship between conceptions of teaching and approaches to teaching. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 12(6), 693–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600601029744 Kirkwood, A., & Price, L. (2013). Missing: Evidence of a scholarly approach to teaching and learning with technology in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 18(3), 327–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.773419 Košinár, J., & Laros, A. (2023). Die Praxislehrperson als Akteur:in professioneller Sozialisation. Beiträge zur Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung, 41(2), 234–250. Pajares, M. F. (1992). Teachers’ beliefs and educational research: Cleaning up a messy construct. Review of Educational Research, 62(3), 307–332. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543062003307 Petko, D., & Döbeli Honegger, B. (2011). Digitale Medien in der schweizerischen Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. Beiträge zur Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung, 29(1), 3–16. Price, L., & Kirkwood, A. (2014). Using technology for teaching and learning in higher education: A critical review of the role of evidence in informing practice. Higher Education Research & Development, 33(3), 549–564. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2013.841643 Selwyn, N. (2016). Education and technology: Key issues and debates (2nd ed.). Bloomsbury. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Professional Digital Competence in Swedish Teacher Education: Institutional Leaders’ Perspectives on Conditions for Continuous Professional Development 1: Umeå University, Sweden; 2: University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Swedish teacher education institutions (TEIs) are situated in a postdigital society increasingly infused with generative artificial intelligence (GAI) tools (Örtegren, 2026). However, as Laba (2025) argues, GAI is not a neutral digital tool; rather it has the potential to reshape educational practices, professional responsibilities, and societal expectations in non-neutral ways. For young people to participate in an AI-infused society, they need to develop critical digital competence (Örtegren & Olofsson, 2024). In relation to young peoples’ development of digital competence, TEIs carry a dual responsibility: first, to educate student teachers who can engage with GAI in critical and pedagogical informed ways and second, them being able to create the educational conditions that enable pupils to develop this critical digital competence (Lindfors & Olofsson, 2023). For this dual responsibility to be realised, appropriate organisational conditions that support continuous professional development (CPD) in professional digital competence (PDC) are required, with institutional leaders within Swedish TEIs playing a central role in establishing these conditions. This is necessary so to ensure that teacher educators’ (TEDs’) levels of PDC enable them to fulfil this dual didactic task (Uerz et al., 2018). At the same time, political rhetoric in Sweden calls for a reduction in the use of digital technologies, such as GAI, in schools, while the proposed new steering document for Swedish teacher education (SOU 2024:81) gives only limited attention to GAI. Consequently, TEI institutional leaders face a delicate challenge in balancing these policy signals with the need to secure CPD in PDC and thereby maintaining teacher education that reflects and responds to contemporary society. PDC captures an integrated view of the teaching profession that encompasses subject content, pedagogy, and digital technology (Starkey, 2020). PDC is neither a single, fixed, nor static competence; rather it is a multi-dimensional and evolving competence required to engage with the ‘not-yetness’ (Ross, 2017) of emerging technologies, such as GAI, in educational practice (Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022; Willermark et al., 2024). Of particular relevance to this study is that, despite a growing body of research on PDC in teacher education, considerably little is known about how institutional leaders understand, prioritise, and organise the conditions for CPD in PDC among TEDs (Maaranen et al., 2023). Against this background, the aim of this national qualitative study is to explore how institutional leaders across all 20 Swedish TEIs offering programmes for grades 4-6 discuss the conditions that support TEDs’ development of PDC. The paper analyses how institutional leaders conceptualise PDC, how they describe CPD, and how organisational conditions enable or constrain sustained development over time. Rather than treating CPD and PDC as separate phenomena, the analysis foregrounds their interrelationship. Preliminary findings reveal recurring patterns across institutions. First, leaders consistently emphasise PDC as a core professional competence for TEDs, closely linked to democratic responsibility and the capacity to navigate rapid development in AI. PDC is talked about as essential for fulfilling the dual didactic task of TE. Second, leaders describe substantial variation in PDC among TEDs, which they primarily attribute to uneven organisational conditions, such as access to time, resources, structured CPD, and collegial support, rather than individual motivation. Although CPD is widely recognised as important to address this variation, it is often characterised as fragmented, reactive, and dependent on short-term initiatives rather than embedded in long-term strategies. Third, the findings point to a tension between centralised CPD initiatives and local educational practice, as leaders report difficulties in integrating generic workshops and support structures into sustained, programme-embedded CPD. Overall, leaders express a growing concern that current CPD approaches are insufficient to support the level of PDC required in an increasingly AI-infused educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study forms part of the research project The Search for Professional Digital Competence in Swedish Teacher Education (2025–2028), funded by the Swedish Research Council. The overarching project aims to contribute new empirical knowledge on PDC in Swedish TEIs and to generate evidence-based recommendations for institutional development. While the broader project includes studies at multiple levels of TEIs, the present study specifically examines institutional leaders’ perspectives on organisational conditions, responsibility, and steering related to the development of TEDs’ PDC, including GAI. An interpretive qualitative approach was adopted, designed as a national interview-based census (Bryman, 2016). The study includes the full population of Swedish TEIs offering programmes leading to a Master of Arts in Primary Education for school years 4–6 (N = 20), comprising 12 universities and eight university colleges. By including all eligible institutions, the design enables analysis of shared national conditions as well as variation across institutional contexts. Participants were institutional leaders identified through the national Teacher Education Convent. Semi-structured interviews were conducted via Microsoft Teams between May and August 2025, following the principles outlined by Kvale and Brinkmann (2018). Two interviews included two respondents, resulting in a total of 22 participants. Interviews lasted between 38 and 62 minutes and addressed leadership responsibilities, the societal role of teacher education, prerequisites for PDC, and future developments including GAI. The present analysis focuses on interview material related to prerequisites and organisational conditions for PDC development. In most interviews, two researchers were present, allowing for enhanced reflexivity, intersubjectivity, and analytical depth (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015). The researchers’ insider position within higher education facilitated access and rapport, while also requiring ongoing reflexivity regarding positionality and power relations (Berger, 2015; Mercer, 2007). All interviews were recorded, transcribed, anonymized, and validated by participants. A joint process of analysis by the three researchers in the project followed an iterative, multi-stage process, combining meaning condensation (Kvale & Brinkman, 2016) with thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). To support analytical transparency and systematic comparison across cases, generative AI tools (ChatGPT and NotebookLM) were used as supplementary analytical aids in the development of narrative summaries and thematic structuring. The study was reviewed by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority (Dnr 2025-01359-01), which found that no formal ethical approval was required. The study was conducted in accordance with principles of relational ethics and care (Weurlander, 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights a central paradox in the development of PDC within Swedish TEIs. While institutional leaders consistently emphasise the importance of PDC in an increasingly digitalised educational landscape, the organisational conditions required to support its sustained development remain uneven and fragile. Across both universities and university colleges, PDC is understood as a core competence for TEDs, closely linked to ethical judgement, democratic responsibility, and the dual didactic task of teaching both with and about digital technologies. CPD is recognised as essential for developing this competence and is described as a long-term, ongoing endeavour rather than a series of isolated training events. However, leaders’ accounts reveal a persistent gap between this shared understanding of CPD and its organisational realisation, particularly in terms of coherence, sustainability, and embeddedness in everyday practice. CPD primarily appears as a constraining organisational condition. CPD is often described as reactive, typically initiated in response to external pressures, such as the rapid emergence of GAI and related policy and public debates, rather than embedded in long-term strategic planning. Responsibility for CPD is commonly diffused across organisational levels, resulting in a reliance on individual enthusiasts and short-term initiatives, rather than sustainable, collective structures for professional learning. Leaders also highlight substantial variation in PDC among TEDs, which is perceived as increasingly problematic considering student teachers’ diverse digital competencies. This variation is framed as a consequence of unequal organisational access to time, resources, support, and structured opportunities for CPD. Notably, these challenges cut across institutions. Differences between universities and university colleges appear less significant as compared to shared national constraints related to governance, resource allocation, and system inertia. The central challenge is not whether PDC matters, but whether existing organisational and governance structures can sustain the CPD necessary for PDC to become a lived dimension of TEDs’ professional practice. References Berger, R. (2015). Now I see it, now I don’t: Researcher’s position and reflexivity in qualitative research. Qualitative Research, 15(2), 219–234. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (3rd ed.). Sage. Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2018). Doing interviews (2nd ed.). Sage. Laba, N. (2025). AI is not a tool. AI & Society, 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00146-025-02784-y Lindfors, M., & Olofsson, A.D. (2023). The search for professional digital competence in Swedish teacher education policy—A content analysis of the prerequisites for teacher educators’ dual didactic task. Cogent Education, 10(2), 2272994. Maaranen, K., Stenberg, K., Sintonen, S., Kynäslahti, H., Jyrhämä, R., & Byman, R. (2023). University faculty leaders’ views of teacher educators’ professional development. Journal of Education for Teaching, 49(1), 21-36. Mercer, J. (2007). The challenges of insider research in educational institutions: Wielding a double-edged sword and resolving delicate dilemmas. Oxford Review of Education, 33(1), 1–17. Swedish Research Council. (2024). Good research practice. Swedish Research Council. Ross, J. (2017) Speculative method in digital education research. Learning, Media and Technology, 42(2), 214-229. Skantz-Åberg, E., Lantz-Andersson, A., Lundin, M., & Williams, P. (2022). Teachers’ professional digital competence: an overview of conceptualisations in the literature. Cogent Education, 9(1), 2063224. Starkey, L. (2020). A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37-56. Uerz, D., Volman, M., & Kral, M. (2018). Teacher educators' competences in fostering student teachers’ proficiency in teaching and learning with technology: An overview of relevant research literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 12–23. Weurlander, M. (2024). Relational ethics and care in higher education research. Higher Education Research & Development, 43(2), 345–357. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 02 D: Democracy, Ethics, and Critical Perspectives in Teacher Education Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: María Teresa Pascual Galiano Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Conceptualizing value-based teacher education model for democracy: A Multi-Level Analysis of Teacher Education in Kosovo 1: University of Graz, Austria; 2: University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:In post-conflict and Europeanising contexts, initial teacher education (ITE) is expected to prepare future teachers for democratic schooling, yet policy ambitions may exceed institutional translation capacity. This study examines how values are realised across ITE in Kosovo and develops a grounded conceptual model of value-based teacher education (VbTE) for democracy. Building on recontextualisation theory (Bernstein, 1990, 1996/2000), a systems perspective on education (Fend, 2006, 2008), and axiological theory (Hartman, 1967), we conceptualise value realisation across three system levels (macro–meso–micro) and three depths (systemic–extrinsic–intrinsic). We further operationalise value travel through a Conceptualised–Interpreted–Positioned (CoIP) lens that distinguishes (i) how values are named/defined, (ii) how they are normatively framed (e.g., legal, moral, professional), and (iii) how they become binding through assessment, practicum, and routine institutional practices. Value content is traced using the Council of Europe’s RFCDC clusters: human dignity and human rights, cultural diversity, and democracy/justice/fairness/equality/rule of law and related EU foundational values (Council of Europe, 2018; European Union, 2012). The study addresses one main research question: How are democratic and human-rights-related values conceptualised, interpreted, and positioned across macro, meso, and micro levels of ITE in Kosovo, and what model best explains their configuration as VbTE for democracy? Three sub-questions guide the analysis: (1) How are values codified and framed in European and national policy/curriculum architectures for education and teacher education? (2) How are these commitments translated into programme structures, practicum arrangements, and assessment routines within ITE institutions? (3) How do teacher educators and student teachers describe the enactment, opportunities, and constraints of democratic and rights-based practice in everyday ITE pedagogy? Empirically, we find a stable cross-level pattern. At the macro level, democratic and human-rights-related values are densely codified and positioned as foundational principles, commonly framed as legal obligations and alignment with European normative orders; however, interpretive guidance on prioritising values and working through tensions in practice is comparatively thinner. At the meso level (ITE programmes and institutional regulations), values are visible but selectively embedded: inclusion and cultural diversity are more frequently institutionalised than democracy as participatory practice, and extrinsic realisation is fragmented particularly where practicum and assessment should make values consequential (e.g., limited assessment criteria specifying democratic competences; generic practicum expectations). At the micro level, teacher educators and student teachers report strong intrinsic enactment of democratic norms: respect, fairness, dialogic spaces, and inclusive relations often expressed through locally meaningful professional language rather than policy-derived terminology, producing uneven shared vocabularies across programmes. The resulting model reframes cross-level divergence from an “implementation gap” to an architecture of value realisation: VbTE for democracy is produced through the interaction of (a) codified commitments, (b) institutional translation capacity, and (c) enacted professional practice. The model positions the meso level as the decisive hinge where values either become durable infrastructures for all student teachers or remain contingent on individual initiative. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted an embedded single-case study of the ITE system in Kosovo (Yin, 2018), analytically suited to contexts where strong normative frameworks coexist with uneven institutional capacity for enactment. The case (“ITE in Kosovo”) was examined through embedded subunits at macro, meso, and micro levels and interpreted across systemic–extrinsic–intrinsic depths of value realisation (Hartman, 1967; Fend, 2006, 2008). Sampling was purposive and theory-driven to maximise conceptual coverage across levels and value clusters. The corpus comprised: Macro: European and national frameworks relevant to values, democracy, human rights, inclusion, and teacher education (e.g., RFCDC; EU foundational values; Kosovo education and higher-education legislation; national strategies; Kosovo Curriculum Framework and guidelines). Meso: Programme documents from five public universities offering BA ITE (and selected related programmes where relevant): programme descriptions, study plans, course catalogues/syllabi, accreditation/self-evaluation materials, and practicum/partnership regulations. Micro: (a) Open-ended online survey of teacher educators (n=52); (b) open-ended online survey of student teachers (n=125) in BA and selected MA education programmes; (c) four focus groups with teacher educators across four programmes (14 participants), including programme heads and practicum coordinators. Analysis followed two complementary procedures: qualitative content analysis for documents and programme artefacts (Mayring, 2014) and reflexive thematic analysis for surveys and focus groups (Braun & Clarke, 2019). Coding combined deductive categories (RFCDC value clusters; systemic–extrinsic–intrinsic depths; CoIP dimensions) with inductive sub-codes for context-specific formulations. Integration used pattern matching and explanation building (Yin, 2018), treating divergences as analytically informative recontextualisation effects rather than compliance deficits. Credibility and dependability were supported through triangulation across sources, an audit trail of coding decisions, and peer debriefing. Ethical clearance was obtained through the University of Prishtina; the study was deemed exempt. Participation was voluntary with written informed consent; data were anonymised and stored securely. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that VbTE for democracy in Kosovo is best understood as an architecture of value realisation rather than a linear implementation process. Macro-level frameworks strongly codify and position democratic and human-rights commitments, but provide comparatively limited interpretive and organisational pathways for making these values actionable in ITE. At meso level, programmes translate this architecture selectively: values appear in aims and modules, yet remain weakly stabilised in the extrinsic infrastructures that determine what is routinely teachable and assessable most notably in assessment and practicum. At micro level, teacher educators and student teachers describe strong intrinsic enactment of democratic norms (respect, fairness, dialogic participation), often expressed through local professional vocabularies that only partly align with policy language. The principal contribution is the CoIP-based, three-dimensional model that makes value recontextualisation traceable across levels, depths, and value clusters. By distinguishing conceptualisation, interpretation, and positioning, the model clarifies why “the same” value label can have different consequences depending on whether it becomes binding through programme infrastructures. Empirically, the meso level emerges as the decisive hinge: where translation capacity is thin, democratic formation depends on individual initiative, valuable but uneven and difficult to sustain system-wide. References Bernstein, B. (1990). Class, codes and control: Volume IV. The structuring of pedagogic discourse. Routledge. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: Theory, research, critique (New ed. of 1996). Rowman & Littlefield. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. Cohen, J. L. (2021). The democracy problem in teacher education: Toward a democratic teacher education framework. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(2), 249–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1748880 Council of Europe. (2018). Reference framework of competences for democratic culture (Vols. 1–3). Council of Europe Publishing. European Union. (2012). Consolidated version of the Treaty on European Union. Official Journal of the European Union, C 326/13. Fend, H. (2006). Neue Theorie der Schule: Einführung in das Verstehen von Bildungssystemen (1st ed.). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Fend, H. (2008). Schule gestalten: Systemsteuerung, Schulentwicklung und Unterrichtsqualität. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Hartman, R. S. (1967). The structure of value: Foundations of scientific axiology. Southern Illinois University Press. Joris, M., Simons, M., & Agirdag, O. (2022). Citizenship-as-competence, what else? Why European citizenship education policy threatens to fall short of its aims. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3), 484–503. https://doi.org/10.1177/147490412198947 Pupovci, D. (2013). Building new realities for teacher training in Kosovo. In Education for the knowledge society (pp. 552–565). Epoka University Press. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). SAGE. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Literature as a Decolonial Approach to Teacher Education University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:The bachelor students in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) in Norway, comes from and navigates in a multicultural society within and outside of their university´s campus. In their education they are introduced to some decolonial and antiracist theories, mostly through academic texts. The students participating in this study are all bachelor students in ECEC in their final year, but their age, gender and background differ. A study on shared reading in a group of junior doctors, indicated that there could be positive outcomes of shared reading such as an opportunity to think slower, share thoughts and experience texts as a group (Wistrand et al, 2025). It also indicated a possibility of using shared reading as an approach to seek other perspectives (Wistrand et al, 2025). It is these perspectives this paper attempts to search for. The research question of the paper is “How can literature work as a decolonial approach to teacher education?”. The framework of this study is critical and decolonial theories (Bruney, 2012; Freire, 2014; Zembylas, 2025), with a core question of how to create a culturally sustaining pedagogy (Alim, Paris & Wong, 2020; Paris & Alim, 2014). Different perspectives that can be provided through literature such as fiction, biography and poetry, might also work as an approach to decolonize the teacher education. The question of who’s voices, perspectives and narratives are given space in teacher education, is also a question of how to create a more sustainable and decolonial education. The selection of literature will focus on a literature reflecting the multicultural Norway with the voices of racialized or marginalized people. In a preliminary work done in the fall of 2025 different forms of literature was introduced to bachelor students in Early Childhood Education and Care. Literature including fiction, biography and poetry, presenting perspectives of Sámi, immigrant, disability, asylum seekers, adoption and LHBTQ+, was introduced to the students in the subject of specialization in diversity in ECEC. In a society of acceleration (Rosa, 2024) the need of pedagogies that goes slower are increasing (Clark, 2022). This paper attempt to search for teaching methods contributing to reflexion and slower thinking. It is a question of what we are educating for (Biesta, 2015), and this paper calls for a decolonial and cultural sustainable teacher education. For the students to read together, listen to each other and to discuss other perspectives of the society they are a part of, might contribute to a teacher education which can provide spaces for these reflective practices. The perspectives presented in the literature might challenge the values and beliefs of the students and affect the way they see their profession and education. This study’s intervention to teaching in higher education aspires to be critically reflexive and materially engaged (Zembylas, 2025). There is also some racialized students in the program, who’s voices need to be heard, and knowledge need to be included in the education. The shared reading groups might be a space for listening to and develop different kinds of knowledges, also those knowledges that challenge a Eurosentric epistemology (Mabvira, 2024; Zembylas, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A preliminary work was done in the fall of 2025, when different kinds of literature was introduced to the students with text excerpts the students read in groups and presented to class through drawings and other forms of aesthetic work. This study will build on the preliminary work were valuable experiences with different kinds of literature and written forms of Norwegian was made. The ongoing data collection will be analyzed through tematic analyses (Tjora, 2024). The main method of this study is shared reading (Wistrand et al, 2025), where the students will not receive texts before the groups sessions but will read together in a shared reading lead by the researcher, followed by a conversation about the text that is read. This part has an affective approach were the students’ experiences with the text and their affection of it is centred. The shared reading sessions will be followed with a phenomenological semi structured group interview, with a retrospective focus on the experiences of the students as well as a future-oriented focus on their professional development and learning of other perspectives. Thambinathan & Kinsella (2021) discuss that decolonial methods is in many ways about using a decolonial lens in the research. This decolonial lens shall be throughout this paper, from the selection of texts, through the conversations and interviews, to the final paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There is a variety in the students experiences of reading (Malmström, Eriksson & Stöhr, 2025), but this study attempts to support the students in their reading and creating a space of a non-performance reading. It is expected that the students will experience a way of teaching and reading that is not familiar to them, that they will refect upon the perspectives they read and that they will share knowledge and experiences with each other (Wistrand, 2025). It is expected that this approach will demand a slower and more refexive way of teaching (Wistrand, 2025), but also contribute to learning experiences and possible changes in the students developing of professionalism. The study is expected to provides approaches to teaching in higher education, contributing to a culturally sustaining pedagogy and a decolonial practice valuing different kinds of literature as well as different ways of knowing and experiencing knowledge. References Alim, H. S., Paris, D. & Wong, C. P. (2020). Culturally Sustaining Pedagogy. A Critical Framework for Centering Communities. I Nasir, N. S., Lee, C. D., Pea, R. og de Royston, M. M. (red.). Handbook of the Cultural Foundations of Learning. 261-276. Routledge Biesta, G. (2015). What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism. European Journal of Education, 50(1), 75-87. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12109 Burney, S. (2012). Conceptual frameworks in postcolonial theory: Applications for educational critique. Counterpoints, 417, 173–193. Freire, P. (2014). Pedagogy of the oppressed: 30th anniversary edition. Bloomsbury. Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju. 3. utgave. Gyldendal Mabvira, A. (2024). Deconstructing otherness: A decolonial Inquiry into the experiences of immigrant students. E-Journal of Humanities, Arts, and Social Sciences, 5(11), 1879–1890. Malmström, H., Eriksson, L., & Stöhr, C. (2025). Läsning i högre utbildning: En kvantitativ studie om studenters läsvanor på svenska och engelska. Chalmers Studies in Communication and Learning in Higher Education. Vol.2. https://doi.org/10.17196.csclhe/2025/02 Paris, D. & Alim, H. S. (2014). What Are We Seeking to Sustain Through Culturally Sustaining Pedagogy? A Loving Critique Forward. Harvard Educational Review. Vol. 84 (1). 85-100. Thambinathan, V. & Kinsella, E. A. (2021) Decolonizing methodologies in qualitative research: creating spaces for transformative praxis. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1–9. Wistrand, J., Dellson, P., Forslid, T., Gustafsson, A. W., Johnsson, P., Järvholm, K., Bernhardsson, K. (2025). Literary Exploration as a Resource for Professional Development: Junior Doctors’ Experiences of Shared Reading. Tidsskrift for omsorgsforskning, 11(2), 56–68. https://doi.org/10.18261/tfo.11.2.7 Zembylas, M. (2025). Synergizing Critical Theory and Decolonial Approaches in Educational Philosophy and Theory: Tensions and Insights. Studies in Philosophy and Education (2025) 44:475–492. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-025-09993-4 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Rethinking Autonomy and Critical Thinking in Initial Teacher Physical Education in the Digital Age University of Alicante, Spain Presenting Author:Initial teacher education in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (PASS) is currently experiencing significant tensions and transformations, driven by processes of digitalisation, the globalisation of knowledge, and the growing influence of informal learning environments. Within the European context, these transformations have been acknowledged in the frameworks of the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), as well as in policy documents issued by the European Commission and the OECD, which emphasise the need to educate teachers capable of autonomous learning, critical thinking, and evidence-informed professional decision-making in complex educational contexts (European Commission, 2018; OECD, 2019). In the specific field of PASS teacher education, international research has highlighted that university students often reproduce learning models characterised by dependence on the content provided by lecturers. This tendency limits the development of key professional competencies such as autonomy, critical reflection, and the capacity for continuous professional updating (Casey & MacPhail, 2018). This issue is particularly relevant in Physical Education, where professional knowledge is constructed at the intersection of scientific evidence, embodied experiences, sociocultural discourses, and professional practices. From a European perspective, professional autonomy is regarded as a central component of teacher quality. European frameworks for teacher competence stress the importance of preparing teachers who are able to manage their own learning processes, critically engage with educational research, and adapt their practices to diverse contexts (European Commission, 2013). In this regard, theories of self-regulated learning provide a conceptual basis for understanding how future teachers in PASS develop the ability to plan, monitor, and evaluate their learning processes (Zimmerman, 2002). These competencies align closely with the principle of lifelong learning underpinning European education policy. Critical thinking represents another fundamental pillar of professional knowledge in PASS teacher education. Beyond technical or methodological proficiency, educating critically minded teachers involves fostering the ability to question dominant discourses related to the body, health, performance, and physical activity, as well as to assess the validity and relevance of the information informing pedagogical decision-making (Kirk, 2010; Biesta, 2015). From this standpoint, teacher education cannot be reduced to content transmission but should instead promote processes of analysis, comparison, and reflection on the sources of knowledge shaping future teachers’ professional beliefs. The expansion of digital environments, and social media platforms in particular, poses a specific challenge for PASS teacher education. Platforms such as YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok have become common sources of information related to training, health, the body, and movement, exerting a considerable influence on university students’ understandings and beliefs (Lupton, 2020). Recent European research indicates that these informal environments play a significant role in shaping professional conceptions, often without sufficient critical evaluation of scientific evidence or commercial intentions underlying such content (Goodyear et al., 2019). From a research perspective in teacher education, this phenomenon cannot be addressed solely as a didactic issue but rather points to broader dimensions related to teacher education and the theoretical foundations of professional knowledge. Critical digital literacy and the ability to evaluate information from both formal and informal learning environments therefore emerge as essential professional competencies for Physical Education teachers in Europe (Redecker, 2017). Integrating these dimensions into initial teacher education requires acknowledging that professional knowledge is constructed across multiple spaces and that future teachers must develop frameworks to negotiate, select, and legitimise diverse sources of information. The aim of this study is to examine the development of autonomy and critical thinking in initial teacher education in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, contributing to a European research agenda focused on strengthening reflective, evidence-informed, and socially responsible teacher education in digitally mediated contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods, cross-sectional design aimed at exploring key dimensions of initial teacher education in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (PASS), focusing on student autonomy, critical thinking, and engagement with digital technologies, including artificial intelligence (AI). The combination of quantitative and qualitative data enables a comprehensive analysis of future teachers’ learning practices and reflective processes in digitally mediated contexts. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in PASS teacher education programmes at university level. Students from different academic years participated, allowing for variability in training stage and prior exposure to academic and digital learning environments. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, and ethical principles related to informed consent, confidentiality, and data protection were respected. Data were collected using an ad hoc questionnaire entitled Development of Student Autonomy, Critical Thinking, and Use of Artificial Intelligence in the Digital Era. The instrument was designed specifically for initial teacher education and informed by European frameworks on key competences, digital competence, and lifelong learning (European Commission, 2018; Redecker, 2017). The questionnaire is structured into seven sections: (1) general information and frequency of digital tool use; (2) learning autonomy and self-regulation; (3) use of digital tools and access to academic information; (4) critical thinking and criteria for evaluating online information; (5) critical evaluation of social media and influencers related to health, sport, and physical education; (6) open-ended questions addressing reflective comparisons between scientific and social media–based learning; and (7) use of AI tools, including frequency, purposes, perceived reliability, verification strategies, and perceived risks. The instrument includes Likert-scale items, multiple-choice questions, and open-ended responses, allowing for both quantitative and qualitative analysis of students’ perceptions, practices, and beliefs regarding learning and information selection. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive and inferential statistical procedures to examine relationships between autonomy, critical thinking, and digital practices. Qualitative data from open-ended questions were analysed through thematic content analysis, enabling the identification of recurring patterns and critical perspectives related to professional learning in digital environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results highlight both strengths and challenges in the initial teacher education of Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (PASS) students regarding autonomy, critical thinking, and digital learning. Participants report frequent use of digital tools and generally perceive themselves as capable of managing their own learning. However, this perceived autonomy coexists with a strong reliance on easily accessible resources, such as search engines, videos, and social media, while the use of academic databases appears less consolidated. Although students clearly distinguish between the credibility of scientific articles and social media content, informal digital environments continue to play a relevant role in their learning processes. Many participants report applying verification strategies, such as contrasting information with academic sources or consulting lecturers, yet these practices are not consistently applied, indicating uneven development of critical digital literacy. The use of artificial intelligence tools is widespread and mainly oriented towards supportive academic functions, including summarising texts, generating ideas, and resolving doubts. Students generally express moderate trust in AI-generated information and frequently describe cautious approaches, such as using AI as a starting point or comparing outputs with academic sources. At the same time, concerns emerge regarding overreliance on AI, reduced cognitive effort, and diminished critical reflection. Overall, the findings suggest that initial PASS teacher education must move beyond promoting access to digital technologies towards explicitly fostering autonomy and critical thinking as core dimensions of professional knowledge. Addressing how future teachers evaluate, select, and legitimise information across formal, informal, and AI-mediated environments is essential for preparing reflective and autonomous professionals capable of responding to complex educational contexts in contemporary European societies. References Biesta, G. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Brookfield, S. D. (2017). Becoming a critically reflective teacher (2nd ed.). Jossey-Bass. Casey, A., & MacPhail, A. (2018). Adopting a models-based approach to teaching physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(3), 294–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2018.1429588 Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 European Commission. (2013). Supporting teacher competence development for better learning outcomes. Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2018). Council recommendation on key competences for lifelong learning. Official Journal of the European Union. Goodyear, V. A., Armour, K. M., & Wood, H. (2019). Young people and their engagement with health-related social media: new perspectives. Sport, Education and Society, 24(7), 673–688. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2017.1423464 Kirk, D. (2009). Physical education futures. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203874622 Lupton, D. (2020). Data selves: More-than-human perspectives. Polity Press. OECD. (2019). Future of education and skills 2030: OECD learning compass 2030. OECD Publishing. Redecker, C. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/159770 Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 02 E: Global Deans of Education Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Margery McMahon Panel Discussion |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Panel Discussion Global Deans of Education Panel Discussion 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: University of Minho, Braga, Portugal Presenting Author:The Global Network of Deans of Education (GNDE) provides a platform for national and regional associations of Deans of Education to connect, collaborate and articulate the perspectives of teacher educators to major global initiatives and UN agencies. In 2024, the inaugural meeting of the European Deans of Education network - affiliated with GNDE - took place at ECER in Nicosia. Building on its success, a second gathering was convened at ECER in Belgrade in 2025. Both sessions attracted strong participation and generated considerable interest in hearing directly from Deans and engaging in dialogue with them. A key purpose of these events has been to illuminate the role of the Dean and to cultivate future leadership capacity within this pivotal community. For the proposed panel session at ECER 2026 in Tampere, participating Deans will address current, complex, and often challenging issues facing teacher education and schooling. Discussion themes will include teacher recruitment and retention, the evolving nature of teacher learning and professional development, and the implications of ongoing education reforms. Alongside system-level considerations, the panel will explore what these developments mean for the organisation and leadership of teacher education itself, including how Deans can mediate, navigate, and influence change within their institutions and wider policy contexts. References GNDE Online (n.d), The Global Deans of Education Network https://www.education-deans.org Chair The panel will be chaired by Margery McMahon |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 02 F: Strengthening Initial Teacher Education: Assessment, Attrition and Pedagogical Innovation Location: 352 | Virta building | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Babak Dadvand Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Bridging the Parent Gap Through Board Game-Based Learning in Teacher Education University of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:Parental involvement (PI) is widely acknowledged as a key factor in students’ academic achievement, motivation, and social development (Epstein, 2018; Hill & Tyson, 2009). International research consistently demonstrates that effective school–family partnerships contribute not only to improved learning outcomes but also to the reduction of educational inequalities and the strengthening of inclusive school cultures (Hornby, 2011; Bacskai et al., 2024). Despite this evidence, teachers’ attitudes toward collaboration with parents often remain ambivalent or deficit-oriented, particularly in relation to families from disadvantaged backgrounds and parents of adolescent students (Pusztai et al., 2024; Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). Teachers frequently interpret parental involvement primarily as a mechanism for control or problem-solving, rather than as a form of partnership based on shared responsibility and mutual trust (Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). Research indicates that such orientations are deeply embedded in teachers’ professional beliefs and are only weakly influenced by traditional, theory-driven teacher education programs (Denessen et al., 2009; Willemse et al., 2018). Teacher education and professional development often fail to provide opportunities for experiential and reflective engagement with the complexities of school–family collaboration (Povey et al., 2016). While targeted training programs have shown positive effects on teachers’ family engagement practices in some contexts (Smith, 2017), such initiatives remain rare in Central and Eastern Europe, where empirical evidence on effective interventions is still limited (Pusztai & Csók, 2023). This gap highlights the need for innovative, practice-oriented learning environments that address not only knowledge but also teachers’ attitudes, role perceptions, and professional dispositions toward parental involvement. This study addresses this need by examining the potential of a purposefully designed analogue board game as an intervention for developing partnership-oriented attitudes toward PI among teacher trainees and practicing teachers. The research is situated at the intersection of parental involvement research (Epstein, 2018), inclusive education (Hornby, 2011), and game-based learning in higher education (Sousa et al., 2023; Noda et al., 2019). From a theoretical perspective, the study draws on Epstein’s framework of school–family–community partnerships, which conceptualizes parental involvement as a multidimensional and shared responsibility, as well as Hornby and Lafaele’s (2011) model of barriers to PI, emphasizing personal, perceptual, institutional, and societal factors shaping teachers’ practices. In addition, the study is informed by experiential and transformative learning theories, which emphasize the role of authentic experiences, reflection, and cognitive dissonance in reshaping professional beliefs (Mezirow, 1997; Avalos, 2011). Game-based learning, particularly analogue board games, has been shown to support reflective dialogue, collaboration, and the development of social and communicative competences in higher education contexts (Karbownik et al., 2016; Sousa et al., 2023). However, empirical research on board games explicitly designed to influence teachers’ attitudes toward parental involvement remains scarce. Against this background, the study is guided by the following research questions:
By presenting empirical findings from Hungary, this study contributes to the European and international discourse on innovative approaches to teacher education and professional development, offering evidence on how analogue game-based learning can support reflective engagement with complex relational dimensions of teaching that are often marginalized in formal training programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a quasi-experimental pre–post research design without a control group to examine the impact of a board game-based intervention on attitudes toward parental involvement. Data collection took place between September 2024 and January 2025 in two settings: university-based teacher education courses and in-service professional development sessions in schools. Participants included both teacher trainees and practicing teachers. After data cleaning, the final sample consisted of 116 respondents (54 teacher trainees and 62 teachers). Due to the voluntary and anonymous nature of participation, not all respondents completed both the pre-test and post-test; therefore, analyses were conducted on the combined pre- and post-intervention samples to ensure sufficient statistical power. The intervention consisted of a facilitated gameplay session lasting approximately 70–100 minutes. The board game is a cooperative, thematic game in which participants take on professional roles within a school and collectively respond to monthly challenges related to parental involvement. Gameplay requires negotiation, joint decision-making, and the strategic use of communication, expertise, connectivity, and innovation resources. The game integrates “good practice” cards presenting empirically grounded examples of effective school–family collaboration from Hungarian and international contexts. Attitudes toward parental involvement were measured using a self-developed questionnaire grounded in international and national literature. The instrument included demographic questions, open-ended items, and multiple Likert-scale items rated on a 10-point scale. These items assessed: – perceived professional responsibility for supporting parental involvement, – the perceived importance of various forms of parental involvement at primary and secondary school levels, and – views on the role of teacher education in preparing teachers for collaboration with parents. Given that normality assumptions were not met, non-parametric statistical analyses were conducted. Mann–Whitney U tests were used to compare pre- and post-test results, and effect sizes were calculated to estimate the magnitude of observed changes. Ethical standards for social science research were fully observed, including informed consent, anonymity, and voluntary participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the board game-based intervention contributed to meaningful, though differentiated, shifts in attitudes toward parental involvement. Positive changes were primarily observed among practicing teachers, particularly in relation to perceiving parental involvement as part of their professional responsibility and valuing parents’ participation in school-level activities and decision-making processes. These shifts were most pronounced at the primary school level, while parental involvement in secondary education remained consistently undervalued, reflecting deeply rooted professional assumptions about adolescent autonomy. Teacher trainees showed more limited attitudinal change, suggesting that professional experience plays a crucial role in enabling reflective engagement with the realistic dilemmas presented in the game. This finding aligns with experiential learning theories, which emphasize the importance of prior practice for transformative reflection. Overall, the results suggest that the board game functioned not merely as an instructional tool but as an attitude-shaping learning environment that fostered social sensitivity, perspective-taking, and reflective dialogue. The study highlights the potential of analogue game-based learning to address relational and value-laden dimensions of teaching that are often neglected in traditional teacher education. From a broader European perspective, the findings underscore the relevance of innovative, experience-based methods for strengthening inclusive, partnership-oriented approaches to parental involvement, particularly in contexts where such collaboration remains underdeveloped. The research on which this paper is based has been implemented by the MTA-DE-Parent–Teacher Cooperation Research Group and with the support provided by the Research Program for Public Education Development of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. References Avalos, B. (2011) Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10–20. Bacskai, K., Bencze, Á., Dorogi, A., et al. (2024). Iplementing Parental Involvement to Improve Student Achievement in Hungary Schools: Patterns of Hidden Resources. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, (109). Denessen, E., Bakker, J., Kloppenburg, L., & Kerkhof, M. (2009). Teacher-parent partnerships: Preservice teacher competences and attitudes during teacher training in the Netherlands. International Journal about parents in Education, 3(1). Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, Family, and Community Partnerships: Preparing Educators and Improving Schools (2nd ed.). Routledge. Goodall, J. (2017). Narrowing the Achievement Gap: Parental Engagement with Children’s Learning. Routledge. Hill, N. E., & Tyson, D. F. (2009). Parental involvement in middle school: A meta-analytic assessment of the strategies that promote achievement. Developmental Psychology, 45(3), 740–763. Hornby, G., & Lafaele, R. (2011). Barriers to parental involvement in education: An explanatory model. Educational Review, 63(1), 37–52. Karbownik, MS., Wiktorowska-Owczarek, A., Kow-alczyk, E., Kwarta, P., Mokros, Ł. & Pietras, T. (2016). Board game versus lecturebased seminar in the teaching of pharmacology of antimicrobial drugs: a randomized controlled trial. FEMS Microbiology Letters,363(7), fnw045. Kocsis, Z., et al. (2025). Designing a board game to expand knowledge about parental involvement in teacher education. Education Sciences, 15(8). Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice.New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 1997(74), 5–12. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 Noda, S., Shirotsuki, K., & Nakao, M. (2019). The effectiveness of intervention with board games: A systematic review. BioPsychoSocial Medicine, 13, 22. Povey, J., Campbell, A. K., Willis, L.-D., Haynes, M., Western, M., Bennett, S., Antrobus, E., & Pedde, C. (2016). Engaging parents in schools and building parent-school partnerships: The role of school and parent organisation leadership. International Journal of Educational Research, 79, 128–141. Pusztai, G., & Csók, C. (2023). Views of teachers and support staff at schools on the implementation and development of family life education.European Journal of Contemporary Education, 12(4), 1401-1409 Pusztai, G., Demeter-Karászi, Z., Major, E., & Puskás, M. (2024). Beyond the barriers of deficit orientedness? British Journal of Religious Education, 46(4), 370–388. Smith, T. E., & Sheridan, S. M. (2019). The effects of teacher training on teachers’ family-engagement practices, attitudes, and knowledge: A meta-analysis. Journal of educational and psychological consultation, 29(2), 128-157 Sousa, C., et al. (2023). Playing at the school table: Systematic literature review of board game-based learning. Frontiers in Psychology, 14. Willemse, T. M., Thompson, I., Vanderlinde, R., & Mutton, T. (2018). Family-school partnerships: a challenge for teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 252–257. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Early Drop Out in Teacher Education – A mixed-method study 1: Johannes Kepler University, Austria; 2: Teacher education University Upper Austria Presenting Author:Teacher shortages are a severe challenge for education systems worldwide (UNESCO, 2024). Strategies to address this issue include diversifying pathways into teaching, improving retention, and increasing the number of graduates from teacher education. Student teachers who leave university without a degree exacerbate shortages and impose costs on universities and the wider economy. This study focuses on student teachers who intend to leave teacher education. Following Heublein’s definition, dropout refers to leaving higher education without a degree (Heublein, 2014). We examine drop out within teacher education specifically. Several theoretical models frame drop out. Tinto (1975) emphasizes social and academic integration. Heublein (2014) proposes a three-phase model: (1) pre-study factors (social/academic background and degree choice), (2) study situation (motivation, behavior, performance, resources, and study/living conditions), and (3) the decision phase culminating in leaving. Motivation for or against drop out can be situated within expectancy–value theory (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000). Bargmann et al. (2022) found that task effort and interest are associated with career decidedness and dropout intentions among student teachers. Evidence on dropout in teacher education is mixed across institutions and programs. For example, Güldener et al. (2020) report lower dropout rates in German “Gymnasium” programs than in primary education. Mouton et al. (2020) showed that dropout intentions are multifactorial and most frequent early in studies, identifying 12 student profiles via latent class analysis. For student teachers, Westphal et al. (2024) identified three profiles of cognitive and motivational characteristics; students with an engaged mindset showed lower intentions to quit. Given that dropout appears (a) concentrated in the first year, (b) driven by combinations of factors, and (c) shaped by an individual decision process, we focus on the question how many student teachers drop out during their first year, and what explanations do leavers provide. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Austria, secondary teacher education is organized into four clusters qualifying graduates to teach in “Mittelschule,” “Gymnasium,” and vocational schools (general education subjects) (Hofmann et al., 2020). At one Austrian university, we monitored all first-year students in secondary teacher education (N = 326), examining administrative data after the first semester and after the first year. We also conducted a longitudinal qualitative study. 21 students were randomly invited and consented to participate in an interview panel. They completed three interviews in the first semester and one in the second. To enrich data on drop out, we additionally interviewed one peer who had expressed drop out intentions. In total, seven leavers were identified; six were panel participants who left during the first year, and one was the additional interviewee. Interviews were analyzed using the Dokumentarische Methode (Nohl, 2017), which identifies articulated reasons and reconstructs shared orientations within and across cases to derive types. We first coded explicit reasons for leaving, then interpreted underlying orientations and resources. The seven leavers were grouped into two types based on convergent orientations. We then contrasted these with interview data from students who continued in teacher education to contextualize differentiating factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After one semester (March 2025), 81,9 % of all first-year students continued their degree and after one year (October 2025) 68,1 % started in their third semester in secondary teacher education. Thus, 31,9 % of all first-year students in the teacher education programme dropped out and were not registered in this programme. This number does not include students who changed one or more subjects within teacher education. Preliminary results of the interview data may be characterised into two types: The first type (resource-secure switchers, n=3) includes students with at least on parent holding a university degree. These students announced drop out intentions during the first month of the study programme as they had previously failed an entrance examination in another study degree. All three have a common orientation as they have sufficient resources (social and financial) to leave teacher education and prepare well for the according entrance examination once more. According to Bourdieu and Passeron (1971) they have the cultural capital to succeed in this change. The second type (misfit realizers) could be characterised by “that’s not for me”. A common orientation in their interview data revealed a kind of “study shock” in the very beginning of their first year. The leavers differed in reasons what parts of teacher education they did not find suitable: Some expected different content within their subjects, others were irritated by pedagogical experience. These results underline that drop out intentions are multifaceted, complex and are strongly connected to the individual context. Therefore, predicting tools (Scheidig & Holmeier, 2023) are critically discussed and the potential of peer mentoring is analysed. References References Bargmann, C., Thiele, L., & Kauffeld, S. (2022). Motivation matters: predicting students’ career decidedness and intention to drop out after the first year in higher education. Higher Education, 83(4), 845–861. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00707-6 Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.‑C. (1971). Die Illusion der Chancengleichheit: Untersuchungen zur Soziologie des Bildungswesens am Beispiel Frankreichs (1st ed.). Klett. Güldener, T., Schümann, N., Driesner, I., & Arndt, M. (2020). Schwund im Lehramtsstudium. Die Deutsche Schule, 112(4), 381–398. Heublein, U. (2014). Student Drop‐out from German Higher Education Institutions. European Journal of Education, 49(4), 497–513. Hofmann, F., Hagenauer, G., & Martinek, D. (2020). Entwicklung und Struktur der Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung in Östereich. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 227–236). Julius Klinkhardt. Mouton, D., Zhang, H., & Ertl, B. (2020). German university student’s reasons for dropout: Identifying latent classes. Journal for Educational Research Online, 12(2), 190–224. Nohl, A.‑M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode: Anleitung für die Forschungspraxis (5. Auflage). Springer VS. Scheidig, F., & Holmeier, M. (2023). Prognose von Studienabbrüchen angehender Lehrkräfte mit Maschinellem Lernen: Potenziale der Nutzung von Studierenden- und Studienverlaufsdaten aus dem Campus-Management-System. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51(4), 489–509. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-023-00182-1 Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education: A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent Research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89–125. UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2024). Global report on teachers: addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO. Westphal, A., Schulze, A., Schlesier, J., & Lohse-Bossenz, H. (2024). Who thinks about dropping out and why? Cognitive and affective-motivational profiles of student teachers explain differences in their intention to quit their teaching degree. Teaching and Teacher Education, 150, 104718. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104718 Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy-Value Theorie of Achievement Motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 68–81. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper System Matters: Why School Leadership Alone Cannot Secure Teacher Retention 1: La Trobe University, Australia; 2: Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 3: RMIT, Australia; 4: The University of New South Wales Presenting Author:Teacher shortages and high rates of teacher attrition in hard-to-staff schools represent a persistent and growing challenge across education systems internationally (Simon & Johnson, 2015; McPherson et al., 2025). Policy responses in many jurisdictions increasingly position school leadership, particularly principal effectiveness, as a central lever for improving teacher retention in disadvantaged, rural, and high-poverty schools (Grissom, 2011; Ellison & Woods, 2019). While there is strong empirical evidence that leadership matters more in such contexts than in more advantaged schools, this policy emphasis often carries an implicit assumption that “good leadership” can compensate for structural inequities. This paper interrogates that assumption by asking not only what school leaders can do to support retention, but critically what lies beyond their control. The paper addresses the following research question: - What structural constraints limit principals’ capacity to retain teachers in hard-to-staff schools, and which retention strategies remain within school-level control? Empirically, the study draws on a social lab conducted with principals from hard-to-staff schools in Victoria, Australia, contexts characterised by chronic staffing shortages, geographic isolation, socioeconomic disadvantage, and constrained labour markets. While the empirical setting is Australian, the paper explicitly engages with an international literature that is heavily US-dominated and increasingly relevant to European systems facing similar shortages, particularly in rural regions, border areas, and disadvantaged metropolitan communities (Simon & Johnson, 2015; Tran & Dou, 2019). In doing so, the paper contributes a broader perspective that extends and challenges dominant policy narratives circulating globally. Conceptually, the study is anchored in the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) Model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017; Bakker et al., 2023), which frames work environments in terms of the interaction between job demands (aspects of work that require sustained effort and generate strain) and job resources (aspects that support goal attainment, reduce demands, or foster growth). While the JD-R Model has been widely used to study teacher wellbeing and retention, this paper extends its application by foregrounding the ecological embeddedness of school leadership. Principals are conceptualised not as autonomous actors but as system-embedded agents operating within overlapping policy, labour market, funding, and accountability structures. The presentation introduces the concept of asymmetric leadership leverage. This captures the empirical pattern that principals possess significantly greater control over resource-enhancing practices (e.g. relational trust, induction, professional support, school culture) than over demand-reducing conditions (e.g. salaries, housing availability, staffing supply, funding equity, accountability regimes). The framework distinguishes between controllable and structurally constrained dimensions of teacher retention, allowing for a more realistic theorisation of leadership work in hard-to-staff schools. By making visible and documenting the limits of school-level action, the paper challenges heroic leadership narratives and contributes to international debates about multi-level responsibility for teacher retention. Rather than diminishing the importance of leadership, the paper reframes it as necessary but insufficient, arguing for policy approaches that align school-level practices with system-level interventions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative research design centred on a social lab methodology, designed to generate collective, practice-informed insights into complex systemic problems. The social lab involved principals from hard-to-staff schools across Victoria, Australia, selected to represent diverse contexts including rural, regional, and socioeconomically disadvantaged metropolitan schools. Data were generated through a 90-minute facilitated online session. The session combined three integrated components: (1) structured small-group discussion focused on principals’ lived experiences of teacher retention; (2) individual and collective reflective activities using a digital collaborative platform (Padlet), where participants documented perceived constraints and enablers; and (3) engagement with selected evidence from the international literature, used as prompts to support critical reflection rather than as prescriptive solutions. This design allowed principals to articulate both tacit and explicit knowledge about retention work, while situating their experiences within broader policy and research contexts. The analytic strategy involved a two-stage thematic analysis. First, data were coded deductively using the JD-R framework, distinguishing between leadership practices aimed at reducing job demands and those aimed at enhancing job resources. Second, an inductive analytic layer focused on agency versus constraint, identifying which retention challenges principals described as within their control and which they identified as structurally imposed. Particular attention was paid to moments of tension where principals described knowing “what works” for retention but being unable to enact strategies due to external limitations. A comparative analytic approach was used to examine how constraints and leadership strategies varied across contexts (e.g. rural versus metropolitan settings). This enabled identification of patterns that resonate beyond the Australian context and thus helps strengthen the international relevance of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study yields three key findings. First, principals in hard-to-staff schools demonstrate strong consensus regarding the limits of their influence over core retention drivers. Structural factors, most notably non-competitive salaries, housing shortages, constrained labour markets, and funding inequities, were consistently identified as beyond school-level control, yet decisive in shaping teachers’ decisions to stay or leave. These constraints were often intensified in border regions and rural contexts, producing conditions where vacancies remained unfilled for extended periods. Second, despite these constraints, principals identified a coherent set of school-level practices that remained within their control and were viewed as essential for retention. These included deliberate culture-building, relational leadership grounded in trust and visibility, systematic induction and mentoring for early career teachers, and recognition practices that affirmed staff as individuals. Importantly, these practices were framed not as solutions to shortages, but as strategies for making difficult conditions 'liveable'. Third, principals articulated a persistent tension between effort and efficacy. While they invested heavily in relational and cultural work, they expressed frustration that structural barriers repeatedly undermined these efforts. Practices such as “grow your own” staffing pathways were described as adaptive responses to constraint rather than preferred strategies, highlighting the extent to which leadership action is shaped by systemic failure. The paper concludes that leadership in hard-to-staff schools is best understood as a form of constrained agency. School-level practices are necessary for retention but cannot substitute for structural reform. Internationally, the findings underscore the need for multi-level retention strategies that align leadership development with policy interventions addressing labour market failures, funding inequities, and housing affordability. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands-resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056 Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job demands-resources theory: Ten years later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10, 25–53. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-120920-053933 Bastian, K. C., Fortner, C. K., & Caton, K. (2023). Subject-area specialisation and teacher retention: An elementary school story. Elementary School Journal, 124(2), 344–366. https://doi.org/10.1086/727503 Ellison, D. W., & Woods, A. M. (2019). Physical education teacher resilience in high-poverty school environments. European Physical Education Review, 25(4), 1110–1127. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X18800091 Grissom, J. A. (2011). Can good principals keep teachers in disadvantaged schools? Linking principal effectiveness to teacher satisfaction and turnover in hard-to-staff environments. Teachers College Record, 113(11), 2552–2585. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811111301102 McPherson, A., Lampert, J., & Casanueva Baptista, A. (2025). Teachers who stay in hard-to-staff schools: School responses to the teacher shortage crisis. The Australian Educational Researcher, 52, 2163–2182. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-025-00806-8 Simon, N. S., & Johnson, S. M. (2015). Teacher turnover in high-poverty schools: What we know and can do. Teachers College Record, 117(3), 1–36. Tran, H., & Dou, J. (2019). An exploratory examination of what types of administrative support matter for rural teacher talent management: The rural educator perspective. ICPEL Education Leadership Review, 20(1), 133–149. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 11 SES 02 A: Developing Students' Language and Intercultural Competences and Digital Skills Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Ieva Rudzinska Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Experiential Intercultural Learning through Online Intercultural Exchange to Foster Intercultural Awareness Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The aim of this study is to explore how embedding Online Intercultural Exchange (OIE) in an Intercultural Communication course enables students to experience, interpret, and apply intercultural awareness in practice, focusing on the reflective, interpretive, and meaning-making processes that form a foundational stage preceding full intercultural competence. The study seeks to understand how students engage with diverse cultural perspectives, critically examine their own assumptions, and develop a deeper understanding of intercultural interaction within an international, digitally mediated learning environment. The study investigates OIE as an experiential digital learning environment in which students actively co-construct knowledge of culture through interaction and reflection. In line with the European Commission’s Virtual Exchanges in Higher Education and Youth initiative, which recognizes that virtual exchange complements but cannot replace physical mobility, the study foregrounds intercultural awareness rather than intercultural competence. Intercultural awareness emphasizes recognition, understanding, and critical reflection on one’s own and others’ cultural assumptions, communication styles, and behaviors, coupled with the ability to adapt perception and interaction accordingly (Byram, 1997; Deardorff, 2006; Fantini, 2009). Key dimensions include self-awareness, other-awareness, perspective-taking, behavioral adaptation, and critical reflection. Awareness forms a foundational component of competence, focusing on reflective understanding rather than demonstrated performance. This study is guided by the key question: how does embedding OIE within an Intercultural Communication course enable students to experience, interpret, and apply intercultural awareness in practice? To explore this main question in depth, the study examines three interrelated dimensions. First, it investigates which aspects of intercultural awareness students experience, both explicitly and implicitly, as they engage with peers from diverse cultural backgrounds. Second, it examines how students apply this awareness in their interactions, adapting communication strategies and collaborating effectively across cultural contexts. Finally, the study considers the practical and pedagogical challenges associated with integrating OIE into higher education, identifying potential drawbacks and limitations that may inform future curriculum design and teaching practices. Together, these research questions enable the study to capture both the experiential and reflective dimensions of intercultural learning while situating the findings within broader discussions of inclusive, digitally-mediated internationalisation in higher education. The study integrates intercultural communication theory, experiential and transformative learning theory, and critical intercultural pedagogy. Edward T. Hall’s phenomenological concepts of high- and low-context communication, time, and space (Hall, 1959, 1976) illuminate the tacit dimensions of culture revealed in misunderstanding, pacing, and negotiation. Kolb’s experiential learning cycle (1984) frames OIE as a process moving from concrete experience to reflective observation and conceptual reinterpretation. Transformative learning theory (Mezirow, 1991) and reflective learning theory (Moon, 2004) account for dissonant experiences that challenge assumptions and foster perspective shifts. Cultural dimensions theory (Hofstede, 2001) is used critically to highlight tensions between abstract models and the complexity of lived intercultural interaction (Kramsch, 2009; Baker, 2015). Contemporary OIE scholarship emphasizes learner agency, reflective dialogue, and negotiation in international contexts (O’Dowd & Lewis, 2016; Dooly & Helm, 2018; Baker, 2021; Helm, 2023; Guth & Helm, 2022). Data derived from a 6-week OIE project involving 105 students from Vilnius University, University of Latvia, Universidad Austral de Chile, and National Louis University (USA). Teams included students from Europe and non-European universities, reflecting inclusive internationalisation practices. The study aligns with EU policy goals promoting digital mobility, intercultural competence, and inclusion (Erasmus+ Programme Guide 2021–2027; Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027; Virtual Exchanges in Higher Education and Youth initiative, European Commission, 2021; 2024; 2025). This study contributes to European and international educational research by investigating the reflective, interpretive, meaning-making dimension of intercultural awareness, highlighting how structured virtual exchanges support critical reflection, learner agency, and preparation for intercultural competence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative interpretive research design, focusing on students’ reflective meaning-making and epistemological engagement in intercultural interaction (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018; Creswell & Poth, 2018). This approach is often used to investigate intercultural awareness as a reflective and interpretive process that precedes competence. The empirical context is a 6-week OIE project embedded in an elective Intercultural Communication course at Vilnius University during Autumn 2025. The project involved 105 students from four universities: Vilnius University (Lithuania), University of Latvia (Latvia), Universidad Austral de Chile (Chile), and National Louis University (USA). The present study focuses on 32 Lithuanian students, whose reflective journals provide rich qualitative data. Participants from Vilnius University included local and 11 international exchange students. Baltic students were enrolled in the course, while Chilean and U.S. participants joined voluntarily. Students were organized into 33 international teams of three to four members, ensuring collaboration between Baltic students and partners from Chile or the USA. English was the lingua franca. Teams followed a syllabus of 16 thematic topics grouped under Education, National Culture, Language, Media and Communication, and The Future of Human Communication. Two tasks were compulsory: a self-introduction and a comparative chart of national education systems, universities, and the courses offered in them, while the remaining four topics were freely selected by each team, emphasizing learner agency (Benson, 2011). Tasks included multimodal outputs such as videos, podcasts, infographics, posters, and digital stories. Data collection relied primarily on semi-structured Intercultural Journals, completed after each team meeting, prompting reflection on communication challenges, cultural assumptions, emotional responses, and perspective shifts. Journals were complemented by students’ digital artefacts uploaded to MS Teams and weekly progress reports on Padlet, providing contextual and process-oriented data. Data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2021). Coding was iterative and theory-informed, identifying patterns relevant to the three sub-questions: aspects of intercultural awareness experienced, application in practice, and practical/pedagogical drawbacks of OIE. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings These conclusions are tentative, as the data are still being labeled, grouped, and interpreted, but emerging trends already provide valuable insights into students’ intercultural learning. Overall, the findings based on 32 Intercultural Journals suggest that embedding OIE in an Intercultural Communication course fosters intercultural awareness across reflective, interpretive, and applied dimensions. Students demonstrated increased self-awareness, recognizing their own cultural assumptions and biases, which often led to a deeper understanding of their native culture. At the same time, they developed other-awareness by noticing differences in partners’ communication norms, pacing, and implicit expectations. Through structured reflection, students engaged in perspective-taking and critically examined stereotypes and preconceptions, showing that even initial encounters can trigger meaningful reconsideration of prior assumptions. In their interactions, students applied intercultural awareness by adapting communication strategies, negotiating meaning collaboratively, and adjusting multimodal outputs to suit diverse partners. Reflection appeared to be iterative, with insights from one interaction informing subsequent tasks, demonstrating how awareness can translate into practical, collaborative problem-solving. The project also revealed practical and pedagogical challenges. Unequal participation, time zone differences, and varying levels of commitment sometimes hindered collaboration, while technical limitations affected certain interactions. Some theoretical concepts proved difficult to translate into lived experience, and reflection-intensive tasks required careful scaffolding. Reduced informal interaction, limited embodied cultural learning compared to face-to-face mobility, and students reported that the project demanded the development of broader organizational and communication skills. Taken together, these tentative findings highlight the importance of learner agency, structured reflection, and team-based collaboration in creating conditions for students to experience, interpret, and apply intercultural awareness. From a European and international perspective, the study supports OIE as an inclusive, digitally mediated form of mobility, contributing to EU goals for intercultural competence, internationalisation, and digital learning. References Baker, W. (2015). Culture and identity through English as a lingua franca: Rethinking concepts and goals in intercultural communication. De Gruyter Mouton. Baker, W. (2021). Intercultural awareness and online intercultural exchange: Pedagogical perspectives. Routledge. Benson, P. (2011). Teaching and researching autonomy in language learning (2nd ed.). Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide (2nd ed.). Sage. Byram, M. (1997). Teaching and assessing intercultural communicative competence. Multilingual Matters. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Sage. Deardorff, D. K. (2006). Identification and assessment of intercultural competence as a student outcome of internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education, 10(3), 241– 266. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315306287002 Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2018). The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (5th ed.). Sage. Dooly, M., & Helm, F. (2018). Telecollaboration 2.0: Language, literacies, and intercultural learning in the 21st century. Peter Lang. European Commission. (2021). Digital education action plan 2021–2027: Resetting education and training for the digital age. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education European Commission. (2024). Virtual exchanges in higher education and youth: Strategic framework. European Commission. European Commission. (2025). Erasmus+ programme guide 2021–2027. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu Fantini, A. E. (2009). Assessing intercultural competence: Issues and tools. In D. K. Deardorff (Ed.), The SAGE handbook of intercultural competence (pp. 456–476). Sage. Guth, S., & Helm, F. (2022). Telecollaboration in higher education: Developing intercultural competence through online exchanges. Routledge. Hall, E. T. (1959). The silent language. Doubleday. Hall, E. T. (1976). Beyond culture. Anchor Books. Helm, F. (2023). Telecollaboration in the digital classroom: Theory and practice. Routledge. Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture’s consequences: Comparing values, behaviors, institutions, and organizations across nations (2nd ed.). Sage. Kramsch, C. (2009). The multilingual subject. Oxford University Press. Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice Hall. Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. Jossey-Bass. Moon, J. (2004). A handbook of reflective and experiential learning: Theory and practice. Routledge Falmer. O’Dowd, R. (2018). Online intercultural exchange: Policy, pedagogy, practice. Routledge. O’Dowd, R. (2021). From telecollaboration to online intercultural exchange: Current trends in research and practice. Language Learning & Technology, 25(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.llt.2021.02.004 O’Dowd, R., & Lewis, T. (2016). Online intercultural exchange: Policy, pedagogy, practice. Routledge. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Developing Students’ Intercultural Communicative Competence in Higher Education Institutions in Five European Countries Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:The growing internationalization of higher education (HE), the expansion of remote work opportunities, and multicultural and multilingual teamwork underscore the need for continued research on intercultural communicative competence development in HE. The term ‘communicative competence’ was introduced in the 1960s, and its main premise was not only grammatically and linguistically correct language acquisition, but appropriate language use in definite situations (Hymes, 1972). From the 1960s to the 1990s, the approach had been developing, and many classifications were designed. The most prominent ones are those by Canale & Swain (1980), Canale (1983), Bachman & Palmer (1982). In 1995, the first pedagogically motivated model of communicative competence was developed by Celce-Murcia, Dörnyei, & Thurrell (1995, 9-12). In the 21st century, the theory of communicative competence continues to develop. Culture and language are interconnected, and they influence one another. As Byram (1989) notes, learning a language involves developing cultural awareness, and using that language further enables learners to engage with members of the culture it represents. Thus, the term ‘intercultural competence’ was introduced. According to Wang and Dai (2024), intercultural competence is associated with intercultural interaction, cross-cultural understanding, multiculturalism, cultural awareness, and intercultural communicative competence. Mootoosamy and Aryadoust’s (2024) systematic review of 85 empirical studies shows that communicative competence has been linked to diverse concepts, but two prevailing ones are intercultural communicative competence and multimodal communicative competence. The focus of the current research is the development of students’ intercultural communicative competence, which consists of knowledge, skills, and attitudes that enable effective intercultural communication. Illie (2019) explains that knowledge involves understanding the beliefs, values, norms, and communicative practices characteristic of other cultures. Key skills include observing, listening, analyzing, evaluating, and interpreting, and attitudes comprise ‘respect, openness, and curiosity/discovery’ (Ilie, 2019, 265). Due to internationalization in HE, students bring diverse cultural backgrounds to the classroom. This underscores the importance of designing language‑learning materials that are adapted to learners’ cultural experiences and language proficiency levels, thereby strengthening their capacity to operate effectively in multicultural academic and professional environments where intercultural competence is essential. Furthermore, the student-centred study approach must be applied. Lots of intercultural training approaches exist, each with its own advantages and limitations, including simulations, role‑plays, case studies, various group activities, and online tools, as well as a recently developed innovative method called the “Story Circles”, wherein students exchange their personal experiences demonstrating respect, empathy, and interest in their peers (Deardorff, 2020). The research was conducted within the framework of the Erasmus+ project “Cultural knowledge and language competences as means to develop 21st century skills” involving six Central and Eastern European countries: Croatia, Latvia, Slovenia, Romania, Poland, and the Czech Republic. Its aim was to develop adult learners’ 21st century skills, language and intercultural competences, foster learners’ knowledge of the rich European cultural heritage and its values. A blended‑learning CLIL‑based course for adults was developed and implemented (Coyle, Hood, & Marsh, 2010). It explores Europe’s intangible cultural heritage, including cultural spaces, language and oral traditions, social practices, knowledge and skills, etc. (UNESCO, 2024). The use of CLIL supports two goals: 1) it introduces the cultural context of the target countries and students increase their knowledge of other cultures, which fosters their cultural awareness, and 2) at the same time, they develop their target language skills. The aim of the current research is to evaluate the development of students’ intercultural communicative competence during the course implementation at HEIs in five EU countries. In previous ECERs, the project results from each stage were presented in general. In ECER 2026, the focus will be on students' intercultural communicative competence development in higher education institutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The course content is presented as a story that is supported by innovative pedagogical approaches and digital tools – webquests (Perifanou, 2025; Alqahtani, Alfadda, 2025; Wang, Jansrisukot, Narjaikaew, 2025), case studies (Stone, Ineson, 2015), vialogues, design thinking tools (Liedtka, Ogilvie, Brozenske, 2019), interactive games, etc. (cf. E-Learning, n.d.). During the first stage, 18 modules (3 per partner country) were created in English, and during the second stage, these 18 modules were recreated into 9 languages: Croatian, Czech, French, German, Hungarian, Latvian, Polish, Romanian, and Slovenian. This contribution analyses the results obtained during the second stage of course implementation at HEIs in Czechia, Latvia, Slovenia, Romania, and Poland at college, Bachelor's, and Master's level curricula. Research question: Has the created course enhanced the development of students’ intercultural communicative competence, and what improvements are required therein? A comparative research design (Creswell, 2014) has been applied. Data were collected through a cross‑sectional survey of 229 students and interviews of nine course teachers to capture the current state of the research field (Boeren, 2019). The questionnaire comprised three sections; this paper reports results from the first two: (1) respondents’ socio‑demographic characteristics and (2) evaluation of students’ intercultural communicative competence – 21 Likert-scale questions on the course content and the competence development. The interview protocol comprised questions on the course evaluation, students’ success and challenges, during the course acquisition, and assessment of their competence increase. A purposeful research sample was created comprising 32 students from Czechia, 45 from Latvia, 34 from Slovenia, 67 from Romania, and 51 from Poland. The majority were aged 18-24 (87.3%), 52% were female, and 48% male. 12.7% studied education sciences, 20% tourism, 10.9% business and finances, 12.2% economy, 13.5% IT, 18.8% philology, 13.1% management, and 8.7% studied in another field. 108 students (47.2%) studied modules in English, others in Croatian, Latvian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, Hungarian, and German. Teachers’ profile: 5 had a PhD degree, 4 Master's degree. Teaching experience: 7-32 years. Data analysis methods: for quantitative data (students’ questionnaire) - descriptive statistics, central tendency measures, inferential statistics tests (Kruskal-Wallis Test, Mann-Whitney Test, Spearman Correlation Test), for qualitative data (teachers’ interviews) thematic analysis were applied. Research limitations: The project was implemented with adult learners in formal, non-formal, and informal learning. This proposal analyses the results obtained only in formal education, from the HE sector. Since the Croatian partner represented secondary vocational education sector, their data are not analysed in this proposal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students positively evaluated the course with the means ranging from 3.5109 to 4.0480, mode=4.00. They liked the module they had studied (mean=3.9432, mode=4) and considered it useful (mean=3.8166, mode=4.00). They found the story interesting (mean=4.0393, mode=4.00) and the majority agreed (37.6%) and strongly agreed (49.3%) that they had learnt new cultural information about the topic. Respondents acknowledged that they had developed their language skills (mean=3.5633, mode=4.00, 36.7% agreed, 21.8% agreed strongly, 25.3% were neutral) and intercultural competence (mean=3.7817, mode=4.00, 45% agreed, 22.7% agreed strongly, 23.1% were neutral). Findings showed moderate correlations (Schober, Boer, & Schwarte, 2018, 1765) for most cases. Respondents acknowledging that they had learnt new cultural information liked the module (rs=0.429, p-value=0.000), found the story interesting (rs=0.532, p-value=0.000), and useful (rs=0.482, p-value=0.000). They had developed their language skills (rs=0.263, p-value=0.000) and intercultural competence (rs=0.396, p-value=0.000). There was a positive moderate correlation between the development of language skills and intercultural competence development (rs=0.496, p-value=0.000), which means their development is a mutual process. The results showed that intercultural competence had greater relations with other skills and the course content than the development of the language skills (10 cases of positive moderate correlations vs.6 and 5 cases of positive weak correlations vs. 9). From the teachers’ interviews, such themes were derived: course evaluation, module evaluation, and the development of students’ intercultural communicative competence. Teachers found the course interesting, interactive, and well-structured, and it was easy for them to monitor students’ learning process. They admitted an increase in students’ intercultural communicative competence and pointed to the challenges students faced: too high language level for tasks, not clear enough instructions for interactive tasks, and unwillingness by some students to participate in group discussions. Overall, by engaging with cultural heritage, learners may broaden their cultural awareness and develop intercultural communicative competence. References -Alqahtani, S.M., Alfadda, H.A. (2025). Integrating WebQuests into ESL Classrooms to Reinforce Students’ Vocabulary and Reading Comprehension. International Journal of Education & Literacy Studies, 13(1), 268-278. -Bachman, L.F., Palmer, A.S. (1982). The Construct Validation of Some Components of Communicative Proficiency. TESOL Quarterly, 16(4), 449-465. -Boeren, E. (2019). Cross-Sectional and Longitudinal Surveys. L. Hamilton, J. Ravenscroft (Eds.) Building Research Design in Education (29-47). London: Bloomsbury Academic. -Byram, M. (1989). Cultural Studies in Foreign Language Education. Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters. -Canale, M., Swain, M. (1980). Theoretical Bases of Communicative Approaches to Second Language Teaching and Testing. Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 1-47. -Canale, M. (1983). From communicative competence to communicative language pedagogy. In J.C. Richards, R.W. Schmidt (Eds.), Language and Communication, (2-27). Rowley, MA: Newbury House Publishers, Inc. -Celce-Murcia, M., Dörnyei, Z., Thurrell, S. (1995). Communicative Competence: A Pedagogically Motivated Model with Content Specifications. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 6(2), 5-35. -Coyle, D., Hood, P., Marsh, D. (2010). CLIL (Content and Language Integrated Learning). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -Creswell, J.W. (2014). Research Design. Sage. -Deardorff D.D. (2020). Manual for Developing Intercultural Competencies. UNESCO & Routledge. -E-Learning. (n.d.) Culture & Languages E-learning Platform http://e-culture.eu -Hymes, D.H. (1972) On Communicative Competence In: J.B. Pride, J. Holmes (Eds.), Sociolinguistics. Selected Readings, (269-293). Harmondsworth: Penguin. -Ilie, O.A. (2019). The Intercultural Competence. Developing Effective Intercultural Communication Skills. International conference Knowledge-Based Organization, 25(2), 264-268. -Liedtka, J., Ogilvie, T., Brozenske, R. (2019). The Designing for Growth Field Book: a step-by-step project guide. Columbia University Press. -Mootoosamy, K., Aryadoust, V. (2024). Transitioning from Communicative Competence to Multimodal and Intercultural Competencies: A Systematic Review. Societies, 14(7), 115, 1-26. -Perifanou, M. (2025). Designing Webquests for the Digital Classroom through a Constructivist Lens: Exploring Language, Culture, and Motivation in EFL Teacher Education. EDULEARN25 Proceedings, 9632-9638. -Schober, P., Boer, C., Schwarte, L.A. (2018). Correlation Coefficients: Appropriate Use and Interpretation. Anesthesia & Analgesia, 126(5), 1763-1768. -Stone, G., Ineson, E. (2015). Introduction. International Case Studies for Hospitality, Tourism and Event Management Students and Trainees. Ineson, E., Smith, M., Nita, V. (eds.), Vol. 6., Iasi: Tehnopress. -UNESCO. (2024). Basic Texts of the 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. Paris: UNESCO. -Wang, J., Jansrisukot, J., Narjaikaew, P. (2025). Effect of Integrating Project-Based Learning and WebQuests to Enhance Innovation Ability of Chinese Undergraduate Engineering Students: CAD Course. Higher Education Studies, 15(4), 536-550. -Wang, X., Dai, K. (2024). Developing Intercultural Competence “at Home”. London: Routledge. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Digitalization of English for Specific Purposes (ESP) Lectures in Higher Education: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives 1: Turiba University, Latvia; 2: Alecu Russo State University of Bălți, Moldova Presenting Author:Digitalization or digital transition is one of the major objectives and challenges in higher education (European Education Area). The use of digital technologies for education and language learning has been extensively researched, including in the field of higher education (Beatty, 2010; Carrier et al., 2017; Cavanaugh et al., 2022; Dumitru, 2023; Gamage et al., 2022). Technology-enhanced language learning (TELL) and Computer-Assisted Language Learning (CALL), which started in the 1960s (Hampel & Stickler, 2024), have had a significant impact on the methodology of teaching and learning languages, including English for Special Purposes (ESP) (Dou et al., 2023). According to Hampel and Stickler (2024), digitalization has not simply added tools; it has fundamentally transformed the nature of language learning itself. From this perspective, ESP learning has become a complex, multilayered, and dynamic process, comparable to a mosaic of diverse inputs, exposure moments, and learning contexts (Hampel, as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024). Today, education takes place both online and in a distance format, with the use of mobile learning (Kukulska-Hulme, as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024) and other digital devices, while various platforms, software, and digital tools are also used in the university lecture room. The latest technologies that have emerged are more interactive and collaborative (Kessler, 2018; Godwin-Jones, 2021) and are more focused on student-centeredness and autonomous language learning (Wujec-Kaczmarek, 2021). In this context, the use of different forms of digital devices (a computer, a telephone, a laptop, and a tablet, etc.), as well as the application of different digital tools (tools for language acquisition, production, comprehension, and interaction; Hubbard, as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024), makes an ESP lecture a multimodal place and requires students to be multiliterate (Hubbard, as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024; Tzirides et al., as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024). From a theoretical perspective, a modern ESP lecture can be viewed through the lens of Complex Dynamic Systems Theory (CDST) (Larsen-Freeman, 1997, 2017; Hampel, as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024), where language is approached from a broader, more holistic perspective, emphasizing its variability and dynamic interaction and placing at the center interacting elements such as learners, teachers, tools, and the environment. Complex Dynamic Systems Theory helps us understand why multimodality matters in ESP. Since CDST conceptualizes language learning as a complex, non-linear, and socially situated process shaped by multiple interacting factors, multimodal digital environments provide the semiotic, social, and cognitive resources through which learning can emerge and develop over time (Hampel, as cited in Hampel & Stickler, 2024; Larsen-Freeman, 2017). As with all innovations, the application of digital tools raises numerous issues for academia, researchers, and students, such as the benefits and drawbacks of different forms of digital tool use in teaching and learning, the level of digital competence among students who are often considered digital natives (Rathert & Cabaroglu, 2024) and among academic staff, as well as the relevance of specific skills for effective educational practice. The objective of the research is to explore the use and perception of digital technologies in university ESP teaching from the perspective of Complex Dynamic Systems Theory, with particular attention to multimodality, learner interaction, and the interrelation between learners and academic personnel, tools, and learning environments, both within and beyond the university lecture room. Consequently, the main research question is: How do university students use and perceive digital devices, tools, and software for language learning and communication in higher education, both in terms of their own practices and their perceptions of academic staff use? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted as a quantitative descriptive survey (Paltridge & Phakiti, 2015) using a structured, self-administered online questionnaire to collect data on students’ digital device use, software practices, and attitudes toward digital tools in language learning. The descriptive survey was chosen because it is suitable for university-level applied linguistics research, as it enables a current-situation analysis of students’ digital practices in language learning. In an ESP context, it provides empirical insight into actual tool use within specific study programmes. The research is framed as a case study focusing on ESP digital practices in higher education, examined across two institutional sites, with the aim of identifying general tendencies rather than institutional or national differences. A total of 176 participants took part in the study. The respondents were first-, second- and third- year students from Turiba University and Alecu Russo Bălți State University. As the aim of the study was to explore general patterns of digital tool use in language learning rather than to compare institutional or national contexts, the results were analysed as a single dataset. No cross-country or cross-institutional comparisons were conducted. The questionnaire consisted of three parts. The first part collected background information, including demographic data about the respondents. The second part included questions on digital device use in various learning contexts, both in the lecture room and outside the classroom, and covered device use by both students and lecturers. The next section focused on the choice and frequency of use of digital tools and software by students themselves and by language instructors (e.g., Quizlet, Kahoot, Duolingo, PowerPoint, YouTube, AI-based programs) for language learning. The final part gathered participants’ levels of agreement with statements concerning the usefulness of digital tools for language learning (e.g., vocabulary development, pronunciation, reading skills). A Likert-type frequency scale was used for data collection. The primary tool for data collection was an online questionnaire created and administered via Google Forms. Participants accessed the survey link and completed the questionnaire online on a voluntary basis. All responses were automatically recorded in Google’s system and stored in spreadsheet format, which eliminated manual data entry errors and facilitated subsequent data processing. Data were collected between December 1 and December 29, 2025. The inclusion criterion was that all respondents had to be current university students attending English language courses at their institutions. Ethical procedures were observed throughout the study, including informed consent and assurances of confidentiality and anonymity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study examined how students use and perceive digital devices and tools for language learning and communication in higher education. The results indicate that mobile phones (always/often, 80%) and laptops (65%) are the most commonly used devices in the lecture room, while desktop computers ( 25%) are used rarely. Tablets, smart TVs, and e-readers are rarely employed (15%). Outside the lecture room, the use of laptops (90%) and mobile phones (85%) becomes even more dominant, confirming their central role in students’ independent language learning. With regard to digital tools and software, students most frequently use YouTube (68.5%), PowerPoint (63.7%), and Canva (57%) for language learning outside the lecture room. In contrast, institutional and interactive platforms such as Padlet, Edmodo, Mentimeter, Moodle, Socrative, and Miro are used by a relatively small number of students. Students’ perceptions of academic staff practices indicate that lecturers regularly employ digital tools for core teaching and organisational purposes, including presenting digitised materials (93.4%), informing students about assignments (87.4%), and communicating outside the lecture room (83.5%). However, the use of interactive tools (42.7%), AI-based tools (34.7%), and podcasts (27%) remains comparatively limited. From a multimodal perspective, the findings suggest that ESP learning in the selected universities already takes place within a complex multimodal environment. However, the pedagogical potential of digitalisation—particularly interactive and AI-supported tools—is not yet fully exploited by academic staff. At the same time, students demonstrate high digital readiness and strong interest in technology-enhanced learning, indicating favourable conditions for further development of multimodal ESP teaching practices. Nevertheless, interactive tools are not always explicitly recognised by students or transferred into autonomous learning, pointing to a need for greater pedagogical transparency and guidance. References 1.Beatty, K. (2010). Teaching and researching computer-assisted language learning (2nd ed.). Routledge. 2.Carrier, M., Damerow, R. M., & Bailey, K. M. (2017). Digital language learning and teaching: Research, theory and practice. Routledge. 3.Cavanaugh, J., Jacquemin, S. J., & Junker, C. R. (2022). Student perceptions of course quality during online education. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 27, 1–17. 4.Dou, A. Q., Chan, S. H., & Win, M. T. (2023). Changing visions in ESP development and teaching. Frontiers in Psychology, 14, 1–10. 5.Dumitru, C. (2023). Distance learning and higher education hybridisation. IGI Global. 6.Gamage, K. A. A., Gamage, A., & Dehideniya, S. C. P. (2022). Online and hybrid teaching and learning: A systematic review. Education Sciences, 12(2), 1–15. 7.Godwin-Jones, R. (2021). Evolving technologies for language learning. Language Learning & Technology, 25(2), 1–7. 8.Hampel, R., & Stickler, U. (2024). (Eds.) The Bloomsbury handbook of language learning and technology. Bloomsbury Publishing 9.Kessler, G. (2018). Technology and the future of language teaching. Foreign Language Annals, 51(1), 205–218. 10.Larsen-Freeman, D. (1997). Chaos/complexity science and second language acquisition. Applied Linguistics, 18(2), 141–165. 11.Larsen-Freeman, D. (2017). Complexity theory: The lessons continue. In L. Ortega & Z. Han (Eds.), Complexity theory and language development (pp. 11–50). John Benjamins. 12.Paltridge, B., & Phakiti, A. (Eds.). (2015). Research methods in applied linguistics: A practical resource. Bloomsbury Academic. 13.Rathert, S., & Cabaroglu, N. (2024). Digital competence in language education. System, 117, 102–118. 14.Wujec-Kaczmarek, M. (2021). Learner autonomy in technology-enhanced language learning. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 34(8), 1121–1140. 15.European Commission. (n.d.). Higher education. European Education Area. https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/higher-education/about-higher-education 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Balancing Peer-to-Peer and Self-Assessment in ESL Speaking Tests: Fostering Reflective Autonomy and Collaborative Learning Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Turkistan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Assessment of speaking skills in English as a Second Language (ESL) contexts has traditionally relied on teacher-led evaluation, often positioning learners as passive recipients of grades and feedback. Such practices may limit opportunities for reflection, learner autonomy, and collaborative engagement. In response, assessment-for-learning approaches increasingly emphasize learner involvement through self-assessment and peer-to-peer assessment. However, there remains limited empirical and conceptual clarity on how these two forms of assessment can be effectively balanced within ESL speaking tests and how this balance influences learners’ reflective autonomy and collaborative learning. This study explores the integration of peer-to-peer assessment and self-assessment in ESL speaking tests, focusing on their combined role in fostering reflective autonomy and collaborative learning among learners. The central research question guiding the study is: How does balancing peer-to-peer assessment and self-assessment in ESL speaking tests influence learners’ reflective autonomy and collaborative learning? To address this question, the study examines learners’ engagement with and perceptions of both assessment practices, as well as the learning processes that emerge when they are implemented together. The study is theoretically grounded in three complementary perspectives. Learner autonomy theory (Holec, 1981; Little, 1991) frames self-assessment as a reflective practice that enables learners to take responsibility for monitoring and regulating their speaking performance. Social constructivist theory (Vygotsky, 1978) conceptualizes peer-to-peer assessment as a socially mediated activity through which learners co-construct understanding, negotiate meaning, and support each other’s development. In addition, formative assessment theory (Black & Wiliam, 1998) positions both peer and self-assessment as assessment-for-learning strategies that actively involve learners in evaluating and improving their performance rather than merely measuring achievement. Drawing on these theoretical foundations, the study conceptualizes ESL speaking tests as learning-oriented assessment spaces in which reflection and collaboration are integral. By balancing self-assessment and peer-to-peer assessment, learners are encouraged to engage in individual reflection while also participating in dialogic feedback processes with peers. This dual focus is expected to enhance reflective autonomy and promote collaborative learning practices. The study aims to contribute to research on language assessment by clarifying the pedagogical value of combining peer and self-assessment in ESL speaking tests. It also offers practical implications for educators seeking to design speaking assessments that support learner autonomy, reflection, and collaboration within formative assessment frameworks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative-dominant mixed-methods design to explore how balancing peer-to-peer assessment and self-assessment in ESL speaking tests influences learners’ reflective autonomy and collaborative learning. This approach allows for an in-depth examination of learners’ experiences and perceptions while also capturing patterns of engagement across assessment practices. The study is conducted in an upper secondary ESL educational context, involving learners who participate in structured speaking tests integrated with peer-to-peer and self-assessment components. Speaking tasks are designed to reflect authentic communicative activities, such as short presentations and dialogic interactions, and are accompanied by clear assessment criteria shared with learners in advance. Data collection involves multiple research instruments to ensure methodological triangulation. First, self-assessment checklists and reflective journals are used to capture learners’ reflections on their speaking performance, perceived strengths and weaknesses, and learning progress. These instruments are aligned with speaking assessment criteria and encourage metacognitive reflection. Second, peer-to-peer assessment forms are employed during speaking tests, allowing learners to provide structured feedback to their peers. The peer feedback focuses on communicative effectiveness, fluency, and interaction, supporting collaborative learning processes. In addition, semi-structured interviews or focus group discussions are conducted with selected participants to explore learners’ perceptions of peer and self-assessment practices, including perceived benefits, challenges, and their impact on autonomy and collaboration. To complement self-reported data, classroom observations are carried out during speaking assessments to examine interaction patterns, feedback exchanges, and learner engagement. Quantitative data from self- and peer-assessment ratings are analyzed descriptively to identify trends and consistency between assessment types. Qualitative data from reflections, interviews, and observations are analyzed thematically, guided by constructs from learner autonomy theory, social constructivism, and formative assessment theory. Ethical considerations include informed consent, anonymity, and voluntary participation. By combining multiple data sources and methods, the study aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of how peer-to-peer and self-assessment function together within ESL speaking tests as formative assessment practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that a balanced integration of peer-to-peer assessment and self-assessment in ESL speaking tests can meaningfully support both reflective learner autonomy and collaborative learning. By actively involving learners in assessment processes, speaking tests are anticipated to shift from purely evaluative events to learning-oriented experiences. One expected outcome is that self-assessment practices will enhance learners’ reflective autonomy by encouraging them to critically evaluate their speaking performance, recognize strengths and weaknesses, and set personal learning goals. Learners are likely to develop greater awareness of assessment criteria and increased responsibility for their own learning, contributing to improved self-regulation in speaking tasks. In addition, peer-to-peer assessment is expected to foster collaborative learning by promoting interaction, dialogue, and shared reflection among learners. Through providing and receiving feedback, learners may become more engaged in co-constructing understanding of effective speaking performance, supporting mutual learning and the development of communicative competence. Peer feedback is also anticipated to reduce anxiety associated with speaking tests by creating a more supportive and participatory assessment environment. When combined, peer and self-assessment are expected to complement each other by balancing individual reflection with social interaction. This balance may lead to more consistent and meaningful feedback, as learners triangulate their own judgments with those of their peers. The study also anticipates identifying challenges related to reliability, learner confidence, and assessment literacy, highlighting the importance of clear criteria, scaffolding, and teacher guidance. Overall, the findings are expected to contribute to research on formative assessment and language education by offering insights into how assessment practices can be designed to support autonomy and collaboration in ESL speaking contexts. The study aims to provide practical implications for educators seeking to implement learner-centered and reflective assessment approaches in speaking tests. References Holec, H. (1981). Autonomy and foreign language learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Little, D. (1991). Learner autonomy: Definitions, issues and problems. Dublin: Authentik. Nicol, D. J., & Macfarlane‐Dick, D. (2006). Formative assessment and self‐regulated learning: A model and seven principles of good feedback practice. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 199–218. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070600572090 Sadler, D. R. (1989). Formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. Instructional Science, 18(2), 119–144. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00117714 Topping, K. J. (1998). Peer assessment between students in colleges and universities. Review of Educational Research, 68(3), 249–276. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543068003249 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Yan, Z., & Brown, G. T. L. (2017). A cyclical self‐assessment process: Towards a model of how students engage in self‐assessment. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 42(8), 1247–1262. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2016.1260091 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 13 SES 02 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Taking the I/Eye in Hand. On the Camera as a Collective Study Practice That Pushes to Stop and Stare LUCA School of Arts, Belgium Presenting Author:This paper examines cinema not as a pedagogical instrument, but as a practice that can itself articulate educational relations. Rather than asking how film should be adapted to educational aims, it investigates how certain camera practices already enact modes of study, attention, and world-relation that resonate with philosophical conceptions of education. The central objective is to rethink educational cinema beyond transmission, participation, or effectiveness, and to conceptualize it instead as an aesthetic and relational practice that opens a shared space of attention and study. The paper takes Sept Promenades avec Marc Brown (Creton & Barré, 2022) as a case. The film follows a paleobotanist and a small crew during a series of walks through landscapes in Normandy, recorded on 16mm film. For a significant duration, the images captured by the camera are withheld from the viewer. What is shown instead are gestures of stopping, handling, naming, and waiting. Only later do the plants appear, assembled as a silent herbarium accompanied by spoken names. This temporal and perceptual structure is not treated as a narrative strategy, but as a pedagogical articulation in its own right. Conceptually, the paper situates this film in dialogue with three intertwined strands of thought. First, it revisits early debates on educational cinema, where film was valued for its capacity to reveal aspects of the world inaccessible to the naked eye, yet gradually subordinated to predefined learning outcomes and instrumental pedagogical frameworks. Against this background, Sept Promenades can be read as a reactivation of educational cinema’s original promise, while suspending its drive toward mastery, efficiency, and explanation. Second, the paper draws on recent work in philosophy of education and aesthetics, particularly Estelle Zhong-Mengual’s notion of an ecology of attention and Masschelein and Simons’ concept of scholé, to frame education as a practice of attending rather than knowing. From this perspective, learning is not defined by knowlegde acquisition or participation, but by the creation of conditions in which attention can linger, hesitate, and remain undecided. The time opened by the film is thus understood as a suspended, non-productive time that resists both instrumental pedagogy and self-centered forms of engagement. Third, the conceptual framework engages film theory and philosophy of technology to think the camera as an active condition of perception. Drawing on Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation, the 16mm camera is approached not as a neutral recording device but as a technical milieu that shapes gestures, temporality, and modes of relation. The analog camera enforces delay, bodily commitment, and uncertainty: images are not immediately available, and seeing is separated from knowing. This interval is not a lack to be compensated, but a space in which perception can emerge relationally. The paper’s objective is not to argue that film becomes educational only through guidance or ethical instruction. Rather, it shows how Sept Promenades articulates a pedagogy that supports the work of the camera itself. Gestures of naming, careful handling, and shared presence do not redirect the camera practice toward educational ends, but accompany it, intensify it, and allow it to unfold. In this sense, the film stages education as a collective practice of study, where attention is directed outward. By conceptualizing educational cinema as an aesthetic practice of attention and relation, this paper aims to contribute to ongoing philosophical debates on education, technology, and perception, and to propose a non-instrumental understanding of pedagogy grounded in encounter rather than transmission. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a qualitative, philosophical-analytical approach grounded in close film analysis and conceptual inquiry. Rather than employing empirical methods or evaluative criteria drawn from educational effectiveness, the analysis proceeds through a careful examination of cinematic form, technical apparatus, and pedagogical gestures as they are articulated within Sept Promenades avec Marc Brown. The film is approached as a philosophical object and as a pedagogical practice in itself. Methodologically, this involves a detailed attention to its temporal structure, camera practices, material conditions of filming, and the relational dynamics staged between the camera operator, the botanist, and the filmed environment. Particular emphasis is placed on moments of delay, hesitation, naming, and handling, which are read not as narrative elements but as pedagogically meaningful gestures. The analytical framework is informed by philosophical and theoretical sources from the philosophy of education, film theory, and philosophy of technology. Key conceptual references include Masschelein and Simons’ notion of scholé as a suspension of productive time, Estelle Zhong-Mengual’s work on attention and relational aesthetics, and Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation, which allows the camera to be understood as a technical milieu shaping perception and action. These perspectives are not applied as explanatory models but function as conceptual companions that help articulate how the film organizes attention and world-relation. In addition, historical sources on early educational cinema are mobilized to situate the film within a longer pedagogical genealogy. These sources serve as a conceptual backdrop against which Sept Promenades can be understood as reactivating and reconsidering the ambitions of educational film. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Sept Promenades avec Marc Brown reactivates educational cinema not by updating its objectives or refining its didactic means, but by re-articulating the conditions under which learning can take place. Rather than adapting film to pedagogical imperatives, the work recalls an earlier ambition of the school film: to organize attention, suspend immediacy, and open a shared space of study in terms of a true encounter of the world. Crucially, the film shows that this pedagogical potential does not arise from directing the camera toward educational ends, but from supporting the camera practice in doing its own work. The gestures of naming, handling, and guiding—performed by Marc Brown and echoed by the film crew do not correct or instrumentalize the camera; they accompany it, intensifying its capacity to sustain attention and relation. In this way, knowledge appears not as an endpoint, but as a binding force within a shared practice of study. Sept Promenades thus offers a contemporary reconfiguration of educational cinema: not as a medium for instruction, but as an aesthetic practice that cultivates time, care, attention and collective study. What is transmitted is not content, but a way of being with the world, one that remains open to its multiplicity, fragility, and indeterminacy. References Jenkins, H. (2013). Participatory culture in a networked era: A conversation on youth, learning, commerce, and politics. New York: NYU Press. Kiorastami, A. (2015). Lessons with Kiorastami. In P. Cronin (Ed.). New York :Sticking Place Books Kessler, F. (2010). Cinematic perception and duration. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press. Kress, G. (2010). Multimodality: A social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. London: Routledge. Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). Apology of the school: A public Affaire. Leuven: Leuven University Press. Mitchell, C. (2011). Doing visual research. London: SAGE. Rancière, J. (1991). The ignorant schoolmaster: Five lessons in intellectual emancipation. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Rascaroli, L. (2017). Video essays and the production of knowledge. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Thornburgh, L., & Ellis, D. C. (1923). Motion pictures in education: A practical handbook for users of visual aids. New York: Macmillan. Zhong-Mengual, E. (2018). Esthétique de la rencontre. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Zhong-Mengual, E. (2024). Leren kijken. Amsterdam : Octavo Audiovisual references Creton, P., & Barré, V. (2022). Sept promenades avec Marc Brown [Film]. Frankrijk. 13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Reconfiguring ‘the Other’ in Child Studies with the Camera: Encountering (the) Child as Phenomenon 1: University of Oulu, Finland; 2: University of Cape Town; 3: University of Agder Presenting Author:In response to the Call this paper rethinks the figure of ‘the Other’ in child studies through a posthumanist and quantum-inspired reconceptualisation of child, camera, and death. It draws on Small Matters: An Intra-generational project on Multispecies Death and Dying (Research Council of Finland, 2023-2026; www.small-matters.com), an international project concerned with how young children encounter multispecies death in a time of ecological and humanitarian crises. The project disrupts developmental narratives and articulates more uncertain ways of knowing by calling for a deeper consideration of world-making, specifically who and what are included in what matters in education research (Tammi & Rautio, 2025). Although dying features in young children’s everyday lives, many educators avoid it as too sensitive to discuss in school. However, in a world that is changing and experiencing overlapping crises (pandemics, wars, species extinction, climate change, etc.), it is urgent to ask what education can offer as a response to environmental and ecological loss and grief. How do young children experience multispecies death and dying, and how can we adults learn from and with them? We explore these questions by attuning to small matters as part of (child) agency. Small matters matter (Barad, 2013). But while death permeates children’s everyday worlds, it is often avoided in education as developmentally inappropriate according to Piagetian theorists (following Nagy, 1948). We ask instead: What becomes possible if child studies learns from children’s engagements with multispecies death rather than positioning them as epistemically deficient? The central research question therefore is: How can child, camera, and ‘inanimate’ matter be encountered as “inappropriate/d others”, not as separate entities but as phenomena emerging through entangled relations and what does this mean for rethinking otherness in childhood studies? The paper responds to European and international debates on decolonising philosophy of early childhood education, child studies (Murris & Osgood, 2022), posthumanist research (Braidotti, 2013) and environmental humanities. It challenges humanist assumptions that position the child as a bounded, developing subject and the more-than-human as passive matter (Murris, 2022). Instead, we work with the notion of the “inappropriate/d other” (from Trịnh Thị Minh Hà in Karen Barad, 2014), which troubles taxonomic identity categories and the self/Other binary. Difference is not a relation between pre-existing entities but emerges through agential cuts within phenomena. Theoretically, the paper brings together:
This framework allows us to reconfigure the child as a quantum phenomenon (as posthuman child; Murris, 2016) rather than an individual subject, and the camera not as inert recording device but as co-constitutive research apparatus (Menning & Murris, 2023). The paper thus shifts child studies from representing children to examining the material–discursive practices that co-produce child, other, and difference. By situating these ideas in multispecies death - a pressing global concern - the paper contributes to international conversations on ecological grief, posthumanist ethics, and epistemic injustice. It argues that reconfiguring otherness in childhood studies is not only a theoretical move but an urgent ontological and ethical one in the Anthropocene. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper proposes and demonstrates performative videography, a post-qualitative, non-representational methodology developed across several international projects. Rather than treating video as a tool for capturing children’s perspectives, performative videography treats filming, editing, slowing, reversing, and choreographing footage as conceptual and ontological practices. The empirical focus is a choreographed video clip titled The Undertaker, in which a child engages with materials to create, erase, and reconfigure a stick figure. The clip is digitally choreographed (changes in speed, direction, sequencing), and these techniques are understood as agential cuts - apparatuses that help produce the phenomena under study. Methodologically, we do not ask why the child (Aatu) does what he does. Instead, analysis proceeds through: • Diffractive reading of the video through Barad and Despret • Attention to apparatuses (camera, editing software, temporal manipulations) • Tracing how child, camera, materials, and dead figure emerge as relational effects rather than separate actors The camera is treated as an “inappropriate/d other” — a more-than-human participant that co-produces the event. The methodology thus shifts focus from children’s intentions to world-making practices in which human and nonhuman agencies are entangled. Repeated viewing of “the same” clip is central. Each viewing produces a different phenomenon, unsettling linear time, stable identity, and singular causality. The video becomes not data to interpret but a site of ongoing ontological experimentation. This methodology aligns with international posthuman and decolonial moves away from extractive child research and toward accountable, response-able practices that acknowledge the researcher’s entanglement in co-producing knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that rethinking ‘the Other’ in child studies requires more than inclusion of marginalised children; it demands an ontological shift in how child, difference, and matter are conceived. Through performative videography and the figure of The Undertaker, we show that: 1. The child is not an individual subject but a phenomenon emerging through entangled human–nonhuman relations. 2. The camera is not inert; it co-constitutes what becomes visible, sayable, and knowable in research. 3. Death is not simply absence or end but can be understood as transformation and instauration, a reconfiguring of relations across species and materialities. These insights disrupt developmental narratives that cast children’s ideas about death as immature. Instead, children’s engagements with death open alternative ontologies that resonate with Indigenous, animist, and ecological philosophies. For childhood studies, this means shifting from representing “child others” to analysing the apparatuses and cuts that produce otherness itself. For education, it suggests that attuning to children’s multispecies death practices may foster new ethical relations in a time of planetary crisis. The paper thus contributes to international debates on posthumanism, decolonisation, and ecological justice by proposing methodological and conceptual tools for encountering child and 'other' beyond humanist binaries. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. UK, Durham: Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2013). Ma(r)king time: Material entanglements and re-memberings: Cutting together-apart. How matter matters: Objects, artifacts, and materiality in organization studies, 16-31. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Barad, K. (2017). What flashes up: Theological-political-scientific fragments. In C. Keller & M.-J. Rubenstein (Eds.), Entangled worlds: Religion, science, and new materialisms (pp. 21–88). Fordham University Press. Braidotti, R. (2013). The posthuman. UK, Cambridge: Polity Press. Coombs, S. (2017) Young People's Perspectives on End-of-Life : Death, Culture and the Everyday. Palgrave MacMillan. Despret, V. (2021) . Our grateful dead: Stories of those left behind. USA, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Menning, S. F., & Murris, K. (2024). Reconfiguring the use of video in qualitative research through practices of filmmaking: A post-qualitative cinematic analysis. Qualitative Research. https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941231206755 Menning S. F., Murris, K., Wargo, J.M. (2021). Reanimating video and sound in research practices. In K. Murris (Eds) Navigating the postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist terrain across disciplines (pp.150-168). UK, London: Routledge. Murris, K. (2021). The ‘Missing Peoples’ of Critical Posthumanism and New Materialism. In K. Murris (Ed.) Navigating the Postqualitative, New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain Across Disciplines: An Introductory Guide. pp. 62-85. London: Routledge. Murris, K. (2022). Karen Barad as educator: Agential realism and education. UK, London: Springerbriefs. Murris K., & Menning. S.F. (2019). Introduction to the Special Issue "Videography and Decolonizing Childhood". Video Journal of Education and Pedagogy. 4(1), s. 1–8. doi: 10.1163/23644583-00401010 Murris K., & Menning S.F. (2025). Childing Methodologies: Image-ning without a Subject in Performative Videography. In: M. Koro and K. Murris. Reconfiguring Interpretation in (Post) Qualitative Research. Routledge. Murris, K., & Osgood, J. (2022). Risking erasure? Posthumanist research practices and figurations of (the) child. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 23(3), 208-219. https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491221117761 Nagy, M. (1948). The Child’s Theories concerning Death. Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology, 73(1), 3–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856559.1948.10533458 Tammi, T., & Rautio, P. (2025). Multispecies as a concept and method. In: M. Koro and K. Murris. Reconfiguring Interpretation in (Post) Qualitative Research. Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 14 SES 02 A: Inclusion, Minorities, Communities and Schools. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Itxaso Tellado Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Raising Muslims in the Netherlands: A Case-study of Parenting Support in a Turkish-Dutch Mosque University of Utrecht, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Islamic parenting support refers to parenting support aligned with the religious needs, child-raising norms, and values of the Muslim families. As such, it constitutes a form of faith-based social work program: it is offered by a religious institution, and there is little to no evidence about its efficacy (Patrick et al., 2008). Cognizant of the need for a better understanding of the low participation rates of Muslim families in parenting support services offered by formal non-religious providers in the Netherlands (Van Mourik et al., 2016) and abroad (Thomson et al., 2016), the study aims to provide new insights about Muslim parents’ preferences and needs in that regard, and recommendations to schools and developers of mainstream parenting programs. In this study, I borrow from the dual analytical framework on parenting support developed by Daly (2015). Daly (2015) specifies that parenting support interventions are simultaneously a social policy form: aiming to equip parents with the necessary knowledge and skills for increasing their parental self-efficacy, and a social and political intervention which is laden with the values and agenda of the actors providing the support. Daly (2015), but also others (Hey & Bradford, 2006 cited in Daly, 2015) point out that, besides its empowering function, parenting support also has an implicit rationale of regulation and control of poor ‘problem families’. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data collection and sample The fieldwork for this study took place between January 2022 and October 2023. Data collection methods comprised of semi-structured interviews (N= 11), open surveys based on the interview questions (N=4), and participant observation of parenting support seminars provided in the mosque (N=2) that were attended by approximately 200 parents. The questions in the interviews and the open surveys addressed parenting support needs of the participants, their experience with and motivation for receiving parenting support from mosque-based providers and formal providers (e.g. municipality programs, and child health clinics), and their assessment of the attended parenting support activities in terms of quality, content and relevance. The recruitment of participants was done via purposive critical case sampling. In other words, the participants were chosen non-randomly by the researcher, based on their experiences with providing or receiving mosque-based parenting support. Purposive critical case sampling is known to be ideal for exploratory qualitative research conducted with limited resources on an understudied topic (Rai & Thapa, 2015). Also, purposive sampling in general is particularly advantageous in reaching populations and fields which are known to be difficult to access for researchers. In such cases, some of the interviewees who have a key position within the community can function as “fixers” leading the researcher to other relevant participants (Bakkalbasioglu, 2020). Despite of this approach, reaching parents who receive mosque-based parenting support was an effortful, time-intensive and challenging process that required longer presence in the field for building relational ties, rapport and trust. Nevertheless, not many parents were willing to share their experiences for research purposes, and some of those who did were very cautious and preferred their voice not to be recorded. To facilitate participation in alignment with the sensitivities of the studied population, the respondents were allowed to choose between a voice recorded interview, interview where the researcher only takes notes, or answering the questions in an open survey in their own time. The analyses were guided by a Grounded theory approach. This method of analysis suits this study because there is little previous literature on the topic and it allows for the exploration and discovery of new themes and theory generation based on the data (Strauss & Corbin, 1997). This is done by critically re-reading the transcribed data through constant comparison for emerging meanings and the development of conceptual statements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings Currently, I am in the process of analysing the data. Based on my preliminary analyses, I expect that the rationale of mosque associations in supplying faith-based parenting support will be informed by: 1) a motivation for strengthening the intra-communal ties within their congregation (i.e. attachment and loyalties of the Muslim families to the mosque community), and 2) a search for context-appropriate Islamic pedagogy for Muslim children raised in a non-Muslim context. Regarding the demand by parents, I expect that Turkish-Dutch Muslim parents will be motivated to participate in mosque-based parenting support activities due to: 1) a need for religiously-relevant answers to their parenting dilemmas, 2) the social and emotional support network they can build with other Muslim parents experiencing similar parenting challenges in the Dutch context, and 3) low levels of trust in the intentions and/or effectivity of the parenting support programs offered by formal non-religious providers. Lastly, I expect that the mosque-based parenting support activities primarily fulfill the need for a religiously and culturally sensitive parenting guidance which the Muslim families are unable to obtain from formal providers. In conclusion, implications for schools, educators, and mainstream parenting support providers are discussed, with perspectives offered for better links with Islamic communities and families in minoritized contexts. References Bakkalbasioglu, E. (2020). How to Access Elites When Textbook Methods Fail: Challenges of Purposive Sampling and Advantages of Using Interviewees as" Fixers". Qualitative Report, 25(3). Franceschelli, M., & O’Brien, M. (2014). ‘Islamic capital’ and family life: The role of Islam in parenting. Sociology, 48(6), 1190-1206. Daly, M. (2015). Parenting support as policy field: An analytic framework. Social Policy and Society, 14(4), 597-608. Patrick, M. E., Rhoades, B. L., Small, M., & Coatsworth, J. D. (2008). Faith‐placed parenting intervention. Journal of Community Psychology, 36(1), 74-80. Rai, N., & Thapa, B. (2015). A study on purposive sampling method in research. Kathmandu: Kathmandu School of Law, 1-12. Scourfield, J., Warden, R., Gilliat-Ray, S., Khan, A., & Otri, S. (2013). Religious nurture in British Muslim families: Implications for social work. International Social Work, 56(3), 326-342. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. M. (1997). Grounded theory in practice. Sage. Thomson, K., Hussein, H., Roche-Nagi, K., & Butterworth, R. (2018a). A Parenting Programme for Muslims. Community Practitioner, 91(2), 45-47. Thomson, K., Hussein, H., Roche-Nagi, K., & Butterworth, R. (2018b). Evaluating the impact of the 5 pillars of parenting programme: A novel parenting intervention for Muslim families. Community Practitioner. van Beurden, S. L., & de Haan, M. (2020). ‘I Want Good Children, Also for this Country’: How Dutch Minority Muslim Parents’ Experience and Negotiate Parenting, Parenthood and Citizenship. Journal of Intercultural Studies, 41(5), 574-590. Van Mourik, K., Crone, M. R., Pels, T. V. M., & Reis, R. (2016). Parents' beliefs about the cause of parenting problems and relevance of parenting support: Understanding low participation of ethnic minority and low socioeconomic status families in the Netherlands. Children and Youth Services Review, 61, 345-352. Van Mourik, K., Crone, M. R., De Wolff, M. S., & Reis, R. (2017). Parent training programs for ethnic minorities: A meta-analysis of adaptations and effect. Prevention Science, 18(1), 95-105. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Schooling with(out) Belonging? Ukrainian Forced Migrant Families in the French Education System 1: UERA, Uman National University, Ukraine; 2: Iuriy Fedkovych Chernivtsi National University, Ukraine; 3: National University of Food Technologies, University of Picardy Jules Verne Presenting Author:Topic and Rationale Research Questions
Objectives Conceptual and Theoretical Framework European and International Dimension Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, multi-perspective research design to explore how Ukrainian forced migrant students and their families experience inclusion, exclusion, and belonging within French schools. Recognising that belonging is relational and context-dependent, the study foregrounds the perspectives of three key groups: students, their parents, and teachers. This approach allows for a comprehensive understanding of educational integration as a process shaped by interpersonal interactions, institutional practices, and structural conditions. Data were collected in two phases during 2023. The first phase (Spring–Summer) involved face-to-face, semi-structured interviews with Ukrainian students (ages 13–15) and their parents. Interviews focused on children’s educational experiences, social interactions with peers, emotional well-being, and perceptions of school and community inclusion. Parents were asked about household circumstances, employment and socioeconomic status, family trajectories, and their perceptions of their children’s adaptation to French schools. The second phase (Autumn) consisted of online interviews with French teachers experienced in working with newly arrived Ukrainian students. These interviews explored teachers’ pedagogical strategies, challenges in supporting forced migrant learners, and perceptions of students’ social and emotional adjustment. The study was conducted across multiple French regions – Île-de-France, Occitanie, Grand Est, Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes, and Nouvelle-Aquitaine – to capture variations in institutional capacity and regional practices in supporting allophone students. Access to schools and participants was facilitated through CASNAV (Centres Académiques pour la Scolarisation des élèves allophones nouvellement arrivés), which coordinate the reception and schooling of newly arrived migrant students. A snowball sampling strategy was employed: initial contacts with school coordinators and principals enabled the identification of additional participants within both professional and family networks. Participants were anonymised to ensure confidentiality, with coded identifiers assigned to each respondent. Demographic data were collected to contextualise experiences, including region of origin in Ukraine, duration of displacement, and self-assessed French proficiency. This multi-perspective qualitative approach allows for triangulation of experiences, highlighting convergences and divergences in perceptions of inclusion and belonging. It also provides an in-depth understanding of how institutional structures, family trajectories, and social interactions intersect to shape the lived experiences of Ukrainian forced migrant students in a European educational context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study illustrate the complex, multi-layered dynamics of belonging experienced by Ukrainian forced migrant students and their families in French schools. Drawing on Anthias’ notion of translocational positionality and Yuval-Davis’ politics of belonging, the research shows that inclusion and exclusion are not the result of a single factor such as language proficiency or trauma, but emerge from the interaction of linguistic competence, emotional well-being, peer relations, family circumstances, and institutional practices. Students’ limited French proficiency initially positioned them as outsiders, while their families’ disrupted social and economic status further reinforced feelings of non-belonging. Efforts by teachers to accommodate these students – through differentiated instruction, support pairs, or visual aids – were sometimes perceived by children as symbolic inclusion that simultaneously marked their difference. This highlights a mismatch of perspectives: teachers often viewed adaptations as care, while students experienced structural and emotional exclusion. Belonging was further complicated by temporal orientations and identity work. Students oriented toward returning to Ukraine were less invested in language acquisition and integration, while those open to staying in France demonstrated greater engagement with peers and school life. Similarly, intra-migrant tensions and perceptions of other migrant groups shaped social positioning, showing that belonging operates along both vertical axes (migrant–institution) and horizontal axes (migrant–peer/other migrant communities). Overall, the study underscores that schooling alone does not guarantee belonging. Belonging is a relational, fluid process shaped by intersecting structural, emotional, and identity factors. For European educational systems, these findings highlight the need to move beyond deficit-focused approaches and to develop policies and pedagogies with attention to identity negotiation, emotional support, and the multi-layered realities of forced migrant families. References 1.Anthias F. (2001). New hybridities, old concepts: the limits of 'culture'. Ethnic and Racial Studies 24(4): 619–641. 2.Anthias F. (2006). Belongings in a globalising and unequal world: Rethinking translocations, in: Yuval-Davis N., Kofman E., Erel U. (eds) Gender and Migration in Europe: Transnational Identities and Multicultural Practices, pp. 19–33. London: Routledge. 3.Anthias F. (2008). Thinking through the lens of translocational positionality: An intersectionality frame for understanding identity and belonging. Translocations: Migration and Social Change 4(1): 5–20. https://repository.uel.ac.uk/item/86604 4.Anthias F. (2013). Intersectional what? Social divisions, intersectionality and levels of analysis. Ethnicities 13(1): 3–19. 5.Ballentyne S. (2024). Identities in Exile: Social Identity Change and Forced Migration (Doctoral dissertation). University of Sussex. 6.Brown R. (2019). The social identity approach: appraising the Tajfellian legacy. British Journal of Social Psychology 59: 5–25. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjso.12349 7.De Coninck D. (2023). The refugee paradox during wartime in Europe: How Ukrainian and Afghan refugees are (not) alike. International Migration Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/01979183241240803 8.Fernandes de Castro Amaral A. (2023). 2015 & 2022 Migrant Waves in a Comparative Perspective: Analysis of French Policy (Master's thesis). University of Padua. 9.Gorbach D., Ryabchuk A. (2024). Elusive privilege: Class, race and gender in Ukrainian war migrants' (un)employment in France. Dialectical Anthropology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10624-024-09685-w 10.Isański J., Sereda V., et al. (2023). Feminized forced migration: Ukrainian war refugees. Women’s Studies International Forum 97: 102656. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wsif.2023.102656 11.Kushnir I., Zabolotna O. (2025). Pursuit of ethical research in a war zone: a quest for freedom. Journal of Academic Ethics. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10805-025-09619-x 12.Kymlicka W. (2015). Solidarity in diverse societies: Beyond neoliberal multiculturalism and welfare chauvinism. Comparative Migration Studies 3: Article No. 17. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40878-015-0017-4 13.Paré C. (2022). Selective solidarity? Racialized othering in European migration politics. Amsterdam Review of European Affairs 1(1): 42–61. 14.Veck W., Wharton J. (2021). Refugee children, trust and inclusive school cultures. International Journal of Inclusive Education 25(2): 210–223. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1707304 15.Yuval-Davis N., Anthias F., Kofman E. (2005). Secure borders and safe haven: The gendered politics of belonging. Ethnic and Racial Studies 28(3): 513–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/0141987042000337867 16.Yuval-Davis N. (2006). Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice 40(3): 197–214. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313220600769331 17.Yuval-Davis N. (2011). The Politics of Belonging: Intersectional Contestations. London: SAGE. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Bridging Schools and Migrant Families in Disadvantaged Urban Contexts. The Role of a Community-Based Educational Centre in Milan University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:In Italy growing migration has led to increasingly diverse and multicultural contexts, posing significant challenges for national welfare services (Di Rosa & Allegri, 2022). The difficulties encountered by migrant families, particularly in accessing services and managing school-family relations, highlight the need to implement policies that promote social coexistence and conflict management, going beyond the recognition and possible reconciliation of cultural differences (Coppola, Rania, & Pinna, 2021). In this framework, the children of migrant families (not only first-generation but also second-generation) face greater difficulties at school than their Italian-speaking peers, mainly due to language barriers, socio-cultural disadvantages (leading to fewer opportunities), and other factors preventing integration (such as the stress of acculturation) (Mussino & Strozza, 2012; Dusi, Steinbach, & Falcon, 2014; Cavioni, Conte, & Ornaghi, 2024). In the school-family relationship, especially during compulsory education, migrant parents face significant difficulties in communicating and relating to school bodies and teachers (Mantovani & Gasperoni, 2018; Santagati & Colussi, 2024). This contribution aims to present the initial findings of an experience and research carried out by a multifunctional educational centre whose objectives include fostering and supporting the school-family relationship in the case of migrant families, particularly Arabic-speaking ones. This centre is called "L'ABC del quartiere" and has been operating since September 2022 in the afternoon, in a very complex urban area, San Siro (Milan), where more than 85 different nationalities live, mainly families from North Africa and the Middle East. Many of them are in precarious socio-economic conditions and face significant vulnerabilities (Grassi, 2022). In this area, the rates of school dropout are very high (Lefterov & Coacci, 2024). This situation can be understood within a condition of polycris, where migration, educational inequality, socio-economic deprivation, and institutional fragility intersect and mutually reinforce each other. The centre was developed by the University of Milano-Bicocca as part of the MUSA project - Multilayered Urban Sustainability Action (NextGenerationEU), specifically in Spoke 6, Action 3.1.3, aimed at combating and preventing early school leaving in disadvantaged urban contexts (Zecca, Fredella, & Cotza, 2024). The community education perspective sees schools and non-formal educational services as parts of an integrated system, capable of networking with families, local associations, and educational institutions (Zecca, 2024). The approach is based on an ecological-systemic paradigm (Bronfenbrenner, 2005), which aims to strengthen the connections between the micro (individual educational interactions), meso (relationships between school, family, and services), and macro (educational and socio-territorial policies) levels. L'ABC del quartiere was created in response to a need identified by the community, namely to offer practical support to families and children who encounter difficulties in mainstream education, often linked to linguistic and cultural barriers. The centre was conceived as a "low-threshold" service, where children and youth aged between 0 and 13 and their families can find activities tailored to their age and developmental needs. The centre draws on the expertise of various professionals (educators, researchers, a cultural mediator, and interns) and is organized into three spaces: children aged 0 to 7 are welcomed into the Family Time, with laboratories and play activities; children aged 8 to 13 are welcomed in the Study Space, where they find individualized tutoring (Cotza, Coacci, & Fredella, 2025); a third area is dedicated to mothers, who are offered an Italian L2 course. The activities are aimed both at learning and at developing an authentic relationship, built on the personal experiences and linguistic resources. Specifically, this contribution aims to analyze how the centre has structured its relationship with schools to support both the school-family relationship and student learning processes, also investigating how this process has been experienced and perceived by mothers attending the service. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main objective of the Study Support Space is to prevent school dropout through personalized and targeted interventions that take into account the unique characteristics of each individual child and their specific cultural and linguistic background. All the students involved (30, 19 in primary school and 11 in lower secondary school) have a migrant background, are mainly Arabic speakers, and have special educational needs. Currently, 16 mothers attend the service: these are mainly women who have several children at L'ABC (the centre, in fact, takes care of the entire family unit) and who complain of living in a highly segregated district with few opportunities for integration and access to services. L'ABC has systematically and consistently managed the relationship with schools since the 2024/2025 school year, when a researcher took on the role of coordinator of teaching and learning within the service. This coordinator contacted all the schools attended by the children and youth at the centre, carrying out the following actions: (1) liaising with teachers on the most effective teaching strategies to address particular learning difficulties; (2) meetings for reflection and discussion between teachers and ABC staff on the situations of individual children; (3) support for families in communicating with the school and in school-family meetings, both online and in person (also with the support of the cultural mediator). These actions involved 5 lower secondary schools and 6 primary schools in San Siro, for a total of approximately 30 teachers (both curricular and support). Both the didactic coordinator and the educational staff who participated in the meetings and oversaw the relationships kept a research diary, which aimed not only to discuss the situations in question, but also to monitor the quality of the relationship between the school and the family and between the school and ABC. Researchers are analyzing these processes using a reflective thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Furthermore, starting in February 2026, the research will seek to assess the impact that this work is having on families by conducting non-directive, semi-structured interviews with mothers who have children in compulsory education. The aim of these interviews will be not only to investigate mothers' perceptions and experiences of their children's schools, but also to understand whether and to what extent the processes implemented in the centre provide concrete support to local communities in terms of school management and the level of trust in institutions and services. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the analysis of the research diary will be triangulated with those of the interviews in order to understand: (1) the characteristics of the coordination work between L'ABC and the schools and what the response from teachers was, from the point of view of the centre's practitioners; (2) the point of view of the mothers who participated in this work, to investigate whether and to what extent the actions implemented were supportive and improved previous situations of difficulty. From initial analysis of the diaries, in a context of fragmentation in the relationship between schools and non-formal educational settings, L'ABC seems to be shaping up as a bridge between the demands of the school, which are often unattainable for migrant families, and the needs of families who face major economic and socio-cultural challenges on a daily basis. The systemic work carried out by ABC, which acts as a social, cultural, and educational mediator, appears to be successful in establishing constant and productive dialogue between schools and the community, making families feel less alone and supporting communication processes and access to services towards progressive self-sufficiency and empowerment. The analysis of the interviews, which will also be carried out using a reflective thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021), will reveal whether the perspective that emerges from the ABC practitioners is reflected in the perceptions and experiences of the mothers who attend the centre. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Bronfenbrenner, U. (Ed.) (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development. Sage. Cavioni, V., Conte, E., & Ornaghi, V. (2024). Psychological and educational challenges of immigrant adolescents in Italy: Exploring mental health, life satisfaction, student-teacher relationship, and academic disparities. Adolescents, 4(4), 545-559. Coppola, I., Rania, N., & Pinna, L. (2021). Reception social services for migration families in Italy: Strength, critical aspects, and challenges. Research on Social Work Practice, 31(4), 375-381. Cotza, V., Coacci, R., & Fredella, C. (2025). Modelli per co-costruire conoscenza: le interazioni bambini-adulti nei tutoring individualizzati. In P. Sorzio & B. Bocchi (Eds.), I metodi per la ricerca sulle pratiche scolastiche per favorire l’apprendimento, Proceedings of the SIRD Conference, Trieste 2025 (pp. 101-110), EUT - Edizioni Università di Trieste. Di Rosa, R.T., & Allegri, E. (2022). Migrant families, social policies and community relations: Towards what (kind of) integration? Italian Sociological Review, 12(6S), 369-388. Dusi, P., Steinbach, M., & Falcon, I.G. (2014). Integration in Italian primary schools: Immigrant children’s voices. The European Journal of Social & Behavioural Sciences, 9(2), 178-190. Grassi, P. (2022). Barrio San Siro. Interpretare la violenza a Milano. FrancoAngeli. Lefterov, P., & Coacci, R. (2024). Coesione sociale in contesti di povertà educativa: un’esperienza didattico educativa con i bambini e le bambine di San Siro. In G. Pastori, L. Zecca, & F. Zuccoli (Eds.), Cantieri aperti e scuole in costruzione. Alla ricerca di nuovi “modelli” e pratiche per una scuola democratica (pp. 466-471), FrancoAngeli. Mantovani, D., & Gasperoni, G. (2018). Native and immigrant parents’ involvement in school-related activities in France and Italy. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 10(3), 110-139. Mussino, E., & Strozza, S. (2012) - The Delayed School Progress of the Children of Immigrants in Lower Secondary Education in Italy. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 38(1), 41-57. Santagati, M., & Colussi, E. (2024). Muri o scale? Contraddizioni e sfide nel rapporto tra scuole e famiglie migranti. Educazione Interculturale - Teorie, Ricerche, Pratiche, 22(2), 42-54. Zecca, L. (2024). L’identità professionale in formazione tra Community Service Learning e ricerca azione partecipativa. Pedagogia Oggi, 22(1), 40-46. Zecca, L., Fredella, C., & Cotza, V. (2024). Constructing a model of integration between schools and non-formal education: An exploratory study in the multicultural suburb of San Siro, Milan. In ICERI2024 Proceedings (pp. 7076-7083). IATED. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Friendship as Infrastructure for Racialized Girls in Schools 1: Univ. de Vic - Univ Central de Catalunya, Spain; 2: University of Barcelona; 3: Autonomous University of Madrid Presenting Author:This proposal advances an empirically grounded and theoretically situated account of friendship as emotional infrastructure sustaining the everyday school life of racialized girls in Spain. Drawing on 63 in‑depth interviews with Roma, African, Latin American, and Asian young women who grew up in Spanish schools (PID2022‑140540OA‑I00, 2023–2026), we show how peer relations both mitigate and reproduce the cumulative effects of routine racialization, misrecognition, and subtle institutional practices (e.g., repeated mispronunciation of names, minimization of racist incidents) (Ahmed 2004; Honneth 1995). Our argument responds directly to ECER’s 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting”, which calls for critical reflection on how educational knowledge is produced and mobilized amid a shifting ecosystem marked by datafication, political instrumentalization, and a broader poly‑crisis (pandemic, planetary crisis, war). We treat friendship not as a peripheral “soft” domain but as a privileged site where knowledge of belonging, safety, and recognition is made, tested, and circulated knowledge that is vital for action by educators, school leaders, families, and communities (Ahmed 2004). Our findings highlight four contributions. First, in compulsory schooling, friendships are often fragile and ambivalent: racialized girls navigate isolation, microaggressions, and segregated peer ecologies even in “diverse” schools (Branje et al. 2021). Friendship simultaneously buffers harm and mirrors the symbolic boundaries that racialization inscribes in everyday school life (Martínez‑Ariño et al. 2023). Second, diversity does not automatically translate into intercultural relations; interethnic friendship depends on security of recognition—classroom climates and adult practices that actively name and counter misrecognition (Honneth 1995; Martínez‑Ariño et al. 2023). Third, in post‑compulsory contexts (upper‑secondary, VET, university), expanded choice enables agency in peer selection: many participants report forming sustaining friendships where they can “be fully themselves,” reframing school as a space for mutual recognition rather than mere survival (Branje et al. 2021). Fourth, we conceptualize friendship as an infrastructure that supports educational engagement, resilience, and participation; yet it cannot compensate for systemic inequities without institutional change, particularly in teacher practices and school‑family‑community partnerships (Khalfaoui et al. 2020). We argue that friendship narratives are powerful forms of practitioner‑relevant knowledge that challenge the dominance of de‑contextualized metrics. Answering the call of ECER 2026 to rethink how, by whom, and for whom educational knowledge is produced and used in a context of contested truth regimes, and policy pressures. Rather than treating friendship as anecdote, we argue that friendship, should be treated as a core condition for equitable schooling, where teachers and educational professionals can either undermine or nurture through everyday practices (Ahmed 2004; Honneth 1995). Ultimately, this contribution reframes friendship as a relational element for democratizing school life: it can either intensify exclusion or seed more just forms of cohabitation (Martínez‑Ariño et al. 2023). By foregrounding the voices of racialized girls, we propose practical implications for networks of educators, families, and communities and, offer a methodology for producing trustworthy, situated knowledge capable of guiding action without sacrificing complexity or care (Khalfaoui et al. 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution is part of a larger project entitled FriendsMatter project, which examines how friendships shape belonging, recognition, and participation among racialized adolescent girls in Spain. We adopt a qualitative, interpretivist design centred on life history oriented semi structured interviews and focus groups to surface longitudinal trajectories across school transitions (primary, lower secondary, post compulsory). This orientation aligns with the transitions, family-school-community relationships. For this contribution we report on data gathered from 63 interviews with young women who identify as Roma, African, Latin American, or Asian and who completed compulsory schooling in Spain (some arrived in childhood; others were born in Spain). The sample purposively maximized heterogeneity across regional settings (urban/rural), school types, and post compulsory pathways to capture diverse peer ecologies and recognition regimes. The interviews were recorded, transcribed verbatim, checked against recordings, and de-identified. We used reflexive thematic analysis and ethic procedures included informed consent and confidentiality safeguards. Data from the interviews elicited narrative accounts of first day experiences, everyday classroom interactions (e.g., name use, teacher comments), peer dynamics (recess, group work), and critical incidents of inclusion/exclusion. Interviewed girls explicitly claim to have experienced “being the only one” in their classroom, or experiencing “routine mispronunciation of their names”, but in contrast also feeling security when “finally choosing friends”. We explicitly probed transitions, seeking how friendship networks were made and unmade across schooling phases, and how family and community ties scaffolded or constrained school relations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our data repositions friendship from a private sentiment to a public infrastructure of schooling that can either sustain or undermine racialized girls’ educational lives. In compulsory education, peer ties are often precarious, shaped by subtle institutional practices and everyday boundary making, while in post compulsory contexts agency in friend selection becomes a turning point from self protection to elective affinity. This contribution shows how qualitative evidence can travel from micro stories to meso level designs and macro policy without being flattened by pressures for “fast knowledge.” We propose three actionable implications. First, pedagogies of recognition should include systematic name recognition routines, reflective feedback protocols, and teacher learning that makes covert misrecognition visible and interruptible. Second, peer ecologies should be intentionally designed through rotating cooperative groups, mixed interest clubs, and peer mentoring structures that scaffold security of recognition as a precondition for interethnic friendship, ideally linked to school–family–community partnerships. Third, governance of knowledge should elevate relational evidence within school improvement cycles, policy briefs, and decision making, treating friendship narratives as legitimate data rather than anecdotes. In a poly crisis era, when educational research is pushed toward quick fixes our study shows that acting well requires knowing differently. Friendship infrastructures cannot dismantle structural inequities on their own, but they remain indispensable to any credible project of inclusive schooling. By focusing on racialized girls’ knowledge, we offer both a diagnostic of the present and a practical horizon for educators, families, and communities seeking to cultivate just, caring school worlds. This research directly addresses Europe’s challenge of building inclusive schooling in diverse societies. By revealing how friendship infrastructures shape belonging, recognition, and participation for racialized girls, it informs debates on intercultural education, cohesion, and justice. Its insights offer transferable guidance for educators and policymakers seeking to sustain democratic coexistence amid growing pluralism. References Ahmed, S. (2004). Affective economies. Social Text, 22(2), 117–139. https://doi.org/10.1215/01642472-22-2_79-117 Branje, S., de Moor, E. L., Spitzer, J., & Becht, A. I. (2021). Dynamics of identity development in adolescence: A decade in review. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 31(4), 908–927. https://doi.org/10.1111/jora.12678 Honneth, A. (1995). The struggle for recognition: The moral grammar of social conflicts. Polity Press. Khalfaoui, A., García-Carrión, R., & Villardón Gallego, L. (2020). Bridging the gap: Engaging Roma and migrant families in early childhood education through trust based relationships. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(5), 701–711. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1817241 Martínez Ariño, J., Haddad, L., Winkler, J., & Mezzetti, G. (2023). Introduction: The sites, materialities and practices of interreligious encounters in Europe. In Interreligious encounters in Europe (pp. 1–20). Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 14 SES 02 B: Educational Transitions. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Arta Musollaj Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Factors Associated with Delayed Transition from Kindergarten to School: Evidence from a Hungarian Birth Cohort Study HCSO Institute for Quantitative Population and Economic Research, Hungary Presenting Author:The study draws on data from the seventh wave of the Cohort ’18 – Growing Up in Hungary research programme, which collected information from families with children aged seven at the point of transition to formal schooling. The paper focuses on background factors shaping parental decisions to postpone children’s entry into school. In Hungary, compulsory school enrolment is formally linked to reaching the age of six; however, the current regulatory framework allows parents, upon official request, to defer school entry by one year—an option currently taken up by approximately one quarter of families. By exploring the motivational background and sociodemographic characteristics of families opting for delayed school entry, the study is grounded in the hypothesis that postponed school transition can be interpreted as a mechanism through which social inequalities are reproduced via educational transitions. The theoretical framework is primarily informed by Bourdieu’s concept of capital (Bourdieu, 1983), which conceptualises parental educational choices as embedded in families’ unequal distributions of economic, cultural, social, and symbolic capital. Coleman’s theory of social capital (Coleman, 1988) builds on similar assumptions, defining social capital as aspects of social structures that facilitate individual action. From this perspective, school transition, the calculations—or the lack thereof— associated with it, as well as parental attitudes and decision-making opportunities, are closely linked to families’ sociocultural and socioeconomic positions. Families occupying different social statuses possess distinct resources, orientations, and strategies in relation to school-related decisions, which may contribute to the reproduction of existing inequalities and the emergence or intensification of new forms of inequality within the education system. Previous research suggests that parental motivations underlying delayed school entry are highly diverse (Donath et al., 2010; Simpson et al., 2025), while the educational performance advantages associated with postponement remain inconclusive, particularly in the longer term (Larsen et al., 2020). The study adopts a life course perspective, conceptualising entry into formal education as a key transition not only for the child but also for the family. Rather than treating school entry as a single, isolated event, this approach emphasises its processual nature and highlights the importance of antecedents as well as short- and long-term consequences (Wang et al., 2023; Ma, 2024). Educational transition is thus understood as a complex, non-linear, dynamic, and multi-actor process, characterised by progressions, stagnations, and potential reversals. In this respect, longitudinal research designs offer particular analytical advantages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data for the study are drawn from the Cohort ’18 – Growing Up in Hungary Study, a longitudinal survey conducted by the HCSO Institute for Quantitative Population and Economic Research, Hungarian Demographic Research Institute (Veroszta et al., 2020). The study follows the development of nearly 9,000 children born in 2018 across six waves of data collection to date, beginning in the prenatal period (during pregnancy). The research adopts a multidisciplinary approach, examining pregnancy and childhood from demographic, sociological, developmental psychological, and health-related perspectives. The seventh wave of the Cohort ’18 study focuses on the transition to school among participating children at the age of seven. Data collection will take place in spring 2026, and the linked longitudinal dataset, incorporating information from earlier waves, will be available from summer 2026 onwards. Data collection among mothers raising seven-year-old children in the sample is conducted primarily via computer-assisted telephone interviewing (CATI), supplemented by an online self-completion option. The estimated sample size is approximately 6,000 respondents, of whom—based on preliminary calculations derived from educational statistics—around 1,500 are expected to be affected by delayed school entry. The planned analyses will be conducted on this analytical subsample. Using a descriptive approach, the study aims to identify the main types of parental motivations underlying the decision to delay school entry and to examine how these motivations are patterned by families’ sociodemographic characteristics and how they reflect inequalities in families’ access to different forms of capital. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses are expected to reveal systematic social patterning in the motivations underlying delayed school entry. We anticipate that postponement will function as a form of strategic advantage-seeking primarily among families with higher levels of cultural and social capital, who are better able to navigate institutional procedures, mobilise expert knowledge, and articulate educational aspirations. In contrast, among families in less advantaged social positions, delayed entry is expected to be more strongly associated with concerns related to children’s developmental readiness, health status, and emotional or behavioural maturity, reflecting more constrained decision-making contexts. Furthermore, we expect that different motivational profiles will be linked to distinct constellations of socioeconomic characteristics, parenting practices, and early childhood experiences, indicating heterogeneous pathways into delayed school entry. These findings are anticipated to support the interpretation of postponed school transition as a mechanism through which social inequalities are reproduced. Finally, children entering school with a one-year delay are expected to exhibit higher levels of school readiness at the point of entry, particularly in cognitive and socio-emotional domains. However, we anticipate that these short-term advantages will vary substantially by social background, raising important questions about the longer-term implications of delayed entry for educational inequalities. References Bourdieu, P. (1983). The Forms of Capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241-258). New York: Greenwood Press. Coleman, J. S. (1988). Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital. The American Journal of Sociology, 94, S95–S120. Donath, T., Bates, A., Al-Bataineh, A. & Abu Al-Rub, M. (2010). Kindergarten postponed: Examining parents’ decisions and teacher opinions concerning school readiness. International Research in Early Childhood Education 1(1), 21-33. Larsen, S. A., Little, C. W., & Coventry, W. L. (2021). Exploring the Associations Between Delayed School Entry and Achievement in Primary and Secondary School. Child Development, 92(2), 774–792. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13440 Ma, J. (2024). The ambiguity of the transition to primary school: Reconceptualising it as a multi-dimensional unity. Oxford Review of Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2024.2432642 Simpson, H. G., Booth, J. N., & Chevalier, N. (2025). Parent priorities when navigating the decision to delay school entry. Research Papers in Education, 40(3), 467–494. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2024.2411692 Veroszta, Zs.- Kopcsó, K. - Boros, J. - Kapitány, B. - Szabó, L. - Spéder, Zs. (2020): Tracking the development of children from foetal age: an introduction to Cohort ’18 Growing Up in Hungary. Longitudinal and Life Course Studies. Wang, L., Qian, Y., Warrinnier, N., Attanasio, O., Rozelle, S., & Sylvia, S. (2023). Parental investment, school choice, and the persistent benefits of an early childhood intervention. Journal of Development Economics, 165, 103166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdeveco.2023.103166 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Mobile Children Aren’t Just Mobile Children: How Non-standard School Moves Are Experienced by Children, Schools and Local Authorities in England 1: University of Birmingham, United Kingdom; 2: University of Warwick, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This presentation discusses the phenomenon of pupil school mobility - children and young people (CYP) moving school outside of standard age-based promotional transitions. Pupil school mobility is a complex phenomenon, which affects a significant proportion of CYP in England and internationally. High levels of pupil school mobility have been associated with lower student performance, particularly in secondary school (Strand and Demie, 2007; Prior and Leckie 2022), and linked to other academic and social issues, for example in relation to drop-out and completion rates, mental health and relationships (Anderson 2017; Clemens et al., 2016; Langenkamp, 2016). Mobility has also been found to have significant impact on schools in terms of environment, performance and belonging, and on non-mobile pupils in highly mobile schools (Gibbons and Telhaj, 2011; Rumberger, 2003; Whitesell et al., 2016).
Despite its widespread occurrence and links to educational disadvantage, pupil school mobility has received relatively limited attention within educational research. When considered, it is mostly framed as an individual, rather than a more systemic issue. The key theoretical framework in this area, distinguishes between ‘strategic’ and ‘reactive’ moves (Rumberger, 2003) and acknowledges that the reasons for mobility will also often influence its outcomes, at least to some extent. Reactive mobility is likely to have a more detrimental effect on children’s outcomes than strategic mobility. However, other forms of mobility, identified in our work, such as those that may be imposed by housing policies or natural disasters, or those resulting from mobile lifestyles are not accounted. In the literature in general, different mobility types (e.g. in-year vs. end of year mobility, short vs. long distance mobility, one-off vs. frequent mobility and upward/downward mobility in terms of school performance) and the way they interact with the complex experiences of different groups of mobile CYP (e.g., service children, migrant children, children with SEND, children in care) and context-specific policies and practices of schools and local authorities also remain an under-researched area.
Our research team from the Universities of Birmingham and Warwick is currently conducting a large scale mixed-methods research project (funded by the Nuffield Foundation) addressing some of these gaps. The overall objective of the project is to develop a better and more in-depth understanding of pupil school mobility in England, and based on this, to produce a set of resources to support families experiencing non-standard school moves, and the schools and local authorities working with them.
The project includes a systematic review of literature on pupil school mobility, secondary data analysis of the National Pupil Database in England; focus groups and interviews with school and local authority staff and in-depth interviews with CYP and families. In this presentation we outline the findings of the latter phase of the qualitative data collection with families, schools and local authority staff, and discuss the process of co-producing the resources with participant representatives. We explore the following research questions:
1) How do CYP and families experience school mobility and what strategies and practices may support them before, during and after their move(s)? 2) What is the perceived impact of school mobility on school outcomes and community, and what policies and practices do schools adopt to support mobile pupils? 3) What is the perceived impact of school mobility on local authorities, and what policies and practices do local authorities have in place to navigate mobility? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper presents key findings from the interviews and focus groups conducted with families, school and local authority staff. For the interviews, we recruited CYP between the ages of 8 to 16, with experience of at least one non-standard school move currently living in England. CYP were recruited via schools, charities and existing networks and interviewed together with a parent/carer. We used a semi-structured interview schedule and the timeline method to map the CYP school journey so far (Sheridan et al. 2011). In the interviews, the CYP and their families discussed their experiences, thoughts and feelings of moving schools, what schools did well and what they wished was different in the support received. In addition, we recruited primary and secondary schools with high levels of mobility, ensuring representation from both urban and rural schools, with small and large cohorts and from different geographical regions in England. In each school, we conducted focus groups with 4-5 members of school staff using a semi-structured schedule, discussing their experiences, the impact of mobility on school outcomes, as well as best practices and policies. A similar interview schedule was used to conduct individual interviews with local authority staff with responsibility for mobile families and schools. At present, 19 CYP and families, 10 schools, and 15 local authority staff, and we are around half-way through to reaching our target sample. All interviews and focus groups have been recorded and transcribed verbatim and findings will be analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006; 2019) thematic analysis. Following the data analysis, we will conduct an online workshop with each of the three participant groups (families, school and local authority staff) to present the findings of the thematic analysis and together discuss implications and best practice. During the workshops, a set of resources will be co-produced alongside participants and based on the discussion of findings. The resources will be piloted with key participants and follow up interviews will be conducted to evaluate and further refine the resources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our previous work on pupil school mobility (Jørgensen and Perry, 2021) and the systematic review conducted as part of the present study (Jørgensen et al. 2026) have identified many different variables, which may all have an impact on pupil school mobility. These include individual child or family characteristics and circumstances, school level factors, and socio-economic and political influences at the macro level. School mobility is thus a complex but common phenomenon, and findings from the interviews and focus groups build on this knowledge through the lived experience of our participants. Families highlighted the importance of communication, relationship-building, fostering feelings of belonging and having a clear process of transition and induction. School staff were in agreement, but also highlighted systemic barriers regarding the impact of mobility on school performance, a lack of knowledge and resources to work with different groups of mobile CYP, and the need for an individualised approach. Local authority staff echoed these barriers and emphasised their work in mitigating the risks of school mobility to both individual CYP and school performance. We anticipate that the co-produced resources will bring together best practices, identified through our research to support CYP and families on issues relating to mobility and support school and local authority staff to identify and better understand the needs of mobile children, providing a tailored individualised approach, but also acknowledging more systemic issues. References Anderson (2017) School mobility among middle school students: When and for whom does it matter? Psychology in the Schools, Vol. 54(5), 2017 Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2019) Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. Clemens et al (2016) The relationship between school mobility and students in foster care earning a high school credential, Children and Youth Services Review 68 (2016) 193–201 Gibbons, S., Telhaj, S., 2011. Pupil mobility and school disruption. Journal of Public Economics 95, 1156–1167. Jørgensen, C. R., Perry, T. (2021) Understanding School Mobility and Mobile Pupils in England, British Educational Research Journal, 47: 5, 1139–1157. Langenkamp, A. (2016) Effects of School Mobility on Adolescent Social Ties and Academic Adjustment, Youth & Society 2016, Vol. 48(6) 810–833 Prior, L. and Leckie, G. (2022) Student mobility: Extent, impacts and predictors of a range of movement types for secondary school students in England, British Educational Research Journal, 48: 5, 841-1048. Rumberger, R.W., 2003. The Causes and Consequences of Student Mobility. The Journal of Negro Education 72, 6. Strand, S., Demie, F., 2007. Pupil mobility, attainment and progress in secondary school. Educational Studies 33, 313–331. Sheridan, J., Chamberlain, K., & Dupuis, A. (2011). Timelining: visualizing experience. Qualitative Research, 11(5), 552-569. Whitesell, E.R., Stiefel, L., Schwartz, A.E., 2016. Unexpected Arrivals: The Spillover Effects of Mid-Year Entry on Stable Student Achievement in New York City. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis 38, 692–713. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Social and Institutional Factors Affecting the Lower to Upper Secondary Education Transition in Kosovo AAB College, Kosovo Presenting Author:Educational transitions into upper secondary education involve more than structural or organisational change, and are shaped by the social and institutional conditions under which students make educational pathway decisions. When students move from lower secondary to upper secondary education, they enter different school types and programmes (e.g., social sciences, natural sciences, medical, or technical pathways). Students’ experiences can differ depending on whether placement reflects personal preference or whether it is shaped by constraints such as limited availability, selection and placement procedures, distance, lack of information, or family socio-economic circumstances. Research suggests that differences in social support, institutional guidance, and coordination can affect educational continuity after transition and how students perceive their pathway choice (Virtanen et al., 2022; OECD, 2023; Lange et al., 2024).
This study examines the transition from Grade 9 (lower secondary education) to Grade 10 in upper secondary education (high school) in Kosovo. In Kosovo’s pre-university education system, lower secondary education is compulsory (Grades 6–9), while upper secondary education is non-compulsory (Grades 10–12) and provides differentiated academic and vocational pathways (Ministry of Education, Science, Technology and Innovation of Kosovo, 2011). This transition is a key decision point because students must enter specific school types and programme profiles that may shape later educational opportunities. The study focuses on social and institutional factors that support or challenge students during this transition, and examines how demographic and contextual characteristics relate to educational continuity and upper secondary pathway choice.
The research examines social factors and institutional factors in relation to students’ transition experiences and educational pathways. Social factors relate to support and interaction within students’ immediate environments, while institutional factors concern how schools organise, guide, and manage the transition process. In addition, demographic and contextual characteristics, including gender, socio-economic background, place of residence, and community background, are considered in order to reflect student diversity in Kosovo and to examine potential inequalities in access to support and meaningful choice during the transition.
The study is guided by the following research questions:
Objectives: - Examine how social factors support or challenge students during the transition to upper secondary education; - Analyse how institutional transition practices and support mechanisms relate to educational continuity and pathway choice, using both student and school staff/education professional perspectives; - Explore how demographic characteristics relate to differences in educational continuity and to preference-based versus constraint-based pathway choices.
The study is informed by Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory, which views transitions as processes shaped by interactions between individuals and their environments over time (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006). It supports analysis across micro, meso, and macro levels.
Although conducted in Kosovo, the transition studied is common across Europe: students move from compulsory lower secondary education into differentiated upper secondary pathways. Evidence from international research indicates that disadvantaged, minority/community, and rural students may face stronger constraints when guidance and coordination are weak (OECD, 2023; Virtanen et al., 2022). By analysing this transition at national level in Kosovo, the study contributes to European and international discussions on equity, guidance, and continuity in upper secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a quantitative research design based on the collection and analysis of primary data through structured questionnaires. It focuses on students’ transition from lower secondary to upper secondary education in Kosovo and examines how social, institutional, and demographic factors relate to educational continuity and upper secondary pathway choice, including whether students’ placement reflects personal preference or is shaped by structural constraints. Data will be collected from two groups of participants. The first group will consist of students enrolled in Grade 10 in upper secondary education, who will be asked to report on the support they received during the transition, the challenges they experienced, and their perceptions of school and programme choice. The second group will include school staff and education professionals involved in planning, implementing, or supporting transition-related practices. Their responses will provide insight into institutional procedures, guidance practices, coordination between educational levels, and support mechanisms that affect student transitions. The design of both questionnaires will be informed by Urie Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory, which provides a conceptual framework for organising variables across micro-, meso-, and macro-levels. This framework supports an integrated analysis of how students’ experiences, institutional practices, and broader contextual conditions interact during the transition into upper secondary education. The student questionnaire will include sections on social factors (family support, school-family collaboration, peer and social support), institutional factors (school transition practices, access to professional support services, school orientation activities, and perceptions of the fairness and transparency of selection and placement processes), and transition outcomes. Outcomes will focus on educational continuity and pathway choice, including whether choices are perceived as preference-based or constraint-based. Demographic variables (gender, socio-economic background, district, urban/rural residence, and community background) will also be collected. The school staff and education professionals’ questionnaire will focus on institutional transition practices, coordination between lower and upper secondary education, availability and quality of guidance and information for students, perceived challenges in supporting diverse student groups, and factors influencing students’ pathway choices from an institutional perspective. The study will employ a national-level sample, with data collected across Kosovo’s seven districts to ensure geographic and contextual representation. Data analysis will involve descriptive statistics and inferential statistical techniques to examine relationships between reported support, institutional practices, demographic characteristics, and transition outcomes. Ethical principles of informed consent, voluntary participation, anonymity, and confidentiality will be strictly implemented throughout the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to generate empirical insights into how social, institutional, and contextual factors support or constrain students’ transition from lower secondary to upper secondary education in Kosovo. By focusing on educational continuity and upper secondary pathway choice, the findings are anticipated to clarify how students’ transition experiences are shaped not only by available support mechanisms but also by the conditions under which pathway decisions are made. At the student level, it is expected that stronger support, particularly from families and schools, will be associated with greater educational continuity and with pathway choices perceived as preference-based rather than constraint-based. Conversely, limited guidance, restricted access to information, and structural constraints related to socio-economic background, place of residence (urban/rural), or community background, are expected to be linked to higher levels of perceived challenge and constraint in pathway choice. At the institutional level, the findings are expected to highlight the importance of coordinated transition practices, effective guidance services, and transparent selection and placement procedures. Perspectives from school staff and education professionals are anticipated to reveal institutional challenges in supporting diverse student groups, including students from rural areas and minority communities, as well as gaps in coordination between lower and upper secondary education. From a practice perspective, the study is expected to inform school-level planning by identifying areas where transition support, guidance, and communication with students and families can be strengthened. From a policy perspective, the findings are expected to contribute to discussions on equity in upper secondary education, particularly regarding access to information, guidance, and meaningful choice at the point of transition. Overall, the study aims to contribute to European and international debates on educational transitions by providing evidence from Kosovo on how social and institutional support structures can promote more equitable, informed, and continuous pathways within pre-university education. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 793–828). Wiley. Crul, M., Schneider, J., Keskiner, E. and Lelie, F. (2021) ‘The multiplier effect: How disadvantage accumulates through education’, European Sociological Review, 37(6), pp. 923–930. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcab034 Gorard, S., Siddiqui, N. and See, B.H. (2021) ‘How trajectories through school differ for disadvantaged children’, British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), pp. 407–427. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3690 Lange, A. M. C., Stapley, E., Merrick, H., & Hayes, D. (2024). Supporting children transitioning to secondary school: A qualitative investigation into families’ experiences of a novel online intervention. Educational Research, 66(1), 1–17. Ministry of Education, Science, Technology and Innovation of Kosovo. (2011). Law No. 04/L-032 on pre-university education in the Republic of Kosovo. Official Gazette of the Republic of Kosovo. OECD. (2023). Managing student transitions into upper secondary pathways (OECD Education Working Papers No. 289). OECD Publishing. Virtanen, T., Vasalampi, K., Lerkkanen, M.-K., Pelkonen, J., & Poikkeus, A.-M. (2022). Stability of social support during school transitions: Associations with truancy and not completing upper secondary education in normative time. Learning and Instruction, 77, 101521. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 15 SES 02 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jennifer Rowsell Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Policy Says What, Practice Shows How, Interaction Explains Why: Transience and Partnership Dynamics in Erasmus+ Projects Pädagogische Hochschule Ludwigsburg, Germany Presenting Author:Processes of globalisation increasingly shape educational contexts across Europe. Diversity, multilingualism and mobility no longer characterise classrooms alone, but have become defining features of teacher education and the professional lives of those who work within it (Murray et al., 2021). Recent scholarship emphasises that internationalisation should not be treated as a marginal add-on, but rather as a transversal task embedded across teacher education systems (Wild et al., 2025). In response, European education policy has placed growing emphasis on transnational collaboration within a European Education Area. Teacher educators, as key actors in shaping teacher education, are increasingly involved in such cross-border and time-limited initiatives. Yet research suggests that transnational collaboration often remains under-theorised and insufficiently understood within studies of teacher educators’ professional contexts (Karvounaraki et al., 2018). While policy frameworks articulate ambitious expectations regarding partnership work, such as shared understanding, identity development and co-construction, less attention has been paid to how these partnerships are actually enacted in practice and through which processes they are sustained, negotiated or challenged over time. This paper addresses this gap by examining Erasmus+ partnerships as transient transnational communities (TTCs): temporary, heterogeneous and activity-centred social formations in which participants come together for a bounded period of time to work towards agreed outcomes (Mortensen, 2017; Oesterle et al., 2020). Drawing on a qualitative longitudinal case study of an Erasmus+ Strategic Partnership involving teacher educators from five European universities, the study raises the following research question: How do interactional processes in TTCs explain the gap between policy expectations and partnership practices in Erasmus+ projects? Drawing on theoretical approaches from Teacher Education Research and Sociolinguistics, this study is guided by a social constructivist research perspective, rooted in Berger and Luckmann’s (1991) concept of the social construction of reality. From this perspective, partnerships are not treated as fixed organisational arrangements, but as socially produced and continually negotiated formations that emerge through everyday practices and interactions. Empirically, the paper synthesises multiple qualitative data sources collected over a three-year Erasmus+ project, including policy and project documents, interactional data from face-to-face meetings, and participants’ video-based reflections and evaluations. The integrative synthesis leads to four overarching findings. First, dialogues and discussions emerge as central “time-spaces” in which learning, identity, power and belonging are continuously negotiated. In TTCs, this dialogic work requires ongoing self- and other-positioning as well as engagement with fundamental values, concepts and professional assumptions, which constitute key dimensions of professional identity (Evans, 2008). Second, the document analysis and phenomenological data reveal a pronounced policy-practice gap (Oesterle, 2025). While European education policy strongly promotes transnational collaboration and formulates ambitious partnership goals, policy texts remain largely at the level of aspiration. Practice-oriented project reports describe how collaboration is organised, but rarely explicate why particular decisions are made or which processes underpin partnership dynamics. Third, the interactional analyses demonstrate that these underlying processes become visible only through close attention to everyday interaction (Oesterle & Schwab, 2024). Making such processes explicit is crucial, as what remains invisible cannot be critically questioned (Maly, 2024). The findings point towards implications for leadership and management. They suggest that TTCs require relational forms of leadership, deliberate moderation of dialogic spaces, and institutional frameworks that recognise time, trust and interactional work as core resources. Moreover, findings highlight irritation and challenge, including ambiguity, diversity and linguistic tensions, as under-theorised but productive drivers of relational and transformative learning processes. The paper concludes by outlining concrete strategies for embedding such Erasmus+ project communities more sustainably within higher education institutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts an integrative qualitative synthesis approach (Drisko, 2020) to develop a process-oriented explanation of community dynamics in Erasmus+ projects. Parts of the dataset have been analysed and published previously, with a focus on policy discourses and interactional practices. The present paper does not replicate these analyses, but re-contextualises and integrates them within a broader explanatory framework. This approach allows for the consolidation of insights from different empirical strands in order to address a new overarching research question focused on explaining the gap between policy expectations and partnership practices through interactional processes. The empirical material stems from a three-year Erasmus+ Strategic Partnership (2017–2020) involving 14 teacher educators from four European universities (Germany, Sweden, the United Kingdom and Spain). The partnership aimed to collaboratively develop teacher education resources and professional development formats. English functioned as the project’s working language. The synthesis draws on four main data sources: - Policy and project documents, including European Commission policy texts, Erasmus+ framework documents and project reports, previously analysed to examine policy expectations and partnership practices (Oesterle, 2025); - Audio- and video-recorded interactional data from four face-to-face project meetings (approximately 51 hours), previously analysed using interactional sociolinguistic methods (Oesterle & Schwab, 2024); - Video diaries with project partners (n = 11), focusing on experiences of collaboration, learning and partnership work; - Evaluation and self-reflective materials, including surveys and concept maps collected towards the end of the project. The analysis followed an iterative, cross-data analytical process. Existing findings from the document and interactional analyses were first revisited and theoretically re-framed in relation to the guiding research question. Subsequently, interview and evaluation data were subjected to a focused re-analysis. Through systematic cross-data comparison, patterns were identified that cut across data types, linking policy expectations (what partnerships should achieve), reported practices (how partnerships are organised), and interactional processes (why partnerships develop in particular ways). As a single-case synthesis situated within a European context, the findings are not intended to be generalisable, but to offer theoretically informed insights into the processes shaping partnerships in Erasmus+ projects. The author’s involvement in the project enabled access to rich, longitudinal data, while reflexive practices and multiperspectival triangulation were employed to mitigate potential bias. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest several implications for policy, practice and future research. TTCs hold considerable potential as formats for workplace-based professional learning and can be understood as a meaningful extension of established models of professional learning communities and communities of practice (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Siedler et al., 2025). However, this potential does not unfold automatically. The analysis highlights the crucial role of leadership and management in enabling transnational partnerships to function as productive learning spaces. Rather than managerial control, the findings of this and other studies point towards the importance of relational and facilitative leadership characterised by moderation, openness and the intentional creation of trust-based dialogic environments (Rathke & Harris-Hümmert, 2025). Here, institutional leadership at university level plays a decisive role in creating the structural conditions, such as flexibility, time and recognition, required for sustained collaboration beyond individual project lifecycles. The study further underscores that competencies in project management, organisational development and the design of collaborative spaces are indispensable components of teacher educators’ professional development. At the same time, the findings suggest that teacher educators’ research expertise and professional knowledge should be systematically included in educational policy-making processes. Taken together, the findings contribute to ongoing debates in Research on Partnerships in Education by re-conceptualising Erasmus+ partnerships not primarily as organisational arrangements or contractual collaborations, but as relational, interactionally accomplished and inherently transient formations. The nature of partnerships in Erasmus+ projects, this paper argues, lies less in their formal structures or policy frameworks than in the everyday dialogic work through which cooperation, trust, power and professional identities are continuously negotiated References Berger, P., & Luckmann, T. (1991). The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Penguin. Drisko, J. W. (2020). Qualitative research synthesis: An appreciative and critical introduction. Qualitative Social Work, 19(4), 736-753. Evans, L. (2008). Professionalism, professionality and the development of education professionals. British Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1), 20–38. Karvounaraki, A., Subramaniam, S., Hristov, H., Ojala, T., Jonkers, K., Huisman, J., & Goenaga, X. (2018). Mapping of European transnational collaborative partnerships in higher education. Publications Office of the European Union. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. Maly, I. (2024). AI, power and sociolinguistics. Journal of Sociolinguistics, 28(5), 11–15. Mortensen, J. (2017). Transient multilingual communities as a field of investigation: Challenges and opportunities. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology, 27(3), 271–288. Murray, J., Smith, K., Vanderlinde, R., & Lunenberg, M. (2021). Teacher educators and their professional development. In R. Vanderlinde, K. Smith, J. Murray & M. Lunenberg (Eds.), Teacher educators and their professional development: Learning from the past, looking to the future (S. 1–14). Routledge. Oesterle, M. (2025). The role of transient transnational communities in the CPD of teacher educators: An analysis of European education policies and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 165, 105148. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105148 Oesterle, M. & Schwab, G. (2024). Negotiating instances of failed humour in a transient transnational community. The European Journal of Humour Research, 12(4), 124–144. Oesterle, M., Schwab, G., Hoffmann, S., & Baldwin, R. (2020). The potentials of a transient transnational community for teacher educators’ professional learning and development. European Journal of Education Studies, 7(8), 117–147. Rathke, J., & Harris-Huemmert, S. (2025). Transformationale Führung und organisationales Sozialkapital an Hochschulen in Deutschland: Wissenstransfer zwischen Wissenschaft und Verwaltung. die hochschule. Journal für Wissenschaft und Bildung, 1–2, 68–81. Siedler, R., Hartmann, S., Muth, M., & Schaal, S. (2025). Der Gemeinsame Fortbildungstag als ressourcenschonendes Angebot für digitale Kompetenzförderung in der schulischen Unterrichtsgestaltung. Ludwigsburger Beiträge zur Medienpädagogik, 25. Wild, K., Grummel, T., & Dasouqi, N. (Eds.). (2025). Internationalising teacher education: Concepts, approaches and research. V&R unipress / Bonn University Press. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Erasmus+ European Partnerships for School Development – Focus on the Role of School Authorities TU Dortmund University, Germany Presenting Author:The European education programme Erasmus+ supports people in the fields of education, training, youth, and sports in Europe and, to some extent, beyond. Its aim is to contribute to sustainable growth, high-quality employment, and social cohesion in society, while at the same time strengthening European identity and active citizenship (European Commission, 2025, p. 6). Achieving these goals requires cooperation between actors at different levels of the education system. With regard to general education, Rolff (2019) has shown that school authorities play a decisive role in designing, managing, and facilitating educational processes. Hornberg, Becker, Sonnenburg, Peitz & Schreiber (2025) investigated international exchange and learning mobility in the field of Erasmus+ programmes. As one of the few empirical studies in this area, they discovered that school authorities in Germany can support the implementation of Erasmus+ in schools by creating governance structures that provide exchange between different levels of administration. Following on from this, an empirical study entitled “ERASMUS+ European Partnerships for School Development: A Research Study on Challenges, Opportunities, and Impacts” is currently being conducted (unpublished manuscript by Hornberg, Zimmermann & Zipp-Timmer, 2025). The subject of this study is the “European Partnerships for School Development” (European Commission, 2026), which are introduced in the current Erasmus+ programme period. These partnerships are aiming to strengthen international cooperation in school development through collaboration between schools and school authorities from different countries in order to “ensure the exchange of knowledge, including the testing of innovative methods, and to create long-term momentum.” (ibid.) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study targets representatives from state ministries of education, school supervisory bodies, state institutes, and quality assurance agencies, as well as other participants in the European Partnerships for School Development. The research design allows to examine the role of school authorities both before and during the implementation of these partnerships. This approach enables a longitudinal and circular research design, which is particularly valuable when investigating a dynamic system like these partnerships, involving multiple actors and levels. The circular design allows responses to changes within the system and to emerging findings along the way (Witt, 2001). Reflective feedback loops are also integrated in the research design through multiple survey cycles. In doing so, the sample and research instruments ca be reassessed and adapted. Data will be collected via guided expert interviews and analysed using qualitative content analysis with inductive and deductive category formation (Kuckartz, 2019). Experts are defined as individuals possessing specialized knowledge which is not accessible to all actors in the field (Meuser & Nagel, 2013). To create contrast within the sample, the study includes both experts directly involved in coordinating the partnerships and those who are not involved in coordination (yet). This method facilitates the identification of central themes, challenges, and development potentials specific to the implementation of the partnerships, as well as broader aspects not directly linked to the partnerships. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building on the findings published in 2025 by Hornberg et al. the present study aims to provide deeper insights into the cooperation and coordination of school authorities and schools in the context of the Erasmus+ programmes. The focus is on control, regulatory, and implementation procedures, as well as on the specific forms of cooperation among the school authorities, schools, and other educational institutions involved in the new partnerships outlined here. The study aims at identifying structural changes in administrative practices related to the implementation and coordination of projects, best practices in collaboration between the various actors and levels, and shared understandings of learning and education in Europe. References European Commission (2025). Erasmus+ Programme Guide. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2025-11/programme-guide-2026_en.pdf European Commission (2026). European Partnerships for School Development. https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/about/erasmus-programme-schools/partnerships-school-development Hornberg, S., Becker, M., Sonnenburg, N., Peitz, M. & Schreiber, S. (2025). Learning Mobility in Europe. Summary of a Mixed-Methods Study on Erasmus+ in Schools in Germany. Münster: Waxmann. Kuckartz, U. (2019). Qualitative Content Analysis: From Kracauer's Beginnings to Today's Challenges. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 20(3), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-20.3.3370 Meuser, M. & Nagel, U. (2013). Experteninterviews – wissenssoziologische Voraussetzungen und methodische Durchführung [Expert Interviews – Epistemological Foundations and Methodological Implementation]. In B. Friebertshäuser, A. Langer & A. Prengel (Hrsg.), Qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft [Qualitative Research Methods in Educational Science] (4., durchgesehene Aufl., S. 457–471). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Witt, H. (2001). Forschungsstrategien bei quantitativer und qualitativer Sozialforschung [Research Strategies in Quantitative and Qualitative Social Research]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 2(1), Art. 8. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Concept of Evaluation in International Partnerships – a Critical Reflection in the Context of an ERASMUS+ Project in AI-driven Inclusive VET Carl von Ossietzky Universität Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:International collaborative projects in vocational education and training for people with learning difficulties or attributed intellectual disabilities are gaining in importance against the backdrop of increasing globalization, securing skilled labor, and inclusion efforts (EASPD, 2025; Cedefop, 2024). They enable the systematic exchange of knowledge, concepts, and best practices between different national education systems and contribute to the further development of inclusive qualification approaches (Pereira, Kyriazopoulou & Weber, 2023). In the area of vocational participation of people with intellectual disabilities in particular, international cooperation opens up new perspectives for the design of needs-based training models, the promotion of self-determination, and the improvement of transitions into the general labor market. In this context, the use of artificial intelligence as a supportive technology in vocational education and training is increasingly coming into focus, as AI-supported systems can enable individualized learning processes, adaptive assistance, and the structuring of vocational action steps. This article reflects on the current ERASMUS+ project “EN-AI-BLE: Empowering People with Intellectual Disabilities through AI-Enhanced Electronics” and identifies international collaborative projects as key drivers of innovation within inclusive vocational education and training (Pereira, Kyriazopoulou & Weber, 2023). Based on interdisciplinary cooperation between special education, educational science, and computer science, the project explores the potential, challenges, and structural and ethical framework conditions of AI use. The international joint project Erasmus+ Project EN-AI-BLE (KA 220, duration 12/2025 – 11/2027) aims to improve the employability and social inclusion of people with learning difficulties or intellectual disabilities through AI-supported, barrier-free vocational training in the field of electronics. Adaptive learning technologies, gamified learning settings, and the awarding of recognized micro-credentials are used to create sustainable access to the labor market for the target group and promote digital participation. The paper goes beyond a descriptive presentation of the project and pursues a theory- and criteria-based evaluation perspective that analyzes international partnerships as key factors in the effectiveness of Erasmus+ projects. Building on the updated criteria for international cooperation (OEC, 2019; DEval, 2021) and approaches to partnership governance in transnational education projects (Lange & Alexiadou, 2020; Kosmützky & Putty, 2016), the study examines how actors from special education, vocational training, AI development, and labor market integration cooperate, what negotiation processes take place regarding roles, knowledge bases, and responsibilities, and how new forms of shared practice emerge. The paper focuses on the question: What challenges do international projects pose for the underlying evaluation concept? The article presents the project's evaluation concept and critically discusses the project's impact at the individual, institutional, and systemic levels. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The EN-AI-BLE project employs a multi-stage research design that bridges theoretical needs analysis, innovative technology development, and empirical evaluation. The methodology is divided into four distinct phases: 1. Theoretical Foundation and Framework: The project begins with systematic desk research to identify socio-technical barriers for people with intellectual disabilities. Simultaneously, a "Best Practice Booklet" is developed as a methodological reference for inclusive learning. This phase includes coordination with education authorities to ensure the validation of micro-credentials, establishing formal qualification pathways. 2. Inclusive Technological Development: Following a User-Centered Design (UX Design) approach, the project develops an adaptive digital learning platform. The methodological innovation lies in an AI-supported tool that responds to individual cognitive needs through personalized real-time feedback. Gamification methods are integrated to simulate practical tasks in electronics manufacturing—such as component assembly and quality control—within a secure digital environment. 3. Empirical Validation and Piloting: Validation is conducted through large-scale piloting in vocational training institutions across four partner countries. A total of 100 participants engage in 20-hour courses. This phase is structured as a supported learning setting, where tutors provide individual feedback and observe the interaction between learners and the AI platform. 4. Multidimensional Evaluation and Impact: The evaluation utilizes a systematic framework recording formative and summative aspects (Stitteneder, 2025). This concept is grounded in impact-oriented program evaluation models (Hupfer, 2007; Rossi et al., 2003) and the updated OECD DAC criteria (OECD, 2019; DEval, 2021). The project is assessed based on relevance, coherence, effectiveness, efficiency, impact, and sustainability. Data collection focuses on technical skill acquisition, self-confidence, and labor market integration success. The evaluation operates across three analytical levels: • Individual Level: Skills development, micro-credentials, and perceived self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997; CEDEFOP, 2022). • Institutional Level: Curricular integration and organizational learning (Argyris & Schön, 1996; Fullan, 2007). • Systemic Level: Transferability to VET systems and political impact (Dale, 2005; Pant, 2025). 5. Data Basis: The research concludes with a mixed-methods approach, including qualitative case studies, stakeholder interviews, document analyses, and summative evaluation using controlled case studies (Jain & Spieß, 2012; Wendt & Schlosser, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The viability of the evaluation concept is critically discussed. The article argues that ERASMUS+ projects not only test interventions, but also represent central spaces for negotiation and learning in which sustainable effects first arise. EN-AI-BLE intends to achieve effects through the evaluation of technological innovations and strategic networking on three complementary levels. At the individual level, the focus is on empowerment through personalized learning paths. An AI-supported interface that customizes feedback and the use of gamification break down barriers to acquiring complex technical skills. The acquisition of micro-credentials makes this progress formally visible in various education systems and increases self-confidence as well as professional competence. At the institutional level, the project aims to professionalize and modernize inclusive vocational training. The centers e.g. may use the best practice booklet as a methodological reference. The international cooperation within the consortium enables critical views on different systems, and coordinates the recognition of qualifications by national and European education authorities. The project partner companies are developing an inclusive working environment, which recognizes the specific contributions of people with intellectual disabilities as a valuable resource, but also highlights structures of exclusion within the systems. At the societal level, the project promotes systemic change towards a more inclusive labor market. It creates sustainable structures for career entry in a sector that has previously been characterized by specialization and exclusion. By addressing political decision-makers and implementing large-scale dissemination strategies, inclusion in technical professions is positioned as a social standard. The long-term scalability of the methodological approaches to other industries and the cross-border validation of skills strengthen social participation in the field of inclusive vocational training in the long term. The challenges facing project evaluation are the subject of the critical reflection to be presented, which can contribute to important adaptations in the current project phase. References Argyris, C. & Schön, D.A. (1999). Die Lernende Organisation. Grundlagen, Methode und Praxis. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: Freeman. Carstensen, D. (2004). Lernen in Veränderungsprozessen. Organisationales Lernen und defensive Routinen an Universitäten. die hochschule 1/2004, S. 49 – 62. Cedefop (2022). Bridging lifelong guidance and validation of non-formal and informal learning through ICT operationalisation, Publications Office of the European Union, 2022, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/692674 Cedefop (2024). MAKE IT HAPPEN! CATALOGUE OF INSPIRING PRACTICES. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/04.make-it-happen_catalogue-of-inspiring-practices.pdf [28.01.2026] DEval (2021). Bessere Kriterien für bessere Evaluierungen? Die Reform der internationalen Evaluierungskriterien. DEval Policy Brief 1/2021. [https://www.deval.org/fileadmin/Redaktion/PDF/05-Publikationen/Policy_Briefs/2021_Evaluierungskriterien_ES/DEval_PB_2.21_Evaluierungskriterien_DE_web.pdf] Dale, R. (2005). Globalisation, knowledge economy and comparative education. Comparative Education, 41(2), 117–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050060500150906 EASPD (2025). Building a Union of Skills: How Erasmus+ projects empower VET and foster inclusion. https://easpd.eu/news-detail/building-a-union-of-skills-how-erasmus-projects-empower-vet-and-foster-inclusion/ [28.01.2026] Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change (4th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Hupfer, B. (2007). Wirkungsorientierte Programmevaluation: Eine Synopse von Ansätzen und Verfahren einschlägiger Institutionen in Deutschland; Heft-Nr. 86. Bonn: Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB). Jain, A., & Spieß, R. (2012). Versuchspläne der experimentellen Einzelfallforschung. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 4 (3/4), 211-245. Kosmützky, A. & Putty, R. (2016). Transcending Borders and Traversing Boundaries: A Systematic Review of the Literature on Transnational, Offshore, Cross-Border, and Borderless Higher Education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 20, 8-33. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315315604719 Lange, B., & Alexiadou, N. (2007). New Forms of European Union Governance in the Education Sector? A Preliminary Analysis of the Open Method of Coordination. European Educational Research Journal, 6(4), 321-335. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2007.6.4.321 OECD (2020), Bildung auf einen Blick 2020: OECD-Indikatoren, wbv Media, Bielefeld, https://doi.org/10.3278/6001821nw. OECD (2019). Better Criteria for Better Evaluation. Revised Evaluation Criteria Definitions and Principles for Use. Paris: Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development. Pant, H.A. (2025). Was macht eigentlich Transfer so komplex? Ein Prozessmodell für den Wissenschaft-Praxis-Transfer. Berlin: Vortrag Bifo-Tagung „gemeinsam für mehr wirkung“. Pereira, E., Kyriazopoulou, M. & Weber, H. (2023). Inclusive Vocational Education and Training (VET) – Policy and Practice. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/en/tools/vet-toolkit-tackling-early-leaving/resources/inclusive-vocational-education-and-training-vet-policy-and-practice. [28.01.2026] Rossi, P.H, Lipsey, M. & Freeman, H. E. (2003). Evaluation: A Systematic Approach. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Stitteneder, T. (2025). Wirkung wissenschaftlich analysieren: Methoden zur Evaluation sozialer Innovationen und gemeinwohlorientierter Organisationen. ifo Schnelldienst, 78 (02), S. 39-44. Wendt, O., & Schlosser, R. W. (2019). Kontrollierte Einzelfallforschung. In J. Boenisch & S. Sachse (Eds.), Kompendium Unterstützte Kommunikation (S. 412-420), Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 16 SES 02 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jan Niemann Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Enjoyment, Satisfaction, Anxiety or Boredom? A Three-Level Meta-Analysis of Generative AI's Influence on Learners' Emotions Through the Lens of Control-Value Theory University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Theme and Research Overview This research addresses learners' emotional responses to generative artificial intelligence in educational contexts, a critical yet underexplored dimension of AI-supported learning. While existing research has focused on cognitive outcomes, emotional implications of generative AI use remain fragmented and theoretically underdeveloped. This meta-analysis synthesizes evidence from 25 experimental and quasi-experimental studies, examining how generative AI influences four theoretically distinct emotion categories grounded in Control-Value Theory: positive-activating (e.g., enjoyment), positive-deactivating (e.g., satisfaction), negative-activating (e.g., anxiety), and negative-deactivating (e.g., boredom) emotions. The study employs rigorous three-level meta-analytic techniques to account for dependent effect sizes, yielding 51 effect sizes across diverse educational settings. Findings reveal differentiated emotional effects: significant increases in positive emotions and reductions in anxiety, alongside context-dependent effects on boredom moderated by intervention duration. Notably, emotional outcomes remain largely consistent across educational levels and disciplines, suggesting broad applicability of implementation principles. European Dimension This work holds particular significance for European education. As the European Higher Education Area integrates generative AI technologies, evidence-based guidance on their affective implications becomes essential. The research directly responds to European Commission priorities on responsible AI integration, providing insights applicable across diverse national contexts, pedagogical traditions, and regulatory frameworks within EU member states. By synthesizing international evidence, this study positions European research within global developments while delivering findings that support cross-national policy development and institutional AI adoption strategies across Europe. Research Questions This study investigates four interconnected research questions grounded in Control-Value Theory:
These questions address fundamental gaps in international educational technology research by examining affective dimensions of AI-mediated learning—an area of growing concern for European educators and policymakers. Theoretical Framework The study is rigorously grounded in Control-Value Theory (Pekrun, 2006, 2024), which explains how learners' emotions emerge from subjective appraisals of control over learning activities and the value attached to those activities. Different combinations of perceived control and task value give rise to qualitatively distinct emotions organized along two dimensions: valence (positive versus negative) and activation (activating versus deactivating). This framework yields four emotion categories: positive-activating (e.g., enjoyment, hope), positive-deactivating (e.g., satisfaction, relief), negative-activating (e.g., anxiety, frustration), and negative-deactivating (e.g., boredom, hopelessness). Control-Value Theory is particularly well suited to examining generative AI because these systems can substantially reshape learners' emotional appraisals. AI tools may enhance perceived control through immediate feedback, adaptive explanations, and personalized scaffolding, but may also undermine control through opacity and variable output quality. Similarly, generative AI may increase or decrease perceived task value depending on whether learners view it as useful and aligned with learning goals or as distracting and superficial. Objectives and Purpose This meta-analysis pursues three objectives with direct relevance to European educational policy: First, to provide theoretically coherent synthesis enabling cross-national comparability essential for European educational cooperation and evidence-based decision-making across the EHEA. Second, to identify contextual moderators differentiating emotional outcomes—valuable for European institutions navigating tensions between continent-wide AI policies and nationally specific pedagogical traditions, enabling context-sensitive implementation respecting educational diversity. Third, to establish methodologically rigorous foundation informing European policy frameworks, teacher professional development, and institutional AI adoption strategies. By synthesizing global evidence, this work positions European educational research within worldwide developments while providing findings directly applicable to European contexts, strengthening Europe's leadership in responsible, evidence-based AI integration in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Search Strategy and Eligibility Criteria We conducted a systematic literature search following PRISMA 2020 guidelines across five international databases: Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC, IEEE Xplore, and PsychArchives. The search encompassed all studies published through December 2025, using a comprehensive search strategy organized into three concept groups: (1) generative AI (including ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude, large language models, AI chatbots); (2) education (including students, learners, K-12, higher education); and (3) emotions (based on Pekrun's taxonomy of achievement emotions). Within each group, terms were combined using Boolean OR, and groups were linked using AND. The search identified 5,182 records. After removing 2,605 duplicates, 2,577 unique records underwent title and abstract screening by two independent reviewers. Studies were included if they: (1) employed experimental or quasi-experimental designs with generative AI interventions and control conditions; (2) quantitatively measured at least one learner emotion; (3) were conducted in formal educational settings; (4) reported sufficient data for effect size calculation; and (5) were published in English in peer-reviewed venues. Data Extraction and Reliability Data extraction was independently performed by two researchers using a structured codebook. For each study, we extracted study identifiers, design characteristics, moderator variables (intervention time, educational level, academic discipline), emotion measures, and quantitative data (group means, standard deviations, sample sizes). Inter-rater reliability was rigorously assessed. For categorical variables (study design, educational level, discipline, intervention time, emotion type), Cohen's kappa coefficients ranged from 0.86 to 0.94, indicating excellent agreement. For continuous variables (means, standard deviations, sample sizes), intraclass correlation coefficients exceeded 0.95, indicating near-perfect consistency. All discrepancies were resolved through discussion until consensus. Statistical Analysis Effect sizes were computed as Hedges' g with small-sample bias correction. Given that multiple effect sizes were extracted from some studies (51 dependent effect sizes from 25 studies), we employed three-level random-effects meta-analytic models to account for statistical dependence. Level 1 represented sampling variance, Level 2 captured within-study variance among multiple effect sizes, and Level 3 represented between-study variance. Variance components were estimated using restricted maximum likelihood. Separate three-level models were fitted for each emotion category. Moderator analyses used three-level mixed-effects models to examine whether effects differed across intervention time, educational level, and academic discipline. Publication bias was assessed through funnel plot inspection and Egger-type regression with cluster-robust standard errors. Methodological quality was appraised using the Quality Assessment with Diverse Studies tool (ICC = 0.93). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Main Findings The meta-analysis revealed differentiated emotional effects of generative AI use across all four theoretically defined emotion categories. Generative AI use was associated with significant increases in positive-activating emotions (g = 0.72, 95% CI [0.25, 1.19], p < .01) and positive-deactivating emotions (g = 0.57, 95% CI [0.24, 0.92], p < .001), indicating that learners experienced greater enjoyment and satisfaction in AI-supported learning conditions. Simultaneously, negative-activating emotions were significantly reduced (g = -0.47, 95% CI [-0.83, -0.12], p < .01), suggesting that generative AI use alleviated anxiety. The effect on negative-deactivating emotions was non-significant overall (g = -0.35, 95% CI [-0.90, 0.19]), but substantial heterogeneity (I² = 84.4%) pointed to context-dependent effects. Moderator analyses revealed that educational level and academic discipline did not significantly moderate emotional outcomes, suggesting that the emotional effects of generative AI are broadly consistent across K-12 and higher education settings and across STEM and non-STEM disciplines. However, intervention time significantly moderated effects on negative-deactivating emotions (QM = 5.23, p = .022), with longer interventions (≥10 weeks) associated with significant reductions in boredom, whereas shorter interventions showed no reliable effect. Theoretical and Practical Implications These findings provide robust empirical support for Control-Value Theory's applicability to generative AI-supported learning and demonstrate that emotional responses are shaped by learners' control and value appraisals rather than being inherent properties of the technology itself. Practically, the results indicate that generative AI can serve as an emotionally supportive instructional resource when implemented to enhance learners' perceived control and task value, while highlighting the importance of sustained, pedagogically integrated use for addressing deactivating negative emotions. The international scope of the evidence base ensures that these insights are relevant across diverse educational contexts worldwide. References Theoretical Foundation Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315-341. Pekrun, R. (2024). Control-Value Theory: From achievement emotion to a general theory of human emotions. Educational Psychology Review, 36(3), 83. Pekrun, R., Marsh, H. W., Elliot, A. J., Stockinger, K., Perry, R. P., Vogl, E., Goetz, T., Van Tilburg, W. A. P., Lüdtke, O., & Vispoel, W. P. (2023). A three-dimensional taxonomy of achievement emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 124(1), 145-178. Methodological Foundation Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. Van Den Noortgate, W., López-López, J. A., Marín-Martínez, F., & Sánchez-Meca, J. (2013). Three-level meta-analysis of dependent effect sizes. Behavior Research Methods, 45(2), 576-594. Contemporary Context Ng, D. T. K., Chan, E. K. C., & Lo, C. K. (2025). Opportunities, challenges and school strategies for integrating generative AI in education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100373. Wu, R., & Yu, Z. (2024). Do AI chatbots improve students learning outcomes? Evidence from a meta-analysis. British Journal of Educational Technology, 55(1), 10-33. Representative International Primary Studies Ismail, S. M. (2024). EFL learners' positive emotions in the era of technology: Unpacking the effects of artificial intelligence on learning enjoyment, self-efficacy, and resilience. Computer Assisted Language Learning Electronic Journal, 25(4), 526-551. Unal, Z. (2024). Transforming faculty-selected course materials into effective study tools: The role of AI in enhancing student learning and satisfaction. International Journal on E-Learning, 24(3), 223-240. Wang, Y. (2025). Reducing anxiety, promoting enjoyment and enhancing overall English proficiency: The impact of AI-assisted language learning in Chinese EFL contexts. British Educational Research Journal, berj.4187. Wu, Q., & Xu, A. (2025). Poe or Gemini for fostering writing skills in Japanese upper-intermediate learners: Uncovering the consequences on positive emotions, boredom to write, academic self-efficacy and writing development. British Educational Research Journal, berj.4119. Zhang, C., Meng, Y., & Ma, X. (2024). Artificial intelligence in EFL speaking: Impact on enjoyment, anxiety, and willingness to communicate. System, 121, 103259. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper The Inverted Digital Divide: How Generative AI Reconfigures Educational Inequality KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Research on the digital divide typically predicts that students from socio-economically advantaged groups adopt new educational technologies earlier, use them more “productively,” and translate these advantages into higher achievement. This proposal introduces and empirically examines an alternative possibility for the era of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI): an inverted digital divide, in which learners historically marginalized by parental education, migration background, or language status show higher educational use and larger academic gains from GenAI than their more privileged peers. Our core objective is to test whether GenAI’s distinctive affordances (especially multilingual interaction, low-friction conversational interfaces, and affirming dialogic feedback) alter the traditional sequence of digital inequality across three levels: (1) access, (2) educational use, and (3) academic outcomes. We ask:
To address these questions, we combine two complementary studies in the same national context. Study 1 maps adoption and educational uses of GenAI in a large sample of first-year university students across a wide range of programs, and links usage to early academic success. Study 2 tests causality via a randomized controlled trial in secondary education, estimating the effect of providing access to a high-capability GenAI tool during an authentic writing task and assessing whether treatment effects differ by students’ social background. By integrating large-scale descriptive evidence with experimental causal inference, this proposal aims to advance digital divide theory beyond “technology inevitably widens gaps,” specifying conditions under which certain designs and interactional norms may instead help underserved learners convert access into meaningful academic support. The Inverted Digital Divide: How Generative AI Reconfigures Educational Inequality Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design: Two-study mixed-methods design combining (a) a large-scale survey with multilevel modeling and (b) a cluster-randomized controlled trial. Study 1: University survey (access, use, outcomes). A survey was administered to 2,965 first-year students in 47 bachelor’s programs across 13 universities in Belgium (Flanders). Students reported GenAI use frequency (5-point scale from never to multiple times daily) and indicated whether they used GenAI for 11 academic activities (binary indicators such as explaining content, summarizing, proofreading, brainstorming, practice questions, exam preparation, literature search, and translation). Group differences by parental education, migration background, language background, and gender were tested using Welch’s t-tests with effect sizes. Academic outcomes were operationalized as the proportion of first-semester courses passed. To test whether GenAI use moderates achievement gaps, multilevel linear models (students nested in programs; random intercepts) estimated interaction terms between GenAI frequency and social-background indicators, controlling for gender, secondary-school track, and program type. Missing data were handled via multiple imputation. Study 2: Secondary-school RCT (causal effects and moderation). A cluster-randomized trial involved 280 students (ages 13–17) in four secondary schools. Classes were randomly assigned to a GenAI-access condition (tool available during writing) or a control condition (internet access without AI tools). Students completed a curriculum-relevant essay task. Outcomes were task performance (0–4; number of accurate, school-specific prevention examples) and language performance (0–4; grammar/spelling/coherence). Essays were scored by two human raters and two LLM assessors using a shared rubric; averaged scores were analyzed with OLS regression, including interactions between condition and parental education and migration background, with covariates (gender, prior achievement) and multiple imputation for missing data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across two complementary studies, we find consistent evidence that GenAI may reshape (rather than reproduce) classic digital-divide patterns. First, GenAI access is near-saturated in the university sample, suggesting that in a high-connectivity setting, first-level divides in basic adoption can be small. Second, clearer differences emerge in educational uses: students from historically underserved groups (first-generation, migration-background, and language-minority learners) report more frequent and more learning-oriented GenAI use, particularly for language-intensive tasks (e.g., proofreading and translation) and studying support (e.g., practice questions). Third, the findings point toward an outcome-level pattern compatible with an “inverted digital divide.” In the survey, heavier GenAI use is associated with smaller achievement gaps, especially by parental education. In the randomized trial, providing GenAI access improves writing outcomes overall, and the gains are largest for specific underserved groups—notably stronger content gains among students with lower parental education, and stronger language gains among students with a migration background. Together, these results suggest that GenAI can function as a low-cost, on-demand scaffold resembling tutoring and language support, with disproportionate value for learners who have less access to such resources offline. Implications are conditional: GenAI’s equalizing potential depends on equitable access (including avoiding paywalled stratification), instruction that builds critical AI and prompt literacies, and assessment designs that reward synthesis and evaluation rather than verbatim generation. Limitations include reliance on self-reported use in Study 1 and task-specific generalizability in Study 2, motivating longitudinal and trace-data follow-ups. References Hargittai, E. (2002). Second-level digital divide: Differences in people’s online skills. First Monday, 7(4). van Dijk, J. (2020). The digital divide (2nd ed.). Polity. Van Deursen, A. J., & Helsper, E. J. (2015). The third-level digital divide: Who benefits most from being online? In Communication and Information Technologies Annual (Vol. 10, pp. 29–52). Emerald. Lythreatis, S., Singh, S. K., & El-Kassar, A. N. (2022). The digital divide: A review and future research agenda. Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 175, 121359. UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for Generative AI in Education and Research. UNESCO. Deng, R., Jiang, M., Yu, X., Lu, Y., & Liu, S. (2024). Does ChatGPT enhance student learning? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Computers & Education, 105224. Stephens, N. M., et al. (2012). Unseen disadvantage: University norms of independence and first-generation performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 102(6), 1178–1197. Walton, G. M., & Cohen, G. L. (2011). A brief social-belonging intervention improves outcomes of minority students. Science, 331(6023), 1447–1451. Sidoti, O., Park, E., & Gottfried, J. (2025). Teens’ use of ChatGPT for schoolwork. Pew Research Center. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Perceived Digital Workload and Teacher Well-Being: The Mediating Role of Teacher Autonomy 1: Ankara University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Ministry of National Education (MoNE) Presenting Author:Problem Digitalisation in education systems has long been presented as a strategic transformation aimed at enhancing instructional processes, personalising learning, and rendering decision-making mechanisms more data-driven. The pedagogical potential of digital tools is commonly legitimised through discourses of accountability, monitoring, and quality assurance. Within this framework, educational organisations are increasingly governed through multiple digital platforms, databases, and reporting systems. However, the question of how this technically and administratively oriented digital transformation is reflected in teachers’ everyday work practices has often remained secondary. In particular, the growing expectations placed on teachers regarding digital data entry, reporting, and form completion alongside their pedagogical roles constitute a critical problem area concerning how digitalisation restructures teachers’ labour. Recent international literature emphasises that monitoring and reporting processes conducted through digital platforms not only increase teachers’ workload quantitatively but also transform the qualitative nature of teachers’ work. While digitalisation renders teacher performance more visible and measurable, it simultaneously generates new forms of workload that divert teachers’ time, attention, and emotional resources away from pedagogical interaction (Dormann ve diğerleri, 2019; Moraiti ve diğerleri, 2025). The systematic entry of student attendance data, the transfer of assessment results to digital platforms, the preparation of lesson plans, individual development reports, and the completion of numerous administrative forms in digital environments require teachers to allocate a substantial portion of their daily working time to non-pedagogical activities (Hase & Kuhl, 2024; Michos ve diğerleri, 2023). This situation entails the risk that instructional interaction, which constitutes the core of the teaching profession, is increasingly relegated to a secondary position. The literature commonly conceptualises the consequences of digitalisation in education through the notions of “digital overload” and “work intensification.” Digitalisation increasingly requires teachers to generate large volumes of data, enter this information into digital systems in a timely and accurate manner, and remain continuously visible through performance indicators. These demands contribute to heightened cognitive fatigue, intensified time pressure, and growing challenges in maintaining work–life balance, causing digital tools to function less as pedagogical supports and more as expanding domains of bureaucratic burden (Lepshokova ve diğerleri, 2025). This situation becomes particularly pronounced in education systems where multiple digital platforms are used simultaneously, as data duplication, technical disruptions, and unclear responsibility structures further intensify teachers’ perceived workload. Although digital competence, in-service training, and individual adaptation skills are frequently presented as mitigating factors, existing research indicates that such individual capacities are insufficient to compensate for structurally intensified work demands (Zhao ve diğerleri, 2025). Consequently, the core issue lies not primarily in teachers’ ability to use digital tools, but in how these technologies reorganise teachers’ labour and redefine professional roles within contemporary education systems. European Union education policies offer a comprehensive perspective that addresses this issue within the framework of teacher well-being and sustainable working conditions. The European Commission’s Digital Education Action Plan and teacher policy documents emphasise that digital transformation should be implemented in ways that strengthen teacher autonomy, support pedagogical capacity, and ensure a balanced management of workload (European Commission, 2020; European Commission, 2023). EU policy documents explicitly underline that excessive reporting and data demands pose significant risks to teacher motivation, professional satisfaction, and the long-term effectiveness of education systems (OECD, 2023). Accordingly, critically examining the effects of digitalisation on teachers’ workload remains a fundamental problem area not only in national contexts but also at the European level, particularly with regard to developing human-centred and sustainable education policies. The purpose of the present study is to examine the direct and indirect effects of teachers’ perceived digital workload on teacher autonomy and teacher well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method Research Design This study employed a correlational survey design to examine the relationships between teachers’ perceived digital workload, teacher autonomy, and teacher well-being. Within a theoretically grounded structural model, both the direct effects of perceived digital workload on teacher autonomy and teacher well-being and the mediating role of teacher autonomy in these relationships were tested. The study involved no instructional or organisational intervention and relied on teachers’ self-reported perceptions of digital work demands emerging from their everyday professional practices. Sample The sample consisted of primary, lower secondary, and upper secondary school teachers working in public schools in Türkiye. Due to institutional access constraints commonly encountered in large-scale educational research (OECD, 2023), a convenience sampling strategy based on voluntary participation was adopted (Creswell, 2014). Data were collected via an online questionnaire, ensuring participant anonymity and voluntariness. Ethical approval was obtained from the Ankara University Human Research Ethics Committee, and informed consent was secured from all participants prior to data collection. Data Collection Instruments Teachers’ perceived digital workload was measured using the Teachers’ Perceived Digital Workload Scale (TDWPS), developed by the researchers based on the literature on digital overload, digital bureaucratic demands, and work intensification. The scale captures teachers’ perceptions of data entry, reporting requirements, platform-based administrative obligations, as well as the volume and complexity of digitally mediated tasks. Teacher autonomy was assessed using the Teacher Autonomy Scale developed by Çolak and Altınkurt (2017), which measures perceived control over instructional decision-making, classroom practices, and professional judgement. Teacher well-being was measured using the Teacher Well-Being Scale developed by Collie (2015). All instruments were administered using a five-point Likert-type scale ranging from strongly disagree to strongly agree. Prior to testing the structural model, confirmatory factor analyses (CFA) were conducted to assess the validity of the measurement models. Data Analysis Data were analysed using structural equation modelling (SEM). Prior to model estimation, the data were screened for missing values, outliers, and violations of normality assumptions. Given the likelihood of multivariate non-normality in self-report data, the Robust Maximum Likelihood (MLR) estimation method was employed (Satorra & Bentler, 2010). Model fit was evaluated using multiple indices, including RMSEA, SRMR, GFI, CFI, and IFI, based on recommended cut-off criteria (Byrne, 1998; Hu & Bentler, 1999). The mediating role of teacher autonomy was tested using a bootstrap procedure with bias-corrected confidence intervals (Preacher & Hayes, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes The present study is expected to provide empirical evidence on the relationships between teachers’ perceived digital workload, teacher autonomy, and teacher well-being. It is anticipated that as perceived digital workload increases, teachers’ perceptions of control over professional decision-making processes will decrease, which in turn will negatively affect teacher well-being. Furthermore, teacher autonomy is expected to function as a significant mediating variable in the relationship between perceived digital workload and teacher well-being. This finding would indicate that the effects of digital workload on teacher well-being emerge partly through teachers’ perceived autonomy over their professional practices and decisions. Such a result would be consistent with theoretical approaches that conceptualise teacher autonomy as a core psychosocial mechanism explaining how digital working conditions are translated into well-being outcomes. From a broader perspective, the expected findings are likely to extend the existing literature, which has predominantly addressed the effects of digitalisation on teachers through the lenses of technical adaptation and individual competencies. By shifting the analytical focus toward the structural implications of digital transformation for teachers’ labour, working conditions, and well-being, the study aims to contribute to a more critical and comprehensive understanding of digitalisation in education. Modelling teacher autonomy as a central explanatory mechanism has the potential to generate evidence-based implications for the development of teacher-centred digital education practices and school-level policy processes that support teacher well-being. References References Byrne, B.M. (1998). Multivariate applications book series. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (4th ed.). Sage. Dormann, M., Hinz, S., & Wittmann, E. (2019). Improving school administration through information technology? How digitalisation changes the bureaucratic features of public school administration. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 47(2), 275–293. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143217739362 European Commission. (2020). Digital education action plan (2021–2027): Resetting education and training for the digital age. Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2023). Education and training monitor 2023. Publications Office of the European Union. Hase, A., & Kuhl, P. (2024). Teachers’ use of data from digital learning platforms for instructional design: A systematic review. Educational Technology Research and Development, 72, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-023-10256-9 Hu, L., & Bentler, P.M. (1999). Cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: Conventional criteria versus new alternatives. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 6(1), 1-55. Lepshokova, Z. K., Iashina, A. G., & Chernaya, A. V. (2025). Factors of digital overload among teachers. Population and Economics, 9(1), 45–63. Michos, K., Schmitz, M.-L., & Petko, D. (2023). Teachers’ data literacy for learning analytics: A central predictor for digital data use in upper secondary schools. Education and Information Technologies, 28, 15647–15666. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-11668-2 Moraiti, K., Bergviken Rensfeldt, A., & Lundin, M. (2025). Digital platform work reinforcing performativity: Teacher responses to work intensification explored through trace ethnography. Critical Studies in Education, 66(1), 1–17. OECD. (2023). Teachers and digital transformation: Working conditions, workload and well-being. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/teacher-digital-workload-2023 Preacher, K.J., & Hayes, A.F. (2008). Asymptotic and resampling strategies for assessing and comparing indirect effects in multiple mediator models. Behavior Research Methods, 40(3), 879–891. https://doi.org/10.3758/BRM.40.3.879 Satorra, A., & Bentler, P.M. (2010). Ensuring positiveness of the scaled difference chi-square test statistic. Psychometrika, 75(2), 243-248. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11336-009-9135-y Zhao, Y., Zhao, K., & Wei, S. (2025). School support, perceived value and teachers’ digital training adaptability: A multilevel moderated mediation model. Psychology in the Schools, 62(1), 45–62. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.23001 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Learning Patterns of Computer and Information Literacy in Unexpectedly High-Performing Schools: An Analysis Based on ICILS 2023 Data from Europe Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:Computer and information literacy (CIL) has become a central educational objective across European education systems (European Commission, 2020), particularly considering fast-paced technological change and increasing societal reliance on digital technology. Accordingly, schools are mandated to systematically foster this key competence among all students (Fraillon, 2025). However, findings from the International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023 (ICILS 2023) reveal persistent socio-economic disparities in CIL across Europe (European Commission, 2024; Fraillon, 2025; Kennedy et al., 2025). At the same time, research has identified so-called unexpectedly high-performing schools that have proven resilient despite serving student populations with low socioeconomic backgrounds and whose students demonstrate above-average performance in CIL (Drossel et al., 2020). Theoretical accounts of unexpectedly high-performing schools suggest that their high CIL levels can be attributed to an enhanced capacity to adapt to contextual conditions as well as to the diverse learning needs of their students (Muijs et al., 2004). Against this backdrop, learning-related factors may play a crucial role in buffering the adverse effects of socio-economic disadvantage in such schools (Niemann et al., 2025) and to learn CIL. Theoretically, CIL can be conceptualized as comprising four interrelated subdomains: (1) knowledge related to the use of computers, (2) the collection and organization of information, (3) the creation of digital content, and (4) digital communication (Duckworth & Fraillon, 2025). Although the CIL framework is well established, empirical research on the extent of learning across the four CIL subdomains including comparisons between unexpectedly high-performing schools and other schools has largely remained descriptive, typically examining the learning of all CIL-subdomains concurrently by assessing students’ extent of learning various internet-related tasks within school contexts by a scale. As a result of these overarching analyses across all CIL-subdomains, comparative examinations of selected European countries reveal no differences between unexpectedly high-performing schools and other schools (Niemann et al., 2025). This finding is surprising insofar as the theoretical assumptions mentioned suggest that learning, particularly in unexpectedly high-performing schools, should differ from those observed in other schools (Muijs et al., 2004; Niemann et al., 2025). Against this background, the present study aims to move beyond overarching approaches by adopting a person-centered perspective on student learning patterns taking all four CIL subdomains into account. The central objective is to identify unexpectedly high-performing schools and possible learning patterns of CIL among students attending those schools in comparison to other schools in selected European countries. Focusing on Germany, Finland, and the Czech Republic allows for a comparative analysis across three European education systems with differing CIL levels, instructional practices, school autonomy and taking highly different contextual conditions into account (Fraillon, 2025). Following on from this research gap, this presentation answers two research questions (RQ):
By addressing these questions, the study seeks to contribute to a more differentiated understanding of how learning CIL is taking place within unexpectedly high-performing schools across Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Addressing the outlined research questions, empirical secondary analysis of data from the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023 (ICILS 2023; Fraillon, 2025) were conducted in this contribution. The analyses are based on nationally representative drawn samples including eight-grade students from Germany (N = 5065), Finland (N = 4249) and the Czech Republic (N = 8169). Based on this sample, a two-step process was used to answer the research questions. In the first step (RQ1), unexpectedly high-performing schools were identified by aggregating the range of socio-economic status and the range of CIL of the students at the school level for each country. Unexpectedly high-performing schools are defined as those schools whose student body is in the bottom 40 percent of the socioeconomic status spectrum (as determined by the Highest International Socio-Economic Index of Occupational Status (HISEI)) and at the same time in the top 40 percent of the CIL range for the respective country (Drossel et al., 2024). All other schools within the sample are regarded as other schools. In a second step (RQ2), latent class analyses (LCA) using MPlus 8 (Muthén & Muthén, 2017) were conducted utilizing the respective subsamples (students at unexpectedly high-performing schools; Germany: n = 520; Finland: n = 505; Czech Republic: n = 411 vs. students from other schools; Germany: n = 4503; Finland: n = 3728; Czech Republic: n = 7758) from the three countries. Missing values were excluded from the analyses. To identify students distinct learning patterns, the various CIL areas were operationalized with a total of 10 items relating to what extent students have learned how to do different internet- and ICT-related tasks at school (for example Use the internet to find information, Judge whether a message from someone is a scam, Edit the layout and formatting of documents or slideshow presentations). The LCA allows the identification of unobserved subgroups of students with similar patterns across the extent of learning of the four CIL subdomains. Model selection follows established statistical criteria, including the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC) (Eshima, 2022; Nylund-Gibson & Choi, 2018). Sampling weights were applied to account for potential sampling bias (Tieck, 2025) and the complex survey design of ICILS 2023 are considered to ensure the representativeness and robustness of the results (Fraillon, 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses for RQ1 revealed that in Finland 13 percent of students attend unexpectedly high-performing schools, compared with 7 percent in the Czech Republic and 14 percent in Germany. Moreover, to answer RQ2 three distinct and consistent patterns of students’ CIL learning across all countries and both unexpectedly high-performing and other schools were identified. Owing to strong similarities, the patterns were labelled consistently. All-around CIL learners demonstrated high engagement across all CIL subdomains. They constituted a substantially larger share of students in unexpectedly high-performing schools (Czech Republic: 50%; Finland: 43%; Germany: 58%) than in other schools (34%, 33%, and 40%, respectively), while showing comparable engagement profiles across school types. Selective CIL learners focused on a narrower but still substantial range of CIL-related activities, particularly online information search and document or presentation formatting. In unexpectedly high-performing schools, their proportions were lower (Czech Republic: 29%; Finland: 33%; Germany: 10%) than in other schools, where Selective learners represented a larger share of students (47%, 52%, and 23%, respectively), despite displaying similar learning patterns. Reserved CIL learners showed generally low engagement across CIL subdomains, concentrating mainly on basic activities. They accounted for around one quarter to one third of students in unexpectedly high-performing schools (Czech Republic: 28%; Finland: 17%; Germany: 33%) and for comparable shares in other schools (20%, 15%, and 37%, respectively). Overall, the findings indicate the existence of unexpectedly high-performing schools in all three countries with a stable typology of CIL learning patterns. From a research perspective, the results highlight the need for systematic investigation of school-level conditions influencing the emergence and distribution of CIL learning patterns. From a school perspective, the higher concentration of All-around CIL learners in unexpectedly high-performing schools underscores the role of school practices and learning environments in fostering comprehensive CIL engagement, with implications potentially transferable across countries. References Drossel, K., Eickelmann, B. & Vennemann, M. (2020). Schools overcoming the digital divide: in depth analyses towards organizational resilience in the computer and information literacy domain. Large-scale Assess Educ, 8(9). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-020-00087-w Drossel, K., Oldak, A., Bette, R. & Eickelmann, B. (2024). Unexpectedly successful! Results of the UneS project and recommendations for action for equal opportunities and digitalisation-related school development processes at individual school level. [Unerwartbar erfolgreich! Ergebnisse des UneS-Projektes und Handlungsempfehlungen für chancengerechte, digitalisierungsbezogene Schulentwicklungsprozesse auf Einzelschulebene]. Waxmann. Duckworth, D. & Fraillon, J. (2025). Measuring Students’ Computer and Information Literacy. In J. Fraillon (Ed.), An International Perspective on Digital Literacy. Results from ICILS 2023 (pp. 71–87). Springer. Eshima, N. (2022). An Introduction to Latent Class Analysis (Vol. 14). Springer. European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027 – Resetting education and training for the digital age. EUR-Lex. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0624 European Commission (2024). International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) in Europe – 2023. Main Findings and Educational Policy Implications. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/5221263 Fraillon, J. (Ed.). (2025). An International Perspective on Digital Literacy. Results from ICILS 2023. Springer. Kennedy, A., Strello, A., & Strietholt, R. (2025). Relationships between computer and information literacy, computational thinking and student background. In J. Fraillon (Ed.), An international perspective on digital literacy: Results from ICILS 2023 (pp. 155–177). IEA. Muijs, D., Harris, A., Chapman, C., Stoll, L. & Russ, J. (2004). Improving Schools in Socioeconomically Disadvantaged Areas – A Review of Research Evidence. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 15(2), 149-175. http://dx.doi.org/10.1076/sesi.15.2.149.30433 Muthén, L.K. & Muthén, B.O. (2017). Mplus User’s Guide. Eighth Edition. Muthén & Muthén. Niemann, J., Eickelmann, B. & Drossel, K. (2025). Overcoming Digital Inequalities – Identification and Characterisation of Digitally Resilient Schools in Different Countries Using ICILS 2023 Data. Education Science, 15(7), 898. Nylund-Gibson, K., & Choi, A. Y. (2018). Ten frequently asked questions about latent class analysis. Translational Issues in Psychological Science, 4(4), 440–461. https://doi.org/10.1037/tps0000176 Tieck, S. (2025). Sampling weights and participation rates. In J. Fraillon, M. Rožman, S. Meyer, L. Musu, Y.-L. Liaw, A. Christiansen & S. Tieck (Hrsg.), International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023. Technical Report (S. 89 – 112). IEA. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 16 SES 02 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Janne Fagerlund Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Conceptualizing Computer Science Competencies in Primary Education: a Systematic Review University of Wuerzburg, Germany Presenting Author:Digital technologies and artifacts are an integral part of primary school children’s everyday lives. This has led to increasing calls to foster competencies for a digitally networked world already at the primary school level. Such competencies are considered central to comprehensive participation in political, cultural, and economic processes within society (Wissenschaftsrat, 2020) and may enable children to actively shape the world in democratic and sustainable ways (GDSU, 2021). Accordingly, competencies for a digitally networked world aim at a self-determined, responsible, and critical use of digital media, as well as at the development of skills for working with, analyzing, reflecting on, and designing digital artifacts (Brinda et al., 2020). Which specific competencies primary school children should acquire in this context is answered differently depending on the discourse and the underlying reference discipline. Normative and theoretical models as well as empirical studies variously address media, digital, or information literacy. These constructs differ substantially in how they are conceptualized and operationalized (Mensonides et al., 2024). Especially for the primary school level, existing approaches are predominantly normative and have only been insufficiently validated empirically. In recent years, computer science–related competencies have increasingly been addressed within discussions of media, digital, and information literacy, for example in large-scale assessments such as the most recent ICILS study (Eickelmann et al., 2024). A key aim in this context is to convey foundational computer science concepts underlying the applications that permeate children’s everyday lives, such as intelligent toys (Schmid et al., 2021). This raises the question of which specific computer science competencies should already be initiated in primary education. Given that computer science as a reference discipline encompasses a broad range of subfields, a wide variety of domains and content areas may be considered, including theoretical computer science (e.g., cryptography or machine models), practical computer science (e.g., data structures and algorithms), applied computer science (e.g., databases or operating systems), and computer engineering (e.g., robotics or networks). Various computer science associations have derived normative competence descriptions for primary education that include multiple subdimensions. In Germany, the Informatics Society (2019) specifies five contet areas for the end of grades two and four: Information and Data, Algorithms, Languages and Automata, Computing Systems, and Computing, Humans, and Society. Similar domains are defined in the K–12 Computer Science Standards (Computer Science Teachers Association, 2017) for children aged 5–7 and 8–11, complemented by the domain Networks and the Internet. Within each domain, further subconcepts are distinguished, such as devices, hardware and software, or troubleshooting. In England, the computing curriculum likewise formulates learning objectives across all school levels. In addition to domains such as Computing Systems and Networks, it includes areas such as Creating Media, which are often also associated with media- or digital-related competencies (e.g., DigComp 2.2, Vuorikari et al., 2022). This exemplary overview of curricula and frameworks highlights that terminology and conceptualizations vary considerably and reflect different disciplinary perspectives and content emphases. At the same time, different aspects of literacy are foregrounded, such as knowledge, skills, or attitudes. Against this background, the overarching question arises of how existing empirical findings and constructs can be systematically synthesized to provide a comprehensive overview of computer science competencies for primary education. The present study addresses the following research questions: a) How is the construct of computer science competencies conceptualized at the primary school level, and how is it distinguished from related constructs? b) Which subdimensions of computer science competencies can be identified, and how are they specified for the primary school age group? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To systematize computer science content domains and differentiate corresponding competencies for primary education, a systematic review was conducted following the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). A search string was developed by compiling key terms from the field of computer science and identifying relevant synonyms (e.g., informatic* OR comput* OR robot*). These terms were combined with descriptors referring to the target group of primary school children (e.g., “primary school*” OR “elementary school*”). English and German search strings were applied to the databases Web of Science, Scopus, Fachportal Pädagogik (including ERIC), the ACM Guide to Computing Literature, and IEEE Xplore. Peer-reviewed journal articles and conference papers were included, as conference proceedings are common in computer science–related disciplines. Only publications from 2000 onwards were considered. This search yielded 3,272 records, of which 144 duplicates were removed. The remaining 3,128 records were independently screened by at least two reviewers. Included studies explicitly addressed computer science competencies of primary school children that are relevant in formal or informal educational contexts or examined specific subdimensions of such competencies. Studies were excluded if they focused on children outside the primary school age range, addressed teacher professional development, primarily examined the use of digital tools (e.g., studies on learning with computing systems, such as tutoring systems), or lacked a clear relation to educationally relevant computer science competencies. Screening and selection were conducted using Rayyan (Ouzzani et al., 2016). Disagreements were discussed within the group of four raters and resolved by consensus. In the first screening round, titles and abstracts were assessed, resulting in 359 included articles. Full-text screening subsequently reduced the sample to 145 publications. Additional studies were identified through free-text searches, including references of included systematic reviews and publications by key authors, yielding 62 further records. To reduce potential bias, the empirical studies (n = 155) among the total of 207 included publications were assessed for methodological quality using a standardized rating scheme (Acosta et al., 2020). Studies scoring below a cutoff value of 17 were excluded, resulting in the final dataset for analysis. The final publications are analyzed using qualitative content analysis. An iterative deductive–inductive category system is developed and validated through consensus (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024), focusing on computer science content domains, their interrelations, and the specification of competencies for the primary school age group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the systematic review will be presented and discussed at the conference. It is expected that most publications originate from computer science–related disciplines, such as computer science education, rather than from educational research more broadly. In addition, a substantial number of studies are likely to focus on computational thinking at the primary school level, with a strong emphasis on algorithms and programming. Other areas of computer science, such as networks and the internet, are expected to be underrepresented. This imbalance is likely to be reflected in the specificity and depth of competency descriptions, thereby revealing research gaps. Further research on construct clarification is therefore essential, not least to reduce the risk of bias due to missing or unevenly distributed evidence. Within our project, the systematic review constitutes the first step in the development of a assessment instrument, specifically at the stage of conceptualization (MacKenzie et al., 2011). A thorough and systematic clarification of the construct is necessary because existing instruments predominantly focus on selected areas of computer science, such as computational thinking (e.g., El-Hamamsy et al., 2025). The systematic review enables the identification of content domains for which few or no competency specifications for primary education currently exist, such as networks. These insights provide a foundation for subsequent empirical studies and for the operationalization of a more comprehensive set of computer science competencies for the primary school level. References Acosta, S., Garza, T., Hsu, H.‑Y., & Goodson, P. (2020). Assessing Quality in Systematic Literature Reviews: A Study of Novice Rater Training. Sage Open, 10(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244020939530 Brinda, T., Brüggen, N., & Diethelm, I. (2020). Frankfurt-Dreieck zur Bildung in der digital vernetzten Welt. Ein interdisziplinäres Modell. In T. Knaus & O. Merz (Eds.), Schnittstellen und Interfaces. Digitaler Wandel in Bildungseinrichtungen (pp. 157–167). KoPaed. Computer Science Teachers Association. (2017). CSTA K–12 Computer Science Standards. http://www.csteachers.org/standards Eickelmann, B., Fröhlich, N., Bos, W., Gerick, J., Goldhammer, F., Schaumburg, H., Schwippert, K., Senkbeil, M., & Vahrenhold, J. (2024). ICILS 2023 #Deutschland. Computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen und Kompetenzen im Bereich Computational Thinking von Schüler*innen im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. El-Hamamsy, L., Zapata-Cáceres, M., Martín-Barroso, E., Mondada, F., Zufferey, J. D., Bruno, B., & Román-González, M. (2025). The Competent Computational Thinking Test (cCTt): A Valid, Reliable and Gender-Fair Test for Longitudinal CT Studies in Grades 3–6. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 30(3), 1607–1661. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-024-09777-8 GDSU. (2021). Sachunterricht und Digitalisierung – Positionspapier der Gesellschaft für Didaktik des Sachunterrichts (GDSU). http://www.gdsu.de/wb/ Gesellschaft für Informatik e.V. (2019). Kompetenzen für informatische Bildung im Primarbereich. http://dl.gi.de/handle/20.500.12116/20121. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Beltz Juventa. MacKenzie, S. B., Podsakoff, P. M., & Podsakoff, N. P. (2011). Construct Measurement and Validation Procedures in MIS and Behavioral Research: Integrating New and Existing Techniques. MIS Quarterly, 35(2), 293–334. Mensonides, D., Smit, A., Talsma, I., Swart, J., & Broersma, M. (2024). Digital Literacies as Socially Situated Pedagogical Processes: Genealogically Understanding Media, Information, and Digital Literacies. Media and Communication, 12, Article 8174. https://doi.org/10.17645/mac.8174 Ouzzani, M., Hammady, H., Fedorowicz, Z., & Elmagarmid, A. (2016). Rayyan-a web and mobile app for systematic reviews. Systematic Reviews, 5(1), 210. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-016-0384-4 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ (Clinical Research Ed.), 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Schmid, U., Gärtig-Daugs, A., Müller, L., & Werner, A. (2021). Grundkonzepte des Maschinellen Lernens für die Grundschule – Algorithmen, Bias, Generali-sierungsfehler. In Gesellschaft für Informatik (Ed.), Informatik 2021, Lecture Notes in Informatics (pp. 1611–1623). Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens: With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Comissió Europea. Wissenschaftsrat. (2020). Perspektiven der Informatik in Deutschland. https://www.wissenschaftsrat.de/download/2020/8675-20.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=13 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Equal Performance, Unequal Confidence? Gender Differences in ICT Literacy and Self-Efficacy Humboldt-Universitaet zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Numerous studies conducted over the past decades have shown that girls tend to be less interested in computers, use them less often in their spare time, and have a more negative attitude toward computers (Brosnan, 1998; Cooper, 2006; Tondeur et al., 2016). Consequently, it has long been assumed that they are often less computer literate than boys. However, recent studies suggest that gender differences in information- and communication technology (ICT)-related skills need to be viewed in a more nuanced way. The results of performance-based ICT tests must be distinguished from measurements based on self-assessment. Performance-based tests in particular often show no clear advantage for boys. In various recent studies that assess ICT literacy using behavior-based methods or knowledge-based tests, girls outperform boys or negligible gender differences were found (Gebhardt et al., 2019; Gnambs, 2021; Qazi et al., 2022). These findings are corroborated by a meta-analysis by Siddiq and Scherer (2019), who found a significant positive difference in favor of girls in performance-based tests. In contrast, test procedures based on self-assessment are also mixed but tend to favor boys (Christensen, 2023). A reason for this might be that these procedures do not measure actual behavioral skills or knowledge, but rather skill-related beliefs (Scherer & Siddiq, 2019). This assumption is also supported by studies that measure self-reported beliefs such as ICT-related self-efficacy or self-concept. For example, Gnambs (2021) uses longitudinal data from an education panel survey to show that boys report higher ICT-related self-efficacy or self-perception than girls over time – despite not having any corresponding advantages in terms of actually measured ICT literacy. The differences reported are particularly relevant in a school context, given that educational institutions are mandated to promote ICT literacy among all genders. This includes imparting declarative and conditional knowledge as well as providing learning opportunities for the practical application and testing of these skills. In this way, the corresponding self-efficacy in dealing with digital technologies can and should be strengthened at the same time. Until now, gender differences in performance-based ICT tests, ICT-related competence beliefs, and ICT use in schools have rarely been considered in conjunction with one another. Gerick et al. (2019) report that the performance gap between boys and girls in a performance-based ICT literacy test can be explained in part by their ICT-related self-efficacy beliefs, while keeping the use of digital media in schools constant. Different effects were observed between beliefs regarding basic and advanced skills. In a reanalysis of ICILS data from 2013 and 2018, Campos and Scherer (2024) confirmed that girls with equal ICT access to boys have better digital skills, partly due to differences in ICT self-efficacy in basic computer skills. However, they did not find the same association in items assessing students' ICT self-efficacy in advanced skills. In a study of elementary school students, Aesart et al. (2017) found that girls assessed their ICT literacy more accurately than boys, but the gender difference in the accuracy of skill assessments disappeared when actual performance in a skill-based test was included in the model. The the present study aims to analyze the relationship between computer-related self-efficacy beliefs and ICT literacy more closely, taking into account gender and school computer use. In addition to the global view of ICT literacy, individual skill facets (informing, producing, communicating) are also considered. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a larger evaluation of hybrid teaching and learning environments in schools. The acquisition of ICT literacy is one of the central issues addressed in this study. The sample comprises 1,315 eighth-grade students who were surveyed as part of the initial assessment before the start of hybrid teaching. A scenario-based test was developed for the study to assess skills in the areas of information, production, and communication. The test was developed on the basis of the competency frameworks from ICILS (Fraillion et al, 2024) and DigComp2.2 (Vuorikari et al., 2022), in which these three sub-areas represent key competency dimensions. Most of the tasks were realistic scenarios accompanied by screenshots, in which the students had to select one or more correct options from several possible answers. In part, items were adapted from similar tests (Ackermans et al., 2024, Pedaste et al, 2023). The test contained 16 tasks in which a total of up to 34 points could be achieved. ICT-related self-efficacy was measured using adapted items based on scales from PISA 2022 (Müller et al., 2025). The adaptation of the items was aligned with the dimensions of ICT literacy described above. Computer use at school was operationalized using an item on the frequency of digital media use in class. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate that boys rate their ICT-related self-efficacy significantly higher than girls. However, the results of the scenario-based ICT literacy test show no significant difference between boys and girls. Moderated regression analyses were used to examine the relationship between self-efficacy beliefs and ICT literacy for both genders. The results indicate that when test performance is held constant girls rate their self efficacy significantly lower than boys do. The correlation between ICT test performance and self-efficacy however is comparable for boys and girls. In both groups better test performance is associated with higher self-efficacy, although the groups differ in their absolute levels of self efficacy. In a subsequent multiple regression analysis we also took into account the use of digital media at school. This analysis revealed that ICT test performance, the use of digital media at school, and gender were all significant predictors of self-efficacy. The gender effect remained even when test performance and school media use were controlled for and still showed the largest adjusted difference in self-efficacy. With regard to the use of self-assessments to measure ICT literacy, the results suggest that self efficacy (as a form of self assessment) is a valid indicator of individual differences in ICT literacy, but is not a neutral measure for gender-specific competence comparisons. Concerning the use of digital media in schools, it can further be concluded that school use contributes to the development of a positive self-concept of ICT-related competence, but cannot completely compensate for gender-specific differences in ICT-related self-efficacy. In further analyses we will explore whether these relationships can also be found when single dimensions of ICT-literacy (information, production, communication) are considered. References Ackermans, K. et al. (2024). Development and validation of a test for measuring primary school students' effective use of ICT: The ECC‐ICT test. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 40(3), 960-972. Brosnan, M. J. (1998). The impact of psychological gender, gender-related perceptions, significant others, and the introducer of technology upon computer anxiety in students. Journal of educational computing research, 18(1), 63-78. Campos, D. G., & Scherer, R. (2024). Digital gender gaps in Students’ knowledge, attitudes and skills: an integrative data analysis across 32 Countries. Education and Information Technologies, 29(1), 655-693. Christensen, M. A. (2023). Tracing the gender confidence gap in computing: a Cross-National Meta-Analysis of gender differences in self-assessed technological ability. Social Science Research, 111, 102853. Cooper, J. (2006). The digital divide: The special case of gender. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 22, 320–334. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2006.00185.x. Fraillon, J., & Duckworth, D. (2024). Computer and information literacy framework. In: Fraillion et al. (Eds), IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023: Assessment framework (pp. 21-34). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland. Gebhardt, E., Thomson, S., Ainley, J., & Hillman, K. (2019). Gender differences in computer and information literacy: An in-depth analysis of data from ICILS. Springer nature. Gerick, J., Massek, C., Eickelmann, B., & Labusch, A. (2019). Computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen von Mädchen und Jungen im zweiten internationalen Vergleich. In: Eickelmann et al. (Eds.): ICILS 2018 #Deutschland (pp. 271-300). Münster ; New York: Waxmann. Gnambs, T. (2021). The development of gender differences in information and communication technology (ICT) literacy in middle adolescence. Computers in Human Behavior, 114, 106533. Müller, M. et al. (2025). PISA 2022 Skalenhandbuch. Münster: Waxmann. Pedaste, M., Kallas, K., & Baucal, A. (2023). Digital competence test for learning in schools: Development of items and scales. Computers & Education, 203, 104830. Qazi, A. et al. (2022). Gender differences in information and communication technology use & skills: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Education and information technologies, 27(3), 4225-4258. Siddiq, F., & Scherer, R. (2019). Is there a gender gap? A meta-analysis of the gender differences in students' ICT literacy. Educational research review, 27, 205-217. Tondeur, J., Van de Velde, S., Vermeersch, H., & Van Houtte, M. (2016). Gender differences in the ICT profile of university students: A quantitative analysis. Journal of Diversity and Gender Studies, 3(1), 57-77. Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper What AI-based Compensation Strategies Can be Used to Prevent Learners from Dropping out of Distance Learning Courses? IREDU, France Presenting Author:In e-learning, the development of AI-based technologies is creating new expectations regarding the potential for adapting training depending on the learner's needs. Studies show that the use of artificial intelligence in online courses can reduce dropout rates (Wan & Yu, 2023), whether through predicting potential dropouts (Khan, 2021; Zerkouk et al. 2023), through the use of adaptive learning (Papamitsiou et al. 2020), or through providing closer guidance via intelligent tutors (Minne, 2025). Since 2015, international publications on IA-supported education have become increasingly important. Jing (2023) points out that a large proportion of these papers come from the field of computer science and focus more on tools and adaptive learning. However, one of the challenges is to analyse the use of AI in training and its potential effects on dropout rates by drawing on theoretical frameworks from the fields of education and training. Several studies highlight a dropout rate that can be high in e-learning environments, particularly among adults, although this depends on the type of training program (Breslow et al., 2013). In this context, the purpose of this paper is to analyse the extent to which AI could improve learner completion in adult e-learning programs by identifying the different types of factors relating to the learner, his environment and the training program. This question leads us, first of all, to consider the use of other types of AI, such as generative AI; then, to pay particular attention to instructional design (Paquelin, 2020), based on the theoretical fundamentals of adult learning. The literature emphasises that one of the important issues for adult learners is the motivational aspect, which must be taken into consideration. Numerous theories have been developed in the literature on motivation (Fenouillet, 2012), which is a complex and multidimensional concept that requires contextual factors to be taken into account (Aubret, 2008). Adult learners have financial, family and professional responsibilities that can affect their available time (Njingang et al., 2021; Papi et al., 2022), the nature of their motivation (Deci & Ryan, 1985; Kember, 1989), their goals (Kizilcec et al., 2017, Carré, 2022; 2024) and their self-efficacy (Bandura; Vayre & Vonthron, 2018). Based on this literature, a set of factors related to individual and contextual characteristics of the learners as well as the training program itself have been identified as potential predictors of adult learners' dropout. Through an empirical study of an e-learning program for adults, we first seek to evaluate and determine the predictive factors of dropout. Secondly, the model will be enhanced by the integration of generative AI and, more specifically, motivational messages generated and customized to the learner's profile (Mélot et al., 2017).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to measure the different dropout factors, data was collected through a survey during a training program. This training course is offered online to future workplace mentors. The target audience is professionals in the transport sector (automotive, freight transport, healthcare) in various positions (workers, technicians, managers). This module is compulsory for some of these professionals, and lasts 10 hours. The interest of studying such a program lies in the diversity of the learners' profiles, both in terms of their individual characteristics and their professional environment. This training involved approximately 4,769 individuals. Surveys were implemented on the platform before, during, and at the end of the training. In these surveys, learners were asked about their individual characteristics, motivation, self-efficacy, professional constraints, environment and aspects of the training. In total, approximately 350 learners responded to all of the surveys. In addition, the platform data provides information on the completion rate of the training module. Dropout is defined here as not completing the training within the allotted time frame. Based on this data, correlation tests were first carried out, followed by regression analyses to determine the most predictive variables for dropout and identify their respective weights. These results will then be used to draft AI-generated motivational messages tailored to each learner's profile. These results are currently being replicated using new data to ensure their robustness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Statistical analyses highlight a set of findings on the factors that predict dropout rates within the context of this e-learning program for adults. First, professional status is highly significant. Contrary to the findings of other studies, successful completion rates appear to be higher among blue-collar workers than among managers. One possible explanation for this is that they have to leave their usual workplace to attend the course, whereas managers may be at their usual workplace. This suggests that environmental factors related to the conditions under which the course is taken (during working hours, outside working hours, at the usual workplace or elsewhere) should be investigated (Papi, 2022). Similarly, in line with the literature, self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997; Carré, 2024), being paid for the role of tutor (external motivation), and whether or not learners were required to complete the training, are significantly correlated with completing the training. The latter could be linked to other factors such as whether or not the tutor actually takes on a trainee, and therefore to the perceived usefulness of the training (Atkinson and Raynor, 1974; Yennek, 2024). However, self-regulated learning was not significantly correlated with their completion of the training, except for self-regulation related to time management. Some characteristics of the training program also appear to be significant. The statistical model explains approximately 7% of the variance in training completion. This model is then used to generate personalised motivational messages using AI, which will be implemented in the training program and evaluated subsequently. References AbdelAziz Ali, N., Eassa, F., & Hamed, E. (2019). Personalized Learning Style for Adaptive E-Learning System. International Journal of Advanced Trends in Computer Science and Engineering, 8(8), 223‑230. https://doi.org/10.30534/ijatcse/2019/4181.12019 Azzi, I., Radouane, A., Laaouina, L., Jeghal, A., Yahyaouy, A., & Tairi, H. (2024). Fuzzy Classification Approach to Select Learning Objects Based on Learning Styles in Intelligent E-Learning Systems. Informatics, 11(2), 29. https://doi.org/10.3390/informatics11020029 Paquelin, D. (2020). Repères pour une ingénierie interactionniste situationnelle. Distances et médiations des savoirs, 32. https://doi.org/10.4000/dms.5916 Carré, P. (2024). Chapitre 13. Motivation et pédagogie des adultes. In Grand manuel de psychologie de la motivation—2e éd.: Vol. 2e ed. (p. 318-339). Dunod; Cairn.info. https://shs.cairn.info/grand-manuel-de-psychologie-de-la-motivation--9782100856602-page-318?lang=fr Dussarps, C., Vaugier, E., & Varichon, J. (2025). Proposition d’un cadre épistémologique et méthodologique pour l’étude de la persévérance scolaire dans l’enseignement à distance. Revue Education, Santé, Sociétés, Volume 11, Numéro 1, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.17184/eac.9365 Jing, Y., Zhao, L., Zhu, K., Wang, H., Wang, C., & Xia, Q. (2023). Research Landscape of Adaptive Learning in Education: A Bibliometric Study on Research Publications from 2000 to 2022. Sustainability, 15(4), 3115. https://doi.org/10.3390/su15043115 Kizilcec, R. F., Pérez-Sanagustín, M., & Maldonado, J. J. (2017). Self-regulated learning strategies predict learner behavior and goal attainment in Massive Open Online Courses. Computers & Education, 104, 18-33. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2016.10.001 Minne, Y. (2024). Etude de l’impact de contenus pédagogiques multimédia interactifs sur l’attention et l’engagement des apprenants. Papamitsiou, Z., Pappas, I. O., Sharma, K., & Giannakos, M. N. (2020). Utilizing Multimodal Data Through fsQCA to Explain Engagement in Adaptive Learning. IEEE Transactions on Learning Technologies, 13(4), 689‑703. https://doi.org/10.1109/TLT.2020.3020499 Papi, C., Sauvé, L., Desjardins, G., & Gérin-Lajoie, S. (2022). De la multiplicité des facteurs à prendre en compte pour mieux comprendre l’abandon en formation à distance. Distances et médiations des savoirs, 37. https://doi.org/10.4000/dms.6904 Peltier, C., & Séguin, C. (2021). Hybridation et dispositifs hybrides de formation dans l’enseignement supérieur : Revue de la littérature 2012-2020. Distances et médiations des savoirs, 35. https://doi.org/10.4000/dms.6414 Wan, H., & Yu, S. (2023). A recommendation system based on an adaptive learning cognitive map model and its effects. Interactive Learning Environments, 31(3), 1821‑1839. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2020.1858115 Willingham, D. T., Hughes, E. M., & Dobolyi, D. G. (2015). The Scientific Status of Learning Styles Theories. Teaching of Psychology, 42(3), 266‑271. https://doi.org/10.1177/0098628315589505 Zerkouk, M., Chikhaoui, B., & Hotte, R. (s. d.). Le raccrochage scolaire à distance : Un projet innovant pour un enjeu de société. 2023. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Dialogic Data-Mediated Encounters: Exploring Pedagogical Relations in Learning Analytics University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Schools are increasingly integrating data-driven digital technologies such as learning analytics into everyday teaching. These processes are contributing to the broader evolution called the “datafication” of education, which is reshaping educational practices, processes, and even values sometimes in disputed ways (Eynon, 2022). While data platforms promise speed, efficiency, and objectivity in education by generating indicators of student performance for instructional decision-making , they also introduce new forms of “knowing” through dashboards and metrics, thus also altering relational dynamics between teachers and students (see e.g., Jarke & Macgilchrist, 2021; Selwyn et al., 2023). Following Mertala (2024), we conceptualise this teacher-student-data relationship sociomaterially as a triadic relational field, where data-driven representations act as a “third participant” that shapes the conditions of and possibilities for dialogic presence between human actors. Although data are often framed as neutral aids to inform decisions, they carry implicit and powerful assumptions about what counts as valuable learning and influence how teachers and students act on such information. This raises tensions between platform-driven data logics and the aspiration to sustain well-rounded, dialogic educatio n, which warrant deeper scholarly attention. This work-in-progress paper aims to acquire in-depth knowledge of the empirical conditions, potentials , and pitfalls of data-driven educational relations at the grassroots-level of schools. It examines how the digital platform “ViLLE” (see e.g., Kurvinen et al., 2020) mediates teacher-student interactions in the classroom and what this means for educational purposes and ethics. ViLLE is a compelling example of the potential power of datafication. It collects and visualises data in real-time drill-and-practice activities for mathematics learning and provides teachers and students with automatically generated metrics through visually rich dashboards. These visualisations automatically highlight (and even interpret) students’ performance, progress, and areas of difficulty . The preliminary research questions are: (1) How do teacher-student interactions mediated by ViLLE’s data representations reflect what is considered valuable in education? (2) How do these interactions unfold in terms of dialogic presence and mutuality? The analysis for this two-pronged RQ is underpinned by a dual theoretical heuristic: one that combines Gert Biesta’s (2009; 2022) three domains of educational purpose (qualification, socialisation, and subjectification), which account for well-rounded education, with Martin Buber’s (1958) classic and widely employed relational concepts of I-It and I-Thou (for dual use of these theories, see also Mertala, 2024). The first lens addresses what the educational encounter seeks to achieve: whether it emphasises skill acquisition, the transmission of social norms, or the empowerment of students as autonomous, responsible subjects. It focuses on how such educational purposes are in different ways communicated as being pursued during educational encounters. The second lens, in turn, examines how these encounters unfold relationally: whether the interaction adopts an instrumental stance (I-It) or a dialogic, reciprocal stance (I-Thou), regardless of its pursuit. This novel conceptual approach thus illuminates how data-driven metrics shape both the teleological and the ethical dimensions of educational interactions mediated by data. The broader aim of the analysis is to identify relational conditions that enable the enactment of dialogic and ethically grounded pedagogy within the context of platform-driven metrics: conditions where teacher, student, and data triad engage without reducing education to, for instance, instrumental logics or undermining dialogic presence (as is commonly criticised in datafication research). By situating these micro-level classroom encounters within ongoing debates on digitalisation and educational accountability, the study intends to contribute to understanding the broader implications of datafication in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study adopts an ethnographic (e.g., Kramer & Adams, 2017) approach to capture the fine-grained triadic interactions through which teachers and students negotiate meaning amidst data analytics mediated by the ViLLE platform. This methodological approach is well-suited for examining how technological materials intersect with human relational dynamics in authentic classroom situations. The empirical setting is a Finnish grade 5 classroom (student average age: 10,5) where the digital platform ViLLE is integrated into mathematics instruction. ViLLE provides real-time analytics on student performance, including dashboards and automated feedback. Data collection involved video recordings of lessons where students (n=15) engaged with ViLLE under teacher guidance. Approximately 675 hours of video data were gathered across 15 lessons, both general classroom instruction and one-on-one feedback sessions between the teacher and individual students, complemented by field notes documenting contextual details such as classroom layout and teacher routines. Ethical approval was obtained, informed consent secured from all participants, and GDPR-compliant protocols followed for data storage and anonymisation. At an early stage of the analysis, the analytical unit has been short, isolated, semantically coherent episodes of talk ranging from a single utterance to an exchange of a few statements. The analysis of these episodes follows an abductive logic (Timmermans & Tavory, 2022), where the key idea is to iteratively move between theoretical constructs and empirical observations to produce new knowledge. The episodes have been initially coded in accordance with the two RQs and the dual theoretical heuristic. First, educational purposes (RQ1) are categorised in terms of whether the episode effectively reflect the educational value of content mastery (qualification), normative routines (socialisation), or self-empowerment (subjectification). Second, relational stance (RQ2) is categorised according to whether the episode unfolds with an I-It orientation (the teacher uses data instrumentally, e.g., points things out or targets the student as a data object) or an I-Thou orientation (the teacher sincerely seeks the student's interpretation, e.g., listens, constructs meaning together). Rather than rigid categorisation, these theoretical categories serve as a sensitising device to allow the empirical material to create new conceptual meanings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analytical approach has so far enabled the identification of intriguing patterns and recurring tendencies regarding them. In short, the interactions between the teacher and individual students tend to be structured around ViLLE’s data visualisations as epistemic authorities: the interactions align especially with qualification-oriented purposes and instantiate I-It relations, where students are positioned as objects of measurement. The teacher frequently emphasises speed and correctness in learning and ViLLE’s recommendations in a dictating or confirming manner (e.g., "[These in green] you're really good at. [...] These [marked in red] are worth practicing."). However, fragile moments of dialogic opening also emerge. The teacher occasionally invites students to reflect on their experiences or contextualise the limits of data (e.g., “This only reflects ViLLE tasks”), signalling an orientation toward subjectification and I-Thou relations. Yet these gestures also often remain superficial, collapsing back into validating the platform’s representation (e.g., “Does this [visualisation] look familiar?”, “How does it feel?” ) rather than fostering genuine co-construction of meaning and inviting subjective experience. More nuanced findings are expected to emerge as the analysis progresses. Preliminarily, it seems that the difficult tension between data imperatives and relational pedagogy become easily realised in daily classroom teacher-student encounters. Although this is not entirely surprising, this calls for the need to find ways of establishing dialogue in data-mediated pedagogical interactions. That said, the presence of dialogic openings, even if rare, show potential for achieving this when intentionally strengthened. Our next steps in the analysis are finalising the coding and abstracting conceptually intact patterns of the interactions. Expected contributions are both theoretical in the sense of extending relational and purpose-oriented frameworks into data analytics research, and practical in the sense of informing platform design and teacher education to support well-rounded, dialogic pedagogy under datafication. References Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred education: a view for the present. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Buber, M. (1958). I and Thou. (R. G. Smith, Trans.; 2nd ed.). T & T Clark. Eynon, R. (2022). Datafication and the role of schooling. In L. Pangrazio & J. Sefton-Green, Learning to Live with Datafication (pp. 17–34). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003136842-2 Jarke, J., & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories: How narratives told by predictive analytics reconfigure roles, risk and sociality in education. Big Data & Society, 8(1), 205395172110255. https://doi.org/10.1177/20539517211025561 Kramer, M. W., & Adams, T. E. (2017). Ethnography. In M. Allen (Ed.), The SAGE Encyclopedia of Communication Research Methods (Vol. 4) (pp. 458–461). SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483381411.n169 Kurvinen, E., Kaila, E., Laakso, M.-J., & Salakoski, T. (2020). Long Term Effects on Technology Enhanced Learning: The Use of Weekly Digital Lessons in Mathematics. Informatics in Education, 19(1), 51–75. https://doi.org/10.15388/infedu.2020.04 Mertala, P. (2024). From IT to I-It: Digitalization, datafication, automation, and the teacher-student relationship. Journal of Childhood, Education & Society, 5(2), 294–304. https://doi.org/10.37291/2717638X.202452394 Selwyn, N., Campbell, L., & Andrejevic, M. (2023). Autoroll: Scripting the emergence of classroom facial recognition technology. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 166–179. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2039938 Timmermans, S., & Tavory, I. (2022). Data Analysis in Qualitative Research. Theorizing with Abductive Analysis. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 17 SES 02 A: Myths, Realties, Sedimentings – Futures_Pasts Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lajos Somogyvári Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Sedimented Futures: Knowledge, Visibility, and the Infrastructural Making of Universities Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Contemporary debates about governance of higher education, ranging from audit culture and global rankings to data-driven management, tend to overlook the historically layered information infrastructures that have long shaped how universities are rendered visible, comparable, and governable. This paper argues that understanding present and future trajectories of higher education requires situating these debates within a longer historical perspective on how educational institutions have been constituted as objects of knowledge. Grounded in a historical-sociological perspective, the paper examines successive information infrastructures through which universities have been observed, classified, and compared across borders since the early twentieth century. Conceptually, the paper treats information infrastructures that facilitate coordination as boundary infrastructures (Bowker & Star, 1999): sociotechnical arrangements that stabilize particular abstractions of what a university is, thereby enabling specific forms of comparison and constraining what can be seen and acted upon. In this sense, the paper speaks to some of the issues raised at the intersection of the history of comparative education and the dynamics of globalization (i.a., Landahl, 2020; Nóvoa & Yariv-Mashal, 2003; Schildermans & Tröhler, 2024). Three historically distinct yet overlapping regimes of observation are proposed, each associated with a different information technology and a characteristic way of relating institutional pasts, presents, and futures. The analysis starts with printed inventories, which emerged in the early 20th century, rendering universities visible through narrative information and descriptive listings. These publications promoted categorical equivalence and inclusion, while embedding a universalist epistemic stance. Rooted in liberal internationalist ideals, this regime addressed uncertainties about institutional legitimacy in a rapidly expanding global higher education landscape by assembling universities into an imagined international community. From the 1960s onwards, computerized databases recast universities as governance objects, subject to standardized reporting, classification systems, and administrative oversight, first nationally and, towards the end of the century, also internationally. Finally, the emergence of cloud-based platforms after 2000 enabled the integration of heterogeneous data streams, repositioning universities as clients and sources of extractable value. Rather than treating history as a linear sequence of paradigmatic shifts, the analysis adopts a layered conception of historical time (Koselleck, 1985, 2018). Seen from this perspective, new regimes of observing universities do not simply replace earlier ones. Instead, observation is structured across coexisting temporal strata: singular events, such as the release of a new publication or new data, may be highly visible but least durable. They are, in turn, enabled and constrained by the affordances inscribed in information technologies. At an even deeper level are enduring cultural scripts about what constitutes university as an institution in history, which transcend the periods linked with the uptake and repeated use of specific technologies. Together, these layers form a temporally stratified field in which older regimes of observation persist and condition newer ones, rather than being cleanly superseded. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on the analysis of archival records, document analysis, and expert interviews, with the aim of reconstructing the emergence, stabilization, and transformation of information infrastructures through which universities have been rendered visible and comparable over time. The core empirical material consists of archival records from key international and European higher education organizations. This includes extensive use of the uncatalogued archive of the International Association of Universities (IAU), which contains minutes, reports, correspondence, and project documentation related to the International Handbook of Universities and later IAU databases. In addition, the archive of the Conference of European Rectors (CRE, now EUA) was consulted to trace European-level initiatives concerned with institutional comparison, data collection, and coordination. These organizational archives are complemented by digital archival repositories, notably for serial reference works such as the Association of Commonwealth Universities’ Yearbooks and the American Council on Education’s American Colleges and Universities, which were systematically analyzed across multiple editions. Further historical inventories and reference works, including publications such as the Index Generalis, were examined to contextualize early inventory practices. To evidence the transition from print-based infrastructures to computerized databases and, later, platform-based and cloud infrastructures, the archival analysis was supplemented by semi-structured interviews with 19 individuals who were directly or indirectly involved in the development and implementation of specific international databases. These interviews were particularly important for reconstructing developments related to database systems and cloud-based platforms, where documentary records are often incomplete or inaccessible. Finally, the study draws on a purpose-built corpus of digital documents relating to higher education information infrastructures. This corpus includes policy reports, technical documentation, project descriptions, and promotional materials produced by international organizations, governmental bodies, and commercial providers. Taken together, these sources allow for a layered analysis of how information technologies, organizational actors, and epistemic assumptions have interacted over time to produce distinct regimes of observing universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By tracing how different regimes of observation have managed uncertainty and oriented educational futures, the paper aims to demonstrate the value of historical inquiry for interrogating contemporary claims of novelty and inevitability. Along this line of reasoning, educational futures are not simply projected forward but are actively shaped by sedimented infrastructures inherited from the past. Recognizing these layers opens space for critical reflection on alternative ways of seeing and governing (the knowledge of) universities in the future. By foregrounding infrastructures rather than outcomes (such as rankings or metrics alone), the paper seeks to reveal how power, knowledge, and technology have been entangled in long-term processes of institutional ordering in the field of (higher) education. References Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (1999). Sorting Things Out: Classification and Its Consequences. MIT Press. Koselleck, R. (1985). Futures Past: On the Semantics of Historical Time. MIT Press. Koselleck, R. (2018). Sediments of Time: On Possible Histories. Stanford University Press. Landahl, J. (2020). The PISA Calendar: Temporal governance and international large-scale assessments. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 625–639. Nóvoa, A., & Yariv-Mashal, T. (2003). Comparative Research in Education: A Mode of Governance or a Historical Journey? Comparative Education, 39(4), 423–438. Schildermans, H., & Tröhler, D. (2024). The future of higher education and the claim of globalisation: Revisioning the past, re-imagining the future. Globalisation, Societies and Education, OnlineFirst, 1–13. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Negotiating the Future for the Present. The Many Facets of Future Imaginings in Educational Intergovernmental Cooperation over Nine Decades: 1934-2024 University of Zurich, Switzerland Presenting Author:The promise of a better future is an enduringly powerful argument that sits at the heart of the United Nations’ claims to legitimacy (Auld & Elfert, 2024; Radavoi & Rayman-Bacchus, 2023). The realization of such promises is often coupled with international recommendations in education, since education is intrinsically future-oriented and concerns the formation of coming generations. At the global level, the space for defining a better future for all through education is largely captured by UNESCO (Robertson, 2022) and has been part of the organization’s discourse since its early years notably through the resolutions, recommendations and declarations endorsed by member states at the International Conference on Education or UNESCO General Conference, between 1934 and 2024. In this context, imaginings of the future become more than mere dreams, representations, or images of what is to come. They guide perception and action and assume the role of boundary conceptualizations that coordinate and delineate the scope of thinking and action across temporal, spatial and political scales as well as epistemic communities (Andersson & Kemp, 2021; Uerz, 2006; Huvila, 2012; Star & Griesemer, 1989). In doing so, they help stabilize contemporary policies and priorities by linking present action to anticipated futures within the education policy chronotope. From a constructivist viewpoint in International Relations, they operate through discursive and material practices; dynamic techniques, narratives, artifacts, and forms of actual future-making (Berten & Kranke, 2022). It is therefore important to take imaginings of the future seriously and worthwhile scrutinizing. Moreover, when their level of institutionalization is high, as it is the case in international education agendas, –global imaginings can be said to function as meta-norms (Carroll & Bécault, 2015; Montjouridès, 2022), making them more difficult to contest and dislodge and narrowing the range of collectively imaginable alternatives. Against this backdrop, this paper interrogates the dimensions and evolutions of future imaginings in education adopted by sovereign states in instances of intergovernmental cooperation. More specifically, we will ask: (1) When were future imaginings frequently used in the global education discourse, and what were the conditions and contexts surrounding these moments? (2) What were the topics that evoked this heightened struggle of the future? (3) What generation modes were employed to legitimize the future-argument? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis builds on a corpus of texts formally endorsed by UN member states between 1934 and 2024. Using a blended reading approach (Lemke et al., 2015), it combines distant and close reading to investigate changes in future imaginings observed in the formal global education discourse. It shows semantic and lexical evolutions that have conditioned global policy priorities and further inquiring into the making of landmarks resolutions, such as the “Future We Want” (United Nations, 2012), it interrogates how future imaginings have been generated over time, discussing variation in modes of generation and use as a legitimacy granting instrument. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that the future is not invoked in the same way over time, but that there are critical junctures that constitute windows of opportunity for laying out promissory visions in intergovernmental cooperation. Future imaginings are embedded in societal moments of different nature: the end of a crisis, the turn of a millennium but also the end of a political mandate, that consequently influence modes of generation. Future imaginings in turn vary in terms of education foci, argumentative structure and roles within global education narratives. References Andersson, J., & Kemp, S. (2021). Introduction. In J. Andersson & S. Kemp (Hrsg.), Futures (S. 1–15). Oxford University Press. Auld, E., & Elfert, M. (2024). The waning legitimacy of international organisations and their promissory visions. Comparative Education, 60(3), 377–400. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2024.2371271 Berten, J., & Kranke, M. (2022). Anticipatory Global Governance: International Organisations and the Politics of the Future. Global Society, 36(2), 155–169. https://doi.org/10.1080/13600826.2021.2021150 Carroll, C., & Bécault, E. (2015). Global governance and the challenges of diversity. In Global Governance and Democracy. A Multidisciplinary Analysis (Edwar Elgar Publishing). Huvila, I. (2012). 2—Knowing what we know. In I. Huvila (Ed.), Information Services and Digital Literacy (pp. 7–24). Chandos Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-1-84334-683-8.50002-1 Lemke, M., Niekler, A., Schaal, G. S., & Wiedemann, G. (2015). Content Analysis between Quality and Quantity. Datenbank-Spektrum, 15(1), 7–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13222-014-0174-x Montjouridès, P. (2022). Is this the Future We Want? Understanding the Legitimacy of International Education Agendas. The Example of Equity in Education [PhD Thesis, University of Cambridge]. Apollo - University of Cambridge Repository. https://doi.org/10.17863/CAM.89624 Radavoi, C. N., & Rayman-Bacchus, L. (2023). Effective multilateralism for an intergenerational covenant: Via universal rights or national interests? Futures, 151, 103192. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2023.103192 Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the Future: International Organisations, Anticipatory Governance and Education. Global Society, 36(2), 188–205. https://doi.org/10.1080/13600826.2021.2021151 Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional Ecology, `Translations’ and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley’s Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420. https://doi.org/10.1177/030631289019003001 United Nations. (2012). The Future We Want, A/RES/66/288. Uerz, G. (2006). ÜberMorgen: Zukunftsvorstellungen als Elemente der gesellschaftlichen Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit. Fink. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Historical Perspective on Governing Futures through Student Assessment University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Student assessment – especially grade point average in school leaving certificate – operates as a central mechanism in access to upper secondary education in Finland today. Over time, this practice of selecting students by grades for further education has become taken for granted. Concurrently, student assessment and grades have evolved into a significant but rarely acknowledged part of everyday career guidance practices in education (Pitkänen, Harjula & Kosonen, 2025). This study sets out to analyse how assessment has evolved into its current form particularly as observed in the context of guidance and governance of students’ futures. A socio-historical genealogical approach is used to investigate this little-studied perspective on assessment and its role in educational and career guidance. Grading and grade-based student selection is not distinctive to Finland, but a phenomenon which has a long history internationally (see e.g. Brown, 2022; Neuhaus & Jacobsen, 2022). In Europe, it can be traced back to before the birth of the modern mass education system. Over the course of time, grades have become a key part of adolescence across the world (Schneider & Hutt, 2014). Currently, they have long term implications for students’ futures; grades serve a sorting mechanism through which students are directed toward ‘suitable’ places in society. Considering the role of grades in student selection, they can be perceived as a type of educational capital when applying for further studies. Moreover, grading and student assessment contribute to students’ self-understanding and how they see their possible futures (see e.g. Pitkänen, 2022; Reay & William, 1999). Grading also shapes students’ identities in relation to achievement (Ball, 2015; Arensmeier, 2021). In international literature, the role of grades in student selection has been reflected in young people’s experiences of stress related to grading and academic performance (e.g. Pascoe, Hetrick & Parker, 2020). The issue has also been raised in current Finnish media discussions, where young people in comprehensive schools are experiencing stress due to constant discussion about their grades and future decisions (Löytömäki, 2024; Partanen, 2025). In this sense, we see student assessment as governance producing different subjectivities. Thus, assessment does not only measure the level of learning, but it also produces knowledge about the individual student, categorizes them, and guides their future decisions. Although grades are pivotal to students’ pathways to further education, the role of grades has not been researched in the context of career guidance. In Finland, career guidance is a school subject guided by a curriculum. Unlike other school subjects, it is not graded. However, grades given in other subjects are closely entangled in guidance processes. Our research focuses on these entanglements within the history of compulsory education and career guidance. We examine how students’ future trajectories have been governed over time at the intersection of students’ assessment, grades and guidance in state-level policy discourse. The aim of the study is to provide historical perspective to these issues from the beginning of the Finnish compulsory education in the 1920s to the present day. We ask: how has the contemporary understanding of student assessment as a means of selection and governance of futures developed historically? The Finnish historical trajectory provides a critical lens through which we examine how seemingly neutral student assessment practices become embedded in broader regimes of governance that resonate across education systems. By offering a genealogical perspective, the paper contributes to critical discussions on student assessment, meritocratic selection, and the normalization of grade-based governance of student’s futures in contemporary and international education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a genealogical methodology, also referred to as a history of the present (Foucault, 1977; Tamboukou, 1990). It can be characterized as a critical orientation towards studying the present situation in its historicity (Popkewitz, 2013). The main question in genealogy is how socio-historical layers of discourse shape the current understanding of the phenomenon. Therefore, it starts with the current understanding and then studies its descent. In this, it focuses on the emergence, continuations, disappearances and transformations of ideas and practices as events in the history which have given “birth to those things that continue to exist and have value for us” (Foucault, 1977, 146). In studying the descent, we focus on the studied phenomena on three interrelated genealogical study axes, which are the axes of knowledge, power and subject (e.g. Mahon, 1992). First refers to the rationalities and ways of reasoning grades as means of student selection and guiding students in this. The second refers to techniques and methods of power employed in these processes. Third refers to the positions and subjectivities graded and guided subjects are “allowed” to take. (see Pitkänen, 2022). As data, we use committee reports and school curricula and education policy documents discussing grading and guidance (1921–2025). The material is produced by ministries of education and labour, as well as different committees appointed to give their expertise on the matters of education. Theoretically, the data represents Finnish guidance and assessment policy discourse since the establishment of Finnish compulsory education system until today. The analytical focus is on the excerpts including student selection, student decision making, and the governance of decision making. The excerpts also include text on grading and how students are expected to reflect their future possibilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings consist of a timeline of socio-historical formations that have contributed to the current understanding of grades and student performance in the school admission and selection processes and how these factors are a relevant issue in (career) guidance. The socio-historical formations have their own style and rationality in reasoning the role of grading and grades in guidance, their justification and positions they provide for students facing the situation of making educational and career decisions. The role of grades in making educational decisions goes quite unquestioned across diverse education systems. Forming a socio-historical perspective increases understanding this in the Finnish context. While there are many education system-related specificities in how grades, student selection, and guidance entangle, our findings also enable a wider European or international discussion. The findings invite reflection on how contemporary assessment practices across countries participate in constructing seemingly inevitable educational and occupational futures. References Arensmeier, C. (2022). Institutionalizing school failure: From abandoning to reintroducing a failing grade—the rationales behind Swedish grading reforms. Journal of Educational Change, 23, 221–252. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09421-7 Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(3), 306–313. Brown, G.T.L. (2022). The past, present and future of educational assessment: A transdisciplinary perspective. Front. Educ. Vol 7: 2022. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2022.1060633 Foucault, M. (1977). Nietzsche, genealogy, history. In D. F. Bouchard (Ed.), Language, counter-memory, practice: Selected essays and interviews (pp. 139–164). Cornell University Press. Löytömäki, S. (2024). [Young people tell what they find distressing – one message they don’t want to hear from adults]. Helsingin Sanomat. Read 20.01.2026. https://www.hs.fi/suomi/art-2000010441711.html Mahon, M. (1992). Foucault's Nietzschean genealogy: Truth, power, and the subject. Albany: State University of New York Press. Neuhaus, T. & Jacobsen, M. (2022). The Troubled History of Grades and Grading: A Historical Comparison of Germany and the United States. Formazione & Insegnamento XX(3), 588–601 doi: 10.7346/-fei-XX-03-22_40 Partanen, H. (2025). [Adults are causing distressing pressure on comprehensive school students, says 15-year-old Eini Kaijanen]. Helsingin Sanomat. Read 20.01.2026. https://www.hs.fi/alueet/art-2000011594708.html Pascoe, M.C., Hetrick, S.E. & Parker, A.G. (2020). The impact of stress on students in secondary school and higher education. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth 2020, Vol. 25, No. 1, 104–112. https://doi.org/10.1080/02673843.2019.1596823 Pitkänen, H. (2022). The Politics of Pupil self-evaluation: A Case of Finnish Assessment Policy Discourse. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(5), 712–732. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2040596 Pitkänen, H., Harjula, S. & Kosonen, T. (2025). Constructing subjectivities and futures in the assemblages of assessment in guidance counselling (2025–2029). Lecture at FERA conference 6.11.2025. University of Lapland. Popkewitz, T. S. (2013). Styles of Reason: Historicism, Historicizing, and the History of Education. Teoksessa T. S. Popkewitz, Rethinking the History of Education. Transnational Perspectives on Its Questions, Methods, and Knowledge (pp. 1–26). New York: Palgrave macmillan. Reay, D., &Wiliam, D. (1999). ‘I’ll Be a nothing’: Structure, Agency and the Construction of Identity Through Assessment. British Educational Research Journal 25(3), 343–354. https://doi.org/10.1080/0141192990250305 Schneider, J., & Hutt, E. (2014). Making the grade: a history of the A–F marking scheme. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(2), 201–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2013.790480 Tamboukou, M. (1999). Writing Genealogies: an exploration of Foucault's strategies for doing research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 20(2), 201–217. https://doi.org/10.1080/0159630990200202 17. Histories of Education
Paper School Prestige Between Myth and Reality: The Latvian Case Over a Century University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:School prestige is a complex political, social and cultural phenomenon. Research today indicates that school prestige, including institutional reputation, significantly correlates with learning outcomes, student motivation and academic efficiency (Burgess et al., 2009; Marcarelli & Mancini, 2022). Prestigious schools tend to attract highly motivated students and teachers, along with financial and professional resources, that further reinforce differentiation within the educational system (Thiele et al., 2016). While international studies have explored school rankings, the influence of historical events, social processes and reforms on the formation of school prestige across different eras still remains underexplored. Furthermore, there is a need to distinguish whether the prestige factors are based on actual performative quality or merely on social representations (Koning & van der Wiel, 2010; Allen, Burgess & McKenna, 2014). To address this issue, our study aims to identify and comparatively analyze the factors influencing school prestige across three historical periods in Latvia: 1918–1940, 1945–1990, and 1991–2019. These eras are shaped by distinct political contexts: Latvia’s independence during the interwar years, Soviet occupation following World War II, and the emergence of a democratic state from the early 1990s onward. The boundaries of the selected historical periods are defined by the establishment of Latvia as an independent state and the century of its existence leading up to the COVID-19 pandemic, which significantly reshaped Latvia’s educational landscape. The theoretical framework of our study integrates two complementary perspectives: Pierre Bourdieu’s cultural sociology (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) and Serge Moscovici’s social representation theory (Moscovici, 1988; 2000). Bourdieu’s concepts help analyze how a school’s “symbolic capital” (traditions, image, culture) relates to its prestige and how its identity has been cultivated across different historical periods. Moscovici’s theory allows for the interpretation of school prestige as a collectively constructed knowledge system, using mechanisms of objectification and anchoring to analyze how the image of a prominent school is formed in public discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employs a case study design, focusing on five schools in Latvia that have consistently been considered prestigious across three historical periods: 1918–1940, 1945–1990, and 1991–2019. Data collection involves methodological triangulation of historical sources, including (1) Latvian media (press and social networks); (2) institutional memory archives (school museums and documented memories); (3) in-depth interviews with former teachers and alumni. The procedure includes a systematic literature review to identify international prestige criteria, followed by a comparative analysis of how these schools align with international indicators. Content analysis will be applied to media archives and interview transcripts to track the transformation of school prestige over a century of Latvian history. Data analysis will follow Braun and Clarke’s (2006) steps for thematic analysis, including primary coding and the identification and definition of themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study will reveal how knowledge of school prestige has been valued by different groups over time and how the analysis of historical data can contribute to contemporary educational policy debates. The primary outcome expected of this research is a set of theoretically and empirically justified criteria for school prestige, revealing the factors that are typical of a particular political context and that have survived the turbulence of different eras. The findings will showcase how myths about certain schools are maintained in everyday discourse and how these representations could influence parental choice and educational policy. The results will provide evidence-based support for education policymakers and school leaders for improving the competitiveness of schools and bases for school network optimizations in the current educational environment. References 1) Allen, R., Burgess, S., & McKenna, L. (2014). School performance and parental choice of school: Secondary data analysis (Research Report). University of London & University of Bristol. 2) Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (2nd ed.). Sage. 3) Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. DOI:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa 4) Burgess, S., Greaves, E., Vignoles, A., & Wilson, D. (2009). What parents want: School preferences and school choice (CMPO Working Paper No. 09/222). University of Bristol. 5) Dallavis, J. W. (2024). Examining school sector and mission in a landscape of parental choice. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 32(7). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.32.8331 6) Greaves, E., & Hussain, I. (2021). The importance of school quality ratings for school choices: Evidence from a nationwide system. University of Bristol/University of Sussex. 7) Koning, P., & van der Wiel, K. (2010). Ranking the schools: How quality information affects school choice in the Netherlands (IZA Discussion Paper No. 4984). Institute for the Study of Labor. 8) Marcarelli, G., & Mancini, P. (2022). School and academic performance for ranking high schools: Some evidence from Italy. International Journal of the Analytic Hierarchy Process, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.13033/ijahp.v14i2.948 9) Moscovici, S. (1988). Notes towards a description of Social Representations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18(3), 211–250. 10) Moscovici, S. (2000). Social Representations: Explorations in Social Psychology. Polity Press. 11) Thiele, T., Singleton, A., Pope, D., & Stanistreet, D. (2016). Predicting students’ academic performance based on school and socio-demographic characteristics. Studies in Higher Education, 41(8), 1424–1446. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.974528 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 18 SES 02 A: Cross-Border Perspectives on Physical Education Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Shirley Gray Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Cross-Border Curriculum Conversations in PE: Insights from the UK and Spain 1: Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Valencia; 3: University of Edinburgh Presenting Author:Internationally, there is much debate about the place and purpose of physical education (PE) within the educational landscape (Ekberg, 2021; Gray et al., 2022). Though there is recognition within the field that PE has much potential for supporting learning across multiple domains (Hooper et al., 2020) and can contribute to the holistic development of young people, concerns continue to be raised about the precarious and, often, marginalised position of the subject (Kirk, 2010; Luguetti & Oliver, 2020). Moreover, many researchers have reported that, in a world of cultural, economic and social diversity/change, PE as a curriculum subject has remained remarkably constant (Gray et al., 2022a; Penney, 2009). That is, at its core, it remains a subject for the development of sports skills and/or to provide opportunities for engagement in physical activity for the development of lifelong physical activity habits. This form of PE has been criticised for being narrow, neoliberal, gendered and ableist (e.g., Camacho-Miñano et al., 2022; Evans, 2014). However, recent work exploring PE curricula across the four nations of the UK (Gray et al., 2022b, 2023), has demonstrated that whilst there are certainly persistent features of PE, there can also be notable differences in how PE is conceptualised and enacted across country contexts. Moreover, in creating opportunities for cross-border curriculum dialogue – between both researchers and practitioners - spaces can be opened up for valuable critical debate and discussion that can inform perspectives of local curricula and practice (Gray et al., 2023). Building on this body of work, and recognising the value of cross-border curriculum dialogue as a space for critical reflection, this study places a specific focus on the Spanish PE curriculum and, in particular, on how health is conceptualised within it. The Spanish context offers a distinctive curricular landscape shaped by successive educational reforms and, more recently, by a reconfiguration of the role and purposes of PE. The current reform (LOMLOE, 2020), marks a significant shift through its competence-based orientation, its emphasis on transversal educational priorities, and its alignment with broader European educational frameworks. Within this policy context, PE has gained renewed curricular visibility, particularly in relation to health education. Whereas earlier curricula largely framed health in terms of physical fitness and performance, the LOMLOE promotes a broader understanding centred on active and healthy lifestyles. This orientation is reinforced through cross-sector policy initiatives that conceptualise health as a multidimensional construct encompassing physical, psychological and social dimensions. In PE, this perspective is most clearly articulated through the content area Active and Healthy Living, where health is framed both as curricular content and as a competence linked to autonomy, wellbeing and citizenship. At the same time, the decentralised organisation of the Spanish education system generates diverse interpretations of national curriculum frameworks (Bonet-Forteza et al., 2025), making Spain a particularly productive context for dialogue and critical examination. Given the context outlined above, the aim of this project was to extend this line of research by facilitating cross-border dialogue among PE researchers from both the four home nations of the UK and Spain, with the aim to share reflections on curriculum analyses in each context, identify points of similarity/difference and consider the implications for creative, future-focused curriculum design and PE practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation presents findings from an ongoing project being undertaken by researchers working within the field of physical education and sport pedagogy from the UK (n=8) and Spain (n=4). Ethical clearance for all research activities was secured from one of the universities represented by the research team before any data were collected (ID 23593). The research takes the form of professional conversations, which have been structured across a series of interactive online workshops (n=4) delivered via Microsoft Teams between October 2025 and March 2026. Such an approach has been shown to be effective when looking to work with educational practitioners within and across country contexts (e.g., Gray et al., 2024; Quarmby et al., 2024). Each of the four workshops was scheduled for 2 hours (8 hours in total) and comprised opportunities for presenting information, as well as spaces for questions, comments and reflection. Various approaches were also used within the workshop sessions to facilitate discussion, including break-out rooms, Padlet tasks and use of the chat function. A core group of the overall research team (representing both the UK and Spain) were involved in planning the workshops and while there was a broad structure for workshop delivery from the start of the project, the team met after each session to reflect on the discussion and finalise content for subsequent workshops. The conversation/dialogue generated by activities in each of the workshops was recorded using the Microsoft Teams record function and subsequently converted into an audio file for transcription. In addition, text from the Microsoft Teams ‘chat’ function was transferred to a Microsoft Word file, along with screenshots of Padlets which recorded the thoughts and ideas of participants in relation to key topics/questions. Given that all members of the research team were involved in generating data, no anonymity of transcriptions was made. However, it was acknowledged that comments would not be attributable to individuals within any publications, should this be deemed necessary. The resulting data are being analysed by the whole research team using inductive and deductive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2019), adopting a dialogical approach focused on key learnings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the research is ongoing (with two more workshops to go), data analysis has not been completed at this point. However, drawing on preliminary stages of analysis that have taken place between workshops, there are several interesting findings that are likely to shape our discussions. In particular, the importance of a holistic and critical approach to health education in PE has been highlighted, with participants across all contexts acknowledging the prevalence of discourses related to healthism and the risks related to this. However, the Spanish curriculum was also seen to offer more opportunities for salutogenic perspectives of health, with notable opportunities related to students’ self-care and broader ideas of citizenship, empathy, and community responsibility. While cross-border conversations have highlighted a number of possibilities in this respect, there has also been recognition of some tensions, including the persistent gap between curriculum theory and practice, the need to balance normative and emancipatory goals relating to health, challenges posed by assessment and the need for measuring outcomes, and the persistence of traditional teaching practices as an obstacle to innovation. Taken together, these preliminary findings indicate that cross-border professional conversations offer a generative space for rethinking dominant health discourses in PE. Rather than positioning tensions as context-specific shortcomings, participants engaged with them as shared challenges that enabled collective learning and critical reflection. In doing so, the dialogue supported alternative ways of conceptualising health, curriculum and practice that move beyond narrow or normative framings. Overall, the project demonstrates the value of cross-border conversations as a space for collective learning, critical reflection and the sharing of perspectives. The findings are expected to contribute to ongoing debates about PE curriculum reform and to inform future research, policy development and pedagogical practice in diverse national contexts. References Bonet-Forteza, P. J., Hortigüela-Alcalá, D., & Muntaner-Mas, A. (2025). A critical analysis of the curriculum development process for physical education in primary education in Spain: challenges, achievements and future proposals. Education 3-13, 53(7), 1220–1234. Braun, V. and Clarke, V., 2019. Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. Camacho-Miñano, J-M., Gray, S., Sandford, R. & MacIsaac, S. (2022) Young women, health and physical activity: tensions between the gendered fields of Physical Education and Instagram, Sport, Education and Society, 27(7), 803-815. Ekberg, J-E. (2021) Knowledge in the school subject of physical education: a Bernsteinian perspective, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26:5, 448-459. Evans, J., 2014. Neoliberalism and the future for a socio-educative physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 19(5), 545-558. Gray, S., Hooper, O., Hardley, S., Sandford, R., Aldous, D., Stirrup, J., Carse, N. & Bryant, A. S. (2022a). A health(y) subject? Examining discourses of health in physical education curricula across the UK. British Educational Research Journal, 48, 1161– 1182. Gray, S., Sandford, R., Aldous, D., Carse, N., Stirrup, J., Hardley, S., Hooper, O. & Bryant, A. (2022b) A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK. European Physical Education Review, 28(3), 575–593. Gray, S., Hardley, S., Bryant, A., Hooper, O., Sandford, R., Stirrup, J., Carse, N., & Aldous, D. (2024) Exploring PE teachers’ conceptualisations of health and wellbeing discourse across the four nations of the UK: does curriculum (discourse) matter? Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 15(1), 1-23. Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Jarvis, H. (2020) Thinking and feeling in/through physical education: What place for social and emotional learning? In F. Chambers, D. Aldous and A. Bryant (Eds.), Threshold Concepts in Physical Education: A Design Thinking Approach (137-148). London: Routledge. Kirk, D. (2010) Physical Education Futures. London: Routledge. Luguetti, C. and Oliver, K. (2020) ‘I became a teacher that respects the kids’ voices’: challenges and facilitators pre-service teachers faced in learning an activist approach. Sport, Education and Society, 25:4, 423-435. Penney, D., Brooker, R., Hay, O. & Gillespie, L. (2009) Curriculum, pedagogy and assessment: three message systems of schooling and dimensions of quality physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 14:4, 421-442. Quarmby, T., Sandford, R., Gray, S. and Hooper, O., (2024). Working with trauma-affected young people in secondary schools: Exploring ‘self-care’ with pre-service physical education teachers. European Physical Education Review, 30(3), pp.511-526. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The Role of Sport in Physical Education in Finland and the Kurdistan Region of Iraq – Primary School Teachers’ Reflections 1: Faculty of Education and Culture, Tampere University, Finland; 2: College of Physical Education and Sport Science, University of Duhok, Iraq; 3: Department of Teacher Education and Art, Nord University, Norway Presenting Author:A substantial body of research has examined physical education (PE) teachers’ reflections on the purpose and function of PE, ranging from studies with a narrow focus (e.g., Anttila et al., 2018; Gano-Overway & Guivernau, 2014) to those addressing broader perspectives (e.g., Barrie et al., 2016; Bjørke et al., 2023). Several reviews have also explored various practices within PE and PE teacher education (e.g., Eugénia et al., 2022; Moon & Lee, 2022). However, only a limited number of comparative studies have considered how PE is perceived in different national contexts (e.g., Alcalá et al., 2019), and comparative work examining teachers’ reflections on the role of sport in PE across regions is largely absent. This gap restricts opportunities for cross‑cultural exchange, slows contextually relevant development of PE practices, and overlooks diverse perspectives on the aims and content of PE. Therefore, the purpose of the present study was to examine and compare how primary‑school PE teachers in Finland and in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq (KRI) reflect on the role of sport within PE. Previous studies from several countries have identified a strong influence of sport on PE (e.g., Grahn, 2014; Hakala & Kujala, 2015; Kirk, 2010; Svendsen & Svendsen, 2016). To interpret differences in how teachers conceptualized the role of sport, Kirk’s (2010) notion of “physical education as sport techniques” offers a useful theoretical lens. This concept characterizes an approach in which instruction is centered on isolated, decontextualized sport‑specific skills, often at the expense of broader educational aims such as autonomy, relatedness, competence, health promotion, and personal and social responsibility. While competitive sport holds a strong cultural position and schools inevitably reflect societal values, scholars argue that an overly sport‑driven approach may limit the broader educational benefits of PE (Kirk, 2010; Quennerstedt, 2019). Kirk (2010) identifies three central issues arising from the dominance of sport-oriented practices within PE. The first concerns the need for curricular reform to shift PE away from a narrow sports focus. The second highlights the responsibility of physical education teacher education (PETE) programs to prepare reflective, critically minded teachers capable of driving change within the field. The third warns that, when curricula lack clear guidance on content, PE risks losing coherence and direction. In the present study, PE teachers’ reflections on the role of sport in PE are examined through these three viewpoints. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research design was used, drawing on semi structured, in depth interviews and a phenomenological–hermeneutic approach (Tjora, 2017). The study explored Finnish and KRI fifth grade PE teachers’ experiences and interpretations of their professional roles, as well as their responses to video depicting typical outdoor and indoor PE lessons from the other country regarding the role of sport in PE. Participants were selected through strategic sampling based on inclusion criteria: they had to be PE teachers working with fifth grade pupils in Finland or the KRI and hold either a bachelor’s or master’s degree in physical education, or a master’s degree in education (class teacher qualification). Eight Finnish teachers (four women, four men) and six KRI teachers (three women, three men) participated. To support gender balance, efforts were made to include both male and female teachers. In both regions, one typical indoor and outdoor PE lesson (each 45 minutes) were recorded and edited into a one 30 minute version capturing key elements. A semi structured interview guide with open-ended questions was developed, consisting of two sections: the first addressing general questions at the beginning of the interview, and the second focusing on the participants’ reflections after watching the PE lesson videos from the other region between the sections. The interview guide was piloted in Norway and minor adjustments to wording and sequence were made based on the pilot. Interviews with Finnish teachers were conducted face to face in the Pirkanmaa region, except for one conducted online. Interviews with KRI teachers took place face to face in schools in the Duhok region. Most interviews were conducted in the teachers’ native languages (Finnish or Kurdish). Three Finnish participants completed interviews in English, but they were offered the chance to switch to Finnish after the interview. All interviews were translated into English for integrated analysis. Interviews lasted 90–100 minutes, including a 30 minute video reflection segment. The interview data were transcribed by culturally and linguistically matched experts, translated into English, and analyzed using QSR NVivo 12. Following a hermeneutic approach, teachers’ statements were treated as subjectively meaningful constructions. The analysis sought patterns, similarities, and differences between Finnish and KRI teachers’ reflections. Data were repeatedly read, coded, and organized into themes, with four researchers collaboratively discussing interpretations to strengthen credibility. Several themes related to the role of sport in PE emerged and were refined into final categories based on cross‑teacher representation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed that Finnish teachers’ reflections clustered into four themes: joy and competence rather than sport, sport and curriculum, the status of sport in society, and prerequisites for physical activity and sport. The KRI teachers’ reflections also formed four themes: sport as an aim in PE, the teacher as a model and leader of the sport, sport as a means of raising one’s status, and PE being more than just sport. Teachers in both regions recognized sport as part of PE but interpreted its role differently. Finnish teachers clearly distinguished PE from sport, viewing sport as only one element among broader educational aims. In contrast, KRI teachers saw that PE should primarily teach sport and sport itself is a central goal. Despite these differences, both groups aimed to support pupils’ well‑being and physical activity. For KRI teachers, sport training was the primary way to achieve these goals, whereas Finnish teachers used more varied pedagogical approaches. Using Kirk’s (2010) framework, three key points emerged. First, curriculum strongly shaped PE: Finland’s 2014 PE curriculum reduced the emphasis on sport, while the lack of a primary level curriculum in the KRI left teachers to set their own goals. Second, PETE backgrounds influenced teaching orientations: KRI teachers’ sport focused education supported sport centred teaching, and Finnish teachers’ more varied education enabled broader approaches. Third, limited curricular guidance may weaken the coherence of PE: Finland’s broad guidelines risk fragmentation, whereas the KRI teachers’ structured, though sport oriented, progression illustrates the value of continuity. In conclusion, Finnish teachers emphasized curriculum‑based guidance, while KRI teachers worked without standardized primary‑level PE guidelines. This comparison highlights the need for a structured PE curriculum in the KRI and suggests further research on how such a curriculum would shape teaching practices and the role of sport in PE. References Alcalá, D., Río, J., Calvo, G., & Pueyo, Á. (2019). Comparing effects of a TPSR training program on prospective physical education teachers’ social goals, discipline and autonomy strategies in Spain, Chile and Costa Rica. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 24(3), 220–232. Anttila, E., Siljamäki, M., & Rowe, N. (2018). Teachers as frontline agents of integration: Finnish physical education students’ reflections on intercultural encounters. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(6), 609–622. Barrie, G., Dyson, B., Cowan, J., McKenzie, A., & Shulruf, B. (2016). Teachers’ perceptions of physical education in Aotearoa/New Zealand primary schools. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 51, 137–150. Bjørke, L., Standal, Ø. F., & Mordal Moen, K. (2023). ‘What we have done now is more student-centred’: An investigation of physical education teachers’ reflections over a one-year participatory action research project. Educational Action Research, 31(5), 946–963. Eugénia, L. A., Isabel, R. M., & Araújo, R. F. (2022). El desarrollo de habilidades reflexivas en la formación del profesorado de educación física: Una revisión sistemática. Retos, 46, 162–178. Gano-Overway, L., & Guivernau, M. (2014). Caring in the gym: Reflections from middle school physical education teachers. European Physical Education Review, 20(2), 264–281. Grahn, K. (2014). Youth athletes, bodies and gender: Gender constructions in textbooks used in coaching education programs in Sweden. Sport, Education and Society, 19, 735–751. Hakala, L., & Kujala, T. (2015). The ethos of sport as a silent partner in PE curricula. World Studies in Education, 16(2), 69–80. Kirk, D. (2010). Physical education futures. Routledge. Moon, J., & Lee, D. (2022). Bridging reflection theory and practices in physical education: A scoping review of teacher education. Journal of Physical Education and Sport, 22(3), 635–644. Quennerstedt, M. (2019). Physical education and the art of teaching: Transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy. Sport, Education and Society, 24(6), 611–623. Svendsen, A., & Svendsen, J. (2016). Teacher or coach? How logics from the field of sports contribute to the construction of knowledge in PETE pedagogical discourse through educational texts. Sport, Education and Society, 21(5), 796–810. Tjora, A. H. (2017). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis. Gyldendal Akademisk. Tremoen, T. S., & Lagestad, P. (2024). Norwegian physical education teachers’ assessment after the introduction of a new curriculum—LK20. Sport, Education and Society, 30(4), 484–496. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper What could Outdoor Education Look Like within PE in Greece? Exploring Transfer of a Well-Established Practice in Norway to Another Context. 1: Norwegian School of Sport Sciences (NIH), Norway; 2: National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece Presenting Author:Internationally, in Physical Education (PE), there has been an increasing interest in outdoor education (OE) as a contribution to the holistic development of the individual and its potential to foster sustainable human-nature relations (Beames, 2023; Kokkonen et al., 2025). Despite the growing interest, OE is not part of the PE curriculum in many countries (Dania et al., 2025). In Norway, as an example of the opposite, OE is culturally embedded and enacted within PE, closely connected with the broader tradition of friluftsliv. The philosophy of friluftsliv values nature experiences and emphasize connectedness to nature and sustainability. First mentioned in a poem by Henrik Ibsen in 1859, friluftsliv has become an umbrella term for outdoor life and activities in the Scandinavian countries, including OE in schools. The first references to friluftsliv in the Norwegian curriculum date back to 1939, and since 1974, friluftsliv has been an integral part of the Nor¬wegian PE curriculum (Leirhaug & Arnesen, 2016). At a different level, OE remains marginal within the Greek PE curriculum, often constrained by dominant sport-oriented traditions and one-size fits all practices. Particularly, the Greek PE curriculum does not include OE as a separate learning area at any grade. Although broader goals that align with the scope of outdoor learning or nature-based education (i.e., lifelong physical activity, social and emotional growth) are included within the Greek PE curriculum, these are not explicitly articulated with OE strands. This leaves OE to each PE teacher’s initiative in Greece, restricting its implementation to after school or recess programs. This was one of the main reasons that brought two PE teacher educators, from Norway and Greece into a cross-cultural dialogue on whether and how friluftsliv can afford opportunities for embedding the values of OE within the Greek PE curriculum via practices of friluftsliv-ing. Such practices would allow PE in Greece to be experienced as a context that promotes experimentation, relationality, and pedagogical becoming. This study was guided by the question: What may become possible when friluftsliv is used as a concept for enhancing the pedagogical potential of the Greek PE curriculum? Our intention was to experiment with the different ways to rework friluftsliv as a pedagogical idea within the sociocultural, curricular and environmental realities of Greek PE. With our experience as teacher educators living and working in Norway and Greece, we used our knowledge of the different contexts in a reflective dialogue to explore the possibility of culturally adapting practices and philosophy of friluftsliv into Greek PE. During a period of two weeks, our dialogue focused on the challenges and possibilities encountered in translating friluftsliv across PE cultures, including risk, climate, and educational purpose. For both, transferring knowledge and pedagogical practice between contexts involved engagement in processes of decontextualization, translation, and re-contextualization. We used Fullan (2025) to frame our exploration and considered transfer as a social process that involves strong interpersonal communication with the prospect of knowledge and practices being modified and adapted in a new educational setting. The analysis of our dialogic accounts showed that friluftsliv could open alternative ways of thinking about movement and learning within Greek PE. Τhe non-negotiables for its cultural adaptation were close contact with nature, and stimulating nature experiences including elements of individual sensory and dwelling. Thus, it was important for friluftsliv to be utilized as a conceptual and pedagogical provocation within the Greek curriculum rather than a replication of an idea that could lead to educational transformation. This could enable the redesign of the Greek PE curriculum to be experienced as an open space for alternative understandings within which pedagogical ideas could move, be resisted, or be reimagined. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analytical approach was inspired and informed by international comparative studies on OE, such as those by Kokkonen et al. (2025) and Perlinger (2025). Our aim was not to conduct an ordinary comparative study between curriculums but to explore whether and how friluftsliv—an established and culturally embedded pedagogical practice in one European PE context—can be transferred in a culturally relevant way to the realities of a different context. Comparative studies across nations and contexts provide high added value but also face some serious challenges. In our case, the metaphor used by Waite et al. (2016) about comparisons often are between “apples and pears” is precise, because the educational context and school curricula regarding OE are very different. At the same time the difference is what motivated the exploration of a potential transfer—and transformation—of practice and experiences from Norway into the Greek context. One of the authors is Norwegian and one is Greek. Both are experienced teacher educators and have followed curriculum developments in their respective countries. English has been the collaboration language between the two. The Norwegian PE curriculum exists in English translation (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2019), while that is not the case for the Greek Curriculum. This ‘insider-insider’ collaboration enabled access to pedagogical knowledge often absent from formal curriculum texts, while also requiring continuous reflexive attention to assumptions, blind spots, and power relations embedded in cross-cultural knowledge production. Our analytical approach followed three steps. In the first step, we discussed generally about PE in Norway and Greece, focusing on the specificities of educational contexts, and school curricula. In the second step, our dialogues evolved around the pedagogical philosophy and practice of friluftsliv within Norwegian PE. At a third step, we discussed the potential translation and re-conceptualization of friluftsliv values to the Greek context and PE curriculum. At a methodological level, our dialogic interactions produced reflexive texts, field notes, shared PE lesson observations and curriculum documents from both countries. The materials were analyzed through a reflexive qualitative methodology (Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2018), allowing us to see the process of friluftsliv adaptation as a phenomenon under investigation and not as truly ‘given’ or straightforward idea to implement. Our intention was to “build the bottom” from Fullan’s (2025) sequence of system transformation but follow also his advice to make specific, practical examples and recommendations for educational improvement that should be embraced by educators and policymakers now. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aimed to explore whether and how the culturally embedded philosophy of friluftsliv and related PE practice can travel meaningfully across contexts, educational values, and material conditions. Our findings suggest that the pedagogical transfer of concepts or philosophies within PE is neither a linear nor an easy undertaking, since the conditions under which ideas prosper and flourish depend much on educational traditions, curriculum structures and cultural relationships of each country. The latter shape and are shaped by local meanings, institutional constraints and teacher agency. Our cross-cultural dialogue and reflexive qualitative analysis enabled us to appreciate the productive force of international collaboration. Apart from ‘apples and pears’ comparisons, we understood that the significance of comparative work lies less in proposing new theoretical models and more in demonstrating how pedagogical ideas can be used as conceptual provocations for foregrounding the socio-political and cultural dimensions of knowledge production in PE. In this sense, the contribution of the study is conceptual as well as practical: it reframes international collaboration in PE as a process of co-theorizing practice, where difference becomes a productive resource for rethinking what PE can be. We acknowledge that the two researchers can be biased by their background and normative engagement. We do not represent the experience and views of other experts in our respective countries. The dialogue that this paper is based on, is only dealing with the intentional and theoretical level. A full investigation of transfer of knowledge and practice will need to explore adaptation and implementation in the new context. Future research could move beyond dialogic exploration to include school-based experimentation in Greece, examining how friluftsliv-inspired principles are enacted, adapted, or resisted in practice, and how students and teachers experience these pedagogical shifts. Such work would extend the present study from curriculum imagination toward curriculum enactment. References Alvesson, M. & Sköldberg, K. (2018). Reflexive Methodology: New Vistas for Qualitative Research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. Beames, S., Higgins, P., Nicol, R., & Smith, H. (2023). Outdoor learning across the curriculum: Theory and guidelines for practice. Routledge. Dania, A., Anagnostopoulos, C., et al., & Vlček, P. (2025). Integrating outdoor and adventure education in school physical education. Insights from European physical educators. International Journal of Educational Research, 134, 102822. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2025.102822 Fullan, M. (2025). The new meaning of educational change (6th ed.). Teachers College Press. Kokkonen, J., Baillieul, E., & Quay, J. (2025). Investigating outdoor education in Finland and Australia: Positioning outdoor education as curriculum. Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42322-025-00194-8 Leirhaug, P. E. & Arnesen, T. E. (2016). Friluftsliv – et hovedområde i kroppsøvingsfaget? I A. Horgen, M. L. Fasting, T. Lundhaug, L. I. Magnussen & K. Østrem (Eds.), Ute! Friluftsliv – pedagogiske, historiske og sosiologiske perspektiver (pp. 129-151). Fagbokforlaget. Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2019). Curriculum in Physical education (KRO01 05). Utdanningsdirektoratet [The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training]. https://www.udir.no/lk20/kro01-05?lang=eng Perlinger, J. (2025). Outdoor education in school curricula: a Norwegian–German comparative analysis. Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education, https://doi.org/10.1007/s42322-025-00225-4 Waite, S., Bølling, M., & Bentsen, P. (2016). Comparing apples and pears? A conceptual framework for Understanding forms of outdoor learning through comparison of English Forest Schools and Danish Udeskole. Environmental Education Research, 22(6), 868–892. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1075193 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Social Justice in Physical Education Teacher Education: A Comparative Analysis of PETE Curricula in Aotearoa New Zealand and Sweden 1: Linnaeus University, Sweden; 2: University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Increasingly, Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) is positioned as a key site for preparing future teachers to enact pedagogies that promote inclusion, participation and social justice in school Health and Physical Education (HPE). A substantial body of research has shown that HPE is a context in which social hierarchies related to gender, ethnicity, ability and social class are routinely reproduced, but also where they may be contested through pedagogical practice (Forestier & Larsson, 2023; Gerdin et al., 2021; Haase & Kastrup, 2025). At the same time, PETE and HPE are shaped by changing conditions associated with contemporary “polycrises” (Morin & Kearn, 1999), including widening social inequalities, intensified accountability and performativity, curriculum reform and growing expectations for education to respond to broader societal challenges (Lambert & Penney, 2020). Within this context, there is a need to better understand how social justice is conceptualised and positioned within PETE curricula, given the central role of teacher education in shaping future teachers’ pedagogical orientations and professional responsibilities. While commitments to equity and inclusion have become increasingly visible in HPE policy and curriculum discourse, international research continues to identify tensions between curricular aspirations and everyday pedagogical practice (Gerdin et al., 2024; Gray et al., 2024). Dominant discourses of performance, athleticism and normative bodies continue to limit the scope of socially just pedagogies in school HPE, even where policies explicitly promote inclusion (Forestier & Larsson, 2023; Hemingway et al., 2025). Less attention, however, has been paid to how such commitments are structured upstream within PETE programmes, where understandings of justice, difference and responsibility are initially formed. Research in teacher education suggests that beliefs about equity and fairness are often shaped by personal biographies of schooling and sport and may remain unchallenged if not explicitly addressed within teacher education curricula (Curtner-Smith et al., 2008; Garbett & Ovens, 2012). PETE therefore represents a critical site for examining how pedagogical practices are framed in relation to social justice and how future teachers are prepared to engage with inequity. This paper examines how social justice is conceptualised and embedded within PETE programme documentation in two national contexts, Aotearoa New Zealand and Sweden. These contexts provide a productive comparative case, as both articulate strong commitments to equity and inclusion in education, yet are shaped by distinct sociocultural and political traditions that shape how social justice is understood, prioritised and rendered pedagogically meaningful within teacher education. Analytically, the paper draws on Nancy Fraser’s three-dimensional theory of social justice, which conceptualises justice in terms of recognition, redistribution and representation (Fraser, 2009). This framework provides a way of examining which inequities are named or silenced within PETE curricula, how responsibilities for addressing injustice are framed, and whose interests are prioritised through curricular and institutional arrangements. By applying Fraser’s framework to PETE programme documentation, the paper explores how social justice is positioned not only as a moral or pedagogical aspiration but as a structural and political project embedded in curriculum design. By focusing on PETE programme documents as pedagogical and policy texts, this paper contributes to research on teacher education by illuminating how social justice is framed as a form of professional responsibility within PETE. In doing so, the study responds to ECER 2026’s focus on knowing and acting by examining how PETE curricula shape what future teachers are prepared to know about social justice and how they are positioned to act upon inequity in school HPE under changing and contested conditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, comparative document analysis informed by Collective Qualitative Analysis (CQA). CQA conceptualises qualitative interpretation as a collaborative and dialogical process in which meaning is generated collectively rather than by a single analyst (Eggebø, 2020). This approach is particularly suited to cross-national research, where multiple contextual perspectives are necessary to avoid decontextualised or culturally insensitive interpretations. The dataset consists of PETE programme documents from two universities, one in Aotearoa New Zealand and one in Sweden. These include programme approval documentation, programme overviews, course outlines and syllabi for PETE-related courses, practicum documentation and graduate profiles or professional standards. These texts were selected because they represent formal articulations of programme purposes, pedagogical intentions and expectations for future teachers, and therefore provide insight into how social justice is positioned within PETE curricula. The analytic process followed an adapted version of the seven-stage CQA framework outlined by Eggebø (2020). First, one PETE educator from each institution collated and shared the relevant documents with the full research team. Swedish-language documents were translated prior to analysis to ensure shared access to the material. Second, three researchers from each university independently reviewed the full document set of the other institution’s PETE programme, identifying references to social justice, equity, inclusion and related concepts, as well as noting initial patterns and questions. Third, the research team engaged in a structured collective analysis workshop. During this workshop, each researcher presented their initial interpretations of the partner institution’s programme. These presentations were followed by collective discussion, in which interpretations were compared, questioned and refined. Emerging analytic categories and tensions were visually mapped to support shared sense-making and to surface similarities and differences across contexts. Fourth, the research team revisited the emerging themes through the analytical lens of Fraser’s three-dimensional theory of social justice (Fraser, 2009). This stage supported systematic interrogation of how justice was framed in terms of recognition, redistribution and representation, and how these dimensions were embedded within programme documentation. Throughout the process, cross-national reflexivity was emphasised, with sustained attention to how researchers’ institutional locations and national traditions shaped interpretation. This reflexive, collective approach strengthened the analytic quality of the study and supported sensitivity to contextual meanings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This comparative analysis of PETE programme documents shows how social justice is positioned as both a pedagogical commitment and a curricular responsibility within teacher education. Although both PETE programmes articulate strong normative commitments to inclusion and equity, these commitments are framed in ways that reflect broader sociocultural and policy traditions. As such, PETE functions to both develop pedagogical competence but also to shape how future teachers understand justice, equity and professional agency in HPE. From a teacher education perspective, the study demonstrates that PETE curricula play a central role in defining what counts as legitimate socially just practice in school HPE. At the same time, the analysis reveals uneven attention to intersectionality, disability and migration across the two programmes suggesting that important dimensions of contemporary educational inequality remain marginalised despite their documented significance in HPE research (Gerdin et al., 2024; Haase & Kastrup, 2025; Hemingway et al., 2025). The application of Fraser’s framework highlights a key tension. While the PETE programmes promote recognition and inclusion, there is often limited attention to redistribution and representation as structural and political dimensions of justice (Fraser, 2009). This risks positioning social justice primarily as an individual pedagogical responsibility rather than as a collective institutional and curricular project. The findings point to the need for PETE curricula to engage more explicitly with the structural, political and material conditions shaping inequality in school HPE (Gerdin et al., 2021; Lambert & Penney, 2020). PETE must strive to connect social justice goals to curriculum, assessment, and practicums in order to help future HPE teachers to translate justice and equity oriented commitments to classroom practice. In the context of ongoing educational reform and societal uncertainty, PETE represents a crucial space for developing more robust, theoretically informed and pedagogically grounded approaches to social justice in teacher education. References Curtner-Smith, M. D., Hastie, P. A., & Kinchin, G. D. (2008). Influence of occupational socialization on beginning teachers’ interpretation and delivery of sport education. Sport, Education and Society, 13(1), 97–117. Eggebø, H. (2020). Collective qualitative analysis. Norsk sosiologisk tidsskrift, 4(2), 106–122. Forestier, A., & Larsson, H. (2023). Choreographing gender: Masculine domination and heteronormativity in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 28(2), 132–143. Fraser, N. (2009). Scales of justice: Reimagining political space in a globalizing world. Cambridge: Polity Press. Garbett, D., & Ovens, A. (2012). Being a teacher educator: Exploring issues of authenticity and safety through self-study. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 37(3). Gerdin, G., Philpot, R., Smith, W., Schenker, K., Moen, K. M., Linnér, S., & Mordal Moen, K. (2021). Social justice pedagogies in health and physical education. Abingdon: Routledge. Gerdin, G., Schenker, K., & Linnér, S. (2025). Understandings and enactments of social justice pedagogies in Swedish physical education and health practice. European Physical Education Review, 31(3), 502–522. Gerdin, G., Schenker, K., Philpot, R., Smith, W., & Linnér, S. (2024). Despite good intentions: The elusiveness of social justice in health and physical education curricula across different contexts. European Physical Education Review, 31(1), 109–128. Haase, R. K., & Kastrup, V. (2025). The othering of trans*, inter* and non-binary students in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, Advance online publication. Hemingway, K., Butt, J., Spray, C., Olusoga, P., & Beretta De Azevedo, L. (2025). Exploring students’ experiences of secondary school physical education in England. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 30(5), 576–591. Lambert, K., & Penney, D. (2020). Curriculum interpretation and policy enactment in health and physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 25(4), 378–394. Morin, E., & Kern, A. B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A Manifesto for the New Millennium (Translated Sean Kelly, Roger Lapoint (Hampton Press, Cresskill, NJ). |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 19 SES 02 A: Diffractive, New Materialist and Discourse-Analytic Approaches Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Reconceptualising Rapport: Intra-actions and More-than-Human Ethnography in the Global South 1: Muenster University, Germany; 2: University of Leeds, UK Presenting Author:This paper addresses a central methodological challenge in educational ethnography: How can we reconceptualise "rapport" beyond the dominant, human-centric, and linear models? Specifically, it asks how rapport emerges within the "messy realities" of fieldwork in Global South contexts, specifically Mexico and China, when viewed through a posthumanist lens of material entanglement. In conventional ethnographic research, rapport is frequently idealized as a linear "social contract" or a "bridge" built through verbal negotiation and interpersonal skill. Within this discourse, rapport is framed as a necessary precondition that must be established before data collection can begin. Scholars like Tickle (2017) and O'Reilly (2009) have highlighted rapport-building as a foundational method for narrowing the generational gap, often requiring researchers to adopt a "least adult role" (Mandell, 1988) to soften their authoritative positioning. However, we argue that this understanding rests on problematic assumptions: it assumes researchers and children are autonomous individuals negotiating in a vacuum ; it relies on a linear model that artificially separates relationship-building from data generation (White and Drew, 2011) ; and it reflects an anthropocentric bias that privileges linguistic exchange over material engagement (Spyrou, 2018). This is particularly limiting in Global South contexts, where relationality is often lived not as an individualised transaction but as interdependence. To challenge these assumptions, this paper employs a posthumanist theoretical framework, drawing specifically on Karen Barad’s (2007) theory of agential realism. We shift the analytical focus from "interaction" between independent subjects to "intra-action," arguing that subjects do not pre-exist their encounters but emerge through relational entanglements. Consequently, we reconceptualise rapport not as a social tool but as material entanglement, where agency is distributed among humans and more-than-human actants. This aligns with new materialist perspectives that view research as a "shared enactment" (Schandler, 2017) between researchers, discourse, and material conditions. Utilizing Barad’s concept of "exteriority within," we position the ethnographer not as a neutral observer but as an inseparable part of the phenomenon, challenging the traditional separation between the observer and the observed. This research provides a vital international dimension by bridging Global South case studies with European posthumanist theory. By analyzing fieldwork from Mexico, rooted in indigenous ontologies (Calderón-Carrillo, 2015), and China, where the self is relational (Yan, 2017), we challenge the Western-centric assumption of the autonomous individual. Ultimately, the paper demonstrates how rapport in these contexts is sensed through embodied co-presence rather than negotiated contractually, offering a new methodological path for international childhood studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is grounded in a multi-sited ethnographic approach that bridges two distinct geographical and cultural contexts in the Global South. The fieldwork comprises two independent research projects: Author 2 conducted an ethnography spanning two academic years in a residential care centre in Chihuahua, Mexico, engaging with twenty-five girls aged six to eight. This research utilised creative methods, including drawings and voice notes, to explore the production of children's culture. Conversely, Author 1 conducted fieldwork over two academic semesters in early childhood education settings across Beijing, Nanjing, and Guangzhou, China, employing photography to document material and spatial arrangements. In both sites, data were initially recorded as bullet-point observations in situ and subsequently expanded into thick descriptions, a process deeply informed by researcher affect and memory. Departing from traditional comparative analysis, we employ diffractive reading as our primary methodological tool, a concept informed by Barad’s (2007; 2014) agential realism. Rather than treating data as static evidence to be objectively reviewed, we engaged in the practice of "re-turning" to our fieldnotes, a process of "turning it over and over again" to attend to the diverse intra-actions within the material. This approach rejects the binary of the detached observer; instead, it reconfigures the ethnographer as part of the diffraction pattern itself, acknowledging that the researcher is always "becoming-with" the data and participants. Operationally, we selected two specific vignettes, the viscous deceleration of drying glue in a Mexican classroom and the sensory immersion of being buried by leaves in a Chinese park, to read through one another. Through collaborative online meetings, we analyzed these stories not to identify similarities, but to trace resonances regarding how rapport emerged unevenly through more-than-human mediations. This analytical strategy allowed us to reconfigure rapport not as a planned interpersonal achievement but as a phenomenon that continually emerged through spontaneous material entanglements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The diffractive analysis of the fieldwork vignettes reveals that rapport is not a stable, linear achievement but a fragile phenomenon of material entanglement. In the Mexican classroom, the viscosity of drying glue imposed a deceleration that suspended institutional time, allowing rapport to emerge through shared waiting rather than verbal negotiation. Similarly, in the Chinese park, the researcher’s immersion in a pile of leaves facilitated an ontological displacement, where becoming a "playable object" within the children's material world established a connection deeper than linguistic exchange. These findings challenge the conventional notion of rapport as a social contract, suggesting instead that it arises when researchers relinquish human privilege to become vulnerable to material forces. Consequently, this study proposes a methodological shift from training researchers in interpersonal competence to cultivating a willingness to be bodily and affectively transformed by the field. Ultimately, rapport is reconceptualised as a process of "worlding," a non-linear becoming-entangled where researchers acknowledge their co-presence in a shared world before any words are spoken. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham N.C.: Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014). "Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart." Parallax 20(3):168-87. Calderón-Carrillo, D. (2015). "Los Niños Como Sujetos Sociales. Notas Sobre La Antropología De La Infancia." Nueva Antropología 28(82):125-40. Mandell, N. (1988). "The Least-Adult Role in Studying Children." Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 16(4):433-67. O'Reilly, K. (2009). Key Concepts in Ethnography. SAGE. Schandler, C. (2017). "Enactments of a New Materialist Ethnography: Methodological Framework and Research Processes." Qualitative Research 19(2):215-30. Spyrou, S. (2018). Disclosing Childhoods: Research and Knowledge Production for a Critical Childhood Studies. Palgrave Macmillan. Tickle, S. (2017). "Ethnographic Research with Young People: Methods and Rapport." Qualitative Research Journal 17(2):66-72. White, J. and S. Drew. (2011). "Collecting Data or Creating Meaning?" Qualitative Research Journal 11(1):3-12. Yan, Y. (2017). "Doing Personhood in Chinese Culture: The Desiring Individual, Moralist Self and Relational Person." The Cambridge Journal of Anthropology 35(2):1-17. 19. Ethnography
Paper Academic Publishing and the Configuration of Subjectivity in the Social Sciences: Findings from a New Materialist Ethnography University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:The last fifty years have seen significant changes in higher education (HE) (Rüegg, 2011). Driven by the increasing market-orientation of universities (Cheek, 2017), there has been a growing need to monitor and metricize outputs – especially in the area of research (Ackers, 2008). In the social sciences, this is reflected in a growing number of scientific journals and a steady increase in journal publications (Kulczycki et al., 2018). Furthermore, internationalization practices have become evident in recent years, shaping the desired output not only as journal articles but specifically as English-language, and thus internationally visible, journal articles (Pajic, 2015). This signifies the English language becoming the lingua franca of research activity (Schluer, 2015). These shifts have substantially altered how scientific knowledge is governed (Capano & Pritoni, 2020) and how researcher identities are configured (Ylijoki & Ursin, 2013). Studies have shown that implementing new policies in traditionally governed HE spaces leads to ambiguous environments (Elken & Borlaug, 2024). This is reflected in scholars’ identities, as neoliberalized aspects of subjectivity, emphasizing efficiency, productivity, and quality, collide with traditional values such as research for the betterment of society and the importance of knowledge transmission (Fanghanel, 2011). This is especially evident in the social sciences, where knowledge has less market-value than in the natural science or engineering (Benneworth & Jongbloed, 2010; Cheek, 2018). Consequently, hybrid identities (Ylijoki & Ursin, 2013) and academic shape-shifting (Barry et al., 2006) have been observed as a result of changing HE environments. Given the steadily growing importance of academic publishing in the social sciences and the already observed effects on institutional organization and identity, this study set out to investigate how publishing practices in the social sciences are becoming a fundamental aspect of both knowledge and subject production. To do so, we adopted a new materialist understanding of the research apparatus (Barad, 2007) to describe how scientific knowledge and corresponding researcher subjectivities are produced in such changing HE environments. In Barad’s (2007) philosophy of science, the production of research outcomes is divided into the components of object, subject, and method, which together define the research apparatus. A specific constellation of these three components arrives at specific results in the research processes, while a shift in the apparatus results in a shift in the outcomes. This framework treats scientific knowledge as the outcome of human and nonhuman entanglements, rather than the product of an autonomous subject or a collection of autonomous subjects (Barad, 2007). We hypothesize that the research apparatus should be extended to include academic publishing as a component – configuring both research outcomes and researcher subjectivities. The findings of this study regarding researchers’ chameleoning practices and a continuous negotiation between science and academia indicate that academic publishing is indeed becoming a component of the research apparatus (playing a role as significant as object, subject, and method), producing specific outcomes and subjectivities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The findings of this research result from a four-year, stand-alone project on publishing practices in the social sciences, funded by the Austrian Science Fund. The main methodological framework of this study is new materialist ethnography (NME) (Schadler, 2019). New materialism is a process-ontological theory based on poststructuralist thought and the material turn in the social sciences and philosophy (Barad, 2007). In doing so, new materialism places great emphasis on affect economies in assemblages made up of human and nonhuman entities that produce specific realities. NME translates this theoretical understanding of social reality into empirical research practices by modifying traditional analytic research practices such as ethnography (Schadler, 2019). This study comprises a total of 41 interviews with scholars in the social sciences. The aim was to investigate how academic publishing configures scientific knowledge and researcher subjectivities, thereby becoming a fundamental component of the research apparatus (Barad, 2007). To this end, a first wave of interviews was conducted with social science scholars who had published in high-ranked journals indexed in the Journal Citation Index – Sociology. This resulted in 20 interviews worldwide, providing insight into the close connection between geographical situatedness and internationalization in HE. To further examine how academic publishing translates into academic success in non-English-language social science environments, we conducted another 13 interviews with local social scientists from the DACH region who had high local publishing activity, based on a theoretical sampling approach (Glaser & Strauss, 2010). Analysis of these interviews revealed that research practices were often contrasted with teaching, with teaching perceived as offering more freedom compared to the constrained nature of academic publishing. Accordingly, following a purposeful sampling strategy (Patton, 2002), we conducted an additional 8 interviews with sociology scholars in Austria who had both teaching and research obligations. The interviews focused on experiences in social science research and academic publishing. Participants were free to discuss any aspects of their research practices which led to narratives about everyday duties, emotions, places, colleagues, institutional procedures, conferences, and personal evaluations of changes in contemporary HE. Consequently, the interviews were tagged – an analytic step in NME where boundaries in the data are identified and named (Schadler, 2019, 2026). Afterwards, the tagged interviews were referenced. In NME, referencing asks what led to specific narrations in the interviews (Schadler, 2019)? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of global and local interviews with social scientists revealed the emergence of a meta-national research environment alongside local ones within internationalized HE. This meta-national research environment is characterized by placelessness in terms of national boundaries and by a distinct set of accepted theories, methods, and academic conventions. For local non-English-native researchers, this meta-national research environment developed alongside, rather than replacing, their local ones, resulting in practices of switching between the two. We theorize this switching as chameleoning, where researchers must adapt to changes in their environments to thrive both locally and meta-nationally. Chameleoning goes beyond simply translating and publishing local research in English; instead, researchers must embody different iterations of social science research and seamlessly adapt to them. This leads to shifts not only in the configuration of their subjectivities but also the outcomes of their research, as they continuously chameleon into different versions of social science research. Researchers in this study largely did not see any way to escape the impact of academic publishing; instead, they accepted it as part of their reality. However, they emphasized that they experienced greater academic freedom in teaching. According to participants, it is in teaching that the essence of the social sciences can prevail. This narrative of freedom versus constraint emerged repeatedly in the interviews and reflects the broader boundary-making between science and academia. In our study, researchers often distinguished between science – the core of a field of study, encompassing knowledge production and transmission for the purpose of solving societal – and academia – the marketized and neoliberalized institution within which science takes place, requiring adherence to competitive resource acquisition and output production. Our findings suggest that being embedded in HE environments where science and academia are experienced as competing forces results in subjectivities marked by ambiguity and internal conflict. References Ackers, L. (2008). Internationalisation, Mobility and Metrics: A New Form of Indirect Discrimination? Minerva, 46(4), 411–435. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barry, J., Berg, E., & Chandler, J. (2006). Academic Shape Shifting: Gender, Management and Identities in Sweden and England. Organization, 13(2), 275–298. Benneworth, P., & Jongbloed, B. W. (2010). Who matters to universities? A stakeholder perspective on humanities, arts and social sciences valorisation. Higher Education, 59(5), 567–588. Capano, G., & Pritoni, A. (2020). What really happens in higher education governance? Trajectories of adopted policy instruments in higher education over time in 16 European countries. Higher Education, 80(5), Cheek, J. (2018). The Marketization of Research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th edn, pp. 322–340). SAGE Publications. Elken, M., & Borlaug, S. B. (2024). Implementation of ambiguous governance instruments in higher education. Higher Education, 88(3), Fanghanel, J. (2011). Being an academic: The realities of practice in a changing world (1st ed.). Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. (2010). Grounded theory: Strategien qualitativer Forschung (3., unveränd. Aufl..). Huber. Kulczycki, E., Engels, T. C. E., Pölönen, J., Bruun, K., Dušková, M., Guns, R., Nowotniak, R., Petr, M., Sivertsen, G., Istenič Starčič, A., & Zuccala, A. (2018). Publication patterns in the social sciences and humanities: Evidence from eight European countries. Scientometrics, 116(1), Pajic, D. (2015). Globalization of the social sciences in Eastern Europe: Genuine breakthrough or a slippery slope of the research evaluation practice? Scienometrics, 102(3), 2131–2150. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3 ed). Sage Publications. Rüegg, W. (2011). A History of the University in Europe. Volum 4. Universities since 1945. Cambridge University Press. Schadler, C. (2019). Enactments of a new materialist ethnography: Methodological framework and research processes. Qualitative Research, 19(2), 215–230. Schluer, J. (2015). English as a lingua franca in linguistics? A case study of German linguists’ language use in publications. In R. Plo Alastrué & C. Pérez-Llantada (Eds), English as a Scientific and Research Language (pp. 233–260). DE GRUYTER. Ylijoki, O.-H., & Ursin, J. (2013). The construction of academic identity in the changes of Finnish higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 38(8), 1135–1149. 19. Ethnography
Paper Interpreting The Collective in Teacher Education Research: Insights from an Ethnographic Discourse Analytic Approach University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:Conducting classroom-based research involves negotiating a complex context with numerous social actors, unique ways of doing, and various discourses in place. This research context lends itself well to nexus analysis, an ethnographic discourse analytic approach (Scollon & Scollon, 2004) with its examination of ways of being (historical body), ways of doing (interaction order) and ways of thinking (discourses in place) (Dressler et al, 2026). Of interest in this session is the aspect of historical body, which captures teachers’ embodied ways of being that have molded and shaped them and their practice over years in the profession (Dressler & Mueller, 2022). In previous nexus analysis research, examinations of historical body have focused on similarities and differences among individual social actors (see Legutko, 2025; Räsänen, 2024; Vainionpää et al., 2020). Yet, work by teachers is often done as a collective (e.g. planning as a teaching staff) (Mueller et al., 2023). In recent nexus analysis research we have therefore applied the concept of social scales (Blommaert, 2007), which “capture a continua of perspective”, allowing us to “map how discourses flow from one scale to another” (Dressler & Hult, 2025, p. 48). This mapping aligns with the social practice of teachers who tend to work together to make decisions and plans over the course of years of collaboration (Dressler & Mueller, 2022). In doing so, we argue that this prolonged work together becomes a part of their individual historical body but also may be conceptualized on a collective scale as the historical body of the teaching staff. In this session, we present an ethnographic study for which the concept of historical body was captured at the individual and collective scales. The study was a five-year project in German-English bilingual school in Canada which focused on the implementation of a new teaching approach intended to promote oral language production in German, the second language of most students. While teachers implemented the approach individually or in pairs in their classrooms, they also worked as a team to better understand the approach, modify it for their context, and implement it with some uniformity across the program of Kindergarten to grade six (students approximately 5-11 years old). Historical body was an analytic concept integral to the study. The research question that guides this presentation is: how does this study illustrate the affordances and challenges of conceptualizing historical body on the collective scale? This investigation is significant for our understanding of teaching practice and teacher decision making in classroom-based research and research with ethnographic methods. The concept of social scales expands our understanding of historical body within nexus analysis to include the collective historical body, thereby articulating how professionals working together can appear to be acting as one historical body as a result of collective decisions and experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We approach nexus analysis as an ethnographic discourse analytic approach (Hult, 2017). Nexus analysis was developed by Scollon and Scollon (2004) out of a tradition of linguistic ethnography. It draws upon understandings of discourses from Gee’s (2015) conceptualization of big “D” discourses as those ways of thinking that permeate a given context and Goffman’s (1983) notion of interaction order as patterns and norms of behaviour for a given situation. It also includes historical body, credited to the Japanese philosopher Nishida (1998). Since historical body involves an understanding of what life experiences have influenced the trajectory, beliefs, and practices of an individual, researchers typically interview and observe that individual to make claims about historical body. Interviews inquiring about demographic information and relevant life experiences are the typical method. Additionally, classroom observation can inform out understanding of teaching practice. The study involved individual interviews and classroom observation early in the studies. Eight teachers were interviewed in year 1. However, being interested in the common experiences of the teachers and the decisions they made and followed together, focus groups and engagement in teacher meetings were also part of the study (i.e., 14 teachers in one focus group in year 2) This presentation examines the nature of the data that was gathered and conclusions that were drawn on each scale (the individual and collective) to purport a collective historical body of the teaching teams in each study. A comparison of those results sheds light on the affordances and challenges of this conceptualization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the study, teachers made reference to their teaching practice as part of their historical body on individual and collective scales. When making references using “we”, teachers spoke of work done with students, with partner teachers, and as part of a whole teaching staff that has become a part of who they are as teachers (e.g., “we finally understood”; “sometimes we speak German”; even “our goal as a team”). On a temporal scale, these practices were carried out over various time periods (e.g., a particular unit of study, the school year, or over multiple years). However, the languages used in the studies (i.e., German, and English) do not linguistically mark “we” for clusity, so if immediate clarification within the interview or focus group session was not sought, who was referenced by “we” was subject to contextual interpretation gained by the researchers’ zone of identification with the teaching context over time (even years as was this study). Despite theses challenges, clusivity over time can be interpreted as indexing a collective historical body influenced by repeated actions. In our case, scales provide a means to recognize the indexicality of the teachers’ research contributions and rationalize the introduction of the concept of collective historical body in the use of nexus analysis. References Dressler, R. & Hult, F. (2025). Linguistic landscapes at the nexus of ethnography, sociolinguistics, and discourse. In D. Gorter & J. Ceñoz (Eds.), The handbook of linguistic landscapes and multilingualism. (pp. 47-63). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781394231805.ch04 Dressler, R. & Mueller, K. (2022). Pedagogical strategies to foster target language use: A nexus analysis. Canadian Modern Language Review, 77(4), 75-90. https://doi.org/10.3138/cmlr-2020-0084 Dressler, R., Räsänen, E., Källkvist, M. (2026). Nexus analysis in applied linguistics. In R. Dressler, E. Räsänen, & M. Källkvist (Eds.), Nexus analysis as a framework for applied linguistics. (pp. 1-25). De Gruyter Mouton. Gee, J. P. (2015). Discourse, small d, big D. In K. Tracy (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of language and social interaction (pp. 418-422). Wiley. Goffman, E. (1983). The interaction order. American Sociological Review, 48, 1–17. 10.2307/2095141 Hult, F.M. (2017). Nexus analysis as scalar ethnography for educational linguistics. In M. Martin-Jones & D. Martin (Eds.), Researching multilingualism: Critical and ethnographic perspectives (pp. 89–103). Routledge Legutko, J. (2025). Teaching writing in language classrooms: From autonomous to cross-curricular and multilingual practices. [PhD thesis, Linnæus University]. https://lnu.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1950765/FULLTEXT01.pdf Mueller, K., Dressler, R., Dressler, A., Moeller, F., Ronnellenfitsch, T. (2023). Improving second language education through intensive German weeks: An action research collaboration between teachers and researchers. In G. Erickson, C. Bardel, & D. Little (Eds.), Collaborative research in language education: Reciprocal benefits and challenges. (pp. 29-40). DeGruyter Moulton. Nishida, K. (1998). The historical body. In D. A. Dilworth, V. H. Vigliemo, & A. J. Zavala (Eds), Sourcebook for modern Japanese philosophy, 37–53. Greenwood Press. Räsänen, E. (2024). Language learners’ historical bodies directing their agency in the digital wilds. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2023.2300974 Scollon, R. & Scollon, S.W. 2004. Nexus analysis: Discourse and the emerging internet. Routledge. Vainionpää, F., Kinnula, M., Iivari, N., & Molin-Juustila, T. (2020). Girls in IT: Intentionally self-excluded or products of high school as a site of exclusion? Internet Research, 31(3), 846–870. https://doi.org/10.1108/INTR-09-2019-0395 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 20 SES 02 A: Art, Learning and Community Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Philip Yeung Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Artful Sensing and Encounters With Not-speaking: How Multispecies Entanglements Attune Us To More-than-human Childhoods in The UK and Finland 1: Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The increasing emphasis on speech and language in early childhood education (ECE), based on a developmental approach to learning, assumes the ideal child should acquire specific skills and knowledge by certain stages. This creates challenges for early childhood and arts educators supporting young children’s development whilst acknowledging that young bodies do not develop in a linear fashion (Murris, 2016). For nonlingual children particularly, a developmentalist approach overlooks the myriad expressions that occur beyond words, where not-speaking is a complex entanglement of environmental, microbial, pheromonal and affective relations. Drawing on multispecies encounters with nonlingual children, this presentation explores the potential of moving education beyond individual accountability and deficit models of human progress. By attuning to subtle registers of movement, atmospheres and sense-based ecologies, we become curious for onto-epistemologies that seem more relevant to the innovative pedagogies and research of arts education in the post-Anthropocene. In co-creating with arts, animals and early education methods, we share sensorial approaches that acknowledge the entanglements of other-than-human elements and find new ways to co-construct dynamic, multispecies languages with the potential for knowing differently. We explore the tensions and fruitful connections arising at the intersections of arts and ECE through two studies in the UK and Finland. First, an experiment with ‘artful sensing practices’ with non-lingual children in a Yorkshire (UK) art gallery, which mobilised wordless expressions with lycra dancing and multispecies movements (Churchill Dower, 2025a). Second, a multispecies research encounter with microbes, animals and unexpected intra-actions in a school zoo in Helsinki (Tammi & Hohti, 2020). We attune to entanglements through inexpert experiments that help us to dismantle mastery, fostering multimodal, multisensory, and multispecies ways of knowing and challenging assumptions about differently capable bodies. In this presentation, we pay attention to the heterogenous porosities, cracks, common worlds and alternative landscapes in multispecies inquiry that disrupt and enrich expectations of childhoods. We invite a curiosity, an exploration of what could be possible if prior knowledge and judgements about expertise or developmental stages are laid aside. We seek new languages, not made up of words, objects and bodies, but of co-constructed movements, pheromones and sensations. We ask whether speculative methods (Haraway, 2016; Springgay & Truman, 2018) and sensing practices (Manning, 2020) (Churchill Dower, 2025b) might open more-than-human ecological spaces for creating more inclusive languages. Through artful sensing practices, we invite an attuning to registers of difference that move within a web of relations not often visible through conventional educational methods. We consider if it is possible for educators to teach without words, and how a multispecies sensing practice might present differently across UK and Finnish settings. Through the outcomes of these two geographically and culturally distinct studies, we consider the commonalities, connections and interdependencies of multispecies relations (van Dooren et al., 2016) and conceptualise new onto-epistemologies for arts and early childhood education. In doing so, we shift the educational bullseye from knowledge acquisition to ways of knowing and reconfigure arts education and childhood studies methodologies to foreground multispecies ecosystems where difference is not othered from without but always, already within (Barad, 2007). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research engaged a speculative arts-based method called Artful Sensing Practices (ASPs) (Churchill Dower, 2025a) which allow nonlingual children to express themselves differently through movement-based improvisations that enable a close attunement to multispecies expressions. Over a six month period, data co-creation took place during movement sessions in an art gallery in West Yorkshire, UK. Six neurodivergent children and their families were invited to engage in movement play activities with various materials such as lycra sheets, feathers, ribbons, wool, sticks and paint, inviting synaesthetic (multisensory) responses (Massumi, 2002) which allow children to ‘feel’ their world without needing to articulate it. With the consent of all participants, video data were collected using Go-Pro cameras and analysed using a ‘video data sensing’ method (Caton, 2019). Here, insights emerged not through a single observation but from multispecies intra-actions between the data set, researcher, participants, materials and movements of the video editing software, animating as much of the sensory experience as possible. Data analysis focussed on the improvisational dance of almost imperceptible movements, intensities and forces that are always vibrating, exchanging and responding (Manning & Massumi, 2014; Tammi & Hohti, 2020) beyond words. As part of a larger multispecies ethnographic research study co-author, Hohti, spent five months with a group of young people, other animals, and school staff in a large educational greenhouse located in a school in southern Finland. During the fieldwork, the greenhouse was inhabited by dozens of bigger other-than-human animals, insects and birds as well as tropical plants, flora and fauna. Around 20 students, appointed as caretakers of the animals, took full responsibility for feeding, cleaning, and taking care of the animals. During the fieldwork, the authors took an ethnographic approach, adopting storytelling as the primary way of writing fieldnotes and analysing the stream of stories told by the children and the teachers about the inhabitants of the greenhouse (Tammi & Hohti, 2020). The authors spent time in the greenhouse listening, wandering around, making contact with the other-than-human animals and plants, taking photos and videos and chatting with the caretakers. Putting these data to work through collaborative writing allowed theoretical concepts and further empirical events to blend in in a rhizomatic manner. The storied materials proved to be an engaging way to talk about the findings to the child research participants, leaning on Haraway’s (2016) insistence that stories do things: “it matters what stories we tell to tell other stories with”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The author developed ASPs in her PhD to show that not-speaking is not a problem. This research demonstrated how reducing the pressure to speak by attending to the myriad nonlingual ways of multispecies knowing increases children’s participation in their worlds. This has significant implications for including marginalised voices in mainstream education and health settings as well as family life. In engaging stakeholders from diverse communities to co-produce ASPs specific to their lingual contexts, this research generated broader understandings of how sensing practices can reframe and support lingual diversity with marginalised families and how to scale the practices for wider pedagogical application. In a similar way, the co-author analysed the phenomenon of touch to discuss care and knowing within child-animal relations. From observations of caring hands and the material-discursive dimensions involved in stroking, the research revealed ways of knowing and not-knowing that are non-innocent, relational, and perform a complex worlding dance that always takes more than two. In both studies, sensing practices meant attending to an infinite number of almost imperceptible micro-movements, including the virtual movements of intensities, forces and affect. They highlighted the precarious dance across multiple participating bodies that demands continuous exchange and response in a complex world of material, microbial and speculative connections. These studies problematised notions of individual response-ability and raised vital concerns on the politics of regulation, essentialism and unequal power relations. Despite different pedagogical, curriculum and policy frameworks across two European countries, both studies demonstrated how sensing pedagogies offer a generative catalyst for learning differently that can often be overlooked through a western educational or pathological lens. This has implications for educational theories and methodologies by pushing the boundaries of anthropocentric, developmental pedagogies, and recommends that educators embrace more risky and uncertain understandings of care and touch as complex ways of knowing about the world. References * Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822388128 * Caton, L. C. (2019). Video Data Sensing: Working Post Qualitatively in Classroom Based Video Inquiry. Video Journal of Education and Pedagogy, 4(1), 23-45. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1163/23644583-00401001 * Churchill Dower, R. (2025a). Bodies of Difference: Amplifying young children's nonlingual ways of being through speculative methodologies and experiments in movement Manchester Metropolitan University]. https://e-space.mmu.ac.uk/638689/ * Churchill Dower, R. (2025b). Movement Methodologies for Postdevelopmental Pedagogies: Why Movement Play Is Important. In J. Osgood & V. de Rijke (Eds.), Postdevelopmental Approaches to Play (pp. 29–50). Bloomsbury. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350439528.0008 * Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble: making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822373780 * Manning, E. (2020). For a Pragmatics of the Useless (Vol. 45). Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv17db477 * Manning, E., & Massumi, B. (2014). Thought in the act: Passages in the ecology of experience. https://doi.org/10.5749/minnesota/9780816679669.001.0001 * Massumi, B. (2002). Parables for the virtual: movement, affect, sensation. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv11smvr0 * Murris, K. (2016). The posthuman child: educational transformation through philosophy with picturebooks. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718002 * Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2018). On the Need for Methods Beyond Proceduralism: Speculative Middles, (In)Tensions, and Response-Ability in Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(3), 203-214. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800417704464 * Tammi, T., & Hohti, R. (2020). Touching is Worlding: From Caring Hands to World-Making Dances in Multispecies Childhoods. Journal of Childhood Studies, 14-26. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs452202019736 * van Dooren, T., Kirksey, E., & Münster, U. (2016). Multispecies Studies: Cultivating Arts of Attentiveness. Environmental Humanities, 8(1), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1215/22011919-3527695 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Nature Art as an Innovative Methodology in Museum Education: Integrating Embodied and Experiential Learning across Indoor and Outdoor Learning Environments 1: Doctoral School of Education, Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2: Faculty of Education and Psychology, Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:Changing educational landscapes present urgent challenges for pedagogical innovation and the intentional design of learning environments. Within museum education — a context where formal and non-formal learning intersect — nature art offers a compelling methodology that supports embodied, experiential, and multimodal engagement. Positioned at the nexus of cultural institutions, environmental learning, education for sustainability, and community participation, nature art reframes museum learning spaces both conceptually and physically. Nature art refers to creative practices grounded in direct engagement with natural materials, landscapes, and environments. Unlike conventional gallery-based pedagogy, nature art foregrounds process, materiality, and situated experience, encouraging learners to participate actively in ongoing dynamic systems rather than observing completed works behind glass. The emphasis on tactile interaction, sensory awareness, and environmental context corresponds with experiential learning theories that view knowledge as emerging through cycles of concrete experience, reflective observation, abstract conceptualisation, and active experimentation (Kolb, 2015). Furthermore, contextual models of museum learning highlight the reciprocal influence of personal, sociocultural, and physical contexts on meaning-making (Falk & Dierking, 2013), underscoring the relevance of embodied and material dimensions. As part of a doctoral research project, this paper explores how nature art methodologies can contribute to the design of inclusive and flexible learning environments in museum contexts, both indoors and outdoors. To address this, the study integrates an international perspective, drawing on case examples from Europe and the United States that illustrate concrete applications of nature-oriented museum education. Recent projects demonstrate the potential and diversity of nature art in museum pedagogy. The Inspire Nature project at the Fitzwilliam Museum (UK) developed hybrid art-and-nature programmes for primary schools, connecting museum collections with natural themes such as Trees, Water, and Rocks to encourage creative interdisciplinary enquiry and extend learning beyond traditional settings. At the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin, the Art/Nature model (2014–18) offered a collaborative platform for artists and natural history researchers to intervene creatively within museum contexts, prompting participants to reconceive relationships between science, art, and environment. In the United States, Nature Journaling initiatives at the Birmingham Museum of Art extend museum programs into outdoor or nature-adjacent spaces, combining botanical observation with art-making and reflection to foster environmental knowledge and pro-nature behaviours. The research conceptual framework synthesises embodied cognition, ecological aesthetics, and place-based learning traditions to understand how nature art mediates learner engagement with environmental contexts. The approach foregrounds relationality — that is, the ways learners connect with landscapes, materials, and others through shared creative practice — and positions the museum as a site of ecological and cultural dialogue rather than a static repository of objects. Findings from the literature and case examples suggest that nature art methodologies promote multiple forms of engagement. Learners report heightened sensory awareness, increased agency in co-constructing meaning, and stronger emotional connections to ecological processes. Moreover, the integration of outdoor spaces and natural elements supports inclusive participation by accommodating diverse learning styles and cultural backgrounds. These outcomes align with broader European and international educational priorities that emphasise multimodal engagement, learner autonomy, and community connections. However, challenges remain. Institutional constraints, including rigid evaluative frameworks and conservative space use policies, can limit the implementation of nature art in museum contexts. Additionally, logistical issues associated with outdoor programming — such as weather, accessibility, and risk assessments — require careful planning and adaptive design. In conclusion, this paper positions nature art, a young and emerging artistic practice and methodology as an innovative and contextually rich approach for reimagining museum learning environments. By bridging indoor and outdoor spaces, supporting embodied and experiential engagement, and foregrounding material and relational dimensions, nature art can contribute meaningfully to inclusive, sustainable, and culturally responsive educational practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, multi-method research design to investigate how nature art functions as an innovative methodology in museum education. The methodology combines three interrelated components: (1) international programme analysis, (2) case study synthesis, and (3) literature-based conceptual integration. 1. International Programme Analysis The first component involves systematic documentation of museum education initiatives that incorporate nature art practices across Europe. Sources include project reports, publicly accessible programme descriptions, and institutional pedagogical frameworks. Key examples were selected to reflect diversity in geographical context, institutional scale, learner cohort, and engagement modality. Five representative international practices were selected to illustrate diverse applications of nature art in museum and heritage education. The Land Art Museum Hestøya (Norway) operates as an open-air museum where site-specific artworks transform the landscape into a living learning environment. Museum Insel Hombroich (Germany) integrates art, architecture, nature within an expansive outdoor setting that invites embodied exploration. The Nordic Watercolour Museum (Sweden) connects artistic practice with coastal landscapes through participatory workshops. The Art/Nature model at the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin foregrounds artistic interventions within scientific contexts, while Andy Goldsworthy–inspired programmes across European museums emphasise ephemeral, process-based creation using natural materials. Documentation was collected via institutional websites, project briefings, and published summaries. For each programme, core features such as learning objectives, spatial configurations, materials and artefacts used, participant interactions, and evaluation strategies were recorded. The analysis emphasised pedagogical intent, programme structure, and learner outcomes. 2. Case Study Synthesis The programme analysis informs a comparative case study synthesis, wherein patterns and variations across contexts were identified. This synthesis follows a cross-case thematic approach: first, coding similar educational processes (e.g., sensory engagement, reflective practices) and then connecting these to broader themes such as inclusivity and space design. This phase also involved identification of challenges — organisational, logistical, and evaluative — that affect programme implementation. 3. Literature-Based Conceptual Integration To situate programme findings within academic discourse, a critical synthesis of interdisciplinary literature was conducted. Key sources include experiential learning theory (Kolb, 2015), contextual museum learning (Falk & Dierking, 2013), embodied and material engagement theories (Sasson, 2022), and place-based pedagogies (Sesigür & Edeer, 2021). These literatures provide theoretical grounding for analysing how nature art mediates learner engagement, supports multimodal participation, and interacts with indoor and outdoor environments. The integration of programme analysis, case synthesis, and conceptual frameworks enables a nuanced understanding of nature art as a methodology that is both context dependent and educationally generative. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights the potential of nature art as an innovative and contextually responsive methodology within museum education. Through analysis several key outcomes emerge. First, nature art practices facilitate embodied and experiential learning that connects learners with both natural environments and cultural contexts. Engagements such as the hybrid learning strands at the Fitzwilliam Museum, collaborative artistic interventions at Museum für Naturkunde Berlin, and nature journaling activities at Birmingham Museum of Art illustrate how museum education can transcend indoor galleries and extend into outdoor or nature-adjacent spaces. These practices activate sensory, emotional, and reflective dimensions of learning, fostering deeper connections between participants and their surroundings. Second, the integration of indoor and outdoor learning environments supports multimodal participation and learner agency. By incorporating natural materials, landscape features, and site-specific tasks, programmes show that museum learning is not confined to exhibition spaces. Such spatial flexibility aligns with broader educational goals that prioritise accessibility, inclusivity, and learner-centred design. Third, nature art methodologies contribute to inclusive and culturally responsive learning by accommodating diverse expressive modes and learning preferences. The capacity of nature art to merge artistic creativity with environmental inquiry makes it particularly suited for intercultural dialogue, a key priority in contemporary education. Despite strengths, institutional and practical challenges persist. Constraints related to risk management, weather conditions, and resource allocation can impede consistent implementation. Addressing these challenges will require adaptive institutional policies, collaboration across sectors, and expanded frameworks for evaluating outdoor and experiential learning outcomes. In conclusion, nature art offers a promising avenue for reimagining museum education in ways that align with international priorities such as innovation, inclusion, and engagement with diverse learning environments equally for individuals of diverse ages and social backgrounds. Future research should explore longitudinal impacts of nature art participation and develop evaluative tools that capture affective and embodied dimensions of learning. References Bautista, A. (2025). Learning environments as pedagogical tools: Designing flexible and inclusive spaces. Learning Environments Research, 28(1), 1–15. Egervári, J. (2022). Hely- és közösségalapú természetművészeti gyakorlatok. In P. Balázs (Ed.), Tér – Természet – Művészet (pp. 20–39). Farkaskő Noszvaji Barlang Művésztelep Egyesület. Erőss, I. (2011). Természetművészet. EKF Líceum Kiadó. Falk, J. H., & Dierking, L. D. (2013). The museum experience revisited. Routledge. Kagan, S. (2014). Art and sustainability: Connecting patterns for a culture of complexity. Transcript Verlag. Kolb, D. A. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development (2nd ed.). Pearson Education. Sasson, R. (2022). Materiality, space and relational pedagogy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(4), 557–573. Sesigür, A., & Edeer, S. (2021). Place-based visual arts education in natural environments. Pegem Journal of Education and Instruction, 11(1), 97–134. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Rievdan – Reflecting Changes in Sápmi Through Art University of Lapland, Faculty of Art and Design, Finland Presenting Author:The Arctic is undergoing rapid environmental and sociocultural transformations driven by global processes and climate change. These changes disproportionately affect Sámi Indigenous communities and other northern populations whose livelihoods and cultural practices are closely connected to their environments. While such transformations often generate vulnerability and loss, they may also create new possibilities for adaptation and renewal. Rievdan (Change) is a two-year arts-based action research project that foregrounds Indigenous worldviews and epistemologies in the North. The project seeks to enhance community resilience by supporting artistic expression as a means of articulating local perspectives and communicating them to broader audiences and decision-makers. Our presentation introduces preliminary findings from art-based action research conducted in 2025-2026 in Vuotso (Finland) and Kárášjohka (Norway), both located in the Sámi homeland. Participants across generations engaged with themes of change through collaborative artistic processes. In our presentation we will analyse both the process and products and reflect how community-based art education can open spaces for participants to negotiate through art meanings of their ecocultural identity within changing environmental and multicultural contexts. The theoretical basis is grounded in community-based art education and AAE, and shares through public art the paticipans voices and highlights Northern perspectives for broader audiences. The project is funded by the Kone Foundation and the University of Lapland, it forms part of the Faculty of Art and Design at the University of Lapland’s development work in transformative Arctic art education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Art-based Action Research The data consist of visual and textual documentation of both processes and outcomes, analysed through intertwined reflective and reflexive thematic methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As expected outcomes our research demonstrates how participants engage with their environments through art, attribute meanings to places that matter to them, and begin to reflect on potential futures. Art can strengthen intercultural and environmental awareness, foster a sense of belonging, and support the development of agency References Daniel, A. D., & Fernandes, J. (2024). Promotion of community resilience: Do citizens have a role to play? Local Environment, 29(8), 987–1003. https://doi.org/10.1080/13549839.2024.2345621 Eldridge, L. (2016). The Need for Visibility and Voice of Sami People in Art Education. Journal of Cultural Research in Art Education 33(1), 27–47. https://doi.org/10.2458/jcrae.4895 Jokela, T. (2019). Arts-based action research in the North. In G. W. Noblit (Ed.), Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.522 Hiltunen, M. & Korsström-Magga, K., (2025). Nomadic Antlers. New Genre Arctic Art Education and Activism. In Sohns, A. (Ed.). Artistic Dialogues with the Arctic North: Environmental Change and Identity in Transition (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003545880 Jokela T., &. Hiltunen, M. (2023). Community-based art education: Promoting revitalization and eco-cultural resilience for cultural sustainability. In: Lin C-C., Sinner A. & Irwin R.L. (Eds.), Community arts education: Transversal global perspectives, pp.86–98. Intellect. Korsström-Magga, K. (2025). Boazoeallin - reindeer life: Exploring possibilities for decoloniality with community-based art education. [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Lapland. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Arctic Teacher Education in Collaboration. Creating Dialogues for Learning with Art, Science and Communities University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:This paper presents an example of a shared hybrid university course on Arctic Art Education for teacher students from Sweden, Norway, Finland and Greenland. The collaboration aimed to encourage dialogue between Arctic communities, children and youth, teacher students, professors and local actors from cultural and educational fields. The Arctic partner universities sought to integrate contemporary art practices with Northern knowledge and traditions, enabling the examination and experience of sustainability issues from the perspectives of Arctic communities and places. The online and onsite activities aimed to create dialogue spaces, utilising multidisciplinary approaches and integrated art-science teaching connected to local places and communities. Grounded in local contexts, Arctic Art Education (AAE) is ecoculturally sensitive and transcends borders between countries and universities. By situating the project within broader discourses on decolonisation, sustainability, and land-based education, we aim to articulate how AAE can serve as a foundation for reimagining the role of art in the North, not only as an academic subject but as a relational, transformative, and future-oriented practice. The Action research data focused on this paper consists of the teacher students’ feedback and personal reflections. The results of the qualitative analysis show how art-based action research develops the multidimensional structure of the shared course. Shared courses facilitate boundary-crossing knowledge production, meaningful encounters in remote interactions, and situational and transformative learning. This offers a platform to deal with Arctic issues in Nordic collaboration in teacher education by emphasising the special features of Arctic communities and education in real-life situations.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are using art-based action research (ABAR) (Jokela, 2019; Jokela and Huhmarniemi, 2018) strategy to develop the Nomadic hub of AAE. Action research aims to develop practices by intervening in the existing structures with new approaches planned in collaboration with the participants and stakeholders. The ABAR approach focuses especially on combining artistic practices and art education with regional development and community empowerment (Jokela, 2019; Jokela and Huhmarniemi, 2018). The AAE course challenged the universities’ cooperation for a shared hybrid course combining online and fieldwork. It introduced Arctic communities for a visiting Art education event with a large spectrum of actors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this article, we have examined the development and implementation of the Nomadic Hub of the Arctic Art Education (AAE) as a collaborative initiative among Arctic universities. Using art-based action research, we evaluated the pedagogical approaches and outcomes of the course, drawing on student reflections and experiences from fieldwork. These insights informed the iterative development of the course model and the defining elements of AAE activities. In conclusion, the Nomadic Hub of AAE offers a transformative, place-responsive educational model that supports ecological awareness, cultural sensitivity, and collaborative knowledge production— prioritising relational learning that values local knowledge, storytelling, and shared authorship. Through sustained collaboration and critical reflection, AAE can continue to evolve as a vital framework for rethinking art education and sustainability practices in the Arctic. References Manninen, A., Stoll, K., Sørmo, W. & Gårdvik, M. (2025). Arctic art education in collaboration – creating dialogues for learning. Education in the North, 32(3) s.287-316. JOKELA, T., BERLINER, P., and MANNINEN, A.E., (2024). Introduction: Creating Sustainability Portraits in the Arctic. In: T. JOKELA, P. BERLINER and A.E. MANNINEN, eds., Creating Arctic Sustainability Portraits. Rovaniemi: University of Lapland, pp.8–12. Available: https://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi-fe20241209100493 JOKELA, T., and HILTUNEN, M., (2024). New genre of Arctic art education as a way of knowing the North. In: T. JOKELA, M. HUHMARNIEMI and K. BURNETT, eds., Relate North: New Genre Arctic Art Education beyond Borders. InSEA Publications, pp.12–37. https://www.insea.org/wpcontent/uploads/2024/12/RN2024_WEB.pdf JOKELA, T., and HUHMARNIEMI, M., (2022). Arctic art education in changing nature and culture. Education in the North, 29(2), pp.4–27. https://doi.org/10.26203/55f2-1c04 JOKELA, T., and HUHMARNIEMI, M., (2021). Stories transmitted through art for the revitalisation and decolonization of the Arctic. In: R. SØRLY, T. GHAYE and B. KÅRTVEIT, eds., Stories of change and sustainability in the Arctic regions: The interdependence of local and global. London: Routledge, pp.57–71. JOKELA, T., HUHMARNIEMI, M., BEER, R., and SOLOVIOVA, A., (2021). Mapping a new genre of Arctic art. In: L. HEININEN, H. EXNER-PIROT and J. BARNES, eds., Arctic Yearbook 2021: Defining and mapping sovereignties, policies and perceptions. Available: https://arcticyearbook.com/arcticyearbook/2021/2021-scholarly-papers/400-mapping-new-genre-arctic-art |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 21 SES 02 A: Cinematic Portrayals of School in Crisis. A Confrontation with Reality and One's Own Desire to Be a Teacher Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Karin Luomi-Messerer Session Chair: Margit Datler Symposium |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Symposium Cinematic Portrayals of School in Crisis. A Confrontation with Reality and One's Own Desire to Be a Teacher Films produce images, or more precisely, a sequence of images, i.e., processes. Deviating movements and open outcomes have always been part of film. Thus, film is a place of experimentation. New perspectives are tried out, enabling viewers to develop and reshape their perceptions (Binotto, 2024). The camera teaches us to see differently and to desire differently. Our research group starts from the hypothesis that teacher and school films make it possible to see school differently in times of crisis. In this way, they advance research and contribute to new research questions and results. They explore school as an institution as well as pedagogical discourses with their main signifiers and their ideological connotations within different eras. Thanks to their diverse perspectives and viewing strategies, they construct complex school situations and lines of flight that move beyond rationality. This brings to light “formations of the unconscious” (Lacan, 1998a). Phantasms, beliefs, and ideological blindness become visible. Psychoanalysis has made many valuable contributions to film theory and analysis. In this sense, the symposium draws primarily on the tradition of film analysis inspired by Lacan, Metz, Copjec, Žižek, Zupancic, and McGowan (Tyrer, 2026). On the one hand, they see film as a means of ideologically concealing and sewing up the traumatic real. On the other hand, it enables encounters with the real, which is particularly evident in the staged, individual, and collective symptoms and their effects on the viewer. Our thesis is that film does not coerce but rather seeks to bear witness and sometimes to convince. It allows the audience to dream, fantasize, and enjoy. When it succeeds in bringing the audience into contact with their own view of school, learning, and teaching, and in arousing the desire for what is lacking, it enables the unconscious to open up. It is then possible for beliefs to be challenged, changed, or reinforced. Films are educational tools that teach clinical viewing and listening. Through what the camera or screen shows or does not show, where otherness is only hinted at, one's own view and desire become conscious (McGowan, 2015). Interpretation is challenged and experienced (Copjec, 2015). This is especially true in encounters and confrontations in which students and teachers explicitly or implicitly ask the question “Che vuoi?”: “Who are you? What do you want from me? What do you desire from me?” Becoming aware of this through film scenes allows us to experience ourselves as divided subjects with over- and underdetermination. Particularly relevant today is the social and educational challenge of the crisis of symbolic order (acceptance versus rejection) or belief in the impossible as a condition for the possibility of collectivity, freedom, and authority (McGowan, 2016). The symposium examines how the film “Das Lehrerzimmer / The Teachers' Lounge” (2023) by Çatak & Duncker depicts the real, symptomatic, and subversive aspects of today's schools and how the film can interpellate viewers to reflect on subjectification and professionalization and to confront their own (traumatic) desires through the film. Three areas of focus will be addressed. - A perspective on the (pedagogical) beliefs of teachers (Borer). - The phenomenon of extimacy, or the awareness of one's own symptoms in the symptoms of others (Weber). - The crisis of the symbolic order of the school (Rauh). We expect the symposium to advance our international research, particularly with regard to film analysis and our methodological thesis that teacher films can be used to raise awareness and clarify one's own desire to become a teacher. Given the challenges facing the teaching profession throughout Europe, we believe this to be of great importance. References Binotto, J. (2024). Wahrnehmung stören, Essays zu Film und Kino. Marburg: Schüren. Catak, I. (2023). Das Lehrerzimmer. Germany: if... productions. Çatak, I. & Duncker, J. (2023). Das Lehrerzimmer. Ditzingen: Reclam. Copjec, J. (2015). Read my desire. Lacan against the historicists, London, New-York: Verso. Lacan J. (1998a). Le Séminaire, Livre V, Les formations de l’inconscient. Paris, Seuil McGowan T. (2015). Psychoanalytic Film Theory and The Rules of the Game, New-York, London: Bloomsbury. McGowan, T. (2016). The Necessity of Belief Or, The Trouble with Atheism. International Journal of Zizek Studies, Vol 4, No 1. https://zizekstudies.org/index.php/ijzs/article/view/238/320 [28/01/26]. Rauh, B. & Weber, J.-M. (2020). Lehrkräftebildung mit Fack ju Göhte. Junge Lehrerinnen und Lehrer zwischen Adoleszenz und Verantwortung. Gießen: Psychosozial. Tyrer, B. (2026). Psychoanalytic film theory. A contemporary Introduction. London, New-York: Routledge. Weber, J.-M., Zahn, M. & Pazzini K.-J. (Hrsg.) (2018). Lehre im Kino. Psychoanalytische und pädagogische Lektüren von Lehrerfilmen. Berlin: VS. Presentations of the Symposium Film as Excessive Material for Psychoanalytical Research into Educational Beliefs
The concept of beliefs appears in educational sciences as a heuristic tool for understanding the actions of educational actors (Fives & Gill, 2015). If, from a psychoanalytical perspective, one not only asks “who makes the order?” but also seeks the subjective appeal of a specific “order”, the analysis of beliefs appears to be a fruitful approach. What allows a specific authority to convey its worldview to the subject without the subject experiencing this as coercion? Can beliefs be changed? As a teacher, do you have to change beliefs? What criteria of truth can teachers use to change their students' (false) beliefs?
The film “The Teachers’ Lounge” (2023, Çatak & Duncker) offers ample material for exploring these questions. Not only does film teacher Carla Nowak (L. Benesch) herself advocate a specific concept of truth, but she also puts her beliefs into practice by filming in the hope of obtaining convincing evidence. In her class, she comments on a presentation by her students about Thales as follows: “People no longer explained the phenomena of the world with God or a higher power. Instead, they searched for a universally verifiable truth. This forms the basis for modern science.” Earlier in the film, Nowak's school is hit by a series of unexplained thefts. Nowak conducts her own investigation – she sets up her laptop camera to record the teachers’ lounge and finds, albeit perhaps only supposedly, the real culprit.
Film seems to be a suitable medium for putting an end to outdated beliefs and establishing one's own conviction of truth. However, the film fails to deliver on both fronts. This gives us an opportunity to reflect on what qualifies film – especially the excessively fictional kind – as empirical material for psychoanalytical and educational research.
Thus, the feature film challenges classical notions of truth (McGowan, 2007), by incorporating the audience's perspective into its own structure. Does the truth lie in this structuring – in the form? Freud's “Interpretation of Dreams” seems to suggest so (1900a/1958). This has consequences not only for the analysis of the current “order”, but also for the accompanying beliefs about truth held by its subjects.
Psychoanalytic film analysis reveals that “facts ...” are always “linked to verifiable experience.” However, beliefs structure this verifiable experience (McGowan, 2016, Žižek, 2008). The film “The Teachers’ Lounge” highlights this and lends itself to analysis. My contribution examines the issue through two selected film scenes.
References:
Fives, H., & Gill, M. G. (Ed.). (2015). International Handbook of Research on Teachers’ Beliefs. New York, London: Routledge.
Freud, S. (1900a). Die Traumdeutung. In GW II/III.
Freud, S. 1958 [1953]). The Interpretation of Dreams. In J. Strachey, (Trans. & Ed.). The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, Vols. 4 & 5. London: Hogarth.
McGowan, T. (2007). The Real Gaze. Film Theory after Lacan. Albany: State University of New York Press.
McGowan, T. (2016). The Necessity of Belief, Or, The Trouble with Atheism. International Journal of Zizek Studies, Vol 4, No 1. https://zizekstudies.org/index.php/ijzs/article/view/238/320 [28/01/26].
Žižek, S. (2008 [1989]). The Sublime Object of Ideology. London, New York: Verso.
“Hell Is Other People” or: How Do We Interact with Others?
“Teaching is a relationship-based profession.” In this contribution, I discuss the challenges this implies, using the film “The teacher's Lounge”.
There are fantasies developed by the individual protagonists. On the one hand, these fantasies help the subject to give form to their desires, but on the other hand, they lead them astray if they are not worked through, treated reflexively, and ultimately transcended. Here, we see how the young woman Nowak is determined by the phantasm of transparency. This is evident in the “surplus value” she attaches to knowledge and, above all, rationality, particularly in her attempt to solve the theft at her school. This is consistent with her partially obsessive-compulsive behavior toward her colleagues.
Thus, she sets off a spiral in which she becomes a living "hell" for her colleagues and the secretary (Sartre, 1971). At the same time, the latter also became hell for her. No one at the school has the situation under control: no one is master in his own house, but everyone is fighting for it.
So, the unconscious fantasies promote chaos. Thus, attempts to establish symbolic order also fail. Antagonisms become visible, cracks in the teaching staff become apparent. It becomes uncanny and gloomy. The Real imposes itself.
The film is an example of what Lacan called the best name for the real: the “two,” i.e., the relationship (Lacan, 1998b). Every relationship reveals an unbridgeable negativity, a non-relationship.
The students, colleagues, and parents largely appreciate the young teacher's commitment. Or she realizes too late that her excessive commitment, her enjoy to enlighten, strains relationships and stands in the way of solving the problem.
This excess of enjoyment promotes symptoms in the other person. They all think they are contributing to the solution of the problem, but in some cases, they promote repression through “not wanting to know.”
The developing symptoms, the realization that the outside world is related to her inner world – the phenomenon of extimacy – finally enable Ms. Nowak to put on the brakes and try to rebuild her relationships with her colleagues and the student Oscar. In doing so, she can partially transcend her fantasy and overcome the morality of transparency through desirous interpretation and action. Accepting contingency, something new can emerge (Lacan, 1975).
This contribution shows that film analysis, which incorporates one's own interpretive desire (Copjec, 2015), helps students broaden their clinical perspective and enables new encounters.
References:
Copjec, J. (2015). Read my desire. Lacan against the historicists, London: New-York, Verso.
Lacan, J. (1975). Le Séminaire, livre XX, Encore, Paris : Seuil.
Lacan, J. (1998b). « Il fenomeno lacaniano ». La psychanalisi, No 24, Astolabio, Rom, S. 18
Sartre, J.-P. (1971). Huis clos. Paris : Folio.
McGowan, T. (2015). Psychoanalytic Film Theory and The Rules of the Game, New-York, London: Bloomsbury.
Rauh, B. & Weber, J.-M. (2020). Lehrkräftebildung mit Fack ju Göhte. Junge Lehrerinnen und Lehrer zwischen Adoleszenz und Verantwortung. Gießen, Psychosozial.
Weber, J.-M., Zahn, M. & Pazzini K.-J. (Hrsg.) (2018). Lehre im Kino. Psychoanalytische und pädagogische Lektüren von Lehrerfilmen. Berlin: VS.
Weber, J.-M. (2021). Roma d’Alfonso Cuaron: “C’est seulement l’eau qui révèle la verité dans ce film”. In N. Roelens & A. Erchadi (Eds.), Breaking the waves. Water (Issues) in Contemporary Verbal and Visual Arts (p. 93-100). Luxembourg: Melusina.
Don‘t Miss the Forest for the Trees – The Mise-en-Scène of Conflicts in the Film “The Teachers' Lounge”
Cinematic representations of school and teaching can be understood as a medium for (self-)reflection on systems, systemic crises, crises in the development of the people involved and their attempts to cope with them. They thus address the knowledge that crises manifest themselves in specific forms in macro-, micro-, and psychic systems (CfP-ECER 2026).
This contribution regards films as empirical material that can be psychoanalytically explored in order to understand what is represented in the film in a new and different way. Sensu Freud (1900a) films can be experienced as an "other scene" that affects viewers, but allows them to engage with the issues activated in them from a productive distance (Weber & Rauh 2020).
The thesis is that the film "Das Lehrerzimmer / The Teachers' Lounge" links the poly-crisis of a system with a crisis in the professional development of a new teacher.
On the one hand, the film “Das Lehrerzimmer / The Teachers’ Lounge” (Çatak 2023) presents a multiple, intertwined process of erosion of the symbolic order of the school as a/an
- social institution that respects the rights of pupils
- mediator of a reflexive understanding of science
- educational institution for a reflexive approach to relationships and emotions
- space for experimenting with one’s desire and becoming a subject.
On the other hand, the film shows reflection and relationships as possibilities for the renewal of school, embodied in the protagonist. The teacher Nowak, who at the beginning follows the phantasms of objectivity and transparency, of rationality and liberation from feelings, moves through the crisis towards a position of not-knowing. In doing so she stands for (unconventional) thinking and behavior in contrast to the phantasms of other teachers, which undermine communities and education.
How can education and communitiy function in a pluralistic society orientated towards jouissance? The film brings ethical (and political) conflicts surrounding the “Big Other” (Lacan) – which also manifest as internal conflicts – into the discourse,
- transgressing investigative techniques vs. the non-negotiability of the fundamental rights of vulnerable persons
- the ideology of objective truth vs. the recognition of subjective truths
- a psychotechnical approach to feelings vs. a transformation of feelings through reflection.
Using three selected scenes from the film, the contribution reflects on these (educational) ethical conflicts, on current discursive cultures for reducing uncertainty and the necessitiy of starting from a position of not-knowing as a way forward in times of crisis.
References:
Çatak, I. (2023). Das Lehrerzimmer. If… Productions.
Freud, S. (1900a/1999). Die Traumdeutung. In GW II/III, S. 1-642.
Weber, J.-M. & Rauh, B. (2020). Das Phänomen Fack ju Göhte. Lust und Arbeit am Exzessiven. In B. Rauh & J.-M. Weber (Hrsg.), Lehrkräftebildung mit Fack ju Göhte. Junge Lehrerinnen und Lehrer zwischen Adoleszenz und Verantwortung (S. 7-19). Gießen: Psychosozial.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 02 A: Succeeding in higher education Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Zsofia Julia Toszegi Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper First-year Transitions and Belonging in Distance Education: A Sociomaterial and Temporal Analysis IU Internationale Hochschule, Germany Presenting Author:A strong sense of belonging is a core mechanism of student engagement and persistence in higher education (Strayhorn, 2012; Tinto, 2020; Kahu & Nelson, 2018). In distance education (DE), where everyday interaction is digitally mediated and spontaneous peer contact is scarce, how students develop belonging during their first-year remains underexplored (Hast, Habermann, & Trautwein, under review). This paper examines how first-year DE students interpret institutional, pedagogical and relational signals at study entry; how belonging is enacted, constrained or contested within sociomaterial learning environments; and how these processes unfold over time. Conceptually, we adopt a practice-based, sociomaterial and temporal lens that treats belonging as enacted through everyday interactions with platforms, course structures and institutional communication rather than as a stable trait. Drawing on transition-as-becoming (Gale & Parker, 2014) and Schlossberg’s transition model (2011), we frame belonging as an unfolding accomplishment sensitive to the timing, visibility and tone of institutional practices. Empirically, we report qualitative focus-group data from two German distance-learning programmes (one public, one private). We conducted 13 online focus groups via Zoom: nine “immersive” groups with first-year students and four “retrospective” groups with later-semester students reflecting on their first-year (N = 41; age 19–55; the majority employed and/or with caregiving responsibilities). A semi-structured guide covered motivations, early experiences, study–work–life integration, digital study practices, academic and social integration and supports and barriers. Transcripts were analysed inductively using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Ethical approval, informed consent and data-protection procedures were observed. Findings identify four interrelated patterns. First, organisational anchoring with social thinness: early belonging is enacted through successfully navigating platforms, procedures and timely institutional responses. Students often feel “connected to the university” without yet “feeling part of a student community”. Second, structural openness and absent shared boundaries: asynchronous, dispersed study rhythms and geographical dispersion complicate cohort perception and collective identification. Participants described flexibility as enabling access, but also as producing social indeterminacy early on. Third, from need to felt experience: in the first-year, belonging is articulated as an anticipated resource students desire but cannot readily realise. Over time it becomes a felt, motivating experience through accumulated interactions, often catalysed by informal peer spaces (Teams/WhatsApp) and visible pedagogical presence. Fourth, retrospective reconfiguration: students frequently recognise early non‑belonging only in hindsight, once later points of comparison exist, with belonging described as temporally delayed and narratively reconstructed. We conclude that belonging in DE is a fragile, sociomaterially mediated and temporally dynamic accomplishment. Early‑phase practice should prioritise institutional visibility and clarity (coherent onboarding; prompt, human‑toned communication), low‑threshold relational touchpoints and optional synchronisation (welcome messages, brief live check‑ins, time‑bounded discussions), plus coordinated standards across courses to avoid fragmented experiences Institutions should encourage teachers to signal presence in asynchronous settings and recognise indirect signs of isolation. For widening participation, belonging operates as a mediating mechanism between access and persistence; without intentional early‑phase design, DE’s structural openness risks reproducing inequalities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopted an interpretivist, practice-oriented design to elicit co-constructed accounts of how a sense of belonging is articulated, challenged and reinterpreted over time within sociomaterial settings. Online focus groups were used to generate interactional insight. The study was conducted at two German distance-learning programmes (one public, one private), enabling comparison across organisational contexts. Purposive sampling targeted DE students and sought to capture temporality by convening two types of groups: “immersive” groups with first-year students and “retrospective” groups with later-semester students reflecting on their first-year (Hast & Habermann, accepted for publication). Recruitment ran from October 2024 to June 2025 via learning management system announcements, Teams channels and course spaces. The final sample comprised 41 students across 13 focus-groups (nine immersive, four retrospective). To support equitable turn-taking in the online format, groups were intentionally small (two to four participants); the number of groups was increased to maintain information power. Participants were heterogeneous: ages ranged from 19 to 55, around 70% worked at least 11 hours per week and about 37% reported caregiving responsibilities, reflecting typical DE diversity. Focus-groups were held in Zoom and were video-recorded with consent and transcribed verbatim. A semi-structured topic guide covered motivations, early higher-education experiences, study–work–life integration, digital study practices, academic and social integration, perceived barriers and supports, and suggestions for improvement. Immersive groups focused on current experiences, whereas retrospective groups mapped how belonging developed across the first-year. Topics were informed by a prior scoping review on transition into distance education (Schweighart et al., 2024). The analysis followed reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). We coded all transcripts inductively and iteratively, developing themes that captured patterns in how belonging was enacted, constrained and temporally reconfigured. Credibility and transparency were supported through team-based analysis, reflexive memoing and an audit trail, and disconfirming evidence was used to refine theme boundaries. Ethical approval was granted by the institutional committee; informed consent was obtained from all participants and data were handled securely in line with German data-security standards. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Belonging in distance education during the first-year is not an automatic corollary of enrolment. It is a fragile, uneven and temporally delayed accomplishment that is initially anchored in organisational engagement rather than social embeddedness. DE’s structural openness—dispersed times, spaces and rhythms—enables access yet constrains early collective identification, rendering belonging thin and contingent. Over time, belonging can shift from an anticipated need to a felt, motivating experience through accumulated interactions, often enabled by informal peer channels and visible pedagogical presence. Crucially, students frequently recognise early non‑belonging only retrospectively, highlighting limits of early satisfaction metrics as indicators of successful transition. Implications follow at three levels. Course and programme design should foreground early institutional visibility and clarity (coherent onboarding; prompt, human-toned communication) and embed low-threshold relational touchpoints with optional synchronisation (welcome videos, brief live check-ins, time bounded discussions, cohort milestones). Staff development should treat belonging as pedagogical work, including signalling presence in asynchronous environments, normalising help-seeking and recognising indirect signs of isolation. At policy level, widening participation must go beyond flexible access to include intentional early-phase practices that reduce reliance on self-initiation. Otherwise, structural openness risks reproducing inequalities among students with fewer academic or digital resources. Treating belonging as a sociomaterial and temporal practice offers actionable pathways for institutions to nurture student potential and wellbeing in digitally mediated contexts. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Gale, T., & Parker, S. (2014). Navigating change: A typology of student transition in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 39(5), 734–753. Gourlay, L., & Oliver, M. (2018). Student engagement in the digital university: Sociomaterial assemblages. Routledge. Hast, M., & Habermann, S. (accepted for publication). TiDE und die (Ge)Zeiten: Warum sowohl immersive als auch retrospektive Ansichten für die Hochschulforschung wichtig sind. In S. Schaper, J. Lange, & S. Hofhues (Eds.), (Fern-)Studierende – Lebenswelten und Übergänge. Beltz. Hast, M., Habermann, S., & Trautwein, C. (under review). Negotiating belonging in distance education: A qualitative study of students’ transition experiences. Manuscript submitted for publication to the Journal of Applied Research in Higher Education. Kahu, E. R., & Nelson, K. (2018). Student engagement in the educational interface: Understanding the mechanisms of student success. Higher Education Research & Development, 37(1), 58–71. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2017.1344197 Schweighart, R., Hast, M., Pampel, A. M., Rebien, J. A., & Trautwein, C. (2024). Transition into distance education: A scoping review. Education Sciences, 14(10), 1130. Schlossberg, N. K. (2011). The challenge of change: The transition model and its applications. Journal of Employment Counseling, 48(4), 159–162. Strayhorn, T. L. (2012). College students’ sense of belonging. Routledge. Tinto, V. (2020). Learning better together. In A. Jones, A. Olds, & J. G. Lisciandro (Eds.), Transitioning students into higher education: Philosophy, pedagogy and practice (pp. 13–24). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429279355 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Joint Development of Peer Networks, Sense of Belonging, and Academic Self-efficacy among International Students in Higher Education 1: Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands, The; 2: University of Groningen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Peer relationships facilitate student learning and sense of belonging in higher education (HE) (Mishra, 2020). This is particularly true for first year international students, who not only need to adapt to a new academic, but also a new cultural context during their transition to HE. Small group education facilitates peer relationship development, but psychosocial factors may influence the extent to which students actually make use of such opportunities. For instance, students’ perceptions of their own academic capabilities (self-efficacy) and sense of belonging are likely to shape their engagement with peers, influencing both who they choose to build ties with, and how these ties evolve over time. Conversely, social interactions may, in turn, strengthen or weaken students’ self-efficacy and belongingness. To understand these dynamic and reciprocal processes, a longitudinal social network perspective is needed, capturing how (psycho)social and academic factors co-develop within international student populations (Brouwer & Froehlich, 2023). Therefore, this study examines the role of academic self-efficacy and sense of belonging in international students’ selection process of friends and collaboration partners as well as the influence of these partners on students’ self-efficacy and sense of belonging. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a longitudinal complete social network study among 289 first-year students enrolled in a bachelor’s program at a university in the Netherlands. Data were collected during students’ first academic semester, a key transitional period, across three survey waves administered in September, November, and January. This design allowed us to examine changes in students’ social networks and individual outcomes over time. At each wave, students nominated peers within their cohort with whom they collaborated academically (e.g., studying together or working on assignments) and peers they considered friends. These nominations were used to construct longitudinal networks of academic collaboration and friendship. In addition, students completed survey measures assessing their sense of belonging in the program and their academic self-efficacy. Both constructs were treated as time-varying individual attributes. Administrative data were obtained from the university’s student information system and linked to the survey data using unique identifiers. These data included measures of academic achievement, such as grades and credits earned, as well as background characteristics (e.g., demographic and educational information). The data were analyzed using stochastic actor-oriented models (SAOMs), which are specifically designed to analyze the co-evolution of social networks and individual attributes in longitudinal data (Snijders, 2011). SAOMs model network change as a series of micro-steps driven by actors’ preferences, enabling the examination of selection and influence processes. This approach allowed us to investigate how collaboration and friendship networks developed during the first semester and how these networks were associated with changes in students’ sense of belonging, academic self-efficacy, and academic outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Descriptive results firstly show that tutorial groups are an important context for initial relationship development. SAOMs revealed that networks are influenced by cross-network dynamics and psychosocial factors. Existing help-seeking ties significantly predicted formation of collaboration ties (Est. = 0.70, p <.001), and existing collaboration and friendship ties increased the likelihood of new friendship nominations (Est. = 1.02, p <.01; Est. = 1.42, p <.001). Sense of belonging showed positive effects on collaboration tie formation (Est. = 0.24, p <.01), meaning that students who feel connected to their academic environment are more inclined to collaborate. Self-efficacy had contrasting effects: higher ego efficacy reduced the probability of establishing collaboration ties (Est. = -0.32, p <.001). Alter efficacy had small negative effects, implying a lower tendency among student to nominate peers with high academic self-efficacy as preferred collaboration partners (Est. = -0.17, p <.05) or as friends (Est. = -0.18, p <.05). Findings enhance understanding of international students’ peer networks formation within small group learning environments and the role of psychosocial factors in this process. Small groups appear to enhance tie formation, but self-efficacy and sense of belonging affect whether students actually make use of relationship possibilities in small groups, suggesting a need for interventions targeted at improvement of such psychosocial outcomes. Further analysis of the data will provide insight into the effect of peer networks on self-efficacy and sense of belonging. References Brouwer, J., & Froehlich, D. E. (2023). The dynamics of social networks: Towards a better understanding of selection and influence mechanisms in social capital building. In Re-theorising Learning and Research Methods in Learning Research. Routledge. Mishra, S. (2020). Social networks, social capital, social support and academic success in higher education: A systematic review with a special focus on ‘underrepresented’ students. Educational Research Review, 29, 100307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100307 Snijders, T. A. B. (2011). Statistical Models for Social Networks. Annual Review of Sociology, 37(1), 131–153. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.012809.102709 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Patterns of Student Engagement Across Turkish Universities Established After 2000s: A Multiple Case Study 1: Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The world has shifted towards a knowledge and digital-oriented way of living in recent years. Along with this shift, the role of the university in the development of an individual and the social world is undergoing a significant transformation (OECD, 2024). The university has to be a dynamic ecosystem in order to bring cognitive, social, and emotional developments in the students (Marginson, 2022). In the course of this change, the idea of student engagement has turned out to be an important factor in the student growth. Engagement is a multifaceted construct that goes far beyond the basic measures of attendance or completion, according to the higher education literature. In fact, Kuh (2009) has defined engagement as the “students’ investment of time and effort in educationally purposeful activities, as well as the institutions’ provision of the conditions that enable such investment.” In this light, Astin's (1984) Student Involvement Theory has emphasized the role of students' physical and psychological energies, while Tinto's (1993) Integration Model has emphasized the role of academic and social integration in the prevention of dropout. In turn, Fredricks and colleagues' (2004) definition of engagement has emphasized its cognitive, behavioral, and emotional aspects. On the other hand, the recent literature has emphasized the holistic and ecological nature of engagement as a construct that is the result of the interplay between socio-cultural context, institutions, and students' experience (Kahu & Nelson, 2018; Lawson & Lawson, 2013). The theoretical basis of student engagement has become critical in Turkish higher education due to the policy of massification. As a result of this policy, the number of universities and student quotas have rapidly increased. However, this quantitative growth has brought with it concerns about quality. The rapidly increasing number of students, the diversification of student profiles, and the pains of institutional identity formation processes in the newly-established universities are deeply affecting students' university experiences. The present research is grounded on the premise that student engagement is not the result of academic achievements alone. Rather, student engagement is influenced by a wide range of factors, from the national level to the more detailed level of the student experience itself. The present research aims to demonstrate the manifestation of these factors as concrete factors of challenges or opportunities for student engagement in higher education institutions. Student engagement is normally examined through the lens of Western-centricism and quantitative measurement tools. However, the unique socio-cultural characteristics of the Turkish context, along with the realities of recently founded higher education institutions, necessitate an examination of the subject matter through contextual and qualitative tools of research. Whether students experience the university mainly as a credentialing site or as a space for self-development shapes their engagement. At the same time, how students are engaged in their universities is a critical indicator of higher education’s future, particularly in developing countries like Türkiye. Within this framework, this research aims to bring the concept of a quality student experience to the fore, which has been overshadowed by quantitative growth in the Turkish higher education system. It also examines the current conditions of newly-established universities from the perspective of students. The main research question of the study is defined as follows: “In what ways do students engage in university life at Turkish universities established after the 2000s?”. Focused on this question, the study aims to provide a comprehensive framework by thoroughly examining the interaction between academic, social, and psychological dimensions of student engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design This study was conducted as a holistic multiple case study under the qualitative research. The use of a holistic multiple case study allowed for the examination of different student experiences at different universities, using within-case and cross-case analysis (Yin, 2014). This is because, as a study, it sought to offer a wider view than what could be achieved using a single case study. Each university was considered as a unique case in its own context. Then, the similarities and differences across cases were interpreted holistically. Research context and participants The research context was shaped by public universities established after 2000s. They were located in provinces representing different geographical regions and varying levels of socio-economic development, based on the State Planning Organization (2017). The selected universities were Recep Tayyip Erdoğan University (RTEU), Adıyaman University (ADYU), Uşak University (UU), and Ankara Yıldırım Beyazıt University (AYBU). Their different regional dynamics and city–campus relationships provided a basis for reflecting the diversity of environmental factors that shaped student engagement. The study group consisted of 136 undergraduate students from the four universities. Maximum variation sampling was used to identify participants and to capture experiences across faculties and departments, including engineering, health sciences, education, arts and sciences, and economics and administrative sciences, etc. In total, 38 undergraduate students from RTEU, 36 from ADYU, 34 from UU, and 28 from AYBU were interviewed. Data collection and analysis The data was collected through a semi-structured interview form developed by the researchers in addition to documents and visuals of the pages of the students on the official websites of the university. The researcher visited each campus of the university to conduct face-to-face interviews. The interview questions focused on the academic, social, and psychological engagement process of the students through their experiences and expectations. The research also utilized a second data source, where the textual and visual data collected from the student-related pages of the official websites of the universities was utilized to add credibility to the research through the use of triangulation. For data analysis, interviews were analyzed by using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), while documentary materials were examined through Rose’s (2002) visual analysis framework. The data analysis was conducted in two phases, where the within-case analysis of the data collected from the two universities was conducted, followed by the cross-case analysis of the data to look for similarities and differences between the four cases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that student engagement has a complex structure composed of six dimensions in universities. As far as the (1) environment of the university is concerned, there has been a significant gap between the expectations of the students when entering the university and what they actually experience. Regarding (2) academic engagement, the students have often complained about their curriculum, which is highly theory-oriented. The university is seen as merely an extension of their secondary education, providing no platform for intellectual growth. (3) Social engagement is also influenced by the students' perception of the lack of a dynamic campus. The students see their campus as lifeless. They point to their student clubs that are formally established but not actively used. In addition, those campuses that are far from the city centers also impact the students negatively in their ability to form relationships. Regarding (4) psychological engagement, the students find themselves with challenges of homesickness and pressure from their peers. The students' psychological well-being is affected negatively due to their anxiety about the future. (5) Economic pressures emerge as an important factor that hinders engagement. In this case, the increasing costs of living have resulted in an unstable environment even in meeting basic needs such as food and shelter. In addition, the state dormitories' physical conditions and the level of satisfaction with the quality and sufficiency of the provided food also have negative effects on the students' well-being. Finally, concerning (6) political engagement, the findings reveal an environment where the level of student voice is restricted. In this case, the students often feel that they are not included in the decision-making process. In summary, the findings indicate that although the students are formally included in the system, they often experience difficulties in becoming real stakeholders of their universities. References Astin, A. W. (1993). What matters in college: Four critical years revisited. Jossey Bass. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Fredricks, J., Blumenfeld, P., & Paris, A. (2004). School Engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. Kahu, E. R., & Nelson, K. (2018). Student engagement in the educational interface: Understanding the mechanisms of student success. Higher Education Research & Development, 37, 58-71. Kuh, G. D. (2009). What student affairs professionals need to know about student engagement. Journal of College Student Development, 50(6), 683–706. Lawson, M., & Lawson, H. (2013). New conceptual frameworks for student engagement research, policy and practice. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 432–479. Marginson, S. (2022). What is global higher education? Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 492–517. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2022.2061438. OECD. (2024). Education at a glance 2024: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19991487. Rose, G. (2002). Visual metholodogies: An introduction to the interpretation of visual materials. Sage. State Planning Organization (2017). İllerin ve bölgelerin sosyo-ekonomik gelişmişlik sıralaması araştırması SEGE-2017. https://www.kalkinmakutuphanesi.gov.tr/dokuman/illerin-ve-bolgelerin-sosyo-ekonomik-gelismislik-siralamasi-arastirmasi-sege-2017/1970. Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving college: Rethinking the causes and cures of student attrition (2nd ed.). University of Chicago Press. Yin, R. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). Sage Publications, Inc. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 02 B: Curricul and Student Study Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Johanna Annala Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Who Owns the Map? Uprooting the University and Letting the Curriculum Go Wild The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:The rapid integration of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) in education constitutes a critical dimension of the poly-crisis facing higher education institutions, threatening trust in the value of its knowledge production function. Dominant institutional response to GenAI has been defensive and arborescent, rooted in surveillance, bans, or a retreat to invigilated examinations to protect the status quo of credentialing (Tsao, 2025). This paper argues that such attempts to out-design or police AI are futile, and defends a transactional and inherently neoliberal view of education that the technology can already simulate with increasing efficiency. This submission reinvigorates pivots toward affirmative rhizomatic pedagogies, grounded in the philosophy of Deleuze and Guattari (1987). The concept of the rhizome aims to rethink teaching and learning in a post-digital, AI-saturated contemporary and how pedagogical and assessment practices could change when knowing is about becoming. Furthermore, this paper positions the rhizome as a necessary decolonial intervention, which has no centre, resists hierarchy, and values the periphery. The concept challenges the homogenising force of algorithmic bias that privileges epistemological colonisation, enforcing a statistical consensus derived primarily from Global North data and English-centric corpora, and the centralisation of epistemic power among technological elites. Contrasting arborescent structures (hierarchy, linearity, and tracing) against rhizomatic networks (non-linearity, heterogeneity, and mapping), the paper posits that while GenAI outputs appear rhizomatic, the underlying architecture behind transformer or diffusion technology is fundamentally arborescent because they operate through probabilistic adjacency, error minimisation, and consensus-seeking, thus functioning as powerful engines of reproduction rather than novelty. This research responds to the global urgency of redefining human learning, aligning with the European Union’s Digital Education Action Plan which prioritises critical digital literacy and human agency. The paper asks: How can we design learning that works in productive tension alongside AI? By applying the six principles of the rhizome—connection, heterogeneity, multiplicity, asignifying rupture, cartography, and decalcomania—this proposal outlines a transdisciplinary nexus (Gibbs, 2026) for education that secures the future of academia by cultivating “nomadic” learners capable of traversing the uncertain terrains that AI cannot map: the embodied, the situated, and the semantic. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses Deleuze and Guattari’s geo-philosophy and conceptual methodology through a “diffractive reading” to interrogate learning and architecture of GenAI. The inquiry proceeds in two analytical stages. First, it performs an ontological critique of GenAI capabilities and identifies the asymmetries between algorithmic processing and human learning. It argues that AI operates through tracing (reproducing deep structures and statistical patterns) and probabilistic adjacency (connecting tokens based on likelihood). In contrast, rhizomatic human learning relies on mapping (constructing new realities) and semantic novelty. Second, the paper operationalises these theoretical distinctions into pedagogical design principles. It maps the six principles of the rhizome against specific assessment challenges posed by AI. This involves a synthesis of recent critical educational technology scholarship (Selwyn, 2024; Gašević et al., 2023) and post-digital learning theories (Fawns, 2022). The conceptual framework critiques current assessment practices and speculates on and prototypes new rhizomatic approaches designed to be AI-resilient not by exclusion, but by requiring inputs that AI cannot access—specifically embodied experience, material heterogeneity, and the “n-1” dimensions of the learning process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that higher education must move more towards three specific pedagogical pivots. The first and most apparent is the shift from assessment of static products to the “n-1” dimensions of the process. Teachers can evaluate the genealogy of ideas, including concept sketches, prompt logs, discarded drafts, and the iterative dialogues between student intent and AI output. Second, the shift from semiotics to heterogeneity; since AI processes representations rather than reality, rhizomatic assessment must anchor learning in heterogeneous assemblages by connecting text to the material world, embodied experience, and localised contexts where human “flesh” (Merleau-Ponty, 1968) retains epistemic purchase. Third, a movement from tracing to mapping, with the teacher assuming the role of cartographer-guides, supporting students taking AI outputs as tracings (consensus baselines) that must be returned to the map for critique and reterritorialisation. Ultimately, this work suggests that the poly-crisis that includes AI is an opportunity to shed archaic, transactional educational models. By (re)centring rhizomatic principles, universities can foster learning that is not about replicating established hierarchies, but about navigating rupture and uncertainty, ensuring that universities remain spaces of pluralistic, democratic inquiry rather than echo chambers of automated consensus. References Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Fawns, T. (2022). An Entangled Pedagogy: Looking Beyond the Pedagogy—Technology Dichotomy. Postdigital Science and Education, 4(3), 711–728. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00302-7 Gašević, D., Siemens, G., & Sadiq, S. (2023). Empowering learners for the age of artificial intelligence. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, 100130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100130 Gibbs, P. (2026). Transdisciplinary emergence: Public universities seeking to provide common good. In G. Kochhar-Lindgren, W. Sims-Schouten, & J. Tsao (Eds), Transdisciplinary Experiments. UCL Press. Merleau-Ponty, M. (1968). The visible and the invisible. Northwestern University Press. Selwyn, N. (2024). On the Limits of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Education. Nordisk Tidsskrift for Pedagogikk Og Kritikk, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v10.6062 Tsao, J. (2025). Trajectories of AI policy in higher education: Interpretations, discourses, and enactments of students and teachers. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 9, 100496. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100496 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Towards Accomplishing Change in Higher Education Through the Co-creation and Enactment of Curriculum and Education Frameworks 1: Maynooth University, Ireland; 2: University of Limerick, Ireland; 3: Technological University Dublin, Ireland; 4: Independent Researcher Presenting Author:Year-on-year more is being asked of education at every level and higher education is no exception. The recently published EUA ‘TRENDS 2024’ highlights this move noting that contemporary universities need to ‘embrace multiple missions’ thus raising questions on ‘strategy, priority-setting and resources’ (Gaebel and Zhang, 2024, p. 36). The curriculum or education experience, broadly understood, offers institutions an organising structure within which values can be expressed, educational priorities enacted and educational outcomes achieved. In practical terms, as Tight suggests, the curriculum in higher education ‘links the details of course design with the student experience of entering, moving through and transitioning beyond higher education’ and ‘offers a broader, and potentially more integrated, perspective on the teaching/learning function of higher education’ (2024, p. 324). Clarifying through an agreed framework what we mean by curriculum or the education experience, provides a coherent foundation for institution-wide development, enhancement and leadership (Fung, 2017).
This session, which is organised in two parts, presents learning from the shared experience of colleagues from one institution engaged in developing an education framework, and members of an expert external panel advising on that framework development. This collaborative aspect of an institutional, government funded, enhancement initiative involved colleagues from five different European university settings and evolved into an opportunity for all to reflect on framework development and enactment more broadly.
In Part 1, we present an aspect of the answer to the practical question ‘how do you build an education framework’. This was the overarching question we considered together in a series of conversations which took place over approximately 12 months where we explored topics such as: the process of developing an education framework – the who, what, when, how, why; the nuts and bolts of a framework - agreeing framework elements such as priorities, hallmarks, principles etc.; navigating challenges and setbacks; changes you would make and what you wish you had known then that you know now. Our shared conversations benefitted particularly from the range of experience across the group where each of us from an institutional perspective was a different stage of development and/or enactment of our framework. The conversations were elucidated by a comprehensive literature review of the recent scholarship in this area (Ramputh, Farrell and O’Regan, 2025), a review of existing frameworks, a review of context, and ongoing work on campus with an Advisory Group and Student Ambassadors by the organising institution.
In Part 2, we present our discussions as a group in answer to the question ‘how do you accomplish change through the co-creation and enactment of curriculum and education frameworks’. In order to address this second question, we are using Trowler’s work on accomplishing change in teaching and learning regimes. In this regard we are particularly drawing on the idea of a ‘practice sensibility’ or ‘practice-focused perspective’ and how it might be used as a way of seeing ‘three key elements of any change process … [namely] context of change … the nature of any proposed innovation … [and] the relationship between context and innovation’ (Trowler, 2019, p. 121). Specific topics we are considering together include: entering into dialogue and feedback about the framework principles; developing supports for framework enactment; encouraging flexible and various ways of integrating the framework into disciplines and interdisciplinary work in line with a non-prescriptive approach; surfacing resource and other challenges associated with making the framework a reality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used While the research dimension of this work has evolved from its inception, the overarching approach is the use of three of Brookfield’s four lenses of critical reflection, namely, colleagues’ perceptions, personal experience and theory/scholarship. Designed for examining teaching practice, we have found Brookfield’s approach beneficial as ‘a process of intentional and continual scrutiny of … assumptions’ in our iterative work on framework development and enactment particularly where there is a focus on the possibilities for change (Brookfield, 2017, p. 19). Attempting to explain these lenses as entirely distinct belies their inextricable nature where personal and colleagues’ perceptions were influenced by their knowledge of theory and scholarship, and personal perceptions were discussed with colleagues’ perceptions helping to clarify both. Thus, the approach involves ongoing interaction between the three lenses which optimises the fact that reflection ‘is best practiced as a collective endeavour, a collaborative process in which people gather to ferret out assumptions, challenge groupthink and consider multiple perspectives’ (2017, p. 115). In turn, this reflective methodology suited the evolving, participatory nature of curriculum development, where leadership, learning and institutional context dynamically shape one another. Practically the work involved: • a series of online one-to-one conversations (n=12 at date of proposal submission) on agreed topics, the notes of which were analysed to produce digests which captured shared themes and advice. In addition, colleagues met together, for an all day in-person workshop to deepen dialogue, build relational trust and explore the diversity of institutional experiences regarding education framework development • regular documented meetings by the framework developing institution team (approximately every 2-3 weeks since October 2024) to discuss the process of framework development and to reflect on the framework development • the development of Open Education Resources based on analysis of context and other frameworks • comprehensive literature review The next stages of the research dimension of the work will involve data-gathering through • a further series of one-to-one conversations (n=4) and an additional 1-day in-person workshop • weekly journaling regarding the refinement of the framework and the experience of making the steps towards enactment • continued engagement with the scholarship particularly around curriculum development approaches. We will use the Trowler concepts to explore the data in order to address the question of how do you accomplish change through the co-creation and enactment of curriculum and education frameworks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Part 1 findings using the aforementioned approach include the importance of: • clarifying and communicating the purpose of the framework and what it can and cannot do; allowing for the framework to be actionable and aspirational • building on existing good practice, optimising the expertise within the community and being informed by the relevant scholarship • adopting a co-creative (students and staff) cross-disciplinary approach throughout • focusing on a developing a simple, pragmatic output which influences both processes and practice, is non-prescriptive and allows for situated enactment • anticipating the strategies, systems, processes and resourcing within which the framework will operate • achieving the support of senior leaders • planning for implementation and evaluation as part of design stage • living and reinforcing the trustworthiness of the development process including through ongoing two-way communication • expecting that there will be roadblocks and remembering to take time to pause and reflect. These findings highlight the value of a developmental and dialogic approach, rooted in critical reflection and shared ownership. Findings from Part 2 will be presented at the conference however based on the literature considered to date regarding how change is accomplished through the co-creation of education/curriculum frameworks it is anticipated that the following will feature: • The role of relational trust and inclusive dialogue in enabling change (Advance HE, 2025; Gano & Oxendine, 2023; Healey & Healey, 2024) • The importance of flexibility in enactment to account for local context (Evans, 2024; Osika et al., 2025; Ryan et al. 2020; Sahni et al., 2025) • The challenges of aligning strategic aspirations with disciplinary practices (Davies & Fung, 2018; Fung, 2017; Nugent et al., 2019) • The need for ongoing engagement, iteration and evaluation to sustain momentum (Kidman et al., 2019; Yang, 2015) References Advance HE. (2025) Framework for leading in higher education [online]. Available at: https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/ Brookfield, S. D. (2017). Becoming a Critically Reflective Teacher. 2nd ed. London, England: Jossey-Bass. Evans, C. (2024) Shaping society for tomorrow: the role of higher education in bringing about positive change. In: Wood, L. and Zuber-Skerritt, O., eds. (2024) Shaping the future of higher education: positive and sustainable frameworks for navigating constant change. Helsinki: Helsinki University Press, 25–44. Available at: https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.21154984.9?seq=1 Fung, D. (2017) A Connected Curriculum for Higher Education. London: UCL Press. Gaebel, M. and Zhang, T. (2024). TRENDS 2024. European higher education institutions in times of transition. Brussels: European University Association. Available at: https://www.eua.eu/publications/reports/trends-2024.html Gano, B.C. and Oxendine, S.D. (2023) ‘Being an appreciative educator in today’s world: unknowingly and knowingly using appreciative frameworks in higher education’, New Directions for Student Services [online], 2023(184), 11–17. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1002/ss.20489 Healey, M. and Healey, R.L. (2024) ‘The role of academic developers in initiating, developing and supporting student–staff partnerships in learning and teaching in higher education: a systematic narrative literature review and a new framework’, International Journal for Academic Development [online]. Available at:https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2024.2338487 Kidman, G., Chang, C.-H. and Wi, A. (2019) Defining education for sustainability (EfS): a theoretical framework. In: Chang, C.-H., Kidman, G. and Wi, A., eds. (2019) Issues in teaching and learning of education for sustainability: theory into practice [online]. Abingdon: Taylor & Francis Group. Available at: https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/nuim/detail.action?docID=5904711 Nugent, A., Lodge, J.M., Carroll, A., Bagraith, R., MacMahon, S., Matthews, K.E. and Sah, P. (2019). Higher education learning framework: an evidence-informed model for university learning [online]. Brisbane: The University of Queensland. Available at:https://www.researchgate.net/publication/328943978_Higher_Education_Learning_Framework_An_evidence-informed_model_for_university_learning Ramputh, T., Farrell, A. and O’Regan L. (2025). Enhancing Teaching, Learning and Curriculum Design through Education Frameworks: Literature Review. Maynooth: Maynooth University. Ryan, B., Fleming, A., Deegan, C.M., McAvinia, C., O’Kane, C., Williams, D., Nevin, E., Bates, E., Darby, F., Harvey, J., Murphy, L., Coleman, M., O’Donoghue, M. and Duffy, N. (2020). CoCREATE: collaborative curriculum reimagining and enhancement aiming to transform education [online]. Dublin: Technological University Dublin. Available at: https://arrow.tudublin.ie/totalarcreptf/1 Tight, M. (2024). ‘The curriculum in higher education research: A review of the research literature’, Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 61:2, 315-328, DOI: 10.1080/14703297.2023.2166560 Trowler. P. (2019). Accomplishing Change in Teaching and Learning Regimes. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Yang, M. (2015). ‘Promoting self-sustained learning in higher education: the ISEE framework.’, Teaching in Higher Education, 20(6), 601–613. Available at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13562517.2015.1052785 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Teacher and Student Experiences of Student Workload: Design and Practice University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:The importance of an appropriate student workload for successful higher education (HE) has been widely recognized in research (e.g., Thornby et al. 2023; Lachance et al., 2026). That said, there is no clear conceptual consensus on what constitutes student workload (Deon & Yasinian, 2022; Impola, 2025; Kyndt et al., 2014). In HE policy and administration contexts, as well as in curriculum work, it is often measured by the study time required to achieve learning outcomes, as in academic credit systems such as the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) (European Commission, 2022; Wagenaar, 2019). Equaling study time with workload has been considered a problematic practice, and recent contributors have stressed more holistic approaches to student workload, emphasizing students' own experience and agency regarding workload (Impola, 2025c; Waage & Geirsdóttir, 2026). Finally, whereas much of the research on student workload has prioritized students’ perspectives, a fairly limited amount of research has recognized the importance of teachers' approaches to student workload determination (SWD) in their curricular and course planning (For exceptions, see Impola, 2025b; Waage & Geirsdóttir, 2026). The presentation is based on a currently ending PhD study on higher education time practices and a new postdoctoral project on the individual and societal contributors to HE student workload in the Finnish context. While Finnish students appear to be spending less time studying than many of their European counterparts (Hauschildt et al., 2026), their experiences of workload and exhaustion have been on the rise (Parikka et al., 2025). Against this background, the current study aimed to investigate sources of student workload from both teacher and student perspectives, focusing on factors beyond time-based workload estimates. Research questions specific to teacher and curriculum work were: 1) How are HE teachers determining student workload for their courses, 2) Which factors do they find challenging in this work, and 3) Which factors do they consider important for establishing appropriate workload estimates for their courses? The corresponding questions concerning the student perspective were 1) What factors did students consider relevant for their workload experience in studies, 2) How did they perceive the appropriateness of the current course workload frameworks, and 3) What kind of differences were there between students regarding these views? In the current study, these questions were addressed through a series of online surveys administered to a sample of Finnish HE teachers and students. Data was received from 208 teachers and 684 students in Spring 2024. The results, though specific to Finnish contexts, can be valuable for similar settings and studies in other European countries as well, especially given their relevance to the development and application of the ECTS system as the central time-based framework for defining and regulating workload within European HE. The mixed-methods setting that uses qualitative, open-response data and blends it with statistical analysis (See below) is a rare and potentially valuable methodological approach to a topic that has thus far relied heavily on quantitative approaches, with some happy exceptions (e.g., Kyndt et al., 2014), and could thus benefit the work of colleagues working on similar matters in other contexts, as well. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A set of online surveys was conducted among teachers and students in two Finnish higher education institutions, including one research-intensive university and one polytechnic university, in Spring 2024. Teachers’ surveys collected information on relevant professional background variables, including prior educational level, potential teacher-training status, and academic work experience. Besides, the survey included Likert-scale items concerning teachers’ SWD attitudes. In addition to quantitative measures, open-response items enabled teachers to specify their approaches, challenges, and anticipated strengths in SWD. Correspondingly, students’ surveys included relevant background variables, such as age, gender, disciplinary background, degree level, and duration of degree studies. In addition, students reported their weekly time use and workload throughout a 10-week study period, along with their learning outcomes. Open-response items enabled students to freely describe sources of their workload experience and attitudes concerning SWD. While most results relevant to the quantitative data have been reported in previous work (Impola, 2025a; 2025b), the current study utilized the qualitative, open-response data via a mixed-method approach. First, open-response data on SWD practices and students’ workload experiences were coded using a theory-driven content analysis in Lumivero’s NVivo software. The established categories themselves yielded an initial set of results to address questions about teachers’ and students' SWD and workload attitudes in general. However, the formed categories were then coded numerically and combined with the survey's quantitative measures in the same dataset in MS Excel. The data were then transferred to IBM SPSS Statistics for relevant group- and means-difference analyses (Chi-square, t-tests, and Mann-Whitney) to identify which teacher and student characteristics, as well as students’ study patterns, may be relevant to their SWD and workload attitudes. After initial bivariate tests, potential multivariate models (e.g., loglinear modelling, multivariate ANOVAs) may be used to control for confounding effects and to develop hypothetical models for future research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Statistical analyses are still in progress when this abstract is written, yet some preliminary results may be outlined. From the teachers’ perspective, common challenges in determining appropriate workload concerned students, especially their varying skill levels and background knowledge upon entering courses. Factors related specifically to course design concentrated primarily on criticizing institutional standards and rules, binding workload estimation, and, on the other hand, colleagues’ varying and inconsistent practices in defining workload for their courses. Teachers often built their course workload estimates on some predefined guidelines, blended with their own experience and estimates, and possibly complemented by student feedback. Many comments focused on how workload frameworks could be improved to help students learn better study practices, though there were also pleas for clearer standards and collegial collaboration. Factors that had increased students’ workload were divided into education-related, personal, and time-related categories, and these were often intertwined in the respondent-specific data. As for educational factors, the most prevalent issue increasing students’ workload in the responses was the study format, especially excessive group work or independent study. Other main education-related workload factors were related to teaching (especially appropriate organization and scheduling) and course-specific factors (especially to the amount of work involved). Typical workload factors related to students’ lives included work-life balance, financial problems, family and social relations, and personal health issues. The biggest concerns related to time often involved both the perceived temporal intensity of studies and competing demands from study, work, and other life. Surprisingly, the most frequently cited factors for decreased workload were related to personal life, like being in an appropriate phase of studies, or having supportive social relations, rather than being related directly to studies. The most common criticism of workload determination practices concerned the inconsistency in workload across courses, periods, and study subjects. References D’Eon, M., & Yasinian, M. (2022). Student work: A re-conceptualization based on prior research on student workload and Newtonian concepts around physical work. Higher education research & development, 41(6), 1855-1868. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2021.1945543 European Commission. (2022). European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS). European Education Area: Quality education and training for all. Retrieved 23. January 2026 from https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/higher-education/inclusive-and-connected-higher-education/european-credit-transfer-and-accumulation-system Impola, J. (2025a). European credit transfer and accumulation system as a time-based predictor of student workload. Higher Education Research & Development, 44(2), 417-430. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2024.2406490 Impola, J. (2025b). Teachers’ and students’ views on higher education workload determination practices. European Journal of Higher Education, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2025.2542152 Impola, J. (2025c). The Relationship of ECTS Credits with Study Time, Workload, and Achievement in Higher Education. European Education, 57(4), 279-293. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2025.2547918 Kyndt, E., Berghmans, I., Dochy, F., & Bulckens, L. (2014). ‘Time is not enough.’Workload in higher education: a student perspective. Higher Education Research & Development, 33(4), 684-698. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2013.863839 Lachance, S., Chichekian, T., Bélisle, M., Bertrand, Y., & Lavoie, P. (2025). Pedagogical Practices to support Student Workload Management: A Collaborative Study with Nursing Educators. Nurse Education in Practice, 104698. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nepr.2025.104698 Hauschildt, K., Gwosć, C., Netz, N., Mishra, S., Orr, D., Liedtke, M., & Dick, V. (2015). Social and economic conditions of student life in Europe. Eurostudent V 2012–2015. Synopsis of Indicators. wbv Media GmbH & Company KG. https://www.eurostudent.eu/download_files/documents/EVSynopsisofIndicators.pdf Parikka, S., Ikonen, J., Pohjola, V., Koskela, T., Kilpeläinen, H., Sarttila, K., & Lundqvist, A. (2025) KOTT 2024 -tutkimuksen perustulokset 2024 [KOTT2024—Study main results 2024]. Finnish Institute of Health and Welfare. https://www.thl.fi/kott_verkkoraportit/taulukot_2024/index.html#tutkimuksen-kuvaus Thornby, K. A., Brazeau, G. A., & Chen, A. M. (2023). Reducing student workload through curricular efficiency. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 87(8), 100015. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajpe.2022.12.002 Waage, E. R., & Geirsdóttir, G. (2026). The Becoming of Student Workload: A Posthuman and Actor-Network Theory Approach. European Journal of Educational Research, 15(1), 149-163. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.15.1.149 Wagenaar, R. (2019). A history of ECTS, 1989–2019: Developing a world standard for credit transfer and accumulation in higher education. International Tuning Academy. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Thinking about Theory in Postgraduate Education: Perspectives from Students and Educators University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper reports on a research project that explores how theory is taught, learned, and enacted within postgraduate research education. Responding to persistent concerns about the abstract and opaque nature of theory in doctoral study, the study aims to deepen postgraduate researchers’ (PGRs) engagement with theoretical frameworks through a multi-phase, collaborative, and reflexive research design. The study is theoretically framed by Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT), which conceptualises teaching and learning theory as an activity system shaped by mediating tools (e.g. texts, concepts, pedagogical practices), institutional rules, disciplinary norms, and historically developed expectations. CHAT provides an analytic lens for examining how academics and doctoral students construct the object of “theory,” how responsibilities for teaching and learning are distributed, and how contradictions emerge between institutional expectations and everyday pedagogical practices. The project emerged from an initial survey conducted with PGRs and academic staff in a School of Education at a UK university, which highlighted a shared recognition of the importance of theory alongside a strong demand from PGRs for more explicit illustrations of how theory operates in practice. While many PGRs reported confidence in using theory rhetorically, they expressed uncertainty about its application, purpose, and value within research and professional contexts. These findings revealed a gap between the centrality of theory in doctoral education and the pedagogical practices through which theoretical engagement is supported. Building on this survey, the larger study employed semi-structured interviews with academic staff and doctoral students. Data were analysed thematically through a CHAT-informed lens to identify key tensions, contradictions, and pedagogical challenges in the teaching and learning of theory. Understanding and applying theory is a recognised challenge for doctoral students across national and institutional contexts. By foregrounding theory as a socially mediated and historically situated activity, this paper contributes an internationally relevant framework for examining doctoral pedagogy and opens up cross-context dialogue about how theory can be taught and learned more explicitly, collaboratively, and meaningfully in postgraduate research education. Guided by CHAT, the study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a multi-phase qualitative research design. Data generation occurred across two phases. Phase one involved an online questionnaire distributed to postgraduate researchers and academic staff, which explored participants’ engagement with theory, perceived challenges, and views on the relevance of theory in postgraduate education. The survey captures both descriptive quantitative data (e.g. academic role, level of study, disciplinary engagement with theory) and qualitative accounts of experiences of teaching and learning theory. The study adopted a multi-phase qualitative research design. Data generation occurred across two phases: an online survey, semi-structured interviews. Phase one involved an online questionnaire distributed to postgraduate researchers and academic staff, which explored participants’ engagement with theory, perceived challenges, and views on the relevance of theory in postgraduate education. The survey captures both descriptive quantitative data (e.g. academic role, level of study, disciplinary engagement with theory) and qualitative accounts of experiences of teaching and learning theory. Phase two comprised of semi-structured interviews with a purposive sample of survey respondents. Interviews were conducted online or face-to-face and explored participants’ perspectives on theoretical teaching and learning practices, expectations, and challenges in greater depth. The final data set included transcripts from 11 PGRs and 6 academics. Across phases, data was analysed thematically through a Cultural-Historical Activity Theory lens, enabling examination of mediating tools, rules, division of labour, and emerging tensions within the activity system of postgraduate theoretical learning. Ethical approval was granted by the research institution in which the study took place. Pseudonyms are used across the data set to ensure anonymity and all participants were required to give written consent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that challenges in engaging with theory are not primarily individual deficits, but are shaped by historically developed pedagogical practices, disciplinary norms, and institutional rules. By conceptualising theory as a socially mediated practice, the study reveals common challenges across academic and national contexts, highlighting the need for pedagogical spaces that make theoretical reasoning visible, dialogic, and collaborative. These insights are expected to support internationally relevant discussions on doctoral pedagogy and theoretical learning. References N/A |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 02 C: Well-being and Academics' Careers Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Toivonen Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Competition and Career Sustainability: Pre-tenure Academics in China’s Higher Education 1: Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, China; 2: The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shenzhen, China Presenting Author:Against global neoliberal trends, the tenure-track system has spread widely in higher education. In China, its adoption—beginning in elite universities and subsequently expanding to non-elite institutions—has reshaped academic careers. The system typically follows an “up-or-out” or “up-or-transfer” model: pre-tenure academics must be promoted—usually to associate professor—within six years to secure permanency; failure often leads to dismissal or reassignment. Evaluation criteria are rigid and metric-driven, prioritizing publications and grants (Liu et al., 2025; Si, 2023). Many universities often over-hire, intensifying competition even among high-performing scholars (Li & Horta, 2024). This structure exerts heavy pressure on early-career academics, particularly straining work–life balance (Zhang et al., 2024). While existing research focuses on tenure’s impact on research output (e.g., Yang et al., 2024), the subjective experience of career sustainability remains underexplored. This study addresses: (1) To what extent do pre-tenure academics in Chinese universities experience their careers as sustainable? (2) What barriers, if any, do they encounter in pursuing more sustainable careers? This study adopts the Sustainable Careers Model (De Vos 2024; De Vos et al., 2020), conceptualizing sustainability as a dynamic balance of performance, well-being, and employability within China’s competitive academic context. We operationalize it through three interrelated dimensions: health (physical/mental capacity to meet job demands), happiness (subjective career satisfaction and life-wide fulfillment), and productivity (measurable output and future employability) (Van der Heijde & Van der Heijden, 2006). Unlike models that emphasize individual agency, this framework foregrounds structural and temporal contexts—such as the workplace, family, and time—as critical to career trajectories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study examines career sustainability and its barriers among 20 pre-tenure academics across 16 Chinese universities, spanning diverse disciplines. Analysis was conducted in MAXQDA (v24) using a hybrid inductive-deductive coding approach, guided by the Sustainable Careers Model to interpret sustainability dimensions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of interview data yielded three central thematic categories aligned with the Sustainable Careers Model’s dimensions: Health Challenge, Happiness Paradox, and Compelled Productivity. The latter reflects system-driven pressure to produce; the former two reveal consistent deficits in well-being. Participants generally met quantitative productivity targets—especially in publication volume—but reported declining health and career satisfaction. Key barriers to career sustainability identified include: (1) a peer-comparison-based evaluation system that generates uncertainty and stress due to ambiguous tenure criteria; (2) an overabundance of required performance metrics that fragment focus and increase cognitive load; and (3) perceptions of undercompensated salaries relative to workload and living costs. This study contributes to a broader reconceptualization of the tenure track — moving beyond prior research that evaluates its success solely through research output metrics (Yang et al., 2024). By adopting the Sustainable Careers Model, we shift toward a more holistic, human-centered perspective that values well-being, meaning, and long-term viability over narrow productivity indicators. This challenges the prevailing managerialist framing of tenure as a performance optimization tool, instead revealing its corrosive effects on individual health and happiness. References De Vos, A. (2024). Enhancing the sustainability of careers in disruptive times. Journal of the National Institute for Career Education and Counselling, 53(1), 8-17. https://doi.org/10.20856/jnicec.5302 De Vos, A., Van der Heijden, B. I. J. M., & Akkermans, J. (2020). Sustainable careers: Towards a conceptual model. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 117, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2018.06.011 Li, H., & Horta, H. (2024). Perceived academic working conditions and career choices of Chinese PhD students. Studies in Higher Education, 49(8), 1329-1345. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2264890 Liu, Y., Qin, H., & Li, H. (2025). Competing for research grants: Institutional resource inequality and early-career academics’ research agenda setting. Studies in Higher Education, 50(10), 2157–2177. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2025.2544232 Si, J. (2023). No other choices but involution: Understanding Chinese young academics in the tenure track system. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 45(1), 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2022.2115332 Van der Heijde, C. M., & Van der Heijden, B. I. J. M. (2006). A competence-based and multidimensional operationalization and measurement of employability. Human Resource Management, 45(3), 449–476. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrm.20119 Yang, X., Cai, X. L., & Li, T. S. (2024). Does the tenure track influence academic research? An empirical study of faculty members in China. Studies in Higher Education, 49(3), 476-492. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2238767 Zhang, Y., Xiong, W., & Yue, Y. (2024). Involution life in the ivory tower: A Chinese university’s teacher perceptions on academic profession and well-being under the Double First-class Initiative. Asia Pacific Education Review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-024-10002-5 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Early Career Academics’ Experiences of Mattering, Well-Being, and Their Perceived Quality of Instruction Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In the last decades, higher education has gone through substantial structural and cultural transformation, including increasing precarity, intensified workload and performance expectations, and heightened competitiveness along with decreased job security. These changes particularly negatively affected early career academics, who are transitioning from being post-graduate students to faculty members. Early career academics, globally, are frequently employed on short or fixed-term contracts and burdened under unrealistic expectations for teaching, research, and institutional service (Cilli et al., 2023; Hollywood, et al., 2020). Previous research consistently showed that early career researchers struggle with high levels of stress, anxiety, and burnout (Cilli et al., 2023; Hollywood, et al., 2020). Within this context, the concepts of well-being and mattering offer a valuable lens for understanding early career academics’ experiences. Well-being, although there are numerous definitions depending on context, refers to how people feel and function on an individual and societal level (Michaelson et al., 2012). Parallel to well-being, mattering refers to individuals’ perceptions of being valued, recognized, and significant to others (Prilleltensky, 2020; Rosenberg & McCullough, 1981). Research show that well-being and sense of mattering are significantly related (Flett et al., 2019; Paradisi et al., 2023). Indeed, it is argued by James (1890; as cited in Paradisi et al., 2023) that even when a person has a good sense of worth, but is not valued by others, they “cannot experience a complete sense of well-being”. In the same vein, Oyserman et al. (2007) suggested that mattering is “fundamental to well-being” (Flett et al., 2019). Despite this robust association, mattering and well-being have received comparatively limited association in research related to early career academics’ professional and instructional experiences. Teaching constitutes a central component of academic work in higher education, and it is inherently relational and emotionally demanding. Conceptualizations of instructional quality extend beyond content knowledge and pedagogical knowledge to include instructors’ attitudes, passion for the topic, dynamism, and resourcefulness (Donohue & Bornman, 2021; Sogunro, 2017). Previous research suggest that effective instruction is shaped not only by technical competence, but also instructors’ emotional presence and ability to create meaningful engagement with students (Donohue & Bornman, 2021; Schunk et al., 2008). For early career academics, teaching may, at the same time, represent an additional site of strain. Literature indicates that early career academics usually experience stress and burnout because of unrealistic expectations regarding teaching and research, as well as career progression and recognition (Hollywood et al., 2020). Although there are many studies on early career academics’ well-being, little is known about how they perceive their sense of mattering and well-being, and how it affects their instructional practices. The purpose of this study is to explore early career academics’ experiences of mattering and well-being, how they perceive the influences on those experiences, and how they understand the relationship between their mattering, well-being, and their perceived quality of instruction. Rather than establishing causal relationships or evaluating objective teaching outcomes, the study adopts an interpretive perspective focused on early career academics’ subjective sense-making processes. The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretive qualitative research approach, which is well suited to exploring early career academics’ lived experiences and meaning-making processes. Given the study’s focus on subjective perceptions of mattering, well-being, and instructional practices, qualitative methods enable an in-depth examination of how participants interpret and narrate their experiences. Participants consist of 15 early career academics employed at universities in Türkiye, defined as academics within the first three years of their employment at a university as assistant professors/faculty member. Snowball sampling was used to reach potential participants. Furthermore, maximum variation sampling method was also used to ensure to access participants from different university contexts and fields. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews developed by the researcher. The interview protocol included demographic questions and open-ended questions addressing participants’ experiences of recognition, value, and visibility within their institutions; their emotional and psychological well-being in relation to their academic careers; perceived sources of support and strain; and their reflections on their teaching practices and perceived quality of instruction. Questions related to instruction focused on participants’ own perceptions of planning, engagement, enthusiasm, and emotional availability in teaching, rather than on objective evaluations of teaching effectiveness or student learning outcomes. All interviews were audio-recorded with written informed consent and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis followed a thematic analysis approach, involving iterative cycles of coding and theme development. Initial codes captured experiences related to mattering, well-being, and teaching, followed by the identification of broader themes that reflect shared patterns and variations across participants’ accounts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the data analysis is in progress, the results of the study are expected to generate rich insights into how early career academics experience and interpret mattering and well-being within higher education contexts. The findings are expected to illustrate how early career academics’ sense of mattering is shaped by institutional recognition practices, collegial relationships, workload arrangements, and employment precarity. Participants may describe experiences of feeling valued and visible, as well as experiences of invisibility or marginalization, and the emotional consequences of these experiences for their well-being. In line with existing literature, mattering is expected to emerge as a key relational component of well-being. In relation to teaching, the study is expected to reveal how early career academics perceive their mattering and well-being as influencing their engagement with instructional practices. Participants may describe variations in motivation, energy, enthusiasm, and pedagogical creativity, as well as tensions between professional ideals and everyday realities. Teaching may emerge both as a potential source of meaning and as a domain in which well-being challenges become particularly salient. The study aims to contribute to discussions on academic work, professional development, and teaching in higher education. The findings may inform institutional efforts to foster relational recognition and supportive environments that sustain both academic well-being and pedagogical engagement among early career academics. References Cilli, E., Ranieri, J., Guerra, F., & Di Giacomo, D. (2023). Early career researchers and mental health: An observational study of challenge and wellbeing. Health Science Reports, 6, e1649. https://doi.org/10.1002/hsr2.1649 Donohue, D. K., & Bornman, J. (2021). Academic Well-Being in Higher Education: A Cross-Country Analysis of the Relationship Between Perceptions of Instruction and Academic Well-Being. Frontiers in Psychology, 12:766307. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.766307 Flett, G. L., Nepon, T., Goldberg, J. O., Rose, A. L., Atkey, S. K., & Zaki-Azat, J. (2019). The anti-mattering scale: Development, psychometric properties, and associations with well-being and distress measures in adolescents and emerging adults. Journal of Adolescence, 76, 1–15. Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020) ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics, Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44, 998-1012, https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2019.1636213 James, W. (1890). The principles of psychology. Holt. Michaelson J., Mahony S., Schifferes J. Measuring Wellbeing: A Guide for Practitioners. New Economics Foundation; London, UK: 2012. Oyserman, D., Uskul, A. K., Yoder, N., Nesse, R. M., & Williams, D. R. (2007). Unfair treatment and self-regulatory focus. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 505-512. Paradisi, M., Matera, C., & Nerini, A. (2023). Feeling important, feeling well: The association between mattering and well-being. Journal of Happiness Studies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-023-00639-9 Prilleltensky, I. (2020). Mattering at the intersection of psychology, philosophy, and politics. American Journal of Community Psychology, 65(1–2), 16–34. Rosenberg, M., & McCullough, C. B. (1981). Mattering: Inferred significance and mental health among adolescents. Research in Community and Mental Health, 2, 163-182. Schunk, D. H., Pintrich, P. R., and Meece, J. L. (2008). Motivation in Education: Theory, Research, and Applications. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Sogunro, O. A. (2017). Quality instruction as a motivating factor in higher education. International Journal of Higher Education, 6(4), 173–181. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 02 D: Belonging, Class and First-Generation Students Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Paula Silvén Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Aspirational Capital and Symbolic Mobility in First-generation University Students Universidad de Valparaiso Presenting Author:In the context of the last decades, the study of the experiences of non-traditional students in higher education, including first-generation university students (FGUS), has accounted for a large part of the academic and research agenda (Espinoza et al., 2022; Flanagan-Bórquez et al., 2023; Gable, 2021; Isopahkala-Bouret et al., 2018). FGUS are typically defined as those whose parents or guardians did not graduate from a post-secondary institution (Beattie, 2018; Ishitani, 2003). Specifically, research conducted in Latin America (LA) shows that FGSs share characteristics and needs compared to FGUSs in the global north. Oftentimes, FGS come from a lower socioeconomic status, graduate from primary and secondary schools with lower academic attainments, fulfill multiple roles while studying, have higher subject failure rates, and their families have less knowledge about how to support the educational trajectory of their children (Flanagan-Bórquez, 2017; Guzmán-Valenzuela et al., 2023; Morosini and Felicetti, 2019; Pataro, 2019; Webb, 2019). These characteristics challenge FGUSs’ access to higher education, requiring greater family and external support to be able to access and persist in university (Segovia and Flanagan-Bórquez, 2019). Unlike European countries, some studies in LA (Guzmán-Valenzuela et al., 2022; Guerrero-Valenzuela et al., 2022) have shown some family challenges in persistence, including internal tensions occurring when one member becomes the first to attend university or when FGUS must migrate to a city other than their hometown while highlighting the role of the mother and her participation in the educational perspectives of FGUS, assisting them in choosing post-secondary institutions and accompanying them during the university entry process (Guzmán-Valenzuela et al., 2022). Compared to educational models in some European countries, access to LA higher education usually depends on FGUS’s economic capital (Guerrero-Valenzuela et al., 2022). In countries such as Denmark and Sweden, access to prestigious programs is less limited to students of professional parents with greater cultural capital (Thomsen, 2018; Isopahkala-Bouret et al., 2018). On the other hand, in some countries of LA, FGUS are less likely to be admitted in selective institutions, highlighting that university selection procedures are an important source of exclusion (Espinoza et al., 2022). Traditional approaches to FGUS in LA and Chile have focused on describing the experiences of the students and there is limited research on hidden curriculum regarding FGS and academics’ perspectives. This qualitative study examines the transformation of aspirational capital and the emergence of symbolic mobility among first-generation university students (FGUS). Symbolic mobility is defined as the process through which a student acquires recognition, legitimacy, and a reconfiguration of their perceived social status through transformation of symbolic capital as a result of their university trajectory. The specific research questions were: What is the symbolic mobility aspiration of first-generation university students in Chile? What are the main differences in this aspiration regarding a Global and European context? Exploring this question contribute to gain situated knowledge about the symbolic meaning that FGUSs attribute to obtaining a university degree and their aspirations for social and professional recognition after completing their studies. In addition, this research contributes with empirical knowledge and a conceptual proposal that situates the symbolic capital of FGUSs as part of a broader set of aspirations. The design of this qualitative research is informed by sociological frameworks drawing on the concepts of cultural, social, symbolic (Bourdieu, 1986), and aspirational capital (Yosso, 2005). Using the affordances of these range of conceptual tools this study seeks to critically analyze the nature of FGUS’s experiences, particularly seeking to understand the complex relationships of students with their own educational experiences, their symbolic capital, and its influence on intergenerational mobility aspirations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is part of a mixed-methods study conducted in three phases and aimed at developing a comprehensive model of the experiences of FGUSs and their impact on retention and persistence in the Chilean context. This study describes the results of phase 1, employing a qualitative methodology to explore the symbolic mobility aspirations of FGUSs to obtain a university degree and their future (Creswell and Guetterman, 2019; Creswell and Poth, 2023). 22 semi-structured interviews were conducted with FGUS from different universities and program of studies in Chile. To participate in the study, participants had to meet the following inclusion criteria (Creswell and Poth, 2023): 1) Having a parent or legal guardian who have not pursued or completed a university degree, which itself constitutes the definition of a FGUS; 2) being currently pursuing a university undergraduate degree; and 3) having completed at least one academic semester, in order to ensure that the participant had a minimum of university experience. The interviews were conducted in person or online for those FGUSs living in remote areas. The interviews were recorded, conducted in Spanish (the authors' native language), and lasted approximately 50 to 60 minutes. The questions were developed following the recommendations of Dunwoodie et al. (2023) for constructing semi-structured interviews within a qualitative approach. These questions focused on the symbolic meaning attributed to the university degree and the participants' aspirations for social and professional recognition after graduation. The data analysis was conducted using a thematic analysis approach, as proposed by Braun and Clarke (2006), and following the procedures described by Creswell and Poth (2023) for qualitative studies. After familiarizing the authors with the interviews, an initial set of codes was developed focusing on participants' prior and future aspirations, along with their university experience. These codes included “Motivations for enrolling university,” “Changes resulting from the university experience,” and “Expectations about the future,” among others. These codes were reviewed and grouped to form preliminary categories, which subsequently served as the basis for defining the themes associated with FGUS's aspirations regarding different forms of capital, with a focus on symbolic capital. This latter process was carried out independently by each of the authors of this work and then analyzed and triangulated together (Guba and Lincoln, 2000). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight that, prior their access to higher education, FGUSs’ aspirations are primarily oriented to achieve an economic stability and social mobility as a means of overcoming structurally disadvantaged family conditions. However, during their academic trajectory the aspirational capital is transformed and is characterized by the incorporation of new symbolic, social and academic dimensions. This change is driven by the social validation and legitimacy that FGUS perceive in their everyday interactions, particularly when their status as university students is recognized by their family members and others significative adults in social contexts. Thus, FGUS reorient their aspirations toward new forms of social recognition, academic development, and the possibility of generating impact beyond individual benefit. References Beattie I.R. (2018). Sociological Perspectives on First-Generation College Students. In: Schneider B. (eds) Handbook of the Sociology of Education in the 21st Century, Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research. (pp. 171-191). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-76694-2_8 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. En J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood Press Creswell, J., & Guetterman, T. (2019). Educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. 6th Edn. Boston, USA: Pearson Creswell, J., and Poth, C. (2023). Qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five approaches. 5th Edn. USA: Sage. Flanagan-Bórquez, A. (2017). Experiencias de estudiantes de primera generación en universidades chilenas: realidades y desafíos. Rev. Educ. Super. 46, 87–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resu.2017.06.003 Flanagan-Bórquez, A., Rojas-Murphy, A., Guzmán-Valenzuela, C., and Varas-Aguilera, P. (2023). Análisis crítico del estado de la investigación sobre estudiantes de primera generación en latinoamérica. Rev. Mex. Investig. Educ. 28, 363–390. Gable, R. (2021). The hidden curriculum: first-generation students at legacy universities. Princeton University Press Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 163–194). Sage. Guzmán-Valenzuela, C., Flanagan-Bórquez, A., Darwin, S., Rojas-Murphy Tagle, A., and Aguilera-Muñoz, A. (2023). Capital aspiracional académico-familiar: Experiencias de estudiantes universitarios chilenos de primera generación. Magis Rev. Int. Investig. Educ. 16, 1–27. https://doi.org/10.11144/Javeriana.m16.caaf Ishitani, T. T. (2003). A longitudinal approach to assessing attrition behavior among first-generation students: time-varying effects of pre-college characteristic. Res. High. Educ. 48, 403–434. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1024284932709 Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Börjesson, M., Beach, D., Haltia, N., Torfi Jónasson, J., Jauhiainen, A., Jauhiainen, A., Kosunen, S., Nori, H. & Vabø, A. (2018). Access and stratification in Nordic higher education. A review of cross-cutting research themes and issues. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 142-154. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429769 Morosini, M., and Felicetti, V. (2019). Estudantes de primeira geração (P-Ger) na educação superior brasileira: analisando os dados da PNS - 2013. Educar Rev. 35, 103–120. https://doi.org/10.1590/0104-4060.66841 Pataro, R. (2019). Democratizacão da universidade pública e estudantes de primeira geracṃão na Unespar. Revista Contemporânea de Educacão, 14, 71–95. Yosso, T. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethn. Educ. 8, 69–91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Collective Practices of Belonging: Transitions Into and Through Higher Education Among Under-represented Students 1: University of Tübingen; 2: University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:Despite widening participation policies across Europe, students from marginalised backgrounds continue to face persistent barriers to participation, recognition, and belonging in higher education (Brown & Leigh 2018; Weiss 2021). Even where formal access has been achieved, higher education often remains an ambivalent space in which students are present without fully feeling entitled, recognised, or secure in their membership. Transitions into university thus constitute a critical fault line within education systems, where social, cultural, and symbolic boundaries are drawn, processes of social closure become visible, and belonging is actively negotiated (Cree et al. 2017; Gravett & Ajjawi 2022). Within these dynamics, institutional inequalities are not only reproduced but may also be reworked and unsettled (Petrik 2025). This paper focuses on practices of belonging, and in particular on collective practices of engagement through which belonging is negotiated, produced, and sustained in everyday interactions in various higher education contexts. Rather than approaching belonging as an individual state that one either has or lacks, we conceptualise it as a situated and relational process that encompasses both the broader politics of belonging (Yuval-Davis 2011) and its experiential, lived, and affective dimensions (May 2011; Niemi 2025). The paper draws on empirical material from three European contexts: Finland, Germany, and Austria. By bringing together data from different education systems, the paper contributes to European debates on inequality and participation in higher education from a cross-national perspective. Together, we examine how students engage in collective practices through which spaces of belonging are created. Our empirical material therefore shifts attention from individual feelings of inclusion or exclusion to the collective work through which belonging is accomplished or challenged. Against this backdrop, the paper asks: How is belonging collectively negotiated, produced, and sustained in transitions into and through higher education, and through which practices do students create spaces of belonging? Through the analytical examples, we show how belonging is actively done through collective engagements that both navigate and reshape institutional contexts of higher education. Theoretically, the paper adopts a relational perspective on belonging, understanding belonging as a process that emerges through social practices rather than as an individual attribute. We build on Cuervo and Wyn’s (2014) three-dimensional model of belonging, which conceptualises belonging through meaningful relationships, a sense of rootedness and place attachment, and belonging in one’s time. This framework allows us to analyse how belonging is negotiated across social relations, institutional spaces, and biographical horizons. In addition, the analysis is informed by a social-materialist perspective (Paananen & Grieshaber 2023; Gravet & Ajjavi 2021) that attends to the involvement of non-human actors, material arrangements, and institutional infrastructures (Star 1999) in the production of belonging. This perspective enables us to explore how atmospheres, artefacts, technologies, and organisational settings become integral to collective practices of belonging. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on empirical material from two qualitative research projects that share a common reconstructive and process-oriented methodological approach. Across both projects, the empirical base consists of a diverse sample of narratives from under-represented students, including first-generation students, non-white students, and students regarded as having special educational needs (OECD 2024). All participants are located at different moments of transition into and through higher education, including entry phases, early study experiences, ongoing programmes, and subject or pathway changes. This allows us to examine how experiences of belonging and non-belonging unfold across educational trajectories rather than at a single moment in time. The first project, Diverse Paths to Adulthood (DILE, 2019–ongoing), is a Finnish ethnographically oriented longitudinal study investigating the everyday lives and life courses of a small group of young men. It explores the formation of agency, wellbeing, and belonging across different life contexts, educational transitions, and social relationships, as well as the meanings of special needs education in participants’ educational pathways. The second project, Doing Class Transitions (2019–2025), examines transitions into higher education from the subjective perspective of first-generation students. It is based on 24 biographical case studies developed across universities in Austria and Germany. Employing biographical-narrative interviews alongside autobiographical written accounts, the study focused on pathways to university, everyday practices of studying, and affective experiences of transitioning to higher education. Methodologically, the paper adopts a life-history perspective to explore how experiences of belonging and non-belonging are embedded in longer biographical trajectories (Riessmann 2008). ‘Through discussion’ (Gordon et al. 2000), we engaged collaboratively with each other’s data sets, jointly analysing selected empirical materials and interpreting them together through the conceptual lens of belonging. This cross-project dialogue enabled us to identify and refine analytical insights into collective practices of belonging that cut across national contexts and institutional settings. The analysis foregrounds the collective dimension of belonging and the situated contexts in which belonging is made possible, negotiated, or constrained. Finally, the study is informed by ongoing methodological and ethical reflection on categorisation and representation. Rather than treating “under-represented students” as a fixed or homogeneous group, we attend to the heterogeneity of contemporary student populations and to intersecting and overlapping forms of marginalisation. This includes critical reflection on the researchers’ positionalities and on how participants are named, grouped, and represented, in order to avoid reproducing deficit-oriented or pathologising framings within higher education research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper shows that belonging in higher education is not primarily an individual feeling or single achievement, but is accomplished through collective, situated practices. The analysis demonstrates how students engage in shared forms of work—such as building care relations, appropriating institutional spaces, and negotiating academic norms—through which spaces of belonging are actively produced, stabilised, and at times contested. By foregrounding these collective practices, we argue that belonging emerges at the intersection of social relations, biographical trajectories, and material-institutional arrangements. Empirically, the paper reveals how collective engagements enable students to navigate, endure, and at times rework marginalising experiences during educational transitions, while also showing the fragility and fluidity of these accomplishments. Theoretically, the paper advances a practice-based and socio-material conceptualisation of belonging that brings life-history perspectives into dialogue with social-materialist approaches. We argue that understanding belonging as collective work offers a productive lens for rethinking educational inequality beyond individualised accounts of participation and integration. We conclude by discussing how a collective and socio-material perspective on belonging can deepen our understanding of educational inequality and inform future research on transitions into and through higher education. References Brown, N., & Leigh, J. (2018). Ableism in academia: Where are the disabled and ill academics? Disability & Society, 33(6), 985–989. Cree, V., Tett, E., & Christie, H. (2017). From further to higher education: Transition as an ongoing process. Higher Education, 73(3), 389–406. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0101-1 Cuervo, H., & Wyn, J. (2014). Reflections on the use of spatial and relational metaphors in youth studies. Journal of Youth Studies, 17(7), 901–915. Gordon, T., Holland, J., & Lahelma, E. (2000). Making spaces: Citizenship and difference in schools. Houndmills: MacMillan Press. Gravett, K., & Ajjawi, R. (2022). Belonging as situated practice. Studies in Higher Education, 47(7), 1386–1396. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2021.1894118 May, V. (2011). Self, belonging and social change. Sociology, 45(3), 363–378. Niemi, A. M. (2025). Assemblages of well-being and belonging in young adults’ life-historical narrations: Experiences from education and the labour market. Journal of Youth Studies, 28(8), 1283–1298. OECD. (2024). Education at a glance 2024: OECD indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. Paananen, M., & Grieshaber, S. (2023). Policies of interlude and interruption: Stories of governance as an assemblage. Journal of Education Policy, 38(3), 367–385. Petrik, F. (2025). Practices of becoming: What and how do first-generation students learn when transitioning to university? Studies in Adult Education and Learning, 31(2), 135–153. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. London: Sage. Star, S. L. (1999). The ethnography of infrastructure. American Behavioral Scientist, 43(3), 377–391. Yuval-Davis, N. (2011). The politics of belonging: Intersectional contestations. London: Sage. Weiss, S. (2021). Fostering sense of belonging at universities. European Journal of Education, 56, 93–97. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 02 A: Risks of authoritarian drift Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Peter Milley Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Militarization of Russian Education: Systematic Documentation of State-Mandated Propaganda Implementation Across Educational Institutions 1: Bologna University, Italy; 2: Briva University (Riga, Latvia) Presenting Author:Research Problem Since Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, educational institutions have become sites of systematic military propaganda implementation. Federal policies mandate military-patriotic activities across schools, kindergartens, colleges, and universities, obligating teachers to implement programs regardless of personal convictions. This creates fundamental violations of children's rights to education free from ideological indoctrination and raises urgent questions about educational policy under authoritarianism, institutional compliance mechanisms, and long-term societal impacts of systematic childhood exposure to military glorification. Traditional research in authoritarian educational contexts faces severe access restrictions — direct observation, surveys, and institutional data collection are typically impossible. However, a December 2022 federal mandate requiring all Russian state organizations to maintain VKontakte social media accounts has created a comprehensive public archive. Educational institutions must report conducted activities, transforming the platform into documentation enabling empirical analysis previously impossible in closed regimes. Research Questions This quantitative research investigates: (1) How has military-patriotic activity intensified since the invasion? (2) What thematic patterns characterize military-patriotic events, and how have these evolved (humanitarian aid collection, letter writing, camouflage net weaving, military training, "hero's desk" installations, etc.)? (3) How does militarization intensity correlate with settlement size and regional characteristics — are capital cities less militarized than rural areas? (4) Does regional war casualty rate correlate with educational militarization intensity? (5) How does propaganda targeting vary by student age — from preschoolers (3-6 years) through pre-recruitment teenagers to university students? (6) What role do state youth organizations ("Yunarmiya", "Movement of the First") play in structuring propaganda activities? (7) How does the mandatory "Conversations About Important Things" classroom hour function in practice? (8) How do teachers, students, and parents navigate institutional pressures to participate in activities conflicting with educational or ethical values? Objectives and Approach This research provides systematic empirical documentation of military propaganda policy implementation at national scale through computational social media analysis. We collected 88,959,026 posts from 67,712 educational institution VKontakte accounts (January 2022-December 2025), using a three-stage filtering process to identify 885,665 verified military-patriotic events. The study maps temporal dynamics of propaganda intensification, identifies variations across institutional types and educational levels, reveals geographic patterns in policy enforcement, examines organizational actors structuring activities, and analyzes mechanisms explaining variations in propaganda intensity. Qualitative interviews with teachers, students, and parents complement quantitative findings, capturing lived experiences of navigating institutional pressures. Conceptual Framework This research draws on educational policy studies examining how authoritarian states control educational content through top-down mandates, and sociology of education analyzing how institutions reproduce state ideologies through curriculum, mandatory activities, and institutional rituals. The framework builds on scholarship demonstrating authoritarian regimes' use of education for indoctrination and political socialization (Neundorf et al. 2024; Testa 2018), post-Soviet "re-Sovietization" processes (Lem 2022), and how early ideological exposure shapes long-term political attitudes (Voigtländer & Voth 2015). Central to the framework is institutional compliance — how schools navigate federal mandates while managing relationships with teachers, students, and parents through varying enforcement mechanisms and adaptation strategies. The framework also considers childhood militarization as systematic socialization, raising questions about long-term psychological impacts. Significance This research addresses critical gaps through methodological innovation applicable to authoritarian contexts globally: transforming mandatory social media reporting into large-scale quantitative documentation. It provides empirical evidence at unprecedented scale documenting systematic militarization affecting millions of children. The findings contribute to comparative educational policy scholarship on authoritarianism, sociology of education regarding institutional ideology reproduction, and childhood studies concerning militaristic socialization. The methodological approach offers a replicable framework for studying closed educational systems internationally. Beyond academic contributions, the research provides evidence for European and international human rights organizations, educational practitioners, and policymakers addressing educational instrumentalization in authoritarian contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs computational social media analysis to overcome access restrictions inherent to studying authoritarian educational systems. A December 2022 federal mandate requiring Russian state organizations to maintain VKontakte accounts and report activities created an unprecedented public archive, transforming mandatory reporting into a comprehensive data source for studying propaganda implementation at national scale. Data Collection Using VKontakte's open API with rotating authentication tokens, we collected all posts (January 2022-December 2025) from educational institution's accounts. This yielded 88,959,026 posts from 67,712 institutional accounts across all Russia's federal subjects, representing schools (50%), kindergartens (35%), colleges, and universities. Event Identification: Three-Stage Filtering Stage 1: Keyword filtering. We developed comprehensive keyword lists related to Ukraine war terminology ("special military operation," "partial mobilization," "humanitarian aid," etc.) and converted them to regular expressions accounting for morphological variations in Russian. This reduced the dataset to approximately 1.5 million posts. Stage 2: LLM classification. We employed Saiga LLaMA3 8B — Meta's model fine-tuned on Russian texts — to classify posts according to three criteria: (1) documents an actual event (conducted or planned), (2) related to the Ukraine war, (3) organized by educational institutions for students. The model filtered 62% of keyword-matched posts. Stage 3: Semantic deduplication. We converted texts to vector embeddings and removed semantically similar posts (95% similarity threshold) within two-day windows in the same locality, eliminating duplicate reporting of identical events across multiple institutional accounts. This produced the final dataset of 885,665 verified military-patriotic events. Analytical Approaches Temporal analysis examines intensification patterns across months and years, controlling for overall institutional VKontakte activity to isolate genuine propaganda growth from digital engagement trends. Geographic analysis maps event distribution across settlement types and regions, incorporating population data to calculate per-capita militarization rates. We analyze correlations between militarization intensity and settlement size, regional war casualties, and proximity to conflict zones. Thematic clustering employs LLM-based classification to categorize events by activity type (humanitarian aid collection, military training, commemorative rituals, youth organization activities, mandatory classroom hours, etc.). Institutional analysis examines variations across educational levels (kindergartens through universities) and actor involvement (state youth organizations, military units, political parties). Qualitative Component Semi-structured interviews with teachers, students, and parents provide contextual understanding of compliance mechanisms, resistance strategies, and lived experiences navigating institutional pressures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Confirmed Findings Our analysis reveals systematic intensification of military-patriotic propaganda in Russian education since February 2022. Military-patriotic activity increased nearly sevenfold — from 50,200 events in 2022 to 341,000 in 2025 — while overall institutional social media activity grew only 2.6-fold. This demonstrates genuine propaganda expansion independent of digital engagement trends. February shows peak activity due to invasion anniversary (February 24), revealing how state-mandated calendars structure propaganda rhythms. Geographic analysis confirms capital cities exhibit lower militarization intensity. Despite ranking second in overall educational VKontakte activity, Moscow ranks only 18th in propaganda events, suggesting privileged avoidance of intensive militarization. All institutional types participate — from kindergartens targeting 3-6 year-olds to universities — demonstrating propaganda extends beyond pre-recruitment teenagers to encompass systematic early childhood exposure. Qualitative interviews reveal widespread informal resistance practices. Teachers describe "mythologized inspections" — potential oversight that never materializes but maintains self-regulation through symbolic threat. The mandatory "Conversations About Important Things" functions as a weakly enforced institution: students skip without consequences, teachers repurpose time for organizational work or exam preparation. Expected Outcomes Ongoing thematic clustering will map propaganda evolution — from early voluntary "Lessons in Courage" to mandatory standardized programs. We expect to identify how activities shifted from emotional appeals (letter writing, humanitarian aid) toward structured military preparation and ideological instruction. Analysis of state youth organizations ("Yunarmiya," "Movement of the First") will quantify their role in structuring institutional compliance. We hypothesize these organizations drive activity intensity and thematic content across participating schools. Settlement-level analysis will test whether rural institutions show higher militarization rates and whether regional war casualties correlate with propaganda intensity — revealing whether institutional compliance responds to local war impact or follows centralized directives regardless of community experience. References Research on Russian Educational Militarization 1. Talanova, D. (2023, June 27). School of war: How Russia’s schools and kindergartens teach children to love the war and even recruit them to the frontline. Novaya Gazeta Europe. https://novayagazeta.eu/articles/2023/06/27/school-of-war-en. Pioneering investigation documenting early patterns of war propaganda in Russian schools. 2. Talanova, D. (2024, October 18). Cradle snatchers: The Kremlin is now targeting Russian children as young as three with its pro-war propaganda. Novaya Gazeta Europe. https://novayagazeta.eu/articles/2024/10/18/cradle-snatchers-en. Documents systematic expansion of military-patriotic activities to preschool children aged 3-6, revealing propaganda targeting of increasingly younger age groups. 3. Talanova, D. (2025, April 3). Class warfare: Veterans of the war in Ukraine are increasingly taking up teaching roles in Russian schools. Novaya Gazeta Europe. https://novayagazeta.eu/articles/2025/04/03/class-warfare-en Theoretical Framework on Authoritarianism and Education 4. Alava, J. (2025). From patriotic education to militarist indoctrination — Disciplinary power and silent resistance in Russia after the onset of the war against Ukraine. Nationalities Papers. https://doi.org/10.1080/10758216.2024.2444600. Study of militarization in Russian education post-2022, analyzing teacher and parent responses through social media data. 5. Neundorf, A., Nazrullaeva, E., Northmore-Ball, K., Tertytchnaya, K., & Kim, W. (2024). Varieties of indoctrination: The politicization of education and the media around the world. Perspectives on Politics, 22(3), 771-798. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1537592723002967. Provides a comparative theoretical framework for understanding how authoritarian regimes politicize education systems. 6. Perry, E. J. (2020). Educated acquiescence: How academia sustains authoritarianism in China. Theory and Society, 49(1), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11186-019-09373-1. Analyzes institutional compliance mechanisms in authoritarian contexts. 7. Voigtländer, N., & Voth, H. J. (2015). Nazi indoctrination and anti-Semitic beliefs in Germany. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 112(26), 7931-7936. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1414822112. Demonstrates long-term effects of early ideological exposure on political attitudes. Russian Military Patriotism and Youth Organizations 8. Bækken, H. (2023). Merging the Great Patriotic War and Russian warfare in Ukraine: A case-study of Russian military patriotic clubs in 2022. Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society, 9(2), 171-207. https://doi.org/10.1080/2474736X.2023.2265135. Documents how state youth organizations merged historical WWII narratives with current war propaganda. 9. Edwards, A. (2024). Designing the "Good Russian Patriot": Indoctrination, education, and youth in Russia. Russian Analytical Digest, 309, 8-12. https://doi.org/10.3929/ethz-b-000657554. Examines youth indoctrination strategies across multiple domains including patriotic groups like Yunarmiya. Post-Soviet Educational Policy 10. Lem, P. (2022, June 23). The re-Sovietization of Russian universities. Times Higher Education. https://www.insidehighered.com/news/2022/06/24/re-sovietization-russian-universities. Documents broader "re-Sovietization" processes in Russian higher education. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper When Weak Assessment Governs: Evaluative Power, Restricted Knowledge, and Citizenship Education in Times of Securitisation The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Across many education systems, assessment reform has been promoted as a technical solution to pedagogic overload, student stress, and political controversy. Low-stakes, pass/fail, or competence-based assessment regimes are often justified as widening pedagogic space and reducing performative pressure. Yet little research has explored how such assessment arrangements may themselves function as powerful mechanisms of governance, particularly under conditions of heightened political control in strong states (Lim 2016). This paper addresses this gap by analysing how weak assessment can govern strongly, reshaping what counts as legitimate knowledge, worthwhile pedagogy, and professional judgement in citizenship education during times of securitisation. The paper draws on an empirical study of Citizenship and Social Development (CSD), a compulsory, more tightly framed and conservative senior secondary subject introduced in Hong Kong following the 2019 political crisis and the enactment of the National Security Law (Vickers and Morris 2022). CSD replaced Liberal Studies (LS), a formerly high-status, enquiry-oriented and progressive subject that combined public examination assessment with a consequential school-based enquiry component. While LS was criticised for fostering political contestation, it authorised pedagogic openness and conceptual depth through its evaluative design. By contrast, CSD is assessed through a low-stakes pass/fail regime with a very high passing rate and the removal of extended enquiry. Mobilising Basil Bernstein’s (2000) concept of the pedagogic device, with particular attention to evaluative rules, the paper interrogates how changes in assessment reconfigure pedagogic power in practice. Rather than treating assessment as a neutral measurement tool or as a simple proxy for stakes, the analysis conceptualises evaluative rules as a social grammar that regulates what is worth teaching, how much effort is justified, and what forms of knowledge are professionally safe to pursue – the familia Foucauldian theme on power-knowledge relations and policy enactment (Ball et al. 2012; Singh et al. 2013; Singh 2017). The paper also draws on later Bernsteinian scholarship to highlight the temporal, consequential, and discriminatory dimensions of evaluation (Wong 2017). Empirically, the analysis is based on classroom observations and interviews with pre-service teachers undertaking teaching practicum in Hong Kong secondary schools. Two lesson vignettes are examined in depth: one on China’s Belt and Road Initiative and another on the judiciary and the rule of law. Both topics were previously taught under LS and remain formally permissible under CSD, enabling a comparison of pedagogic enactment under different evaluative regimes. The findings show that weak assessment does not diminish governance but relocates it. Pedagogic control operates through an anticipatory evaluative gaze, in which teachers pre-emptively avoid interpretive openness, controversial examples, and conceptual elaboration, even in the absence of explicit prohibitions (see also Foucault 1977). Under CSD, lessons tend to converge on descriptive, textbook-driven, and morally affirmational forms of knowledge. Critical depth, multi-perspectival reasoning, and engagement with contested public issues are perceived as risky, unrewarded, and inefficient. Teachers respond rationally by minimising pedagogic labour and prioritising coverage and compliance. Ironically, while workload is reduced and assessment pressure appears lighter, pedagogic power is intensified through the quiet normalisation of restricted knowledge and conservative instructional routines. The paper contributes to international debates on curriculum reform and policy enactment in times of poly-crisis. It demonstrates how assessment regimes can govern indirectly, shaping professional common sense and knowledge practices without relying on overt coercion. Beyond the Hong Kong case, the analysis offers conceptual tools for understanding similar dynamics in other contexts where low-stakes assessment, political sensitivity, and claims of depoliticisation intersect. In doing so, it argues that assessment design must be treated as a central lever of pedagogic power if education research is to meaningfully address the changing conditions under which knowing and acting are organised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on an ongoing qualitative study examining the enactment of citizenship education during teaching practicum in Hong Kong secondary schools. The study focuses on how assessment arrangements shape pedagogic decision-making, knowledge selection, and professional judgement under conditions of heightened political sensitivity. Ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection, and participation had no bearing on practicum assessment outcomes. The empirical material is drawn from a cohort of twenty-two pre-service teachers enrolled in a Postgraduate Diploma in Education programme between January 2024 and January 2026. Of these participants, seven were teaching Citizenship and Social Development (CSD) in senior secondary classes (Years 10–12). This paper reports solely on findings from the CSD lessons. Participants were observed during teaching practicum in publicly funded secondary schools with different sponsoring bodies and institutional cultures. Data collection involved two primary methods. First, non-participant classroom observations were conducted during formal practicum supervision. Detailed field notes were taken on lesson structure, pedagogic strategies, instructional materials, classroom tasks, and teacher–student interaction. Particular attention was paid to how knowledge was framed, sequenced, and evaluated, as well as to the presence or absence of conceptual depth, controversy, and interpretive openness. Lesson plans, worksheets, PowerPoint slides, and textbook excerpts used in the observed lessons were also collected and analysed as pedagogic artefacts. Second, semi-structured interviews were conducted with participants on two occasions: once shortly after the observed lesson and once after practicum grades had been finalised. The interviews explored teachers’ rationales for content selection and pedagogic choices, their understandings of assessment expectations under CSD, and their reflections on how the same topics might have been taught under the former Liberal Studies curriculum. Participants were also invited to discuss their anticipations of evaluative judgement by mentors and university supervisors, as well as their perceptions of pedagogic risk. Analytically, the study does not aim at representativeness or generalisation, but at theoretically informed, in-depth analysis. Two lesson vignettes were selected for close examination because they addressed politically salient topics that were permissible under both LS and CSD. This allowed for a comparative analysis of how changes in evaluative rules reconfigure pedagogic enactment. The data were analysed through a Bernsteinian lens, focusing on how evaluative rules mediate between curriculum policy and classroom practice, and how assessment regimes shape what becomes thinkable, teachable, and professionally legitimate. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper demonstrates that weak assessment can operate as a powerful technology of pedagogic governance, particularly under conditions of securitisation. Contrary to the assumption that low-stakes assessment widens pedagogic space, the findings show that the removal of differentiated and consequential evaluation reorganises teaching towards conservative, low-variance, and risk-averse practices. Pedagogic power is not diminished but reconstituted through an anticipatory evaluative gaze, whereby teachers regulate their practice in response to imagined judgements about what is safe, appropriate, and sufficient. Empirically, the study shows that citizenship education under Citizenship and Social Development converges on restricted forms of knowledge. Classroom practice privileges descriptive coverage, authorised vocabulary, and morally affirmational closure, while conceptual depth, controversy, and multi-perspectival reasoning are marginalised. Teachers respond pragmatically to the altered evaluative ecology by minimising pedagogic labour and avoiding interpretive uncertainty, particularly when assessment outcomes offer limited rewards for excellence but heightened symbolic risks for perceived transgression. Rather than overt repression, this configuration produces student disengagement and teacher demoralisation through the quiet normalisation of superficial learning. Conceptually, the paper reaffirms the continuing relevance of Bernstein’s sociology of education for analysing contemporary curriculum reform. It shows that evaluative rules retain the ‘final word’ in shaping pedagogic practice, regardless of how curriculum rhetoric is framed. The Hong Kong case illustrates how reforms that appear administratively light and pedagogically permissive may, in practice, intensify governance by reshaping professional common sense and narrowing the horizon of legitimate knowledge. Beyond this specific context, the analysis speaks to education systems experimenting with low-stakes, competence-based, or depoliticised assessment regimes. In an era of poly-crisis, where education is expected to address politically sensitive issues while maintaining public trust, the findings caution against treating assessment design as a technical afterthought and underscore the need to examine how assessment reorganises knowing and acting. References Apple, Michael. 2002. “Does Education Have Independent Power? Bernstein and the Question of Relative Autonomy.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 23 (4): 607–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569022000038459. Ball, Stephen J., Meg Maguire, and Annette Braun. 2012. How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge. Bernstein, Basil. 2000. Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. Rev. Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Education. Rowman & Littlefield. Foucault, Michel. 1977. Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. Translated by Alan Sheridan. Penguin. Lim, Leonel. 2016. “Globalization, the Strong State and Education Policy: The Politics of Policy in Asia.” Journal of Education Policy 31 (6): 711–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2016.1181790. Morris, Paul, Gerry Mc Clelland, and Wong Ping Man. 1997. “Explaining Curriculum Change: Social Studies in Hong Kong.” Comparative Education Review 41 (1): 27–43. https://doi.org/10.1086/447414. Singh, Parlo. 2017. “Pedagogic Governance: Theorising with/after Bernstein.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38 (2): 144–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1081052. Singh, Parlo, Sue Thomas, and Jessica Harris. 2013. “Recontextualising Policy Discourses: A Bernsteinian Perspective on Policy Interpretation, Translation, Enactment.” Journal of Education Policy 28 (4): 465–80. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.770554. Vickers, Edward, and Paul Morris. 2022. “Accelerating Hong Kong’s Reeducation: ‘Mainlandisation’, Securitisation and the 2020 National Security Law.” Comparative Education 0 (0): 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2022.2046878. Wong, Ting-Hong. 2017. “Reappraising the Pedagogic Device’s Evaluative Rules: State-Reformed Examinations of Chinese Middle Schools in Singapore.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38 (3): 364–83. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1081092. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Mapping the Influence of Populism on Educational Politics, Governance and Policy: A Scoping Review of International Scholarship (2000–2025) University of Ottawa, Canada Presenting Author:Since the early 2000s, there has been a global resurgence of various forms of populism as strategies of political mobilization (Abromeit et al. 2015; Mudde 2016). These assorted populisms have influenced public discourses, institutions, and policies in notable and frequently concerning ways (Brubaker 2020; Wodak 2015, Žižek 2006). Their influence has extended to educational politics, governance, and policies in many countries and at all levels in educational systems (Douglass 2021; Hussain & Yunus, 2021; Piattoeva et al., 2023; Scott, 2020). As key ideological apparatuses of modern states, educational institutions shape what citizens know, believe and value, as well as what they can say and do (Althusser, 2006; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990). This regularly makes educational institutions sites of political struggle and, in the current case, prime targets of populist influence and intervention (Dillabough, 2022). Contemporary populisms have emerged globally, often with socially conservative or right-wing orientations toward governance and policy. In Hungary, Kocsis (2022) describes how an ‘illiberal populist regime’ has undermined university autonomy by installing ruling party officials in leadership roles, stifling critical thinking and enforcing a uniform, sanitized curriculum. In the U.S., the Trump presidencies (2016–2020; 2024–present) exemplify authoritarian populism marked by anti-intellectualism, rejection of science, and attacks on equity, diversity, and inclusion efforts (Burns, Green & Nolan, 2022). Similarly, in Nicaragua, Ortega’s populist-autocratic government has weakened education to entrench power, undermining democratic development (Maclure & Avilés, 2022).
When populisms aligns with nationalism, they can reshape educational governance to promote national identity, traditional values, and resistance to external influences. In Europe, this is seen in efforts to discredit international standards in favor of nationalist policies (Piattoeva et al., 2023), such as promoting Christian identity in Hungary’s secular schools (Neumann, 2023). Ethnonationalist forms of populism use nativist rhetoric to delegitimize public institutions and scapegoat particular social groups (Müller, 2021). In Finland, Vesikansa and Honkatukia (2022) show how racialized discourse depicts immigrant and refugee youth as violent and undeserving, oversimplifying complex issues like migration and school discipline. However, populism is not universally regarded as authoritarian or anti-democratic. Some socially progressive scholars argue that certain forms of it can strengthen democratic governance and institutions like education. From this perspective, some populist movements reflect the genuine grievances of marginalized groups and thus serve as democratic opposition to elite-driven institutions that have long ignored their needs (Streeck, 2017). Populisms like these are seen to hold potential to expand public spaces for meaningful participation, dialogue, and collective civic engagement (Mouffe, 2018). Some educational scholarship focuses on how engaging with populist discourses and actors can foster democratic capacities and renewal (Mårdh & Tryggvason, 2017). Petrie et al. (2019) and Sant (2021) provide examples from adult education in Scotland and ans schooling contexts in Catalonia, respectively. Considering the resurgence of populism and the varying perspectives on how to interpret and respond to it in the education sector, we will report findings from a scoping review of the international scholarly literature on populism and education. While educational research has naturally lagged slightly behind the recent rise of populism, a growing body of theoretical and empirical scholarship has formed on the relationship between populism and education at all levels. Our review (ongoing at the time of this abstract submission) aims to probe and consolidate this knowledge base by asking four related questions: (1) In what ways is populism is conceptualized? (2) Under what conditions does populism emerge? (3) What are the influences of populism on educational politics, governance, and policies? (4) What responses to populist influences are documented or proposed? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is employing a scoping review methodology to systematically map and synthesize the growing international literature on the influence of populism in education. This methodology is particularly well-suited for conceptually and empirically diffuse and interdisciplinary topics (Arksey and O’Malley, 2015) like populism, where diverse definitions, theoretical perspectives, and empirical contexts are in play. It is guided by the five-stage framework developed by Arksey and O’Malley (2005)—i.e., develop questions, identify all potentially relevant studies, select relevant studies using clear criteria, chart data, synthesize and report results. The development and reporting of findings will proceed in accordance with the PRISMA-ScR (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews) guidelines (Tricco et al., 2018), which provide a structured approach to enhance transparency and rigor. To ensure a comprehensive and systematic approach, we have consulted with a research librarian at our university to assist us in developing a search strategy and identifying appropriate academic databases. Searches will be conducted in major databases such as Scopus, Web of Science, ERIC, and Education Research Complete, using Boolean operators to combine terms (and their variants) including populism, education, governance, policy, and politics. Inclusion criteria target theoretical and empirical studies that explicitly engage with populism in relation to education. We will also include relevant studies from adjacent disciplines, such as political science, public administration, policy studies, and political sociology, when they offer insights into educational governance or institutional dynamics. We will include peer-reviewed journal articles, books, and book chapters published in English and French (the languages of the two authors) between 2000 and 2025, reflecting the period of intensified populist activity worldwide. Study selection will proceed through multiple screening stages (titles and abstracts, then full texts) using Covidence (a literature review software application). The process will be documented using a PRISMA-ScR flow diagram. Given the literature we canvassed to conceive the project, we anticipate having a final sample of 150+ studies. A structured data charting form will be used to extract key details, including publication metadata, geographic focus, study objectives, methodological orientation, and findings relevant to our four guiding questions. Finally, a thematic analysis will be conducted to identify recurring patterns, conceptual debates, empirical similarities and differences, and areas for further research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation, and the study it is based in, aims to synthesize a growing body of international literature on the influence of populism on education between 2000 and 2025. It will map how populism is conceptualized across scholarly disciplines and geographic contexts, examine the conditions under which it arises, and explore its theorized and reported effects on educational politics, governance, and policy. We also seek to identify responses—whether oppositional, adaptive, or reform-oriented—that are documented or proposed in the literature. While the review is ongoing, preliminary insights suggest that populist discourses, movements, and actors are engaging education systems in multiple and sometimes contradictory ways. We expect to identify both convergence and divergence in how populisms shape education, from attempts to reassert national values and centralize control, to more participatory or democratic impulses challenging elite dominance in policymaking. These dynamics appear to play out differently across national and regional contexts, and populist forces are interpreted in varied ways, prompting different responses. For European educational scholars at ECER 2026, the review hopes to offer a timely comparative perspective on how populist politics are shaping institutional changes, curriculum debates, and policy frameworks within and beyond EU member states. For the broader international community, it may help situate national cases within a global discourse and identify shared challenges and openings for scholarly and democratic engagement. Rather than offering prescriptive conclusions, the review aims to consolidate and clarify a growing field of inquiry, support critical dialogue, and point toward areas needing further empirical and conceptual attention. We see it as a foundation for future interdisciplinary work examining how education both reflects and shapes broader political transformations, including those associated with contemporary populisms. References Abromeit, J., Norman, Y., Marotta, G., & Chesterton, B. M. (Eds.). (2015). Transformations of populism in Europe and the Americas. Bloomsbury Publishing. Althusser, L. (2006). Ideology and ideological state apparatuses. The anthropology of the state: A reader, 9(1), 86-98. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. London: Sage. Burns, T. et al. (2022). Authoritarian populism, body politics, and the assault on gender studies: Toward a new progressivism in education and society. In Populism and educational leadership, policy and administration. Routledge. Dillabough, J. A. (2022). Higher education, violent modernities and the 'global present': The paradox of politics and new populist imaginaries in HE. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(2), 211–225. Douglass, J.A. (Ed.) (2021) Neo-Nationalism and Universities: Populists, Autocrats, and the Future of Higher Education. Johns Hopkins University Press. Hussain, S., & Yunus, R. (2021). Right‐wing populism and education: Introduction to the special section. British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 247-263. Kocsis, A. B. (2022). Challenges facing educational leaders in an ethos of anti-intellectualism: Populist leadership and the personalisation of power in Hungary. In Populism and Educational Leadership, Administration and Policy. Routledge. Maclure, R., & Avilés, M. S. (2022). Populist governance, caudillismo, and the crisis of education in Nicaragua: From the ideal of national purpose to political expediency. In Populism and Educational Leadership, Administration and Policy. Routledge. Mouffe, C. (2018) For a Left Populism, London: Verso Mudde, C. (2016). Europe's populist surge: A long time in the making. Foreign affairs, 95(6), 25-30. Müller, J.W. (2016) What Is Populism? University of Pennsylvania Press Neumann, E. (2023). Education for a Christian nation: Religion and nationalism in the Hungarian education policy discourse. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 646-665. Piattoeva, N. et al. (2023). Introduction to the special issue ‘Return of the nation: Education in an era of rising nationalism and populism’. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 595-606. Scott, P. (2020). Making sense of emerging populist agendas. In Populism and higher education curriculum development: Problem based learning as a mitigating response . Palgrave Macmillan. Tricco AC et al. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7): 467-473. Vesikansa, A., & Honkatukia, P. (2022). Populism on young people’s non-conforming behaviour as othering. In Populism and educational leadership, policy and administration. Routledge. Wodak, R. (2015). The politics of fear: What right-wing populist discourses mean. Sage. Žižek, S. (2006). Against the populist temptation. Critical inquiry, 32(3), 551-574. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 02 B: National Educational Equity Policies critically compared across Europe: Institutional Perspectives on Whole System Change Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Livia Jesacher-Roessler Session Chair: Xavier Rambla Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium National Educational Equity Policies critically compared across Europe: Institutional Perspectives on Whole System Change Persistent inequalities in European education systems remain a major political concern – despite decades of reform efforts (Campos et al., 2025; Nurse & Melhuish, 202). Not only the publication of the first PISA results in 2000 but also major events such as COVID-19 and large-scale refugee movements in Europe have intensified attention to educational inequalities and accelerated the diffusion of equity-oriented policies (Cairney & Kippin, 2022). Current equity policies in Europe redefine how inequality is addressed and consequently reshape the conditions under which knowledge about inequality is legitimised and translated into action (Chapman & Ainscow, 2019). From a whole system change perspective, national educational equity policies can be understood as deliberate attempts to intervene in the deep structures of education systems rather than as isolated policy instruments (Fullan, 2012). Whole system change emphasises coherence across policy, practice, professional cultures, and accountability mechanisms, implying that equity-oriented reforms necessarily engage with the institutional conditions that stabilise existing patterns of inequality. Fullan distinguishes between first-order change, referring to incremental improvements within existing structures and practices, and second-order change, which entails more fundamental transformations of the underlying assumptions, norms, and institutional logics of education systems. Accordingly, institutional change may occur at different points and unfold with varying transformative depth, reflecting the extent to which new logics become embedded in existing institutional arrangements (Fullan, 2016; Argyris & Schön, 1996). Drawing on institutional theory, education systems can be conceptualised as institutional fields structured by regulative rules, normative expectations, and cultural-cognitive frames that shape actors’ perceptions and actions (Scott, 2014). Equity policies therefore do more than redistribute resources or introduce pedagogical measures; they institutionalise particular understandings of educational (in)equity by embedding them in regulations, professional norms, and dominant narratives about fairness, merit, and responsibility. Equity policies thus reflect specific constellations of ideas, interests, and identities that define what counts as legitimate equity-oriented action within national contexts. Against this background, three questions arise: (3) Which aspects of inequity in education are regarded as a challenge to be tackled through policies? (3) How do national equity policies translate dominant framings of educational inequity into policy instruments and institutional practices? (3) What kind of change do these policies aim for – and do these approaches foster transformative whole-system change or stabilise existing problem framings and practices?
The symposium adopts a comparative perspective by examining three selected national contexts. The first contribution examines the Hungarian approach to educational equity within a national strategic framework implemented through multiple, centrally coordinated, often EU-funded programmes. It explores how educational inequality is framed, translated into interventions, and evaluated within a highly centralised governance context, and what this implies for the potential of whole-system change. This contribution from Germany analyses the national Startchancen Programme as a case of how educational equity is shaped through policy design. Focusing on state-level social indices used to identify eligible schools, it examines how socio-economic disadvantage is operationalised, which forms of redistribution and recognition are prioritised, and how transparent these processes are. Drawing on Nancy Fraser’s concept of social justice, the study shows substantial cross-state variation and highlights the predominantly compensatory, rather than transformative, orientation of current index-based approaches. The third contribution to the symposium examines Norway’s approach to educational equity, focusing on policy-driven efforts to promote inclusive education. It analyses how legal frameworks, cultural values, and professional practices interact to shape the institutionalisation and implementation of equity policies. Drawing on document analysis of key policy texts and research, and using a comparative case study approach, the contribution highlights intended outcomes such as participation and equitable access, as well as challenges arising from the interplay of collective norms and accountability pressures. References Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1996). Organizational Learning II: Theory, Method and Practice. Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley. Cairney, P., & Kippin, S. (2022). The future of education equity policy in a COVID-19 world: A qualitative systematic review of lessons from education policymaking. Open Research Europe, 1, 78. Campos, D.G., Koskinen, A., Munkácsy, B., Rolfe, V., Patsis, P., Tóth, E., Olsen, R.V., Scherer, R., Söldner, L., Danek, A.H., Greiff, S. & Vainikainen, M.P. (2025). Educational inequalities in Europe: A scoping review of longitudinal studies in K-12 education. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 87. Chapman, C., & Ainscow, M. (2019). Using research to promote equity within education systems: Possibilities and barriers. British Educational Research Journal, 45(5), 899–917. Fullan, M. (2012). All System Go: The Change Imperative for Whole System Reform. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Fullan, M. (2016). The New Meaning of Educational Change (5th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Nurse, L., & Melhuish, E. (2021). Comparative perspectives on educational inequalities in Europe: an overview of the old and emergent inequalities from a bottom-up perspective. Contemporary Social Science, 16(4), 417–431. Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and Organizations: Ideas, Interests, and Identities (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publishing. Presentations of the Symposium Educational Equity in Hungary: Policy Instruments, Evaluation, and System-Level Limits
The Hungarian education system has faced long-standing structural problems, most notably early selection mechanisms and the resulting inequalities in educational performance and equity. National and international research consistently shows that student achievement in Hungary is strongly shaped by social and structural factors (Horn et al., 2016; Paksi et al., 2023). Recent OECD and EU reports continue to highlight the close link between family background and educational outcomes, as well as persistent regional disparities (European Commission, 2025; OECD, 2023).
From an institutional perspective, the presentation examines how equity-oriented interventions in Hungary are framed, operationalised, and evaluated, asking whether centralised governance and dominant policy framings foster first-order improvement or enable transformative whole-system change (Scott, 2014; Fullan, 2016). National equity programmes differ not only in their objectives, but also in the policy instruments through which they are governed, such as indicators, action plans, and funding mechanisms (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007). In contrast to contexts where equity is promoted through long-term, institution-focused capacity building and research-informed system-level learning (Chapman & Ainscow, 2019; Fullan, 2012), Hungarian education policy relies mainly on short-term, fragmented, project-based interventions. These are combined with centralised monitoring and accountability tools, most notably the National Assessment of Basic Competencies, which requires low-performing schools to develop action plans, and a national early warning and pedagogical support system aimed at preventing school dropout.
Within EU education policy, early school leaving (ESL) is a key indicator of overall system performance and equity. In Hungary, ESL rates have remained above EU targets despite extensive EU-funded interventions, whose evaluations have often been methodologically limited (Molnár & Németh, 2022). The analysis draws on document analysis of national strategies and action plans as well as secondary analysis of programme evaluations.
At the strategic level, the Public Education Strategy 2021–2030 and its 2025–2028 action plan partly build on the EU-funded EFOP-3.1.5 project, which applied the School Dropout Prevention Supporting Pedagogical System. This approach combines early identification, personalised support, and professional capacity development, complemented by equity plans of school district centres. A quasi-experimental evaluation of the EFOP-3.1.5 programme shows that while dropout risk decreased and student competences improved in participating schools, territorial inequalities and segregation did not change substantially (Molnár & Németh, 2022).
The Hungarian case illustrates how centralised, project-based equity governance can strengthen institutional capacity at the school level while largely stabilising the underlying system-level institutional logics that reproduce structural inequalities.
References:
Chapman, C., & Ainscow, M. (2019). Using research to promote equity within education systems: Possibilities and barriers. British Educational Research Journal, 45(5), 983–1001.
European Commission. (2025). Education and Training Monitor 2025: Hungary. Publications Office of the European Union.
Fullan, M. (2012). Stratosphere: Integrating technology, pedagogy, and change knowledge. Pearson.
Fullan, M. (2016). The New Meaning of Educational Change. Teachers College Press.
Horn, D., Keller, T., & Róbert, P. (2016). Early tracking and competition – A recipe for major inequalities in Hungary. In H.-P. Blossfeld, S. Buchholz, J. Skopek, & M. Triventi (Eds.), Models of secondary education and social inequality (pp. 129–148). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Introduction: Understanding public policy through its instruments. Governance, 20(1), 1–21.
Molnár, L., & Németh, S. (2022). Evaluation of EU-funded educational programs to reduce school dropout without a qualification (Executive summary). KOPINT–TÁRKI Zrt. https://www.palyazat.gov.hu/vgzettsg-nlkli-iskolaelhagys-cskkentse-rdekben-lefolytatott-unis-finanszrozs-oktatsi-programok-rtkelse
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 results (Volume I): The state of learning and equity in education. OECD Publishing.
Paksi, B., Széll, K., & Fehérvári, A. (2023). Empirical testing of a multidimensional model of school dropout risk. Social Sciences, 12(2), Article 50.
Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and Organizations: Ideas, Interests, and Identities. Sage Publishing.
Social Indices as Normative Policy Instruments: (In)equity Logics in Germany’s Startchancen Programme
The German case illustrates how educational equity is shaped at the level of policy design. Since 2024, the Startchancen Programme has been implemented as a large-scale national initiative aimed at reducing the link between social background and educational success. It involves 4,000 schools in socio-economically disadvantaged contexts across all 16 federal states, a novel scope in German education policy. Central to the programme is the use of social indices to e.g. identify eligible schools. While often framed as technical and evidence-based instruments (OECD, 2018), such indices are not neutral but embed normative assumptions about educational (in)equity and institutionalise specific problem representations (Hultqvist et al., 2018; Berkemeyer et al., 2019). Given the autonomy of the federal states, no uniform social index is prescribed; instead, all federal states develop their own indices, leading to differing operationalisations of equity already at the design stage.
The paper draws on Nancy Fraser’s three-dimensional conception of equity, encompassing redistribution, recognition and representation (Fraser, 1995, 2010). Redistribution refers to allocating additional resources to socio-economically disadvantaged schools, recognition addresses the visibility of marginalised groups, and representation concerns participation in defining legitimate claims for support. Social indices operationalise these dimensions by translating normative conceptions of equity into administrative categories and institutionalising particular understandings of disadvantage and entitlement. In addition, the analysis draws on Fraser’s distinction between affirmative (compensatory) and transformative (structural) strategies of social justice, examining whether the Startchancen Programme extends beyond compensatory interventions (Berkemeyer & Hermstein, 2023).
On this basis, the paper examines 1. how socio-economic disadvantage is operationalised in state-level social indices, which forms of redistribution are legitimised, 2. which marginalised groups are prioritised, 3. how transparent and publicly contestable index design and resource allocation are, and 4. whether these indices entail any potential for transformative structural change.
The study draws on a document analysis (Morgan, 2022) of publicly available administrative and policy-related materials from all 16 federal states (n= 47). Using a qualitative content-analytic approach, inductive-deductive analytical categories (e.g. indicator compositions, purposes) were developed for systematic comparison (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024).
Results show considerable variation across states. While poverty- and migration-related indicators are included nationwide, their operationalisation differs substantially. In particular, “migration” is defined in diverse ways, often via language-related sub-indicators, leading to varying constructions of marginalised groups. Transparency also varies markedly, as some states provide comprehensive documentation while others lack key information. Overall, the indices predominantly reflect affirmative, compensatory logics rather than transformative approaches.
References:
Berkemeyer, Nils, Hermstein, Björn, Meißner, Sebastian, & Semper, Ina. (2019). Kritische Schulsystementwicklungsforschung. Ein normativ-analytischer Forschungsansatz der schulischen Ungleichheitsforschung. Journal for educational research online 11(1), 47-73. DOI: 10.25656/01:16787
Berkemeyer, N., & Hermstein, B. (2023). Warum Schulentwicklung(sforschung) und Bildungsverantwortliche eine klare Vorstellung von sozialer Gerechtigkeit benötigen. Die Deutsche Schule, 115(3), 262–273.
Fraser, N. (1995). From redistribution to recognition? Dilemmas of justice in a ‘post-socialist’ age. New Left Review, 212, 68–93.
Fraser, N. (2010). Scales of justice: Reimagining political space in a globalizing world. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Hultqvist, E., Lindblad, S., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Hrsg.). (2018). Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance (Bd. 7). Springer International Publishing.
Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6. Auflage). Juventa Verlag.
Morgan, H. (2022). Conducting a Qualitative Document Analysis. The Qualitative Report, 27(1), 64-77. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2022.5044
OECD. (2018). Equity in education: Breaking down barriers to social mobility. Paris: OECD Publishing.
The Institutional Embedding of Equity Policies in Norwegian Education
This study examines Norway’s approach to educational equity as a case of policy-driven, system-wide efforts to foster inclusive education and reduce persistent inequalities. Drawing on an institutional framework (Scott, 2014), the study investigates how legal entitlements, cultural values, and professional practices shape intervention logics and potential for sustainable systemic change. The study addresses the following research question: How are educational equity policies institutionalized in Norway, and how can this system-wide policy approach be reflected upon in light of this institutionalization?
Norwegian policy conceptualizes equity through comprehensive schooling and the integration of (special) education support within mainstream classrooms. Key measures include early identification and intervention, individualized learning adaptations, and legal guarantees of participation and belonging (Opplæringslova, 2023; Meld. St. 6, 2019–2020). The design and implementation of these measures draw on evidence from international monitoring, national assessments and surveys, which shape professional practices and inform policy adjustments in response to possible student inequalities. By linking policy measures to continuous evaluation, Norway seeks to ensure that equity strategies are both adaptive and effective in practice (Bjørnsrud & Nilsen, 2025).
This study considers how these practices can be critically reflected upon and evaluated, focusing on the links between policy design, institutional embedding, and observed outcomes. While Norway’s strong alignment between legal frameworks and cultural-cognitive values, such as collective responsibility and participation, facilitates systemic implementation, potential tensions arise when international and national accountability pressures, combined with an emphasis on individual outcomes, risk undermining the traditional Norwegian collective orientation within differentiated inclusive structures (Aasen, 2025; Bjørnsrud & Nilsen, 2025).
Using document analysis (Bowen, 2009) of three policy papers, the Education Act, and relevant research on educational equity, this study systematically examines the design, framing, and implementation of national equity policies. Subsequently, these findings are compared using Bartlett and Vavrus’s (2017) comparative case study approach, enabling comparisons across institutional levels. This approach highlights not only whether intended effects, such as enhanced participation, equitable access, and collective inclusion, are realized, but also how policies might be iteratively adapted based on evaluative insights and institutional embedding.
The results of this study illustrate how the interaction between legal entitlements, cultural values, and professional practices produces path-dependent outcomes. This contribution demonstrates how system-wide, legally grounded policies can advance educational equity when norms and mandates are mutually reinforcing. The study emphasizes the importance of critical reflection on policies and their institutional embedding for understanding implementation challenges and informing sustainable policy development.
References:
Aasen, P. (2025). Inkludering i et utdanningspolitisk perspektiv. In H. Bjørnsrud, & Nilsen, S. (Eds.), Den inkluderende og ekskluderende skolen – felleskap eller utenforskap? (pp. 44–62). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative case studies: An innovative approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1(1). 5–17. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.1929
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027
Bjørnsrud, H., & S. Nilsen (2025). Inkludering og en skole for alle – intensjoner og utfordringer. In H. Bjørnsrud, & Nilsen, S. (Eds.), Den inkluderende og ekskluderende skolen – felleskap eller utenforskap? (pp. 15–41). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Meld. St. 6 (2019–2020). Tett på – tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-6-20192020/id2677025/
Nilsen, S. (2025). Inkluderingsutfordringer i skolens møte med elever med rett til individuelt tilrettelagt opplæring – skolelederes erfaringer. In H. Bjørnsrud, & Nilsen, S. (Eds.), Den inkluderende og ekskluderende skolen – felleskap eller utenforskap? (pp. 162–187). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Opplæringslova. (2023). Lov om grunnskoleopplæringa og den vidaregåande opplæringa (LOV-2023-06-09-30). Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/2023-06-09-30
Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests, and identities. Sage.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 02 C: Governing European Youth Transitions Through Education and into the Labour Market: Early Evidence from the Edu-Lab Horizon Europe Project Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Xhavit Rexhaj Session Chair: Petri Nokelainen Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Governing European Youth Transitions Through Education and into the Labour Market: Early Evidence from the Edu-Lab Horizon Europe Project Across European education systems, youth transitions through education and from education to the labour market have become a central policy concern. Persistent inequalities, fragmented governance arrangements, skills-labour market mismatches, and the cumulative effects of recent crises have exposed the limits of existing policy instruments designed to support participation, progression and completion, and early labour market integration. This symposium addresses these challenges from a policy studies perspective, drawing on early comparative evidence from the EDU-LAB Horizon Europe project. It examines how education and training policies, governance structures, and public investments shape young people’s transition pathways across diverse European contexts.
Research Question(s) Primary research question: What are the main policy-relevant issues affecting young people’s transitions through education and into the labour market across European countries? Complementary research question: How do governance arrangements, policy instruments, and public investments interact with social and institutional determinants to shape youth transition outcomes in Europe? Objectives The symposium aims to:
Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The symposium is anchored in the EDU-LAB project’s policy-focused theoretical framework, which conceptualises youth transitions as governed processes emerging from the interaction of individual agency, institutional arrangements, and policy regimes. Drawing on life-course theory, EDU-LAB understands educational and employment transitions as product of cumulative processes shaped by timing, sequencing, and the long-term effects of policy environments rather than as isolated decision points. A key analytical lens is intersectionality, which is employed to examine how policy effects are mediated by socio-economic background, gender, migration status, regional context, and educational track. From a policy studies perspective, inequalities in transition outcomes are understood not merely as individual disadvantages but as systemic effects of governance choices, including stratification, permeability, funding models, and access regulations within general education (GE) and professional/vocational education and training (PVET). The framework further integrates institutional and comparative policy analysis, focusing on how heterogeneous European education and training systems translate shared European objectives—such as participation, equity, and employability—into nationally specific policy instruments. Particular attention is paid to policy effectiveness and efficiency, examining both intended and unintended effects of education and training policies and investments, especially in the context of recent economic, health, and geopolitical crises. Conceptually, EDU-LAB operates across four interrelated policy levels:
Methodologically, this framework is operationalised through a comparative mixed-methods policy analysis, combining secondary quantitative indicators, systematic policy and document analysis, literature reviews, expert exploratory interviews, and participatory qualitative research with young people and stakeholders. The symposium presents early findings from: (a) analyses of data and evidence gaps relevant to policy monitoring (WP1); (b) assessments of policy effectiveness and unintended effects (WP2); (c) cross-national expert perspectives on governance and transition mechanisms (WP3); and (d) initial qualitative evidence on how policies are experienced and negotiated by young people (WP4), following focus group discussions. References Carayannis, E. G., R. Canestrino and P. Magliocca (2023). "From the Dark Side of Industry 4.0 to Society 5.0: Looking “Beyond the Box” to Developing Human-Centric Innovation Ecosystem." IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management. Commission, E. (2022d). Progress toward the achievement of the European Education Area: communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, Directorate-General EYSC. CEDEFOP (2021). Vocational Education and Training in Europe. Priya, A. (2021). "Case Study Methodology of Qualitative Research: Key Attributes and Navigating the Conundrums in Its Application." Sociological Bulletin 70(1): 94-110. Chvorostov, A. and N. Waechter (2020). "National and Regional Balances of Qualifications and Occupations in the EHEA." Sociological Studies (Социологические исследования) 2022(3): 78-90. Vaughn, L. and F. Jacquez (2020). "Participatory Research Methods – Choice Points in the Research Process." Journal of Participatory Research Methods. Vaughan, A. L., T. L. Lalonde and M. A. Jenkins-Guarnieri (2014). "Assessing Student Achievement in Large-Scale Educational Programs Using Hierarchical Propensity Scores." Research in Higher Education 55(6): 564-580. Brzinsky-Fay, C. (2011). "What Difference Does It Make? the Outcome Effects of the European Employment Strategy on the Transition from Education to Work." German policy studies Presentations of the Symposium Modelling Pathways in GE and PVET and to the Labour Market: Intersectional Determinants, Transitions and Dataset Gaps
Building on research in the Horizon project “European Youth in Education and Transition to the Labour Market – EDU-LAB”, the paper analyses and overviews core components in modelling pathways of youth in GE and PVET and to the labour market which shall serve as building blocks for structural models: intersectional determinants; transitions; dataset gaps.
Based on literature reviews, CEDEFOP charts and the author’s own analyses, 80 intersectional determinants and 32 transition types were identified. This paper demonstrates which available datasets can provide relevant information about which determinants and transitions, insights that are especially useful for secondary data analysis of the aforementioned pathways. To this end, 20 identified, available datasets with a cross-national focus (e.g., ESJS; EU-LFS; EUROSTUDENT; VET in Europe) were examined to determine the extent to which they cover the proposed determinants and transitions.
Some core results and possible recommendations that might be of interest for education policy action are as follows:
For the 20 datasets investigated, there are no serious deficiencies detectable regarding their methodological reliability (e.g., rigorous sampling, inclusion of background questionnaires for contextual data, quality monitoring).
The datasets have restricted profiles with respect to seven types of secondary analysis: all 20 datasets offer regression analysis and cross-country comparison, 11 datasets offer progression studies, seven datasets offer cross-sectional studies, four datasets offer trend analysis, four datasets offer policy evaluation, while no dataset offers longitudinal progression studies. Therefore, each dataset could be expanded to include three or four types of secondary analysis.
As 65% of datasets investigated are not downloadable and 65% do not offer access to microdata for research, the accessibility of certain datasets could be improved.
Several datasets investigated do not sufficiently cover various Access determinants relevant for contemporary E&T and the modern world of labour. For example, 60% of datasets do not cover the determinant “Language literacy tests”; 95%, among them PISA, EUROSTUDENT, VET-in-Europe, NEPS and others, do not cover the determinant “Digitalisation and AI literacy tests”.
Several datasets investigated do not sufficiently cover various Progression and Completion determinants. For example, 65% of datasets do not cover the determinant “Country’s low level of prosperity in terms of E&T and work”; 90% do not cover the determinant “War”.
Further, the coverage by datasets of transitions to, within and from the world of labour is generally better than the datasets’ coverage of transitions within E&T systems.
Keywords: dataset gaps; intersectional determinants; modelling pathways and transitions; youth transitions
References:
CEDEFOP (2025). Vocational Education and Training in Europe. VET in Europe database – detailed VET system descriptions. Athens: European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/tools/vet-in-europe/systems (11 November 2025)
Katsantonis, I. (2025). Tracking adolescent students’ educational pathways to university through school engagement, parental expectations, and student aspirations. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 40(4), 21 pp. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-024-00917-3
Leiber, T. (2025). Set of data and information gaps about educational pathways and transitions and intersectional determinants. Deliverable 2.1. European youth in education and in transition to the labour market – EDU-LAB. Horizon Europe project. https://www.edu-lab-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/D1.1-Pathways.pdf (27 January 2026)
Milmeister P., Rastoder M., & Houssemand, C. (2022). Mechanisms of participation in vocational education and training in Europe. Frontiers in Psychology, 13:842307. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.842307
OECD (2025b) Education at a Glance 2025: OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing.a https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en
Roberts, K. (2025). Europe’s education-to-work transition regimes in the twenty-first century. Advances in Applied Sociology, 15, pp. 1–17. https://doi.org/10.4236/aasoci.2025.151001
Varsik, S. (2025) Transitions through education and into the labour market: Exploring educational outcomes and equity gaps using international surveys. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 324, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/18be3c52-en
Rapid expansion of Tertiary Education and Labour Market Equilibria: Graduates and their Tentative Jobs (in EEA and Edu-Lab Countries)
The paper examines the rapid expansion of higher education (HE) in Europe since the last decades of the 20th century, which is also fostered by European politics, striving, inter alia, for more social equality by allowing larger parts of the population to obtain HE. The article analyses the recent development of tertiary education rates across Europe and conducts an international comparative analysis regarding the relation of graduate rates and the demand for graduates in the labour markets. This analysis is done within the theoretical frameworks of a hypothetical dynamic balance (labour market equilibria) between the shares of highly educated workers on the labour markets and related qualification structure of labour forces in respective countries and five generic EHEA regions.
The study operates with statistical data from UNESCO and ILO databases for a sample of 44 countries of the EHEA, as well as the USA as a reference country. The results of the empirical study show the general prevalence of the demand for graduate workers over the supply of tertiary graduates for most European countries, except for several post-Soviet countries. The authors conclude that ‘universal HE’ – when the enrolment into higher education reaches the formal threshold of 50% of the relevant age, as suggested by Marginson (2016) – should be understood as the preferred development only under certain conditions. These conditions are, inter alia, as follows: (a) sufficient demand for graduates on the labour markets and (b) preservation of the overall quality of professional education and training. It should be also remarked that in some countries, the HE enrolment has risen even up to 75%, as is the case, for instance, in the USA, Russia and some OECD countries in the southern and northern regions of the European Education Area.
The outcomes of the above described exploratory model will be exemplified for the seven countries, where the EDU-LAB consortium implements special qualitative and quantitative case-studies of the pathways and transitions of youth in GE and PVET and to the labour market.
Keywords: higher education, labour market, demand, supply, universal HE.
References:
Chvorostov, A. and N. Waechter (2025). "Rapid expansion of tertiary education and regional labour market equilibria in the EHEA and its major European regions: graduates and their tentative jobs (observation of trends 1970s to 2010s)." Journal of Innovation and Entrepreneurship 14(1): 140. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s13731-025-00607-4
Chvorostov, A. and N. Waechter (2020). "National and Regional Balances of Qualifications and Occupations in the EHEA." Sociological Studies 2022(3): 78-90. (doi 10.31857/S013216250008805-8)
Marginson, S. (2016). "High Participation Systems of Higher Education." The Journal of Higher Education 87(2): 243-271.
Policy Determinants and Experienced Outcomes of Participation in both Education and the Labour Market among Finnish Youth
The European youth in education and in transition to the labour market – EDU-LAB project examines transitions from education to the labour market. Transitions may occur after the completion of secondary or tertiary education or already during studies. In Finland, a relatively high share of young people participate simultaneously in formal education and paid work, with dual participation more common among women than men (Eurostat, 2025). This paper analyses this phenomenon from a youth transitions perspective, focusing on the policy determinants of early transitions and young people’s lived experiences of balancing studies and work.
The paper presents preliminary findings from two Finnish case studies conducted within the EDU-LAB project, each involving approximately 50 participants from secondary and tertiary education and diverse life situations. The study employs a qualitative and participatory research design, including 14 focus groups and 11 series of participatory workshops. The focus groups explored perceived benefits and harms of combining studies and work, while the workshops provided collaborative spaces to identify barriers to educational completion and labour market transitions and to co-create solutions.
Although effective transition to work has been a central objective of Finnish youth policies and educational reforms (Williams et al. 2025), the findings indicate that economic pressure is the primary driver of dual participation. Many young people report being unable to study full-time due to insufficient study financial aid to cover basic living costs and a desire to avoid student loans in the context of insecure future employment.
Dual participation is associated with both positive and negative outcomes. Positive outcomes include increased income and work experience, which young people view as important for labour market entry in a competitive employment context, even when the work is not directly related to their field of study. Negative outcomes include delayed study progress, creating a risk of recovery of the study grant and the need to increase working hours, potentially threatening educational completion. Many participants, particularly women, also reported exhaustion and deteriorating mental health resulting from sustained pressure to balance studies, work, and social life.
These findings suggest that, despite seemingly effective transitions at the aggregate level, many young people experience heightened economic strain and reduced well-being during their studies. The paper argues that Finnish education policy should place greater emphasis on supporting students’ economic security and well-being, in line with the European Youth Strategy (EU, 2025), rather than prioritising accelerated graduation and early labour market entry.
References:
EU (2025). EU Youth Strategy. European Union. Retrieved from https://youth.europa.eu/strategy_en (25.1.2026).
Eurostat (2025). Participation of young people in education and the labour market. Eurostat. European Union. Retrieved from https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Participation_of_young_people_in_education_and_the_labour_market#Differences_between_men_and_women (25.1.2026).
Williams, J. Dixon, A. Guo, X., Thompson M. & Wong, M. (2025). Set of data and information gaps on how intended or non-intended effects have been achieved and why certain effects have not been achieved. A review of policies, practice and investment in GE and PVET. Deliverable 2.1. European youth in education and in transition to the labour market – EDU-LAB. Retrieved from https://www.edu-lab-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/D2.1-Policies.pdf (25.1.2026).
Socio-Economic Determinants and the Impact of Parental Investments on Children’s Educational Performance: A Microeconomic Study in Kosovo
The literature on educational effectiveness research emphasizes that students’ educational performance results not only from the quality of teacher and school performance, but often from the interaction of other non-malleable individual, family, and institutional factors, with the family playing a key role through socio-economic capital and investments in education. Namely, there are factors influencing academic achievement that educators and institutions should not be held accountable for because they are not amenable to education policy ((Ballou et al., 2004; Martineau, 2006; Thomas, 1998). However, in contexts characterized by prolonged transition and pronounced regional inequalities, such as Kosovo, there is a lack of empirical studies that link student performance—operationalized according to international assessment frameworks—with parental characteristics and investments. This study addresses this gap by analyzing the impact of socio-economic determinants and parental investments on children’s educational performance in Kosovo.
The study employs a quantitative methodology and follows a microeconomic approach, involving parents or legal guardians of students enrolled in pre-university education (ISCED 0–3) across Kosovo’s seven regions. The sampling frame is based on official student enrollment data from EMIS 2024/25, with a sample of 720 parents selected through a stratified design by region and level of education.
Socio-economic determinants are operationalized through a composite index of family socio-economic status, while family support is operationalized through dimensions of parental financial and non-financial investments in the educational process. Children’s educational performance is operationalized using the PISA conceptual framework and outcomes in three functional domains—reading, mathematics, and science—with the aim of constructing (a) an engagement index and (b) a parental impact index on students’ educational performance.
Data analysis is conducted in several phases. In the initial phase, instrument reliability and the factor structure of the variables, as well as the degree of fit of the measurement model, are examined using appropriate types of factor analysis. Following confirmation of the measurement models, descriptive statistics, correlation analyses, and regression models are applied to test the impact of each dimension of family support on indicators of educational progress, in line with the research questions.
This study contributes to the micro-level operationalization of educational performance based on PISA and provides empirical evidence on the role of the family in a context marked by significant regional inequalities. The findings enrich the international literature on the economics of education and offer evidence-based policy implications for education in Kosovo.
Key words:
Parents, investments, socio-economic determinants, educational performance, PISA.
References:
OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en.
Lenny Lenkeit & Daniel H. Caro (2014) Performance status and change– measuring education system effectiveness with data from PISA 2000–2009, Educational Research and Evaluation: An International Journal on Theory and Practice, 20:2, 146-174, DOI: 10.1080/13803611.2014.891462 To link to this article:
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2014.891462
Kamens, D. H., & McNeely, C. L. (2010). Globalization and the growth of international educational testing and national assessment. Comparative Education Review, 54,5–25.
Martineau, J. A. (2006). Distorting value added: The use of longitudinal, vertically scaled student achievement data for growth-based, value-added accountability. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 31,35–62.
Ballou, D., Sanders, W., & Wright, P. (2004). Controlling for student background in value-added assessment of teachers. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 29, 37–65.
Baker, D. P., Goesling, B., & LeTendre, G. K. (2002). Socioeconomic status, school quality, and national economic development: A cross-national analysis of the “Heyneman-Loxley Effect” on mathematics and science achievement. Comparative Education Review, 46, 291–312.
Thomas, S. (1998). Value-added measures of school effectiveness in the United Kingdom. Prospects, 18, 91–108.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 24 SES 02 A: Mathematical Content Areas Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Esra Demiray Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper A Bibliometric Review of Studies on Algebra Education in the Past Three Decades 1: Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Algebra is an essential area of mathematics and a content strand of mathematics education (NCTM, 2000). It is a fundamental area because "Algebra is a way of thinking and a set of concepts and skills that enable students to generalize, model, and analyze mathematical situations. Algebra provides a systematic way to investigate relationships; help to describe, organize, and understand the world" (NCTM, 2000, p. 1). Algebra education provides students with many skills, including generalization, representation, and problem-solving (Kaput, 1999).
Several concepts examined in the literature on algebra education, such as algebraic thinking (Kieran, 2004), algebraic reasoning (Kaput, 1999), functional thinking (Blanton et al., 2011), relational thinking (Jacobs et al., 2007), covarational reasoning (Confrey & Smith, 1995), and pattern recognition (Wang, 2008). Algebraic thinking is working on problems relationally by using various representations, modeling, working with numbers and letters, and understanding the meaning of equal signs (Kieran, 2004). Algebraic reasoning includes making generalizations about arithmetic relationships, generalizing patterns, using modeling, and representing various relationships (Kaput, 1999). Functional thinking, one of the main components of algebraic thinking, is associated with concepts such as covariance, correspondence, and change. It requires identifying patterns, describing relationships using variables and "understanding how quantities vary in relation to each other or covary" (Blanton et al., 2011, p. 52). Therefore, it is closely associated with covariational reasoning, which means understanding the variation between two quantities with respect to each other (Confrey & Smith, 1995). All of the mentioned concepts are related to relational thinking, which was defined as "looking at expressions and equations in their entirety, noticing the number relations among and within these expressions and equations." (Jacobs et al., 2007, p. 260) and also related to pattern recognition which can be defined as a higher cognitive process that helps to identify objects or the composition of various objects and denotes them (Wang, 2008). Algebra education is considered the "gateway to higher mathematics" (Stein et al., 2011, p. 454), and many studies have been conducted in this area, examining topics such as classroom practices in algebra and the impact of instructional methods (Hegedus & Kaput, 2003), teachers' perspectives (Glassmeyer & Edwards, 2016) and specific algebra content such as linear equations (Brizuela & Schliemann, 2004), the equal sign (Lee & Pang, 2021). Thus, over the past three decades, this field has grown significantly. On the other hand, there is a limited bibliometric review that allows for examining wide-range data on algebra education; there are, for example, a study on algebra education covering the last 20 years with the Scopus database (Veith et al., 2023) a study examining algebraic trends (Jamil et al., 2025); a study examining algebraic materials (Hayu & Angraini, 2024). To better understand the field, there is a need for more extensive bibliometric studies on algebra education. Therefore, this study aims to examine research on algebra education in the past three decades using bibliometric analysis. In light of this, the research questions of this study are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs the bibliometric method, which enables the analysis of all aspects of documents. This type of analysis can extract information from large amounts of comprehensive data and provide objective metrics, such as the number of documents, citations, topics, keywords, and collaborations (Passas, 2024). This method reflects the current state of the topic and future trends. Therefore, it was expected to highlight the field of algebra education in a comprehensive and detailed way. The main steps of bibliometric analysis, as defined by Passas (2024), were followed: defining the research objective, collecting data, data cleaning and preprocessing, selecting bibliometric techniques, data analysis, visualization, interpretation, and reporting. Accordingly, the Web of Science (WoS) database was used to collect data because it includes qualified studies. Data were extracted on 23 May 2025. As mentioned in the literature, articles on algebra education include some concepts such as functional thinking, relational thinking, pattern recognition, covariational thinking, and covariational reasoning. Therefore, these terms were combined with terms about mathematics education with following search strings: TS= (((algebra* OR "functional thinking" OR "relational thinking" OR "pattern recognition" OR "covariational thinking" OR "covariational reasoning") AND (math* AND (edu* OR teach* OR learn* OR student* OR teacher OR curricul* OR classroom OR instruction))). Thus, the aim was to ensure that all relevant studies were captured. According to the inclusion criteria, studies published between January 1996 and May 2025, written in English, classified as articles, and indexed under the education/educational research category were included in the analysis. 1769 articles were obtained in total. These articles were exported in Plain Text File formats. Plain Text File formats were later imported to the VOSviewer program for analysis. During data cleaning and preprocessing, data were exported from VOSviewer to Excel, and repeated author names, incorrect country names, and keywords with the same meaning were corrected to ensure accurate results. In selecting bibliometric techniques, the data analysis techniques were determined to be citation analysis, co-occurrence analysis, and co-authorship. The minimum values requested when running the analysis, such as the minimum number of publications and citations, were set to best represent the data. Then, performance analysis was used to examine quantitative variables, such as the number of articles by year, and science mapping was used to identify the most dominant keywords and core topics in algebra education and to describe co-authorships among authors, countries, and institutions. Thus, visualization, interpretation, and reporting were conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis showed that the number of articles has increased over the years. After 2005, there have been at least 25 articles each year. The number of articles is the highest in 2022 (7.6%), followed by 2024 (7.3%) and 2021 (7.0%), while 1996, 2001, and 2002 had the fewest articles (0.2%). The most used ten keywords are algebra, mathematics education, mathematics, problem-solving, linear algebra, early algebra, algebraic thinking, curriculum, computer algebra system, and function. The core topics are algebra, problem-solving, functions, and linear algebra. Curriculum, computer algebra systems, early algebra, and covariational reasoning are potential core topics. Moreover, the most productive author is Timothy Fukawa-Connelly, with 21 articles, followed by Eric J. Knuth and Ana Stephens, each with 14 articles. Besides, Eric J. Knuth and Ana Stephens are the most cited authors, with 754 and 648 citations, respectively, and are also the most collaborative, frequently working with each other and with other scholars on early algebra, equality, and algebraic and functional thinking. The most productive country is the USA, with 881 (50.1%) articles. Turkiye (6%) and England (4%) follow the USA in terms of productivity, with 122 and 76 articles, respectively. According to the links, the USA is the most collaborative country. It collaborates with many countries in both Europe and the East. The second-most collaborative country is England, followed by Spain. The USA has the strongest link with Turkiye, indicating the highest level of collaboration between the two countries. The People's Republic of China has the second-highest link strength with the USA. While most productive institutions are Temple University, followed by the University of Delaware and the University of Wisconsin, most collaborative ones are the University of Texas at Austin, followed by Temple University, the University of Delaware, and Arizona State University. References Blanton, M., Levi, L., Crites, T., Dougherty, B., & Zbiek, R. M. (2011). Developing essential understandings of algebraic thinking for teaching mathematics in grades 3–5 (Series in Essential Understandings). National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Brizuela, B., & Schliemann, A. (2004). Ten-year-old students solving linear equations. For the Learning of Mathematics, 24(2), 33-40. Confrey, J., & Smith, E. (1995). Splitting, covariation, and their role in the development of exponential functions. Journal for research in mathematics education, 26(1), 66-86. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.26.1.0066 Glassmeyer, D., & Edwards, B. (2016). How middle grade teachers think about algebraic reasoning. Mathematics Teacher Education and Development, 18(2), 92-106. Hayu, S. R., & Angraini, L. M. (2024). Research trends of students’ mathematical ability on algebra materials based on gender: Bibliometric analysis. International Journal of Applied Learning and Research in Algebra, 1(2), 120-128. https://doi.org/10.56855/algebra.v1i2.1268 Hegedus, S. J., & Kaput, J. (2003). The effect of a simcalc connected classroom on students' algebraic thinking. International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education, 3, 47-54. Jacobs, V. R., Franke, M. L., Carpenter, T. P., Levi, L., and Battey, D. (2007). Professional development focused on children’s algebraic reasoning in elementary school. J. Res. Math. Educ. 38(3), 258–288. https://doi.org/10.2307/30034868 Jamil, N., Rosli, R., & Mahmud, M. S. (2025). Algebraic trends impact school mathematics education: A bibliometric review. Multidisciplinary Reviews, 8(9), 2025261. https://doi.org/10.31893/multirev.2025261 Kaput, J. J. (1999). Teaching and learning a new algebra. In Mathematics classrooms that promote understanding (pp. 133-155). Routledge. Kieran, C. (2004). Algebraic thinking in the early grades: What is it. The Mathematics Educator, 8(1), 139-151. Lee, J., & Pang, J. (2021). Students’ opposing conceptions of equations with two equal signs. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 23(3), 209-224. https://doi.org/10.1080/10986065.2020.1777364 National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. (2000). Principles and standards for school mathematics. Reston. Passas, I. (2024). Bibliometric analysis: the main steps. Encyclopedia, 4(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/encyclopedia4020065 Stein, M. K., Kaufman, J. H., Sherman, M., & Hillen, A. F. (2011). Algebra: A challenge at the crossroads of policy and practice. Review of Educational Research, 81(4), 453-492. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543114230 Veith, J. M., Beste, M. L., Kindervater, M., Krause, M., Straulino, M., Greinert, F., & Bitzenbauer, P. (2023). Mathematics education research on algebra over the last two decades: Quo vadis? Frontiers in Education, 8, https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1211920 Wang, Y. (2008). On visual semantic algebra (VSA) and the cognitive process of pattern recognition. In Proceedings of the 7th IEEE International Conference on Cognitive Informatics (pp. 384–393). IEEE. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Problem-Posing Skills of Gifted and Non-Identified Students on A Geometrical Task 1: İnönü University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Middle East Technical University Presenting Author:Problem-posing is considered as an important component of mathematics education and a powerful tool for fostering students’ mathematical thinking, creativity, and conceptual understanding. To show its importance in 1938, Einstein and Infeld wrote: “The formulation of a problem is often more essential than its solution, which maybe merely a matter of mathematical or experimental skill. To raise new questions, new possibilities, to regard old questions from a new angle, requires creative imagination and marks real advance in science” (p. 92). Despite traditional evaluation tests and approaches, modern literature emphasizes that mathematical ability should be assessed not only in terms of results but also in terms of process (Sriraman, 2005). In this context, problem-posing comes to the forefront as a fundamental tool that makes students’ mental processes visible. In literature, different perspectives have been put forward in defining this concept. Silver (1994) defined mathematical problem-posing as both the generation of new problems and the re-formulation of given problems. Also, Stoyanova and Ellerton (1996) examined problem-posing under the light of instructional situations, and they defined problem-posing as “the process by which, on the basis of mathematical experience, students construct personal interpretations on concrete situations and formulate them as meaningful mathematical problems” (p. 518), and classified as free situation, semi structured situation and structured situations. When we look at the modern synthesis, research indicates that children lacking prior experience in problem posing can nonetheless formulate realistic, inventive, multi-step mathematical questions derived from diverse scenarios (Cai et al., 2015). This renders problem-posing an activity with a high-ceiling and low-floor affording all children the opportunity to make sense of mathematics (Cai & Hwang, 2021). In addition, English (1997) asserted that problem posing provides the opportunity for teachers to gain insight into students’ understanding of mathematical concepts and processes.
Geometry is a field of mathematics utilizing abstract and visual thinking. It holds particular importance in problem-posing exercises (Shriki & Lavy, 2012; Van Harpen & Sriraman, 2013). Research has shown that students often experience conceptual difficulties when posing problems in the context of geometry, but problem-posing activities improve students’ geometric reasoning, and with appropriate guidance, they can create meaningful and creative problems (Kontorovich & Koichu, 2013). In this respect, geometric problem-posing tasks are used as an effective tool distinguishing students’ level of mathematical thinking. Studies conducted with diverse student profiles, including gifted students, have examined how mathematical ability differs; some significant research has even directly compared gifted and non-gifted students. The literature indicates that gifted students, compared to non-gifted students, pose more original, complex, high-cognition problems that maintain logical consistency by making structural transformation rather than superficial changes in geometrical tasks, demonstrating greater success in transforming given situations and creating new mathematical structures (Aydoğdu İskenderoğlu & Yurtbakan, 2023; Espinoza et al., 2022). Compared to problem solving, problem posing represented a neglected area of research, but in recent years the mathematics education community has been increasingly focused on mathematical problem-posing for more than thirty years (Getzels, 1979; Kontorovich et al., 2012). Despite the increasing importance of problem-posing studies, there is a lack of studies in the field comparing gifted children with their peers who are non-identified as gifted, such as semi-structured problem-posing (Espinoza et al., 2022. This study attempts to close the gap by comparing gifted and non-identified students’ problem-posing process, which is under-studied relative to problem solving, using a geometric figure as the mathematical domain in order to contribute internationally. In this respect, the study has the following research question: How gifted students and their non-identified peers differ in the mathematical problem-posing based on given geometrical tasks? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This case study, as a qualitative approach, aims to investigate how gifted students and their non-identified peers differentiate in problem posing process based on the given geometrical task. In this regard, the participants consisted of four gifted students aged 14-15, two girls and two boys, two in the 8th grade and two in the 9th grade, and four non-identified students, three boys and one girl, in 9th grade studying in Türkiye. One of the gifted 9th-grade students stated that she has been diagnosed since the 3rd grade and love mathematics because of the problem-solving techniques she developed herself, while another stated that he has been diagnosed since the 2nd grade, enjoy listening to and learning mathematics in class, and do not accept anything without questioning it. Two other gifted students in 8th grade stated that they had been diagnosed since 2nd grade and had an interest in mathematics. Mathematics grades of non-identified students were served as a criterion, with two students achieving scores of 70 and two others attaining scores of 80 on their initial math examinations during the fall semester of 2025/2026, signifying moderate academic success, their general attitudes towards mathematics were determined as positive. In order to collect the data, an open-ended geometrical task (Xie & Masingila, 2017, p.116) was used with the item to reveal problem posing skills of the participants. As the students involved in the study were minors, parental consent forms were disseminated to their families prior to data collection, and these forms were subsequently retrieved with the requisite signatures of consent. On the same day, a 50-minute after-school session was used to implement the data collection task for gifted students. For non-identified students, the task was given over a 50-minute period in a classroom setting but outside of class time. The two participant group implementations are separated by one week. Data was analyzed based on “Scoring Rubric for Problem Pose Skills” (Cankoy & Özder, 2016) consisting of the following dimensions: 1) solvability; 2) reasonability; 3) mathematical structure (result-unknown vs start-unknown); 4) context (routine vs non-routine), and 5) language. Also, according to this rubric, the maximum score that can be obtained for each problem is 6. Throughout the data analysis process, both authors deliberated on their perspectives regarding the scoring system, and discussions persisted until they reached a consensus on the final scores and methodologies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Upon analyzing the problem-posing performance of gifted students, a 9th grade gifted student posed five problems and achieved a total score of 16 points, while another 9th grade student posed three problems and attained 10 points, with the maximum score for each problem being 6 according to the rubric. 8th grade gifted students posed four and five problems, achieving scores of 11 and 13 points, respectively. The findings suggest that the quantity and quality of problem-posing among gifted students do not consistently and concurrently advance. When analyzing the problem-posing performance of non-identified students, it was noted that although the quantity of problems they posed was largely comparable, there were marked discrepancies in their overall rubric scores. A non-identified student posed four problems and attained a total of 9 points, whereas the other students posed four problems and scored 6 and 5 points, respectively. Yet, another non-identified student, performed exceptionally well in the group and received a total of 20 points for posing five problems. These results show that among non-identified students, the number of problems posed is similar but the problems' quality can vary greatly. Besides, the problems posed by non-identified students contain misconceptions and inappropriate use of mathematical language (e.g. "round" instead of "circle" and "diameter of a square" instead of "side length of a square"). Gifted students perform more consistently in terms of quality during the problem-posing process. Moreover, none of the 8 students were able to pose a non-routine problem and to use start-unknown approach as a mathematical structure. This study's findings indicate that problem-posing performance cannot be evaluated solely by the quantity of problems generated, and that qualitative assessment using rubrics uncovers distinctions; thus, future research could investigate structured practices and methodologies to enhance the qualitative aspect of the problem-posing process of gifted and non-identified students. References Aydoğdu İskenderoğlu, T. & Yurtbakan, E. (2023). Comparison of problem-posing skills of gifted and non-gifted primary school students. International Journal of Contemporary Educational Research, 10(1), 120-130. https://doi.org/10.33200/ijcer.1185364 Cai, J., & Hwang, S. (2021). Teachers as redesigners of curriculum to teach mathematics through problem posing: Conceptualization and initial findings of a problem-posing project. ZDM–Mathematics Education, 53(6), 1403–1416. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-021-01252-3 Cai, J., Hwang, S., Jiang, C.,& Silber, S. (2015). Problem-Posing Research in Mathematics Education: Some Answered and Unanswered Questions. In: Singer, F., F. Ellerton, N., Cai, J. (eds) Mathematical Problem Posing. Research in Mathematics Education. Springer, New York, NY. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-6258-3_1 Cankoy, O., & Özder, H. (2017). Generalizability theory research on developing a scoring rubric to assess primary school students' problem posing skills. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 13(6), 2423-2439. https://doi.org/10.12973/eurasia.2017.01233a Einstein, A., & Infeld, L. (1938). The evolution of physics (p. 92). New York: Simon and Schuster. English, L.D., (1997). The development of fifth grade children’s problem posing abilities. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 34, 183–217. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1002963618035 Espinoza, J., Lupiáñez, J. L., & Segovia, I. (2022). A study of the complexity of problems posed by talented students in mathematics. Mathematics, 10(11), 1841. https://doi.org/10.3390/math10111841 Getzels, J. W. (1979). Problem finding: A theoretical note. Cognitive Science, 3(2), 167–171. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15516709cog0302_4 Koichu, B., & Kontorovich, I. (2013). Dissecting success stories on mathematical problem posing: A case of the Billiard Task. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 83(1), 71-86. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-012-9431-9 Kontorovich, I., Koichu, B., Leikin, R., & Berman, A. (2012). An exploratory framework for handling the complexity of mathematical problem posing in small groups. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 31(1), 149-161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmathb.2011.11.002 Shriki, A., & Lavy, I. (2012). Problem posing in a dynamic geometry environment and the development of mathematical insights. The International Journal of Learning, 18(5), 61-70. Sriraman, B. (2005). Are giftedness and creativity synonyms in mathematics? An analysis of constructs within the professional and school realms. The Journal of Secondary Gifted Education, 17(1), 20–36. https://doi.org/10.4219/jsge-2005-389 Stoyanova, E., & Ellerton, N. F. (1996). A framework for research into students’ problem posing in school mathematics. In P. Clarkson(Ed.), Technology in mathematics education (pp. 518-525). Xie, J., & Masingila, J. O. (2017). Examining interactions between problem posing and problem solving with prospective primary teachers: A case of using fractions. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 96(1), 101-118. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-017-9760-9 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Key Concepts and Difficulties in Sketching Graphs of Polar Equations Hacettepe University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The development of polar coordinates dates back to the 17th century (Boyer & Merzbach, 2011; Eves, 1990). Polar coordinates are widely used in various disciplines such as mathematics, physics, engineering, and STEM (Borji & Voskoglou, 2016; Haro & Aguilar, 2025; Paoletti et al., 2013). At the collegiate level, the polar coordinate system is an essential concept for studying advanced mathematics and is involved across a variety of courses, including pre-calculus and multivariable calculus (Borji et al., 2020; Habre, 2017; Paoletti et al., 2013). In the context of calculus-related instruction, students are introduced to the relationship between polar and Cartesian coordinate systems, how to convert between them, and sketch polar curves (Borji et al., 2020). The polar coordinate system is defined as “a two-dimensional coordinate system where each point on the plane has two indicators: a distance from the pole, r, as the first coordinate and an angle from a reference direction, θ, as the second coordinate” (Borji et al., 2020, p.408). Unlike Cartesian coordinates, where each point has a unique representation, a point in polar coordinates can be represented in infinitely many ways (Borji & Voskoglou, 2016; Haro & Aguilar, 2025). This difference is considered one of the sources of students’ difficulties with polar coordinates (Haro & Aguilar, 2025). When engaging with polar coordinates, students often remain constrained by the habits and modes of thinking developed through their prior experiences with Cartesian coordinates (Moore et al., 2014). Even though it is critical for students’ mathematics learning, research on the polar coordinate system is notably limited (Moore et al., 2014). Moreover, the extant literature indicates that undergraduate students have difficulties with polar coordinates (Habre, 2017; Haro & Aguilar, 2025; Moore et al., 2014). More attention should be devoted to investigating how students construct their understanding of the polar coordinate system, and the challenges they encounter during this process (Montiel et al., 2008; Moore et al., 2014; Sayre & Wittman, 2007). In addition, although graphing has received considerable attention in mathematics education, comparatively little research has focused on graphing in polar coordinates (Habre, 2017). In this respect, this study aims to investigate the concepts that prospective mathematics teachers consider and the difficulties they encounter when sketching graphs of polar equations. Hence, this study aims to answer the following research questions: Which concepts do prospective mathematics teachers take into account when sketching graphs of polar equations? What difficulties do prospective mathematics teachers encounter when sketching graphs of polar equations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was designed as a case study (Merriam, 2009) focusing on prospective mathematics teachers’ approaches and difficulties when sketching graphs of polar equations. Participants were second-year students enrolled in the Elementary Mathematics Education program at a state university. Within the scope of an undergraduate course, prospective mathematics teachers were instructed over a two-week period on fundamental concepts of polar coordinates. The instructional content included plotting points in polar coordinates, determining equivalent polar coordinates, converting between polar and Cartesian coordinate systems, transforming equations between polar and Cartesian forms, and sketching graphs of polar equations. Following the instruction period, Question 1 on sketching a polar graph was posed, and 70 prospective mathematics teachers responded. Question 2, which was similar in nature, was posed at the end of the semester and received 55 responses. Questions 1 and 2 are presented below. Question 1. Sketch the graph of the polar equation r=1+2sin3θ Question 2. Sketch the graph of the polar equation r=1+2cos2θ In the data analysis process, the six-step qualitative data analysis framework proposed by Creswell (2013) was employed to analyze both research questions. Initially, the data were organized and prepared through categorization. Next, the entire data set was examined to obtain a general sense of the responses. In the subsequent step, the data were coded by identifying meaningful units, and these codes were used to develop categories, descriptions, and themes. The results were then presented using tables. Finally, the findings were interpreted by relating them to the existing literature and drawing conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the results, prospective mathematics teachers considered the following key concepts while sketching graphs of polar equations: examining possible symmetries of the graph with respect to the polar axis, the line θ=π/2, and the pole, considering the signs of r and θ values, determining the appropriate interval for θ to ensure the entire graph is captured, deciding how many points should be calculated to adequately represent the shape of the graph, identifying the points, and using them as references in the sketch. Regarding the second research question, it was found that some participants had limited content knowledge in particular concepts, such as trigonometry and functions. In addition, they had difficulties in plotting polar points with negative r and θ values. Some participants did not conceptualize polar graphs as curves, which may be attributed to their prior experience with Cartesian coordinates. Consistent findings were reported in the studies of Borji and Voskoglou (2016) and Haro and Aguilar (2025). Borji and Voskoglou (2016) stated that students’ difficulties in polar coordinate problems are related to limited prior knowledge of trigonometric angles and functions, limited understanding of Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates and equations, and transitions between them. According to Haro and Aguilar (2025), learning obstacles in the polar coordinates can be grouped into two categories: epistemological and didactical. Epistemological obstacles included reliance on Cartesian knowledge and challenges with negative values, multiple representations of the pole, and intersections of polar graphs, while didactical obstacles involved graphing in polar coordinates, interpreting polar functions, and converting between Cartesian and polar forms. References Borji, V., Erfani, H., & Font, V. (2020). A combined application of APOS and OSA to explore undergraduate students’ understanding of polar coordinates. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 51(3), 405-423. https://doi.org/10.1080/0020739X.2019.1578904 Borji, V., & Voskoglou, M. G. (2016). Applying the APOS theory to study the student understanding of the polar coordinates. American Journal of Educational Research, 4(16), 1149–1156. Boyer, C. B., & Merzbach, U. (2011). A history of mathematics (3rd ed.). John Wiley and Sons. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. SAGE Publications. Eves, H. (1990). An introduction to the history of mathematics. Brooks/Cole- Thomson Learning. Habre, S. (2017). Students’ challenges with polar functions: covariational reasoning and plotting in the polar coordinate system. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 48(1), 48–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/0020739X.2016.1220027 Haro, A., & Aguilar, M. S. (2025). Learning obstacles and teaching proposals associated with the polar coordinate system: A literature review. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 56(5), 828–850. https://doi.org/10.1080/0020739X.2023.2295903 Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (2nd ed.). John Wiley & Sons. Montiel, M., Vidakovic, D., & Kabael, T. (2008). Relationship between students’ understanding of functions in Cartesian and polar coordinate systems. Investigations in Mathematics Learning, 1(2), 52–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/24727466.2008.11790283 Moore, K. C., Paoletti, T., & Musgrave, S. (2014). Complexities in students’ construction of the polar coordinate system. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 36, 135–149. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jmathb.2014.10.001 Paoletti, T., Moore, K. C., Gammaro, J., & Musgrave, S. (2013). Students’ emerging understandings of the polar coordinate system. In (Eds.) S. Brown, G. Karakok, K. H. Roh, and M. Oehrtman, Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Conference on Research in Undergraduate Mathematics Education (pp. 366–380). University of Northern Colorado. Sayre, E., & Wittman, M. (2007). Intermediate mechanics students’ coordinate system choice. Electronic Proceedings for the Tenth Special Interest Group of the Mathematical Association of America on Research in Undergraduate Mathematics Education Conference on Research in Undergraduate Mathematics Education, San Diego. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 25 SES 02 A: Realising Children's Rights to Sustainability: Agency, Material Structures, and Participatory Practices Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Sara Lannin Session Chair: Katarzyna Gawlicz Symposium |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Symposium Realising Children's Rights to Sustainability: Agency, Material Structures, and Participatory Practices As climate change intensifies and social inequalities persist, the need to connect children's rights to sustainability has never been more urgent. Sustainability, understood holistically to encompass environmental, social, and economic dimensions, is deeply intertwined with children's experiences in educational contexts (Sinakou et al., 2019). International legal frameworks, such as the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UN, 1989) and the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights (European Union, 2012), position children as rights-holders with legitimate stakes in decisions affecting their present and future. Yet despite widespread adoption of these frameworks and commitments to children's rights across governments and international organisations, a significant gap remains between rhetoric and practice in sustainability issues. Children are often positioned as passive recipients of both sustainability policies and environmental education, rather than as active agents capable of meaningful engagement with complex sustainability challenges. This symposium examines how children's rights to participate in sustainability are realised or constrained through the material and structural conditions of their educational lives. This symposium brings together papers exploring a central argument: children's rights to participate in sustainability are not abstract principles but are mediated through concrete materials, objects, and institutional structures. Drawing on the dual analytical threads of agency and participation alongside the material-structural nexus, we examine how physical objects, spatial arrangements, and institutional frameworks shape children's capacity to act and engage with sustainability while exercising their rights to participation and to a healthy environment. These material-structural arrangements can either enable or constrain meaningful agency, revealing that the realisation of children's rights depends fundamentally on the tangible conditions through which participation becomes possible. Together, these three papers demonstrate that realising children's rights to sustainability requires attending to the material-structural conditions shaping participation, recognising that objects and institutional arrangements are not neutral containers for rights but active forces configuring what forms of agency become possible for children. The first paper explores how environmental certification schemes structure opportunities for children to exercise agency in Early Childhood Education (ECE) settings in Norway. Examining Green Flag eco-certification program documents and interviews with ECE staff, this paper shows how Green Flag settings create opportunities for children to exercise agency through formal participatory structures, expecting children to serve on committees and evaluate their institution's environmental practices. The material dimensions of this participation are evident in children's hands-on engagement with growing and harvesting crops and cooking. This study reveals how institutional frameworks can open spaces for children's environmental agency while also establishing the boundaries within which such agency operates, raising questions about the depth and authenticity of participation within certified structures. The second paper investigates an often-overlooked site where children's rights intersect with sustainability concerns. Focusing on Scottish school uniforms, this paper explores tensions created by garments intended to promote belonging, yet whose materials and embedded logos prevent children from engaging in sustainability practices such as recycling. The paper addresses how choices related to school uniforms have sustainability implications beyond environmental impacts, including economic consequences for households. It reframes school clothing as an active force shaping social and environmental systems, illuminating how decisions about badges and fabrics can restrict children's participation in sustainable practices. The third paper explores how videogames can function as participatory tools building children's knowledge and skills for engaging in climate decisions within their communities. This paper examines the digital-material dimension of participation, investigating how game mechanics and interactive interfaces can develop capacities necessary for exercising rights to participation in sustainability governance. Unlike traditional educational approaches positioning children as learners rather than decision-makers, games offer possibilities for practising deliberation, understanding complex systems, and developing agency in addressing climate challenges impacting their local contexts.
References European Union. (2012). Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. 2012/C 326/02 Sinakou, E., Boeve-de Pauw, J. & Van Petegem, P. Exploring the concept of sustainable development within education for sustainable development: implications for ESD research and practice. Environ Dev Sustain 21, 1–10 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-017-0032-8 United Nations (1989) Convention on the Rights of the Child. E/CN.4/RES/1990/74 Presentations of the Symposium Eco-certification and Children’s Agency
The aim of this study is to examine whether the eco-certification “Green Flag” facilitates children’s agency at the early childhood education level (ECE), and if it does, the study seeks to examine how it is done. In the Nordic countries, sustainability education is embedded in national curricula (Nordahl et al., 2025), requiring teachers to integrate sustainability into everyday pedagogical activities. At the same time, a growing number of ECE institutions are being eco-certified, either voluntarily or by mandate from institutional owners. However, research shows only marginal differences in sustainability practices between certified and non-certified institutions (Ohlsson et al., 2025), raising questions about the actual impact of certification.
The study is grounded in the understanding that children as human beings have the right to participation, autonomy and self-determination, as is determined by the UNCRC (1989). Particularly, children’s right to participate - Article 12 - and children’s right to freedom of expression - Article 13 - are relevant articles for which to understand children’s agency. Furthermore, agency not just understood in a judicial perspective. It is understood as an individual’s activities, competencies and capacities through which they navigate the contexts and positions of their lifeworlds (Robson et all., 2007, p. 135). According to Robson et al., (2007) children’s experience with and opportunities for exercising agency depends on who they are with, what they are doing and where they are. In this study, the eco-certification is seen as a structure that opens and closes opportunities for exercising agency.
Empirical data is drawn from content analysing certification documents and supplemented by data drawn from nine semi-structured group interviews with 25 ECE staff members. In six of the participating institutions, certification was mandated by the owner, while three chose to certify voluntarily. Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed, and analyzed using thematic analysis. The study has been approved by the Norwegian ethical committee (SIKT).
Preliminary findings suggest that Green Flag offers various opportunities for children to exercise agency. The certification documents, expect children to partake in a committee and evaluate how environmentally friendly their ECE institution is. According to the ECE teachers, children actively participate in growing and harvesting crops, as well as in cooking.
References:
United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child.
Norðdahl, K. et.al. (2025). https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2389945
Ohlsson, A. et.al. (2025). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sftr.2025.101113
Robson, Bell and Klocker (2007). https://ndl.ethernet.edu.et/bitstream/123456789/1945/1/15.pdf.pdf
Material Matters: Reimagining School Uniforms through Children’s Rights and Sustainability
School uniforms shape children’s everyday embodied experiences, influencing comfort, freedom of movement, and participation in physical activities (Ryan, et al, 2024). Uniforms connect children’s rights to sustainability concerns. In Scotland, uniforms typically feature embroidered badges on t-shirts, polo shirts, jumpers and blazers. While intended to promote belonging, these embedded logos prevent garments from being recycled, contributing to unnecessary textile waste. The choice of fabrics, such as wool versus polyester, affects household costs and environmental impact, as while synthetic blazers may be cheaper to buy, they have long-term ecological consequences due to their non-biodegradable nature. An estimated 1.4 million items of UK school uniform enter landfill yearly (BBC, 2022).
This paper draws on a comparison of school clothing and uniform policies across all publicly funded secondary schools in Scotland (n=357) and a survey of school uniform clothing banks (n=11). Working with NGO and Education Scotland colleagues, a tripartite heuristic was developed to explain the findings and their implications for children’s rights. This heuristic device portrays school uniform concerns as relating to affordability, comfort and sustainability. The term ‘comfort’ was used to cover equality, diversity, inclusion and tactile comfort. The graphical depiction of the heuristic is part of the Scottish Government national guidance on school uniforms for schools and education authorities, children and young people, and parents and carers (Scottish Government, 2024a, b and c).
New materialism is used to reconceptualise uniforms not as passive objects but as active participants in interconnected social and ecological systems. From fibre cultivation and manufacturing to daily embodied use and end of life disposal, uniforms both shape and are shaped by, environmental and social relations. Sustainable uniform design and manufacture and improved environmentally friendly care (e.g., cold water washing, repairing) offer pathways to reducing waste and extending the clothes’ lifespans. Community-driven initiatives such as swap shops and regional school uniform banks demonstrate how material practices can foster circular economy practices as well as supporting families living in poverty.
Debates about the most sustainable and comfortable fabrics (Derafshi et al, 2025) highlight tensions between environmental concerns (including pesticide use in cotton farming), ethical production and bodily comfort. Recognising the embodied and material dimensions of uniforms demonstrates the need for policy reform which aims for social justice. Recommendations include limiting or eliminating branded items, supporting second-hand schemes, and promoting sustainable materials. Such approaches can reduce economic disparities, respect children’s rights to dignity and education and advance environmental goals.
References:
BBC Newsround (2022) What do you do with your old school uniform? https://www.bbc.co.uk/newsround/61774208
Derafshi, M., Black, C., & Strawderman, L. (2025). Police officers’ uniform needs: an undershirt wear protocol. International Journal of Fashion Design, Technology and Education, 1-8.
Ryan, M., Ricardo, L. I., Nathan, N., Hofmann, R., & van Sluijs, E. (2024). Are school uniforms associated with gender inequalities in physical activity? A pooled analysis of population-level data from 135 countries/regions. Journal of sport and health science, 13(4), 590-598.
Scottish Government. (2024a). School uniform and clothing: Guidance for schools and education authorities, https://www.gov.scot/publications/school-uniform-clothing-guidance-schools-education-authorities/
Scottish Government. (2024b). School uniform and clothing information for children and young people, https://www.gov.scot/publications/school-uniform-clothing-resource-pupils/documents/
Scottish Government. (2024c). School uniform and clothing guidance: Information for Parents and Carers, https://www.gov.scot/publications/school-uniform-clothing-guidance-information-parents-carers/
Digital Games as Enablers of Children's Rights to Participation in Climate Decision-making
Children are especially vulnerable to and disproportionately affected by present and future consequences of the global environmental crisis. Intergenerational justice requires that the present generation of decision-makers act to ensure sustainable life opportunities for coming generations, yet children's voices remain largely marginalised in climate governance (Daly et al., 2025). While children have the right to participate in all matters affecting them under international law, governments as duty bearers often fail to translate these legal entitlements into meaningful opportunities for participation. The severity of the climate crisis demands that all stakeholders, including children, be included in climate decision-making. This paper explores how video games can function as accessible and engaging tools for children's climate participation.
Part of the Craft-My-Street project, which bridges gaming, learning, and participatory decision-making for climate action, this research draws on qualitative and quantitative data collected through interviews with teachers, focus groups, questionnaires and playtesting workshops with children across six schools in Ireland—two secondary schools and four primary schools. During the playtesting workshops, children learned nature-based solutions for climate change problems to later collaboratively mapped sustainability initiatives for their communities. They then through a customised version of the video game Minecraft that recreated their local contexts in a digital work, built and tested their climate actions. These gaming environments became spaces where children could articulate, visualise, and communicate their ideas about climate futures in their communities.
The findings reveal that digital games serve as powerful enablers of children's participation rights in climate decision-making. The video games created accessible, child-friendly spaces where children can engage with complex sustainability challenges on their own terms, using familiar digital materials and interfaces. The digital-material nature of games allows children to move beyond passive consultation toward active co-creation of climate solutions, transforming abstract rights into actions.
This paper argues that games are not merely pedagogical tools that inspire and motivate to action (Levchyk et al., 2021) but a critical infrastructure for realising children's participation rights (Martinez Sainz et al., 2025). As both spaces (virtual environments for engagement) and materials (digital interfaces, game mechanics, creative tools), games can configure new possibilities for children's climate participation. They can empower children as rights-holders capable of contributing meaningfully to climate governance while making their participation accessible to adult decision-makers. This research demonstrates how digital technologies can materialise participatory rights, creating conditions under which children's voices become integral to climate decision-making processes that affect their lives and futures.
References:
Daly, A., Purcell, N., Calvo-Fernández, E. M., & Margaret Murray, E. (2025). Participation and Postpaternalism: Child/youth Climate Action and the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. The International Journal of Children's Rights, 33(3), 562-593. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-33030001
Levchyk, I., Chaikovska, H., Yankovych, O., & Rozhko-Pavlyshyn, T. (2021). Formation of sustainable development competencies in primary school children. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 12(2), 341-360. https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs2021.2.341.360
Martinez Sainz, G,. Rebel, M., Ioannidou, O., Sousa deSena, I., and Cocco, C. (2025) Children’s climate participation and voice: Games as a way to amplify children’s participatory rights in Ireland. PublicPolicy.IE https://publicpolicy.ie/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Policy-Brief_Climate-Participation_Final.pdf
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 02 A: Leadership Preparation & Professional Development (Part 1) Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ye Wang Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educators’ Views of Preschool Principals’ Accountability for Quality Work in Sweden’s National School Leadership Training Programme Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:This study examines how Sweden’s National School Leadership Training Programme (NSLT), and the educators who deliver it, interpret and adapt its content to support preschool principals’ accountability for quality work. Preschool principals’ leadership is widely recognized as central to ensuring high‑quality preschool provision, and several studies underscore the need for robust leadership competencies and professional training to meet the complex demands of the role (Douglass, 2019; Gibbs, 2021; Lee et al., 2025). Yet, as both the OECD (2019) and the European Commission (2019) emphasize, leadership training in preschools remains an area requiring sustained policy attention. According to UNESCO (2024), many countries still lack coherent pathways for leadership preparation, and this absence of formal, specialized training contributes to significant disparities in preschool principals’ pedagogical leadership, staff support, and the learning environments they cultivate. At the same time, UNESCO notes a gradual international shift: an increasing number of countries—including Australia, Finland, Malaysia, Singapore, and the United States—have introduced clearer qualification requirements for preschool principals that combine expertise in early childhood education with structured management or leadership training. Sweden’s NSLT programme aligns with this international shift yet also distinguishes itself through a particularly far‑reaching, policy‑driven effort to strengthen preschool principals’ leadership (SOU, 2017). The NSLT programme is legally required to be initiated within two years of appointment as a preschool principal (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2025). However, this legal requirement is relatively recent: until June 2019, the NSLT programme was mandated only for school principals, while preschool principals could participate voluntarily (Ordinance, 2019:562). As preschool principals are now subject to the same legal accountability for quality, equity, and governance as principals in other school forms, the earlier distinction became increasingly untenable. The extension of the requirement sought to ensure that preschool principals are equally equipped to meet their expanded accountabilities (SOU, 2017). The NSLT programme runs for three years and comprises 30 ECTS credits (Skott & Törnsén, 2018). The Swedish government oversees the national policy processes for the NSLT programme (Jerdborg, 2022, 2023), forming part of the state’s governance of preschool activity. The Swedish National Agency for Education sets the programme’s objectives in line with national legislation (Brauckmann et al., 2023). Higher education institutions apply to SNAE for authorisation to deliver the programme by demonstrating how they will interpret and implement its content and goals (Jerdborg, 2022). As of 2025, seven universities are commissioned to run the NSLT programme: Karlstad University, Linnaeus University, Mid Sweden University, Stockholm University, Umeå University, the University of Gothenburg, and Uppsala University (SNAE, 2025). While the centralised structure ensures national coherence, it also raises questions about how national governance arrangements shape preschool principals’ accountabilities. The strong central governance embedded in the NSLT programme may unintentionally constrain professional autonomy by privileging state‑defined leadership ideals over locally negotiated understandings of quality. Previous research suggests that policy‑driven reforms concerning preschool principals’ accountabilities for quality generate new forms of complexity. Rather than simply strengthening principals’ quality work, such reforms may reshape professional patterns of work (e.g., Sundström, 2025), redistribute accountabilities (e.g., Rudeberg, 2025a), and introduce new accountability pressures (e.g., Rudeberg, 2025b) that complicate the everyday practice of quality work. Against this backdrop, this study aims to explore and analyse how educators within the Swedish National School Leadership Training (NSLT) programme interpret and adapt the NSLT programme content in relation to preschool principals’ accountability for quality work. The study is guided by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In autumn 2025, data were collected through semi structured interviews with 13 educators who at that time worked in the NSLT programme. Each interview was conducted digitally, video recorded, and lasted approximately one hour. Before the interviews, an interview guide was developed around five themes: professional background, quality and goal attainment, governance, transnational perspectives, and concluding reflections. These themes provided a framework for understanding how NSLT educators interpret and adopt programme content in relation to preschool principals’ accountability for quality work. The participating educators included six associate professors with doctoral degrees in education, applied educational science, social sciences, and business administration, and seven lecturers with master’s degrees in educational leadership, school development, and law. Their experience in the NSLT ranged from one to fifteen years, with an average of 7.15 years. Ten served as course coordinators across the three main courses—school legislation and public authority, management by goals and objectives, and school leadership and pedagogical leadership. Ten acted as professional supervisors, facilitating reflection and collegial learning among principals, and three were programme leaders responsible for coordinating the NSLT programme’s seminar structures. The data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2021) reflexive thematic analysis, which emphasizes themes as interpretive constructions that capture complexity and contradiction. The process involved familiarisation, systematic coding, theme generation, iterative refinement, and final definition. Three overarching themes were constructed: (1) Tension between generalist design and preschool relevance, highlighting friction between standardized frameworks and preschool needs; (2) Layered governance dynamics, capturing the interplay of local, national, and transnational influences; and (3) Resisting instrumentalism, foregrounding educators’ strategies of critique, negotiation, and subtle defiance against external pressures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show how the NSLT programmes position preschool principals within a governance landscape marked by both structural tensions and opportunities for professional agency. Theme 1 highlights the tension between the NSLT programmes’ generalist design, and the preschool-specific relevance required by participating principals. While national curriculum developments have made it easier to identify similarities across school forms, compulsory school remains the dominant frame of reference. As a result, preschool perspectives risk being marginalized, requiring educators to actively safeguard preschool relevance and leaving preschool principals responsible for translating content not originally designed for their context. Theme 2 shows how preschool principals’ quality work is shaped by layered governance dynamics across transnational, national, and local levels. Transnational influences, such as the UNCRC and OECD, are unevenly integrated into the NSLT programmes. National authorities, particularly the Swedish National Agency for Education and the Swedish Schools Inspectorate, function as key sources of certainty for principals seeking clear guidance. At the local level, standardized templates and reporting systems risk narrowing quality work to compliance, often overshadowing process-oriented understandings of preschool quality. Together, these governance layers foster an instrumental orientation that prioritizes external accountability over context-specific development. Theme 3 illustrates how the NSLT programmes support preschool principals in resisting instrumentalism by cultivating critical perspectives and professional courage. Through theoretical engagement, collegial dialogue, and local investigations, principals are encouraged to view quality as plural, contested, and situated. The concept of the “in-between space” highlights the interpretive room within governance where principals can negotiate demands, set boundaries, and prioritize local needs. Developing the confidence to inhabit this space—questioning assumptions, filtering directives, and asserting professional judgement—emerges as a central outcome of the NSLT programmes. References Brauckmann, S., Pashiardis, P., & Ärlestig, H. (2023). Bringing context and educational leadership together: Fostering the professional development of school principals. Professional development in education, 49(1), 4-15. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Douglass, A. L. (2019). Leadership for quality early childhood education and care. OECD education working papers, (211), 1-31. European Commission. (2019). Key data on early childhood education and care in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. Gibbs, L. (2021). Leading through complexity in early childhood education and care. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 46(4), 335-341. Jerdborg, S. (2022). Educating school leaders: Engaging in diverse orientations to leadership practice. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(2), 287 - 309. Jerdborg, S. (2023). Novice principals in education and their experiences of pedagogical leadership in practice. Journal of Leadership Education, 22(1), 38-55. Lee, Y., Douglass, A., DelVecchio, B., Lopes, A. W., Zeng, S., & Guan, Y. (2025). Scalability of Leadership Development Program in a State Professional Development System. Education Sciences, 15(5), 609. Ordinance [Förordning] (2019:562). Förordning om ändring i förordningen (2011:183) om statsbidrag för rektorsutbildning. Rudeberg, S. (2025a). Recontextualizing the Swedish national preschool curriculum: local authorities’ formulation of preschool principals’ accountability for quality work. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1-16. Rudeberg, S. (2025b). Insights from the Swedish schools inspectorate’s injunctions–15 years of inspecting preschool principals’ systematic quality work. Education Inquiry, 1-23. Skott, P., & Törnsén, M. (2018). Rektorer, utbildning och lärande. IFAU-Institute for Evaluation of Labour Market and Education Policy. Swedish National Agency for Education [Skolverket]. (30 April 2025). Rektorsprogrammet. SOU. (2017). Utbildning, undervisning och ledning – reformvård till stöd för en bättre skola. Statens offentliga utredningar. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper ECEC Centre Leadership in Shifting Assemblages of Expectations and Desire Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Leadership is central to sustaining pedagogical quality, yet it is increasingly shaped by overlapping and often conflicting expectations in early childhood education and care (ECEC). Previous research has shown that ECEC centre leaders face intensifying economic, managerial, and accountability demands alongside a growing emphasis on pedagogical quality (Hjelt & Karila, 2024; Toivonen 2024). Consequently, leaders work in contexts where pedagogical values, organizational rationalities, and administrative responsibilities intersect and compete. The study offers a process‑oriented conceptualization of ECEC leadership that captures how leadership is assembled through discursive negotiations rather than enacted through stable roles. To illuminate this complexity, our study draws on Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari’s (1987/2005) concepts of assemblage and desire. From this perspective, ECEC is understood as a dynamic assemblage rather than a stable system, composed of policies, governance structures, professional discourses, material conditions, staffing situations, time rhythms, and affective intensities that are continuously shifting and being re‑aligned. Within this assemblage, ECEC leadership is not approached as a fixed role or an individual attribute. Instead, leadership emerges from relations between heterogeneous elements and takes shape in temporary stabilizations of the assemblage. Leadership is thus not located in individual leaders but produced through ongoing configurations of relations. Assemblage theory enables a shift from role‑based or individualized accounts of leadership toward an analysis of leadership as produced at the interfaces of multiple assemblages. These interfaces are sites where relations are negotiated, tensions are managed, and subject positions are momentarily formed. Positioning is used as an initial analytical lens to examine leaders’ talk. The analysis then moves beyond positioning to explore how leadership is assembled through intersecting discursive practices and flows of desire. Leadership, in this sense, is inherently provisional and relational, continuously reconfigured as assemblages change (Paananen & Grieshaber, 2022). Building on this assemblage perspective, the concept of desire plays a central analytical role. Desire is not understood as an individual trait or psychological motivation, but as a productive and relational force that circulates within assemblages (Deleuze & Guattari 1983). It moves through policy texts, accountability mechanisms, pedagogical ideals, organizational routines, and everyday encounters, shaping what becomes desirable, legitimate, and possible in leadership practice. By focusing on flows of desire, the paper examines how ECEC centre leaders position themselves within and across assemblages characterized by pedagogical, economic, and organizational demands. These flows inform how leaders align with certain expectations, justify particular practices, and navigate tensions between pedagogical responsibility and managerial imperatives. Empirically situated in the Finnish ECEC system, the study contributes to international debates on leadership under conditions of increasing complexity, governance, and reform. The analysis is guided by two research questions: 1. How is leadership continually negotiated and re-configured through everyday discursive, material, and affective practices within ECEC assemblages? 2. How do flows of desire shape leaders’ choices and priorities at the interfaces of intersecting ECEC assemblages?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research data consist of 13 focus group interviews involving a total of 47 early childhood education and care centre leaders from different regions of Finland. The data were collected by the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre (FINEEC) as part of a national evaluation examining leadership and management systems in Finnish ECEC. All ethical requirements were met in accordance with the guidelines of the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK), including informed consent and the anonymization of participants and institutions. We analyzed the data using a discursive approach that treats language as a material–discursive practice within the assemblage of ECEC leadership. From this perspective, leadership is understood as an emergent and relational process rather than a stable role or identity (DeLanda 2006). Language use is examined as a set of practices through which responsibility, authority, and expertise are temporarily stabilized or reorganized in everyday interaction( Gee, 2010). Discourse is also approached as a site where different desires are activated, shaping what leadership enables in specific contexts and what it may become. The analysis has been processual and iterative, moving from repeated readings of the full dataset toward a gradual reorganization of the material. Through this process, patterns of meaning‑making were identified and refined. The initial phase of the analysis focused on identifying recurring discursive patterns in leaders’ accounts. This phase resulted in the identification of three initial, emerging discursive orientations: protective, balancing, and top‑down steerin g through which leaders articulated their work in relation to pedagogical values, organizational constraints, and external governance demands . These discourses provided an important analytical starting point by making visible key tensions and orientations in leaders’ talk. However, as the analysis progressed, it became evident that these discourses rarely appeared as discrete or stable categories in the data. Instead, leaders frequently moved between them within single accounts, and often combined elements of protection, balancing, and steering in ways that could not be adequately captured through separate discursive labels. The discourses overlapped, shifted, and interacted, indicating that leadership was not enacted through singular positions but through ongoing negotiations at multiple interfaces. Building on this observation, the analysis proceeded to a second step, which shifted the focus from identifying discourses as such to examining how these discursive orientations intersect and co-function in practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Rather than focusing on which discourse appeared where, the analysis shifted to what these discursive movements did: how they helped leaders manage pressures, balance competing demands, and connect different organizational levels. The three initial discourses: protective, balancing, and top-down steering, remained the starting point, but we traced how they intersected and worked together in practice. This shift aligns with an assemblage perspective, emphasizing relationships, process, and emergence over fixed roles or identities. Through this process, three new analytical arrangements were developed: Buffering leadership, Strained coherence, and Delegated steering. These configurations describe recurring ways in which leadership is assembled through the interaction of discursive resources, affects, and organizational conditions. Buffering leadership appeared where protective and top-down steering discourses intersected, with leaders mediating and softening external demands to protect pedagogical work and staff well-being. Strained coherence emerged at the intersection of protective and balancing discourses, reflecting ongoing efforts to hold together pedagogical, organizational, and emotional demands through fragile compromises. Delegated steering arose where balancing and top-down steering discourses converged, highlighting leadership enacted through compliance and accountability in contexts of limited decision-making power. This observation prompted the second analytical step, moving beyond the identification of discrete discourses to examine how they intersect and co-function within the broader assemblage of ECEC leadership. The analysis increasingly attended to what these discursive movements accomplished: enabling leaders to absorb pressures, negotiate competing demands, and mediate across organizational levels. This reorientation not only aligns with an assemblage perspective but also illuminates the flows of desire, tensions, and possibilities that animate everyday leadership, shaping what leaders can, must, or want to do in practice. References DeLanda, M. (2006). A new philosophy of society: Assemblage theory and social complexity. Continuum. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1983). Anti Oidipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. R. Hurley et al. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (2005). A Thousand Plateaus. Capitalism and Schizophrenia II, translated by Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK (2012). Responsible conduct of research and procedures for handling allegations of misconduct in Finland. https://tenk.fi/sites/tenk.fi/files/HTK_ ohje_2012.pdf Gee, J. P. (2010). An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and Method. Routledge. Hjelt, H., Karila, K., & Kupila, P. (2024). Time and temporality in early childhood education and care work. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 68(4), 633–646. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2023.2175246 Paananen, M., & Grieshaber, S. (2022). Policies of interlude and interruption: Stories of governance as an assemblage. Journal of Education Policy, 38(3), 367–385. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.2021296 Toivonen, H. (2024). Embodied with data: Early childhood education and care centre director’s stories about living with datafication. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 25(3), 333–346. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Conceptualizing Preservice Teacher Leadership Readiness through Development and Validation of a New Scale The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Research Objectives Teacher leadership is a process whereby teachers take the initiative to influence colleagues to improve teaching quality, actively contribute to the school community, and take leadership responsibility to advance student development (Katzenmeyer & Moller, 2009; York-Barr & Duke, 2004). Numerous studies have shown that equipping preservice teachers with teacher leadership skills is crucial for enhancing their professional learning and empowering them to become active agents of educational changes (Lenarz, 2023; Perines Veliz, 2018). A few studies explored how professional learning in teacher education programmes prepared preservice teachers for teacher leadership (e.g., Leeper et al., 2010; Liu et al., 2025; Rogers & Scales, 2013). However, how well preservice teachers are prepared in teacher leadership skills and be ready to practice teacher leadership in their future educational and teaching work, have yet to be operationalized and measured. This study addressed this gap by developing and validating a new scale of Preservice Teacher Leadership Readiness (PTLR) for measuring preservice teachers’ readiness in teacher leadership and examine its psychometric properties. Additionally, this study aimed to establish a conceptual model of teacher leadership readiness tailored for preservice teachers through the development and validation of the PTLR scale. Theoretical Framework York-Barr & Duke (2004) proposed seven key dimensions of teacher leadership practices, coordination and management, school or district curriculum work, professional development of colleagues, participation in school change, parent and community involvement, contributions to the profession, and preservice teacher education. Nguyen et al (2019) demonstrated those dimensions and found that teacher leaders play an equally important role in two new areas: action research and promotion of social justice. Preservice teacher leadership readiness refers to preservice teachers have a clear understanding of these leadership attributes, and they have the motivation to take initial, specific actions to take on teacher leadership roles (Katzenmeyer & Moller, 2009; King, 2017). Empirical research revealed the knowledge, skills, and competencies that preservice teachers themselves perceived as necessary for practicing leadership roles. In the research by Leeper et al. (2010), preservice teachers considered collaborative spirit, positive collegial relationships, solid instructional knowledge, and the ability to adapt flexibly to change and balance the needs of diverse stakeholders as the core essential qualities for teacher leaders. Sheppard et al. (2021) indicated that preservice teachers perceived curriculum and instructional decision-making and peer collaboration as key actions for teacher leaders. Existing research has largely focused on the U.S. context, with relatively limited studies conducted in other countries. For example, King (2017) explored preservice teachers’ leadership development in the areas of collaboration, reflection, influence, vision-aligned change, and commitment to inclusion in the context of Ireland. A recent study investigated how Finnish preservice teachers perceived their teacher leadership skills development through personal assessment and collaborations in a learning group (Alho et al., 2024). Wang et al. (2023) identified potential attributes of emergent teacher leadership exhibited by preservice teachers in mainland China and emphasized the role of depth of reflection in enhancing teacher leadership. A study in Hong Kong investigated preservice teachers’ understanding of teacher leadership during their teaching internships, as well as the factors that influenced their leadership development (Ying & Ho, 2015). Razak et al. (2025) highlighted the importance of cultivating data-driven instructional leadership among preservice teachers in the Malaysian context. These studies underlined the significance of collaboration, instructional expertise, reflection, professional vision and commitment, and data-based practice in developing preservice teachers’ teacher leadership. However, these studies primarily focused on conceptual frameworks and qualitative studies, leaving a gap in the measurement of preservice teacher leadership. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods and Scale Development This study followed a four-stage principle for scale development and validation (DeVellis & Thorpe, 2022). Step 1. Item generation Based on three existing scales related to teacher leadership (Chen, 2022; Katzenmeyer & Moller, 2009; Wan et al., 2020) and above literature, a PTLR scale comprising 40 items was initially developed and categorized into six dimensions. Step 2. Expert review for scale content validity We invited 14 experts with extensive experience in teacher leadership and/or methodologies to evaluate all items using a 3-point Likert scale (1 = not necessary, 2 = useful but not essential, 3 = essential). Based on a method that 50% expert panel rate items as “essential” (Romero Jeldres et al., 2023) and experts’ comments, 22 items were retained and reorganized into five dimensions in the final scale. Step 3. Data collection and scale purification This study included 633 valid surveys from preservice teachers at two universities in mainland China and one university in Hong Kong, accounting for 38.1%, 46.4%, and 15.5 % of the total responses respectively. Participants were asked to indicate their readiness for teacher leadership in their future teaching roles using a 5-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree, 2 = disagree, 3 = neutral, 4 = agree, 5 = strongly agree). The data were randomly split into two subsets, with no significant difference (p = .30). All analyses were performed using relevant packages in R (R Core Team, 2021). A Principal Axis Factoring (PAF) analysis (n = 192) with varimax rotation was conducted to identify the underlying factor structure. After removing 4 items, the final model included 18 items grouped into four factors: fostering a collaborative culture, demonstrating empathy and sensitivity towards others, leveraging data for learning and growth, and establishing a shared vision. The internal consistency for each factor exceeded 0.85. Step 4. Scale validation The 4-factor model comprising 18 items was employed for Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) (n = 441). The results demonstrated good model fit, χ² (129) = 296.456, χ²/df = 2.298, CFI = .943, TLI = .932, RMSEA = .054, SRMR = .055. The composite reliability (Hair et al., 2010), average variance extracted (Fornell & Larcker, 1981), and heterotrait-monotrait ratio (Henseler et al., 2015) values for the factor constructs all exceeded the respective threshold values of 0.80, 0.50, and 0.90. The results demonstrated good internal reliability and adequate convergent and discriminant validity for the scale. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Discussion and Conclusion In this study, we developed and validated a 4-factor PTLR scale to measure preservice teachers’ level of preparation to proactively take concrete actions for teacher leadership role enactment. The PAF analysis results confirmed that the model is largely consistent with the conceptual model of PTLR. CFA validated the factor structure of the model, which also demonstrated good internal reliability and convergent and discriminant validity, supporting sound psychometric properties of the scale. Our model is aligned with literature on four key components of preservice teacher leadership, establishing the knowledge and skills essential for preservice teachers to develop their teacher leadership. It also represents teacher leadership practices that preservice teachers can implement early in their future teaching careers. The four dimensions of the PTLR model support and encourage preservice teachers to actively engage in collaborative learning with colleagues and school activities, establish harmonious and empathetic professional relationships, make data-driven instructional decisions to impact student learning outcomes, and establish a shared vision for sustainable development within a broader school community (Thomas & Brown, 2019; Zhang et al., 2023; TLEC, 2011; Gümüş & Bellibaş, 2025; Keung et al., 2020). This study extends teacher leadership theory from the school context to preservice teacher population by developing a four-dimensional structure of preservice teacher leadership readiness. This study validated a measurement tool for assessing preservice teacher leadership readiness. The PTLR model provides a reference framework for the targeted cultivation of preservice teacher leadership skills within teacher education programs, thereby promoting their professional growth in the initial teacher education stage. Furthermore, this study may offer valuable insights into teacher education programs in the European context, which in turn supports the continuous development of teacher leadership among preservice teachers (Alho et al., 2024). Future research may explore the applicability of this new scale in other contexts. References Alho, J., Hanhimäki, E., & Eskelä-Haapanen, S. (2024). Finnish student teachers’ perceptions of their leadership development in a study group intervention to enhance their teacher leadership. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 19(4), 414-432. Chen, J. (2022). Understanding teacher leaders’ behaviours: Development and validation of the Teacher Leadership Inventory. Educational management administration & leadership, 50(4), 630-648. Gümüş, S., & Bellibaş, M. Ş. (2025). The relationship between instructional leadership and teachers’ self-efficacy and job satisfaction: Does school culture make a difference?. School Leadership & Management, 1-25. Katzenmeyer, M., & Moller, G. (2009). Awakening the sleeping giant: Helping teachers develop as leaders. Corwin Press. Keung, C. P. C., Yin, H., Tam, W. W. Y., Chai, C. S., & Ng, C. K. K. (2020). Kindergarten teachers’ perceptions of whole-child development: The roles of leadership practices and professional learning communities. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 48(5), 875-892. King, F. (2017). Evolving perspective (s) of teacher leadership: An exploration of teacher leadership for inclusion at preservice level in the Republic of Ireland. International Studies in Educational Administration, 45(3), 5-21. Leeper, L., Tonneson, V. C., & Williams, R. E. (2010). Preservice elementary education graduate students’ perception of teacher leadership. International journal of teacher leadership, 3(3), 16-30. Lenarz, K. A. (2023). Ready or Not: The Leadership Preparation of Preservice Teachers at Christian Liberal Arts Institutions. International Christian Community of Teacher Educators Journal, 18(2), 3. Nguyen, D., Harris, A., & Ng, D. (2020). A review of the empirical research on teacher leadership (2003–2017) Evidence, patterns and implications. Journal of educational administration, 58(1), 60-80. Wan, S. W. Y., Tse, Y. S., Tsang, W. K., Lee, T. W. K., Wong, Y. Y., Wan, A. W. T., & Wan, W. P. E. (2020). ‘Who can support me?’: Studying teacher leadership in a Hong Kong primary school. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 48(1), 133-163. Wang, Y., Ko, J., & Qian, H. (2023). How Would Preservice Teachers With Deeper Reflection Emerge as Teacher Leaders?. ECNU Review of Education, 6(2), 237-260. Ying, I. D., & Ho, D. (2015). Developing preservice teachers as leaders: A case of early childhood education in Hong Kong. In L. Orland-Barak & C. J. Craig (Eds.), International teacher education: Promising pedagogies (Part B) (pp. 51-69). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of educational research, 74(3), 255-316. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Preparing Principals: A Causal Test of School Leadership Training as a Distributed Property Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden Presenting Author:Leadership training for school principals represents a substantial investment in most educational systems, yet evaluations consistently yield mixed results regarding effects on student outcomes. A potential explanation is that most evaluations treat the individually trained leader as the unit of analysis, overlooking effects that may surface when multiple school leadership team members receive training over time. This study addresses this gap by examining whether leadership training effects display distributed properties when multiple members of a school leadership team are trained. Distributed leadership theory posits that leadership is not primarily about one individual and a constellation of followers, but rather a practice "stretched over" multiple actors, tools, and situations (Spillane, Halverson, & Diamond, 2001). Empirical studies provide support for organizational benefits of distributed leadership, particularly in school contexts, demonstrating associations with school improvement capacity, teacher collaboration, and indirect effects on student performance (Heck & Hallinger, 2009, 2010; Silins & Mulford, 2002). However, the literature is dominated by cross-sectional designs and offers limited evidence regarding causal mechanisms—especially concerning student outcomes. Moreover, while leadership training is typically arranged to target one leader at a time, over time several individuals from the same organizations may participate in training programs, meaning that training of a school leadership team is effectively arranged in a distributed manner. No prior research has examined whether principal training effects operate through distributed mechanisms when multiple school leadership team members receive training over time. Drawing on Gronn's (2002) analytical framework, we conceptualize two mechanisms through which leadership training may operate when multiple principals receive training. An additive mechanism refers to the accumulation of individually acquired skills, such that overall leadership capacity increases linearly as more team members are trained. A concertive mechanism, by contrast, involves coordinated and interdependent action through which knowledge and practices extend beyond trained individuals, generating multiplicative effects through what Gronn terms "conjoint agency"—the synchronization of actions and shared sense-making among leadership team members. Importantly, these mechanisms yield different empirical predictions: additive effects imply linear gains with each additional trained leader, while concertive effects imply diminishing returns as knowledge spreads through collaborative processes. This study tests whether principal leadership training exhibits these distributed properties using longitudinal data from Sweden's mandatory Principal Preparation Program (2009–2021). We analyze 18,563 person-year observations from 3,783 principals and assistant principals across 1,997 schools, employing dynamic difference-in-differences and multilevel approaches. We examine whether training effects differ between sole-leader schools and team schools, and whether the sequencing of training—specifically, whether principals or assistant principals are trained first—moderates these effects. Outcomes include student achievement (grade point average) and teacher ratings of instructional leadership. Results reveal that sequencing matters substantively. When principals are trained before assistant principals, concertive mechanisms produce substantial improvements in student achievement, while additive effects are negative. Paradoxically, teacher ratings of instructional leadership decline when principals lead training implementation, suggesting that leadership becomes redistributed across teams rather than concentrated in the principal. These contrasting patterns indicate that effective distributed leadership training works by embedding leadership in collective processes rather than enhancing the visibility of individual leaders. The findings challenge individual-focused training evaluations and provide causal evidence for distributed leadership mechanisms, highlighting the strategic importance of training order within leadership teams. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study draws from a comprehensive registry of participants in Sweden's Principal Preparation Program (SPP) from its inception in 2009 through 2021, maintained by the Swedish National Agency for Education. The SPP is a mandatory three-year qualification program requiring participants to dedicate 20% of their work time to coursework while continuing their leadership roles. We focused on participants who served as principals or assistant principals in schools with grade 9 during 2013–2021, yielding a sample of 3,473 individuals across 1,997 schools. The time span was chosen to enable separation of principals and assistant principals in the data, following register data structure changes in 2013. We examined two outcomes: (1) final grades (GPA) in grade 9, obtained from the National Education Agency's database, and (2) teachers' assessments of principals' instructional leadership. Instructional leadership was assessed using data from the Swedish School Inspectorate through a three-item scale measuring the extent to which the principal: (1) has good knowledge of day-to-day school activities, (2) actively works to promote students' knowledge development, and (3) takes responsibility for instructional work. The scale demonstrated acceptable internal consistency (α = .89) and sufficient between-teacher agreement within schools (ICC(1) = .21–.27). Convergent and discriminant validity were supported by correlations with related constructs. To operationalize the theoretical distinction between additive and concertive mechanisms, we constructed treatment variables based on the cumulative number of trained leaders per school-year. Additive effects were modeled as a linear function of training intensity. Concertive effects were modeled using an exponential saturation function capturing diminishing returns as more leaders are trained. We further examined whether the principal or assistant principal was trained first as a moderating condition. To evaluate causal effects, we employed dynamic difference-in-differences analysis following Callaway and Sant'Anna (2021), combined with multilevel modeling. Each cohort beginning training was compared with time-varying control groups comprising not-yet-treated individuals. Mixed-effects models accounted for variation both within and between principals over time. Control variables included parental education level, school ownership, school size, gender, and leadership experience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results reveal that training implementation order moderates distributed leadership effects. When principals initiate training before assistant principals, concertive mechanisms produce substantial improvements in student achievement (β = 17.67, p < .05), while additive mechanisms show negative effects. Conversely, teacher perceptions of principal instructional leadership decrease when principals lead training implementation, suggesting redistribution of leadership across the management team. These findings challenge traditional individual-focused approaches to leadership training evaluation and provide empirical support for distributed leadership mechanisms in educational contexts. Our study advances distributed leadership research by demonstrating that leadership training operates not as additive accumulation of individual skills but as reconfiguration of collective agency, in which concertive mechanisms improve organizational outcomes while reducing leadership visibility in any single actor. By showing that training effects depend on sequencing within hierarchical roles, the study reveals that formal authority shapes the viability of concertive leadership—challenging assumptions that distributed leadership is normatively egalitarian or hierarchy-neutral. The findings also contribute to leadership training research by demonstrating that training effects are endogenous to organizational context and may be missed by evaluations focusing on individually trained leaders, helping explain mixed effects in prior principal training studies. Methodologically, the study demonstrates how causal longitudinal designs can distinguish additive from concertive mechanisms, highlighting the importance of aligning units of analysis with theoretically implied forms of collective leadership. For practice, results underscore the strategic importance of training sequencing when developing leadership teams. References Callaway, B., & Sant'Anna, P. H. C. (2021). Difference-in-differences with multiple time periods. Journal of Econometrics, 225(2), 200–230. Gronn, P. (2002). Distributed leadership as a unit of analysis. The Leadership Quarterly, 13(4), 423–451. Heck, R. H., & Hallinger, P. (2009). Assessing the contribution of distributed leadership to school improvement and growth in math achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 46(3), 659–689. Heck, R. H., & Hallinger, P. (2010). Testing a longitudinal model of distributed leadership effects on school improvement. The Leadership Quarterly, 21(5), 867–885. Silins, H., & Mulford, B. (2002). Schools as learning organizations: The case for system, teacher and student learning. Journal of Educational Administration, 40(5), 425–446. Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2001). Investigating school leadership practice: A distributed perspective. Educational Researcher, 30(3), 23–28. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 02 B: One Size Policies Rarely Fit All: Exploring Place and Sustainable Leadership across Diverse Schooling Systems Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Monica Mincu Session Chair: Qing Gu Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium One Size Policies Rarely Fit All: Exploring Place and Sustainable Leadership across Diverse Schooling Systems In this symposium we explore how school leadership policies and practices interact at national and local scales through the lens of place, seeking to identify common themes and implications across diverse international contexts (England, Northern Ireland, Republic of Ireland, Scotland and Sweden). In particular we will ask whether and how a ‘local solutions’ policy mindset (Bunt and Harris, 2010) might enable school leadership to become more sustainable in two, inter-related ways: the sustainability of leadership (i.e. supply and succession planning) and leadership for sustainability (i.e. meeting present needs without compromising future needs). The urgency of these discussions comes from the rapidly changing needs of children, families and wider societies. Edgar Morin and Anne-Brigitte Kern coined the term polycrisis to reflect how many global challenges are not isolated but interconnected and mutually reinforcing. These crises play out differently in different national and local contexts (Lawrence et al, 2024), impacting on schools both directly and indirectly (e.g. rising inequality, mental health referrals, truancy and dropout etc.). Education policies worldwide commonly struggle to adapt to the pace and complexity of such changes (Newman and Clarke, 2009). In part, this reflects a tendency for recent school reforms to strengthen national/federal governance mechanisms (e.g. national curriculum, assessment and accountability frameworks) while reducing the role and capacity of local, place-based governance (Greany, 2020). School leaders commonly bear the consequences: seeking to meet the holistic needs of students, while being held accountable for policies and outcomes determined elsewhere. Worryingly high proportions of leaders report unsustainable workloads and stress, with many burning out or planning to quit (Creagh et al, 2023). In this context, the symposium explores how theories of place might enrich our understanding of contemporary leadership and sustainability. Place and space have been extensively theorised and researched across multiple disciplines (Gilmartin et al, 2024; Massey, 2005; Creswell, 2004) but appear less often in educational leadership research (Thomson and Hall, 2016). Places are material locations, each with its own geographical features which will shape a school’s physical positioning, architectural design and student intake. Places are home to communities which are networked and evolving, deeply imbued with personal and social histories, stories and meanings. Places are connected at different scales – the nation state, the region or local authority area, the school catchment and so on – which overlap and can change, particularly in a digital age. Places are framed by policy, for example relating to transport, housing, the dispersal of refugees, and the governance of school systems, with different policies often interacting. Indigenous perspectives on place challenge the nature-culture divide that underpins much Western thought. Places are shaped by external forces, such as globalisation, but also shape these in distinctive ways, making each locality unique – a constellation of stories. As Appadurai (1992) puts it, places are both “context derived and context generative”; meaning that while some aspects of modern places might seem like a Russian Doll, with every high street having its replica McDonalds and so on, places also generate their own distinctive responses to globalising influences. These place-making processes are shaped by relations of power and inequality, meaning that some groups may be systematically marginalised. So, while one school might look superficially like another, and both schools might be inspected using the same national framework, each will also have its own uniqueness within its own place, which school leaders must understand and respond to, even while working to influence and shape. References Appadurai, A (1992) Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimension of Globalisation. Uni of Minnesota Press. Bunt, L. and Harris, M. (2010), Mass Localism: A Way to Help Small Communities Solve Big Social Challenges, London: NESTA. Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2023). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: a systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 77(2), 661–680. Creswell, T. (2004). Place. A short introduction. Oxford: Blackwell Gilmartin, M., Hubbard, P., Kitchin, R., & Roberts, S. M. (Eds.). (2024). Key thinkers on space and place. Sage. Greany, T. (2020) Place-based Governance and Leadership in Decentralised School Systems: Evidence from England. Journal of Education Policy, 37(2), 247–268. Lawrence, M. Homer-Dixon, T. Janzwood, S. Rockstöm, J. Renn, O. Donges, J.F. (2024). Global polycrisis: the causal mechanisms of crisis entanglement. Global Sustainability 7/6, 1–16. Massey, D. (2005). For space. London: Sage Morin, E. and Kern, A. (1993) Terre-Patrie. Paris:SEUIL Newman, J. and Clarke, J. (2009) Publics, Politics and Power: Remaking the public in public services. London: Sage Thomson, P., & Hall, C. (2016). Place-based methods for researching schools. London: Bloomsbury Presentations of the Symposium Sustainable School Leadership through the Lens of Place: Findings from a UK Study
We draw on findings from a three-year study of sustainable school leadership across three UK nations – England, Northern Ireland and Scotland. The mixed methods study included expert interviews (n=17), secondary analysis of workforce census data in each nation, and a survey of school leaders (n=1623), but we focus mainly on findings from seven place-based case studies, selected to provide a spread of contexts (e.g. City, Coast, Shire). In each locality we interviewed senior leaders in a representative spread of schools together with local leaders (e.g. Local Authority) (total n=132).
We argue that school leaders work within specific geographic, economic, historical and social contexts that shape what leadership is, who becomes a leader, how leadership is practiced and, crucially, whether such leadership can be sustained (Greany et al, forthcoming). Place here is multi-dimensional, including but going beyond geography. The various dimensions of place do not operate independently but interact in complex ways. Urban concentration in poor communities creates different leadership challenges than rural poverty; historical conflicts intersect with contemporary economic circumstances; organisational structures either leverage or work against geographic proximity, and so on.
We show that policy discussions commonly view place as little more than a backdrop upon which leadership is performed. While policymakers might categorise schools in broad terms based on geographic and socio-economic features (e.g. urban vs rural, above or below average levels of deprivation etc.), our evidence shows that even two small rural schools in the same locality might require quite different forms of leadership.
In addition, we argue that while national and local policies, frameworks and structures can help school leaders to identify and achieve shared objectives, these standardised approaches can also create tensions and risks where they fail to equip front-line leaders with the agency and capacity required to adapt to the needs of place.
We conclude that school leadership across the UK is widely perceived as unsustainable, but that where, how and why this plays out is significantly shaped by place. Finally, we suggest that place should feature more centrally in school leadership research and policy and that policymakers might need to adopt a ‘local solutions’ mindset (Bunt and Harris, 2010).
References:
Bunt, L. and Harris, M. (2010), Mass Localism: A Way to Help Small Communities Solve Big Social Challenges, London: NESTA.
Greany, T., Thomson, P., Perry, T., & Collins, M., (in press) Sustainable School Leadership UK: final report. Available: https://sustainableschoolleadership.uk/
Place Matters: Sustaining School Leadership in Scotland’s Rural and Island Communities
This paper builds on the evidence presented in paper one, that leadership practice and sustainability are profoundly shaped by place, and that uniform national policy frameworks can constrain leadership agency and compromise school flourishing and sustainability (Greany et al., forthcoming). It offers a Scottish perspective, examining how the sustainability of secondary school leadership in rural and island communities in Scotland is determined by the interaction of the specificities of place and context, governance arrangements and national education policy.
Rural and island schools sit at the heart of their communities and play a key role in sustaining cultures, languages and local economies (CoDeL, 2024; Gill, 2017); yet leaders operate within national policy and funding architectures largely designed for urban and mainland settings. Arguably, policy and funding decisions are underpinned by assumptions of homogeneity across Scottish schools with limited recognition of the place-specific manifestations of polycrises (Lawrence et al., 2024) that require contextually informed moral and ethical leadership responses (Söderström & Seiser, 2024).
This paper draws on anonymised data from a project led by a professional organisation representing Scottish secondary school leaders; the co-creation of an education manifesto reflecting voices of secondary school leaders across diverse roles and contexts (School Leaders Scotland, 2025). Data comprised responses to a national survey, categorised by role, tenure, sector and place, and open-ended questions discussed in nine focus groups. The manifesto process functioned as a structured conduit for collective leader voice, translating place-based knowledge and experience into national policy discourse (Mitchell et al., forthcoming).
Leaders in rural and island contexts described acute challenges that constrain their capacity to provide equitable educational experiences and support community thriving, including ageing infrastructure and higher maintenance costs in remote settings; limited curricular pathways linked to staffing formulae for small school rolls; fragile recruitment and staffing pipelines; scarcity of specialist provision amid rising Additional Support Needs (ASN); and persistent shortages of Gaelic Medium Education (GME) specialists. Findings highlight the need for policy responses that recognise the real costs of rural and island provision through proportionate funding, and minimum staffing guarantees to secure curricular breadth, GME provision and ASN specialist support. Further, systemic routes for including practising leaders’ place-based knowledge into national decision-making are essential if we are to have equitable and sustainable school leadership in rural, remote and peripheral education systems where national and global pressures are interpreted through the lens of distinct local contexts and histories.
References:
CoDeL (2024). A review of rural education in the Glenkens. Available: http://codel.scot/rural-education-and-the-sustainability-of-rural-communities
Gill, P. (2017). A Case Study of How an Irish Island School Contributes to Community Sustainability, Viability and Vitality. The Australian and International Journal of Rural Education. https://doi.org/10.47381/AIJRE.V27I2.127
Greany, T., Thomson, P., Perry, T., & Collins, M. (in press). Sustainable School Leadership UK: final report. Available: https://sustainableschoolleadership.uk/
Lawrence, M., Homer‑Dixon, T., Janzwood, S., Rockström, J., Renn, O., & Donges, J. F. (2024). Global polycrisis: The causal mechanisms of crisis entanglement. Global Sustainability, 7(6), 1–16.
Mitchell, A., Barnett, D., Ayed, K., & Craigie, J. (forthcoming). Co-constructing Leadership Futures: A Critical Manifesto for Secondary School Leaders in Scotland. BELMAS Annual Conference 2026, Cardiff, Wales, 3 - 5 July 2026.
School Leaders Scotland (2025). A Manifesto for the Future of Education in Scotland. Available: https://www.sls-scotland.org.uk/
Söderström, Å., & Seiser, A.F. (2024). Ethical and moral perspectives in leading schools. Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts,126-142. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003407775-11
One System, Many Realities: Principal Leadership Across Irish School Contexts
Ireland's education system, shaped by post-colonial and post-conflict legacies, operates as a small, highly centralised system.
Like education systems globally, it faces pressures of rapidly changing societal needs and intersecting crises - both national (post-economic crisis child homelessness, post-COVID, migration, multilingualism) and local (governance, language of instruction, inclusion)- yet its policy structures and evaluation mechanisms have struggled to adapt.
Despite relatively limited governance diversity (reflecting historical dominance of the Catholic Church), significant variation exists beneath this apparent uniformity. Even within primary and post-primary sectors, diverse school types operate: schools differentiated by language of instruction, urban/rural locations (with distinct patterns of disadvantage and diversity), and mainstream versus special or alternative provisions, all affiliated to governance structures currently under review.
While school leadership in the Republic of Ireland has received increased research and policy attention over the past 10 years, an emerging consensus reveals a paradox: even within this singular place, the principalship itself - including pathways, preparation, professional development, and perseverance in role - appears markedly different from one school type to another. This diversity challenges assumptions that schools operating under similar policy and evaluation frameworks experience comparable leadership realities, revealing a tension: the appearance of system uniformity masks remarkable differences in leadership practice. Schools that seem structurally similar experience different leadership realities, yet policies continue to treat them as comparable.
These differences have profound implications for leadership sustainability. Principals across school types report unsustainable workloads, yet the nature and sources of these pressures vary significantly by context, as does principals’ perseverance in the role.
Study Aims
Building on research conducted post-COVID, this study aims to distil principals' considerations within this system - one system encompassing many distinct contexts, each serving particular educational purposes. Drawing on theories of place, the intention is to introduce a meta-narrative that honours local specificities while informing national discourse. This approach recognises that sustainable leadership development and policy reform require locally responsive solutions, even as they operate within shared structures, which is a critical consideration as the national Convention on Education unfolds.
Methodological Approach
Drawing on interviews with approximately 15 principals across diverse primary and post-primary settings, this study employs sense-making theory to unpack the contemporary complexities of their work, capturing how principals navigate distinct contexts within a shared structural framework. This localised analysis contributes to global conversations about school leadership while resisting universalising tendencies that obscure place-based differences essential to understanding leadership sustainability.
References:
None
Beyond Individual Resilience: Place, Governance and the Sustainability of the Principalship in Sweden
This paper contributes a Swedish perspective to the symposium by examining how school principals’ opportunities for recovery and sustainable leadership following periods of crisis are shaped by the interaction among emotional demands, organisational conditions, and place-specific contexts. The study forms part of a broader programme of research on Swedish school leadership and builds on previous studies of principals’ leadership during and after the COVID-19 pandemic (Sahlin et al., 2023; Sahlin et al., 2025). It is situated within a national context characterised by growing concern about the sustainability of the principalship, reflected in recent studies on principal turnover and working conditions (e.g., Richards, 2025; Leo et al., 2026) and in the governmental inquiry on principals’ preconditions for pedagogical leadership (SOU 2026:4).
Empirically, the paper draws on ongoing qualitative research based on semi-structured interviews with 20 experienced Swedish principals from diverse geographical and organisational contexts. The analysis is informed by sensemaking theory (Weick, 1995) and examines the emotion work associated with crisis leadership, and adopts a thematic, interpretive approach to how principals retrospectively narrate and interpret their experiences of crisis leadership and recovery.
The preliminary analysis indicates that recovery and resilience are not primarily individual traits but are shaped through relational and organisational conditions. Principals describe extensive emotional labour during and after a crisis, involving the sustained performance of stability and the suppression of vulnerability, with long-term implications for well-being and how principals make sense of their leadership and professional role over time. Opportunities for recovery appear unevenly distributed and closely connected to local conditions, including access to collegial support, organisational buffering, leadership teams and supportive governance structures. In contexts characterised by weak support structures, high administrative burden, and limited autonomy, principals report persistent exhaustion and difficulties sustaining their leadership over time.
Leadership sustainability emerges as a systemic and place-sensitive issue rather than an individual responsibility. By foregrounding how local organisational conditions enable or constrain recovery and long-term leadership capacity, the paper contributes to the symposium’s broader critique of ‘one-size-fits-all’ policy approaches and highlights the need for more place-responsive and post-crisis support and recovery structures for principals.
References:
Leo, U., Håkansson, C., Persson, R., & Arvidsson, I. (2026). Perceived Positive or Negative Changes in the Work Situation: A Study of Swedish School Principals’ Intention to Leave, Leadership and Policy in Schools.
Richards, T. (2025). School leadership turnover in Sweden: A study of why new school leaders change jobs (Doctoral dissertation).
Sahlin, S., Sjöstrand, M., Styf, M., & Lund, S. (2023). Novice Principals' Coping Strategies During the COVID-19 Pandemic in Sweden. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, OnlineFirst, p. 1-18.
Sahlin, S., Sjöstrand, M., Styf, M., & Lund, S. (2025). Swedish Principals’ Adaptive Leadership in Unprecedented Times: Learnings from the Pandemic Experiences. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, Online First, p. 1-17.
SOU 2026:4. Rektor i fokus – Förutsättningar för ett pedagogiskt ledarskap. Stockholm: Regeringskansliet.
Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 02 C: Leadership In Polycrisis & Uncertainty (Part 1) Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Mosaic of Leading Schools During Crisis: Empirical Evidence, Theoretical Frameworks, and Equitable Practices in K-12 Educational Systems Amid Polycrisis 1: Montclair State University; 2: Edith Cowan University; 3: Open University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Educational systems worldwide increasingly operate under conditions scholars describe as polycrisis, overlapping emergencies including health crises like COVID-19, climate-related disasters, school violence, forced migration, and deepening educational inequities. These interconnected crises fundamentally reshape the temporal, political, and ethical conditions under which school leaders must know and act. Yet educational leadership scholarship has historically undertheorized crisis as a central leadership phenomenon, often relegating it to technical emergency planning rather than core, equity-oriented leadership work. This gap becomes particularly problematic as crises grow more frequent, prolonged, and complex, demanding new conceptual frameworks that can guide both leadership practice and preparation. Thus, we ask, how, if at all, can crisis leadership in K-12 educational settings be conceptualized as an integrated, dynamic phenomenon that accounts for the interplay of foundational principles? How, if at all, do key practices, personal attributes, and contextual-temporal factors across diverse crisis types and school contexts influence school leadership? This paper presents an empirically grounded framework that reconceptualizes crisis leadership as a complex mosaic, a set of interdependent elements that combine differently depending on crisis type, school context, and temporal dimensions. In our forthcoming handbook, we synthesize findings from multiple qualitative studies conducted across Australia, Cyprus, Fiji, New Zealand, Scotland, and the United States to develop a comprehensive model that moves crisis leadership from the periphery to the center of educational leadership theory and practice. Our objectives are threefold: first, to theorize crisis leadership as foundational rather than peripheral to educational leadership; second, to demonstrate how effective crisis leadership operates through the dynamic integration of principles, practices, and attributes; and third, to illuminate how context and time shape crisis leadership enactment. Our framework builds on three theoretical foundations. First, we draw on contemporary crisis theory that recognizes temporal complexity, spatial dimensions, and gradations of severity (Boin, 2009; Boin et al., 2020). We engage specifically with concepts of transboundary crisis, creeping crisis, and polycrisis to capture how schools navigate overlapping, prolonged emergencies rather than discrete events. Second, we synthesize emerging educational leadership frameworks that position crisis as requiring distinct competencies. We build particularly on Mutch's (2015) three-factor model of dispositional, relational, and situational influences, while extending it to account for the dynamic, evolving nature of crisis leadership across extended timeframes. Third, we center educational equity scholarship, positioning justice as non-negotiable in crisis leadership. Drawing on critical perspectives, we theorize how crises reveal and intensify existing inequities, particularly for marginalized communities facing poverty, racialized oppression, and colonial legacies (Virella, 2023). The mosaic metaphor structures our conceptualization. Like a physical mosaic, crisis leadership comprises: (1) a foundation of three core principles, adaptive expertise, meaning-making, and equity-centered mindset, that provide stability and direction; (2) key practices that form the visible pattern, collaborative work, strategic foresight, technology use, communication, and care with emphasis varying by crisis demands; (3) personal attributes serving as adhesive (think empathy, emotional composure, and resilience) that bind practices into authentic leadership; and (4) contextual and temporal factors that shape how elements combine and evolve throughout crisis trajectories. This research embodies international collaboration, synthesizing empirical work conducted across five countries and three continents. The framework addresses universal challenges facing school leaders globally while attending to contextual specificities. This comparative approach reveals both common patterns and important variations, advancing knowledge relevant to European educational contexts while contributing to global conversations about educational leadership under conditions of polycrisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents a meta-synthesis of qualitative research conducted by three researchers across multiple contexts between 2020 and 2024. Our combined empirical base includes studies from Australia, Cyprus, Fiji, New Zealand, Scotland, and the United States, examining leadership during COVID-19, natural disasters, and other crisis events. Primary Studies: The Australian studies employed qualitative case study methodology with primary and secondary school principals navigating COVID-19 lockdowns, bushfires, and flooding across urban, regional, and remote contexts (Striepe, 2024; Striepe et al., 2023; 2025). The Cypriot research used phenomenological approaches to explore school leaders' lived experiences during the pandemic, with particular attention to technology integration and leadership adaptation (Kafa, 2021; 2023). Comparative research across Fiji, New Zealand, and Scotland examined leadership responses to natural disasters and pandemic disruptions (Striepe et al., 2023; Zhang et al., 2021). The U.S. studies employed a constant comparative approach focused on principals leading during COVID-19, centering equity-oriented leadership in schools serving marginalized communities (Virella, 2022; 2023; 2024). Across these studies, data collection employed semi-structured interviews as the primary method, supplemented by document analysis of school communications, policy directives, and crisis plans. Some studies involved longitudinal engagement with school leaders throughout crisis periods, enabling examination of how leadership evolved across different crisis phases. Interview protocols explored leaders' decision-making processes, challenges encountered, strategies employed, stakeholder relationships, and reflections on their experiences. Sample sizes ranged from in-depth single cases to cross-case studies involving 15-50 principals, totaling approximately 75 school leaders across all contexts. Individual studies employed thematic analysis, cross-case comparison, and in some cases narrative analysis to understand sense-making and response patterns. For this paper, we conducted a systematic meta-synthesis following established protocols. We first extracted key themes from each study's findings, then conducted cross-study comparison to identify convergent patterns, divergent cases, and contextual variations. Through iterative collaborative analysis involving all three authors, we developed the integrated framework, checking interpretations against original data and existing literature. We employed constant comparison to ensure theoretical saturation and validated emerging concepts through peer debriefing and member checking where possible. Our synthesis approach offers several strengths: depth of understanding from prolonged engagement across multiple contexts, triangulation across diverse geographical and cultural settings, and complementary perspectives from three researchers with different theoretical orientations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our research reveals that effective crisis leadership in K-12 educational settings operates as an integrated mosaic comprising four interconnected components that combine dynamically based on crisis type, school context, and temporal factors. The foundational principles, adaptive expertise, meaning-making, and equity-centered mindset, emerge as non-negotiable elements that shape how leaders approach crisis situations. These principles represent not just competencies but fundamental orientations that enable leaders to navigate uncertainty while ensuring responses address rather than exacerbate existing inequities. The key practices identified were working collaboratively, strategic foresight and decision-making, leveraging technology, communicating transparently, and providing care and support that appear consistently across contexts but vary in emphasis depending on specific crisis demands. For example, natural disasters require different combinations than prolonged health emergencies, and rural contexts present distinct challenges from urban settings. Personal attributes such as empathy, hope and compassion, emotional composure, and resilience and optimism often function as the binding agent enabling authentic, sustained leadership. Without these attributes, even well-executed practices lack the emotional resonance necessary for maintaining community cohesion during turbulent times. Our findings demonstrate that context and time shape how these elements combine and evolve. Crisis leadership is not static but must adapt as crises unfold and as circumstances change from acute emergencies to prolonged disruptions or compounding crises. Our findings contribute to educational leadership scholarship by moving crisis leadership from peripheral to central in leadership theory. They offer practical implications for current school leaders seeking to develop crisis capabilities, leadership preparation programs needing comprehensive frameworks beyond compliance training, and policymakers working to support school leaders with appropriate autonomy and resources. The framework's international validation across diverse contexts strengthens its applicability to European educational settings while identifying areas requiring culturally responsive adaptation. Future research should examine how the framework applies to emerging crisis types and how leaders develop these competencies over time. References Boin, A., Ekengren, M., & Rhinard, M. (2020). Hiding in plain sight: Conceptualizing the creeping crisis. Risk, Hazards & Crisis in Public Policy, 11(2), 116-138. Brown, C., Widjaja, E., Zhao, Q., & Chen, J. (2023). School leadership in crisis contexts: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(3), 557-577. Chatzipanagiotou, P., & Katsarou, E. (2023). Leading in uncharted territories: A systematic review of school leadership during the COVID-19 pandemic. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(5), 1006-1030. Kafa, A. (2021). Advancing school leadership in times of uncertainty: The case of the global pandemic crisis. Leading and Managing, 27(1), 37-50. Kafa, A. (2023). Teachers' perceptions of school principals' role in tackling the pandemic crisis. International Journal of Educational Management, 37(2), 350-360. Kafa, A., & Eteokleous, N. (Eds.). (2024). The power of technology in school leadership during COVID-19: Insights from the field. Springer. Mutch, C. (2015). Leadership in times of crisis: Dispositional, relational and contextual factors influencing school principals' actions. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, 14, 186-194. Smith, L., & Riley, D. (2012). School leadership in times of crisis. School Leadership & Management, 32(1), 57-71. Striepe, M. (2024). Navigating uncertainty during crisis: Insights into the experiences of three Western Australian principals. In J. P. Olsen & A. Pringle (Eds.), Leading schools through and beyond the pandemic (pp. 33-49). Information Age Publishing. Striepe, M., & Cunningham, C. (2022). Understanding educational leadership during times of crises: A scoping review. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(2), 133-147. Striepe, M., & Kafa, A. (2025). School leadership during the COVID-19 crisis: A scoping review of empirical research. Journal of Educational Administration, 63(1), 48-62. Striepe, M., Thompson, P., Robertson, S., Devi, M., Gurr, D., Longmuir, F., Taylor, A., & Cunningham, C. (2023). Responsive, adaptive, and future-centred leadership in response to crisis: Findings from Australia, Fiji, and New Zealand. School Leadership & Management, 43(2), 104-124. Virella, P. M. (2022). New principals in the COVID corridor: An exploratory case study. Journal of Educational Administration, 61(1), 1-15. Virella, P. M. (2023). Introducing the pillars of equity-oriented crisis leadership: A conceptual framework. School Leadership & Management, 43(4), 390-410. Virella, P. M. (2024). Cultivating critical hope while leading during crisis: A qualitative cross-comparative analysis. American Journal of Education, 130(2), 275-300. Zhang, W., Striepe, M., & Cunningham, C. (2021). School leadership during the COVID-19 crisis: A preliminary case study from China. Alternation, 28(1), 193-211. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Wellbeing Of School Leaders Under Pressure? A Search For Solutions Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:School leaders play a crucial role in safeguarding the quality of our education system. The responsibilities of school leaders are highly complex: they face high expectations and must take numerous factors and stakeholders into account when carrying out their role (Fosco, 2022). Attrition among school leaders is high, and this in turn contributes to increased attrition among teachers (DeMatthews et al., 2022). This is an international problem occurring in many countries (e.g. Winters et al., 2023; Bush, 2025). It is therefore essential to understand which factors school leaders experience as burdensome and which as energizing in order to prevent dropout. We conducted a quantitative study with 383 secondary school leaders in Flanders, based on the JD-R model, which posits that job characteristics and personal characteristics influence individuals’ stress and well‑being (Demerouti et al., 2001). The well-established JD-R model (Demerouti et al., 2001) posits that job characteristics can have either positive or negative impacts on employee well-being. On the one hand, job demands are physical (e.g., unsafe work environments), psychological (e.g., work pressure), social (e.g., emotionally demanding interactions), or organisational (e.g., role ambiguity) aspects that require sustained physical and/or psychological effort and are linked to physiological and/or psychological costs. These demands encompass time pressures, heavy workloads, stressful work environments, role ambiguity, emotional labour, and poor relationships (Demerouti et al., 2001). On the other hand, job resources are defined as the physical, psychological, social, or organisational aspects of a job that help achieve work goals, reduce job demands and associated costs, and foster personal growth, learning, and development. These resources include autonomy, strong work relationships, opportunities for advancement, coaching and mentoring, and learning and development (Demerouti et al., 2001). Since 2006, an increasing number of researchers have emphasised that the extent to which job demands lead to stress cannot be separated from the perceptual or interpretive act by the individual (Crawford et al., 2010; Le Fevre et al., 2006; Xanthopoulou et al., 2007). In other words, job demands are not inherently stressful, but stress results from the interaction between individual and environmental factors (Howard, 2008). This concept is also integrated into the JD-R model, which incorporates individual differences through personal resources (Taris & Schaufeli, 2015). Personal resources are defined as positive aspects of the self that contribute to resilience and an individual’s ability to effectively control their environment (Hobfoll et al., 2003). In our quantitative study, we measured several job resources, job demands and personal resources of the participating school leaders in order to clarify the relationships of these variables with their wellbeing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An online questionnaire was administered in October/November 2025 to Flemish secondary school leaders in collaboration with the largest Flemish school principal organisation (DIVO). 467 school leaders filled in the questionnaire of which 383 provided full data. We measured several job resources and job demands based on a review study regarding the main categories of JDR that could be identified from international research in education (Authors, under review). We used our own developed instrument for this. As personal resources, resilience, proactivity, optimism, self efficacy, learning goal orientation and openness for collegial feedback were included. Outcome measures were job enthusiasm, work-life balance, intention to leave the profession and feeling of meaningful contribution to students. For personal resources and outcome variables, existing scales were used. The data were analysed using reliability analyses, descriptive statistics, regression analyses, and ANOVA in SPSS (version 29). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that school leaders experience high job enthusiasm and feel that they are able to make a meaningful contribution to their students. Only a small group indicates an intention to leave the profession. However, work–life balance is generally perceived as problematic. These outcome variables are influenced by various job demands (e.g., administrative tasks and government requirements) and job resources (e.g., relationship with the leadership team and relationship with students). Personal resources (e.g., self-efficacy) also play a role in these relationships. In fact, in regression analyses that include both the significant job demands and job resources AND personal resources as independent variables, the personal resources always remain significant while the significant relationship of certain job characteristics diminishes. This underlines the importance of personal resources and calls for further analyses to understand these relationships better. Different groups of school leaders demonstrate significantly different results regarding outcome variables, JDR and personal resources (e.g. beginning school leaders vs more experienced; group with leadership training vs group without). Hence, the findings further highlight the importance of professional development for school leaders, both pre service and in service. Also, the small group of school leaders with an intent to leave the profession reported significant lower means for their relationship with teachers, school board and the leadership team. Several recommendations can be derived from the results that may contribute to retaining school leaders in the profession, and these will be discussed interactively with the audience: 1. Investing in professional development opportunities for school leaders (especially for beginners). 2. Strengthening strong relationships within the leadership team and school team. 3. Addressing administrative workload. 4. Paying attention to self-care among school leaders to strengthen their personal resources. References Bush, T. (2025). Principal well-being: Addressing leadership burnout and attrition. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 53(4), 727-729. Crawford, E. R., LePine, J. A., & Rich, B. L. (2010). Linking job demands and resources to employee engagement and burnout: A theoretical extension and meta-analytic test. Journal of Applied Psychology, 95(5), 834–848. DeMatthews, D. E., Knight, D. S., & Shin, J. (2022). The principal-teacher churn: Understanding the relationship between leadership turnover and teacher attrition. Educational Administration Quarterly, 58(1), 76–109. Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499. Fosco, S. L. D. (2022). Educational leader wellbeing: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 37, 100487. Hobfoll, Johnson, R. J., Ennis, N., & Jackson, A. P. (2003). Resource loss, resource gain, and emotional outcomes among inner city women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(3), 632–643. Le Fevre, M., Kolt, G. S., & Matheny, J. (2006). Eustress, distress and their interpretation in primary and secondary occupational stress management interventions: Which way first? Journal of Managerial Psychology, 21(6), 547–565. Taris, T. W., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2015). The job demands‐resources model. The Wiley Blackwell handbook of the psychology of occupational safety and workplace health, 155-180. Winters, M. A., Kisida, B., & Cho, I. (2023). The impact of principal attrition and replacement on indicators of school quality. Education Finance and Policy, 18(2), 302-318. Xanthopoulou, D., Bakker, A. B., Dollard, M. F., Demerouti, E., Schaufeli, W. B., Taris, T. W., & Schreurs, P. J. G. (2007). When do job demands particularly predict burnout? The moderating role of job resources. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(8), 766–786. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Social Triage to Stoic Sage: The Impossible Task of Leadership in English Schools 1: Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom; 2: Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In this paper we reflect on the question, ‘To what degree has the rise of social triage in the English school system led to the need for leaders who act as stoic sages?’ A core aspect of the rise of the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM) has been a development of extensive accountability systems and the requirement for schools to take on ever wider responsibilities beyond their core business of teaching children. Whilst this pattern has spread across many countries, for example in Poland, where headteachers are expected to fulfil an ever wider series of tasks (Slowik & Zubik, 2023), this pattern is especially true of England where the development of a responsibility for child safeguarding, the totalising impact of student outcome measures which do not take into account context and a focus on all children reaching their potential regardless of personal challenges have led to leadership being a complex, intense and often unsustainable process. In a study we conducted during the COVID pandemic we identified an emerging process in schools serving deprived areas which we called ‘social triage’, a process which we subsequently tracked into the post-pandemic education system (Wood and Quickfall, 2024). This concept captures the impact of government austerity since 2010, leaving the public sector fragmented and unable to act in a coherent fashion. This has led to school leaders being required to fill the gaps this social collapse has left, constantly making decisions regarding support for their children in areas they have not been trained in or for which they have resource. Thus, it is our contention that the work of leaders in school has become increasingly unsustainable as they are often only one of a few public servants who offer easy contact with their communities; consequently, schools are increasingly dealing with social, health and economic problems within their communities. And leaders need to engage with this wide spectrum of problems in a calm and measured manner, whilst still ensuring that the educational needs of the children in their care are able to learn effective. Here, we begin by outlining some of the main outcomes from our social triage research (Quickfall and Wood, 2024; Wood and Quickfall, 2024) before exploring the new inspection framework developed by Ofsted (2025) which characterises official expectations of leaders in their roles. With the issues and tensions which emerge from these two data sources, we argue that the system has developed an expected leadership style, that of the stoic sage, as characterised by Sharpe (2021, p. 47) ‘the continuing realities of human frailty, mortality, epistemic finitude, and subjection to catastrophes like COVID-19 and other, less dramatic reversals of fortune, all prescribe the wisdom of people seeking out systems of understanding and action which fortify us to bear up to the difficult aspects of existence. The ideal of a person able to respond with maximal reasonableness, given their limited powers, and characterized by inner freedom (autarkeia), tranquility (ataraxia), and constancy is surely attractive.’ Thus, the system demands that in a system increasingly characterised by pressure, stress and extreme work, leaders should be willing and able to meet such unsustainable contexts with calm, reason and tranquillity. To what degree is this expectation for leaders to fulfil the role of stoic sage realistic and a sound foundation for the continued sustainability of a national education system? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses a form of temporal methodological bricolage in that it was originally based in the use of narrative interviews with five headteachers in the summer of 2022. These interviews focused on the experiences of the headteachers over the course of the covid pandemic. This resulted in deep insights concerning the changing nature of their work, structural and policy issues which the pandemic merely amplified and their personal and emotional responses. In 2024 we attempted to contact the headteachers again to complete a follow up interview but were unable to gain contact with the majority of them. This led us to conduct a grey literature search using a popular educational newspaper called Schools Week. We searched for any articles since 2022 which focused on the work of headteachers and used these as a data source to understand the changing and continued issues impacting the work of headteachers. This showed a relatively consistent pattern of problems and issues as we had uncovered in 2022. Finally, we analysed the new Ofsted toolkit produced in the Autumn of 2025 to understand the expectations government agencies have concerning the roles of leaders. The toolkit is designed as the framework by which schools are periodically inspected and graded by Ofsted (the government inspection agency in England). There are a number of dimensions to this document, but one in particular focuses on the expectations of leaders in how they run their schools and hence how effective leadership is characterised. By synthesising these different data sources together we have been able to gain a rich picture of the lived experiences of leaders as against the official expectations current laid out by government. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings have uncovered a school system where leaders have a range of responsibilities far beyond the education of children. This is the result of schools and leaders often being the only easily available face to face service left in their communities, particularly in deprived areas. Consequently, families often use schools as an unofficial ‘hub’ for their concerns and it is not uncommon for them to ask for health, social and financial help as formal services are fragmented, overburdened, or even lost. Leaders are put in a difficult position where they are expected to make judgment calls concerning those issues and problems they can deal with in school, with no extra resources or formal training, and those for which they attempt to find external help. Unsurprisingly, these extra pressures add to workload, stress and ultimately to an unsustainable level of work. In addition, these extra responsibilities are not directly recognised in Ofsted’s inspection toolkit, but core educational work still needs to be completed at a high level whilst leaders attempt to care for wider community needs. From our analysis, we contend that there is a strong implicit expectation that under such unsustainable challenges heads need to act as stoic sages. They are expected to work calmy to ensure that they make consistently high quality reasoned decisions. At the same time they are expected to retain the highest level of professionalism and ensure that all children reach their potential even in dire socio-economic contexts, thus requiring a degree of tranquillity in the way in which they plan, execute and communicate within and beyond their organisations. But with ever greater pressures and fewer resources to what degree can leaders be asked to continue to act in such a stoic manner and to what degree is this making their jobs unsustainable? References Ofsted (2025) State-funded school inspection toolkit. Available at : https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/690b26c69456634d9795fde0/Schools_inspection_toolkit.pdf [last accessed 30th January, 2026] Quickfall, A. & Wood, P. (2024) Transforming Teacher Work: teacher recruitment and retention after the pandemic. Emerald Publishing Ltd Sharpe, M. (2021) ‘A Good Person for a Crisis? On the Wisdom of the Stoic Sage (in Himself & for Us’. Eidos, 5 (1), 32-49. DOI:10.14394/eidos.jpc.2021.0003 Slowik, K., & Zubik, M. (2023, November 2). Roundup of directors: There are no people willing to run schools.Wyborcza.pl. https://wyborcza.pl/7,75398,30354265,dyrektorzy z-lapanki-nie-ma-chetnych-do-kierowania-szkolami.html#S.TD-K.C-B.1-L.1 Wood, P. and Quickfall, A. (2024) ‘The emergence of leadership as social triage: understanding the impact of the long shadows of austerity and the Covid-19 pandemic in English schools’. London Review of Education, 22 (1), 38. DOI: https://doi.org/10.14324/LRE.22.1.38. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 02 D: Higher Education & Academic Leadership Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Patricia Donner Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Balancing Transformational and Servant Leadership: A Three-Phase Model among Program Heads in Colleges of Education 1: Levinsky-Wingate academic college, Israel; 2: Beit-Berl academic college, Israel Presenting Author:The increasing complexity and socio-cultural volatility of public organizations in the 21st century creates growing governance challenges. In higher education, universities and colleges increasingly rely on academic middle managers—deans, department chairs, and program heads—to navigate these complexities and lead professional learning communities that sustain high-performance learning environments. Leadership thus becomes a critical component of middle management, shaping institutional functioning and success (Barnett and Kim, 2024; Tamir and Machovcová, 2025). Research on leadership in higher education has largely focused on identifying leadership styles, especially transformational and servant leadership. Transformational leadership emphasizes vision, inspiration, and the capacity to challenge existing assumptions in pursuit of shared goals, whereas servant leadership prioritizes care, empowerment, and responsiveness to subordinates’ needs. Recent studies associate transformational leadership with staff satisfaction, organizational commitment, and innovation, and servant leadership with wellbeing, a sense of community, and resilience among academic staff; yet much of this literature still presents a dichotomous, simplified view that assumes a single “optimal” model for academic middle management (Dul et al., 2024; Ghamrawi et al., 2024). At the same time, scholarship on academic middle leaders shows that their work is embedded in dense relational networks and requires continuously balancing competing expectations from senior management and frontline staff. While research on heads of departments and deans has expanded, program heads in teacher education remain underexplored, especially where they are responsible both for practicum-based training in schools and for leading teams of pedagogical instructors; this study addresses that gap by examining program heads in Israeli colleges of education as academic middle leaders whose work is shaped by distinctive structural and emotional demands (Turnet, 2022; Awais et al., 2024). examination of the program head role shows that existing leadership models do not fully capture the specificity of leadership in teacher education. Program heads mediate between academia and schools, manage fluctuating instructor workloads, and face intensified relational and ethical challenges. This study examines how their leadership models respond to these demands. The study aims to: (1) conceptualize program heads' leadership trajectories as academic middle leaders in Israeli teacher education; (2) identify formative events and situations shaping their leadership models; and (3) generate insights to inform preparation, professional development, and institutional support structures for middle leadership. The findings reveal that, unlike the relatively stable leadership models of other academic middle leaders, program heads in teacher education enact flexible leadership that evolves with staff needs and practicum dynamics. The study proposes a three-phase dynamic model: (1) the vision phase—prior to assuming office, program heads perceive themselves as transformational leaders with ambitious pedagogical visions; (2) the transition phase—upon entry, they shift toward servant leadership, focusing on emotional support and relationship-building; and (3) the balancing phase—some program heads realize their transformative vision while maintaining servant leadership, enacting a hybrid model integrating both paradigms. This dynamic trajectory is explained by the unique demands of the program head role in the Israeli teacher education context. The study contributes a context-sensitive conceptualization of academic middle leadership, demonstrating that transformational and servant leadership function not as fixed styles but as evolving phases shaped by role-specific constraints and opportunities. Research Questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative, descriptive-interpretive methodology, assuming multiple interpretations of reality as perceived by different actors. This approach enabled exploration of program heads' experience in terms of "being" and "doing," tracing processes before, during, and after their tenure. The research was conducted in Israeli public colleges of education, which prepare K–12 student teachers through practicum-based programs combining academic coursework with supervised school placements. Program heads serve as academic middle leaders coordinating practicum tracks, leading pedagogical instructor teams, and mediating between college management, schools, and student teachers. The population consisted of 15 program heads from seven colleges, representing nearly half of Israel's public teacher education colleges. The purposive sample captured diversity in gender (five men, ten women) and career stage, including program heads at various tenure points and some interviewed post-completion. Data collection employed two complementary tools. First, semi-structured in-depth interviews (30–45 minutes) were conducted face-to-face or via videoconferencing. Questions focused on leadership perceptions before assuming office, experiences and dilemmas during tenure, and insights gained afterward. Participants were asked how they define leadership in their context, whether they see themselves as leaders, and what they would convey to successors. Second, the study analyzed "Educational Credo" texts written when applying for positions, which articulated initial visions and provided comparison points with later accounts. All interviews were transcribed verbatim and read independently by both authors in an active, analytical manner identifying overt and covert meanings. Following initial reading, researchers conducted preliminary thematic analysis identifying dominant contents related to pre-role leadership perceptions, collisions between these perceptions and managerial reality, and tensions between staff needs and vision implementation. Themes were refined through reconstruction, reorganizing data into coherent explanatory structures, leading to three core themes: the vision phase, transition phase, and balancing phase. The emerging model was examined against existing literature on transformational, servant, and distributed leadership in higher education, highlighting convergences and innovative aspects of the three-phase dynamic model. The study received ethical approval from the relevant institutional review board. All participants provided informed consent and were assured anonymity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals that program heads in Israeli teacher education colleges construct a dynamic, three-phase leadership model that evolves throughout their tenure, diverging from the static patterns typical of academic middle managers. In the vision phase, they enter with transformational aspirations, aiming to promote innovation and pedagogical change. Upon confronting organizational complexities, they transition to an extended transition phase dominated by servant leadership, prioritizing emotional support, care, and relational conflict resolution over their original vision. In the balancing phase, reached by those with longer tenure, transformational elements are gradually realized while servant practices remain central to daily staff interactions. Some program heads complete only the first two phases, viewing their work as foundational for successors to achieve the third. Two contextual factors explain this dynamic model. First, unlike disciplinary department heads focused on curriculum and research, program heads bear direct responsibility for practicum-based learning in schools. This requires continuous mediation between academic standards and field realities, demanding heightened empathy and responsiveness toward pedagogical instructors and student teachers. Second, the instability of pedagogical instruction hours, fluctuating with student enrollments, creates precarious employment conditions that compel program heads to invest extensively in trust-building, communication, and staff advocacy. Theoretically, the study advances understanding of academic middle leadership by reconceptualizing transformational and servant leadership not as competing models but as phases within an evolving trajectory shaped by role-specific demands. Practically, findings suggest institutional preparation programs should explicitly anticipate the shift from vision-centered to servant-centered leadership and support leaders in developing reflexive capacity to integrate both dimensions into a balanced, context-responsive model. This preparation is essential for leaders to navigate the unique demands of teacher education middle management effectively. References Awais, A., N. Fu, and S. Jones. 2024. “Developing Students' Resilience During the Crisis: A Moderated Model Linking College Support, Study Demands, Student Resilience, and Students' Change-Oriented Behaviours.” Higher Education Quarterly 78, no. 3: 565–585. Barnett, R., and M. J. Kim. 2024. “Crisis, What Crisis? Real Impairments and Absences in the Ecosystems of Higher Education.” Higher Education Quarterly 78, no. 4: e12498. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2022.21476 Dul, V., Sam, R., Hak, S., Bou, D., Vy, S., & Kheuy, S. (2024). Servant leadership style in high education institutions: A systematic literature review. European Journal of Contemporary Education and E-Learning 2(6), Article 08. https://doi.org/10.59324/ejceel.2024.2(6).08 Ghamrawi, N., Abu-Shawish, R. K., Shal, T., & Ghamrawi, N. A. R. (2024). Destructive leadership behaviors: The case of academic middle leaders in higher education. International Journal of Educational Research, 126, Article 102382. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2024.102382 Tamir, E., and K. Machovcová. 2025. “ Fostering Resilience in Higher Education: Middle Management Strategies for Institutional Survival.” Higher Education Quarterly 79, no. 4: e70071. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.70071. Turner, K. (2022). Servant leadership to support wellbeing in higher education teaching. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46 (7): 947-958. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Practices within VET: A Case Study of Unit Managers’ Perspectives Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:The overall objective of this thesis is to advance knowledge of educational leadership in upper secondary vocational education and training (VET) and to deepen understanding of collaborative leadership practices by examining how they are enacted in practice and shaped by different actors and conditions. Through its empirical focus and theoretical framing, the study aims to contribute both nationally and internationally to a more nuanced understanding of leadership as a complex, practice-based, and collaborative phenomenon. Vocational education and training plays a central role in education systems across Europe. In Finland, around 40% of students transition directly into upper secondary VET after basic education (Statistics Finland, 2025), and across OECD countries, approximately 68% of upper secondary students are enrolled in vocational programs (OECD, 2023). VET is therefore a key policy area and a crucial component of European and international efforts to support employability, social inclusion, and lifelong learning. At the same time, the VET sector across Europe has undergone extensive reforms involving organizational restructuring, changing governance arrangements, and increasing demands for responsiveness to labour market needs, often accompanied by efficiency pressures and resource constraints (Cedefop, 2011; OECD, 2021). These changes have intensified demands on educational leadership, particularly regarding how leadership is organized, distributed, and shared across organizational levels. Despite growing research interest, leadership practices in upper secondary VET remain relatively underexplored (Cedefop, 2011; OECD, 2021; Kumar & Mehta, 2025). In particular, how unit managers – who coordinate and lead programs and teams across organizational levels – experience and enact leadership practices remains largely unknown. Understanding their perspectives is crucial for examining how leadership practices are distributed, negotiated, and shaped in daily work. This study focuses specifically on unit managers’ views and experiences of leadership practices. It examines how they describe these practices in their everyday work and identifies the organizational conditions and arrangements that shape them. The study is guided by two research questions:
Organizational conditions are analyzed through the lens of complexity leadership theory (CLT) (Uhl-Bien et al., 2007; Uhl-Bien & Arena, 2017), which frames schools as complex adaptive systems where leadership emerges at the intersection of multiple actors, institutional logics, and external demands (MqCuillan et al, 2025). CLT distinguishes between administrative, adaptive, and enabling leadership, providing a conceptual framework for examining how leadership is structured, distributed, and enacted across formal and informal organizational levels (Uhl-Bien et al., 2007; Uhl-Bien & Arena, 2017). Arrangements, such as cultural-discursive, material-economic, or social-political mechanisms, are interpreted through practice architecture theory (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008; Kemmis, 2019, 2022) to explore how they enable or constrain leadership practices without being analyzed systematically. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overall research project is described as an embedded single case study design (Yin, 2018) of one upper secondary VET organization. The first study (case), presented here, is informed by Stake’s (1995) interpretive approach to case study research. Data were collected through four individual semi-structured interviews, one focus group, and four follow-up interviews with unit managers over 1,5 years (2024-2025). The analysis involves thematic coding (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2022), construction of composite narratives (Johnston, 2024) to highlight shared descriptions of leadership practices, and interpretation using practice architectures (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) to identify enabling and constraining arrangements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that unit managers describe leadership as holding together geographically dispersed and highly differentiated educational provisions and practices under conditions shaped by continuous organizational and environmental demands. The leadership practices are described as both demanding and fragmented, influenced by structural and cultural complexity and an unpredictable environment related to safety and security. Three partially distinct organizational conditions emerge as central: Geographical dispersion constrains coordination and day-to-day presence, while collaboration among unit managers functions as a key enabling arrangement, providing continuity, oversight, and collegial support. Differentiated educational provisions and practices are constrained by diverse programs, industry-specific forms of education, and varying work cultures, whereas collaboration within units – supported by shared understanding, professional expertise, and structured discussion arenas – enables effective coordination. Maintaining a safe and secure environment is constrained by unpredictable contexts requiring rapid decision-making, with enabling arrangements less visible; unit managers rely primarily on individual judgment and responsibility in these situations. These preliminary findings suggest that organizational conditions and enabling arrangements shape leadership practices in upper secondary VET in distinct ways, highlighting the importance of collaboration and adaptive strategies in complex, practice-based educational settings. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Cedefop. (2011). Exploring leadership in vocational education and training (Cedefop Working Paper No. 13). Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2801/36572 Johnston, O. (2024). Constructing Composite Narratives: A Step-By-Step Guide for Researchers in the Social Sciences (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003424475 Kemmis, S. (2019). A practice sensibility: An invitation to the theory of practice architectures. Springer. Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming practices: Changing the world with the theory of practice architectures. Springer. Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Enabling praxis: Challenges for education. Sense Publishers. Kumar, S., & Mehta, M. (2025). Educational leadership in vocational education: A 10-year bibliometric analysis. Journal of Information Systems Engineering and Management, 10(3), 12–23. McQuillan, P., Schall-Leckrone, L., Kershner, B., Dunphy, A.N., & Filatov, K. (2025). Complexity Theory and Educational Leadership in Schools: Towards a Systems Transformation Heuristic (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781032686097 OECD. (2021). Teachers and leaders in vocational education and training. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/59d4fbb1-en OECD. (2023). Finland – Country note. In Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage Publications. Uhl-Bien, M., Marion, R., & McKelvey, B. (2007). Complexity leadership theory: Shifting leadership from the industrial age to the knowledge era. The Leadership Quarterly, 18(4), 298–318. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2007.04.002 Uhl-Bien, M., & Arena, M. (2017). Complexity leadership: Enabling people and organizations for adaptability. Organizational Dynamics, 46(1), 9–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orgdyn.2016.12.001 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage Publications. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educational Leadership and Cross-Cultural Challenges in British Columbia Offshore Schools in China University of British Columbia, Canada Presenting Author:Transnational schooling has become a significant feature of contemporary education systems, raising critical questions about leadership, culture, and educational purpose. British Columbia (B.C.) certified offshore schools in China exemplify these dynamics, delivering a Canadian curriculum under provincial accountability frameworks while operating within China’s sociocultural and political context. Educational leaders in these schools must navigate competing expectations related to pedagogy, governance, accountability, and values. This paper examines how educational leaders in B.C. offshore schools understand and respond to cross-cultural challenges in their daily practice. It addresses three research questions:
The study is informed by three complementary theoretical frameworks. The Social Identity Approach conceptualizes leadership as a relational process grounded in shared group identities, highlighting how leaders must align with multiple stakeholder communities. An Intersectional Leadership Identity framework foregrounds how overlapping professional, cultural, and institutional identities shape leaders’ sense-making and ethical judgments. A Critical Policy and Coloniality perspective situates offshore schooling within broader geopolitical and historical relations, drawing attention to power, policy mobility, and epistemic hierarchies. Methodologically, the study employs a qualitative narrative case study design across four to six B.C. offshore schools in China. Narrative interviews, document analysis, and observations are used to examine how leaders interpret cross-cultural challenges and negotiate competing educational aims. Narrative and thematic analysis illuminate how leadership practice is shaped by identity, institutional constraints, and moral reasoning. Aligned with ECER 2026’s theme of Knowing and Acting, this paper contributes to international educational research by demonstrating how leadership knowledge is produced through practice, interpretation, and ethical action. The study advances understanding of educational leadership in transnational contexts and offers insights relevant to leadership preparation, policy development, and international education research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative narrative case study design. The case is bounded by four British Columbia certified offshore schools operating in China under the B.C. Offshore School Program. Participants include principals, vice-principals, and teachers with leadership responsibilities. Data sources include semi-structured narrative interviews, policy and accreditation documents, and non-participant observations. Narrative interviews elicit leaders’ accounts of cross-cultural challenges, ethical dilemmas, and leadership decision-making. Document analysis situates these narratives within institutional, regulatory, and policy contexts, while observations support contextual understanding of leadership practices as enacted. Data analysis combines narrative and thematic approaches. Narrative analysis attends to how leaders construct meaning, identity, and ethical reasoning through story, while thematic analysis identifies patterns related to cross-cultural challenges, leadership strategies, and institutional constraints. Triangulation across data sources strengthens analytic depth and credibility. The research is situated within a constructivist–interpretivist paradigm and emphasizes reflexivity, trustworthiness, and relational ethics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to show that leadership in B.C. offshore schools is fundamentally ethical, relational, and interpretive. Leaders act as cultural mediators, negotiating competing expectations and educational aims across institutional and cultural boundaries. Findings highlight tensions between instrumental accountability and broader aims of education such as global citizenship and intercultural understanding. The paper contributes to leadership theory and international education research by foregrounding leaders’ lived experiences and ethical judgment in transnational contexts. References Haslam, S. A., Reicher, S., & Platow, M. (2011). The new psychology of leadership: Identity, influence, and power. Psychology Press. De La Cruz Albizu, P. J. (2024). Toward an intersectional leadership identity development approach. Education Sciences, 14(12), 1274. Wang, F., & Mazawi, A. E. (Eds.). (2024). Policies and pedagogies of Canadian offshore schools. Routledge. Tuhiwai Smith, L. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous peoples. Zed Books. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219–245. British Columbia Ministry of Education. (2025). B.C. offshore schools. Province of British Columbia. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Navigating Complexity: Insights from Complexity Theory for Change Leadership in Higher Education Atlantic Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:Higher education institutions (HEIs) operate as complex adaptive systems (CAS), characterised by interdependence, non-linearity, and emergent behaviours that challenge traditional change models (Mason, 2008). Unlike mechanistic organisations, HEIs comprise multiple interacting agents—academic staff, administrators, students, and external stakeholders—whose decisions and behaviours influence institutional outcomes in unpredictable ways. These interactions create feedback loops and emergent patterns that cannot be fully controlled or forecasted. External pressures such as globalisation, digitalisation, and neoliberal policy agendas further amplify this complexity, demanding agility and responsiveness from HEIs. Irish Technological Universities (TUs), particularly during post-merger integration, exemplify these challenges, as leaders navigate cultural convergence, governance restructuring, and technological transformation while maintaining academic integrity and stakeholder trust. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods case study was conducted within an Irish Technological University during its post-merger phase—a period marked by structural integration and cultural realignment. This approach was chosen to capture the multifaceted nature of leadership and change in a complex system, combining qualitative depth with quantitative breadth. Mixed-methods research is particularly suited to complexity studies, as it enables triangulation and integration of multiple perspectives (Creswell and Plano Clark, 2018). Data Collection comprised three elements. Focus groups with senior leaders explored perceptions of complexity and leadership roles, revealing tensions between hierarchical control and adaptive collaboration. These discussions provided rich insights into how leaders interpret complexity and the strategies they employ to navigate uncertainty. A staff survey assessed the perceived importance of change leadership characteristics versus their presence in practice, exposing gaps in enabling behaviours and relational trust. This instrument was informed by literature and validated through pilot testing. Finally, an interview with the TU President provided strategic insights into balancing emergent and planned change, emphasising the challenge of maintaining coherence while fostering innovation. Data Analysis involved rigorous qualitative and quantitative techniques. Qualitative data were analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis, which included systematic coding, theme development, and iterative refinement to ensure credibility. Themes such as cultural tension, distributed leadership, and adaptive capacity were identified and mapped against complexity leadership constructs. Quantitative findings reinforced these themes, showing strong alignment on strategic priorities but weaker evidence of collaborative and enabling practices. Reliability testing indicated high internal consistency, supporting the robustness of the survey instrument. The conceptual framework synthesised Complexity Leadership Theory with Cameron and Quinn’s (2011) Competing Values Framework, enabling exploration of cultural dynamics such as tensions between hierarchical control and clan-like collaboration that influence change processes. This triangulation ensured a comprehensive understanding of how complexity-informed leadership can be operationalised within HEIs undergoing transformational change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that HEIs require leadership approaches that embrace uncertainty, foster innovation, and leverage informal networks. Complexity-informed leadership promotes resilience by creating adaptive spaces where experimentation and knowledge sharing can occur without fear of failure. Doctoral findings revealed that while leaders valued innovation, structural constraints often limited these spaces, highlighting a need for deliberate enabling practices. Effective leadership also involves balancing emergence and alignment by integrating bottom-up innovation with top-down strategic priorities. The study found that strategic clarity was strong, yet emergent initiatives lacked formal support, suggesting the importance of enabling leadership to bridge this gap. Furthermore, building relational capital across diverse teams is essential to mitigate cultural and structural tensions. Focus group insights emphasised trust as a critical enabler, yet survey data suggested it was inconsistently experienced, reinforcing the need for relational leadership behaviours. The research also highlights the interplay between cultural values and leadership behaviours. Hierarchical tendencies often constrained adaptive capacity, while collaborative cultures facilitated distributed decision-making and innovation. These findings validate the relevance of complexity theory as a lens for understanding leadership in HEIs and underscore the need for leadership development programmes that prioritise adaptability, trust-building, and networked influence. Overall, the study advocates for a paradigm shift from hierarchical, control-oriented models to adaptive, collaborative leadership frameworks. HEIs should be reconceptualised as learning organisations capable of thriving amid supercomplexity (Barnett, 2000). Practical implications include embedding complexity leadership principles into leadership development programmes, fostering distributed networks of influence, and using the proposed framework as a diagnostic tool for organisational adaptability. References Barnett, R. (2000). University Knowledge in an Age of Supercomplexity, Higher education, vol. 40, no. 4, pp. 409-422. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006), Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp. 77-101. ISSN1478-0887 Cameron KM & Quinn RE. (2011). Diagnosing and changing organizational culture. Third edn. Jossey Bass, USA. Creswell, J.W. and Plano Clark, V. (2007). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage. Fullan, M. (2020). Leading in a culture of change (Second ed.). Hoboken, New Jersey: Jossey-Bass. Mason, M. (2008). Complexity Theory and the Philosophy of Education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 4-18. McSharry, T. (2025). Change Leadership Framework for Higher Education. In: McDermott, O., et al. Advances in Operational Excellence in the Higher Education Sector. ILSSforHEI 2024. Lecture Notes in Management and Industrial Engineering. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-84816-2_27 Uhl‐Bien, M., & Arena, M.J. (2018). Leadership for organizational adaptability: A theoretical synthesis and integrative framework. Leadership Quarterly, 29, 89-104. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 02 A: Powerful Knowledge: Curriculum and Didactics Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Patrick Schreyer Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Analysing Powerful Knowledge: A Curricular and Didactic Comparison Between School Biology and Geology and History in Portugal 1: Centre for Research and Intervention in Education (CIIE) / FPCEUP, Portugal; 2: Faculty of Arts and Humanities of the University of Porto (FLUP), Portugal Presenting Author:This proposal is the result of an analysis and comparison of the types of knowledge present in the curricular programmes of two subjects from different areas of the Portuguese upper secondary education system (ranging from the 10th to the 12th grade): biology and geology (integrated subjects merged in one in the 10th and 11th grades) and history. In addition to this analysis, we sought to understand the extent to which teaching and learning practices align with curriculum guidelines and how these dynamics affect student learning and access to powerful knowledge and, inherently, powerful thinking. This study is part of a broader research project that sought to assess how certain curricular and didactic provisions and dynamics promote or condition academic success in two subjects from different areas and originating from distinct knowledge structures. This more specific study was inspired by the work of Gericke et al., who developed a framework for curricular analysis of powerful knowledge in biology by comparing the national curricula of England, Finland, and Sweden. In this context, we used the theoretical-methodological model proposed by the authors to categorize the knowledge present in the curriculum content and compare the curriculum programmes of the two subjects. The curricula for subjects in Portugal are organised into thematic blocks or domains. Within each organisational block, there is content, designated as essential learning outcomes (knowledge, skills, and attitudes) that students must acquire (the ‘what’). There is also another section containing strategic teaching actions geared towards the subject (the ‘how’). The study focused precisely on these two elements: content and teaching actions. Note that the study goes beyond the analysis of curriculum texts and complements it with an analysis of teaching practices related to one of these organisational blocks. This would make it possible to reflect on curricular guidelines and their didactic realisation from a perspective related to their potential as drivers of powerful knowledge. Reflections on how knowledge and school teaching and learning can promote (or hinder) social justice, fair equality of opportunities, social mobility, and the empowerment of young students have been widely discussed in the education field. It is within this debate that the concept of powerful knowledge emerged, widely disseminated by Young, Muller, and other social realist scholars. The social realists argue that some knowledge is better (epistemically, morally, aesthetically) and more universal than others. In this line, Young and Muller differentiate knowledge from our opinions or experience because it explicitly recognises a relationship to a reality that is independent of us, deepening, in a sense, the distinction between disciplinary knowledge and everyday knowledge. Thus, all students should have equal access to this powerful knowledge. It is powerful knowledge insofar as it provides students with intellectual powers that enable them to achieve and develop powerful thinking. So, powerful knowledge is specialised, systematised knowledge that is subject to continuous systematic review in socio-epistemic formations, such as scientific and professional communities, with review processes that are open to innovation and new perspectives and with the effective engagement of the agents involved in these formations. In other words, agency and transformative potential are inherent to the concept. In educational terms, powerful knowledge can be more effectively introduced into schools through a subject-based curriculum, whose content originates from the recontextualisation of its closest parent academic discipline. Thus, this knowledge, powerful due to its reliability, fallibility, and testability, could empower young people to better understand the world and to think beyond their everyday experiences to envisage alternatives. Based on these considerations and this theoretical and methodological background, we propose to assess the powerful potential of these two school subjects in Portugal. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This proposal arose within the scope of a broader research project that consisted of a case study, or rather, a multiple-case study, conducted in Portugal. One of its primary objectives was to assess representations of academic success among students and teachers in the contexts studied, and to discern how curricular provisions and teaching practices can influence this success. The study was conducted within different contexts: on the one hand, in three schools with different geographical locations and socio-economic/socio-cultural backgrounds; on the other hand, in two school subjects, from upper secondary education, originating from different knowledge structures - history from a horizontal knowledge structure and biology and geology from a hierarchical knowledge structure. Thus, another aim was to assess how these structural differences among subjects could influence the dynamics and processes underlying academic success. A mainly qualitative and interpretative approach was used to collect and analyse the empirical material. Within the framework of the broader project, data was collected through: focus group interviews (with teachers and with students from each school), individual interviews with teachers, collection of individual written narratives from a group of students supplemented by individual follow-up interviews, observation of lessons regarding a block of curriculum content, and collection of curricula documents and teaching and assessment materials used in classes for a period of two academic years. This specific study was primarily based on the curriculum documents for the two subjects under research. A deductive content analysis was conducted regarding the ‘what’ and the ‘how’ present in the texts. This analysis was based on the five identified knowledge and considerations of knowledge categories proposed by Gericke et al.: substantive, disciplinary, sociocultural applications, pedagogical considerations, and student-psychological considerations. These categories proved suitable for organising the data, particularly with respect to the content (which was the central part of the analysis). Then, to understand how these curricular provisions and trends are implemented in classroom environments and the impact they have on student learning, field notes from classroom observations were analysed and triangulated with data from individual interviews with students and teachers. This entire analysis was based primarily on the categories mentioned above. Although in the case of field notes, we added Bernstein's proposed categorisation of pedagogic code, specifically, for this study, regarding classification (the strength of the boundaries between categories, such as disciplines, actors, or discourses, which is strong or weak according to their degree of isolation). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding curriculum texts, significant differences were observed between subjects. In biology and geology, regarding the “what” of the curriculum, there is a balanced predominance between disciplinary knowledge (46% of the descriptors) and substantive knowledge (43%), with no descriptors relating to student-psychological considerations on knowledge’ and the remaining categories being residual; with regard to the “how”, there is a predominance of pedagogical considerations on knowledge (45%) and a balance between sociocultural (17%) and student-psychological considerations (16%), and disciplinary knowledge (13%). In history, regarding the “what” of the curriculum, there is a clear predominance of substantive knowledge (90% of the descriptors), with residual occurrences related to sociocultural considerations on knowledge (5%) and disciplinary knowledge (4%), and an absence of occurrences related to pedagogical considerations on knowledge; with regard to the “how”, there is a balanced predominance between pedagogical considerations on knowledge (27%), student-psychological considerations (27%), and disciplinary knowledge (25%). These results are consistent with students' perceptions that in history they ‘have to know many details’ (predominance of substantive knowledge), and that biology ‘is especially important for those who will pursue this field’ (weight of disciplinary knowledge). In terms of teaching, it was found that in biology and geology, there is a stronger classification between substantive content and disciplinary practices, with a weekly class devoted to laboratory work. In history, however, this distinction is weak – disciplinary/scientific work is carried out as a didactic resource within the framework of learning substantive content. As a result, these disciplinary practices become invisible to students, who barely recognise the scientific work carried out in the academic discipline of history. Ultimately, we aim to discuss what these data reveal about the power of knowledge within the framework of the two subjects, and how these curricular assumptions and teaching dynamics enhance or limit the development of powerful thinking. References Barton, K. C. (2024). Knowledge without disciplines: a critique of social realism’s disciplinary fixation. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 56(3), 235-245. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2024.2328058 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Duarte, D. N., Fernandes, P., & Correia, L. G. (2025). From powerful knowledge to powerful thinking: On how to empower students through pedagogy and curriculum. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(6), 802–826. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2528743 Duarte, D. N., Fernandes, P., & Correia, L. G. (2026). On democracy and social justice in educational contexts following Bernstein’s proposal: a systematic literature review on pedagogic rights. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 34(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2024.2425316 Gatley, J. (2023). WHY CONCEPTS MATTER, WHAT CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS IS FOR, AND THE CASE OF KNOWLEDGE IN EDUCATION. British Journal of Educational Studies, 71(5), 549-565. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2023.2234453 Gericke, N., Tani, S., Newall, E., & Deng, Z. (2025). A framework for curricular analysis of powerful knowledge: comparing school biology in England, Finland and Sweden. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(4), 441–465. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2512323 He, Y. (2025). Recontextualising urban geography in Chinese upper secondary schools: The role of teachers' disciplinary knowledge. The Curriculum Journal, 36(4), 697-715. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.336 Hordern, J. (2021b). Specialized, systematic and powerful knowledge. London Review of Education, 19(1), 1-11. https://doi.org/10.14324/LRE.19.1.06 Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C., & Wegner, A. (2025). A critical knowledge-led approach to curriculum research and teacher education across school subjects. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(5), 507–526. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2575653 Khawaja, A., Puustinen, M., Chapman, A., & Nordgren, K. (2025). Complex outcomes of recontextualised history: comparing lower secondary national curricula in Sweden, England and Finland. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(4), 402-421. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2482201 Rosenlund, D. (2019). Internal consistency in a Swedish history curriculum: A study of vertical knowledge discourses in aims, content and level descriptors. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(1), 84-99. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1513569 Smets, W., & Savenije, G. (2025). A structural and functional differentiation of knowledge for the history curriculum. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(4), 495-506. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2455687 Young, M. (2011). The future of education in a society of knowledge: the radical argument in defense of a curriculum based on course content. Revista Brasileira de Educação, 16(48), 609-623. https://doi.org/10.1590/S1413-24782011000300005 Young, M. (2021). Powerful knowledge or the powers of knowledge: A dialogue with history educators. In A. Chapman (Ed.), Knowing History in Schools. UCL Press. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2013). On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Education, 1(3), 229-250. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3017 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Bridging Everyday Experience and Disciplinary Knowledge toward Powerful Knowledge: An Analysis of Young People’s Knowledge of Globalisation University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Across curriculum studies and subject didactics, 'powerful knowledge' has become a widely adopted concept for arguing that schooling should provide students with access to specialised disciplinary knowledge. Developed from a sociological perspective of curriculum, 'powerful knowledge' highlights the educational value of specialised, systematic knowledge produced and validated within disciplinary communities (Young & Muller, 2013). Such knowledge is believed to help learners move beyond their everyday experience by enabling more reliable explanations and by opening up alternative ways of thinking (Muller & Young, 2019). The idea of powerful knowledge has significantly influenced the 'knowledge turn' in global educational landscapes, from policymaking to teaching practices (Béneker et al., 2024; Deng, 2025), from its main origin (England), spreading through broader Europe, and increasingly to other continents (e.g., Bertram, 2019; Hu & Wang, 2025; Maude, 2015). Despite its significance for bringing disciplinary knowledge back into school, powerful knowledge has faced persistent critiques. A long-standing concern is that it tends to undervalue everyday knowledge, related to the broader critique about separating curriculum from pedagogy (Alderson, 2020; Roberts, 2014). At the same time, the literature engaging with powerful knowledge has mainly focused on curriculum principles, policy, and teachers' practices. What remains much less visible is research on the learner's starting point — what students actually bring, and how their existing knowledge relates to the disciplinary knowledge they are expected to learn (Firth, 2018; Whittall, 2021). This study addresses the pedagogical gap of powerful knowledge. Our starting premise is that it is the bridging of everyday and disciplinary knowledge — rather than only their separation — that makes knowledge powerful in students' lives. The sociological differentiation between the two is essential, as it identifies disciplinary knowledge’s distinctive intellectual power. But moving from a sociological to an educational perspective, such as the capabilities approach to curriculum making (Lambert et al., 2015; Béneker et al., 2024), requires attending to how students encounter disciplinary knowledge and make it meaningful. A bridge requires two anchored ends: the disciplinary end is well theorised in the powerful knowledge literature; the everyday end — students' existing knowledge — requires empirical examination. Geography education offers a particularly productive case. Hammond (2022) identifies three interconnected spaces of geographical thought — academic discipline, school subject, and everyday life — and the boundaries between them are permeable rather than fixed. Among these, the sub-field of children and young people's geographies is particularly relevant: as a strand of academic geography, it takes young people's everyday spatial experiences as its scholarly object (Aitken, 2018; Biddulph, 2012; Hammond, 2022). Its insights are important for informing school geography pedagogy, yet how it relates to the idea of powerful knowledge has not been examined. This study draws on young people's geographies to take students' everyday knowledge seriously, but does not stop at understanding or celebrating it. We examine how it relates to disciplinary geographical knowledge and how a teacher works with it to move students toward more powerful understanding. Empirically, this study explores the bridge between everyday and disciplinary knowledge in a Finnish lower secondary school, with globalisation as the focal topic. Globalisation is boundary-crossing topic between academic geography, school geography, and everyday lives. This character makes it a productive case for investigating how everyday experience and disciplinary thinking connect. We ask two research questions: (1) What characterises young people's everyday knowledge of globalisation — including its themes and relationship to disciplinary geographical thinking? (2) How does the geography teacher interpret students' everyday knowledge and envision connecting it to disciplinary understanding in her teaching? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a qualitative, participatory approach to research with young people (Skelton, 2008). The participants are ninth-grade students (aged 15–16) and their geography teacher in a lower secondary school in Helsinki, Finland. Prior to the research activities, the geography teacher introduced globalisation briefly in lessons, providing a shared basis for the topic. The data collection combines student-generated multimodal artefacts, focus group discussions, and a teacher interview. Students were asked to: (1) write short texts individually describing their observations and experiences of globalisation in everyday life; (2) take photographs of globalisation in their neighbourhood, accompanied by short explanatory texts; (3) draw individually how they imagine the future of globalisation — for their own lives, Finland, and the world; and (4) in small groups, create posters envisioning globalisation in the future. These multimodal artefacts were then used as prompts in focus group discussions, enabling students to explain, elaborate, and negotiate their understandings of globalisation in relation to everyday life, place, and the future. Following the student activities and discussions, we conducted an in-depth interview with the geography teacher, using selected student artefacts and discussion excerpts as prompts. The teacher was invited to reflect on what she noticed in students' views, what connections she saw to disciplinary geography, and how she would build on students' starting points in her subsequent teaching. In the analysis, we examine students' accounts on two levels. Thematically, we identify what aspects of globalisation students observe, discuss, and imagine. Relationally, we examine how these everyday accounts connect to, extend, or diverge from the way globalisation is understood in disciplinary geography and represented in the Finnish geography textbook used in the class. Hammond's (2022) three spaces of geographical thought provide the organising frame: we map where students' accounts sit within and across the spaces of everyday life, school geography, and academic geography. For the teacher data, we examine how the teacher recognises and responds to different aspects of students' everyday knowledge, what connections she identifies to disciplinary geography, and how she plans to bridge students' starting points and disciplinary understanding in her teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, the findings are expected to make the learner's starting point visible and show that students' everyday knowledge of globalisation is not homogeneous. We expect to identify recurring everyday themes — such as consumption, media, mobility, neighbourhood change, language, and identities. Beyond what students talk about, we expect that their accounts are different in reflecting on different spaces of geographical thinking, so that different ways to relate to disciplinary knowledge. Some may remain personal and locally bounded. Others may already demonstrate nascent geographical reasoning, connecting across scales or contexts in ways that gesture toward disciplinary understanding. Still others may be shaped by media narratives or public discourse rather than by personal experience or disciplinary knowledge. Each of these presents different pedagogical possibilities and challenges for bridging toward more powerful understanding. The analysis of the teacher's interpretation will illuminate how she reads this variety and plans to work with it — what she identifies as productive starting points, what she sees as needing development, and how she envisions connecting everyday knowledge to disciplinary geographical thinking. Second, the study is expected to enrich how knowledge recontextualisation is understood in powerful knowledge discussion. The analysis across the three spaces of geographical thought is anticipated to show that the movement of knowledge is not simply one-directional — from academic discipline through school curriculum to students. Students' everyday geographies can intersect with and feed back into school geography, while also resonating with concerns developed in academic geography. The teacher's pedagogical work involves reading students' everyday knowledge upward toward disciplinary connections, not only delivering disciplinary knowledge downward. This may support a more dynamic, bidirectional account of how geographical knowledge moves across the three spaces and contribute to a richer understanding of what bridging between everyday and disciplinary knowledge looks like in practice. References Aitken, S. C. (2018). Children's geographies: Tracing the evolution and involution of a concept. Geographical Review, 108(1), 3–23. Alderson, P. (2020). Powerful knowledge and the curriculum: Contradictions and dichotomies. British Educational Research Journal, 46(1), 26–43. Béneker, T., Bladh, G., & Lambert, D. (2024). Exploring 'Future three' curriculum scenarios in practice: Learning from the GeoCapabilities project. The Curriculum Journal, 35, 396–411. Bertram, C. (2019). What is powerful knowledge in school history? The Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 125–143. Biddulph, M. (2012). Articulating student voice and facilitating curriculum agency. The Curriculum Journal, 23(3), 381–399. Deng, Z. (2025). Knowledge and curriculum: Towards an educational and Didaktik/curriculum way of thinking and theorizing. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(1), 64–77. Firth, R. (2018). Recontextualising geography as a school subject. In D. Lambert & M. Jones (Eds.), Debates in geography education (2nd ed., pp. 275–286). Routledge. Hammond, L. (2022). Recognising and exploring children's geographies in school geography. Children's Geographies, 20(1), 64–78. Hu, X., & Wang, X. (2025). Teaching through 'powerful knowledge' in vocational higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 30(8), 1973–1990. Lambert, D., Solem, M., & Tani, S. (2015). Achieving human potential through geography education: A capabilities approach to curriculum making in schools. Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 105(4), 723–735. Maude, A. (2015). What is powerful knowledge and can it be found in the Australian geography curriculum? Geographical Education, 28, 18–26. Muller, J., & Young, M. (2019). Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited. The Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196–214. Roberts, M. (2014). Powerful knowledge and geographical education. The Curriculum Journal, 25(2), 187–209. Skelton, T. (2008). Research with children and young people. Children's Geographies, 6(1), 21–36. Whittall, J. (2021). Powerful knowledge and epistemic quality in school geography. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 30(4), 332–346. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2013). On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Education, 1(3), 229–250. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 02 B: Educational and Didactic Research: Methodological Approaches Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Georg Breidenstein Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Beyond Fragmentation and Essentialism: Family Resemblances as a Metaphor for Didactic Research Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper offers a philosophical response to the ongoing debate about how the cohesion of didactic research can be conceptualised in the face of its diversity. As established by previous research, the European field of didactics is characterised by long-standing fragmentation, which has intermittently impeded the exchange of scholarly thought. This diversity stems in part from cultural differences, in part from the plurality of theories and methods used, and in part from the fact that the research field encompasses both general didactics and a multitude of subject-specific counterparts (Gundem, 2011; Hudson & Meyer, 2011; Ligozat & Almqvist, 2018; Werler, 2025). So far, the challenge posed by fragmentation has been met by efforts to articulate a common ground on which all forms of didactic research can rest. This is most evident in the field’s tendency to define didactics in terms of core elements or ideas. As a prevailing metaphor in contemporary research (cf. Sfard, 1998), the ‘core of didactics’ has featured in several key publications and centred on, for instance, the expanded didactic triangle, the didactical questions, or the contingent relationship between educational content and meaning (e.g. Hudson & Meyer, 2011; Hopmann, 2007; Klafki, 2000). While defining the field’s coherence is necessary, we argue that the use of ‘core’ as a prevailing metaphor implies an essentialist notion of didactics that risks limiting the originality of future research and the nature of the conversation among researchers from different scholarly traditions. As such, this paper aims to challenge the metaphor of a didactic core by providing an alternative way of conceptualising the cohesion of didactic research. In other words, we aim to suggest and exemplify a new metaphor by which the field’s commonality can be understood in a non-essentialist manner. The suggested metaphor draws on Ludwig Wittgenstein’s (1953/2009) philosophy of language-games, which emphasises that they are interconnected through a series of family resemblances rather than a single common feature. Crucial to Wittgenstein's definition of language-games is the idea that words do not have inherent meaning but acquire it through the ways in which they are employed for a variety of purposes. The meaning attributed to words is therefore changeable, depending on the usage and human activity at hand. However, this usage is not completely arbitrary, as it is impossible for a person to say or do whatever they wish and still present themselves as intelligible within a given language-game. Instead, these games are guided by patterns, or rules of language, established through previous human interaction, much like the rules for chess, backgammon, and go guide what moves are possible on their respective boards (Wittgenstein, 1953/2009; see also Bowell, 2017). From this position, Wittgenstein (1953/2009) argues that meaning is established as a consequence of how words are functionally used within rule-governed language-games. In addition, he stresses that different language-games are not completely separated from each other, nor are they joined by a single common feature. Rather, Wittgenstein (1953/2009) suggests that their affinities are to be understood as a multitude of interconnected family resemblances, not unlike how eye colour, gait, temperament and so on criss-cross in various ways between members of an extended family. Thus, by using Wittgenstein’s concepts of language-games and family resemblances, this paper offers a conceptualisation of didactic research as consisting of many different discourses that are related to each other through a network of similarities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Although primarily a theoretical study, we support our argument by analysing research articles published in the Nordic journals Acta Didactica Norden and Nordidactica during 2020-2022. The Nordic context is particularly interesting because, over the past forty years, studies there have been influenced by the Anglo-American curriculum tradition while remaining firmly rooted in European continental perspectives on Bildung (Krogh et al., 2021; Werler, 2025). This means that the Nordic case constitutes a melting pot of different traditions, which is especially suitable for the aim of this paper. Using a purpose-related selection process (Creswell, 2013), 47 research articles were chosen based on the criteria that they were described, in title and abstract, as a) didactic and b) empirical. As such, the selection of articles is substantial but not representative of the field as a whole. After all, our intention is not to offer a systematic literature review, but rather to analyse articles that are rich in information, given our desire to illustrate a theoretical argument. The research articles have been analysed using a method of purpose-related and comparative reading (Säfström & Östman, 1999). This means that each article has been read twice: first, on its own terms through a confirmatory reading, and second, in relation to each other and to the concepts of language-games and family resemblance. Given Wittgenstein’s philosophy, our focus was on finding patterns relating to different usages of ‘didactics’ in the articles’ research questions, theoretical perspectives, methodologies, and conclusions. In short, our analysis aimed to initially delineate the different language-games present in the articles. Following this, we focused on identifying any similarities between these language-games. The fact that we relate the articles to each other, as well as to Wittgenstein’s concepts, means that we employ a retroductive (≈ abductive) line of reasoning. In this process, the researcher allows their theoretical understanding and empirical data to mutually inform each other and produce results (Glynos & Howarth, 2019). Applied to this study, this means that Wittgenstein’s philosophy was used to identify language-games and family resemblances specific to the research field of didactics, while our thesis was continuously refined as new patterns were identified and substantiated through our analysis. In short, our theoretical understanding and the selected research articles exercised mutual influence on each other until our main argument and our illustrative examples formed a logically cohesive narrative. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through our analysis, we outline some of the language-games and family resemblances present in contemporary didactic research conducted in the Nordic context. In total, three such language-games are outlined: I. Didactics as research on curricular conditions, i.e. research focusing on the institutional circumstances that both facilitate and limit teaching and learning. II. Didactics as research on teachers’ reflective practices, i.e. research focusing on teachers’ actions and considerations relating to educational content and method. III. Didactics as research on meaning-making, i.e. research focusing on the processes and outcomes of student learning. Although the language-games differ in their claims, objects of study, and knowledge interests, our analysis shows that their similarities can be grouped into categories based on theoretical, methodological, and practical affinity. For instance, there is a theoretical affinity across them in the recurring use of social constructivist perspectives. There are also methodological similarities, most notably in the way abductive reasoning is employed as an overarching analytical principle. Finally, studies belonging to different language-games share an ambition not only to produce didactic knowledge for its own sake but also to use it actively to improve educational practice (e.g., by conducting interventions or by developing models, guidelines, and principles for teaching). The identified affinities are therefore used to argue that it is reasonable to conceptualise the cohesion of didactic research not in terms of a single common core but as a network of overlapping family resemblances. In sum, the relevance of this paper is two-fold. First, it presents a new and non-essentialist metaphor for conceptualising the cohesion of the didactic research field. Second, by using examples drawn from the aforementioned Nordic journals, the paper can revitalise the current meta-discussion about didactics within the wider European context of educational research. References Bowell, T. (2017). Wittgenstein on teaching and learning the rules: Taking him at his word. In M. A. Peters & J. Stickney (Eds.) A Companion to Wittgenstein on Education (pp. 643-657). Springer. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches. Sage. Glynos, J., & Howarth, D. (2019). The retroductive cycle: The research process in poststructuralist discourse analysis. In T. Marttila (Ed.) Discourse, Culture and Organization: Inquiries into Relational Structures of Power (pp. 105-125). Palgrave Macmillan. Gundem, B. B. (2011). Europeisk didaktikk – tenkning og viten. Universitetsforlaget. Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 109-124. Hudson, B., & Meyer, M. (2011). Introduction: Finding common ground beyond fragmentation. In B. Hudson & M. Meyer (Eds.) Beyond Fragmentation: Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe (pp. 9-28). Barbara Budrich Publishers. Klafki, W. (2000). Didaktik analysis as the core of preparation of instruction. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.) Teaching as a Reflective Practice: The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 139-159). Routledge. Krogh, E., Qvortrup, A., & Ting Graf, S. (Eds.) (2021). Didaktik and Curriculum in Ongoing Dialogue. Routledge. Ligozat, F., & Almqvist, J. (2018). Conceptual frameworks in didactics – learning and teaching: Trends, evolutions and comparative challenges. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 3-16. Säfström, C.-A., & Östman, L. (Eds.) (1999). Textanalys: introduktion till syftesrelaterad analys. [Textual Analysis: An Introduction to Purpose Related Analysis]. Studentlitteratur. Sfard, A. (1998). On two metaphors for learning and the dangers of choosing just one. Educational Researcher, 27(2), 4-13. Werler, T. (2025). Exploring the research landscape of the General Didactics Network at NERA. Nordisk Tidskrift för Allmän Didaktik 11(1), 3-23. Wittgenstein, L. (1953/2009). Philosophical Investigations. Wiley-Blackwell. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Validating a Generic Model of Research Designs in Subject-Matter Didactics by Topic Modelling 1: DIPF Frankfurt am Main, Germany, Germany; 2: University Siegen, Germany; 3: University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Subject-matter didactics is an academic field which is more or less compartmentalized by the subject area of the relevant discipline. Up to now, the discussion about research designs in subject‐matter didactics has mainly taken place within the disciplines of this academic field and the respective national contexts (Bayrhuber et al., 2012; Rothgangel et al., 2020). To stimulate inter-disciplinary and (inter-)national discussion, recently a generic model of research designs has been developed by two cross-disciplinary Delphi Studies. First, a Delphi Study has been administered within the German speaking discourse of subject-matter didactics, in which 305 colleagues from 21 subject-matter didactical disciplines have responded to an online survey with predominantly closed-ended questions and further 68 colleagues answered to a follow-up online survey with predominantly open-ended questions. The result of this study has been used for an international Delphi Study in 30 countries from four continents (Riegel & Rothgangel, 2022, 2024). Both studies resulted in a generic model that is based on three dimensions which are typical for scientific research: theories, subject areas, and methodologies. Its particular subject-didactical character is coined by the categories of these dimensions: These categories give the model the character that is typical of subject-didactic research. This generic model, however, still is deductively derived, while an inductive corroboration of this generic model is still pending. As a first step to take up this desideratum, this project sets out to validate the generic model by comparing it with the latent themes within a sample of doctoral theses within the field of subject-matter didactics. This sample is a perfect test case because in such theses the early career researchers testify that they are competent to do proper research in this academic field. Additionally, the distribution of such a sample regarding theories, subject matter and methodologies may not be as influenced by publication bias as a sample consisting of research papers. The sample’s heterogeneity, volume and length of its single documents prevents traditional approaches for validating the model like qualitative content analysis. Instead, the application of computer-linguistic machine learning approaches is necessary to extract, clean and analyze the texts. The latter was realized with a latent Dirichlet topic modelling approach (LDA), a proven and widely used method to identify latent themes within literature collections (Blei et al., 2003). To ensure parallelism of the generic model and the LDA, instead of a single model, a total of three LDA models were conducted one for each dimension of theories, subject matter and methodologies each based on a set of fixed terms related to each method (i.e. correlation or interview linked to methods; religion, chemistry or language-learning to subject matter etc.). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample of the study has been drawn from the catalogue of the German National Library (DNB) according to the following criteria: a) the text has to be a doctoral thesis, b) the text has to be in the field of subject-matter didactics, c) the text has to be written in German language, d) the text has to be published in Open Access, and e) text was published in or after 2000. N = 1680 texts in the DNB met those criteria. The exported corpus of full texts was analyzed with a mixed-methods approach of natural language processing in R and qualitative approaches: First, the text of each thesis was split into disjunct segments by automatically identifying the sections on theory, methods and results. This was done by determining the section relationship of each single page by counting and analyzing the most frequent single words, pairs and triplets and assigning them to the aforementioned segments. Second, the natural language processing method topic modelling – more specifically a latent Dirichlet approach – was applied on the disjunct segments. LDA is an algorithmic approach to identify the underlying themes of documents in a corpus by identifying words occurring frequently (together) and clustering the documents based on those (co-)occurrences (Blei & Jordan, 2003; Steyvers & Griffiths, 2007). Therefore, the multiple topic models identified in the segments on theory represent the central theoretical paradigms of the theses. Accordingly, the models in the methodical segments refer to the methods used and the models in the segments of findings to the research objectives. Finally, all topics of all topic models were qualitatively analyzed and clustered. This was done by independent ratings of two student raters, the inter-rater-reliability was measured by Cohen’s Kappa (Hallgren, 2012). The clustering will be done within the software of MaxQDA (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2019). For the cross-validation of both models, two- and three-dimensional heatmaps of all permutations of all dimensions are utilized to visualize the intersections of research objectives, theoretical paradigms and methodological approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project enables a first glimpse into a comparison of a theoretical model on the one hand and a literature based model on the other hand: a valid model should have a high degree of correspondence with the clusters on the one hand and the categories of the model on the other. If the model is valid, characteristic clouds can be identified in the spaces created by the three dimensions of research objectives, theoretical paradigms and methodological approaches. Validating the generic model of subject-matter didactic research will contribute to the scientific character of subject-matter didactics on the level of the philosophy of science. First, by reflecting own research on the ground of a common model the inter-disciplinary discourse between the single disciplines of subject-matter didactics will flourish – on both the national and the international level. Second, referring to a common generic model of research in subject-matter didactics, the discourse on research designs in this academic discipline has a joint theoretical framework to strengthen comparative research. References Bayrhuber, H., Harms, U., Muszynski, B., Ralle, B., Rothgangel, M., Schön, L.-H., Vollmer, H., & Weigand, H.-G. (Eds.) (with Gesellschaft für Fachdidaktik, GFD-Fachtagung, & GFD-Fachtagung: Formate fachdidaktischer Forschung). (2012). Formate fachdidaktischer Forschung: Empirische Projekte—Historische Analysen—Theoretische Grundlegungen. Waxmann. Blei, D. M., Ng, A. Y., & Jordan, M. I. (2003). Latent dirichlet allocation. Journal of machine Learning research, 3(Jan), 993-1022. Hallgren, K. A. (2012). Computing Inter-Rater Reliability for Observational Data: An Overview and Tutorial. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 8(1), 23–34. https://doi.org/10.20982/tqmp.08.1.p023 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2019). Analyzing qualitative data with MAXQDA: Text, audio, and video. Springer. Riegel, U., & Rothgangel, M. (2022). Designing Research in Subject Matter Didactics. Results and Open Questions of a Delphi Study. RISTAL. Research in Subject-Matter Teaching and Learning, 5, 56–77. Riegel, U., & Rothgangel, M. (2024). From Science to Science. Ein idealtypisches Modell fachdidaktischer Forschungsformate als Produkt und Mittel des Transfers zwischen disziplinären Kulturen der Fachdidakti. In M. Hemmer, C. Angele, C. Bertsch, S. Kapelari, G. Leitner, & M. Rothgangel (Eds.), Fachdidaktik im Zentrum von Forschungstransfer und Transferforschung: Beiträge der GFD-ÖGFD-Tagung Wien 2022 (pp. 301–311). Waxmann. Rothgangel, M., Abraham, U., Bayrhuber, H., Frederking, V., Jank, W., & Vollmer, H. J. (Eds.). (2020). Lernen im Fach und über das Fach hinaus: Bestandsaufnahmen und Forschungsperspektiven aus 17 Fachdidaktiken im Vergleich. Allgemeine Fachdidaktik, Band 2. Waxmann. Steyvers, M., & Griffiths, T. (2007). Probabilistic topic models. In Handbook of latent semantic analysis (pp. 439-460). Psychology Press. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 02 A: Human Agency and Digital Infrastructures Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Jo Bjørkli Helgetun Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper From Hand-made to Human-done: How Human Agency Matters in Digital Infrastructures and how Sociology Can Explore It? Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Current technological changes put human action in different relations than we have been used to – human action is beginning to reflect off the new digital culture in previously unexpected ways. Empirically, there is a salient infrastructuring of AI and other digital tools across most communication and work practices, including educational practices. AI products are beginning to be plugged into all communication technologies and, in a sense, are becoming inevitable for people to use and to be used by. The distinction between humans using AI and AI using humans becomes obscured, for which the processual and dynamic term “infrastructuring” (Enfield & Kockelman, 2017) is appropriate. Despite this, a kind of resistance was observed in the form of a suggested label, “human-made” or “human-thought,” in public discourse, or an existing badge, “not by AI,” that promises purchasers “Empowering Humans to Create Authentic Content” (Hsu, n.d.). like the older debates about the value of human-made objects, or the organic origin of food (Bio), here also rise concerns about “human washing”. Last but not least, in another way, the value of human teachers and technology-free didactics is raised again in informal discussions between teachers on social media. These shifting expressions and dynamics of resistance to AI and digitalisation also shape how human agency (HA) matters within them. Based on this context, I ask the following questions: How does human agency matter in current digital infrastructures, and how is the meaning of human agency made through the infrastructuring of these digital tools? However, at the theoretical level, the long-criticised essentialist bifurcation between the human and the non-human in the social sciences, which leads to post-human or more-than-human ontologies, becomes insufficient to capture the ways in which human agency matters now. The sociology of agency, I argue, deserves a new impetus in the context of infrastructuring digital tools and AI. Moreover, despite academic research have deconstructed modern assumptions about human action (individual and free agency) as an inappropriate form of anthropocentrism in both sociology and education, educational policy and practice implicitly presupposed these assumptions and hold individuals responsible for their actions, including the use of digital tools. Although HA is dissolved within the notions of distributed agency (Enfield & Kockelman, 2017), in many subsequent political infrastructural (hard and thinking) initiatives (including COVID recovery), HA is unproblematically and implicitly presupposed, called upon, evaluated, and responsibilised. To disentangle this paradox of inadequate responsibilisation of human agency (e.g. the responsibilisation of teachers for the running of didactic digital tools) and inadequate capitulation to seemingly determining infrastructures (e.g. passive adaptation to infrastructural settings), I ask how questions of human agency matter in current infrastructure studies within post-human and more-than-human ontologies. What conceptual and methodological tools are available to address human agency sociologically? The problem is that mainstream sociology rather presupposes agency as being inherently human since it presupposes human subjects as existing as biological individuals prior to agency, which involves taking some non-related objects (in hands) and relating them consequently. However, sociological research has long shown that human subjects do not exist in this way. Relational sociology has challenged both the subjectivity as apriori of social relations and the essential separation of social entities in space as an empty vessel (Powell, 2013). Nevertheless, relational sociology left the question of explicit human agency unaddressed (with some exceptions, e.g. Burkitt, 2018) while more-than-human scholarship, in a sense, overlooks human agency, and when it does not, it is critical rather to the economic and capitalist notion of human (Parisi, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In attempting to bring human agency back into focus, I got inspired by two rich cultural traditions of reflection that have never abandoned explicit exploration of human agency: philosophy and art. Taken together, therefore, I draw on existing sociological approaches to social ontology, namely processual sociology (Abbott, 2016) and relational sociology (Dépelteau, 2018; Pyyhtinen, 2016). I connect them to the work begun by relational philosophy (Benjamin, 1993, 2015) and also by the late critique of phenomenology provided by the Czech philosopher Patočka (Novotný, 2018; Patočka, 1999; Tava & Meacham, 2016). I also make use of the artistic dimension. Especially, action art, as an active way of living and experimenting with human existence, makes it pertinent to my task. To make sense of the uneasy field and address the complicated data collection, I was epistemologically inspired by the so-called rootling approach (Keil et al., 2025) through which a researcher gathers empirical material from everywhere possible, valuing patchy ingredients and explicitly working through non-linearity, thoroughness, and uncertainty. This invites consideration of an array of so-called inventive methods, artistic included (Lury & Wakeford, 2014; Piattoeva & Saari, 2022). Drawing on this epistemological, methodological, and theoretical background, I seek to explore the possibilities of sociological inquiry into human agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I will illustrate my work so far, based on previous readings and observations, interviews with teachers, and especially on fieldwork conducted in December and January 2026 on one artistic intervention into space and trajectories of people in one small town in the Czech Republic, which serves as a bed for observation of changes in social relations and hence change in possibilities to act as a human. References Abbott, A. (2016). Processual Sociology. The University of Chicago Press. Benjamin, A. (1993). The Plural Event: Descartes, Hegel, Heidegger. Routledge. Benjamin, A. (2015). Towards a Relational Ontology: Philosophy’s Other Possibility. State University of New York Press. Burkitt, I. (2018). Relational Agency. In F. Dépelteau (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Relational Sociology (pp. 523–538). Palgrave Macmillan. Dépelteau, F. (2018). The Palgrave Handbook of Relational Sociology (F. Dépelteau (ed.)). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-66005-9 Hsu, A. (n.d.). not by AI: Your AI-free Content Deserves a Badge. https://notbyai.fyi/ Keil, P., O’Mahony, K., Szczygielska, M., Kuen, L., Raju, S., & Sarapuu, J. (2025). Rootling as Research: An introduction. Rootling. https://rootling.place Lury, C., & Wakeford, N. (2014). Inventive Methods: The Happening of the Social. Routledge. Novotný, K. (2018). Europe, Post-Europe, and Eurocentrism. In Thinking After Europe: Jan Patočka and Politics (pp. 301–314). Rowman and Littlefield. Parisi, L. (2021). Interactive Computation and Artificial Epistemologies. Theory, Culture and Society, 38(7–8), 33–53. https://doi.org/10.1177/02632764211048548 Patočka, J. (1999). Doba poevropská a její duchovní problémy. In I. Chvatík & P. Kouba (Eds.), Sebrané spisy Jana Patočky: Péče o duši II: Soubor statí a přednášek o postavení člověka ve světě a v dějinách (pp. 29–44). Oikoymenh. Piattoeva, N., & Saari, A. (2022). Rubbing against data infrastructure(s): methodological explorations on working with(in) the impossibility of exteriority. Journal of Education Policy, 37(2), 165–185. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1753814 Powell, C. (2013). Radical Relationism: A Proposal. In C. Powell & F. Dépelteau (Eds.), Conceptualizing Relational Sociology: Ontological and Theoretical Issues (pp. 187–207). Palgrave Macmillan UK. Pyyhtinen, O. (2016). More-than-Human Sociology: A New Sociological Imagination. Palgrave Macmillan. Tava, F., & Meacham, D. (2016). Thinking After Europe: Jan Patočka and Politics. Rowman and Littlefield. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Digital, Moral and Social Work That Goes into Doing Classifications for Documentation: A Teacher Perspective Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:The education sector is facing changes as the use of commercial digital platforms, owned and designed by large international corporations, continues to increase with the general promise of simple answers to complex, contextualized, issues, such as learning and teaching (Bergviken Rensfeldt & Hillman, 2024). These platforms are embedded in and entangled with educational practices in school (Bergviken Rensfeldt & Hillman, 2024; Pangrazio, et al., 2023), they are part of decision-making processes, they create new forms of work (Selwyn, 2021), and they are involved in categorizing and systematizing in ways that may be hidden from practitioners (Moraiti, et al., 2024). The platformization of education is a strong imaginary (Palsa, et al., 2025; Rahm, 2024) and some researchers argue that the digitalization and platformization of education is “an apparatus that is entangled with the worst managerialist, authoritarian and corporatized aspects of contemporary education” (Selwyn, 2024, p. 264). Nevertheless, Pangrazio et al. (2023) concluded that data-driven education is considered self-evident in schools and therefore does not need to be questioned. Pangrazio et al. (2023) discuss that this is evidence of how marketing and policy lead schools to believe in the effectiveness and superiority of data-driven systems. Altogether, previous research on the platformization of education shows that there is great value in closely and critically examining specific sociomaterial realities using specific platforms to be able to generalize how platformization affects education on a broader scale. Previous research indicates that platforms are embedded in the educational systems, globally, and are thus influencing the realization of education. However, to understand how the platformization of education (macro-level) actually plays out in teachers’ digital work, we need to study what digital work is done in schools, by whom, and how (micro-level). The proliferation of platforms that are embedded in and entangled with pedagogical processes in school has contributed to a growing concern about how and what the digital actually, concretely, socially and materially affects (Selwyn, 2024). The influence of platforms may be hidden from teachers because of their ubiquity and embeddedness in everyday school practices. Educational platforms are a seen but unnoticed part of the mundane social and material infrastructure of pedagogical practice that affect the social, technical and political-economic dimensions of school activities. In this paper, we focus on the usage of a dominant platform in Finnish schools, Wilma (owned by Visma), which is a school administration and communication platform that has a near-monopoly position in the Finnish educational system. We focus on teachers' digital work around classifications (Bowker & Star, 2000) connected to the monitoring of attendance and behavior at school. Although the platforms are part of the tapestry of schools, the generation of data on the platform requires that teachers, caregivers and students do digital work, which has increased the workload of, for example, teachers (Bergviken Rensfeldt & Hillman, 2024; Selwyn, et al., 2017; Selwyn, 2021). The digital work is often invisible (Star, 1999; Hatton, 2017), since documenting attendance and behavior is not seen as the main educational practice of the teacher and because it can be performed seemingly without much effort. At the same time, this type of invisible work is crucial in meeting the multifaceted expectations placed on both teachers, students and caregivers (Chen, 2020). Our study is structured around three research questions, inspired by Bowker and Star (2000): How do teachers create and maintain complex classifications? What work do the classifications do? How do teachers handle deviant cases of classification? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data has been gathered through ethnographic fieldwork at a lower secondary school in 2024. These data include ethnographic fieldwork with two teachers done by two researchers and spread over four months, walk-along interviews with said teachers, the principal, two administrative personnel, and the municipality’s superintendent, and an app walkthrough (Light et al., 2018) of the student version of the Wilma app on both Android and iOS. The ethnographic work is informed by digital ethnography (Pink et al., 2016), infrastructure ethnography (Star, 1999) and patchwork ethnography (Günel & Watanabe, 2024). We account for the diverse ways in which digital technologies are (re)configured by socio-materiality and infrastructures. This requires us as researchers to follow connections between sites and spaces (Hine, 2007) and “follow the actors” (Latour, 2005, p. 237), rather than studying practices within a bounded place (digital or analog). Place matters, but more in the sense of how digital technologies are inherently embedded in the everyday. Therefore, we pay attention to how participants give space and orient to digital technologies, and, vice versa, how digital technologies take space and demand attention (Bulut 2020; Harvey 2015; Sharma 2014; Taylor 2024). In line with what Decuypere et al., (2021) point out, our research design employs multiple methods for data collection (ethnographic field notes, audio- and screen recordings, as well as digital walk-along interviews) combined with critical, sociomaterial and infrastructural analytical methods (e.g., Light et al., 2016; Star & Ruhleder, 1996; Star, 1999; Latour, 2005) to be able to capture the highly contingent and specific forms of work that is linked to digital platforms. We employ the analytical framework by Bowker and Star (2000) to be able to answer our research questions on how classifications encroach on the daily lives of the participants at the school, more specifically on teachers' digital work. We employ the principles that Bowker and Star (2000) suggest to analyse classifications: "recognizing their ubiquity, analyzing their material texture, examining ways in which they reconfigure our understanding of the past, and exploring their practical politics" (Bowker & Star, 2000, p. 147). This approach enables a “reverse engineering” (Bowker & Star, 2000, p. 147) of the classification systems to reveal tensions, struggles and compromises in teachers' digital work on and around classifications of attendance and behavior. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are sixteen classifications of attendance and behavior available in the municipality. Only one can be chosen per lesson and there is a possibility to write a short comment. The need to relate to these classifications influences teachers’ work in complex ways. The invisible and frictionless (but it takes up time and space) documentation also needs to be viewed as communication, since caregivers and students get notified directly. The moral and social stakes are high with regards to this digital work. Teachers also need to take into account the right to privacy of students vis-à-vis their parents and whether something is worth documenting in a register or not. The moral and social dimension is evident in how students orient towards remarks in Wilma. They take the remarks seriously and want them to be correct and fair. This is connected to them being passive consumers of information from an ‘authority’, since they cannot produce or amend information on the platform. Another notable result was that Wilma is oriented to as an omnipresent depository of information and what is noted and registered in Wilma is what is worth noting and registering. What is possible to register and do in Wilma, is what is being registered and noted in teachers’ work. This restricts the possibilities of teachers to handle deviant cases of classification. The teaching is, and has been, partially shaped by Wilma and teachers’ pedagogical autonomy has been gnawed at. What is registered is how well students can live up to the norms of moving their bodies, temporally and spatially, according to the schedule, and behave according to the norms of a well-behaved student, albeit in accordance with the situation, and the teacher judging whether they live up to the norms or not. References Bergviken Rensfeldt, A. & Hillman, T. (2024). The relational powers of platforms and infrastructures played out in school Differences and implications for teacher work. In B. Williamson, J. Komljenovic & N. K. Gulson (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2024: digitalisation of education in the era of algorithms, automation and artificial intelligence (pp. 106–121). Routledge. Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (2000). Invisible Mediators of Action: Classification and the Ubiquity of Standards. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 7(1–2), 147–163. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2000.9677652 Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Stud-ies in Education, 62(1), 1–16. Günel, G., & Watanabe, C. (2024). Patchwork ethnography. American Ethnologist, 51(1), 131–139. Light, B., Burgess, J., & Duguay, S. (2018). The walkthrough method: An approach to the study of apps. New Media & Society, 20(3), 881–900. Palsa, L., Fagerlund, J., & Mertala, P. (2025). Exploring the Futures of Datafied Welfare State Education: Thematic Analysis of Sociotechnical Imaginaries. Social Inclusion, 13, 1–21. Pangrazio, L., Selwyn, N., & Cumbo, B. (2023). A patchwork of platforms: Mapping data infrastructures in schools. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 65–80. Selwyn, N. (2021). The human labour of school data: Exploring the production of digital data in schools. Oxford Review of Education, 47(3), 353–368. Selwyn, N. (2024). Digitalisation of education in the era of climate collapse and planetary breakdown. In B. Williamson, J. Komljenovic & N. K. Gulson (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2024: digitalisation of education in the era of algorithms, automation and artificial intelligence (pp. 261–275). Routledge. Star, S. L., & Strauss, A. (1999). Layers of Silence, Arenas of Voice: The Ecology of Visible and Invisible Work. Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 8, 9–30. Star, S., & Ruhleder, K. (1996). Steps Toward an Ecology of Infrastructure: Design and Access for Large Information Spaces. Information Technology and Organizational Transformation, 7(1), 111–134. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Follow-ups Versus Snapshots: On the Necessity of New Methodologies and Forms of Epistemic Thought in Critical Edtech Studies 1: Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium; 2: Centre for School Development, PHZH, Switzerland Presenting Author:What is a research article? In simple terms, it is a record of history that seeks to communicate knowledge. In sociologies of education, research articles are generally made up of a problem statement rooted in a sociological literature review, some kind of analytical approach, empirical observations, and a discussion/conclusion based on the observations coupling back to the already established knowledge base. Therefore, what an article is at an ontological level is dependent on the information, data, and knowledge available to its author(s) at its time of writing. Thus, it is a form of a snapshot of the state of a given object (and research field) at a given time, as understood by a given set of researchers drawing on the knowledge available to them. A snapshot of an object, at one particular point in time, is arguably but one of many possible snapshots over the history of an object, such as a particular educational technology. It is a singular view that can be used as a building block to construct a greater whole, such as a snapshot series or even a movie. Such a move from singular snapshot (image) to movie is similar to how old cartoons were made, as one drawing led into the next with minor modifications, but eventually conveying change (movement) that could otherwise not be seen. In the field of educational technologies (edtech) in particular, most material objects of study are dynamic and perpetually changing, particularly when digital in nature, and are as such subject to continuous spatio-temporal change and (de-)formation (Decuypere et al., 2022). If a piece of edtech is subject to change and functions as it moves across space-time, a snapshot arguably provides a limited image of the artefact, as it – by and large –only tends and aims to capture the state of a particular piece of edtech in a singular moment. However, inherent change in digital technology precludes the exclusive methodological reliance on such singular points of observation for comprehensively understanding digital artefacts (Decuypere & Lewis, 2023). In that regard, the purpose of our presentation is to foster epistemological and empirical debate as to what research articles, when investigating edtech in a critical manner, precisely enable to show and capture when they rely on singular snapshots, as compared to more longitudinal follow-up studies. We will more particularly argue that follow-ups allow to capture how edtech evolves and mutates, as we cannot derive general conclusions from singular snapshots. In particular, in this presentation, we will conduct a follow-up study of the smartphone application TeacherTapp. In a previous study (Helgetun & Decuypere 2023), we analysed TeacherTapp as a multiple enactment with an emphasis on its differences across various spaces such as England/Flanders, and the multiple enactment of the app’s data streams across social media and policy documents/debates. Here, we build on and at the same time follow up on that study by providing a spatio-temporal analysis to trace the evolution of TeacherTapp over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The original analysis in our first study consisted of a walkthrough (Apps et al., 2022; Decuypere, 2019; Light et al., 2016) of TeacherTapp in October 2021 and February 2022, interviews with people in the organisations operating the app in England and Flanders (three in each organisation), website analysis, and policy analysis. Due to resources constraints, we did not analyse TeacherTapp in the Netherlands. Analytically, our original article focused on the multiple enactment of TeacherTapp across different spaces such as England/Flanders, and inside/outside the app. With the ‘outside’ of the app, we mean the re-enactment of its data streams in policy documents, on social media, and in blog posts. In this follow-up study, we not only looked at any continued divergence or convergence in its enactment as a mutable mobile, but also introduced a large focus on temporal elements of the app that we “missed” the first time around, due to our focus on spatial dynamics rather than temporal ones as stated above. In technical terms, we observed the app daily with screenshots of its content as we clicked through it (walk-through), dated it, and coded whether or not new features emerged across the two contexts (and compared when they emerged in each context). In addition, to expand our understanding of TeacherTapp’s data streams in this follow up, we analysed the use of TeacherTapp generated data in research. We did so by first conducting a Google Scholar search (2023) for the keyword “Teacher Tapp”, where we found 129 entries. Of those entries, we coded 44 entries as using TeacherTapp data centrally in their analysis, 34 relevant to England, 1 to Flanders, and 9 to the Netherlands. We coded all 129 entries in terms of type of publication (peer review article, book, report, blog), publication year, author, organisation, and frequency of author/organisation. We then interviewed 4 researchers (1 academic researcher, 1 private research institute researcher, and 2 state employed researchers) to understand why they used TeacherTapp data and the process of obtaining the data, working with Education Intelligence, and the analysis of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a conclusion, we will argue that follow-up studies of edtech artefacts are at least additionally beneficial in two respects. First of all, follow-up studies are beneficial in showing some of the (spatiotemporal) randomness, glitches, and noise that ensues when educational technologies ongoingly unfold (Macgilchrist 2024). This enables to see difference and repetition, stability and change, in a grander scheme of things, and hence, enables a much more nuanced and complicated understanding of educational technologies that goes further than (only) focusing on new features, developments, or product categories. Secondly, such knowledge is arguably indispensable for educational practitioners and policy makers alike, as it allows to develop general vantage points and concrete (e.g., didactic, policy) measures that allow to make more informed decisions about edtech, as they would allow to explicitly take into account what does not change and what endures (i.e., what remains immutable and immobile) as technologies continuously unfold and get reenacted. Even though follow-up studies are no panacea, they hold the potential for educational practitioners and policy makers to see and apprehend not only what is new in edtech, but equally the many continuities and stabilities that are characteristic of this field. These insights, in turn, could be beneficial in developing policies and designing school development initiatives beyond the daily grind and moving past day-to-day thinking and initiatives. Naturally, by steelmanning the argument for follow-up studies, we are aware that much more epistemic thought and methodological innovation in the field of CES is ongoingly needed, including the value of snapshots in relation to follow-up studies, and the explicit linkages and differences between follow-up studies, historical analyses, and longitudinal ethnographic studies. Ths presentation will at once be a starting point in this direction and an invitation for further debate. References Apps, T., Beckman, K., & Howard, S. K. (2022). Valuable data? Using walkthrough methods to understand the impact of digital reading platforms in Australian primary schools. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(2), 294-309. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2160458 Decuypere, M. (2019). Researching educational apps: Ecologies, technologies, subjectivities and learning regimes. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(4), 414-429. Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 871-882. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221076306 Decuypere, M., & Lewis, S. (2023). Topological genealogy: a methodology to research transnational digital governance in/through/as change. Journal of Education Policy, 38(1), 23-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.1995629 Helgetun, J. B., & Decuypere, M. (2023). One thing can be more than one thing a comparative study of the teacher professionalization app TeacherTapp. Learning, Media and Technology, 00(0), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2226876 Latour, B. (1987). Science in Action: how to follow scientists and engineers through society. Harvard University Press. Law, J. (2004). After method: Mess in social science research. Routledge. Law, J., & Mol, A. (2001). Situating Technoscience: An Inquiry into Spatialities. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 19(5), 609-621. https://doi.org/10.1068/d243t Leonardi, P. M., & Treem, J. W. (2020). Behavioral Visibility: A new paradigm for organization studies in the age of digitization, digitalization, and datafication. Organization Studies. Light, B., Burgess, J., & Duguay, S. (2016). The walkthrough method: An approach to the study of apps. New Media & Society, 20(3), 881-900. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444816675438 Macgilchrist, F. (2024). Educational Ethnography in an Age of Technoculture: Exploring Noise and Glitch Instead of Fetishising the New. In J. Budde et al. (Eds.), Novelty, Innovation and Transformation in Educational Ethnographic Research (pp. 16-28). Routledge. Macgilchrist, F. (2021). What is ‘critical’ in critical studies of edtech? Three responses. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 243-249. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1958843 Mifsud, L., Mørch, A. I., & Lieberg, S. (2013). An analysis of teacher-defined activities with mobile technologies: predecessor and successor tool use in the classroom. Learning, Media and Technology, 38(1), 41-56. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2012.655746 Mol, A. (2002). The Body Multiple: Ontology in Medical Practice. Duke University Press. Orlikowski, W. J. (2007). Sociomaterial Practices: Exploring Technology at Work. Organization Studies, 28(9), 1435-1448. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840607081138 Williamson, B., Macgilchrist, F., & Potter, J. (2023). Re-examining AI, automation and datafication in education. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 1-5. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2167830 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Configuring Digital Vulnerability in the Automated School Lund University, Sweden Presenting Author:This study empirically explores configurations of digital vulnerabilities in the automated school, showing how current Nordic debates mark a shift from the traditional digital divide to new forms of vulnerability and risk attribution. In the case of Sweden, emerging “de-digitalisation” has been shaped by a narrow crisis narrative in which decision makers frame schooling as pedagogically out of control, partly caused by excessive experimentation with digital connectivity (Forsler et al., 2025). Within this narrative, two widespread assumptions converge: that students are particularly vulnerable, and that measures are needed which promise a return to safer and less complex school arrangements. Yet such solutions, promoted by the edtech industry as neutral and convenient for schools and largely uncontested as such, conceal new kinds of knowledge production and the extensive articulation work of sorting, valuing, and removing technology in education. Importantly, it is work that paradoxically risks reproducing surveillance and standardisation while also obscuring further digital vulnerabilities (Crooks, 2024; sarin & Hill-Bonnet, 2025). To investigate this so far understudied shift, this study asks: how do digital vulnerabilities motivate new measures and practices? And how are digital vulnerabilities produced through these measures? These questions suggest paying attention to the making of objective practices (Jasanoff, 2011) through which schools and local authorities legitimate and attempt to sort out and limit invasive and “out of control” classroom connectivity. The aim is to highlight a shift from digital inclusion to digital vulnerability as the central matter of concern, and to expand how digital vulnerability in education is configured—materially, politically, temporally, and ethically. Drawing on STS and especially information and discard studies (Bowker & Star, 1999; Corvellec, 2025), the study sheds light on the political orderings enacted when some devices and connectivity are discarded and others elevated, and on what education, behaviours and forms of access are thereby stabilised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study reports on ethnographic fieldwork conducted in 2026 within Swedish municipal education, understood as part of the so-called data welfare state that is underpinned by far-reaching public sector automation and datafication (Kaun & Masso, 2025). The fieldwork includes several sites across one municipality, such as the local IT department responsible for procurements and administration, as well as two lower secondary schools involving teachers, students, and IT staff. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are expected to advance insights into an emerging shift from access based understandings of the digital divide toward concerns about exposure, risk, and control, and discuss the implications of this shift. The study will address the lack of critical language and stress affirmative critique with digital vulnerabilities specific to educational contexts and raise the further issue of what kinds of reconfigurations might be possible. References Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (1999). Sorting Things Out. MIT Press Corvellec, H. (Ed.). (2025). Waste as a Critique. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/9780198907077.001.0001 Crooks, R. N. (2024). Access Is Capture: How Edtech Reproduces Racial Inequality (1st edn). University of California Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/jj.18703062 Forsler, I., Hayes, S., Jandrić, P., Macgilchrist, F., Selwyn, N., & Hansén, S. (2025). Hijacking the Digital Backlash in Education. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00601-9 Jasanoff, S. (2011). The practices of objectivity in regulatory science. Social Knowledge in the Making, 307, 312–317. Kaun, A., & Masso, A. (2025). The Data Welfare State. SAGE Publications, Limited. sarin, p., & Hill-Bonnet, L. (2025). Suspending Disbelief: The Algorithmic Theater of Student Computer Tracking Software. Surveillance & Society, 23(2), 182–198. https://doi.org/10.24908/ss.v23i2.17764 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 02 B: Social Reproduction, Educational Mobility and Access Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Wanru Xu Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Intergenerational Educational Mobility and Value Transmission in Europe MCA - Collegium Professorum Hungarorum, Piliscsaba, Hungary Presenting Author:Research on intergenerational educational mobility draws on a longstanding sociological tradition that examines how social origins shape cultural orientations. Blau and Duncan’s (1967) status attainment model conceptualised mobility as a cumulative process shaped by parental education, occupation, and socioeconomic position. Boudon (1974) introduced the distinction between primary and secondary effects of social origin. While primary effects arise from early performance differences, secondary effects relate to class-specific educational decision‑making, reflecting perceived costs, risks, and expected returns. Drawing on Weber, Boudon argues that achieving higher educational attainment is often the result of explicitly value-rational decisions (Boudon 2003). Mare’s (1980) sequential transition model emphasised that inequality accumulates across successive educational thresholds, with students from lower-status backgrounds disproportionately filtered out at each stage, consequently, those first-generation graduates who successfully navigate these hurdles often undergo a profound shift in their worldview. Breen and Goldthorpe’s (1997) rational-action model added that families aim to avoid downward mobility, with higher status families better positioned to tolerate educational risks, while low-status families rely on more conservative strategies. Studies on value orientations (Schwartz 1992, 2006; Inglehart and Welzel 2005) also seek to understand the distinct value-orientations of individuals who have achieved higher levels of education. Schwartz argues that higher education fosters openness to change and self-transcendence over conservation and self-enhancement, as it encourages intellectual autonomy. According to Inglehart, upward mobility is associated with a greater likelihood of self-expression-oriented values. Those who were raised in highly educated families exhibit the strongest and most stable post-materialist orientations, as they are socialised in environments where existential security and autonomy-supportive norms are taken for granted. Cross‑national research shows systematic regional variation: Northern and Western European societies prioritise autonomy and egalitarianism, while Southern Europe and post-socialist Central and Eastern Europe display stronger security-oriented and hierarchical value structures. We were curious to see whether the relationship between intergenerational educational mobility and values shows a uniform pattern across different regions of Europe, or whether the cultural diversity emphasized in the examination of values is more strongly reflected. Based on these theories we formulate the following hypotheses: (1) In Central and Eastern European contexts where higher education became widely accessible only after the expansion of the 2000s, opportunities for upward mobility are more constrained, than in different regions. (2) At the individual level, first-generation graduates can be expected to show more post-materialist orientations than would be predicted by their parental background, yet their value profiles may remain less strongly post-materialist than those of multi-generation graduates who were socialised in autonomy-rich environments.(3) Finally, given the cross-national variation in value orientation identified by Schwartz and Inglehart, the share of post-materialist graduates should vary substantially across different regions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on the integrated dataset of Waves 9–11 of the European Social Survey (ESS). The waves were merged to minimise potential distortions associated with the COVID 19 pandemic and related governmental restrictions, which may have temporarily influenced value orientations. To ensure cross national representativeness, all analyses applied the post stratification weights provided by the ESS. The analytical sample was restricted to respondents aged 24 to 90. After applying these criteria, the final sample comprised 116,446 respondents. To identify cross national value structures, we conducted K means cluster analysis on country level mean scores of the Human Values Scale (HVS), the measure derived from Schwartz’s Portrait Values Questionnaire ESS adapted version (PVQ 21). Based on data from 31 countries, three distinct value regions emerged. The resulting clusters were labelled: (1) Mosaic Pattern Region, (2) Northern and Central Region, and (3) Post Socialist and Southern Region. These macro level value configurations served as the contextual framework for analysing individual level orientations. At the individual level, respondents’ value profiles were also subjected to K means clustering, yielding six value orientation clusters: entitlement oriented self assertive individuals, communal altruists, communitarian norm followers, passive paternalistic security-seekers, post materialist cosmopolitans, and self realising individualists. Post-materialist orientations appeared most strongly in the post materialist cosmopolitans and self-realising individualists, which therefore played a central role in subsequent analyses. Intergenerational educational mobility was operationalised by comparing respondents’ and their fathers ISCED based attainment. In constructing the mobility index, no distinction was made between BA and MA attainment; both were uniformly treated as tertiary (degree level) qualifications. The difference between respondents’ and fathers’ ISCED levels produced a seven category mobility measure: downwardly mobile, primary level immobile, primary level upwardly mobile, secondary level immobile, secondary level upwardly mobile, upwardly mobile graduates, and graduate level immobile. To capture educational inheritance, we calculated the proportion of intergenerationally stable graduates (individuals with at least a paternal tertiary education) within each country. We further examined the share of respondents with non-graduate fathers, especially those from low-educated backgrounds, who nevertheless attained tertiary education. Finally, we analysed how HVS values varied across mobility groups and how upwardly mobile individuals were distributed across the six value clusters. This multi level analytical design enabled a comprehensive assessment of how educational trajectories intersect with societal value regimes and individual value orientations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the ESS works with representative data on educational attainment, it cannot be stated with certainty based on the research that the educational attainment data also adequately represent mobility data. This study advances current understandings of intergenerational educational mobility in Europe by demonstrating that mobility trajectories are substantially more diverse than often assumed. Contrary to common expectations, the lowest mobility rates are not found in Eastern Europe. Instead, the Northern and Central Region exhibits the smallest share of upwardly mobile individuals. In contrast, the Post Socialist and Southern Region displays the highest mobility rates, reflecting the combined effects of educational expansion and structural transformation. Across Europe, approximately one third of respondents remain immobile relative to their fathers. Although a one step ISCED increase is the dominant mobility pathway, the Northern and Central Region shows an exceptionally high prevalence of downward mobility ‒ nearly double that observed elsewhere ‒ largely associated with later study completion and the high proportion of current students. At the same time, about one fifth of respondents attain education levels three ISCED steps higher than their fathers, most prominently in the Mosaic Pattern Region. Our second hypotheses have confirmed: Educational mobility also has a differentiated impact on value orientations. First generation graduates display more postmaterialist orientations than expected from their parental background, yet remain less postmaterialist than multigeneration graduates socialised in autonomy rich environments. The third hypotheses: Regional contrasts remain pronounced: post-materialist orientations are strongest in the Northern and Central Region, elevated in the Mosaic Pattern Region, and weakest in the Post Socialist and Southern Region. Overall, the findings highlight educational mobility ‒ its presence, absence, and direction ‒ as a key mechanism shaping value orientations, while broader societal value orientations and family backgrounds continue to exert persistent influence. References Blau, P. M., & Duncan, O. D. (1967). The American occupational structure. New York: Wiley. Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in Western society. New York: Wiley. Boudon, R. (2003). Beyond rational choice theory. Annual review of sociology,29(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.29.010202.100213 Breen, R., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (1997). Explaining educational differentials: Towards a formal rational action theory. Rationality and Society, 9(3), 275–305. https://doi.org/10.1177/104346397009003002 Inglehart, R. (1977). The silent revolution: Changing values and political styles among Western publics. Princeton University Press. Inglehart, R. (1990). Culture shift in advanced industrial society. Princeton University Press. Inglehart, R. (1997). Modernization and postmodernization: Cultural, economic, and political change in 43 societies. Princeton University Press. Inglehart, R., & Welzel, C. (2005). Modernization, cultural change, and democracy: The human development sequence. Cambridge University Press. Mare, R. D. (1980). Social background and school continuation decisions. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 75(370), 295–305. https://doi.org/10.2307/2287448 Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 1–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0065-2601(08)60281-6 Schwartz, S. H. (2006). A theory of cultural value orientations: Explication and applications. Comparative Sociology, 5(2–3), 137–182. https://doi.org/10.1163/156913306778667357 Schwartz, S. H., et al. (2001). Extending the cross cultural validity of the theory of basic human values with a different method of measurement. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 32(5), 519–542. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022101032005001 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Students' Perspective on School Absence Aalborg University Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:In recent years, school absence among students has become an increasing political and scholarly concern (Dumstrei, 2023; EVA, 2022; Fleischer, 2018; Hedegaard-Sørensen, 2025; Kearney, 2007; Knudsen & Møller, 2017). Prolonged school non-attendance has often been framed through individual deficit models focusing on psychological difficulties or family dysfunction (Kearney, 2007; Knudsen & Møller, 2017). Such perspectives, which locate problems of attendance, behaviour, or learning within individual children, frequently lead to exclusionary and stigmatising responses (Lund, 2021; Nilsson, 2025b). Consequently, policy and intervention efforts have largely overlooked the structural, relational, and institutional dimensions of schooling. Recent research, however, highlights the need to reconceptualise school absence through attention to students’ lived experiences and agency (Corcoran & Kelly, 2023; Knage, 2023; Walther-Hansen, 2025). Corcoran and Kelly (2023) show that students with prolonged non-attendance predominantly identify school-related factors—rather than individual or home-based causes—as the primary reasons for their absence. Many of these students have strong academic aspirations and a pronounced desire to return, yet experience school as inaccessible or unresponsive. Emotional well-being and mental health challenges are described not as causes, but as consequences of non-attendance. The authors therefore call for a shift in research and policy towards more meaningful engagement with students, centring their perspectives in supportive interventions. The objective of this paper is to broaden discussions of school absence by foregrounding structural and relational conditions, while deepening the understanding of students’ well-being through a focus on belonging and agency. The paper also outlines a research design exploring how school absence may be prevented through the co-creation of interventions involving school professionals, parents, and students. The study is situated in the Danish context, where most children attend public schools and where worrying levels of absenteeism are increasing. This development has prompted a political ambition to provide earlier and more preventive interventions (UVM, 2026). Although the content of these interventions remains undefined, this paper argues that school absence must be understood within a structural and relational framework. Particular attention is given to student agency as articulated in the OECD Learning Compass 2030, which emphasises students’ capacity to act, shape their conditions, and make responsible choices (OECD, 2019). In line with this focus, the paper also draws on the concept of belonging, defined as “the extent to which [students] feel personally accepted, respected, and supported by others” (Goodenow & Grady, 1993, p. 60). Research has linked belonging to learning outcomes, well-being, and motivation for school attendance (Alink et al., 2023; Cuervo & Wyn, 2014; Fong Lam et al., 2015). Together, agency and belonging provide a framework for understanding school absence as shaped through interactions between students and school environments. The project is grounded in practice theory (Schatzki, 2002; Kemmis et al., 2014) and critical disability studies (Goodley et al., 2021; Nilsson, 2025a). The paper addresses the following research question: What characterises school environments that are experienced as supportive of attendance, belonging, and agency, and how can key features of such environments be reimagined and developed for broader application in public schools to enhance students’ attendance, belonging, and agency? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the paper presents preliminary findings from a pilot study conducted across three school settings: a school offering nature-based therapy, an online school, and a public school recognised for its innovative practices. These sites were selected based on peer recognition as schools that have succeeded in improving both attendance and student well-being. Together with an ongoing literature review on students’ perspectives on well-being and school attendance, the findings inform the identification of potential elements for the co-creation of future interventions. To address the research questions, the pilot study draws on a limited set of empirical data collected in late 2025 across the three school settings. Fieldwork at the nature-based therapy school included two observation sessions of approximately two hours, an interview with the school leader, and observations of activities and interactions within the school environment. The online school programme, which offers a broad range of subjects to students across Denmark, was examined through interviews with a teacher and the programme’s founder. Finally, fieldwork was conducted at a public school located in a culturally and socially diverse area and recognised for its preventive work on school absence. This school was visited twice, including observations of everyday school life, physical spaces, and interactions, as well as interviews with the school principal and a teacher with specific responsibilities related to school absence. The pilot study has functioned as a point of departure for raising methodological considerations relevant to a future large-scale study. The methodological framework for the large-scale study will be structured around two interrelated work packages informed by an interdisciplinary approach. The first work package builds on Stake’s (1995) conceptualisation of case studies and the fieldwork will combine observations with interactive qualitative methods, as well as individual and focus group interviews with students, parents, teachers, and school leaders. The second work package draws on an action research–inspired approach focused on developing interventions to prevent school absence. This methodology emphasises collaboration and co-creation among school professionals, parents, students, and researchers (Coghlan & Brannick, 2006). Action research has proven particularly effective in educational contexts (Chemi, 2011) and is grounded in the assumption that educators make more informed pedagogical decisions when actively participating in research processes that contribute to the underlying knowledge base (Zeichner, 2001, p. 274). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through a comprehensive literature review and a pilot project, this study seeks to establish a solid foundation for a future large-scale research project that further investigates how school absence may be prevented. The preliminary work presented in this paper aims to make several interrelated contributions. First, the study seeks to identify, map, and synthesise existing European research that foregrounds students’ perspectives on school absence, thereby providing an overview of current knowledge and identifying gaps within the field. Second, the pilot study aims to identify and analyse positive experiences derived from school-based programmes that promote attendance and support student well-being. These analyses focus on practices and conditions that appear to foster school belonging and students agency. Third, the study seeks to outline potential intervention strategies that build on action-oriented, research-driven collaboration among researchers, teachers, other school professionals, parents, and students. Such interventions are informed by principles of co-creation and are grounded in empirical insights from both the literature review and the pilot study. The preliminary findings aim to contribute to ongoing discussions on how student-centred interventions can address structural and relational conditions within school environments. Rather than positioning school absence as an individual deficit or requiring students to ‘fit in’ through socialisation into existing institutional norms, the study emphasises the importance of developing school practices that enable belonging and agency to emerge. Overall, the purpose of both the project and this paper is to broaden prevailing understandings of school absence and to deepen conceptualisations of well-being in educational contexts. References Alink, K., Denessen, E., Veerman, G.J., & Severiens, S. (2023). Exploring the concept of school belonging: A study with expert ratings. Cogent Education, 10(2). Chemi, T. (2011). Aktionsforskning. Alinea. Coghlan, D. & Brannick, T. (2006). Doing action research in your own organization. SAGE Publications. Corcoran, S., & Kelly, C. (2023). A meta-ethnographic understanding ... Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 23(1), 24-37. Cuervo, H., & Wyn, J. (2014). Reflections on the use of spatial and relational metaphors in youth studies. Journal of Youth Studies, 17(7), 901-915. Dumstrei, B. (2023): Skolevægring – børn med udfordringer... Forskning i Pædagogers Profession og Uddannelse, 7(1), 33-41. EVA (2022). Øget motivation og reduktion af skolefravær. EVA.dk. Fleischer, A.V. (2018). Jeg vil ikke i skole.. Dansk Psykologisk Forlag. Fong Lam, U., Chen, W.-W., Zhang, J., & Liang, T. (2015). It feels good to learn where I belong: School belonging …School Psychology International, 36(4), 393-409. Goodenow, C., & Grady, K.E. (1993). The relationship of school belonging and friends’ values ... The Journal of Experimental Education, 62(1), 60–71. Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., Liddiard, K., & Runswick-Cole, K. (2021). Key Concerns for Critical Disability Studies. International Journal of Disability and Social Justice, 1(1), 27–49. Hedegaard-Sørensen, L. (2025) Mellemformer... Pædagogisk indblik, nr. 27, Aarhus Universitetsforlag. Kearney, C.A. (2007). Form and functions of school refusal behavior in youth... Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 48(1), 53-61. Kemmis, S. et al. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. New York: Springer. Knage, F.S., & Kousholt, D. (2023). Langvarigt bekymrende skolefravær. Pædagogisk indblik. #21. Aarhus Universitetsforlag. Knudsen, M.H. & Møller, S.Ø. (2017). Problematisk skolefravær og skolevægring. Metodecentret. Lund, G.E. (2021). Fra fravær til fællesskab. Aarhus Universitetsforlag. Nilsson, I.A. (2025a). Challenging the norms of schooling: Inclusive education through the lens of dis/ability and affect. Aalborg University Open Publishing. Nilsson, I.A. (2025b). In Search of a DisSchool.. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 27(1), 268-280. OECD (2019): ”Student agency for 2030”. OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030. Oecd.org. Schatzki, T. (2002). The Site of the Social..Pennsylvania State University Press. Stake, R.E. (1995). The art of case study research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. UVM (2026). Ny aftale sikrer elever hurtigere hjælp ved mistrivsel og fravær. UVM.dk Walther-Hansen, W.G. (2025). "Jeg føler mig som en firkant blandt cirkler... Aalborg University Open Publishing Zeichner, K. (2001). Educational Action Research. In P. Reason, H. Bradbury (eds.), Handbook of Action Research. SAGE Publications. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Capturing and Interpreting Student Agency in Access to International Higher Education: A Longitudinal Study of Chinese Agent-user Students’ University Application Experiences 1: The Education University of Hong Kong, China, People's Republic of; 2: The University of Manchester, UK; 3: Tilburg University, Netherland Presenting Author:In the marketised international higher education (IHE) sector, international student mobility (ISM) has seen substantial growth since 2010 (OECD, 2022). Recruiting international students has become a vital effort for host countries and universities (ICEF Monitor, 2025; BUILA & Universities UK International, 2021). Education agents are widely used by both international students and universities in English-speaking and non-English-speaking host countries (Nikula, Raimo, & West, 2023). They provide a set of services, including counselling prospective international students and preparing application documents, as well as supporting institutions with marketing (BUILA & Universities UK International, 2021). Moreover, education agents are business entities charging fees for the services they provide (Nikula, Raimo, & West, 2023). The competition for international recruitment and university applications is intense, with education agents playing a key role for both overseas universities and prospective students (Yang, 2025; Nikula, Raimo, & West, 2023). Therefore, understanding how international students, particularly those who use education agents, apply for overseas programmes has made access to IHE an important focus in ISM research (e.g. Yang & Lomer, 2025). Extensive studies have identified numerous factors influencing international student choice-making from various disciplinary perspectives (see e.g. Mok et al., 2021; Kim, Bankart et al., 2018). Many of these studies, however, downplay the interplay between personal and social contexts, specifically student agency and reflexivity, in access to international higher education. They also rarely consider how different factors can affect specific choices at a particular stage or time point of choice-making. Additionally, Nikula, Raimo & West (2023) highlight that the role of education agents has intertwined with international student recruitment and admission, which, however, has been largely overlooked in this research area. Therefore, we argue that our understanding of the complexity and dynamics in accessing international higher education remains limited.
This paper focuses on Chinese students who use an education agent to apply for master’s or postgraduate taught programmes overseas (Chinese agent-user students), which serves to illustrate a typical university application experience of international students. We draw on a longitudinal study exploring the role of education agents in Chinese students’ overseas university application experiences from the perspective of both education agents and students, and aim to investigate in particular what (un)certainties Chinese agent-user students encounter in their overseas university applications, and how they navigate them. This paper adopts Emirbayer and Mische’s (1998) chordal triad of agency for data analysis and interpretation, which foregrounds the capture and interpretation of the agentic dimensions of social action within the flow of time and does justice to their intrinsically dynamic, temporal, and relational nature. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper emanated from a longitudinal project on the role of education agents in Chinese agent-user students’ overseas university applications from the perspectives of education agents and Chinese agent-user students. This project was sequentially designed, consisting of two studies. Study 1 investigated how education agents reflected on Chinese agent-user students’ university applications. This study was conducted in May 2020 using semi-structured interviews with 16 education agent consultants. They comprise 13 communicators and 3 processors, representing 16 different education agencies across ten cities in China. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was used to analyse the data. On this basis, Study 2, a longitudinal study, shifted attention to Chinese agent-user students’ perspectives, aiming to examine their reflections on university application experiences and the role of education agents in this process. The study recruited 10 agent-user students who applied for overseas master’s programmes starting in autumn 2021 and conducted four rounds of semi-structured interviews and a member-checking interview from November 2020 to June 2022. The timelines echoed the four key stages of applications identified in Study 1: submitting applications, tracking applications, receiving application results, and making a final choice. This works to identify the emergence and/or absence of changes in Chinese agent-user students’ application process. Each interview was conducted in Chinese and audio-recorded, taking around two hours. Study 2 applied the six-step interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) approach (Smith et al., 2009) for data generation and analysis. It started the data analysis after each interview, reinforcing the researcher’s familiarity with interview data, documenting the details in time, reflecting on interactions throughout interviews, and developing subsequent interview questions. It is important to note that a set of interview questions was raised in both Studies 1 & 2. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A well-developed body of research regarding accessing decisions to study abroad primarily focused on external factors impacting these decisions, including social, cultural, and structural factors. In line with a recent body of emerging literature (e.g. Brotherhood 2023) – we argue that there is a need to go beyond such static understandings of study abroad decisions, highlighting the role of student agency in the different phases of the decision-making process. In this paper, we particularly focus on how agent-user students navigate uncertainties that emerge alongside their overseas university application process. We thereby challenge the dominant assumption (e.g. Yang, 2025; Nikula, Raimo, & West, 2023) that prospective international students use education agents to remedy their deficits, thereby ceding their control and choice-making to agents as experts. We started from Emirbayer and Mische’s (1998) chordal triad of agency, which underscores the situational contexts of action and the various temporal orientations of agency. This allowed us to examine how agent-user students’ actions can be simultaneously influenced by the past, the future, and the present, revealing the complexity of agent-user students‘ choices. References Brotherhood, T. (2023). A narrative exploration of agency in the education-migration nexus. Asia Pacific Education Review, 24(4), 633-645. BUILA & Universities UK International. (2021). The Good Practice Guide for Providers Using Education Agents A Modular Guide. https://www.roehampton.ac.uk/globalassets/documents/international/agents/uuki-and-buila-good-practice-guide.pdf/ ICEF Monitor (2025). ICEF Podcast: Together for transparency – Building global standards for ethical international student recruitment. https://monitor.icef.com/2025/06/icef-podcast-together-for-transparency-building-global-standards-for-ethical-international-student-recruitment/ Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency?. American journal of sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. Kim, D., Bankart, C. A., Jiang, X., & Brazil, A. M. (2018). Understanding the college choice process of Asian international students. Understanding international students from Asia in American universities: Learning and living globalization, 15-41. Mok, K. H., Xiong, W., Ke, G., & Cheung, J. O. W. (2021). Impact of COVID-19 pandemic on international higher education and student mobility: Student perspectives from mainland China and Hong Kong. International journal of educational research, 105, 101718. Nikula, P. T., Raimo, V., & West, E. (Eds.). (2023). Student Recruitment Agents in International Higher Education: A Multi-Stakeholder Perspective on Challenges and Best Practices. Routledge. OECD. (2022). Education at a Glance 2022. https://www.oecd.org/en/about/programmes/indicators-of-education-systems-programme.html Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method, and research. London, England: Sage. Yang, Y. (2025). Taken-for-granted understandings in access to international higher education: a study of Chinese agent-user students’ university application experiences. Educational Review, 1-20. Yang, Y., & Lomer, S. (2025). “Emergent” hierarchisation in access to international higher education: a study of Chinese agent-user students’ overseas university application experiences. Higher Education, 1-22. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 02 C: Diversity in Schools Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Brianna Kennedy Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Unfit for Free Speech? How Minoritised Youth Expression and (Self-)censorship is Organised Across Schools in ‘No-majority’ Cities University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Right-wing populist and liberal political figures internationally have recurrently claimed that freedom of speech is under threat from progressive student movements in higher education contexts (Titley 2020; Ward 2022). In recent years, white Christian nationalist movements internationally have manufactured campaigns alleging the need to protect children various from anti-racist and/or lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer (LGBTQ+) inclusive education, with little regard for young people’s freedom of speech (Pollock et al. 2022; Estellés et al. 2023; Neumann and Rudnicki 2025). While attempts to ban such teaching in schools by alleged ‘free speech’ defenders are not new (Bonnett and Carrington 1996), claims about the alleged dangers of CRT and so-called ‘gender ideology’ in schools have been remarkably impactful. They have led for example, to bans on CRT in several US states, and a US federal order to defund alleged ‘radical indoctrination’ programmes (Sutton et al. 2025; World Population Review 2026). This paper presents an empirical analysis and conceptualisation of the actual conditions of ‘free’ speech and (self-)censorship on race equality issues for youth across different urban secondary schools in England, where bans on CRT and teaching about gender identity education have been threatened, but not legally enforced (Gillborn 2024; Sutton et al. 2025). The literature has long demonstrated the disciplining of racially minoritised youth expression in schools, and of critical youth voices more generally (Gillborn 1990; Cunningham and Lavalette 2016). However, it has generally not offered a spatially focused empirical account of the differing conditions of speech on race across schools – what is speakable, who is free to express themselves, and where. The paper presents an analysis of in-depth case studies (including lesson observations, teacher interviews, youth focus groups and photovoice activities) across four secondary/high schools in Birmingham and London, UK conducted over 18 months. London and Birmingham are two of the four English cities out of 55 cities overall whose population is not majority (more than 50%) white British (Harris 2024). Expanding Lipsitz's (2011) theorisation of a white spatial imaginary, I argue that spatial dynamics of race and class play a key role in constructing racially minoritised youth in different school communities as more or less fit or unfit for speech on race and faith equality issues. The paper offers a novel account of the (un)availability of reflexive anti-racist speech and impact available to minoritised urban youth, and their expectations that their school will critically engage race and intersecting social justice issues. Drawing on Soja's (1996) theory of space as represented, material and lived, I contend that spatial inequalities arise both in the ways different school communities are represented as more or less of a political threat (e.g. to ‘British values’), and in the differing degree of material space that minoritised youth are afforded to safely express themselves, and be persuaded it will make a difference. In terms of youths' lived experience of school spaces, I demonstrate how race and class inequalities arise in the extent to which youth view race talk in schools as worthwhile. Dynamics of both race and class play out in variety of forms of youth speech and silencing in each context, including forms of (a) youth self-censorship (e.g. due to fear of being judged or disciplined, or feeling one needs to have a ’thick skin’), (b) official silencing (e.g. on specific political issues like Israel-Palestine), (c) the production of ‘good’ youth attachments to schools that are ambivalent about, avoidant, or absent of race speech, and (d) ‘voiceless’ (embodied, and symbolic) forms of race expression. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data is drawn from a national (England)-level study funded by the Leverhulme Trust, which mapped how young people’s expression on race and faith equality is enabled and limited by political, geographic, cultural, affective and material conditions across England’s mainstream state-funded secondary schools (Kitching et al. 2025). The study focused on young people in Year 10 (14–15-year-olds) in English secondary schools as the mid-teens are constructed as a point where young people develop overt political consciousness (Janmaat 2020). While the study was wide-ranging in scope, this paper focuses specifically on our in-depth school case studies in London and Birmingham, conducted across four schools over 14 months. The fieldwork had two main stages. In stage 1, six schools, three in each city, were accessed for school-specific teacher interviews and youth focus groups in May-July 2023. We sought to sample a diversity of schools by students’ ethnic, class and religious profile and school type (faith/secular, academy/community). During Stage 2, approximately one additional semester was spent in four of the six schools. 246 Year 10 lesson observations were observed primarily in social sciences and humanities subjects, alongside school assemblies and breaks/recess, youth photovoice activities with 38 young people including 1-1 interviews (across 3 of the 4 schools), as well as youth focus groups, group art-making workshops, and further teacher interviews (totalling 47 teacher interviews). Given the volume of data, and our in-depth focus here on comparing and contrasting schools, this paper focuses on analysis of our teacher interview, youth focus group and workshop transcripts. Analysis of this data involved a thematic approach (Braun and Clarke 2021), which primarily involved coding data separately on each school. Using NVivo, data was coded to certain a priori categories named to reflect the study’s wider mixed methodology, to capture the affective, political, geographic, and cultural conditions shaping youth expression. However, coding was performed inductively within these categories. Once coding on each school was finalised, we compared and contrasted codes and data under each condition (e.g. affective, geographic) to construct master themes. The themes developed were (1) the privilege of speaking safely; (2) youth experiences of age-related status and pupil status as deficits; (3) the school as a micro-public, and; (4) embodied position and the (school, peer) gaze as an expression of power. Due to the study's focus on comparing and contrasting schools in this paper, this paper's analysis primarily reflects the first and third themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data demonstrated certain commonalities across the four schools. Students were virtually unanimously committed to the idea that free expression should not be harmful to others. But student self-censorship on race and related justice issues was apparent in each school, for various reasons, including feeling they would be judged or disrespected by peers, or feeling they would get in trouble, or not listened to by adults. The data indicates how school and urban material and representational space (Soja 1996; Lipsitz 2011) is used to shape the degree of reflexive anti-racist speech and impact available to minoritised young people, and their expectations and experience that their school will engage critical discussions about race. Some school spaces and students were represented as more unfit for speech on race and social justice than others. In the relatively higher poverty, mixed gender contexts of Schools A and B, for example, there was a noticeable focus on problematising youths’ reactionary attitudes, rather than on directly and systematically engaging the structural realities of their lives, and their affective ties to disenfranchised communities locally and internationally. School B’s South Asian Muslim community space was often problematised as an inward-looking and intolerant, rather than rooted and proud. Schools C and D partially confronted the realities facing their students as part of their raison d’être (e.g. overcoming Islamophobia in School C, the need for feminism in School D). Yet they were constructed as ‘good’, high-performing, all-girls spaces (Shain 2021), which did not face the same volume of socio-economic pressures as the other schools. Overall, the analysis challenges prevailing political assumptions about whose ‘free’ speech is under threat. It also reveals how minoritised youth are positioned as ‘unfit’ for race speech in spatially specific ways, emphasising the need for context-specific forms of anti-racist education. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3(2): 77–101. Estellés, M., Oliveira, A. and Castellví, J. (2023) National curricula and citizenship education in populist times: The cases of Brazil and Spain. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 54(6): 1002-1020. Gillborn, D. (1990) ‘Race’ Ethnicity and Education: Teaching and Learning in Multiethnic Schools. London: Routledge. Gillborn, D. (2024) White Lies: Racism, Education and Critical Race Theory. London: Routledge. Janmaat, J.G. 2020. School Social Segregation and Social Inequalities in Political Engagement Among 16 to 20 year olds in Fourteen Countries. Research Papers in Education 37(1): 52–73. Harris, R. (2024) A tale of four cities: Neighbourhood diversification and residential segregation in and around England’s ‘no-majority’ cities. The Geographical Journal 190: e12561. https://doi.org/10.1111/geoj.12561 Kitching, K, Gholami, R, Kandemir, A & Rahman, S 2025, 'Free' Expression at School? The Making of Youth Engagements with Race and Faith: Final Project Report and Recommendations. University of Birmingham. https://research.birmingham.ac.uk/en/publications/free-expression-at-school-the-making-of-youth-engagements-with-ra/ Lipsitz, G. (2011) How Racism Takes Place. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Mirza, H.S. (1992) Young, Female and Black. London: Routledge. Neumann, E. and Rudnicki, P. (2025) Populist radical-right governments in Central-Eastern Europe and education policy-making: a comparison of Hungary and Poland, Journal of Contemporary European Studies 33(1): 90-103 Pollock, M., Rogers, J., Kwako, A., Matschiner, A., Kendall, R., Bingener, C., Reece, E., Kennedy, B., & Howard, J. (2022) The Conflict Campaign: Exploring Local Experiences of the Campaign to Ban “Critical Race Theory” in Public K–12 Education in the U.S., 2020–2021. Los Angeles, CA: UCLA’s Institute for Democracy, Education, and Access. Shain, F. (2020) Navigating the unequal education space in post-9/11 England: British Muslim girls talk about their educational aspirations and future expectations. Educational Philosophy and Theory 53(3): 270-287. Soja, E. W. (1996) Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and Other Real-and-Imagined Places. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Sutton, J., Youdell, D. and Kitching, K. (2025) School spaces of dissensus: Protecting sexualities education in anti-gender, anti-Muslim, and de-democratising times. The Curriculum Journal. DOI: 10.1002/curj.334 Titley, G. (2020) Is Free Speech Racist? London: Polity Books. Ward, L. W. M. (2023) Weaponizing free speech protections in U.S. higher education: the ugly impact of assaultive speech on Black women students. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 1–16. World Population Review (2026) Critical Race Theory Ban States 3036. World Population Review. Accessed 1 February 2026. https://worldpopulationreview.com/state-rankings/critical-race-theory-ban-states 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Comparing Foreign Citizenship and Immigrant Background Students in Portugal: Social Profile and Academic Results Centre for Research and Studies in Sociology (CIES-Iscte), Portugal Presenting Author:There is currently an abundance of literature analysing the school pathways and results of students with foreign ancestry in European host societies. Most studies compare immigrant (or foreign) and native students, concluding that the former come from generally more disadvantaged social backgrounds and lead school trajectories that are more marked by school failure (Ferrara, 2023; Gabrielli et al., 2021). However, a consensus on how to name and identify these students is yet to be reached. This precludes the accumulation of reliable knowledge about these populations, while also perpetuating the use of dated and inadequate classification frameworks among decision-makers and social scientists alike (Cândido & Seabra, 2023). Although there is no such thing as a perfect classification system, migration and educational researchers should be particularly mindful of the ethical and empirical implications of the criteria used to ‘label’ the subjects they study, given their heightened vulnerability as both children and national or ethnic minorities (Mugge & van der Haar, 2016; Bonnett & Carrington, 2000). Research conducted in Portugal showed how focusing on citizenship to identify students with foreign ancestry warps our portrait of these populations. Compared to those with an immigrant background (i.e., whose parents were born in another country), foreign students are less numerous, come from families with lower educational levels, and have worse academic results (Seabra et al., 2023; Seabra & Cândido, 2022). This leads to a constant underestimation of the global contingent of students with foreign ancestry in both official statistics and scientific research, while also contributing to a homogenising, negative portrait of their social origins and school pathways. There is, however, a need to update these studies, since Portugal is among the European countries who experienced an expressive boom in immigration in the last few years, having over 137 thousand permanent migrants residing in the country in 2024 – an increase of 23% since 2019 (OECD, 2025). The rapid pace of this change, which happened concurrently to the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, poses pressing challenges to the national educational system for the promotion of inclusive education and of equal opportunities to learn. Because most immigration to Portugal used to be from other Portuguese-speaking countries, the diversification of national origins has resulted in a lack of sufficient resources and policy responses to adequately deal with the increase in linguistic diversity in schools (Oliveira, 2024). Another change was in the geographical location of immigrants: whilst previously concentrated in and around urban centres, there is now evidence of growing dissemination throughout the territory of particular diasporas, meaning many schools are welcoming significant contingents of immigrant students for the first time (Seabra et al., 2023). Finally, the dynamic nature of immigration flows means more pupils are arriving during the school year, making it difficult for schools to ensure a proper social and academic integration and making these students more vulnerable to academic failure. Given the ubiquitous presence of this phenomenon in the country, an extensive analysis is needed to provide a cross-cutting assessment of the current state of equal educational opportunities for foreign ancestry students in Portugal. Hence, this paper analyses the evolution of foreign citizenship and immigrant origin students in the Portuguese school system between 2018/19 and 2022/23. Specifically, we seek to understand whether the considerable rise in their global contingent was also accompanied by a change (i) in their social profile and (ii) in their academic results. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, this paper follows a quantitative approach, mobilizing statistical analysis techniques on official education statistics pertaining to all students enrolled in state schools of mainland Portugal in 2018/19 and 2022/23. Only state schools were included in the analysis because there is no valid information on private school students’ social origins and only very limited information on their national origins. However, since public schools comprise around 90% of all compulsory education providers in Portugal, our databases represent almost the entirety of the school population in the country (around a million students). The microdata was obtained through a scientific cooperation protocol between the Portuguese Directorate-General of Education and Science Statistics (DGEEC) and the research team of the DIV_EQUAL project (Pathways to success of immigrant students in Portuguese schools: diversity and equality – ref. 2023.17578.ICDT), currently under development at CIES-Iscte and University of Minho. The databases were previously anonymised by DGEEC and analysed by the researchers at a safe centre, to guarantee data protection and confidentiality. We compared indicators of social origin and academic results based on categories determined by citizenship (foreign/national) and immigration status (immigrant background/native). In addition to exploring the effects of these two different ways of categorizing pupils, we conducted a more detailed analysis of pupils of immigrant origin through distinctions such as generational status (first-generation/second-generation), type of ancestry (single origin/mixed origin), and national origins (those with at least 100 students enrolled in the 10th grade). This enables us to examine migrant heterogeneity and uncover differences in academic performance among pupils with an immigrant background, in line with other European studies (Rodríguez et al., 2020). To determine students’ social profile, we used parental education (taking as the dominant educational level that of the parent with the highest school qualification), and school social beneficiary status. To analyse students’ academic results, we compared their national examination scores in Mathematics and Portuguese, as well as their grade repetition rates. We then compared the evolution of immigrant and foreign students’ social and academic profile between 2018/19 and 2022/23, to see if the internal characteristics and the academic success of each group changed within this period. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show significant differences between foreign and immigrant students in the period under analysis. In 2022/23, foreign citizenship students continue to be less numerous than their immigrant origin peers. Besides, new national origins from non-Portuguese speaking countries (namely from Southeast Asia and Venezuela) contribute to a significant increase in foreign and 1st generation immigrant students, who are also the groups most affected by socioeconomic vulnerability. This entrenchment of inequalities between the groups’ social profiles seems to translate into an intensification in their academic gap. These results suggest that educational systems need to pay attention to the socioeconomic needs and sociocultural specificities of different groups, developing tailored policies that schools can mobilize effectively according to the population they serve. Our analysis produced indicators of how well Portuguese schools are dealing with the boom in national diversity, providing solid evidence on which to base future policy priorities. Lastly, this analysis provides a statistical portrait of migratory and social inequalities in a Southern European educational system before and after the pandemic. By focusing on the evolution of socioeconomic and academic gaps, it allows for a lens into the possible mid to long-term effects of confinements on the quality of education provided to some of the most vulnerable segments of children and youth, in a time of ubiquitous social and political change. References Bonnett, A., & Carrington, B. (2000). Fitting into Categories or Falling Between Them? Rethinking ethnic classification. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 21(4), 487–500. Cândido, A. F., & Seabra, T. (2023). Processos de Classificação e de Categorização da Diversidade Cultural e Migratória das Populações no Contexto Europeu (e-Working Papers No. 1/2023). Lisboa. Ferrara, A. (2023). Aiming too high or scoring too low? Heterogeneous immigrant–native gaps in upper secondary enrollment and outcomes beyond the transition in France. European Sociological Review, 39(3), 366–383. Gabrielli, G., Longobardi, S., & Strozza, S. (2021). The academic resilience of native and immigrant-origin students in selected European countries. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 48(10), 2347-2368. Mugge, L., & van der Haar, M. (2016). Who is an immigrant and who requires integration? Categorizing in European policies. In B. Garcés-Mascareñas & R. Penninx (Eds.), Integration Processes and Policies in Europe - Contexts, Levels and Actors (pp. 77–90). Springer Open. OECD (2025). International Migration Outlook 2025. OECD Publishing. Oliveira, C. R. de. (2024). Indicadores de Integração de Imigrantes 2023 - Relatório Estatístico Anual. Lisboa. Rodríguez, S., Valle, A., Gironelli, L. M., Guerrero, E., Regueiro, B., & Estévez, I. (2020). Performance and well-being of native and immigrant students. Comparative analysis based on PISA 2018. Journal of Adolescence, 85, 96–105. Seabra, T., & Cândido, A. F. (2022). Citizenship, generational status and mixed origin: An analysis of immigrant heterogeneity on academic performance in Portuguese state schools. Portuguese Journal of Social Science, 21(1), 49–75. Seabra, T., Cândido, A. F., & Tavares, I. (2023). Atlas dos Alunos Com Origem Imigrante: Quem São e Onde Estão nos Ensinos Básico e Secundário em Portugal. Lisboa: Observatório das Desigualdades / CIES-Iscte. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Teacher Rationalities Around Classroom Composition and Its Impacts on Teaching and Learning: The Importance of School Mix Centre for Research and Studies in Sociology (CIES-Iscte), Portugal Presenting Author:Literature on classroom composition has established that choices concerning the distribution of students within the same school have significant implications for learning opportunities, pedagogical dynamics, and ultimately academic results. Concentrating students from disadvantaged social origins, with an immigrant background or a history of academic underachievement in the same classroom, for instance, is known to worsen academic performance (Dewulf et al., 2017; Rjosk, 2014). This happens due to more than a simple aggregated effect. Research shows that teachers usually adapt teaching methods and curriculum contents to the predominant social groups in the classroom, effectively teaching to the majority of students (Thrupp, 1999). Hence, teacher expectations are crucial to understand the impacts of student grouping: if a classroom is perceived to be mainly composed of students who lack the ‘ability’ to succeed in school, teachers will tend to teach a less demanding curriculum and mobilize less instructive methods for teaching, bringing down academic results (Dewulf et al., 2020; Boone et al., 2018; Rjosk et al., 2014). As some argue, a significant amount of ‘ability groupings’ are academically heterogenous classrooms, whose students were grouped together because their shared social or ethnic backgrounds lead them to be perceived as having the same academic ability (Connolly et al., 2019). Interestingly, findings on heterogeneous classrooms are mixed. While some studies support the notion that mixed-ability grouping helps failing students and does not harm the progress of other students (Duru-Bellat & Mingat, 1998), others find that these classrooms are more susceptible to strategies of educational triage in the face of school accountability pressures, which end up transferring pedagogical resources from students at risk to those perceived to be ‘salvageable’ (Bradbury et al., 2021). Such inconsistencies in the literature point towards the classroom composition problem not being reducible to individual teacher perceptions or to a social engineering problem. Changing the composition of a classroom is not enough to change the way school agents behave in the face of diversity, in part, because of issues that are intrinsic to teachers’ position as intermediary agents of cultural domination and social reproduction (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1970). This role and the functions it entails leads them to struggle with teaching approaches that are more suitable to respond to diverse classrooms in a way that promotes inclusivity (Tomlinson, 2004; Boone et al., 2018). This calls for a need to consider teacher beliefs and rationalities in the context of the broader school environment, organizational culture and educational policies. Specifically, school mix has been shown to impact teacher beliefs, practices, and the broader organizational culture of the school (Thrupp, 1999). However, its impacts on how teachers think about, organize, and teach their classrooms is an underdeveloped issue in the literature. Do teachers in more diverse schools also favour more diverse classrooms? Are they more or less likely to adopt differentiated teaching methods? How important is the school’s organizational culture in explaining different levels of adherence to mixed classroom composition and differentiated teaching? This paper proposes to answer these questions through a mixed-methods doctoral study conducted in the Lisbon area, Portugal (funding by FCT, ref.: SRFH/BD/135970/2018). Portugal is a valuable case study, since not much is known about processes of classroom formation in Southern Europe – who differs from Western Europe in relevant educational policies. ‘Ability grouping’, for instance, is an extra-legal practice in Portugal, while grade repetition is still expressive. Additionally, most state schools are organized in ‘clusters’ that comprise several levels of education. Hence, school transitions at the end of primary education – where students move to another level and change schools for the first time – play a major role in classroom formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a mixed-methods approach to study the impacts of school mix on teacher rationalities and school practices around classroom formation. We focused on the 2nd stage of primary education (5th and 6th grades), because it is for many students the first serious school transition they face in compulsory education: not only does it often imply moving to a new school, with new teachers and older colleagues, but also adapting to a new educational regime, with a considerable increase in school hours, number of subjects taught and number of teachers. Such changes are among the main reasons why results drop significantly between 4th and 5th grade. One of the choices school agents face when managing this transition is how to group students in the new school, by keeping 4th grade classrooms intact or mixing different classrooms and schools. The methodological strategy was submitted to Iscte’s Ethics Commission and to the Directorate-General of Education, having been approved in both instances. We followed a two-stage sequential research design, with the first stage involving a quantitative analysis of official education statistics of all students enrolled in state schools in the Lisbon Metropolitan Area between 2014/15 and 2017/18. Data was accessed through a protocol with the Directorate-General of Science and Education Statistics (DGEEC). The composition of primary schools was analysed according to student migratory background, family educational levels, and social class, revealing a socially and ethnically segmented school network. The second stage involved selecting two schools with different sociocultural compositions – one disadvantaged school, with high proportions of immigrants and families with low educational levels, and one socially mixed school with few immigrants – where a comparative case study was conducted. The goal was to compare both schools’ histories, surrounding context and organizational cultures, seeking similarities and differences in diversity management strategies (including classroom formation), types of leadership, and educational philosophies around equity and inclusion, that could be attributed to each school’s social and ethnic composition. Principals were contacted to participate in the study, after which each individual participant was asked to give their informed consent in written. In total, 27 semi-structured interviews were held with 5th and 6th grade teachers in classroom management positions, as well as with school leaderships (including the principals and other top leadership roles), as well as parent and community representatives. All interviews were fully transcribed and analysed using thematic content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results partially confirm previous findings. Teachers in both schools prefer working with academically homogenous groups of students, supporting the notion that teacher beliefs concerning classroom formation are deeply tied to their social function as enforcers of cultural domination and social reproduction (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1970), with little systemic incentives to create student groups that require diversifying teaching methods in the name of inclusion (Taylor et al., 2017). However, school mix produces important differences at two levels: the reasons behind this preference; the objective impact it has on the management of school transitions and, therefore, on the social and ethnic composition of classrooms in the last stage of primary education. In the disadvantaged school, assuring smooth school transitions to 5th grade is seen as vital to prevent disciplinary problems and school failure. Because of this school-wide focus on student integration, preference is given to keep classrooms from 4th grade, as teachers find it easier to teach a motivated and cohesive class. Conversely, teachers at the socially mixed school see mixed-‘ability’ grouping as an obstacle to effective instructional teaching, forcing them to ‘slow down’ for a minority in detriment of other students, therefore jeopardizing global academic performance. They are also less concerned with transitions, seeing them as a rite of passage that teaches independence and resilience, even if it leads to grade repetition. Hence, school mix influences teacher rationalities by promoting classroom formation practices that emphasize individual autonomy and social integration differently, contributing to the gap in academically relevant skills among students in disadvantaged schools (Mazenod et al., 2019). Our study also reveals that teacher rationalities may have unintended effects on classroom composition in highly unequal territories: by keeping 4th grade classes, the disadvantaged school reinforces the socially and ethnically marked composition of the 1st stage primary feeder schools. References Boone, S., Thys, S., van Avermaet, P., & van Houtte, M. (2018). Class composition as a frame of reference for teachers? The influence of class context on teacher recommendations. British Educational Research Journal, 44(2), 274–293. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1970). La Réproduction - Éléments d’une théorie du système d’enseignement. Les éditions de minuit. Bradbury, A., Braun, A., & Quick, L. (2021). Intervention culture, grouping and triage: high-stakes tests and practices of division in English primary schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(2), 147–163. Connolly, P., Taylor, B., Francis, B., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Mazenod, A., & Tereshchenko, A. (2019). The misallocation of students to academic sets in maths: A study of secondary schools in England. British Educational Research Journal, berj.3530. Dewulf, L., van Braak, J., & van Houtte, M. (2017). Reading and listening progress in segregated primary schools: Does ethnic and socioeconomic classroom composition matter? British Educational Research Journal, 43(5), 931–951. Dewulf, L., van Braak, J., & van Houtte, M. (2020). Quality of Teaching in Segregated Low SES Classes: A Mixed-Methods Study. JESPAR - Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk, 27(2), 103–126. Duru-Bellat, M., & Mingat, A. (1998). Importance of Ability Grouping in French “Collèges” and its Impact upon Pupils’ Academic Achievement. Educational Research and Evaluation, 21(1), 348–368. Mazenod, A., Francis, B., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Taylor, B., Tereshchenko, A., & Pepper, D. (2019). Nurturing learning or encouraging dependency? Teacher constructions of students in lower attainment groups in English secondary schools. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(1), 53–68. Rjosk, C., Richter, D., Hochweber, J., Lüdtke, O., Klieme, E., & Stanat, P. (2014). Socioeconomic and language minority classroom composition and individual reading achievement: The mediating role of instructional quality. Learning and Instruction, 32, 63–72. Taylor, B., Francis, B., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Pepper, D., Tereshchenko, A., & Travers, M.-C. (2017). Factors deterring schools from mixed attainment teaching practice. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 25(3), 327–345. Thrupp, M. (1999). Schools Making a Difference: Let’s be Realistic! - School Mix, School Effectiveness, and the Social Limits of Reform. Open University Press. Tomlinson, C. A. (2004). The Möbius Effect: Addressing Learner Variance in Schools. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37(6), 516–524. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Relational Social Support System in Primary School and Study Engagement Tampere university, Finland Presenting Author:Besides promoting success in their studies, perceiving study engagement also promotes psychological and social well-being in other areas of life (Wang & Fredricks, 2014) and later engagement in society as an adult (Upadyaya & Salmela-Aro, 2013). Study engagement is defined in this research in terms of energy, dedication and absorption to studies (Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2012). Accordingly, study engagement is crucial not just for success in schoolwork but also for success across the life course. However, study engagement has been found to decrease even in primary school (Salmela-Aro et al., 2016). Accordingly, a better understanding of the determinants of study engagement are needed to create school environments that enhance such experiences. Social support for studies from teachers, peers and guardians each play an important and distinctive role in promoting students’ study engagement process (Rautanen, 2025; Vollet, 2017). However, previous research has mainly explored support from teachers, peers and guardians separately although there are interrelations between support from different sources (Ertesvåg et al., 2024; Dempsey et al., 2024; Rautanen, 2025). Moreover, previous research has mainly studied social support as a resource for study engagement, although there is tentative evidence that the interrelation is bidirectional (Nurmi & Kiuru, 2015). Social support from teachers has been found to play a particularly important role in students’ engagement in studies. Hence, teachers’ ability to support their pupils is vital. However, extant research that examines how teachers’ resources and contextual factors relate to the support that students perceive from teachers is sparse. This research combines the key results of three part-studies that constitute a PhD dissertation and presents the main idea of a postdoctoral research building on the dissertation. The aim of the doctoral dissertation was to examine social support for studies in Finnish primary schools as a relational system and the relations this support has with students’ perceived study engagement. The relational social support system in primary schools includes students’ perceived social support for their studies from teachers, peers and guardians, as well as the professional support that teachers perceive from colleagues. The teacher’s perceived resources are studied as predictors of the emotional and informational support students perceive from the teacher (Bakker et al., 2007; Cipriano et al., 2019). However, social support is a dynamic interaction process between the student and the teacher in which both have an active role (House, 1981). Thus, besides the teacher’s abilities to provide support, also the student’s willingness and ability to perceive and utilize the available support determine the quality of the interaction. The reciprocal interrelations between the student’s perceived emotions and attitudes towards studying (i.e. study engagement) and perceived support for studying from teachers, peers and guardians are studied. Gender differences in the perceived support from teachers, peers and guardians and study engagement are also studied. The aim of the postdoctoral research is to create understanding of student’s perceived social support for schoolwork from teachers, peers and guardians as a dynamic system and the relations this support has with students’ study engagement in Finnish, Norwegian and English primary schools. The PhD theses focused only on Finnish primary schools that represent a specific kind of version of the Nordic Educational Model (Blossing et al., 2014; Tröhler, 2023). The role primary schools have within a society and the structures of the educational system influence the roles social support from teachers, peers and guardians have in supporting primary school students’ engagement to their studies. However, international comparisons of the dynamics of social support for studies and the relations this support has with students’ study engagement have not been done before. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research explores the social support systems in primary schools from both the teachers’ and the pupils’ perspective. The PhD dissertation did this with a three-year longitudinal survey data simultaneously collected from the students and their teachers. In part-study 1, cross-sectional survey data from fourth graders (N = 2,401 students) were analysed with structural equation modelling (SEM), a path model with latent variables, to explore the interrelations between students’ perceived study engagement and social support from teachers, peers and guardians. In part-study 2, the students were followed until sixth grade, and the three-wave longitudinal survey data (NT1 = 2,401, NT2 = 2,067, NT3 = 2,003) were analysed with a random-intercept cross-lagged panel model to explore the bidirectional interrelations between study engagement and social support over time. In part-study 3, the longitudinal data from students were complemented with survey data from their teachers (N = 114 teachers). The combined student– teacher data were analysed with two-level latent growth curve modelling to explore how teachers’ resources and contextual factors relate to the level and change of the support students perceive from their teacher. The postdoctoral research will utilize a mixed methods approach with three-wave longitudinal survey data from 11 years old students (N=~1200) and complementing interviews from their class teachers (N=~12) to study the social support system in primary school from teachers’ and pupils’ perspectives considering the objective as well as the subjective viewpoint to the social support system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with previous literature, the results of the PhD dissertation highlighted the crucial role of emotional and informational support from teachers in promoting students’ study engagement. Teachers’ acknowledgement, encouragement, empathy and care, combined with clear instructions regarding the learning goals and how to achieve them, are essential for students’ study engagement. However, perceiving social support for studies is a dynamic interaction process in which the giver and the receiver of support are both active. Therefore, providing well-fitting support for less engaged students appears to be an especially important and (simultaneously) demanding task for teachers. A lack of meaning and interest in studies may result in a student withdrawing from supportive interactions with teachers around studying. Yet students with decreased levels of study engagement are the ones who need teacher support the most to prevent further disengagement from studies. Hence, teachers’ ability to support their students is crucial. However, extant research that examines how teachers’ resources and contextual factors relate to the support that students perceive from teachers is sparse. The results of this dissertation highlight the importance of a supportive professional community and occupational wellbeing for teachers in providing support for their students. Collegial support among teachers and manageable levels of work-related stress are important resources for teachers in providing support for their students. A primary school community comprises a nested social support system in which professional support and occupational wellbeing among teachers relate to students’ experiences of support for their studies. However, the students’ own emotions and attitudes towards their studies (i.e., study engagement) play a dominant role in the ways the students perceive the available social support for their studies from adults and participate in peer support for their studies. References Bakker, A., Hakanen, J., Demerouti, E., & Xanthopoulou, D. (2007). Job resources boost work engagement particularly when job demands are high. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(2), 274–284. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022- 0663.99.2.2 Blossing, U., Imsen, G., & Moos, L. (2014). The Nordic education model: “A school for all” encounters neo-liberal policy (2014th ed., Vol. 1). Springer. Cipriano, C., Barnes, T., Pieloch, K., Rivers, S. E., & Brackett, M. (2019). A multilevel approach to understanding student and teacher perceptions of classroom support during early adolescence. Learning Environments Research, 22(2), 209–228. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-018-9274-0 Dempsey, C., Devine, R., Symonds, J., Sloan, S., & Hughes, C. (2024). Interacting adult-child relationships and school adjustment: Findings from growing up in Ireland. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 92, Article 101653. Ertesvåg, S.; Havik, T.; Vaaland, G. Sørensen; L., Maren S. (2024) Teachers’ instructional support and students’ peer relationships in the classroom. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice. ISSN 1354-0602. House, J. S. (1981). Work stress and social support. Reading: Addison-Wesley Nurmi, J., & Kiuru, N. (2015). Students evocative impact on teacher instruction and teacher-child relationships. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 39(5), 445–457. https://doi.org/10. 1177/016502541559251 Rautanen, P. (2025). The relational social support system and study engagement in primary schools. [Doctoral Theses, Tampere University.] Salmela-Aro, K., Muotka, J., Alho, K., Hakkarainen, K., & Lonka, K. (2016). School burnout and engagement profiles among digital natives in Finland: a person-oriented approach. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 13(6), 704–718. Salmela-Aro, K., & Upadyaya, K. (2012). The schoolwork engagement inventory: Energy, dedication, and absorption (EDA). European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 28(1), 60–67 Tröhler D. The Nordic Education Model: Trajectories, Confgurations, Challenges. In Tröhler D, Hörmann B, Tveit S, Bostad I, editors, The Nordic Education Model in Context.: Historical Developments and Current Renegotiations. New York: Routledge. 2023. p. 1-12 Upadyaya, K., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2013). Engagement with studies and work: Trajectories from post comprehensive school education to higher education and work. In Emerging Adulthood (Vol. 1, Issue 4, pp. 247–257). SAGE Publications Inc. Vollet, J. W. (2017). Capturing peers’, teachers’, and parents’ joint contributions to students’ engagement: an exploration of models. Dissertations and Theses. Paper 3774. https://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/open_ access_etds/3774 Accessed 24 June 2020 Wang, M.-T., & Fredricks, J. (2014). The reciprocal links between school engagement, youth problem behaviors, and school dropout during adolescence. Child Development, 85(2), 722–737. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 29 SES 02 A JS: Joint Paper Session - Arts and Inclusive Education Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Tobias Frenssen Joint Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Visual Arts Education in Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual Disabilities University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Context: The context of the study is visual arts education in Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual Disabilities in Sweden. In the presentation the conditions offered for pupils with disabilities are discussed in relation to learning through visual arts education. Aim and research question: The aim of the study is to investigate the conditions for creating agency for these pupils through work with different techniques, tools and materials related to knowledge goals in the syllabus for visual arts. The research question is: - What agency is created by making materials and tools available for pupils with disabilities? Theory: In order for a school environment to be supportive and inclusive where the student can participate on their own terms (Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, 2006), the student's ability needs to be taken into account and the physical, social and educational environment needs to be adapted (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The classroom as a learning environment poses a challenge for many pupils, especially with multiple disabilities why teaching needs to be adapted through a broadening of methods and didactics (Florian & Linklater, 2010). Independence and autonomy are goals where strengthening intrinsic motivation is central (Bühler et al., 2018). Visual aids can be used to promote learning and development and to create opportunities for participation combining verbal and visual information. By working with two- and three-dimensionality through images and multimodal forms of expression (Sartori & Peralta, 2022) it is possbile to promote both information processing and language development (Caviglioli, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method: The method consists of an autoethnographic study (Ellis & Bochner, 2000) and is based on an art teacher's reflections on her classroom teaching from grades 7-9 with pupils with multiple disabilities. The material, the autoethnographic reflections, are produced by the teacher through observation and visual field notes. In the study, she has collaborated with a researcher participating in the analysis of the material. The research material has been collected in classes varying in number between 1-4 pupils on 15 occasions (2024-2025). Analysis: Hartson (2003) presents four different types of affordances: cognitive affordance, physical affordance, sensory affordance and functional affordance. In the analysis of the results Hartson’s interpretation is developed to embrace an emotional affordance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Result: The study focuses on how different types of meaning-making can be achieved and create agency for pupils with multiple disabilities and emphasises the importance of a relational approach in the use of artifacts, symbols and visual aids. Different aspects of what can be staged in learning situations are exemplified showing how working with aesthetic expressions is a way to create participation for pupils with multiple disabilities as these forms of expression offer a varied way of communicating and learning. The expanding classroom (Palmér, 2024) involves taking advantage of pupils' everyday culture outside of teaching. By incorporating pupils' interest and initiative as inspiration in the learning situation, teaching can reach beyond everyday school life itself. Relevance: Pupils with multiple disabilities have different cognitive and physical challenges and there can be a great deal of variation between pupils in the same age group. There can also be variation in impairments within an individual. Karlsson et al. (2024) highlight the importance of a responsive communication style where the adult always has the responsibility to adapt their communication based on the pupil and be a good communication partner. The study is a contribution to this area through work with visual arts education in compulsory school with pupils with intellectual disabilities. References References Bühler, M., Karlsson, A., & Österholm, T. (2018). Lågaffektivt bemötande och problematisk skolfrånvaro. Studentlitteratur. Caviglioli, O. (2021). Dual coding with teachers. Routledge. Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, UNCRPD. Optional protocol. (2006). United Nations General Assembly. Accessed 2025-07-11: https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities/optional-protocol-to-the-convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html Edfelt, D. (2024). Hjärna i förskolan. Vägen till barns lärande och utveckling. Gothia kompetens. Ellis, C., & Bochner, A. P. (2000). Autoethnography, personal narrative, reflexivity. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., p. 733-768). Sage. Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813–828. Florian, L., & Linklater, H. (2010). Preparing teachers for inclusive education: using inclusive pedagogy to enhance teaching and learning for all. Cambridge Journal of Education Volume, 40(4), 369-386. Gärdenfors, P. (2001). Conceptual Spaces; The Geometry of Thought. MIT Press. Mass. Hartson, R. (2003). Cognitive, physical, sensory, and functional affordances in interaction design. Behaviour & Information Technology, 22(5), 315-338. Karlsson, S., Linde, J., Molker Lovén, H., & Edfelt, D. (2024). Tydliggörande pedagogik i anpassad skola och LSS. För unga med intellektuell funktionsnedsättning. Stockholm: Natur & Kultur. Palmér, L. (2024). Expanderande klassrum: En didaktisk studie om killars deltagande i bildundervisning [Licentiatuppsats]. ArtMonitor: Göteborgs universitet. Sartori, M., & Peralta, O. (2022). Children’s symbolic understanding of a digital, three-dimensional, interactive image. Journal for the Study of Education and Development, 45(2), 351-381. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Radical Inclusion in Arts Education: Participation of Young People with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities within a University Arts-Based Partnership University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across Europe, arts education is increasingly recognised as a vital site for inclusion, creativity, and as a space for enhanced wellbeing. Yet young people with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) remain systematically underrepresented within cultural and arts-based learning experiences beyond the classroom. This exclusion is particularly acute for students educated in specialist settings, whose access to museums, galleries, libraries, and cultural venues is often limited by structural, sensory, and pedagogical barriers. This paper examines how long-term, co-constructed partnerships between specialist schools and cultural institutions can reconfigure arts education as a site of radical inclusion. Drawing on a sustained collaboration between a specialist secondary school and the Gardens, Libraries and Museums (GLAM) of the University of Oxford, this study explores how arts-based learning can be designed with rather than for young people with SEND. The central research question is: How can long-term, relational partnerships in arts education enable meaningful creative participation and challenge exclusionary practices for young people with SEND? The paper situates arts education not as a compensatory or therapeutic intervention, but as a rigorous pedagogical space where creativity, identity, and cultural participation intersect. It argues that exclusion in arts education is not primarily a consequence of individual impairment, but of institutional norms that privilege particular sensory, cognitive, and communicative modes of engagement. The theoretical framework draws on Hilary Cottam’s Radical Help (2018), underpinned by the capabilities approach (Sen, 1999; Nussbaum, 2003). This framework foregrounds participation and purpose, borne out through the concept of flourishing. Within this perspective, arts-based partnerships are understood as infrastructures for capability-building, where creative practice becomes a means of developing agency, voice, and belonging. Arts education is conceptualised here as a collaborative and relationally grounded practice, developed through shared creative processes rather than pre-determined instructional models. The practices within the data show co-construction between teachers, artists, museum educators, and young people. Through these dialogic and relational approaches, young people are repositioned as key stakeholders who enacted greater autonomy in regard to their own learning as opposed to the often deficit, passive framing of students with SEND. Although grounded in a UK case study, the paper addresses shared European concerns relating to inclusive arts education, access to cultural venues, and the role of universities and cultural institutions in supporting educational equity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative longitudinal case study methodology, informed by reflexive and practice-based research traditions within arts education. The case examines a partnership developed over eight years between a specialist school and the Gardens, Libraries and Museums (GLAM) of the University of Oxford. Methodologically, the case study is structured through the stages within Radical Help as an analytical framework. With examination of the five stages demonstrating evolution over time and iterative co-construction. These included: identifying stakeholders, framing the problem, generating creative ideas, prototyping arts-based projects, and sustaining practice over time. This methodology is highly reflexive as the researchers also represent leadership roles within the partnership. This process mirrors design-based and arts-informed research approaches commonly used within arts education scholarship with a of goal bridging the research-to-practice and practice-to-research gaps in knowledge. Data sources include: • Practitioner reflections on access and inclusion • Documentation of specific arts-based projects • Practitioner reflections on pedagogical and institutional change • Reflections on a specific planning application to change the built environment in a major museum space informed by the young people in this study The study prioritises depth, reflexivity, and transferability, contributing methodological insights for arts education researchers interested in inclusive, relational, and co-constructed practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that arts education, when embedded within long-term cultural partnerships, can operate as a powerful site of radical inclusion for young people with SEND. Creative participation enabled learners to develop agency, confidence, and a sense of cultural belonging, while challenging normative assumptions about who arts education within cultural spaces is really for. These are transferable outcomes which are driven by the co-construction within this case study. This suggests therefore that similar outcomes could be achieved in other settings which may include: • enhanced access and agency among participants • increased visibility of disability within cultural narratives and exhibition spaces • pedagogical shifts among educators towards relational, sensory-attuned practice • institutional learning within cultural organisations • significant changes to access arrangements and the way in which access is understood • a reorganisation of resources that benefits specific groups of young people The study highlights that inclusion in arts education cannot be achieved through isolated activities or simplified adaptations. Instead, it emerges through sustained relationships, and shared ownership of cultural spaces. For Network 17; therefore, the paper contributes to debates on arts education as a space for social justice, offering an empirically grounded example of how creative practice can reshape educational relationships and institutional cultures. References Cottam, H. (2018). Radical Help. London: Virago. Sen, A. (1999). Development as Freedom. New York: Knopf. Nussbaum, M. (2003). Capabilities as fundamental entitlements. Feminist Economics, 9(2–3), 33–59. Derby, J. (2016). Confronting ableism in art education. Studies in Art Education, 57(2), 102–119. Penketh, C. (2017). Ableism in art education. Disability & Society, 32(1), 110–127. Sandell, R. et al. (2005). Museum collections and disability. Museum Management and Curatorship, 20(1), 5–19. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper From Method to Pedagogy: Photovoice as a Research–Teaching Approach in Inclusive Higher Education Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper explores the use of photovoice (Wang & Burris, 1997) as a research–teaching approach in inclusive higher education. Photovoice has been widely used as a participatory research methodology (Brown, 2024), particularly in studies concerning marginalised groups and communities (Suprapto et al., 2020). Less attention has been paid, however, to its pedagogical potential when employed within higher education teaching contexts (Wass et al., 2019). Drawing on photovoice projects conducted in a university course for students with intellectual disabilities, this paper reframes photovoice not only as a method for generating research data, but as a pedagogical approach that can support inclusive teaching and learning in higher education (Camedda, forthcoming). The paper will address the following question: In what ways can photovoice function as a research–teaching approach within inclusive higher education contexts? Building on empirical findings, the contribution offers a conceptual and reflective analysis of photovoice at the intersection of research and teaching, focusing on how it supports inclusivity in higher education settings. The emphasis is placed on the pedagogical processes activated through photovoice, including reflection, dialogue, and the co-construction of meaning, and on how these processes align with principles of inclusive education. The theoretical framework underpinning the paper draws on inclusive education theories (Nilholm, 2021), participatory research approaches (Smith Hill et al., 2025), and literature on the research–teaching nexus in higher education (Gros et al., 2020). Within this framework, photovoice is conceptualised as a pedagogical practice that creates opportunities for students to draw on lived experience, engage critically with their learning environments, and participate actively in knowledge production. The paper also engages with scholarship that emphasises the integration of research and teaching (Brew, 2012), arguing that photovoice offers a concrete way of embedding research processes within teaching activities. In this paper, these findings are not treated as only related to studies of intellectual disability per se, but rather as examples of how photovoice can be used within inclusive higher education to support participation and agentic learning (Smith & Meyers, 2025). The focus is therefore on the potential of photovoice as an inclusive pedagogical and research approach, moving beyond its use as a methodology toward a broader pedagogical framing (Schell et al., 2009). The purpose of the paper is to contribute to ongoing discussions about inclusive pedagogy in higher education by offering a conceptual reframing of photovoice as a research–teaching approach. By foregrounding the pedagogical dimensions of photovoice, the paper aims to support educators and researchers interested in integrating creative and participatory methodologies into higher education teaching in ways that are inclusive, reflective, and ethically grounded. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts a qualitative, reflective methodological approach based on findings from empirical studies that employed photovoice in higher education contexts. The methodological focus is on re-examining these studies through a pedagogical lens, rather than on generating new empirical data. The analysis draws on multiple photovoice projects in which students were invited to use photography to explore and reflect on their experiences of higher education. These projects were originally designed as participatory research studies and followed established photovoice processes, including image production, individual reflection, group discussion, and dissemination. For the purposes of this paper, attention is directed towards how these processes were embedded within teaching and learning contexts, and how they functioned pedagogically. The paper adopts a reflective analytical approach, drawing from the findings of two iterations of the photovoice project conducted with two different cohorts of students in the same university. The findings are analysed adopting a multimodal thematic analysis approach (Monney & Bhui, 2023) informed by the research-teaching nexus (Gros et al, 2020). Drawing on the documented design, facilitation, and reflective processes of these projects, the analysis focuses on how photovoice was embedded within teaching and learning contexts and how it supported participation, dialogue, and student agency. Ethical considerations originally addressed in the empirical studies are revisited from a pedagogical perspective. Issues such as consent, representation, power relations, and emotional safety are considered as integral to the use of photovoice within teaching contexts, highlighting the responsibilities associated with participatory and creative approaches in higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that photovoice can be productively understood as a research–teaching approach that supports inclusive pedagogy in higher education. When embedded within teaching contexts, photovoice creates opportunities for reflective and dialogical learning, enabling students to engage with academic content through lived experience and visual expression. The analysis highlights how photovoice supports inclusive pedagogical practices by valuing diverse forms of knowledge and expression, fostering participation, and encouraging critical reflection on learning environments. It also demonstrates how photovoice can contribute to bridging the divide between research and teaching by integrating research processes into learning activities. At the same time, the paper emphasises that photovoice is not inherently inclusive. Its pedagogical potential depends on careful design, facilitation, and ethical sensitivity. Without attention to power relations, participation structures, and institutional contexts, photovoice risks reproducing exclusionary dynamics. Overall, the paper contributes to discussions on inclusive higher education by offering a conceptual reframing of photovoice grounded in empirical experience. It provides a basis for further reflection on the role of creative and participatory research methodologies in supporting inclusive teaching and learning in higher education. References Brew, A. (2012). Teaching and research: New relationships and their implications for inquiry-based teaching and learning in higher education. Higher education research & development, 31(1), 101-114. Brown, N. (2024). Photovoice Reimagined. Policy Press. Gros, B., Viader, M., Cornet, A., Martínez, M., Palés, J., & Sancho, M. (2020). The Research-Teaching Nexus and Its Influence on Student Learning. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(3), 109-119. Mooney, R., and Bhui, K., 2023. Analysing multimodal data that have been collected using photovoice as a research method. BMJ open, 13(4), p.e068289. Nilholm, C. (2021). Research about inclusive education in 2020–How can we improve our theories in order to change practice?. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(3), 358-370. Schell, K., Ferguson, A., Hamoline, R., Shea, J., and Thomas-Maclean, R., 2009. Photovoice as a Teaching Tool: Learning by Doing with Visual Methods. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 21(3), pp.340-352. Smith, P. S., and Myers, B., 2025. Narrating access and agency: Students with intellectual disability share their experiences with higher education. Remedial and Special Education, 46(1), pp.31-41. Smith Hill, R. B., Shah, P., Plotner, A. J., Castle, M., and Stinnett, C. V., 2025. Inclusive postsecondary education and self-determination: using photovoice to centre student voices in the United States of America. Disability and Society, 40(4), pp.853-880. Suprapto, N., Sunarti, T., Wulandari, D., Hidayaatullaah, H. N., Adam, A. S., and Mubarok, H., 2020. A systematic review of photovoice as participatory action research strategies. International Journal of Evaluation and Research in Education, 9(3), pp.675-683. Wang, C., and Burris, M. A., 1997. Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health education and behavior, 24(3), pp.369-387. Wass, R., Anderson, V., Rabello, R., Golding, C., Rangi, A., and Eteuati, E., 2020. Photovoice as a research method for higher education research. Higher Education Research and Development, 39(4), pp.834-850. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 02 A: Researching Policy in ESE practice Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Mandy Singer-Brodowski Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Reflexive Monitoring in Action in a Time of Poly-Crisis: Creating Safe and Brave Spaces for Ambitious ESD-Policy Making? Regensburg University, Germany, Germany Presenting Author:Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is influenced by conditions widely described as a poly-crisis, characterized by the interconnections between climate change, democratic backsliding, geopolitical conflict, and social inequality (Stein et al., 2025). These conditions increasingly challenge the further development of ESD, as educational and sustainability initiatives encounter growing media-driven and political resistance, as well as societal polarization (Cakanlar, 2024). Nevertheless, ESD is increasingly present in educational systems worldwide, and multi-actor networks work on the further implementation of this “social innovation” (Bormann, Nikel 2017). Reflexive Monitoring in Action (RMA) was developed within sustainability research to support system innovation by embedding reflexivity into ongoing innovation processes like the further implementation of ESD (van Mierlo et al., 2010). It uses methods such as the dynamic learning agenda, which supports project teams in systematically linking ideas, relationships, and courses of action to foster system-level reflection across learning and action dimensions, and has been applied in different fields of sustainability research, among others in the setting up of monitoring systems for learning effectiveness in agroecological farm innovation (Rijswijk et al., 2015; Liberloo et al. 2021). RMA conceptualizes reflexivity not merely as a cognitive activity, but as an emergent property of collective learning processes within innovation networks. This perspective highlights the need for protected communicative spaces that allow actors to question dominant routines, negotiate uncertainty, and experiment with alternative practices (van Mierlo et al., 2010). While RMA is often discussed primarily as a methodological approach to foster and analyze system innovation for sustainability (Klaassen et al., 2021; van Mierlo et al., 2010) this paper explores the potential of RMA as an educational approach to the design and shaping of learning environments, in which the micro-politics for ESD-policy making can emerge and be negotiated (Sol et al. 2018). RMA has been applied for ESD policy making several times and linked to overall results in ESD policy research (Singer-Brodowski et al. in prep). Much of the policy research in ESD focuses primarily on the analysis of policy documents and national or international policy discourses, while empirical engagement with the concrete and practical processes of policy development and enactment remains limited (Aikens, McKenzie & Vaughter, 2016). Nevertheless, in the process of pushing forward concrete policy initiatives in educational systems policy makers as well as other actors from multi-actor networks are feeling individuals and influenced by emotions, which are explored seldomly. Pitton and McKenzie (2022) emphasized this emotional dimension in policy making for Climate Change Education with their study: “What moves us also moves policies makers”. We thereby assume that the overall trends of backlashes in sustainability also influence actors involved in RMA-processes who want to push forward sustainability transformations. We therefore ask for educational environments where policy makers have the conditions to deal with challenging emotional dynamics. Against this background, the paper addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, exploratory research design embedded within a third party-funded project situated at the intersection of ESD research and ESD-policy and governance. The empirical material consists of eight semi-structured expert interviews (Bogner et al., 2009) with actors from academia and public administration who were involved in project processes either as reflexive monitors or as contributors to the development of RMA methodology in different countries and different policy contexts. The working contexts of the experts included agriculture, urban development, corporate sustainability projects, and child protection support. We wanted to generate insights based on a varied spectrum of fields where the RMA was applied. The interviews focused on experiences of cooperation dynamics, actor constellations, and the conditions shaping concrete RMA processes. Particular attention was paid to how communication and deliberation was supported, or constrained across different institutional and governance contexts, as well as how and to which extent the communicative spaces opened up through RMA-processes . We additionally conducted several RMA-processes with several ESD-actors from different fields of education (higher education, non-formal and informal learning as well as school education) practically to complement our data and apply our first insights. Data were analyzed using qualitative content analysis, combining deductive and inductive coding strategies (Bingham, 2021). Deductive categories included: Current challenges in the implementation of RMA Reflexive attitudes and orientations Methodological references and applications Role perceptions and role enactment (including emotions) Domains of application and context specificity Inductive coding captured emerging themes, particularly emotional dynamics and the communicative processes involved when conducting RMA. Comparative analysis across empirical contexts enabled a reflection on how RMA contributes to the design of learning environments in ESD under conditions of poly-crisis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RMA was generally described less as a technical method and more as a reflexive stance that challenges dominant expectations of efficiency, control, and predictability in sustainability-oriented governance and educational contexts. This stance required sustained facilitation, relational work, and time resources, which frequently stood in tension with funding regimes and policy environments prioritizing short-term, measurable outputs. Across all empirical contexts, safe spaces were described as a central enabling condition for RMA processes. Experts consistently emphasized reflexive learning as dependent on micro-level learning environments and macro-level policy and institutional settings that permit uncertainty, disagreement, emotional and ethical engagement, without immediate pressure to produce predefined solutions or binding commitments. Reflexivity was fostered in settings where facilitation practices, organizational cultures, and governance frameworks legitimized critical questioning, plural perspectives, and reduced hierarchical constraints, enabling participants to articulate creative, experimental, and dissenting ideas without fear of sanction. The findings reveal strong context dependency. In institutional contexts characterized by formal hierarchies, legal accountability, or political sensitivity, experts described actors as more reluctant to engage openly in reflexive dialogue which constrained the scope of deliberation and limited the depth of collective learning. As a result, projects deliberately restricted participation to selected actor groups to preserve trust and reflexive quality. While this selection facilitated deeper reflection and internal coherence, it reduced the diversity of perspectives and curtailed the innovative potential of the innovation processes. The absence of key stakeholder groups was identified as a critical limitation in translating reflexive insights into broader structural change. Overall, the findings suggest that safe spaces constitute foundational educational and methodological requirements for system innovation and at the same time limit the scalability of innovation. This points toward a possible extension into “brave spaces”. characterized by accountability, self-disclosure, and relational authenticity even under conditions of institutional constraint and power asymmetry (Stanlick, 2015; Arao/Clemens 2023). References Arao, B., & Clemens, K. (2023). From safe spaces to brave spaces: A new way to frame dialogue around diversity and social justice. In The art of effective facilitation (pp. 135-150). Routledge. Bogner, A., Littig, B., & Menz, W. (2009). Introduction: Expert interviews—An introduction to a new methodological debate. In A. Bogner, B. Littig, & W. Menz (Eds.), Interviewing experts (Research Methods Series). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230244276_1 Bormann, I., & Nikel, J. (2017). How education for sustainable development is implemented in Germany: Looking through the lens of educational governance theory. International Review of Education, 63(6), 793–809. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-017-9683-9 Klaassen, P., Verwoerd, L., Kupper, F., & Regeer, B. (2021). Reflexive monitoring in action as a methodology for learning and enacting responsible research and innovation. In E. Yaghmaei & I. van de Poel (Eds.), Assessment of responsible innovation: Methods and practices . Routledge. Liberloo, M., Bijttebier, J., Lacour, E., Stilmant, D., & Marchand, F. (2022). Reflexive monitoring in action: Setting up a monitoring system for learning effectiveness in agroecological farm innovation. The Journal of Agricultural Education and Extension, 28(2), 231–250. https://doi.org/10.1080/1389224X.2021.1984954 Pitton, V. O., & McKenzie, M. (2022). What moves us also moves policy: The role of affect in mobilizing education policy on sustainability. Journal of Education Policy, 37(4), 527–547. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1852605 Sol, J., van der Wal, M. M., Beers, P. J., & Wals, A. E. J. (2018). Reframing the future: The role of reflexivity in governance networks in sustainability transitions. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1383–1405. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2017.1402171 Stanlick, S. (2015). Getting “real” about transformation: The role of brave spaces in creating disorientation and transformation. Michigan Publishing, University of Michigan Library. Stein, S., Andreotti, V., Restoule, J. P., Vukovic, R., McGregor, C., Pelton, L. F., & Mohajeri, A. (2025). Deepening relational capacity to confront the polycrisis in higher education and beyond. Higher Education Research & Development, 44(6), 1572–1587. van Mierlo, B., Regeer, B., van Amstel, A., Arkesteijn, M. C. M., Beekman, V., Bunders, J., de Cock Buning, T., Elzen, B., Hoes, A.-C., & Leeuwis, C. (2010). Reflexive monitoring in action: A guide for monitoring system innovation projects. Communication and Innovation Studies, Wageningen University and Research. van Mierlo, B., van Amstel, M., Arkesteijn, M., & Elzen, B. (2010). Keeping the ambition high: The value of reflexive monitoring in action for system innovation projects. Proceedings of the SISA Workshop. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Leadership Crisis in Global Climate Policies and Its Implications for Education Policy 1: Fırat University, Türkiye; 2: University of California, Los Angeles, USA Presenting Author:Since its establishment in 1988, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) has played a defining role in bringing climate change onto the global agenda and integrating scientific knowledge into policymaking. The 1992 Rio Earth Summit, organized under UN leadership, marked a turning point for international cooperation on sustainability and global environmental protection (Maslin, Lang & Harvey, 2023). Its most important outcome was the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), which established the institutional foundation for international climate cooperation and initiated the annual Conference of the Parties (COP) process (World Bank, 2020). Scientific recommendations and COP consensus have centered on greenhouse gas emission reductions and carbon pricing (Tucker, 2025). While reducing carbon emissions is regarded as one of the most effective mitigation methods, success has largely depended on developed countries' policies and commitment levels. However, the United States has caused significant disruptions in global climate policy through both the Kyoto Protocol and Paris Agreement processes (Sachs, 2019). Although the US demonstrated intellectual leadership in supporting climate research for many years, it showed resistance to emission targets and binding commitments (Depledge, 2005). Early climate initiatives (Noordwijk Declaration, 1989; Bergen Ministerial Declaration, 1990) emphasized that developed countries should lead in reducing emissions while supporting developing countries with technology transfer and adaptation capacity. Within this framework, leadership emerged as a political concept in climate mitigation (Gupta, 2010). The US has been positioned as a natural climate leader due to being one of the world's largest carbon emitters (EDGAR, 2025) and possessing significant economic and technological capacity. As Barack Obama noted, the US carries a "vital role" and "unique responsibility" globally due to its "exceptional" economic and technological position combined with high carbon emissions (Jones & Fowler, 2022). However, US climate policy fluctuations have evolved into a process fueling climate skepticism and denialism. Donald Trump's skeptical and denialist rhetoric has been particularly defining. The Trump administration voluntarily withdrew from traditional global leadership under the "America First" doctrine, retreating from climate mitigation efforts (Kristensen, 2017). These developments created a leadership crisis in global climate policies, profoundly affecting policymaking, societal perceptions, and public discourse. US withdrawal from the Paris Agreement undermined the Agreement's universality, damaged states' confidence in climate cooperation, worsened the leadership gap in addressing global climate issues, and set a damaging precedent for international cooperation (Zhang et al., 2017). Research demonstrates that climate-skeptic political leaders coming to power can significantly influence public beliefs and attitudes toward climate change (McGuire, 2017). This global leadership crisis emerging from climate skepticism and narrow national interests has created challenges for environmental education policies and educators (Fiorino, 2018). Increasing skepticism and cynicism in climate debates undermine trust in science, making it more difficult to raise awareness of climate change (Gounaridis & Newell, 2024). This represents a significant barrier limiting climate education's societal impact. However, existing literature on climate change predominantly treats education as disconnected from political context and reduced to technical knowledge transmission. This study examines through a systematic review how the climate leadership crisis in global climate policies is addressed in education literature, evaluating education's role, potential, and limitations in facing this multidimensional crisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study presents a systematic review of literature addressing the implications of leadership crisis and climate denialism in global climate policies for education. The research employed a systematic review methodology, which enables transparent, replicable, and structured analysis of existing scholarship according to defined research questions (Hanley & Cutts, 2013). To identify relevant studies, a literature search was conducted across two electronic databases: Web of Science Core Collection and Scopus. These databases were selected for their comprehensive coverage of high-impact, peer-reviewed scholarship examining the relationship between climate change and education. The advanced search query for Web of Science was structured as follows: ("climate change" OR "climate denial") AND ("leadership" OR "political leadership" OR "global climate policy") AND ("education"). The search strategy employed keywords and Boolean operators adapted to each database's syntax and functionality. The search process was conducted systematically following PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines to ensure transparency and replicability (Page et al., 2021). Inclusion and exclusion criteria were predetermined. Studies not published in English, conference proceedings, book chapters, and articles published outside the 2015-2025 timeframe were excluded. This timeframe was selected because scholarship on climate leadership and education showed marked increase following the 2015 Paris Agreement. The search yielded 268 articles from Web of Science and 316 from Scopus. All retrieved records were imported into Catchii software for data organization, duplicate removal, data cleaning, and systematic tracking of the review process (Kairiene Aida, 2025). Subsequently, 193 duplicates were removed by the researchers, and the remaining 391 articles underwent a two-stage independent screening process. This process included title and abstract screening in the first stage and full-text review in the second stage. Following title and abstract screening conducted according to predetermined inclusion and exclusion criteria, 277 articles were excluded. All remaining studies were then examined in detail at the full-text level. Based on joint assessment by the researchers, 16 articles directly related to the study topic were selected as the final sample for systematic review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from this systematic review reveal that the leadership crisis and climate skepticism in global climate policies are addressed in education literature in limited and fragmented ways. Studies examined acknowledge education as an important tool in combating climate change (Feinstein & Mach, 2020), yet show that it is predominantly addressed disconnected from political leadership, power relations, and global climate governance contexts, highlighting the need for educators to engage with political ecology (Bhowmick, 2025). Moreover, the effects of climate denialism and leadership vacuum on education policies, curriculum design, and educators' positioning remain insufficiently examined. This suggests that education remains confined to technical knowledge transmission while its potential to address the structural and political dimensions of climate crisis is largely overlooked. This study demonstrates the need for comprehensive approaches that center the climate leadership crisis and evaluate education within its political and social context, indicating that environmental and climate education must be reconceptualized within a more critical, transformative, and contextual framework in response to disruptions in global climate governance. References Bhowmick, D. (2025). Discourse on Climate Change and Well-Being: Examining Through the Lens of Political Ecology. In: Acharya, S.S., Kundu, S., Singh, S. (eds) Paradigm Shifts in Population and Health in India. Sustainable Development Goals Series. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-95-1719-0_12 Depledge, J. (2005). Against the grain: The United States and the global climate change regime. Global Change, Peace & Security, 17(1), 11–27. doi: 10.1080/0951274052000319337 EDGAR (2025). GHG emissions of all world countries: 2025 report. European Commission, Joint Research Centre. https://edgar.jrc.ec.europa.eu/report_2025 Feinstein, N. W., & Mach, K. J. (2020). Three roles for education in climate change adaptation. Climate Policy, 20(3), 317–322. https://doi.org/10.1080/14693062.2019.1701975 Fiorino, D.J. (2018). Teaching environmental policy in an era of polarization and misrepresentation. J Environ Stud Sci 8, 179–182. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13412-018-0492-7 Gounaridis, D., Newell, J.P. (2024). The social anatomy of climate change denial in the United States. Sci Rep 14, 2097. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-50591-6 Hanley, T., & Cutts, L. (2013). What is a systematic review?. Counselling Psychology Review, 28(4), 3-6. Jones, C., & Fowler, L. (2022). Administration, rhetoric, and climate policy in the Obama presidency. Review of Policy Research, 39(4), 512-532. Kairienė Aida. (2025). Learning post-qualitative inquiry among education researchers. Journal of Pedagogy, 16(2), 56-85. doi:https://doi.org/10.2478/jped-2025-0007 Kristensen, P.M. After Abdication: America Debates the Future of Global Leadership. Chin. Polit. Sci. Rev. 2, 550–566 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s41111-017-0078-7 Maslin, M. A., Lang, J., & Harvey, F. (2023). A short history of the successes and failures of the international climate change negotiations. UCL Open Environment, 5, e059. McGuire, C. J. (2017). Uncommunicating climate change in the Trump era: Influencing public policy by attempting to control the message. Environmental Justice, 10(6), 209-212. Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Tucker, T. N. (2025). Towards a post-Trump order for the climate crisis. Journal of International Economic Law, jgaf020. Pp 293–301, https://doi.org/10.1093/jiel/jgaf020 World Bank (2020). World Bank Reference Guide to Climate Change Framework Legislation. EFI InsightGovernance. Washington, DC: World Bank. Zhang, H. B., Dai, H. C., Lai, H. X., & Wang, W. T. (2017). US withdrawal from the Paris Agreement: Reasons, impacts, and China's response. Advances in Climate Change Research, 8(4), 220-225. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper IPPC’s Views on the Role of Education in Climate Mitigation and Adaption 1: University of Oslo, Norway; 2: Universith of Girona, Spain Presenting Author:Climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution are increasingly understood as mutually reinforcing crises that are pushing socio-ecological systems toward potentially abrupt and irreversible change (Armstrong McKay et al., 2022; UNEP 2021). Across major science–policy assessments, a consistent implication is that incremental adjustments are insufficient: avoiding the worst outcomes depends on wide societal transformations—changes in infrastructures and technologies, but also in institutions, norms, values, and power relations that shape production and consumption (IPBES, 2019; IPCC, 2022). In this context, the language of transformative change has become prominent. IPBES defines transformative change as a “fundamental, system-wide reorganization across technological, economic and social factors, including paradigms, goals and values” (IPBES, 2019). IPCC assessments similarly stress that effective mitigation and adaptation depend not only on policy design and technological options, but also on enabling conditions such as governance capacity, equity-oriented approaches, and social learning—within which education and climate literacy are repeatedly invoked as essential (IPCC, 2022). Responding to these calls, environmental and sustainability education research has developed a substantial body of theoretical and methodological approaches explicitly oriented toward societal transformation. Rather than treating learners as targets of information transfer or behaviour change alone, this scholarship foregrounds political agency, civic action, critical deliberation, and emancipation. A concern in the educational sciences has grown with respect to how best to support students in developing not only knowledgeability but also hope and agency to address complex socioscientific challenges (Ojala, 2012; Røkenes et al., 2025; UNESCO, 2024). We thus find educational research emphasizing action competence (Jensen & Schnack, 1997), distinctions between more instrumental and more critical/pluralistic approaches to ESD and work on transformative/transgressive social learning that emphasises disruption of unsustainable norms and the capacity to imagine and enact alternative futures (Vare & Scott, 2007). According to these approaches education is not merely a “factor” correlated with emissions or adaptive capacity but can also be a site where collective agency and democratic capability for transformation are cultivated (Wals & Benavot, 2017). Yet, it remains unclear whether—and how—major policy-informing assessments that explicitly recognise the importance of education are also aware of, and able to draw upon, this transformative and emancipatory knowledge base. To address this gap, this study examines the extent and discursive ways by which education and educational research are considered and mobilised in the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report (AR6), focusing on the Working Group III contribution on mitigation (IPCC, 2022). We analyse how “education” is constructed (i.e., what it is taken to be), what roles it is assigned in relation to social change, and how these constructions align—or fail to align—with key strands of transformative sustainability education research. Research questions:
To answer our research questions, the AR6 report was analysed iteratively through abduction methods with several iterations consisting of individual coding, meetings to discuss and adjust the coding structure, leading to refined analysis. The findings indicate that AR6 is dominated by an instrumental view of education. There are occurrences of education viewed as important for human development and more inquiry-based and participatory approaches to learning. It is however difficult to avoid the conclusion that the IPCC, based on our analysis, seems to underplay the significant role education may take in mitigating and adapting to climate change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research question, the AR6 report was analysed, examining how education is articulated and positioned in the document. The analysis was carried out on all chapters of AR6, except the abstract and the references. To identify all passages related to education, a simple search on the string ‘educat’ was carried out, giving 179 hits. We also checked for other possible terms, like ‘school’, which did not provide any additional hits, and used the list of 179 hits on ‘educat’ in the analysis. The analysis was carried out in ATLAS.ti software. An initial set of thematic codes was defined, based on commonly held positions in sustainability education on the role of education mitigation and adaptation processes. These include the levels of action (individual or collective) to which education is related in the document. We also coded whether pedagogical or didactical aspects of education were addressed, and what aspects of education were signified in terms of educational theory, methods or broader approaches, or if education is referred to in a more general science without specificity on practices. We included a code on the role of education, which developed into six subcodes related to different types of competence, and ten other subcodes, as specified in the results section. To trace the transformational function assigned to education, we draw on the ‘Three spheres model’ of transformative change’ (O’Brien, 2018), where change may take place at the institutional sphere, the personal sphere, or the political sphere, with wide societal change requiring action in all three spheres. Finally, we coded for the type of actor, indicating different roles for students (in formal education) and citizens (beyond formal education). The coding process involved selecting a passage of text that included the ‘educat’ term that would encompass a text passage that made up a meaningful unit of meaning, so that there would be a thematic change before and after the unit. This size of the unit would vary from a single sentence to a whole paragraph of several sentences. Each unit was coded for all codes that applied. The coding was carried out iteratively through abduction methods, with both individual coding, meetings to discuss and adjust the coding structure, before a new complete round of coding was carried out. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Ongoing analyses suggest that education is mostly seen from an instrumental point of view, where it is considered as an external factor to change, for instance education as part of Indexes of development, or as a demographic characteristic. Although education might be considered important in influencing emissions, these passages are not explicit with regards to what aspect of education matters or how it has an influence. To the extent that what education is important for is made specific, it is often for changing the behaviour of the population. To the extent pedagogical and didactical approaches are mentioned, they are largely transmissive and behavioural in their approach. There are also passages that address educational designs and more particular outcomes from specific educational practices. The code ‘Pedagogy and didactics’ is largely concerned about learning in out-of-school settings, where partnerships between formal education, government, industry, researchers and communities are important in fostering capacities for climate action, even involving action research methods. This is in line with research advancing open schooling approaches as crucial to ecosocial transitions (Knain et al., 2025). There are also occurrences of education as important for human development, and it is noted that “There is high agreement in the literature that the updating of educational systems from a commercialised, individualised, entrepreneurial training model to an education cognisant of planetary health and human wellbeing can accelerate climate change awareness and action” (AR6, p. 548). However, it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that the IPCC seems to underplay the significant role education may take in mitigating and adapting to climate change, ignoring much of the existing empirical research and theoretical contributions concerning the transformational potential of critical, emancipating, action-oriented approaches in ESE. We suggest that the IPCC include educational researchers more closely into shaping the outlook and policies on these matters. References Armstrong McKay, D. I., Staal, A., Abrams, J. F., Winkelmann, R., Sakschewski, B., Loriani, S., . . . Lenton, T. M. (2022). Exceeding 1.5°C global warming could trigger multiple climate tipping points. Science, 377(6611). IPBES (2019): Summary for policymakers of the global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES secretariat, Bonn, Germany. IPCC. (2019). Summary for Policymakers. In H.-O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, V. Masson-Delmotte, P. Zhai, M. Tignor, E. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, M. M. Nicolai, A. Okem, J. Petzold, B. Rama, & N. Weyer (Eds.), IPCC Special Report on the Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate. In press.: The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). IPCC. (2022). Climate Change 2022. Mitigation of Climate Change. Working Group III contribution to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press. Jensen, B. B., & Schnack, K. (1997). The action competence approach in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 3(2), 1-22. Knain, E., Tasquier, G., Jornet, A., Rokenes, H., & Mueller, M. L. (2025). School boundaries coming alive: Transforming education towards sustainability through open schooling initiatives. Acta Psychologica, 258, 105192. Monbiot, G., & Hutchison, P. (2024). The Invisible Doctrine. The Secret History of Neoliberalism (& How it Came to Control Your Life): Allen Lane. Ojala, M. (2012). Regulating worry, promoting hope: How do children, adolescents, and young adults cope with climate change? International journal of environmental eduation, 7(4), 537–561. O’Brien, K. (2018). Is the 1.5°C target possible? Exploring the three spheres of transformation. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability, 31, 153–160. Røkenes, H., Jornet, A., & Knain, E. (2025). Young people envisioning desired futures through narratives of change in science education. Futures, 169, 103591. UNESCO. (2024). Education and climate change: Learning to act for people and planet. Retrieved from Paris: UNEP, United Nations Environment Programme. (2021). Making Peace with Nature: A scientific blueprint to tackle the climate, biodiversity and pollution emergencies. Retrieved from https://www.unep.org/resources/making-peace-nature Vare, P., & Scott, W. (2007). Learning for a Change: Exploring the Relationship Between Education and Sustainable Development: Exploring the Relationship Between Education and Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2), 191-198. Wals, A. E. J., & Benavot, A. (2017). Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning. European Journal of Education, 52(4), 404–413. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 02 B: Ethics, Care and Good Life in ESE Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Ole Andreas Kvamme Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Ignite Talk Caring For, Not Just Caring About, Nature As A Sustainability Competency University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:This paper explores how care ethics might inform the notion of care mentioned within the European Commission’s GreenComp: The European Sustainability Competence Framework (Bianchi et al, 2022) and how such caring might be fostered through environmental and sustainability education (ESE). While caring has been seen as a competency within certain professions e.g., medical professionals, caring for nature as a sustainability competency is a fairly recent development. While developing a caring relationship towards nature e.g., respect for nature (Sandler, 2006) or nature connectedness (Lumber et al, 2017) are commonly referred to in ESE, the notion of care as a sustainability competency more strongly conveys an action component. We view this as a shift in focus from what Noddings (1999) described as caring about to caring for, moving from a more abstract notion of care about nature, to a more active form of caring for nature, emphasising the importance of direct engagement with nature. However, within the GreenComp Framework, mentions of care predominantly refer to caring about rather than actively caring for nature. The one instance which aligns explicitly with caring for: ‘Cares proactively for the planet’ (Bianchi et al, 2022, p. 51) is placed under the attitude category rather than the skills category that ordinarily refers to taking action. Further, there is little guidance on what ‘cares proactively for the planet’ might entail or how this might be appraoched in educational practice. To address this issue, we propose that the concept of care as outlined within care ethics, which is traditionally based on human-human relations and interactions, be extended to include nature/more-than-human. We suggest Noddings’ (2020) notion of caring relations and caring encounters, can be connected with the work of Puig de la Bellacasa (2017) on the situated relevance of care and the interconnectedness or entanglement of humans and nature/more-than-human in a relational web of care. Aligning with Noddings (2002), caring for nature can be developed through caring relations enacted in the local environment through caring encounters with nature/the more-than-human, where learners are given practice in caring and reflection on those practices. This connects with Puig de la Bellacasa’s (2017, p. 22) emphasis on ‘everyday ecological doings’. Frequent, small encounters involving care for the environment, such as a beach clean or through nature-based play, can have a role in fostering care for nature (Postma & Smeyers, 2012). Richardson et al. (2020) found a correlation between engaging in simple nature activities (e.g., bird watching, taking time to notice bees, collecting pebbles) and pro-nature conservation behaviours. Noddings (2002) argues that receptive attention is an essential characteristic of caring encounters. ‘When caring is directed to living things, I must consider their natures, ways of life, needs, and desires. And, although I can never accomplish it entirely, I try to apprehend the reality of the other’ (Noddings, 2013, p. 37) We suggest wild pedagogies is an approach that aligns with the concept of receptive attention, being a pedagogical process where learning is allowed to emerge in natural settings, open-ended and receptive to the teaching of the natural world (Blenkinsop & Kuchta, 2024). Nature as co-teacher, a central concept or principle of wild pedagogies, is an approach that questions what and who a teacher is and actively engages with, listens to, and takes nature seriously as part of the educative process’ (Blenkinsop & Kuchta, 2024; Jickling et al, 2018; Nicol & Higgins, 2024). Following Noddings (2002) via Puig de la Bellacasa (2017), caring for nature competency then, can be seen as ‘caring relations’ enacted in the local environment through caring encounters with nature/the more-than-human through a learning approach that is receptive to nature as co-teacher. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our approach involves exploring common ground between care ethics, ESE competencies and posthumanism, with the intention of generating theoretical and practical insights into the EU GreenComp framework. This entails bringing or weaving together different strands of thought. We begin by examining the EU GreenComp Framework and identifying where ‘care’ is mentioned and in what way it is used. We ground our approach in the theories and arguments within the field of Care Ethics, in particular the works of Noddings, specifically her two concepts of caring: caring about or caring for (Noddings, 1999). We then turn to the question of how such caring relations might be fostered through ESE? What might such caring encounters entail? Here we connect Noddings (2002) notions of caring relations and caring encounters with the arguments of Puig de la Bellacasa (2017) on the situated relevance of care and the interconnectedness or entanglement of humans and nature/more-than-human in a relational web of care. We will also draw on diverse works such as Willem Postma & Smeyers (2012) on the role daily care for the environment as enacted through children’s play has in fostering care for nature, and Richardson et al.’s (2020) psychological research on the correlation between engaging in simple nature activities and nature conservation behaviours, in order to build the case for the importance of immersive experiences in nature, where learners are given practice in caring and reflection on those practices. Turning to existing pedagogical approaches within ESE, we connect the above with research on wild pedagogies (Blenkinsop & Kuchta, 2024; Jickling et al, 2018), where learning is allowed to emerge in natural settings, open-ended and receptive to the teaching of the natural world, rather than there being a predetermined learning objective (Jickling et al., 2018; Nicol & Higgins, 2024). We align this with Nodding’s (2002) concept of receptive attention, an essential characteristic of caring encounters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We argue that the concept of care, as used within the EU GreenComp, needs to be expanded in terms of being more explicit about the need for both caring about and caring for nature. The paper argues for the role of immersive experiences in fostering care for nature. We suggest, following Noddings (2002), caring for nature can be developed through caring relations enacted in the local environment through caring encounters with nature/the more-than-human, where learners are given practice in caring and reflection on those practices, connecting to Puig de la Bellacasa’s (2017, p. 22) idea of the importance of ‘everyday ecological doings’. Further, we propose wild pedagogies as a pedagogical approach to enacting caring encounters to foster caring about and crucially caring for nature. The paper contributes to educational theory on how ‘care for nature’ as a sustainability competency might be developed in practice and has implications for ESE practice in terms of the need to ensure opportunities for caring encounters in nature to develop this competency in learners. References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp. The European Sustainability Competence Framework. https://green-comp.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/jrc128040_greencomp_f2.pdf Blenkinsop, S., & Kuchta, E. C. (2024). Ecologizing education: Nature-centered teaching for cultural change. Cornell University Press. Jickling, B., Blenkinsop, S., Timmerman, N., & Sitka-Sage, M. D. D. (2018). Wild Pedagogies. Palgrave. Lumber, R., Richardson, M., & Sheffield, D. (2017). Beyond knowing nature: Contact, emotion, compassion, meaning, and beauty are pathways to nature connection. PloS one, 12(5), e0177186. Nicol, R., & Higgins, P. (2024). Teaching to transgress through residential education: Nurturing pedagogical innovation to tackle the climate and nature emergencies in higher education. Journal of Moral Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057240.2024.2360239 Noddings, N. (1999). Two concepts of caring. Philosophy of Education Archive, 36–39. Noddings, N. (2002). Starting at Home: Caring and social policy. University of California Press. Postma, D. W., & Smeyers, P. (2012). Like a swallow, moving forward in circles: On the future dimension of environmental care and education. Journal of Moral Education, 41(3), 399–412. Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2017). Matters of Care. University of Minnesota Press. Richardson, M., Passmore, H-A., Barbett, L., Lumber, R., Thomas, R., & Hunt, A. (2020). The green care code: How nature connectedness and simple activities help explain pro-nature conservation behaviours. People and Nature, 2, 821–839. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10117 Sandler, R. (2006). A theory of environmental virtue. Environmental Ethics, 28(3), 247–264. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Planetary Good Life as an Aim of Education 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland; 3: University of Turku, Finland; 4: University of Jyväskylä Presenting Author:This presentation critically examines the theoretical foundations for the notion of the planetary good life as an aim of education. The concept of “planetary” has gained increasing traction in recent scholarly debates, including planetary Bildung, planetary well-being, planetary youth research, and planetary social pedagogy. What these concepts have in common is an effort to move beyond anthropocentrism toward a more-than-human, or a planetary view (Braidotti, 2013; Whatmore, 2002). The notion of planetary good life aligns with these perspectives, while also introducing a critical distinction. The idea of planetary good life is also closely related to the concept of flourishing which has particularly gained momentum as the OECD (2025) tries to shift its focus toward human flourishing as the aim of education. In terms of the history of ideas, both “flourishing” and “good life” can be understood as translations of Aristotle's concept of "eudaimonia”. Thus, we build our ideas of planetary good life on an aristotelian virtual-ethical base (Aristotle, 1967). However, human well-being is intrinsically linked to the well-being of the broader ecological community. Thus, the concept of good life must be reframed within a planetary context, which calls for engaging with post-anthropocentric theoretical approaches such as deep ecology (Næss, 1973) to expand ethical considerations to include nonhuman forms of life. Teaching and learning of profound transformation of values and worldviews is complex (Birdham, 2025) and we suggest that virtue aesthetics (Saito, 2010) could offer new perspectives on learning “in” and “from” environmental and sustainability education (ESE) (Tilbury 1995). The urgent need for cultural, societal, and ecological transformation is widely acknowledged, as our current life-styles are accelerating climate change, biodiversity loss, and other planetary crises. Within this context, the concept of the planetary good life has potential to foster the transformation that seeks shifts in epistemic, ethical, and existential orientations. These orientations are interrelated and often overlapping; together they provide a multidimensional framework for understanding the theoretical and practical implications of education aimed at fostering a planetary good life. An important epistemic foundation of planetary good life is provided by the planetary boundaries framework, which offers a scientifically informed assessment of the state and limits of Earth’s life-supporting systems. (Richardson et al., 2023). Ethical orientation of planetary good life aims to re-thinking the ethical dimensions of human–nature relations from Aristotelian,anthropocentric virtue-ethics to expanded ethics that affirms the moral considerability of nonhuman life and acknowledges interdependence across life forms. (Næss, 1973; Reid et al, 2021) The need for transformation is widely recognized in the field of ESE (Sterling, 2010) but there is no common understanding of what should transform and how it can be supported in education (Birdshall, 2025). Existential orientation of planetary good life pinpoints that fundamental changes in a learner’s values, beliefs, and worldviews is required (Putkonen et al., 2026). This means critical reflection on the deeper ideas and assumptions that underpin unsustainable lifestyles, such as the prioritization of material well-being as the primary marker of success and happiness. In order to shape individuals’ foundational values and worldviews education should engage with existential questions concerning life’s purpose and human’s place in the world traditionally addressed in worldview education, including cosmological, ontological, theological, eschatological, teleological, aesthetical, and ethical dimensions. (Van der Kooij et. al., 2013; Hartman, 1986) We contend that sustainable ways of living can be pursued from a plurality of worldviews—including both anthropocentric and non-anthropocentric, religious and secular perspectives—so long as they share a commitment to caring for the planet. By articulating these theoretical starting points, this presentation contributes to ongoing scholarly discussions regarding sustainability transformations and highlights how the planetary good life can serve as a guiding conceptual framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretical discussion on the foundations of environmental and sustainable education. The sources include theoretical and philosophical literature on good life and flourishing (eudaimonia), as well as contemporary literature on sustainability education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As we are suggesting a new research program for environmental and sustainable education, expected outcomes contain new theoretical framework which can also serve as starting point or analytical tool for empirical environmental education research. The conceptual framework of planetary good life underlines the responsible and ethically oriented human-nature relations as well as the importance of transformation at a deep, existential and worldview level. References Aristotle. (1967). Athenian Constitution, Eudeamian Ethics, Virtues and Vices (H. Rackham, Trans.). In Aristotle in twenty-three volumes (Vol. 20). Harvard University Press. Birdsall, S. (2025). Transformative learning in environmental and sustainability education: A transformation to what and how?. In The Routledge Handbook of Global Sustainability Education and Thinking for the 21st Century (pp. 542-555). Routledge India. Braidotti, R. (2013). The Posthuman. Polity Press. Hartman, S. (1986). Children’s philosophy of life. Malmo¨: CWK Gleerup Naess, A. (1973). The shallow and the deep, long‐range ecology movement. A summary∗ Inquiry, 16(1–4), 95–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/00201747308601682 OECD (2025). Education for human flourishing: A conceptual framework, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/73d7cb96-en. Putkonen, N., Keränen-Pantsu, R., Ikonen, E., & Kavonius, M. (2026). Tulevaisuuden katsomusopetus planetaarista hyvää elämää rakentamassa. Ainedidaktiikka, 10(1), 42-63. Sterling, S. (2010). Learning for resilience, or the resilient learner? Towards a necessary reconciliation in a paradigm of sustainable education. Environmental Education Research, 16(5–6), 511–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2010.505427 Reid, A., Dillon, J., Ardoin, N., & Ferreira, J. A. (2021). Scientists’ warnings and the need to reimagine, recreate, and restore environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 27(6), 783–795. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1937577 Richardson, Katherine & Steffen, Will & Lucht, Wolfgang & Bendtsen, Jørgen & Cornell, Sarah E. & Donges, Jonathan F. & Drüke, Markus & Fetzer, Ingo & Bala, Govindasamy & von Bloh, Werner & Feulner, Georg & Fiedler, Stephanie & Gerten, Dieter & Gleeson, Tom & Hofmann, Matthias & Huiskamp, Willem & Kummu, Matti & Mohan, Chinchu & Nogués-Bravo, David & … Rockström, Johan (2023) Earth beyond six of nine planetary boundaries. Science advances 9 (37), eadh2458. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.adh2458 Saito, Y. (2010). Future directions for environmental aesthetics. Environmental Values, 19(3). https://doi.org/10.3197/096327110X5198 Van der Kooij, J. C., De Ruyter, D. J., & Miedema, S. (2013). Worldview: The meaning of the concept and the impact on religious education. Religious Education, 108, 210–228. Van der Kooij, J. C., de Ruyter, D. J., & Miedema, S. (2015). The influence of moral education on the personal worldview of students. Journal of Moral Education, 44(3), 346-363. Whatmore, S. (2002). Hybrid geographies: Natures, cultures, spaces. London: SAGE. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper (The Absence of) Teaching Environmental Ethics. Observations of ESE and Ethics Education University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:The most recent formulation of the Norwegian curriculum (LK20) rephrases its Objectives Clause by introducing three cross-curricular themes that all subjects required to tackle. The Objectives Clause now requires education to open for pupils to «learn to think critically and act ethically and with environmental awareness» (UDIR, 2017). One of these cross-curricular themes is «Sustainable Development», Ethics education in Norwegian formal secondary education in Norway is however subsumed under the Religion and Worldviews subject of «KRLE», and becomes a small portion of a larger subject. Even so, the curriculum specifies that teaching should involve «participation in ethical reflection on nature and the place of the human in it», through discussion of «existential questions», as well as «reflections on how people, the environment and society affect each other, and on how we can make responsible choices» (UDIR, 2019). The requirements are in other words oriented towards the teaching of complex knowledges, skills, and attitudes, which can be challenging propositions for teachers and other educational practitioners, especially considering strong time constraints. This paper proposal describes an exploratory empirical study of the teaching of environment and sustainability education (ESE) in formal secondary ethics education settings. The aim of the study is to describe and evaluate if and how environmental ethics are taught in the Anthropocene, with an especial focus on how the human is (discursively) envisaged and produced in terms of role, ethical responsibility, and more-than-human relationality. The study is part of an ongoing PhD project on environmental ethics education and more-than-human perspective-taking in formal education contexts, and will later be further developed into one of two empirical contributions. The current problem statement of the paper proposal is as follows: Given current constraints, how do Norwegian teachers in lower secondary ethics education teach environmental ethics, and what understandnings of human responsibility and role are students thus afforded? The theoretical lenses of the project are the ecofeminist and ecocentric ethics of Leopold (1949), Abram (1997) and Haraway (2008), which in different ways actualises and frames the observed teaching. Leopolds “Land Ethic” perspective opens for a non-anthropocentric orientation towards altruistic environmental responsibility, Abram’s “more-than-human” concept both serves as a guiding analytical category and a fundamental expression of post-human ethical extensionism. Haraway’s “sharing suffering”, i.e. “staying with the trouble” allows for a discussion of the parameters of non-anthropomorphic, non-mimetic ethical responsibility. The different approaches open for reflections of the possibilities and limits of current environmental ethics education, and how teaching can navigate aspects of ethical-political anthropocentrism inherent in education more generally. My paper proposal furthermore has a critical-hermeneutical (Ricoeur, 1981) orientation in that it is presumed that the teachers assumptions, conceptual operationalisations and legitimations for their choices will inform and affect their resulting teaching, such as what role the human is ascribed in relation to nature by the teachers, be it stewardship (eg. Jonas, 1984), kinship (eg. Kimmerer, 2020) or isolation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project that the paper reports from is both theory- and practice-oriented, with a co-creative design research component where I as the researcher initiate collaborative, reflexive, and co-creative teaching design workshops held together with participating teachers. The study mainly focuses on in-school formal teaching practices in the classroom, and multiple research methodologies are applied. Selected teaching is observed and recorded, the teachers are interviewed both before, during (if necessary) and after each lesson, and both the teaching materials and student products are collected. The focus is on the teacher in the classroom, but conversations with students and student products are collected for purposes of later contextualization and validity. The collected data are subsequently compiled, ordered and compared before selected sequences from the observed sessions of participating groups are shown to the participating teachers as grounds for discussion and co-creative reflection. Classroom teaching is both video and audio recorded. Field notes are collected during observation, and audio from interviews and workshops are recorded. All data is transcribed, systematized and coded in secured Nvivo research software. As the study is part of my PhD project, my supervisors support in the data collection and analysis phases. The proposed paper is exploratory, with a focus on the teaching of environmental ethics in Norwegian ethics education. The presented material will mainly consist of observation of teaching and interviews with participating teachers and their students in ethics education from one of the participating schools in the project. The project is ongoing, and aspects of the methodology and analysis might change between submission and presentation. Given the currently ongoing nature of the study, choice of analytical approach is deliberately left vague, as all data have not been collected yet. An important condition is that the analysis must allow for discussions on the political-ethical slant of teaching of environmental ethics in formal education settings. Possible approaches may be critical-hermeneutical analysis (Ricoeur, 1981), narrative analysis (Polkinghorne, 1995), or case study methodology (Yin, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is ongoing, hence I can only make guesses on what conclusions, outcomes or findings that I might arrive at. The predictions will by necessity be based on incomplete evidence. Even so, I expect to see certain tendencies and topics of discussion. The project is political-ethically normative in its inclusion of more than just humans as morally relevant, yet with the human as the prime moral agent. As such, the conclusions will include discussions on the possibilities and limitations of more-than-human environmental ethics education. The discussions will also most likely include reflections on the difficulties and affordances experienced by the participating teachers in their ethics teaching practice, including both their conscious and their pre-reflexive decision-making tendencies . The data that has been collected thus far documents teaching of ethics education and ESE, and I thus expect the findings to give indications towards the participating teachers’ priorities in adapting and aligning their teaching to the specific learner-, class-, subject- and school context. I also expect the findings to some degree exemplify the implementation of the ethics education curriculum, both as it relates to how it is conceived, taught, received, and what student work may result. References Abram, D. (1997). Spell of the Sensuous (1 ed.). Random House. Haraway, D. J. (2008). When Species Meet. University of Minnesota Press. Jonas, H. (1984). The Imperative of Responsibility. The University of Chicago Press. Kimmerer, R. W. (2020). Braiding sweetgrass : indigenous wisdom, scientific knowledge and the teachings of plants. Penguin Books. Leopold, A. (1949). The Land Ethic. In A Sand County Almanac. Penguin Classics. (Reprinted from 2020) Polkinghorne, D. E. (1995). Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 8(1), 5-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/0951839950080103 Ricoeur, P. (1981). Hermeneutics and the human sciences. Cambridge University Press. The Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research. (2017). Core curriculum – values and principles for primary and secondary education (LK20). The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/ The Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). Læreplan i kristendom, religion, livssyn og etikk (KRLE) (RLE01-03). The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/RLE01-03.pdf?lang=nob Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications : design and methods (Sixth edition. ed.). SAGE. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 02 C: Opening the Door for Change in Educational Leadership Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Rosalie Mathie Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Understanding and Promoting Ocean Literacy: Exploring the Experiences, Perceptions, and Attitudes of Secondary School Students, Teachers, and School Leaders in England University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Ocean literacy refers to an understanding of the dynamic and reciprocal relationship between humans and the ocean (Ocean Literacy Network, 2015). The alarming deterioration of ocean health, driven by human activities, continues to threaten its ecological balance. Addressing these challenges is complex, as it requires consideration of multiple interconnected factors simultaneously (Santoro et al., 2017). It is therefore crucial for the public to understand the underlying causes of ocean-related environmental issues and to recognise practical and effective solutions to mitigate them. However, public understanding of the ocean remains limited, and marine issues often receive less attention than other environmental concerns (Fauville et al., 2019).
The limited inclusion of ocean-related topics in school curricula worldwide is evident, with ocean literacy often remaining optional and inconsistently available to students (Fauville et al., 2019). While young people generally demonstrate interest in and positive attitudes toward the ocean, this enthusiasm is frequently accompanied by low levels of knowledge and, in some cases, misconceptions. Among secondary school students, research indicates varying levels of ocean knowledge, ranging from low to moderate, alongside expressions of concern and positive attitudes toward the marine environment (Kelly et al., 2021; Tsai & Chang, 2019). A major challenge in promoting ocean literacy in education is therefore the need for innovative pedagogical and leadership strategies to equip learners with essential skills and knowledge (Santoro et al., 2017). Additional barriers, such as limited curriculum space and restricted teaching time, often hinder the introduction of new topics. Consequently, ocean literacy initiatives are typically delivered as short-term projects or extracurricular programmes, further limiting their coherent integration into students’ long-term studies. In England, ocean literacy is not systematically included as a compulsory topic in the national curriculum, nor is it effectively integrated across subjects (Department for Education, 2014; 2015). As a result, contemporary research examining students’ understanding, experiences, and attitudes toward ocean literacy remains limited. Furthermore, the perspectives of teachers and school leaders regarding its inclusion in school practices have not been adequately explored, despite the critical role education plays in shaping students’ attitudes and awareness toward environmental protection and sustainability (Koomen et al., 2018). Considering these aspects, the following four research questions have been developed: 1. What is the level of ocean literacy among Year 10 students (aged 14 to 15) in the UK 2. What experiences, perceptions and attitudes do students have regarding learning about ocean literacy? 3. What opportunities and challenges do teachers and school leaders currently face, or have previously encountered, in promoting ocean literacy in their schools?
This study was informed by Barnett’s (2000) concept of a supercomplex world, characterised by uncertainty, interconnectedness, and the constant need for adaptability. Within this framework, education is understood not only as the transmission of knowledge but as preparation for navigating complexity. In this study, ocean literacy was adopted as a conceptual bridge for responding to these demands, as it encourages systems thinking, environmental awareness, and responsible action. The study design was further guided by the six dimensions of ocean literacy proposed by Brennan et al. (2019), which provided a structured lens for examining leaners’ awareness, knowledge, attitude, behaviour, communication and activism within broader environmental and societal contexts.
The study employed a mixed-methods approach within an English co-educational secondary school to examine ocean literacy from both student and educator perspectives. Overall, the study identifies moderate student ocean literacy, substantial knowledge gaps, limited curricular integration, and strong stakeholder support for experiential, project-based approaches as key findings, highlighting the need for targeted, well-supported, and sustainable ocean literacy education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted at a co-educational private secondary school in eastern England, located in a coastal town on a river estuary. Participants included 52 Year 10 students (29 males, 22 females, and one participant who preferred not to disclose their gender) and eight teachers and school leaders representing a range of roles, subject areas, ages, and professional responsibilities. The Year 10 cohort was specifically selected due to their prior exposure to relevant content through primary and early secondary education. Students’ ocean literacy was first assessed using a 25-minute online quiz designed to evaluate knowledge, identify gaps, and highlight areas requiring further development. The quiz consisted of 20 questions using a combination of true/false, single-choice, multiple-choice, and open-ended formats. Following the quiz, students were invited to take part in 20-minute group interviews, with up to three students per session. These interviews explored students’ experiences, perceptions, and attitudes toward ocean literacy, as well as their preferred learning approaches and perceived support needs for long-term improvement. Teachers and school leaders with an interest in ocean literacy and sustainability participated in individual semi-structured interviews lasting approximately 30 minutes. These interviews focused on participants’ perspectives on integrating ocean literacy into curriculum and school practices, perceived opportunities and constraints, and the types of support required for effective and sustainable implementation. Data analysis combined quantitative and qualitative approaches. Quiz responses were scored using a points-based system, while open-ended responses and interview transcripts were analysed thematically. Quantitative and qualitative findings were subsequently integrated to provide a comprehensive understanding of ocean literacy within the school context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the online quiz results indicate that students demonstrated a moderate level of ocean-related knowledge, with strengths in understanding the ocean’s role in weather regulation, marine pollution, and its largely unexplored nature. However, the variation in responses revealed uneven understanding across topics. In particular, gaps in knowledge related to sea level change, the ocean’s role in climate regulation, and marine biodiversity suggest areas where students experience persistent misconceptions or limited comprehension, highlighting the need for more targeted and coherent educational approaches to support the development of ocean literacy. Insights from student interviews reinforced the importance of curricular exposure in shaping understanding and engagement. Ocean-related topics were perceived as insufficiently covered within the existing curriculum, often introduced briefly and without depth. Many students felt unprepared to make informed decisions regarding ocean conservation, despite recognising the ocean’s importance to both their daily lives and the wider environment. Reduced interest in ocean issues was also commonly linked to a lack of foundational knowledge, perceived irrelevance, and general disengagement. As a result, some students expressed low confidence in their ability to contribute to environmental action, which further limited their willingness to engage in conservation behaviours. Students consistently emphasised the value of experiential and interactive learning as more effective in fostering engagement and a personal connection to the ocean than traditional classroom instruction alone. Teachers and school leaders highlighted project-based learning and curriculum integration as promising strategies for enhancing ocean literacy. Activities such as debates, public speaking, and interdisciplinary projects were viewed as practical and impactful, while creative initiatives were considered beneficial but dependent on staff capacity. Although there was strong interest in embedding ocean literacy and sustainability across the school, concerns regarding workload were evident. Participants emphasised that access to well-designed teaching resources and external support would be essential for successful and sustainable implementation. References Barnett, R. (2000). Supercomplexity and the Curriculum. Studies in Higher Education, 25(3), 255–265. Brennan, C., Ashley, M., & Molloy, O. (2019). A system dynamics approach to increasing ocean literacy. Frontiers in Marine Science, 6(360), 1–20. Department for Education (2014). Geography: GCSE subject content. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5a7d5754e5274a33be64898e/GCSE_geography.pdf Department for Education (2015). National curriculum in England: Science programmes of study. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-curriculum-in-england-science-programmes-of-study/national-curriculumin-england-science-programmes-of-study Fauville, G., Strang, C., Cannady, M. A., & Chen, Y. F. (2019). Development of the international ocean literacy survey: Measuring knowledge across the world. Environmental Education Research, 25(2), 238–263. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1440381 Kelly, R., Evans, K., Alexander, K., Bettiol, S., Corney, S., Cullen-Knox, C., ... & Pecl, G. T. (2021). Connecting to the oceans: Supporting ocean literacy and public engagement. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries, 32(1), 123–143. https://doi.org/ 10.1007/s11160-020-09625-9 Koomen, M. H., Rodriguez, E., Hoffman, A., Petersen, C., & Oberhauser, K. (2018). Authentic science with citizen science and student‐driven science fair projects. Science Education, 102(3), 593–644. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21335 Ocean Literacy Network. (2015). Ocean literacy framework. http://oceanliteracy.wp2.coexploration.org/ocean-literacyframework Santoro, F., Tereza de Magalhães, A. V., Middleton, F., & Buchanan-Dunlop, J. (2022). A new blue curriculum: A toolkit for policy-makers. UNESCO-IOC. http://hdl.handle.net/1834/42195 Tsai, L. T., & Chang, C. C. (2019). Measuring ocean literacy of high school students: Psychometric properties of a Chinese version of the ocean literacy scale. Environmental Education Research, 25(2), 264–279. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1542487 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Beyond Performance Metrics: Building ESD Competencies and Leadership for Sustainability in Higher Education Universidad del Rosario, Colombia Presenting Author:In recent years, higher education institutions have increasingly been called upon to undergo profound transformations in response to pressing global challenges. Addressing the planetary and climate emergency, fostering inclusive and diverse learning environments, integrating emerging technologies—particularly artificial intelligence—into teaching, learning, and assessment processes, and promoting critical dialogue around threats to freedom and social justice have become central concerns within university settings (Pee & Vululleh, 2020; Kinol et al., 2023). These demands require universities not only to adapt structurally but also to rethink their educational purposes and pedagogical approaches. Since its emergence in the 1970s, Environmental Education, alongside Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), has emphasized the need for educational processes grounded in personal awareness, ethical reflection, and the recognition of otherness. Both approaches advocate for experiential and action-oriented learning pathways that enable a transition from reflection to transformative action. From this perspective, higher education is expected to promote participatory, interdisciplinary, and transdisciplinary processes that empower learners to engage meaningfully with complex socio-environmental challenges (Andersson et al., 2025). However, the field of sustainability education is marked by significant epistemic tensions. Concepts such as development and sustainability are not understood or experienced uniformly across contexts. In the Global South, historical inequalities, structural poverty, political and economic colonization, and limited access to quality education shape distinct realities, particularly for rural, Indigenous, Afro-descendant, and vulnerable communities. These disparities challenge universalized narratives of sustainable development and call for context-sensitive educational frameworks. This study acknowledges the coexistence of multiple conceptual traditions—Environmental Education, ESD, and Education for Sustainability (EfS)—each contributing distinct perspectives. In Colombia, Environmental Education has been strongly shaped by public policy, particularly the National Environmental Education Policy (2003), where sustainable development is framed as one objective among others. At the same time, Colombian higher education engages in an active dialogue with international ESD frameworks, where sustainability competencies have been consolidated as a key theoretical construct with a robust research trajectory (Giannini, 2020; Corres et al., 2020). Understanding universities as cultural institutions with significant influence on social and political dynamics implies a responsibility to offer education that is conceptually robust, socially relevant, and oriented toward real-world problem solving (Rieckmann, 2018, 2022; Vare et al., 2022). In this context, sustainability competencies are understood as the integration of knowledge, skills, and attitudes oriented toward action. Competence implies the ability to apply what one knows and values in order to respond effectively to complex challenges (Martínez et al., 2022). Crossing disciplinary, institutional, and social boundaries has therefore been identified as a critical Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a socio-constructivist perspective, this research approaches education for sustainability at the Universidad del Rosario (UR) as a dynamic and socially constructed reality, recognizing the subjectivity and situated experiences of participants beyond what standardized indicators, such as Green Metric reports, are able to capture. To address this complexity, a mixed-methods design was adopted, allowing for the integration of quantitative and qualitative approaches in order to achieve a more comprehensive understanding of sustainability competencies within the university context. The quantitative phase involved the design and validation of a questionnaire administered to undergraduate and graduate students. The instrument consisted of 20 items aligned with predefined sustainability competencies, including systemic, critical, and future-oriented thinking; strategic action and problem solving; self-awareness and empathy; regulatory understanding; and leadership and entrepreneurship in sustainability. The survey was completed by 218 students, the majority of whom were active undergraduate students, predominantly women, and mainly enrolled in programs related to Medicine and Health Sciences, Science and Engineering, and Law. Participation in the institutional sustainability-focused curriculum segment known as the Mutis Cycle was nearly evenly distributed among respondents. Reliability analysis yielded a Cronbach’s alpha of 0.88, indicating high internal consistency. Descriptive statistics and chi-square tests were applied to explore associations between responses and characterization variables, allowing for the identification of statistically significant patterns related to sustainability competencies across the student population. To complement and deepen the quantitative findings, a qualitative phase was conducted using a focus group methodology. This approach was selected to explore the collective construction of meaning and to capture tensions, negotiations, and lived experiences that quantitative methods alone cannot fully reveal. Eleven students from diverse disciplinary backgrounds and academic levels participated, ensuring discursive variation and richness. The qualitative data were analyzed using a computer-assisted qualitative data analysis approach with Atlas.ti, following the principles of grounded theory. An inductive coding process was applied through cycles of initial, focused, and axial coding, supported by analytical memos and constant comparison. Rather than aiming for statistical saturation, the analysis sought theoretical densification of categories that illuminate how students interpret, experience, and reframe sustainability, empowerment, and agency within university life. To ensure quality and rigor, criteria such as triangulation, audit trails, and reflexivity were applied throughout the research process. This mixed-methods strategy enabled the integration of statistical trends with students’ narratives, providing a nuanced understanding of not only what sustainability competencies students report, but also how and why these competencies are shaped through educational experiences, community interactions, and institutional culture. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate a strong foundation of sustainability awareness and commitment among students, while also revealing areas requiring further development. Quantitative findings show high levels of agreement across most sustainability-related competencies, particularly those linked to identifying opportunities to improve quality of life, equity, and environmental sustainability. Nevertheless, the findings reveal gaps between awareness and action. Lower levels of agreement appear in competencies related to leadership, sustainable entrepreneurship, and the translation of ideas into concrete projects. While many students are willing to engage in sustainability initiatives, fewer feel prepared to assume leadership roles or develop entrepreneurial solutions. Leadership, systemic thinking, empathy, and regulatory understanding show comparatively weaker results, pointing to the need for targeted institutional strategies that strengthen socio-emotional, normative, and action-oriented dimensions of sustainability education. Statistical analyses demonstrate strong interdependencies among competencies. Higher levels of strategic thinking and problem solving are consistently associated with positive assessments of entrepreneurship, leadership, and critical thinking. Problem-solving competence, in particular, increases with academic progression and functions as a central connector linking cognitive, strategic, and action-oriented capacities, suggesting that sustainability competencies develop as an integrated system rather than as isolated skills. Qualitative findings further frame student empowerment for sustainability as a dynamic and cyclical process structured around three interconnected axes: awareness and reflection, action and agency, and community and future orientation. Students conceptualize sustainability as an ethical and political horizon shaping personal practices and systemic understandings of environmental challenges. Agency is strengthened through collaborative initiatives and institutional support but constrained by barriers such as academic overload, bureaucratic rigidity, and limited recognition, especially for women in scientific fields. Overall, empowerment operates as an integrative cycle in which awareness fuels agency, agency strengthens collective engagement, and community feedback reinforces sustained commitment. References Creswell, J. W., Shope, R., Plano Clark, V. L., & Green, D. O. (2006). How interpretive qualitative research extends mixed methods research. Research in the Schools, 13(1), 1-11. Pee, S., & Vululleh, N. (2020). Role of universities in transforming society: Challenges and practices. International perspectives on policies, practices & pedagogies for promoting social responsibility in higher education, 32, 67-79. Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: Key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. Issues and trends in education for sustainable development, 39(1), 39-59. Rieckmann, M. (2022). Developing and assessing sustainability competences in the context of education for sustainable development. In Education for sustainable development in primary and secondary schools: Pedagogical and Practical approaches for teachers (pp. 191-203). Cham: Springer International Publishing. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper An Open Door? The Potential for Sustainability Leaders in Schools to Create Real Change University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper shares research on the potential for sustainability leads (SLs) to act as catalysts in achieving a more holistic approach to climate change and sustainability education in schools. In England, the Department for Education's Sustainability and Climate Change Strategy (2023a, 2023b) encourages every school in England to have a sustainability lead (SL). Although this has no statutory force, many schools have now identified someone to act as their SL. Typically, this is someone already working in the school who may or may not be given additional time and/or financial reward for the role. Given the novelty of this role and a lack of current research evidence about its potential and actual impact, we collected data from a group of SLs in primary and secondary schools across two academic years to analyse what inhibiting and enabling factors they encountered and what difference they felt they had made across the period. In our analysis we drew on literature about teacher agency and educational leadership to frame our discussion about the potential space in which SLs can create the conditions for change (Rushton et al, 2025) and cultivate collective action (Finnegan et al, 2025). Although this paper draws on data collected in England, the findings are of much broader interest as many countries grapple with how to embed the values of sustainability in school operations and curricula. UNESCO has called for “…a new social contract for education, grounded on principles of human rights, social justice, human dignity and cultural diversity” (2025) and Selby & Kagawa (2010) argue that runaway climate change demands a rethinking of educational paradigms and leaders willing to act as bold cultural architects. Stirling’s (2024) argument that a fundamental shift is needed, from the linear, atomised and mechanical thinking that has led us to the environmental crisis towards ‘ecological thinking’, has profound implications for sustainability leadership in school, from headteachers to SLs to the whole school community (Higham et al, 2025). Sukhera et al. (2025) call this latter model ‘distributed leadership’ where sustainability champions emerge across different roles. This model challenges traditional hierarchies and empowers staff to take initiative, fostering a culture of shared responsibility. One of our research questions focused on the potential for SLs to be a catalyst for such a model. Interestingly, many of the SLs in our study demonstrated characteristics of ecological thinking and are beginning to embrace characteristics of a different paradigm of education which moves away from the neo-liberal norms of competition and accountability measures that dominate across many education systems. This was the first in a series of tensions that the SLs in our study had to navigate, requiring them to balance their idealism with pragmatism but also increasing the potential for disillusionment. Further tensions included the need to appease or persuade senior leaders whilst galvanising the whole staff and the temptation to focus on ‘quick wins’ at the expense of embedded change. Nevertheless, while our research emphasises the challenges of the role, it also highlights its considerable potential as a catalyst for cultural change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used a case study approach, focusing on a group of 10 sustainability leads, seven from secondary schools and three from primary schools. These SLs are part of an informal network of schools working with University College London which grew out of case study research in 2022. While the schools were not selected according to a high degree of engagement in climate change and sustainability education, we recognise the advantage of being part of an informal network and we factor that into our conclusions. We collected data primarily from focus group interviews held in 2024 and 2025 respectively. These were carried out in person as part of conferences for schools. This data was supplemented by some individual interviews held in 2023-24. We used a thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke (2019) to make meaning from the data. Themes were constructed by reading and interpreting the data inductively, keeping an open mind to look for emphasis, language and recurring points. We recognise that, as part of this network ourselves, we are to an extent participant-researchers and that our closeness to the SLs’ work and their aims may affect our interpretation. With this in mind, we used artificial intelligence (AI) to supplement our own analysis which was a valuable process in itself and demonstrated the advantages and disadvantages of this approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Ownership, legitimacy and community have emerged as key overlapping themes across the data to explain what inhibits or enables SLs to effect change in their schools. These themes operate within broader specific contexts which are unique to every school but collectively describe the conditions needed to achieve the common goal of an integration of ecological thinking in schools. Our research suggests that SLs can be an important catalyst and can nurture community and culture change with a view to new behaviours and values becoming self-sustaining. There are early signs that the integration of ecological thinking is starting to happen in some schools and evidence that SLs can, in the right circumstances, play a key role in this process. For policy makers, the implication is that SLs represent a potentially sound investment but questions remain around recruitment, training, and, critically, the need for communities of practice that provide vital support and encouragement to SLs who may feel isolated in their role. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2019) ‘Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis.’ Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11 (4): 589–597. Department for Education. (2023a). Sustainability & climate change: A strategy for the education & children’s services systems. Online. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy/sustainability-and-climate-change-a-strategy-for-the-education-and-childrens-services-systems Department for Education. (2023b). Sustainability leadership and climate action plans in education. Online. https://www.gov.uk/guidance/sustainability-leadership-and-climate-action-plans-in-education Dunlop, L., & Rushton, E. A. C. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England’s strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), 1083–1101. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3816 Finnegan, W. (2023) Beyond Whole-School Approaches to Sustainability: Social Practices and Practice Architectures at Secondary Schools in England. Energy Research and Social Science, 102, 103–186. Higham, R., Kitson, A., & Sharp, S. (2025). ‘What do I do? Save the environment or let children go hungry?’ Leading English schools at time of climate crisis. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2025.2472393 Rushton, E., Walshe, N., Kitson, A. & Sharp, S. (2025) Leading whole school spaces of agency for climate change and sustainability education. A case study of four schools from England. Journal of Professional Capital and Community , 10 (1) pp. 79-92. Selby, D., & Kagawa, F. (2010). Runaway climate change as challenge to the ‘Closing Circle’ of education for sustainable development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 4(1), 37–50. Stirling, S. (2024) Learning and Sustainability in Dangerous Times: The Stephen Stirling Reader. Agenda Publishing Limited: Newcastle Upon Tyne. Sukhera, S. M., Gordon, C. R., & Sterrett, W. L. (2025) Sustainability Leadership in Schools: A Success Case Method. Journal of Organizational and Educational Leadership, 10(1), 0_1-35. Talks, I. and Finnegan, W. (2024) Engaging the Next Generation: The state of environmental, sustainability and climate education in UK schools and effective practice in the classroom. National Association of Environmental Education. Online Veronese, D., & Kensler, L. (2013). School Leaders, Sustainability, and Green School Practices: An Elicitation Study Using the Theory of Planned Behavior. Journal of Sustainability Education. UNESCO (2025) Futures of Education https://www.unesco.org/en/futures-education Last accessed August 21, 2025. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 02 D: Making the Future Teachable in ESE Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Stefan Bengtsson Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Children's Learning Requirements on Topics Relevant to the Future: Primary School Students' Conceptions of Sustainable Mobility and Climate Change Universität Augsburg, Germany Presenting Author:Addressing global challenges such as climate change and sustainable mobility requires a profound understanding of ecological, social and economic interconnections (Brand & Wissen, 2017). Children are key inventors in shaping a sustainable future (Sormunen et al., 2024), which makes it essential to explore and reflect upon their conceptions of sustainability-related issues at an early stage (Hauenschild, 2023). Conceptions, often described as ‘mental conglomerates’ (Adamina, 2008, p. 19) include various elements, such as knowledge components, experiences, perceptions, attitudes, interests and values (Adamina, 2008) and are developed based on everyday experiences, everyday language expressions, general thought patterns and educational engagement with the subject matter (Reinfried, 2010). Understanding students’ conceptions is crucial for the adaptive design of personalized learning environments (Dockterman, 2018). From a moderately constructivist perspective on learning, teachers need to be aware of the heterogeneous conceptions when planning lessons on complex and controverse topics (Reinfried, 2006). Such knowledge forms the basis for learning environments that enable conceptual reconstruction through modification, enrichment and differentiation (Krüger, 2007). Previous research on students’ conceptions in the context of sustainability shows that ecological aspects (e.g., pollution) dominate, while social and economic dimensions receive little attention (Sipone et al., 2019; Vasconcelos, 2012). In the context of mobility, research indicates that children often emphasise technological solutions, such as electric vehicles, while issues such as transport justice are given less attention (Kester et al., 2019). Similarly, studies on climate change at primary level indicate that students focus on ecological impacts, such as floods or rising temperatures, while social consequences remain marginal. When asked about impacts, children frequently mention rising temperatures, extreme weather events, sea-level rise, loss of animal habitats and altered rainfall patterns (Akaygun & Adadan, 2021; Anagbogu et al., 2014; Berse, 2017; Götz & Mendel, 2024; Ramos et al., 2022). Furthermore, existing studies on climate change rarely differentiate between students' diverse conceptions or describe developmental variations (Lämmer et al. 2026, i.p.). For topics such as mobility, it is reasonable to assume that students’ conceptions are influenced by their everyday surroundings, which is likely to increase diversity of perspectives. To address this, we examine primary school students' conceptions of sustainable mobility in two contrasting locations. We differentiate between urban and rural students, whose experiences of mobility-related impacts and access to sustainable transport alternatives differ significantly (Braun et al., 2018). This proposal involves two empirical studies that examine primary school students' conceptions of these two topics. Study 1 looks at how students envisage sustainable mobility in the future. Drawing on theoretical approaches from a transformative Education for Sustainable Development (ESD 3) (Pettig & Singer-Brodowski, 2025), in which negotiation processes about a good life for all in the future are essential, the study builds on the concept of future visions (Rubin, 2013). According to this concept, future visions are defined as mental constructions of beliefs, perspectives, and assumptions about how the future might look. Thus, desirable visions (Hicks, 2007) for the future design of sustainable mobility are at the forefront. The guiding research question is: Which transport transition strategies do primary school students consider to be particularly relevant for shaping sustainable mobility in the future (e.g. improvement of cars through electrification, transport justice through equitable access), and to what extent do these visions differ based on the students' living environment (urban vs. rural)? Study 2 focuses on students’ conceptions of climate change. It explores how children conceptualise causes, characteristics, impacts and possible actions, and develops a learning progression that systematically describes the heterogeneity of these conceptions (Lämmer et al. 2026, i.p.). This approach is grounded in geography education research and aims to provide a diagnostic tool for designing adaptive learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first project examines primary school students’ visions for the future of sustainable mobility. A quantitative survey of students in Grades 3 and 4 (target sample size: 500) analyses children’s preferences for different transition strategies and the influence of urban–rural contexts. To investigate these visions, the widely discussed strategies of avoidance, modal shift, improvement, traffic calming and traffic justice (Hennicke et al., 2021) are drawn upon and operationalised on scales. In addition, awareness of issues relating to car traffic, as well as aspects of students' living environments such as their location (urban or rural) and public transport availability, were recorded. Data analysis was performed using SPSS, including the calculation of mean values and the performance of t-tests for independent samples and multivariate regressions. The second project adopts a qualitative approach to explore primary school students’ conceptions of climate change. Based on problem-centred interviews and drawings with 94 students aged 9–11, it reconstructs how children understand causes, characteristics, impacts and possible actions related to climate change across ecological, social and economic dimensions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Study 1: Preliminary findings suggest that students consider strategies that reduce car dependency to be highly relevant, especially those that encourage switching to active and public transport. In contrast, aspects of transport justice receive comparatively little attention. The results also suggest that students with greater awareness of the problems associated with car traffic tend to prioritise sufficiency- and equity-oriented visions more strongly. Furthermore, there are evident contextual differences: students from urban areas prioritise traffic calming measures more than their rural counterparts. Study 2: The analysis resulted in a five-level learning progression, ranging from “no conceptions” to “interconnected conceptions”. Most students’ conceptions cluster at intermediate levels, characterised by fragmented or partially structured conceptions. Common patterns include the identification of cars and waste as primary causes of climate change, while the greenhouse effect is mentioned only at higher levels of understanding. Impacts are predominantly framed in ecological terms, with loss of animal habitats cited most often; human vulnerability is rarely acknowledged. Suggested actions are largely individualised, whereas societal and political measures are mentioned only sporadically. Adaptation strategies are almost absent. Cross-study insights: Both studies demonstrate that students' conceptions are diverse and fragmented, yet predominantly ecologically oriented. The social and political dimensions are largely absent. Mobility-related visions mainly focus on individual behavioural change, while conceptions of climate change rely on oversimplified causalities and personal mitigation strategies. Overall, sustainability challenges are primarily perceived through an ecological lens, with limited attention given to structural and societal interdependencies. These findings underscore the need for holistic educational approaches that foster critical and future-oriented thinking in primary education. Addressing these gaps requires targeted interventions that integrate socio-political perspectives (Gaubitz, 2023) and support students in considering different options and their possible consequences. Learning environments should also connect to students' lived experiences in order to enable meaningful reflections. References Adamina, M. (2008). Vorstellungen von Schülerinnen und Schülern zu raum-, zeit- und geschichtsbezogenen Themen. Eine explorative Studie in Klassen des 1., 3., 5. und 7. Schuljahres im Kanton Bern. Brand, U., & Wissen, M. (2017). Imperiale lebensweise. Zur Ausbeutung von Mensch und Natur im globalen Kapitalismus. München, 10, 9783839456279-9783839456037. Braun, T., Cottrell, R., & Dierkes, P. (2018). Fostering changes in attitude, knowledge and behavior: demographic variation in environmental education effects. Environmental Education Research, 24(6), 899-920. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2017.1343279 Dockterman, D. (2018). Insights from 200+ years of personalized learning. npj Science of Learning, 3(15), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41539-018-0033-x Gaubitz, S. (2023). Zur Bedeutung der Auseinandersetzung mit Konflikten und Dilemmata im Rahmen einer Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in der Grundschule. ZEP : Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 46(4), 8-11. https://doi.org/URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-287384; DOI: 10.25656/01:28738; 10.31244/zep.2023.04.03 Hauenschild, K. (2023). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in der Grundschule. In Nachhaltige Bildung in der Grundschule (Vol. 27, pp. 54-66). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://www.pedocs.de/volltexte/2023/27725/ Hennicke, P., Koska, T., Rasch, J., Reutter, O., & Seifried, D. (2021). Nachhaltige Mobilität für alle: ein Plädoyer für mehr Verkehrsgerechtigkeit. Oekom-Verlag. Kester, J., Sovacool, B. K., & Heida, V. (2019). From Flying Cars to Tesla: Examining the Personal Automobile Preferences of Primary Schoolchildren in Denmark and the Netherlands. Energy Research & Social Science, 56, 101204. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.erss.2019.05.014 Krüger, D. (2007). Die conceptual change-Theorie. Theorien in der biologiedidaktischen Forschung: Ein Handbuch für Lehramtsstudenten und Doktoranden, 81-92. Pettig, F., & Singer-Brodowski, M. (2025). Learning in Relation with a Changing World: Thinking Beyond ESD 1 and ESD 2 Towards ESD 3. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 18(2), 176-201. https://doi.org/10.1177/09734082251347383 Reinfried, S. (2006). Alltagsvorstellungen - und wie man sie verändern kann. Das Beispiel Grundwasser. Geographie heute, 27(243), 38-43. Reinfried, S. (2010). Lernen als Vorstellungsänderung: Aspekte der Vorstellungsforschung mit Bezügen zur Geographiedidaktik. In S. Reinfried (Ed.), Schülervorstellungen und geographisches Lernen (pp. 1-31). Logos. Sipone, S., Abella-García, V., Barreda, R., & Rojo, M. (2019). Learning about Sustainable Mobility in Primary Schools from a Playful Perspective: A Focus Group Approach. Sustainability, 11(8), 2387. https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/11/8/2387 Sormunen, K., Vartiainen, J., & Kangas, J. (2024). Children as Inventors of Sustainable Future. In W. Yang, S. Kewalramani, & J. Senthil (Eds.), Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts, and Mathematics (STEAM) Education in the Early Years. Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (pp.?). Routledge. Vasconcelos, C. (2012). Teaching Environmental Education through PBL: Evaluation of a Teaching Intervention Program. Research in Science Education, 42(2), 219-232. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-010-9192-3 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Making Futures Teachable: Tensions and Opportunities in ESE Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:Future dimensions are an inherent part of Environmental and sustainability education (ESE). For example, the uncertainties that come with sustainability issues, challenge our assumptions about the future, to the extent that what we have taken for granted, as a stable climate or secure access to food and water, now seems to be uncertain (Damhof & Gulmans, 2023). Consequently, sustainability issues pose significant uncertainties about the future, both in time and space. This uncertainty highlights an important distinction between the future, placed ahead of us on a linear timescale, as that which has not happened yet, and the imagined futures, which are created and formed in the present through our imagination. Thus, imagined futures are socially constructed images, visions, or ideas about what the future is like (Primus, 2025). Yet, the future simultaneously implies a time which is beyond our experience and something which we cannot have empirical knowledge about (Poli, 2011). This poses a problem for teachers in ESE, as the future is unknowable and could thus be said to be unteachable. Yet, it is simultaneously an inherent part of the content in ESE through concepts such as sustainable development. The future has been described as the missing dimension of ESE (Hicks & Holden, 1995). Recently, a growing interest for future issues have started to emerge within the field. From this work, we know that the future images we hold are important for how we perceive sustainability issues (e.g. Ferguson, 2022), and that young people see negative futures as the most likely futures (Hicks & Holden, 2007), following current paths and logics in the present (Holfelder, 2019). Previous research also points to how teaching sustainability issues may lead to climate anxiety as well as other emotions such as worry, hopelessness, or anger, and that these feelings are often connected to concerns about the future (Hickman et al., 2021; Ojala, 2016). Furthermore, some scholars emphasize the need to incorporate more critical and creative futures perspectives (Hervé & Panissal, 2022; Holfelder, 2019), which acknowledge the openness of the future. However, a central concern for this paper is the question of how future perspectives come to be teachable, which still seems to be an open question for the ESE field. Moreover, previous research shows that teachers’ choices are important for what students take away from teaching. Furthermore, every teaching situation requires choices to be made regarding purpose, content, and teaching methods. This entails a process of privileging, in which some things are included, while other things are excluded (Lidar et al., 2020). With this background, there is thus a need to attend to how different orientations towards the future are included and/or excluded in an educational practice such as ESE. The aim of this paper is thus to empirically explore the formation of futures perspectives in ESE through the analysis of teachers’ discussions when planning lessons. The research question is as follows: how are futures addressed and made teachable through teachers’ intentions and choices? This paper adopts a social constructivist perspective on anticipatory practices, which is key to anticipation studies, a field that examines how futures are imagined, created, and influence actions in the present (Miller, 2018). From this perspective, the future is unknowable, and different future perspectives are formed in social practices that shape our ideas about and relations to the future. This approach assumes that the future is not predetermined but is shaped in the present through ideas and practices. As such, this study´s design enables an exploration of how teachers’ intentions and choices produce certain futures as relevant and others as invisible in an ESE practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports on the initial phases of a study conducted in collaboration with a group of Swedish secondary teachers. During this study, I engaged with an active network of upper-secondary teachers interested in environmental and sustainability issues in their teaching for one year starting in the fall of 2025. The initiative was started by the teachers who decided to meet on average once a month to collaboratively develop teaching material for ESE, including lesson plans, with a focus on “a changing world”. I participated in the meetings both as a researcher and as a facilitator, supporting the teachers’ collaborative process while observing the discussions. Of interest for this paper, is the initial phase of the network meetings where the teachers discuss their choices and intentions and reflect upon future perspectives in sustainability education while they start to make out the purposes and teaching methods for their teaching material. The main data for this study were observations, using audio recordings and field notes, of group work during the network meetings. These observations were conducted as a methodological strategy to study how futures are made teachable in teachers’ discussions as a social practice. The analysis is based on a qualitative thematic analysis (Clarke & Braun, 2017) of future perspectives articulated in the teachers discussions and is further informed by Bengtsson et al.’s (2024) notion of ”didactic coding”, which illuminates how such perspectives are made teachable. The analysis was conducted in three steps. These steps focus on the relations between the content, the student and the teacher in the group discussions in order to understand how future perspectives are formed as teachable. In the first step, the teachers’ discussions about the future as a content is analysed through the lens of different ways to describe what the future is. In step two, the question of the students’ relation to the future is analysed through how the teachers describe the students in relation to the future. The third and final stage of the analysis is an inductive analysis of the teachers’ choices regarding the future as a content and its relation to the students, deriving different themes. This analysis enables a description of how future perspectives becomes teachable (or not). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis for this paper is not yet completed, but a preliminary analysis indicates that there are tensions between different future perspectives manifested in the teachers’ discussions. For example, a first tension concerns the relationship between predictive futures – based on extrapolations of current trends – and normative/desirable futures. This tension shapes what kinds of futures are considered legitimate as teaching content. A second emerging pattern concerns how teachers position students’ relation to the future. For example, some teachers express concerns about reinforcing climate anxiety through their teaching and therefore strive for hopeful future perspectives in which students are able to take action for a certain predetermined future. Others emphasise the importance of letting students imagine alternatives and engage with uncertainty, in order to find other ways to act in the present. These contrasting orientations influence whether the future is framed as open and plural or closed and predetermined. Teachers’ future perspectives are thus important for what relations to the future are included and/or excluded for the students. I propose that this study can illuminate important tensions between different future perspectives when teachers make choices about their teaching in ESE. The preliminary findings suggest that teachers’ choices play a crucial role in shaping how futures perspectives are produced, constrained, or enabled within ESE. The preliminary results thus points to both challenges and opportunities for including critical and creative futures perspectives within ESE practices. References Bengtsson, S., Hansson, P., Håkansson, M., & Östman, L. (2024). Positioning controversy in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 1–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2347868 Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613 Damhof, L., & Gulmans, J. (2023). Imagining the impossible: An act of radical hope. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1–2), 51–55. https://doi.org/10.1177/27538699231174821 Ferguson, T. (2022). Envisioning low-carbon futures: Possibility and hope as part of climate change teacher education. Environmental Education Research, 28(8), 1191–1208. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2099532 Hervé, N., & Panissal, N. (2022). Writing Fictional Short Stories About the Anthropocene: Effects on Students’ Futures Thinking. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/feduc.2022.842252 Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: A global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863–e873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3 Hicks, D., & Holden, C. (1995). Exploring the Future: A missing dimension in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 1(2), 185–193. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350462950010205 Hicks, D., & Holden, C. (2007). Remembering the future: What do children think? Environmental Education Research, 13(4), 501–512. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701581596 Holfelder, A.-K. (2019). Towards a sustainable future with education? Sustainability Science, 14(4), 943–952. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00682-z Lidar, M., Danielsson, A. T., & Berge, M. (2020). What Is Construed as Relevant Knowledge in Physics Teaching? Similarities and Differences in How Knowledge and Power Are Staged in Three Lower Secondary Classrooms. Research in Science Education, 50(3), 1167–1186. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-018-9727-6 Miller, R. (Ed.). (2018). Transforming the Future—Anticipation in the 21st century. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. https://elibrary.imf.org/openurl?genre=journal&issn=2958-7875&volume=2025&issue=013&cid=562939-com-dsp-crossref Ojala, M. (2016). Facing Anxiety in Climate Change Education: From Therapheutic to Hopeful Transgressive Learning. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, (21), 41–56. Poli, R. (2011). Steps Toward an Explicit Ontology of the Future. Journal of Futures Studies, 16(1), 67–78. Primus, F. (2025). Present Futures in Global Education Governance. A Critical Discourse Analysis of UNESCO’s Futures of Education Initiative. Örebro University. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Theorising Sustainability Education Through Metamodernism University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:One key rationale for educational activity and theorising is that better knowledge leads to better societies. Yet for considerable time, this belief has grown uneasy and self-critical, not least because of ongoing sustainability crises. Long suspended in this uneasiness, educational and social theory has oscillated between the urge to construct coherent visions of education and society and the impulse to pluralise or dismantle them. From mid-1900s onwards, variants of the word postmodernism have been used to refer to the historical-cultural condition “after” more optimistic and universalist sensibilities of modernism. Education is one emblematic site where these broad ideals are realised, challenged and placed at stake (Usher & Edwards, 1994); education both regenerates and constructs, and renews and deconstructs the world. In the present moment, education is increasingly often called to realise some vision of sustainability: to impact the future by impacting individuals and culture (Rasa, 2025). However, there is also a lack of trust in any such vision after the deconstruction of modernist metanarratives of “human progress” (Lyotard, 1984). Education is interestingly situated between the modern and the postmodern. On one hand, modern ideals drawn from the Enlightenment informed the development of modern Western schooling and educational theory, shaping pedagogical approaches, the rise of standardized curricula and legitimising aims of cultivating autonomous, rational citizens while also pursuing state-building and economic objectives. On the other, educators have become increasingly aware of fundamental critique relating to, e.g., the legitimacy of scientific knowledge (see, e.g., Paz, 2018), while the role of education is also challenged by a rapid, interconnected, post-industrial, digital and increasingly abstract world – a postmodern world (Jameson, 1991). The emergence of discourses on wicked problems and sustainability crises is also tied to this modern-postmodern inflection point; however, while postmodern thinking questions human exceptionalism and domination of nature, it has been criticised as unable to provide solutions (Gare, 2006). The unresolved nature of postmodernism has naturally invited the question of what comes after postmodernism, whether in history, social theory or in education. Indeed, there is considerable literature about post-postmodernism, such as “hypermodernism” and “digimodernism” (e.g., Eshelman, 2008; Vermeulen & van den Akker, 2015). More recently, various fields have been drawn to the concept of metamodernism, with these ranging from religious studies (Storm, 2021) and literature (Vermeulen & van den Akker, 2015) to futures studies and politics (Fergnani & Cooper, 2023). This presentation, drawing broadly from educational philosophy, especially in terms of education for sustainability, seeks to explore what implications metamodernism has for environmental and sustainability education and educational research. Currently, metamodernism has only sparsely been discussed in the context of education (e.g., Kilicoglu & Kilicoglu, 2020), and existing discussion has not clearly translated its meaning to educational issues. More problematically, at least two only weakly aligned conceptualisations of metamodernism exist in broader usage of the term. Vermeulen and Van den Akker (2010) define metamodernism as a cultural sensibility that oscillates between modernist and postmodernist features; Storm (2021) defines metamodernism as a new ontological, semiotical and programmatical direction for theorising within the human sciences. Yet, these metamodernisms also share implications for educational theory and practice. In my presentation, based on two papers in preparation, I outline how metamodernism relates to sustainability education. I briefly discuss the fluid but powerful concepts of modernism and postmodernism in education, as discussion of metamodernism often requires some working definition that metamodernism is then articulated through. I then position issues such as hope, construction and deconstruction, pluralism and universalism and the educational subject as issues in sustainability education that can be investigated and theorised through metamodernism (see e.g. Tesar et al, 2021; Tryggvason et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation is based on two educational philosophy papers that examine metamodernism through philosophical concept analysis (Kosterec, 2016). Specifically, I outline two central conceptualisations of metamodernism, neither of which has been systematically translated to the context of education. I then attempt applying these conceptualisations to some issues in the wide literature on postmodern education that are especially relevant to sustainability. I especially examine the questions of the educational subject (e.g. Bonnett, 2009), and the nature and organisation of knowledge in education (e.g. Tesar et al, 2021). These questions are central to understanding the role of learners and what is to be learnt in sustainability education. The seminal and currently most cited definition of metamodernism sees it as “characterized by the oscillation between a typically modern commitment and a markedly postmodern detachment” (Vermeulen & van den Akker, 2010, p. 2). This metamodernism describes an emergent epistemology inspired by modernist opimism but aware of postmodern lack of closure, and moves dynamically between these modes to produce critical hope and pluralistic universalism (Vermeulen & van den Akker, 2015; see Ojala, 2017). I argue that this aspect of metamodernism is already present in much of sustainability education, which partly seeks hopeful construction through critical deconstruction. Metamodernism and the related literature can therefore be helpful in articulating and interrogating the tensions inherent to sustainability education. Another key conceptualisation comes from Storm (2021), who envisions metamodernism as a new kind of theory and research program in humanities and social sciences, offering a way out of postmodern, deconstructivist impasses. Rather than being articulated through the slippery terms of “modernism” and “postmodernism”, this metamodernism seeks a first-order synthesis of new normative and epistemological commitments instead of naïve essentialism or skepctical problematising. This metamodernism is founded on the pillars of process social ontology and multispecies hylosemiotics; while neither is widely recognised in educational theory, these concepts share many similarities with posthumanist and relational educational theory (e.g., Riley, 2023; Snaza et al., 2014; Taylor, 2016). Instead of describing “oscillation”, this strand of metamodernism is programmatic: it aims to lead “through the disintegration of concepts and deconstructive vigilance to a kind of reconstructive capability directed at multispecies flourishing.” (Storm 2021, p. 25). In my presentation, I argue how we can translate both conceptualisations to the context of education, and examine whether and how these conceptulisations can help us make sense of the nature of learners and of knowledge in sustainability education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As metamodernism is a relatively unexplored concept in educational theory, it remains to be seen if it can contribute to education to similar extents as it has to some other fields. Tentatively, I argue that both metamodernisms are useful additions to the educational lexicon, but have notably different implications. The descriptive understanding of metamodernism as oscillation (Vermeulen & van den Akker, 2010) suggests seeing postmodern and modern modes of thought as antagonistically complementary: not part of the same whole, but constituting each other. For sustainability education, this supports notions such as that both solution-oriented, optimistic and reductive educational goals, and problematising and self-critical educational goals are needed, despite quasi-paradoxical implications. This goes beyond the few existing conceptualisations of metamodernism in education that highlight much less specific recommendations such as making students “aware of the responsibility towards sustainability and nature” (Kilicoglu & Kilicoglu, 2020), where metamodernism adds little. The programmatic, theoretical variant of metamodernism (Storm, 2021) requires much more bridging to educational theorising. It suggests a whole wide research agenda that is only partly aligned with, e.g., posthumanist and more-than-human education, new materialism and relational ontology and their sustainability-oriented leanings. I point out how Storm’s metamodernism aligns and differs from these approaches and how these differences sketch a directions for metamodern educational theory especially in the context of sustainability. To contextualise some of the philosophical questions discussed in the presentation, I close with the issue of how education relates to sustainable futures. Is education to produce sustainability transformations through shaping individuals (see Holfelder, 2019; Rasa, 2025)? How can we qualify, socialise and subjectify students to thrive, interact and act in a complex and unsustainable world (see Biesta, 2009)? These are partly philosophical questions, and I will argue that through further treatment, metamodernism can become a useful concept in addressing these questions. References Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability (formerly: Journal of Personnel Evaluation in Education), 21(1), 33-46. Bonnett, M. (2009). Education and selfhood: A phenomenological investigation. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 43(3), 357-370. Eshelman, R. (2008). Performatism, or the end of postmodernism. The Davies Group Publishers Fergnani, A., & Cooper, B. (2023). Metamodern futures: Prescriptions for metamodern foresight. Futures, 149, 103135. Gare, A. (2006). Postmodernism and the environmental crisis. Routledge. Holfelder, A. K. (2019). Towards a sustainable future with education?. Sustainability science, 14(4), 943-952. Jameson, F. (1991). Postmodernism, or the cultural logic of late capitalism. New York: Verso. Kilicoglu, G., & Kilicoglu, D. (2020). The birth of a new paradigm: Rethinking education and school leadership with a metamodern ‘lens’. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 39(5), 493-514. Kosterec, M. (2016). Methods of conceptual analysis. Filozofia, 71(3). Lyotard, J.-F. (1984). The postmodern condition: A report on knowledge (G. Bennington & B. Massumi, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. Ojala, M. (2017). Hope and anticipation in education for a sustainable future. Futures, 94, 76-84. Paz, M. A. Q. (2018). Post-Truth as a Feature of Hypermodern Times. Edukacja Filozoficzna 66/2018. https://doi.org/10.14394/edufil.2018.0020 Rasa, T. (2025). Education and the future: Four orientations. European Journal of Education, 60(1), e12884. Riley, K. (2023). (Re) storying human/earth relationships in environmental education: Becoming (partially) posthumanist. Springer Nature. Snaza, N., Appelbaum, ... & Weaver, J. A. (2014). Toward a posthuman education. Journal of curriculum theorizing, 30(2), 39. Storm, J. A. J. (2021). Metamodernism: The future of theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Taylor, C. A. (2016). Edu-crafting a cacophonous ecology: Posthumanist research practices for education. In Posthuman research practices in education (pp. 5-24). London: Palgrave Macmillan UK. Tryggvason, Á., Öhman, J., & Van Poeck, K. (2023). Pluralistic environmental and sustainability education–a scholarly review. Environmental Education Research, 29(10), 1460-1485. Usher, R. & Edwards, R. (1994). Postmodernism and education: Different voices, different worlds. London: Routledge. Vermeulen, T., & Van den Akker, R. (2010). Notes on metamodernism. Journal of aesthetics & culture, 2(1), 5677. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 31 SES 02 A: Heritage Language & De-empiring Language Education Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Tatjana Atanasoska Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Linking Educational Organization and Teacher Subjectivities in Arabic Heritage Language Education University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Where we come from and the life trajectories we follow, profoundly shape who we are. Research into teacher identities and teacher subjectivities have confirmed that the ways in which teachers come to see themselves have direct consequences for how they approach teaching (Iversen, 2024; Kim & Kim, 2016). Thus, it is no wonder that the field of teacher subjectivity is a rapidly growing field of study (Kayi-Aydar, 2019; McNamara, 2019; Melo-Pfeifer & Tavares, 2024). In the case of heritage language (HL) education, researchers have for decades documented how the precarious conditions under which most HL teachers work influence their subjectivities (Afreen & Norton, 2022; Driver & DeRobles, 2024; Feuerverger, 1997; Valenta, 2009). For example, the marginalisation of HL education leads many teachers to develop a weak sense of professional subjectivity (Feuerverger, 1997; Wu et al., 2011) or to distancing themselves from their role as HL teachers in exchange for their role as general teachers (Valenta, 2009). Other teachers are primarily motivated by a personal commitment to the maintenance of their language and culture in the diaspora (Afreen & Norton, 2022; Driver & DeRobles, 2024; Tisizi, 2020; Wu et al., 2011). Moreover, studies have found that HL teachers’ subjectivities influence how they see their students (Iversen, 2024; Kim & Kim, 2016). Indeed, Kim and Kim (2016, p. 372) conclude that ‘we cannot overemphasize the role of the teachers’ constructed identities both for students and for themselves’. Building on this research, the current paper analyses the stories – or narratives – that three Arabic HL teachers shared during a fieldwork in their classrooms. The purpose is to examine how divergent approaches to organizing Arabic HL education in Europe can shape Arabic HL teachers’ subjectivities. Thus, this paper contributes to our understanding of the consequences of organising HL education as an integral part of public education or relegating the instruction to community-based complementary schools. This is a particularly urgent question in a time when HL education in public education is under increasing pressure in many places in Europe (Alisaari et al., 2023). This paper draws on a poststructuralist understanding of subjectivity. From a poststructuralist perspective, subjects are only recognized when they take up already discursively constructed positions (Foucault, 1980). Indeed, McNamara (2019, p. 1) has argued that ‘although subjectivity is powerfully experienced as a private feeling (…) its origins lie outside us, in the social world and in the discourses that circulate within it’. In other words, subjectivity has little to do with cognitive and emotional processes within the individual. Rather, subjectivities emerge through social engagement, where people are continuously engaged in processes of aligning themselves with certain discursively constructed types or categories of people and aligning oneself with such categories (Foucault, 1980). This process of aligning oneself with recognisable subject positions, is what is often described in the literature as positioning (Bamberg, 1997, 2011). On the one hand, positioning is the result of how others see an individual and recognise their position based on the socially and discursively constructed subject positions available to them. On the other hand, people willingly take up particular subject positions to achieve certain social actions. What positioning analysis offers to our understanding of subjectivity, is a practical and fine-grained approach to describing how people socially and discursively achieve social actions by taking up certain subject positions. Rather than exploring the essence of the Self, positioning analysis is, thus, a non-essentialist and practice-oriented approach to the study of subjectivity (Deppermann, 2015). As such, a poststructuralist approach to analyzing subjectivity offers an opportunity to consider how teacher subjectivities are shaped by the ways in which HL education is organized. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This investigation is based on ethnographic fieldwork in two locations, in a complementary school organized by a mosque in Norway and mainstream schools in a municipality in Sweden. The empirical material analyzed in this paper consists of narratives extracted from the transcripts from individual interviews with the three HL teachers. The fieldwork was conducted in two consecutive periods. The first period spanned three months from January to March of 2022 (with follow-up interviews in April and May) in a city in Norway. The second period of fieldwork was conducted in a city in Sweden from September to October 2022. Thus, a total of five months of fieldwork was condicted as part of this study. In the analysis focused on the three teachers’ positioning within narratives. This positioning was interpreted in light of the legal documents regulating HL education and the resources that HL education received in the two settings. All sequences from the interview transcripts where the HL teachers talked about themselves were subject to analysis. In this analysis, the teachers’ positioning on three levels in the selected sequences of the narratives were analyzed (e.g. Bamberg, 1997; Deppermann, 2015): First, the HL teachers’ positioning at the level of the story. At this level, the analysis focused on the roles assigned to the different characters within their narrative, especially the role they assigned to themselves. At the level of the story, positioning was analysed in terms of word choices, for example pragmatic descriptors (i.e., verbs categorising linguistic action), and narrative devices, for example, quoting oneself or others, or assigning characters specific roles. Second, the HL teachers’ positioning at the level of interaction was analyzed. that is, vis-à-vis the researcher during the narrating event (i.e., the interview). At this level, the analysis focused on how the narrative was performed. For example, whether the teachers made excuses for what they did, whether they blamed others for what happened, or whether they expected the researcher to react in certain ways (e.g. Bamberg, 1997). Third, the HL teachers’ positioning to themselves above and beyond the narrating event was analyzed. At this level, the attention was directed towards the narrative’s overarching message: What the teachers wanted to tell me about themselves as HL teachers. To interpret this positioning, it was necessary to move beyond the actual narratives and narrating events and instead attend to how they in combination achieved certain social actions (e.g. Bamberg, 1997). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The three narratives demonstrated that the HL teachers were committed teacher deeply concerned with their students’ learning and wellbeing. However, there were some interesting differences between the HL teachers working in mainstream schools in Sweden and the HL teacher volunteering for the complementary school in Norway. Based on the Swedish teachers' narratives, it seems that the HL teachers working in mainstream schools in Sweden, who have been trained at Swedish teacher education institutions, were hired by the municipality, and who were obligated to teach according to a centralised curriculum, took up subject positions corresponding to their ideas of a confident and professional teacher (cf. Feuerverger, 1997; Valenta, 2009). Although the Swedish HL teachers' personal stories and personal motivations were important to them, in contrast to the Norwegian HL teacher, their formal qualifications and professional commitment to students’ learning were highlighted. The divergent patterns between the two HL teachers in Sweden and the HL teacher in Norway might be explained by the exclusion of HL education in Arabic from mainstream education in Norway vis-à-vis HL education in mainstream schools in Sweden. When the Norwegian educational authorities have chosen not to grant students speaking languages associated with recent migration with the same rights to HL education as in Sweden (Alisaari et al., 2023), other actors fill the void (Vedøy & Vassenden, 2020). findings suggest that HL teachers working within mainstream education, with access to teacher education courses geared towards HL teachers and professional development courses, are likely to develop a strong professional subjectivity as HL teachers. Teachers working in complementary school, without proper training and a formalised curriculum, are, instead, more likely to reflect previous research findings about HL teachers’ personal motivations for teaching the HL (e.g., Afreen & Norton, 2022; Driver & DeRobles, 2024; Wu et al., 2011). References Afreen, A., and Norton, B. (2022) Bangla and the identity of the heritage language teacher. Educational Linguistics, 1(1). Alisaari, J., Daugaard, L.M., Dewilde, J., Harju-Autti, R., Heikkola, L.M., Iversen, J. Y., Kekki, N. [...] and Yli-Jokipii, M. (2023) Mother tongue education in four Nordic countries-problem, right or resource?. Apples: Journal of Applied Language Studies, 17(2), 52-72. Bamberg, M. (1997) Positioning between structure and performance. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1-4), 335-342. De Fina, A. (2015) Narrative and identities. In A. De Fina, and A. Georgakopoulou (eds) The Handbook of Narrative Analysis (pp. 351-368). Wiley-Blackwell. Deppermann, A. (2015). Positioning. In A. De Fina & A. Georgakopoulou (Eds.), The handbook of narrative analysis (pp. 369-387). Oxford, UK: Wiley Blackwell. Driver, M. Y., and DeRobles, G. (2024) ‘Mentor, friend, teacher, and learner’: The beauty, opportunities, and challenges of heritage speakers as heritage language educators. Applied Linguistics. Feuerverger, G. (1997) “On the edges of the map”: A study of Heritage Language teachers in Toronto. Teaching and Teacher Education, 13(1), 39-53. Foucault, M. (1980) Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings, 1972–1977. Pantheon Books. Iversen, J. Y. (2024) ‘Creating strong Sámi children’: Teachers’ positioning of heritage language students. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 1–15. Iversen, J. Y. (2025). Transculturation in Arabic literacy education within and beyond mainstream education in Norway and Sweden. European Educational Research Journal, 24(2), 225-241. Kayi-Aydar, H. (2019). Language teacher identity. Language Teaching, 52(3), 281–295. Kim, J. I., and Kim, M. (2016) Three Korean heritage language teachers’ identities, their identification of their students, and their instructional practices. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 15(6), 361-375. McNamara, T. (2019) Language and Subjectivity. Cambridge University Press. Melo-Pfeifer, S., & Tavares, V. (eds.) (2024) Language Teacher Identity: Confronting Ideologies of Language, Race, and Ethnicity. Wiley Blackwell. Tisizi, E. (2020) Teacher identities in heritage language education: The case of Greek heritage language teachers in Montreal and Toronto. Journal of Belonging, Identity, Language, and Diversity, 4(2), 73-94. Valenta, M. (2009) ‘Who wants to be a travelling teacher?’ Bilingual teachers and weak forms of bilingual education: The Norwegian experience. European Journal of Teacher Education 32(1), 21-33. Vedøy, G., and Vassenden, A. (2020) Innvandrerorganisasjoners og -menigheters bidrag til innvandrerelevers skolepretasjoner. Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift, 104(2), 148–160. Wu, H. P., Palmer, D. K., & Field, S. L. (2011). Understanding teachers' professional identity and beliefs in the Chinese heritage language school in the USA. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 24(1), 47-60. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper From Margins to Professions: A Systematic Review of the Literature on the Professionalisation of Heritage and Integration Language Educators in Europe Laurea University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:Integration language training and heritage language education have gained some visibility in Europe over the past two decades due to intensified mobility, migration, and linguistic diversification. These policy responses make language-in-education policy a critical site for challenging monolingual, hierarchical, and Eurocentric assumptions that structure European schooling. European policy documents and scientific research create wide-ranging mappings of how regional, minority, and heritage languages are governed (Alcántara et al., 2023; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019; Yağmur & Extra, 2011). These mappings reveal the unequal treatment of immigrant minority languages, e.g., compared to regional minority languages. Uneven policy landscape in which linguistic hierarchies remain deeply embedded is expressed in the instruction of heritage languages as fragmented, weakly institutionalized, and positioned at the margins of formal education systems (Extra & Yağmur, 2004; Hélot et al., 2018). Heritage language education is often organized through bilateral agreements with countries of origin, consular arrangements, municipal initiatives, or community-based organizations, rather than embedded within mainstream schooling structures (Eurydice, 2019; Council of Europe, 2020). These governance forms have profound implications not only for access and continuity of provision, but also for the professional status, working conditions, and career trajectories of the educators who work within this sector (Meier, 2017). This discussion, however, predominantly focuses on policy arrangements, with educators appearing largely as implementers of policy or recipients of training initiatives, rather than as professional actors with situated expertise, agency, and evolving identities. Professionalization is frequently conceptualized in narrow institutional terms, such as certification, formal recognition, or curricular inclusion. As a result, questions of professional life, knowledge production, and long-term career development remain underexamined. Such frameworks make alternative pedagogical traditions, transnational expertise, and community-based knowledge less visible or less legitimate (Fricker, 2007; Santos, 2014). Such epistemic injustice overlooks how educators negotiate legitimacy, inhabit marginal institutional positions, and respond to precarious employment conditions (Evetts, 2011; Noordegraaf, 2015). This creates a scarcity of perspectives on, e.g., collective agency and professional knowledge production. Heritage and integration language educators are often positioned as recipients rather than producers of pedagogical knowledge, even as they operate in complex and under-defined instructional spaces. Decolonial scholarship highlights the importance of collective knowledge-making as a means of contesting epistemic hierarchies and reclaiming professional authority in contexts shaped by inequalities (Santos, 2014). Reflecting on these gaps and methodological limitations, this literature review addresses the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Decolonial theory provides an analytical lens for examining how the professionalization of integration and heritage language educators in Europe is addressed or constrained within existing research and professional literature. From this perspective, processes of professional recognition and exclusion can be understood as forms of epistemic injustice, whereby certain linguistic repertoires and pedagogical traditions are systematically devalued (Fricker, 2007). This decolonial orientation is complemented by a political sociology of language policy, which conceptualises language-in-education policy as an ideological and regulatory mechanism that categorises, hierarchises, and institutionalises languages within education systems (Ruiz, 1984; Shohamy, 2006). Such frameworks address why integration and heritage languages, even with the increased policy visibility, often remain marginal within formal schooling, and why educators working in these areas occupy precarious professional positions (Extra & Gorter, 2008). Professional networks, teacher associations, and community-based collaborations can therefore be a productive source of data to discuss professionalisation processes, epistemic resistance and innovation. These dynamics intersect with everyday institutional practices, e.g. access to physical spaces, participation in collegial life, and symbolic hierarchies within schools. These discussions could be contextualized in the mainstream teacher identity research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes discuss how professionalisation processes in heritage and integration language education are shaped by intersecting structural, institutional, and ideological forces. The marginalization of these educators, looked at through a decolonial lens, appears not merely as a technical or administrative issue, but as a expression of deeper hierarchies of language, race, and knowledge embedded within European education systems (Santos, 2014). By clarifying how existing research frames these dynamics, the review provides a foundation for future empirical and participatory studies that recognize educators as professional actors and knowledge producers, while contributing to broader efforts to decolonize language education research and practice. This perspective centers the hierarchies of language and identity that emerge as education systems confront linguistic “others” and negotiate whose knowledge and linguistic practices are deemed legitimate, exposing the power relations that structure the field and reframing how professionalization itself is understood. References Alcántara, A. C., Sánchez-Martí, A., & Rovira, J. P. (2023). Languages of origin and education in Europe: A systematic review. European Journal of Education, 58, 151–165. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12537 European Commission: European Education and Culture Executive Agency. (2019). The teaching of regional and minority languages in schools in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/472090 Evetts, J. (2011). A new professionalism? Challenges and opportunities. Current Sociology, 59(4), 406–422. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392111402585 Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. Hélot, C., Frijns, C., Gorp, K., & Sierens, S. (Eds.). (2018). Language awareness in multilingual classrooms in Europe: From theory to practice (Vol. 109). Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co KG. Meier, G. S. (2017). The multilingual turn as a critical movement in education: Assumptions, challenges and a need for reflection. Applied Linguistics Review, 8(1), 131–161. Noordegraaf, M. (2017). Public management: Performance, professionalism and politics. Bloomsbury Publishing. Santos, B. de Sousa. (2014). Epistemologies of the South: Justice against epistemicide. Routledge. Yağmur, K., & Extra, G. (2011). Urban multilingualism in Europe: Educational responses to increasing diversity. Journal of Pragmatics, 43(5), 1185–1194. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2010.10.010 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper De-empiring language education in northeastern Estonia 1: University of South Carolina/University of Tartu, United States of America; 2: University of Tartu, Tartu, Estonia Presenting Author:In this presentation we share findings based on our comparative, longitudinal (2023-2026) qualitative research project in northeastern Estonia, where we ask “How are schools de-empiring the Soviet (and Russian imperial) legacies that shape language-education policy?” We conceptualize de-empiring’ as an effort to counter, address, and undo multiple empiring processes in schools -- a long, ongoing, and complex process of de-Sovietization in Estonia. This process addresses, among other aspects, the systemic organization of separate schools linked to the medium of instruction, curricular materials based on these distinctions, and uneven Estonian language acquisition in connection with these school distinctions. Our project focuses on the twin defining aspects of de-empiring language in the region’s largest city, Narva, which is ~95% Russian-speaking, during the ongoing period of systemic unification: (i.e., bringing together the Estonian- and Russian-medium schools): (1) the diverse directions of de-empiring resulting from consolidation and (2) categorical mismatch. Our research draws on spatial theory in large part to understand the de-empiring process. In using spatial theories, we center the intersection of space and power in relationships, concepts, and time to investigate how state power is expressed and operates through educational policies related to de-empiring and relationships during this process. We draw on theorists who understand space as something socially constituted through cultural practices (Massey 1995) and policy as spatial (Gulson, 2015). The temporal aspect of space provides an additional key theoretical dimensionsfor this research. The construction of space, and spatial notions of quality, over time has implications and consequences for advancing, or stalling, efforts to promote equity through schooling. Attention to shifts across time helps, as Vavrus (2016) argues, to reveal how equity/inequity gets “baked into” school space: “over time, the social production of space in both its material and symbolic dimensions contributes to the sedimentation of inequality through the uneven distribution of schools and other socioeconomic resources…” (p. 137). Our comparative research between two upper secondary schools and over time within both schools reveals multiple, de-empiring “pathways.” Estonia’s Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act (2025a, § 21/1) states that language of instruction in upper secondary schools is Estonian (meaning at least 60% of the student’s total learning is in Estonian). What Estonian instruction means in practice, and how the curricular division is organized depends on (1) the school, (2) the year, and (3) the student. At the school level, when the first group to begin upper secondary school in 2023, students in school A had four program of study (POS) possibilities – 60/40 with extra Estonian support, 60/40, 70/30, and 80/20. In the 60/40 and 70/30 programs, with physics and math taught in Russian. School B students had only the 100 percent in Estonian option. The micro, school-level de-empiring of language has further revealed itself over the next two academic years at school A. In that school, the program of study (POS) plans dropped the 60/40 and 80/20 options and introduced 100 percent for students entering in 2025/2026. While the end point of the change is clear – to 100 percent in Estonian by September 2030– the tempo and form (i.e. percentage models) of the change continues to evolve. By spring 2025, when it became clear that the Russian-language teacher and Russian-medium Physics’ teacher would not be returning the next year, NARG decided to move forward with the 70/30 and 100 percent POS options. Students have the right to choose, as much as the institution allows, to learn Estonian as a second language or as a mother tongue. The choice of Estonian-language class impacts the number of foreign languages in POS the and the choice of 12th grade state exams. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this presentation, we draw on a longitudinal (2023-2026), comparative – two schools, which we label as School A and B– qualitative project in northeastern Estonia. Our ethnographic, study involves participant observation and interviews. We have observed over 100+ events (e.g., mentoring classes, meetings, parties, guest lectures, assemblies) in both schools and have interviewed over fifty people (e.g. students, mentors, teachers, management, school management representatives), several multiple times, involved directly with ‘our’ two schools. We also include insights from our analysis of secondary data (e.g., newspaper articles) and primary sources (e.g., policy documents, laws, etc.). After collecting data on schools – by observing, interviewing and gathering media contents and other documents – we have processed data, interview recordings by turning them into texts by speech recognition and tagging them as other texts with coding/annotating applications. For the analysis of content formats, we engaged in individual and team-based open, axial, and selective coding of our data to construct meaning. In axial coding, both inductive and deductive techniques are combined. The multilingual research team reviewed the data in the original languages and then coded in both Estonian and English. Initial codes were developed, which were later combined into sub-themes, and finally recurring sub-themes formed broader ones. With national and municipal scales of analysis, our research is spatially and temporally comparative. We compared data, and codes between schools and across the years as we developed themes. We selected illustrative examples of main themes to include in this presentation keeping the original language of the text as well as creating an English translation. We include the school aliases and the date of the post following quotes in day, month, year format. The original quotations can be provided upon request. Our epistemological and methodological choices support our researcher's positionality. One member was born and raised in Estonia and is a multilingual dominant Estonian-speaker. The other is from the United States, who is a home English speaker who knows Estonian and Russian. Neither researcher is from northeastern Estonia, but both have lived or visited frequently there (from 2023-2025) for fieldwork. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis of de-empiring in a re-independent Estonia points to several insights relevant beyond this specific case. Most broadly, we found that de-Sovietization in Estonia highlights what we see as the “thickness” of the process in terms of time and space. First, de-empiring generally has multiple, pronounced temporal aspects. In Estonia, we identify de-Sovietization efforts, at various times, as delayed, on pace, and accelerated. These descriptions reflect the community reactions to the tempo of policy change, an assessment of the time between policy passage and/or implementation, or both. Collectively these descriptors reveal the long unwinding of the previous regime’s policies and underscore the persistence of the previous system even in the general context of agreement about change. The findings highlight the multiple forms of de-empiring delays: extended gaps between the passage of policies and their enforcement (e.g., the transition to Estonian-medium instruction at the upper secondary level) and the granting of extensions and exceptions (e.g., for teacher Estonian-language proficiency). De-empiring can also be on pace with policy passage and the implementation unfolding “according to plan” (e.g. the early 1990s curricular changes). Accelerated de-empiring describes a seemingly aggressive pace of policy implementation or the rapid tempo of policy shift that is out-of-line with the scope of change (e.g., the transition to Estonian-medium instruction). Identifying the cause(s) of acceleration helps to shed light on domestic and international politics and ideas of “readiness” and “urgency.” De-Sovietization policies can have one, two or all three of these tempo characteristics as we see with the transition to Estonian-medium instruction. The challenge of de-empiring in Estonia speaks to the fragility of that boundedness of this space to the European Union, NATO, and “the West” or “Europe.” De-empiring language education will likely be a multi-generational and multi-scale project in Estonia. References Gulson, K. N. (2015). “Relational space and education policy analysis.” In K. N. Gulson, M. Clarke, & Eva Bendix Petersen (Eds.), Education policy and contemporary theory (219–229). Routledge. Massey, D. (2005). For space. Sage. Vavrus, F. (2016). Topographies of power: A critical historical geography of schooling in Tanzania. Comparative Education, 52(2), 136-156. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 31 SES 02 B JS: Language & Assessment - Joint session (NW 31 and NW 09) Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Karen Forbes Joint Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Test-taker Perceptions of EFL School-leaving Test Difficulty: the Role of (In)formal Learning Contexts Charles University, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Language tests are not only psychometric instruments designed to measure specific language skills, but also social and experiential events embedded in particular educational and institutional contexts (Cheng & DeLuca, 2011; Jin, 2023). Although contemporary test validity theory increasingly recognizes the role of test-taker experience as part of a comprehensive validity argument (Jin, 2023; O’Sullivan, 2011; Weir, 2005), empirical research still tends to privilege statistical indicators of test quality, including item difficulty parameters. This emphasis is especially visible in standardized national examinations across Europe, where extensive psychometric monitoring of item functioning is routinely conducted by test developers and national authorities (EACEA & Eurydice, 2009), yet students’ own perspectives on test difficulty remain underexplored. Studying subjectively perceived test difficulty is important because test performance is shaped not only by psychometric properties of the test items but also by how test-takers experience and interpret test tasks in situ. The test items may be experienced as difficult not because they require higher proficiency, but because they overload attention or clash with learners’ expectations. Perceived difficulty influences strategy use, as tasks experienced as overly difficult tend to elicit guessing or disengagement, whereas tasks perceived as manageable foster deeper processing and more systematic strategy use (Atai & Hashemi, 2008). Thus, learners with comparable proficiency may perform differently on the same items due to differences in perceived task difficulty. Previous studies showed that familiarity, educational context, and experiential frequency strongly influence difficulty perceptions (Garcia-Ponce et al., 2022; Gardiner & Howlett, 2016; Kim & Elder, 2015; Oruç Ertürk & Mumford, 2017; Prestwood & Weiss, 1977). Analyzing perceived difficulty therefore helps explain subgroup differences and performance patterns that remain opaque when relying on psychometric outcomes alone. Most empirical studies on perceived difficulty have been conducted in university or professional testing contexts. In contrast, upper-secondary school-leaving examinations, despite their high-stakes role as exit qualifications and gatekeepers to further education across Europe, remain underrepresented in this line of research. One of the few exceptions is Stopar and Ilc’s (2016) study of the Slovenian Maturita exam, which revealed divergence between students’ perceived and psychometric difficulty measures in some tested items. While highlighting linguistic features that contribute to increased subjective difficulty ratings, this study did not explore how learners’ educational and social backgrounds shape their perceptions of test task demands. Addressing this gap, the present study adopts a mixed-methods design to examine students’ perceptions of item difficulty in EFL school leaving test (Czech English Maturita test). It seeks (1) to identify which test items or subdomains are perceived as easy or difficult by the test-takers and why, and (2) to examine how these perceptions relate to students’ educational, experiential, and social backgrounds. By integrating quantitative questionnaire data with qualitative accounts of test-taker experience, the study contributes to developing the concept of perceived difficulty. Besides theoretical implications, the study engages with European and international debates on test validity, fairness, and comparability in standardized school-leaving language assessments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2012) combining a small-scale EFL mock test (15 items selected from published past Maturita tests to cover different language skills and task demands), item difficulty rating scales and student background questionnaire, followed up by qualitative interviews with selected testees to solicit information about their lived experience of test item difficulty to help explain the patterns identified in the quantitative phase. Participants were 50 final-year upper-secondary students (Year 13) from four Czech secondary schools, representing academic and vocational tracks. Given a relatively low difficulty of the EFL Maturita test as compared to curriculum specifications, schools were purposively selected from the lower two quartiles of median achievement in the previous national EFL examination to ensure inclusion of students likely to experience the demands associated with solving the mock test. School principals were asked to nominate classes preparing for the English Maturita, preferably those expected to find the test challenging. The sample showed substantial variation in educational achievement and family background, providing a suitable basis for analysing perceived difficulty. Data collection took place in April 2025, approximately one month before the national exam, and followed a two-step procedure. In the first step, students completed a 15-item EFL mock test under time constraints comparable to the national examination, followed by item-level difficulty ratings (1 = very easy to 5 = very difficult) and a 20-item background questionnaire covering exposure to English, English self-concept, exam preparation, and family background. In the second step, 16 students were purposively selected for semi-structured interviews based on their answers provided in the first phase with an aim to achieve a heterogeneous sample with maximum variation in test performance, perceived difficulty, and learning backgrounds. Interviewees reflected on their emotional reactions, identified easy and difficult items, described solution processes and obstacles, and discussed their in- and out-of-school English learning experiences. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics, correlations and OLS regression models in R. Qualitative data were transcribed verbatim and analysed thematically using a combination of deductive and inductive coding (Gibbs, 2007). Throughout the analysis, analytical memos (Saldaña, 2013) and comparative matrices were systematically developed on the basis of the emerging codes and themes, thereby supporting interpretation and data exploration. Generative AI tools were used as a support during the analysis process (Nguyen-Trung, 2025). Ethical approval was obtained from the authors’ university, and informed consent was secured from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Sampled students perceived the mock test overall as moderately easy (M = 2.19). Listening was rated as the least difficult subdomain (M = 1.94), while Reading was perceived as the most difficult (M = 2.33). Perceived difficulty aligned with objective performance, as items and subdomains rated as more difficult had lower success rates. Regression analyses showed that the higher frequency of out-of-school exposure to English was the most consistent predictor of lower perceived difficulty across test subdomains, remaining significant even when other background factors were controlled for. More positive attitudes toward English, stronger English self-concept, and higher prior achievement as measured by school grades were also associated with lower perceived difficulty, although these relationships attenuated in multivariate models. In contrast, socioeconomic background, gender, exam preparation, and private tutoring participation showed no robust independent effects. Consequent qualitative interviews analysis revealed that students with extensive out-of-school exposure to English (particularly through films, series, music, gaming, or reading) described greater listening ease, faster lexical access, and an intuitive sense of grammatical acceptability, which reduced perceived difficulty across subdomains. Not only the amount but also the nature of exposure mattered: active engagement, such as rewatching without subtitles, looking up unknown words, or intentionally using English in everyday contexts shaped students’ perceptions of lower difficulty, whereas passive exposure often failed to lead to desired outcomes. School-related factors acted indirectly, with consistent instruction, exam familiarization, and stable teaching reducing uncertainty and anxiety. Unlike school-based EFL tests designed to evaluate and support student learning progress, national school-leaving exams have far-reaching consequences in cases of failure. Given that not only objective item features but also perceived task difficulty shape student test-taking behavior (Atai & Hashemi, 2008), this study calls for integrating the learners’ perspective into school-based language learning. References Atai, M. R., & Hashemi, S. M. R. (2008). Task-based Strategy Assessment: The Effect of Task Difficulty on Listening Strategy Use of Advanced EFL Learners. The Journal of Asia TEFL, 5(3), 199–223. Cheng, L., & DeLuca, C. (2011). Voices from test-takers: Further evidence for language assessment validation and use. Educational Assessment, 16(2), 104–122. https://doi.org/10.1080/10627197.2011.584042 Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed). Pearson. EACEA & Eurydice. (2009). National testing of pupils in Europe: Objectives, organisation and use of results. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/18294 Garcia-Ponce, E. E., Mora-Pablo, I., & Segovia-Hernadez, J. G. (2022). Role of EFL Learners’ Perceptions of Task Difficulty in Complexity, Accuracy and Fluency: An Exploratory Case Study. Porta Linguarum Revista Interuniversitaria de Didáctica de Las Lenguas Extranjeras, (37), 123–142. https://doi.org/10.30827/portalin.vi37.15855 Gardiner, J., & Howlett, S. (2016). Student perceptions of four university gateway tests. Gibbs, G. (2007). Analyzing qualitative data. SAGE Publications, Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849208574 Jin, Y. (2023). Test-taker insights for language assessment policies and practices. Language Testing, 40(1), 193–203. https://doi.org/10.1177/02655322221117136 Kim, H., & Elder, C. (2015). Interrogating the construct of aviation English: Feedback from test takers in Korea. Language Testing, 32(2), 129–149. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214544394 Nguyen-Trung, K. (2025). ChatGPT in thematic analysis: Can AI become a research assistant in qualitative research? Quality & Quantity, 59(6), 4945–4978. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-025-02165-z Oruç Ertürk, N., & Mumford, S. E. (2017). Understanding test-takers’ perceptions of difficulty in EAP vocabulary tests: The role of experiential factors. Language Testing, 34(3), 413–433. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532216673399 O’Sullivan, B. (2011). Language testing. In L. Wei, Z. Hua, & J. Simpson, The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics (2nd edn, pp. 259–273). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003082644 Prestwood, S., & Weiss, D. (1977). Accuracy of perceived test-item difficulties (p. 29) [Technical report]. MINNESOTA UNIV MINNEAPOLIS DEPT OF PSYCHOLOGY. https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/citations/ADA041084 Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2. ed). SAGE Publ. Stopar, A., & Ilc, G. (2016). Item and task difficulty in a B2 reading examination: Perceptions of test-takers and CEFR alignment experts compared with psychometric measurements. Círculo de Lingüística Aplicada a La Comunicación, 67, 318–342. https://doi.org/10.5209/CLAC.53487 Weir, C. J. (2005). Language testing and validation: An evidence-based approach. Palgrave Macmillan. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper From Learning to Read to Reading to Learn: Building a Coherent Reading Assessment Framework in Primary Education 1: ISEI-IVEI - Basque Institute for Educational System Evaluation and Research, Spain; 2: UPV-EHU - University of the Basque Country, Spain Presenting Author:Reading development is often described as a transition from learning to read in the early grades to reading to learn in later primary education (Chall, 1983) involving the progressive integration of multiple components such as fluency and language comprehension (Scarborough, 2001; Duke & Cartwright, 2021). However, this developmental perspective is not always reflected in educational assessment practices, as educational systems rarely rely on coherent assessment frameworks that allow monitoring this developmental trajectory with conceptually aligned and educationally meaningful instruments. This challenge is particularly salient in bilingual education systems where reading is taught and learned in two languages and assessment must be conducted in both of them, especially when one of these languages is a minoritised language, such as Basque in the Basque Autonomous Community in Spain. Recent international evidence from PISA has shown that reading fluency remains a significant predictor of reading comprehension across languages and education systems, and that this relationship is particularly strong in multilingual contexts (OECD, 2023). The aim of this study is to examine whether a coherent assessment framework can capture key dimensions of reading development from the early stages of decoding and fluency to later reading comprehension in primary education, and to explore what such a framework reveals about students’ reading development and differential educational outcomes. More specifically, the study addresses two complementary questions: (a) how the components of reading fluency (accuracy, speed and prosody) are organised and related to early reading comprehension in Grade 2, and (b) how reading comprehension is structured and can be interpreted in Grade 5, when reading increasingly functions as a tool for learning. In both cases, the study also examines how reading performance is associated with contextual and student-level variables such as socioeconomic background, home language, language of schooling, gender and age. From a broader perspective, the paper argues that a developmentally grounded approach to reading assessment provides a transferable model for other European education systems facing similar challenges in monitoring reading development across languages and addressing differential educational outcomes in linguistically diverse contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposed framework is based on two complementary large-scale studies assessments conducted in a bilingual education system. The Grade 2 assessment has been in operational use for five academic years (2021/22-2025/26) and is offered to schools as part of a voluntary formative assessment programme. The analyses reported here are based on data from 19,214 students from 343 primary schools. The assessment is administered individually by trained teachers and is based on an oral reading task using a narrative text. Teachers record decoding errors and prosodic features using a standardized observation protocol. From this procedure, indicators of decoding accuracy, reading speed and prosody are obtained, together with a short measure of early reading comprehension. The Grade 5 instrument was developed in the previous academic year (2024-2025) and implemented for the first time in the current school year, with data from a sample of 1,052 students. It is administered under standardized classroom conditions and consists of three texts (narrative, transactional and expositive) and sets of questions designed to assess reading comprehension at three levels (literal, inferential and global), complemented by indicators of reading fluency (accuracy, speed and prosody). In both studies, school participation was voluntary. The analyses were designed to address both developmental and educational questions. Descriptive and comparative analyses were used to examine performance patterns and group differences associated with socioeconomic, linguistic and demographic variables. In addition, latent-variable models, including structural equation models and item response theory models were used to estimate the internal structure of the instruments, latent reading comprehension indexes, and evaluate the relationships between fluency and comprehension. The hierarchical structure of the data (students nested within schools) was taken into account in the analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study show that a developmentally grounded assessment framework can capture both the structural organisation of reading skills and their changing educational relevance across primary education. The Grade 2 and Grade 5 assessments together provide a coherent picture of the transition from learning to read to reading to learn. In Grade 2, reading performance is best explained through foundational components. Decoding accuracy, reading speed and prosody form a coherent fluency construct that strongly predicts early reading comprehension, confirming the role of fluency as a bridge between decoding and understanding. At this stage, systematic differences related to gender and relative age, as well as variability between schools, indicate that reading development is still strongly influenced by maturity and instructional context. By Grade 5, reading comprehension functions primarily as a general educational competence. Although the assessment distinguishes between literal, inferential and global comprehension, these processes are highly correlated and largely reflect a single underlying factor. Differences in performance are mainly associated with socioeconomic background, home language, language of schooling and language proficiency, showing that reading comprehension is increasingly shaped by broader linguistic and social factors. While decoding accuracy and especially reading speed remain related to comprehension, prosody no longer contributes independently. Overall, the findings support a differentiated assessment approach, with a focus on fluency in the early grades and a more global interpretation of comprehension in later primary education, providing a transferable model for linguistically diverse education system. References Arco-Tirado, J. L., Fernández-Martín, F. D., Hervás-Torres, M., Jiménez-Fernández, G., Calet, N., Defior, S., Neitzel, A. J., & Slavin, R. E. (2024). A best-evidence synthesis and meta-analysis on effective reading programs in Spanish. Review of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543241297668 Cabell, S. Q., & Hwang, H. J. (2020). Building content knowledge to boost comprehension in the primary grades. Reading Research Quarterly, 55(S1), S99–S107. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.338 Cenoz, J. (2009). Towards multilingual education: Basque educational research from an international perspective. Multilingual Matters. Chall, J. S. (1983). Stages of reading development. McGraw-Hill. Duke, N. K., & Cartwright, K. B. (2021). The science of reading progresses: Communicating advances beyond the simple view of reading. Reading Research Quarterly, 56(S1), S25–S44. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.411 Kuhn, M. R., Schwanenflugel, P. J., & Meisinger, E. B. (2010). Aligning theory and assessment of reading fluency: Automaticity, prosody, and definitions of fluency. Reading Research Quarterly, 45(2), 230–251. https://doi.org/10.1598/RRQ.45.2.4 Messick, S. (1989). Validity. In R. L. Linn (Ed.), Educational measurement (3rd ed., pp. 13–103). Macmillan. OECD. (2023). What can we learn from PISA’s reading fluency test? (PISA in Focus, No. 121). OECD Publishing. Pearson, P. D., & Hamm, D. N. (2005). The assessment of reading comprehension: A review of practices—Past, present, and future. In S. G. Paris & S. A. Stahl (Eds.), Children’s reading comprehension and assessment (pp. 13–69). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Scarborough, H. S. (2001). Connecting early language and literacy to later reading (disabilities): Evidence, theory, and practice. In S. B. Neuman & D. K. Dickinson (Eds.), Handbook of early literacy research (Vol. 1, pp. 97–110). Guilford Press. Snow, C. E., & Van Hemel, S. B. (Eds.). (2008). Measuring reading comprehension: Science and applications. National Academies Press. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Does LUFO Work? Findings from a Study on Formative Assessment Tool for Improving Disciplinary Literacy Among L2 Learners University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This paper presents the impact of LUFO model on learning outcomes. LUFO (abbreviation from the Finnish title: LUkutaidon FOrmatiivinen arviointi) is a new model for formative assessment of disciplinary literacy. LUFO combines the principles of formative assessment feedback (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Hattie & Timperley, 2007) theoretical frame of reference of multiliteracy (Cope & Kalantzis, 2000, 2009, 2015; Kress, 2003) and disciplinary literacy (Fang & Coatoam, 2013; Moje, 2015; Shanahan & Shanahan, 2012). LUFO has several interrelated goals. First, it aims to provide students with structured and targeted feedback on subject-specific literacy skills. Second, LUFO offers teachers a concrete and accessible method to enhance linguistically responsive pedagogy (Lucas & Villegas, 2013). The development of LUFO is described in detail in previous publications by the author of the present study. LUFO study project is conducted by the author and consists of three phases. The first phase explored Finnish teachers’ perceptions of factors influencing assessment and learning. The findings indicated that L2 teachers do not apply formative assessment guidelines as intended, thus missing the possible positive effects on learning. The results have been published in a Finnish peer-reviewed journal (Saari & Hildén, 2023). In the second phase, LUFO formative assessment model was developed using a cyclic design-based research approach, combining findings from the first sub-study with relevant research literature. The manuscript describing this developmental process in detail has been provisionally accepted for publication in peer-reviewed international journal (publication expected in 2026). This paper describes the third and final phase of the LUFO study project, which examines the potential impact of LUFO on learning outcomes. The specific research questions are: 1. Does LUFO has effect on quantitative learning outcomes? 2. Are there differences in the effects of LUFO between L1 and L2 learners, or between genders? 3. How do learners experience studying with LUFO? In Finland, L2 learner’ literacy development is weaker compared to other students (Leino et al., 2023), and current extra support provided has not been able to narrow the learning outcome gap (Ståhlberg et al., 2023). Adequate literacy is crucial for academic progression, employment, and overall societal participation. Ensuring the success of multilingual students’ educational pathways has significant societal implications. However, the assessment of L2 learners has been sparsely studied, and existing research mainly addresses summative assessment at the end of basic education. Formative assessment has been shown to be an effective tool for enhancing learning outcomes (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Hattie & Timperley, 2007). Yet, there is limited research on its specific effects on L2 learners’ literacy development. LUFO study aims to fill this gap in knowledge. The three LUFO manuscripts will constitute the author’s doctoral dissertation. In this paper, the term L2 learner refers to a multilingual student learning Finnish as a second language syllabus at school, in the initial stages of his or her language studies. While aimed for multilingual students, LUFO principles and guidelines are likely to be applicable also for other subgroups of learners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data collection will take place in spring 2026. The target sample size is N=380. The participants are 5th grade students studying in 16 study groups in four schools located in Helsinki, Finland. These 16 groups are randomized to eight proband groups (N=190) and eight control groups (N=190). Around 60% of these students are L1 learners and 40% L2 learners. The study timeline consists of two courses of environmental studies. First, both groups will study Course A with standard instruction, after which all participants will take Exam A. Second, the teachers of the proband groups are trained in the LUFO model. Next, both groups will study Course B and take Exam B. After Exam B, the control group teachers will also receive training in the LUFO model. The outcome variables include quantitative and qualitative measure. The main outcome, Exam B grades of probands and control groups, are compared with Mann-Whitney U test. Participants will be grouped according to L1/L2 status and gender (girls or boys), allowing comparisons both between language groups and within gender-specific subgroups Exam A results will be used for assessing individual-level changes and for controlling possible group differences in baseline level. In addition, a sub-sample of L2 learners (N=5) from proband group will be interviewed. These participants will be chosen by random sampling. The interviews will be transcribed and analysed for revealing students’ personal experiences on the pros and cons of LUFO. The results will be published in a manuscript, which will be submitted to an international peer-reviewed journal later in 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings results of this paper will assess LUFO model’s effect on learning outcomes and provide insight of the learners’ perspectives. Currently (January 2026), there are no results yet because data gathering is ongoing. These results will be available in April 2026, after which the analysis phase will take place. Thus, it is highly likely that at the time of ECER 2026, the analysis phase has been completed, and the author will be able to present the final results. If there will be some unexpected delays, preliminary results will be used in this presentation. A notable strength of the LUFO, compared with similar studies, is the sample size estimated to be sufficient to detect the possible effects. The sample size was determined based on an a priori power analysis conducted at the design stage. LUFO contributes on assessment and literacy research. It is especially aimed to strengthen L2 learners’ disciplinary literacy skills. In addition to theoretical results and viewpoints, the findings from LUFO provide applicable every-day practices for teaching. LUFO results also add to the research of assessment methods aimed for L1 learners. Although LUFO project is not yet completed, some important findings can already be presented. Previous LUFO studies showed that formative assessment guidelines are not applied as intended, which results to missing the potentially advantageous outcomes. However, teachers might be motivated, if provided with an effective, low threshold tool. LUFO study aims to provide reliable, research-based insights for improving educational practices. It holds significant societal potential both in Finland and internationally. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education, 5(1), 7–74. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2000). Multiliteracies : literacy learning and the design of social futures / edited by Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis. Routledge. Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). “Multiliteracies”: New Literacies, New Learning. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 4(3), 164-195. https://doi.org/10.1080/15544800903076044 Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2015). A pedagogy of multiliteracies : learning by design (1st 2015. ed.). Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137539724 Fang, Z., & Coatoam, S. (2013). Disciplinary Literacy : What You Want to Know About It. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 56(8), 627-632. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/JAAL.190 Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 Kress, G. (2003). Literacy in the New Media Age. Taylor and Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203299234 Leino, K., Sirén, M., Nissinen, K., & Puhakka, E. (2023). Puoli tuntia lukemista: Kansainvälinen lasten lukutaitotutkimus (PIRLS 2021). Koulutuksen tutkimuslaitos: Tutkimuksia, 1-91. https://doi.org/10.17011/ktl-t/37 Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. (2013). Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Preservice Teacher Education [Article]. Theory into practice, 52(2), 98-109. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2013.770327 Moje, E. B. (2015). Doing and Teaching Disciplinary Literacy with Adolescent Learners: A Social and Cultural Enterprise. Harvard Educational Review, 85(2), 254-278,301. Saari, E., & Hildén, R. (2023). S2-opettajien käsityksiä formatiivisesta arvioinnista oppimisen tukena. In T. Mäkipää, R. Hildén, & A. Huhta (Eds.), Kielenoppimista tukeva arviointi. AFinLA-teema. Nro 15 (pp. 142–161). Suomen soveltavan kielitieteen yhdistys AFinLA. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.30660/afinla.121249 Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2012). What Is Disciplinary Literacy and Why Does It Matter? Top Lang Disorders Vol. 32, No. 1, 7–18. (Wolters Kluwer Health | Lippincott Williams & Wilkins) Ståhlberg, L., Lotta, U., & Hotulainen, R. (2023). Lukutaidon yhteys suomi toisena kielenä ja kirjallisuus (S2) -oppimäärän valitsemiseen toisella ja seitsemännellä luokalla. NMI-bulletin, 2023(1), 54–72, 54–72. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Language Curriculum Tracks and Educational Inequality: Matriculation Exam Grade Outcomes for Children of Immigrants in Finland 1: INVEST Research Flagship Centre, University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:Topic: Language Curriculum Tracks and Educational Inequality: Matriculation Exam Grade Outcomes for Children of Immigrants in Finland Background and Motivation The growing presence of children of immigrants in schools who speak the language of instruction as a second language is a global phenomenon that has expanded considerably in Europe in more recent decades compared to traditional immigrant-receiving countries such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom (Crul & Mollenkopf, 2012; OECD, 2018; UNHCR, 2019). Education systems across these contexts have responded with diverse strategies to support these learners, yet the evidence on the effectiveness of such approaches remains limited. Finland offers a particularly structured model in which a second-language (L2) curriculum in Finnish or Swedish runs parallel to the mainstream first-language (L1) curriculum, or what is referred to as the mother tongue subject. Students are generally expected to transition from the L2 to the L1 track as their acdemic language proficiency develops (European Commission, 2019). While this arrangement was designed to facilitate inclusion, it has drawn criticism on several fronts. Research indicates that L2 curricula tend to deliver simplified content, which in turn limits students’ exposure to academically demanding material (Siarova & Essomba, 2014; Thomas & Collier, 2002; Valdés, 2004). Segregated instruction has also been linked to restricted interaction with native peers and hindered social integration (Fandrem et al., 2024; Öztürk et al., 2024). Furthermore, L2 learners are often subject to social, racial, and political biases that are closely tied to language (Flores & Rosa, 2019; Flores et al., 2018). Taken together, these structural challenges are reflected in persistent achievement gaps: children of immigrants across OECD countries, Finland included, continue to underperform academically relative to their native-born peers (OECD, 2023). Despite the body of literature that has documented these achievement gaps and related concerns, systematic comparative evidence on educational outcomes between second-language and mainstream curricula remains scarce. This gap in the research calls for closer examination of how language curriculum tracks shape the academic outcomes of children of immigrants, particularly in well-structured systems like Finland’s. Research Focus and Questions This study examines whether Finland's L2 curriculum contributes to educational inequality among children of immigrants by shaping their academic outcomes. The Finnish matriculation examination, a nationally standardized exam administered at the end of general upper secondary education for students on the academic track, offers a particularly suitable context for this inquiry. As a key certification and a gateway to higher education, it captures a critical point at which curriculum track differences may have already shaped students' academic trajectories. Therefore, the study seeks to answer following research questions: RQ1. Whether taking the compulsory Finnish/Swedish exam as part of the L1 or L2 curriculum is associated with grades in other subjects in the matriculation exams. RQ2. Does the curriculum type (L1 vs. L2) moderate the relationship between Finnish/Swedish grades and grades in other subjects? In doing so, RQ2 seeks to disentangle whether differences in academic outcomes are driven by language proficiency itself or by the structural nature of the curriculum track. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data and Methods Data This study draws on high-quality national population register data from Finland. Our analytical sample consists of 21,924 individuals aged 22 and below, covering matriculation exams taken between 1996 and 2024. The sample is restricted to students whose both parents are of migrant background, allowing us to focus on the population most likely to be affected by language curriculum track placements. Methods To address RQ1, we employ ordinary least squares (OLS) regression to estimate the association between curriculum type and grades in other subjects in the matriculation examination. Average grades in other subjects, measured on a continuous scale from 0 to 6, serve as the dependent variable, while the type of Finnish/Swedish exam taken, coded as 0 for L1 and 1 for L2, is the key independent variable. For RQ2, we extend the model by introducing an interaction term between Finnish/Swedish grades and curriculum type. Here, the dependent variable remains average grades in other subjects (0–6 scale), Finnish/Swedish grades (also on a 0–6 scale) serve as the key independent variable, and curriculum type (L1 vs. L2) is entered as a moderator. This specification allows us to assess whether the association between Finnish/Swedish performance and performance in other subjects differs depending on which curriculum track a student followed, thereby helping to disentangle the effect of language proficiency from the structural influence of the curriculum track itself. Across both analyses, we control for parental social class, measured using the EGP classification (Erikson, Goldthorpe & Portocarero, 1979), parental national origin, sex, and length of residence in Finland. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings and Conclusion Findings The findings reveal that children of immigrants who take the Finnish/Swedish exam under the L2 curriculum achieve significantly lower grades in other subjects compared to those in the L1 track. The result holds up even when accounting for parental social status, parental national origin, sex, and length of residence in Finland, which rules out the possibility that family background and other factors are driving the difference. This aligns with existing research suggesting that L2 curricula deliver simplified content, which may in turn limit the development of academic language and literacy skills that are essential for performance across subjects. Perhaps more notably, even when L1 and L2 students achieve identical Finnish/Swedish grades, L1 track students substantially outperform their L2 counterparts in other subjects. This indicates that the disadvantage is not solely a matter of language proficiency. Rather, the simplified nature of L2 curricula appears to constrain students’ broader academic development, likely by reducing their exposure to complex texts and the kind of analytical reasoning that transfers across domains. Conclusions These findings indicate that being placed in the L2 curriculum creates growing disadvantages for children of immigrants over time. Instead of helping students catch up, L2 placement appears to limit their academic skills in ways that remain even when their language proficiency is on par with L1 students. This calls into question whether simplified curricula actually prepare students well enough for academic success, or whether keeping the content challenging while offering more language support would be a better way to support both language learning and educational fairness. References References Crul, M., & Mollenkopf, J. (Eds.). (2012). The changing face of world cities: Young adult children of immigrants in Europe and the United States. Russell Sage Foundation. Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J. H., & Portocarero, L. (1979). Intergenerational class mobility in three Western European societies: England, France and Sweden. The British journal of sociology, 30(4), 415-441. European Commission: European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Noorani, S., Baïdak, N., Krémó, A., & Riiheläinen, J. (2019). Integrating students from migrant backgrounds into schools in Europe : national policies and measures, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/9799 Fandrem, H., Jahnsen, H., Nergaard, S. E., & Tveitereid, K. (2024). Inclusion of immigrant students in schools: The role of introductory classes and other segregated efforts. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(4), 440-455. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1950222 Flores, N., & Rosa, J. (2019). Bringing race into second language acquisition. The Modern Language Journal, 103, 145-151. https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12523 Flores, N., Lewis, M. C., & Phuong, J. (2018). Raciolinguistic chronotopes and the education of Latinx students: Resistance and anxiety in a bilingual school. Language & Communication, 62, 15-25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langcom.2018.06.002 OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. OECD. (2018). The resilience of students with an immigrant background: Factors that shape well-being. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264292093-en Öztürk, N., Hassani, S., & Schwab, S. (2024). Insights into students’ experiences of social inclusion and exclusion during attending language pull-out classes. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2024.2367537 Siarova, H., & Essomba, M. À. (2014). Language support for youth with a migrant background. Policies that effectively promote inclusion. Sirius Network Policy Brief Series, (4). Thomas, W., & Collier, V. (2002). A national study of school effectiveness for language minority students' long-term academic achievement. UNHCR. (2019). Access to education for refugee and migrant children in Europe. https://www.unhcr.org/neu/wp-content/uploads/sites/15/2019/09/Access-to-education-europe-19.pdf Valdés, G. (2004). Learning and not learning English: Latino students in American schools. Teachers College Press. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 32 SES 02 A: Feminist Care Ethics in Organizational Education: Reconfiguring Knowing and Acting in Uncertain Times Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Britta Lykke Möller Session Chair: Britta Lykke Möller Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium Feminist Care Ethics in Organizational Education: Reconfiguring Knowing and Acting in Uncertain Times This symposium brings together three empirical and conceptual contributions that explore how feminist care ethics reconfigures processes of knowing and acting in organizational life. Responding to the NW32 call, the symposium examines care ethics as an onto‑epistemological shift—a reorientation of how organizational actors perceive, interpret, and respond to uncertainty, disruption, and relational complexity. Rather than treating care as a moral add‑on to organizational practice, the symposium positions care as a way of knowing and a mode of action that reshapes the conditions under which learning, judgment, and democratic engagement become possible. The symposium is grounded in the field of Organizational Education (Organisationspädagogik), which conceptualizes learning as occurring within, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). From this perspective, knowing and acting are not separate domains but mutually constitutive processes shaped by relational, cultural, and material conditions. Care ethics deepens this understanding by foregrounding attentiveness, responsiveness, relational responsibility, and embodied experience as central to how organizational actors navigate uncertainty (Hamington, 2011; Møller, 2025; Tronto, 1993; Tronto, 2013). In doing so, the symposium contributes to current efforts within Organizational Education to clarify its theoretical positioning, interdisciplinary foundations, and methodological orientations. The NW32 call highlights the need to rethink knowing and acting in light of shifting organizational conditions, including tacit and explicit knowing, theories‑in‑use, co‑creation, epistemic justice, and the knowing–doing gap. Care ethics offers a distinctive contribution to these debates by challenging dominant assumptions about knowledge as something that precedes action or exists independently of relational and affective contexts. Instead, care ethics conceptualizes knowing as situated, embodied, and co‑created—emerging through encounters with vulnerability, interdependence, and the ethical demands of shared life. This perspective resonates with practice‑theoretical approaches to knowledge‑in‑action, but extends them by emphasizing the ethical, affective, and relational dimensions of organizational life. The symposium also responds to contemporary challenges that unsettle established ways of knowing and acting in organizations. In times of polycrisis—marked by social fragmentation, ecological instability, and political polarization—organizations increasingly face situations where established routines, knowledge bases, and decision‑making frameworks fall short. Care ethics offers a framework for navigating such conditions by cultivating relational sensitivity, ethical imagination, and collective responsibility. It invites organizational actors to engage with uncertainty not as a problem to be eliminated, but as a generative space for inquiry, democratic becoming, and shared sense‑making (Miller, 2020; Moriggi et al., 2020; Simpson & de Hond, 2022). Across three presentations, care ethics is explored through different empirical and conceptual entry points, including aesthetic and embodied learning, productive disruption, and post‑action emotional processes. While the presentations draw on diverse materials—including work from the AECED project on aesthetic and embodied learning for democracy—they converge around a shared question: How does a care‑ethical perspective transform what it means to know and act in organizational settings marked by uncertainty? By bringing these perspectives into dialogue, the symposium demonstrates how feminist care ethics enriches Organizational Education by offering new ways to conceptualize and practice knowing and acting in organizations. It shows how care ethics can illuminate the relational, embodied, and ethical dimensions of organizational learning; how it can challenge neoliberal and technocratic assumptions about knowledge; and how it can support democratic, inclusive, and responsive forms of organizing. The symposium argues that care ethics is not a soft or peripheral concern but a foundational onto‑epistemological orientation for learning in uncertain times. It invites symposium participants to consider how caring engagements—with people, situations, materials, and uncertainties—can open new possibilities for organizational learning, ethical action, and democratic participation. References Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. http://www.phil.muni.cz/journals/index.php/studia-paedagogica/article/view/1802/1968 Hamington, M. (2011). Care Ethics, Knowledge Management, and the Learning Organization. In: Hamington, M., Sander-Staudt, M. (eds) Applying Care Ethics to Business. Issues in Business Ethics, vol 34. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-9307-3_13 Miller, S.C. (2020). From Vulnerability to Precariousness: Examining the Moral Foundations of Care Ethics, International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 28(5), 644-661, DOI: 10.1080/09672559.2020.1804239 Moriggi, A., Soini, K., Franklin, A., & Roep, D. (2020). A Care-Based Approach to Transformative Change: Ethically-Informed Practices, Relational Response-Ability & Emotional Awareness. Ethics, Policy & Environment, 23(3), 281–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/21550085.2020.1848186 Møller, B. (2025). Caring Action Research: Lessons learned from performing research with(in) care. International Journal of Action Research, 21(1-2025), 6-23. https://doi.org/10.3224/ijar.v21i1.02 Simpson, B. & den Hond, F. (2022). The contemporary resonances of classical pragmatism for studying organization and organizing. Organization Studies, 43(1), 127-146. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840621991689 Tronto, J. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care (1st ed.). Routledge Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring democracy: Markets, equality, and justice. NYU Press. Presentations of the Symposium From Caring-For Toward Caring-With: Reimagining Knowing and Acting in Organisational Education Research Inquiry
In an era of polycrisis and uncertainty, the relationship between "knowing" and "acting" is often fragmented by neoliberal rationalities that prioritise efficiency over relationality. This paper proposes a fundamental onto-ethico-political shift: moving from the logic of "caring-for" toward a practice of "caring-with". This shift is grounded in Barad’s (2007, 2012) onto-ethico-epistemology, which emphasises the inseparability of knowing, being, and doing. By approaching care and organising not as distinct spheres but as co-constituted processes, I orient organisational learning as a site of "world-making", that is, a continuous process of making and unmaking shared life.
Rather than seeking a synthesis of theories, this worldly and caring practice traces patterns of interference between care, organising, and democracy. This approach allows for a critique of the modern educational episteme, which Ball and Collet-Sabé (2022, 2024) argue isolates learners into competitive, individual subjects (homo oeconomicus). To bridge the knowing–doing gap, I move toward Tronto’s (2017) homines curans (caring people), where learning is an ethical and embodied practice of response-ability (Haraway, 2016).
I operationalise this shift through five conceptual orientations that reconfigure the textures of organisational knowing and acting. Specifically, I draw on vulnerability and interdependence (Butler, 2004; Tronto, 2013) to recognise shared ontological exposure as the ground of politics. This is extended through more-than-human relationality (Haraway, 2016; Puig de la Bellacasa, 2017), moving care beyond human-centred frameworks. Furthermore, I engage with pluralism and agonism (Mouffe, 2000; Cloyes, 2002) to argue for holding the discomfort of difference, while staying attentive to intersectional justice (Collins, 2000; Fraser, 2016) to transform the asymmetries of the social, cultural, and material world. Finally, through openness and embeddedness (Derrida, 2005; Deleuze, 1994), I suggest that organising stays responsive to the "worlding democracy" within the immanent present.
By centring these five orientations within the homines curans rationale, this paper demonstrates that knowing and acting are no longer separate domains but emerge through relational encounters. These orientations do not merely suggest a new strategy; they provide the material and ethical textures for a feminist care ethics perspective toward organisational learning for democracy. By bridging situated knowledge with response-ability, this shift transforms organisational learning inquiry from a technocratic practice into a generative space for democratic becoming. Finally, I propose that 'worlding democracy' is enacted through these ongoing practices of caring-with, offering a new grammar for living and organising in times of uncertainty.
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2012). On touching—the inhuman that therefore I am. Differences, 23(3), 206–223.
Cloyes, K. G. (2002). Agonizing care: Care ethics, agonistic feminism, and a political theory of care. Nursing Inquiry, 9(3), 203–214.
Collins, P. H. (2000). Black feminist thought: Knowledge, consciousness, and the politics of empowerment (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Deleuze, G. (1994). Difference and repetition (P. Patton, Trans.). Columbia University Press.
Derrida, J. (2005). Rogues: Two essays on reason (P.-A. Brault & M. Naas, Trans.). Stanford University Press.
Fraser, N. (2016). Contradictions of capital and care. New Left Review, 100, 99–117.
Haraway, D. J. (2016). Sympoiesis: Symbiotic entities and the politics of worlding. In Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene (pp. 58–98). Duke University Press.
Mouffe, C. (2000). Deliberative democracy or agonistic pluralism? (Political Science Series, 1–16). Institute for Advanced Studies.
Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2017). Matters of Care: Speculative Ethics in More Than Human Worlds. Minneapolis and London: University of Minnesota Press.
Tronto, J. (2017). There is an alternative: Homines curans and the limits of neoliberalism. International Journal of Care and Caring, 1(1), 27–43.
Disruption as Care: Embodied Relational Practices for Reimagining Knowing and Acting in Organizations
Contemporary organizational and educational landscapes are marked by democratic erosion, socio political polarization, and accelerating societal transformations. Dominant paradigms often respond by minimizing uncertainty and reinforcing established norms. This paper challenges such stabilizing tendencies by arguing that experiences of disruption and confusion can serve as generative sites for critical reflection, dialogical engagement, and transformative learning (Ahmed 2010; Biesta 2013). Drawing on queer pedagogical accounts of productive disruption (Britzman 1995; Luhmann 1998; Juvonen 2006), it explores how encounters with ambiguity can support aesthetic, embodied, and relational forms of learning oriented toward democratic practice, particularly in higher education.
Building on scholarship that positions disruption as a catalyst for epistemic innovation, the paper reframes confusion not as a deficit but as a generative force that unsettles habitual ways of knowing and acting. Moments of disorientation invite participants to collectively re imagine organizational possibilities and question dominant assumptions about order, coherence, and expertise.
Using classroom interventions from the AECED project, the paper examines organizational education as a site where such disruptions become relationally and corporeally charged encounters. When learners confront ambiguity, vulnerability, or epistemic friction, the need for care becomes pronounced. Care ethics, articulated by Tronto (1993, 2013) and Puig de la Bellacasa (2017), understands care as a situated, embodied, and political practice enacted through bodily presence, affective attunement, and material engagement. Care becomes a mode of knowing that emerges through gestures, rhythms, and relational responsiveness. This embodied orientation is crucial in moments of productive disruption, when learners rely not only on cognitive strategies but also on sensory, affective, and corporeal forms of attention.
Integrating queer pedagogical insights with care ethical perspectives, the paper argues that uncertainty should be embraced as a generative space for cultivating democratic and relational capacities. Embodied care practices—attentiveness, responsiveness, and relational responsibility—enable learners to inhabit ambiguity without retreating into defensiveness or reproducing dominant power/knowledge hierarchies. Such practices reconfigure knowing and acting as interdependent, situated, and materially grounded processes rather than linear or purely cognitive ones.
In a time marked by instability and contested futures, organizational education can become a transformative arena where disruption is met with embodied care and uncertainty becomes a shared resource for collective learning, relational responsibility, and the re imagining of futures. This orientation opens new potentials for organizational education research, inviting explorations of how care infused, embodied, and co creative practices can shape alternative modes of knowing and acting within complex organizational worlds.
References:
Ahmed, S. (2010). The Promise of Happiness. Durham and London: Duke University Press.
Biesta, G. (2013). Interrupting the politics of learning. Power and Education, 5(1), 4-15. https://doi.org/10.2304/power.2013.5.1.4.
Britzman, D. P. (1995). Is There A QueerPedagogy? Or, Stop Reading Straight. Educational Theory, 45(2), 151–165.
Luhmann (1998). Queering/Querying Pedagogy? Or, Pedagogy Is a Pretty Queer Thing. Queer Theory in Education. In W. F. Pinar (Ed.), Queer Theory in. Lawrence Erlbaum/Peter Lang/Routledge. pp. 141-155.
Juvonen (2006). Kohti pervopedagogiikka. Lesbo- ja queer -tutkimuksen opettaminen haasteena yliopistopedagogiigalle. Naitutkimuslehti/Kvinnoforskning, 4/2006.
Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2017). Matters of Care: Speculative Ethics in More Than Human Worlds. Minneapolis and London: University of Minnesota Press.
Tronto, J. C. (1993). Tronto, J. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care (1st ed.). Routledge.
Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring democracy: Markets, equality, and justice. NYU Press.
After Participation: Post-action Reflection of Relational Infrastructures in the CCLAB model
The widespread sense of disconnection among young Europeans from democratic institutions underscores the urgency of shifting this dynamic through reflective engagement. In this context, organizational education emerges as vital for strengthening intergenerational bonds, addressing youth aspirations for societal inclusion and self-determination, and fostering a forward-looking vision of justice (Council of Europe, 2014; Häggström and Schmidt, 2021).
A transformative organizational process thus depends on its capacity to integrate analytical and projective approaches, allowing participants to critically examine the roots of present issues while envisioning actionable alternatives. To this end, Participatory Action Research (PAR) initiatives, such as the CCLAB, offer a structured methodology for collective inquiry rooted in relational and contextual knowledge co-creation. By facilitating shared understanding through dialogue and creative experimentation, this approach marks a clear shift from content-delivery models toward situated, experiential learning environments, thereby reorienting educational paradigms of knowing and acting. This shift is significant as it empirically shows how situated co-creative learning functions as a constitutive element of a wholesome democratic education. Drawing on implementation experiences from the CCLAB model and aligning them with Palka’s (2024) feminist participatory research framework, this communication explores the epistemic, relational, and political tensions that arise when democratic learning processes unfold within formal and non-formal educational institutions, as well as the consequent affective labor required of both facilitators and participants.
This affective labor is framed within the concept of invisible work (Daniels, 1987), which in this context refers to relational skills that provide the interpersonal background for collaboration, translation, intercultural adaptation, and the sustainability of the social fabric required in participatory research process. When tensions arise due to complex power dynamics within participatory ecosystems, a care ethics approach entails recognizing the situated constraints of existing infrastructures (Star, 1999; Berlant, 2016) as a preliminary step toward adapting and attuning (Mol, 2008) to the site-specific qualities of the community in which PAR takes place.
This paper highlights post‑process reflection from the CCLAB implementation as a metacognitive strategy to examine the emotional aftereffects of participation and how these may influence engagement and the sustainability of participatory action research. It argues that acknowledging the emotional and relational effects of such processes can offer valuable guidance for strengthening co‑creative agency, institutional anchoring, and political reflexivity within PAR. Recognizing emotional and relational labour as knowledge‑producing practices broadens the scope of PAR and establishes these dimensions as fundamental to organizational education research.
References:
Berlant, L. (2016). The commons: Infrastructures for troubling times. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 34(3), 393-419. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263775816645989
Council of Europe. (2014). Perspectives on Youth. Connections and Disconnections. Volume 2. Council of Europe Publishing. URL: ttps://pjp-eu.coe.int/en/web/youth-partnership/issue-2 (retrieved 09/01/2026)
Daniels, A. K. (1987). Invisible work. Social Problems, 34 (5), 403–415. https://www.jstor.org/stable/800538
Häggström, M., & Schmidt, C. (2021). Futures literacy – To belong, participate and act!: An educational perspective. Futures, 132, Article 102813. DOI: 10.1016/j.futures.2021.102813
Mol, A. (2008). The logic of care: Health and the problem of patient choice. London and New York: Routledge.
Palka, J. (2024) The Potential of Participatory Social Economics: a Framework and Feminist Perspective. Forum for Social Economics, 53:2, 141-169, DOI:10.1080/07360932.2024.2329875
Star, S. L. (1999). The ethnography of infrastructure. American Behavioral Scientist, 43 (3), 377–391. https://doi.org/10.1177/00027649921955326
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 33 SES 02 A: New Roles for Masculinities in Educational Settings and Practices. Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Monika Ryndzionek Paper Session This session explores new ways in which diverse masculinities are impacting and transforming different educational contexts. The papers interrogate this problem in diverse settings, including adult education and different levels of compulsory education. An array of different empirical and theoretical lenses are explored and the session offers an important opportunity to debate theories of masculinities. |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper From Hegemonic Norms to Help-Seeking: A Qualitative Study of Well-being Educators Rethinking Gender-Responsive Mental Health Education in Boys’ Schools 1: The University of Queensland, Australia; 2: Flinders University; 3: London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine; 4: Australian Catholic University, Brisbane; 5: Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Context: According to the Australian National Youth Mental Health Survey, one in three young Australians experience high levels of psychological distress (Headspace, 2020). In Australia today males are three times more likely to commit suicide – one of the highest rates in the world. Education, early detection and intervention are vital to preventing the long-term consequences of poor mental health. We know gender norms significantly influence how young people today understand their mental health and wellbeing and how they seek help when they are experiencing psychological distress. Research continues to highlight how hegemonic masculinity norms (e.g. strength, resiliency, toughness) may serve as a significant barrier to how some males come to understand their social and emotional wellbeing (Smith et al. 2020). Research suggests how, due to social stigmas, males are less likely to seek professional help for mental health struggles (Seidler et al. 2018). To date, there is limited research capturing how educators today are meeting the needs of boys and young men and their efforts to develop and implement effective well-being education that is gender-responsive.
Significance: Improving the effectiveness of wellbeing and mental health education is integral to prevention efforts. As the majority of mental illnesses emerge in adolescence, secondary schools are uniquely positioned to provide timely preventative mental health education for boys and young men. Mental health and well-being education programs must be responsive to the distinct gender socialization pressures males experience. For the most part, school-based mental health programs remain almost exclusively gender-neutral and externally designed. Research is required in order to understand how we make these programs address issues concerning the role of gender in mental health and well-being. Given the persistent issues concerning the wellbeing of males, both the World Health Organization (Gough & Novikova, 2020) and the American Psychological Association (2018) have called for programs that are gender-sensitive and gender-responsive to better meet the needs of males.
Theory: Mental health and wellbeing literacy refers to the knowledge and competencies that enable individuals to recognise mental health challenges, understand risk and protective factors, and respond appropriately to psychological distress (Jorm et al. 1997). This concept, developed in the field of public health, extends beyond symptom recognition to include attitudes toward mental health, beliefs about help-seeking, and familiarity with available support services (Kutcher et al. 2016). As its most basic, it is assumed higher levels of mental health literacy are associated with reduced stigma, earlier intervention, and more effective engagement with professional and informal sources of support. Mental health literacy is foundational to school-based intervention efforts. However, adding a layer of complexity, mental health literacy has been increasingly shaped by digital environments, where mental health information (and misinformation) circulates unevenly and requires critical interpretation (Okan et al. 2020). As such, there is a need to understand mental health and wellbeing literacy not only as an individual capacity but as a socially and culturally situated set of knowledge resources that influences how mental health is recognised, discussed, and acted upon. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Methods: This research draws on 12 semi-structured interviews with school well-being leaders working in a network of single-sex boys’ schools in Australia. The participants committed to a well-being audit’ capturing their efforts to develop and implement well-being education as well as what they saw as the strengths and weaknesses of well-being and mental health programs aimed at boys and young men. Using semi-structured interviews, we were able to focus on an in-depth exploration of participants’ perspectives while retaining sufficient consistency to allow comparison across accounts. This approach supported the generation of rich, contextualised data capturing how participants interpret and make sense of their professional experiences developing mental health and well-being curriculum and pedagogy. After the research was conducted, a thematic analysis was undertaken to identify and interpret key patterns and trends across the dataset. Interview transcripts were read iteratively to support familiarisation with the data, and initial codes were generated to capture recurring ideas and points of significance. These codes were then reviewed and grouped into broader themes that reflected shared meanings across participants, while also attending to points of divergence. This process supported an analytically grounded account of how participants articulated their experiences and perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results: In examining the efforts of well-being leaders in boys’ schools, we identified four key insights: 1) the changing nature of the mental health and well-being of boys and young men in reference to exposure to new gender pressures amplified through access to digital content; 2) what educators are grappling with in terms of well-being education and where they see productive spaces in the future; 3) the experimentation with different pedagogic approaches to gets boys and young men to reflect on the relationship between masculine norms and well-being; and 4) what they see as authentic and effective ways to improve the mental health literacy and well-being education of boys and young men. Conclusions: Together, these findings underscore the strategic importance of empowering well-being educators in schools to develop localized, gender-responsive practices focused on improving mental health literacy of boys and young men. There is a need to document how well-being educators in schools are developing effective educational approaches and what they see as the difficulties and opportunities in delivering effective age-appropriate well-being education for diverse groups of boys and young men. This research is useful for those scholars engaged in developing professional support, training, and resources to assist educators at the chalk face in responding and adapting to emerging gender and social pressures affecting many boys and young men today. References American Psychological Association. (2018). APA guidelines for psychological practice with boys and men. American Psychological Association. Gough, B., & Novikova, I. (2020). Mental health, men and culture: How do sociocultural constructions of masculinities relate to men’s mental health help-seeking behaviour in the WHO European Region? World Health Organization. Headspace. (2020). Insights: Youth mental health and wellbeing over time. Headspace national youth mental health survey. Jorm, A. F., Korten, A. E., Jacomb, J. M., Christensen, H., Rodgers, B., & Pollitt, P. (1997). Mental health literacy: A survey of the public’s ability to recognise mental disorders and their beliefs about the effectiveness of treatment. Medical Journal of Australia, 166(4), 182–186. Kutcher, S., Wei, Y., & Coniglio, M. (2016). Mental health literacy: Past, present, and future. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 61(3), 154–158. Okan, O., Bauer, U., Levin-Zamir, D., Pinheiro, P., & Sørensen, K. (2020). International handbook of health literacy: Research, practice and policy across the lifespan. Policy Press. Seidler, Z. E., Rice, S. M., River, J., Oliffe, J. L., & Dhillon, H. M. (2018). Men’s mental health services: The case for a masculinities model. The Journal of Men’s Studies, 26(1), 92–104. Smith, J. A., Merlino, A., Christie, B., Adams, M., Bonson, J., Osborne, R., Judd, B., Drummond, M., Aanundsen, D., & Fleay, J. (2020). “Dudes are meant to be tough as nails”: The complex nexus between masculinities, culture and health literacy from the perspective of young Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander males. American Journal of Men’s Health, 14(3). 33. Gender and Education
Paper Redefining Masculinities: Male-Identifying Teachers Engaging Boys as Change Agents 1: University of Calgary, Canada; 2: University of Melbourne Presenting Author:Six years after the #MeToo movement rose to prominence, divergent responses have evolved – particularly in relation to men and masculinity. Despite the important development in men’s and boys’ understandings of gender inequality, society also witnessed a backlash by anti-feminist men and men’s groups (Maricourt & Burrell, 2022). The growing popularity of misogynistic influencers, such as Andrew Tate, also takes root in this socio-cultural landscape. A UK study found that one-in-four young men agree with Tate’s views on women (Oppenheim, 2023). Significantly, these influencers have captured the attention of boys in schools (Halliday, 2023; Will, 2023). Tate is an individual enactment of systemic and ideological problems in society and educational institutions. Not surprisingly, educators are increasingly navigating gender and sexuality questions in their own pedagogical practices. This research is designed to reveal and assess the ways that violent and unhealthy masculinities are challenged and disrupted in education by male-identifying teachers across Canada. Building on previous research (Kehler, Knott-Fayle, 2025) with pre-service teacher’s gender-transformative pedagogies, we have found that there is an awareness of the socio-cultural issues impacting masculinity as well as an appetite to build teaching practices which challenge them. At the same time, there are clear structural and personal obstacles to doing so. Schools are increasingly aware of the competing discourses affecting how education addresses and responds to gender, sexuality and youth identities (Keddie, 2010). Previous action has drawn on sex role and male role models theories, calling for more male teachers to respond to the apparent sissification of boys, which proved uncritical and misguided (Martino & Kehler, 2006). Martino (2008) calls for a more critical investigation into the effects of a regime or culture of hegemonic masculinity and “gender normalization which incites anxieties about feminized and/or emasculated boys in schools” (190). This paper critically explores the pedagogical practices of male-identifying teachers who challenge, disrupt, and navigate normative masculinities in and through education. The primary research questions guiding this research include: a) When and how do male-identifying teachers challenge normative masculinities? b) What motivates male-identifying teachers to challenge normative masculinities? c) What are male-identifying teachers’ perceptions of the impact of their critical pedagogical practices on gender arrangements? These research questions are developed in part using Apple’s (2016) principles for critical scholar/activists. Specifically, whilst the research is developed as a result of, and to better understand, exploitative and dominating societal relations, our aim is also “to critically examine current realities with a conceptual/political framework that emphasizes the spaces in which more progressive and counter-hegemonic actions can, or do, go on” (511). Conceptually and theoretically, we build on feminist, queer theory, and critical masculinities studies research (Butler, 2006; Connell, 2005; Elliott, 2020), acknowledging the fluidity and diversity of gender and sexuality. Drawing on previous research highlighting the problematic nature of male role model discourse connected to a “moral panic” within education (Martino et al., 2009; Martino & Kehler, 2006), this research is not positioned within the context of male identifying teachers as role models. Instead, engaging men as activists, as allies and agents of change requires understanding how and when men and boys take up a disruptive practice of questioning normative masculinity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods, Methodology: Our data analysis focusses on making sense of the participants’ experiences and views on challenging normative masculinity through pedagogical practices. At the same time, we draw on critical discursive methods (Lazar, 2007; Thompson et al., 2018) to explore and uncover latent ideas through a detailed discursive analysis of the interviews. This exploration of the latent and multi-layered meanings in the interviews involves connecting interview data to broader structural and ideological matters as well as research on critical masculinities studies and critical pedagogy. Utilizing feminist discursive methods, the first phase of the analysis “involves identifying the broad discursive patterns that people actively negotiate in their voiced accounts”. This phase is comprised of (1) chunking the talk into sections, (2) labelling those sections with descriptive codes, (3) identifying recurring codes, (4) identifying discourses, (5) identifying discursive patterns, and (6) theoretically accounting for those patterns. The second phase involves tracing participants agentic voices, “in order to understand how they actively locate and relocate themselves” (Thompson et al. 2018, 101) relative to the discursive patterns identified in the first phase. This second phase involves (1) identifying first-person accounts to (2) identify how the individual speaks about themselves and the topic. Then (3) identifying contrapuntal voices to explore the multilayered nature of experiential accounts and, finally, (4) composing a theoretical account of the individual’s voices in relation to broader discourses (see also Gilligan et al., 2003). This approach emphasises counter-hegemonic voices and personal experiences – in this case, male-identifying teachers challenging normative and violent masculinities through critical pedagogical practices – whilst exploring the structural conditions of the personal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes, Conclusions: As van der Heijden et al. (2015) argue, it is increasingly important “to create supportive school contexts in which teachers are encouraged to be agentic in order to positively influence or change education” and most importantly, “improve education on daily practice by using their agency” (682). In the current cultural climate of change and backlash, teachers are required to respond critically and strategically in their engagement with all students to promote critical awareness and knowledge of gender inequities. Students, boys in particular, may be “quick to reject attempts to engage them in discussions about gender, claiming that these topics only relate to girls” (Schwarz, 2020, 137). However, research (Govender & Bhana, 2023; Martino & Resai-Rashti, 2012; Schwartz, 2020) has shown that teachers who are aware of the fluctuating conceptions of masculinity and who are capable of creating emotional empathy with boys can support boys to be active agents deconstructing restrictive images of masculinity. As such, amidst public concerns surrounding the ongoing discussion of gender and sexuality education, particularly around boys and masculinity (Schwartz, 2020), there are opportunities for “‘classroom trouble’, to unsettle the normative knowledges, practices and subjectivities that ordinarily circulate unquestioned in classrooms” (Youdell, 2011, 88). It is unclear how educators, teachers and schools challenge gender binaries, and particularly the rigid and damaging heteronormative aspects of masculinity which go largely unquestioned, whilst supporting and maintaining typically silenced discourses within education (Kehler, 2009; Meyer, 2007). It is this unknown that we address in this research. References Apple, M. W. (2016). Challenging the epistemological fog: The roles of the scholar/activist in education. European Educational Research Journal, 15(5), 505–515. Butler, J. (2006). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Connell, R. W. (2005). Masculinities (2nd ed). University of California Press Elliott, K. (2020). Bringing in margin and centre: ‘Open’ and ‘closed’ as concepts for considering men and masculinities. Gender, Place & Culture, 27(12), 1723–1744. Gilligan, C., Spencer, R., Weinberg, M. K., & Bertsch, T. (2003). On the Listening Guide: A Voice-Centered Relational Mode. In P. M. Camic, J. E. Rhodes, & L. Yardley (Eds.), Qualitative research in psychology: Expanding perspectives in methodology and design (1st ed, pp. 157-172). American Psychological Association Kehler, M. (2009). Boys, Friendships, and Knowing “It Wouldn’t Be Unreasonable to Assume I am Gay.” In W. Martino, M. Kehler, & M. B. Weaver-Hightower (Eds.), The problem with boys’ education: Beyond the backlash. Routledge Kehler, M., & G. Knott-Fayle (2025) Preservice teachers disrupting contemporary patriarchal masculinities: A manscape beyond “the boys”, Gender and Education, Special Issue. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2025.2583935 Keddie, A. (2010). Feminist struggles to mobilise progressive spaces within the ‘boy‐turn’ in gender equity and schooling reform. Gender and Education, 22(4), 353–368. Lazar, M. M. (2007). Feminist Critical Discourse Analysis: Articulating a Feminist Discourse Praxis. Critical Discourse Studies, 4(2), 141–164. Maricourt, C. D., & Burrell, S. R. (2022). #MeToo or #MenToo? Expressions of Backlash and Masculinity Politics in the #MeToo Era. The Journal of Men’s Studies, 30(1), 49–69. Martino, W., & Kehler, M. (2006). Male teachers and the “Boy Problem”: An Issue of Recuperative Masculinity Politics. McGill Journal of Education, 41(2), 113–131. Martino, W., Kehler, M., & Weaver-Hightower, M. B. (Eds.). (2009). The problem with boys’ education: Beyond the backlash. Routledge. Martino, W., & Resai-Rashti, G. (2012). Gender, race, and the politics of role modelling: The influence of male teachers. Routledge Schwartz, Y. (2020). “I present a Role model of Fluid Masculinity...”: Gender Politics of Pro Feminist Men in an Israeli High School Gender Equality Intervention Programme. In R. Luyt & K. Starck (Eds.), Masculine power and gender equality: Masculinities as change agents (pp. 133–156). Springer. Tompkins, J., Kearns, L.-L., & Mitton-Kükner, J. (2018). Teacher Candidates as LGBTQ and Social Justice Advocates through Curricular Action. McGill Journal of Education, 52(3). 33. Gender and Education
Paper The Patriarchal Paradox: Prescriptive Masculinities and Unintentional Subversionof Gendered Education Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper examines the paradoxical effects of patriarchal gender norms on educational outcomes by asking how adherence to prescriptive masculinities may unintentionally create conditions for gender subversion in schooling. Drawing on two complementary ethnographic sub-studies in Nepal, the research investigates how patriarchal role conformity—particularly men’s alignment with breadwinner and migration-linked masculinities—reconfigures everyday educational decision-making within households. The central research question guiding this study is: How do prescriptive masculinities unintentionally create spaces to challenge gendered patterns in education? To address this, the paper explores three interrelated dimensions:
Theoretically, the paper is grounded in feminist and masculinity studies, particularly Raewyn Connell’s framework on hegemonic and prescriptive masculinities, alongside feminist political economy and moral economy approaches to household decision-making. These perspectives allow for an analysis of patriarchy not as a fixed or uniformly oppressive system, but as a set of practices that can generate contradictory and unintended outcomes. By conceptualising patriarchy as a dynamic and relational process, the paper theorises how masculine conformity can simultaneously reproduce gender hierarchies and create openings for gendered educational change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a comparative, mixed-methods ethnographic design across two complementary field sites in Nepal: Mahendranagar/Bhimdatta among Freed Kamaiya families (conducted by Mohini Gupta) and Dharan among Gurkha families (conducted by Sanjay Sharma). These two sites were selected to capture variation in caste, class, labour histories, and migration trajectories, allowing for a comparative analysis of how masculinities and patriarchal household structures shape educational decision-making in distinct socio-historical contexts. The primary empirical material consists of a structured household survey of 100 households across the two sites, designed to capture demographic characteristics, educational participation, gendered division of labour, migration histories, and household decision-making practices related to schooling. The survey provides a systematic basis for identifying patterns in gendered educational outcomes and household role configurations. In addition, the study draws on in-depth qualitative data from approximately 30 households across the two sub-studies. These include semi-structured interviews with male and female household members, as well as extended participant observation. This ethnographic engagement enables close analysis of everyday practices, negotiations, and moral discourses surrounding masculinity, femininity, education, and provision. Participant observation is used to document how gender roles are enacted and contested in daily life, and how educational decisions are embedded within broader household economies and kinship relations. The analytical strategy is comparative and interpretive. Data from the two sites are analysed both within and across cases to identify shared patterns and site-specific dynamics. This approach allows the study to theorise how prescriptive masculinities operate differently across historical labour regimes (bonded labour versus military and transnational migration) while producing comparable paradoxical effects on women’s educational agency. Ethical protocols were followed in both sites, including informed consent, anonymisation, and sensitivity to the vulnerabilities of formerly bonded labour communities and military families. The collaborative nature of the research also enables reflexive comparison and cross-validation of findings across researchers and sites. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper shows that patriarchal household structures do not operate only as mechanisms of constraint but can also generate unintended spaces of subversion. Across both field sites, prescriptive masculinities—organised around male provision, sociality, and mobility—paradoxically create conditions that enable greater educational participation and agency for women and girls. Rather than simply reproducing gender inequality, these dynamics produce a patriarchal paradox in which adherence to gendered roles leads to outcomes that partially destabilise gendered educational hierarchies. In both Gurkha and Freed Kamaiya households, fathers are characterised by physical or metaphorical absence. Among Gurkha families, men’s labour migration and military service result in physical absence from everyday household life, reducing their educational role largely to financial provision. In Kamaiya households, men’s engagement in precarious labour and social drinking produces a metaphorical absence, marked by limited awareness of and participation in children’s schooling. In both cases, masculine identities centred on provision distance men from the everyday labour of education. This distancing shifts educational responsibility onto mothers. Across both sites, mothers emerge as the primary managers and advocates of children’s education, with schooling becoming socially constructed as part of women’s domestic and moral labour. While this reinforces gendered responsibility, it also expands women’s authority in educational decision-making. Sons are more likely to disengage from schooling, shaped by substance use, early entry into wage labour, and military-oriented masculine aspirations. Daughters, in contrast, often experience greater opportunities to remain in education. With fewer immediate labour expectations, and with mothers’ active support, girls are encouraged to pursue continued schooling. Overall, the findings theorise a form of paradoxical patriarchy, in which prescriptive masculinities unintentionally enable gender subversion within the educational ecosystem. Women’s educational agency thus emerges through, rather than outside of, patriarchal structures, complicating linear assumptions about patriarchy and empowerment. References Burke, Penny Jane. 2006. "Men accessing education: gendered aspirations." British Educational Research Journal 32 (5): 719-733. Butler, Judith. 2004. Undoing Gender. Routledge. Connell, Robert W., and James W. Messerschmidt. 2005. "Hegemonic masculinity: Rethinking the concept." Gender & Society 19 (6): 829-859. Maycock, Matthew. 2025. "Performances of emergent masculinities amongst rickshaw drivers in Nepal." Asian Journal of Social Science 53 (4). Sharma, Jeevan Raj. 2008. "Practices of male labor migration from the hills of Nepal to India in development discourses: Which pathology?." Gender, Technology and Development 12 (3): 303-323. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 34 SES 02 A: Pedagogies towards citizenship Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Pia Mikander Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Teaching History as a Tool for Citizenship Education: The Case of Belgium UCLouvain, Belgium Presenting Author:When it comes to fostering citizenship in schools, history lessons are often presented in Europe as playing a decisive role (read OHTE, 2024). They are supposed to open students’ minds to otherness, help them understand the world in which they live, apprehend contradictory logics and avoid Manicheism (Arthur et al., 2001; Barton and Levstik, 2004; Grossrieder, 2015; Joutard, 2015; Souplet, 2018; McCully, 2018 Epstein, 2018). To achieve this, history lessons rely on two complementary dimensions: the transmission of knowledge and the development of skills. On the one hand, students must acquire historical knowledge in order to understand the past in all its complexity and nuances. Yet, this knowledge should not be abstract but meaningful – some even speak of a “useful” past (Cole, 2007) – in order to impart historical consciousness, understood as “how the past is experienced and interpreted in order to understand the present and anticipate the future” (Rüsen, 1987, p. 286). On the other hand, history lessons must also prepare students for their future role as citizens. This can be achieved through skills-based teaching: learners must be introduced to the historian’s method, including how to approach sources, distinguish between continuities and ruptures, and critically analyze information (Bugnard, 2015; Nitsche, 2015). The overall aim is to equip students with skills considered essential for citizens’ participation in society. In this contribution, I examine the missions assigned to history classes by Belgian political authorities. Belgium offers an interesting case study, as it has undergone a process of dissociative federalism: since the seventies, its three communities have become increasingly institutionally distant, to such an extent that all powers relating to education have been transferred to the three linguistic communities. As a result, history teaching is governed by different reference frameworks depending on pupils’ language. Does this mean that these three communities, governed by different political authorities, do not share the same view of the objectives of history teaching? I argue that answering this question is crucial for three reasons. Firstly, Belgium is often characterized as a deeply divided society – « political communities characterized by mutually reinforcing divisions » (Caluwaerts & Reuchamps, 2020, p. 54). Among these divisions, history is particularly sensitive, notably with regard to colonisation, collaboration, the Holocaust and interlinguistic relations (see Benvindo & Peeters, 2012; Hirst & Fineberg, 2012; Luminet et al., 2020). Teaching the past can therefore simultaneously function as a means of mitigating conflict and as a space where it may manifest. Understanding these dynamics is not only relevant from a Belgian perspective, but also contributes to the literature on education in divided societies (see for instance Gallagher, 2004 or Bentrovato et al., 2016). Second, the potential of history lessons is not unidirectional. History can also be taught in ways that foster antagonistic representations of groups, thereby reinforcing existing divisions (Psaltis et al., 2017; McCully, 2018). It is therefore crucial to examine the missions entrusted to the teaching of the past: is it to turn towards a peaceful future, or anchor them in a conflictual past? Finally, history classes are among those that attract the greatest political and societal attention (Chapman 2007; Audigier, 2016). Studying the policy frameworks governing history teaching – its objectives, methods, and content recommendations – thus sheds light on political agendas, as well as on a society’s relationship to its past and its expectations regarding its educational system. Exploring the missions assigned to history teaching is therefore essential. Furthermore, in the Belgian case, no comparison between the three communities has yet been published, to my knowledge. This is the aim of the present contribution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To achieve this objective, the contribution will be based on a systematic study of all official texts governing the teaching of history in Belgium. However, I do not intend to cover the entire Belgian education system, which would far exceed the scope of the conference. I will therefore focus on upper secondary education (students aged 14-15 to 18-20). Plus, each Belgian school is registered within one of the three official communities, depending on the language of instruction, and also within an education network depending on its mode of financing and its liberty towards political authorities (official directly financed, official indirectly financed, and “free” directly financed by the Community). These networks differ across communities. Every Community writes a référentiel – a relatively broad framework that defines the objectives, methods, and content of teaching – which is then operationalised through a programme written by each network. There are twelve essential texts for studying the politics of history teaching in Belgium: the three référentiels and their translations into each networks (through nine different programs). All these texts will be analysed using the Qualitative Data Analysis method developed by Miles and Huberman (Miles et al., 2014). They will therefore be coded in order to determine, for each text: (a) the objectives of the history course; (b) what is expected of pupils at the end of the course; (c) the methods required of teachers; and (d) the content to be covered in class. This first step will enable us to identify the political project that each community has for history teaching. We will then compare the results in order to identify similarities and differences between the communities. Finally, we will conclude by examining the extent to which the teaching of history, as organized by each community, is – or is not – seen as a tool for citizenship education. One important limitation must be noted: there is a gap between policy frameworks and teachers’ actual practices. This limitation will be addressed in the discussion, as it lies at the core of my ongoing doctoral research. I am currently conducting interviews with history teachers, which may provide further insight intro the conclusions presented here. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I am still in the process of writing this section of my doctoral thesis, which will be completed in the course of February. I can therefore only formulate a number of preliminary conclusions, which will be refined in the coming weeks. First, history teaching in the three Belgian communities appears to have undergone a shift similar to that observed in most European education systems. The main objective is to educate pupils so that they become future citizens. Therefore, the emphasis has progressively moved towards teaching a “useful” past and the development of skills rather than the accumulation of factual knowledge. Second, significant differences emerge between the Communities with regard to the practical modalities of history teaching, especially concerning the themes that are to be taught. It is important to note that they may be partly explained by the differing dates at which the policy texts were adopted. The référentiel developed by the Flemish Community dates from 2019, whereas the French-speaking schools still rely on a framework adopted in 1999. As a result, the latter does not incorporate more recent societal and historiographical developments, for example in relation to (de)colonial or gender issues. Finally, substantial differences can also be observed within the Communities themselves, due to the coexistence of several education networks. Within French-speaking Belgium, for example, important disparities separate schools belonging to the “free” network from those in the official network. Indeed, while history teaching only starts in the third year of secondary education in the former, it is taught from the first year in the latter. Consequently, students completing their schooling in the official system potentially appear to have a more substantial background, although no empirical study has been conducted to confirm this assumption References Arthur et al. 2001. Citizenship through Secondary History. Routledge. Audigier. 2016. Enseigner l’histoire : Débats et controverses. In Didactica Historica, Revue suisse pour l’enseignement de l’histoire, 2 : L’Histoire-Monde : Une histoire connectée, 133‑137. Barton & Levstik. 2004. Teaching history for the common good. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Bentrovato et al. 2016. History can bite : History education in divided and postwar societies. V&R. Benvindo & Peeters. 2012. Les décombres de la guerre : Mémoires belges en conflit, 1945-2010. Renaissance du Livre. Bugnard. 2015. Pourquoi se massacrer ici et vivre en paix là ? Traiter la question en classe sur le cas suisse de la « neutralité armée ». Didactica Historica (…), 1 (…), 39‑43. Caluwaerts & Reuchamps. 2020. Still Consociational? Belgian Democracy, 50 Years After ‘The Politics of Accommodation’. Politics of the Low Countries, 2(1), 54‑76. Chapman. 2007. Afterword. In Cole. 2007. Op. Cit., p. 317-328. Cole. 2007. Teaching the violent past : History education and reconciliation. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Epstein & Peck. 2018. Teaching and learning difficult histories in international contexts : A critical sociocultural approach. Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. Gallagher. 2004. Education in Divided Societies. Palgrave Macmillan UK. Grossrieder. 2015. L’enseignement de l’histoire, éducation à la paix ? In Didactica Historica (…), 1 : Guerre et paix. Enjeux éducatifs, 25‑28. Hirst & Fineberg. 2012. Psychological perspectives on collective memory and national identity : The Belgian case. Memory Studies, 5(1), 86‑95. Joutard. 2015. Les guerres mondiales, histoire et mémoires à l’école. In Didactica Historica (…), 1 : Guerre et paix. (…), 19‑24. Luminet et al. 2020. Dialogues sur la Belgique : Souvenirs, images, questions. Presses Universitaires de Louvain. McCully. 2018. Teaching History and Educating for Citizenship. Allies or « Uneasy Bedfellows » in a Post-Conflict Context. In Epstein & Peck. Op. Cit., 160-174. Miles et al. 2014. Qualitative data analysis : A methods sourcebook (Third edition). SAGE Publications. Nitsche. 2015. Kompetenzorientierung im Geschichtsunterricht fördern—Eine Fallanalyse mit Alternativvorschlag. In Didactica Historica (…), 1 (…), 117-122. Observatory on History Teaching in Europe (OHTE). 2024. General Report on the State of History Teaching in Europe. Council of Europe. Psaltis et al. 2017. History education and conflict transformation. Socio Psychological Theories, History Teaching and Reconciliation. Springer Berlin Heidelberg. Rüsen. 1987. The Didactics of History in West Germany: Towards a New Self-Awareness of Historical Studies. In History and Theory, 26, 275-286. Souplet. 2018. Pourquoi enseigner l’histoire, et pourquoi enseigner l’histoire à l’école élémentaire ? In Didactica Historica, (…), 4 : Faire la fête ! Entre commémoration et transgression, 93-98. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Turning Study into Impact: Teaching Materials for Social Studies Educators University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Global changes and crises highlight the need to support education as one of the pillars of sustainable development (UNESCO, 2018). Maintaining sustainability in today’s world requires flexibility and skills to be prepared for life in an unpredictable environment. However, over the last decade, citizenship has become part of life skills, and citizenship competence has been defined as one of the key competences for lifelong learning (European Commission, 2019, p. 12). It is described as the “ability to act as responsible citizens and to fully participate in civic and social life (…)” This highlights the importance of having a highly relevant civic and citizenship curriculum to support sustainable development in rapidly changing global circumstances. Citizenship education is part of the social science curriculum in schools, where students learn moral principles and values (Veugelers & Groot, 2019), feel liberated and empowered (Duplass, 2018) and become aware that they can change things by political action (Whiteley, 2014). The home and the school are the primary environments in which students develop civic habits and learn how to act in society for the benefit of themselves and others. However, teachers in the school environment play several roles in the social science teaching process (Duplass, 2021) and are responsible for delivering content that supports students civic-mindedness and civic self-efficacy in their role as present and future citizens at the community, national, and global levels. In circumstances where Western democracy and values are experiencing a crisis, influenced by fake news, populism, and other hybrid activities that threaten and challenge Western society, resilience, and civic engagement as such, it is important to develop teaching materials that strengthen critical thinking, societal resilience, and a deeper understanding of citizenship. Research-based social science content provides an opportunity to fill the gap and to create targeted teaching materials that help to develop students’ citizenship competence and self-efficacy. The aim is to develop teaching materials based on the results of the ICCS 2022 study to support teachers in delivering social science content to Latvian students in Grade 7–9, and to help bridge the gaps in students’ knowledge and skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used he research database is the IEA ICCS 2022 dataset. In spring 2022, the IEA ICCS study was conducted in 24 countries, including Germany which participated in two federal states. The survey target group was Grade 8 students aged 13–14. The IEA ICCS research instruments included a cognitive test and an international questionnaire. In the first stage of the study, data from all participating countries and the ICCS 2022 scales (ATTENV, CITCON, CITEFF, CITSOC, CIVLRN, COMPART, DEMTHRT, ELECPART, ENGDM, ENREST, ENVACT, ENVCON, GENEQL, GLOBCIT, ILLACT, IMMPOS, INFDEC, INTACT, INTRUST, LEGACT) (Afana et al., n.d.) were used. Afterwards, the IEA ICCS 2022 scales were ranked to determine Latvia's position among ICCS participant countries with the aim of identifying civic weaknesses among the Latvian Grade 8 students. In the second stage of the study, five scales (OPDISC, STUTREL, DEMTHRT, ELECTPART, LEGACT) in which Latvian students had the lowest results were selected. The content of these scales was then analyzed. Based on the analysis, ICCS themes for teaching material for social science teachers (Grade 7–9) were developed. In the third stage of the study, a content analysis of social and civic education (Valsts izglītības satura centrs, n.d.) and cross-curricular skills (Republic of Latvia Cabinet, 2018) in Grade 7 –9 was conducted to determine whether the five selected ICCS scale themes are taught to Latvian students in Grades 7 –9. In the fourth stage of the study, lesson topics were developed based on the content of the scales; expected outcomes in the field of social and civic education were aligned; examples of teaching the topics were developed and differentiated by grade level; and recommended strategies, approaches, and methods were provided, along with sample tasks and resources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of the study was to develop teaching materials based on the results of the ICCS 2022 study to support teachers in delivering social science content to Latvian students in Grades 7–9, and to help bridge the gaps in students’ knowledge and skills. The ICCS 2022 results showed that Latvian students have weak skills in discussing and articulating their opinions, limited ability to build respectful relationships, low levels of engagement in electoral and civic activities, and a limited understanding of potential threats to democracy. The ICCS 2022 study results show that Latvian students have low levels of resilience and lack the ability to articulate arguments, which may indicate a low level of critical thinking and limited ability to participate in civic processes. This may, in the future, lead to civic passivity and a weak civil society. To strengthen these areas, a teaching material for social studies in Grades 7 –9 was developed based on the ICCS 2022 study data. Further research may be related to the evaluation and improvement of the teaching material based on teachers’ feedback and the results of the IEA ICCS 2027. The teaching material is available in Latvian at the following link: https://www.ipi.lu.lv/fileadmin/user_upload/lu_portal/projekti/ipi/Pilsoniska_izglitiba_prakse_2025.pdf References Afana, Y., Brese, F., Kowolik, H., Cortes, D., & Schulz, W. (2024.). ICCS 2022 User Guide for the International Database IEA INTERNATIONAL CIVIC AND CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION STUDY 2022. Retrieved January 31, 2026, from https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2024-09/ICCS%20User%20Guide.pdf Duplass, J. A. (2018). The Idea of a Social Studies Education. Routledge. Duplass, J. A. (2021). The Essence of Teaching Social Studies : Methods for Secondary and Elementary Teacher Candidates. Routledge European Commission. (2017). Gender Equality. Special Eurobarometer. Brussels: European Commission. European Commission (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Brussels: European Commission. https://doi.org/10.2766/291008 Republic of Latvia Cabinet (2018) Regulations Regarding the State Basic Education Standard and Model Basic Education Programmes. Cabinet Regulation No. 747 Adopted 27 November 2018. Retrieved January 31, 2026, from https://likumi.lv/ta/id/303768 UNESCO. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development. UNESCO Publishing. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000261802 Valsts izglītības satura centrs (n/da). Sociālā un pilsoniskā mācību joma 1.-9. klasei (Social and civic education field Grade 1-9.) Retrieved January 31, 2026, from https://skola2030.lv/admin/filemanager/files/1/Sociala_G.pdf Veugelers, W., & Groot, I. (2019). Theory and Practice of Citizenship Education. In W. Veugelers (Ed.), Education for Democratic Intercultural Citizenship (pp. 14-41). Leiden, Boston: Brill. doi:10.1163/j.ctvrxk389.6 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Reimagining Data Literacy: Creative Pedagogies for Critical Citizenship Education University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:Data has become a significant source of power, with the capacity to reinforce discriminatory practices and deepen inequalities affecting marginalized groups (Richterich, 2018). The expanding datafication of society—“taking all aspects of life and turning them into data” (Cukier & Mayer-Schoenberger, 2013, p. 35)—raises concerns about its implications for democracy and social justice. Scholars argue that datafication can restrict individuals’ agency by positioning them as passive users within opaque technological systems (Pangrazio & Sefton-Green, 2020). While datafication influences society broadly, its impacts vary across generations. Generation Z—whose lives are deeply shaped by digital technologies—experiences datafication as a central part of everyday and future life (Haddington et al., 2022). As a response, data literacy has been incorporated into the Council of Europe’s digital citizenship education guidelines and into the Finnish national curriculum. Despite this growing institutional recognition, data literacy remains contested. Multiple definitions coexist (Gebre, 2022; Wolff et al., 2019), and debates persist over whether data literacy should focus on technical skills, inquiry-based learning, or civic engagement. Skill-centered approaches are often criticized for portraying data as neutral, overlooking its social and political dimensions (Bhargava et al., 2015; D’Ignazio, 2017). Other critiques highlight the limited attention given to learners’ experiences, identities, and community contexts. Even as data literacy initiatives expand, researchers continue to identify challenges in engaging diverse learners in meaningful, critical data education (D’Ignazio, 2017). This study responds to these challenges by conceptualizing data literacy as a critical practice essential for fostering critical citizenship (Durham, 2019). It is grounded in the view that, within datafied societies, individuals must be able not only to understand how data is collected and used but also to interrogate unjust systems and imagine alternatives. The research contributes to digital citizenship education by bringing together social justice perspectives with participatory, critical, and creative approaches designed to support young people’s data literacies. The study is situated within the Critical DataLit project, which frames literacy as a means to enable democratic and empowering data practices. Drawing on critical pedagogy and critical data pedagogy (Markham, 2020), the project encourages learners to explore, question, and reflect on the data practices they engage in. Building on scholarship advocating for creative practices to broaden participation in science and technology education, Critical DataLit challenges approaches that prioritize technical skills alone. Such approaches, it argues, are insufficient for engaging non‑technical learners. Research in science education shows that creative practices rooted in arts and design can open more inclusive spaces for participation and support equity (Mejias et al., 2021). Following this insight, the project integrates methods that combine making and technology with artistic practices, including critical making and critical design (Hertz, 2012; Iivari et al., 2021), to democratize data practices. It also employs narrative and speculative methods, such as design fiction (Durall, 2022; Sharma et al., 2022), to foster civic engagement. These creative, imaginative modalities invite learners to explore and envision data futures oriented toward social justice, thereby strengthening their capacity to interrogate and reimagine datafied systems. This study extends this work by examining the potential of creative and speculative design methods to support critical citizenship education with youth aged 15–17 in non-formal learning settings. We investigate three methods inspired by the futures tradition, drawing on Johnson and Morris’s (2010) framework for critical citizenship education. The findings provide insights into young people’s knowledge, skills, values, and dispositions related to data and data-driven technologies. These are interpreted through four dimensions of critical pedagogy—politics/ideology, social/collective, self/subjectivity, and praxis/engagement—showing how creative and speculative practices can cultivate critical, reflective, and socially aware data literacies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research presented in this paper draws on fieldwork from three case studies carried out within the AI Ambassador Program, a two‑week summer traineeship organized by university researchers in collaboration with the city and implemented in 2024 and 2025. Each cohort in the program was intentionally composed to reflect a wide range of backgrounds, bringing together young people with diverse racial, national, and gender identities. Participants came from African, Asian, American, and European origins, all living in the Nordic city where the program took place, and several had prior experiences of migration. As a non‑formal learning initiative, the AI Ambassador Program invited youth to take on active roles as contributors and “ambassadors,” positioning AI as both a technological and a socio‑ethical field of inquiry. Rather than centering solely on technical knowledge, the program encouraged participants to engage critically with the societal implications of AI. The activities were conducted in English, and all participants had sufficient proficiency to engage effectively in discussions and collaborative work. The creative methods used in the workshops combined speculative thinking with hands‑on design activities. This study draws on data from three group exercises: (i) Future Headlines, where participants imagined how a current social injustice in data‑driven societies could be overcome by crafting fictional news headlines from a desirable future; (ii) Interactive prototyping as part of experiential futures, in which groups designed AI-driven emotion‑monitoring services aimed at improving learning experiences; and (iii) Speculative design of AI services supporting love and friendship, developed within a possible future archetype scenario. The workshops involved between 14 and 20 young participants. Across all three cases, the research dataset consisted of background questionnaires, video and audio recordings of the sessions, documentation of youth‑created artifacts, researchers’ field notes, and end‑of‑program focus groups. Drawing on this multimodal material, the qualitative analysis applies Johnson and Morris’s (2010) framework for critical citizenship education to examine young people’s knowledge, skills, values, and dispositions related to data and data‑driven technologies. The findings are interpreted through four dimensions of critical pedagogy—politics/ideology, social/collective, self/subjectivity, and praxis/engagement—to identify opportunities and limitations of creative and speculative methods to foster critical, reflective, and socially conscious data literacies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings provide insights into young people’s knowledge, skills, values, and dispositions related to data and data‑driven technologies. Interpreted through Johnson and Morris’s (2010) four dimensions of critical pedagogy—politics/ideology, social/collective, self/subjectivity, and praxis/engagement—they show how creative and speculative methods can nurture critical and socially aware data literacies. The analysis draws on three activities: (i) Future Headlines, where participants envisioned a future in which a current data‑related social injustice had been overcome; (ii) Interactive prototyping within an experiential futures framing, where groups designed digital emotion‑monitoring tools to improve learning experiences; and (iii) Speculative design of AI services supporting love and friendship, situated in a future archetype scenario. All activities strongly supported the social/collective dimension. Groups were self‑organized to ensure a balanced mix of skills and sociocultural backgrounds, and in each case participants reflected on the broader societal implications of data‑driven technologies. The activities also advanced critical analysis skills, though with different emphases. The interactive prototyping and speculative design tasks encouraged participants to question what counts as data and to identify biases in the datasets used to train AI models. Insights related to politics/ideology—such as reflections on oppression, power relations, and structural inequalities—were most evident in the Future Headlines and speculative design exercises. Evidence for the self/subjectivity and praxis/engagement dimensions was more limited. The short duration of the workshops and the creative, future‑oriented nature of the activities may have made it difficult for participants to connect their reflections to personal trajectories or lived identities. Similarly, while a few participants later contacted the research team seeking support to organize awareness activities in their schools, the longer‑term influence of the workshops on participants’ actions remains largely unknown. References Bhargava, R., E. Deahl, E. Letouzé, A. Noonan, D. Sangokoya, and N. Shoup. (2015). Beyond data literacy: Reinventing community engagement and empowerment in the age of data. Data-Pop Alliance White Paper Series. Data-Pop Alliance (Harvard Humanitarian Initiative, MIT Media Lab and Overseas Development Institute) and Internews. Cukier, K., & Mayer-Schoenberger, V. (2013). The rise of big data: How it's changing the way we think about the world. Foreign Aff., 92, 28. D'Ignazio, C. (2017). Creative data literacy: Bridging the gap between the data-haves and datahave nots. Information Design Journal, 23(1), 6-18. Durall, E. (2022). Exploring Education Techno-Monitoring Futures. A Participatory Speculative Critical Design Case. Interaction Design & Architecture(s) Journal, 51, 202 - 218. Gebre, E. (2022). Conceptions and perspectives of data literacy in secondary education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 53, 1080–1095. Haddington, P., Hirvonen, N., Hosio, S., Kinnula, M., Malmberg, J., Seyfi, S., ... & Zabolotna, K. (2022). GenZ white paper: strengthening human competences in the emerging digital era. University of Oulu. Hertz, G. (Ed.). (2012). Critical Making. Telharmonium Press Iivari, N., & Kinnula, M. (2018, August). Empowering children through design and making: Towards protagonist role adoption. In Proc. of the 15th Participatory Design Conference: Full Papers-Volume 1 (pp. 1-12). Johnson, L., & Morris, P. (2010). Towards a framework for critical citizenship education. The curriculum journal, 21(1), 77-96. Markham, A. N. (2020). Taking data literacy to the streets: Critical pedagogy in the public sphere. Qualitative Inquiry, 26(2), 227–237. Mejias, S., Thompson, N., Sedas, R. M., Rosin, M., Soep, E., Peppler, K., ... & Bevan, B. (2021). The trouble with STEAM and why we use it anyway. Science Education, 105(2), 209-231. Pangrazio, L., & Sefton-Green, J. (2020). The social utility of ‘data literacy’. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(2), 208-220. Richterich, A. (2018). The big data agenda: Data ethics and critical data studies. London: University of Westminster Press. Sharma, S., Ventä-Olkkonen, L., Iivari, N., Molin-Juustila, T., Hartikainen, H., Holappa, J., & Kinnunen, E. (2022, May). Madness to the methods: Speculating approaches to study and nurture children's designer and Maker identities. In 6th FabLearn Europe/MakeEd Conference 2022 (pp. 1-9). Wolff, A., Wermelinger, M., & Petre, M. (2019). Exploring design principles for data literacy activities to support children’s inquiries from complex data. International Journal of HumanComputer Studies, 129, 41-54. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Serious Games for Civic Learning: Between Procedural Rules and Human Agency Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Contemporary civic education faces growing challenges in engaging young people in meaningful democratic participation, as traditional pedagogical approaches struggle to combine rational instruction with experiential, affective and relational dimensions of learning. In this context, serious games and gamified learning environments have gained prominence as socio-technical spaces where learners encounter civic norms, ethical dilemmas and collective decision-making through participation rather than instruction alone. This paper conceptualizes serious games as micro-laboratories of civic learning, where rule-based systems, procedural logics and immersive experiences intersect to shape learners’ civic agency. Drawing on theories of procedural rhetoric developed by Ian Bogost, democratic and experiential education articulated by John Dewey, and critical pedagogy advanced by Gert Biesta, the paper argues that serious games do not merely function as motivational tools, but as relational learning environments in which ethical norms, responsibility and democratic values are enacted through interaction, choice and consequence. Positioned within the broader discourse on human–AI collaboration in education, the study is guided by the following research question: How do algorithmically mediated structures in civic serious games shape the co-construction of learners’ moral reasoning, civic agency and critical reflection? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper, human–AI collaboration is understood not as direct interaction with intelligent agents, but as a pedagogical relationship in which learners’ judgement and agency are co-shaped through algorithmically mediated game systems. Methodologically, the paper adopts a theory-driven conceptual analysis combined with a comparative, case-based examination of three exemplar civic serious games (iCivics, Community PlanIt and People Power). The analysis focuses on procedural rules, feedback mechanisms and adaptive choice architectures as key sites where ethical judgement and agency are distributed between learners and algorithmically mediated systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through this comparative conceptual analysis, the study explores how human judgement, emotional engagement and social imagination interact with rule-based and technologically mediated systems in shaping civic learning experiences. In dialogue with work on ethical gameplay and moral responsibility by Miguel Sicart, the analysis reveals a productive tension between procedural rationality and aesthetic experience, showing how civic games can foster empathy, ethical awareness and democratic competence when technological design supports, rather than replaces, human interpretation and relational pedagogy. The paper contributes to current debates on ethical and pedagogical responses to AI-driven educational environments by offering a conceptual framework for understanding serious games as sites of human–AI co-creation, where civic identities, values and agency are continuously negotiated. In doing so, it addresses the need for civic learning designs that prioritise inclusion, trust and student agency in an increasingly algorithmically mediated educational landscape. References Bogost, I. (2010). Persuasive games: The expressive power of videogames. Mit Press. Dewey, J. (2019). The Collected Works of John Dewey: American School System, Theory of Educational, Philosophy, Psychological Works, Political Writings: 40 Titles in One Volume. e-artnow. Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beautiful risk of education. Routledge. Sicart, M. (2011). The ethics of computer games. MIT press. |
| 16:00 - 18:00 | 99 ERC SES 11 A.: Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kirsten Sivesind Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Research Workshop |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Research Workshop Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ 1: University of Zurich, Switzerland; 2: Universtiy of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:The European Educational Research Journal (EERJ) is a leading international outlet for critical and interdisciplinary scholarship in education with a distinctive focus on the European research arena. Over the past two decades, EERJ has established a strong publication record that examines how education policy, governance, and practice shape social, cultural, and political life across Europe and beyond. The journal promotes theoretically robust and methodologically rigorous contributions that engage with major contemporary debates concerning the purposes of education, the role of the state, transnational policy dynamics, equity, and democratic participation. It welcomes scholarship that interrogates the political nature of education, speaks to diverse European audiences, mobilizes heterogeneous epistemological and methodological approaches, and advances gender parity and inclusivity in academic publishing. This seminar introduces participants to the journal’s mission, scope, and standards. The two Chief Editors, Christian Ydesen and Kirsten Sivesind, will outline EERJ’s commitment to addressing pressing education issues across local, national, regional, and global scales. Particular attention is given to the unique positioning of EERJ as a platform bridging European discourses with international scholarship in order to shape the future of educational research. The seminar highlights the key elements editors and reviewers consider in assessing manuscripts, including argumentative quality, relevance to European and international concerns, originality of insights, and clear engagement with existing scholarship, especially work published in EERJ. The session further provides practical guidance on the full publication process from idea conception to successful dissemination. Topics include selecting an appropriate journal, crafting a compelling title and abstract, ensuring methodological transparency, aligning keywords for enhanced discoverability, and responding constructively to peer review. Different genres of research articles are discussed, encompassing empirical studies, theoretical contributions, methodological advances, literature reviews, and case-based analyses. The editors underscore the importance of clear scholarly purpose by encouraging authors to define their intended audience and the contribution they aim to make to ongoing debates or practices. Participants will be invited into discussion on how to navigate the broader research communication landscape, which involves balancing intrinsic academic curiosity with external expectations related to legitimacy, accountability, open access mandates, and societal engagement. By foregrounding both strategic and intellectual aspects of publishing, the seminar supports researchers in positioning their work for maximum visibility, readership, and impact. The goal is to empower authors to contribute confidently and effectively to critical and innovative scholarship that advances education research in Europe. |
| 16:00 - 18:00 | 99 ERC SES 11 B: Workshop: ‘Thinking like a researcher’: How can my doctoral thesis display the level of scholarship and high level thinking examiners expect to see? Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Shosh Leshem Research Workshop |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Research Workshop 'Thinking Like a Researcher’: How Can my Doctoral Thesis Display the Level of Scholarship and High-level Thinking Examiners Expect to See? kibbutzim College Israel, Israel Presenting Author:Thinking is pretty much invisible. Mostly, thinking happens under the hood, within the marvelous engine of our mind-brain. The characteristics of ‘thinking like a researcher’ can be developed in candidates throughout their doctoral journey and exhibited in their thesis. However, thinking must be visible, explicit and accounted for in the text of the thesis, so that scholarship of the thesis can be acknowledged by examiners. Exhibiting high level thinking is dependent upon possessing understanding and having the capability to apply that understanding in the approach to research and defense that includes conceptual grasp. In this way supervisors and candidates ensure that a thesis explicitly demonstrates the characteristics expected of doctoral researchers and they are worthy of the award of a doctorate. Some of the issues that will be discussed in the workshop are: The nature of doctorateness and what examiners look for in a thesis, levels of thinking in the process of doing research, the nature of conceptual frameworks and how to design them, conclusions and contribution to knowledge, practical strategies to audit the process of research to ensure that it demonstrates methodological rigour and scholarship. The workshop will illustrate how to approach research in a scholarly manner moving from the descriptive to the conceptual by considering critical factors that represent the high quality that doctoral research should demonstrate. It will show how candidates can raise their level of thinking and exhibit in their thesis that they are ‘thinking like researchers’ by:
|
| 17:00 - 17:15 | ECER Break C Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 00 SES 03 A: Cultivating the Emerging Research Community: The Launch of Emerging Research in Education Journal (ERE) and the Eduresearch.net Platform Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Bugno Panel Discussion |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Cultivating the Emerging Research Community: The Launch of Emerging Research in Education Journal (ERE) and the Eduresearch.net Platform 1: Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU); 2: OA Publishing; 3: Ku Leuven; 4: University of Padova (Italy), Italy; 5: DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education Presenting Author:This EERA Panel introduces two new initiatives developed through the collaboration between the Emerging Researchers’ Group (ERG), Network 6, and Network 12: the launch of Emerging Research in Education (ERE) and the development of the new community platform Eduresearch.net. Emerging Research in Education (ERE) is a new peer-reviewed Diamond Open-Access journal dedicated to emerging researchers within the European Educational Research Association. Building on the intellectual community fostered by the Emerging Researchers’ Conference (ERC), ERE creates, for the first time, a structured and sustainable publication pathway for early-career scholars within EERA. The journal aims to promote high-quality and accessible research dissemination, combining rigorous double-blind peer review with a developmental approach that supports emerging researchers in navigating academic publishing. Open to substantially developed papers originating from ERC contributions, ERE reflects EERA’s commitment to research excellence and equitable participation in knowledge production. Alongside the journal, the session will present the new Eduresearch.net platform, a shared digital space designed specifically for EERA’s emerging researcher community. The platform is conceptualized as an independent and flexible environment that can be shaped through different modules supporting networking, collaboration, resource sharing, mentoring, and collective knowledge building. Its primary aim is to extend beyond the temporal boundaries of the ERC by enabling the conversations, collaborations, and exchanges initiated during the conference to continue throughout the year. The platform will provide opportunities for emerging researchers to create thematic communities, share materials and opportunities, develop collaborative projects, organize discussions, and build meaningful connections across institutions, countries, and research traditions. By fostering sustained interaction and peer support, it seeks to contribute to the development of a vibrant and interconnected European Educational research community. Together, ERE and Eduresearch.net represent complementary investments in the future of educational research: one providing a space for the dissemination of emerging scholarship, the other creating an infrastructure for ongoing collaboration and community building. The session invites members of the educational research community to explore the rationale underpinning these two initiatives and the distinctive features that characterize them, discuss their potential, and contribute with perspectives and experiences that will help shape their future development. References Chan, L. (2004). Supporting and Enhancing Scholarship in the Digital Age: The Role of Open-Access Institutional Repositories. Canadian Journal of Communication, 29(3–4), 277–300. https://doi.org/10.22230/cjc.2004v29n3a1455 Gownaris, N. J., Vermeir, K., Bittner, M.-I., Gunawardena, L., Kaur-Ghumaan, S., Lepenies, R., Ntsefong, G. N., & Zakari, I. S. (2022). Barriers to Full Participation in the Open Science Life Cycle among Early Career Researchers. Data Science Journal, 21(1), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.5334/dsj-2022-002 Teixeira da Silva, J. A. (2021). Challenges that Early Career Researchers Face in Academic Research and Publishing. Exchanges (Coventry), 9(1). https://doi.org/10.31273/eirj.v9i1.882 Chair Lisa Bugno, lisa.bugno@unipd.it, Università degli Studi di Padova |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 03 A: AI and Digitalisation II Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Gessler Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Digital Transformation in Service Professions - Professionalisation of Teachers Technical University Munich, Germany Presenting Author:Digital transformation poses a challenge for European society. This transformation is rapidly reshaping the professional landscape and affecting all industries. Service professions such as the hospitality and catering industry are facing challenges such as a shortage of skilled workers, a high diversity of languages among employees, and a sharp increase in digitalisation since the Covid-19 pandemic. Networked kitchen systems, robotics, and the use of (AI-based) data analysis for personalised offers are having a far-reaching impact on all areas of personal services in the food industry (Demary & Goecke, 2021; Heindl et al., 2025). The integration of digital tools and technologies is changing traditional working methods and processes, thereby altering the skill profiles of skilled workers. The dynamics of digitalisation thus present vocational education and training with further development tasks in the areas of personal and instructional growth. The integration of digital technologies in companies requires adapted teaching scenarios in vocational training institutions. In order to teach the transformation processes, teachers need suitable skills to reflect the evolving professional landscape. Regarding the integration of digital technologies at work, the professionalisation of teachers at vocational schools requires the promotion of practical skills for designing teaching scenarios. The required professionalisation encompasses the use and design of digital work and media technologies as well as an awareness of data management and protection (Miesera, 2021). Similarly, adapted teaching and learning scenarios at vocational schools are essential for reflecting current changes in the professional world within the classroom and for promoting expanded competence profiles. Studies indicate a demand for vocational training staff to strengthen their professional skills; at the same time, only a few subject-specific training opportunities are available (Kastrup & Brutzer, 2021). This research project is part of the ‘KoKon’ project network (learning:digital). It develops training modules that promote the professional competence development of teachers. It specifically provides training for the design of digitally supported teaching, especially in the areas of digital transformation and digital media didactics. The focus is on raising teachers' awareness of the requirements of digital change in the professional field and strengthening their skills in the effective use of digital media for learning. Through professional field-specific and cross-professional field cooperation, teaching and staff development at vocational schools is promoted in a sustainable manner. This supports the professional development of collaborative, feedback-based problem-solving strategies among teachers. The evidence-based teacher training courses offered by the Technical University of Munich are based on the competence areas of the European DigCompEdu (Redecker, 2017) and the further developed DigCompEduObserve (Özsoy et al., 2024), and the classification categories for vocational training in the digital transformation according to Wittmann & Weyland (2020). The research question, “What impact can teacher training have on vocational schools, specialising in the hospitality and catering industry?”,focuses on teachers' knowledge, attitudes, and self-efficacy regarding digital media in the classroom, and their ability to integrate profession-related digital technologies into their teaching. The aim is for teachers to gain a deeper understanding of digital media didactics and digital transformation in the professional field and to strengthen their ability to further develop and critically reflect on teaching at the curricular level. The results of the study on the training courses conducted will be presented, and the implications for evidence-based teacher training will be discussed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The mixed-method research design of this research project provides for data collection at three measurement points. The teacher training as the intervention is delivered through face-to-face or synchronous online sessions. The teacher training courses concentrate on determining the quality characteristics of professional teaching and learning. In particular, the focus is on identifying the skills being promoted and professional action orientation, considering the phases of the whole process. To subsequently develop didactic approaches for media-supported teaching linked to digital transformation, a category system for digital transformation and a model for media didactics are developed together with the training participants. Great importance is attached to cooperation and the exchange of experiences between the training participants. In addition, practical examples are presented to the teachers in order to convey the content more clearly. Quantitative data collection on teachers' digital skills, in the form of self-assessments before and after the intervention (training), is conducted using scales. The instrument for teachers' self-efficacy with regard to the integration of digital technology into teaching (SWIT) comprises twelve items with a six-point Likert scale (Doll & Meyer, 2021); the utility value scale comprises four items with a four-point Likert scale (Fütterer et al., 2023), and the adapted TK-TPACK model in the field of nutrition and home economics (Miesera et al., 2021) comprises seventeen items with a four-point Likert scale. The quantitative data is evaluated using SPSS. The data set was first checked for completeness and consistency, cleaned up, and then sorted into pre- and post-tests. Descriptive calculations and regression analysis were then performed. The qualitative survey is conducted using guided interviews approximately six months after the teacher training courses (categories: teachers' digital skills and lesson planning with digital elements, implementation of training elements, and cooperation in lesson planning). The interviews were transcribed using AI-based open-source software, then revised and pseudonymised. The qualitative data was coded and evaluated using MAXQDA. A category system was created to code the interviews, which was then used to do so. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The pre-test evaluation (n = 182) already shows a high level of agreement regarding the introduction of digital media and technologies in the classroom (M = 3.39, SD = .64) (four-point Likert scale). Technology Knowledge (TK) items were rated more positively than the job-related skills (TPACK), confirming the pilot study results by Miesera and colleagues (Miesera et al., 2021). The regression analysis to clarify the variance of dependent variables based on personal parameters provides a differentiated picture. The regression analysis of the dependent variable SWIT shows that the independent personal variables age, professional field, and experience with digital media are predictors. According to this, younger participants and teachers with more experience in digital media have significantly higher SWIT values. The analysis of the dependent variable utility value scale shows a positive correlation with increasing experience with digital media. However, the perceived added value of digital media and technologies in the classroom decreases with increasing professional experience. No significant correlations were found for the other predictors. The guided interviews (n=30) were coded using MAXQDA. Initial results show that the use of AI tools in the classroom plays a particularly important role for teachers and currently overshadows other digital tools. The teachers interviewed stated that they generally perceived many of the contents taught in the training course and the tools and methods presented as relevant and beneficial. They also expressed a desire to make greater use of these methods and tools in the classroom, but reported that their use and the implementation of the content are currently possible only to a limited extent due to time constraints and insufficient technical equipment in schools. Teachers often cite support from colleagues and school management as conducive conditions. Quantitative and qualitative research results are presented and discussed. References Demary, V., & Goecke, H. (2021). Digitalisierung der Branchen in Deutschland — eine empirische Erhebung. Wirtschaftsdienst, 101(3), 181–185. Doll, J. & Meyer, D. (2021). SWIT. Selbstwirksamkeit von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern im Hinblick auf die unterrichtliche Integration digitaler Technologie, In Leibniz-Institut für Psychologie (ZPID) (Hrsg.), Open Test Archive. Trier: ZPID. Fütterer, T.; Scherer, R.; Scheiter, K.; Stürmer, K.; Lachner, A. (2023). Will, skills, or conscientiousness: What predicts teachers’ intentions to participate in technology-related professional development? Computers & Education, 198, 104756. Heindl, J., Bley, S., & Miesera, S. (2025). Digital transformation in the hospitality sector – effects on professional competence profiles. In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, F. Kaiser, M. Malloch, & N. Kersh (Eds.), Trends in vocational education and training research (Vol. 8, pp. 123–137). Kastrup, J. & Brutzer, A. (2021). Digitalisierung im Berufsfeld Ernährung und Hauswirtschaft - eine Analyse aktueller Diskurse. In M. Friese (Hrsg.), Care Work 4.0 (S. 199–213). wbv Publikation. Miesera, S. (2021). Digitalisierung der beruflichen Bildung - Gestaltung von Lehr- und Lernarrangements in der Lehrkräftebildung - berufliches Lehramt Berufsfeld Ernährung und Hauswirtschaft. didacticum, 3(1), 39–52. Miesera, S., Torggler, C. & Nerdel, C. (2021). Erfassung des Professionswissens angehender Berufsschullehrkräfte im Berufsfeld Ernährung und Hauswirtschaft – Adaption des TPACK-Modells. HiBiFo - Haushalt in Bildung und Forschung, 10(3), 81–96. Özsoy, Melissa & Murböck, Julia & Schultz-Pernice, Florian & Gräsel, Cornelia & Sailer, Michael & Fischer, Frank. (2024). Lehrkräftekooperation im Kontext digitaler Schulentwicklung - Kokon DigCompEduObserve -Ein Beobachtungsinstrument zur Förderung digitaler Kompetenzen von Lehrenden (Version 1.0). Redecker, C. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office. https://doi.org/10.2760/159770 Wittmann, E. & Weyland, U. (2020). Berufliche Bildung im Kontext der digitalen Transformation. Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik, 117(2). 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Vocational Teachers as AI Entrepreneurs: A Study of Professional AI Competence in the Vocational Field of Information Technology and Media Production 1: Oslo Metropolitan University (OsloMet); 2: University of Oslo (UiO) Presenting Author:It is well accepted that artificial intelligence (AI) will have a disruptive impact on working life and skill requirements, but experts differ in their estimations of the magnitude and the dynamics of these transformations (Humlum & Vestergaard, 2025). The release of ChatGPT provided AI accessibility to the general public and has impacted the educational sector to such an extent that scholars are asking for a paradigm shift in curriculum design, instructional practices and evaluation methods (articles in UNESCO, 2025). A widespread concern in the growing research field of AI in education (AIED) is the gap between the proliferation of studies on technological advancements and the lack of critical research on their implementation in pedagogical practice (Ifenthaler et al., 2024). This state of the art is particularly true for vocational education and training (VET), which on the one hand, is more exposed to AI-infused transformations in working life (Wuttke et al., 2020) while on the other hand, represents an under-researched field in AIED (Bekiaridis & Attwell, 2024; Petridou & Lao, 2024). To counter this knowledge gap, more research is needed to develop a timely AI vocational pedagogy that is grounded in VET teachers’ AI-mediated practices and professional competences and that provides well-founded guidelines (a didactic) for vocational training quality and teachers’ competence development in an AI era. Reviews of policy-oriented and research models of teachers’ professional AI competences (Mikeladze et al., 2024) have concluded that the abstractness of such frameworks may seriously reduce their relevance in practice. Thus, Filo and Mor (2024) propose a turnaround strategy that complements the theory-driven and normative top-down approaches with bottom-up contextual studies of teaching practices in AI contexts. The present exploratory study follows this suggested redirection that seems especially valid given the complexity of VET. We study how in-service VET teachers in the Norwegian education programme Information Technology and Media Production (ITMP) in upper secondary school integrate AI in the two-year school-based part of VET. The students (age 15–18) learn about user support, IT networks, IT security and programming, storytelling, photography, film, and visual communication, and in the school-based part, they engage in shorter projects with relevant companies. The school-based education prepares the students for two years of apprenticeship in training establishments within five recognised trades. Our main research questions were: How does the use of AI in the ITMP programme impact the subject-specific and general didactical practices of vocational teachers? How are the professional digital competencies of vocational teachers transformed in the context of AI-mediated VET? The objective is to examine changes in teaching practices, teacher roles and student progression associated with AI use and to document teachers’ pathways for competence development and identify institutional barriers and enablers. An ultimate objective is to provide empirically grounded recommendations for developing VET-specific AI didactics and policy. The theoretical framework for this study is grounded in a socio-material perspective on learning and training, focusing on the co-constitution of individual cognition, social interaction, and performativity with artefacts understood as tools designed for human purposes (Säljö, 2019). As AI reshapes teaching by automating assessment and feedback, supporting personalized learning, and reconfiguring teachers’ roles as facilitators, orchestrators, and co-learners, these transformations are interacting with teachers’ professional identities and institutional norms. The framework of boundary-crossing and connectivity (Kyndt et al., 2022) provides a dynamic understanding of the transfer of knowledge and skills across the divide between work and school in VET that foregrounds the entanglement of technology, knowledge, and practice. This lens helps explain how teacher roles and didactic practices co-evolve with AI affordances rather than change in isolation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to capture rich, practice-driven insights from AI-active practitioners, this exploratory study purposively oversampled pioneering teachers in the ITMP programmes of two schools. These served as sub-cases within a broader networked-case setting (schools and industry partners in the ITMP-field). In line with designs of multiple case studies (Stake, 2013), we collected data using multiple methods: (1) semi-structured personal interviews with teachers in the two schools (N= 4), transcribed, (2) researchers’ field notes from observations in the schools and two network meetings, and (3) the collection of documentary data (lesson plans, presentations from teachers and companies in the two network meetings. Interview and observation guides were informed by prior research on AI-integrated teaching and VET teachers’ professional digital competences, and organised around three analytic categories: (1) subject-specific AI use, (2) teachers’ professional roles and pedagogy in an AI context, and (3) professional development of pioneering teachers. Data analysis followed an abductive thematic approach (Thompson, 2022). Researchers first identified patterns across datasets, performed tentative coding aligned with the three categories, and grouped codes into candidate themes by seeking cross-cutting concepts and explanatory links (e.g., subject-specific digital competencies as drivers of innovative practice). Themes were iteratively reviewed across all data sources to triangulate consistent and divergent findings. Generative AI (ChatGPT-like) tools were used as a complementary aid in qualitative analysis (Yang & Ma, 2025): researchers iteratively prompted the model to summarise initial interview themes and to surface possible relationships. To mitigate hallucination and bias risks, outputs were cross-checked against manual analytic notes; AI-derived suggestions were treated as prompts for further scrutiny rather than as standalone interpretations. This assisted transparency in coding criteria and provided alternative patterns to test against researchers’ domain knowledge. Analytic distinctions were explicitly maintained between observed AI practices and participants’ stated views on AI and professional digital competencies. The study is intended to be a design base for planned replications in other vocational fields (health, construction/technology), emphasizing generalisability through comparative future work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study addresses three interrelated themes: vocational didactics integrating AI, general pedagogical transformations in AI-practices and teacher competence development in an AI-context. Vocational didactic integration. AI is experienced as embedded in occupational tools and practices (e.g. code-generation aids). It supports the development of new vocational competences by reducing routine manual tasks, enabling higher-order creative work, and linking theory to practice (e.g., “Startup with AI” projects). Successful use depends on subject-specific knowledge, precise prompting skills, and critical interpretation of AI outputs. Ethical concerns (privacy, licenses) are addressed pragmatically but reveal equity issues when students rely on privately funded AI licenses. General pedagogical effects. Our analyses show, in line with previous studies (Olivier and Weilbach, 2024; Prieto et al., 2025) that AI functions as an “assistant teacher” across planning, in-class support, and formative assessment—facilitating immediate feedback, differentiated pathways, and to some extent enhancing student self-regulation. Assessment practices shift toward process documentation and reflection to guard against superficial AI use. AI also enhances inclusion (e.g., supports learners with dyslexia) while posing risks of widening achievement gaps. Teacher competence development. Competence growth is largely self-directed—driven by motivation, informal networks, industry contacts, and experimentation. Teachers increasingly act as co-learners with students, yet institutional support and formalised professional development were limited and may reflect an inertia in the face of rapid technological changes in schools and work. Our study calls for policy and resource responses to ensure equitable access, integrate ethics and critical thinking in AI pedagogy, and to formalise AI competence frameworks across vocational fields. Comparative and longitudinal studies are recommended to validate and extend these provisional patterns of vocational teachers in the field of ITMP as AI entrepreneurs. We are presently outlining a proposal with such extensions including international research collaboration with other European countries. References Bekiaridis, G. & Attwell, G. 2024. Integrating Artificial Intelligence in Vocational and Adult Education: A Supplement to the DigCompEdu Framework. UbiquityProceedings, 4(1), 20. https://doi.org/10.5334/uproc.142 Filo, Y. & Mor, Y. (2024) An Artificial Intelligence Competency Framework for Teachers and Students: Co-created With Teachers. European Journal of Open, Distance and E-Learning, 26. https://doi.org/10.2478/eurodl-2024-0012 Ifenthaler, D. et al. (2024) Artificial Intelligence in Education: Implications for Policymakers, Researchers, and Practitioners. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 29, 1693–1710. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-024-09747-0 Humlum, A. and Vestergaard, E. (2025) Large Language Models, Small Labor Market Effects . Cambridge. National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER). https://doi.org/10.3386/w33777 Kyndt, E. Beausaert, S.& I. Zitter (Eds) (2022). Developing connectivity between education and work. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003091219-2 Mikeladze, T., Meijer, P. C., & Verhoeff, R. P. (2024). A comprehensive exploration of artificial intelligence competence frameworks for educators: A critical review. European Journal of Education, 59(3). https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12663 Olivier, C. & Weilbach, L. (2024). Enhancing Online Learning Experiences: A Systematic Review on Integrating GenAI Chatbots into the Community of Inquiry Framework. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 14907. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-72234-9_7 Petridou; E. & Lao, L. (2024) Identifying challenges and best practices for implementing AI additional qualifications in vocational and continuing education: a mixed methods analysis, International Journal of Lifelong Education, 43(4), 385-400 https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2024.2351076 Prieto, A., Romero, A. & Bellas, F. (2025). Advancing Robotics Education: Integrating Large Language Models for Natural Language Programming in VET. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 15347. https://doi-org.ezproxy.uio.no/10.1007/978-3-031-77738-7_44 Shen, Y., Liu, Q., Zhang, K. & Zou, R. (2023) The Application of Artificial Intelligence Technology in Personalized Teaching of Vocational Education. IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1109/ITME60234.2023.00172 Stake, R.E. (2013). Multiple Case Study Analysis. Guilford Press. ISBN 9781593852481 Säljö, R. (2019). Materiality, Learning, and Cognitive Practices: Artifacts as Instruments of Thinking. In: Cerratto et al (eds) Emergent Practices and Material Conditions in Learning and Teaching with Technologies. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-10764-2_2 Thompson, J. (2022). A Guide to Abductive Thematic Analysis. The Qualitative Report, 27(5), 1410-1421. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2022.5340 UNESCO (2025) AI and the future of education. Disruptions, dilemmas and directions. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/KECK1261 Wuttke, E., Seifried, J., & Niegemann, H. (Red.). (2020).Vocational Education and Training in the Age of Digitization. Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.3224/84742432 Yang, Y. & Ma, L. (2025) Artificial intelligence in qualitative analysis: a practical guide and reflections based on results from using GPT to analyze interview data in a substance use program. Qual Quant. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-025-02066-1 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Artificial Intelligence in Vocational Education and Training: A Meta-Review Using Thematic Synthesis University of Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Topic and Problem Statement Artificial intelligence (AI) has garnered significant attention in vocational education and training (VET), resulting in a rapidly expanding body of review literature synthesising empirical findings on AI applications, opportunities, and challenges. However, this landscape is characterised by fragmentation. Existing reviews vary markedly in scope - ranging from technical analyses of adaptive learning systems to broad surveys of emerging technologies - and often lack theoretical integration (Fatokun & Gumbo, 2025; Ghosh & Ravichandran, 2024). Consequently, although the volume of literature continues to increase, the knowledge base remains disjointed, offering limited cumulative understanding of how AI interacts with the institutional logics that shape vocational systems. Objective and Research Questions The objective of this study is to conduct a qualitative meta-review of review literature on AI in VET. By synthesising review-level evidence, the study moves beyond descriptive summaries to develop an integrative understanding of how AI is conceptualised and evaluated within vocational contexts. The inquiry is guided by three research questions:
Theoretical Framework To address the observed fragmentation, the study adopts a Three-Level Framework derived from the Multi-Level Perspective on socio-technical transitions developed by Geels (2002). This framework organises the evidence across three analytical dimensions:
The framework structures the identification of dominant themes (RQ1) and patterns of convergence and divergence (RQ2) across levels. It also supports the development of explanatory mechanisms linking technological potential to educational outcomes: didactic mediation, organisational translation, and governance framing. International Dimension The study places strong emphasis on the international dimension of VET. Comparative evidence highlights that AI effectiveness is highly context-dependent. Vocational institutions in resource-constrained settings are particularly vulnerable to widening inequalities due to infrastructure deficits and policy vacuums. This perspective is essential for understanding divergent AI adoption pathways between the Global North and Global South (Gao & Tan, 2025; Rabiu et al., 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative meta-review design (review of reviews). Unlike a quantitative meta-analysis, it does not aggregate primary data statistically. Instead, it synthesises review-level findings to identify cross-cutting patterns, conceptual tensions, and theoretical gaps across a heterogeneous body of literature. Corpus Selection The corpus consists of review publications explicitly addressing AI in VET, TVET, or vocational higher education. A broad search strategy was used to ensure comprehensive coverage. Searches were conducted in curated databases (Scopus and Web of Science) as well as crawler-based academic search engines (Google Scholar and Semantic Scholar). The final corpus includes 26 review studies, encompassing systematic reviews (with and without PRISMA) and also narrative reviews. Analytic Approach Data analysis followed a second-order thematic synthesis based on the method developed by Thomas and Harden (2008). Instead of primary studies, the analytic units were the findings, results, and discussion sections of the included review articles. The process comprised three stages: 1. Line-by-line coding of review findings to capture key meanings and concepts. 2. Development of descriptive themes through clustering related codes across studies. 3. Generation of analytical themes that extend beyond the original reviews to develop higher-order interpretations aligned with the three-level framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The meta-review identifies strong convergence in framing AI as a pedagogical support technology, particularly in relation to adaptive learning and automated feedback. However, effectiveness is consistently described as conditional rather than inherent. Educational outcomes are mediated by: Organisational Readiness : Successful implementation depends on leadership, infrastructure, and a supportive digital workplace culture. Teacher adaptation is shaped by technology acceptance and change readiness (Rahayu, 2025). Contextual Vulnerabilities: VET systems are especially susceptible to equity risks. Without targeted investment, AI adoption may exacerbate the digital divide in resource-constrained contexts (Gao & Tan, 2025). The analysis also reveals persistent structural tensions, including trade-offs between efficiency and pedagogical judgement, and between personalisation and the standardisation embedded in vocational qualification frameworks. Additionally, tensions arise between rapid technological innovation and slower-moving governance systems, limiting scalability when regulatory frameworks lag behind institutional experimentation (Rabiu et al., 2025). Implications The primary challenge in this field is not the absence of empirical research, but the lack of theoretical integration. Future research should adopt cross-level designs that connect classroom applications with organisational and governance structures. For policymakers, the findings underscore the importance of robust ethical and regulatory frameworks to prevent policy vacuums and ensure equitable access to AI-enhanced vocational education and training (Rabiu et al., 2025; Solak Berigel et al., 2025). References Fatokun, J. O., & Gumbo, M. T. (2025). A systematic review of the impact of emerging technologies in shaping technical and vocational education and training students’ learning styles. Educational Challenges, 30(2). https://doi.org/10.34142/2709-7986.2025.30.2.17 Gao, H., & Tan, Y. (2025). AI differences in vocational and undergraduate education: Differential applications of artificial intelligence in undergraduate and vocational higher education: A systematic review. Higher Education Studies, 15(4), 398. https://doi.org/10.5539/hes.v15n4p398 Geels, F. W. (2002). Technological transitions as evolutionary reconfiguration processes: A multi-level perspective and a case-study. Research Policy, 31(8-9), 1257–1274. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0048-7333(02)00062-8 Ghosh, L., & Ravichandran, R. (2024). Emerging technologies in vocational education and training. Journal of Digital Learning and Education, 4(1), 41-49. https://doi.org/10.52562/jdle.v4i1.975 Hamdan, A., Elmunsyah, H., Maula, P. I., Sari, H. V., Abdullah, M. F., & Septianingsih, D. (2025). Systematic evaluation of adaptive assessment in e-learning: Contribution to vocational education. Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Electrical, Electronics and Information Engineering (ICEEIE), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1109/ICEEIE66203.2025.11254863 Mustakim, W., Giatman, Maksum, H., Abdullah, R., & Refdinal. (2024). Integration of policy and technology in vocational education leadership: A systematic literature review. Jurnal Pendidikan Teknologi Informasi dan Vokasional. https://doi.org/10.23960/jptiv.v6i2.33016 Rabiu, A., Bawa, K., & Saminu, S. (2025). Artificial intelligence adoption for skills development in Nigeria: A systematic review and roadmap for TVET transformation. International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science, IX(VIII). https://doi.org/10.47772/IJRISS.2025.908000051 Rahayu, S. (2025). AI readiness, virtual leadership, and digital workplace culture in vocational education: A systematic review on how technology acceptance and change readiness shape future teaching skills. Proceedings of the International Conference on Economic Business Management, and Accounting (ICOEMA) 2025. https://e-conf.usd.ac.id/index.php/icre/ICRE2025/paper/download/5569/924 Ranuharja, F., Ganefri, Rizal, F., Langeveldt, D., Ejjami, R., Torres-Toukoumidis, A., & Jalinus, N. (2025). Relevance and impact of generative AI in vocational instructional material design: A systematic literature review. Salud, Ciencia y Tecnología, 5, 1336. https://doi.org/10.56294/saludcyt20251336 Solak Berigel, D., Şilbir, L., & Şilbir, G. M. (2025). Integrating artificial intelligence (AI) into technical and vocational education and training (TVET): A PRISMA-based systematic review. Calitatea Vieții, 36(1), 83-108. https://doi.org/10.46841/RCV.2025.01.05 Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 8(45), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-45 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 03 B: Teachers Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Chris Zirkle Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Agency-Promoting and Pedagogical Leadership Practices in Finnish Vocational Education 1: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 2: Universtity of Tampere, Finland; 3: Jamk University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 4: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Research on leadership in European vocational education and training (VET) is still scarce and predominantly qualitative. Previous studies have focused on themes such as distributed pedagogical leadership (Jäppinen & Maunonen-Eskelinen, 2012), leadership identities, practices and structures (Thomassen et al., 2025), leadership practices regarding knowledge sharing (Glosvik & Sekkingstad, 2025), and enthusiasm-enhancing leadership (Wenström et al., 2019). There is still a need for a broader understanding of VET leadership to support teachers’ well-being and professional development in the changing VET landscape, and to further develop supportive leadership practices.
VET systems across European countries are currently undergoing significant transformations, encompassing diverse student populations, technology-enhanced learning environments, and increasingly complex collaboration with workplaces and other stakeholders (e.g., Hiim, 2023; Herrero et al., 2024). These changes require VET leaders to adopt new leadership roles and practices. Recent literature in educational leadership has emphasized the importance of pedagogical leadership (e.g., Fonsén & Lahtero, 2024, Llanos et al., 2024) and agency-promoting leadership (Brewer et al., 2020; Hökkä et al., 2014, 2019), since these kinds of leadership practices together foster continuous learning among teachers and empower them as active and future-oriented practitioners. In the evolving and complex VET landscape, such leadership practices have not been extensively examined, but they are seen as having the potential to enable teaching and guidance staff to work as thriving and proactive professionals who act competently and collaboratively in their work and communities (e.g. Vähäsantanen, 2015).
This mixed-method study aims to generate new insights into VET leadership by focusing on agency-promoting leadership and pedagogical leadership. In this study, agency-promoting leadership empowers teachers and teams to take initiatives, exercise influence their work and environment, fostering innovation and development, and providing clear frameworks for autonomous action, contrasting with top-down models (Hökkä et al., 2019). Leaders practicing this kind of leadership support professional identity of staff members, encourage collaboration, and create conditions where staff members feel capable of driving positive change, rather than just following directives (Dağdeviren Ertaş et al, 2025; Hökkä et al., 2014). Second, we focus on pedagogical leadership, which at the organizational level involves defining strategic direction, setting pedagogical goals, and supporting teaching and guidance staff in achieving these goals (Fonsén & Lahtero, 2024). Through their leadership practices, pedagogical leaders foster a culture of learning, ensure the quality of teaching, and create conditions for collaboration and knowledge sharing across the organization. At the same time, they guide and evaluate pedagogical practices holistically, ensuring that organizational structures, resources, and ways of working support continuous learning (Fonsén & Lahtero, 2024, Llanos et al., 2024).
This study was conducted in the contexts of Finnish vocational education. The research questions are as follows: 1. How do VET leaders view their agency-promoting leadership practices and supporting resources?, 2. How do VET leaders describe their pedagogical leadership practices in their work and institutions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The majority of Finnish vocational education and training (VET) institutions are owned by municipalities or municipal consortia, reflecting the strong public responsibility and local governance model of the Finnish education system. VET providers (134 in 2025) are authorised and guided by national education authorities, but they enjoy a relatively high degree of autonomy in the implementation of VET. Large VET providers have multi-layered management systems and the principal’s role can differ significantly from that of a principal at a small VET institution. Typically, the principal acts as a general manager, overseeing the operations of the entire institution. The mandatory eligibility criteria for a director of education and training consortium/principal include a master’s level degree, teacher qualification and sufficient work experience as a teacher and a qualification in educational administration. In VET institutions, it is common for management responsibilities to be delegated to different levels and leaders with various job titles. The leadership of teachers and VET programmes is most often handled by heads of vocational programmes, for whom supervisory work constitutes a significant part of their role. This multimethod study utilized questionnaire and interview data collected from leaders in Finnish VET. Questionnaire data were gathered in late 2025 and early 2026 from approximately 100 senior and middle managers, including principals and heads of vocational programmes. They were employed in vocational institutions of varying sizes across Finland. The majority were women, highly educated, and held principal qualifications. Respondents first rated 14 items measuring Agency-promoting leadership. These items were theoretically organised into four dimensions: Enhancing employees’ agency, Fostering collective agency, Leaders’ professional identity and Resources for leaders’ agency. The pedagogical leadership measure comprised 11 items organised into two dimensions: Pedagogical leadership practices and Pedagogical leadership culture. All items were rated by using a five-point Likert scale (1 = Strongly disagree … 5 = Strongly agree). The questionnaire data were analysed using descriptive statistics. Interview data on the same themes were collected from six VET leaders in late 2025 and analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) to generate deeper insights into the phenomena under study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results indicate that leaders perceived agency-promoting leadership practices and pedagogical leadership to be relatively prominently present in VET institutions. Regarding agency-promoting leadership, VET leaders reported that they actively promoted the agency of individual staff members (M = 4.4) and the entire staff (M = 4.4), for example by involving personnel in planning shared matters and preparing decisions. However, the interviewed leaders particularly highlighted the challenge of leading teachers, namely finding a balance between supporting their agency while also providing sufficient guidance to ensure work is carried out in a smooth and professional manner. Regarding pedagogical leadership, VET leaders perceived their own pedagogical leadership practices to be at a higher level (M = 4.1) than the pedagogical leadership culture in their institutions (M = 3.8). In their own practice, leaders were particularly active in encouraging staff to experiment with and develop new pedagogical solutions, whereas regular discussions with staff about pedagogical activities played a less prominent role. Regarding pedagogical leadership culture in VET institutions, leaders reported that their institutions’ pedagogical vision and values were often clearly defined, whereas regular collective evaluation of pedagogical practices was carried out less systematically. The interviewed teachers highlighted the lack of time as the main obstacle to advancing pedagogical leadership, with most of it spent on addressing everyday urgent issues. This study offers novel insights into the under-researched field of VET leadership and proposes new quantitative measures with broader applicability in European and comparative VET leadership research. In the future, it will be important to broaden leaders’ perspectives by examining how VET teachers experience their agency, pedagogical competence, and the support they receive in their work. Moreover, the findings provide implications for school leaders and policy-makers in supporting VET leaders in their complex and evolving roles. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Brewer, C., Okilwa, N., & Duarte, B. (2020). Context and agency in educational leadership: A framework for study. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 23(3), 330–354. Dağdeviren Ertaş, B., Özdemir, M., & Vural, G. (2025). Empowered to act: How leadership fosters teacher agency. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432251400268 Fonsén, E., & Lahtero, T. J. (2024). The theory of pedagogical leadership: Enhancing high-quality education. In R. Ahtiainen, E. Hanhimäki, J. Leinonen, M. Risku, & A.-S. Smeds-Nylund (Eds.), Leadership in educational contexts in Finland: Theoretical and empirical perspectives (pp. 159–177). Springer. Glosvik, Ø., & Sekkingstad, D. (2025). Leadership and knowledge sharing in vocational education and training. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 15(3), 28–54. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2515328 Herrero, C. et al. (2024). Digital transformation of vocational education and training (VET) workshop. Publications Office of the European Union. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC138603 Hiim, H. (2023). How can collaboration between schools and workplaces contribute to relevant vocational education? Vocations and Learning, 16, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-022-09300-z Hökkä, P., Rautiainen, M., Silander, T., & Eteläpelto, A. (2019). Collective agency-promoting leadership in Finnish teacher education. In J. Murray, A. Swennen, & C. Kosnik (Eds.), International research, policy and practice in teacher education: Insider perspectives (pp. 15–29). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01612-8_2 Hökkä, P., & Vähäsantanen, K. (2014). Agency-centred coupling — A better way to manage an educational organization? International Journal of Leadership in Education: Theory and Practice, 17(2), 131–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2013.783932 Jäppinen, A. K., & Maunonen-Eskelinen, I. (2012). Organisational transition challenges in the Finnish vocational education – Perspective of distributed pedagogical leadership. Educational Studies, 38(1), 39–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2011.567024 Llanos, L. C., et al. (2024). Pedagogical leadership practices and their impact on academic results: A systematic view. Educational Administration: Theory and Practice, 30(1), 4866–4874. Thomassen, A. O., Hjermov, P., Olesen, K. G., & Frimann, S. (2025). Future leadership in the vocational education and training (VET) sector – Complex challenges, local collaboration, and responsive educational leadership. Abstract at the ECER, Belgrade, Serbien. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/30/contribution/61405 Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers' professional identities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.11.006 Wenström, S., Uusiautti, S., & Määttä, K. (2019). What kind of leadership promotes vocational education and training (VET) teachers’ enthusiasm at work? International Journal of Research Studies in Psychology, 8(1), 79–90. https://doi.org/10.5861/ijrsp.2019.4005 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Unpacking the Nuances of Vocational Teachers’ Professional Identity and Its Relationship with Their Professional Agency 1: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In recent years, there has been a growing scholarly interest in vocational teachers’ professional identity in the field of vocational education and training (VET) across Europe (e.g., Antera & Teräs, 2024; Berger & Lê Van, 2018; Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024; Lensjø, 2025), including Finland (e.g., Vähäsantanen & Hämäläinen, 2019). In Finland, significant changes have occurred in vocational teachers’ working environments, such as the VET reform, which have reshaped teachers’ work roles towards, for instance, intensified working life collaboration and technology-mediated teaching (Rintala & Nokelainen, 2022; Seitamaa & Hakoköngäs, 2024). Another key challenge shifting the landscape of European VET lies in its increasingly diversified target groups from youth to adults (Misra, 2011), and how vocational teachers are able to adapt to students’ individual needs (Lehtonen et al., 2018). The continuously evolving teaching contexts in VET pose a challenge for the professional identity of vocational teachers, as they are expected to adapt to the increasingly fragmented work roles. Identity tensions, accompanied by unpleasant emotional experiences and reduced intention to remain in teaching, may emerge when teachers’ existing professional identities conflict with their work roles (Vilppola et al., 2023; Vähäsantanen & Hämäläinen, 2019). Vocational teachers’ professional identity refers to the perceptions of themselves as a teacher and their professional goals, values, and educational beliefs (Köpsen, 2014; Vähäsantanen & Hämäläinen, 2019). Much of the previous research has been qualitative in nature and has focused on two identity positions: 1) a teacher and expert in pedagogy and 2) a professional and expert in one’s field (e.g., Sarastuen, 2020; Tyler & Dymock, 2021). However, vocational teachers’ professional identities are multifaceted (Lensjø, 2025), and there is some evidence of enacting the roles of a caretaker (e.g., parental figures) (Barak & Shoshana, 2022; Köpsen, 2014). Still, more nuanced insights into identity remain scarce. The need for quantitative examination with more holistic approaches to vocational teachers’ professional identity to capture its complexity is evident, as the field of VET is continuously evolving. These considerations also highlight the importance of examining how vocational teachers’ professional identity relates to their professional agency. Teachers’ identity negotiations take place between individual agency and social structures (see Day et al., 2006), which can pose external expectations and demands on what constitutes vocational teachers’ key work roles. Here, professional agency is conceptualised as an action-based phenomenon. It manifests in collaboration and development within the work community, influence over individual and collective work-related matters, and the enactment of professional goals and interests (Eteläpelto et al., 2013; Vähäsantanen et al., 2022). Yet, the research community in VET lacks a comprehensive understanding of vocational teachers’ agency (see some exceptions Goodson & Ümarik, 2019; Vähäsantanen, 2015) and notably its connection to professional identity based on quantitative evidence: Are teachers who are attached to certain identity positions more agentic actors than others? There is an urgent need to understand the mechanisms of professional agency, given its contribution to teachers’ well-being and retention (e.g., Kayi-Aydar & Steadman, 2019; Lasky, 2005). Despite its importance as an empirical lens on professional identity, quantitative examinations of the relationship between vocational teachers’ professional identity and agency remain limited. In light of these research gaps presented above, the main aims of this study were to examine how Finnish vocational teachers experience their professional identity and how it relates to their professional agency. We posed the following research questions: RQ1) How do Finnish vocational teachers perceive their professional identity in the work context? RQ2) How is vocational teachers’ professional identity associated with their professional agency? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we collected quantitative data (N = 1,015) from vocational teachers through a Webropol questionnaire in the autumn of 2025. The data collection was conducted with vocational teachers in different vocational institutions across Finland. The participants filled in a consent form to participate prior to data collection. Participation was entirely voluntary. Of the participants, 51.7% identified as women (n = 525), 44.7% as men (n = 454), while others selected “Other” or did not disclose their gender (3.5%, n = 36). The mean age of the teachers was 51.59 years (SD = 7.88, range = 27–64). The questionnaire measured the professional identity and agency of vocational teachers. To measure professional identity, a scale was developed for a more holistic approach to identity, as existing frameworks have focused on the dichotomy between 1) teacher and 2) professional of one’s field (e.g., Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024; Tyler & Dymock, 2021). A literature review was conducted to identify empirical identity positions among vocational teachers that could be converted into measurable items (see Mishel, 1998). The identity positions were documented, and broad thematic categorisation was conducted to combine similar identity positions (e.g., parent, nurturing). The developed scale for measuring professional identity among vocational teachers included 15 identity positions (e.g., “Caretaker”). All items were answered on a 7-point Likert scale (1 = Not at all … 7 = Very much), indicating the extent to which participants personally identified with each identity position. Professional agency was explored with the previously validated Professional Agency Measure (PAM, Vähäsantanen et al., 2022). The PAM includes three factors: Influencing at work, Participation at work, and Negotiating professional identity, each consisting of three items. All nine items were measured on a 5-point Likert scale (1 = Strongly disagree … 5 = Strongly agree). In terms of analysis, exploratory (EFA) and confirmatory factor analyses (CFA) were run for the 15 identity items to model and confirm the dimensional structure of the teacher identity scale. To examine the associations between the professional identity and agency factors, Pearson’s correlation coefficients were calculated. In this ongoing study, more detailed analyses will be conducted via structural equation modelling (Muthén & Muthén, 2017) to map the relationships between the professional identity and agency of vocational teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the EFA showed that a three-factor structure of the identity measure was the most statistically and theoretically sound solution. The suggested model included three identity domains: 1) Promoter of students’ professionalism (α = .82, M = 5.9, SD = 0.8), 2) Networked developer (α = .82, M = 5.2, SD = 1.0), and 3) Caretaker (α = .81, M = 5.2, SD = 1.1), consisting of four identity items per factor. CFA with robust Maximum Likelihood procedure and Huber-White standard errors was conducted, illustrating a good fit (χ2(46) = 153.833, p < .001; CFI = .95; TLI = .92; RMSEA = .078, 90 % CI [.058, .078]; SRMR = .055), thus confirming the structural validity of the identity scale. Our preliminary findings illustrate that the professionalism and developer identity dimensions were identified in the dataset. The promoter of students’ professionalism was rated the highest, consistent with how vocational teachers’ identity has been mainly conceptualised in the literature (e.g., Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024). In addition, our results suggest that there is an identity dimension of a caretaker, which underscores the nurturing nature of their work, but also their aim to foster future citizens. However, the caretaker identity was the one the participants identified with the least. Additionally, the findings indicate that vocational teachers’ professional identity is connected to their professional agency, with Pearson correlations ranging between .15–.47 (p < .001). Compared to other identity positions, developer identity tended to show the strongest associations with professional agency. This novel identity measure, designed for VET, can be applied in various national contexts, offering a valuable tool for European research. Overall, our findings underscore the importance to go beyond the teacher–professional dichotomy that echoes in the literature, prompting the question “teacher, professional, developer – and what else?” References Barak, M. H., & Shoshana, A. (2022). “Learning is not the most important thing; it’s to make them into human beings”: Teacher identity in vocational schools in Israel. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103794 Bükki, E., & Fehérvári, A. (2024). Teacher, professional or both? A mixed method study of the professional identity of vocational teachers and trainers in Hungary. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 11(3), 396–428. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.11.3.4 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Goodson, I. F., & Ümarik, M. (2019). Changing policy contexts and teachers´ work-life narratives: The case of Estonian vocational teachers. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(5), 589–602. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1664300 Köpsén, S. (2014). How vocational teachers describe their vocational teacher identity. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 66(2), 194–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2014.894554 Lensjø, M. (2025). From craftsman to vocational teacher: A narrative study of tacit knowledge and the nexus between complex cultures. Vocations and Learning, 18(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-025-09363-8 Misra, P. K. (2011). VET teachers in Europe: Policies, practices and challenges. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 63(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2011.552732 Mårtensson, Å., Andersson, P., & Nyström, S. (2019). A recruiter, a matchmaker, a firefighter: Swedish vocational teachers’ relational work. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 9(1), 89–110. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.199189 Tyler, M. A., & Dymock, D. (2021). Constructing a professional identity in VET: Teacher perspectives. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 26(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2021.1873404 Vilppola, J., Arvaja, M., Vähäsantanen, K., & Hämäläinen, R. (2023). Vocational teachers' identity construction at the interface of work and education. In H. Bound, A. Edwards, K. Evans & A. Chia (Eds.), Workplace learning for changing social and economic circumstances (pp. 138–155). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003227946-12 Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers’ professional identities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.11.006 Vähäsantanen, K., & Hämäläinen, R. (2019). Professional identity in relation to vocational teachers’ work: an identity-centred approach to professional development. Learning, 5(1), 48–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/23735082.2018.1487573 Vähäsantanen, K., Räikkönen, E., Paloniemi, S., & Hökkä, P. (2022). Acting agentically at work: Developing a short measure of professional agency. Nordic Journal of Working Life Studies, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.18291/njwls.127869 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Functions of Double Professional Identity: Professional Development among VET Teachers in Norway Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:Vocational Education and Training (VET) teachers occupy a distinct and complex professional position at the intersection of vocational practice, education, and labor market regulation. Across Europe, VET teachers are expected to maintain strong occupational competence while simultaneously developing pedagogical expertise, engaging with educational reforms, and supporting increasingly diverse student populations. Research has repeatedly shown that this “double identity” – as both vocational practitioners and teachers – is a defining characteristic of the VET teaching profession (Grollmann, 2008; Köpsén, 2014; Misra, 2011). However, far less attention has been paid to how this double identity shapes VET teachers’ professional development needs after completing formal teacher education. Existing research has documented fragmented pathways into the VET teaching profession, variations in qualification requirements, and weak or uneven structures for continuing professional development (CPD) for VET teachers (Grollmann, 2008; Misra, 2011). Studies focusing on vocational teacher identity highlight how teachers continuously negotiate boundaries between occupational and educational practices, often prioritizing vocational credibility over pedagogical development, or vice versa, depending on institutional context and career trajectories (Andersson & Köpsén, 2017; Köpsén, 2014). At the same time, research on competencies in VET teaching points to expanding expectations related to digitalization, assessment, inclusion, and collaboration with industry, adding further complexity to teachers’ professional roles (Tapani & Salonen, 2019). While these studies provide important insights, there remains a significant research gap concerning how VET teachers themselves experience professional development opportunities and barriers in the years following teacher qualification. In particular, there is limited empirical knowledge about what motivates VET teachers to engage in further learning, how they prioritize vocational versus pedagogical development, and how institutional and organizational conditions enable or constrain their professional learning. This paper addresses this gap by examining the professional development needs of VET teachers in Norway, with a specific focus on how the functions of the double identity shape teachers’ motivations, learning priorities, and perceived barriers to professional development. Norway represents a relevant case within a European context, as VET teacher education is formally regulated and research-based, yet VET teachers operate in a system characterised by strong labor market linkages, vocational specialization, and increasing policy demands for quality, inclusion, and innovation. The study is guided by the following research questions:
The conceptual framework draws on research on vocational teacher professionalism and identity, particularly the notion of double identity as an analytical lens rather than a fixed attribute. Building on Grollmann’s (2008) emphasis on institutional roles and professional reality, and Köpsén’s (2014) work on identity formation through boundary-crossing, professional development is understood as a situated and context-dependent process shaped by organizational structures, professional cultures, and individual career trajectories. Rather than conceptualizing professional development as participation in formal courses alone, the study adopts a broader understanding that includes informal learning, workplace-based learning, and identity work over time. The European relevance of the study lies in its contribution to ongoing discussions on how VET systems can support sustainable professional development for teachers operating under hybrid professional expectations. Although the empirical focus is Norway, the challenges addressed – fragmented CPD provision, tensions between vocational and pedagogical learning, and limited institutional support for long-term professional development – resonate across European VET systems (Misra, 2011; Zirkle, Smeplass & Leraand, 2024). By foregrounding teachers’ perspectives, the study offers empirically grounded insights that can inform comparative research, policy development, and the design of professional development structures for VET teachers in Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study applies a multi-stage mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2014) to examine professional development (PD) needs among VET teachers in Norway. The design is exploratory and sequential, combining qualitative interviews with a subsequent survey to generate both in-depth insights and broader contextual understanding. The study is conducted by a research team of four researchers with experience in VET research and teacher education, allowing for continuous analytical discussion and reflexivity throughout the research process. The first stage consists of semi-structured interviews with 15 VET teachers working in upper secondary education. Participants were strategically selected to ensure variation in vocational clusters, teaching experience, and institutional contexts. The interviews focused on teachers’ experiences with PD after completing formal teacher education, perceived barriers to further learning, and motivations related to both vocational updating and pedagogical development. The interview guide was treated as an iterative research instrument. After the initial interviews, the research team conducted analytical meetings to discuss emerging themes and preliminary interpretations. Based on these discussions, the interview guide was refined to sharpen the focus on tensions between vocational and pedagogical learning, as well as institutional conditions shaping PD opportunities. Additional interviews were then conducted to deepen and clarify central issues. This iterative process strengthened the conceptual sensitivity of the study and ensured close alignment between empirical material and research questions. In the second stage, findings from the interviews informed the development of a survey distributed nationally to more VET teachers. The purpose of the survey was to map PD needs and learning motivations across a broader group of teachers and to examine whether interview-based themes resonated beyond the initial sample. The survey also provides insight into how teachers perceive existing PD provision and identify areas where PD is experienced as fragmented or insufficient. Qualitative interview data is analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), enabling systematic identification of recurring patterns related to PD barriers, motivations, and identity-related tensions. The sequential design allows for methodological triangulation, where qualitative findings inform survey construction and survey responses support the interpretation and contextualization of interview data. Together, the two stages contribute to a research-based understanding of how VET teachers navigate PD opportunities and constraints, and how PD needs are shaped by the interaction between vocational identity and teaching practice. Ethical considerations were addressed in accordance with national research ethics guidelines. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained, and all data were anonymized prior to analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to provide empirically grounded insights into how VET teachers understand and experience PD in the years following formal teacher education. Rather than treating vocational and pedagogical development as separate domains, preliminary analyses indicate that teachers largely perceive these as intertwined aspects of professional quality. A centrally expected finding is that VET teachers express a strong motivation to continuously update both their vocational competence and their teaching practices, driven by a commitment to teaching quality and concern for their students’ future opportunities. Many teachers emphasize the importance of staying current within their vocation in order to provide relevant, credible, and high-quality instruction, particularly in preparation for students’ transition to apprenticeship after the school-based part of upper secondary education. Professional development is thus closely linked to teachers’ sense of responsibility for supporting young people in developing solid skills and becoming attractive candidates for apprenticeship placements. At the same time, the study is expected to identify a set of recurring barriers that constrain teachers’ ability to engage in PD. These barriers are primarily related to structural and organizational conditions rather than lack of motivation. Teachers frequently point to time pressure, competing work demands, and family obligations as limiting factors. In addition, limited institutional prioritization of VET teachers’ PD—often linked to school leadership’s restricted capacity or understanding of vocational fields—is expected to emerge as a significant obstacle. Analytically, the findings are expected to nuance the concept of double professional identity by showing how vocational pride and commitment to teaching quality are mutually reinforcing rather than contradictory. Teachers’ strong identification with their vocation appears to function as a resource for pedagogical engagement. However, when PD opportunities fail to recognize this integrated professional identity, teachers may experience misalignment between their needs and available provision. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage publications. Grollmann, P. (2008). The Quality of Vocational Teachers: teacher education, institutional roles and professional reality. European Educational Research Journal, 7(4), 535-547. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2008.7.4.535?url Köpsén, S. (2014). How vocational teachers describe their vocational teacher identity. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 66(4), 194–211. Misra, P. K. (2011). VET teachers in Europe: Policies, practices and challenges. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 63(1), 27–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2014.894554 Smeplass, E., Hylander, L., & Zirkle, C. (2024). Roles of science and research in vocational teacher preparation: A case study from a Norwegian VET teacher programme. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 14(3), 1–26. https://njvet.ep.liu.se/article/view/50912 Tapani, A. & Salonen, A.O. (2019). Identifying teachers’ competencies in Finnish vocational education. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(3), 243–260. Zirkle, C., Smeplass, E. & Leraand, A. (2024). VET teacher training: A comparison of university programs in the U.S. and Norway. International Journal of Vocational Education Studies, 1(2), 11-34. https://journals.ub.uni-osnabrueck.de/index.php/ijves/article/view/274 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 03 C: Transitions and Guidance Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Mona Granato Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Why should I choose Vocational Training? And why might I not? Perspectives of Young People with HE Entrance Certificate University of Magdeburg, Germany Presenting Author:Securing the supply of highly qualified skilled workforce is a key challenge for education and labour market policy in the context of demographic change in Germany. VET and HE are facing increasingly fierce competition for high-achieving young people, such as those with HE entrance certificate. Unlike in countries where VET is traditionally considered less prestigious (e.g., Chankseliani et al. 2016 for England), 28% of young people in Germany who choose a VET pathway have a HE entrance certificate (BiBB 2024). Young people with HE entrance certificate have thus become an important target group for image campaigns and innovative approaches in VET. The InnoVET initiative of the Federal Ministry of Education, Family, Seniors, Women, and Youth (BMBFSFJ) therefore funded 17 projects worth €74 million between 2020 and 2024 with the aim of making VET more attractive to this target group, by developing new, innovative vocational qualifications at the intersection of VET and HE (Kuhlee et al., 2022). However, what makes VET attractive to high-achieving young people has not yet been sufficiently investigated empirically (Neu, 2021). Yet, such data enable a more nuanced understanding also of how measures to increase the attractiveness of VET should look like (also Billets et al. 2022). This is particularly relevant in view of the question of whether newly designed vocational qualifications can really increase value and attractiveness. This is an aspect that is currently being discussed more intensively in the context of the introduction of T-levels in England also (Terry & Orr 2024). The paper will therefore draw on comparative analyses of young people with HE entrance certificate who have opted for VET and those who have opted for HE. The focus will be on the possible correlations between the perceived attractiveness of VET and the choices made concerning their education pathways by the two groups under investigation. The following questions will be addressed: (1) Why do young people with university entrance certificate choose VET? And why might they not? (2) What are factors influencing the assessment of a potential vocational training and a corresponding career path compared to an academic one? (3) How do respondents rate the attractiveness of newly designed vocational qualifications at the intersection of VET and HE, as developed in the InnoVET initiative? The empirical study is based in particular on expectancy-value models (e.g., Eccles, 1983; Eccles & Wigfield, 2002) and the Thuringian Career Choice Competence Model (Driesel-Lange et al., 2020). These models assume that an educational option is preferred if it has a high subjective value and thus also a high perceived benefit for the individual. At the same time, the individual expects to be able to successfully achieve this educational option. Thereby are personal and social, and institutional factors relevant for the respective assessment of subjective value and the expectations of success (Schnitzler, 2019). Furthermore, influencing factors that arise from the qualification program itself can be differentiated from those that arise from the future prospects associated with the qualification (Neu, 2021). The attractiveness of the program as such includes aspects of training conditions and individual design options. After completing the qualification, however, expectations regarding the job market and aspects of professional self-fulfillment and skills acquisition become relevant for participants (Heublein et al. 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The collection of empirical data follows an exploratory research design using a mixed-method approach. In a first step, in spring 2023, a total of 12 problem-centered interviews were conducted with young people with an HE entrance certificate. Whereby six have decided to enter an apprenticeship afterwards, the other had decided for an HE degree program. At the time of the interview, they were enrolled in their respective training or degree program. The semi-structured interviews focused on the attractiveness of vocational training and career choices, and centered on the individual perceptions of the respondents. The audio recordings were anonymised and transcribed, and the generated data corpus was coded and evaluated using structured content analysis (Mayring, 2019). A consensus-based procedure was used to ensure quality. In a second step, two questionnaire surveys were conducted among apprentices and HE students from mid-2024 to early 2026. The questionnaire design for these surveys focuses on the individual perspectives of potential participants and aims to provide insight into their perspectives on the attractiveness of the VET programs itself and the attractiveness of VET qualifications, and on aspects of their study and career choices. The questionnaire items were developed based on the results of the qualitative survey conducted as well as on previously validated scales (e.g., Heublein et al., 2018; Göller & Besser, 2021; Homuth et al., 2022). The questionnaire design also includes items to evaluate central characteristics of the newly developed qualification programs at the intersection of vocational and academic education from the perspective of the participants. Eventually, it includes an open-ended response format, which focuses on respondents' thoughts on their own professional development and ways to increase the attractiveness of VET. The data sets are analysed using IBM SPSS Statistics Version 29 statistical software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data analysis focuses in particular on group comparisons between apprentices with HE entrance certificate and HE students in terms of their assessment of key attractiveness parameters of VET, of their educational choices and their assessment of central characteristics of the newly developed qualification programs at the interface between VET and HE as developed in the InnoVET initiative. The data set for the apprentices (N=4,051) includes apprentices without HE entrance certificate (N=2,380) and apprentices with HE entrance certificate (N=1,671). Initial comparative analyses of these two groups indicate, for example, that different attractiveness parameters appear to be decisive for the educational choices made by the two groups (Petzold-Rudolph et al. 2025). The paper will draw on the partial data set of apprentices with HE entrance certificate and the corresponding HE student data set for comparative analysis. Initial data analyses reveal different patterns in the attractiveness parameters between these two respondent groups also, which are associated with different study and career choices. Accordingly, the data provide insight as to why young people with HE entrance certificate opt for VET, how this group can be described, and how it can be distinguished from those who have decided to enter HE after completing general education. This paper presents these initial findings and critically evaluates them with reference to the theoretical models. It also draws conclusions regarding the attractiveness of German VET compared to HE, and the possibilities for increasing the attractiveness of VET for high-achieving young people. In particular, innovative qualification programs at the interface between VET and HE, such as those developed as part of the InnoVET initiative, are taken into account. Finally, possible measures are critically discussed and classified in the context of the international debate (e.g., Billett et al. 2022). References Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB) (2024). Datenreport zum Berufsbildungsbericht 2024. Informationen und Analysen zur Entwicklung der beruflichen Bildung. Bonn. Billet, S., Hodge, S. & Aarkog, V. (2022). Enhancing the Standing and Status of Vocational Education. In: S. Billett, B.E. Stalder, V. Aarkog, S. Choy, S. Hodge, A.H. Le (Eds.) (2022). The standing of vocational education and the occupations it serves. Current concerns and strategies for enhancing that standing (pp. 19-45). Wiesbaden. Chankseliani, M., James Relly, S. & Laczik, A. (2016). Overcoming vocational prejudice: how can skills competitions improve the attractiveness of vocational education and training in the UK? British Educational Research Journal, 42(4), 582–599. Driesel-Lange, K., Kracke, B., Hany, E., & Kunz, N. (2020). Berufswahlkompetenz theoriegeleitet fördern: Ein Kompetenzmodell zur Systematisierung berufsorientierender Begleitung. In: T. Brüggemann & S. Rahn (Eds.), Berufsorientierung. Ein Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch (pp. 281–297). Münster. Eccles, J. S. (1983). Expectancies, values and academic behaviors. In: J. T. Spence (Ed.), Achievement and achievement motives: Psychological and sociological approaches (pp. 75–146). San Francisco. Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2002). Motivational Beliefs, Values, and Goals. Annual Review of Psychology, 53(1), 109–132. Heublein, U., Hutzsch, C., König, R., Kracke, N., & Schneider, C. (2018). Die Attraktivität der beruflichen Bildung bei Studienabbrecherinnen und Studienabbrechern. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF). Bonn. Homuth, C., Becker, S., Schiefer, I., Relikowski, I., Buchholz, S., Pfost, M., Blossfeld, H.-P., & Artelt, C. (2022). Effekte von sozialer Herkunft, Interessen, Persönlichkeitsmerkmalen und Kompetenzen auf Bildungsentscheidungen und Bildungserfolge. [BiKSplus questionnaire, wave 3]. IQB – Institut zur Qualitätsentwicklung im Bildungswesen. Berlin. Kuhlee, D., Bünning, F., Pohl, M., & Stobbe, L. (2022). Systematisch innovieren. InnoVET-Innovationsansätze als Ausgangspunkt für die Weiterentwicklung des Berufsbildungssystems Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik 118, 2022/4, 670–683. Neu, A. (2021). Höhere beruflich-betriebliche Bildung. Entwicklung, Durchführung und Attraktivität am Beispiel der Abiturientenprogramme (pp. 223–239). Bielefeld. Petzold-Rudolph, K., Pohl, M., Steib, C., & Kuhlee, D. (2025). Attraktivität beruflicher Aus-, Fort- und Weiterbildung aus der Perspektive von jungen Menschen mit und ohne Hochschulzugangsberechtigung: Befunde im Kontext der Programminitiative InnoVET. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, 48, 1–26 Schnitzler, A. (2019). Abi und dann? Was Gymnasiastinnen und Gymnasiasten zur Aufnahme einer beruflichen Ausbildung bewegt. BWP 1/2019, 15–19. Terry, R. & Orr, K. (2024). Raising the value of VET through qualification reform: the Case of English T levels. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(4), 895-911. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Balancing School-Based and Dual VET Pathways: Insights Into Student Perceptions University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:In Switzerland, upper-secondary education is characterised by the coexistence of initial vocational education and training (iVET), primarily organised through the dual apprenticeship system, and school-based pathways such as upper-secondary commercial schools (WMS) and specialised upper-secondary schools (FMS). Although vocational education is politically promoted as the “first choice” pathway, many students eligible for both routes prefer school-based programmes. This paper addresses the following research question: How do lower-secondary students perceive and compare learning opportunities, future prospects, and social meanings associated with school-based programmes and iVET pathways? The study is situated within research on educational choice, vocational aspirations, and perceived learning environments. It assumes that students’ preferences are not primarily based on direct experience, but on socially shared expectations, symbolic distinctions, and stereotypical understandings of educational pathways. Since 2018, longitudinal cross-sectional data have been collected annually from lower-secondary students in one Canton through standardised written reflections and questionnaires. The present analysis draws on responses from 6,117 students aged 14–15 collected over eight school years. Using thematic analysis, 79,327 coded segments were identified and grouped into five overarching thematic areas: (1) learning formats and conceptions of knowledge, (2) future and educational orientation, (3) social roles and relationships, (4) competence and identity, and (5) evaluations and attributions. The findings show remarkably stable patterns over time. School-based programmes are associated with theoretical and intellectual learning, openness of future pathways, social prestige, academic achievement, and continued participation in peer-oriented school environments. In contrast, iVET is primarily associated with practical learning, early labour-market entry, occupational specialisation, productivity, and adult-like work identities. While students acknowledge positive aspects of iVET, such as authenticity and practical relevance, many perceive it as narrower, less prestigious, and less compatible with academic self-identities. The study highlights that educational choices are shaped not only by institutional structures and labour-market opportunities, but also by symbolic constructions of status, competence, and identity. Despite cantonal measures encouraging reflection on vocational pathways, students’ perceptions remained highly stable across eight years. The paper contributes to international debates on balancing vocational and academic pathways and raises questions about how young people develop informed understandings of vocational learning and occupational futures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on longitudinal cross-sectional data collected annually between 2018 and 2025 in one Canton, Switzerland. Data were gathered as part of a cantonal monitoring initiative focusing on educational aspirations, perceptions of upper-secondary pathways, and vocational orientation processes among lower-secondary students. The target group comprised students in the final phase of compulsory schooling (typically aged 14–15) attending different lower-secondary tracks. Participation took place during regular school lessons and was coordinated in collaboration with schools and teachers. The present analysis includes responses from 6,117 students. Data collection combined standardised questionnaires with open-ended written reflections. Students were asked to describe perceived characteristics, opportunities, and challenges associated with different upper-secondary pathways, particularly initial vocational education and training (iVET), upper-secondary commercial schools (WMS), and specialised upper-secondary schools (FMS). Additional questionnaire scales captured educational aspirations, perceived fit, interests, and anticipated learning opportunities. The qualitative material was analysed using a thematic coding approach combining inductive and deductive elements. An initial coding framework was developed based on theoretical considerations from educational choice research and vocational orientation literature, while remaining open to emerging themes from the data. The coding process was iterative and involved repeated refinement of categories and definitions. Across all cohorts, 79,327 coded text segments were identified and organised into five overarching thematic dimensions: (1) learning formats and conceptions of knowledge, (2) future and educational orientation, (3) social roles and relationships, (4) competence and identity, and (5) evaluations and attributions. The longitudinal structure of the dataset enabled the identification of recurring patterns and changes across cohorts over an eight-year period. Rather than analysing individual developmental trajectories, the study examines the stability and variation of collectively shared perceptions and symbolic representations of educational pathways over time. This design allows for insights into how educational pathways are socially constructed and reproduced within the transition from compulsory to upper-secondary education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that lower-secondary students in Switzerland hold highly differentiated and remarkably stable perceptions of upper-secondary educational pathways. Despite various policy measures aimed at increasing the attractiveness and status of vocational education and training (VET), school-based programmes such as WMS and FMS continue to be associated with academic learning, broader future opportunities, social prestige, and the continuation of familiar school environments. In contrast, iVET is mainly perceived through the lens of practical work, occupational specialisation, productivity, and early labour-market integration. These perceptions appear to reflect broader social narratives and symbolic distinctions linked to status, competence, and identity rather than detailed knowledge about programmes. The stability of these patterns across eight years suggests that students’ understandings of educational pathways are deeply embedded in institutional cultures and collective expectations. At the same time, these perceptions may also reflect broader economic and labour-market developments. General education qualifications are increasingly associated with flexibility, permeability, and access to further education, while labour markets are often perceived as demanding broad and adaptable competences rather than narrowly defined initial vocational qualifications alone. This raises questions regarding the effectiveness of current career guidance and vocational orientation practices. Providing information alone may not be sufficient to broaden students’ perspectives on vocational learning and occupational futures. More experience-based and reflective forms of career guidance may therefore be necessary to challenge stereotypical assumptions and support informed educational choices. Beyond the Swiss context, the study addresses a broader international challenge faced by many education systems: how to balance vocational and academically oriented pathways while ensuring attractiveness, permeability, and informed learner choice. The findings contribute to comparative debates on the social image of VET, educational aspirations, and the symbolic positioning of vocational education within contemporary education systems. References Nägele, C., Wyss, A. M., Hell, B., & Stalder, Barbara Elisabeth. (2025). Online tools to support career planning on the pathway to vocational education and training (VET) or general education. In E. Quintana-Murci, F. Salvà-Mut, Barbara E. Stalder, & C. Nägele (Eds.), Towards inclusive and egalitarian vocational education and training: Key challenges and strategies from a holistic and multi-contextual approach. VETNET/OAPublishing. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15378908 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper "Attractivity and Segmentation of VET Occupations – Which Impact do Guidance Have on Student’s Career Choice?" BIBB Federal Institute for Vocational Training and Education, Germany Presenting Author:Across OECD countries, segmentation is deeply anchored in both – in education systems and the labour market, which tends to deepen social inequalities through life course (OECD 2025). Although trajectories and pathways to working life as well as segmentation within the education system and the labour market have been the focus of considerable research efforts in recent years (Schoon & Parsons 2002; Kleinert & Jacob 2024), the underlying mechanisms remain to be explored in greater depth. Germany is an interesting case in this regard. In addition to a strong segmentation within the general education system, Germany has a large dual vocational education and training (dual VET) sector, which is experiencing increasing segmentation – both among dual VET occupations and in the labour market. (Autor:innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung 2024; OECD 2025). In a growing number of occupations, the shortage of skilled labour force is increasing significantly. In addition to the health, care and social sectors, the fields of mathematics, computer science, natural sciences and technology (STEM-professions) are particularly affected (BA 2023). Craft trades and industrial and technical professions, are characterised by a significant decline in demand from young people in the apprenticeship market- Despite a wide variety of dual VET occupations in Germany, young people's career aspirations are concentrated on a limited number of occupations, like in other OECD countries (Mann et al. 2020), which tends to increase the shortage as well as segmentation between occupations. On the other hand, a considerable number of young people cannot to find a training place in their preferred occupations. Occupations differ, among other things, in the social recognition or esteem they receive. Conceptually, a distinction is usually made between a symbolic and a material dimension of occupational prestige (Honneth 2008). The perceived social recognition of an occupation and the orientation towards significant others is emphasised in various theoretical approaches as a relevant factor in occupational choice. Studies show that young people tend to exclude occupations as potential career options if they are associated with the expectation of low social approval (Matthes 2028). Increasing aspirations for a wider range of occupations is a key challenge of career guidance activities, both because young people's career aspirations are still stratified along specific social categories like gender and social status (Gottfredson 1981) and because young people in Europe have generally a limited field of professional aspirations (Mann et al 2020). This is even more important as the shortage of skilled workers has become more severe in Germany due to a number of factors, particularly in light of demographic change and especially in the VET sector (Oeynhausen et al. 2023). In our contribution, we thus first examine the characteristics of occupations that make a job ‘attractive’ to young people in the career guidance phase, based on a survey of general education students (RQ1). Until now, little is known about how professions differ in terms of social recognition and how these differences can be explained, particularly among young people (Lynn et al 2017; Valentino 2020). Mainly, our attention focuses on the following question: Is it possible, through a career guidance approach, to raise young people's awareness of the attractiveness of professions and thus help to reduce segmentation on the demand side of training market? Is it - according to motivational role-modelling-theory - possible that vocational role models – who are themselves apprentices – can contribute to inspire and thus positively change students' perceptions of VET occupations, acting as ‘ambassadors for a profession’ and conveying not only information (knowledge and skills) about them but also a ‘taste’ for a profession by activating student’s motivation and confidence in their abilities (self-efficacy) (Morgenroth 2015)? (RQ2). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The intervention involves VET apprentices who act as “VET-ambassadors” visiting secondary school classes as part of a regional career orientation study in the years 2021-2023 to provide information and insights on their occupation, VET in general, the mobility within the education system, and answer students’ questions. The “VET-ambassadors” act as real-life and same aged vocational role models. The empirical results are based on data analyses from a large scale quasi-experimental intervention study conducted with approximately 1,500 general education students in grades 8 to 12 (aged 15 to 18, 43% of whom were female) in Germany. Surveys were conducted for the treatment group just before (T1) and just after the intervention (participation in presentations by ‘training ambassadors’) (T2), then a few months later (T3, final interview). The control group was interviewed twice (T1 and T3) – before participating in the training ambassador conferences (waiting control design). The contribution uses data from the preliminary and final surveys (T1, T3) of those who participated in the role models. These are around 20 dual-VET occupations (e.g. IT specialists, electricians, automotive mechatronics engineers). Using mean comparisons and regression methods, we examine, on the basis of the pre/post survey, the extent to which vocational role models can change perceptions of different professions. Socio-structural differences between the treatment group and the control group are taken into account using a weighting procedure (Inverse Probability of Treatment Weights, IPTW). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results indicate that participation in work-study ambassador interventions can, on average, slightly increase career aspirations for the profession presented. The effectiveness varies greatly depending on the profession presented (and its characteristics) but also on the gender of the participating students. Thus, a unique, short-term career orientation intervention with vocational role models in classrooms can on average increase students’ occupational aspirations for the presented professions, extending previous empirical findings on academic professions to the VET-context. Accordingly, training ambassadors can contribute to broaden the spectrum of professions that young people are interested in, given the growing shortage of skilled labour, and in the future may be contribute to reducing segmentation on the training demand side. It needs to be discussed how the results of this intervention study will become part of the (national and international) discourse around the orientation programmes of VET-Ambassadors which have been implemented in several European countries and thus new aspects of knowledge will be transferred to political stakeholders (governmental and chamber level) Even if our study shows positive results, we have to take into consideration different limitations (like the regionality of the study, the cohort of students was surveyed during and at the end of the COVID-19 pandemic in the school years 2021/2022 and 2022/2023, a non-representative school sample (due to specific situation at the end of COVID), the heterogeneity of VET ambassadors etc.). References Abrassart, Aurélien; Wolter, Stefan C. (2020): Investigating the image deficit of vocational education and training: Occupational prestige ranking depending on the educational requirements and the skill content of occupations. In: Journal of European Social Policy 30 (2), S. 221–236 Autor:innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung. (2024). Bildung in Deutschland 2024 [National Report on Education 2024]. https://doi.org/10.3278/6001820iw Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191–215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.191 Bundesagentur für Arbeit (BA) (2023). Fachkräfteengpassanalyse 2022. Berichte: Blickpunkt Arbeitsmarkt. BA Statistik. Nürnberg Gottfredson, L. (1981). Circumscription and compromise: A developmental theory of occupational aspirations. Journal of Counselling Psychology, 28(6), 545-579. Heckhausen, H. & Gollwitzer, P. M. (1987). Thought contents and cognitive functioning in motivational versus volitional states.of mind. Motivation and Emotion, 11, 101-120. Holland, John L. (1973): Making vocational choices: A theory of vocational personalities and work environments. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. Honneth, Axel (2008): Arbeit und Anerkennung. Versuch einer Neubestimmung. In: Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie 56 (3), pp. 327–342. Lynn, Freda B.; Ellerbach, George (2017): A Position with a View: Educational Status and the Construction of the Occupational Hierarchy. In: American Sociol Review 82 (1), pp. 32–58 Mann, A., Denis, V., Schleicher, A., Ekhtiari, H., Forsyth, T., Liu, E., & Chambers, N. (2020). Dream Jobs? Teenagers' career aspirations and the future of work. https://www.mmllen.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/dream-jobs-teenagers-report.pdf Morgenroth, T., Ryan, M. K., & Peters, K. (2015). The Motivational Theory of Role Modeling: How Role Models Influence Role Aspirants’ Goals. Review of General Psychology, 19(4), 465–483. https://doi.org/10.1037/gpr0000059 OECD (2025). Education at a Glance 2025: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en Oeynhausen, S., Christ, A., Schuß, E., Milde, B., & Granath, R.‑O. (2023). Die Entwicklung des Ausbildungsmarktes im Jahr 2023: Analysen auf Basis der BIBB-Erhebung über neu abgeschlossene Ausbildungsverträge und der Ausbildungsmarktstatistik der Bundesagentur für Arbeit zum Stichtag 30. September. Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung Schoon, I., & Parsons, S. (2002). Teenage Aspirations for Future Careers and Occupational Outcomes. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 60(2), 262–288. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.2001.1867 Valentino, Lauren (2020): The Segregation Premium: How Gender Shapes the Symbolic Valuation Process of Occupational Prestige Judgments. In: Social Forces 99 (1), pp. 31–58. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 03 SES 03 A: Teacher Professionalism, Autonomy and Curriculum Making Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Duarte Nuno Duarte Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Beyond the Classroom: A Comparative Ecological Analysis of Teacher Professionalism in Portugal and Scotland 1: Lusofona University, Portugal; 2: Stirling University Presenting Author:This exploratory research starts from the question: what are the processes of professional learning that are undertaken and experienced in In-Service Teacher Education in Portugal and Scotland? Working with teacher-students and teacher-educators, the objectives are:
This study examines the friction between top-down curriculum policies and the exercise of teacher agency. By focusing on the dual contexts of Portugal and Scotland, the paper argues that such tensions can be effectively negotiated within Teacher Education, where the teaching and learning of professionalism act as a bridge between policy requirements and classroom autonomy. The paper is focused on studying Teachers’ Professionalism aligned with the epistemological stance of sustainable professional learning as proposed by Flores (2017). This approach considers professional learning as a continuous process, integrating not only the professional identity and professionalism of teachers but also educational, social, cultural, and political ethics. Since 2015, educational policies in Portugal have been centred on a competence-based curriculum, flexible and often grounded in the autonomy of schools and teachers to foster ongoing innovation. Alongside a new curriculum framework, competences students should acquire over 12 years of schooling were set up (Martins et al., 2017). In Scotland teachers were positioned as agents of change within the framework of the Curriculum for Excellence and values of social justice and trust were introduced to professional standards. Teacher agency emerges as relevant in understanding how teachers develop their professionalism and identify the factors needed to enhance their decision-making. Priestley and Biesta’s (2026) Ecological Approach to Teacher Agency is used as a theoretical-methodological framework to examine and identify interactions within the domains that foster agency. Professional narrative enquiry and the theory of contexts allow for a detailed examination of the interactions between individuals, structures, and cultural practices within specific contexts (Goodson, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a qualitative case study design to explore the complex layers of teacher professionalism within the postgraduate landscapes of Portugal and Scotland. By focusing on Master’s in Education programs, the study examines a pivotal transition point: where experienced practitioners move beyond their roles as classroom teachers toward broader leadership and influence. The study involves two primary groups of participants across both national contexts: teacher-students—practicing educators enrolled in Master’s programs to advance their professional roles—and teacher-educators responsible for delivering these programs. This dual perspective allows for a nuanced understanding of how professionalism is both taught and lived. Data collection is triangulated through two main channels: - Document Analysis: A systematic review of national policy frameworks and university curricula to identify the structural expectations placed upon postgraduate teacher education. - Focus Groups: Semi-structured discussions with both students and educators. The number of participants in each FG is between 6 and 10. These sessions are designed to capture collective insights into the transition from "classroom practitioner" to "educational leader," focusing on how this shift is negotiated in different cultural settings. The study employs a hybrid thematic analysis, balancing theoretical rigor with a sensitivity to new insights. - Deductive Analysis: Data are initially coded utilizing categories such as Contextual Mediators, Conceptualizations of Professionalism, and Teacher Agency. This stage specifically examines how teachers move from the micro-level of the classroom to the meso and macro levels of school-wide policy. Furthermore, we analyze the Deconstruction of Experience, observing how returning to academia prompts teachers to question their established identities and develop new Leadership Dispositions. - Inductive Analysis: To ensure the research remains grounded in the participants' lived realities, an inductive approach is used to capture themes emerging from the unique cultural and linguistic specificities of the Portuguese and Scottish contexts. Teacher-students in this study are not mere "subjects" of research, but expert practitioners and co-constructors of knowledge. As researchers, we maintain a non-hierarchical stance, acknowledging that our own professional backgrounds and the specific cultural histories of Portugal and Scotland shape the analytical process. By valuing the voices of these "teachers-as-researchers," we aim to bridge the gap between academic theory and the practical complexities of the teaching profession, ensuring the research process itself mirrors the democratic and collaborative professionalism it seeks to describe. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study anticipates ethical, social, and educational impacts. From an ethical standpoint, it values the voices of teacher-students and teacher-educators as knowledgeable subjects, recognising them as co-authors of the research process and promoting non-hierarchical and respectful participation. They will contribute to relevant comparative research between Portugal and Scotland, with the potential to inform future policies and programmes. Through collaboration with peers and researchers, teacher-students will gain new perspectives on cultural and contextual influences and will be able to identify innovative strategies for teaching professionalism. Above all, their contributions will have a lasting impact on how future teachers develop their professional identities. The findings reveal a profound alignment between the intentionality of teacher-educators and the transformative agency of teacher-students, though both navigate a landscape of significant systemic tension. There seems to be a pedagogical scaffolding allowing teachers the transition from curriculum "implementers" to becoming "authors" of their practice, a shift fueled by the acquisition of a robust theoretical approaches that legitimizes their professional decisions. However, this ecological growth is constantly challenged by neoliberal structural constraints—specifically the "temporal straitjacket" of bureaucracy and a culture of "teaching to the test. Furthermore, Master’s degree is conceived not merely as an academic milestone, but as a collaborative site of resistance, where professional identity is reconfigured as a lifelong, multifaceted project centered on collective leadership, ethical mediation, and social justice in both the Portuguese and Scottish contexts. References Flores, M. A. (2017). Professional learning and development in context: What do we know and where do we go next? Journal of Education for Teaching, 43(1), 62–71. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2017.1252507 Goodson, I. F. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge. Jones, K., Ostinelli, G., & Crescentini, A. (Eds.). (2024). Innovation in teacher professional learning in Europe: Research, policy and practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003322610 Martins, G., Gomes, C., Brocardo, J., Pedroso, J. V., Carrilho, J. Silva, L. U. & Encarnação, M. M. (2017). Perfil Dos Alunos à Saída Da Escolaridade Obrigatória. Ministério da Educação/ Direção Geral da Educação. Normand, R., Liu, M., Carvalho, L. M., Oliveira, D. A., & LeVasseur, L. (Eds.). (2018). Education policies and the restructuring of the educational profession: Global and comparative perspectives. Springer. Priestley, M. and Biesta, G., with Robinson, S. (2026, in press). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. 2nd edition. Bloomsbury Academic. Teodoro, A., Galego, C., & Fraga, N. (2019). Encyclopedia of Teacher Education. 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1179-6_312-1 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Mapping Teacher Knowledge, Skills and Dispositions to Curriculum Reform: A Global Review of the Literature UNSW Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:Across Europe and the wider world, curriculum reform has become an important means of addressing the changing needs of society and students whose world and culture have changed significantly in the last century. Teachers play an important role in enacting these reforms as they interpret policy and negotiate the realities of implementation at the school and classroom level (Braun et al., 2010). In many contexts, it is presumed that curriculum practice can be led by national policy (Priestly & Philippou, 2018), and this has led to a focus of reform efforts on curriculum delivery, with teachers being directed to make changes to practice which align with reform intentions, with little regard to their knowledge, skills and dispositions. In some contexts, there has been a recent emphasis on teachers as agents of change and developers of curriculum in their own right (Biesta at al., 2015). In this paper, we seek to emphasise the important role teachers have in enacting curriculum and mediating educational change by mapping teachers’ knowledge, skills, and dispositions as reported in studies of large-scale curriculum reform. Results demonstrate that knowledge and understanding of reform requirements and intentions were empowering factors that promoted uptake of the new curriculum. Subject-specific content knowledge was important for teachers to understand the value of new content and to provide sufficient time in their programs for its rich delivery. Through ongoing, collaborative professional learning, teachers can develop new content knowledge and become more confident in enacting it in their classrooms. Given that many of the reforms reported involved changes in approaches to teaching and learning and in the roles of teachers and students within the classroom, pedagogical knowledge was needed to understand the true intentions of the reforms. Commonly, a lack of knowledge and understanding of student-centred pedagogies hinders teachers’ enactment of reform intentions in classrooms, leading to shallow or mistaken applications that hinder true reform.
Closely connected with these types of teacher knowledge were the skills to enact reforms. Pedagogical skills were the most frequently described in the literature and were presented as either supporting or hindering the implementation of curriculum with fidelity. This language about teacher skills and the way they are evaluated in the literature perpetuated the view that teachers’ skills were in deficit and thus the cause of failed reform. Teachers were reported in the literature to lack a range of skills, including skills to employ experiential learning approaches, co-operative and discovery learning methods, inquiry-based learning, and skills-based teaching methods. This lack of skill led teachers to rely on familiar resources and teaching practices, with which they were confident in delivering the content. Skills could be developed to implement these new pedagogies through long-term, collaborative professional learning opportunities.
Prior success with earlier curriculum iterations tended to shape firm beliefs about teaching and learning, which acted as filters through which teachers’ beliefs about curriculum reform and enactment were perceived. For many, this meant a lack of genuine engagement with reforms and resistance to reforms that conflicted with their beliefs. For others, where reforms aligned with beliefs, reforms were taken up with enthusiasm. Additionally, teachers’ beliefs and dispositions provided insight, beyond the teacher-deficit perspective, into the challenges they faced in implementing reforms in their classrooms. Teachers reported many barriers to reform enactment on the ground included: large class sizes, limited time allocation, time needed to prepare, set up, pack up, and manage the additional resources needed in lessons aligned with reforms, lack of parent support, student reluctance to participate, student ability to engage, and preparation for high-stakes testing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our emphasis on teacher knowledge, skills, and dispositions reflects an evolution of thinking about the nature of teachers’ work. Shulman (1987) theorised teacher knowledge in seven categories: content knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, pedagogical content knowledge, knowledge of how students learn, curriculum knowledge, knowledge of the educational context, and knowledge of the values and purposes of education. Building on this foundation, Ball et al. (2008) theorised that this nexus of knowledge is augmented by a reliance on skills, habits of mind, sensibilities and judgements. Beswick and Goos (2018) proposed that a depiction of teacher knowledge is incomplete without the inclusion of confidence, beliefs and skills, which are shaped by context and situated relationally in enactment practices. To understand teacher enactment of large-scale curriculum reform, we conducted a scoping review focusing on teacher knowledge, skills and dispositions in this context. We reviewed relevant peer-reviewed journal articles between 2013 and 2023 and synthesised them using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines (Moher et al., 2009). Keywords were used to search three databases (ProQuest, Scopus and Web of Science) in December 2023. No restrictions were placed on study design; quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method studies were all included in the review. After screening the 1346 identified, 48 studies were included for review and were conducted in Algeria, Australia, Belgium, Bhutan, Canada, China, Cyprus, Denmark, Indonesia, Iran, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Jordan, Mongolia, Netherlands, Norway, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Turkiye, the UK, and Vietnam. A synthesis of the 48 articles selected for inclusion was conducted. Using a combined deductive-inductive coding strategy, we ensured that the study remained theoretically grounded while also responsive to patterns and insights from the literature. The codes, teacher knowledge, skills and dispositions were identified prior to commencing the synthesis and formed the conceptual framework of the study. These categories were expanded as themes emerged. First, two authors coded 10 articles; a third author read the 10 articles and validated the established coding. The original two authors read the remaining articles and coded them, noting key points and quotes relevant to these codes on a spreadsheet. From this spreadsheet, themes and subthemes emerged. In this paper, we grouped teacher knowledge, skills, and dispositions because they are directly linked to teachers’ professional capacities and serve as the theoretical lens for understanding curriculum enactment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our scoping review highlighted the centrality of teachers in the enactment of large-scale curriculum reform. Curriculum reform enactment draws on a broad range of teacher knowledge, including knowledge of reform requirements and intentions, subject-specific content, pedagogical knowledge, prior content knowledge, and prior knowledge of teaching and school contexts. Successful curriculum reform is dependent on a range of teacher skills relating to contemporary pedagogies, lesson design, scaffolding student understanding, and use of alternate assessment methods. Sustained educational change depends on teachers’ dispositions, reflecting the need for teachers to feel respected, valued, and included in curriculum making. Teacher knowledge, skills and dispositions have the potential to both drive and impede educational change. Meaningful engagement with teachers in curriculum design and ‘rollout’ as well as parental and system support for teachers, fostered positive dispositions towards reform and this in turn contributed to successful enactment. Despite this finding on the importance of teachers in curriculum enactment and educational change, we noted a tendency in this literature to frame teachers’ knowledge and skills in deficit terms and to view their role as subject to policy. When viewed as the targets of policy change, rather than makers of curriculum, teachers’ potential in educational improvement has been stunted; their practice hampered by miscommunication, and expectations that are incongruent with the context in which they enact curriculum and support student learning. Our study emphasises the importance of understanding the true value and function of teachers’ roles within educational change. The success of educational reform depends on recognising teachers' importance. They should be empowered as key policy actors in a complex ecology of curriculum making (Priestley et al., 2021). This means that teacher disposition can work in tandem with their knowledge and skills (Beswick & Goos, 2018; Priestley et al., 2021) to support positive educational change in classrooms. References Ball, D. L., Thames, M. H., & Phelps, G. (2008). Content knowledge for teaching: What makes it special? Journal of Teacher Education, 59, 389-407. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487108324554 Beswick, K., & Goos, M. (2018). Mathematics teacher educator knowledge: What do we know and where to from here? Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 21, 417-427. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-018-9416-4 Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624-640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325 Braun, A., Maguire, M., & Ball, S. J. (2010). Policy enactments in the UK secondary school: Examining policy, practice and school positioning. Journal of Education Policy, 25(4), 547-560. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680931003698544 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D. G. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264-269. https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-151-4-200908180-00135 Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2018). Curriculum making as social practice: complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29(2), 151-158. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2018.1451096 Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making: A conceptual framing. In D. A. M. Priestley, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Ed.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 1-28). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013 Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.57.1.j463w79r56455411 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Validation of a Curriculum Leadership Efficacy Tool and Insights into Curriculum Leadership Efficacy Predictors 1: The University of Auckland, New Zealand; 2: National Taipei University of Education; 3: Ontario Tech University; 4: University of California, San Diego Presenting Author:This study was driven by two related research questions – firstly, we ask how can curriculum leadership efficacy (CLE) be measured? The second, is what predicts curriculum leadership efficacy? These are important questions given the prevalence and ambitiousness of curriculum change across jurisdictions internationally. Curriculum reform and other curriculum changes are a constant. Educators are always either in the midst of it, looking toward it, or having recently gone through it (Sinnema et al, 2023). They are also important questions given the unique curriculum changes present for curriculum leadership; the limitations of pre-existing tools for measuring efficacy of various types and the need for such measurement in order to design and deliver well targeted support to educational leaders and to attend to the conditions that support leaders to develop their curriculum leadership efficacy. The first question lead us to develop a measure of curriculum leadership efficacy. While there are many validated measures of efficacy, leadership efficacy and teaching efficacy, none focus on the particular demands of curriculum leadership. Generic measures of self-efficacy (Baroudi & Hojeij, 2020; Bellemans & Devos, 2023) and general leadership efficacy (Bergman et al., 2021; Liou & Daly, 2020) have their place, but we advocate here for a more precise measure of efficacy that reflects the particularities of curriculum leadership when leading curriculum changes that are ambitious and challenging. Given curriculum change demands quite particular capabilities of leaders in educational settings, our intention here is to take a domain specific approach to efficacy, and describe curriculum leadership efficacy specifically by presenting a validated tool for its measurement. We drew on prior theoretical/empirical work on curriculum realisation (Sinnema & Stoll, 2020), problem-solving in educational leadership (Mumford et al., 2019; Sinnema et al., 2023) and interpersonal capabilities of leadership problem solving (Robinson et al., 2020 ; to develop our curriculum leadership efficacy measure. We also foregrounded the leadership of collaboration in educational networks (Sinnema et al., 2023). Our second question investigates how leaders’ curriculum leadership efficacy is influenced by the social infrastructure surrounding them and their work (Daly, 2020), including social connectedness, wellbeing, network intentionality and trust perceptions. We draw on theories of trust given the importance of educators feeling comfortable sharing ideas, seeking feedback, and collaborating on curriculum matters (e.g., Banwo et al., 2021; Tschannen-Moran, 2014). It follows that high collegial trust can enhance educators’ willingness to engage in curriculum leadership roles, as they feel supported by their peers. Theories of wellbeing (Huppert & Johnson, 2010, p. 264) highlight the relationship between educators satisfaction with their work, support of colleagues’ and students’ professional growth within the school environment (Cann et al., 2024). Educators who experience high levels of well-being are more likely to be engaged, motivated, and effective in their curriculum leadership roles. Wellbeing is an important inclusion in the theoretical framing of curriculum leadership given issues of retention, burnout and stress internationally (OECD, 2019b). Our attention to social connectedness draws on social capital theory (Coleman, 1997; Lin, 2001), and in particular the idea of knowledge brokers that has been a focus in educational research for decades (Louis, 1977, 1998, 2009) and the concept of network intentionality (Liou et al, 2023). We focus on curriculum leaders’ betweenness centrality as this indicates a strategic position (Sparrowe & Liden, 2005) for accessing and disseminating critical information and best practices related to the curriculum—a position conducive to curriculum leadership efficacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used There were three stages to our methods. Stage 1: Development and Content Validity of the CLE Scale We first identified the content domains and the items for each domain in the CLE instrument we used in those studies. We drew on a diverse body of literature that presented both theoretical and empirical support for impactful leadership practices, and developed an initial frame of 5 domains on the basis of the literature. We used an iterative consensus process a process of critical dialogue with expert groups of three types. Stage 2: Validation of the CLE Construct All staff from the two communities of learning with any responsibility for curriculum, teaching, learning, and learners—a total of 563 educators—were invited to take part in a survey that included both the curriculum leadership efficacy scale (17 items), and a section of social network items indicating relational ties amongst them. The response rate overall was 84% of the educators surveyed at time 1 (469 responses) and 85% at time 2 (479 responses). We first performed item analysis to determine the extent to which the 17 items were related to each other. We conducted a preliminary principal components analysis from the 17 items to examine the extent to which there might be remaining items that are identified to have problematic loadings on across factors that precluded clear interpretation. We used promax rotation method (oblique solutions) to consider the inter-correlation concern. We used IBM SPSS Amos 28.0 to run CFA using the maximum-likelihood (ML) estimation method as research suggests that ML produces accurate results in most. A number of fit indices were used to evaluate the model and parameter estimates, including ratio of chi-square relative to the degrees of freedom (χ2/df), Comparative Fit Index (CFI), the Normed Fit Index (NFI), the Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI), the Goodness-of-Fit Index (GFI), the Adjusted Goodness-of-Fit Index (AGFI), the root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA), and the standardized root mean square residual (SRMR). Stage 3: Investigating Factors Contributing to the CLE Scale We used ego-centric social network measures (in-degree, outdegree, and betweenness, to analyse the network data. Using regression analyses we investigated relationships between individual social network, and organisational conditions variables on Curriculum Leadership Efficacy. Finally, using structural equation modelling, we explored how organisational conditions interact with individuals’ capacity in ways that support practice improvement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We established a four-factor structure for measuring curriculum leadership efficacy - the factors are meeting curriculum learning demands, leading curriculum problem solving, taking a strategic approach and ensuring curriculum collaboration. Our results show that Curriculum Leadership Efficacy is predicted by key dimensions of leaders’ social infrastructure, including them being 1)more sought out by others as a source of curriculum-related resources and materials, 2) more intentional and active in connecting others, 3) more positive in the affective dimensions of wellbeing (contribution) and with close relational ties to others, and 4) having higher levels of trust in the quality of their relationships The significance of this work is the light it shines on the importance of ensuring leaders have opportunities to develop curriculum leadership efficacy, and in particular developing their capability in influencing others' commitment to curriculum improvement, deepening others' knowledge of new curricula and understanding of how to respond to a curriculum and supporting others to develop their teaching capabilities. The validation of this scale provides a tool that can be used diagnostically, surfacing leadership strengths and weaknesses relevant to curriculum change efforts. The breadth and complexity of the curriculum leadership dimensions included in the scale is aligned to the demands of contemporary educational leadership as it occurs in a time of crisis (Stoll & Sinnema, 2024). Our findings about predictors of CLE are important given the reliance on leadership for realising curriculum change, and the regularity with which curriculum reforms are reported to have only partial success. Our hope is that this tool can support leadership capability development conducive to curriculum changes internationally that are ambitious in scale and aspiration, and often subject to high levels of contention or controversy amongst the profession and the wider public. References Banwo, B. O., Khalifa, M., & Seashore Louis, K. (2021). Exploring trust: Culturally responsive and positive school leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(3), 323–339. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-03-2021-0065 Baroudi, S., & Hojeij, Z. (2020). The role of self-efficacy as an attribute of principals’ leadership effectiveness in K-12 private and public institutions in Lebanon. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 23(4), 457–471. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2018.1529822 Bellemans, L., & Devos, G. (2023). Exploring the sources of self-efficacy by Flemish school principals in primary education. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 51(3), 733–750. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211001365 Bergman, D., Gustafsson-Senden, M., & Berntson, E. (2021). From Believing to Doing: The Association Between Leadership Self-Efficacy and the Developmental Leadership Model. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 669905–669905. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.669905 Coleman, J. S. (1997). Social capital in the creation of human capital. In A. H. Halsey, H. Lauder, P. Brown, & A. Stuart Wells (Eds.), Education culture, economy and society (pp. 80–95). Oxford University Press. Daly, A. J. (2010). Mapping the terrain: Social network theory and educational change. In Social network theory and educational change. Harvard Education Press. Liou, Y. H., & Daly, A. J. (2020). Investigating Leader Self-Efficacy Through Policy Engagement and Social Network Position. Educational Policy, 34(3), 411–448. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904818773904 Liou, Y. H., & Bjorklund Jr, P. (2023). Understanding teacher network formation amidst reform: A mixed-methods study on collaborative structure, network intentionality, closeness, and school climates. Teaching and Teacher Education, 134, 104296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104296 Mumford, M. D., Higgs, C. A., Todd, E. M., & Elliott, S. (Eds.). (2019). Thinking About Causes: How Leaders Identify the Critical Variables to Act On. In Leader Thinking Skills. Routledge. OECD. (2019b). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/2019/06/talis-2018-results-volume-i_03d63387.html Robinson, V. M. J., Meyer, F., Le Fevre, D., & Sinnema, C. (2020). The Quality of Leaders’ Problem-Solving Conversations: truth-seeking or truth-claiming? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2020.1734627 Sinnema, C., Daly, A. J., Rodway, J., Hannah, D., Cann, R., & Liou, Y.-H. (2023). Improving the Relational Space of Curriculum Realisation: Social Network Interventions. Emerald Publishing Limited. Sinnema, C., Meyer, F., Le Fevre, D., Chalmers, H., & Robinson, V. (2023). Educational leaders’ problem-solving for educational improvement: Belief validity testing in conversations. Journal of Educational Change, 24(2), 133–181. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09437-z Stoll, L. & Sinnema, C. (2024). Leading curriculum realisation through schools as learning organisations in and beyond times of crisis, Leading and Managing, 30(2), 1-21. Tschannen-Moran, M. (2014). Trust matters: Leadership for successful schools, second edition (2nd ed.). Wiley. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 03-C Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 A: Collaboration as Inclusive Methodology Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Raphael Zahnd Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Understanding Collaboration in Inclusive Schools: A Mixed-Methods Multiple Case Study Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:Collaboration and co-teaching between regular and special education teachers are widely regarded as key drivers of school development and as essential prerequisites for the successful implementation of inclusive education (Friend et al., 2010; Sundqvist, 2021). Despite this robust normative consensus, collaboration often remains loosely conceptualized and weakly institutionalized in everyday school practice (Vangrieken et al., 2015). Empirical findings consistently indicate that intensive and reciprocal forms of collaboration are still the exception rather than the rule, with many collaborative arrangements characterized by limited coordination or a pronounced division of labor (Pozas & Letzel-Alt, 2023). Despite the extensive research that has been conducted on teacher collaboration, important conceptual and empirical gaps remain. Existing research has tended to focus on either the conditions under which collaboration takes place (e.g. Vangrieken et al., 2015) or on the processes through which it unfolds (e.g. Pozas & Letzel-Alt, 2023). However, the interrelation remains insufficiently understood (Gourvennec et al., 2024; Jurkowski & Müller, 2018; Strogilos et al., 2022). Furthermore, teachers’ professional beliefs about successful collaboration have rarely been systematically linked to both collaborative conditions and processes. This is despite the theoretical assumption that such beliefs play a central role in guiding professional action (Ajzen, 1991). Addressing these gaps, this study investigates the interplay between collaborative conditions, collaborative processes, and teachers’ beliefs about successful collaboration in inclusive school contexts. The following research question is proposed: what types of collaboration can be identified based on collaborative conditions, collaborative processes, and their convergence with teachers’ beliefs about successful collaboration? The objective of this study is to develop a typology grounded in empirical evidence, with the aim of providing a novel perspective on the subject. In the theoretical framework on collaborative conditions conceptualizes collaboration as a multidimensional and multi-level phenomenon embedded within personal, interpersonal, organizational, and structural contexts (Lütje-Klose & Urban, 2014; Vangrieken et al., 2015). The analysis systematically identifies facilitating and hindering conditions. The collaborative processes are analyzed with a focus on their intensity. Drawing on established models of teacher collaboration (Gräsel et al., 2006; Marvin, 1990; Little, 1990), collaborative practices are categorized as either fragmentary or intensive. Teachers’ beliefs about successful collaboration constitute a third central analytical dimension. These beliefs are understood as relatively stable professional orientations that shape perception, interpretation, and action (Vries et al., 2014). The present study introduces the concept of convergence as a key analytical lens to examine if the beliefs held by the co-teachers align with, or diverge from, the collaborative conditions and processes that characterize their professional practice. Integrating collaborative conditions, collaborative processes, and co-teachers’ beliefs into a single analytical framework is a significant contribution of this study, as it facilitates a more comprehensive theoretical understanding of collaboration in inclusive education. Concurrently, the empirically derived typology offers practice-relevant insights for the effective support and further development of collaborative practices in school contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to address the overarching research question, this study adopts a multiple case study design embedded in a parallel mixed-methods approach, with the aim of developing an empirically grounded typology of teacher collaboration. The case studies are based on observations, questionnaire data, and interviews, enabling an in-depth exploration of complex social and interactional processes in real-life school contexts (Yin, 2018). The utilization of multiple cases enables both within-case analyses and cross-case comparisons, thereby facilitating the identification of patterns and differences. This, in turn, contributes to the development of theory beyond the limitations of single-case findings. Empirical data are analyzed following the typological approach proposed by Kelle and Kluge (2010), which provides a systematic framework for integrating heterogeneous data and comparing cases. The analysis is guided by three core dimensions: The first condition is that of case-specific collaborative conditions at individual, interpersonal, and organizational levels. The second condition is that of collaborative processes between co-teachers, with a focus on interactional intensity. The third condition is that of alignment or divergence between teachers' professional beliefs and observed conditions and processes. Integrating qualitative and quantitative data across these dimensions, the study develops an empirically grounded typology of collaboration, offering a nuanced understanding of collaborative practices in inclusive school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study makes a substantial contribution to the extant research on interprofessional collaboration in inclusive education by developing an empirically grounded, multidimensional typology that integrates collaborative conditions, collaborative processes, and teachers' professional beliefs. In-depth case analyses reveal three distinct types of collaboration. Type 1 is characterized by intensive collaborative processes within facilitating conditions that align with teachers' beliefs, reflecting a mutually reinforcing relationship between structural arrangements, interactional practices, and professional orientations. Type 2a combines fragmentary collaboration with constraining conditions but still shows convergence with teachers' beliefs, highlighting productive tension between normative models and professional orientations. Type 2b is characterized by the presence of fragmentary collaboration under constraining conditions, accompanied by a divergence between practices and beliefs, revealing tensions between professional ideals and enacted reality. The findings demonstrate that collaboration in inclusive schools cannot be understood through processes alone. Instead, it is essential to examine the interplay of conditions, practices, and beliefs. Despite the typology's analytical transferability, it offers substantial heuristic value for pedagogical practice. This is because it enables teachers to reflect on their collaborative processes, evaluate alignment with their professional beliefs, and identify avenues for improvement. The study concludes by highlighting its limitations and outlining directions for future research on the dynamic relationships among beliefs, conditions, and collaborative practice. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 179-211. Friend, M., Cook, L., Hurley-Chamberlain, D., & Shamberger, C. (2010). Co-Teaching: An Illustration of the Complexity of Collaboration in Special Education. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 20(1), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/10474410903535380 Gourvennec, A. F., Solheim, O. J., Foldnes, N., Uppstad, P. H., & McTigue, E. M. (2024). Shared responsibility between teachers predicts student achievement: A mixed methods study in Norwegian co-taught literacy classes. Journal of Educational Change, 25(1), 71–102. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09472-4 Gräsel, C., Fußangel, K., & Pröbstel, C. (2006). Lehrkräfte zur Kooperation anregen - eine Aufgabe für Sisyphos? Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52(2), 205–219. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:4453 Jurkowski, S., Ulrich, M., & Müller, B. (2018). Co-teaching as a resource for inclusive classes: teachers’ perspectives on conditions for successful collaboration. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(1), 54–71. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1821449 Little, J. W. (1990). The Persistence of Privacy: Autonomy and Initiative in Teachers' Professional Relations. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 91(4), 509–536. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146819009100403 Lütje-Klose, B. & Urban, M. (2014). Professionelle Kooperation als wesentliche Be-dingung inklusiver Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. Teil 1: Grundlagen und Modelle inklusiver Kooperation. Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, 83(2), 112-123. https://doi.org/10.2378/vhn2014.art09d Marvin, C. A. (1990). Problems in school-based speech language consultation and collaboration services: Defining the terms and improving the process. In W. Secord & E. H. Wiig (Hrsg.), Collaborative Programs in the Schools. Concepts, Models, and Procedures (S. 37-47). The Psychological Corporation. Pozas, M., & Letzel-Alt, V. (2023). Teacher collaboration, inclusive education and differentiated instruction: A matter of exchange, co-construction, or synchronization? Cogent Education, 10(2), Article 2240941. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2240941 Strogilos, V., King-Sears, M. E., Tragoulia, E., Voulagka, A., & Stefanidis, A. (2023). A meta-synthesis of co-teaching students with and without disabilities. Educational Research Review, 38, 100504. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100504 Sundqvist, C., Björk-Åman, C., & Ström, K. (2021). Special teachers and the use of co-teaching in Swedish-speaking schools in Finland. Education Inquiry, 12(2), 111–126. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1793490 Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002 Vries, S. de, van de Grift, W. J., & Jansen, E. P. (2014). How teachers’ beliefs about learning and teaching relate to their continuing professional development. Teachers and Teaching, 20(3), 338–357. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.848521 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper On the Trail of Collaboration – Video Insights into Cooperative and Collaborative Learning by Students using Diversity-sensitive Teaching and Learning Materials University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Austria ratified the UN CRPD in 2008. Article 24 requires the establishment of an inclusive education system to prevent discrimination and ensure equal opportunities. The associated maximum participation in all areas requires structural changes to remove barriers. The sustainability goals of Agenda 2030 also impose far-reaching requirements on the Austrian education system (in particular SDGs 4, 5, and 10). Some of the measures and reforms implemented to date have not been pursued rigorously and have been accompanied by significant changes in content (Sonntag & Windisch, 2024) which is also confirmed by figures from Statistics Austria, which have recorded an increase in the number of pupils with special education needs receiving exclusive instruction since the 2022/23 school year (Statistics Austria, 2024, Table 1.1.3). Although these figures refer to Austria, similar structural contradictions and implementation gaps have been documented across European education systems, making inclusion a shared international challenge. In order to enable participation and raise educational standards, all students, especially those who are disadvantaged, must be given access to education. Reforms such as the new teacher training programs and curricula for secondary schools respond to these demands, but (prospective) teachers are confronted with contradictory structural and institutional conditions (Sonntag & Wagner, 2024) and feel burdened or overwhelmed when it comes to designing inclusive lessons (Jude, Klusmann, et al., 2024). In everyday school life, individual-centered views of disability and diversity continue to dominate (Buchner, 2016). In order to break down barriers to learning, compatible teaching materials are needed. This is where the Teaching-Learning-Laboratory for Inclusive Education at the University of Innsbruck (AT) comes in: the empirically based development, testing, and implementation of diversity-sensitive teaching and learning materials as part of teacher training in cooperation with secondary schools, in order to enable increased participation and equal opportunities for all students (Hoffmann & Sonntag, 2024). The focus is on learning boxes, which enable cooperative learning on a common subject using flashcards, differentiated tasks, learning structure grids and detailed information for teachers (Feuser, 2013). The learning boxes are based on the differentiation matrix by Sasse and Schulzeck (2021) and take place as part of courses within teacher training. They emphasize interdisciplinary topics as independent learning units. The material is collaboratively tested, evaluated, and continuously refined by students, teachers, and their pupils in various learning settings under academic supervision. Against this background, the project addresses the following research question: How do pupils interact with diversity-sensitive learning materials in cooperative settings, and how do social, spatial and material dimensions shape collaborative learning processes in inclusive classrooms? To investigate this question, the project builds on previous research and applies videographic interaction analyses conducted in the 2025/26 academic year to capture microprocesses of collaborative learning. The findings should contribute to a more differentiated understanding of the conditions for successful sustainable inclusive teaching and learning settings and to the more targeted further development of teaching and learning materials. We are focusing on ‘successful moments’ here, as previous empirical inclusion research has predominantly focused on exclusive structures. With this in mind, we are attempting to approach learning ‘in and through cooperation’ and would like to gain a new insight into the complex social practice of teaching. We are, so to speak, ‘on the trail of the “common”...’ Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Previous research has provided only limited insight into the microprocesses through which cooperative learning unfolds in inclusive classroom settings. In particular, key questions about the cognitive and interactional processes of collaborative learning remain unanswered. To address this gap, a supplementary video-based study was conducted in the winter semester 2025/26. Videographic interaction analysis was chosen in order to capture the complexity of classroom interactions and to reconstruct fleeting learning processes in greater detail. While group discussions have so far mainly provided information about students’ skills and perspectives, video data make it possible to analyse highly complex practical situations – especially pupils’ work with the learning boxes – that require additional levels of analysis (Sonntag & Gleirscher, 2026, in press). These include verbal and non-verbal communication, bodily actions, spatial positioning, movements and parallel activities (Asbrand & Martens, 2018). The interplay of simultaneous and overlapping actions offers particular potential for inclusive education research. The current project reconstructs how pupils use the materials, how they interact, communicate and cooperate, and how material features – such as design, haptics and structure – shape these processes. The focus is deliberately placed on ‘successful moments’ of cooperation in order to counter predominantly deficit-oriented perspectives in inclusion research (Budde et al., 2017) and to empirically approach the “actual core” of collaborative learning described by Feuser (2013). Data were collected in two sessions in the Teaching-Learning-Laboratory for Inclusive Education. Pupils tested the learning boxes under the guidance of university students enrolled in teacher education. Three learning stations were set up, each equipped with a video camera. At each station, approximately three to five pupil groups worked with the materials. In addition to the video recordings, audio recordings were made, and structured field notes were taken to document events that could not be fully captured by the cameras. The data are currently being analysed using the modular principle of educational video interaction analysis (Dinkelaker & Herrle, 2009). This approach allows for the systematic reconstruction of interaction processes by combining various analytical methods. The findings will contribute to a more differentiated understanding of the conditions for successful cooperative learning in inclusive contexts and provide an empirical basis for the targeted further development of diversity-sensitive teaching and learning materials. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is expected to generate empirically grounded insights into how cooperative learning unfolds when pupils engage with diversity-sensitive teaching materials in inclusive settings. By focusing on videographically captured microprocesses, the study will illuminate how social, spatial and material dimensions interact to shape collaborative learning. This fine-grained perspective should allow for a more nuanced understanding of the conditions under which inclusive learning environments succeed—particularly in contrast to the predominantly deficit-oriented findings that have characterized previous inclusion research.The analysis of “successful moments” of cooperation is anticipated to reveal concrete interactional patterns that support joint engagement, mutual understanding and shared problem-solving among heterogeneous pupil groups. These insights will help identify which material features of the learning boxes—such as structure, haptics, differentiation options or visual design—most effectively facilitate participation and equitable access to learning opportunities. At the same time, the findings are expected to highlight how teacher education students, acting as facilitators, can scaffold inclusive learning processes in ways that reduce barriers and strengthen collaborative dynamics. Beyond the immediate empirical contributions, the project aims to provide actionable implications for the further development of diversity-sensitive teaching and learning materials. The results will inform iterative refinements of the learning boxes and support evidence-based decisions about their integration into teacher education and school practice. More broadly, the study seeks to contribute to the ongoing discourse on how inclusive education can be sustainably implemented within structurally contradictory systems. By reconstructing learning “in and through cooperation,” the project aspires to advance a deeper understanding of the “common” as a pedagogical and social practice—offering impulses for teacher training, school development and inclusive educational policy. References Asbrand,B. & Martens,M. (2018). Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung. Springer VS. Buchner,T. (2016). Die Subjekte der Integration. Dissertation. Klinkhardt. Budde,J. & Blasse,N. (2017). Forschung zu inklusivem Unterricht. In B. Lütje-Klose, S. Miller, S. Schwab & B. Streese (Hrsg.), Inklusion: Profile für die Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz: Theoretische Grundlagen - Empirische Befunde - Praxisbeispiele (S.239–252). Waxmann. Bundesministerium für Soziales, Gesundheit, Pflege und Konsumentenschutz. (2016). UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention: Deutsche Übersetzung der Konvention und des Fakultativprotokolls. Dinkelaker,J. & Herrle,M. (2009). Erziehungswissenschaftliche Videographie: Eine Einführung. Qualitative Sozialforschung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Feuser,G. (2013). Die "Kooperation am Gemeinsamen Gegenstand" - ein Entwicklung induzierendes Lernen. In G. Feuser, J. Kutscher, W. Jantzen, I. Beck & P. Wachtel (Hrsg.), Entwicklung und Lernen (1. Aufl., S.282–293). Kohlhammer. Holzinger,A. & Wohlhart,D. (2025). Inklusive Bildung in Österreich – ein starker Beginn mit offenem Ausgang. In M. Reichert, P. Gollub, S. Greiten & M. Veber (Hrsg.), Heterogenität aus schulpraktischer Perspektive. Historische und bildungshistorische Perspektiven auf Inklusion und Heterogenität in Erziehung, Bildung und Schule (251-169). Klinkhardt. Hoffmann,T. & Sonntag,M. (2024). Inklusive Lernräume kooperativ erforschen und entwickeln: Das Lehr-Lern-Labor für Inklusive Bildung an der Universität Innsbruck. In N. Weber, M. Moos & D. Kucharz (Hrsg.), Hochschullernwerkstätten im analogen und digitalen Raum: Perspektiven auf Didaktik und Forschung in innovativen Lernsettings (S.271–282). Klinkhardt. Jude, N., Klusmann, U., Selcik,F., Sichma, A., Richter, D. & Wolf,D. (2024). Deutsches Schulbarometer BEFRAGUNG LEHRKRÄFTE. Sasse,A. & Schulzeck,U. (Hrsg.). (2021). Lernen inklusiv und kooperativ. Inklusiven Unterricht planen, gestalten und reflektieren: Die Differenzierungsmatrix in Theorie und Praxis. Klinkhardt. Sonntag, M., Gleirscher, L. (in publication). Inklusion und Transformation im Lehr-Lern-Labor für Inklusive Bildung an der Universität Innsbruck. Tagungsband der 38. Jahrestagung der Inklusionsforscher:innen. Klinkhardt. Sonntag,M. & Wagner,J. (2024). Angehende Inklusionspädagog*innen unter widersprüchlichen Bedingungen. Erziehung und Unterricht (1-2), 55–64. Sonntag,M. & Windisch,M. (2024). Die Entwicklung der (Neuen) Mittelschule aus der Perspektive Inklusiver Bildung. In L. Jesacher-Rößler & D. Kemethofer (Hrsg.), 10 Jahre Regelschule - Die (Neue) Mittelschule (S.243–260). Waxmann. Statistik Austria. (2024). Bildung in Zahlen 2022/23: Tabellenband. Unabhängiger Monitoringausschuss der Republik Österreich. (2023). Sonderbericht Art. 24 – Bildung Anlässlich der 2. Staatenprüfung der Republik Österreich durch den UN-Fachausschuss. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Observatory for Inclusion. A Collaborative Research University of Malaga, Spain Presenting Author:Initial teacher training is a strategic dimension in the move towards more inclusive, equitable, and socially just education systems. However, the persistence of myths and beliefs deeply rooted in school and social culture continues to hinder the transformation of educational practices and the consolidation of a more inclusive school and society. These conceptions, historically reproduced through the media, cultural traditions, or the educational system itself, need to be addressed from a critical onto-epistemological perspective that goes beyond unidirectional, reproductive and transmissive teaching models, favoring reflective organizational and didactic approaches aimed at educational (Berluda, 2017) and social change.
From this perspective, this paper presents some of the results of a training and co-research experience carried out between the 2021-22 and 2024-25 academic years at the Faculty of Education Sciences of the University of Malaga, within the framework of the course Relational Skills in the Inclusive Classroom, attached to the Inclusive School specialization of the fourth year of the Primary Education Degree.
The proposal is based on the creation of a pedagogical observatory that collects the analysis of visual, musical and multimedia content, under a critical conception of teacher training, and is part of the Ministry of Science and Innovation's Project on Challenges and Knowledge Generation PID entitled "Collaborative Networks in Education: critical teaching for an inclusive society, PID2022-138882OB-I00." This formative research recognizes teachers as ethical, social, and politically committed agents of transformation in school culture and practices (Freire, 1996; Rodríguez Hernández, 2019) and students as co-researchers and active agents in their training and transformation process, aspects that reconfigure their identity as teachers and researchers.
From a methodological perspective, a joint analysis (students and teachers) of content has been carried out with the aim of publishing it in a Pedagogical Observatory. This methodology has enabled students, with the help of teachers, to critically analyze existing myths surrounding diversity, disability and school inclusion. The observatory is developed as a space for training, analysis, research, dissemination and reflection on inclusion and discourses and practices that are contrary to the construction of an inclusive society and school. Observatories, understood as permanent spaces for analysis and dissemination of information on social phenomena, facilitate the communication of results to the educational and social community after a process of systematic research (Prieto, 2003; Fabbioneri et al., 2019).
Analysis of audiovisual material reveals how the content observed and analyzed can have a significant negative influence on children's behavior, expectations and social relationships. On the one hand, it can be seen that the narratives in the material analyzed reinforce the Pygmalion effect, showing how the expectations that adults or peers project onto children can condition their performance and behavior. On the other hand, stories that address functional diversity highlight the different ways in which people react to diversity, either by promoting inclusion and mutual learning or by generating distancing, rejection and segregation, underscoring the importance of acceptance, empathy, and understanding in building more respectful social environments. Likewise, representations of violent behavior, both physical and psychological, are identified which, although sometimes presented in a humorous or symbolic way, can contribute to the normalization of these attitudes in children's imaginations. This highlights that audiovisual content not only reflects social practices, but also functions as a reference point that influences the formation of values, models of interaction and strategies for conflict resolution, reinforcing the need for a critical and pedagogical approach to its use in educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology used is based on qualitative content analysis applied to a series of audiovisual material with the aim of analyzing the discourses, stereotypes, myths, representations and values conveyed through films and television series. This methodological approach allows for the analysis of explicit and implicit messages present in the selected audiovisual products. The audiovisual material was selected by each group of students (5 or 6 students per group) and the material analyzed includes animated films, short films, cartoons, series and movies. Audiovisual material Content analysis Interpretive analysis Coco, Encanto, Turning Red, Mulan, Brave, Frozen and Red. Expectations and influence. Pygmalion effect The Simpsons, Crayon Shin-chan, Tangled and Cinderella Physical and psychological violence, aggression, humiliation, domination and normalization of violence. The normalization of implicit and explicit violence as a form of interaction Cuerdas and Purl Interpersonal relationships, acceptance, empathy, understanding, and exclusion. Perceptions and behaviors toward diversity Campeones, Me Before You, Yo, también, La teoría del todo, The Theory of Everything, My Name Is Khan, Special, The Good Doctor and Atypical Campeones (People with intellectual disability as “innocent, adorable, or dependent”); Me Before You and Yo también (disability as “victim of their condition” or “limited life”); The Theory of Everything, stereotype of a person who must compensate for their limitations with extraordinary achievements; My Name is Khan and The Good Doctor, person with ASD as exceptional and morally superior, idealization; Special, highlighting barriers and stereotypes associated with disability, without idealizing or victimizing the character; Atypical, simplified and tender view. Representation and idealization of functional diversity After selecting and viewing the material, students and teachers conducted a joint analysis, from which a system of categories emerged for each audiovisual material. This analysis revealed categories such as discourses on difference, gender roles, family behaviors, the representation of diversity, power relations, protective or paternalistic behaviors, idealization, abusive behaviors, physical or psychological violence, transmitted values and models of social interaction, among others. Finally, the teachers and students conducted an interpretative co-analysis of each material with the aim of identifying the myths and stereotypes identified in each audiovisual material and proposing alternatives for working on them in educational centers. The results and analysis obtained were presented in the classroom and form part of the pedagogical observatory. Likewise, the material developed to work on these myths was implemented in a session held at the Faculty of Education with groups of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th-year primary education students from a public school in the province. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The material analyzed shows how the media exert a notable influence on viewers, as they largely shape their perception of reality. On the one hand, they promote anti-values and inappropriate behaviors (Mornhinweg and Herrera, 2017) and, on the other, they disseminate stereotypical content. Specifically, the analysis of films such as Coco, Encanto, Turning Red, Mulan, Brave, and Frozen shows the Pygmalion Effect, which is perceived in the influence that one person's expectations (in many cases the family) can have on the performance and behavior of another (Solís and Borja, 2017). The short films Cuerdas and Purl show the different ways in which people establish interpersonal relationships when they interpret diversity, in its many manifestations, either as an obstacle that generates distance and exclusion or as a valuable opportunity for learning, empathy and personal growth. Another worrying aspect is scenes of violence, which, although often presented in a humorous, symbolic, or seemingly harmless way, can contribute to the normalization of this type of behavior. We find series such as The Simpsons (Homer strangling Bart) and Crayon Shin Chan (the mother hitting him on the head) or children's films such as Rapunzel and Cinderella that show psychological violence. Given this scenario, we maintain that educational institutions must assume a fundamental responsibility, as it is essential that schools teach students media literacy so that they can develop a critical eye and be able to interpret and differentiate the messages they receive through characters and audiovisual environments (Rajadell et al., 2005). Therefore, both initial and continuing teacher training should promote educational strategies that address this reality in social and educational contexts. References Aparici, R. (2005). Comunicación educativa en la sociedad de la información. Gedisa. Berluda, M. (2017). Educación inclusiva y cambio pedagógico. Narcea. Cardona, M. C. (2009). Actitudes del profesorado hacia la inclusión educativa. Revista de Educación, 349, 153–170. Fabbioneri, F., Grippo, J., y Miguel, B. (2019). El observatorio como dispositivo de investigación y acción. Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4–8. Freire, P. (1996). Pedagogía de la autonomía. Siglo XXI. Mornhinweg, G. y Herrera, L.C. (2017). Los Dibujos Animados: herramienta para la educación. Investigación y Pensamiento Crítico, 5(2), 21-36. https://doi.org/10.37387/ipc.v5i2.68 Prieto, M. (2003). Los observatorios sociales. Editorial Síntesis. Rajadell-Puiggròs, N., Pujol-Maura, M. A. y Violant-Holz, V. (2005). Los dibujos animados como recurso de transmisión de los valores educativos y culturales. Comunicar: Revista Científica de Comunicación y Educación, 13(25). Rodríguez Hernández, J. (2019). Formación del profesorado y compromiso social. Octaedro. Solís, P. y Borja, V. (2017). El efecto Pigmalión en la práctica docente. Publicaciones didácticas, (83), 193-195 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 B: Student voice for inclusion Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Edda Óskarsdóttir Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Experience, Voice, and Agency: A Systematic Literature Review of Student Agency for Students with Disabilities University of Illinois Chicago, United States of America Presenting Author:This paper presents a systematic literature review of the student agency for students with disability in the international literature from 2015 to 2025. After the student voice was formally recognized in UN-CRC (1989) as the capability of one’s expressing their views, student voice has been tied to being an agent of school change initiatives, where students actively participate in shaping their learning experiences and engaging in dialogue to facilitate meaningful school transformation (Messiou et al., 2025). Before these epistemic changes, although a shift toward child-centered pedagogy is noted ambiguously in the Salamanca Statement (1994), educational outcomes for students with disabilities and inclusive education rely on collaboration with adults, such as teachers, administrators, and families. This heavy focus on adult involvement overlooked discussions of student agency and relational capacities in transforming practices within existing power dynamics (Bahou, 2012). Since that time, the concepts of student agency have been explored in inclusive and special education as well as disability studies in education through different perspectives, such as students as contributors (Carrington et al., 2007; Koritsaris, 2022; Messiou, 2017), their roles as change agents (Messiou et al., 2025; Narayan, 2011), their perspectives and views (Shogren et al., 2015), and their position as boundary crossers (Bal et al., 2014; Ko et al., 2021). Agency is considered a key learning objective within pedagogies and curriculum in action (Smith et al., 2022) and building a critical lens for community change (Durand et al., 2025). To better understand this paradigmatic change in inclusive education and how student agency for students with disabilities is scholarly exercised, conceptualized, and transformed over time, we asked the following questions:
The review discusses a critical gap between the contemporary emphasis on student agency in inclusive and special education and how empirical studies move from its rhetorical status of experience and voice as an instrument to its enactment, mediation, and development within learning and curriculum objectives. By synthesizing methodological, conceptual, and empirical trends, this paper aims to explore the paradigm shifts and future directions of student agency in the field of inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, the systematic literature review methodology is conducted by following the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) statement (Page et al., 2021). We included 5 databases: ERIC, PsycINFO, Academic Search Complete, Web of Science, and Education Research Complete. Regarding the inclusion criteria, student agency for students with disabilities had to be a focus of the publication, and these studies had to include students with disabilities or focus on students with disabilities or special educational needs. The publications also had to be empirical studies published in peer-reviewed journals, published in English, and with full text available. To capture the scholarly work on agency as represented by the term 'voice,' various terminologies are included to broaden the search beyond just the term 'agency.’ Since scholars might vary in their conceptualizations of "inclusive education" and "student agency", we also included studies that used terminology (e.g., intersectionality, marginalized students, students with diverse needs, low achievers). Additionally, studies had to include an indication or exploration of disability or special needs or provide a justification for inclusive education. We excluded (a) theoretical studies, book chapters, conference abstracts, review articles, editorials, dissertations and (b) publications, and that were not in English and available in full text, (c) publications that involve students beyond high school and that focus on higher education settings, college education context (d) publications that do not discuss on student agency, as well as those that do not address or report on inclusive or special education contexts (e) studies that address adults with disabilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 25 research studies were analyzed to examine trends in international special and inclusive education research on student agency for students with disabilities between 2015 and 2025. While the first four-year period between 2015 and 2019 yielded only 8 studies (32%), research focus on student agency in special and inclusive education amplified in the second half of the decade. Of the 25 included studies, 17 (68%) were published between 2020 and 2025. The distribution includes journals that focus on special education and inclusive education (n = 9). 44% of the studies (n = 11) were published in journals focused on special and inclusive education. Although research is heavily skewed toward Western contexts, particularly North America and Europe, it has received global focus; across 10 countries, and 1 cross-country study has been conducted among five European countries (Austria, Denmark, Portugal, Spain) and England. However, of the research studies, only 3 countries from the global south are included in this review. This may be because only English publications were included in this review. Our results have methodological implications for explaining trends in student agency. Research on student agency for students with disabilities focuses on upper elementary and secondary contexts, with limited samples in early childhood (Pre-K) settings. Our results discuss the scholarly focus on qualitative research designs and various data-collection methods. Our results shows that the concept of agency is compounded with and explored through related constructs such as voice, experience, and self-determination. While sociocultural and critical frameworks are evident, we discussed that the ways in which student agency is enacted and understood in the research studies are mediated by different frameworks of disability and inclusive education such as the medical model of disability, the social model of inclusive education, and the socio-cultural model of disability. References Bahou, L. (2012). Cultivating student agency and teachers as learners in one Lebanese school. Educational Action Research, 20(2), 233–250. Carrington, S., Allen, K., & Osmolowski, D. (2007). Visual narrative: A technique to enhance secondary students’ contribution to the development of inclusive, socially just school environments–lessons from a box of crayons. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 7(1), 8-15. Cochran-Smith, M., Craig, C. J., Orland-Barak, L., Cole, C., & Hill-Jackson, V. (2022). Agents, agency, and teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 73(5), 445-448. Durand, E. S., González, T., & Bertrand, M. (2025). “We want to help our community”: fostering youth civic agency in a third space. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 1–17. Koritsaris, J. (2022). Nurturing Student Agency: Pedagogical Structures Emerging Through Co-Teaching (Doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Chicago). Ko, D., Mawene, D., Roberts, K., & Hong, J. J. (2021). A systematic review of boundary-crossing partnerships in designing equity-oriented special education services for culturally and linguistically diverse students with disabilities. Remedial and Special Education, 42(6), 412-425. Messiou, K., de los Reyes, E. J., Potnis, C., Dong, P., & Rwang, V. K. (2025). Student voice: bringing about change in primary schools. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 1–16. Narayan, V. (2011). Learner-generated content as a pedagogical change agent. Ascilite: Hobart Tasmania, Australia. Shogren, K. A., Gross, J. M., Forber-Pratt, A. J., Francis, G. L., Satter, A. L., Blue-Banning, M., & Hill, C. (2015). The perspectives of students with and without disabilities on inclusive schools. Research and practice for persons with severe disabilities, 40(4), 243-260. UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education: adopted by the World Conference on Special Needs Education: Access and Quality. Salamanca, Spain, 7-10 June 1994. Unesco. UNICEF. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Dialogic and Monologic Assessment: Student Voice in Two Upper-Secondary School Contexts 1: University of Akureyri; 2: University of Iceland Presenting Author:This study examines how students perceive and enact their voice in assessment across two upper-secondary schools in Iceland. Through dialogism, drawing on Bakhtin's distinction between monologic and dialogic discourse, it asks whether students function as recipients of verdicts or as participants in meaning-making about their learning. The research question: How do students experience and navigate their voice in assessment practices across two contrasting upper-secondary school contexts?
Assessment for learning (AfL) foregrounds formative practices: clarifying learning intentions, eliciting evidence, providing feedback that moves learners forward (Wiliam & Thompson, 2007). Yet research shows that AfL implementation often becomes technical and superficial, reducing students to passive recipients of teacher judgments (Swaffield, 2011; Klenowski, 2009). Cook-Sather (2006) argues that student voice is not merely about students speaking. It requires their perspectives being present and carrying power. Voice demands both opportunity to speak and conditions under which speech is taken seriously. Without such conditions, participation becomes tokenism. Bakhtin's (1981) monologism describes discourse presenting a single authoritative perspective as final truth, closing down alternative meanings. In assessment, monologic practices position grades and feedback as endpoints with no space for student response. Dialogism assumes that meaning emerges through meetings of multiple voices. Grades and feedback become starting points for conversation, not endpoints. This extends Swaffield's (2011) reminder that assessment derives from the Latin assidere—to sit beside. The teacher sits with students to understand how they learn (Marshall & Drummond, 2006). Feedback is not transmission but exchange. To speak, for Bakhtin (1986), means anticipating an answer that shapes assessment outcomes. When assessment is dialogic, students reveal confusion, take risks, seek help. Their contributions matter. When assessment is monologic, students perform compliance (Torrance, 2007). They seek approval from others instead of developing their own evaluative capacity. Torrance warns that students become consumers of learning objectives rather than active agents in learning can undermine the spirit of AfL, which is to support learner autonomy. We also examine how assessment interacts with autonomy. Upper-secondary schools increasingly offer flexibility, different formats, task choices. Such flexibility lets students demonstrate competence in multiple ways. But it demands self-regulation (Zimmerman, 2002). Without dialogic support, flexibility produces a paradox: students choose, but nobody responds to those choices as if they matter. Drawing on dialogism and student voice, we analyse how pedagogical context shapes whether voice functions as participation or compliance. Rather than treating inclusion as a property of instruments, we examine it as a quality of a ongoing dialogue in the classroom.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study examined student experiences of assessment in two upper-secondary schools in Iceland. The schools were selected to represent contrasting approaches within the same national system. One has developed project-based teaching and flexible assessment, while the other follows conventional structures but has engaged in formative assessment development. Both schools offer academic and vocational programmes and serve students from varied backgrounds. This contrast allows analysis of how pedagogical context shapes student voice within shared policy frameworks. Data were collected through focus group interviews. Focus groups were chosen because peer interaction can reveal how students talk about and make sense of assessment together (Braun & Clarke, 2013). One focus group of six to eight students was conducted at each school. Participants were recruited through teachers and represented different study programmes. Interviews lasted approximately 60 minutes and were conducted in Icelandic by the authors. Questions explored how students experience grades and feedback, how they perceive communication about assessment, and whether they feel their voice matters in assessment decisions. Interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019, 2021). This approach treats themes not as entities waiting to be discovered but as patterns constructed through the researcher's active engagement with what participants said. Analysis moved through phases: familiarization, initial coding, constructing candidate themes, reviewing against data, and defining final themes. The dialogic framework informed but did not predetermine coding. We remained open to patterns that complicated or extended our expectations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: Students described a spectrum where assessment either functioned as an authoritative "verdict" that silenced participation, or as a starting point for conversation that invited meaning-making. The findings indicate that trust is a prerequisite for students to "act", to take intellectual risks and reveal uncertainty. Finally, the study suggests that flexibility alone does not guarantee autonomy; without dialogic support, students often drifted toward the "path of least resistance" rather than engaging in deep learning Conclusion: This study speaks to the conference theme: Whose knowing counts? In assessment, this question becomes concrete. Whose voice carries authority when learning is evaluated? Under what conditions can students contribute to meaning-making about their own progress, rather than simply receiving verdicts? The two schools operate under the same national curriculum. Yet they have developed different assessment cultures, producing different conditions for student voice. Iceland's small system makes this visible. Shared policy frameworks generate different local practices. This dynamic is relevant across European contexts where competency-based curricula meet diverse school cultures, a tension increasingly documented as assessment reform spreads. Our findings suggest that student voice in assessment depends on whether assessment functions dialogically. When it does, students reveal uncertainty, ask questions, take risks. Their contributions shape what happens next. When assessment remains monologic, students perform compliance. They wait for verdicts. They stop speaking as learners and start speaking as grade-receivers. References Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination: Four essays (C. Emerson & M. Holquist, Trans.). University of Texas Press. Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). Speech genres and other late essays (V. W. McGee, Trans.). University of Texas Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, presence, and power: "Student voice" in educational research and reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2006.00363.x Klenowski, V. (2009). Assessment for learning revisited: An Asia-Pacific perspective. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 16(3), 263–268. https://doi.org/10.1080/09695940903319646 Marshall, B., & Drummond, M. J. (2006). How teachers engage with Assessment for Learning: Lessons from the classroom. Research Papers in Education, 21(2), 133–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671520600615638 Swaffield, S. (2011). Getting to the heart of authentic assessment for learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 18(4), 433–449. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2011.582838 Torrance, H. (2007). Assessment as learning? How the use of explicit learning objectives, assessment criteria and feedback in post-secondary education and training can come to dominate learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 14(3), 281–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/09695940701591867 Wiliam, D., & Thompson, M. (2007). Integrating assessment with instruction: What will it take to make it work? In C. A. Dwyer (Ed.), The future of assessment: Shaping teaching and learning (pp. 53–82). Erlbaum. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Pupils as Knowledge Producers: Approaching the Topic of Social Exclusion in its Interconnection with Teaching Organisation and Practice 1: PH Freiburg, Germany; 2: PH FHNW, Switzerland Presenting Author:In literature, phenomena as social exclusion and bullying is primarily conceived as a process among peers (Košir & Pivec 2026; Berger & Caravita 2016), to which teachers respond by “ignoring, tolerating, intervening or even supporting“ (Wilde 2020: 88 [transl.]; Migliaccio 2015). Although school context characteristics, e.g. the performance pressure, are included into the assessment of the cause (Puschmann 2020), it is less common that teaching practices of professionals are considered to be immediately influential. Especially the factor of teaching organisation is only discussed marginally as a cause (Wachs & Schubarth 2022): In this regard, particular emphasis is placed on the relevance of facilitating social and cooperative learning for the development of positive relationships (van Ryzin & Roseth 2019). Our own findings support the latter but also raise more fundamental points with regard to teaching practices: The general concern here is that pupils' irritations and uncertainties in school life do not remain unaddressed. This applies not only to situations related to learning tasks but also to social interactions and other everyday school situations in which pupils may experience disorientation. In such moments, pupils should have access to supportive others who can help them make sense of the situation and work through challenges (Zahnd & Oberholzer 2025; Papke & Wagner-Willi 2024): As part of the empirical material collected in the project “Primary Schools in the Field of Tension between Inclusion and Educational Standards“ (Wagner-Willi & Zahnd 2020), funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF), pupils reported unequal and therefore unfair practices in the provision of assistance by teachers, which strongly hinders their own ability to act. Insofar as help in completing tasks became a limited resource, pupils began to observe and evaluate each other critically. In this regard, they became competitors – as illustrated by the following pupils‘ quotes: Hasan: “… and then, I always see Kristina [pupil], how she just raises her hand and Mr Halbstatter [special needs teacher] comes straight away and tells her the answer. She disturbs the class all the time, in maths, in English and also in science and social studies. […]“ Francesco: “… What is unfair is that when I raise my hand to ask a question because I don't understand something, Ms Schneider [class teacher] still goes to the other children first. And in the end, I could not do anything for the whole lesson because I had a question […].“ (Papke & Wagner-Willi 2024: 74 [transl.]). This shows how, despite systems implemented for this purpose (such as signs for registering in order to request help), pupils were unable to engage in interactions with teachers – and consequently formed a community against those who received preferential treatment. However, this did not remain confined to the classroom but also had an impact on peer culture due to its conflictual nature – and evolved then from here in circular movements back to the classroom. The punishment systems subsequently implemented by teachers, such as so-called consequence sheets (given to parents), only exacerbated the situation as the pupils copied this approach in their class council meetings: Matteo: “I think the class council should resolve the dispute, but it is actually causing the dispute. Take the issue with the groups, for example: If Arian [pupil] has a conflict with someone, he tells his classmates and then they all write a note against the person he is arguing with […].“ (Zahnd & Oberholzer 2022: 21 [transl.]) On these grounds, this article addresses the methodological question of how the circular processes – similarly observable in two cases, in which pupils become not only victims but also perpetrators, can be made visible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Addressing the methodological question mentioned above, a combination of qualitative research styles involving different data collection and analysis methods was employed in this study (Wagner-Willi & Zahnd 2020). With the aim of conducting an initial analysis, the Documentary Method rooted in the Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge (Bohnsack 2018) was first used – with its central instrument of group discussions (Papke & Wagner-Willi 2024). The guiding principle here is to allow self-sustaining discourses, with as little intervention as possible from the researchers, so that the pupils can freely reveal their centres of relevance and experience. In order to uncover the underlying collective and habitualised knowledge, the following sequence analysis focuses not only on what is said, but also on how interactions among the pupils are organised (ibid.). Accompanied by analyses of videotaped lessons, this ensured a deep insight into the microcosm of each classroom. Centring more explicitly on the course of pupils’ experiences, a Participatory Research approach was employed in order to explore pupils’ perspectives on learning and social participation in everyday classroom practices (Wöhrer et al. 2017; von Unger 2014). In this respect, pupils were introduced to the research process and the methods through workshops. Afterwards, they collected data independently during their school day using research diaries and smartphones to record picvoices. The latter refers to a method of giving photographs a voice – and thus making subjective impressions tangible. Subsequently, these materials were discussed in weekly reflection meetings with the academic researcher, enabling pupils to articulate and reflect upon their experiences. While teachers’ perspectives were also included, the analytical focus lied on pupils’ perspectives and their narratives of everyday school life (Zahnd & Oberholzer 2022). Insofar as they were involved not only in collecting the data but particularly in evaluating it, they became (co-)researchers alongside the academic staff. As part of the participatory lesson development that followed, they also played an active role, for example in addressing processes of social exclusion (ibid.). While the procedure within the framework of the Documentary Method provided access to pupils’ shared orientations in relation to the guiding questions, the longer-term presence in the field on behalf of the Participatory Approach made it possible to follow how processes of social inclusion and exclusion unfolded or changed in everyday classroom life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Matteo: “[…] Everyone wrote notes against him, even though it wasn't true. But they just wanted to be cool and argue with him too, and it was like bullying.“ Researcher: “You looked at that with Ms Schneider [class teacher] [...]. But today was very exciting because there were no more notes. […] Do you feel that there is less arguing now?“ Matteo: “[…] I think they now understand that writing notes always leads to more arguing.“ (Zahnd & Oberholzer 2022: 21 [transl.]) By placing pupils‘ perspectives at the centre of the analysis, the study demonstrates how social exclusion and bullying are experienced and interpreted by pupils in close connection with everyday teaching practices and organisational arrangements. Pupils’ narratives reveal how experiences of irritation, insecurity and unfairness emerge in relation to how such issues are addressed and discussed as well as negotiated within the classroom, including the ways in which support and attention are organised. These experiences can trigger competitive dynamics and conflictual peer relations, giving rise to circular processes in which pupils may simultaneously become victims and perpetrators of exclusion. In this way, the findings complement research by showing how certain teaching orientations can unintentionally contribute to exclusionary processes when pupils’ irritations and uncertainties remain unaddressed. Making these connections visible requires a methodological approach that takes pupils’ perspectives seriously as a source of knowledge. A central contribution of the study therefore lies in its methodological focus on pupils as producers of knowledge. Through reconstructive and participatory research approaches pupils were positioned as active contributors whose perspectives made it possible to trace how teaching orientations are perceived and negotiated in everyday school life. In that sense the widening rang of knowledge-producing actors (CfP) can be seen as an important step in the name of inclusive pedagogy (Florian & Beaton 2018). References Berger, C. & Caravita, S. C. (2016): Why do early adolescents bully? Exploring the influence of prestige norms on social and psychological motives to bully. Journal of Adolescence 46, pp. 45–56. Bohnsack, R. (2018): Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge and Documentary Method. In: D. Kettler & V. Meja (Eds.): The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim. Bath: Anthem, pp. 199–220. Florian, L. & Beaton, M. (2018): Inclusive pedagogy in action: getting it right for every child. International Journal of Inclusive Education 22, pp. 870–884. Košir, K. & Pivec, T. (2026): Prosocial, aggressive, or both? A multilevel latent profile analysis of peer status and social behavior in early adolescence. Journal of Research on Adolescence 36, pp. 1–16. Migliaccio, T. (2015): Teacher Engagement with Bullying: Managing an Identity within a School. Sociological Spectrum 35, pp. 84–108. Papke, K. & Wagner-Willi, M. (2024): Schüler:innen-Perspektiven und konstituierende Rahmung – Implikationen für empirische Zugänge. In: D. Matthes, J.-H. Hinzke, H. Pallesen & D. Wittek (Eds.): Dokumentarische Schüler:innenforschung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt, pp. 68–85. Puschmann, C. M. (2020): Warum gibt es Mobbing? In: M. Böhmer & G. Steffgen (Eds.): Mobbing an Schulen. Wiesbaden/Heidelberg: Springer, pp. 33–56. Van Ryzin, M. J. & Roseth, C. J. (2019): Effects of cooperative learning on peer relations, empathy, and bullying in middle school. Aggressive behavior 45, pp. 643–651. Von Unger, H. (2014): Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Wiesbaden: Springer. Wachs, S. & Schubarth, W. (2022): Schule und Mobbing. In: T. Hascher, T.-S. Idel & W. Helsper (Eds.): Handbuch Schulforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer, pp. 1399–1416. Wagner-Willi, M. & Zahnd, R. (2020): Primarschulen im Spannungsfeld von Inklusion und Bildungsstandards – Rekonstruktiver Fallvergleich und partizipative Entwicklung inklusiven Unterrichts. https://data.snf.ch/grants/grant/188805 Wilde, N. (2020): Mobbing – ein Gruppenphänomen? In: M. Böhmer & G. Steffgen (Eds.): Mobbing an Schulen. Wiesbaden/Heidelberg: Springer, pp. 79–98. Wöhrer, V., Arztmann, D., Wintersteller, T., Harrasser, D. & Schneider, K. (2017): Partizipative Aktionsforschung mit Kindern und Jugendlichen. Wiesbaden: Springer. Zahnd, R. & Oberholzer, F. (2025): ‘In this sense, we use the term integration and thus implement the UNCRPD’. Theorising exclusionary pressures in Switzerland. In: E. J. Done (Ed.): Theorising exclusionary pressures in education. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 63–79. Zahnd, R. & Oberholzer, F. (2022): Stolpersteine und Wegweiser auf dem Weg zu inklusiven Lernarrangements. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik 28, pp. 16–23. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 C: Migration and inclusive education Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Magda Zelazowska-Sobczyk Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Beyond Arrival: Disability, Forced Migration, and Ethical Responsibility in Inclusive Education IU International University of Applied Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:Since Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022, more than 350,000 Ukrainian refugee children have arrived in Germany (Statistisches Bundesamt, 2024). Among them are children with disabilities, whose educational experiences remain largely invisible in research, policy, and practice. While global displacement has reached unprecedented levels—exceeding 120 million forcibly displaced persons worldwide, nearly 40% of them children (UNHCR, 2024)—little is known about how disability and forced migration intersect over time, particularly in relation to education. Existing research has highlighted the multiple and intersecting forms of exclusion faced by refugee children with disabilities, especially during the early phase of arrival in host countries (Bayraklı, 2024; Malloy et al., 2023). However, far less attention has been paid to how these experiences evolve after several years of residence. This planned follow-up study builds on earlier qualitative research that explored the educational experiences of Ukrainian refugee children with disabilities during their first one to two years in Germany (Bacakova, 2025). It shifts the analytical focus to children who have now been living in Germany for approximately four years, asking how longer-term residence shapes experiences of schooling, recognition, exclusion, and belonging. The research is theoretically framed by Emmanuel Levinas’s philosophy of ethical responsibility to the Other (Levinas, 1986), alongside inclusive education scholarship that challenges technical and procedural approaches to inclusion (Slee, 2011; Veck, 2009, 2014). From this perspective, inclusion is understood as an ethical relation grounded in attentiveness, responsibility, and openness to difference, rather than merely as access to support measures or educational placement. The study is further informed by the concept of epistemic ignorance (Kuokkanen, 2008), which highlights how educational institutions may overlook or marginalize non-dominant ways of knowing. Applied to the context of forced migration, this concept allows for an examination of how refugee children with disabilities continue to encounter educational practices that prioritize perceived deficits while disregarding the epistemes shaped by displacement, disability, and transnational educational histories. By foregrounding children’s voices (Messiou et al., 2024), the planned paper explores whether themes identified in the initial study - such as children’s ongoing struggle for recognition and experiences of epistemic ignorance - persist, transform, or intensify over time. In doing so, it contributes to current debates on inclusive refugee education and global justice by questioning assumptions that time alone leads to inclusion, and by emphasizing the enduring ethical responsibility of education systems toward refugee children with disabilities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The follow-up study is part of a broader mixed-methods research project on the educational experiences and aspirations of Ukrainian refugee children with disabilities and their families in Germany. This phase of the research will draw on qualitative interviews with five Ukrainian refugee children with disabilities who have been living in Germany for approximately four years. The children will be between 8 and 15 years of age and will attend either mainstream or special schools. Participants will be recruited through non-governmental organizations and support networks working with refugee families and families of children with disabilities. Interviews will be conducted in Ukrainian or Russian, depending on the child’s preference, by bilingual researchers experienced in child-centered and ethically sensitive research. The interview design will be flexible and adapted to individual needs, allowing children to reflect on their educational trajectories, relationships at school, and future aspirations. The interviews will explore children’s past and present educational experiences in Germany, with particular attention to perceived changes over time. Topics will include school placement decisions, language learning, experiences of inclusion and exclusion, interactions with teachers and peers, and evolving educational and life aspirations. All interviews will be transcribed, translated into English, and analyzed using an inductive coding approach (Strauss & Corbin, 1994). The analysis will be informed by inclusive education theory (Slee, 2011), ethical perspectives on responsibility and recognition (Levinas, 1986; Veck, 2009, 2014), and epistemic justice (Kuokkanen, 2008), while remaining open to new themes emerging from the data. Findings will be considered in dialogue with results from the initial study to explore continuity and change across different lengths of residence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The follow-up study is expected to provide deeper insight into how refugee children with disabilities experience education beyond the initial phase of displacement and settlement. While some challenges identified in earlier research (Bacakova, 2025) - such as limited recognition of children’s abilities and experiences - are likely to persist, the study is expected to reveal new dynamics related to longer-term residence, including shifts in aspirations, strategies for seeking recognition, and perceptions of belonging within schools. The findings are expected to challenge the assumption that inclusion naturally improves over time, instead showing how epistemic ignorance and deficit-oriented practices may remain embedded within educational institutions. At the same time, longer residence may enable children to articulate their perspectives more clearly and to critically reflect on their educational pathways. By highlighting these temporal dimensions, the paper aims to contribute to debates on inclusive refugee education and global justice, emphasizing the need for sustained ethical engagement, epistemic openness, and educational hospitality. The study will offer implications for educators, researchers, and policymakers seeking to develop inclusive education practices that recognize refugee children with disabilities not as problems to be solved, but as subjects whose voices, knowledge, and aspirations matter over time. References Bacakova, M. (2025). Educational hospitality at the intersection of forced migration and disability: Listening to the voices of Ukrainian refugee children with disabilities living in Germany. European Journal of Inclusive Education, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.7146/ejie.v4i1.149584 Bacakova, M., Veck, W., & Wharton, J. (Eds.). (2025). Forced migration, disability and education: Inclusion and exclusion at the intersection of displacement and disablement. Routledge/Taylor & Francis Ltd. Barber, S. (2025). From silence to academic engagement: How refugee children with disabilities access learning through inclusive ‘artful’ schools in Canada. British Educational Research Journal, 51(4), 1789–1819. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.4148 Bayraklı, H. (2024). A systematic review on Syrian refugee children with disabilities in Türkiye. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 39(4), 597–611. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2023.2263716 Costantini, G. (2025). “No one cares about children with disabilities!”: Shifting the Narrative and Centering Syrian Refugee Children with Disabilities and Their Parents’ Experiences in Lebanon. In: Elder, B.C., Migliarini, V. (eds) Humanizing Disability and Inclusive Education Research in the Global South. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-032-01312-5_9 Kuokkanen, R. (2008). What is Hospitality in the Academy? Epistemic Ignorance and the (Im)Possible Gift. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 30(1), 60–82. https://doi.org/10.1080/10714410701821297 Malloy, A., Rogers, C. M., Caine, V., & Clandinin, D. J. (2023). Experiences of refugee children living with disabilities: A systematic review. International Journal of Migration, Health and Social Care, 19(2), 108–121. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMHSC-06-2022-0058 Messiou, K., De Los Reyes, J., Potnis, C., Dong, P., & Rwang, V. K. (2024). Student voice for promoting inclusion in primary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2024.2317729 Mohamad, D., Kjørholt, A. T., Pesonen, H. V., & Tateo, L. (2024). Inclusion of Syrian students in need of special support in Norwegian schools—A qualitative study with students and parents. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2024.2354606 Monk, D., Walton, E., Madziva, R., Opio, G., Kruisselbrink, A., & Openjuru, G. L. (2023). Interrogating the agency and education of refugee children with disabilities in Northern Uganda: A critical capability approach. Children & Society. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12810 Muhaidat, M., Alodat, A. M., & Almeqdad, Q. I. (2020). Inclusive Education Practices for Refugee Children with Disabilities in Jordanian Schools. International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education, 12(2), 147–153. https://doi.org/10.9756/INT-JECSE/V12I2.201066 Veck, W. (2009). Listening to include. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 13(2), 141–155. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701322779 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Belonging in Transition: Immigrant Students and Education in Iceland University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Migration has always been an integral part of human history, shaping societies and identities across borders and generations. In contemporary Europe, migration patterns have intensified and diversified, driven by labour demands, global inequalities and armed conflicts. At the same time, public attitudes toward immigrants have become increasingly polarised in many European countries (Hatton, 2021). Recent increases in migration have fuelled the rise of populist, anti-immigrant political movements, often perpetuating narratives that link immigrants to unemployment, crime or extremism, thereby reinforcing social boundaries and impeding integration (Kapelner, 2024; Klein, 2024; Rastas, 2019). One key measure of successful integration is the extent to which immigrants feel a sense of belonging in their new communities. Research shows that students with immigrant backgrounds often report a weaker sense of belonging than their native-born peers (OECD, 2015; Archambault et al., 2024). This sense of belonging is shaped by multiple factors, including generational status and social context. While second-generation immigrants often report stronger feelings of belonging than first-generation immigrants, this is not universal (Fiddian-Qasmiyeh, 2016). Importantly, belonging is highly context-dependent and varies across countries, regions and local communities (Schneider & Crul, 2012). Within this broader European context, Iceland offers a particularly revealing case. Although Iceland has not experienced anti-immigrant discourse to the same extent as many other European countries (Masso, 2008), immigration has increased sharply in recent decades. Iceland now has the fastest-growing foreign-born population among OECD countries (OECD, 2024), resulting in increased diversity in terms of ethnicity, language and religion. As a small and relatively homogenous island society, migration has an immediate and visible impact on local communities, making questions of inclusion and recognition especially tangible (Loftsdóttir, 2025; Tryggvadóttir & Skaptadóttir, 2018). The country’s experience of outmigration following the 2008–2009 financial crisis further shapes public understandings of migration and belonging (Guðjónsdóttir & Loftsdóttir, 2016). The discussion explores how immigrant students in Iceland develop a sense of belonging, with particular attention to the role of the educational system. Rather than presenting a single empirical study, the panel adopts a conceptual and narrative, case-based approach, drawing on educational and social research, as well as policy and media discourse. A multidisciplinary lens is used to examine how belonging is shaped across different levels of society and how education functions as a key site for inclusion or exclusion. Specifically, the discussion is guided by the following research questions: The Icelandic case is discussed in relation to broader European research on immigrant student belonging, social integration and the role of ethnicity and religion. By situating a small-scale but rapidly changing society within an international context, the panel aims to contribute to European debates on migration, equity and belonging, and to explore how educational systems can foster inclusion in societies transitioning from cultural homogeneity toward diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs a case-study methodology to examine how immigrant populations, particularly children and youth, navigate and develop a sense of belonging within Icelandic society, with a specific focus on the educational system. Rather than presenting new empirical data, it adopts a conceptual and narrative, case-based design that positions Iceland as a distinctive example through which broader European dynamics of belonging can be explored (Sonday et al., 2020). This approach aligns with the article’s aim to integrate research and policy perspectives and to illuminate how belonging is framed, negotiated and fostered within Icelandic education. The methodological approach is interpretive in nature and seeks to examine how policy frameworks, institutional practices and societal attitudes shape belonging, based on existing research and public discourse. By combining elements of narrative inquiry and case study design (Sonday et al., 2020), the study enables a context-sensitive discussion of belonging in education, contributing both to conceptual understanding and to policy reflection. The analysis synthesises secondary sources from multiple domains, including academic research and grey literature. While the study does not constitute a systematic review, the aim is to provide a broad and contextually informed overview of research, policy and public debate concerning immigrants’ sense of belonging in Iceland. The selected materials—research publications, policy documents and media texts—are treated as illustrative examples of dominant perspectives and discussions related to migration, integration and belonging. Source selection combined targeted searches for academic and policy materials with snowballing techniques to identify key studies and authors in migration and education research. Searches were conducted using Google, Google Scholar and Icelandic research databases, applying combinations of search terms such as immigrant students, sense of belonging, education and Iceland. The search strategy prioritised contextual relevance and contemporary perspectives, focusing primarily on publications from the past three decades addressing immigrant and multilingual children, educational policy and belonging. The analysis followed a thematic synthesis approach, identifying recurring issues across research, policy and demographic sources. These were clustered into five overarching themes: (1) the development of immigration and demographic change in Iceland, (2) adult immigrants and their sense of belonging, (3) the role of the Icelandic educational system, (4) language and belonging among children and youth, and (5) the changing political and social climate. These themes structure the subsequent discussion and reflect the interconnected social, educational and political processes shaping immigrants’ experiences of belonging in Iceland. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper set out to examine the conditions shaping immigrant students’ sense of belonging in Iceland and the role of the educational system in this process. The analysis suggests that while language and culture remain central, belonging is a deeply contextual and relational process shaped by social interactions, institutional practices and public discourse. Immigrant students in Iceland—much like in other European contexts—often report a weaker sense of belonging than their native peers, despite generally positive public attitudes toward immigration. As the immigrant population becomes more diverse, religion and ethnicity are emerging as increasingly visible dimensions of belonging, highlighting the need for inclusive policies that extend beyond language alone. The Icelandic case reveals a key paradox: a highly inclusive and equitable educational structure coexists with persistent inequalities in everyday experience. Although the comprehensive and democratic design of the education system is intended to support integration, gaps remain between inclusive ideals and daily practice, shaped by uneven local resources, insufficient professional preparation and limited coordination between national and municipal levels. Consequently, opportunities for belonging are unevenly distributed across regions and, in some cases, within the same town or city. The findings underscore that integration cannot rely on formal structures alone. Belonging must be actively sustained through practice, reflection and dialogue. Teachers, schools and municipalities require ongoing support to translate inclusive values into lived realities, while national authorities must ensure that equity and belonging are pursued as systemic priorities. Finally, Iceland’s evolving public discourse presents new challenges. The emergence of exclusionary rhetoric risks undermining the foundations of inclusion that the education system seeks to uphold. Beyond the Icelandic context, the article contributes to European debates by illustrating that belonging is not a fixed outcome but a continuous process that requires ongoing attention. References Archambault, I., Pascal, S., Olivier, E., Tardif-Grenier, K., Dupéré, V., & Janosz, M. (2024). Relationships with teachers and sense of belonging in school: Inter- and intra-individual variations according to adolescent immigrant background. Learning and Instruction, 92, 101930. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2024.101930 Fiddian-Qasmiyeh, E. (2016). Europe’s migrant children: Between belonging, happiness, and discrimination. openDemocracy. https://www.opendemocracy.net/5050/elena-fiddian-qasmiyeh/europe-s-migrant-children-between-belonging-happiness-and-discrimination Guðjónsdóttir, G., & Loftsdóttir, K. (2016). Being a desirable migrant: Perceptions and racialisation of Icelandic migrants in Norway. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 43(5), 791–808. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2016.1199268 Hatton, T. J. (2021). Public attitudes to immigration in turbulent times. European Review of Economic History, 25(4), 897–921. https://doi.org/10.1093/ereh/hez007 Kapelner, Z. (2024). Anti-immigrant backlash: The democratic dilemma for immigration policy. Comparative Migration Studies, 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40878-024-00370-7 Klein, O. (2024). Anti-immigrant rhetoric of populist radical right leaders on social media platforms. Communications, 49(3), 400–420. https://doi.org/10.1515/commun-2023-0113 Loftsdóttir, K. (2025). Racialization and visibility of Lithuanians during the economic boom years in Iceland. In Y. Takezawa, F. V. Harrison, & A. Tanabe (Eds.), Visibilities and invisibilities of race and racism: Toward a new global dialogue (pp. 131–148). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003436775-7 Masso, A. (2008). A readiness to accept immigrants in Europe? Individual and country-level characteristics. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 35(2), 251–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/13691830802586245 OECD. (2015). Helping immigrant students to succeed at school and beyond. OECD Publishing. https://childhub.org/en/child-protection-online-library/helping-immigrant-students-succeed-school-and-beyond OECD. (2024). Skills and labour market integration of immigrants and their children in Iceland: Working together for integration. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/96adc300-en Rastas, A. (2019). The emergence of race as a social category in northern Europe: Dehumanisation, belonging, and the normativity of European whiteness. In P. Essed, K. Farquharson, K. Pillay, & E. J. White (Eds.), Relating worlds of racism (pp. 357–381). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-78990-3_14 Schneider, J., & Crul, M. (2012). Comparative integration context theory: Participation and belonging in diverse European cities. In M. Crul, J. Schneider, & F. Lelie (Eds.), The European second generation compared: Does the integration context matter? (pp. 19–38). Amsterdam University Press. Sonday, A., Ramugondo, E., & Kathard, H. (2020). Case study and narrative inquiry as merged methodologies. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406920937880 Tryggvadóttir, H. K., & Skaptadóttir, U. D. (2018). Borders, boundaries, and exclusion in the Icelandic asylum system. Refuge, 34(2), 16–27. https://doi.org/10.7202/1055573ar 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Forgotten Frontline of Integration: Schools, Educators and the Co-Creation of Belonging in European Contexts of Migration Marino Institute of Education, Ireland Presenting Author:Across Europe, schools have become the primary institutional spaces in which migrant and refugee children encounter the state, society and the promise of belonging. European policy frameworks consistently emphasise integration as essential for social cohesion, democratic stability and economic sustainability (European Commission, 2021). Yet, despite this recognition, schools and educators remain structurally under-positioned within integration policy architectures. They are most often framed as implementers of integration strategies rather than as knowledge-holders and contributors to and critiquers of policy design. This paper examines the disjuncture between European integration policy aspirations and the everyday realities of school-based integration work. Drawing on European Union policy documents and research generated through the SIRIUS Network on Migrant Education, it argues that schools function as a “forgotten frontline” of integration: central in practice, yet marginal in policy. The paper responds to a growing pattern across European education systems whereby responsibility for integration is increasingly devolved to schools without commensurate resourcing, cross-sectoral infrastructure or professional recognition. This dynamic risks rendering integration fragmented, uneven and dependent on individual school capacity rather than embedded as a systemic responsibility. Research Questions The paper is guided by three interrelated questions:
Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The paper is grounded in Hannah Arendt’s concept of natality, understood as the human capacity for new beginnings and renewal. Natality provides a particularly generative lens for examining education in contexts of migration, where children arrive not only as learners but as newcomers to a shared social and political world. From this perspective, education becomes the space in which societies decide whether they are willing to assume responsibility for both the world and those newly arriving into it. This framework is complemented by scholarship on affective labour in education (Reay, 2012; Lynch et al., 2009), which highlights the emotional, relational and frequently invisible work undertaken by educators in contexts of inequality and precarity. The paper also draws on relational theories of integration (Klarenbeek, 2021), which challenge assimilationist models by conceptualising integration as a mutual, structural process rather than a unidirectional demand placed on newcomers. Together, these perspectives enable a critical reframing of integration away from deficit-based or compliance-oriented models and towards an understanding of schools as ethical, relational and political spaces of co-creation. Purpose and Contribution The purpose of the paper is threefold. First, it seeks to make visible the central role schools already play in integration processes across Europe, drawing on European research evidence. Second, it critically interrogates the policy tendency to rely on schools’ professional goodwill while excluding them from integration governance. Third, it proposes a conceptual shift in how integration is understood within European education policy, from individual adaptation to institutional responsibility. By bridging theory, EU policy analysis and SIRIUS-informed research, the paper contributes to European debates on migration, inclusion and education governance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a qualitative, interpretive methodology, drawing on a synthesis of policy analysis and research-based evidence from European education contexts. Rather than presenting new empirical data, the paper integrates insights from multiple sources to develop a theoretically informed argument about the positioning of schools within integration systems. Primary sources include European-level policy documents on integration and inclusion, with particular attention to how education and schools are conceptualised within these frameworks. These documents are analysed using critical policy analysis to examine underlying assumptions about responsibility, agency and implementation. The paper also draws on findings from comparative European research projects and networks focused on migrant and refugee education. These include studies examining teacher preparedness, cross-sector collaboration, multilingual education, and the integration of migrant and internationally educated teachers. While diverse in scope and geography, these studies consistently highlight the gap between policy ambition and school-level capacity. To ground the analysis, the paper incorporates illustrative examples drawn from published case studies and practitioner research in different European contexts (e.g. Ireland, Germany, Greece, Nordic countries). These examples are not treated as representative cases, but as analytically useful illustrations of broader systemic patterns. Analytically, the paper employs thematic synthesis, identifying recurring patterns related to: • the expansion of educators’ roles beyond formal pedagogical responsibilities, • the reliance on informal, relational practices in the absence of systemic support, • and the marginal involvement of schools in integration policy design. The theoretical framework of natality is then used as an interpretive lens through which these themes are re-examined, enabling a conceptual rather than evaluative reading of integration practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that schools constitute the most consistent and relationally significant sites of integration for migrant and refugee children in Europe, yet remain structurally under-supported and politically under-recognised. While educators routinely engage in complex pedagogical, emotional and mediating work, this labour is rarely acknowledged within integration policy frameworks. A key outcome of the paper is the argument that current approaches risk rendering integration fragile and uneven, as success depends heavily on individual school capacity and professional goodwill. Where integration is not institutionalised, through interdisciplinary collaboration, policy co-design, and sustained resourcing, it remains vulnerable to burnout, inconsistency and inequity. The paper calls for a reframing of integration as a shared, structural responsibility rather than an individualised educational outcome. It argues that recognising schools as co-creators of integration has implications for teacher education, policy development, and governance structures across Europe. Ultimately, the paper suggests that strengthening schools’ role in integration is not only an educational imperative, but a democratic one. When schools are positioned as strategic partners rather than silent responders, integration becomes more sustainable, equitable and socially cohesive. References Arendt, H. (1958). The human condition. University of Chicago Press. European Commission. (2021). Action plan on integration and inclusion 2021–2027. Publications Office of the European Union. Klarenbeek, A. (2021). Relational integration: A response to assimilationist integration models. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 44(5), 820–838. Lynch, K., Baker, J., & Lyons, M. (2009). Affective equality: Love, care and injustice. Palgrave Macmillan. Reay, D. (2012). What would a socially just education system look like? Saving the minnows from the pike. Journal of Education Policy, 27(5), 587–599. SIRIUS Network. (2019). Migrant education and integration in Europe: SIRIUS Watch. SIRIUS Network. SIRIUS Network. (2024). SIRIUS Watch: Migrant education in Europe. SIRIUS Network. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 D: Family Voices in Inclusive Education: Identifying Barriers and Shaping Support Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elisabeth De Schauwer Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Invisible Expertise – Parental Involvement in Educational Decision-making regarding Challenging Behaviour Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Within the Flemish educational system, student behaviour has emerged as a particularly pressing concern (Flemish Government, 2025). In response to the apparent increase in so‑called “undesirable behaviour” and the rise in school dropout, the Flemish Minister of Education introduced the action plan “Wel-Behaved: From Undesirable Behaviour to Learning-Supported Behaviour” (Flemish Government, 2025). One provision of this plan is the expectation that schools clearly articulate what they require from parents in their specific role and translate these expectations into concrete measures. In doing so, the plan implicitly links the management of challenging behaviour to parental responsibility, while leaving the operationalisation of parental involvement to individual schools (Flemish Government, 2025). The plan does not take into account that the insights of parents of children with challenging behaviour can counterbalance deficit-oriented and individualised perspectives, providing schools with nuanced information that may otherwise be overlooked (Fluyt et al., 2025; MacLeod et al., 2017). In practice, schools often operate from a one-dimensional notion of ‘partnership’ that primarily serves institutional needs rather than equally reflecting parental perspectives (Reay, 1998). The theoretical framework of this study is grounded in the recognition of the value of parental experiential knowledge and its potential to serve as a counter-narrative to deficit-oriented interpretations of challenging behaviour in regular primary education (Daelman et al., 2024; Tabatabai, 2019). It subsequently offers a critical examination of the concept of ‘partnership’ within parent–professional collaboration in education, emphasising how normative expectations, power asymmetries, and epistemic inequalities continue to restrict meaningful parental participation, despite policy rhetoric that promotes collaboration (Hodge & Runswick-Cole, 2018; McLaughlin et al., 2008; Vandenbussche & Van de Putte, 2019). This study aims to investigate parental involvement in decision-making processes within regular primary education concerning their child who is labelled with challenging behaviour. To this end, the study applies a critical discourse analysis (Fairclough, 1992) on motivated reports within regular primary education written by the Student Guidance Centres (SGC) in Flanders, specifically about challenging behaviour. In addition, a focusgroup was convened with members of the SGC, and qualitative interviews were conducted with three parents who had personally undergone the process of drafting a motivated report for their child, to enrich the corpus and add a further layer of contextualisation to the data (Fairclough, 1992). The study aims to map how parental perspectives within collaborative processes are reflected in these reports, and what they reveal about current collaboration practices with parents in addressing challenging behaviour in primary education. Furthermore, it explores what these reports may indicate about broader societal understandings of parents, challenging behaviour, and parental collaboration in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study investigates how parental input in collaborative processes is reflected in the motivated reports produced by Student Guidance Centres (SGCs). In Flanders, the SGC, in collaboration with the school and the parents, assesses the additional support required by both the student with specific educational needs and the school (Government of Flanders, 2024a). The motivated report details the measures already implemented by the regular school and outlines the educational, developmental, and support needs of the student, their parents, and the school team. To better understand the input of parents in collaborative processes about the child’s behaviour, 62 motivated reports with the primary support need of challenging behaviour were collected. To collect the motivated reports, four SGCs representing all educational networks in Flanders and located in both urban and rural areas were contacted, each contributing between ten and fifteen reports. The study makes use of a critical discourse analysis (CDA), defined by Joye and Maeseele (2022) as ‘a systematic, linguistic analysis of discourse in its social context’. CDA enables a detailed examination of the language used in the motivated reports, shedding light on how these texts are molded and shaped by the context beyond the linguistic choices of their author (Joye & Maeseele, 2022). The motivated reports produced by the SGC conceptualise challenging behaviour in primary education in specific ways and reflect the norms and values inherent in the discourse from which they emerge (Fairclough, 1992). Through language, they reveal or express underlying ideas and practices. The analytical framework for the critical discourse analysis draws on Fairclough’s dialectic-relational approach (Fairclough, 1992). Fairclough’s model encompasses three analytical dimensions: text, discursive practices, and wider social practices (Fairclough, 1992). These three dimensions are converted by the first author into four readings of the motivated reports. To enrich the corpus, a member check was conducted through a focus group with ten SGC staff members from six different SGCs. Subsequently, qualitative interviews were organized with three parents who had personally experienced the process of drafting a motivated report for their child, in which ‘challenging behaviour’ was identified as the primary support need. By involving practitioners and parents directly, their interpretations were integrated into the study, providing insights that extend beyond the immediate sample and adding a layer of contextualisation to the data. This approach aimed to assess whether the findings were recognizable to participants or required further nuance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from this study show three emerging discourses that structure parental involvement in decision‑making within regular primary education concerning their child who is labelled with challenging behaviour. First, a hollow discourse of collaboration emerges: “collaboration” appears as a recurrent need in parents’ accounts and as a thematic anchor in school documents, yet it operates as an empty signifier. There is scant specification of how collaboration should be enacted, who is included, and how responsibilities are shared, rendering the term largely rhetorical rather than operational. Second, a normalising discourse governs the treatment of family and contextual information: such information is incorporated predominantly when it departs from presumed norms, and is accompanied by implicit value judgements that induce parental culpability. These judgements are obscured by ostensibly factual descriptions articulated with high modality in motivated reports. Third, an objectifying discourse is sustained through the use of technical (para)medical jargon expressed with high modality, which confers a professional imprimatur that purports to transcend subjectivity while, in practice, limiting parents’ capacity to exert equivalent influence. Within the genre of the motivated report, a child‑focused accountability document used to initiate support, the emphasis on what is not working foregrounds deficit framings, and parental input is frequently positioned as confirmatory evidence rather than as co‑constructed analysis. Taken together, these discourses reproduce and legitimise power asymmetries between parents and education professionals. In the discussion, we consider what is required to set these relations in motion towards the inclusion and recognition of parental knowledge on an equal footing with expert knowledge, and to enable the possible interplay between the two within decision-making processes in regular primary education, such as these. References Daelman, S., Van de Putte, I., & De Schauwer, E. (2024). “My Story is Not a Pink Story”: Enabling Care in a Research-Creation Practice with Parents of a Disabled Child in Inclusive Trajectories. Critical Arts, 38(4-5), 211-226. https://doi.org/10.1080/02560046.2024.2357345 Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change Cambridge: Polity Press. http://lib.ugent.be/catalog/rug01:000270564 Flemish Government. (2025). Actieplan Goed Gedragen: Van ongewenst gedrag naar leerondersteunend gedrag. https://www.vlaanderen.be/vlaamse-regering/beslissingen-van-de-vlaamse-regering/actieplan-goed-gedragen Fluyt, L., Delafontaine, J., & Nijs, S. (2025). Stakeholders’ perspectives on the decision-making process regarding reasonable accommodations for students with SEN: a concept mapping study. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(6), 821-844. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2223633 Hodge, N., & Runswick-Cole, K. (2018). “You Say… I Hear…”: Epistemic Gaps in Practitioner-Parent/Carer Talk. In K. Runswick-Cole, T. Curran, & K. Liddiard (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Disabled Children’s Childhood Studies (pp. 537-555). Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-54446-9_33 Joye, S., & Maeseele, P. (2022). Critical discourse analysis: the articulation of power and ideology in texts. In Qualitative data analysis: key approaches (pp. 17-49). SAGE. MacLeod, K., Causton, J., Radel, M., & Radel, P. (2017). Rethinking the Individualized Education Plan process: voices from the other side of the table. Disability & Society, 32, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2017.1294048 McLaughlin, J., Goodley, D., Clavering, E., & Fisher, P. (2008). Families Raising Disabled Children: Enabling Care and Social Justice. Palgrave Macmillan London. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230583511 Reay, D. (1998). Class work: Mothers' involvement in their children's primary schooling (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003419662 Tabatabai, A. (2019). Neoliberalism and the Fight for the Child: Narratives of Queer Mothering. In (pp. 231-243). https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-354720190000011027 Vandenbussche, H., & Van de Putte, I. (2019). Dynamic Collaboration with Parents: Express Train or Slow Train? In Full Potential: Empowered Teaching in Diversity. Acco. http://hdl.handle.net/1854/LU-8698193 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Parents’ Perspectives on the Implementation of Inclusive Education in All-Day Schools in Lithuania 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway; 3: Mykolas Romeris University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Objectives and Purposes This study investigates parents’ perspectives on the implementation of inclusive education in All-Day Schools (ADS) in Lithuania (Dudaitė et al., 2019), aiming to develop an empirically grounded model of inclusive ADS. While inclusive education is widely studied in Lithuania, most studies focus on teachers’ or professionals’ viewpoints (Boyle et al., 2023), often overlooking the voice of parents. This research addresses that gap, highlighting parental perceptions as essential for understanding how inclusion is realized in practice. Theoretical Framework and Background The implementation of inclusive education requires not only systemic support, but also a coherent conceptual framework that addresses the diversity of learners and the complexity of educational contexts. This study is grounded in a holistic model of inclusive education (Teschers, 2020), which comprises five interrelated dimensions: a holistic approach to teaching, a whole-child perspective, a whole-school approach (Ainscow, 2020; Guðjónsdóttir & Óskarsdóttir, 2016), a community perspective, and a systemic view. These dimensions are not isolated but mutually reinforcing, providing a theoretical foundation for understanding inclusion as a multi-layered phenomenon. In the context of All-Day Schools (ADS), this implies a necessary shift from fragmented practices toward a coherent model that addresses individual needs, ensures equal opportunities, and fosters collaboration. It is particularly important that the model being developed ensures opportunities for the inclusion of all groups of students, including those with special educational needs, whose participation is currently limited due to the non-compulsory nature of ADS and schools’ lack of readiness to accommodate them (Dudaitė et al., 2019). Research Questions and/or Hypotheses This study aims to analyse parents’ perspectives on the implementation of inclusive education in All-Day Schools (ADS) and to assess how current ADS models reflect the principles of inclusion in practice. Accordingly, the following research questions are posed: (RQ1) How do parents view the implementation of inclusion principles in the ADS their children attend? (RQ2) How parents evaluate child’s well-being at school (emotional well-being, social inclusion, and academic self-concept)? (RQ3) What conditions, according to parents, are necessary for the meaningful and comprehensive implementation of inclusive education in ADS? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data, Methods, and Modelling Approaches This presentation introduces the quantitative analysis of parent survey data, conducted as part of a broader mixed-methods study within the Project (Number) and addressing a representative sample of parents in Lithuania. The study involved 2,936 parents from various Lithuanian regions whose children attended ADS groups. The sample represents diverse social, economic, and geographic contexts, ensuring the inclusivity and variability of data. A standardized questionnaire was used, covering demographic variables, characteristics of ADS implementation, parents’ evaluations of their children’s well-being (emotional well-being, social inclusion, and academic self-concept), implementation of inclusion principles, and suggestions for future development (Boyle et al., 2013; Venetz et al., 2015). The data were analysed using descriptive statistics (means, standard deviations), with further regression analysis planned to identify associations between key variables. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Discussion The study results reveal that most children attend public schools (98.3%), with the predominant model being extended-day programs offered on a non-mandatory basis (73%). First (RQ1), parents generally evaluated inclusion-related aspects positively, especially emphasizing equal treatment of children regardless of their family’s social status, meaningful after-school activities, and school–parent cooperation, reflecting findings from broader European studies on effective ADS practices (Pfeifer & Holtappels, 2008). Relatedly, we found that support services are most provided by speech therapists, teaching assistants, and special education teachers. However, 2.8% of parents noted that support was needed but not provided, revealing an existing gap in service accessibility. Second (RQ2). high average scores (ranging from 3.87 to 4.10 on a 5-point scale) indicated a broadly positive perception of inclusiveness in the ADS context. Children’s emotional well-being (M = 3.48), social inclusion (M = 3.55), and academic self-perception (M = 3.29) showed encouraging trends, suggesting that ADS can be a supportive environment for children’s holistic development. Third (RQ3), concerning conditions for meaningful implementation of inclusive education in ADS, overall mean scores ranged from 3.98 to 4.27 on a 5-point scale. The points rated as still requiring more attention were provision of support to meet individual learning needs, ensuring each student’s progress and achievement, and developing effective ways to organize education. Despite these preliminary findings, further analyses are planned to investigate how parents’ evaluations of the implementation of inclusion in ADS vary depending on the type of school, the child’s individual needs, the availability of support services, and the organisational model of the ADS. Also, how these aspects are interrelated in correlational and regression analyses. References References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Boyle, C., Barrell, C., Allen, K.-A., & She, L. (2023). Primary and secondary pre-service teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education. Heliyon, 9(11), Article e22328. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e22328 Boyle, C., Topping, K., & Jindal-Snape, D. (2013). Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion in high schools. Teachers and Teaching, 19(5), 527–542. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.827361 Dudaitė, J., et al., (2019). Visos dienos mokykla: modeliai ir įgyvendinimo prielaidos: Mokslo studija [All-day school: Models and implementation]. Vilnius: Mykolo Romerio universitetas. Guðjónsdóttir, H., & Óskarsdóttir, E. (2016). Inclusive education, pedagogy and practice. Science Education Towards Inclusion, 7–22. Nova Science Publishers, Inc. Pfeifer, M., & Holtappels, H. G. (2008). Improving learning in all-day schools: Results of a new teaching time model. European Educational Research Journal EERJ, 7(2), 232–242. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2008.7.2.232 Teschers, C. (2020). Proposing a holistic inclusive education model for policy, curriculum and classroom development. New Zealand Journal of Teachers’ Work, 17(1and2), 73–87. https://doi.org/10.24135/teacherswork.v17i1and2.299 Venetz, M., Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Eckhart, M., Schwab, S., & Hessels, M. G. P. (2015). The Perceptions of Inclusion Questionnaire (PIQ). English Version. www.piqinfo.ch 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Navigating Preschool Inclusion: A Family Perspective on Autism and Early Childhood Education Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:The preschool years constitute a unique developmental period in which children’s cognitive, emotional, and social capacities rapidly emerge, laying the foundational structures that shape later life experiences. Early education for children with special educational needs has determining effects on both individual development and the quality of life of families. In this context, inclusive education stands out as an educational philosophy that enables children with special needs to participate in learning environments alongside their peers; thus, children gain opportunities for belonging, safe inclusion, interaction, and full participation with typically developing peers (Fleer, 2010; Hyde et al., 2017). Research shows that children with special needs who have access to inclusive preschool education demonstrate more positive developmental outcomes and that the quality of life of families increases (Purcell et al., 2006). Inclusive education is not limited to the recognition of individual differences; the values of the school community, instructional practices, and intra-team collaboration must be restructured in a way that prioritizes the learning outcomes of all children (Florian, 2017; Florian). However, in practice, numerous challenges such as lack of teacher support, knowledge, and skills, as well as environmental and institutional limitations, directly affect the effectiveness and sustainability of inclusivity (Lee & Recchia, 2016; Warren et al., 2016; Wen et al., 2011). At this point, the role of families is critically important. Families, as the first and most permanent sources of education for children, play a central role in learning processes; therefore, active participation of families in inclusive practices is a determining factor for a child's school success and overall development (Akyol, 2025). Parental involvement increases children's motivation and performance at school and creates positive effects on the quality of life of families (Epstein & Sanders, 2006; Purcell et al., 2006). However, levels of participation vary according to socioeconomic, cultural, and ethnic contexts; therefore, context-sensitive strategies should be developed in family–school interactions (Musendo et al., 2024). For inclusivity to be effective, individual factors such as teacher competencies, in-service training, guidance, and team collaboration, as well as environmental and institutional supports, are necessary. Environmental elements such as legislation, funding, class size, and physical arrangements can act as facilitators or obstacles to implementation (Warren et al., 2016; Wen et al., 2011; Pearson, 2015). The existing literature shows that inclusive preschool practices provide positive effects on children with special needs and their families, but that teacher competencies, resources, and environmental conditions are significant determinants in practice (Purcell et al., 2006; Lee & Recchia, 2016; Kemp, 2016). This study aims to examine the experiences of a parent of a child diagnosed with ASD who receives inclusive education in the preschool period, thereby addressing the gap in the literature where family perspectives have been relatively less deeply explored and contributing to the understanding of facilitating and hindering factors in practice through family observations. Specifically, the study aims to produce concrete recommendations for practitioners, school administrators, and policymakers by focusing on parents’ experiences regarding the inclusion process, the supportive and hindering factors they observe, and insights derived from these experiences. This study seeks to answer the following questions: How is the process of starting inclusive education experienced for a child diagnosed with autism in the preschool period? How do the school environment, teacher and peer attitudes, and family–school collaboration affect the child’s development? What are the challenges experienced by the family, and what coping strategies and support mechanisms do they employ? From the parents’ perspective, what factors facilitate and hinder inclusive education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study aims to examine in depth the experiences of a parent who actively participates in the educational process of a child diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and maintains regular communication with the school during preschool inclusive education. Since inclusive education practices vary depending on parental experiences, school–family interaction, and contextual conditions, a single case study design was adopted to explore the process within its natural context (Stake, 1995). The case study design is a robust qualitative approach that allows for holistic and in-depth examination of a phenomenon within its real-life context (Schrank & Mayer, 2013). Although it does not aim to produce generalizable results, this approach provides researchers and practitioners with new perspectives and enables the questioning of existing practices. As noted by Donmoyer (2008), case studies often contribute not by providing direct answers but by generating new and meaningful research questions. Given that inclusive practices are shaped by numerous variables, examining parental experiences through a single case was considered meaningful. Data Collection The primary data source of the study consisted of semi-structured interviews conducted with the parent. The interviews were carried out at different times, lasted approximately three hours in total, and were audio-recorded. The interview questions were designed to cover the child’s entry into preschool education, adaptation to inclusive practices, collaboration with teachers and the school, peer relationships, and the parent’s emotional experiences. To support the data, a parent diary containing notes shared by the parent regarding the child’s educational process was examined; these data were selectively used to support the interview findings. Data Analysis The obtained data were analyzed using content analysis. This method aims to systematically organize the data according to concepts and themes in order to form a meaningful whole. The analysis process was carried out in four stages: coding the data, generating themes, organizing codes and themes, and defining and interpreting the findings (Creswell, 2013). The audio recordings of the interviews were transcribed verbatim by the researcher prior to analysis. During the transcription process, no changes were made to the statements of either the participant or the researcher, and the interviewer–interviewee sequence was preserved. To ensure the reliability of the analysis results, the raw data and the derived findings were presented to an independent expert researcher, and the findings were finalized after reaching consensus. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examines the experiences of a parent of a preschool-aged child with ASD in inclusive education in relation to inclusive education, framed around three main themes: the diagnosis and placement process, school-based experiences and collaboration, and family life, emotional experiences, and coping strategies. The first theme showed that the diagnostic process was complex, lengthy, and largely parent-focused. The mother noticed her child’s developmental differences early; yet limited healthcare access and long assessment waits prolonged the diagnostic process. Initial meetings with kindergartens did not provide structured guidance, and the family managed the diagnosis and school placement process through personal research and interactions with other parents of children with special needs. The second theme, focusing on school-based experiences and collaboration, indicated that teachers and support staff lacked sufficient knowledge and expertise in inclusive education. During the time spent at school, challenges encountered by the child were often addressed by seeking guidance from the parent rather than implementing the necessary interventions and strategies independently, which limited the child’s academic, social, and emotional development. The family’s immigrant background and the child’s limited language proficiency further created communication barriers, making integration more difficult. The third theme centered on family life and emotional experiences. The mother noted that her spouse initially struggled to accept the child’s special needs, which led to communication problems and conflicts within the family. The mother’s lack of financial independence and limited social support during this process placed primary responsibility on her, increasing her emotional burden. She expressed feelings of anger, frustration, and being misunderstood throughout the process. Overall, the findings indicate that effective inclusive education is not limited to placement alone. Early identification, teachers’ and support staff’s knowledge and competence in special education, strong school-family collaboration, and comprehensive family support are critical factors for the success of the inclusion process. References Akyol, T. (2025). Voices of parents in Turkey on participation rights of children with disabilities. Child and Adolescent Social Work Journal, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10560-025-01050-w Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Donmoyer, R. (2000). Generalizability and the single-case study. In R. Gomm, M. Hammersley, & P. Foster (Eds.), Case study method: Key issues, key texts (pp. 45–68). SAGE Publications. Epstein, J. L., & Sanders, M. G. (2006). Prospects for change: Preparing educators for school, family, and community partnerships. Peabody Journal of Education, 81(2), 81–120. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327930pje8102_5 Fleer, M., & Hedegaard, M. (2010). Early learning and development: Cultural-historical concepts in play. Cambridge University Press. Florian, L. (2017). The heart of inclusive education is collaboration. Pedagogika, 126(2), 248–253. https://doi.org/10.15823/p.2017.32 Hyde, M., Carpenter, L., & Conway, R. N. (Eds.). (2017). Diversity, inclusion and engagement. Oxford University Press. Kemp, C. R. (2016). Early childhood inclusion in Australia. Infants & Young Children, 29(3), 178–187. https://doi.org/10.1097/IYC.0000000000000062 Lee, Y. J., & Recchia, S. L. (2016). Zooming in and out: Exploring teacher competencies in inclusive early childhood classrooms. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 30(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2015.1105330 Musendo, D. J., Zuurmond, M., Nkhonjera, T. A., Polack, S., & Patel, D. (2024). “It is my responsibility to escort my child to school…” Factors influencing parental involvement in educating children with disabilities in Malawi. Social Sciences, 13(12), Article 654. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci13120654 Pearson, E. C. (2015). Achieving inclusion by targeting children and families in hard-to-reach communities: Innovations from Cambodia and the Philippines. Childhood Education, 91(6), 411–419. https://doi.org/10.1080/00094056.2015.1114786 Purcell, M. L., Turnbull, A., & Jackson, C. W. (2006). Linking early childhood inclusion and family quality of life: Current literature and future directions. Young Exceptional Children, 9(3), 10–19. https://doi.org/10.1177/109625060600900302 Schrank, S., & Mayer, H. (2013). Das qualitative Case-Study-Design: Komplexe pflegerische Phänomene verstehen. ProCare, 18(4), 20–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00735-013-0107-1 Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. SAGE Publications. Warren, S. R., Martinez, R. S., & Sortino, L. A. (2016). Exploring the quality indicators of a successful full-inclusion preschool program. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 30(4), 540–553. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2016.1214651 Wen, X., Elicker, J. G., & McMullen, M. B. (2011). Early childhood teachers’ curriculum beliefs: Are they consistent with observed classroom practices? Early Education and Development, 22(6), 945–969. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2010.507495 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 E: Language, Care, and Ethics in Educational Contexts Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Tú Anh Hà Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Language, Care, and Hope: A Trauma-Informed Peace Education Program for EFL Classrooms 1: Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: BTSO Kamil Tolon Science and Art Center, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Bostancılar Secondary School, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The persistence of displacement crises, enduring conflicts, and unstable sociopolitical contexts underscores an urgent demand for education that fosters positive peace. This concept extends beyond negating direct violence to encompass the active cultivation of societal frameworks that encourage empathy, dialogue, and enduring nonviolent relationships (Bajaj, 2008; Galtung, 1969). In borderland and marginalized contexts, both displaced and host communities experience overlapping forms of trauma caused by violence, loss, and chronic insecurity, which shape learners’ sense of safety, identity, and belonging in the classrooms (Betancourt et al., 2013; Brabeck et al., 2014; Fazel et al., 2012). Despite growing awareness that trauma profoundly affects participation and relationship-building (Perry, 2006), trauma-informed pedagogy remains limited in English as a Foreign Language (EFL) settings, where emotional vulnerability often intersects with linguistic risks. A critical perspective demands that these experiences be understood within historical and institutional power structures that shape whose voices are legitimized in educational spaces (Apple, 2013; Giroux, 2011; Fairclough, 2003). Conventional peace education often presumes emotionally regulated learners and politically neutral classrooms (Salomon, 2002; Davies, 2017), assumptions that collapse in contexts of instability. As critical pedagogy reminds us, classrooms are ideological spaces where dominant norms are either reproduced or resisted (Freire, 1994; Giroux, 2011). Trauma, viewed as a relational and embodied disruption of safety (Perry, 2006; van der Kolk, 2014), undermines attention, memory, and social regulation which are key foundations of learning. Hence, educators must challenge deficit-based discourses that belittle marginalized students (Fairclough, 2003; Zembylas, 2018). EFL classrooms can serve as transformative spaces for peacebuilding, where language becomes both an emotional and communicative bridge. Through scaffolding, empathy, and dialogic engagement, students can find inner peace and develop relational safety (Amerstorfer, 2021). Yet, even communicative and humanistic methods may reproduce hegemonic linguistic norms that marginalize minority voices (Pennycook, 2001; Norton, 2013). To counter this, narrative, reflective, and strength-based approaches grounded in critical awareness support self-expression, cultural recognition, and emotional regulation (Mason, 2021; Midgette & González, 2023). Positioning hope as a collective, discursive practice rather than a personal trait (Freire, 1994; Zembylas, 2018), this study situates teachers as mediators of recognition and inclusion, particularly in multilingual, marginalized contexts. By fostering storytelling, reflective dialogue, and empathy, trauma-informed peace pedagogy not only enhances language acquisition but also nurtures belonging, safety, and social connection (Pappamihiel et al., 2022; Birch & Nasser, 2017). The study contributes to the emerging field of peace and trauma-integrated English language teaching by demonstrating how EFL classrooms can be reimagined as sites of nonviolence, critical hope, and relational healing. By applying a design-based research (DBR) approach (Barab & Squire, 2009), this study integrates trauma-informed and critical peace education within an EFL context, grounded in Schön’s (2017) reflective practitioner model. Introducing an 11-week trauma-informed peace curriculum for seventh-grade students, it addresses the lack of empirically grounded and context-responsive models in peace-oriented EFL teaching. The study follows a critical peace framework that confronts how classroom discourse normalizes exclusion, silencing, and emotional misrecognition (Bajaj, 2008; Zembylas & Bekerman, 2013) throıugh trauma-informed principles (SAMHSA, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a design-based research (DBR) methodology to examine how a trauma-informed peace education curriculum could be developed, implemented, and refined within an EFL classroom located in a historically marginalized border region of Türkiye. DBR was selected because it enables the investigation of pedagogical interventions within authentic educational settings while remaining responsive to sociocultural, political, and material constraints (Barab & Squire, 2009). The research design was further informed by Schön’s (2017) reflective practitioner model, positioning the teacher-researcher as a reflexive actor whose pedagogical decisions and assumptions were continuously interrogated throughout the research process. The study was conducted in a public middle school in Suruç, Şanlıurfa, with 22 seventh-grade students (11 girls and 11 boys, aged 12). All participants were bilingual speakers of Turkish and Kurdish, resonating the multilinguality of the area. While no students were identified with learning disabilities, the school context was characterized by uneven literacy development, socioeconomic disadvantages, and long-standing structural marginalization. These contextual conditions were treated not as background variables but as integral to understanding students’ educational experiences and classroom interactions. An 11-week trauma-informed peace education curriculum was collaboratively designed by two researchers prior to implementation. The curriculum integrated EFL objectives with trauma-informed principles such as safety, trust, emotional regulation, and empowerment (SAMHSA, 2014), alongside critical peace education’s emphasis on power, recognition, and relational coexistence (Bajaj, 2008; Zembylas & Bekerman, 2013). Lessons were implemented in weekly 40-minute sessions and included structured activities focusing on emotional literacy, narrative expression, empathy, listening, cooperation, and peaceful conflict resolution. Data collection prioritized the discursive enactment of peace and trauma-informed pedagogy. Sources included classroom interactions, student written reflections, classroom artefacts, teacher field notes, observations and weekly reflective meetings between researchers. Data were analyzed using critical discourse analysis (CDA), informed by the Discourse-Historical Approach (Fairclough, 2003; Wodak & Meyer, 2016). Analysis focused on interactional patterns, lexical choices, positioning practices, and recurring discursive shifts related to participation, emotional expression, and relational norms. Ethical considerations were foregrounded throughout the study, with informed consent, voluntary participation, and ongoing sensitivity to students’ emotional safety guiding all research procedures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that integrating trauma-informed and critical peace education within an EFL classroom does not merely add peace-related content but fundamentally reorganizes the discursive conditions of learning. Across the 11-week intervention, students increasingly conceptualized peace not as a regulation or external authority, but as a relational practice sustained through care, listening, emotional recognition, and collective responsibility. These findings support the central argument that trauma-informed peace education operates at the level of everyday classroom discourse, reshaping how participation, voice, and belonging are negotiated. Three interconnected discursive shifts were particularly noticeable; peace as relational safety rather than behavioral control, emotional and bodily awareness as classroom knowledge, and listening as moral agency rather than a skill. Students’ reflections illustrate how trauma-informed pedagogical practices legitimized emotional plurality and difference, enabling learners to frame emotions and bodily sensations as shared resources for coexistence rather than as disruptions. Participation expanded beyond verbal performance to include reflective writing, embodied awareness, and collaborative meaning-making, challenging deficit-oriented interpretations often applied to marginalized, multilingual learners. The findings highlight the ethical significance of care and recognition in language education. Students repeatedly indicated that they felt heard and valued for their willingness to engage, communicate, and collaborate. The statement “Our teacher cares about us. The others were teaching English too, but this teacher cares” encapsulates this shift, reframing care as integral to pedagogical engagement, not as an affective factor. In this sense, peace emerged not as an abstract ideal but as something co-produced through everyday classroom practices (Bajaj, 2008). While context-specific, the study contributes through analytic generalization by showing how trauma-informed peace education is discursively enacted in an EFL classroom. It offers transferable insights for marginalized and conflict-affected contexts, demonstrating that EFL classrooms can function as sites of everyday peacebuilding where nonviolence, dignity, and hope are cultivated through intentional pedagogical practice. References Amerstorfer, C. M. (2021). How increased self-regulation, learner autonomy and learner cooperation raise self-esteem and consequently inner peace and interpersonal peace: Insights from an innovative school context. In R. L. Oxford, M. M. Olivero, M. Harrison, & T. Gregersen (Eds.), Peacebuilding in language education (pp. 80–95). Multilingual Matters. Apple, M. W. (2013). Can education change society? Routledge. Bajaj, M. (ed.) (2008). Encyclopedia of peace education. Information Age Publishing. Barab, S., & Squire, K. (2009). Design-based research: Putting a stake in the ground. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13(1), 1–14. Betancourt, T. S., Borisova, I. I., Williams, T. P., Meyers-Ohki, S. E., Rubin-Smith, J. E., Annan, J., & Kohrt, B. A. (2013). Research review: Psychosocial adjustment and mental health in former child soldiers – a meta-analysis. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 54(1), 17–29. Birch, B., & Nasser, I. (2017). Forgiveness as pedagogy in the English language classroom. In E. J. Erling (Ed.), English across the fracture lines: The contribution and relevance of English to security, stability and peace (pp. 39–47). British Council. Brabeck, K. M., Lykes, M. B., & Hunter, C. (2014). The psychosocial impact of detention and deportation on U.S. migrant children and families. The American journal of orthopsychiatry, 84(5), 496–505. Davies, L. (2017). Education and conflict: Complexity and chaos. Routledge. Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Fazel, M., Reed, R. V., Panter-Brick, C., & Stein, A. (2012). Mental health of displaced and refugee children resettled in high-income countries: Risk and protective factors. The Lancet, 379(9812), 266–282. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, peace, and peace research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167–191. Giroux, H. A. (2011). On critical pedagogy. Continuum. Mason, S. (2021). Trauma’s effect on English learners’ language acquisition: Best practices for a trauma-informed classroom [Master's thesis, Hamline University]. Retrieved from https://digitalcommons.hamline.edu/hse_cp/636 Midgette, E., & González, J. (2023) Trauma-informed teaching of literature to multilingual learner refugees: In search for balance between cultural responsiveness and curriculum sensitivity. Journal of Multilingual Education Research, 12(11), 11-38. Norton, B. (2013). Identity and language learning: Extending the conversation (2nd ed.). Multilingual Matters. Pappamihiel, E., McNulty, C., & Galarza-Hernandez, A. (2022). Helping general education teachers integrate trauma-informed practices with English learners. Voices of Reform, 5(1), 89-103. Pennycook, A. (2001). Critical applied linguistics: A critical introduction. Routledge. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Early Identification as Ethical Responsibility: Practitioners’ Moral Judgement in Inclusive Early Childhood Education and Care University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Inclusive education is widely promoted as a guiding principle for educating children with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND), positioning early years practitioners as key actors in recognising and responding to children’s learning and developmental differences (Florian, 2019; Nutbrown & Clough, 2021). In early childhood education and care (ECEC), however, inclusion is frequently organised through an emphasis on care and needs, sometimes at the expense of educational purpose and pedagogical intention. This tension becomes particularly visible in debates surrounding the early identification of SEND, which occupies a contested position between inclusive education and special education discourses. There are, though, policy frameworks that commonly promote early identification as part of a graduated approach to support, emphasising ongoing observation and procedural caution in order to avoid labelling or exclusion (OECD, 2021). Scholarship has questioned the evidential basis of early intervention effects and the risks associated with medicalisation and categorisation, particularly when identification becomes a gateway to resources rather than a pedagogical process (Mintz, 2022; Slee, 2021). Within these debates, delaying identification is often framed as protective, allowing children “time to develop” before additional needs are formally recognised. In practice, early years practitioners are required to make judgements about children’s development while navigating institutional expectations, accountability demands, and access to specialist support (Florian, 2019; Mintz, 2022). However, comparatively little attention has been paid to how early identification is understood and enacted by practitioners themselves within inclusive classroom contexts. Rather than approaching early identification as a technical assessment procedure or a policy requirement, this paper treats it as a contested educational practice through which practitioners negotiate care, education, and professional responsibility. The analysis is guided by a key question: how do early years practitioners understand and enact early identification as part of their professional role obligations within inclusive ECEC settings? This paper draws on a doctoral comparative study conducted in ECEC settings in China, England, and Scotland. Within the broader study, early identification emerged as a shared concern articulated by participating practitioners across all three contexts. Although early identification was embedded within distinct institutional arrangements, such as diagnostic gateways to specialist provision in China, extended procedural timelines and sensitivities around SEND categorisation in England, and needs-led approaches that reject diagnostic labels in principle in Scotland, it was repeatedly foregrounded by practitioners as a point of tension. Across contexts, practitioners described early identification as a moment where professional responsibility, access to educational support, and pedagogical purpose intersected, positioning it as a key comparative issue within the doctoral research. The paper is informed by ethics of care, used here as an analytic framework for examining responsibility and professional judgement in institutional contexts (Tronto, 1993, 2013). Care is understood as professionalised educational care: acting to secure meaningful learning opportunities, anticipating barriers to participation, and taking responsibility for children’s longer-term educational trajectories. This perspective is complemented by Miller’s argument that moral agents always act within roles, and that obligations are mediated by institutional responsibilities and access to professional support (Miller, 2007, 2010). Within this framework, recognising a child’s needs does not automatically translate into clear or actionable obligations; rather, practitioners’ capacity to act is shaped by the institutional conditions under which early identification is organised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a comparative qualitative case study design. A narrative inquiry approach was used to explore how practitioners made sense of early identification and inclusion within their everyday professional practice (Clandinin & Connelly, 1997; 2000). Eleven early years practitioners working in mainstream ECEC settings promoting inclusion participated in the study across China, England, and Scotland. Data collection took place in two phases. Phase One focused on capturing practitioners’ professional trajectories and experiences of inclusive practice. Narrative interviews were conducted to explore participants’ pathways into the profession, their experiences of working in increasingly diverse classrooms, and their engagement with early identification and support processes for children with SEND. These interviews were followed by three to five days of in-situ observations in each setting, which aimed to document everyday practices, interactions, and decision-making related to children’s learning and support. Phase Two involved reflective follow-up conversations with participating practitioners. Drawing on data generated in Phase One, preliminary interpretations were shared with participants to support reflective dialogue. These conversations enabled practitioners to revisit and elaborate their understandings of early identification, professional responsibility, and inclusive practice, and to reflect on how institutional conditions shaped their practices. Narrative analysis, informed by the distinction between big and small stories, was conducted to examine practitioners’ meaning-making processes. Big stories refer to more coherent and extended narratives through which practitioners articulated their professional trajectories (Bamberg, 2012), while small stories capture fragmented, momentary, and interactionally situated accounts in everyday talk (Georgakopoulou, 2006; 2015). Understanding storytelling as situated, relational, and shaped by interactional, institutional, and cultural contexts, this analysis explored how practitioners made sense of early identification over time, while also capturing how ethical and professional dilemmas were negotiated in specific moments of practice. Thematic analysis was also conducted to identify patterns of convergence and divergence across practitioners’ narratives from the three national contexts (Braun & Clarke, 2012). These themes were then examined comparatively to explore how similar ethical and professional dilemmas related to early identification took distinct forms under different institutional arrangements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to ethics of care scholarship by shifting attention away from caring dispositions or moral intentions and towards the conditions under which care becomes professionally actionable. Across the three national contexts, practitioners’ narratives engage with accounts of care that conceptualise it as relational, situated, and institutionally mediated (Tronto, 1993, 2013). Practitioners recognised children’s needs and felt ethically addressed by them; however, their capacity to respond was shaped by institutional authorisations, procedural requirements, and access to specialist support. Care, therefore, was not limited by a lack of commitment or sensitivity, but by the conditions under which professional judgement could legitimately and effectively be exercised. This finding complicates explanations that locate tensions in early identification primarily in teachers’ beliefs or competencies, and instead foregrounds role-based accounts of moral obligation that emphasise how responsibility is constrained by institutional structures (Miller, 2007, 2010). Whilst this study focuses on early years practitioners working in three national contexts, its aim is not to privilege national comparison for its own sake, but to contribute to broader international conversations about inclusive education and practitioners’ professional experience. The issues examined, particularly those concerning care, responsibility, and institutional constraint, are shaped by global policy discourses around inclusion, yet are lived and negotiated within local institutional and cultural c ontexts. By foregrounding shared ethical dilemmas as they take context-specific forms, this study offers more grounded and locally responsive understandings of inclusive practice, while also enriching international dialogue on how practitioners’ ethical labour is recognised and supported within inclusive education systems. References Bamberg, M. (2006). Stories: Big or small? Why do we care? Narrative Inquiry, 16(1), 139-147. https://doi.org/10.1075/ni.16.1.18bam Bamberg, M. (2012). Narrative practice and identity navigation. In J. A. Holstein & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Varieties of narrative analysis (pp. 99-124). SAGE. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper (Ed.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13620-004 Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1997). Narrative inquiry in practice and experience. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 19(3), 241–253. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Florian, L. (2019). On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(7), 691-704. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622801 Georgakopoulou, A. (2006). Small and large identities in narrative (inter)action. In A. De Fina, D. Schiffrin, & M. Bamberg (Eds.), Discourse and identity (pp. 83-102). Cambridge University Press. Georgakopoulou, A. (2015). Narrative analysis. In K. Tracy (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of language and social interaction. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118611463.wbielsi119 Miller, D. (2007). National responsibility and global justice. Oxford University Press. Miller, D. (2010). Justice for earthlings: Essays in political philosophy. Cambridge University Press. Mintz, J. (2022). Does early identification and intervention for autism work? International Journal of Birth and Parent Education, 9 (3). Nutbrown, C., & Clough, P. (2021). Inclusion in early childhood education: New challenges and opportunities. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 29(1), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2021.1872678 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2021). Starting strong VI: Supporting meaningful interactions in early childhood education and care. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/f47a4c44-en Slee, R. (2021). Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny (2nd ed.). Routledge. Tronto, J. C. (1993). Moral boundaries: A political argument for an ethic of care. Routledge. Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring democracy: Markets, equality, and justice. New York University Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 05 SES 03 A: Autonomy and self-efficacy Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ulla Højmark Jensen Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Control vs Autonomy? Adults’ actions supporting students in gaining power within a Change Laboratory 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:The paradox of control and autonomy presents a classic contradiction in education (McNeil, 1988; Rainio & Hilppö, 2017). This paradox manifests in the simultaneous demand for both control and cultivation of students’ participation, aspirations and interests. Such an inherent contradiction is often perceived as insurmountable and has been identified as a significant obstacle to the progressive development of educational practices within the Finnish context (Salminen, 2012). In schools, adults generally hold positions of power (Bertrand et al., 2020), and students usually perceive power as a form of control exercised by adults (Feldman & Marshall, 2020). Students are often seen as mere providers of answers rather than active initiators and decision-makers. They are rarely given opportunities to voice their opinions within the school environment (Bjarnadóttir & Geirsdóttir, 2018; Luoma, 2024). Seldom are they offered the chance to work on issues they deem significant (see Hilppö & Stevens, 2024), and they are frequently marginalised in discussions related to their schoolwork. Moreover, their issues are often examined in isolation, overlooking the wider context and circumstances affecting each student. Power manifests in schools in various forms. However, students are often excluded from having a say on the learning content (Rantavuori & Sannino, 2025), which restricts their capacity to engage meaningfully with the subject matter. As Cothran and Ennis (1997) point out, while students do exercise power during lessons, it generally is not directed towards the learning content and does not enhance their educational experiences. Recognising this power gap is vital for the future development of the education system.
The concept of power is intricately linked to the notion of control. According to cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT), power is closely associated with the object of an activity, which is the fundamental element in CHAT. The CHAT perspective emphasizes the importance of focusing on the object for which power is required rather than just seeking freedom from control. Students’ empowerment cannot simply be achieved through the reduction or elimination of control; rather, it necessitates the identification of a meaningful object that would be motivating for the students to pursue (Rantavuori, 2025). The curriculum and subject matter restrict students’ autonomy, with most topics being determined by adults. Progress in this regard requires the acknowledgement of students as proprietors of their own learning experiences. However, few studies have focused on learning driven by students’ own interests (Hilppö & Stevens, 2024), and research addressing students’ need to influence what they learn is scarce.
This study uses the Change Laboratory (CL) formative intervention to address the contradiction. CL (Virkkunen & Newham, 2013) is a participatory analysis and design approach based on CHAT that fosters expansive learning and transformative agency (Sannino & Engeström, 2017). Since 1995, CL has been applied in over 30 countries across education, workplaces, and communities (Sannino et al., 2016). A key feature of CL is producing outcomes unpredictable at the outset (Sannino & Engeström, 2017). Instead of fixed objectives or content, the intervention's direction is participant-guided (Penuel, 2014). The results often surprise both researchers and participants, highlighting the creative and dynamic nature of genuine collective analysis and design (Engeström & Virkkunen, 2023). CL is a unique, participant-driven approach grounded in strong theoretical foundations that shape its processes and outcomes (Hopwood, 2024).
The study explores the following research question: What actions did adults take during the two student-led projects in Change Laboratory interventions, and how did these actions influence the students’ empowerment? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, two CLs with 32 eighth-graders were conducted in schools from two cities in Finland during school years 2020-21 and 2021-22 (Tapola-Haapala et al., 2023). The CL sessions were held during regular school hours in a school space, but the students were given the power to select, design, and implement the contents and means of the projects. Students were supported by researchers, school staff, and external experts as needed. In this study, we focus on two projects. The first project was a documentary film that focused on issues of equality, bullying, and acceptance of others. The group produced a 10-minute documentary film on this topic during CL1. The second project's focus was on developing school recesses from the students' perspective. The group took several initiatives and implemented them during CL2. The data of this study consists of recordings of CL sessions (n=16) and follow-up sessions (n=11). A professional transcriber transcribed the data verbatim (of 193,658 words). The analysis focuses on adults’ actions during the intervention. While previous CL studies show participants gradually assume leadership (Prokopis et al., 2022), this study differs from typical CL interventions usually conducted with adults. Here, CL aimed to support adolescent students’ search for significance, with adults primarily serving as educators and facilitators. A data-driven method was developed to examine adults’ actions, beginning with a review of transcripts to identify six initial types of adult actions. Representative samples were selected, criteria established, and each action type named. An adult action comprises a speaking turn, part of a turn, or a sequence on a specific topic. During this phase, two more types were identified, totaling eight: 1) Asking questions and making suggestions; 2) Respecting students’ ownership; 3) Providing encouragement and positive feedback; 4) Enabling and providing concrete help; 5) Reinforcing students’ ideas; 6) Giving instructions; 7) Co-planning; and 8) Taking restrictive actions. The second phase involved identifying conversational episodes and classifying them into main and sub-themes. Coding proceeded by (a) delineating episodes based on content, (b) analysing turns of talk within each episode in terms of discursive actions, and (c) specifying the function of each action using the eight-category framework. Comparisons of adult actions across two projects were made, and coding was refined through discussions with another researcher to resolve challenges. One CL session was reviewed for validation. The frequency of each adult action was recorded for each session. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that project groups interacted with various adults, observing all eight types of adult actions. The Recess project involved more adult actions (1,188) than the Documentary project (774), with an average of 74 actions per session compared to 65. The most common actions in both projects were asking questions, making suggestions, and respecting students’ ownership. These were followed by encouragement, positive feedback, enabling and providing concrete help, though the order of the last two varied. The rarest actions were co-planning and restrictive actions, with the latter slightly more frequent in the Documentary project, likely because it was the first CL with adolescents during school hours, when adults tended to exercise more control. Despite variations in project topics, final products, group sizes, sessions, and adult collaborators, the percentages and patterns of adult actions remained consistently similar. Significant differences emerged in only three sessions and three action types, highlighting the central role of the object of activity chosen by students. Most adult actions directly supported students’ projects, except for restrictive actions. However, restrictive actions could also indirectly support these processes by offering boundaries against which students could take transgressive actions—an important element of gaining power. Students demonstrated their agency by challenging constraints in order to resolve contradictions in their activity and determine the degree of power needed to achieve their goals. Adult involvement in CLs was substantial but differed from traditional school hierarchies. Instead of controlling content and methods, adults supported students through their actions, challenging established power structures and enabling student-led decision-making Adults facilitated students’ initiatives to address issues meaningful to themselves and the community, rather than exerting control. The results show that CL interventions created a space where the traditional tension between autonomy and control was resolved through the object of activity. References Bertrand, M., Brooks, M. D., & Domínguez, A. D. (2023). Challenging adultism: Centering youth as educational decision makers. Urban Education, 58(10), 2570—2597. Bjarnadóttir, V. S., & Geirsdóttir, G. (2018). ‘You know, nothing changes’. Students’ experiences in influencing pedagogic practices in various upper secondary schools in Iceland. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 26(4), 631—646. Cothran, D. J., & Ennis, C. D. (1997). Students’ and teachers’ perceptions of conflict and power. Teaching and teacher education, 13(5), 541—553. Engeström, Y., Rantavuori, P., Ruutu, P., & Tapola-Haapala, M. (2023). From Future Orientation to Future-Making: Towards Adolescents’ Transformative Agency. In Agency and Transformation: Motives, Mediation, and Motion (pp. 107-138). Engeström, Y., & Virkkunen, J. (2023). Kulttuurihistoriallisen toiminnan teorian tarjoamat haasteet ja mahdollisuudet Suomen kasvatustieteellisessä tutkimuksessa. Kasvatus, 54(3), 191—205. Hilppö, J., & Stevens, R. (2024). Learning Inside the School, but Outside the Curriculum: An Extreme Case of Interest-Driven Learning in Alternative STEAM Learning Infrastructure for Schools. Cognition and Instruction, 42(4), 482—504. Hopwood, N. (2024). Twenty-five years of change laboratories in schools: A critical and formative review. Educational Action Research, 1—28. McNeil, L. M. (2013). Contradictions of control: School structure and school knowledge. Routledge. Penuel, W. R. (2014). Emerging Forms of Formative Intervention Research in Education. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 21(2), 97—117. Prokopis, D., Sannino, A., & Mykkänen, A. (2022). Toward a new beginning: exploring the instructional dynamics of expansive learning with workers in a youth supported housing unit. Journal of Workplace Learning, 34(7), 628-642. Rainio, A. P. (2008). From resistance to involvement: Examining agency and control in a playworld activity. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 15(2), 115-140. Rainio, A. P., & Hilppö, J. (2017). The dialectics of agency in educational ethnography. Ethnography and Education, 12(1), 78-94. Rantavuori, P. (2025). Adolescents Gaining Power. [Dissertations]. Tampere University. Salminen, J. (2012). Koulun pirulliset dilemmat. Helsinki: Teos. Rantavuori, P., & Sannino, A. What Adolescents Find Engaging and Why the Content of Instruction Does Not Come Up: A Student-Centered Just Perspective on School Engagement. Teachers College Record. Sannino, A., & Engeström, Y. (2017). Co-generation of societally impactful knowledge in Change Laboratories. Management Learning, 48(1), 80—96. Tapola-Haapala, M., Rantavuori, P., & Ruutu, P. (2023). Ekspansiivinen oppiminen nuorten Muutoslaboratorioissa. Kasvatus, 54(3), 237-252. Virkkunen, J., & Newnham, D. S. (2013). The change laboratory: A tool for collaborative development of work and education. Sense Publishers. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Ignite Talk Examining the Differential Effects of Reading Engagement on Reading Achievement Among Migrant and Urban Children in China Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Reading proficiency is fundamental to children’s academic success and lifelong learning, and its development depends heavily on sustained reading engagement (Guthrie, 2008; OECD, 2010). Reading engagement encompasses behavioural, affective, and cognitive dimensions that collectively foster reading achievement. Globally, promoting reading among disadvantaged populations—such as migrant children—is not only an educational issue but also a social imperative tied to equity and intergenerational mobility. In China, which hosts one of the world’s largest populations of migrant children (NBSPRC, 2023), improving their reading development reflects challenges similar to those faced by migrant or low-SES learners across Europe and other regions. Thus, the findings of this study carry international implications for inclusive education and literacy equity. Migrant children in China relocate with their parents from rural to urban areas but often encounter institutional and social barriers—particularly due to the household registration (hukou) system—that limit their access to quality education (Li & Su, 2025). Despite national policies promoting educational inclusion, gaps persist in reading motivation, strategy use, and achievement compared with urban peers (Ni et al., 2021). While existing studies have examined general reading engagement among Chinese students, few have addressed how engagement–achievement dynamics differ between migrant and urban groups. This study aims to fill that gap by investigating the mechanisms linking reading engagement and reading achievement among migrant children, thereby contributing to international debates on learning equity and the role of engagement in compensating for socioeconomic disadvantage. Grounded in Self-Determination Theory (SDT) (Deci & Ryan, 2013) and the Engagement Model of Reading Development (Guthrie & Wigfield, 2000), this research conceptualizes reading engagement as a multidimensional construct comprising behavioural (reading amount, digital reading practices), affective (reading interest), and cognitive (reading strategy use) components. SDT posits that motivation arising from autonomy, competence, and relatedness drives engagement and achievement. Accordingly, intrinsic motivation is hypothesized to foster reading behaviour and strategy use, which in turn enhance achievement. The proposed model assumes that reading interest indirectly influences reading achievement through behavioural and cognitive pathways, aligning with prior findings that emphasize the mediating role of strategy use and digital reading engagement (Miyamoto et al., 2019; Jang et al., 2023). At the same time, two theoretical perspectives guide the investigation of group differences: the Cognitive Limitation Hypothesis, which suggests that limited cognitive skills weaken the engagement–achievement link (Klauda & Guthrie, 2015), and the Compensation Hypothesis, which argues that engagement plays a stronger compensatory role among disadvantaged learners (Logan et al., 2011). Migrant children in China, who typically exhibit lower academic foundations and socioeconomic backgrounds, may simultaneously fit both frameworks. This duality makes them an ideal population to test the boundary conditions of engagement theory and to examine how motivational and behavioural processes operate under structural disadvantage—an issue of relevance for educators globally. The study therefore addresses two central research questions: By situating a Chinese case within global research on literacy engagement, this study contributes to the European and international discourse on educational inclusivity, motivation, and engagement-based pedagogy. It underscores how reading engagement functions as a cross-culturally valid mechanism for reducing learning inequalities, offering theoretical and practical insights for promoting literacy development among marginalized children worldwide. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Participants Data were drawn from the Chinese Regional Assessment of Education Quality (RAEQ), a large-scale monitoring project designed to evaluate regional education quality and support instructional improvement. The survey was approved by local education authorities, and informed consent was obtained from students, parents, and teachers. A total of 18,847 eighth-grade students (mean age ≈ 15) from 72 middle schools across 11 school districts in central China participated, aligning with age benchmarks from international assessments such as TIMSS and PISA. Following national definitions, migrant children were identified as students with rural household registrations who migrated to cities with their parents for work and had been enrolled in urban schools for at least six months. Urban children were those with urban registrations and no migration history. From the RAEQ database, 936 migrant and 2,742 urban students met these criteria and were included in the analysis. Measures Reading Interest was assessed using a three-item scale adapted from PISA (OECD, 2017) on a four-point Likert scale (α = 0.86). Reading Amount was measured by a single multiple-choice item adapted from Schaffner et al. (2013) assessing the number of extracurricular books read in the past semester. Digital Reading Practice was captured using three PISA-derived items measuring online reading frequency (e.g., using online dictionaries, searching information; α = 0.75). Reading Strategy Use was assessed with a nine-item scale based on Mokhtari and Reichard (2002), covering self-regulatory and comprehension strategies (e.g., previewing content, monitoring understanding). Confirmatory factor analysis indicated good model fit (CFI = 0.964, RMSEA = 0.076; α = 0.90). Reading Achievement was measured through a standardized test based on the Chinese Curriculum Standards (MEPRC, 2012), including literary, informational, and classical texts. Ten open-ended items assessed comprehension, inference, and evaluation skills (α = 0.86). Scores were Rasch-scaled (M = 300, SD = 50). Data Analysis Measurement models for the latent constructs (reading interest, digital reading practice, reading strategy use) were validated before analysis. Descriptive statistics addressed RQ1 (group differences). To address RQ2, structural equation modeling (SEM) examined whether reading interest affected achievement indirectly through reading practices and strategy use. Multi-group SEM compared migrant and urban samples to test measurement and structural invariance, assessing whether model parameters and path coefficients differed significantly across groups. Analyses were conducted in R using the lavaan package, employing robust fit indices for model evaluation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined the mechanisms linking reading engagement and reading achievement among migrant and urban children in China, drawing on self-determination theory and the engagement model of reading development. The findings provide robust empirical support for the hypothesized multidimensional framework of reading engagement, encompassing behavioural, affective, and cognitive components. Overall, the structural model demonstrated good fit, and all constructs showed satisfactory reliability and validity. Migrant children exhibited significantly lower levels of reading interest, digital reading practice, strategy use, and reading achievement compared with their urban peers, though no difference was found in print reading amount. These results indicate that migrant children’s behavioural engagement is comparable to that of urban students, while their affective and cognitive engagement remains weaker. Reading interest emerged as the central driver of reading achievement, directly and indirectly influencing it through reading amount, digital reading practices, and reading strategy use. However, behavioural indicators such as reading amount and digital reading practice showed weak or even negative direct effects on reading achievement, suggesting that quantity of engagement alone does not guarantee improved comprehension. Instead, the positive impact of behavioural engagement depends on students’ strategic and metacognitive reading processes. Multigroup analyses revealed similar engagement–achievement pathways across groups, but two key differences emerged. The effect of reading interest on digital reading practice was stronger among migrant children, reflecting their heightened reliance on digital materials to compensate for limited reading resources. Conversely, digital reading practice negatively predicted reading achievement among urban children, likely due to distraction and noneducational online content. These findings highlight both the compensatory potential and the cognitive constraints within migrant children’s reading pathways. They underscore the importance of enhancing reading interest, digital literacy, and metacognitive strategy instruction to promote equitable literacy development—an issue of international significance for migrant and socioeconomically disadvantaged learners. References Coiro, J., & Dobler, E. (2007). Exploring the online reading comprehension strategies used by sixth-grade skilled readers to search for and locate information on the Internet. Reading Research Quarterly, 42(2), 214-257. https://doi.org/10.1598/RRQ.42.2.2 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2013). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. Springer Science & Business Media. Guthrie, J. T., & Wigfield, A. (2000). Engagement and motivation in reading. In M. L. Kamil, P. B. Mosenthal, P. D. Pearson, & R. Barr (Eds.), Handbook of reading research (Vol. 3, pp. 403-422). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Guthrie, J. T. (2008). Engaging adolescents in reading. Thousands Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Jang, E., Seo, Y. S., & Brutt-Griffler, J. (2023). Building academic resilience in literacy: Digital reading practices and motivational and cognitive engagement. Reading Research Quarterly, 58(1), 160-176. https://doi:10.1002/rrq.486 Klauda, S. L., & Guthrie, J. T. (2015). Comparing relations of motivation, engagement, and achievement among struggling and advanced adolescent readers. Reading and Writing, 28(2), 239-269. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-014-9523-2 Li, Z., & Su, Y. (2025). Identity segregation or educational resources disadvantage? The academic achievement of migrant children in China. Children and Youth Services Review, 170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2025.108134 Logan, S., Medford, E., & Hughes, N. (2011). The importance of intrinsic motivation for high and low ability readers’ reading comprehension performance. Learning and Individual Differences, 21(1), 124-128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2010.09.011 Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China. (2012). Standard of compulsory education curriculum for Chinese language art (2011th ed.). Beijing: Beijing Normal University Press. (in Chinese). Miyamoto, A., Pfost, M., & Artelt, C. (2019). The relationship between intrinsic motivation and reading comprehension: Mediating effects of reading amount and metacognitive knowledge of strategy use. Scientific Studies of Reading, 23(6), 445-460. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888438.2019.1602836 Mokhtari, K., & Reichard, C. A. (2002). Assessing students' metacognitive awareness of reading strategies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(2), 249-259. https://doi:10.1037//0022-0663.94.2.249 National Bureau of Statistics of the People’s Republic of China. (2023). What the 2020 Census Can Tell Us About Children in China: Facts and Figures. https://www.stats.gov.cn/zs/tjwh/tjkw/tjzl/202304/t20230419_1938814.html (in Chinese). Ni, S. G., Lu, S., Lu, K., & Tan, H. Y. (2021). The effects of parental involvement in parent?child reading for migrant and urban families: A comparative mixed-methods study. Children and Youth Services Review, 123. https://doi:10.1016/j.childyouth.2021.105941 OECD. (2010). PISA 2009 results: What students know and can do: Student performance in reading, mathematics and science (Vol. 1). OECD Publishing. OECD. (2017). Student Questionnaire for PISA 2018 Main Survey Version. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/data/datasets/pisa/pisa-2018-datasets/questionnaires/STUDENTS%20questionnaire%20PISA%202018%20main.pdf 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Profiles of Competence and Autonomy Across Adolescence: Longitudinal Links to Upper Secondary Graduation University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Deci and Ryan’s (Ryan & Deci, 2000, 2017) self-determination theory highlights the fundamental importance of satisfying one’s basic psychological needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness for psychological well-being and educational outcomes. When these needs are fulfilled, students are more likely to persist in academic tasks and experience more adaptive developmental trajectories. In contrast, unmet needs—particularly lack of autonomy or competence—have been linked to motivational problems, disengagement, and poorer educational outcomes. Previous studies on motivation have typically shown declining trends among lower secondary school students (e.g., Eccles & Roeser, 2009). To date, however, few researchers have explored individual patterns of psychological needs, identified meaningful subgroups, or examined how such profiles are associated with educational outcomes in the long run. Grade 6 and Grade 9 represent two critical educational phases in the Finnish comprehensive school system: the end of primary school and the end of lower secondary school. These years are also key points at which students’ self-beliefs, motivational orientations, and future expectations undergo significant change. Competence beliefs in literacy and mathematics are particularly influential during these stages, as they shape students’ achievement and educational choices. Similarly, students’ sense of autonomy—operationalized in this study as the perceived meaningfulness of schoolwork and its relevance for future goals—tends to fluctuate during adolescence and may influence educational outcomes. This seven-year longitudinal study investigated profiles of primary and lower secondary school students’ sense of competence and autonomy and their predictive value for upper secondary graduation. Sense of competence referred to students’ beliefs about their ability in literacy and mathematics, whereas autonomy reflected the perceived meaningfulness of school and education for future goals. The study addressed the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on a longitudinal dataset comprising 1,900 students from four Finnish municipalities. Data for this study were collected at two time points: Grade 6 (approximately age 12), marking the end of primary school, and Grade 9 (approximately age 15), marking the end of lower secondary education. Students completed self-report questionnaires assessing two core constructs derived from self-determination theory: Sense of competence, operationalized as beliefs about one’s abilities in literacy and mathematics. Sense of autonomy, conceptualized as the perceived meaningfulness and future relevance of school and education. Upper secondary school graduation data were obtained from official school registers approximately 3.5 years after the start of upper secondary education, providing an objective measure of educational attainment. A series of latent profile analyses (LPA) was conducted to identify subgroups of students showing distinct combinations of competence and autonomy across the two measurement points. Model selection was guided by established criteria, including AIC, BIC, entropy, and interpretability of the profiles. To examine differences in graduation outcomes across the identified profiles, we applied the BCH method, which allows for comparisons of distal outcomes while preserving the latent class solution. All analyses were conducted with Mplus 8.10. Missing data were handled using full information maximum likelihood. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the study is ongoing, preliminary LPA findings revealed four distinct profiles of competence and autonomy across Grades 6 and 9: 1) High competence and autonomy (32.6%) 2) Low competence and autonomy (12.4%) 3) Average competence and autonomy (53.1%) 4) High competence but very low autonomy in Grade 9 (1.9%) Preliminary BCH analyses indicated that students in Profiles 3 and 4 were less likely to graduate from upper secondary education within the expected timeframe. These initial results suggest that satisfying both needs of competence and autonomy throughout basic education is critical for promoting persistence and timely completion of upper secondary education. Students with high competence but low autonomy in Grade 9 showed increased risk for delayed graduation, suggesting that competence alone does not guarantee successful educational outcomes when autonomy is compromised. Final analyses will be completed before the conference. References Eccles, J., & Roeser, R. (2009). Schools, academic motivation, and stage–environment fit. In R.M. Learner, L. Steinberg (Eds.), Handbook of adolescent psychology (pp.404–434). Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. The Guilford Press. https://doi.org/10.1521/978.14625/28806 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 03 A: Assessment, Professional Learning, and Classroom Practice Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Dan Verständig Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Assessment Practices With Digital Media - Teacher Subjectivation in Inclusive Science Classes University of Goettingen, Germany Presenting Author:The design of lessons requires consideration of the diverse needs of students. Particularly in inclusive settings, learning opportunities must be developed and continuously adapted in line with individual abilities, learning levels, and interests in order to provide equal learning opportunities (Werning, 2020). This requires teachers to have comprehensive information about their learning groups. Assessment practice is therefore of great importance when it comes to lesson design (Prengel, 2016). However, assessment is a complex process that can be carried out through various practices and with different goals in mind. The discourse on (inclusive) assessment distinguishes between two basic approaches: 1. Summative assessment (Mitchell & Sutherland, 2020) usually takes place at the end of learning phases and is based on formalised assessment tools (e.g. class tests). It is geared towards placing students according to their performance (e.g. through the awarding of grades). 2. Formative assessment (Mitchell & Sutherland, 2020) is integrated into everyday teaching and is therefore not tied to specific test periods. Nor is it tied to specific assessment tools, but instead uses a variety of information in a flexible manner. It is fundamentally geared towards the ongoing adaptation of teaching. Inclusive assessment incorporates both of these approaches but emphasises the particular importance of formative assessment, as it is especially well suited for the assessment of the individual needs of students in heterogeneous learning groups (Walm et al., 2017). However, studies indicate that teachers often have insufficient assessment skills or do not use comprehensive assessment methods in their teaching (McElvany et al., 2023). In this context, teachers also criticise a lack of time for assessment practices (Creagh et al., 2025). At the same time, the increasing digitalisation of schools and teaching offers significant opportunities for the design of inclusive lessons, but also presents challenges (Schulz, 2023). This also applies to inclusive assessment. It is frequently emphasised that teachers' digital media competencies are often insufficiently developed (Engel & Jörissen 2022). Although digital media are increasingly finding their way into the classrooms, this is only gradually changing the way teachers design their lessons (Proske et al., 2023). The implementation of digital media cannot simply mean the transfer of analogue media into digital formats (Gervé et al., 2023) and therefore requires a shift in the roles of teachers. These general challenges are situated within specific conditions of subject teaching. While all school subjects come with their own specific challenges and opportunities, science classes can be emphasised as particularly challenging, when it comes to the implementation of digital media as well as assessment practices. The inherent material complexity of the subject and the need to teach demanding content at an abstract level places high demands on teachers’ actions (Stinken-Rösner & Abels, 2021). At the same time, science classes also offer opportunities for inclusive teaching, as activity-oriented and group-based approaches can support individual learning success (Minner et al., 2010). Overall, science teachers operate within a complex field of requirements and opportunities when it comes to inclusive teaching with digital media. This raises the question of how teachers in inclusive settings integrate digital media into their assessment activities and which specific forms of assessment practices (summative and formative) are associated with the use of digital media, and in what way. This dissertation project addresses these questions (among others) from a praxeological perspective (Schatzki, 2012). With a focus on processes of teacher subjectivation, ethnographic observations and interviews with teachers and students were conducted. The analysis, based on grounded theory (Strauss & Corbin, 2010), enabled the open reconstruction of different modes of teacher subjectivation in the use of digital media for assessment practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the dissertation project, data were collected in eight different classes at the lower secondary level. Most classes were led by a team of two teachers, usually one regular teacher and one teacher for special educational needs. All schools were integrated comprehensive schools, the classes therefore had rather heterogeneous student bodies, including some students with special educational needs. Some classes were held in regular classrooms, while others were held in science classrooms. Ethnographic observations were conducted across a number of lessons for each class. Additionally, interviews were conducted with both teachers and students to reflect on the classroom practices and the use of digital media. The observation protocols and the interview transcripts were analysed based on the Grounded Theory (Strauss & Corbin, 2010). This allowed for the reconstruction of the teachers’ subjectivation based on the classroom practices. This was also based on praxeological assumptions. The praxeological perspective (Schatzki, 2012) on subjectivation is interested in the positioning and actions of all actors in a given situation. Through specific practices, all actors are set in relation to one another, resulting in unique and constantly changing subject positions. In this regard, materiality, knowledge, routines, transformation, and norms are of particular importance. Firstly, all social practice is performed materially. This includes human bodies as well as artefacts as material actors, both potentially influencing social practice equally. With regard to artefacts, a digital mediality is of highlighted importance for the research project. Mediality is understood as the manifestation of symbols in practice. The meaning of these symbols is defined by the practice itself. The digital format of mediality is defined by making digital information perceptible (as symbols) through material devices. This includes, for example, making them audible through speakers or visible through monitors. The performance of actions is based on the knowledge of how to do so, for example the knowledge of how to write with ten fingers on a keyboard. While this knowledge refers to and results in specific routines of practice, each individual practice will always differ slightly, as circumstances are never exactly the same. Practice is therefore always subject to change. The reconstruction of teachers’ subjectivation requires the consideration of all these interrelated dimensions of social practice to understand their position within the teaching situation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the project can be subsumed into four main categories of teacher subjectivation. Each of them is comprised of several sub-categories that reconstruct different assessment practices and their relationship to digital media. One central category is the Assessing Teacher. It shows the ways in which teachers actions are geared towards the collection of information about their student body as well as about individual students. Four sub-types can be distinguished. Firstly, the Exploring Teacher engages in relatively open assessment practices aimed at understanding students’ needs and perspectives. Digital media and artefacts play only a minor role and have low agency in these practices. Secondly, the Reviewing Teacher assesses on a content-related level. The mode of assessment is much more closed than that of the Exploring Teachers, as it aims at specific subject knowledge and is therefore in much closer proximity to a summative assessment logic. Here, artefacts (particularly digital media) are highly relevant, as they can enable the simultaneous assessment of all students. Thirdly, the Evaluating Teacher operates within clearly defined examination situations and assesses student performance on a formal level. Digital media can be highly significant, for example in presentation-based assessments. Lastly, Teachers who Encourage Reflection reverse the logic of assessment by prompting students to assess their own learning. The use of digital and non-digital artefacts in these practices varies considerably. At ECER 2026, the category of the Assessing Teacher as a mode of teacher subjectivation will be presented as a key result of the project. The findings will be discussed in relation to current debates on assessment in inclusive settings, with particular attention to the potentials and challenges of digital media. References Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2023). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: a systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2023.2196607 Engel, J./Jörissen, B. (2022). Schule und Medialität. In: T.Hascher/T.S.Idel/W.Helsper (ed.): Handbuch Schulforschung (1-21). Springer VS. Gervé, F./Peschel, M./Haider, M./Gryl, I./Schmeinck, D./Brämer, M. (2023). Herausforderungen und Zukunftsperspektiven eines Sachunterrichts mit und über Medien. In D. Schmeinck, K. Michalik/T. Goll (Eds.). Herausforderungen und Zukunfts-perspektiven für den Sachunterricht. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. McElvany, N., Lorenz, R., Frey, A., Goldhammer, F., Schilcher, A., & Stubbe, T. C. (Eds.). (2023). IGLU, 2021 - Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre. Waxmann Verlag. Minner, D. D./Levy, A. J./Century, J. (2010). Inquiry-based science instruction – What is it and does it matter? Results from a research synthesis years 1984 to 2002. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(4), 474–496. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20347 Mitchell, D., & Sutherland, D. (2020). What really works in special and inclusive education: Using evidence-based teaching strategies (3rd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429401923 Prengel, A. (2016). Didaktische Diagnostik als Element alltäglicher Lehrerarbeit – „Formatives Assessment“ im inklusiven Unterricht [Didactic assessment as part of everyday teaching work – formative assessment in inclusive education]. In B. Amrhein (Ed.), Diagnostik im Kontext inklusiver Bildung (pp. 49-64). Klinkhardt. Proske, M./Rabenstein, K./Moldenhauer, A./Thiersch, S./Bock, A./Herrle, M./Hoffmann, M./Langer, A./Macgilchrist, F./Wagener-Böck, N./Wolf, E. (Eds.) (2023). Schule und Unterricht im digitalen Wandel. Ansätze und Erträge rekonstruktiver Forschung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. DOI: 10.25656/01:26256 Schatzki, T. R. (2012). A Primer On Practices: Theory and Research. In J. Higgs/R. Barnett/S. Billett/M. Hutchings/F. Trede (Eds.), Practice-based education: Perspectives and strategies (13-26). Sense Publisher. Schulz, L. (2023). Diklusion in der Lehrkräftebildung - ein Praxisbericht. In D. Ferencik-Lehmkuhl/I. Huynh/C. Laubmeister/C. Lee/C. Melzer/I. Schwank/H. Weck/ K. Ziemen (Eds.), Inklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung (51-65). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Stinken-Rösner L./Abels, S. (2021). Digitale Medien als Mittler im Spannungsfeld zwischen naturwissenschaftlichem Unterricht und inklusiver Pädagogik. In S. Hundertmark/X. Sun/S. Abels/A. Nehring/R. Schildknecht/V. Seremet/C. Lindmeier (Eds.), Naturwissenschaftsdidaktik und Inklusion. Beiheft zur Zeitschrift "Sonderpädagogische Förderung heute". Vol 4. 1st ed (161-175). Beltz. Strauss, A.L./Corbin, J. (2010). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen Qualitativer Sozialforschung. Beltz. Walm, M., Schultz, C., Häcker, T., & Moser, V. (2017). ‘Diagnostik und Leistungsbewertung im Dienste des Lernens’ – Theoretische Perspektiven auf ein inklusives Entwicklungsfeld. Leistung inklusive, 113-120. Werning, R. (2020). Inklusive Didaktik - adaptiven Unterricht realisieren. Schule inklusiv, 8, 4-8. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper The Cooperative Assembly as an Innovative Learning Environment: Co-construction by Students and Teachers through Action Research 1: University of Quebec at Montreal, Canada; 2: Eastern Ontario Catholic School Board Presenting Author:Contemporary social transformations, marked by teacher shortages (Mukamurera et al., 2023), increasing complexity of school contexts (Jensen, 2021), and growing demands for inclusive education, call for a reconceptualization of educational spaces as dynamic, relational, and participatory learning environments. Within this context, classroom management represents a central issue, both for students’ academic success (Bernier et al., 2021) and for teachers’ professional retention and well-being (Mukamurera et al., 2020). In this broader context of accelerating social transformations, cooperative classroom management practices can be understood as situated yet meaningful responses to the need to create more resilient, inclusive, and participatory educational spaces. Grounded in the perspective of innovative learning environments (ILEs), this paper presents an action research project (Dumouchel & Rondeau, 2024–2025) focused on the implementation of Cooperative Classroom Management Practices (CCMPs), including the cooperative assembly, at the preschool and elementary levels. These practices are based on a redefinition of traditional roles within educational spaces, emphasizing recognition of students’ agency, their active participation, and the co-construction of conditions that support learning. They engage teachers in a posture oriented toward guidance and accompaniment rather than control (Bucheton & Soulé, 2009). CCMPs draw on cooperative learning principles such as positive interdependence, individual and collective responsibility, the development of social skills, and the establishment of democratic classroom processes (Plante, 2012; Sénéchal et al., 2023). They promote shared pedagogical leadership between teachers and students (Freiberg & Lamb, 2009; Dumouchel et al., 2022). Within this framework, teachers and students in Ontario (Canada) experimented with transforming traditional cooperation councils into cooperative assemblies, conceived as innovative learning environments better aligned with their educational realities. Through these environments, students were invited to play an active role in regulating classroom climate, developing social skills, and fostering self-regulation. This presentation will bring into dialogue the experiential perspective of one participating teacher and the scientific findings identified by a member of the research team, offering complementary practitioner and researcher viewpoints. The overarching objective of this action research was to understand how CCMPs can be implemented and optimally integrated into the daily practices of preschool and elementary teachers. More specifically, the study sought to co-investigate with participating educators the implementation of these practices and to identify conditions that facilitate their effective deployment in classrooms. This approach aligns closely with the ECER thematic focus on roles and participation, as it examines transformations in professional postures, students’ roles as collaborators, and the contribution of communities of practice as collective spaces for professional development. An innovative, evolving co-investigation process was implemented, consisting of four interconnected phases: professional development, classroom experimentation, participation in a community of practice, and reinvestment of learning. The study highlights the importance of collaborative structures in supporting the appropriation of new classroom management practices that require shifts in both student and teacher roles. The findings highlight the importance of a teaching posture oriented toward accompaniment rather than control and invite critical reflection on hierarchical structures in traditional educational settings, as well as on the conditions necessary for the emergence of more collaborative models in educational practice, teacher education, and research. These findings may inform similar initiatives in other educational contexts seeking to foster participatory and cooperative classroom practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given that the study originated from the needs of the partner educational setting and that close collaboration was essential, an action research methodology was selected. One defining feature of this approach is that research is conducted with and for participants rather than on them (Reason & Bradbury, 2008). Rooted in a pragmatist paradigm, action research assumes that scientific knowledge is generated through action (Roy & Prévost, 2013). The project was conducted in collaboration with six preschool and elementary teachers, two pedagogical advisors, and a university-based research team. The research process followed the six iterative and interdependent stages of action research described by Guay and Gagnon (2021): defining the current situation, identifying the desired situation, planning action, implementation, observation, co-analysis, and practice adjustment. An additional preliminary phase “stage zero” was included to prepare the research context. Data collection relied on multiple complementary tools, including audiovisual recordings of classroom management practices, communities of practice, and both group and individual interviews. Audiovisual recordings enabled direct observation without the presence of an external observer (Tremblay & Perrier, 2006), allowing for fine-grained analysis of practices in authentic contexts. Classroom video data were manually analyzed using NVivo software through sequential thematic analysis (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2021; Rondeau & Paillé, 2016). Communities of practice functioned as dynamic spaces for co-training, co-investigation, and co-construction of professional knowledge. At the conclusion of the project, group and individual interviews were conducted. Following transcription, a conceptual category analysis (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2021) was carried out to identify conditions that optimize the implementation of CCMPs in preschool and elementary classrooms (Rondeau & Paillé, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This action research highlights the potential of Cooperative Classroom Management Practices (CCMPs), and particularly the cooperative assembly, to transform educational spaces into innovative learning environments grounded in participation and co-construction. By fostering shared leadership between teachers and students, CCMPs contribute to classroom climates that support student engagement, social skill development, and self-regulation. The findings emphasize the importance of organizational, relational, and professional development conditions that support the sustainable appropriation of these practices, notably through collective structures such as communities of practice. They also confirm the relevance of co-investigative approaches in supporting the development of classroom management competence, identified as a key factor in teachers’ professional persistence (Bernier et al., 2021; Mukamurera et al., 2023). From an educational research perspective, this study illustrates the contribution of participatory methodologies to understanding and accompanying transformations in learning environments that are not only innovative, but also capable of reshaping the roles of classroom actors. It opens avenues for transfer into both initial teacher education and continuing professional development and contributes to advancing knowledge on the conditions that optimize the implementation of cooperative practices in classroom settings. References Bernier, V., Gaudreau, N. et Massé, L. (2021). Pratiques de gestion de classe, expérience scolaire et accessibilité à la classe ordinaire : perceptions d’élèves présentant des difficultés comportementales. Revue des sciences de l’éducation, 47(1), 110–135. https://doi.org/10.7202/1081474ar Bucheton, D., & Soulé, Y. (2009). Les gestes professionnels et le jeu des postures de l’enseignant dans la classe : un multi-agenda de préoccupations enchâssées. Éducation et didactique, 3(3), 29-48. https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.543 Dumouchel, M., Sénéchal, K. et Messier, G. (2022). Mise en cohérence entre l’enseignement-apprentissage de l’oral et la gestion de la classe pour un élève réflexif et responsable. Didactique, 3(3), 190–212. http://dx.doi.org/10.37571/2022.0309 Dumouchel, M., & Rondeau, K. (2024–2025). Transforming the classroom: Co-investigating the implementation of cooperative classroom management practices in preschool and elementary education. Partnership Engagement Project, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC). Freiberg, H. J.et Lamb, S. M. (2009). Dimensions of person-centered classroom management. Theory into practice, 48(2), 99-105. Guay, M.-H. et Gagnon, B. (2021). La recherche-action. Dans I. Bourgeois (dir). La recherche sociale. De la problématique à la collecte de données (p. 415-440). Presses de l’université du Québec. Jensen, M. T. (2021). Pupil-teacher ratio, disciplinary problems, classroom emotional climate, and turnover intention: Evidence from a randomized control trial. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 103415. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103415. Mukamurera, J., Sirois, G. et Wentzel, B. (2023). Pénurie du personnel enseignant : une analyse multidimensionnelle. Apprendre et enseigner aujourd’hui, 12(2), 4-5. https://doi.org/10.7202/1101204ar Mukamurera, J., Tardif, M., Niyubahwe, A. et Lakhal, S. (2020). L’implantation de programmes d’insertion professionnelle dans l’enseignement comme changement institutionnel : qu’en pensent les enseignants débutants? Recherches en Éducation, (42), 81-99. https://doi.org/10.4000/ree.1473 Paillé, P. et Mucchielli, A. (2021). L’analyse qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales (5e éd.). Armand Colin. Reason, P et Bradbury, H. (dir.) (2008). Hanbook of action research: participative inquiry and practice (2e éd.). Sage. Rondeau, K. et Paillé, P. (2016). L’analyse qualitative pas à pas: gros plan sur le déroulé des opérations analytiques d’une enquête qualitative. Recherches qualitatives, 35(1), 4-28. https://doi.org/10.7202/1084494ar Roy, M. et Prévost, P. (2013). La recherche-action : origines, caractéristiques et implications de son utilisation dans les sciences de la gestion. Recherches qualitatives, 32(2), 129-151. https://doi.org/10.7202/1084625ar Sénéchal, K., Dumouchel, M. et Messier, G. (2023). Que faire pour susciter les interactions orales des élèves ? Portrait d’une communauté de pratique d’enseignantes du primaire québécois. Repères, (68), 105–122. http://journals.openedition.org/reperes/6068. Tremblay, R.R. et Perrier, Y. (2006). Savoir plus: outils et méthodes de travail intellectuel, 2e Edition, Les Éditions de la Chenelière Inc. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Finding Common Ground Across Educational Traditions: Developments of Recontextualizations Through an Erasmus+ Project Promoting Intercultural Understanding and Media Literacy NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:Education is increasingly denationalized through the influence of international organizations such as the OECD and the EU and through cross-country collaborations like Erasmus+ projects. However, we still know little about how national educational traditions and values are negotiated and reshaped within such collaborative frameworks. Vlogging Beyond Classrooms (ViBes) is an Erasmus+ project designed to foster media literacy and intercultural understanding among primary school pupils across three European countries. Its overarching aim is to support schools in integrating vlogging into their pedagogical practices, thereby enhancing inclusivity and cultural awareness. Used both as a method and a learning tool, vlogging can expand pupils’ communicative repertoires and help teachers recognize competencies that may otherwise remain invisible. In this study, classes of 11–12-year-old pupils from Norway, Belgium, and Ireland participated in a series of vlog exchanges aimed at promoting cultural understanding through digital skill development. The study investigates how teachers in the three countries recontextualized the ViBes project over time, with particular attention to the evolution of their pedagogical practices. All teachers received an introductory course in vlogging from experienced media producers affiliated with local universities, along with access to a comprehensive online digital learning resource developed by the same team. Over two academic years, both teaching practices and pupils’ vlogs developed through the ongoing collaboration. As educational discourses—such as student-centered vlogging—are recontextualized into practice, ideological influences inevitably shape their implementation (Bernstein, 2000). It is therefore expected that the ViBes project manifested differently depending on local contexts and actors. Drawing on Bernstein’s (2000) theory, the project is underpinned by an invisible pedagogic orientation associated with the Nordic educational model. This orientation contrasts with the more explicit pedagogical approaches commonly found in other European settings (Blossing, Imsen & Moos, 2014), such as Belgium and Ireland. The central research question is: How did teachers’ recontextualizations of the ViBes project develop over time across the three countries? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analytical framework and data The analysis draws on Bernstein’s concepts of visible and invisible pedagogies, which describe contrasting forms of control in pedagogic practice. These orientations can be examined through the concept of framing, which concerns the degree of control over communication. Weak framing (invisible pedagogy) suggests that learners appear to have considerable control over selection, sequencing, pacing, criteria, and social relations. Strong framing (visible pedagogy) indicates explicit control by teachers. The tension between these orientations reflects broader ideological conflicts (Bernstein, 2000) and aligns with differing educational traditions among the three countries, with Norway more strongly associated with invisible pedagogy than Belgium and Ireland. The data corpus includes classroom observations during vlog activities, interviews with students, teachers, and school leaders, as well as vlogs produced by both students and teachers. Additionally, questionnaires were administered to students and teachers. Framing was used as an analytical lens for tracing the development of pedagogical practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Preliminary findings indicate notable differences across countries in pupils' development of content creation and technical vlogging skills. Pupils in the Belgian and Irish schools showed more substantial progress over the course of the project, while pupils in the Norwegian school demonstrated comparatively limited development. One possible explanation is that students’ learning trajectories reflect the pedagogical strategies employed: In Norway, the project consistently adhered to an invisible pedagogical orientation, whereas in Belgium and Ireland teachers gradually shifted from visible to more invisible pedagogies. This pattern may suggest that visible pedagogies emphasize the quality of the final product, while invisible pedagogies prioritize the quality of the learning process. Taken together, the findings indicate that a balanced combination of visible and invisible pedagogies may be most conducive to fostering growth in both content-related and technical competencies. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Boston: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Blossing, U., Imsen, G., & Moos, L. (2014). Progressive Education and New Governance in Denmark, Norway and Sweden. In U. Blossing, G. Imsen & L. Moos (Eds.), The Nordic Education Model: "A School for All" Encounters Neo-Liberal Policy (pp. 133–154). Springer. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 03 B: Digital Games as Educational and Epistemic Spaces Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Patrick Bettinger Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Navigating the Double-Edged Sword: A Meta-analysis of the Effect of Digital Games on 21st Century Skills East china normal university Presenting Author:Introduction In the 21st century, individuals must navigate rapid technological change, and social transformation. This demands not only knowledge but also adaptable competencies (Geisinger, 2016; van Laar et al., 2017). Among these, the 4C skills—critical thinking, communication, collaboration, and creativity—have emerged as core competencies for success in education and work (Crockett et al., 2011; Battelle for Kids, 2019). Digital games have been increasingly recognized as promising tools to support the development of 4C skills. Research indicates that games can enhance problem-solving, communication, and teamwork while promoting engagement and real-world skill transfer (Squire, 2006; Dickey, 2006; Sourmelis et al., 2017). However, concerns persist regarding their negative effects, including aggression, depression, and hyperactivity (Allaire et al., 2013; Vitytė & Monkevičienė, 2024; Wols et al., 2024), emphasizing the need for evidence-based design and implementation. This meta-analysis aims to synthesize current evidence on the effects of digital games on 4C skills. Despite the educational potential of digital games (Qian & Clark, 2016), existing studies differ in focus, game design, participant characteristics, and research methods (Ke, 2009; Connolly et al., 2012), limiting generalizability and application. The present study addresses these gaps by systematically analyzing the overall impact of digital games on 4C skills, comparing effects across the individual competencies, and identifying key moderators such as game type, game mode, participant age group, region, and experimental design. The following research questions guide this inquiry: RQ1: How do digital games affect overall 4C skills? RQ2: What are the specific effects on each 4C skill? RQ3: What factors moderate the effects of digital games on 21st century skills? Conceptual Framework Digital games: The double-edged sword Digital games are interactive entertainment utilizing digital technology, often involving virtual environments (Fromme & Unger, 2012). While public debate often highlights their negative effects, such as aggression or emotional instability (e.g. Allaire et al., 2013), research also shows that digital games foster cognitive and developmental benefits, especially in education (Wu et al., 2012; Eow & Baki, 2010). 4C skills: a framework of 21st century skills The 4C skills—critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, and communication—are essential in today’s knowledge-driven society (Ananiadou & Claro, 2009; OECD, 2019). Among the 4C skills, communication raises the most concern regarding digital games (Wallenius & Punamäki, 2008). While games can support interaction, they may also lead to social withdrawal in individuals with weaker social skills (Erdogan, 2023) and reduce sensitivity to social cues when replacing real-life interaction (Charlton & Danforth, 2010). Consequently, the impact on communication varies based on factors like game type, play duration, and whether collaborative interaction is encouraged (Reinders & Wattana, 2015). Moderators of 21st century skills This meta-analysis also identifies key moderators. Variables such as game type (e.g., adventure, simulation), game mode (independent vs. collaborative), online status, and discipline (e.g., natural sciences, STEAM) may influence outcomes (Zou et al., 2021; Sourmelis et al., 2017). Methodological features—including sample size, participant age, intervention length, and gender—also moderate effects (Ross & Begeny, 2015). These factors are critical in understanding the varied impacts of digital games on 21st century skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Selection criteria The selected literatures should met the inclusion criteria which is reported in Table 1. Literature search and selection As shown in Figure 1, the literature search followed the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021; Moher et al., 2009). We conducted a literature search in the electronic databases including Web of Science, Scopus, ProQuest, ERIC (Education Resources Information Center), and Google Scholar using the following search syntax: [(“digital game” OR “video game” OR “online game” OR “Internet game” OR “electronic game”) AND (“critical thinking” OR “creativity” OR “communication” OR “collaboration” OR “21st century skills” OR “4C skills”)]. Consequently, a total of 37 publications were included in this review at the end. Literature coding Before initiating the coding process, the authors held detailed discussions to establish and agree on coding criteria. To ensure consistency, we independently coded a random sample of 19 references (around 50% of the articles), resolving discrepancies through discussion. The remaining 18 references were then coded based on the finalized scheme. Inter-coder reliability, assessed using Cohen’s kappa, was 0.83 (p < 0.001), indicating strong agreement. Following Wilson and Lipsey’s (2001) guidelines, five coding schemes (see Table 2) were applied, focusing on effect sizes and study-level variables. Effect size coding targeted four domains: critical thinking, creativity, communication, and collaboration; sixteen variables were coded at the study level. Data analysis We applied the Stata 17.0 and Comprehensive Meta-analysis (CMA) 4.0 software for effect size synthesis, moderator analyses, and publication bias tests. In calculating the overall effect size, we applied a random-effects model rather than a fixed-effects model due to substantial variability among the selected studies, such as differences in game types, intervention durations, and participant characteristics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Discussion Overall Effect of Digital Games on 21st Century Skills (RQ1) Despite concerns over potential harms of digital games (Allaire et al., 2013; Vitytė & Monkevičienė, 2024), the meta-analysis found a medium, significant overall effect (g = 0.55, p < 0.001) of digital games on 21st century skills—critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, and communication. This supports the view that digital game interventions can meaningfully enhance these core competencies. Three explanations may account for this effect. First, digital games have reshaped learning by offering diverse, engaging pathways that increase learner motivation (Hwang et al., 2017; Kafai & Burke, 2015). Second, they function as interactive tools that aid knowledge transfer to real-world contexts and help players grasp abstract ideas (Higgins et al., 2019; Koong & Wu, 2011). Third, games support authentic, personalized learning environments that deepen learner-knowledge interaction (Ruhalahti et al., 2018; Steinkuehler et al., 2012). Differences in the Effect on 4C Skills (RQ2) Digital games had the strongest effects on critical thinking (g = 0.85) and communication (g = 0.77). Their problem-solving nature promotes analysis, reasoning, and decision-making (Chen & Wu, 2021), while real-time feedback sharpens logical thinking (Kiili, 2005). Communication benefits from multiplayer tasks requiring coordination and dialogue (Fox et al., 2018; Lisk et al., 2012). However, effects were smaller for collaboration (g = 0.41) and creativity (g = 0.37). Game designs often emphasize independence or competition, limiting collaborative skill development (Buchinger & Hounsell, 2018). Similarly, structured game formats can restrict creative exploration (van der Graaf et al., 2016), whereas open-ended games show greater potential (Fan et al., 2022). References Allaire, J. C., McLaughlin, A. C., Trujillo, A., Whitlock, L. A., LaPorte, L., & Gandy, M. (2013). Successful aging through digital games: Socioemotional differences between older adult gamers and non-gamers. Computers in Human Behavior, 29(4), 1302–1306. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2013.01.014 Ananiadou, K., & Claro, M. (2009). 21st century skills and competences for new millennium learners in OECD countries. OECD education working papers, No. 41. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/218525261154 Battelle for Kids. (2019). Framework for 21st century learning. http://static.battelleforkids.org/documents/p21/P21_Framework_Brief.pdf Buchinger, D., & da Silva Hounsell, M. (2018). Guidelines for designing and using collaborative-competitive serious games. Computers & Education, 118, 133-149. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2017.11.007 Charlton, J. P., & Danforth, I. D. (2010). Validating the distinction between computer addiction and engagement: Online game playing and personality. Behaviour & Information Technology, 29(6), 601-613. https://doi.org/10.1080/01449290903401978 *Chen, H. L., & Wu, C. T. (2021). A digital role-playing game for learning: Effects on critical thinking and motivation. Interactive Learning Environments, 31(5), 3018-3030. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2021.1916765 Connolly, T. M., Boyle, E. A., MacArthur, E., Hainey, T., & Boyle, J. M. (2012). A systematic literature review of empirical evidence on computer games and serious games. Computers & Education, 59(2), 661-686. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2012.03.004 Crockett, L., Jukes, I., & Churches, A. (2011). Literacy is not enough: 21st-century fluencies for the Digital age. 21st Century Fluency Project ; Corwin. Dickey, M. D. (2006). Game design and learning: A conjectural analysis of how massively multiple online role-playing games (mmorpgs) foster intrinsic motivation. Educational Technology Research and Development, 55(3), 253–273. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-006-9004-7 Eow, Y. L., & Baki, R. (2010). Computer games development and appreciative learning approach in enhancing students’ creative perception. Computers & Education, 54(1), 146-161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2009.07.019 Erdogan O. (2023). The mediator's role of communication skills in the effect of social skills on digital game addiction. Acta psychologica, 237, 103948. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actpsy.2023.103948 Fan, Y., Lane, H. C., & Delialioğlu, Ö. (2022). Open-ended tasks promote creativity in Minecraft. Educational Technology & Society, 25(2), 105-116. https://www.jstor.org/stable/48660127 Fox, J., Gilbert, M., & Tang, W. Y. (2018). Player experiences in a massively multiplayer online game: A diary study of performance, motivation, and social interaction. New Media & Society, 20(11), 4056-4073. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444818767102 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Beyond the Split Screen: Cooperative Gaming as Intra-active Educational Space 1: Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany; 2: University of Rostock, Germany Presenting Author:Traditional educational spaces often seem to operate with clear boundaries: learners are here, learning materials are there, and technology mediates between them. But contemporary digital environments – from online classrooms to video games – increasingly challenge us to rethink where (educational) digital spaces begin and end. Video games are especially rich educational spaces that transform boundaries of digital environments and enable new contexts for (informal) learning and education (Jörissen & Marotzki 2009, Fromme & Könitz 2014). What happens when these boundaries change? When two players in different cities collaborate in real-time in a video game? When a controller is not just a tool but shapes what players can do and who they become in the game? The planned presentation examines the cooperative video game “Split Fiction” (Hazelight Studios, 2025) to explore how digital play can help us reimagine other educational spaces. In this game, two players must work together within the game's system to progress – neither can succeed alone. The game splits the screen in unusual ways, showing a multitude of changing perspectives simultaneously. Players might be on different platforms (PC, PlayStation, Xbox, Switch), in different physical locations, using different input devices, yet they share one game world and must coordinate constantly. We argue that cooperative gaming like this reveals something fundamental about contemporary digital (learning) environments: boundaries between humans, materials, and technologies are not fixed but emerge through practice. This is what new materialist scholars call "intra-activity" (Barad 2007). Unlike interaction, where separate entities act on each other, intra-activity describes how entities come into being through their mutual relations. Janik (2021) extends this to video games through the concept of "intra-acting bio-objects". In intra-active play, you don't have two pre-existing players who then use technology to interact. Instead, "being a player" emerges through the doing – through pressing buttons, coordinating with your partner, responding to a games system (Fizek 2022, Janik 2019, Mckeown 2018). The boundaries separating "you" from "your avatar," "your screen" from "their screen," even "player" and "game" are constantly negotiated. Players and games exist in productive tension – they shape each other's boundaries rather than remaining separate. We extend Janik's single-player focus to cross-platform cooperative play, where these relations multiply: players intra-act with the game, controllers, networks and with each other through technological mediation. Split Fiction makes these intra-active relations visible through what we call "splits" – game elements where boundaries are simultaneously drawn and dissolved. The split-screen shows multiple perspectives at once in a transformative fashion, making players both separate (through different worlds and perspectives) and unified (through a shared ludic game space). With cross-platform play, players might be in the same room or across continents, but they take part in the same game space. Furthermore, players engage with asymmetric mechanics, meaning players have different capabilities and must coordinate their differences. These splits are not just features to analyze – they're moments where educational space becomes visible as performed rather than given. They show how agency is distributed across bodies, buttons, and bytes. Our research asks how cooperative gameplay in Split Fiction enacts educational space through intra-active relations. How do the game's "splits" function as moments that temporarily stabilize boundaries? What can this teach us about designing and researching contemporary learning environments? This analysis especially contributes to the call's perspectives on technology integration (perspective 3) and theoretical approaches (perspective 5), while also touching on the themes of roles and participation (perspective 4). By examining cooperative gaming through a media educational and new materialist framework, we offer conceptual resources for understanding educational spaces as emergent, more-than-human assemblages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our methodological approach combines educational video game analysis (Fromme & Könitz 2014, Fromme 2006) with new materialist sensitivity to how boundaries emerge through practice. Within their framework, Fromme and Könitz distinguish aesthetic, narrative, ludic, and technological dimensions of games. However, we depart from treating these as separate analytical layers. Rather than asking "how can we use games for learning?”, we ask "what does gaming teach us about how and what kind of educational spaces come to be?" Following Barad's material-discursive approach, we examine how these dimensions co-constitute each other: how do visuals shape what's playable, how does technology enable narrative, how do mechanics produce meaning? Our primary data consists of gameplay footage from Split Fiction, focusing on moments where cooperative mechanics foreground player interdependence. In the presentation, we will show and discuss video sequences that make the splits graspable for the audience. The sequences we examine make these splits visible across multiple dimensions of the game, from the ludic level of mechanics and player coordination to the narrative level where the game's story itself thematizes division and unity. From the split screen radically different perspectives and abilities emerge.The sequences visualize how asymmetry becomes a resource rather than a problem: what looks like an obstacle to one player becomes a pathway to the other. We will also examine sequences where rapidly transforming split screens merge, separate, rotate, and reconfigure. Here the visual boundary between player avatars becomes part of the gameplay itself. For each sequence, we examine three interconnected dimensions. First, we trace boundaries by asking where they become apparent. When does the split-screen clarify or confuse? When do players experience themselves as separate versus unified? Second, we investigate distributed agency by examining who or what is acting. When the game switches your character's abilities without warning, when lag delays your partner's action, when a puzzle requires simultaneous button presses, agency is not located in individual players but in the assemblage. Third, we attend to educational moments by identifying where learning happens – not just learning "how to play" but learning to coordinate, to respond, to trust, to adapt to differences and resistant game states, to negotiate shared goals with distributed capabilities. Throughout this analysis, we remain attentive to moments of productive friction, where the technological materiality "acts back" and shapes what players can do and become. These are the moments where intra-activity becomes experienceable and educationally relevant, not just theoretically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This analysis of Split Fiction through the framework of intra-active play offers contributions to reconceptualizing educational spaces. First, it demonstrates that educational spaces need not be defined by physical co-presence. The cross-platform capabilities and distributed collaboration of video games challenge traditional assumptions that meaningful learning environments require shared physical locations. Digital technologies can enable cohesive spaces where agency, knowledge, and identity emerge through mediated relations. This matters for hybrid learning, global collaboration, and accessible education. Second, our analysis reveals the productive potential of asymmetry. Rather than treating varied competencies or asymmetric roles as problems to be overcome, Split Fiction demonstrates how differences can become rich resources for collaborative learning. The game requires players to have different capabilities. Despite the differences, players strive to achieve a cooperative flow to progress in the game. This reframes how we might approach diverse learners and varied technological access in educational contexts. Third, this research offers a theoretical reframing of the relationship between learners, learning materials, and (educational) technologies. By demonstrating how players, controllers, game mechanics, and collaborative practices intra-actively constitute each other, we challenge instrumental understandings of educational technology. Technologies are not neutral tools that mediate pre-existing learning processes but are co-constitutive participants in educational assemblages, actively shaping what counts as learning, who counts as a learner, and where the boundaries of educational spaces are drawn. This has practical implications for designing innovative learning environments. Rather than asking how to integrate technology into education, we might ask what kinds of intra-active relations particular technological arrangements afford, what boundaries they make visible or invisible, and how they distribute agency across human and non-human participants. We do not argue for abandoning traditional educational research methods but rather invite diffractive readings through new materialist perspectives to explore methodologies adequate to complex phenomena like cooperative cross-platform gaming. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Fizek, S. (2022). Playing at a Distance: Borderlands of Video Game Aesthetic. The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/13605.001.0001 Fromme, J. (2006). Zwischen Immersion und Distanz: Lern- und Bildungspotenziale von Computerspielen. In W. Kaminski & M. Lorber (Eds.), Clash of Realities: Computerspiele und soziale Wirklichkeit. Munich: kopaed. Fromme, J., & Könitz, C. (2014). Bildungspotenziale von Computerspielen – Überlegungen zur Analyse und bildungstheoretischen Einschätzung eines hybriden Medienphänomens. In W. Marotzki & N. Meder (Eds.), Perspektiven der Medienbildung (pp. 235–286). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Jörissen / Marotzki (2009): Medienbildung - Eine Einführung. Mckeown, C. (2018). Interaction after Representation: Intra-acting with Videogames. https://doi.org/10.6084/M9.FIGSHARE.6104669 Hazelight Studios (2025). Split Fiction [Video game]. Electronic Arts. Janik, J. (2019). Meaningful transformation: Intra-activity and video games. In Proceedings of DiGRA 2019. Retrieved from http://www.digra.org/digital-library/ Janik, J. (2021). Intra-acting bio-object: A posthuman approach to the player-game relation. Journal of Gaming & Virtual Worlds, 13(1), 21–39. https://doi.org/10.1386/jgvw_00026_1 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Digital Games as Vehicles of Extremist Propaganda: A Structure-Based Analytical Model University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:In light of the sustained societal relevance of digital games as cultural, political, and affective meaning-making environments, a broad interdisciplinary consensus has emerged in Game Studies and media research that digital games cannot be understood merely as entertainment media. Rather, they function as complex systems of ideological articulation in which meaning is produced procedurally through the interplay of narration, aesthetics, and rule-based interaction (Bogost, 2007; Eichner, 2017; Pfister & Görgen, 2020). Digital games thus organize political worldviews not only representationally, but experientially, by stabilizing normative assumptions through player action. Against this backdrop, recent research has increasingly addressed the strategic instrumentalization of digital games by extremist actors, particularly in the context of far-right and jihadist movements (Rauscher, 2020; Robinson & Whittaker, 2021; Kowert & Schlegel, 2024). While this literature has convincingly demonstrated that extremist actors engage with gaming cultures, platforms, and communities, the development of digital games explicitly designed for propagandistic purposes remains a comparatively under-theorized analytical object. Existing approaches frequently identify extremist games via isolated content markers, symbolic references, or presumed intentions, rather than reconstructing propaganda as a media-immanent structural performance of the game itself. This paper addresses this research gap by proposing a propaganda-sensitive, structure-based analytical model for the systematic reconstruction of propagandistic functional logics in digital games. The contribution builds on the premise that propaganda in digital games cannot be adequately captured through content analysis alone. Instead, propaganda is conceptualized as a coherent structural performance that emerges from the systematic alignment of narrative framing, aesthetic codification, and rule-based action systems, coupled with extraludic references and modes of player address (Bogost, 2007; Paul, 2010; Jowett & O’Donnell, 2012). As a paradigmatic case, the paper draws on Heimat Defender: Rebellion (2020), a digital game that has been widely classified in prior research as a deliberately developed far-right propaganda game linked to the Identitarian Movement (Möbus, 2023; Möbus, 2024; Lippert, 2024). Rather than reiterating case-specific ideological findings, the paper uses this example to demonstrate how extremist ideology is stabilized through structurally coherent gameplay arrangements that integrate heroization of the playable subject, systematic enemy construction, and the normative legitimation of violence across multiple structural layers of the game. The guiding research interest therefore shifts from the question of what ideological content is represented in extremist games to how propaganda is structurally organized and rendered experientially plausible within the medium of digital play. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the paper develops and explicates the Model for the Analysis of Digital Propaganda Games (MAPs), a structure-oriented analytical framework that was developed through a theory-informed, iterative model-building process. MAPs combines deductive theoretical assumptions from Game Studies and propaganda research with inductive insights derived from empirical analyses of extremist digital games, most notably Heimat Defender: Rebellion (Bogost, 2007; Eichner, 2017; Jowett & O’Donnell, 2012; Möbus, 2023). The conceptual starting point of MAPs is the assumption that propaganda in digital games should not be inferred from presumed developer intentions or hypothesized player effects. Instead, propaganda is treated as a reconstructable structural performance that emerges from the systematic alignment of intraludic structures and extraludic reference and framing logics. Drawing on Eichner’s (2017) structure model of digital games, MAPs adopts the intraludic differentiation between narration, aesthetics, and rule systems as its analytical foundation, while extending this framework through a propaganda-theoretical lens. Model development proceeded stepwise. First, recurring structural patterns identified in prior analyses of far-right digital games were systematically reconstructed and related to central concepts from propaganda theory, such as ideological coherence, affective mobilization, and the normalization of violence (Jowett & O’Donnell, 2012; Möbus, 2023). On this basis, three propagandistic functional logics were derived inductively and refined deductively: heroization of the playable subject, construction of enemy images, and the normative legitimation of violence. These dimensions are not treated as isolated content features, but as functional logics that must manifest coherently across multiple structural layers of the game. Analytically, MAPs operates on two interconnected levels. On the intraludic level, it reconstructs how these propagandistic functional logics are stabilized through narration, visual and auditory aesthetics, and rule-based interaction, including goals, reward systems, and constraints on player agency. On the extraludic level, the model systematically integrates references to real-world persons, institutions, and political discourses, as well as explicit or implicit forms of player address that connect intraludic meaning-making to extraludic ideological and mobilization contexts (Paul, 2010; RAN, 2020). To ensure analytical transparency, intersubjective traceability, and comparability across cases, MAPs is operationalized through a low-inference codebook that specifies guiding questions, indicators, and coding rules for each analytical dimension and level. This allows for a methodologically controlled reconstruction of propagandistic structures without relying on speculative assumptions about reception or impact. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to contribute to current research on digital games and extremism in three central ways. First, it offers a theoretically grounded and methodologically explicit definition of digital propaganda games that avoids both moralizing classifications and purely content-driven approaches. Second, it demonstrates how propaganda can be reconstructed as a media-immanent structural performance, stabilized through the coherent alignment of narrative, aesthetic, and procedural elements, rather than through isolated extremist symbols or messages (Bogost, 2007; Eichner, 2017). Third, the paper provides an analytically robust model that enables the systematic differentiation between politically coded games, ideologically framed serious games, and strategically designed propaganda games. By foregrounding structural coherence and extraludic coupling as defining criteria, MAPs reduces the risk of overgeneralization and supports cumulative, comparative research (Möbus, 2023; Kowert & Schlegel, 2024). Beyond its analytical contribution, the model also offers a conceptual foundation for future research and media-pedagogical applications. By shifting attention from isolated extremist content to the structural conditions of ideological meaning-making in digital games, the paper argues for a reframing of propaganda analysis in Game Studies: away from attribution and towards reconstruction, away from surface features and towards structural coherence, and away from speculative impact assumptions and towards analytically controlled, model-based inquiry. References Bogost, I. (2007). Persuasive games: The expressive power of videogames. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/5334.001.0001 Eichner, S. (2017). Videospielanalyse. In L. Mikos & C. Wegener (Hrsg.), Qualitative Medienforschung. Ein Handbuch (S. 524–533). Konstanz: UVK. Jowett, G. S., & O’Donnell, V. (2012). Propaganda & persuasion (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Kowert, R., & Schlegel, L. (2024). Gaming and extremism: The radicalization of digital playgrounds. New York: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003388371 Lippert, S. (2024). Right-wing images of space and völkisch identity constructions in Heimat Defender: Rebellion. In M. Morawski & S. Wolff-Seidel (Hrsg.), Gaming and geography. Key challenges in geography (S. 159–180). Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-42260-7_8 Möbus, B. (2023). „Würden wir die Rolle von Computerspielen nicht für wichtig erachten, würden wir nicht tun, was wir tun“ – Die Identitäre Bewegung und das propagandistische Potential von Computerspielen am Beispiel von Heimat Defender: Rebellion. ZepRa – Zeitschrift für praxisorientierte Radikalisierungsforschung, 2(1), 4–35. Möbus, B. (2024). Spielend spalten?! Rechtsextreme Feindbilder im Computerspiel Heimat Defender: Rebellion im Spiegel der Ideologie der Identitären Bewegung. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 59 (Desinformation von Rechts), 23–53. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/59/2024.04.09.X Paul, C. A. (2010). Process, paratexts, and texts: Rhetorical analysis and virtual worlds. Journal of Virtual Worlds Research, 3(1), 1–19. Pfister, E., & Görgen, A. (2020). Politische Transferprozesse in digitalen Spielen: Eine Begriffsgeschichte. In A. Görgen & S. H. Simond (Hrsg.), Krankheit in digitalen Spielen. Interdisziplinäre Betrachtungen (S. 51–74). Bielefeld: transcript. https://doi.org/10.25969/mediarep/14974 Radicalisation Awareness Network (RAN). (2020). Extremists’ use of video gaming – Strategies and narratives. European Commission. https://home-affairs.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2020-11/ran_cn_conclusion_paper_videogames_15-17092020_en.pdf Rauscher, A. (2020). Playing propaganda: Die Games-Appropriationen des IS. In B. Zywietz (Hrsg.), Propaganda des „Islamischen Staats“ (S. 161–179). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-28751-1_6 Robinson, N., & Whittaker, J. (2021). Playing for hate? Extremism, terrorism, and videogames. Studies in Conflict & Terrorism, Online First, 1–25. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 03 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Collaboration, Memory and Critical Pedagogies Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Tomaszewska-Pękała Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Amputational Practices and Colonial Common Sense: Investigating implicit collective memory through Danish school books about Kalaallit Nunaat from 1950-1989 University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:Since the 1950s, the Danish public school has been a central institution of the Danish welfare state explicitly linked to the development of welfare and democracy through the formation of future citizens - today, with declared goals of pursuing “freedom of thought, equality, and democracy” (BUVM 2024). In the same historical period as ideas of democracy and equity gained centrality in Danish school policy, the Danish state executed an extensive modernization project that instituted racially based systems (Petterson 2012), forced displacements of Inuit children (Hermann 2021) and forced population control (Graugaard et al. 2025) amounting to what has been characterized as a silenced genocide (Graugaard et al. 2023). While research on these colonial trajectories is growing the majority of the Danish population remains largely unaware of Greenland's history with Denmark (STUK 2019). In June 2022 the governments of Denmark and Kalaallit Nunaat initiated a historical investigation of the “post-colonial” relationship from the period after World War II until today, acknowledging the need to shed further light on the consequences (Naalakkersuisut & Statsministeriet 2022). Responding to the well-documented contemporary prejudice, discrimination and racism towards Kalaallit in Danish society (UN 2023; DIHR 2023) the Danish government has recently highlighted the importance of including the North Atlantic and the Danish Commonwealth (Rigsfællesskabet) as a mandatory topic in school curriculum (Regeringen 2025). Based on the insights of existing research, I argue that such curriculum-political initiatives must be rooted in a critical awareness about the institutional knowledge that historically has been available and how this knowledge might shape contemporary concepts and self-perceptions. The connection between Danish discrimination and prejudice towards Kalaallit on the one hand and the well-documented lack of knowledge about Kalaallit Nunaat and the Danish/Greenlandic relation on the other, has been made in multiple reports (UVM 2019, DIHR 2023, DUF 2024). However, understanding prejudice and discrimination towards Kalaallit as a matter of not-knowing, I argue, runs the risk of overlooking the type of knowledge that informed these practices to begin with. Taking as point of departure that social patterns of human action cannot be separated from knowledge, and that knowledge does not appear in a vacuum but is socially, culturally and historically situated, the question of discriminatory tendencies within a population, can be understood not just as a lack of knowledge, but rather, as a presence of certain type of shared knowledge that informs collective patterns of thinking about Kalaallit Nunaat. This form of collective knowledge might be understood considering scholarly contributions highlighting that the colonial injustices of the Danish welfare state, especially in regard to Kalaallit Nunaat, are often denied, contested or presented as benevolent and well-intended (Graugaard 2022; Lofsdottór & Jensen 2016; Boassen et al. 2022). In this paper I investigate this through the concept of implicit collective memory (Erll 2022); an often unconscious, but none the less powerful, cultural remembering-imagining system, passed from generation to generation, through narrative schemata and patterns of framing that informs perceptions and actions of the present. Since collective implicit memory is often considered a long-term effect of an active memory culture and its key processes, such as remediation, canonization and institutionalization, I investigate how the social injustices of the Danish welfare state’s modernization program might have been incorporated in the collective memory in the same historical period as they were carried out. Based on a concept of schooling as a state process that concentrates, unifies and universalizes values (Bourdieu and 2006) the research question underpinning this paper is: How have the social policies of the Danish ‘modernization’ project in Kalaallit Nunaat historically been narrated in Danish school books from 1950-1989? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is founded on material consisting of schoolbooks published from 1950-1989 gathered through a systematic literature search through the Danish Royal Library. The systematic literature search supplemented by a method of snowballing and archival search in the historical collection of teaching materials located at the Danish Pedagogical University. The historical collection of publications from before 1974 is located in the library’s “remote magazine” next to the collection “DK2” consisting of materials from 1975-1989. At the time I began my search, the library was in the process of registering all the historical materials in their digital database, this was of great help to my research process. However up until recently, materials from before 1986 were only sporadically registered in the library database. To limit the risk of overlooking unregistered important historical sources I extended my search method to include archival searches in the library through their physical card index. Here, I have searched the shelves of history, geography and social studies in the remote magazine and in DK2. This enabled me to include passages from books that were not limited to the topic of ‘Greenland’ in their titles. My selection does not include passages that exclusively describe the colonial period before World War II, texts and tables consisting only of geographical data such as climate, weather, landscape and demographics, texts that only outline years and events without further explanations or accounts. Due to my interest in texts with a high level of detail and complexity I have limited my selection to material aimed at the highest stages of Danish public school from 7th-10th grade. Guided by my research interest, a method of thematic analysis will be applied to identify themes and patterns across the material (Nowell et. al. 2017) describing how the modernization efforts of the Danish welfare state were contextualized, rationalized, justified, described, represented, explained, defended, criticized, discussed in the selected materials. Through these readings I will identify patterns in the framing of events enabling condensed descriptive analyses of the identified themes to investigate how the materials constructs meaning by narratively weaving together disparate events and plots into a meaningful whole (Czarniawska 2010; ). Addressing what has been described as colonial amnesia in the Danish context, in the literature also described as systemic practices of forgetfulness (Stoler 2008; 2011), a method of reading for silences in the material will be employed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to provide empirical knowledge on the specificities of the Danish case, thereby advancing the understanding of how colonial relations are reproduced within educational structures to advance the theoretical development of the field, and the understanding of coloniality in the educational structures in the Nordic region and the politics of national identity and memory. The analysis will take into consideration “colonial amnesia that exceptionalist and explanatory approaches to Danish colonial history tend to produce” (Graugaard & Ambrosius Høgfeldt 2023, p. 162) by paying attention to how histories might be fragmented, misremembered, or unarticulated through systemic practices of forgetfulness; normalized in common-sensical assumptions about colonial relations that underpin everyday understandings (Stoler, 2022: 6). To do this, I will pay attention to descriptions of events that have been brought forward by Kalaallit as examples of historical injustices committed by the Danish welfare state such as forced population control, forced displacements and racially differentiated salary systems between Danes and Kalaallit or, in the vocabulary of the Danish state; ‘the IUI-programme’, ‘the centralization policies’ and the ‘birthplace criterion’. My preliminary analysis reveals narratives of Danish benevolence, supporting existing research about Danish exceptionalism. Connected to this narrative is a recurring theme in which the above-mentioned examples are narrated as benevolent solutions to a variety of identified problems in Kalaallit Nunaat, while the Danish involvement in creating these problems in the first place is left out of the narrative. These narrative representations I aim to conceptualize as amputational practices. References Boassen P., Cossette-Laneville E., Graugaard N. D., Jensen L., Lingner B., Møller R. D. (2022). Introduction. Greenland - 301 years later: Kalaallit Nunaat ukiut 301-nngornerat. KULT Postkolonial Temaserie, 17, 1–6. Bourdieu, Pierre (2006). Fra Kongens Hus Til Statens Fornuft. [From the King’s House to State Reasoning] Agora 24 (1–2): 27–52. https://doi.org/10.18261/ISSN1500-1571-2006-01-02-03. Czarniawska, Barbara. 2010. “The Uses of Narratology in Social and Policy Studies.” Critical Policy Studies 4 (1): 58–76. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171003715002. Dansk Ungdoms Fællesråd (2024): Ung i Rigsfællesskabet. Analyse af unges kendskab og holdning til hinanden på tværs af Danmark, Færøerne og Grønland. Erll, A. (2022). The hidden power of implicit collective memory. Memory, Mind & Media, 1, Article e14. https://doi.org/10.1017/mem.2022.7 Graugaard, N. D., Pihl Sørensen, V. E., & Stage, J. L. (2025). Colonial Reproductive Coercion and Control in Kalaallit Nunaat: Racism in Denmark’s IUD Program. NORA: Nordic Journal of Women’s Studies, 1, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08038740.2024.2427817 Graugaard, N. D., & Ambrosius Høgfeldt, A. (2023). The silenced genocide: Why the Danish intrauterine device (IUD) enforcement in Kalaallit Nunaat calls for an intersectional decolonial analysis. Kvinder, Køn & Forskning, 2, 162–167. https://doi.org/10.7146/kkf.v36i2.137309 Hermann, A. K. (2021). Imperiets børn: Da Danmark vildledte FN og Grønland for at beholde sin sidste koloni (1. udg.). Lindhardt og Ringhof. Loftsdóttir, K., & Jensen, L., (2016). Whiteness and postcolonialism in the nordic region: exceptionalism, migrant others and national identities. Routledge. Naaalakkersuisut & Statsministeriet (2022). Historisk udredning af forholdet mellem Grønland og Danmark: Microsoft Word - Fælleserklæring om historisk udredning (DK).docx Nowell,L.S., Norris,J.M., White,D.E, & Moules,N.J. (2017). Thematic Analysis: Striving to Meet the Trustworthiness Criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1), 1609406917733847. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406917733847 Petterson, C. (2012). Colonialism, racism and exceptionalism. In K. Loftsdottir & L. Jensen (Eds.), Whiteness and postcolonialism in the Nordic region: Exceptionalism, migrant others and national identities (pp. 29–41). Routledge. Regeringen (2025). Regeringen vil bekæmpe racisme og diskrimination mod grønlændere i Danmark med 12 nye initiativer. https://www.regeringen.dk/nyheder/2024/regeringen-vil-bekaempe-racisme-og-diskrimination-mod-groenlaendere-i-danmark-med-12-nye-initiativer/ STOLER, A.L. (2008), EPISTEMIC POLITICS: ONTOLOGIES OF COLONIAL COMMON SENSE. The Philosophical Forum, 39: 349-361. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9191.2008.00303.x Stoler, A. L. (2011). Carnal knowledge and imperial power: Race and the intimate in colonial rule (2nd ed.). University of California Press. Styrelsen for Undervisning og Kvalitet (2019): Rapport: Unges viden om Grønland. https://www.stukuvm.dk/-/media/filer/uvm/aktuelt/pdf-19/190503-unges-viden-om-groenland-rapport.pdf Danish Institute for Human Rights (2023). Grønlandske studerende i Danmark. https://menneskeret.dk/files/media/document/Gr%C3%B8nlandske%20studerende%20i%20DK.pdf United Nations (2023). Visit to Denmark and Greenland. Report of the Special Rapporteur on the rights of Indigenous Peoples, José Francisco Calí Tzay. https://docs.un.org/en/A/HRC/54/31/Add.1 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Building Collaborative Identities in Science Education: Enabling Critical Pedagogies Pontificia Universidad Católica De Chile, Chile Presenting Author:Science education globally demands us as teachers and researchers to move beyond traditional science teacher identities where disciplinary and pedagogical domains of knowledge seem fragmented. Both globally (Benzce et al., 2020) and in the context of this study, Chile (Marzabal & Vanegas, 2021) evidence indicates that a traditional view of science still predominates the teaching profession. Furthermore, current injustices such as environmental and social inequalities, together with the oppressions and instabilities created by wars, have shown the necessity for science and science education to move towards critical and interdisciplinary perspectives that favour the development of transformative practices for social justice in other words, practices that develop critical thinking and agency (Guerrero et al., 2024). For science education, this would be required to overcome fragmented identities that also tend to hierarchize science over pedagogical dimensions of identity (Torres-Olave & Dillon, 2022) as well as science in relation to other knowledge domains. In response to those challenges, a science education with a focus on socioscientific issues (SSI) could develop transformative practices by helping to promote students' critical thinking and socially responsible action (Guerrero et al., 2024). In this context, critical pedagogues (e.g. hooks, 2022) and scholars in science education (e.g. globally Rushton & Reiss, 2021) and the context of this study have proposed teacher collaboration as a relevant aspect that favours the transformation of teaching practices and traditional science identities, in the context of Chile, Torres-Olave & Dillon's (2022) research on two Chilean physics teachers who work in schools and universities as teacher educators and at the same time participate in a community of practice reports that teachers value the collective space for reflection to cultivate hope and develop hybrid identities capable of reading disciplinary and institutional cultures to cross boundaries and cultivate both individual and collective agency necessary to address social transformations. Therefore, the research question is how does teacher collaboration, focusing on territorial socio-scientific issues for critical science teaching, contribute to the science teacher's identity? Science Teacher Identity Studies of science teacher identity have become highly relevant because they provide a complex and rich analytical lens for understanding science teachers' learning and professional development (Avraamidou, 2014; Rush & Reiss, 2021) as well as their sense of recognition. However, there is insufficient research on science teacher identity in non-anglophones contexts, let alone understanding how teacher collaboration contributes to science teacher identity (Rushton & Reiss, 2021). Building from that scholarship, this study understands science teacher identity from a sociocultural perspective and defines it as a latent, dynamic, fluid, and multifaceted set of attributes that define the personal and professional dimensions of the teacher. These attributes undergo constant processes of reconfiguration through reflexive and dialogical negotiations of the internal self with other individuals, materialities, territories, and sociocultural dynamics. For such reconfiguration, the personal, social, and collective dimensions are essential to consider. Teaching Collaboration Grounding on bell Hooks' critical pedagogy (hooks, 1994; 2003), this study defines "collaboration" as a relationship of solidarity the construction of professional knowledge across multiple perspectives. This implies that each person openly acknowledges their point of view and does not diminish the knower or their knowledge to create new knowledge that is situated, more complete, and valid. Therefore, collaboration here values difference and diversity, engaging sincerely through dialogue to build mutual understanding and transcend one-dimensional ways of thinking, being, and living. This promotes nuanced awareness of intersecting matrices of oppression within the collaborative space. Dialogue thus becomes a tool for critical reflection beyond immediate social interaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws upon one case from a larger qualitative study of nine science teachers developing collaborative identities through communities of practice. We selected Eloísa's case (pseudonym) for in-depth analysis due to its richness in demonstrating identity transformation through collaboration.Context: Eloísa is a novice biology and natural sciences teacher with 2.5 years of experience in a public school in Barrancas, one of the most disadvantaged areas in Santiago de Chile. She belongs to a community of practice where science teachers from local public schools meet monthly (three-hour sessions) to co-design teaching using territorial socio-scientific issues (SSI).Design: The study employed a three-phase longitudinal design: (1) pre-collaboration, (2) during collaboration, and (3) post-collaboration. During Phase 2, we implemented five collaborative workshops specifically designed to support teaching SSI for justice. Workshops 1-3 comprised a training phase focusing on pedagogical strategies and co-design, exploring the 'what' and 'how' of teaching for transformation**,** whilst Workshops 4-5 addressed implementation and collaborative process evaluation.Data and Analysis: We collected semi-structured interviews incorporating storytelling exercises and photo-elicitation across all phases. In Phase 2, we video-recorded the five workshops and subsequent reflections. Data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2019), attending to personal, social, and collective dimensions of teacher identity construction. The university ethics committee approved all procedures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Eloísa participates in a community of practice of science teachers focusing on territorial SSI. Two themes emerged addressing the research question: 1. Teaching collaboration strengthens a creative and leading 'science teacher self' for situated, complex teaching. At the personal level, Eloísa recognises herself as organised and creative, driven fundamentally by her students' needs. At the social level within the community, she perceives herself as a creative leader who generates reflective questions whilst organising collaborative spaces. These experiences enable her to transcend unidisciplinary visions impeding complex understanding of phenomena. At the collective level, Eloísa acknowledges that science teachers traditionally work individualistically. However, school teaching demands collaborative, student-centred practices. She values the community as a safe space for creativity, sharing experiences and materials, fostering hope, happiness and security amongst members. 2. Teacher collaboration involves 'doing with others' for transformative teaching.Eloísa and colleagues engage in dialogue and collective reflection to develop interdisciplinary teaching addressing students' needs. Through working sessions, they determined that science teaching should 'humanise' content whilst considering 'school research, territory and community'.For instance, Eloísa developed an interdisciplinary project on sexuality and social networks, demonstrating both challenges and achievements of collaborative work. ‘We developed an interdisciplinary work on sexuality and combined it with citizenship education. Then, we addressed the dangers of social media and sexuality; we talked about grooming, sexting and child pornography. This was a controversial topic, but the students managed to propose changes to the school coexistence manual and inform the management and parents’. In conclusion, this study demonstrates how teachers collaborate to teach science using contextual socioscientific issues, developing transformative practices. Through these professional development experiences, they develop collaborative identities enabling them to transform themselves and their environments. This has implications for designing teacher professional learning conditions and experiences that promote collaborative identities and transformative practices in science teaching. References Avraamidou, L. (2014). Studying science teacher identity: Current insights and future research directions. Studies in Science Education, 50(2), 145–179. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2014.937171 Bencze, L., Pouliot, C., Pedretti, E. G., Simonneaux, L., Simonneaux, J., & Zeidler, D. (2020). SAQ, SSI and STSE education: defending and extending “science-in-context”. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 15, 825–851 Braun, V., and V. Clarke. 2019. “Reflecting on Reflexive Thematic Analysis.” Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11 (4): 589–597. doi:10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806. Guerrero, G., Rojas-Avilez, L., González-Weil, C., Ibaceta-Guerra, N., Martínez-Pérez, L., Rosas-Pari, L.M. (2024). Science Education for Students’ Critical Scientific and Environmental Literacies: Experiences from Latin America. In Marzábal, A., Merino, C. (eds) Rethinking Science Education in Latin-America. Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education, vol 59. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-52830-9_2 hooks, b. (1994). Teaching To Transgress (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203700280 hooks, b. (2003). Teaching community: A pedagogy of hope. Routledge. Marzábal, A., & Vanegas, C. (2021). Fortalecimiento de la relación teoría práctica en la formación inicial de profesores de ciencia. In Investigación en Educación Científica en Chile: ¿Dónde estamos y hacia dónde vamos? (1st ed.). Ediciones Universitarias de Valparaíso PUCV. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1tgwzfc Rushton, E., & Reiss, M. J. (2021). Middle and high school science teacher identity considered through the lens of the social identity approach: A systematic review of the literature. Studies in Science Education, 57(2), 141–203. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2020.1799621 Torres-Olave, B., & Dillon, J. (2022). Chilean physics teacher educators’ hybrid identities and border crossings as opportunities for agency within school and university. Journal of Research in Science Teaching. https://doi-org.pucdechile.idm.oclc.org/10.1002/tea.21774 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Between Sonderlogik and Normalisation: Preparation Classes, Student Teachers, and the Institutional Production of Educational Inequality Osnabrück University, Germany Presenting Author:Preparation classes for newly arrived students have become a stable feature of the German school system and other European contexts shaped by migration. Although often framed as temporary support structures facilitating inclusion, these classes represent a historically persistent form of institutional separation (Karakayali et al. 2017). They operate according to a distinct “Sonderlogik” that suspends the norms of the regular school system while simultaneously claiming to prepare students for it (Stichweh 2009). This contribution builds on the assumption that such arrangements are not merely pragmatic responses to migration but part of a longer genealogy of segregating educational solutions that have repeatedly been justified through discourses of support, transition, and exception. The paper focuses on a specific and under-researched dimension of this institutional order: the systematic involvement of teacher education students in preparation classes. In many contexts, students take on substantial teaching responsibilities during their studies, often without full professional qualification and under precarious employment conditions. This practice introduces a second “Sonderlogik” into the institutional arrangement: students, themselves positioned outside the regular professional system, are assigned to an educational setting that is likewise positioned outside the normative structures of schooling. Against this background, the central research questions are: The objective of the study is to analyse preparation classes as institutional border zones in which social justice, professional norms, and epistemic hierarchies are renegotiated. Rather than approaching student involvement primarily as a question of individual professionalisation or competence development, the paper examines how professionalisation itself is institutionally reorganised under conditions of migration-related segregation and resource scarcity (Gomolla 2022; Cicourel & Kitsuse 1963). The theoretical framework combines perspectives from social justice and intercultural education with institutional and profession-theoretical approaches. Drawing on critical migration and education research, preparation classes are conceptualised as sites of epistemic differentiation in which certain forms of knowledge, language practices, and pedagogical expectations are systematically devalued or deferred (Jording 2022). Profession-theoretical concepts of antinomies and boundary work are used to analyse how students’ practices simultaneously stabilise and unsettle professional norms (Helsper 2016). This framework allows for tracing continuities between historical forms of educational separation and contemporary arrangements shaped by neoliberal governance, teacher shortages, and migration regimes. By linking institutional analysis with actors’ perspectives, the paper contributes to ongoing debates on how social justice is negotiated through everyday practices, and how seemingly inclusive reforms may reproduce structural inequalities over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a qualitative exploratory design using a reflexive grounded theory approach (Breuer et al. 2019). The empirical material consists of semi-structured interviews with teacher education students who are or have been teaching in preparation classes for newly arrived students while still enrolled at university. The interviews focus on students’ biographical trajectories, their entry into preparation classes, everyday teaching practices, perceived responsibilities, and reflections on professionalism, inclusion, and institutional expectations. Reflexive grounded theory is employed to reconstruct meaning-making processes and implicit knowledge guiding students’ actions. Coding proceeds iteratively, combining open, axial, and selective coding with continuous memo writing. Particular attention is paid to tensions, contradictions, and justificatory narratives that indicate how institutional “exceptions” are normalised in practice. In addition to interview data, contextual information on local regulations, school policies, and employment arrangements is incorporated to situate individual accounts within broader institutional frameworks. The methodological approach is explicitly reflexive, acknowledging the researcher’s positioning within teacher education and migration-related research fields. While the current contribution focuses on interview data, the paper also discusses the methodological limits of interview-based reconstructions and reflects on the potential of ethnographic approaches to further capture everyday practices, implicit hierarchies, and situational decision-making in preparation classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is expected to show that preparation classes function as institutional buffer zones that absorb systemic tensions related to migration, resource scarcity, and accountability pressures. Student teachers play a key role in sustaining these arrangements by compensating for structural deficits while simultaneously experiencing accelerated and distorted forms of professionalisation. Preliminary findings indicate that students often interpret their involvement ambivalently: as an opportunity for meaningful practice and responsibility, but also as an experience of professional uncertainty, limited recognition, and moral pressure. Their narratives reveal how exceptional arrangements become normalised through discourses of commitment, flexibility, and pedagogical care. At an institutional level, the coupling of preparation classes and student labour appears to stabilise segregating structures by lowering the threshold for maintaining parallel educational tracks. This raises critical questions about how social justice is institutionally organised and whose professional and educational trajectories are rendered provisional or expendable. The paper contributes to Network 7 discussions by highlighting how historical continuities of separation are reproduced through contemporary governance mechanisms and by foregrounding the epistemic and professional implications of these arrangements for social justice and intercultural education. References Breuer, F., Muckel, P., & Dieris, B. (2019). Reflexive Grounded Theory: Eine Einführung für die Forschungspraxis. Springer VS. Cicourel, A. V. & Kitsuse, J. I. (1963). The School as a Mechanism of Social Differentiations. In A. V. Cicourel & J. I. Kitsuse (Hrsg.), Decision-Makers (S. 3–22). The Bobbs-Merrill Company, Inc. Helsper, W. (2016). Antinomien und Paradoxien im professionellen Handeln. In M. Dick, W. Marotzki & H. A. Mieg (Hrsg.), utb-studi-e-book: Bd. 8622. Handbuch Professionsentwicklung (1. Auflage, S. 50–62). UTB GmbH; Klinkhardt. Gomolla, M. (2022). School reform, educational governance and discourses on social justice and democratic education in germany. In W. T. Pink Editor in Chief): Oxford Encyclopedia of School Reform. Oxford University Press, 705-723. Jording, J. (2022). Flucht, Migration und kommunale Schulsysteme. Differenzierungspraxen und Partizipationsbedingungen in der Grundschule. transcript. Karakayali, J., Zur Nieden, B., Kahveci, Ç., Groß, S. & Heller, M. (2017). Die Kontinuität der Separation. Vorbereitungsklassen für neu zugewanderte Kinder und Jugendliche im Kontext historischer Formen der separierten Beschulung. Die Deutsche Schule, 109. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25881 (Die Deutsche Schule 109 (2017) 3, S. 223-235). Stichweh, R. (2009). Leitgesichtspunkte einer Soziologie der Inklusion und Exklusion. In R. Stichweh & P. Windolf (Hrsg.), Inklusion und Exklusion: Analysen zur Sozialstruktur und sozialen Ungleichheit (1. Aufl., S. 29–42). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 03 B: Critical and Feminist Pedagogies of Racialization: Positioning, Positionality, and Educational Research II Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Jin Hui Li Session Chair: Mante Vertelyte Symposium |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Critical and Feminist Pedagogies of Racialization: Positioning, Positionality, and Educational Research II This symposium explores how race, positionality, and positioning shape educational research and pedagogy, with particular attention to predominantly White educational spaces in Europe. Drawing on critical race theory (Yosso 2023), black feminist scholarship (Ladson-billing 2003), and critical pedagogies (hooks 1995; Freire 2021), the panel addresses a persistent challenge in educational research: how to meaningfully engage with racialized power relations in research and teaching without reducing positionality to static identity statements or reproducing race-evasive practices. While positionality has become a common feature in educational research, emerging scholarship questions whether positionality statements alone are sufficient for addressing racism as an epistemic, methodological, and pedagogical issue (Zembylas, 2025). Building on this critique, the symposium foregrounds positioning as an ongoing, reflexive, and relational process through which researchers and educators actively negotiate their relationships to systems of power, whiteness, and racialization over time (Zembylas, 2025). The symposium explores what educational research and reflections on positionality can contribute to the development of critical and feminist pedagogies of race—and what needs to be brought from research into the classroom. Theoretical and Conceptual Framing The symposium is grounded in feminist and critical traditions that conceptualize positionality not as a fixed identity but as relational, contextual, and historically produced (Misawa, 2010). Feminist scholars have long emphasized reflexivity and positionality as central to both research and teaching. Yet, tensions remain between Freirean critical pedagogy—where oppression is often conceptualized in structural and binary terms—and feminist poststructuralist understandings of positionality as multiple and shifting (Weiler, 2001). Freire’s emphasis on situationality and critical consciousness remains influential for social justice education, however constructivist pedagogies risk individualizing and essentializing positionality if they fail to historicize knowledge and the systems of reasoning through which subjects come to know. Recent work further complicates these debates by highlighting how racialized researchers experience positionality differently across contexts, particularly when researching racism within education (Gobena et al., 2025). This includes how others’ perceptions of race shape research encounters, ethical relations, and pedagogical authority—especially in Nordic and European contexts marked by persistent claims of innocence from colonialism and racism. This symposium addresses the following interrelated themes:
By combining descriptive analyses of racialized conditions in education with pedagogical commitments to change, this symposium responds to calls for racially-just ecologies of knowledge, shaped by epistemologies and methodologies that challenge dominating knowledge systems while embracing the principle of incompleteness of knowledge (Santos 2014). It foregrounds the ethical, methodological, and pedagogical implications of race and positionality, particularly for scholars and students navigating liminal or minoritized positions within academia. The symposium contributes to the Social Justice Education network by offering theoretically grounded and empirically informed reflections on how positioning can function as a critical pedagogical practice—one that historicizes knowledge, disrupts whiteness, and fosters solidarities oriented toward social action. References Freire, P. (2021). Education for critical consciousness. Bloomsbury Academic. Gobena, E. B., Dickstein, J. D., Zeleke, G., & Dansholm, K. K. (2025). Beyond ’Where do you really come from?’: Rethinking positionality and racial dynamics in Nordic exceptionalism. Reconceptualizing Educational Research Methodology, 16(1). hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Ladson-Billings, G. (2003). Critical race theory perspectives on the social studies: the profession, policies, and curriculum. Information Age Pub. Misawa, M., (2010) “Queer Race Pedagogy for Educators in Higher Education: Dealing with Power Dynamics and Positionality of LGBTQ Students of Color”, International Journal of Critical Pedagogy 3(1). Santos, B.D.S., (2014). Epistemologies of the south: justice against epistemicide. 1st ed. Oxon: Routledge. Weiler, K. (Ed.). (2001). Feminist Engagements: Reading, Resisting, and Revisioning Male Theorists in Education and Cultural Studies (1st ed.). Routledge. Yosso, T. J., & García, D. G. (2023). Carving out a legal narrative from Galarza to Soria: Accounting for the complexities of history, race, and place in educational research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 36(1), 9–25. Zembylas, M. (2025). Rethinking positionality statements in research: from looking back to building solidarity. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 48(5), 466–478. Presentations of the Symposium Being Read as a Brown Woman in a Headscarf: Racialised Positioning in Educational Research
This paper examines how racialised positioning operates as a methodological condition in educational research conducted within predominantly White institutional contexts in Denmark. As a brown, visibly minoritised female educational researcher who wears a headscarf, I draw on ethnographic fieldwork to explore how my body, presence, and research focus on racialisation and inequality are read, negotiated, and ascribed meaning by teachers in the field. Rather than treating positionality as a static identity statement, the paper foregrounds positioning as an ongoing, relational process shaped by others’ perceptions, institutional norms, and racialised power relations (Thapar- Björkert & Farahani, 2019; Zembylas, 2025).
Across multiple research encounters, my presence has at times generated unease, particularly when conversations touch upon sensitive issues such as discrimination, language use, pupil categorisation, and race. This unease is expressed through linguistic caution, explicit negotiations over “acceptable” terminology, bodily signs of discomfort, avoidance of contact, and, in some cases, challenges to my professional legitimacy. These interactions illuminate what recent scholarship conceptualises as perceived racialised positionality (PRP): the ways in which researchers’ racialised bodies are interpreted by others, shaping ethical relations, access, and authority in the research process (Gobena et al., 2025).
The paper argues that such moments of friction are not merely interpersonal but structurally produced within educational systems marked by whiteness, race-evasiveness, and claims of innocence, particularly in Nordic and European contexts (Clark, K., & Vertelyté, 2023; Wekker, 2016). These dynamics actively shape what can be said, what remains unspeakable, and what forms of data become accessible (Milner, 2007; Berger, 2015). At the same time, racialised positioning can also generate specific forms of insight, enabling critical readings of silences, hesitations, and affective responses that might otherwise remain unexamined.
By situating researcher positionality as a methodological and epistemic condition rather than a personal attribute, the paper contributes to feminist and critical debates on knowledge production in education. It highlights how reflexive engagement with racialised positioning can move beyond descriptive accounts of positionality toward a more critical practice of positioning—one that exposes how racism operates through everyday research interactions and informs the development of critical and feminist pedagogies of race in higher education (Hooks, 2014).
References:
Berger, R. (2015). Now I see it, now I don’t: Researcher’s position and reflexivity in qualitative research. Qualitative research, 15(2), 219-234.
Clark, K., & Vertelyté, M. (2023). Educational Challenges for Nordic Exceptionalism: Epistemic Injustice in the absence of Antiracist Education. In E. L. Engebretsen & M. Liinason (Eds.), Transforming Identities in Contemporary Europe: Critical Essays on Knowledge, Inequality and Belonging (pp. 33–50). Routledge.
Gobena, E. B., Dickstein, J. D., Zeleke, G., & Dansholm, K. K. (2025). Beyond “Where do you really come from?”: : Rethinking positionality and racial dynamics in Nordic exceptionalism. Reconceptualizing Educational Research Methodology, 16(1 SE-Articles). https://doi.org/10.7577/rerm.6085
hooks, b. (2014). Teaching to transgress. Routledge.
Milner IV, H. R. (2007). Race, culture, and researcher positionality: Working through dangers seen, unseen, and unforeseen. Educational researcher, 36(7), 388-400.
Thapar- Björkert, S., & Farahani, F. (2019). Epistemic modalities of racialised knowledge production in the Swedish academy. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 42(16), 214–232. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2019.1649440
Wekker, G. (2016). White innocence: paradoxes of colonialism and race. Duke University Press.
Zembylas, M. (2025). Rethinking positionality statements in research: from looking back to building solidarity. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 48(5), 466–478. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2025.2475762
Swedishness as My Bad Object: Exploring Autobiographical Reflections as a Site for Theorizing and Re-Experiencing the Swedish Racial Regime
Although racialized hierarchies are understood as dynamic and shifting, positionality statements often remain static. As a PhD student, I have experienced unease when requests narrow my position to racial categorization. Complying with such requests by stating my non-white position within Sweden’s racial regime may appear straightforward. However, my reluctance to acquire what Zembylas (2025) term authorizing “certificates” reflects the risk of reifying racial categories without unsettling underlying power dynamics (Gani & Khan, 2024). This presentation explores how autobiographical reflections function as a site for theorizing and re experiencing racialized power relations by positioning personal experience as an active analytic resource (hooks, 1994) within collective efforts to challenge racism. As inherently partial and messy narrative acts, such reflections offer critical alternatives to imagined pure identities (Fang, 2019; Kerr, 2024) by approaching subjectivity not as fixed but as relational and dynamic. Drawing on relational psychoanalytic theories, subjectivity is understood as a micro context in which inner life is intertwined with, yet irreducible to, sociohistorical conditions (Layton, 2020), shaped by social power structures as well as by unconscious processes, desires, and the reciprocal shaping of inner and outer worlds (Farhadi, 2019). Empirically, the presentation draws on my PhD project where I held repeated small group interviews with lower-secondary students about racism in school and collaborated with teachers adopting an action research approach to deepen our collective understanding of racism and strengthen teachers’ counteracting capacity. A third strand of the project consisted of my ongoing analytical-reflexive engagement with own experiences of racism and how they shaped the research process.
During my interpretive practice, working across interview transcripts, literature, and autobiographical material, I began to theorize Swedishness, often conflated with whiteness, as a potential bad object for me and some of the participants. Drawing on Fairbairn (1952), who describes a bad object as an internalized relational figure that is simultaneously desired and experienced as rejecting or threatening, and building on Kerr’s (2024) expansion of the concept, Swedishness emerged as a desired yet unattainable object – one we could critique intellectually yet continued to seek affectively, and sometimes unconsciously. I propose that autobiographical reflection, when integrated with both abstract and context bound theorizing within an explicit anti racist ambition, can support meaningful changes in practice rather than merely reshaping declarations.
References:
Fairbairn, W.R. (1952). Psychoanalytic studies of the personality. Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Fang, N. (2019). Narratively (Bang) Out of Order : On Hostile Environment. International Review of Qualitative Research, 12(4), 385–393.
Farhadi, B. (2019). A psychoanalytic inquiry into reflexivity: An encounter with knowledge. Emotion, Space and Society, 31, 112–119.
Gani, J.K., & Khan, R.M. (2024). Positionality Statements as a Function of Coloniality: Interrogating Reflexive Methodologies. International Studies Quarterly, 68(2), sqae038.
hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to Transgress. Education as the Practice of Freedom. Routledge.
Kerr, N. (2024). Culture as the bad object. Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, 29.
Layton, L. (2020). Intersectionality, normative unconscious processes, and racialized enactments of distinction. In M. Belkin & C. White (Eds.), Intersectionality and relational psychoanalysis: New perspectives on race, gender, and sexuality. Routledge.
Zembylas, M. (2025). Rethinking positionality statements in research: from looking back to building solidarity. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 48(5), 466–478.
From Performative Positionality to Embodied Reflexivity: Exploring a Critical Pedagogy of Positioning in Higher Education
Calls from feminist and anti-racist scholars to question and critique dominant theories and methodologies have received little institutional support in the social sciences (Rizvi 2022). While higher educational institutions now teach students to reflect on their positionality, for example when writing their thesis, positionality statements tend to be performative rather than grounded in an evolving reflexivity and awareness of one’s own positioning (Zembylas 2025). This has particular consequences for awareness of racialization. While students’ awareness of sexual and gender inequalities in everyday life has increased over the past decade (Hertoghs et al. 2024), white students have limited experiences that motivate them to question the pretense of neutrality in their racialized positioning. As a consequence, awareness of racialization remains limited or not considered relevant in a white educational space, while the burden of educating white students heavily falls on the shoulders of students and teachers with racialized and minoritized positioning (Verteleyte et al. 2024, Wekker forthcoming).
Inspired by critical whiteness studies (Rizvi 2022), this paper explores what ‘a critical pedagogy of positioning’ could look like in classrooms were racism is often ‘an elephant in the room’ (Verteleyte et al. 2024). Inspired by a critical phenomenological approach (Mattingly 2019) that guides much of my own research on religion, gender and sexuality as a white scholar in predominantly black contexts (e.g. East Africa and the African diaspora in Europe), I set out to develop a pedagogical approach to teaching on religion/race, gender and sexuality. In translating anthropological insights on positioning to pedagogy, I drew on bel hooks’ (1998) transgressive pedagogy and Augusto Boals’ Theatre of the Oppressed. In this paper I will auto-ethnographically reflect on my own teaching. I will argue that foregrounding the experiential while engaging with the moral and political is important for ‘a critical pedagogy of positioning’ (Mattingly 2019). However, while engaging with the experiential emerges as a powerful source for reflexivity related to positioning (Verteleyte et al. 2024), it remains challenging to unsettle fixed understandings of religion/race in predominantly white institutions for higher education (e.g. Mahmood 2011, Rizvi 2022).
References:
Boal, A. (2000). Theater of the Oppressed. New ed. London: Pluto.
Hertoghs, M., Isenia, W. J., Krebbekx, W., & Roodsaz, R. (2024). Recalcitrance and feminist pedagogy: Autoethnographic reflections on anti-gender mobilisations at the university. Tijdschrift voor Genderstudies, 27(2/3), 132-150.
hooks, bell. (1994). Teaching to Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom. New York: Routledge.
Mahmood, S. (2011). Politics of Piety: the Islamic Revival and the Feminist Subject. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400839919
Mattingly, C. (2022). “Crisis, Alterity, and Tradition: An Anthropological Contribution to Critical Phenomenology.” Puncta 5 (2): 45–66.
Rizvi, S. (2022) Racially-just epistemologies and methodologies that disrupt whiteness, International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 45:3, 225-231,
Vertelyte, M., Gjørding, M. R., Khawaja, I., Plotnikof, M., Staunæs, D., & Sandager, J. (2024). Caring about the elephants in feminist classrooms. Tijdschrift Voor Genderstudies, 27(2/3), 265–285.
Zembylas, M. (2025) Rethinking positionality statements in research: from looking back to building solidarity, International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 48:5, 466-478.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 03 C: Decolonising Education: Rethinking Knowledge, Curriculum and Cosmopolitanism Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Colonial Reverberations and Essentialist Echoes: Kristevan Cosmopolitanism and Cosmopolitan Education University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Julia Kristeva's philosophy is typically credited with contributing a psychological perspective on cosmopolitanism as well as cosmopolitan education (Kennedy, 2011). Through her Western-European lens and Freud's concept of the 'uncanny' Kristeva registers the empirical and psychoanalytic portrayal of the foreigner as a frightening 'other'. However, I argue in this paper, colonial undertones accompany Kristeva's cosmopolitanism, making its educational application vulnerable to the charge of refashioning colonial narratives and preserving them as ‘old wine in new bottles’. As Kristeva moves between sociopolitical and psychoanalytical landscapes, colonial residues are sensed since her depoliticization of cosmopolitanism neglects the wounds of colonialism and unwittingly carries them forward as building blocks of the cosmopolitan project. Situating cosmopolitanism within the psychoanalytical realm is thus appearing naïve in the face of historical injustices that, to be grasped and explored in the educational realm, require conceptual refinement of cosmopolitan explanatory tools. Accordingly, the research questions I raise are: what problems arise when the discourse of cosmopolitanism is transferred from the sociopolitical realm to the psychoanalytical one? What implications does Kristevan cosmopolitanism have upon cosmopolitan education? And last, but definitely not least, how can responsibility and justice be cultivated through cosmopolitan education? To address these questions, I first begin by discussing Kristeva’s conception of foreignness in Strangers to Ourselves (1991). This discussion aims to highlight how Kristeva’s adoption of portrayals of foreignness leads to a reproduction and a recycling of Western-colonial narratives of foreignness. This makes her cosmopolitan project centre around the stigmatized foreigner instead of comprising concerns for rights and justice (inter alia one based on international law). Therefore, the inattention to cosmopolitan justice depoliticizes cosmopolitanism by rendering it a matter of sociality and psychological acceptance outside of global power relations. Consequently, Kristeva’s depoliticization of cosmopolitanism is neglecting colonial wounds which are actively shaping cosmopolitan education in Kennedy’s (2011) ‘cosmopolitan curriculum.’ The second section of the paper thus deals with the way Kristevan cosmopolitanism is applied in the education realm and it critically interrogates Kristeva’s and Kennedy’s proposal to incorporate forgiveness into cosmopolitan education. It will be argued that instead of engaging critically with the historical notion of foreignness, Kennedy, like Kristeva, oversimplifies cosmopolitan education by extolling forgiveness and reducing cosmopolitan-educational challenges to cultivating a forgiving culture. More specifically, Kennedy (2011, p.384) follows Kristeva in the distinction between judgment and forgiveness and argues that, in a pedagogical context, the ‘teacher must not rush into the space of judgment quickly,’ which propels me to ask: what would this rushing look like? Would the teacher ‘rush’ if they disclosed historical wrongs such as colonialism, illegal settlements, occupations of the land of others, etc., as a violation of human rights after judging and evaluating historical events? I am not suggesting that Kennedy would agree to this, yet what I aim to highlight is that the distinction between forgiveness and judging fails to bring in a critical dimension to the act of forgiving – a dimension which would require an active resistance against conceptual remains of colonialism prior to requesting forgiveness. In other words, the suspension of judgment in the pedagogical context could diminish the emphasis which should be given to historical wrongs which require a lot more than forgiveness to be held accountable for their acts. While Kennedy is right in claiming that judgment can often be fused in biases that obscure factual truth, what is important for cosmopolitan education is to guide the students into seeing through the fog before asking them to address the unjust past in a psychoanalytical manner. Such an approach to forgiveness can thus cultivate responsibility and a more ethically attuned orientation to cosmopolitanism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A philosophical mode of inquiry underpins the theoretical framework of this paper. While Kristeva (1991, p.2) identifies the problem of foreignness and seeks to resolve it within the psychoanalytic realm, arguing that we can come to terms with foreignness once ‘we acknowledge ourselves as foreigners,’ this paper adopts a philosophical lens to problematize the very formulation of the problem she advances. Rather than accepting the figure of the foreigner as inherently disturbing, fearful, or strange, I interrogate the conditions under which this portrayal came to be in the first place. Using Freud’s notion of the unheimlich, or ‘the uncanny,’ (Freud, 2003, p. 1) as that which unsettles the self, Kristeva treats the threatening presence of the foreigner as a given psychological reality, one that requires internal acceptance and understanding rather than historical or political scrutiny. What remains insufficiently examined is how this image of the foreigner has sprung from specific historical prejudices, colonial encounters, and sociopolitical constructions that precede and inform the psychic response she describes. The philosophical mode of inquiry that this paper uses allows for a critical pause at this juncture. Instead of moving directly toward the solution of the problem that Kristeva defines, it asks how and why the foreigner came to be perceived as menacing. By tracing the conceptual and historical sedimentations that underlie this portrayal, the paper aims to emphasise why such problematisation is necessary for rethinking the ethical and educational possibilities of cosmopolitanism. Then, by applying Kristeva’s theory upon the educational realm I aim to highlight how such tainted conceptions of foreignness can be recycled and reproduced in subtle yet alarming ways. Kennedy’s (2011) article on the ‘cosmopolitan curriculum,’ which draws on Kristeva and places forgiveness at the psychological foundation of cosmopolitan education, becomes a crucial point of reference for this inquiry. His work illustrates how psychoanalytic reconciliation with the historically scarred foreigner can be translated into pedagogical aims, shaping how cosmopolitan responsibility and ethical relations are to be cultivated. Therefore, bringing Kennedy into the discussion has a methodological purpose: it reveals the educational afterlife of Kristeva’s theory. It aims to illustrate how assigning psychoanalytic labour risks being treated as an essential route to cosmopolitan justice, potentially overshadowing the need for deeper critical engagement with the sociopolitical conditions that produced these perceptions in the first place. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to argue for the necessity of Kristevan cosmopolitanism to be couched in a more cautious and politically sensitive idiom that breaks the ties with colonialism that operate beneath the portrayal of the foreigner. To thus decolonize the racialized portrayal of the foreigner, educational efforts on cosmopolitanism should delve into the past with criticality and readiness to address the remains of political and ethical injustices. If not, cosmopolitan efforts would recycle the wrongs of the past instead of rectifying them. As Papastephanou (2002, p.84) argues, ‘A past that is not settled, half-alive, badly buried, is a vampire past. It is one that is not yet delivered to commemoration and celebration in the harmonious play of forgiveness and forgetfulness, re-enacted every time the consequences of the historical discrepancy are felt.’ The image of a ‘vampire past’ depicts how historical injustices and conceptual inconsistencies grow immortal; they will always crawl into our present and future so long as they are not properly addressed, recognized, and met. Imagining colonialism as a badly buried system of domination which haunts Kristeva’s cosmopolitanism implies that its traces and marks will reappear in cosmopolitan visions – such as it is the case in Kennedy’s cosmopolitan curriculum of forgiveness. Therefore, instead of deferring judgment, cosmopolitan education should prioritize such evaluative critique and make clear that without the necessary efforts on the part of those who are responsible for historical injustices, forgiveness cannot arise justly. To successfully bury the ‘vampire past’ (Papastephanou, 2002, p.84) that dwells upon Kristeva’s cosmopolitanism, a decolonial contention to the portrayal of the foreigner, such as the one this paper has argued for, should be emphasised. Or else, how can cosmopolitan education meaningfully cultivate responsibility and justice? References Césaire, A. (1972). Discourse on Colonialism. trans. by Pinkham J. New York: Monthly Review Press. Freud. S. (2003). The Uncanny. trans. by Maclinkod D. London: Penguin Books. Gibson, N. C. (2003). Fanon: The Postcolonial Imagination. Cambridge: Polity Press. Ibrahim, H. M. (2018). ‘Foreigners to Kristeva: Refashioning Orientalism and the Limits of Love.’ Sage Open, 8(2), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244018785700 [Accessed December 2025] Kennedy, R. M. (2011). ‘Toward a cosmopolitan curriculum of forgiveness.’ Curriculum Inquiry, 41(3), 373-393. Kristeva, J. (1991). Strangers to Ourselves. Trans. by Roudiez, L. S. New York: Columbia University Press. Kristeva, J., Clark, S., & Hulley, K. (1990). ‘An Interview with Julia Kristeva: Cultural Strangeness and the Subject in Crisis.’ Discourse, 13(1), 149–180. http://www.jstor.org/stable/41389174 [Accessed December 2025] Nussbaum, M. ¬(1997). ‘Kant and Cosmopolitanism.’ Perpetual Peace: Essays on Kant's Cosmopolitan Ideal. Cambridge: MA, MIT Press Papastephanou, M. (2002). ‘Arrows Not Yet Fired: Cultivating Cosmopolitanism Through Education,’ Journal of Philosophy of Education, 36(1), 69-86. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.00260 [Accessed December 2025] Papastephanou, M. (2012). Thinking Differently about Cosmopolitanism: Theory, Eccentricity, and the Globalized World. New York: Taylor & Francis Group Papastephanou, M. (2013). Being and Becoming Cosmopolitan: Higher Education and the Cosmopolitan Self. International Journal of Higher Education, 2(2), 184-194. Papastephanou, M. (2023). Coming full circle: A pamphlet on Ukraine, education and catastrophe. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(1), 77-88. Papastephanou, M. (2024). From the root of cosmopolitanism to rootless parasites. In L. Kruijer, M. J. Versluys, & I. Lilley (Eds.), Rooted cosmopolitanism, heritage and the question of belonging. archaeological and anthropological perspectives (pp. 15–41). London: Routledge. Papastephanou, M. (2025). Cosmopolitanism, education and the politics of chaos. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2025.2537196 Rawls, J. (1971). A Theory of Justice: Original Edition. Boston: Harvard University Press. Said. E. W. (1976). Orientalism. New York: A Division of Random House. Scruton, S. (1982). A Dictionary of Political Thought. London: Macmillan. Seneca. (2003). De Otio; De Brevitate Vitae. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Varsamopoulou, E. (2009). ‘The Idea of Europe and the Ideal of Cosmopolitanism in the Work of Julia Kristeva.’ Theory, Culture & Society, 26(1), 24-44. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276408099014 [Accessed December 2025] Vidmar-Horvat, K. (2013). ‘A Wandering Paradigm, or Is Cosmopolitanism Good for Women?’ Querelles : Jahrbuch für Frauenund Geschlechterforschung. 16(1), 1-11. https://doi.org/10.25595/2239 [Accessed December 2025] Weltman, D. (2024). ‘Saving cosmopolitanism from colonialism.’ Ethics & Global Politics, 17(4), 25–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/16544951.2024.2411036 [Accessed December 2025] 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Revisiting Phantasmagoria to Make Colonial Subjects: From magic lantern slides to AI visuals in the curriculum University of Wisconsin-Madison, United States of America Presenting Author:In the late 18th century, people enjoyed magic lantern shows, which were regarded as phantasmagoria, with their visual and sound effects to arouse certain emotions. The magic lantern slides later became an educational resource and were used in many ways to teach geography, history, and science. Within the visuals of the magic lantern, specific social norms naturalized social practices and perpetuated marginalization and standardization by shaping the mode of reasoning, such as Racial hierarchy or Eurocentrism. Interestingly, the technology of visuals keeps repeating a similar mode of reasoning within the different techniques, even in the 21st century. AI visuals become a new phantasmagoria, making students excited about the visuals but naturalized about the image itself without questioning.
The research examines how visual cultural materials in the curriculum portray the ideal human and shape people’s thoughts through a postcolonial perspective. Visual cultural materials in the curriculum contain dominant social norms. When students engage with visual cultural materials, these materials shape students' thinking, becoming a cultural experience. The discourse based on dominant norms circulates students’ thoughts and leaves a mark on their thinking. The mark in thinking shapes the affect, and it is created or solidified by cultural experiences. Although the ways of forming the affect are different, the dominant norm circulates among people and shapes the collective mindsets. This research aims to explore the circulation of the notion of the ideal human and how visual discourse can become the dominant norm. Here are three research questions: 1) How can visuals function as curriculum and inscribe social practices onto individuals? 2) What is the coloniality of visuals in the late 19th-century curriculum, and how do they shape the ideal human figure? 3) What are the educational implications of visuals in the 21st century?
The research uses two concepts from Sylvia Wynter’s concept of Man (Wynter, 2003) and Sara Ahmed’s concept of affect (Ahmed, 2014)to understand how the ideal ‘figure of Man’ is justified and perpetuates racial hierarchy in the curriculum via visuals. Sylvia Wynter highlights the overrepresentation of Man, who is depicted as white, male, able-bodied, and propertied, in particular historical colonial events. Sara Ahmed emphasizes the importance of the impression the object makes, which can shape collective bodies. The visual impression of the body inscribes the notion of Man, circulating the surfaces of bodies to shape the dominant social norms. The notion of the Man embedded in the curriculum, representing the idealized human figure, becomes the grid of intelligibility for students to follow. The process of impression from visuals to create the grid of intelligibility (Foucault, 1978) is a form of epistemic colonialism, a technology that shapes the self in a particular way by entangling with related cultural experiences. In education, visual materials are used to shape subjectivity, which is not autonomous but rather passive and subjugated. This is the way of producing a colonial subject. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research methodology is based on historicizing, grounded in Sylvia Wynter, which criticizes the monolithic reasoning of humanism for classification, standardization, and normalization, and focuses on the conditions of the figure of Man within continuous historical rupture based on coloniality. Wynter identifies a rupture rooted in coloniality and reveals how coloniality of knowledge, shaped by the notion of modernity, constitutes the group of race, class, gender, and ethnicity (Wynter, 2003). As she explores the notion of Man, there are two descriptive statements: one from the evangelizing mission of the Church and the other from the imperializing mission of the state, based on territorial expansion. The creation of Man is a political subject of the state within a secularizing Judeo-Christian framework and the constitution of Western imperialism. Later, the descriptive statement of Man 2 is also within the Judeo-Christian narrative, but the genres of Man differ, which is justified by modern science. With this coming to shape two types of Man, their epistemes are like respective genres of being human, but the descriptive statements are within the same Judeo-Christian framework, which shows both discontinuous and continuous aspects of historicizing (Wynter, 2003, p. 318). Wynter addresses that different types of humanness, including religious, social, and economic changes, create the figure of Man. Man which overrepresents itself as if it were the human itself, tries to secure the well-being of a present ethnoclass (i.e., Western bourgeois) The overrepresentation, defined in the coloniality of being/power/truth/ freedom, becomes the descriptive statement to perpetuate the Western notion of the human (white, male, able-bodied, and propertied), being as the foundational to modernity (Wynter, 2003). Wynter problematizes the classificatory logic in overrepresenting Man by using subjective understanding or “inner eyes” generated from the representation of the human as an evolutionarily selected organism. Her historicizing enables us to examine the continuity and discontinuity of coloniality within historical artifacts to see what makes the coloniality of knowledge. As data, the research analyzes two historical artifacts: One is Joseph Boggs Beale’s magic lantern slides, performed in Philadelphia (1860~1900), with the related textbooks used during the same period. The other is 21st-century AI visuals with teacher interviews in both the U.S. and the Republic of Korea. The research examines the phantasmagoric features of two historical artifacts and how they generate particular grids of intelligibility by shaping affect. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some of Beale’s magic lantern slides depicting Biblical stories illustrate racial hierarchies and stereotypes by representing Black people as servants to White figures—despite the original texts making no mention of race. Furthermore, Black individuals were often portrayed as lower-class or parodied, effectively essentializing racial stratification. These slides propagate a specific 'notion of Man' and entrench racial hierarchies by impressing these images onto the viewers’ consciousness. The magic lantern slides served as an affective trigger, entangling with students' formal educational experiences. As these hierarchies circulated through visual media, the impressions left a mark on the affect, molding collective thought into racial stereotypes. This exemplifies the process of epistemic colonialism, a technique employed to construct colonial subjects. In the 21st century, AI-generated images produce similar tropes by drawing on historically accumulated data. Based on teacher interviews, students often find the process of creating and viewing AI visuals in class exciting. However, both teachers and students frequently naturalize these AI outputs, assuming the machine is merely following human direction without bias. This reflects a tendency among some educators to naturalize AI’s biased outputs as an inevitable reflection of its origin. As Ruha Benjamin (2019) argues, race itself can function as a technology to naturalize racialized notions, potentially trapping individuals in stigmatized categories under the guise of colorblind ideology. By uncritically utilizing historically biased data, AI can perpetuate and reinforce these racialized norms. Nevertheless, a crucial distinction exists: AI visuals are co-constructed by humans and machines. While individuals risk becoming colonial subjects of this new technology, decolonial thinking offers a pathway to enhance racial sensitivity and critical engagement with information. Future education must prioritize discerning the coloniality of knowledge and navigating the tensions of decolonizing knowledge as a core component of digital literacy." References Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Benjamin, R. (2019). Race After Technology: Abolitionist Tools for the New Jim Code. Polity Press. Foucault, M. (1978). The history of sexuality, Volume 1: An introduction (R. Hurley, Trans.). Pantheon Books. (Original work published 1976) Wynter, S. (2003). Unsettling the coloniality of being/power/truth/freedom: Towards the human, after Man, its overrepresentation—an argument. The Centennial Review, 3(3), 257-337. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk How Health Inequalities Teaching Can Be a Way into Decolonising Education University of Leeds, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Decolonising undergraduate education is a national, arguably global, initiative that takes on different forms in different disciplines and communities of practice. Being based in a School of Medicine, as a Decolonising Academic Lead raising awareness about this initiative, I believe one way into this work is through reforming how we teach about health inequalities. Graduates of the undergraduate degree in the UK become qualified as doctors and I argue that decolonising their curriculum will equip this future generation to practice equitable and inclusive medicine. Decolonising the curriculum in medicine and health professions has the potential to address health inequalities because it develops the next generation of professionals to be critically aware of the impact that colonial legacies have on patient trust in professionals, research practices and healthcare itself. However, decolonising in higher education has been challenging for several including: a) Colonialism and its epistemological, ideological and structural impacts remain today, underexamined and yet are not typically discussed except in certain acedemic disciplines. b) Competing demands on time and priorities and funding for those ‘on the ground’ means work is done in silos and not sustained or embedded across the curriculum, leaving the changes unstable and potentially incoherent and appearing as a ‘tick box’ exercise to students. I want to share insights from my projects with medical undergraduates as student-researchers who conduct rapid literature reviews that focus on a specific review question. From these reviews, we identify colonial legacies, colonial principles and global perspectives that can be used to decolonising teaching on health inequalities. We learn from academic disciplines and countries that have researched colonialism. I argue that we need focused investigations of the legacies that shape the profession (Naidu, 2021): how the profession sees itself (professional identity), how it provides patient care and the how it conducts health research that informs patient care. The reviews of literature provide a basis from which we can critically analyse colonial legacies and their impact on medicine historically and today in order to inform curriculum development (Sowemimo, 2023). There is a gap in the knowledge that underpins health professions curricula. The reviews address one of the ways that the guide produced by the Medical Schools Council in the UK (2025) has identified as an area for decolonising the curriculum. To move the decolonising initiative forward we have to meet people where they are and build on their existing knowledge and priorities. Given that cultural competency and inclusion health are priority areas for medicine in the UK, we can start there and move the conversation to structural competency (Metzl and Hansen, 2014), considering inequalities due to structure in society. To decolonise, we would then explore ways of re-humanising healthcare and employ a Cultural Safety approach (Lokugamage and Marya, 2023). The talk will argue for a decolonising approach that considers the education and support of educators to implement decolonial principles into their teaching and curriculum design. Based on the literature reviews and my experience as a Decolonising Academic Lead, I suggest principles and concepts that specifically analyse colonial legacies in relation to health inequalities. The outputs are intended to support educators in decolonising through conversations. To decolonise a curriculum, educators need to reflect on colonial legacies and the related belief systems. Decolonising is not about imparting a particular ideology but aims to support learning that promotes reflection on how we are brought up in and taught a particular ideology. By diversifying our curriculum we widen the scope of ideas we can use to discuss and understand how belief systems have implications today. In medicine, the argument is that history matters for today’s health inequalities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The literature reviews start with a question which directs the literature search strategy. The first review was looking at: 'what does the literature say about pain and how would reflections on colonialism help us understand current health inequalities where pain is a factor?' The reviews deliberately sought to identify researchers and studies from a diversity of backgrounds and contexts. This contributes to decolonising our research and addresses the underrepresentation of certain backgrounds and types of research. By incorporating a broad range of perspectives, the review aims to ensure that its findings open up our understanding and provide new ideas for solutions to the problem of health inequalities. PubMed and Scopus were the databases used for the first search. Our library also has a number of databases use for later reviews which access Global South databases. The articles chosen for analysis were identified through research team discussions and refinement of our review question to set the boundaries of each review project. We select papers that fulfill our inclusion criteria and set parameters such as being in English. While these and other exclusion criteria present limitations we have chosen to start the initatiave using available resources which involve UK-based medical students. The student-researcher thematically analyses the papers (10-20) and as a team we critically analyse the articles these to idnetify principles. We then identify further papers that are author-recommended or that we think are useful to advance the analysis of the topic. We specifically consider ways the themes and analysis can point to educational innovation in health professions education and inequalities teaching. The following principles were used to support the analysis and inform search terms we used alongside ‘decolon*’ and ‘colonial*’ terms: • Hierarchy (in knowledge and research methods and groups of people) • Race as a scientific or biological category (reviewing categorisations and whether or not the social construction of race is acknowledged) • Racism and its role in systemic inequalities (whether the health inequlity considers these systemic factors as arbitrary or has questioned the social, economic, cultural and historical facets that can be traced to colonialism as a way to enrich our understanding and hence our ability to redress inequalities). • Paradigms of knowing and knowledge that are valued (e.g. objective science) and the invisibility that occurs when one paradigm or culture or history is presented as ‘normal’ which creates different paradigms at the margins or ‘other’ and not valued. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To avoid criticisms of institutional responses being ‘strategic’ and superficial (Shain et al 2021), the decolonising initiative must do more than diversification of reading lists (Arday, 2021. It must consider pedagogy and our learning objectives in a contextualised way. The missing context has been our colonial history. While each nation will have their own colonial history and positionality in the global landscape, I hope that the ideas generated through these analyses of colonial legacies in health and medicine for UK undergraduate higher education can be adapted to apply in other disciplines. As teaching on health inequalities is not just done in medicine, we can use these ideas as the impetus for decolonising in other areas to start the ball rolling. I believe decolonial thinking will unfold in other areas of education over time, ultimately improving learning and teaching in higher education and improving research, by making it more inclusive, building up the next generation of researchers to have a wider global perspective. We start where people are in their understanding and their priorities. We promote dialogue amongst educators so they can bring these discussions to students confidently. Pedagogically, decolonising will require new approaches that support critical reflection on ideologies or belief systems and how they influence our practices, systems and values (Paton et al, 2020). In healthcare where equality is a priority (NHS, 2025) specific consideration is needed for how professionals engage with and treat their patients or service users and where colonial legacies may be influencing their practice and understandings of professional practice, including research. Research from other disciplines such as humanities and social sciences can help better integrate subjective accounts into what is largely an objective science subject. References Arday, J., Belluigi, D.Z. and Thomas, D (2021) Attempting to break the chain: reimaging inclusive pedagogy and decolonising the curriculum within the academy, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53:3, 298-313. Lokugamage and Marya (2023), The role of Deep Medicine and Cultural Safety in medical education to address health disparities. Nature Reviews Disease Primers, Metzl JM, Hansen H. Structural competency: theorizing a new medical engagement with stigma and inequality. Soc Sci Med 2014;103:126–33. NHS, 2025. 10 Year Health Plan for England: fit for the future, Policy paper. UK Government. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/10-year-health-plan-for-england-fit-for-the-future. Accessed 01/02/2026. Paton M, Naidu T, Wyatt TR, Oni O, Lorello GR, Najeeb U, Feilchenfeld Z, Waterman SJ, Whitehead CR, Kuper A. Dismantling the master's house: new ways of knowing for equity and social justice in health professions education. Advances in Health Sciences Education: Theory Practice. 25(5), 1107-1126. (2020) doi: 10.1007/s10459-020-10006-x. Shain, F., U.K. Yıldız, V. Poku, and B. Gokay. 2021. From Silence to ‘Strategic Advancement’: Institutional Responses to Decolonising in Higher Education in England. Teaching in Higher Education 26, no. 7–8: 920–936. Sowemimo, A. (2023). Divided: Racism, Medicine and Why We Need to Decolonise Healthcare. London: Wellcome Collection/Profile Books. Winter, J., Webb, O. and Turner, R. (2022) Decolonising the curriculum: A survey of current practice in a modern UK university, Innovations in Education and Teaching International. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 03 D: Educational Inclusion under Conditions of Social Inequality: Actors, Practices and School Contexts Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Leyla Safta-Zecheria Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Navigating Inequalities and Promoting Resilience: Student Engagement and Learning Outcomes in Disadvantaged School Contexts 1: Faculty od Education, Department of Education, Masaryk University, Czechia; 2: Department of Educational Sciences, Faculty of Arts, Masaryk University, Czechia Presenting Author:As international research has consistently demonstrated, socioeconomic status (SES) and ethnic or racial minority background are among the strongest predictors of educational achievement (Agasisti et al., 2021). The uneven distribution of students from diverse social backgrounds across schools exacerbates this achievement gap (Owens, 2018). Moreover, disadvantaged students face a heightened risk of poorer educational outcomes following COVID-19–related school closures, which resulted in academic losses—particularly among low-SES students—and contributed to the widening of educational inequalities (Betthäuser et al., 2023). These disparities reflect broader concerns of social justice in education, as unequal access to resources and opportunities continues to disadvantage certain student groups. Educational research stresses that there is a significant positive relationship between learning achievement and student engagement (Martins et al., 2022). Moreover, there is evidence of a positive association between student SES and engagement; disengagement and underachievement are particularly typical for students living in low-income and minority families (Wylie & Hodgen, 2012). Student engagement is usually conceptualised as a multidimensional construct comprising behavioural, emotional, and cognitive dimensions (Fredricks et al., 2004). Behavioural engagement reflects students’ motivation to participate in classroom and extracurricular activities, on-task behaviour, regular attendance, and the absence of disciplinary problems (Martins et al., 2022). Emotional engagement encompasses students’ positive and negative classroom-related emotions, such as interest or anxiety, as well as their sense of belonging and connectedness to school, which are closely linked to relationships with teachers and peers (Fredricks et al., 2004). Cognitive engagement refers to students’ investment in learning through the use of metacognitive and self-regulation strategies, including planning, monitoring, and evaluating their learning processes (Fredricks et al., 2004). Although there is agreement that SES and race/ethnic differences among students lead to educational inequalities that persist throughout their lives, there is less agreement on effective solutions. Growing evidence suggests that additional resources for schools can be beneficial (Kyriakides et al., 2019). Comprehensive and whole school programmes have proven particularly promising in improving student learning outcomes, attendance and grade advancement (Kyriakides et al., 2019). However, there is considerable variation among the intervention effects expounded by the programmes. Research on school improvement in disadvantaged contexts highlights the central role of high-quality teaching, and high academic expectations (Muijs et al., 2004). Effective instructional practices, systematic monitoring of student progress, feedback, are consistently identified as key mechanisms of support (Dietrichson et al., 2017). Additionally, personalised support—such as tutoring, mentoring, and individualised academic plans—alongside strong collaboration among school staff, parents, and the wider community, has been shown to contribute significantly to improvement in disadvantaged schools (Cabral-Gouveia et al., 2023). In this multiple case study, we investigate the implementation of a state-funded project aimed at increasing student engagement and achievement within a post-COVID-19 support framework focused on schools with a higher proportion of socially disadvantaged students in the Czech Republic. We aimed to address following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After the COVID-19 pandemic, the Czech government launched a special funding scheme called the National Recovery Plan (NRP), supported by the European Union's Recovery and Resilience Facility. The goal of the NRP was to address the pandemic's impact, prepare the population for future crises and bolster resilience. The programme was launched in 2022 to financially and methodologically support 256 socially disadvantaged schools across the Czech Republic. Based on the initial needs analysis, each school selected individual combinations of support measures from a catalogue composed of three main categories: personnel support (e.g. social pedagogue, special pedagogue, school psychologist), direct student support (e.g. breakfast clubs, tutoring, experiential learning programmes) and support for further education and professional development of educational staff (e.g. mentoring, coaching). The support system was designed to promote a high degree of autonomy for individual schools. An external consultant assigned to the given school helped with the selection process to ensure that the measures chosen aligned with the school’s needs and supported project implementation both administratively and methodically. Our research design was a multiple case study, which enabled us to capture in-depth single cases and to look for patterns shared across all cases. The cases were rather instrumental as our primary goal was to look beyond particular cases (Stake, 2006). Schools were purposefully selected in line with two main selection criteria: (1) proportions of socially disadvantaged students; and (2) willingness to cooperate in data collection over a period of 3 years. The proportions of socially disadvantaged students were based on qualified estimates by school leaders. Two schools had a high proportion of the target student group (70% and more); three schools had a medium proportion of socially disadvantaged students (between 30 and 50%). All the schools were located in socially deprived localities. Mini cases within the cases (cf. Stake, 2006) were students with low SES who were in danger of school failure. At each school, students from grades 2, 5 and 8 were selected based on consultations with school leaders, members of school counselling offices and class teachers. To explore the project implementation, we conducted semi-structured interviews with diverse actors in selected schools: school leaders; deputy directors; members of school counselling offices (e.g. special pedagogues, school psychologists, social pedagogues, preventionists); teaching assistants; class teachers of selected students; and other subject teachers; students and parents. In total, we analysed 173 interviews and 20 school documents. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings indicate that within the project support, measures were primarily selected to target barriers in the education of socially disadvantaged students related to student behavioural and emotional engagement; cognitive engagement was rather sidelined. To address attendance problems, school staff emphasised that students and parents should perceive the school as a safe environment based on trust. Similarly, experiential events for students and parents, typical measures selected by schools from the project, were framed by school staff in terms of their contribution to students’ and parents’ sense of connectedness to school, and in terms of potentially increasing school attendance and participation in extracurricular activities. When addressing issues related to low motivation among students to participate in class, schools often chose support for purchasing supplies that students were unable to bring to class. Low student participation in class and off-task behaviour often manifested itself in challenging behaviour in the classroom, which teachers typically addressed via collaboration with counselling staff or teaching assistants whose positions were often (co)financed from the project budgets. A similar pattern emerged when we examined teachers’ instructional strategies in the classroom. Teachers primarily focused their support on students’ positive experiences and emotions, which relate to affective engagement. They sought to enhance behavioural engagement through physical activities and educational technologies. However, support for cognitive engagement during teaching was limited. When classroom time is mainly devoted to increasing student motivation, solving challenging behaviour, or distributing materials, instructional complexity may be reduced. The data also indicate a tendency to lower teachers’ expectations regarding student outcomes by reducing curriculum content or normalising low aspirations for higher education. We can conclude that school staff prioritised student engagement while downplaying their achievement. Consequently, support programmes may fail to achieve the intended reduction of educational inequalities and may even further perpetuate social injustices. References Agasisti, T., Avvisati, F., Borgonovi, F., & Longobardi, S. (2021). What school factors are associated with the success of socio- economically disadvantaged students? An empirical investigation using PISA data. Social Indicators Research, 157, 749–781. Betthäuser, B. A., Bach- Mortensen, A. M., & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(3), 375–385. Cabral- Gouveia, C., Menezes, I., & Neves, T. (2023). Educational strategies to reduce the achievement gap: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1155741. Dietrichson, J., Bøg, M., Filges, T., & Klint Jørgensen, A. M. (2017). Academic interventions for elementary and middle school students with low socioeconomic status: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 87, 243–282. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. Kyriakides, L., Charalambous, E., Creemers, H. P. M., & Dimosthenous, A. (2019). Improving quality and equity in schools in socially disadvantaged areas. Educational Research, 61(3), 274–301. Martins, J., Cunha, J., Lopes, S., Moreira, T., & Rosário, P. (2022). School engagement in elementary school: A systematic review of 35 years of research. Educational Psychology Review, 34(2), 793–849. Muijs, D., Harris, A., Chapman, C., Stoll, L., & Russ, J. (2004). Improving schools in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas–a review of research evidence. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 15(2), 149–175. Owens, A. (2018). Income segregation between school districts and inequality in students' achievement. Sociology of Education, 91(1), 1–27. Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. The Guilford Press. Wylie, C., & Hodgen, E. (2012). Trajectories and patterns of student engagement: Evidence from a longitudinal study. In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 585–599). Springer. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intercultural Assistants’ Associations in the Polish Education System University of Wroclaw, Poland Presenting Author:Paper explores the emergence, functioning, and significance of intercultural assistants’ (IAs) associations in Polish education, asking how these grassroots organisations support intercultural assistants themselves and contribute to the professionalisation, visibility, and stability of the occupation. The article is situated in the context of rapidly increasing cultural diversity in Polish schools, particularly following the escalation of forced migration after 24 February 2022. According to official data, nearly one million people with migration experience were registered in Poland in 2025, with approximately 1.55 million Ukrainian citizens holding residence permits. In the educational system, this translated into around 237,000 foreign students, representing 4.8% of all pupils in Polish schools. Despite the legal framework providing integration measures, research consistently shows that Polish schools remain structurally underprepared to address linguistic, psychosocial, and educational needs of students with migration experience. In this context, intercultural assistants have become a crucial link between schools, migrant students, and families. Since their emergence around 2010, initially in response to the needs of Roma students, IAs have supported communication, adaptation, and integration processes in everyday school practice. However, their occupational position has remained precarious. Employment instability, low pay, unclear role definitions, limited institutional recognition, and lack of systemic support have been widely documented in the literature. Although the IA role was formally introduced into education law in 2024 and included in the national classification of occupations in 2025, regulatory frameworks have not fully established professional standards, sustaining uncertainty and uneven implementation across schools. Against this background, the article focuses on a relatively new phenomenon: the development of intercultural assistants’ associations as forms of grassroots self-advocacy. Currently, three such associations operate in Poland: the Intercultural Assistants Association To Ma Sens (Kraków), the Wielkopolska Intercultural Assistants Association SWAM (Poznań), and the Tandem Association (Białystok). These organisations are analysed as initiatives located at the intersection of schooling and civil society, shaped both by the expansion of the NGO sector and by post-2022 civic mobilisation related to refugee support. The central research question is: What roles do intercultural assistants’ associations play in strengthening the IA profession through professionalisation, peer support, and advocacy, and what constraints and costs accompany this form of grassroots self-organisation? The objective of the study is to examine motivations for establishing associations, their goals and values, their strategies for reinforcing the IA role, and the challenges they face. The conceptual framework draws on research on multicultural education, migrant integration, civil society participation, and occupational self-advocacy. The study is informed by literature on migrant-led organisations, informal forms of engagement, and agency-building practices, situating IA associations within broader European and international debates on integration, participation, and the role of education systems as key sites of social cohesion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative, exploratory research design aimed at capturing meanings, interpretations, and lived experiences of individuals directly involved in IAs' associations. Research was conducted across all three IA associations currently operating in Poland, as well as among coordinators of the Coalition for Strengthening the Role of Intercultural and Roma Assistants. Participants were selected using purposive sampling, based on their involvement in initiating, coordinating, or implementing association activities. The research group consisted of leaders and active members of associations occupying diverse roles, including board membership, coordination, and implementation. Most participants had migration experience, and all were women. This sampling strategy enabled the inclusion of multiple perspectives within a shared field of practice. Data collection involved semi-structured in-depth interviews: two individual interviews (IDIs) and three focus group interviews (FGIs). Interviews followed a protocol addressing the origins of associations, motivations for their establishment, goals and values, forms of professional and emotional support, advocacy activities, relationships with schools and public institutions, and perceived difficulties and costs of engagement. To strengthen data triangulation, the interview material was complemented by document analysis, including association statutes and content published on social media. Interviews were audio-recorded with participants’ informed consent and subsequently transcribed. Ethical considerations were central to the research process. Participation was voluntary and based on ongoing informed consent. Data were anonymised where possible, and given the small size of the field, participants reviewed the manuscript prior to submission to minimise potential harm related to interpretation or disclosure, in line with ethical guidelines for educational research. The empirical material was analysed using thematic analysis, understood as a flexible method for identifying, analysing, and interpreting patterns of meaning in qualitative data. The analytic process was iterative, with codes and categories continuously refined in relation to the research questions and the full dataset. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that intercultural assistants’ associations play a multidimensional role in Polish education. First, they significantly contribute to the professionalisation of the IA role by organising training, supervision, developmental meetings, and exchanges of good practices. Associations also function as spaces for “translating the system,” helping assistants and schools understand rights, responsibilities, and role boundaries within the education system. Second, associations provide essential emotional and relational support. They create communities in which assistants can share experiences of overload, responsibility, and isolation, counteracting burnout and strengthening well-being. This function is particularly important given the emotional demands of IA work and the lack of institutional support. Third, associations engage in advocacy and visibility-building. They represent IAs in relations with schools, local authorities, and public institutions, increase public recognition of the profession, and contribute to tangible changes, such as the creation of new positions or extension of assistance into counselling centres. At the same time, the study highlights clear constraints. IA work remains characterised by precarious employment, unclear standards, and managerial discretion. Association activities rely heavily on unpaid labour, limited time, and unstable funding, which increases the risk of burnout among leaders. While grassroots self-advocacy reduces isolation and strengthens agency, it may also intensify workload and emotional strain. Overall, the findings suggest that IA associations function as a temporary “prosthesis of the system,” filling institutional gaps while seeking long-term stabilisation of the profession. They should therefore be recognised not as substitutes for systemic solutions, but as key partners in designing sustainable educational and integration policies. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. British Educational Research Association [BERA]. (2024). Ethical guidelines for educational research (5th ed.). Charycka, B., Bednarek, J., & Gumkowska, M. (2024). When working in crisis becomes daily life. Local organisations supporting refugees in Poland. Klon/Jawor Research. Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.). (2018). The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (5th ed.). Sage. Entzinger, H. (Ed.). (1999). Political and social participation of immigrants through consultative bodies. Council of Europe Publishing. Flick, U. (2009). An introduction to qualitative research (4th ed.). Sage. Gabrielli, L., Gsir, S., & Zapata-Barrero, R. (2017). Political and civic participation of immigrants in host countries: An interpretative framework from the perspective of the origin countries and societies. In A. Weinar et al. (Eds.), Migrant integration between homeland and host society (Vol. 1, pp. 87–116). Springer. Halabi, S., et al. (2024, February). Out of school: Assessment on barriers to school enrolment for Ukrainian refugee adolescents in Poland. CARE International in Poland; International Rescue Committee; Save the Children Poland. ICMPD. (2024). The role of Ukrainian diaspora in crisis response, future return and reconstruction of Ukraine: Case study from Germany, Czech Republic and Poland. International Centre for Migration Policy Development. Młynarczuk-Sokołowska, A. (2024). Developing professional competences of pedagogical staff in culturally diverse environments: Case of the 2nd Intercultural Education School. Edukacja Międzykulturowa, 24(1), 59–72. Nowosielski, M., & Nowak, W. (2020). (In)formal social participation of immigrants – are migrants from Poland socially active? CMR Spotlight, 21, 2–6. Stoch, M. (2023). Solutions for the integration of refugee children and youth in Krakow schools after the outbreak of war in Ukraine: Findings from a pilot study. Krakowskie Studia Małopolskie, 1(37), 41–77. Świdrowska, E., & Stano, K. (2025). Foreign students in Polish schools in the 2024/2025 school year: Data analysis report. Centre for Citizenship Education & International Rescue Committee Poland Foundation. Świdrowska, E., & Walczak, B. (2024). Cultural diversity in Polish schools – Teachers’ perspectives: Qualitative survey report. Centrum Edukacji Obywatelskiej. Tędziagolska, M., Walczak, B., & Wielecki, K. M. (2024). Students from Ukraine in Polish schools – 2023/2024 school year: Qualitative research report. Centrum Edukacji Obywatelskiej. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Who Makes Schools Inclusive? Testing the Role of Teachers in a Multilevel Model of Migrant Learners’ Integration in 6 European Countries 1: Institute for Social Studies, Science and Research Centre Koper, Slovenia; 2: Department of Sociology, University of Maribor, Slovenia Presenting Author:The growing proportion of migrant youth in European educational institutions represents one of the key challenges of contemporary multicultural societies. The ethnic, linguistic, and cultural heterogeneity that migrant learners bring into classrooms requires educational systems not only to ensure equal access to education, but also to actively create conditions for their successful integration into the host country. Schools thus become a key environment in which processes of socialisation, the formation of belonging, the learning of the host-country language, and the development of social and cultural competences take place. Despite the growing social and scholarly interest in the integration of migrant youth, academic research in this field remains fragmented. Existing studies predominantly focus on individual indicators of integration (e.g. academic achievement, proficiency in the host-country language, psychological well-being), while rarely examining the interplay of factors at the individual, institutional, and structural levels, or their relationships with integration outcomes (see for example Ismail, 2019; Kozina, 2020; Lundkvist et al., 2020; Machovceva, 2017; Peterson et al., 2016; Wong & Schweitzer, 2017). This paper seeks to address these gaps. It was developed as part of the international research project MiCREATE, within which an extensive empirical database was collected in six countries: Austria, Denmark, Slovenia, Spain, Poland and the United Kingdom. The article presents a multivariate explanatory model of migrant youth integration that incorporates factors at the macro (country), meso (school), and micro (individual characteristics of learners) levels. For the operationalisation of integration, six indicators were identified, tackling cognitive, social, and psychological dimensions. These indicators include integration into the school environment, integration into extracurricular activities, integration into peer groups, levels of psychological well-being, proficiency in the host-country language, and academic achievement. Particular attention is paid to the school environment as the central meso level, as educational institutions represent, for most migrant youth, the first and most intensive point of contact with the host country (Dežan & Sedmak, 2020; 2023; Schachner et al., 2018; Sedmak et al., 2022). The central research question explores how, and to what extent, the school environment shapes the integration of migrant learners across six European countries. The empirical model results from an original integration of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological model (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006) with Overton’s relational–developmental systems metatheory (Overton, 2015), providing a robust framework for examining and explaining the integration of migrant learners as a dynamic, relational, multilevel, and temporally situated process. This combined conceptual framework enables a holistic and systemic understanding of migrant integration, which is not conceptualised as something that merely happens to pupils, but rather as a process in which they are actively involved. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analyses were conducted using a dataset based on a non-probability convenience sample of migrant and non-migrant pupils from six European countries: Austria, Denmark, Poland, Slovenia, Spain, and the United Kingdom. These countries participated in the international project MiCREATE (Migrant Children and Communities in a Transforming Europe). The project was implemented between 2019 and 2022, with data collection carried out from April 2020 to May 2021. Data were primarily collected through face-to-face surveys using Computer-Assisted Personal Interviewing (CAPI). The sample comprised 3,244 pupils from 40 educational institutions (54.4% girls), of whom 700 had a migrant background (48.8% girls). Participants were between 8 and 19 years old (M = 13.1, SD = 2.41). The study questionnaire consisted of 30 items addressing various aspects of the lives of migrant and non-migrant learners, as well as their attitudes towards a range of social issues. The questionnaire aimed to collect data on pupils’ attitudes towards cultural pluralism, migration, migrants, and integration. It enabled the collection of information related to individual indicators of integration in the host country, including academic achievement, psychological well-being, integration into peer groups, participation in school and extracurricular activities, and self-assessed proficiency in the host-country language. In addition, the questionnaire gathered socio-demographic information on gender, age, ethnicity, mother tongue, religious affiliation, attitudes towards intercultural issues, type of settlement, and length of residence in the host country. The questionnaire was composed of items drawn from standardised instruments that had been previously empirically tested and demonstrated adequate validity and reliability. Multilevel linear modelling was employed to examine the relationship between macro-level factors and the level of integration of migrant pupils. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings confirm the importance of inclusive pedagogical approaches for the integration of migrant learners into the school environment. The results indicate that educational contexts in which teaching staff employ inclusive practices are statistically significantly and positively associated with migrant learners’ integration into the school environment, their integration into peer groups, and their levels of psychological well-being. Furthermore, more inclusive school environments, characterised by more favourable learner attitudes towards migration, are associated with higher levels of migrant learners’ integration into the school environment. However, this effect becomes statistically non-significant once the inclusivity of teaching staff is controlled for. This finding suggests that the integration of migrant learners is largely driven by the inclusive practices of teaching staff, as these practices outweigh the influence of learners’ favourable attitudes. A similar pattern emerges with regard to peer integration. Migrant learners attending schools where peers hold more favourable attitudes towards migration appear to be better integrated into peer groups; however, this association becomes statistically non-significant once the inclusivity of teaching staff is included in the model. This again highlights the central role of inclusive pedagogical practices, through which teaching staff, via their example and everyday practices, can facilitate access to peer groups and compensate for the effects of peers’ attitudes. References Bronfenbrenner, U. in Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. V R. M. Lerner in W. Damon (ur.). Handbook of Child Psychology: Theoretical models of Human Development, str. 793–828. Wiley. Dežan, L. & Sedmak, M. (2020). Policy and practice: The integration of (newly arrived) migrant children in Slovenian schools. Annales Series Historia et Sociologia, 30(4), 559–574. DOI 10.19233/ASHS.2020.37 Dežan, L. & Sedmak, M. (2023). How do you feel at school? A cross-country comparative analysis of migrant adolescents' school well-being. Frontiers in education. Jan. 2023, vol. 8, [article no.] 1003762. Ismail, A.A. (2019). Immigrant children, educational performance and public policy: A capability approach. Journal of International Migration and Integration, 20, 717–734. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12134-018-0630-9 Kozina, A. (2020). Can FRIENDS for life social-emotional learning programme be used for preventing anxiety and aggression in a school environment: 6 months, 1-year and 1-and-a-half year follow-up. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 18(2), 214–229. https://doi.org/10.1080/17405629.2020.1776103 Lundkvist, E., Wagnsson, S., Davis, L. in Ivarsson, A. (2020). Integration of immigrant youth in Sweden: Does sport participation really have an impact? International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 25(1), 891–906. https://doi.org/10.1080/02673843.2020.1775099 Machovcová, K. (2017). Czech elementary school teachers' implicit expectations from migrant children. International Journal of Educational Development, 53, 92–100. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2016.12.006 Overton, W. F. (2015). Processes, relations, and relational-developmental-systems. V W. F. Overton, P. C. M. Molenaar in R. M. Lerner (ur.), Handbook of child psychology and developmental science: Theory and method, (str. 9–62). John Wiley & Sons Inc. Peterson, E. R., Rubie-Davies, C., Osborne, D. in Sibley, C. (2016). Teachers’ explicit expectations and implicit prejudiced attitudes to educational achievement: Relations with student achievement and the ethnic achievement gap. Learning and Instruction, 42, 123–140. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2016.01.010 Schachner, M.K., Juang, L., Moffitt, U. in van de Vijver, F. J. R. (2018). Schools as acculturative and developmental contexts for youth of immigrant and refugee background. European Psychologist, 23(1), 44–56. https://doi.org/10.1027/1016-9040/a000312 Sedmak, M., Hernández-Hernández, F., Sancho-Gil, J. in Gornik, B. (2022). Reflection on migrant children’s integration and the role of education. V M. Sedmak, F. Hernández – Hernández., J. Sancho-Gil in B. Gornik (ur.), Migrant children’s integration and education in Europe: Approaches, methodologies and policies (str. 17–39). Ediciones Octaedro. https://octaedro.com/libro/migrant-childrens-integration-and-education-in-europe/ Wong, C. W. S. in Schweitzer, R. D. (2017). Individual, premigration and postsettlement factors, and academic achievement in adolescents from refugee backgrounds: A systematic review and model. Transcultural Psychiatry, 54(5-6), 756–782. https://doi.org/10.1177/1363461517737015 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Beyond The Classroom Walls: Exploring Socio-Ecologıcal Influences on Teachers’ Emotions in Multicultural Classrooms indipendent researcher, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study explores how ecological dynamics affect teachers' emotions and how teachers regulate emotions within the ecological context of multicultural classrooms in Turkiye. While diversity promotes integration, it also presents challenges, including increased workload, time-management issues, lack of training, ideological conflicts, value discrepancies, and emotional tension for teachers. These can cause stress, burnout, and negative emotions. The link between teachers' emotional exhaustion and students' stress (Oberle & Schonert-Richl, 2016) and the connection between student and teacher well-being (Frenzel et al., 2018) highlight the importance of teachers' emotions in multicultural classrooms. In refugee education, educators' emotions are also vital in multicultural classrooms, especially as migrant numbers grow, as in Turkiye. Teachers’ emotional skills are key to effective teaching; supporting their mental health improves resilience and helps traumatized refugee students (Hargreaves, 1998; Moldenhawer, 2023; Oplatka, 2004). Turkiye has seen a significant increase in immigrants, mainly from Syria and other nations, driven by ongoing conflicts, leading to abrupt policy adjustments in recent years. Turkiye's migration policy is shaped by its geopolitical position, which limits immigration from European communities and from Turks. However, recent conflicts and shifts in Turkish foreign policy have led it to become a major refugee destination, especially after the 2005 National Action Plan (NAP). Civil wars in Iraq and Syria caused peak migration in 2018-19. Turkiye manages crises arising from socio-cultural changes, COVID-19, and earthquakes, while Türkiye has assumed the role of a filter for EU countries, providing humanitarian assistance to people under 'Temporary Protection' rather than 'refugee' status. Correspondingly, educators are experiencing increasing responsibilities and shifting classroom demographics (Arar et al., 2025), which affect their emotional well-being (Hargreaves, 2004; Wang et al., 2025). The socio-historical context of education in Türkiye emphasizes that socio-cultural factors, such as policies, reforms, demographics, and cultural influences, are instrumental in shaping these emotions, which are situated within the educational environment, questioning the complex relationship between emotions in the classroom (Savina & Fulton, 2024). Accordingly, this qualitative study aims to investigate teachers' emotional experiences in multicultural classrooms in Turkiye by integrating Schultz's the Nested Systems Model rooted in Ecological Dynamic Systems Theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1976; Schutz, 2014; Savina & Fulton, 2024), which considers macro-level socio-ecological layers, with Gross's emotional regulation process(1998a, 1998b; 2015), which focuses on micro-level regulation strategies. These frameworks helped us to understand teachers’ emotions and emotion regulation processes, emphasizing how cultural influences and sensitivity are effecting factors in their emotion regulation. This study uniquely highlights teachers' emotional experiences in multicultural classrooms, considering the social, historical, and cultural dynamics nested within the school context through the lens of Ecological Dynamic Systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We utilised qualitative research to map teachers' emotional journeys in multicultural classes, investigating their emotions and emotion regulation processes through in-depth interviews and revealing the professional and socio-ecological layers that shaped their experiences (Merriam, 2009). We collected data in three schools in Ankara in 2022, where 10 teachers had volunteered to teach newcomers since Syrians began their education, utilising snowball sampling (Frankenberg, 2009; Milner IV, 2021; Welsh et al., 2020). The duration teachers spent at the same school was significant because of their shared exposure to changes. We collected qualitative data through semi-structured, open-ended interviews, along with observations and field notes. We utilised interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA), supplemented by discourse and narrative analyses, to comprehensively describe the fundamental structures underlying human experiences (Pietkiewicz & Smith, 2014), which is well-suited to examining migration, cultural and ethnic identities, social roles, and perceptions of various phenomena (Thorne, 2000). Interview data were transcribed and read in detail, along with field notes, to obtain a holistic perspective. The data were systematically analyzed following Marshall and Rossman's (2011) four stages: data were organized, then categories and themes were identified through coding. We interpreted the data within social, historical, and cultural frameworks of emotion, considering alternative explanations for the context. To ensure reliability, experts were consulted during the coding process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings indicate that despite experiencing negative emotions, including hopelessness, pessimism, stress, fear of failure, and helplessness, teachers fulfilled educational goals and promoted positive social-behavioral changes in their class (Aldrup et al., 2024; Frenzel et al., 2018), and dedicated their emotional labor by regulating their emotions toward educational objectives (Wang et al., 2025). Participants' emotional regulation is influenced by their goals, beliefs, and standards, which together form a common framework. The strong central education system and legal responsibilities align their focus. Turkiye’s migration policies, cultural dynamics, and socio-historical context shape the ecological focus, thereby influencing teachers’ goals and beliefs, which, in turn, affect their emotional experiences. From the ecological dynamics systems perspective, although negative emotions arise during emotion regulation in this episode, both teachers' emotion regulation and their emotions are shaped by the nested context. Even in the face of negative emotions, they acknowledged the necessity of transformation within the system, balancing emotion regulation with policy implementation. Teachers initially engaged in internal regulation because they believed that displaying negative emotions was inappropriate from cultural, social, and professional standpoints; in external regulation, they tended to rely on surface acting to suppress their feelings; and in emotional expression, they tended to rely on surface acting to suppress their feelings. Throughout this process, the most common methods of emotional regulation included seeking help and collaborative problem-solving (Savina & Fulton, 2024). During these challenging, mandatory periods, it becomes evident that emotional labor is crucial to achieving the practical objectives of policies that rely on emotion regulation. Therefore, it can be concluded that teachers' emotions are significantly influenced by the community's socio-ecological factors. References Aldrup, K., Carstensen, B., & Klusmann, U. (2024). The role of teachers’ emotion regulation in teaching effectiveness: A systematic review integrating four lines of research. Educational Psychologist, 59(2), 89–110. Arar, K., Örücü, D., & Ak Küçükçayır, G. (2025). Educational policy and leadership for Syrians under temporary protection: A summary of Turkish experience [Manuscript submitted for publication]. In K. H. Arar, E. R. Crawford, D. Örücü, & I. Bogotch (Eds.), Education, immigration and migration: Revisiting and re-imagining policy, leadership and praxis for a changing world (2nd ed., pp. 163–177). Emerald Publishing. Frenzel, A. C., Becker-Kurz, B., Pekrun, R., Goetz, T., & Lüdtke, O. (2018). Emotion transmission in the classroom revisited: A reciprocal effects model of teacher and student enjoyment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 110(5), 628–639. Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. Marshall, C., & Rossman, G. B. (2011). Designing qualitative research (5th ed.). Sage. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (2nd ed.). Jossey-Bass. Moldenhawer, B. (2023). The role of emotions in educational work with asylum-seeking and refugee children in culturally diverse classrooms. Intercultural Education, 34(2), 166–179. Oberle, E., & Schonert-Reichl, K. A. (2016). Stress contagion in the classroom? The link between classroom teacher burnout and morning cortisol in elementary school students. Social Science & Medicine, 159, 30–37. Oplatka, I. (2004). Women teachers’ emotional commitment and involvement: A universal professional feature and educational policy. Education and Society, 22, 23–44. Pietkiewicz, I., & Smith, J. A. (2014). A practical guide to using interpretative phenomenological analysis in qualitative research psychology. Psychological Journal, 20(1), 7–14. Savina, E., & Fulton, C. (2024). Students’ and teachers’ emotions in the classroom: An ecological dynamic systems perspective. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 39(3), 2763–2781. Schutz, P. A. (2014). Inquiry on teachers’ emotions. Educational Psychologist, 49(1), 1–12. Taxer, J. L., & Gross, J. J. (2018). Emotion regulation in teachers: The “why” and “how.” Teaching and Teacher Education, 74, 180–189. Thorne, S. (2000). Data analysis in qualitative research. Evidence-Based Nursing, 3(3), 68–70. Wang, Y., Zai, F., & Zhou, X. (2025). The impact of emotion regulation strategies on teachers’ well-being and positive emotions: A meta-analysis. Behavioral Sciences, 15(3), 342. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 08 SES 03 B: School Leadership and Wellbeing Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Finnish Principals´ Practices for Leading Well-being in Comprehensive Schools 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Tallinn University Presenting Author:Learning and well-being require psychological safety, an experience of fairness and well-functioning everyday structures (Edmondson 2018). Maintaining and developing the well-being of the school community (incl. students and staff) requires leadership (Maidelina 2023). The role of the principal extends to leading well-being, which is both a normatively justified obligation and a prerequisite for promoting pupils´learning and growth in schools. Finnish legislation directs schools to protect and enhance the well-being of pupils. School principals' leadership actions and practices have a significant impact on the well-being of the school community (Cann 2019). The aim of well-being leadership at school is to improve everyday activities, which can improve peaceful working conditions in classrooms and reduce absences. Further, it strengthens the staff’s (e.g., teachers, assistants) ability to cope in their everyday work, which can be reflected in pupils' learning and motivation (Alves 2025). Thus, well-being leadership is crucial for the school to function and to reach its aims, and it is a skill that can be developed (Leithwood 2019). Further, involvement of the school community, in terms of influencing or engaging, serves as a key mechanism through which well-being is anchored in the everyday life of the school, strengthening both learning and the well-being of the community (Ott 2023). Involvement can be understood both as a goal (the right to influence matters concerning oneself) and as a means (an operating method producing commitment and shared responsibility) (Booth 2002). When involvement is made part of the school's everyday life, e.g., through clear discussions between student and staff and regular feedback, the rules are perceived as fairer and practices work better (Conner 2025). Participatory structures help reveal hidden issues in daily school life, allowing small, timely changes before the issues grow into major problems (Thomas 2022). In this way, the leadership of well-being is linked to pedagogy, and pedagogy, in turn, is linked to, e.g. the teaching of group skills, communal responsibility and self-regulation. Well-being leadership and learning are closely linked (Laursen 2025). Well-being is a basic prerequisite for learning, and learning can produce well-being (Seligman 2009). Participation is sometimes perceived to slow down decision-making, but previous research shows that criticism is primarily directed at unorganised and unstructured participation (Vroom 1988). Clearly constructed and lead processes related to participation can support the quality and fluency of decision-making even in complex operating environments, such as schools. The successful leadership of goals set for increasing the well-being of schools is important for the entire school community (Toom 2018). The principal's task is to translate the goals into functional structures that produce positive effects. The principal has authority and the opportunity to steer the school's structures, such as schedules, resources, rules and feedback practices. These are used to lead both the operating culture and the routines in which pupils and people working in school meet. Naturally, the principal cannot lead well-being alone, which is why well-being leadership requires structures and a way of thinking about leadership from the perspective of well-being. The leadership style and the actions chosen by the principal are important for the well-being of the school community (Sudha 2016). This paper introduces a study that aims to gain a better understanding of the well-being leadership in Finnish comprehensive schools. The study aims to identify the most important practices and actions for well-being leadership in schools, that Finnish principals report. Based on prior literature, the following research question was set: What kind of leadership practices and actions do principals use for leading the wellbeing in schools?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data are leadership stories written by principals (N=68). The data collection took place in six municipalities located in different parts of Finland and the municipalities were of a different size. A qualitative narrative research method of empathy-based stories (MEBS) was used in the data collection. MEBS uses framework narratives to prompt participants to write their stories. In the research situation, the principals were asked to empathize with the framework narratives and they were given 15 minutes to write a story based on it.The aim was to find leadership practices related to well-being used by the principals and the ways in which they strive to lead well-being in Finnish comprehensive schools. To examine the data, we employed reflexive thematic analysis (RTA) (Braun 2019). Thematic analysis was selected because it provides a systematic means of elucidating principals’ perspectives, practices, and observations concerning the leadership of well-being. Moreover, the theoretical flexibility of thematic analysis facilitates the generation of situated knowledge through the interplay of empirical data and interpretive processes (Braun 2023). The analysis proceeded in the following six steps; familiarization with the data, coding, searching for themes, evaluating themes, defining and naming themes, and writing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first analysis rounds have resulted in preliminary results that enlighten several leadership practices related to promoting leading well-being in schools. Principals emphasized involvement of all school community members and dialogue as essential in everyday school life, viewing dialogue as a tool for inclusion and for broadening understanding of well-being factors. Gathering ideas from the school community was considered important for shaping well-being initiatives. Collaboration and shared leadership were highlighted, especially when principals found well-being leadership challenging. Joint reflection with colleagues, assistant principals, leadership teams, student welfare workers, and other actors was seen as crucial. In some cases, responsibility for implementing well-being goals was delegated to dedicated teams. Leading well-being was described as a process involving planning, implementation, and evaluation, though suitable indicators for measuring well-being remained unclear. Principals also stressed leading by example and symbolic actions, such as increasing their own knowledge to share information effectively. They believed well-being goals should be strongly reflected in leadership communication to become part of everyday school life. Practical leadership activities mainly focused on staff well-being. Principals often stated that “a well-being school community starts with adults’ well-being.” Structures for supporting adults were clear, while pupils’ well-being was rarely mentioned, except through student board activities. Different leadership styles emerged, with transformational leadership frequently emphasized as a preferred approach to leading well-being. References Alves, J. M., Tintoré, M., & Serra, L. J. P. (2025). Leadership, learning, well-being, and justice in educational organizations. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 10). Frontiers Media SA. Braun V, Clarke V (2019) Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11(4): 589–597. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1–6. Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE) Cann, R. F. (2019). Positive school leadership for flourishing teachers. Conner, J., Mitra, D. L., Holquist, S. E., & Boat, A. (2025). How teachers’ student voice practices affect student engagement and achievement: exploring choice, receptivity, and responsiveness to student voice as moderators. Journal of educational change, 26(1), 89-118 Edmondson, A. C. (2018). The fearless organization: Creating psychological safety in the workplace for learning, innovation, and growth. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. Laursen, R. (2025). School leaders navigating student wellbeing: The interplay between academic achievement and economic logics in Danish schools. Educational Review, 77(5), 1403-1421. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2019). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 39(1), 1–18. Meidelina, O., Saleh, A. Y., Cathlin, C. A., & Winesa, S. A. (2023). Transformational leadership and teacher well‑being: A systematic review. Journal of Education and Learning (EduLearn), 17(3), 417–424. Seligman, M. E., Ernst, R. M., Gillham, J., Reivich, K., & Linkins, M. (2009). Positive education: Positive psychology and classroom interventions. Oxford review of education, 35(3), 293-311. Sudha, K. S., Shahnawaz, M. G., & Farhat, A. (2016). Leadership styles, leader’s effectiveness and well-being: Exploring collective efficacy as a mediator. Vision, 20(2), 111-120. Ott, M. B., Meusburger, K. M., & Quenzel, G. (2023). Adolescents’ participation opportunities and student well‑being in school. Frontiers in Education Thomas, A., & Gupta, V. (2022). Tacit knowledge in organizations: bibliometrics and a framework-based systematic review of antecedents, outcomes, theories, methods and future directions. Journal of Knowledge Management, 26(4), 1014-1041. Vroom, V. H., & Jago, A. G. (1988). Managing participation: A critical dimension of leadership. Journal of Management Development, 7(5), 32-42. Wallin, A., Koro-Ljungberg, M., & Eskola, J. (2019). The method of empathy-based stories. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(5), 525-535. Toom, A. (2018). School culture, leadership and relationships matter. Teachers and Teaching, 24(7), 745-748. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Job Satisfaction of Swiss School Principals and Their Teachers: A Crossover Perspective University of Bern, Switzerland Presenting Author:School staff health and well-being matter not only for their own functioning at work, but also for the whole school and the education system (OECD, 2020). High principal and teacher job satisfaction is associated with occupational well-being, lower turnover intentions, and higher academic performance of students (Dicke et al., 2020). Principals and teachers work in close and continuous interaction, and emerging literature suggests that principals’ stress and strain can cross over to their teachers directly or through leadership practices (Westman, 2001). Principals’ health shape teachers’ emotional and psychological states and occupational wellbeing (Parent-Lamarche & Fernet, 2020; Sun & Yin, 2026; Westman & Etzion, 1999). Moreover, there is evidence that principal and teacher job satisfaction are highly interrelated (Dicke et al., 2020; Nalipay et al., 2024). However, research on these dynamics in educational contexts remains scarce and has primarily focused on the crossover processes of negative emotions and experiences (e.g. strain, burnout). Considerably less attention has been paid to the crossover mechanisms of positive experiences such as job satisfaction. By examining the positive transmission mechanisms from principals to teachers, this study advances our understanding of the relational processes that shape the occupational wellbeing of teachers. Additionally, the findings may inform the training of leadership skills and interventions that promote wellbeing among both teachers and principals. Crossover theory (Westman, 2001) provides a useful framework for understanding how job satisfaction may be transmitted from principals to teachers. The theory defines crossover as transmission of stress, emotions, or experiences between people in a close relationship, including workplace relationships (Bakker et al., 2006, Westman, 2024). Crossover theory differentiates between three types of crossover processes: Direct, indirect, and spurious, where shared stressors are misinterpreted as crossover. The crossover process may happen through emotional contagion, where an empathetic reaction evokes similar reactions in another person (direct crossover). In school contexts, Nalipay et al. (2024) provided initial evidence of the crossover of job satisfaction from principals to teachers using TALIS data. Crossover processes may also unfold indirectly through social interaction, such as leadership practices (indirect crossover). To theoretically explain such indirect crossover processes, the present study draws on Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) theory (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). According to JD–R theory, employees’ wellbeing and performance at the workplace are shaped by the balance between job demands and job resources, with high demands being associated with impaired well-being and abundant resources fostering positive outcomes such as job satisfaction. Accordingly, JD–R theory posits that principal well-being (i.e. job satisfaction) influences their capacity to enact high-quality leadership behaviors representing a job resource for their teachers and therefore, in turn promote the occupational well-being of their teachers (Skakon et al., 2010). Health-oriented leadership—which focuses on fostering supportive and health-promoting working conditions for employees (Franke et al., 2014)—may also represent one potential leadership behavior that serves as an indirect crossover mechanism through which principal job satisfaction is transmitted to teachers. Drawing on crossover theory (Westman, 2001) and JD-R theory (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017), this study sets out to explore two potential crossover mechanisms of job satisfaction: firstly, the direct transmission of principal job satisfaction on teacher job satisfaction; and secondly, the indirect crossover of job satisfaction through health-oriented leadership. Specifically, the contribution explores two research questions: (1) Is principal job satisfaction associated with teacher job satisfaction (direct crossover)? (2) Is principal job satisfaction indirectly associated with teacher job satisfaction through health-oriented leadership (indirect crossover)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method Sample and Procedure. The data set is based in the responses of 403 principals and 1899 teachers working in kindergarten, primary school, secondary school, specialized intermediate school (FMS), and baccalaureate school (gymnasium) in the German-speaking part of Switzerland. Data was collected via an online questionnaire in November-December 2025. Principals’ questionnaires were sent directly to principals, whereas the teacher questionnaire was sent to the teachers through their principals. For crossover analysis, principals who participated without teachers were excluded from analysis, resulting in a sample of 196 principals with 1682 teachers. To assess the study constructs, we used established scales for principal job satisfaction (OECD, 2020), teacher job satisfaction (OECD, 2024), and health-oriented leadership (Lutz et al., 2023). The study is part of a longitudinal trinational research project conducted in collaboration with Switzerland, Croatia, and Romania, allowing future opportunities for cross-European comparison. Data Analyses. Data analyses were conducted with R 4.4.3 and Mplus 8.3, using the robust maximum likelihood (MLR) estimator, except when testing for indirect effects. Missing data were handled with full information maximum likelihood estimation procedures. All factors showed acceptable reliabilities (ω = .74-.83). To justify the multilevel analysis, we analyzed the intraclass correlation coefficients (ICCs) of teacher well-being variables using Mplus 8.3 to provide information about the proportion of variance in the variables attributable to the grouping structure. In the main analyses stage, we tested multilevel mediation through multilevel structural equation modeling (MSEM). The 2-2-1 multilevel mediation model was run with the principal job satisfaction as level 2 predictor variable, principal-reported health-oriented leadership as the level 2 mediator, and teacher job satisfaction as level 1 dependent variables. Standardized beta coefficients (βs) were interpreted as follows: ≥ 0.05 small, ≥ 0.10 medium, and ≥ 0.25 large effect sizes (Keith, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary Findings and Discussion We examined the extent to which principal job satisfaction influenced teacher job satisfaction directly and indirectly via principals’ health-orientated leadership using a two-level multilevel mediation model. The ICC of teacher job satisfaction is 0.092, exceeding the recommended cutoff values of .05. Regarding the first research question (direct crossover), principal job satisfaction was negatively associated with teacher job satisfaction (standardized β = -1.025, p < 0.001). Regarding the second research question (indirect crossover), at the between-school level, principal job satisfaction was marginally negatively associated with health-oriented leadership (standardized β = -0.207, p = 0.068;), but health-oriented leadership did not significantly predict teacher job satisfaction (standardized β = -0.209, p = 0.126;). The indirect association via health-oriented leadership was not significant (a × b = 0.017, p = 0.324), indicating no mediation. Based on the preliminary results, the model will be modified accordingly. In addition, data from the second wave, to be collected in spring 2026, will be integrated to refine and extend the preliminary analyses and to allow for more robust mediation analyses. These initial findings contradict theoretical assumptions of a uniformly positive association between principal and teacher job satisfaction. Results point to a more complex pattern of interaction. The findings call for further investigation of potential crossover mechanisms and suggest that there might be additional organizational or contextual factors that may help explain the observed associations. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056 Bakker, A. B., Emmerik, H. V., & Euwema, M. C. (2006). Crossover of burnout and engagement in work teams. Work and Occupations, 33(4), 464–489. https://doi.org/10.1177/0730888406291310 Dicke, T., Marsh, H. W., Parker, P. D., Guo, J., Riley, P., & Waldeyer, J. (2020). Job satisfaction of teachers and their principals in relation to climate and student achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 112(5), 1061–1073. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000409 Franke, F., Felfe, J., & Pundt, A. (2014). The impact of health-oriented leadership on follower health: development and test of a new instrument measuring health-promoting leadership. German Journal of Human Resource Management: Zeitschrift Für Personalforschung, 28(1–2), 139–161. https://doi.org/10.1177/239700221402800108 Lutz, R., Jungbäck, N., Wischlitzki, E., & Drexler, H. (2023). Health-oriented leadership, gender-differences and job satisfaction: Results from a representative population-based study in Germany. BMC Public Health, 23(1), 105. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-15014-1 Nalipay, Ma. J. N., Wang, H., & King, R. B. (2024). The social contagion of job satisfaction from principals to teachers: Implications from TALIS. Social Psychology of Education, 27(4), 1535–1556. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09868-x OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en OECD. (2024). PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en Parent-Lamarche, A., & Fernet, C. (2020). The role of employee self-efficacy in top-down burnout crossover: A longitudinal study. Journal of Occupational & Environmental Medicine, 62(10), 803–809. https://doi.org/10.1097/JOM.0000000000001924 Skakon, J., Nielsen, K., Borg, V., & Guzman, J. (2010). Are leaders’ well-being, behaviours and style associated with the affective well-being of their employees? A systematic review of three decades of research. Work & Stress, 24(2), 107–139. https://doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2010.495262 Sun, Y., & Yin, H. (2026). The contagious relationship between principals’ stress and teachers’ occupational well-being: A multilevel mediation analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 172, 105364. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105364 Westman, M. (2001). Stress and strain crossover. Human Relations, 54(6), 717–751. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726701546002 Westman, M. (2024). Crossover of emotions and experiences at the workplace. In C. Cooper, P. Brough, & V. L. Anderson (Eds.), Elgar Encyclopedia of Occupational Health Psychology (pp. 36–38). Edward Elgar Publishing Limited. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/uzh/detail.action?docID=31570095 Westman, M., & Etzion, D. (1999). The crossover of strain from school principals to teachers and vice versa. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 4(3), 269‐78. https://doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.4.3.269 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Leadership for Wellbeing: How a Scottish Secondary School Embeds Whole School Health and Wellbeing Promotion 1: University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2: University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across many high-income countries, the health and wellbeing (HWB) of children and young people has become a common political and educational concern, with wellbeing seen as essential for improved health, life chances, learning, and academic attainment (Spratt, 2017). In Scotland, HWB promotion is a curricular requirement in schools with the national education policy emphasising a coherent and consistent ‘whole school approach’ to supporting HWB and improving educational outcomes for pupils (Scottish Government, 2021). Whole school approaches acknowledge all aspects of the school as fundamental to HWB promotion (e.g., staff, pupils, parents, school ethos and environment), with school leaders considered essential because of their knowledge of the school context, needs, and available resources as well as their influence on school organisation, strategies, and practices (Cann et al., 2020; Day et al., 2016). In education, two frequently examined leadership models are transformational and pedagogical leadership styles (Day et al., 2020). Transformational leadership involves practices that aim to facilitate organisational change through inspiring alignment and buy-in around a shared vision, culture, and goals. Transformational leadership styles have been described as ones where the prime focus should be on developing relationships, building a collaborative culture, and motivating their organisation to work toward a shared vision (Robinson et al., 2009). Alternatively, pedagogical leadership is often more focused on the practical, environmental, and material conditions that impact teaching and learning (Day et al., 2020), such as creating a disruption-free environment, clarifying goals and expectations, using funding and resources strategically, and building capacity through professional development. Pedagogical leadership styles have been described as ones where the prime focus should be on enhancing the quality of teaching and learning to achieve improved pupil outcomes (Day et al., 2016). While sometimes presented as a dichotomy (Robinson et al., 2009), transformational and pedagogical leadership styles are not mutually exclusive. In fact, research suggests that school leaders use the same practices regardless of leadership style, and that when leaders can integrate different leadership models this may be more effective for school practice (Leithwood et al., 2020). However, whole school approaches are complex as individual schools will face distinct contextual factors which can enable or constrain action. One context which has been shown to pose unique challenges are schools serving pupils from diverse socioeconomic backgrounds, with research suggesting that when school practices are not carefully considered, they could inadvertently reinforce or even amplify existing social, economic, and educational inequities (McNeven et al., 2024; Moore et al., 2017). This implies that pupils from lower socioeconomic status (SES) backgrounds could be marginalised in more affluent schools where they are in the minority. This is significant because most pupils in Scotland attend mixed or affluent schools; yet there has been limited research examining school context and socioeconomic composition and how this may influence the actions of educators as they interpret and enact HWB policy. Therefore, this study explored how leaders in an affluent Scottish secondary school thought through their context, approaches to support wellbeing, and attempts to balance different needs when there is more socioeconomic diversity. Furthermore, the study also examined how such approaches influenced the broader culture and practice of promoting whole school HWB. To do so, the study answered the following two research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore the context-specific complexities of school life and how these may influence the interpretation and enactment of HWB policy in a school with more socioeconomic diversity, a qualitative case study approach was adopted (Baxter & Jack, 2015). The study school was purposively selected due to its catchment area and pupil intake. The school has a catchment area of mostly affluent areas, but with a minority of disadvantaged areas according to the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation, which ranks areas into quintiles based on ‘deprivation’ (from 1-most deprived to 5-least deprived) (Scottish Government, 2020). It is important to note that the SIMD is an area-based index, so not all individuals living in a disadvantaged area will be experiencing disadvantage; however, SIMD is a commonly used measure to identify areas which may need extra support or funding or may be more likely to experience reduced wellbeing (Kintrea, 2021). Thus, the majority (60-70%) of pupils come from the least deprived quintile (SIMD 5), but with a minority coming from the most deprived quintiles (0-10% from SIMD 1; 10-20% from SIMD 2) (Scottish Government, n.d.). As this study was interested in understanding how leaders thought through their practices to support HWB when there is more socioeconomic diversity, the paper focuses on individual interview data exploring how leadership adapted practice to suit local needs and how these practices were perceived to influence whole school collaboration. Participants were purposively selected based on their work supporting HWB, which means they may not be representative of the wider school population. Still, they were considered to have the relevant knowledge and experience to provide insight into school HWB practices. Twelve individuals agreed to participate, with four in formal leadership positions on a senior leadership team (SLT) and eight subject teachers. Participants were invited to take part in qualitative, semi-structured interviews conducted through MS Teams. Interviews lasted between 45-60 minutes and were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2022), following a systematic process that included data familiarisation, coding, initial theme generation, then refinement of themes to gain insight into school context and HWB practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Leaders primarily appeared to focus on relational aspects of wellbeing through their communication and prioritisation of wellbeing as a school value, provision of opportunities for shared leadership and development of individual capabilities, and strategic allocation of resources to achieve school goals. School leaders also demonstrated awareness of potential for marginalisation and proactively adapted practice to support different needs, e.g., through provision of alternative communication methods as well as universal and more personalised resources. These practices reflect both transformational and pedagogical leadership models, suggesting that leaders were able to synthesise different leadership styles to support changes in organisational ethos and practice. Importantly, school staff perceived these relational approaches as beneficial for fostering trust, empathy, mutual respect, and the development of a collegial culture that may support whole school HWB promotion. The findings reflect evidence suggesting that leaders’ most significant influence on school practice is through inspiring the motivation, commitment, and participation of teachers (Leithwood et al., 2020; McNeven et al, 2024). Leaders’ actions can have a significant impact on teachers’ perceptions of organisational support, workload balance, and sense of being a valued member of the school (Cann et al., 2020; Morris et al., 2020). In the present study, when leaders demonstrated respect for the professional judgement of their staff, provided opportunities to take on leadership roles, and adequately resourced teachers’ professional development, these actions appeared to enhance teachers’ ownership of school priorities and foster a collaborative culture. This suggests that leaders play a critical role in enabling teachers’ capabilities for HWB promotion and when leadership can sensitively adapt practice to the needs of their pupils and staff, this can support the HWB of all and more effectively empower whole school HWB approaches. These findings may have implications for policy enactment, successful implementation of whole school approaches, and leadership education and development. References Baxter, P., & Jack, S. (2015). Qualitative Case Study Methodology: Study Design and Implementation for Novice Researchers. The Qualitative Report, 13(4), 544–559. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2008.1573 Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., Davey, L., Jenkinson, E. (2022). Doing Reflexive Thematic Analysis. In: Bager-Charleson, S., McBeath, A. (eds) Supporting Research in Counselling and Psychotherapy. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-13942-0_2 Cann, R. F., Riedel-Prabhakar, R., & Powell, D. (2020). A Model of Positive School Leadership to Improve Teacher Wellbeing. International Journal of Applied Positive Psychology, 6(2), 195–218. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41042-020-00045-5 Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2), 221–258. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X15616863 Day, C., Sammons, P., & Gorgen, K. (2020). Successful School Leadership. In Education Development Trust. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781474270984 Kintrea, K. (2021). Is there a place for place in educational attainment policy? Oxford Review of Education, 47(2), 207–223. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2020.1824901 Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership. School Leadership and Management, 28(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 McNeven, S., Main, K., & McKay, L. (2024). Wellbeing and School Improvement: A Scoping Review. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 23(3), 588–606. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2023.2183512 Moore, G. F., Littlecott, H. J., Evans, R., Murphy, S., Hewitt, G., & Fletcher, A. (2017). School composition, school culture and socioeconomic inequalities in young people’s health: Multi-level analysis of the Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) survey in Wales. British Educational Research Journal, 43(2), 310–329. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3265 Morris, J. E., Lummis, G. W., Lock, G., Ferguson, C., Hill, S., & Nykiel, A. (2020). The role of leadership in establishing a positive staff culture in a secondary school. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 48(5), 802–820. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143219864937 Robinson, V. M. J., Hohepa, M., & Lloyd, C. A. (2009). School Leadership and Student Outcomes: Identifying What Works and Why. In Best Evidence Syntheses Iteration. Aukland, New Zealand. Scottish Government (n.d.). Secondary School Information Dashboard. Retrieved from https://scotland.shinyapps.io/sg-secondary_school_information_dashboard/ Scottish Government (2020). Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation. Retrieved from https://www.gov.scot/collections/scottish-index-of-multiple-deprivation-2020/ Scottish Government. (2021). Whole School Approach Framework for Schools to Support Children and Young People’s Mental Health and Wellbeing. Retrieved from https://www.gov.scot/publications/whole-school-approach-mental-health-wellbeing/ Spratt, J. (2017). Wellbeing, Equity and Education. In Wellbeing, Equity and Education. Cham, Switzerland: Springer. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 03 A: Fairness and Validity in High-Stakes Testing (Part 2): Validity in Practice: How Standards, Interpretations, and AI-Enabled Operations Shape Fair High-Stakes Testing Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Session Chair: Hanna Eklöf Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Fairness and Validity in High-Stakes Testing (Part 2): "Validity in Practice: How Standards, Interpretations, and AI-Enabled Operations Shape Fair High-Stakes Testing The overarching theme is centred around ensuring fairness, validity, and reliability (Kane 2013, Messick, 1989) in high-stakes educational assessments, with a strong emphasis on how different factors (such as item format, gender, language background, socio-economic status, scoring methods, and standard-setting practices) can introduce bias or inequity. High-stakes test are considered “assessments that have serious consequences” for participants (Stobart & Eggen, 2012, p.1) . They typically involve national assessments or external examinations used for admissions to a higher level of education or that otherwise have a significant impact on students’ educational careers and other life choices. With this in mind, fairness and validity are corner concepts of any modern high-stakes testing. Four general aspects of fairness are the equivalent opportunity of test-takers in the testing process, the lack of measurement bias, the access to the construct(s) as measured, and the validity of individual test score interpretations for the intended uses (AERA et al., 2014). This symposium will present distinct aspects of high-stakes testing that draw from real life applications of tests and are oriented at solving problems that are interesting both from the point of scientific interest and practical use. The first thematic area deals with ideas of equity and access, methodological breadth for fairness, and policy stakes. The symposium interrogates how response formats, scoring policies, and item content interact with gender, language background, and SES to produce measurable DIF and differential outcomes in national and admissions assessments. Using complementary psychometric approaches across distinct European contexts (Sweden and Flanders), the session demonstrates how fairness can be strengthened—or undermined—by design and policy. The second thematic area deals with ideas of validity as a system, decision consequences, and actionability and governance. The session foregrounds validity as an ecosystem, linking interpretive arguments, norm‑referenced data use, and operational safeguards, to improve both the defensibility and usability of examinations internationally. References AERA, APA, & NCME. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. American Educational Research Association. Kane, M. T. (2013). Validating the interpretations and uses of test scores. Journal of Educational Measurement, 50(1), 1–73. Messick, S. (1989). Validity. In R. L. Linn (Ed.), Educational measurement (3rd ed., pp. 13–103). Macmillan. Stobart, G. and Eggen, T. (2012). High Stakes testing - value, fairness and consequences. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy and Practice. Vol.19, pp.1-6. Presentations of the Symposium ***WITHDRAWN*** Standard Setting as an Integral Component of the Validity Argument in High-Stakes Examinations
This paper presents an ongoing study investigating the role of standard-setting in high-stakes examinations for international secondary school exit qualifications. Rather than treating standard-setting as a discrete technical procedure conducted after test construction, the paper advances the position that standard-setting should be conceptualised as an integral component of the overall validity argument for an assessment. Drawing on an argument-based approach to validity (Kane, 2006; Kane, 2013), the study frames standard-setting decisions as evaluative inferences that require explicit warrants, backing, and rebuttals, rather than as neutral psychometric outcomes.
Within this framework, cut scores are understood as consequential judgments that link observed performance to claims about student achievement. These judgments must be supported by coherent evidence relating to construct representation, the quality of expert judgment processes, and the intended and unintended consequences of decisions (Messick, 1989; Mislevy, Almond, & Lukas, 2003). In high-stakes contexts, the defensibility of pass/fail or grade boundary decisions depends not solely on statistical precision, but on the transparency and plausibility of the interpretive and evaluative claims that underpin them (Cizek & Bunch, 2007).
The study is situated within the context of a new national school-leaving qualification which is very high stakes in its context. The resulting of the qualification process, employs a hybrid model of criterion-referenced and norm-referenced standard-setting for its secondary school exit-level examinations. The assessment materials analysed include both fictitious and live examination papers composed of closed-type items, primarily multiple-choice questions and other selected-response formats. These items are designed to sample a defined construct domain aligned to curriculum and qualification specifications.
Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative-dominant mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2022). Documentary analysis is used to examine the qualification’s standard-setting policies, technical reports, and grade-award documentation. This is complemented by the analysis of standard-setting meeting artefacts, including judges’ performance descriptors, item-level judgments, and rationale statements. Particular attention is paid to how criterion-based expectations are articulated and subsequently moderated through norm-referenced statistical evidence. The analysis maps these processes onto an explicit validity argument, identifying the claims, warrants, and evidence used to justify final cut scores.
The study is currently underway; it is anticipated that hybrid standard-setting models introduce distinctive tensions between construct-based expectations and cohort-relative outcomes. Full findings, including implications for the design and communication of standard-setting decisions in international high-stakes assessment, will be presented at the conference.
References:
Cizek, G. J., & Bunch, M. B. (2007). Standard setting: A guide to establishing and evaluating performance standards on tests. Sage.
Creswell JW. (2022). A concise introduction to mixed methods research (2nd ed.) Sage.
Kane, M. T. (2006). Validation. In R. L. Brennan (Ed.), Educational measurement (4th ed., pp. 17–64). Praeger.
Kane, M. T. (2013). Validating the interpretations and uses of test scores. Journal of Educational Measurement, 50(1), 1–73.
Messick, S. (1989). Validity. In R. L. Linn (Ed.), Educational measurement (3rd ed., pp. 13–103). Macmillan.
Mislevy, R. J., Almond, R. G., & Lukas, J. F. (2003). A brief introduction to evidence-centered design. ETS Research Report.
School Leaders’ and Teachers’ Attributions in Making Sense of Norm-referenced School Performance data
School performance data can support school improvement efforts, yet data-informed decision-making is inherently complex and fundamentally interpretative. School leaders and teachers engage in sensemaking by transforming raw data into meaningful information and actionable knowledge. Central to this process are attributions: potential causes professionals construct for school performance outcomes.
Characterising an attribution solely as internal or external is insufficient to meaningfully influence school leaders’ and teachers’ behaviour, as it does not adequately account for the factors that determine their subsequent actions. It is crucial that educational professionals reflect on their role in exercising control over causes for school performance. In response to the lack of a multidimensional view on these attributions in the literature on data use, this study integrates the dimensions of locus of causality (internal versus external) and controllability (controllable versus uncontrollable). Accordingly, we address the following research questions:
RQ1. To which internal/external and controllable/uncontrollable factors do school leaders and teachers attribute school performance on central tests? Do these attributions differ based by work role?
RQ2. Do attributions on central tests vary depending on the type of norm-referenced perspective applied (group referenced versus school referenced)? Do these attributions differ based on the school’s performance level?
Data were collected through 24 semi-structured interviews. A framework analysis was applied, using iterative open and axial coding to identify and refine thematic categories. To enhance reliability, one-third of all coded fragments underwent double coding. To explore trends and differences within and across attributions, categories and perspectives, frequency counts were used to ‘quantitize’ the qualitative data.
Our findings demonstrate that norm-referenced perspectives meaningfully shape the attribution processes of school leaders and teachers. External attributions dominate, although internal factors were recognised as well, particularly at the teaching and school practice levels. Additionally, controllability emerged as a key factor for follow-up actions decisions.
Furthermore, examination of attrbutional differences between population-referenced and group-referenced perspectives reveals that the latter tend to foster internal and external controllable attributions. Thus, the chosen norm-referenced perspective not only directs the locus of causality but also, and perhaps even more importantly, perceptions of controllability and agency.
By adopting this specific focus, this study contributes to the broader discourse on data-informed decision for school improvement both theoretically and practically. It suggests that consciously emphasizing controllable attributions, schools can more effectively translate school performance data into targeted, informed school improvement efforts.
References:
Schildkamp, K. (2019). Data-based decision making for school improvement: Research insights and gaps. Educational Research, 61, 257-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1625716.
Feasibility of Using Common AI Models to Improve Rating of Closed-type Items
This paper presents the results of a feasibility study using real paper test items and actual non-trained common LLMs. While in theory (Breuer et al, 2023) closed-type items, such as multiple-choice and similar items, are highly objective and scoring tends to be straightforward, there is still a small proportion of errors. Those come from students‘ ambiguous responses (multiple options selected, crossed out, errors corrected), from unfocused rater or other sources (for example, design flaws of an item). There are several ways to improve the quality and veracity of the rating process and ensure accurate results like better item design, additional checking, etc. (Betts et al, 2021). Since the advance of LLMs and other AI models, there is also an option to harness digital technology to control and reduce the error rate further. This is fundamentally different from the field of automated scoring of open-ended items, where AI models are trained to make estimates about content (Lit et al, 2014). In our case, it is more about using AI for routine and repetitive tasks of transcription or simple scoring.
We will examine four scenarios that combine two different item types (MC item and connecting item) with two rating procedures (rater just transcribing the answer vs. rater awarding points directly). All four scenarios are actual test results from the Slovenian General matura (Grade 13 students) and national assessment (Grade 9 students) for the spring term of 2025. Connection items are from General matura English HE (1869 students) and National Assessment English Gr9 (5165 students), while multiple choice items are from General matura Physics (1429 students) and National Assessment Biology Gr9 (5132 students).
For each scenario, the students‘ responses will be given to AI model with scoring instructions. Whenever the final result (transcribed letter, awarded point) will differ, the response will be examined by a human expert, and his decisions will be final (implicitly correct). This will miss the errors where both AI and humans would score incorrectly, but since the error rates as estimated from appeals and requests for remarking are low to begin with, checking for those would present a disproportionate burden in available resources and wouldn’t be feasible.
The error rates of AI compared to the error rates of human raters will give us the answer if the inclusion of such an additional procedure in a regular testing situation can substantially improve the quality of test results.
References:
Betts, J., Muntean, W., Kim, D., & Kao, S. (2021). Evaluating Different Scoring Methods for Multiple Response Items Providing Partial Credit. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 82, 151 - 176. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164421994636.
Breuer, S., Scherndl, T., & Ortner, T. (2023). Effects of response format on achievement and aptitude assessment results: multi-level random effects meta-analyses. Royal Society Open Science, 10. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.220456.
Liu, O., Brew, C., Blackmore, J., Gerard, L., Madhok, J., & Linn, M. (2014). Automated Scoring of Constructed-Response Science Items: Prospects and Obstacles. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 33, 19-28. https://doi.org/10.1111/emip.12028.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 03 B: Student Dispositions, Agency and Learning-Related Scale Validation Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Isa Steinmann Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Assessing Conditional Knowledge about Motivational Regulation Strategies in Grade 8 Students: A Cartoon-Based Adaptation of the SKT-SRL Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Self-regulated learning (SRL) is widely regarded as a key competence for successful learning, and its relevance has further increased with the expansion of digital and hybrid learning formats in secondary education. SRL refers to a form of learning in which learners proactively and autonomously regulate their learning process by applying a range of cognitive, metacognitive, and volitional strategies to monitor and guide their progress (Schiefele & Pekrun, 1996). In contemporary learning settings, students are expected to plan, monitor and adjust their learning in more autonomous ways, including the regulation of their motivation when difficulties arise (Wirth & Leutner, 2008). Despite the inclusion of motivational components in prominent SRL models, research on motivational regulation, particularly in relation to learners' selection of an appropriate motivational strategy in a given situation, remains comparatively underdeveloped (Grunschel et al., 2016; Zhang & Dong, 2022). One possible explanation for this may be the lack of adequate measurement instruments. Many established instruments in this area either record motivational orientations and beliefs or assess the general frequency with which strategies are applied (e.g. MSQL; Pintrich et al., 1991, SRQ-A; Ryan & Connell, 1989). However, these instruments do not provide insight into whether a specific strategy choice is situationally appropriate, that is to say, whether it "fits" the particular learning problem at hand. From a pedagogical-psychological perspective, this gap points to the importance of conditional strategy knowledge. Conditional knowledge refers to knowing when and why a strategy is useful in a specific context, and it is conceptually distinct from simply knowing what a strategy is (Paris et al., 1983). This distinction is particularly relevant for understanding why students sometimes fail to translate what they have learned about effective learning into actual adaptive regulation during learning (often discussed as a knowledge–action gap; Foerst et al., 2017). While process-near approaches such as SRL microanalysis can address this issue, they are costly and difficult to scale for larger samples (Perels & Dörrenbächer, 2020). In order to propose a suitable alternative, Perels and Dörrenbächer (2020) developed the Strategy Knowledge Test for Self-Regulated Learning (SKT-SRL), which operationalises conditional knowledge about scenario-based judgments. The theoretical basis of the test is Zimmerman's (2000) cyclical model of self-regulated learning (planning, performance, reflection). The instrument also draws on expectancy-value theory (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000) to assess motivational regulation strategies. Following the recommendations of Engelschalk et al. (2015) and Schwinger et al. (2007), motivational problems are differentiated according to whether they are primarily expectation-related (e.g. doubts about one's own competence) or value-related (e.g. low perceived relevance). Based on this measurement tool, which was originally designed for university students, an adaptation was made for the target group of secondary school students. Therefore, the case scenarios were transferred to typical situations of self-directed learning in a school context. To make the situational reference more vivid, reduce the amount of text and increase motivation to complete the test, the scenarios were converted into a visual cartoon format. Furthermore, a parallel version of the test was developed to facilitate longitudinal assessments and mitigate potential test-retest or practice effects. This article details the adaptation process and provides an empirical evaluation of the instrument’s construct and convergent validity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The motivational scenarios from the SKT-SRL approach were rewritten to fit Grade 8 learning situations. As in the original, a motivational scenario was developed for each of the three SRL phases (planning, implementation, reflection) and parallel versions were created to support longitudinal use. To reduce reading load and to support engagement in a school-based assessment setting, scenarios were presented as short comic strips rather than text-only vignettes. The cartoon format was chosen pragmatically to keep the scenarios concise while still conveying situational cues that are critical for conditional judgments. Content validity was examined with an expert sample from educational psychology. Thirty-nine experts were contacted and asked to rate the usefulness of the proposed motivational regulation strategies for each scenario on a four-point scale and provided rankings of strategies. Expert agreement (Kendall’s W) and mean usefulness patterns were used to establish scoring standards and to identify potential deviations from the original instrument logic in the secondary-school adaptation. The instrument was implemented as part of the scientific evaluation of a pilot project in Berlin schools, in which two instructional models of hybrid learning are currently being piloted. 1315 Students completed the comic-based motivational SKT as well as additional self-report measures capturing SRL-related self-efficacy, motivation-related self-efficacy, learning enjoyment, and procrastination-related behaviour. Evidence for convergent validity is examined via correlations between conditional motivational knowledge scores and these theoretically adjacent constructs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation will focus on the development and validation of instruments. The report will include expert-based evidence for content validity, including the degree to which experts converge in their usefulness judgments and whether the intended usefulness hierarchy is clearly reflected in ratings. It will also include empirical data from the pilot project implementation regarding the instrument's correlational validity. It is generally assumed that conditional knowledge about dealing with expectation-related motivational challenges has a stronger correlation with self-efficacy-related metrics. Conversely, knowledge about dealing with value-related motivational challenges is expected to show stronger correlations with enjoyment and indicators of the value of a task. In addition, it is assumed that higher conditional motivational knowledge is associated with a lower tendency to procrastinate. As part of an exploratory analysis, initial data is also reported on whether conditional motivational knowledge differs between the various hybrid learning models after the first year of testing the hybrid teaching models. References Engelschalk, T., Steuer, G., & Dresel, M. (2015). Wie spezifisch regulieren Studierende ihre Motivation bei unterschiedlichen Anlässen? Zeitschrift Für Entwicklungspsychologie Und Pädagogische Psychologie, 47(1), 14–23. https://doi.org/10.1026/0049-8637/a000120 Foerst, N. M., Klug, J., Jöstl, G., Spiel, C., & Schober, B. (2017). Knowledge vs. Action: Discrepancies in University Students’ Knowledge about and Self-Reported Use of Self-Regulated Learning Strategies. Frontiers in Psychology, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01288 Grunschel, C., Schwinger, M., Steinmayr, R., & Fries, S. (2016). Effects of using motivational regulation strategies on students’ academic procrastination, academic performance, and well-being. Learning and Individual Differences, 49, 162–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2016.06.008 Paris, S. G., Lipson, M. Y., & Wixson, K. K. (1983). Becoming a strategic reader. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 8(3), 293–316. https://doi.org/10.1016/0361-476X(83)90018-8 Perels, F., & Dörrenbächer, L. (2020). Selbstreguliertes Lernen und (technologiebasierte) Bildungsmedien. In Handbuch Bildungstechnologie (pp. 81–92). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-54368-9_5 Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A. F., Garcia, T., & McKeachie, W. J. (1991). A Manual for the Use of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ). Ryan, R. M., & Connell, J. P. (1989). Perceived locus of causality and internalization: Examining reasons for acting in two domains. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57(5), 749–761. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.57.5.749 Schiefele, U., & Pekrun, R. (1996). Psychologische Modelle des selbstgesteuerten und fremdgesteuerten Lernens. In F. E. Weinert (Ed.), Enzyklopädie der Psychologie, Psychologie des Lernens und der Instruktion (pp. 249–278). Hogrefe. Schwinger, M., von der Laden, T., & Spinath, B. (2007). Strategien zur Motivationsregulation und ihre Erfassung. Zeitschrift Für Entwicklungspsychologie Und Pädagogische Psychologie, 39(2), 57–69. https://doi.org/10.1026/0049-8637.39.2.57 Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy–Value Theory of Achievement Motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 68–81. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1015 Wirth, J., & Leutner, D. (2008). Self-Regulated Learning as a Competence. Zeitschrift Für Psychologie / Journal of Psychology, 216(2), 102–110. https://doi.org/10.1027/0044-3409.216.2.102 Zhang, Y., & Dong, L. (2022). A study of the impacts of motivational regulation and self-regulated second-language writing strategies on college students’ proximal and distal writing enjoyment and anxiety. Frontiers in Psychology, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.938346 Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13–41). Academic Press. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Learning Conceptions of First-Year Secondary School Students: A Validation Study 1: Radboud Universiteit, Netherlands, The; 2: Open University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Topic and background International large-scale assessments such as the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) report a sustained decline in reading and numeracy performance across many Western European countries (OECD, 2023). Educational policy responses have mainly focused on curriculum reform, instructional improvement, and teacher professional development. Although these approaches are important, meta-analytic evidence indicates that their average effects are often modest and highly dependent on contextual and learner-related factors (Hattie, 2009). Comparatively little attention has been paid to students’ own perspectives on learning, despite growing evidence that these perspectives are systematically related to learning processes and outcomes. Students’ ideas, beliefs, and mental representations about learning, referred to as learning conceptions, are associated with learning strategies, motivation, and achievement in core academic domains (Peterson et al., 2010; Robbers et al., 2015). Understanding of learning conceptions is therefore particularly relevant during educational transitions, which are a common feature across international education systems. Conceptual and theoretical framework Research on learning conceptions originates in phenomenographic studies that identified different ways in which learners understand learning (Säljö, 1979). Early distinctions focused on quantitative, content-related conceptions, emphasizing the acquisition and reproduction of knowledge, and qualitative, process-oriented conceptions, emphasizing understanding and meaning-making (Purdie & Hattie, 2002; Peterson et al., 2010). More recent theoretical developments have extended this framework by incorporating the social and motivational embeddedness of learning. Learning is conceptualized as a cooperative and socially situated process involving interaction and shared regulation with others (Tynjälä, 1997; Vermunt & Donche, 2017). In addition, learning conceptions include motivational aspects, such as beliefs about effort, control, obligation, personal growth, and attributions of success and failure (Pinto et al., 2018). When selecting or developing a questionnaire to measure learning conceptions, it is important to ensure that aspects of how students understand learning as identified in the literature are broadly represented, covering content-related, process-oriented, cooperative, and motivational elements, without assuming predefined dimensions or a fixed structure. Research gap and rationale Over the past two decades, several instruments have been developed to assess students’ learning conceptions in primary and secondary education (Klatter et al., 2001; Peterson et al., 2010). Of these instruments, only the questionnaire by Klatter et al. (2001), which is available in Dutch, is directly applicable in the Dutch context. However, both the practical and scientific utility of the questionnaire are limited by two key issues. Although reduced from 100 to 65 items, the questionnaire remains impractically long for 11- and 12-year-old students, increasing the risk of response fatigue. Methodologically, Klatter et al. (2001) divided the questionnaire into three correlated subfactors rather than conducting single factor analyses on the full item set and relied solely on the Kaiser criterion (eigenvalue > 1) to determine factors, which may have led to overfactoring (Goretzko, 2025). These choices raise concerns about the instrument’s validity. As a result, no concise and psychometrically robust Dutch instrument currently exists to assess learning conceptions in secondary education, creating a gap for both educators and researchers. Filling this gap is crucial for advancing educational practice and research. Research objective This study aims to psychometrically re-examinate the factorial structure of the original Learning Conceptions Questionnaire (LCQ; Klatter et al., 2001) to create a robust instrument assessing students’ learning conceptions in the first year of secondary education. Central research question To what extent can the original item pool of the Learning Conceptions Questionnaire be restructured into a valid, reliable, and robust multidimensional factor model for students in the first year of secondary education, and to what extent is the resulting factor structure theoretically interpretable in relation to established frameworks of learning conceptions in the educational literature? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed the Learning Conceptions Questionnaire (LCQ) developed by Klatter et al. (2001), a 100-item instrument designed to assess students’ conceptions of learning. In contrast to the original validation study, conducted in the final year of primary education and based on multiple separate factor analyses, the present study re-examined the full item set within a single, integrated psychometric framework using data from 431 students in the first year of secondary education. Item-level distributions were inspected using descriptive statistics, including skewness and kurtosis, to evaluate distributional assumptions relevant for factor extraction. Sampling adequacy was subsequently assessed at the item level using a robust bootstrap-based procedure implemented via the RobustMSA.r script (Lorenzo-Seva & Ferrando, 2021) in R. This procedure identifies noisy, weakly discriminating, or content-redundant items that may bias factor recovery and inflate estimates of dimensionality. Items were removed when the lower bound of the 95% bootstrap confidence interval for the Measure of Sampling Adequacy fell below .50. Overall factorability of the refined item set was then evaluated using the Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin (KMO) statistic. Exploratory factor analyses were conducted using maximum likelihood estimation with oblique (Promax) rotation, consistent with the assumption of correlated latent constructs. Given the size of the initial item pool, EFAs were performed iteratively for solutions ranging from two to eight factors. Item retention was guided by established psychometric criteria, including adequate communalities (> .20; Yong & Pearce, 2016), sufficient primary factor loadings (> .30; Klatter et al., 2001), and the absence of substantial cross-loadings (difference ≥ .20 between primary and secondary loadings; Howard, 2016). The number of factors to retain was confirmed using Parallel Analysis and the Comparison Data Forest method (Goretzko, 2025), implemented in the EFAfactors package (Qin & Guo, 2025). Finally, the robustness of the selected factor structure was examined using factor analysis based on a covariance matrix estimated via the Minimum Covariance Determinant method (Bertrand & Zhang, 2013), followed by maximum likelihood extraction and Promax rotation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study identified a stable five-factor structure comprising 30 items, representing the following learning conceptions (including illustrative items): • Deep learning (“In mathematics, I always want to find out exactly how everything works”). • External regulation (“In Dutch, I prefer the teacher to tell me exactly what I have to do”). • Social learning orientation (“I like to get tips from other students about the best way to learn”). • Learning as duty (“If you work hard for a subject, you can always get good marks”). • Negative learning orientation (“I mainly go to school because I have to”). The internal consistency of the resulting scales ranged from acceptable to good, and robustness analyses confirmed the stability of the factor structure. The findings provide empirical support for the multidimensional nature of learning conceptions, in line with established frameworks (e.g., Säljö, 1979; Tynjälä, 1997; Purdie & Hattie, 2002). The refined instrument captures qualitative, process-oriented, social, and motivational dimensions of learning, indicating its potential utility for both educational research and practice. Future research could further explore cross-national differences in learning conceptions, particularly between higher- and lower-performing PISA countries and investigate associations with academic achievement and additional forms of validity, such as criterion-related and predictive validity. This instrument provides a promising basis for advancing both theoretical understanding and evidence-based educational practices. References Bertrand, F. & Zhang, Y. Y. (2025). robustfa: Object Oriented Solution for Robust Factor Analysis (R package version 1.2-0). https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=robustfa Goretzko, D. (2025). How many factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis? A critical overview of factor retention methods. Psychological Methods. Advance online publication. https://dx.doi.org/10.1037/met0000733 Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-ana lyses related to achievement. London: Routledge. Howard, M. C. (2016). A review of exploratory factor analysis decisions and overview of current practices: What we are doing and how can we improve?. International journal of human-computer interaction, 32(1), 51-62. Klatter, E.B., Lodewijks, H.G.L.C., & Aarnoutse, C.A.J. (2001). Learning conceptions of young students in the final year of primary education. Learning and Instruction,11, 485 - 516. Lorenzo-Seva, U., & Ferrando, P. J. (2021). MSA: The forgotten index for identifying inappropriate items before computing exploratory item factor analysis. Methodology: European Journal of Research Methods for the Behavioral and Social Sciences, 17(4), 296–306. OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Peterson, E.R., Brown, G.T.L., & Earl Irving, S. (2010). Secondary school students’ conceptions of learning and their relationship to achievement. Learning and Individual Differences, 20 (3) 167 – 176. Pinto, G., Bigozzi, L., Vettori, G., & Vezzani, C. (2018). The relationship between conceptions of learning and academic outcomes in middle school students according to gender differences. Learning, culture and social interaction, 16, 45-54. Purdie, N., & Hattie. J. (2002). Assessing students’ conceptions of learning. Australian Journal of Educational Development Psychology, 2, 17 – 32. Qin H, Guo L (2025). EFAfactors: Determining the Number of Factors in Exploratory Factor Analysis. doi:10.32614/CRAN.package.EFAfactors, R package version 1.2.4, https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=EFAfactors. Robbers, E., Van Petegem, P., Donche, V., & De Maeyer, S. (2015). Predictive validity of the learning conception questionnaire in primary education. International Journal of Educational Research, 74, 61-69. Säljö, R. (1979). Learning about learning. Higher Education, 8, 443-451. Tynjälä, P. (1997). Developing education students’ conceptions of the learning process In different learning environments. Learning and Instruction, 3, 277-292. Vermunt, J. D., & Donche, V. (2017). A learning patterns perspective on student learning in higher education: state of the art and moving forward. Educational Psychology Review, 29(2), 269–299. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-017-9414-6 Yong, A. G., & Pearce, S. (2013). A beginner’s guide to factor analysis: Focusing on exploratory factor analysis. Tutorials in quantitative methods for psychology, 9(2), 79-94. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Psychometric Validation of the Highly Sensitive Child Scale – Parent Report for Early Childhood in a Bilingual Context 1: Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy; 2: University of Pavia, Italy Presenting Author:When addressing psychological constructs and their implications for professional understanding and practice in early childhood education, educational research relies on trustworthy findings and measurement instruments originating from psychological research. In line with the conference theme Knowing and Acting, this paper conceptualises psychometric validation not as a merely technical prerequisite, but as a core epistemic condition under which educational knowledge becomes empirically visible and, consequently, actionable. Tests and questionnaires actively shape knowledge claims about children’s characteristics in educational research and professional discourse; understanding how such instruments function under specific developmental, linguistic, and contextual conditions is therefore central to the generation of robust educational knowledge. Against this epistemological background, the study builds on the psychological conceptualisation of sensory processing sensitivity (SPS; Aron & Aron, 1997; Greven et al., 2025; Pluess, 2015), commonly discussed in the literature through the notion of highly sensitive children. SPS captures individual differences in responsiveness to physical, social and emotional stimuli and has been empirically linked to children’s socio-emotional functioning and well-being (Lionetti, 2019), central concerns in early childhood education. Research further suggests more pronounced vulnerability under adverse circumstances, alongside greater benefits in supportive environments (Li et al., 2022; Slagt et al., 2018), highlighting the importance of valid, context-sensitive measurement as a prerequisite for meaningful educational knowledge. As systematic studies of age-appropriate measurement instruments for SPS in preschool-aged children remain rare, empirically grounded knowledge on SPS is still limited. The Highly Sensitive Child Scale – Parent Report (HSC-PR; Pluess et al., 2018), one of the core measures of SPS, was originally designed for school-aged children and requires further systematic validation for children aged 3–6 years across languages and in large-scale samples; in particular, no validation is currently available for the German-language version. Moreover, empirical work has reported item-specific difficulties (Sperati et al., 2022), which may suggest that one original item formulation did not adequately reflect age-specific developmental characteristics of early childhood. Building on this gap, the present study aims to systematically examine the psychometric properties of the HSC-PR in preschool-aged children. The study draws on a large parent sample of children aged 3–6 years recruited through the vast majority of kindergartens in the Autonomous Province of Bozen/Bolzano (South Tyrol), a multilingual region in Northern Italy. By analysing the German and Italian language versions within a shared regional and cultural context and common institutional frameworks, the study enables a stringent test of cross-language comparability. In multilingual European education systems, comparable and transferable evidence depends on measurement equivalence rather than on translation alone (Putnick & Bornstein, 2016). The study is guided by three interconnected research questions: (1) To what extent does the HSC-PR demonstrate satisfactory psychometric functioning in preschool-aged children in the German and Italian language versions, with regard to item behaviour, reliability, and factorial structure, and which latent representation of SPS is most appropriate in early childhood? (2) To what extent is the measurement of SPS comparable across the two language versions and key demographic groups (gender and age), as examined through multi-group confirmatory factor analysis and measurement invariance testing within a shared regional and institutional context? (3) To what extent do development-informed item revisions improve the measurement of SPS and its underlying dimensions in preschool-aged children, and what does this imply for epistemic robustness in educational research? By approaching psychometric validation as an empirical examination of the conditions under which knowledge about children’s sensitivity becomes epistemically accessible and transferable, the paper contributes to international debates on situated educational knowledge, cross-language comparability, and the epistemic responsibilities associated with the use of standardised measurement instruments in early childhood research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a large parent sample of preschool-aged children (age 3–6 years, M = 53.4 months, SD = 10.8 months). The analytic sample comprised N = 3,598 respondents, including n = 3,054 parents completing the German-language version and n = 544 parents completing the Italian-language version of the online questionnaire. Participants were recruited across the vast majority of kindergartens in a multilingual region in Northern Italy. Sensory processing sensitivity was assessed using the Highly Sensitive Child Scale – Parent Report (HSC-PR). The instrument consists of 12 original items, complemented by three revised item formulations that were developmentally adapted for use in early childhood. To examine convergent and discriminant validity, the questionnaire additionally included the Children’s Behavior Questionnaire (CBQ), Very Short Form (36 items), as well as the Hyperactivity/Inattention subscale (5 items) of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ-25). All instruments used Likert-type response scales. Analyses are conducted separately for the German and Italian language versions, followed by systematic cross-language comparisons. Analyses include descriptive item-level statistics, internal consistency estimates (Cronbach’s α and McDonald’s ω), and confirmatory factor analyses testing alternative latent representations of sensory processing sensitivity (one-factor, three-factor, and bifactor models). Measurement invariance across language versions (German vs. Italian) and gender is examined using multi-group confirmatory factor analysis. Age-related measurement differences are explored with age treated as a continuous variable. Associations between HSC-PR scores and CBQ and SDQ subscale scores are examined to evaluate convergent and discriminant validity with respect to theoretically related and distinct constructs (e.g., temperament dimensions and hyperactivity/inattention). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to provide a differentiated psychometric evaluation of the Highly Sensitive Child Scale – Parent Report for use in early childhood, offering evidence on its reliability, factorial structure, and cross-language comparability in preschool-aged children. By analysing the German and Italian language versions within a shared context, the study clarifies the conditions under which measurements of sensory processing sensitivity can be meaningfully interpreted and compared in early childhood populations. With regard to factorial structure, the study is expected to contribute evidence on whether latent representations of sensory processing sensitivity established in studies with older children are supported in preschool-aged samples, or whether early childhood is characterised by different or less differentiated structural patterns. These findings will inform theoretical assumptions about the dimensionality of SPS in early developmental phases. At the item level, results are expected to show that a targeted, development-informed item revision demonstrates more appropriate psychometric functioning in early childhood than its original formulation, underscoring the necessity of empirical evaluation of item adaptations rather than assuming their validity. Beyond scale-specific results, the study contributes to methodological and epistemic discussions in educational research by framing psychometric validation as an examination of how knowledge about children’s sensitivity is produced and rendered transferable. The findings highlight that in early childhood education research, where standardised parent-report measures inform scientific discourse, professional training, and evidence-based frameworks, inadequate measurement entails risks of misinterpretation and misclassification of children’s sensitivity, which may in turn contribute to epistemically weak knowledge claims and inappropriate pedagogical responses. By establishing a valid early-childhood measure, the study delineates the empirical conditions under which knowledge about sensory processing sensitivity can be generated and meaningfully interpreted in early childhood education research, without turning sensitivity into a diagnostic label. References Aron, E. N., & Aron, A. (1997). Sensory-processing sensitivity and its relation to introversion and emotionality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73(2), 345–368. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.73.2.345 Belsky, J., & Pluess, M. (2009). Beyond diathesis stress: Differential susceptibility to environmental influences. Psychological Bulletin, 135(6), 885–908. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0017376 Chen, F. F. (2007). Sensitivity of goodness of fit indexes to lack of measurement invariance. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 14(3), 464–504. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510701301834 Greven, C. U., Lionetti, F., Booth, C., Aron, E. N., Fox, E., Schendan, H. E., Pluess, M., Bruining, H., Acevedo, B., & Bijttebier, P. (2019). Sensory processing sensitivity in the context of environmental sensitivity: A critical review and development of a research agenda. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 98, 287–305. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2019.01.009 Greven, C. U., Trupp, M. D., Homberg, J. R., & Slagter, H. A. (2025). Sensory processing sensitivity: Theory, evidence, and directions. Trends in Cognitive Sciences. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2025.10.007 Li, Z., Sturge-Apple, M. L., Jones-Gordils, H. R., & Davies, P. T. (2022). Sensory processing sensitivity behavior moderates the association between environmental harshness, unpredictability, and child socioemotional functioning. Development and Psychopathology, 34(2), 675–688. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579421001188 Lionetti, F., Aron, E. N., Aron, A., Klein, D. N., & Pluess, M. (2019). Observer-rated environmental sensitivity moderates children’s response to parenting quality in early childhood. Developmental Psychology, 55(11), 2389–2402. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0000795 Pluess, M. (2015). Individual differences in environmental sensitivity. Child Development Perspectives, 9(3), 138–143. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdep.12120 Pluess, M., Assary, E., Lionetti, F., Lester, K. J., Krapohl, E., Aron, E. N., & Aron, A. (2018). Environmental sensitivity in children: Development of the Highly Sensitive Child Scale and identification of sensitivity groups. Developmental Psychology, 54(1), 51–70. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0000406 Putnick, D. L., & Bornstein, M. H. (2016). Measurement invariance conventions and reporting: The state of the art and future directions for psychological research. Developmental Review, 41, 71–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2016.06.004 Slagt, M., Dubas, J. S., van Aken, M. A. G., Ellis, B. J., & Deković, M. (2018). Sensory processing sensitivity as a marker of differential susceptibility to parenting. Developmental Psychology, 54(3), 543–558. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0000431 Sperati, A., Spinelli, M., Fasolo, M., Pastore, M., Pluess, M., & Lionetti, F. (2022). Investigating sensitivity through the lens of parents: validation of the parent-report version of the Highly Sensitive Child scale. Development and Psychopathology, 36, 415–428. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579422001298 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper A Questionnaire for Assessing Students’ Learning-related Agency 1: University of Tartu, Estonia; 2: University of Belgrade, Serbia Presenting Author:Students’ learning-related agency is receiving increasing attention in scientific literature and in policy debates (see, for example, The OECD Learning Compass 2030, OECD, 2019). In a broader sense, learning-related agency refers to learners’ decision-making in learning situations, including planning, implementing, and evaluating learning (Lipponen & Kumpulainen, 2011; Priestley et al., 2015). In the present study, we draw on the ecological model of agency (Leijen et al., 2024; Priestley et al., 2015), which helps to understand three main dimensions that influence learners’ decision-making related to learning. First, the iterational dimension indicates that decision-making is based on prior experiences. Over time, learners develop learning-related knowledge, attitudes, and skills that begin to influence their subsequent learning-related decisions (see, for example, Lange, 2010; Lauermann et al., 2017). Second, agency is oriented toward the future. The projective dimension reflects students’ short-term and long-term purposes, which guide decision-making toward their future plans. For example, when students have a clear purpose related to learning a particular subject, they are more likely to decide to engage actively in learning that content. By contrast, when students do not understand the relevance of learning certain content or skills, it becomes more difficult for them to engage in learning (see Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). Third, the practical-evaluative dimension indicates students’ capacity to make decisions in specific situations. This decision-making process is guided, on the one hand, by the iterational and projective dimensions and, on the other hand, by the cultural, structural, and material conditions of a particular learning situation. These various learning-related environmental conditions may be perceived as affordances, constraints, or resources, and may therefore either hinder or support learners’ agency. Learning environments that are responsive to students’ perspectives, offer alternatives, and support horizontal relationships and collaboration among students are considered supportive of learners’ agency, whereas rigid rules, hierarchical relationships, and an orientation toward competition are regarded as constraining agency (Nieminen et al., 2022; Priestley et al., 2015). In previous studies, learners’ agency in mathematics learning was operationalised using a three-dimensional questionnaire reflecting the dimensions described above (Leijen et al., 2024; Pedaste et al., 2023). Building on these studies, the present study aims to examine the psychometric properties of a revised agency questionnaire that conceptualises learners’ agency in learning-related decision-making situations beyond a specific school subject and includes additional items developed based on interviews with students from Grades 6 to 12. Using Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), we examined whether the hypothesised three-factor measurement model of learners’ agency provides an adequate fit to the data when agency is operationalised in relation to students’ general learning experiences. Furthermore, using multi-group CFA, we investigated the extent to which the revised instrument demonstrates measurement invariance across students in Grades 6, 9, and 12. Accordingly, the study addressed the following research questions: (1) To what extent does a three-factor confirmatory factor model of learners’ agency fit the data when agency is operationalised in relation to general learning experiences?, and (2) To what extent does the revised learners’ agency questionnaire exhibit scalar measurement invariance across students in Grades 6, 9, and 12? Data was collected from 549 students (166 – 6th Grade, 133 – 9th Grade, 250 – 12th Grade) in Estonia. CFA showed that the initially developed questionnaire had a near-acceptable fit. Based on the empirical and theoretical considerations, we decided to remove some items; the final version of the questionnaire included 24 items. This version of the questionnaire had good model fit. A comparison of configural and scalar models suggested scalar invariance across grade levels. Therefore, the new questionnaire appears suitable and sensitive for monitoring and comparing student learning-related agency among 6th- to 12th-grade students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A revised questionnaire was developed to measure students’ agency in the general learning context. This questionnaire is based on the ecological model of agency and operationalises student agency as a three-factor construct: iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative. Cognitive interviews were conducted with 15 students to refine item wording and ensure content validity. Data was collected electronically from 549 students (166 – 6th Grade, 133 – 9th Grade, 250 – 12th Grade) in Estonia. Students were asked to rate 37 items using a five-point Likert-type scale (1-Strongly disagree, 5- Strongly agree). The study had an ethics committee approval. The hypothesised three-factor measurement model was tested using CFA, treating items as ordered categorical variables and applying the WLSMV estimator. A multi-group CFA was subsequently conducted to examine the measurement invariance of the instrument across Grades 6, 9, and 12, with particular focus on scalar invariance following the establishment of configural invariance. All analyses were performed using Mplus (Version 8.11). CFA showed that the initially developed questionnaire with 37 items had a near-acceptable fit (χ² = 1463.181, df = 626, χ² / df = 2.33, RMSEA = 0.049, CFI = 0.926, TLI = 0.921, SRMR = 0.076). Based on the empirical evidence and theoretical considerations, several items were removed, resulting in a final 24-item version of the questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The 24-item version of the questionnaire had good model fit (χ² = 529.002, df = 249, χ² / df = 2.12, RMSEA = 0.045, CFI = 0.957, TLI = 0.952, SRMR = 0.053). Standardised factor loadings were above 0.50 for all items except one (λ = 0.49), and correlations between latent factors ranged from 0.54 to 0.61, indicating related but empirically distinguishable dimensions of learners’ agency. Measurement invariance across Grade 6, Grade 9, and Grade 12 students was examined using multi-group CFA, with a focus on configural and scalar invariance. The configural invariance model demonstrated good fit (χ² = 1096.31, df = 747, χ²/df = 1.47, RMSEA = 0.051, CFI = 0.955, TLI = 0.950, SRMR = 0.070). The scalar invariance model also showed good fit (χ² = 1255.01, df = 927, χ²/df = 1.35, RMSEA = 0.044, CFI = 0.958, TLI = 0.962, SRMR = 0.070). Although the χ² difference test between the configural and scalar models was statistically significant (Δχ² = 223.83, Δdf = 180, p = .015), comparisons of approximate fit indices supported the conclusion that scalar invariance was established across grade levels. The results of the study show that the developed questionnaire is suitable for studying student learning-related agency among 6th-, 9th-, and 12th-grade students in Estonia, as we confirmed the three factors and scalar invariance across the three grades. It means we can use the questionnaire to measure and compare students’ agency at different time points in their studies. Therefore, the questionnaire could be used in longitudinal studies to monitor changes in students' learning-related agency, as well as in cross-sectional studies to compare learning-related agency across grade levels. References Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101859. Lange, T. (2010). Tell them that we like to decide for ourselves: Children’s agency in mathematics education. In V. Durand-Guerrier, S. Soury-Lavergne, & F. Arzarello (Eds.), Proceedings of the Sixth congress of the European society for research in mathematics education (pp. 2587–2596). Lyon, France: European Society for Research in Mathematics Education. Lauermann, F., Eccles, J. S., & Pekrun, R. (2017). Why do children worry about their academic achievement? An expectancy-value perspective on elementary students’ worries about their mathematics and reading performance. ZDM Mathematics Education, 49, 339–354. Leijen, Ä., Baucal, A., Pikk, K., Uibu, K., Pajula, L., & Sõrmus, M. (2024). Opportunities to develop student’s math-related agency in primary education: the role of teacher beliefs. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 39(2), 1637-1659. Lipponen, L., & Kumpulainen, K. (2011). Acting as accountable authors: Creating interactional spaces for agency work in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(5), 812–819. Nieminen, J. H., Chan, M. C. E., & Clarke, D. (2022). What affordances do open-ended real-life tasks offer for sharing student agency in collaborative problem-solving? Educational Studies in Mathematics, 109(1), 115–136. OECD (2019). Learning Compass 2030. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/. Visited 31 Jan 2026. Pedaste, M., Raave, D. K., & Baucal, A. (2023). Digitaalsete õppematerjalide kasutamise efekt õpilaste õpitulemustele DigiEfekti projekti lõppraport. Tartu Ülikool. The Effect of Using Digital Learning Materials on Students’ Learning Outcomes: Final Report of the DigiEffect Project. University of Tartu. Priestley, M., Biesta, G. J. J., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Academic. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 03 C JS: Quality Matters: Peer Review, Robust Evidence, and Open Data in Education - NW 09 and NW 12 Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Erika Majoros Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Longitudinal Analyses in Educational Science – How Do We Get Trustworthy Results? University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:In educational science, surveys are commonly used to investigate students’ perspectives on a range of issues. Over the past decade, however, participation rates have declined substantially, a trend that appears to be global. While attrition has long been a challenge in longitudinal research, the combination of increasing non-participation at baseline and subsequent attrition presents a more serious methodological problem that warrants closer attention. The Educational Longitudinal Database Evaluation Through Follow-up (UGU) collects data from approximately 10% of the total population of students born in a given year, corresponding to about 10,000 students assessed in Grades 6 (age 13), 9 (age 16), and 12 (age 19). The UGU database includes measures of multiple constructs, such as self-concept, interest, motivation, well-being, and cognitive ability. Within the ongoing project The impact of personal, environmental, and biopsychosocial factors in and out of school on students’ mental health and well-being: A longitudinal cohort study, we examine students’ well-being and mental health from a holistic perspective using the biopsychosocial framework (Porter, 2020). A growing body of research over the past decade indicates a decline in well-being and mental health among young people (Klapp et al., 2023; Högberg et al., 2021; National Agency for Public Health, 2025). In a recent study, we found that students born in 2004 reported lower levels of social, psychological, and cognitive well-being compared with students born in 1998 (Klapp et al., 2023). We also showed that students’ cognitive well-being defined as understanding the teacher and beliefs about one’s intellectual ability to learn was a stronger predictor of final grade point average (GPA) than measured cognitive ability based on cognitive tests. When conducting longitudinal analyses using more recent birth cohorts, it is therefore necessary to apply weighting procedures to address increasing levels of missing data. This raises an important methodological question: Are the weights and missing-data handling methods currently applied, such as full information maximum likelihood (FIML) estimation in Mplus sufficient to adequately address the growing challenges posed by non-participation and attrition? To address missing data in the survey components of the Evaluation Through Follow-Up (UGU) research database, Statistics Sweden (SCB) has developed survey weights for each wave of data collection. These weights are primarily designed for cross-sectional analyses. However, given that UGU is a longitudinal database, there is a need for methods that more adequately handle missingness and attrition across multiple waves. Although the UGU survey data are affected by both non-response and attrition, the database also contains complete register data covering the full population, with no missing values. This provides a unique opportunity to explore alternative approaches to handling longitudinal missingness. In this study, the wave-specific SCB weights are used as reference points while implementing and comparing three different imputation-based approaches that combine register data with incomplete survey data. Specifically, we generate imputed datasets using (1) full information maximum likelihood (FIML) as implemented in Mplus, (2) multiple imputation by chained equations (MICE) in R, and (3) random forest–based imputation in R. To evaluate which approach most closely aligns with the cross-sectional weighting strategy while remaining suitable for longitudinal analyses, we compare results from cross-sectional regression models across the original datasets, the weighted datasets, and the imputed datasets generated using each method. The analyses are based on nine items measuring cognitive, psychological, and social well-being, as well as one measure of cognitive ability. The study is conducted within the FEEL project, which has received ethical approval. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analyses will be based on data from the 2004 birth cohort, who entered compulsory schooling in 2011 and completed upper secondary education in 2023. Measures include items capturing psychological well-being (e.g., “I worry about tests or homework”), cognitive well-being (e.g., “I find it difficult to keep up during lessons”), and social well-being (e.g., “How do you like your current class?”). Cognitive ability is assessed using three tests: antonyms, inductive reasoning, and spatial ability. In a first step, the original survey dataset will be compared with population-level register data on a set of background variables, including parental education and income, gender, immigration background, and academic achievement, in order to assess representativeness and patterns of non-response. Next, descriptive statistics for the well-being and cognitive ability measures will be computed using the original dataset, both with and without the application of design weights. Subsequently, six analytic models will be estimated. First, the original dataset, with and without weights, will be analysed in Mplus using the default missing data handling procedure (full information maximum likelihood; FIML). Second, the same two datasets will be analysed using multiple imputation by chained equations (MICE) implemented in R. Finally, the corresponding analyses will be conducted using random forest based imputation in R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses comparing the original dataset with datasets weighted using weights calculated by Statistics Sweden (SCB) indicate that the weights perform reasonably well. Nevertheless, there appears to be scope for further improvement with respect to the first research question. By systematically testing different methods and integrating population-level register data, we aim to examine how missing data can be handled more effectively and to develop deeper methodological insight into the use of weights and the suitability of different approaches for different types of data. The feasibility of addressing the second research question concerning the combination of multiple weights will also be examined We expect that the findings from this study will provide methodological guidance for researchers working with large-scale datasets affected by missing data. In particular, the study addresses the broader challenge of handling missingness in longitudinal designs, an issue of growing importance in educational research. A specific focus concerns how design and survey weights can be combined in longitudinal analyses. Based on our results, we will offer practical recommendations for researchers on how to handle missing information in longitudinal data. References Hogberg B, Lindgren J, Johansson K, Strandh M, Petersen S. Consequences of school grading systems on adolescent health: evidence from a Swedish school reform. Journal of Education Policy. 2021;36(1):84-106. Klapp, T., Klapp, A., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2023). Relations between students’ well being and academic achievement: evidence from Swedish compulsory school. European Journal of Psychology of Education. Doi: 10.1007/s10212-023-00690-9. Porter, R. J. (2020). The biopsychosocial model in mental health. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 54(8), 773–774. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420944464 Public Health Agency of Sweden. (2018). Varför har den psykiska ohälsan ökat bland barn och unga i Sverige? Utvecklingen under perioden 1985–2014. [Why has mental illness increased among children and young people in Sweden during 1985 and 2014?]. Public Health Agency of Sweden. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Open Data Format: Facilitating Cross-Platform Data Sharing in Educational Science DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Innovation in Education, Germany Presenting Author:Research data management has become increasingly important in educational research, driven by the Open Science movement and the widespread adoption of FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, and Reusable) data principles (Wilkinson et al., 2016). Despite growing recognition of the importance of open data sharing, significant barriers persist in accessing FAIR data in the educational field (Bayer et al., 2023). One fundamental challenge concerns the technical interoperability of data formats across different statistical software platforms. Researchers in the social and educational sciences use various software for statistical analysis, including SPSS, Stata, R, SAS, and Python. Each software has proprietary data formats that are only partially compatible, with other solutions. This non-interoperability undermines FAIR principles and creates obstacles to replication studies and data reuse. To meet diverse user needs, data producers must offer multiple formats through redundant work that is error-prone and costly. Moreover, researchers frequently struggle to find suitable data for secondary analysis, with many reporting difficulties related to data compatibility and accessibility (Bayer et al., 2022). The Open Data Format (ODF) represents a promising solution to these interoperability challenges (Han et al, 2024). Developed through the KonsortSWD consortium within Germany's National Research Data Infrastructure (NFDI), ODF is a non-proprietary, multilingual, metadata-enriched, and zip-compressed data format explicitly designed to meet FAIR principles. The format consists of a CSV file containing the raw data, an XML metadata file structured according to the DDI Codebook standard (Vardigan et al., 2008), and a version file, all packaged in a standardized archive. Import and export packages are currently available for R, Python, and Stata, enabling seamless data exchange across these platforms. This contribution examines the practical implementation of ODF in the context of national education monitoring in Germany. As part of the ShaReD (Sharing and Reusing Data) cooperation at DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, data used in national education reporting is prepared for publication by the end of 2026. These data, drawn from various sources including survey data, administrative data from educational institutions, and official documents, form the empirical foundation for system monitoring and educational governance. The decision to publish these monitoring data in ODF format provides an opportunity to reflect on the format's advantages and limitations in real-world application. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution combines practical experience from data curation work with conceptual reflection on data format interoperability. Within the ShaReD cooperation, data from various sources used in German national education monitoring are collected and harmonized, applying specific selection criteria: availability of time series data and representativeness for the German education system. These data will be published in a unified, stringent format by the end of 2026, with ODF selected as the format of choice. The paper reflects critically on this format decision through several dimensions: First, we examine the rationale for selecting ODF, considering both technical and community-oriented factors. Second, we analyze the advantages ODF offers for FAIR data sharing, including enhanced metadata documentation, cross-platform compatibility, and non-proprietary accessibility. Third, we discuss limitations and implementation challenges, framing these as important caveats for the research community. Finally, we aim to disseminate knowledge about this emerging format to contribute to its adoption and, potentially, its further development. The analysis draws on documentation from the ODF project (Han et al., 2024), practical experiences from data preparation work, and literature on FAIR data principles and research data infrastructure in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Open Data Format represents a promising approach to increasing interoperability in educational research data management. By providing a non-proprietary, standardized format with rich metadata capabilities, ODF addresses key technical barriers to data reuse while supporting FAIR principles. The format's alignment with DDI standards and its inclusion of comprehensive metadata facilitate cross-platform reuse of education data. However, important limitations must be acknowledged. Currently, ODF packages are implemented only for R, Python, and Stata. Users of SPSS and SAS – software platforms still widely used in educational research – cannot directly work with ODF files without conversion. This partial coverage may limit initial adoption and create new interoperability challenges for some research communities. The practical application of ODF in German national education monitoring data provides valuable insights into the format's real-world usability. As research data infrastructures continue developing within NFDI and similar initiatives, standardized formats like ODF could play a crucial role in enabling cumulative, collaborative research across diverse educational contexts. Future work should focus on expanding software support, documenting best practices for ODF implementation, and engaging research communities in format development to ensure broad accessibility and adoption. References Bayer, S., Blask, K., Gnambs, T., Jansen, M., Maehler, D. B., Meyermann, A., & Neuendorf, C. (2023). Data for Psychological Research in the Educational Field: Spotlights, Data Infrastructures, and Findings from Research. Journal of Open Psychology Data, 11(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.5334/jopd.105 Bayer, S., Loesch, T., & Hasche, G. (2022). Reusing research data: Researchers' perspectives on potentials and challenges [Conference presentation]. European Conference on Educational Research, Yerevan, Armenia. https://osf.io/zp436 Han, X., Hartl, T., & Wenzig, K. (2024). Introducing Open Data Format: A platform-independent, non-proprietary, metadata-enriched, multilingual data format and its implementation in R and Stata (Working Paper No. 202410). Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.14215268 Vardigan, M., Heus, P., & Thomas, W. (2008). Data Documentation Initiative: Toward a standard for the social sciences. International Journal of Digital Curation, 3(1), 107–113. https://doi.org/10.2218/ijdc.v3i1.45 Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, I. J., et al. (2016). The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Scientific Data, 3, 160018. https://doi.org/10.1038/sdata.2016.18 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper From Mapping to Infrastructure: Enhancing the Reusability of Longitudinal Education Data Across Europe Fondazione per la Scuola, Italy Presenting Author:Longitudinal research data are fundamental to advancing educational research, yet their structure, accessibility, and reusability vary widely across countries and institutional settings, with profound implications for researchers’ capacity to conduct longitudinal and comparative studies (Pavolini et al., 2025). The Horizon Europe project LINEup (Longitudinal Data for INequalities in Education) addresses this challenge by providing the first systematic mapping of national and regional longitudinal datasets on student learning outcomes in primary and secondary education (ISCED 1–3) across Europe. The mapping identifies what longitudinal data exist, where they are located, how they are documented, and to what extent they can be reused for research on educational inequalities. Existing literature shows that educational inequalities emerge early and persist across key transitions, shaped by institutional arrangements and contextual conditions (Sirin, 2005; Van de Werfhorst & Mijs, 2010; Jackson & Jonsson, 2013; Chmielewski, 2019) - a pattern confirmed by recent reviews of longitudinal studies in Europe (Campos et al., 2025; Kampylis et al., 2024; Symonds et al., 2025). Understanding these dynamics requires evidence capable of tracing how gaps develop and evolve over time (Gangl, 2010; Skopek & Passaretta, 2021). Yet longitudinal data in Europe remain unevenly available, inconsistently documented, and difficult to access. The study adopts a conceptual understanding of data as socio-technical objects: their analytical value depends not only on content but also on infrastructures, documentation practices, governance models, and access conditions (Leonelli, 2020). Drawing on Open Science principles, the project examines how metadata quality, management structures, and transparency shape research possibilities. Despite growing demand for stronger longitudinal evidence, researchers still face barriers related to insufficient documentation, heterogeneous variable definitions, lack of harmonisation, opaque access procedures, and uneven integration of administrative data - constraints that hinder the analysis of how inequalities in education arise, widen, or narrow over time. Recent scholarship on open research data underscores the need for transparent documentation, interoperable metadata standards, and governance frameworks that enable data reuse (Borgman, 2015; Leonelli, 2020; Wilkinson et al., 2016). Yet in education, progress remains uneven. The LINEup project contributes to this debate by offering an empirically grounded model for structuring metadata to enhance comparability, support harmonisation, and enable researchers to assess datasets’ analytical potential. We developed a shared identification and documentation protocol applied across 32 European countries (EU Member States, EEA associated countries, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom), resulting in a systematic analysis of 103 longitudinal datasets meeting strict inclusion criteria. The mapping reveals substantial variation in dataset quality, periodicity, sample size, measurement comparability, socio-demographic coverage, linkage possibilities, and access openness. The findings depict a fragmented landscape: some countries maintain well-established infrastructures, while others display discontinuities, limited documentation, or restricted access. Building on this empirical work, the paper introduces the LINEup Education Data Explorer, an open, user-oriented digital infrastructure designed to enhance the findability, transparency, and reusability of longitudinal educational datasets. The Explorer consolidates country- and dataset-level metadata, documentation links, classification variables, and access procedures into a searchable platform grounded in FAIR principles. It aims to lower entry barriers for researchers and educational stakeholders, increase the visibility of existing data sources, and support cross-country research. By transforming a static mapping into a dynamic infrastructure, the Explorer provides a replicable model for data documentation and reuse in educational research. It enables comparative insights into European data ecosystems, supports reflections on harmonisation feasibility, and offers a practical tool for planning future longitudinal data collections. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a multi-stage research design integrating systematic data mapping, metadata analysis, and digital infrastructure development. This approach reflects the project dual nature: it is both an investigation of longitudinal datasets and an exercise in building shared infrastructure that enhances the transparency, comparability, and reusability of educational data across Europe. The methodological strategy unfolds across three components: 1. Mapping methodology – The mapping followed a multi-step procedure combining three evidence sources: a systematic literature review, an expert questionnaire, and web searches. The review (Kampylis et al., 2024) identified 77 datasets, 43 meeting the inclusion criteria. The questionnaire gathered 193 responses from scholars across 28 countries and identified 70 datasets. Desk research conducted by partners, complemented by exchanges with Horizon Europe projects, provided 116 datasets, bringing the total to 229. Each dataset was assessed against common criteria: longitudinal or repeated cross-sectional design; ISCED 1–3 coverage; presence of learning outcomes; national or regional representativeness; and at least one wave after 2014. Eligible datasets were documented using a standardised form capturing structural characteristics, variables, linkage possibilities, and access conditions. A multi-layer validation protocol – internal checks, partner cross-review, and final consistency assessment – ensured comparability. Through this process, 103 datasets met all criteria and were retained. 2. Analytical framework – Dataset characteristics were analysed along five dimensions: • How: longitudinal architecture (design type, continuity, periodicity, unit of analysis). • What: information collected, including learning outcomes and student, household, teacher, and school variables. • Where: geographical scope and representativeness. • When: temporal depth, number of waves, educational stages. • Access: microdata openness, documentation quality, and linkability. This framework enabled systematic cross-country comparison of documentation quality, measurement coherence, socio-demographic coverage, temporal structure, and access conditions. It also supported the identification of structural gaps and complements the classification scheme developed in the validation phase. 3. Development of the Education Data Explorer – The Explorer was developed as a lightweight, extensible and open-access digital infrastructure integrating metadata from the mapping. The process followed iterative, user-centred design principles. Metadata were harmonised through controlled vocabularies and classification categories, supporting three information layers: dataset overviews, analytical dimensions, and variable-level metadata. Interface prototyping and testing informed improvements in navigation and usability. Search and filtering functions were developed to address different user needs, while the beta version incorporates mechanisms for refinement. The platform does not host microdata but provides access information and directs users to official sources, thereby supporting responsible reuse Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that the landscape of longitudinal educational data in Europe is simultaneously rich and uneven, characterised by substantial variation in documentation practices, accessibility conditions, and contextual and socio-demographic coverage. The systematic identification and validation of 103 datasets reveal both promising infrastructures - often supported by long-standing administrative systems - and persistent gaps, particularly in countries where data collections are discontinuous, poorly documented, or inaccessible to external researchers. These asymmetries shape what kinds of questions can be asked, which inequalities can be studied, and how robustly comparative analyses can be carried out. By translating the mapping results into an open and continuously evolving digital platform, the LINEup Education Data Explorer addresses a critical barrier to cumulative scientific knowledge: the difficulty of locating, comparing, accessing, and evaluating longitudinal datasets. The Explorer functions as a FAIR-oriented environment that lowers the transaction costs of dataset discovery, clarifies access conditions, and enables researchers to assess the suitability of different data sources for longitudinal designs. At the same time, it makes visible the structural limitations that constrain research - whether due to inconsistent documentation, restricted accessibility, or insufficient contextual variables - thereby providing actionable insights for policymakers and data owners. The findings underscore the importance of investing in interoperable metadata standards, transparent governance frameworks, and long-term data infrastructures capable of supporting equity-oriented research. Enhanced documentation and open infrastructures do not replace the need for high-quality microdata, but they significantly expand the conditions under which existing data can be reused, combined, and analysed. More broadly, the study illustrates how Open Science principles can be operationalised in education research through practical tools that reinforce transparency, comparability, and researcher autonomy. By integrating methodological rigour with infrastructural innovation, LINEup contributes to a more coherent European data ecosystem and strengthens the foundations for robust, cross-country research on educational inequalities. References Borgman, C. L. (2015). Big data, little data, no data: Scholarship in the networked world. MIT Press. Campos, D. G., Koskinen, A., Munkácsy, B., Rolfe, V., Patsis, P., Tóth, E., Olsen, R. V., Scherer, R., Söldner, L., Danek, A. H., Greiff, S., & Vainikainen, M-P. (2025). Educational inequalities in Europe: A scoping review of longitudinal studies in K-12 education. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 87, 101523. Chmielewski, A. K. (2019). The global increase in the socioeconomic achievement gap, 1964–2015. American Sociological Review, 84(3), 517–544. Gangl, M. (2010). Causal inference in sociological research. Annual Review of Sociology, 36, 21–47. Jackson, M., & Jonsson, J. O. (2013). Why does inequality of educational opportunity vary across countries? In M. Jackson (Ed.), Determined to succeed? Performance versus choice in educational attainment (pp. 306–337). Stanford University Press. Kampylis, P., Fragkiadaki Theodoroulea M., Kandila, M., Cholezas, I., Mobilio, V., Sampson, D., Lievore, I., Mauro, V., Gunzelmann, S., Lanoë, M., Maurya, P., Moulin, L., Ortiz, L., Passaretta, G., & Moreira, P. (2024). Tracing Educational Inequalities in Primary and Secondary Schools - Insights from a Systematic Review of Longitudinal and Repeated Cross-sectional Studies. LINEup Project - Deliverable 2.1. Leonelli, S. (2020). Data governance is key to interpretation: Reconciling data access and use for FAIR data. Data Intelligence, 2(1–2), 1–9. LINEup Consortium (2026). LINEup Education Data Explorer [Online platform]. CC BY. https://www.lineup-project.eu/map/ Pavolini E., Argentin G., Mobilio V., Lievore I., Kochergina E., Zanga G. (2025). Mapping Longitudinal Datasets on Educational Inequalities in Primary and Secondary Education: Research Findings and Implications. Deliverable D3.1, Horizon Europe Project LINEup. Symonds, J. E., Chzhen, Y., Kaye, N., Dominy, J., Campbell, C., Sykes, C., Ba,Baştuğ, S. I., Fiasconaro, S., & Heydari Barardehi, I. (2025). A Metareview of Research on Educational Inequality and Socioeconomic Disadvantage. Education Sciences, 15(6), 740. Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. Skopek, J., & Passaretta, G. (2021). Socioeconomic inequality in student achievement: The role of parents’ economic, cultural, and social capital. Sociology of Education, 94(2), 91–117. Van de Werfhorst, H. G., & Mijs, J. J. B. (2010). Achievement inequality and the institutional structure of educational systems: A comparative perspective. Annual Review of Sociology, 36, 407–428. Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, I. J., Appleton, G., Axton, M., Baak, A., ... Mons, B. (2016). The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Scientific Data, 3, Article 160018. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 A: Teacher Professional Development, Competencies, and Educational Policy Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Stefan Gritsch Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper From Intended to Achieved Learning Outcomes: Empirical Insights on Teacher Professional Development for Tanzania’s CBC 1: University of Graz, Austria; 2: Arusha Technical College, Tanzania; 3: University of Dodoma,Tanzania Presenting Author:Competence-based curriculum(CBC) reforms have become a policy response to demands for competencies(21St Century, inclusion, digitalisation and sustainability-oriented learning). While international evidence specifies professional development criteria, system-level evaluations struggle to show how intentions are converted into classroom-enacted learning outcomes in contexts, where learning opportunities, assessment approaches and implementation conditions vary (OECD, 2024; Mitchell et al.,2024). A blind spot is the “intended-achieved” problem: learning outcomes may be specified in policy and curriculum, but the mechanisms that connect those intentions to teachers’ professional learning and competence-oriented pedagogy and assessment are rarely traced across governance layers and routines(Cedefop, 2024, 2025). This contribution presents the research architecture and early results of STEP-STUDY Tanzania mixed-method multi-component project that examines how teacher professionalism and teacher professional development mediate the pathway from intended outcomes to classroom enactment and assessment in Tanzanian primary education. Tanzania provides a strategically informative case: CBC was introduced in general education(2005) and in teacher education(2009), creating a long enough time window for institutionalisation, drift and contested enactment, yet evidence on primary teacher professional learning and assessment practices remains limited in scale and geographic coverage (Komba & Shukia, 2023). Existing Tanzanian studies consistently point to implementation constraints (resources, time, teacher preparation) and assessment tensions, but they are typically small-scale and concentrated in secondary schooling, leaving primary education under-evidenced and system-level misalignments largely inferred rather than demonstrated (Nyoni, 2023; Mwakyobwe & Shawa, 2023; Ndimbo, 2024). We conceptualise CBC implementation as a system-coherence problem: misalignments between intended outcomes, the teacher education/TPD infrastructure that should enable them, and the instructional and assessment routines through which outcomes become visible as learning evidence. STEP–STUDY addresses this by mapping the “intended-delivered-assessed/achieved” chain across macro/meso/micro levels and synthesising evidence through a heatmap that makes alignment and rupture points visible across strands. Intended learning outcomes are encoded in curriculum and standards. Meso-level institutions (teacher education institutions, districts, schools) translate these intentions into programmes, materials, and CPD routines. Micro-level enactment depends on teachers’ professional repertoire and assessment literacy as a mediating competence enabling teachers to design tasks, interpret evidence, and align assessment with competence-oriented teaching (Girgla et al., 2021; Pastore, 2023; Xu & Brown, 2016). This study aims to provide robust, evidence-based insights into the professional development of primary school teachers in Tanzania, focusing on addressing systemic gaps and improving implementation of the Competence-Based Curriculum (CBC). Research question: How are Tanzania’s CBC learning outcomes translated from intended policy intentions into achieved classroom practices through teacher education and TPD across macro, meso and micro levels? The study reframes CBC implementation as a system-coherence problem: misalignments between intentions, teacher education/TPD infrastructures, classroom enactment, and assessment, rather than an individualised “teacher deficit” narrative. Methodologically, it demonstrates how a macro/meso/micro heatmap can integrate heterogeneous evidence streams in a modular research programme and keep assessment literacy central to explaining achieved learning outcomes. Study offers (1) a transferable, multi-level LOA evaluation design that moves beyond “implementation challenges” narratives by mapping specific alignment mechanisms and points of breakdown; (2) an assessment-literacy pathway specifying why competence-based reforms often remain rhetorically strong but instructionally thin; and (3) internationally comparable indicators through linkage to established survey constructs, enabling ECER audiences to use Tanzania as a theoretically informative case rather than an exceptional one. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used STEP–STUDY Tanzania uses a convergent mixed-methods design in which documentary analysis, surveys, and qualitative fieldwork are carried out in the same phase and then interpreted together to follow how competence-based curriculum (CBC) intentions become classroom practice, assessment, and (visible) learning evidence across macro, meso, and micro levels (Cedefop, 2024, 2025; Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018). The study works along an “intended-delivered-assessed/achieved” logic: it asks what the curriculum specifies, what institutions and programmes actually offer to teachers, and what teachers report doing and assessing in daily instruction. The desk-review and documentary strand synthesises policy documents and prior research to clarify intended learning outcomes and the translation routes through which they are meant to travel: teacher education curricula, continuing professional development (CPD/TPD) guidance, assessment regulations, and learning materials. In parallel, the empirical strand generates nationally informative indicators of teacher professionalism, classroom practice, and assessment literacy. Qualitative inquiry then helps explain the survey patterns by tracing how actors understand requirements, how accountability works in practice, and where routines support or obstruct competence-oriented teaching and assessment. Sampling and participants. The survey programme covers pre-service teachers (n≈2,500) and in-service primary teachers (n≈4,000), with oversampling of novice and upgrading in-service teachers. A school-context module targets head teachers (n≈400). Additional survey modules include teacher educators (n≈400), teacher education institution (TEI) heads (n≈80), and further pre-service cohorts within TEIs (n≈1,600), following project documentation. Qualitative data include interviews/focus groups with policy makers, quality assurance officers, and stakeholders (typically ~20 per group), plus a small “best-practice” classroom observation component in model schools (n≈20) to support interpretation of reported practices. Measures and analysis. Instruments align key constructs with established international survey families (including TALIS-relevant domains) while adding context-sensitive measures needed for CBC enactment and competence-oriented assessment (OECD, 2024). “Intended” outcomes are coded from policy/curriculum and teacher education documents; “achieved” outcomes are approximated via self-reported instructional/assessment practices, professional learning participation, professionalism indicators, and assessment-literacy dimensions (Xu & Brown, 2016; Pastore, 2023). Documents and transcripts are analysed using structured qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2014). Survey analyses move from descriptive profiles to subgroup comparisons and association models (no causal claims). Integration uses joint displays and a multi-level heatmap to show alignment and rupture points across strands. Participation is voluntary, with informed consent, anonymisation, and secure data handling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Early evidence from the desk review and the Tanzanian literature suggests a stable pattern: competency-based curriculum (CBC) intentions are widely articulated in policy discourse, yet translation into routine classroom practice is constrained by (i) uneven opportunities for practice-based teacher learning, (ii) material and time constraints, and (iii) assessment arrangements that incentivise coverage and recall rather than competence demonstration (Nyoni, 2023; Mwakyobwe & Shawa, 2023; Ndimbo, 2024). Studies of teacher education indicate that tutors may recognise intended competencies while rarely enacting competence-oriented pedagogy and assessment approaches, producing an “awareness–enactment gap” that shapes what new teachers can realistically learn to do (Mwakyobwe & Shawa, 2023). This pattern is consistent with evidence that TPD at scale can drift toward compliance-oriented delivery and weak differentiation (Mitchell et al., 2024). STEP–STUDY Tanzania moves the debate from constraint listing to mechanism diagnosis. By tracing intended learning outcomes through meso-level institutional translation into micro-level professional routines, and by making assessment literacy an explicit mediator, the project identifies where the “intended–achieved” chain breaks and which repair strategies are plausible (Xu & Brown, 2016; Pastore, 2023; Cedefop, 2024, 2025). The logic model links policy intent to practice via opportunities to rehearse, material supports that make competence-oriented teaching feasible, and assessment signals that make competence demonstration worthwhile. The study also considers equity by systematically describing variation by school location, teacher career stage, and gender, where data allow. Expected outputs are: (1) a multi-level alignment map locating rupture points between intended outcomes, meso-level translation (TEI/CPD/materials), and classroom practice; (2) descriptive evidence on TPD opportunities, assessment literacy, and competence-oriented practice in primary education under real-world constraints; and (3) design implications for CPD and teacher education reforms that strengthen achieved learning outcomes rather than only revising intended ones. Claims remain proportional to the design: we document patterns and examine associations, not causal effects. References Cedefop. (2025). Learning outcomes approaches in a changing world: A study on the influence of learning outcomes-based curricula on teaching practices (Cedefop research paper No. 98). Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2801/831417 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE. Girgla, B., Noche, I., & Golubeva, J. (2021). Assessment literacy: Developing a new framework for the 21st century (Final report). Australian Council for Educational Research & International Baccalaureate. Komba, S. C., & Shukia, S. (2023). An analysis of the basic education curriculum in Tanzania: The integration, scope and sequence of 21st century skills (RISE Working Paper Series 23/129). Research on Improving Systems of Education. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt. Mitchell, R., Ayinselya, R. A., Barrett, A. M., Cortez Ochoa, A. A., David, O., Imaniriho, D., Nwako, Z. A., Weldemariam Reda, N., & Singh, M. (2024). Teacher professional development in Africa: A critical synthesis of research evidence. (Report). Mwakyobwe, V. E., & Shawa, M. C. K. (2023). Pedagogical and assessment practices towards competency-based education in Tanzania teacher colleges. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 40(2), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2023/v40i2867 Ndimbo, W. H. (2024). Teachers’ and pupils’ understanding of competency-based assessment for Tanzania primary school pupils’ learning in Mpwapwa District. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 50(8), 477–490. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2024/v50i81545 Nyoni, C. (2023). Challenges facing teachers in the implementation of competence-based curriculum in secondary schools in Iringa Municipal, Tanzania. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 49(3), 47–52. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2023/v49i31133 OECD. (2019). OECD Learning Compass 2030: A series of concept notes. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2025). TALIS 2024 insights and interpretations: Teachers, teaching and professional learning. OECD Publishing. Pastore, S. (2023). Teacher assessment literacy: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1217167. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1217167 Xu, Y., & Brown, G. T. L. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy in practice: A reconceptualization. Teaching and Teacher Education, 58, 149–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.05.010 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching 21st Century Skills is it a Dream or Reality? Evidence from a Large-Scale Survey of Primary School Teachers in Tanzania 1: Arusha Technical College, Tanzania; 2: University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Globally the development of learners’ 21st century skills has received considerable attention in different levels of education. This is because fostering learners’ development of 21st century skills is critical for empowering learners to innovate, adapt and act responsibly in complex global challenges such as poverty, health and economic growth and prepare them to participate meaningfully both in global and local workforces (Senjiro & Lupeja, 2023; Tandika, 2022). Responding to such a demand, in 2005 Tanzania introduced competence-based curriculum to replace knowledge-based curriculum in primary schools (Paulo & Tilya, 2014). As the result, the intention of developing 21st-century skills is evidently documented in 2014 Education and Training Policy (2023 edition), its implementation guidelines, the National Curriculum Framework for Basic and Teacher Education and basic education system (pre-primary, primary and lower secondary education) (Komba & Shukia, 2023; MoEST, 2019; URT, 2023b, 2023a). These changes have imposed new demands on teachers and necessitated the alignment of their classroom instructional practices to support learners in mastering 21st century skills. Existing studies conducted in Tanzania revealed that most of the teachers possess limited instructional competences to facilitate lessons and design assessments that foster mastery of the 21st century skills mainly due to limited professional development training (Ndimbo, 2024; Nyoni, 2023; Rubeba & Ali, 2024; Senjiro & Lupeja, 2023; Tandika, 2022). However, most of these studies have focused on secondary education, while studies on primary school teachers remain few, limited in scale and geographical coverage (Ndimbo, 2024). Additionally, Komba and Shukia (2023) noted that there is limited evidence in Tanzania of whether primary school teachers are effectively supporting learners’ mastery of 21st century skills in their teaching. Thus, this study focuses on assessing primary school teacher’s classroom instructional practices for fostering 21st century skills in Tanzania. The study is guided by the Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills (ATC21S) framework. ATC21S is categorized into four broad skills; ways of thinking, ways of working, tools for working and living in the world (Griffin et al., 2012). Ways of thinking include critical thinking, creativity and problem solving. All these involve higher-order cognitive processes that enable learners to analyze information, generate original ideas, and develop effective solutions to complex and unfamiliar problems (Chai et al., 2015; Griffin et al., 2012). Ways of working include collaboration and communication. This category involves how individuals interact with others to share ideas, coordinate efforts, and achieve common goals (Griffin et al., 2012). Ways of thinking and working are collectively referred to as golden standard abilities essential for meeting the demands for success in work and life (Griffin et al., 2012). This is because together they equip learners with abilities to analyze complex situations, generate innovative solutions, work effectively with others, and clearly express ideas. These skills are essential for success in both modern workplaces and everyday life. Thus, critical thinking, creativity, problem solving, collaboration and communication are taken into account in this study. Research objectives This study aimed:
Research questions This study respond to the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of the STEP-STUDY (Strengthening Primary School Teacher Professional Development in Tanzania: Generating Evidence for Policy and Practice) project which is a large-scale teachers’ survey in Tanzania. The study employs quantitative approach and cross-sectional survey design. Data are collected from 400 public primary schools selected through proportionate sampling techniques across all regions of Tanzania Mainland. A targeted representative sample of around 4000 primary school teachers are randomly drawn to take part in this study. A structured, closed-ended questionnaire survey of primary school teachers, with oversampling of novice and upgrading in-service teachers, was administered in accordance with all ethical principles of the study. A 21st century skills survey questionnaire used in this study was developed based on Chai et al. (2015) survey while adapting indicators to the Tanzanian context and in Swahili language. The Swahili language survey is used due to the fact that it is the media of instruction for public primary schools in Tanzania. Hence, teachers are more comfortable using Swahili. The survey questionnaire covers teacher’s classroom instructional practices for fostering critical thinking, creativity, problem solving, collaboration and communication skills. A pilot study was conducted in Dodoma city in December 2025 by reaching out to seven primary schools with a total of 192 teachers. The pilot data showed that the reliability measured in terms of Cronbach Alpha for classroom instructional practices for fostering critical thinking (α = .866), creativity (α = .869), problem solving (α = .864), collaboration (α = .840) and communication (α = .899) skills which were above .70 and hence shows the tool was reliable and hence is suitable for collecting the intended data. Data are collected this February to March 2026 by trained enumerators working in the STEP-STUDY project. To simplify the data collection process, an online survey using Kobo toolkit is mostly used and paper based for those who will not be able to fill online. To examine differences in the overall mean scores of teachers’ instructional practices for fostering critical thinking, creativity, problem-solving, collaboration, and communication skills, repeated measures ANOVA analysis technique is used. On the other hand, to compare teacher’s classroom instructional practices for fostering critical thinking, creativity, problem solving, collaboration and communication skills based on working experiences, level of education attained, teaching subject and gender, ANOVA analysis technique is used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data for this study have already started to be collected and will be finalised end March, 2026. The study is expected to reveal varying levels of teachers’ classroom instructional practices in fostering critical thinking, creativity, problem solving, collaboration, and communication skills, with significant differences based on working experience, level of education attained, teaching subject, and gender. Based on this study findings, robust evidence-based insights and recommendations will be made that contribute to teacher professionalism in Tanzania by identifying strengths and gaps in instructional practices, informing targeted continuous professional development design, review, implementation, and practice, teacher training programs, and policy interventions aimed at enhancing 21st century skills instruction. References Chai, C. S., Deng, F., Tsai, P.-S., Koh, J. H. L., & Tsai, C.-C. (2015). Assessing multidimensional students’ perceptions of twenty-first-century learning practices. Asia Pacific Education Review, 16(3), 389–398. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-015-9379-4 Griffin, P., McGaw, B., & Care, E. (Eds.). (2012). Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills. Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-2324-5 Komba, A., & Shukia, R. (2023). An Analysis of the Basic Education Curriculum in Tanzania: The Integration, Scope, and Sequence of 21st Century Skills (No. 23/129; RISE Working Paper Series). Blavatnik School of Government, University of Oxford. https://doi.org/10.35489/bsg-rise-wp_2023/129 MoEST. (2019). National Curriculum Framework for Basic Education and Teacher Education. Tanzania Institute of Education. Ndimbo, W. H. (2024). Teachers’ and Pupils’ Understanding of Competency-Based Assessment for Tanzania Primary School Pupils’ Learning in Mpwapwa District. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 50(8), 477–490. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2024/v50i81545 Nyoni, C. (2023). Challenges Facing Teachers in the Implementation of Competence-Based Curriculum in Secondary Schools in Iringa Municipal, Tanzania. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 49(3), 47–52. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2023/v49i31133 Paulo, A., & Tilya, F. (2014). The 2005 Secondary School Curriculum Reforms in Tanzania: Disjunction between Policy and Practice in its Implementation. Journal of Education and Practice, 5(35), 114–122. Rubeba, A. M., & Ali, H. D. (2024). Classroom-Based Formative Assessment Mirroring 21st century Skills: Experiences from Secondary School Teachers in Dodoma, Tanzania. Journal of Issues and Practices in Education, 16(1), 12–35. Senjiro, U., & Lupeja, T. (2023). The Development of 21st Century Skills to Secondary School Students in Tanzania: How Competent are the Teachers for the Task? International Journal of Education and Social Science Research, 06(01), 107–126. https://doi.org/10.37500/IJESSR.2023.6109 Tandika, P. B. (2022). Instructional Materials and the Development of Young Children’s 21st Century Skills: Perspectives From Early Educators in Ukerewe, Tanzania. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 36(1), 31–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2020.1834473 URT. (2023a). Education and Training Policy of 2014, 2023 Edition. Ministry of Education, Science and Technology. https://www.moe.go.tz/sw/nyaraka/sera-ya-elimu-na-mafunzo-ya-mwaka-2014-toleo-la-2023 URT. (2023b). Implementation Strategy of the Education and Training Policy of 2014 – 2023 Edition: For the period 2023–2032. Ministry of Education, Science and Technology. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Lesson Planning Practices of Out-of-Field Physics Teachers: Implications for Professional Development 1: University College of Teacher Education Styria, Austria; 2: Carinthia University of Applied Sciences, Villach, Austria Presenting Author:Out-of-field (OOF) teaching, where teachers are assigned to teach subjects for which they did not receive formal tertiary training, has become a persistent feature of many education systems around the world and has various implications for teachers and students alike. International research consistently links OOF teaching to challenges in content knowledge (CK) (Du Plessis, 2020) and pedagogical content knowledge (PCK) of teachers (Hobbs, 2012a). This, in turn, affects the instructional practices of teachers (Singh et al., 2021), the learning approaches used in the classroom (Carpendale & Hume, 2020), their beliefs (Campbell et al., 2023), as well as the influences of OOF teaching on the teachers’ self-efficacy (Goos & Guerin, 2022) or on their professional identities (Hobbs, 2012b). Far less is known about a professional practice that precedes the instruction itself: lesson planning. Lesson planning is seen as a central skill of and tool for teachers (Carlson et al., 2019), while being characterized as learnable (Schröder et al., 2020) and subject-specific (Großmann et al., 2025). Consequently, lesson planning is a crucial part of preservice teacher training. However, when such subject-specific learning opportunities are absent from teachers’ initial training, as is the case for most OOF teachers, lesson planning emerges as an impactful aspect for research. This submission addresses this gap by focusing on how OOF physics teachers approach lesson planning for physics classes to generate insights into how these teachers could be supported through targeted professional development. Guided by the Model of Educational Reconstruction (MER) (Duit et al., 2012), this submission conceptualizes physics lesson planning as an iterative interplay of the three components of the MER: the clarification and analysis of science content, the research on teaching and learning with an emphasis on learners’ perspectives, including students’ conceptions, as well as the design and evaluation of teaching and learning environments. The MER is rooted in a constructivist view of learning, with a particular emphasis on students’ perspectives and conceptions. Students’ perspectives encompass, for example, their interests, attitudes or skills as well as their conceptions. Students’ conceptions are characterized as everyday interpretations of phenomena that appear meaningful to learners but do not always align with scientific concepts (Driver, 1989). These conceptions are central to instructional quality as the importance of incorporating these conceptions in lesson planning are essential for achieving conceptual change of the students (Aufschnaiter & Rogge, 2021). Within this framework this submission employs semi-structured interviews in order to investigate the following research questions: RQ1: How do out-of-field teachers describe their approach to and experiences with lesson planning in physics? RQ2: What types of support can be derived to assist out-of-field teachers as part of their professional development, based on how they describe and perceive lesson planning in physics? By using the MER as an analytical lens, the study contributes to an empirically grounded diagnosis of where lesson planning is constrained for OOF physics teachers and how professional development (PD) and support opportunities might better align with the realities of OOF teachers. Although our study focuses on Austrian OOF physics teachers, the findings offer valuable insights into lesson planning practices and implications for PD internationally, as OOF teaching is an internationally discussed issue. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative design based on semi-structured interviews (Galletta, 2013) with five Austrian OOF physics teachers. Four participants teach at Austrian middle schools (lower secondary grade) and one teaches at an upper secondary vocational school. Teaching experiences range from 1.5 to 15 years while all teachers have taught physics OOF for at least parts of their careers. The interviews were conducted individually in an online setting, which was data-protection-compliant. The interview guide comprised three distinct sections. First participants described their professional backgrounds and their pathways to OOF physics teaching. Second, the main section, explored lesson planning practices using the MER as an organizing framework. To elicit teachers’ planning logic, however, without imposing the framework, participants first described how they would plan a lesson for a content area they had never taught before. Then they reflected their planning processes in relation to the MER with questions concerning the clarification of science content, the inclusion of students’ conceptions and the design of learning environments. For each component they identified particularly challenging aspects of lesson planning and reflected on their overall greatest planning difficulties. Lastly, the interviews addressed professional development needs in physics education, including their views as well as their wishes for professional development programs and opportunities. The interviews were then transcribed and analyzed using Thematic Reflexive Analysis as outlined by Braun and Clarke (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2021). This qualitative method involves identifying and interpreting recurring patterns of shared meaning, referred to as themes. It enables an in-depth exploration of practices and experiences and provides nuanced insights into the challenges faced by the participants as well as potential support measures. It also allows researchers to draw on the theoretical framework that best aligns with the analytic aims. Accordingly, the MER was adopted as the guiding lens for data interpretation, enabling deductive coding informed by the MER alongside an inductive refinement. Following Braun and Clarke’s iterative process, the author first familiarized himself with the data, generated initial codes and developed preliminary themes. These were refined and discussed with two additional researchers to sharpen the themes, resulting in the final set of themes reported in this submission. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are organized into five themes that illuminate OOF teachers’ planning practices and implications for PD. Themes T1-T3 address RQ1 (the planning process) and T4-T5 address RQ2 (support needs and PD implications). T1 portrays limited physics content knowledge as a surmountable, yet highly time-consuming challenge. A large share of planning time is devoted to clarifying physics content for the teachers themselves. At the same time, teachers struggle with elementarization of science content. T2 concerns the consideration of learners’ perspectives, which remained superficial. The teachers report attending to students’ interests and prior knowledge, but describe proactive planning for students’ conceptions as impractical or impossible. This raises the question of whether OOF teachers are familiar with the concept of students’ conceptions in the first place. T3 shows that lesson structuring and the design of learning environments heavily relies on already existing materials and the input of in-field colleagues. Explicit engagement with research-informed physics education concepts is largely absent and sometimes rejected. Themes T4 and T5 specify support needs based on the teachers’ experiences and their wishes. T4 highlights the central role of informal networks, especially with in-field colleagues, for obtaining materials and ideas. In contrast, content clarification is mostly handled individually, generating a demand for trustworthy digital resources tailored to school-level physics. T5 indicates clear interest in targeted PD that combines physics content input with practical teaching approaches. However, participation is constrained by time pressure, low visibility of existing offers and skepticism toward PD programs. Overall, the findings show that OOF physics lesson planning poses substantial but improvable challenges. Targeted PD aligned with teachers’ needs could strengthen planning quality, particularly regarding uncertainties around students’ conceptions. Deeper insights into studies’ design and results would be presented and discussed at the conference, if accepted. References Aufschnaiter, C. von, & Rogge, C. (2021). Conceptual Change in Learning. In R. Gunstone (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Science Education (pp. 1–11). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-6165-0_99-2 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage Publications. Campbell, C., Vale, C., & Speldewinde, C. (2023). Teaching Science Out-of-field: Beliefs and Practices. European Journal of Mathematics and Science Education, 4(2), 133–148. https://doi.org/10.12973/ejmse.4.2.133 Carpendale, J., & Hume, A. (2020). Content representations to support out-of-field physics teachers. Physics Education, 55(6). https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6552/abaf16 Driver, R. (1989). Students’ conceptions and the learning of science. International Journal of Science Education, 11(5), 481–490. https://doi.org/10.1080/0950069890110501 Du Plessis, A. E. (2020). The Lived Experience of Out-of-field STEM Teachers: A Quandary for Strategising Quality Teaching in STEM? Research in Science Education, 50(4), 1465–1499. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-018-9740-9 Duit, R., Gropengießer, H., Kattmann, U., Komorek, M., & Parchmann, I. (2012). The Model of Educational Reconstructuion: A Framework for improving Teaching and Learning Science. Science Education Research and Practice in Europe: Retrospective and Prospective, 13–37. Galletta, A. (2013). Mastering the Semi-Structured Interview and Beyond. From Research Design to Analysis and Publication. New York University Press. https://doi.org/10.18574/nyu/9780814732939.001.0001 Goos, M., & Guerin, A. (2022). Investigating the Self-Efficacy Beliefs and Classroom Practices of Out-of-Field, In-Field, and Upskilled Mathematics Teachers. In Out-of-Field Teaching Across Teaching Disciplines and Contexts (pp. 311–332). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-9328-1_15 Großmann, L., Koberstein-Schwarz, M., Scholl, D., Krüger, D., & Meisert, A. (2025). Establishing common ground in empirical research on science teachers’ lesson planning competence: a scoping review. Studies in Science Education, 61(2), 329–379. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2024.2415246 Hobbs, L. (2012a). Teaching "Out-of-Field" as a Boundary-Crossing Event: Factors Shaping Teacher Identity. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 11(2), 271–297. Hobbs, L. (2012b). Teaching out-of-field: Factors shaping identities of secondary science and mathematics. Teaching Science: The Journal of the Australian Science Teachers Association, 58(1), 21–29. Schröder, J., Riese, J., Vogelsang, C., Borowski, A., Buschhüter, D., Enkrott, P., Kempin, M., Kulgemeyer, C., Reinhold, P., & Schecker, H. (2020). Die Messung der Fähigkeit zur Unterrichtsplanung im Fach Physik mit Hilfe eines standardisierten Performanztests. Zeitschrift Für Didaktik Der Naturwissenschaften, 26(1), 103–122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40573-020-00115-w Singh, H., Luft, J. A., & Napier, J. B. (2021). The development of ePCK of newly hired in-field and out-of-field teachers during their first three years of teaching. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(5), 611–626. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1943660 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 B: Innovative Pedagogical Approaches to Teaching and Learning: Design, Collaboration, and Cognitive Perspectives Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Takbir Ali Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Cognitive neuroscience perspectives on motivation and learning: Revisiting SelfDetermination Theory University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Research Question and Theoretical Framework This contribution addresses a central and enduring question in educational research: Under what motivational conditions does effective learning occur, particularly in formal educational contexts where intrinsic interest cannot be assumed? Building on recent developments in cognitive neuroscience, the study revisits dominant motivational frameworks in education, most notably Self-Determination Theory (SDT), and proposes an alternative theoretical perspective for understanding motivated learning. The core research question guiding this work is: How can insights from the cognitive neuroscience of memory refine our understanding of motivation in learning, and how might these insights inform the design of educational environments that support effective learning even in the absence of intrinsic motivation? SDT has had a strong influence on European and international educational policy and practice, particularly through its emphasis on autonomous (intrinsic, identified, and integrated) motivation as a prerequisite for deep and meaningful learning. While the value of autonomy-supportive environments is well established, the theory has been increasingly questioned with regard to its applicability in everyday classroom settings, where learners frequently encounter repetitive tasks, externally defined goals, and content of low initial interest. These challenges are shared across educational systems internationally, making the question of how to sustain learning motivation highly relevant beyond any single national context. The theoretical framework of this study draws on recent neuroscientific research on multiple memory systems and neuromodulatory processes involved in learning. Rather than conceptualizing motivation primarily along an intrinsic–extrinsic continuum, the framework distinguishes between two types of motivational goal states-interrogative and imperative-and the distinct neural systems they engage. Interrogative goals are associated with exploratory, reward-oriented learning processes, supported by dopaminergic modulation of hippocampal activity, leading to the formation of rich, relational memory representations. In contrast, imperative goals, centered on punishment avoidance and fear of failure, are associated with amygdala-driven modulation of perirhinal cortex processes, resulting in more fragmented, item-based memory representations. From this perspective, the effectiveness of learning is not determined solely by whether motivation is intrinsic or extrinsic, but by whether learning environments activate reward-based or punishment-based neural pathways. This reframing allows for a more nuanced understanding of motivation that aligns with empirical findings from cognitive neuroscience and responds to critiques of SDT raised in international research. A key educational implication explored in this work concerns the design of learning and assessment environments. Drawing on examples such as gamification, the framework highlights how educational settings can reduce the salience of failure, increase opportunities for repeated success, and thereby promote interrogative goal states. Such design principles are particularly relevant across diverse European and international educational systems, where standardised testing, high-stakes assessment, and curricular constraints often heighten anxiety and undermine sustained engagement. By integrating neuroscientific insights with educational theory, this study contributes to ongoing international debates on motivation, learning, and instructional design. It offers a theoretically grounded alternative framework that complements existing motivational theories and provides practical implications for educators, researchers, and policymakers working in varied cultural and institutional contexts.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution is based on a theoretical and integrative research methodology, drawing on a systematic and critical synthesis of literature from educational psychology, cognitive neuroscience, and learning sciences. Rather than reporting new empirical data, the study aims to advance theoretical understanding by re-examining dominant motivational frameworks in education through insights derived from neuroscientific research on learning and memory. The primary sources used include peer-reviewed empirical and theoretical studies from international journals in the fields of motivation research, cognitive neuroscience of memory, and educational theory. In particular, the analysis builds on neuroscientific models of multiple memory systems, neuromodulatory processes (e.g., dopamine-based reward signaling and amygdala-based threat processing), and their implications for learning under different motivational goal states. These sources are integrated with foundational and contemporary literature on Self-Determination Theory and related motivational approaches widely applied in European and international educational research. The methodological approach follows three main steps. First, key assumptions and claims of Self-Determination Theory regarding intrinsic and extrinsic motivation are identified and critically reviewed, with particular attention to their empirical foundations and applicability in formal educational contexts. Second, findings from cognitive neuroscience research are examined to clarify how different motivational conditions influence memory formation, consolidation, and recall through distinct neural pathways. Third, these two bodies of literature are systematically integrated to propose an alternative conceptual framework that distinguishes between interrogative (reward-oriented) and imperative (punishment-avoidance) goal states in learning. To enhance educational relevance, the theoretical synthesis is further informed by illustrative examples from instructional design and assessment practices, such as gamification and low-stakes learning environments. These examples serve as conceptual cases demonstrating how learning contexts can be structured to minimise fear of failure and promote reward-based exploratory learning, rather than as empirical interventions. This integrative methodological approach is particularly suited to addressing complex educational questions that cut across disciplinary boundaries and national contexts. By synthesising research traditions that are often treated separately, the study contributes to international discussions on motivation and learning and offers a theoretically grounded framework with clear implications for educational practice, policy, and future empirical research across diverse educational systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution is expected to generate several important theoretical and practical outcomes for educational research. First, it advances a reconceptualization of motivation in learning by moving beyond the intrinsic-extrinsic dichotomy and introducing a distinction between interrogative (reward-oriented) and imperative (punishment-avoidance) goal states. Grounded in cognitive neuroscience research on memory systems, this framework offers a more precise explanation of how motivational conditions shape learning processes. A key expected outcome is a clearer understanding of why learning environments that reduce fear of failure and provide repeated opportunities for success tend to promote deeper and more integrated learning. From a neuroscientific perspective, such environments are likely to activate dopaminergic reward pathways supporting hippocampal-dependent associative memory, rather than amygdala-driven processes associated with fragmented, item-based learning. This perspective helps to explain empirical findings that challenge strong claims of Self-Determination Theory regarding the exclusive effectiveness of intrinsic motivation and highlights the importance of task structure and assessment design. At the level of educational practice, the study is expected to inform the design of instructional and evaluative frameworks across diverse educational systems. By emphasising interrogative goal states, the proposed framework supports approaches such as gamification, low-stakes assessment, and iterative learning tasks that allow learners to engage productively without constant threat of failure. These implications are particularly relevant in European and international contexts characterised by standardised curricula and high-stakes assessment. Finally, this contribution is expected to encourage further interdisciplinary research integrating educational psychology and cognitive neuroscience. It provides a conceptual foundation for future empirical studies examining how different motivational goal states influence learning, motivation, and well-being across cultural and institutional contexts. References The theoretical foundation of this contribution is anchored in Self-Determination Theory (SDT) and its central role in contemporary motivation research in education (Deci & Ryan, 1985; Ryan & Deci, 2000; Ryan & Deci, 2020). SDT’s distinction between autonomous and controlled motivation has strongly influenced educational research and policy across Europe and internationally, making it a critical point of reference for the present analysis. At the same time, this work builds on critiques and reassessments of SDT, particularly those questioning the universality of the intrinsic-extrinsic motivation hierarchy and the methodological assumptions underlying reward-related findings (Cameron & Pierce, 1994; Cameron et al., 2001; Reiss, 2005). These studies provide an important backdrop for rethinking how motivation operates in real-world educational settings. The alternative framework proposed in this contribution draws on research from the cognitive neuroscience of learning and memory, especially work demonstrating the existence of multiple memory systems and distinct neural pathways involved in reward-based and threat-based learning (Squire & Wixted, 2015; Eichenbaum, 2017). Central to this perspective are findings on dopaminergic modulation of hippocampal-dependent associative memory and amygdala-related processing linked to punishment avoidance and emotional arousal (Murty & Adcock, 2017; Mather et al., 2016). Additional neuroscientific models linking motivation, curiosity, and reward prediction error to learning further inform the framework (Gruber & Ranganath, 2019; Murayama et al., 2019). These perspectives help bridge motivational theory and learning mechanisms without relying exclusively on intrinsic motivation constructs. Finally, research on gamification and motivational design in education provides an applied context for the theoretical claims (Deterding et al., 2011; Werbach & Hunter, 2012). Together, these references support an interdisciplinary, internationally relevant framework for understanding motivation and learning. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Impact of Learning Grammatical Chunks on Students’ Written Work in Chemistry Lessons . Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Petropavlovsk Presenting Author:This study explores the impact of grammar-based sentence construction activities on students’ written production in higher chemistry education. The research is grounded in the idea that subject learning and language development can and should be integrated in non-language classrooms through structured pedagogical support. In the proposed approach, students regularly construct chemistry-related sentences using specially designed grammar cards that prompt the use of specific linguistic structures, such as passive voice, comparative forms, conditional clauses, and linking phrases, while maintaining scientific accuracy. The central research question of the study is: How does the systematic use of grammar-guided sentence construction during chemistry lessons influence students’ written performance in terms of grammatical accuracy, syntactic complexity, and clarity of subject-specific meaning? The primary objective is to examine whether targeted grammatical scaffolding embedded in subject teaching can enhance students’ academic writing without reducing cognitive engagement with disciplinary content. The study is theoretically informed by Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL), sociocultural theory, and functional approaches to grammar. From a CLIL perspective, chemistry serves as a meaningful context for language use, supporting the simultaneous development of content knowledge and academic literacy. Sociocultural theory frames the grammar cards as mediational tools that scaffold learners’ writing within their zone of proximal development. Functional and genre-based views of grammar underpin the focus on language as a resource for meaning-making in scientific discourse, particularly for explaining processes, expressing cause–and–effect relationships, and structuring arguments. The research adopts an international perspective by addressing widely recognised educational priorities, including interdisciplinary teaching, the development of academic writing across the curriculum, and transparent assessment of both content and language. Literature Review The integration of language development within subject teaching has been widely discussed in contemporary educational research, particularly within the framework of Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) and language-aware teaching. Numerous studies emphasize that subject learning and language learning are inseparable processes, as academic understanding is constructed and demonstrated through language, especially in written form (Coyle, Hood & Marsh, 2010). Research on language across the curriculum highlights that students often experience difficulties not because of conceptual misunderstandings, but due to insufficient control of academic language structures required for explaining, comparing, and justifying ideas in subject-specific contexts (Schleppegrell, 2004). In science education, including chemistry, writing tasks frequently demand complex grammatical constructions such as passive voice, conditionals, and comparative structures, which are not always explicitly taught in subject lessons. As a result, students’ written performance may underestimate their conceptual understanding (Halliday & Martin, 1993). Several studies demonstrate that explicit focus on grammatical form within meaningful subject contexts can positively affect learners’ written accuracy and complexity. According to Ellis (2006), form-focused instruction is most effective when grammatical structures are embedded in communicative and cognitively demanding tasks rather than isolated drills. Similarly, research by Gibbons (2009) shows that scaffolding academic language through structured supports enables learners to gradually appropriate discipline-specific discourse. The use of scaffolding tools, such as sentence frames, writing prompts, and grammar cards, has been shown to support learners in producing more coherent and linguistically complex written texts. These tools reduce cognitive load and allow students to concentrate on meaning-making while gradually increasing linguistic sophistication (Swain, 2005). In CLIL and bilingual education contexts, structured language support has been linked to improved use of target grammatical structures in subject writing without negatively affecting content learning (Dalton-Puffer, 2011). Assessment literature further supports the alignment of instruction and evaluation through criterion-based and formative approaches. Black and Wiliam (2009) argue that transparent criteria and regular feedback enable learners to understand expectations and monitor their own progress. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative–quantitative classroom-based research design aimed at examining changes in students’ written performance before and after the implementation of grammar-guided sentence construction activities in chemistry lessons. The research was conducted in a natural educational setting and focused on students’ authentic written work produced as part of regular subject assessment. The primary data sources consisted of students’ written assignments collected at two stages: before the intervention and after its completion. Pre-intervention data included unit-based and term-based written tasks completed before the introduction of grammar cards. Post-intervention data comprised comparable written assignments produced after students had systematically engaged with the grammar-supported sentence construction activities during chemistry lessons. Students’ written work was analysed using a criterion-referenced assessment rubric specifically designed for the study. The rubric focused on the grammatical structures targeted in the grammar cards, including the use of passive voice, comparative forms, conditional clauses (if-clauses), and linking phrases, while also considering overall grammatical accuracy and correctness of chemistry-related meaning. This ensured that improvements in language use were evaluated in close connection with subject understanding. A comparative analysis was carried out between pre- and post-intervention writing samples to identify changes in the frequency, accuracy, and complexity of the targeted grammatical structures. Individual student progress was tracked by comparing performance across assessment points, allowing for the identification of patterns of development and areas of improvement. Particular attention was paid to students’ ability to transfer grammatical structures practiced through the cards into independent written production. The grammar cards themselves functioned both as an instructional tool and as a research instrument, providing a consistent framework for scaffolding language use and for monitoring progress. The combination of authentic assessment data, criterion-based analysis, and longitudinal comparison allowed for a nuanced evaluation of the impact of grammar-guided sentence construction on students’ academic writing in a non-language subject context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of students’ written work before and after the intervention reveals a clear positive trend in learning outcomes. A comparison of summative assessment results at the unit and quarterly levels reveals a noticeable increase in students’ performance, as expressed in percentage scores. Before the intervention, students’ results ranged approximately from 40%–75%, whereas after the implementation of grammar-focused cards, the scores increased to a range of 58%–90%. In many cases, individual progress resulted in an improvement of 10–20 percentage points, indicating not only short-term gains but also more stable achievements over time. In addition to summative data, formative assessment conducted during lessons confirmed qualitative improvements in students’ writing. Analysis of tasks completed using the grammar cards showed that learners became more accurate and confident in constructing sentences. The percentage growth correlates with a reduction in grammatical errors and a more consistent use of targeted structures, including the passive voice, conditional sentences, comparative forms, and linking devices explicitly required by the assessment card. Intermediate classroom tasks further demonstrated that repeated and structured practice led to increased sentence complexity and clearer expression of subject-specific ideas. Students increasingly combined correct grammatical forms with appropriate chemistry content, which suggests improved control of academic language. Overall, the findings suggest that integrating grammar-focused scaffolding into chemistry lessons has a positive impact on students’ written performance. The observed progress confirms that targeted grammatical support, aligned with assessment criteria, can enhance both accuracy and clarity of written work without detracting from subject understanding. These results support the effectiveness of form-focused instruction embedded in content learning and highlight its potential for broader application in subject classrooms. References 1.Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. 2.Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. 3.Cummins, J. (2008). BICS and CALP: Empirical and theoretical status of the distinction. In N. H. Hornberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Language and Education (2nd ed., pp. 487–499). Springer. 4.Dalton-Puffer, C. (2011). Content-and-language integrated learning: From practice to principles? Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 31, 182–204. 5.Ellis, R. (2006). Current issues in the teaching of grammar: An SLA perspective. TESOL Quarterly, 40(1), 83–107. 6.Harmer, J. (2007). How to teach English. Longman. 7.Hyland, K. (2004). Genre and second language writing. University of Michigan Press. 8.Lyster, R. (2007). Learning and teaching languages through content: A counterbalanced approach. John Benjamins. 9.Nation, I. S. P. (2001). Learning vocabulary in another language. Cambridge University Press. 10.Richards, J. C., & Rodgers, T. S. (2014). Approaches and methods in language teaching (3rd ed.). Cambridge University Press. 11.Swain, M. (2005). The output hypothesis: Theory and research. In E. Hinkel (Ed.), Handbook of research in second language teaching and learning (pp. 471–483). Lawrence Erlbaum. 12.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. 13.Wiliam, D. (2011). Embedded formative assessment. Solution Tree Press. 14.Zhang, L. J. (2013). Second language writing as an integrated skill. Journal of Second Language Writing, 22(1), 1–7. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Co-teaching in Modern Primary Schools: Opportunities and Limitations with its Development and Learning Environments University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Education in Finland has had a steady shift towards collaboration especially in the Basic Education level with emphasis on learning together through pupil-centeredness (OPS-LÄHDE). Finnish primary schools’ class teachers see co-teaching to be beneficial especially for differentiating and sharing responsibilities and professional skills (Kokko et al., 2021), but successful implementation requires different aspects, such as administrative support (see Ahonen et al., 2023; Härkki et al., 202), time for planning and negotiations of teaching (Rytivaara et al., 2021) and a balanced professional relationship between co-teachers (Guise et al., 2017). Simultaneously, since 2016, renewed and built primary school -buildings have included features of innovative learning environments (ILEs), which can be described as more open spaces with possibilities for collaborative aspects and flexibility (OECD, 2017). When put together, there are schools where pupils are being co-taught by several teachers and in new pedagogical spaces that require different pedagogical practices (Cleveland, 2009). Innovative learning environments change the way everyday schooling occurs by demanding more complex use and altering pedagogical and collaborative practices. Recognizing and realizing these changes takes time, and for these changes to be successful, research shows that strong leadership (Mackey et al., 2018), having shared visions for the future (Fletcher et al., 2024) and listening to teachers (Niemi, 2021) are imperative. In co-teaching perspective, ILEs are seen to enable the use of varied teaching methods compared to more traditional learning spaces (Frelin et al., 2025), but utilizing these spaces may create tensions from the architectural intended usage and teachers’ actual use (Grannäs et al., 2025). For teachers, the amount of co-teaching (Frelin et al., 2025) and collegial support are seen to increase within ILEs (Niemi, 2021). This presentation, which is based on my on-going dissertation research, examines co-teaching in aforementioned settings, highlighting how co-teaching is being developed, and what are the affordances and experiences in these settings. I will present the two main research goals of my dissertation, which are to 1) examine how co-teaching is developed and which factors influence it, and 2) map ILEs connection to co-teaching and examine teacher- and pupil experiences. The dissertation articles address these topics through case studies by 1) researching school-level development of co-teaching, 2) exploring pupil and teacher experiences and reflections on the affordances of ILEs and co-teaching, and lastly, 3) by focusing on the values and meanings connected to school building reforms and co-teaching. These goals are researched through focusing on collaborative teaching, e.g. contextualised team teaching (Härkki et al., 2021), school environment’s change throughout the years, e.g. school environment model (Gislason, 2018) and what the spaces afford with affordance theory (see Gibson, 1979; Mehan, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following the epistemological disposition of interpretivism, i.e. beliefs and experiences create a subjective reality, the dissertation research consists of three case studies. The main research materials for these researches include classroom-observations, pupil and teacher -interviews and questionnaires. Additionally, secondary documents and emerging materials, e.g. personnel meetings and discussions, were utilized in contextualizing the cases. A guideline was used with observational material with descriptive and reflective notes differentiated to highlight the researcher's subjectivity and interpretations. These materials have been collected as part in the Growing Mind -project during 2018-2023. For the analysis, the first two case studies followed qualitative data analysis: the first had data-based categorization and grouping into themes, and second followed attribute, descriptive and process coding (Saldaña, 2016), which allowed for the collected material to show the processes behind ILE-usage, co-teaching and pupil-teacher-perspectives. Third case study utilizes discourse analysis as it intends to see school personnel’ view on changing school environments and what possible power relation and expectations are tied with ILEs and co-teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Co-teaching and innovative learning spaces are central to current educational discussions. The aforementioned practices reform teachers’ roles and teaching methods. Renewing learning environments also creates a need to reform the school culture (Young et al., 2022) so that we don’t redo the mistakes in the past (Rothenberg, 1989). Studying this change is crucial especially in Finnish primary schools to identify effective and harmful practices and support-systems within co-teaching. Conducting qualitative research within classrooms allows for deeper insight of pupils’ and teachers’ understanding and experiences. Methodologically, the holistic view of classroom occurrences reveals both the opportunities and challenges with co-teaching and ILEs. Understanding how educators perceive their agency within co-teaching helps identify what works for the everyday school life, and how co-teaching and ILEs can be implemented and developed effectively. Research on these topics makes the phenomena more visible, and gives an opportunity to transform scepticism into practical approaches and knowledge on ineffective models. For both co-teaching and ILEs, there is a wider need for reshaping the entire school. Schools cannot remain static in a world that is global and ever-changing, but they also cannot be on the receiving end of constant pressures to change without a scientific research background and support to implement these changes. This presentation intends to show experiences of co-teaching in ILEs, what useful practices exist and possibilities and affordances are available. Additionally, it aims to bridge co-teaching and its aspects with the ‘new’ environmental aspects, vocalizing their challenges and possibilities. References Cleveland, B. (2009). Equitable Pedagogical Spaces: Teaching and Learning Environments that Support Personalisation of the Learning Experience. Crit. Creat. Think., 2009(1), 59–76. Fletcher, J. F., Everatt, J., Chang, G., & Subramaniam, Y. (2024). Teacher collaboration and innovative learning spaces in New Zealand. Teachers and Teaching, 31(2), 297–312. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2024.2401062 Frelin, A., Grannäs, J., & Woolner, P. (2025). Comparing teachers’ experiences of innovative and traditional learning spaces: What’s going on? Learning Environments Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-025-09550-3 Gibson, J. J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual perception. Houghton Mifflin. Gislason, N. (2018). The Whole School: Planning and Evaluating Innovative Middle and Secondary Schools. In S. Alterator & C. Deed (Eds), School Space and its Occupation (pp. 187–201). Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004379664_012 Grannäs, J., Frelin, A., & Östlin, T. (2025). Unpacking flexibility in innovative learning environments—Teachers’ experiences in practice. Educational Studies, 0(0), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2024.2448781 Guise, M., Habib, M., Thiessen, K., & Robbins, A. (2017). Continuum of co-teaching implementation: Moving from traditional student teaching to co-teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 66, 370–382. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.05.002 Härkki, T., Vartiainen, H., Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, P., & Hakkarainen, K. (2021). Co-teaching in non-linear projects: A contextualised model of co-teaching to support educational change. Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103188. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103188 Kokko, M., Takala, M., & Pihlaja, P. (2021). Finnish teachers’ views on co-teaching. British Journal of Special Education, 48(1), 112–132. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12348 Mackey, J., O’Reilly, N., Jansen, C., & Fletcher, J. (2018). Leading change to co-teaching in primary schools: A “Down Under” experience. Educational Review, 70(4), 465–485. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2017.1345859 Mehan, A. (2017). An Integrated Model of Achieving Social Sustainability in Urban Context through Theory of Affordance. Procedia Engineering, Urban Transitions Conference, Shanghai, September 2016, 198, 17–25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2017.07.070 Niemi, K. (2021). ‘The best guess for the future?’ Teachers’ adaptation to open and flexible learning environments in Finland. Education Inquiry, 12(3), 282–300. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1816371 OECD. (2017). The OECD Handbook for Innovative Learning Environments. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264277274-en Rothenberg, J. (1989). The Open Classroom Reconsidered. The Elementary School Journal, 90(1), 69–86. Rytivaara, A., Pulkkinen, J., & Palmu, I. (2021). Learning about students in co-teaching teams. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 0(0), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1878299 Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (Third edition.). Sage Publications. Young, F., Tuckwell, D., & Cleveland, B. (2022). Actualising the affordances of innovative learning environments through co-creating practice change with teachers. The Australian Educational Researcher, 49(4), 805–826. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00447-7 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Empowering Initial Teacher Education through Design Thinking: A Meta Analysis of Teachers Pedagogical Innovations in an Initial Teacher Education Programme. AGA KHAN UNIVERSITY, KARACHI, PAKISTAN, Pakistan Presenting Author:Research worldwide consistently shows that effective and quality teaching greatly impacts students' academic achievement (Burroughs et al, 2019; Kyriakides, 2013). Having enough adequately trained teachers, who are recognised as professionals and capable of acting with agency and autonomy, is important in ensuring that schooling contributes to ‘quality learning for all (Sayed et al, 2018). However, teachers can only be successful in their professional roles if they are sufficiently prepared through high-quality Initial Teacher Education (ITE), which is a first step in what should be a continuous and integrated teacher professional development journey. In Pakistan, ITE programmes have been critiqued for being predominantly theoretical with inadequate support provided to pre-service teachers to be innovative in their classroom practices and responsive to new challenges (Abd-Kadir & Hardman, 2013; Hardman et al, 2015; Mrutu et al, 2022; Opfer and Pedder 2011; Rizvi and Khamis, 2020). Relatedly, education systems around the world are increasingly shifting from knowledge-based to competency-based curricula aimed at student-centred learning, requiring new ways of thinking about teachers’ pedagogical practices as well as their agentic role in the classroom (Benevot et al., 2023; Darling-Hammond et al, 2019; Priestly, Biesta & Robinson, 2016). Teacher professional development, and ITE in particular, must therefore adapt to contemporary education system challenges. This requires a rethink of the current modalities of teacher preparation to empower and professionalise teachers to become agentive professionals, capable of understanding and interpreting the curriculum and appropriately responding to student learning levels and needs in uncertain and rapidly changing contexts (Priestly, Biesta & Robinson, 2016). The training provided to prospective teachers in Pakistan does not reflect a shift to a new form of teaching and learning to ensure equitable and quality learning outcomes (Nayar & Akmar, 2020; Koehler & Mishra, 2009). In the above backdrop, an intervention-based research study, entitled: Equitable, Quality Teacher Professional Development for Empowerment: Delivering responsive and inclusive initial teacher education through Design Thinking, was undertaken at a private university in Karachi, Pakistan. The study explored how the Design Thinking model for teacher education, which centres on the agentic role of teachers in education innovation, can be adapted through initial teacher education in Pakistan, to improve the quality of ITE in the country. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Design Thinking Model (DTM), grounded in the tradition of participatory action research incorporates the strategies, steps, and processes of the Action Research Method, locating these in three distinct categories known as the cycles of TDM including “launching and exploration”; “Define, Generate and Making”, and “showcasing and rolling out”. A total of 18 participants of Initial Teacher Education Programme (1.5 years B.Ed.) were exposed to a 3-credit (48 contact hours) course on Practitioner Research Method, which essentially incorporated ideas and processes from Design Thinking Model (DTM) approach. During the course, the participants participated in several activities associated with various phases of DTM. The ITE students designed their prototype intervention (action research projects) using the Design Thinking approach. They went through the iterative process of planning (identification of the research problem through situation analysis, using a data-driven approach). They designed prototype solutions and pilot-test their proposed solutions and firm up their data collection plans (interventions, tools, and data generation strategies). They were assigned to schools where they carried out their action research with students/teachers, and other stakeholders (e.g., parents, caregivers, community members, headteachers, and education managers), depending upon the focus of their investigation, spanned over six weeks. The course faculty and mentors from the host schools closely worked with the students (e.g., planning instruction, non/participant-observation, feedback, etc.). The participants minutely document their reflections, observations, and other data collected from students (formative and summative assessment and achievement tests). Having completed data collection, they systematically and rigorously analyse their data and complete their practice (research) reports. Students' research reports were categorised into four subject-based clusters and put through a meta-analysis, aimed at distilling the key lessons learnt about what works, why, how, and under what conditions, through teacher-led pedagogical innovations supported by the Design Thinking Model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the use of effective, evidence-based pedagogical strategies, tested through iterative processes and supported by appropriate formative assessment practices, and attention to individual learning needs can significantly enhance students’ foundational learning outcomes. A central finding highlights empathy, a core principle of Design Thinking Model (DTM), as a recurring theme across all reports. ITE students consistently recognize the power of empathy in designing pedagogical interventions and innovations that respond to the diverse needs of learners. Prospective teachers view empathy as a critical tool for addressing issues related to equity and inclusion in learning contexts. Another key finding emerging from a close analysis of ITE students’ reflections suggests that engagement in practitioner research prompted them to renegotiate their professional identities—as teachers capable of diagnosing and solving their own classroom problems, experimenting with ideas, and learning from innovative practices as change agents. The ITE candidates further reflect on how personal factors (i.e., language expertise, content knowledge, and value orientations) and contextual variables (i.e., learners’ backgrounds, socio-cultural influences, and structural and material resources) either capacitate or constrain their efforts to bring about meaningful and sustainable improvements in teaching and learning practices and outcomes. Prospective teachers, with sufficient support by mentors during their placement in schools for teaching practice, can develop a mindset, which prompts them to be innovative in their classroom practices and responsive to new challenges. Conclusion To reflect on the implications of the study’s findings, initial teacher education needs to respond to contemporary needs and emerging opportunities and challenges brought by technological developments, particularly the growing influence of Artificial Intelligence (AI). This shift requires bringing reform in ITE policies and practices so that prospective teachers are equipped with new approaches to pedagogy in a changing context. References References Burroughs, N., Gardner, J., Lee, Y., Guo, S. & Touitou, I. (2019). A Review of the Literature on Teacher Effectiveness and Student Outcomes. In: Teaching for Excellence and Equity. IEA Research for Education, vol 6. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 16151-4_2 Kyriakides, L., Christoforou, C., Charalambos Y. C. (2013). What matters for student learning outcomes: A meta-analysis of studies exploring factors of effective teaching, Teaching and Teacher Education, 36, pp. 143-152, Darling-Hammond, L., and Oakes, L. (2019). Preparing Teachers for deeper learning. Education Worldwide (Revised and Augmented Ed., Vol. 3, pp. 477-493). Pryor, J., Akyeampong, K., Westbrook, J & Lussier, K. (2012). Rethinking teacher preparation and professional development in Africa: an analysis of the curriculum of teacher education in the teaching of early reading and mathematics, The Curriculum Journal, 23:4, 409-502, DOI: 10.1080/09585176.2012.747725 Schweisfurth, M. (2013). Learner-centred education in international perspective: whose pedagogy for whose development? Routledge. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2016). Teacher agency: an ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing: London. Rizvi, N. F., & Khamis, A. (2020). Review of DFID and USAID initiatives for the development of teacher education in Pakistan. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-12. Hardman, F., Hardman, J., Dachi, H., Elliott, L., Ihebuzor, N., Ntekim, M., & Tibuhinda, A. (2015). Implementing school-based teacher development in Tanzania. Professional Development in Education, 41(4), 602-623. Abd-Kadir, J., & Hardman, F. (2013). Reforming teacher education in East Africa: the importance of socio-cultural context. In Researching cultures of learning: International perspectives on language learning and education (pp. 80-94). London: Palgrave Macmillan UK. Koehler, M. J., & Mishra, P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge? Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 9(1), 60-70. Nayar, A., & Akmar, S. N. (2020). Technology Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPCK) and Techno Pedagogy Integration Skill (TPIS) among pre-service science teachers-Case study of a university-based ICT based teacher education curriculum. Journal of Education and Practice, 11(6). Sayed, Y., Carrim, N., Badroodien, A., McDonald, Z., & Singh, M. (Eds.). (2018). Learning to teach in post-apartheid South Africa: Student Teachers’ Encounters with Initial Teacher Education (1st ed.). African Sun Media. http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv1nzg08s Intent of Publication |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 C: Self-regulated learning and visual data Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Nurgul Baktybayeva Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Long Paper Exploring Teachers’ Perceptions of Self-Regulated Teaching in AI-Integrated Professional Development Oranim Academic College of Education, Israel Presenting Author:Artificial intelligence (AI) is increasingly reshaping educational practice across Europe and internationally, introducing new possibilities for instructional planning, differentiation, feedback, and professional reflection. Recent studies indicate that AI-based tools can support teachers by generating alternative pedagogical strategies, analyzing patterns in student responses, and facilitating reflective decision-making (Hu, 2023; Zhai, 2022). From a pedagogical perspective, such tools may enhance teachers’ capacity for self-regulated teaching (SRT), understood as a cyclical process of goal setting, strategic action, monitoring, and reflective adaptation. However, the literature consistently emphasizes that the educational value of AI is not inherent in the technology itself but depends on how it is framed and embedded within professional learning contexts. European and international research highlights growing concerns that uncritical or instrumental uses of AI may foster cognitive offloading, overreliance on algorithmic recommendations, and a gradual erosion of teachers’ professional autonomy and ethical responsibility (Brandtzaeg et al., 2025). These concerns resonate strongly with European policy discourses that promote human-centred, ethically grounded AI and stress the importance of safeguarding teacher agency in digitally mediated learning environments. Conceptually, this study positions AI not as a pedagogical solution but as a pedagogical catalyst—an external reflective partner capable of provoking professional inquiry, challenging established routines, and supporting metacognitive awareness when integrated into reflective professional development frameworks (Al Darayseh, 2023). Within this framework, teachers’ emotional responses to AI, including curiosity, confidence, uncertainty, or anxiety, are understood as integral components of self-regulatory processes rather than as peripheral reactions, shaping how teachers interpret, adopt, or resist technological innovation. Against this theoretical background, the purpose of the present study is to explore teachers’ perceptions of self-regulated teaching within AI-integrated professional development environments, with a particular focus on teachers’ sense of agency, emotional experiences, and self-reported pedagogical practices at an early stage of AI adoption. Rather than evaluating the effectiveness of a completed intervention, the study adopts an exploratory and interpretive approach aimed at understanding teachers’ subjective orientations toward AI as a pedagogical resource. Specifically, the study addresses three research questions: (1) How do teachers perceive self-regulated teaching in the context of AI-supported professional development, particularly in relation to pedagogical planning, monitoring, and reflective decision-making? (2) What emotional and self-efficacy-related responses do teachers report when engaging with AI as a pedagogical resource, including feelings of confidence, uncertainty, curiosity, or anxiety? and (3) What challenges and opportunities do teachers identify regarding the integration of AI to support self-regulated teaching practices, especially with respect to maintaining professional autonomy and reflective control over instructional processes? By foregrounding teachers’ perceptions, emotions, and regulatory strategies, this study responds to an international research gap, as much of the existing literature prioritizes technological effectiveness over teachers’ lived experiences and professional meaning-making. Situated within European and global debates on digital professionalism, ethical AI, and sustainable educational innovation, the study aims to generate an empirically grounded understanding of how AI can support, rather than constrain, self-regulated teaching. The findings are expected to inform the design of future professional learning models across diverse educational contexts and to provide a conceptual and empirical foundation for subsequent cross-national, longitudinal, and intervention-based research on AI-supported self-regulated teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an exploratory mixed-methods research design combining quantitative and qualitative data to examine teachers’ early-stage perceptions and experiences of self-regulated teaching (SRT) within AI-integrated professional development contexts. A mixed-methods approach was chosen to capture both broad perceptual trends and in-depth insights into teachers’ subjective interpretations, emotional responses, and professional reasoning. The study focuses on mapping initial orientations, tensions, and emerging practices related to AI use in teaching. This approach is particularly appropriate in contexts of rapid technological change, where teachers’ sense of agency and professional judgment are still evolving. The integration of quantitative and qualitative components enabled methodological triangulation, allowing survey patterns to be contextualized through reflective and narrative data. Participants were in-service teachers from diverse subject areas who voluntarily engaged in AI-related professional learning initiatives. The sample included teachers with varying levels of teaching experience, disciplinary backgrounds, and prior familiarity with AI tools, supporting the inclusion of multiple perspectives on SRT and AI integration. Participation was based on informed consent, and teachers were informed about the study’s purpose, voluntary nature, and right to withdraw at any stage. All data were collected anonymously, and identifying information was removed prior to analysis to ensure confidentiality. Quantitative data were collected using a pre–post questionnaire adapted from established self-regulated learning (SRL) instruments and contextualized for teaching practice in AI-supported environments. The questionnaire addressed teachers’ self-reported perceptions and practices related to goal setting, instructional planning, monitoring, reflective evaluation, and pedagogical self-efficacy. Additional items examined cognitive and emotional orientations toward AI, including perceived usefulness, confidence, uncertainty, and concerns regarding professional autonomy. The pre–post design enabled examination of shifts in perceptions over the course of professional learning activities, while acknowledging that the initiative was ongoing. Qualitative data were collected through written reflective tasks and semi-structured interviews with a subset of participants. Reflections invited teachers to articulate their experiences with AI tools, describe pedagogical dilemmas, and reflect on changes in instructional thinking. Interviews provided deeper insight into teachers’ reasoning processes, emotional responses, and perceived challenges and opportunities related to AI-supported SRT. Data analysis combined descriptive statistical analysis of quantitative data with inductive thematic analysis of qualitative data. Integration occurred at the interpretive level, allowing survey trends to be examined alongside qualitative insights and supporting a nuanced understanding of teachers’ early engagement with self-regulated teaching in AI-rich professional development contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study offer insight into teachers’ early-stage perceptions, emotional responses, and self-reported practices related to self-regulated teaching (SRT) within AI-integrated professional development contexts. Overall, the results depict a dynamic and evolving process marked by growing pedagogical awareness, increased self-efficacy, and persistent tensions regarding the professional role of AI in teaching. Across quantitative and qualitative data, teachers demonstrated a gradual reconceptualization of their professional role in AI-rich environments. AI use prompted reflection on instructional planning, goal setting, and alignment between pedagogical intentions and classroom practices, consistent with contemporary views of teaching as a reflective and adaptive profession. Findings also indicate a rise in pedagogical–technological self-efficacy, particularly in relation to using AI for preparatory and organizational purposes such as planning, content structuring, and task design. At the same time, teachers reported ongoing uncertainty regarding more complex pedagogical applications of AI, especially those involving monitoring student learning, formative feedback, and support for metacognitive reflection. This suggests a gap between the perceived potential of AI and its current implementation in deeper self-regulatory teaching practices. Qualitative data revealed pronounced tensions between efficiency and professional responsibility. While teachers valued AI for saving time and generating ideas, they expressed concerns about dependency, ethical accountability, and loss of pedagogical control. Emotional responses ranged from curiosity and enthusiasm to ambivalence and anxiety, underscoring the emotional and ethical dimensions of AI integration as central to teachers’ self-regulatory engagement. Taken together, the findings suggest that AI currently functions more as a catalyst for professional reflection than as a fully embedded support for self-regulated teaching. Teachers’ engagement with AI remains exploratory and uneven, highlighting the need for sustained professional development frameworks that explicitly address self-regulation, ethical judgment, and reflective AI used to support meaningful and sustainable pedagogical change. References Al Darayseh, A. (2023). Acceptance of artificial intelligence in teaching science: Science teachers’ perspectives. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, Article 100132. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100132 Arvatz, A., Hadas, B., Waitzman, R., & Dori, Y. J. (2025). Putting self-regulated learning and teaching into practice: Insights from two science teachers and their students. Instructional Science, 53(5), 973–1003. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-024-09663-4 Bellas, F., Guerreiro-Santalla, S., Naya, M., & Duro, R. J. (2023). AI curriculum for European high schools: An embedded intelligence approach. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 33(2), 399–426. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-022-00315-7 Brandtzaeg, P. B., Følstad, A., & Skjuve, M. (2025). Emerging AI individualism: How young people integrate social AI into everyday life. Communication and Change, 1(1), Article 11. Hu, R. (2023). The transformation of interdisciplinary education in the context of artificial intelligence. International Journal of Education and Humanities, 11(2). Karlen, Y., Hirt, C. N., Jud, J., Rosenthal, A., & Eberli, T. D. (2023). Teachers as learners and agents of self-regulated learning: The importance of different teacher competence aspects for promoting metacognition. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104055. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104055 Loeng, S. (2020). Self-directed learning: A core concept in adult education. Education Research International, 2020, Article 3816132. https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/3816132 McTighe, J., & Tucker, C. (2022). Developing self-directed learners by design. Educational Leadership, 80(3), 58–65. Michalsky, T. (2024). Metacognitive scaffolding for preservice teachers’ self-regulated design of higher order thinking tasks. Heliyon, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e24963 (מומלץ לוודא DOI סופי לפני שליחה) Olatunde-Aiyedun, T. G. (2024). Artificial intelligence (AI) in education: Integration of AI into science education curriculum in Nigerian universities. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence for Digital Marketing, 1(1), 1–14. Zhai, X. (2022). ChatGPT user experience: Implications for education. SSRN Electronic Journal. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4312418 10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk The Effectiveness of Using Visual Data to Develop Students’ Scientific Literacy in Geography Lessons Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Scienceand Mathematics in Karatau district of Shymkent, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:
The contemporary educational landscape is marked by increasingly complex geographic phenomena, including spatial processes, climate change, and human–environment interactions (UNESCO, 2021). To understand these issues in depth, students must develop geography-related scientific literacy, defined as the ability to grasp geographical processes, apply reasoning, and use analytical tools effectively (OECD, 2019). Achieving this requires geography education to equip learners with strong competencies in analysing, interpreting, and reasoning with both quantitative and visual geographic data (NGSS, 2013). Visual data—such as maps, graphs, satellite imagery, and spatial models—plays a particularly important role in helping students decode patterns, observe relationships, and construct evidence-based explanations (Mayer, 2014; Kerski, 2015). Therefore, strengthening scientific literacy has become a central objective of modern geography education (OECD, 2019). Reflecting this trend, fostering scientific literacy constitutes a central educational objective of the Grade 9 Geography curriculum at Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. In pursuit of this objective, NIS 9th-grade students are expected to interpret data, understand environmental processes, and make evidence-based decisions. To facilitate these skills, visual data such as maps, graphs, satellite images, infographics, and GIS outputs-play a central role in helping learners convert abstract geographical concepts into concrete understanding (Kerski, 2015; van der Schee & Kolvoord, 2010). However, classroom observations and students’ assignments indicate that many students in 9thgrade geography classes at Nazarbayev Intellectual School struggle to analyze these visuals critically. This research investigates how the use of visual data during geography lessons influences the development of students’ scientific literacy, including their ability to interpret information, reason scientifically, and solve real-world problems-following the action research framework outlined by Creswell and Plano Clark (2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a mixed-methods approach to collect both quantitative and qualitative data. Quantitative data were acquired from pre- and post-test assessments of scientific literacy, whereas qualitative data were derived from classroom observations, student work analysis, and teacher reflective practices. A total of 32 ninth-grade students participated in this study and were divided into two groups. Students in the experimental group (n = 16) were taught using visual-data-enriched instruction, whereas students in the control group (n = 16) received conventional text-based instruction. The intervention was implemented over 8 weeks and focused on three key topics, during which students in the experimental group interpreted climate change data using line graphs, anomaly maps, and satellite imagery. Using GIS maps and demographic infographics, they analyzed urbanization patterns and studied hazards through case studies that incorporated hazard-risk maps and time-series images. The instruction incorporated scaffolding strategies, including visual decoding protocols, guided questioning, and the Claim Evidence Reasoning (CER) framework, to assist students in developing scientific explanations and reasoning as recommended by McNeill and Krajcik (2012). The quantitative data were extracted using a Scientific Literacy Assessment Rubric adapted from the OECD PISA science framework (OECD, 2019). Students’ performance was evaluated using an assessment rubric across three tasks: map interpretation, graph analysis, and remote-sensing-based inference.Quantitative data were analysed using paired t-tests to assess whether statistically significant differences existed between pre- and post-test scores.Utilising Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic coding approach, the qualitative data were analyzed to identify key themes and gain insights into students’ learning processes and engagement within visual-data-enriched lessons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Discussion This outcome aligns with prior research indicating that visual representations facilitate spatial reasoning (Bednarz, 2011) and support evidence-based analytical reasoning (Kastens, 2012). The integration of visual data scaffolds students’ cognitive shift from descriptive observations to more sophisticated analytical thinking, while GIS tools and remote-sensing imagery provide scientific contexts that reflect real-world geographical inquiry. Conclusion The findings provide compelling evidence that integrating visual data into geography education substantially improves key dimensions of students’ scientific literacy, especially in interpreting data, constructing evidence-based reasoning, and articulating scientific explanations. The study recommends the systematic incorporation of visual data analysis across geography curricula, providing focused teacher training in GIS and data visualization, and designing assessment tasks that integrate maps, satellite imagery, and graphical representations. Curriculum designers should be encouraged to embed visual-data skills within educational standards, and schools should provide access to GIS tools and digital imagery to foster inquiry-based learning. In parallel, teacher professional development should focus on enhancing spatial and graphical literacy for effective classroom implementation. This study’s results are limited since it was conducted in a single school, indicating the need for future research with larger and more diverse samples. References Bednarz, S., & Kemp, K. (2011). Geospatial technologies and geographic education. In D. Janelle, B. Warf, & K. Hansen (Eds.), Worldminds: Geographical perspectives on 100 problems (pp. 151–164). Springer. Bednarz, S. W. (2011). Spatial thinking and geographic education: Concepts and approaches. Journal of Geography, 110(1), 4–13. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). Sage. 10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk Enhancing Students’ Homework Self-Regulation through Digital Links and Structured Pedagogical Guidance Nazarbayev Intellectual school of science and mathematics in Shymkenr, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Homework organisation, student self-regulated learning, digital support tools in secondary education. In many European and international educational contexts, increasing academic workload and time pressure have made homework a significant source of stress for students. Research shows that poorly structured homework can negatively affect learners’ motivation, autonomy, and academic performance. Despite its pedagogical importance, students often lack effective strategies for organising and completing homework independently. This study addresses the challenge of improving students’ homework performance by integrating digital links to learning resources and clear methodological recommendations into homework tasks. The research responds to current European discussions on learner autonomy, digital competence, and effective use of educational technologies in everyday teaching practice. How does the use of digital links and structured methodological recommendations influence students’ homework completion, time management, and learning motivation? The main objective of the study is to systematise the homework process through the use of digital links and pedagogical guidance aimed at enhancing students’ self-regulation, motivation, and learning efficiency. The study is grounded in:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods approach combining quantitative and qualitative data.Students from grades 7–12 participated in the research. Methods and Instruments: - Online student survey to analyse attitudes toward homework and identify difficulties; - Pedagogical experiment involving the redesign of homework tasks with embedded digital links and clear recommendations; - Semi-structured interviews to gather students’ qualitative feedback. During the experimental phase, homework assignments were supplemented with: - Direct links to relevant learning materials; - Step-by-step methodological recommendations; - Varied task formats to increase engagement and motivation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that: Only 44% of students regularly completed homework before the intervention, while 50% did so irregularly, primarily due to lack of time; After the implementation of digital links and structured guidance, the number of incomplete assignments decreased; Students reported reduced time spent searching for information and better understanding of homework requirements; Learners demonstrated increased independence, responsibility, and motivation. The results suggest a clear causal chain: Digital links and recommendations → clearer task understanding → reduced cognitive load → improved self-regulation → higher motivation → better homework completion and quality. The study contributes to the European dialogue on effective homework practices and digital pedagogy by offering a practical, scalable model for everyday classroom use. The approach aligns with European educational priorities related to: learner autonomy, digital literacy, sustainable workload management. The findings may inform teachers, curriculum designers, and policy discussions on rational and learner-centred homework organisation in secondary education. References Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. European Commission. (2018). DigComp: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning. Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 E: Teaching in Demanding Contexts: Wellbeing, Equity and Ecosystems of Support Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Suzanne Pratt Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Perceived Demands, Resources and Burnout among Low-SES Pre-service Teachers: A Multilevel Latent Profiles Analysis Modeling University of Groningen, Netherlands Presenting Author:In line with the poly-crisis theme addressed by ECER 2026, the increasing prevalence of burnout among pre-service teachers exemplifies how global education systems are simultaneously shaped by interconnected social, economic, and institutional pressures (Henderson, 2025). Burnout extends far beyond an individual psychological issue; it also reflects the lack of capacity of teacher education systems to provide equitable, inclusive, and sustainable learning environments that prepare future teachers for complex professional realities (Goddard & O'Brien, 2006). When pre-service teachers experience exhaustion, disengagement, or diminished motivation, the implications are wide-ranging—affecting not only their professional identity formation and instructional qualities (Hong, 2010), but also long-term teacher retention, a challenge documented across many countries (Lee et al., 2023). Particularly in China, there is a growing concern regarding pre-service teacher burnout, especially among pre-service teachers from low socioeconomic status (Low-SES) backgrounds. This specific group of pre-service teachers frequently faces substantial financial strain, often balancing part-time employment with demanding academic and pre-service training requirements (Zhao & Liu, 2019). Rigid program structures, extensive coursework, and high-performance expectations within teacher education universities contribute to sustained pressure (Ran et al., 2012). Social challenges—such as difficulties adapting to unfamiliar institutional cultures or limited peer support—further compound their vulnerability (Zhang, 2010). For Low-SES pre-service teachers, these cumulative burdens may heighten the risk of emotional exhaustion and reduce their confidence and commitment to the teaching profession. Pressures experienced by the Chinese pre-service teachers illuminate systemic vulnerabilities within China’s teacher education landscape, which seem to mirror broader global challenges. Although in China, national initiatives such as the Publicly Funded Teacher Training Program and the Outstanding Teacher Training Program were introduced with the aim to reinforce teacher quality, expand pathways for disadvantaged pre-service teachers, there is evidence that burnout has not decreased—and in some cases has intensified—among pre-service teachers (Xie & Xiao, 2022). This suggests an enduring mismatch between the resources these policies aim to provide and the demands actually faced by low-SES participants. Understanding this mismatch requires conceptual and methodological approaches capable of capturing the interplay between individual characteristics, institutional arrangements, and policy environments. The Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) framework (Bakker, 2011) will be used for examining how financial strain, academic pressure, social exclusion, and family responsibilities (Johnson et al., 2014) interact with personal and institutional resources such as self-efficacy, optimism, belonging and program-level support (Zhang et al., 2010; Ke et al., 2023). Existing research has examined teacher burnout and resilience around the world. However, substantial gaps remain, as past studies in this topic often neglect equity-oriented perspectives, overlooking within-group heterogeneity and the influence of institutional environments on burnout trajectories. To address these gaps, this study employs a person-centered approach to identify patterns of professional preparation demands and resources among Low-SES pre-service teachers across different programs and universities in China by applying a multilevel latent profile analysis (MLPA). This approach is suitable to reveal institutional and individual factors that co-configure burnout risk. The research addresses the following questions: Q1: What are the profiles of perceived professional preparation demands and resources among Low-SES pre-service teachers across different teacher education programs and universities in China? Q2: How can education programs and universities be profiled according to the proportions of profiles of Low-SES pre-service teachers' perceived professional preparation demand and resources? By situating China’s reforms within global debates on teacher shortages, social inequality, and workforce diversification (UNESCO, 2023; OECD, 2023), this research contributes further insights into how structural inequities shape teacher development. The findings aim to strengthen support for disadvantaged groups in teacher education, enhance psychological well-being and professional commitment, and promote the sustainability of the teaching profession amid intensifying global challenges. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study employs a cross-sectional design using quantitative surveys utilizing multilevel latent profile analysis (MLPA) to examine burnout profiles among Low-SES pre-service teachers. Participants The sample includes 2080 Low-SES pre-service teachers from seven teacher education universities in China. These participants belong to three program types: PFTTP, OTTP, and general teacher education programs (see general explanation above). Instruments Six validated measures were used: Perceived professional preparation demands: Stress Scale (Johnson et al., 2014) - 24 items measuring economic, academic, social, and family demands (Cronbach's α > 0.70) Personal Resources: Psychological Capital Scale (Zhang et al., 2010) - 26 items assessing self-efficacy, optimism, and hope (Cronbach's α = 0.90) Perceived professional preparation resource: Institutional support: University Equality and Inclusion Climate Scale (Ke et al., 2023) - 15 items measuring financial assistance, developmental support, and social inclusion (Cronbach's α = 0.931) Inclusion Perception Scale (Janse et al., 2014) and Fairness Perception Scale (Lizzio et al., 2007) - 32 items total assessing belonging, authenticity, and fairness perceptions (Cronbach's α > 0.70) Burnout: College Students' Learning Burnout Scale (Lian, 2005) - 20 items measuring emotional exhaustion, inappropriate behavior, and low achievement (Cronbach's α = 0.865) All instruments use 5-point Likert scales and have demonstrated validity in Chinese contexts. Data Analysis Data were analyzed using Mplus 8.3 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2017). First, descriptive statistics and bivariate correlations were used to assess professional preparation demands, resources, and burnout. Two confirmatory factor analyses (CFAs) followed—one for demands and resources, one for burnout outcomes—to generate factor scores for further analysis. Both models fit well (demands/resources: RMSEA = 0.027, CFI = 0.931; burnout: RMSEA = 0.053, CFI = 0.933). Intraclass correlation coefficients (ICCs)> 0.03 indicated significant program-level variance, validating the use of multilevel analysis. A two-level multilevel latent profile analysis (MLPA) was then performed. At the teacher level, models with 1 to 6 profiles were tested using 10 factor indicators; at the university-program level, 1 to 4 profiles were examined based on the distribution of teacher-level profiles. Models were estimated using maximum likelihood with robust standard errors (MLR) and evaluated using AIC, BIC, adjusted BIC, entropy, and the Lo-Mendell-Rubin test (Li et al.,2025). Finally, demographic covariates such as grade, gender, and place of residence were added, along with burnout outcomes. The R3STEP procedure was chosen to test links between covariates and teacher-level profiles. The BCH method was opted to compare burnout across profiles, with Bonferroni adjustment. At the program level, logistic regression was performed to assess the impact of university type, and model constraints tested burnout differences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We identified four distinct profiles at the teacher level with a three-tier classification using ±0.5 as a threshold is advised. The high-level range (≥ 0.5) indicates a positive state, suggesting abundant resources or strong demand. The medium level (-0.5 to 0.5) indicates a neutral state and a balance between resources and demands. The low level (<- 0.5) indicates a negative state with severe resource scarcity or low demand. A 0.5 cutoff matches the typical interpretation of standardized data (such as Z-scores) and clearly separates trends, making high, medium, and low levels distinct both statistically and in practice. Low-resource, medium-demand profile (profile 1) accounts for 17.40% of the total sample. This profile scores lowest on all resource dimensions, while scoring moderately high on several demand dimensions. This combination of relatively high demands and low resources exposes this group to high risk. Medium-resource, medium-demand profile (profile 2) accounts for 26.87%. This profile generally scores at medium levels across all demand dimensions, with particularly low demand in finance. Although their resource score is not outstanding, their medium demand remains relatively stable. Medium-resource, high-demand profile (profile 3) accounts for 11.87%. This profile has the highest scores in demand dimensions. It also scores medium in several resource dimensions. This suggests that while this group has protective mechanisms, they still face high pressure. The high-resource, low-demand profile (profile 4), comprising 43.85%, is the most represented group. This profile is high in resources and scores lowest in demand dimensions, which suggest that pre-service teachers in this group are well-supported and face relatively fewer challenges in their environment. At the university program level, two distinct climates are identified: one showing a diverse profile distribution and another demonstrating a concentrated, high-resource, low-demand profile. Burnout Differentiation Expected findings indicate significant variations in burnout across profiles, with the high-resource, high-demand profile showing the highest burnout levels (M = 0.661). The medium-resource, low-demand profile exhibit the lowest burnout (M = -0.463). Demographic Patterns Female, rural, and higher-grade students are found to face greater resource constraints and a higher risk of burnout. Male, urban, and lower-grade students are likely to occupy more favorable resource configurations. Our findings seem to support gender, urban vs rural, and education grade gaps related to demands, resources, and wellbeing. Theoretical and Practical Implications Our findings challenge obvious assumptions about the relationship between resources and burnout, demonstrating that high resource levels do not automatically prevent burnout when demands are elevated. The results can inform tailored support strategies: immediate intervention for high-demand groups, resource enhancement for low-resource profiles, and demand management for medium-resource, high-demand individuals, whenever possible. The study extends the applicability of the JD-R model by revealing heterogeneous patterns within disadvantaged teacher populations. It provides evidence-based guidance for policy refinement in Chinese teacher education, with implications for international equity initiatives in teacher preparation. References Bakker, A. B. (2011). An evidence-based model of work engagement.Current Directions in Psychological Science, 20(4), 265–269. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721411414534 Cheng, J., Zhu, X., Kong, M., Zhang, M., & Wu, Q. (2024). The “Excellent Teacher Program” and the construction of a high-quality teacher education system with Chinese characteristics.Journal of Beijing Normal University (Social Sciences), (6), 5–18. Henderson, C. (2025). Teacher wellbeing and the shaping of teacher shortages in crisis-affected contexts (Background paper for the 2025 Global Report on Teachers). UNESCO. Ke, J., Jia, Y., & Zhou, X. (2023). The impact of an inclusive climate on the psychological and behavioral outcomes of economically disadvantaged college students: A moderated mediation model.Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 31(3), 654–659, 507. Jansen, W. S., Otten, S., Van Der Zee, K. I., & Jans, L. (2014). Inclusion: Conceptualization and measurement.European Journal of Social Psychology, 44(4), 370–385. https://doi.org/10.1002/ejsp.2011 Johnson, D. R., Wasserman, T. H., Yildirim, N., & Yonai, B. A. (2014). Examining the effects of stress and campus climate on the persistence of students of color and White students: An application of Bean and Eaton’s psychological model of retention.Research in Higher Education, 55(1), 75–100. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-013-9304-9 Lian, R., Yang, L., & Wu, L. (2005). The relationship between professional commitment and learning burnout of college students and the development of a measurement scale.Acta Psychologica Sinica, 37(5), 632–636. Lizzio, A., Wilson, K., & Hadaway, V. (2007). University students’ perceptions of a fair learning environment: A social justice perspective.Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 32(2), 195–213. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602930600801969 OECD. (2020). Teachers’ well-being: A framework for data collection and analysis (OECD Education Working Papers No. 213). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/c36fc9d3-en Qian, H., Youngs, P., Hu, S., & Prawat, X. J. (2020). Will China's free teacher education policy address teacher shortages in rural schools or reproduce existing inequality? Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 50(5), 713–725. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2018.1559037 Xie, H., & Xiao, H. (2022). An investigation and analysis of learning burnout among undergraduates in normal universities.Higher Education Journal, 8(35), 1–6. Zhang, H. (2010). A study on the life stress and coping strategies of impoverished students in normal universities.Journal of Anyang Normal University, 6, 134–137. Zhang, K., Zhang, S., & Dong, Y. (2010). Positive psychological capital: Measurement and its relationship with mental health.Psychological and Behavioral Research, 8(1), 58–64. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Knowing and Acting with Place-Based Challenges: Student Teacher Recruitment in Educationally Isolated Areas Plymouth Marjon University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper draws on the Teach Cornwall research project (2023 – 2025) and asks the research question: how can educational research more effectively know, and act with and from, place in addressing persistent teacher supply challenges in rural and coastal contexts? The paper explores how conceptual and methodological work on educational isolation (Ovenden-Hope & Passy, 2019; Ovenden-Hope, Passy, & Iglehart, 2022) reconfigures what counts as evidence for teacher education policy and practice in peripheral areas. England’s dominant policy direction for initial teacher education (ITE) recruitment is implicitly urban (Brooks & Perryman, 2024), assuming dense labour markets, extensive transport infrastructure, and diversified housing and employment opportunities. The findings presented in this paper challenges these assumptions through an in-depth case study of Cornwall, England’s most south‑western county, and the recruitment of student teachers. Cornwall serves over 75,000 pupils across 295 schools, and is characterised by rurality, coast, seasonal tourism, and high levels of deprivation. Despite a national teacher shortage (Department for Education, 2024), Cornwall experiences a paradoxical oversaturation of qualified teachers in primary phase education, alongside acute difficulties recruiting trainee teachers in specific locations and secondary subject areas (Ovenden-Hope, Brown and Walsh, 2025). Using the lens of educational isolation (Ovenden-Hope & Passy, 2019), the paper argues that student teacher recruitment in Cornwall is structured by the intersection of three dimensions: geographic remoteness, socioeconomic disadvantage and cultural isolation (Ovenden-Hope & Passy, 2020). Qualitative data from interviews with trainee teachers and ITE providers illuminate how these dimensions materialise in everyday trajectories into, through and beyond initial teacher education. Trainees describe unsustainable commutes, dependence on private transport, and limited school placement choice; acute housing precarity shaped by second‑home ownership and short‑term lets; and experiences of professional and cultural isolation as minoritised educators in a largely White, mono‑cultural region. At the same time, ITE providers articulate powerful place-based assets: strong community ties, the pedagogical and wellbeing affordances of rural and coastal environments and accelerated professional responsibility in small schools where trainees “feel like a teacher from day dot”. The paper makes three contributions to teacher education research and practice. First, it foregrounds educational isolation (Ovenden-Hope & Passy, 2019) as a critical analytic for re‑knowing ITE in rural and coastal places. Rather than treating Cornwall as a deficit peripheral case, the study interrogates how national policy architectures, funding regimes and data infrastructures systematically misrecognise place-specific conditions. Second, it demonstrates the potential of reflexive, place-engaged qualitative methods, undertaken in partnership with a whole‑county ITE network to generate actionable knowledge. The project surfaces both system-level constraints, such as fragmented workforce data and misaligned national incentives, and meso‑level innovations developed by providers to mitigate them. These include hub‑based and hybrid delivery models that reduce travel burdens; “grow your own” pathways that scaffold progression from teaching assistant to qualified teacher. Third, the paper argues that acting on this reconfigured knowledge requires a shift from generic, urban‑normative teacher supply strategies towards place‑sensitive teacher education ecologies. National policymakers are called to revisit assumptions embedded in bursary schemes, accountability measures and workforce planning models, recognising place-based determinants of entry into teaching (Ovenden-Hope, Brown, & Achtaridou, 2025). For ITE providers and local alliances, it calls for governance and partnership arrangements that treat rural and coastal schools as co‑researchers in designing viable training routes, not simply as placement sites. By situating these research findings within wider international debates about rural and coastal education, teacher shortages and place-conscious teacher education, the paper shows how educational research can both describe and disrupt the changing conditions under which teacher education is enacted, opening up new potentials for knowing and acting with justice in, and for, rural and coastal communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is drawn from the findings of the Teach Cornwall research project (2023 – 2025), a qualitative, place-based investigation of initial teacher education (ITE) recruitment in Cornwall undertaken by Plymouth Marjon University, funded by OneCornwall Teaching School Hub. The research design combined a critical review of national and international literature on trainee teacher recruitment and rural/coastal education with primary qualitative data generation focused on the lived experiences and strategic responses of those directly engaged in ITE in the county. A purposive, multi‑stage sampling strategy was used to recruit trainee teachers. Following ethical approval from Plymouth Marjon University, the lead researcher contacted all 12 ITT providers operating in Cornish schools and colleges, including university‑led, School Centred Initial Teacher Training (SCITT), multi‑academy trust (MAT) and further education (FE) college-based programmes. Providers acted as mediating gatekeepers, circulating information sheets and invitations to their current trainee cohorts. Interested trainees then responded directly to the research team via an online scheduling tool to arrange interviews, ensuring voluntary participation and supporting accessibility across dispersed locations. This process enabled recruitment of trainees from diverse routes, phases and personal circumstances, including career‑changers and teaching assistants progressing into ITE (n=9). In parallel, all 12 ITE providers were invited to participate in semi‑structured interviews; nine agreed, representing approximately 75% of the local provider landscape and encompassing SCITT, MAT, FE and university provision. This ‘census‑style’ approach to provider sampling sought to capture the breadth of organisational perspectives on recruitment, placement and progression, including both challenges and emergent innovations. Interview guides were informed by the educational isolation framework (geographic remoteness, socioeconomic disadvantage, cultural isolation) and by prior work on rural poverty and employment precarity in Cornwall (Ovenden-Hope, Brown, & Achtaridou, 2025). Interviews were audio‑recorded, transcribed and analysed using Braun and Clarke’s reflexive thematic analysis (Braune & Clarke, 2021). The analytic process involved iterative cycles of familiarisation, coding, theme development and refinement, with explicit attention to the three dimensions of educational isolation and to crosscutting, unexpected patterns. The educational isolation concept operated as a sensitising lens rather than a fixed coding frame, allowing for the identification of both challenge‑oriented and asset‑based themes. Throughout, the research team engaged in reflexive dialogue regarding positionality and used ongoing engagement with the OneCornwall network to sense‑check emerging interpretations. This reflexive, partnership‑oriented methodology supports the paper’s broader argument about the potentials of place-engaged education research for re‑shaping teacher education knowledge and action in rural and coastal systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings demonstrate that teacher education in rural and coastal regions cannot be adequately understood, or reformed, through policy lenses calibrated on urban norms. By foregrounding educational isolation (Ovenden-Hope & Passy, 2019) as an organising concept, the paper shows how intersecting dynamics of geographic remoteness, socioeconomic disadvantage and cultural isolation configure who can access, sustain and progress through ITE in Cornwall (and areas like it), and on what terms. These dynamics are not incidental background conditions but central mechanisms through which opportunity to become and remain a teacher is structured (Ingersoll & Tran, 2023; Jiang & Yip, 2024). At the same time, the research cautions against deficit framings of rural and coastal teacher education (Passy & Ovenden-Hope, 2019). Participant accounts illuminate significant assets: deep community relationships, the wellbeing and pedagogical affordances of coastal and rural environments, and rich opportunities for early professional responsibility. The innovations developed by Cornwall’s ITE providers – including hub-based and hybrid delivery, “grow your own” pathways and multi‑layered mentoring and support – exemplify how local actors are already acting creatively on situated knowledge to re‑design teacher education ecosystems from within. The paper advances three implications: first, teacher education research needs to take place seriously as a structuring condition, not merely a contextual backdrop, in theorising recruitment, retention and professionalism; second, methodological commitments to partnership‑oriented, reflexive qualitative inquiry can generate forms of knowledge that are simultaneously analytically robust and practically actionable for providers, schools and policymakers, and third, acting on such knowledge requires a re‑calibration of national teacher supply and ITE policy architectures, including data infrastructures, funding mechanisms and accountability frameworks, so that they work with rather than against the grain of rural and coastal realities. References Braune, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A practical guide. London: Sage. Brooks, C., & Perryman, J. (2024). Teacher recruitment policies: accelerating issues of spatial justice in England. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 301-315. Department for Education. (2024, June 6). School workforce in England. Retrieved from www.gov.uk: https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/school-workforce-in-england#dataBlock-a47f5dc9-567f-4385-8bff-7e01e249884e-charts Ingersoll, R. M., & Tran, H. (2023). Teacher Shortages and Turnover in Rural Schools in the US: An Organizational Analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(2), 396-431. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X231159922. Jiang, J., & Yip, S. Y. (2024). Teacher shortage: an analysis of the rural teachers living subsidy policy on teacher attraction and retention in rural Western China. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 52(3), 316-331. Ovenden-Hope, ,. T., Passy, R., & Iglehart, P. (2022). Educational Isolation and the Challenge of 'Place' for Securing a High-Quality Teacher Suppy. In I. Mentor, The Palgrave Handbook Teacher Education Research (pp. 1-22). London: Palgrave Macmillan. Ovenden-Hope, T., & Passy, R. (2019). Educational Isolation: A challenge for schools in England. Plymouth: Plymouth Marjon University . Ovenden-Hope, T., & Passy, R. (2020). Exploring Teacher Recruitment and Retention: Contextual Challenges from International Perspectives. Oxon: Routledge. Ovenden-Hope, T., Brown, V., & Achtaridou, E. (2025). The Pretty Poverty Report: Cornwall Rurality Matters. Plymouth: Plymouth Marjon University. Passy, R., & Ovenden-Hope, T. (2019). Exploring school leadership in coastal schools: ‘getting a fair deal’ for students in disadvantaged communities. Journal of Education Policy, 35(2), 222–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1573382. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Impact of Stress, Emotional Labor, Cultural Responsiveness, and Occupational Commitment on Teacher Wellbeing in Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Schools 1: University of Wollongong, Australia; 2: Western Sydney University, Australia; 3: University of New South Wales, Australia Presenting Author:Nearly one in four Australian students come from a language background other than English (ABS, 2022), yet teacher shortages persist, particularly in schools serving culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) communities (AITSL, 2025). Teachers in these settings navigate language barriers, cultural differences, and varied student support needs, intensifying everyday complexity (Schweitzer et al., 2021) and contributing to elevated emotional demands, stress, and reduced wellbeing and retention (Cruz et al., 2020; Yin et al., 2019). Similar patterns are found across Europe, where migration and refugee settlement have reshaped school demographics, placing additional pressure on teacher preparedness, emotional labour, and workforce stability (European Commission, 2023). Despite policy attention, only 20% of European teachers receive cultural responsiveness training, leaving many underprepared for inclusive pedagogy and exposed to emotional demands when supporting students facing discrimination or trauma.While European reforms embed intercultural curricula and assessment adaptations, teachers remain frontline responders to student discrimination, trauma, and exclusion, sustaining high emotional demands (European Commission, 2023). Cultural responsiveness (CR), encompassing teachers' beliefs, self-efficacy, everyday practices, and engagement in targeted professional learning, is a core lever for equity in CALD classrooms, drawing on students' cultural and linguistic strengths to support belonging and participation (Gay, 2013; Comstock et al., 2023; Hilliard et al., 2024). However, uneven access to quality professional development and limited specialist support constrain teachers' capacity to adapt instruction (Szelei et al., 2020; Tualaulelei & Halse, 2021). Generic training may increase uncertainty, while confidence in CR practice strengthens instructional clarity, student relationships, and morale (Darling-Hammond, 2017; Comstock et al., 2023; Premachandran, 2025). Teacher wellbeing is a global concern (OECD, 2020; WHO & UNESCO, 2021). Stress and emotional labour (EL) contribute significantly to burnout and attrition (Australian Government, 2022b; Rahimi & Arnold, 2024). Teachers in CALD settings often regulate emotional displays to maintain classroom stability while juggling diverse learning needs (Kariou et al., 2021). Stress accumulates when expectations exceed resources, and underprepared teachers report higher stress and EL (Tatar & Horenczyk, 2003). Systemic drivers, including funding shortfalls, limited interpreters, and inconsistent assessment adaptation processes, intensify pressure and shape school norms (Darling-Hammond, 2017). While surface acting increases emotional exhaustion, deep acting and authentic expression support healthier classroom climates but require adequate preparation and collegial support (Smith et al., 2025). Culturally responsive practices and strong occupational commitment support teacher retention in CALD schools (AITSL, 2025; Comstock et al., 2023). Self-efficacy is associated with stronger commitment and lower quitting intentions, whereas stress and EL reduce commitment (Klassen & Chiu, 2011). While the importance of culturally responsive education is increasingly recognized, limited empirical understanding exists of how CR, EL, and stress interact to shape teachers' occupational commitment in CALD contexts. This study investigates relationships between CR, EL, stress, and occupational commitment in teachers working in CALD schools across Australia, examining both quantitative patterns and teachers' lived experiences. Drawing on Vygotsky's (1978) sociocultural theory and the Self-Care Matrix (El-Osta et al., 2019), the study conceptualizes teacher wellbeing as relational, contextually embedded, and shaped by institutional supports and professional environments. Research questions: (1) What are the relationships between cultural responsiveness, emotional labour, stress, and occupational commitment in CALD schools? (2) What do teachers say about their CR capacities, stress, EL, and commitment? Identifying practice-ready levers such as targeted professional learning, specialist staffing, role design, and assessment policy can strengthen supportive teaching environments and improve retention in schools most in need of stability (AITSL, 2025; Comstock et al., 2023; Rahimi & Arnold, 2024). These findings hold relevance for European contexts facing similar challenges in supporting teachers within increasingly diverse educational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This mixed-methods study used a cross-sectional survey design to investigate relationships between cultural responsiveness, emotional labour, stress, and occupational commitment among teachers in culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) schools across Australia. Participants (n=120) were primary and secondary teachers working in schools with significant CALD student populations across Australian states and territories. Recruitment occurred through professional networks, teacher associations, and direct school outreach. The survey comprised four validated scales: Occupational Commitment (Klassen & Chiu, 2011): A 9-item scale assessing commitment to the profession (6 items) and intentions to quit (3 items), with higher scores indicating stronger commitment. Cultural Responsiveness (Comstock et al., 2023): A 28-item measure with four subscales. The CR Teaching Scale (9 items) measures frequency of culturally responsive practices on a 4-point scale. The CR Teaching Self-Efficacy Scale (8 items) assesses confidence in implementing CR practices, rated 0 (no confidence) to 10 (complete confidence). The CR Teaching Beliefs Scale (5 items) examines beliefs about cultural diversity and inclusive pedagogy on a 6-point Likert scale. The Professional Learning subscale (6 items) evaluates engagement with CR-focused professional development on a 4-point scale. Job Stress (Klassen & Chiu, 2011): A 5-item measure assessing stress from four specific sources (workload, student behaviour, time pressure, administrative demands) plus one overall item: "I find teaching to be stressful." Items rated 1 (no stress) to 9 (extreme stress). Teacher Emotional Labour in Classroom (Ma et al., 2023): A 17-item scale measuring four dimensions: surface acting (displaying unfelt emotions), deep acting (genuinely modifying feelings), expression of naturally felt emotions, and emotional termination (suppressing expression). Items rated on a 5-point Likert scale. Three open-ended questions complemented quantitative measures: (1) "How useful is cultural responsiveness professional learning to your teaching?" (2) "When teaching CALD students, what aspects do you find most stressful or not stressful?" (3) "When your true feelings are inconsistent with required emotions for teaching CALD students, what do you do to adjust your emotions?" Quantitative data will be analysed using descriptive statistics, correlation analyses, and regression modeling to examine relationships between constructs. Qualitative responses will undergo thematic analysis to identify patterns in teachers' experiences and mechanisms through which CR capacities, professional support, and emotional demands shape teacher wellbeing and retention in CALD schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The respondents were predominantly female (56%), and young, with the largest age group being 30–39 years (36%), followed by 20–29 years (29%). Many were early career teachers, with 41% having five years or less experience, and a further 25% reporting six to ten years in the profession. Initial results indicate considerable ambivalence toward the profession. Around 60% had positive feelings about quitting, and nearly 40% intended to leave teaching. While 54% still wanted a career in teaching, 40% stated they would not choose the profession again. Stress levels were high: 90% reported stress from student lack of effort, and maintaining discipline caused moderate to very high stress for a substantial proportion. Emotional labour was evident, with almost 60% agreeing they “put on a mask” while teaching and nearly half acknowledging that their displayed emotions did not match their internal feelings. Most teachers engaged in culturally responsive practices such as adapting instruction, analysing materials for bias, or using students’ cultural backgrounds to support learning. Approximately three quarters of teachers expressed confidence in adapting instruction, using varied methods, and applying developmentally appropriate practices for their students. Most respondents (92%) agreed that culturally responsive practice and respect for diversity are essential for inclusive classrooms. However, professional learning opportunities appeared limited, only 6% agreeing that training challenged biases, and most reporting only small to moderate improvements in practice. Results reveal teachers experiencing high stress and emotional strain yet maintaining strong commitment to culturally responsive practice despite limited professional learning support. Teachers value inclusivity but face significant pressures influencing wellbeing and retention. Further recruitment of 130 teachers is planned to strengthen analytical rigor and interpretive depth. References Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL).(2025). National Trends Teaching Workforce. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/research/australian-teacher-workforce-data/atwd-reports/national-trends-teacher-workforce-jun2025 Comstock, M., Litke, E., Hill, K. L., & Desimone, L. M. (2023). A Culturally Responsive Disposition: How Professional Learning and Teachers’ Beliefs About and Self-Efficacy for Culturally Responsive Teaching Relate to Instruction. AERA Open, 9. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584221140092 Cruz, R. A., Manchanda, S., Firestone, A. R., & Rodl, J. E. (2020). An Examination of Teachers’ Culturally Responsive Teaching Self-Efficacy. Teacher Education and Special Education, 43(3), 197–214. 10.1177/0888406419875194 El-Osta, A., Webber, D., Gnani, S., Banarsee, R., Mummery, D., Majeed, A., & Smith, P. (2019). The Self-Care Matrix: A unifying framework for self-care. SelfCare Journal, 10(3), 38–56. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Retrieved from https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/promoting-diversity-and-inclusion-schools-europe Gay, G. (2013). Teaching To and Through Cultural Diversity. Curriculum Inquiry, 43(1), 48–70. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23524357 Klassen, R. M., & Chiu, M. M. (2011). The occupational commitment and intention to quit of practicing and pre-service teachers: Influence of self-efficacy, job stress, and teaching context. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36(2), 114–129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2011.01.002 Ma, P., Yu, J., Qiao, Y., & Zhang, L. (2023). Developing and validating a scale to measure teachers’ emotional labor strategy in classrooms. Social Psychology of Education, 26, 557–577. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-022-09752-0 OECD. (2020). Teachers’ Well-being: A Framework for Data Collection and Analysis. https://one.oecd.org/document/EDU/WKP%282020%291/En/pdf Rahimi M, Arnold B. Understanding Australia’s teacher shortage: The importance of psychosocial working conditions to turnover intentions. The Australian Educational Researcher. 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-024-00720-5. Schweitzer, R. D., Mackay, S., Hancox, D., & Khawaja, N. G. (2021). Fostering belonging in a CALD school environment: learning from a research collaboration with a refugee and migrant school community in Australia. Intercultural Education, 32(6), 593–609. 10.1080/14675986.2021.1985803 Szelei, N., Tinoca, L., & Pinho, A. S. (2020). Professional development for cultural diversity: the challenges of teacher learning in context. Professional Development in Education, 46(5), 780–796. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1642233 Smith, K., Sheridan, L., Duursma, E., & Alonzo, D. (2025). Teachers’ emotional labour: the joys, demands, and constraints. Teachers and Teaching, 31(8), 1411–1435. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2025.2466560 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Yin, H., Huang, S., & Chen, G. (2019). The relationships between teachers’ emotional labor and their burnout and satisfaction: A meta-analytic review. Educational Research Review, Article 100283. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100283 WHO & UNESCO. (2021). Making Every School a Health Promoting School https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240025059 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Ecosystems of Teacher Learning: Developing Professional Learning Spaces that Foster Complex and Resilient Systems of Support 1: Touro University, United States of America; 2: Teachers College, Columbia University, United States of America Presenting Author:Teachers who are able to support complex systems of learning with nuance and expertise are an integral factor of student learning (Darling-Hammond, 2016; Özer, B., Can, T., & Duran, V., 2020). Yet, in too many countries, solutions for ensuring high-quality student learning are shifting toward a technorational view that attempts to simplify complex systems of learning and replace them with simplified “teacher proof” practices that are defined at a policy level (Dadvand, Ryan, & Murphy, 2025). As teachers engage in their central work of teaching students, they are being increasingly inundated with bureaucratic requirements that center proving their worth through the use of data in ways that strip detailed tapestries of student learning and reduce them into little more than the most general of outlines (McCarthy, Riddle, & Hickey, 2025). This is a form of knowledge creation that locks teachers into a “performative agenda” that does benefit the students it is purportedly meant to serve. Here, knowledge is being “created” in a way that decenters teachers and students and replaces them with nameless, faceless claims that highlight their failures while offering only very few pragmatic solutions that are contextually relevant to local learning spaces. We can’t help but contrast this stripped, simplified, and depersonalized version of teaching and learning with research about exemplary learning contexts that emphasize how knowledge across domains “is subject to the professional identities of their ‘owners’” (Hameyer, 2007) and learning theories that emphasize the importance of “build[ing] on the situated nature of learning, emphasising the value of learning through ‘doing’ in the company of others and acknowledg[ing] both the socio-cultural and socio-material nature of learning,” (Carvalho & Yeoman, p. 1122). These versions of learning are complex and difficult to enact. They require continued teacher learning and critical reflection throughout a teacher’s career. They center the teacher and student in the learning process rather than trying to remove or mitigate their impact. As pre-service teachers are prepared to enter this complex and contradictory system, they are too often faced with the abrasive realities of teaching without having access to contexts where teachers are engaged in creative processes of mitigating the negative impacts of these tensions. One veteran teacher described her concern for pre-service teachers who were entering schools and were, “just get[ting] schooled in how school is…like the culture of school and it really takes some of the joy out of teaching,” (Adeyemi, Pratt, & Stanton, 2025). Field experiences offer an important context for new teacher learning and they must pair these with intentional introductions to the creative, constructive, and sometimes subversive work that teachers do to meet the needs of their students despite the challenges they face. In this study, we look at one example of this work by examining the experiences of a group of teachers, who have been working to reshape and reimagine their own understandings of teaching and learning. By coming together, they have engaged in a process of knowledge creation as they co-construct pedagogical strategies to address instructional dilemmas they face in their own classrooms. We also examine their process of inviting pre-service teachers to participate in this space, as an opportunity for considering the fabric of possibility in the context of school. Research Questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study examines the experiences of knowledge creation co-constructed by a coalition of teachers, all sharing a connection to one teacher preparation program (as former students and/or Mentor Teachers), who shared the aim of enhancing their teaching practice and elevating the real-world applications of their students’ learning. The participants were a group of 20 teachers and teacher educators, all working in an informal network of public schools in partnership with one local university in a large north-eastern city in the United States. At the time of the study, the coalition had existed in varying forms for nearly 9 years. Teachers used this space to ask questions, pose dilemmas, and engage in experimental teaching practices that were then taken back to schools to be applied in for formal classroom contexts. Data Collection In previous projects, over 8 years we collected a range of documents (e.g., student journals, meeting notes, correspondence, workshopping posters, individual interviews) that also act as longitudinal sources of data for this study. Additional data for this project includes a set of two focus groups meant to explore the theoretical and practical elements of this group’s work. The first focus group centers on the idea of knowledge creation and the group’s experience engaging with pedagogical dilemmas and developing professional processes of inquiry as a community to interrogate them. The second uses a narrative storytelling method to explore experiential (what did we do?) and emotional (how did it feel?) elements of this work. Data Analysis Analysis for this study utilizes a multi-layered method. This includes a preliminary chronological sequencing of data chronologically to develop a “storyboard” that offers insights into teacher learning and how concepts of knowledge creation and co-constructed change over time. Transcript elements are layered onto this using the second focus group and matching this storytelling narrative to our sequenced storyboard. We will next use a cycle of process coding to describe changes and consider how “actions intertwined with the dynamics of time,” (Miles, Huberman, & Saldana, 2014). Finally, to explore connections between actions and motive/intent/motivation, we will add an additional layer of coding that focuses on values, attitudes, and beliefs of the participants (Saldana & Masta, 2018). This cycle of thematic coding offers insight into how social interactions affected ways that participants engaged in their professional practice as we think about the nature of the community or ecosystem is being collaboratively constructed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary results offer an illustration of ways in which a few simple actions can result in the development of complex and vibrant systems. Members of the coalition joined this group through word-of-mouth and because colleagues were having positive experiences. The growth was organic as one person would bring another. Teachers talked about having “an outlet where [I] felt like I could do the type of teaching and learning that I was hoping to” and “being excited about being a part” of the community that was forming. This energy seems to have been reinforced through community norms and structures such as open meeting times where the agenda was co-constructed and that happened in-person and a fluidity of membership where teachers would take a break at pivotal moments when they had less bandwidth (e.g., taking a year off while buying a house, having a child, or getting married) and then would reenter the community and continue to contribute. Within the space, our preliminary data indicates a process where identifying dilemmas (e.g., my school won’t let me do that), asking questions (e.g., but what does that actually look like in teaching practice?), and experimentation (e.g., well let’s try that with some students and see what happens) formed the basic structure that defined the work of the group. Our preliminary data shows an iterative cycle that offered an open structure of inquiry-based teacher learning that ultimately came to also impact student, pre-service teacher, and teacher educator learning as the structures of the community became continuously more complex in terms of membership while also maintaining a simple structure for engaging in pedagogical inquiry. References Adeyemi, S. C., Pratt, S., & Stanton, R. (2025). “We Wanted to Be Brave”: Co-Creating Spaces for Multi-Directional Learning in a Teacher Residency. In Critical Approaches for Teacher Residencies (pp. 224-237). Routledge. Babak Dadvand, Juliana Ryan & Steve Murphy (2025) Context matters: Rethinking graduate teacher readiness for hard-to-staff schools, Teachers and Teaching, 31:8, 1266-1281, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2025.2463022 Carvalho, L., & Yeoman, P. (2018). Framing learning entanglement in innovative learning spaces: Connecting theory, design and practice. British Educational Research Journal, 44(6), 1120-1137. Darling-Hammond, L. (2016). Research on teaching and teacher education and its influences on policy and practice. Educational Researcher, 45(2), 83-91. Hameyer, U. (2007). Transforming domain knowledge: A systemic view at the school curriculum. The Curriculum Journal, 18(4), 411-427. McCarthy, M., Riddle, S., & Hickey, A. (2025). The teacher as double agent: performative compliance, allegiance and survival in the contemporary classroom. Teachers and Teaching, 31(8), 1251–1265. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2025.2478150 Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M., & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. Sage Publications. Özer, B., Can, T., & Duran, V. (2020). Development of an individual professional development plan proposal that is based on continuing professional development needs of teachers. European Educational Researcher, 3(3), 139-172. Saldaña, J., & Omasta, M. (2018). Qualitative research: Analyzing life. Sage Publications. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 11 SES 03 A: Quality of Education Systems: School Development Practices Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Ineta Luka Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper School Development Counselling in Austria: A Multiperspective Qualitative Study on Practices, Challenges, and Success Factors Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria Presenting Author:In international academic discourse, school development has increasingly attracted attention in response to growing demands for educational quality and, consequently, for systematic school quality management. In recent years, the concept of external school development counselling (SDC) has gained prominence, particularly in German-speaking countries (e.g., Kemethofer, Altrichter, & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, 2024; Dedering, Kamarianakis, & Racherbäumer, 2022; Jesacher-Rößler, 2022; Altrichter et al., 2021). This development is also reflected in Austria’s strategic objectives outlined in the development plan of the Universities of Teacher Education (UTE) for the period 2021–2026, as well as in the White Paper on the future orientation of SDC in Austria, which emphasises the substantial strengthening of SDC in the coming years (Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research, 2019, 2021). The National Education Report Austria 2021 (NERA, 2021) summarises the development and current practice of school development counselling (SDC) within the Austrian school system, formulates recommendations for action based on national and international research, and identifies key desiderata and starting points for further (Austrian) research. SDC is described as support for school development processes provided by actors external to the school, with the aim of enabling schools to engage independently and sustainably in their further development and to strengthen their capacity for self-regulation. Accordingly, SDC is conceptualised as an advisory service for school quality management, supporting both quality assurance and continuous school improvement (Altrichter et al., 2021). The National Education Report Austria 2021 (NERA, 2021) further emphasises that, with “a few exceptions”, there is a lack of empirical studies on school development counselling (SDC) in Austria. In particular, it is noted that a descriptive mapping of the SDC landscape—such as those conducted in Germany (e.g., Dedering, Tillmann, Goecke, & Rauh, 2013; Adenstedt, 2016)—is still missing for the Austrian context. Moreover, several research desiderata are identified, including schools’ support needs as well as their attitudes towards and experiences with SDC, the methods applied within counselling processes, the modes of action and underlying processes of SDC, and the qualifications of counsellors (Altrichter et al., 2021). The present contribution builds on the research desiderata identified in the National Education Report Austria 2021 (NERA, 2021). The study examines how key characteristics of school development counselling (SDC) are designed and how their quality is perceived in practice. In this context, the following research questions are addressed:
Based on semi-structured interviews with teachers, school development counsellors, and school principals, this study examines the practical implementation and perceived effectiveness of school development counselling (SDC) in Austrian schools. The findings contribute to European and international debates on school quality management and the professional cooperation between school leadership, teaching staff, and external counsellors. In doing so, the study highlights how SDC can support schools in developing sustainable, self-regulated improvement processes while accounting for diverse school contexts. Furthermore, the results provide insights into conditions for successful SDC, such as the alignment of framework conditions, process design, and participants’ perspectives, offering lessons relevant for comparable educational systems internationally (Altrichter et al., 2021; Dedering et al., 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study (n = 54) investigates the organisation and perceived effectiveness of school development counselling (SDC) in Austrian schools. Sixteen schools were selected systematically using a “most diverse” sampling strategy based on a nationwide quantitative study. Principals, teachers, and school development counsellors were invited to participate voluntarily and anonymously via email. In total, 54 semi-structured interviews were conducted, fully transcribed, and digitally recorded, including 23 interviews with school counsellors, 16 with principals, and 42 with teachers (15 group interviews). The interviews lasted on average approximately 45 minutes and were conducted online. To address the research questions, a qualitative content analysis was applied at both the individual-case and cross-case levels, following the methodology outlined by Kuckartz and Rädiger (2024). The category system was initially constructed deductively, with clearly defined inclusion and exclusion criteria, and further refined through both deductive and inductive subcategories. The analysis followed a multi-stage, team-based approach. First, all interview transcripts were imported into MAXQDA. Approximately 25% of the material was coded as a preliminary sample to identify meaningful text passages and assign them to the main categories. When relevant aspects were not adequately captured by existing subcategories, new theory-driven inductive subcategories were added while maintaining the overarching deductive structure. Categories were continuously refined, merged, or expanded. To ensure transparency and reliability, all coding decisions, especially controversial ones, were discussed and agreed upon collaboratively within the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this article, the theoretical foundations and the approaches relevant to the research questions are first outlined. Following this structure, the study’s findings are presented with reference to the three research questions. The results provide insights into current challenges and support needs in Austrian schools, as well as how school development counselling (SDC) is organised, perceived, and assessed in terms of quality from the perspectives of school principals, teachers, and school development counsellors, taking into account context, utilisation, and outcomes. By integrating these multiperspective views, the study identifies conditions for successful SDC and discusses them in relation to international school management practices. The qualitative findings are broadly compatible with previous national and international research and address the desiderata formulated by Altrichter et al. (2021). Moreover, the study contributes to the European and international discourse on school quality management, professional collaboration, and the implementation of effective counselling processes. In particular, it highlights how structured, context-sensitive, and participatory SDC can support schools in fostering self-regulation, continuous improvement, and overall educational quality, offering lessons for comparable educational systems internationally (Altrichter et al., 2021; Dedering et al., 2013). References Adenstedt, K. (2016). Schulentwicklungsberatung. Zwischen staatlicher Steuerung und einzelschulischer Entwicklung; Untersuchungen zu Bedarf und Gestalt eines Unterstützungsinstruments (Dissertation). Bad Heilbrunn. Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H. & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberatungsforschung. In Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021, Teil 3 – Ausgewählte Entwicklungsfelder (p. 375–421). Verfügbar unter: https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:09d0d609-e889-447f-a9f0-47334cd67d89/nbb2021.pdf Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research. (2019). PH-EP Pädagogische Hochschulen - Entwicklungsplan 2021-2016. Vienna: FMBESR. Verfügbar unter: https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/fpp/ph/phep.html Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research. (2021). National Education Report Austria 2021, Teil 2 – Bildungsindikatoren. https://doi.org/10.17888/NBB2021-2 Dedering, K., Kamarianakis, E. & Racherbäumer, K. (2022). Schulentwicklungsberatung. Begrifflich-konzeptionelle Grundlegung, empirische Betrachtung und (kritische) Perspektivierung. Die deutsche Schule, 114. Die deutsche Schule 114(4), p. 345-362. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:26183 Dedering, K., Tillmann, K.‑J., Goecke, M. & Rauh, M. (2013). Wenn Experten in die Schule kommen. Schulentwicklungsberatung - empirisch betrachtet. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-01402-5 Jesacher-Rößler, L. (2022). Schulentwicklungsbegleitung durch multiprofessionelle Teams. Aufgabenbereiche, Kooperationspraktiken und Beratungsverständnisse. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 2022(4), p. 363–377. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2022.04.03 Kemethofer, D., Altrichter, H. & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2024). Wenn das Ganze mehr ist als die Summe seiner Teile. Schulentwicklungsberatung im Rahmen der BMBWF Förderinitiative B3. SchulVerwaltung aktuell, 12(2), p. 46–49. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Grundlagentexte Methoden (Grundlagentexte Methoden, 5. Auflage). Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa. Verfügbar unter: http://www.content-select.com/index.php?id=bib_view&ean=9783779955337 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Comparative Perspectives on School Improvement: Forces and Challenges in England and Türkiye Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Educational organisations are expected to adapt the opportunities and the challenges of a rapidly changing world (Newton and Tarrant, 1992). Therefore, change is an inherent and vital aspect of the school improvement process. Change during school improvement encompass a wide range of transformations, including curriculum updates, shifts in pedagogical approaches, instructional methodologies, the incorporation of emerging technologies and the evolving needs of students and society. Thus, school improvement is a complex process that unfolds at the school level (Feldhoff, Radisch and Bischof, 2016). This dynamism can be daunting, yet it presents opportunities to enhance the quality of education and better prepare students for the challenges they will face as they enter wider society more independently. It is driven by a commitment to enhance the quality of education, improve student outcomes, meet the diverse needs of students, foster a positive learning environment, and remain responsive to the expectations of parents, communities, and society at large (Hallinger and Heck 2011, Murphy 2013). Schools try to enhance student outcomes and strengthen the schools’ capacities for managing change through school improvement (Feldhoff et al., 2016; Hopkins 2001; Sammons et al. 2014). School principals together with teachers are expected to lead to change and enhance planning practices, build trust within the school, have autonomy and restructure the school during change process (Alsharija and Watters 2021). However, this journey in schools can be met with a mix of enthusiasm and resistance because of being complex and multifaceted. Different countries might face various change forces, adopt distinct approaches to implementing change, thereby encountering different challenges throughout this process. In our study, we will discuss two countries, England and Türkiye that have decentralised and centralised education systems respectively. Through exploring the forces for change and the challenges faced in both England and Türkiye, we argue that there are differences and also similarities between two apparently different contexts. The aim of this study is to explore and compare the forces and challenges influencing school improvement processes in two contrasting education systems, namely England and Türkiye, which operate within decentralised and centralised governance structures respectively. Guided by Lewin’s force-field analysis (Lewin, 1951), the study seeks to identify the driving and restraining forces shaping change at the school level and to examine how these forces influence schools’ capacities to manage and sustain improvement initiatives. By analysing similarities and differences across these two national contexts, the study aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of how systemic structures and policy environments shape school improvement processes and responses to change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative comparative research design to explore the forces and challenges influencing school improvement processes in two contrasting education systems: England, characterised by a relatively decentralised system, and Türkiye, which operates within a more centralised system. A qualitative approach was considered appropriate as it allows for an in-depth exploration of participants’ perspectives, experiences, and interpretations of change within their institutional and policy contexts. Data were collected from schools in England and Türkiye. In England, the study involved five schools (both primary and secondary) located in Manchester and London, representing a range of school inspection outcomes. A total of 22 educators, including senior leaders and teachers. In Türkiye, data were gathered from 12 public schools, comprising primary, middle, and high schools, located in the Anatolian region. The Turkish sample included 36 educators, consisting of school leaders and teachers. The selection of participants aimed to capture diverse perspectives on school improvement and change processes at different school levels. In the study, data were collected through semi-structured interviews, which allowed participants to reflect on their experiences of, and contributions to, school improvement initiatives. Interview questions focused on participants’ perceptions of internally and externally driven changes, the forces facilitating school improvement, and the challenges encountered during implementation. This method provided flexibility to probe emerging themes while ensuring consistency across interviews in both national context. Ethical approval for the study was obtained from the relevant university ethics committee. All participating schools and individuals were fully informed about the purpose of the study, and informed consent was obtained prior to data collection. Participants were assured of confidentiality, anonymity, and their right to withdraw from the study at any stage (Creswell, 2013). Interview data were analysed using a thematic analysis approach, informed by Lewin’s force-field analysis. Data were coded to identify driving and restraining forces related to school improvement in each country. Themes were first analysed within each national context and then compared across England and Türkiye to identify similarities and differences in the forces shaping school improvement processes. This comparative analysis enabled a deeper understanding of how systemic structures influence schools’ capacities to manage and sustain change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In England data revealed that changes in the school improvement process mostly depend on partner schools’ improvement strategies and Ofsted (Office for Standards in Education, Children’s Services and Skills). guidelines. However, anxiety, staff mobility, and ineffective communication are challenges for teachers engaging in change processes for school improvement. Teachers stressed that they had restricted time for change implementation. However, school leaders sometimes had opposing views on change initiatives and there were debates between them about change initiatives for school improvement which demonstrated at least some level of debate was engaged in around initiatives. Compared to England, Turkish participants pointed out that both teachers and school principals may resist changes directed by the Ministry of National Education (MoNE). Changes for school improvement were mostly initiated by MONE and school principals in Türkiye. Indeed, sudden and radical changes seem to exist on paper only, posing a potential threat to the perceived benefits of the alignment of schools with their strategic goals. This can lead to a level of hypocrisy between what was claimed to be happening in schools around change and the reality. This had implications for autonomy and power in educational settings. There appear to be challenges in change process in England which was inhibited in terms of creativity by regulation and inspection and in the hierarchical and bureaucratic system of Türkiye, where converting policy into practice is not investigated or checked in detail. Based on the findings, a need for evidence-based policy practice in change management processes, and implementation of changes in ways that support school improvement as regards student experiences of education are suggested. Autonomy for school principals and leaders in decision-making, is key to providing more resources and using them to diminish the legal and financial obstacles of schools for both countries. References Alsharija, M., and Watters, J. J. (2020). Secondary school principals as change agents in Kuwait: Principals’ perspectives. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(6), 883-890. Creswell, J. (2013). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches. SAGE: London. Feldhoff, T., Radisch, F., and Bischof, L. M. (2016). Designs and methods in school improvement research: A systematic review. Journal of Educational Administration, 54(2), 209-240. Hallinger, P., and Heck, R. H. (2011). Exploring the journey of school improvement: classifying and analyzing patterns of change in school improvement processes and learning outcomes, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 22(1), 1-27. Hopkins, D. (2001). School improvement for real. Routledge Falmer, London and New York, NY. Lewin, K. (1951). Field theory in social science: selected theoretical papers. New York: Harper and Row. Murphy, J. (2013). The architecture of school improvement. Journal of Educational Administration, 51(3), 252-263. Newton, C., and Tarrant, T. (1992). Managing change in schools: A practical handbook. London and New York: Routledge. Sammons, P., Davis, S., Day, C. and Gu, Q. (2014). Using mixed methods to investigate school improvement and the role of leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(5), 565-589. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Educational Guiding Principles in the Area of Tension Between School Self-regulation and External Control Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Austria Presenting Author:Education systems worldwide have introduced governance reforms to address challenges in improving performance and equity amid demographic change and growing societal diversity (van Ackeren et al., 2016). These reforms are based on the expectation that more outcome-oriented and decentralized governance can improve the effectiveness and quality of education (UNESCO, 2000). As a consequence, steering responsibilities are progressively relocated from central authorities to intermediate and local levels, granting schools greater autonomy within defined frameworks of goals and expectations (Altrichter & Maag Merki, 2016). These developments reposition schools as key actors of reform, which places increasing demands on schools’ developmental and evaluative capacities. For this reason, many countries have complemented autonomy-oriented governance reforms with external support systems (Thomson, 2010) frequently institutionalized as forms of school development consultancy, though operating under different terminologies and models. These school development consultants emerge as critical mediators between system-level governance frameworks and school-level practices, supporting schools in interpreting policy expectations and translating them into development strategies (Altrichter et al., 2021). In line with these international developments, many European countries, including Austria, have sought to modernize their education systems through the introduction of evidence-informed governance approaches (Altrichter & Gamsjäger, 2017). Introduced nationwide in September 2021, the Austrian Quality Management System for Schools (QMS) can be understood as part of this broader transformation. QMS provides instruments to support reflection, evaluation, and the consolidation of results in school-based teamwork, serving both internal developmental purposes and external accountability requirements (Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung, 2022), and thereby consistently aligns with the logic of evidence-based steering. Within the Austrian education system, school development consultants are positioned as part of formal support structures. From an educational governance perspective, their role is to mediate between macro-, meso-, and micro-levels of the system and to contribute to system coordination primarily through supportive strategies such as consultation, the provision of tools, and the facilitation of school development processes, rather than through directive or control-oriented modes of steering (Altrichter et al., 2021). During the first three-year quality development cycle defined by QMS, schools are required to formulate and implement shared pedagogical guiding principles. The empirical study presented in this paper examines, at a micro-analytical level, how these system-level reform impulses translate into changes in action coordination within schools with a particular focus on negotiation processes among different actors (Schimank, 2007). From an educational governance perspective, the study conceptualizes pedagogical guiding principles as governance instruments that structure, but do not determine, action at the school level and therefore require processes of interpretation, negotiation, and coordination among actors (Arnold, 2000; Altrichter et al., 2022). The study aims to reconstruct these processes in order to better understand how system-level reform impulses are translated into school-level practices under conditions of increased autonomy and accountability. Reform impulses introduced through QMS are understood as steering interventions that challenge existing rules and routines at the school level and give rise to negotiation processes, including resistance. Such resistance is analytically used as a lens to reconstruct shifts in coordination, as it reveals tensions between competing interests, contradictory demands, and established versus emerging practices. The study addresses the following research question: How is the structural framework of educational guiding principles taken up by different actors at the individual school level and negotiated in the school context? The case was deliberately selected under the condition of the involvement of school development consultants. What role do school development consultants play in shaping action coordination during school development processes under QMS? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Problem-centered interviews (Witzel, 2000) were conducted with different actors at a secondary school between the Months of June and February. The sample (n = 10) included the school leader, teachers, and school development consultants. The interviews focused on the ongoing process of revising pedagogical guiding principles in accordance with the QMS framework and explored how this process was interpreted and negotiated by the actors involved. Two interviews were conducted on the same day. They were then transcribed and analyzed. Following the logic of the hermeneutic circle, insights gained from earlier interviews were used to inform subsequent interviews, allowing for a deeper understanding of the school development process. All interviews were analyzed using a qualitative content analysis with a structuring approach (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022). The school was selected through purposive sampling, as it was engaged in school development counseling and was actively implementing a mission statement development process aligned with QMS requirements. The selection of interview participants followed a sequential and theoretically informed sampling strategy (Lamnek & Krell, 2016). In an initial step, individuals holding key intra-school positions relevant to school development were interviewed. At the end of each interview, participants were asked to identify additional actors who, in their view, could contribute to a more differentiated understanding of the school development process. This procedure enabled the inclusion of participants with diverse and contrasting perspectives, including individuals who were critical of the development process, teachers who had joined the school while the process was already underway, and teachers who positioned themselves more neutrally. In this way, the sampling strategy (Lamnek & Krell, 2016) aimed to capture a broad range of experiences and interpretations related to the school development process. In the analysis, the statements of the stakeholders were compared across participant groups and related to the QMS framework for pedagogical guiding principles. This comparative analytical perspective was intended to support a reconstruction of how predefined guidelines were taken up, reinterpreted, and negotiated within the specific school context, with particular attention to processes of meaning-making and local adaptation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that the guiding educational principles are perceived by those responsible for school development as important for promoting the teaching of and identification with school values. While several interviewees reported that the mission statement has little impact on daily school life, they emphasized the significance of its content. The mission statement appears to carry primarily symbolic and normative weight, making its wording a subject of negotiation. However, efforts were undertaken to translate the mission statement into practice, particularly with regard to sustainability (e.g., the proposed abolition of air travel for language trips) as well as the general understanding of performance and performance assessment in particular. While the discontinuation of air travel was deemed unfeasible, the issues surrounding performance remained a major concern. It is unclear what measures will be decided upon and what impact they will have on daily practice. All interviewees critically noted that the increasing importance of school development is accompanied by rising responsibilities and accountability, often without sufficient time or resources. Much of the work related to school development was reported to be carried out in teachers’ free time and typically by a small, consistent group of individuals. Consequently, there is a widespread perception that school development relies heavily on the commitment and idealism of a few, rather than being systematically supported across the institution. The perceived relevance of school development consultants varied depending on the internal positions of the teachers interviewed; overall, they were considered a valuable source of support. These results suggest that while mission statements and school development initiatives carry symbolic and normative significance, their practical implementation is constrained by structural and resource-related limitations. Furthermore, differences in beliefs about what schools can and should achieve play a central role in school development processes, as the organizational self-understanding is continuously negotiated and debated. References Arnold, E., Bastian, J., & Reh, S. (2000). Spannungsfelder der Schulprogrammarbeit. Erfahrungen bei der Einführung eines neuen Instruments der Schulentwicklung. Die Deutsche Schule, 92(4), 414-429. Altrichter, H., & Maag Merki, K. (2016). Steuerung der Entwicklung des Schulwesens. In H. Altrichter & K. Maag Merki (Eds.), Handbuch neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (S. 1–27). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Altrichter, H., & Gamsjäger, M. (2017). A conceptual model for research in performance standard policies. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(1), 6–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2017.1316180 Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberatungsforschung. In Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 375–421). https://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021 Altrichter, H., Gamsjäger, M., Plaimauer, C., Prammer-Semmler, E., Steiner, R., Zuber, J., & Handschuh, L. (2022). Making sense of evidence-based governance reforms: An exploratory analysis of teachers coping with the Austrian performance standard policy. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 21(3), 501–521. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2020.1791906 Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. (2022). QMS im Überblick: Die Gesamtdarstellung des Qualitätsmanagementsystems für Schulen (Version 1.1). https://www.qms.at/images/QMS-im-Ueberblick.pdf Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (5. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa. Lamnek, S., & Krell, C. (2016). Qualitative Sozialforschung (6., vollständig überarbeitete Auflage). Beltz. Schimank, U. (2007). Elementare Mechanismen. In A. Benz, S. Lütz, U. Schimank & G. Simonis (Eds.), Handbuch Governance: Theoretische Grundlagen und empirische Anwendungsfelder (S. 29–45). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Thomson, P. (2010). Whole school change: A literature review. Creativity, Culture & Education. UNESCO. (2000). Dakar framework for action: Education for all: Meeting our collective commitments. Van Ackeren, I., Brauckmann, S., & Klein, E. D. (2016). Internationale Diskussions-, Forschungs- und Theorieansätze zur Governance im Schulwesen. In H. Altrichter & K. Maag Merki (Eds.), Handbuch neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (S. 29–51). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Witzel, A. (2000). Das problemzentrierte Interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(1), Artikel 22. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Pedagogical Support in Chile’s Public Education System: Policy Intentions and Implementation Universidad de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:Across contemporary education systems, pedagogical support has become a central strategy for school improvement and quality assurance, particularly through the strengthening of middle-tier governance. While the literature does not offer a fully standardised terminology, pedagogical support can be understood as a set of actions external to the school aimed at strengthening, in sustained and contextualised ways, the professional and institutional capacities of school leaders and teachers through guidance, advice, and evidence-informed feedback (Rodríguez Espinoza, 2023; Vermeir & Kelchtermans, 2022; Thessin, 2019). Recent scholarship emphasises its continuous and situated character: rather than isolated interventions, support is enacted through systematic processes that accompany schools’ work cycles and adapt to organisational cultures and local conditions (Edwards-Groves et al., 2025). This evolution reflects broader shifts in improvement research away from linear knowledge-transfer models towards collaborative professional learning and capacity-building approaches, where the aim is to develop sustainable internal conditions for improvement within organisations (Harris & Hopkins, 2001; Stosich, 2020). From this perspective, the effectiveness of support depends less on the mechanical application of protocols and more on the relational quality of interactions, professional trust, and the relevance of strategies mobilised in practice (Thessin, 2019; Vermeir & Kelchtermans, 2022). Accordingly, the professionalisation of those who provide support becomes critical, as these roles require pedagogical expertise, sensitivity to organisational change processes, and the capacity to foster reflective dialogue and professional learning (Goldring et al., 2020a). Middle-tier organisations and actors have therefore gained prominence as key sites of mediation between policy and practice. Support work is increasingly conceptualised as a form of intermediary or boundary-spanning practice, in which support agents navigate insider–outsider dynamics, connect system levels, translate policy expectations into situated practice, and coordinate across overlapping mandates (Coburn et al., 2008; Vermeir & Kelchtermans, 2020). At the same time, this work is frequently shaped by structural tensions between accountability and improvement, collaboration and control, and evaluation and developmental support—often resulting in hybrid roles and ambiguous expectations for those providing support (Honig & Rainey, 2014; Meyers et al., 2024; Rogers, 2022). These tensions highlight that pedagogical support is not merely a technical function but an inherently interpretive form of professional work requiring judgement and negotiation in context (Kelchtermans, 2009). Against this background, the paper examines Chile’s national pedagogical support system as a particularly instructive case for international audiences. Ongoing reforms have expanded and professionalised the middle tier through the creation of Local Education Services, while maintaining parallel support and quality-assurance functions within ministerial and oversight bodies. This configuration has produced a densely regulated “ecology of improvement” characterised by multiple actors, overlapping mandates, and tightly sequenced annual improvement cycles (Tournier et al., 2023). The study is guided by two questions: How is pedagogical support conceived and enacted within a multi-level governance system? How do structural conditions interact to shape the enactment of support in such systems? The paper’s conceptual contribution lies in advancing a layered and relational lens for analysing pedagogical support systems. Rather than treating support as a linear chain from policy design to implementation, the paper conceptualises support as the outcome of multiple, intertwined layers operating simultaneously: national improvement rationales and policy designs; institutional roles and coordination across quality assurance bodies; local organisational capacities and resource conditions; and the professional judgement exercised by support actors in their everyday work with schools (Stosich, 2020; Thessin, 2019). These layers are woven together in practice, shaping how schools experience support and whether it is perceived as formative, fragmented, or compliance-oriented. This framing contributes to international debates on educational improvement by highlighting how coherence, professional judgement, and institutional architecture are co-constructed in systems where accountability, improvement, and innovation agendas intersect. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a mixed-methods research design that combines policy analysis, survey data, and qualitative case studies to examine how pedagogical support is conceived and enacted across the levels of a complex governance system. The study was conducted as part of a national research programme on pedagogical support in Chile’s public education system. First, a document analysis was conducted to reconstruct the formal design and improvement logic of the national support system. The corpus includes policy frameworks, legal regulations, technical guidelines, operational instruments, and planning tools produced by the Ministry of Education and the Public Education Directorate. These documents were analysed to identify underlying assumptions about improvement, roles and responsibilities, coordination mechanisms, and expected modes of support. Second, national survey data were collected from school leaders and pedagogical support professionals across the public education system. The survey gathered information on the organisation, focus, intensity, and perceived orientation of support, as well as role perceptions and coordination across institutions. Descriptive and comparative analyses were used to identify variation across territories and actor groups, providing system-level insight into how support is structured and experienced. Third, five in-depth territorial case studies were conducted in Local Education Services (SLEPs), selected to represent diverse institutional trajectories, geographic contexts, and socio-educational conditions. Each case study combined semi-structured interviews with intermediate-level support professionals, school leaders, and relevant institutional actors, along with observations and analysis of local planning documents and support instruments. Finally, 24 semi-structured interviews were conducted with national-level policymakers, senior technical staff involved in the design and coordination of pedagogical support, and other key institutional actors within the support system. These interviews provided insight into policy rationales, intended complementarities between institutions, and perceived implementation challenges. Data analysis followed an iterative and abductive strategy. Qualitative materials were coded thematically using a shared analytical framework informed by the research questions and relevant literature. The framework comprised interrelated analytical categories addressing: (a) the design and underlying theory of change of the pedagogical support system; (b) organisational structures, roles, and coordination mechanisms across institutional levels; (c) implementation of support practices in territorial contexts, including modalities and focal areas; (d) structural and contextual conditions shaping implementation, such as resources, workload, and professional development; and (e) actors’ interpretations, experiences, and attributed effects of support. Quantitative and qualitative findings were triangulated across data sources and system levels to analyse coherence, variation, and interaction between institutional arrangements and professional practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper extends existing work on policy enactment by conceptualising pedagogical support as a distinctive governance practice emerging from the interaction of multiple, intertwined layers. These include national improvement rationales and policy designs; institutional roles and coordination across quality assurance bodies; local organisational capacities and resource conditions; and the professional judgement exercised by support actors in their everyday work with schools. This layered perspective highlights that tensions between accountability and improvement are not merely implementation failures but are structurally embedded in the architecture of support systems, particularly in contexts characterised by strong regulation and multiple oversight actors. Using Chile’s national pedagogical support system as an analytically rich case, the study examines how recent reforms have expanded and professionalised the middle tier through Local Education Services while maintaining parallel support and accountability functions within ministerial and oversight bodies. This configuration has produced a densely regulated ecology of improvement marked by overlapping mandates, multiple actors, and tightly sequenced annual improvement cycles. The analysis enables a critical examination of both the potential and the limits of new institutional arrangements intended to bring support closer to schools and foster more continuous and collaborative improvement processes. It also draws attention to how improvement models grounded in international evidence can become overly standardised when translated into prescriptive support frameworks. By foregrounding the interplay between professional capacities and structural conditions in regulated improvement systems, the paper contributes to broader debates on how education systems balance standardisation, coherence, and professional agency. It shows that sustaining meaningful pedagogical support depends on both the capacity of intermediate-level actors to interpret and mediate expectations and enabling conditions such as clear mandates, coordination, time, and staffing. The study offers conceptually grounded insights for policymakers, system leaders, and researchers concerned with strengthening the formative potential of middle-tier support across diverse governance contexts. References Coburn, C. E., Bae, S., & Turner, E. O. (2008). Authority, status, and the dynamics of insider–outsider partnerships at the district level. Peabody Journal of Education, 83(3), 364–399. Edwards-Groves, C., Grootenboer, P., Tindall-Ford, S., & Attard, C. (2025). Relational coherence in middle leading for school-based professional development. Professional Development in Education, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2024.2445549 Goldring, E. B., Clark, M. A., Rubin, M., Rogers, L. K., Grissom, J. A., Gill, B., Kautz, T., McCullough, M., Neel, M., & Burnett, A. (2020). Changing the principal supervisor role to better support principals: Evidence from the Principal Supervisor Initiative. Mathematica; Vanderbilt University. https://doi.org/10.59656/EL-LS5579.001 Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2001). Capacity building for school improvement: The role of the LEA. Management in Education, 15(2), 21–23. https://doi.org/10.1177/08920206010150020701 Honig, M. I., & Rainey, L. R. (2014). Central office leadership in principal professional learning communities: The practice beneath the policy. Teachers College Record, 116(4). Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self-understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2), 257–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875332 Meyers, C. V., Thessin, R. A., & Stosich, E. L. (2024). An exploration of how district leaders organize to support principal supervisors for underperforming schools in mid-sized districts. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 52(4), 974–990. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221111667 Rodríguez Espinoza, S. (2023). Apoyo del nivel intermedio a líderes escolares: Una revisión sistemática. Calidad en la Educación, 58, 235–267. https://doi.org/10.31619/caledu.n58.1275 Rogers, L. K. (2022). Is role change enough? District organizational supports for principal supervision. Educational Administration Quarterly, 58(4), 527–560. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X221081828 Stosich, E. L. (2020). Central office leadership for instructional improvement: Developing collaborative leadership among principals and instructional leadership team members. Teachers College Record, 122(9), 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146812012200908 Thessin, R. A. (2019). Establishing productive principal/principal supervisor partnerships for instructional leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 57(5), 463–483. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-09-2018-0184 Tournier, B., Chimier, C., & Jones, C. (Eds.). (2023). Leading teaching and learning together: The role of the middle tier. UNESCO IIEP; Education Development Trust. https://doi.org/10.54675/WBUO9725 Vermeir, K., & Kelchtermans, G. (2020). Innovative practice as interpretative negotiation: A case-study on the kamishibai in kindergarten. Teachers and Teaching, 26(3–4), 248–263. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2020.1820978 Vermeir, K., & Kelchtermans, G. (2022). Unpacking the support practices of educational advisors: Congruency, loyalty, legitimacy, and urgency. Journal of Educational Change, 23(4), 473–495. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09428-0 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 13 SES 03 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Elisabet Langmann Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Teaching Philosophy in Challenging Times. Reading Hegel’s 1818 Inaugural Address as a Pedagogy of Reconciliation University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper critically explores the contemporary relevance of G. W. F. Hegel’s (1770 – 1831) conception of teaching philosophy in face of the current meta-crisis. Against the background of intersecting ecological, social, political, and epistemic instabilities, and in dialogue with Alain Badiou, Angelica Nuzzo and Slavoj Žižek’s efforts to revitalize Hegel, I ask to what extent Hegel’s thought can still inform contemporary accounts of philosophical praxis, despite the historical, conceptual, and political distance that limits any straightforward appropriation. Through a close reading of Hegel’s 1818 Inaugural Address and his 1812 report on teaching philosophy in the gymnasium, I reconstruct Hegel’s view of philosophy as an inseparable unity of content and method, in which students “learn philosophy by philosophizing”. Next, I contend that Hegel’s dialectical-speculative logic can be understood as a pedagogy of reconciliation: a mode of teaching that initiates students into a transformative philosophical practice. This practice mediates between subject and world without offering a final resolution, and in doing so reshapes both the individual and the collective “Spirit” (consciousness). A “pedagogy of reconciliation” here refers to Hegel’s way of conceiving teaching as a practical initiation into a form of philosophical praxis that helps students come to terms with an incommensurable, crisis‑ridden reality and themselves, without promising any well-ordered resolution or harmony. I close my paper by discussing to what degree Hegel’s vision can still orient a pedagogy of reconciliation with the present meta-crisis without promising any neat, teleological narrative of our time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I will not offer any comprehensive or orthodox interpretation of Hegel. Rather, I perform a strategic and “inverted” reading of his 1818 inaugural address and his 1812 report on teaching philosophy in the gymnasium, informed by Nuzzo, Badiou and Žižek. My aim is to trace his reflections on the ethical‑political role and mission of philosophical praxes in challenging times without pretending to offer any conventional interpretation of his system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I contend that Hegel’s conception of philosophical praxis in terms of dialectical-speculative exercises that are both descriptive and transformative can inform contemporary efforts to cultivate young people’s capacity to confront and reconcile with the uncertainties and contradictions of the global meta-crisis. Although the historical, conceptual, and political distance from Hegel’s context precludes any straightforward application. In this sense, Hegel’s understanding of the teaching of philosophy can still illuminate the transformative potential of philosophical praxis today. References Badiou, A. (2022). The Immanence of Truths. Bloomsbury Hegel, G. W. F. (1807/1977). The Phenomenology of Spirit. Oxford University Press. Hegel, G. W. F. (1812a/1984). Hegel’s report on teaching philosophy in the gymnasium to Niethammer. Nuremberg, October 23, 1812. In: Hegel: The Letters (pp. 275 – 282). (Translated by Clark Butler and Christiane Seiler with Commentary by Clark Butler). Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Hegel, G.W.F. (1818/1999). Inaugural Address, Delivered at the University of Berlin (22 October 1818). In: Political Writings (pp. 181 – 185). Cambridge University Press. Hegel, G. W. F. (1821/2008). Outlines of the Philosophy of Right. OUP Oxford. Nuzzo, A. (2018). Approaching Hegel’s logic, obliquely: Melville, Moliere, Beckett. SUNY Press. Tubbs, N. (1996). Hegel’s educational theory and practice. British Journal of Educational Studies, 44(2), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.1996.9974067 Zizek, S. (2021). Hegel: The Spirit of Distrust. In: Zizek, S., Ruda, F., & Hamza, A. (2021). Reading Hegel. John Wiley & Sons. 13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper The Sense of Educational Theory and Research – On Herbart’s thoughts about a Pädagogische Sinnesart Mälardalens University (MDU), Sweden Presenting Author:The paper offers a hermeneutical reading of selected texts by the German philosopher and educationist Johann Friedrich Herbart [1776–1841]. The texts have been chosen because, in them, Herbart argues that teachers as well as educational theorists and researchers need to develop what he, in his Rede bei Eröffnung der Vorlesungen über Pädagogik [Introductory Lecture to Students in Pedagogy], describes as a pädagogische Sinnesart (1880, p. 240), a concept translated as “pedagogic disposition” in the English translation (1896, p. 24). In this paper, I interpret and acknowledge this concept as referring to a specific sense, mood, or sentiment of educational theory and research. The aim of this interpretation of Herbart’s perspective on the pädagogische Sinnesart is to bring his ideas into conversation with a contemporary dialogue about education as an independent science and discipline, with its own theories, ideas, and concepts concerning education and what makes an issue of education and learning genuinely educational—or, as Herbart and other German scholars would say, pädagogisch. Today, the question of what constitutes a truly educational theory and issue has become an important question in educational scholarship, particularly within a philosophical and theoretical dialogue between different scholars of education (Biesta, 2015; Masschelein & Simons, 2017; Norris, 2021; Deng, 2025). This contemporary dialogue is sometimes traced back to a seminar organized by Helmut Peukert in Hamburg in 1989 on Wilhelm Flitner’s work and influence in German educational theory and research (Masschelein & Simons, 2017). One of the key questions discussed in that seminar was Flitner’s argument from his 1976 lecture Rückschau auf die Pädagogik in futurischer Absicht [A Retrospective on Pedagogy with a View to the Future] that educational theory and research depend on einen pädagogischen Grundgedanken, which Jan Masschelein and Maarten Simons (2017) translate as “a basic pedagogical thought” (p. 1). Herbart’s perspective on the pädagogische Sinnesart bears similarities to Flitner’s idea. However, Herbart emphasized not only the importance of grounding educational concepts and ideas within a coherent educational theory; he also insisted that this involves a specific educational mood or manner of sensing—an educational attentiveness or sensitivity to educational problems, issues, and phenomena. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, I am inspired by the Danish philosopher Peter Kemp [1937–2018] and his description as the intimate relationship between philosophical hermeneutics and the philosophy of education in his book Världsmedborgaren: politisk och pedagogisk filosofi för det 21 århundradet [the Citizen of the World: Political and Educational Philosophy for the 21th century]. Kemp (2005) emphasized above all the importance of dialogue in both disciplines, and, in the case of philosophical educational research, the dialogue between different generations of philosophers and theorists of education. This article constitutes such a hermeneutical dialogue with Herbart where I try to fuse Herbart's ideas with contemporary perspectives in the philosophy of education in relation to the question about what educational theory and research is. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As I will show in my interpretation of Herbart’s notion of the pädagogische Sinnesart as a sense, mood, or sentiment of education, it concerns both cognitive, theoretical, and intellectual dimensions as well as emotional and experiential ones. My hope is that this fusion of educational concepts and ideas—both contemporary and historical—together with this interpretation and re-introduction of Herbart’s perspective, will help clarify something essential about educational theory and research. In particular, I aim to illuminate why it is important for educational researchers and theorists to cultivate such a dual cognitive and emotional sense and sensibility for education. References Biesta, G. (2015). On the two cultures of educational research, and how we might move ahead: Reconsidering the ontology, axiology and praxeology of education. European Educational Research Journal EERJ, 14(1), 11–22. https://doi.org/10.1177/147490411456516 Biesta, G., & Säfström, C. A. (2011). A Manifesto for Education. Policy Futures in Education, 9(5), 540–547. https://doi.org/10.2304/pfie.2011.9.5.540 Deng, Z. (2025). Educational Studies, Pedagogy and Education as a Discipline. British Journal of Educational Studies, 73(3), 305–325. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2024.24185 Terhart, E. (2017). Interdisciplinary research on education and its disciplines: Processes of change and lines of conflict in unstable academic expert cultures: Germany as an example. European Educational Research Journal EERJ, 16(6), 921–936. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116681798 Herbart, Johann Fredrich (1880a). Rede bei Eröffnung der Vorlesungen über Pädagogik I O. Willman (red.) Johann Friedrich Herbart's Pädagogische Schriften in Chronologischer Reihenfolge: Erster Band. (s. 231-246) Verlag Von Leopold Voss. Herbart, Johann Friedrich (1896). Introductory Lecture to Students in Pedagogy. In W. J. Eckoff (red. & övers.). Herbart’s A B C of Sense Perception and Minor Pedagogical (s. 13-27) Works. New York: D. Appleton and Company. (originalet publicerad 1801) Herbart, J. F. (1898). The application of psychology to the science of education (Trans. B. C. Mulliner). Scribner. (Original published 1831) Herbart, J. F. (1904). Outlines of Educational Doctrine (Trans. A. F. Lange). (Original published 1841) Herbart, J. F. (1908). The Science of Education. D. C. Heath & CO Publishers (Original published 1806) Hopmann, S.. (2008). No child, no school, no state left behind. Schooling in an age of accountability. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 2008(4), 417456 Kemp, Peter (2005). Världsmedborgaren: politisk och pedagogisk filosofi för det 21 århundradet (trans. J. Retzlaff). Daidalos Masschelein, J. & Simons, M. (2017). Educational theorists. I M.A. Peters (Red.), Encyclopedia of Educational Philosophy and Theory (s. 688-693). Springer. Norris, T. (2021). What Is Educational about Education? The Distinctiveness of Education. Educational Theory, 71(1), 129–148. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12471 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 14 SES 03 A: Digital Technologies, Families, Communities and Schools. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Paola Dusi Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Governing Group Messaging, Governing Belonging: Digital–Material Spillovers in Primary School Peer Relations University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:Children’s peer relations increasingly unfold across hybrid spaces where digitally mediated interactions and school-day encounters are tightly interwoven. This paper advances a specific argument: group messaging is not only a communication channel but also a governed peer space. Governance here refers to permissions, membership, visibility, and decision-making practices (e.g., who can decide, who can remove content or leave, what counts as fair participation). I use the concept digital–material spillover to analyse how struggles over such governance reverberate into school-day belonging. The paper asks one central question: How do governance practices in group messaging platforms (permissions, membership, visibility and decision-making) shape peer positioning and participation in the everyday life of primary school? Empirically, the paper draws on three months of participatory school ethnography in Finnish primary schools (Grades 4–6), producing more than 250 pages of fieldnotes and brief child-led accounts in situ. I do not present detailed, identifiable incidents. Instead, I analyse anonymised fieldnote sequences that trace how governance issues in group messaging become visible as school-day micro-reorderings. In my fieldnotes, governance questions become salient when collective school tasks require coordination: disputes about who gets to decide, what is considered fair, and who has control over participation in the digital group space reverberate into classroom interaction patterns. These reverberations are often observable not as overt events but as micro-changes: cautious role-taking, shifting alliances, and negotiated boundaries during collaborative tasks. In my data, children also describe group messaging as a place where arguments can be prolonged and where “fairness” and “control” become peer-political concerns; these concerns carry into school life and shape who participates with whom and under what conditions. Theoretically, I position the analysis alongside relational and critical bullying scholarship that emphasises group dynamics and institutional/moral orders (e.g., Horton, 2011, 2018; Søndergaard, 2012, 2018). Methodologically, I draw on diffractive discussions to support a sequence-oriented analysis of how digital governance, affect, school routines and material arrangements cut together-apart (Murris & Bozalek, 2019). These references inform the analytic framing; the empirical claims about governance spillovers are based on my fieldnotes.
By foregrounding governance in group messaging as a mechanism of belonging and exclusion, the paper contributes an analytic shift: from treating “online conflict” as separate, to analysing governance spillovers as part of everyday school ecologies. It offers conceptual resources for educators and researchers seeking relational, non-punitive ways to recognise and respond to hybrid peer dynamics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on participatory, child-centred school ethnography conducted over three months in Finnish primary schools (Grades 4–6). Fieldwork produced more than 250 pages of fieldnotes capturing everyday interactions during arrivals, lessons, transitions, lunch and recess, and includes brief, situated child-led conversations about how group messaging practices matter in peer life. Analysis is sequence-oriented. Rather than coding bounded “incidents,” I trace how governance practices in group messaging (permissions, membership, visibility, decision-making) become entangled with school routines, affects, material arrangements and peer groupings across time and space. Conceptually, I draw on diffractive methodology discussions (Murris & Bozalek, 2019) and post-qualitative arguments about writing/analysis as inquiry (St. Pierre, 2018), alongside arguments for response-able research practice beyond proceduralism (Springgay & Truman, 2017). I use ongoing, situated assent and avoid identifiable narratives. I take seriously children’s concerns that adult actions may escalate peer tensions, and I reflect on ethics in relation to regulatory frameworks and researcher roles by drawing on peer-reviewed discussions (Eldén, 2025; Horton et al., 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper’s main contribution is to conceptualise group messaging as a governed peer space where permissions, membership and decision-making shape belonging. Digital–material spillover provides a way to analyse how governance struggles reverberate into school-day micro-orders as conditional participation, shifting alliances, and subtle exclusion. Three implications follow. First, “fairness” and “control” in digital group spaces are peer-political issues, not merely technical matters. Second, governance spillovers often appear first as micro-changes (regrouping, avoidance, role negotiation), which complicates adult recognition and response. Third, relational, non-punitive school practices are needed to address spillovers without escalating harm. References Bouchard, K., Forsberg, C., Smith, J. D., & Thornberg, R. (2018). Showing friendship, fighting back, and getting even: Resisting bullying victimization within adolescent girls’ friendships. Journal of Youth Studies, 21(9), 1141–1158. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2018.1450970 Eldén, S. (2025). Ethical stumbling blocks: Negotiating ethics as a regulatory regime in ethnographic research with young people. Nordisk Tidsskrift for Ungdomsforskning, 6(2), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.18261/ntu.6.2.3 Horton, P. (2011). School bullying and social and moral orders. Children & Society, 25(4), 268–277. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2011.00377.x Horton, P. (2018). School bullying and bare life: Challenging the state of exception. Educational Philosophy and Theory. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1557043 Horton, P., Forsberg, C., & Thornberg, R. (2025). The caring adult role: Ethical reflections from an ethnographic study of school bullying. Ethnography and Education, 20(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2024.2437013 Murris, K., & Bozalek, V. (2019). Diffracting diffractive readings of texts as methodology: Some propositions. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(14), 1504–1517. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2019.1570843 Søndergaard, D. M. (2012). Bullying and social exclusion anxiety in schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33(3), 355–372. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2012.662824 Søndergaard, D. M. (2018). The thrill of bullying: Bullying, humour and the making of community. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 48(1), 48–65. https://doi.org/10.1111/jtsb.12153 Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2017). On the need for methods beyond proceduralism: Speculative middles, (in)tensions, and response-ability in research. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(3), 203–214. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800417704464 St. Pierre, E. A. (2018). Writing post qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(9), 603–608. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800417734567 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Pupils’ Experiences of Academic, Cultural and Digital Shifts from Primary to Lower Secondary School Norwegian University of Science & Technology, Norway Presenting Author:This ongoing study explores pupils’ experiences of digital, academic, and pedagogical changes during the transition from primary to lower secondary school, and examines the implications of these experiences for developing educational practice and supporting school transitions. The study is situated within first-generation Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) (Engeström, 2015) and Multiple and Multi-dimensional Transitions (MMT) theory (Jindal-Snape, 2016). Central to CHAT is the understanding that human action and higher mental functions are mediated by tools and signs, and that interaction with historical and cultural contexts shapes how individuals think and act (Vygotsky, 1978). Based on Bakhtin (1986) and Vygotsky (1978), pupils may, during educational transitions, encounter institutional and culturally conditioned tools, values, and ways of perceiving the world that differ from those of the school they are leaving. Such changes require adequate support to help pupils navigate the ways of being and the tools used in the new context, enabling meaningful participation in its practices (Wertsch, 1998). The MMT theory (Jindal-Snape, 2016) emphasises that educational transitions are complex and dynamic processes that can trigger multiple transitions across several domains, such as the cultural, structural, social, academic domains (Strand, 2025). Since these transitions influence one another, pupils require holistic transition support to learn and develop within the new context. The present study is part of the whole- school research project Leadership and Learning for the Development of Teachers’ Professional Digital Competence (LeadDig, 2023–2027), funded by the Norwegian Research Council. The objective of LeadDig is to develop learning-oriented schools by strengthening teachers’ professional digital competence to enhance pupils’ learning environment and learning outcomes. A cluster of three feeder primary schools and one lower secondary school participates in the project. Within this cluster, pupils use iPads as a learning tool at the primary level, and computers (Microsoft) at the lower secondary level. This structural shift in the use of digital tools between primary and lower secondary education is not uncommon in Norway, but it has received little research attention (Brynildsen & Hagelia, 2022; Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2024) although it is reasonable to assume that this has implications for students’ encounters with the subjects at lower secondary level. The literature shows that pupils’ academic motivation, learning, and development are at stake during the transition to lower secondary school (Jindal-Snape et al., 2019). A study by Lervold et al. (2025) further reports that Norwegian pupils are somewhat disappointed with academic content at the lower secondary level compared to their expectations formed in primary school and highlights the need for more knowledge about why this is the case. Consequently, the academic and structural changes driven by the digital shift occurring in this transition are highly relevant for research. As a school’s traditions and culture play a decisive role in shaping digital practices and pedagogical approaches (Brynildsen & Hagelia, 2022), the interplay between issues related to both the structural, cultural and academic domains should be considered when pupils encounter digital shifts during educational transitions. Based on this, the present paper addresses the following research question: How do pupils experience the transition from primary to lower secondary school in relation to the subjects (academic domain), pedagogical approaches (cultural domain), and the use of digital tools (structural domain)? Digital education and the development of teachers’ professional digital competence are key priorities across EU countries, as emphasised in the Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027 (European Commission, 2025). Moreover, research indicates that the challenges pupils face during educational transitions are broadly similar across different educational systems (Jindal-Snape, 2010). Consequently, the findings of this Norwegian study offer insights that are highly relevant for European audiences and school systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case-study design bounded in time and place (Creswell, 2013) within a cluster of public schools participating in LeadDig (2023–2027). The study is situated in Norway, where the transition from primary to lower secondary school occurs between Grades 7 and 8 when pupils are approximately 13 years old. The study was prompted by lower secondary teachers participating in LeadDig who argued for greater attention to pupils’ digital transition in this context, motivating a deeper exploration of pupils’ perspectives of this issue. Data collection is ongoing. Three semi-structured focus group interviews (Czarniawska, 2004) involving 15 pupils were conducted in October 2025, approximately two months after they had started lower secondary school. To capture pupils’ longer-term transition experiences (Jindal-Snape et al., 2019), a second interview with the same groups will be conducted in spring 2026. The interviews invite pupils to discuss their general impressions of starting lower secondary school and, more specifically, their experiences of subject content and level, teaching practices, and the use of digital tools compared with primary school, as well as support related to these issues provided by teachers during the transition. Pupils were selected through purposeful sampling with the assistance of their teachers, aiming for a sample that reflects the school’s diversity and includes representation from all three feeder schools. Participation was voluntary, and parents provided written consent. In the preliminary analysis of the first three transcribed interviews, a deductive and descriptive approach was applied based on predefined categories corresponding to the academic, cultural, and structural domains. Once data collection is complete in spring 2026, the material will be categorised using open and axial coding inspired by the constant comparative method (Strauss & Corbin, 1998). In line with this approach, new content may populate predefined categories, and inductive subcategories will be developed as they emerge from the material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Academic domain Pupils reported that subjects at lower secondary school had so far been less demanding than they had feared. Several noted that primary teachers should avoid discouraging or fear-inducing portrayals of lower secondary subjects: “They destroyed my confidence about starting lower secondary school; I wasn’t looking forward to it because of that.” At the same time, pupils expressed anticipation of more in-depth subject learning. Pedagogical domain Teaching was described as involving less play and a stronger emphasis on academic progression. Pupils experienced a faster pace and noted that lessons sometimes moved on before everyone had fully understood the content. In contrast, primary school was described as offering more individual follow-up and support. Structural domain, the digital shift Pupils reported limited experience with the digital shift. By October, computers had been used far less frequently than iPads had been in primary school. Early computer use focused mainly on operational skills, such as organising folders and practising touch typing, and pupils varied in how useful they found these activities. Nevertheless, all expressed a desire for more frequent use of computers as learning tools and missed opportunities for short digital game or break activities after completing tasks. Synthesis Preliminary analyses indicate that, after two months, pupils had limited exposure to using digital tools, which may suggest a transition to a school characterised by digital practices and pedagogical approaches different from those in primary education. Given the short time pupils had spent in lower secondary school, this underscores the value of longitudinal transition studies and follow-up interviews. At the same time, pupils appeared to approach lower secondary school with greater fear of academic change than seemed warranted, pointing to a need for strengthened collaboration and dialogue between primary and lower secondary schools to promote academic, structural, and cultural coherence. References Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). Speech genres and other late essays. University of Texas Press. Brynildsen, S., & Hagelia, M. (2022). Med en ny dings i sekken: Den digitale overgangen fra barnetrinnet til ungdomstrinnet [The digital transition from primary to lower secondary school]. In M. Maugesten & K. Spernes (Eds.), Overganger i skolen: Fra barnetrinnet til ungdomstrinnet. Universitetsforlaget. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design (3rd ed.). SAGE. Czarniawska, B. (2004). Narratives in social science research. SAGE. Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. European Commission. (2025). Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027: Policy background. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/plan Jindal-Snape, D. (2010). Setting the scene: Educational transitions and moving stories. In D. Jindal-Snape (Ed.), Educational transitions: Moving stories from around the world (pp. 1–8). Routledge. Jindal-Snape, D. (2016). The A–Z of transitions. Palgrave Macmillan. Jindal-Snape, D., Cantali, D., MacGillivray, S., & Hannah, E. (2019). Primary–secondary transitions: A systematic literature review. ScottishGovernment Lervold, K., Haugan, J. A., Frostad, P., & Strand, G. M. (2025). Elevenes perspektiv på overgangen til ungdomstrinnet [Pupils’ perspectives on the transition to lower secondary school]. In G. M. Strand & A. Järnerot (Eds.), Overganger i oppvekst og utdanning (pp. 100–122). Universitetsforlaget. https://doi.org/10.18261/9788215069609-25-06 Strand, G. M. (2025). “Du tar virkelig det store steget”: Elevenes overgang fra ungdomstrinn til videregående opplæring [Students’ transition from lower secondary school to upper secondary education]. In G. M. Strand & A. Järnerot (Eds.), Overganger i oppvekst og utdanning (pp. 123–144). Universitetsforlaget. https://doi.org/10.18261/9788215069609-25-07 Strauss, A. L., & Corbin, J. M. (1998). Basics of qualitative research (2nd ed.). SAGE. Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2024). Den digitale tilstanden i barnehage og grunnopplæring [The digital state of kindergarten and elementary school]. https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/finn-forskning/rapporter/2024/den-digitale-tilstanden-i-barnehage-og-grunnopplaring2/ Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. Oxford University Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Uncharted Territory for Parent-school Relationships: the Virtual Space of the Digital Sphere. A Map of the Field 1: Tel-Aviv University, Israel; 2: University of Verona Presenting Author:Europe currently is the region with the highest level of internet usage worldwide, while approximately 95% of European households have internet access. However, patterns of daily internet usage vary considerably: Among other examined European countries, Russia ranks first, with 9 hours and 21 minutes online per day; Portugal ranked second with seven hours and 31 minutes, and Bulgaria followed with an average of 7 hours and 30 minutes online. The least time online was spent by people in Denmark, with around 5 hours and 5 minutes per day (Tyla, 2025). Within this context, the emergence of the “network society” (Castells, 2023), as an extended feature of the “information age”, has reshaped social relations in rhizomatic and unpredictable ways on a global scale. The digital universe is described in the literature both as a space that fosters the construction of social networks and enhances participatory and collaborative practices (Diani, 2000), and as a context that contributes to the fragmentation and weakening of social interactions and civic participation (Fenton & Barassi, 2011). By 2025, digital technologies have become deeply embedded in everyday life, with approximately 68% of the world’s population having access to the internet (DataReportal, 2025). Scholars often refer to these transformations as part of the Fourth Industrial Revolution characterized by the continuous movement between online and offline domains through connected technologies that shape individuals’ lives and social interactions. The concept of onlife (Floridi, 2015) captures this hybrid condition and highlights how advanced digitalization inevitably affects educational processes and, consequently, family-school relationships, an arena that is intrinsically complex, contradictory, and crucial. The digital sphere expands opportunities to access information, express viewpoints, and participate in social processes by introducing new modes of interaction (Patrikakou, 2016). At the same time, it also carries the risk of intensifying processes of marginalization and exclusion for certain students and families. Drawing on the concept of digital capital, Ragnedda and Mutsvairo (2018) emphasized that digital tools can offer significant benefits for socially disadvantaged groups and minorities by amplifying diverse voices, enabling participation in public discourse grounded in everyday experiences, and reducing barriers to engagement with schools (Castells, 2023; Posey-Maddox & Haley-Lock, 2016). Nevertheless, research also highlights critical concerns. Kucukgencay and Peker (2020) note that parents frequently express anxieties about the potential negative effects of digital technologies on children, e.g., addiction and online safety risks, leading to increased parental surveillance of students and classroom activities. Moreover, digital spaces may trigger aggressive parental behaviors (Cowen Forssell et al., 2024), increase teachers’ workloads, and blur the boundaries between families and schools. Social media, in particular, often function as norm-setting environments in which teacher-parent relationships are reconfigured in unequal ways, silencing certain voices and reproducing existing social inequalities (Dávila et al., 2023). These dynamics raise significant concerns related to the digital divide (Ragnedda, 2019) and processes of social reproduction (Stratigos & Fenech, 2021).
As information and communication technologies (ICTs) become increasingly embedded in family-school relationships, a deeper understanding of this phenomenon is urgently needed. This study aims to provide an overview of current research on parental involvement in digital spaces and to identify key directions for future research and practice. Within this complex and rapidly evolving technological landscape, the study addresses the following research questions: 1. What topics are emerging in the research literature on parental involvement in digital environments? 2. How is parental involvement enacted and negotiated in digital spaces? 3. What barriers and opportunities do digital environments create for schools-family relationships, particularly for families from diverse social backgrounds? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research questions, we conducted a bibliometric analysis aimed at identifying the main topics and dominant theoretical approaches related to parent involvement and the digital sphere. Bibliometric analysis has become a well-established method for the statistical examination of large bodies of scholarly literature, enabling the mapping of accumulated knowledge and the identification of trends within and across research fields. This approach allows for the systematic analysis of publication attributes such as journal sources, countries of origin, citation patterns, authorship, and keywords or thematic foci. In this study, we mapped the body of literature addressing parental involvement (PI) in relation to digital technologies, with particular attention to disadvantaged social groups. Following Zupic and Čater, the analysis focused on three interrelated dimensions of the knowledge base; (a) knowledge “size” – i.e. referring to the volume of published studies; (b) knowledge structure, understood as the intellectual organization of the field through prominent research topics; and (c) “the pattern of their interrelationships” (2015, p. 438). For the analysis, we used VOSviewer, a software tool used across multiple disciplines including education, psychology, and management studies. VOSviewer enables the visualization of bibliometric network through accessible and interpretable maps, facilitating the identification of thematic clusters and relationships among concepts. Specifically, the analysis examined: (1) knowledge “size,” measured by the number of published articles over time; (2) “geographical configuration”, which provides insight into the global distribution of research on PI and digital technologies; and (3) intellectual “structure”, as reflected in the co-word analyses that visualize emerging research topics and their interconnections (Zupic & Čater, 2015). The analytic procedure followed seven sequential steps, as outlined by Passas (2024). The final dataset consisted of 271 articles. To complement the bibliometric analysis and gain a deeper insight into the substantive content of the literature, we also conducted a focused qualitative examination of the most 27 cited articles (approximately 10% of the total dataset) using these as illustrative examples to contextualize and interpret the identified thematic patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The final database comprised 271 peer-reviewed journal articles, the majority of which were published in English (92%). Most publications (75.7%) appeared from 2020 onwards, indicating a sharp increase in scholarly attention to digital technologies in parent-school relations in recent years. The articles originated from 58 diverse countries across all continents, demonstrating that digitalization in the context of parent-school relations is a globally relevant research concern. A co-word analysis of abstracts and keywords, visualized as a network of interconnected concepts, identified five thematic clusters, each comprising at least ten terms, with a minimum occurrence threshold of four co-occurrences. Each cluster represents a latent research topic emerging from the literature. The first cluster focuses on COVID-19, Schooling and Digital Learning, includes 21 terms, encompassing themes such as learning process, teaching practices, parental engagement, achievement, and the digital divide. The second cluster centers on Communication, Social Media, and Youth, including 18 terms tied to adolescents, cyberbullying, gender, and digital platforms. The third cluster addresses Digital Literacy and Early Childhood Learning, which contains 16 terms highlighting parental mediation; technology use; literacy; and early childhood. The fourth cluster concerns Parental Involvement in Learning via Digital Tools it includes 16 terms particularly in relation to schools-family collaboration in subjects such as Mathematics or English. It emphasizes digital participation and partnership. The fifth cluster focuses on Parents and Digital Education, it includes 12 terms, emphasizing parental participation, internet, educational technology, and parent-school relations. The overlap among clusters suggests that effective digital education is grounded in collaborative and reciprocal engagement between schools and families, highlighting both shared responsibilities and persistent inequalities within digitally mediated educational environments. References Castells, M. (2023). The network society revisited. American Behavioral Scientist, 67(7), 940-946. Cowen Forssell, R., Berthelsen, H., & Jönsson, S. (2024). Negotiating for influence and resources: A study of Swedish teachers’ and principals’ experiences of aggressive emails from parents. Educational Management Administration and Leadership. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432241242263 Dávila, C. M., Tabilo, I., Vera-Muñoz, M. I., & Arcos, S. A. (2023). Normative becoming in the digital sphere: WhatsApp parents’ groups in Chilean education. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 31. Floridi, L. (2015). The onlife manifesto: Being human in a hyperconnected era (p. 264). Springer nature. Kucukgencay, N., & Peker, B. (2022). Parent groups established with instant messaging applications for math lessons during Covid-19: Parents' opinions. The Eurasia Proceedings of Educational and Social Sciences, 25, 45-52.. Passas, I. (2024). Bibliometric Analysis: The Main Steps. Encyclopedia, 4(2), 1014–1025. https://doi.org/10.3390/encyclopedia4020065 Patrikakou, E. N. (2016). Parent Involvement, Technology, and Media: Now What?. School Community Journal, 26(2), 9–24. Posey-Maddox, L., & Haley-Lock, A. (2020). One size does not fit all: Understanding parent engagement in the contexts of work, family, and public schooling. Urban education, 55(5), 671-698. Ragnedda, M. (2019). Reconceptualizing the digital divide. In B. Mutsvairo, and M. Ragnedda (eds.), Mapping the Digital Divide in Africa. A mediated Analysis (pp. 27-43). Amsterdam University Presses. Ragnedda, M. and Mutsvairo, B. (2018). Digital Inclusion: Empowering People Through Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs). In M. Ragnedda, and B.Mutsvairo, (eds). Digital Inclusion. An International Comparative Analysis. Lexington. Stratigos, T., & Fenech, M. (2021). Early childhood education and care in the app generation: Digital documentation, assessment for learning and parent communication. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 46(1), 19–31. https://doi.org/10.1177/1836939120979062 Tyla, C. (2025). Daily time spent online by users in Europe Q3 2024, by country. https://www.statista.com/statistics/1391355/daily-time-spent-online-europe-by-country/#statisticContainer accessed January, 7, 2025. Tooze, A. (2023): Interview, edited transcript of Adam Tooze’s interview for Radio Davos: https://www.weforum.org/stories/2023/03/polycrisis-adam-tooze-historian-explains/ accessed December, 29, 2025 Zupic, I., & Čater, T. (2015). Bibliometric Methods in Management and Organization. Organizational Research Methods, 18(3), 429–472. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428114562629 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 14 SES 03 B: Family Experiences of Schooling. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Serafettin Gedik Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Role of Socioeconomic Background in the Transmission of Cultural and Intellectual Values Between Parents and Children 1: MCA - Collegium Professorum Hungarorum, Hungary; 2: University of Debrecen, Department of Sociology and Social Policy, CHERD-Hungary, MTA-DE-Development of Future Awareness Research Group, Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:Although numerous theories have been developed for the conceptualization and measurement of values, they share the view that values function as moral compasses and motivational constructs, ultimately playing a central role in the organization of behavior (Schwartz, 1992). Values are closely associated with a wide range of factors observable at different stages of human ontogenetic development. They are determinative for young children’s patterns of social information processing and thus influence the emergence of prosocial and antisocial behavioral tendencies (Elizarov et al., 2024). At later life stages, values may also affect career choice (Segal et al., 2025) and work-related behavior (Arieli et al., 2020). In light of these associations, the process of value transmission between parents and children predisposes children’s life trajectories in the long term (Knafo-Noam et al., 2020). This dynamic process of intergenerational value transmission is shaped, among other factors, by the depth and warmth of the parent-child relationship (Barni et al., 2011), as well as by parents’ different parenting styles and practices (Gorla et al., 2024; Roest et al., 2012). Although parent-child value transmission is a widely researched area, relatively little attention has been paid to the role of parents’ sociodemographic background in the value transmission process. However, research not explicitly focused on value transmission suggests that parents with more advantaged backgrounds are more likely to engage in cognitively stimulating activities with their children (e.g., visiting museums or using a more advanced vocabulary and more complex reasoning in communication) and to provide higher levels of emotional support (Kalil & Ryan, 2020; Pusztai et al., 2025). Based on these associations, it can be assumed that parents with more favorable social backgrounds are more successful in transmitting intellectual and cultural values. Through higher levels of cognitively stimulating activities, parents can convey more extensive and deeper knowledge, and the increased frequency of such activities also implicitly emphasizes the importance of these values to the child. Activities such as visiting museums and theaters or engaging in more in-depth discussions of public affairs may further enhance commitment to national culture. This process is further supported by the fact that parents with more favorable social backgrounds are more likely to adopt an authoritative parenting style (Kalil & Ryan, 2020). Through higher levels of emotional support and responsiveness, such parenting ensures the relational warmth necessary for children’s internalization of values (Barni et al., 2011; Kalil & Ryan, 2020; Pusztai et al., 2025). The primary aim of our study is to examine the relationships between parents’ socioeconomic status, their cultural and intellectually enriching parenting activities, and children’s national, cultural, and intellectual values. The vast majority of studies on parent-child value transmission and value similarity do not explicitly examine parental activities that are suitable for value transmission. Accordingly, a further objective of our research is to contribute to addressing this gap in the literature. Our first hypothesis is that parents with higher educational attainment and more favorable subjective financial circumstances are more likely to engage in cultural activities and activities that foster their children’s intellectual development. Our second hypothesis is that parental activities aimed at cultural engagement and the enhancement of children’s intellectual capacities mediate the relationship between parents’ socioeconomic status and children’s value identification with intellectuality and their own national culture. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we used self-administered questionnaires completed by full-time students from higher education institutions in the Partium region (N=2,711). The sample consisted of students from Romania, Hungary, and Ukraine. Of the respondents, 65.5% were female, and the mean age was 22.3 years (SD=2.95). The variables examined were as follows: Parental highest educational attainment was measured using a 9-point Likert scale, where 1 = “less than 8 grades completed,” 2 = “completed 8 grades,” 3 = “vocational training without secondary school graduation,” 4 = “vocational training with secondary school graduation,” 5 = “high school,” 6 = “college degree,” 8 = “university degree,” and 9 = “doctoral degree.” Subjective family economic status was measured with a 4-point Likert scale, where 1 = “We often do not have enough money to cover daily needs,” 2 = “Sometimes we cannot cover our daily expenses,” 3 = “We have everything we need, but cannot afford major expenses,” and 4 = “We have everything and can afford significant expenses.” Participants’ values were assessed using a 15-item questionnaire, with responses provided on a 4-point Likert scale indicating the importance of each value. An exploratory factor analysis (EFA) was conducted on this scale using the minimum residual method, Varimax rotation, and factor numbers determined by parallel analysis. Of the four factors identified, two were used in subsequent analyses: 1. Individual-Intellectual Values (IIV), including the items “interesting life, experiences,” “originality, imagination/creativity,” and “erudition/wisdom.” 2. Collective-Cultural Values (CCV), including the items “defense of homeland/nation,” “preservation of respectable traditions,” “social order and stability,” and “religious faith.” Internal consistency for both IIV (ω=0.701) and CCV (ω=0.684) factors was acceptable based on McDonald’s ω. Cultural-intellectual parenting practices (CIPP) were assessed using three items. Participants retrospectively reported the extent to which their parents engaged in these activities during their childhood. The three items were: “talked with you about books or films,” “talked with you about culture, politics, or public issues,” and “organized joint cultural programs with you.” The internal consistency of this scale was acceptable (ω=0.780). Data analysis included the Shapiro-Wilk test and path analysis using a Weighted Least Squares (WLS) estimator. Missing data were handled using listwise deletion. All statistical analyses were conducted using SPSS version 27 and Jamovi version 2.6.26. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our study, the Shapiro-Wilk test indicated significance for all variables employed, suggesting that they cannot be assumed to follow a normal distribution (p<0.001). Consequently, the path analysis was conducted using Weighted Least Squares (WLS) estimation, which provides reliable results even with non-normally distributed and ordinal-scale variables (Kline, 2023). In our model, the highest educational attainment of both mothers and fathers, as well as the family’s subjective financial situation, were included as endogenous variables. The CIPP variable was treated as an exogenous mediator, while IIV and CCV were modeled as exogenous outcome variables. Although the chi-square test indicated significance (p=0.013), other fit indices, including RMSEA (0.027), CFI (0.986), and TLI (0.964), suggested a good fit of the model. Our results showed that CIPP was positively predicted by both paternal (β=0.063; p<0.05) and maternal educational attainment (β=0.123; p<0.001), as well as by the family’s subjective financial situation (β=0.071; p<0.001). In turn, CIPP contributed to students’ individual-intellectual (β=0.155; p<0.001) and collective-cultural value identification (β=0.100; p<0.001). Indirect effects mediated through CIPP were also significant (p<0.05), with the strongest association observed between maternal educational attainment and children’s intellectual values (β=0.019; p<0.001). Overall, these findings support both of our hypotheses. Our model explains only a small proportion of the variance in CIPP (R²=0.038), IIV (R²=0.024), and CCV (R²=0.01), but the value transmission pathway examined is long-term and influenced by numerous additional factors. Our results contribute to filling a gap in the literature on parent–child value transmission and, based on a sample from three countries, highlight how differences in parents’ social background, as realized through parenting practices, can lead to variations in children’s value orientations. References Arieli, S., Sagiv, L., & Roccas, S. (2020). Values at Work: The Impact of Personal Values in Organisations. Applied Psychology, 69(2), 230–275. https://doi.org/10.1111/apps.12181 Barni, D., Ranieri, S., Scabini, E., & Rosnati, R. (2011). Value transmission in the family: Do adolescents accept the values their parents want to transmit? Journal of Moral Education, 40(1), 105–121. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057240.2011.553797 Elizarov, E., Ziv, Y., & Benish-Weisman, M. (2024). Personal values and social behavior in early childhood: Understanding the contribution of social information processing and attitudes. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 39(4), 3511–3536. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-024-00841-6 Gorla, L., Rothenberg, W. A., Lansford, J. E., Yotanyamaneewong, S., Alampay, L. P., Al‐Hassan, S. M., Bacchini, D., Bornstein, M. H., Breiner, K., Chang, L., Deater‐Deckard, K., Di Giunta, L., Dodge, K. A., Gurdal, S., Junla, D., Oburu, P., Pastorelli, C., Santona, A., Skinner, A. T., … Uribe Tirado, L. M. (2024). Individualism, collectivism and conformity in nine countries: Relations with parenting and child adjustment. International Journal of Psychology, 59(4), 598–610. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijop.13130 Kalil, A., & Ryan, R. (2020). Parenting Practices and Socioeconomic Gaps in Childhood Outcomes. The Future of Children, 30(1), 29–54. Kline, R. B. (2023). Principles and preactice of structural equation modeling (Fifth edition). Guilford Press. Knafo-Noam, A., Barni, D., & Schwartz, S. H. (2020). Parent–Child Value Similarity: Broadening from Intergenerational Transmission to Reciprocal Influences, Genetics, and Environmental Antecedents. In L. A. Jensen (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Moral Development (pp. 164–185). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190676049.013.12 Pusztai, G., Bacskai, K., Ceglédi, T., Kocsis, Z., & Hine, M. G. (2025). Mission Possible? Institutional Family-School-Community Partnership Practices and Parental Involvement in Hungarian Majority and Minority Schools in Three Central and Eastern European Countries. Social Sciences, 14(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci14020107 Roest, A. M. C., Dubas, J. S., & Gerris, J. R. M. (2012). Children’s value orientations as they traverse adolescence and emerging adulthood: Alternative routes of parental transmission. Family Science, 3(1), 22–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/19424620.2012.716207 Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the Content and Structure of Values: Theoretical Advances and Empirical Tests in 20 Countries. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1–65). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0065-2601(08)60281-6 Segal, H., Whartman, S., & Knafo-Noam, A. (2025). Values and educational decisions: How do values relate to adolescents’ academic track choices? European Journal of Psychology of Education, 40(2), 65. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-025-00964-4 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Stability and Change in Family Well-being Profiles Combining Adolescent Adjustment and Parental Well-being University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Adolescence constitutes a critical developmental transition that affects adolescent development, parental well‑being, and broader family relational mechanisms (Branje et al., 2020; Koivusilta et al., 2024; Stafford et al., 2016). This period introduces numerous challenges for both adolescents and their parents, often leading to fluctuations in adolescent behavior and variability in family functioning (Mastrotheodoros et al., 2020). However, research has tended to prioritize negative stressors, while prosocial experiences and positive stressors remain comparatively understudied, despite their relevance for healthy development (Núñez‑Regueiro & Núñez‑Regueiro, 2021; Sipes et al., 2022). Gender differences further complicate developmental processes, as boys and girls consistently exhibit distinct emotional and behavioral adjustment that differentially influence parental well‑being within the family system (Endendijk et al., 2018; Zahn‑Waxler et al., 2008). Although family systems theory underscores the reciprocal influences among family members (Beavers & Hampson, 2000; Bowen, 1966; Bronfenbrenner, 1977, 1979), notable gaps remain due to factors such as gender stereotypes and methodological constraints. These limitations underscore the need for research that integrates both positive and negative developmental factors and employs longitudinal, within‑family designs to examine gender‑differentiated processes in adolescent–parent dynamics (Endendijk et al., 2018; Sipes et al., 2022). In the previous literature, there are only a few longitudinal studies utilizing advanced methodology to broaden the comprehension of the relational mechanisms between adolescent adjustment and parental well-being (Zhou, & Sun, 2021). Most of them have utilized variable-oriented approaches that assume the same relationship applies to everyone equally in the studied group and thus overlook the individual differences (Bergman & Andersson, 2010; Virtanen et al., 2019). Alternatively, person-centered approaches like LPA could address this limitation by classifying families into latent profiles based on shared characteristics, thereby capturing subgroup differences and enabling further examinations of varying profile-movement probabilities across subgroups (Spurk et al., 2020). Nevertheless, to our surprise, the previous person-centered literature has mostly focused on single perspectives, such as profiles of adolescent stress (Chen et al., 2024), family-level profiles of reactions with parents' reactions to children's emotions (Edler et al., 2025). Hence, the literature still lacks longitudinal studies employing latent profile analysis (LPA) to identify family-level profiles that integrate both adolescent and parental indicators (Zhou & Sun, 2021). Consequently, the current study investigates stability and change of family well-being profiles including multiple indicators from both adolescent and parental perspectives through LPA, adopting a family systems perspective. Specifically, both adolescent positive and negative adjustment were included to examine adolescent well-being, while both paternal and maternal depressive symptoms and parenting stress were investigated to present parental well-being. Additionally, potential covariates, such as family income and parenting styles which may related to profile-movement patterns were examined to broaden the understanding of the family system. The current study aims to answer the following research questions: (1) what kind of family well-being profiles can be identified at three time points respectively. We hypothesize to identify at least three different profiles of family well-being (high-, moderate- and low-family well-being). (2) How stable are these profiles across three time points. We hypothesize that profiles will be rather stable over time (Dakin et al., 2021; Skipstein et al., 2010). (3) whether stable or changed profile memberships are associated with family income and parenting styles? We hypothesize that family income and parenting styles are associated with some profile-movement patterns across time (Edler et al., 2025; Wang et al., 2021). Hopefully, the present study which employed a large-scale, person-centered approch to examine both paternal and maternal well-being, as well as male and female adolescents’ positive and negative adjustment across three critical time points, grounded in a family systems perspective will broaden the understanding of family well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1921 Finnish adolescents (1008 boys, 913 girls) and their parents from four municipalities (two in Central Finland, one in Western Finland, and one in Eastern Finland) were investigated at grades 6, 7 and 9, drawing from a large-scale longitudinal study (Authors, 2006-2016).The study followed a cohort of approximately 2,000 Finnish children from kindergarten through Grade 9. At each time point, adolescents filled in paper and pencil questionnaires provided by trained research assistants during normal school hours. At the same time points parents filled in questionnaires concerning their well-being and background information. A Finnish translation (Aro et al., 2009) of the Beck Depression Inventory (Beck et al., 1961) was applied to measure parental depressive symptoms.Parenting stress was measured by a Finnish translation (Rantanen et al., 2015) of the Gerris' Parental Stress Inventory (Gerris, 1993). A Finnish version (Koskelainen et al., 2000) of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ; Goodman, 1997) was self-reported by to adolescents measure their behavior. Family total incomes per month were reported by parents. Parenting styles were assessed using the Finnish adaptation (Aunola & Nurmi, 2005) of Block’s Child-Rearing Practices Report (CRPR; Roberts et al., 1984). First, LPA (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017) was employed to identify profiles of family well-being (both maternal and paternal depressive symptoms and parenting stress, and adolescent externalizing, internalizing and prosocial behaviors), ranging from one to K latent profiles, separately for boys and girls at each measurement time (RQ 1). To assess the discrimination between latent classes, the Moderate Latent Class Posterior Probabilities (AvePP) for individuals with the highest probability of class membership, along with entropy, were utilized. Higher values of AvePP (with a maximum of 1) indicate greater distinctiveness between latent profiles (Nagin, 2005). Then, a simultaneous multinomial logistic regression analysis was conducted, combining all three measurement points and employing the number of profiles and initial values from the previous stage to maintain analytical consistency. This approach generated movement paths from one measurement occasion to the next across all three time points (RQ 2). All analyses described above were conducted by using the Mplus statistical package version 8.11 (Muthén & Muthén, 2017). The subsequent covariates analyses (RQ 3) were then performed through IBM SPSS, utilizing one-way ANOVA, Tamhane’s pairwise comparisons which allow different variances between groups (IBM, Armonk, NY, USA). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results showed that 7 distinct profile types among boys and their parents and 6 profile types among girls and their parents were identified across time due to the gender differences. Whilst four common profile types, three types unique to boys and two unique to girls emerged at three time points. Besides, diversified profile-movement patterns were found over time. Specifically, seven profile-movement patterns among boy's families and six profile-movement patterns among girls' families were identified. It is worth mentioning that about one third of families across both genders stayed stable as Below Average Family Well-being, which suggested adolescence as a crucial period which need more family-level intervention to support family well-being. Furthermore, significant results of associations between family income and some patterns among boys’ families, and between maternal affection and some patterns among girls’ families were found in the current study. Given the complex nature of family systems, future investigations that include gender-inclusive perspectives are essential for capturing the multifaceted relational mechanisms, influencing both adolescent outcomes and overall family well-being. References Beavers, R., & Hampson, R. B. (2000). The beavers systems model of family functioning. Journal of Family Therapy, 22(2), 128-143. Bowen, M. (1966). The use of family theory in clinical practice. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 7(5), 345-374. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0010-440X(66)80065-2 Branje, S., de Moor, E. L., Spitzer, J., & Becht, A. I. (2021). Dynamics of Identity Development in Adolescence: A Decade in Review. Journal of research on adolescence, 31(4), 908-927. Chen, D., Zhou, X., Wu, H., Ying, J., Shen, Y., Zhu, Q., & You, J. (2024). The impacts of latent profiles and transitions of stresses on adolescent mental health: A person‐centred analysis. Stress and Health, 40(1), e3261. Edler, K., Hoegler Dennis, S., Wang, L., Valentino, K., Davies, P. T., & Cummings, E. M. (2025). Family‐level profiles of parental reactions to emotions: Longitudinal associations with multi‐informant reports of adolescent internalizing and externalizing symptoms. Child Development, 96(1), 21-35. Endendijk, J. J., Groeneveld, M. G., & Mesman, J. (2018). The gendered family process model: An integrative framework of gender in the family. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 47, 877-904. Finnish National Board of Education. (2016). National core curriculum for basic education 2014. Finnish National Board of Education. Gerris, J.R.M., Vermulst, A., van Boxtel, D., Janssens, J., van Zutphen, R., & Felling, A. (1993). Parenting in Dutch families. Nijmegen: Institute of Family Studies, University of Nijmegen. Koivusilta, L. K., Acacio-Claro, P. J., Mattila, V. M., & Rimpelä, A. H. (2024). Health and health behaviours in adolescence as predictors of education and socioeconomic status in adulthood - a longitudinal study. BMC public health, 24(1), 1178. Mastrotheodoros, S., Canário, C., Cristina Gugliandolo, M., Merkas, M., & Keijsers, L. (2020). Family Functioning and Adolescent Internalizing and Externalizing Problems: Disentangling between-, and Within-Family Associations. Journal of youth and adolescence, 49(4), 804-817. Nagin, D. S. (2005). Group-based modeling of development. Harvard University Press. Spurk, D., Hirschi, A., Wang, M., Valero, D., & Kauffeld, S. (2020). Latent profile analysis: A review and “how to” guide of its application within vocational behavior research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 120, 103445. Stafford, M., Kuh, D. L., Gale, C. R., Mishra, G., & Richards, M. (2016). Parent-child relationships and offspring's positive mental wellbeing from adolescence to early older age. The journal of positive psychology, 11(3), 326-337. Zhou, X., & Sun, X. (2021). Family depression profiles among adolescents and their parents: A group-based multitrajectory modeling. Journal of Family Psychology, 35(7), 886-896. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Parent Subgroups and Experiences of Home–School Partnerships in Upper Secondary Education: A Mixed-Methods Study 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Although home–school partnerships are widely considered essential for supporting students’ overall adjustment (Castro et al., 2015; Virtanen et al., 2019; Wang et al., 2018), research in upper secondary education remains scarce, and parents' perspectives have been rarely examined. Home–school partnership refers to the shared responsibility of families and schools to support student learning (Epstein, 2018; Goodall & Montgomery, 2014). Drawing on Epstein's (2018) framework, this study examines partnership in terms of school- and home-based communication, cooperation, trust and parents' knowledge of school personnel — dimensions that capture information flow, relational quality and shared responsibility (Epstein, 2018; Goodall & Montgomery, 2014). While partnerships ideally rest on mutual respect, trust, and shared goals, they are more challenging to sustain in secondary education (Epstein, 2018; Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). Upper secondary education is a pivotal stage at which 15–19-year-olds make important decisions about education and careers (Jónsdóttir & Blöndal, 2023), while taking greater responsibility for learning (Dotterer, 2022). As adolescents become more autonomous, parental involvement typically shifts from direct assistance to supporting adolescents’ academic engagement and decision-making (Hill & Tyson, 2009; Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). Research on parental involvement has largely focused on earlier stages of schooling, leaving upper secondary education comparatively underexplored (Otero-Mayer et al., 2025; Yang et al., 2023). Existing studies mainly adopt a variable-oriented approach, assuming sample homogeneity (Castro et al., 2015; Musengamana, 2023; Tan et al., 2020). Person-centred approaches, identifying subgroups and acknowledging heterogeneity (Berman & Trost, 2006), remain rare (Allemand et al., 2025; Zhou & Bowers, 2020), and quantitative, failing to fully capture the depth of parents' lived experiences. Previous qualitative research indicates that parents experience partnerships in diverse ways and that unmet needs may reinforce inequalities (Graham, 2021; Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). Building on prior work, this study adopts a mixed-methods approach to identify parent subgroups based on home–school partnership experiences and qualitatively examine their expectations and engagement preferences, providing a nuanced understanding of both patterns and meanings. Research at lower educational levels indicates that parents' educational background is associated with participation in home–school partnerships (Tan et al., 2020; Vincent, 2017) and the support adolescents receive at home (Lareau, 2011; Zhao & Zhao, 2022), yet findings vary across context. In Finnish context, there was no significant association between parental educational level and profile membership (Allemand et al., 2025), whereas in the United States higher-educated parents were more likely to belong to less involved profile (Zhou & Bowers, 2020). These differences highlight that the link between parental education and home–school partnership outcomes varies across contexts, making it essential to examine educational background within identified subgroups. Upper secondary education complicates home–school partnerships through academic and vocational tracks that may shape schools' expectations and parental engagement. However, no prior research has examined both tracks simultaneously, making it crucial to understand how parents experience partnerships across these pathways, as such experiences may influence and be influenced by adolescents’ educational choices. To address these existing gaps, this study adopts a mixed-methods approach, combining a person-centred approach with reflexive thematic analysis. The study investigates the following research questions: RQ1) What subgroups of parents can be identified based on their experiences of home-school partnership (i.e. school-based communication, home-based communication, home-school cooperation and trust and parental knowledge of school personnel)?, RQ2) How are parental educational level and adolescents’ educational track (academic vs. vocational track) related to subgroup membership of home-school partnerships?, and RQ3) What key parental experiences of home-school partnerships can be identified within different subgroups? The study is situated in the Finnish context and contributes to the broader European and international discussion on home–school partnerships by presenting findings across cultural and structural settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study was conducted as a part of a larger national survey. A total of 7,168 parents of upper secondary school students participated in the study. Data for this study were collected via an online questionnaire in late autumn 2021. A mixed-methods approach was employed to address the research questions. To answer RQ1, parents' experiences of home–school partnerships were assessed using items adapted from Epstein's (2018) framework for school, family and community partnerships, which outlines four key dimensions: 1) school-based communication (five items), 2) home-based communication (two items), 3) home–school cooperation and trust (four items) and 4) parental knowledge of school personnel (two items). All variables were standardised prior to analysis to ensure comparability across scales. K-means clustering was conducted in SPSS to identify subgroups of parents based on their experiences of home–school partnerships. This person-oriented approach enables meaningful patterns to be identified and highlights the diversity of parental experiences, rather than treating parents as a homogeneous group (Bergman & Trost, 2006; Laursen & Hoff, 2006). To address RQ2, cross-tabulations were conducted to examine how the identified subgroups differed according to parental educational level and adolescents’ educational track. Chi-square tests and Cramer's V were used to assess the significance and strength of these associations, and adjusted residuals were examined to identify statistically significant over- or under-representation within each subgroup. To answer RQ3, a qualitative analysis of one open-ended question was carried out to deepen understanding of parents’ experiences of home–school partnerships. This analysis employed Braun and Clarke's (2006, 2021) reflexive thematic analysis (TA) approach, offering a systematic process for examining, organising, and interpreting data to develop themes across the dataset. TA enables critical engagement with language, meanings and context (Braun & Clarke, 2021), aiming to generate interpretative, meaning-based narrative accounts of themes rather than producing descriptive, topic-focused summaries (Braun & Clarke, 2023). Themes identified through TA within the entire dataset were then examined within the subgroups identified through K-means clustering to determine their frequency and how they were described by parents in each subgroup. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to RQ1, a five-cluster solution was identified as the most optimal, as it revealed distinct patterns across key dimensions, including communication, partnership, trust and familiarity with school personnel (Epstein, 2018), and allowed for more nuanced differentiation between subgroups. In this solution, each subgroup represented a distinct pattern of parental experiences of home–school partnerships: 1) high home–school partnership (n = 1,832, 35%), 2) high home-based partnership (n = 829, 16%), 3) low awareness of school staff (n = 534, 10%), 4) low home-based partnership (n = 1,384, 26%) and 5) low home–school partnership (n = 666, 13%), demonstrating that parents perceive collaboration with schools in diverse ways. Regarding RQ2, clear associations emerged between parental educational level, adolescents’ educational track, and subgroup membership. Parents with a vocational qualification were overrepresented in the High home–school partnership subgroup and underrepresented in the Low home-based partnership subgroup, whereas parents with higher applied science or university degrees showed the opposite pattern. Adolescents’ educational track also influenced subgroup membership: parents of vocational track students were significantly overrepresented in the High home-based subgroup and underrepresented in the Low home-based subgroup, while the reverse applied to parents of general upper secondary students. With respect to RQ3, three themes and eight sub-themes captured key parental experiences within the subgroups. The first theme, re-orientation of home–school partnership, reflected a shift toward less intensive collaboration. The second theme, nature of knowledge, highlighted structural communication constraints, with information often generic rather than tailored. The third theme, trust in the partnership, underscored parents’ desire for respectful relationships and flexible forms of engagement. Together, these themes illustrate how changing practices, communication dynamics and trust shape meaningful and equitable home–school partnerships in upper secondary education. Overall, these findings highlight diversity in home–school partnerships in upper secondary education. References Allemand, L., Upadyaya, K., Niemelä, M., Merikukka, M. & Salmela-Aro, K. (2025). Profiles of parental involvement, adolescent activity, and trust and collaboration: Adolescents’ psychosocial well-being and socioeconomic status. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 22(4), 560–583. https://doi.org/10.1080/17405629.2025.2498752 Castro, M., Expósito-Casas, E., López-Martín, E., Lizasoain, L., Navarro-Asencio, E. & Gaviria, J. L. (2015). Parental involvement on student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 14, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.01.002 Dotterer, A. M. (2022). Diversity and complexity in the theoretical and empirical study of parental involvement during adolescence and emerging adulthood. Educational Psychologist, 57(4), 295–308. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2022.2129651 Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving Schools (2. p.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429494673 Graham, A., Truscott, J., O’Byrne, C., Considine, G., Hampshire, A., Creagh, S. & Western, M. (2021). Disadvantaged families’ experiences of home-school partnerships: Navigating agency, expectations and stigma. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(11), 1236–1251. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1607913 Goodall, J. & Montgomery, C. (2014). Parental involvement to parental engagement: A continuum. Educational Review, 66(4), 399–410. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2013.781576 Hill, N. E. & Tyson, D. F. (2009). Parental involvement in middle school: A meta-analytic assessment of the strategies that promote achievement. Developmental Psychology, 45(3), 740–763. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015362 Hornby, G. & Lafaele, R. (2011). Barriers to parental involvement in education: An explanatory model. Educational Review, 63(1), 37–52. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2010.488049 Jónsdóttir, H. H. & Blöndal, K. S. (2023). The choice of track matters: Academic self-concept and sense of purpose in vocational and academic tracks. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 67(4), 621–636. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2022.2042843 Kelty, N. E. & Wakabayashi, T. (2020). Family engagement in schools: Parent, educator, and community perspectives. SAGE Open, 10(4). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244020973024 Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal childhoods: Class, race, and family life. University of California Press. Tan, C. Y., Lyu M. & Peng, B. (2020). Academic benefits from parental involvement are stratified by parental socioeconomic status: A meta-analysis. Parenting, 20(4), 241–287. https://doi.org/10.1080/15295192.2019.1694836 Vincent, C. (2017). ‘The children have only got one education and you have to make sure it’s a good one’: Parenting and parent–school relations in a neoliberal age. Gender and Education, 29(5), 541–557. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2016.1274387 Virtanen, T. E., Vasalampi, K., Torppa, M., Lerkkanen, M-K. & Nurmi, J.E. (2019). Changes in students’ psychological well-being during transition from primary school to lower secondary school: A person-centered approach. Learning and Individual Differences, 69, 138–149. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2018.12.001 Zhou, X. & Bowers, A. (2020). A typology of parental involvement in student experience: A latent class analysis. The High School Journal, 103(2), 99–131. https://doi.org/10.1353/hsj.2020.0005 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Beyond Participation: Seasonal Agricultural Worker Families’ Experiences with Education 1: Hacettepe Üniversitesi, Türkiye; 2: Hamdan Bin Mohammed Smart University (HBMSU), Dubai, UAE. Presenting Author:This study is part of a broader qualitative research project focusing on school-family relations in a rural community that attracts seasonal agricultural immigrants. While the first phase examined educators' experiences and institutional barriers (Gedik & Uzundal, 2025), the current phase focuses on family experiences. Family involvement is increasingly recognized as a context dependent practice shaped by the daily realities of families rather than superficial, school-centric, and prescriptive definitions (DeMatthews et al., 2016; Gedik, 2021; Kelty & Wakabayashi, 2020). For seasonal agricultural worker families, the school-family relationships fluctuate under conditions of economic insecurity, unstable employment, inadequate living conditions, and constant mobility (McLaughlin et al., 2017). Migration and seasonal labor reorganize family life around immediate survival needs, necessitating a continuous restructuring of caregiving, decision-making, and schooling practices (Chattier, 2019; Fiałkowska, 2019). While previous research has documented the educational disadvantages faced by children of seasonal workers (Avcı & Ekici, 2023), limited attention has been paid to how these families experience education and schooling and how they make sense of their educational roles within these constrained contexts. At this point, the current study intends to contribute to the discourse that takes a critical stand against the normalization of superficial involvement expectations that marginalize families whose realities fall outside dominant, school-centered assumptions about education and involvement. More specifically, we aim to explore how seasonal agricultural worker families experience, interpret, and negotiate school–family relationships within an unstable socioeconomic context shaped by seasonal labor, economic insecurity, and unstable living conditions. Guided by the following research question, the study examines: How do seasonal agricultural worker families make sense of their experiences with schooling and school–family relationships within contexts shaped by seasonal labor, economic insecurity, and mobility? Conceptual Framework This study is informed by an interpretative conceptual framework that foregrounds families’ lived experiences and sense-making processes within structurally constrained contexts. In this regard, interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) serves as the broad philosophical and methodological framework guiding the study’s epistemological orientation and analytic approach. Within this framework, IPA enables the study to attend closely to families’ narratives and discourses, particularly those that are often marginalized within dominant school-centered accounts, by foregrounding how participants themselves make sense of their experiences. Aligned with this, the study also builds on previous critical scholarship that problematizes school-centric and deficit-oriented assumptions about family involvement, particularly in contexts marked by structural inequality and marginalization (Dematthews et al., 2016; Gedik, 2021; Gil & Johnson, 2024; Yosso, 2005). Rather than treating parental involvement as a set of predefined behaviors, the framework positions involvement as an interpretive and relational process shaped by families’ everyday realities and their interactions with schools. (Kelty & Wakabayashi, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The study adopts a qualitative research design based on Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA). IPA is a well-established qualitative approach that focuses on how individuals make sense of their lived experiences and the meanings they attribute to these experiences in their daily lives (Smith et al., 2009). In educational research, IPA is increasingly utilized to examine complex, emotional, and context-bound experiences that standardized or survey-based methods often fail to capture (Noon, 2018; Robinson et al., 2024). IPA is grounded in three core principles: a phenomenological focus on lived experience, a hermeneutic orientation that acknowledges the researcher’s interpretive role, and an idiographic commitment to the in-depth analysis of a small, purposefully selected sample (Smith et al., 2009). These principles align closely with the objectives of this study, which seeks to understand how the relationship with schooling is experienced and interpreted by families whose daily lives are shaped by seasonal agricultural labor. The study was conducted with seven seasonal agricultural worker families living in temporary tent settlements in a rural setting. Families were selected through purposeful sampling to ensure shared experiential features while allowing for individual idiosyncrasies. Data production involved repeated field visits to the settlements, ensuring prolonged engagement and a contextual understanding of the families' living and working conditions. This sustained presence facilitated rapport-building and provided insights into how education-related decisions are embedded in daily routines. Primary data were obtained through in-depth, semi-structured interviews with adult family members. Interview questions focused on perceptions of formal education, experiences with schools, expectations regarding children's schooling, and daily forms of family involvement under conditions of labor-oriented mobility. Additionally, informal observations focused on caregiving practices, children’s daily activities, housing conditions, and working environments were conducted during field visits. Consistent with IPA’s methodological orientation, these observations served as a means of contextualization and deepening interpretation rather than as a separate analytical element. Data analysis followed the iterative stages of IPA, including the close and repetitive reading of transcripts, the identification of emergent experiential themes in individual cases, and subsequent cross-case analysis to examine patterns of convergence and divergence across families. Throughout the analytical process, attention was paid to the double hermeneutic—the participants' interpretation of their own experience and the researcher’s interpretation of those interpretations (Smith et al., 2009). This approach enabled a nuanced exploration of school-family relations within constrained and marginalized contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Findings indicate that family support for schooling often remains at a discursive level, as immediate economic needs take precedence over school attendance. Children frequently participate in seasonal agricultural work, and school attendance is limited to a small number of children who persist in obtaining an education despite these constraints. Similar to findings in other seasonal and transnational labor contexts, family roles and responsibilities are reorganized around income generation, and children take on additional domestic or labor-related tasks that reduce the time and energy available for schooling (McLaughlin et al., 2017). Education is widely valued in principle; however, families often describe it as a deferred or conditional goal shaped by economic exigencies. Inadequate living conditions and limited access to basic services further constrain families’ capacity for sustained interaction with schools, reinforcing their exclusion from formal institutions. The informal and precarious nature of seasonal agricultural labor, where working conditions and wages are largely at the discretion of employers, places families and children in a vulnerable position (Fiałkowska, 2019; Calnitsky, 2019). In this context, family involvement is not absent but reconstructed: emotional support, moral encouragement, and shared responsibility for survival emerge as primary forms of involvement. These findings align with international research showing that seasonal worker families remain strongly family-oriented, even as care and educational engagement are reshaped rather than simply diminished (Henderson, 2017; Chattier, 2019). Overall, the study highlights a clear mismatch between dominant school-based models of family involvement and the lived realities of seasonal agricultural worker families. By centering families' interpretations and daily practices, this paper contributes to a more nuanced understanding of family involvement as a relational and context-bound process, emphasizing the need for educational approaches that recognize structural constraints rather than reproducing deficit-oriented assumptions. References Avcı, F., & Ekici, T. (2023). Mevsimlik tarım işçisi çocuklar: Okul devamsızlıkları ve öğrenme kayıpları üzerine bir durum çalışması. Ulusal Eğitim Dergisi, 3(5), 757–773. Calnitsky, N. (2019). Labours of love: Family, human rights, and worker invisibility in seasonal Mexican farm worker agricultural migrations to Canada, 1974–present. Left History: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Historical Inquiry, 22(2), 9–29. Chattier, P. (2019). Beyond development impact: Gender and care in the Pacific Seasonal Worker Programme. Gender & Development, 27(3), 447–462. DeMatthews, D. E., Edwards Jr, D. B., & Rincones, R. (2016). Social justice leadership and family engagement: A successful case from Ciudad Juárez, Mexico. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(5), 754-792. Fiałkowska, K. (2019). Remote fatherhood and visiting husbands: Seasonal migration and men’s position within families. Comparative Migration Studies, 7(1), 1–18. Gedik, S. (2021). Promoting a Traditional Home-School Partnership: A Teacher's Efforts to Involve Families in a Turkish Urban School. School Community Journal, 31(1), 283-312. Gedik, S., & Uzundal, M. (2025, June). Navigating complexity: Educators’ experiences with seasonal agricultural worker families in a rural Turkish school [Abstract]. In Book of Abstracts, 14th Biennial Conference of the European Research Network About Parents in Education (ERNAPE). University of Verona. Gil, E., & Johnson, A. (2024). “We, as parents, do have a voice”: Learning from community-based programs effectively engaging parents in urban communities. Urban Education, 59(4), 1048-1077. Henderson, R. (2017). Building a sense of community belonging: Making mobile families welcome in a rural Australian school. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 27(2), 18-30. Kelty, N. E., & Wakabayashi, T. (2020). Family engagement in schools: Parent, educator, and community perspectives. SAGE Open, 10(4), 1–14. McLaughlin, J., Wells, D., Mendiburo, A. D., Lyn, A., & Vasilevska, B. (2017). ‘Temporary workers’, temporary fathers: Transnational family impacts of Canada’s seasonal agricultural worker program. Relations industrielles, 72(4), 682-709. Noon, E. J. (2018). Interpretive phenomenological analysis: An appropriate methodology for educational research? Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice, 6(1), 75–83. Robinson, C., Turner, K., & Gillies, R. (2024). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Learnings from employing IPA as a qualitative methodology in educational research. The Qualitative Report, 29(2), 497–514 Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. London: SAGE Publications. Yosso*, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race ethnicity and education, 8(1), 69-91. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 15 SES 03 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Brianna Kennedy Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Comparing Research‑Engaged School Networks: Lessons from a Transnational Knowledge Exchange Programme with School Leaders in England, Spain and The Netherlands 1: UCL, United Kingdom; 2: Gaziantep University Presenting Author:School peer review has become an increasingly influential model for school improvement, professional accountability and as a form of knowledge exchange and joint practice development (Godfrey, D. 2020). While peer review is well embedded in England, its application and adaptation across different national systems remains underexplored. The desire of national jurisdictions to build research informed practices across their school systems in order to improve the overall quality of education is also well documented (e.g. Godfrey, 2017, Malin et al, 2020, Agud & Ion, 2019, Wubbels & van Tartwijk, 2017). This paper examines findings from a year‑long transnational Knowledge Exchange (KE) involving partners from England, Spain and the Netherlands. The KE sought to deepen understanding of peer collaboration between schools and research-informed practices (RIP) between the countries. This paper explores how distinct educational cultures and governance structures were perceived as barriers and enablers to implementing RIP and collaborative improvement. In addition to how participants shared knowledge through observation and professional discussion, we also explore examples of knowledge transfer – i.e. changes in intentions or in actual practices - during and immediately after the KE programme. The study is guided by three research questions: (1) To what extent did we observe examples of successfully integrating RIP and school peer review practices in each country? (2) What did participants perceived to be the barriers and enablers of RIP and school peer review practices in each country? (3) What examples of knowledge transfer were observed between England, Spain and the Netherlands? KE participants involved two school principals from each country, representatives from academic and school improvement organisations and the author who was the KE project lead as part of a UCL knowledge exchange and innovation programme. In each country we visited schools to observe practices and to hear about the work of initiatives and programmes in action, these included: the Entre Escuelas programme in Spain; the Schools Partnership Programme (SPP) evaluation in England; and the Ontwikkelkracht and Stichting leerKRACHT programmes in the Netherlands. Our results are derived from an analysis of field notes, case studies from participants about their experiences of the KE visits and online evaluations completed after each visit. We supplement the data by looking at available evidence about the programmes presented during the visits, where this was available. The KE amplified reflective practice by enabling leaders to observe processes in different systems and question assumptions. Participants stressed that transnational collaboration supported adaptation rather than direct transfer: ideas were interpreted through local policy, governance and cultural conditions. Participants reported that RIP and school collaboration can be a powerful catalyst for leadership development and collaborative school improvement, but these require enabling conditions such as time, facilitation, policy alignment, and mechanisms for integrating research into practice. The relative lack of ‘maturity’ of the Spanish school system in terms of RIP was seen as a barrier, as well as the lack of permanent infrastructure to encourage peer review. In terms of knowledge transfer, there is emerging evidence that schools involved in the KE have continued to look for ways to continue the peer review model. In the Netherlands, the observation of the SPP programme in action has led to a project to set up and evaluate a pilot project in 2026 across several school boards. This is proceeding as a carefully evaluated pilot. Less is known about the effect on participants from England, school leaders deepened their understanding of the leadership conditions for RIP and school collaboration and strengthened their resolve to continue implementing and embedding these. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a multi‑method design combining mixed‑methods programme evaluation, thematic analysis and cross‑case comparison across England, Spain and the Netherlands. Data were drawn from four sources: (1) the UCL Knowledge Exchange programme; (2) an evaluation of the Entre Escuelas programme in Spain; (3) independent evaluation of the Schools Partnership Programme (SPP) in England; and (4) evidence from follow up interviews with stakeholders in the Netherlands. We answered the following research questions: (RQ1) To what extent did we observe examples of successfully integrating RIP and school peer review practices in each country? (RQ2) What did participants perceived to be the barriers and enablers of RIP and school peer review practices in each country? (RQ3) What examples of knowledge transfer were observed between England, Spain and the Netherlands? Two theoretical perspectives influence our analysis: cultural analysis dimensions (Hofstede et al., 2010) and autopoiesis theory (Adhikari, 2025). From Hofstede’s scale, power‑distance (PDI) and uncertainty‑avoidance (UAI) scores were key dimensions. Autopoiesis theory helps explain why schools filter external ideas, adopting only those compatible with internal logics and professional cultures. These perspectives provide lenses to examine perceptions about the adoption or intention to adopt practices observed in one country to participants’ own jurisdictions. The KE programme generated evaluations and case reflections from with principals and other stakeholders; observational field notes from cross‑national visits; and documentation from workshops and reflection sessions. The Spanish Entre Escuelas evaluation used a pre–post survey design with a competencies questionnaire administered at baseline and endline on twenty nine school principals involved in the Entre Escuelas programme. Items measured leaders’ and teachers’ confidence in evidence‑informed improvement, peer‑review processes and collaborative culture. Qualitative evidence was gathered from open‑ended responses, facilitators’ field notes, and school case reports. This report provides secondary data to be used alongside other contextual features and the evaluations of the Spanish participants in the KE programme. English SPP evidence included programme materials, facilitator interviews and observations of school‑to‑school review processes. This was a three and a half year evaluation of over 400 schools (Godfrey et al, 2023). Dutch evidence consisted of interviews with Stichting leerKracht, the Vu University partner, relevant policy frameworks, and pilot design documentation. Coding combined inductive and deductive approaches. Deductive codes were informed by Hofstede’s cultural dimensions and autopoiesis theory; inductive codes emerged around leadership identity, trust and adaptation processes. Cross‑case synthesis identified convergent and divergent patterns across the three countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that this transnational knowledge exchange provided a viable approach to strengthening leadership and fostering evidence‑informed practice across diverse national settings. Its enactment is shaped by cultural norms, organisational structures and system‑level conditions. England and the Netherlands entered the KE with more established traditions of distributed leadership and inquiry‑oriented collaboration, while Spain showed the greatest growth. Hofstede’s cultural analysis dimensions show that Spain scores higher on power distance (PDI) and uncertainty avoidance (UAI), with England the lowest score on the latter. We can see evidence that this translates into a challenge for Spain to adopt a flat partnership approach required for collaborative learning. In terms of UAI, while the Netherlands shares the flat PDI dimension with England, the higher UAI relative to England suggests more rigorous data would be needed before embarking on innovative approaches. We did see evidence of this from our case studies. However, cross case analysis shows considerable consensus across the countries regarding the relational, trust and infrastructure elements required for RIP and collaborative peer approaches to school improvement. Challenges to sustainability include time constraints, the need for ongoing facilitation, and embedding research use beyond awareness raising. Without alignment to policy structures and long‑term leadership commitment, the benefits of collaborative inquiry risk dissipating. Transnational engagement acted as a catalyst for professional learning by allowing leaders to observe practices outside their own systems. Participants viewed this comparative engagement as crucial for identifying contextual influences and adapting practices locally. Trust, authenticity and relational openness emerged as core conditions for effective peer review. Participant evaluations and case studies, along with clear evidence of knowledge transfer, suggest significant value in transnational knowledge exchange, albeit cost and language issues remain a barrier for further expansion of this activity. References Adhikari, A. (2025). Autopoiesis and the Montessori Educational Paradigm: A Theoretical Framework Relating its Resonance with NEP 2020. International Research Journal of Education and Technology, 8(7), 500-514. Agud, I., & Ion, G. (2019). Research-Based Learning in Initial Teacher Education in Catalonia. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 9(2), 99-118. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.564 Godfrey, D. (2020). ‘From peer review to collaborative peer enquiry: Action research for school improvement and leadership development’. London Review of Education 18. https://doi.org/10.14324/LRE.18.3.04 Godfrey, D. (2017). What is the proposed role of research evidence in England’s ‘self-improving’ school system? Oxford Review of Education, 43(4), 433–446. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2017.1329718 Godfrey, D; Ito, A. (2025). International Knowledge Exchange: What can schools learn from each other? (ESRC Education Research Programme (ERP). Knowledge Exchange in Education. Briefing Note 3).London, UK. Godfrey, D., & Munoz-Chereau, B. (2024). Joint Practice Development through a Peer-Led School Improvement Partnership: Research-Driven Recommendations for Policymakers and School Leaders. Education Development Trust. Godfrey, D., Anders, J., Stoll, L., Jerrim, J., Munoz Chereau, B., McGinity, R., & Greany, T. (2023). Schools Partnership Programme: Evaluation Report. Education Endowment Foundation Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and Organizations: Software of the Mind. Intercultural Cooperation and Its Importance for Survival. New York: McGraw-Hill. Malin, J.R., Brown, C., Ion, G., van Ackeren, I., Bremm, N., Luzmore, R., Flood, J. and Rind, G.M., 2020. World-wide barriers and enablers to achieving evidence-informed practice in education: what can be learnt from Spain, England, the United States, and Germany?. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 7(1), pp.1-14. Wubbels, T., & van Tartwijk, J. (2017). Evidence informed innovation of education in the Netherlands: Learning from reforms. In Evidence and public good in educational policy, research and practice (pp. 125-142). Cham: Springer International Publishing. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Developing System Improvement, Collective Agency and Reflexive Leadership: Lessons from two Research–Practice–Administration Partnerships in Education FAU, Germany Presenting Author:Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs) have historically been defined as long-term, mutualistic collaborations between researchers and practitioners aimed at investigating problems of practice to improve educational outcomes (Coburn et al., 2016). These collaborations were conceptualized around a simple dichotomy of "research" on one side and "practice" on the other. However, contemporary critiques suggest that this binary model is insufficient as it often subsumes complex layers of governance and administration under the general umbrella of "practice," thereby overlooking the unique mandates, specific dynamics, and specific logics of these stakeholders. In response, recent models are evolving to more reflect the multi-layered nature of educational systems. Drawing on the work of Manitius and Bremm (2021), such collaborations are increasingly framed as "Research-Practice-Administration Partnerships" (RPA-Partnerships) or "multiprofessional partnerships". This approach intentionally integrates system-level leaders from administration and ministries to ensure that professional learning is not confined to individual schools but are systematically sustained and scaled. Our research team focuses on educational governance and educational change. Two of our research projects operate as RPA-Partnerships. In collaboration with practitioners and system level leaders they co-create learning environments aimed to strengthen system and school improvement capacities (SIC, cf. Maag-Merki, 2017). The project designs focus on collective agency, understood as “a foundational capability of groups to undertake any productive work or solve any problems together” (Zumpe, 2024). Therefore, the projects employ co-creational, design-based approaches such as design thinking (Brown, 2008) and design-based school improvement (Mintrop, 2016). In both cases researchers work as project managers, workshop facilitators, and analysts which open up new perspectives on their roles within multiprofessional partnerships. Together with the participants, evidence-based analyses from the project context are reflected upon to stimulate learning among the actors involved. In first project, the DBSI-DesignLab in the federal state of Berlin (Germany) is a three-year multiprofessional partnership launched in 2024 (building on the learning of a previous project from 2019-2024) between the Berlin Department of Education , the Robert Bosch Stiftung , and Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nuremberg (FAU). Transitioning to a RPA framework, the project focuses on qualifying school development coaches as system leaders for school improvement. These coaches, in collaboration with administration, support schools in underserved communities using Design-Based School Improvement (DBSI) tools and mindsets . The partnership operates through a deeply interwoven co-design infrastructure: university partners provide conceptual foundations, while coaches facilitate DBSI sessions at school sites. Data-driven feedback from session recordings inform monthly case conferences, enabling "collective sensemaking" and the continuous adaptation of the DBSI approach to local requirements and professional logics. Crucially, the DesignLab is aligned with Berlin’s systemic strategy for educational quality, targeting improvements in linguistic, mathematical, and social-emotional competencies. In the LeadCom project (Leadership Communication and Cooperation), FAU collaborates with another federal state (that does not want to be named) to redesign feedback mechanisms for school evaluation data. The aim of this redesign is to strengthen stakeholder engagement, thereby fostering greater understanding and acceptance, as well as generating actionable insights for data-informed school system development. During the first phase, a researcher facilitated the planning process together with representatives from school supervision and external evaluation. In this collaboration, they jointly prepared the second phase—a design thinking workshop (Brown, 2008)—in which 21 participants representing school leadership, teaching staff, all-day program providers, school supervision, external evaluation, and school development consultancy co-designed prototypes for a new feedback dialogue. A central concern of the external evaluation is ensuring broad participation of all stakeholders in developing this new conversation format. The project contributes to capacity building by (1) promoting cross-level collaboration within the workshops and (2) co-developing strategies for cross-level communication and cooperation through the newly designed feedback format. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The DesignLab research design employs a mixed-method design, integrating elements of Grounded Theory with Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz et al., 2022). This approach allows for the systematic preparation of empirical data—including session recordings, field notes, and reflective dialogues—to facilitate "collective sensemaking" among school development coaches, administrative leaders, foundation representatives, and researchers. By combining inductive coding for emergent phenomena with deductive categories based on school improvement capacities and partnership effectiveness, we ensure that findings are both scientifically rigorous and practically actionable. This development inquiry is rooted in an integrative learning approach based on three principles: 1) Co-design in partnerships: Following the RPP framework (Coburn, 2016; Farrell, 2021), the refinement of DBSI occurs through mutual exchange, ensuring all actors collaborate on equal footing. 2) Sociocultural and collective learning: Drawing on Knapp (2008), the project positions learning as a communal process of sensemaking within the real-world professional environment. 3) Reflective Practice: In accordance with Schön (1983), the design links "learning by doing" with systematic reflection-on-action. This project design aims to create a "protected space" where multiprofessional teams can analyse data excerpts to negotiate professional stances and advance system-wide improvement capacities. During the first phase of the LeadCom project, several steering group meetings were audio-recorded and transcribed. The transcripts were subsequently interpreted within multiple interpretation groups to understand collective thoughts and the praxeology of action by using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2021). Approximately ten months later, upon completion of the design thinking process, the steering group received an initial presentation of the data analysis of meetings (1–3) during a reflection meeting (4), which also served as a forum for exchange with the researchers. This discussion was likewise recorded and analyzed. Consistent with the premises of documentary interpretation, the researchers were regarded as integral members of the group throughout the interpretive process. The interpretation of the in-situ documentation, conducted in line with the documentary method, examines how governance practices are enacted at steering interfaces and within project planning. Moreover, it explores the implicit orientations that guide actors’ collaborative actions. In the joint reflection on the initial interpretations with the researchers, participants’ guiding orientations regarding their own leadership practices become explicit, revealing both enabling conditions and developmental potentials for effective collective agency. Through comparative analysis with materials from the planning phase, learning processes—manifested as shifts and openings in guiding orientations—can be reconstructed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After one year, including more than ten co-design sessions, the DBSI-DesignLab generated formative outcomes centered on professional learning and systemic capacity building. Specifically, with the continuous involvement of district authorities and school development coaches, the co-design process was able to leverage key insights around regional strategies and structural interdependencies, as well as existing professional norms and methodologies in the context of school improvement. This allowed for highly responsive designs and local adaptation of a hitherto novel approach to school improvement. Examples of productive struggles include the renegotiation of goals and evaluation metrics as perspectives of stakeholders shifted, reflection of professional roles of school developments coaches positioned between local school needs and systemic demands, or the design of systematic learning opportunities to build school improvement capacities, that go beyond fixing a problem of practice. Within the reflective dialogue in LeadCom, leadership practices and underlying tensions between aspired collective agency and actual communication and cooperation patterns became visible and discussable. Participants critically examined their routines and assumptions in conversational settings characterized by openness and mutual trust. These discussions allowed alternatives and starting points for more coherent practices to be identified and problematized. Self-critical engagement with one’s own practices and their embeddedness in organizational structures emerged as a core component of collaboration within RPA partnerships and the development of system-level improvement capacity. Fostering a reflexive stance among all involved actors—particularly those in leadership roles—is essential, as they often serve as initiators of innovation projects. Openness to diverse perspectives and the cultivation of cooperative professionalism (Hargreaves, 2018) at the governance level seem indispensable for facilitating the inclusion of additional actors and building trust in joint developmental work. Both projects demonstrate that embedding leaders' reflexive expertise in RPA drives transformation, while offering critical reflections on the partnership designs required for sustaining systemic success. References Brown, T. (2008). Design Thinking. Harvard Business Review, 86(6), 84–92. Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden (10. Auflage). UTB. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838587851 Bremm, N., & Manitius, V. (2019). Knowledge brokerage through research-practice-administration partnerships: Learnings from Germany. In J. Malin & C. Brown (Eds.), The role of knowledge brokers in education: Connecting the dots between research and practice (pp. 139–153). Routledge. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750 Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C. E., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-Practice Partnerships in Education: The State of the Field. William T. Grant Foundation. Hargreaves, A., & O’Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism: When Teaching Together Means Learning for All (1st Aufl.). Corwin Press. Knapp, M. S. (2008). How can organizational and sociocultural learning theories shed light on district instructional reform?. American Journal of Education, 114(4), 521–539. https://doi.org/10.1086/589313 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung: Grundlagentexte Methoden (5. Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Mintrop, R. (2016). Design-based school improvement: A practical guide for education leaders. Harvard Education Press. Schön, D. A. (1984). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Zumpe, E. (2024). School improvement at the next level of work: The struggle for collective agency in a school facing adversity. Journal of Educational Change, 25(3), 485–529. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-023-09500-x 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Traces of Development Processes After Co-operation for the Best School Possible (CBS) in Three School Organizers Mid Sweden University - Sundsvall Campus: Mittuniversitetet, Sweden Presenting Author:This study highlights how the improvement agenda and improvement agents can be understood as central and lasting features in The Swedish government initiative Co-operation for the Best School Possible (CBS) (Samverkan för Bästa Skola, SBS). The initiative was aimed specifically at schools that have challenges in terms of improving their knowledge results on their own or increasing equivalence within and between school and preschool units (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2022). The school development work is done in tripartite cooperation between the Swedish National Agency for Education (SNAE) (Skolverket), Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) and school organisers. Based on Rönnström and Håkansson's (2021) framework, the improvement agenda emerges as a crucial factor in creating both motivation and direction in schools' development work after the external process support provided by the university has ended. The improvement agenda is about formulating why improvements are necessary and what direction the development work should take. The study shows that the CBS process helped to clarify these aspects by providing the activities with new knowledge, more well-thought-through organisational structures and a more systematic approach within the framework of systematic quality work. Of particular importance was the analytical work carried out at the beginning of the CBS process with the Swedish National Agency for Education, which mapped the current situation, challenges and development needs of the operations. According to the respondents, these analyses have an important track and continue to serve as a basis for long-term improvement work. In this way, the improvement agenda has not only been linked to CBS as a project, but has also been integrated into regular operational development processes. The study also shows that the improvement agenda has not only had a guiding function, but also a motivating function. By creating a common understanding of problems and goals, the CBS process has helped to increase commitment to development work among both principals and key individuals. This has been particularly important in operations that were previously characterised by organisational instability, high staff turnover or unclear structures. A clearer agenda has thus served as a cohesive framework that has given the development work legitimacy and continuity even after external support has ceased. School leaders and key individuals who have participated in the CBS process can be understood in this study as improvement agents, i.e. actors who actively drive, anchor and implement improvement work in their own organisation. The results show that these agents of improvement have played a central role in keeping the development processes alive over time. They have participated in the planning, implementation and follow-up of improvement efforts and have acted as bearers of the working methods, structures and values established during the CBS process. A particularly interesting result is that most of the school leaders and key individuals who participated in CBS are still active in their organisations. This continuity has been of great importance for the ability to maintain and further develop the improvement work. The achievement of objectives for students was considered to be largely unchanged, but the focus of the work had shifted to issues such as absenteeism. At the same time, a safe and secure working environment for both students and teachers was reported. Cultural issues have received greater attention, with efforts to reduce the number of parallel development processes in order to create better conditions for sustainable school development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design for this study was a qualitative interview study. Interviews can be seen as a way of studying how individuals understand the world around them by describing their activities, experiences and opinions in their own words (Kvale & Brinkman, 2009). In this study, key individuals and school leaders (N=10) were interviewed using semi-structured interviews. Interviews were used to investigate and describe how key individuals and school leaders perceived how development processes had continued in the organisation approximately 3-4 years after the end of the CBS process support from the university. The selection of informants was based on two selection principles. The first selection principle was to focus on the school organizers who had participated in the CBS process support, where of the members of the project group had been involved for at least two years and had positive experiences of the relationships with the school leaders and key individuals as a process supervisor role. The second selection principle was to investigate the school organizers who had ended their collaboration at approximately the same time. The school organizers can be described as small municipalities in central Norrland. A total of nine interviews were conducted with ten key individuals and school leaders representing three school organizations. The interviews with the key individuals and school leaders were conducted via Teams, recorded and transcribed. Each interview took about an hour. Each interview took approximately one hour. An interview guide was used in accordance with Kvale and Brinkman (2009). The data material was analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2009; 2012). Thematic analysis is described as a systematic method for identifying, analysing and reporting patterns or themes in the collected data material. Themes were constructed based on the data material. Rönnström and Håkansson's (2021) framework for improvement capacity was then applied. The research ethics requirements of the Swedish Research Council (2017) were followed. This study did not involve sensitive information. The integrity of the informants was protected, and the respondents were informed that participation was voluntary and could be discontinued at any time. The research material was stored in accordance with ethical requirements and only researchers affiliated with the project had access to the data material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project Development processes at principals after completion of CBS process support: A search for traces of CBS has contributed to clear development in several areas. Grading and assessment in particular have made an impression through increased assessment competence at one principal. The systematic quality work is perceived as relatively clear, even though the introduction of a new SKA system has created some uncertainty about working methods and documentation. The activities have been strengthened through clearer structures and increased awareness of the importance of balancing a functioning work organisation with a long-term development organisation. Goal fulfilment is considered to be largely unchanged, but the focus of goal work has been directed to a greater extent towards issues such as absenteeism. At the same time, security for both students and teachers has increased. Cultural issues have received greater attention, with an effort to reduce the number of parallel development processes in order to create better conditions for sustainable school development. The study shows that CBS has contributed to a clearer improvement agenda by creating motivation, direction and structure in the development work, including through new knowledge, organisational structures and more systematic quality work. Analyses carried out early in the CBS process remain in place and continue to be used in the development work. Headteachers and key individuals who participated in CBS act as agents of improvement in the operations and have continued to drive the improvement work. It is interesting to note that many of them remain in the organisation and, in several cases, have been given roles with greater development responsibility, which has contributed to continuity and sustainability in the improvement work. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol. 2: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Kvale, S. & Brinkman S. (2009). The qualitative research interview [Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun]. Studentlitteratur. Rönnström, N. & Håkansson, J. (2021). Leading development of improvement capacity and educational quality [Att leda utveckling av förbättringskapacitet och utbildningskvalitet]. In N. Rönnström & J. Olofsson. Improving schools with the support of research: Examples, analyses and challenges [Att förbättra skolor med stöd i forskning: Exempel, analyser och utmaningar] (pp. 185–220). Natur och kultur. Swedish National Agency for Education (2022). The Co-operation for the best school possible. Report of the government mission 2021 [Samverkan för bästa skola. Redovisning av regeringsuppdrag 2021]. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationsserier/regeringsuppdrag/2022/samverkan-for-basta-skola-202 The Swedish Research Council (2017). Good research practice [God forskningssed]. https://www.vr.se/download/18.2412c5311624176023d25b05/1555332112063/God-forskningssed_VR_2017.pdf 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper A Case Study of a Research-Practice Partnership for Forest Schools in the UK 1: Newcastle University, UK, United Kingdom; 2: Scotswood Garden, UK Presenting Author:Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs) are ‘an important part of the educational ecosystem that connects research, policy, practice and community work in the United States’ (Farrell et al., 2021, p.iv). They are recognised as long-term collaborations between researchers and those in policy and practice, bringing together diverse expertise and disrupting traditional power structures, they seek to improve education and reduce inequalities through research that meets the needs of schools and communities (Farrell et al., 2021). Internationally, there has been a renewed focus on connecting research with practice and examples of RRPs are developing in Europe (Sjölund, 2022), with researchers also highlighting the challenges in developing similar collaborative models in varied educational contexts (France, 2025). In this paper, the authors will share their experience of a small-scale RPP focused on Forest School practice in the North East of England, UK. Forest School (FS) is a child-centred outdoor educational experience, focused on holistic development through play and supported risk taking, it should be regular and long-term (FSA, n.d.). First developed in England in the 1990s and inspired by outdoor pre-schools in Denmark, FSs are now found across Europe and internationally. In the UK they are popular in early years and primary education, in supporting children and young people with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND), as an alternative educational approach and as an extra-curricular activity (Knight, 2016). FS is facilitated by qualified FS practitioners, this may be teachers, teaching assistants or outdoor practitioners, and sessions happen as part of formal and/or non-formal education. In 2012 the Forest School Association (FSA), the professional body for FS, was established with six principles on which FS practice should be based (FSA n.d.b); these principles were developed by practitioners, drawing on their collective experience of delivering FS over 18 years. However, there was a need to establish an evidence base for Forest School and in recent years a body of research has developed that has largely sought to evidence the benefits and challenges of the approach (Garden & Downes, 2023; Harris, 2022), and most recently Knight et al. (2024) have proposed an interdisciplinary theoretical framework for FS. In researching FS, it is essential to engage with communities delivering provision, whether that be early years settings, schools, charities or independent organisations, and those participating (children, young people and their parents/carers). There are significant benefits to both the FS and research communities in working together, but we also know that educational research partnerships present challenges including inequalities in participation, negotiating different working cultures and boundary crossing (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2004). Nevertheless, there are substantial potential benefits where research and practice successfully collaborate, learn from each other and together, enabling new ways of working, insights and change that may not otherwise be possible (Edwards, 2006). This FS research partnership was instigated by the education manager from a community garden who was delivering FS and had noticed the social and emotional benefits for children and young people with additional needs, she was planning a new project and approached the local university to engage with a researcher. The resulting FS network has developed over nine years and now includes the community garden, 11 schools, a charity supporting families that have experienced domestic abuse, and the university. The partnership has developed through numerous research projects and overcome challenges, with a commitment to the research not only evidencing impact but informing the development of FS practice within the network. We will use Farrell et al.’s (2021) five defining features of RPPs to explore this partnership, reflecting on how it has developed, what has supported and challenged the partnership, and the benefits and costs to partners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research uses a co-production (Hatzidimitriadou, Mantovani and Keating, 2012) approach in evaluating impact through theory of change evaluation (Dyson and Todd, 2010). Theory of change engages with stakeholders through in-depth interviews to understand contexts, existing knowledge and challenges, and desired outcomes. Dialogue plays a key role in developing shared understandings between stakeholders and researching in this way has the potential to ‘democratise evaluation’ and change relationships between researchers and practitioners (Laing, 2022). Following thematic analysis (Braun and Clark, 2006) of qualitative interview and questionnaire data from partners, this paper will assess the network as a RPP using Farrell et al.’s (2021) five defining features and explore how the theory of change evaluation and participatory research methods underpinned and shaped the partnership. We will further discuss how this approach to research necessitated engagement with ‘everyday’ and ‘relationships-based ethics’ (Banks et al., 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of qualitative data from partners, suggests that trust, reciprocity and flexibility are defining features of this RPP and work to support its long-term sustainability. We argue that theory of change evaluation not only provides a robust framework for data collection and analysis but supports a dialogic and relational approach between partners and prioritises shared learning and practice outcomes. Understanding how to support research partnerships with schools and outdoor practitioners is essential for the growth and sustainability of Forest School in the UK, Europe and internationally. In exploring and reflecting on this FS network and how it developed as a RPP, we seek to draw conclusions that will be of benefit to the international research, education and outdoor learning communities. References Banks, S., Armstrong, A., Carter, K., Graham, H. Hayward, P., Henry, A., Holland, T., Holmes, C., Lee, A., McNulty, A., Moore, N., Nayling, N., Stokoe, A. & Strachan, A. (2013) Everyday ethics in community-based participatory research, Contemporary Social Science, 8:3, 263-277. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), pp.77-101. Cochran-Smith, M. & Lytle, S. L. (2004) Practitioner inquiry, knowledge and university culture, in: J. J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. K. LaBoskey & T. L. Russell (Eds) International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 601-649. Dyson, A. and Todd, L. (2010) Dealing with complexity: Theory of change evaluation and the full service extended schools initiative. International Journal of Research and Method in Education, 33(2), 119-134. Edwards, A (2006) Relational Agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner, International Journal of Educational Research, Vol 43, p168-182. Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. France, R. (2025). Research–practice partnerships in education: Lessons from the United States. British Educational Research Journal, 51, 1469–1480. FSA (n.d.) https://forestschoolassociation.org/what-is-forest-school/ FSA (n.d.b) https://forestschoolassociation.org/full-principles-and-criteria-for-good-practice/ Garden, A., & Downes, G. (2023) A systematic review of forest schools literature in England. Education 3-13, 51(2), 320–336. Harris, F. (2022). Forest school, CABI Reviews. https://doi.org/10.1079/cabireviews202217041 Hatzidimitriadou, E., Mantovani, N. and Keating, F. (2012) Evaluation of coproduction processes in a community-based mental health project in Wandsworth. London: Kingston University/St George’s University of London. Knight, S. (2016). Forest School: A model for learning holistically and outdoors. In H. E. Lees & N. Noddings (Eds.), The Palgrave international handbook of alternative education. Palgrave Macmillan. Knight, S., Coates, J. K., Lathlean, J., & Perez‐del‐Aguila, R. (2024). The development of an interdisciplinary theoretical framework for Forest School in the United Kingdom. British Educational Research Journal, 50(2), 905–922. Laing, K. (2022) The contribution of a ‘synergic theory of change’ approach to democratising evaluation, Research for All, 6 (1): 8, 1–17. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., Ryve, A. (2022) Using research to inform practice through research‐practice partnerships: A systematic literature review, Review of Education 10 (1), 1-25 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 03 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Cristian Cerda Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Beyond Compliance: A Mediational Tool to Promote Ethical Reflection on AI and Data in Teacher Education 1: Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy; 2: Universidad de San Andrés, Argentina Presenting Author:The increasing prominence of ethical guidelines for Artificial Intelligence (AI) and data use in education, promoted by international organisations such as the European Union (Directorate-General for Education, 2022), UNESCO (Bosen et al., 2023), and the OECD (OECD & Education International, 2023), has not resolved a persistent pedagogical challenge: while ethical principles are widely articulated and institutionally endorsed, their translation into educational practice remains fragile and uneven. In educational contexts, ethics risks being reduced to compliance-oriented checklists or abstract value statements, detached from professional judgment, institutional responsibility, and everyday pedagogical decision-making (Bélisle-Pipon et al., 2022; Gardelli, 2016). This study addresses this gap by examining the design, implementation, and evaluation of a Self-Reflection Tool developed within the Erasmus+ ETH-TECH project (ETH-TECH Consortium, 2024), aimed at supporting ethical awareness and reflection on AI and data practices in education. From a historical–cultural perspective on learning, pedagogical instruments function as mediational tools that organise and transform how individuals engage with complex concepts. Liaising with the work of Lev Vygotskij, Wertsch (2007) argues indeed that mediational means are not neutral supports but cultural artefacts that shape the very possibilities of thought and action. In this sense, we purport that an educational instrument that triggers situated reflection can scaffold learners’ understanding by embedding within its structure the cultural, institutional, and policy recommendations that frame the ethical use of educational technologies. The mediational tool thus bridges the distance between high-level guidelines and situated pedagogical practice, enabling users to navigate ethical dilemmas, recognise contradictions, and articulate informed positions. This aligns with historical–cultural theory’s emphasis on learning as a socially mediated activity in which tools and signs expand the learner’s zone of proximal development, opening new pathways for reflective and agentic engagement with the ethical dimensions of technology (Raffaghelli & Crudele, 2025). The study is guided by three research questions: (1) How do educators and prospective educators perceive their ethical preparedness regarding AI and data use across key ethical dimensions? (2) How does a mediational self-reflection tool support ethical awareness and reflection across different levels of professional experience and training contexts? (3) How is ethical responsibility positioned by participants at the individual, technical, and institutional levels? Methodologically, the study adopts a Design-Based Research (DBR) approach articulated through three iterative loops (Design Council, 2019). The Self-Reflection Tool was developed and refined through three interconnected research loops, each contributing distinct empirical and conceptual insights. Across all contexts, participants consistently report higher confidence in human-centred ethical dimensions, such as agency, fairness, and wellbeing, while expressing lower confidence in institutional and technical domains, including accountability, data governance, and technical robustness. Mean scores for human-centred dimensions range approximately between 2.6 and 3.3 on a 0–5 scale, whereas institutional dimensions range between approximately 1.6 and 2.4. These patterns persist across experience levels: although experienced professionals report higher overall confidence, institutional responsibility remains a weak point even among senior educators. More than 75% of participants report a moderate to strong impact of the tool on their ethical reflection, and usability ratings are consistently high, indicating that ethical disengagement cannot be attributed to technical barriers. The study concludes that the Self-Reflection Tool functions as a mediational artefact that makes visible the structural limits of individualised ethics in AI and data education. Rather than resolving ethical tensions, the tool exposes where ethical responsibility collapses at institutional boundaries, reinforcing the need for shared responsibility, institutional anchoring, and pedagogical mediation within teacher education and professional learning for ethical AI practices to be sustainably enacted. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a Design-Based Research (DBR) methodology, chosen for its suitability in addressing complex educational problems that require iterative design, empirical testing, and theoretical refinement. DBR allows for the development and evaluation of educational interventions in real-world contexts while simultaneously generating design principles and theoretical insights (Collective, 2003; Design Council, 2019). We based each cycle around the engagement with the SRT, which was structured around the EU Ethical Guidelines including seven dimensions and relating political recommendations (2022). The tool proposed scenarios and was integrated to activities combining understanding and reflection. The first loop consisted of internal exploratory engagement conducted through an international online webinar organised by the ETH-TECH research team. Participants included researchers, teacher educators, and higher education professionals with interest or experience in educational technology and ethics. Approximately 70 participants engaged with the tool, yielding 68 valid responses. This phase focused on exploring the clarity of the ethical dimensions, the comprehensibility of item wording, and the overall usability of the digital interface. Feedback from this phase informed revisions to the language, structure, and visual feedback mechanisms of the tool. The second loop involved open engagement within the ETH-TECH international partnership, spanning higher education and teacher education contexts in Germany, Italy, Romania, and Spain. This phase aimed to examine the tool’s adoption across diverse national, institutional, and disciplinary settings. The largest dataset was collected in Italy through deployment in teacher education programmes, resulting in approximately 126 student responses, complemented by additional responses from partner countries. In total, this loop generated approximately 230 valid responses. The diversity of participants enabled comparative analysis across levels of professional experience and national contexts. The third loop focused on situated professional development contexts, particularly in Argentina, where the tool was embedded within structured training sessions for higher education educators and teacher educators. Approximately 75 participants engaged with the tool in facilitated settings that allowed for deeper reflective engagement and collective discussion. This phase enabled examination of how professional experience and institutional positioning influence ethical reflection. Data collection relied on a multilingual online questionnaire structured around the EU Ethical Guidelines for Trustworthy AI. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively to identify patterns across ethical dimensions, contexts, and experience levels. Qualitative data from open-ended responses were analysed thematically to explore participants’ interpretations, concerns, and perceived needs. Ethical approval and informed consent procedures were applied in accordance with institutional and GDPR requirements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study contribute to current debates on AI ethics in education by empirically demonstrating the gap between ethical awareness and collective/institutional responsibility (Holmes et al., 2022). Across contexts, educators and prospective educators recognise the importance of ethics in AI and data use and express strong alignment with human-centred values such as agency, fairness, and wellbeing. However, responsibility remains predominantly individualised, with institutional, governance, and infrastructural dimensions consistently perceived as opaque or beyond professional control. The Self-Reflection Tool proves effective in stimulating ethical awareness and reflection, particularly when participants can connect ethical dimensions to concrete practices. High usability ratings across contexts indicate that resistance to ethical engagement is not rooted in technical complexity, but rather in conceptual and institutional barriers. Experience enhances ethical sensitivity, yet does not compensate for the absence of clear institutional frameworks, as even experienced educators struggle with accountability and data governance. Rather than resolving these tensions, the tool functions as a mediational artefact that renders them visible. In doing so, it confirms a central claim of critical educational technology scholarship: ethical AI in education cannot be sustained through individual awareness alone(J. Raffaghelli et al., 2025). It requires shared responsibility, institutional anchoring, and pedagogical mediation that explicitly connect ethical principles to organisational structures and professional practices. The study suggests that future work should focus on integrating self-reflection tools within broader institutional strategies, including professional development, curriculum design, and governance processes. Liasing with Sannino et al. (2016) We also discuss that complex educational settings adopting cultural artefacts as mediational tools through interventionist methods can promote expansive learning about and hence, support trasformative agency about the ethics of AI and data. Only by shifting ethics from individual reflection to collective human socio-cultural systems expressed through institutional discourses and practice can ethical AI and data use in education move beyond compliance and towards sustainable, responsible enactment. References Bélisle-Pipon, J.-C., Monteferrante, E., Roy, M.-C., & Couture, V. (2022). Artificial intelligence ethics has a black box problem. AI Soc., 38(4), 1507–1522. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00146-021-01380-0 Bosen, L.-L., Morales, D., Roser-Chinchilla, J. F., Sabzalieva, E., Valentini, A., Vieira do Nascimento, D., & Yerovi, C. (2023). Harnessing the era of artificial intelligence in higher education: A primer for higher education stakeholders. UNESCO-IESALC. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000386670?locale=en Collective, T. D.-B. R. (2003). Design-Based Research: An Emerging Paradigm for Educational Inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5–8. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032001005 Design Council. (2019). The Design Process: What is the Double Diamond? In Design Council. https://www.designcouncil.org.uk/news-opinion/design-process-what-double-diamond Directorate-General for Education, Y. (2022). Ethical guidelines on the use of artificial intelligence (AI) and data in teaching and learning for educators. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/153756 ETH-TECH Consortium. (2024). Anchoring the Ethics of AI and Data—About. ETH-TECH Project; University of Padua - Department of Philosophy, Sociology, Pedagogy, and Applied Psychology. https://eth-tech.eu/about/ Gardelli, V. (2016). To Describe, Transmit or Inquire: Ethics and technology in school. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:ltu:diva-25919 Holmes, W., Porayska-Pomsta, K., Holstein, K., Sutherland, E., Baker, T., Shum, S. B., Santos, O. C., Rodrigo, M. T., Cukurova, M., Bittencourt, I. I., & Koedinger, K. R. (2022). Ethics of AI in Education: Towards a Community-Wide Framework. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 32(3), 504–526. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-021-00239-1 OECD, & Education International. (2023). Opportunities, guidelines and guardrails for effective and equitable use of AI in education. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/Opportunities,%20guidelines%20and%20guardrails%20for%20effective%20and%20equitable%20use%20of%20AI%20in%20education.pdf Raffaghelli, J. E., & Crudele, F. (2025). From Self-Check to Reflection: Tools for Individual and Institutional Self-Awareness [Technical Document]. University of Padua. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17638642 Raffaghelli, J., Rivera-Vargas, P., Dussel, I., Raffaghelli, J., Rivera-Vargas, P., & Dussel, I. (2025). Repensar la ética en la era de la IA: Más allá de una pedagogía de la crueldad. Izquierdas, 54, 0–0. https://doi.org/10.4067/s0718-50492025000100246 Wertsch, J. V. (2007). Mediation. In H. Daniels, J. V. Wertsch, & M. Cole (Eds), The Cambridge Companion to Vygotsky (pp. 178–192). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CCOL0521831040.008 Sannino, A., Engeström, Y., & Lemos, M. (2016). Formative Interventions for Expansive Learning and Transformative Agency. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 599–633. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2016.1204547 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper How Teachers and Pre-Service Teachers Use Generative AI: Benefits, Risks, Ethics, and Institutional Support in the Czech Educational Context Masaryk Univerzity, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence (GAI) has become one of the most visible recent innovations shaping educational work, yet institutional responses remain uneven. Across Europe, expectations for responsible and transparent use are rising, while many educators encounter GAI primarily through informal experimentation rather than structured guidance. This creates an urgent need to understand how teachers and future teachers interpret GAI, what they actually use it for, and where they draw ethical boundaries. This paper examines attitudes and experiences related to GAI among two key groups: (a) in-service teachers working in primary and secondary schools and (b) pre-service teachers enrolled in teacher training programmes. The study addresses four objectives. First, it maps the frequency and purposes of GAI use in educational contexts, including common activities such as generating ideas, searching for information, preparing teaching materials, supporting learning tasks, and improving written texts. Second, it captures perceived benefits and concerns, focusing on how respondents evaluate the usefulness, reliability, and potential harm of GAI in everyday educational practice. Third, it identifies barriers that restrict adoption, including limited knowledge, uncertainty about output accuracy, lack of institutional guidance, and ethical ambiguity. Fourth, it tests whether engagement and attitudes vary by professional status (in-service vs. pre-service), age, teaching experience, and perceived institutional support. The analysis is informed by the assumption that technology uptake in education is shaped by both perceived value and contextual enablement. From this perspective, the paper examines three hypotheses. H1 proposes that the frequency of GAI use increases when respondents perceive greater institutional support and stronger educational benefits. H2 assumes that older age and longer teaching experience are associated with lower levels of use, reflecting differences in professional routines and technology confidence. H3 suggests that ethically sensitive applications—particularly assessment-related uses—will produce clearer divergence between in-service and pre-service teachers than general attitudes toward GAI integration. The contribution is relevant to European discussions in three respects. First, it provides an empirical snapshot of early-stage adoption in a national context where professional norms and institutional policies are still evolving. Second, it highlights that institutional support operates as an active condition for adoption rather than a neutral background factor: guidance, recommendations, and shared expectations appear closely linked to routine use. Third, it demonstrates that ethical boundaries are negotiated differently by current and future teachers, which matters for developing realistic teacher education content and school-level rules. Overall, the paper aims to inform evidence-based debate on how schools and teacher education institutions can move from fragmented individual practices toward supported, pedagogically grounded, and ethically coherent use of GAI. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a quantitative survey design implemented through an online questionnaire developed. The instrument consisted mainly of structured items (Likert-type scales and categorical questions) and included a small number of open-response prompts to capture respondents’ own descriptions of perceived opportunities and risks. The questionnaire covered: (a) frequency and purposes of educational GAI use; (b) perceived benefits and perceived risks; (c) attitudes toward ethically sensitive scenarios, with particular attention to assessment and grading; (d) self-reported familiarity and confidence in using GAI tools; (e) perceived institutional support, defined as access to information, methodological guidance, or recommendations from the school or faculty; and (f) demographic and professional characteristics (role, age, and length of teaching experience). Participants were recruited in the Czech Republic via electronic dissemination (email networks, social media, and education-oriented online communities). Participation was voluntary and anonymous. Respondents were informed about the purpose of the study and the use of data; continuation of the survey was treated as informed consent. The final dataset included 111 respondents. Approximately two thirds were pre-service teachers enrolled in teacher training programmes, while about one third were in-service primary or secondary school teachers. Given that key variables were ordinal and distributional assumptions for parametric testing were not satisfied, non-parametric procedures were applied (α = 0.05). Group comparisons (e.g., in-service vs. pre-service teachers; primary vs. secondary teachers) were tested using the Mann–Whitney U test. Associations among categorical variables were examined using chi-square tests; where expected frequencies were low, categories were merged or Fisher’s exact test was used. Relationships between frequency of use and predictors such as perceived benefits, perceived risks, age, teaching experience, and institutional support were analysed using Spearman’s rank correlation. Descriptive statistics summarised response patterns, while open-ended responses were coded into thematic categories and reported by recurrence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that educational GAI use is emerging but remains uneven across groups. In the total sample, 24% reported not using GAI, 27% indicated rare use, around 30% used it several times per month, and 19% used it frequently (multiple times per week or daily). Usage was notably higher among pre-service teachers than among in-service teachers. Results support the expectation that perceived benefits and contextual support are key drivers of adoption. Respondents reporting stronger institutional support used GAI more often than those reporting little or no support (Mann–Whitney U, p < 0.01). Perceived benefits correlated moderately and positively with frequency of use (Spearman’s r_s = +0.46, p < 0.001), whereas heightened risk perception was associated with lower engagement. Age and teaching experience were negatively related to frequency of use (e.g., r_s(age) = −0.32, p = 0.002), suggesting that younger and less experienced educators are more likely to incorporate GAI into routine practices such as ideation, information search, and teaching material preparation. Although there was no significant difference between in-service and pre-service teachers in general approval of GAI integration (p = 0.834), the groups diverged strongly in ethically sensitive applications. Assessment and grading emerged as the most contested area: pre-service teachers were significantly more open to conditional acceptance, whereas in-service teachers tended to reject such uses as inappropriate (p < 0.001). The findings suggest that responsible and sustainable implementation requires more than individual curiosity. Schools and teacher education programmes should provide explicit guidance, structured professional learning opportunities, and clear boundaries for high-stakes use cases. Strengthening institutional support may be particularly important for enabling informed, critical, and pedagogically meaningful engagement with GAI. References Celik, I., Dindar, M., Muukkonen, H., & Järvelä, S. (2022). The promises and challenges of artificial intelligence for teachers: A systematic review. TechTrends, 66(4), 616–630. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-022-00715-y Chan, C. K. Y., & Hu, W. (2023). Students’ voices on generative AI: Perceptions, benefits, and challenges in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 20(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00411-8 Noroozi, O., Soleimani, S., Farrokhnia, M., & Banihashem, S. K. (2024). Generative AI in education: Pedagogical, theoretical, and methodological perspectives. International Journal of Technology in Education, 7(3), 373–385. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijte.845 Su, J., & Yang, W. (2023). Unlocking the power of ChatGPT: A framework for applying generative AI in education. ECNU Review of Education, 6(3), 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1177/20965311231168423 Zastudil, C., Rogalska, M., Kapp, C., Vaughn, J., & MacNeil, S. (2023). Generative AI in computing education: Perspectives of students and instructors. arXiv. https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2308.04309 Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., Voráč, D., Krejčí, V., & Dobešová, P. (2023). České školy a umělá inteligence – výzkumná zpráva. Centrum prevence rizikové virtuální komunikace, PedF UP Olomouc. UNESCO. (2024). Use of AI in education: Deciding on the future we want. UNESCO. European Commission. (2024). AI Act enters into force. European Commission. Mittal, U., Sai, S., Chamola, V., & Devika, N. (2024). A Comprehensive Review on Generative AI for Education. IEEE Access. https://doi.org/10.1109/ACCESS.2024.3468368 Mabuan, R. A. (2024). CHATGPT and ELT: Exploring Teachers’ Voices. International Journal of Technology in Education, 7(1), 128–153. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijte.523 Cooper, G. (2023). Examining Science Education in ChatGPT: An Exploratory Study of Generative Artificial Intelligence. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 32(3), 444–452. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-023-10039-y Adamopoulou, E., & Moussiades, L. (2020). An Overview of Chatbot Technology. In IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology (pp. 373–383). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-49186-4_31 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teacher Digital Capital Profiles and Their Relationship with Digital Pedagogical Intentionality: A Qualitative Approach 1: Universidad de La Frontera, Chile; 2: Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:According to Chugh et al. (2023), the initial incorporation of digital technologies in higher education was initially focused on access to infrastructure and platforms, however, the research and pedagogical focus has progressively shifted toward pedagogical appropriation and the impact of these technologies on teaching and learning processes. Currently, the availability of devices does not in itself ensure educational innovation, and gaps persist that depend more on teachers’ competencies and dispositions than on connectivity (Inamorato et al., 2023). This context requires analysing how sociocultural and personal factors of the teaching staff condition didactic decision-making, defining whether technology operates as an administrative support or as a transformative element of learning (Nagy & Dringó-Horváth, 2024; Osorio et al., 2025). To examine these disparities, the study adopts Park’s (2017) Digital Capital theory. According to this framework, an individual’s technological competence results from the articulation of three forms of capital: economic (access to technologies), cultural (digital competencies), and social (support networks). Based on this approach, five academic profiles of technology use are identified: Traditional reproducer: basic instrumental use for management, maintaining the expository structure. Dependent laggard: low autonomy with reactive use subordinate to external support. Critical-reflective: high but selective capital, where technology is used only if there is a clear pedagogical justification. Cautious experimenter: carries out controlled innovations through pilots to assess risks before adopting them. Strategic innovator: an agent of change with high digital capital who seeks to transform the pedagogical environment. According to Ertmer and Ottenbreit-Leftwich (2010), pedagogical beliefs filter the use of technology; therefore, its integration depends more on educational purpose than on access. Consequently, purpose—or, in a broader sense, teachers’ digital pedagogical intentionality—becomes relevant. Although there is no established definition of digital pedagogical intentionality, for the purposes of this study it is defined as the degree to which the use of technologies responds to deliberate planning aligned with learning objectives. Three types of digital pedagogical intentionality are proposed for analysis: with a focus on teaching, on learning, and on modelling teaching practices. Ertmer and Ottenbreit-Leftwich (2010) have established that technology use focused on teaching occurs when the teacher is the central axis of the process and uses technology to optimize content delivery and management, while the student maintains a receptive role. Likewise, when technology is used with a focus on learning, student autonomy is sought, with students using tools to investigate and construct knowledge, and the teacher acting as a facilitator. Based on the review by Tondeur et al. (2017), it is possible to argue that pedagogical experiences mediated by digital technologies in teacher education contexts can influence the configuration of pedagogical beliefs that are more learning-centred, which opens a theoretical space (although not explicitly developed by the authors) to interpret these practices as potential formative references for future teachers. Given the interaction between technological dispositions and didactic decisions, the research analysed the relationship between digital capital profiles and types of pedagogical intentionality, seeking to answer the following research question: What are the distinctive elements of the digital pedagogical intentionality of teachers classified in the different digital capital profiles? This research includes an initial stage of interviews with academics to determine their digital profiles (presented here) and a developing phase of classroom observation in Chile and Spain to examine types of intentionality, task complexity, and their relationship with teachers’ autonomy in using digital technologies and the type of role assumed by students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used an interpretive qualitative approach, aimed at understanding the meanings that participants attribute to their experiences in a specific context (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). Fifty-four academics (36 Chilean and 18 Spanish) from 10 universities (five in Chile and five in Spain) participated, all of whom use digital technologies in courses related to initial teacher education. Among Spanish academics, specialists in digital technologies predominate, whereas in the Chilean case, faculty are characterized by using digital technologies as a support resource in their courses. This sample composition made it possible to encompass a wide diversity of digital profiles. For data collection, a semi-structured interview guide was used, organized around five thematic dimensions: (i) professional trajectory; (ii) characteristics of the academic; (iii) conditions for implementing teaching; (iv) use of digital technologies in the classroom; and (v) experience in emergency remote teaching. Interviews were conducted both remotely and in person, reaching a total duration of 2,485 minutes, with an average of 43.5 minutes per session. Prior to participation, faculty members read and signed an informed consent validated by the institutional ethics committee. After recording each interview, the information was transcribed using Microsoft 365 software, under the manual review of two researchers. Data analysis was carried out using principles of Kuckartz and Rädiker’s (2023) structuring qualitative content analysis model. In the first stage, deductive codes were established to identify the different profiles and the type of digital pedagogical intentionality (with foci on teaching, learning, and modelling practices). In the subsequent stage, the MaxQDA AI chat was used as an analytical support tool for the classification of teachers (external evaluator), along with exploring regularities, contrasts, and distinctive elements among profiles. The use of AI was employed as a complementary resource under the supervision of the researchers. The construction of conclusions and the final interpretation of the study were developed by the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show a systematic relationship between digital capital profile, predominant digital pedagogical intentionality, and the type of pedagogical practices with technologies. Only three profiles were identified: (i) Cautious experimenter; (2) Critical-reflective; and (3) Strategic innovator. These profiles possess the same three forms of intentionality (teaching, learning, and didactic modelling), but with different hierarchies and pedagogical functions. In the Cautious experimenter profile, a teaching-centred intentionality predominates, where technology is used mainly to support content exposition and teaching management. The student assumes a mostly receptive role, and practices tend to be reproductive, with limited pedagogical transformation. Approaches to active learning appear in an incipient and subordinate manner. The Critical-reflective profile is characterized by a learning-centred intentionality as the dominant axis. In this group, technology is oriented toward promoting student autonomy, inquiry, and cognitive action, although relevant instrumental uses persist. This coexistence reflects an intermediate digital capital, in the process of consolidation, which enables partial pedagogical redesigns. In the Strategic innovator profile, digital capital is presented in an integrated manner (technical, pedagogical, and epistemological), which makes it possible to articulate learning-centred and didactic modelling intentionality. The resulting practices are mostly transformative, with students as protagonists and an explicit awareness of pedagogical transferability, especially in initial teacher education contexts. Transversally, the results show that digital competence alone does not explain pedagogical transformation. Digital pedagogical intentionality operates as a mediating mechanism between types of digital capital and pedagogical practices, explaining why teachers in similar contexts develop pedagogical uses that are profoundly different with the same technologies. In conclusion, the pedagogical use of digital technologies is better understood as an explanatory trajectory that articulates conditions, pedagogical decisions, and outcomes, rather than as a direct effect of access to digital technologies or mere mastery of them. References Chugh, R., Turnbull, D., Cowling, M. A., Vanderburg, R., & Vanderburg, M. A. (2023). Implementing educational technology in higher education institutions: A review of technologies, stakeholder perceptions, frameworks and metrics. Education and Information Technologies, 28(12), 16403–16429. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-11846-x Ertmer, P. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. T. (2010). Teacher technology change: How knowledge, confidence, beliefs, and culture intersect. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(3), 255–284. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2010.10782551 Inamorato, A., Chinkes, E., Carvalho, M., Solórzano, C., & Marroni, L. (2023). The digital competence of academics in higher education: Is the glass half empty or half full? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 20(1), 9. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-022-00376-0 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and software (Second ed.). SAGE Publications. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Nagy, J. T., & Dringó-Horváth, I. (2024). Factors influencing university teachers’ technological integration. Education Sciences, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14010055 Osorio, H., Segovia, Y., & Sobrino, A. (2025). Educational technology in teacher training: A systematic review of competencies, skills, models, and methods. Education Sciences, 15(8). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15081036 Tondeur, J., van Braak, J., Ertmer, P. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. (2017). Understanding the relationship between teachers’ pedagogical beliefs and technology use in education: A systematic review of qualitative evidence. Educational Technology Research and Development, 65(3), 555–575. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-016-9481-2 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 03 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Philippe Gabriel Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Conceptualizing AI-Integrated Assessment Without Tool Use Bilkent University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) is rapidly reshaping assessment practices in higher education, intensifying debates about validity, fairness, transparency, and learner agency. While many discussions of GenAI and assessment focus on tool adoption, efficiency gains, and automation, such as scaling feedback and reducing marking workload, less is known about how educators conceptualize AI-supported assessment before implementation. This conceptual phase is particularly salient in teacher education and graduate preparation, where educators must integrate emerging technologies with established principles of assessment literacy, ethical responsibility, and pedagogical coherence. To support principled decisions about AI involvement, the Artificial Intelligence Assessment Scale (AIAS) offers a graduated framework for specifying levels of AI use in assessment, from limited involvement to higher degrees of automation (Perkins, Roe, & Furze, 2025). Human-AI interaction scholarship similarly emphasizes augmentation, collaboration, and delegation rather than replacement, foregrounding how authority and accountability are distributed between humans and AI systems (Jarrahi, 2018). Building on these perspectives, this study examines how graduate-level educators conceptualize AI-supported assessment when designing assessment experiences without using AI tools. Data consisted of eight lesson plans produced by graduate students (most of whom were practicing teachers or instructors) enrolled in a graduate course on instructional design and educational technology in higher education. As part of the assignment, each participant designed a two-hour lesson plan that included an assessment component aligned with a self-selected AIAS level (Levels 1–5). Participants were explicitly instructed not to use AI tools during the task, ensuring that the resulting designs reflected conceptual reasoning about AI involvement rather than tool-driven experimentation. The analytic corpus included lesson plans (learning outcomes, instructional sequence, and timing), a written justification for the chosen AIAS level, ethical and pedagogical reflections, and assessment rubrics. Using qualitative document analysis followed by cross-case thematic analysis, I examined (a) participants’ interpretations of AIAS levels, (b) pedagogical alignment among learning outcomes, instructional activities, and assessment criteria, (c) the scope and depth of ethical reasoning, and (d) implied models of human–AI collaboration and accountability. Findings indicate a strong preference for collaborative AI uses (AIAS Level 3), with AI positioned as supporting feedback provision, assisting evaluation, or offering alternative perspectives while final responsibility remained with the educator. Fewer lesson plans selected Level 2, two approached Level 4, and none selected Level 1 or Level 5. Across cases, collaboration framings clustered around AI as a co-feedback provider/co-rater, a planning partner, a creative producer, or an authoritative evaluator. Pedagogical coherence varied across cases. Strong alignment was evident when learning outcomes, activities, and criteria targeted the same constructs and AI was positioned to support disciplinary learning rather than becoming the object of assessment. However, some plans showed construct drift when criteria emphasized the polish or novelty of AI-generated artefacts over students’ conceptual understanding. Ethical reflections were also uneven: academic integrity, authorship, and reliability were frequently emphasized, whereas algorithmic bias, data privacy, and transparency were less consistently addressed. Overall, the study provides evidence that AIAS-guided, non-technological design tasks can surface educators’ emerging AI assessment literacy and identify where teacher education and professional development may require stronger scaffolding for alignment, accountability, and ethical depth. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design. This qualitative study used document analysis and cross-case thematic analysis to investigate how educators conceptualize AI-supported assessment when they do not engage with GenAI tools. The study foregrounded the conceptual phase of assessment design and treated “AI involvement” as a pedagogical, ethical, and accountability-related decision rather than as a technical capability. Participants and context. Participants were graduate students enrolled in a graduate-level course on instructional design and educational technology in higher education. Most participants were practicing teachers or instructors. As a course assignment, students were required to design a two-hour lesson plan that included an assessment component and to specify the intended role of AI using a self-selected AIAS level (Levels 1–5). Participants were explicitly instructed not to use any AI tools during the design task so that lesson plans reflected conceptual reasoning rather than tool-specific experimentation. Sampling and data sources. Eight lesson plans were purposively selected for analysis to capture variation in disciplinary context, intended learner level, and chosen AIAS level. For each case, the analytic corpus comprised: (1) the lesson plan (learning outcomes, instructional sequence, and timing), (2) a written justification for the selected AIAS level, (3) ethical and pedagogical reflections accompanying the design, and (4) assessment rubrics or criteria developed by the participant. Analytic procedure. Analysis proceeded in two stages. First, qualitative document analysis was conducted within each case to identify how AI involvement was described and justified, including where AI was positioned in the assessment workflow (e.g., planning, artefact production, feedback, evaluation). Second, cross-case thematic analysis compared patterns and divergences across the eight cases to identify recurring themes, tensions, and points of divergence. Coding and theme development. An initial coding framework was informed by the study’s analytic focus and included four sensitizing categories: interpretation of AIAS levels, pedagogical alignment, ethical reasoning, and conceptions of human-AI collaboration. Codes were refined inductively as patterns emerged across cases, and cross-case comparisons were used to consolidate themes and articulate points of convergence and divergence. Analysis attended to coherence between learning outcomes and assessment criteria, the explicitness of AI roles and boundaries, and how responsibility and accountability were assigned. Ethical considerations. The project received ethics approval. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained after course grading was completed, and all data were anonymized prior to analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study indicates that asking graduate educators to design AI-integrated assessment “without AI” can surface their assumptions about AI involvement, human judgment, and accountability through tangible assessment artefacts. Across eight lesson plans, most participants selected AIAS Level 3, framing AI as a collaborative support for feedback and evaluative sensemaking while preserving educator oversight and responsibility. A smaller subset positioned AI upstream of assessment (Level 2) as a planning partner, and two designs approached Level 4 by incorporating AI-generated artefacts into assessed products. Across cases, educators implicitly framed human-AI collaboration as one of four roles: AI as a co-feedback provider/co-rater, AI as a planning partner, AI as a creative producer, or AI as an authoritative evaluator. Two challenges for AI assessment literacy were evident. First, pedagogical coherence is not automatic: when assessment criteria prioritize the polish or novelty of AI-generated artefacts, assessment can drift away from intended constructs and potentially weaken validity. Second, ethical reasoning tended to concentrate on procedural issues, academic integrity, authorship, fairness, and reliability, while broader socio-technical concerns such as algorithmic bias, data privacy, and transparency were less consistently addressed, even when AI involvement increased. For teacher education and professional development, the findings highlight the value of framework-based conceptual design tasks as low-barrier interventions that can work even when tool access, institutional policies, or regulatory guidance are uneven. Using AIAS as a shared language can help educators specify the intended role of AI, preserve human accountability, and align assessment criteria with learning outcomes. At the same time, targeted scaffolding is needed to deepen ethical deliberation beyond compliance and to prevent construct drift—for example, structured reflection prompts that require explicit justification of AI boundaries and accountability. Future research should examine how conceptual AIAS-based designs translate into enacted assessment practice across disciplines and institutional contexts, and which pedagogical supports most effectively strengthen alignment and ethical reasoning. References Bearman, M., Nieminen, J. H., & Ajjawi, R. (2023). Designing assessment in a digital world: An organising framework. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 48(3), 291–304. doi:10.1080/02602938.2022.2069674 Boud, D., & Falchikov, N. (2007). Rethinking assessment in higher education: Learning for the longer term. Routledge. doi:10.4324/9780203964309 Jarrahi, M. H. (2018). Artificial intelligence and the future of work: Human–AI symbiosis in organizational decision making. Business Horizons, 61(4), 577–586. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2018.03.007 Lai, V., & Tan, C. (2023). On human predictions with explanations and predictions of machine learning models: A case study on deception detection. Proceedings of the ACM on Human-Computer Interaction, 29–38. doi:10.1145/3287560.3287590 Lodge, J. M., Howard, S. K., Bearman, M., Dawson, P., & Associates. (2023). Assessment reform for the age of artificial intelligence (Discussion paper). Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency. Perkins, M., Roe, J., & Furze, L. (2025). Reimagining the artificial intelligence assessment scale: A refined framework for educational assessment. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 22(7). doi:10.53761/rrm4y757 UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Responses to Challenge in AI-Mediated Learning: Comparing Human, Generative AI, and Internet Support University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The rapid uptake of generative AI tools such as ChatGPT has intensified debate about their role in education, with much existing research evaluating their impact primarily through performance outcomes (Luckin, 2025). However, performance-based indicators provide a limited account of learning in contexts where AI systems readily generate outputs (Corbin, Dawson & Liu, 2025). Educational research has long argued that learning is better understood through the processes by which learners engage with difficulty (Bjork & Bjork, 2011; Dweck, 2006; Duckworth et al., 2007; Young, Bevan, & Sanders, 2024). Responses to challenge, including effort, persistence, perceived difficulty, and affective experience, are associated with deeper learning and broader outcomes (Porter et al., 2020; Ennion & McLellan, 2025). Yet little empirical work has examined how generative AI shapes these behavioural and psychological processes when students encounter challenging tasks. This study addresses this gap by examining how different forms of support, human tutoring, generative AI chatbot support, and independent internet search, shape students’ responses to academic challenge. The analysis is grounded in theories of scaffolding (Gaffney & Rodgers, 2018; Vygotsky, 1978) and co-regulation (Hadwin, Järvelä, & Miller, 2017), which conceptualise learning as an adaptive process involving cognitive, behavioural, motivational, and emotional adjustment in response to difficulty. From this perspective, learning is socially shaped through interaction with others. Human tutors are typically understood as providing rich scaffolding and co-regulatory support. Generative AI occupies a more ambiguous position (Lodge, de Barba, & Broadbent, 2023; Nguyen, 2025). It offers interactive and contingent responses but lacks the social and emotional attunement characteristic of human interaction. Independent internet search represents a further contrast, providing access to information without adaptive or dialogic support and placing greater self-regulatory demands on learners. These forms of support can therefore be understood as distinct regulation ecologies that shape how learners experience and manage challenge. A randomised controlled study was conducted with 149 students aged 16 to 18 in a sixth-form college in England. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three support conditions, one-to-one human tutor, one-to-one generative AI chatbot, or independent internet search, while working through a set of deliberately challenging academic tasks. The session consisted of two successive task sections of increasing difficulty, followed by a challenge-seeking activity. The study treated responses to challenge as outcomes in their own right rather than proxies for attainment. Measures included self-reported effort, perceived task difficulty, number of attempts, challenge-seeking behaviour, and self-reported stress. Non-parametric analyses were used to compare patterns across support conditions and to examine change across the two task sections. Across the sample, students showed adaptive responses, with increased engagement and reduced perceived difficulty in the second task section. However, support type significantly shaped how challenge was experienced and managed. Students working with a human tutor reported the lowest perceived difficulty and stress and made the greatest number of attempts, alongside lower, slightly declining self-reported effort. Students supported by the AI chatbot reported the highest and most sustained levels of effort across both task sections, continued perceptions of challenge, and moderate levels of stress. This group also showed the largest increase in attempts across sections, suggesting persistence under difficulty. In contrast, students relying on independent internet search reported the highest difficulty and stress and showed the least adaptive change across measures. Taken together, the findings suggest that generative AI reshapes the conditions under which learners engage with challenge rather than simply improving or undermining performance. Different forms of support shape how students regulate effort, experience difficulty, and adapt over time. The study highlights the need to move beyond attainment-focused evaluations of AI in education and toward empirical investigation of learning behaviours and regulatory processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and Participants The study employed a randomised controlled design to examine how different forms of support shape students’ responses to academic challenge. Participants were 149 students aged 16 to 18 enrolled at a sixth-form college in England. Students were recruited through course-wide invitations and participated during a scheduled session. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three support conditions: one-to-one human tutor support, one-to-one generative AI chatbot support, or independent internet search. Randomisation was conducted at the individual level prior to the session. Task and Procedure All participants completed a structured, lab-based session lasting approximately 90 minutes. The session consisted of two successive sections of deliberately challenging academic tasks, designed to require sustained effort and problem-solving rather than rapid completion. Participants were instructed to attempt as many questions as they wished and were not required to complete all items. Support was available throughout the task according to the assigned condition. In the human tutor condition, students worked with a trained tutor who provided guidance but did not give direct answers. In the AI condition, students interacted with a generative AI chatbot configured to provide explanatory and responsive support. In the internet condition, students were permitted to use search engines and online resources independently. Following the two task sections, participants completed a brief challenge-seeking activity in which they could choose to engage with an additional optional task of increased difficulty. Measures The study treated responses to challenge as outcomes in their own right rather than as proxies for attainment. Self-reported effort and perceived difficulty were collected after each task section using Likert-type scales. Behavioural engagement was operationalised through the number of attempts made during each task section. Challenge-seeking behaviour was measured through participation in the optional follow-up task. Self-reported stress during the task was also collected and analysed descriptively. Analytic Approach Preliminary screening indicated violations of normality across outcome measures. Accordingly, non-parametric statistical analyses were used. Kruskal–Wallis tests were conducted to compare outcomes across the three support conditions, with Bonferroni-adjusted post hoc comparisons where appropriate. Changes across the two task sections were examined descriptively and through within-condition comparisons to assess patterns of adaptation over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study highlight that different forms of support create distinct regulatory conditions under which students encounter and manage academic challenge. Rather than acting as neutral aids, human tutors, generative AI systems, and independent internet search appear to structure learners’ engagement with difficulty in qualitatively different ways. This underscores the importance of understanding support not only in terms of access to information, but in terms of how it shapes the regulation of effort, emotion, and persistence during learning. Interpreted through a co-regulation lens, the results suggest that human tutoring continues to provide rich regulatory support that reduces emotional demands and manages perceived difficulty, while generative AI offers a more limited but still influential form of emerging co-regulation. In the AI condition, sustained effort and persistence alongside continued challenge indicate that learners may remain engaged without difficulty being fully resolved. This contrasts with independent internet search, where the absence of adaptive or dialogic support places greater regulatory demands on learners and is associated with less adaptive engagement. These differences point to the importance of distinguishing between forms of support that actively shape regulatory processes and those that leave regulation largely to the individual. For education research, these findings reinforce the need to move beyond attainment-focused evaluations of AI and to attend to learning behaviours and regulatory dynamics as outcomes in their own right. Understanding how learners adapt, persist, and interpret challenge in AI-mediated environments is critical as such systems become increasingly embedded in educational practice. While the study is limited by its short-term design, it provides a basis for future longitudinal research examining how sustained interaction with generative AI may shape learning behaviours over time. References Bjork, E. L., & Bjork, R. A. (2011). Making things hard on yourself, but in a good way: Creating desirable difficulties to enhance learning. In M. A. Gernsbacher, R. W. Pew, L. M. Hough, & J. R. Pomerantz (Eds.), Psychology and the real world: Essays illustrating fundamental contributions to society (pp. 56–64). Worth Publishers. Corbin, T., Dawson, P., & Liu, D. (2025). Talk is cheap: why structural assessment changes are needed for a time of GenAI. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 50(7), 1087–1097. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2025.2503964 Duckworth, A. L., Peterson, C., Matthews, M. D., & Kelly, D. R. (2007). Grit: Perseverance and passion for long-term goals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92(6), 1087–1101. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.92.6.1087 Dweck, C. S. (2006). Mindset: The new psychology of success. Random House. Ennion, M., & McLellan, R. (2025). Large Language Model Chatbots in education: Exploring literature insights on their impact and influence on learning behaviours. Studies in Technology Enhanced Learning, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.21428/8c225f6e.540b41b5 Gaffney, J. S., & Rodgers, E. (2018). Scaffolding research: Taking stock at the four-decade mark. International Journal of Educational Research, 90, 175–176. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.04.001 Hadwin, A., Järvelä, S., & Miller, M. (2017). Self-regulation, co-regulation, and shared regulation in collaborative learning environments. In Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 83-106). Routledge. Lodge, J. M., De Barba, P., & Broadbent, J. (2024). Learning with Generative Artificial Intelligence Within a Network of Co-Regulation. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 20(7). https://doi.org/10.53761/m2v9an32 Luckin R (2025), Nurturing human intelligence in the age of AI: rethinking education for the future. Development and Learning in Organizations: An International Journal, Vol. 39 No. 1 pp. 1–4, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/DLO-04-2024-0108 Nguyen, A. (2025). Human-AI Shared Regulation for Hybrid Intelligence in Learning and Teaching: Conceptual Domain, Ontological Foundations, Propositions, and Implications for Research. Proceedings of the 57th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences. https://doi.org/10.24251/hicss.2025.006 Porter, T., Molina, D. C., Blackwell, L., Roberts, S., Quirk, A., Duckworth, A. L., & Trzesniewski, K. (2020). Measuring Mastery Behaviours at Scale: The Persistence, Effort, Resilience, and Challenge-Seeking (PERC) Task. Journal of Learning Analytics, 7(1), 5-18. https://doi.org/10.18608/jla.2020.71.2 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Young, J. R., Bevan, D., & Sanders, M. (2023). How Productive is the Productive Struggle? Lessons Learned from a Scoping Review. International Journal of Education in Mathematics, Science and Technology, 12(2), 470–495. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijemst.3364 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 17 SES 03 A: The “Now” in the “Then”: Contemporary Frames in Oral Histories of Education Across Europe Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tatjana Atanasoska Session Chair: Thomas Ruoss Symposium |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Symposium The “Now” in the “Then”: Contemporary Frames in Oral Histories of Education Across Europe Oral histories of education offer access to lived experiences, everyday practices, and processes of meaning-making that are often absent from institutional records. Crucially, oral histories can be understood as intersubjective reconstructions that show not only what happened but how educational pasts are continually reinterpreted through present concerns, identities, and expectations (Portelli 1991; Maynes et al. 2011). They are shaped through interaction: interviewer positionality, shared assumptions, and situational dynamics influence the narratives that emerge. Oral histories therefore provide insight into the co-production of memory and meaning across time. Against this background, the topic of this symposium is the production, interpretation, and temporal framing of oral histories in educational research, with a comparative focus on the Netherlands, Lithuania, and the former Socialist Republic of Macedonia/Yugoslavia. Across these contexts, a central research question arises: How do contemporary social, cultural, methodological, political, and emotional frames influence the ways in which individuals remember and narrate their educational pasts? This directs attention to the interplay of personal and collective memory, and the temporal dynamics through which the past becomes meaningful in the present. The objective of this symposium is twofold: to advance methodological and theoretical reflection on oral history within the history of education, and to shed light on the ways in which narratives shaped by temporal dynamics may inform contemporary educational debates, particularly in a Europe marked by uncertainty and political transformation. The conceptual and theoretical framework draws on scholarship on temporality, highlighting the coexistence of multiple timescales in educational lives (Barad 2017; Jordheim 2014; McLeod 2017). Distinguishing between Chronos-time (measured time) and Kairos-time (meaningful time) helps explain how educational actors retrospectively reconfigure past events in light of shifting circumstances or anticipated futures. Research on historical consciousness and narrative identity similarly demonstrates how people reinterpret earlier experiences as their present positions or expectations evolve (Sánchez-Mira & Bernardi 2022). Oral history thus becomes a site where personal trajectories interact with collective histories, revealing how past, present, and future remain entangled. The framework further incorporates scholarship on memory and nostalgia. Memory, as a selective and situated process, foregrounds the lived meaning of educational practices, whereas nostalgia—especially in post-socialist contexts—may idealise aspects of the past in response to contemporary concerns (Berdahl 1999; Boym 2001). These dynamics require methodological reflexivity, acknowledging that researchers’ assumptions or generational orientations shape interpretation (Godson, Moore & Hargreaves 2006). Such reflexivity enhances the interpretive potential of oral history by making visible how educational pasts are mobilized within present discourses and identities. The three papers illustrate these dynamics in distinct settings. Dutch oral histories of upbringing (1920–2015) demonstrate how interviewers’ conceptualizations of upbringing and interviewer-interviewee relationships actively shape the intersubjective construction of narratives about upbringing and perceived change. Lithuanian education reformers reinterpret the late 1980s and early 1990s through present-day democratic and professional experiences, revealing tensions between innovation, uncertainty, and agency. Women educated in early socialist Macedonia recall schooling through memories shaped by ideology, solidarity, and at times nostalgic “Yugotopian” framing. Across these cases, educational pasts are continually refashioned as political landscapes and generational experiences shift. The contribution to the special call of Network 17 lies in showing how historically grounded inquiry can illuminate contemporary educational debates by unpacking relations between past, present, and future (Cowen 2002; Westberg 2021), and foreground the contingency and emotional texture of educational change.
References Barad, K. (2017). Troubling time/s and ecologies of nothingness. New Formations, (92), 56–86. Berdahl, D. (1999). (N)ostalgie for the present: Memory, longing, and East German things. Ethnos, 64(2), 192–211. Boym, S. (2001). The future of nostalgia. Basic Books. Cowen, R. (2002). Moments of time: A comparative note. History of Education, 31(5), 413–424. Goodson, I., Moore, S., & Hargreaves, A. (2006). Teacher nostalgia and the sustainability of reform. Educational Administration Quarterly, 42(1), 42–61. Jordheim, H. (2014). Introduction: Multiple times and the work of synchronization. History and Theory, 53(4), 498–518. Maynes, M. J., Pierce, J. L., & Laslett, B. (2012). Telling stories: The use of personal narratives in the social sciences and history. Cornell University Press. McLeod, J. (2017). Marking time, making methods: Temporality and untimely dilemmas in the sociology of youth and educational change. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 13–25. Portelli, A. (1991). The death of Luigi Trastulli and other stories: Form and meaning in oral history. State University of New York Press. Sánchez-Mira, N., & Bernardi, L. (2022). Relative time and life course research. In B. Stauber, A. Walther, & R. A. Settersten Jr. (Eds.), Doing transitions in the life course. Springer. Westberg, J. (2021). What we can learn from studying the past. Encounters in Theory and History of Education, 22, 227–248. Presentations of the Symposium Present Frames on Education’s Past
Personal narratives about the past (oral histories) can be valuable sources of information about historical educational practices and experiences, yet they also reflect the social and epistemic conditions under which they are produced. These narratives arise within a specific social research context as a more or less structured conversation shaped by the aims, theoretical framework and methods of the study, the characteristics and expectations of interviewer and interviewee, and the relationship—however brief—between them (Maynes et al., 2011; Peniston-Bird, 2009; Portelli, 1981). Oral histories can therefore be understood as interpersonal and intersubjective reconstructions of the past (Maynes et al., 2011), raising questions about how this knowledge is (co-)produced.
Following historian Susan Geiger’s (1997) call for transparency about researchers’ positions in constructing knowledge, this study builds on my earlier ECER contributions (Talhout 2024; 2025), which examined how the broader cultural-historical context shapes oral histories of Dutch upbringing. In the present paper, a different layer of this knowledge production process is explored: the influence of the interviewer as an active actor in shaping personal narratives of past educational experiences. The guiding question is: What can oral histories on Dutch upbringing between 1920 and 2015 tell us about how interviewers influence personal narratives of the past?
The study analyses 321 interviews on upbringing in Dutch families, conducted by 107 pedagogical sciences students (2012–2015) within a broader project on youth individualization. Students interviewed three generations within one family—a young person of approximately 18 years old, one parent, and one grandparent—usually drawn from their own social networks, resulting in many interviews between relatives, friends or acquaintances. For the present analysis, segments on upbringing were examined using constructivist grounded theory, employing constant comparison within and across interviews and generations, supported by iterative memo writing (Charmaz, 2014; Corbin & Strauss, 2015).
Preliminary findings show that interviewers influenced narratives through the phrasing of opening questions, follow-up prompts, definitions of key concepts (e.g., parenting goals or styles), and sometimes explicit corrections. Interviewees, in turn, aligned their responses with the aims of the study—offering “suitable” or “useful” accounts—while pre-existing relationships often resulted in shared but implicit understandings of upbringing. These findings highlight the complexity of oral history as a historical source in education—comparable to challenges in visual sources (Dekker, 2021)—and underline the need for future research to pay close attention to the researcher’s positionality in the construction of oral histories.
References:
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage.
Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Sage.
Dekker, J.J.H. (2021). Dangerous, seductive, and innovative. Visual sources for the history of education. In S. Ruyskensvelde, G. Thyssen, F. Herman, A. Van Gorp, & P. Verstraete (Eds.), Folds of Past, Present and Future. Reconfiguring Contemporary Histories of Education (pp. 383-404). De Gruyter Oldenbourg.
Geiger, S. (1997). TANU Women: Gender and Culture in the making of Tanganyikan nationalism, 1955-1965. Heinemann Press.
Maynes, M. J., Laslett, B., & Pierce, J. L. (2011). Telling stories: The use of personal narratives [...]. Cornell University Press.
Peniston-Bird, C. M. (2009). Oral history: the sound of memory. In S. Barber, & C. M. Peniston-Bird (Eds.), History beyond the Text: A Student’s Guide to Approaching Alternative Sources (pp. 105–121). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203717486
Portelli, A. (1981). The Peculiarities of Oral History. History Workshop, 12, 96–107.
Talhout, M. & Amsing, H.T.A. (2024, August 27–30). Untangling Past and Present in Oral History Interviews on Parenting with Three Dutch Generations. ECER 2024.
Talhout, M. (2025, September 9–12). “Conjured Up by Researchers”: Parenting Goals in Narratives from Three Dutch Generations (1920–2015). ECER 2025
Reflecting on Ourselves During the Reform Period: A Journey from Present to Past
This presentation introduces a segment of a study examining the experiences of Lithuanian education reformers from 1988 to 1995. This study serves as a case study (Bassey, 1999) on the development of an independent Lithuanian education system, employing mixed research methods such as phenomenography (Marton, 1981), life history (Goodson, 2011), and the analysis of secondary sources. This case study contributes to the primary goal of our research project: to analyze, describe, and reveal the experiences of reform pioneers as they lived and perceived them within the natural context of that era.
This presentation specifically introduces a part of the narrative and phenomenographic study results, supplemented by an analysis of secondary sources. We will present several portrayals of education reformers and provide a phenomenographic analysis of the following questions: how do the study participants, the education reformers, view themselves and the studied period from today’s perspective?
Data analysis uncovered qualitatively distinct evaluations. Retrospectively, the participants see themselves as: a) having landed in education reform by chance; b) lost and not understanding; c) having received a gift of fate; d) having lived a beautiful life; e) having an unrealized personal potential. Participants view the period under study as: a) conflictual; b) innovative; c) characterized by solidarity; d) free from bureaucracy; e) defined by continuous learning.
The results reveal a critical perspective of the participants on themselves and on the period from today's point of view. Their perspective represents a sense of being an inseparable part of the events of the time in which they had to actively participate. They emphasize the transformative nature of personal, professional, and public life, full of coincidences, unexpected events, and contradictions. This presentation will examine personal and societal transformation during a period of significant change in state life, and how that transformation is evaluated from contemporary perspectives.
Transformative agency puts “the emphasis on people being transformed by their own transformative engagements, activities and social practices” (Stetsenko, 2017, p. 175). These two poles of individual and collective agency are closely intertwined and equally manifest as lived experiences for all research participants.
The overall research is predicated on social structuration theory by A. Giddens (1984), which acknowledges individuals’ capacity to initiate and implement social change through conscious action and the power to influence it.
References:
Bassey, M. (1999). Case study research in educational settings. Open University Press.
Giddens, A. (1984). The constitution of society: Outline of the theory of structuration. University of California Press.
Goodson, I.F., Gill, S.R. (2011) Narrative Pedagogy. Life History and Learning. Peter Lang.
Marton F. (1981). Phenomenography—Describing conceptions of the world around us. Instructional Science, 10(2), https://doi.org/10.xxxx/BF00132516, p.177–200
Stetsenko, A. (2017). The transformative mind: Expanding Vygotsky's approach to development and education. Cambridge University Press.
“Yugotopia” in the Oral School Histories of Women from Macedonia
The former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, particularly the republic of Macedonia (now officially North Macedonia), remains largely a "white spot" in educational research (Popović, Majsova & Anastasova 2021). This is especially true for the period during which Macedonia was part of the Yugoslav federation. One of the major outcomes of the formation of Yugoslavia and the establishment of socialism was the increased accessibility of education (Atanasoska 2023).
Both memory and nostalgia relate to past experiences, involving emotional and cognitive dimensions. However, nostalgia differs in that it idealizes the past in contrast to perceived dissatisfaction with the present (Lasch 1991). It evokes a deep yearning to return to earlier experiences, conditions, and relationships. Scholars such as Boym (2001) have argued that nostalgia should be studied within the framework of the “new history” movement (see Le Goff, 1974), including methodological approaches such as oral history.
While extensive studies have explored nostalgia for socialism from a post-socialist perspective (Kirn 2025), little attention has been paid specifically to Macedonia or to the role of (socialist) education in this context. Even research on postwar socialist education and Tito’s influence rarely focuses on the Socialist Republic of Macedonia.
In the context of Yugoslavia, this form of nostalgia is often referred to as “Yugotopia” (Popović, Majsova & Anastasova 2021; Volčić 2007). Studies show that people often emphasize the positive aspects of the Yugoslav past, such as cultural diversity, the solidarity (expressed in the motto of "Brotherhood and Unity"), anti-fascism, and Tito's leadership (Volčić 2007).
This study draws on interviews with women born between 1940 and 1942, who began their schooling in the newly established federal Yugoslav state of Macedonia following the Second World War. This was a transformative period: Yugoslavia was founded, socialism was implemented, and a new education system was introduced in Macedonia—one that, for the first time, included all children, including girls. These women were not the “last pioneers” (Popović 2018; Vučković Juroš 2018), but rather the first. As pioneers, they (Lazarević Radak 2020).
This presentation will focus on two key dimensions of this socialist past: (1) the Yugoslav motto “Brotherhood & Unity,” and (2) the cult surrounding Tito. Using interview data, I aim to identify statements that express Yugotopia and contrast them with statements that do not convey such nostalgic sentiment.
References:
Atanasoska, T. (2023). Being a “good” teacher in changing times: The example of (North) Macedonia. Revista Internacional de Educación y Análisis Social Crítico, 1(2), 34–55. https://doi.org/10.51896/easc.v1i2.332
Boym, S. (2001). The future of nostalgia. Basic Books.
Kirn, G. (2019). Partisan ruptures: Self-management, market reform and the spectre of Socialist Yugoslavia (B. Praper, Trans.). Pluto Press.
Lasch, C. (1991). The true and only heaven: Progress and its critics. W. W. Norton & Company.
Le Goff, J. (1974). Medieval civilization. Blackwell.
Popović, M. (2018). Yugonostalgia: The metanational memory narratives of the last pioneers. In M. Slavković & M. Đorgović (Eds.), Nostalgia on the move (pp. 42–50). Muzej Jugoslavije.
Popović, M., Majsova, N., & Anastasova, S. (2021). Memory landscapes in (post-)Yugoslavia: The case of North Macedonia. The Historical Expertise, (25), 186–208.
Volčič, Z. (2007). Yugo-nostalgia: Cultural memory and media in the former Yugoslavia. Critical Studies in Media Communication, 24(1), 21–38. https://doi.org/10.1080/07393180701214496
Vučković Juroš, T. (2020). “Things were good during Tito’s times, my parents say”: How young Croatian generations negotiated the socially mediated frames of the recent Yugoslav past. Memory Studies, 13(6), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1177/1750698018790122
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 03 A: Pre-Service Teachers in Physical Education Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Nicola Carse Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Engaging Pre-service Teachers to Explore – a Self-study in PETE Malmö University, Sweden Presenting Author:Research shows that in physical education (PE), it is relatively uncommon for students to be provided with explorative tasks where the solution is not movements with specific predetermined techniques. It is more common for them to encounter the ‘ready-made’ movements, including elements of what Kirk (2010) call PE-as-sport-techniques. PE teachers often adopt a teacher-centered method when teaching, where the teacher makes all decisions and students are expected to follow the teacher's instructions regarding correct technique. A student-centered method, on the other hand, enables the students to make their own choices and emphasizes the students' discovery of new knowledge (Karlefors & Larsson, 2018). But research projects where student-centered and explorative working methods have been studied show that the participating teachers and physical education teacher education (PETE) educators become uncertain about their teaching role and what teaching can entail if it is not about 'direct instruction' (Aasland et al. 2024). Since PETE educators have a responsibility to lead reform in PE (Kirk, 2010) the project presents a proposal and tentative results for a more specific student-centered and explorative teaching, where the emphasis is on the pre-service teachers´ (PSTs) own learning through explorative tasks, as well as on the PETE educator´s experience of teaching. The aim of this study is therefore to investigate what the role of PETE educators can entail in a student-centered and explorative approach and what is required for PETE educators to experience that teaching and learning are taking place. Our research group consists of five PETE educators. Collectively, the group has a deep and broad expertise, both in terms of experience in teaching in schools and higher education, and in terms of academic competence. The choice of teaching content fell on folk dance. Traditionally, this content is taught using a teacher-centered method, where the teacher instructs and the students follow (Karlefors & Larsson, 2018). In parallel with the joint development of a student centered and explorative task in dance, the main author of this abstract (Sofia) conducted a self-study. A self-study in PETE is characterized by examining one's own practice, often with the goal of identifying and/or questioning professional tacit knowledge. It is also common for such study to have a practical (and often didactic) focus with an overall goal of improving one's own didactic practice with PSTs (Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015). A self-study aims to provide an in-depth understanding of one's own professional practice by reflecting on, critically analyzing, and evaluating it. A fundamental requirement of such a study is to reveal and study one's experiences and practices, to learn from and improve them (Pithouse-Morgan, 2022). Consequently, this self-study also aims to shed light on PSTs´ learning experiences (Lunenberg et al, 2018). Lastly, this study is also a productive way to combine the main authors’ dual roles of PETE educator and researcher (Loughran 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research group created a teaching plan for folk dance that was based on an explorative and student-centered method, where the focus was on PSTs experiencing and discovering new knowledge in dance themselves (Chatoupis, 2010). The task (explained below) spanned four teaching sessions. The PSTs were divided into three different groups, which generated a total of 12 lessons. Our research group jointly created the instructions for the explorative task that was given to the PSTs, but the main author planned and taught all the lessons. The task for the PSTs was aimed at enabling them to pay attention to their own and others' ways of moving. This means that they would actively participate together in a learning process where it is central to explore movements by feeling how one moves, observing how others move and trying to put into words what differs between ways of moving. It was also about noticing what is experienced as difficult (a movement problem), both for themselves and others and together trying to identify why it is difficult and exploring different ways of solving the movement problems that arise. The PSTs worked systematically with different dance descriptions where they first interpreted a dance description individually, then practiced in smaller groups. Then the group taught the same dance to other PSTs. They were given specific instructions to try to identify, understand and solve movement problems. They were also to actively use dance-specific concepts which they identified in the dance descriptions. The rest of the research group attended the lessons as critical friends and made observation notes. In connection with each lesson, the main author kept a logbook. The PSTs (n: 66) also kept a logbook during each lesson. Finally, several meetings with the research group were recorded and transcribed. The research group has functioned as critical friends, partly by describing and reflecting on the teaching in the observation notes, and partly by discussing the teaching and the main author’s role as a PETE educator during the research group meetings. Critical friends are important in a self-study for triangulation of understandings and interpretations (Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015). The analysis of empirical data has been thematic, where themes have been created through coding (Guest et al., 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study, the main author has examined her own practice to understand what role a PETE educator can have in teaching that is based on student-centered and explorative methods. This began with the creation of a teaching plan, where the PSTs’ responsibility for their own learning was highlighted. The PETE educator's instructive role was downplayed and instead focused on a facilitating teacher role that guided the PSTs when necessary. Just like in the Aasland et al. study (2024), the PETE educator/main author initially experienced uncertainty about the teaching role when she was not supposed to instruct specific movement techniques. A student-centered teaching method thus changed the PETE educator´s role, from being instructive and assuming that knowledge transmits from PETE educator to PSTs, to help the PSTs how to develop their own knowledge. By not giving the PSTs the "right answer" (which in this study can be understood as movements with correct technique) but instead letting them explore (in this case the dances) themselves, opportunities were created for the PSTs to develop knowledge in movement through their own experiences. This study also highlights a changed behavior in the PSTs. Instead of imitating the PETE educator, they explored movements on their own. Through helping PSTs identify movement problems and different ways of solving these problems, the PETE educator was able to gain insight into their learning process. This study thus provides examples of what the PETE educators’ role might look like in a student-centered and explorative approach and how the PETE educator might experience that teaching and learning are taking place. References Aasland, E.; Nyberg, G. & Barker, D. (2024). Enacting a new physical education curriculum: a collaborative investigation, Sport, Education and Society, 30(7), 841-854. Chatoupis, C. (2010). Spectrum Research Reconsidered. International Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 22(1), 80-96. Guest, G.; MacQueen, K. & Namey, E. (2019). Introduction to Applied Thematic Analysis, In: Applied Thematic Analysis. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications. Karlefors, I. & Larsson, H. (2018). Searching for the ‘How’: Teaching methods in Swedish physical education, Scandinavian Sport Studies Forum, 25-44. Kirk, D. (2010). Physical education futures. London: Routledge. Loughran, J. (2014). Professionally developing as a teacher educator. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 271–283. Lunenberg, M.; Berry, A.; van Den Bos, P.; Geursen, J.; Hagebeuk, E.; de Heer, A.; Radstake, J.; van Rijswijk, M. & Tuithof, H. (2018). Signposts, profits, and pitfalls in teaching and learning self-study research: A conversation. In J. K. Ritter; M. Lunenberg; K. Pithouse-Morgan; A. P. Samaras & E. Vanassche (Eds.), Teaching, learning, and enacting of self-study methodology: Unraveling a complex interplay, 163–172, Springer. Pithouse-Morgan, K. (2022). Self-study in Teaching and Teacher Education: Characteristics and contributions, Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103880. Vanassche, E. & Kelchtermans, G. (2015). The state of the art in Self-Study of Teacher Education Practices: a systematic literature review. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(4), 508–528. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Preservice Classroom Teachers’ Content Development in Physical Education University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In physical education (PE), content development refers to a teacher’s ability to intentionally sequence instructional tasks to support meaningful student learning. Rink’s (2020) content development framework, which includes four types of tasks—informing, extending, refining, and applying—has been widely used to examine how teachers organize and progress lesson content (Rink, 2020; Siedentop & Tannehill, 2000; Ward & Lehwald, 2018). Within this framework, informing tasks introduce new content and establish initial understanding; extending tasks increase task complexity or challenge to support skill progression; refining tasks emphasize performance quality through feedback and attention to critical elements; and applying tasks provide opportunities for students to use learned skills in more authentic, game-like contexts. Research using this framework has examined not only the presence of different task types, but also how tasks are sequenced within and across lessons to support learning progression. Attention has been given to whether instructional tasks build logically on one another and provide appropriate levels of challenge for learners over time. As a result, content development has been used as an indicator of how instructional goals are translated into enacted teaching practices. Together, these task types represent a developmental sequence aligned with instructional goals. Research on content development has largely focused on in-service teachers, with findings indicating that teachers often implement one informing task followed by two or three refining or extending tasks (Dervent et al., 2018). Studies have also reported variability in the sequencing patterns teachers use across lessons, suggesting that content development is influenced by contextual, curricular, and instructional factors (Kim & Ward, 2020). Differences in lesson objectives, student needs, and teacher experience appear to shape how tasks are selected and ordered (Kim & Ward, 2020). Although a consistent developmental sequence has not been identified, the use of a broader range of task types has been linked to greater instructional flexibility and more varied learning experiences for students (Vleugels et al., 2025). Recent literature has emphasized the need for greater attention to content development among pre-service teachers, who remain underrepresented in this line of research (Vleugels et al., 2025). Existing studies have primarily focused on the investigation of planned lessons, which, while valuable, provide only a partial picture of instructional practice. Far less is known about how content is developed and enacted during actual teaching, especially by pre-service classroom teachers (PCTs) (Kim & Ward, 2020; Vleugels et al., 2025). As PCTs are still learning to design, adapt, and sequence instructional tasks, examining how they enact different task types during instruction is essential. Focusing on PCTs’ content development during classroom teaching provides a more comprehensive understanding of how instructional tasks evolve in practice and offers insight into the development of instructional task design during early teaching experiences. Purpose of the Study. The purpose of this study was to examine pre-service classroom teachers’ (PCTs) enactment of content development during instruction, with particular attention to the types of instructional tasks they employed and how those tasks were enacted in practice. Specifically, the study aimed to (a) identify the frequency and distribution of informing, refining, extending, and applying instructional tasks used by PCTs and (b) explore how these task types were enacted in practice. By addressing these questions, the study seeks to provide insight into PCTs’ instructional decisions regarding content development within teacher preparation programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants Participants were 10 pre-service PCTs enrolled in a student practicum during the final year of their studies. Data collection included systematic observations. Data collection In total, 79 lesson observations were conducted, videotaped, and subsequently systematically coded by two trained coders. The instructional units were designed in accordance with the National Curriculum for Physical Education in Cyprus. Cypriot education policy organizes primary education into two cycles: Cycle A comprises Grades 1–3 and targets children aged six to eight, while Cycle B includes Grades 4–6 and is intended for students aged nine to twelve. To capture the instructional tasks quality, a modified version of the Task Structure System (mTSS) low-inference observational instrument (Siedentop et al., 1994) was employed. This modified version of TSS has been validated in previous studies. Data Analysis. The data were analyzed using quantitative methods. Data derived from observers’ ratings of the quality of PCTs’ practices using the mTSS observation rubric, were analyzed using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS). Given the study’s aim to delineate PCTs’ instructional tasks development, descriptive statistics (frequencies and percentages) were primarily employed. Specifically, descriptive statistics were calculated for each type of instructional task (informing, refining, extending, and applying). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicated that participants implemented a range of content development patterns, with the most prevalent pattern consisting of three task types. Descriptive statistics showed that informing tasks were used more frequently than extending, refining, and applying tasks, a finding consistent with prior research reporting higher proportions of informing tasks (Iserbyt & Coolkens, 2020). Although the literature suggests that the use of informing tasks typically decreases across an instructional unit (Dervent et al., 2018; Vleugels et al., 2025), this trend was not evident in the present findings. Extending and applying tasks were used to a moderate extent, aligning with previous studies that report mixed results regarding their frequency of use (Dervent et al., 2018; Ward et al., 2017). In contrast, refining tasks were rarely observed, indicating a limited emphasis on improving skill quality during instruction. These findings highlight the need for teacher education programs to support pre-service teachers in the actual implementation of content development during lessons, particularly in applying instructional tasks that promote skill refinement and high-quality learning experiences. References Dervent, F., Ward, P., Devrilmez, E., & Tsuda, E. (2018). Transfer of content development across practice in physical education teacher education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 37(4), 330–339. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2017-0150 Iserbyt, P., & Coolkens, R. (2020). Content development as a function of content knowledge courses in preservice physical education teachers. International Journal of Kinesiology in Higher Education, 4(2), 41–54. https://doi.org/10.1080/24711616.2019.1666691 Kim, I., & Ward, P. (2020). Changes in the content development and adaptive competence of teachers following a specialized content knowledge workshop. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education. 40(4), 626–634. Rink, J. E. (2020). Teaching Physical Education for Learning (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill. Siedentop, D., & Tannehill, D. (2000). Developing teaching skills in physical education (4th ed.). Mayfield. Siedentop, D., Doutis, P., Tsangaridou, N., Ward, P., & Rauschenbach, J. (1994). Don’t sweat gym! An analysis of curriculum and instruction. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 13(4), 375–394. Vleugels, L. W. E., Dehandschutter, T., & Iserbyt, P. (2025). Pre-service teachers’ content development in lesson plans for teaching net games during school placements. International Journal of Kinesiology in Higher Education, 9(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/24711616.2024.2417005 Ward, P., & Lehwald, H. (2018). Effective physical education content and instruction: An evidence-based and teacher-tested approach. Human Kinetics. Ward, P., Dervent, F., Lee, Y.S., Ko, B., Kim, I., & Tao, W. (2017). Using content maps to measure content development in physical education: Validation and application. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 36(1), 20–31. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2016-0059 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper How Does Physical Education Teacher Education Prepare Preservice Teachers to Make Practical Judgements when Teaching Games? 1: Örebro University, Sweden; 2: Malmö University, Sweden; 3: The Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences (GIH), Sweden Presenting Author:In the last 40 years, physical education (PE) scholars have developed an array of approaches for teaching games (Bunker & Thorpe, 1982; Mitchell et al., 2003; Gréhaigne et al., 2001). Many of these approaches are games-centred and focus on helping learners understand how games work (Thorpe et al., 1986; Mitchell et al., 2020). In one respect, this development can be seen as positive in that PE professionals now have a wealth of theoretically-grounded but practically-oriented scholarship to help them work with games. In another respect, the widespread availability of prescriptions for teaching games potentially reduces both the need and opportunity for teachers to exercise their professional judgement when planning and implementing games education. The specific aim of the current investigation is to develop an understanding of how physical education teacher education (PETE) provides preservice teachers with opportunities to develop professional judgement with respect to games teaching. We rely on Joseph Dunne’s (1997; 2005) notion of practical judgement to frame our investigation. Practical judgement refers to the knowledge individuals use in complex and dynamic situations, where they need to find resonance between general principles relevant to a practice and the particular characteristics of the situation they are dealing with. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Nine practical PETE lessons focusing on games were observed over a period of three weeks at one university in Sweden. Three three-hour lessons took place once with approximately 44 students. Three two-hour lessons took place twice (i.e. six times in total), each time with half the student cohort (approx. 22 students). Video data were produced by one researcher using a GoPro camera. The researcher alternated between active participation and passive participation in the lessons. Parallel to the filming, either one or two of the remaining authors wrote observation notes. The researchers recorded interesting interactions, questions, and tentative interpretations to be followed up when reviewing the videos or when jointly discussing findings in the empirical material. Drawing on our theoretical framework, we examined the empirical material for instances where preservice teachers were provided opportunities to: (1) discuss how general principles of games teaching could intersect with specific teaching situations or conditions outside of the PETE lessons; (2) deliberate on how general principles of games teaching might intersect with problematic situations occurring within the PETE lessons; (3) compare content or teaching approaches. Comparison could be on the basis of social properties such as competition and inclusion (e.g. ‘basketball is more inclusive than handball’), or on practical grounds relating to time or equipment (e.g. tennis requires more equipment than softball); and (4) make judgements about challenges or problematic situations that might arise in games teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The PETE lessons provided the preservice teachers with four different types of opportunities to exercise their practical judgement: (1) opportunities to judge how principles of games teaching would operate in school contexts; (2) opportunities to compare different approaches and content against one another; (3) opportunities to consider the teacher educator’s pedagogical decisions; and (4) opportunities for preservice teachers to make decisions while taking on teaching roles. We claim that while opportunities for exercising practical judgement were observed, PETE may benefit from introducing situations that are more problematic when it comes to games, where a greater number of interests compete, and where preservice teachers have greater need to deliberate on the consequences of their decisions. We further propose that one outcome of providing space for preservice teachers to exercise their practical judgement is that they may choose not to base their practices on up-to-date research once they are working in schools. In this sense, the investigation provides insights into a common trend seen in ball games scholarship. References Bunker, D. & Thorpe, R. (1982). A model for the teaching of games in the secondary school. Bulletin of Physical Education, 10: 9-16. Dunne, J. (1997). Back to the Rough Ground: Practical Judgment and the Lure of Technique. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Pess. Dunne, J. (2005). An intricate fabric: Understanding the rationality of practice. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 13 (3): 367-390. Gréhaigne, J-F., Godbout, P. & Bouthier, D. (2001). The teaching and learning of decision making in team sports. Quest, 53 (1): 59-76. Mitchell, S., Oslin, J. & Griffin, L. (2003). Sport Foundations for Elementary Physical Education: A Tactical Games Approach. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics. Mitchell, S., Oslin, J. & Linda Griffin. (2020) Teaching Sport Concepts and Skills: A Tactical Games Approach. Champaign, IL: Human kinetics. Thorpe, R., Bunker, D. & Almond, L. (1986). Rethinking Games Teaching. Loughborough, England: University of Technology. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 03 B: Movement in Early Childhood Education Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Julie Stirrup Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Environment Rating Scales in Early Childhood Education and Care 1: Malmö University, Sweden; 2: University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:There is solid biological, psychosocial, and economic arguments to promote children’s development as early as possible (Richter et al., 2017), and the evidence to support the immense importance of children’s experiences in the early childhood years (0–5 years) is clear and convincing (Britto et al., 2017; WHO, 2019). The early childhood years is a foundational period for holistic child development, and fundamental aspects of health and wellbeing–with lifelong effects–are laid during this period (Marmot, 2010). For instance, this period is vital for mental and physical health (Irwin et al., 2007) and have been referred to as a “window of opportunity” for promoting life-long healthy habits such as sound physical activity behaviors (Fernandez-Jimenez et al., 2018; WHO, 2019). Early childhood education and care (ECEC) have a central role in children’s early development (Foundation for Child Development, 2020; Irwin et al., 2007) and the quality of these environments is dependent on how practitioners orchestrate and navigate the specific environment in which children’s learning and development take place. For instance, children’s movement and play activities are largely afforded or constrained by the physical and pedagogical environment they are situated in. Besides the basic necessary institutional resources and structures, much of this work rely on how teachers make choices and balance social, psychological and physical aspects of these learning environments. Due to the societal significance of ECEC there is substantial interest in assessing it and its environmental quality on child outcomes. To assess this type of quality, a set of observational tools called Environment Rating Scales (ERS) are commonly used.
ERS have a long history of international use and are frequently used in research, self-assessment, and high-stake settings that help direct the distribution of funding (Brunsek et al., 2017). Leading ERS view quality in ECEC from the children’s perspective (Clifford et al., 2020) whilst increasing observation objectivity, being recognized for their standardization process and ability to measure important environmental characteristics that influence child outcomes (Howard et al., 2018). Still, despite the importance of quality in these early childhood settings, the concept of quality itself is elusive and established tools (like ERS) used to capture this elusive concept have limitations. What we define important to measure (e.g., physical activity, movement, play or other type of activities) and in what way these activities are measured and assessed is of importance for policy creation and ultimately for how institutional settings for young children are organized.
Guiding interventions, targeting educational goals, and child development, quantitative studies and evaluation tools (like ERS) have developed into a distinct research field. These tools are widely heterogenic, at time confusing, and collectively embrace an extensive array of aspects of the ECEC environment. Against this background, this study aims to review the existing literature to identify the relevant characteristics of the most commonly utilized ERS in ECEC. This may serve as a guide for ECEC researchers, practitioners, and stakeholders to make more informed decisions when aiming to evaluate the quality of ECEC settings and for instance organize settings to improve and strengthen children’s opportunities for movement and physical activity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Literature search: To identify ERS used in ECEC research over the past decades, we conducted a structured literature search (2023-12-19) in ERIC via EBSCO, Scopus, PsychInfo, PubMed, ERC, SwePub, and SPORTDiscus, using the Boolean search terms: “Environment Rating Scale*” AND (“Preschool*” OR “Early childhood*” OR “Kindergarten*” OR “Nursery School*” OR “Kindergarden*” OR “Child Care” OR “Day Care”). The search was limited to studies published between 1990-01-01, and 2023-12-31. A PICOS approach (Liberati et al., 2009) was used to specify the search, followed by a pilot search. To complement this initial search, an identical complementary search was performed on 2025-06-09, to retrieve articles published in 2024–2025. Inclusion criteria: Included studies had to: (a) use ERS in ECEC, (b) include children in ECEC, (c) have full text availability, (d) be written in English, and (e) be published in a peer reviewed academic journal between 1990 and 2025. ERS focusing exclusively on one-to-one interactions were excluded. To be classified as an ERS, the scale had to assess at least one aspect of the environment and use observations. Literature search result: The initial search yielded 1,226 studies, which was reduced to 757 after duplicate screening. These 757 studies (the reference pool, RP) were screened by title, abstract, and method to identify relevant ERS. The complementary search resulted in 39 studies, reduced to 25 after manual duplicate screening and subsequently screened in the same way as the RP of the initial search. During RP screening, an accumulative count of ERS used in original articles was performed, studies analyzing secondary datasets were not included in the count. The complete ERS list contained two sections: section 1 for ERS and section 2 for other mentioned scales/tools requiring additional review. In total, 175 scales were identified (section 1, n=109; section 2, n=66). ERS used ≥5 times in the RP were included in the results, leaving 24 ERS to review. We searched for the original references where these ERS were first described, identifying 7 full texts from the RP and 17 from citation searches. These were read in depth to extract ERS characteristics. Five references were excluded after full text review, leaving 19 for data extraction. Data extraction and analysis: From the 19 studies, the following data was extracted: (a) area of assessment, (b) age of targeted population, (c) theoretical basis, (d) design, and (e) country of creation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three main findings were identified, firstly, all but one of the reviewed tools originated from an Anglo-Saxon cultural background (and 74% were created in/for a US context), secondly, most of the tools lacked an explicitly stated rigorous theoretical grounding, and lastly, the comparability of the tools psychometric properties is complex. Further, none of the included tools had a specific focus on movement or physical activity. When aiming to measure ECEC quality using observational tools like ERS, we suggest employing tools that are culturally/contextually sound, that is, adapted or created specifically for the particular context of interest. For instance, tools that facilitate practitioners and researchers to develop children’s learning environments with regards to movement and play. This is in line with previous research advocating cultural/context-specific ERS as well as recommending adaptations of already existing ERS when implementing them in new contexts (e.g., Li et al., 2014; Sylva et al., 2006). Further, researchers aiming to assess theoretical constructs by developing new observational tools should employ an explicit rigorous theoretical framework that defines and articulates the constructs of interest since this is a central step in scale construction (e.g., Spector, 1992), something that also could strengthen the validity basis of these tools. To further strengthen these tools, future studies could also focus on validating the tools against relevant outcomes on child level, e.g., objective measures of physical activity. Additionally, since the use of observational tools are resource demanding, in line with previous research (Hay et al., 2024; Ulferts et al., 2019), we recommend streamlining existing ERS or developing less resource-demanding alternatives–that are able to capture quality more practically (e.g., more time efficiently)–for both researchers and practitioners in these environments. Lastly, future research should adopt a meta-analytic approach to enable performing side-by-side comparisons of the psychometric data of ERS. References Britto, P. R. et al., (2017). Nurturing care: Promoting early childhood development. The Lancet, 389(10064), 91–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31390-3 Brunsek, A. et al., (2017). The relationship between the Early Childhood Environment Rating Scale and its revised form and child outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLOS ONE, 12(6), e0178512. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0178512 Clifford, R. M. et al., (2020). Forty years of measuring quality with the Environment Rating Scales. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 51, 164–166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2019.08.006 Fernandez-Jimenez, R. et al., (2018). Children present a window of opportunity for promoting health: JACC review topic of the week. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 72(25), 3310–3319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2018.10.031 Foundation for Child Development. (2020). Getting it right: Using implementation research to improve outcomes in early care and education. https://www.fcd-us.org/assets/2020/06/GettingitRight_UsingImplementationResearchtoImproveOutcomesinECE_2020.pdf Hay, S. M. et al., (2024). Validating self-assessment measures for quality of center-based childcare: A meta-analysis. Early Education and Development, 36(1), 165–185. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2024.2360882 Howard, S. J. et al., (2018). Measuring interactional quality in pre-school settings: Introduction and validation of the Sustained Shared Thinking and Emotional Wellbeing (SSTEW) scale. Early Child Development and Care, 190(7), 1017–1030. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2018.1511549 Irwin, L. et al., (2007). Early child development: A powerful equalizer (Final report for the World Health Organization’s Commission on Social Determinants of Health). World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/early-child-development-a-powerful-equalizer-final-report-for-the-world-health-organization-s-commission-on-the-social-determinants-of-health Li, K. et al., (2014). Chinese early childhood environment rating scale (trial) (CECERS): A validity study. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 29(3), 268–282. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2014.02.007 Liberati, A. et al., (2009). The PRISMA statement for reporting systematic reviews and meta-analyses of studies that evaluate healthcare interventions: Explanation and elaboration. BMJ, 339, b2700. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.b2700 Marmot, M. (2010). Fair society, healthy lives: The Marmot Review: Strategic review of health inequalities in England post-2010. The Marmot Review. ISBN 9780956487001 Richter, L. M. et al., (2017). Investing in the foundation of sustainable development: Pathways to scale up for early childhood development. The Lancet, 389(10064), 103–118. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31698-1 Spector, P. E. (1992). Summated rating scale construction. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412986038 Sylva, K. et al., (2006). Capturing quality in early childhood through environmental rating scales. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 21(1), 76–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2006.01.003 Ulferts, H. et al., (2019). Impact of process quality in early childhood education and care on academic outcomes: Longitudinal meta‐analysis. Child Development, 90(5), 1474–1489. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13296 World Health Organization (WHO). (2019). Guidelines on physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep for children under 5 years of age. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/311664 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Compensatory Movement in Practice: A Critical Ethnography of Educators in School-Age Educare Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences, Sweden Presenting Author:Extended education is one of the fastest-growing fields within education systems worldwide (Bae, 2019). This development has also generated increasing scholarly interest in after-school activities and the opportunities they offer for children’s learning and social development. For example, the European Commission’s EPIC (European Platform for Investing in Children) has published a report highlighting the positive impact of extracurricular activities on academic achievement, social skills, and inclusion. The report concludes that ensuring equal access to extracurricular activities for all children is central (European Commission, 2021). Extended education can be organised in a variety of ways and encompasses a wide range of content, including academic support, prosocial activities, arts and music, and sports and movement practices. Movement can play an important role in creating meaningful leisure time. Movement has been described as identity-forming and joyful, fostering the freedom to express, explore, discover, invent, and create (Scott Kretchmar, 2006). In relation to after-school activities, research has shown that movement constitutes a central and meaningful aspect of children’s lives in after-school centers, promoting learning, social interaction, and joy (Ferrari et al., 2022; Løndal, 2010; Riiser et al., 2019). Extended education carries different meanings, purposes, and organisational forms across national contexts (Bae & Stecher, 2020). In Sweden, the school-age educare (literally “leisure-time home”) is an integral part of the public school system. It is regulated by the Education Act and governed by a designated section of the national curriculum, and conducted in close collaboration with compulsory schooling (European Commission, 2023; SNAE, 2024). School-age educare is a natural part of many children’s everyday lives: 84 % of children aged 6–9 in Sweden are enrolled in school-age educare (Skolverket, 2025). Movement occupies a central position in the Swedish curriculum for school-age educare: “games, physical activities, and outdoor activities” represent one of the four core content areas (SNAE, 2024). In a recent interview study with educators, school-age educare is described as a “movement sanctuary” (Johansson & Söderman, 2023), offering a contrast to the more sedentary school and home life. The educators perceive themselves as compensatory actors and sources of inspiration. School-age educare has an explicit compensatory mission; it should counterbalance children’s differing life conditions and prerequisites (SFS 2010:800). Johansson (2025) emphasises that teachers in school-age educare form a professional group with both the competence and experience required to work with children’s movement within an educational context, and who traditionally organise activities based on children’s participation, influence, interests, and needs. Against the backdrop of (a) extended education as a significant aspect of children’s lives, (b) the role of movement in creating a meaningful leisure time, and (c) the compensatory mission of school-age educare and the notion of educators as compensatory actors, it becomes relevant to examine how educators relate to movement in the everyday practices of school-age educare. The study presented forms part of a doctoral thesis project that explores how movement is constructed in school-age educare. This paper addresses the following research question: How do educators enact movement in school-age educare? The study is grounded in a critical ethnographic approach, aiming to question dominant narratives and taken-for-granted assumptions regarding knowledge and power. It explores which movement discourses govern ways of moving in school-age educare settings. This involves examining how discursive practices – such as rules and routines, physical environments, verbal articulations of movement, and the ensemble of movements taking place – produce different discursive patterns of movement. The analysis draws on Foucault’s notion of discourse as “the ensemble of more or less regulated, more or less deliberate, more or less finalized ways of doing things” (Foucault, 1998, p. 463). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is part of an ethnographic research project conducted at two school-age educare centres located at two schools in the vicinity of a larger Swedish city. The fieldwork was carried out over a one-year period, from April 2024 to April 2025, and included participant observations, informal conversations, and various forms of interviews. In total, 75 children aged 7–8 years and 18 educators participated in the study. Observation constitutes the core of ethnographic methodology, involving entry into a social setting, participation in everyday routines, and the development of familiarity with the people inhabiting that environment (Emerson et al., 2011; Fitzpatrick & May, 2022). A defining feature of ethnographic observation is its temporal dimension: gaining insight into a culture, building relationships with participants, and developing a deep understanding of ongoing practices requires engagement over time (Fitzpatrick & May, 2022). The fieldwork generated empirical material in the form of field notes and interview transcripts. Observations were documented through handwritten notes, which were transcribed digitally shortly after each observation session. Interviews were recorded using a digital audio recorder and supplemented with brief written notes capturing contextual aspects of the interview setting. The material for this study consists of field notes from 84 observation occasions (approximately 190 hours, amounting to 230 pages of field notes), transcripts from 24 group interviews with children (67 participants; 985 minutes; 508 pages), individual interviews with educators (5 participants; 239 minutes; 67 pages), and one focus group interview with educators (3 participants; 113 minutes; 39 pages). Ethnographic studies focusing on movement in the everyday practices of school-age educare remain relatively underexplored. Although Løndal’s (2010) doctoral thesis employs an ethnographic approach, it does not involve educators in data generation or analysis. The ethnographic approach adopted in the present study enables the capture of nuance and diversity, including educators’ and children’s articulated ideals and intentions, their descriptions of activities, and what unfolds in everyday practice. By examining these different dimensions, a complex and nuanced understanding is produced. The ethnographic methodology also entails a form of resistance through what Fitzpatrick and May (2022, p. 6) describe as “slowing down the research narrative”. Slowness is central to both the ethical and critical dimensions of the research process: being slow is an ethical commitment, and critical inquiry takes time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to contribute knowledge and critical perspectives on how educators within school-age educare enact movement, and the implications this have for the children participating in the education. Educators relate to movement in different ways and for different purposes, for example by organizing the physical space, facilitating movement activities, and actively participating in movement themselves. Their actions are guided by the belief that children need to be “given” opportunities for movement, while at the same time movement is understood as something natural for children. There is also a strong belief that educators’ involvement promotes movement, however, adult involvement can simultaneously contribute to maintaining exclusionary practices. The Swedish research field on extended education is well established and can offer valuable perspectives to other European countries, even though organisational conditions may differ across contexts. The compensatory function of extended education is considered a key task (European Commission, 2021). However, whether extended education operates compensatory at a societal level depends on how it’s organised and on who is granted access; under certain conditions, it may also contribute to widening social gaps in society (Bae & Stecher, 2020). This study seeks to nuance understandings of how educators in extended education relate to their professional mandate regarding movement, with particular attention to its compensatory mission. References Bae, S. H. (2019). Concepts, models, and research of extended education. IJREE–International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 6(2), 13-14. Bae, S. H., & Stecher, L. (2020). Extended education and social inequality: An introduction. IJREE–International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 7(2), 5-6. Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press. European Commission. (2021). Benefits of extracurricular activities for children : a focus on social inclusion and children from disadvantaged and vulnerable backgrounds. Publications office. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/c2c8d076-0a04-11ec-b5d3-01aa75ed71a1 European Commission (2023). Sweden : Overview. Eurydice. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/eurypedia/sweden/overview Ferrari, I., Schuler, P., Bretz, K., Bär, J., Rast, M., & Niederberger, L. (2022). “Pop-Up Systems”—Innovative Sport and Exercise-Oriented Offerings for Promoting Physical Activity in All-Day Schools. Sustainability, 14(5), 3090. Fitzpatrick, K., & May, S. (2022). Critical ethnography and education: Theory, methodology, and ethics. Routledge. Foucault, M. (1998). Foucault. In J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Michel Foucault. Essential works of Foucault 1954-1984 (pp. 459–463). The New Press. Johansson, J. (2025). Det stillasittande hotet : en studie om hur policyaktörer, fackliga tidskrifter och personal i fritidshem konstruerar barns fysiska aktivitet [The Sedentary Threat : A study of how policymakers, union magazines and staff in school-age educare construct children’s physical activity]. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis. Johansson, J., & Söderman, J. (2023). Fritidshemspersonals tal om barns fysiska aktivitet – samhällelig påverkan och möjliga implikationer [Staff in School-age Educare’s Talk About Children’s Physical Activity – Societal Influences and Possible Implications]. Utbildning & lärande, 17(1), 45-63. Løndal, K. (2010). Revelations in bodily play – A study among children in an after-school programme. [Doctoral thesis, Norweigan School of Sport Science]. Riiser, K., Haugen, A. L. H., Lund, S., & Londal, K. (2019). Physical Activity in Young Schoolchildren in After School Programs. Journal of School Health, 89(9), 752-758. https://doi.org/10.1111/josh.12815 Scott Kretchmar, R. (2006). Ten more reasons for quality physical education. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 77(9), 6-9. SFS 2010:800. Skollag [Education Act]. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800/#K14 Skolverket. (2025). Elever och personal i fritidshem : Läsåret 2024/25. Sveriges officiella statistik [Pupils and staff in school-age educare : School Year 2024/25. Sweden’s official statistics]. https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=13228 SNAE. (2024). Curriculum for Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-Age Educare 2022. Stockholm: Swedish National Agency for Education. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Tracing Embodied Joy of Movement in Preschool Örebro universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:As the population becomes less active, there is growing interest in promoting movement and physical activity. In this context, joy of movement is presented as an important factor that will ensure people’s interest in being active (McLennan & Thompson, 2015; World health organisation, 2018). Policy makers and researchers have had different views on the joy of movement. From an instrumental perspective, it is seen to support the development of capacities important for school readiness (World health organisation, 2018). Others have argued that it is valuable from an existential perspective (Jensen, 2020) and that movement is valuable in itself. Instrumental reasons for movement are more common although some scholars have suggested that existential dimensions can contribute to children moving because they want to, rather than because they feel compelled to (Scott Kretchmar, 2006). In Sweden the joy of movement has been addressed differently over time in curriculum documents for preschools. Earlier documents framed children’s joy of movement as something that could arise spontaneously and that preschool staff should notice and ’make use of’ when it arises. Documents in 2026 in contrast state that children who attend preschool education should experience the joy of movement and thereby develop their interest for physical activity (Mrak, forthcoming). This shift means that preschool staff now have more responsibility to plan and shape situations that enable children to experience the joy of movement. At the same time, research points to the complexity of planning for joy (Karjalainen et al., 2019). Research also indicates that the joy of movement is not fixed or constant, but rather something that emerges, changes, lies latent and can depend on the situation, the environment and the individual (Ingulfsvann et al., 2021). The complexity with joy of movement is highlighted by Jensen. He emphasizes the importance of conceptual clarity when working with the promotion of the joy of movement (Jensen, 2019). From our perspective, this need for conceptual clarity becomes particularly important in contexts where policy documents specify what should be achieved but leave how this should be done to the individual teacher. Building on Jensen’s argument, we propose that conceptual clarity is not neutral but depends on the theoretical perspective adopted and on the context in which joy of movement occurs. Different theoretical perspectives thus shape how teachers understand their mission and how the promotion of joy of movement is operationalized into pedagogical practice. Against this background, the present study aims to investigate how theoretical concepts can be used analytically to examine the joy of movement in preschool. One research question guides the investigation: How does the joy of movement arise in a preschool department for children aged 1–3 years? To answer this question, the theoretical concepts of being touched and the circulation of affect (Ahmed, 2014) are used as sensitizing concepts (Willis & Trondman, 2000), making it possible to observe how the joy of movement arises in everyday preschool situations. Through this experimental exploration of theoretical concepts, the article contributes to educational research with concepts for analytically investigating the joy of movement in preschool. These concepts may also be useful for teachers in educational practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Between April and December 2024, the first author conducted ethnographic fieldwork (Coffey, 2018; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019) in a preschool department for children aged one to three. Since joy of movement almost never is the same (Ingulfsvann et al., 2021) and takes place in different locations within preschool settings (Bjørgen, 2017), the study included a total of 59 field days during this period. On average, the researcher spent three days a week in the field, approximately 3.5 hours a day, alternating between mornings and afternoons. Observations took place in a range of settings at the preschool, both indoors and outdoors, and during child- and adult-initiated activities. Throughout the fieldwork, fieldnotes were written, sequences were filmed, and photos were taken to capture children’s bodily expressions and movements as they took shape in relation to material, social and situational contexts (Ahmed, 2014). The data generated consists of 59 pages of transcribed field notes, 11 hours of video recordings, and 108 photos. The study was approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority (Dnr: 2023- 06807-01). Staff and children’s guardians were given information about the study before consent was obtained. In relation to children, consent was treated as an ongoing dialogue, with the first author being sensitive to noticing and respecting bodily and verbal signals indicating the children’s unwillingness to participate. The analysis was led by the first author and involved an abductive approach (Tavory & Timmermans, 2014). The two co- authors contributed to the analytical process through ongoing discussions and collaborative interpretation of the data. Analysis in this project can be described as an ongoing process, continuously shifting back and forth between induction and deduction, in which the sensitizing concepts made it possible to identify themes and patterns in the data while the researchers remained open to surprises (Coffey, 2018; Tavory & Timmermans, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results are organized in themes: (1) Joy in anticipation, (2) Weather as a catalyst and (3) Joy through challenge. The phrase ‘joy of movement’ suggests that joy comes from or after movement. Very often, children expressed joy in anticipation of moving. This occurred, for example, when they saw a preschool teacher bringing a speaker, or when they recognized materials such as a tunnel that signal an upcoming movement activity. Joy was then expressed through jumping up and down or interrupting what they were doing to follow the preschool teacher carrying the material. The fieldwork was conducted across several seasons, which in Sweden meant that the weather varied considerably. During heavy rain, the children engaged with the puddles in many different ways: running and cycling through them, when cycling, lifting their legs to avoid getting wet, or lying down and rolling in the puddles. They appeared to be inspired not only by the rain and puddles, but from the other children’s movements and the intensity and expression of those movements, such as squeals like ‘iiihh’, laughter and smiles. In this theme, we focus on how children experienced joy through physically challenging themselves. They seemed to take pleasure in doing things that required effort, negotiating difficulty and testing their limits. This could occur when children took a bicycle, positioned it at the top of a sloped area, and then stood on the saddle, balancing as it rolled down until the ground leveled out. Their facial expressions were focused, and their bodies were tense, with arms held out from the body to maintain balance. . References Ahmed, S. (2014). The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Bjørgen, K. (2017). Bevegelsesglede i barnehagen. En kvalitativ studie av 3 – 5 åringers trivsel, involvering og fysiske aktivitet i barnehagens ulike utemiljø Norges teknisk-naturvitenskapelige universitet]. Coffey, A. (2018). Doing ethnography (2nd ed., Vol. 3). Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography : principles in practice (4. ed.). Routledge. Ingulfsvann, L. S., Moe, V. F., & Engelsrud, G. (2021). Unpacking the joy of movement – ‘it’s almost never the same’. Sport, Education and Society, 27(7), 816-829. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2021.1927695 Jensen, J.-O. (2019). Bevægelsesglæde Bridging - Dansk Bevægelses- og Idrætspædagogisk Forskningsnetværk, Jensen, J.-O. (2020). Bevægelsesglæde : et fysisk, metafysisk, traditionsbundet og forpligtende fænomen. In O. Lund & J.-O. Jensen (Eds.), Sans for bevægelse: livsnerven i pædagogisk arbejde (pp. 205-222). Hans Reitzels Forlag. Karjalainen, S., Hanhimäki, E., & Puroila, A.-M. (2019). Dialogues of Joy: Shared Moments of Joy Between Teachers and Children in Early Childhood Education Settings. International Journal of Early Childhood, 51(2), 129-143. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-019-00244-5 McLennan, N., & Thompson, J. (2015). Quality physical education (QPE). Guidelines for policymakers. Scott Kretchmar, R. (2006). Ten More Reasons for Quality Physical Education. Journal of physical education, recreation & dance, 77(9), 6-9. https://doi.org/10.1080/07303084.2006.10597932 Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis: theorizing qualitative research. University of Chicago press Willis, P., & Trondman, M. (2000). Manifesto for "Ethnography". Ethnography, 1(1), 5-16. https://doi.org/10.1177/14661380022230679 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper “Cycling Beyond Established Paths” Preservice PE Teachers Navigating Pedagogical Dilemmas in Early Childhood Education Windesheim University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Young people today face a volatile, uncertain, complex and ambiguous (VUCA) world marked by inequality, climate change, and interconnected crises. Critical researchers argue teachers must respond with pedagogical justice, particularly through critical relational pedagogies that emphasize in-the-moment engagement and creative inquiry at the heart of teaching encounters (e.g. Merma- Molina et al., 2023; Peters, 2025. Ridlle, et al., 2025.) One approach of relational pedagogies is rhizomatic teaching (Clarke & Parsons, 2013). Rhizomatic teaching embraces agency by rejecting binary thinking and opening multiple educational pathways through three key dimensions. Nomadic teaching (1) creates space for improvisation, attending to emerging situations while embracing trust, messiness, and uncertainty (Andersson et al., 2023). Assemblages (2) shift focus from dualistic categories toward co-existence, with teachers deliberately listening and noticing what unfolds in the moment (Van Doodewaard et al., 2025). Multiplicity (3) emphasizes becoming rather than copying, allowing teachers to develop in-the-moment pedagogies that give room for emerging concepts. In this presentation we propose that preservice teachers (PTs) in physical education (PE) might practice rhizomatic teaching through a school-based outdoor cycling project embedded in play-responsive teaching. By examining their experiences, we explore their development of rhizomatic teaching within Early Childhood Education (ECE). Early Childhood Education and pedagogical dilemmas The European Union is committed to ensuring that every child, regardless of background, has access to affordable, high quality early childhood education (ECE) and care (European Commission, 2025). In most European countries, children transition from care settings to education type settings around the age of 3. In the Netherlands this is at age 4. One of the pressing challenges facing ECE in Europe is the push down of academic curricula and the pressure on schoolification of play-based settings (Pramling et al., 2019). Traditionally, ECE emphasized materially rich methods, pedagogies that focus on explorative play, and teacher’s sensitivity to children's interests and agency. Yet with current schoolification in ECE, the problematization that has emerged internationally, and specifically in Europe is the relationship between play and learning. The role teachers take in children’s play has become contested, theoretically, empirically and ideologically (Pramling et al., 2019). We wonder how PTs in physical education navigate these discursive complexities. PTs in PE face particular tensions when transitioning to ECE (Randall & Fleet, 2020). Their training—rooted in primary and secondary education—has disciplined them to understand PE as skill development and structured instruction. However, early childhood pedagogy demands playfulness, spontaneity, and child-initiated learning. This might lead to fundamental dilemmas between relational pedagogy requirements and the epistemological framework of PTs in PE. This study examines these dilemmas within a school-based outdoor cycling project. Drawing on Foucault's concept of disciplinary power and 'dressage' the research question is: What regimes of truth about physical education become visible when PE preservice teachers work with young children, and how do these discursive truths influence their capacity for relational pedagogy and playfulness? Understanding these disciplinary mechanisms reveals how professional formation creates tensions between established teaching identities and the relational, rhizomatic pedagogies required in early childhood settings Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study focuses on the PTs (n=12) who provided the data. It describes what the PTs saw, did, felt and heard and how they reflected on their experiences in a school-based cycling project in ECE. The PTs voluntarily participated in the project, were informed about the research dimension, and gave permission for their observations and reflections to be used as data for the study. All agreed to participate. The study was conducted across four local school projects in the Netherlands, collectively known as Cycle Freely. Cycle Freely is a school-based cycling program running in several Dutch cities from 2024 to 2029. All children (age 4-6, n = 205) from the involved schools participated in the project. In a 4-week program with 60-minute sessions, children play on bicycles, either with or without pedals. The children are guided by the PTs, who are divided in four groups across the different schools. The PTs were instructed to guide the children in a relational, play responsive way. Their daily experiences and the reflections on these experiences form the core of our data set. At the end of the project, all PTs submitted a cumulative observation log and described their own reflections on working with young children and on their professional development during the project (Smits & Knoppers, 2022). Relevant text fragments from the observations and reflections were sorted into topics and analysed using MAXQDA software for qualitative research. We used constant comparative analysis and continously interpreted emerging data in relation to data already collected (Sparkes & Smith, 2014). Analysis focused on identifying discourses drawn upon and discursive practices negotiated and/or adopted by the teachers to justify their teaching processes in ECE (Wrench & Garrett,2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results reveal two emerging themes. First, disciplinary tensions become visible as PTs navigate contradictions between their training—emphasizing safety, skill progression, and control—and ECE's relational pedagogies requiring playfulness and emergent learning. The cycling project highlights critical moments where the tendency to explain what to needs to be done conflicts with trust in children's agency. Second, pedagogical possibilities emerge when outdoor play and unexpected situations disrupt PE-regimes. Child-initiated detours and productive chaos create openings for improvisation and nomadic teaching. Preliminary findings suggest conditions enabling rhizomatic pedagogy include embracing uncertainty, attending to in-the-moment opportunities, and genuine listening—capacities that challenge PTs' disciplined professional identities while offering pathways toward pedagogical justice in early childhood movement education. References Andersson, Å., Korp, P., & Reindertsen, A. B. (2023). Re-thinking official educational organization towards friction-zones between divergent knowledges. Policy Futures in Education, 21(1), 75–87. Clarke, B., & Parsons, J. (2013). Becoming rhizome researchers. Reconceptualizing Educational Research Methodology, 4(1), 35–43. European Commission / EACEA / Eurydice (2025). Key data on early childhood education and care in Europe – 2025. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. Merma-Molina, G., Urrea-Solano, M., González-Víllora, S., & Baena-Morales, S. (2023). Future physical education teachers’ perceptions of sustainability. Teaching and teacher education, 132, 104254. Peters, J. (2025). Promoting physical (ecological) literacy through physical education: Everyone’s response-ability in a world gasping for air. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 41(1), 39-55. Pramling, N., Wallerstedt, C., Lagerlöf, P., Björklund, C., Kultti, A., Palmér, H., ... & Pramling Samuelsson, I. (2019). Play-responsive teaching in early childhood education. Springer Nature. Riddle, S., Barton, G., Burke, K., Carter, S., Christopher, V., Getenet, S., ... & Teo, A. (2025). The place of pedagogy in an uncertain world: propositions for pedagogical justice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 46(6), 717-728. Smits, F., & Knoppers, A. (2022). Leaders building relationships with young refugees during a sport project. Sport in Society, 25(3), 654-670. Van Doodewaard, C., Knoppers, A., & Spaaij, R. (2025). Practicing the art of noticing in physical education. British Educational Research Journal, ahead of print: https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.70048. Wrench, A., & Garrett, R. (2017). Gender encounters: Becoming teachers of physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 22(3), 321-337. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 19 SES 03 A: When Failure is a Teacher: Shame as a Relational Event Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Florian Weitkämper Research Workshop |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop When Failure is a Teacher: Shame as a Relational Event 1: PH Freiburg, Germany; 2: York University, Canada Presenting Author:The workshop will challenge fixed ideas of the ‘gold standard’ within ethnographic and create a space for the attendees to ask whether “failure” in in research is terminal or whether it can be reframed as a generative and instructive site of learning and discovery. Learning is a process in which mistakes are essential steps towards deeper understanding and growth (Dewey, 1938). In this process, as Dewey famously stated, "failure is instructive" (Dewey 1894, 50). Biesta (2010) builds on this idea by emphasizing the importance of accepting uncertainty and unpredictability in education in general. He argues that the 'weakness' of education - its inability to guarantee certain outcomes - is precisely what makes it ethically robust and attuned to the freedom and autonomy of learners. Failure, in this context, is an opportunity to engage with challenges that expand the capacity to respond to life's complexities. Taking time to reflect on failure can build critical thinking, adaptability, and professional judgment—skills that are especially relevant for educators and other practitioners navigating complex professional contexts. Research literature has documented how “boundary-enforcing practices” (Guyotte, Coogler & Flint, 2023, p. 117) constrain risk-taking in scholarly work. Specifically, rigid “gold standards” of research (Barone & Eisner, 2012) have often hindered the epistemological engagement with failure, overlooking its potential as a generative space for exploration. Under conditions of excellence and accountability, failure is commonly framed as an individual deficit to be managed. Such framings not only obscure the generative potential of failure, but also entangle it with practices of shaming that regulate what can be known, said, and done. Shame can be both motivating and constraining (Walker, 2017) and highlight what situated knowledge these experiences might produce. Within educational research and professional education, similar dynamics emerge around how failure is framed, managed, and emotionally negotiated. In contexts such as teacher education, educational leadership, or research-based professional learning, ‘failure-friendly’ cultures can foster reflective practice, ethical judgement, and adaptive expertise under conditions of uncertainty (Biesta, 2010). Here, affective responses such as shame do not merely regulate performance but can become sites of critical reflection on norms, responsibilities, and professional identities. Climate shame may serve as one illustrative example of how affect can provoke moral and epistemic reflection (Aaltola, 2021); however, comparable mechanisms operate across educational research and professional learning fields characterized by complexity, accountability, and indeterminacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the workshop draws on Applied Theatre (Hughes & Nicholson, 2016) and Theatre of the Oppressed (Boal & McBride, 2020). It is structured in five interconnected phases. Facilitators will present an ethnodramatic script (Salvatore, 2018) that captures a moment of perceived “failure” in their ethnographic fieldwork. This scripted scene will serve as a platform for critical reflection and dialogic interaction of the workshop participants. Participants, or “spect-actors,” will be invited to intervene in the scene and shape its development by proposing alternative actions that speak to their own epistemological framing of facing “failure” in research. Third, a facilitated exchange focuses on participants’ embodied, emotional, and relational experiences during the interventions. Fourth, these experiences are brought into dialogue with conceptual perspectives on shame. The workshop will ultimately invite attendees to collectively articulate which caring practices may be implemented in the moments of perceived failure. Finally, the workshop concludes with a collective synthesis that connects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research workshop will contribute to ongoing debates about the conditions under which educational knowledge is produced, legitimised, and enacted. By approaching failure as a relational event, the workshop challenges individualising and deficit-oriented framings that dominate both educational research and classroom practice. Instead, it foregrounds how shame and care operate as relational response logics to vulnerability, shaping what becomes visible, sayable, and actionable in moments of perceived failure (Boler & Zembylas, 2003, Bozalak & Zembylas 2023). Through its performative and participatory methodology, the workshop creates a space in which participants can experience, rather than merely analyse, the many dimensions of failure. By situating failure explicitly within educational research and professional learning contexts, the workshop highlights how knowledge production, professional judgement, and ethical responsibility are shaped through relational and affective dynamics. In times of heightened accountability and poly-crisis—including ecological challenges—educational research is increasingly confronted with uncertainty, contested norms, and the limits of control (also Waltner & Weitkämper, forthcoming). Engaging failure as a relational and embodied experience thus becomes a key resource for cultivating response-ability, care, and reflexivity in educational research and practice. By linking performative experimentation with conceptual reflection, the workshop aligns with the ECER theme of Knowing and Acting and invites educational researchers to reimagine how failure can function as a shared, productive condition for learning in contexts marked by uncertainty and complexity. References Aaltola, E. Defensive over Climate Change? Climate Shame as a Method of Moral Cultivation. J Agric Environ Ethics 34, 6 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10806-021-09844-5 Barone, T., & Eisner, E. (2012). Arts-based educational research. In Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 95-109). Routledge. Biesta, G. (2010). On the Weakness of Education. In Philosophy of Education Yearbook 2010, pp. 354–362. Boal, A., & McBride, M. O. L. (2020). Theatre of the Oppressed. In The applied theatre reader (pp. 134-140). Routledge. Boler, M., & Zembylas, M. (2003). Discomforting truths: The emotional terrain of understanding difference. In Pedagogies of difference (pp. 115-138). Routledge: London. Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2023). Responsibility, privileged irresponsibility and response-ability: Higher Education, Coloniality and Ecological Damage. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-34996-6 Dewey, J. (1894). The Study of Ethics: A Syllabus. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and Education. New York: Macmillan. Guyotte, K. W., H. Coogler, C., & Flint, M. A. (2023). I am with you: Artful (k) nottings in/with qualitative pedagogy. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy, 20(2), 117-141. Hughes, J., & Nicholson, H. (2016). Applied theatre. Critical perspectives on applied theatre, 1. Salvatore, J. (2018). Ethnodrama and ethnotheatre. Handbook of arts-based research, 267-287. Walker, J. (2017). Shame and transformation in the theory and practice of adult learning and education. Journal of transformative education, 15(4), 357-374. Waltner, E.-M., & Weitkämper, F. (2026, forthcoming). Percevoir la blessure : La vulnérabilité face au changement climatique. In Visages des vulnérabilités : Regards pluridisciplinaires et expérientiels au prisme des acteurs, des trajectoires et des institutions. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 20 SES 03 A: Rethinking future learning environments Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Sophie Rädel Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Envisioning Research Methodology Teaching and Learning in 2050: Insights from Education Researchers' Focus Group Analysis 1: Klaipėda University, Lithuania; 2: Klaipėda University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Today, due to the rapid global changes, including technological innovation, intercultural collaboration, the integration of artificial intelligence, the teaching and learning of research methodologies in education are fundamentally reshaping. At the forefront of this transformation is generative artificial intelligence (GenAI), which enables faster management of scientific knowledge and sophisticated analysis of complex datasets (OECD, 2026). This technological shift is ushering in the era of big data and AI algorithms, capable of detecting various patterns and connections (OECD, 2026). Also, there is an increase a diverse of methods, such as experimental designs, cross-sectional quantitative studies, etc. (OECD, 2025). Under these conditions, researchers need to strengthen their research competence (European Commission, 2021), which can be achieved through continuous lifelong learning, as teaching and learning opportunities for researchers are increasingly expanding (OECD, 2024). For example, in the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), research-based teaching and researcher training are considered essential components of academic quality assurance, in line with the Bologna Process’s provisions on integrating teaching and research (European Commission, 2024). In this way, the doctoral studies and professional development of researchers must be based on the ability to transfer knowledge of research methodology to others, thereby forming a new role of the "researcher-teacher" (European Commission, 2023). Given these expanding pathways, it becomes important to understand what is already known about teaching and learning of research methodologies. Many aspects, such as the intrinsic and extrinsic motivation of educational researchers to learn research methodologies (Gough, 1998), the personality characteristics that determine the successes and failures of learning research methodologies (Pather, 2019), the use of research methods (Wang et al., 2019) have been sufficiently analysed. Other researchers (Park, 2020; Matos et al., 2023; Argote et al., 2021; Lewthwaite & Nind, 2016, etc.) focus on the teaching and learning of research methodologies. Lewthwaite and Nind (2016) emphasise that education researchers themselves often lack confidence in their methodological skills, which affects their ability to teach effectively. It aligns with Matos et al.'s (2023) insights that, in teaching, still-dominant pitfalls such as limited pedagogical innovation (e.g., reliance on textbook-based teaching), teacher biases that may restrict learners’ critical engagement with different methodological approaches, and insufficient methodological knowledge among teachers. Meanwhile, Argote et al. (2021) point out that members of organisations often learn better from failures than successes because failures encourage a deeper search for causes; thus, analysing methodological mistakes becomes an effective way for learning. The year 2050 may be conceptualised as the threshold of a new era, marking the emergence of novel strategies, renewed visions that respond to evolving global, technological, and socio-cultural transformations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants and their sample. The participants were selected through purposeful sampling (Stratton, 2024). The participants were experts in education who were familiar with teaching and learning research methodologies: a) research methodology lecturers teaching doctoral students; b) professors/senior researchers, who are active in research; c) doctoral supervisors; d) postdoctoral supervisors; e) associate professors, who are scientific project managers and conduct scientific research, teach research methodologies; f) active researchers from other fields studying educational phenomena. Thus, in this research, 30 researchers from various Lithuanian universities participated. Data collection method. A Focus Group Discussion (FGD) is a qualitative research method and data collection technique in which a selected group of people discusses a given topic or issue in depth, under the guidance of moderators (van Eeuwijk & Angehrn, 2017). Krueger (1994) recommends using ‘mini-focus groups,’ consisting of 3–5 participants, when participants have specialised knowledge and/or experiences to discuss within the group. Thus, seven mini-focus groups, each consisting of 3–5 experts, were provided. As Onwuegbuzie et al. (2009) indicate, the ideal time for a focus group is 1–2 hours. Thus, the total time of the seven groups was about 11 hours. Focus group discussions lasted until the data saturation was reached (Saunders et al., 2018). The Focus groups discussion was conducted online via Microsoft Teams. In line with the study’s aim, the education experts were asked: How do you imagine the teaching and learning of research methodologies for education researchers in 2050? Also, during the discussions, the expression of diverse opinions of research participants was encouraged. Data analysis method. The data were analysed using reflective thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019; 2020), following six iterative steps while emphasising the researchers’ reflexivity at each stage. To disclose themes, we drew on our reflections. The disclosed themes were integrated into a narrative supported by illustrative quotes, explicitly acknowledging that meaning was co-constructed through the researchers’ reflective engagement with the data, demonstrating that reflective thematic analysis is an interpretative, reflexive process rather than a purely objective exercise. Research ethics. Research ethics were guided by Sim and Waterfield (2019), core principles: respect autonomy, confidentiality, non-maleficence, beneficence, justice and researcher responsibility. In the informed consent process, participants were clearly informed about the unpredictable and public nature of group interaction and the inherent limits of confidentiality. Each participant provided consent to participate in the study. This research was approved by the Ethical Committee of the university. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research identified key themes in teaching and learning based on the research participants’ opinions. The first theme, "The teacher as a methodological curator and coach," reflects participants’ view that in 2050, teachers will act as personal mentors, helping learners reach their potential. The second theme, "Teaching through 'living labs and real-time data," discloses participants’ thoughts that teaching will be conducted in "living laboratories" here and now, where technology, researchers, and research participants become co-authors. The theme "AI integration in teaching" underscores that artificial intelligence will become a constant research partner, and its management will become a basic competence for researchers. "Value backbone: Ethics as continuous practical reflection" emphasises ethical sensitivity, in which ethics becomes a daily mindset for the researcher. The first learning theme, "Personalised and self-directed learning trajectories," reveals participants’ opinion that learning will become fully individualised, responding to the cognitive and emotional needs of the learner. The theme "Learning symbiosis with AI assistant" discloses participants’ beliefs that in 2050, AI will handle "black" work, letting researchers focus on methodological creativity." The third theme, "Methodological 'Jazz' and hybridity," emphasises that learning will be understood as the ability to improvise (jazz) with strong basic foundations. This learning will create unique, hybrid research designs and integrate various interdisciplinary methods. The theme ""Unlearning" and returning to basics" discloses that in 2050, researchers will "unlearn" technical subjects to return to fundamental values: critical thinking, philosophical logic, human intuition. Practical value: The results of this study will be applied to a Delphi study. This will enable the creation of teaching and learning scenarios for educational researchers in 2050. The findings can be used for strategic planning, curriculum innovation, and policy-oriented decision-making in researcher development programs. It will help education researchers navigate the future of methodological learning in a dynamic AI-enhanced educational environment. References Argote, L., Lee, S., & Park, J. (2020). Organizational learning processes and outcomes: Major findings and future research directions. Management Science, 67(9), 5399–5429. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.3693 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 European Commission. (2023). Research competence: Managing research tools. European Commission. Gough, N. (1998). Studying research methodologies in education. Deakin University. Glenn J.C. & The Millennium Project. (2019). Work/Technology 2050: Scenarios and actions. The Millennium Project. Krueger, R. A. (1994). Focus groups: A practical guide for applied research (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Lewthwaite, S., & Nind, M. (2016). Teaching research methods in the social sciences: Expert perspectives on pedagogy and practice. British Journal of Educational Studies, 64(4), 413–430. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2016.1197882 Matos, J. F., Piedade, J., Freitas, A., Pedro, N., Dorotea, N., Pedro, A., & Galego, C. (2023). Teaching and learning research methodologies in education: A systematic literature review. Education Sciences, 13(2), 173. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13020173 OECD. (2025). Everybody cares about using education research sometimes: Perspectives of knowledge intermediaries. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/5ef88972-en OECD. (2024). The state of academic careers in OECD countries: An evidence review (OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 91). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/ea9d3108-en Onwuegbuzie, A. J., Dickinson, W. B., Leech, N. L., & Zoran, A. G. (2009). A qualitative framework for collecting and analyzing data in focus group research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 8(3), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690900800301 Park, Y. E. (2020). Uncovering trend-based research insights on teaching and learning in big data. Journal of Big Data, 7, 93. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40537-020-00368-9 Park, W., Cullinane, A., Gandolfi, H., Alameh, S., & Mesci, G. (2023). Innovations, challenges and future directions in nature of science research: Reflections from early career academics. Research in Science Education, 54(1), 27–48. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-023-10102-z Saunders, B., Sim, J., Kingstone, T., Baker, S., Waterfield, J., Bartlam, B., Burroughs, H., & Jinks, C. (2018). Saturation in qualitative research: exploring its conceptualization and operationalization. Quality & Quantity, 52(4), 1893–1907. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-017-0574-8 Sim, J., & Waterfield, J. (2019). Focus group methodology: Some ethical challenges. Quality & Quantity, 53(6), 3003–3022. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-019-00914-5 Stratton, S. J. (2024). Purposeful sampling: Advantages and pitfalls. Prehospital and Disaster Medicine, 39(2), 121–122. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1049023X24000281 van Eeuwijk, P., & Angehrn, Z. (2017). How to conduct a focus group discussion (FGD). Methodological Manual (Research Report). University of Basel. https://www.swisstph.ch/fileadmin/user_upload/SwissTPH/Topics/Society_and_Health/Focus_Group_Discussion_Manual_van_Eeuwijk_Angehrn_Swiss_TPH_2017_2.pdf Wang, L., Peng, L., & Khan, Q. (2019). Research methods in education. SAGE Publications. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Experiencing Fictitious States in an Experimental Text-Based Narrative Environment: The Effects of Public Sector Quality and Corruption on Attitudes University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, European societies have been shaped by multi-crises omnipresent in the public discourses. Climate change, demographic aging, migration flows, refugee influx, and a changing world economy are only some elements of the multitude of structural challenges our societies are confronted with. Public discourses in Europe and other Western democracies suffer from continuous political polarization. In such conflictual times it is fundamental for democracies to enable its citizens to understand the living realities of their social environment and also potential future paths their societies and states could develop along. This study uses a novel methodological approach to simulate complex real-world socio-economic environments by letting participants experience personal living realities as a citizen of a fictional state. They make decisions as a person living through fictional situations embedded into a coherent narrative of an everyday life. We apply this narrative in a pre-registered experimental case study to evaluate how people react to such a coherent narrative setup. Substantively, we test propositions grounded in a social contract model, which explains citizens’ behaviour towards the state within the context of their perceived reciprocal relationships between the state, other citizens, and themselves. We model how citizens behave if they perceive the social contract as being broken by the state, because it does not provide services of a decent quality anymore. By doing so, participants personally experience the consequences of deteriorating public services as a result of increasing pressure on public institutions, such as those which Western democracies are currently confronted with. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using an online vignette environment within a virtual state we call Novaland, we examine how variations in public-service quality and corruption affect political solidarity in a pre-registered experimental cases study. We utilize a text- and image-based setup within an online survey. Participants are confronted with vignettes embedded into a coherent narrative of an everyday life in the fictional country. Participants make positive, negative, or negative-and-corrupt public service delivery experiences and engage in everyday activities, ensuring immersive and attentive participation. We also measure participants survey-taking behaviour and post-experimental attitude changes conditioned on their experimental treatment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Methodologically, our findings underscore the potential of the novel virtual state methodology to simulate complex real-world environments. By experiencing a fictional everyday life within a coherent narrative framework, participants gain first-hand impressions of the living realities of different societal groups or within a different economic and political environment. The virtual state approach might thus contribute to increase understanding and solidarity within European democracies. We discuss its potential for education and policy development. Substantively, we show that support for domain-specific state spending increases under poor service delivery, but support increases less when corruption is present besides poor service delivery alone. This support seems not to translate into a demand for more general welfare spending. Political trust declines over time when quality is low, especially when corruption is present. Our findings underscore the importance of equitable and efficient public services in maintaining both political solidarity and trust. As public service quality declines in many European states, our study suggests that unmet public expectations risk eroding political solidarity in public domains and political trust. References Authors. 2024. “Welcome to Novaland: Exploring the Potential of Analysing Individual Behaviour on a Text-Based, Low-Immersive Platform of a Virtual State.” Duisburg-Essen. Bainbridge WS (2007) The scientific research potential of virtual worlds. Science 317(5837), 472–476. Campbell A, Converse PE, Miller WE and Stokes D (1960) The american voter. New York/London: John Wiley & Sons. Christensen T and Lægreid P (2005) Trust in government: The relative importance of service satisfaction, political factors, and demography. 28(4), 487–511. Cremaschi S, Rettl P, Cappelluti M and Vries CED (Forthcoming) Geographies of Discontent: Public Service Deprivation and the Rise of the Far Right in Italy. American Journal of Political Science. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/5s2cu. Green MC and Brock TC (2000) The role of transportation in the persuasiveness of public narratives. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 79(5), 701–721. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.79.5.701. Hirschman AO (1970) Exit, Voice, and Loyalty. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Kumlin S (2004) The personal and the political. How personal welfare state experiences affect political trust and ideology. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Kumlin S and Haugsgjerd A (2017) The welfare state and political trust: Bringing performance back in. In Handbook on political trust. Edward Elgar Publishing, 285–301. https://www.elgaronline.com/downloadpdf/edcoll/9781782545101/9781782545101.00029.pdf (accessed 21 April 2024) Lahusen C and Grasso MT (2018) Solidarity in europe: Citizens’ responses in times of crisis. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Peeters R and Campos SA (2023) Street-level bureaucracy in weak state institutions: a systematic review of the literature. International Review of Administrative Sciences 89(4), 977–995. https://doi.org/10.1177/00208523221103196. Rose-Ackerman S (1999) Corruption and Government: Causes, Consequences, and Reform, 1st edn. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139175098. Rothstein B (2021) Controlling corruption: The social contract approach. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Rothstein B and Uslaner EM (2005) All for all: Equality, corruption, and social trust. World Politics 58(1), 41–72. https://doi.org/10.1353/Wp.2006.0022. Shellman SM (2001) Active learning in comparative politics: A mock German election and coalition-formation simulation. PS: Political Science and Politics 34(4), 827–834. Simonovits G, Kézdi G and Kardos P (2018) Seeing the world through the other’s eye: An online intervention reducing ethnic prejudice. American Political Science Review 112(1), 186–193. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0003055417000478. Stover WJ (2005) Teaching and learning empathy: An interactive, online diplomatic simulation of middle east conflict. Journal of Political Science Education 1(2), 207–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/15512160590961801. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Critical thinking and the Development of European Shared Values The contribution of Non formal pedagogies in Preservice teacher education. 1: Universidad Católica de Valencia San Vicente, Spain; 2: Universidad de Barcelona; 3: Universidad Autonoma de Barcelona Presenting Author:Introduction The role of education in determining the values and principles that shape the character of society is fundamental. This fact is acknowledged by the EU in numerous policy declaration such as the Paris Declaration (2015) signed by the 28 EU ministers of education, which establishes as an educational priority in its first objective the acquisition of "civic, social, and intercultural competences, promoting democratic values and fundamental rights, social inclusion and non-discrimination, as well as active citizenship" (EACE, 2016). This declaration is a pivotal statement of the EU in recognizing the need for intercultural competencies for learners to achieve an inclusive European society. The study on teaching common European values (Veugelers et al., 2017) emphasizes the commitment required by the MS in order to teach tolerance and common values that guarantee the sustainability of the EU values highlighting the fact that “beside Tolerance concepts with more positive attitudes such as appreciation, pluralism, and respectful engagement should be used.( Veugelers et al., 2017)”. Teacher education for the development of intercultural and democratic competences thus is essential and requires teachers who value Human Dignity, Human Rights and acknowledge cultural diversity as an asset. Conceptual framework: Critical thinking is an essential skill for embracing cultural diversity and a key component in the development of intercultural and democratic competences. It is a fundamental tool for fostering intercultural dialogue and social cohesion.. Scholars acknowledge the challenge of reaching a consensual conceptual definition and consequently criteria for assessing the attainment of critical thinking. Following McPeck (1981) Critical thinking can only be properly developed when it is produced in relation to a specific subject or topic and, fundamentally, through the individual’s capacity to elaborate specific questions related to these same situations, thus linking the formulation of questions to the process of reasoning and assessment skills. Brookfield (1987) with his conceptual input contributes to the definition by identifying three key elements for the development of critical thinking: emancipatory learning, dialectical thinking and reflective learning. This author, aligned with Dewey’s definition of Reflexive thought, underlines the dimension of process in the attainment of critical thinking. The second approach represents an opposite perspective and originated in Freire’s critical pedagogy. In this case critical thinking is the origin for social change and transformation (Freire, 1998; Papastephanou and Angeli, 2007; Lim, 2015). However, both Burbules and Berk considered both views to be limited and proposed an expanded notion of criticality (Burbules and Berk, 1999; Barnett, 1997, 2000, 2003). It is worth mentioning Barnett (1997) provides a comprehensive view of critical thinking by placing it at the convergence of three elements: reasoning associated with knowledge, self-reflection centred on the subject, and critical action oriented towards the surrounding world. However, in this study a comprehensive definition is provided very much aligned with the conceptual understating of Criticality. The Intercultural Learning Exchange through Global Education, Networking and Dialogue (ILEAGEND) is a Joint program of the European Union and the Council of Europe which is focused on capacity building of young people through global and intercultural education aiming at developing a more inclusive society. In this context, the IMAGINE project: LEARNING TO LIVE TOGETHER (implemented between 2021-2025) was conceived. This seminar integrates intercultural education and non-formal pedagogy principles. More specifically, the IMAGINE seminar engages learners especially with the development of
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The case study methodology stems from the concern for a deep understanding of a single case or several cases in their natural context (e.g., D.B. Bromley, 1986, p. 1). The purpose of in-depth case studies is to provide valuable and complex insights that can lead to new learning beyond what was previously known. The methodology of the case studies, by definition, focuses on understanding the specific and logic of social relations and practices that intersect in the social space that has been defined as a case. The case study offers an interpretation made in the light of a theoretical framework taking into consideration geographic, social, cultural, economic and historical context. However, the focus of the case study is to capture the context and any aspect of the social reality as it is perceived by the social actors involved. For this reason, the main approach of the case study is qualitative and inductive (part of reality to be conceptualised later) and, therefore, it is important to emphasise the idiosyncratic aspects related to the particularity of the practice that is being analysed General objective Identify the innovation, transferability and educational impact dimensions in the IMAGINE project in relation to the development of Criticality and sense of belonging among the participants. The main research question of this case study explores What kind of innovative practices related to the non-formal and critical pedagogy contribute to the development of Criticality and IDC development in initial teacher education . In this sense it explores also Which innovative practices within culturally diverse contexts have overcome known obstacles and barriers for criticality development and how it fosters shared sense of EU values Specific objectives: 1.To identify the cognitive and emotional process that permits pre-service teachers to engage in critical thinking and develop knowledge that fosters criticality 2.To explore how can non-formal education engage `Preservice teachers in meaningful learning leading to non-racialized understanding of identity 4.To demonstrate the role of non-formal education and pedagogical approach enhances the development of IDC This case study applies in depth interviews , focal groups and content analysis of written evidence in order to establish the efficacy, transferability and sustainability of the Imagine project .Furthermore, as an educational innovative proposal, sustained conceptually by the INNO4DIV research study ( 2019-2023), this intervention focuses on the application of an assessment of non-formal education pedagogy and methodological approaches in relation to the development criticality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Bonding as a group: The bonds established among the participants was extraordinary. This fact is partially due to the selection process of candidate. The organizing team was very careful to choose participants who demonstrate a prior commitment to social justice issues and required a recommendation letter regarding their social and interpersonal skills and experience. Organizers also assured a gender and aged balance in order to facilitate a healthy and balanced groups dynamic. All participants thus shared a respectful and inclusive vision of the world, and their dialogue served as a way of feeding each other. From each new contribution, many others emerged. Non formal pedagogy and the creation of shared values The facilitators created a safe a non-judgmental space for continuance dialogue a fact which encouraged the participation of all and made them feel empowered. Participants were excited about the seminar and expressed their eagerness to continue to grow together and to consolidate the project and the network. They realized how much they have in common Sustainability and the creation of young interculturalist youth network: This seminar has been the departure point for the consolidating an intercultural youth network which is committed to enhance cultural diversity and to minimize prejudice and discrimination. At the end of the seminar participants were given time to propose ideas and to establish thematic subgroups for the implementation of social justice and Global education related initiatives. Participants expressed their commitment and interest in caring out activities and maintain their engagement with the network. Motivation and participation were evident during the workshops and the conclusive final proposals gave indications that the impact in long-term is going to be as expected References Bromley, D. B. (1986). The Case-study Method in Psychology and Related Disciplines. Chinchester: Wiley. Council of Europe (2016). Competences for Democratic Culture. Living together as equals in culturally diverse democratic societies. Strabourg: Council of Europe Publishing. Council of Europe (2018). Council Recommendation on Promoting Common Values, Inclusive Education, and the European Dimension of Teaching. Official Journal of the European Union, C. 195, pp. 1-5. Deardorff, D. K. (Ed.). (2009). The SAGE handbook of intercultural competence. California, USA: Sage. Denenberg, V. H. (1982). Comparative psychology and single-subject research. Kazdin, A. E. & Tuma, A. H. (Eds.), New directions of methodology of social and behavioural sciences: Single-case research designs, Vol. 13, pp. 19-31, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Dewey, J. (1995). Democracy and Education. An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. The Macmillan Company OECD (2018). PISA. Preparing our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World. The OECD PISA Global Competence Framework. https://www.oecd.org/education/Global-competency-for-an-inclusive-world.pdf OECD (2019). How education systems respond to cultural diversity in schools: New measures in TALIS 2018. Teaching in Focus, No. 25, Paris: OECD Publishing, https://doi.org/10.1787/1baa285c-en OECD (2019). How teachers and schools innovate: New measures in TALIS 2018. Teaching in Focus, No. 26, Paris: OECD Publishing, https://doi.org/10.1787/71101b69-en http://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/NESET2_AR3.pdf Veugelers, W, de Groot, I & Stolk, V (2017). Research for CULT Committee – Teaching Common Values in Europe. Brussels: European Parliament, Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. http://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2017/585918/IPOL_STU(2017)585918_EN.pdf Shuali Trachtenberg, T., & Centeno, C. (2023). La UE y el desarrollo de la cultura democrática: Una perspectiva desde la educación. En A. Bar Cendón & M. Martínez (Coords.), La Unión Europea ante la crisis: Derechos, valores, seguridad y defensa (pp. 117–149). Aranzadi. Shuali Trachtenberg, T., Tenreiro Rodríguez, V., Neubauer, A., Bar Cendón, A., & Centeno, C. (2023). Addressing educational needs of teachers in the EU for inclusive education in a context of diversity. Volume 5: Implementation guidelines for intercultural and democratic competences development in teacher education. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/951080 Ennis, R. H. (1985). A logical basis for measuring critical thinking skills. Educational Leadership, 43(2), 44–48 Ennis, R. H. (2011). Critical thinking: Reflection and perspective—Part I. Inquiry: Critical Thinking Across the Disciplines, 26(1), 4–18. https://doi.org/10.5840/inquiryct20112613 McPeck, J. E. (1981). Critical thinking and education. St. Martin’s Press. Morgan, W. R., Jr. (1995). “Critical thinking”—What does that mean? Journal of College Science Teaching, 24(5), 336–340. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Technology-Based Learning Environments: Perspectives of International Students at a Specialised University 1: Lithuanian University of Health Sciences, Lithuania; 2: Kaunas University of Technology Presenting Author:The 21st century is unimaginable without media and information flow, and children who are currently learning have a different approach to learning and learning tools than their teachers or parents (Bakonis, 2014). These young people are already entering universities today. In recent decades, the world has focused on integrating information technologies into educational curricula to adapt to the changing technological world. Schools are being equipped with computers and software to engage students and make it easier for them to complete their assignments. However, the use of technology alone is not enough to ensure proper and high-quality teaching and learning. The changes are rapid and significant. The concept of Education 5.0 is related to a new approach to education that reflects the changes emerging alongside the concepts of Industry 5.0 and Society 5.0. This educational paradigm emphasizes the rapid penetration of new technologies into all areas of human life. The result of this penetration is the collaboration between humans and advanced technologies to streamline learning processes and meet the changing needs of society and the labor market. The authors highlight the following aspects: personalized learning, the ability to work with technologies and data, sustainability, resilience, and social responsibility (Supriya et al., 2024; Vitanova, 2023; Sharareh et al., 2024; Yuliana, 2025). Education 5.0 encompasses various dimensions, including the ability to adapt to uncertainty, critical thinking, problem solving, creativity, and collaboration. This paradigm promotes higher-level thinking skills such as analysis, evaluation, and creation. It can be said that technological literacy is as important to today's students and teachers as reading, writing, and arithmetic were 150 years ago. Technological literacy encompasses three interrelated dimensions: knowledge, ways of thinking and acting, and skills. The promotion of technological literacy characterises the characteristics of an organisation that provides its members with the necessary resources and knowledge required to work with information technologies (Kot, 2022). According to Kot (2022) today's working environment becomes very stressful due to the rapidly changing information and communication technologies (ICT) used in the work process. According Ng (2019) some of the most important cognitive skills in the 21st century is information processing, i.e., data interpretation and data analysis (identifying, collecting, processing, and using relevant data to make decisions); critical, creative, and analytical thinking; problem-solving skills; scientific investigation; design thinking, creativity and innovation; computational thinking and ICT. In summary, this set of competencies is needed in our current and future lives and careers. Education 4.0 and Education 5.0 are examples of the penetration of technology into the field of education. Thanks to technology, university intranet systems are being created. They enable students and teachers to collaborate in the virtual document management and learning environments of a particular university. Each university has its own virtual communication, document management, and learning environments, which can be described as specific virtual subcultures that are characteristic of a particular university. This creates new opportunities and new challenges. Communication can be fast and remote. The student community is a rapidly changing community, with new first-year students joining every year. They need to integrate into the community and use the community's virtual information systems. Summarising the insights of various authors, it can be said that Education 4.0 and Education 5.0 are characterised by technological change, which influences students' and teachers' activities and attitudes towards technology-based learning. Therefore, it is important to observe and study the human factor. Aim: to reveal the attitudes of international students towards activities (adaptation) in the virtual communication and learning environment of a specialised university as a subculture. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this case, the selected research group is international students. What challenges do they face? When working with international students, we have already noticed certain problems. Therefore, it is appropriate to discuss them, identify them and look for solutions by combining available technical capabilities, teachers' attitudes and students' attitudes. Research methods: This research employs the analysis of scientific literature, qualitative research, and case study. It is based on theoretical positions that highlight constructivist attitudes (Vygotsky's Sociocultural Theory), educational environments conducive to student empowerment in the distance learning system, the prerequisites for the emergence of deep learning, the specificity of modern learning and higher education, and constructivism, which describes learning as a process of seeking knowledge, i.e., a process of combining specialised information sources (Barnett, 1999; Juceviciene et. al., 2010; Butrime, Zuzeviciute, 2014) and adult learning theory (Petty, 2006) based on needs and interests, useful learning materials, life-related situations, and learning-enhancing environments, and the theory of waves of social development (Toffler, 1981). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study concludes that a portion of international first-year students requires tailored assistance to initiate effective use of the university intranet, communication channels, document management tools, and the virtual learning environment. Variability in prior digital experience materially affects the pace and quality of adoption of institutional technologies. Students frequently default to external platforms with which they are more familiar, a behavior that reveals substantive gaps in technological literacy and computational thinking competencies. Human factors further influence technology-mediated learning. While some students prioritize traditional, face-to-face modes of interaction, others prefer remote participation. Practices established during the pandemic have been institutionalized to a degree, enabling students who arrive late for legitimate reasons to participate in lectures remotely. Anticipated outcomes of targeted interventions include accelerated onboarding, increased engagement with institutional platforms, improved digital competency profiles, and more equitable access to instruction through well-structured hybrid options. Implications for practice include the development of comprehensive onboarding frameworks, integration of transferable digital literacy and computational thinking modules into first-year curricula, and refinement of hybrid participation policies to ensure both flexibility and academic rigor. Implications for research include examining causal pathways between prior digital experience and platform adoption, evaluating the efficacy of tiered literacy interventions, and assessing the long-term effects of hybrid participation on learning outcomes, sense of belonging, and academic persistence. References 1.Barnett, R. (1999). Realizing the University in an Age of Supercomplexity. Buckingham, UK: Society for Research in Higher Education and Open University Press. 2.Butrime, E., Zuzeviciute, V. (2014). E-Learning as a socio-cultural system: towards a balanced development. Saarbrücken: LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, 3.Yuliana, Y. (2025, April). Medical Education in the 5.0 Era. In Proceeding International Conference on Religion, Science and Education (Vol. 4, pp. 745-748). 4.Juceviciene, P.; Gudaityte, D.; Karenauskaite, V.; Lipinskiene, D.; Stanikuniene, B.; Tautkeviciene, G. (2010). Universiteto edukacine galia: atsakas 21-ojo amziaus issukiams: monografija. Kaunas: Technologija. 924 p. ISBN 9789955259022. 5.Kot, P. (2022). Role of technostress in job satisfaction and work engagement in people working with information and communication technologies. Pakistan Journal of Psychological Research, 37(3), 331-349. 6.Petty, G. (2006). Šiuolaikinis mokymas. Praktinis vadovas. Vilnius: Tyto alba (in Lithuanian). 7.Rusman, A., Mas’udi, M. M., Panji Hermoyo, R., Yarno, Yunianti, S., Rafsanjani, H. (2023) , Education transformation in 5.0 society development era. AIP Conf. Proc. 7 June 2023; 2727 (1): 020050. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141657. 8.Shahidi Hamedani, Sharareh et al. (2024) .Transitioning towards Tomorrow’s Workforce: Education 5.0 in the Landscape of Society 5.0: A Systematic Literature Review. Education sciences 14.10: 1041. Web. 9.Supriya Y., Bhulakshmi, D., Bhattacharya, S., et al.: (2023). Industry 5.0 in Smart Education: Concepts, Applications, Challenges, Opportunities, and Future Directions, in IEEE Access, vol. 12, pp. 81938-81967, (2024), doi: 10.1109/ACCESS.2024.3401473. 10.TECH TALLY: Approaches to Assessing Technological Literacy. Committee on Assessing Technological Literacy. Elsa Garmire and Greg Pearson, Editors. National Academy of Engineering and National Research Council of the National Academies. The National Academies Press. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. 2006. Tech Tally: Approaches to Assessing Technological Literacy. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/11691. 11.Toffler A., (1981). The Third wave. New York, Morrow 544p. 12.Vitanova, N. I. (2023). Революция 5.0 (индустрия 5.0) и някои дименсии на образование 5.0. (Revolution 5.0 (Industry 5.0) and Some Dimensions of Education 5.0) Педагогика, 95(6), 723-739. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 21 SES 03 A: Subjectivity, Desire and the Social: Psychoanalytic Readings of Educational Processes Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Kathrin Trunkenpolz Long Paper Session |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Long Paper Psychoanalytical and Cultural-theoretical Reflections on Social Cohesion RPTU, Germany Presenting Author:Social cohesion is currently affected by threatening future scenarios in multiple crisis situations (see Göppel et al., 2023). These scenarios are linked to complex global social, political, and cultural processes of change, such as global ecological disasters, environmental devastation, wars and conflicts over resources, and the growing scepticism surrounding democratic models of society (see Schwendowius et al., 2025). These processes often catalyse and reinforce each other (Zimmermann et al., 2023). The scenario confronts us with the fragility of cultural achievements and the limitations of social systems designed to regulate and secure social coexistence (Freud, 1930; 1927; Aigner, 2024), while also demonstrating the capacity of humans to inflict harm on each other (Leuzinger-Bohleber, 2019). The uncertainty associated with this can have repercussions far beyond crisis centres, affecting individuals, groups and institutions, as it triggers defence mechanisms that in turn promote social division (Elsner et al. 2024). However, crises not only cause divisions, but they also create opportunities for solidarity and social cohesion. At the same time, under the guise of cohesion, groups can be excluded and treated with hostility (e.g. the 'America First' movement). This project examines and links classic works of psychoanalysis (Freud, 1930; 1927) and their updates (Aigner, 2024) to current educational issues. The questions asked are: My considerations are based on the work of the working group ‘Cohesion. Educational science assessments from the perspectives of qualitative education and biographical research as well as psychoanalytical pedagogy’. (Prof. Dr. Merle Hinrichsen, V.Prof. Dr. Karen Geipel, PD Dr. André Epp und V.Prof. Dr. Marian Kratz) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The lecture is theoretical and conceptual. My considerations are based on the work of the working group ‘Cohesion. Educational science assessments from the perspectives of qualitative education and biographical research as well as psychoanalytical pedagogy’. (Prof. Dr. Merle Hinrichsen, V.Prof. Dr. Karen Geipel, PD Dr. André Epp und V.Prof. Dr. Marian Kratz) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This lecture presents social cohesion as an ambivalent concept for discussion. As a process, it can facilitate connections while simultaneously having a divisive effect. As a state, social cohesion has a spatial and a temporal dimension that enables movement, but it can also lead to rigidity. In all its forms, the concept of cohesion is examined in terms of its unconscious motives References Aigner, J. (2024). Das Unbehagen in der Kultur. In M. Dörr & M. Kratz (Hrsg.), Enzyklopädie Erziehungswissenschaft Online. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz Juventa. Elsner, S., Höcker, C., Decker, O. & Türcke, C. (2024). Desintegration und gesellschaftlicher Zusammenhalt. Kritische Theorie - Psychoanalytische Praxis. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag. Freud, S. (1927). Die Zukunft einer Illusion. In: Studienausgabe, Band IX. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer, Freud, S. (1930). Das Unbehagen in der Kultur. In: Studienausgabe, Bd. IX, 191-270. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer. Göppel, R., Gstach, J. & Wininger, M. (Hrsg.) (2023). Aufwachsen zwischen Pandemie und Klimakrise. Pädagogisches Arbeiten in Zeiten großer Verunsicherung. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag. Leuzinger-Bohleber, M. (2019). »Die Humanität einer Gesellschaft zeigt sich vor allem in ihrem Umgang mit Fremden und Traumatisierten…« Erfahrungen aus dem Michaelisdorf. In R. Haubl & H.-J. Wirth (Hrsg.): Grenzerfahrungen. Migration, Flucht, Vertreibung und die deutschen Verhältnisse (S. 327-338). Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag. Schwendowius, D., Engel, J., Epp, A., Franz, A., Kondratjuk, M. & Wischmann, A. (Hrsg.) (2025). Ungewisse Zukünfte – Bildung und Biographie im Kontext gesellschaftlicher Umbrüche. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. Zimmermann, D., Dietrich, L., Hofmann, J. & Hokema, J. (Hrsg) (2023). Soziale Krisen und ihre Auswirkungen auf Familien, pädagogische Professionalität und Organisationen. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Complexifying Motivation to Learn English in China: A Lacanian Psychosocial Perspective The Education University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Topic: This study examines Chinese Grade 7 students’ English learning motivation through the lens of Lacanian psychoanalysis. Research questions:
Theoretical framework: Lacanian psychoanalysis, especially three psychic registers (the real, the imaginary and the symbolic) and the notion of desire. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: Qualitative, interpretivist approach; social constructionist epistemology; multiple case study design; thematic analysis. Data collection methods: questionnaires, interviews, diaries, lesson observations, fieldnotes. Sources of data: 10 Chinese Grade 7 students, 10 parents and 4 English teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the Thematic Analysis: The thematic analysis identified five key factors shaping Chinese Grade 7 students’ motivation to learn English: exam pressure, parental expectations, teaching approaches, peer relationships and aspirations for success and recognition. These findings aligned closely with existing literature on L2 motivation and general academic motivation. Although valuable, the thematic findings alone felt surface-level and did not fully explain why motivation shifts over time or what drives its deeper fluctuations. Lacanian Reading of the Findings: A Lacanian interpretation provided a deeper understanding of the thematic patterns. Using Lacan’s three registers and the concept of desire, motivation was reconceptualised as a dynamic, desire-driven process rather than a stable trait. In the symbolic, exams and educational norms defined success and structured how students oriented themselves toward English learning. In the imaginary, students’ desire for recognition shaped by peers, teachers, and parents animated their engagement through rivalry, comparison and idealised self-images. The real emerged in moments of anxiety, frustration or trauma that disrupted these structures and either intensified or undermined motivation. Across the three individual cases, motivation remained strong when the symbolic and imaginary self-images resonated with manageable disruptions from the real, and weakened when these images misaligned or were shattered by traumatic events. In this view, motivation reflects students’ navigation of competing desires among the Chinese government, teachers, parents and themselves. References Dörnyei, Z., & Ushioda, E. (2021). Teaching and researching motivation (3rd ed.). Routledge. Lacan, J. (2006). Écrits: The first complete edition in English (B. Fink, Trans.). W. W. Norton & Company. Lacan, J. (2019). The four fundamental concepts of psychoanalysis (J.-A. Miller, Ed.; A. Sheridan, Trans.). Routledge. Lacan, J. (2021). Desire and its interpretations (J.-A. Miller, Ed.; B. Fink, Trans.). Polity Press. Nolen, S. B., Horn, I. S., & Ward, C. J. (2015). Situating motivation. Educational Psychologist, 50(3), 234–247. Norton Peirce, B. (1995). Social identity, investment, and language learning. TESOL Quarterly, 29(1), 9–31. Ushioda, E. (2009). A person-in-context relational view of emergent motivation, self and identity. In Z. Dörnyei & E. Ushioda (Eds.), Motivation, language identity and the L2 self (pp. 215–228). Multilingual Matters. Ushioda, E. (2011). Context matters: A brief commentary on the papers by Housen et al. and Muñoz. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 49(2), 187–189. Žižek, S. (2006). How to read Lacan. W. W. Norton & Company. Žižek, S. (2012). Less than nothing: Hegel and the shadow of dialectical materialism. Verso Books. Žižek, S. (2014). Event: Philosophy in transit. Penguin UK. Zuengler, J., & Miller, E. R. (2006). Cognitive and sociocultural perspectives: Two parallel SLA worlds? TESOL Quarterly, 40(1), 35–58. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 A: Graduates Outcomes Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jo Bjørkli Helgetun Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Penalties and Compensation for Skill Mismatch: An Investigation into the Impact on Employment Quality Among Engineering Graduates in China 1: Southwest University, China; 2: Peking University, China; 3: Central University of Finance and Economics, China; 4: Nanjing University, China Presenting Author:In the current era of Industry 4.0 and global digital transformation, the alignment between higher education and the labor market has become a pivotal driver for national innovation. As the provider of the world’s largest engineering education system, China presents a unique landscape where remarkable quantitative growth in STEM graduates is juxtaposed with a persistent and paradoxical skills gap. This research interrogates the Engineering Education-to-Workforce transition by analyzing the longitudinal trajectory of skill mismatch among engineering graduates from 2019 to 2023, a critical period marked by significant economic restructuring. The primary objective is to disentangle the mechanisms through which this mismatch suppresses initial wages while simultaneously reshaping the psychological well-being of early-career engineers. To examine these complex consequences, the study constructs an interdisciplinary framework that initiates a dialogue between economic and psychological paradigms. We utilize Human Capital Theory (HCT) to quantify the economic wage penalty, positing that underutilized competencies inevitably diminish marginal productivity. However, we argue that the relationship between mismatch and job satisfaction is not a linear decline. While Person-Job Fit theory predicts reduced satisfaction due to environmental misalignment, we introduce Self-Determination Theory (SDT) as a potential moderating force. This study tests the hypothesis that if workplace environments fulfill basic psychological needs—specifically autonomy, competence, and relatedness—the activation of intrinsic motivation may buffer the negative impacts of mismatch, potentially explaining high professional well-being in mismatched roles. The findings will offer critical insights that extend far beyond the Chinese context, positioning the country’s experience as a pivotal case study for the global academic community. China’s strategic shift from quantitative expansion to qualitative excellence provides a practical roadmap for other Global South nations navigating similar industrial pressures. By utilizing the O*NET database, this research ensures that "skills" are defined through a standardized global lens, facilitating direct benchmarking against the European Skills Agenda and North American STEM workforce standards. Ultimately, this study identifies universal patterns of decoupling between educational supply and industrial demand, offering evidence-based insights for international engineering education reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a quantitative research design utilizing repeated cross-sectional data from the National College Graduate Employment Survey (CGGES) conducted by the Institute of Economics of Education at Peking University. The analytical sample encompasses three waves of national surveys from 2019, 2021, and 2023, capturing dynamic labor market shifts during China’s industrial transformation. A multi-stage stratified sampling method was adopted to ensure a nationally representative sample, resulting in a final dataset of 9,919 engineering graduates across diverse institutional types, academic levels, and geographic regions. Measurement of skill mismatch is achieved through a sophisticated integration of micro-level survey data and international occupational benchmarks. On the supply side, graduates self-assessed their competency gains during higher education across cognitive, technical, and relational domains. On the demand side, skill requirement scores for graduates’ specific job positions were extracted from the O*NET database. Graduates’ job titles were mapped to ONET occupational codes through a systematic cross-walk procedure based on job descriptions. To ensure comparability between these sources, raw scores for both possessed and required skills were standardized and converted into percentiles. The Skill Mismatch Index was then constructed by calculating the difference between these percentiles, where a non-zero value indicates either over-skilled or skill under-skilled. To provide a more reliable estimate, we employ a fixed-effects strategy that accounts for unobserved variations across schools and year fixed effects. Specifically, we use this to examine how skill mismatch affects graduates' wages. For job satisfaction, we apply a Fixed-Effect Ordered Logit model to respect its ordinal nature. By controlling for school and year fixed effects, the study effectively isolates the impact of skill mismatch from other confounding socio-economic variables, ensuring the robustness of the parameter estimations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is found that skill mismatch exerts a significant negative impact on the initial wages of Chinese engineering graduates between 2019 and 2023, reflecting a substantial productivity loss consistent with Human Capital Theory. However, the psychological outcomes regarding job satisfaction present a more nuanced narrative. While Person-Job Fit theory suggests a decline in satisfaction due to environmental misalignment, this study identifies a compensatory mechanism through Self-Determination Theory (SDT). Specifically, it is expected that when workplace environments fulfill basic psychological needs—such as autonomy and competence—the resulting intrinsic motivation can act as a buffer, mitigating the adverse effects of mismatch on professional well-being. By integrating these competing perspectives, the study fills a critical void in the sparse literature concerning engineering-specific career outcomes and challenges the monolithic view of mismatch as an entirely negative phenomenon in the modern technological landscape. Beyond its theoretical contributions, the findings offer vital practical implications for stakeholders in engineering education and policy. To ensure that competency gains in higher education translate effectively into workplace productivity, institutions must foster deep integration between academia and industry, ensuring that curricula align with real-time industrial demands. Furthermore, career counseling services should be reformed to guide students in constructing realistic career expectations while emphasizing the alignment of psychological needs with job roles. Ultimately, policymakers can leverage standardized tools—such as the O*NET benchmarking utilized in this research—to establish dynamic skill-monitoring systems. Such measures would facilitate a more efficient bridge between educational supply and the evolving requirements of the labor market, promoting a more sustainable and high-quality transition for engineering talent. References Allen, J., & van der Velden, R. (2001). Educational mismatches versus skill mismatches: Effects on wages, job satisfaction, and on-the-job search. Oxford Economic Papers, 53(3), 434–452. https://doi.org/10.1093/oep/53.3.434 Becker, G. (1964). Human capital: A theoretical and empirical analysis with special reference to education. Columbia University Press. Kristof-Brown, A. L., Zimmerman, R. D., & Johnson, E. C. (2005). Consequences of individuals' fit at work: A meta-analysis of person-job, person-organization, person-group, and person-supervisor fit. Personnel Psychology, 58(2), 281–342. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6570.2005.00672.x McGuinness, S., Pouliakas, K., & Redmond, P. (2018). Skills mismatch: Concepts, measurement and policy approaches. Journal of Economic Surveys, 32(4), 985–1015. https://doi.org/10.1111/joes.12254 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Van den Broeck, A., Howard, J. L., Van Vaerenbergh, Y., Leroy, H., & Gagné, M. (2021). Beyond intrinsic and extrinsic motivation: A meta-analysis on self-determination theory's multidimensional conceptualization of work motivation. Organizational Psychology Review, 11(3), 240–273. https://doi.org/10.1177/20413866211006173 Wu, N., & Wang, Q. (2018). Wage penalty of overeducation: New micro-evidence from China. China Economic Review, 50, 206–217. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chieco.2018.04.007 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Explaining Graduate Economic Outcomes in a Congested Labour Market: The case of ISEG´s Graduates CEMAPRE - REM - ISEG, Portugal Presenting Author:There is a persistent assumption that higher education (HE) enhances graduates’ employability, economic outcomes, and wages. Consequently, graduate employability has become a central policy concern, with universities increasingly expected to equip students with labour-market-relevant skills. However, the relationship between HE and employment outcomes is increasingly contested. Many graduates experience underemployment (Purcell et al., 2013) and low wages, challenging the expectation that universities can effectively offset structural labour market constraints. As Tholen (2014a) argues, the growing reliance on HE institutions to improve employability often fails to reflect labour market realities, despite expanded employability strategies, institutional statements, and career services. Skill mismatch remains widespread among new graduates (Wilton, 2011), with many employed in positions that do not fully utilise their qualifications. At the same time, much of the existing literature adopts a narrow analytical focus, insufficiently accounting for the broader social and economic conditions shaping graduate outcomes. The graduate labour market is increasingly congested, with an oversupply of graduates contributing to overqualification (Felstead et al., 2013) and intensifying competition for graduate-level employment (Brown, 2013). These dynamics reinforce existing inequalities and constrain social mobility, as access to high-quality employment continues to be stratified by class (Ashley and Empson, 2013; Friedman et al., 2015), gender (Purcell et al., 2013), and ethnicity (Sedghi, 2014; Gorman, 2015; Morley, 2001, p. 132). In Portugal, the number of HE graduates has increased—albeit with minor fluctuations—since the end of the economic crisis in 2016/17, while graduate labour market outcomes have followed similar international trends. The expansion of graduate employment has not matched the growth in graduate supply, resulting in prolonged school-to-work transitions, greater uncertainty in employment trajectories, declining wage premiums relative to non-graduates, and rising wage inequality among graduates. Extended transition periods hinder skill accumulation and contribute to human capital depreciation, representing efficiency losses for both individuals and society. In this context, lower wages and increasing inequality have weakened graduates’ bargaining power, calling into question the economic returns of HE credentials. Understanding the factors shaping the transition from university to the labour market is therefore critical for improving resource allocation and promoting societal well-being. This paper examines the determinants of the economic outcomes of graduates from ISEG (Lisbon School of Economics and Management), adopting a multidimensional framework. We assume that macroeconomic conditions, labour market context, individual characteristics, family socioeconomic status (SES), educational trajectory, institution attended, and level of qualification constitute a complex and interrelated set of influences on graduate outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis draws on survey data collected from ISEG HE graduates 12 and 18 months after graduation, combined with administrative data on students’ individual and socioeconomic characteristics. The survey includes information on pre-graduation work experience, employment status, duration of transition into the labour market, job-search intensity, match between field of study and job requirements, satisfaction with the contribution of ISEG training to professional performance, and type of employment contract. The administrative dataset provides information on individual background, SES, and HE trajectories. National unemployment rates are also incorporated into the analysis. The final sample consists of 307 valid questionnaires. Statistical analyses will be conducted using SPSS, employing descriptive and inferential techniques to identify the factors significantly associated with graduates’ economic outcomes in the labour market. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect to find a negative association between graduates’ economic outcomes and national unemployment rates, transition length, social class, age, and female gender, alongside a positive association with parental education, pre-graduation work experience, skills–job match, and satisfaction with training relevance. We further anticipate that institutional employability initiatives, including employability statements and career services, will have limited measurable effects on graduates’ labour market outcomes. References Ashley L., Empson L. (2013). ‘Differentiation and Discrimination: Understanding Social Class and Social Exclusion in Leading Law Firms’ Human Relations 66:219–44. Brown, P. (2013). Education, opportunity and the prospects for social mobility. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34, 678–700. Brown, P., Lauder, H., & Cheung, S. Y. (2019). The death of human capital? New York: Felstead, A., D. Gallie, F. Green and H. Inanc (2013 ). Skills At Work In Britain: First Findings from the Skills and Employment Survey London, Centre for Learning and Life Chances in Knowledge Economies and Societies, Institute of Education. Friedman, S., Laurison, D. and Miles, A. (2015), Breaking the ‘class’ ceiling? Social mobility into Britain's elite occupations. The Sociological Review, 63: 259–289 Gorman, E. (2015) Getting ahead in professional organizations: individual qualities, socioeconomic background and organizational context. Journal of Professions and Organization. doi: 10.1093/jpo/jov001 Ignacio, J., Pastor, M.(2017) Employability of higher education graduates in Spain: crisis and new challenges, Forum Sociológico, 31 (Série II), pp. 21-36. DOI:10.4000/sociologico.1829 Lauder, H. Lauder & Mayhew, K. (2020) Higher education and the labour market: an Introduction, Oxford Review of Education, 46:1, 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2019.1699714 Wells, P. J., Florea, S. (2015) Navigating the Transition from Higher Education to the Labour Market: A Wake-Up Call for University Students, Management of Sustainable Development Sibiu, Volume 7(2), December. DOI 10.1515/msd-2015-0028 Pelinescu E., Simionescu M. (2019) Higher Education Policies and Employability of University Graduates in the EU-28, Journal of Intercultural Management, 11(3), September pp. 105–133. DOI 10.2478/joim-2019-0020. Purcell K, et al. (2012) Futuretrack Stage 4: transitions into employment, further study and other outcomes. Warwick: The Institute for Employment Research, University of Warwick. Sedghi, A. (2014) Ethnic minorities face barriers to social mobility and job opportunities. Guardian 12 June http://www.theguardian.com/education/2014/jun/12/ethnic-minorities-social-mobilityemployment Teichler, Ulrich (2002) Tertiary Education and Management, 8: 199–216, © 2002 Kluwer Academic Publishers. Tholen, G. (2014a) The Changing Nature of the Graduate Labour Market: Media, Policy and Political Discourses in the UK. Basingstoke: Palgrave MacMillan. Tholen, G. and Brown, P. (2017). Higher Education and the Myths of Graduate Employability. In: Waller, R., Ingram, N. and Ward, M.R.M. (Eds.), Higher Education and Social Inequalities: University Admissions, Experiences and Outcomes. Sociological Futures, 1-22. UK: Routledge. ISBN 1138212881. Wilton, N. (2011) Do employability skills really matter in the graduate labour market? The case of business and management graduates. Work, Employment and Society 25(1), pp. 85-100. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Graduate Employability in Undergraduate Vocational Education: Insights from the Graduate Capital Model The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:In recent years, rapid technological advancement has reshaped the nature of work. Pham and Jackson (2020, pp. 22-25) depicted the modern labour market with three major characteristics of “a knowledge-based economy, labour mobility, and new work arrangements and patterns”. This has distinguished the need for a relatively large share of highly educated and competent young skilled workforce (ILO, 2022). Furthermore, higher education continues to demonstrate a positive association with labour market outcomes for individuals (OECD, 2023). However, traditional academic programs may not fully address employers’ contemporary requirements and expectations (Tushar & Sooraksa, 2023). On the other hand, the global massification of higher education since the mid-20th century has dramatically increased the number of undergraduates entering labour markets. There are growing concerns about an imbalance between graduates and employment opportunities, leading to graduates being unemployed, underemployed, or overeducated (e.g., Hao & Wang, 2022; Marques et al., 2022). ILO (2024) highlights that these youth employment challenges may hinder economic growth, constrain opportunities for social mobility, and affect poverty alleviation efforts, particularly in developing economies. Individually, young people as NEET (Not in Employment, Education or Training) may feel growing anxiety to push themselves towards extremism, and experience “scarring effects” that could undermine their wages and future career development. Thus, enhancing graduate employability, i.e., the ability of graduates to secure, maintain, and succeed in changing labour markets (Tomlinson & Holmes, 2017), has become a critical mission for higher education worldwide (Abelha et al., 2020). Most nations have redirected their attention towards vocational education, endorsing it to revitalise the economy and enable just transitions to digital and green economies (Cedefop, 2020). This shift has led to the emergence of academic education with a vocational focus and/or elevated vocational education to the tertiary level. An expanding body of literature has discussed graduate employability as a multifaceted concept. Tomlinson (2017) extended Bourdieu’s theory of capital (1986) to conceptualize the Graduate Capital Model, which comprises five interconnected dimensions: human, social, cultural, identity, and psychological capital, to depict graduate employability. In Tomlinson’s Graduate Capital Model, human capital denotes the knowledge, skills, and competencies that graduates acquire through education and training. Social capital encompasses the networks and relationships that graduates build and maintain. Cultural capital involves the accumulation of knowledge, behaviours, and dispositions that align with the workplace's cultural norms and values. Identity Capital refers to the personal investment graduates make in their career development. It encompasses the formation of work identities, career goals, and personal narratives that enable graduates to present themselves as employable candidates. Identity capital is crucial for career planning and setting oneself apart in the job market. Psychological capital refers to psychological resources, e.g., resilience, self-efficacy, adaptability, and optimism. These forms of capital interact with one another, enriching graduates’ overall employability and aiding their successful transition into the labour market. Against this backdrop, this study sheds light on the role of higher vocational education in building and developing graduates’ employability by drawing on Tomlinson’s Graduate Capital Model (2017) and identifying countermeasures for higher education institutions to enhance graduate employability by identifying deficiencies in different forms of graduate capital from diverse perspectives. This study aims to explore the employability of vocational undergraduates in China, a field that remains under-researched. with the aim of enhancing the adapted Scale’s utility for graduates’ self-assessment and informing pedagogical and institutional strategies that support graduates’ successful education-to-work transition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods approach with an explanatory sequential research design was employed to investigate the graduate employability landscape of vocational undergraduates in China through the lens of the Graduate Capital Model (Tomlinson, 2017). This study targeted 33 vocational universities in China that had final-year students and graduates as of 2025. Those are clustered into three groups based on their location’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) per capita: developed, developing, and underdeveloped regions, since vocational education is sensitive to local contexts and local economic development has a great impact on higher vocational education. There are discrepancies in the development of higher vocational education in different regions of China (Wang et al., 2024). Through stratified random sampling, a total of 751 valid responses were collected in the quantitative strand using an online survey based on the validated and adapted 6-point Likert Graduate Capital Scale for multiple regression analysis. The original 45-item scale is grounded in Tomlinson’s Graduate Capital Model and was initially validated among students at elite universities in the United Kingdom. It has been contextually adapted (Li & Wright, 2025) through expert panel review and quantitatively validated in China’s undergraduate vocational education. The translated and adapted scale, comprising 33 items distributed across five interconnected forms of capital, was used to examine the graduate employability of vocational undergraduates and its association with labour market outcomes. Subsequently, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 36 final-year students and graduates, purposively recruited from the survey respondents, to provide supplementary qualitative insights into how employability is formed and developed within the context of undergraduate vocational education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed a consistent pattern of cumulative and reciprocal relationships among the five forms of capital underpinning the Graduate Capital Model, indicating that vocational undergraduates’ employability develops through an interconnected and evolving system of resources. Vocational undergraduates’ social networks were largely shaped by the knowledge, skills, and competencies they had acquired through education, and partially influenced by their exposure to professional norms and cultural values. Conversely, the development of vocational undergraduates’ acquired knowledge and skills is closely tied to the strength of their social networks and access to relational resources, suggesting a mutually reinforcing dynamic. Vocational undergraduates’ cultural understanding, self-concept, and psychological adaptability were found to operate as interconnected dimensions of graduate employability, each influencing and being influenced by the others. Within the Graduate Capital Model, human capital emerged as the principal driver of labour market outcomes, reflecting the enduring value of knowledge, skills, and competencies acquired through education in shaping labour market returns. While the other capitals did not demonstrate direct effects on labour market outcomes, they appeared to moderate or reinforce the influence of human capital, further highlighting the relational interdependence among capitals. Overall, the findings reaffirm that Graduate Capital, as an integrated and context-sensitive construct, significantly predicts graduates’ labour market outcomes, underscoring the complex and relational nature of graduate employability. This study extends the applicability of Tomlinson’s Graduate Capital Model to undergraduate vocational education in China and confirms it as a flexible and contextually sensitive framework for understanding employability across diverse cultural and educational systems. In light of global challenges facing youth employment and equity in access to opportunity, this study provides transferable insights for the higher education system navigating reform, particularly in emerging economies, to align vocational pathways with evolving labour market demands within and beyond European contexts. References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–259). Greenwood Press. Cedefop (2020). Osnabrück Declaration on vocational education and training as an enabler of recovery and just transitions to digital and green economies. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/osnabrueck_declaration_eu2020.pdf Hao, Z., & Wang, Y. (2022). Education signaling, effort investments, and the market’s expectations: Theory and experiment on China’s higher education expansion. China Economic Review, 75, Article 101848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chieco.2022.101848 ILO (2022). Global employment trends for youth 2022: Investing in transforming futures for young people. https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---dgreports/---dcomm/---publ/documents/publication/wcms_853329.pdf ILO (2024). Global employment trends for youth 2024: Decent work, brighter futures. https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/2024-08/GET_2024_ExecSum_EN_0.pdf Li, J., & Wright, E. (2025). Revisiting the Graduate Capital Scale: A Cross-Cultural Examination for China’s Undergraduate Vocational Graduates’ Employability. Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Higher Education Advances (HEAd’25), Spain, 676-682. https://doi.org/10.4995/HEAd25.2025.20166 Marques, P., Suleman, F., & Costa, J. M. (2022). Moving beyond supply-side arguments to explain over-qualification: The ability to absorb graduates in different models of capitalism. European Journal of Education, 57(2), 342-360. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12500 OECD (2023). Education at a glance 2023: OECD indicators. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en Pham, T., & Jackson, D. (2020). The need to develop graduate employability for a globalized world. In T. L. Huu Nghia, T. Pham, M. Tomlinson, K. Medica, & C. Thompson (Eds.), Developing and utilizing employability capitals (1st ed., pp. 237-255). Routledge. Tomlinson, M. (2017). Forms of graduate capital and their relationship to graduate employability. Education + Training, 59(4), 338-352. http://www.emeraldinsight.com/0040-0912.htm Tomlinson, M., & Holmes, L. (Eds.) (2017). Graduate employability in context. Palgrave Macmillan. Tomlinson, M., Port, A., Maguire, N., Zabelski, A. E., Butnaru, A., Charles, M., & Kirby, S. (2022). Developing graduate employability for a challenging labour market: The validation of the graduate capital scale”, Journal of Applied Research in Higher Education, 14(3), 1198-1209. https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-04-2021-0151 Tushar, H., & Sooraksa, N. (2023). Global employability skills in the 21st century workplace: A semi-systematic literature review. Heliyon, 9, Article e21023. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e21023 Wang, Y., Yin, X., & Zhu, Y. (2024). A study of the impact of economic development across China on higher vocational education. Journal of Education Humanities and Social Sciences, 26, 296-303. https://doi.org/10.54097/0wdeqv07 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Fields of Study and Dual Returns: Market and Institutional Pathways for Rural Higher Education Students in China University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper examines how fields of study shape differentiated pathways of upward mobility for rural-origin university graduates, with a particular focus on the interaction between market-based and institutionally mediated returns to higher education. While research on higher education stratification has convincingly demonstrated that subject fields are associated with unequal labour-market outcomes, existing work has largely concentrated on earnings and occupational status (Yu & Hseih, 2022; Minaya et al., 2024). Much less attention has been paid to how subject differentiation structures access to state-allocated resources and institutional status, particularly in contexts where education functions as a key channel of institutional inclusion beyond labour-market outcomes. Using China as an empirical case, this study asks: through what pathways do rural-origin higher education graduates achieve upward mobility, and how do different fields of study shape these pathways? Specifically, it investigates how subject choices generate differentiated economic returns (income) and institutional returns, operationalised as access to urban hukou and political incorporation, and how these outcomes are mediated by graduates’ employment in subject-related sectors. The paper adopts a dual-pathway framework, distinguishing between market-based returns and institutional returns to education. This framework builds on research on horizontal stratification in higher education, which shows that qualitative differentiation, such as fields of study, shapes life chances beyond educational level or institutional prestige (Agbonlahor, 2025; Sullivan et al., 2018). While the Effectively Maintained Inequality (EMI) perspective highlights the importance of qualitative distinctions under educational expansion (Lucas, 2001), most empirical applications have focused on market outcomes in Western contexts. This study extends the framework by systematically incorporating non-market and institutional outcomes into the analysis of field-specific returns. China provides a particularly informative case for education researchers because it represents a hybrid institutional environment in which market mechanisms coexist with strong state involvement in allocating educational and social opportunities. A central institutional mechanism in this context is the hukou (household registration) system, which regulates access to public services, welfare benefits, and formal employment in urban areas (Wu & Treiman, 2004). For rural-origin students, higher education functions not only as a means of skill acquisition but also as a pathway to institutional inclusion, with access to urban hukou reshaping long-term educational, occupational, and family trajectories (Bian & Li, 2014; Xiao & Bian, 2018). To explain these patterns, the paper draws on Bourdieu’s analysis of institutional reproduction and Collins’s theory of credentialism and position competition. From a Bourdieusian perspective, higher education is structured by the dual-polarised matrix of institutional reproduction of the “state nobility” (Bourdieu, 1998). One pole is oriented towards science and knowledge, while the other is oriented towards administration and economic power. Fields of study are unevenly positioned within this structure, channelling graduates into distinct market-oriented or institution-oriented pathways. Within this framework, market-oriented pathways emphasise the conversion of field-specific skills into earnings, with returns shaped by industry demand. Institutional pathways, by contrast, operate through state recognition of credentials and access to administratively allocated resources. Collins’s theory of credentialism further highlights that, under educational expansion, credentials function as mechanisms of positional competition rather than neutral indicators of productivity (Collins, 2019). Together, these perspectives show how field-specific stratification operates through both market valuation and institutional allocation. By discussing institutional returns alongside income outcomes, this study adds to European debates on higher education, social inclusion, and inequality. Although the hukou system is specific to China, the paper advances a transferable analytical framework for understanding how fields of study shape access to welfare, public-sector employment, and civic incorporation in different national contexts. In doing so, it contributes to ECER discussions on how education systems mediate social mobility within diverse institutional arrangements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data This study draws on data from the Chinese Household Income Project (CHIP) 2018, a nationally representative survey that provides detailed information on individuals’ educational trajectories, labour-market outcomes, household background, and institutional status. The 2018 sample is drawn from the 2013 Urban-Rural Integrated Household Survey database conducted by the National Bureau of Statistics (2025), which covers 160,000 households across all 31 provinces of China (Beijing Normal University, n.d.). The analytical sample consists of individuals born between 1960 and 1995 who obtained higher education and originated from rural areas, defined by hukou status at birth. Focusing on multiple birth cohorts enables the analysis to capture changes in the returns to fields of study across different stages of China’s higher education expansion and market reform. The sample is further restricted to individuals observed after entry into the labour market, ensuring that both economic and institutional outcomes can be meaningfully assessed. Key independent variables include fields of study, categorised into STEM, law/ economics/ management (LEM), and humanities. The main outcome variables capture two dimensions of returns to education: market returns, measured by individual income, and institutional returns, operationalised as the acquisition of urban hukou status by 18 – 25-year-olds. Additional variables include industry of employment, cohorts, demographic characteristics, and family background measures. Sampling weights are applied to ensure national representativeness. Analytical Approach First, the study estimates the association between fields of study and income returns using multivariate regression models, controlling for individual characteristics, cohort effects, and family background. This step establishes patterns of horizontal stratification in market outcomes among rural-origin graduates. Second, the analysis examines institutional returns by modelling the likelihood of obtaining urban hukou as a function of field of study. Next, to capture the joint distribution of market and institutional returns, the study constructs a combined outcome typology that classifies graduates according to their income level and hukou status. This classification enables a more integrated assessment of upward mobility, revealing how different fields of study lead to distinct combinations of labour-market position and institutional mobility. Finally, the study investigates mechanisms by examining the role of employment in field-related industries. Mediation effect and moderation effect are tested to assess whether and how industry matching differentially channels market and institutional returns across subject groups. Heckman two-step estimation is used as a robustness check. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examines how fields of study shape differentiated returns to higher education for rural-origin students in China, focusing on economic and institutional dimensions of status attainment. By comparing income and urban hukou transfer, the analysis shows that subject choice produces distinct configurations of socio-economic status rather than a single hierarchy of advantage within China’s hybrid system. Economic returns decline from STEM to law, economics and management, and to humanities, consistent with evidence from other countries (e.g. Britton et al., 2022). In contrast, institutional returns increase in the same order. Thus, subject choices structure mobility through different combinations of market positioning and institutional inclusion, meaning wage-based evaluations overlook key inequalities operating through other channels. These outcomes are mediated by employment in subject-related industries. STEM graduates’ income advantages materialise mainly when they work in STEM-related sectors (Kinsler & Pavan, 2015). By contrast, humanities graduates’ higher likelihood of hukou transfer reflects their greater propensity to enter institutionally related occupations. Historically, humanities subjects held a central position in China’s educational tradition and were linked to bureaucratic status and symbolic prestige (Hayhoe, 2001). This legacy persisted in the early reform period, when humanities graduates had higher hukou transfer rates, even for those from junior colleges. In line with market transition, this institutional advantage weakened, while STEM became the main pathway to high income, but with limited institutional returns. In conclusion, these findings offer a new perspective on educational stratification in contexts where market and institutional logics coexist. It contributes to international debates on higher education and social mobility by highlighting how fields of study channel graduates into different modes of stratification depending on the institutional environment. This research calls for a broader conceptualisation of educational returns related to historical legacies and state involvement in the allocation of social opportunities. References Agbonlahor, O. (2025). What’s an academic discipline worth? Analyzing economic, subjective, and class identity returns to higher education. European Journal of Education Studies, 12(6). Beijing Normal University. (n.d.-a). China Household Income Distribution Survey Database. School of Economics and Business Administration, Beijing Normal University. https://bs.bnu.edu.cn/zgjmsrfpdcsjk/sjjs/index.html Bian, Y., & Li, Y. (2014). Institutional transition and the transformation of hukou status: Changing micro-level mechanisms of “rural-to-urban” conversion. Journal of Sun Yat-sen University (Social Science Edition), 54(4), 1–12. Bourdieu, P. (1998). The State Nobility: Elite Schools in the Field of Power. Stanford CA: Stanford University Press. Britton, J., van der Erve, L., Belfield, C., Vignoles, A., Dickson, M., Zhu, Y., Walker, I., Dearden, L., Sibieta, L., & Buscha, F. (2022). How much does degree choice matter? Labour Economics, 79, 102268. Collins, R. (2019). The Credential Society: An Historical Sociology of Education and Stratification. Columbia University Press. Hayhoe, R. (2001). Lessons from the Chinese academy. In Knowledge Across Cultures: A Contribution to the Dialogue among Civilizations, edited by Ruth Hayhoe and Julia Pan (Hong Kong: Comparative Education Research Centre, 2001), pp. 334-370. Kinsler, J., & Pavan, R. (2015). The specificity of general human capital: Evidence from college major choice. Journal of Labor Economics, 33(4), 933-972. Lucas, S. R. (2001). Effectively maintained inequality: Education transitions, track mobility, and social background effects. American journal of sociology, 106(6), 1642-1690. Minaya, V., Scott-Clayton, J., & Zhou, R. Y. (2024). Heterogeneity in labor market returns to master’s degrees: Evidence from Ohio. Research in Higher Education, 65(5), 775-793. Sullivan, A., Parsons, S., Green, F., Wiggins, R. D., & Ploubidis, G. (2018). Elite universities, fields of study and top salaries: Which degree will make you rich?. British Educational Research Journal, 44(4), 663-680. Wu, X., & Treiman, D. J. (2004). The household registration system and social stratification in China: 1955–1996. Demography, 41(2), 363-384. Xiao, Y., & Bian, Y. (2018). The influence of hukou and college education in China’s labour market. Urban Studies, 55(7), 1504-1524. Yu, P., & Hsieh, T. L. (2022). Social stratification in higher education investment: An analysis of students’ choices of college majors and pathways to future labor-market outcomes in Taiwan. International Journal of Educational Research, 113, 101953. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 B: Teaching and Learning Approaches and Innovations Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Graham Cagney Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Teacher–Student Mutual Reactivity in University Classroom Interaction: Evidence from Pre-service Teacher Education Tomas Bata University In Zlín, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Higher education is widely regarded as a natural setting for active and critically stimulating teaching and learning, drawing on a wide range of instructional practices that support deep learning and students’ critical engagement (Hermann, 2013). In recent years, increasing attention has been paid in higher education to students’ active engagement in the teaching and learning process as one of the key prerequisites for high-quality learning and professional development. From this perspective, good teaching is understood as teaching that encourages students to actively discuss subject matter, thereby providing them with sufficient opportunities to practise sophisticated communicative skills that may become their cognitive habits (Šeďová, Šalamounová, Švaříček, et al., 2019). This emphasis is particularly significant in the context of pre-service teacher education (Simpson, 2016), where university teaching not only mediates disciplinary knowledge but also models pedagogical approaches that future teachers may later transfer into their own instructional practice. This study focuses on how university teachers create opportunities for student participation through their interactional practices and on how students themselves actively contribute to the teaching and learning process. Teaching and learning are understood as a process of co-creation, in which knowledge, meanings, and learning opportunities are jointly constructed through dialogic interaction between teachers and students, rather than being unilaterally transmitted from expert to novice. The study is grounded in sociocultural and dialogic perspectives on learning, which conceptualize learning as a socially situated process emerging through interaction. Drawing on Nystrand’s (2001) concept of mutual reactivity, productive classroom dialogue is understood as a sequence of interconnected exchanges in which participants respond to and build upon each other’s contributions, rather than merely reproducing predetermined answers. Examining mutual reactivity in higher education classrooms is important because it illuminates micro-level interactional mechanisms that enable or constrain student engagement. By focusing on how teachers and students respond to one another in real time, research on mutual reactivity moves beyond static descriptions of participation and captures the dynamic, co-constructed nature of pedagogical communication. Understanding these interactional processes is particularly relevant in university teaching, where dialogic practices are often assumed but not systematically examined to the same extent. The findings of this study contribute to a deeper understanding of how dialogic and responsive teaching is enacted in practice and how specific interactional strategies support students’ active involvement in learning. From a practical perspective, the findings may contribute to the professional development of university teachers by offering empirically grounded insights into communicative practices that promote student participation, support deeper learning, and model dialogic approaches that future teachers can transfer into their own pedagogical practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using an ethnographic approach to explore everyday teaching practices, the research was conducted within the context of undergraduate teacher education at universities in the Czech Republic. The sample consisted of nine tutors teaching core courses to pre-service teachers. Data collection involved two methods: i. seminar lessons were video-recorded (two lessons captured for each tutor) and transcribed verbatim; and ii. semi-structured interviews were conducted with each tutor following the recorded lessons in order to reflect on the observed teaching practices. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The first stage of data analysis involved a series of quantitative analyses aimed to objectively assess students’ active participation in the classroom. Basic participation metrics were measured, specifically the number of students who spoke at least once during a given lesson. In the second step, the duration of both student and teacher utterances in each lesson was examined. The quantitative analysis aimed to provide an objective evaluation of students’ active participation in higher education classrooms, based on the premise that learning is significantly more effective when students are actively involved in the dialogic co-construction of meaning (Wells & Arauz, 2006). Empirical studies indicate that the more students talk, discuss, and engage in argumentation, the better they learn and the more motivated they are to study (Baber, 2020; Bernard et al., 2009). The next step of the analysis involved coding the conversational moves of individual participants. Transcripts of the lessons were utilized for this purpose. In coding the conversational moves, we followed the framework outlined by Hardman (2016). Each utterance was classified as either a teacher initiation (open/closed question), a student response (no response, phrase, simple sentence, elaborated response), or teacher feedback. As Aranda et al. (2018) note, teacher initiation moves enable students to enter classroom discussions, and the cognitive complexity of teachers’ questions influences the length of student responses. This suggests that the type of teacher question may affect quantity and quality of student utterances. Accordingly, we conducted a pairing of the research results, examining the relationship between teacher questions and student responses. The final phase of analysis involved qualitative analysis, aimed at exploring how students engage in classroom communication spontaneously, without teacher prompts (codes: student question, student comment, and student experience during the lesson), and how teachers respond to them. Together, these quantitative and qualitative analytical procedures provided a comprehensive account of classroom interaction and student participation in higher education teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that the distribution of talk in university classrooms is uneven, with teacher talk remaining dominant. At the same time, substantial differences were observed among teachers in terms of the level of student participation, indicating that teaching practices play a decisive role in shaping interactional dynamics. Higher levels of student engagement were associated with dialogic communication approaches, whereas predominantly monologic teaching resulted in limited student participation. The analysis further showed that closed questions with low cognitive demand prevail in classroom discourse; however, these questions tend to result in limited or no student responses. In contrast, open-ended questions were more likely to prompt elaborated student contributions. Spontaneous student initiatives—such as comments, questions, and the sharing of experiences—emerged as important indicators of active participation, particularly when teachers acknowledged and integrated these contributions into the ongoing instructional discourse. These findings are consistent with previous research emphasizing dialogic teaching as a key factor in promoting student engagement. Several studies (Abdulah et al., 2012; Mundt & Hänze, 2022) recommend that university teachers actively invite student contributions, value diverse responses, and incorporate students’ ideas into classroom interaction. Integrating student contributions not only enhances students’ involvement in learning but also supports their understanding, interpretation of content, and development of critical thinking skills. Similarly, Sybing (2021) highlights dialogic opportunities in teacher–student interaction that facilitate the co-construction of knowledge, such as positioning students at the center of dialogue, validating their responses, and fostering a supportive classroom climate. Overall, the present study underscores that active student participation in higher education is largely shaped by teachers’ interactional choices and their ability to create dialogic spaces that sustain and develop student engagement. References Abdullah, M. Y., Abu Bakar, N. R. A. & Mahbob, M. H. (2012). The Dynamics of Student Participation in Classroom: Observation on Level and forms of Participation. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, Vol. 59, p. 61-70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.09.246 Aranda, M. L., Lie, R., Guzey, S. S., Makarsu, M., Johnsn, A. & Moore, T. J. (2018). Examining Teacher Talk in an Engineering Design-Based Science Curricural Unit. Research in Science Education, Vol. 50, p. 469-487. Baber, H. (2020). Determinants of students’ perceived learning outcome and satisfaction in online learning during the pandemic of COVID-19. Journal of Education and e-Learning Research, Vol. 7 (3), p. 285–292. https://doi.org/10.20448/journal.509.2020.73.285.292 Bernard, R. M., Abrami, P. C., Borokhovski, E., Wade, C. A., Tamim, R. M., Surkes, M. A., & Bethel, E. C. (2009). A meta-analysis of three types of interaction treatments in distance education. Review of Educational research, Vol. 79(3), p. 1243–1289. Hardman J. (2016). Tutor–student interaction in seminar teaching: Implications for professional development. Active Learning in Higher Education, Vol. 17, (1), p. https://doi.org/10.1177/1469787415616728 Hermann, K. (2013). The impact of cooperative learning on student engagement: Results from an intervention. Active Learning in Higher Education, Vol. 14 (3). https://doi.org/10.1177/1469787413498035 Mundt, E., & Hänze, M. (2022). Course characteristics influencing students’ oral participation in higher education. Learning Environments Research. Vol. 26, p. 427-444. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-022-09437-7 Nystrand, M., Gamoran, A., & Carbonaro, W. (2001). On the Ecology of Classroom Instruction: The Case of Writing in High School English and Social Studies. In P. Tynjala, L. Mason, & K. Londa (Eds.), Writing as a Learning Tool (pp. 57- 81). Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-94-010-0740-5_5 Simpson, A (2016). Designing pedagogic strategies for dialogic learning in higher education. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 25 (2), p. 135-151. https://doi.org/10.1080/1475939X.2015.1038580 Sybing, R. (2021). Examining dialogic opportunities in teacher-student interaction: An ethnographic observation of the language classroom. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 28, 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2021.100492 Šeďová, K., Šalamounová Z., Švaříček, R., Sedláček M., Majcík, M. & Navrátilová, J. (2019). Výuková komunikace. Brno: Masarykova univerzita. Wells, G., & Arauz, R. M. (2006). Dialogue in the Classroom. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15, 379-428. http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls1503_3 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Simulating Success: A Mixed-Methods Analysis of Clinical Simulations as Situated Knowledge Production in Communication Disorders Training and Education Achva Academic College, Israel Presenting Author:In the contemporary landscape of higher education, the production and distribution of professional knowledge are increasingly conditioned by what may be termed a "poly-crisis": a confluence of diminishing clinical placement opportunities and heightened trainee-to-trainer ratios. As clinical placements become scarce due to socio-economic and geographic peripheries, higher education institutions must innovate to ensure the development of "situated" professional competence. This study investigates the effectiveness of clinical simulations—a high-fidelity pedagogical tool—in fostering professional efficacy and managing the psychological dynamics of stress among students in Communication Disorders (CD). Drawing on Bandura’s (1997) theoretical framework, professional efficacy is defined as a student’s belief in their ability to master professional tasks and meet clinical challenges. Scientific knowledge in clinical fields is not merely an abstract set of rules; it is a lived, "time- and place-bound" performance. Simulations provide a "safe" yet realistic ecosystem where this knowledge is taken up by its users through cycles of experience, feedback, and reflection. This research explores whether these simulations successfully mediate the transition from academic theory to clinical readiness, particularly regarding interpersonal therapeutic skills and professional identity, and thus is relevant to all CD practitioners, regardless of their institution of learning. This investigation employed a mixed-methods design involving 64 first- and second-year CD students. Quantitative data were gathered via a customized Professional Efficacy Questionnaire (adapted from the SLP-CSEI) and self-reported stress scales administered pre- and post-simulation. The qualitative dimension utilized semi-structured interviews with 21 participants, analyzed through phenomenological content analysis to capture the "lived experience" of the simulation. Quantitative results indicated a robust and statistically significant increase in both general and simulation-specific professional efficacy. For general efficacy, mean scores rose from M=3.59 to M=3.99 (p<.001,d=0.73), demonstrating a large effect size. Interestingly, while the quantitative data showed no significant reduction in immediate stress levels, the qualitative findings revealed a more nuanced reality. Students described simulations as "emotionally charged" threshold experiences. Six core themes emerged from the qualitative analysis: the emotional response to participation, observation as a form of "embodied learning," the instructor as an affective-cognitive scaffold, navigating complex communication with families, the emergence of professional identity, and the development of empathic communication. The findings suggest that simulations serve as a "lived crucible" where theoretical knowledge merges with practice. Crucially, the study highlights that observation is not a passive act but a deeply "embodied" form of learning where students experience vicarious stress and rehearse emotional regulation. Furthermore, the role of the moderator as a "scaffold" was identified as essential for transforming raw experience into reflective insight. Despite the high economic cost—estimated at three times the cost of traditional placements—the study justifies simulations as a necessary intervention in a shifting academic ecosystem. By fostering professional identity and empathic dialogue in a controlled environment, simulations address the need for creative and caring education research that prepares professionals for a complex, fluctuating world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilized a concurrent mixed-methods design, integrating quantitative hypothesis testing with qualitative phenomenology to explore the subjective experiences of CD students. Participants: The sample comprised of 64 unique students (62 female, 2 male) aged 20–30 (M=23.5), predominantly in their first or second year of a Communication Disorders program. For the qualitative phase, 21 female students volunteered for semi-structured interviews. Procedure and Context: Simulations were embedded within the clinical practicum rather than academic coursework, focusing on seven clinical areas: case history taking, Autism, Stuttering, Special Education, Developmental Communication Disorders, and Adult Neurological Disorders. Each workshop featured a 5–7 minute interaction between a student volunteer and a professional actor portraying a family member or colleague, while the remaining students observed. Every session concluded with a formal debriefing led by a content expert and a simulation specialist. Instrumentation: 1. Professional Efficacy: A customized version of the Speech-Language Pathology Clinical Self-Efficacy Inventory (SLP-CSEI) was used, focusing on communication, collaboration, and counseling. 2. Stress Measure: A 5-point Likert scale measured self-reported stress before and after the session. 3. Qualitative Interviews: Semi-structured protocols addressed expectations, emotional experiences, and reflections on professional growth. Data Analysis: Quantitative analysis utilized Linear Mixed-Effects Models (LMM) to account for the nested structure of data (91 paired observations from 64 participants). This approach adjusted for individual differences and variations across the seven simulation types. Frequentist p-values were supplemented with Bayes Factors (BF10) to quantify the strength of evidence for observed changes. Qualitative data were processed through content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), which involved coding meaningful segments, identifying categories related to stress and efficacy, and consolidating these into recurring themes. To ensure data quality, quantitative analysis was performed both with and without smaller subgroups (e.g., Special Education) to confirm the stability of the findings. This multimodal approach ensured that the "how" of knowledge uptake was investigated alongside the "what" of skill acquisition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research confirms that clinical simulations are a highly effective, albeit resource-intensive, component of professional training in higher education. The primary pedagogical contribution is the finding that simulations significantly enhance professional efficacy by providing "mastery experiences" and "vicarious learning" opportunities early in the training sequence. While simulations do not necessarily mitigate immediate stress, they function as "productive stress" environments—a "stretch zone" that promotes learning without reaching the "panic zone". The study offers several critical insights for the "Network 22" subtheme of teaching and supervision: 1. The Scaffolding Presence: The moderator’s role is not merely evaluative but serves as an affective-cognitive scaffold, enabling students to transform vulnerability into relational competence. 2. Observation as Embodied Pedagogy: Higher education must re-evaluate the role of the observer. Observation fosters analytical distancing and empathic identification, proving to be a deeply active form of knowledge production. 3. Justifying the Ecosystem: In an economic climate where simulations cost three times more than traditional placements, their value lies in providing exposure to complex, low-frequency clinical scenarios that a standard practicum cannot guarantee. 4. Empathy as a Situated Skill: Simulations successfully bridge the gap between abstract technical knowledge and the "empathic dialogue" required in real-world professional practice. Ultimately, this study demonstrates that education research can be "creative and caring" by prioritizing psychological safety and professional identity. By situating learning within authentic emotional challenges, higher education institutions can better equip students to navigate the complexities of their future professions in a world of flux. References • Alinier, G. (2007). A typology of educationally focused medical simulation tools. Medical Teacher, 29(8), e243-e250. • Bandura, A. (Ed.). (1997). Self-efficacy in changing societies. Cambridge University Press. • Biggs, J. (2012). What the student does: teaching for enhanced learning. Higher Education Research & Development, 31, 39–55. • Bosse, T., Gerritsen, C., de Man, J., & Treur, J. (2012). Measuring Stress-Reducing Effects of Virtual Training Based on Subjective Response. In Neural Information Processing (pp. 313-320). Springer. • Carter, M. D. (2019). The effects of computer-based simulations on speech-language pathology student performance. Journal of Communication Disorders, 77, 44-55. • Decker, S., Sportsman, S., Puetz, L., & Billings, L. (2008). The evolution of simulation and its contribution to competency. The Journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 39(2), 74-80. • Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115. • Golombick, A. Z., Zukerman, G., & Icht, M. (2024). Exploring the impact of stuttering simulation‐based learning and personality traits on clinical self‐efficacy and professional interest among speech–language pathology students. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 59(6), 2737-2751. • Ignacio, J., Dolmans, D., Scherpbier, A., Rethans, J. J., Chan, S., & Liaw, S. Y. (2016). Stress and anxiety management strategies in health professions' simulation training: a review of the literature. BMJ Simulation & Technology Enhanced Learning, 2(2), 42-46. • McGaghie, W. C., Issenberg, S. B., Petrusa, E. R., & Scalese, R. J. (2010). A critical review of simulation‐based medical education research: 2003–2009. Medical Education, 44(1), 50-63. • Nagdee, N., Sebothoma, B., Madahana, M., Khoza-Shangase, K., & Moroe, N. (2022). Simulations as a mode of clinical training in healthcare professions: A scoping review to guide planning in speech-language pathology and audiology during the COVID-19 pandemic and beyond. South African Journal of Communication Disorders, 69(2), a905. • Ormerod, E., & Mitchell, C. (2024). Evaluation of a pilot to introduce simulated learning activities to support speech and language therapy students’ clinical development. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 59, 369–378. • Stein, C. (2020). The effect of clinical simulation assessment on stress and anxiety measures in emergency care students. African Journal of Emergency Medicine, 10(1), 35-39. • Watters, C., Reedy, G., Ross, A., Morgan, N. J., Handslip, R., & Jaye, P. (2015). Does interprofessional simulation increase self-efficacy: a comparative study. BMJ Open, 5(1), e005472. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Active Learning in Engineering Higher Education: Bridging Conceptual Perspectives and Student Learning Processes Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:In recent decades, political, practical, and scholarly interest in teaching methods that aim to activate students has grown significantly. These methods are commonly referred to as active learning (AL). This doctoral dissertation explores AL within the context of engineering higher education (EHE). AL is a complex concept. It has been used to refer to two distinct aspects: learning (including psychological and social constructs) or teaching (including instructional pedagogies, strategies, and design principles) (Drew & Mackie, 2011; Lombardi et al., 2021). Scholarly discussions on AL as teaching in HE have primarily focused on three viewpoints. First, definitions of AL as teaching emphasize its distinction from lectures and its role in promoting students’ participation (Doolittle et al., 2023; Prince, 2004). Second, AL is theoretically linked mainly to constructivism (Driessen, 2020; Prince, 2004) although humanist ideals are also evident (Misseyanni et al., 2018). These perspectives have inspired student-centered teaching principles often associated with AL (Doolittle et al., 2023). Third, there is significant interest in the outcomes of AL—both its effectiveness in achieving intended learning outcomes (Pasquinelli, 2011) and its role in fostering graduate attributes valued by employers and society (Drew & Mackie, 2011). Consequently, encouraging students to be active in learning is now almost universally accepted (Dall’Alba & Bengtsen, 2019). However, there is no shared understanding of how AL should be defined (Drew & Mackie, 2011; Watters, 2014), and many scholars do not define AL at all (Doolittle et al., 2023; Driessen et al.; 2020). Therefore, further research is needed on the conceptualization of AL. In addition to conceptual issues, the widespread adoption of AL has practical implications for students. Although previous research has shown promising evidence of AL’s effectiveness in supporting desired learning outcomes (e.g., Freeman et al., 2014), not all studies have found positive results (e.g., Kapur et al., 2022). Additionally, many findings suggest that AL is not always a pleasant experience for students, but can enhance anxiety (Cooper et al., 2018), resistance (Shekhar et al., 2020) or feelings of incompetence (Chen et al., 2023; Shekhar et al., 2020). Additionally, group work in AL introduces several emotional and social difficulties, such as social loafing and interpersonal conflicts (Borrego et al., 2013). Consequently, understanding how students experience AL as a learning process is of great importance. This dissertation shifts the focus from students’ learning outcomes to their learning processes. Student experiences of these processes are investigated through two theoretical lenses: Control value theory (CVT) of achievement emotions (Pekrun, 2006; Pekrun et al., 2023) and basisc psychological need theory (BPNT) from self-determination theory (SDT) (Ryan & Deci, 2000, 2017). CVT emphasizes students’ appraisals of control and value as antecedents of emotions that influence performance and achievement (Pekrun et al., 2023). BPNT identifies three psychological needs, autonomy, competence, and relatedness, that drive more autonomous forms of motivation (Ryan & Deci, 2017). Exploring students’ experiences of AL through these theories provides insights into how AL shapes learning processes, particularly through perceived control and autonomy and competence satisfaction. The research has two main aims. First, it seeks to provide an overview of the state of AL research in EHE. The second aim is to develop a deeper understanding of how AL shapes students’ learning processes. The research questions are: 1. How is active learning defined and rationalized in engineering higher education research? 2. How is active learning experienced by students with respect to emotions and motivation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This dissertation comprises three studies. Study I is a critical review that investigates the conceptualization and rationalization of AL in EHE research (RQ1). Critical review enabled an extensive search of the literature and a critical evaluation of its quality (Grant & Booth, 2009). The review was conducted using a systematic search that aimed at a representative search strategy (Paré et al., 2015), matching the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines (Page et al., 2021). The search was conducted in May 2018 as a database search in the university library’s search portal. The portal included hundreds of databases, such as Scopus, ERIC, Web of Science, and Academic Search Premier. Two keywords, active learning and engineering, were used. The search focused on peer-reviewed journal articles published from 2000 to 2018 and resulted in 347 articles. The abstracts were read, and articles were chosen for thorough learning if they (1) were written in English, (2) were based on empirical research, (3) were implemented in the context of EHE, and (4) reported research on the effects of an AL activity on student learning outcomes. Finally, the search resulted in 66 original empirical studies that were analyzed with a qualitative content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). The second RQ was addressed through two qualitative studies (Studies II and III) that provided insights into students’ emotions and motivation in AL. Altogether, 42 semi-structured engineering student interviews were conducted. Study II, drawing on 26 interviews conducted in two courses in Spring 2018, examined how engineering students perceived the emotional impact of AL in their studies so far. Study III was based on 16 interviews conducted in Spring 2020 after three engineering mathematics courses that were implemented either with flipped learning (FL) (n = 9) or lecture-based principles (n = 7). This study investigated how students experience their active and responsible role in AL and its influence on emotions and perceived competence development. In Studies II and III, the interview recordings were first transcribed verbatim (by an external company) and then analyzed with the principles and steps of thematic analysis introduced by Braun and Clarke (2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Study I, definitions of AL were often absent or inconsistent in the reviewed studies. The used definitions portrayed AL as teaching methods designed to enhance students’ behavioral, cognitive, or social activity. The rationales for AL were rarely grounded in learning theories; most were based on assumptions or recommendations. The findings of the reviewed articles associated AL with mostly positive learning outcomes, although these claims were often methodologically limited. Studies II and III showed that students’ emotions and motivation were strongly shaped by how they experienced their active and responsible role in AL. Students’ experiences of success and sharing the experience with peers benefited student emotions, whereas an active role in front of peers, facing difficulties in individual work, or encountering collaboration challenges often triggered negative emotions. Opportunities for choice in FL supported competence development by allowing students to study in preferred ways and helping them manage their study-life balance. However, excessive responsibility for learning posed challenges for perceived competence development and evoked negative emotions. This research contributes to research and practice of AL. First, it provides a clearer definition and theoretical positioning of AL to support future research. Second, it highlights the need to study AL from the viewpoint of learning processes and not solely by focusing on outcomes. Third, the findings inform HE teachers’ pedagogical decisions by providing them with a practical, theoretical, and methodological understanding of AL. Finally, the dissertation offers strategies for supporting students’ emotions and motivation in AL. This dissertation challenges the taken-for-granted status of AL, which has shaped the research and practice of AL. The findings call for a recognition of the premises of AL, as well as greater attention to the learning processes within it. Consequently, AL could be studied and implemented in a more rigorous and well-grounded manner. References Dall’Alba, G., & Bengtsen, S. (2019). Re-imagining active learning: Delving into darkness. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(14), 1477–1489. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1561367 Doolittle, P., Wojdak, K., & Walters, A. (2023). Defining active learning: A restricted systematic review. Teaching and Learning Inquiry, 11. https://doi.org/10.20343/teachlearninqu.11.25 Drew, V., & Mackie, L. (2011). Extending the constructs of active learning: Implications for teachers’ pedagogy and practice. The Curriculum Journal, 22(4), 451–467. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2011.627204 Driessen, E. P., Knight, J. K., Smith, M. K., & Ballen, C. J. (2020). Demystifying the meaning of active learning in postsecondary biology education. CBE – Life Sciences Education, 19(4), ar52. https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.20-04-0068 Kapur, M., Hattie, J., Grossman, I., & Sinha, T. (2022). Fail, flip, fix, and feed – Rethinking flipped learning: A review of meta-analyses and a subsequent meta-analysis. Frontiers in Education, 7, 956416. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.956416 Lombardi, D., Shipley, T. F., Astronomy Team, Biology Team, Chemistry Team, Engineering Team, Geography Team, Geoscience Team, & Physics Team. (2021). The curious construct of active learning. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 22(1), 8–43. https://doi.org/10.1177/1529100620973974 Pasquinelli, E. (2011). Knowledge- and evidence-based education: Reasons, trends, and contents. Mind, Brain, and Education, 5(4), 186–195. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-228X.2011.01128.x Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9 Pekrun, R., Marsh, H. W., Elliot, A. J., Stockinger, K., Perry, R. P., Vogl, E., Goetz, T., van Tilburg, W. A. P., Lüdtke, O., & Vispoel, W. P. (2023). A three-dimensional taxonomy of achievement emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 124(1), 145–178. https://doi.org/10.1037/pspp0000448 Prince, M. J. (2004). Does active learning work? A review of the research. Journal of Engineering Education, 93(3), 223–231. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2168-9830.2004.tb00809.x Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. The American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Press. Shekhar, P., Borrego, M., DeMonbrun, M., Finelli, C., Crockett, C., & Nguyen, K. (2020). Negative student response to active learning in STEM classrooms: A systematic review of underlying reasons. Journal of College Science Teaching, 49(6), 45–54. https://doi.org/10.1080/0047231x.2020.12290664 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 C: AI in HE: challenges and risks Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Súsanna Margrét Gestsdóttir Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Higher Education Teachers’ Job Resources, Challenges, and Hindrances Related to Generative Artificial Intelligence University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence [GenAI] has appeared to be part of higher education. Higher education institutions needed to make fast decisions, as the GenAI tools were released for the public. At first there were no clear guidelines on how to use it, and some teachers moved back to supervised exams (Scarfe et al., 2024; Sweeney, 2023). Now the GenAI tools are allowed to be used in multiple higher education institutions, and teachers and students may use them to assist in their work. Previous studies demonstrate how students and teachers consume GenAI; assisting themselves to make notes or materials, personalizing learning experiences, or utilizing it to write essays as an essay mill (Meng et al., 2025; Sweeney, 2023). It may be used as a tool for cheating (Sweeney, 2023) or to build artificial intelligence literacy (Chiu et al., 2025). However, there is a research gap on how GenAI is perceived as job demands or resources. From teachers’ perspective the GenAI tools might help at work, but teachers need to consider also how their students have used GenAI, which might increase work amount. In this study, we researched how generative artificial intelligence increases burden or assists teachers to cope with their work. The job demands and resources model [JD-R] was used as a theoretical background for the research (Demerouti et al., 2001). The JD-R model examines the job strain in two different ways: in job demands and job resources. Job demands are all aspects of a job, which increase physical, psychological, social, and mental efforts. Too many job demands appear to lead to exhaustion, more frequent and longer absences, and finally to burnout (Bakker et al., 2003; Demerouti et al., 2001; Schaufeli & Bakker, 2004). The job resources are all positive aspects of work, which decrease the job demands’ effect, increase the engagement, enable personal growth, and assist to achieve work goals and flow (Bakker et al., 2003; Demerouti et al., 2001; Schaufeli & Bakker, 2004). Despite the division between demands and resources is simple to comprehend, not all demands are similar. The job demands can be divided into two categories: job hindrances, and job challenges (Bakker & Demerouti, 2024; Xanthopoulou et al., 2009). Job hindrances are those demands that deplete resources and do not increase motivation, such as decreased time for work, interpersonal conflicts, or deficiency of autonomy. However, job challenges are demands, which may increase motivation even though they deplete resources. These job challenges may include that the task is challenging enough, learning new skills takes time, but could be rewarding. With this study, we aim to light up the situation where higher education teachers are and provide practical solutions for teachers and higher education institutions. Therefore, our research questions are following: RQ1) What job resources, challenges and hindrances higher education teachers have perceived related to GenAI in their work? RQ2) How is pedagogical training related to perceived job resources, challenges, and demands? Even though the research is done in one country, similar events are happening in other European countries. Therefore, this presentation generates opportunities for building comprehension about higher education teachers’ experiences related to GenAI. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were gathered using Webropol questionnaire, which included closed and open-ended questions about generative artificial intelligence. The total number of answers was over 300. The participants were higher education teachers from four different institutions. All participants obtained privacy policy and information from the study, and their consents to participate were asked. The data were analyzed using theory-driven content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), using the JD-R model as a framework. In the analysis process, two researchers discussed initially the theory, and wrote down the codebook, where they made framework for four different categories; 1) teaching work job resources, challenges and hindrances; 2) interaction and communication job resources, challenges and hindrances; 3) developmental job resources, challenges and hindrances; and 4) organizational job resources, challenges and hindrances. After that, they independently categorized all answers for questions considering job resources, challenges, and hindrances. Despite using theory-driven analysis, researchers created one more category based on the data; 5) research, academic integrity and ethical job resources, challenges and hindrances. The disagreements were discussed together and finally all the answers were categorized and quantified. They calculated percental agreement, kappa, and pre-adjusted bias adjusted kappa for enhanced reliability of the study (Sim & Wright, 2005). Quantified data were analyzed with the SPSS-program to see what relation teachers' pedagogical training and the technological acceptance had with job demands and resources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial findings appear to disclose that higher education teachers are perceiving GenAI as job resources, challenges, and hindrances differently. GenAI tools may affect the burden in teaching work, which is the first category. Teachers are using it in making materials, researching references, assisting in developing assignments, and evaluating students’ work. However, GenAI is not only providing ease to teachers. They expressed that GenAI is making them use more time in their work as the initial GenAI made text needed heavy modifications to be useful, the references needed to be checked for hallucinations, and students used it without explaining how. The second category revealed that GenAI tools may assist teachers to communicate with students in their own mother tongue, as it may provide quick translations. They endorsed the ability to make subtitles to videos. However, teachers did not believe everything which was made by GenAI. They needed to proofread texts carefully, and some of the materials were unusable. In the third and fourth categories, the other survey questions about how and where teachers have developed their GenAI skills, revealed that they have significant differences. Some were waiting for organizations to teach and train them, while others were taking the initiative and learning themselves. Teachers’ expectations were significantly different. The final category revealed that some teachers think about how they can teach AI-literacy to their students, how to enhance academic integrity, and ethical and environmental questions regarding GenAI tools. Teachers balance between the resources that GenAI tools provide, and the demands it may increase. These themes are presented in the conference, and how they are related to pedagogical training and other background variables. Presentation also leads to discussion about what higher education teachers, students, and organizations may do to boost personal growth, assisting achieving work goals, and developing GenAI skills. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2024). Job demands–resources theory: Frequently asked questions. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 29(3), 188–200. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000376 Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., de Boer, E., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2003). Job demands and job resources as predictors of absence duration and frequency. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 62(2), 341–356. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0001-8791(02)00030-1 Chiu, T. K. F., Çoban, M., Sanusi, I. T., & Ayanwale, M. A. (2025). Validating student AI competency self-efficacy (SAICS) scale and its framework. Educational Technology Research and Development. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-025-10512-y Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499–512. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Meng, N., Mat Deli, M., & Abdul Rauf, U. A. (2025). Educational Technology and AI: Bridging Cognitive Load and Learner Engagement for Effective Learning. Sage Open, 15(4), 21582440251395930. https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440251395930 Scarfe, P., Watcham, K., Clarke, A., & Roesch, E. (2024). A real-world test of artificial intelligence infiltration of a university examinations system: A “Turing Test” case study. PLOS ONE, 19(6), e0305354. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0305354 Schaufeli, W. B., & Bakker, A. B. (2004). Job demands, job resources, and their relationship with burnout and engagement: A multi-sample study. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25(3), 293–315. https://doi.org/10.1002/job.248 Sim, J., & Wright, C. C. (2005). The Kappa Statistic in Reliability Studies: Use, Interpretation, and Sample Size Requirements. Physical Therapy, 85(3), 257–268. https://doi.org/10.1093/ptj/85.3.257 Sweeney, S. (2023). Who wrote this? Essay mills and assessment – Considerations regarding contract cheating and AI in higher education. The International Journal of Management Education, 21(2), 100818. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijme.2023.100818 Xanthopoulou, D., Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2009). Reciprocal relationships between job resources, personal resources, and work engagement. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 74(3), 235–244. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2008.11.003 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Transformational Leadership and Teachers’ AI Competence Self-Efficacy in Chinese Higher Education: The Mediating Roles of Organisational Support and Teacher Collaboration 1: China University of Mining and Technology, China, People's Republic of; 2: University of Groningen Presenting Author:The accelerated integration of generative artificial intelligence (AI) into higher education has created an urgent need for teachers who can effectively leverage AI to create individualised and responsive learning experiences (Abbasi et al., 2024). However, despite significant institutional investments in professional development (PD), evidence across Spain (Galindo-Domínguez et al., 2024), Hungary (Dringó-Horváth et al., 2025), and the UK (Atkinson-Toal & Guo, 2024) suggests that the majority of in-service teachers lack confidence in and ability of integrating AI into pedagogical practices. This persistent gap suggests that PD programmes alone may be insufficient, pointing to the need for research examining how broader workplace conditions, such as leadership practices, collegial relationships, and institutional support structures, shape teachers’ beliefs and practices. Social Cognitive Theory (SCT) provides a useful lens for understanding part of this phenomenon. According to Bandura (1986), self-efficacy beliefs develop through the reciprocal interaction of personal cognition, environmental factors, and behavioural experiences. Prior research has established that transformational leadership positively predicts a range of teacher outcomes, including knowledge sharing (Hoang & Le, 2024), engagement with learning cultures (Long & Xia, 2025), and collaborative behaviours (Schmitz et al., 2025). In particular, Liu and Hallinger (2024) noted that middle leaders may influence teachers more directly than principals do in higher educational contexts. However, the interplay of these factors within the nascent context of AI integration in higher education has yet to be fully elucidated. Moreover, existing research has largely assumed that teacher collaboration uniformly benefits professional outcomes, yet this assumption warrants empirical scrutiny in the context of emerging technologies where collaborative norms may not be established. This research addresses these gaps by examining a mediation model in which transformational leadership enacted by academic associate deans predicts teachers’ AI competence self-efficacy, with perceived organisational support and teacher collaboration as potential mediators. This research is conducted in China, where the digital transformation reform of higher education has required teachers to integrate AI into routine work in the past five years. Characterised by hierarchical administrative structures and collectivist cultural values, the Chinese context offers a distinctive setting that may reveal mechanisms obscured in Western contexts and provide a comparative reference point for European educators. Using an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design, we first collected survey data from 405 teachers across five universities in one Chinese province. Squares Structural Equation Modelling (PLS-SEM) revealed that transformational leadership (TL) was a strong predictor of perceived organisational support (OS) (β=0.681, p<.001), teacher collaboration (TC) (β=0.310, p<.001), and teachers’ AI competence self-efficacy (AI_SE) (β=0.308, p<.001). Mediation analysis confirmed OS as a significant indirect pathway (β=0.127). However, contrary to expectations, TC demonstrated weak mediating effects (VAF=0.121), suggesting a potential disconnect between collaborative activity and self-efficacy development, a pattern we term the “collaborative paradox”. Given that the distinct pedagogical environments of STEM versus non-STEM disciplines may moderate the influence of TL, a multi-group analysis was conducted to rigorously examine divergences in the structural paths between TL and key outcomes. STEM teachers showed significantly stronger associations between TL and all outcome factors when compared to non-STEM teachers (TL to OS: βSTEM=0.836 vs. βNon-STEM=0.423, p<.001; TL to TC: βSTEM =0.604 vs. βNon-STEM=0.183, p<.001; TL to AI_SE: βSTEM=0.589 vs. βNon-STEM=0.171, p=.012). In contrast, TC predicted AI_SE only among non-STEM teachers (βNon-STEM=0.352 vs. βSTEM=-0.020, pdiff=.025). The qualitative analysis identified four themes that clarify mechanisms underlying these patterns: middle leaders’ roles in facilitating cognitive reframing and resource gatekeeping, an interaction-transformation gap in collaboration, and discipline-based cognitive logic filtering. These findings suggest that STEM teachers’ self-efficacy derives primarily from mastery experiences and vertical institutional support, whereas non-STEM teachers rely more heavily on horizontal peer relationships for emotional scaffolding against technology-related anxiety. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design, in which quantitative findings guided subsequent qualitative inquiry. Three research questions guided the investigation: RQ1: To what extent does transformational leadership predict teachers’ AI competence self-efficacy in Chinese universities? RQ2: Do perceived organisational support and teacher collaboration mediate the relationship between transformational leadership and teachers’ AI competence self-efficacy? RQ3: Do these relationships vary across disciplinary contexts (STEM vs. non-STEM)? In the quantitative phase, survey data were collected from 405 teachers from five comprehensive universities located within one province in eastern China. Participants were recruited through institutional contacts, yielding a convenience sample. While this sampling strategy limits generalisability beyond the study context, it enables access to a sufficient sample size for the planned analyses while controlling for regional policy variation. The study included four scales: the Teachers AI Competence Self-efficacy Scales (Chiu et al., 2024); the Global Transformational Leadership Scale (Carless et al., 2000); the Perceived Organisational Support Scale (Eisenberger et al., 1997); and the Teacher Collaboration Scale (Geijsel et al., 2009). Data were analysed using PLS-SEM, which was chosen for its suitability for predictive modelling and its robustness with complex models involving multiple mediators (Hair et al., 2019). Multi-group analysis examined whether path coefficients differed significantly between STEM and non-STEM teachers. The qualitative phase sought to explain the mechanisms underlying the quantitative findings particularly the unexpected weakness of the collaboration pathway (Cohen et al., 2002). Using purposive sampling informed by maximum variation principles, we recruited 11 teachers representing diverse disciplines, career stages, and levels of AI engagement. Participants were initially identified through survey respondents who indicated willingness to be interviewed. Additional participants were recruited through snowball referrals to ensure disciplinary diversity. Semi-structured interviews, lasting 30 to 60 minutes each, explored participants’ experiences with leadership, collaboration, and AI integration. Data were analysed using constructivist grounded theory methods (Charmaz, 2014), proceeding through initial, focused, and theoretical coding. This iterative process yielded four core themes that illuminated the quantitative patterns. This sequential design strengthens the study’s validity by enabling triangulation: qualitative findings contextualise and explain statistical relationships, while quantitative results ensure that qualitative interpretations are grounded in broader patterns (Cohen et al., 2002). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study offers three principal contributions to understanding how organisational conditions relate to teachers’ AI competence self-efficacy. First, the findings highlight TL as a robust predictor operating through multiple pathways, with perceived OS serving as the primary mediating mechanism. Interpreted through SCT, this suggests that middle leaders shape teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs not only through direct encouragement but also by cultivating environments perceived as supportive of professional risk-taking and experimentation with new technologies. Second, the weak mediating role of TC challenges prevailing assumptions that collegial interaction benefits technology integration. The qualitative findings suggest that collaboration around AI remains largely superficial, characterised by information exchange rather than deep pedagogical inquiry. Thus, it fails to provide the vicarious experiences or social persuasion that SCT identifies as sources of self-efficacy. This “collaboration paradox” invites reconsideration of how institution’s structure collaborative opportunities for emerging technology domains. Third, the pronounced disciplinary heterogeneity carries practical implications. For STEM teachers, whose self-efficacy appears grounded in mastery experiences and vertical support structures, institutions might prioritise hands-on experimentation opportunities and clear administrative endorsement. For non-STEM teachers, who benefit more from peer relationships, facilitated learning communities and mentorship programmes may prove more effective. Several limitations warrant acknowledgment. The cross-sectional design precludes causal inference. Longitudinal research is needed to establish temporal precedence in the future. The convenience sample from one Chinese province limits generalisability, and self-reported self-efficacy may not correspond to actual competence or classroom practice. Additionally, the collectivist, high power distance context of Chinese higher education may amplify leadership effects in ways that differ from European settings. Despite these limitations, this study provides a theoretically grounded, empirically supported framework that European educators and policymakers can use as a comparative reference when designing institution-level strategies to support teachers’ AI integration. References Abbasi, B. N., Wu, Y., & Luo, Z. (2024). Exploring the impact of artificial intelligence on curriculum development in global higher education institutions. Education and Information Technologies, 30(1), 547-581. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13113-z Atkinson-Toal, A., & Guo, C. (2024). Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) Education Policies of UK Universities. Enhancing Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 2, 70-94. Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1986(23-28), 2. Carless, S. A., Wearing, A. J., & Mann, L. (2000). A short measure of transformational leadership. Journal of business and psychology, 14(3), 389-405. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (introducing qualitative methods series). Constr. grounded theory. Chiu, T. K. F., Ahmad, Z., & Çoban, M. (2024). Development and validation of teacher artificial intelligence (AI) competence self-efficacy (TAICS) scale. Education and Information Technologies, 30(5), 6667-6685. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13094-z Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2002). Research methods in education. routledge. Dringó-Horváth, I., Rajki, Z., & T. Nagy, J. (2025). University teachers’ digital competence and AI literacy: Moderating role of gender, age, experience, and discipline. Education Sciences, 15(7), 868. Eisenberger, R., Cummings, J., Armeli, S., & Lynch, P. (1997). Perceived organizational support, discretionary treatment, and job satisfaction. Journal of Applied psychology, 82(5), 812. Galindo-Domínguez, H., Delgado, N., Losada, D., & Etxabe, J.-M. (2024). An analysis of the use of artificial intelligence in education in Spain: The in-service teacher’s perspective. Journal of digital learning in teacher education, 40(1), 41-56. Geijsel, F. P., Sleegers, P. J., Stoel, R. D., & Krüger, M. L. (2009). The effect of teacher psychological and school organizational and leadership factors on teachers' professional learning in Dutch schools. The elementary school journal, 109(4), 406-427. Hoang, T. N., & Le, P. B. (2024). The influence of transformational leadership on knowledge sharing of teachers: the roles of knowledge-centered culture and perceived organizational support. The Learning Organization, 32(2), 328-349. https://doi.org/10.1108/tlo-08-2023-0144 Liu, S., & Hallinger, P. (2024). The effect of department leadership on teacher professional learning in China: A multilevel moderated mediation model. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432241232541 Long, Y., & Xia, Y. (2025). Leveraging transformational and instructional leadership for teacher professional development: A dual-mediation model of teacher self-efficacy and organisational culture. Teaching and Teacher Education, 164. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105087 Schmitz, M.-L., Antonietti, C., Consoli, T., Gonon, P., Cattaneo, A., & Petko, D. (2025). Enhancing teacher collaboration for technology integration: the impact of transformational leadership. Computers & Education, 234. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2025.105331 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Reconceptualization of TPACK based on GenAI through Iranian University Faculty Members' Lived Experiences: A Phenomenological Study Bu-Ali Sina University, Iran, Islamic Republic of Presenting Author:The rise of AI tools, such as ChatGPT, has brought significant changes to higher education, as these tools are not only assistants as previous educational technologies but also actively participate in content creation (Denny et al., 2023). These technologies have introduced both opportunities to enhance instructional design, assessment, and student engagement, as well as challenges related to academic integrity, ethical use, and professional identity (Rasul et al., 2023; Yadav, 2024). Research shows that generative AI can facilitate instructional design, feedback, and self-directed learning (Roe & Perkins, 2025). At the same time, concerns have been raised about scientific authenticity, overreliance on students, and changes in academic learning (Khatri & Karki, 2023). As a result, new questions have arisen about their role in teaching and learning, the changing nature of scholarly work, and the evolving responsibilities of faculty members in higher education. One of these questions concerns changes in how university professors operate as the primary agents of education in higher education. As pedagogical models, ethical debates, and technologies continue to develop in this space, university teachers’ experiences of teaching with GenAI have yet to be explored in detail (Ellis, Han, & Cook, 2025). Tillmans et. Al. (2025) reviewed the state of GenAI in higher education, aiming to inform curriculum design and further developments within digital education. Findings revealed themes like mentorship, personalized learning, creativity, emotional intelligence, and higher-order thinking, highlighting the persistent need to align human-centred educational practices with the capabilities of GenAI technologies. Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) has, for the past two decades, been the defining framework for teachers' knowledge of integrating intelligent and intentional technology into teaching (Mishra, Warr, & Islam, 2023). The TPACK framework provides a valuable lens for examining how faculty integrate GenAI tools, such as ChatGPT, into teaching. Mishra et al. (2023) argue that GenAI fundamentally reshapes the intersection of content, pedagogical, and technological knowledge within this framework, thereby requiring educators to develop new strategies to blend these domains effectively. Faculty must not only understand the subject matter (CK) and appropriate pedagogical methods (PK) but also navigate the unique affordances and limitations of GenAI (TK). Chiu (2025) also emphasizes that the TPAC framework should be reconsidered, given that artificial intelligence is a product of specific technologies. Experiences reported by instructors often reveal tensions, such as reconciling traditional teaching norms with AI-enhanced practices, managing academic integrity, and adapting assessments. Chan et. Al. (2025) examines how generative AI is used in teaching, learning, assessment, and research at Southeast Asian universities. Using hermeneutic phenomenology, the lived experiences of university teachers yielded three main themes: learning anew, disequilibrium and lack of rootedness, and ambiguity about new norms and practices. Teachers in that study reported that GenAI both enhanced efficiency and disrupted established habits, creating personal, fragmented, and evolving ways of working. Many experienced tension between traditional academic norms and the transformative potential of GenAI, raising concerns about integrity and professional roles. Participants highlighted the urgent need for clear AI guidelines, AI literacy, and targeted training to promote. Nevertheless, few studies have examined faculty members' perceptions of the use of generative artificial intelligence in teaching and learning. This is because this technology is under development, and therefore, such research seems necessary. This study examines faculty members’ experiences with generative AI in Iranian higher education, focusing on how these technologies influence teaching practices, professional roles, and perceptions of educational responsibility and may result in a reconceptualization of TPACK. Therefore, the main question this study seeks to investigate is: What is TPACK in the GenAI Era, as perceived by university faculty members’ lived experiences? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study adopted a phenomenological research approach to investigate participants' lived experiences. The participants consisted of faculty members at Bu-Ali Sina University in Hamedan, Iran. They were all selected from the Humanities department. Twelve participants were selected based on theoretical saturation. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews, each lasting approximately one hour. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The interview transcripts were analyzed using coding and categorization procedures. The trustworthiness of the findings was enhanced through iterative analysis and member checking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study's findings showed that faculty members identified opportunities to improve access to educational resources, support customized learning, and increase efficiency in preparing course materials. They also raised challenges, including ethical concerns and scientific credibility, a lack of technical and educational readiness, and the complexity of managing fraud. In addition, their professional perceptions of their role indicate a shift from the traditional knowledge-transfer role to a guidance role. They also believe that it is not just their role that has changed, but also the nature of TPACK. They believed that, since GenAI could choose and even create content and make it pedagogical, they could move beyond the content they presented in the traditional classroom. This move is not only about the amount of content but also about the depth. They believe that the purpose of higher education may change in the future, so university professors should prepare students to face these conditions rather than emphasizing content. They also explained changes in the pedagogical process, noting that the most significant change is in the area of learning assessment. The findings indicate that although generative AI can provide new possibilities for optimizing educational activities, its effective adoption requires teacher training programs, clear ethical frameworks, and a rethinking of lesson design. This article contributes to a better understanding of how faculty interact with generative AI and provides a clear path for future research in this emerging field. References Chan, N. N., Bailey, R. P., Tan, M. H. J., Dipolog, G. F., Tan, G. W. H., Motevalli, S., ... & Ang, C. S. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence in a VUCA world: the ‘Lived Experiences’ of Southeast Asian teachers’ use of AI in higher education—International Journal of Educational Research, 133, 102733. Chiu, T. K. (2025). Developing intelligent-TPACK (I-TPACK) framework from unpacking AI literacy and competency: implementation strategies and future research direction. Interactive Learning Environments, 33(7), 4189-4192. Denny, P., Khosravi, H., Hellas, A., Leinonen, J., & Sarsa, S. (2023). Can we trust AI-generated educational content? comparative analysis of human and AI-generated learning resources. arXiv preprint arXiv:2306.10509. Ellis, R., Han, F., & Cook, H. (2025). Qualitatively different teacher experiences of teaching with generative artificial intelligence. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 22(1), 33. Khatri, B. B., & Karki, P. D. (2023). Artificial intelligence (AI) in higher education: Growing academic integrity and ethical concerns. Nepalese Journal of Development and Rural Studies, 20(01), 1-7. Mishra, P., Warr, M., & Islam, R. (2023). TPACK in the age of ChatGPT and Generative AI. Journal of Digital Learning in Teacher Education, 39(4), 235-251. Rasul, T., Nair, S., Kalendra, D., Robin, M., de Oliveira Santini, F., Ladeira, W., ... & Heathcote, L. (2023). The role of ChatGPT in higher education: Benefits, challenges, and future research directions. Journal of Applied Learning & Teaching, 6(1), 41-56. Roe, J., & Perkins, M. (2025). Generative AI in Self-Directed Learning: a thematic scoping review. Interactive Learning Environments, 1-12. Tillmanns, T., Salomão Filho, A., Rudra, S., Weber, P., Dawitz, J., Wiersma, E., ... & Reynolds, S. (2025). Mapping tomorrow’s teaching and learning spaces: A systematic review on GenAI in higher education. Trends in Higher Education, 4(1), 2. Yadav, D. S. (2024). Navigating the landscape of AI integration in education: opportunities, challenges, and ethical considerations for harnessing the potential of artificial intelligence (AI) for teaching and learning. BSSS Journal of Computer, 15(1), 38-48. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 D: Migration, Refugees and Minority in Higher Education Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Valeriia Smirnova Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Migrant Students’ Transitions from Vocational and Higher Education to (Un/Under) Employment in Europe: A Meta-Synthesis of Constraints, Opportunities and Conditions University of Jyäskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to provide a synthesis as well as an evaluation of previous qualitative literature on education and employment trajectories of migrant background students in higher and vocational education in Europe. Since the previous research on this topic is fragmented across disciplines, in order to identify common patterns and develop new insights, a meta-synthesis is needed. The reason for choosing two different groups for study of ‘international’ and ‘migrant’ students is to ensure comprehensive study of transition from education to the labour market. While both groups might seem to overlap, they represent a different immigration system. The mobility of international students is due to the pursuit of education; however, migrants' students usually move due to family ties and asylum. Some students enrolled in vocational education programs may be recruited from abroad too. Nonetheless, irrespective of the recruitment pathway, the primary objective of engaging in vocational education is to attain entry into the local labor market. This is not necessarily the case for international students in higher education. The present study is related to the Transforming Immigration Systems for Future Skills (TRIM) project, which is funded by the Strategic Funding Council at the Research Council of Finland (project 372292). The project's objective is to assess the capacity of the Finnish immigration system to facilitate the economic, sustainable, and equitable integration of foreign-background individuals into the Finnish education and labor markets. Throughout the course of this project, the term "immigration system" is employed in a broad sense, encompassing both the competence-based (e.g., employment and academic pursuits) and human rights-based (e.g., protection and familial support) subsystems. The present study places particular emphasis on the competence-based subsystem, with a focus on transitions from education to employment. Like other European countries, the decline in the birth rates and rise in aging population of Finland has increased the importance of international students as a potential source of skilled labour (OECD, 2023). The present problem is analogous to the migration statistics observed throughout Europe. These challenges are accompanied by a global talent attraction competition and increasing numbers of international and migrant students at all levels of education. The current discussions on international and migrant students are oftentimes limited to talent attraction and retention while undermining the humanity aspect of migration experienced by separating human capital out of talent (Waters et al., 2024). Yet some earlier research has pointed out that migrant integration is a complex phenomenon. Next to structural integration (education, work), social, cultural, linguistic, and political are evenly important (OECD, 2019). We aim to explore these topics further and synthetize so far gained knowledge/research on the topic by asking the following research question:
In this study, "transitions" is defined as both individual progressions in studies and careers, as well as the institutional regimes that facilitate these transitions. Concomitantly, we acknowledge the particularities inherent in both higher and vocational education contexts and institutional frameworks in terms of creating opportunities or constraints to migrant background students’ transitions from education to employment (Sahradyan, 2022). Europe has been an important yet overlooked place for the mobility of migrant background students (Brooks, 2018), who play an important role in the academic, financial, and cultural aspects of the host country. European countries have been active in implementing policies to make the continent an attractive destination for students from migrant backgrounds (Altbach & Knight, 2007). Vocational education has been acknowledged for its potential to unlock migrants’ skills (Bergseng et al., 2019). Despite of the increasing numbers of students with migrant backgrounds in international and vocational programmes, the research on how participation in these programmes relates to these students' ability to get and keep a job is rather fragmented at the moment (Eliasson et al., 2022).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To construct an evidence-informed synthesis of migrant students' transitions from education to labour market, an integrative approach of meta synthesis is chosen. Meta synthesis is an integrative and interpretative approach which aims to generate new conceptual analysis from existing literature (Noblit and Hare, 1988; Sandelowski et al., 1997). This method of combining the previous literature on the same topic provides a broader and deeper understanding of individual studies. Unlike quantitative meta-analysis which focuses on aggregation and comparison of findings, meta synthesis integrates human experiences and lived experiences across qualitative studies and develops new insights (Khan, 2021). Electronic databases of Web of Science and Scopus will be searched for English language publications from 2006 to 2026. The timeline chosen is 20 years to ensure that the synthesis will present a comprehensive understanding of policies and practices related to migrant and international students in the labour market. These databases have been widely used and recognized in scientific literature reviews. The key terms used for search are ‘international students AND labour market’, ‘adult migrants in vocational institutes’, transition to labour market’ OR ‘immigrants in the labour market’, ‘highly skilled immigrants and unemployment’. The screening of the studies will follow the four steps devised by PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines to ensure transparency and efficiency. This screening process has been widely used in meta synthesis to ensure credibility of the original and selected studies (Lockwood and Hannes, 2012). The first step of ‘identification’ involves comprehensive screening of databases with the selected/predefined search terms. In the second step of ‘screening’, irrelevant and duplicate studies are excluded after reading the titles and abstracts of research articles. The third step involves full text articles review for ‘eligibility’ based on region, target group, methods and relevance to research question. In the final step, the studies are ‘included’ based on the strength of their qualitative methods and the credibility of their findings (Noblit and Hare, 1988; Sandelowski et al., 1997). The synthesized data will then be coded, and thematic analysis will be carried out to identify the patterns of constraints and opportunities for international and migrant students. This helps to examine deeply their lived experiences from education to underemployment/unemployment /employment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The synthesis of the previous studies confirms that there are a range of structural and institutional barriers as well as opportunities for both international and migrant students. The barriers for students include language challenges, discrimination in recruitment process and segmented labour market (Ahmad, 2020; Sahradyan, 2022; Ndomo, 2024) due to not having access to hidden job market (Khan, 2021) and professional networks (Alho, 2020). Further, poor integration of migrant students results in unemployment and under-employment (mismatch of skills/qualification). This skills mismatch is found to be both vertical (being overqualified of jobs) and horizontal (getting jobs not related to their field of study/undesirable jobs) (Kogan, 2011). Moreover, international students are found in temporary contracts which lead to precarious work (Green et al., 2016; Maury, 2020). Whereas the enabling conditions include participation in transnational education pathways, increase in social networks, and entrance to the global job market. In the case of migrant students in vocational education, despite gaining qualifications corresponding labour market demands, migrants’ ability to secure employment within the host society is hindered/limited (Kärkkäinen, 2017). The barriers include linguistic challenges (Puranen, 2024), preconceived notions regarding migrants in general and specific groups (Andersen, 2024), leading to the de-skilling of individuals and the emergence of inequalities (Wall et al., 2017), and a paucity of resources and guidance (Filliataz, 2011;2013). The prospects for engagement in vocational education were related to creating attachment to local labour market and community (Moreno Herrera, et al., 2022) In summary, the study underscores the vulnerability and precarious status of international and migrant students in the labor market. Although practical education can generate promising opportunities for migrants to transition into local labor markets, this objective cannot be achieved without systemic and institutional modifications. Such modifications should include the cultivation of diversity management competencies in educational institutions and workplaces, as well as the allocation of resources for such purposes. References Ahmad, A. (2020). When the name matters: An experimental investigation of ethnic discrimination in the Finnish labor market. Sociological Inquiry, 90(3), 468–496. https://doi.org/10.1111/soin.12276 Alho, R. (2020). ‘You need to know someone who knows someone’: International students’ job search experiences. Nordic Journal of Working Life Studies, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.18291/njwls.v10i2.120817 Altbach, P. G., & Knight, J. (2007). The internationalization of higher education: Motivations and realities. Journal of Studies in International Education, 11(3–4), 290–305. Brooks, R. (2018). Higher education mobilities: A cross-national European comparison. Geoforum, 93, 87–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2018.05.009 Eliasson, E., Teräs, M., & Osman, A. (2022). ‘Back to work’—Factors facilitating migrants’ re-entry into their previous vocations. Journal of Education and Work, 35, 828–842. Filliettaz, L. (2013). Affording learning environments in workplace contexts: An interactional and multimodal perspective. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 32, 107–122. Green, A., Atfield, G., & Purcell, K. (2016). Fuelling displacement and labour market segmentation in low-skilled jobs? Insights from a local study of migrant and student employment. Environment and Planning A, 48(3), 577–593. https://doi.org/10.1177/0308518X15614327 Khan, J. (2021). European academic brain drain: A meta‐synthesis. European Journal of Education, 56(2), 265–278. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12449 Kogan, I. (2011). New immigrants—Old disadvantage patterns? Labour market integration of recent immigrants into Germany. International Migration Review, 45(1), 91–117. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1747-7379.2010.00835.x Lockwood, C., & Hannes, K. (2012). Synthesizing qualitative research: Choosing the right approach. John Wiley & Sons. Maury, O. (2020). Between a promise and a salary: Student-migrant-workers’ experiences of precarious labour markets. Work, Employment and Society, 34(5), 809–825. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950017019887097 Ndomo, Q. (2024). The working underclass: Highly educated migrants on the fringes of the Finnish labour market (Doctoral dissertation). University of Jyväskylä. Noblit, G. W., & Hare, R. D. (1988). Meta-ethnography: Synthesizing qualitative studies. Sage Publications. OECD. (2023). International migration outlook 2023. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b0f40584-en Paul, E. (2023). ‘The wrong’ kind of students or ‘Santa’s workshop’? Teaching practices for newly arrived migrant students in Swedish upper secondary VET. Vocations and Learning, 16, 157–177. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-023-09313-2 Sandelowski, M., Docherty, S., & Emden, C. (1997). Qualitative metasynthesis: Issues and techniques. Research in Nursing & Health, 20(4), 365–371. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1098-240X(199708)20:4<365::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-E Sandwall, K. (2010). “I learn more at school”: A critical perspective on workplace-related second language learning in and out of school. TESOL Quarterly, 44, 542–574. Sahradyan, S. (2022). Personal and institutional trajectories of language, employment and integration: An ethnography with migrant NGO practitioners (Doctoral dissertation). University of Jyväskylä. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-9266-8 Waters, J. L., Adriansen, H. K., Madsen, L. M., & Saarinen, T. (2024). (Un)wanted bodies and the internationalisation of higher education. Progress in Human Geography, 48(6), 879–897. https://doi.org/10.1177/03091325241257538 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper From Camp to Campus: English-Taught Higher Education Programmes and the Integration of Highly Educated Refugees and Newcomers in Flanders UCLL, Belgium Presenting Author:This study examines how higher education in Flanders works —both structurally and in lived experience—as a form of social investment for highly educated refugees and newcomers (R&N). Research repeatedly shows that many highly educated migrants end up in jobs that they are overqualified for, a problem often called “brain waste” (Mattoo et al., 2008; Eurostat, 2022b; Dietz et al., 2015). Social investment theories suggest that education should reduce this by helping people develop their knowledge and skills and participate in society (Hemerijck, 2018; Bonoli, 2020). However, integration is also described as a “weak spot” for social investment strategies and procedures in Europe, as they tend to work best for people with stable documentation and immediate readiness to comply with formal requirements (Hemerijck & Patuzzi, 2021). In this study, we address one overarching research question: To what extent do English-taught programs in Flanders help highly educated newcomers re-enter university and rebuild their careers, and where do the systems themselves create barriers? To answer this question, we looked at two things: what universities offer for R&N and how that offer lived and experienced in practice. In Phase 1, we mapped English-taught degree and certificate programmes across 18 Flemish HEIs (12 universities of applied sciences and 6 research universities) using publicly available information from official institutional websites. The mapping shows that while English-taught programmes are growing, they are not evenly spread across institutions and disciplines. Research universities tend to offer a broad range of English-taught master’s programmes, while universities of applied sciences and arts offer a narrower selection in their bachelor and postgraduate programmes. However, these programmes often concentrate in certain disciplines such as business, engineering, ICT/STEM, and creative industries. English-taught pathways remain very limited in several socially essential fields, including social work, health care and education. Moreover, admissions systems are complex and fragmented, often requiring formalized documents and language certifications that are difficult to obtain for R&N. Financial models maintain a high cost barrier for non-EEA students, despite partial access to grants for recognized refugees. Phase 2 adds a photovoice component documenting newcomer students’ first-hand experiences of admissions and arrival procedures. A thematic analysis points to four intertwined domains of barriers—administrative, financial, practical, and social-emotional—whose prominence shifts over time. Pre-arrival experiences are shaped by documentation demands, delays, and financial uncertainty, while post-arrival experiences foreground the need for clearer communication, predictable procedures, culturally responsive support, and early access to peer networks. These experiences align with international research showing that newcomers often face unique challenges due to their disrupted educational trajectories and limited resources (McBrien, 2005; UNESCO, 2018; Soberon et al., 2017). Integrating both phases reveals a tension at the heart of English-taught programmes in Flanders. For some R&N, English programmes can function as a meaningful gateway into higher education. Yet the combined evidence also shows how current structures tend to favour applicants who can mobilise stable documentation, pay high costs, and comply with standardised language proof requirements—conditions that are unequally distributed for R&N. As a result, higher education risks reproducing mismatch rather than reducing it (Aleksynska & Tritah, 2013; Mattoo et al., 2008). From a social investment perspective, the central issue is therefore not only whether English-taught programmes are available, but whether access and support conditions are designed as developmental pathways rather than primarily as selection mechanisms (Bonoli, 2020; Hemerijck & Patuzzi, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a convergent mixed qualitative design (Padgett, 2009; Mills & Birks, 2014). In a convergent design, different types of data collected and analysed separately, then brought together to answer the same research question. This approach is particularly suitable for this study, because integration barriers are produced at multiple levels: institutional structures shape what is offered and under what conditions, while lived experiences reveal how procedures and rules function in practice. Phase 1: Desk-based mapping We conducted a structured scan of 18 Flemish HEIs, gathering data from official institutional websites. This information was organized according to specific analytical categories, such as programme types, admission and language requirements, ECTS, financing, support/bridging pathways, and Dutch language support. The extracted information was then integrated into a comparative Excel matrix, to facilitate a qualitative content analysis. This allowed us to identify recurring inclusion/exclusion mechanisms as well as broader cross-institutional patterns (Gaber, 2020). Phase 2: Photovoice study We analysed participant-generated photographs and narratives focusing on admissions and arrival experiences. Using thematic analysis, we identified recurring barriers and traced how these barriers shift over time (pre-arrival versus post-arrival). Integration (convergence) We triangulated findings by comparing the structural patterns identified in the mapping with the lived experiences surfaced through photovoice. This allowed us to examine where formal arrangements translate into concrete obstacles or support gaps, and where institutional practices could potentially increase the educational and labour-market “return” of social investment in higher education for R&N (Hemerijck, 2018; Bonoli, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that while English-taught higher education in Flanders offers great opportunities for R&N, they also come with specific challenges that limit who can access them and under what conditions. First, the English-taught landscape is uneven. Provision is strong in some institutions and fields—especially business, engineering, ICT/STEM— yet thinner in several socially essential domains such as social work, education and healthcare. For R&N who already have experience in those domains there is often no clear and direct path to continue their education in English. Second, complex and fragmented admissions requirements and procedures can be major barriers for R&N. Photovoice narratives highlight how documentation requirements, uncertainty around timelines, and communication gaps can become significant hurdles, with consequences not only for access but also for well-being and sense of belonging (UNESCO, 2018; McBrien, 2005). These difficulties interact with financial insecurity, including tuition differentiation and additional costs linked to study, mobility, or administrative procedures. Such conditions risk narrowing options and delaying transitions, thereby indirectly sustaining patterns of mismatch and overqualification (Aleksynska & Tritah, 2013; Mattoo et al., 2008). From a social investment perspective, the implication is straightforward: the mere existence of English-taught programmes is not enough. For R&N to truly succeed institutions need to make crucial changes. This includes making entry conditions more predictable and affordable, and improving guidance and support that recognize the realities of R&N (Bonoli, 2020; Hemerijck & Patuzzi, 2021). References Aleksynska, M., & Tritah, A. (2013). Occupation-education mismatch of immigrant workers in Europe: Context and policies. Economics of Education Review, 36, 229–244. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2013.06.002 Bonoli, G. (2020). The origins of active social policy: Labour market and childcare policies in a comparative perspective. Oxford University Press. Dietz, J., Joshi, C., Esses, V. M., Bennett, A. A., & Navas, M. S. (2015). The skill-utilization methods of skilled immigrants in Canada: A systematic review. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 49, 1–34. Eurostat. (2022b). Over-qualification rate of non-EU citizens in the EU. European Commission. Gaber, J. (2020). Qualitative analysis for planning & policy: Beyond the numbers. Routledge. Hemerijck, A. (2018). Social investment as an answer to the double challenge of aging and the knowledge economy. Policy & Politics, 46(2), 231–252. Hemerijck, A., & Patuzzi, L. (2021). Social investment and the integration of refugees in Europe. Migration Policy Institute Europe. Mattoo, A., Neagu, I. C., & Özden, Ç. (2008). Brain waste? Educated immigrants in the US labor market. Journal of Development Economics, 87(2), 255–269. McBrien, J. L. (2005). Educational needs and barriers for refugee students in the United States: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 329–364. Mills, J., & Birks, M. (2014). Qualitative methodology: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Padgett, D. K. (2009). Qualitative methods in social work research (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications. Soberon, A., Jacobs, M., & Vanderwaeren, E. (2017). Higher education for refugees in Flanders: A focus on barriers and support. Journal of International Migration and Integration. UNESCO. (2018). Global education monitoring report 2019: Migration, displacement and education - Building bridges, not walls. UNESCO Publishing. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 03 A: Inspection and accountability Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Eliane Dulude Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Knowing and Acting through Inspection Reform: The Discursive Politics of ‘Listening’ in England’s 2025 Ofsted Changes Institute of Education, University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As education systems around the world respond to rapid social, technological, and policy changes, the need to build stronger, more meaningful connections between research, practice, and policy is increasingly significant. This paper critically examines the 2025 reforms to school inspection (Ofsted, 2025) in England and explores to what extent these were a genuine response to research and consultation and what lessons can be learned. Prompted by a government inquiry into the tragic suicide of a headteacher awaiting an inspection report, the reforms were presented as responsive and consultative. Yet, through policy analysis of ministerial speeches, academic literature, media coverage, and social discourse, a persistent gap emerges between the rhetoric of listening and the reality of implementation. Widespread calls for contextual, less punitive approaches had minimal impact, highlighting how consultation often legitimizes rather than co-creates change. The 2025 Ofsted reform came as a direct response to a UK Government Inquiry which concluded that Ofsted, had ‘contributed’ to the death of a Headteacher (HOC 2023) who had committed suicide whilst awaiting publication of an inspection report. To many this was the tipping point in public opinion against the organization. In England, Ofsted plays a central role in shaping school culture, priorities, and practices. While intended to promote accountability and improvement, inspections have often produced unintended consequences for educators. Research shows they increase workload and stress, while reducing professional autonomy (Ryan et al., 2017, Case et al., 2000; Perryman et al., 2023; Tian, 2023; Bradbury et al., 2025; Kilian et al., 2025; Calvert et al., 2025), contributing to persistent issues in teacher recruitment and retention (Perryman & Calvert, 2019, Bousted, 2022). Inspection is not just an English phenomenon, though it could be argued that the inspection regime Ofsted is at the more punitive end of the spectrum. The US-based National Center on Education and the Economy (Rothman, 2018:1) provides a useful summary of inspection systems and notes that the Standing International Conference on Inspectorates, ‘formed in 1995 to provide support for the inspectorates in Europe, now includes 36 nations and regions’. Faubert (2009: 11) states that ‘the majority of OECD countries schools are regularly inspected’ and lists Australia, Belgium, the Czech Republic, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and Turkey. The difference for England lies in the experience and consequences of inspection; inspection in England is a key component of performative accountability, and this is not necessarily true elsewhere. The suicide brought to the forefront of public discourse concerns about Ofsted and its effects and calls for fundamental reform. Despite these calls, instead, with no break in the inspection cycle, Ofsted launched a consultation (Ofsted 2025b) into a set of proposals for a new framework which it eventually launched in 2025. The consultation was presented as an opportunity for genuine dialogue, but this paper questions whether the resulting reform truly reflected the voices and concerns raised, specifically asking: 1. How were research, practitioner perspectives, and public responses framed, mobilised, or marginalised in the development of the 2025 Ofsted reforms? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is grounded in a Foucauldian‑influenced genealogical approach (Tambouko and Ball 2003), which examines how discourses of ‘listening’, ‘responsiveness’, and ‘evidence‑based reform’ are constructed, deployed, and circulated within political and institutional settings. This framework allows for an interrogation of how the Ofsted reforms were justified publicly and how seemingly participatory processes may operate as technologies of legitimation rather than co‑production. Foucauldian genealogy involves a focus on minor details, discontinuities and recurrences, as well as on discourses and practices that make sense of our world. The focus of genealogy is to bring to light ‘the history of problematizations, that is, the history of the way in which things become a problem’ (Foucault 1996: 414) Genealogy is therefore a means of writing a ‘history of the present’ by tracing ‘forces that gave birth to our present-day practices and to identify the historical conditions upon which they still depend’ (Garland 2014). Thus, even when examining a short and contemporaneous time-period, genealogy enables us to bring into light those power-knowledge relations that govern policy formation and enactment, ‘creating an archive of stories, an assemblage of textual practices’ (Tambouko 2013: 18) to understand the constitution of the field. I draw upon a range of data sources, mainly focusing on UK ministerial speeches, academic papers, media articles, social media blogs and official documents from Ofsted. Speeches include those made by government ministers and the Ofsted Chief Inspectors in the period between 2023 and 2025. Social media responses were curated through Twitter searches for ‘Ofsted’ ‘Consultation’ ‘Big Listen’, and the same search terms were used with England-based education-focused mainstream media. Ministerial speeches and other announcements were also reviewed for references to policy shifts. For the analysis, I adapted Hajer’s (2006) 10 steps, hence, notes were made on general themes, with the aims of becoming immersed in the data and of providing an overview of the body of material gathered. Further examination of the data was conducted to establish if there were any recurring themes and/or contradictory findings. Data management software NVivo was used to search, store and organise the data analysis, and the data set was finally analysed using a system of open-coding based on Braun and Clarke’s (2022) thematic analysis. The data set itself was broad, with sources dependent on the line of enquiry, and my selection, while representative of the full data set, reflects the sources that best illustrate the outcomes of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis suggests a persistent and consequential gap between knowing and acting in the 2025 Ofsted reforms. While the reform process was presented as a meaningful response to widespread concerns intensified by the headteacher’s suicide it appears that consultation served primarily as a legitimising mechanism rather than a collaborative design process. Indeed, Ofsted ultimately refused to publicise the results of its consultation, with the Chief Inspector Martin Oliver saying that requests for a ‘granular breakdown’ reflected a ‘fundamental misunderstanding of what a consultation is’, adding that ‘it’s not a plebiscite or a vote’ (Mellor and Hicks 2025). Although the process is not yet complete as the policy roll out is ongoing, I expect to find that the consultation was largely symbolic and that research was invoked rhetorically but rarely substantively. The paper argues that addressing this knowing-acting gap requires rethinking how educational research, practitioner expertise, and community voices are woven into reform processes. This disconnect raises important questions about the role of research in shaping educational reform. Are consultation processes being used to legitimise pre-existing agendas, rather than to co-create meaningful change? And if so, what new models of engagement are needed to ensure that research and practitioner knowledge are genuinely valued? I argue for a shift towards more collaborative, co-produced approaches to educational reform where researchers, educators, and policymakers work together from the outset to design systems that are both evidence-informed and contextually relevant. Such approaches are essential for ensuring that reforms are responsive to the diverse realities of schools and learners. References Bousted, M. (2022) Support Not Surveillance: How to Solve the Teacher Retention Crisis (Melton, John Catt). Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3–26. https://doi.org/10.1037/qup0000196 Case P, Case S and Catling S (2000) Please Show You're Working: A critical assessment of the impact of OFSTED inspection on primary teachers. British Journal of Sociology of Education 21(4): 605-621. Faubert, V. (2009) School Evaluation: Current Practices in OECD Countries and a Literature Review. OECD Education Working Papers, 42. doi: 10.1787/ 218816547156. Foucault, M. (1996). Foucault Live: Interviews, 1961–1984. South Pasadena: Semiotexte. Garland, D. (2014). ‘What is a “history of the present”? On Foucault’s genealogies and their critical preconditions’. Punishment and Society 16 (4) : 365–84 Hajer, M. (2006). ‘Doing discourse analysis: Coalitions, practices, meaning’. Words Matter in Policy and Planning: Discourse theory and method in the social sciences. van den Brink, M, Metze, T T (eds.), Netherlands Geographical Studies 344. Utrecht: KNAG/Nethur, pp. 65–74. House of Commons (2023) Ofsted's Work with Schools https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm5804/cmselect/cmeduc/117/summary.html# Mellor and Hicks (2025) Ofsted reforms ‘the most sensible’ way forward, Oliver tells MPs FEweek 14 Oct 2025 https://feweek.co.uk/ofsted-reforms-the-most-sensible-way-forward-oliver-tells-mps/ Ofsted (2025) Education Inspection Framework. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/education-inspection-framework/education-inspection-framework-for-use-from-november-2025 Ofsted (2025b) Improving the way Ofsted inspects education: consultation documenthttps://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/improving-the-way-ofsted-inspects-education/improving-the-way-ofsted-inspects-education-consultation-document. Perryman J, Bradbury A, Calvert G, et al. (2023) Beyond Ofsted Inquiry Final Report. Reportno. Report Number|, Date. Place Published|: Institution|. Perryman J and Calvert G (2019) What Motivates People to Teach, and Why Do They Leave? Accountability, Performativity and Teacher Retention. British Journal of Educational Studies. DOI: 10.1080/00071005.2019.1589417. 1-21. Rothman, B. (2018) Inspection Systems: How Top-Performing Nations Hold Schools Accountable. Available at: https://ncee.org/2018/05/how-top-performing-nations- hold-schools-accountable/ Ryan SV, von der Embse NP, Pendergast LL, et al. (2017) Leaving the teaching profession: The role of teacher stress and educational accountability policies on turnover intent. Teaching and Teacher Education 66: 1-11. Tamboukou, M; Ball, S. (2003). Dangerous Encounters: Genealogy and ethnography. New York: Peter Lang. Tamboukou, M. (2013). ‘A Foucauldian approach to narratives’. Doing Narrative Research. Andrews, M, Squire, C; C and Tamboukou, M M (eds.), Los Angeles: SAGE, pp. 88–107. Tian M (2023) A critical friend or the sword of Damocles: Headteachers’ use of micropolitical strategies in inspection Educational Management Administration & Leadership 1-18. Tian M and Diamond C (2024) OfSTED from within: Inspectors’ views on challenges and future direction. Education Management Administration and Leadership. DOI: DOI: 10.1177/17411432241292284 1-20. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Putting New Accountability Policy on the Agenda: Context, Narratives and Actorhood University of Liege, Belgium Presenting Author:The central status of accountability policies in global education reforms over the past thirty years is no longer disputable (Verger et al., 2024). Although controversial and widely debated in the education field, accountability systems seem to be here to stay. Framing autonomy and accountability as two sides of the same coin, these policies yield diverse institutional designs worldwide while resting on common principles and being promoted as key solutions to the ‘problems’ of education systems (Tröhler et al. 2014; Verger, Fontdevila & Parcerisa, 2019). Compared to the most stringent forms of accountability subject of much controversy (Amoako, Quainoo & Adams, 2019), accountability systems have found their way into the European context mainly but not solely in softer forms (Grek, Maroy & Verger, 2021). Focusing on French‑speaking Belgium—arguably a “late adopter” (Steiner‑Khamsi, 2006) — which introduced a new accountability policy in the mid-2010s, promoted as reflexive, support oriented and data-driven to promote school leadership and collaborative work to tackle inequalities in the education system, this paper examinates how key factors converged to put this policy on the agenda. The argument at the heart of this paper is simple: context, narratives and actorhood are key to understand the promotion and adoption of education policy models. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using a comprehensive qualitative methodology and approach (Leavy, 2014), we draw on Kingdon's multiple stream framework (Kingdon, 2013) and a cross-analysis of literature, institutional documentation, and interviews conducted with key actors involved in the policy process (≈ 30). We show how the intertwining of the socio-economic and political context, narratives emphasizing the need for radical change and based on the definition of the “problem” in terms of inequity and inefficiency in the system, and the role played by key stakeholders in the policy process, led to this policy being placed on the agenda (and adopted). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, we show that the ‘problem’ (problem stream) of inequality and inefficiency in the system has been constructed over a long period of time, through the joint action of key actors (academics, international organizations and their representatives in French-speaking Belgium, the media, private actors), even though this framing, since shared by key stakeholders, was instrumental in justifying the policy initiative. Second, we stress how the political context (politics stream) opened and enabled the leveraging of a policy window through a change in government, dissatisfaction with prior policy initiatives, and a participation strategy that mobilized stakeholders around a systemic education reform, with accountability policy viewed by key actors as its cornerstone. Finally, we highlight the central role played by key actors (government representatives, senior administrative officials, experts) in promoting this accountability policy and, more broadly, reforming the governance of the education system (policy stream). This accountability policy does not just transform the way schools operate; it is part of a broader multilevel reform of the governance of the education system inspired by various models and principles (principle of subsidiarity at the heart of European governance reforms, management by objectives, results-based management) which is profoundly restructuring the education field. References Amoako, I., Quainoo, E. A., & Adams, F. (2019). High-stakes test accountability: A controversial issue in educational measurement. International Journal of Latest Research in Humanities and Social Science, 2(10), 94-96. Grek, S., Maroy, C., & Verger, A. (2021). World yearbook of education 2021. Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. Abingdon: Routledge. Leavy, P. (Ed.). (2014). The Oxford handbook of qualitative research. Oxford University Press, USA. Steiner‐Khamsi, G. (2006). The economics of policy borrowing and lending: A study of late adopters. Oxford Review of education, 32(5), 665-678. Tröhler, D., Meyer, H.-D., Labaree, D. F., & Hutt, E. L. (2014). Accountability: Antecedents, power, and processes. Teachers College Record, 116(9), 1-12. Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Reforming governance through policy instruments: How and to what extent standards, tests and accountability in education spread worldwide. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(2), 248-270. Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., Pagès, M., & Camphuijsen, M. (2024). School autonomy with accountability as a cross-national policy model: diverse adoptions, practices and impacts. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 10(3), 167–179. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Datafication, Accountability, and Equity: How Policy Design Frames the Use of Metrics in Ontario and Beyond Université d'Ottawa, Canada Presenting Author:Across many education systems internationally, equity policies call for substantial organizational and cultural transformations by questioning entrenched institutional norms, governance structures, and the data‑driven definitions of “student achievement” shaped by performance‑based accountability and datafication (Grek et al., 2021). Datafication has reconfigured educational governance by embedding data‑driven accountability mechanisms, fostering global competition, and enabling new forms of regulation and control while raising concerns about equity and the broader purposes of education, prompting policies that promote a more holistic conception of student learning and require new metrics and multiple forms of data to capture both learning processes and outcomes (Bae, 2018; Ikemoto & Marsh, 2007).As a result, school actors are increasingly expected to select, interpret, and integrate diverse data sources to guide equity‑driven decision‑making (Datnow & Park, 2018). Yet these expectations are layered onto longstanding accountability systems that continue to prioritize narrow, centrally defined standards of achievement, creating tensions in leaders’ data practices. A growing body of research has examined these tensions, showing that school actors’ data‑informed decisions can either broaden or constrain students’ learning opportunities (Datnow & Park, 2018). Studies highlight persistent dilemmas, such as relying on a single standardized data source versus using multiple forms of data; focusing narrowly on students near proficiency versus examining data for all students; using data to confirm assumptions versus questioning beliefs; and employing data for academic tracking versus supporting more flexible grouping strategies (Gannon Slater et al., 2017). While this work illuminates the challenges school actors face in making data‑informed decisions, less is known about how the design of policies themselves (re)directs their attention toward new priorities, purposes, and uses of metrics and data. This presentation examines how equity policy designs layer past and current policy goals and instruments, and how these layered designs shape the signals school actors receive about the priorities and purposes of equity‑related metrics and data use. We draw on equity policies from Ontario, Canada, as a case of a system shaped by three decades of student‑achievement‑oriented reform, which has more recently layered new metrics and data related to equity. The conceptual framework integrates three perspectives. First, policy design theory conceptualizes policy aims and the tools selected to achieve them as deliberate choices informed by knowledge of how instruments affect practitioners (Howlett, 2019). Policy design focuses on how governments develop and implement coherent goals and tools by mapping aims to instruments. Second, the sense‑making framework highlights how policy design produces signals that shape what school actors attend to, how they interpret policy messages in relation to their contexts, and what actions they prioritize (Spillane et al., 2002). Ambiguous or insufficiently clear goals can constrain sense‑making by obscuring expected changes, while policy instruments, whether informational, procedural, regulatory, or financial, constitute the mechanisms through which governments pursue goals and influence practitioners’ behaviour (Howlett et al., 2023). The type and content of instruments can either enable or constrain how school actors interpret policy aims. Third, the concept of policy layering explains how new goals and instruments accumulate atop existing ones, producing complex policy mixes in which complementary and competing signals coexist (Howlett, 2014). We address two research questions:
By analyzing how equity policy design signals expectations for the use of new metrics and data, this study illuminates the mechanisms through which these policies are interpreted by school actors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on policy archival texts over a 30-year period. Policy texts are both the product of compromises made throughout the policy formulation process and a representation of policy intentions that is encoded and decoded in complex ways (Ball, 1993). Consequently, they provide a valuable lens for examining how governments construct problems, articulate purposes, and communicate expectations to implementing actors. Three criteria guided the selection process. First, documents had to be produced by the Ontario Ministry of Education to ensure that the analysis captured official policy intentions and signals. Second, documents needed to address a notion of equity or equality, either explicitly or implicitly. Third, they had to include measures, data, or indicators intended to monitor practice or inform decision making. The corpus includes a range of policy texts, such as amendments to the Education Act, strategic policy frameworks, accountability guidelines, and Ministry issued directives. In total, 27 documents were selected for analysis between 1993 and 2023. The longitudinal data analysis was conducted in three phases. We used both deductive and inductive approaches to trace how equity related goals, measures, and data informed decisions were constructed and gradually layered across three decades of policy development. In the first phase, we developed a preliminary coding framework consisting of three categories: 1) policy goals (e.g., intended outcomes, definitions of equity/equality, 2) policy instruments (e.g., measures, indicators, data sources, monitoring tools), 3) policy layering and coherence (e.g., references to prior reforms, continuity/discontinuity) throughout the dataset. This allowed to identify how the Ministry articulated priorities and the mechanisms in relation to metrics and data through which it sought to steer practice. We re examined coded segments in each category to identify the nature of the changes intended through the use of metrics and data, what the selection of instruments communicated to school actors as mechanisms to collect, monitor, or enforce data use, and how existing forms of data use were interconnected over three decades. This process enabled us to trace how new metrics and data requirements shifted and accumulated over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to ongoing ECER discussions on policy design, educational governance, and datafication by examining how new equity metrics and data requirements are layered onto long standing accountability priorities in Ontario. Through a longitudinal analysis of policy texts, the study shows how three enduring policy priorities have operated as institutionalized student achievement metrics, literacy and numeracy scores, graduation rates, and related indicators, that define “excellence” and shape what school actors are expected to monitor and improve. Our analysis will show that the introduction of new equity policy texts beginning in 2009 did not replace or redefine these priorities and the established metric. Instead, across successive policy texts and instruments, the Ministry introduced new forms of demographic, perceptual, and identity based data, expanded reporting requirements, and added new indicators intended to track inequities of specific groups in student outcomes. For instance, the policy texts layered additional metrics (e.g. safety, well-being) and data (e.g. suspension rates) onto the existing accountability framework. This layering reframes excellence as a prerequisite for equity and integrates equity goals into the established priorities rather than positioning them as distinct. As new expectations accumulate without displacing earlier ones, policy goals expand in scope and complexity. The process reinforces the legitimacy of long standing achievement metrics while broadening what school actors are required to monitor and improve. Consequently, they faced an increasingly complex data landscape in which equity work is embedded within a persistent culture of measurement and performance monitoring. The introduction of new equity policies intensifies the cognitive and technical demands placed on school actors while leaving the underlying culture of measurement and its implications for students’ learning opportunities unchallenged. References Ball, S. (1993). What is Policy? Texts, Trajectories and Toolboxes. Discourse, 13(2), 10-17. Bae, S. (2018). Redesigning systems of school accountability: A multiple measures approach to accountability and support. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 26(8). Datnow, A. & Park, V. (2018). Opening or closing doors for students? Equity and data-informed instruction. Journal of Educational Change, 19, p.131–152. Datnow, A., Choi, B., Park, V., & St John, E. (2018). Teacher Talk about Student Ability and Achievement in the Era of Data-Driven Decision Making. Teachers College Record, 120(4). Datnow, A., Greene, J.C. and Gannon-Slater, N. (2017).Data use for equity: implications for teaching, leadership, and policy. Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 55 Issue: 4, pp.354-360. Gannon-Slater, N., La Londe, P.G., Crenshaw,H.L., Evans, M.E., Greene, J.C. & Schwandt, T.A. (2017). Advancing equity in accountability and organizational cultures of data use. Journal of Educational Administration, 55 (4), pp.361-375. Grek, S., Maroy, C., & Verger, A. (2021). World yearbook of education 2021. Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. Abingdon: Routledge. Howlett, M. P., Ramesh, M., & Capano, G. (2023). The micro-dimensions of policy design: a key challenge for real-world policy practice. Available at SSRN 4410177. Howlett, M. (2014). Chapter 9 / Policy Design What, Who, How and Why? Dans C. Halpern, P. Lascoumes and P. Le Galès L'instrumentation de l'action publique : Controverses, résistance, effets (p. 281-316). Presses de Sciences Po. https://doi.org/10.3917/scpo.halpe.2014.01.0281. Honig, M. (2006). Complexity and Policy Implementation Challenges and Opportunities for the Field In M. Honig (Ed.) New Directions in Education Policy Implementation Confronting Complexity. New York: State University of New York Press, p.1-23. Ikemoto, G. & Marsh, J.A. (2007). Cutting Through the “Data-Driven” Mantra: Different Conceptions of Data-Driven Decision Making In P.A. Moss (Ed.), Evidence and decision-making, 106th Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education (pp. 105-131). Malden, MA: Blackwell. Spillane, J.P., Reiser, B. & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy Implementation and Cognition: Reframing and Refocusing Implementation Research. Review of Educational Research-72(3), p.387-431. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Performative Effects of Automated School Admission Algorithms in Public Decision Making 1: Malmö University, Sweden; 2: Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Comprehensive schools were established and won legitimacy across Europe in the 1900s (Caruso & Waldow, 2024). In Sweden, a sparsely populated country in Northen Europe, comprehensive schools were established in 1962, after several decades of political mobilization from joint liberal and social democratic politicians and the civil society (Holmén, 2018). Between the 1960s and 1980s, Sweden became globally known for having one of the most equal school systems in the world. Just like the rest of Europe, and beyond, Sweden was smitten by neoliberal policy ambitions and agendas in the late 1980s and early 1990s resulting in several reforms. These reforms impacted greatly on the comprehensive school system with a simultaneous introduction of school choice, an opening for independent and commercial actors to run schools, a new goal-oriented curriculum, as well as a decentralization of school governance from state to local, municipal level (Lundahl, 2002). Almost four decades into these reforms, there are increasing evidence of a national school system permeated by undesirable effects such as inequality, segregation, and grade inflation (Muench et al., 2022). Our focus in this paper is on the policies related to school choice. Even if existing school choice regimes are recognized for their failure to support equity in school allocation processes, current global policy actors suggests that school choice “is here to stay” (Musset, 2012; OECD, 2019). In our ongoing study Comprehensive school allocation through school choice: How Swedish municipalities organize for freedom of choice and equal opportunity (funded by the Swedish Research Council, 2023-03616), we explore how the school choice reform is implemented in Swedish local public authorities and the everyday and mundane struggle between liberal values of choice and the lingering ideal of the comprehensive school system as a means for ensuring equality. This struggle entails everyday matters assigned to civil servants, with the task of handling accounts of fairness, justice, accountability, and transparency in the school allocation process on an everyday basis. We have identified automated school admission algorithms as key in these operations. In this paper, we focus on how the making of fair, accountable, and transparent school allocation processes are assembled together with automated school admission algorithms procured by local public authorities in Sweden. We focus particularly on which technical solutions that are considered necessary for fair and just mandatory school choice systems to be realized in Sweden today. Conceptually, we draw on an assembled understanding of algorithms that stem from later theoretical developments of Actor-Network-Theory (ANT) and social studies of algorithms (Lee, 2021). Such ontological understandings of algorithms make it possible to pay “attention to the assembling of agency in practice and the performative effects that the assemblage has” (Lee, 2021, p. 68). This means that automated algorithms are seen as already embedded in social structures, but also that the introduction of automated algorithms entails the possibility of affecting and changing social structures (Fourcade & Healy, 2024). Drawing on the theoretical understanding that automated algorithms entail both technical and social dimensions, we ask: How are automated algorithms for allocating children to schools by local public authorities in Sweden assembled, and how is the balance between choice and equality envisioned through the algorithms? We contribute to the research literature addressing the automation of education and data infrastructures (Gulson et al., 2022; Swist & Gulson, 2023; Williamson, 2018) as well as to research on how school admission algorithms are constructed (Abdulkadiroğlu & Sönmez, 2003) to facilitate a discussion on what educational values they evoke in a European perspective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We draw on multi-sited data collected within our ongoing project on school allocation and choice in Sweden. The data collected includes a mapping of school allocation policies in all 290 municipalities in Sweden, of which 116 were identified to arrange mandatory school choice. We use data from these 116 websites with a focus on how the use of algorithms is communicated with users (i.e. parents). Furthermore, our data includes interviews with civil servants from local authorities who use some kind of automated school admission algorithm. We further exemplify with an ethnographic case study from a municipality that uses an automated school admission algorithm for allocating children. Lastly, we studied websites of the two largest companies providing and selling automated school admission systems in use by local authorities. Drawing on this data we analyze 1) how automated school admission algorithms are described and communicated to school choosing families on public websites’ information about how decisions about school allocation are made, 2) how interviewed civil servants justify the use of automated school admission algorithms in school allocation, and 3) which arguments companies use on their websites when they advertise and sell automated school admission algorithms to Swedish local authorities. Specifically, we trace a) how the automated school admission algorithms are positioned and justified in the school allocation system, and b) what automated school admission algorithms require in order to work as an intended sorting mechanism that allocates children to a specific school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show that automated school admission algorithms are understood by different actors to be necessary to guarantee legal certainty, accountability, and transparency in the school allocation processes. This understanding is particularly common in larger municipalities with centralized school allocation policies in place. Regarding transparency, the opacity of automated school admission algorithms is considered difficult to communicate with the citizens (parents and children) who are affected by the decisions that are taken based on automated sorting. Automated algorithms, and the networks they are involved in, perform mandatory school choice as a necessary means for school allocation. Since automated algorithms are spreading in Europe and beyond it is crucial for research to better understand both what they enable and what they make impossible. The local public websites describe simple versions of the algorithm, where its automated function in the decision-making processes is often not visible. In the interviews, civil servants motivate the use of procured automated school admission algorithms with references to their objective, legally certain, non-discriminatory, and effective qualities. Similar arguments are highlighted on the websites of companies that sell automated school admission algorithms to local authorities. Automated school admission algorithms appear to be the only reasonable way to accomplish school allocation through school choice. Consequently, we relate this view of automated school admission algorithms to how different educational values appear and are balanced in practices of public decision making where certain definitions of fairness and justice come to dominate (Resh & Sabbagh, 2016). Automated algorithms are both shaped by social structures and entail the possibility of affecting and changing social structures with their promise of objectivity in decision making with political implications. Our study shows that automated algorithms are considered necessary for performing certain versions of just and fair school allocation and choice. References Abdulkadiroğlu, A., & Sönmez, T. (2003). School Choice: A Mechanism Design Approach. American Economic Review, 93(3), 729–747. https://doi.org/10.1257/000282803322157061 Caruso, M., & Waldow, F. (2024). Beyond “Liberal Education” Education and the Liberal Script. In T. A. Börzel, J. Gerschewski, & M. Zürn (Eds.), The Liberal Script at the Beginning of the 21st Century: Conceptions, Components, and Tensions (pp. 257–275). Oxford University Press. Fourcade, M., & Healy, K. J. (2024). The ordinal society. Harvard University Press. Gulson, K. N., Sellar, S., & Webb, P. T. (2022). Algorithms of Education: How Datafication and Artificial Intelligence Shape Policy. U of Minnesota Press. Holmén, J. (2018). Den demokratiska skolan: Om likvärdighet och delaktighet 1960–2020. In H. Meinander, P. Karonen, & K. Östberg (Eds.), Demokratins drivkrafter: Kontext och särdrag i Sveriges och Finlands demokratier 1890–2020 (pp. 257–294). Appell förlag ; Lee, F. (2021). Enacting the Pandemic: Analyzing Agency, Opacity, and Power in Algorithmic Assemblages. Science & Technology Studies, 34(1), 65–90. https://doi.org/10.23987/sts.75323 Lundahl, L. (2002). Sweden: Decentralization, deregulation, quasi-markets - and then what? Journal of Education Policy, 17(6), 687–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000032328 Muench, R., Wieczorek, O., & Dressler, J. (2022). Equity lost: Sweden and Finland in the struggle for PISA scores. European Educational Research Journal, 14749041211069240. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211069240 Musset, P. (2012). School Choice and Equity: Current Policies in OECD Countries and a Literature Review. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/5k9fq23507vc-en OECD. (2019). Balancing School Choice and Equity: An International Perspective Based on Pisa. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/balancing-school-choice-and-equity_2592c974-en Resh, N., & Sabbagh, C. (2016). Justice and education. In C. Sabbagh & M. Schmitt (Eds.), Handbook of social justice theory and research (pp. 349–367). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-3216-0_19 Swist, T., & Gulson, K. N. (2023). School Choice Algorithms: Data Infrastructures, Automation, and Inequality. Postdigital Science and Education, 5(1), 152–170. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00334-z Williamson, B. (2018). Silicon startup schools: Technocracy, algorithmic imaginaries and venture philanthropy in corporate education reform. Critical Studies in Education, 59(2), 218–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1186710 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 03 B: *** Session Empty, Papers moved *** Political analyses of digital platforms and algorithms Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 03 C: Emerging issues in education policy analysis Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Stefanie Mallow Paper session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Shifting Locus of Authority in Swedish Education Policy: Analysing the Composition of Commissions of Inquiry Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:This study examines the development of epistemic authority in Swedish education policy over the last half century through the lens of Government commissions of inquiry on education. The question of how epistemic authority in education policy changes over time is addressed through an analysis of the composition such commissions. The professional background of appointed members of government commissions of inquiry on education initiated between 1968 and 2021 are analysed (covering around 250 commissions and 3700 appointments). We find that the composition of commissions has changed dramatically over the last half century. The representation professional experience from the education sector has declined considerably over time. Professional experience of education has seemingly been devalued in education policymaking. Concurrently, the representation of government ministry personnel has increased dramatically over time. We further find that these developments cannot simply be explained by shifts in the focus of the agenda of education policy but is evident also within specific policy issues. Further we find that, this shifts in representation of interests in commissions were enacted by government administrations from various ideological camps. We argue that this development paints an important background to paradigmatic shifts in the Swedish education system from the 1980s and onward (e.g. the decentralisation and marketisation of the Swedish education system). The weakend position of the education sector in shaping public policy can arguably be considered a nessecary precondition for such radical policy shifts, widley opposed by the teacher unions. The contribution of this paper to the wider field of education policy goes beyond its central empirical finding. The study demostrates a method for analysing epistemic communities authority in policy making through governmental appointment records. Further the study illustrates the utility of political science theories in understanding education policy development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data on all appointments to Government Commissions of Inquiry (CGI), initiated by the Ministry of Education between 1968 and 2021, was retrieved through a combination of hand coding and ocr-scanning of committee reports (kommitteberättelser) from the Swedish Government. The dataset contains information about each appointment to a CGI, including the serial number of the GCI, the name, age, gender and reported occupation of the appointee, as well as the role of the appointee within the GCI. Manual coding based on the title of the commission disclosed that 246 CGIs regarded issues related to education . The dataset used in the analyses covers 3700 appointments, of which there is data on profession of the appointee for 3695 (99.1%). In order to create a coherent typology of the occupation of the appointees, structured text matching was conducted on all text data regarding the reported profession of appointees. Each reported profession was matched against a list of titles within divergent professional categories. Descriptive statistical analyses in combination with ordinary least squares regression modelling is utilised to analyse the data. The composition of GCIs is described through frequency analyses and visualised through line graphs, displaying the share of members of each CGI that belong to each professional category throughout the time-period. Further, regression modelling is used to identify trends and patterns in the composition of CGIs over time. The regression models predict the share of members of a GCI that belong to a specific professional category. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Tasked with characterising education policymaking in Sweden for the world education yearbook of 1980, education researcher Sixten Marklund focused on the prominent role of government commissions of inquiry in shaping education policy. In characterising such commissions Marklund wrote that they were typically staffed by politicians, school-managers, teachers and researchers (Marklund, 1980/2012: 129). The present study finds indications of a marked change in the locus of authority and expertise in Swedish education policy since Marklund made this characterisation. According to our findings the groups characterised by Marklund as the typical members of commissions on education policy have all either gained more limited presence in government commissions over time or remained relatively opaque in such commissions. In their place, other professions have enjoyed instead an increased representation in commissions. A fair characterisation of government commissions on education today would therefore be that they typically consist of ministry staff and lawyers. The contrast between the government commissions on education in the 1980s and 2020s is thus stark. During the decades separating Marklund’s characterisation the entire commission system has gone through a marked transformation. Commissions have been given a shorter time frame, more limited staff, and more delimited instruction. What this study adds to the understanding of this transformation is mainly that the type of expertise included in commissions on education have changed dramatically. References Blomqvist, P., & Winblad, U. (2024). Have the welfare professions lost autonomy? A comparative study of doctors and teachers. Journal of Social Policy, 53(1), 64-85. Dahlström, C., Lundberg, E., & Pronin, K. (2021). No more political compromise? Swedish commissions of inquiry 1990–2016. Scandinavian political studies, 44(4), 416-440. Dobbins, M. (2014). Explaining change and inertia in Swedish and French education: A tale of two corporatisms?. Policy Studies, 35(3), 282-302. Hall, D., & McGinity, R. (2015). Conceptualizing teacher professional identity in neoliberal times: Resistance, compliance and reform. Education policy analysis archives, 23, 88-88. Marklund, S. (1980/2012). The role of central government in educational development in Sweden. In World Yearbook of Education 1980 (pp. 115-130). Routledge. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper From Responsibility to Risk: A Critical Policy Analysis of Student Mental Health Governance in Hong Kong University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper critically analyses the Student Mental Health Support Scheme (SMHSS), one of Hong Kong’s most prominent mental health initiatives in education, through the dual lens of Bacchi’s “What’s the Problem Represented to Be?” (WPR) framework and Robertson and Dale’s Cultural Political Economy (CPE). As student mental health has gained traction globally as a key concern for education governance, mental health policy discourse in Hong Kong have increasingly framed well-being as an individual responsibility and a site of risk management. The SMHSS exemplifies these patterns within a high-performance, tightly governed education system, where mental health is less as a structural concern and more as a matter of personal discipline, resilience, and life-planning. This paper interrogates how such representations are discursively and ideologically produced, and how they mediate what actions are rendered thinkable and actionable within policy. Existing research in Hong Kong tends to focus on implementation challenges and programme evaluation, often lacking a critical investigation of the assumptions underpinning policy design. This study addresses this gap by asking, through the WPR framework: (1) How is the 'problem' of student mental health constructed within the SMHSS? (2) What assumptions, silences, and governing rationalities underpin this construction? And (3) How do these intersecting logics—cultural, political, and economic—operate conjuncturally to shape student mental health policy? In doing so, the paper contributes to critical policy studies and to European and international debates on student well-being governance by examining how globally circulating discourses, promoted by organisations such as the WHO and OECD, are recontextualised within Hong Kong's governance system. Beyond Hong Kong, the case offers insights into how global well-being discourses are recontextualised, reinterpreted and enacted within different educational governance contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a post-structuralist, critical-interpretive approach that views policy as a discursive and ideological practice. Analytically, it combines Bacchi’s WPR framework with Robertson and Dale’s CPE. The WPR framework is used to deconstruct the problem representations embedded in the SMHSS and related documents, while the CPE lens allows for an interrogation of the broader ideological logics underpinning these discourses. The compatibility of WPR and CPE lies in their shared epistemological orientation: both move beyond technical-rationalist understandings of policy and instead analyse how discourses reflect and reproduce governing logics. The dual lens enables the study to bridge micro-level discursive constructions with macro-level ideological formations. Data sources include SMHSS policy documents, official press releases, Legislative Council records, promotional and school-based materials published between 2016 and 2023. These documents were selected based on their role in framing and operationalising student mental health under the scheme. The analytic process followed a staged strategy. First, WPR questions guided a discursive reading of how problems are represented, what assumptions underpin these representations, and what is left unproblematized. Second, the findings were interpreted through a CPE lens to uncover how neoliberal responsibilisation, Confucian moralism, and authoritarian governance logics interact to shape policy architectures and exclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals three core discursive themes. First, student mental health is constructed primarily as a matter of individual responsibility and behavioural risk, with resilience and moral self-discipline positioned as both problem and solution. This reflects a hybridised ideological terrain where neoliberal responsibilisation and Confucian moralism co-constitute the normative ground of policy. Second, the scheme promotes governance through fragmentation and outsourcing. Mental health services are delegated to NGOs under targeted, tiered intervention models, producing a shadow state architecture that deflects state responsibility while embedding managerial and efficiency discourses. This aligns with CPE’s reading of neoliberal governance logics. Third, the policy ensemble strategically silences structural harms—such as academic stress, socio-economic inequality, and political instability—through depoliticised language and omission. The absence of structural discourse not only narrows the problem space but also delegitimises calls for systemic reform. Together, these findings suggest that SMHSS operates as a conjunctural policy ensemble in which moralisation, commodification, and authoritarianism reinforce one another. Culture, politics, and economy are not merely contextual variables but co-constitutive forces that structure the discursive and operational logics of mental health governance. This case contributes to global debates by showing how responsibilisation discourses are reterritorialised within hybrid governance systems and by advancing a context-sensitive framework for understanding student mental health policy. References Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: What’s the problem represented to be? Pearson Australia. Brown, B., & Baker, S. (2012). Responsible Citizens: Individuals, Health, and Policy Under Neoliberalism. Anthem Press. Chan, A. C. K., & Young, A. (2012). Confucian Principles of Governance: Paternalistic Order and Relational Obligations Without Legal Rules. SSRN Electronic Journal. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1986716 EDB. (n.d.). Student Mental Health Information Online: Contact List of ‘Off-campus Support Network’ Team. https://mentalhealth.edb.gov.hk/uploads/mh/page/3- tier%20Emergency%20Mechanism/EN/3%20Contact%20List%20of%20%E2%80%9 COff-campus%20Support%20Network%E2%80%9D%20Team.pdf Jessop, B. (2010). Cultural political economy and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 3(3–4), 336–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171003619741 Larner, W. (2000). Neo-liberalism: Policy, Ideology, Governmentality. Studies in Political Economy, 63(1), 5–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/19187033.2000.11675231 Li, Z., Hsu, Y. C., & Yip, P. S. F. (2025). Unraveling the Complexities Between Reasons and Motivations Behind Suicide Behaviors: A Population-Based Study of Hong Kong Secondary School Students. Journal of Adolescent Health, 76(5), 830–838. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2025.01.005 Lin, M., & Zhao, W. (2023). Untangling the making and governing of Hong Kong teachers through neoliberal, Confucian, and affective technologies: With and beyond Foucault. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 51(2), 147–161. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2023.2174074 Robertson, S., & Dale, R. (2021). Cultural Political Economy (CPE) in Comparative and International Education. In T. D. Jules, R. Shields, & M. A. Thomas (Eds.), The Bloomsbury Handbook of Thoery in Comparative and international Education (pp. 281–294). Bloomsbury Academic. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Meritocracy, Mobility, and Sovereignty: Value Negotiations in Taiwan’s National Study-Abroad Policy 1: National Academy for Educational Research, Taiwan, Taiwan; 2: National Academy for Educational Research, Taiwan Presenting Author:Spanning over seven decades, Taiwan’s national scholarship program for international advanced degrees has served as a cornerstone of the nation’s modernization and human capital development (Chen, 2013). As a component of a national policy evaluation and reform project, this research explores the radical navigation required when traditional nationalistic frameworks collide with the fluid realities of globalization. This analysis of the program’s paradigm shift examines how state-led talent cultivation must be reimagined to reconcile the tensions between equity versus excellence, as well as national loyalty versus global mobility—a focus that aligns with the "Rhythm of Revolution" theme of ECER 2026. The program’s conceptual roots trace back to the late-19th-century Boxer Indemnity scholarships initiated by the Qing Imperial government. Since the 1950s, the Taiwanese government has upheld this tradition, utilizing rigorous annual national examinations to select elite students to pursue advanced degrees abroad, primarily in North American and European doctoral programs. Traditionally, this has adhered to a "quid pro quo" model: providing substantial state funding in exchange for a mandatory return service obligation. However, after seven decades, this model faces immense pressure to adapt to a transformed global higher education landscape. While previous policies could justify cultivating individuals strictly for state service, the current era demands "mobility intelligence"—the capacity to address global challenges while remaining in a state of professional flux. As "brain drain" re-emerges as a critical threat, nations like Taiwan must develop proactive strategies to retain talent without stifling international exposure. To navigate this complexity, the study addresses two guiding questions:
While existing literature on national scholarship programs in developing economies frequently highlights specific national contexts or individual scholar characteristics (Perna et al., 2015; Chen & Chien, 2024), research examining these policies through the lens of structural dilemmas remains scarce. This study frames Taiwan’s policy as a developmental strategy navigating two critical tensions: the pursuit of excellence versus equity and the management of national loyalty versus global mobility. These dilemmas illustrate how non-Western nations negotiate aggressive global competition, providing a context for why Asian governments often prioritize international competitiveness over domestic equity (Marginson, 2019). To unpack these trade-offs, the research integrates dual analytical perspectives:
This research offers contributions to both theory and practice: Theoretically, it advances the understanding of state-led talent cultivation by revealing how a policy must simultaneously integrate macro-structural goals with micro-level equity concerns. It provides an analytical framework for scrutinizing how non-Western developmental states adapt their educational strategies when traditional nationalistic boundaries collide with neoliberal global mobility. Practically, the findings inform the design of sophisticated policy instruments that move beyond binary "stay or go" mandates. By highlighting the need to balance globalization with domestic innovation, this study offers a roadmap for policymakers in similar developing nations to develop "mobility intelligence" strategies—striving to achieve a diverse array of national objectives while navigating the persistent challenges of the global talent war. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study employs a phenomenological approach to explore the complex institutional and personal perspectives surrounding Taiwan’s government-sponsored study abroad policy. To ensure data triangulation, semi-structured in-depth interviews and focus group discussions were conducted with three distinct stakeholder groups (N=77): 12 university presidents (purposively sampled to represent diverse institutional types), 35 potential applicants (selected from a survey pool of 367 for demographic variety), and 30 current program fellows (stratified by gender, discipline, and destination). The interview protocols were designed to elicit deep insights into three core policy pillars: the definition of policy objectives, the efficacy of the national examination as a meritocratic selection mechanism, and the ethical/practical implications of mandatory return service. All sessions were recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis followed a rigorous thematic framework (Braun & Clarke, 2012), utilizing a multi-stage coding process. Initial open coding was followed by axial coding to map relationships between stakeholder perceptions and policy constraints. To ensure trustworthiness and reflexivity, the research team employed member checking with select participants and maintained an audit trail of analytical decisions. The analysis ultimately synthesized these viewpoints into two overarching dimensions of policy tension: elitism versus equity in selection, and nationalistic loyalty versus global mobility in service requirements. This multi-vocal approach allows the study to move beyond superficial policy evaluation toward a structural understanding of the "quid pro quo" model in a globalized era. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Taiwan’s national scholarship policy for international advanced degree operates at the intersection of globalization and localization, navigating two central paradoxes under a "quid pro quo" developmental model: The Meritocratic Paradox: Excellence vs. Equity The various emphasis of interviewed stakeholder reveals a fundamental conflict over institutional fairness. While dominant interviewed college students advocate for standardized examinations as a safeguard against nepotism and credential fraud, students on Maters programs and academic administrators prioritize holistic assessments to identify long-term research potential. Ultimately, both groups remain anchored in an East Asian developmental logic that prioritizes the selection of "elite talent" for national service over broad educational equity. The Sovereignty Paradox: National Loyalty vs. Global Mobility The rise of global talent competition has destabilized traditional mandatory repatriation mechanisms. State-centric protectionism argues that scholarship recipients must return to honor taxpayer-funded contracts and address the domestic crisis of an aging academic workforce. Proponents view the return of these scholars as essential to replenishing Taiwan’s faculty amidst a looming wave of retirements. Conversely, many interviewed university presidents and students advocate for transnational knowledge circulation, arguing that a rigid "return-only" mandate may limit Taiwan’s long-term interests. They contend that by remaining in prestigious overseas academic institutions or high-tech industries, Taiwanese scholars can more effectively contribute to the international community and integrate into global innovation networks. This high-level presence enhances Taiwan’s international influence. Furthermore, given the shrinking domestic academic job market, critics suggest that fostering a global "brain linkage" through these overseas scholars provides a more resilient form of knowledge repatriation than physical return alone. In summary, globalization makes study-abroad policies essential, yet Taiwan faces significant tensions. Selection processes struggle to balance elite meritocracy with equity, while the "pull" from larger nations complicates repatriation, making it difficult to bring vital global expertise home. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology: Vol. 2. Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13620-004 Chen, Y.-S. (2013). Modernization or cultural imperialism: A critical of Taiwan’s National Scholarship Program for Overseas Study. Peter Lang. Chen, Y.-S., & Chien, C. L. (2024). Who received public funding to pursue advanced degrees abroad? The subtle role of cultural capital in Taiwan. Higher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01369-w European Commission. (2021). Implementation guidelines - Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps inclusive and diversity strategy. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/document/implementation-guidelines-erasmus-and-european-solidarity-corps-inclusion-and-diversity-strategy Marginson, S. (2018). Higher education, economic inequality, and social mobility: Implications for emerging East Asia. International Journal of Educational Development, 63, 4–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2017.02.002 National Science Foundation. (2024, March 13). The U.S. must invest in its people to lead discoveries and innovations. https://www.nsf.gov/nsb/news/news_summ.jsp?cntn_id=309277&org=NSB&from=news Perna, L. W., Orosz, K., & Jumakulov, Z. (2014). Understanding the human capital benefits of a government-funded international scholarship programme: An exploration of Kazakhstan's Bolashak programme. International Journal of Educational Development, 40, 85–97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2014.11.012 Perna, L. W., Orosz, K., Jumakulov, Z., Kishkentayeva, M., & Ashirbekov, A. (2015). Understanding the programmatic and contextual forces that influence participation in a government-sponsored international student-mobility program. Higher Education, 69(2), 173–188. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-014-9767-4 Salisbury, M. H., Paulsen, M. B., & Pascarella, E. T. (2010). To see the world or stay at home: Applying an integrated student choice model to explore the gender gap in the intent to study abroad. Research in Higher Education, 51, 615–640. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-010-9171-6 Saxenian, A. (2006). The new Argonauts: Regional advantage in a global economy. Harvard University Press. Shin, G. W., & Moon, R. (2018). Working paper: From brain drain to brain circulation and linkage. Stanford Center on China's Economy and Institutions. https://fsi-live.s3.us-west-1.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/brain_drain_to_circulation_and_linkage_0.pdf 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Research as a Rhetorical Element in the Network Governance of UNESCO: ‘Stylised Facts’ and the Greening Education Partnership University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:International Organisations (IOs), such as UNESCO, play increasing roles in the global governance of education (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023; Rizvi & Lingard, 2010). Yet, beyond claims about the increasing use of numbers and quantitative data (Grek & Ydesen, 2021; Sellar & Lingard, 2014), little academic scholarship exists about research-policy relationships involving IOs. In addition, while there is substantial research on the OECD and the World Bank (Auld & Morris, 2019; Gorur, 2011), less is known about how UNESCO engages with research (Edwards et al., 2018; Zapp, 2021). This paper aims to contribute to the literature on IOs, network governance, and research-policy relationships by presenting analysis on how UNESCO engages with research. More specifically, this paper uses the Greening Education Partnership (GEP) as an example to show how research findings are used as elements in network governance. The GEP is a United Nations-wide climate change education initiative led by UNESCO, bringing together UN agencies, NGOs, national governments, and the private sector. Established in 2022, over 1,900 organisations have since joined the Partnership. In this paper I demonstrate how research is central to the justification and practices of the GEP through the production and circulation of three recurring research findings presented in highly condensed statistical form. One interviewee called them “stylised facts,” as they have little connection to the research report they originate from but are framed as facts. As the paper will show, those stylised facts are used in high-level event speeches, in colourful visuals underpinning the GEP’s mission, newsletters, and other ways in which the Partnership communicates. Conceptually, the paper draws on rhetorical approaches to research use to analyse the ways in which these facts influence the network governance of the GEP. The paper uses Aristotle’s modes of persuasion (logos, ethos, pathos) to understand how research is strategically part of the GEP. This paper is part of a larger PhD study situated within education policy sociology that looks at the roles of research in the network governance of the GEP. This paper focuses on one of the sub-research questions of this study, namely how research artefacts are used in the network governance of the GEP. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overarching methodology for the PhD project this paper is based on is network ethnography, which combines ethnography approaches with network analysis (Rowe, 2024). This approach allows for an analysis of how research artefacts move across actors and sites and how they are taken up within UNESCO-led network governance. Data collection for this study took place between March 2024 and April 2025 and focused on the first two years of the GEP’s existence. The dataset includes 19 semi-structured interviews with UN staff, researchers, and civil society actors involved in the GEP. In addition, online observations were conducted at several GEP events to capture how research was presented and mobilised in real time. The analysis also draws on a range of material artefacts, including communication materials such as newsletters and websites, guidance publications, and research reports commissioned by UNESCO. The data were analysed qualitatively using thematic analysis by coding the data inductively and deductively in NVivo15. Alongside thematic analysis, research artefacts and their connections were mapped in order to trace how research is involved in the GEP’s network. This paper draws on a subset of the broader dataset. Specifically, it analyses instances in which the three stylised facts were referenced across interviews, event observations, and material artefacts. These instances were mapped to identify when, where, and by whom the stylised facts were used. Thematic analysis provided contextual insight into how these stylised facts were used within policy narratives and governance processes, and how they were positioned in relation to other forms of research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that stylised facts play an important role in the GEP and are the most visible way research is used in its network governance. They often appear at the beginning of policy documents and are generally displayed as central to policy arguments. This paper argues that stylised facts function as rhetorical elements in UNESCO’s network governance of the GEP, following all three of Aristotle’s modes of persuasion. As logos, stylised facts are used to justify the existence of the GEP as rational, evidence-based, and difficult to contest. As ethos, they support the credibility of the GEP, signalling expertise and authority in global education and climate policy. As pathos, they contribute to a sense of urgency and shared responsibility by framing climate change education as lacking and urgent. At the same time, the analysis shows that while the use of numbers – such as the stylised facts - is a conscious form of governance by UNESCO, awareness about limitations exists. For example, while the stylised facts are presented as numbers and statistical indicators, they are largely based on qualitative research that has been condensed into numerical form. Further, in interviews and events, actors involved with the GEP expressed concerns that these stylised facts turn research into seemingly neutral knowledge objects, that takes out complexity and nuance. In addition, other forms of research are not signposted in the same way and research that cannot be easily condensed into numbers tends to be less visible in the GEP’s governance processes, which has implications for the kind of research that can be part of the GEP. References Auld, E., & Morris, P. (2019). Science by streetlight and the OECD's measure of global competence: A new yardstick for internationalisation? Policy Futures in Education, 17(6), 677-698, Article 1478210318819246. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318819246 Edwards, D. B., Okitsu, T., da Costa, R., & Kitamura, Y. (2018). Organizational Legitimacy in the Global Education Policy Field: Learning from UNESCO and the Global Monitoring Report. Comparative Education Review, 62(1), 31-+. https://doi.org/10.1086/695440 Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank. Gorur, R. (2011). ANT on the PISA Trail: Following the statistical pursuit of certainty. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43, 76-93. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2009.00612.x Grek, S., & Ydesen, C. (2021). Where science met policy: governing by indicators and the OECD’s INES programme. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(2), 122-137. Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing education policy. Routledge. Rowe, E. (2024). Network ethnography in education: a literature review of network ethnography as a methodology and how it has been applied in critical policy studies. Analysing Education Policy, 136-156. Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2014). The OECD and the expansion of PISA: new global modes of governance in education. British educational research journal, 40(6), 917-936. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3120 Zapp, M. (2021). The authority of science and the legitimacy of international organisations: OECD, UNESCO and World Bank in global education governance. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 51(7), 1022-1041. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 24 SES 03 A JS: Joint Paper Session - NW 11 and NW 24 Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Vuslat Seker Joint Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Action Research Report: Developing Students' Skills in Making Conclusions When Solving Complex Problems Through Scaffolding NIS Kyzylorda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Development of Students’ Skills in Making Conclusions When Solving Complex Mathematical Problems through Scaffolding In contemporary mathematics education, priorities have shifted from routine reproduction of algorithms toward the development of learners’ reasoning, analytical thinking, and problem-solving skills. Students in mathematics classes are now expected not only to perform calculations but also to interpret results, justify methods, and construct coherent conclusions based on evidence (Boaler, 2016). Complex mathematical tasks, particularly those involving exponential and logarithmic functions, require students to analyze conditions, select appropriate strategies, and synthesize final interpretations. However, many 10th-grade students experience difficulties in connecting procedural steps with meaningful conclusions and in explaining the logic of their solutions (Anghileri, 2006). Thus, mathematics teachers play a critical role in designing structured learning environments that scaffold students’ reasoning processes, gradually leading them to independent conclusion-making. This study aims to explore how scaffolding strategies in mathematics lessons can enhance students’ ability to formulate justified conclusions when solving complex problems, focusing on guided questioning, collaborative learning, and gradual transfer of responsibility. The main research problem addressed in this study is: This study focuses on the following research questions:
Literature Review Conclusion-making in mathematics involves a set of competencies that enable students to interpret results, connect representations, and justify reasoning (Boaler, 2016). Fostering these competencies aligns with modern educational frameworks emphasizing higher-order thinking, problem solving, and metacognitive reflection (Mercer & Littleton, 2007). Scaffolding, rooted in Vygotsky’s concept of the Zone of Proximal Development, provides temporary and adaptive support that guides learners toward independent performance (Vygotsky, 1978). Research demonstrates that scaffolding in mathematics promotes deeper conceptual understanding and the ability to articulate conclusions rather than merely execute procedures (Anghileri, 2006). Scholarly literature identifies several effective strategies for developing mathematical reasoning: guided questioning, dialogic interaction, collaborative problem solving, and gradual transfer of responsibility (van de Pol et al., 2010). Guided questioning helps students focus on key relationships within a task, while collaborative work encourages verbalization of thought processes and peer explanation. Scaffolded tasks lead learners step by step from supported analysis to independent justification. A growing body of research confirms that combining these strategies results in significant improvements in students’ engagement, critical thinking, and ability to draw evidence-based conclusions (Boaler, 2016; Anghileri, 2006; Mercer & Littleton, 2007). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This study employed a single-group pre-test/post-test design to investigate the development of conclusion-making skills in 24 Grade 10 students (ages 15–16) during an eight-week intervention focused on the unit “Exponential and Logarithmic Functions.” During weeks one and two, students participated in guided problem analysis using structured questions aimed at identifying conditions, strategy choice, and interpretation of results. Weeks three to five involved small-group collaborative tasks where learners solved interdisciplinary problems from biology, physics, and economics and presented reasoned conclusions. Weeks six and seven included scaffolded individual tasks in which students independently selected methods, justified steps, and formulated written conclusions. The final week focused on presentations and reflection. Data collection included pre- and post-tests measuring interpretation of results, justification of methods, and quality of conclusions; classroom observations; student questionnaires; and evaluation of written solutions using a rubric. Quantitative data were analyzed with paired comparisons, and qualitative data were examined through thematic analysis to identify patterns of reasoning, collaboration, and independence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Discussion 1. How does structured scaffolding affect students’ ability to formulate mathematical conclusions? The findings reveal that structured scaffolding substantially improved students’ conclusion-making skills. Comparison of pre- and post-test results showed significant progress: interpretation of results increased by 32%, justification of methods by 29%, and quality of written conclusions by 37%. Guided prompts helped students connect intermediate steps with final answers and express reasoning using appropriate mathematical language (van de Pol et al., 2010). 2. How do guided questioning, collaborative tasks, and gradual release support interpretation and justification? Classroom observations demonstrated high engagement during collaborative problem solving. Students actively discussed strategy selection, compared solutions, and defended conclusions before peers. Participation in group tasks enhanced learners’ ability to synthesize information and confidently justify evidence-based results (Mercer & Littleton, 2007). Scaffolded individual tasks supported autonomy, enabling students to design solution paths and construct coherent explanations (Anghileri, 2006). 3. What challenges do students face and how can scaffolding help? Questionnaire data and analysis of written work indicated that some students remained dependent on teacher prompts and experienced difficulty managing time in complex tasks. Lower-achieving learners were sometimes passive in groups. However, structured guidance—clear roles, step-by-step descriptors, and fading support—helped overcome these barriers and promoted more balanced participation and self-regulation (Boaler, 2016). Conclusion This study highlights that scaffolding effectively develops students’ skills in making conclusions when solving complex mathematical problems. Incorporating guided questioning, collaborative learning, and gradual transfer of responsibility supports independent reasoning and evidence-based justification. The findings emphasize the value of scaffolded approaches in modern mathematics education to move learners from procedural performance toward meaningful analytical thinking. References •Anghileri, J. (2006). Scaffolding practices that enhance mathematics learning. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 9(1), 33-52. •Boaler, J. (2016). Mathematical Mindsets: Unleashing Students' Potential through Creative Math, Inspiring Messages, and Innovative Teaching. Jossey-Bass. •Mercer, N., & Littleton, K. (2007). Dialogue and the Development of Children's Thinking: A Sociocultural Approach. Routledge. •Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The Differentiated Classroom: Responding to the Needs of All Learners. ASCD. •van de Pol, J., Volman, M., & Beishuizen, J. (2010). Scaffolding in teacher-student interaction: A decade of research. Educational Psychology Review, 22(3), 271-296. •Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. •Webb, N. M. (2009). The teacher's role in promoting collaborative dialogue in the classroom. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(1), 1-28. •Wood, D., Bruner, J. S., & Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 17(2), 89-100. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Mathematics Resilience, Digital Literacy and Mental Health Status: A Structural Equation Model on Students' Mathematics Achievement University of Southeastern Philippines, Philippines Presenting Author:The global transition toward flexible and blended learning frameworks in higher education has necessitated a radical shift in how complex subjects like mathematics are taught and mastered. While these digital landscapes ensure academic continuity, they simultaneously introduce significant barriers, including reduced interpersonal interaction, heavy reliance on digital platforms, and heightened cognitive and emotional stress. In this context, mathematics resilience emerges as a vital construct, representing the learner's ability to persist through adversity and navigate the complexities of mathematical tasks (Cassidy, 2016). However, the effectiveness of this resilience is heavily dependent on a student’s digital literacy; despite being perceived as "tech-savvy," many learners still struggle to utilize technology as a functional tool for deep mathematical engagement (Taja-on, 2023). Consequently, there is an urgent need to investigate the interplay between mathematics resilience, digital proficiency, and student well-being to ensure that modern instructional modalities foster growth rather than academic anxiety. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study is quantitative in nature and made used of descriptive-correlational and causal comparative research designs. Descriptive research helps identify the attributes of a particular phenomenon based on an observation or the exploration of correlation between two or more variables (Creswell, 2002). Thus, the study examined the relationship of academic resilience, digital literacy, and mental health status towards mathematics achievement. Moreover, this study focused on fitting the data to hypothesized models of academic resilience, digital literacy, and mental health status and mathematics achievement of students. Hence, causal comparative design will be employed to examine how the independent variable affects the dependent variable and involves cause and effect relationships (Williams, 2011). Respodents and Sampling Technique This study utilized a stratified sampling technique to select 279 first-year College of Education students from the University of Southeastern Philippines (USeP) who were enrolled in the Mathematics in the Modern World course for SY 2024-2025. By dividing the population into 19 academic programs across the CEd and CTET colleges and selecting 15 students per stratum, the researchers ensured a representative sample that exceeds the minimum requirement of 250 participants recommended for robust Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) (Boomsma, 2000). To maintain the integrity of the sample, the study specifically included only regular students within these programs, excluding those who were cross-enrolled from other departments. Instruments To gather the necessary data for the structural model, this study utilized four distinct instruments: the Academic Resilience Scale (Simbulas, 2018) to measure students' psychological persistence, the Digital Literacy in Higher Education Questionnaire (Miranda, Isaias & Pifano, 2018) to evaluate technical competencies, the Depression Anxiety Stress Scale-42 (DASS-21) to assess mental health status, and a 45-item multiple choice Mathematics Achievement tesrt to quantify academic performance. To ensure the scientific rigor of the findings, these adapted instruments underwent a rigorous process of content validity by subject matter experts and reliability testing to confirm that they consistently and accurately measure the specific constructs within the Philippine higher education context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion (up to 300 words) The regression result weights on the effect measured variables to latent variables showed that mathematics resilience and digital literacy significantly predict mathematics achievement since the computed p-values of the two (2) latent variables are greater than the critical value which is .05. Since mathematics resilience has high correlation, and digital literacy has low correlation, it implies that mathematics resilience is more important than digital literacy comparably based on beta weights between 2.16 and -0.87. To determine if the model is a good model or not, the criterion of each model fit indeces were considered. The result revealed that the model satisfied with the p-value, which is greater than 0.05, Root Mean Square of Error Approximation (RMSEA) is less than 0.05, P-close is greater than 0.05. Moreover, in the following indices satisfy the criteria to have a model fit namely: Chi-Square/Degrees of Freedom (CMIN/DF) is lesser than 2, Normed Fit Index (NFI) is greater than 0.95, Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI) is greater than 0.95, Comparative Fit Index (CFI) is greater than 0.95 and Goodness of Fit Index (GFI) is greater 0.95. Based on the findings of the study, mathematic resilience and digital literacy are the strong determinants of mathematics achievement. Thus, the best fitting structural model is composed of mathematics resilience and digital literacy for mathematics achievement. The institution should institutionalize mathematical resilience by integrating growth-mindset interventions and grit-based problem-solving strategies directly into the Mathematics in the Modern World curriculum, shifting the focus from mere rote memorization to psychological persistence. Concurrently, the university must prioritize a robust digital literacy program that goes beyond basic software use; by providing targeted training in technical data analysis and digital collaborative tools. References Bernardo, A. B. I. (2021). Socioeconomic status moderates the relationship between growth mindset and learning in mathematics and science: Evidence from PISA 2018 Philippine data. International Journal of School & Educational Psychology, 9(3), 208–222. https://doi.org/10.1080/21683603.2020.1832635 Boomsma, A. (2000). Reporting analyses of covariance structures. Structural equation modeling, 7(3), 461-483. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15328007SEM0703_6 Cassidy, S. (2015). Resilience building in students: The role of academic self- efficacy. Frontiers in Psychology, 6, 1781. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2015.01781 Creswell, J. W. (2002). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative and mixed method approaches. (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Davis, F. (1985). A Technology Acceptance Model for Empirically Testing New End-User Information Systems. Eccles J. S., Adler, T. F., Futterman, R., Goff, S. B., Kaczala, C. M., Meece, J. L., & Midgley, C. (1983). Expectancies, values, and academic behaviors. In J. T. Spence (Ed.), Achievement and achievement motivation (pp. 75–146). San Francisco, CA: W. H. Freeman. Ma, X., Li, Y., & Jiang, Y. (2020). The impact of online platforms on student engagement and achievement in mathematics: A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 23(3), 69-82 Middleton, M. J., & Midgley, C. (1997). Avoiding the demonstration of lack of ability: An underexplored aspect of goal theory. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89(4), 710–718. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.89.4.710 Miranda, P., Isaias, P., & Pifano, S. (2018). Digital literacy in higher education: A survey on students’ self-assessment. In Learning and Collaboration Technologies. Learning and Teaching: 5th International Conference, LCT 2018, Held as Part of HCI International 2018, Las Vegas, NV, USA, July 15-20, 2018, Proceedings, Part II 5 (pp. 71-87). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-91152-6_6 OECD (2021), OECD Economic Outlook, Volume 2021 Issue 2, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/66c5ac2c-en. Simbulas, L. S. (2018). Aptitude, resilience, and teacher attributes of learners: A structural model on mathematics achievement. Unpublished Dissertation. Bukidnon State University. Taja-on, E. (2023). Digital literacy on mathematical performance of college students in the course mathematics in the modern world. School of Education Research Journal, 4(1), 1-10. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10435709 Tria, J. Z. (2020). The COVID-19 pandemic through the lens of education in the Philippines: The new normal. International Journal of Pedagogical Development and Lifelong Learning, 1(1), ep2001. https://doi.org/10.30935/ijpdll/8311 Williams, C. (2011). Research methods. Journal of Business & Economic Research (JBER), 5(3). https://doi.org/10.19030/jber.v5i3.2532 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 25 SES 03 A: The Right to Education, to Play, to Privacy and to Protection Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Rachel Shanks Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Political Manipulation of the Right to Education: The Cases of Haredi Education in New York and Israel University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:This study explores the political tactics through which states manipulate education laws over time across different stages of the policy process, thereby diluting the content of the right to education. It focuses on Haredi education in New York and Israel. Haredi society is characterized by strong communal boundaries, hierarchical religious authority, and a worldview that prioritizes intensive religious study for boys while minimizing secular education (Author et al., 2024; Berger, 2014). Schools affiliated with ultra-religious enclave communities frequently constitute a focal point of conflict between states and minority groups. Debates over the regulation of ultra-religious education have emerged across jurisdictions, including Amish schools in the United States (Wisconsin v. Yoder, 1972), Muslim schools in the United Kingdom and Singapore (Parker-Jenkins et al., 2017; Tan, 2010), and Haredi Jewish schools in Israel, New York, the United Kingdom, and Belgium (Author, 2015; Rocker, 2022; Franken & Levrau, 2020). Ultra-religious communities cultivate educational institutions that preserve religious values and limit exposure to broader society (MacMullen, 2009), while states are expected to ensure that all children receive education that develops their personality, talents, and mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential, develop respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, and prepare them for responsible life in a free society (UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, 1989, Article 29(1)). This conflict reflects tensions between the acceptability and adaptability dimensions of the right to education (UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, 1999), as well as between parental rights and state interests in democracy and workforce participation. A substantial body of legal and philosophical scholarship addressed these issues through normative debates on the balance between children’s rights, parental rights, and collective interests, or through analyses of judicial reasoning (e.g., Chiang & Killian, 2024; Dwyer, 2001; MacMullen, 2007; Rothschild, 2019; Tampio, 2023). However, this literature has largely underplayed the political processes through which legal rules governing the content and implementation of the right to education are diluted or selectively applied over time (Sivertsen, 2004). Empirical research on Haredi education has begun to illuminate these dynamics. A large-scale study conducted in Israel documented persistent under-teaching of core curricular subjects and identified patterns of coupled institutional maintenance, whereby schools and inspectors tacitly preserve noncompliance and institutional autonomy (Author et al., 2024). Research on conditional funding policies in Israel and Belgium demonstrated how such policies shape schools’ decisions to adopt educational standards (Author, 2014; Other & Author, 2019). Additional studies examined Haredi activism, revealing both efforts to promote secular education in Israel (Other & Author, 2023a, 2023b) and discursive strategies that legitimize noncompliance and sustain institutional autonomy in New York (Lichtenstein, 2022). Despite these contributions, existing scholarship largely focused on schools, inspectors, or courts, leaving the political level under-theorized. The current study addresses that gap by foregrounding political power in the analysis of Haredi education in Israel and New York, where Haredi communities wield disproportionate influence due to demographic concentration, coalition politics, and bloc voting. Building on this context, the study advances a theoretical framework that conceptualizes state behavior toward Haredi education as political manipulation of law across the policy cycle. By foregrounding political agency and drawing on political science theories (e.g., Dewey & Di Carlo, 2022; Holland, 2016; Manna & Moffitt, 2021; Short, 2019), the framework reframes conflicts over the right to education in ultra-religious schools not merely as legal or cultural disputes, but as instances of active governance through manipulation that allow states to maintain formal recognition of the right to education while diluting its substantive content. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on the cases of Haredi education in New York and Israel and adopts a qualitative research approach. The cases were selected for several reasons. First, both jurisdictions impose legal requirements concerning core curricular content intended to guarantee the right to education in private schools, while simultaneously exhibiting long-standing and well-documented deviations in the enforcement of these requirements in Haredi schools. Second, in both New York and Israel, Haredi communities wield significant political leverage. Third, both cases reveal similar patterns of political tactics used to manipulate the legal rules governing Haredi education. Fourth, these cases exemplify two domains in which states can manipulate law with relative ease: educational rights and religious freedom. Education policy is characterized by broad, vague, and sometimes conflicting goals, multiple enforcement authorities, and implementation by heterogeneous institutions, making it particularly prone to loose coupling between formal rules and organizational practices (Lichtenstein, 2022). This tendency toward loose coupling enables political actors to manipulate legal rules while maintaining formal commitments to the right to education (Manna & Moffitt, 2021). Religious freedom is a highly contested political domain in many countries, embedded in broader right–left conflicts and constituting one of the most prominent arenas for legal exemptions (Rothschild, 2021). The timelines of the case studies begin when the regulation of Haredi education reached the agendas of decision-makers due to external pressures. The New York case study begins in 2015, whereas the Israeli case study begins in the early 2000s. Data collection for both cases concluded in November 2025. Data sources included documentary materials and political discourse. Most documents were produced by official bodies or recorded politicians’ public statements, including legislative and regulatory materials, judicial decisions, parliamentary records, supervision and accountability documents, and statements by senior political actors in the media. The analysis also drew on academic studies, policy reports, and news articles that provided contextual information or revealed facts not available in official documents. Materials were collected from government and court websites, media outlets, and lawyers and civil society organizations active in the field of Haredi education. The analysis of the findings drew on a constructive grounded theory approach (Charmaz, 2008). The analysis proceeded in two stages, combining chronological process tracing with iterative coding and theoretical sampling to identify and compare recurring tactics of legal manipulation, recognizing that different legal rules moved through multiple, non-linear phases over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identified a recurrent repertoire of political tactics through which New York and Israel have manipulated education law over time, thereby diluting the right to education of Haredi children. During the formation of education law, both jurisdictions employed legal ambiguity, tailor-made legislation, and policy inaction or delay to accommodate powerful Haredi communities. In both cases, core curricular requirements were framed in vague terms, leaving key concepts, such as “substantial equivalence” in New York or the content of the core curriculum in Israel, open to interpretation. When ambiguity proved insufficient, legislators enacted tailor-made laws that created de facto exemptions while preserving the appearance of generality. Prolonged regulatory delays, often justified through consultation processes, further postponed the realization of educational rights. At the enforcement stage, the analysis revealed systematic forbearance, manifested in weak supervision, under-resourced enforcement bodies, avoidance of data collection, and selective non-enforcement. In both jurisdictions, education authorities refrained for years from enforcing existing legal obligations despite evidence of noncompliance. Forbearance functioned as a politically expedient strategy, allowing governments to maintain formal legal standards while minimizing conflict with Haredi communities. When policy failure became publicly visible, Israeli politicians shifted manipulation to the legitimation phase, relying on blame avoidance and washing. Senior political actors portrayed budgetary expansions as tools for strengthening core education and supervision, despite the absence of corresponding enforcement changes. This legitimation phase has not yet fully emerged in New York, where high-level politicians can still largely avoid public engagement with the infringement of educational rights despite growing criticism. Taken together, the findings demonstrate how states sustain long-term departures from children’s educational rights without formally abandoning them. The comparative analysis of similar political tactics that emerged across distinct institutional settings, offers a conceptual lens applicable to other domains where education, children’s rights, and political power intersect. References Berger, J. (2014). The pious ones: The world of Hasidim and their battles with America. Harper Collins. Charmaz, K. (2008). Grounded theory as an emergent method. In S. Hesse-Biber & P. Leavy (Eds)., Handbook of emergent methods (pp. 155-170). Guilford. Chiang Jr, T., & Killian, C. (2024). Child education rights versus parental preferences: A paradox between United Nations conventions and alternative schooling methods. Educational Policy, 38(5), 1176-1199. Dewey, M., & Di Carlo, D (2022). Governing through non-enforcement: Regulatory forbearance as industrial policy in advanced economies. Regulation & Governance, 16(3), 930–950. Dwyer, J. G. (2001). Religious schools v. children's rights. Cornell University Press. Franken, L., & Levrau, F. (2020). Rejecting “controversial” issues in education: A case study of ultra-Orthodox Jewish schools in Belgium. Religions, 11(4), 1-16. Holland, A. C. (2016). Forbearance. American Political Science Review, 110(2), 232-246. Lichtenstein, M. (2022). Legitimizing tactics: Hasidic schools, noncompliance, and the politics of deservingness. American Journal of Sociology, 127(6), 1860-1916. MacMullen, I. (2009). Faith in schools? Autonomy, citizenship, and religious education in the liberal state. Princeton University Press. Manna, P., & Moffitt, S. L. (2021). Traceable tasks and complex policies: When politics matter for policy implementation. Policy Studies Journal, 49(1), 190-218. Parker-Jenkins, M., Francia, G., & Edling, S. (2017). Education for the other: Policy and provision for muslim children in the UK and swedish education systems. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 47(2), 257-270. Rocker, S. (2022). New schools bill introduces move to regulate Yeshivot. The Jewish Chronicle. https://www.thejc.com/family-and-education/all/new-schools-bill-introduces-move-to-regulate-yeshivot-69CkyWZ7VHltmUyuJImA5Q Rothschild, Z. (2019). Free exercise’s outer boundary. Columbia Law Review, 119(6), 200-232. Short, J. L. (2021). The politics of regulatory enforcement and compliance: Theorizing and operationalizing political influences. Regulation & Governance, 15 (3), 653–685. Sivertsen, K. (2024). Compelling compliance: An analysis of methods for enforcing New York's compulsory education law as applied to haredi yeshivas. Fordham Law Review, 93, 1071-1098. Tampio, N. (2023). Time for religion? Liberalism, Haredi Jews, and state regulation of nonpublic schools. Politics and Religion, 16(2), 248-265. Tan, C. (2010). Contesting reform: Bernstein’s pedagogic device and Madrasah education in Singapore. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 42(2), 165–182. UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (1999). General comment no. 13. U.N. Doc. E/C.12/1999/10. UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). U.N. Doc. A/RES/44/25. Wisconsin v. Yoder, 406 U.S. 205 (1972). 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper The Forgotten Right to Play in Schools: Rethinking Behaviour Management, Character, and Educational Purpose in Schools Australian Catholic University, Australia Presenting Author:This paper critically examines a widely normalised yet rarely problematised practice in schooling: the use of punitive behaviour management strategies that restrict children’s access to play. Drawing on children’s rights scholarship and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), the paper focuses in particular on Article 31, which affirms the child’s right to rest, leisure, play, and recreational activities. While play is frequently recognised in educational discourse as developmentally valuable, it remains one of the first aspects of children’s school experience to be withdrawn in response to behavioural concerns. The paper engages directly with the aims of the NW 25 Special Call by interrogating the assumptions, norms, and power relations that shape how children’s rights are understood and enacted in educational practice. It argues that the continued restriction of play as a disciplinary response represents a controversial tension between formal commitments to children’s rights and the everyday realities of schooling. These practices are controversial not because they are exceptional, but because they are so deeply embedded and largely unquestioned. Central to this paper’s argument is the claim that punitive behaviour management practices reflect a systemic absence of children’s rights education within teacher preparation and professional learning. In many education systems, engagement with the UNCRC in teacher education is limited, selective, or absent altogether. Where children’s rights are addressed, emphasis is often placed on participation or voice, while other substantive rights, including the right to play, remain marginal or invisible.This paper extends this argument by suggesting that such practices also reveal a wider neglect of character, flourishing, and moral agency in how behaviour is understood. As a result, teachers may be unaware that routine disciplinary practices conflict with children’s rights obligations, and play is commonly positioned as a conditional privilege rather than a fundamental right. Drawing on the UNCRC, General Comment No. 17, and international literature on behaviour management and schooling, the paper analyses how practices such as detention, withdrawal of recess, and restricted leisure time sit uneasily with Articles 29 and 31 of the Convention. It demonstrates how these practices can undermine children’s wellbeing, social development, and engagement with education, while also limiting opportunities for children to be recognised as moral and rights-bearing participants in school life. In doing so, this paper argues that behaviour management cannot be separated from broader educational questions about what schooling is for, what kinds of persons schools seek to cultivate, and whether children are treated as interpreters of flourishing or merely as subjects of regulation. By locating behaviour management within broader debates about rights knowledge, professional responsibility, character formation and the gap between rights rhetoric and rights realisation, this paper contributes to ongoing international discussions about accountability in children’s rights in education. It challenges researchers, teacher educators, and policymakers to reconsider how children’s rights are taught, interpreted, and operationalised, and argues that without substantive rights education for teachers, schooling will continue to reproduce practices that erode children’s rights in routine and largely invisible ways. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a conceptual and normative analytical approach, drawing on international children’s rights instruments, General Comments of the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, and peer-reviewed education literature on behaviour management and play. Primary sources include the UNCRC, particularly Articles 29, 31, and 42, and General Comment No. 17, which clarifies the scope and non-negotiable nature of the child’s right to play. These texts are examined alongside international research on punitive discipline, classroom management, and teacher beliefs about behaviour and control. The analysis focuses on how behaviour management strategies are taught, justified, and normalised within education systems, and evaluates their compatibility with children’s rights obligations. Particular attention is given to the absence of explicit rights education in teacher preparation and how this absence shapes teachers’ understandings of acceptable disciplinary practice. Rather than presenting new empirical data, the paper synthesises legal, theoretical, and applied research to expose a recurring pattern: where rights awareness is limited, punitive practices flourish, and the restriction of play becomes an unexamined default response to behavioural challenges. This approach enables international relevance by highlighting structural issues common across jurisdictions, rather than attributing rights-disrespecting practices to individual teachers or local policy anomalies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that the widespread use of play restriction as a behaviour management strategy reflects a systemic failure to embed children’s rights education within teacher education and professional practice. Without explicit understanding of the UNCRC, and particularly Article 31, teachers are unlikely to recognise that routine disciplinary practices may constitute rights violations. The analysis demonstrates that punitive approaches grounded in restriction and withdrawal are inconsistent with the aims of education articulated in Article 29 and undermine children’s wellbeing, social development, and engagement with schooling. These practices persist not because teachers reject children’s rights, but because they have not been supported to understand them. The paper argues that promoting positive behaviour requires a deliberate shift toward rights-aware teacher education, where the UNCRC is treated as a foundational framework rather than an optional or peripheral consideration. Play must be understood as essential to learning and development, not as a reward for compliance. By explicitly linking behaviour management practices to the absence of rights awareness in teacher education, the paper contributes to international debates on accountability, ethics, and the everyday realisation of children’s rights in schools. It calls for education systems to move beyond rhetorical commitments to children’s rights and to embed substantive rights education as a prerequisite for rights-respecting practice. References Covell, K. (2010). School engagement and rights-respecting schools. Cambridge Journal of Education, 40(1), 39–51. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640903567021 Gillett-Swan, J. K., & Lundy, L. (2022). Children, classrooms and challenging behaviour: Do the rights of the many outweigh the rights of the few? Oxford Review of Education, 48(1), 95–111. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2021.1924653 Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, B. (2019). Children’s rights and teachers’ responsibilities: Reproducing or transforming the cultural taboo on child sexual abuse? Human Rights Education Review, 2(1), 25–46. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.3079 London, R. A. (2019). The right to play: Eliminating the opportunity gap in elementary school recess. Phi Delta Kappan, 101(3), 48–52. https://doi.org/10.1177/0031721719885921 Mitchell, R. C. (2005). Postmodern reflections on the UNCRC: Towards utilising Article 42 as an international compliance indicator. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 13(3), 315–331. https://doi.org/10.1163/157181805775007567 Reynaert, D., Bouverne-De Bie, M., & Vandevelde, S. (2012). Between ‘believers’ and ‘opponents’: Critical discussions on children’s rights. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 20(1), 155–168. https://doi.org/10.1163/157181812X626417 Sargeant, J. (2025). Promoting positive behaviour and play in schools: A rights-based perspective. In N. Lott (Ed.), The interdependence of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Springer. Sargeant, J., & Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2019). Voice-inclusive practice: A charter for authentic student engagement. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 27(1), 122–139. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02701002 United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations. UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2001). General comment No. 1: The aims of education. CRC/GC/2001/1. UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2013). General comment No. 17 on the right of the child to rest, leisure, play, recreational activities, cultural life and the arts (Article 31). CRC/C/GC/17. UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2016). Concluding observations on the fifth periodic report of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. CRC/C/GBR/CO/5. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper EdTech use and Children’s Rights to Privacy and Protection from Commercial Exploitation: Findings from a UK study London School of Economics and Political Science, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Rapid changes in and the ubiquity of technology are evident in the increasing integration of education technologies (EdTech) in schools. EdTech, including AI, has become a cornerstone for managerial, administrative and teaching tasks, and is being widely used by and with children, with claims around personalised learning, instant feedback and accessibility. Yet, regulation and comprehensive guidance in the UK are lacking, and research is falling behind in providing robust evidence on the impact of EdTech on children’s learning and rights, including their rights to privacy, data protection and protection from commercial exploitation. This paper presents findings from the Better EdTech Futures for Children, a study funded by the Rothschild Foundation and Garfield Weston Foundation, conducted in partnership with a child rights advocacy organisation, and co-designed with a Youth Advisory Board. The study aims to investigate how EdTech impacts children’s learning and rights in diverse contexts across the UK, to stimulate a national conversation that draws directly on children’s voices and is built on robust evidence on EdTech policies, uses, and potential benefits. This paper presents children’s own views on their rights to privacy and protection from commercial exploitation in relation to EdTech and presents children’s calls for change. It addresses the following research question:
Taking on a child rights lens, this paper is framed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC, 1989), General Comment 1 on the aims of education (Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2001), and General Comment 25 on children’s rights in relation to the digital environment (Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2021). It focuses specifically on children’s rights to privacy (Article 16) and protection from commercial exploitation (Article 32). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Considering the fast-changing education landscape, and in recognition of children’s right to share their views in matters that affect them and for those views to be given due weight (Article 12), this study was co-designed, developed and conducted with children. Over 450 children aged 6-17 years from across 11 UK schools participated in child consultations (n=56). Participatory research methods were employed to gain children’s views on and experiences with EdTech and encourage discussion regarding what EdTech they used for schoolwork and homework, how they used it, what features benefited or hindered their learning, and what changes they would like to see. Participatory data collection methods with primary school children included vignettes depicting a range of EdTech school experiences, a drawing activity, and a magic bag activity (drawing on the Magic Bag described by Arnott and Mevawalla, 2024). Secondary school children participated in a range of activities including listing the EdTech products they used in school and at home on sticky notes, using happy and sad face stickers to identify which products they considered most or least beneficial for learning, drawing screenshots of popular EdTech apps and annotating what they liked and disliked about them, and writing down and discussing their calls for change. The consultations were supplemented by semi-structured interviews with 20 teachers, a UK-wide teacher survey and EdTech walkthroughs with children. The research was approved by the university’s Ethics Committee. Informed consent was received from all participants, and all data were anonymised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that children’s rights to privacy (Article 16) and protection from commercial exploitation (Article 32) were impacted in a range of ways, with implications for their learning experiences. Surveillance/privacy Children's data was routinely collected via EdTech apps, raising concerns about children's privacy and data protection rights. Schools used monitoring systems to track children's activity and capture screenshots, flagging inappropriate content, search terms, or banned websites (Livingstone et al., 2024). While schools informed children that their school devices would be monitored, some children were unaware when screenshots were taken, while others encountered intimidating warning messages. Children received requests to share their data with third-party companies but struggled to understand the terms and conditions. Behaviour tracking Children used apps that combined behaviour tracking with practical features like homework and timetable access. In some cases, children could not check their homework or timetable without first being shown their behaviour charts, affecting children’s sense of self, especially when their behaviour chart depicts negative behaviour. Children argued that apps' pre-set descriptions for why behaviour points were assigned were often unclear and inaccurate. Commercial pressures Children were inundated with advertisements, especially when using free versions of apps. Children sometimes signed up for free trials to access the full range of app features, but were then charged if they forgot to cancel before the trial period ended. Call for Change In line with their right to protection from commercial exploitation, children requested reminders before free trials ended, removing advertisements from apps, and terms and conditions available in accessible language. Children wanted transparency about data storage and use, respecting their right to privacy and data protection. They proposed design changes to behaviour tracking apps and motoring systems to inform rather than intimidate and accuse, and provide clear explanations consistent with their rights. References Arnott, L. & Mevawalla, Z. (2024). Participatory methods for understanding 0-3s’ technology use in family homes. Early Years Educator, 24(9), 1–3. Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2001). General Comment No. 1 (2001): Article 29(1): The aims of education (CRC/GC/2001/1). https://www.refworld.org/legal/general/crc/2001/en/39221 Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2021). General comment No. 25 (2021) on children’s rights in relation to the digital environment (CRC/C/GC/25). https://www.ohchr.org/en/documents/general-comments-and-recommendations/general-comment-no-25-2021-childrens-rights-relation Livingstone, S., Pothong, K., Atabey, A., Hooper, L., & Day, E. (2024). The Googlization of the classroom: Is the UK effective in protecting children's data and rights? Computers and Education Open, 7, Article 100195. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2024.100195 United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. UN |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 03 A: Leadership Theory, Critical Perspectives, Reform & Philosophy Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Feng I Feng Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading Curriculum Reform Through Sensemaking: How Local Education Authorities Interpret and Implement Taiwan’s 12-Year Basic Education Curriculum National ChiNan University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Following the competency-based framework articulated by the OECD, competency-based curriculum reform has emerged as a global trend. The 12-year Basic Education Curriculum Guidelines, officially launched in Taiwan in 2019, represent one of the most significant national education reforms in recent decades, aiming to foster competency-based learning and promote school-based curriculum development. In Taiwan’s education governance structure, the central Ministry of Education (MOE) is responsible for formulating national policies and regulations, while Local education authorities (LEAs) bear the critical responsibility of translating these policies into locally implementable forms. LEAs assume a dual role as both promoters of central policies and local policymakers. They are tasked with mediating national reforms and school-level practices by providing guidance, resources, and support to schools. The implementation of educational policy is a highly contextualized and interpretive process in which policies, actors, and settings interact and intertwine. Within specific environmental contexts, policy implementation involves processes of sensemaking. Sensemaking occurs when individuals encounter new or unexpected situations and interpret information through the lens of their preexisting beliefs, experiences, and the social contexts in which they are situated (Spillane et al., 2002; Weick, 1995). Collective sensemaking refers to the process through which groups construct shared understandings of their work, thereby enabling coordinated and coherent action (Coburn et al., 2009). Since the interpretation and enactment of policy are mediated by local actors’ sensemaking processes and social interactions (Spillane et al., 2002), LEAs play a pivotal role in facilitating processes of collective sensemaking (Ganon-Shilon & Schechter, 2017). As Soini et al. (2018) argue, curriculum reform depends on LEAs’ capacity to formulate and enact policies that foster shared sensemaking among school personnel, a process essential for translating initiatives into meaningful instructional practices at the school level. However, existing studies of curriculum reform have predominantly focused on the sensemaking of school-level actors (such as teachers and principals), or tended to examine policy promotion at either the school level or the LEA level in isolation. Little attention has been paid to how LEAs translate abstract national guidelines into local practice and shape school-level sensemaking and enactment of curriculum reform. Research objectives Accordingly, this study aims to examine how two LEAs interpret and implement the 12-Year Basic Education Curriculum Policy in Taiwan. The research objectives are as follows: Theoretical framework This study draws on sensemaking theory to explore the policy interpretations and implementation processes of actors within LEAs. According to Spillane (2004) cognitive framework, policy implementation is conceptualized as a process shaped by the interaction of individual cognition, situational contexts, and policy representations. Individual cognition refers to actors’ prior knowledge, beliefs, and experiences; situational contexts encompass organizational and social conditions; and policy representations include official texts and design features that convey policy intentions. Furthermore, in order to examine how LEA actors’ sensemaking shapes their use of policy instruments in enacting curriculum policy, this study uses an analytical framework with reference to McDonnell and Elmore’s (1987) typology of policy instruments and related literature. The framework encompasses mandates, inducements, capacity-building, system-changing, and hortatory persuasion instruments to enforce compliance, provide incentives, increase competencies, appeal to values, and restructure organization framework, power and resource allocation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative case study approach to examine how Local Education Authorities (LEAs) interpret and enact the 12-Year Basic Education Curriculum Policy. Considering the contextual variability of local education systems, two LEAs were purposefully selected to allow for comparative analysis. Case A is a municipal LEA with a well-established organizational structure and clear division of labor in response to the curriculum policy promotion mechanism. It possesses substantial professional resources and educational funding. In contrast, Case B is a county LEA with a less-defined operational structure and unclear task assignments related to curriculum policy implementation. It operates with limited human resources and funding, with many schools within its jurisdiction located in remote or rural areas. For each case, two junior high schools were selected for data collection to examine how LEA-level policies were enacted at the school level. These schools were chosen based on their demonstrated effectiveness in curriculum implementation. The selection criteria included well-developed school-based curricula, a culture emphasizing adaptive student development, and success in improving student academic achievement (e.g., reducing the proportion of underachieving students). Data were collected through document analysis and semi-structured interviews. For document analysis, this study gathered relevant LEA-level documents to clarify the implementation context, organizational structures, individual roles and responsibilities of the policy actors, and the policy instruments employed in implementing the 12-Year Basic Education curriculum. In addition, school-level documents related to curriculum development and implementation were collected. Following the document analysis, semi-structured interviews were conducted to explore how policy actors at both the LEA and school levels made sense of the curriculum policy and its implementation mechanisms. Participants were recruited through snowball sampling until data saturation was achieved. The interview process was organized into two stages. The first stage involved in-depth interviews with 14 LEA-level actors participating in promoting the curriculum policy, including LEA administrators and policy collaborators (such as staff from teacher professional development centers, curriculum leadership personnel, and regional consultants). In the second stage, a total of 36 school educators from four schools were interviewed to explore their sensemaking of the policy, their perceptions of LEA-level implementation actions, and the subsequent influence on their teaching practices. In each school, the interview participants included the principal, administrators primarily responsible for curriculum policy promotion, members of the School Curriculum Development Committee (CDC) or subject domain conveners, homeroom teachers and subject teachers. This resulted in approximately 8 to 10 interviewees per school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal that policy implementation is a dynamic process of sensemaking, constructed through the interaction of LEA actors’ cognition, situated contexts, and policy representations. First, Case A actors possessed a coherent and shared understanding of the core tenets of the national curriculum and viewed the policy as a critical opportunity for professional development. They viewed their role as translating central directives into concrete support for schools. As for Case B, actors perceived the policy as a top-down mandate. Their interpretation was constrained by institutional roles, viewing the policy primarily as a set of administrative tasks to meet central inspection requirements. Second, while both cases used a range of policy instruments to implement policy, 'capacity building' instruments were predominant. Responsive to local political contexts and school needs, Case A exemplified a 'Network Support Model.' By integrating LEA-level professional resources into a collaborative network, it adopted a bottom-up, voluntary approach to teacher professional development and school support. Constrained by limited professional resources, funding and a jurisdiction of remote schools, Case B represented an "Administrative Compliance Model." It relied largely on top-down mandates, standardized templates and inspections as a pragmatic means to ensure formal compliance by schools. These differing LEA approaches had significant implications for teacher enactment. In Case A, the provision of substantive professional resources and school-level support enabled teachers to positively reframe the policy as an opportunity to enhance instruction and develop school-based curricula that provide students with opportunities to showcase their potential. Conversely, in Case B, the bureaucratic control mechanisms led teachers to adopt more formalistic and survival-oriented responses to the policy, thereby limiting the depth of its implementation. Overall, differences in local systems and support structures influence how policies are understood and enacted, underscoring the importance of considering contextual and interpretive complexity in curriculum reform. References Coburn, C. E., Toure, J., & Yamashita, M. (2009). Evidence, Interpretation, and Persuasion: Instructional Decision Making at the District Central Office. Teachers College Record, 111(4), 1115–1161. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146810911100403 Ganon-Shilon, S., & Schechter, C. (2017). Making sense of school leaders’ sense-making. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 682–698. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216628536 McDonnell, L. M. & Elmore, R. F.(1987). Getting the Job Done: Alternative Policy Instruments. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 9(2), 133-152. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737009002133 Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2018). Shared sense-making strategies in curriculum reform: District-level perspective. Improving Schools, 21(2), 111–126. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480217744290 Spillane J. P., Diamond J., & Burch, P. (2002). Managing in the middle: school leaders and the enactment of accountability policy. Educational Policy, 16(5), 731–762. https://doi.org/10.1177/089590402237311 Spillane, J. P. (2004). Standards deviation: How schools misunderstand education policy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press Weick, K. E.(1995). Sensemaking in Organizations. Foundations for Organizational Science, 3, 63-83. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educational Leadership as a Culture Industry and Form of Psycho-power UNSW Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:In this paper, I explore how educational leadership has become a form of ‘culture industry’. This particular type of consumer capitalism serves to props up the interests of business, entrepreneurs, gurus, consultants, and a discourse of ‘speakers as experts’, rather than thinking critically, reflectively, theoretically, and deeply about entrenched educational problems and educational leadership itself as a concept. As a result, I argue that educational leadership knowledge and discourse is failing to adequately serve the needs of education systems, schools, and educators. In order to show these developments, I draw on the work of Adorno (Adorno, 1991; Horkheimer & Adorno, 1972) in his depiction of the culture industry to show how this situation results in a problematic approach to leadership. In addition, I draw upon Foucault’s notion of bio-power (Foucault, 1990) to show how the governing of leadership and leaders’ work occurs at a discursive and systemic level. Furthermore, I also extend Foucault’s work to draw on Stiegler’s concept of psycho-power (Stiegler, 2010) to show how leaders are made as subjects through the capturing of forms of attention as part of a hyper-industrial consumer economy (Stiegler, 2015). I argue that what results is a malaise and form of ‘systemic stupidity’ in educational leadership research and scholarship (Alvesson & Spicer, 2016; Stiegler, 2015). The paper begins by bringing into conversation the work of Theodor Adorno, Bernard Stiegler and Michel Foucault to examine how educational leadership, as a field, has been seduced by a consumer capitalist industry in the pursuit of ‘best practice’ approaches and ‘what works’ discourses as answers to educational problems and issues. I argue that there has been a consistent flow of writing in educational leadership that is increasingly designed for ongoing consumption badged for the purposes of solving many problems in education around the world – with ‘leadership’ as a key driver of such reforms and changes. For example, Thomson, Gunter and Blackmore (2013) referred to these kinds of discourses as a Transnational Leadership Package (TLP) while Sahlberg (2014) writes of the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM). I argue that these discourses have manifest largely through school effectiveness and improvement research that can also linked to the rise of gurus, experts and edu-preneurs to form what Kellerman calls a ‘leadership industry’ (Kellerman, 2012) but in education. In the final section, I bring these conceptual ideas together to unpack and problematise the leadership fads, seductive rhetoric, hero discourses and packaged products to be bought and sold as solutions for educational problems, that are so prevalent as a part of this consumerist industry. My over-riding concern through the writing of this chapter is that, as educational leadership researchers and scholars, it is our responsibility to maintain theoretically informed work that continues to trouble and disrupt these narrow, self-serving, instrumentalist and ‘edu-preneurial’ approaches to educational leadership and administration. I believe there is a need to think deeply and critically about work that will lead to those potential leadership practices that may prove more helpful for educators rather than serve the interests of the international gurus that beset the field and social media platforms (see Eacott, 2017, 2018, 2020). The role of universities and academics and researchers is examined as key spaces for contestation of these ideas rather than say, at the school level. This paper is not a criticism of leaders and educators in schools but rather of the educational leadership industry for which educators are subsumed as consumers to their detriment. As busy professionals working hard in challenging circumstances, they deserve an alternate educational leadership discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As this is a largely conceptual paper, there are no empirical methods per se. However, I do draw upon a range of theoretical tools to make an argument about the educational leadership culture industry and operation of psycho-power. To begin, my focus is first on describing Adorno’s work on what he terms the culture industry (Adorno, 1991) and how these ideas are still relevant for understanding educational leadership discourse today. I then discuss Foucault’s notion of bio-power (Foucault, 1976) and its role in understanding power and the politics of leadership ideas in the governing of educators and educational leadership discourse. In the next section, I move to a discussion of Stiegler’s more contemporary work on psycho-power (Stiegler, 2010) – that moves beyond Foucault’s notion of bio-power – to argue that educational leadership as a consumerist industry is failing to engage with more critical, and socially critical scholarship, to the field’s detriment. This is a provocative paper. I am not the first to write about the educational leadership industry. However, as a point of departure, I am attempting to think critically about these issues via the work of Adorno, Foucault and Stiegler. This is in order to understand this phenomenon so that it is possible to continue to speak out against a deleterious situation for knowledge claims in educational leadership. In addition, it is my hope that more theoretically informed and robust concepts and theories can be further developed to demonstrate the role of critical theory and critical perspectives as integral to the field of educational leadership, and not just from the outside looking in. My position as a researcher and writer in educational leadership while at the same time being critical of the educational leadership industry is a position of acknowledged difficulty, tension and potential marginalisation. However, it is necessary and important work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this paper is to provoke and challenge educational leadership scholars to be more critical and reflective in their work to develop new theories and concepts that can progress the field beyond simplistic, repetitive, ubiquitous, simplistic, seductive, and ultimately saleable solutions to societal and educational problems. In other words, to critically interrogate this educational leadership consumer industry. In line with the conference theme of knowing and acting, I raise specific questions as to how knowledge is produced in educational leadership, who is producing that knowledge, and how the changing conditions of education are directly affecting the kinds of research that is being undertaken and how knowledge is being produced that reflects pre-existing beliefs and motivations. Specifically, how a hyper industrial consumerist society is producing kinds of easily consumed, digestible and marketable forms of research and knowledge rather than critically minded, in-depth, theoretically rich work. I argue for the ongoing need for critical perspectives. This is not just a matter of being critical or negative per se but rather also encouraging dialogue in the search for clarity of meaning in leadership and offering tools for hope via critical perspectives in educational leadership. References Adorno, T.W. (1991). The Culture Industry: Selected Essays on Mass Culture. Routledge. Alvesson, M. & Spicer, A. (2016). The Stupidity Paradox: The Power and Pitfalls of Functional Stupidity at Work. Profile Books. Eacott, S. (2017). School leadership and the cult of the guru: The neo-Taylor-ism of Hattie. School Leadership and Management, 37(4), 413-426. Eacott, S. (2018). Educational leadership researchers, (social) scientific credibility, and the Kardashian index (April 25). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3248811 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3248811 Eacott, S. (2020). Educational leadership research, Twitter and the curation of followership. Leadership, Education, Personality: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 2, 91–99. Foucault, M. (1990). The History of Sexuality: Volume 1. Penguin. Horkheimer, M. & Adorno, T. (1972). The Dialectic of Enlightenment. Seabury. Kellerman, B. (2012). The End of Leadership. HarperCollins. Sahlberg, P. (2014). Finnish Lessons: What Can the World learn from Educational Change in Finland? New York: Teachers College Press. Stiegler, B. (2010). Taking Care of Youth and the Generations. Stanford University Press. Stiegler, B. (2015). States of Shock: Stupidity and Knowledge in the 21st Century. Polity. Thomson, P., Gunter, H. M. & Blackmore, J. (2013). Series forward. In H. M. Gunter, Educational Leadership and Hannah Arendt. London: Routledge. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educational Leadership as Discourse: Colonised Discourse and Practice? 1: University of Sydney, NSW, Australia; 2: University of New South Wales, NSW, Australia Presenting Author:Educational leadership is frequently depicted in policy and professional standards as a primary driver of school improvement and effectiveness. Initiatives such as the Global Education Reform Movement and the Transnational Leadership Package have produced a widespread consensus on what constitutes “good” or “effective” leadership. However, this consensus often embeds problematic assumptions, overlooking sociopolitical factors and privileging certain forms of knowledge. Critical perspectives remain marginalised, with scholarship that questions dominant practices frequently sidelined in favour of “what works” or best practice approaches. To strengthen the field, it is essential to examine educational leadership as a discourse, which shapes the dominant conceptualisations influencing both research and practice. This paper examines the emergence of educational leadership discourse in New South Wales (NSW), Australia, with particular attention to the Local Schools, Local Decisions policy, the Australian Professional Standards for Principals, and the Professional Standards for Middle Leaders. These policies collectively promote a narrow, functionalist view of leadership. The study traces the development of leadership discourse within the NSW Department of Education from the 1980s to the present, focusing on how policy normalises particular leadership models. Two research questions guide the analysis: (a) which leadership conceptualisations have been promoted or normalised through key policy documents, and (b) how have NSW policies shaped the discourse of educational leadership? Adopting a critical interpretive approach grounded in Foucault’s concepts of discourse, power/knowledge, and critique, the study reviews policies relating to management, administration, and leadership. Key documents, including the AITSL Principal and Middle Leader Standards, Local Schools, Local Decisions, and the School Excellence Framework, are systematically examined for explicit and implicit signals of leadership models. Emphasis on instructional leadership is evident in recurring themes such as “building teacher capacity” and “monitoring student learning,” and policies increasingly link leadership to performance metrics, accountability, and funding. School leaders are described as responsible for student achievement, reflecting neoliberal and capitalist assumptions embedded in normative criteria and standards. The study concludes that policy discourse has normalised and privileged particular, primarily Western, models of leadership, a process described here as the “colonisation” of leadership. By analysing the sociohistorical and economic factors shaping these practices, the study offers a critical perspective on their dominance and the potential for challenging entrenched assumptions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper, we analyse how the discourse of educational leadership emerged within the policy landscape of the New South Wales (NSW) Department of Education and the policy terrain from the 1980s to the present, with a particular focus on the relationship between policy discourse and the normalisation of specific leadership conceptualisations. To address this, we pose two research questions: 1. What conceptualisations of leadership (e.g., instructional, distributed, entrepreneurial) have been promoted or normalised through key policy documents? 2. How have policies in NSW shaped and defined the discourse of educational leadership since the introduction of school autonomy in the 1980s? To do this, we drew on NSW educational policies and professional standards issued between the 1980s and 2025, a period selected to capture critical changes in policy and discourse. Policies referencing management, administration, or leadership were included to provide a comprehensive view of the evolving discourse. All versions of professional standards or certification frameworks for principals and middle leaders from the same period were also included. These standards were critical for addressing Research Question 2, as they acted as tools of normalisation, defining what constituted an “effective” leader and revealing how particular leadership practices became dominant and others became (colonised) over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using a critical interpretive framework informed by Foucault, the study highlights how policy discourse shapes dominant conceptualisations of leadership, marginalising alternative or contextually grounded perspectives. It examines how neoliberal and capitalist assumptions underpin these approaches, privileging certain forms of knowledge and sidelining critical scholarship. The study’s intended outcome is to make visible the mechanisms through which leadership models are normalised and prioritised in NSW, illuminating the socio-political and economic factors that influence practice. The findings suggest that current policy leaves limited space for leadership approaches responsive to local contexts or socio-cultural needs. By critically examining these dynamics, the study encourages scholars, policymakers, and practitioners to reflect on the assumptions embedded in dominant leadership discourses. It advocates for alternative, inclusive, and context-sensitive models of school leadership that challenge taken-for-granted norms and support a broader, more critically informed understanding of effective leadership. References Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2011). Australian Professional Standard for Principals. AITSL, Melbourne. Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2024). Professional Standards for Middle Leaders. AITSL, Melbourne. Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault and Education: Disciplines and Knowledge. London: Routledge. Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, Power, and Education. London: Routledge. Foucault, M. (1980). Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews & Other Writings 1972-1977. Edited by Colin Gordon. London: The Harvester Press. Foucault, M. (2002). The Archaeology of Knowledge. London: Routledge. Gillies, D. (2013). Educational Leadership and Michel Foucault. London: Routledge. Gunter, H. M. (2016). An Intellectual History of School Leadership Practice and Research. London: Bloomsbury. Niesche, R. (2011). Foucault and Educational Leadership: Disciplining the Principal. London: Routledge. Niesche, R. (2018). Critical perspectives in educational leadership: a new ‘theory turn’? Journal of Educational Administration and History, 50(3), 145-158. Thomson, P., Gunter, H. M. & Blackmore, J. (2013). Series forward. In H. M. Gunter, Educational Leadership and Hannah Arendt. London: Routledge. Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2011). Australian Professional Standard for Principals. AITSL, Melbourne. Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL) (2024). Professional Standards for Middle Leaders. AITSL, Melbourne. Hilal, Y. Y., & Gardner-McTaggart, A. (2025). School leadership at times of crises: Surveillance as support. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432251393782 Hilal, Y. Y. (2025). De-domesticating reflection: the role of school leadership within a colonized lifeworld. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 28(1), 126–148. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2006791 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Beyond Localisation in Educational Leadership Research: Epistemic Limits, Hybridity, and Equity University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Educational-leadership research has been widely critiqued for its historical reliance on global-northern theories, concepts, and methodological traditions, leading to sustained calls for greater geographical diversification and epistemic equity (e.g., Lumby et al, 2009; Mertkan et al, 2017; Hallinger, 2018). These calls commonly assume that moving research to different regions, or privileging “global-south” or local perspectives, enables the production of epistemically distinct—or even purer—forms of knowledge. Drawing on a systematic conceptual analysis of contemporary educational-leadership scholarship, this paper challenges that assumption. The paper argues that “pure” global-south knowledge production is conceptually untenable under sedimented conditions of globalisation. Rather than treating this as a political or methodological failure, it reframes it as a structural condition that demands clearer theorisation. Educational-leadership knowledge is shown to be shaped not only by geographical location, but by historically layered epistemic inheritances embedded in concepts, academic discourses, researcher subjectivities, and methodological traditions. To develop this argument, the paper introduces two novel typologies. The first identifies four forms of epistemic impossibility that delimit the conditions under which leadership knowledge can be produced and legitimated: Building on this analysis, the paper advances a second typology that conceptualises hybridity as a patterned and politically consequential feature of contemporary educational-leadership research. It distinguishes four modes of hybridity—assimilative, strategic, disavowed, and reflexive—each representing different ways scholars navigate epistemic inheritance and global academic power relations. This framework reframes hybridity from a residual compromise into a central analytic lens for understanding how knowledge is produced across diverse contexts. The paper draws on analytical illustrations from international leadership scholarship, including research in East Asia (Lin et al, 2025) and examples of claimed methodological localisation (Hameed et al, 2021), to demonstrate how epistemic impossibility and hybridity operate in practice. These illustrations function not as empirical case studies but as heuristic sites that illuminate broader structural dynamics shaping knowledge production. In a European context, the paper contributes to ongoing debates about research internationalisation, epistemic justice, and intellectual dependency. It complements bibliometric (e.g., Hallinger & Kovačević, 2019) and regional mapping studies (e.g., Hammad et al, 2022) by shifting attention from where knowledge is produced to how it is epistemically constituted. The analysis speaks directly to European policy and intellectual traditions concerned with critical theory, sociology of knowledge, and reflexive scholarship (Courtney et al, 2021), and to contemporary agendas surrounding global research partnerships, open science, and equitable knowledge exchange. Rather than advocating epistemic purification or replacement of dominant frameworks, the paper argues that the most productive normative orientation for the field is reflexive hybridity—a stance that acknowledges epistemic inheritance, interrogates power relations, and promotes accountable engagement with the complex realities of globalised educational research. In doing so, the paper aims to strengthen European dialogue on diversification, equity, and the future of educational-leadership knowledge production. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on systematic conceptual and analytic enquiry, rather than primary empirical data collection. Its methodological approach draws on critical sociology of knowledge, postcolonial theory, and theory-building traditions in educational research, treating theory itself as a structured object of investigation (Courtney et al, 2017). The first methodological step involves a critical synthesis of international educational-leadership scholarship, including literature on globalisation, policy borrowing, knowledge production, epistemic justice, and leadership research traditions (e.g., Dei and Adhami, 2022). This synthesis identifies recurring assumptions within debates on geographical diversification—particularly the presumption that epistemically autonomous or “pure” local knowledge is attainable. The second step consists of a conceptual disaggregation of epistemic autonomy, resulting in the development of a typology of impossibility. Through iterative theoretical comparison, the analysis maps how epistemic, discursive, subjective, and methodological dimensions jointly constrain knowledge production across geographical contexts. The typology is intended as an analytic framework, enabling researchers to examine structural conditions shaping leadership scholarship rather than serving as a classificatory tool. The third step develops a typology of hybridity, analysing how scholars navigate epistemic inheritance in practice. Drawing on illustrative examples from international educational-leadership research—including work situated in East Asian contexts (Lin et al, 2025)—the paper refines conceptual distinctions between assimilative, strategic, disavowed, and reflexive hybridity. These examples function heuristically, supporting theory-building rather than empirical generalisation. Throughout, the methodological stance is explicitly reflexive. The paper recognises that its own conceptual work is embedded within European intellectual traditions of critical theory, sociological reflexivity, and epistemic critique. Analytical validity is established through theoretical coherence, explanatory power, and transferability, enabling other scholars to apply the typologies across European and international research contexts. This approach addresses ECER’s emphasis on systematic enquiry, theoretical framing, and international relevance, offering a rigorous conceptual methodology suited to examining complex, transnational dynamics in educational-leadership knowledge production. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that attempts to produce epistemically “pure” global-south educational-leadership knowledge are conceptually incoherent under conditions of globalised academic knowledge production. Epistemic inheritances—embedded in concepts, discourse, subjectivities, and methods—cannot be geographically isolated or selectively removed. Consequently, hybridity should be understood not as a deficit, but as a constitutive condition of contemporary educational-leadership research. For European educational research, this conclusion carries several implications. First, it challenges simplistic interpretations of internationalisation and diversification, demonstrating that expanding research geographies does not automatically transform epistemic practices or redistribute intellectual authority. Second, it calls for greater reflexivity in research design, doctoral education, peer review, and publishing, encouraging scholars to make explicit the epistemic traditions shaping their work. Third, the typologies developed in the paper provide conceptual tools for European dialogue on equity, knowledge exchange, and global research collaboration. They enable more precise discussion of how power circulates within epistemic systems, supporting policy debates on research partnerships, international capacity-building, and epistemic justice. Finally, the paper argues that the most productive normative orientation for the field is reflexive hybridity—an approach that acknowledges epistemic inheritance, critically interrogates power relations, and remains open to transformation without relying on romanticised imaginaries of epistemic purity. By strengthening conceptual foundations for debates on diversification and equity, the paper contributes to a more nuanced European and international conversation about the future of educational-leadership research and the conditions under which more accountable and inclusive forms of knowledge production may emerge. References Courtney, S.J., McGinity, R., and Gunter, H.M. (Eds.), (2017). Educational leadership: Theorising professional practice in neoliberal times. London: Routledge. Courtney, S.J., Gunter, H.M., Niesche, R., and Trujillo, T. (Eds.), (2021). Understanding educational leadership: Critical perspectives and approaches. London. Bloomsbury. Dei, G. J., and Adhami, A. (2022). Coming to know and knowing differently: Implications of educational leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 58(5), 780–809. Eacott, S., and Riveros, G. (2021). Research methods in educational leadership. In S. J. Courtney, H. M. Gunter, R. Niesche, & T. Trujillo (Eds.), Understanding educational leadership: Critical perspectives and approaches (pp. 171–185). Bloomsbury. Hallinger, P., (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. Hallinger, P., & Kovačević, J. (2019). A Bibliometric Review of Research on Educational Administration: Science Mapping the Literature, 1960 to 2018. Review of Educational Research, 89(3), 335-369. Hameed, S., Shay, M., & Miller, J. (2021). ‘Deadly leadership’ in the pursuit of Indigenous education excellence. In Netolicky, D. (Ed.) Future Alternatives for Educational Leadership, pp. 93–110. Abingdon and New York: Routledge. Hammad, W., Samier, E. A., & Mohammed, A. (2022). Mapping the field of educational leadership and management in the Arabian Gulf region: A systematic review of Arabic research literature. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(1), 6-25. Lin, P., Courtney, S.J., Armstrong, P., and Heffernan, A., (2025). Typologising formal school-to-school collaborations—education collectives—in China through the metaphor of Chinese landscape painting. Oxford Review of Education, 51(1), 1–16. Lumby, J., Walker, A., Bryant, M., Bush, T., and Bjork, L.G. (2009). Research on Leadership Preparation in a Global Context. In M. D. Young, G. M. Crow, J. Murphy and R.T. Ogawa (Eds.), Handbook of Research on the Education of School Leaders, 157–194. New York: Routledge. McGinity, R., Heffernan, A. and Courtney, S.J. (2022). Mapping trends in educational-leadership research: A longitudinal examination of knowledge production, approaches, and locations. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 50(2), 217–232. Mertkan, S., Arsan, N., Inal Cavlan, G., and Onurkan Aliusta, G. (2017). Diversity and equality in academic publishing: the case of educational leadership. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 47(1), 46–61. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 03 C: Leadership for Sustainability: Conditions, Constraints, and Possibilities in European K–12 Schools Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Irene Lampert Session Chair: Guri Skedsmo Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Leadership for Sustainability: Conditions, Constraints, and Possibilities in European K–12 Schools Theoretical Background Schools are recognised as key multipliers for sustainable societal transformation, yet only a small share of K–12 institutions achieve sustained and coherent implementation of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). Research consistently identifies school leaders as central figures in fostering sustainable schools (Mogren & Gericke, 2019), but the specific practices, conditions, and constraints that shape Leadership for Sustainability remain underexplored. The symposium is theoretically anchored in the Whole-School Approach (WSA), which conceptualises ESD implementation as requiring the integration of sustainability across all facets of school life—including vision, pedagogy, curriculum, institutional practices, capacity-building, and community connections—through participatory, system-wide processes (Mathie & Wals, 2022). The WSA provides a unifying framework connecting the four papers, while each contribution draws on complementary theoretical perspectives: the Model of Educational Reconstruction (Kattmann et al., 1997), temporal governance and acceleration theory (Rosa, 2013), policy enactment perspectives (Ball et al., 2012), and distributed leadership approaches (Spillane, 2006). This symposium addresses this gap by asking: How do school leaders enact Leadership for Sustainability across different European contexts, and what conditions enable or constrain whole-school approaches to ESD? Methodological Approaches The symposium integrates diverse methodological approaches: systematic literature review following PRISMA guidelines combined with qualitative content analysis, photo-elicitation and group discussions with school leaders, thematic analysis of interview data, and comparative policy analysis of governance frameworks. This methodological pluralism enables both breadth across European contexts and depth in understanding leadership practices. Symposium Structure and Paper Contributions This symposium investigates Leadership for Sustainability through a systematic progression from empirical reconstruction to critical analysis of systemic constraints and, ultimately, to practical pathways forward. It uses Leadership for Sustainability to denote leadership practices oriented toward whole-school ESD implementation. We distinguish this from sustainable leadership (Hargreaves & Fink, 2006), which emphasises the temporal endurance of leadership itself; in practice, these dimensions intersect, and individual papers engage both aspects. Paper 1 establishes the empirical foundation by reconstructing what Leadership for Sustainability entails in practice. Drawing on a systematic literature review and comparative empirical research with school leaders in Switzerland and Sweden, the paper identifies seven interrelated characteristics (Lampert et al., 2026): shared vision, strategic alignment, collaborative structures, stakeholder networks, professional learning systems, participatory governance, and sustainable school culture. Paper 2 examines the lived realities of enacting such leadership in Danish educational settings, focusing specifically on how temporal conditions affect the sustainability of leadership practice itself. The paper reveals how temporal governance—characterised by acceleration, fragmentation, and lack of time for reflection—constrains sustainability-oriented practices, with consequences for professional judgment and wellbeing (Laursen, 2026). Paper 3 situates these insights within broader policy frameworks through comparative analysis of Swedish and Swiss governance (Nordin & Sundberg, 2018). The paper examines how transnational sustainability discourses—particularly Agenda 2030 and UNESCO's competence frameworks—intersect with national policies, revealing how different governance architectures construct temporal horizons that either enable or inhibit long-term sustainability transformation. Paper 4 demonstrates how participatory school cultures can enable sustainability-oriented transformation despite systemic constraints (Lüddeckens, 2025). The findings suggest that structured opportunities for inclusive governance and collaborative norms offer workable conditions for enacting Leadership for Sustainability. European Dimension and Contribution The symposium brings together researchers from Switzerland, Sweden, and Denmark, enabling systematic comparison across different governance traditions: Switzerland's decentralised cantonal system, Sweden's curriculum-driven national governance, and Denmark's municipal autonomy model. This comparative perspective illuminates how national policy architectures shape the possibilities for Leadership for Sustainability and contributes to European dialogue on sustainable school development and the implementation of Agenda 2030. The findings carry implications for school leaders, leadership preparation programmes, and policymakers by providing evidence-based frameworks, identifying competencies requiring attention, and revealing how governance architectures can better support long-term sustainability transformation. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Hargreaves, A., & Fink, D. (2006). Sustainable leadership. Jossey-Bass. Kattmann, U., Duit, R., Gropengießer, H., & Komorek, M. (1997). Das Modell der Didaktischen Rekonstruktion. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften, 3(3), 3–18. Lampert, I., Allenspach, D., Müller-Kuhn, D., & Brückel, F. (2026). Leadership for sustainability: A systematic literature review of characteristics supporting whole-school ESD implementation in K–12 education. Environmental Education Research. (under review). Laursen, R. (Ed., with M. Madsen). (2026). Education and the politics of time: Temporal governance in teaching and learning. Springer Nature. Lüddeckens, J. (2025). Bridging policy and practice: A review of school leadership in differentiation from a system perspective. Cogent Education, 12(1). Mathie, R. G., & Wals, A. E. J. (2022). Whole school approaches to sustainability: Exemplary practices from around the world. Wageningen University. Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders' experiences of implementing Education for Sustainable Development—Anchoring the transformative perspective. Sustainability, 11(12), Article 3287. Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (2018). Exploring curriculum change using discursive institutionalism – a conceptual framework. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(6), 820–835. Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. Columbia University Press. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass. Presentations of the Symposium Leadership for Sustainability
Schools serve as key multipliers for sustainable societal transformation by developing students' sustainability competencies through Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). While principals are recognised as central figures in fostering sustainable schools (Mogren & Gericke, 2019), research has predominantly focused on describing characteristics of sustainable schools rather than on the specific leadership practices that enable their development (Verhelst et al., 2021). This paper addresses this gap by presenting an empirically grounded reconstruction of Leadership for Sustainability, examining how scientific conceptualisations of sustainable school development align with principals' understandings and practices across different school contexts.
The research question guiding this study is: How do scientific studies conceptualise Leadership for Sustainability, and how do these conceptualisations align with principals' understandings and practices in Swiss and Swedish school contexts?
Theoretically, the study draws on the Whole-School Approach (WSA), which conceptualises ESD implementation as requiring the integration of sustainability across all facets of school life—including vision, pedagogy, curriculum, institutional practices, capacity-building, and community connections—through participatory, system-wide processes (Mathie & Wals, 2022). Methodologically, the research employs the Model of Educational Reconstruction (Kattmann et al., 1997), enabling systematic integration of scientific conceptions with practitioners' understandings of leadership.
The study comprises two phases. First, a systematic literature review following PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021), combined with qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023), identified seven characteristics of sustainable schools and corresponding leadership practices from 12 empirical studies (Lampert, Kolb & Anderegg, 2025; Lampert et al., 2026). Second, building on these findings, an empirical study with six school leaders (three from Switzerland, three from Sweden) was conducted between January and May 2025, using photo-elicitation (Richard & Lahman, 2015) and group discussions to examine how the literature-derived characteristics manifest in practice. Data were analysed using content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023).
The analysis identifies seven interrelated characteristics constituting Leadership for Sustainability: (1) developing and anchoring a shared sustainability vision, (2) strategic alignment of school development with ESD, (3) establishing collaborative organisational structures, (4) building stakeholder networks, (5) fostering professional learning systems, (6) enabling participatory governance, and (7) cultivating a sustainable school culture. The empirical data reveal both alignment and tensions between scientific conceptualisations and practitioners' understandings, with contextual differences emerging between the Swiss and Swedish settings.
These findings establish the empirical foundation for the symposium: Papers 2–4 critically examine the temporal, policy-related, and cultural conditions that enable or constrain the enactment of the leadership practices reconstructed here.
References:
Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung [Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice, computer support]. Beltz Juventa.
Lampert, I., Allenspach, D., Müller-Kuhn, D., & Brückel, F. (2026). Leadership for sustainability: A systematic literature review of characteristics supporting whole-school ESD implementation in K–12 education. Environmental Education Research. Manuscript submitted for publication.
Lampert, I., Kolb, J., & Anderegg, N. (2025). Leadership for Sustainability als Schlüssel für wertvolle Bildung. #schuleverantworten, 5(3). https://doi.org/10.53349/schuleverantworten.2025.i3.a602
Mathie, R. G., & Wals, A. E. J. (2022). Whole school approaches to sustainability: Exemplary practices from around the world. Wageningen University.
Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders' experiences of implementing Education for Sustainable Development—Anchoring the transformative perspective. Sustainability, 11(12), Article 3287. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11123287
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, Article n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71
Richard, V. M., & Lahman, M. K. E. (2015). Photo-elicitation: Reflexivity on method, analysis, and graphic portraits. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 38(1), 3–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2013.843073
Leadership, Well-Being and Organisational Sustainability
Building on Paper 1’s reconstruction of Leadership for Sustainability, this paper examines how contemporary forms of time pressure shape the conditions for sustainable leadership in educational settings. Informed by prior work showing how temporal demands structure educational leaders’ everyday work, leadership is approached as a practice increasingly organised through accelerating temporal demands that compress time for reflection, prioritisation, and endurance, with direct consequences for professional judgment and well-being. The paper asks: How does time governance shape the possibilities for sustainable leadership?
The study is theoretically anchored in perspectives on how time structures possibilities for practice within educational institutions (Madsen & Laursen, 2026), with particular attention to processes of temporal acceleration (Rosa, 2013). In relation to the time governance of leadership practice, sustainable leadership is understood as the capacity to sustain professional judgment and leaders’ well-being over time under conditions of temporal acceleration. Empirically, the paper draws on qualitative data from a larger Danish municipal project focusing on “leadership in balance” (Laursen, 2025). The analysis is based on interviews with seven educational leaders, analysed through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022).
The findings show that time governance significantly conditions leaders’ possibilities for sustainable leadership in three ways. First, leaders actively contribute to the acceleration of their own time demands by taking on additional tasks in order to remain informed and influential in political and administrative decision-making processes. Second, leaders describe a persistent lack of time for immersion, understood as reflective time for preparation, strategic thinking, and professional sense-making. Third, everyday leadership practice is characterised by frequent interruptions, particularly from employees seeking advice, which displaces immersion to evenings and weekends. These dynamics show how accelerating and fragmented time demands intensify leaders’ work, erode time for immersion, and narrow the temporal conditions under which sustainable leadership and leaders’ well-being can be maintained.
References:
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage.
Laursen, R. (2026). Education and the politics of time: Temporal governance in teaching and learning (Ed. with M. Madsen). Springer Nature Switzerland AG.
Laursen, R. (2025). At balancere et lederliv: En undersøgelse af frontleders psykiske arbejdsmiljø i Holstebro Kommune [Balancing a leadership life: An investigation of frontline leaders’ psychosocial work environment in Holstebro Municipality]. Institut for Kultur og Læring, Aalborg Universitet.
https://vbn.aau.dk/ws/portalfiles/portal/808239405/At_balancere_et_lederliv_aaurapport.pdf
Laursen, R., & Jensen, R. (2025). The governance of teachers' time allocation and data usage through a learning management system: a biopolitical perspective. Critical Studies in Education, 66(2), 213–232.
Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. Columbia University Press.
Temporal Politics of Sustainability Leadership: How Travelling Policies Shape School Leadership in Sweden and Switzerland
Papers 1 and 2 reveal a paradox: empirical evidence shows that Leadership for Sustainability is enacted through participatory, relational practices (Paper 1), yet leaders experience significant temporal and organisational constraints that inhibit these practices (Paper 2). This paper addresses the structural origins of this paradox by examining the policy frameworks that shape leadership expectations and possibilities.
This paper examines how global ideas of sustainability leadership travel, are reshaped in national policy contexts, and enacted in schools in Sweden and Switzerland. Drawing on the Leadership for Sustainability project, it investigates how transnational discourses, particularly Agenda 2030 (UNESCO, 2017) and UNESCO’s sustainability competence frameworks (systems thinking, anticipatory, normative, strategic, collaboration, critical thinking, self‑awareness, and integrated problem‑solving), intersect with national curricular policies to shape opportunities and constraints for school leaders.
Combining a policy enactment perspective with a temporal politics lens, the study analyses how leaders navigate tensions between long‑term sustainability ambitions and short‑term policy demands embedded in accountability systems, curriculum reforms, and organisational routines (Tahirsylaj & Sundberg, 2025; Nordin & Sundberg, 2018). This approach aligns with the symposium’s focus on competing temporal logics, where sustainability requires slow, participatory development, while governance structures prioritise speed, efficiency, and measurability (see also Mogensen & Schnack, 2010).
The paper addresses three questions: (i) How do Swedish and Swiss governance frameworks construct temporal horizons of sustainability (such as urgency, long‑term transformation, or continuous improvement) and how do these imaginaries shape expectations for leadership? (ii) How do these frameworks pre‑structure school leaders’ temporal agency by accelerating, sequencing, or slowing change processes and shaping the futures they are expected to enact? (iii) What temporal tensions arise when policy timelines meet the everyday temporalities of school life, including workload rhythms, institutional path dependencies, and locally negotiated paces of change?
The analysis draws on comparative policy analysis and multimodal empirical material from six schools across both countries. Preliminary findings show that while both systems mandate sustainability and democratic participation, Sweden’s curriculum‑driven governance accelerates short accountability cycles, whereas Switzerland’s decentralised system provides greater autonomy but weaker long‑term anchoring. These differences shape leaders’ capacities to cultivate sustainable school cultures and contribute to persistent policy–practice gaps (see also Sterling 2014). Critically, this analysis explains why the temporal and organisational constraints identified in Paper 2 persist: they are deeply embedded in policy architectures that shape what counts as legitimate leadership work. Paper 4 turns to how schools navigate these constraints through participatory cultural practices.
References:
Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 59–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620903504032
Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (2018). Exploring curriculum change using discursive institutionalism – a conceptual framework. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(6), 820–835. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1482961
Sterling, S. (2014). Separate tracks, or real synergy? Achieving a closer relationship between education and sustainable development, post‑2015. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 8(2), 89–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0973408214548360
Tahirsylaj & Sundberg (2025): Five visions of competence-based education and curricula as travelling policies: a systematic research review 1997–2022, Journal of Curriculum Studies,
UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO Publishing. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 03 D JS: NW 22 / NW 26 Joint Special Call: Academic Leadership in Higher Education for Building a Fairer World and Fostering Trust in Polarised Times Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Roeland van der Rijst Session Chair: Toby Greany Joint Symposium Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Academic Leadership in Higher Education for Building a Fairer World and Fostering Trust in Polarised Times This joint symposium brings together researchers from Networks 22 and 26 who specialise in higher education and educational leadership research to examine how academic leaders across diverse higher education institutions (HEIs) seek to advance academic, civic and global missions, as well as the challenges they encounter in an increasingly polarised world. In an increasingly competitive higher education sector measured by league tables, research outputs, social impact, and graduate employability, universities seeking to attract global talent, rely on strong academic leaders. Academic leaders are essential for fulfilling universities’ civic and global commitments and for demonstrating the power of research in addressing pressing global challenges (Beresford-Dey et al., 2024; Tian et al., 2023). The emergence of sub-specialisation necessitates a rethinking and re-conceptualisation of academic leadership in higher education (Macfarlane, 2006). Due to increasing specialisation and the unbundling of academic tasks, academic leadership encompasses individual agency, inclusive leadership, collaborative decision-making, and network governance, all of which shape academic practices and discourses related to addressing global challenges (Kusters et al., 2026; van Winkel et al., 2018). In our theorisation, academic leaders are not defined merely as managers or administrators who make a deliberate shift from research to administrative work upon assuming formal leadership titles—such as deans, vice-chancellors, or presidents—within HEIs (Macfarlane et al., 2024). Rather, we abandon this new managerialist viewpoint and conceptualise academic leaders as prominent scholars who are recognised as thought leaders, advocates, activists, and change agents. These individuals excel not only in academic research but also in championing social and institutional change that contributes to a fairer and more sustainable world. Some academic leaders hold formal leadership positions, while others operate as informal leaders and role models within their scholarly communities, influencing peers, students, policymakers, and wider societies. They practise inclusive leadership, actively support and elevate others, and are willing to challenge forms of injustice embedded within the higher education sector and broader society (Deem, 2009). This theorisation aligns closely with Macfarlane et al.’s (2024) reformist perspective on leadership in higher education. This symposium seeks to develop a conceptual framework and provide empirical evidence on academic leadership that builds a fairer world, and fosters trust in polarised times by addressing three key questions:
This symposium brings together empirical papers from four countries—the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Finland and Australia —to offer a global and analytically rich exploration of academic leadership in contemporary higher education. Each paper draws on in-depth studies to examine how academic leadership is constituted in context and how academic leaders construct and negotiate their agency, particularly in relation to the shifting expectations placed upon academics in an increasingly complex and polarised world. Collectively, the papers investigate the types of global and societal challenges academic leaders seek to address through their research, teaching, and engagement with society and policy, including issues such as equity, sustainability, health, geopolitical and ideological tension, information technology, immigration, and social cohesion. Particular attention is paid to how academics exercise leadership both within and beyond their institutions, and to the ways in which HEIs position themselves as civic and global actors. By foregrounding lived experiences and context-sensitive practices, the symposium contributes to a deeper understanding of the role of academic leadership in responding to, and potentially mending, an increasingly polarised world. References Beresford-Dey M, Howden S and Martindale L (2024) Complexity Leadership Theory and its application in higher education: using duoethnography to explore enabling leadership during a time of uncertainty. International Journal of Leadership in Education 0(0). Routledge: 1–26. Kusters M, Rushton EAC, De Vetten A, Admiraal W and Van der Rijst RM (2026). Teacher agency in universities: exploring underlying beliefs and agentic orientations when navigating university teaching practices. Teaching in Higher Education, 31(1), 106–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2025.2562584 Macfarlane B (2006) The Academic Citizen: The Virtue of Service in University Life. London: Routledge. Macfarlane B, Bolden R and Watermeyer R (2024) Three perspectives on leadership in higher education: traditionalist, reformist, pragmatist. Higher Education 88(4): 1381–1402. Tian M, Roberts A, Woods PA, et al. (2023) Social Justice and Leadership in Education. In: Woods PA, Roberts A, Tian M, et al. (eds) Handbook on Leadership in Education. Edward Elgar Publishing, pp. 186–189. Available at: https://www.elgaronline.com/edcollbook/book/9781800880429/9781800880429.xml van Winkel MA, van der Rijst RM, Poell RF, et al. (2018) Identities of research-active academics in new universities: towards a complete academic profession cross-cutting different worlds of practice. Journal of Further and Higher Education 42(4). Routledge: 539–555. Presentations of the Symposium Academic Leadership in UK Higher Education
Previous research has shown that, within the UK higher education context, administrative leadership, academic leadership, and teaching leadership are subtly differentiated. Administrative roles, such as heads of department, are often undertaken by academics who elect to assume additional responsibilities on a rotational or term-based basis, commonly perceived as a form of academic citizenship (Bolden et al., 2012, 2014; Macfarlane, 2006). Teaching leadership is expected of all academics who deliver learning content to students; however, it is distinguished from academic leadership, which is characterised by active research engagement, high levels of academic esteem, and recognised scholarly expertise within a particular knowledge domain, discipline, or subject area (Beerkens and Hoek, 2022; Rayner et al., 2010).
In this study, we conceptualise academic leadership as a form of professional agency that extends beyond academic prowess alone. Academic leadership, as defined here, foregrounds academics’ social and ethical responsibilities to conduct ‘research that matters’, to translate scholarly knowledge into meaningful responses to pressing global challenges, and to contribute to positive change in both the human and natural worlds (Bolden et al., 2014; Rehbock, 2020).
To explore this form of leadership empirically, we purposively selected 10 academic leaders from a diverse range of disciplines, including environmental science, education, health and medicine, data science, and political science. These academic leaders are actively tackling major global challenges such as climate change, geopolitical and ideological conflicts, large-scale human migration, global health crises, and persistent inequalities in education.
The findings reveal how these academic leaders make sense of their professional identities through multiple, intersecting lenses: as academic citizens, research leads, citizens of the wider society, and change agents. Particular attention is given to how these leaders mobilise their scholarly expertise, professional networks, and social influence to build trust with key stakeholders, including policymakers, international organisations, learned societies, and local communities, in ways that drive positive and sustained change.
The study also surfaces the challenges, tensions, and dilemmas these academic leaders encounter as they navigate competing expectations and structural constraints. In doing so, this study invites critical reflection on the evolving role of academics and the higher education sector in addressing global challenges in today’s complex and polarised world.
References:
Beerkens M and Hoek M van der (2022) Academic leaders and leadership in the changing higher education landscape. In: Research Handbook on Academic Careers and Managing Academics. Edward Elgar Publishing, pp. 121–136.
Bolden R, Gosling J and O’Brien A (2014) Citizens of the academic community? A societal perspective on leadership in UK higher education. Studies in Higher Education 39(5). Routledge: 754–770.
Bolden, R, Gosling, J, O'Brien, A, Peters, K, Ryan, M, Haslam, S. A., et al. (2012). Academic leadership: changing conceptions, identities and experiences in UK Higher Education. University of Exeter. Report. https://hdl.handle.net/10871/15098
Macfarlane B (2006) The Academic Citizen: The Virtue of Service in University Life. London: Routledge.
Rayner S, Fuller M, McEwen L, et al. (2010) Managing leadership in the UK university: a case for researching the missing professoriate? Studies in Higher Education 35(6). Routledge: 617–631.
Rehbock SK (2020) Academic leadership: challenges and opportunities for leaders and leadership development in higher education. In: Modern Day Challenges in Academia. Edward Elgar Publishing, pp. 252–264.
Inclusive Leadership in Higher Professional Education: Beyond the Basic Psychological Needs
Inclusive leadership provides powerful guidance for leaders in today's and tomorrow's academic work environments, providing proven benefits for both organizational culture and faculty's well-being and performance. Inclusive leadership is not merely a trend, but a crucial leadership approach that influences the experiences of employees at work and in the workplace (Korkmaz, 2024). Furthermore, Korkmaz (2024) concludes that inclusive leadership has the potential “to become an overarching leadership style that brings together essential relational leadership skills”. Against the backdrop of numerous leadership theories, inclusive leadership is proposed as a guiding framework for leaders in today's and future diverse work environments including higher professional education (Korkmaz 2024). However, the concept of inclusive leadership remains an abstract concept in higher education. Conceptualization and the development of common language is needed.
More than 100 years of research on leadership has shown that the success of an organization depends on the leadership of its leaders (Thompson & Matkin, 2020). Various benefits of inclusive leadership are described in the literature. Inclusive leadership is described as essential for achieving future goals, creating and maintaining inclusive culture within groups and workplaces (Ferdman, 2013), developing talent (Schiltmans et al., 2023), facilitating and supporting both community and individuality (Randel et al., 2018), greater engagement and less tendency to leave, and it increases faculty's job satisfaction and performance (Çelik et al., 2013).
Inclusive work environments foster members’ sense of belonging by valuing their contributions as essential to organizational success (Adjo et al., 2021) and align with the basic psychological needs for autonomy, relatedness, and competence that underpin personal development and optimal functioning (Ryan & Deci, 2000).In this study, we examine whether inclusive leadership is recognizable and applicable in higher education. We collected data through a large-scale national survey among leaders and lecturers at universities of applied sciences in The Netherlands. The survey included items on inclusive academic leadership (Korkmaz, 2024), basic psychological needs (Ryan & Deci, 2000), and the experience of an inclusive environment, with the dimensions underlying inclusive leadership encompassing these psychological needs (Korkmaz et al., 20220). Both teaching faculty members and their academic leaders were asked to complete the survey. To test the hypotheses and answer the sub- questions, inclusive leadership was measured using the items from the INCLEAD scale and the items from the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction at Work Scale.
References:
Adjo, J., Maybank, A., & Prakash, V. (2021). Building Inclusive Work Environments. Pediatrics, 148, e2021051440E.
Çelik, S., Ashikali, T., & Groeneveld, S. (2013). Diversiteitsinterventies en de binding van werknemers in de publieke sector: De rol van een inclusieve organisatiecultuur. Gedrag & Organisatie, 26(3).
Ferdman, B. M. (2013). The Practice of Inclusion in Diverse Organizations. In B. M. Ferdman & B. R. Deane (ed.), Diversity at Work: The Practice of Inclusion. Wiley.
Korkmaz, V. A. (2024). The Realm of Inclusive Leadership: Insights into the What, Where, When, Why, and How. Tilburg University.
Randel, A. E., Galvin, B. M., Shore, L. M., Ehrhart, K. H., Chung, B. G., Dean, M. A., & Kedharnath, U. (2018). Inclusive leadership: Realizing positive outcomes through belongingness and being valued for uniqueness. Human Resource Management Review, 28(2), 190-203.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000a). Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivations: Classic Definitions and New Directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 54-67.
Schiltmans, J., & Davies, D. (2023). How to Be an Inclusive Leader in Higher Education. Journal of Higher Education Policy &Leadership Studies, 4(1), 7-20.
Thompson, H., & Matkin, G. (2020). The Evolution of Inclusive Leadership Studies: A literature review. Journal of Leadership Education, 19(3).
The Public Role of Pedagogical Leadership
Pedagogical leadership has become an established concept in Finnish higher education institutions (HEIs) and is widely regarded as central to institutional quality and success. Over the past fifteen years, Finnish-language scholarship has articulated increasingly systematic and accountable understandings of pedagogical leadership. Within HEIs, pedagogical leadership is commonly conceptualised as comprising three interrelated dimensions: (1) the management and leadership of pedagogical action, (2) leaders’ intentionally pedagogical modes of operating, and (3) leadership exercised through pedagogical thinking (Nevgi & Korhonen, 2016; Niinistö-Sivuranta & Mäki, 2022). These dimensions are linked by a participatory ideal, often articulated through the concept of distributed leadership (Kinnunen et al., 2024).
This presentation starts from the observation that pedagogical leadership at HEIs is predominantly conceptualised as an internal and strategy-oriented practice (Elo & Uljens, 2023; Ripatti-Torniainen & Ilola, 2025). While strategic framing highlights the importance of pedagogy in contemporary HEIs, it also risks reducing pedagogical leadership to a form of strategic alignment and persuasion. This orientation generates tensions between strategically prioritised pedagogical initiatives and educational concerns that remain marginalised or excluded from institutional strategies (Ripatti-Torniainen & Stevanovic, 2023). Against this backdrop, the presentation argues for a more open-ended and plural interpretation of pedagogical leadership by foregrounding its public role.
The argument draws on theories of publicness that conceptualise public communication as open, unpredictable, and grounded in an initial expectation of critique. Under such conditions, communication can develop in new and multi-voiced directions (Ripatti-Torniainen, 2018). From a pedagogical perspective, publicness is particularly significant in its capacity to foster reflective engagement with pressing societal issues. Over time, such engagement supports the development of public judgement across broader sections of the population (Yankelovich, 1991).
This perspective is timely for European HEIs. Across national contexts, shifting political power relations increasingly manifest as rapid policy initiatives and demands concerning the mission, values, and purposes of higher education. Meaningful participation in such debates presupposes the ability to evoke resonance with the values and concerns of wider publics (McCammon, 2022), a capacity requiring sustained public presence and long-term communicative engagement. Simultaneously, societies and ecosystems face profound existential challenges, intensifying calls for higher education to articulate publicly its pedagogical potential for constructive societal transformation (Huttunen et al., 2022).
By proposing an explicitly public role for pedagogical leadership, this presentation conceptualises pedagogical leadership as emancipatory practice materialising through continuous and long-standing dialogue among formal leaders, staff, students, and society at large.
References:
Elo, J. & Uljens, M. (2023). Theorising pedagogical dimensions of higher education leadership—a non-affirmative approach. Higher Education, 85, 1281–1298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00890-0
Huttunen, R., Kakkori. L. & Värri, V-M. (2022). Ekokatastrofi ja kasvatuksen uusi imperatiivi. Kasvatus, 52(5), 484–496. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.114930
Kinnunen, P., Ripatti-Torniainen, L., Mickwitz, Å. & Haarala-Muhonen, A. (2024). Bringing clarity to the leadership of teaching and learning in HE: A systematic review. Journal of Applied Research in Higher Education, 16(1), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-06-2022-0200
Nevgi, A. & Korhonen, V. (2016). Pedagoginen johtaminen yliopiston keskijohdon johtamistyössä. Kasvatus, 47(5), 419–433.
Niinistö-Sivuranta, S. & Mäki, K. (2022). Ekososiaalista sivistystä edistävä pedagoginen johtaminen – Tapaustutkimus suomalaisten korkeakoulujen strategioiden kestävyysosaamisen tavoitteista. Ammattikasvatuksen aikakauskirja, 24(4), 28–45. https://journal.fi/akakk/article/view/125875
Ripatti-Torniainen, L. (2018). Becoming (a) public: What the concept of public reveals about a programmatic public pedagogy at the university. Higher Education, 75(6), 1015–1029. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-017-0182-5
Ripatti-Torniainen, L. & Ilola, H. (accepted). Korkeakoulun pedagoginen johtaminen osaksi julkista keskustelua yhteiskunnassa. Prologi. https://doi.org/10.33352/prlg.148599
Ripatti-Torniainen, L. & Stevanovic, M. (2023). University teaching development workshops as sites of joint decision-making: Negotiations of authority in academic cultures. Learning, Culture & Social Interaction, 38, 100681. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2022.100681
Yankelovich, D. (1991). Coming to public judgment: Making democracy work in a complex world. Syracuse University Press.
Academic Leadership and Freedom under Threat in Australian Corporatised Universities in a Time of Social Division
Australian higher education is highly corporatised after three decades of managerialism and marketisation and reliance on international students for research funding. Covid highlighted the precarity of academic work and lack of government support- financially and politically (Blackmore 2020). Multiple reviews of the higher education sector since have highlighted bad governance by university management—vice chancellor salaries, lack of expertise on university councils, casualisation and underpay of staff, failure to implement sexual harassment policies, and underrepresentation of academics and students in decision-making. Academics do not trust their managers and the role of the university as contributing to the public good has been lost (Blackmore 2023). Recent government moves include developing principles of good governance and a national oversight body to restore public trust but which also challenges university autonomy. These events have eroded academic voice in and outside the university. Add in public concerns over pro- Palestinian public and on-campus protests since 2023, followed by a terrorist attack by in December 2025 on Jewish celebrations at Bondi. Political responses are being criticised for restricting freedom of speech with implications for universities and academic freedom. In this context, academic leadership understood as distinct from executive management is even more critical but also more difficult. Progressive discourses (eg. of cultural safety) are being mobilised to shut down critical discussion. I utilise feminist theories of critical policy sociology (Bacchi 2012), social justice (Fraser 2008), democracy (Arendt 2009), and critical leadership (Jamison 2019) to analyse contemporary discourses and empirical studies of Australian universities. Restoring academic leadership requires considering ways in which academics can exercise their intellectual power and position to restore trust in universities as sites of informed debate about issues that matter in a democracy.
References:
Arendt, H. (2009). Responsibility and Judgement, Penguin.
Bacchi, C. (2012). Introducing What is the Problem Represented to Be (WPR) approach. https://carolbacchi.com/about/
Blackmore, J. (2020). ‘The carelessness of entrepreneurial universities in a world risk society: A feminist reflection on the impact of Covid 19 in Australia’, Higher Education Research & Development , 39 (7), 1332-1336.
Blackmore, J. (2023). Disrupting leadership in the entrepreneurial university: Diversity and disengagement in Higher Education, Bloomsbury, London.
Fraser, N. (2008). Scales of Justice, reimagining political space in a globalising world. Columbia UP.
Jamison, J. (ed.) (2019). Critical university leadership international perspectives on leadership in higher education: Critical thinking for global challenges, Routledge.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 27 SES 03 A: Twenty Years of the EERA Network 27 : European Didactics Research from Foundations to Future Directions Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Florence Ligozat Panel Discussion |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Panel Discussion Twenty Years of the EERA Network 27 : European Didactics Research from Foundations to Future Directions (part I) 1: University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2: Oslo University, Norway; 3: Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz, Germany; 4: Uppsala University, Sweden; 5: Martin Luther University Halle Wittemberg, Germany; 6: UCL University College Odense, Denmark Presenting Author:The Network 27 “Didactics: Learning and Teaching” will celebrate 20 years of development within the EERA in 2026. This network is a unique place in Europe for discussing and overcoming the fragmentation of research paradigms on teaching and learning. The search for similarities and differences between research traditions about “Didaktik” in continental countries and “Curriculum” in Anglo-American cultures (Gundem & Hopmann, 1998; Hudson & Schneuwly, 2007) can be regarded has been a key step for mapping the field around the concept of “Bildung” (Hudson & Meyer, 2011; Schneuwly & Vollmer, 2018). Over the years, debates have shifted towards more empirical concerns, for characterizing the complexity of learning methods, teaching practices, and content selection (Ligozat & Almqvist, 2018; Ligozat, Klette & Almqvist, 2023; Hudson, Olin-Scheller & Wegner, 2025). This shift is featured by the construction of frameworks for comparing teaching and learning actions across subjects and educational contexts; methodologies for classroom observation including video studies of teaching and learning; literacies, language use across school subjects and the tacit dimensions of teaching; gender teaching resources and characterization of teachers’ work within the school systems as well as the relation between classroom research and teachers’ professional development, etc. Recent topics now embrace the impact of environmental, economic and political uncertainties on teaching and learning, key aspects of teaching quality and the digitalization of teaching resources and learning practices. This panel will bring together the voices of scholars in the field of Didactics research, from different research traditions in Europe (general didactics, subject didactics, comparative didactics, classroom research, curriculum approaches to teaching and learning, etc.) and who are strongly involved in these issues. Their task will be to address two or three common questions, in order to trace the developments in the field from their point of view.
References -Gundem, B. B., & Hopmann, S. (Éds.). (1998). Didaktik and/or curriculum : An international dialogue. P. Lang. -Hudson, B., & Schneuwly, B. (2007). Didactics – learning and teaching in Europe. Editorial. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 106 108. -Hudson, B., & Meyer, M. A. (Éds.). (2011). Beyond Fragmentation : Didactics, learning and teaching in Europe. Barbara Budrich Publishers. -Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C. & Wegner, A. (Éds.). (2025). Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Subject Didactics. Journal of Curriculum Studies (Special issue), 57 (5). -Ligozat, F., & Almqvist, J. (Éds.). (2018). Conceptual frameworks in didactics – learning and teaching : Trends, evolutions and comparative challenges. European Educational Research Journal (Special issue), 17(1). Sage Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117746720 -Ligozat, F., Klette, K., & Almqvist, J. (Éds.). (2023). Didactics in a Changing World : European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (Vol. 6). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20810-2 -Schneuwly, B., & Vollmer, H. J. (2018). Bildung and subject didactics : Exploring a classical concept for building new insights. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 37‑50. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117696096 Chair Kirsti Klette, kirsti.klette@ils.uio.no |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 27 SES 03 B: Classroom Practice in Primary and Secondary Education Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Jérôme Santini Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Dealing with Epistemic Uncertainty in Classroom Practice. Classroom Cultures in Inquiry-Based Primary School Spelling Instruction Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Presenting Author:Uncertainty is not a marginal phenomenon in educational practice, but rather a constitutive component of teaching itself. Educational activity aims to enable learning, but cannot operatively produce acquisition; rather, it is characterised by a structural element of openness and unavailability (Herzmann, 2018). This fundamental pedagogical uncertainty is particularly evident in subject teaching, where subject matter is clearly regulated in normative terms, but the path to a correct decision is not immediately apparent and must be developed through comparison, reference to rules and contextualisation in the course of teaching. This proposal takes up this perspective and focuses empirical teaching research on how epistemic uncertainty is dealt with in the classroom. The teaching of the first language (L1) is considered as an example, specifically in the area of writing and orthography. Language learning objectives are normatively framed in many first languages and associated with high expectations of correctness, while their application remains epistemically demanding. Decisions about correct linguistic forms often cannot be derived directly from perception or intuition, but require knowledge of linguistic structures, principles and rules. The associated uncertainty is not generated by the situation, but is inherent in the subject matter itself. In research-based, discovery-oriented teaching settings, this epistemic uncertainty is exacerbated didactically, as search movements, preliminary interpretations and even inappropriate or ‘abstruse’ explanations must be permitted in principle. At the same time, such open processes conflict with normative expectations of subject-specific accuracy and school order. To date, little is known about how this epistemic uncertainty is actually dealt with in teaching practice. With regard to specific teaching subjects, the theoretical intertwining of subject didactics and praxeological teaching research is particularly relevant here. Primary school L1 teaching is an area in which the interplay between the subject-specific structuring of the learning material and the situational delivery of teaching has not yet been adequately described empirically. While subject-specific didactic theory formation has long been focused on the systematic description of linguistic subjects and their modelling in a way that is appropriate for acquisition, empirical studies on actual teaching practice have remained rare (Riegler & Wiprächtiger-Geppert, 2016). In particular, there is a lack of studies that reconstruct how subject-specific problems are dealt with in teaching, how epistemic uncertainty is framed, limited or kept open in the process, and how this results in different teaching cultures and forms of subject-specific expertise. This proposal addresses this tension and focuses on how epistemic uncertainty is dealt with in teaching by examining L1 teaching as the situational implementation of pedagogical practices. This implementation is understood as an expression of different teaching cultures, each of which produces its own ways of dealing with subject-specific uncertainty. On this basis, the article explores the following questions: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretically, the article develops teaching culture as an individual working heuristic in order to make the interplay between subject knowledge and interaction in teaching analytically accessible. Teaching is not understood as the implementation of didactic guidelines, but as the social execution of pedagogical practices that stabilise in relation to the class and develop over time (Reh 2015). In this understanding, teaching culture refers to the specific way in which pedagogical practices are related to a learning object (Baltruschat 2018), thereby creating teaching as a culturally influenced space for interaction (Hillebrand 2015). Central to the heuristics developed is the assumption that subject content in teaching is not independent of interaction, but only becomes visible, negotiable and workable through the implementation of pedagogical practices. Accordingly, subject knowledge is not understood as a pre-existing order of knowledge or as a normative goal, but as a practically established, culturally shaped way of dealing with epistemic uncertainty in a subject-specific manner. The heuristics of teaching culture allow these processes to be analysed beyond normative didactic standards and reveal culturally different ways of dealing with identical subject-specific problems. The empirical basis of the study consists of videotaped lessons from third-grade primary school classes. The study examines L1 lessons in which teaching is carried out within the didactic framework of research and discovery. In the first step, based on the video data, the course of the lessons is reconstructed using segment analysis (Herrle & Dinkelaker, 2016) in order to identify phases in which the handling of epistemic uncertainty is particularly evident. Multimodal descriptions are created for selected scenes (Reh et al., 2015; Merklinger, 2022), taking into account verbal, gestural, material and spatial aspects of the lesson. The evaluation is carried out by means of sequential reconstruction (Reh 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analyses show that epistemic uncertainty is dealt with differently in teaching practice. In one lesson, uncertainty is limited and gradually resolved through a narrow task structure and strong subject-specific guidance. In another lesson, uncertainty is deliberately kept open and used as a starting point for joint search and comparison activities. These different approaches can be described as different teaching cultures in which subject knowledge is established either as precise, step-by-step clarification or as emergent, comparative negotiation. The article does not show that teaching is uncertain, but rather how epistemic uncertainty is dealt with in the classroom. The article shows how different teaching cultures deal with epistemic uncertainty in subject teaching in their own way. References Baltruschat, A. (2018). Didaktische Unterrichtsforschung. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Herrle, M., & Dinkelaker, J. (2016). Qualitative Analyseverfahren in der videobasierten Unterrichtsforschung. In U. Rauin, M. Herrle, & T. Engartner (Hrsg.), Videoanalysen in der Unterrichtsforschung. Methodische Vorgehensweisen und Anwendungsbeispiele (S. 76–129). Beltz Juventa. Hillebrandt, F. (2015). Praxistheorie und Schulkultur: Identifikation und Analyse schulischer Praktiken. In J. Böhme, M. Hummrich, & R.-T. Kramer (Hrsg.), Schulkultur (S. 429–444). Springer VS. Herzmann,P. (2018): Lernen sichtbar machen. n M. Proske & Rabenstein, Kerstin (Hrsg.), Kompendium Qualitative Unterrichtsforschung: Unterricht beobachten—Beschreiben—Rekonstruieren (S. 27–62). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Merklinger, D. (2022). Beobachtungsprotokolle schreiben: Anforderungen und Stolperstellen. In H. De Boer, D. Merklinger, & S. Last (Hrsg.), Beobachten im fachdidaktischen Kontext: Schülerinnen- und Schülerperspektiven auf die Bearbeitung von Aufgaben (S. 37–64). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Reh, S., Fritzsche, B., Idel, T.-S., & Rabenstein, K. (Hrsg.). (2015). Lernkulturen: Rekonstruktion pädagogischer Praktiken an Ganztagsschulen. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Riegler, S. & Wiprächtiger-Geppert, M. (2016). Den Unterricht im Blick. Deskription der Praxis als Aufgabe und Herausforderung für die orthographiedidaktische Unterrichtsforschung. In S. Riegler & S. Weinhold (Hg.), Rechtschreiben unterrichten. Lehrerforschung in der Orthographiedidaktik (S. 69-90). Erich Schmidt 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Complexity of Revoicing in Primary and Secondary Classroom Research: A Scoping Review 1: University of Cambridge, United Kingdom; 2: East China Normal Univerisity, China Presenting Author:Revoicing, as an unique classroom discourse strategy, has attracted lots of attention since it was first identified by O’Connor and Michaels in two elementary classrooms. A revoicing move usually occurs after a teacher poses a question and a student responds. Instead of simply evaluating the response as correct or incorrect, the teacher repeats or rephrases part of student’s utterance to acknowledge student’s contribution, and then opening up the next turn for the student to (tacitly or explicitly) agree or disagree with the teacher’s revoicing. It therefore publicly positions students as a holder of productive ideas and credits this contribution to the originating speaker, thereby creating or sustaining a classroom culture that values students’ thinking. Since its identification, a growing body of international research has demonstrated the pedagogical significance of revoicing, showing that this small talk move can amplify and extend students’ voices, position them as active thinkers, and challenge the traditional IRE triadic interaction pattern. Based on its distinctive functions, some researchers have advocated incorporating revoicing into teacher professional development programs. In particular, the strategy has attracted increasing attention in China since 2024, with emerging attempts to use revoicing to transform the traditional IRE triadic interaction pattern. However, studies conducted across different educational and cultural contexts have also revealed that revoicing does not always produce positive outcomes. In some cases, it may prematurely close down classroom discussion. At other times, instructors may misinterpret or inaccurately revoice students’ intended meanings. Moreover, some variation exists across studies in how revoicing is conceptualized and defined. Against this tension-filled background, and considering the significant role of teacher talk in students’ development across primary and secondary education, we conducted a scoping review focusing on revoicing in these educational stages and K–12 classrooms. To the best of our knowledge, although some review studies have examined teacher talk more broadly, little review research has specifically focused on revoicing as a distinctive teacher talk move. Therefore, this scoping review aims to map the existing research landscape, refine conceptual understandings of revoicing, and provide meaningful insights for both researchers and practitioners. The overarching research question guiding this study is: How have scholars conceptualised and studied “revoicing” in primary and secondary educational research? It can be further divided into three sub-questions. First, how do researchers conceptualize “revoicing” in the existing studies?
Second, how is revoicing examined in the existing literature?
Third, what are the major findings of these studies?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a scoping review to explore the research questions outlined above. The search strategy was developed following the PCC framework (Population, Concept, Context) recommended in the JBI Manual for Evidence Synthesis. Considering feasibility, this review included studies on revoicing published in languages accessible to the researchers, namely Chinese and English. The search terms covered three dimensions, as follows: 1. Population: teach* OR student* OR educat* (English); 教师+老师+学生+师生+生生 (Chinese) 2. Concept: revoic*(English); 回音(Chinese) 3. Context: primary OR elementary OR secondary OR “middle school” OR K–12 OR school* OR class* OR mainstream (English);中学+小学+课堂+学校(Chinese) In line with the guidance proposed by Peters et al. (2020), the inclusion and exclusion criteria were developed to identify studies relevant to the aims of this review: 1. The study focused explicitly on revoicing as a discourse practice, or employed revoicing as a theoretical or conceptual framework. 2. The participants were teachers and/or students. 3. The educational level was primary or secondary education. 4. The research context was classroom-based. 5. The study constituted primary research, with no restrictions on methodology. 6. The study was required to address at least two of the research questions posed in this review. The search yielded a total of 397 records. Following the PRISMA-ScR screening process, 84 studies were included in the review. Data extraction and analysis were conducted in two stages. In the first stage, the two researchers developed coding schemes corresponding to each research sub-question. For the first sub-question, data were extracted on (1) theories related to revoicing, teaching, and learning; (2) the conceptual origins of revoicing; (3) the discourse markers of revoicing; and (4) the forms and/or types of revoicing. For the second sub-question, the coding focused on (1) research questions directly related to revoicing and (2) methods employed to investigate revoicing. For the third sub-question, the coding examined (1) the current use of revoicing, (2) the characteristics of revoicing, and (3) the functions of revoicing. In the second stage, according to the nature of the research questions, both descriptive analysis and inductive thematic analysis were employed. The descriptive analysis was conducted to map the general characteristics of the studies and to examine how researchers conceptualized “revoicing” in the existing literature. The thematic analysis was adopted to identify and summarize emerging themes from the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are three main findings of this study: 1.General Characteristics of Research on Revoicing in Primary and Secondary Education The majority were conducted in Asian and North American contexts, with a primary focus on elementary school classrooms and subjects such as mathematics, science, and technology. Most studies were situated in innovative classroom settings. In terms of research design, most studies tended to analyze entire lessons and employed small video samples. The majority of studies adopted qualitative analysis methods. 2.Three Distinct Research Orientations in Revoicing Research (1) Investigative-oriented approach (2) Intervention-oriented approach (3) Relational-oriented approach. 3.Major Findings Related to Revoicing Discourse (1)Current Use of Revoicing: revoicing targets, types, and frequency of use. (2)Characteristics of Revoicing: strong transferability, context-sensitivity, and markedness. (3)Functions of Revoicing Discourse: most instances of revoicing exhibit positive functions, while some are functionally neutral or negative. This review’s findings highlight some insights for dialogue-intensive pedagogy and related teacher professional development programs, particularly given that many scholars in Europe and the UK are currently focusing on dialogic teaching and have adopted various talk moves as supportive tools in intervention studies. Taking revoicing as an example, this study reveals the complexity of using talk moves as tools to facilitate student learning. On the one hand, the study further demonstrates that teacher talk moves are transferable and have the potential to serve as practical tools that can be offered in teacher professional development programs. On the other hand, it is essential to acknowledge that the same discourse strategy may function differently across classrooms. This study argues that two potential mechanisms may help explain: differentiated learning and the underlying existing sociocultural norms of the classroom. It also discusses the necessity of taking teacher noticing into consideration, particularly how teachers’ attention and interpretation influence their use of talk moves as instructional tools. References Aiello, L. (2020). Attending to All We Elicit: Student Skepticism of Dialogic Practices and Stances [Ph.D., Stanford University]. Burke, A. (2017). An Analysis of a Teacher’s Use of Revoicing During a Third Grade Literature Discussion. Literacy Research and Instruction, 56(1), 1–20. Choppin, J., & Herbel-Eisenmann, B. (2012). Situating Revoicing within Broader Task and Social Structures. Proceedings of the 34th Annual Meeting of the North American Chapter of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education, 273–280. Eckert, A., & Nilsson, P. (2017). Introducing a symbolic interactionist approach on teaching mathematics: The case of revoicing as an interactional strategy in the teaching of probability. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 20(1), 31–48. Fan, N., Zhu, M., & Xiao, S. (2024). Teaching Socio-Scientific Argumentation in two Chinese Science Classrooms: A Case Study. ICLS 2024 Proceedings, 658–665. Forman, E. A., & Ansell, E. (2002). Orchestrating the Multiple Voices and Inscriptions of a Mathematics Classroom. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 11(2/3), 251–274. Forman, E. A., & Larreamendy-Joerns, J. (1998). Making Explicit the Implicit: Classroom Explanations and Conversational Implicatures. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 5(2), 105–113. Jacobson, C., & Lehrer, R. (2000). Teacher Appropriation and Student Learning of Geometry through Design. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 31(1), 71–88. Herrmann, A., Schulze, C., Lange-Schubert, K., & Saalbach, H. (2025). The influence of teacher talk on primary school students’ learning in science: A person-centered approach to analyzing conceptual change. Learning and Instruction, 100, 102216. Hofmann, R., & Ruthven, K. (2018). Operational, interpersonal, discussional and ideational dimensions of classroom norms for dialogic practice in school mathematics. British Educational Research Journal, 44(3), 496–514. O’Connor, M. C., & Michaels, S. (1993). Aligning Academic Task and Participation Status through Revoicing: Analysis of a Classroom Discourse Strategy. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 24(4), 318–335. O’Connor, C., & Michaels, S. (2019). Supporting teachers in taking up productive talk moves: The long road to professional learning at scale. International Journal of Educational Research, 97, 166–175. Seymour, J. R., & Lehrer, R. (2006). Tracing the Evolution of Pedagogical Content Knowledge as the Development of Interanimated Discourses. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15(4), 549–582. Sum, E. S. W., & Kwon, O. N. (2020). Classroom talk and the legacy of Confucian culture in mathematics classroom. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102964. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102964 Zhu, G., & Lin, F. (2024). Teachers scaffold student discourse and emotions in knowledge building classrooms. Interactive Learning Environments, 32(7), 3279–3296. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Didactic Perspectives on Socio-academic Interventions: Teaching, Learning and Participation in Primary and Lower Secondary Education University College Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:In recent years, the need to enhance both students’ academic learning and their social skills in primary education has become increasingly apparent. All too many students face challenges to participating in their learning communities, a circumstance that can negatively impact not only their academic development but also their well-being (Brewer et al., 2017; Saggers et al., 2023). At the same time, schools are expected to prepare students for collaborative work and social engagement as part of future educational and societal demands (OECD, 2018; Weidmann & Deming, 2020). Despite this, little research has systematically mapped how interventions that integrate social and academic elements are designed, implemented and evaluated across subjects in primary and lower secondary school. Reviews have spotlighted academic interventions, but without examining how social factors influence students’ academic outcomes. Mulcahy et al. (2014) highlighted that many interventions have targeted students with emotional and behavioural difficulties, but few have systematically linked social and academic goals. Bowman-Perrott et al. (2016) observed that research often prioritises content-related or cognitive aspects of teaching over the social dimensions of learning. They further point out the lack of methodological rigor in most studies, which frequently overlook social factors that may either support or impede students’ learning. This paper aims to address these knowledge gaps by examining existing types of socio-academic interventions, how they are defined, implemented and evaluated, and how they measure students’ academic and social development. We map current interventions and analyse how they integrate social and academic elements, while also identifying whether and how their interlinkages are conceptualised and empirically examined in the literature. By incorporating a deeper analysis of these interventions’ social elements, we aim to shed further light on how best to support students’ social and academic growth at school. Socio-academic Interventions Schmidt’s (2015) concept of socio-academic learning provides the theoretical foundation for this paper. It builds on social practice theory (Lave & Wenger, 2012), Bourdieu’s notion of social capital (1998) and the concept of socio-mathematical norms (Yackel & Cobb, 1996). Together, these perspectives highlight the mutual and inseparable connection between academic and social participation in learning communities. Socio-academic learning challenges the traditional separation between academic and social inclusion by demonstrating how students’ social positioning and relationships shape their access to learning opportunities. Socio-mathematical norms refer to the implicit and explicit norms that define what counts as meaningful academic contributions in classroom interactions. Socio-academic learning extends this idea beyond mathematics, suggesting that valuing precise subject-specific language or metacognitive reflection establishes participation norms that structure both social and academic dynamics in the classroom. In practice theory, learning is situated within social communities where participation is a dynamic process. Bourdieu’s concept of social capital highlights how relational resources support or constrain academic development. Socio-academic norms illustrate how shared understandings of what constitutes meaningful academic participation can directly impact students’ opportunities to engage in learning. Consequently, instructional design should consider social mechanisms that influence their learning opportunities and recognise that academic progress depends on an inclusive, supportive social structure. In this context, socio-academic interventions refer to instructional approaches that intentionally integrate social and academic goals to promote students’ learning and participation. Such interventions range from collaborative learning activities, where students interact and learn together, to more structured programmes explicitly designed to develop both social competencies and academic skills. By conducting a scoping review of the existing literature, this paper addresses the following overarching research question: How are the social and academic dimensions of socio-academic interventions in mathematics, literacy and science in primary and lower secondary school (ages 5-15) described, operationalised and evaluated, and in what ways do these dimensions influence one another? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We initially included all peer reviewed articles reporting empirical findings on socio academic interventions, defined as interventions aiming to enhance students’ academic and social outcomes simultaneously. Additional inclusion criteria were: • The intervention should be aimed at a subject in public school and have both an academic and a social emphasis. • The target group should be public school students aged 5–15 years and comprise entire classes. • The intervention should be aimed at general and inclusive education • The peer-reviewed articles must be written in Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, or English and published between 2014-2024. Studies that targeted segregated special education were excluded. Review articles were also excluded, as they provided neither sufficient insight into the socio-academic aspects of the individual interventions nor adequate insight into the studies’ scientific quality. We conducted our literature searches in March 2024, using the following six databases, including three Nordic databases: ERIC, Education Research Complete, PsycInfo, Oria, SwePub and Research Portal Denmark. Screening and data selection took place from March to June 2024 using the review software Covidence. The initial database search and final collation were conducted in collaboration with an information specialist. Two authors (ST/MS) independently screened 557 references at title‑and‑abstract level. Subsequently, two authors (ST/KH) reviewed 36 full text studies, of which 25 were excluded for the following reasons: no social intervention (n=8), no evaluation (n=1), wrong target group (n=5), wrong setting (n=1), review study (n=2) and not peer reviewed (n=8). Conflicts were resolved through consensus. All three authors jointly operationalised the inclusion criteria and reviewed the full text versions of the 11 studies included in the final analysis. We used a data charting form modified according to the Joanna Briggs Institute (JBI) guidelines to extract data from the 11 included studies, including reference, intervention name, country, population, sample size, study design, outcome measures, intervention content, subject and results. Given the heterogeneity of study designs, methods and outcome measures, meta analysis was not suitable. Instead, we conducted a thematic synthesis (Thomas & Harden, 2008), involving: 1) line by line coding, 2) development of descriptive themes and 3) generation of analytical themes that extend beyond the primary data to address the research questions. All three authors coded independently and resolved discrepancies through discussion to ensure analytical rigour. This approach enabled us to identify patterns across studies and gain deeper insight into how socio academic interventions target and interlink social and academic competencies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Out of 557 identified articles, only 11 studies explicitly addressed both academic learning and students’ social participation as intended and evaluated outcomes in whole-class, inclusive educational settings. Across mathematics, literacy and science in primary and lower secondary education (ages 5–15), the interventions shared a common didactic ambition: to organise teaching in ways that position social interaction and participation as constitutive conditions for subject-specific learning rather than as merely parallel or supportive elements. The thematic synthesis identified three recurring didactic patterns. First, social dimensions were primarily operationalised through structured collaboration, dialogic interaction and collective problem solving, thereby shaping participation norms and students’ access to subject-specific practices. Second, academic learning was framed through disciplinary forms of reasoning and language use, while social participation shaped students’ opportunities to take part in subject-specific learning activities. Third, only a minority of studies made the relationship between social participation and academic learning analytically explicit; most treated social interaction as a pedagogical means rather than as a didactic object of inquiry with implications for inclusion and equity. Across studies, positive effects were reported for both academic outcomes and students’ social participation, suggesting that socio-academic interventions can support learning and inclusion simultaneously within general education classrooms. However, the review also reveals a significant didactic blind spot: the lack of conceptual and empirical analyses of how specific instructional designs shape participation, reduce or reproduce barriers to engagement, and contribute to students’ opportunities to learn across subjects. From a didactic perspective, the findings point to a need for more fine-grained analytical frameworks that can capture the interplay between subject content, participation norms and instructional design, including their implications for inclusive teaching. The review thus contributes to European discussions on didactics by identifying both shared features of socio-academic interventions and critical gaps in current research on teaching, learning and participation. References Bourdieu, P. (1998). Practical reason: on the theory of action. Polity Press. Bowman-Perrott, L., deMarín, S., Mahadevan, L., & Etchells, M. (2016). Assessing the academic, social, and language production outcomes of English language learners engaged in peer tutoring: A systematic review. Education & Treatment of Children, 39(3), 359–388. https://doi.org/10.1353/etc.2016.0016 Brewer, S. L., Meckley-Brewer, H., & Stinson, P. M. (2017). Fearful and distracted in school: Predicting bullying among youths. Children & Schools, 39(4), 219–226. https://doi.org/10.1093/cs/cdx021 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (2012). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. Mulcahy, C. A., Maccini, P., Wright, K., & Miller, J. (2014). An examination of intervention research with secondary students with EBD in light of common core state standards for mathematics. Behavioral Disorders, 39(3), 146–164. https://doi.org/10.1177/019874291303900304 OECD (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2018/06/the-future-of-education-and-skills_5424dd26/54ac7020-en.pdf Saggers, B., Campbell, M., & Mann, G. (2023). Supporting a sense of belonging and peer relationships. In L. J. Graham (Ed.), Inclusive education for the 21st century (2nd ed., pp. 302–314). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003350897-18 Schmidt, M. C. S. (2015). Sociofaglig inklusion og elevfællesskaber. Til didaktiseringen af kammerathjælp i matematikundervisning på folkeskolens begyndertrin [Socio-academic inclusion and student communities. For the didacticization of peer support in mathematics teaching at elementary school level]. Nordisk matematikkdidaktikk, 20(2), 27–52. Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 8(1), 45. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-45 Thygesen, S., Schmidt, M. C. S., & Hansen, K. R. (2026). Socio-academic Interventions in Primary and Lower Secondary Education: a Scoping Review. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 10, Artikel 100564. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2025.100564 Weidmann, B., & Deming, D. J. (2020). Team players: How social skills improve team performance. Harvard University. Yackel, E., & Cobb, P. (1996). Sociomathematical norms, argumentation, and autonomy in mathematics. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 27(4), 458–477. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Reconceptualizing Homework in Formal Schooling: a Critical Narrative Educational Research Review Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:Homework is a common element of the teaching and learning process globally, yet studies on homework are inconclusive as to the value that homework contributes to students’ education. A primary concern of research on homework has been to identify associations of homework with students’ academic achievement. Researchers have both found positive correlations and associations of homework and student achievement (e.g. Cooper et al., 2006; Gustafsson, 2013) or concluded that time spent on homework didn’t result in positive achievement gains (e.g. Kitsantas et al., 2011; Trautwein, 2007). Still, with fewer exceptions when homework has been addressed as a teaching tool (e.g. Epstein & Van Voorhis, 2001), most published research on homework is of quantitative nature employing statistical modelling to capture homework effects on students’ academic achievement. To complement these studies, we want to approach the topic by focusing on qualitative research on homework only. The aim of the study is two-fold. Firstly, we want to identify ways in which homework has been studied qualitatively by focusing on educational stakeholders, namely students, teachers, and school directors as primary data participants in formal schooling contexts. This strategic choice enables us to examine homework as a pedagogical practice inherent in teaching and learning practices affected by and affecting those closest to teaching and learning contexts. Secondly, and in turn, this approach is conceived to address homework as a pedagogical tool that can have implications for teachers’ teaching and students’ learning above and beyond what is routinely captured when homework is studied as a variable affecting students' academic achievement as a cognitive outcome. To meet the aims of the study, two main research questions (RQ) are addressed, including:
The first RQ thus is empirically grounded as we examine study results from a bottom-up approach extrapolating from the main findings of the studies included in our review. The second RQ follows a top-down logic where we interpret the main findings considering the main theoretical concepts employed to frame the review, which relies on an educational and pedagogical framing of homework as a pedagogical tool. Lastly, we want to emphasize the formal schooling context in our study as our primary interest is to examine ways in which homework is both conceptualized and practiced in formal schooling. A comprehensive theoretical framework rooted in the general didaktik tradition (Hopmann, 2007; Klafki, 1998, 2000) frames our study. Our initial thesis is that, first, homework, from a didaktik perspective, cannot be thought of outside of the teachers’ work and responsibilities, i.e. outside of teaching. Second, from a didaktik perspective, teaching is primarily shaped by the content in the subject(s) teachers teach, and by extension, homework is also a content-oriented task. Next, we follow Dale’s (1998, 1989) conceptualization of teaching along three core competences rooted in didaktik rationality. According to him, teaching is defined as an organized social system for goal-oriented learning, which involves three competences: “[...] the carrying out of teaching (C1), the construction of teaching programs (C2), and communicating in and constructing of a theory of teaching plans, the act of teaching itself, and the pupils’ process of learning (C3)” (Dale, 1998, p. 256). Dale’s construction of teaching programs is situated at school level, while Klafki’s lesson planning is primarily individualistic with the focus on learners whom the given teacher teaches. Hence, they complement each other and can support our reconceptualization efforts in this study on homework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this critical narrative review, we systematically review qualitative educational studies on homework as a school practice. The critical component has been important to us as “[...] it provides an opportunity to ‘take stock’ and evaluate what is of value from the previous body of work” (Grant & Booth, 2009, p. 93). Our systematic work is characterized by being transparent about the steps we take throughout the research process. To locate peer-reviewed qualitative educational studies of homework in formal schooling, we applied a short search string combined with an extensive list of inclusion and exclusion criteria regarding: concept and content, type of publication / study, timeframe, field of study, language, context, population, and scientific quality. The search was conducted May 26th, 2025, in ERIC, Web of Science, Education Source, and Scopus databases to locate eligible studies in English language, and Oria, Swepub, and Det Kongelige Bibliotek dababases to locate eligible studies in Norwegian, Swedish, and Danish respectively. A total of 5697 studies were retrieved, leaving 3721 after removing duplicates. Screening of abstracts left 78 studies for full text screening, and 22 studies were eligible for detailed review in the final sample. These studies were imported to NVivo software, where we analyzed the included studies by applying a custom-built Coding Protocol adapted from Tahirsylaj et al. (2025). First, we coded attributes applying to the whole text, including name of author(s), year of publication, title, name of journal, country where study was conducted, education level, and subject matter. Secondly, we coded specific sections of the text, namely: main topic(s)/problem(s), main aim(s)/objective(s), main research question(s), details regarding research methods/approach, data, participants, and sampling, main theoretical/conceptual framework(s), main findings and arguments, suggested implications, and directions for further research. The 22 studies represent diverse national contexts, a variety of qualitative methodological approaches, research questions, and aims. To illustrate the nature of a configurative logic of synthesis – as our review methodology relies on - Gough et al. (2017) uses a picture of a mosaic: piecing knowledge together from different contexts. Our coding protocol is open and follows the texts closely, allowing us to integrate the coding with the development of themes (Creswell & Poth, 2018). This process will be thoroughly described once analysis is finalized. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The teacher's perspective is the main perspective in sixteen out of twenty-two texts, and two of these texts also incorporate students' perspectives. Five texts involve students only, while one text depicts the principal perspective. The main data collection tool is individual interviews, but some use focus group interviews, observation, and/or documents/artefacts. Throughout the texts, the main themes that are identified are policy and practice. A striking finding is the ubiquity of homework as a practice across the diverse contexts, despite ambiguous or non-existing policies of homework at national or local level. Only a few studies provide a theoretical or conceptual framework for their study, and the ones that have spanned across diverse theories. It is safe to claim that no coherent or common conceptual framing of homework is present in these studies, and no didactical or educational framing is found. In addition to paying close attention to the empirical findings in the included studies through RQ1, our comprehensive conceptual framework enables us “[…] to see [the] field freshly” (Lather 1999, p. 4) when we discuss possibilities for reconceptualizing homework as a pedagogical tool in teaching and learning practice in formal schooling (RQ2). Most of the studies conceptualize homework as an administrative task, while a few studies provide insights into homework as an educational practice centered around the didactical components: the teacher, the students, and the content. With reference to Dale’s (1998) conceptualization of three core competences for teaching, we see that carrying out homework (C1) is the competence level the studies in the final sample address. The sample provides little information about C2 – the construction of teaching (homework) programs – and none of the studies address how teachers engage in didactical constructions of homework function and purpose (C3). Could this be an ambition for future studies of homework? References Cooper, H., Robinson, J. C., & Patall, E. A. (2006). Does homework improve academic achievement? A synthesis of research, 1987-2003. Review of Educational Research, 76(1), 1-62. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543076001001 Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). SAGE Publications. Dale, E. L. (1989). Pedagogisk profesjonalitet: om pedagogikkens identitet og anvendelse. Gyldendal. Dale, E. L. (1998). The essence of teaching. In B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum (pp. 255–264). Peter Lang. Epstein, J. L., & Van Voorhis, F. L. (2001). More than minutes: Teachers’ roles in designing homework. Educational Psychologist, 36(3), 181-193. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15326985EP3603_4 Gough, D., Oliver, S, and Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews. 2nd edition. SAGE. Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91-108. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Gustafsson, J. E. (2013). Causal inference in educational effectiveness research: A comparison of three methods to investigate effects of homework on student achievement. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 24(3), 275-295. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2013.806334 Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 109–124. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2.109 Kitsantas, A., Cheema, J., & Ware, H. W. (2011). Mathematics achievement: The role of homework and self-efficacy beliefs. Journal of Advanced Academics, 22(2), 310-339. https://doi.org/10.1177/1932202X1102200206 Klafki, W. (2000). Didaktik analysis as the core preparation of instruction. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a Reflective Practice: The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 139–159). Routledge. Klafki, W. (1998). Characteristics of critical-constructive Didaktik. In B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum (pp. 307–330). Peter Lang. Lather, P. (1999). To be of Use: The Work of Reviewing. Review of Educational Research, 69(1), p. 2-7. Tahirsylaj, A., Rønningen, E., Engen, D.A.A., Corral Granados, A., Hoveid, H., Hoveid, M.H., Solhaug, S., Veelo, N., & Jensen, M.R. (2025). Mapping Scholarship on Bildung in Educational Research – a Systematic Research Review 1990-2020. European Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251379633 Trautwein, U. (2007). The homework-achievement relation reconsidered: Differentiating homework time, homework frequency, and homework effort. Learning and Instruction, 17(3), 372-388. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.02.009 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 03 A: The Territorialization of Education from a Sociological Perspective Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Yunru Liu Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Study of an Elusive Concept: Europeanisation in Education Research 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: Tampere University Presenting Author:This paper presentation aims to engage with the scholarly debates around the relevance and meaning of the interdisciplinary concept of Europeanisation for education research. Emphasised by some as fundamental and by others as negligible in understanding national education systems, Europeanisation remains an elusive concept; attempts to define it in universal terms are bound to fail. Drawing on a constructivist stance and the historical ‘turn’ in Europeanisation research, this paper will discuss (and invite further discussion about) Europeanisation as an inherently plural concept, shaped by historical and political circumstances that extend beyond European Union (EU) politics and policy agendas, as well as European borders themselves. In doing so, the presentation unpacks Europeanisation as a phenomenon which has and continues to emerge in many different forms and settings. For education researchers, this implies the challenge to trace and theorise ‘the multiple, sometimes contradictory ways in which Europe is invoked, contested and reimagined’ (Sivesind and Ydesen 2025: 565) within the wider global context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual paper is based on the review and synthesis of selected key literature on Europeanisation in education published since the 2000s, including our previous work on this topic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to and working with key literature on Europeanisation in education, the paper proposes the study of Europeanisation as a messy and ongoing process of re-signification tied to boundaries, relationalities, contestation and externalities. Our argument will be developed in three main sections. First, we will provide an account of the increasing issue salience of education as an area in European policy-making since the late 1950s, discussing learning and socialisation among a widening array of policy actors as a driver for Europeanisation processes, as well as the relevant education literature that has studied these processes in depth. In doing so, our presentation highlights the centrality of learning and education in ‘Europe’ as a political project since the mid-20th century. Examining the ontological dimensions of Europeanisation as a product and process, the second part of our presentation will situate EU education and training policy in the longer trajectory of Europeanisation narratives and will demonstrate the deeply relational nature of Europeanisation processes, driven by the complex interactions and interdependencies between policy actors within ‘Europe’ and beyond. Finally, we will discuss epistemological questions of how we come to know Europeanisation as a dynamic, multifaceted, and multidirectional phenomenon, including theoretical and methodological tools which capture its workings and effects. In putting forward this research agenda, we point towards analytical approaches which go beyond the focus on ‘adaptation’ and ‘usages’ of EU policy that have come to dominate the Europeanisation literatures in education and in the social sciences more generally. References Conway, M., & Patel. K.K. (eds. 2010). Europeanization in the Twentieth Century: Historical Approaches. Palgrave Macmillan. Dale, R., & Robertson, S. (eds. 2009). Globalisation and Europeanisation in Education. Oxford: Symposium. Delanty, G., & Rumford, C. (2005). Rethinking Europe: Social Theory and the Implications of Europeanization. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203640050 Delanty, G. (2015), ‘The making of European society: contesting methodological nationalism’, Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 29 (1): 3–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13511610.2015.1051340 Eeva, K., & Kauko, J. (eds. 2025), Analysing Knowledge Networks in Higher Education Policymaking: Uncovering the Power of Networks in the Finland–EU Context. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781032712024 Flockhart, T. (2010). Europeanization or EU-ization? The transfer of European norms across time and space. JCMS: Journal of Common Market Studies, 48 (4): 787–810. Greiner, P. Pichler, J., & Vermeiren, J. (eds. 2022). Reconsidering Europeanization: Ideas and Practices of (Dis-)Integrating Europe since the Nineteenth Century. De Gruyter Oldenbourg. Jano, D. (2024). Historical Usage of Europeanization in Academic Discourse. European Review, 32(5–6): 505–523. doi:10.1017/S1062798724000310 Landri, P. (2018). Digital Governance of Education: Technology, Standards and Europeanization of Education. Bloomsbury. Lawn, M., and Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education: Governing a New Policy Space. Oxford: Symposium. Sivesind, K., and Ydesen, C. (2025), ‘Editorial: Revitalizing European educational research in times of global change’, European Educational Research Journal, 24 (5): 559-570. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251377220 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Linking Education Decentralisation to Territorial Inequality Conceptually and Empirically 1: Cardiff University, United Kingdom; 2: Freie Universität Berlin; 3: University of Kent Presenting Author:Contemporary democracies are characterised by multiple levels of governance. National and regional entities hold different amounts of power, including over education (Ansell & Lindvall, 2021). Case studies document the fraught debates that have reshaped regional education decentralisation and federalism since the 1990s, showing that they resulted in increased centralisation in some countries and greater decentralisation in others (Erk, 2008; Mueller & Giudici, 2017; Reed, 2014; Vergari, 2010). However, little systematic knowledge exists on how regional power distribution varies across countries and has changed over time (Lastra-Anadón & Mukherjee, 2019). At the same time, despite equality and recognition being key arguments in these debates in the context of Europe, we lack an understanding of how regional decentralisation is linked to inequality, both conceptually and empirically. This paper thus asks: how does regional decentralisation vary across selected Western democracies? And how does this variation relate to territorial inequality? To address the first question, we present two new indices enabling us to systematically trace and compare regional educational decentralisation since 2000 for the first time. The Index of Regional Powers in Education (IRPE) and the Index of Regional Policy Diversity in Education (IRDE). The indices systematically measure the extent of regional power and the extent of regional policy variation across 37 policy decisions relating to the distribution, stratification, and content of education. Using these indices, we compare the evolution of regional educational decentralisation in eight OECD countries (Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland) between 2000 and 2024. Second, the paper evaluates what this data reveals about regional educational inequality, considering when and under what conditions, do variations in regional educational powers, policy, or outcomes constitute differences, inequalities, or injustices. To address this question, we draw on the long tradition of theorising (interpersonal) inequality in the sociology of education (e.g., Baker, 2018; Boudon, 1974; Lynch, 2006). We combine this educational insight with political and geographical theories of territorial inequality to create a framework that allows us to distinguish between different types of inequality – of outcome, opportunity, and representation –; to relate them to their territorial dimensions; and to discuss when they become normatively problematic according to different perspectives (Butler & Sinclair, 2020; e.g., Fraser, 2008; Lynch, 2006; Przybylinski, 2023). We then use this framework to evaluate the implications of our data for regional educational inequality in contemporary democracies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Not all differences are inequalities, nor are all inequalities unjust. To evaluate the relationship between differences, inequalities and injustices, including from a territorial perspective, requires an understanding of such differences that is both empirical and conceptual/normative (Fraser, 2008; Gerring & Yesnowitz, 2006). Consequently, this paper combines an empirical comparative analysis with a critical theoretical evaluation. Empirically, we develop two new indices to measure the extent to which regions have powers in education (IRPE) and the extent to which they use such powers to implement different policy decisions (IRDE), with a focus on compulsory education. The two indices draw on recent multidimensional conceptualisations of education policy (Berg et al., 2023; Busemeyer et al., 2020; Gingrich & Giudici, 2025), to distinguish 37 policy decisions (e.g., hours of schooling) relating to three dimensions of education policy: the distribution, stratification, and content of education. For each policy decisions, we coded the extent of power of each region in the sample and what policy it implemented – thus providing a comprehensive measurement of regional educational decentralisation across eight diverse cases (Gerring, 2007) – Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland – between 2000 and 2024. We use correlational analysis to link these indicators to regional academic outcomes in international and national standardised assessments. In order to interpret and evaluate the implications of this variation in power, policy and outcomes for territorial inequality, we draw on discussions of inequality from three relevant disciplines: the sociology of education, politics and geography. We review these discussions to discern understandings of territorial educational inequality in terms of outcomes, opportunities, and representation, and discuss what each approach implies when confronted with our data. This analysis demonstrates that the relationship between decentralisation and inequality is complex, both empirically and normatively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Territorial inequalities have recently emerged as a key issue in European and national politics. A series of reports and policy initiatives have addressed variations in the provision and outcomes of public services, including education. Regional decentralisation is often touted as a means of addressing concerns about 'left-behind regions' and 'geographies of discontent' (Ceriani et al., 2025; European Commission, 2025). Despite inequality being a key issue in the sociology of education, particularly in Europe, at least since the 1970s (Boudon, 1974; Holsinger, 2015; Lynch, 2006), the debate on this topic has received little input from educational scholars. This paper aims to contribute, both empirically and conceptually, to the development of an educational perspective on the growing agenda of territorial educational inequality. It proposes, and opens up for discussion, an empirical approach to measuring territorial educational inequality. Theoretically, it posits that conceptualising and evaluating territorial educational inequalities requires combining educational insights from the study of interpersonal inequalities with the work of political and geographical scientists on spatial inequality. By demonstrating that empirical territorial variation, regional power, policies and outcomes can be considered as differences, inequalities or injustices, depending on the theoretical perspective adopted, we highlight the importance of an educational debate around the conceptualisation and evaluation of territorial inequalities in education. References Ansell, B., & Lindvall, J. (2021). Inward conquest. Cambridge University Press. Baker, B. D. (2018). Education inequality and school finance. Harvard University Press. Berg, E. A., Jungblut, J., & Jupskås, A. R. (2023). We don’t need no education? Education policies of Western European populist radical right parties. West European Politics, 46(7), 1312–1342. Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality. Wiley. Busemeyer, M. R., Garritzmann, J. L., & Neimanns, E. (2020). A Loud but Noisy Signal? Public Opinion and Education in Western Europe. Cambridge University Press. Butler, A., & Sinclair, K. A. (2020). Place Matters: A Critical Review of Place Inquiry and Spatial Methods in Education Research. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 64–96. Ceriani, L., Lopez-Calva, L. F., & Restrepo-Oyola, S. D. (2025). Territorial Inequalities. World Bank Policy Research Working Paper, 11139. https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/server/api/core/bitstreams/f78f5367-16f5-40d8-9ba0-bf7c46f45050/content Erk, J. (2008). Explaining federalism. Routledge. European Commission. (2025). Importance of territorial inequalities. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/foresight/importance-territorial-inequalities_en Fraser, N. (2008). From Redistribution to Recognition? Dilemmas of justice in a ‘postsocialist’ age. In J. C. Alexander & S. Seidman (Eds), The New Social Theory Reader (2nd edn, pp. 188–196). Routledge. Gerring, J. (2007). Case Study Research. Principles and Practices. Cambridge University Press. Gerring, J., & Yesnowitz, J. (2006). A normative turn in political science? Polity, 38(1), 101–133. Gingrich, J., & Giudici, A. (2025). Who Polarises? Who Targets? Parties’ Educational Speech over the Long Run. European Journal of Political Research, 64(3), 1276–1303. Holsinger, D. B. (2015). Inequality in the Public Provision of Education: Why it Matters. Comparative Education Review, 49(3), 297–310. Lastra-Anadón, C. X., & Mukherjee, S. (2019). Cross-country evidence on the impact of decentralisation and school autonomy on educational performance. OECD Working Papers on Fiscal Federalism, 26. Lynch, K. (2006). Research and theory on equality in education. In M. T. Hallinan (Ed.), Handbook of the Sociology of Education (pp. 85–105). Plenum Press. Mueller, S., & Giudici, A. (Eds). (2017). Federalismo svizzero: Attori, strutture, processi. Locarno: Armando Dadò. Przybylinski, S. (2023). Spacial Justice. In J. Ohlsson & S. Przybylinski (Eds), Theorising Justice (pp. 191–204). Bristol University Press. Reed, D. S. (2014). Building the federal schoolhouse: Localism and the American education state. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vergari, S. (2010). Safeguarding federalism in education policy in Canada and the United States. Publius: The Journal of Federalism, 40(3), 534–557. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Constructing Structures of Teachers’ Work for Remote Teaching in Basic Education University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Sparse school networks, long school commutes and shortage of qualified teachers have raised concerns about accessibility and quality of basic education (ISCED 1–2) in sparsely populated rural areas across Europe (Lind & Stjernström, 2015; Jahnke, 2019). Remote teaching has been regarded as a possible means of promoting regional equality in the provision of education (Hilli, 2020; Siljebo et al., 2025). In Finland, remote teaching is relatively rare mode of providing basic education. It is occasionally provided alongside contact teaching in individual subjects. Nationwide, only a relatively small number of pupils participate in remote teaching lessons during their school day. According to a general interpretation of the Finnish Basic Education Act pupils must be physically present at school in a classroom during remote teaching lessons, and in addition to the remote teacher responsible for instruction, another teacher must be physically present in the classroom to supervise the pupils. After the period of emergency remote teaching (Barbour, 2022) during the COVID-19 pandemic, there has been increasing public and political discussion about establishing the use of remote teaching in basic education to promote regional equality. Regardless of the crucial role teachers play in the enactment of this new mode of teaching, initiatives to support teachers in adapting their work to remote teaching, whether through national steering mechanisms or local educational practices, have so far remained scarce in Finland (Hongisto et al., 2025). The enactment of remote teaching practices in teachers’ work is both a pedagogical issue and a matter of the organizational structures that shape teachers’ work and basic education more broadly. In remote teaching, physical distance from pupils and interaction through ICT change the traditional role of teacher as well as teaching and learning practices. Therefore, the pedagogical competence needed in remote teaching differs, in certain respect, from the competence needed in contact teaching. Previous research, however, shows that neither pre-service teacher education nor in-service teacher training prepares teachers for remote teaching (Hilli, 2020; Barbour & Hodges, 2024). School-level organizational support for teachers to develop their remote teaching skills and practices has also been found to be limited (Stenman & Pettersson, 2020). In addition to novel pedagogical approaches, distance teaching requires negotiations over new structures and ways of organizing teachers' work at both national and local levels. This includes the policies, laws, norms and local practices that guide and frame teachers’ work (Öjefors Stark & From, 2020). This study examines the enactment of remote teaching in Finnish teachers’ work. Drawing from Actor-Network Theory (ANT) and the concept of translation (Callon, 1984; Latour, 1987), the early stage of policy network formation is researched. From an ANT perspective, the policy network is seen as emerging and evolving through the dynamic and often messy process of translation, during which heterogeneous actors (social, material, and metaphysical) come together to form connections (Fenwick & Edwards, 2012, p. xii). ANT challenges the idea that the material world serves merely as a backdrop to human action and instead argues that agency is always coproduced through the interactions of human and non-human actors (Law, 1992). Drawing on interviews with educational stakeholders from Finnish municipalities, the purpose of this paper is to shed light on the multiplicity of the actors in the process of policy network formation and map the tensions and connections within the network that construct the enactment of remote teaching in teachers work. The research questions are: 1. Who or what do municipal stakeholders consider to be the actors in the process of enacting remote teaching in teachers’ work? 2. How do the relations in the network construct the enactment of remote teaching in teachers’ work? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research data consists of 22 group and individual interviews involving leaders of local education departments, principals, teachers and municipal decision-makers (N = 22) from five Finnish municipalities. The data was collected in 2024 as a part of the research project Remote Teaching in Basic Education funded by The Foundation for Municipal Development. The data was collected in two rounds of interviews, meaning that the participants were interviewed twice during the year of data collection. The aim of the first round of interviews was to form an overview of the current state of basic education in the municipalities. The interviews were conducted using a semi-structured thematic interview method (Hirsjärvi & Hurme, 2008). The interviews covered wide range of themes related to provision of municipal basic education such as the effects of demographic change, local decision-making processes, remote teaching practices, national steering mechanisms and the forms of co-operation. The second round of interviews was more future oriented, and it was conducted as scenario interviews (Hongisto et al., 2025). Three different scenarios – concise descriptions of conceivable future developments affecting the provision of basic education – were constructed based on the interview data from the first round. The interviewees were then asked to reflect on how the developments described in these scenarios might influence the provision of basic education both in their own municipalities and at the national level. The data will be analyzed with the aim of remaining sensitive to ANT’s principle of symmetry – that human and non-human actors hold equal potential to act and produce change or stability (Law, 1992; Latour, 2005). The analysis will begin with inductive coding of the human and non-human actors present in the data. Once these actors have been identified, the analysis will examine the types of relations that emerge (and those that do not) among them, as well as the kinds of structures and boundaries (if any) that these relations are understood to produce in teachers’ work within the context of remote teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to identify the actors that municipal stakeholders perceive as part of the policymaking network through which remote teaching, a new mode of providing basic education, is negotiated as an element of teachers’ work practices. The aim is to highlight the multiplicity of the actors in the policy network and explore whether the relations between the actors (or their absence) form effects that enable or constrain remote teaching practices to become part of teachers’ work. Such an analysis allows the research to discuss how the effects are reflected in the viability of remote teaching as a mode of providing basic education. The frequently emphasized aspect of enacting remote teaching in teachers’ work is the need to strengthen teachers’ Pedagogical Digital Competence (PDC), a responsibility often left for teachers to manage on their own. However, the argument presented here is that developing a framework for remote teaching practices requires an understanding of how these competences emerge as network effects. Furthermore, it is essential to look beyond individual competences and examine the systems that structure and regulate teachers’ daily practice. Even though the research is conducted in the context of Finland, it can serve as a point of departure for discussion and further research also in a transnational context. Except for Sweden, the European research on remote teaching in basic education outside the period of COVID-19 pandemic is scarce as most studies are conducted in the United States, Canada or Australia. The challenges facing rural education in many European countries, driven by declining birth rates and accelerating urbanization, do not appear to be diminishing. It is likely that varying remote teaching practices will become increasingly common, especially as the digitalization of education systems is being strongly promoted in national curricula and transnational strategies. References Barbour, M. K. (2022). Looking Back to See Ahead: An Analysis of K-12 Distance, Online, and Remote Learning During the Pandemic. Journal of Digital Social Research, 4(2), 7–25. https://doi.org/10.33621/jdsr.v4i2.107 Barbour, M. K., & Hodges, C. B. (2024). Preparing Teachers for Effective K-12 Online Learning in the Age of Disruptions: A Call for Transforming Teacher Education. Open Praxis, 16(4), 583–594. https://doi.org/10.55982/openpraxis.16.4.727 Callon, M. (1986). Some Elements of a Sociology of Translation: Domestication of the Scallops and the Fishermen of Saint Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Eds.), Power, Action and Belief: A New Sociology of Knowledge? (pp.196–223). Routledge. Fenwick, T. & Edwards, R. (2012). Researching Education Through Actor-Network Theory. Wiley-Blackwell. Hilli, C. (2020). Distance teaching in small rural primary schools: A participatory action research project. Educational Action Research, 28(1), 38–52. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1526695 Hirsjärvi, S. & Hurme, H. (2008). Tutkimushaastattelu: Teemahaastattelun teoria ja käytäntö. [Research interview: Theory and practice of thematic interviewing] Yliopistopaino. Hongisto, P., Kalalahti, M. & Varjo, J. (2025). Etäopetus perusopetuksen järjestämisessä. [Remote Teaching in Basic Education]. Research publications of Foundation for Municipal Development 124. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/593998 Jahnke, H. (2019). Territorial Governance of Schooling and Education in Rural Areas: Case Studies from Northern Germany. In H. Jahnke, C. Kramer, & P. Meusburger (Eds.), Geographies of Schooling (pp. 19–33). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-18799-6_2 Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: how to follow scientists and engineers through society. Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Law, J. (1992). Notes on the theory of the actor-network: Ordering, strategy, and heterogeneity. Systems Practice, 5(4), 379–393. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01059830 Lind, T., & Stjernström, O. (2015). Organizational challenges for schools in rural municipalities: Cross-national comparisons in a Nordic context. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 30(6), 1–14. Öjefors Stark, K. & From, J. (2020). Regional perspectives on remote teaching in Sweden. Education in the North, 27(2) pp. 7–23. https://doi.org/10.26203/x7t6-fh57 Siljebo, J., Pettersson, F., & Norlin, B. (2025). A Genesis of Remote Teaching in Swedish Rural Compulsory Schooling. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 35(2), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.47381/aijre.v35i2.792 Stenman, S., & Pettersson, F. (2020). Remote teaching for equal and inclusive education in rural areas? An analysis of teachers’ perspectives on remote teaching. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 37(3), 87–98. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-10-2019-0096 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 03 B: Digital Education Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Liv Nøhr Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Beyond Access: Digital Literacy, Capital and Unequal Gains from AI in Higher Education Kaye academic college of education and Ono Academic College. Israel Presenting Author:There is a growing expectation that artificial intelligence will reduce educational inequalities by lowering barriers of language and academic literacy. Within this discourse, AI is framed as a tool that democratizes learning, particularly for students studying in a second language, by compensating for linguistic disadvantage. This narrative, however, overlooks a parallel development: the rapid expansion of what counts as digital literacy. Digital literacy extends beyond technical skills or task completion to include the ability to interpret, evaluate and critically use diverse forms of information, including text, media and data. While technological systems evolve rapidly and increasingly simplify tasks, the acquisition of these forms of literacy lags behind. As a result, formal higher education training struggles to keep pace, producing a growing gap between technological availability and students’ capacity to convert digital tools into learning, especially among those for whom academic participation already involves working in a second language. Research on digital inequality has shown that technologies do not enter neutral systems but interact with existing structures of stratification and uneven distributions of resources (Hargittai, 2008; van Dijk, 2020). From a Bourdieusian perspective, access to a resource does not guarantee the ability to convert it into educational advantage (Bourdieu, 1986). Differences in skills, dispositions and familiarity with digital systems shape who can benefit from technological change, even under conditions of formal access. Recent policy-oriented research further complicates the democratization narrative. The OECD Digital Education Outlook 2026 cautions that generative AI may improve task performance without leading to deeper learning and may widen inequalities when learners lack the cognitive and pedagogical support needed for meaningful use (OECD, 2026). Against this backdrop, the proposed paper presents a reflexive qualitative analysis of a participatory research seminar conducted with undergraduate students studying in a language that is not their mother tongue. In this seminar, students worked as partners in designing and implementing a qualitative research project, while AI tools were integrated across all stages of learning, including concept clarification, interview preparation, data analysis and analytical writing. The seminar provided an empirical setting for examining how AI becomes embedded in pedagogical relationships and academic practices. The objective of the study is not to assess the effectiveness of AI as an instructional tool, but to analyze the social processes that emerge through its everyday use in higher education. The study focuses on the formation of a triadic relationship between learner, instructor and technology, and examines how responsibility, dependence and agency are negotiated within this configuration. Particular attention is given to the accumulation of digital capital, understood as the unequal distribution of skills, confidence and interpretive control that enables some students to use AI effectively as a learning resource while others become dependent on its outputs (Ragnedda & Ruiu, 2020). The guiding research questions are: How do students and instructors negotiate the use of AI within a participatory learning environment? In what ways does AI integration reshape pedagogical guidance, academic authority and student dependence? Under what conditions do AI supported practices mitigate existing inequalities, and when do they reproduce or intensify them? By approaching AI integration as a situated social practice rather than a technical intervention, the paper contributes to sociological debates on digital inequality, academic literacy and social sorting in higher education. It argues that as AI becomes normalized within academic work, digital literacy shifts from a compensatory resource to a condition for legitimate participation, producing new forms of dependency that intensify existing educational inequalities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted within a participatory research seminar in which students worked as partners in developing and implementing a qualitative research project. AI was integrated across all stages of the seminar, including concept clarification, interview preparation, data examination and analytical writing. This setting enabled examination of AI use as a situated literacy practice, in relation to differences in linguistic resources, familiarity with academic practices and levels of digital capital. Data collection combined classroom observations, written reflections, samples of work produced with and without AI, AI generated outputs and a reflexive instructor journal. In addition, guided discussions with students around the research questions and collaborative analysis of divergences between participants at different stages of the seminar were used to trace emerging patterns and inequalities. The analysis focused on social processes shaping students’ interactions with AI and was informed by reflexive qualitative methods that conceptualize reflexivity as an ongoing, collaborative examination of researcher influence (Olmos-Vega et al., 2023), alongside critical sociological perspectives that view learning as participation in a field structured by power and capital. Attention was given to moments in which AI supported participation and moments in which AI intensified confusion, reproduced existing hierarchies or shifted the boundary between student voice and machine generated text. Concepts from Van Dijk (2020) on stratified digital access and from Buchi & Hargittai (2022) on digital skill gaps helped clarify how differences in resources shaped students' work. The methodology therefore combined empirical attention to classroom practice with a critical understanding of the broader social forces that influence learning in higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that AI reshapes learning processes in uneven ways. For students studying in a second language, AI reduced linguistic barriers and made academic practices that were previously experienced as blocked more accessible. With sustained pedagogical guidance, seminar outputs became clearer, more coherent and demonstrated greater analytical depth. Students reported increased confidence and engagement, as AI mediated between their cultural knowledge and academic research practices. At the same time, these gains did not emerge through independent use of AI tools. Meaningful engagement depended on structured pedagogical guidance and access to paid technologies that were not equally available to all students. In the absence of such support, AI use often resulted in surface level texts and growing dependence on machine generated outputs rather than increased academic autonomy. These findings resonate with research on digital inequality showing that access to technology does not eliminate inequality but reorganizes it, shifting disadvantage from access to skills, competencies and forms of control (Hargittai, 2008; van Dijk, 2020). The study extends this literature by demonstrating how such processes unfold within everyday pedagogical practice. Drawing on Bourdieu’s theory of capital, the findings suggest that AI operates as a resource whose educational value depends on learners’ ability to convert it into advantage (Bourdieu, 1986). Students with higher levels of digital capital were better positioned to benefit from AI supported learning, while others remained dependent on guidance and technological mediation (Ragnedda & Ruiu, 2020). Taken together, the study contributes a sociological understanding of AI use in higher education by showing how inequality is reproduced not through technology itself, but through the conditions under which students are expected to use it. References Bourdieu P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241-258). Greenwood Press. Büchi M. & Hargittai E. (2022). A need for considering digital inequality when studying social media use and well-being. Social Media + Society, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/20563051211069125 Hargittai E. (2008). Digital inequality. Communication Research, 35(5), 602-621. https://doi.org/10.1177/0093650208321782 Ragnedda M., & Ruiu M. L. (2020). Digital capital: A Bourdieusian perspective on the digital divide. Emerald Publishing. OECD (2026), OECD Digital Education Outlook 2026: Exploring Effective Uses of Generative AI in Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/062a7394-en. Olmos-Vega, F. M., Stalmeijer, R. E., Varpio, L., & Kahlke, R. (2023). A practical guide to reflexivity in qualitative research. Medical Education, 57(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1111/medu.15021 van Dijk J. A. G. M. (2020). The digital divide. Polity Press. https://doi.org/10.1002/asi.24355 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Critical Discourse Analysis of Policies on AI in Education Kutahya Dumlupinar University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The emergence of generative artificial intelligence (AI) in education represents a critical juncture in the historical relationship between technology, knowledge, and power. Educational institutions worldwide struggle with integrating AI tools into pedagogical practices. This struggle is reflected in the discourse surrounding this integration, which reveals profound ideological tensions about the nature of learning, the role of the state, and the future of human agency within educational systems (Mauta et al. 2025). Amid this friction, the viewpoints of society frequently become eclipsed by those rooted in technological rationalism. Adopting a Foucauldian critical lens, this study interrogates the ways in which policy documents construct and legitimate specific visions of AI in education. By examining how discourse produces social realities, stabilizes power relations, and directs institutional practice, this research aims to unearth the power dynamics and modes of governmentality embedded within these texts. Foucault’s conceptualization of power/knowledge and governmentality provides a robust framework for analyzing how policies shape the dominant discourse on AI in education (Foucault, 1977, 1982). Central to Foucault's theory is the inseparability of power and knowledge: those who hold power define what constitutes "legitimate knowledge," which in turn reinforces their authority. In AI policy discourse, this could manifest when documents assert claims such as "AI improves learning outcomes" as self-evident truths. By framing AI as a "necessity" for educational futures, these texts could establish a "regime of truth" wherein educators who question AI integration risk being positioned as "outdated" or "uninformed" rather than as holders of valid pedagogical critiques. Beyond power/knowledge, Foucault’s concept of governmentality, which refers to the 'conduct of conduct', illuminates how AI policies could shape educational practice through rationalized frameworks rather than overt coercion. Governmentality operates by structuring the field of possible actions, making certain choices appear logical and inevitable. In AI policy contexts, technological integration could be framed as an administrative necessity for managing institutional pressures and state-mandated metrics. Rather than being explicitly mandated, AI tools could become embedded within rationalized pedagogical frameworks, creating systems of self-regulation. Students and teachers align their behavior with the "truths" produced by real-time data dashboards, effectively allowing algorithmic logic to govern educational conduct without direct intervention. The philosophical tensions at the heart of this study concern the dialectic between agency and algorithmic determination. As AI systems increasingly mediate the educational process from personalized learning pathways to automated assessment and behavioral monitoring (Xu & Ouyang, 2022), questions emerge about the erosion of human autonomy (Prunkl, 2024) and the production of what Foucault termed “docile bodies” (Foucault, 1977). The algorithmic governance of learning threatens to transform education from a space of critical engagement and self-formation into a site of optimization, where students and teachers alike become subjects of datafication, prediction, and control (Williamson et al., 2020). This shift resonates with broader neoliberal transformations in education, where knowledge itself becomes commodified, and learning is reframed as a measurable, marketable competency rather than a process of intellectual and ethical development. These concerns acquire particular significance within the European context, given the region's distinctive regulatory frameworks and humanistic philosophical traditions. The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and emerging AI Act exemplify regulatory approaches that attempt to balance technological innovation with fundamental rights protections. This study, therefore, examines how different national and supranational policy documents navigate these tensions, revealing the ideological commitments and power structures that shape AI integration in education. Through comparative analysis of policy texts from the United Kingdom, United States, Türkiye, and UNESCO, this research critically examines how "AI in education" gains meaning through discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Considering the complex role of AI in education, to reveal the ideological and governance elements in education policy regarding AI, this study adopted a critical research design. Critical discourse analysis (CDA) is utilized in this study to investigate how discourse constructs social realities, legitimates power relations, and influences institutional practice (Fairclough, 2001; Wodak & Meyer 2001). The data corpus consists of four high-level policy documents representing distinct geopolitical perspectives on AI in education: (1) the UK Department for Education (2025) "Generative artificial intelligence (AI) in education", (2) U.S. Department of Education, Office of Educational Technology. (2023) “Artificial intelligence and the future of teaching and learning: Insights and recommendations”, Türkiye Ministry of National Education, Directorate General of Innovation and Educational Technologies. (2025) “Artificial intelligence in education policy document and action plan (2025–2029)”, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (2025) “AI and the future of education: Disruptions, dilemmas and directions”. The analysis was conducted using Fairclough’s triadic approach (2001), which investigates the text at three embedded levels. Textual Analysis: This dimension focuses on the linguistic features of the documents. The analysis examined: Lexical Choice: The selection of specific vocabulary (e.g., "burden" vs. "risk" vs. "sovereignty") to frame AI. Metaphor: The identification of root metaphors (e.g., "AI as a tool" vs. "AI as an oracle") that structure the reader's understanding of the technology. Modality: The use of modal verbs (e.g., "must," "should," "supports") to determine the degree of obligation and the author's certainty. Discursive Practice: This dimension analyses the production and consumption of texts. It investigates: Intertextuality: How the documents reference other texts (e.g., GDPR, Bills of Rights, National Strategies) to claim legitimacy. Audience Design: How the text constructs its ideal reader (e.g., the "overworked teacher" in the UK vs. the "empowered citizen" in the USA). Social Practice: This dimension connects the text to broader social and political structures. It explores: Ideology: The underlying belief systems (e.g., Neoliberalism, Humanism, Techno-Nationalism) driving the policy. Hegemony: How the text attempts to naturalize specific power dynamics between the State, the Corporation, and the Educator. The data analysis proceeded in three phases. First, an immersive reading was conducted to identify the "Central Discursive Events". Second, a systematic coding process was applied. Third, a comparative synthesis was performed to map how the four texts construct conflicting realities regarding the ontology of AI (what it is) and the teleology of education (what it is for). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings UNESCO document is a form of resistance discourse. It attempts to halt the "unrelenting pace" of the digital revolution by asserting moral and ethical boundaries. It refuses to accept technological inevitability, asking instead: "Who decides?" It deconstructs the AI phenomenon not as a triumph of code, but as a potential usurpation of the human "voice." The text calls for a reassertion of educational sovereignty where schools validate tools on their own terms, rather than serving as test subjects for corporate products. Türkiye’s document acts as a social contract for the digital age. It tells the citizens: "The world is changing (Global Developments), but the State has a plan (The Roadmap) to ensure this change strengthens our nation (Century of Türkiye) without losing our humanity (Human-Centred)." It is less a critique of technology and more a blueprint for assimilation. It seeks to digest the disruption of AI and convert it into bureaucratic energy and national capital. The UK policy document constructs a discourse of Risk-Averse Managerialism. It lacks the grand visionary rhetoric of the Turkish plan or the deep ethical anxiety of the UNESCO/US texts. Instead, it treats AI as a workplace efficiency issue. The U.S. report constructs a discourse of pragmatic vigilance. It does not romanticize the "pre-AI" past (like UNESCO) nor does it nationalize the "AI future" (like Türkiye). Instead, it bureaucratizes the present, attempting to tame the "wild west" of AI through the distinctively American tools of compliance, civil rights law, and consumer protection. This study demonstrates that "AI in Education" transcends a singular definition, functioning instead as a floating signifier shaped by the distinct political anxieties: existential (UNESCO), sovereign (Türkiye), distributive (USA), or vocational (UK). Moving forward, researchers must adopt a critical lens to interrogate how these divergent anxieties pre-configure the future of global educational policy. References Department for Education. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence (AI) in education. Government of the United Kingdom. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/generative-artificial-intelligence-in-education/generative-artificial-intelligence-ai-in-education Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and punish: The birth of the prison (A. Sheridan, Trans.). Pantheon. Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777–795. Milli Eğitim Bakanlığı. (2025). Eğitimde yapay zeka politikası belgesi ve strateji raporu (2025–2029). Yenilik ve Eğitim Teknolojileri Genel Müdürlüğü. https://yegitek.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2025_06/17092340_egitimdeyapayzekapolitikabelgesiveeylemplani202520291.pdf Mouta, A., Pinto-Llorente, A. M., & Torrecilla-Sánchez, E. M. (2025). “Where is Agency Moving to?”: Exploring the interplay between AI technologies in education and human agency. Digital Society, 4(2), 49. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44206-025-00203-9 Prunkl, C. (2024). Human autonomy at risk? An analysis of the challenges from AI. Minds and Machines, 34(3), 26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11023-024-09665-1 UNESCO. (2025). AI and the future of education: Disruptions, dilemmas and directions. https://doi.org/10.54675/KECK1261 U.S. Department of Education, Office of Educational Technology. (2023). Artificial intelligence and the future of teaching and learning: Insights and recommendations. https://www.ed.gov/sites/ed/files/documents/ai-report/ai-report.pdf Williamson, B., Bayne, S., & Shay, S. (2020). The datafication of teaching in Higher Education: Critical issues and perspectives. Teaching in Higher Education, 25(4), 351–365. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1748811 Xu, W., & Ouyang, F. (2022). A systematic review of AI role in the educational system based on a proposed conceptual framework. Education and Information Technologies, 27(3), 4195–4223. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10772-2 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper When AI Enters the Field: The Reconfiguration of Academic and Pedagogical Practice Herzog College, Israel Presenting Author:This study examines how college faculty members negotiate the rapid penetration of artificial intelligence (AI) technologies into teaching and research environments, as reflected in the discourse of an academic WhatsApp group. The study is grounded in sociological and educational literature that highlights the structural tension between two distinct professional habitus in higher education: the academic and the pedagogical. Drawing on Bourdieu’s theory of practice (Bourdieu, 1988, 1990), the academic habitus reflects dispositions oriented toward preserving symbolic capital, disciplinary authority, and standards of scholarly rigor (Matthies & Torka, 2019). In contrast, the pedagogical habitus (Feldman, 2016) embodies dispositions rooted in instructional practice, learner-centered orientations, and concerns for accessibility, reflection, and developmental support. Although Bourdieu did not explicitly differentiate between these two habitus types, subsequent research has documented the divergent cultural logics that guide academic researchers and teacher educators. Studies in teacher education further emphasize the persistent dilemmas and competing identities experienced by professionals situated between these two worlds of action research and teaching (Labaree, 2000; Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1999; Shulman, 2005). Together, this literature conceptualizes faculty members as operating within a field structured by dual expectations: protecting academic knowledge and advancing pedagogical practice. The entry of AI technologies into teaching and learning environments intensifies these tensions (Weinreb & Yemini, 2023), making the dual habitus especially salient for understanding how faculty interpret, negotiate, and adapt to technological change. The data was collected from a designated WhatsApp group titled “Wisdom in Intelligence”, established on January 1, 2024, to provide an open space for ongoing dialogue about the impact of AI tools on education and teacher training among faculty members in an education college. The group aimed to enable colleagues to share experiences, content, dilemmas, and innovations related to integrating AI tools into teaching and assessment practices. Based on a qualitative content analysis of dozens of messages, the findings indicate that the WhatsApp group functions as a dynamic field in which an ongoing professional struggle unfolds between the two habitus orientations. Rather than a simplistic division of “pro-AI” versus “anti-AI,” a deeper structural divide emerges: the academic habitus activates a strategy of conservation, seeking to protect the value of traditional academic capital, accuracy, originality, explicit knowledge, and mastery of disciplinary language. The pedagogical habitus, by contrast, activates a strategy of conversion, seeking to leverage new technological capital for educational aims: accessibility for disadvantaged learners, removal of learning barriers, scaffolding, and emotional or process-oriented support. This divergence manifests across five dimensions: epistemology, purpose of action, language, symbolic capital, and professional ethics. Thus, the researcher-lecturer evaluates AI through its factual errors and conceptual inaccuracies. In contrast, the teacher-lecturer evaluates their potential to support learners in “focusing,” “understanding,” or “progressing” even when the model’s output is flawed. The findings suggest that AI technologies are not merely tools that disrupt teaching practices; they disrupt professional identities, value systems, and power relations within the academic field. The academic habitus responds through practices of preserving and reinforcing disciplinary boundaries, truth, capital, and distinctiveness, while the pedagogical habitus responds through adaptation, mediation, and inclusion. A form of managed tension emerges between them: an unresolvable yet structurally embedded component of faculty identity in the age of AI. This study highlights that understanding contemporary challenges in learning and teaching requires more than an analysis of technological tools; it demands attention to the embodied dispositions, modes of action, and professional identities, the habitus that educators bring into the academic field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Study was based on data collected from a designated WhatsApp group established on January 1, 2024, to provide an open space for ongoing dialogue about the implications of AI for education and teacher preparation. The group enabled colleagues to share experiences, dilemmas, resources, and innovations related to the pedagogical and evaluative use of AI. Fifty faculty members participated (28 men and 22 women), all of whom joined voluntarily and consented to the use of their messages and reactions for research purposes. Messages posted over a twenty-month period were archived for both statistical and qualitative analysis. The dataset included around 800 opening messages, responses, and emoji-based reactions, representing a wide range of professional tensions and questions related to AI adoption. The analysis proceeded in two stages. First, a descriptive statistical categorization was conducted, distinguishing between initiating posts and responses to identify patterns of participation and divergent perspectives. Second, a qualitative content analysis was carried out. Text-rich messages were examined individually, while emojis were coded as interpretive responses to specific posts. Three researchers independently conducted the qualitative coding following a grounded theory approach, which included open coding, focused coding, and theoretical coding, examining relationships among categories to identify overarching themes. The findings demonstrate that faculty discourse around AI reflects a deeper structural tension between two distinct forms of professional habitus. The academic habitus is characterized by epistemic caution, concern for accuracy, protection of symbolic capital, and a commitment to established disciplinary standards. In contrast, the pedagogical habitus emphasizes accessibility, scaffolding, relational support, and the advancement of learners. These two orientations shaped how faculty interpreted the risks and opportunities associated with AI. The academic habitus enacted strategies of conservation, highlighting threats to originality, validity, and expert authority, whereas the pedagogical habitus enacted strategies of conversion, seeking to leverage AI as a tool for learner support, differentiation, and pedagogical innovation. Additional themes included shifting perceptions of professional authority, divergent understandings of what counts as “authentic learning,” and emerging patterns of adaptation as faculty negotiated these competing logics. Overall, AI catalyzed the exposure and intensification of longstanding tensions between scholarly and pedagogical commitments within the academic field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that integrating AI tools into higher education does more than introduce technological innovation; it also exposes and intensifies the structural tensions that shape the professional identities of teacher educators. Unlike university faculty whose work is often anchored primarily within the research-oriented academic habitus, faculty in a teacher education college inhabit two habitus orientations simultaneously. As both scholars and teachers of teachers, they move continuously between academic and pedagogical habitus. This dual positioning makes the tension between the two habitus orientations not merely juxtaposed but embodied and cumulative. The introduction of AI amplifies this dual tension. When approaching AI from an academic habitus, participants voiced concerns regarding accuracy, originality, and the erosion of scholarly expertise. From the pedagogical habitus, however, AI was interpreted as an opportunity to expand differentiation, support struggling learners, and enhance instructional flexibility. For teacher educators, these orientations do not reside in separate professional groups; they coexist within the same individuals. In this sense, AI becomes a catalyst that forces teacher educators to reconsider how to balance scholarly integrity with pedagogical responsiveness while maintaining credibility in both spheres. At the same time, the discourse revealed emerging hybrid practices, in which participants sought ways to preserve academic standards while experimenting with AI-supported teaching. These hybridizations point toward new institutional possibilities that recognize the dual habitus as an inherent feature of teacher education. Overall, the study concludes that meaningful integration of AI into teacher education requires institutional recognition of teacher educators' dual professionalism. Professional development, policy design, and support structures must address the dual logics guiding their work. By embracing rather than flattening this complexity, institutions can promote more thoughtful, ethical, and sustainable engagement with AI in the preparation of future teachers. References Bourdieu, P., & Collier, P. (1988). Homo academicus. Polity Press. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1999). Chapter 8: Relationships of knowledge and practice: Teacher learning in communities. Review of research in education, 24(1), 249-305. Feldman, J. (2016). Pedagogical habitus engagement: teacher learning and adaptation in a professional learning community. Educational Research for Social Change, 5(2), 65–80. https://doi.org/10.17159/2221-4070/2016/v5i2a5 Labaree, D. F. (2000). On the nature of teaching and teacher education: Difficult practices that look easy. Journal of teacher education, 51(3), 228-233. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487100051003011 Matthies, H., & Torka, M. (2019). Academic Habitus and Institutional Change: Comparing Two Generations of German Scholars. Minerva (London), 57(3), 345–371. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-019-09370-9 Shulman, L. S. (2005). Signature pedagogies in the professions. Daedalus, 134(3), 52-59. Weinreb, Y., & Yemini, M. (2023). Navigating academic habitus in a higher education system that prioritises external funding - the case of Israel. Studies in Higher Education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 48(7), 995–1006. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2175206 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 29 SES 03 A: Identifying Visible and Invisible Aspects of Conformity in Arts Education and Research Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Judit Onsès Research Workshop |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Identifying Visible and Invisible Aspects of Conformity in Arts Education and Research 1: University of Stockholm; 2: University of Girona, Spain; 3: University of Leuven; 4: University of Lisboa; 5: University of Barcelona Presenting Author:Arts education, as well as the presence of art within education, is often expected to be experimental, liberating, and eye opening. Yet those of us working in these fields, much like in other disciplines, sometimes fall into patterns of conformity and stereotypical approaches that need to be challenged. What might these conform patterns or nodes look like? We imagined that they could range from widely political perspectives to very practical exercises within a classroom. For instance: how male and female artists are represented in the teaching of art history; how uncritical approaches to our colonial past persist; or how teaching the arts may become constrained by instrumental, conform methods—for example, in instructing a child how to draw a face with the exact proportions, which leaves no room for the child’s own interpretations and expressions. We were also interested in how the arts are used in other subjects to unfold more dimensions, stimulate, deepen and vitalize different learning processes without becoming too instrumentalized.
How, then, can we recognise these patterns, challenge them and also identify what we have in common? In times of war, violence and individualism, it seems more important than ever to create space for many different voices, but also to find aspects of care in education. It seems imperative to adopt a pedagogy of care (Larsen, 2015; Puig de Bellacasa, 2012) and ethics of care (Pettersen, 2011; Tronto, 2009) with the aim of challenging stereotypes and destructive patterns. In this vein, arts education can become so powerful. In challenging conformity, a lot of work is already being done by artists, researchers and teachers. One can say that it is a dimension that is embedded in the nature of art, to constantly try to reinvent itself and cross borders. With this in mind, we launched a special call for a journal to collect and illuminate some of these examples, how they take shape, and what they can look like, so that we can learn from each other. This workshop builds on the thematic issue Challenging Conformity in Arts Education published in Research in Arts and Education (Onsès & Theorell, 2025). In the associated call for contributions, authors were invited to identify and critically problematize forms of conformity in arts education as they emerge across different national, cultural, and institutional contexts. The editorial highlighted several illustrative examples, including persistent gender imbalances in art history education (Nochlin, 1971; Pollock, 1988), the reproduction of unquestioned colonial perspectives within curricula and research practices (Smith, 2012; Bhambra, Gebrial, & Nişancıoğlu, 2018), and prescriptive pedagogical methods that risk silencing children’s voices by privileging normative outcomes over exploratory processes (Freire, 2000; Biesta, 2013). In addition to these examples, the authors of the call identified further “nodes of conformity” that remain underexamined and that this workshop seeks to address. The overall aim is to further identify, interrogate, and actively challenge patterns of conformity in arts education research and practice, while simultaneously sharing context-specific strategies and fostering transnational dialogue. Central to this aim is an exploration of both visible and invisible forms of conformity in arts education, including political, historical, pedagogical, and methodological dimensions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through collective reflection and exchange, participants are invited to critically examine how cultural, political, and institutional contexts shape research agendas, pedagogical choices, and artistic practices (Ball, 2012; Biesta, 2015). Building on this analysis, the workshop creates space for researchers to share concrete examples of artistic and pedagogical strategies that disrupt dominant norms and open alternative modes of knowing and learning (Eisner, 2002; Springgay, Irwin, & Kind, 2005). In a final step, participants are encouraged to collaboratively develop research questions, methodological approaches, or pedagogical impulses that can contribute to the creation of new, unexpected spaces within arts education—spaces that resist instrumentalization and foreground experimentation, difference, and critical engagement (Barone & Eisner, 2012; Leavy, 2015). We suggest the following workshops structure: 1. Opening: Naming the Paradox Participants respond in writing to: Where do I notice conformity in my own research or teaching? What feels difficult to question—even in an “open” arts context? 2. Mapping the Knots of Conformity Participants work in groups of 4–5 to identify “nodes of conformity” at different levels: Political / ideological; Institutional; Pedagogical; Artistic; Research-related. Groups create a visual or spatial “knot map” (paper, post-its, drawing, movement, sound—participants choose the form). Guiding question: Which knots are most persistent, and which are most invisible? 3. Context Matters: Situated Perspectives Building on the “knot map”, groups discuss: How do these knots look different depending on national, cultural, or political contexts? Which constraints are structural, and which are locally produced? Where do we see possibilities rather than obstacles? 4. Practices That Untie: Learning from Examples Participants are invited to share one concrete example from their own research or teaching that: Challenges a dominant norm Opens access or participation Disrupts stereotypical ways of seeing, hearing, or knowing Makes space for learners’ or participants’ voices 5. From Recognition to Action: Research as Intervention Participants formulate: One research question, methodological shift, or pedagogical experiment that responds to a knot they identified earlier. Prompt: How might my research actively create space for new oxygen? They share in pairs, offering feedback focused on: Where conformity is being challenged Whose voices are being centered What risks are being taken 6. Closing: What We Hold in Common Return to a key question: How can we recognize differences while also identifying what we have in common? Optionally, co-create a short collective statement or manifesto for arts education research that resists conformity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected to continue and enrich the conversation initiated by the Special Issue with a diverse group of researchers. Mainly: Collect new experiences and ways to understand conformity and ways to challenge it Expand the conversation through arts-based methods Create a solid group for further discussion and seminars in the future References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global Education Inc.: New Policy Networks and the Neoliberal Imaginary. Routledge. Barone, T., & Eisner, E. W. (2012). Arts Based Research. Sage. Bhambra, G. K., Gebrial, D., & Nişancıoğlu, K. (2018). Decolonising the University. Pluto Press. Biesta, G. (2013). The Beautiful Risk of Education. Paradigm. Biesta, G. (2015). “What is Education For?” European Journal of Education, 50(1), 75–87. Eisner, E. W. (2002). The Arts and the Creation of Mind. Yale University Press. Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum. Leavy, P. (2015). Method Meets Art (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. Nochlin, L. (1971). “Why Have There Been No Great Women Artists?” ARTnews, 69(9). Onsès-Segarra, J & Theorell, E. ed. Vol. 2025 No. 3 (2025): Thematic Issue on Challenging Conformity in Arts Education and through the Arts in Education, Research in arts and education Aalto university. Pollock, G. (1988). Vision and Difference. Routledge. Smith, L. T. (2012). Decolonizing Methodologies (2nd ed.). Zed Books. Springgay, S., Irwin, R. L., & Kind, S. (2005). “A/r/tography as Living Inquiry.” Qualitative Inquiry, 11(6), 897–912. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 A: Ecologising and Democratising Education in Times of Poly-Crises Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ásgeir Tryggvason Panel Discussion |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Panel Discussion Ecologising and Democratising Education in Times of Poly-Crises 1: Mid Sweden University Department of Pedagogy, Psyhcology and Social Work, Sweden; 2: Department of Teacher Education and School Research, University of Oslo; 3: University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:The poly-crises of today, their rising social-ecological injustices and contamination of fundamental life conditions, reveal profound limitations in liberal democratic models (Eckersley, 2020) and other contemporary regimes that harm and marginalise ecological interdependence and more-than-human relations (Brückner & Paulsen, 2026). With the eco-democratic concern, we seek to reimagine democratic and political practices, both as a way of life and a form of government, in ways that recognise reciprocity, shared flourishing, and ecological responsibility. Inspired by emerging work (Blenkinsop & Wilhelmsson, 2025) and building on conversations initiated at the 2025 international symposium on eco-democracy, this panel aims to generatively elaborate on eco-democracy as an educational project. We creatively explore eco-democracy in diverse ways in relation to education, while examining and conceptualising how democratic life, knowledge, and practice might shift and be otherwise enacted when the more-than-human is acknowledged as an educative and political participant. The panel seeks to initiate a critical discussion about how eco-democracy may change ESE research, its scope, function, and methods, and shed light on transformative educational possibilities that support mutually beneficial flourishing. To do this, the panel turns to the double movement of democratising ecology and ecologising democracy as a generative but unsettled educational problematic. What might it mean, in practice and in theory, to democratise ecological life by expanding who participates in deciding shared socio-ecological futures, while simultaneously ecologising democratic life by reworking who or what can count as political participants? We approach environmental education as a key site for diving into these questions together as entangled learning or living processes of world-making, subject formation, and relational becoming, and discuss what pedagogical forms, micro-methods, human and more-than-human encounters, and modes of eco-literacy might initiate such transformations. How do these processes inevitably encounter ethical tensions with dominant anthropocentric, colonial, patriarchal, and scenic-humanist world understandings? Further, if democracy is about protecting the commons, what might it mean to include the interests of all species and all people (Shiva, 2005)? This also highlights the need to discuss how the concept of eco-democracy accommodates radical asymmetries of power and conflicts of interest. The panel will open ontological, epistemological, ethical, political, and methodological aspects, perspectives, obstacles, and implications of eco-democracy in education, addressing these four key themes and questions: 1. What might it mean, educationally and politically, to democratise ecology by expanding who participates in co-deciding the ecology of life, when more-than-human actors and marginalised voices are recognised as co-participants in educational decision-making, and how can education navigate the tensions this generates with prevailing life-limiting power structures? This challenge existing approaches to democracy and citizenship education and highlights tensions between democracy as a life form and as a form of government. 2. What might it mean, educationally and politically, to ecologise democracy by expanding who or what can count as political participants and relations, and how can eco-democratic values and practices be conceptualised within educational settings while navigating tensions with dominant anthropocentric and institutionally entrenched world understandings that question the relevance, desirability, political priority, and even the meaningful possibility of more-than-human participation? 3. How can micro-methods and minor pedagogical experiences support and sustain the double movement between democratising ecology and ecologising democracy without imposing fixing it in advance? How can education and research navigate the tensions this generates with prevailing school norms, curriculum regimes, and common human-centred research methodologies? 4. How can education contribute to the emergence of a life-friendly people capable of sustaining eco-democracy, and how might eco-democracy itself become a transformative educational force when people are not necessarily oriented toward the flourishing of life, and may even act against it? References Blenkinsop, S. & Wilhelmsson, L. (2025). In Search of Eco-Democracy: Education for Mutually Beneficial Flourishing. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, vol. 41: 2, ss. 325-337 Brückner, M., & Paulsen, M. (2026). Tracing care for life: An Experimental Wayfaring Practice. In S. Windsor, O. Franck, & D. Sanders (Eds.), Paradise Lost? Love and Care: Narratives for and in Sustainability Education, Springer. Clarke, D. A., & McPhie, J. (2020). Tensions, knots, and lines of flight: Themes and directions of travel for new materialisms and environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 26(9–10), 1231–1254. Eckersley, R. (2020). Ecological democracy and the rise and decline of liberal democracy: looking back, looking forward. Environmental Politics vol 29:2, no. 2, (2020): 214, Elkin Postila T (2023) An ecology of practices–The hydrosocial cycle as a matter of concern in preschool children's explorations Nordisk Barnehageforskning. Nordic Early Childhood Education Research 20(4): 25–42. Fettes, M., & Blenkinsop, S. (2023). Education as the practice of eco-social-cultural change. Palgrave Macmillan. Kronlid, D. O., & Öhman, J. (2013). An environmental ethical conceptual framework for research on sustainability and environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 19(1), 21–44. Kvamme, O. A. (2022). Ethical grounding of critical place-based education in the Anthropocene. In Paulsen, M., Jagodzinski, jan, and Hawke, Shé (Eds.). Pedagogy in the Anthropocene: Re-wilding education for a new earth (pp. 277–294). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Malone, K. (2025). Decolonializing Climate Crisis: Theorizing Australian Black Summer Fires as Posthumanist and Indigenous Convergence. Theory, Culture & Society, 42(4), 23-41. Mannion, G. (2020). Re-assembling environmental and sustainability education: Orientations from new materialism. Environmental Education Research, 26(9–10), 1353–1372. Orr, D. W. (2024). The Missing Politics in Environmental Education, Revisited. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 40(3), 382–389. Paulsen, M. (2022). From onto-sympathy and ecological awareness to ethico-sympathy and zoëlogical interaction, embodied beings, and pedagogy in an Anthropocene age. Futures of Education, Culture and Nature – Learning to Become, 1, 224–239. Peters, M. A. (2017). Education for ecological democracy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(10), 941–945. Shiva, V. (2005). Earth Democracy. Justice, Sustainability, and Peace. Zed Books Ltd. https://www.miun.se/Forskning/forskargrupper/kritiska-perspektiv-i-utbildningsforskning--kuf/eco-democracy-and-education Chair Ásgeir Tryggvason, Associate professor in education School of HumES, Örebro University. Sweden. asgeir.Tryggvason@oru.se |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 B: Education about/in/through/with Emotions in Times of Poly-Crisis Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Louise Sund Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Emotions in ESE in Times of Poly-Crisis. From a Psychological Towards a Sociological Understanding. University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Climate change and the climate crisis as well as other current global concerns that can be subsumed under the term polcrisis are inherently emotional topics (Grund & Singer-Brodowski, 2020). Their emotionality has, however, long been neglected in scientific discourses. This has changed with the emotional turn (Zembylas 2007). Nowadays, emotions related to climate change are, for example, discussed under various terms such as climate anxiety (Kurth & Pihkala 2022), environmental melancholia (Lertzman 2015) or earth emotions. This discourse has also been making ist way into ESE (Prote 2024, Oberauer et al. 2023). In the more recent discourse on transformative learning in ESE, emotions are assigned a particularly central role (Pettig & Singer-Brodowski 2025; Pettig & Ohl 2023). However, it has become apparent that these discussions primarily adopt an individualized, psychological perspective on emotions, viewing them primarily as a means to promote behavioral change or focusing on learning strategies to regulate negative emotions. The instrumentalization of emotions poses an ethical challenge, and the emphasis on resilience risks promoting an uncritical therapeutic approach to education (Ecclestone & Hayes 2008). Therefore, it is important to develop a perspective on emotions that understands them as phenomena embedded within broader social structures. Building on this research gap, the presentation introduces a sociological perspective on emotions, with a focus on practice-theoretical approaches. Based on this perspective, implications are discussed for the educational design of ESE and the research of ESE. Finally, it is argued that Photovoice represents a suitable participatory method to both incorporate this perspective into didactic practice and to empirically explore emotions by giving insights into a Photovoice project which has been conducted with 10-14-year-old students in Austrian middle schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Photovoice - a method of Participatory Action Research - was used. A particular focus was set on group interviews before, during and after the process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome is more nuanced knowledge on the way young people experience emotions regarding climate change. References Ecclestone, K., & D. Hayes (2009): Changing the subject: The educational implications of developing emotional well‐being. In: Oxford Review of Education, 35(3). S. 371–389. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980902934662 Grund, J. & M. Singer-Brodowski (2020): Transformatives Lernen und Emotionen. Ihre Bedeutung für die außerschulische Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. In: Außerschulische Bildung 2020 (3). S. 28–36. Kurth, C., & P. Pihkala (2022): Eco-anxiety: What it is and why it matters. Frontiers in Psychology, 13.S. 1-13. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.981814 Lertzman, R. (2015): Environmental Melancholia: Psychoanalytic dimensions of engagement. Routledge. Oberauer, K., M. Schickl, M. Zint, N. Liebhaber, V. Deisenrieder, S. Kubisch, S. Parth, M. Frick, H. Stötter & L. Keller (2023): The impact of teenagers’ emotions on their complexity thinking competence related to climate change and its consequences on their future: Looking at complex interconnections and implications in climate change education. In: Sustainability Science, 18(2). S. 907–931. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01222-y Pettig, F., & U. Ohl (2023): Transformatives Lernen für einen sozial-ökologischen Wandel: Facetten eines zukunftsfähigen Geographieunterrichts. In: Praxis Geographie, 53. S. 4-9. Westermann. Pettig, F., & M. Singer-Brodowski (2025): Learning in Relation with a Changing World: Thinking Beyond ESD 1 and ESD 2 Towards ESD 3. In: Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 18(2). S.176–201. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/09734082251347383 Prote, L.-M. (2024): Der Einfluss von Emotionen auf eine emanzipatorische und transformative Bildung für Nachhaltige Entwicklung am Beispiel des Lernformats „Reflectory“. In: Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Gesellschaftswissenschaften, 15(2). S. 84–103. DOI: https://doi.org/10.46499/2419.3217 Zembylas, M. (2007): Theory and methodology in researching emotions in education. In: International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 30(1). S.57–72. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/17437270701207785 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Dread and Hope as Socio-Political Emotions in Sustainability Education: The Case of Engineering Education 1: KTH Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden; 2: Open University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Emotions are receiving increased attention in education research. This may be due to the increasing severity of sustainability challenges (climate breakdown, ecological collapse, global injustice etc.). Learning about these predicaments can evoke emotions such as dread, anxiety, and anger. We ask about the role of such discomforting emotions in learning, focusing on the role of dread, and its interplay with hope. Parts of the literature on emotions of education (particular in psychology) see emotions as something individuals need to handle. We choose to conceptualise emotions and their role as socio-political. By socio-political emotions, we mean emotions as forces that are produced, circulated, and regulated within specific cultural and historical contexts, shaped by norms and values in these contexts and society at large. This presentation examines the role of dread and hope as socio-political emotions in sustainability education. In particular, we explore emotions as socio-political in the context of engineering education, a field of education that has high status in society. Decades of research suggest that engineering education is characterised by strong educational norms that privilege rationality, emotional detachment, and techno-optimism (Wajcman, 1991; Faulkner, 2000; Cech, 2014; Riley, 2017, Ottemo et al. 2020). Conducting education in ways that open up for discomforting emotions such as dread is therefore political as it challenges dominant ways of relating to the world in these fields and society at large. Here, we explore teachers’ experiences engaging with dread and hope in sustainability education, considering that teachers’ experiences have received little attention in research so far. We conceptualise dread as an emotion of fear about something that has yet to happen, and hope in relation to this as an emotion related to a wish that what we fear will not come to pass. As such, these emotions can be seen as anticipatory emotions directed towards imaginaries of futures in which things could be otherwise (Ojala, 2017). The presentation addresses the following focus questions:
Our theoretical framework builds on feminist, cultural, and critical theory traditions, especially the work of Sara Ahmed (2004), Megan Boler (1999), and Michalinos Zembylas (2007, 2014), to conceptualise emotions as socially constructed, historically situated, and politically consequential. Further, we integrate three concepts to theorize the socio-political role of emotions in sustainability education: pedagogy of discomfort (Boler, 1999; Zembylas, 2015), to make sense of unsettling emotions as a means of interrogating internalized norms and assumptions; dread and hope and their interplay, recognizing these as socially mediated emotional registers that shape responses to ecological crisis and educational action; and educators’ meta-emotion reflections (Gottman et al., 1997; Katz et al., 2012), i.e. educators’ awareness of and responsiveness to their own emotions and those of their students.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is designed as action research (Reason & Bradbury, 2006), aiming to explore emotions while further developing a long-running sustainability course within a media technology programme at KTH. The present study builds on an earlier intervention study (Eriksson et al., 2022) informed by a systematic review on climate-related emotions in education (Pihkala, 2020). A subset of the original teaching and research team continued the inquiry, deepening the focus on hope and dread in sustainability education, and invited an additional researcher, who is the final co-author of this paper. Empirical material was generated through three collaborative workshops (8 hours in total) conducted in Spring 2024. The workshops revisited diary notes written by all but one of us during the course in 2021, alongside field notes from classroom observations conducted the same year. In preparation of the workshop, those of us with diary or field notes selected emotionally salient situations from the material and prepared to share their original responses alongside present-day meta-reflections with the rest of the group. The empirical material consisted of workshop transcripts and notes, as well as the selected excerpts from diaries and field notes and reflections that were collectively discussed during the workshops. Data were analysed thematically (Braun & Clarke, 2006), guided by the study’s focus questions and the theoretical framework that conceptualises emotions as socio-political. Emotions were thus treated not only as internal states or as recognised through direct naming (e.g. “I felt dread”), but as relational and discursive phenomena or tensions (e.g. hesitation to share, classroom dynamics, concerns about legitimacy). In this view, emotions are embedded in how educators write, speak, and interact, and are shaped by affective-discursive structures such as norms of professional conduct and disciplinary expectations in engineering education (Ahmed, 2004; Zembylas, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that dread is expressed by both educators and students in the course and embedded in the learning materials, yet also actively avoided. For example, we educators may avoid content that is too distressing in lectures due to concerns about losing control, such as starting to cry in front of students. Lectures, with their orientation towards content delivery from teacher to student, can limit students’ opportunities to express dread. Other educational formats, such as seminars or panel discussions centred around students’ own questions, can open up space for emotional expression. In a panel discussion with external guests, however, a student’s question signalling dread (“What if we don’t make it?”) was dismissed, suggesting that such concerns fall outside dominant societal and disciplinary norms of (techno-)optimism. The analysis raises questions about educators’ responsibility for students’ wellbeing. Should educators shield students from overly distressing facts, or, in other words, “What is the responsible thing to do - to give hope or to tell the truth?” While we agreed that it is important to engage with dreadful truths, the discussions also raised concerns about students’ wellbeing, pointing to the need to understand emotions as both sociopolitical and individual or psychological. This study shows how dread can function as a constructive part of learning, enabling students to grasp the severity of the current situation and acting as a catalyst for action. We problematise research proposing an emotional learning path from negative to positive emotions (Grund et al., 2024), arguing that such approaches risk instrumentalising education into a means of conveying, instilling, or reaching “positive emotions”, when what may be needed instead is the capacity to “stay with the trouble” (Haraway, 2016). References Ahmed, S. (2004). The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Boler, M. (1999). Feeling power: Emotions and education. Routledge. Eriksson, E., Peters, A.-K., Pargman, D., Hedin, B., Laurell-Thorslund, M., & Sjoo, S. (2022). Addressing Students’ Eco-anxiety when Teaching Sustainability in Higher Education. 2022 International Conference on ICT for Sustainability (ICT4S), 88–98. Faulkner, W. (2001). The technology question in feminism: A view from feminist technology studies. Women’s Studies International Forum, 24(1), 79–95. Gottman, J. M., Katz, L. F., & Hooven, C. (1997). Meta-emotion: How families communicate emotionally. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Katz, L. F., Maliken, A. C., & Stettler, N. M. (2012). Parental meta-emotion philosophy: A review of research and theoretical framework. Child Development Perspectives, 6(4), 417–422 Ojala, M. (2017). Hope and anticipation in education for a sustainable future. Futures, 94, 76–84. Ottemo, A., Berge, M., & Silfver, E. (2020). Contextualizing technology: Between gender pluralization and class reproduction. Science Education, 104(4), 693–713. Pihkala, P. (2020). Eco-Anxiety and Environmental Education. Sustainability, 38. Reason, P., Bradbury, H. (2006). Handbook of Action Research, SAGE Publications. Riley, D. (2017). Rigor/Us: Building Boundaries and Disciplining Diversity with Standards of Merit. Engineering Studies, 9(3), 249–265. Wajcman, J. (1991). Feminism Confronts Technology. Polity. Zembylas, M. (2007). The power and politics of emotions in teaching. In P. A Schutz & R. Peckrun (Eds.), Emotions in education (293-309). New York: Academic Press. Zembylas, M. (2014). Theorizing ‘difficult knowledge’ in the aftermath of the ‘affective turn’: Implications for curriculum and pedagogy in handling traumatic representations. Curriculum Inquiry, 44(3), 390-412. Zembylas, M. (2015). 'Pedagogy of discomfort' and its ethical implications: The tensions of ethical violence in social justice education. Ethics and Education, 10, 1–12. Zembylas, M. (2016). Making sense of the complex entanglement between emotion and pedagogy: Contributions of the ‘affective turn’. Cultural Studies in Science Education, 11, 539–550. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teachers' Conceptualisation and Contextual Expressions of Hope in their Professional Practice Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Amid the nested social, environmental and global crises that increasingly shape contemporary life, many young people are experiencing heightened uncertainty and anxiety about the future (Kaukko et al, 2021). Issues such as climate change, social inequality, global instability, and the lingering impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have contributed to a persistent sense of insecurity among young people, raising important questions about the role of education in fostering resilience, agency, and hope (Ojala, 2012, 2015, 2016). In response to these conditions, this study explores educators’ own perspectives, understandings and expressions of hope, examining how these shapes their professional practice and feeds forward into classrooms contexts. Drawing on a wider doctoral project, the presentation focuses on data derived from a survey and short writing prompt on how educators come to understand, conceptualise and contextualise hope in their professional practice. In this phase of the broader study, perspectives on hope (Snyder, 2002; Snyder et al., 2002) and aspirations of the educators are considered through an interpretive lens and the theory of Practice Architectures (Kemmis et al, 2014), to explore how hope is understood within the educational settings of the participants in which their practices unfold. Through an analysis of educators’ professional thinking, the research highlights how hope is rooted in particular understandings of education, the role of education, and what it means to be an educator in contemporary contexts. Practice Architectures offers a way of understanding educational practices as shaped by interrelated cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements within particular sites. The conceptual framework provides a structured lens for examining educational practices by conceptualising the interdependencies among sayings, doings and relating dimensions as they are shaped within specific contexts and sites. Practice Architectures also offers an analytical framework and a shared language for understanding how practices are formed, sustained, and transformed, enabling a nuanced exploration of educators’ hopeful practices within contemporary educational settings. Through this lens, hope is explored not only as an individual belief or intention but as something that is enabled, constrained, and mediated by the conditions in which educators work. This framework allows for a nuanced analysis of how hopeful practices emerge, how they are sustained, and how they interact with institutional structures and expectations. This research is grounded in the belief that educators play a critical role in mediating how hope is enacted and experienced within educational settings. While hope is often discussed as an individual psychological trait or emotional state, this study approaches hope as a socially situated practice that is actively shaped, sustained, and expressed through everyday pedagogical interactions. By centring educators’ voices, the research seeks to better understand how teachers conceptualise hope, how these conceptualisations inform their teaching practices, and how hope is embedded within broader educational purposes and values. The analysis revealed six key themes: agency; positivity; adaptability; envisioning the future; spiritual connection and/or caring relationships; and supporting learning. The findings suggest that educators often view hope as central to fostering agency (Hämäläinen, 2024), learning, belonging and being positive as a means of supporting students to navigate uncertainty and imagine positive futures. In essence, building capacity and resilience (Demetriou et al., 2020). Hope was frequently linked to relational approaches to teaching, the creation of supportive learning environments, and pedagogies that emphasise agency, and belonging (Kemmis, 2022). The findings indicate that educators’ understanding of hope emphasised looking forward, aspiration and creating a better future. By investigating how hope is understood and used in educational settings, this study contributes to a more nuanced understanding of hope and hopeful practices in classroom environments. It also offers insight into the use of hope to build capacity and resilience to face challenges and learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of an on-going doctoral thesis in Australia that explores How educators use practices of hope in the classroom to build capacity and resilience for the future? In line with this aim, the focus of this phase of the study seeks to understand the following research questions: 1. How do educators understand hope? (conceptualisation) 2. How do educators bring hope into their classroom? (contextualisation) The first phase of the research model focussed on a participant survey and short writing prompt. The aim of the survey was twofold. First, it generated baseline information to contribute to the overall analysis of the data (demographical information, professional data and interests). The second type of questioning focussed on the participants’ understanding of pressing social and/or environmental issues and how hope was interpreted, including identifying how hope is understood by asking participants what features they associate with hope. This allowed for the central features of the concept to be established (Morgan et al., 2021), and provided some insights to expand the understanding of hope as a point of reference for consideration in the analysis of the data. Included in this phase of the study was a short answer writing prompts known as a ‘Stream of Consciousness writing discourse’ to examine expressions of hope. This approach refers to a narrative research technique where the thoughts and emotions of a narrator (in this case, the teacher participants) are written out such that a reader (in this case, the researcher) can trace the fluid cognitive state and thinking of the person (Macy & Johnstone, 2012). It was modelled on similar work carried out by Rachel Forgasz (2021) Playing our part in troubled times, Monash University, on eliciting pathways to respond to climate change among educators. Each writing activity commenced from a position of gratitude, to one of hope and moved towards action (Stevenson et al., 2015) or commitment. The writing prompts start with the issues people care about, with a specific focus on Social and/or Environmental issues in their local communities. Through the use of purposeful writing prompts and a strengths-based approach, participants are invited to engage in the writing process to imagine new ideas and possibilities for transforming the way educators respond to socio-Environmental issues and what kind of education they need for a sustainable future. An interpretive analytical approach (Creswell & Creswell, 2018) was employed to examine the data, drawing on Practice Architectures as a conceptual framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from the analysis of the Australian teachers’ writing illuminate the processes through which teachers actively shape, enact, and give practical meaning to hope within educational contexts. By examining the consequences of educators’ practices and the Practice Architectures that support them, this phase of the broader study highlights how hopeful practices both influence and are influenced by educators. The research further demonstrates the potential of reflective inquiry as a form of “practice changing practice” (Kemmis et al., 2014), offering a valuable approach for professional self-evaluation and ongoing transformation in educational settings. Key findings to be discussed at the conference include how educators conceptualise hope and the ways in which hope is translated into classroom goals and approaches – the contextualisation of hope within Australian professional settings, and in relation to wider conceptions of socio-environmental issues and sustainable futures. The presentation will also consider the implications of these findings for local educational practice and its development (Marques & Lopez, 2017), and what it means to teach in these times, particularly in relation to supporting young people amid ongoing global challenges. By foregrounding educators’ perspectives, this research contributes to broader conversations about the transformative potential of hope in education and the importance of fostering hopeful practices as a response to contemporary crises. Transferability will also be considered. Overall, this part of the study highlights the nuanced and context-specific processes and manifestations of hope. It helps build a more comprehensive picture of pedagogical thinking and practices, a corollary of which is that no single, uniform approach emerged. Rather, the themes and examples underscore the inherent complexity and diversity in how hope is understood and manifested within educational settings. They also show how hope connects to senses of social contribution, how individuals hold diverse and preferred hopes for the future, and how these hopes inform practices that foster hopeful futures in education. References Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage. Drakontaides, M., & Hadjicharalambous, D. (2020). Psychological resilience hope and adaptability as protective factors in times of crisis: a study in Greek and Cypriot society during the COVID-19 pandemic. Social Education Research, 2(1), 20–34. https://doi.org/10.37256/ser.212021618 Forgasz, R. (2021) Playing our part in troubled times, Monash University. Hämäläinen, N. (2024). Hope and Agency in a Time of Environmental Upheaval. In O. Beran et al. (eds), The Philosophy of Environmental Emotions (pp. 97-115). Routledge. Kaukko, M., Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H., Kiilakoski, T., & Haswell, N. (2021). Learning to survive amidst nested crises. Environmental Education Research, 27(11), 1559-1573. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1962809 Kemmis, S. (2022). Addressing the climate emergency: A view from the theory of practice architectures. The Journal of Environmental Education, 53(1), 42-53. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2021.2017830 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Praxis, practice and practice architectures. In: Changing practices, changing education (pp. 25-41). Springer. Macy, J., & Johnstone, C. (2012). Active hope: How to face the mess we're in without going crazy. New World. Marques, S.C., Lopez, S.J. (2017). The Development of Hope. In: Wehmeyer, M., Shogren, K., Little, T., Lopez, S. (eds) Development of Self-Determination Through the Life-Course. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-024-1042-6_21 Morgan, B., Gulliford, L., & Waters, L. (2022). Taking “Thanks” for Granted: A Cross-Cultural Exploration of Gratitude in the UK and Australia. Cross-Cultural Research, 56(2-3), 185-227. https://doi.org/10.1177/10693971211067048 Ojala, M. (2012) Regulating worry, promoting hope: How do children, adolescents, and young adults cope with climate change. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 7(4), 537–561. Ojala, M. (2015). Hope in the face of climate change: Associations with environmental engagement and student perceptions of teachers’ emotion communication style and future orientation. The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(3), 133-148. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2015.1021662 Ojala, M. (2016). Facing anxiety in climate change education: From therapeutic practice to hopeful transgressive learning. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 21, 41-56. Snyder, C. (2002). Hope theory: Rainbows in the mind. Psychological Inquiry, 13(4), 249-275. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1304_01 Snyder, C., Rand, K., & Sigmon, D. (2002). Hope theory: A member of the positive psychology family. In C. Snyder & S. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of Positive Psychology (pp. 257-276). Oxford University Press. Stevenson, K., & Peterson, N. (2015). Motivating action through fostering climate change hope and concern and avoiding despair among adolescents. Sustainability, 8(1), 6. https://doi.org/10.3390/su8010006 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 C: ESE in Higher Education: cultures of collaboration and transformation Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Güliz Karaarslan Semiz Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Cultures of Sustainability at Higher Education Institutions: from Scale Development towards Self-evaluation Approaches University of Regensburg, Germany Presenting Author:Higher education institutions (HEIs) are key actors in advancing sustainability across research, teaching, third mission activities and campus management. In recent years, debates on sustainability and education for sustainable development (ESD) in higher education have shifted from a focus on visible initiatives—such as curriculum reforms or sustainable canteens—towards less visible but highly influential sustainability-related norms, values and assumptions within HEIs. In this context, the concept of Cultures of Sustainability (CoS) has gained increasing attention (Tilbury 2013; German Rectors’ Conference 2025). Research in organizational theory highlights the pivotal role of organizational culture in change processes (Alvesson 2013; Linnenluecke & Griffiths 2010), as it shapes how new goals are interpreted, legitimised and translated into everyday practices within organizations. A widely used analytical framework is Schein’s (2010) distinction between visible organizational artefacts and the more implicit, yet powerful, norms and underlying assumptions shaping organizational behaviour. Building on this framework, the present study applies a multi-level perspective on organizational culture to sustainability in higher education. CoS are understood as the “coalescence of norms, attitudes, values and assumptions with sustainability as a normative orientation, which also refers to structures, routines and behaviours at HEIs” (Holst et al. 2025, p. 489). To date, research on CoS at HEIs has predominantly relied on qualitative approaches (e.g. Adams et al. 2018; Niedlich et al. 2020) and single or comparative case studies (e.g. Avissar et al. 2018; Levy & Marans 2012), which provide rich insights but are limited in terms of generalisability and longitudinal monitoring. What is largely missing is an instrument that allows for systematic assessment, comparison and monitoring of CoS across different HEIs. This gap also constrains the ability of university leadership to integrate knowledge about organizational culture into own strategic sustainability governance. Against this background, the present study aims to develop a quantitative, yet reflective, self-evaluation tool that enables HEIs to assess their own Cultures of Sustainability. The tool builds on previous conceptual and empirical work and is designed to support organizational learning rather than external ranking or benchmarking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on results from several interrelated research phases within the same overarching project. These include conceptual work on researching CoS (Fritz et al. 2022), a systematic literature review of international research about CoS (Holst et al. 2025), and an interview study exploring tensions and contradictions in sustainability-oriented organizational cultures (Weynand et al., in review). Based on these foundations, the research team developed a quantitative survey instrument—the eCoS scale—to assess CoS at HEIs across the three analytical levels inspired by Schein: artefacts, norms and assumptions. Where possible, existing validated items and scales were integrated, such as the Whole Institution Approach Scale for the artefact level (Holst et al. 2024). Scale development followed established procedures, including cognitive interviews (Collins 2003), a pretest with members from different status groups, and a full survey sent to all members of five HEIs. The first survey yielded robust psychometric results for the final scale and enabled the generation of overall findings across institutions (Holst et al., in preparation). However, the analysis of institution-specific data has so far been limited. This is partly due to ethical considerations, as direct comparisons between HEIs may generate unintended political dynamics, particularly in a higher education context increasingly shaped by rankings and performance metrics. At the same time, institution-specific insights are crucial for HEI leadership, as they provide a basis for context-sensitive sustainability strategies. Therefore, the present contribution focuses on analysing and discussing the case-specific results of the five participating HEIs and on exploring pathways for mobilising this knowledge for institutional development. The paper will present selected overall findings, followed by a comparative discussion of similarities and differences in CoS across the five HEIs. In addition, the paper outlines plans for repeating the survey at four HEIs to enable longitudinal analysis and for extending the survey to six additional HEIs. Based on these future data, the eCoS scale will be further developed into a practical self-evaluation tool for HEI leadership, including options for time-efficient data analysis supported by AI-based methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first survey resulted in a total sample of 3,317 respondents across five HEIs, with students being underrepresented. Overall findings indicate that sustainability is experienced more strongly at the level of values and assumptions than at the level of concrete artefacts and practices. Another cross-cutting insight suggests that system-level factors within higher education exert a stronger influence on organizational cultures of sustainability than initially assumed. At ECER 2026 in Tampere, we will present selected overall findings as well as results from the case-specific analyses of the five HEIs involved in the first survey round. Differences between the cases will be discussed and interpreted using additional data from the overall project. While data from the second survey wave will not yet be available for analysis, the paper will discuss implications of the existing findings for the further development of the self-evaluation tool. The contribution focuses in particular on the capacity of university leadership to generate, interpret and use data on Cultures of Sustainability in ways that support strategic change. The self-evaluation tool is intended to help HEIs align sustainability governance with their specific organizational cultures, avoid resistance and unintended reactance, and foster culturally sensitive change processes. References Adams, R., Martin, S., & Boom, K. (2018). University culture and sustainability: Designing and implementing an enabling framework. Journal of Cleaner Production, 171, 434–445. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.10.032 Alvesson, M. (2013). Understanding organizational culture (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. Avissar, I., Alkaher, I., & Gan, D. (2018). The role of distributed leadership in mainstreaming environmental sustainability into campus life in an Israeli teaching college. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 19(3), 518–546. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-07-2017-0105 Collins, D. (2003). Pretesting survey instruments: An overview of cognitive methods. Quality of Life Research, 12, 229–238. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1023254226592 German Rectors’ Conference. (2025). Kulturen der Nachhaltigkeit – Hochschulen als Zukunftswerkstätten der nachhaltigen Entwicklung stärken: Empfehlung der 41. Mitgliederversammlung der HRK am 4.11.2025 in Osnabrück. Holst, J., Fritz, H., Nölting, B., Potthast, T., Betz, C., Lang, D. J., Ober, S., Parodi, O., Scheiding, C., Weynand, M., & Singer-Brodowski, M. (2025). Exploring Culture(s) of Sustainability at Higher Education Institutions: A Systematic Review of Concepts and Pathways. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 26(9), 489–506. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-08-2024-0550 Holst, J., Grund, J., & Brock, A. (2024). Whole Institution Approach: Measurable and highly effective in empowering learners and educators for sustainability. Sustainability Science, 19, 1359–1376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-024-01506-5 Levy, B. L., & Marans, R. W. (2012). Towards a campus culture of environmental sustainability. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 13(4), 365–377. https://doi.org/10.1108/14676371211262317 Linnenluecke, M. K., & Griffiths, A. (2010). Corporate sustainability and organizational culture. Journal of World Business, 45(4), 357–366. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jwb.2009.08.006 Niedlich, S., Kummer, B., Bauer, M., Rieckmann, M., & Bormann, I. (2020). Cultures of sustainability governance in higher education institutions: A multi‐case study of dimensions and implications. Higher Education Quarterly, 74, 373–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12237 Schein, E. H. (2010). Organizational culture and leadership (4. ed.). The Jossey-Bass Business & Management Series. Jossey-Bass. Tilbury, D. (2013). Another world is desirable: A global rebooting of higher education for sustainable development. In S. Sterling, L. Maxey, & H. Luna (Eds.), The Sustainable University (pp. 71–86). Routledge Weynand, M., Holst, J., Singer-Brodowski, M., Betz, C., Irion, M., & Potthast, T. (in review). Aerostats and tankers – areas of tension and conflicting goals in the context of cultures of sustainability at German universities. GAIA - Ecological Perspectives for Science and Society. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper How Can We Make Our Higher Education Vocational Programs in the Social Domain (More) ‘Ecological’? 1: Hogeschool Utrecht, Netherlands, The; 2: University College Lillebelt, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper presents the work‑in‑progress of a research project carried out by a group of teachers and researchers from two higher education programs in the social domain: the professional bachelor Pædagog (UCL, Denmark) and master Pedagogiek (HU, The Netherlands). We started out with the plan to do a literature review aiming to understand the vastly expanding literature on (what we refer to as) ‘ecological education’, which included literature from Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) as well as ecopedagogy and ecophilosophy, but this quickly evolved into a broad inquiry shaped by a performative stance. Our project is guided by the question: how can we make our higher vocational education programs (more) ‘ecological’. We began by first exploring our own perspectives. Each of us introduced ourselves with a written reflection on the perspectives we bring to the academic texts we read, emphasizing the importance of being transparent about the ‘situatedness’ of our knowledge (Haraway, 2013). This resulted in a way of working in which we continuously bring our different perspectives, the texts we read and our practices into a dialogue, i.e. we are constantly braiding person, theory, and practice. We hereby draw on Haraway’s (2016) ideas of SF - speculative fabulation, science fiction, and string figures - as a way of thinking‑with and staying with the trouble of our research practices. Grappling with these ideas enables us to trace how knowledge emerges through the ongoing, situated and more‑than‑human entanglements that shape our engagements. They foreground how our different positionalities, histories, and disciplinary orientations shape the threads we each pick up, the concepts that catch our attention, and the texts we are drawn to read. In following these diverse yet interconnected strands, our inquiry becomes a collaborative making‑with, where differences generate new patterns rather than needing to be resolved. Next, we turned to reading. So far, we have read 25 papers and are still expanding. We decided to include both peer‑reviewed and non‑peer‑reviewed papers, in recognition of the fact that knowledge is created by multiple contributors. While diving into these papers, we found ourselves in a large web of threads. Schinkel states that ecological education is “an education that acknowledges and reflects the networks of interdependence of all that lives, including ourselves - inspired by an ecological ethic” (2025, p.1). Hung’s definition enriches this idea because she highlights that ecological pedagogy is pedagogy grounded in an ecological worldview: “ecopedagogy is not an education about ecology but an education through ecology, meaning that it is an education based on an ecological worldview” (2021, p. 1). Secondly, it is about more than ‘all that lives’ (Schinkel, 2025), it is also about the connection to abiotic factors, place and surroundings: “Education with the goal of connecting human beings with their surroundings, and cultivation of the human affinity with all lifelike processes and abiotic factors, is ‘ecopedagogy” (Hung, 2017, p.45). In addition, we argue Kahns definition is beneficial because it addresses social justice: “Ecopedagogy seeks to interpolate quintessentially Freirean aims of humanization and social justice with a future-oriented ecological politics that radically opposes the globalization of neoliberalism and imperialism, on the one hand, and which attempts to foment collective ecoliteracy and realize culturally relevant forms of knowledge grounded in normative concepts such as sustainability, planetarity, and biophilia, on the other” (2008, p.8). Ecological education for us is education that puts understanding of ‘how we are entangled in our being’ at its center, so that we do not only learn about it but also deeply understand and feel it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our analytical approach is Karen Barad’s concept of the agential cut, which serves as the central methodological and performative philosophical anchor for our inquiry. For Barad, cuts are not simple separations but productive differentiations through which phenomena, researchers, and knowledge emerge. An agential cut is an intervention that enacts boundaries, relations, and possibilities; it participates in the world’s becoming rather than merely describing it. This understanding fundamentally shapes how we approach the study of ecological education (Barad, 2007). Our research process unfolds as a movement back and forth, in which agential cuts and diffractive readings continually reconfigure what becomes possible to notice and think. We understand the research process itself as an apparatus in Barad’s sense: a dynamic configuration of material-discursive practices through which specific phenomena come into being. The intra-actions within this apparatus - between researcher and co-researchers, theory and practice, texts and experiences - are more than voices or viewpoints. They function as methods, as generative forces that enact cuts, making a difference in how the phenomenon of eco-education-becoming can be explored. Even the emergence of a manifesto, and the positioning work it entails, operates as an agential cut that shapes the contours of our inquiry. Because agential cuts are productive rather than representational, our literature study does not aim to uncover a pre-existing field. Instead, the field comes into being through the cuts we perform: what we select, what we exclude, and what we diffractively read through one another. Diffractive reading, following Barad and Haraway, is not about comparison but about tracing interference patterns - patterns that create stories and reveal how differences matter. These readings are enacted through iterative back-and-forth movements that generate resonances, frictions, and unexpected connections. Internal divergences within our group also operate as agential cuts. Søren’s phenomenological orientation opens different trajectories than the performative commitments held by Lynne and Stine. We do not resolve these differences; instead, we treat them as productive diffractive moments that broaden the apparatus and generate new understandings. Likewise, the practice‑oriented questions raised by Morten and Yvonne cut into the apparatus, reorienting attention toward the practical implications of our theoretical work. In this sense, our corpus is not a fixed dataset but an emergent assemblage, continually reconfigured through the agential cuts produced in our ongoing intra-actions. Our methodology is therefore not representational but inventive, allowing ecological education to emerge through the very practices of inquiry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our inquiry reveals that eco‑education is not a pre‑existing domain but an emergent phenomenon shaped through the agential cuts enacted in our process. In this project, as well as in this abstract, we try to show how we not only inquire about eco-education, but embody our practices through it. This submission therefore has two levels: the first is our preliminary findings (summarized here) the second is our attempt to embody ecological education in the way we approached this research project. Agential Cut 1: Structural Inequities and Social Justice Our first significant narrative trajectory concerns a critique of existing educational systems and their embedded injustices, including the limited space afforded to marginalized groups. Resonating with Ejsing’s (2024), this cut foregrounds the ways eco‑education must grapple with power, exclusion, and the socio‑political conditions that shape who gets to participate, thrive, or be heard. Reading through this cut obliges us to ask: How does eco‑education address structural inequities and issues of social justice within current educational systems? This question highlights that making education ecological must involve reorienting educational practices away from extractive, competitive, and capitalist logics and toward reciprocity, repair, sufficiency, and commoning. Agential Cut 2: Human-Nature Separation The second narrative concerns the pervasive separation between humans and nature and the longing for renewed more‑than‑human connectedness. This cut underscores the need to challenge ontological boundaries and cultivate practices that attune learners to the more‑than‑human world. This leads us to ask: How does eco‑education challenge the human–nature divide and cultivate forms of more‑than‑human connectedness? Here, eco‑education becomes an intra‑active assemblage, not a pedagogical method: a space where place, materiality, and relational becoming matter. Across both cuts, our findings point toward a forward‑looking commitment: resisting separation logics -whether social or ecological -and fostering educational cultures grounded in entanglement, situated response‑ability, and more‑than‑human flourishing. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham London: Duke University Press. Ejsing, M. (2024). Verden er ikke længere den samme: økologiske krisefortællinger i det antropocæne (1. udgave). Kbh.: Hans Reitzel. Haraway, D. J. (2013). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. I: M. Wyer, M. Barbercheck, D. Cookmeyer, H. Ozturk & M. Wayne (Red.), Women, Science, and Technology (p. 455–472). doi:10.4324/9780203427415 Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. doi:10.2307/j.ctv11cw25q Hung, R. (2017). Towards Ecopedagogy: An Education Embracing Ecophilia. Educational Studies in Japan, 11 (0), p. 43–56. doi:10.7571/esjkyoiku.11.43 Hung, R. (2021). Ecopedagogy and Education. I: R. Hung, Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. doi:10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1502 Kahn, R. (2008). From Education for Sustainable Development to Ecopedagogy: Sustaining Capitalism or Sustaining Life? Green Theory & Praxis: The Journal of Ecopedagogy, 4 (1), s. 1–14. doi:10.3903/gtp.2008.1.2 Schinkel, A. (2025). Beyond human flourishing: an argument for ecological education. Journal of Philosophy of Education 59 (3-4), 651-667. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Higher Education for Sustainability in the Age of Climate Change. A Cross-Institutional Perspective on Transformation from Germany University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:Under the framework of the Whole Institution Approach (Holst, 2023), higher education institutions are called to comprehensively fulfil their societal responsibilities across all sectors. In addressing the needs of diverse staff groups within society in an era marked by anthropogenic climate change, teaching emerges as a critical leverage point for institutional climate transformation (Rieckmann, 2018; UNESCO, 2017). Universities bear the responsibility to adequately prepare students for climate-related challenges by not only imparting relevant professional knowledge (Filho and Vargas, 2021) but also fostering a fundamental understanding of climate impacts and developing sustainability competencies. The overarching goal is to equip graduates with awareness, systemic understanding, skills, values, and motivation (Wamsler, 2020) to contribute actively to a sustainable and resilient transition toward climate friendliness (Higher Ed Climate Action, 2024) and extend their access to sustainable employment opportunities. Successful change processes do not depend solely on the commitment of university teaching staff but largely require the identification, development, and implementation of conscious strategies and measures (Thomas, 2016). Furthermore, combating climate change through higher education requires us to embrace a paradigm shift which tackles root causes and promotes global justice, acknowledging the ethical imperatives inherent in educational responses to environmental crises (Reid, 2019). Moving towards transformative learning (Taylor, 2009) means finding answers to a wide range of questions, such as how existing teaching and learning spaces can be used differently, while also modifying existing courses or creating new ones. When the goals and impact of teaching are redefined, this also results in changed requirements for teaching evaluation. Another dimension is the collegial cooperation of university teachers, their networking and peer learning, and their professional development (Bellina et al., 2020). This study analyses institutional data from thirteen universities that have previously engaged in structured data collection to monitor and guide their transformation efforts. These institutions aimed to understand and reduce their carbon footprint and develop frameworks for becoming climate-friendly universities. From their unique baseline perspectives, the universities assessed their current situations, identified barriers and opportunities, and began developing targeted measures. Focusing on teaching and learning, this research investigates how small and medium-sized German universities conceptualize and operationalize the integration of climate-related education within broader institutional change processes. Anonymized and aggregated data from the participating institutions is analysed to identify enabling and constraining conditions for implementing climate-focused education for sustainability strategies. The study systematically identifies needs, potential approaches, and success factors to support the ongoing transformation of teaching at small and medium-sized universities towards climate-friendly institutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis is based on both quantitative and qualitative data derived from institutional transformation processes at thirteen German universities, including standardized surveys administered to university members and students, internal catalogues of measures, and climate protection concepts complemented by monitoring strategies. These data is systematically analysed through a cross-institutional secondary data analysis. The study employs a mixed-methods research design that integrates quantitative and qualitative approaches, adapted to the nature of the available data. Quantitative data from standardized surveys are subjected to statistical analysis, while qualitative data—including textual documents—are coded and interpreted using thematic analysis as outlined by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2024), employing MaxQDA. The integration of both methodological approaches, along with an iterative process of interaction between them, allows for contextualization of quantitative trends and facilitates in-depth, context-sensitive analysis within the framework of institutional change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results highlight the perceived need for action among universities. A comparison of university staff and students’ responses, based on aggregated survey data, reveals notable divergences in their respective perceptions of the implementation of climate-friendly and sustainable teaching practices. The identified recurring strategic patterns, particularly those emphasizing climate justice-oriented pedagogy and competence development, are driven by recognized needs and opportunities at both structural and individual levels—especially among faculty. The results also demonstrate that strengthening sustainability competencies is not solely a matter for students but is equally imperative for university educators. Furthermore, those initially engaged in transformation processes often exhibit high intrinsic motivation; however, reports of extrinsic incentives are limited. Voluntariness, while fostering motivation, also introduces certain limitations, notably a tension between individual engagement and the absence of formal institutional embedding—an issue requiring deliberate attention and strategic intervention. Limitations: Causal relationships can only be minimally inferred due to the study's design. The reliance on existing, heterogeneous secondary data sources constrains both generalizability and causal inference. Moreover, with rare exceptions, the sample predominantly comprises small and medium-sized German universities, which may limit the transferability of the findings to other European contexts and diverse types of higher education institutions. Future research should examine the transferability of these strategies across different European settings, incorporate longitudinal designs to track change over time, and empirically evaluate the effectiveness of specific interventions to support evidence-based practices in higher education transformation toward climate sustainability. References Bellina, L; Tegeler, M K; Müller-Christ, G; Potthast, T (2020): Bildung für Nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE) in der Hochschullehre. BMBF-Projekt „Nachhaltigkeit an Hochschulen: entwickeln – vernetzen – berichten (HOCHN)“, Bremen und Tübingen. Holst, J (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015–1030. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01226-8. Kuckartz, U; Rädiker, S (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Leal Filho, W; Vargas, V (2021). The role and impact of the university. In: T McCowan, W Leal Filho, L Brandli (2021). Universities facing Climate Change and Sustainability. Hamburg. 38-52. Reid, A (2019): Climate change education and research: possibilities and potentials versus problems and perils? In: Environmental Education Research 25 (6), S. 767–790. DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2019.1664075. Rieckmann, M. (2018) Learning to transform the world: key competencies in ESD. In: A. Leicht, J. Heiss und W. J. Byun: Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. Paris: UNESCO. 39–59. Taylor, E W (2009): Fostering Transformative Learning. In: J Mezirow; E W Taylor: Transformative learning in practice. Insights from community, workplace, and higher education. San Francisco, Calif., Chichester: Jossey-Bass; John Wiley, 3–17. Thomas, I (2016): Challenges for Implementation of Education for Sustainable Development in Higher Education Institutions. In: M Barth, G Michelsen, M Rieckmann und I Thomas (Hg.): Routledge handbook of higher education for sustainable development. London: Routledge, 56–71. UNESCO (2017): Education for Sustainable Development Goals. Learning Objectives. Paris: UNESCO. Wamsler, C (2020): Education for sustainability. In: IJSHE 21 (1), S. 112–130. DOI: 10.1108/IJSHE-04-2019-0152. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Cooperation between Swiss Universities for a Future-oriented Teacher Training. Developing Education for Sustainable Development, Linking Subjects, Strenghening the Coherence of Education 1: HEP Vaud, Switzerland; 2: PH FHNW, Switzerland; 3: PH Luzern, Switzerland Presenting Author:In times of uncertainty, contemporary sustainability challenges inevitably raise complex pedagogical demands that teachers must be prepared to address in their professional practice (Künzli, Bertschy & Buchs, 2010 ; Madalińska-Michalak & Flores, 2025). In response to what Morin and Kern (1993) conceptualise as a “poly-crisis”, teacher education institutions in Switzerland have begun, at different paces and with varying approaches, to adapt teacher training in terms of tools, competencies and knowledge domains (Baumann, Lausselet & Pache, 2019). However, the mainstreaming of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) has been accompanied by processes of conceptual dilution and, in some cases, forms of “pedagogical greenwashing” (Germain, 2023), which raises questions about the coherence and depth of the training programmes offered. This proposal consists of initially presenting the broad outlines of a research project funded by swissuniversities as part of the programme ‘Strengthening the culture of sustainability in Swiss higher education institutions’. It aims to bring together Swiss higher education institutions that train teachers, with the goal of improving the integration of education for sustainable development (ESD) by offering coherent, innovative training programmes characterised by transformative learning (Mezirow, 2002; Grund & Singer-Brodowski, 2020) and complex thinking (Pache, Hertig & Curnier, 2017). This research project consists of five interconnected sub-projects being worked on by eighteen higher education institutions that train teachers in Switzerland[1]. The first sub-project (1a) develops a curriculum progression for ESD training in all training programmes (primary, secondary, specialised education), examining the links between ESD and the different areas of training from a lifelong learning perspective (Thwe & Kalman, 2024). The second sub-project (1b) identifies innovative approaches (Cros, 2013) within the framework of transformative ESD. The third sub-project (2a) focuses more specifically on the institutional anchoring of ESD and on strengthening the ESD skills of trainers through the establishment of networks for the exchange of experiences. The fourth sub-project (2b) aims to provide tools for monitoring projects related to sustainable development and ESD in higher education institutions that train teachers (Holst and al., 2024). Finally, the fifth sub-project (3) proposes to develop educational landscapes, in other words collaborations between higher education institutions and the many actors interested in sustainability and its educational aspects. Focused on ESD training, the overall project also aims to stimulate reflection on teaching methods that may be of interest to all higher education institutions, even those that do not train teachers.. Finally, it also aims to encourage the next generation by involving young researchers in the various sub-projects. [1] The list of participating institutions can be found here (in German or French): https://www.swissuniversities.ch/themen/nachhaltigkeit/nachhaltigkeitskultur-2025-2028/unterstuetzte-projekte-2025 Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The second part of the presentation will focus more specifically on sub-project 1a, which addresses the need for a long-term re-foundation of teacher education curricula in order to respond to the unprecedented conditions of poly-crisis (Curnier, 2021). This sub-project is guided by two research questions : What is the current status of ESD in the Swiss universities participating in this sub-project ? What developments can be envisaged in order to implement innovative ESD training curricula ? The methodology of this sub-project is based on eleven case studies (Mialaret, 2009) and combines quantitative and qualitative analyses (De Singly, 2005; Bardin, 2013; Mayring, 2020; Schneijderberg et al. 2022). An initial written questionnaire was completed by participating universities in autumn 2025 in order to analyse the formal ESD curriculum (Forquin, 2008). This questionnaire was structured in five parts : knowledge, epistemological positioning and subjects studied, articulation of disciplines, models of skills implemented and learning theories used, teaching methods and learning contexts, and elements of curricular progression. Focus group interviews (Markova, 2003) were then conducted with teacher trainers and programme managers (between autumn 2025 and early 2026). Finally, focus group interviews will be conducted with students in autumn 2026. The aim of this sub-project is to produce a guide presenting the obstacles and levers for implementing an innovative ESD training curriculum (Cros, 2013), incorporating a co-creation phase involving both teachers and students who participate in the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings highlight five key tensions that will inform the development of the innovative curriculum model. First, a multitude of knowledge and theoretical frameworks to be taught in training, thus making it necessary to provide ESD-specific training for trainers and lifelong training for teachers. This diversity of references can be explained by different epistemological, disciplinary and cultural traditions in Switzerland, but also by the interdisciplinary or even transdisciplinary nature of ESD. Second, ESD is predominantly embedded within subject-specific didactics, with limited integration of educational science perspectives (e.g. research methodology, learning regulation or classroom management). Third, the transformative learning model is present in institutional discourse and isolated modules but it remains unevenly developed, poorly systematised and often implicit. Fourth, student engagement initiatives are emerging but sustainability is not yet structurally recognised within academic evaluation systems. Fifth, curricular progression in ESD remains fragmented, with few coherent longitudinal pathways, despite promising examples distinguishing professional posture, pedagogical methods and classroom complexity. Based on the empirical findings of these five interconnected sub-projects, this project seeks to capture the multiple institutional and local complexities involved in addressing the global challenges central to ESD, particularly through the reinforcement of networks among higher education institutions. In doing so, this proposal contributes to ESER by providing a national-scale example of efforts to embed ESD across teacher education, including the development of an innovative curriculum model grounded in empirical analysis and informed by both interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary perspectives. References Bibliography Bardin, L. (2013). L’analyse de contenu. Presses Universitaires de France. Baumann, S., Lausselet, N. & Pache A. (2019). L’EDD dans la formation des enseignant.e.s, État des lieux-juillet 2019, Swissuniversities. Cros, F. (2013). « L’innovation en formation ». Dans le Dictionnaire des concepts de la professionnalisation (pp. 169-175). De Boeck Supérieur. Curnier, D. (2021). Vers une école éco-logique. Le Bord de l’eau. De Singly, F. (2005). L’enquête et ses méthodes. Le questionnaire. Armand Colin. Forquin, J.-C. (2008). Sociologie du curriculum. PUR. Germain, S. (2023). Chapitre 2. Compétences essentielles. Pratique pédagogique, 67-119. Grund, J., Singer-Brodowski, M. (2020). Transformatives Lernen und Emotionen - Ihre Bedeutung für die außerschulische Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Außerschulische Bildung 3(20), 28-26. Holst, J., Singer‐Brodowski, M., Brock, A., & De Haan, G. (2024). Monitoring SDG 4.7: Assessing Education for Sustainable Development in policies, curricula, training of educators and student assessment (input‐indicator). Sustainable Development, 32(4), 3908-3923. Künzli, C., Bertschy, F., & Buchs, C. (2010). Réflexions spécifiques sur l’EDD dans la formation des enseignant-es. Bases didactiques pour l’éducation en vue d’un développement durable dans la formation des enseignant-es, 61. Madalińska-Michalak, J. & Flores, M.A. (2025). Teacher and school resilience: Lessons learned and future directions. In Madalińska-Michalak, J., Assuncao Flores, M. (Eds). Teacher and school resilience in an era of uncertainty. Palgrave Studies on Leadership and Learning in Teacher Education. Palgrave Macmillan. Markova, I. (2003). Les focus groups. In S. Moscovici & F. Buschini (Eds.), Les méthodes des sciences humaines (pp. 221-242). PUF. Mayring, P. (2020). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In G. Mey & K. Mruck (Eds.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie (pp. 495–511). Springer. Mezirow, J. (2002) (Ed.). Learning as Transformation : Critical Perspectives on a Theory in Progress. Jossey-Bass. Morin, E., & Kern, A. B. (1993). Terre-Patrie. Seuil. Pache, A., Hertig, Ph. & Curnier, D. (2017). Approaching complexity in the context of education for sustainable development : research and perspectives. In P.B. Corcoran, J.P. Weakland & A. Wals (Eds.), Envisionning futures for environmental and sustainabilty education (pp. 375-383). Wageningen Academic Publishers. Schneijderberg, C., Wieczorek, O., & Steinhardt, I. (2022). Qualitative und quantitative Inhaltsanalyse: digital und automatisiert. Eine anwendungsorientierte Einführung mit empirischen Beispielen und Softwareanwendungen. Beltz Juventa. Thwe, W. P., & Kálmán, A. (2024). Lifelong learning in the educational setting : A systematic literature review. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 33(2), 407–417. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 D: The Multiplicity of Language and Culture in ESE Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Karen Elizabeth Jordan Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Building Sustainable Learning Cultures: Insights from Forerunner Language Teachers in Finnish Universities University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Promoting sustainability at higher education (HE) level has become an objective of national and international declarations and policies. In these declarations, sustainability is considered a moral obligation of HE institutions, and sustainability competencies are considered useful for students’ future working lives (Lozano et al., 2013). In practice, however, the progress for integrating sustainability into teaching has been slow and many academics don’t consider sustainability as part of their teaching (Mokski et al., 2023). This reluctance to integrate environmental and sustainability themes into teaching is often due to the fact that HE teachers find them irrelevant to their discipline (Cotton et al., 2007). Humanities teachers, for example, consider environmental and sustainability education (ESE) to be significantly less important for their discipline compared to HE teachers on average (Christie et al., 2015). Sustainability (or sustainable development) has been considered a vague, ill-defined, or controversial concept and a fear of indoctrinating students to certain beliefs or values is common across disciplines (Cotton et al., 2007; Christie et al., 2015). Moreover, structural issues such as lack of genuine institutional support and sufficient funding impede the implementation of ESE in teaching (Lozano, 2010; Jones et al., 2008; Kuusalu et al. 2025). Supportive organizational cultures and governance structures as well as professional teacher training are, in turn, seen to support the implementation of ESE (Christie et al., 2015; Holst, 2023). The role of teachers committed to promoting sustainability in their institutions is crucial, as forerunner teachers do not only implement ESE teaching, but can enhance a sustainable organization culture and mobilize collective agency (Ghamrawi et al., 2025). In our study, we investigated sustainability-oriented HE educators’ views on the possibilities and barriers for ESE in their language and communication teaching. Sustainability in language teaching is a less well-known area of ESE, compared to the extensive body of research in natural sciences, social sciences, and arts. Previous research has shown that language teaching emphasizes the cultural dimension of sustainability, in particular (Maijala and Kuusalu, 2025) – an important aspect of sustainability, which, is neglected by the traditional definition of sustainability, consisting of ecological, social and economic dimensions. Due to their cultural expertise, language teachers can be instrumental in developing holistic, culturally aware, and pluralistic sustainability education. Therefore, it is important to understand in more depth what kind of opportunities and challenges language teachers committed to sustainability education see for ESE in higher education. Based on in-depth interviews and abductive content analysis, we identified several opportunities and barriers for ESE in HE language education in Finland. Some of the findings are in line with higher education for sustainable development (HESD) literature, such as the importance of university-level support and other teachers' attitudes facilitating the integration of ESE in teaching. Other findings, more novel to the literature, emphasize for instance students’ and teachers’ environmental anxiety and an uncritical attitude towards digitalization in university governance. Some of the teachers are cautious about digitalization, such as the rapid spread of artificial intelligence. They think that – despite its advantages – digitalization is mainly viewed uncritically, and its environmental impacts are not sufficiently considered. In addition, even though the language teachers consider the cultural dimension an essential part of their teaching, some also felt that they needed a better understanding of cultural sustainability and transformation as well as related professional training related to these concepts. We discuss the significance of the results for both sustainable language teaching and broader sustainable development education in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research data consisted of seven semi-structured interviews conducted with HE language and communication teachers in 2025. The interviewees gave instruction in English, Russian, German, and Finnish languages at different universities across Finland. Potential participants were initially contacted when they participated in a survey for HE language teachers, and they were asked for their interest in volunteering in the interviews. Four interviews were conducted in Finnish and three in English. Each individual interview lasted 30-60 minutes. Interviews were transcribed and exported to the NVivo program. The data were analyzed using qualitative content analysis, in which the content of text data is interpreted subjectively and themes relating to possibilities and barriers of ESE in HE are identified through a classification process (Hsieh and Shannon, 2005). The focus of the analysis is the content and contextual meanings of the interviews (Hsieh and Shannon, 2005). The approach to content analysis used was abductive, which means that content analysis is neither clearly theory-generating nor theory-driven (Tavory and Timmermans, 2014). In the abductive approach, the purpose is to describe the phenomenon under study and find a most likely theoretical explanation for it (Tavory and Timmermans, 2014). The strength of the abductive approach to content analysis is that the new theoretical openings that are being created, have a clear relation to earlier theory (Timmermans and Tavory, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study presents new perspectives on the opportunities and barriers to implementing sustainability education in HE from the perspective of forerunner teachers of sustainable language teaching. Considerations related to cultural sustainability, a lesser-known dimension of sustainability in HE, are also presented. Many of the teachers' views were in line with opportunities and barriers recognized in previous HESD research, but some of the themes have been less studied. These included, for example, environmental anxiety and the disadvantages of digitalization. Environmental anxiety, and emotions more generally, are increasingly being addressed as part of ESE and related research. However, this seems to apply mainly to primary school, while cognitive approaches continue to dominate in upper levels of education (UNESCO, 2019). In general, digitalization has been treated very positively in higher education and teaching. However, the studied teachers’ views on digitalization reflect the more critical observations of Hume (2022), who has highlighted the underlying concern within academia that the sustainability goals are being overshadowed by technological developments that are accelerating rather than preventing ecological destruction. Thus, a more critical discussion of the pros and cons of digitalization in promoting sustainability in HE is needed. Interestingly, language teachers – who already emphasize cultural perspectives in their work – felt they needed more support to address cultural sustainability and cultural transformation in their teaching. This may reflect the fact that the concepts of cultural sustainability are not well established and that much of the discussion around it takes place outside the HESD literature, within more general sustainability research (Soini and Birkeland, 2014). References Christie, B. A., Miller, K. K., Cooke, R., & White, J. G. (2015). Environmental sustainability in higher education: What do academics think?. Environmental Education Research, 21(5), 655-686. Cotton, D. R., Warren, M. F., Maiboroda, O., & Bailey, I. (2007). Sustainable development, higher education and pedagogy: a study of lecturers' beliefs and attitudes. Environmental Education Research, 13(5), 579-597. Ghamrawi, N., Shal, T., Ghamrawi, N. A., Abu-Tineh, A., & Alshaboul, Y. (2025). Unleashing the potential of teacher leadership for ESD. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 10, p. 1614623). Frontiers Media SA. Holst, J. (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015-1030. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Hume, T. (2023). Higher education in turbulent times: navigating the transition from un-sustainability in a world dominated by technology. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 24(1), 212-229. Jones, P., Trier, C. J., & Richards, J. P. (2008). Embedding education for sustainable development in higher education: A case study examining common challenges and opportunities for undergraduate programmes. International Journal of Educational Research, 47(6), 341-350. Kuusalu, Salla-Riikka, Patzelt, Mareen and Maijala, Minna. "Language teachers as educators for sustainability in Finland – Factors influencing teachers’ perception of their agency" European Journal of Applied Linguistics, vol. 13, no. 2, 2025, pp. 310-331. https://doi.org/10.1515/eujal-2024-0022 Lozano, R. (2010). Diffusion of sustainable development in universities’ curricula: an empirical example from Cardiff University. Journal of cleaner production, 18(7), 637-644. Lozano, R., Lukman, R., Lozano, F. J., Huisingh, D., & Lambrechts, W. (2013). Declarations for sustainability in higher education: becoming better leaders, through addressing the university system. Journal of cleaner production, 48, 10-19. Maijala, M., & Kuusalu, S. R. (2025). Promoting sustainability in European language teaching. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 13(2), 291-309. Mokski, E., Leal Filho, W., Sehnem, S., & Andrade Guerra, J. B. S. O. D. (2023). Education for sustainable development in higher education institutions: an approach for effective interdisciplinarity. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 24(1), 96-117. Soini, K., & Birkeland, I. (2014). Exploring the scientific discourse on cultural sustainability. Geoforum, 51, 213-223. Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis: Theorizing qualitative research. University of Chicago press. Timmermans, S., & Tavory, I. (2012). Theory construction in qualitative research: From grounded theory to abductive analysis. Sociological theory, 30(3), 167-186. UNESCO. (2019). Educational content up close. UNESCO. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Reconceptualising the Role of Multilingualism in Subject Teacher Education Policies in Finnish Higher Education Utilizing a Framework of Social Sustainability University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This paper aims to reconceptualise the role of multilingualism in subject teacher education policies in Finnish higher education through the lens of social sustainability. While multilingualism is increasingly recognised as a key resource for equitable, inclusive and socially just education in Europe and globally, teacher education policies often remain shaped by monolingual norms or instrumental approaches to language. Moreover, multilingualism has received relatively limited attention within conceptualisations of social sustainability. This paper therefore explores the potential of social sustainability as a conceptual and analytical framework for deepening understandings of multilingualism in (subject) teacher education, contributing to efforts to advance social justice in education. The aim of this paper is guided by the research question: How is social sustainability enabled and/or hindered through university policies framing multilingualism in subject teacher education in Finnish higher education? To address this question, the paper examines how multilingualism is discursively constructed in institutional policies related to subject teacher education and how these discursive constructions align with, contradict, or omit key principles of social sustainability. The context of subject teacher education is particularly relevant given the Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education’s emphasis on developing multilingual pedagogies to support pupils’ literacy and multilingual competence (EDUFI, 2016). However, recent PISA results for Finland indicate that pupils with a home language other than Finnish or Swedish underperform significantly, especially in reading (OECD, 2023). This gap is reinforced by Finnish research suggesting that teachers, particularly subject teachers, often lack sufficient preparation to implement effective multilingual pedagogies (Alisaari et al., 2023; Suuriniemi et al., 2021; Harju-Autti & Sinkkonen, 2020). The social dimension of sustainability has been relatively underdefined; therefore, this study draws on emergent theories of social sustainability (Magis & Shinn, 2009; Boström, 2012; Missimer, Robèrt & Broman, 2016), including those situated within higher education contexts (Wolff & Ehrström, 2020). Ly and Cope’s (2023) conceptual model of social sustainability provides the primary analytical framework for the study and enables a systematic examination of how institutional policies related to subject teacher education may support or undermine socially sustainable educational environments. Finland’s national bilingualism provides a unique context to examine these policy discourses from both minority (Swedish) and majority (Finnish) language positions. This allows for deeper understanding of how national language ideologies intersect with institutional subject teacher education policies. This dual-language context provides a nuanced lens for analysing how such intersections shape discursive constructions of multilingualism and for highlighting opportunities for developing socially sustainable practices in Finnish higher education. The study is further informed by theories of multilingual education and multilingual pedagogy. Key frameworks include Lucas and Villegas’s (2011; 2013) linguistically responsive teaching, García’s (2017) critical multilingual language awareness, and García and Wei’s (2014) theory of translanguaging. These approaches are grounded in principles of social justice and strive to promote equity in education by recognising and utilizing students’ full linguistic repertoires, as well as advancing more dynamic uses of language in educational settings. Whilst these frameworks align closely with social sustainability, utilizing social sustainability as the primary analytical lens allows for a more nuanced examination of how different language positions and linguistic identities are negotiated in higher education and how these negotiations shape policy discourses on multilingualism. Finally, recognising education as a site for social transformation, this study is also informed by theories of transformative sustainability education (Lange, 2023) alongside critical, engaged and progressive pedagogical models (Freire, 1970; hooks, 1994). Together, these perspectives support an analytical orientation that not only examines policy discourse but also considers their potential to foster more equitable, socially just and socially sustainable futures in education both in Finland and internationally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Three Finnish universities provide the dataset for this study. The universities’ languages of instruction are designated as being Swedish, Finnish, and bilingual Finnish and Swedish according to the Universities Act (558/2009). Two Swedish-medium and two Finnish-medium subject teacher education programmes are examined. The data were collected in spring 2024 with the dataset comprising of thirteen policy documents which are outlined as follows: • 4x subject teacher pedagogical studies curricula (2x Finnish-medium, 2x Swedish-medium) • 3x university strategy • 3x university equality plan • 2x university language policy • 1x university degree regulation policy Official English versions of the policies are used and reference is made to the Swedish and Finnish versions for clarification when needed. The study employs a qualitative research approach to analysis, which is currently ongoing. The data are analysed utilising a discourse-historical approach to critical discourse analysis (Reisigl & Wodak, 2016), which centres the role of ‘context’ in interpreting policy discourse. This approach allows the analysis to recursively orient to the immediate texts, the intertextual and interdiscursive relationships, and the greater social, political, historical and institutional contexts surrounding the subject teacher education programmes. Moreover, the iterative nature of the analysis supports creative and nuanced interpretations of the data. Critical discourse analysis enables the identification of dominant narratives, implicit assumptions, and normative expectations surrounding language use and linguistic diversity in the institutional policies relevant to (subject) teacher education. In addition to identifying discourses on language and multilingualism, discourses on related topics, such as diversity, culture and equality, were also highlighted and analysed as they may provide ideological space for multilingualism. This analytical approach further situates these discourses within the broader framework of Finland’s constitutional bilingualism, examined from both Swedish- and Finnish-speaking perspectives. Ly and Cope’s (2023) conceptual model of social sustainability is the primary theoretical lens through which the data are analysed. The framework constitutes five key dimensions of social sustainability: safety and security, equity, adaptability, social inclusion and cohesion, and quality of life. These dimensions act as deductive codes for the analysis. This approach supports a more focused and theoretically informed reading of the data, enabling the identification of how specific policy discourses align with, contradict, or omit key principles of social sustainability. Subsequently, this facilitates the identification of discursive spaces within the policies that hold potential for development to foster more multilingual and socially sustainable practices in (subject) teacher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that while university policies and their framing of multilingualism may enable social sustainability to some extent, they also reveal several hindrances. Monolingual norms can be seen to be reinforced through, for example, iterations emphasising language purism and correctness, potentially creating exclusivity for certain linguistic groups. This exclusivity could restrict access to and participation in subject teacher education programmes. Furthermore, the strengthening of monolingual norms in this way may inhibit more fluid and dynamic uses of language that would support more socially sustainable practices. Across the three institutions, the framing of multilingualism in relation to internationality is particularly prominent. This framing can support instrumental approaches to multilingualism, for example in institutional economic sustainability through recruitment of international students and staff. From a social sustainability perspective however, framing multilingualism with internationality could also reinforce exclusivity by positioning multilingualism as an external phenomenon rather than recognising it as an inherent aspect of Finnish society. This perspective misaligns with the Finnish National Core Curriculum’s assertion that all school communities and community members are multilingual. Another significant finding is the apparent absence of discourses surrounding equity in the policies, which is a key dimension of the social sustainability analytical framework. This absence may stem from the lack of an equivalent concept in Swedish and Finnish discourse that fully encapsulates the English notion of ‘equity’. Swedish and Finnish discourses tend to focus on equality, non-discrimination and equal treatment, thus limiting the scope of discourses on ‘equity’. Such limitations could hinder the development and implementation of more equitable and socially sustainable practices in educational contexts. Overall, these findings point to the need for a re-evaluation of university policies to better align with the principles of social sustainability and equity, ensuring that multilingualism is recognised as a fundamental component of educational inclusivity in Finland. References Alisaari, J., Kivimäki, R., Repo, E., Kekki, N., Sissonen, S., & Kivipelto, S. (2023). Positive stances toward cultural and linguistic diversity in Finnish schools. Apples - Journal of Applied Language Studies, 17(1), p. 36-64. Boström, M. (2012). A missing pillar? Challenges in theorizing and practicing social sustainability: Introduction to the special issue. Sustainability: Science, Practice and Policy, 8(1), p. 3–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/15487733.2012.11908080 Finnish National Agency for Education (EDUFI). (2016). National Core Curriculum for Basic Education. Helsinki, Finland. García, O. (2017). Critical Multilingual Language Awareness and Teacher Education. In J. Cenoz, D. Gorter, & S. May (Eds.), Language Awareness and Multilingualism (pp. 263-280). Cham, Switzerland: Springer. García, O., & Wei, L. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, Bilingualism and Education. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. Harju-Autti, R., & Sinkkonen, H.-M. (2020). Supporting Finnish language learners in basic education: teachers' views. International Journal of Multicultural Education, 22(1), p. 53-75 Lange, E. (2023). Transformative Sustainability Education: Reimagining Our Future. Abingdon, UK: Routledge. Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2013). Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Preservice Teacher Education. Theory into Practice, 52(2), p. 98-109. Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2011). A framework for preparing linguistically responsive teachers. In T. Lucas (Ed.), Teacher Preparation for Linguistically Diverse Classrooms: A Resource for Teacher Educators (p. 76–93). New York, USA: Routledge. Ly, A. & Cope, M. (2023). New conceptual model of social sustainability: Review from past concepts and ideas. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 20, 5350. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph20075350 Magis, K. & Shinn, C. (2009). Emergent Principles of Social Sustainability. In Understanding the Social Dimension of Sustainability. Dillard, J., Dujon, V., King, M.C. (Eds.). New York, USA: Routledge Missimer, M., Robèrt, K.-H., Broman, G. (2017). A strategic approach to social sustainability—Part 2: A principle-based definition. Journal of Cleaner Production.140, p. 42–52 Reisigl, M., & Wodak, R. (2016). The discourse-historical approach (DHA). In R. Wodak, & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of Critical Discourse Studies (3rd ed., pp. 23-61). London: SAGE Publications. Suuriniemi, S.-M., Ahlholm, M., & Salonen, V. (2021). Opettajien käsitykset monikielisyydestä: heijatumia koulun kielipolitiikasta. In M. Ahlholm, I. Piippo, & P. Portaankorva-Koivisto (Eds.), Koulun monet kielet [Plurilingualism in the school] (13 ed., Vol. 2021, p. 44-69). Suomen soveltavan kielitieteen yhdistys AFinLa ry Wolff, L.-A., & Ehrström, P. (2020). Social sustainability and transformation in higher educational settings: A utopia or possibility? Sustainability, 12(10), Art. 4176. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12104176 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Ignite Talk Multilingual Resources for Children’s Sustainable Futures University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The poly-crisis is a time of resource depletion, resource crises, and resource scarcity. Current times impose a “sense of urgency” which calls for immediate action, for engagement in responsible activities and the identification of appropriate pathways to shift the dial away from world catastrophes (Hawhee 2023). However, what resources do children have at their disposal to work towards sustainable futures, to engage meaningfully and agentially with the present moment? How can they build a sense of response-ability when educational systems are oftentimes tied to standards and benchmarks that operationalise their activities and narrow down their ability to creatively transform their environments?
To answer these questions and, more importantly, to implement active and transformative actions, we draw on our work on a three-year project, Sustainable Designs for Living and Learning: Embedding Multilingualism into Learning for Sustainability (funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council) (May 2025-May2028). In this project, the team includes researchers from two universities in Scotland, three artists and three primary schools (Year 1), with ten more schools joining in Year 2 of the project. Together, we work on understanding, reconnecting and re-designing the school environments into multilingual living spaces which embrace children’s knowledges and languages and create opportunities for resourceful engagement with nature. With this project we respond to several pressing realities of the Scottish education system at the primary level. First, we recognise the need to integrate multilingualism (i.e., making sense of the world through languaging (Li 2011)) into children's everyday experiences because classrooms are spaces where 198+ languages other than English are “home” to primary schoolchildren (SCILT 2025). Second, we aim to transform the Learning for Sustainability agenda by developing a new approach to its implementation. Through our activities in the project, we want to ensure that, indeed, every child has the right, capacity and means to engage with resources that take into account their human needs, as well as the needs of their natural environments in the school community.
To deliver on these goals, through our project we redesign school spaces: we build on principles of permaculture which is our theoretical, practical and ethical framework (Holmgren 2002), and we engage the whole school community to redesign their spaces that enable children to learn about and with nature. We turn to permaculture because it provides us with an alternative approach that brings together humans and non-human resources. Permaculture enables children and their school communities to create new resources, to recognise their abundant cultural and language knowledges and to deploy these in a way that restores what nature and humans need in those spaces.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We chose a non-extractive arts-based participatory methodology (Seppälä, Sarantou & Miettinen 2021; Kindon, Pain & Kesby 2010) because it enables the research team and the children to gather knowledge with the goal of returning this knowledge to the schools to implement our findings into the redesigns of the schoolgrounds. We are using arts-based participatory methods as a way to explore creatively the ways in which children connect to nature and their own knowledge resources, and we redeploy this knowledge into concrete transformations of their spaces. As we are in Year 1 of the project, we will share how we engaged children in the process of observing and analysing their natural and human resources. These are the first two stages in the process of permaculture design. No new reconfiguration of human-non-human resources can take place without a deep understanding of what we already have/don’t have in place. To conduct observation and analysis, we have developed arts-based activities such as “You are what you eat” and PASTE (Plants, Animals, Structures, Tech/Tools, Events). These activities focus children’s attention on key resources that they are familiar with and on the potential of new resources that they would like to deploy in their redesigned school spaces. Through drawing, personal and group cataloguing and site exploration, children were able to map out, reflect and identify language resources through which they make sense of their experiences, activate and learn new knowledge about plants and the natural habitats around schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show that children enjoy the sense of strong agency that they are able to deploy through these activities. The focus on natural resources through children’s multilingual knowledge gives them the opportunity to share their home languages and the impetus to explore new languages to express their ideas. The activities prompt incursions into children’s identities, as much as journeys into their immediate worlds. During the presentation, we will share the major themes emerging from the implementation of our activities, and multimodal artifacts created by the children in response to our prompts. These findings will inform the next stage of permaculture design when children will decide how to transform their schoolgrounds. The presentation will offer educators, teachers and researchers a new approach to sustainable multilingual education in the primary context which is adaptable and transferrable to other learning contexts. It will also be a provocation for the audience to begin and explore other angles to respond to current crises and to reflect on their own human and environmental connections. References Braun, V. & Clark, V. (2021b). Thematic Analysis. In Lyons, E., & Coyle, A. (Eds.) Analyzing Qualitative Data in Psychology (3rd Edition), 128-147. SAGE Publications Ltd. Hawhee, D. (2023). A Sense of Urgency: How the Climate Crisis is Changing Rhetoric. Chicago: The Chicago University Press. Holmgren, D. (2002). Permaculture: Principles and Pathways beyond Sustainability. Hepburn: Victoria Melliodora Publishing. Kindon, S.L., Pain, R. and Kesby, M. (2010). Participatory action research approaches and methods: Connecting people, participation and place. London: Routledge. Li, W. (2011). Moment Analysis and Translanguaging Space: Discursive Construction of Identities by Multilingual Chinese Youth in Britain. Journal of Pragmatics: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Language Studies, 43(5), 1222. Scilt.org.uk. (2025). Statistics on languages in Scotland. [online] Available at: https://scilt.org.uk/Research/StatisticsonlanguagesinScotland/tabid/2914/Default.aspx. Seppälä, T., Sarantou, M., & Miettinen, S. (Eds.). (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonising Participatory Research (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003053408 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 03 A: Language Skills, Literacies, Feedback Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Mohini Gupta Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Misaligned Literacies: A Linguistic Comparison of Romanian Textbooks and PISA Reading Assessments West University of Timisoara, Romania Presenting Author:The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) has become a globally recognized diagnostic tool for evaluating educational excellence, capturing significant media attention and serving as a benchmark for the performance of education systems across participating countries (Grey & Morris, 2018). While its impact is widely acknowledged, research has raised concerns about its alignment with national curricula, particularly in systems emphasizing literary heritage over functional literacy, as PISA tests do not always reflect the skills prioritized in school systems (Takayama, 2020). Additionally, PISA test structures often do not align with ministerial-approved teaching materials, creating disparities in student preparedness (Anagnostopoulou et al., 2013; Castello, 2008). Overemphasis on PISA rankings may also overshadow national educational priorities, potentially limiting students' broader development (Singer & Braun, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A comparative linguistic analysis was conducted using two datasets (i.e., ROLAT8 and PISA-READ) to systematically assess the divergence between Romanian teaching materials and PISA reading literacy tests. The first dataset, the ROLAT8 Corpus, comprises 257018 tokens extracted from three eighth-grade Romanian language and literature textbooks officially approved by the Romanian Ministry of Education. The second dataset, the PISA-READ Corpus, consists of publicly available PISA reading literacy test materials, including items from the PISA 2018 Released Field Trial and Main Survey New Reading Items in English and Romanian. Using #LancsBox X (Brezina & Platt, 2023) and Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al., 2014), the study examined lexical diversity, text complexity, and genre representation across both corpora. Additionally, reading comprehension exercises in Romanian textbooks were compared with the question types and assessment criteria used in PISA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings reveal a fundamental mismatch between Romanian eighth-grade textbooks and PISA reading literacy tests. While PISA prioritizes integrating multiple sources (26%), reflecting on content and form (19%), detecting textual conflicts (15%), and assessing credibility (7%), Romanian textbooks overwhelmingly emphasize literary interpretation and aesthetic appreciation. With 74% of all assigned readings classified as narrative, drama, or lyrical texts, Romanian students engage primarily in abstract literary analysis rather than argumentative reasoning or information processing. Linguistic analysis of ROLAT8 shows that textbook reading tasks focus on literary theory concepts, requiring students to analyze symbolism, metaphors, and poetic structures rather than evaluating arguments or verifying sources. In contrast, PISA-READ texts employ complex syntactic structures, discourse markers, and fact-based argumentation, essential for critical reading. The absence of journalistic, scientific, and digital texts in Romanian materials limits students’ exposure to real-world informational complexity (Spencer et al., 2019). This likely contributes to Romania’s low PISA reading literacy scores, as students trained in abstract literary interpretation struggle with pragmatic reading tasks. The study introduces a replicable, corpus-based comparative method for evaluating curriculum-exam alignment. By combining quantitative text analysis with qualitative genre evaluation, this approach can be applied in other national contexts to guide policy reforms that bridge the gap between national curricula and global literacy standards. References Anagnostopoulou, K., Hatzinikita, V., Christidou, V., & Dimopoulos, K. (2013). PISA Test Items and School-Based Examinations in Greece. International Journal of Science Education, 35(4), 636-662. Borș, O. (2022). Hybrid teaching approach at Romanian Language and Literature in PISA 2018, Romania. Revista de Științe ale Educației, 45(1), 40-50. Brezina, V., & Platt, W. (2023). #LancsBox X [Software]. Lancaster University. http://lancsbox.lancs.ac.uk Castello, E. (2008). Text complexity and reading comprehension tests (Vol. 85). Peter Lang. Chitez, M., & Rogobete, R. (2024). Universalitatea testelor PISA și paradoxul materialelor didactice: un studiu lingvistic al testelor PISA pentru lectură folosite în România. Conference Paper, CERED - National Conference for Research in Education, 3-5 October 2024, Oradea, Romania. Grey, S., & Morris, P. (2018). PISA: Multiple ‘truths’ and mediatized global governance. Comparative Education, 54(2), 109-131. Halliday, M. A. K., & Hasan, R. (1989). Language, context, and text: Aspects of language in a social-semiotic perspective. Oxford University Press. Kilgarriff, A., Baisa, V., Bušta, J., Jakubíček, M., Kovář, V., Michelfeit, J., Rychlý, P., & Suchomel, V. (2014). The Sketch Engine: Ten years on. Lexicography, 1(1), 7-36. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40607-014-0009-9 Martin, J. R. (1992). English text: System and structure. John Benjamins. Mihăilescu, A., & Sarivan, L. (2020). Learning from PISA experiences: Reading tasks to explore biased information. Journal of Pedagogy, 2, 165-180. Motoi, G. (2018). Using Performance Indicators to Design the Outlook on Quality and Efficiency of Education Systems. Revista de Științe Politice, 60, 68-75. Schleicher, A. (1999). Measuring Student Knowledge and Skills: A New Framework for Assessment. Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development, Paris, France. Singer, J. D., & Braun, H. I. (2018). Testing international education assessments. Science, 360(6384), 38-40. Spencer, M., Gilmour, A. F., Miller, A. C., Emerson, A. M., Saha, N. M., & Cutting, L. E. (2019). Understanding the influence of text complexity and question type on reading outcomes. Reading and writing, 32, 603-637. Tağa, T. (2023). What does PISA Assess in Reading Literacy? Misconceptions and Misuses. International Journal of Education and Literacy Studies, 11(4), 57-67. Takayama, K. (2020). How to mess with PISA: Learning from Japanese kokugo curriculum experts. In Critical Studies of Education in Asia (pp. 82-99). Routledge. Zhao, Y. (2020). Two decades of havoc: A synthesis of criticism against PISA. Journal of Educational Change, 21, 245–266. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09367-x 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Knowing, Feeling, and Acting on Feedback: How Source and Language Shape Student Reactions in Higher Education Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:Feedback may be experienced as noticeably more emotional in a learner’s first language (L1) than in a second or foreign language (L2). This, according to Barrett’s (2017) Theory of Constructed Emotion, is due to emotions being constructed through prior experiences, bodily sensations, and language. In other words, L1 is typically acquired in emotionally rich contexts, whereas L2 is often learned in more neutral classroom settings, resulting in differences in emotional embodiment and lexicon (Dylman & Bjärtå, 2019; Sianipar et al., 2015; Tang & Ding, 2024). These differences can influence the ability to interpret, regulate, and act on feedback. The increasing presence of AI in European higher education is reshaping long-established pedagogical practices, including how feedback on student writing is generated, delivered and interpreted. While written feedback has long been recognized as central to learning (Krogstad Svanes & Skagen, 2017; Lyster, 2015; Morris et al., 2021), today, feedback is provided not only by human teachers or students but also by AI systems. The role of student agency in navigating this shift raises new questions about their trust, emotions, and willingness to engage with and act on feedback. Research shows that emotions play a crucial role in shaping the cognitive and motivational dimensions of learning (Dewaele & MacIntyre, 2014), and that feedback can either support or undermine learning depending on the emotions it evokes (Hattie & Timperley, 2017; Kralova et al., 2025; Pekrun et al., 2023). Work on written corrective feedback demonstrates that learners’ emotional and motivational engagement mediates whether feedback is taken up and acted upon (Cengiz et al., 2025; Zhang& Hyland, 2018). The present study is guided by the following research questions: 1) How do university students perceive written feedback depending on its source (human teacher vs. AI system) and language (L1 vs. L2)? 2) How do these perceptions shape students’ affective responses, trust, and engagement with feedback? The study adopts a sociocultural theoretical framework, drawing on Vygotsky’s (1978) concept of mediation and the Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD). From this perspective, feedback functions as a mediational tool that supports learning by guiding students’ attention, emotions, and actions. However, rather than treating feedback as a neutral instructional input, in this study, (1) how the perceived source of feedback, and (2) the language in which it is delivered, are treated as active contributors to students’ meaning-making and emotional engagement. Using experimental methods with fully between-subject’s design, university students with Swedish as L1 and English as L2 read a number of formative feedback samples, produced either by a human teacher or by AI and written in L1 or L2, in a 2x2 fashion. Participants’ affective reactions are measured on 10-point Likert-scales assessing anxiety, confidence, pride, anger, engagement, and trustworthiness. Background information on language use, proficiency, and education is collected to allow meaningful interpretation. A prior validation test with Swedish-speaking university instructors ensured that feedback samples, originally written in English and translated into Swedish, were linguistically natural and pedagogically authentic. The findings will show whether or not feedback is a neutral pedagogical input or an affectively charged interaction, shaped by students’ language backgrounds and assumptions about authorship. Based on the literature showing differences in emotional reactivity between L1 and L2, we hypothesize that L1 feedback will elicit more affective responses. Perceptions of whether feedback was human- or AI- generated are expected to further influence trust, engagement, and willingness to act. These insights contribute to European and international discussions on AI-mediated feedback and multilingualism. It demonstrates how distributed agency, emotions, and language shape students’ knowing and acting on feedback, with implications for theory and design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory study employs a fully between-subjects experimental design grounded in sociocultural theory to explore how university students perceive written feedback depending on its source (human vs. AI) and language (L1 vs. L2). The design is grounded in sociocultural theory and Vygotsky’s (1978) notion of the zone of proximal development, viewing feedback as a mediational tool that supports students’ cognitive and emotional engagement with writing tasks. Specifically, we will investigate the effect of language (L1 vs. L2) and feedback source (human vs. AI) on affective measures such as emotionality, engagement, trustworthiness and perceived competence. Participants are university students, with Swedish as L1 and English as L2 learned later in life through schooling, daily use, or both. A two-tiered sampling approach is used: eligibility is verified through instructions, and background variables are collected after exposure to feedback samples to avoid priming effects. Participants who do not meet the criteria are excluded from analysis. The experimental procedure consists of three stages. First, the participants are randomly assigned to one of four experimental groups defined by a 2 × 2 factorial design: feedback source (human vs. AI) and feedback language (L1 Swedish vs. L2 English). Within each group, participants read a number of formative feedback samples that are consistent in both source and language. This approach increases reliability by allowing multiple observations per participant while minimizing carry-over effects related to source or language contrast. Second, participants respond to Likert-scale statements assessing their affective reactions, engagement, and perceptions of trustworthiness related to the feedback. Such statements include: “This feedback made me feel proud of my work”, “This feedback inspired me to reflect on my writing”, and “This feedback feels fair”. Third, participants complete background questions concerning age, gender, language acquisition history, self-reported language proficiency, frequency of language use, and dominant language(s). Prior to the experiment, a validation test was conducted to ensure the Swedish translations of the feedback samples were natural and authentic. Six formative feedback samples were evaluated by Swedish-speaking colleagues. Participants rated each sample’s tone (positive, neutral, negative), and the naturalness and authenticity of the Swedish language. Aggregated results from this validation informed the selection and refinement of the final feedback samples used in this study. The data from the experiment will be analysed using two-way between-subject’s ANOVA with the factor’s language (L1 vs. L2) and feedback source (human vs. AI), and the dependent variables emotionality, engagement, trustworthiness, and perceived competence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As AI becomes increasingly embedded in educational practices, feedback is no longer solely a human-to-human interaction but a mediated form of communication whose source and language may not always be transparent or neutral. By focusing on affective and trust-related dimensions, the study highlights that feedback is not only cognitive input but also an emotionally charged experience. Reactions such as anxiety, confidence, pride, or demotivation influence whether students engage with feedback or disengage from it altogether. Based on previous research, we expect feedback written in participants’ second language (L2, English) to elicit higher reported cognitive and emotional load, including greater anxiety and uncertainty, compared to feedback in their first language (L1, Swedish) (Barett, 2017; Dylman & Bjärtå, 2019; Sianipar et al., 2015). Similarly, consistent with findings on trust in AI-mediated educational tools, we hypothesize that feedback perceived as AI-generated will be rated less trustworthy and may lead to lower willingness to act on the suggestions, compared to feedback believed to be written by a human teacher (Hattie & Timperly, 2017; Kralova et al., 2025). Interaction effects between source and language are also expected, such that L2 feedback attributed to AI may produce the highest cognitive and emotional load. Methodologically, this study underscores the importance of linguistically and emotionally validating feedback prior to experimental use, particularly in multilingual and AI-mediated contexts. Conceptually, it moves beyond simplistic “human vs. AI” debates, highlighting how students’ knowing and acting are shaped by distributed agency, emotional resonance, and linguistic realities. Overall, these outcomes aim to provide specific insights into how feedback source and language interact to shape emotional responses, trust, and engagement in higher education. Such findings can inform instructional design, helping educators create feedback that is both cognitively effective and emotionally supportive across multilingual and AI-mediated contexts. References Barrett, L. F. (2017). The theory of constructed emotion: An active inference account of interoception and categorization. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 12(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1093/scan/nsw154 Cengiz, B. C., Bilki, Z., Ataş, A. H., & Celik, B. (2025). Exploring second language writers’ engagement with ChatGPT feedback: Revision behaviors and perceptions. System, 134, 103837. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2025.103837 Dewaele, J.-M., & MacIntyre, P. D. (2014). The two faces of Janus? Anxiety and enjoyment in the foreign language classroom. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 4(2), 237–274. Dylman, A. S., & Bjärtå, A. (2019). When your heart is in your mouth: The effect of second language use on negative emotions. Cognition and Emotion, 33(6), 1284–1290. https://doi.org/10.1080/02699931.2018.1540403 Han, J., & Li, M. (2024). Exploring ChatGPT-supported teacher feedback in the EFL context. System, 126, 103502. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2024.103502 Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2017). The Power of Feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 Kralova, Z., Takeuchi, O., Kabayama, M., & Kamenicka, J. (2025). English classroom emotions across different cultures. The Journal of Teaching English for Specific and Academic Purposes, 13(1), 89–100. https://doi.org/10.22190/JTESAP250104008K Krogstad Svanes, I., & Skagen, K. (2017). Connecting feedback, classroom research and Didaktik perspectives. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), 334–351. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1140810 Lyster, R. (2015). The Relative Effectiveness of Corrective Feedback in Classroom Interaction. In N. Markee (ed.) The handbook of classroom discourse and interaction (pp. 213-228). John Wiley. Morris, R., Perry, T., & Wardle, L. (2021). Formative assessment and feedback for learning in higher education: A systematic review. Review of Education, 9(3), e3292. Pekrun, R., Marsh, H. W., Elliot, A. J., Stockinger, K., Perry, R. P., Vogl, E., Goetz, T., van Tilburg, W. A. P., Lüdtke, O., & Vispoel, W. P. (2023). A three-dimensional taxonomy of achievement emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 124(1), 145–178. https://doi.org/10.1037/pspp0000448 Sianipar, A., Middelburg, R., & Dijkstra, T. (2015). When feelings arise with meanings: How emotion and meaning of a native language affect second language processing in adult learners. PloS One, 10(12), e0144576–e0144576. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0144576 Tang, E., & Ding, H. (2024). Emotion effects in second language processing: Evidence from eye movements in natural sentence reading. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 27(3), 460–479. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1366728923000718 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Zhang, Z., & Hyland, K. (2018). Student engagement with teacher and automated feedback on L2 writing. Assessing Writing, 36, 90–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2018.02.004 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Language Skills, School Context, and Critical Thinking in Portuguese Upper Secondary Education: A Sociological Analysis of Public School Data 1: Universidade Lusófona, Portugal; 2: Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Critical thinking has been widely recognised as a key competence for the twenty-first century, occupying a central position in contemporary debates on the quality, equity and social relevance of education. International organisations and educational research have consistently emphasised its importance for academic achievement, informed decision-making, social participation and employability. Despite this broad consensus, empirical evidence indicates that students’ levels of critical thinking remain generally limited, including in upper secondary education (Halpern, 2014; OECD, 2018). This paper is developed within the framework of the LINKING project, which adopts an interdisciplinary approach combining education and cognitive neuroscience to investigate the relationship between language competencies and critical thinking. The present contribution focuses specifically on the analysis of questionnaire data collected from students attending public upper secondary schools. Its main objective is to examine how mother tongue competences, school practices and educational contexts are associated with the development of critical thinking, from a sociologically informed perspective. The theoretical framework integrates contributions from the sociology of education with perspectives from cognitive psychology and language sciences. Since Vygotsky’s foundational work, the relationship between language and thought has been conceptualized as a socially mediated process, in which language operates as a central cultural and cognitive tool shaping higher-order thinking (Vygotsky, 1962). More recent research has explored this relationship mainly in second language learning contexts, particularly in higher education, highlighting the role of language proficiency in students’ performance on critical thinking tasks. Importantly, these studies have questioned culturalist explanations opposing “Western” and “Asian” learners, suggesting instead that linguistic constraints may function as structural barriers to the expression and development of critical thinking (Lun et al., 2010; Paton, 2005). In contrast, research addressing mother tongue contexts in secondary education remains comparatively scarce. Existing studies tend to focus on measuring critical thinking levels, identifying correlations with variables such as academic achievement or motivation, or assessing the impact of specific pedagogical interventions. Considerably less attention has been paid to the articulation between writing practices, everyday school experiences and students’ dispositions towards critical thinking, particularly from a sociological perspective that takes institutional arrangements, curricular orientations and educational inequalities into account (Arum & Roksa, 2011). This paper presents preliminary findings from the analysis of questionnaire data collected from a sample of 59 students attending public schools in the Lisbon metropolitan area. The questionnaire gathered information on students’ sociodemographic characteristics, school trajectories, reading and writing practices, perceptions of mother tongue teaching, attitudes towards cognitively demanding tasks, and self-assessed critical thinking competences. The analysis explores patterns of association between these dimensions, aiming to identify both individual and contextual factors that shape the development of critical thinking within school settings. The findings are discussed in relation to Portuguese educational policies and curricular guidelines for upper secondary education, highlighting the role of the mother tongue as a privileged curricular space for the development of higher-order cognitive skills. By combining empirical evidence with an interdisciplinary and sociologically grounded approach, this paper contributes to European debates on key competences and underscores the importance of context-sensitive strategies for fostering critical thinking in secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a quantitative methodological design, embedded within a broader mixed-methods research framework developed as part of the LINKING project. While the overall project integrates educational, cognitive and neuroscientific data, the present paper focuses exclusively on the questionnaire component, enabling a sociologically informed analysis of the relationships between language competences and critical thinking in upper secondary school contexts. The sample consists of 59 students enrolled in public upper secondary schools in the Lisbon metropolitan area. Participant selection followed the criteria of school diversity and representation across grade levels in upper secondary education to capture a range of educational trajectories and school experiences. Data were collected through a structured questionnaire organized into five thematic sections: (i) sociodemographic and educational characteristics; (ii) reading and writing practices in school and out-of-school contexts; (iii) perceptions of mother tongue teaching and associated pedagogical practices; (iv) attitudes towards cognitively demanding tasks; and (v) self-assessed competences related to critical thinking, including analysis, argumentation, problem-solving and decision-making (Halpern, 2014; Reid & Chin, 2021). Data analysis involves descriptive and inferential statistical procedures. In a first stage, the sample was characterised and the distribution of key variables examined. In a second stage, associations between self-reported language competences, writing practices and indicators of critical thinking were explored using correlational analyses and multivariate models. These analytical procedures enable the identification of patterns linking individual characteristics and school-related factors while controlling for sociodemographic variables. The analysis is guided by a conceptual framework grounded in the sociology of education, emphasising the role of institutional conditions, pedagogical practices and social background inequalities in shaping students’ opportunities to develop critical thinking (Arum & Roksa, 2011; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977). This framework enables an interpretation of the findings that moves beyond an individualistic understanding of competence development, situating cognitive outcomes within broader social and educational structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reinforce the central role of mother tongue competences in the development of critical thinking in upper secondary education, highlighting the importance of writing practices and school experiences associated with language learning. The analysis of questionnaire data suggests that critical thinking should not be understood solely as an individual cognitive attribute, but rather as a competence shaped by specific pedagogical, curricular and social contexts. From a sociological perspective, the results point to the relevance of institutional arrangements and everyday school practices in creating differentiated opportunities for the development of higher-order thinking. The paper, therefore, emphasises the need for educational policies and school practices that recognise the mother tongue curriculum as a privileged space for fostering critical thinking, contributing to a more equitable and socially meaningful education. References Facione, P. A. (1990). Critical thinking: A statement of expert consensus for purposes of educational assessment and instruction. American Philosophical Association. Liang, J. C., & Fung, D. (2021). Critical thinking and language proficiency in secondary education. Arum, R., & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically adrift: Limited learning on college campuses. University of Chicago Press. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Dantas, L. A., et al. (2021, 2022, 2024). Studies on critical thinking and mother tongue curricula and performance in Portuguese‑speaking countries. Halpern, D. F. (2014). Thought and knowledge: An introduction to critical thinking (5th ed.). Psychology Press. Lun, V. M. C., et al. (2010). Language proficiency and critical thinking performance of Asian and Western students. OECD. (2018). OECD skills outlook; The future of education and skills 2030. OECD Publishing. Paton, M. (2005). Is critical analysis foreign to Chinese students? In E. Manalo & G. Wong-Toi (Eds.), Communication skills in university education: The international dimension (pp. 1–11). Pearson Education New Zealand. Reid, J., & Chin, J. (2021). Assessing critical thinking in secondary education: Challenges and possibilities. Educational Research Review, 34, 100401. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100401 Vygotsky, L. S. (2012). Thought and Language [revised and expanded edition.MIT Press 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Ignite Talk Advancing High School EFL Students’ Writing Abilities through Artificial Intelligence and the Process Writing Method NIS Taraz, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Context of the Study: This study focuses on High School EFL students in Kazakhstan, where English is considered a third or fourth language. In Kazakhstan, students typically learn Kazakh and Russian as their primary languages, with English being introduced later in their education. This multilingual context presents unique challenges for students in mastering English writing skills. The integration of AI tools and the process writing approach aims to address these challenges by providing tailored support and fostering a deeper understanding of the writing process. The integration of AI tools and the process writing approach is not limited to Kazakhstan but is part of a broader trend in educational practices worldwide. In Europe, AI tools are increasingly being used to enhance teaching and learning experiences. For example, the European School Education Platform highlights the transformative potential of AI in education, emphasizing its role in creating engaging and interactive learning environments (European School Education Platform, 2024). AI tools are being utilized to provide personalized feedback, support language learning, and develop digital competencies among students (European School Education Platform, 2024). Topic: Enhancing High School EFL Students' Writing Skills through AI and Process Writing Approach Research Questions:
Objective: The primary objective of this research is to investigate the effectiveness of integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) tools and the process writing approach in enhancing the writing skills of High School EFL students. This study aims to determine whether these methods can significantly improve students' writing proficiency, thereby preparing them for higher academic and professional demands. Theoretical Framework: This research is grounded in the theoretical frameworks of constructivism and socio-cognitive theory. Constructivism posits that learners construct knowledge through experiences and reflections, making the learning process active and dynamic (McLeod, 2024). The socio-cognitive theory emphasizes the role of social interactions and cognitive processes in learning (Nickerson, 2024). By integrating AI tools and the process writing approach, this study aims to create an interactive and reflective learning environment that fosters students' writing development. The integration of AI tools in education is also gaining momentum globally. European educational institutions are at the forefront of incorporating AI to enhance teaching and learning experiences. AI tools are being used to provide personalized feedback, support language learning, and develop digital competencies (European School Education Platform, 2024). This aligns with the constructivist and socio-cognitive frameworks by creating interactive and reflective learning environments that cater to individual student needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: This study used a mixed-methods approach to examine the impact of AI tools and the process writing approach on students' writing proficiency. Seventy high school EFL (English as a Foreign Language) students from diverse backgrounds participated over one academic year. The students were divided into an experimental group, which used AI tools and process writing, and a control group, which followed traditional writing instruction. This design allowed for a comparison of the two instructional methods. Data Collection: Quantitative data were gathered through pre-tests and post-tests to measure changes in students' writing proficiency, including grammar, coherence, and overall quality. This provided measurable evidence of the effects of the interventions. In addition, qualitative data were collected through student interviews, focus groups, and classroom observations to gain insights into their experiences with the AI tools and process writing approach. These methods allowed students to express their perceptions of the writing process and tools, while observations captured how they engaged with the interventions in real-time. Throughout the academic year, students completed eight writing assignments. These papers served as additional data points for assessing writing progress and comparing the development of students in the experimental and control groups. The prompts for these assignments were developed based on the CEFR (Common European Framework of Reference for Languages) exam papers to ensure they were aligned with standardized writing assessment criteria. This allowed for a consistent and reliable assessment of writing proficiency across all students, based on internationally recognized standards. Data Analysis: Quantitative data from the pre- and post-tests were analyzed using statistical methods such as t-tests or ANOVA to identify any significant differences between the groups. This helped assess the effectiveness of the AI tools and process writing approach. Qualitative data from interviews, focus groups, and observations were analyzed thematically, identifying patterns in students’ experiences and attitudes towards the interventions. By combining both quantitative and qualitative data, this study provided a comprehensive understanding of how AI tools and the process writing approach impacted writing development in high school students. The results offered valuable insights for educators looking to improve writing instruction through innovative methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes By integrating AI tools and the process writing approach, the study demonstrated that students showed significant improvements in their writing proficiency. The research provided evidence that these methods successfully bridged the gap between students' existing writing skills and the high standards required by European and international benchmarks. Ultimately, the findings confirmed that students’ academic performance was enhanced and that they were better prepared for subsequent academic and professional challenges. Conclusion This research contributed valuable insights into the effectiveness of innovative teaching methods in improving writing skills. By aligning educational practices with European standards and leveraging advanced technologies, NIS delivered a world-class education that equipped students with the skills they needed to succeed in a globalized world. References Bandura, A. (1986). Social Foundations of Thought and Action: A Social Cognitive Theory. Prentice-Hall. European School Education Platform. (2024). AI in education. Retrieved from https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/learn/courses/ai-education European School Education Platform. (2024). AI for teaching and learning. Retrieved from https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/discover/news/ai-teaching-and-learning Flower, L., & Hayes, J. R. (1981). A Cognitive Process Theory of Writing. College Composition and Communication, 32(4), 365-387. McLeod, S. (2024). Constructivism Learning Theory & Philosophy of Education. Simply Psychology. Retrieved from https://www.simplypsychology.org/constructivism.html Nickerson, C. (2024). Albert Bandura’s Social Cognitive Theory. Simply Psychology. Retrieved from https://www.simplypsychology.org/social-cognitive-theory.html Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 03 B JS: Language, AI & Assessment - Joint session (NW 31 and Nw 09) Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Alan Huang Joint Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Assessing Authentic Language Production in the Age of AI Writing Tools in IB English B HL. Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Proposal Information (461) Recent developments in generative AI writing tools are radically changing how second language learners prepare, write and revise their texts. More specifically, in EFL, they are able to quickly refine grammar, structure and clear expression of meaning by producing instant personalised feedback and automatic suggestions (Dong, 2023). But this help introduces a new assessment challenge: in other words, if AI helps shape most of the final text, does that text still embody the learner's own language proficiency? This conflict is especially salient in high stakes international arenas like IB English B HL where the aim of assessment is to reflect independent communicative competence and real voice. Studies with EFL students suggest that, though AI-assisted assessment can counter linguistic uncertainty and enhance overall quality, over-reliance may result in over-harmonisation of texts and a loss of culturally situated individual expression (Werdiningsih, Marzuki & Rusdin, 2024). Even students have stressed the importance of mixing AI guidance with their own judgment to keep the originality and authenticity (Werdiningsih et al., 2024). From a language assessment standpoint, generative AI undermines fundamental notions of validity, fairness and reliability. In a recent systematic review, it has been reported the risks of bias, inequality of access, and unequal impact along large-scale, local and classroom levels of assessment if AI is introduced without scrutiny (Chuang & Yan, 2025). Simultaneously academic integrity frameworks currently do not effectively classify and regulate the multitude of AI-based writing tools currently accessible in education, leading to a potential grey area as opposed to evident instances of violation (Roe, Renandya & Jacobs, 2023). Instead of treating AI as a threat to humans alone, a range of researchers advocate for a participatory, human-AI model, in which teachers are at the heart as interpreters, guides and ethical gatekeepers of evaluation (Amin, 2023). This raises the question of what constitutes “authentic” writing within digitally mediated settings. This study therefore asks: In what way does the deployment of AI software tools challenge the authenticity of language writing assessment within IB English B HL, and how assessment could change in order to maintain relevance and legitimacy on international stage? The study is grounded on sociocultural theory of mediated learning, which sees AI as a medium that enhances but also redistributes cognitive efforts. For this reason, authenticity is defined as a state of learner choice in how and when AI is offered input rather than one that reflects a lack of tools. For that, in IB classes — a place in which students have different linguistic resources — preserving voice becomes even more crucial (Werdiningsih et al., 2024). Through examining AI mediation in novel ways beyond the framework of AI vs. no-AI writing, the project endeavours to provide an applicable evidence for assessment policy and practice in generative AI era (Chuang & Yan, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology (193) A mixed-methods classroom study consisted of two study groups. Under 3 conditions, students completed similar writing tasks: No AI support. AI employed for revision and for feedback purposes only. Unrestricted AI assistance. Texts, drafts and histories of revisions were collected in order to trace the use of AI suggestions. The comparative linguistic analyses showed the gains in accuracy and complexity that AI feedback (Dong, 2023) typically drives, and the negative differences of individual-sounding voice that can deteriorate under heavy AI mediation (Werdiningsih et al., 2024). Students were required to write reflective comments on their decisions regarding accepting and rejecting AI suggestions, thus encouraging a critical AI literacy developed in recent EFL research (Werdiningsih et al., 2024; Amin, 2023). Semi-structured interviews explored perceptions of authenticity and ownership. To assess assessment validity and fairness, teachers scored scripts against IB criteria and then evaluated anonymised or minimally AI-edited versions to find out how slick AI-mediated form affects judgment (Chuang & Yan, 2025). Study groups comparisons may alleviate concerns of inequity in assessment that may arise from not having access to or familiarity with AI tools (Chuang & Yan, 2025; Roe et al., 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion (225) Anticipated findings or results. It is anticipated that the use of AI will lead to considerably enhanced surface accuracy and coherence that support well-reported pedagogical advantages of AI-mediated writing (Dong, 2023; Amin, 2023). Nevertheless, heavy mediation of AI is also likely to be associated with lower levels of indicators of personal voice and culturally inflected expression, consistent with issues of authentic student reports (Werdiningsih et al., 2024). Teacher scores are anticipated to be higher in AI-assisted texts, though part of this gain might depend on refined form as opposed to more profound communicative competence, making it likely that product-only assessment raises questions surrounding validity (Chuang & Yan, 2025). Findings may also disclose inequities associated with different AI access and skill, strengthening demands for more transparent, educative integrity-practice policies as opposed to purely punitive regulations (Roe et al., 2023). The research posits an argument for a shift away from exclusion of AI to the assessment of human–AI interaction as responsible and agentive. Practical implications are incorporating process evidence (drafts and reflections), teaching critical self-reflection on AI feedback in a public way (Amin, 2023; Werdiningsih et al., 2024) and creating clear international standards for ethical use of AI in language assessment (Chuang & Yan, 2025). In this manner, authenticity is redefined as educated, autonomous meaning making in conversation with digital technologies, rather than their total absence. References References: Amin, M. Y. M. (2023). AI and ChatGPT in language teaching: Enhancing EFL classroom support and transforming assessment techniques. Chuang, P.-L., & Yan, X. (2025). Language assessment in the era of generative artificial intelligence: Opportunities, challenges, and future directions. Dong, Y. (2023). Revolutionizing academic English writing through AI-powered pedagogy: Practical exploration of teaching process and assessment. Roe, J., Renandya, W. A., & Jacobs, G. M. (2023). A review of AI-powered writing tools and their implications for academic integrity in the language classroom. Werdiningsih, I., Marzuki, & Rusdin, D. (2024). Balancing AI and authenticity: EFL students’ experiences with ChatGPT in academic writing. Carvalho L., Martinez-Maldonado R., Tsai Y.-S., Markauskaite L., and De Laat M., (2022) How can we design for learning in an AI world?, Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence. He, J. (2020). The impact of AI-powered apps on young learners' language acquisition. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68(3), 1475-1487. Zhang, L., Zhao, D., & Yang, X. (2018). Using chatbots in education: Application scenarios, impacts, and trends. Educational Technology Research and Development, 66(6), 1463- 1488. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Validating AI-Enhanced Criteria-Based Assessment of Pre-Service Language Teachers' Intercultural Communicative Competence: A Human-AI Collaboration Framework for Multilingual Contexts Kazakh Ablai Khan University of International Relations and World Lang, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study addresses the following main research question: to what extent do assessment tools improved by artificial intelligence demonstrate validity and reliability in assessing the intercultural communicative competence of foreign language teachers (ICC) prior to employment, compared with human expert evaluators, and how can human-artificial intelligence collaboration optimize the assessment process in multilingual contexts? Additional research questions are the following: 1. What is the degree of mutual agreement between the assessments of ICC obtained using artificial intelligence and the expert assessments of teachers before starting training using criteria-based headings? 2. Which model of human-artificial intelligence interaction ensures maximum assessment reliability while maintaining the professional freedom of action of the teacher in a multilingual educational context? This research integrates four complementary theoretical frameworks to conceptualize and validate AI-enhanced assessment of ICC in pre-service teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a mixed approach to collect and analyze quantitative and qualitative data simultaneously to verify the results of the ICC assessment using AI. This approach allows for real-time comparison of AI assessments, expert assessments, and teacher opinions, providing comprehensive evidence of validity. The study will involve 100 students studying to become a foreign language teacher from Yesenov University in Aktau, Kazakhstan. Targeted sampling provides a variety of linguistic and cultural experiences. Participants are enrolled in the sixth semester (3rd year of study) of the teacher training program with completed coursework on intercultural communication. Data Collection Instruments Quantitative Strand: ICC Performance Assignments Three real-world intercultural communication scenarios—video-recorded role-plays, written reflective analyses, and asynchronous cross-cultural discussion facilitation—are completed by participants. Byram's five savoirs serve as the basis for task creation, and criteria-based rubrics (1–5 scale spanning 12 descriptors) are used for scoring. AI Assessment Tool: A custom-developed Natural Language Processing (NLP) system merging automated essay scoring for written reflections and multimodal analysis for video performances. Scores produced by the program are in line with the same 12-descriptor criteria that human raters use. Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, Attitude, Digital Literacy, and Behavioral Intention are all measured by this modified TAM test (32 items, 5-point Likert scale). Qualitative Strand: Semi-structured Interviews (n = 30): 45-minute interviews examining opinions regarding the usefulness, fairness, transparency, and influence on professional identity of AI assessments. Think-Aloud Protocols (n=20): Participants discuss how accurate and helpful they believe their AI-generated comments to be. Analysis of Data Quantitative Evaluation: Inter-rater reliability: Weighted Cohen's Kappa coefficients comparing AI-generated scores to consensus scores from three experienced human raters (κ > 0.70 indicates acceptable agreement). Pearson correlations between AI and human aggregate scores are used in correlation analysis. TAM validation: Relationships between Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, Attitude, and Behavioral Intention are tested using structural equation modeling (SEM). Qualitative Analysis: Thematic analysis: NVivo software is used to inductively code interview transcripts and think-aloud protocols in order to find themes pertaining to professional agency, trust, transparency, and justice. Cohen's Kappa is used to evaluate inter-coder reliability (two coders). Integration: Data convergence using side-by-side comparison matrices that show both qualitative themes about perceived validity and quantitative reliability statistics. Ethical Considerations The focus of informed consent is on GDPR compliance, voluntary involvement, and data confidentiality. Participants are still able to examine assessments produced by AI and ask for a human reevaluation. Every piece of information will be saved on encrypted servers using pseudonyms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Two areas of educational research are expected to advance as a result of this study. In the first place, it will offer empirical validation of AI-enhanced assessment for culturally situated competencies, expanding the scope of existing AI assessment research, which mostly concentrates on linguistic accuracy, to the more intricate field of intercultural communicative competence. Second, the study is anticipated to produce a theoretically grounded human-AI collaboration model for teacher education assessment, outlining the best way to divide tasks between human judgment (interpretation of cultural appropriateness, critical awareness) and automated scoring (pattern recognition in linguistic and behavioral indicators). Anticipated results include: 1. Byram's ICC model for AI-enhanced scoring has been operationalized through validated assessment rubrics that are applicable to all teacher education programs. 2. Evidence-based recommendations for the distribution of tasks between humans and AI, outlining which ICC dimensions are better served by automation as opposed to professional judgment. 3. Teacher acceptability is predicted by TAM-validated factors (perceived usefulness > perceived ease of use, moderated by digital literacy). 4. GDPR compliance, explainability standards, and bias prevention for multilingual populations are among the implementation recommendations. References 1 Byram, M. (1997). Teaching and assessing intercultural communicative competence. Multilingual Matters. 2 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. 3 Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319–340. https://doi.org/10.2307/249008 4 Deardorff, D. K. (2006). Identification and assessment of intercultural competence as a student outcome of internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education, 10(3), 241–266. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315306287002 5 European Commission. (2022). Digital Competence Framework for Educators (DigCompEdu). Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/159770 6 Gabon, D. C., et al. (2025). Automated grading of essay using natural language processing: A comparative analysis with human raters across multiple essay types. Journal of Information Systems Engineering and Management, 10(6), Article 700. https://doi.org/10.55267/iadt.07.14700 7 Grand-Guillaume-Perrenoud, J. A., et al. (2023). Mixed methods instrument validation: Evaluation procedures integrating the quality criteria of congruence, convergence, and credibility. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 23(1), Article 22. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12874-022-01811-1 8 Kong, S. C., et al. (2024). Examining teachers' behavioural intention of using generative AI: A modified technology acceptance model. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, Article 100210. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100210 9 Ministry of Digital Development, Innovation and Aerospace Industry of the Republic of Kazakhstan. (2024). Concept for the Development of Artificial Intelligence in the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2024-2029. Government Publishing. 10 Pack, A., et al. (2024). Large language models and automated essay scoring of second language writing. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, Article 100353. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100353 11. Tariq, M., et al. (2024). Evaluating human-AI collaboration: A review and methodological framework. arXiv preprint arXiv:2407.19098. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2407.19098 12 UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. UNESCO Publishing. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000390389 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Reconceptualizing Assessment Competence for Secondary EFL Teachers in the Generative AI Era: A Continuum-Based Framework Beijing Normal University;Chongqing Yuzhong Institute for Teacher Education, PRC Presenting Author:The digital transformation of education, accelerated by the integration of generative AI (GenAI), has fundamentally reshaped language assessment practices. Secondary EFL teachers now face the dual challenge of navigating digitally mediated evaluation while addressing discipline-specific pedagogical, ethical, and technological demands (Cui et al., 2025; UNESCO, 2024). Existing competence frameworks often adopt a fragmented view, focusing either on generic digital literacy or discrete assessment skills, thereby overlooking the integrated and contextual nature of teacher competence in AI-enhanced environments (Estaji et al., 2024). Grounded in the “competence as a continuum” perspective (Blömeke et al., 2015), this study conceptualizes teacher competence as a multidimensional construct spanning dispositions, situation-specific skills, and observable performance. In the GenAI era, this continuum must also encompass emerging competencies—such as prompt design, critical evaluation of AI-generated outputs, and human–AI collaborative feedback—which are not yet systematically represented in language assessment literacy models (Kremmel & Harding, 2020; TALiGAI framework). This study therefore addresses the following research question: How can a continuum-based digital assessment competence framework for secondary EFL teachers be developed and validated to incorporate both established dimensions and AI-responsive capabilities? This study aims to develop and validate an integrated digital assessment competence framework for secondary EFL teachers that aligns with a continuum-based understanding of teacher competence and responds to the evolving demands of GenAI. The framework synthesizes established dimensions of language assessment literacy—such as those identified in empirical models like the Language Assessment Literacy Survey (Kremmel & Harding, 2020)—with forward-looking, AI-integrated competencies highlighted in recent scoping reviews (e.g., knowledge of AI ethics, critical appraisal of AI outputs, adaptive pedagogical practices). It intends to provide a structured, discipline-sensitive tool to guide teacher professional development, curriculum design, and reflective assessment practice in digitally enhanced language learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a sequential mixed-methods design comprising three phases, informed by instrument-development approaches in language assessment literacy research (Kremmel & Harding, 2020): Systematic analysis of existing assessment literacy frameworks(e.g., DC4LT, TALiGAI) and digital competence frameworks (e.g., DigCompEdu, China’s Teacher Digital Literacy standards) and empirical literature on GenAI in education to derive an initial set of competency dimensions. In-depth behavioral event interviews with 30 secondary EFL teachers to contextualize and enrich the framework based on real-world instructional experiences, challenges, and adaptive strategies in AI-enhanced assessment. An iterative Delphi process involving 15 experts in language assessment, digital pedagogy, and EFL teacher education to refine, consolidate, and validate the framework for disciplinary relevance, practical applicability, and alignment with continuum-based competence theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will yield a validated, multidimensional competence framework organized along five interrelated dimensions—Digital Assessment Cognition, Attitude, Skill, Behavior, and Ethics—each conceptualized as part of a dynamic continuum from dispositional traits to situated performance. The framework will explicitly integrate AI-related competencies as cross-cutting components across these dimensions, reflecting the need for teachers to engage critically and creatively with GenAI in assessment contexts (e.g., designing authentic tasks, ensuring academic integrity, fostering student AI literacy). By synthesizing continuum theory (Blömeke et al., 2015) with empirically grounded dimensions of language assessment literacy and insights from the TALiGAI framework, this study offers a robust foundation for EFL teacher education, professional development programs, and the promotion of ethically informed, technologically adaptive assessment practices in the age of AI. References Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223 (1), 3–13. Cui Y, Meng Y, Tang L. Reconsidering teacher assessment literacy in GenAI-enhanced environments: A scoping review[J]. Teaching and Teacher Education, 2025, 165: 105163. Estaji, M., Banitalebi, Z., & Brown, G. T. (2024). The key competencies and components of teacher assessment literacy in digital environments: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 141, 104497. Kremmel, B., & Harding, L. (2020). Towards a comprehensive, empirical model of language assessment literacy across stakeholder groups: Developing the Language Assessment Literacy Survey. Language Assessment Quarterly, 17(1), 100–120. UNESCO. (2024). AI Competency Framework for Teachers. UNESCO Publishing. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 03 A: Organised Settings, Policy and Multi-Layered Governance in Democratic Citizenship Education Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Leif Kalev Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium Organised Settings, Policy and Multi-Layered Governance in Democratic Citizenship Education We live in difficult times. Knowing and Acting becomes a complicated relationship, where political repression globally is on the rise, people are threatened, when expressing their democratic opinions or when they try to protect their neighbours. In times of fascism rising, in times of socio-political polarization, ecological crisis, and rapid technological transformation, this symposia trilogy brings together scholars to reflect on the potentials of knowing and acting in the setting of education for democracy, democracy learning and democratic experience as well as cultural democracy. In our triple symposia, democracy and organisational democracy is understood as an embodied, contested, and continuously unfolding social practice (Butler 2015; Dewey 1916; hooks 1994; Negt 1971, 2004; Papadopoulos 2013) integrating knowing and acting. Emphasizing becoming over being means that actors like youth, educators, policymakers, and researchers, participate in democratic becoming, co-produce knowledge and transform educational settings and institutions into a space of resistance, possibility, and hope. Like this, our symposia trilogy intends to reimagine how democracy can be cultivated as a lived, relational, and continuously evolving practice—one that actively shapes the complex challenges of our era. Centered on the concept of democracy-as-becoming, the contributions explore how the organization of education can function both as a site and a process for co-creating democratic futures. Drawing from the three Horizon Europe sister projects—AECED, CCLAB and DEMOCRAT—the triple symposia examine and analyse how democracy-as-becoming can be analysed, understood and fostered across institutional levels. Examining how citizenship education is organized and provided, the governance structures and national curricula to school and classroom practices are discussed and the multiple relationships between knowing and Acting will be reflected here: As described in the special call of organisational education, we will ask, whether we identify the relational patterns outlined there: Is knowing and acting in a productive relation in the organisational settings and institutional strategies, we try to open and support culture change? In which way organisations and governance shape and organize the potential transformation by democratic approaches and citizenship education? The papers of the first symposium reflect on the contextual embeddings, on the ways, how organisations, regional networks and multilayer governance systems refer to the intention to live democratically and educate towards democracy-as-becoming. This first symposium reflects on the ways of learning in, of and between organization becoming relevant here. We ask: Is knowing and acting in a productive relation in the organisational settings and institutional strategies, we try to open and support culture change? In which way organisations and governance shape and organize the potential transformation by democratic approaches and citizenship education? The papers of the first symposium reflect on the contextual embeddings, on the ways, how organisations, regional networks and multilayer governance systems refer to the intention to live democratically and educate towards democracy-as-becoming. This first symposium addresses the organisational dimensions of democracy-as-becoming. The presenters discuss (re-)imagining relational futures in organizing education toward the entangledness and dynamics to be observed here. The key issue is in which ways to organize, govern and arrange citizenship education in terms of ideations, policies, institutions, actors and practices. The presentations cover different aspects of it. More conceptual and policy-oriented contributions are complemented by discussions discussing the governance, organization, actors and strategies in citizenship education, showing, in which ways the institutional structures shape citizenship education based on empirical insights. Also, the approaches and methodologies in organizing citizenship education are discussed, with a focus on the living labs as dynamic spaces for experimenting with co-creation and democratic practices in education. Cocreating with teachers and students allows educational innovations to emerge and school communities to be cultivated. References Dewey, J. (2011). Democracy and Education. Simon & Brown. Castoriadis, C. (1975). The Imaginary Institution of Society. Boston: MIT Press. Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215. Hytti, M., Sandström, N., Mallon, B., Eren, E., Kalev L. (2024). Outline of a European Curriculum for Education for Democracy. DEMOCRAT_Deliverable.4.1, https://democrat-horizon.eu/deliverables/. Krüger, K.; Hallik, M.; Kalev, L.; Kostakos, G.; Toscano, B. & Virchow, F. (2024) Conceptual Framework and Vision: Responsible Democratic Citizenship and Education for Democracy. DEMOCRAT_Deliverable.2.1, https://democrat-horizon.eu/deliverables/. Lührmann, A.; Merkel, W. (2023, eds.). Resilience of Democracy: Responses to Illiberal and Authoritarian Challenges. London, New York: Routledge. Mathews-Schultz, A. L., & Sweet-Cushman, J. (2024). Teaching American Government and Politics: Centering Democratic Citizenship and Engagement in the Introductory Classroom. Cheltenham, Northampton: Edward Elgar. Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structııre as Myth and Ceremony. American journal of sociology, 83(2), 340-363. Scharmer, O. (2007). Theory U: Leading from the Future as It Emerges. Berrett-Koehler Publishers. Presentations of the Symposium Democracy as Dynamic Practice: Linking Ideations, Agency and Organization
This presentation conceptualizes democracy as a dynamic and continuously co-created practice shaped by the interplay of ideations, citizen competences, organizational arrangements, and agency. Drawing on contemporary challenges facing Western democracies—including mediatization, technocratization, fragmentation, securitization, and digitalisation—the chapter argues that renewing democratic citizenship requires both a clarified ideational foundation and realistic pathways for practice. Ideations, understood as the normative, cognitive, and symbolic constructions that guide policy and institutional behaviour, structure how democratic citizenship is imagined, justified, and contested. They generate the parameters within which citizens, policymakers, educators, and institutions interpret their roles and possibilities for action.
At the same time, democratic citizenship is enacted through practices that emerge in personal agency, interpersonal interactions, and political-institutional settings. Citizenship as lived practice is characterized by tensions—between autonomy and community, rights and obligations, horizontality and verticality—which citizens must navigate in their daily engagements. The chapter highlights a competence-based model of responsible democratic citizenship that includes participation, deliberation, judgement, and democratic resilience, arguing that these competences form the basis for constructive civic agency amid digital information noise, polarization, and societal uncertainty.
Linking ideations and practices also requires attention to organizational and governance arrangements. Citizenship education—and democratic governance more broadly—cannot rely solely on hierarchical control; instead, they evolve through multi-level collaboration, co-creation, frontline implementation, and iterative feedback between citizens and institutions. Policies and governance structures signal societal expectations, shape opportunity spaces, and influence whether citizens perceive democratic engagement as meaningful and feasible.
By integrating ideational analysis with practice-level insights, the chapter demonstrates how democratic citizenship can be renewed through balanced normative orientations, strengthened civic competences, and collaborative governance models. Democracy endures and develops not as a fixed institutional design but as an evolving ecosystem sustained by reflective ideas, empowered citizens, and adaptive organizational forms.
References:
Dewey, J. (2011). Democracy and Education. Simon & Brown.
Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215.
Hytti, M., Sandström, N., Mallon, B., Eren, E., Kalev L. (2024). Outline of a European Curriculum for Education for Democracy. DEMOCRAT_Deliverable.4.1, https://democrat-horizon.eu/deliverables/.
Kalev, L, Surová, S and Vahter, M (2023). Editorial: Ideational aspects of migration and integration policy, politics and governance. Front. Hum. Dyn. 5:1222788. doi: 10.3389/fhumd.2023.1222788
Kalev, L., Hytti, M., Hallik, M., & Sandström, N. (2025). Citizenship Education for Contemporary Democracy: Challenges and Gaps in Six European Countries. Societies, 15(12), 355. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc15120355
Krüger, K.; Hallik, M.; Kalev, L.; Kostakos, G.; Toscano, B. & Virchow, F. (2024) Conceptual Framework and Vision: Responsible Democratic Citizenship and Education for Democracy. DEMOCRAT_Deliverable.2.1, https://democrat-horizon.eu/deliverables/.
Lührmann, A.; Merkel, W. (2023, eds.). Resilience of Democracy: Responses to Illiberal and Authoritarian Challenges. London, New York: Routledge.
Mathews-Schultz, A. L., & Sweet-Cushman, J. (2024). Teaching American Government and Politics: Centering Democratic Citizenship and Engagement in the Introductory Classroom. Cheltenham, Northampton: Edward Elgar.
Scharmer, O. (2007). Theory U: Leading from the Future as It Emerges. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
From Civic Learning to Democratic Competence: Understanding the Democracy–Education Nexus
This paper offers a conceptual analysis of the evolving relationship between education and democracy, tracing how the field has expanded beyond traditional civic education toward broader understandings of democratic competence. It examines the conceptual network formed by Education for Democracy and related approaches, considering how major educational policy frameworks and shifting societal conditions, such as polarisation, digitalisation and democratic fragility, shape current debates. The paper then outlines key historical and theoretical developments in democratic education, showing how changing notions of democracy, citizenship and participation, including the emergence of global and digital citizenship and the move toward competence-based education, have reconfigured expectations for what and how learners should understand, experience and enact in democratic contexts. These developments make visible some ongoing tensions concerning the purposes and processes of learning for democracy and the need for more transformative approaches.
Building on insights from the learning sciences and social and political theory, the paper conceptualises democratic competence as a developmental and situated process grounded in cognitive, emotional, social, ethical and reflective forms of meaning-making. This perspective underscores that while building on basic political and civic knowledge, democratic learning involves qualitative transformation, particularly in contexts characterised by diversity, uncertainty and disagreement. This is also related to interactive pedagogies and practice-related experiences.
The paper further considers how democratic competence can be supported pedagogically and structurally, examining approaches that integrate deliberative, dialogical and collaborative practices with broader democratic learning ecologies across schools, communities and digital environments. It ultimately offers a refined conceptual foundation for interpreting the democracy–education nexus and for understanding the conditions under which democratic learning can take shape.
References:
Dewey, J. (1916). Nationalizing education. Journal of Education, 84(16), 425-428.
Freire, P. (1970). The adult literacy process as cultural action for freedom. Harvard educational review, 40(2), 205-225.
Formenti, L., & Hoggan‐Kloubert, T. (2023). Transformative learning as societal learning. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 2023(177), 105-118.
Hoggan-Kloubert, T., & Mabrey III, P. E. (2022). Civic education as transformative education. Journal of Transformative Education, 20(3), 167-175.
Immordino‐Yang, M. H., & Damasio, A. (2007). We feel, therefore we learn: The relevance of affective and social neuroscience to education. Mind, brain, and education, 1(1), 3-10.
Mälkki, K., Mäkinen, M., & Forsell, J. (2022). Revitalizing reflection in teacher education: A digital tool for reflection as a gentle trigger for transformation. In The Palgrave Handbook of Learning for Transformation (pp. 301-331). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Mälkki, K. (2019). Coming to grips with edge-emotions: The gateway to critical reflection and transformative learning. European perspectives on transformation theory, 59-73.
From Competence to Becoming: Rethinking Democracy Through Curriculum Policy
This presentation explores how democracy is increasingly conceptualised in European curriculum policy as a dynamic, relational process of becoming, rather than a fixed set of civic competencies. Drawing on comparative curriculum analysis and on Irish policy frameworks including Aistear, the Primary Curriculum Framework, Junior Cycle reform, Politics & Society, ESD to 2030, and Ireland’s Global Citizenship Education Strategy, the chapter argues that democratic agency emerges through learning pathways, pedagogical practices, and school cultures rather than through discrete instructional content.
Across Europe, democratic themes appear not as isolated subjects but as distributed curricular thread, participation, critical thinking, dialogue, sustainability and human right, that invite learners to actively construct their democratic identities. This positioning reflects a broader shift towards understanding democracy as a lifelong, situated, participatory process shaped within educational ecosystems.
The analysis also identifies key tensions, including assessment structures that privilege recall over relational learning and rhetorical commitments to democracy not always matched in pedagogical practice. The chapter concludes by proposing curriculum as a crucial ecosystem of democratic becoming, where policy, pedagogy and lived experience converge to shape emerging democratic subjectivities across diverse European contexts.
References:
Geboers, E., Geijsel, F., Admiraal, W., & Ten Dam, G. (2013). Review of the effects of citizenship education. Educational research review, 9, 158-173.
Goren, H., & Yemini, M. (2017). Global citizenship education redefined–A systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education. International Journal of Educational Research, 82, 170-183.
Hoskins, B., Janmaat, J. G., & Villalba, E. (2012). Learning citizenship through social participation outside and inside school: An international, multilevel study of young people’s learning of citizenship. British educational research journal, 38(3), 419-446.
Jerome, L., Hyder, F., Hilal, Y., & Kisby, B. (2024). A systematic literature review of research examining the impact of citizenship education on active citizenship outcomes. Review of Education, 12(2), e3472.
Lin, A. (2015). Citizenship education in American schools and its role in developing civic engagement: A review of the research. Educational Review, 67(1), 35-63.
Teegelbeckers, J. Y., Nieuwelink, H., & Oostdam, R. J. (2023). School-based teaching for democracy: A systematic review of teaching methods in quantitative intervention studies. Educational Research Review, 39, 100511. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2023.100511
Tonge, J., Mycock, A., & Jeffery, B. (2012). Does citizenship education make young people better-engaged citizens?. Political studies, 60(3), 578-602.
Democratic Values and Participation as a Part of the Basic Education System and Everyday Schooling Life
Almost without exception, student councils are part of democratic education in schools in many Western European countries, but it seems that the role of student councils in everyday school life may remain superficial. A Nordic study published in 2025 highlighted the need to develop structures for participation and support the growth of students into active citizens at a time when democracy is increasingly facing new challenges.
In several countries, such as Finland, school student councils are a central and statutory mechanism for implementing democratic education and increasing participation, but their activities have previously been relatively little studied. In this paper, we examine how the educational policy guidance documents of the three countries participating in the I-CIVIC project, i.e. Finland, Estonia and France, have provided for democratic education and student participation as part of teaching and upbringing in basic education, and the different ways in which students are guided towards participation and adopting democratic values as part of everyday school life.
The research questions we will answer in this paper are as follows: RQ1: How do legislation and educational documents, such as curricula oblige comprehensive schools to promote democratic education and student participation? RQ2: How are democratic values and participation implemented as part of student council activities in schools, according to students?
For the first research question, our research data consists of educational policy documents from the three countries mentioned above. They are analyzed qualitatively using document analysis. To answer the second research question, we collect data from approximately 1,000 students (approximately 300 comprehensive school students from all three countries) using a questionnaire, in which we map how student councils function as part of democratic education and the implementation of participation in the country in question. The collected data is analyzed using abductive content analysis.
According to our preliminary results, there are differences between countries in how student participation and democratic education are regulated. In addition, there are differences within the country in how student participation and growth in democratic values are guided as part of student council activities.
At the end of the paper, we consider what could be the next practices that could be used to guide student participation and commitment to democratic values. We also considered how these next practices could be addressed in teacher education so that democratic values would be implemented as an integral part of the everyday operations of schools.
References:
Neary, A. (2020). Critical imaginaries of empathy in teaching and learning about diversity in teacher education. Teaching Education, 31(4), 444-458.
Silke, C., Davitt, E., Flynn, N., Shaw, A., and Dolan, P. (2021). The Activating Social Empathy School Evaluation 2021. Galway: UNESCO Child and Family Research Centre, National University of Ireland Galway.
Correia, N., Camilo, C., Aguiar, C., & Amaro, F. (2019). Children's right to participate in early childhood education settings: A systematic review. Children and Youth Services Review, 100, 76-88.
Lister, R. (2008). Inclusive citizenship, gender and poverty: Some implications for education for citizenship. Citizenship teaching and learning, 4(1), 3-19.
Griebler, U., & Nowak, P. (2012). Student councils: a tool for health promoting schools? Characteristics and effects. Health education, 112(2), 105-132.
Pontes, A. I., Henn, M., & Griffiths, M. D. (2019). Youth political (dis) engagement and the need for citizenship education: Encouraging young people’s civic and political participation through the curriculum. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 14(1), 3-21.
Whiteley, P. (2014). Does citizenship education work? Evidence from a decade of citizenship education in secondary schools in England. Parliamentary Affairs, 67(3), 513-535.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 03 B: Vulnerability, Management & Reform Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz Paper Session In this session, we reflect on the nexus of organizational and networked learning in different settings and vulnerabilities. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Recruiting (Vulnerable) Target Groups in Adult Financial Education: What is the State of Research and Discussion? A Scoping Review German Institute for Adult Education – Leibniz Centre for Lifelong Learning Presenting Author:Recruitment participants constitutes a core element of organizational acting for the staff in adult and continuing education (Mania & Plechatsch, 2025). Against the background of voluntary yet highly selective participation as a characteristic of the field, recruiting participants represents a central challenge for educational providers (Caffarella & Daffron, 2013; Mania & Plechatsch, 2025). A range of factors are important in order to attract participants. In an educational field without curricular regulations, programs need to address individual needs while simultaneously responding to current topics broader and societal developments. Reaching different target groups is particularly relevant within ongoing discourses on unequal participation in adult and continuing education and on educational disadvantages. Participant recruitment as a challenge, as highlighted by Mania and Plechatsch (2025) also applies to the field of financial (basic) education, whose overall relevance has increased significantly in recent years (Aprea et al., 2016; Lusardi & Mitchell, 2011). Financial education enables individuals to make informed financial decisions (Klapper & Lusardi, 2020). At the level of basic education, it comprises “the existential, basic, and immediately practical requirements of everyday action and life management in financial matters” (Mania & Tröster, 2014, p. 140). International studies point to overall low levels of financial literacy as well as to population groups with particular needs in the field of financial education (Klapper & Lusardi, 2020; Lusardi & Mitchell, 2011), including women, single parents and families, migrants and refugees, and adults with low levels of literacy (Arnold et al., 2018; Atkinson & Messy, 2011; Buddeberg et al., 2023). This primarily concerns individuals with low levels of education and low income. To date, little is known about how these target groups can be reached or which outreach strategies are effective in practice. We use the concept of vulnerability proposed by Grotlüschen (2021), which builds on Butler’s (2004) understanding of vulnerability as a fundamental human condition, while its “manifestations are unequally distributed”. Within this framework vulnerability is “not only about conceptualizing the self as relational, interdependent, and vulnerable, but always also about uncovering structural imbalances and making visible those groups that are particularly exposed to harm, marginalized, or rendered invisible” (Grotlüschen, 2021, p. 18). This paper aims to contribute to the systematization of participant recruitment and outreach strategies in adult financial education within the international (research) discourse. We focus on how target groups are constructed in the literature, whether they are described as vulnerable, how their need for (basic) financial education is defined, how programs and educational offers are described, and on the specific characteristics of recruitment strategies aimed at reaching these target groups. The theoretical framework for our analysis of our results is Brookfield’s (2005) “The power of critical theory: Liberating adult learning and teaching”. Brookfield builds on Marx’s analysis and adapts critical theory for adult education and organizational practices of adult education. He draws on concepts such as dominant ideology, ideology critique, and hegemony. Within this framework, ideology critique highlights how the constructs and categories used to make sense of everyday life can be understood as “ideologically framed” (Brookfield, 2005, p. 42). He combines the concepts with Freire’s (1994) critical pedagogy as well as with contributions from theorists such as Foucault (1980) and hooks (1994). Through analytical perspectives such as challenging ideology, contesting hegemony unmasking power or racializing and gendering criticality, his framework enables a critical examination of adult educational practices in relation to power, knowledge, and inequality. Against this backdrop, participant recruitment can be understood as a form of organizational acting that is informed by specific forms of knowing and underlying assumptions about target groups, needs, and vulnerability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a scoping review (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005) to map the state of research and discussion on participant recruitment of (vulnerable) target groups in adult financial education. This type of review is especially suitable to explore broad topics and identify the current breadth of the existing literature, key-concepts and research gaps (Elm et al., 2019). In our scoping review we adopt the five-stage methodological framework by Arksey & O'Malley (2005) consisting of: 1. identifying the research question, 2. identifying relevant studies, 3. study selection, 4. charting the data, and 5. collating, summarising, and reporting the results. The reporting is guided by the PRISMA-ScR guidelines. 1. Against the background of findings by Mania, Ernst and Wagner (2022) for the German discourse and Mania and Plechatsch (2025) for the international discourse, both in literacy and basic adult education, the broader research question is: What is the state of research and discussion on recruiting adults as participants in financial education? The following sub-questions guide the analysis: What are the key characteristics of the existing literature (e.g. publication type)? Which (vulnerable) target groups are constructed in the literature? Which recruitment and outreach strategies are proposed or examined? Which programs and educational offers are described for the respective target groups? 2. Given the lack of established or empirically grounded terms and categories in this field, a comprehensive retrieval strategy was applied to identify relevant studies. After initial testing, the final search strategy comprised two keyword groups. The first group related to financial education and included the terms “financial literacy”, “financial education”, “financial inclusion”, and “financial exclusion”. The second group related to participant recruitment and included the terms outreach*, recruit*, marketing, barrier*, and community*. Searches were applied to titles, abstracts, and keywords in the databases SCOPUS, Web of Science, and ERIC, using an exclusionary term for higher education. After manual removal of 1,195 duplicates using Rayyan, 2,796 records remained for further screening. 3. We screened all 2,796 abstracts and applied inclusion and exclusion criteria (subject area, theme, language). Currently the literature corpus of our Review comprises approximately 19 texts. 4. Data from the studies included will be charted using Microsoft Excel. The main categories include general information, empirical basis, target group terminology, program characteristics, recruitment and outreach strategies, and addressed barriers to participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper intends to systematize and map the research on participant recruitment of (vulnerable) target groups in adult financial education. Emerging results indicate a paucity of empirical studies that explicitly examine the effectiveness of outreach strategies and recruitment processes for specific target groups. Similar to the findings of Mania and Plechatsch (2025), participant recruitment is frequently addressed only as a secondary aspect of research, often embedded in the context of marketing, outreach, or access. The literature points to diverse constructions of target groups that are explicitly or implicitly framed as (financially) vulnerable, including low-income populations, migrants (particularly migrant women), Indigenous peoples, and rural populations. Drawing on Bremer’s (2010) work on the construction of target groups, the analysis focuses on how these populations are discursively constructed as vulnerable. Various strategies for reaching specific target groups include collaboration with supportive community partners like community-based organizations, libraries, or community education centers, as well as the use of existing trust-based relationships. Another recurring finding concerns needs-based tailoring of programs, including cultural or thematic adaptations of materials and the provision of courses in participants’ spoken languages and considering access barriers like conflicting work schedules or a lack of childcare. Brookfield’s (2005) theoretical framework provides a critical lens for contextualizing these findings. Building on the concept of dominant ideology in critical theory, the framework offers an analytical perspective to examine how program framings and constructions of target populations and vulnerability relate to dominant capitalist or individualizing ideologies, for instance through the acknowledgement of structural discrimination and barriers or the incorporation of intersectional or decolonial perspectives in the development, recruitment, and provision of adult financial education for (vulnerable) target groups. References Aprea, C., Wuttke, E., Breuer, K., Koh, N. K., Davies, P., Greimel-Fuhrmann, B., & Lopus, J. S. (Eds.). (2016). International handbook of financial literacy. Springer. Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Arnold, E. A., Neuberger, D., & Peters, S. (2018). Finanzielle Allgemeinbildung Geflüchteter in Deutschland: Eine qualitative Pilotstudie. https://www.iff-hamburg.de/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Finanzielle-Allgemeinbildung-Gefl%C3%BCchteter_Working-Paper-2018.pdf Atkinson, A., & Messy, F. A. (2011). Assessing financial literacy in 12 countries: An OECD pilot exercise. OECD Publishing. Bremer, H. (2010). Zielgruppen in der Praxis: Erwachsenenbildung im Gefüge sozialer Milieus. Magazin Erwachsenenbildung.at, 10, 1–11. Brookfield, S. D. (2005). The power of critical theory: Liberating adult learning and teaching. Jossey-Bass. Buddeberg, K., Mania, E., Schrader, J., & Tröster, M. (2023). Finanzielle Grundbildung gering Literalisierter: Exemplarische Analyse der Nutzung von Online-Banking. In A. Grotlüschen, K. Buddeberg, & H. Solga (Eds.), Interdisziplinäre Analysen zur LEO Studie 2018: Vertiefende Erkenntnisse zur Rolle des Lesens und Schreibens im Erwachsenenalter (pp. 65–92). Springer VS. Butler, J. (2004). Undoing gender. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203499627 Caffarella, R. S., & Daffron, S. R. (2013). Planning programs for adult learners: A practical guide (3rd ed.). Jossey-Bass. Elm, E. von, Schreiber, G., & Haupt, C. C. (2019). Methodische Anleitung für scoping reviews (JBI-Methodologie). Zeitschrift für Evidenz, Fortbildung und Qualität im Gesundheitswesen, 143, 1–7. Foucault, M. (1980). Power/knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings, 1972–1977. Pantheon Books. Grotlüschen, A. (2021). Verletzbarkeit und Literalität im 21. Jahrhundert. In A. Grotlüschen (Ed.), Alphabetisierung und Grundbildung von Erwachsenen (Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, Vol. 67, pp. 16–35). Beltz Juventa. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203700280 Klapper, L., & Lusardi, A. (2020). Financial literacy and financial resilience: Evidence from around the world. Financial Management, 49(3), 589–614. https://doi.org/10.1111/fima.12283 Lusardi, A., & Mitchell, O. S. (2011). Financial literacy around the world: An overview. Journal of Pension Economics and Finance, 10(4), 497–508. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1474747211000448 Mania, E., & Plechatsch, J. (2025). Recruiting target groups in adult education: What does the literature say? A scoping review. Studies in the Education of Adults, Advance online publication, 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2025.2550065 Mania, E., & Tröster, M. (2014). Finanzielle Grundbildung: Ein Kompetenzmodell entsteht. Hessische Blätter für Volksbildung, 64(2), 136–145. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Challenges in Managing a University Department in Spain: a Study Based on Interviews Universidad de Cantabria (CIF: Q3918001C), Spain Presenting Author:Department chairs occupy an intermediate position between faculty and central university leadership, managing issues of major concern for both groups and shaping the department’s future direction (Creaton & Heard-Lauréote, 2021; Degn, 2015; Nguyen, 2013). The academic leadership exercised by university department chairs has significant effects on institutional processes and outcomes (Akbulut et al., 2015; Álvarez-Álvarez, 2023; Hundessa, 2021). Universities often encounter difficulties in finding faculty willing to assume the role, given the substantial responsibility it entails (Kruse et al., 2020), usually without any specific prior training (Tietjen-Smith et al., 2020), and while simultaneously maintaining teaching and research responsibilities (Degn, 2015). This challenge has been even more pronounced for women, who continue to assume a considerable proportion of family responsibilities that may hinder their willingness or ability to take on leadership roles (Bystydzienski et al., 2017). Previous studies have identified several challenges associated with departmental leadership: transforming departmental culture (Creaton & Heard-Lauréote, 2021); promoting new ideas and defining policies that contribute to departmental development (Creaton & Heard-Lauréote, 2021; Dewes & Bolzan, 2018); managing conflicts empathetically (Crawford, 2021); and maintaining enthusiasm, competence and personal satisfaction with the various managerial tasks performed (Bellibaş et al., 2016; Castro & Tomás, 2019). In this context, the present study investigates the complexities currently faced by university department chairs in Spain, exploring their assessment of the role, their managerial responsibilities, and interpersonal relations within their units. The aim is to gain first-hand insights into the subjective perceptions of department chairs in active service, with particular emphasis on the challenges they confront. To this end, a structured interview protocol was developed to collect testimonies regarding their daily experiences.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through 17 semi-structured interviews with chairs of education departments from 17 Spanish universities, this study examines in detail their everyday activity at the helm of these academic units, with the purpose of gaining an in-depth understanding of the challenges inherent to their managerial roles. The participants exhibit a notable diversity: ten women and seven men, eleven with prior experience in departmental governance—such as serving as secretaries or deputy chairs—and a mix of individuals in the early stages of their appointment (twelve novice chairs) and others with longer trajectories, as five are already serving their second or third term. The departments they lead also differ considerably in size, although the majority oversee large units: eleven departments have more than sixty-one faculty members, while six have smaller staffing levels. The interviews were conducted via videoconference, allowing for flexible and fluid interaction with each participant. All sessions were recorded and subsequently transcribed to ensure analytical accuracy. The resulting transcripts were then sent back to each interviewee, offering them the opportunity to review and verify the precision of the information provided. This procedure ensured a high level of rigour and transparency in the data collection process. Once the validated testimonies were compiled, they were systematically organised into an Excel-based data matrix. This analytical structure enabled the categorisation of all responses and facilitated subsequent examination, ensuring that the participants’ accounts could be compared, connected and analysed in depth. The use of this matrix was essential for structuring the information coherently and comprehensively, while fully respecting the narratives expressed during the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results reveal a significant dispersion of testimonies across four management domains: (1) process and change management, (2) communication management, (3) human relationship management, and (4) administrative and financial management. The challenges identified shape a strategic agenda aimed at strengthening the department’s internal organisation, its institutional positioning, and the quality of its academic and administrative processes. Participants emphasise the need to open the department to stable collaborations with other units and centres, both within and beyond the university, fostering synergies that enhance teaching, research and social engagement. Closely related to this is the importance of participating actively in curriculum redesign processes. Other challenges concern internal management, such as optimising available physical spaces, updating the departmental website to ensure clear and accessible information, implementing a platform that allows members to consult their allocated resources autonomously, and reinforcing transparency in decision-making processes so that all individuals can participate equitably in departmental governance. Participants also highlight the need to communicate responsibilities with precision and to promote communication exclusively during working hours. Objectives related to organisational climate also emerge, including strengthening assertiveness, preventing the recurrence of past conflicts and fostering a culture of cooperation. References Akbulut, M., Nevra Seggie, F., & Börkan, B. (2015). Faculty member perceptions of department head leadership effectiveness at a state university in Turkey. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 18(4), 440–463. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2014.997799 Álvarez-Álvarez, C. (2023). Pros y contras de dirigir un departamento universitario : análisis sistemático de literatura. Educar, 8801, 1–16. Bellibaş, M. Ş., Özaslan, G., Gümüş, E., & Gümüş, S. (2016). Examining department chairs’ needs in performing academic leadership in Turkish universities. Egitim ve Bilim, 41(184), 91–103. https://doi.org/10.15390/EB.2016.6114 Bystydzienski, J., Thomas, N., Howe, S., & Desai, A. (2017). The leadership role of college deans and department chairs in academic culture change. Studies in Higher Education, 42(12), 2301–2315. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2016.1152464 Castro, D., & Tomás, M. (2019). El gobierno y la gestión de la universidad: Estudio de los órganos unipersonales. Estudios Sobre Educacion, 19(19), 165–184. Crawford, M. (2021). “Being” a Head of Department in an English University. Educational Review, 00(00), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2000368 Creaton, J., & Heard-Lauréote, K. (2021). Rhetoric and Reality in Middle Management: The Role of Heads of Academic Departments in UK Universities. Higher Education Policy, 34(1), 195–217. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-018-00128-8 Degn, L. (2015). Identity constructions and sensemaking in higher education – a case study of Danish higher education department heads. Studies in Higher Education, 40(7), 1179–1193. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.881345 Dewes, A., & Bolzan, D. P. V. (2018). Tempos e espaços da gestão univeristária: compreendendo a gestão de Departamentos Didáticos. Revista on Line de Política e Gestão Educacional, 22(3), 961–977. https://doi.org/10.22633/rpge.v22i3.11308 Hundessa, F. D. (2021). Academic leadership: exploring the experiences of department heads in a first generation university in Ethiopia. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 24(2), 183–205. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2018.1545922 Kruse, S. D., Hackmann, D. G., & Lindle, J. C. (2020). Academic Leadership During a Pandemic: Department Heads Leading With a Focus on Equity. Frontiers in Education, 5(December), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.614641 Nguyen, T. L. H. (2013). Middle-level Academic Management: A case study on the roles of the Heads of Department at a Vietnamese university. Tertiary Education and Management, 19(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13583883.2012.724704 Tietjen-Smith, T., Hersman, B., & Block, B. A. (2020). Planning for Succession: Preparing Faculty for the Kinesiology Department Head Role. Quest, 72(4), 383–394. https://doi.org/10.1080/00336297.2020.1761842 32. Organisational Education
Paper How Organisational Social Capital Affects Interorganisational Network Effectiveness 1: University of Amsterdam, Netherlands, The; 2: TIAS School for Business and Society, Tilburg University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Although it is assumed that the organisational social capital of interorganisational networks can impact their effectiveness, there is little empirical evidence to support this claim. The purpose of this paper is to discuss how organisational social capital at network level affects the effectiveness of Dutch regional networks in education. Social capital theory posits that social relationships provide access to resources, such as advice, support and information, which can be exchanged, borrowed and leveraged to achieve individual and collective goals (Bourdieu, 1986; Putnam,1993). Building on the notion that well connected social relationships within and between organisations are vital to the exchange of knowledge, learning, improvement and innovation in organisations (Cross and Parker, 2004), organisational social capital has been coined as an important source for organisational advantage. Research has shown that organisational problems of coordination can be overcome by facilitating the flow of valuable resources between individuals (i.e., Adler and Kwon, 2002; Leana and Pil, 2009; Tantardini and Kroll, 2015). Also in educational settings, organisational social capital has proven a useful concept to understand how a collaborating community could stimulate effective governance and policy implementation (Fredette and Bradshaw, 2012; Hooge, et al, 2019; Saatcioglu et al., 2011), not only within individual organisations, but also in interorganisational networks (Adler and Kwon, 2002). Based on the concept of organisational social capital, interorganisational networks are viewed as a set of social relationships, interactions, and resources, which offers a fruitful perspective for research into the transfer and sharing of valuable resources affecting the functioning and performance of the network (Inkpen and Tsang, 2005; Tsai and Ghoshal, 1998). The interorganisational networks our research focuses on are regional networks in the field of education in the Netherlands, composed of school districts and other organisations in and around education. Various types of these networks were involved in our research project, divided across three themes: professionalisation, educational innovation and advanced care issues, and across three education sub-sectors: primary education, secondary education and intermediate vocational education. Furthermore, these interorganisational networks differ in the way they were established (a) through incentives via subsidies from the national government; (b) on the initiative of school districts, or (c) on a mandatory legal basis. Our research question was: (How) Does the organisational social capital of Dutch regional networks in education affects their effectiveness? Nahapiet and Ghoshal (1998) conceptualize social capital in three dimensions: 1) a structural dimension, involving the configuration of the network in terms of patterns of relationships between individuals; 2) a relational dimension, referring to socio-emotional characteristics of mutual relationships, e.g. trust or care for, and 3) a cognitive dimension referring to the mental connectivity between network members e.g. shared vision or knowledge exchange. Here, we have limited the operationalisation of organisation social capital to the relational and cognitive dimensions, investigating these in survey research. The structural dimension is not included because that would require a methodologically different approach, involving social network analysis and measures such as density, centrality and hierarchy (Hooge et al., 2019; Saatcioglu et al., 2011). Drawing on literature on governance effectiveness and decision-making processes, effectiveness of interorganisational networks has been operationalized as the extent to which these networks succeed in jointly 1) deliberating and weighing up interests, 2) taking decisions, and 3) monitoring compliance with decisions (Dholakia & Bagozzi, 2022; Jackson & Holland, 1998; Van Popering-Verkerk & Van Buuren, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our mixed-methods research design involved empirical enquiry using quantitative and qualitative research. Data were collected through a survey among 208 members of 29 regional networks and through interviews with 34 network coordinators (i.e., some networks have multiple coordinators). A semi-structured interview protocol was developed, using the critical incident method (Allen, 2017). With consent of the interviewees, the interviews were recorded and transcribed. The interview data were coded and analysed. The following research instruments used in the survey were developed based on literature review and (translation) of existing instruments: I Organisation Social Capital / Cronbach’s alpha: .93, 13 items: I.1 Relational dimension / Cronbach’s alpha: .89, 6 items I.1.1 Mutual Trust / Cronbach’s alpha: .85, 3 items I.1.2 Mutual Affection / Cronbach’s alpha: .87, 3 items I.2 Cognitive dimension / Cronbach’s alpha: .89, 7 items I.2.1Shared Vision / Cronbach’s alpha: .90, 4 items I.2.2 Exchange Knowledge and Information / Cronbach’s alpha: .87, 3 items II Interorganisational Network Effectiveness Cronbach’s alpha: .89,9 items: II.1 Making Decisions Cronbach’s alpha: .78 , 5 items II.1.1 Deliberation of Decisions Cronbach’s alpha: .86, 3 items II.1.2 Taking joint Decisions Cronbach’s alpha: .70, 2 items II.2 Monitoring Compliance of Decisions Cronbach’s alpha: .91, 4 items The survey has been tested on responses of 81 school district administrators. Item reduction and optimalisation of instruments was carried out with factor analyses, reliability analyses, inter-item correlations, and face validity checks. The survey was distributed across all members of the 29 regional networks. Since not all network members participated in the survey (response rate 53%), Inter-Class Coefficients (ICC) as Estimates of Interrater Reliability have been calculated, following Shrout and Fleiss (1979). The average absolute agreement of all networks was .94 with a 95% conference level between .91% and .96%, which indicates a high degree of reliability (Koo & Li, 2016). The survey data are of multi-level character: 208 individual respondents (network members) are nested in 29 groups (networks), consisting of individual perceptions (level-1-variables) and aggregated perceptions (level-2-variables). Both levels have been combined in multi-level analyses, including the network-id as a latent variable to account for possible network-by-network effects. The model of the three variables representing interorganisational network effectiveness as dependent variables and the four variables measuring organisational social capital as independent variables, was analysed in Stata using Generalized Structural Equation Modeling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presence of organisation social capital within interorganisational networks promotes their effectiveness: our results indicate that the more social capital the regional networks dispose of, the more effective they are. The cognitive dimension of organisational social capital matters more than the relational dimension. Regarding the relational dimension: mutual affection between network members has no influence whatsoever. Only mutual trust between network members partly positively influences decision-making (both deliberation and decision-taking), but it has no influence on monitoring compliance of decisions. This is remarkable, given that in the literature mutual trust is considered a critical factor of organisational social capital (Hooge, et al, 2019; Inkpen & Tsang, 2005), solving coordination problems and strongly influencing people's behavior (Nahapiet & Goshal, 1998; Saatcioglu et al., 2011). With regard to the cognitive dimension, the existence of shared vision in particular, and also the exchange of knowledge and information, turn out to have a major influence on decision-making and monitoring compliance. That shared vision is a crucial factor for organisational social capital is confirmed by the literature: it embodies the collective goals and ambitions of network members (Tsai and Ghoshal, 1998), promotes the exchange of resources, and leads to joint action and collective responsibility (Hooge, et al., 2019; Saatcioglu et al., 2011). Our interview data provide an interesting insight into what shared vision entails in practice: it is often ‘rather vague’ and usually formulated in such general terms that ‘no one can disagree with it’. This raises the question of how a vague or broadly formulated shared vision can align the members of the network and lead them toward common goals. We will study theory and research literature on ‘boundary objects’ (Star, 2010) and ‘empty signifiers’ (e.g., Sørensen & Torfing, 2005) to explain this in more detail theoretically. References Adler, P. S., & Kwon, S. W. (2002). Social capital: Prospects for a new concept. Academy of Management Review, 27(1), 17–40. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital, in Richards, J.C. (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education, Greenwood Press, New York, NY, pp. 241-258. Cross, R. and Parker, A. (2004). The Hidden Power of Social Networks. Understanding How Work Really Gets Done in Organisations, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA. Dholakia, U.M. & Bagozzi, R.P. (2002). Mustering motivation to enhance decisions: how decision process characteristics influence goal realisation. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making 15: 167-188. Fredette, C. and Bradshaw, P. (2012). Social capital and nonprofit governance effectiveness, Nonprofit Management and Leadership, 22(4), 391-409. Hooge, E. H., Moolenaar, N. M., van Look, K. C. J., Janssen, S. K., & Sleegers, P. J. C. (2019). The role of district leaders for organization social capital. Journal of Educational Administration, 57(3), 296–316. Inkpen, A.C. and Tsang, E.W.K. (2005). Social capital, networks and knowledge transfer, Academy of Management Review, 30(1), 146-165. Jackson, D.K. & Holland, T.P. (1998). Measuring the effectiveness of nonprofit boards. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, 27(2): 159-182. Leana, C.R. and Pil, F.K. (2006). Social capital and organisational performance: evidence from urban public schools, Organisation Science, 17(3),353-366. Nahapiet, J., & Ghoshal, S. (1998). Social capital, intellectual capital, and the organizational advantage. Academy of Management Review, 23(2), 242–266. Popering-Verkerk, J. van & Buuren, A. Van (2016). Decision-making patterns in multilevel governance: the contribution of informal and procedural interactions to significant multilevel decisions. Public Management Review, 18(7),951 - 971. Putnam, R.D. (1993). The prosperous community: social capital and public life, American Prospect, 13(3), 35-42. Saatcioglu, A., Moore, S., Sargut, G. and Bajaj, A. (2011). The role of school district social capital in district governance: effects on financial and academic outcomes. Leadership and Policy in School, 10(1),1-42. Sørensen, E., & Torfing, J. (2005). The democratic anchorage of governance networks. Scandinavian Political Studies, 28(3), 195–218. Star, S. L. (2010). This is not a boundary object: Reflections on the origin of a concept. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 35(5), 601–617. Tantardini, M., & Kroll, A. (2015). The role of organisational social capital in performance management. Public Performance & Management Review, 39(1), 83-99. Tsai, W., & Ghoshal, S. (1998). Social capital and value creation: the role of intra-firm network. The Academy of Management Journal, 41(4), 464–476. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 03 A: Queer, LGBTQI+ and Trans Perspectives on Challenging and Supportive Pedagogies and Practices in Education Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Johanna Ziemes Paper Session This session offers a diverse range of theorised, pedagogical and contextual explorations of the varying challenges faced by students and teachers around (a broad set of) issues pertaining to genders and sexualities in education. The papers and the debates they inspire will offer a chance to think broadly and specifically about the connections and disconnections between different European contexts and challenges in this respect. It should also inspire debate around theorisation in this area. |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper "Glitter, Stories, Gender Critique” – Drag Queen Storyhours as Critical Pedagogical Practice University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Drag Queen Storytimes for children have, in recent years, become a highly contested arena of educational and sociopolitical struggle. This article conceptualizes these events as a form of performative critical pedagogy that challenges normative assumptions about gender, identity, and childhood, while simultaneously opening imaginative spaces for children’s self‑positioning, diversity experiences, and encounters with non‑normative embodiments. From an educational and subject‑didactic perspective, the article examines which learning objectives—such as fostering identity development, recognition of difference, diversity awareness, and norm‑critical thinking—are explicitly or implicitly activated through these formats. Particular attention is given to the pedagogical potential of aesthetic experience and performative irritation, understood as catalysts for reflection, emotional engagement, and the destabilization of rigid gender binaries.
Methodologically, the article draws on a qualitative synthesis of existing international scholarship on drag performance, drag pedagogy, and Drag Queen Storytime, with a specific focus on how these works conceptualize pedagogical relations, learning processes, and the role of embodiment in education. This literature review is complemented by a theoretical integration with gender pedagogy and queer‑feminist educational theory, enabling a deeper analysis of how drag-based formats intersect with broader debates on diversity, inclusion, and the politics of childhood. By bringing these strands of research into dialogue, the article identifies central pedagogical mechanisms—such as performativity, ambiguity, relationality, and norm critique—that underpin the educational value of Drag Queen Storytimes.
At the same time, the article addresses the forms of resistance that these events provoke. Discourses of “premature sexualization,” moral panic, and alleged threats to children reveal how deeply gender‑political conflicts are entangled with societal power relations, cultural anxieties, and anti‑gender mobilization. These lines of conflict are interpreted not only as political reactions but also as didactic challenges that require educators to engage with controversy, rather than avoid it. The article argues that such resistance should be productively integrated into pedagogical reflection—for example, by thematizing norms, making exclusions visible, and fostering children’s and educators’ tolerance for ambiguity. Ultimately, Drag Queen Storytimes are presented as critical educational practices that contribute to democratic education by enabling encounters with difference, challenging hegemonic gender norms, and strengthening children’s capacity for critical, reflective, and empathetic engagement with the social world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, interpretive research design grounded in a systematic review and synthesis of existing scholarship on drag performance, Drag Queen Storyhours (DQSH), queer pedagogy, and gender‑critical educational theory. The methodological aim is twofold: first, to map how drag‑based practices have been conceptualized in relation to pedagogy, childhood, and public education; and second, to integrate these insights with theoretical frameworks from gender pedagogy in order to deepen the analysis of DQSH as a critical educational practice. The research process began with a structured literature search across journals in education, sociology, gender studies, and cultural studies. Databases consulted included Scopus, Web of Science, ResearchGate. Search terms combined keywords such as drag pedagogy, Drag Queen Storyhours, performative pedagogy, gender pedagogy, queer pedagogy, anti‑gender mobilization, and moral panic. Inclusion criteria focused on publications from the past fifteen years, with particular attention to empirical studies, theoretical contributions, and analyses of public controversies surrounding drag and gender diversity in educational contexts. Following the identification of relevant sources, the material was analyzed using thematic qualitative content analysis. The coding process was guided by sensitizing concepts from queer pedagogy (e.g., performativity, norm critique, relationality), gender pedagogy (e.g., diversity, identity development, recognition of difference), and political education (e.g., democratic learning, conflict as pedagogy, public sphere). This analytical framework enabled the identification of recurring pedagogical mechanisms attributed to DQS, such as aesthetic experience, performative irritation, and the creation of alternative spaces for children’s self‑positioning. To contextualize these pedagogical dimensions within broader sociopolitical dynamics, the study also incorporated literature on anti‑gender mobilization, right‑wing discourse strategies, and moral panic. This second analytical layer allowed for an examination of how resistance to DQSH—particularly narratives of “early sexualization,” “child protection,” and “gender ideology”—functions as a political and didactic challenge. This study synthesizes and re‑interprets existing research to articulate a conceptual understanding of DQSH as a site of democratic, norm‑critical, and performative pedagogy. The methodological approach thus combines systematic literature review, theory‑driven analysis, and interdisciplinary integration to illuminate the educational significance and contested nature of drag‑based learning formats. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of existing scholarship on Drag Queen Storyhours (DQSH), queer pedagogy, and gender‑critical educational theory reveals several central insights into the pedagogical and political significance of drag‑based learning formats. First, the synthesis shows that DQSH can be conceptualized as a form of performative critical pedagogy that enables children to encounter gender diversity, question normative assumptions, and engage in imaginative processes of self‑positioning. Across the literature, drag emerges as a pedagogical practice that mobilizes aesthetic experience, play, and embodied ambiguity to foster identity development, recognition of difference, and norm‑critical thinking—competencies increasingly essential to democratic and diversity‑oriented education. Second, the findings demonstrate that the pedagogical potential of DQSH cannot be separated from the sociopolitical conflicts surrounding it. Recurring patterns of resistance illustrate how anti‑gender mobilization functions as a broader political project aimed at restricting queer visibility and reshaping public understandings of childhood, education, and gender. Third, the study highlights that such resistance should not be viewed solely as an obstacle but as a didactic challenge with productive potential. Integrating these conflicts into pedagogical reflection—by thematizing norms, making exclusions visible, and fostering tolerance for ambiguity—can strengthen children’s and educators’ capacities for critical engagement with societal power relations. In this sense, DQSH exemplifies how educational settings can function as laboratories for democratic learning, where diversity, dissent, and norm critique are not avoided but actively explored. Overall, the expected outcome of this research is a conceptual reframing of DQSH as a legitimate and valuable component of contemporary political and gender‑critical education. Rather than a marginal or controversial practice, DQSH emerges as a pedagogically meaningful format that contributes to democratic resilience by enabling encounters with difference, challenging hegemonic gender norms, and equipping young learners with reflective competencies needed to navigate increasingly polarized public debates. References Amery, Fran, and Aurelien Mondon. “Othering, Peaking, Populism and Moral Panics: The Reactionary Strategies of Organised Transphobia”. The Sociological Review, 2024. Amery, Fran. “Protecting Children in ‘Gender Critical’ Rhetoric and Strategy: Regulating Childhood for Cisgender Outcomes”. DiGeSt 10, Nr. 2 (2023). Bettcher, Talia Mae. “Transphobia”. Transgender Studies Quarterly 1, Nr. 1–2 (2014): 249–51. Davis, Alyssa J., and Heather Hensman Kettrey. “Clear and Omnipresent Danger: Digital Age Culture Wars and Reactions to Drag Queen Story Hour across Diverse Subreddit Communities”. Social Currents 9, Nr. 1: 25–44. Dietze, Gabriele, and Julia Roth, eds. Right-Wing Populism and Gender. Bielefeld: transcript, 2020. Ellis, Justin R.. “„A Fairy Tale Gone Wrong: Social Media, Recursive Hate and the Politicisation of Drag Queen Storytime” “. The Journal of Criminal Law 86, 2: 94–108. Goetz, Judith, and Stefanie Mayer. Global Perspectives on Anti-Feminism: Far-Right and Religious Attacks on Equality and Diversity. Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press, 2023. Goetz, Judith. “‘Inakzeptable Frühsexualisierung’ und ‘ungustiöse Sexualisierungspropaganda’: Kinderbuchlesungen von Dragqueens im Visier antifeministischer Angriffe auf sexuelle Bildung”. In Bergold‑Caldwell, Denise; Rebekka Blum, Marina Dangelat, Juno Grenz, Susanne Maurer and Christine Thon (Eds.), Pädagogik und Geschlecht als Gegenstand politischer Kämpfe: Zur Analyse rechter, antifeministischer und rassistischer Diskurse. 69-85. Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich, 2025. Henninger, Annette, and Ursula Birsl. Antifeminismen: “Krisen”-Diskurse mit gesellschaftsspaltendem Potential? Gender Studies. Bielefeld: transcript, 2020. Jäger, Siegfried. Kritische Diskursanalyse: eine Einführung. Münster: Unrast-Verl, 2012. Kuhar, Roman, and David Paternotte. Anti-Gender Campaigns in Europe: Mobilizing against Equality. Rowman & Littlefield, 2017. Marwick, Alice, Jacob Smith, Belle Basnight, Dahlia Boyles, Margaret Donnelly, Stephanie Kaczynskic, Evan Ringel, Sarah Whitmarsh and Carolina Yabase, “Child-Sacrificing Drag Queens: Historical Antecedents in Disinformative Narratives Supporting the Drag Queen Story Hour Moral Panic”. Women’s Studies in Communication 47, Nr. 4: 459–79. Nitschke, Jörg. “Schützt unsere Kinder!: Der Topos ‚Frühsexualisierung‘ und die Diskreditierung sexueller Bildung im Kindesalter”. Sozial extra 43, Nr. 2 (2019): 127–30. Russell, Eric Louis. The Discursive Ecology of Homophobia: Unraveling Anti-LGBTQ Speech on the European Far Right. Bd. 16. Encounters. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 2019. Slothouber, Van. “(De)Trans Visibility: Moral Panic in Mainstream Media Reports on de/Retransition”. European Journal of English Studies 24, Nr. 1 (2020): 89–99. Stroumsa, Daphna, Deirdre A. Shires, Caroline R. Richardson, Kim D. Jaffee, and Michael R. Woodford. “Transphobia Rather than Education Predicts Provider Knowledge of Transgender Health Care”. Medical Education 53, Nr. 4 (2019): 398–407. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Mapping Silence on Microaggressions and School Safety for LGBT+ Students in Slovenian Secondary Schools University of Primorska, Faculty of Education, Slovenia Presenting Author:Across European secondary schools, many lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and other sexual and gender minority students experience an accumulation of minor slights that appear routine but affect learning, wellbeing, and belonging. This study analyses how microaggressions and minority stress were embedded in Slovenian secondary schooling and how peers and professionals either sustained or interrupted these processes, including the movement of incidents and rumours between online platforms and school. The framework draws on minority stress theory, research on microaggressions and school belonging, and treats resilience as a social and institutional process. Three questions guided the analysis: What specific forms and settings of minority stress and microaggressions did LGBT+ students report, and how were these shaped by social and school context? Which processes and strategies of resilience did LGBT+ students use in response? How did non-LGBT peers and school staff understand their roles and practices, and in what ways did current attitudes and actions contribute to climates that were supportive or stressful? The study assembled three perspectives within the secondary school environment. LGBT+ young people described negotiating visibility in settings where silence was treated as neutrality and where managing disclosure required continuous effort. Cisheterosexual peers reported situations that made informal rules visible in practice, including teasing and slurs linked to appearance, clothing, speech, or presumed identity, the spread of rumours and outings without consent, deliberate exclusion, and physical aggression. Teachers, counsellors, and other professionals reported on recognition and response, perceived competence, available support, and organisational constraints. An online questionnaire with tailored modules was administered to 136 LGBT+ and 584 cisheterosexual respondents aged 18 to 29 who reported retrospectively on secondary school, and to 187 members of school staff who completed the staff module. Three empirical patterns oriented interpretation and implications. Visibility and concealment coexisted in structured ways. Many respondents reported LGBT+ classmates, while non-disclosure among LGBT+ students remained widespread and disclosures to staff were rare. Microaggressions were common and included teasing and slurs, rumours and outings without consent, exclusion, and instances of physical aggression. Classroom talk sometimes conveyed negative signals about LGBT+ topics, and heteronormative assumptions often organised lessons as if all students shared the same identities and family forms. Safety concerns clustered around relationships and locations, with reports of worry about safety, feelings of threat in spaces such as corridors and changing rooms, and avoidance of certain routes. These dynamics help to explain concealment as daily work and the need for predictable support. Family climates added another layer. During secondary school, many respondents encountered negative or absent discussion of LGBT+ topics at home, which made school responses especially consequential for students who could not rely on support elsewhere. The study identified where pressure accumulated and how schools could ease it within existing arrangements. This could be achieved through a short staff protocol that names typical microaggressions and sets a simple sequence from recognition to minimal documentation and support, by building three or four question check-ins into routine tutor or counselling meetings so that diffuse patterns come into view without extra paperwork, and by ensuring that restorative options sit alongside disciplinary procedures where harm is serious, while referral routes are known and discreet so that help is accessible without unnecessary disclosure. Although grounded in Slovenia, the patterns and measures are relevant across European secondary education systems operating under time constraints and public scrutiny, and across interlinked digital and school settings. The research formed part of the national ARIS project Z7-60184, and this paper reports survey findings from the broader mixed-methods study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and participants The broader project employed a mixed-methods design. This paper reports the quantitative strand. An online questionnaire with tailored modules was administered to three groups representing the secondary school ecology. The youth component comprised 136 LGBT+ respondents and 584 cisheterosexual respondents aged 18 to 29, who reported retrospectively on their secondary schooling. The school staff component included 187 teachers, counsellors and other professionals who completed a staff version of the instrument. Fieldwork and quality control Data collection took place from 14 to 27 November 2025. Implementation was managed by a professional research agency on a secure platform, using standard procedures for invitation management, duplicate detection and basic attention checks. Sampling aimed for coverage by region and school type and achieved good comparability to the regional and demographic structure of young people, with a minor over-representation of the Central Slovenia region. The questionnaire was piloted for clarity and functionality before launch. Participation was voluntary, with informed consent, confidentiality safeguards and safe exit routes. The study received institutional ethics approval and adhered to professional standards for data protection and respondent care. Measures and analysis Items on microaggressions covered teasing and slurs related to appearance, clothing, speech or presumed LGBT+ identity, rumours and outings without consent, deliberate exclusion and physical aggression. Classroom discourse items recorded teacher negativity about LGBT+ topics and the use of heteronormative talk as an unmarked default. Safety items recorded worry about safety, feelings of threat in specific places such as corridors and changing rooms, and avoidance of spaces and routes. Family climate items captured supportive, neutral, negative or absent discussion of LGBT+ topics during secondary school. Analyses focused on descriptive statistics to establish scale and patterned differences across groups and settings, with emphasis on indicators that translate directly into school practice. Descriptive estimates were checked for internal consistency across related items and are presented with exact group sizes to support transparency. Scope note This submission presents quantitative results from the survey. The qualitative strand is under preparation and will be reported separately. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed a gradual pressure arising from ordinary conversation, routine silences, and the movement of incidents and rumours between online platforms and daily school interactions. This pressure diminished belonging and harmed wellbeing for many students, even in the absence of overt violence, because uncertainty about recognition and response turned visibility into a calculated risk and made concealment a daily necessity. The presence of LGBT+ classmates was common, non-disclosure among LGBT+ students was widespread, and microaggressions were observed throughout classrooms and corridors, with adults sometimes engaging in negative talk and heteronormative assumptions shaping lessons. Safety concerns were concentrated in specific spaces that students learned to avoid, adding a spatial dimension to the experience of stress. The same evidence indicated practical ways to reduce this pressure with tools schools already have. Short check-ins embedded in routine tutor or counselling meetings revealed diffuse patterns without additional administrative burden. A brief written protocol for staff, outlining examples of microaggressions and a stepwise response from initial recognition to minimal documentation and support, reduced ambiguity for students and adults. Restorative conversations were available where appropriate, alongside disciplinary procedures for serious harm. Referral routes were known and discreet, making help accessible without excessive disclosure. Family climates were inconsistent, increasing the importance of predictable school action for those unable to rely on support elsewhere. These conclusions are transferable across European contexts facing similar accountability regimes and public scrutiny. They open a grounded discussion on low-cost measures that facilitate bystander action, make allyship visible, and link recognition to explicit procedures rather than individual discretion. The quantitative portrait provided here offers a basis for targeted improvements in safeguarding and pastoral care, and sets the stage for separate reporting of interview materials within the broader mixed-methods study. References Baricevic, M. L. in Kashubeck-West, S. (2019). They matter: Sexual orientation microaggressions in high school. Journal of LGBT Youth, 16, 83–106. Ceatha, N., Koay, A. C. C., Buggy, C., James, O., Tully, L., Bustillo, M. in Crowley, D. (2021). Protective factors for LGBTI+ youth wellbeing: A scoping review underpinned by recognition theory. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(21), 11682. Chavanduka, T. M., Gamarel, K. E., Todd, K. P., & Stephenson, R. (2021). Responses to the gender minority stress and resilience scales among transgender and nonbinary youth. Journal of LGBT Youth, 18(2), 135–154. Frost, D. M., & Meyer, I. H. (2023). Minority stress theory: Application, critique, and continued relevance. Current Opinion in Psychology, 51, 101579. Kosciw, J. G., Clark, C. M., Truong, N. L. in Zong, Y. (2022). The 2021 National School Climate Survey: The experiences of LGBTQ youth in our nation’s schools. GLSEN. Mann, T., Burns, E., Van Bergen, P. in Jones, T. (2025). Which LGBTQ+ inclusive school strategies support LGBTQ+ student, staff and parent perceptions of school climate? A latent class analysis. Journal of Homosexuality, 72(8), 1580–1606. Meyer, I. H. (1995). Minority stress and mental health in gay men. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 36(1), 38–56. Meyer, I. H. (2013). Prejudice, social stress, and mental health in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations: conceptual issues and research evidence. Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity, 1(S), 3–26. Meyer, I. H. (2015). Resilience in the study of minority stress and health of sexual and gender minorities. Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity, 2(3), 209–213. Nadal, K. L., Whitman, C. N., Davis, L. S., Erazo, T. & Davidoff, K. C. (2016). Microaggressions toward lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and genderqueer people: a review of the literature. The Journal of Sex Research, 53(4–5), 488–508. Torino, G. C., Rivera, D. P., Capodilupo, C. M., Nadal, K. L., & Sue, D. W. (Eds.). (2018). Microaggression theory: Influence and implications. John Wiley & Sons. Witcomb, G. L., Claes, L., Bouman, W. P., Nixon, E., Motmans, J. & Arcelus, J. (2019): Experiences and psychological wellbeing outcomes associated with bullying in treatment-seeking transgender and gender-diverse youth. LGBT health, 6(5), 216–226. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Straight Paths, Queer Journeys: Queer Novice EFL Teachers and the Battle for Belonging in Schools Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:This post-qualitative queer study explores how queer novice English as a Foreign Language (EFL) teachers in Chile navigate heteronormative school environments during their critical novice years of teaching. Drawing on Foucault's theories of subjectivation and panoptic surveillance (Foucault, 1982, 1983, 2008), Butler's conceptualization of gender performativity (Butler, 1988, 1993, 1997), and Ahmed's queer phenomenology (Ahmed, 2006), this research examines how institutional power shapes educators whose bodies and subjectivities are perpetually "out of line" within educational spaces designed for straight paths. The study addresses a significant gap in current educational research: while policy initiatives provide novice teacher support (CPEIP, 2024; Ministerio de Desarrollo Social y Familia, 2016), they fail to account for the intersecting identities that fundamentally shape professional experiences. For queer EFL educators specifically, this oversight is compounded by dual pressures: local school heteronormativity and global English language teaching discourses that carry implicit Western, cisgender, heterosexual assumptions (Holliday, 2008; Melo Panigatti, 2025). Despite incremental progress in LGBTQIA+ rights in Chile (Movilh, 2024), educational institutions remain largely silent on issues concerning queer professionals, particularly educators. State-led induction programs define novice teachers solely by years of service, ignoring intersecting identities like gender and sexual orientation that significantly shape professional and personal experiences (Rojas et al., 2019; Astudillo Lizama, 2023). The research question guiding this study is: How do queer novice EFL teachers (re)signify the processes through which their gendered subjectivities are produced in Chilean schools? The general objective is to explore the (re)signification of how queer novice EFL teachers' gendered subjectivities are produced in Chilean schools, with particular attention to the ways institutional discourses and everyday interactions shape their sense of belonging and professional adaptation during their first years of teaching. Three specific objectives guide this inquiry: (1) examining the challenges, strategies, and forms of resistance queer novice EFL teachers employ to navigate heteronormative or cis-normative school environments; (2) analyzing how queer novice EFL teachers resignify their experiences in relation to their emerging teacher identity as self-constituted practices of resistance; and (3) reviewing existing literature to understand how institutional conditions constrain and/or enable queer novice EFL teachers' negotiation of subjectivity and belonging. This research employs queer phenomenology (Ahmed, 2006; Vitry, 2021) as its methodological framework, utilizing two sequential data production methods with 5-7 Chilean queer EFL novice teachers. The first data production method consists of individual walking interviews (Kusenbach, 2003; Bartlett et al., 2023) along participant-selected routes, where prompts adapted from the Canadian project Queering the Map (LaRochelle, 2017) elicit reflections on embodied navigation of heteronormative spaces, bodily regulation, and identity negotiation. The second method involves two collective pottery sessions (Ong et al., 2020; Malafouris, 2023) following guided art-making through conversational prompts about teacher subjectivity formation, and intuiting visual display through re-oriented reflection on their ceramic pieces. This study anticipates documenting embodied strategies queer novice EFL teachers employ to survive heteronormative institutional spaces. Analysis is expected to reveal how panoptic surveillance operates through regulatory agents (Foucault, 2008; Troman, 2000), compelling educators to preemptively adjust gestures, speech patterns, and appearance (Ball, 2003; Robertson, 2022). The research is expected to expose gaps in Chile's formal school induction programs (Ayala et al., 2015; Flores, 2019), demonstrating how generic support structures function as mechanisms of exclusion for teachers whose identities disrupt heteronormative assumptions (Davis, 2020; Ferfolja, 2014; Toledo & Maher, 2019). By centering the resignification of queer novice EFL teachers' experiences, this study contributes to expanding the scope of ELT and teacher education research, foregrounds often-silenced voices (Ferfolja & Ullman, 2017), and challenges the hetero- and cis-normative assumptions that continue to structure school cultures and teacher education programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a post-qualitative exploratory research approach framed in queer theory (de Lauretis, 1991) and grounded in queer phenomenology to explore the unique experiences of queer novice EFL educators as they transition into professional teaching roles. The methodological framework recognizes the complexities of identity, perception, and embodiment as these educators navigate heteronormative school environments (Lane, 2020). Five to seven Chilean queer EFL novice teachers in their first three years of teaching (Ayala et al., 2015; Flores, 2019; Mansfield & Gu, 2019; Maready et al., 2021) will be recruited through social media and LGBTQIA+ organizations across the Santiago and Valparaíso regions. The study deliberately includes both employed and unemployed educators to capture the full spectrum of experiences, as well as those who are closeted or openly queer, recognizing that these differences represent distinct phenomenological relationships to educational spaces rather than variations on a shared theme. Data production occurs through two sequential phases during the first semester of 2026. Phase 1 consists of individual walking interviews (~90 minutes each) utilizing participant-selected routes structured around four spatial moments—such as approaching school buildings, passing churches, or traversing parks. Prompts adapted from the global project Queering the Map elicit reflections on embodied navigation of heteronormative spaces, bodily regulation, and identity negotiation. These interviews are audio-recorded and accompanied by detailed field notes documenting bodily practices, environmental contexts, and paralinguistic elements. Participants may also take photographs to capture spatial elements that resonate with their experiences analyzed with Keegan & Schmidt (2018) following Rose's (2016) compositional interpretation framework. Phase 2 involves two collective pottery sessions at a pottery studio. The first session (2.5 hours) follows Betensky's phenomenological model: pre-art material play, guided art-making through conversational prompts about teacher subjectivity formation, and intuiting visual display through re-oriented reflection on ceramic pieces. The second session (3+ hours) incorporates a traditional pre-Columbian firing process, during which participants create a collective piece while their individual works undergo transformation in the kiln (Bar-On, 2007). Data analysis follows a post-qualitative approach (Koro-Ljungberg, 2016; St. Pierre, 2021) embracing uncertainty through iterative thematic analysis, documented via reflexive journaling that tracks how the researcher's own queer positionality shapes interpretation (Behar, 1997). Trustworthiness is established through crystallization rather than traditional triangulation, member checking, and transparent documentation of the analytical journey. Robust ethical safeguards include comprehensive informed consent procedures, confidentiality protection through pseudonymization and password-protected storage, and distress management protocols with referral pathways to LGBTQ+-specialized mental health services. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research makes significant contributions to educational equity by illuminating how current teacher induction systems systematically fail queer educators. The findings reveal that institutional induction processes function not as neutral professional socialization but as disciplinary mechanisms that produce particular kinds of teaching subjects aligned with heteronormative expectations. For queer novice teachers, this subjectivation process becomes doubly constraining as they navigate both general pressures of becoming "proper teachers" while simultaneously managing surveillance of their gendered and sexual embodiment (Butler, 1993, 1997; Ahmed, 2006).. For queer novice EFL teachers themselves, this research validates lived experiences and potentially informs peer networks that acknowledge their specific needs. For teacher education programs and school communities, understanding these dynamics is essential for designing truly inclusive induction frameworks that move beyond generic approaches to recognize how sexual orientation and gender identity shape novice teachers' transitions (Kearney, 2023; Pennell, 2023). For educational policymakers, this knowledge illuminates why current retention initiatives fail certain populations, particularly relevant given the alarming attrition rate among unsupported novice teachers. This research contributes to international scholarship by challenging the field's persistent heteronormativity (Merse, 2017; Riquelme-Sanderson, 2025) and providing methodological models for centering queer educators' voices in contexts where they have been systematically erased (Ferfolja & Ullman, 2017). The innovative data production methods demonstrate how embodied, material, and spatial methodologies can access knowledge that exceeds traditional verbal articulation. Ultimately, the results of this research address a social justice matter: without this knowledge, educational systems may continue to reproduce exclusionary practices that harm queer educators and deprive students of diverse role models and inclusive pedagogical approaches (Halberstam, 2011; Shabel, 2023). The outcomes position induction as a site where power operates to determine whose teaching lives are deemed worthy of institutional investment, making visible the urgent need for intersectional policy reforms. References Ahmed, S. (2006). Queer phenomenology: Orientations, objects, others. Duke University Press. Astudillo Lizama, P. (2023). Gay and lesbian teachers within Santiago's schools: Personal agency against homophobic violence. Pensamiento Educativo. Revista de Investigación Educacional Latinoamericana, 60(3), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.7764/PEL.60.3.2023.6 Ayala, P., Ortuzar, M. S., Flores, C., & Milesi, C. (2015). Búsqueda de empleo, proceso de inserción y dificultad de adaptación de profesores principiantes. Pensamiento Educativo: Revista de Investigación Educacional Latinoamericana, 52(2), 119–135. https://doi.org/10.7764/PEL.52.2.2015.7 Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Bar-On, T. (2007). A meeting with clay: Individual narratives, self-reflection, and action. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 1(4), 225–235. https://doi.org/10.1037/1931-3896.1.4.225 Bartlett, R., Koncul, A., Lid, I. M., George, E. O., & Haugen, I. (2023). Using walking/go along interviews with people in vulnerable situations: A synthesized review of the research literature. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 22. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069231164606 Behar, R. (1997). The vulnerable observer: Anthropology that breaks your heart. Beacon Press. Betensky, M. G. (1995). What do you see? Phenomenology of therapeutic art expression. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Butler, J. (1988). Performative acts and gender constitution: An essay in phenomenology and feminist theory. Theatre Journal, 40(4), 519-531. https://doi.org/10.2307/3207893 Butler, J. (1993). Bodies that matter: On the discursive limits of "sex". Routledge. Butler, J. (1997). The psychic life of power: Theories in subjection. Stanford University Press. Catalán Marshall, M. (2018). Docentes abriendo las puertas del clóset: Narrativas de resistencias y apropiaciones a la heteronormatividad en profesores homosexuales/lesbianas en escuelas públicas y privadas de Santiago de Chile. Revista Latinoamericana de Educación Inclusiva, 12(1), 57-78. https://doi.org/10.4067/S0718-73782018000100005 Centro de Perfeccionamiento, Experimentación e Investigaciones Pedagógicas (CPEIP). (2024). Inducción y mentoría 2024. https://www.cpeip.cl/induccion-y-mentoria-2024/ Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. L. (2000). Determining validity in qualitative inquiry. Theory Into Practice, 39(3), 124–130. Davis, S. (2020). Not a straight path: A critical thematic narrative analysis of the induction of two self-identified, gay, novice English/language arts teachers [Doctoral dissertation]. ProQuest Dissertations & Theses Global. de Lauretis, T. (1991). Queer theory: Lesbian and gay sexualities: An introduction. differences: A Journal of Feminist Cultural Studies, 3(2), iii–xviii. https://doi.org/10.1215/10407391-3-2-iii (continues) |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 03 B: Gendered Perspectives on Learning and School Experience in Diverse Countries Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Oriol Ríos Gonzalez Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Female Students at the Crossroads: Eliciting Students’ Double-Loop Learning and Reflections on Future STEM Pathways in a Rapidly Changing Social Context Waseda University, Japan Presenting Author:Gender equity in education promotes equitable learning experiences and future opportunities for all students. For such equity to be realized, students need inclusive and meaningful learning environments. However, in many educational contexts, gendered norms and practices continue to shape students’ learning experiences. As part of hidden curriculum, these influences can affect female students’ subject choices and career aspirations (Wang et al., 2013; OECD, 2022). One effective avenue to address this challenge is Freire’s (1970) critical pedagogy, which emphasizes that education should focus on developing critical consciousness through dialogue and problem-posing, enabling learners to connect their lived experiences to structural conditions and supporting autonomy and collaborative inquiry. Current educational challenge concerns whether students are supported to critically reflect on the assumptions that shape their learning. In response to this challenge, this ongoing study assumes that double-loop learning holds the key. This study examines how double-loop learning can be elicited focusing on how female students examine underlying assumptions about their future aspirations. Argyris and Schön (1974) distinguish between single-loop learning, where individuals adjust actions to improve outcomes without questioning underlying assumptions, and double-loop learning, where individuals revise the assumptions, values, and beliefs that shape how situations are understood and how problems are framed (Argyris & Schön, 1974; Argyris, 1982, 1990). To scaffold students’ autonomous construction of understanding and metacognitive sense-making (Green & Gredler, 2002), the study draws on the Japanese concept of kizuki, which refers to an ‘ah-ha moment’ that occurs when one begins to see a situation from a new perspective. Through such moments, individuals reinterpret their experiences and gradually develop their own practical theories of action (Inoue, 2012). For students in rapidly changing contexts, structured opportunities to encounter dissonance, uncertainty, or stuckness may function as pathways to kizuki, where reflection supports more informed and meaningful choices. The ultimate goal of this ongoing study is to contribute to understanding how educational practices can support female students’ critical sense-making in contexts where learning and future choices are shaped by implicit assumptions and changing social conditions. By examining how structured reflection and dialogue can identify double-loop learning in relation to gender equity and other contextual influences, the study aims to point toward pedagogical approaches that help students engage meaningfully with their experiences and aspirations. The research questions for this study are: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This on-going study employs action research design to examine how structured reflection and dialogue within global learning lesson support female students in linking everyday school experiences to gender equity issues. The designed lessons are iteratively refined across cycles based on analysis of the prior cycle’s reflections and discussion patterns. Currently, it involves around 10-20 female secondary school students ( age around 16-18) from a single-sex secondary school in Kazakhstan. The site was selected because it provides a context in which students’ participation, dialogue, and reflective engagement can be closely examined. These participants were selected based on the following recruitment criteria: (1) they are female students in the 11th or 12th grade in secondary school; (2) they are likely have considered academic interests and made preliminary decisions regarding their future career pathways. In this study data are collected through multiple sources (MacDonald, 2012): (a) students’ written reflections, (b) audio-recorded group and class discussions, and (c) researcher field notes documenting lessons. Preliminary data analysis proceeds in two layers. First, reflections, discussion transcripts, and field notes are analyzed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase thematic analysis to identify patterned meanings relevant to the research questions. Second, themes and fragments are examined through Argyris and Schön’s (1974) single-loop and double-loop learning lens to distinguish reflections focused on improving actions within existing assumptions from reflections that question or revise underlying assumptions guiding interpretation and choice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through the data analysis is not complete at this point, the study found that students were inspired in reflective responses about stereotypes, everyday experience, and equity. Through the analyses, we tentatively extracted the following themes regarding how students linked everyday school experiences to gender equity issues. Theme #1. Recognizing bias through everyday episodes. Many students used concrete episodes from daily life (school routines, club activities, gendered role division) as evidence that stereotypes and bias exist. Students described sterotypes as something they can experience and also hold themselves. However, the reflections concluded with takeaways such as ‘avoid judging.’ This suggests that lesson could elicit self-implications, but the reasoning frequently remained at the level of individual attitudes and behavior. Theme #2. Naming institutional patterns that shape opportunities. Some students described how small practices can shape people’s opportunities. Students referred to gendered task assignments and gendered separation of activities in schools. Students emphasized that small differences in treatment and feedback can expand into larger gaps. This indicates that some students were able to connect everyday episodes to broader institutional patterns. Theme #3. Stuggling with how to define fairness when difference exists Some students discuss the difficulty of defining what is equity where physical differences or social expectations are present. This shows that some students try to reason through competing ideas about fairness and the practical consequences of different arrangements. This on-going study findings implies that structured reflection and dialogue can identify (1) self-implicated recognition of stereotypes, (2) some shift toward institutional explanations, and (3) struggle with defining fairness when difference exists. References 1.Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1974). Theory in Practice: Increasing Professional Effectiveness. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Definition of double-loop learning and theory-in-use 2.Argyris, C. (1982) Reasoning, learning, and action: Individual and organizational, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass 3.Argyris, C. (1990) Overcoming Organizational Defenses. Facilitating organizational learning, Boston: Allyn and Bacon 4.Braun, Virginia, and Victoria Clarke. (2006). “Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology.” Qualitative Research in Psychology 3(2): 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa 5.Brussino, O., & McBrien, J. (2022). Gender stereotypes in education: Policies and practices to address gender stereotyping across OECD education systems (OECD Education Working Papers No. 271). OECD Publishing. 6.Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. 7.Green, S. K., & Gredler, M. E. (2002). A review and analysis of constructivism for school-based practice. School Psychology Review, 3(1), 53e71. 1. 8.Noriyuki Inoue. (2012) Mirrors of the mind. Introduction to mindful ways of thinking education. Peter Lang Publishing, Inc., New York. 9.MacDonald, C. (2012). Understanding participatory action research: A qualitative research methodology option. The Canadian Journal of Action Research, 13(2), 34–50. https://doi.org/10.33524/cjar.v13i2.37 10.Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. (2013). Motivational pathways to STEM career choices: Using expectancy–value perspective to understand individual and gender differences in STEM fields. Developmental Review, 33(4), 304–340. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2013.08.001 33. Gender and Education
Paper Tracing Gendered Academic Outcomes: How Nordic Research Has Explained Girls’ Achievement Over Time 1: University of Gävle, Sweden; 2: University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:Since girls were fully integrated into the mainstream education system, research has consistently shown that they, on average, outperform boys throughout compulsory schooling (e.g., Bergstrand, 2022; Brolin Låftman & Modin, 2011; Holmlund et al., 2021). Girls’ academic performance has also long been considered a key indicator of educational success in Swedish municipalities (Segerholm & Hult, 2018). Recently, however, the gender gap has narrowed due to declining outcomes among girls (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2025). At the same time, equity in Swedish education is decreasing (Francia & Åstrand, 2025) as a result of sociodemographic factors, despite a long-standing egalitarian tradition (Muench et al., 2023) and a legal framework emphasising equivalence across municipalities (Education Act, 2010:800). Declining results among girls is a trend that requires further investigation, making continued research in this area a shared Nordic, European, and international concern. Empirical data show that some municipalities have long displayed gendered achievement patterns that diverge from the national norm, with boys outperforming girls over extended periods (Kolada, 2025). This raises fundamental questions about how formally equitable schooling systems can produce markedly different gendered outcomes across places. The project is based on the assumption that such variation reflects locally embedded social, cultural, and spatial conditions rather than school-internal factors alone.
Historically, girls have outperformed boys throughout compulsory schooling—a pattern that has generated a substantial body of research focused primarily on boys’ underachievement (Hillman & Brooks, 2025). Only recently have studies begun examining declining outcomes among girls, often linking these trends to factors such as social media use, extensive mental health issues, and increased performance pressure (Cashman, 2025; Swedish National Agency for Education, 2025). These explanations are, however, often treated in isolation from broader contextual conditions.
Previous research has documented gender differences in educational achievement (e.g., Bergstrand, 2022; Holmlund et al., 2021), but knowledge remains limited regarding how contextual and place-based factors interact over time to shape girls’ educational trajectories. Educational norms and gendered expectations appear to influence educational positioning and performance (Wahlgren, 2023). Earlier studies have mainly focused on school-internal processes, teachers’ expectations (Andersson et al., 2009), individual characteristics, or subject-specific outcomes, particularly in STEM education (Dennis et al., 2019; Hussenius, 2020; Lynch et al., 2024). Broader societal, cultural, and spatial dynamics remain comparatively underexplored.
Based on Fairclough’s Critical Discourse Analysis (2010), this literature review analyses girls’ achievement in compulsory school from a Nordic historical discourse perspective. It traces the social, cultural, and spatial conditions through which girls’ achievement has been constructed in previous research. The analysis encompasses three dimensions: (a) textual analysis (description), (b) processing/interpretative analysis (interpretation), and (c) social analysis (explanation). It also examines the implications of previous research and identifies a research gap concerning girls’ performance in compulsory school.
National averages also conceal substantial local variation. Municipalities where boys have consistently outperformed girls suggest that current trends are not solely recent phenomena but reflect long-term, structurally conditioned processes. There is a clear need for conceptual frameworks that connect gendered educational outcomes to place-based societal conditions. The study therefore asks: How do societal and discursive conditions influence girls’ academic performance in contemporary compulsory education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This literature review constitutes the first step in a larger research project examining the emerging pattern of declining academic performance among girls in compulsory school. The project employs a mixed methods research design consisting of a systematic literature review, quantitative analysis, and qualitative case studies. Across all stages, ethical considerations are guided by the principles outlined in Good Research Practice (Swedish Research Council, 2024). Stage 1: A systematic literature review maps internal and external explanations for gendered academic outcomes in Nordic research, with particular attention to how girls’ achievement has been conceptualised across time and research traditions. The literature search was conducted in January 2026 in ERIC, Scopus, PsycInfo, and Web of Science (Core Collection). The search strategy was structured around three conceptual blocks: (1) girls’ academic achievement, (2) compulsory schooling, and (3) the Nordic countries. Both free text terms and controlled vocabulary were used, and search strategies were adapted to each database’s indexing system. Searches were limited to peer reviewed journal articles in English. Duplicate records were removed in EndNote following Bramer et al. (2016), and the processes of screening and study selection are documented in a PRISMA flow diagram. This review provides an overview of the existing Nordic research landscape. Stage 2: A quantitative analysis of Swedish national register data examines patterns of gendered academic achievement across municipalities. Through correlation analyses, the study identifies municipalities where outcomes diverge from the national pattern of girls’ higher achievement. These results guide the selection of municipalities for qualitative case studies (Simons, 2009). Stage 3: Case studies in five selected municipalities explore social, cultural, and spatial conditions shaping girls’ educational experiences. Approximately five in depth interviews with girls are conducted in each local compulsory school. In addition to interview data, municipal policy documents and other relevant cultural and spatial texts form a central part of the empirical base. Drawing on Fairclough’s (2010) framework for critical discourse analysis, the study examines how cultural, spatial, and policy related discourses are articulated in relation to girls’ achievement. Stage 4: Qualitative interviews with local actors—such as city planners, cultural workers, and representatives from local associations—focus on lived experiences, participation, and perceived possibilities for change. Together, Stages 4 and 5 help identify key external factors that may influence declining academic outcomes among girls in compulsory school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate that girls’ educational attainment has long been a central topic in both public debate and educational research. The persistent finding that girls outperform boys in compulsory schooling has traditionally led scholars to focus on explanations for boys’ lower achievement. More recent studies, however, highlight emerging signs of declining results among girls, often linked to social media use, increased performance pressure, and growing mental health concerns. These trends underscore the need to understand how research has conceptualised and problematised girls’ achievement over time. The ongoing literature review reveals notable shifts in how girls’ academic performance has been represented across historical periods and theoretical approaches. Earlier research tended to emphasise individual or school internal factors, whereas more recent studies point to broader psychosocial and societal pressures. Across the literature, preliminary findings suggest evolving problem formulations and implicit assumptions about gender, performance, and wellbeing, indicating that research on girls’ achievement has been shaped by changing societal discourses. A further emerging result concerns the limited attention to contextual and place based factors. While many studies focus on classroom practices, pedagogical strategies, or individual characteristics, fewer investigate how cultural and societal conditions influence girls’ outcomes. Initial findings show that local contexts where girls have historically underperformed relative to boys provide important opportunities to explore the role of cultural infrastructure, spatial arrangements, and local gender norms. These contextual dynamics appear to interact with girls’ educational trajectories in ways not fully captured by school centred explanations. Together, the preliminary results highlight the importance of broadening the analytical lens to include societal and spatial conditions. They suggest that girls’ educational outcomes cannot be fully understood through school based factors alone, with implications for research on gender equality, educational policy, and the cultural geographies of schooling. References Andersson, K., Hussenius, A. & Gustafsson, C. (2009) Gender theory as a tool for analyzing science teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(2), 336-343 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.09.0l1 Bergstrand, U. (2022). Styrning och re-kontextualisering av värden i utbildningspolicy på nationell och lokal nivå. Diss. Sundsvall: Mittuniversitetet, 2022. Cashman, M.R. (2025) Between performance and well-being: A multi-layered exploration oj Swedish adolescents' mental well-being in school. Diss. Umeå universitet. 2025. Charles, M. & Bradley, K. (2009) Indulging Our Gendered Selves? Sex Segregation by Field of Study in 44 Countries. American Journal ojSociology. 114(4), 924-976. Fairclough, N. (2010). Critical discourse analysis: the critical study of language. (2. ed.) Harlow: Longman. Francia, G., & Åstrand, B. (2025). Equity in Education as a Matter of Justice at a Time of Globalization. In: The Palgrave Handbook of Global Social Problems. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 68127-2 465-1 Kolada. (2025). Kolada: Municipal and regional statistics. https://www.kolada.se (hämtat hösten 2025). Lynch, A., Cauchi, M., & Walshe, G. (2024). Development, Evaluation, and Gender Differences in a Novel Workshop Intervention to Narrow the Physics Gender Gapat Postcompulsory Level. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 20(2). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.20.020109 Dennis, Z. R., Wilson, K., Boyson, T., & Kasmarik, K. (2019). Building Girls' Confidence in Themselves as Future Engineers. Teaching Science, 65(3), 10-18. Hillman, N. & Brooks, M. (2024) Boys will be boys: The educational underachievement of boys and young men. Hepi report 188. Higher Education Policy Institute. Holmlund, H., Rainer, H. & Reich, P. (2021). Kulturell bakgrund och könsskillnader i studieresultat - En studie av andra generationens invandrare i Sverige. Rapport 2021:14. Institutet för arbetsmarknads- och utbildningspolitisk utvärdering. Hussenius, A. (2020) Trouble the gap: gendered inequities in STEM education. Gender and Education. 32(5), 573- 576 https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2020.1775168 Muench, R., Wieczorek, 0. & Dressler, J. (2022). Equity lost: Sweden and Finland in the struggle for PISA scores. European Educational Research Journal, 22(3). https://doi.org/10.1177114749041211069240 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD]. (2015). Spotlight 7. In Trends shaping education 2015. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/trends edu-2015-en Segerholm, C., & Hult, A. (2018). Leaming from and Reacting to School Inspection--Two Swedish Case Narratives. Scandinavian Journal oj Educational Research, 62(1), 125-139. https://doi.org/10.1080/0031383l.2016.1212257 Simons, H. (2009). Case study research in practice. London: SAGE. Swedish National Agency of Education (2025) Könsskillnader i skolresultat Skolverkets aktuella analyser (Gender differences in academic outcomes) Rapport 2025:17. Wahlgren, C. (2023). En bild säger mer än tusen ord {Elektronisk resurs] Barns perspektiv, positioner och påverkansmöjligheter i förskolans dokumentationspraktik. Diss. (sammanfattning), 2023. Uppsala. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 03 A: Education for Democratic Deliberation Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Jan Löfström Symposium |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium Education for Democratic Deliberation Deliberative democracy stresses citizens’ public reflection and dialogue as the justification and support for a political system and decision-making (Fishkin 2018; Gutmann & Thompson 2004). The ideal of deliberating public calls for a particular kind of education, as citizens need the skills and dispositions that are central to participating in public reflection (Drerup et al. 2023; Englund 2000; Hess 2009; Hess & McAvoy 2015; Berg-Brekkhus & Werler 2021). A major problem for current educational theory and practice regarding deliberation is the eclecticism and fragmentation of the research field. Our symposium contributes to a more robust and consistent research and development of the kind of education that deliberative democracy needs. It is motivated by the following three observations of the present state of the field: first, the most vital model for future democracies involves robust deliberative elements; second, deliberative democracy cannot survive or develop without democratic education; and third, current theoretical views and pedagogical approaches to deliberation in education are fragmented and thus deficient. Through the symposium, we will address the lack of an adequate theoretical framework for education for deliberation and a related lack of the kind of pedagogical practices that would best support deliberative democracy. We approach the task from (1) empirical, (2) theoretical, and (3) pedagogical angles to produce and implement a multi-perspective, research-based conception of the educational advancement of capacities for deliberation. Followingly, the symposium combines three intertwined lines of research: (1) it explores through a presentation of a comprehensive literature review what deliberation is seen to be and described to include in previous empirical research on pedagogical/teaching/education approaches (empirical dimension), (2) it develops the theory of deliberation (in the context of education by utilizing the resources from philosophical pragmatism), and (3) it discusses classroom practices of democratic deliberation as a community of dialogic-philosophical inquiry (CPI) pedagogy, as drawn from two widely known and applied traditions and approaches: Paulo Freire’s problematizing educational praxis and philosophizing pedagogy with children and young people (usually associated with Matthew Lipman’s Philosophy for Children, P4C). The rationale of our symposium is based on the premise that, rather than leaning heavily on political theory, democratic deliberation in education is best understood in the framework of philosophical pragmatism as habits for engaging in the practices of dialogic and fallibilistic inquiry, involving both cognitive and emotional capacities for dealing with and forming judgments on societal questions, problems and conflicts (cf. Peirce 1877; Dewey 1922; 1938; Gregory 2022; Lipman 2003; Kauppi & Drerup 2021; Rydenfelt 2020; Stitzlein 2014; Zembylas 2022). In addition, to tackle with this challenge in a consistent and educationally plausible way, it is necessary to combine and learn from the three dimensions of research presented in the symposium: empirical knowledge of present practices, philosophical elaboration of the foundations of deliberative education, and development of pedagogical practices of deliberation in educational contexts. References Berg-Brekkhus, Å. & Werler. T. (2021). Levd demokrati og deliberativ didaktisk praksis. Utbildning och demokrati 30; Culp, J., Drerup, J. & Yacek, D. (eds. 2023). The Cambridge Handbook of Democratic Education. CUP; Dewey, J. (1922). Human nature and conduct. Henry Holt; Dewey, J. (1938). Logic: The theory of inquiry. Henry Holt; Englund, T. (2000). Rethinking democracy and education: Towards an education of deliberative citizens. Journal of Curriculum Studies 32; Fishkin, J. (2018). Democracy when the people are thinking: Revitalizing our politics through public deliberation. OUP; Gregory, M. (2022). Charles Peirce and the community of philosophical inquiry. Analytic Teaching and Philosophical Praxis 42; Gutmann, A. & Thompson, D. (2004). Why Deliberative Democracy? PUP; Hess, D. (2009). Controversy in the classroom: The democratic power of discussion. Routledge; Hess, D & McAvoy, P. (2015). The Political Classroom. Evidence and Ethics in Democratic Education. Routledge; Kauppi, V.-M. & Drerup, J. (2021). Discussion and inquiry: A Deweyan perspective on teaching controversial issues. Theory and Research in Education 19; Lipman 2003; Thinking in Education. CUP; Peirce, C. S. (1877). The fixation of belief. Collected Papers 5. HUP 1958; Stitzlein, S. (2014). Habits of democracy: A Deweyan approach to citizenship education in America today. Education and Culture 30; Zembylas, M. (2022). Dewey’s Account of Habit through the Lens of Affect Theory. Educational Theory 71. Presentations of the Symposium Deliberative Democratic Education in Schools – Mapping the Empirical Literature
Deliberative democracy has long been a prominent theme in the scholarly literature on democracy, and within the field of education, research on deliberative democratic education has likewise gained increasing attention. Previous literature reviews addressing deliberative democratic education have focused on exploring the relationship between theory and practice (Samuelsson & Boyum, 2015). A central concern has been how theories of deliberative democratic education are enacted in educational practice and the extent to which empirical studies of deliberation in educational settings align with these theoretical frameworks.
In our presentation, we focus on empirical research literature and examine the aims and criteria set for deliberative education using literature metareview as our approach. Through comprehensive database searches (ERIC, EBSCO, ProQuest, Teacher Reference Center, Scite AI, Scopus, Web of Science, and Google Scholar), we identified 539 distinct sources at the title and abstract level. Applying our predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria (education, teaching, democratic education, deliberative democracy, empirical research), we narrowed the corpus for the literature review to 159 sources. These studies, in one way or another, examine the practical implementation of teaching that is designated, defined, and/or described as deliberative.
In other words, we explore how empirical studies have conceptualized deliberative democratic education, how and where it is practiced, and what skills, dispositions, and virtues deliberative education aims to cultivate. The presentation is based on an article manuscript currently in progress.
Our analysis also sheds light on certain essential debates within deliberative democratic education. For example, Samuelsson and Boyum (2015) have pointed out the differences between deliberative communication/pedagogy and education aimed at deliberative democracy. According to their argument, the former can occur independently without any connection to decision-making, whereas the latter must have a concrete link to democratic decision-making processes. In our presentation, we problematize this distinction.
The key question in defining empirical research on deliberative democratic education is determining if it is focused on teaching general interaction skills or learning the skills, dispositions and attitudes essential for deliberative democracy. Our aim is not to define a single correct understanding of deliberative democratic education, but rather to provide an overview of empirical studies on the topic and the criteria they present for deliberation and deliberative democratic education. Based on this review, we reflect on our own framework for how deliberative democratic education can be defined in both the broadest and narrowest sense.
References:
For instance:
Henau Teglbjærg, J. (2023). Chasing deliberation in the Social Science classroom. A study of deliberative quality in factual and controversial issues discussions. Nordidactica 13; Lind, A. R. (2024). Agreement and Disagreement in Teachers’ Talk: Facilitative Design of Deliberation in Norwegian Initial Education. Democracy & Education 32. Nishiyama, K., Russell, A. W., Chalaye, P., & Greenwell, T. (2023). Deliberative Facilitation in the Classroom: The Interplay of Facilitative Technique and Design to Make Space for Democracy. Democracy & Education 31; Persson M, Andersson K, Zetterberg P, Ekman J, Lundin S. (2020). Does Deliberative Education Increase Civic Competence? Results from a Field Experiment. Journal of Experimental Political Science 7; Samuelsson, M. (2018). Education for Deliberative Democracy and the Aim of Consensus. Democracy & Education, 26; Samuelsson, M., & Bøyum, S. (2015). Education for deliberative democracy: Mapping the field. Utbildning & Demokrati 24; Seland, I., & Kjøstvedt, A. G. (2025). How do teacher educators from Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden teach for active democratic participation? Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 69; Tammi, T., & Rajala, A. (2018). Deliberative Communication in Elementary Classroom Meetings. Ground Rules, Pupils’ Concerns, and Democratic Participation. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62.
Examining ”Suspense” as a Critical, Educational Moment in the Process of Deliberation
In this paper, we advance current theorizations of deliberation by arguing that education for deliberation requires a deeper theoretical understanding of the roles of community and emotions in addressing democratic challenges (Holma 2024, 2023; Holma & Huhtala 2025). Drawing on a pragmatist framework, we interpret deliberations as a mode of inquiry (Holma & Huhtala 2026) and examine John Dewey’s concept of “suspense” as a critical educational moment in the process of deliberation (Dewey 1930, 1910).
We conceptualize suspense as a vital dimension of deliberation: a space between not knowing and coming to know, where one is “held in suspense” (Dewey 1930). This transitional state can be challenging; learners often wish to escape the discomfort of uncertainty and move toward a more settled mode of being in which the struggle of not knowing has subsided. In some cases, suspense of judgement is fleeting or almost unnoticeable —yet it remains crucial for successful deliberation. Suspense also concerns teachers, for whom it may be difficult to witness a student’s distress. As agents of knowledge, teachers may feel tempted to relieve this discomfort by providing answers too soon (English 2023). However, while not knowing is challenging and the acquisition of new knowledge is rewarding, the deliberative process requires remaining in this in-between state long enough for genuine inquiry to unfold (English 2013; 2023).
Valuing the moment of suspense in education for deliberation implies that educators must cultivate spaces of “productive struggle" while offering the emotional and pedagogical support that enables students to withstand the discomfort of uncertainty (English 2023). Successful deliberation, understood as inquiry, demands both cognitive and emotional capacities: the ability to resist premature closure and the willingness to continue searching and exploring alternative hypotheses.
We argue that recognizing the emotional and communal dimensions of this process is essential for cultivating deliberative competencies in democratic education.
References:
Dewey, J. (1910). How We Think. D. C. Heath & Co. Publishers; Dewey, J. (1930). Democracy and Education. The Macmillian Company; English, A. R. (2013). Discontinuity in Learning: Dewey, Herbart, and Education as Transformation. In Discontinuity in Learning: Dewey, Herbart and Education as Transformation. Cambridge University Press; English, A.R. (2023). Dewey, Existential Uncertainty and Non-affirmative Democratic Education. In: Uljens, M. (eds) Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung. Educational Governance Research, vol 20. Springer; Holma, K. (2024). Education as initiation into social practices – the case of democracy. Ethics and Education 19; Holma, K. (2023.) The Rejection of Rational Autonomy as an Educational Ideal? In Search of a Philosophical Justification for Radical Change in Paul Hirst’s Thinking Journal of Philosophy of Education 57; Holma, K. and Huhtala, H.-M. (2025). Habits of Tolerance: The Reformative Power of Pragmatism. Educ Theory, 75; Holma, K. & Huhtala, H-M. (2026). Emotions and Community in Education for Deliberation: Insights from Philosophical Pragmatism. Unpublished manuscript.
Childhood and a Philosophical Pedagogy of the Question: Freire and PwC
Following an meta-review (presentation 1) and a perspective from educational philosophy (presentation 2), this concluding presentation unfolds a pedagogy of open, shared thinking. Teaching democratic deliberation is sometimes conceived as a matter of learning through some efficient ‘method.’ However, as the varied body of research on teaching deliberation shows, no methodological breakthrough has demonstrated any single approach to be superior. We argue that deliberative education should not be understood primarily as a method, but as an unfolding way of inhabiting educational situations -- and more, it is a form of (educational) life.
To elaborate this view, we draw on two globally influential pedagogical traditions: Paulo Freire’s critical pedagogy and philosophizing with children (originally developed by Matthew Lipman and Ann Sharp as P4C). Both traditions begin from questions and questioning. Freire’s “problematizing” education views the world as an object of shared questioning rather than a body of knowledge to be absorbed. For Freire, the world is full of injustices and contradictions that call for both action and reflection. Meaningful learning emerges through participation in a community that problematizes the world together.
Lipman and Sharp described their approach as a reflective paradigm that encourages students to question and think about a world filled with unresolved and contradictory issues. A philosophically inquiring attitude allows any issue relevant to children and young people to become a topic of rational and moral reflection, revealing further philosophical dimensions. Freire’s pedagogy integrates reflection and action into a “conscientizing praxis”, while philosophizing with children is an apprenticeship in communal reflective inquiry that requires time.
In both cases, a pedagogy of questioning enables radical reflection on what is happening within the pedagogical situation itself, including power and authority relations. This is especially important in democratic education. Freire envisioned an educational praxis in which teachers’ and students’ roles intertwine, making all participants both learners and teachers as they problematize the world together. Lipman sought to transform the classroom into a community where children and adults jointly engage in inquiry into meaningful topics.
Although research often emphasizes the closeness of Freire and Lipman, important differences exist. Using these differences in a productive dialogue, we focus on childhood not mainly as the chronological stage, target of educational practices, but as a non-chronological dimension that keeps alive the questioning vocation of educators of all ages.
Finally, we present some practical examples of how such pedagogies have been implemented in Brazil, Argentina, and Finland.
References:
Bruss, N., & Macedo, D. P. (1985). Toward a pedagogy of the question: Conversations with Paulo Freire. Journal of Education 167; Freire, P. & Faúndez, A. 2013. Por uma pedagogia da pregunta. Paz e Terra; Horton, Myles and Freire, Paulo (1990), We Made the Road by Walking. Temple University Press; Kennedy, D. & Kohan, W. O. (2008). Aión, Kairós and Chrónos: Fragments of an Endless Conversation on Childhood, Philosophy and Education. Childhood & Philosophy 4; Kohan, W. 2018. Paulo Freire and Philosophy for Children: A Critical Dialogue. Studies in Philosophy and Education 37; Kohan, W. 2021. Paulo Freire: A Philosophical Biography. Bloomsbury; Kohan, W. O. & Weber, B. (2020). Thinking, Childhood and Time. Contemporary Perspectives on the Politics of Education. Lexington; Kohan, W. O. (2016), Time, Thinking, and the Experience of Philosophy in School. PES Yearbook; Lipman, M. 2003. Thinking in Education. CUP; Tomperi, T. 2005. Paulo Freire ja sorrettujen pedagogiikka. In P. Freire, Sorrettujen pedagogiikka. Toim. T. Tomperi. Vastapaino; Tomperi, T. 2017. Filosofianopetus ja pedagoginen filosofia. Filosofia oppiaineena ja kasvatuksena. EFS; Tomperi, T. (2025). The trajectories of pedagogical philosophizing in Finland. Overcoming the institutional boundaries between education and philosophy. childhood & philosophy 21.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 03 B: Research on global citizenship education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ireta Čekse Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Managed Multiculturalism and the “Global Other” in GCSE Citizenship Studies Textbooks: A Critical Discourse Analysis 1: Faculty of Education, Shenzhen University, People's Republic of China; 2: Department of Education Policy and Leadership, The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR; 3: Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment Department, UCL Institute of Education, UK Presenting Author:This study addresses a critical gap in the scholarship on citizenship education by examining the decolonisation of knowledge within UK GCSE Citizenship Studies textbooks. The study is vital because, as the UK's educational system attracts a global student body, its curriculum must include international and multicultural perspectives, and diversifying education is essential for protecting the well-being of minority student groups. Despite policy intentions, prior research suggests citizenship education has become marginalised, unevenly delivered, and often taught by non-specialists, with its radical potential underdeveloped. Textbooks, as "authorised condensations of curricular knowledge," play a key role in this dynamic, yet there is limited analysis of how they systematically construct national identity and global relations through post-colonial narratives. This study contributes by critically dissecting these narratives and evaluating the substantive engagement with decolonisation, offering evidence-based insights for curriculum reform aimed at fostering genuinely critical and transformative citizenship.
Therefore, the core objectives of this study are to assess how UK GCSE Citizenship Studies textbooks address multicultural issues and respond to decolonisation demands through cultural discussion. Specifically, the study aims to analyse how three GCSE Citizenship Studies textbooks construct meanings regarding Britishness iconography, belonging, and the world “outside the UK”, thereby judging whether these textbooks perpetuate colonial thinking or genuinely integrate decolonisation political practices into civic education.
Accordingly, this study is guided by three core research questions examining the representation of knowledge in UK GCSE Citizenship Studies textbooks: (A) To what extent are British and foreign content presented in the textbooks examined?(B) Is multicultural content, knowledge, pedagogy, and fairness demonstrated evenly across the textbooks? and (C) To what extent do the textbooks provide learners with opportunities to develop intercultural communicative competence oriented toward decolonisation?
The analysis is framed by an integrated theoretical and methodological approach. The primary theoretical framework is Critical Multicultural Education, understood through "the critical lens of knowledge decolonisation" (McKivett & Paúl, 2023; Udah, 2024). This research operationalises James A. Banks' Five Dimensions of Multiculturalism as "operational theoretical lenses for critical text analysis." This framework serves to deconstruct textbook content across: Content Integration (examining inclusion of marginalised perspectives); Knowledge Construction (evaluating epistemic justice); Equity Pedagogy (assessing inclusive learning design); Prejudice Reduction (investigating stereotype dismantling); and Empowering School Culture and Social Structure (analysing engagement with structural inequalities). Accordingly, Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) is employed to examine "how textbook narratives are constructed," treating language as a form of social meaning-making shaped by power, and analysing texts through complementary micro (textual features) and macro (socio-political context) lenses.
To address the research questions through this CDA approach, the study is guided by the operationalised theoretical framework of James A. Banks' Five Dimensions of Multicultural Education (Content Integration, Knowledge Construction, etc.). This framework directed the analytical scrutiny towards specific discursive patterns. For instance, to examine the representation of foreign content (RQ1), the analysis draws on the notion of 'the other' as a discursive construction, using CDA to examine "how alterity is produced through lexical choices, comparisons, and implied hierarchies, and how these moves organise citizenship imaginaries across the textbooks." The findings on managed multiculturalism, distorted global images, and sanitised Commonwealth narratives are thus the direct products of this methodological synthesis, where the theoretical lenses shaped the interrogation of the textual evidence gathered from the three textbook sources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design centred on textual analysis. The primary research instruments are three currently available GCSE Citizenship Studies textbooks used in England, selected as the corpus for analysis. Specifically, the examined textbooks are those produced for the major awarding bodies: AQA (2021), Pearson Edexcel (2023), and Cambridge OCR (2025). The rationale for this selection is that each textbook "is designed to align with the official GCSE Citizenship Studies subject content and assessment requirements." Furthermore, "Selecting one textbook per awarding body enabled comparison across widely used commercially published resources, while holding constant the national curricular framework through which citizenship is defined and taught." The core methodology is Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA), utilised as both "an epistemological orientation and a methodological strategy for examining how textbook narratives are constructed and how they operate within wider socio-political conditions." The study draws on the commitments outlined by Fairclough (2003) and Luke (2002), which stress reading texts in relation to their broader sociohistorical conditions. The analysis proceeds through a complementary set of "micro" and "macro" lenses. "Micro-level analysis attends to textual organisation, lexical choices, semantic and logical relations, modality, voice, and figurative language (including metaphor), to identify how particular narratives, images, activities, and assumptions are assembled and made persuasive." Subsequently, "Macro-level analysis then situates these textual patterns within wider cultural and institutional structures, focusing on how discourses are enabled, constrained, and legitimised through prevailing power relations and policy imaginaries." In practice, the analysis began with a close reading to identify recurring representations of "British" and "non-British" elements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that multiculturalism is predominantly constructed as a “settled national achievement” and a matter of social cohesion, which “obscures structural histories of racism, exclusion, and unequal citizenship.” Furthermore, non-British societies are mobilised as “comparative objects” and “cautionary tales”, through deficit framings that affirm British civility and governance as normative benchmarks. A third key pattern is the sanitisation of colonial history via “Commonwealth narratives” that recast imperial relations as a benevolent, familial partnership, thereby “legitimising British leadership and obscuring imperial violence”. Finally, critical engagement is carefully managed: while inequality or injustice is sometimes acknowledged, it is subsequently reframed through “depoliticisation and responsibilisation,” redirecting attention from structural power relations to individual behaviour or external problems. The study concludes that these textbooks are not neutral carriers of knowledge but active “discursive artefacts” that participate in the governance of citizenship. They “reproduce a British-centric and hierarchical postcolonial landscape” by prioritising the cultivation of “adaptive citizenship, emphasizing personal responsibility and harmonious integration, over the development of “transformational citizens” capable of critiquing and challenging structural inequalities and colonial legacies. Consequently, they “fail to foster students’ critical and continuous understanding of multiculturalism” within the contemporary socio-political context and instead facilitate the construction of a “neo-colonial cognitive system.” The primary contribution and outcome of this study is to provide a rigorous, theory-driven deconstruction of the legitimising mechanisms within mainstream educational resources. By making these implicit knowledge politics visible, the study underscores the urgent need for a paradigm shift in citizenship education from a logic of “management” to one of “transformation.” This necessitates textbooks that explicitly frame the UK’s diversity and inequalities as direct outcomes of “colonial history, immigration policies, and global political economy,” and pedagogical designs that foster genuine intercultural communicative competence, critical historical literacy, and an understanding of citizenship for social justice. References Apple, M. W. (2014). Official Knowledge: Democratic Education in a Conservative Age (3rd edn). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203814383 Banks, J. A. (2013a). Multicultural education: Approaches, developments and dimensions. In Cultural Diversity and Education (pp. 83–94). Routledge. Banks, J. A. (2015b). The dimensions of multicultural education. In Cultural Diversity and Education (pp. 3–22). Routledge. Davies, I., & Chong, E. K. M. (2016). Current challenges for citizenship education in England. Asian Education and Development Studies, 5(1), 20–36. https://doi.org/10.1108/AEDS-05-2015-0015 DfEE/QCA. (1998). Education for citizenship and the teaching of democracy in schools—Final Report of the Advisory Group on Citizenship (Crick Report). https://www.teachingcitizenship.org.uk/resource/the-crick-report-1998/ Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Held, M. B. E. (2019). Decolonizing Research Paradigms in the Context of Settler Colonialism: An Unsettling, Mutual, and Collaborative Effort. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406918821574 Johnson, L., & Morris, P. (2012). Critical citizenship education in England and France: A comparative analysis. Comparative Education, 48(3), 283–301. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2011.588885 Keating, A., Kerr, D., Benton, T., Munday, E., & Lopes, J. (2010). Citizenship education in England 2001-2010: Young people’s practices and prospects for the future: The eighth and final report from the Citizenship Education Longitudinal Study (CELS). Kerr, D. (2003). Citizenship Education in England: The Making of a New Subject. Journal of Social Science Education. https://doi.org/10.4119/jsse-287 McKivett, A., & Paul, D. (2024). Recreating the future—Indigenous research paradigms in health professional education research. Medical Education, 58(1), 149–156. https://doi.org/10.1111/medu.15154 Pashby, K. (2016). The global, citizenship, and education as discursive fields: Towards disrupting the reproduction of colonial systems of power. In Globalization and Global Citizenship (pp. 69–86). Routledge. Udah, H. (2024). Decolonising Research for Justice: Ethical Imperatives and Practical Applications. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 23,. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069241294040 Yang, Y., & Montgomery, D. (2011). Exploratory and Confirmatory Factor Analyses of the Multicultural Teaching Scale. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 29(3), 261–272. https://doi.org/10.1177/0734282910378983 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Acquiring Democracy-related Competencies Through Digital Learning Projects in Global School Partnerships Otto-Friederich-University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:This presentation addresses the question of which democracy-related skills students can acquire through digital learning projects that are integrated into global school partnerships. It presents a study focusing on students’ experiences and how these relate to the framework conditions of the learning setting. Data was collected via a pre-post survey of Tanzanian participants in a digital learning week, which was carried out at the end of 2024 in cooperation between four Tanzanian and four German schools. The study demonstrates that digital learning projects in global school partnerships can contribute to the acquisition and development of democracy-related competencies. Democracy is more than a modus of government; according to Oskar Negt, it is a ‘way of life [Lebensweise]’ (Negt, 2016:13). This way of life is the foundation of the governmental form. Edelstein, for example, speaks of a ‘democratic habitus [demokratischer Habitus]’ (Edelstein, 2005). Therefore, democracy is founded on values, attitudes and an ethos that must be embedded in routines of exchange and communication. In addition to knowledge, it requires specific skills and competencies. Various democracy-related pedagogical approaches (Himmelmann, 2001; Veith, 2010; Council of Europe, 2018) share the understanding, that educational programmes cannot rely solely on the cognitively mediated subjects, but must also be linked to learning through and in democracy. Therefore, participatory spaces in schools and in the wider social environment are relevant (Himmelmann, 2013). As democratic negotiations and decision-making often occur beyond the national level, and as the issues to be resolved are frequently global in nature, the glocal condition (Robertson, 1995) must be incorporated into education that promotes democracy. Digitality as a sign of the present (Stalder, 2017) is a transnational social phenomenon that affects the lives of individuals and changes the conditions of social coexistence. It influences communication processes, decision-making, and the handling of conflicts. The link between democracy and digitality stems from the fundamental changes communication media and, consequently, in the formation of opinions and forms of participation (Krommer, 2021; Schulz et al., 2018). Furthermore, the validity of knowledge and information is now subject to social resonance spaces and referential systems. Against this backdrop, the concept of digital literacy (Samaniego, 2023) is receiving increasing attention, with links being made to citizency as digital citizenship (Choi, 2016). The Council of Europe (Council of Europe, 2024), for example, is promoting conceptually this connection between digital and democracy-related areas of competence. One focus of this relationship is the development of values, particularly critical thinking skills (Culp, 2019; Culp, 2023). With the support of the PROBONO Foundation (Germany), a digital project week was held at the end of 2024, involving four tandems of Tanzanian and German schools. The subject was 'Nutrition at the heart of the SDGs' and the week was structured around interlocking digital and analogue activities. This allowed the students to familiarise themselves with the topic and its local characteristics (e.g. crop rotation in agriculture), learn about their partners' contexts through collaborative work and presentations, and develop a broader understanding of the topic through cooperative reflections on Sustainable Development Goals (SDG). Digitality was therefore the medium of the project week (learning through digitality), with the setting encouraging education that promotes democracy (learning in and through democracy) through a focus on understanding, negotiation processes and changing perspectives. The presentation of the study will focus on which democracy-relevant competencies were stimulated in this setting and whether factors that cause differences in competency stimulation could be identified. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the study, a paper-and-pencil survey was conducted with Tanzanian participants of the digital learning project using a pre-post design. Seventy-seven students took part in the initial survey and 67 took part in the follow-up survey. The sample was determined by their enrolment in the school's facultative partnership group. The survey was conducted in Tanzania due to the limited number of studies available on digital use in teaching and learning situations in this country. The questionnaire collected anonymised data on the socio-economic background of the students’ families, including information on the mother's level of education, information on participation in the school partnership, data on private and school internet access, and private use of social media and school internet use. The initial survey also included open-ended questions about previous experience with partnership activities and expectations for the project week. The follow-up survey included open-ended questions about experiences gained from working with students from another continent, preferences regarding activities, and potential challenges to equal active participation. The questionnaires are available in paper form and in as a digital version. The study as a whole used a triangulation of methods. Initially, a qualitative content analysis procedure was employed (Mayring, 2014; Schreier, 2012), followed by a structuring procedure that incorporated additional data components (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023). The first part was based on the open questions. These were processed in two steps: first, they were coded using an inductive category system based on democracy-related competence models (Council of Europe, 2018). The code system was then differentiated deductively based on the codes. The aim was to be able to describe in detail the areas of competence stimulated during the project week. The coding guide was then validated through double coding. In the second part of the study, clusters were formed in two ways. Firstly, the data obtained was grouped together by school to create school-specific group for comparison. Secondly, content clusters were formed from the categories and subcategories. While the school groups were correlated with the aggregated school-specific data (e.g. internet use in class), the category-based clusters were correlated with the social background data. The analysis of the data was continuously fed back into the research group for validation. For the planned presentation of the study, the results will be condensed and discussed in relation to the conceptual framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It can be concluded that the students gained relevant democratic experience through the digital learning project, and that it inspired them to develop relevant democratic skills and capacities. They also reported on experiences related to values and attitudes. In terms of knowledge, they learned about the variety of living conditions, interests and conflict situations. In terms of values, they report an increasing appreciation of diversity, which is accompanied by greater openness towards others. They also report that they succeeded in participating actively and responsibly in the exchange process. They believe that their communication skills have improved, in terms of both language and cooperation, and thus in terms of negotiating when interests diverge. Their statements suggest an increased level of self-efficacy, a relevant attitudinal component for acting in complex situations, as highlighted by the Council of Europe's competence model. (Council of Europe, 2018:44). These results support the thesis that education promoting democracy does not necessarily have to focus on democracy itself, but that relevant competencies can also be acquired in educational settings with different themes. However, the learning setting examined also suggests that the quality, and thus the sustainability, of educational processes depends on certain conditions. Learning experiences can become more relevant to democracy if the learning setting transcends the familiar social environment; if the chosen topic is both rooted in everyday life and of global relevance; and if it is implicitly related to democracy, as in this case via the Sustainable Development Goals; and if learning is situated between the local and global levels, thus including concrete experiences, their transcendence and reflection. References Choi, M. (2016). A Concept Analysis of Digital Citizenship for Democratic Citizenship Education in the Internet Age. Theory & Research in Social Education, 44(4), 565–607. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2016.1210549 Council of Europe. (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture (RFCDC), Volume 1 Context, concepts and model. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. Council of Europe. (2024). Contextualising competences for democratic culture in digital citizenship education. A guidance document. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. Culp, J. (2019). Democratic Education in a Globalized World: A Normative Theory. Taylor & Francis. Culp, J. (2023). Democratic Citizenship Education in Digitized Societies: A Habermasian Approach. Educational Theory, 73(2). Edelstein, W. (2005). Demokratie lernen und leben: Demokratische Kompetenzen und einen demokratischen Habitus erwerben Einführende Bemerkungen zum 10. Gespräch über Bildung „Demokratie lernen durch Handeln“ der Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung, Berlin, 11. November 2005. Berlin. Himmelmann, G. (2001). Demokratie-Lernen als Lebens-, Gestaltungs- und Herrschaftsform. Wochenschauverlag. Himmelmann, G. (2013). Competences for teaching, learning and living democratic citizenship. In M. Print & D. Lange (Hrsg.), Civic Education and Competences for Engaging Citizens in Democracies (S. 3–7). Sense Publishers. http://www.ciando.com/ebook/bid-841379; https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6209-172-6_1 Krommer, A. (2021). Mediale Paradigmen, palliative Didaktik und die Kultur der Digitalität. In U. Hauck-Thum & J. Noller (Hrsg.), Was ist Digitalität? Philosophische und pädagogische Perspektiven (S. 57–72). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-62989-5_5 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis. Methods, Practice and Software (2. ed. Aufl.). SAGE Pulibcations. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt. Negt, O. (2016). Der politische Mensch. Demokratie als Lebensform. Steidl. Robertson, R. (1995). Glocalization: Time-Space and Homogeneity-Heterogeneity. In M. Featherstone, S. Lash, & R. Robertson (Hrsg.), Global Modernities (S. 25–44). Sage Publications. Samaniego, J. M. (2023). A cartography of digital literacy: conceptual categories and main issues in the theorization and study of digital literacies. Digital Education Review(43), 68–86. https://doi.org/0.1344/10.1344/der.2023.43.66-84 Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice. Sage Publications. Schulz, W., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer Open. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2; https://www.doabooks.org/doab?func=fulltext&uiLanguage=en&rid=27170 Stalder, F. (2017). The Digital Condition. John Wiley & Sons. Veith, H. (2010). Das Konzept der Demokratiekompetenz. In D. Lange (Hrsg.), Demokratiedidaktik. Impulse für die politische Bildung (S. 142–156). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92534-9_11 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | Block SES 03 Block Paper Session |
| 19:00 - 20:30 | 00 SES 00.3: Welcome Reception Location: Tampere Hall The ECER 2026 City of Tampere reception will be held at the Tampere Hall (address: Yliopistonkatu 55) on Tuesday 18 August 2026 at 19:00 - 20:30. Sparkling wine and cocktail bites will be served. Please wear your ECER 2026 name tag when attending the reception. - No pre-registration required |
